06_境外及港澳台调查报告_part12.md
06_境外及港澳台调查报告 · 整合分片 part12
本片含 38 份报告。
| FD07360 | 2009_美国_AAR0906.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07361 | 2009_美国_AAR0907.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07362 | 2009_美国_HAR0901.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07363 | 2009_美国_HAR0902.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07364 | 2009_美国_HAR0903.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07365 | 2009_美国_NTSB_HAR1101_Rollover_of_a_TruckTractor_and_Cargo_Tank_Semitrailer_Carryi.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07366 | 2009_美国_NTSB_HZB0901_Collision_of_Cargo_Tank_Truck_and_Automobile_and_Subsequent.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07367 | 2009_美国_NTSB_MAB1002_Fire_On_Board_US_Small_Passenger_Vessel_Fire_Island_Belle.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07368 | 2009_美国_NTSB_MAR1103_Collision_Between_US_Coast_Guard_Vessel_CG_33118_and_Sea_Ray.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07369 | 2009_美国_RAB0902.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07370 | 2009_美国_RAR0901.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07371 | 2009_美国_RAR0902.pdf | 2009 | ||||
| FD07372 | 2010_美国_AAR1001.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07373 | 2010_美国_AAR1002.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07374 | 2010_美国_AAR1003.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07375 | 2010_美国_AAR1004.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07376 | 2010_美国_HAR1001.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07377 | 2010_美国_HAR1002.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07378 | 2010_美国_NTSB_MAR1102_Collision_of_TugboatBarge_Caribbean_SeaThe_Resource_with_Amp.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07379 | 2010_美国_NTSB_MAR1104_Collision_of_Tankship_Eagle_Otome_with_Cargo_Vessel_Gull_Arr.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07380 | 2010_美国_NTSB_PAR1101_Pacific_Gas_and_Electric_Company_Natural_Gas_Transmission_Pi.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07381 | 2010_美国_RAR1001.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07382 | 2010_美国_RAR1002.pdf | 2010 | ||||
| FD07383 | 2011_美国_AAR1101.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07384 | 2011_美国_AAR1102.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07385 | 2011_美国_AAR1104.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07386 | 2011_美国_AAR1105.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07387 | 2011_美国_HAR1102.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07388 | 2011_美国_HAR1103.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07389 | 2011_美国_SS1101.pdf | 2011 | ||||
| FD07390 | 2012_美国_AAR1201.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07391 | 2012_美国_AAR1202.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07392 | 2012_美国_HAR1201.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07393 | 2012_美国_HAR1202.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07394 | 2012_美国_HAR1203.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07395 | 2012_美国_PAR1201.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07396 | 2012_美国_RAB1203.pdf | 2012 | ||||
| FD07397 | 2012_美国_RAR1201.pdf | 2012 |
FD07360 | 2009_美国_AAR0906.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Loss of Control and Crash Marlin Air Cessna Citation 550, N550BP Milwaukee, Wisconsin June 4, 2007 Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/06 PB2009-910406
National Transportation Safety Board
This page intentionally left blank.
NTSB/AAR-09/06 PB2009-910406 Notation 8152 Adopted October 14, 2009
Aircraft Accident Report Loss of Control and Crash Marlin Air Cessna Citation 550, N550BP Milwaukee, Wisconsin June 4, 2007
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2009. Loss of Control and Crash, Marlin Air Cessna Citation 550, N550BP, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, June 4, 2007. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/06. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report describes the circumstances of an accident involving a Cessna Citation 550, which impacted Lake Michigan shortly after departure. The safety issues discussed include pilot actions and coordination, the need for image recording equipment on airplanes not equipped with flight data recorders, autopilot panel design, control yoke wiring installations, identification of circuit breakers for use in emergencies, aural and visual alerts to pitch trim-in-motion, aileron trim power and sensitivity, human factors in airplane design, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) appointment of check airmen, the scope of Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program inspections, avenues for expressing safety concerns to Federal authorities, and the safety ramifications of operators’ financial health. Safety recommendations to the FAA and the American Hospital Association are included.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-910406 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Contents .......................................................................................................................................... i Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iv Abbreviations .................................................................................................................................v Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... viii
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of the Flight .................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ......................................................................................................................5
- 3 Damage to Airplane ...................................................................................................................5
- 4 Other Damage ............................................................................................................................5
- 5 Personnel Information ................................................................................................................5
- 5.1 The Captain ......................................................................................................................5
- 5.2 The First Officer ..............................................................................................................8
- 6 Airplane Information ...............................................................................................................10
- 6.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10
- 6.2 Airplane Systems .........................................................................................................10
- 6.2.1 Flight Control Trim Systems .........................................................................10
- 6.2.1.1 Pitch Trim System Information ........................................................... 11
- 6.2.1.2 Aileron Trim System Information ....................................................... 12
- 6.2.1.3 Rudder Trim System Information ....................................................... 13
- 6.2.2 Autopilot System ...........................................................................................14
- 7 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................18
- 8 Aids to Navigation ...................................................................................................................19
- 9 Communications ......................................................................................................................19
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................19
- 11 Flight Recorder Information ..................................................................................................19
- 11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder ...............................................................................................19
- 11.2 Flight Data Recorder ....................................................................................................20
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information .........................................................................................20
- 12.1 Airplane Systems Wreckage Information ....................................................................20
- 12.1.1 Airplane Trim Systems ..................................................................................20
- 12.1.2 Autopilot System Components......................................................................21
- 12.2 Control Yoke and Related Switches .............................................................................22
- 12.2.1 Control Column/Yoke Electrical Wiring .......................................................23
- 13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................24
- 14 Fire .........................................................................................................................................24
- 15 Survival Aspects ....................................................................................................................24
- 16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................25
- 16.1 Airplane Simulation and Performance Studies ............................................................25
i
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.16.1.1 Pitch Trim Runaway ......................................................................................25 1.16.1.2 Inadvertent Autopilot Engagement ................................................................25 1.16.2 Assessment of Likely Aileron Trim Inputs and Forces ................................................26 1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................26 1.17.1 Marlin Air General Information ...................................................................................26 1.17.2 Marlin Air and University of Michigan Information ...................................................27 1.17.3 Marlin Air Financial Information .................................................................................27 1.17.4 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight .................................................................28 1.17.4.1 Operational Oversight of Marlin Air .............................................................28 1.17.4.2 Appointment of Marlin Air’s Check Airman ................................................29 1.17.4.3 Pre and Postaccident FAA Inspections of Marlin Air ...................................30 1.17.4.4 Available FAA Alert Programs ......................................................................31 1.18 Additional Information ...........................................................................................................31 1.18.1 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations ...............................................................31 1.18.1.1 Crew Resource Management ........................................................................31 1.18.1.2 Pitch Trim Issues ...........................................................................................32 1.18.1.3 Human/Aircraft Interface Issues ...................................................................34 1.18.1.4 Recording Information on Aircraft ................................................................35 1.18.1.5 FAA Postaccident Inspections .......................................................................36 1.18.1.6 Check Airman Program Guidance .................................................................37 1.18.1.7 Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid .........................................................38 1.18.2 FAA Check Airman Appointment Information ............................................................39 1.18.3 Related Wiring Issues and Cessna Service Bulletin ....................................................40 1.18.4 Aileron Trim Requirements .........................................................................................40 1.18.5 Previous Citation 550 Aileron Trim Events .................................................................41
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................42
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................42
- 2 Accident Flight Sequence .......................................................................................................42
- 2.1 Possible Initiating Event Accident Scenarios ..............................................................43
- 2.1.1 Inadvertent Autopilot Engagement Scenario .................................................44
- 2.1.2 Runaway Pitch Trim Scenario .......................................................................45
- 2.1.3 Accident Scenario Analysis and Discussion .................................................47
- 2.2 Safety Issues.................................................................................................................48
- 2.2.1 Autopilot Panel Design .................................................................................48
- 2.2.2 Airplane Wiring .............................................................................................49
- 2.2.3 Runaway Pitch Trim ......................................................................................50
- 2.2.4 Human Factors in Aircraft Design ................................................................52
- 2.2.5 Aileron Trim Sensitivity and Responsiveness ...............................................52
- 3 Pilot Communications and Coordination ...............................................................................54
- 4 FAA Oversight .......................................................................................................................56
- 4.1 Check Airman Appointment Guidance ........................................................................56
- 4.2 Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program Guidance and Procedures ...................57
- 4.3 Mechanisms for Alerting the FAA to Potential Operator Problems ............................58
- 5 Operators with Financial Difficulties .....................................................................................59
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................61
ii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3.1 Findings....................................................................................................................................61 3.2 Probable Cause.........................................................................................................................64 4. Recommendations ..................................................................................................................65 4.1 New Recommendations ..........................................................................................................65 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report ................67 4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report ............................................67 5. Appendixes..............................................................................................................................69 Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing .............................................................................69 Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder ...........................................................................................70
iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. The accident airplane’s ground track from liftoff to impact, based on radar data. Selected CVR excerpts are shown. ................................................................................................. 4 Figure 2. Photograph showing the pitch trim control wheel and the white pitch trim position indicator on the left side of the throttle console of a representative Citation, as viewed from the captain’s seat. ................................................................................................................................ 11 Figure 3. Photograph showing the aileron and rudder trim wheels and indicator tabs on the aft face of a representative Cessna 550 throttle console. ................................................................... 13 Figure 4. Photograph of a representative Citation 550 cockpit, with the autopilot control panel and the pilots’ control-yoke-mounted autopilot disconnect buttons indicated. ............................ 15 Figure 5. Photograph showing a closer view of the autopilot control panel at the aft end of the center console’s upper surface, between the pilots’ seats. ............................................................ 16 Figure 6. Photograph of the sections of the first officer’s control yoke and mounting shaft with associated wiring. .......................................................................................................................... 22 Figure 7. Illustration of the wiring and bolts in the control yoke mounting shaft. ...................... 23
iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report v Abbreviations AAMS Association of Aeromedical Services AC advisory circular AD airworthiness directive AFM airplane flight manual agl above ground level AHA American Hospital Association ALJ administrative law judge ATC air traffic control ATCT air traffic control tower ATP airline transport pilot CAMTS Commission on Accreditation of Medical Transport Services CFM company flight manual CFR Code of Federal Regulations cg center of gravity
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report vi CRM crew resource management CVR cockpit voice recorder EDT eastern daylight time EMS emergency medical services EUROCAE European Organization for Civil Aviation Electronics FAA Federal Aviation Administration FBO fixed-base operator FDR flight data recorder
FSDO flight standards district office FSI Flight Safety International IFR instrument flight rules KIAS knots indicated airspeed MKE General Mitchell International Airport msl mean sea level MVFR marginal visual flight rules NASIP National Aviation Safety Inspection Program
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board OIG Office of Inspector General OSIP Office Safety Inspection Program POI principal operations inspector PRIA Pilot Records Improvement Act RASIP Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program SAIB special airworthiness information bulletin SB service bulletin TSO technical standard order UM University of Michigan YIP Willow Run Airport vii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report viii Executive Summary On June 4, 2007, about 1600 central daylight time, a Cessna Citation 550, N550BP, impacted Lake Michigan shortly after departure from General Mitchell International Airport, Milwaukee, Wisconsin (MKE). The two pilots and four passengers were killed, and the airplane was destroyed. The airplane was being operated by Marlin Air under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 and departed MKE about 1557 with an intended destination of Willow Run Airport, near Ypsilanti, Michigan. At the time of the accident flight, marginal visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the surface, and instrument meteorological conditions prevailed aloft; the flight operated on an instrument flight rules flight plan. The National Transportation Safety Board determined that the probable cause of this accident was the pilots’ mismanagement of an abnormal flight control situation through improper actions, including failing to control airspeed and to prioritize control of the airplane, and lack of crew coordination. Contributing to the accident were Marlin Air’s operational safety deficiencies, including the inadequate checkrides administered by Marlin Air’s chief pilot/check airman, and the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) failure to detect and correct those deficiencies, which placed a pilot who inadequately emphasized safety in the position of company chief pilot and designated check airman and placed an ill-prepared pilot in the first officer’s seat. The safety issues discussed in this report include pilot actions and coordination, the need for image recording equipment on airplanes not equipped with flight data recorders, autopilot panel design, control yoke wiring installations, identification of circuit breakers for use in emergencies, aural and visual alerts to pitch trim-in-motion, aileron trim power and sensitivity, human factors in airplane design, FAA appointment of check airmen, the scope of Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program inspections, avenues for expressing safety concerns to federal authorities, and the safety ramifications of an operators’ financial health.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of the Flight
On June 4, 2007, about 1600 central daylight time,1 a Cessna Citation 550, N550BP, impacted Lake Michigan shortly after departure from General Mitchell International Airport, Milwaukee, Wisconsin (MKE). The two pilots and four passengers were killed, and the airplane was destroyed. The airplane was being operated by Marlin Air under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135, and departed MKE about 1557 with an intended destination of Willow Run Airport (YIP), near Ypsilanti, Michigan. At the time of the accident flight, marginal visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the surface and instrument meteorological conditions prevailed aloft; the flight operated on an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plan.2 On the day of the accident, the pilots reported for duty at YIP about 1000 eastern daylight time (EDT) for an 1100 EDT departure for MKE. The accident flight was a medical/air ambulance flight under contract to the University of Michigan (UM) Health System and was transporting a medical transplant team to MKE so they could harvest an organ and return to YIP for an organ transplant at UM Medical Center. According to the cockpit voice recorder (CVR),3 as the airplane approached MKE, the first officer stated that he would request weather information from MKE air traffic control tower (ATCT) personnel, and the captain replied, “no, no, because if they give us…below minimums then we’re…really screwed.”4 When the pilots were instructed to contact MKE ATCT, the captain reminded the first officer not to ask about the weather. The pilots checked in at the MKE fixed-base operator (FBO) about 1153. According to FBO personnel, the pilots helped the medical transplant team to a waiting van and then ate lunch and awaited the team’s return. A pilot who had interviewed for a job with Marlin Air encountered the accident pilots at the MKE FBO while they waited for the medical team to return. He stated that the pilots appeared relaxed and in good spirits; they talked about future business prospects for Marlin Air, and the accident captain indicated that he hoped to acquire more airplanes for the company. The pilot stated that the captain received a telephone call advising him (in his capacity as Marlin Air’s chief pilot) that the other Marlin Air/UM charter flight scheduled for that day had
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all times are central daylight time, based on a 24-hour clock. 2 The public docket for this accident (National Transportation Safety Board identification number CHI07MA160) is available online at http://dmssvr/dms/public/search. 3 The CVR recorded the last 30 minutes and 57 seconds of cockpit communications before the accident. See appendix B for a transcript of the CVR recording. 4 Federal regulations do not permit a flight operating under 14 CFR Part 135 to begin an instrument approach unless the latest weather report indicates conditions at or above the authorized IFR minimums for that airport. Therefore, the pilots would not have been able to initiate the approach to MKE if they had received a weather report indicating conditions that were below instrument landing requirements. Thus, they would have had to deviate to an alternate airport. Despite the captain’s concerns, surface weather observations showed that conditions at MKE were above the authorized minimums at the time of the flight’s arrival.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 been canceled because of mechanical problems and a ferry permit would be needed to return the airplane for maintenance. (For additional information, see section 1.17.2.) The medical team returned to MKE with the transplant organ about 1530, and the pilots prepared for departure. About 1546, the pilots received an IFR clearance for the flight from MKE to YIP. The pilots taxied to the departure runway (runway 1L). According to the CVR transcript, the pilots discussed some tasks that were on preflight checklists but did not perform a formal challenge-response checklist procedure as they were leaving MKE.5 About 1556:36, the pilots received clearance for takeoff, with instructions to climb to 2,000 feet mean sea level (msl) and then turn right to a heading of 050°. The National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) review of CVR evidence showed that, about 1557:34, the airplane accelerated on the runway and rotated. About 4 seconds later, the captain stated, “positive rate gear up,” and the first officer confirmed, “yup.” About 1557:40, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “lights off, yaw damper on.” About 1557:51, while the first officer radioed MKE controllers to advise them that the pilots were starting the airplane’s turn from the runway heading to the air traffic control- (ATC)-assigned heading of 050°, the captain asked, “why am I fighting the controls here?” At 1557:57, the captain again stated, “I’m fighting the controls…” as the CVR recorded the first officer stating, “[unintelligible word] I had it on.” Then, the captain confirmed with the first officer that the landing gear was up and instructed him to retract the flaps. About 1558:07, the captain made his third mention of an unspecified control problem, stating, “what the [expletive]’s going on? I’m fighting the controls.” About 1558:13, the first officer asked, “how’s your trim set? Is that the way you want it?” About 1558:21, the captain began to describe the control problem more specifically, stating, “I’m fighting the controls. It wants to turn hard left,” and the first officer again asked, “how’s your trim down here?” The captain’s response, which began, “trim has nothing…” was interrupted when the first officer erroneously responded to an ATC transmission intended for another airplane. About 1558:45, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “… something is wrong with the trim…the rudder trim…” The captain questioned the altitude clearance, the first officer stated they were cleared to 3,000 feet msl, and the captain stated, “all right, something is wrong with our rudders. And I don’t know what.” At 1559:04, the first officer asked the captain what he wanted to do; then, at 1559:07, the first officer asked, “how’s that, any better?” The CVR recorded the captain stating, “huh, no, we got a trim problem…[sound of grunt6]…tell ‘em we got to come back and land.” At 1559:19, the CVR recorded the captain saying, “she’s rolling on me. Help me, help me,” and the first officer responded, “I am.” At 1559:24, the captain asked the first officer to pull the autopilot circuit breakers, and the first officer responded, “where is it?” About 1559:29, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “tell ‘em we got a control problem,” and at 1559:30, the first officer advised the MKE departure controllers that they had
5 During postaccident interviews, the owner of Marlin Air described the accident captain as being “quick with the checklist,” and a company pilot described the captain as “working on getting unnecessary callouts/chatter removed from some of the checklists.” 6 The NTSB’s investigation showed that when this sound was recorded, the airplane had accelerated to about 245 knots.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report “a control problem, we’ve got to come back in.” The first officer used an incorrect airplane identification number on this transmission, and the captain promptly corrected him. At 1559:44, the first officer transmitted, “Milwaukee, we got…a runaway trim, we got an emergency.” According to the CVR transcript, about 1559:50, the first officer asked, “what circuit breakers?” About 1559:57, the CVR recorded the captain telling the first officer, “answer her…” in response to an ATC query, and “keep turning.” The captain then advised the MKE departure controller, “zero bravo pap[a] declaring an emergency, yes.” About 1600:12, the first officer repeated that they were “coming back to Milwaukee,” and the captain added, “landing any runway at…Milwaukee. Guide us in please, zero bravo pap[a].” At 1600:26, the captain transmitted to MKE, “I don’t know what’s wrong,” then, at 1600:30, the captain stated to the first officer, “I don’t know what’s wrong…I see the airport. Keep [unintelligible words].” At 1600:36, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “you hold it, I’m gonna try to pull circuit breakers…” Beginning at 1600:40, the captain stated, “…we’re not…holding it.” The first officer stated, “I’m pulling,” and, at 1600:43, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “awww [expletive]…” The CVR recording ended at 1600:45. The fragmented airplane wreckage was recovered from Lake Michigan during multiple dives. Physical evidence indicated that the airplane impacted Lake Michigan at a speed of about 243 knots, in a steep (about 42°) nose-down, left-wing-low attitude. Figure 1 shows the accident airplane’s ground track, based on radar data, from liftoff to impact, with selected CVR quotes shown. 3
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 1. The accident airplane’s ground track from liftoff to impact, based on radar data. Selected CVR excerpts are shown. (Figure not to scale.) 4
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table 1. Injury chart. Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 2 0 4 0 6 Serious 0 0 0 0 0 Minor 0 0 0 0 0 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 2 0 4 0 6 1.3 Damage to Airplane The airplane was destroyed when it impacted Lake Michigan. 1.4 Other Damage No other damage was reported. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Captain The captain, age 59, applied for Marlin Air’s chief pilot position7 on February 7, 2005, and was hired by Marlin Air as a line pilot on February 21, 2005. Marlin Air management subsequently designated him the company’s chief pilot and then, effective August 15, 2005, he was appointed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) as Marlin Air’s check airman in Cessna Citation 500/550 airplanes.8 He held a multiengine airline transport pilot (ATP) certificate with type ratings in the Citation 500, 550, and 650 airplanes and the McDonnell-Douglas DC-9.9 He completed his most recent 14 CFR Part 135 recurrent training at a commercial flight training facility that provided simulator-based training in November 2006, and he completed his most recent Part 135 proficiency and line checks in a Marlin Air Citation
7 According to documents describing Marlin Air’s organization, the chief pilot’s duties included supervising company line pilots; establishing and maintaining ground and flight training programs; assisting and advising the company’s director of operations in managing flight operations; and maintaining company manuals. 8 A check airman is authorized to conduct proficiency or competency checks, line checks, and special qualification checks; to supervise the reestablishment of landing currency; and to supervise the initial operating experience requirements of 14 CFR 121.434 and 135.244. A check airman may conduct flight training in the operator’s approved program. 9 The captain’s Citation 650 type rating provided second-in-command privileges only.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 6 on April 24, 2007. The captain held a first-class FAA airman medical certificate, dated March 29, 2007, with the restrictions that he “must wear corrective lenses for distant vision,” and “not valid for any class after March 31, 2008.”10 According to FAA and Marlin Air records,11 at the time of the accident, the captain had flown about 14,000 total hours, including about 12,000 hours as a professional pilot in a variety of airplanes, including the Learjet, Citation, Mitsubishi MU-2, DC-8 and -9, and Airbus 320. The captain’s total flight time included about 300 hours in Citation 500/550 airplanes. Marlin Air records show that the captain had flown about 206, 51, and 31 hours in the 90, 60, and 30 days, respectively, before the accident. Company records showed that the captain was off duty on May 30, May 31, and June 1. On June 2, he was on duty from 0000 to 0330, during which time he flew 1.5 hours. On June 3, he was on duty from 1000 to 1900, during which time he flew about 1.5 hours. As previously stated, the captain reported for duty about 1000 on June 4, in preparation for the flight from YIP to MKE that preceded the accident flight. A search of FAA records revealed that, on August 13, 1987, the FAA issued an Order of Revocation against the captain’s commercial pilot certificate because of the captain’s March 27, 1987, conviction for “conspiracy to import methaqualone” into the United States from Canada in violation of federal law.12 The Order of Revocation was upheld on appeal before an NTSB administrative law judge (ALJ) on February 12, 1991. In September 1992, while appealing the ALJ’s decision upholding the revocation order, the captain successfully completed the required tests and was issued an ATP certificate.13 On July 9, 1993, the NTSB Board Members affirmed the earlier ALJ decision and upheld the FAA’s Order of Revocation. The captain’s subsequent petition that the NTSB reconsider its decision was denied in NTSB Order EA-4015, dated November 4, 1993; however, in accordance with existing procedures, the pilot was allowed to apply for new pilot certificates after he surrendered the revoked certificates. FAA records show that the captain surrendered his pilot certificates to the FAA on December 8, 1993. At the time of the captain’s conviction, regulations did not dictate permanent certificate revocation under these circumstances.14 Therefore, after the captain surrendered his pilot certificates to the FAA, new certificates were issued to him after he successfully completed the required practical tests. On December 17, 1993, the captain applied for and was issued a student pilot certificate. On December 19, 1993, the captain was issued private and commercial pilot certificates with instrument and multiengine land ratings after he successfully completed the required practical tests. On May 6, 1994, the captain successfully completed the applicable practical tests and was issued an ATP certificate.
10 The captain had an authorization for special issuance of a medical certification for his diabetes, controlled on oral medications, that required annual follow-up. 11 The captain’s current pilot logbook was likely on the accident airplane, and it was not found in the wreckage. 12 The captain was convicted of piloting an airplane containing about 2,100 pounds of methaqualone into the United States from Canada on the night of October 13-14, 1981, and was sentenced to 28 months in prison as a result. 13 A pilot can obtain additional certificates while a case is under appeal. 14 Current federal regulations specify a lifetime revocation of pilot privileges for a criminal conviction involving transportation of controlled substances.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 Records show that, on June 12, 2001, the captain applied for a Citation 500 type rating, which was initially denied because he “ran off [the] runway” while demonstrating a crosswind takeoff during the simulator checkride. The captain subsequently reapplied for the type rating the same day, successfully demonstrated a crosswind takeoff, and was issued an ATP certificate with a Citation 500 type rating. Records further indicate that, on June 8, 2004, the captain applied for a DC-9 type rating, which was initially denied because he was unable to successfully complete the weight and balance portion of the practical test oral exam. On June 21, 2004, the captain successfully completed the practical tests and was issued a DC-9 type rating. Marlin Air management personnel told investigators that when they hired the captain in February 2005, they obtained background information about the captain in accordance with the Pilot Records Improvement Act (PRIA) of 1996, which requires operators to obtain and evaluate safety-related background information regarding prospective pilots. The PRIA information should include airman and medical certification records, closed enforcement actions within the previous 5 years, and all past or current certificate revocations.15 FAA records showed that, on March 29, 2006, the captain failed a 14 CFR Part 135 proficiency checkride after he deployed the thrust reversers prematurely during landing, causing the airplane to become airborne again after touchdown. The inspector who conducted the proficiency checkride commented that the captain did not have the knowledge of the airplane’s systems needed for a check airman. The inspector also noted that the captain did not demonstrate an acceptable understanding of IFR operations and requirements. The captain subsequently successfully completed a retest on the same day.16 Records indicate that, on October 18, 2006, the captain applied for and successfully completed the practical test for a Citation 650 type rating with second-in-command privileges. During postaccident interviews, several pilots who had flown with the captain indicated that although he was a capable pilot, the captain lacked in-depth airplane systems knowledge and did not always adhere to company procedures or comply with regulations. Several former Marlin Air pilots commented that the captain seemed to focus on business issues rather than on flight operations and safety. One pilot stated that, as Marlin Air’s chief pilot, the captain wanted company pilots to stay longer at higher altitudes to save fuel. Another pilot stated that he had flown with the captain once when the captain intentionally took off, and subsequently landed, in an airplane that was loaded beyond allowable takeoff and landing weight limits because he was “tankering” inexpensive fuel.17 On another occasion, after experiencing a mechanical problem
15 Review of the documentation provided by the PRIA vendor showed that the information given to Marlin Air accurately reflected the captain’s background and certificate revocation. However, Marlin Air personnel stated that they were unaware of the captain’s background and certificate revocation. 16 Federal regulations (14 CFR Part 135.301[b]) do not prohibit a pilot who fails any of the required maneuvers during a Part 135 checkride from practicing and then being retested on the failed maneuver. However, the regulations restrict that pilot from acting as a flight crewmember in Part 135 operations until he or she has satisfactorily completed the checkride. 17 The term “tankering” refers to the practice of loading the airplane with more fuel than needed for an intended flight by buying from less expensive vendors and then carrying that fuel onboard until it is needed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 (collapsed landing gear strut) on a flight, the captain proposed flying the return leg of the trip with the landing gear extended to avoid contract penalties that would be incurred if another company completed the trip. In addition, several pilots stated that the captain was actively trying to expand the company and was trying to obtain another airplane for charter operations. (During the investigation, NTSB investigators reviewed a partnership agreement that the first officer proposed to the owner of Marlin Air. The draft agreement proposed that the first officer would purchase 49 percent of Marlin Air stock at a price to be determined and that the captain would receive company stock from the owner and the first officer, such that the captain would have a 25-percent stake in the company at the end of 5 years.)18 The NTSB examined records for the three most recent training flights conducted by the captain. These flights included a company pilot training flight on May 4 and proficiency checkrides for the accident first officer and another newly hired pilot on May 23 and June 2, respectively. The training times recorded on all three training records (3.5, 3.1, and 1.5 hours, respectively) differed from the times recorded by the airplanes’ hour-recording meters (0.8, 0.6, and 0.3 hours, respectively). Marlin Air and FAA personnel were unable to explain these discrepancies. During postaccident interviews, the newly hired pilot involved in the June 2 training at first stated that he had never flown with the accident captain/chief pilot and then later indicated that he had flown briefly with the accident captain, to perform a “couple of takeoffs and landings.” This pilot held a Citation type rating but indicated that he had not flown a Citation in years. A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. 1.5.2 The First Officer The first officer, age 65, was not a full-time professional pilot but, rather, was a businessman who flew commercially part time. Records showed that he had previously worked as a part-time pilot for Marlin Air between December 1998 and August 2002 and was subsequently rehired by Marlin Air during the weeks before the accident. The first officer held a multiengine ATP certificate with type ratings in the Citation 500 and 550, Mitsubishi MU-300, and Raytheon Beechcraft BE-400. He also held a first-class FAA airman medical certificate, dated August 7, 2006, with the restriction that the “[h]older shall wear correcting lenses while exercising the privileges of his airman certificate.” According to FAA and Marlin Air records, the first officer had flown about 9,200 total hours, including about 420 hours in Citation 500/550 airplanes.19 Company records indicate that
18 Marlin Air personnel stated that, although the first officer had proposed an investment agreement, the company had not taken any action with regard to that agreement at the time of the accident. 19 This calculation of the first officer’s Citation 500/550 flight time was based on a June 2000 pilot record form for Marlin Air’s insurance provider; no updated documentation regarding his flight in the accident make and model was available.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 the first officer completed basic indoctrination training related to his rehire with Marlin Air on May 15, 2007, and that the accident captain, acting in his role as FAA-designated check airman, administered the first officer’s subsequent flight training and checkride in a Marlin Air Citation on May 23, 2007. (The first officer’s most recent simulator-based training was accomplished in May 2006, in a King Air simulator at a commercial flight training facility. His most recent Citation-specific simulator training occurred in November of 2001.) The associated FAA airman checkride documentation provided to the NTSB after the accident showed a checkride flight time of 2.5 hours;20 however, the airplane records showed that the airplane was actually flown a total of 0.6 hour flight time during the flight training and checkride. The first officer had flown about 1.1 hours since that logged training flight, all on the day of the accident. He had not flown during the 3 days before the day of the accident. He worked at a business not related to aviation on Friday, June 1, then remained near home over the weekend and reportedly arrived for duty well rested on Monday, June 4. He had been on duty about 7 hours when the accident occurred. FAA records indicated that, in December 2002, the first officer was involved in an accident involving a loss of electrical power on takeoff.21 The NTSB’s investigation of this accident revealed that the first officer inadvertently took off with the electrical generator switches in the “off” position and did not follow approved emergency landing gear extension procedures during the resultant (gear-up) forced landing.22 The NTSB conducted postaccident interviews with several pilots who had flown with the first officer during his previous employment with Marlin Air. One of these pilots characterized the first officer as “a nice guy who had no idea how the airplane operated” and added that he would act without thinking. These interviews revealed that the first officer would get overloaded easily and had difficulty flying a stabilized approach without coaching. One interviewed pilot recalled an occurrence in which the first officer was unable to properly tune the airplane’s radios. He stated that the first officer did not know which radio he was transmitting on or with which ATC facility he was communicating. Two other pilots who had flown with the first officer during his previous employment with the operator reported that the first officer inadvertently turned off the airplane’s avionics while attempting to switch the engine ignition settings from “on” to “norm” in accordance with after-takeoff procedures. (The ignition and avionics power switches were located adjacent to each other on the panel.) According to two former Marlin Air pilots, when the first officer left the company in August 2002, he was in captain upgrade training and was not performing to the required standards; they had informed Marlin Air’s owner that they could not recommend the first officer for the captain checkride. One of these pilots stated that the first officer was subsequently enrolled in upgrade training at Flight Safety International (FSI), and one of the FSI instructors
20 The checkride documentation showed that the first officer had satisfactorily completed all required tasks, including airwork, such as steep turns, approaches to stalls, emergency procedures, and two instrument approaches (one precision, one nonprecision). 21 This accident occurred on December 15, 2002, in Jackson, Michigan. Additional information about this accident, NTSB identification number CHI03LA039, can be found on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. 22 Marlin Air’s principal operations inspector (POI) was the FAA inspector who reexamined the first officer after the 2002 accident. The POI subsequently rented one of the helicopters owned by the first officer when the POI wanted to take his son for a helicopter ride.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 10 did not believe that the first officer would successfully complete that program. Subsequently, the first officer was not upgraded to a captain position. The accident trip was the first officer’s first revenue flight since Marlin Air rehired him. CVR evidence indicates that he did not act as the flying pilot on either the outbound or return leg of the trip. The CVR also recorded the first officer being unaware that he had selected an improper standard instrument departure page (about 1547:35), being confused about taxi instructions (1549:30; 1550:03; and 1552:15), responding to an ATC communication for another aircraft (1558:08.3), and misstating the accident airplane’s call sign during three radio communications (1546:41; 1547:16; and 1559:38). A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. 1.6 Airplane Information 1.6.1 General The accident airplane, serial number 550-246, was manufactured by Cessna in 1981. In April 2003, after numerous ownership changes and modifications to the avionics and structure, the airplane was purchased by Toy Air, Inc. Toy Air made additional avionics and structural modifications23 and then leased the accident airplane to Marlin Air, Inc. At the time of the accident, the airplane had accumulated about 4,402 total flight hours. The airplane was equipped with two Pratt & Whitney Canada JT-15D-4 turbofan engines, both of which had been operated about 4,000 total hours. According to postaccident calculations, the airplane’s takeoff weight for the accident flight (assuming nominal fuel burn on the flight from YIP to MKE) was about 12,310 pounds and the calculated center of gravity (cg) was 280.5 inches; both parameters were within the required limits. 1.6.2 Airplane Systems 1.6.2.1 Flight Control Trim Systems The accident airplane had separate trim control systems for pitch (elevator), roll (aileron), and yaw (rudder). Each system included a manual hand-wheel in the cockpit and control cables attached to trim tabs at the related flight control surfaces. Each trim system had two cable loops,
23 The airplane records showed that modifications to the accident airplane included strengthening the landing gear, cutting the fuselage for a wider cabin door (for stretcher accessibility) and the installation of the CVR, an enhanced ground proximity warning system, a global positioning system, a satellite telephone, and emergency locator systems.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 one connecting the hand-wheel in the cockpit to the trim control surface and one connecting the trim control surface to its trim position indicator in the cockpit. 1.6.2.1.1 Pitch Trim System Information The pitch trim system is the only Citation 550 flight control trim system that is equipped with an electric servomotor and offers pilots the option of adjusting the elevator trim setting manually or electrically. The manual pitch trim mechanism is a large, black, vertically oriented wheel located along the left side of the throttle console, next to the captain’s right knee. (Figure 2 shows the pitch trim control wheel and the white position indicator as viewed from the captain’s seat in a Citation 550 airplane similar to the accident airplane.)
Figure 2. Photograph showing the pitch trim control wheel and the white pitch trim position indicator on the left side of the throttle console of a representative Citation, as viewed from the captain’s seat. Either pilot could input electrical pitch trim commands through a toggle switch on his control yoke.24 After engagement of the autopilot, the autopilot computer could also make pitch
24 Activation of the electric pitch trim system requires both a switched source of power and a switched path to ground. The single toggle button on each control yoke actuates a set of double-pole double-throw switches to achieve the required power and ground paths.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 trim inputs through a relay to relieve the load on the electric autopilot servomotor. Once engaged, the autopilot would disconnect if either pilot used their electric pitch trim switch.25 Marlin Air’s Citation 550 pilots’ abbreviated checklist contained the following item on the taxi checklist: “electric elevator [pitch] trim—check.” Marlin Air’s Citation 550 airplane flight manual (AFM) further described this taxi checklist item as follows: Electric Elevator Trim – CHECK; operate electric elevator trim nose up and push AP/TRIM DISC switch. Verify elevator trim wheel stops rotating. Repeat check for nose down trim. The CVR recorded no evidence that the pilots performed these system checks during the accident airplane’s ground operations.26 During postaccident investigations in a representative airplane, it was noted that the captain’s right knee or his right hand or arm while gripping the right side of the control yoke could obstruct his vision of pitch trim wheel movement. The pitch trim wheel was painted black, and movement of the wheel was largely inconspicuous. Investigators also noted that the electric pitch trim operated quietly and that an aural trim-in- motion warning is not required by the FAA. The “Abnormal Procedures” section of the Citation 550 AFM included the following instructions for a jammed elevator trim condition during a takeoff or go-around maneuver: Reduce power as necessary to maintain 120 [knots indicated airspeed] or less. Do not change flap position…Do not retract landing gear. Land as soon as practical. 1.6.2.1.2 Aileron Trim System Information During postaccident discussions, Cessna personnel initially indicated that the Citation 550 aileron trim, which has +/- 20° of authority, was designed to relieve control wheel forces in the event of an engine failure. However, Cessna personnel recognized that, because of the Citation’s design (low-wing with fuselage-mounted engines) and rudder and aileron effectiveness, this amount of aileron trim authority is not needed to counter an engine failure. Cessna personnel subsequently stated that the airplane’s aileron trim capability was originally designed for some other failure condition but that records from the time of the design did not identify that condition. The Citation 550 aileron trim system is mechanical, without an electric trim or autopilot function. It consists of a trim knob mechanism in the cockpit that is connected by cables to jackscrews located forward of the ailerons in the wings. The cockpit aileron trim knob is a relatively small, knobbed wheel that is vertically oriented on the aft face of the throttle console and is oriented perpendicularly to the airplane’s longitudinal axis. Clockwise or counterclockwise movement of the trim knob results in right-wing-low or left-wing-low aileron trim tab adjustments, respectively. The aileron trim indicator slot is 2.5 inches wide and has an
25 The autopilot could also disconnect if its internal monitoring system detected an uncommanded servomotor engagement. 26 Between 15:55:15 and 15:57, the CVR recorded the pilots citing some checklist items that were on the airplane’s abbreviated checklist; however, the cited items were incomplete and not in the listed order.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 associated 0.20-inch wide white position indicator tab. (Figure 3 shows the aileron and rudder trim wheels and indicators on the aft face of a Cessna 550 throttle console.)
Figure 3. Photograph showing the aileron and rudder trim wheels and indicator tabs on the aft face of a representative Cessna 550 throttle console. Based on postaccident observations in a similar airplane, investigators noted that a centered aileron trim indicator would appear not to be centered when viewed from either pilot’s seat, due to parallax.27 For additional information regarding Cessna Citation aileron trim, see section 1.18.4. 1.6.2.1.3 Rudder Trim System Information The Citation 550 rudder trim system is mechanical, without an electric trim or autopilot function. It consisted of cables that connect a hand-wheel mechanism in the cockpit to sets of
27 Parallax is when an object seems to change direction because the observer has changed position and, thus, has a new line of sight.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 jackscrews in the vertical stabilizer. The cockpit rudder trim wheel is a horizontal, knobbed wheel that is located in a slot on the aft face of the throttle console, below the aileron trim indicator slot; movement of the hand-wheel adjusts the rudder trim tab accordingly. The rudder trim indication slot is 1.70 inches wide and has an associated 0.20-inch wide, white position indicator tab. (See figure 3.) As they had with the aileron trim indicator, investigators noted that a centered rudder trim indicator in a similar airplane would appear not to be centered when viewed from either pilot’s seat, due to parallax. 1.6.2.2 Autopilot System The accident airplane was equipped with a Honeywell SPZ-500 integrated autopilot system, which used a computer to collect information from various sensors and control inputs and then to position electric-clutched servomotors at each of the primary flight controls (elevator, aileron, and rudder). When engaged, the autopilot computer could also provide input to the electric pitch trim system to relieve a sustained load on the autopilot’s pitch servomotor. The rudder servomotor and an internally segregated portion of the autopilot computer also functioned as the yaw damper, providing a limited amount of rudder authority to the rudder servomotor to offset minor yaw motions. The individual-toothed faces of the servomotor clutch discs (which resemble poker chips) are held apart by springs until the autopilot system is engaged, at which time the servomotor clutch assembly brings the two discs together and the disc teeth mesh. When engaged, the autopilot servomotors can provide limited amounts of force to the primary flight controls, based on inputs from the autopilot computer.28 If the flight guidance system is not coupled to the autopilot computer when the autopilot is initially activated, the autopilot computer’s default settings engage in the “magnetic heading hold/pitch attitude hold” mode. While engaged in this mode, the autopilot could apply up to the motor’s limits of force to resist any effort to change the airplane’s heading or pitch. However, according to Cessna and Honeywell, the electrical motor selected for the Citation autopilot servos limited the amount of force that each could generate, allowing a pilot to overpower the full force produced by a servomotor with relative ease in the event of a malfunction.29 The Citation 550 autopilot control panel is located on the aft surface of the center control console in the cockpit, between the pilots’ seats, aft of the seats’ forward edges. The two buttons that are used to either fully or partially engage the autopilot system (the autopilot and yaw damper buttons, respectively) are located on the aft portion of this control panel almost directly above the aileron and rudder trim indicators. The autopilot and yaw damper buttons are directly adjacent to each other on the panel and are identical except for their left/right orientation and the labeling text beneath them (AP and YD, respectively). Figure 4 is a photograph of a representative Citation 550 cockpit, with the autopilot control panel and the pilots’ control-yoke-
28 Pilots can provide control inputs to the autopilot directly through knobs on the autopilot control panel or through inputs to the flight guidance system. The autopilot computer can provide control inputs to the autopilot through its interpretation of flight guidance system information and inputs. 29 Flight test data showed that (at an altitude of 12,000 feet msl and 150 knots) 25, 30, and 70 pounds were required to overpower the aileron, elevator, and rudder servomotors, respectively.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report mounted autopilot disconnect buttons indicated. Figure 5 is a closer view of the autopilot control panel at the aft end of the console’s upper surface, between the pilots’ seats. (This photograph also shows the aileron and rudder trim control wheels and position indicators.)
Figure 4. Photograph of a representative Citation 550 cockpit, with the autopilot control panel and the pilots’ control-yoke-mounted autopilot disconnect buttons indicated. 15
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 5. Photograph showing a closer view of the autopilot control panel at the aft end of the center console’s upper surface, between the pilots’ seats. During the investigation of this accident, several Citation 550 pilots told NTSB investigators of times when they had inadvertently engaged the autopilot instead of the yaw damper. The NTSB previously addressed the issue of inadvertent autopilot activation in its report on the October 25, 2002, accident involving a King Air A100 in Eveleth, Minnesota. The Eveleth investigation showed that the selection of the autopilot instead of the yaw damper after a 16
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 previous takeoff resulted in an unanticipated control response (abrupt nose-down pitch), which might have had dramatic consequences if the problem had gone unrecognized by the pilots.30 The ability to differentiate among controls has safety implications. As described in Human Factors in Engineering and Design,31 “[a]lthough the correct identification of controls is not critical in some circumstances, there are some situations…in which their correct and rapid identification is of major consequence—even life or death…. One characteristic of a good control system is that every control must be detectable and discernable from other controls.” FAA airworthiness standards in 14 CFR 25.777, “Cockpit Controls,” require that cockpit controls be located and arranged for easy access and operation and to prevent confusion and inadvertent operation. Section 25.781, “Cockpit Control Knob Shape,” requires specific control shapes for engine, landing gear, and flap controls to provide for tactile identification of controls as a secondary identification method beyond the visual. Marlin Air’s Citation 550 pilots’ abbreviated checklist contained the following item on the taxi checklist: “autopilot—check.” Marlin Air’s Citation 550 AFM further described this taxi checklist item as follows: Autopilot—check; engage autopilot; check pitch and roll command, heading mode, and altitude mode. Push autopilot test button and hold. The AP TORQUE annunciator will illuminate, the AUTOPILOT OFF annunciator will illuminate and the autopilot disconnect horn will sound. If all annunciators do not illuminate, autopilot may not be functional. The Citation AFM stated that the autopilot and yaw damper were to be off for takeoff and landing. Marlin Air’s Citation 550 checklists also included in the after-takeoff—climb checklist: “yaw damper—as required”32 and included in the before-landing checklist: “autopilot and yaw damper—off.”33 Marlin Air’s Citation 550 checklists reflected the more detailed guidance contained in the Citation AFM and Operating Manual. The CVR recorded no evidence that the pilots performed any of these autopilot or yaw damper system checks during the accident airplane’s ground operations. The Citation AFM outlined procedures for autopilot malfunctions involving an autopilot servomotor failure to high torque and an autopilot hardover;34 in both cases, the procedures
30 For additional information, see Loss of Control and Impact with Terrain, Aviation Charter, Inc., Raytheon (Beechcraft) King Air A100, N41BE, Eveleth, Minnesota. October 25, 2002, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-03/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003). 31 M.S. Sanders and E.J. McCormick, Human Factors in Engineering and Design. (New York: McGraw Hill 1987). 32 According to the Citation Operating Manual, “with the yaw damper engaged, airplane control is improved and passenger comfort is enhanced.” 33 The Citation Operating Manual stated, in part, “If the yaw damper is not turned off it will attempt to override pilot rudder input during touchdown and roll out. Utilize the APTRIM DISC button on either control [yoke].” 34 An autopilot hardover is defined as any autopilot failure that results in rapid and sustained displacement of an aircraft aerodynamic control surface.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 18 required the pilots to disconnect the autopilot using the AP/TRIM DISC switch on the control yoke. According to the Citation 550 operations manuals, the autopilot is normally disengaged by: • depressing the AP/TRIM DISC switch on either control yoke; • electrically trimming the elevator trim system; or • depressing the go-around button on the throttle lever. The manuals stated that, if the autopilot is disengaged by any of these methods, a warning tone sounds for 1 second and the amber AUTOPILOT OFF indicator light on the instrument panel illuminates for 1 second. The manuals further stated that, if the pilots disengage the autopilot by any method other than the normal disengagement procedures listed above, the warning tone will still sound for 1 second but the amber AUTOPILOT OFF indicator light will illuminate and remain illuminated.35 In addition, the autopilot servomotor engagement clutches can be temporarily disengaged by holding down the touch control steering button on either pilots’ control yoke. This method of disengagement would not result in a warning tone or instrument panel indicator light; however, the autopilot engagement light in the autopilot panel pushbutton would remain lit while the control yoke switch was held down. The autopilot cannot be disengaged by applying an overriding force to the control yoke; however, as previously noted, the engaged autopilot servomotors require a maximum force of 25, 30, and 70 pounds to overpower the aileron, elevator, and rudder servomotors, respectively, which a pilot would be able to counter easily. 1.7 Meteorological Information On the day of the accident, National Weather Service surface analysis charts showed a deep low-pressure system and associated cold fronts moving across the region, producing an area of IFR to marginal visual flight rules (MVFR) conditions36 with rain showers and thunderstorms. Surface weather observations from MKE showed MVFR conditions with rain and multiple cloud layers, with a broken ceiling at 3,000 feet above ground level (agl) and an overcast cloud layer at 3,500 feet agl reported at the time of the accident.
35 Other methods that might be used to disengage the autopilot included pulling the circuit breakers for the autopilot computer, autopilot clutch, or pitch trim; or removing generator power or otherwise interrupting signals from required system components. 36 IFR conditions are defined as a ceiling or lowest layer of clouds reported as broken or overcast, or the vertical visibility into a surface-based obscuration of less than 1,000 feet above ground level (agl) and/or visibility less than 3 statute miles. MVFR conditions are defined as a ceiling between 1,000 and 3,000 feet agl inclusive and/or visibility 3 to 5 miles inclusive. Based on the accident site weather observations, the pilots would not have had visual reference to the ground when the airplane was above 3,000 feet during the accident flight.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 19 1.8 Aids to Navigation No problems with any navigational aids were reported. 1.9 Communications No communications problems were reported. 1.10 Airport Information MKE is located about 5 miles south of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, at an elevation of about 723 feet. Runway 1L, the active runway at the time of the accident, is 9,690 feet long by 200 feet wide. 1.11 Flight Recorder Information 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder The accident airplane was equipped with a solid-state Universal CVR-30B designed to record the most recent 30 minutes of cockpit audio information obtained from four channels.37 The CVR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, DC, for examination, readout, and evaluation. Although the CVR exhibited external structural damage, audio information from the four channels was downloaded successfully. The accident CVR contained fair and good quality38 audio information. The recording started at 1138:26, and it captured the inbound portion of the airplane’s arrival at MKE, including the approach, landing, and ground operations; the recording ended at 1600:45.5, after the accident departure. (The airplane was not powered for about 3 hours and 51 minutes between flights, and during that time, the CVR was not operating.) Review of the CVR indicated that the captain was the flying pilot on both the inbound and outbound flights. A transcript was prepared of the 30-minute, 57-second recording and is available in appendix B.
37 The four channels of audio information recorded by the accident CVR included one channel for each flight crewmember, the cockpit area microphone, and a duplicate of the captain’s channel. 38 The NTSB uses the following categories to classify the levels of CVR recording quality: excellent, good, fair, poor, and unusable. A fair quality recording is one in which the majority of crew conversations were intelligible, and a good quality recording is one in which most of the flight crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The audio information recorded on the three pilots’ channels was fair, whereas that recorded on the cockpit area microphone was good.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 20 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder The airplane was not equipped, and was not required to be equipped, with a flight data recorder.39 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information As previously noted, physical evidence indicates that the airplane impacted Lake Michigan at a high speed, in a steep nose-down, left-wing-down attitude. The recovered wreckage was severely fragmented; however, in general, the damage observed on the recovered wreckage was more severe on the left side of the airplane than the right. Recovered debris included an airspeed indicator that exhibited impact marks extending from the center of the indicator to an airspeed indication of about 243 knots, and a partially-crushed standby attitude indicator that indicated an attitude of about 42° nose down, with about 115° left roll. The angle of the observed impact damage corresponded to this roll attitude, which would have resulted in the airplane’s left wingtip and nose striking the water almost simultaneously. The airplane wreckage was located in water about 62 feet deep east of Milwaukee, Wisconsin. After the wreckage was recovered from the lake, it was initially documented on a dock at the U.S. Coast Guard Station in Milwaukee and then transported to an airport hangar for reconstruction and lay-out. There was no evidence of lack of flight control continuity before impact. Physical examination of the flight control wreckage indicated that the elevators were generally positioned with the trailing edge down (airplane nose down) at impact; the ailerons were generally in a left-wing-down orientation, and the rudder trailing edge was left of its center, or streamlined, position. Wreckage examination indicated that the landing gear and flaps were in their retracted positions and the engines were producing power at impact. None of the airplane’s master warning annunciation light bulbs contained stretched or deformed filaments.40 1.12.1 Airplane Systems Wreckage Information 1.12.1.1 Airplane Trim Systems The NTSB examined the recovered trim systems, including their jackscrews, and related cockpit trim position indicators.41 Examination of the recovered aileron (roll) trim system revealed that the recovered black housing from around the white aileron trim position indicator had a white smear that extended from a half-needle width left of the center of the indicator slot,
39 According to 14 CFR Part 91.609(c)(1), an approved flight recorder is required for multiengine, turbine- powered airplanes manufactured after October 11, 1991, that have passenger seating configurations of 10 or more. The accident airplane was equipped with 8 passenger seats. 40 Tungsten filaments in a hot light bulb are malleable and may be stretched or deformed if illuminated at impact, unlike cold filaments, which are brittle. 41 Impact forces that result in flight control cable separation (as occurred in this case) can render jackscrew positions and cockpit indications inconclusive.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 which correlated to about 7-percent left wing down input. (Postaccident tests in another Citation showed that this trim position appeared to be centered when viewed from the first officer’s seat.) The cable-driven aileron trim jackscrew was found extended 1.2 inches, near its full left-wing-down extension. Examination of the recovered rudder (yaw) trim system revealed that the rudder trim jackscrew (recovered from the tail section) and the rudder trim cockpit indicator showed nearly identical indications of about 50 percent of full left rudder travel. Examination of the recovered rudder showed that it had impacted the airplane’s vertical stabilizer to the left of center. Examination of the recovered pitch trim system components revealed that the cockpit pitch trim indicator was found at the forward end of the range of travel, indicating a full nose- down position, with corresponding scratches on the side of the adjacent pedestal structure. The trim tab on the right elevator was twisted and bent but generally oriented in an airplane nose- down position. Pitch trim jackscrew measurements also indicated that the pitch trim was at or near its full nose-down position. There was no evidence of preimpact mechanical malfunction; however, the pitch trim wiring showed evidence of a short circuit. (For additional information, see section 1.12.2.) 1.12.1.2 Autopilot System Components The autopilot servomotor clutches that were connected to the primary control cables for the aileron, rudder, and elevator (pitch) systems were recovered and examined. The elevator autopilot servomotor clutch’s polymer gear teeth revealed no visible impact-related markings and showed little visible wear. Examination of the aileron autopilot and rudder servomotor clutches revealed damage to the clutch gear teeth that was consistent with an event that occurred while the clutch teeth were separated (disengaged). Some evidence of wear and repeated rubbing was observed at the roots of the aileron and rudder autopilot servomotor clutch gear teeth. Examination of the light bulbs that were in the recovered autopilot control panel from the throttle console revealed that the filament light bulb associated with the TRIM UP status light had stretched filaments that were partially wrapped around the support post within the bulb. This stretched filament indicated that the autopilot control panel (and the autopilot computer, which provided power to the autopilot control panel) was powered and functioning at impact.42 However, the autopilot pilot engaged light bulb filaments were not stretched; this bulb was tested and found functional after the accident. Examination of the yaw damper engaged bulb filaments revealed that they were more stretched than the AP ENGAGE status bulb filaments.
42Although the stretched light bulb filaments indicated that the autopilot control panel was powered and functioning (and thus performing continuous self-checks for proper operation) at impact, they did not indicate whether the servomotors were engaged. According to the autopilot’s design, if a servomotor had engaged when the light was illuminated, it should have resulted in a nose-up force on the pitch controls.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 1.12.2 Control Yoke and Related Switches The left and right side (captain’s and first officer’s, respectively) control yokes, with some associated switches and wiring, were recovered. Visual examination of the control yoke mounting shafts revealed that the shaft in the right side (first officer’s) control yoke had a sooty blackened appearance that was not evident in the shaft in the captain’s control yoke. (Figure 6 shows the sectioned first officer’s control yoke and mounting shaft with associated wiring.)
Figure 6. Photograph of the sections of the first officer’s control yoke and mounting shaft with associated wiring. The NTSB examined the control yoke-mounted switches (including the pitch trim and autopilot switches) and wiring from the recovered control yokes and mounting shafts. Each control yoke-mounted pitch trim system comprised a handgrip-mounted switch that had a plastic toggle to operate two double-pole double-throw internal microswitches43 and associated wiring. For the pitch trim motor to operate, two circuits needed to be completed: one providing power to
43 The microswitches, each of which had two sets of three contacts, could create nose-up or nose-down pitch trim commands, depending on the movement of the center reed and its subsequent contact with either the electrical contacts on either side of the reed. Depending on which direction the reed moved, such contact would result in either nose-down or nose-up commands.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 the motor, the other to a ground path for the motor. Wreckage examination also showed that, sometime before the accident, at least two short circuits occurred in a bundle of wires in the first officer’s control yoke/column. Investigators also found evidence of heat damage consistent with the short circuits and found chafing on some unrelated wires in this area.44 One of the short circuits occurred between the pitch trim power supply wire and the adjacent steel surface of the first officer’s control yoke shaft;45 the recovered wires were chafed around the area where the exposed wire had become welded to the steel of the control shaft. In addition, a possible ground path was found in the pitch trim microswitch assembly from the first officer’s control yokes. Although one of the normally-fixed contacts was found bent toward the center reed and the switch appeared to be closed when visually inspected, after rinsing silt from the switch, electrical tests found no continuity. 1.12.2.1 Control Column/Yoke Electrical Wiring Investigators recovered wires from both control yokes/columns. Examination of the wires revealed some wires that were enclosed in sleeves where repairs had previously been accomplished and several instances of damaged, chafed, or punctured wire insulation. Damage was observed on individual wires, as well as wires contained in flat ribbon cable bundles that were 0.38-inches wide and 0.07-inches thick. Two such ribbon cables were routed through each of the control yoke mounting shafts, along with individual wires. In addition, two mounting bolts passed through the control yoke mounting shaft at its widest point, restricting the available space in that part of the shaft to less than the 0.38-inch dimension of the ribbon wire, creating at least four potential chafe locations. (Figure 7 is an illustration of the wiring and bolts in the control yoke mounting shaft.) Postaccident examination also revealed some individual wires that had been folded back among the wires and pressed into the shafts, apparently when they were reinstalled after
44 Evidence and maintenance records showed at least two instances in which the wires in the first officer’s control yoke/column had been previously repaired. 45 There was also evidence of a short circuit on the power wire for the autopilot clutches. Figure 7. Illustration of the wiring and bolts in the control yoke mounting shaft. (Figure not to scale.)
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report maintenance. (Anecdotal information indicates that such wiring installations in control shafts are common.) Other recovered wires were found stretched and severed at the ends of the shafts. The observed wiring installations were inconsistent with the wiring practices described in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 43.13-1B and -2A. After the right side control yoke and shaft were bisected, detailed examination revealed several areas of damaged wiring and that remnants of copper wire had adhered to the interior of the steel yoke mounting shaft. For example, the pitch trim system power wire had an extensive area of exposed copper core that had previously melted and resolidified, with some missing copper strands, signs of a mechanical imprint, and a kink that was not observed in other wires from that area. This portion of the pitch trim system power wire was found near an area of copper deposits, similar in shape and appearance, that had adhered to the inner wall of the steel mounting shaft. Additionally, wires adjacent to this portion of the pitch trim system power wire exhibited extensive insulation damage. In addition, the autopilot clutch power wire that was routed to the first officer’s control yoke exhibited two types of damage: 1) localized “poke-type” damage that penetrated the insulation and 2) a more wide-spread area of damage that contained a surface scratch, ripped insulation, torn copper strands, and three distinct areas of previously melted and resolidified copper, but none were as extensive as the damage to the pitch trim wire. 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information Toxicology tests were performed by the FAA’s Civil Aeromedical Institute on tissue specimens from both pilots. The tests detected low levels of ethanol in both pilots’ specimens, which were consistent with postmortem ethanol production. The specimens tested negative for a wide range of drugs, including major drugs of abuse such as marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, amphetamines, and opiates. The Milwaukee County Medical Examiner determined that the cause of death for the airplane occupants was multiple blunt force injuries. 1.14 Fire No evidence of an in-flight or a postcrash fire was found. 1.15 Survival Aspects The accident was not survivable due to impact forces. 24
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Airplane Simulation and Performance Studies The NTSB conducted an airplane performance study to determine the accident airplane’s approximate flightpath, orientation, airspeed, and other performance parameters throughout the accident flight. Performance calculations were largely based on MKE airport surveillance radar data (with some support from two distant radar sites), and local weather information. The NTSB also conducted simulator tests to recreate two potential accident scenarios: runaway pitch trim and inadvertent autopilot activation. The NTSB’s airplane performance study noted that all of the pilots who attempted to fly the accident airplane’s flight scenario in the simulator indicated that a reduction in power (and resultant reduction in airspeed) was required to successfully control the airplane during the return to the airport. The study stated that without the power reduction, control forces were excessive and the aural overspeed warning sounded as the airplane’s airspeed exceeded its limits. The airplane performance study indicated that a power reduction shortly after the pilots declared an emergency and began to turn back to MKE was consistent with the accident airplane’s flightpath.46 1.16.1.1 Pitch Trim Runaway According to the airplane performance study, during a nose-down pitch trim runaway event, the pilots would have had to counter peak column forces as high as 140 pounds and average forces of about 80 pounds during the last minute of flight. The NTSB performance study indicated that, although the airplane would have been controllable in the event of a pitch trim runaway, it would have required a significant physical effort by both pilots working together to keep the airplane upright for the last minute of flight. 1.16.1.2 Inadvertent Autopilot Engagement If the pilots had inadvertently engaged the autopilot instead of the yaw damper after takeoff, the autopilot would have attempted to hold the airplane heading that existed when the autopilot was engaged, which was likely close to the runway’s magnetic heading of 009°. Trying to fly the airplane manually with the autopilot engaged would result in dynamically changing airplane handling characteristics. The NTSB’s performance study showed that during an inadvertent autopilot engagement, the pilots may have encountered control wheel forces of about 25 pounds right wing down during the first 2 minutes or so of the accident flight, with increased forces during the last minute of flight. The effectiveness of airplane trim surfaces is a function of the airplane’s airspeed squared. Thus, the tendency of aileron or rudder trim to roll the airplane would increase with
46 Such a power reduction was not detected by the NTSB’s CVR Sound Spectrum Study, nor did the CVR record the aural overspeed warning.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 speed. According to the performance study report, in an inadvertent autopilot engagement accident scenario, a pilot beginning to experience unexpectedly high roll-control forces while trying to manually control the airplane under these circumstances might add aileron trim in an attempt to ease those forces. The study also noted that the Citation’s aileron trim is highly sensitive and effective and that the effect of the added trim would increase as the airplane accelerated. 1.16.2 Assessment of Likely Aileron Trim Inputs and Forces As a result of this accident, simulator and flight tests were conducted to evaluate possible aileron trim inputs and their effects during the accident sequence. The tests revealed that aileron trim inputs resulted in a dramatic airplane-rolling tendency. Both simulator and flight-test data showed that the Citation 550 aileron trim is highly sensitive and effective. After examining the aileron trim test data,47 Cessna engineers estimated pilot wheel forces of 150 to 160 pounds for full aileron trim input at 250 knots. federal certification requirements limit wheel forces to 5 and 50 pounds for prolonged and temporary application, respectively. 1.17 Organizational and Management Information 1.17.1 Marlin Air General Information Marlin Air provided on-demand air taxi and air medical transportation services under 14 CFR Part 135, as authorized by the FAA. The company was privately owned, and the owner/president served as the director of operations. At the time of the accident, the company employed nine pilots, including the accident captain. Of those pilots, five were employed full time, and four part time. Five pilots were assigned to the UM Survival Flight contract. Marlin Air operated two Cessna Citation 550 airplanes (N435UM and N550BP) and one Beech C-90 King Air. The accident airplane, N550BP, was owned by Toy Air and made available to Marlin Air on a dry lease48 arrangement. In addition to on-demand charters, the accident airplane was used as a back-up aircraft for UM Medical Center’s organ procurement flights. Citation N435UM was owned by Marlin Air and leased under contract to the UM Medical Center. This airplane was configured in a medical transport configuration and was available for the exclusive use of UM Medical Center.
47 Examination of the aileron trim test data revealed that at 150 knots, the maximum aileron trim deflection of 20° resulted in a wheel force of approximately 50 pounds. At 90 percent of maximum aileron trim, or 18°, and 200 knots, 70 pounds of wheel force was measured. Only about 50 percent, or 11.5°, of aileron trim was introduced at 250 knots. At this speed, the recorded wheel force was 65 pounds. 48 A dry lease involves the lease of the basic aircraft without insurance, crew, maintenance, or other services.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 27 1.17.2 Marlin Air and University of Michigan Information Marlin Air had provided medical transport services for the UM Survival Flight Program under successive contracts for about 19 years before the accident. The current Marlin Air/UM contract was effective beginning October 1, 2004, and was scheduled to terminate on September 30, 2009.49 (The contract was terminated after the accident because of clauses for termination based on injuries to UM personnel and Marlin Air’s failure to perform.) During postaccident interviews, UM personnel told investigators that in the past they had felt comfortable with the operator and had confidence in Marlin Air’s pilots; however, they stated that, about 1½ years before the accident, UM management began to hear complaints about Marlin Air from UM medical crews. In general, these complaints reflected concerns about safety of flights and the number of maintenance-related cancellations. (At the time of the accident, UM also had an emergency medical services (EMS) contract with a hospital-based helicopter operator, and UM management personnel told investigators that maintenance-related cancellations with that operator were relatively rare.) UM’s Marlin Air program manager was responsible for EMS dispatch functions, and her main point of contact with Marlin Air was the captain/chief pilot. The individual selected as UM’s program manager had experience in critical care nursing and health care management; however, she was not familiar with flight operations. In addition, UM personnel, including the UM Marlin Air program manager, were not aware of the FAA safety hotline or that they could bring concerns about an operator to the attention of the overseeing FAA principal operations inspector (POI). The UM Marlin Air program manager told investigators that she had been concerned about Marlin Air’s financial condition before the accident, in part because upgrades requested by the University (for example, upgrades to the stretcher system and an intercom system to ease communications between pilots and medical crews) were not accomplished. Additionally, Marlin Air attempted to obtain additional revenue from UM by adding various supplemental charges to the contract. Further, UM’s program manager told investigators that she was disturbed to learn shortly before the accident that Marlin Air had not renewed its membership with the Association of Aeromedical Services (AAMS). She stated that she believed that Marlin Air’s lack of membership in AAMS could jeopardize the accreditation and standing of the UM Survival Flight Program in industry programs. 1.17.3 Marlin Air Financial Information The investigation revealed indications that Marlin Air had been experiencing financial difficulties in recent years.50 For example, a representative of a YIP-based fuel supplier that had
49 Postaccident interviews indicated that one of the other bidders for this contract was a start-up operator composed of former Marlin Air pilots with whom UM personnel were at least equally familiar and comfortable. However, UM management ultimately renewed the contract with Marlin Air because of financial considerations. 50 As a result of its investigation of the December 2005 Chalk’s Ocean Airways accident, the NTSB examined the association between an operator’s safety and its financial condition. The NTSB specifically evaluated the FAA’s
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 contracted with Marlin Air for about 6 years stated that his company terminated its contract with Marlin Air about 2 or 3 years before the accident because the operator was behind in its payments. The representative stated that Marlin Air’s payments had been irregular for “a couple of years” before the contract was terminated but that Marlin Air subsequently repaid most of what was owed, and the fuel supplier wrote off the remaining balance. After that fuel contract was canceled, Marlin Air purchased fuel from a second YIP-based fuel supplier. A representative from this company stated that Marlin Air was initially billed on a monthly basis; however, when the operator began to miss required payments, the fuel vendor required immediate credit card payment for all purchases. They reported no further payment issues. In addition, two of the Marlin Air pilots interviewed after the accident reported experiencing problems with company paychecks being returned because of insufficient funds during the year before the accident. Further, on October 19, 2006, a landlord-tenant judgment related to nonpayment of hangar rent at Marlin Air’s YIP facility was entered against the operator. Marlin Air agreed to make an initial payment toward unpaid rent, with the promise of a subsequent payment within 90 days but defaulted on the subsequent 90-day payment. 1.17.4 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight 1.17.4.1 Operational Oversight of Marlin Air The Detroit flight standards district office (FSDO) was responsible for oversight of Marlin Air’s operations;51 like Marlin Air, the FSDO offices were located at YIP. Marlin Air’s POI had been assigned to the company’s certificate for about 8 years. The POI stated that he was required to observe all check airmen under his surveillance in performance of their duties at least once every 2 years. Records showed that the POI observed a checkride performed by the accident captain/check airman once, in June 2006.52 (Although FAA inspectors had performed about 20 percent of the Marlin Air checkrides during the 2 years preceding the accident,53 the POI did not recall whether FAA inspectors observed any checkrides conducted by the check airman during that time.)
oversight of operators experiencing financial difficulty. For additional information, see In-Flight Separation of Right Wing, Flying Boat, Inc. (doing business as Chalk’s Ocean Airways), Flight 101, Grumman Turbo Mallard (G-73T), N2969, Port of Miami, Florida, December 19, 2005, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007). 51 The Detroit FSDO provided oversight for Marlin Air’s maintenance and operations; however, this section only addresses oversight of the company’s operations because the investigation did not reveal any maintenance program deficiencies. 52 During postaccident interviews, the POI stated that because Marlin Air did not notify the FAA of upcoming check airman-conducted checkrides, the POI did not have an opportunity to spontaneously observe such checkrides. The POI also stated that this was typical of the Part 135 operators he surveilled and that he had not addressed the issue with Marlin Air personnel. 53 Records indicated that of the Marlin Air checkrides conducted during the 2 years preceding the accident, FAA inspectors performed about 20 percent, Marlin Air check airmen performed about 40 percent, and outside training centers performed the remaining about 40 percent.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 29 At the time of the accident, the POI was responsible for 15 operator certificates (including Marlin Air), all of which were local operators. During postaccident interviews, the POI told investigators that it was a challenge to manage the 15 certificates and characterized his workload as “busy.”54 He estimated that he devoted about 5 percent of his time to routine surveillance of Marlin Air and stated that he would only provide additional oversight to any operator as a result of an incident or accident or in response to complaints alleging safety issues or regulation violations. The POI stated that his normal points of contacts within Marlin Air were the chief pilot and director of operations; he did not routinely talk with Marlin Air’s line pilots nor did he conduct checkrides for Marlin Air pilots because he was not current in the Cessna Citation. During postaccident interviews, the POI stated that he was uncertain about Marlin Air’s pilots’ workload, the competitiveness of pilot compensation, or the financial condition of the company. Specifically, the POI told investigators that he was unaware of the financial issues revealed during the investigation; he added that FAA inspectors would not typically inquire about an operator’s financial condition unless such an inquiry was prompted by discussions with the operator’s management or with outside parties.55 The POI’s supervisor at the FSDO stated that the POI was performing his oversight duties well; he had satisfactorily completed all of the inspection items on the Marlin Air work program, and the supervisor had received no complaints from or about the company. There had been no enforcement actions against Marlin Air in the 5 years before the accident, and the POI had not brought any issues related to Marlin Air to his supervisor’s attention. The supervisor, who was a point of contact for FAA hotline complaints, indicated that he was aware of no hotline complaints regarding Marlin Air. 1.17.4.2 Appointment of Marlin Air’s Check Airman About 2 years before the accident, Marlin Air’s POI reviewed a nomination letter requesting that the accident captain be appointed as a check airman for Marlin Air. The POI stated that he verified the captain’s pilot and medical certificate qualifications as required by FAA procedures. The POI stated that during the verification process he noted the captain’s prior airman certificate revocation; although the FAA’s database provided contact information for anyone interested in additional information regarding the nature and circumstances of the revocation, the POI did not pursue additional information because he did not believe it was necessary. The POI told investigators that he assumed that the revocation was the result of a personal issue with prescription medications. He did not seek to clarify the issue with the captain nor did he contact anyone within the FAA for additional information.56
54 During postaccident interviews, the FAA’s manager of the Flight Standards Certification and Surveillance Division stated that it would be a challenge for a POI to manage 15 certificates and that this workload would result in a limited depth of FAA surveillance. 55 For additional information as to how outside parties might communicate operator-related concerns to pertinent FAA personnel, see section 1.17.4.4. 56 The POI further stated that he recalled thinking that if FAA authorities had re-issued the captain’s pilot certificates, it would not be necessary to pursue the issue further.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 During postaccident interviews, an FAA Great Lakes region investigator told NTSB investigators that, in his opinion, because a pilot with a history of pilot certificate revocation related to a felony drug conviction would not be qualified to be hired as an FAA inspector, such a pilot should not be authorized to represent the FAA as a check airman. For information on official guidance regarding FAA appointment of check airmen, see section 1.18.2. 1.17.4.3 Pre and Postaccident FAA Inspections of Marlin Air In March 2002, the FAA conducted an Office Safety Inspection Program (OSIP) of Marlin Air and the UM’s hospital-based helicopter operator. Although the OSIP identified issues related to Marlin Air’s operating manual and recording of pilot flight times, the issues were corrected immediately, and both operators passed the audit. A Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program (RASIP) was conducted after the accident.57 The RASIP team was made up of three inspectors from the FAA’s Great Lakes regional office and the three principal inspectors (operations, maintenance, and avionics) who were assigned to Marlin Air at the time of the accident. The inspection focused on Marlin Air’s policies and procedures and was conducted with input from the company’s director of operations and assistant chief pilot.58 Although the RASIP inspection report stated that “[training] records for all pilots were reviewed,” the RASIP team did not have access to the accident pilots’ training records. According to the RASIP inspectors, Marlin Air personnel told them that training records for the accident captain and first officer had been provided to the NTSB as a result of the ongoing investigation and were, thus, not available to RASIP inspectors. The RASIP report identified one adverse operational finding59 and indicated that there were no adverse findings in the area of pilot training. The NTSB’s postaccident review of Marlin Air records revealed three training discrepancies. One of these discrepancies (the improper recording of the first officer’s training flights and times) involved the accident pilots, and the related training documents were in the possession of the NTSB and, therefore, unavailable to the RASIP team. The two other training discrepancies (dated May 4 and June 2, 2007) identified by the NTSB and not identified during the RASIP involved other Marlin Air pilots whose training documents were available to the RASIP team. During postaccident interviews, an FAA Great Lakes regional inspector told investigators that the RASIP was intended to provide a “second set of eyes” on the operator. Because, according to the RASIP team leader, the inspection was not assessing the quality or adequacy of the FAA oversight by the operator’s principal inspectors, the operator’s principal inspectors were included on the RASIP team. (For additional information regarding postaccident inspections conducted by the FAA, see section 1.18.1.5.)
57 The FAA has since replaced its RASIP inspection program with a similar regional inspection program. 58 Marlin Air’s line pilots were not often available during the RASIP investigation because Marlin Air operations had been suspended after the accident. 59 The operational finding involved a Marlin Air operation that required two pilots but was operated with only one pilot.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 1.17.4.4 Available FAA Alert Programs During postaccident interviews, an FAA management and program analyst described the following four programs that the UM might have used to report concerns about or request additional surveillance of Marlin Air: 1) Administrator’s hotline.60 Developed in the late 1980s, this hotline provides FAA employees and outside organizations a way to raise issues to the FAA administrator. The FAA’s Flight Standards Division has 30 to 60 days to react to complaints received on this hotline. Callers who identify themselves will be advised of subsequent actions. Anonymous callers are not so advised. 2) Customer Service Initiative. The UM could have described safety concerns and lodged a complaint with the local FSDO. The FSDO would then have been required to investigate and, if possible, substantiate the complaint. If not satisfied by the FSDO’s response, the UM could have appealed to FAA regional management, the director, or the administrator. (This mechanism is typically used by operators rather than the public.) 3) Office of Inspector General (OIG) hotline. Used by the public, this hotline normally accepts information related to crimes, but it also accepts safety information. In the past 2 years, the OIG hotline was active in pursuing safety concerns related to the Southwest Airlines certificate. This hotline also pursued a complaint from a nurse involving a helicopter emergency medical services operator. She complained that the operation used by her hospital was unsafe. The FAA region sent in two teams and replaced the POI. 4) Safety hotline, Office of Accident Investigation. Complaints received through the safety hotline are typically received from pilots and are acted on by local regional offices and FSDOs. 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations 1.18.1.1 Crew Resource Management Between 1980 and 2003, the NTSB repeatedly recommended that the FAA revise 14 CFR Part 135 requirements to require on-demand charter operators that conduct operations with aircraft requiring two or more pilots to establish an FAA-approved crew resource management
60 Safety concerns may be reported to the administrator’s hotline by telephone at 1-800-255-1111 or 1-866-835-5322 (866-TELL-FAA) or online at http://www.faa.gov/contact/safety_hotline or http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/avs/cust_service.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 32 (CRM) training program for their flight crews. Most recently, on December 2, 2003, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-03-52 as a result of its investigation of the November 18, 2003, accident in which an Aviation Charter, Inc., King Air A100 airplane lost control and impacted terrain in Eveleth, Minnesota.61 Safety Recommendation A-03-52 asked the FAA to require that 14 CFR Part 135 on-demand charter operators that conduct dual-pilot operations establish and implement an FAA-approved CRM training program for their flight crews in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121, subparts N and O. Safety Recommendation A-03-52 was added to the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements in November 2006. In April 2004, the FAA indicated that an aviation rulemaking committee had been tasked to revise Part 135 requirements, including a requirement for CRM training for Part 135 operators of airplanes with two pilots. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open— Acceptable Response” pending completion of the revisions to Part 135. However, as a result of its investigation of the November 28, 2004, Canadair, Ltd., accident in Montrose, Colorado, during which the NTSB determined that the captain and first officer demonstrated poor CRM, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation A-03-52 and, as a result of the FAA’s continuing delays in addressing this issue, classified it “Open—Unacceptable Response” on May 2, 2006. In an April 3, 2008, letter, the FAA indicated that it had initiated a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to revise Part 135 requirements to include a requirement for CRM training for Part 135 operators of airplanes. On May 1, 2009, the FAA published in the Federal Register an NPRM titled “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” which proposed a rule that would require all Part 135 operators to include instruction in CRM in pilot and flight attendant training programs. The proposed rule requires initial and recurrent CRM training for crewmembers working for Part 135 on-demand operators. The proposed rule also specifies the minimum course content required for an approved CRM training program. However, the proposed rule exempts operators from providing initial training to those who have already completed training with another company. In comments submitted to the docket for this NPRM, the NTSB stated that it was supportive of the proposed rule, apart from that exemption because conditions and the specifics of training vary across operators such that crews should be trained by each operator with whom they work. The NTSB believed that, without this exception, the proposed rule would largely meet the intent of Safety Recommendation A-03-52. Pending issuance of appropriate revisions to Part 135, Safety Recommendation A-03-52 remains classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” 1.18.1.2 Pitch Trim Issues The NTSB previously addressed issues related to Cessna Citation pitch trim, such as the need for an aural trim-in-motion warning, better visual trim-in-motion cues, and a collared pitch
61 Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-03/03. For information on additional CRM-related safety recommendations, see Safety Recommendations A-80-42, A-94-196, and A-02-12, which are available on the NTSB website at http://www.ntsb.gov.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 trim circuit breaker,62 in a recommendation letter concerning the July 22, 2003, accident involving a Citation 525 that ditched in the waters of Penn Cove, in Coupeville, Washington, after a loss of elevator trim control that resulted in an uncommanded nose-down pitch attitude.63 The recommendation letter stated the following: Because the Cessna Citation 525 is not equipped with a clear indication or warning for an electric elevator trim runaway (such as an aural[64] or visual trim- in-motion warning), the accident pilot had only indirect indications to assist in identifying the condition, and these indications were insufficient to allow timely recognition of the problem… The [NTSB] is concerned that, when the Citation 525 is in autopilot mode, the available cues for an electric elevator trim runaway…do not provide pilots with a salient and reliable means to detect this unsafe condition in a timely manner….it is critical to alert a pilot to a trim runaway condition before the associated control forces exceed what a single pilot can manage.
On September 13, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-07-52 and-54, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require Cessna to modify the Citation 525 to incorporate an aural trim-in-motion warning and the addition of contrasting color bands on the pitch trim wheel to provide the pilot with more timely recognition of a trim runaway condition before control forces become unmanageable. (A-07-52) Require Cessna to replace the pitch trim circuit breaker on the Citation 525 with a collared circuit breaker to aid the pilot in quickly identifying it if necessary. (A- 07-54) In its response letter, dated November 20, 2007, the FAA indicated that it believes that the combination of the normal cues of undesired trim motion and the issuance of Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2004-14-20 (which addressed the specific failure mode identified in the Penn Cove accident investigation by requiring the replacement of the trim printed circuit board) correct the unsafe conditions identified during the investigation of the July 22, 2003, Penn Cove accident, rendering the action recommended in Safety Recommendations A-07-52 and -54 unnecessary. The NTSB’s response letter, dated June 11, 2009, disagreed with the FAA’s assertion that no action was required. With regard to Safety Recommendation A-07-52, the NTSB’s letter
62 The NTSB also discussed clear identification of critical circuit breakers in its report on the July 10, 2007, Cessna 310 accident in Sanford, Florida. For more information, see In-flight Fire, Emergency Descent, and Crash in a Residential Area, Cessna 310R, N501N, Sanford, Florida, July 10, 2007, Aircraft Accident Summary Report NTSB/AAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008) 63 The brief for this accident, NTSB identification number SEA03FA147, can be found on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. 64 Several manufacturers equip their airplanes with aural alerts for stabilizer or pitch trim motion.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 stated that, had the Penn Cove pilot received conspicuous warning of the pitch trim runaway condition earlier in the accident sequence, he would have been able to complete the related checklist procedure and pulled the pitch trim circuit breaker before the pitch control forces became unmanageable. Pending action by the FAA to require Cessna to incorporate an aural trim-in-motion warning and the addition of contrasting color bands on the pitch trim wheel, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-52, “Open—Unacceptable Response.” With regard to Safety Recommendation A-07-54, the FAA agreed with the NTSB’s belief that a collared pitch trim circuit breaker would improve a pilot’s ability to quickly locate the pitch trim circuit breaker in an emergency situation but indicated that the FAA lacked sufficient basis for regulatory action on the issue. As an alternative response to this safety recommendation, the FAA proposed issuing guidance, such as a special airworthiness information bulletin (SAIB), on the subject. Pending issuance of an SAIB or similar guidance recommending replacement of the pitch trim circuit breaker on the Citation 525 with a collared circuit breaker to aid the pilot in quickly identifying it if necessary, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-54, “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response.” 1.18.1.3 Human/Aircraft Interface Issues In its 2006 study of the aircraft certification process,65 the NTSB made the following two recommendations to the FAA concerning human/aircraft issues in the certification of aircraft: Amend the advisory materials associated with 14…[CFR] 25.1309 to include consideration of structural failures and human/airplane system interaction failures in the assessment of safety-critical systems. (A-06-37) Require a program for the monitoring and ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of the airplane. … Once in place, use this program to validate that the underlying assumptions made during design and type certification about safety-critical systems are consistent with operational experience, lessons learned, and new knowledge.” (A-06-38) In its September 12, 2007, response, the FAA indicated that it was incorporating more standardized consideration of human factors into new certification projects and planned to develop new regulations and advisory materials and a human factors design guide. Additionally, the FAA stated that it intended to formalize a process for monitoring and assessing safety critical systems throughout the life cycle of an airplane. Pending the FAA’s related actions, the NTSB has classified Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and -38, “Open—Acceptable Response.”
65 Safety Report on the Treatment of Safety-Critical Systems in Transport Airplanes, Safety Report NTSB/SR- 06/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 1.18.1.4 Recording Information on Aircraft The NTSB has issued numerous recommendations addressing the need to record information on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental airplanes that are not required to be equipped with a flight data recorder (FDR) and are operating under 14 CFR Part 135 (such as the accident airplane). In addition, the NTSB included “automatic information recording devices” on its Most Wanted List from 2001 to 2008 and has included “require image recorders” on its Most Wanted List for 2009. Most recently, the NTSB noted these issues in its report on the July 27, 2007, midair collision involving electronic news gathering helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona.66 Because the FAA had not yet taken appropriate action in response to the NTSB’s earlier recommendations, in its January 2009 report on the Phoenix midair collision, the NTSB classified several previous safety recommendations,67 “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded,” superseding them with updated recommendations, including Safety Recommendation A-09-11, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with a [FDR] and are operating under 14 [CFR] Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” when the document is finalized and issued. (A-09-11) On April 17, 2009, the FAA issued a response letter, which described the FAA’s participation in two proof-of-concept studies that evaluated the installation of image recorders on (1) an FAA airplane that was compliant with European Organization for Civil Aviation Electronics (EUROCAE) document ED-112 and (2) a transport-category Boeing 737 flight simulator. The findings that resulted from these studies provided valuable information on the potential uses of cockpit image recording systems on airplanes that are currently not required to carry any type of data-recording equipment. The working group incorporated this information into EUROCAE document ED-155, “Minimal Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” which was published in August 2009. Pending the FAA’s issuance of a technical standard order (TSO) that includes the specifications of ED-155, Safety Recommendation A-09-11 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response.”
66 For additional information, see Midair Collision of Electronic News Gathering Helicopters, KTVK-TV Eurocopter AS350B2, N613TV, and U.S. Helicopters Eurocopter AS350B2, N215TV, Phoenix, Arizona, July 27, 2007, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/02 (Washington, DC; National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). 67 Safety Recommendations A-03-62, -64, and –65 were classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” in this report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 The NTSB notes that the accident airplane was not required to have an FDR installed; however, had the FAA implemented previous NTSB recommendations, the airplane would have been subject to the requirements for a cockpit image recorder. 1.18.1.5 FAA Postaccident Inspections The NTSB has issued several safety recommendations regarding the quality of inspections conducted by the FAA and the need for an evaluation of an operator’s principal inspectors during such inspections. For example, on July 21, 1989, as a result of the 1988 Aloha Airlines accident,68 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-89-64, recommending that the FAA “[e]valuate the quality of FAA surveillance provided by the principal inspectors as part of the National Aviation Safety Inspection Program [NASIP].” In its response, dated June 21, 1991, the FAA indicated that NASIPs regularly resulted in an evaluation of FSDO personnel responsible for surveillance of inspected operators. On July 13, 1991, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-89-64, “Closed—Acceptable Action” but also indicated that the FAA should consider issuing formal documentation of its related policies to ensure their consistent and continued implementation. On July 23, 1991, as a result of a fatal runway collision involving two Northwest Airlines airplanes,69 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-91-65, recommending that the FAA do the following: Require that an assessment of local FAA surveillance effectiveness be a formal part of NASIP inspections, so that NASIP findings can be used to correct observed deficiencies of local inspectors as well as those of the airline. In its response, dated October 25, 1993, the FAA stated that its existing procedures involved routine internal evaluations of certificate-holding FSDOs to determine the effectiveness of the office surveillance programs and that any related NASIP results would be used in conjunction with this evaluation. On March 9, 1994, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-91-65, “Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action.” Most recently, on April 8, 2005, as a result of a fatal accident involving an Air Sunshine Cessna 402C,70 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-05-08, recommending that the FAA do the following:
68 For additional information, see Aloha Airlines, Flight 243, Boeing 737-200, 73711, near Maui, Hawaii, April 28, 1988, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-89/03 (Washington, DC; National Transportation Safety Board, 1989). 69 For additional information, see Northwest Airlines, Inc. Flights 1482 and 299, Runway Incursion and Collision, Detroit Metropolitan/Wayne County Airport, Detroit, Michigan, December 3, 1990, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-91/05 (Washington, DC; National Transportation Safety Board, 1991). 70 For more information, see In-Flight Engine Failure and Subsequent Ditching, Air Sunshine, Inc., Flight 527, Cessna 402C, N314AB, About 7.35 Nautical Miles West-Northwest of Treasure Cay Airport, Treasure Cay, Great Abaco Island, Bahamas, July 13, 2003, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-04/03 (Washington DC; National Transportation Safety Board, 2004).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Review the procedures used during its oversight of Air Sunshine, including those for the Surveillance and Evaluation Program and [RASIP], to determine why the inspections failed to ensure that operational and maintenance issues that existed at the company were corrected. On the basis of the findings of this review, modify 14 [CFR] Part 135 inspection procedures to ensure that such issues, including maintenance record keeping and practices, are identified and corrected before accidents occur. In its response letter dated August 15, 2005, the FAA indicated that it would review FAA inspector procedures and programs and revise inspector handbooks and FAA orders as necessary. In subsequent responses, the FAA indicated that its southern region conducted a focused oversight inspection of Air Sunshine. As a result of this inspection, the FAA revised its oversight procedures for Air Sunshine and revised the following related sections of FAA Order 8900.1: • Volume 2, Chapter 1, Section 2, “Assignment of Federal Aviation Administration Responsibilities” (paragraph 2-30) • Volume 6, Chapter 2, Section 32, “Inspect Part 91 Subpart K Program Manager or Part 135 (Nine or Less) Air Carrier” • Volume 6, Chapter 2, Section 35, “Inspect Section 135.422(a)(1) Operator’s Maintenance Records” On August 27, 2009, as a result of the FAA’s actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-05-08, “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.18.1.6 Check Airman Program Guidance On October 9, 1986, as a result of its investigation of three commuter air carrier accidents, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-86-108, asking the FAA to do the following: Issue an Air Carrier Operations Bulletin-Part 135, requesting [POIs] to put special emphasis on their check airmen program to assure that company pilots are evaluated properly and that check airmen apply the training and checkride standards in a strict and standardized manner. On August 31, 1990, the FAA issued change 4 to its Handbook 8400.10, “Air Transportation Operations Inspector’s Handbook.” This change contained direction and guidance concerning the check airman program for Part 121 and 135 operators, including the role and purpose of the check airman, the regulatory requirements, qualifications, functional responsibilities, and the approval process and training requirements for check airmen. On August 1, 1991, based on these actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-86-108, “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 37
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38 1.18.1.7 Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid On October 18, 1996, as a result of three upset-related air carrier accidents, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-96-120, asking the FAA to do the following: Require 14 [CFR] Part 121 and 135 operators to provide training to flight crews in the recognition of and recovery from unusual attitudes and upset maneuvers, including upsets that occur while the airplane is being controlled by automatic flight control systems, and unusual attitudes that result from flight control malfunctions and uncommanded flight control surface movements. The NTSB recognized that although pilots receive unusual attitude and upset training during all phases of basic pilot training, pilots would benefit from additional and recurrent training related to airplane attitudes and/or control system failures not normally associated with air carrier flight operations. In a response letter dated August 11, 1999, the FAA expressed agreement with the intent of the recommendation and indicated that it would initiate an NPRM proposing revision of 14 CFR Part 121, Subparts N and O, to include the recommended training. However, the FAA took no regulatory action for more than 8 years after this safety recommendation was issued (and had never proposed revision of 14 CFR Part 135 regulations, as recommended). Thus, in October 2004, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-96-120 “Open—Unacceptable Response.” Although the FAA has not taken regulatory action regarding upset recovery training, an industry team, in response to an FAA request,71 developed an airplane upset recovery training aid designed to “increase the ability of pilots to recognize and avoid situations that can lead to airplane upsets and to improve their ability to recover control of an airplane that has exceeded the normal flight regime. This will be accomplished by increasing awareness of potential upset situations and knowledge of aerodynamics….” Although this aid was originally developed to address operations involving airplanes with 100 seats or more, the information it contains is directly applicable to most jet airplanes operating in environments similar to those used by Part 121 operators. The airplane upset recovery training aid indicates that there are myriad potential situations that pilots can experience while flying and that pilots should first gain control of the airplane and then determine and eliminate the cause of the upset. Specifically, the aid indicates that every upset recovery should include managing the energy (airspeed), arresting any flightpath divergence, and recovering to a stabilized flightpath. The airplane upset recovery training aid also states that there “could be confusion on the flight deck as to what exactly happened to cause the original upset” and that “inappropriate control inputs during one upset recovery can lead to a different upset situation.” On January 12, 2009, the FAA issued an NPRM titled, “Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers,” which, if adopted as a rule, would require minimum
71 The Upset Recovery Industry Team included representatives from airplane manufacturers, airlines, pilot associations, flight training organizations, and government and regulatory agencies. The upset recovery training aid was originally released in 1998, with a recommendation that it be incorporated into all air carrier training programs to improve aviation safety. Subsequent revisions were released in 2004 and 2008.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report standards for Part 121 flight crewmember upset and loss of control training that references the airplane upset recovery training aid. The comment period for this NPRM closed on August 10,
- In its comments on this NPRM, the NTSB indicated that it is pleased that the NPRM
includes Part 121 training on recognizing and recovering from sudden or unexpected aircraft upsets. The NTSB further noted that the special hazards training section of the NPRM addresses issues related to airplane malfunctions and human performance. However, the NTSB’s response stated that similar action for Part 135 operators will be needed before Safety Recommendation A-96-120 can be classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.18.2 FAA Check Airman Appointment Information According to FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System, Chapter 20, titled, “Check Airman, Instructor, and Supervisor Programs for 14 CFR Parts 121 and 135 Certificate Holders,” a check airman is an airman who is approved by the FAA to perform the following functions for an operator: 1) ensure that a flight crewmember has met competency standards before that crewmember is released from training, and 2) ensure that those standards are maintained while the crewmember remains in service with the operator. According to the provisions of 14 CFR Part 135, a check airman is authorized to conduct proficiency or competency checks, line checks, and special qualification checks and to supervise the initial operating experience training within the operator’s approved program. According to FAA Order 8900.1, the check airman appointment process consists of the following five phases: 1) Operator familiarization with check airman requirements. (A check airman candidate must have the appropriate training, experience, and demonstrated ability to evaluate and to certify the knowledge and skills of other company airmen. Additionally, a check airman candidate must have achieved and maintained a favorable record as a flight crewmember.) 2) The operator submits the appropriate nominating documentation to the FAA. 3) The FAA reviews the nominating documentation. 4) The FAA evaluates the check airman candidate. 5) If appropriate, the FAA approves the check airman candidate for check airman status. FAA Order 8900.1 specifically stated that the approving POI will verify the check airman candidate’s pilot certificates and background using the Flight Standards Information System and that all required training must have been satisfactorily completed. Order 8900.1 does not contain any guidance regarding POI actions in the event that the background check contained negative information. However, the guidance stated that, once approved, a check airman’s manner and professional reputation should always reflect positively on the operator and the FAA. 39
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.3 Related Wiring Issues and Cessna Service Bulletin Postaccident review of Marlin Air’s maintenance documents for its other Citation revealed a repair similar to those observed on the ribbon cables recovered from the accident airplane’s control column shafts. Subsequent interviews with avionics technicians and the NTSB’s review of related FAA service difficulty reports revealed that similar repairs to address damaged wiring/cables in control column shafts were common. At its widest point, the control yoke mounting shaft had an inside diameter of 0.625 inches. At that same point, the shaft had two 0.187-inch diameter bolts passing through it in a cross, which effectively reduced the inside diameter to less than 0.3 inch. (See figure 7 in section 1.12.2.1.) There was no chafe protection or physical restraint for the wires where they passed by the bolts. The design of the ribbon cable installations required lengthwise folds to fit past the bolts in the shaft, as was the case in the accident airplane. The wires within the control yoke shaft would not have been visible to flight crews or even to maintenance personnel without extensive disassembly. As a result of previous reports of failures of the wiring within Cessna Citations control column shafts, Cessna issued Service Bulletin (SB) 550-24-14, on January 17, 1992, advising Citation operators to replace the flat ribbon cable installed inside the control column shafts (which were found folded and damaged in the accident airplane control column) with a rounded type of sheathed wire bundle that would fit better and be better protected within the shaft. SB 550-24-14 had not been accomplished on the accident airplane. Compliance with SBs (which are issued by the manufacturer) is not mandatory as is compliance with FAA-issued ADs. According to FAA personnel, the agency did not issue an AD on this issue because it considered wiring short circuits a minor recurring service issue and because an unlikely double failure (for example, short circuits on the power and ground paths) would be necessary to elevate the problem beyond what it considered to be a nuisance level. According to Cessna representatives, after SB 550-24-14 was issued, Cessna had received seven customer reports of short circuits and cut wires in bundles of original control column wiring in various Citation models. 1.18.4 Aileron Trim Requirements Federal regulations require “powered” trim systems—systems in which an electric or hydraulic motor can drive the trim surface deflections—to be protected against the possibility of a runaway trim condition. AC 25-7A, “Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes,” provides guidance for demonstrating compliance with aileron trim system design standards. According to AC 25-7A, the aileron flight control forces experienced by the pilot must not exceed those defined in 14 CFR 25.143(d): 50 pounds for temporary application and 5 pounds for prolonged application. Because the Citation 550 aileron trim is an “unpowered” system (meaning that the only means of deflection are the manual inputs made by the pilots), the FAA does not require tests of surface deflections during airplane certification activities. However, during postaccident flight 40
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report tests conducted in July 2007, pilot control wheel forces in excess of 50 pounds were recorded when only 50 percent of the available aileron trim was applied at an airspeed of 250 knots. Cessna estimated that full aileron trim input would have resulted in pilot control wheel forces in excess of 150 pounds. 1.18.5 Previous Citation 550 Aileron Trim Events The NTSB’s investigation revealed several instances in which other Citation 550 pilots have experienced aileron trim-related control problems, as shown in the following examples: 1) The owner of the accident airplane told a NTSB investigator that when he flew the accident airplane just after maintenance a few months before the accident, control of the airplane during the takeoff roll and departure was “very challenging” even though the trim indicators appeared at first to be centered. He stated that he was able to counteract the challenging control forces by adjusting the aileron trim control knob and complete the flight without further incident. However, he noted that relatively minor adjustments of the aileron trim wheel resulted in control inputs that could be challenging to control and stated that those inputs would have been harder to control as the airplane’s speed increased. 2) On August 27, 2007, the pilots of a Cessna Citation declared an emergency and received vectors back to the departure airport after experiencing an uncommanded right roll during climbout. The captain reported that he had to use substantial pressure, using both of his hands and assistance from the first officer, to correct the uncommanded roll. A postflight inspection revealed that a mistrim in the roll axis resulted in an uncommanded roll at high speed when the autopilot disengaged.
41
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Analysis
- 1 General
The captain and first officer were properly certificated and qualified under federal regulations to act in their respective roles during the accident flight. There was no evidence of any medical conditions that might have adversely affected the pilots’ performance during the accident flight. Although the captain’s pilot certificates had previously been revoked because of a felony conviction involving the illegal transport of drugs into the United States, the FAA had reissued his pilot certificates, and they were valid at the time of the accident. The accident airplane was properly certificated, was equipped and maintained in accordance with industry practices (except for the wiring installed in the pilots’ control yokes), and was within weight and cg limits. Evidence of preimpact electrical failures in the first officer’s control yoke is discussed in section 2.2.2.2. The following analysis discusses the accident flight, including possible accident scenarios; pilot actions and coordination; image recording equipment on airplanes not equipped with FDRs; autopilot panel design; control yoke wiring installations; identification of circuit breakers for use in emergencies; aural and visual alerts to pitch trim-in-motion; aileron trim power and sensitivity; FAA appointment of check airmen; the scope of RASIP inspections; avenues for expressing safety concerns to federal authorities; and the safety ramifications of an operators’ financial health. 2.2 Accident Flight Sequence According to the CVR recording, the captain recognized a flight control problem almost immediately after takeoff from MKE (about 1557:35), as he began to turn right from the runway heading of 009° toward the assigned departure heading of 050°. Beginning about that time (1557:51), the CVR recorded repeated comments indicating that the captain was struggling with a flight control problem. The captain repeatedly stated that he was “fighting the controls” (about 1557:51; 1557:57; 1558:07) and confirmed with the first officer that the landing gear had been retracted (about 1558:03). About 1558:21, the captain again stated that he was “fighting the controls,” this time adding, “It wants to turn hard left.” The captain allowed the airplane to accelerate and climb after takeoff consistent with the airplane’s assigned departure heading and altitude while he and the first officer tried to troubleshoot the control anomaly. Comments recorded by the CVR indicated that the pilots did 42
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 43 not consult an emergency or abnormal procedure checklist.72 Further, CVR evidence indicated that, on at least one occasion, it is likely that the first officer made an unrequested trim input. About 1559, at the captain’s request, the first officer advised MKE air traffic controllers that they had a control problem and would be returning to the airport. For the remainder of the flight, the CVR recorded both pilots communicating on the radio. The CVR also recorded several instances in which the captain asked the first officer to help him maintain control of the airplane; the last such instance occurred about 1600:36, when the captain asked the first officer to hold the airplane’s flight controls so that he could try to pull circuit breakers. The last radar return was recorded moments later (just before 1601), about 8 to 9 seconds before the airplane hit the water in a steep nose-down, left-wing-low attitude. 2.2.1 Possible Initiating Event Accident Scenarios The NTSB evaluated several possible explanations for the initiating event experienced by the pilots and found that two of those possible explanations were most consistent with the abnormal control situation: 1) an inadvertent autopilot engagement, or 2) a runaway electric pitch trim. Examination of the available evidence, including the items described below, both supports and contradicts these scenarios. Without an FDR or image recorder on board, it was not possible to determine the exact cause of the initiating event or the pilots’ actions during the accident sequence. If the accident airplane had been equipped with crash-protected data- or image-recording equipment,73 the NTSB would also have had useful information regarding many other unresolved issues in this accident, including whether checklists were silently followed (partially or completely), whether and when the trim controls were used, and any other actions and flight control movements made by the pilots during the event. In Safety Recommendation A-09-11, issued in January 2009 as a result of the July 27, 2007, midair collision involving electronic news gathering helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona,74 the NTSB addressed the need for image recording equipment on aircraft that are not required to be equipped with an FDR and are operating under 14 CFR Part 135 (such as the accident airplane). In its April 17, 2009, response letter, the FAA described its participation in two studies that evaluated the installation of image recorders on an airplane and a flight simulator. Based on the results of these studies, the working group developed EUROCAE document ED-155, “Minimal Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” which was published in August 2009. Pending the FAA’s issuance of a TSO that includes the specifications outlined in ED-155, Safety Recommendation A-09-11 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” The NTSB concludes that if the accident airplane had been equipped with a recorder system that captured cockpit images and parametric data,
72 The pilots could have consulted the autopilot hardover or jammed elevator trim tab checklists, which would have called for pressing the autopilot/trim disengage switch or maintaining a reduced airspeed, respectively. There was no specific rudder-related emergency or abnormal procedure checklist. 73 The airplane involved in the Milwaukee accident was not required to have an FDR or image recorder installed; however, it would have been subject to the requirements for a cockpit image recorder had the FAA implemented previous safety recommendations. 74 For additional information, see Midair Collision of Electronic News Gathering Helicopters, KTVK-TV Eurocopter AS350B2, N613TV, and U.S. Helicopters Eurocopter AS350B2, N215TV, Phoenix, Arizona, July 27, 2007, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/02 (Washington, DC; National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44 investigators would have been better able to determine the circumstances that led to this accident. 2.2.1.1 Inadvertent Autopilot Engagement Scenario The NTSB considered the possibility that the autopilot was inadvertently activated instead of, or at the same time as, the yaw damper, initiating the accident sequence. As previously noted, the autopilot and yaw damper engage buttons are identical and are located adjacent to each other on the autopilot console, and anecdotal evidence indicates that inadvertent activation of the autopilot when activation of the yaw damper is intended is not an uncommon occurrence.75 If the first officer had inadvertently engaged the autopilot instead of the yaw damper (which is not inconsistent with his limited proficiency in the accident airplane) and the situation went unnoticed (and, therefore, uncorrected) by the captain, the autopilot would have tried to hold the heading and climb pitch attitude on which it was engaged; the associated heading was likely on or about the runway’s magnetic heading of 009°. The autopilot inputs would result in a control wheel force toward that heading whenever the pilots tried to turn the airplane in a different direction. It is likely that, at some time during the accident sequence, the first officer manipulated the aileron and/or rudder trim in an effort to help the captain with the control problems he was experiencing. The CVR recorded several trim-related comments made by the first officer.76 The last of these comments, “how’s that. Any better?” occurred about 90 seconds after takeoff and after the captain complained about the trim and could plausibly have referred to an effort he made to assist the captain. The NTSB’s airplane performance study indicated that the airplane banked sharply after this statement. The CVR then recorded a grunting noise made by the captain, and the performance study indicated that the airplane subsequently returned to its previous heading. The CVR evidence indicates that the pilots did not coordinate with each other regarding trim inputs, and it is likely that the first officer’s trim inputs aggravated, rather than ameliorated, the situation. Almost immediately, the captain told the first officer to advise ATC that they were returning to MKE. (Pilot coordination will be discussed in section 2.3.) Because the captain would normally have hand-flown the initial portion of a flight, he would not have expected the autopilot to be engaged. Additionally, because he did not request trim adjustments, the captain would not have anticipated having to counter trim-related forces while haphazardly troubleshooting the problem. As a result, the captain’s troubleshooting during the accident sequence was confused. According to the NTSB’s performance study, the lateral and directional handling problems that would result from inadvertent autopilot activation and mistrim under these circumstances would result in control forces that were light at first and larger as the airplane accelerated and turned further from the runway extended centerline heading. The effects
75 The Citation 550 pilots involved with the simulator testing during the investigation stated that each, at one time in their careers, had inadvertently pushed the autopilot instead of the yaw damper buttons. 76 About 35 seconds after takeoff, after the captain made his third mention of an unspecified control problem, the first officer stated, “how’s your trim set? Is that the way you want it?” About 12 seconds later, after the captain stated that the airplane wanted to “turn hard left,” the first officer asked, “how’s your trim down here?” Finally, about 1 ½ minutes after takeoff, the first officer asked, “how’s that, any better?”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 of the autopilot turning the airplane toward the runway’s magnetic heading and the forces resulting from the mistrimmed condition ultimately would have demanded strenuous inputs from both pilots to maintain control. The performance study results were consistent with many aspects of this interpretation of the accident sequence. For example, the captain first complained of a control problem just moments after the airplane would have begun to turn from the initial autopilot engagement heading in accordance with the departure clearance, when an inadvertently activated autopilot would have been trying to return the airplane to the initial autopilot engagement heading. About 1 1/2 minutes later, after the control problem had escalated (likely as a result of the first officer’s trim inputs and the captain allowing the airplane to accelerate while he dealt with the unidentified control problem), the captain decided to declare an emergency and return to MKE. The final loss of control began about 1 minute later, just after the captain transferred the controls to the first officer to look for the autopilot circuit breaker. The performance study showed that the transfer of control occurred when the airplane was heading back towards MKE and passed through and moved away from the autopilot engagement heading, which, according to this scenario, would have resulted in dynamically changing forces on the control wheel as the autopilot reversed the direction of its input in an attempt to return to the runway heading. Other evidence was inconsistent with this scenario, however. For example, examination of the recovered autopilot servomotor clutches and the unstretched filaments in the cockpit autopilot-engaged light bulb (which was not illuminated at impact) suggested that, although the autopilot did have power at impact, it was likely not engaged at impact.77 Some stretching was observed in the yaw-damper-engaged bulb filaments. If the autopilot had been engaged, similar stretching should have been observed in the autopilot-engaged bulb filaments. 2.2.1.2 Runaway Pitch Trim Scenario Because of evidence of short circuits in the first officer’s control column wiring that could have affected the airplane’s pitch trim, the NTSB also considered the possibility that a runaway pitch trim resulted in uncommanded nose-down inputs,78 initiating the accident sequence. This scenario interprets the captain’s reactions as consistent with an increasing control force and efforts to decrease that force. These efforts would have been complicated by the first officer’s trim inputs. Actuation of the accident airplane’s electric pitch trim required completion of circuits providing power to the motor and to a ground path. Wreckage examination did reveal physical evidence that, sometime before impact, at least two short circuits occurred in a bundle of wires in the first officer’s control yoke/column. Investigators also found evidence of heat
77 Examination of the autopilot servomotor clutches indicated that they were not engaged at impact. Manufacturer testing showed that new servomotor clutches disengage within about 50 milliseconds, which was within the estimated 85 milliseconds that elapsed during the impact sequence. However, the servomotor clutch disengage times would degrade with time and use; therefore, it is likely that the accident airplane’s servomotor clutches would take longer than 50 milliseconds to disengage. 78 Physical evidence indicated that the airplane’s pitch trim was in the full nose-down position at impact. Because an engaged and normally functioning autopilot can also provide inputs to the electric pitch trim motor, this evidence could be consistent with either scenario.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46 damage consistent with the short circuits and chafing on some of the wires in this area.79 One of the short circuits occurred between the pitch trim power supply wire and the adjacent steel surface of the first officer’s control yoke shaft;80 the recovered wires were chafed around the area where the exposed wire had become welded to the steel of the control shaft. This short circuit exposed the cores of multiple wires, providing a potential source of power to the pitch trim motor. This short circuit would also have caused the pitch trim circuit breaker to trip, which would render the electric pitch trim system unavailable for normal use by the pilots. Because the CVR recorded no pitch-trim-related complaints by the pilots during their approach to MKE, it is likely that this short circuit occurred after the pilots’ last use of the electric pitch trim during the airplane’s landing at MKE. Examination of the wreckage also revealed that a contact in one of the two switches in the first officer’s pitch-trim control was bent inward, eliminating the space between it and the center reed. In normal pitch trim operations, the center reed moves outward and contacts the fixed contact to complete the ground path circuit; this condition might have provided the pitch trim motor with the nose-down latent ground path. (Impact damage precluded positive identification of the ground path.) Other evidence is inconsistent with this scenario. For example, previous NTSB investigations involving pitch control problems81 indicate that pilots are typically immediately aware of the nature of pitch-related problems and struggle to keep the airplane upright.82 Because the captain would have routinely adjusted the pitch trim with each configuration change and in response to any unwanted trim forces experienced during departure, it is likely that he would have recognized a runaway pitch trim situation shortly after it began. Further, in this scenario, the pilots would have been struggling to keep the airplane from nosing over during the accident flight, yet there was no specific reference to “pitch” or “pull” by either pilot until about 5 seconds before impact.
79 Evidence and maintenance records showed at least two instances in which the wires in the first officer’s control yoke/column had been previously repaired. 80 There was also evidence of a short circuit on the power wire for the autopilot clutches. 81 For example, see (a) Loss of Control and Impact with Pacific Ocean, Alaska Airlines Flight 261, McDonnell Douglas MD-83, N963AS, About 2.7 miles north of Anacapa Island, California, January 31, 2000, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-02/01, (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002); (b) Loss of Control on Takeoff, Emery Worldwide Airlines, Flight 17, McDonnell Douglas DC-8-71F, N8079U, Rancho Cordova, California, February 16, 2000, NTSB/AAR-03/02 (National Transportation Safety Board: Washington, DC, 2003); (c) Colgan Air (dba USAirways), Beechcraft 1900D, N240CJ, Yarmouth Massachusetts, August 26, 2003, NTSB/AAR-04/01 (National Transportation Safety Board: DC, 2001); and (d) Loss of Pitch Control During Takeoff, Air Midwest Flight 5481, Raytheon (Beechcraft) 1900D, N233YV, Charlotte, North Carolina, January 8, 2003, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-04-01 (National Transportation Safety Board: DC, 2004); (e) The factual report and probable cause statement for a September 1, 2008, accident (NTSB identification number CHI08MA270), available on the NTSB website at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. 82 In addition, during investigation-related simulation sessions, pilots indicated that a natural first response to a pitch-related problem would be to press the autopilot/trim disconnect button. No autopilot disconnect chime was recorded by the CVR.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 47 2.2.1.3 Accident Scenario Analysis and Discussion Although these two scenarios were the most likely explanations for the initiating flight control event, neither scenario was completely consistent with the investigative evidence. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident sequence initiated as a result of a control problem that was related to either an inadvertent autopilot activation or a pitch trim anomaly, the effects of which were compounded by aileron and/or rudder trim inputs; however, it was not possible to determine the exact nature of the initiating event. Regardless of what the initiating event was, evidence from Cessna flight test records, postaccident simulator tests, and the NTSB’s postaccident performance study indicated that the result would have been controllable if the captain had not allowed the airspeed and resulting control forces to increase while he tried to troubleshoot the problem. Evidence showed that, despite the abnormal control situation, the captain was able to maintain control of the airplane without much exertion when the airplane was operating at a relatively slow airspeed shortly after takeoff, but he increasingly struggled as the airplane accelerated and the control forces increased. By allowing the airplane’s airspeed to increase while engaging in haphazard and poorly coordinated troubleshooting efforts, the pilots allowed an abnormal situation to escalate to an emergency. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, regardless of the initiating event, if the pilots had simply maintained a reduced airspeed while they responded to the situation, the aerodynamic forces on the airplane would not have increased significantly; at reduced airspeeds, the pilots should have been able to maintain control of the airplane long enough to either successfully troubleshoot and resolve the problem or return safely to the airport. If the accident pilots had sought guidance for either of the potential scenarios in the airplane’s checklists or manuals, they would not have found it, because no such guidance existed. However, AFM guidance for a different control anomaly (a jammed elevator trim) suggests that, in the face of an unexpected and unidentified control problem, a pilot should maintain a configuration and airspeed already proven to be controllable.83 In partial response to an NTSB safety recommendation issued after a series of upset-related air carrier accidents (A-96-120), an industry team developed an airplane upset recovery training aid designed to “increase the ability of pilots to recognize and avoid situations that can lead to airplane upsets and to improve their ability to recover control of an airplane….” The FAA has issued an NPRM, which,84 if adopted as a rule, would require minimum standards for 14 CFR Part 121 flight crewmember upset and loss of control training that references the airplane upset recovery training aid. Although this aid was originally developed to address operations involving airplanes with 100 seats or more, the information it contains is directly applicable to most jet airplanes, such as the accident airplane, operating in environments similar to those used by Part 121 operators. In its comments on the NPRM, the NTSB stated that similar action for Part 135 operators will be needed before Safety Recommendation A-96-120 can be classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.”
83 The Citation 550 AFM guidance for a jammed elevator trim condition during takeoff condition advised pilots to maintain an airspeed of 120 knots or less, not to change the airplane’s configuration, and to land as soon as practical. Given enough time, the pilots might have consulted the AFM and discovered this procedure. 84 The NPRM was issued on January 12, 2009, and comments were due by August 10, 2009.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The NTSB recognized that although pilots receive unusual attitude and upset training during all phases of basic pilot training, pilots would benefit from additional and recurrent training related to airplane attitudes and/or control system failures not normally associated with air carrier flight operations. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that pilots would benefit from training and readily accessible guidance indicating that, when confronted with abnormal flight control forces, they should prioritize airplane control (airspeed, attitude, and configuration) before attempting to identify and eliminate the cause of the flight control problem. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all 14 CFR Part 91K and Part 135 operators to incorporate upset recovery training (similar to that described in the airplane upset recovery training aid used by many Part 121 operators) and related checklists and procedures into their training programs. Investigation of both possible initiating event scenarios identified safety issues that will be discussed in the remainder of this report. 2.2.2 Safety Issues 2.2.2.1 Autopilot Panel Design As previously noted, the yaw damper and autopilot engage buttons are identical in size, shape, type of operation (on/off pushbutton), and amount of force necessary to activate. Further, because of their physical location (adjacent to each other near the aft end of the cockpit center console, out of a pilot’s normal field of vision), the difference between the yaw damper and autopilot engage buttons may not always be readily apparent to pilots. Anecdotal evidence indicates that inadvertent activation of the autopilot when attempting to engage the yaw damper is not an uncommon occurrence. This would especially be of concern during times of competing visual demands and high pilot workload, such as takeoffs and landings. As discussed in section 2.2.1.1, if the first officer had inadvertently activated the autopilot when intending only to activate the yaw damper, it would likely have resulted in unanticipated, and possibly dramatic, consequences. FAA airworthiness standards require cockpit controls to be located and identified to prevent confusion and inadvertent operation. Additionally, human factors engineering principles indicate that, in a well-designed control system, every control must be detectable and discernable from other controls. The current design configuration of the Citation yaw damper/autopilot control push-button switches appears contrary to this standard. The switches present identical size, texture, mode of operation (on/off pushbutton), and actuation pressure to the pilot. Further, they are located immediately adjacent to each other, outside of the pilots’ normal range of vision, without an intervening divider or partition. In periods of high workload or other distractions, a pilot might be inclined to activate the yaw damper by feel and location; under such circumstances, it would be easy for a pilot to select the wrong switch. 48
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 49 The NTSB concludes that the design and location of the yaw damper and autopilot switches on Cessna Citation series airplanes do not adequately protect against inadvertent activation of a system, which could have disastrous consequences. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Cessna to redesign and retrofit the yaw damper and autopilot switches on the autopilot control panel in Citation series airplanes to make them easily distinguishable and to guard against unintentional pilot activation. Further, because other airplanes may be equipped with similarly designed autopilot control panels and, therefore, may also be susceptible to inadvertent autopilot activation,85 the NTSB recommends that the FAA identify airplanes other than the Cessna Citation with autopilot control panel designs that may lead to inadvertent activation of the autopilot and require manufacturers to redesign and retrofit the autopilot control panels to make the buttons easily distinguishable and to guard against unintentional activation. 2.2.2.2 Airplane Wiring This investigation revealed documentation of previous instances in which the Cessna Citation series of airplanes had experienced failures of the wiring within the control column shafts.86 As a result of these wiring failures, Cessna issued SB 550-24-14 on January 17, 1992, advising Citation operators to replace the flat ribbon cable installed inside the control column shafts with a rounded type of sheathed wire bundle that would fit better and be better protected within the shaft. None of the accident airplane’s owners and/or operators since SB 550-24-14 was issued had accomplished the replacement suggested in SB 550-24-14; compliance with SBs is not mandatory. The flat ribbon cable installed in the accident airplane’s control column shaft was found in the wreckage, folded and damaged, with evidence of prior repairs. According to Cessna representatives, after SB 550-24-14 was issued, Cessna had received numerous customer reports of short circuits and cut wires in control columns in various Citation models. In each case where sufficient data were available, analysis indicated that the actions suggested in SB 550-24-14 would likely have alleviated the situation. The NTSB concludes that a rounded type of sheathed wire bundle would fit better and be better protected within the control column shaft than the currently installed flat ribbon cable; replacement of the flat ribbon cable with a rounded type of sheathed wire bundle could result in fewer short circuits and other electrical events. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA issue an AD mandating compliance with Cessna SB 550-24-14, “Control Wheel Electrical Cable Replacement,” which was issued on January 17, 1992.
85 For example, the NTSB’s investigation of the October 25, 2002, accident involving a King Air A100 in Eveleth, Minnesota, revealed that, on a previous flight, the King Air’s pilot had inadvertently activated the autopilot instead of the yaw damper after takeoff, which resulted in an abrupt nose-down pitch. 86 Review of documentation for these other instances revealed that in some cases multiple wires were damaged; however, there was no documentation of a dual failure (as may have occurred on the accident airplane) or resulting inappropriate pitch trim function.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 50 2.2.2.3 Runaway Pitch Trim The NTSB’s accident and incident database contains at least eight accidents involving Cessna Citation pitch trim or related failures. For example, the NTSB previously addressed runaway pitch trim issues as a result of the July 22, 2003, accident involving a Citation 525 that ditched in the waters of Penn Cove, Coupeville, Washington, after a loss of elevator trim control that resulted in an uncommanded nose-down pitch attitude. Based on this accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-07-52 and -54, asking that the FAA require Cessna to equip its Citation 525 airplanes with an aural trim-in-motion warning, better visual trim-in-motion cues (for example, contrasting color bands) on the pitch trim wheel, and collars on the pitch trim and autopilot circuit breakers to provide pilots with the means for recognizing and correcting a runaway pitch trim condition before control forces become unmanageable. (Postaccident examination of Marlin Air’s other Citation 550 revealed that it had identification collars on the starter and alternating current inverter circuit breakers, but not on the pitch trim or autopilot circuit breakers. Investigators also noted that the Citation’s uncollared circuit breakers were difficult to grasp and pull and that the circuit breakers with identification collars were much easier to grasp and pull.) In its response letter, dated November 20, 2007, the FAA indicated that it believed that the combination of the normal cues of undesired trim motion and the issuance of AD 2004-14-20 (which addressed the specific single-point failure mode identified in the Penn Cove accident investigation by requiring the replacement of the trim printed circuit board) correct the unsafe conditions identified during the investigation of the July 22, 2003, Penn Cove accident, rendering the action recommended in Safety Recommendation A-07-52 unnecessary. The NTSB’s June 11, 2009, response letter disagreed with the FAA’s position, stating that, had the Penn Cove pilot received conspicuous warning of the pitch trim runaway condition earlier in the accident sequence, he would have been able to complete the related checklist procedure and pulled the pitch trim circuit breaker before the pitch control forces became unmanageable. Therefore, on June 11, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-52, “Open—Unacceptable Response.” The NTSB notes that not only has the runaway trim problem not been satisfactorily addressed with regard to the Citation 525 model airplane involved in the Penn Cove accident, it also exists in other Citation model airplanes, such as the Citation 550 involved in the MKE accident. In a representative airplane, investigators observed that the movement of the large, black pitch trim wheel, which was located on the left side of the throttle console adjacent to the captain’s right leg, was not always apparent. The addition of contrasting color bands, as recommended in Safety Recommendation A-07-52, would facilitate a pilot’s recognition of the wheel’s movement during a runaway pitch trim situation. Additionally, if a pitch trim anomaly were the initiating event in either the Penn Cove or MKE accidents, an aural trim-in-motion warning would have allowed the pilots to promptly identify the nature of the problem and correct it.87
87 An aural pitch trim-in-motion would also have been recorded by the CVR and, therefore, would have benefited the accident investigation as well.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the incorporation of an aural pitch trim-in-motion warning and contrasting color bands on the pitch trim wheel in all Cessna Citation series airplanes would help pilots of those airplanes to more promptly recognize and correct runaway pitch trim situations before control forces become unmanageable. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Cessna to modify all Citation series airplanes by incorporating an aural pitch trim-in-motion warning and contrasting color bands on the pitch trim wheel to help pilots recognize a runaway pitch trim condition before control forces become unmanageable. This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation A-07-52, which the NTSB reclassifies, “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” As an alternative response to the actions proposed in Safety Recommendation A-07-54, the FAA proposed issuing guidance recommending replacement of the pitch trim circuit breaker on the Citation 525 with a collared circuit breaker to aid the pilot in quickly identifying it if necessary. Pending the FAA’s issuance of such guidance, on June 11, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-54, “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response.” The MKE accident demonstrates that identification-collared circuit breakers on critical systems that a pilot might need to access during an abnormal or emergency situation would also benefit pilots operating Citation models not affected by the single-point failure identified in the Penn Cove accident. Filament analysis of autopilot computer-related annunciator lights and evidence inferred from the CVR transcript indicated that the MKE accident first officer was not able to immediately locate and identify critical (possibly autopilot and pitch trim) circuit breakers during the accident sequence. In part, this may have been due to his lack of familiarity with the airplane; however, these critical circuit breakers were not easily distinguishable from the many other circuit breakers on the panel. As previously noted, postaccident examination of another Marlin Air Citation 550 revealed that it had identification-collared circuit breakers on the starter and the alternating current inverter. If the accident airplane had been equipped with identification-type collars on the autopilot and pitch trim circuit breakers, the accident pilots would have been better able to identify those breakers. In addition, after the pilots located those circuit breakers, the identification collars would have made the breakers easier to grasp and pull. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that if circuit breakers that a pilot might need to quickly access during an abnormal or emergency situation were equipped with identification collars, pilots would be able to locate them more readily and pull them more easily during such a situation. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Cessna to replace all Citation series airplanes’ pitch trim, autopilot, and any other circuit breakers for critical systems that a pilot might need to access during an emergency situation with easily identifiable and collared circuit breakers to aid a pilot in quickly identifying and easily pulling those circuit breakers if necessary. This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation A-07-54, which the NTSB reclassifies Safety Recommendation A-07-54, “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” Additionally, because pilots should be able to easily identify and pull critical circuit breakers during an abnormal or emergency situations in any airplane, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require airplane manufacturers to develop guidance on the identification of circuit breakers that pilots need to identify quickly and pull easily during abnormal or emergency situations and to provide such guidance, once developed, to operators of those airplanes. Further, 51
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report the NTSB recommends that the FAA require operators to implement the manufacturer’s guidance asked for in recommendation A-09-119 regarding which circuit breakers pilots need to identify quickly and pull easily during abnormal or emergency situations in their airplanes. 2.2.2.4 Human Factors in Aircraft Design Several of the safety issues identified during this investigation (the autopilot panel design and the aileron trim sensitivity are two examples) reflect a lack of attention to human/airplane system interactions that was typical when the Citation cockpit was designed and certificated. However, the aviation industry has learned much about human factors issues in the years since the Citation was certificated, and it is now clear that areas of the airplane’s design would benefit from that knowledge. It is likely that many other aircraft that were designed and certificated in the last 3 decades would benefit from similar review and application of human factors principles. In its 2006 study of the aircraft certification process, the NTSB made two recommendations (Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and -38) to the FAA concerning human/aircraft issues in the certification of aircraft. In response to these recommendations, the FAA indicated that it was incorporating more standardized consideration of human factors into new certification projects and planned to develop new regulations and advisory materials and a human factors design guide. Additionally, the FAA stated that it intended to formalize a process for monitoring and assessing safety critical systems throughout the life cycle of an airplane. Pending the FAA’s related actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and -38, “Open—Acceptable Response” on September 12, 2007. This accident investigation revealed numerous human factors issues with the Citation cockpit design. Although this investigation revealed that many Citation pilots were aware of some of these issues (such as the potential for inadvertently pressing the wrong button when engaging the autopilot or yaw damper), the NTSB is not aware of any plans by Cessna or the FAA to change the design to address these issues. The FAA indicated to the NTSB that it was developing guidance on human factors issues in aircraft for use by its certification staff; however, the NTSB is not aware that this new guidance has been developed and distributed, nor that it would address the many issues identified in this accident. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the circumstances of this accident demonstrate the importance of a program for the FAA to monitor and conduct ongoing assessments of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of an airplane; the FAA did not perform this task adequately for the Cessna Citation. Because the numerous human factors issues identified in the accident airplane’s cockpit design may have been identified and corrected if current human factors principles were applied even after certification, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and –38 and classifies both “Open—Unacceptable Response.” 2.2.2.5 Aileron Trim Sensitivity and Responsiveness As previously noted, the Citation 550 aileron trim system is a manual (unpowered) trim system in which small inputs on the manual trim wheel in the cockpit can have a 52
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 53 disproportionate effect on aileron movement. Additionally, the trim position indicator may not accurately reflect the aileron trim surface position. Postaccident interviews indicated that many Citation pilots have been surprised by the disproportionate sensitivity and responsiveness of the Citation aileron trim control system. In addition, numerous Citation pilots (including the owner of the accident airplane)88 reported problems or even declared an emergency as a result of aileron trim issues. The anecdotal evidence indicates that it is easy to set the Citation aileron trim inappropriately, possibly resulting in a hazardous out-of-trim condition. The disproportionate sensitivity and responsiveness of this system would likely have compounded any aileron trim inputs made by the first officer during the accident flight and exacerbated an already challenging troubleshooting effort. The FAA’s certification requirements contained in 14 CFR 25.143(c) protect against a trim runaway for powered surfaces (no more than 50 pounds of force for temporary applications). However, the Citation’s aileron trim tab is unpowered, and the certification requirements do not protect against the forces that might result from excessive manual inputs. During accident-related flight tests, control wheel forces in excess of 50 pounds were measured when half of the available aileron trim was applied at an airspeed of 250 knots. Cessna estimated that application of full aileron trim at 250 knots would have resulted in control wheel forces in excess of 150 pounds. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the control wheel forces resulting from adjustments to the Cessna Citation’s unpowered aileron trim could exceed the control force limits specified by regulations for powered aileron trim surfaces. The NTSB is concerned that the design of the Citation’s aileron trim system allows for trim forces that far exceed those needed during an emergency, such as a loss of engine power. Additionally, because of the relative sensitivity of the small aileron trim control knob, even a small aileron trim adjustment could result in trim forces that would require excessive control wheel inputs to counteract and keep the airplane’s wings level. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that limiting the deflection of the Cessna Citation’s manually operated aileron trim tab to the deflection certification limit for powered trim tabs and reducing the Citation’s aileron trim sensitivity (the unexpectedly significant aileron trim deflection that results from a relatively small amount of trim knob input) would help pilots avoid sudden and excessive aileron trim deflections. However, during postaccident interviews, Cessna personnel indicated that the Citation’s aileron trim capability was originally designed for a failure condition, but that records from the time of the design did not identify that failure condition. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Cessna to evaluate and limit the maximum aileron trim deflection on Citation series airplanes to that required to meet the certification control requirements for powered trim tabs, unless there is a design-justification to exceed those requirements. In addition, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Cessna to reduce the aileron trim sensitivity (the unexpectedly significant aileron trim deflection that results from a relatively small amount of trim knob input) on Citation series airplanes to avoid sudden and
88 The owner of the accident airplane told investigators that months before the accident he experienced a “very challenging” aileron trim-related control situation just after takeoff during a postmaintenance flight. He stated that he was never concerned about losing control during the flight and was able to correct the situation with a half-turn of the aileron trim control wheel but added that a larger aileron mistrim would have been “really hard to control…as speed built you may not be able to [control the airplane].”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 54 excessive aileron trim deflections. (Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and -38, reiterated in this report, address this issue for other future-built airplanes.) These recommended changes to the Citation aileron trim system will take time to develop and implement. In the meantime, Citation pilots who are unaware of the aileron trim system’s potentially excessive sensitivity and responsiveness might unintentionally exacerbate an abnormal flight control situation. The NTSB concludes that if Cessna Citation pilots and operators were informed of the potential hazards related to the sensitivity and responsiveness of the airplane’s aileron trim system, they would be better able to avoid problematic aileron trim inputs until a more permanent solution (an aileron trim system retrofit) is in place. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA, as an interim measure (pending an available aileron trim system retrofit), notify Citation pilots and operators of the potential hazards related to the sensitivity and responsiveness of the airplane’s aileron trim system. 2.3 Pilot Communications and Coordination The CVR recorded the later portion of the flight inbound to MKE (including the approach, landing, and taxi to the FBO) and the entire accident flight. The CVR evidence showed that the captain performed the flying pilot duties during both flights and portrayed an instructor-student pilot atmosphere, with the captain routinely correcting the first officer, during both flights.89 The CVR transcript revealed a casual and undisciplined cockpit environment during both flights, with no indication that either pilot routinely referenced checklists. Further, neither pilot referenced a checklist for assistance in resolving the control anomaly during the accident flight. Rather, CVR evidence indicates that the pilots engaged in a haphazard and confusing troubleshooting process, which was often hindered by the pilots’ inadequate coordination and communication and the first officer’s lack of familiarity with the airplane. According to the CVR, when the captain decided to return to the departure airport, he stated again that the airplane was rolling on him and asked the first officer to pull the autopilot circuit breakers. The first officer could not find the circuit breakers and asked the captain where they were located. The captain did not respond to the first officer’s question; instead he instructed the first officer to declare an emergency and advise ATC of their intention to return to MKE. The first officer subsequently used an incorrect aircraft call sign in his radio transmission, and the captain corrected him. About 10 seconds before the end of the recording, the captain instructed the first officer to take control of the airplane while he, the captain, tried to pull circuit breakers. Seconds later, the captain stated, "…we're not holding it," and about 5 seconds later the recording ended. Performance data suggest that almost immediately after the first officer took control, the airplane rolled to the left and descended into the lake. It is clear that the captain had at least marginal
89 For example, when the pilots were inbound to MKE, the captain told the first officer, "Don't hesitate to ask a question…" When the first officer began to prematurely complete the before-landing checklist, the captain told him twice to wait until he talked with the control tower. Additionally, the captain coached the first officer to get the instrument landing system approach properly displayed on his flight instruments; then, during the landing rollout, the captain stated that they would forego the use of spoilers, indicating, "I should have called for 'em. I didn't want you being confused on it." As they taxied to the FBO after landing, the captain asked the first officer to call the FBO to announce the flight’s arrival; the first officer asked, "What switch do I use for com two?" The captain replied, "Number two. Turn your knob. There you go."
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 55 control of the airplane, and the airplane had successfully reversed course to return to the airport until the captain transferred control to the first officer. It is possible that the captain believed that pulling circuit breakers was the best course of action to avert a loss of control. However, the captain’s efforts to maintain control of the airplane had been successful to that point, and he could have significantly eased the ongoing and increasing control problem by reducing airspeed. The first officer provided little or no support to the captain during either flight and was arguably a distraction because the captain had to monitor the first officer’s actions as well as perform flying pilot duties. In addition, as the emergency escalated, the captain began to take over the radio calls while he continued to handle the airplane and troubleshoot the control problem. Although these distractions might have been benign during a normal flight, they were critical during the accident sequence, especially the later stages. The NTSB concludes that, as a result of the first officer’s poor flying skills, his lack of airplane systems knowledge, and both pilots’ lack of communication and coordination, the first officer provided little help to, and likely hindered, the captain during his attempts to deal with the flight control anomalies during the accident flight. The NTSB has repeatedly recommended that the FAA revise Part 135 requirements to require on-demand charter operators to establish an FAA-approved CRM training program for their flight crews, similar to CRM training programs required for Part 121 operators. The most recent related safety recommendation, Safety Recommendation A-03-52,90 was added to the NTSB’s Most Wanted List in November 2006. On May 1, 2009, the FAA published an NPRM in the Federal Register titled “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” which proposed a rule to require all Part 135 operators to include instruction in CRM in pilot and flight attendant training programs. The proposed rule would require initial and recurrent CRM training for crewmembers working for Part 135 on-demand operators. The proposed rule also specifies the minimum course content required for an approved CRM training program. The proposed rule would also exempt operators from providing initial training to crew who have already completed training with another operator. In comments submitted to the docket for this NPRM, the NTSB stated that it was supportive of the proposed rule but not the exception because operations are sufficiently different from one another to require tailored training. The response stated that the NTSB believed that the rule, without the exception, would largely meet the intent of Safety Recommendation A-03-52. Postaccident interviews with FAA inspectors and pilots who had previously flown with the accident pilots indicated that both pilots lacked procedural knowledge and familiarity with the airplane’s systems. Several pilots who had previously flown with the first officer indicated that he did not understand airplane systems, would act without thinking, and would get overloaded easily. In addition, postaccident interviews indicated that the captain did not always adhere to procedures or comply with regulations, focused on business rather than safety concerns, and routinely abbreviated checklists. CVR evidence from the accident airplane support these assertions. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the pilots’ lack of discipline, in-depth
90 Safety Recommendation A-03-52 was issued as a result of its investigation of the November 18, 2003, accident in which an Aviation Charter, Inc., King Air A100 airplane lost control and impacted terrain in Eveleth, Minnesota. For additional information, see Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-03/03. For information on additional CRM-related safety recommendations, see Safety Recommendations A-80-42, A-94-196, and A-02-12, which are available on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 56 systems knowledge, and adherence to procedures contributed to their inability to cope with anomalies experienced during the accident flight. The NTSB further concludes that Marlin Air’s selection of the accident captain (who routinely failed to comply with procedures and regulations) to the positions of company chief pilot and check airman, with responsibility for supervision and training of all company pilots, contributed to an inadequate company safety culture that allowed an ill-prepared first officer to fly in Part 135 operations. 2.4 FAA Oversight 2.4.1 Check Airman Appointment Guidance As previously stated, the POI appointed the captain as Marlin Air’s designated check airman about 2 years before the accident. The FAA defines a check airman as an airman approved by the FAA who has the appropriate training, experience, and demonstrated ability to evaluate and to certify the knowledge and skills of other airmen. The roles of a check airman, as described previously, are (1) to ensure that the flight crewmember has met competency standards before the crewmember is released from training, and (2) to ensure that those standards are maintained while the crewmember remains in line service. A check airman candidate must have achieved and maintained a favorable record as a flight crewmember. Once approved, a check airman's manner and professional reputation should always reflect positively upon the employer and the FAA. When Marlin Air nominated the captain for check airman appointment, the POI reviewed the nomination letter and verified the captain's pilot and medical certificate qualifications as required by FAA procedures.91 The captain was eligible under federal regulations to serve as the company’s chief pilot and as an FAA-designated check airman, and the POI approved the designation. The POI stated that during his review process, he noticed that the captain had previously had his pilot certificates revoked because of a drug violation; however, the POI did not seek further information regarding the nature or circumstances of the revocation. He stated that he assumed the revocation was related to a personal issue with prescription medications. The POI further stated that he did not believe it would be necessary for him to pursue the issue because the FAA had reviewed the situation and reissued the captain’s pilot certificates. FAA guidance regarding appointment of check airmen requires POIs to verify the check airman candidate's “certificates and background.” Additionally, all required training must be completed, and the airman's training records must show satisfactory completion of initial, transition, or upgrade training, as applicable. The guidance does not specifically address POI actions when the background evaluation discloses negative information. This lack of guidance can result in the
91 In October 1986, as a result of its investigations into three commuter air carrier accidents, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-86-108, asking the FAA to issue guidance regarding oversight of check airmen to all POIs for Part 135 operators. In response to this recommendation, on August 31, 1990, the FAA issued change 4 to its Handbook 8400.10, “Air Transportation Operations Inspector’s Handbook.” This change contained specific direction and guidance concerning the check airman program for Part 121 and 135 operators, including the role and purpose of the check airman, the regulatory requirements, qualifications, functional responsibilities, and the approval process and training requirements for check airmen. In March 1991, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-86-108, “Closed—Acceptable Action.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 57 appointment of check airmen who do not adhere to standards, possibly jeopardize flight safety, and generally do not represent the FAA well (as was the case with the accident captain). The FAA could address this issue by establishing procedures requiring POIs to provide heightened surveillance during a probationary period (and at other times if deemed necessary based on routine surveillance) for any check airman whose background or performance reveals negative information. The heightened surveillance would provide a check airman with an opportunity to demonstrate that they had reformed and would represent the FAA well, while providing the approving POIs with an opportunity to scrutinize the individuals’ manner and performance to ensure that they are consistent with the FAA’s standards for check airmen. In this case, the captain might have established the habit of operating according to proper standards as a check airman because he was aware of the scrutiny, or the POI might have noticed the captain’s tendency to be slipshod and rescinded the check airman appointment. The NTSB concludes that if the FAA guidance regarding check airman appointments and oversight contained procedures for POIs to follow (such as heightened surveillance) in cases where review of the pilot’s background or performance reveals negative information, checkride failures, or other performance-related deficiencies, the agency might prevent inadequate and/or undisciplined pilots from being appointed or retained as check airmen. The NTSB therefore recommends that the FAA revise check airman approval and oversight procedures to incorporate heightened surveillance during a probationary period and at other times, as warranted, for check airmen whose background evaluation uncovers a history of criminal convictions, certificate revocations, check-ride failures, or other performance-related deficiencies. 2.4.2 Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program Guidance and Procedures The FAA’s postaccident RASIP of Marlin Air involved an inspection team that included three inspectors from the FAA's Great Lakes Regional office and the three principal inspectors assigned to the operator at the time of the accident. The Marlin Air RASIP team leader told NTSB investigators that RASIP inspections were not intended to assess the quality or adequacy of the principals’ oversight, but rather to provide additional surveillance of the operators. In the case of the Marlin Air RASIP, the FAA decided to include the principal inspectors on the RASIP team because their familiarity with the operator's policies and procedures could facilitate the inspection. The Marlin Air RASIP was focused on the operator's policies and procedures, including training. Because Marlin Air’s operations had been suspended at that time due to the accident, the RASIP team did not interview any company line personnel, but rather coordinated with the director of operations and the assistant chief pilot. The inspection revealed one finding related to operation of an airplane requiring two pilots under the operations specifications by only one pilot.92
92 As previously noted, the only other recent FAA inspection of Marlin Air was an OSIP that was accomplished in March 2002, more that 5 years before the accident. The OSIP findings were minor and were immediately corrected by Marlin Air.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Although the RASIP report indicated that the team reviewed training records for all Marlin Air pilots, Marlin Air personnel advised the RASIP team that the only copies of the accident pilots’ records had been furnished to NTSB investigators. Because Marlin Air did not retain copies of the pilots’ records (or obtain copies from the NTSB to fully comply with the RASIP team’s request), these records were not available for the RASIP team’s review. Yet the RASIP team’s report indicated that “records for all pilots were reviewed,” and issued no adverse findings. The RASIP report did not qualify its findings by indicating that some of the pilot records were not reviewed nor did it indicate that the team was unable to assess Marlin Air’s day- to-day operations because the company’s operations were suspended after the accident. Furthermore, it is understandable that the RASIP report did not reveal the training form irregularities for the first officer’s recent checkride approval if the inspection team had no information regarding him; however, it is not clear why the RASIP investigators did not discover the irregularities in two recent checkride forms pertaining to other Marlin Air pilots, irregularities that were subsequently discovered during the NTSB’s investigation. The NTSB has previously issued safety recommendations reflecting its concerns about the quality of inspections conducted by the FAA, repeatedly recommending that the FAA issue formal documentation to ensure consistent and continued implementation of these policies. The most recent of these recommendations, Safety Recommendation A-05-08, was issued in April 2005, as a result of a fatal accident involving an Air Sunshine Cessna 402C. In response to Safety Recommendation A-05-08, the FAA’s southern region conducted a focused oversight inspection of Air Sunshine. As a result of that inspection, the FAA revised its oversight of Air Sunshine and revised several related sections of FAA Order 8900.1. On August 27, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-05-08, “Closed—Acceptable Action.” The NTSB concludes that the RASIP inspection conducted after this accident failed to uncover evidence of training irregularities and did not evaluate the quality of FAA surveillance provided before the accident. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA conduct a detailed review of the oversight provided to Marlin Air to determine why the oversight system failed to detect (before and after the accident) and correct Marlin Air’s operational deficiencies, particularly in the areas of pilot hiring, training, and adherence to procedures. Further, the NTSB recommends that the FAA, based on the review described in Safety Recommendation A-09-125, revise the oversight system and FAA Order 8900.1 as needed. 2.4.3 Mechanisms for Alerting the FAA to Potential Operator Problems Complaints from outside the FAA may alert the FAA to a variety of operator-related safety issues that the FAA can pursue through a formal investigation or increased oversight. This investigation revealed that although UM Survival Flight program personnel had felt comfortable with Marlin Air for most of the 19 years they had contracted with the operator, UM personnel had increasing reservations regarding Marlin Air’s operations in the couple of years preceding the accident. UM personnel stated that they began to hear complaints about Marlin Air and their pilots and had concerns related to the number of Marlin Air flights cancelled due to mechanical issues. According to the UM program manager, the number of trip cancellations had increased in the year preceding the accident and medical personnel were beginning to think that Marlin Air was unsafe. However, UM personnel did not relay any of these concerns to the FAA before the 58
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 59 accident because they were not aware of the FAA safety hotline or other methods by which they might make their concerns known. An FAA representative of its Executive Office for Flight Standards stated that there were several FAA programs that might have been beneficial to the UM personnel in raising safety concerns. These included the Customer Service Initiative administered through the local FSDO or regional offices, the Safety Hotline administered by the Office of Accident Investigation, and the Administrator’s Hotline. Had the FAA been aware of UM’s concerns, FAA staff could have responded with increased oversight or a formal investigation. The NTSB concludes that customers (such as UM) who contract with aviation operators may not understand the FAA’s role in aviation safety or know how to contact FAA personnel when safety concerns arise. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all 14 CFR Part 135 and Part 91K operators to provide their customers, when a business agreement or contract is finalized, with FAA contact information identified as specifically for use in expressing concerns about flight safety thus providing customers with a clear means of communicating any safety concerns to the FAA. The American Hospital Association (AHA) is another source for updated medical/air ambulance industry information.93 AHA currently has more than 37,000 health care members and routinely publishes newsletters addressing current healthcare issues. The NTSB recommends that AHA inform its members, through its website, newsletters, and conferences, of the FAA’s role in aviation safety with respect to medical/air ambulance services and provide FAA contact information. Further, AHA should urge its members to communicate any safety concerns related to medical/air ambulance services to the FAA. 2.5 Operators with Financial Difficulties Marlin Air exhibited many signs of financial difficulties before the accident. For example, about 7 months before the accident, a court judgment was entered against Marlin Air for nonpayment of hangar rent. The company made an initial payment against the rent due but subsequently defaulted on the second payment. Additionally, a supplier that had previously provided Marlin Air with fuel on a contract basis terminated its contract with the company about 2 to 3 years before the accident because the operator fell behind in account payments. Another fuel supplier terminated its credit arrangement with Marlin Air due to nonpayment but continued to provide fuel, with payment required at the time of purchase. Postaccident interviews and CVR evidence showed that the captain occasionally focused on business issues at the expense of flight safety. For example, as previously stated, the captain intentionally took off, and subsequently landed, in an airplane that was loaded beyond allowable takeoff and landing weight limits because he was “tankering” inexpensive fuel to avoid paying for more expensive fuel elsewhere. In addition, CVR evidence showed that, during the accident airplane’s approach to MKE in marginal weather conditions, the captain advised the first officer
93 The AHA is the national organization that represents and serves all types of hospitals, health care networks, and their patients and communities.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report not to ask for current weather information. Although asking for the most current weather conditions immediately before an instrument approach is not required by regulation, a specific decision not to do so is consistent with a willingness to attempt an approach to an airport that may be below minimums, thus decreasing the level of safety for the operation. Concerns about the cost of a go-around or diversion to another airport might have played a part in that decision. The UM program manager stated that the financial condition of Marlin Air appeared troubled before the accident because requested upgrades were not accomplished. The program manager was disturbed to learn shortly before the accident that Marlin Air had failed to pay its recent renewal dues to the AAMS. She felt this failure could potentially jeopardize the accreditation and standing of the UM program. The examples above clearly indicate that the operator was experiencing financial difficulties. However, current federal regulations and procedures require only Part 121 operators to report financial information to the FAA. The FAA detected none of the signs of Marlin Air’s financial hardship during the FAA’s routine surveillance of that company’s Part 135 operations. The POI and local FSDO management personnel reported that they were unaware of Marlin Air’s financial situation; had they known, they said they would have scrutinized the company’s operations more closely. The NTSB concludes that had FAA personnel been aware of Marlin Air’s financial situation, the FAA would have had an opportunity to increase surveillance of the company. Therefore, to provide inspectors with an opportunity to increase their oversight of operators who appear to be in financial distress, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all 14 CFR Part 91K and Part 135 operators to notify the assigned POIs of specific adverse financial events, such as bankruptcy, court judgments related to nonpayment of recurring expenses, or termination of a credit agreement or contract by a vendor for reasons of late payment or nonpayment. Upon receipt of such information, inspectors should increase their oversight of operators who appear to be in financial distress. 60
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The captain and first officer were properly certificated and qualified under federal
regulations to act in their respective roles during the accident flight. There was no evidence of any medical conditions that might have adversely affected the pilots’ performance during the accident flight.
- Although the captain’s pilot certificates had previously been revoked because of a felony
conviction involving the illegal transport of drugs into the United States, the Federal Aviation Administration had reissued his pilot certificates, and they were valid at the time of the accident.
- The accident airplane was properly certificated, was equipped and maintained in accordance
with industry practices (except for the wiring installed in the pilots’ control yokes), and was within weight and center of gravity limits.
- If the accident airplane had been equipped with a recorder system that captured cockpit
images and parametric data, investigators would have been better able to determine the circumstances that led to this accident.
- The accident sequence initiated as a result of a control problem that was related to either an
inadvertent autopilot activation or a pitch trim anomaly, the effects of which were compounded by aileron and/or rudder trim inputs; however, it was not possible to determine the exact nature of the initiating event.
- Regardless of the initiating event, if the pilots had simply maintained a reduced airspeed
while they responded to the situation, the aerodynamic forces on the airplane would not have increased significantly; at reduced airspeeds, the pilots should have been able to maintain control of the airplane long enough to either successfully troubleshoot and resolve the problem or return safely to the airport.
- Pilots would benefit from training and readily accessible guidance indicating that, when
confronted with abnormal flight control forces, they should prioritize airplane control (airspeed, attitude, and configuration) before attempting to identify and eliminate the cause of the flight control problem.
- The design and location of the yaw damper and autopilot switches on Cessna Citation series
airplanes do not adequately protect against inadvertent activation of a system, which could have disastrous consequences. 61
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- A rounded type of sheathed wire bundle would fit better and be better protected within the
control column shaft than the currently installed flat ribbon cable; replacement of the flat ribbon cable with a rounded type of sheathed wire bundle could result in fewer short circuits and other electrical events.
- The incorporation of an aural pitch trim-in-motion warning and contrasting color bands on
the pitch trim wheel in all Cessna Citation series airplanes would help pilots of those airplanes to more promptly recognize and correct runaway pitch trim situations before control forces become unmanageable.
- If circuit breakers that a pilot might need to quickly access during an abnormal or
emergency situation were equipped with identification collars, pilots would be able to locate them more readily and pull them more easily during such a situation.
- The circumstances of this accident demonstrate the importance of a program for the Federal
Aviation Administration to monitor and conduct ongoing assessments of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of an airplane; the FAA did not perform this task adequately for the Cessna Citation.
- The control wheel forces resulting from adjustments to the Cessna Citation’s unpowered
aileron trim could exceed the control force limits specified by regulations for powered aileron trim surfaces.
- Limiting the deflection of the Cessna Citation’s manually operated aileron trim tab to the
deflection certification limit for powered trim tabs and reducing the Citation’s aileron trim sensitivity (the unexpectedly significant aileron trim deflection that results from a relatively small amount of trim knob input) would help pilots avoid sudden and excessive aileron trim deflections.
- If Cessna Citation pilots and operators were informed of the potential hazards related to the
sensitivity and responsiveness of the airplane’s aileron trim system, they would be better able to avoid problematic aileron trim inputs until a more permanent solution (an aileron trim system retrofit) is in place.
- As a result of the first officer’s poor flying skills, his lack of airplane systems knowledge,
and both pilots’ lack of communication and coordination, the first officer provided little help to, and likely hindered, the captain during his attempts to deal with the flight control anomalies during the accident flight.
- The pilots’ lack of discipline, in-depth systems knowledge, and adherence to procedures
contributed to their inability to cope with anomalies experienced during the accident flight.
- Marlin Air’s selection of the accident captain (who routinely failed to comply with
procedures and regulations) to the positions of company chief pilot and check airman, with responsibility for supervision and training of all company pilots, contributed to an inadequate company safety culture that allowed an ill-prepared first officer to fly in Part 135 operations. 62
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- If the Federal Aviation Administration guidance regarding check airman appointments and
oversight contained procedures for principal operations inspectors to follow (such as heightened surveillance) in cases where review of the pilot’s background or performance reveals negative information, checkride failures, or other performance-related deficiencies, the agency might prevent inadequate and/or undisciplined pilots from being appointed or retained as check airmen.
- The Regional Aviation Safety Inspection Program inspection conducted after this accident
failed to uncover evidence of training irregularities and did not evaluate the quality of Federal Aviation Administration surveillance provided before the accident.
- Customers (such as the University of Michigan) who contract with aviation operators may
not understand the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) role in aviation safety or know how to contact FAA personnel when safety concerns arise.
- Had Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) personnel been aware of Marlin Air’s financial
situation, the FAA would have had an opportunity to increase surveillance of the company. 63
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the pilots’ mismanagement of an abnormal flight control situation through improper actions, including failing to control airspeed and to prioritize control of the airplane, and lack of crew coordination. Contributing to the accident were Marlin Air’s operational safety deficiencies, including the inadequate checkrides administered by Marlin Air’s chief pilot/check airman, and the Federal Aviation Administration’s failure to detect and correct those deficiencies, which placed a pilot who inadequately emphasized safety in the position of company chief pilot and designated check airman and placed an ill-prepared pilot in the first officer’s seat.
64
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Recommendations
- 1
New Recommendations As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations: To the Federal Aviation Administration: Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91K and Part 135 operators to incorporate upset recovery training (similar to that described in the airplane upset recovery training aid used by many Part 121 operators) and related checklists and procedures into their training programs. (A-09-113) Require Cessna to redesign and retrofit the yaw damper and autopilot switches on the autopilot control panel in Citation series airplanes to make them easily distinguishable and to guard against unintentional pilot activation. (A-09-114) Identify airplanes other than the Cessna Citation with autopilot control panel designs that may lead to inadvertent activation of the autopilot and require manufacturers to redesign and retrofit the autopilot control panels to make the buttons easily distinguishable and to guard against unintentional activation. (A-09-115) Issue an airworthiness directive mandating compliance with Cessna Service Bulletin 550-24-14, “Control Wheel Electrical Cable Replacement,” which was issued on January 17, 1992. (A-09-116) Require Cessna to modify all Citation series airplanes by incorporating an aural pitch trim-in-motion warning and contrasting color bands on the pitch trim wheel to help pilots recognize a runaway pitch trim condition before control forces become unmanageable. (A-09-117) (This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation A-07-52 and is classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.”) Require Cessna to replace all Citation series airplane pitch trim, autopilot, and any other circuit breakers for critical systems that a pilot might need to access during an emergency situation with easily identifiable and collared circuit breakers to aid a pilot in quickly identifying and easily pulling those circuit breakers if necessary. (A-09-118) (This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation A-07-54 and is classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.”) Require airplane manufacturers to develop guidance on the identification of circuit breakers that pilots need to identify quickly and pull easily during abnormal or emergency situations and to provide such guidance, once developed, to operators of those airplanes. (A-09-119) 65
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Require operators to implement the manufacturer’s guidance asked for in recommendation A-09-119 regarding which circuit breakers pilots need to identify quickly and pull easily during abnormal or emergency situations in their airplanes. (A-09-120) Require Cessna to evaluate and limit the maximum aileron trim deflection on Citation series airplanes to that required to meet the certification control requirements for powered trim tabs, unless there is a design-justification to exceed those requirements. (A-09-121) Require Cessna to reduce the aileron trim sensitivity (the unexpectedly significant aileron trim deflection that results from a relatively small amount of trim knob input) on Citation series airplanes to avoid sudden and excessive aileron trim deflections. (A-09-122) As an interim measure (pending an available aileron trim system retrofit), notify Citation pilots and operators of the potential hazards related to the sensitivity and responsiveness of the airplane’s aileron trim system. (A-09-123) Revise check airman approval and oversight procedures to incorporate heightened surveillance during a probationary period and at other times, as warranted, for check airmen whose background evaluation uncovers a history of criminal convictions, certificate revocations, check-ride failures, or other performance- related deficiencies. (A-09-124) Conduct a detailed review of the oversight provided to Marlin Air to determine why the oversight system failed to detect (before and after the accident) and correct Marlin Air’s operational deficiencies, particularly in the areas of pilot hiring, training, and adherence to procedures. (A-09-125) Based on the review described in Safety Recommendation A-09-125, revise the oversight system and Federal Aviation Administration Order 8900.1 as needed. (A-09-126) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 and Part 91K operators to provide their customers, when a business agreement or contract is finalized, with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) contact information identified as specifically for use in expressing concerns about flight safety, thus providing customers with a clear means of communicating any safety concerns to the FAA. (A-09-127) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91K and Part 135 operators to notify the assigned principal operations inspectors of specific adverse financial events, such as bankruptcy, court judgments related to nonpayment of recurring expenses, or termination of a credit agreement or contract by a vendor for reasons of late payment or nonpayment. Upon receipt of such information, inspectors should increase their oversight of operators who appear to be in financial distress. (A-09-128) 66
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report To the American Hospital Association: Inform your members, through your website, newsletters, and conferences, of the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) role in aviation safety with respect to medical/air ambulance services and provide FAA contact information. Urge your members to communicate any safety concerns related to medical/air ambulance services to the FAA. (A-09-129) 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following safety recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Amend the advisory materials associated with 14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.1309 to include consideration of structural failures and human/airplane system interaction failures in the assessment of safety-critical systems. (A-06-37) Adopt Society of Automotive Engineers [Aerospace Recommended Practice] 5150 into 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 21, 25, 33, and 121 to require a program for the monitoring and ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of the airplane. Once in place, use this program to validate that the underlying assumptions made during design and type certification about safety-critical systems are consistent with operational experience, lessons learned, and new knowledge.” (A-06-38) Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and -38 are reiterated in section 2.2.2.4 of this report. In addition, Safety Recommendations A-06-37 and -38 are reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” 4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report The following previously issued recommendations are classified in this report: • Safety Recommendation A-07-52 (previously classified “Open—Unacceptable Response”) is classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation A-09-117) in section 2.2.2.3 of this report. • Safety Recommendation A-07-54 (previously classified “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response”) is classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation A-09-118) in section 2.2.2.3 of this report. 67
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: October 14, 2009
68
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified about the accident on June 4, 2007, shortly after it occurred. A partial go-team was launched, with an Investigator-in- Charge and specialists in Operations and Maintenance/Maintenance Records/Airworthiness. The following investigative groups were formed during this investigation: Maintenance/Maintenance Records/Airworthiness, Meteorology, Operations/Human Performance, Airplane Performance, and Cockpit Voice Recorder. In accordance with Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, an accredited representative from the Transportation Safety Board of Canada and advisors from Transport Canada and Pratt and Whitney Canada participated in this investigation. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration, Marlin Air, Cessna Aircraft Company, and Honeywell International. The NTSB received submissions regarding this accident from Marlin Air, Cessna Aircraft Company, and Honeywell International. Public Hearing No public hearing was held for this accident. 69
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 70 Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript The following is a transcript of the Universal CVR-30B cockpit voice recorder (CVR) installed on the accident airplane, a Cessna 550 (Citation 550), N550BP, which impacted Lake Michigan shortly after it departed the General Mitchell International Airport (MKE), Milwaukee, Wisconsin on June 4, 2007. LEGEND CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source HOT Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source RDO Radio transmissions from N550BP TAWS Sound identified as the terrain awareness and warning system TCAS Sound identified as the traffic collision and avoidance system -1 Voice identified as the captain -2 Voice identified as the first officer -3 Voice of unidentified passenger -? Voice unidentified * Unintelligible word
Expletive @ Non-pertinent word [ ] Editorial insertion Note 1: Times are expressed in central daylight time (CDT). Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed. Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken. Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 71
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:38:26 START OF RECORDING START OF TRANSCRIPT
11:38:26 CAM-1
*** anti-ice.
11:38:35 CAM-2
six thousand feet to go. gonna be in the clouds all the way.
11:38:41 CAM-1
sixty five *.
11:38:53 CAM-?
three thousand *.
11:39:17 CAM-1
***.
11:39:21 CAM-2
I’ll check.
11:39:27 HOT-2
I’ll get—. I’ll ask 'em.
11:39:28 HOT-1
naw that's all right. don't worry about it.
11:39:29 HOT-2
no when I go to tower I’ll ask what the current weather is.
11:39:33 HOT-1
no no because if they give below minimums then we're—. we're really screwed.
11:39:36 HOT-2
okay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 72 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:39:39 HOT-1
anti-ice is coming off.
11:39:43 RDO-2
two fifty—. two fif—. uh four thousand two fifty on the heading zero bravo pap.
11:39:48 HOT-1
four thousand?
11:39:51 HOT-1
all right get ahead of this stuff.
11:39:52 HOT-1
no. too dark out. too dark.
11:39:59 HOT-1
okay down to four thousand. we're still armed on the alt— altitude.
11:40:06 CAM-2
yes.
11:40:09 HOT-1
can't hear you. what?
11:40:09 HOT-2
- speed.
11:40:10 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alert tone]
11:40:16 HOT-1
darn me. okay we are doing uh. I’ll show you something else here too if I can find it.
11:40:24 HOT-1
DH here. up here. DH is two hundred feet above the ground.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 73 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:40:36 HOT-1
okay. comin' through ten thousand feet seatbelt sign's on. I’d put the extra lights on if I need it— if I thought it would do any good but it won't. and we are seventeen miles from CUTMO. down to four let's get her down.
11:40:58 HOT-1
normally I don't get down this fast but I want to be set up for this approach.
11:41:09 HOT-1
put the air conditioner back on.
11:41:15 HOT-1
** cold back there.
11:41:50 HOT-2
set the radar altimeter.
11:41:55 HOT-1
yeah two hundred feet. we don't need no damn turbulence right now either.
11:42:20 HOT-1
- we'll flatten out the descent a little bit.
11:42:28 HOT-1
six for four now.
11:42:43 HOT-1
you keep—.
11:42:46 RDO-2
two seven zero five five zero bravo pap.
11:42:52 HOT-1
two seven zero. okay you keep me honest now.
11:42:58 CAM-2
okay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 74 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:42:58 HOT-1
don’t hesitate to ask a question. just try to keep it calm. I’m pretty comfortable with the airplane so—.
11:43:06 HOT-1
out of five for four.
11:43:07 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alert]
11:43:08 CAM-2
one to go.
11:43:10 HOT-1
startin’ to get the right signals here. there’s the glideslope. um.
11:43:35 HOT-1
okay altitude’s captured. she’ll level at four.
11:43:48 HOT-1
very good. yeah that’s our missed. okay we’ll slow to about two twenty. we get our vector I’ll slow a little more.
11:43:50 CAM-2
right.
11:44:03 HOT-1
we're six miles from the fix.
11:44:09 RDO-2
down to twenty-six hundred zero bravo pap.
11:44:12 HOT-1
set it for me. armed.
11:44:31 HOT-1
thousand feet to go.
11:44:33
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 75 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
CAM [sound similar to altitude alert]
11:44:35 HOT-1
now we're going below the glide slope which we should be doing.
11:44:52 RDO-2
okay two six zero maintain two thousand six hundred till CUTMO five zero bravo pop.
11:45:01 HOT-1
cleared for the approach we arm it on both sides.
11:45:05 CAM-2
two ninety the heading *.
11:45:08 HOT-1
say what.
11:45:11 RDO-2
zero four zero five zero bravo pap.
11:45:16 HOT-1
all we need is a bad vector. approach flaps. approach flaps there one notch.
11:45:21 CAM
[sound similar to flap lever actuation]
11:45:22 CAM-2
speed check approach flaps out.
11:45:25 HOT-1
just what we need is a bad vector.
11:45:47 HOT-1
okay we're stable. flaps are out we're good. next call's gonna be gear but don't worry about it right now. ignitors are on that's a pre landing check. okay localizer's alive again. yup and captured.
11:45:55
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 76 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
CAM-2 *.
11:46:00 CAM-2
you want the approach mode armed at all?
11:46:02 HOT-1
say what no? * I can't hear you @.
11:46:05 HOT-2
I’m sorry approach mo— mode armed?
11:46:07 HOT-1
yeah we're all set.
11:46:08 HOT-2
okay I’m sorry.
11:46:09 HOT-1
good catch good catch.
11:46:14 HOT-1
okey doke.
11:46:27 RDO-2
'kay over to tower lifeguard zero bravo pap. thanks for the help.
11:46:37 HOT-1
damn it.
11:46:43 HOT-1
don't ask her the weather.
11:46:44 CAM-2
I’m not. one dot gear up.
11:46:46 HOT-1
I see it. landing gear down.
11:46:49 CAM
[sound similar to landing gear handle actuation]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 77 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:46:49 CAM
[sound of increasing background noise]
11:46:59 HOT-1
landing flaps? landing checklist?
11:47:06 HOT-2
landing gear's down landing gear's down. * are on. landing lights on. flaps flaps—.
11:47:09 HOT-1
three green. yes.
11:47:10 HOT-1
no wait talk to tower now.
11:47:13 HOT-1
talk to tower. @ talk to tower.
11:47:17 RDO-2
- tower lifeguard uh five five zero bravo pap's on the ILS one zero.
11:47:23 CAM
[sound similar to switch being flipped]
11:47:25 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alert]
11:47:30 RDO-2
five zero bravo pap.
11:47:32 HOT-1
okay we're cleared to land lights are on go ahead with checklist.
11:47:36 HOT-2
landing lights?
11:47:37 HOT-1
on.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 78 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:47:38 HOT-2
okay gear's down ignition's on.
11:47:40 HOT-1
correct.
11:47:40 HOT-2
flaps landing lights?
11:47:42 HOT-1
on on on.
11:47:43 HOT-2
flaps autopilot yaw damper?
11:47:44 HOT-1
autopilot's comin' off in a minute.
11:47:46 HOT-2
okay.
11:47:47 HOT-1
okay I need you inside and out now okay @. let's get you armed and join me here.
11:47:50 HOT-2
okay.
11:47:51 HOT-1
oh # for some reason it didn't—. the one over here anything. no go to nav yeah go to nav go to nav. now hit the two buttons. armed.
11:48:02 HOT-1
okay. all right you've got a good ILS with a glideslope. okay we're shooting for nine oh four. we got a thousand feet to go or less. that—. that agrees there. that agrees here. okay autopilot's comin' off.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 79 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:48:05 HOT-2
right.
11:48:15 CAM
[sound similar to autopilot disconnect tone]
11:48:17 HOT-2
speed one thirty-five.
11:48:18 HOT-1
want to keep that pretty much all the way down.
11:48:20 CAM-2
okay.
11:48:24 HOT-1
just bleed it off very slowly. we got plenty of runway and we're going to the far end anyway.
11:48:32 HOT-1
I need you in and out real good okay….
11:48:33 HOT-2
I’ll do the best I can.
11:48:34 HOT-1
good man good man.
11:48:35 HOT-2
I show you on glideslope on localizer.
11:48:38 HOT-1
we're tryin' we're tryin'.
11:48:39 HOT-2
speed one thirty-five.
11:48:48 HOT-1
gettin' darker that's a good sign.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 80 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:48:58 HOT-2
okay I show you three hundred feet to minimums.
11:49:00 HOT-1
thank you.
11:49:02 TAWS
five hundred.
11:49:04 HOT-1
that's above the ground. that's fine.
11:49:05 HOT-2
right.
11:49:10 HOT-2
on glideslope on localizer. a little high— a little low rather.
11:49:13 HOT-1
workin' on it.
11:49:17 HOT-1
bleed the speed of a little bit with ground contact in my peripheral vision there.
11:49:18 HOT-2
okay.
11:49:24 HOT-1
comin' up on minimums. look for the runway please.
11:49:27 HOT-2
I got the lights straight ahead.
11:49:28 HOT-1
okay I’m flying. I’m landing. got your sight—. runway in sight.
11:49:30 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 81 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:49:31 CAM-2
airspeed one thirty-five.
11:49:33 HOT-1
okay we'll bleed the speed off nice and slow.
11:49:36 HOT-2
three green no red.
11:49:37 HOT-1
okey doke.
11:49:40 HOT-1
right down the chute. almost like I knew what I was doing.
11:49:41 HOT-2
fifty feet.
11:49:43 CAM-2
hey good job….
11:49:50 HOT-1
do a little float routine down here gotta go all the way to the end anyway.
11:49:55 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
11:49:58 HOT-1
nice soft landing.
11:50:00 HOT-1
trying here.
11:50:11 HOT-2
your speed is ninty-five.
11:50:14 CAM
[sound similar to touchdown]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 82 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:50:15 HOT-2
ninety.
11:50:17 HOT-2
six lights.
11:50:18 HOT-1
we could get some spoilers out but don't worry about it I should have called for 'em. I didn't want you being confused on it.
11:50:25 HOT-2
Signa—. Signature.
11:50:32 RDO-2
'kay left at the end over to ground.
11:50:39 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
11:50:40 HOT-1
we never called…with an inbound sorry. I should have. no big deal. yeah you got a frequency for them. go ahead I’ll watch ground. ground is twenty-one eight. yeah I’ll get the ground you just—. don't wor—. its on the flightplan actually too. thirty-one something or 'nother.
11:50:55 CAM-2
thirty-one twenty.
11:50:56 HOT-1
thirty-one zero. left at the end is what she told us.
11:50:58 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
11:51:02 HOT-1
Signature's right here anyway.
11:51:13 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 83 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:51:14 CAM-2
what switch do you use for com two?
11:51:17 HOT-1
number two. turn your knob.
11:51:19 HOT-1
there you go.
11:51:22 RDO-2
and…lifeguard five five zero bravo pap.
11:51:25 CAM
[sound similar to switches being flipped]
11:51:30 RDO-1
ground five five zero bravo pap clear of uh zero one at the end going to Signature.
11:51:39 RDO-1
zero bravo pap.
11:51:40 RDO-2
and…lifeguard five five zero bravo pap is taxiing in.
11:51:43 HOT-1
we have an ambulance. there should be an ambulance or a cab or something waiting for them.
11:51:50 CAM-2
they're not answering. where do you want—.
11:51:54 HOT-1
they didn't answer. all right it looks like they heard us coming or something. there's a guy walking out. see the guy in the raincoat. I don't know where he's gonna park us but—.
11:52:01 CAM-2
yup.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 84 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
11:52:02 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
11:52:05 HOT-1
see if you can figure out what direction he wants us to turn. looks like we're gonna get front line parking here next to the Citation. yeah I see it okay I got 'em facing east right. I shut right engine down.
11:52:11 HOT-2
yup see him over there.
11:52:15 HOT-2
okay.
11:52:16 CAM
[sound similar to decreasing engine rpm]
11:52:19 HOT-1
we can turn the fan and defog switch off.
11:52:23 CAM
[sound similar to switches being flipped]
11:52:24 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
11:52:54 HOT-1
nosewheel nice and straight.
11:53:00 CAM
[sounds consistent with aircraft power down]
[Break in CVR recording while the airplane was unpowered at Milwaukee.] 15:44:32.0 CAM
[sound similar to switches being flipped]
15:44:34.0
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 85 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
HOT-1 okay. ATIS is still on here correct?
15:44:41.4 CAM
[sound similar to switches being flipped]
15:45:11.7 CAM
[sound of unknown tones]
15:45:25.4 HOT-1
here's what I do. put destination in here.
15:45:28.5 HOT-2
uh huh.
15:45:31.4 HOT-1
get this *.
15:46:15.7 HOT-1
okay I’m gonna get the clearance
15:46:17.4 HOT-2
I’ll get it for you if you want me to.
15:46:18.3 HOT-1
all right number one's ready for it.
15:46:19.6 HOT-2
okay.
15:46:20.1 HOT-1
make sure you're switched on to it. down no down on you num— knob too. turn it no—. knob down. speaker down. down no next one. okay you got clearance on top radio.
15:46:26.4 HOT-2
okay. oop— that one.
15:46:30.9 HOT-2
okay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 86 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:46:34.9 RDO-2
Milwaukee clearance lifeguard five five zero bravo pap.
15:46:40.8 RDO-2
zero pap has got to pick up an IFR clearance to yankee india papa. and we have uh quebec.
15:47:12.4 CAM-2
what was the squawk? Three two one—.
15:47:14.2 HOT-1
three two five one.
15:47:16.1 RDO-2
okay five five papa papa is cleared Br— Brew Three departure Grand Rapids Lansing Spartan arrival five thousand eight— nineteen uh nineteen sixty-five thirty-two fifty-one.
15:47:31.4 HOT-1
okay man. you got the Brew Three pulled?
15:47:32.1 RDO-2
zero pap.
15:47:33.3 CAM-2
yup.
15:47:34.5 HOT-1
all right that's not it.
15:47:37.6 HOT-1
there it is. okay. cool. all right I’m ready to taxi. let's turn to ground.
15:47:41.3 CAM-2
you want what runway?
15:47:42.5 HOT-1
we're on it.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 87 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:47:43.3 HOT-1
we haven't been assigned a runway yet. winds are—. winds are a little—. we can't take that runway. winds are too strong. all right tell her we're ready to taxi. wherever she sends us we'll go.
15:47:45.4 CAM-2
*** okay.
15:47:53.9 RDO-2
- ground lifeguard five five zero bravo pap at Signature with
quebec like taxi. 15:48:09.7 RDO-2
one left by zulu echo tango romeo.
15:48:27.9 RDO-2
okay that's foxtrot delta bravo romeo and want to get the progressive as we go thanks.
15:48:37.6 RDO-2
okay **.
15:48:41.4 HOT-1
yeah and uh you can try to pick it up somewhere. we're on the north side here so—. I see foxtrot there.
15:48:48.5 CAM-2
this is foxtrot here.
15:48:50.2 HOT-1
yeah we're on—. I guess we're on foxtrot. so foxtrot what?
15:48:55.2 CAM-2
delta down here.
15:48:57.9 HOT-1
okay.
15:49:02.1 HOT-1
got a long taxi here. all right just keep an eye on it. you can
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 88 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
figure it out.
15:49:07.3 CAM-2
we're clear off to the right. how we doin' on the left.
15:49:09.5 HOT-1
uh we're clear as far as I can see. we are crossing—.
15:49:15.3 CAM-2
crossing runway.
15:49:16.4 HOT-1
okay foxtrot to what?
15:49:18.1 CAM-2
delta.
15:49:18.8 HOT-1
uh is that delta up ahead or do we turn here?
15:49:20.6 CAM-2
yup delta up ahead.
15:49:23.1 HOT-1
okay.
15:49:27.2 RDO-2
left turn *.
15:49:30.3 HOT-1
where? is this—. which one. you sure? this says charlie.
15:49:31.6 CAM-2
no keep going. no this is delta.
15:49:37.1 HOT-1
this is charlie.
15:49:44.2 RDO-1
okay **. okay we'll turn left on charlie then left again here.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 89 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:50:02.6 RDO-2
zero bravo pap.
15:50:03.1 HOT-1
all right keep an eye on things. come on @. you're worse than uh @.
15:50:09.3 HOT-1
***. let's get the fans on here.
15:50:16.5 HOT-1
stay on charlie. okay I’m following the lines.
15:50:19.8 CAM-2
- charlie. okay that'll take us to bravo.
15:50:23.5 HOT-1
she said cross some runway up here.
15:50:25.2 CAM-2
yup. crossing seven left.
15:50:28.6 HOT-1
turn your uh radar altimeter knob get that light off. yup right there. the other way. all the way to zero. there you go. no yellow lights. me no like 'em yellow lights.
15:50:45.5 HOT-1
okay she said cross seven left.
15:50:47.6 CAM-2
okay.
15:50:47.9 HOT-1
I don't see any taxiway on the other end.
15:50:49.1 CAM-2
clear to the right. this is bravo here.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 90 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:50:56.0 HOT-1
there's nobody around.
15:50:59.6 CAM-2
turn right. take bravo right.
15:51:02.9 HOT-1
okay.
15:51:03.2 CAM-2
take bravo to romeo.
15:51:05.9 HOT-1
if you say so.
15:51:07.3 CAM-2
** bravo to romeo.
15:51:10.2 HOT-1
some of our guys would stop. they'd stop.
15:51:14.8 CAM-2
**.
15:51:19.0 CAM-2
blocked off here. bravo's off this way.
15:51:22.3 HOT-1
okay. yup. looks like it to the right. I’ll follow. its gonna be on— on the terminal area. its through the terminal here. its in there somewhere.
15:51:32.2 CAM-2
*.
15:51:50.3 HOT-1
um what's the Brew Three while we're doing this now?
15:52:03.2 CAM-2
runway heading to two thousand.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 91 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:52:04.7 RDO-1
zero bravo pap.
15:52:05.8 HOT-1
okay runway heading to two thousand feet. got it.
15:52:08.1 CAM-2
okay.
15:52:09.2 HOT-1
then what?
15:52:10.1 CAM-2
turn to assigned heading. okay that's it.
15:52:12.9 CAM-2
** join.
15:52:14.5 HOT-1
uh left at delta she said? you're not paying attention @.
15:52:17.9 CAM-2
bravo romeo. bravo—.
15:52:20.1 HOT-1
no she changed it. she said due to a— due to an aircraft pushback.
15:52:23.3 CAM-2
I didn't catch that.
15:52:24.4 HOT-1
uhhh gotta see where.
15:52:27.0 CAM-2
- pushback.
15:52:28.0
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 92 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
HOT-1 yeah but she wants us going left somewhere.
15:52:35.9 RDO-2
okay kilo then right turn on echo zero bravo pap.
15:52:40.9 CAM-2
here all the way down.
15:52:41.5 HOT-1
yup and that should take us all the way down. okay now you can look at the departure.
15:52:44.8 CAM-2
the departure basically two thousand feet to assigned heading.
15:52:47.1 HOT-1
okay put your intercom on.
15:52:49.3 HOT-2
okay I’m sorry. two thousand feet turn to assigned heading. okay?
15:52:49.4 HOT-1
I’m getting old stand here. okay.
15:52:55.7 CAM-1
okay and what altitude? is there a fix you can put in? what's our first fix from the clearance? go ahead and put that in there.
15:52:59.4 HOT-2
well—. okay its Lansing. Grand Rapids rather.
15:53:03.3 HOT-1
all right. put Grand Rapids in. there there you're already there. just keep plug it. start plugging.
15:53:07.1 HOT-2
there?
15:53:08.3
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 93 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
HOT-1 nope up now turn the little knob and plug in Grand Rapids. G no no no K. Just the G-R-R.
15:53:09.8 HOT-2
all right. G-R-R?
15:53:15.6 HOT-1
yup.
15:53:21.3 HOT-1
okay.
15:53:29.3 RDO-1
zero bravo pap.
15:53:32.0 HOT-2
okay.
15:53:33.9 CAM-1
okay and then after Grand Rapids what's there?
15:53:35.6 HOT-2
Lansing.
15:53:36.0 CAM-1
all right well. let's get back. just put it in over yip. put the cursor over yip.
15:53:41.0 HOT-2
pardon.
15:53:44.0 CAM-1
damn it.
15:53:46.7 CAM-1
okay put Lansing.
15:53:56.2 CAM-1
that's good enough. now go ahead and enter—. yup. enter set yeah. that's good. now we'll plug— we’ll program the rest later
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 94 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:54:04.1 HOT-2
right okay. check the Spartan arrival after Lansing.
15:54:13.7 CAM-1
okay uh look on your taxi chart and get tower frequency—.
15:54:15.9 HOT-2
I can't hear you….
15:54:18.5 HOT-1
look on your tow— uh taxi chart and get a tower frequency there.
15:54:21.6 HOT-2
okay.
15:54:22.3 HOT-1
get ready for that.
15:54:28.8 HOT-2
okay.
15:54:29.5 HOT-1
look on your taxi chart. taxi chart ground control frequency— or tower frequency.
15:54:34.4 HOT-2
okay tower is one nineteen one.
15:54:47.0 HOT-2
we tell 'em we're ready to go at the end?
15:54:53.6 RDO-2
okay number one and monitor tower thanks for your help today.
15:54:57.4 HOT-1
okay put your tower in monitor them and put your departure frequency in the bottom. no just monitor them is all she said.
15:54:57.9
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 95 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
CAM-2 yup. yup.
15:55:06.0 HOT-1
departure you wrote down haven't you?
15:55:08.6 HOT-1
okay the squawk is in. what is the squawk?
15:55:11.2 CAM-2
three two five one.
15:55:12.0 HOT-1
three two five one is here.
15:55:13.5 CAM-2
okay.
15:55:15.1 HOT-1
I’m gonna put the transponder on. that's part of the checklist before takeoff.
15:55:17.9 CAM-2
okay right **.
15:55:22.4 HOT-1
that's way down at the bottom but—.
15:55:23.6 CAM-2
flaps you want at ten right?
15:55:24.6 HOT-1
flaps are good. they— they're fifteen actually.
15:55:31.3 CAM-2
exterior lights transponder. engine switch.
15:55:35.1 HOT-1
he said we were number one and now he says traffic will hold in position. he hasn't told us to hold yet. we will find out.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 96 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:55:36.7 CAM-2
right.
15:55:44.8 CAM-2
he knows we're ready to go?
15:55:52.1 RDO-2
okay position and hold five zero bravo pap.
15:55:56.0 HOT-1
yeah she said monitor tower so we don't have to call and tell 'em we're ready. you know be careful at busy airports like that New York and uh Chicago and all that. when they monitor tower just be ready when they call. yeah.
15:56:02.9 CAM-2
uh huh. just listen.
15:56:07.1 HOT-1
all set back there?
15:56:08.4 CAM-3
yes sir.
15:56:09.9 HOT-1
they're eatin' away man. they don't care. hey see if you can hand me my straps? am I sitting on them or what?
15:56:12.8 CAM-2
all right.
15:56:17.0 CAM-2
you get 'em both?
15:56:23.7 HOT-1
okay we got position and hold. you can go to final items on the checklist.
15:56:28.5 HOT-1
damn things [sound of grunt]. that's all right it just doesn't work.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 97 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:56:36.4 RDO-2
okay two thousand zero five zero cleared for takeoff five zero bravo pap.
15:56:41.9 HOT-1
okay final items for takeoff.
15:56:43.6 CAM-2
okay final items. p-heat? transponder? on.
15:56:46.2 HOT-1
its on.
15:56:46.9 CAM-2
okay * ignition?
15:56:50.0 HOT-1
put your PA. put your intercom on.
15:56:50.8 HOT-2
ignition?
15:56:51.8 HOT-1
they're on.
15:56:52.5 HOT-2
pitot heat?
15:56:53.9 HOT-1
who? pitot heat's on.
15:56:54.4 HOT-2
pitot heat.
15:56:55.2 HOT-2
anti-skid?
15:56:56.4 HOT-1
anti-skid is gonna get—. I’ll get it in a second.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 98 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:56:58.9 HOT-2
annunciators clear?
15:56:59.6 HOT-1
annunciators gonna be clear when I get anti-skid.
15:57:02.1 HOT-2
okay.
15:57:04.0 HOT-1
okay here comes anti-skid. we're clear to go two thousand feet we're turning right to zero five zero.
15:57:08.2 HOT-2
right.
15:57:09.3 HOT-1
okay here we go. you're watching my power ninety-six three or less.
15:57:12.6 CAM
[sound similar to increasing engine rpm]
15:57:15.2 HOT-1
okay you got it.
15:57:19.9 HOT-2
power set. airs—. airspeed—. airspeed alive.
15:57:22.8 HOT-1
okay.
15:57:26.8 HOT-2
eighty knots.
15:57:31.7 HOT-2
V one.
15:57:33.4
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 99 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
HOT-2 rotate.
15:57:37.3 HOT-1
positive rate gear up.
15:57:38.3 HOT-2
yup.
15:57:39.0 HOT-1
lights.
15:57:39.4 CAM
[sound similar to switches being flipped]
15:57:40.5 HOT-1
lights off yaw damper on.
15:57:51.0 RDO-2
okay zero five zero and start my turn and thanks for the help.
15:57:51.3 HOT-1
why am I fighting the controls here? damn it.
15:57:57.1 HOT-1
I’m fighting the controls @.
15:57:58.5 CAM-2
** I had it on.
15:58:01.3 TCAS
traffic traffic.
15:58:03.2 HOT-1
gear up.
15:58:03.9 CAM-2
gear's up.
15:58:05.0 HOT-1
flaps up.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 100 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:58:06.9 HOT-1
what the hell's going on? I’m fighting the controls.
15:58:12.5 CAM-2
how's your trim set? is that the way you want it?
15:58:21.4 HOT-1
I’m fighting the controls. it wants to turn left hard.
15:58:24.3 CAM-2
how's— how's your trim down here?
15:58:26.1 HOT-1
trim is— *.
15:58:26.3 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alert]
15:58:27.4 HOT-1
trim has nothing—. I—. I—.
15:58:31.1 RDO-2
we’ll take a one eighty two thirty uh * twenty three for three.
15:58:33.9 HOT-1
all right you talk.
15:58:39.1 HOT-1
that's not us.
15:58:39.6 RDO-2
negative on that. wrong aircraft.
15:58:44.9 HOT-1
something is wrong with the trim.
15:58:47.6 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alert]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 101 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:58:48.4 HOT-1
the rudder trim. what— what's our altitude clearance?
15:58:52.1 CAM-2
three thousand three thousand.
15:58:57.4 HOT-1
all right something is wrong with our rudders. and I don't know what.
15:59:02.7 HOT-1
damn it.
15:59:03.8 HOT-1
@.
15:59:04.3 CAM-2
hey what do you want to do.
15:59:05.6 HOT-1
huh.
15:59:07.1 CAM-2
how's that. any better?
15:59:09.4 HOT-1
huh no we got a trim problem.
15:59:14.2 HOT-1
[sound of grunt]
15:59:16.0 HOT-1
tell 'em we got to come back and land.
15:59:18.2 HOT-1
#.
15:59:19.1 HOT-1
@ she's rolling on me. help me help me.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 102 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:59:22.4 CAM-2
I am.
15:59:24.1 HOT-1
the autopilot is—. pull circuit breakers on autopilot.
15:59:27.4 CAM-2
where is it?
15:59:28.6 HOT-1
tell 'em we got a control problem.
15:59:30.0 CAM-2
I am.
15:59:30.2 RDO-2
Milwauk—. eh approach Citation one bravo tango has got a control problem we’ve got to come back in.
15:59:34.9 HOT-1
….
15:59:37.5 CAM
[sound of high frequency tone that lasts 16 seconds]
15:59:38.3 RDO-2
one bravo tango.
15:59:39.9 HOT-1
zero bravo pap.
15:59:43.8 RDO-2
Milwaukee approach we got a—. Milwaukee we got uh a runaway trim. we got an emergency.
15:59:49.3 CAM-1
[sound of grunt] @ *.
15:59:50.4 CAM-2
which circuit breakers?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 103 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:59:52.7 CAM-1
zero bravo pap.
15:59:54.3 RDO-1
zero bravo pap.
15:59:57.0 CAM-1
yes ma'am. answer her @. keep turning *.
16:00:03.5 CAM-2
**.
16:00:03.7 CAM-1
yes.
16:00:05.0 RDO-1
zero bravo pap declaring an emergency yes.
16:00:06.2 HOT-1
we're coming back to Milwaukee.
16:00:08.2 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alert]
16:00:12.5 RDO-2
coming back to Milwaukee.
16:00:13.5 RDO-1
landing any runway at uh at Milwaukee. guide us in please. zero bravo pap.
16:00:26.1 RDO-1
I don't know what's wrong.
16:00:28.0 HOT-1
[sound of heavy breathing]
16:00:30.1 HOT-1
I don't know what's wrong @. I see the airport. keep **. son of a
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 104 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
***.
bitch.
16:00:35.9 RDO-1
@ you hold it I’m gonna try to pull circuit breakers.
16:00:37.3 CAM-2
16:00:40.0 RDO-1
@ we’re not—.
16:00:40.1 HOT-1
holding it.
16:00:40.6 CAM-2
I’m pulling.
16:00:42.8 CAM-1
awww #.
16:00:45.4 CAM-1
no—.
16:00:45.5 END OF TRANSCRIPT END OF RECORDING
FD07361 | 2009_美国_AAR0907.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Crash During Approach to Landing of Maryland State Police Aerospatiale SA365N1, N92MD District Heights, Maryland September 27, 2008
Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/07 PB2009-910407
National Transportation Safety Board
This page intentionally left blank.
ERRATA
AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT REPORT NTSB/AAR-09/07 (PB2009-910407)
CRASH DURING APPROACH TO LANDING OF MARYLAND STATE POLICE AEROSPATIALE SA365N1, N92MD, DISTRICT HEIGHTS, MARYLAND, SEPTEMBER 27, 2008
Pages 21 and 62 have been changed to indicate that the coordinates were in the form of degrees, decimal degrees.
The report originally stated that the coordinates were in the form of degrees, decimal minutes.
THE CORRECTION BELOW IS INCLUDED IN THIS REVISED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT
NTSB/AAR-09/07 PB2009-910407 Notation 8067A Adopted October 27, 2009
Aircraft Accident Report Crash During Approach to Landing of Maryland State Police Aerospatiale SA365N1, N92MD District Heights, Maryland September 27, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2009. Crash During Approach to Landing of Maryland State Police Aerospatiale SA365N1, N92MD, District Heights, Maryland, September 27, 2008. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/07. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report describes the circumstances of an accident involving an Aerospatiale SA365N1 that crashed on approach to landing during an emergency medical services flight operated by the Maryland State Police (MSP). The safety issues discussed include risk assessments, pilot performance and training, terrain awareness and warning systems, air traffic control deficiencies, MSP System Communications Center duty officer performance, and emergency response. Also discussed are patient transport decisions, flight recorder requirements, and Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) oversight. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA; the MSP; Prince George’s County, Maryland; all public helicopter emergency medical services operators, and six associations whose members are involved in search and rescue operations.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-910407 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report iii Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Tables ............................................................................................................................................ vi Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................................... vii Executive Summary .......................................................................................................................x
- Factual Information .................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of Flight .......................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ....................................................................................................................7
- 3 Damage to Aircraft ...................................................................................................................7
- 4 Other Damage ...........................................................................................................................8
- 5 Personnel Information ..............................................................................................................8
- 6 Aircraft Information ...............................................................................................................10
- 7 Meteorological Information ...................................................................................................11
- 7.1 Preflight Weather Information .....................................................................................12
- 7.2 Department of Defense Weather Dissemination ..........................................................14
- 7.3 Runway Visual Range Information .............................................................................15
- 8 Aids to Navigation ..................................................................................................................15
- 9 Communications .....................................................................................................................15
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................16
- 10.1 Instrument Approach Procedures .................................................................................16
- 11 Flight Recorders .....................................................................................................................17
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information .........................................................................................17
- 13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................18
- 14 Fire ..........................................................................................................................................19
- 15 Survival Aspects .....................................................................................................................19
- 15.1 Emergency Response ...................................................................................................20
- 15.2 Additional Information on Emergency Response ........................................................23
- 16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................24
- 16.1 Engine Examinations ...................................................................................................24
- 16.2 Avionics Examinations ................................................................................................24
- 16.3 Aircraft Performance Study .........................................................................................25
- 16.3.1 TAWS Simulation .......................................................................................25
- 17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................26
- 17.1 Training ........................................................................................................................27
- 17.2 Dispatch System...........................................................................................................28
- 17.3 Operational Policies .....................................................................................................29
- 17.3.1 Aviation Command Operational Policies ....................................................29
- 17.3.2 SYSCOM Operational Policies ...................................................................31
- 17.4 Previous Accidents Involving Maryland State Police .................................................32
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report iv 1.17.5 Maryland State Police Postaccident Actions ...............................................................33 1.17.6 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight .................................................................34 1.18 Additional Information ...........................................................................................................36 1.18.1 Public versus Civil Aircraft Operations .......................................................................36 1.18.2 Protocols for Medevac Helicopter Request .................................................................39 1.18.3 Previous Related Safety Recommendations ................................................................41 1.18.3.1 Safety of EMS Flights .................................................................................41 1.18.3.2 Safety of Public HEMS Flights ...................................................................43 1.18.3.3 National Guidelines for Selection of Emergency Transportation Modes ...44 1.18.3.4 Flight Recorder Systems .............................................................................44 1.18.3.5 Obstructive Sleep Apnea .............................................................................46 1.18.4 Minimum Safe Altitude Warning ................................................................................46
- Analysis ...................................................................................................................................48
- 1 General ...................................................................................................................................48
- 2 Pilot‘s Decision to Accept the Flight .....................................................................................48
- 3 Accident Sequence .................................................................................................................52
- 4 Air Traffic Control .................................................................................................................56
- 5 Instrument Training and Experience ......................................................................................57
- 6 Fatigue ....................................................................................................................................59
- 7 Survival Factors ......................................................................................................................60
- 7.1 SYSCOM .....................................................................................................................60
- 7.2 Emergency Response ...................................................................................................61
- 7.2.1 Maryland State Police Search and Rescue ....................................................62
- 7.2.2 Prince George‘s County Search and Rescue .................................................63
- 7.2.3 FAA Search and Rescue Support ..................................................................64
- 8 Other Related Issues ...............................................................................................................65
- 8.1 Patient Transport Decisions .........................................................................................65
- 8.2 Flight Recorder Systems ..............................................................................................66
- 8.3 Oversight ......................................................................................................................67
- Conclusions .............................................................................................................................71
- 1 Findings ..................................................................................................................................71
- 2 Probable Cause .......................................................................................................................73
- Recommendations ..................................................................................................................74
- 1 New Recommendations ..........................................................................................................74
- 2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in this Report .............................................75
- Appendix .................................................................................................................................77
Investigation and Public Hearing ...................................................................................................77 Investigation ...........................................................................................................................77 Public Hearing ........................................................................................................................77
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report v Figures Figure 1. Trooper 2 ground track indicated by yellow line. .......................................................... 3 Figure 2. ILS runway 19R published approach chart. ................................................................... 5 Figure 3. Aerial photograph of Walker Mill Regional Park, overlaid with the locations of Trooper 2. ........................................................................................................................................ 7 Figure 4. Photograph of an exemplar Aerospatiale SA365N1 helicopter.................................... 10 Figure 5. Photograph of the accident site. .................................................................................... 18 Figure 6. Map of search area. ....................................................................................................... 21 Figure 7. Comparison of Trooper 2‘s flightpath to the runway 19R glideslope. ........................ 52
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report vi Tables Table 1. Timeline of Events. .......................................................................................................... 6 Table 2. Injury Chart. ..................................................................................................................... 7 Table 3. Number of Patients Transported by Maryland State Police Aviation. ........................... 41
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report vii Abbreviations and Acronyms AC advisory circular ADS
- B
automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast ADW Andrews Air Force Base AFWA Air Force Weather Agency agl above ground level AIRMET Airman‘s Meteorological Information AOPA Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association ASOS Automated Surface Observing System ASR airport surveillance radar ATC air traffic control BMI body mass index CFR Code of Federal Regulations CVR cockpit voice recorder DCA Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport DME distance measuring equipment DO duty officer DoD Department of Defense DUAT Direct User Access Terminal EMS emergency medical services FAA Federal Aviation Administration
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report viii FDR flight data recorder FICEMS Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services fpm feet per minute FSDO flight standards district office FY fiscal year GPS global positioning system HEMS helicopter emergency medical services Hg Mercury H-TAWS helicopter terrain awareness and warning system IFR instrument flight rules ILS instrument landing system IMC instrument meteorological conditions IPC instrument proficiency check LOC localizer MDA minimum descent altitude medevac medical evacuation MEL minimum equipment list METAR meteorological aerodrome report MIEMSS Maryland Institute for Emergency Medical Services Systems MSAW minimum safe altitude warning msl mean sea level MSP Maryland State Police
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report ix NOTAM notice to airmen NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NWS National Weather Service PAR power analyzer and recorder PCT Potomac Consolidated Terminal Radar Approach Control PG Prince George‘s PGH Prince George‘s Hospital Center PIC pilot-in-command PIREPS pilot weather reports rpm revolutions per minute RVR runway visual range SYSCOM System Communications Center TAF terminal aerodrome forecast TAWS terrain awareness and warning system TIS-B Traffic Information Service-Broadcast U.S.C. United States Code VFR visual flight rules VMC visual meteorological conditions
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report x Executive Summary On September 27, 2008, about 2358 eastern daylight time, an Aerospatiale (Eurocopter) SA365N1, N92MD, call sign Trooper 2, registered to and operated by the Maryland State Police (MSP) as a public medical evacuation flight, impacted terrain about 3.2 miles north of the runway 19R threshold at Andrews Air Force Base (ADW), Camp Springs, Maryland, during an instrument landing system approach. The commercial pilot, one flight paramedic, one field provider, and one of two automobile accident patients being transported were killed. The other patient being transported survived with serious injuries from the helicopter accident and was taken to a local hospital. The helicopter was substantially damaged when it collided with trees and terrain in Walker Mill Regional Park, District Heights, Maryland. The flight originated from a landing zone at Wade Elementary School, Waldorf, Maryland, about 2337, destined for Prince George's Hospital Center, Cheverly, Maryland. Night visual meteorological conditions prevailed for the departure; however, Trooper 2 encountered instrument meteorological conditions en route to the hospital and diverted to ADW. No flight plan was filed with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), and none was required. The MSP System Communications Center (SYSCOM) was tracking the flight using global positioning system data transmitted with an experimental automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast communications link. The National Transportation Safety Board determined that the probable cause of this accident was the pilot's attempt to regain visual conditions by performing a rapid descent and his failure to arrest the descent at the minimum descent altitude during a nonprecision approach. Contributing to the accident were (1) the pilot‘s limited recent instrument flight experience, (2) the lack of adherence to effective risk management procedures by the MSP, (3) the pilot‘s inadequate assessment of the weather, which led to his decision to accept the flight, (4) the failure of the Potomac Consolidated Terminal Radar Approach Control (PCT) controller to provide the current ADW weather observation to the pilot, and (5) the increased workload on the pilot due to inadequate FAA air traffic control handling by the Ronald Reagan National Airport Tower and PCT controllers. The safety issues discussed in this report involve risk assessments, pilot performance and training, terrain awareness and warning systems, air traffic control deficiencies, SYSCOM duty officer performance, and emergency response. Also discussed are patient transport decisions, flight recorder requirements, and FAA oversight. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA, the MSP, Prince George‘s County, all public helicopter emergency medical services operators, and six other organizations whose members are involved in search and rescue activities.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1
History of Flight On September 27, 2008, about 2358 eastern daylight time,1 an Aerospatiale (Eurocopter) SA365N1, N92MD, call sign Trooper 2, registered to and operated by the Maryland State Police (MSP) as a public medical evacuation (medevac) flight,2 impacted terrain about 3.2 miles north of the runway 19R threshold at Andrews Air Force Base (ADW), Camp Springs, Maryland, during an instrument landing system (ILS)3 approach. The commercial pilot, one flight paramedic (medic), one field provider,4 and one of two automobile accident patients being transported were killed. The other patient being transported survived with serious injuries from the helicopter accident and was taken to a local hospital. The helicopter was substantially damaged when it collided with trees and terrain in Walker Mill Regional Park, District Heights, Maryland. The flight originated from a landing zone at Wade Elementary School, Waldorf, Maryland, at 2337, destined for Prince George's Hospital Center (PGH), Cheverly, Maryland. Night visual meteorological conditions (VMC) prevailed for the departure; however, Trooper 2 encountered instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) en route to the hospital and diverted to ADW. A flight plan was not filed with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), and none was required. The MSP System Communications Center (SYSCOM) was tracking the flight using global positioning system (GPS) data transmitted via an experimental automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast (ADS-B)5 communications link. Review of SYSCOM audio recordings revealed that the SYSCOM duty officer (DO) received the medevac flight request at 2301:51. The pilot of Trooper 2, located at ADW, was notified of the flight at 2302:13 by the DO. The pilot asked where the flight was, and the DO responded that it was in Waldorf. The pilot stated, ―I don‘t know if we can get to the hospital,‖ to which the DO responded, ―well that‘s fine, if you can‘t make the mission you can‘t make the mission.‖ The pilot continued, ―they say College Park is 800 feet up there6…that is only a mile
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all times are eastern daylight time based on a 24-hour clock. 2 On March 13, 2009, the Federal Aviation Administration issued a memorandum classifying the accident flight as a public aircraft operation. For further information, see section 1.18.1. 3 The ILS is a precision approach system that consists of a localizer and a glideslope, which provide lateral and vertical guidance, respectively, to help the pilot align with the runway. 4 The field provider was a local emergency medical technician who was brought aboard the helicopter at the automobile accident site. When two patients are carried, a field provider is needed to assist the flight paramedic. 5 ADS-B is a surveillance system in which an aircraft is fitted with cooperative equipment in the form of a data link transmitter. The aircraft periodically broadcasts its GPS-derived position and other information, such as velocity, over the data link, which is received by a ground-based transceiver for use by air traffic control and other users. 6 The cloud ceiling at College Park Airport was 800 feet. The cloud ceiling is the height above the ground of the base of the lowest layer of cloud covering more than half the sky.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 north of the hospital, ah PG [Prince George‘s] is on fly by anyway.‖7 The DO subsequently confirmed that the hospital was no longer ―on fly by,‖ and the pilot responded, ―ok, we can give it a shot.‖ After a brief conversation regarding the coordinates of the landing zone, the pilot stated, ―maybe they will change their mind.‖ The DO responded ―well hold on, they ain‘t going to change their mind, if you tell them you will go, they want you to go…that‘s up to you, do you think you can fly it?‖ The pilot again stated that the ceiling at College Park Airport was 800 feet and added that the ceiling at Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport (DCA) was 1,200 feet. Additionally, the pilot remarked that he had just heard a medevac helicopter operated by a private company complete an interhospital transfer flight in the same area, and then said, ―if they can do it we can do it.‖ The DO responded, ―ok it is up to you,‖ and the pilot subsequently stated, ―yeah we ought to be able to do it…we‘re going to try it.‖ Trooper 2 departed ADW at 2310:22 to the automobile accident site to pick up the two patients. (See figure 1 on the following page.) The flight arrived at the landing zone about 2319 and departed about 2337 with the patients and the field provider aboard. Review of FAA air traffic control (ATC) radio recordings revealed that the pilot of Trooper 2 contacted DCA tower at 2337:45, reporting his departure from Waldorf en route to PGH. The tower controller approved the operation. ATC radar and ADS-B data indicated that Trooper 2 entered the Washington class B airspace8 about 2341 at an altitude of 1,000 feet mean sea level (msl) on a northerly heading. During the initial contact with Trooper 2, the DCA tower controller provided a pilot report from another helicopter9 that had ―… passed through the highway 210/295 area 30 minutes earlier, describing cloud bases at 900 feet that lowered further north.‖ About 2344:23, the pilot reported that ―...we just ran into some heavy stuff—I don't think we're gonna be able to make it all the way to the hospital. I'd like to continue on about three more miles and see what happens, and if I don't see a hole I'll have to go IFR [instrument flight rules] back to Andrews.‖ The controller advised the pilot that he could choose an altitude at his discretion and to advise of his intentions. Trooper 2 continued on a northerly heading at an altitude of 900 feet msl, and, about 2347, reached a point about 0.25 miles east of PGH. The pilot then began a 180° right turn. About 2347:28, Trooper 2 advised the DCA tower controller, ―it's solid up here. I'd like to climb to 2,000 feet and go over to radar and shoot an approach over at Andrews.‖ The controller responded, ―Trooper 2 approved as requested, contact approach on… 118.95.‖ There was no subsequent coordination about Trooper 2 between the DCA controller and the Potomac Consolidated Terminal Approach Control (PCT) controller.
7 According to MSP personnel, ―PG on fly by‖ meant the hospital was full to incoming patients by air. 8 Class B airspace surrounds the nation‘s busiest airports, typically extending from the surface to 10,000 feet. An ATC clearance is required for all aircraft to operate in the area. 9 This was the private medevac helicopter that the pilot referred to in his prelaunch conversation with the DO. This helicopter transferred a patient to Washington Hospital Center in Washington, D.C., from a hospital in La Plata, Maryland. La Plata is located about 6 miles south of the automobile accident site.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3
Figure 1. Trooper 2 ground track indicated by yellow line.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 About 2348:01, Trooper 2 called PCT, the controller acknowledged, and at 2348:08 the pilot stated, ―we tried to make a medevac up at PG hospital, we're about 7 miles northwest of Andrews, like to climb to 2,000 feet and shoot an approach to runway 1L at Andrews.‖ The controller did not respond. At 2349:15, Trooper 2 called PCT again, the controller responded, and the pilot stated, ―Yes sir, I was waiting for a reply. Climbing to 2,000 feet and my course is uh… 200 degrees.‖ The controller responded, ―All right Trooper 2 present position 200 degrees is approved the altimeter 2991 Washington tower 120.75.‖ The pilot replied, ―No sir, I want to shoot the approach at Andrews.‖ The controller then transmitted, ―All right tell you what go direct to the you—you want to shoot the ILS 19 what runway?‖ The pilot asked, ―Are they using 19? Uh, runway 19R.‖ At 2350:01, the controller began vectoring Trooper 2 to the ILS approach for runway 19R. (See figure 2 on the following page.) After some discussion, the pilot stated that he wanted a single approach to a full stop at Andrews to drop off patients aboard. At 2351:49, the PCT approach controller advised Trooper 2 that ―the latest weather at Andrews is 7 miles uh 1,800 broken and the temperature uh right now is uh 21 dew point[10] 19.‖11 The pilot acknowledged. Vectoring to final approach continued, and at 2353:46 the approach controller transmitted, ―Trooper 2 mile and a half from the final approach fix turn right heading 1 uh 70 maintain 2000 until you're established on the localizer cleared ILS 1R [sic] approach into Andrews.‖ At the time, Trooper 2 was crossing to the east side of the localizer, and the 170° heading issued would not have resulted in a successful intercept. Review of radar data indicated that the pilot continued the turn to approximately 210°, which resulted in intercepting the localizer about 1 mile from the final approach fix. The controller asked Trooper 2 to report that the flight was established on the localizer, and the pilot did so. The pilot was then instructed to contact ADW tower. About 2355:12, Trooper 2 checked in with ADW, stating, ―Trooper 2's with you off uh on the localizer for runway 19R.‖ At this time, the helicopter was 6 nautical miles from the runway, at an altitude of 1,900 feet msl. The ADW controller responded, ―Trooper 2 roger runway 19[unintelligible] cleared for the option[12] wind 090 at 5.‖ About 2356:45, Trooper 2 reported, ―I'm not picking up the glideslope.‖ The controller replied, ―it's showing green on the panel but you're the only aircraft we've had in a long time so I don't really know if it's working or
10 Dew point is the temperature to which air must be cooled in order to be saturated with water vapor already in the air. The difference between the actual air temperature and the dew point is called the temperature/dew point spread. As the spread narrows, relative humidity increases, and relative humidity is 100 percent when the temperature and the dew point are the same. 11 Subsequent review of ADW weather reports showed that the weather information provided to the pilot had been issued at 1855 local time, and was almost 5 hours old. 12 ―Cleared for the option‖ is ATC authorization for an aircraft to make a touch-and-go, low-approach, missed-approach, stop-and-go, or full-stop landing at the discretion of the pilot.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5
Figure 2. ILS runway 19R published approach chart.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 6 not.‖ About 2357:00, Trooper 2 requested an airport surveillance radar (ASR) approach,13 but the ADW controller replied that she was not current to provide that service.14 There were no further communications with Trooper 2. The last radar target for Trooper 2 was detected about 23:57:50, at 800 feet msl over Walker Mill Regional Park. The last ADS-B target for Trooper 2 was detected about 2358:04, at 325 feet msl near the accident site. Table 1 shows a timeline of the accident sequence. Table 1. Timeline of Events. Time (EDT) Event Elapsed Time Since Helicopter Dispatched 22:45:34 First of numerous 911 calls made to Charles County communications about
the auto accident
22:46:09
First group of fire department personnel arrived on-scene
23:01:51 Charles County called SYSCOM to request helicopter transport for two
patients to PGH
23:02:13 SYSCOM called Trooper 2 (T2) and asked if they could accept mission; T2 accepted 00:00:00 23:10:32 T2 radioed SYSCOM en route to landing zone 00:08:19 23:20:50 T2 arrived at landing zone 00:18:37 23:36:56 T2 departed with 2 patients and field provider 00:34:43 23:37:30 T2 radioed SYSCOM en route to PGH; 8 minute estimated time en route with 2 patients 00:35:17 23:44:23 Pilot of T2 reported to DCA "…we just ran into some heavy stuff” and stated he would continue for about 3 miles and if he "didn't see a hole," he would "go IFR" to ADW. 00:42:10 23:47:29 Pilot of T2 reported to DCA "it's solid up here" and requested an instrument approach at ADW. At this time, T2 was about 0.25 miles east of PGH. 00:45:15 23:58:00 ACCIDENT 00:55:47
The accident occurred about 3.2 miles from the threshold of runway 19R and along the extended runway centerline. The wreckage was found in a heavily wooded area of Walker Mill Regional Park at an elevation of about 200 feet msl. Figure 3 on the following page shows an aerial photo of the park.
13 An ASR approach is an approach wherein the air traffic controller instructs the pilot, based on aircraft position in relation to the final approach course and the distance from the end of the runway as displayed on the controller‘s radarscope. 14 The FAA requires controllers to complete three ASR approaches every quarter, including one no-gyro approach, to remain current (qualified) for that type of approach.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table 2. Injury Chart. Injuries Flight Crew Other Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 1 2 1 0 4 Serious 0 0 1 0 1 Minor 0 0 0 0 0 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 1 2 2 0 5 1.3 Damage to Aircraft The helicopter sustained extensive structural damage, separated components, and broken main rotor blades. Figure 3. Aerial photograph of Walker Mill Regional Park, overlaid with the locations of Trooper 2. Green dots show Trooper 2 locations recorded by ADS-B; the red dot is the last ADS-B target received.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 1.4 Other Damage No other damage was reported. 1.5 Personnel Information The pilot, age 59, held a commercial pilot certificate issued on June 28, 1979, with ratings for rotorcraft-helicopter and instrument helicopter. He also held a private pilot certificate with a rating for single-engine, land airplanes. In addition, the pilot held a flight instructor certificate initially issued on August 20, 1985, and most recently renewed on October 27, 2007, with ratings for rotorcraft-helicopters and instrument helicopters. The pilot was issued a second-class medical certificate on September 26, 2008, with the restriction ―must wear corrective lenses.‖ The pilot was hired by MSP as a state trooper on January 5, 1970, applied for a position in the aviation division on May 29, 1979, and began employment in that division on July 15,
- All of the pilot‘s flight experience was accumulated as an MSP employee.
The pilot's most recent annual MSP flight evaluation was conducted on October 27, 2007. This evaluation was completed in 1.6 hours of flight time and included an instrument proficiency check (IPC), a biennial flight review, and a re-instatement of the pilot‘s flight instructor certificate. During the IPC portion of the flight, the pilot performed two approaches to runway 1L at ADW, an ILS approach and a nonprecision approach.15 According to the instructor who flew with the pilot, his instrument skills were ―slightly above average when compared to other pilots.‖ The pilot received his MSP ―Command Instrument Single Pilot Certification‖ during this evaluation and was signed off to act as ―Single Pilot PIC [pilot-in-command] for IFR Operations,‖ which allowed him to file a flight plan and fly in IMC, if necessary, to fly a patient to a trauma center, reposition the helicopter to a maintenance facility, return to base from a flight, or conduct a VIP (very important person) transport.16 The pilot‘s most recent IPC (which included training) was completed on May 13, 2008. This training included 1 hour of ground instruction and 1.4 hours of flight instruction. According to the pilot‘s training folder, he conducted an ILS approach and a nonprecision approach at ADW and a GPS approach at St. Mary‘s County Airport, Leonardtown, Maryland. The paperwork did not specify which ILS approach at ADW was performed; however, it stated both approaches were practiced coupled and uncoupled with the autopilot. According to the instructor pilot, there was nothing unusual about the flight and the pilot ―did pretty well.‖ He additionally reported that the accident pilot was ―above average‖ compared to other pilots and had ―no trouble‖ with instrument approaches.
15 A nonprecision approach is a standard instrument approach procedure in which no electronic glideslope is provided. 16 MSP pilots who have not received ―Command Instrument Single Pilot Certification‖ may not file and fly in IMC; they are signed off for ―Single Pilot PIC IFR Operations (Recovery Only).‖
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 Review of the pilot's logbook revealed that he had 5,225.1 total flight hours of which 2,770 hours were in the accident make and model helicopter. The pilot had recorded 5,200.9 hours as PIC and 1,919.9 hours of night flight time. His last recorded night flight was on September 16, 2008. The pilot‘s total instrument flight experience is unknown.17 In the year prior to the MSP‘s change in their instrument training program,18 the pilot logged instrument time on 7 flights, accumulating 6.2 hours of instrument time and completing 20 approaches. After the change and in the year prior to the accident, the pilot logged instrument time on only 2 flights, which included 2.1 hours of instrument time and 4 instrument approaches. The pilot‘s most recent flight at night under instrument conditions took place on October 29, 2006, and the pilot completed 3 instrument approaches and logged 0.5 hours of simulated instrument time. During the 2 years preceding the accident, the pilot completed 25 instrument approaches: 20 approaches at ADW, 3 GPS approaches at nearby airports, and 2 unspecified approaches in a simulator. Out of the 20 ADW approaches, only 4 were nonprecision approaches. The nonprecision approaches practiced did not include the localizer approach to runway 19R. The pilot's last recorded instrument flight was on May 13, 2008, during his IPC. However, a medic reported that, a few days before the accident, the pilot practiced a GPS approach in VMC conditions for proficiency purposes during his return to base after a medevac flight. MSP reported that the pilot was off duty for 2 days before the accident and scheduled to work the late shift (1900 to 0700) on the day of the accident. The pilot‘s wife reported that he slept normally on the 2 days before the accident, waking between 0800 and 0830 and going to bed between midnight and 0100. On the day of the accident, the pilot woke about 0800 and reported for work about 1800 in preparation for his 1900 start of duty. The pilot‘s wife indicated that his activities and demeanor in the days before the accident were routine. According to his most recent airman‘s physical examination, the pilot was 6 foot 3 inches tall and weighed 293 pounds (resulting in a body mass index (BMI) of 36.6).19 His wife stated that the pilot had snored his entire adult life, and a colleague stated that he was notorious among coworkers for loud snoring. Obesity and snoring are two symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea, a disorder in which an individual‘s airway is repeatedly blocked during sleep, usually by soft tissue collapsing at the back of the throat.20 Interruptions in breathing can cause hypoxia, disturbed sleep architecture, and decrements in cognitive and psychomotor functioning.21
17 The pilot logbook examined by NTSB investigators was labeled ―logbook #3‖ and covered the period from June 17, 2006, to September 13, 2008. The pilot‘s family was unable to locate previous logbooks. There were no carried-over flight times listed for simulated or actual instrument experience. 18 See Section 1.17.1 for a discussion of MSP‘s instrument training program. 19 BMI is a person's weight in kilograms divided by his or her height in meters squared. The National Institutes of Health defines a person with a BMI of 30 or more as obese. 20 See, for example, O. Resta, et al., ―Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders, Loud Snoring and Excessive Daytime Sleepiness in Obese Subjects,‖ International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, vol. 25, no. 5 (2001), pp. 669-75. 21See, for example, L. Ferini-Strambi, et al., ―Cognitive Dysfunction in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA): Partial Reversibility after Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP),‖ Brain Research Bulletin, vol. 61, no. 1 (2003), pp. 87-92.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 10 1.6 Aircraft Information The Aerospatiale SA365N1 ―Dauphin‖ helicopter has twin engines, a single main rotor, and a retractable tricycle landing gear. As shown in figure 4 below, the helicopter has four doors, two on each side. The four-bladed main rotor is mounted on the main gearbox, which is directly above the cabin. Two Turbomeca Arriel 1C1 engines are mounted side by side aft of the main gearbox. The accident helicopter was equipped with two front seats with dual controls and an aftermarket medical interior including four seats and two litters.
The transport-category helicopter was manufactured in 1988. At the time of the accident, the helicopter had flown 8,869.1 total flight hours and had 34,575 total landings. The helicopter was equipped with a night vision imaging system, which was used for law enforcement flights and was not being used during the accident flight; a radar altimeter;22 and an autopilot that was capable of fully coupling to an ILS. The helicopter was not equipped with a terrain awareness and warning system (TAWS).
22 A radar altimeter uses the reflection of radio waves from the ground to determine the height of an aircraft above the surface. Figure 4. Photograph of an exemplar Aerospatiale SA365N1 helicopter.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 The helicopter had a standard airworthiness certificate and was being maintained in accordance with Eurocopter‘s recommended maintenance service requirements, using an approved aircraft inspection program. According to the aircraft logbook, a 100-hour airframe and engine inspection was accomplished on September 22, 2008, 3.2 flight hours before the accident. The No. 1 (left) and No. 2 (right) engines had accumulated calculated total times of 7,077.3 and 7,426.5 flight hours, respectively, at the time of the accident. The No. 1 and No. 2 engines had accumulated 1,120 and 574.7 hours since overhaul, respectively. An aircraft weight and balance form was completed prior to departure for the flight. According to the form, the helicopter departed ADW on the flight with 1,180 pounds of fuel. National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators estimated the fuel weight on board at the time of the accident was close to 880 pounds. Given these fuel weights, the helicopter was within weight and center of gravity limits throughout the flight. According to MSP Aviation Command personnel, the instrument approach charts were in a pouch on the right side of the pilot‘s seat, readily accessible to the pilot. 1.7 Meteorological Information There is an Automated Surface Observing System (ASOS) at ADW. Observations are augmented and verified by Air Force personnel who are qualified weather observers. The ASOS was in augmented mode at the time of the accident.23 The 2255 September 27, 2008, surface weather observation at ADW was wind 110° at 3 knots, visibility 7 miles, ceiling broken clouds at 1,300 feet, temperature 20° C, dew point 20° C, and altimeter setting 29.92 inches of mercury (Hg). The 2355 surface weather observation at ADW was wind 080° at 3 knots, visibility 4 miles in mist, scattered clouds at 200 feet, ceiling broken clouds at 500 feet, temperature 20° C, dew point 20° C, and altimeter setting 29.91 inches of Hg. The 0055 September 28, 2008, surface weather observation at ADW was wind 070° at 3 knots, visibility 4 miles in mist, ceiling broken clouds at 200 feet, overcast at 500 feet, temperature 20° C, dew point 20° C, and altimeter setting 29.91 inches of Hg. Visibility at ADW was reported to deteriorate rapidly after 0117, with visibility dropping to 1/4 mile at 0137. The fire chief on duty at ADW around the time of the accident indicated that the weather had been ―foggy‖ and ―soupy,‖ with estimated visibilities at 1/4 mile and, in some places, less.
23 Augmentation is the process of adding information from a trained weather observer to that which is observed automatically.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 However, he stated that, at the time, he could see the high intensity lights on the hangars on the opposite side of the field, about 1 mile from his location. The fire chief noted that, at the north end of the airport, the visibility was slightly better and he could see down to Suitland Parkway, which was about 1/2 mile from his location. The chief also noted that, about 2250, he was standing about 200 feet from the 13-story ADW tower24 and said that the top of the cab was ―shrouded in fog.‖ A homeowner who resided about 1.8 miles southwest of the accident site, stated that, between 2345 and 2400, he heard a helicopter approaching his home and that it flew over his house flying towards Walker Mill Regional Park and ADW. He went outside and observed the helicopter below the clouds in a descending attitude; he estimated the clouds were 100 to 150 feet above the trees. He stated that it was dark and there was a light mist of rain. He observed the helicopter until it disappeared from view. 1.7.1 Preflight Weather Information About 1851, when the pilot began his shift, he obtained and printed a weather briefing from the FAA‘s Direct User Access Terminal (DUAT) service.25 The information that the pilot obtained included trend weather observations, pilot reports, weather radar data, terminal forecasts, and wind aloft forecasts. The 1755 ADW surface weather observation and the ADW terminal forecast were included in the information. The 1755 surface weather observation at ADW was wind 090° at 5 knots, visibility 7 miles, a few clouds at 1,000 feet, temperature 21° C, dew point 20° C, and altimeter setting 29.90 inches of Hg. The ADW terminal forecast valid from 1800 on September 27, 2008, to 0100 on September 28 indicated wind 120° at 6 knots, visibility 7 miles, and scattered clouds at 2,000 feet. Between 0100 and 0200, the weather at ADW was expected to become wind variable at 6 knots, visibility 3 miles in mist, ceiling broken at 500 feet and overcast at 1,000 feet. The included DCA terminal forecast issued at 1330 indicated that by 2200 the weather was expected to be wind 150° at 5 knots, visibility 5 miles in light rain showers and mist, scattered clouds at 400 feet and ceiling overcast at 800 feet. There is no record of any further contacts with DUAT before the accident. The 1851 DUAT briefing did not include weather hazards because the pilot did not select them from the DUAT menu of products. If the pilot had included weather hazards, the briefing would have contained an Airman's Meteorological Information (AIRMET) for IFR conditions issued at 1645 and valid until 2300 that forecast ceilings below 1,000 feet and visibilities less than 3 miles in precipitation and mist for an area that began immediately north and east of ADW, extending over eastern Maryland, Delaware, eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey and
24 The height of the ADW tower is 181 feet. 25 The DUAT service provides direct access to weather briefings, flight planning, and flight plan filing.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 New England.26 PGH was located within the boundaries of the AIRMET; ADW and the landing zone at Waldorf were not. An amended terminal forecast for DCA, issued at 1933, indicated that from 2000 on September 27, 2008, to 0200 on September 28, the weather was expected to be wind 70° at 3 knots, visibility greater than 6 miles, ceiling broken at 1,500 feet, broken clouds at 25,000 feet. Between 2000 and 2300, temporary changes were expected to visibility 3 miles in light rain showers, ceiling broken at 800 feet, overcast at 1,500 feet. A new AIRMET for IFR conditions was issued at 2245 and was valid until September 28, 2008, at 0500 and forecast ceilings below 1,000 feet, visibilities less than 3 miles in precipitation, and mist for an area that encompassed Maryland, the District of Columbia, and Virginia. The entire route of flight of Trooper 2 was located within the boundaries of the new AIRMET. The MSP Aviation Command has access to the helicopter emergency medical services (HEMS) weather tool.27 FAA Notice N 8000.333 describes the HEMS tool and explains that it is an experimental product. The notice states, with regard to Part 135 HEMS operators: The only approved use of this Tool is in VFR operations and then only in the context of supporting a ―no-go‖ decision.‖ Operators may not use the tool as the sole source for decisions to ―Go.‖ They may only use established primary products such as METARs [meteorological aerodrome reports], TAFs [terminal aerodrome forecasts], area forecasts, weather depiction charts, prognosis charts, etc., to make both ―Go‖ and ―No-Go‖ decisions. After the accident, another pilot, who arrived at the hangar about 0310 on September 28, the morning after the accident, noted that the pilots‘ computer was on and the HEMS weather tool was on the screen. He stated that most pilots read the weather directly from the HEMS weather tool before a flight. The SYSCOM DO stated that when he came on duty about 1800 on day of the accident, the HEMS weather tool indicated marginal visual flight rules (VFR) conditions throughout most of the state. 28 He noted that all MSP aviation bases were operating
26 AIRMETs are weather advisories issued concerning weather phenomena that are of operational interest to all aircraft and potentially hazardous to aircraft having limited capability because of lack of equipment, instrumentation, or pilot qualifications. An AIRMET for IFR conditions is issued when ceilings of less than 1,000 feet and/or visibilities less than 3 miles are forecast to affect a widespread area. 27 At the request of the FAA, the National Weather Service‘s Aviation Digital Data Service development team created a tool specifically designed to show weather conditions for the short-distance and low-altitude flights that are common for the HEMS community. 28 According to National Weather Service definitions, IFR conditions prevail when visibility is less than 3 miles and ceiling is less than 1,000 feet. Marginal VFR prevails when visibility is 3 to 5 miles and ceiling is 1,000 to 3,000 feet. VFR prevails when visibility is greater than 5 miles and ceiling is greater than 3,000 feet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 under a flight-by-flight (―call by call‖)29 conditional response due to the weather conditions throughout the state. The HEMS weather tool is capable of displaying surface weather observations, terminal area forecasts, AIRMETs and pilot reports. Since HEMS weather tool data are not archived, it is impossible to confirm which of these items the pilot may have chosen to display. Surface weather observations for ADW, DCA, Fort Belvoir, Virginia, and College Park, Maryland, are normally available through the HEMS weather tool. Figure 1 shows the locations of these surface weather observation sites. About 2300, the HEMS weather tool would have displayed the 2252 DCA observation30 indicating 10 miles visibility and multiple cloud layers, with the lowest layer a few clouds at 1,400 feet, and the 2250 College Park observation31 indicating visibility of 10 miles and ceiling 800 feet overcast. Because of a technical failure in Department of Defense (DoD) communications, the current surface observations for ADW and Fort Belvoir were not available at 2300. The 2255 ADW observation was indicating visibility 7 miles and ceiling broken at 1,300 feet, and the 2255 Fort Belvoir observation32 was indicating visibility 1 1/4 miles in mist and a few clouds at 15,000 feet. 1.7.2 Department of Defense Weather Dissemination According to U.S. Air Force personnel, a data communications switch failure at Offutt Air Force Base, Nebraska, prevented the Air Force Weather Agency (AFWA) from transmitting military alphanumeric data to the National Weather Service (NWS). This prevented the display of military surface weather observations, including ADW ASOS observations, on nonDoD weather outlets, such as DUAT and the HEMS weather tool. On September 27, 2008, the last ADW observation noted on nonDoD weather outlets was for 1855, about 5 hours before the accident. Local dissemination of the ADW ASOS observations to the ADW tower was not affected. Replacement of the switch restored transmission capability. The outage of the circuit between the NWS and the AFWA lasted about 18 hours and 33 minutes.33 There was no backup procedure available to continue transmission of weather data during the outage. As of April 29, 2009, a backup procedure had been developed, tested, and implemented that would provide for the uninterrupted exchange of data between AFWA and NWS during a failure of this type.
29 When an MSP section is ―call by call,‖ the reported or observed weather is close to MSP VFR weather minimums. 30 The 2252 surface weather observation at DCA was wind calm, visibility 10 miles, a few clouds at 1,400 feet, 3,000 feet scattered, 11,000 feet scattered, ceiling 25,000 feet broken, temperature 22° C, dew point 19° C, altimeter setting 29.92 inches of Hg. 31 The 2250 surface weather observation at College Park was wind calm, visibility 10 miles, ceiling 800 feet overcast, temperature and dew point 21° C, altimeter setting 29.92 inches of Hg. 32 The 2255 surface weather observation at Fort Belvoir was wind calm, visibility 1 1/4 miles, mist, a few clouds at 15,000 feet, temperature and dew point 20° C, altimeter setting 29.91 inches of Hg. 33 The NWS reported the outage was from 1922 on September 27, 2008, to 1355 on September 28, 2008.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 15 1.7.3 Runway Visual Range Information The runway visual range (RVR)34 sensors along ADW runway 19R began reporting touchdown values below 6,000 feet about 40 minutes before the accident. Touchdown RVR values below 2,400 feet were reported from about 11 minutes before the accident through the time of the accident. According to FAA equipment logs, the edge and approach lights for runway 19R were set to their lowest intensity, step 1, while Trooper 2 was on approach. Step 1 is the normal setting at night when the visibility is above 5 miles.35 According to FAA technicians, because the RVR system measures the distance along the runway that the edge lights are visible, the reported value changes when the lights are turned up or down. When the edge lights are set to the lowest two settings, reported RVR values are not considered accurate and do not necessarily represent a specific level of fog or other obstruction to visibility. The ADW tower controller stated that the RVR display in the tower was not on because it is ADW practice not to activate the RVR display until the official weather observer reports visibility of 1 mile or less. The controller was therefore unaware of the RVR values detected by the system and did not increase the runway light intensity setting to get an accurate RVR value. 1.8 Aids to Navigation FAA technicians conducted a postaccident certification of the ILS for runway 19R on September 28, 2008, and found all certification parameters to be within tolerances. A flight check was conducted on September 29, 2008, and the system was again within tolerances. Review of maintenance and monitoring logs for the ILS for runway 19R showed no unusual maintenance or malfunctions recorded for the system. 1.9 Communications There were no known difficulties with communications equipment.
34 The RVR is the measurement of the visibility near the runway‘s surface. The measurement represents the horizontal distance that a pilot should be able to see down a runway from the approach end. 35 A high-intensity runway lighting system has 5 intensity steps. Step 1 is the lowest intensity, and step 5 is the highest. When visibility is less than 3 miles, the normal setting is at least 3. Settings are under the control of the tower.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 16 1.10 Airport Information ADW is owned and operated by the US Air Force. The ADW tower is operated by the FAA.36 The airport is located about 3 miles east of Camp Springs, Maryland, at an elevation of 280 feet. ADW has two runways: 1R/19L and 1L/19R. Runway 1L/19R is 9,300 feet long and 200 feet wide with a concrete surface. Runway 19R is equipped with a high-intensity approach lighting system with centerline-sequenced flashers; high-intensity runway edge lights; and a touchdown, midpoint, and rollout RVR system. The runway‘s touchdown zone elevation is 273 feet. 1.10.1 Instrument Approach Procedures There are 12 instrument approach procedure charts published for ADW. The ILS runway 19R approach and the localizer runway 19R approach are presented on a single approach chart, as shown in figure 2. The ILS runway 19R approach procedure requires aircraft to intercept and track the inbound localizer course of 190°, fly level until the glideslope is intercepted, and then descend along the glideslope. If the pilot does not see the runway environment or the runway by the time the aircraft reaches the decision altitude of 473 feet msl, which is 200 feet above the runway touchdown zone elevation, the pilot is required to perform a missed approach. According to the FAA‘s Aeronautical Information Manual Section 1-1-9 (j), when the glideslope fails, the ILS reverts to a nonprecision localizer approach. The localizer runway 19R approach procedure requires the aircraft to pass over the final approach fix, which is located 6.1 distance-measuring-equipment (DME)37 miles from the ADW VORTAC.38 After passing over the final approach fix, the pilot can descend to the minimum descent altitude (MDA) of 680 feet msl which is 407 feet above the runway touchdown zone elevation. The pilot cannot descend below the MDA unless the runway environment or the runway is visible. If the runway environment or the runway is not visible when the aircraft reaches the missed approach point, which is located 1.5 DME miles north of the ADW VORTAC, the pilot is required to perform a missed approach.39 The approach chart also provides the ASR runway 19R approach‘s MDA, which is 780 feet msl, or 507 feet above the runway touchdown zone elevation. According to information in the FAA‘s Instrument Flying Handbook and Aeronautical Information Manual, the procedure for an ASR approach, usually called a surveillance approach, requires the controller to provide radar vectors to establish the aircraft on the final approach path. The controller then advises the
36 The Federal Aviation Act of 1958 mandated that certain military bases, including ADW, have FAA-staffed control towers. The FAA has been operating the tower at ADW since 1961. 37 Distance measuring equipment is a pulse-type electronic navigation system that shows the pilot, by an instrument panel indication, the number of nautical miles between the aircraft and a ground station. 38 A VORTAC is a ground station that transmits navigation signals whereby the pilot of an aircraft equipped with appropriate receivers can determine distance and bearing to the station. 39 The ADW VORTAC is located near the middle of the airport. When an aircraft reaches the missed approach point for the localizer approach to runway 19R, it is 0.5 nautical miles from the runway threshold.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 pilot of the published MDA and missed approach point and then instructs the pilot when to begin descent to the MDA. On final approach, the controller provides vectors to keep the aircraft tracking on the extended runway centerline and advises the pilot of the distance from the missed approach point at each mile of the final approach. Guidance is provided all the way to the missed approach point where, unless the runway environment or the runway is visible, the pilot is required to perform a missed approach. 1.11 Flight Recorders The helicopter was not equipped, and was not required to be equipped, with a cockpit voice recorder (CVR) or a flight data recorder (FDR). 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information Examination of the crash site revealed that the helicopter initially collided with the upper section of an 80-foot tree in a level, descending attitude on a heading of 191° magnetic. A debris path approximately 164 feet long extended from this tree to the main wreckage. The helicopter was separated into three main parts and many smaller pieces. All components of the helicopter were accounted for at the accident site. In addition, no evidence was identified of any preimpact mechanical failures or malfunctions of the aircraft‘s systems or the airframe. As shown in figure 5 below, the fuselage came to rest on its left side. The right side of the fuselage was crushed and exhibited horizontal scrape marks, and the cabin and cockpit areas were extensively damaged. The right-side pilot‘s door was located in a tree near the main wreckage.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 18
Figure 5. Photograph of the accident site. The radar altimeter bug40 was set to 300 feet, which is 573 feet above msl at the runway threshold. The horizontal situation indicator on the pilot‘s side of the instrument panel was set to 190°. Instrument approach charts, including the chart of the ILS runway 19R approach, were found scattered throughout the debris near the nose of the helicopter. 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information Autopsies were performed on the four fatally injured occupants by the state of Maryland, Office of the Chief Medical Examiner. The cause of death for all four individuals was listed as ―multiple injuries.‖ The FAA‘s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute performed toxicology tests on tissue specimens from the pilot. The results were negative for carbon monoxide, cyanide, ethanol, and a wide range of drugs, including major drugs of abuse. A review of the pilot‘s FAA airman
40 The radar altimeter bug is set by the pilot to a preselected altitude, and when the helicopter approaches and descends below that altitude, the radar altimeter generates visual and aural alerts.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 19 medical records revealed that his medical certificate had never been suspended, denied, or revoked. According to his wife, the pilot was in good health and had experienced no major changes in health in the past 12 months. The survivor sustained multiple traumatic injuries from the helicopter accident. She was hospitalized until November 5, 2008, and then discharged to a rehabilitation center. On November 26, 2008, she was discharged to her home. 1.14 Fire No in-flight or postcrash fire occurred. 1.15 Survival Aspects The pilot occupied the right front seat, and the left front seat was vacant. The medic occupied an aft-facing seat positioned just behind and between the two front seats. The field provider occupied a forward-facing seat positioned in the center of the aft bulkhead; the seat consisted of a seat cushion fitted into a depression in the floor and affixed to the aft bulkhead with a Velcro strip. The fatally injured patient was on the primary litter, located on the left side of the helicopter, and the surviving patient was on the secondary litter, located on the right side of the helicopter. The patients were placed onto the litters while already strapped to backboards provided by local emergency medical services (EMS) personnel, and the backboards were secured to the litters. The pilot‘s seat was found near its original location in the fuselage and was heavily damaged. The lap belt of the pilot‘s four-point harness was found buckled, and the webbing had been cut by first responders. Neither shoulder harness fitting was engaged in the central buckle. The aft-facing medic seat was found near its original location in the cabin and was heavily damaged. The four-point restraint for the medic seat was undamaged and unbuckled. The field provider seat cushion was found in the debris near the fuselage. The four-point restraint for the field provider seat was found buckled, and the lap belt and both shoulder harness webbings had been cut by first responders. The primary litter stayed in place within the cabin. It was undamaged except for a 4-inch section of aluminum plate that was bent upwards on the inboard side. The backboard was found detached from the litter, and the right-side handle at the head end of the board was fractured. The secondary litter was found in the debris field in multiple pieces. The lower portion of the litter was bent upward approximately 90°. The backboard was found detached from the litter, and both of the handles at the toe end of the board were fractured.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 20 1.15.1 Emergency Response The ADW controller noticed that Trooper 2 was missing almost immediately after radar contact was lost, and she began attempting to contact the pilot. At 2359:50, she also advised the ADW fire department chief, who was expecting to meet the helicopter, that she had lost radar contact with Trooper 2. The chief then contacted the PG County Communications Center and MSP Forestville barrack about the missing helicopter, and he then engaged in a ground search of ADW and the MSP hangar to locate Trooper 2. The ADS-B trip history report indicated that the SYSCOM DO logged Trooper 2 as landed at ADW at 0002:02. When he received a call at 0014:11 from MSP Forestville inquiring about the whereabouts of Trooper 2, the DO immediately responded, ―they landed at Andrews.‖ When informed by MSP Forestville that the ADW tower controller had lost Trooper 2 from radar,41 he was surprised. He then attempted to contact Trooper 2 by radio and got no response. The DO provided MSP Forestville with Trooper 2‘s last ADS-B coordinates. MSP personnel said that the equipment installed on the helicopters for ADS-B tracking ―does not function well at low levels.‖ There had been many instances when the ADS-B position stopped at the end of a runway even though the helicopter had actually landed at the other end of the runway or somewhere else. This, they said, led to a ―lack of confidence in the low-level position‖ and to ―conditioning‖ among personnel to assume that the helicopter had landed safely when the ADS-B signal was lost. According to MSP operational policy at the time of the accident, the troopers at each barrack were responsible for managing any incident that happened in their area of responsibility. Therefore, the shift supervisor on duty at the Forestville barrack became the incident commander for the search for the helicopter until the barrack commander arrived about 0100 and took over. The shift supervisor was not familiar with the flightpath to ADW and was unable to tailor the search to the area directly along the flightpath. He sent troopers to check the unpopulated areas that were about 2 miles north of ADW since, as he said in an interview, ―all the initial indications were that the helicopter went missing within 2 miles of ADW.‖ (The ADW tower controller had reported that the helicopter was within 2 miles of the airport.) The shift supervisor relied on ADW tower controllers or SYSCOM to provide him with the last known location of the helicopter. However, he said that he did not plot the coordinates that the SYSCOM DO gave him because he did not know ―what the coordinates meant.‖
About 0021:45, the DO provided PG County dispatchers with Trooper 2‘s last ADS-B coordinates by reading a string of numbers, ―three eight five two one seven, north was seven six five two two six.‖ The DO did not indicate that the numbers were in the form of degrees,
41 MSP Forestville had received this information from the ADW fire chief.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 minutes, seconds. The DO also added that the location of the coordinates was approximately 2 nautical miles southwest of FedEx Field.42 (See figure 6 below.) PG County dispatchers responded by sending patrol vehicles to the area southwest of FedEx Field. They also plotted the coordinates using an online mapping program, but the dispatchers assumed the coordinates were in the form of degrees, decimal degrees, which they were accustomed to using, so they entered the coordinates in that format. The location returned by the software program was near Calvert Cliffs, Maryland, located about 30 miles southeast of the accident site. This location raised confusion among PG County personnel and, about 0032:02, a county dispatcher called SYSCOM to verify the location. An operator at SYSCOM responded, ―okay I don‘t know where the duty officer got those [coordinates]….‖ The operator did not communicate with the DO to verify the coordinates given to PG County dispatchers. The misunderstanding about the format of the coordinates was not discovered, and confusion about the helicopter being near Calvert Cliffs persisted as the search continued. During the search, PG County dispatchers initiated an offer to ―ping‖ the cell phones of the troopers who had been on the helicopter and, thus, to possibly identify their location more
42 FedEx Field is a football stadium located in Landover, Maryland, in PG County. Figure 6. Map of search area (not to scale).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 accurately. MSP SYSCOM accepted the offer, and at 0036:19, the SYSCOM DO provided two cell phone numbers, one for the pilot and one for the medic. PG County dispatchers contacted the cellular service provider and went through the emergency process of finding the closest cell phone tower. At 0114:47, the cellular provider gave the street address of the tower but did not provide a distance or bearing from the tower. The address was immediately provided to PG County police officers and MSP Forestville, and numerous officers and troopers responded to that location. Approximately 10 minutes later, the Forestville MSP shift commander called PG County dispatchers and discovered that the best search area was probably within a 2- to 3- mile radius of the cellular tower. Meanwhile, about 0044:42, the medic of Trooper 8, based in Norwood, Maryland, about 20 miles northwest of the accident site, called SYSCOM and requested and received the last known ADS-B coordinates of Trooper 2. The medic stated that since Trooper 8 was ―down for weather,‖43 he and the Trooper 8 pilot were going to drive to the area where Trooper 2 was thought to have crashed. The medic said in a postaccident interview that he ―used the computer and plotted the coordinates near the north entrance to Walker Mill Regional Park.‖ He and the pilot arrived at the park‘s north entrance about 0100. There were several PG County police officers there, and they heard from them about ―pings‖ from one of the trooper‘s cell phones. Because they believed these ―pings‖ were giving a more accurate location, the pilot and the medic left Walker Mill Regional Park and drove to the address provided by the PG County police officers, arriving at a mall parking lot near the cell phone tower. About 0103:02, the DO called ADW tower and asked the controller for the time of the last contact with Trooper 2. The ADW controller stated that the time was about midnight. The DO asked, ―do you have a particular location, a north or west location?‖ The controller responded that she could not provide latitude and longitude coordinates and reported Trooper 2‘s last known position as 2 miles north of the runway. Again the DO asked, ―there‘s no way to get any kind of a bearing on what his location was, as far as north and west?‖ The ADW controller responded, ―I don‘t know how to do that.‖44 When the MSP Forestville barrack commander arrived at the barrack, she took over from the shift supervisor as the incident commander and set up a command post in the barrack‘s parking lot. About 0154:39, the barrack commander called MSP Forestville to request an aviation command unit to respond to the command post at Forestville, saying ―we‘ve got questions that we need them to answer about how things work.‖ About 0134, both PG County and MSP search efforts began to focus on a construction area located about 1.25 miles east of the accident site, where a witness reported seeing something come down. Visibility in the unlighted area was reported to be approximately 50 feet. About
43 Trooper 8 had been notified by the SYSCOM DO about 0025 that Trooper 2 was missing and requested to launch and head toward ADW. Trooper 8 departed Norwood, encountered low-level clouds about 2 miles south of Norwood, and aborted the flight. 44 The ADW controller had not received training on how to use a program called CountOps to obtain the coordinates of Trooper 2‘s last radar position. See Section 1.15.2 for more information on CountOps.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 0143:37, PG County personnel at the construction area reported needing ―true 4-wheel drive vehicles to search the area.‖ While the search of the construction area was proceeding, the pilot and medic of Trooper 8 met an MSP Aviation Command sergeant who had also responded to the mall parking lot. The sergeant asked them if anyone had talked to ADW tower. About 0142, Trooper 8‘s pilot called and spoke with the ADW tower controller, who reported losing radar contact with the helicopter about 2 miles out on approach to runway 19R. The pilot took out an ADC map45 and drew a straight line out from runway 19R; the line intersected with Walker Mill State Park, the same location where Trooper 8‘s medic had plotted the original coordinates. They immediately drove back to the park, arriving at the south end of the park about 0155. About 0158, the two troopers proceeded into the park on foot and located the wreckage and the survivor. 1.15.2 Additional Information on Emergency Response Interviews with MSP personnel at the Forestville barrack indicated that MSP road troopers performed their daily duties by referencing ADC grid maps and were not aware that those maps contained latitude and longitude coordinates. Some MSP patrol cars were equipped with laptop computers and software that allowed them to enter latitude and longitude coordinates, but none of the troopers interviewed had received any training on how to use this function. During a postaccident visit to PCT, NTSB investigators were shown an FAA system known as CountOps, an automated traffic count program that tracks the movement of aircraft through PCT airspace. Included in the items recorded by the system is the last observed position of aircraft under PCT control. CountOps was available on the night of the accident and could have been used by either the ADW controller or the operations manager on duty at PCT to obtain the latitude and longitude coordinates for the last radar position of Trooper 2. When interviewed, the operations manager on duty at PCT stated that he was not familiar with any way to obtain latitude and longitude coordinates for PCT traffic. Also, the location function of CountOps had not been part of training given on the system at ADW, so the ADW controller was unaware of it. Therefore, the system was not consulted during the search for Trooper 2.
45 ADC, of the Langenscheidt Publishing Group, publishes a popular series of maps, atlases, and guidebooks in the Mid-Atlantic region that are often used by Maryland troopers.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 24 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Engine Examinations The No. 1 and No. 2 engines were examined at the manufacturer‘s facility. A factory-supplied fuel control unit was installed on each engine,46 and the engine was run in a test cell. The No. 1 engine was run to 100 percent of the gas-producer turbine‘s rotational speed (N1). The engine ran with normal fuel consumption and normal oil consumption and did not exhibit any abnormal noises or vibrations. The No. 2 engine was run to 95 percent of N1. The engine ran with normal fuel consumption and normal oil consumption and did not exhibit any abnormal noises or vibrations. The engine was not run to 100 percent of N1 because multiple sparks were exiting the exhaust pipe. A borescope examination of the turbine assemblies revealed no defects, and the sparks were attributed to wreckage debris passing through the engine. The No. 1 and No. 2 fuel control units were examined at the manufacturer‘s facility and run on a test fixture after the impact-damaged parts of their controlling mechanisms were replaced. Both units performed adequately at all ranges of rpm. 1.16.2 Avionics Examinations The helicopter was equipped with a power analyzer and recorder (PAR) computer, which monitors and records turbine engine parameters for engine health trending and maintenance diagnostics. The PAR computer does not record data continuously; it records data only when certain discrete events occur, including engine starts and stops, engine parameter exceedances, and engine power checks. Examination revealed that the unit was slightly damaged but the internal components were intact. The memory was read, and the calibration of the unit was checked and found to be acceptable. The unit recorded no engine exceedances for the flight. The last event recorded was the loss of electrical power to the unit when the accident occurred. The final data recorded included engine torque values of 4.7 percent and 6.8 percent and N1 values of 77.4 percent and 78.4 percent for the left and right engines, respectively. Main rotor speed was recorded at 356 rpm (100 percent rpm); pressure altitude was recorded at 231 feet and indicated airspeed at 92 knots. The radar altimeter unit, both navigation receivers, both navigation control heads, and the DME transceiver were examined and tested at the manufacturer‘s facility. The examination revealed no discrepancies that would have prevented them from functioning normally and displaying proper indications during the accident flight. One of the navigation control heads was set to 111.5, the runway 19R localizer frequency. The other was set to 110.5, the runway 19L localizer frequency.
46 The fuel control units were replaced as both had sustained impact damage to their controlling mechanisms.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 It was not possible to determine the frequency set on the DME transceiver at the time of the accident. Normally, the frequency of the DME transceiver is automatically set to the same frequency as the navigation receiver. However, if the pilot switches the navigation receiver to another frequency but wants to keep the DME on the previous frequency, the pilot can select ―HOLD‖ by rotating a spring-loaded switch on the navigation control head. Because the switch springs back to the ―ON‖ position when it is released by the pilot, examination of the unit does not reveal whether the pilot selected the hold function. 1.16.3 Aircraft Performance Study NTSB investigators conducted an aircraft performance study using available ASR,47 ADS-B, and ATC transcript data. These data were used to define the aircraft‘s flightpath, ground track, ground speed, rate of climb, and ATC communication history. No aircraft acceleration, airspeed, attitude, engine, flight-control input, flight-control surface position, or external atmosphere parameters were recorded in the ADS-B or radar data. Investigators derived true altitude, calibrated airspeed, flightpath angle, estimated bank angle, and true heading parameters. The calculated Trooper 2 flightpath was compared to the runway 19R calculated glideslope parameters. The initial aircraft descent was consistent with the expected glideslope centerline guidance. About 2357:32, upon reaching an altitude of about 1,450 feet msl on the glideslope and a distance of about 4 miles north of the runway threshold, the helicopter‘s rate of descent increased rapidly from about 500 feet per minute (fpm) to greater than 2,000 fpm, and Trooper 2‘s flightpath began to deviate below the glideslope. The rapid descent continued until the end of the data. 1.16.3.1 TAWS Simulation At the request of NTSB investigators, Honeywell International Inc., a manufacturer of TAWS, used the ADS-B data to calculate the pilot alerts that would be expected if Trooper 2 had been equipped with TAWS. The simulation indicated that, had Trooper 2 been equipped with a Honeywell TAWS system,48 three terrain alerts would have been generated prior to initial impact, independent of glideslope signal operation. These aural alerts would have been ―Caution Terrain,‖ ―Warning Terrain,‖ and ―Pull-up,‖ given approximately 7, 4, and 2 seconds, respectively, before initial impact with the trees.49 Additionally, assuming a valid glideslope signal was being received, a ―Glideslope‖ aural alert would have been generated approximately 24 seconds before initial impact.
47 ASR systems are short-range (60-nautical-mile) radar systems that produce radar returns every 4.3 to 4.6 seconds for use in providing ATC services. 48 The system used was Honeywell‘s Mark 22 Helicopter Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System. 49 The aural alert times from the Honeywell simulation were given in seconds before the end of the ADS-B data, and NTSB investigators correlated the end of the data with the helicopter‘s initial impact with the trees.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 1.17 Organizational and Management Information MSP Aviation Command is composed of eight sections located throughout Maryland. (There are four regions, with two sections in each region.) Aviation Command headquarters is located at Martin State Airport, Middle River, Maryland, collocated with one of the sections. At the time of the accident, MSP operated 12 Aerospatiale AS365 Dauphin helicopters. Trooper 2 was the designation for the helicopter assigned to the MSP Southern Region, Washington Section, located at ADW. The specific (N number) helicopter that flew as Trooper 2 could change from day to day, depending on helicopter availability. At the time of the accident, one helicopter and five pilots were based at Washington Section. MSP Aviation Command performs medevac, law enforcement, homeland security, search and rescue, and support flights. In calendar year 2007, MSP flew 8,607 flights; 5,769 of those were medevac flights in which a helicopter transported a patient from an accident site to a hospital. The Washington Section completed 1,201 medevac flights to accident sites, 29 interhospital transfers, 155 law enforcement flights, 79 homeland security flights, 50 search and rescue flights, and 122 support flights. The MSP Aviation Command is funded by the state of Maryland. The state legislature oversees and approves the MSP‘s budget, considers changes to the program introduced by legislators, and can order audits, conducted by state employees, of specific aspects of the program. However, the state legislature has no direct responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the MSP Aviation Command, nor do they have an aviation surveillance function similar to the FAA. According to interviews with MSP personnel, funding is independent of the number of flights flown. In the state of Maryland, all requests for medevac flights to accident scenes must be made to MSP first (through SYSCOM), before any private medevac operator. If MSP Aviation Command is not able to respond to a scene for any reason, SYSCOM notifies private medevac operators or other government agencies.50 When weather is the reason MSP is not able to accept the flight, private operators are generally also required to turn it down.51 The exception to this is when the weather is a localized phenomenon, for example a thunderstorm, and a private operator has an available helicopter that is not affected by the weather. Private operators based in Maryland primarily perform interhospital patient transports. MSP Aviation Command personnel stated that MSP operates under 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 91 and complies with its requirements pertaining to aircraft and pilot certification, aircraft maintenance, and pilot training. In addition, MSP has implemented a number of policies that mirror 14 CFR Part 135, including use of an operations manual,
50 MSP Aviation has memorandums of understanding (MOUs) with each of the three private operators in Maryland, as well as with the U.S. Park Police and the U.S. Coast Guard. They also have a mutual relationship with the Delaware State Police. 51 MOUs with these organizations reflect this agreement to eliminate pressure to launch.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 27 flight-hour requirements for new pilots, flight-crew duty time limitations, and flight-crew duty rest requirements. In 2008, the state legislature‘s Joint Legislative Audit Committee requested that the Office of Legislative Audits conduct an audit of certain aspects of MSP helicopter operations. The scope of the audit included a review of maintenance practices, but it did not include a review of flight operational practices. A report concerning the audit was completed in August 2008 and submitted to the requesting committee. Three of the report‘s major findings were (1) MSP helicopters were used almost exclusively for critical flights, (2) improved data systems and processes were needed to better manage MSP Aviation Command operations, including helicopter maintenance, and (3) staff turnover issues needed to be addressed. 1.17.1 Training MSP had three full-time flight instructors at headquarters and four part-time flight instructors in the field, one in each region. Each regional instructor provided recurrent and new-hire training for the seven to eight pilots assigned to their region. The regional instructor for the Southern Region, who had been employed by MSP as a pilot since 1994, stated that, prior to 2000, MSP pilots received ―more than enough‖ instrument training. After 2000, however, salaries for helicopter pilots in the civilian industry increased, and a high turnover of pilots began at MSP. The regional instructor stated that, due to the high pilot turnover, ―instructors currently spend most of their time training new hires and not enough time performing recurrent training.‖ On November 27, 2007, MSP Aviation Command changed its instrument training program. Before that date, pilots were required to perform six approaches every 6 months to maintain currency. After that date, pilots would receive two IPCs per year with instructor pilots in order to maintain FAA currency.52 According to MSP personnel, because MSP normally has just one pilot on duty at each base, the only opportunity pilots had to fly with each other was during a shift change or if they were at headquarters where another pilot might be located. According to the chief pilot, pilots were not conducting ―quality training‖ when practicing with other pilots, so he decided to change the training program. He felt that if the pilots flew with instructor pilots, the quality of the training would be better. His goal was to provide a more structured and consistent pilot training plan. When questioned about the November 2007 change to the instrument training program, the Aviation Command safety officer stated that the change was made for two reasons: to reduce the number of hours the helicopters were flown and to make the training more consistent. He felt that the new program provided ―better quality training.‖ He further stated that before the change, pilots would often perform the six required approaches on the last day of the sixth month ―just to document their currency.‖
52 Title 14 CFR 61.57 (d), ―Recent flight experience: Pilot in command,‖ requires a pilot to perform either 6 approaches during a 6-month timeframe or an IPC in order to maintain FAA currency.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 The Southern Region instructor reported that the rationale behind the change to the instrument training program was to ―save flight time plus it got an instructor in the cockpit.‖ He stated that he did not think two IPCs a year was enough training for pilots to maintain proficiency and that pilots needed to practice more than that. Before the November 2007 change, pilots could practice approaches more often, thus ―reinforcing learning.‖ On September 22, 2008, a pilot from the Cumberland Section sent a memorandum to the MSP Aviation Commander noting hazardous flying conditions in the Cumberland and Frederick sections, due to the mountainous terrain. In the memorandum, the pilot requested that helicopters assigned to these sections be equipped with TAWS. Additionally, he requested: Cumberland and Frederick Section pilots should be allowed to resume the previous instrument currency training: six practice or actual approaches every six months. Getting half the previous number of practice approaches and going six months between training opportunities provides neither the frequency nor the quantity of instrument practice needed for this demanding and hazardous flying environment. The pilot noted that instrument proficiency depended on the quality of initial instrument training, total instrument experience, time elapsed since last instrument experience, and quantity of recent instrument experience. According to MSP personnel, in response to the pilot‘s memorandum, the three MSP helicopters with TAWS are now assigned to the Cumberland and Frederick sections whenever possible. Also, in addition to the required IPC every 6 months, pilots with a ―Single Pilot PIC for IFR Operations‖ endorsement are encouraged to file an IFR flight plan and fly in IMC whenever possible to maintain their proficiency. 1.17.2 Dispatch System MSP uses SYSCOM for dispatch and flight-following functions. SYSCOM is a cooperative effort between the Maryland Institute for Emergency Medical Services Systems (MIEMSS)53 and the MSP. It controls and coordinates all aeromedical emergency responses in Maryland using a 24-hour operations center that provides central aircraft dispatching and emergency communications liaison among 911 centers, police stations or barracks, hospital systems, responding aircraft, and ground units. SYSCOM is staffed at all times with an MSP DO and two communications operators from MIEMSS. The duties of SYSCOM include processing calls, flight tracking, aircraft and crew accountability, and airspace coordination. According to the standard operating procedures, pilots are required to monitor the weather; however, if pilots are unable to obtain a weather update (for example, if they are already on a flight), the DO has
53 According to its fact sheet, MIEMSS ―oversees and coordinates all components of the statewide EMS educational programs, operates and maintains a statewide communications system, designates trauma and specialty centers, licenses and regulates commercial ambulance services, and participates in EMS-related public education and prevention programs.‖
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 29 access to the HEMS weather tool and may assist pilots. Additionally, the DO is required to obtain a statewide forecast at the beginning of each 12-hour shift (0545 and 1745). At the time of the accident, SYSCOM DOs were not aviation-trained or certified. They did not have an active role in monitoring weather and determining whether to accept a flight. When a call came into SYSCOM from a 911 center requesting a helicopter transport, the DO notified the closest MSP aviation section. The pilot checked the weather, and the flight crew (pilot and medic) decided whether to accept the flight. If the flight crew accepted the flight, the DO then forwarded the crew a flight package and called the requesting 911 center to give them an estimated time of arrival for the helicopter. The flight package typically included incident type, number of patients, approximate age of patients, condition of patients, and landing zone information. SYSCOM uses ADS-B for tracking and flight following. The data are displayed on a screen at the DO‘s console and provide status, location, altitude, speed, and course of the aircraft. At the time of the accident, the software provided a view of the ADS-B data over a sectional aeronautical chart. When there was a loss of ADS-B signal, the icon showing the helicopter‘s last position turned red and there was an audible alert. In 2005, MSP performed an unannounced training drill for controllers at SYSCOM. In the exercise, a helicopter on a maintenance flight made an unexpected, unannounced landing (not at an airport) while en route to its destination. The goal was to see how and when SYSCOM personnel would ascertain that the helicopter was not where it was supposed to be. The drill identified deficiencies in the situational awareness of the three controllers on duty and led to the reassignment of one individual. A new operations supervisor was appointed approximately 3 months after that exercise. He concentrated on in-house practice sessions until the new ADS-B system went on line in late
- For the next 2 years, the drill procedure involved the selection of a random site for the
center‘s staff to identify. After the geographic target was identified, the staff briefed a response plan. The supervisor noted that these drills ―did not involve direct interaction with a flight crew.‖ 1.17.3 Operational Policies 1.17.3.1 Aviation Command Operational Policies MSP provided a copy of the Aviation Command Operations Manual dated November
- The manual was current at the time of the accident.
Under the heading ―Flight Crew Responsibilities,‖ the document stated, in part: ―Flight crews will call SYSCOM by telephone when they arrive at their office or destination when practical.‖ Under the heading, ―Radar Altimeter,‖ the document stated, in part:
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 The Decision Height bug will be set on command aircraft Radar Altimeters to an altitude that will provide appropriate response time to alert crew members if they should have an unintentional descent near the water or ground. Under the heading ―Weather Briefings,‖ the document stated, in part: At the beginning of each shift, the pilot will obtain a full weather briefing, to include current and forecasted weather, all NOTAMS [notices to airmen], PIREPS [pilot weather reports] and forecasted winds aloft. In addition to an overall briefing, the pilot will ensure that he/she gathers information available to make him/her familiar with the weather situations throughout the state, as well as adjoining areas of neighboring states. The pilots will obtain, as necessary, sufficient weather information to ensure that the original weather briefing remains valid. The frequency of these additional weather checks will be determined by the severity of the existing or forecasted weather. However, if the section is call by call or weather down,[54] a check of the weather should be conducted at a minimum every two hours.
Under the heading ―Aviation Command Weather Minimums for Department Aircraft,‖ the document stated, in part (emphasis in the original): No helicopter VFR FLIGHTS will be initiated when the reported or observed weather at the departure, en route and/or destination is below the following:
- Daylight Operations – Sunrise to Sunset if the ceiling is less than 600 feet
A.G.L. and/or the visibility is less than two miles.
- Night Operations – Sunset to Sunrise if the ceiling is less than 800 feet A.G.L.
and/or the visibility is less than three miles.
- In all cases, the helicopter must be capable of maintaining an altitude of at least
500 feet above ground level when operating under VFR, unless otherwise directed by Air Traffic Control or mandated by helicopter route charts.
- The above minimums are in no way a must respond situation. Each crew will
apply the Risk Assessment Matrix as it pertains to Type of Mission Requested, Aircraft MEL [minimum equipment list] Status, All Weather Factors, Terrain the Mission is to be flown over (i.e. mountains), and Human Factors of crew on duty. Based on the crew‘s Risk Assessment, visibility and/or ceiling minimums will be increased to the crew‘s comfort level prior to accepting the mission.
54 When an MSP section is ―weather down,‖ the reported weather is below MSP VFR weather minimums.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 1.17.3.2 SYSCOM Operational Policies MSP personnel provided an undated document entitled, ―SYSCOM Ops Policies 1-08, Joint Operations Center Policy & Procedures DRAFT.‖ They explained that this document‘s draft status was primarily because flight operations policies and procedures in SYSCOM were going through a review and enhancement process. Because MSP Aviation Command believed that many areas would benefit from immediate improvement, they directed the SYSCOM DO to use these policies for normal operations pending the completion of the review. MSP confirmed that the policies included in the document were in place on the night of the accident. Under the heading, ―Flight Tracking,‖ the document stated, in part: The DO retains responsibility to insure that all MSP Aviation Command helicopters are positively identified & tracked throughout each mission. The flight tracking system (ADS-B) vehicle status alert function will remain fully functional at both the DO and SYSCOM-B work stations. This will allow positive status alert monitoring & resets to be completed in the event an operator or DO is temporarily unavailable. At no time will the audio level on the flight tracking work stations be altered to a point where alerts will not be detected at all stations within the center. Aircraft ADS-B failures will be identified and confirmed with flight crew. Loss of ADS-B position reporting will be identified and immediate contact made with flight crew to confirm status. Under the heading, ―Aircraft Emergency,‖ the document stated, in part: a. Loss of radio/flight track contact. SYSCOM will confirm aircraft condition, status and position. b. Establish contact or verify position by available means including ATC if in airport environment, local 911 center if on arrival to field incident. c. Other radio contact points. d. Presence of Traffic Information [Service -] Broadcast (TIS[-B]) target visible on last known aircraft heading & alt.[55]
55 The Traffic Information Service-Broadcast (TIS-B) is a ground-based broadcast service that provides traffic data derived from secondary surveillance radar. If an aircraft was in radar coverage, but its ADS-B data signal was not being received, a TIS-B data signal would be received over the ADS-B data link system.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 32 e. DO will initiate emergency services and Command staff alert notifications if unable to confirm position. f. DO will deploy available MSP and allied resources to assist in aircraft contact and location tasks. Appendix E of the MSP Aviation Command‘s Health and Safety Plan contained a ―Mishap Plan.‖ The plan provided the SYSCOM DO with a list of information that he was to obtain ―upon receiving notification that an aviation related incident/accident has occurred involving [d]epartment personnel, equipment or aircraft.‖ It also provided a list of notifications that the DO was to make. It did not provide the DO any guidance about how to deal with a missing or overdue aircraft. Appendix D of the Health and Safety Plan contained a ―Risk Assessment Matrix‖ that could be used by pilots for flight risk evaluation. However, according to the safety officer, the matrix was not being used by the pilots. The matrix included the statement that it was ―designed as a mental guide that is updated prior to flight, during flight and throughout the shift.‖ The safety officer stated that at the time of the accident there was no formal, documented process for pilots to evaluate risk before accepting a flight. Examination of the matrix revealed that it assigned risk levels of low, medium, and high to various parameters, such as type of flight, weather, and crew rest. For example, under the ―Mission Risk‖ category, a night medevac to an accident scene was assigned a low risk level, and under the ―Weather Factors‖ category, a dew point/temperature spread of 2° C or less was assigned a medium risk level. The overall risk assessment for a flight was the highest risk level assigned to any category. The matrix indicated that no flights were to be made if the risk level was high but provided no specific guidance concerning what actions should be taken by the pilot if the risk level was medium. 1.17.4 Previous Accidents Involving Maryland State Police The MSP reported that, since beginning to operate EMS helicopters in 1970, they had experienced five previous accidents, which occurred in 1971, 1972, 1973, 1986, and 1989. The most recent fatal accident occurred on January 19, 1986, when a Bell 206B3 helicopter, registered to and operated by the MSP, impacted terrain in Leakin Park, Baltimore, Maryland.56 The commercial pilot, who was not instrument rated, and the flight medic were killed, and the helicopter was destroyed. The accident occurred at night when the helicopter was on the return leg of a public medevac flight. The flight encountered IMC, the pilot initiated a 180° turn, and, during the turn, which was made over a dark, wooded area, the helicopter descended and impacted trees and terrain.
56 The NTSB participated in the investigation of this accident, which was assigned the accident number, BFO86FA014. A probable cause was not determined because, at the time, public aircraft were not within the NTSB‘s jurisdiction.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 After that accident, the MSP took the following corrective actions: They replaced their nonIFR certified helicopters with Aerospatiale Dauphin helicopters with single pilot IFR capability. Those MSP Aviation Command pilots who were not already instrument rated received the requisite instrument flight instruction and obtained a helicopter instrument rating. Minimum requirements of 2,000 rotorcraft flight hours and a helicopter instrument rating became mandatory for all new pilots hired as of January 1, 1987. 1.17.5 Maryland State Police Postaccident Actions On March 18, 2009, MSP provided a memorandum to the NTSB investigator-in-charge detailing their postaccident actions. These actions included the following: Designing a new mission-specific flight risk assessment tool. Implementing new weather minimums that delineate cross-country from local flights and mountainous from non-mountainous flights. Implementing new training requirements for pilots, including One instrument approach in VMC per month on the return leg of a flight. One instrument approach per month with another check pilot. One training flight with an Aviation Command instructor pilot per year. Two instrument proficiency check flights per year (one every 6 months) with an Aviation Command instructor pilot. One annual evaluation flight with an Aviation Command instructor pilot. Training and requiring SYSCOM DOs to be certified flight communicators through the National Association of Air Medical Communication Specialists. Training all Aviation Command personnel and MSP field personnel on the use and interpretation of latitude and longitude. Resuming unannounced missing aircraft exercises. During the course of the investigation, NTSB investigators learned of the following additional postaccident changes that were made by MSP:
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 When a flight request is received, the DO evaluates the local and regional weather conditions displayed on the HEMS weather tool before allowing the request to proceed to the flight crew or making a no-go decision. The DO can make a no-go decision on a flight request based on weather conditions before the flight crew is notified. Flight crews must notify SYSCOM within 5 minutes of landing. If landing confirmation is not received within 5 minutes of the estimated landing time, the DO will attempt to call the aircraft. If there is no contact after 10 minutes, the DO will initiate emergency procedures. The software for ADS-B monitoring at all three SYSCOM workstations is capable of overlaying the ADS-B data on ADC street maps, terrain maps, satellite images, and aviation sectional charts. The new risk assessment tool assigns low, medium, and high risk levels the colors green, yellow, and red, respectively. A percentage, as well as a color, is associated with the operational risk, and there is a range of percentages for green, yellow, and red. Red requires approval from the MSP Director of Flight Operations or a designee before a flight can be accepted. Yellow indicates heightened operational risk, but does not require approval prior to accepting the flight. If the flight crew's operational risk percentage puts the flight request in the ―high yellow‖ range for a particular flight request, SYSCOM must be informed by the flight crew that any change during flight, such as deteriorating weather, could put them into the ―red‖ and approval would be required to continue the flight or the flight would be cancelled. Moreover, SYSCOM would also notify the requesting agency that the estimated arrival time could be increased and/or the flight cancelled due to an increase in operational risk as determined by the flight crew. 1.17.6 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight During the NTSB‘s February 2009 public hearing on the safety of HEMS operations,57 FAA representatives testified that, with the exception of operations within the National Airspace System, the FAA has no statutory authority to regulate public aircraft operations. Title 49 United States Code (U.S.C.) Section 44701 is the primary authority for federal aviation regulations. This section instructs the FAA administrator to ―promote the safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce‖ through regulations and standards prescribed in the interest of safety. Unless a government-owned (public) aircraft is engaging in a civil operation, it is not subject to civil aircraft and pilot requirements pertaining to certification, maintenance, and training. For further discussion of public versus civil aircraft operations, see section 1.18.1.
57 In response to the increase in fatal accidents involving HEMS operations in 2008, the NTSB conducted a public hearing from February 3 through 6, 2009, to critically examine safety issues concerning this industry. Details of the hearing can be found on the NTSB‘s website at the following link: http://www.ntsb.gov/events/hearing-hems/default.htm. For further information about safety recommendations issued following this hearing, see Section 1.18.3.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 FAA Order 8900.1,58 Chapter 14, Section 2 Public Aircraft Operations and Surveillance Government Aircraft Operations Versus Civil Aircraft Operations, dated September 13, 2007, states that ―government-owned aircraft operators holding any type of FAA certification will be included in the normal surveillance activities such as spot inspections of the aircraft and aircraft records.‖ It further states that ―any aircraft or operation certificated by the FAA is subject to this surveillance regardless of whether they are operating as public or civil.‖ Additionally, it states that ―government-owned aircraft operators that are conducting public aircraft operations should be included in the FSDO‘s [Flight Standards District Office‘s] annual planned surveillance activities to ensure that the operator‘s status remains unchanged.‖ A search of FAA surveillance records of MSP Aviation Command revealed that, during the year before the accident, the FAA performed no surveillance inspections of MSP‘s flight operations. Specifically, there were no en route inspections, base inspections, station inspections, simulator inspections or checks, manual reviews, training program reviews, ramp inspections, or records inspections. Surveillance inspections of the MSP 14 CFR Part 145 maintenance repair station were routinely performed during the year prior to the accident. In April 2009, MSP notified the FAA‘s Baltimore FSDO that it would like to seek 14 CFR Part 135 certification. On May 4, 2009, the commander of MSP Aviation Command discussed MSP‘s request with the manager of the Baltimore FSDO. According to the commander, the FSDO manager advised him that ―the FAA now considers public helicopter operations ineligible for Part 135 certification; therefore, this new policy change precludes MSP Aviation Command from becoming Part 135 certified.‖ The FSDO manager further advised the commander that he was awaiting further guidance on this issue from his superiors. In response to a request from the NTSB to explain why it considered MSP ineligible for Part 135 certification, the FAA provided a copy of a June 9, 2009, electronic mail message from the FSDO manager to other FAA personnel. In the message, the FSDO manager stated that he told the commander ―that our Policy Divisions in FAA Headquarters were in the process of amending our guidance and that MSP Aviation Command may not be eligible to apply for or to hold a 135 Air Carrier Certificate.‖ Additionally, the FAA provided a copy of a June 26, 2009, letter from the Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety to MSP, which stated, in part: The information from the Baltimore Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) that the Maryland State Police (MSP) Aviation Command was not eligible to hold a 14 CFR part 135 operating certificate may not be correct. The letter also stated that MSP could begin the process of obtaining a Part 135 certificate by submitting a Preapplication Statement of Intent to the Baltimore FSDO and suggested that MSP could, while waiting for the FAA to process its certificate request, ―immediately adopt, and comply with, the more stringent 14 CFR part 135 regulations required by the FAA for 14 CFR part 135 air carriers without having such a certificate.‖
58 FAA Order 8900.1 contains aviation safety policy used by aviation safety inspectors in performance of their official duties.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 Public versus Civil Aircraft Operations Helicopter EMS operations are conducted by both civil and public operators. Civil operators conduct these operations for hire under 14 CFR Part 135. Forty public operators currently provide air medical transportation using helicopters in the United States.59 Unless such transportation results in compensation, these public operators are not required to hold an FAA air carrier certificate.60 Public aircraft are exempt from many FAA regulations applicable to civil aircraft. However, Public Law 103-411, the Independent Safety Board Act Amendments of 1994, redefined ―public aircraft.‖ The statute, which became effective April 23, 1995, narrowed the definition of public aircraft with the intent that government-owned aircraft that operate for commercial purposes or engage in transport of passengers be subject to the regulations applicable to civil aircraft. In testimony supporting passage of the law, as recorded in the Congressional Record: October 3, 1994, Congressman Norman Mineta stated, in part: It is intended to require, for the first time, that the Federal Aviation Administration regulations apply to aircraft operated by government entities. This requirement does not apply to certain governmental functions, such as firefighting, search and rescue, and law enforcement. Rather, it is intended to apply to all operations in which government officials or other individuals are transported on government-owned aircraft. It is expected that if public use aircraft are required to adhere to the Federal Aviation regulations, the safety of these operations will be enhanced. Also, in the Congressional Record: October 6, 1994, in regard to the purpose of the law, Senator Larry Pressler stated, in part: Its purpose is to advance the safety of travel on public aircraft; that is, aircraft used exclusively in the service of federal, state, and local governments. Under current law, public use aircraft are not subject to Federal Aviation Act safety regulations to the extent imposed on civil aircraft. My provision would amend the definition of public use aircraft to mandate that FAA safety regulations, directives and orders issued for civil aircraft be made applicable to all government-owned, nonmilitary aircraft engaged in passenger transport. Title 49 U.S.C. Section 40102(a)(16) states that ―civil aircraft‖ means an aircraft except a public aircraft. As defined in 49 U.S.C. Section 40102(a)(41)(C), a ―public aircraft‖ includes
59 NTSB staff determined this number by combining information provided by the Association of Air Medical Services, the Airborne Law Enforcement Association, and the Helicopter Association International. 60 The NTSB is aware of one public operator—Lee County Division of Public Safety, Fort Myers, Florida— that holds a Part 135 air carrier certificate.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 37 An aircraft owned and operated by the government of a State, the District of Columbia, or a territory or possession of the United States or a political subdivision of one of these governments, except as provided in section 40125(b). Title 49 U.S.C. Section 40125(b) states that an aircraft described in subparagraph (C) of Section 40102(a)(41) does not qualify as a public aircraft ―when the aircraft is used for commercial purposes or to carry an individual other than a crewmember or a qualified non- crewmember.‖ Title 49 U.S.C. Section 40125(a) defines ―commercial purposes‖ as ―the transportation of persons or property for compensation or hire.‖ It defines a ―qualified non-crewmember‖ as ―an individual, other than a member of the crew, aboard an aircraft … whose presence is required to perform, or is associated with the performance of, a governmental function.‖ A ―governmental function‖ is defined as ―an activity undertaken by a government, such as national defense, intelligence missions, firefighting, search and rescue, law enforcement (including transport of prisoners, detainees, and illegal aliens), aeronautical research, or geological resource management.‖ According to FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 00-1.1, ―Government Aircraft Operations,‖ dated April 19, 1995, the status of an aircraft as a ―public aircraft‖ or ―civil aircraft‖ depends on its use in government service and the type of operation that the aircraft is conducting at the time. Government agencies may conduct both public and civil aircraft operations with the same aircraft. The AC states, ―rather than speaking of particular aircraft as public aircraft or civil aircraft, it is more precise to speak of particular operations as public or civil.‖ On the subject of ―Medical Evacuation,‖ the AC states: While this term is not considered synonymous with ―search and rescue,‖ it may be an included governmental function, depending on the particular circumstances of the operation. Again, the use of an aircraft must be essential to the successful performance of the mission. It is unlikely that the use of an aircraft would be essential for a medical evacuation operation in an urban area where other means of transportation are routinely available. Regarding medevac flights, FAA Order 8900.1, Chapter 14 Public Aircraft, Section 1, ―General Information on Public Aircraft Operations,‖ dated September 13, 2007, states, in part: The term ―search and rescue‖ does not include routine medical evacuation of persons due to traffic accidents and other similar incidents or hospital-to-hospital patient transfers. The order further states: Medical evacuation, as a general matter, is not considered a government function unless:
- The nature of the operation requires the use of an aircraft with special configurations,
which may not be eligible for a standard airworthiness certificate,
- The victim cannot be accessed by ground transportation,
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38
- Insufficient number of properly certified and equipped civil aircraft operating under
the appropriate rule, are available to complete the mission, or
- Other, similar nonroutine factors are present.
When the accident occurred, the MSP considered Aviation Command medevac flights to be civil aircraft operations. A memorandum from the commander addressed to all Aviation Command personnel on the subject of ―Public Aircraft (Use) vs. Civil Aircraft (Part 91) Operations,‖ dated March 5, 2008, was issued ―to provide background information and to clarify our operational status as it relates to our mission profile and the airworthiness of our aircraft.‖ After discussing Public Law 103-411 and the material in AC 00-1.1, the memorandum‘s conclusion section states, in part (underlining in the original): When Aviation Command pilots are involved in a flight operation that would be considered a ―civil aircraft‖ operation, i.e. medevac operations, VIP transports, training flights, mechanic transports, photo flights, etc.: we are operating under [Federal Aviation Regulations] part 91, as well as our policy and procedures outlined within the Command‘s Operations, Active Policies, and Standardization Manuals. When Aviation Command pilots are involved in a flight operation that would be considered ―public aircraft‖ operation (and the mission meets the operational definition of same), i.e. search and rescue mission and law enforcement support/homeland security operations, etc.; we are operating within the standard operating procedures and standards outlined within the Aviation Command‘s Operations, Active Policies and Standardization Manuals for that particular operation. However, while Public Law 103-411 and AC 00-1.1 does allow government agencies to conduct both ―civil‖ and ―public‖ aircraft operations with the same aircraft, operators of aircraft used for ―dual purposes,‖ as is the case with MSP Aviation Command, the government agencies are required to maintain the airworthiness of the aircraft in accordance with the appropriate regulations applicable to civil aircraft operations as outlined in [Federal Aviation Regulations P]art 43 and 91, as applicable. On January 28, 2000, the FAA‘s regional counsel for the Great Lakes region, responded to a letter from Washington Hospital Center requesting an opinion regarding certain operations being conducted by MSP aircraft. In addressing the question of whether the interhospital air transfer of patients is a public or civil operation, the FAA‘s letter stated, in part: The information you provided states that the Maryland State Police operates aircraft under [14 CFR] Part 91 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. This would seem to indicate that the aircraft and pilots meet the requirements for civil aircraft operation. Therefore, so long as the MSP does not receive compensation from the hospital or patients for the air transportation portion of the interhospital transfers, these flights may be conducted as civil aircraft operations under Part 91. On December 3, 2008, NTSB investigators made a written request for the FAA to render its opinion on the public aircraft status of Trooper 2. A memorandum dated March 13, 2009, from FAA‘s Office of the Chief Counsel stated, ―we believe the flight to have been a public aircraft operation within the meaning of the statute and FAA guidance material.‖ The memorandum referenced the definition of public aircraft in 49 U.S.C. Section 40102(a)(41)(C) and the exception provided in 49 U.S.C. Section 40125(b). The memorandum stated, in part:
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 39 The exception in section 40125(b) states that an aircraft does not qualify as public when it is used for commercial purposes or to carry an individual other than a crewmember or a qualified non-crewmember. The operation of Trooper 2 does not meet the exception as being used for commercial purposes. Our understanding is that the funding for the Maryland State Police helicopter operations is public, through fees and other taxes, and does not fall within the meaning of ―for compensation or hire‖ under the statute (section 40125(a)(1)). The recipients of the service provided by the Maryland State Police (in this case, the accident victims) do not pay for the service in any manner that could be construed as compensation or hire, and are considered ―qualified non-crewmembers‖ as they are individuals who are ―associated with the performance‖ of a governmental function. While the statute contains examples of governmental function, it does not specifically call out flights for medical evacuations. However, the FAA considers helicopter emergency medical services as akin to the ―search and rescue‖ function used as an example in the statute, and as falling within the statutory intent of governmental function. Additionally, the memorandum stated that the FAA was ―aware that internal agency materials may not be consistent in the consideration of the statutory factors or historical decisions‖ and that these materials were being updated. 1.18.2 Protocols for Medevac Helicopter Request Through its EMS Board, MIEMSS provided guidance to medical responders in Maryland for choosing between helicopter or ambulance transport. The guidance was given in the form of a trauma decision tree developed by the American College of Surgeons and adopted by the state of Maryland. This tree provided standards based on mortality and injury evidence for responders to classify four levels of serious injury consistent with required treatment at a trauma center, from ―A‖ (the most serious) to ―D‖ (the least serious). The tree also provided guidance concerning when to use helicopter transport. For patients in categories A and B, it stated, ―Consider helicopter transport if quicker or of clinical benefit.‖ For patients in categories C and D, it stated, ―Patients within a 30-minute drive time of the closest appropriate trauma/specialty center shall go by ground unless there are extenuating circumstances. Consider helicopter transport if of clinical benefit.‖ Responders to the automobile accident from the Waldorf fire station, who were among the first at the scene, confirmed that they were all familiar with the trauma decision tree and employed it in their evaluations of the accident victims. They had received training on recent upgrades to the trauma decision tree through a 60- to 90-minute video presented at their station house between January and May 2008, and their use of the tree was regularly reinforced at station safety reviews.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 40 In the case of the automobile accident, paramedics classified the victims as category C61 and decided they required treatment at a trauma center because of two factors: intrusion of the passenger compartment greater than 18 inches and patient complaints of back and neck pain. Helicopter transport was requested because the responders recognized that driving to the nearest trauma center, located at PGH, would take more than 30 minutes on wet and slippery roads. Based on a postcrash investigation, MIEMSS determined that the automobile accident site was a 48-minute drive from PGH and concluded that the decision to request helicopter transport to a trauma center was appropriate. As a result of the helicopter accident, MIEMSS updated the trauma decision tree in the state of Maryland to require consultation with a local emergency room or trauma center for victims classified as C or D in order to reach agreement on the most appropriate mode of transport. According to the executive director of MIEMSS, the dispatch center (SYSCOM) has coordinated these consultations efficiently and there have been more joint decisions to use ground transportation. MIEMSS will evaluate mortality trends to judge the effectiveness of this new rule. In addition to its internal postaccident review, MIEMSS and the Governor of Maryland convened an expert panel to conduct a review of the HEMS program operated in Maryland.62 With regard to the physician consultation rule for Category C and D patients, the panel‘s November 2008 report stated, ―it appears to be a prudent and reasonable approach to curtail air transport of more minor trauma patients.‖ The panel reported that during the first 7 weeks after the protocol change, there was a marked reduction in HEMS usage in the state of Maryland. However, the panel pointed out that it was premature to judge the effect of this change on patient outcomes. Further, in 2004, in response to increasing helicopter use, MIEMSS initiated development of a quality assurance procedure to assist local jurisdictions in evaluating the need for helicopter transports. Using satellite imagery, MIEMSS generated plots of each trauma center in the state with shaded zones around the trauma center representing areas within about 15 to 30 minutes driving time and dots to show the locations where medevacs to accident scenes had been performed. In 2007, these plots were shared with the local jurisdictions, and whenever helicopter transport had been requested from a shaded zone, MIEMSS asked the local jurisdiction to review the launch decision. According to the executive director of MIEMSS, the response from the local jurisdictions was positive, and requested helicopter launches have declined by about 23 percent since this program began. The executive director stated that he believed the use of satellite mapping for quality assurance, as well as the use of a consultation rule, might be useful for national standards and suggested a forum, which might be sponsored by the Office of Injury Control within the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, be held to review national standards on the use of aeromedical services in the transport of trauma victims.
61 The patients were initially classified as category D when the helicopter request was made. 62 The Expert Panel Review of Helicopter Utilization and Protocols in Maryland can be found online at http://www.miemss.org/home/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=Wc3WFoQSevY%3d&tabid=161&mid=569.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 41 Review of usage data obtained from MIEMSS shows a steady decline in the number of patients transported on MSP medevac flights each fiscal year (FY) from 2005 to 2008, followed by a marked reduction in FY 2009 (July 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009). (See table 2.) Between FY2005 and FY2008, there was a 19.7 percent reduction in the number of patients transported by MSP. Between FY2008 and FY2009, there was a reduction of 42.7 percent. Table 3. Number of Patients Transported by MSP Aviation. Year Scene Medevacs Percent Decline from Prior Year Percent Decline from FY2005 FY2005 5,126 patients
FY2006 4,874 patients 4.9% 4.9% FY2007 4,634 patients 4.9% 9.6% FY2008 4,114 patients 11.2% 19.7% FY2009 2,356 patients 42.7% 54.0%
The NTSB recently issued a recommendation to the Department of Homeland Security‘s Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services (FICEMS)63 recommending that it develop national guidelines for the selection of appropriate emergency transportation modes for urgent care. See section 1.18.3.3 for additional information. 1.18.3 Previous Related Safety Recommendations 1.18.3.1 Safety of EMS Flights On February 7, 2006, as a result of an NTSB special investigation of a number of accidents between January 2002 and January 2005 involving aircraft performing EMS operations, the NTSB issued four safety recommendations to the FAA addressing EMS operations.64 On October 28, 2008, these recommendations were added to the NTSB's Most Wanted List of Safety Improvements. Following are the recommendations and the FAA‘s responses:
63 FICEMS is an advisory committee whose function is to provide guidance and coordination on EMS. No federal agency is currently responsible for EMS oversight at the national level. 64 For more information, see Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Operations, Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-06-01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 42 A-06-12 Require all emergency medical services operators to comply with 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 operations specifications during the conduct of all flights with medical personnel on board. On January 23, 2009, the FAA published revised Operations Specification A021, which requires that all civil EMS flights with medical personnel on board, regardless of the presence of patients, be subject to the weather minimums limitation in 14 CFR Part 135.65 Also on January 23, 2009, the NTSB responded that, although the revised operations specification is responsive to the recommendation, the FAA still needed to require the Part 135 flight and duty time limitations for EMS flights in order to fully meet the intent of the recommendation, and the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-06-12 ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ A-06-13 Require all emergency medical system (EMS) operators to develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training all employees involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic evaluation of flight risks, and consultation with others trained in EMS flight operations if the risks reach a predefined level. In August 2005, the FAA issued Notice N 8000.301, ―Operational Risk Assessment Programs for Helicopter Emergency Medical Services,‖ which provided detailed guidance on the development and use of flight risk evaluation plans by EMS operators. This notice expired in August 2006 without further FAA action for almost 2 years. In May 2008, the guidance within the expired notice was incorporated into FAA Order 8900.1, ―Flight Standards Information Management Systems.‖ On January 23, 2009, the NTSB informed the FAA that although guidance is valuable, Safety Recommendation A-06-13 asked for a requirement, such as an operations specification, that all EMS operators develop and use flight risk evaluation programs. Pending incorporation of a specific requirement to develop and use a flight risk assessment program, Safety Recommendation A-06-13 was classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ A-06-14 Require emergency medical services operators to use formalized dispatch and flight-following procedures that include up-to-date weather information and assistance in flight risk assessment decisions. In May 2008, the FAA published AC 120-96, which provides detailed guidance about the creation and operation of operations control centers for helicopter EMS operations. On January 23, 2009, the NTSB indicated that, although the AC was responsive to the recommendation, it was only guidance, and that the FAA needed to require that all EMS operators incorporate the guidance contained in the AC into their operations. Pending that action, Safety Recommendation A-06-14 was classified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖
65 Title 14 CFR Part 135.203(b) requires helicopters operating under VFR to maintain a minimum altitude of 300 feet agl over congested areas. Part 135.205(b) and Part 135.207 require a minimum visibility of 1 mile and visual surface light reference, respectively, to operate a helicopter at night.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 43 A-06-15 Require emergency medical services (EMS) operators to install terrain awareness and warning systems [TAWS] on their aircraft and to provide adequate training to ensure that flight crews are capable of using the systems to safely conduct EMS operations. In June 2006, at the FAA‘s request, RTCA, Inc.66 established a committee tasked with developing helicopter TAWS (H-TAWS) standards. In March 2008, the commission completed the development of minimum operational performance standards for H-TAWS. On December 17, 2008, the FAA published Technical Standards Order C194, ―Helicopter Terrain Awareness and Warning System‖ based on the commission standards. The FAA must now initiate rulemaking. On January 23, 2009, the NTSB indicated that the continuing delays in development of a final rule to require H-TAWS were not acceptable. Pending issuance of a final rule to mandate the installation and use of TAWS on all EMS flights, Safety Recommendation A-06-15 was classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ 1.18.3.2 Safety of Public HEMS Flights On September 24, 2009, as a result of testimony given at the NTSB‘s public hearing on HEMS safety in February 2009 and the investigative findings of several 2008 HEMS accidents, the NTSB issued safety recommendations to the FAA, public HEMS operators, and other federal agencies. Following are the five recommendations made to public HEMS operators: A-09-97 Conduct scenario-based training, including the use of simulators and flight training devices, for helicopter emergency medical service (HEMS) pilots, to include inadvertent flight into instrument meteorological conditions and hazards unique to HEMS operations, and conduct this training frequently enough to ensure proficiency. A-09-98 Implement a safety management system program that includes sound risk management practices. A-09-99 Install flight data recording devices and establish a structured flight data monitoring program that incorporates routine reviews of all available sources of information to identify deviations from established norms and procedures and other potential safety issues.
66 RTCA, Inc. is a private, not-for-profit corporation that develops consensus-based recommendations regarding communications, navigation, surveillance, and air traffic management system issues.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44 A-09-100 Install night vision imaging systems in helicopters used for emergency medical services (HEMS) and require HEMS pilots be trained in their use during night operations. A-09-101 Equip helicopters that are used in emergency medical services transportation with autopilots, and train pilots to use the autopilot if a second pilot is not available. These recommendations are currently classified ―Open—Await Response.‖ 1.18.3.3 National Guidelines for Selection of Emergency Transportation Modes In its September 24, 2009, letter to FICEMS, the NTSB stated that public hearing testimony indicated that a variety of standards are used by providers and organizations to determine when an EMS helicopter should be used to transport patients. No nationwide standards or recommended guidelines exist. Absent such criteria, the decision to undertake a HEMS flight may be made whether the medical situation merits the HEMS flight and its associated risks (compared to ground transportation) or not. Therefore, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-103, which asked FICEMS to do the following: Develop national guidelines for the selection of appropriate emergency transportation modes for urgent care. This recommendation is currently classified ―Open—Await Response.‖ 1.18.3.4 Flight Recorder Systems The NTSB‘s first participation in a helicopter accident investigation in which an FDR was on board involved the August 10, 2005, accident of a Sikorsky S-76C+ helicopter that experienced an upset and crashed into the Baltic Sea, killing all 12 passengers and 2 pilots.67 Importantly, without the FDR data, investigators would not have been able to identify the airworthiness issue that resulted in the issuance of three urgent safety recommendations by the NTSB on November 17, 2005 (Safety Recommendations A-05-33 through -35).68 The NTSB
67 The Aircraft Accident Investigation Commission of Estonia investigated the accident with the assistance of accredited representatives from the NTSB and the Finland Accident Investigation Board under the provisions of Annex 13 to the International Convention on Civil Aviation. 68 Safety Recommendation A-05-33 asked the FAA to require Sikorsky S-76 helicopter operators to 1) conduct an immediate internal leakage test of all main rotor actuators with more than 500 hours since new and/or overhaul; 2) conduct subsequent recurrent tests at a period not to exceed 500 hours; 3) report the test results to the FAA and/or Sikorsky; and 4) correct any problems as necessary. This recommendation is classified ―Open—Acceptable Action.‖ Safety Recommendation A-05-34 asked the FAA to require Sikorsky S-76 helicopter operators to 1) conduct immediate visual and laboratory examination of hydraulic fluid and filter elements in hydraulic systems with
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 issued an additional recommendation, Safety Recommendation A-06-017, on March 7, 2006, asking the FAA to do the following: Require all rotorcraft operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91 and 135 with a transport-category certification to be equipped with a cockpit voice recorder (CVR) and a flight data recorder (FDR). For those transport-category rotorcraft manufactured before October 11, 1991,[69] require a CVR and an FDR or an onboard cockpit image recorder with the capability of recording cockpit audio, crew communications, and aircraft parametric data. On May 22, 2006, the FAA informed the NTSB that it would review and identify changes in FDR technology since 1988 to ensure that current technology used in airplanes is appropriate for helicopter operations. The FAA stated that it would consider changes to its regulations based on this review. On November 29, 2006, the NTSB indicated that it did not believe the FAA‘s study was necessary and that it should begin the process to mandate that all rotorcraft operating under Parts 91 and 135 with a transport-category certification be equipped with a CVR and an FDR. Pending the FAA initiating such a requirement, Safety Recommendation A-06-17 was classified ―Open – Unacceptable Response.‖ Following its investigation of a July 27, 2007, accident involving two electronic news- gathering helicopters that collided in midair while maneuvering in Phoenix, Arizona,70 neither of which was equipped with an FDR, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-11 on February 9, 2009, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with a flight data recorder and are operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment document ED-155, Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems, when the document is finalized and issued.
actuators with more than 500 hours since new and/or overhaul for plasma flakes or other contamination that exceeds the manufacturers‘ allowable limits of concentration and size; 2) conduct subsequent recurring tests at a period not to exceed 500 hours; 3) report findings of contamination and flakes to the FAA and/or Sikorsky and 4) correct any problems as necessary. This recommendation is classified ―Open—Acceptable Action.‖ Safety Recommendation A-05-35 asked the FAA to direct principal operations inspectors of all Sikorsky S-76 helicopter operators to reemphasize the importance of and requirement for a preflight check of control movement smoothness and flight control ―stick-jump‖ at every engine start. This recommendation is classified ―Closed— Acceptable Action.‖ 69 Several sections of the regulations were changed on October 11, 1991, to upgrade the flight recorder requirements to require that multiengine, turbine-engine powered airplanes or rotorcraft having a passenger seating configuration, excluding any required crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats be equipped with a digital flight recorder. 70 For more information, see Midair Collision of Electronic News Gathering Helicopters KTVK-TV, Eurocopter AS350B2, N613TV, and U.S. Helicopters, Inc., Eurocopter AS350B2, N215TV Phoenix, Arizona, July 27, 2007, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09-02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46
In August 2009, European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment document ED-155 was approved and published. On August 27, 2009, pending the FAA‘s issuance of a technical standards order that includes the specifications of ED-155, Safety Recommendation A-09-11 was classified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖ 1.18.3.5 Obstructive Sleep Apnea On August 7, 2009, the NTSB issued three recommendations to the FAA about the need to educate, screen, and treat pilots for obstructive sleep apnea, a medically treatable sleep disorder in which an individual‘s airway is repeatedly blocked during sleep, resulting in daytime decrements in alertness and cognitive functioning. Specifically, the NTSB recommended that the FAA do the following: Modify the Application for Airman Medical Certificate to elicit specific information about any previous diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea and about the presence of specific risk factors for that disorder. (A-09-61) Implement a program to identify pilots at high risk for obstructive sleep apnea and require that those pilots provide evidence through the medical certification process of having been appropriately evaluated and, if treatment is needed, effectively treated for that disorder before being granted unrestricted medical certification. (A-09-62) Develop and disseminate guidance for pilots, employers, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk of obstructive sleep apnea, emphasizing that pilots who have obstructive sleep apnea that is effectively treated are routinely approved for continued medical certification. (A-09-63) These recommendations are currently classified ―Open—Await Response.‖ 1.18.4 Minimum Safe Altitude Warning FAA radar systems are capable of providing minimum safe altitude warning (MSAW) service to aircraft under ATC control. The service is normally provided only to aircraft operating on an IFR transponder code. Trooper 2 was operating on a transponder code that was pre-assigned to the MSP helicopter at ADW. This code was classified by the PCT radar processing system as a VFR code, which was ineligible for MSAW processing. However, before Trooper 2 received clearance for an IFR approach, a new code that would make the aircraft eligible for MSAW service should have been issued by the PCT controller but was not. The FAA was asked by NTSB investigators to determine whether Trooper 2‘s flightpath would have caused an MSAW alert had the helicopter been on an MSAW-eligible code. The
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 47 FAA‘s MSAW performance analysis determined that no MSAW alerts would have been issued for Trooper 2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 48
- Analysis
- 1
General The pilot was properly certificated and qualified in accordance with MSP standards. Additionally, although the FAA classified the flight as a public operation, the pilot was qualified under 14 CFR Part 91 to conduct the flight under VFR or IFR as a civil operation. The helicopter was properly certificated, equipped, and maintained in accordance with the requirements in 14 CFR Parts 43 and 91 applicable to civil aircraft operating under VFR or IFR. The recovered components showed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures. IMC prevailed in the accident area with scattered clouds near 200 feet agl and cloud ceilings near 500 feet agl. Although ADW was reporting visibility of 4 miles in mist, lower visibilities in fog occurred locally in the accident area. This analysis will address the following issues: risk assessments, pilot performance and training, TAWS, ATC deficiencies, SYSCOM duty officer performance, and emergency response. Patient transport decisions, flight recorder requirements, and oversight are also discussed. 2.2 Pilot’s Decision to Accept the Flight At the beginning of his shift, the pilot obtained a computerized weather briefing from the FAA‘s DUAT service. Although the briefing the pilot obtained included observations, forecasts, and other information, it did not include weather hazards, a topic the pilot chose not to include in the briefing. If the pilot had included weather hazards, the briefing would have contained an AIRMET for IFR conditions issued at 1645 and valid until 2300 for an area that began immediately north and east of ADW, covered eastern Maryland and Delaware, and extended through New England. PGH was located within the boundaries of the AIRMET; ADW and the landing zone at Waldorf were not. At the time of the briefing, the current weather at ADW indicated VFR conditions with a temperature/dew point spread of 1° C. The ADW forecast weather until 0100 on September 28 indicated VFR conditions, and between 0100 and 0200, the weather at ADW was expected to deteriorate to IFR conditions with the ceiling broken at 500 feet and overcast at 1,000 feet. The DCA forecast indicated that by 2200, the weather conditions were expected to deteriorate to IFR conditions with scattered clouds at 400 feet and ceiling overcast at 800 feet. These conditions were above the MSP Aviation Command minimums for acceptance of a night medevac flight (800 foot ceiling, 3 miles visibility). However, the ADW and DCA forecasts of deteriorating
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 49 weather and the small temperature/dew point spread at ADW should have alerted the pilot to the possibility of local fog or low cloud formation as the evening progressed. According to FAA AC 00-6A, ―Aviation Weather,‖ pilots should anticipate fog when the temperature-dew point spread is 5° F (3.6° C) or less and decreasing. Since the weather conditions were close to MSP minimums and the forecast called for conditions to deteriorate, the section was accepting flights on a ―call by call‖ basis, and MSP procedures required the pilot to conduct a check of the weather every 2 hours. The procedures did not specify what weather sources were considered acceptable for use in obtaining the required weather updates. There is no record of the pilot receiving another weather briefing during his shift either on the computer from DUAT or by calling a weather briefer. However, there is evidence that the pilot used the HEMS weather tool to check the weather before accepting the flight. Another pilot observed the HEMS weather tool displayed on the hangar computer after the accident, and the accident pilot‘s remarks suggest he was viewing the weather observations available through the tool during his conversation with the SYSCOM DO when he received the call for the flight. Normally, the surface weather observations for ADW, DCA, Fort Belvoir, and College Park are available through the HEMS weather tool. However, the weather reports for ADW and Fort Belvoir were not available on the night of the accident because of a technical failure of a DoD communications system (described in section 1.7.2). Therefore, the pilot was unaware that Fort Belvoir was reporting IFR conditions with a visibility of 1 1/4 miles in mist and a 0° temperature/dew point spread. It is unknown whether the pilot obtained the ADW weather (which was VFR conditions with a temperature/dew point spread of 0°) from another source, such as the airport‘s automatic terminal information service.71 During his conversation with the DO, the pilot specifically mentioned only the weather conditions at College Park and DCA. The weather reports for both of these locations met the MSP criteria for acceptance of a night medevac flight. However, College Park was at the 800-foot minimum ceiling for acceptance of a flight and was reporting a 0° temperature/dew point spread. The pilot‘s conversation with the DO indicated that the pilot was hesitant to accept the flight, as he was unsure he could make it to PGH due to deteriorating weather conditions. During the conversation, he stated that ―maybe [the first responders] would change their mind‖ about the flight request, indicating his reluctance to accept the flight. However, despite his misgivings, the pilot decided to accept the flight. The pilot‘s comments, ―if they can do it we can do it,‖ followed by, ―yeah we ought to be able to do it…we‘re going to try it,‖ show that his decision-making was influenced by the report that another medevac helicopter had just successfully completed a flight. This could have led the pilot to conclude the weather was better than reported. Regardless of the unavailability of the DoD surface weather observations, the pilot did have access to information that indicated the weather conditions were continuing to deteriorate throughout the evening. In addition to surface observations, the pilot could also have viewed terminal area forecasts and AIRMETs via the HEMS weather tool. He could have obtained the amended terminal forecast for DCA, issued at 1933, which indicated that weather conditions
71 Local (on airport) dissemination of the ADW observations was not affected by the DoD data communications failure.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 50 were expected to deteriorate temporarily from VFR to IFR between 2000 and 2300 with the ceiling broken at 800 feet, overcast at 1,500 feet. Additionally, he could have obtained an AIRMET for IFR conditions issued at 2245 for an area that encompassed the entire route of Trooper 2. The forecast ceilings and visibilities in the DCA terminal forecast and in the AIRMET were above the MSP Aviation Command minimums for acceptance of a night medevac flight. However, the amendment to the DCA forecast and the issuance of the AIRMET indicated that weather conditions were continuing to deteriorate. Since HEMS weather tool data is not archived, it is not possible to determine what information was viewed by the pilot. It appears that the pilot based his decision to launch solely on the weather observations at College Park and DCA and the suitable conditions implied by the other medevac helicopter‘s completed flight. Other pertinent weather data—the low temperature/dew point spreads at ADW and College Park, the AIRMET for IFR conditions encompassing the route of flight, and the continuing deterioration of the weather conditions as the evening progressed—were either discounted by the pilot or not obtained. If the pilot had thoroughly obtained and reviewed all of the available weather information, it is likely he would have realized that there was a high probability of encountering weather conditions less than MSP minimums on the flight and this would have prompted him to decline the flight. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the pilot‘s decision to accept the flight, after his inadequate assessment of the weather, contributed to the accident. According to the safety officer, at the time of the accident, MSP did not have a formal risk management program in place. He explained that there was optional guidance available to pilots in the form of a ―Risk Assessment Matrix.‖ However, review of the MSP Operations Manual revealed that it stated the flight crew ―will apply‖ the matrix and based on the risk assessment, increase visibility and ceiling minimums ―to the crew‘s comfort level prior to accepting the mission.‖ The matrix indicated that a temperature/dew point spread of less than 2° C raised the flight risk from low to medium risk. Although the matrix indicated that no flights were to be made if the risk level was high, it provided no instructions concerning medium-risk flights. There is no evidence indicating that the accident pilot consulted the matrix before the flight. Even if he had referred to it, the pilot might not have changed his decision to accept the flight, since the matrix did not provide clear guidance on medium-risk flights. The NTSB notes that following the accident, MSP designed a new mission-specific flight risk assessment tool, and pilots are now required to use this tool before all flights. In addition to classifying the risk level as green (low), yellow (medium), or high (red), the new tool calculates a percentage associated with the operational risk. High-risk flights now require approval from the director of flight operations or a designee before a flight can be accepted. When medium-risk flights fall near the high end of the yellow range, the flight crew informs SYSCOM that any change in flight, such as deteriorating weather, could put them into the red and approval would be required to continue the flight or that the flight could be cancelled. Moreover, SYSCOM notifies the requesting agency that the estimated arrival time could be increased or the flight cancelled if there is an increase in operational risk. If this program had been in place at the time of the accident, then, when the pilot completed the risk assessment, he would likely have determined that the risk level was near the high end of the medium-risk range, which would have triggered the procedures described above, and the ensuing discussion may have resulted in
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 51 cancellation of the flight. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that had a formal flight risk evaluation program been in place at MSP before the accident, it may have resulted in the cancellation of the flight. Safety Recommendation A-06-13 asked the FAA to require all EMS operators to develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs. The FAA has provided guidance on the development and use of flight risk evaluation programs by EMS operators but has not required that all EMS operators implement flight risk evaluation programs. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-06-13 was classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ The NTSB believes that this accident demonstrates the need for all EMS operators, both public and civil, to develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs. Since the FAA does not have the authority to regulate public operators, even if the FAA were to require flight risk evaluation programs for HEMS operators, public operators would not be required to comply. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that all public HEMS operators develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training for all employees involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic evaluation of flight risks, and consultation with others trained in HEMS flight operations if the risks reach a predefined level. Additionally, the NTSB continues to believe that the FAA should require all EMS operators to develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training for all employees involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic evaluation of flight risks, and consultation with others trained in EMS flight operations if the risks reach a predefined level. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-06-13. Following the accident, MSP developed new procedures that involve the DO in flight risk assessment decisions. Before the accident, when a flight request was received, the DO passed the request directly to the flight crew. Under the new procedures, the DO evaluates the local and regional weather conditions displayed on the HEMS weather tool and can make a no-go decision based on this evaluation before the flight crew is notified. Also, as discussed previously, the DO is notified by the flight crew if the crew determines that the flight risk is near the high end of the yellow range, and the DO is then responsible for notifying the requesting agency that the helicopter‘s arrival could be delayed or the flight cancelled if the operational risk increases. Safety Recommendation A-06-14 asked the FAA to require all EMS operators to use formalized dispatch and flight-following procedures (through ADS-B tracking) that include up-to-date weather information and assistance in flight risk assessment decisions. The FAA has published detailed guidance about the creation and operation of operations control centers for helicopter EMS operations, and, pending FAA action to require that all civil EMS operators follow the guidance, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-06-14 as ―Open— Acceptable Response.‖ The NTSB notes that MSP does have formalized dispatch and flight- following procedures, which are functions of SYSCOM, and that the SYSCOM DO has access to the HEMS weather tool, which provides up-to-date weather information. The NTSB further notes that the postaccident changes made by the MSP which involve the DO in flight risk assessment decisions are in accord with Safety Recommendation A-06-14. However, the NTSB is concerned that other public HEMS operators may not have operations control centers like
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 52 SYSCOM that provide dispatch and flight-following service, weather information, and assistance in flight risk assessment decisions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that that all public HEMS operators use formalized dispatch and flight-following procedures that include up-to-date weather information and assistance in flight risk assessment decisions. 2.3 Accident Sequence The NTSB concludes that when the pilot was unable to reach PGH due to deteriorating weather conditions, he appropriately made the decision to divert to ADW and request ground transport for the patients. When the pilot contacted ADW tower, he reported to the controller that he was ―on the localizer for runway 19R.‖ At this time, the helicopter was about 6 nautical miles from the runway and tracking the localizer course at an altitude of 1,900 feet msl. Review of radar and ADS-B data showed that the helicopter‘s heading, turns, and intercept of the localizer course were smooth, uniform, and precise, consistent with autopilot use. Approximately 1 minute and 20 seconds after his initial call to ADW tower, the pilot reported that he was ―not picking up the glideslope.‖ The controller responded that her ILS equipment status display was indicating no anomalies with the equipment. Radar and ADS-B data indicated that at the time of the pilot's transmission, the helicopter was maintaining a descent consistent with following the glideslope. (See figure 7 below.) Additionally, a postaccident flight test conducted by the FAA revealed no anomalies with the Figure 7. Comparison of Trooper 2’s flightpath to the runway 19R glideslope. (Not to scale.) Blue line indicates runway 19R glideslope centerline; red line indicates Trooper 2’s flightpath.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 53 instrument approach equipment, and NTSB testing of the helicopter‘s navigation equipment found no deficiencies that would have precluded the pilot from capturing the glideslope. The NTSB was unable to determine which navigational frequencies the pilot had selected or what the pilot was seeing on his instruments. Thus, the NTSB concludes that no evidence was found that suggests that the glideslope was not functioning properly. Further, the lack of information regarding the accident airplane‘s navigation frequency settings and flight instrument indications precluded NTSB investigators from determining why the pilot believed he was not receiving a valid glideslope signal. Even if the glideslope had failed, the accident pilot could have continued the approach, following the localizer-only guidance and assuring terrain clearance by remaining at or above the localizer-only MDA of 680 feet msl. However, the pilot requested an ASR approach, which the controller stated that she was unable to provide because of her lack of currency on the procedure. NTSB investigators considered two possible reasons for the pilot‘s request for a surveillance approach. One possibility was that the pilot did not have the ILS/LOC runway 19R approach chart visible as he was executing the approach to ADW. Therefore, he would not have been able to reference it to determine the MDA, the missed approach point, and other details of the localizer approach. Under this circumstance, the pilot‘s request for an ASR approach would be plausible because, if a surveillance radar approach had been provided, the controller would have advised the pilot that the MDA for the surveillance radar approach was 780 feet msl and instructed the pilot when to begin descent to the MDA. Additionally, at each mile of the final approach, the controller would have provided the pilot with the helicopter‘s distance from the missed approach point. According to MSP Aviation Command personnel, the instrument approach charts were kept in a pouch on the right side of the pilot‘s seat and would have been readily accessible to the pilot. At the accident site, the charts were found scattered throughout the debris near the nose of the helicopter, precluding a determination of whether the pilot was looking at a particular chart while on approach to ADW. Another possible reason for the pilot‘s request for an ASR approach was that he did not have the DME transceiver set to the frequency of the ADW VORTAC. The localizer approach to runway 19R requires DME readings off the ADW VORTAC to determine the final approach fix (where descent to the MDA begins) and the missed approach point (where the pilot has to decide whether to continue to land or to abort the approach). As described in section 1.16.2, the DME transceiver and the navigational receiver are usually set to the same frequency. Thus, in order to switch to the localizer frequency for runway 19R and retain DME information from the ADW VORTAC, the pilot would have had to select the ―HOLD‖ function on the navigation control head before switching frequencies. If the pilot did not select ―HOLD‖ before switching frequencies, the DME transceiver would have also been switched. The pilot would not have had any DME information and, therefore, would have had no means of determining the final approach fix or the missed approach point. Under this circumstance, the pilot‘s request for an ASR would again be plausible.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 54 There was insufficient information available to determine whether either of these two scenarios was the reason that the pilot requested an ASR approach. Regardless of the reason for his request, once the controller denied it, the pilot still had many options available to conduct a safe landing in instrument conditions. He could have declared an emergency, which would have prompted the ADW controller to provide assistance, possibly including the ASR approach. Also, he could have executed a missed approach and attempted the ILS approach a second time to determine if the glideslope failure was a perceived failure or a legitimate one. Additionally, there were 11 other instrument approaches at ADW, any of which he could have requested. About 27 seconds after the controller stated that she was unable to provide an ASR approach, upon reaching an altitude of about 1,450 feet msl on the glideslope and at a distance of about 4.0 miles north of the runway threshold, the helicopter‘s rate of descent increased rapidly from about 500 feet per minute (fpm) to greater than 2,000 fpm. The helicopter continued the descent, passing through the MDA for the localizer approach (407 feet agl), the alert height set on the radar altimeter (300 feet agl), and the decision height for the ILS approach (200 feet agl), before impacting trees and terrain about 3.2 miles north of the runway threshold. Data recovered from the PAR computer indicate that the helicopter impacted with the engines near idle power, the main rotor system at 100 percent rpm, and an indicated airspeed of about 92 knots. No evidence was found to indicate that the pilot made any attempt to arrest the helicopter‘s descent before impact. The sudden increase in the helicopter‘s rate of descent may indicate that the pilot deliberately deviated from the approach procedure by attempting to ―duck under‖ the cloud layer to regain visual conditions. Several factors might have encouraged the pilot to attempt to ―duck under‖ the cloud ceiling. First, the outdated ADW weather report provided by the PCT controller indicated a ceiling of 1,800 feet and 7 miles visibility. Given these conditions, the pilot would have had a reasonable expectation that he could have descended below the cloud ceiling at an altitude well above the MDA for the approach. Second, the pilot was based at ADW and familiar with its visual environment. This likely would have given him confidence that he would be able to identify landmarks and quickly determine his position once he descended below the cloud ceiling. Third, a return to visual conditions would have relieved the pilot of the additional workload generated by instrument flight. All medical flights involve significant workload and time pressure to provide patients with timely service to medical aid. However, this flight involved unusually high workload once the pilot encountered instrument conditions. These conditions greatly increased the demands on the pilot since he had little recent experience in actual instrument flying. Additionally, the weather prevented him from reaching the planned medical center, forcing him to divert with the new responsibility of considering alternate transport arrangements for the patients along with his diversion considerations. Workload was further increased by the limited support he received from ATC, which included unresponsiveness, inefficient clearances to ADW, and an inability to provide a requested ASR approach. The NTSB therefore concludes that the pilot‘s workload increased substantially and unexpectedly as a result of encountering instrument weather conditions.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 55 Further, the NTSB concludes that the pilot‘s expectation that he could descend below the cloud ceiling at an altitude above the MDA for the approach, his familiarity with ADW, and the reduction in workload a return to visual conditions would have provided are all factors that may have encouraged the pilot to deviate below the glideslope and attempt to ―duck under‖ the cloud ceiling. Regardless of the pilot‘s expectations for reaching VMC, once he deviated below the glideslope, he should have been prepared to level off at the MDA prescribed by the instrument approach procedure until he was able to confirm the airport environment as required by federal regulations. The pilot‘s failure to stop or slow the descent indicates that he was not aware of the helicopter‘s excessive descent rate or its height above the terrain, likely because he was looking outside the cockpit for the ground. At night, with low cloud ceilings, reduced visibility, and no surface light references, there were insufficient visual cues available for the pilot to establish ground reference. The helicopter was equipped with a radar altimeter, which should have alerted the pilot when he descended below 300 feet agl, about 6 seconds before impact with the trees.72 However, there was no decrease in the helicopter‘s descent rate after it passed through 300 feet agl. Testing of the radar altimeter revealed no discrepancies that would have prevented it from functioning normally during the accident flight. The NTSB concludes that the pilot failed to adhere to instrument approach procedures when he did not arrest the helicopter‘s descent at the MDA. The NTSB further concludes that although descent rate and altitude information were readily available through cockpit instruments, the pilot failed to monitor the instruments likely because he was preoccupied with looking for the ground, which he could not identify before impact due to the lack of external visual cues. Additionally, NTSB investigators asked a manufacturer of TAWS to determine what pilot alerts would be expected if the helicopter had been equipped with TAWS. The manufacturer ascertained that three aural terrain alerts would have been generated at 7, 4, and 2 seconds prior to tree impact, and an aural glideslope alert would have been generated 24 seconds prior to tree impact if a valid glideslope signal was being received. It is unlikely the glideslope warning would have caused the pilot to arrest his descent since it appears that he intentionally deviated from the glideslope. However, if the helicopter had been equipped with a TAWS, the aural terrain alerts of ―Caution Terrain,‖ ―Warning Terrain,‖ and ―Pull-up,‖ would have been provided. These would have been more salient than the alert provided by the radar altimeter and likely would have caused the pilot to attempt to arrest his descent. Although it is unknown whether the pilot could have recovered in time to avoid hitting the trees, this scenario does illustrate the potential benefit of TAWS. Safety Recommendation A-06-15 asked the FAA to require EMS operators to install TAWS on their aircraft. The FAA has not yet issued a rule to mandate the installation and use of TAWS on EMS flights, and as a result, on January 23, 2009, Safety Recommendation A-06-15
72 The 6-second duration was determined by converting the radar altimeter alert height of 300 feet agl to msl by adding the accident site elevation of about 200 feet, resulting in 500 feet msl and noting that the ADS-B target data indicate the helicopter descended through 500 feet msl about 6 seconds before the end of the data.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 56 was classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ The NTSB believes that this accident demonstrates the need for all EMS operators, both public and civil, to equip their aircraft with TAWS. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-06-15. However, since the FAA does not have the authority to regulate public operators, even if the FAA were to require TAWS for EMS operators, public operators would not be required to comply. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that all public HEMS operators install TAWS on their aircraft and provide adequate training to ensure that flight crews are capable of using the systems to safely conduct HEMS operations. 2.4 Air Traffic Control On Trooper 2's initial contact with PCT, the pilot stated that he was climbing to 2,000 feet and requested an approach to ADW. Although the PCT controller acknowledged Trooper 2‘s initial contact, after the pilot stated his request, the controller did not respond for over a minute. The pilot called again, and the controller responded with an instruction to contact DCA tower, completely disregarding the pilot's request for an approach to ADW. The pilot had to restate his request before the controller began to handle the flight as an ADW arrival. While Trooper 2 was being vectored for the approach, the controller stated that the current ADW weather was 1,800 broken, visibility 7 miles, temperature 21 °C, and dew point 19 °C. Review of ADW weather data showed that the weather given to the pilot had been issued at 1855 local time, almost 5 hours earlier. Weather information available to controllers is time-stamped, and the controller should have noticed that the report was outdated. The controller did not appear to have noticed the time discrepancy and did not advise the pilot of the age of the report or take any action to contact ADW for current weather information. During the time that the aircraft was being vectored for the approach, ADW was reporting wind from 110° at 3 knots, visibility 7 miles, cloud ceiling 1,300 broken, temperature 20° C, dew point 20 °C. Although these weather conditions were well above the localizer-only and ILS landing minimums for the runway 19R approaches, the cloud ceiling was 500 feet lower than that reported to Trooper 2. If the pilot had been given the current weather information, he would have expected to be unable to see the ground until he had reached a significantly lower altitude. Knowing that the ceiling was 500 feet lower may have discouraged the pilot from attempting to duck under the cloud ceiling and resulted in his continuing the approach to the airport at a 500 fpm rate of descent. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the failure of the PCT controller to provide the current ADW weather information likely led the pilot to expect that he could descend below the cloud ceiling and establish visual contact with the ground at an altitude well above the MDA for the approach. The controller did not explicitly issue Trooper 2 an instrument clearance or an IFR transponder code. An IFR transponder code is necessary for aircraft to receive MSAW service. When interviewed, he stated that the pilot never requested an instrument clearance, and the controller believed that the pilot wanted a VFR practice approach to ADW. As the pilot had requested IFR from DCA and there was no further discussion of VFR operations by either the pilot or the PCT controller after he was handed off, the pilot could have reasonably expected that he was operating under IFR despite not having received an explicit IFR clearance from PCT. The
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 57 controller's statement that he believed Trooper 2 was VFR all the way to touchdown is contravened by the controller's failure to restrict the aircraft to VFR operations as required by FAA directives. Between the time Trooper 2 contacted PCT and issuance of the IFR approach clearance, Trooper 2‘s status as an IFR or VFR flight was ambiguous. Once the helicopter was cleared for an approach without a VFR restriction, Trooper 2 was an IFR flight and should have been given an IFR transponder code. Although the controller‘s failure to issue an IFR code resulted in Trooper 2 not being covered by MSAW service, postaccident MSAW analysis performed by the FAA and reviewed by NTSB determined that no MSAW alerts would have been issued for Trooper 2 even if the helicopter had been on an MSAW-eligible code. The PCT controller's handling of Trooper 2 as the aircraft approached the ILS localizer course was also deficient. The aircraft was turned to intercept the localizer late, resulting in an overshoot that was corrected by the pilot rather than the controller. The controller issued a heading of 170°, which would have allowed Trooper 2 to intercept the final approach course at an angle of about 20°, except that the instruction was issued too late. Trooper 2 crossed the localizer and had to turn to intercept the final approach course from the east side, requiring a heading of about 210°. The pilot corrected the poor intercept on his own, with no comment or assistance from the controller. After Trooper 2 was transferred to ADW tower, the pilot reported that he was on the localizer and was cleared to land on the runway. Shortly afterward, Trooper 2 reported that he could not pick up the glideslope and requested an ASR approach. The ADW tower controller responded that she was not current to provide that service. As the pilot made no indication that he was in any difficulty, the controller‘s expectation was that Trooper 2 would complete a localizer approach. When interviewed, the controller stated that, if there had been any emergency need for the ASR approach, she would have provided it. However, this event raises the question of why she was not current. NTSB investigators found that lack of currency was widespread among ADW controllers and appears to have been the result of a lack of diligence on the part of ADW tower management in monitoring currency and ensuring that controllers remained qualified on all positions. Following the accident, about 75 percent of the controllers at ADW achieved currency on ASR approaches. Subsequently, the FAA suspended ASR approaches at ADW because of an internal dispute about whether the service would be provided by ADW or PCT. At the time of this writing, ADW ASR procedures remain suspended. The NTSB concludes that air traffic services provided by the DCA and PCT controllers to the accident flight exhibited numerous procedural deficiencies, including unresponsiveness, inattention, and poor radar vectoring. These deficiencies were a distraction to the pilot and increased his workload by requiring him to compensate for the poor services provided. 2.5 Instrument Training and Experience Prior to this accident, MSP had flown helicopters for 22 years without a fatal accident. The previous fatal accident, in 1986, involved an encounter with instrument conditions and subsequent collision with terrain. Following the 1986 accident, MSP emphasized the importance
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 58 of instrument experience and proficiency among its pilots. The instrument training program remained the same until 10 months before the accident, when according to some pilots and instructors, the instrument training requirements were effectively downgraded. Before the instrument training change in November 2007, MSP pilots performed six approaches every 6 months to maintain currency. The program was changed to require that pilots receive an IPC every 6 months. According to the chief pilot, he decided to change the training program because pilots were not conducting ―quality training‖ when practicing with other pilots. However, another instructor reported that the rationale behind the change was not just to have pilots fly with instructors but also to ―save flight time by reducing the total flying time it took to remain qualified for the job.‖ Although pilots were still allowed to practice approaches in addition to the required IPCs, interviews revealed this was not happening. Interviews with pilots also revealed a concern that, although they were maintaining currency with the new training program, they were not maintaining proficiency. One instructor stated that he did not think two IPCs a year was enough training for pilots to maintain proficiency and that pilots needed to practice more than that. Another pilot stated that ―getting half the previous number of practice approaches and going 6 months between training opportunities provides neither the frequency nor the quantity of instrument practice needed for this demanding and hazardous flying environment.‖ By definition, proficiency is a thorough competence derived from training and practice. Regarding instrument proficiency, an article by AOPA‘s Air Safety Foundation73 states that instrument flying is a "use it or lose it" skill. The article suggests that in addition to FAA currency requirements, pilots have: a) at least 1 hour of simulated or actual instrument time in the previous month; b) at least one instrument approach in the same period; and c) an IPC in the previous 6 months. By following these suggestions for 1 year, a pilot should accumulate a minimum of 12 hours of instrument time, 12 instrument approaches, and 2 IPCs. In the year prior to the MSP‘s change in its instrument training program, the pilot logged instrument time on 7 flights, accumulating 6.2 hours of instrument time, and completing 20 approaches. After the change and in the year prior to the accident, the pilot logged instrument time on only 2 flights, which included 2.1 hours of instrument time and 4 instrument approaches. This is a substantial reduction in training and well below that suggested by AOPA. In addition to his limited instrument experience in the 12 months prior to the accident, the pilot had not flown at night under instrument conditions since October 29, 2006, 23 months before the accident. Also, although the pilot had conducted the majority (20 out of 24) of his instrument approaches in the past 2 years at ADW, only 4 of those were nonprecision approaches, and they did not include the localizer approach to runway 19R.
73 AOPA Air Safety Foundation is a nonprofit organization promoting safety and pilot proficiency in general aviation through training, education, research, analysis, and information dissemination. The referenced article, ―Safety Hot Spot: Pilot Proficiency and the Flight Review,‖ can be found online at http://www.aopa.org/asf/hotspot/proficiency_check.html.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 59 The NTSB concludes that although the pilot met the recent-experience requirements to act as PIC under IFR, he was not proficient in instrument flight. This lack of proficiency likely contributed to the pilot‘s failure to properly conduct what effectively became a nonprecision approach at night in instrument conditions. Furthermore, the NTSB concludes that changes made by the MSP Aviation Command to its instrument training program about 10 months before the accident did not promote instrument proficiency. The NTSB notes that MSP Aviation Command has made postaccident changes in its training program including adding requirements for pilots to conduct ―one instrument approach in VMC per month on the return leg of a mission‖ and ―one instrument approach flight per month with another check pilot.‖ However, the NTSB is concerned that no requirements have been added for the performance of nonprecision approaches or for the performance of instrument approaches at night. If the accident pilot had received more recent and targeted instrument training and had more opportunities to practice his instrument skills, he would have been better prepared to cope with the situation he encountered during the accident flight. This accident highlights the need for scenario-based training tailored to address the hazards unique to HEMS operations. The NTSB recently issued Safety Recommendation A-09-97 to all public HEMS operators, including MSP, recommending they conduct scenario-based training, including the use of simulators and flight training devices, for HEMS pilots, to include inadvertent flight into IMC and hazards unique to HEMS operations, and conduct this training frequently enough to ensure proficiency. 2.6 Fatigue The pilot was off duty for 2 days before the accident, and evidence indicates that his activities, behavior, and sleep schedule were routine. On the day of the accident, he awoke about 0800, conducted routine activities, and began the accident shift at 1900. There was no evidence available to determine if the pilot napped or drank coffee before he was notified about the accident mission at 2302, although both rest facilities and coffee were available and either would have benefited the pilot as a fatigue countermeasure.74 The accident occurred around the pilot‘s normal bedtime of midnight, about 16 hours after he had awakened from his nighttime sleep. Both the late hour and length of time awake are factors that could have produced fatigue. The accident pilot displayed two significant risk factors for obstructive sleep apnea: obesity and loud snoring.75 The NTSB has recently issued recommendations to the FAA about a need to educate, screen, and treat pilots for obstructive sleep apnea, a medically treatable sleep disorder in which an individual‘s airway is repeatedly blocked during sleep resulting in daytime decrements in alertness and cognitive functioning. Such education, screening, and treatment may have benefitted the pilot, if he did suffer from a sleep disorder such as apnea. Untreated sleep
74 According to his wife, the pilot was normally able to nap during the day and regularly drank coffee. 75 Medical literature suggests that loud snoring and obesity are significant risk factors for the presence of obstructive sleep apnea. See O. Resta, et. al. (2001). Sleep-related breathing disorders, loud snoring and excessive daytime sleepiness in obese subjects. International Journal of Obesity, 25, 669-675.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 60 disorders such as obstructive sleep apnea could have been an additional potential cause of fatigue for the accident pilot. Police and air traffic recordings from the accident period revealed no gross deficiencies in alertness or pilot responsiveness (and in fact, as noted above, the pilot was sufficiently responsive to correct an air traffic controller‘s deficiencies in his handling). However, the pilot made an improper decision to deviate from the published instrument approach procedure. Fatigue, in combination with the high workload the pilot was experiencing, could explain this uncharacteristically deficient decision. Therefore, based on the late hour, the length of time awake, the risk factors for sleep apnea exhibited by the pilot, and the decision to deviate from the published procedures, the NTSB concludes that the pilot was likely less than fully alert, and fatigue may have contributed to his deficient decision-making. The NTSB recognizes that the implementation of a comprehensive program to educate, screen, and treat pilots of obstructive sleep apnea will take time. In the meantime, the NTSB recommends that the MSP implement a program to screen and—if necessary—treat its pilots for obstructive sleep apnea. 2.7 Survival Factors As the helicopter descended into the trees, the forward right part of the airframe experienced a significant tree strike that immediately killed the pilot and tore away the right side of the fuselage, ejecting the secondary litter and patient, who survived. The helicopter then fell on its left side. The crash forces and reduction in volume of occupiable space within the cabin (resulting from both tree strikes and the secondary impact with the ground) precluded survival for the cabin occupants; and therefore, this accident is considered nonsurvivable.76 Had the survivor remained inside the helicopter, she would likely have been fatally injured. Examination of the medic‘s restraints indicated they were not in use at the time of the accident. Given the loss of occupiable space within the cabin, it is unlikely that the medic‘s failure to restrain himself played a role in his death. 2.7.1 SYSCOM The SYSCOM DO made numerous errors on the night of the accident. In particular, he did not accomplish what MSP procedures specify as his primary duty: to ensure that all MSP Aviation Command helicopters were positively identified and tracked throughout each flight.
76 For an accident to be deemed survivable, the forces transmitted to occupants through their seat and restraint system cannot exceed the limits of human tolerance to abrupt accelerations, and the structure in the occupants‘ immediate environment must remain substantially intact to the extent that a liveable volume is provided for the occupants throughout the crash.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 61 It is apparent that the DO lost situational awareness of the accident helicopter during the final minutes of the flight. The ADS-B trip history report indicated that the DO logged Trooper 2 as landed at ADW at 0002:02. At this time, he most likely also silenced the audible alarm associated with the loss of ADS-B tracking. When he received a call 16 minutes after the crash asking where Trooper 2 was, the DO immediately responded, ―they landed at Andrews.‖ When informed that ADW tower had lost Trooper 2 off radar, he was surprised. He then attempted to contact Trooper 2 by radio and got no response. During the investigation, NTSB investigators learned that, against MSP operational policy, DOs routinely disregarded ADS-B loss of signal alerts and only attempted to contact flight crews when a signal was lost during cruise flight. This lack of adherence to policy created an institutional mindset that assumed that a helicopter had landed safely when its ADS-B signal was lost during the landing phase of flight. This problem was compounded because there was no requirement for flight crews to call back into SYSCOM within a specific timeframe after landing. The routine lack of positive feedback communication from helicopters allowed DOs to assume that aircraft had landed safely and, over time, safe landings were taken for granted. The NTSB concludes that the MSP SYSCOM DO lost situational awareness of the helicopter while it was in flight. Further, the NTSB concludes that the lack of adherence to effective flight-tracking policies by MSP SYSCOM personnel created an institutional mindset that allowed DOs to assume that aircraft had landed safely when the ADS-B signal was lost; over time, safe landings were taken for granted. In the memorandum detailing postaccident changes, the MSP indicated that it has resumed conducting unannounced, missing aircraft exercises. Additionally, flight crews are now required to call in to SYSCOM within 5 minutes of landing. 2.7.2 Emergency Response The wreckage was located by the pilot and medic of Trooper 8, who organized their own impromptu search effort. The two men took it upon themselves to travel by car to the search area after their air search had to be aborted due to weather conditions. After meeting with another MSP officer, they contacted ADW tower and, using the information obtained and their knowledge of aviation, correctly identified the most probable location of the accident and responded to Walker Mill Regional Park. The two men had been at Walker Mill Regional Park previously (after initially plotting the last known position coordinates they received from SYSCOM) but left the area after receiving information about a ―ping‖ from one of the troopers‘ cell phones. At the time the two men located Trooper 2, both PG County and MSP search efforts were primarily focused on a construction area about 1.25 miles east of the accident site. This area was very expansive and dark and the process of obtaining sufficient four-wheel drive vehicles for a search would have taken considerable time. Additionally, visibility in the area was reported to be approximately 50 feet, which would have further slowed the search process. Given the darkness,
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 62 fog, and delay in obtaining four-wheel drive vehicles, it would likely have taken several hours to thoroughly search the construction area. Until this area was searched, it is unlikely that Walker Mill Regional Park would have been searched. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that had two MSP aviation employees not pursued their own search effort, locating the accident site would likely have taken several more hours than it did. 2.7.2.1 Maryland State Police Search and Rescue According to MSP operational policy at the time of the accident, the troopers at each barrack were to manage any incident that happened within their area of responsibility. Thus, the shift supervisor on duty at the Forestville barrack became the incident commander for the search until the barrack commander arrived about 0100 and took over. Both of these individuals were unfamiliar with aviation. The shift supervisor was not familiar with the flightpath inbound to ADW and was unable to tailor the search to the area directly along the flightpath. The barrack commander called MSP Forestville at 0154:39, almost 2 hours after the accident occurred, asking for Aviation Command units to respond to the command post at Forestville because, as she said, ―we‘ve got questions that we need them to answer about how things work.‖ If these Forestville troopers had been more knowledgeable about aviation, it is likely that MSP resources could have been used more effectively in searching for the missing helicopter. The NTSB concludes that the incident commander‘s lack of aviation knowledge diminished the effectiveness of search and rescue activities. The NTSB recognizes that it is not feasible to provide aviation-specific training to every trooper in a barrack who might conceivably serve as an incident commander. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the MSP revise its policy regarding incident commanders to specify that, in any event involving a missing or overdue aircraft, an Aviation Command trooper will serve as the incident commander. About 0022:31, once he realized the helicopter was missing, the DO provided PG County dispatchers with Trooper 2‘s last ADS-B coordinates. He provided the coordinates by reading a string of numbers but did not mention the numbers were in the format of degrees, minutes, seconds. The PG County dispatchers assumed the coordinates were in the format of degrees, decimal degrees, which they were accustomed to using, and entered them in that format. The location returned by the software program was near Calvert Cliffs, Maryland, located about 30 miles southeast of the accident site. This location raised confusion among PG County personnel and, within 10 minutes, they called SYSCOM to verify the location. The PG County dispatcher reported the discrepancy to an operator at SYSCOM who responded, ―okay I don‘t know where the duty officer got those [coordinates]….‖ The operator did not communicate with the DO and verify the coordinates that were given to PG County dispatchers. Had the SYSCOM operator done so, the misunderstanding about the format of the coordinates might have been discovered, and the ongoing confusion about the helicopter being near Calvert Cliffs might not have persisted. NTSB investigators found evidence indicating that MSP personnel outside SYSCOM were not familiar with latitude and longitude coordinates. Interviews with MSP personnel at the Forestville barrack clearly indicated a complete lack of knowledge, at the time of the accident,
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 63 regarding latitude and longitude coordinates and how they could be used. MSP road troopers performed their daily duties by referencing ADC grid maps and were not aware that those maps contained latitude and longitude coordinates. Some MSP patrol cars were equipped with laptop computers and software that allowed users to enter latitude and longitude coordinates, but none of the troopers interviewed had received any training on how to use this function. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that MSP troopers and SYSCOM personnel were insufficiently equipped and trained to conduct a search involving GPS coordinates, and that this hindered their ability to locate the site of the wreckage. In the memorandum detailing postaccident changes, the MSP indicated that it has provided instruction to all Aviation Command personnel and all MSP field personnel on the use and interpretation of latitude and longitude. At the time of the accident, the software on the SYSCOM DO‘s console provided a view of the ADS-B data overlaid on an aviation sectional chart. There was no ability to overlay the data on other types of maps, such as a topographic map or a road map, which would have provided the DO with more information about Trooper 2‘s last known position. For example, had the DO known that Trooper 2‘s last known position was in Walker Mill Regional Park, he would have provided this information to the incident commander at Forestville barrack, who would have undoubtedly sent more units to that location immediately. This would have obviated the need for MSP road troopers to know anything about GPS coordinates and given them a firm location with which to begin the search. It also would have ended the confusion about the helicopter being near Calvert Cliffs. MSP informed the NTSB that the software for ADS-B monitoring has been upgraded and is now capable of overlaying the data on ADC street maps, terrain maps, and satellite photos, as well as on aviation sectional charts. 2.7.2.2 Prince George’s County Search and Rescue During the search, PG County personnel offered to ―ping‖ the troopers‘ cell phones and possibly provide a better location to search. MSP accepted the offer and PG County personnel contacted the cellular service provider, who ―pinged‖ the cell phones and provided the street address of the closest cell phone tower. The cellular provider did not initially provide a distance or bearing from the tower to the cell phone, just the street address of the tower. Unfortunately, the street address location was immediately provided to PG County officers and MSP Forestville barrack troopers, and numerous officers responded to that location. Releasing the street address of the cell phone tower to all units without a distance and bearing only served to distract and confuse units that were already searching a more accurate location. (The SYSCOM DO had provided ADS-B coordinates of the helicopter‘s last known position.) The NTSB concludes that neither PG County nor MSP dispatchers fully understood the importance of obtaining distance and bearing information, as well as the cell tower location, before releasing a location obtained from cell phone ―pinging;‖ this lack of understanding led dispatchers to provide a simple street address of the cell phone tower without context to all units involved in the search. This distracted and confused units already searching a more likely
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 64 location. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the MSP and PG County provide additional training to their dispatchers on the use of cell phone ―pinging‖ and include instruction about how to integrate the data obtained from cell phone pinging into an overall search and rescue plan. 2.7.2.3 FAA Search and Rescue Support The ADW controller noticed that Trooper 2 was missing almost immediately after radar contact was lost, and she began attempting to contact the pilot. She also advised the ADW fire department chief, who was expecting to meet the helicopter, that Trooper 2 was out of contact. Although the controller's efforts did not follow the ADW tower emergency notification procedures precisely, all the emergency responders in the area were alerted within a few minutes of the accident either by the controller or by the ADW fire chief. When asked, neither the ADW controller nor the PCT operations manager-on-duty was able to provide the coordinates of the helicopter‘s last known position. NTSB investigators determined that there were at least two ways that ADW or PCT could have provided the latitude and longitude of the location using ATC radar data. Postaccident discussions at PCT showed that a traffic management system known as "CountOps," which is available at both PCT and ADW, would have been able to provide a position of the last radar target within a few seconds. However, the ADW controller and the PCT operations manager were both insufficiently familiar with the system to use it for that purpose. Alternatively, recorded ATC radar data could have been used to establish the direction and distance from the ADW radar site of the last target for Trooper 2. Plotted on a map, the last radar target would have placed the helicopter in Walker Mill Regional Park. The NTSB concludes that the FAA ATC‘s inability to produce timely location data also hampered search and rescue efforts. The NTSB concludes that knowledge of the disjointed search and rescue efforts and the techniques eventually employed to locate the accident site could provide valuable lessons to agencies, such as HEMS dispatch centers, 911 dispatch centers, and fire, police, and sheriff‘s departments, involved in search and rescue efforts. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the National Association of Air Medical Communications Specialists, the Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials International, the National Emergency Number Association, the International Association of Police Chiefs, the National Sheriffs‘ Association, and the International Association of Fire Chiefs inform their members through their websites, newsletters, and conferences of the lessons learned from the emergency response to this accident, particularly emphasizing that search and rescue personnel need to understand how to interpret and use both GPS coordinates and the results of cell phone ―pinging.‖
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 65 2.8 Other Related Issues 2.8.1 Patient Transport Decisions First responders to the automobile accident determined, using guidelines provided by MIEMSS, that the victims of the automobile accident required treatment at a trauma center. Per the guidelines, they requested helicopter transport, since the nearest trauma center, located at PGH, was more than a 30-minute drive from the accident site on wet and slippery roads. Following the accident, MIEMSS reviewed the first responders‘ decision and determined that the ambulance drive time would have been about 48 minutes. Therefore, MIEMSS concluded that first responders appropriately followed established guidelines on the scene of the auto accident when making the decision to request helicopter transport. Although the NTSB does not dispute MIEMSS‘s conclusion that the guidelines in effect at the time were followed, the NTSB notes that, in this case and based on the radar data, if Trooper 2 had not been forced to divert to ADW by deteriorating weather conditions, it would have landed at PGH about 45 minutes after it was requested by the first responders. Compared to the ambulance drive time of about 48 minutes (the ambulance was already at the scene when Trooper 2 was requested), the use of a helicopter would have resulted in the patients arriving at the trauma center about 3 minutes faster. Additionally, the NTSB notes that as a result of the helicopter accident, MIEMSS updated the guidelines to require that first responders caring for patients classified as Category C or D consult with a physician before HEMS transport is summoned. In this particular case, the victims were classified as Category C of the four level classification scheme, from ―A‖ (the most serious injury) to ―D‖ (the least serious injury), and under the revised guidelines, a consultation would have been required before Trooper 2 was requested. The report of the expert panel convened by MIEMSS to review Maryland‘s HEMS program stated that the new consultation rule ―appears to be a prudent and reasonable approach to curtail air transport of more minor trauma patients‖—those rated as category C or D. MIEMSS usage data show a notable decrease of 42.7 percent in the number of patients transported on MSP medevac flights from FY2008 (July 1, 2007, to June 30, 2008) to FY2009, which can be attributed to the implementation of the consultation rule. Testimony given at the NTSB public hearing on the safety of the HEMS industry indicated that providers and organizations use a variety of standards (of varying quality) to decide when to request helicopter transport. There are no nationwide standards or recommended guidelines. During the course of this investigation, the executive director of MIEMSS suggested that a forum should be held to develop national standards on the use of aeromedical services in the transport of trauma victims. The NTSB recently issued Safety Recommendation A-09-103 to FICEMS recommending that they develop national guidelines for the selection of appropriate emergency transportation modes for urgent care.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 66 2.8.2 Flight Recorder Systems If a recorder system that captured cockpit audio, images, and parametric data had been installed on the accident helicopter, NTSB investigators would have been able to use the recorded data to determine additional information about the accident scenario, including navigation frequency settings and flight instrument indications. It is also possible that recorded images could have shown whether the pilot had the approach chart available to him. The NTSB concludes that having aboard the aircraft a recorder system that captured cockpit audio, images, and parametric data would have aided the NTSB in determining the circumstances that led to this accident. The NTSB notes that the accident helicopter was not required to have a CVR or FDR installed. However, it would have been required to have either these devices or a cockpit image recorder if the FAA had implemented NTSB Safety Recommendation A-06-17. Safety Recommendation A-06-17 asked the FAA to require, among other things that transport-category rotorcraft manufactured before October 11, 1991, operating under 14 CFR Parts 91 and 135 be equipped with either a CVR and an FDR or a cockpit image recorder. The accident helicopter was a transport-category rotorcraft manufactured in 1988. When the NTSB issued this recommendation, it stated that transport-category helicopters should be equipped with flight recorders77 in order to gather data critical to diagnosing shortcomings in the passenger-carrying helicopter fleet. Further, the NTSB stated that, although the FAA had increased the stringency of flight recorder requirements on passenger-carrying airplanes over a period of years, it had not universally applied these more stringent requirements to helicopters. On May 22, 2006, the FAA stated that it would review changes in FDR technology since 1988 and consider changes to its regulations based on this review. On November 29, 2006, the NTSB indicated that it did not believe the FAA‘s study was necessary and that it should begin the rulemaking process. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-06-17 was classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ The NTSB continues to believe that the FAA should require all rotorcraft operating under 14 CFR Parts 91 and 135 with a transport-category certification to be equipped with a CVR and a FDR. For those transport-category rotorcraft manufactured before October 11, 1991, the FAA should require a CVR and an FDR or an onboard cockpit image recorder with the capability of recording cockpit audio, crew communications, and aircraft parametric data. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-06-17. On February 9, 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-11 to the FAA, asking the FAA to require that all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with an FDR and are operating under Parts 91, 121, or 135 be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. (See section 1.18.3.4 for more information about this recommendation.) This recommendation is currently classified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖ As a turbine-powered transport-category aircraft, the accident helicopter is covered by this recommendation. The NTSB notes that the accident that prompted issuance of Safety Recommendation A-09-11 involved a midair collision between two
77 The term ―flight recorders‖ refers to all crash-protected devices installed on aircraft, including but not limited to, FDRs, CVRs, and onboard image recorders.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 67 helicopters. This accident, which provides additional support for the recommendation, also involved a helicopter. These and other accidents demonstrate the need for flight recorders on helicopters as well as on airplanes. 2.8.3 Oversight During the course of this investigation, the NTSB learned that the MSP has minimal oversight and surveillance by any outside organization. The Maryland state legislature oversees the MSP‘s budget but has no direct responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the MSP Aviation Command, nor do they have an aviation surveillance function similar to the FAA.78 The FAA provides oversight of MSP‘s aviation maintenance practices through its surveillance of MSP‘s 14 CFR Part 145 maintenance repair station but has not conducted any recent surveillance of MSP aviation operations. FAA Order 8900.1 requires a nominal level of surveillance for public aircraft operators. The order states that government-owned aircraft operators conducting public aircraft operations should be included in the FSDO‘s annual planned surveillance activities to ensure that the operator‘s public status remains unchanged. Additionally, the order states that government-owned aircraft operators holding any type of FAA certification will be included in the normal surveillance activities, such as spot inspections (ramp checks) of the aircraft and aircraft records. Since MSP aircraft have airworthiness certificates, MSP should be included in normal surveillance activities. However, despite its own order requiring surveillance, the FAA had not conducted any recent operational surveillance of MSP. Even if the FAA had performed the minimal amount of surveillance currently required by Order 8900.1, it is unlikely this would have prevented the accident. However, if MSP had been operating under a 14 CFR Part 135 certificate, the FAA would have reviewed the changes MSP made to its instrument training program in November 2007 and may have required modification of the program to include conducting nonprecision approaches, night approaches, and more frequent instrument practice. Additionally, the FAA would have reviewed MSP‘s operations manual and required the correction of any inconsistencies found between the manual and the procedures being followed. If the FAA had noted that the manual required the flight crew to apply the Risk Assessment Matrix before accepting each flight but that flight crews were not doing so, this may have resulted in the earlier implementation of a formalized flight risk management program at MSP. These types of changes may have prevented the accident. The NTSB recently learned that MSP had informed the FAA‘s Baltimore FSDO that it wanted to seek 14 CFR Part 135 certification, and, although the initial verbal response the MSP received from the FSDO manager was not supportive, later written guidance from the FAA associate administrator for aviation safety encouraged MSP to proceed with the application process for Part 135 certification. Additionally, the associate administrator informed MSP that it could ―immediately adopt, and comply with, the more stringent 14 CFR part 135 regulations
78 The legislature did conduct an audit of certain aspects of MSP‘s helicopter program in 2008; however, the scope of this audit did not include a review of aviation operational practices.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 68 required by the FAA for 14 CFR part 135 air carriers without having such a certificate.‖ The NTSB is reassured by the position the FAA has taken in this manner, which supports a voluntary request from a public operator for a higher level of oversight. At the time of the accident, MSP considered its medevac flights ―civil‖ aircraft operations operating under Part 91. A March 2008 memorandum from the commander to all personnel on the subject ―Public Aircraft (Use) vs. Civil Aircraft (Part 91) Operations‖ explained MSP‘s determination of which operations were ―civil‖ and which were ―public.‖ Review of the memorandum indicated that MSP made its determination by following the guidance provided in FAA AC 00-1.1, ―Government Aircraft Operations.‖ Per the guidance in the AC, the memorandum identified ―medevac operations, VIP transports, training flights, mechanic transports, photo flights, etc.‖ as ―civil‖ operations to be conducted in accordance with Part 91 and MSP policies and procedures. It identified ―search and rescue missions and law enforcement support/homeland security operations, etc.‖ as ―public‖ operations to be conducted in accordance with MSP policies and procedures. Further, the memorandum also followed the AC‘s guidance in stating that since MSP conducted both ―civil‖ and ―public‖ operations with the same aircraft, it was required to maintain its aircraft in accordance with the regulations applicable to civil aircraft in Parts 43 and 91. Prior to this accident, it appeared that the FAA also considered MSP‘s medevac flights to be civil, based on the FAA‘s published positions in AC 00-1.1 and Order 8900.1 and on a letter sent in 2000 from the FAA to a Part 135 HEMS operator, who requested an operational classification of MSP‘s interhospital patient transfers. In this letter, the FAA stated that assuming MSP‘s aircraft and pilots meet the requirements for civil aircraft operations, ―so long as the MSP does not receive compensation from the hospital or patients for the air transportation portion of the interhospital transfers, these flights may be conducted as civil aircraft operations under Part 91.‖ This statement is consistent with the guidance in Order 8900.1 regarding medevac flights that excludes the ―routine medical evacuation of persons due to traffic accidents and other similar incidents or hospital-to-hospital transfers‖ from the government function of search and rescue. Despite the FAA‘s earlier opinion, during this accident investigation, the FAA provided to the NTSB a memorandum with a conflicting opinion on the operating status of MSP medevac flights. In this memorandum, dated March 13, 2009, the FAA stated that it believed the accident flight was a ―public‖ aircraft operation. The FAA supported its determination by referring to the definition of public aircraft in 49 U.S.C. section 40102(a)(41)(C) and the exception provided in 49 U.S.C. section 40125(b), which states that a government-owned aircraft does not qualify as a public aircraft ―when it is used for commercial purposes or to carry an individual other than a crewmember or a qualified non-crewmember.‖ The FAA indicated that since MSP does not operate its helicopters ―for compensation or hire,‖ Trooper 2 was not being used for commercial purposes. Further, the FAA indicated that the accident victims are considered to be ―qualified non-crewmembers‖ as they are individuals who are ―associated with the performance of a governmental function.‖
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 69 The FAA did acknowledge in its memorandum that medevac flights are not specifically called out as an example of a governmental function in the statute. However, the FAA stated that it considered ―helicopter emergency medical services as akin to the ‗search and rescue‘ function used as an example in the statute and as falling within the statutory intent of governmental function.‖ This new opinion is in direct contradiction with the guidance provided in FAA Order 8900.1 regarding medevac flights, which states that, ―the term ‗search and rescue‘ does not include routine medical evacuation of persons due to traffic accidents and other similar incidents or hospital-to-hospital patient transfers.‖ It is also in conflict with the guidance provided in AC 00-1.1, which states that the term ―medical evacuation‖ is not considered synonymous with ―search and rescue.‖ The FAA noted that it was aware of these contradictions and that ―internal agency materials‖ were being updated. As of the date of this writing, the guidance in FAA Order 8900.1 and AC 00-1.1 regarding medevac flights has not been revised. The NTSB sees no basis for the FAA‘s determination that all medevac flights fall within the statutory intent of governmental function. Given that medevac flights are routinely conducted each day by numerous civilian operators, medevac cannot, as a general matter, be considered a governmental function. The NTSB finds persuasive the FAA‘s earlier guidance that routine medevac of persons due to traffic accidents or other similar incidents and hospital-to-hospital patient transfers are not governmental functions but that specific nonroutine medevacs could be considered a governmental function if they meet specific criteria. Further, the NTSB notes that the earlier guidance provided in AC 00-1.1 and Order 8900.1 was comprehensive and consistent, whereas, to date, the FAA has provided no guidance beyond the March 13, 2009, memorandum regarding its new position. The NTSB is especially concerned that the FAA‘s current position means that it does not consider patients carried by a public operator, such as MSP, to be passengers, but rather ―qualified non-crewmembers.‖ Many of the patients carried by EMS aircraft have sustained life-threatening traumatic injuries and are in no condition to make a decision about whether or not to be transported by air. If these patients are transported on a public aircraft, the FAA medical rules, aircraft certification requirements, pilot certifications, aircraft maintenance requirements and aircraft operator requirements do not apply, and the FAA provides no oversight and minimal surveillance of the operator. If the same patients are carried by a civilian aircraft, they would be considered passengers, the operator would be required to comply with the rules and requirements noted above, including the standards of 14 CFR Part 135, and the FAA would provide extensive oversight and surveillance of the operator. The patients carried by public EMS aircraft deserve the same level of safety as those carried on civil EMS aircraft. Public Law 103-411 was enacted, in part, because Congress determined that government-owned aircraft that engage in transport of passengers should be subject to the regulations applicable to civil aircraft. Since the FAA has the statutory authority to regulate the operation and maintenance of civil aircraft but not public aircraft, the law redefined ―public aircraft‖ to exclude government-owned aircraft used for commercial purposes or engaged in the transport of passengers from operating as public aircraft. The purpose of this redefinition, as reflected in legislative history, was to mandate that FAA safety regulations, directives, and orders issued for civil aircraft be made applicable to all government-owned, nonmilitary aircraft engaged in passenger transport. The FAA‘s blanket classification of all medevac flights by
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 70 government-owned aircraft operators as public operations does not appear to accord with the intent of Congress. The NTSB concludes that the FAA‘s classification of all medevac flights by government-owned aircraft as public operations conflicts with its own earlier guidance, creates a discrepancy in the level of FAA safety oversight of HEMS aircraft operations carrying passengers, and is contrary to the intent of Public Law 103-411, which states that aircraft carrying passengers are excluded from operating as public aircraft. The NTSB recommends that the FAA seek specific legislative authority to regulate HEMS operations conducted using government-owned aircraft to achieve safety oversight commensurate with that provided to civil HEMS operations.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 71
- Conclusions
- 1
Findings
- The pilot was properly certificated and qualified in accordance with Maryland State Police
standards. Additionally, although the Federal Aviation Administration classified the flight as a public operation, the pilot was qualified under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to conduct the flight under visual flight rules or instrument flight rules as a civil operation.
- The helicopter was properly certificated, equipped, and maintained in accordance with the
requirements in 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 43 and 91 applicable to civil aircraft operating under visual flight rules or instrument flight rules. The recovered components showed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures.
- Instrument meteorological conditions prevailed in the accident area with scattered clouds
near 200 feet above ground level (agl) and cloud ceilings near 500 feet agl. Although Andrews Air Force Base was reporting visibility of 4 miles in mist, lower visibilities in fog occurred locally in the accident area.
- The pilot‘s decision to accept the flight, after his inadequate assessment of the weather,
contributed to the accident.
- Had a formal flight risk evaluation program been in place at Maryland State Police before the
accident, it may have resulted in the cancellation of the flight.
- When the pilot was unable to reach Prince George‘s Hospital Center due to deteriorating
weather conditions, he appropriately made the decision to divert to Andrews Air Force Base and request ground transport for the patients.
- No evidence was found that suggests that the glideslope was not functioning properly. The
lack of information regarding the accident airplane‘s navigation frequency settings and flight instrument indications precluded National Transportation Safety Board investigators from determining why the pilot believed he was not receiving a valid glideslope signal.
- The pilot‘s workload increased substantially and unexpectedly as a result of encountering
instrument weather conditions.
- The pilot‘s expectation that he could descend below the cloud ceiling at an altitude above the
minimum descent altitude for the approach, his familiarity with Andrews Air Force Base, and the reduction in workload a return to visual conditions would have provided are all factors that may have encouraged the pilot to deviate below the glideslope and attempt to ―duck under‖ the cloud ceiling.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 72
- The pilot failed to adhere to instrument approach procedures when he did not arrest the
helicopter‘s descent at the minimum descent altitude.
- Although descent rate and altitude information were readily available through cockpit
instruments, the pilot failed to monitor the instruments likely because he was preoccupied with looking for the ground, which he could not identify before impact due to the lack of external visual cues.
- If the helicopter had been equipped with a terrain awareness and warning system, aural
terrain alerts of ―Caution Terrain,‖ ―Warning Terrain,‖ and ―Pull-up,‖ would have been provided. These would have been more salient than the alert provided by the radar altimeter and likely would have caused the pilot to attempt to arrest his descent.
- The failure of the Potomac Consolidated Terminal Radar Approach Control controller to
provide the current Andrews Air Force Base weather information likely led the pilot to expect that he could descend below the cloud ceiling and establish visual contact with the ground at an altitude well above the minimum descent altitude for the approach.
- Air traffic services provided by the Ronald Reagan Washington Airport Tower and Potomac
Consolidated Terminal Radar Approach Control controllers to the accident flight exhibited numerous procedural deficiencies, including unresponsiveness, inattention, and poor radar vectoring. These deficiencies were a distraction to the pilot and increased his workload by requiring him to compensate for the poor services provided.
- Although the pilot met the recent-experience requirements to act as pilot-in-command under
instrument flight rules, he was not proficient in instrument flight. This lack of proficiency likely contributed to the pilot‘s failure to properly conduct what effectively became a nonprecision approach at night in instrument conditions.
- Changes made by the Maryland State Police Aviation Command to its instrument training
program about 10 months before the accident did not promote instrument proficiency.
- Based on the late hour, the length of time awake, the risk factors for sleep apnea exhibited by
the pilot, and the decision to deviate from the published procedures, the pilot was likely less than fully alert, and fatigue may have contributed to his deficient decision-making.
- The Maryland State Police System Communications Center duty officer lost situational
awareness of the helicopter while it was in flight.
- The lack of adherence to effective flight-tracking policies by Maryland State Police System
Communications Center personnel created an institutional mindset that allowed duty officers to assume that aircraft had landed safely when the Automatic Dependent Surveillance- Broadcast signal was lost; over time, safe landings were taken for granted.
- Had two Maryland State Police aviation employees not pursued their own search effort,
locating the accident site would likely have taken several more hours than it did.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 73
- The incident commander‘s lack of aviation knowledge diminished the effectiveness of search
and rescue activities.
- Maryland State Police troopers and System Communications Center personnel were
insufficiently equipped and trained to conduct a search involving global positioning system coordinates, and this hindered their ability to locate the site of the wreckage.
- Neither Prince George‘s County nor Maryland State Police dispatchers fully understood the
importance of obtaining distance and bearing information, as well as the cell tower location, before releasing a location obtained from cell phone ‗pinging;‘ this lack of understanding led dispatchers to provide the cell phone tower‘s simple street address without context to all units involved in the search. This distracted and confused units already searching a more likely location.
- The Federal Aviation Administration air traffic control's inability to produce timely location
data also hampered search and rescue efforts.
- Knowledge of the disjointed search and rescue efforts and the techniques eventually
employed to locate the accident site could provide valuable lessons to agencies, such as helicopter emergency medical services dispatch centers, 911 dispatch centers, and fire, police, and sheriff‘s departments, involved in search and rescue efforts.
- Having aboard the aircraft a recorder system that captured cockpit audio, images, and
parametric data would have aided the National Transportation Safety Board in determining the circumstances that led to this accident.
- The Federal Aviation Administration‘s (FAA‘s) classification of all medical evacuation
flights by government-owned aircraft as public operations conflicts with its own earlier guidance, creates a discrepancy in the level of FAA safety oversight of helicopter emergency medical services aircraft operations carrying passengers, and is contrary to the intent of Public Law 103-411, which states that aircraft carrying passengers are excluded from operating as public aircraft. 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the pilot's attempt to regain visual conditions by performing a rapid descent and his failure to arrest the descent at the minimum descent altitude during a nonprecision approach. Contributing to the accident were (1) the pilot‘s limited recent instrument flight experience, (2) the lack of adherence to effective risk management procedures by the Maryland State Police, (3) the pilot‘s inadequate assessment of the weather, which led to his decision to accept the flight, (4) the failure of the Potomac Consolidated Terminal Radar Approach Control (PCT) controller to provide the current Andrews Air Force Base weather observation to the pilot, and (5) the increased workload on the pilot due to inadequate Federal Aviation Administration air traffic control handling by the Ronald Reagan National Airport Tower and PCT controllers.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 74
- Recommendations
- 1
New Recommendations As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Aviation Administration: Seek specific legislative authority to regulate helicopter emergency medical services (HEMS) operations conducted using government-owned aircraft to achieve safety oversight commensurate with that provided to civil HEMS operations. (A-09-130) To All Public Helicopter Emergency Medical Services Operators: Develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training for all employees involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic evaluation of flight risks, and consultation with others trained in helicopter emergency medical services flight operations if the risks reach a predefined level. (A-09-131) Use formalized dispatch and flight-following procedures that include up-to-date weather information and assistance in flight risk assessment decisions. (A-09-132) Install terrain awareness and warning systems on your aircraft and provide adequate training to ensure that flight crews are capable of using the systems to safely conduct helicopter emergency medical services operations. (A-09-133) To the Maryland State Police: Implement a program to screen and—if necessary—treat your pilots for obstructive sleep apnea. (A-09-134) Revise your policy regarding incident commanders to specify that, in any event involving a missing or overdue aircraft, an Aviation Command trooper will serve as the incident commander. (A-09-135)
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 75 Provide additional training to your dispatchers on the use of cell phone ―pinging‖ and include instruction about how to integrate the data obtained from cell phone pinging into an overall search and rescue plan. (A-09-136) To Prince George’s County, Maryland: Provide additional training to your dispatchers on the use of cell phone ―pinging‖ and include instruction about how to integrate the data obtained from cell phone ―pinging‖ into an overall search and rescue plan. (A-09-137) To the National Association of Air Medical Communications Specialists, the Association of Public-Safety Communications Officials International, the National Emergency Number Association, the International Association of Police Chiefs, the National Sheriffs’ Association, and the International Association of Fire Chiefs: Inform your members through your websites, newsletters, and conferences of the lessons learned from the emergency response to this accident, particularly emphasizing that search and rescue personnel need to understand how to interpret and use both global positioning system coordinates and the results of cell phone ―pinging.‖ (A-09-138) 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in this Report The National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following safety recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Require all emergency medical services (EMS) operators to develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training all employees involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic evaluation of flight risks, and consultation with others trained in EMS flight operations if the risks reach a predefined level. (A-06-13) Require all rotorcraft operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91 and 135 with a transport-category certification to be equipped with a cockpit voice recorder (CVR) and a flight data recorder (FDR). For those transport- category rotorcraft manufactured before October 11, 1991, require a CVR and an FDR or an onboard cockpit image recorder with the capability of recording cockpit audio, crew communications, and aircraft parametric data. (A-06-17) Require all emergency medical services (EMS) operators to install terrain awareness and warning systems on their aircraft and to provide adequate training to ensure that flight crews are capable of using the systems to safety conduct EMS operations. (A-06-15)
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 76
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: October 27, 2009
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 77
- Appendix
Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified of the accident on the morning of September 28, 2008. NTSB investigators arrived on-scene later that day. Chairman Deborah A.P. Hersman was the Board member on-scene. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration, Maryland State Police, American Eurocopter, and Turbomeca USA. In accordance with Annex 13 to the International Convention on Civil Aviation, an accredited representative from the Bureau d‘Enquetes et d‘Analyses was appointed to participate in this investigation. Public Hearing No public hearing was held for this accident.
FD07362 | 2009_美国_HAR0901.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Motorcoach Run‐Off‐the‐Road and Rollover U.S. Route 163 Mexican Hat, Utah January 6, 2008 Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/01 PB2009-916201
National Transportation Safety Board
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB/HAR-09/01 PB2009-916201 Notation 8024A Adopted April 21, 2009
Highway Accident Report Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road and Rollover U.S. Route 163 Mexican Hat, Utah January 6, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2009. Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road and Rollover, U.S. Route 163, Mexican Hat, Utah, January 6, 2008. Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: About 8:02 p.m., mountain standard time, a 2007 Motor Coach Industries 56-passenger motorcoach with a driver and 52 passengers on board was traveling southbound, descending a 5.6-percent grade leading to a curve to the left, 1,800 feet north of milepost 29 on U.S. Route 163. After entering the curve, the motorcoach departed the right side of the roadway at a shallow angle, striking the guardrail with the right-rear wheel and lower coach body. The motorcoach traveled approximately 350 feet along the foreslope, with the right tires off the roadway. The back tires lost traction as the foreslope transitioned into the drainage ditch. The motorcoach rotated in a counterclockwise direction as it descended an embankment. The motorcoach overturned, struck several rocks in a drainage ditch bed at the bottom of the embankment, and came to rest on its wheels. During the 360-degree rollover sequence, the roof of the motorcoach separated from the body, and 50 of the 53 occupants were ejected. Nine passengers were fatally injured, and 43 passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. Major safety issues identified by this accident investigation include driver fatigue, excessive vehicle speed, hours-of-service violations, motor carrier trip planning, motorcoach occupant protection, and emergency medical notification and response with regard to large motorcoaches traveling on rural roads. As a result of its investigation, the Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services, the Utah Bureau of Emergency Medical Services, the Federal Highway Administration, the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the National Association of State Emergency Medical Services Officials, the American Bus Association, the United Motorcoach Association, and Arrow Stage Lines. The Safety Board also reiterates one previously issued recommendation to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-916201 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
iii Contents Figures.............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................... vii Executive Summary..................................................................................................................... xi Factual Information.......................................................................................................................1 Events Preceding the Accident ........................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative...........................................................................................................................2 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................6 Emergency Response.......................................................................................................................9 Resources..................................................................................................................................9 Emergency Preparedness........................................................................................................12 Weather..........................................................................................................................................13 Driver Information.........................................................................................................................14 Driver Fitness..........................................................................................................................14 Driver Performance ................................................................................................................16 Motor Carrier Operation ................................................................................................................17 Oversight and Compliance Reviews.......................................................................................17 Hours of Service .....................................................................................................................18 Trip Communications.............................................................................................................19 Vehicle Information.......................................................................................................................19 Roof Design............................................................................................................................21 Data Recording Equipment.....................................................................................................22 Road Design...................................................................................................................................23 Accident Location History.............................................................................................................28 Rural Versus Urban EMS Response..............................................................................................28 AASHTO Strategic Highway Safety Plan..............................................................................29 SAFETEA-LU and High-Risk Rural Roads...........................................................................29 Utah Highway Safety Improvement Program ........................................................................30 Tests and Research.........................................................................................................................31 Vehicle Speed Analysis..........................................................................................................31 Vehicle Acceleration Analysis ...............................................................................................33 Engine Performance Data.......................................................................................................34 Analysis.........................................................................................................................................35 Exclusions......................................................................................................................................35 Accident Discussion.......................................................................................................................36 Fatigue Countermeasures...............................................................................................................38 Driver Medical Conditions ............................................................................................................39 Hours of Service ............................................................................................................................40 Arrow Trip Scheduling ..................................................................................................................41
NTSB Highway Accident Report
iv Occupant Protection Systems ........................................................................................................42 Emergency Medical Services.........................................................................................................44 Emergency Notification..........................................................................................................45 Emergency Response..............................................................................................................47 Risk Assessment of Charter and Tour Bus Travel on Rural Roads........................................49 Conclusions...................................................................................................................................53 Findings..........................................................................................................................................53 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................54 Recommendations........................................................................................................................55 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................55 Reiterated Recommendation..........................................................................................................56 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report ...................................................57 Board Member Statement...........................................................................................................58 Appendix A...................................................................................................................................61 Investigation...................................................................................................................................61 Appendix B ...................................................................................................................................62 Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000–2007....................................62 Appendix C...................................................................................................................................78 Video Study ...................................................................................................................................78 Appendix D...................................................................................................................................83 Safety Board Motorcoach Accident Investigations .......................................................................83
NTSB Highway Accident Report
v Figures Figure 1. Accident motorcoach’s route....................................................................................3 Figure 2. Scene diagram showing tire marks...........................................................................4 Figure 3. Tire marks on roadway.............................................................................................4 Figure 4. Position of accident motorcoach at end of rollover sequence..................................5 Figure 5. Accident motorcoach’s final location, as viewed looking back toward the route traveled. .........................................................................................................6 Figure 6. Seating diagram........................................................................................................8 Figure 7. Accident driver’s sleep and activity log.................................................................15 Figure 8. Motorcoach roof design..........................................................................................21 Figure 9. Motorcoach side supports for roof. ........................................................................22 Figure 10. View of descending road grade, 4 miles before the accident site. .......................24 Figure 11. View of descending road grade in the direction of travel, immediately preceding the accident curve. ............................................................................25 Figure 12. View of accident curve.........................................................................................26 Figure 13. View of guardrail..................................................................................................27 Figure 14. Vehicle speed estimate versus number of frame intervals (video analysis).........33 Figure C-1. Vehicle at time –7 seconds.................................................................................80 Figure C-2. Vehicle at time –6 seconds.................................................................................80 Figure C-3. Vehicle at time –5 seconds.................................................................................81 Figure C-4. Vehicle speed estimate versus number of frame intervals.................................82
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
vii Acronyms and Abbreviations ABA American Bus Association ADT average daily traffic AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ALS advanced life support BLS basic life support BMI body mass index CDL commercial driver’s license CPAP continuous positive airway pressure CFR Code of Federal Regulations CSRS continuous shoulder rumble strips E-911 Enhanced 911 ECE Economic Commission for Europe ECM electronic control module EMS emergency medical service EMT emergency medical technician EOBR electronic on-board recorder FARS Fatality Analysis Reporting System FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
NTSB Highway Accident Report
viii FHWA Federal Highway Administration FICEMS Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services FMCSA Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration FMCSRs Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMVSS Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard GAO U.S. Government Accountability Office GPS global positioning system GUI graphical user interface GVWR gross vehicle weight rating HSIP Highway Safety Improvement Program IFR instrument flight rules IP Internet protocol ISS inspection selection system MCI Motor Coach Industries MCMIS Motor Carrier Management Information System MRB Medical Review Board MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NHTSA National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NIMS National Incident Management System
NTSB Highway Accident Report
ix NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTIA National Telecommunications and Information Administration PIEV perception-identification-emotion-volition PRT perception-reaction time PSAP public safety answering points SafeStat Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System SAFETEA-LU Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users SCT specialty care transport UDOT Utah Department of Transportation UMA United Motorcoach Association U.S.C. United States Code U.S. 163/191 U.S. Route 163/191 VEDR video event data recorder VMT vehicle miles traveled
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
xi Executive Summary On January 6, 2008, about 3:15 p.m. mountain standard time, a 2007 Motor Coach Industries 56-passenger motorcoach with a driver and 52 passengers on board departed Telluride, Colorado, en route to Phoenix, Arizona, as part of a 17-motorcoach charter. The motorcoach passengers were returning from a 3-day ski trip. The normal route from Telluride to Phoenix along Colorado State Route 145 was closed due to snow, and the lead driver planned an alternate route that included U.S. Route 163/191 through Utah. About 8:02 p.m., the motorcoach was traveling southbound, descending a 5.6-percent grade leading to a curve to the left, 1,800 feet north of milepost 29 on U.S. Route 163. The weather was cloudy, and the roadway was dry at the time of the accident. After entering the curve, the motorcoach departed the right side of the roadway at a shallow angle, striking the guardrail with the right-rear wheel and lower coach body about 61 feet before the end of the guardrail. The motorcoach traveled approximately 350 feet along the foreslope (portion of roadside sloping away from the roadway), with the right tires off the roadway. The back tires lost traction as the foreslope transitioned into the drainage ditch. The motorcoach rotated in a counterclockwise direction as it descended an embankment. The motorcoach overturned, struck several rocks in a drainage ditch bed at the bottom of the embankment, and came to rest on its wheels. During the 360-degree rollover sequence, the roof of the motorcoach separated from the body, and 50 of the 53 occupants were ejected. As a result of this accident, 9 passengers were fatally injured, and 43 passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the driver’s diminished alertness due to inadequate sleep resulting from a combination of head congestion, problems acclimating to high altitude, and his sporadic use of his continuous positive airway pressure sleeping device during the accident trip. The driver’s state of fatigue affected his awareness of his vehicle’s excessive speed and lane position on a downhill mountain grade of a rural secondary road. Contributing to the accident’s severity was the lack of an adequate motorcoach occupant protection system, primarily due to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s delay in developing and promulgating standards to enhance the protection of motorcoach passengers. Major safety issues identified by this accident investigation include driver fatigue, excessive vehicle speed, hours-of-service violations, motor carrier trip planning, motorcoach occupant protection, and emergency medical notification and response with regard to large motorcoaches traveling on rural roads. As a result of its investigation, the Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services, the Utah Bureau of Emergency Medical Services, the Federal Highway Administration, the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the National Association of State Emergency Medical Services Officials, the American Bus Association, the United
NTSB Highway Accident Report
xii Motorcoach Association, and Arrow Stage Lines. The Safety Board also reiterates one previously issued recommendation to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
1 Factual Information On January 6, 2008, about 3:15 p.m. mountain standard time,1 a 2007 Motor Coach Industries (MCI) 56-passenger motorcoach with a driver and 52 passengers on board departed Telluride, Colorado, en route to Phoenix, Arizona, as part of a 17-motorcoach charter.2 The motorcoach passengers were returning from a 3-day ski trip. The normal route from Telluride to Phoenix along Colorado State Route 145 was closed due to snow,3 and the lead driver planned an alternate route that included U.S. Route 163/191 (U.S. 163/191) through Utah. About 8:02 p.m., the motorcoach was traveling southbound, descending a 5.6-percent grade leading to a curve to the left, 1,800 feet north of milepost 29 on U.S. 163. The weather was cloudy and the roadway was dry at the time of the accident. After entering the curve, the motorcoach departed the right side of the roadway at a shallow angle, striking the guardrail with the right-rear wheel and lower coach body about 61 feet before the end of the guardrail. The motorcoach traveled approximately 350 feet along the foreslope (portion of roadside sloping away from roadway), with the right tires off the roadway. The back tires lost traction as the foreslope transitioned into the drainage ditch. The motorcoach rotated in a counterclockwise direction as it descended an embankment. The motorcoach overturned, struck several rocks in a drainage ditch bed at the bottom of the embankment, and came to rest on its wheels. During the 360-degree rollover sequence, the roof of the motorcoach separated from the body, and 50 of the 53 occupants were ejected. As a result of this accident, 9 passengers were fatally injured, and 43 passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. Events Preceding the Accident Arrow Stage Lines provided 17 motorcoaches for the charter trip from Phoenix, Arizona, to Telluride, Colorado, returning to Phoenix. According to the accident driver’s trip log, he arrived at the designated pickup location at a Phoenix shopping center about 7:35 a.m. on Thursday, January 3, 2008, for the weekend ski trip. After loading passengers, he departed about 9:15 a.m. and completed the 486-mile trip to Telluride, arriving about 5:30 p.m. During Friday and Saturday of the Telluride layover, the driver was off duty, though records show he purchased fuel for the motorcoach midday on Friday, January 4. The driver had obstructive sleep apnea, which was being treated with a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) device. While in Telluride, the driver had symptoms of a head
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all times given in this report are mountain standard time. 2 Although the 17 motorcoaches were en route to the same destination, they did not travel as a group. 3 The closure occurred at Lizard Head Pass.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
2 cold and self-medicated using an over-the-counter, nondrowsy cold medicine. His head congestion prevented effective use of the CPAP device. The driver told another driver that he slept poorly and had symptoms of a head cold. He told Safety Board investigators that he was not able to use the device effectively during his stay in Telluride due to his congestion and that he slept poorly. On Sunday, January 6, 2008, the driver awoke at 6:45 a.m. and attended a driver’s meeting at 10:00 a.m., at which he was informed by the lead driver that a portion of the return route was closed due to snow. A different return route to Phoenix was established. The alternate route was 70 miles longer than the originally planned route. He installed tire chains on the motorcoach, loaded passengers at 2:00 p.m., and departed Telluride at 3:15 p.m. The return trip, as planned, was 556 miles in snowy weather. Accident Narrative The motorcoach’s travel route was affected by snow and ice during the Colorado segment of the trip. After crossing into Utah, the accident motorcoach turned south on U.S. 163/191 for approximately 80 miles, at which point U.S. 191 separates with a left turn to the south before crossing into Arizona. The accident driver missed the turn to remain on U.S. 191; instead he stayed on U.S. 163 going further west. Both U.S. 163 and U.S. 191 eventually join U.S. 160 heading southwest through Arizona. Most of the caravan of motorcoaches took the U.S. 191 route; the accident driver and one other driver remained on U.S. 163. Figure 1 shows the route of the motorcoach in the vicinity of the accident. In a postaccident interview, the driver stated that he was unsure of which route he was traveling but knew that the route he was on would take him toward Phoenix. After several miles of downhill road and just before milepost 29, U.S. 163 begins a gradual, long curve to the left. Shortly after entering that curve, the bus departed the right side of the roadway at a shallow angle. There were no skid marks on the highway, and no other vehicles were involved in the run-off-the-road event. Evidence of tire marks was found along the guardrail for 61 feet before the guardrail came to an end.4 Two sets of tire marks on the side slope showed the front tires were tracking nearer the top of the embankment, and furrows from the rear tires were found further down the embankment. Tire marks are shown in figures 2 and 3.
4 The motorcoach’s force against the guardrail did not deform the W-beam rail nor did it break any weak-beam support posts.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
3
Figure 1. Accident motorcoach’s route.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
4
Figure 2. Scene diagram showing tire marks (dashed plow marks show the tire tracks gradually departing the road).
Figure 3. Tire marks on roadway (row of traffic cones to left of roadway follow the tire marks onto the foreslope).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
5 After departing the roadway, the motorcoach traveled approximately 350 feet before the rear wheels went off the embankment.5 The rear of the motorcoach rotated counterclockwise, with the front of the motorcoach facing perpendicular to the roadway.6 The motorcoach overturned, rolling to the right, and struck a rocky drainage ditch at the bottom of the embankment approximately 10 feet lower than the roadway. During the rollover sequence, the roof separated from the bus body at the point where the vertical posts attached to the base of the window sash along the right side and, subsequently, the roof separated from the motorcoach. During the accident sequence, the motorcoach impacted the ground and completed a full rotation (360 degrees) before coming to rest on its wheels. Figures 4 and 5 show the accident motorcoach in its final location after the accident.
Figure 4. Position of accident motorcoach at end of rollover sequence (topographical contour lines indicate steepness of the embankment or slope; the closer the lines, the steeper the slope).
5 Survey information in figure 2 shows the plow marks of the tires departing the pavement at station number 154,200 and ending at approximately station number 153,850, a difference of 350 feet. 6 One ground scar near the roadside showed that the front of the vehicle impacted the ground at 37 degrees relative to the roadside.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
6
Figure 5. Accident motorcoach’s final location, as viewed looking back toward the route traveled. (U.S. 163 is behind the motorcoach, with the curve coming around the bluff in the center of the horizon.) Injuries In this accident, 50 of 53 motorcoach occupants were ejected from the vehicle. The driver, who was wearing a three-point restraint, and one passenger, who was entrapped between damaged seats in rows 12 and 13,7 remained in the motorcoach. Another passenger told investigators that he was able to remain in his seat and exited after the motorcoach came to rest. The 9 fatally injured passengers died of blunt-force trauma to their heads and torsos; 13 of the 35 seriously injured occupants sustained a combination of fractures to the spine, torso, and extremities; and 12 of the remaining 22 seriously injured occupants sustained head and internal chest injuries. (See table 1 for a summary of injuries.) Passengers sustaining minor injuries had lacerations that required sutures, along with multiple abrasions and contusions to their faces, torsos, or extremities.
7 The passenger trapped between rows 12 and 13 had been seated in row 9.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
7 Table 1. Injuries. Injury type Drivers Passengers Total Fatal 0 9 9 Serious 1 34 35 Minor 0 9 9 None 0 0 0 Total 1 52 53 Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident. It defines serious injury as an injury that requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days of the date of injury; results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); causes severe hemorrhages, or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves any internal organ; or involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.
During the accident sequence, the majority of passengers were ejected from the top of the motorcoach as the roof became separated from the right side at the base of the windows. Investigator interviews of surviving passengers revealed that at least two, and possibly as many as four, passengers were found on the right (east) side of the motorcoach at final rest. The majority of ejected passengers were found on the left (west) side of the motorcoach. According to first responders and passenger interviews, at least one person was found under the right (east) side of the motorcoach body and at least three people were fully or partially trapped underneath the roof of the motorcoach, which was detached to the left of the vehicle. Of those passengers, two survived. Motorcoach passengers ranged in age from 5 to 67; the average age was 30. Fifteen passengers were 18 or younger; five fatalities were from this younger group. Seven passengers were pronounced dead at the scene of the accident and transported to two mortuaries. The average transport time between the accident scene and the initial critical care treatment facility was 2 hours 15 minutes. For ambulatory patients who were treated at the medical clinic in Blanding, Utah, the average transport time was 3 hours. Two passengers died en route to critical care; both 16-year-old victims had sustained head and torso injuries from blunt-force trauma. After being transported to San Juan Hospital, Monticello, Utah, for stabilization, they were again transported to another medical hospital for a higher level of critical care. The time of death for one of the two en route victims was 3:36 a.m., 7 hours after the accident. That victim was in ground transport to Moab, Utah, to be airlifted to University Hospital in Salt Lake City. Due to the victim’s deteriorating condition, the ambulance diverted to Allen Memorial Hospital in Moab, where the victim died. The second en route fatality occurred at 9:05 a.m., about 12.5 hours after the accident, as the accident victim arrived at St. Mary’s Hospital in Grand Junction, Colorado.8
8 Grand Junction is approximately 230 miles from the accident site by road and 115 miles by air.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
8 As a result of the accident, 9 passengers sustained fatal injuries, 34 passengers and the driver sustained serious injuries, and 9 passengers received minor injuries. Figure 6 shows the seating locations and injury patterns of motorcoach occupants. F - 16 : Fatal F - 20 : Serious M - 22 : Serious M - 27 : Minor M - 35 : Serious M - 52 : Serious F - 48 : Serious M - 24 : Minor M - 42 : Serious F - 13 : Minor F - 41 : Serious M - 18 : Fatal M - 47 : Serious M - 38 : Serious M - 30 : Serious M - 23 : Serious F - 56 : Serious M - 71 : Serious F - 17 : Serious F - 26- : Serious M - 39 : Serious F - 36 : Serious M - 26 : Serious M - 30 : Serious M - 25 : Serious M - 31 : Serious F - 42 : Serious SAMPLE F = FEMALE M = MALE # = AGE +International Civil Aviation Organization +INJURY LEVEL AGE GENDER F - 14 : Minor Source: NTSB M - 23 : Serious F - 51 : Serious M - 17 : Minor M - 18 : Minor F - 33 : Serious F - 27 : Serious M - 21 : Serious M - 32 : Fatal F - 29 : Serious M - 45 : Serious M - 13 : Serious M - 18 : Fatal F - 16 : Fatal M - 5 : Minor M - 10 : Serious M - 27 : Minor F - 45 : Fatal M - 13 : Serious M - 12 : Fatal M - 31 : Minor M - 44 : Serious M - 41 : Fatal M - 35 : Serious M - 17 : Minor HWY-08-MH-012 Mexican Hat, Utah F - 39 : Serious F - 67 : Fatal 3 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Figure 6. Seating diagram.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
9 Of the 24 passengers who were seated on the right side of the motorcoach, 5 sustained fatal injuries (4 of 5 of these occupants were seated next to windows), 17 sustained serious injuries, and 2 sustained minor injuries. Of the 28 passengers who were seated on the left side of the motorcoach, 4 sustained fatal injuries (3 of 4 of these occupants were seated in the last three rows), 17 sustained serious injuries, and 7 sustained minor injuries. Emergency Response The San Juan County, Utah, Communication Center, located in the San Juan County Sheriff’s Office, was notified of the accident through the 911 system at 8:38 p.m. The San Juan County 911 dispatcher received a call at 8:04 p.m. reporting a bus accident, but when the dispatcher asked for a location, the call was lost.9 Following the accident, passengers alerted another motorist who passed the scene. That driver then drove to the next town, approximately 8 miles south, and called 911 from a service station. The first call from dispatch went to the Utah Highway Patrol at 8:38 p.m. The Chief of the Bluff Volunteer Fire Department, who was the incident commander for this accident, said that after hearing radio traffic on his scanner, he departed for the scene at 8:33 p.m.10 and arrived on scene at 8:56 p.m. The San Juan County Emergency Medical Service (EMS) Coordinator, who arrived at 9:56 p.m., was dispatched to the accident scene with the mass casualty incident trailer.11 The Bluff Volunteer Fire Department rescue unit was en route at 8:45 p.m. and arrived on scene at 9:00 p.m., followed by its ambulance unit at 9:01 p.m. The first deputy with the San Juan County Sheriff’s Office was dispatched at 8:48 p.m. and arrived on scene at 9:19 p.m. The Utah Highway Patrol sent four officers and the San Juan County Sheriff’s Office sent four deputies to the scene. Resources San Juan County has eight ambulances, none of which are staffed for advanced life support (ALS) due to the county having no licensed paramedics, only certified intermediate or
9 San Juan County does not have an Enhanced 911 system capable of automatically providing the public service answering point with identification and location information. The dispatcher had assumed that the dropped call was reporting a minor accident north of Blanding, Utah, which involved another of the other 16 motorcoaches on the ski trip. That accident occurred after the motorcoach became disabled on an ice-covered roadway 5 miles east of Blanding and another Arrow bus stopped to assist and was subsequently involved in a property damage accident when an automobile lost traction and slid into the stopped motorcoach. 10 Times reported by the different response organizations—the San Juan County 911 dispatch, the Utah Highway Patrol, the Bluff Fire Department, and the San Juan County Sheriff’s Office—were not synchronized and are therefore approximate. 11 The mass casualty incident trailer is a mobile unit that can be towed to the accident site. It is supplied with backboards, neck braces, and other supplies needed to assist with emergency response during mass casualty events.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
10 basic emergency medical technicians (EMTs).12 All San Juan County EMTs are volunteers.13 The following agencies responded to transport injured passengers: • San Juan County EMS—eight ambulances, one transport ambulance, and three 15-passenger vans to transport the “walking wounded” to the Blanding medical clinic. • Kayenta Navajo Nation—four basic life-support (BLS) ambulances. • Moab–Grand County EMS—three ALS mutual aid ambulances. • Mesa County, Colorado—two mutual aid ambulances. • Southwest Memorial Hospital in Cortez, Colorado—two mutual aid ambulances from Durango, Colorado. All of the on-scene ambulances traveled north from the accident site, except for the Navajo Nation ambulances, which traveled south. The less seriously injured were transported to the clinic in Blanding, 43 miles away; the more seriously injured were transported to San Juan Hospital, approximately 75 miles away, even though it had no trauma response capabilities. The injured were treated and released or triaged and transported to other medical facilities that had trauma units and could provide a higher level of care. According to the San Juan County EMS Coordinator on scene, the last ambulance transporting injured passengers left the accident site at approximately 12:20 a.m., more than 4 hours after the accident. That ambulance was from the Navajo Nation.14 The injured were treated at 12 hospitals/medical centers and 1 clinic, as shown in table 2. The nearest Level I trauma center15 was in Flagstaff, Arizona, approximately 190 miles away.
12 There are three categories of emergency service: basic life support (BLS), provided by personnel trained to be emergency medical technicians; ALS, provided by paramedics; and specialty care transport (SCT), provided by personnel trained to conduct critical care service beyond the scope of paramedics. 13 Volunteer EMTs receive the same training as full-time EMT personnel. 14 This was the only responding agency that would not comply with a subpoena for its transport records needed to reconstruct travel times. 15 Level I trauma centers provide the highest level of surgical care for trauma patients and are staffed with surgeons and anesthesiologists 24 hours a day.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
11 Table 2. Distribution of emergency medical facilities. Facility Trauma levelA Distance from site Number of injured treatedB Blanding Family Practice Blanding, Utah No trauma unit 43 miles 9 Kayenta Medical Clinic Kayenta, Arizona No trauma unit 45 miles 2 San Juan Hospital Monticello, Utah No trauma unit 75 miles 26 Chinle Comprehensive Healthcare Facility Chinle, Arizona No trauma unit 115 miles 2 Allen Memorial Hospital Moab, Utah Level IV 117 miles 5 Sage Memorial Hospital Navajo Nation, Tuba City, Arizona No trauma unit 120 miles 2 San Juan Regional Medical Center Farmington, New Mexico Level III 130 3 Flagstaff Medical Center Flagstaff, Arizona Level I 190 miles 2 St. Mary’s Hospital Grand Junction, Colorado Level II 230 miles 10 Banner Good Samaritan Hospital Phoenix, Arizona Level I 340 miles 2 Primary Children’s Hospital Salt Lake City, Utah Level I 360 miles 1 University Hospital Salt Lake City, Utah Level I 360 miles 1 Intermountain Healthcare LDS Hospital Salt Lake City, Utah Level I 360 miles 1 ATrauma centers are designated levels I–V, with level I providing the highest level of care based on American College of Surgeons criteria.
BThe total number of injured treated is greater than the number of motorcoach occupants because several of the injured were moved between facilities.
A life-flight crew from St. Mary’s Hospital was requested but was grounded due to weather conditions. A Classic Lifeguard helicopter from Page, Arizona, was also requested but could not fly due to the weather conditions in northern Arizona. At 11:24 p.m., San Juan Hospital in Monticello, Utah, requested that St. Mary’s Hospital send an ALS ground ambulance. St. Mary’s Hospital responded by having its life-flight crew, which consisted of a flight nurse, a paramedic, and a physician, travel approximately 169 miles by ambulance to San Juan Hospital. The ambulance then picked up two seriously injured passengers; one died en route to St. Mary’s Hospital. The other fatality that did not occur at the accident scene involved a victim who died at Allen Memorial Hospital. That victim had been transported in a Grand County ALS ambulance that, while en route to Moab Airport to meet an airplane, was diverted to Allen Memorial Hospital in Moab due to the patient’s deteriorating medical condition.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
12 Southwest Memorial Hospital in Cortez, Colorado, sent two ALS ambulances with one paramedic in each to San Juan Hospital in Monticello, Utah, which is approximately 60 miles away. In addition, a physician from Southwest Memorial Hospital accompanied one of the ambulances to Monticello to assist that hospital’s emergency room. Several seriously injured passengers were transported from San Juan Hospital by ambulance to Allen Memorial Hospital in Moab, Utah, and then taken to Canyonlands Field Airport in Moab for air medical transport to trauma hospitals in Salt Lake City.16 The weather conditions in the area were poor, necessitating air transport into an airport equipped with a published instrument approach using aircraft capable of operating in instrument flight rules (IFR) conditions. Monticello Airport was not equipped with an instrument approach. Canyonlands Field Airport has an instrument approach, as does Blanding Municipal Airport in Blanding, Utah. Shortly after the accident, on January 8, approximately 50 first responders, hospital staff, and local government officials met for an EMS debriefing in Bluff, Utah. On January 17, regional officials participated in a second postaccident review meeting in Monticello, Utah. Emergency Preparedness San Juan County, located in the southeast corner of the State, is the largest county in Utah in land mass with a total area of 7,933 square miles.17 As of the 2000 census, 14,413 people resided in the county, or roughly 2 residents per square mile, making it one of the least densely populated counties in the United States. San Juan County’s emergency operations plan18 did not contain a formal mass casualty incident plan but did have annexes that cover rescue and emergency medical services, mass fatalities, and shelter/mass care. Within those annexes are sections entitled “Situations and Assumptions” and “Concept of Operation,” which outline recommended actions and contacts in the case of a disaster. The “Assumption” section in the “Rescue and Emergency Service” annex notes that any large-scale emergency would increase the demands of the volunteer EMS to the extent that any mass casualty event would overwhelm the limited response capabilities of San Juan County. The Utah Department of Health, Bureau of Emergency Medical Service’s Emergency Operations Plan includes a section entitled “Request for State and Federal Assistance,” which states that State and Federal healthcare assets must be formally requested through the Utah Department of Health. The State Bureau of EMS participates in the Emergency Medical Assistance Compact, which is a signed State-to-State mutual aid agreement. In addition, Utah has established regional EMS support teams located around the State. On the day after the
16 A flight of approximately 160 miles. 17 Larger than the State of Connecticut. 18 The county prepares the plan for Utah Department of Health approval.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
13 accident, a regional support team from Price, Utah, arrived to relieve first responders who had been working through the night of January 6.19 Utah and San Juan County use the National Incident Management System (NIMS).20 According to the San Juan County EMS Coordinator, both State and County personnel receive most of their NIMS training from the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). Beginning in 2007, all first responders receive NIMS IS 700 training, an introductory on-line course that explains the purpose, principles, and components of incident command systems and takes about 3 hours to complete. According to the San Juan County EMS Coordinator, the majority of its personnel have already received basic NIMS and NIMS IS 700 training.21 Weather After starting the trip in Telluride with snowy and icy roads, driving conditions improved as the accident motorcoach drove west, then south. The Utah investigative officer who responded to the accident stated that road conditions at 9:20 p.m. at the accident scene were dry. At 8:50 p.m., the San Juan County Sheriff’s Office had contacted the Bluff Station road supervisor, who dispatched two plows/sanders to the accident scene for debris removal. The plow operators arriving on scene at 10:30 p.m. reported foggy conditions and the road at the crash site to be damp from rain. Temperature instruments mounted in one of the trucks reported a road surface temperature of 37° F and air temperature of 41° F. Astronomical data obtained from the U.S. Naval Observatory for Blanding indicated that sunset was 5:14 p.m., end of twilight was 5:43 p.m., and, at the time of the accident, the sun was more than 15 degrees below the horizon. The phase of the moon was a waning crescent with only 3 percent of the moon’s disk visible.
19 Price is 240 miles from Mexican Hat. The EMS support team arrived in Monticello at 9:00 a.m. on January 7. 20 NIMS provides a consistent nationwide template to enable all Government, private-sector, and nongovernmental organizations to work together during domestic incidents, as required by Homeland Security Presidential Directive 5 (February 28, 2003). 21 NIMS is a national standard and a curriculum. Currently, six courses managed by FEMA are required for an individual or organization to be considered NIMS-compliant through FY 2007. Basic incident command system training consists of the four classroom courses (ICS 100, ICS 200, ICS 300, and ICS 400) and two independent study courses (IS 700, an introductory course for NIMS, and IS 800, an introductory course for the National Response Plan).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
14 Driver Information Driver Fitness The 71-year-old driver resided in Michigan and had worked part-time for Arrow since March 2007. He possessed a valid Michigan commercial driver’s license (CDL) with a passenger endorsement and a restriction limiting CDL use to class B/C vehicles only.22 Michigan motor vehicle records indicated that the driver had no record of violations or accidents during the previous 5 years of motorcoach driving. Prior to driving motorcoaches, the driver had 7 years of CDL experience as a truck driver. The driver’s most recent medical examination report for commercial driver fitness determination, dated February 21, 2007, reported his visual acuity as 20/30 in both eyes evaluated together, without corrective lenses. The driver was 67 inches tall and weighed 235 pounds, and his medical report referred to a history of heart disease, heart surgery, and high blood pressure, indicating “heart bypass 1996” and “leg bypass 1998.” The report noted “no” for “sleep disorders, pauses in breathing while asleep, daytime sleepiness, loud snoring.” The report also noted, “due to hypertension, the driver qualified for only 1 year.” The driver’s personal medical records23 documented a history of atherosclerotic disease24 with coronary artery bypass surgery in 1996 and angioplasty in 2005 as well as surgery to clear blockages in major arteries in both legs in 1998. A pharmacological stress test in 2006 showed no evidence of blocked coronary arteries at that time. The driver’s personal medical records also indicated a history of sleep disorders. He underwent a polysomnogram in January 2007 and was diagnosed with moderate obstructive sleep apnea. He was being treated with a CPAP device to assist with sleeping. Prior to treatment, he had complained of snoring, periods during which he stopped breathing at night, disturbed sleep, and sleepiness during the day. He had been on CPAP treatment for approximately 1 month at the time of his February 2007 commercial driver fitness examination,25 but he marked “no” to the question asking if he had any history of “sleep disorders, pauses in breathing while asleep, daytime sleepiness, loud snoring” on the form documenting that examination.
22 The expiration date on the license was December 8, 2011. A Michigan class B license applies to single vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more or a gross combination weight rating of 26,001 pounds or more, towing trailers/vehicles rated at 10,000 pounds GVWR or less. A class C license applies to vehicles under 26,001 pounds GVWR; vehicles that are designed to transport 16 or more persons including the driver; vehicles that carry 15 or fewer people (including the driver) transporting children to or from school and home regularly for compensation; or vehicles that carry hazardous materials in amounts requiring placarding. 23 Dated May 22, 2006, January 5, 2007, and February 8, 2007. 24 Often referred to as “hardening of the arteries.” 25 At the time of the accident, the driver had been using the CPAP device for 11 months.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
15 The driver told the tour group leader, who was one of his passengers, that he had been sick for the 3 days in Telluride preceding the return portion of the accident trip.26 The driver stated to investigators that, due to his head congestion, use of the CPAP device was difficult. The driver could not use the CPAP device the first night in Telluride and used it only sporadically the other 2 nights, adversely affecting his sleep for the 3 nights preceding the accident. The driver’s activities in the 72 hours before the accident are shown in figure 7.
Figure 7. Accident driver’s sleep and activity log. (Note: Black bars indicate time available for sleep, not necessarily sleep obtained. Driving time occurs within, but is not synonymous with, on-duty time.) The driver reported to investigators that during the trip, he experienced what he described as a head cold, including a constant “runny nose.” While he was in Telluride, the driver purchased the “non-drowsy” form of a cold medicine on two occasions and self-medicated throughout his stay. The driver stated that he did not use the medication on the day of the accident. Postaccident blood specimens were collected from the driver while he was hospitalized in Flagstaff, Arizona, for toxicological testing by the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute. These specimens tested negative for drugs and alcohol. The specimen samples were taken at 7:40 a.m. on January 7, nearly 12 hours after the accident. The police, lacking probable cause, did not administer any tests or require specimens from the driver. Telluride, Colorado, is located at 8,750 feet altitude. On January 3, as the driver traveled from Phoenix to Telluride, he would have gained more than 7,000 feet in altitude. Resorts in Telluride caution visitors about the town’s high altitude.27 Headache, nausea, trouble sleeping, nasal congestion, and dizziness are symptoms of acute mountain sickness. One of the other drivers observed that the accident driver experienced some shortness of breath while installing tire chains on the morning of the accident.
26 Another passenger reported that he overheard the driver’s statement. 27 See http://www.telluride.com/the-mountain/high-altitude-information.html.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
16 Driver Performance On the day of the accident, the driver awoke at 6:45 a.m., and after being awake for 8.5 hours, began the accident trip at 3:15 p.m. According to a passenger, the driver stopped to remove tire chains about 20–30 minutes after leaving Telluride; he was unable to complete that task without the assistance of several passengers and another Arrow driver. Given the rerouting and weather conditions, the trip would have taken at least 11 hours.28 According to passenger interviews, the driver said that the trip to Phoenix would take about 12 hours, with an anticipated arrival time between 3:00–4:00 a.m. Interviewed passengers mentioned that earlier in the accident trip, the driver drifted onto the shoulder, running over the rumble strips.29 Several expressed concern to each other about the motorcoach’s speed. They also reported that earlier in the trip, when the motorcoach was south of Blanding, the driver swerved and objects inside the bus shifted and that one of the passengers yelled “slow down” to the driver. The DriveCam II video event data recorder30 from the motorcoach recorded another passenger saying “slow down” 2.75 seconds before the accident. The Safety Board received a transcript of a tape-recorded interview of the driver by the Utah Highway Patrol Officer on scene following the accident. In that interview, he stated that he had the cruise control set at 65 or 66 mph. Safety Board investigators interviewed the driver 6 days after the accident, following his release from the hospital. The driver said that he thought he may have been going too fast for the curve, but he was not speeding and was driving at a speed of 65 mph or less. Investigators reviewed the DriveCam II video recording of the passengers and motorcoach’s interior. The driver can be seen in the video; however, the video recording rate of 4 images per second was insufficient to determine the driver’s gaze location, duration, or the length of eye closures. The view of the driver is from about mid-chest level upward. His upper- right arm and shoulder are visible but not his hands or the steering wheel. The video shows the driver making a steering input in the beginning of the accident curve. His shoulders and right upper arm rotate slightly to his left, and his head turns toward the left. Accelerometer data indicate the vehicle turns toward the left. The driver’s head remains in this leftward position from this time until the accident. After this initial input, little or no movement of the driver’s arms or shoulders occurs for the next 3 seconds. The driver then makes a larger shoulder and arm rotation to the left, which is held relatively constant until the collision occurs, about 4.75 seconds later. As the motorcoach departs the roadway, passengers exhibit looks of alarm and brace themselves. The driver reacts more slowly than the passengers.
28 The outbound trip from Phoenix to Telluride was slightly longer than 9 hours, based on the driver’s log. The driver left Telluride at 3:15 p.m.; the accident occurred about 5 hours later. The remainder of the trip to Phoenix is 340 miles and would have taken 6 hours. 29 The section of the road where the accident occurred did not have rumble strips. This comment applied to an earlier portion of the route. 30 For more information on the DriveCam II video recorder, see “Data Recording Equipment” in the “Vehicle Information” section of the Factual portion of this report.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
17 Motor Carrier Operation Busco, Inc., doing business as Arrow Stage Lines, is an interstate, authorized for-hire carrier of passengers headquartered in Norfolk, Nebraska, with business locations in seven western States. The family-owned business, which was established in 1928, has 48-State and Canadian authority.31 Arrow also provides military transportation between bases in Kansas and Missouri. Arrow purchased a charter company in Phoenix called “Corporate Transportation ‘N Tours,”32 which was the terminal from which the accident motorcoach operated. Arrow operates 179 motorcoaches in both scheduled and charter service using a mixed fleet of Setra, MCI, Prevost, and VanHool motorcoaches and smaller buses and vans. The average age of Arrow’s motorcoach fleet is 5 years. The company employs 337 drivers. The average age of Arrow drivers is 60. Single-day drivers are paid by the hour, and overnight charter drivers are paid a flat daily rate plus expenses. Oversight and Compliance Reviews The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s (FMCSA’s) January 19, 2006, compliance review of Arrow, conducted before the accident, resulted in an overall “satisfactory” rating. That review included ”conditional” ratings for Driver and Vehicle factors. At that time, Arrow had an accident rate of 0.37 accidents per million miles traveled.33 The FMCSA’s Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) database indicated that Arrow had also received compliance reviews in 1991, 1996, and 2000, all resulting in satisfactory ratings. The FMCSA conducted a postaccident safety fitness compliance review of Arrow on February 2, 2008. That on-site review resulted in an overall conditional rating, meaning that the carrier did not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standards.34 The conditional rating was the result of Arrow being rated less than satisfactory in three areas: Factor 2—Driver (conditional), Factor 4—Vehicle (conditional), and Factor 3—Operational (unsatisfactory). The review found that Arrow failed to conduct postaccident alcohol and drug testing on the accident driver, all 16 drivers completing the accident-related trip had hours-of-service violations, and Arrow was using a commercial motor vehicle not periodically inspected. These are all critical elements in determining a carrier’s safety rating. Records from that review show that Arrow traveled 10,333,556 miles in 2007; during that time, the company had 6 reportable accidents, resulting in 0.58 accidents per million miles traveled. The FMCSA has determined that motor carriers with an accident rate of 1.50 or greater are deficient. A followup to the postaccident review was conducted on August 18, 2008, resulting in a satisfactory rating.
31 U.S. Department of Transportation identification number 433377 and motor carrier number 232723. 32 Arrow purchased the charter company on February 1, 2005. 33 Title 49 CFR Part 385 B(c) defines deficient motor carriers as those with an accident rate above 1.50 accidents per million miles traveled. 34Title 49 CFR Parts 40, 325, 350, and 355–399.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
18 In addition to the MCMIS, the FMCSA uses the Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System (referred to as SafeStat) to evaluate the safety posture of a motor carrier and to determine which motor carriers should be scheduled for compliance reviews. Of the eight SafeStat performance levels, only three would trigger compliance reviews. According to FMCSA, Arrow’s most recent SafeStat scores showed the carrier not to be deficient.35 Roadside inspection data for the 12 months before the accident showed that Arrow had 180 vehicle inspections with 7 vehicles placed out of service (4 percent) and 80 driver inspections with 2 drivers placed out of service (2.5 percent). The national averages are 23 percent for vehicle inspections and 7 percent for driver inspections. The FMCSA uses an inspection selection system (ISS) program to aid roadside inspectors in selecting vehicles for inspection. The ISS rating system has been combined with the SafeStat system, resulting in a more uniform system, called ISS-D, which categorizes operators as follows: pass (no inspection recommended), optional, or inspect.36 Before the accident, Arrow received a “pass” rating in the system; as a result of the postaccident compliance review, Arrow was rated as “inspect” for roadside inspections. As of September 26, 2008, Arrow’s score was 73 (optional). The Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command of the U.S. Department of Defense contracts with a private company, Consolidated Safety Services Incorporated, to conduct facility, terminal, and vehicle inspections of motor carriers that transport military personnel. Consolidated Safety Services conducted a comprehensive audit of Arrow on October 9, 2007, in which Arrow received a rating of 1, the highest rating on a scale of 1–5. Hours of Service Hours-of-service regulations generally require carriers and drivers of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles not to exceed 10 hours of driving time following 8 consecutive hours off duty, except under adverse driving conditions. The hours-of-service regulations define adverse driving conditions as snow, sleet, fog, or other adverse weather conditions; a highway covered with snow or ice; or unusual road and traffic conditions, none of which were apparent on the basis of information known at the beginning of the accident trip. Under adverse conditions, a passenger-carrying driver en route to a destination is permitted to drive a commercial motor vehicle up to 2 additional hours to complete that run or to reach a place offering safety for the occupants of the commercial motor vehicle and security for the commercial motor vehicle and its cargo. However, drivers of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles may not drive or be permitted to drive for more than 12 hours total following 8 consecutive hours off duty.37 If a motor carrier or a driver is aware of adverse weather before departing on a trip, as would have been the case for the accident trip because of the lead driver’s knowledge of the road closure, the
35 As of December 19, 2007, Arrow scored as follows in these areas: 13.01—Accident, 33.97—Driver, and 6.43—Vehicle. A carrier scoring 75 or above in two or more areas warrants a compliance review. After the postaccident compliance review, Arrow scored higher than 75 in two areas (Driver—93.13 and Safety Management—89.53), prompting the followup review conducted in August 2008. 36 ISS-D score ranges are 1–49 (pass), 50–74 (optional), and 75–100 (inspect). 37 49 CFR 395.1(b)(iii), adverse driving conditions.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
19 adverse weather rule allowing 12 hours does not apply.38 The FMCSA’s postaccident compliance review found that 14 drivers exceeded the 10-hour driving rule and the 2 other drivers had false reports of duty status for the trip from Telluride, Colorado, to Phoenix. Arizona. Trip Communications Arrow normally provides Nextel wireless telephones to its drivers on trips involving multiple motorcoaches.39 Nextel units were not provided to the drivers for the accident trip because Nextel service coverage is very limited in the geographic area covered by the charter trip. Instead, drivers were encouraged to use personal wireless telephones to communicate with other drivers during the trip when coverage was available. A review of the motorcoach’s internal video recorder, DriveCam II, conclusively established that the driver was not using a wireless telephone at the time of the accident. An interview with the Arrow Safety Director confirmed that the lead driver had discussed plans for the return trip with the company on the day of the accident. Despite the fact that road closures due to heavy snowfall and avalanche risk are a common occurrence during winter months in the mountains, Arrow did not present the drivers with a contingency plan. The drivers did not request relief drivers, and Arrow did not arrange for them. Vehicle Information The accident motorcoach was a 2007 Motor Coach Industries, model J-4500, 56-passenger, three-axle, intercity motorcoach, delivered into service June 30, 2007, and registered in Nebraska. The total vehicle mileage was 23,941, and the gross vehicle weight was 54,000 pounds. The vehicle was equipped with a DriveCam II video event data recorder (VEDR) and a video entertainment system. The motorcoach was powered by a six-cylinder Caterpillar diesel engine equipped with a Jacobs Engine Brake40 and cruise control. In a postaccident interview with investigators, the driver stated that the “jake brake” was not engaged and it was not his practice to use it in changing road conditions (wet to dry). The vehicle had a conventional air brake system with disc brakes on all three axles. A postaccident visual inspection of the braking system was conducted,
38 The FMCSA’s interpretation of the hours-of-service regulations, guidance no. 5, states: “An absolute prerequisite for such claim must be that the trip involved is one of which could normally and reasonably have been completed without a violation and that the unforeseen event occurred after the driver began the trip. Drivers who are dispatched after the motor carrier has been notified or should have known of adverse driving conditions are not eligible for the two hours additional driving time provided under 396.1(b), adverse driving conditions.” 39 The Arrow employee manual states that cellular telephones should be used only when absolutely necessary and only for work-related communication. 40 An engine brake, often referred to as a jake brake, is a device that uses air compression to change the timing of the engine exhaust valves. The retarding power is proportional to the engine speed (rpm) and results in lower control speed in downhill descents with reduced use of the foundation braking system.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
20 and no audible leaks were detected from the pressurized system.41 The front wheels/tires were removed from the motorcoach, and an operational check of the brakes was performed by applying the service brake (regular brake pedal) in the driver’s compartment. When rotated, the hubs stopped when the brakes were applied. Because the automatic adjusting mechanism is integrated in the body of the disc brake system, there were no pushrods to be measured. No appreciable wear was found on the rotors,42 and the measured brake pads were well within wear limits.43 The vehicle was equipped with a Meritor-WABCO six-channel automatic braking system but did not have electronic stability control. The motorcoach was equipped with manufacturer-recommended-size tires,44 with more than adequate tread depths.45 The front tires remained inflated after the accident sequence, measuring 105 psi each; of the remaining six tires, four were deflated as a result of being off the bead or off the rim. Two tires on the middle dual-wheel drive axle measured 101 psi and 105 psi. The steering system was found to have adequate fluid; there were no indications of power steering fluid leaks. A portion of the steering assembly was damaged, consistent with accident damage.46 In a postaccident interview, the driver stated that he experienced no handling problems with the motorcoach.47 The DriveCam II video recording confirmed that the vehicle headlights were on. Testing of the headlight bulbs for filament distortion to determine whether the lights were on high or low beam was inconclusive. The setting of the high-beam steering wheel spring switch before the accident could not be confirmed, and no vehicle record of the setting was available.
41 The brake air system retained air pressure at 70 psi after the accident. 42 The front rotors were without cracks, and the rotor thickness was measured at 1.75 inches for the right-front brake and 1.77 inches for the left. Both measurements were similar to the approximately 1.75 inches found on a new rotor. 43 The brake pads were pulled and measured and none of the front brake pads exhibited heat damage. The right-inside pad measured 0.64 inch and the right-outside pad measured 0.62 inch; the left-inside pad measured 0.62 inch and the right-inside pad measured 0.64 inch, all well within the legal wear limit of 0.125 inch (1/8 inch) as required by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), Section 393.47. 44 Firestone model FS-400 radial tires that had an “L” speed rating (75 mph) and a “J” load rating (8,270 pounds at 120 psi). 45 The tires, when new, have tread depths of 0.562 (18/32) inch. The postaccident tread depths measured between 0.312 (10/32) and 0.562 (18/32) inch. FMCSR 393.75 states that any tire on the front wheel of a bus shall have a tread groove pattern depth of at least 4/32 inch, and all other tires shall have a tread groove pattern depth of 2/32 inch. 46 The steering shaft was disconnected from the U-joint on top of the miter box. The upper-front spare tire truss supporting the miter box was bent upward. One of the inner flanges of the U-joint had metal chipped away, and the end of the cross pin had pin indentations. The fresh markings on the cross pin showed that it had been fully engaged in the U-joint. 47 In a statement to the Utah Highway Patrol, the driver stated, “excellent equipment…new bus…handled like a dream.”
NTSB Highway Accident Report
21 Roof Design According to an MCI representative, the accident motorcoach, as well as others that MCI manufactures, was constructed using a monocoque-type frame. Monocoque construction offers a weight advantage and is commonly utilized in motorcoaches and van-type semitrailers, in which the sides of the vehicle bear a substantial part of the load in shear. The roof panel was made of aluminum and secured to the stainless steel roof bows using structural adhesive; the edges of the panel and the periphery of the roof hatches were riveted. The roof had five longitudinal supports running from the front-upper structure to the rear-upper structure. The roof was supported by eight stainless steel posts on each side, which extended vertically from the belt rail to the roof rail and were welded at the belt rail and again at the roof rail. Although not a single continuous tube, the eight vertical posts continued across the roof, becoming roof bows. Figures 8 and 9 illustrate segments of the motorcoach’s roof and side construction. The roof of the motorcoach became detached from the body during the rollover. The motorcoach rotated about its longitudinal axis, rolling over 360 degrees to its right, and approximately 180 degrees about its vertical axis, stopping on its wheels facing east. During the rollover, the right side of the motorcoach’s roof, at the lower edge of the window sill (sash rail) and vertical support posts for the window, became separated from the body. At final rest, the motorcoach was right side up, with the roof lying on the ground near the motorcoach, top side down. The windshield glazing and all windows along both sides of the motorcoach were displaced during the rollover.
Figure 8. Motorcoach roof design. (Source: MCI.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
22
Figure 9. Motorcoach side supports for roof. (Source: MCI.) Data Recording Equipment The accident vehicle was not equipped with an advanced event data recorder capable of detailed accident reconstruction, nor was it required to be. The electronically controlled engine did have an advanced electronic control module (ECM)48 capable of recording selected vehicle movement and performance information. The engine, as delivered by Caterpillar, had the ECM data recording function turned off and did not capture vehicle speed, rpm, or braking information at the time of the accident. Although not configured to record “quick stop” data, the ECM was capable of logging data associated with critical diagnostic events. Logged diagnostic data include information on when the event started, how long it was active, the extreme value, and the average values. ECM data extraction determined that the accident vehicle’s maximum speed had been recorded at
48 An ECM is a semiconductor unit for controlling ignition timing, fuel delivery, speed control, and other parameters related to the engine management system. It is capable of logging data associated with critical diagnostic events. This capability is not intended to capture crash data, but to assist technicians in trouble-shooting system fault conditions.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
23 88 mph. It could not be determined from ECM data when, over the life of the vehicle, that maximum speed occurred.49 ECM calibration and configuration data revealed that the cruise control feature of the ECM was enabled, with a maximum potential cruise speed of 72 mph. It could not be determined whether the electronic controls integrated in the steering wheel for the cruise control and the Jacobs engine brake were engaged at the time of the accident. The motorcoach was also equipped with a Saucon on-board global positioning system (GPS) and telemetry system capable of transmitting time-tagged location information. During recovery of the motorcoach on the day after the accident, the wrecker operator disconnected the vehicle battery, resulting in permanent and total loss of quick-stop data.50 The DriveCam II system incorporated digital recording capability that successfully captured interior and exterior video, audio, and dual-axis accelerometer (longitudinal and lateral)51 parametric data at the time of the crash. A detection of lateral acceleration of 0.45 g would have started a 20-second video and data recording. There was only one DriveCam II recording between Telluride and Mexican Hat, the one from the accident event, meaning that the camera did not sense any events that exceeded the thresholds prior to the accident. The DriveCam II video recorder utilized an internally housed 64-megabyte compact flash memory card to store video, audio, and accelerometer data. A review of the external video footage showed the motorcoach gradually departing the pavement to the right as the roadway curved to the left. No other vehicle or obstacle was involved.52 Road Design In southeastern Utah, U.S. 163 is a two-lane, asphalt-paved, secondary rural road with an average daily traffic count of 650 vehicles per day. The roadway forms part of the Trail of the Ancients National Scenic Byway and cuts through the heart of Monument Valley. Although the roadway is mainly straight, there are numerous curves and steep grades. The road is marked with a centerline and white edge lines and route delineator posts with reflectors. The surrounding terrain is rough with varying elevation. Shortly after the driver missed the U.S. 191 turn, and 10 miles before the accident site, U.S. 163 becomes a long downhill stretch (5-percent downgrade) beginning at approximately milepost 39.53 At the beginning of the downgrade, the driver would have experienced a sharp
49 The recording of a maximum speed in the ECM could occur during loss of traction and may not reflect a valid road speed. 50 Data storage in the unit was accomplished through volatile (internal random access) memory, requiring an uninterrupted power supply to maintain memory storage. 51 An accelerometer is an electromechanical device that measures the magnitude and direction of acceleration and gravity-induced reaction forces. 52 A discussion of the motorcoach’s internal video recording appears in “Driver Performance” in the “Driver Information” section of the Factual portion of this report. 53 Milepost numbers decrease on approach to the accident site.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
24 horizontal curve that was well marked with chevron curve signs54 and a 35-mph speed advisory warning. Beginning 4 miles before the accident site, about milepost 33, the highway begins a gradual descent,55 as shown in figure 10. The immediate approach to the curve where the accident occurred is a long, straight downgrade (1,200 feet long with a 5.6-percent downgrade), as shown in figure 11.
Figure 10. View of descending road grade, 4 miles before the accident site.
54 Chevrons are geometric shapes (<< >>) that indicate direction. 55 For more than a mile (6,400 feet) preceding the curve where the accident occurred, the highway averages a 4- percent downgrade.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
25
Figure 11. View of descending road grade in the direction of travel, immediately preceding the accident curve. The accident occurred on a long left-hand curve that extends for nearly one-third of a mile (1,641 feet) at milepost 29. The curve, shown in figure 12, has a spiral transition and a 1,400-foot radius resulting in a 4-degree curve. The curve had a 6-percent superelevation or bank. A curve warning sign is posted on the right-hand roadside approximately 750 feet in advance of the curve.56 The curve warning sign does not have a posted advisory speed warning sign. The posted speed for the area is 65 mph.
56 The curve sign is 12 feet from the roadside and 7 feet above the pavement.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
26
Figure 12. View of accident curve. The highway design plan indicates that this section of the roadway has a 60-mph design speed. In December 1996, ball-bank indicator tests57 were performed on this curve at the 65-mph speed limit, and a reading of less than 10-degree angle was observed,58 indicating that the reduced advisory speed did not need to be posted on this curve.59 The accident curve had a W-rail, weak-post guardrail60 erected 220 feet after the beginning of the curve. The guardrail, shown in figure 13, continued for approximately 550 feet along the right side of the road in the first half of the curve and was marked with reflectors. The guardrail provided vehicle protection from a drainage culvert at the toe of the slope, and the foreslope had a 1V:2H drop.61 This slope would be classified as critical, meaning that an errant
57 The term ball-bank indicator refers to an inclinometer used for the specific purpose of determining safe curve speeds for horizontal curves. It measures the overturning force (side friction), measured in degrees, on a vehicle negotiating a horizontal curve. 58 The minimum radius for a curve under these conditions is 1,348 feet. The road’s actual curvature is 1,432 feet. 59 A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (Washington, DC: AASHTO, 1994) page 144. 60 Weak-post guardrails provide larger dynamic deflections in a collision and are considered more forgiving than stiffer barriers. 61 The slope dropped 1 foot vertically for every 2 feet of horizontal distance.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
27 vehicle running off the road onto the slope would likely overturn. The existing guardrail had no end treatment.62
Figure 13. View of guardrail. On the left side of the road, approximately halfway through the curve, a bluff that is 20– 30 feet high extends across the landscape and up to the road’s edge. That terrain blocked the driver’s view of the route delineator posts marking the last 500 feet of the curve. Likewise, as the road curved to the left behind the bluff, the motorcoach headlights would not have illuminated reflectors on the route delineator posts. For approximately 200 feet after the guardrail, the terrain on the right side of the road rose into a 3-foot-high mound that was traversable and would serve to help an errant motorist regain control. A little over halfway through the curve, the foreslope again fell away from the side of the road bed at a rate of 1V:3H, a flatter slope. Guidance in the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Roadside Design Guide indicates that this slope is considered traversable but not recoverable.63 The Roadside Design Guide also indicates that a slope of this magnitude would not have been required to have a longitudinal barrier or guardrail unless some other hazard was located on the slope or in the clear zone.
62 The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Roadside Design Guide, Section 9.2.2, identifies standard guardrail end treatments. For further information, see American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Roadside Design Guide (Washington, DC: AASHTO, 2006). 63 In other words, an errant motorist would likely follow the slope down.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
28 Accident Location History Records for the 5-year period from 2002–2006 showed that 10 other accidents had occurred along the 4-mile-long stretch from mileposts 28–32. Four of these accidents were property damage only and six involved injuries but no fatalities. One accident occurred on the accident curve. One accident involved a truck; no motorcoaches were involved in that 5-year period. Further Utah Department of Transportation (UDOT) research found a record of a fatal accident involving a passenger car that had occurred on the accident curve in February 1997; in that accident, the driver had a blood alcohol concentration of 0.17 and, according to accident reconstruction, was traveling approximately 93 mph when he lost control of the vehicle. Rural Versus Urban EMS Response Most U.S. residents (approximately 85 percent) can reach either a level I or level II trauma center within an hour, but that proportion drops to 24 percent if only residents living in rural areas are considered. According to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), nearly 60 percent of all trauma deaths occur in rural areas,64 where 20 percent of the nation’s population lives. According to the National Academy of Sciences, the relative risk of a rural resident dying in a motor vehicle accident is 15 times greater than in urban areas, after adjusting for accident statistics, age, and gender. 65 NHTSA’s technical report on rural and urban crashes,66 based on Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) data from 1994–2003, reported that 218,539 fatal rural road accidents occurred during this 10-year period, resulting in 249,986 fatalities. The report states that proportionally more accidents occur in rural areas than in urban areas despite the fact that fewer miles are driven in rural areas, and rural accidents are more severe and cause greater injuries. The Safety Board’s recent data report, which was particular to the type of vehicle involved in the Mexican Hat accident, also found greater risk to charter/tour bus occupants involved in rural road accidents. That report, Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000-2007, is discussed in the Analysis section and presented in appendix B.
64 U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Contrasting Attributes Between Rural and Urban Fatal Crashes, 1994–2003, Technical Report DOT HS 809 896 (Washington, DC: NHTSA, 2005). 65 Emergency Medical Services: At the Crossroads, Institute of Medicine of the National Academies (Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2007). 66 DOT HS 809 896.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
29 AASHTO Strategic Highway Safety Plan The AASHTO Strategic Highway Safety Plan67 identifies 22 key emphasis areas (goals) that affect highway safety and focus attention on selected strategies to reduce highway fatalities.68 One of the 22 goals, Enhancing Emergency Medical Capabilities to Increase Survivability (#20), consists of five areas to be researched and evaluated. If an area is found to be effective, funding for it would be expanded nationally. The five areas to be researched are as follows: Strategy 20A: Develop and implement a model comprehensive approach that will ensure appropriate and timely response to the emergency needs of crash victims. Strategy 20B: Develop and implement a plan to increase education and involvement of EMS personnel in the principles of traffic safety. Strategy 20C: Develop and implement an emergency preparedness model in three high-incident interstate highway settings (urban, rural, and wilderness). Strategy 20D: Implement and/or enhance trauma systems. Strategy 20E: Develop and support integrated EMS/public health/public safety information and program activities. SAFETEA-LU and High-Risk Rural Roads The U.S. Department of Transportation’s Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) targets rural road safety through the High Risk Rural Road Program funded by the 2005 Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU). SAFETEA-LU establishes, in law, the requirements and funding for highway safety programs at the Federal and State levels from fiscal years 2006–2009. Each State must develop and implement a “Strategic Highway Safety Plan” that specifically identifies its Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP). Rural road safety improvements that are funded by SAFETEA-LU are treated as candidate HSIPs, which States can address in their annual Strategic Highway Safety Plans.69 Proposed HSIPs identify highway safety improvements and can help guide a State’s investment decisions to achieve a significant reduction in fatalities and serious injuries on rural roads. HSIPs generally target highway infrastructure and span a wide range of improvements,
67 See http://safety.transportation.org/elements.aspx. 68 State and Federal safety and transportation officials aim to reduce the fatality rate from 1.5 to no more than 1.0 fatality per 100 million vehicle miles traveled. 69 23 CFR 148.(a)(3)(B)(xxi).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
30 including lane and shoulder widening, rumble strips, skid-resistant road surfaces, traffic calming, or the removal of a roadside obstacle. Not all projects must be related to infrastructure improvement or highway construction; for example, one type of HSIP would be to improve the collection and analysis of crash data. In developing HSIPs, States must adhere to SAFETEA-LU’s requirement to incorporate a data-driven, analytical approach to highway safety based on traditional approaches to risk assessment that define risk in terms of accident frequency and accident severity. SAFETEA-LU requires each State to include in its Strategic Highway Safety Plan a crash data system, an analysis of hazardous locations and roadway elements, criteria for establishing the severity of locations, priorities for corrective action based on data analysis, and a data-driven means for evaluating the effectiveness of HSIPs. In its published guidance, the FHWA outlines a two-step process for identifying high-risk rural roads and selecting projects.70 The first step requires a State to identify eligible roadways with accident rates for fatalities and incapacitating injuries that exceed statewide averages for their respective roadway functional classifications. Accident rates must be based on crash data and on exposure data; typically, vehicle miles traveled (VMT), average daily traffic (ADT), and lane miles are considered exposure data, although States working toward a comprehensive statewide data system may use other sources for exposure data. States may also consider roads with a potential for increased traffic volumes and subsequent increase in accidents and fatalities. The second step in the identification and selection process requires a State to use the eligible set of roadways identified in the first step to determine appropriate safety improvements and select projects. These projects form the basis for the HSIPs that appear in a State’s Strategic Highway Safety Plan. Utah Highway Safety Improvement Program UDOT’s 2007 annual report summarizes the Utah Comprehensive Safety Plan,71 which includes four emphasis areas, including roadway departure crashes.72 Emphasis areas were identified based on Utah accident data, and locations selected for highway improvements were identified based on the high-proportion testing method73 rather than on accident rates. For
70 For FHWA guidance on the High Risk Rural Roads Program, see http://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/safetealu/hrrrpattachment.htm. 71 Utah’s version of the federally required Strategic Highway Safety Plan. 72 These emphasis areas form the basis of the “Utah 2007 Five Percent Report.” Other emphasis areas are the use of safety restraints, impaired driving, and aggressive driving. 73 Generally, for each highway segment, the probability that a specific crash type was proportionally higher than the average for roads belonging to the same functional class (that is, two-lane highways) was computed based on the binomial test. If this probability was greater than would be expected by chance, the site was flagged and the number of crashes of a specific type out of the total number of crashes at that site was reported. For example, a value of 8/10 would mean that there were 8 crashes of that crash type out of a total of 10 crashes at that site, meaning that the proportion is substantially greater than expected to occur strictly by chance. This screening method identifies highway segments that have a high proportion of a target collision (that is, emphasis area) in relation to all collisions
NTSB Highway Accident Report
31 roadway departure crashes, Utah has identified the 5 percent of roadway locations exhibiting the most severe safety needs and prioritized these locations for improvements such as rumble strips, signing, and education. All four improvement projects74 target 155 miles of roadway along interstate road segments: three along Interstate 70 and one along Interstate 15. Tests and Research Vehicle Speed Analysis The vehicle did not have an event data recorder, and vehicle performance data, as captured by the ECM, was limited. Consequently, the video record of the motorcoach departing the highway provided the best evidence of the event, and the Safety Board was able to develop a method for using those data to derive a speed estimate. Because the Safety Board does not have a history of using this analytical approach to calculate speed, several confirmatory analyses were also conducted. The three methods discussed in the following sections all corroborate the extreme speed of the motorcoach. To estimate the speed of the motorcoach just before departing the roadway, the Safety Board’s vehicle performance staff conducted an analysis of the video data taken from the motorcoach’s DriveCam II video recorder. The analysis matches video image data with fixed survey points from the accident scene to establish the motorcoach’s location in relation to time. A full discussion of the video study for this accident is presented in appendix C. That analysis determined that, 4 seconds before it departed the roadway, the accident motorcoach was traveling approximately 88 mph. The DriveCam II video recorder continuously records color images in 640x360 format, at as high a rate as possible, which can vary between 10 and 30 frames per second. At any time, there is an image in the image sensor buffer’s memory; these images are updated continually as new ones become available commensurate with the recording rate. The camera uses a 0.25-second timer to retrieve images from the buffer for storage into flash memory. Consequently, the actual timing difference between two adjacent stored images may vary from 0.15 second to 0.35 second;75 that is, there is a potential timing error of up to 0.1 second relative to the nominal timing period of 0.25 second. When a continuous sequence of images is
within a functional class for serious and fatal injury crashes. The high proportion testing method is an effective way to evaluate crash history when traffic volume data are insufficient to facilitate the use of crash rates. 74 The projected cost for the improvements to the four interstate segments was $650,000. 75 The worst-case variance occurs at the slowest image acquisition rate of 10 times per second. If the timer selects an image from the buffer that is “old” by 0.09999 second and then 0.25 second later, selects a just-refreshed buffer image (age 0.00001 second), the actual recording time between the two images can be as long as 0.34999 second. Conversely, if the timer selects a just-refreshed image recorded at 0.00001 second and 0.25 second later, it selects an “old” image, the difference in recording times between such images can be as short as 0.15001 second.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
32 considered, the timing error remains ±0.1 second relative to the total duration of the continuous sequence of images. The DriveCam II video recording starts 10 seconds before the triggering event and lasts 10 seconds after the event, generating a total of 81 frames.76 A triggering event is an acceleration that exceeds threshold.77 The DriveCam II system includes one forward- and one rearward- facing camera. Only the video from the forward-facing camera viewing the roadway was used in the speed analysis. Safety Board staff calibrated the camera and mathematically corrected for distortion associated with its wide-angle lens. On January 14–15, 2008, the Safety Board, UDOT, and Utah Highway Patrol staff used survey equipment consisting of a Trimble Robotic Total Station and Trimble 5800 receivers to take precise measurements of the accident scene. (This information is depicted in the scene diagram in figure 4.) Those survey data provided 183 fixed points (points on solid white lines, solid and broken yellow lines, and reflector locations) for use in the video study. Particularly useful reference points were the 12 reflectors that were mounted on a guardrail. The analysis determined the location of the moving vehicle by comparing locations of landmarks in the camera image with their locations in a mathematically synthesized image based on surveyed data. If, at an assumed vehicle location, the camera image landmarks and synthesized image landmarks coincide, then the vehicle location is assumed to be where the vehicle was when the camera image was acquired. Vehicle speed was then estimated by “driving the distance” between locations within a timeframe corresponding to camera image frames. Motorcoach locations were estimated at 19 known vehicle positions (18 intervals) corresponding to the time period -8.75 to -4.25 second relative to the triggering event. A speed estimate based on exact 0.25-second timing of the camera frame intervals was calculated, as well as upper and lower speed estimates that take into account the potential ±0.1 second timing error. The lower bound of the estimated speed at the end of the considered time period was 88 mph. (See figure 14.)
76 10 seconds x 4 frames per second + 1 frame of the triggering event + 10 seconds x 4 frames/per second = 81 frames. 77 The threshold settings were 0.5 g for forward acceleration, 0.45 g for lateral acceleration, and 1.5 g for shock in either direction.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
33
Figure 14. Vehicle speed estimate versus number of frame intervals (video analysis). Vehicle Acceleration Analysis Safety Board staff also conducted analytical work to determine whether the accident motorcoach could have reached the estimated speeds shown in figure 14 with the engine governed at 72 mph.78 That analysis was based on the physical parameters of the vehicle (including mass, aerodynamic drag coefficient, and tire rolling resistance coefficient) and the forces acting on the vehicle.79 The acceleration was estimated using a simulation model of the
78 The accident motorcoach’s engine had a governor that shut off fuel at 72 mph. 79 Vehicle mass, frontal area of the vehicle, air density, downgrade slope, and acceleration of gravity were known with some degree of precision. The nominal value of the aerodynamic drag coefficient was estimated to be 0.6 and the values of 0.5, 0.6, and 0.7 were considered in the analysis. The nominal value of the tire rolling resistance coefficient is usually assumed to be 0.01, and the values of 0.01 and 0.02 were considered in the analysis.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
34 vehicle dynamics starting with the motorcoach entering a 4.5-percent downgrade at 70 mph. That analysis showed the vehicle reaching a speed of 90 mph in 54 seconds.80 Over the 1,000-foot-long segment of roadway approaching the curve, the road downgrade decreases from about 5 percent to about 3 percent. An analysis was performed to estimate the effect of the downgrade reduction on the motorcoach’s speed. That simulation started at 88 mph and showed the motorcoach to slow by less than 0.2 mph. The Safety Board also calculated a terminal velocity of the vehicle, which is a steady state speed at which gravitational forces on the roadway downgrade are balanced by aerodynamic drag and tire rolling resistance forces. The nominal terminal velocity on a 5-percent downgrade using conservative values81 was estimated to be 96.7 mph. Although these vehicle performance analyses are only estimates based on acceptable engineering practices, they serve as additional confirmation that the motorcoach could attain the 88-mph speed estimated from the video analysis. Engine Performance Data The motorcoach’s engine ECM provided two data parameter fields within the Fleet and Driver Trip Reports that were used for evaluating the validity of the speed analyses. The subject ECM data indicated that the maximum vehicle speed ever obtained during the vehicle’s life was 88 mph.82 Staff also conducted a vehicle speed-by-gear ratio analysis based on the accident motorcoach’s known mechanical properties. Although the motorcoach’s engine was governed at 72 mph, it was capable of achieving much higher road speeds while in 10th gear when going downhill. Calculations indicated that, while in 10th gear, the motorcoach could obtain a road speed of approximately 88 mph with the engine being driven at 2,000 rpm.
80 Over a distance of approximately 6,500 feet. 81 The analysis used an aerodynamic drag coefficient of 0.7 and a rolling resistance coefficient of 0.02. 82 ECM values are not heavily filtered and can be subject to “noise” that generates “spikes” in the data received and interpreted by the ECM. Data spikes in vehicle speed can be the result of noise caused by excessive vibration, the improper installation of a speed sensor, or intermittent connections within the wiring.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
35 Analysis This analysis first discusses the factors and conditions that the Safety Board has excluded as neither causing nor contributing to the accident. It then provides a brief overview of accident events and discusses some of the safety issues relevant to the accident: driver fatigue, excessive vehicle speed, hours-of-service violations, and motor carrier trip planning. It then discusses the Safety Board’s concern about the motorcoach crashworthiness and the lack of adequate occupant protection systems for passengers in commercial motorcoaches. The analysis concludes with a discussion of emergency medical services notification and response with regard to large motorcoaches traveling on rural roads. Exclusions Single-vehicle, run-off-the-road crashes are primarily associated with driver fatigue or distraction. Based on interviews and video records, the Safety Board was able to rule out several of the most common driver distractions. Video evidence also confirmed that the driver was not using his cellular telephone and was not incapacitated at the time of the accident. Toxicological testing found no evidence of illicit drugs. The Safety Board therefore concludes that the driver was neither distracted by his cellular telephone nor impaired by illicit drugs at the time of the accident. Although the Safety Board can conclude from toxicological testing that the driver was not impaired by illicit drugs, toxicological testing was performed too late for the Safety Board to conclusively rule out alcohol as a factor in this accident. However, there was no evidence that the driver drank during the 5 hours that he drove the bus; nor was there evidence for the police to have probable cause to test the accident driver for alcohol or drugs. The Safety Board therefore concludes that, although it was unlikely that the driver was under the influence of alcohol, the delay in collecting a toxicological specimen prevents the Safety Board from conclusively ruling out alcohol as a factor in this accident. Although the weather affected the accident trip overall, road conditions at the time of the accident were reported to be dry. The Safety Board therefore concludes that the weather at the time of the accident was not a factor in the motorcoach’s departure from the roadway. Based on physical evidence, investigators were also able to confirm that a tire blowout, brake failure, or steering failure did not affect the driver or vehicle. There were no precrash mechanical defects found during postaccident inspection of the motorcoach. The Safety Board concludes that the mechanical condition of the motorcoach was not a factor in this accident. Investigators also considered the role of highway design in the accident. The accident curve’s signage complied with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).83 The bank-ball indicator test conducted by UDOT confirmed that the curve did not need an additional
83 U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Washington, DC: FHWA, 2003).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
36 advisory speed warning sign84 for less than the 65-mph posted speed. Evaluation of the curve showed it had good frictional properties and the proper bank and radius for the posted speed. Additionally, no tire yaw marks were found on the roadway.85 The guardrail erected at the beginning of the curve provided a barrier for a drainage culvert at the bottom of a steep slope (1V:2H).86 Although the absence of end treatment for the existing guardrail was substandard, it was not a factor in the accident. Following the guardrail in the center portion of the curve, the terrain rose into a 3-foot-high berm that would be traversable and might aid an errant motorist in regaining control after departing the roadway. The last section of the curve had a foreslope of 1V:3H that, according to the AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, is traversable but not recoverable. A longitudinal barrier or guardrail would not be warranted for a slope of this magnitude unless some other hazard was located on the slope in the clear zone. In summary, the posted speed was appropriate for the curve, the signage was correct, and, based on Roadway Design Guide guidelines, additional roadside barriers were not warranted. The Safety Board concludes that the design and condition of the highway were not factors in this accident. Accident Discussion The part-time driver had been ill during his stay in Telluride, Colorado, and suffered from a self-reported difficulty sleeping that resulted in a lack of adequate rest during each of the 3 nights before the accident. He was experiencing head congestion that he attributed to a head cold, but the symptoms could also have been associated with altitude sickness.87 Sleep disturbances are common in individuals sleeping at higher altitudes than normal and, on the first day of the trip, the driver gained 7,000 feet in altitude.88 The driver had previously been diagnosed with obstructive sleep apnea and was prescribed a CPAP device to assist with sleeping. The driver’s head congestion would have resulted in restricted air capacity of his nasal passages, which, in turn, would have inhibited the effectiveness of the CPAP device, which operates by supplying forced air to assist in breathing. The driver did not use his CPAP device the first night in Telluride and used it only sporadically
84 MUTCD, Sign W1-2. 85 Tire yaw marks occur when a vehicle slides sideways while still moving forward. 86 The slope dropped 1 foot vertically for every 2 feet of horizontal distance. 87 Altitude sickness can occur when people rapidly ascend to a high altitude as a result of the combination of reduced air pressure and a lower concentration of oxygen at high altitude. Symptoms are commonly mild and can include difficulty sleeping, dizziness, fatigue, headache, nasal congestion, loss of appetite, nausea, rapid heart rate, or shortness of breath with exertion. 88 T.A. Kinsman, A.G. Hahn, C.J. Gore, B.R. Wilsmore, D.T. Martin, and C.M. Chow, “Respiratory Events and Periodic Breathing in Cyclists Sleeping at 2,650-m Simulated Altitude,” Journal of Applied Physiology, Volume 92, No. 5 (2002): 2114-8, determined that 15 of 17 subjects experienced significant increase in sleep-disturbing events at simulated altitudes of 2,000 to 8,700 feet.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
37 the other 2 nights. Based on the driver’s statements, he was aware that he had not been sleeping adequately during his time in Telluride. On the day of the accident, the driver had been awake for 8.5 hours, and, at 3:15 p.m., he began the anticipated 10–12 hour trip. Physical evidence of the vehicle’s gradual departure from the road is consistent with run-off-the-road crashes associated with fatigue. The Safety Board therefore concludes that the driver was experiencing diminished alertness and fatigue-related impairment due to inadequate sleep resulting from the following factors: head congestion, possible problems acclimating to high altitude, and his sporadic use of his CPAP sleeping device during the accident trip. Nine miles before the accident, at milepost 38, the driver would have experienced a sharp, well-marked curve where the posted speed decreased to 35 mph. Several interviewed passengers stated that before the accident, the driver drove off the road and when he swerved back, passengers’ personal belongings slid out from under the seats.89 At that point, a passenger shouted “slow down.” Another passenger estimated this occurred about 10 minutes before the accident. That time estimate correlates with the sharp curve at milepost 38. Video evidence taken seconds before the accident also records a raised voice saying “slow down.” Interviews indicate that passengers had voiced concern during the trip that the driver was going too fast. The Safety Board’s video analysis, summarized in the factual portion of this report and presented in detail in appendix C, determined that the vehicle was traveling at approximately 88 mph. The Safety Board conducted several other confirmatory estimates of speed. The ECM’s recorded maximum speed for the accident motorcoach was 88 mph. Vehicle speed based on the DriveCam II video recorder’s lateral accelerometer was estimated at 89 mph. Further, vehicle performance modeling of the vehicle’s acceleration on the downgrade of the road and of its terminal velocity showed that the vehicle had the capacity to exceed 90 mph. Vehicle performance analysis using engine speed, gear ratios, and tire geometry also confirmed that the motorcoach could reach a speed of 88 mph. The Safety Board concludes that the motorcoach was traveling approximately 88 mph in a 65-mph speed zone when the driver departed the road and lost control of his vehicle. Due to the driver’s diminished state of alertness, he may have neglected to monitor the motorcoach’s excessive speed as the vehicle traversed a long, straight descent. In a dark, rural area with few outside lights for reference and with some level of inside light reflection from the motorcoach’s entertainment video, the driver may have focused exclusively on lane following on the narrow two-lane rural road.90 The driver’s lack of awareness of driving tasks was also evident in the route-following mistake that occurred shortly before the accident. The fact that a passenger had, within minutes of the accident, shouted for the driver to “slow down” makes a compelling case that the vehicle speed had been called to the driver’s attention. At that time, several miles before the accident curve, the driver may have slowed down. But with the progressive downgrade, the motorcoach would have again picked up speed. A fatigued, inattentive driver may have been unaware of the increasing speed of the vehicle on the long downgrade just before
89 A detection of lateral acceleration of 0.45 g would have started a 20-second video and data recording. The DriveCam II accelerometer did not record the reported event. 90 C.D. Wickens, Attentional Tunneling and Task Management, NASA Ames Research Center Technical Report AHFD-05-23/NASA-05-10 (Moffett Field, CA: NASA, December 2005).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
38 the accident curve. The Safety Board concludes that the driver’s fatigue affected his monitoring of the motorcoach’s speed. The driver’s excessive speed contributed to his inability to regain control of the vehicle once it departed the roadway. Reaction time for steering inputs to correct for the road departure would have been in the range of 2.5–4.0 seconds.91 Evidence at the accident scene indicated that the vehicle traveled 350 feet from the point of road departure to where it lost traction on the embankment.92 At a speed of approximately 88 mph, the vehicle would have traveled that distance in approximately 2.7 seconds.93 The DriveCam II video recording shows that the driver traveled this portion of the accident sequence without reacting until the very end. Video evidence shows that the driver reacted more slowly than the passengers in realizing that the motorcoach had departed the roadway. The driver’s abrupt final steering input to the left probably contributed to a vehicle trajectory that involved a full 360-degree rollover. The Safety Board concludes that the driver’s reaction to the motorcoach’s departure from the roadway was delayed and, by the time he executed corrective steering action, he had lost control of the vehicle. The driver made a series of errors just before the accident that were associated with inattention: he was not monitoring his speed; he made some, but not enough, steering input to accomplish lane following; he did not respond to the increased lateral acceleration of the motorcoach;94 and he was slower than the passengers in realizing that his right wheels were off the roadway. The accident sequence can therefore be summarized as follows: (1) the driver was fatigued and in a diminished state of alertness at the time of the accident; (2) the driver was speeding and neglected to establish an appropriate speed for the upcoming curve; (3) the driver’s response to the road departure was delayed; and (4) given that delayed response, the driver had almost no opportunity to regain control of the vehicle. Fatigue Countermeasures The FHWA recommends that continuous shoulder rumble strips (CSRS) be installed on rural freeways and expressways as an effective means of reducing single-vehicle, run-off-road crashes caused primarily by motorist inattention. Utah is now installing these devices along its interstate highways as part of its HSIP. But, citing increased maintenance costs and safety concerns for bicyclists, the FHWA does not recommend CSRS for all roadway types. For rural
91 National Cooperative Highway Research Program, Human Factors Guidelines for Road Systems, NCHRP Report 600A (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2008) uses 3 seconds in Perception-Identification-Emotion-Volition (PIEV) calculations and 2.5–4.0 seconds PIEV for brake reaction time. AASHTO uses 2.5 seconds for perception-reaction time (PRT) criteria. PRT should not be viewed as a fixed human attribute; therefore, a general range is most appropriate for this discussion. 92 At 88 mph, the motorcoach could have traveled 323–516 feet in 2.5–4.0 seconds. 93 Because the vehicle was decelerating based on the changing surface conditions, the time could be slightly longer. 94 Research cited by AASHTO indicates that a lateral acceleration of 0.2 g or greater makes drivers uncomfortable, prompting them to slow down in response. The driver’s lateral acceleration prior to departing the roadway, at 2.75 seconds before impact, reached 2.5 g, causing papers to slide off the front passenger seat.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
39 multilane and two-lane roadways, the FHWA recommends that an engineering study or crash analysis be conducted to determine whether crashes would likely be reduced by the presence of rumble strips. The low traffic count and the low accident rate make it unlikely that the Utah DOT would embark on a CSRS infrastructure improvement along U.S. 163. Moreover, CSRS treatment to the roadside would not have prevented this accident because of the driver’s excessive speed. The high-speed departure from a rural two-lane roadway with narrow shoulders offered too short a timeframe for detection, processing, and corrective action. The Safety Board’s recent investigation of a truck-tractor semitrailer rollover accident that resulted in the subsequent collision of a motorcoach with the overturned truck in Osseo, Wisconsin,95 examined the issue of fatigue countermeasure technologies in detail. As a result of that investigation, the Safety Board asked that the FMCSA develop and implement a plan to deploy technologies in commercial vehicles to reduce the occurrence of fatigue-related accidents (Safety Recommendation H-08-13). The Safety Board is currently awaiting the FHWA’s response to that recommendation.96 Driver Medical Conditions In February 2007, the CDL medical examiner set the accident driver’s fitness examination timeframe for renewal at 1 year instead of the usual 2 years due to the driver’s hypertension.97 During that examination, the driver did not acknowledge a history of sleep disorders. The driver’s sleep disorder had been medically evaluated and was being treated with a CPAP device that the driver had used for approximately 1 month before the CDL medical examination. Because the driver’s sleep disorder was being treated, it is unclear whether the medical examiner would have modified his certification decision even had that information been conveyed. In addition to obstructive sleep apnea, the driver had a history of several other health conditions. His coronary artery disease had been treated, and a recent stress test was normal. His high blood pressure was controlled by medication. The driver was also obese; he had a body mass index (BMI) of 36.8 kg/m2.98,99 The FMCSA’s Medical Review Board (MRB) has identified a set of medical conditions that, occurring in combination, would factor into the duration of medical certification. The investigation revealed that the driver had multiple medical conditions that are the subject of a recent MRB recommendation. However, no evidence exists,
95 National Transportation Safety Board, Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rollover and Motorcoach Collision With Overturned Truck, Interstate Highway 94 Near Osseo, Wisconsin, October 16, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2008). 96 Safety Recommendation letter to the FMCSA dated February 2, 2009. 97 Arrow also has an operating policy that states that drivers 65 years and older must be medically certified every year; Arrow pays for that medical certification. 98 The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention defines obesity as a BMI of 30 kg/m2 or greater. 99 On January 28, 2008, the MRB presented recommendations to the FMCSA that included screening drivers for obstructive sleep apnea if they had a BMI of greater than 35 kg/m2 and warning drivers of the consequences of CPAP device non-use.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
40 either from the witnessed actions of the driver before the accident or from the driver’s medical history, that these conditions played a role in the accident. The Safety Board therefore concludes that none of the driver’s preexisting medical conditions, except for sleep apnea, played a role in this accident. The Safety Board is closely following the MRB’s work and the FMCSA’s disposition of its recommendations. The Safety Board’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements includes the prevention of medically unqualified drivers from operating commercial vehicles. Safety Recommendations H-01-17 through -24,100 issued as a result of the Safety Board’s investigation of a 1999 motorcoach accident in New Orleans, Louisiana,101 address all aspects of an appropriate, comprehensive program for Federal medical oversight of commercial drivers.102 In October 2008, the Safety Board considered this issue at its meeting to update the Federal Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements and classified the FMCSA’s response on this issue as “Unacceptable.” In February 2009, the Safety Board commented on the FMCSA’s notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM),103 addressing the certification, training, and testing of medical examiners. Hours of Service Arrow received a conditional rating during a postaccident compliance review conducted in February 2008.104 One component of that less-than-satisfactory rating was based on violations of the hours-of-service regulations (49 CFR Part 395). In addition to the accident driver, 16 other drivers associated with the Telluride trip had such violations: 14 had exceeded the 10-hour driving rule, 2 had falsified records, and 10 had exceeded the 15-hour work rule. The lead driver communicated with Arrow management on the morning of the accident trip and, following that telephone call, made the decision to return to Phoenix along the alternate route. Hours-of-service regulations allow drivers to complete 10 hours of driving time under normal conditions. The regulations also provide consideration for adverse driving conditions, allowing for up to 12 hours of driving time, but only when those conditions are encountered en route, not if they are known prior to departure. The driving time exception would not have applied to the accident trip, which started on an alternate route because adverse weather had closed the preferred route, prompting drivers to begin the trip equipped with tire chains. The accident route was 556 miles, so travel time would have had to average better than 55 mph to not
100 Only two of these eight recommendations (H-01-19 and -20, on updating medical certification regulations) are currently in “Acceptable” status. 101 National Transportation Safety Board, Motorcoach Run-Off-The-Road Accident, New Orleans, Louisiana, May 9, 1999, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-01/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2001). 102 For more information, see http://www.ntsb.gov/recs/mostwanted/medical_certification.htm. 103 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, “National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners,” Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 231, pp. 73129–73147. 104 Arrow received two compliance reviews in the 2 years preceding the accident; in January 2006, Arrow received a satisfactory rating from the FMCSA; in October 2007, Arrow received a rating of 1 (highest) from the U.S. Department of Defense contractor Consolidated Safety Services.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
41 exceed the 10-hour hours-of-service rule. Considering the mountainous secondary roads, adverse weather conditions, and time required to remove tire chains, the average rate of travel should have been expected to be less than 55 mph, resulting in a trip time that would have exceeded 10 hours. The Safety Board concludes that both Arrow and its drivers knew of the adverse weather conditions before starting the accident trip and thus intentionally engaged in a trip that would likely exceed hours-of-service regulations. Until systemic monitoring capabilities are put in place, hours-of-service violations can be expected to continue. It has been the Safety Board’s position that the only way the FMCSA can effectively enforce carrier hours-of-service compliance is to mandate the use of electronic on-board recorders (EOBRs) by all operators.105 Over 2 years ago, the FMCSA issued an NPRM106 requiring EOBRs for the most egregious hours-of-service violators; that NPRM has not yet been issued as a final rule. The Mexican Hat accident involves a carrier that would not likely be affected by the proposed EOBR rule; this accident again illustrates why the Safety Board’s past recommendation called for EOBRs for all commercial operators, not just problem carriers. The Safety Board therefore reiterates its EOBR recommendation to the FMCSA: Require all interstate commercial vehicle carriers to use electronic on-board recorders that collect and maintain data concerning driver hours of service in a valid, accurate, and secure manner under all circumstances, including accident conditions, to enable the carriers and their regulators to monitor and assess hours-of-service compliance. (H-07-41) Arrow Trip Scheduling At the time of the accident, the driver had been driving for approximately 5 hours and was within the operational time constraints of the hours-of-service regulations. However, both Arrow and the drivers should have been aware that the scheduling of the longer return trip would be problematic. The trip route from Phoenix to Telluride was 486 miles, but the rerouted return trip was 556 miles, presenting the likelihood that contingency planning would be needed to avoid hours-of-service violations.107 Arrow’s options to avoid exceeding hours-of-service requirements included overnight accommodations for the more than 800 passengers and drivers, either in Telluride or along the
105As a result of its investigation of a 2004 accident involving a fatigued tractor-trailer driver, the Safety Board recommended that EOBRs be required for all interstate commercial carriers (Safety Recommendation H-07-41). For further information, read National Transportation Safety Board, Rear-End Chain Reaction Collision, Interstate 94 East, Near Chelsea, Michigan, July 16, 2004, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-07/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2007). 106 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, “Electronic On-Board Recorders for Hours-of-Service Compliance,” Federal Register, vol. 72, no. 11, pp. 2340–2394, January 18, 2007. 107 FMCSA Regulation 392.6, Schedules to Conform With Speed Limits, provides the following guidance about trip length: Total trip distances of 550–600 miles on highways with a speed limit of 65 mph or of 450–500 miles on highways with a speed limit of 55 mph are considered “questionable,” and motor carriers may be asked to document that such trips were made in compliance with the speed limit and hours-of-service limitations.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
42 return route to Phoenix108 or the provision of relief drivers along the route for the 17 motorcoaches. Either option would have required substantial coordination, both in terms of the logistics to arrange either hotel accommodations or additional drivers and with the charter passengers, who expected to return to regular activities on Monday following the weekend trip. Arrow could not reasonably expect the drivers to handle contingency plan arrangements for rescheduling the charter trip to avoid exceeding hours-of-service regulations. The Safety Board therefore concludes that Arrow should have developed contingency plans to avoid hours-of-service violations associated with the return trip. For contingency plans to be effective, they must be considered before the start of the trip, documented, and coordinated with the charter group. The Safety Board believes that Arrow should develop written contingency plans for each charter to ensure that trip planning is in place in the event of driver fatigue, incapacitation, or illness or in the event of trip delays necessitating replacement drivers to avoid hours-of-service violations and inform drivers of their trip’s contingency plans. Such plans could include but not be limited to: identifying alternate drivers and equipment and checking on their availability, identifying suitable relief positions to swap drivers or equipment, planning rerouting options around road closures or weather, and identifying overnight accommodations that could be contacted in the event that a trip needs to be delayed. Moreover, the Safety Board believes the American Bus Association (ABA) and the United Motorcoach Association (UMA) should inform their members through Web sites, newsletters, and conferences of the circumstances of the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident. The prepared information should encourage charter operators to develop written contingency plans for each charter to ensure that trip planning is in place in the event of driver fatigue, incapacitation, or illness or in the event of trip delays necessitating replacement drivers to avoid hours-of-service violations and inform drivers of their trip’s contingency plans. Occupant Protection Systems A comprehensive occupant protection system considers many aspects of the vehicle, including roof strength, window glazing, seat strength, and restraints and their anchorage strength—all working together to protect occupants in the event of a crash. Further, the vehicle needs to remain intact and protect the survivable space of the occupants, and the occupants need to remain within their seating compartments. The most direct method of retaining passengers in motorcoach seating compartments is lap/shoulder belts, but because no Federal regulations require motorcoaches in the United States to have occupant protection systems, few motorcoaches are so equipped. The Safety Board’s 1999 bus crashworthiness special investigation109 called for NHTSA to develop standards for motorcoach occupant protection systems and require their use. As a result of that special
108 Arrow could have delayed the trip departure until the shorter route through Lizard Head Pass was reopened, though it is unlikely that room accommodations in the resort town would have been available. For such a large group, accommodations all along the return route would have been necessary. 109 National Transportation Safety Board, Bus Crashworthiness Issues, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/04 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1999).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
43 investigation, the Safety Board issued recommendations concerning occupant protection and roof strength, two of which (H-99-47 and -50) are on the Safety Board’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements:110 In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach occupant protection systems that account for frontal impact collisions, side impact collisions, rear impact collisions, and rollovers. (H-99-47) Once pertinent standards have been developed for motorcoach occupant protection systems, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to have an occupant crash protection system that meets the newly developed performance standards and retains passengers, including those in child safety restraint systems, within the seating compartment throughout the accident sequence for all accident scenarios. (H-99-48) In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach roof strength that provide maximum survival space for all seating positions and that take into account current typical motorcoach window dimensions. (H-99-50) Once performance standards have been developed for motorcoach roof strength, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to meet those standards. (H-99-51) The Safety Board’s 1999 special investigation concluded that the overall injury risk to occupants in motorcoach accidents involving rollover and ejection would be reduced significantly by retaining the occupant in the seating compartment throughout the collision. Ten years later, no Federal regulations or standards require motorcoaches operated in the United States to be equipped with occupant protection systems except for the driver. This accident, with 50 ejections, represents an extreme case, but motorcoach passenger ejections during accidents are not rare. From 1998 to 2008, the Safety Board investigated 33 motorcoach accidents involving 255 passenger ejections (see appendix D).111 Complete separation of a motorcoach roof during rollover is a rare accident event that increases the likelihood of passenger ejections from the motorcoach. However, because energy increases exponentially with speed, the failure mechanisms affecting a vehicle traveling approximately 88 mph indicate little about the roof’s ability to withstand controlled crash forces at significantly slower test speeds. Furthermore, because motorcoaches in the United States are not required to meet any roof strength standards, or even passenger crash protection standards, assessing the vehicle’s ability to protect passengers during a crash at any speed is difficult.
110 The Safety Board’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements is a program to increase the public’s awareness of and support for action to adopt safety steps that can help prevent accidents and save lives. 111 The Safety Board is currently investigating six additional motorcoach accidents involving ejections: Westport, New York (HWY-06-MH-026); Clearfield, Pennsylvania (HWY-07-IH-020); Bowling Green, Kentucky (HWY-07-IH-022); Sherman, Texas (HWY-08-MH-022); Victoria, Texas (HWY-08-MH-011); and Dolan Springs, Arizona (HWY-09-MH-009). The total number of passenger ejections has not yet been determined.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
44 Subsequent to issuance of the Board’s safety recommendations, NHTSA developed a plan entitled “NHTSA’s Approach to Motorcoach Safety.”112 NHTSA subsequently conducted frontal crash tests in December 2007 and rollover tests with instrumented dummies, both belted and unbelted, in February 2008, with the results of both sets of tests published in August 2008.113 Vehicle and occupant instrumentation data, photographs, videos, and reports are currently being analyzed. The Safety Board recognizes the extreme catastrophic nature of this particular rollover accident; however, what is at issue is not whether the crash forces exceeded the design standards, because no design standards currently exist for motorcoach roofs, seats, seat belts, or seat anchorages.114 Although the Safety Board is encouraged that NHTSA is working toward developing standards by conducting tests, no changes can be anticipated until rulemaking occurs in this area. The Safety Board concludes that because of NHTSA’s delay in defining motorcoach occupant protection performance standards, U.S. motorcoaches have not been equipped with such systems, leaving the traveling public inadequately protected during motorcoach crashes, particularly during rollovers. Because of NHTSA’s unacceptably slow progress in defining and developing motorcoach occupant protection standards, the Safety Board is reclassifying Safety Recommendations H-99-47, -48, -50, and -51115 from “Open—Acceptable Response” to “Open—Unacceptable Response.” Emergency Medical Services Although the Safety Board recognizes that tour and charter bus accidents are relatively infrequent events,116 it is their potential severity, not frequency, that is of concern. A tour or charter bus accident can be a mass casualty event that presents a challenge to any rural EMS operation. This section discusses (1) the delay in accident notification and potential improvements that could be made in that area; (2) the coordinated effort to handle 53 people, transported in 20 ambulances, to and through 13 different medical facilities spread across four
112 Docket No. NHTSA-2007-28793. 113 These tests used the following protocols for rollover protection strength and structural integrity: Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 220, School Bus Rollover Protection, and Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) Regulation 66, Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Large Passenger Vehicles With Regard to the Strength of Their Superstructure. 114 Motorcoaches must comply with FMVSS 217, which establishes standards for window retention and release. Motorcoaches do not have to comply with most FMVSS occupant protection standards applying to school buses and passenger cars. 115 In the past decade, the Safety Board has reiterated these occupant protection recommendations in association with other accidents. Most recently, Safety Recommendations H-99-47 and -48 were reiterated in Motorcoach Override of Elevated Exit Ramp, Interstate 75, Atlanta, Georgia, March 2, 2007, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2008). 116 To more accurately consider the safety risks of motorcoach operations, the Safety Board analyzed motorcoach accidents occurring from 2000 to 2007, affording the opportunity to include bus-use criteria. The analysis included all fatalities resulting from large bus accidents to capture the risk to all motorists and nonmotorists in crashes involving large buses (see appendix B). For the 8-year period, fatal accidents involving large buses totaled 1,093, for an average of 137 fatal accidents per year. Total fatalities for that timeframe totaled 1,315, for an average of 164 fatalities annually.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
45 States and two sovereign Indian nations; and (3) the difficulty in understanding travel risk on rural roads used by tour and charter buses. Emergency Notification Effective management of traumatic injury is critically dependent on the time in which definitive care can be delivered.117 It took 36 minutes to report the Mexican Hat accident, a delay that was directly attributable to a lack of wireless telephone coverage at the accident scene. According to the National Emergency Number Association and reported by the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO),118 approximately 40 percent of all calls to 911 call centers, generically referred to as public safety answering points (PSAPs), are made on wireless telephones, and in some jurisdictions, that figure is higher.119 According to the National Academy of Sciences, approximately 255 million wireless telephones are in use in the United States.120 About 80 percent of Americans now subscribe to wireless telephone service; further, 14 percent of adults live in households with only wireless telephones (that is, no landline telephones). Yet, many rural areas, such as parts of San Juan County, do not have wireless telephone coverage,121 and, in those areas, it is still not possible to make 911 calls from wireless devices. Enhanced 911. A nationwide upgrade of 911 call systems, referred to as Enhanced 911 (E-911), is underway.122 NHTSA issued an NPRM in October 2008 proposing that Federal grant funding be made available to enhance existing PSAP communication capabilities.123 However, those monies cannot be used to establish wireless communication systems or to expand the coverage of existing systems, only to upgrade an existing system’s infrastructure to handle digital Internet protocol (IP) service.124 The E-911 initiative is an interagency program involving NHTSA and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) of the U.S. Department of Commerce. The initiative, managed by NHTSA’s Office of Emergency Medical Services, will enable PSAPs to automatically receive location and call-back information
117 It is widely accepted that a victim’s chances of survival are greatest if definitive care is received in the operating room within the first hour after a severe injury. 118 U.S. Government Accountability Office, Telecommunication: States’ Collection and Use of Funds for Wireless Enhanced 911 Services, GAO-06-338 (Washington, DC: GAO, 2006). 119 PSAPs receive 200 million calls annually; 82 million are wireless. 120 Emergency Medical Services: At the Crossroads. 121 Since the accident, three cellular antenna/repeaters have been installed near the accident site. 122 Ensuring Needed Help Arrives Near Callers Employing 911 (ENHANCE 911) Act of 2004 (Public Law 108-494, codified as 47 United States Code [U.S.C.] 942). The Act authorizes grants for the implementation and operation of Phase II E-911 services and for migration to a voice-over Internet protocol, Internet protocol-enabled emergency network that provides caller identification and location information. 123 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, “E-911 Grant Program,” Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 193, pp. 57567-57580. 124 According to Section 3011 of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (Public Law 109-171), Congress has authorized $43.5 million to NTIA for implementation of E-911.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
46 associated with emergency calls. E-911 systems serve as the foundation for public emergency services in a wireless environment and are the basis for automatic crash notification systems. In 2003, the GAO examined how States use revenue collected from fees on wireless customers’ bills,125 which wireless carriers pass on to States and localities to support 911 services.126 During its investigations, the GAO found that States have often used these funds for other purposes. Concerns over misappropriation have influenced the restrictive nature of the E-911 grant process in which grants are to be used exclusively for IP infrastructure upgrades.127 But, by focusing exclusively on 911 IP infrastructure upgrades, the Federal government is systematically ignoring rural areas of the United States that do not have even basic wireless service. The Safety Board concludes that basic wireless service capability is needed along high-risk rural roads and along rural roads frequently traveled by large buses to enable wireless telephone notification of accidents and emergencies. EMS Federal Oversight. According to the National Academy of Sciences, “government leadership in emergency care is fragmented and inconsistent” with “a regulatory vacuum at the Federal level.”128 A host of departments, divisions, and agencies play a role in the various aspects of EMS: the Federal Communications Commission regulates carriers, State and local jurisdictions control PSAPs,129 NTIA funds some infrastructure development, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security provides equipment grants,130 and a Federal committee coordinates policy. In addition, many other agencies have a vested interest in emergency notification systems, including the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the Centers for Disease Control, the U.S. Department of Commerce, and FEMA. The congressionally mandated Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services (FICEMS) was established by the 2005 SAFETEA-LU legislation. The law required the Secretaries of Transportation, Health and Human Services, and Homeland Security to establish FICEMS and required NHTSA to provide administrative support. As a result, FICEMS was established to identify EMS services and 911 needs; ensure coordination among Federal, State, and local entities; and recommend new or expanded programs, such as E-911.131 A pervasive wireless capability throughout our nation’s highway system will undoubtedly improve highway accident notification for EMS response and coordination of prehospital
125 Since 2003, the GAO has investigated other aspects of E-911. See U.S. Government Accountability Office, Survey on State Wireless E911 Funds, GAO-06-400SP (Washington, DC: GAO, 2006) and Telecommunication: States’ Collection and Use of Funds for Wireless Enhanced 911 Services (GAO-06-338). 126 GAO reported that these charges range from $0.20-3.00 per month per subscriber. 127 As explained in the “Background” section of the E-911 NPRM. 128 Emergency Medical Services: At the Crossroads, pp. 3 and 153, respectively. 129 Organizationally, the approximately 6,000 PSAPs reside in fire, police, city, county, or other public health entities. 130 Although EMS personnel represent a third of the nation’s first responders, EMS providers receive only 4 percent of the funds distributed by the Department of Homeland Security for emergency preparedness. 131 The first meeting of FICEMS was held on December 8, 2006, and the committee meets twice a year.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
47 transport and offer substantial collateral benefit to rural citizens. Local public officials will be able to better monitor and respond in cases of fire, medical emergencies, hazardous material spills, and law enforcement activities. Further, cellular towers are often used to house autonomous weather stations that could assist with the dispatch of air medical assets and improve local sensor information of severe weather events. The Safety Board concludes that until wireless service capability is extended along highly traveled rural roads, motor carriers servicing rural areas without wireless telephone coverage remain at risk of being unable to report an accident or emergency in those locations. The Safety Board believes that FICEMS should develop a plan that can be used by the States and PSAPs to pursue funding for enhancements of wireless communications coverage that can facilitate prompt accident notification and emergency response along high-risk rural roads, as identified under SAFETEA-LU criteria, and along rural roads having substantial large bus traffic (as defined by the criteria established in Safety Recommendation H-09-07). These plans could include State HSIP projects to develop cellular communication for transportation accident notification. The Safety Board recognizes the amount of time that will be required to develop the infrastructure necessary for wireless communication along rural roads. In the interim, the Safety Board believes that the ABA and the UMA should inform its members through Web sites, newsletters, and conferences about the risks of operating in rural areas without wireless telephone coverage and advise members to carry mobile cellular amplifiers132 or satellite-based devices133 to communicate emergency events. Emergency Response The EMS community understands well the challenges faced by rural EMS. According to the National Academy of Sciences, the issues facing rural EMS include potentially lengthy response times; long travel distances to medical facilities; increased regionalization134 of medical services, resulting in a loss of medical care facilities and emergency departments in rural areas; and a major shift to air ambulance services to overcome the long patient transport distances.135 The Mexican Hat accident dramatically illustrates each of these issues. Due to travel distances, the first emergency response unit arrived on scene almost an hour after the accident occurred, and the injured were transported from the scene for more than 4 hours following the accident. The limited local EMS resources and critical care facilities available in the Mexican Hat accident area dictated that assistance be drawn from around the region,136 ultimately involving 13 medical facilities in four States (Utah, Arizona, New Mexico,
132 Electronics designed specifically for mobile applications can be used to amplify weak cellular signals in rural areas. For example, Wilson Electronics in St. George, Utah, sells a mini-mobile amplifier kit that is comparable in cost to a GPS unit. 133 Transport companies often make use of satellite-based mobile resource management systems. In addition to satellite phones, satellite personal trackers are available (for example SPOT Portable ELT) that provide real-time location tracking using Google Earth with one-way text messaging. 134 Regionalization refers to the organization of a health care delivery system within a region to avoid the costly duplication of services. 135 Emergency Medical Services: At the Crossroads. 136 Utah has statutory requirements for intrastate and interstate mutual aid (Utah Code, Title 53, chapter 2, sections 201 and 501).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
48 and Colorado). To transport the injured to these facilities, 20 ambulances and 3 general-purpose transport vehicles were used. A local mass casualty response trailer, one of nine positioned around the State, was driven to the accident site by the EMS Coordinator.137 The morning after the accident, an EMS support team from Price, Utah, arrived to support EMS operations and relieve the local first responders who had worked through the night; that team traveled more than 4 hours to arrive at Monticello, Utah. Only BLS ambulances with EMTs were available locally.138 None of these ambulances were staffed with paramedics, causing ALS capability to be delayed because of travel distances. Seven ALS ambulances staffed with paramedics responded to transport patients between medical facilities, some in inclement weather, with two ambulances traveling 230 miles from Grand Junction, Colorado; three traveling 117 miles from Moab, Utah; and two traveling more than 60 miles from Cortez, Colorado. Triage operations were conducted at the closest hospital to the accident site, San Juan Hospital, in Monticello, Utah, 75 miles away,139 and at a family clinic in Blanding, Utah, 40 miles away.140 The nearest trauma center, St. Mary’s Hospital, was approximately 230 miles from the accident site, in Grand Junction, Colorado. Several seriously injured passengers were driven from the accident scene a distance of 117 miles to Allen Memorial Hospital in Moab and then transferred to an EMS airplane and flown to a trauma center in Salt Lake City, Utah. Two 16-year-old victims died after being transported from the accident scene. They received stabilization medical care at San Juan Hospital and from there were en route to hospitals with trauma treatment capabilities. One victim, en route to the Moab Airport to be airlifted to Salt Lake City, was diverted to Allen Memorial Hospital in Moab due to that victim’s deteriorating medical condition. That victim died at 3:36 a.m., 7 hours after the accident. Another victim died just after reaching St. Mary’s Hospital at 9:05 a.m. the next morning, 12.5 hours after the accident. Both had serious injuries, including head trauma. One EMS solution to travel distances in rural areas is air medical response, because it can reduce transport time to emergency care and can provide a higher skill mix of medical flight crews. The growth of air medical response parallels hospital regionalization; further, the air medical industry is increasingly using EMS helicopters to bring more of the assets of a trauma center—including physician-level skills, hospital-type equipment, and advanced drugs—directly to the accident scene. Unfortunately, this accident highlights the obvious limitation of an emergency response system that relies on air transport. Weather grounded the two helicopters requested from Grand Junction and Phoenix, Arizona, thereby precluding rapid air EMS transport for the most severely injured.141 Transfers to a fixed-wing air ambulance were made in
137 The trailer contains BLS supplies, such as backboards and medical supplies, for 100 people. 138 Although ALS-equipped ambulances were on scene, they lacked paramedics who could provide more than basic life support care. 139 Twenty-six accident victims were transferred to San Juan Hospital by ground ambulances, rescue units, and county vans. Most were in serious condition, requiring stabilization and transfer to higher levels of care. 140 Thirteen accident victims were transported to this clinic; several were then transferred to other facilities. 141 By the afternoon after the accident, two helicopter crews were able to land in Blanding, Utah, to provide patient transport to higher-level care facilities.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
49 Moab, Utah, because that airport had an instrument approach for IFR flight; these transfers required a 117-mile trip by ground ambulance from the accident scene. The Safety Board concludes that the regionalization of medical care relies on air medical support to accomplish timely long-distance patient transport without adequate contingency plans when air medical services are not available because of weather or equipment limitations. The Safety Board acknowledges the efforts of the on-scene emergency response and the challenges that had to be overcome by the EMS responders. Many aspects of the Mexican Hat EMS response are to be commended. Although its timeliness was affected by travel distances, mutual aid response by surrounding jurisdictions appeared to be well coordinated. A mass casualty incident trailer was locally available and used by the EMS Coordinator on scene. Many volunteers supported the EMS first responders.142 An EMS regional support team arrived from Price, Utah, the morning after the accident to relieve first responders who had worked through the night. Postaccident review meetings were conducted at the local hospital. While the available regional resources were well utilized, emergency response would still have benefited from the availability of local paramedics with ALS ambulances and trauma centers closer to the accident site. The Safety Board recognizes that although these are desirable assets for any community, funding issues must be considered, particularly for a large, rural jurisdiction such as San Juan County. In most States, as with Utah, the State handles EMS licensing, training, and regulatory policy, while EMS operations, including grant writing and funding, are performed locally.143 The Safety Board concludes that although the EMS mutual aid drawn from around the region was well coordinated, long-distance ground travel delayed the availability of ALS care. The Safety Board believes the Utah Bureau of Emergency Medical Services and its State Emergency Medical Services Committee should establish written contingency plans for response to large-scale transportation-related emergencies along rural roads traveled by tour and charter buses, such as occurred in Mexican Hat, Utah, that cannot be handled by air medical services due to inclement weather. Additionally, the Safety Board believes that FICEMS should evaluate the system of emergency care response to large-scale transportation-related rural accidents and, once that evaluation is completed, develop guidelines for EMS response and provide those guidelines to the States. The Safety Board realizes that the varied nature of State EMS organizations, as well as their characteristic differences, may dictate that several sets of recommended practices or guidelines be developed or that the information be developed in modules that can be customized by States. Risk Assessment of Charter and Tour Bus Travel on Rural Roads The Mexican Hat accident route, U.S. 163, highlights one of the difficulties in defining rural roads. Mexican Hat, Utah, is located in San Juan County, the largest county in the State,
142 A passing motorist drove to the nearest town to report the accident. A second Arrow motorcoach driver stopped at the accident scene before first responders arrived. A passing truck provided temporary emergency lighting, and other motorists assisted the victims. 143 Emergency Medical Services: At the Crossroads concluded that the States are often left to their own devices to develop EMS arrangements.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
50 covering 7,933 square miles, making it larger than several eastern States. It is also sparsely populated, with fewer than two people per square mile. Although the ADT count along the accident route is quite low at 650 vehicles per day, the route connects several major tourist locations144 that experience elevated levels of seasonal traffic, particularly commercial tours. ADT counts do not distinguish vehicle type and, because they represent an average, can disguise peaks in seasonal traffic. The Safety Board’s analysis of fatal accidents involving buses indicates that rural road travel risk extends to tour and charter buses (see appendix B).145,146 The analysis determined that the risk of a fatal accident and subsequent injury to charter and tour bus occupants is greater in rural areas than in urban areas and that this pattern is consistent with the overall pattern in rural fatal accidents. 147 The importance of rural road travel risk was underscored in the 2005 SAFETEA-LU legislation, which involves a set-aside allocation for high-risk rural roads, which States can use to fund HSIPs.148 Underlying a State’s development of a HSIP is the SAFETEA-LU requirement to incorporate a risk-based, data-driven, analytical approach to highway safety. This requirement is based on traditional approaches to risk assessment using accident frequency and accident severity. The analysis must include, at a minimum, use of crash data to identify hazardous locations and roadway elements, criteria for establishing the severity of locations, priorities for corrective action based on data analysis, and a data-driven means for evaluating the effectiveness of HSIPs. Analysis based solely on fatal accidents and fatalities results in a focus on infrequent, worst-case scenarios. Fatal accidents typically account for less than 1 percent of the total number of accidents in any one year. In addition, an analysis that considers only fatalities cannot adequately account for accidents that produce a large number of nonfatally injured, such as motorcoach accidents, and the subsequent demands placed on emergency response systems.
144 In the vicinity are the Valley of the Gods, Four Corners Monument, Arches National Park, Lake Powell, Mesa Verde National Park, Bryce Canyon National Park, Zion National Park, and Grand Canyon-Parashant National Monument. 145 The data in appendix B are based on two data reports prepared in support of the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident investigation: Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000–2006, May 29, 2008, and Addendum 1—Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000–2007, December 31, 2008. Both the data report and data report addendum are available in the accident docket (HWY-08-MH-012). 146 In addition to the FARS analysis presented in appendix B, the Safety Board conducted a study entitled Study of Rural Travel Risk Factors for Large Buses: Fatal Accidents, Emergency Response, and Highway Safety Improvements. The Safety Board’s work is summarized in this section and included in its entirety in the Mexican Hat accident docket (HWY-08-MH-012). 147 In fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses, the proportion of fatally injured occupants (24 percent) represented a substantially larger proportion of total fatalities in rural accidents than in urban accidents (3 percent). (See appendix B for more details.) 148 Title 23 U.S.C. Section 148 was established by Section 1401 of SAFETEA-LU, which implemented HSIPs effective October 2005.Title 23 U.S.C. Section 148 establishes suballocations (set-asides) for two specific purposes: highway-rail grade crossings and high-risk rural roads.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
51 VMT and ADT provide the standard measures of highway activity in the assessment of accident risk and, when used to calculate accident rates, are the basis for identifying road segments and locations that meet high-risk criteria. States collect VMT data and are required to use such data to assess risk in the development of an HSIP, but the detail is typically insufficient to determine the routes and travel characteristics of charter and tour buses. This is especially true in States such as Utah, where travel between population centers and recreation areas may include long distances through remote areas.149 Finally, the “ruralness” of a road differs substantially from one area of the country to another. The FHWA functionally classifies roads using a population census definition. In that classification, an “urban road” is defined as any road or street within the boundaries of an urban area with a population of 5,000 or more, and a “rural road” is any road not classified as urban. This classification based on population reasonably assumes that traffic volume in urban areas will be greater than in rural areas. However, it does not consider factors such as use or travel patterns or traffic corridors, nor does it adequately characterize the extent of long-distance travel in remote areas. While the Safety Board supports data-driven decision-making for HSIP projects, programmatic measures that rely primarily on fatal accidents and aggregated activity data (such as VMT and ADT) cannot adequately characterize the accident risk of rural travel, especially in rural areas that may experience relatively high volumes of charter or tour bus traffic. The Safety Board concludes that the lack of adequate data on large bus travel in rural areas—especially data related to charter and tour bus activity, travel patterns, and routes—severely limits a State’s ability to assess rural road travel and hazardous locations, especially in remote areas where a tour or charter bus accident can result in large numbers of injured. HSIPs have historically focused on highway design features and infrastructure characteristics. This accident and the analysis of rural fatal accidents involving charter and tour buses indicate that the risks of rural road travel are not limited to highway design features but may also be associated with the consequences of a mass casualty event. A recent GAO report150 found that the FHWA’s emphasis on infrastructure projects in HSIPs may not allow States to allocate Federal safety dollars to their highest-priority safety improvements and specifically referred to EMS projects. The report concluded that Congressional action should be taken to modify the HSIP’s flexible funding provisions so that States can more freely direct funds to EMS and other such projects. Accident risk assessment in rural areas that experience high volumes of charter or tour bus travel can be used to target roads and road segments for special consideration. Moreover, an accurate assessment of all nonfatal injury accidents is necessary to evaluate emergency response
149 Industry estimates are available, but they, too, contain aggregate data and insufficient detail to support detailed analyses of charter and tour bus routes and travel patterns. Furthermore, the source of the industry estimates and the validity of the methods used to obtain the data cannot be adequately verified. 150 U.S. Government Accountability Office, Highway Safety Improvement Program: Further Efforts Needed to Address Data Limitations and Better Align Funding with States’ Top Safety Priorities, GAO-09-35 (Washington, DC: GAO, 2008), pp. 5, 7, 14, and 31–33.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
52 capabilities in rural areas. The accident data for rural accidents involving charter or tour buses, where almost all of the transported injured are bus occupants, show that these types of accidents can place substantial demands on rural EMS (see appendix B). The Safety Board believes that the FHWA should develop and implement, in conjunction with AASHTO and the National Association of State EMS Officials, criteria based on traffic patterns, passenger volume, and bus types that can be used to assess the risks of rural travel by large buses. The Safety Board further believes that the FHWA should use this criteria as part of the SAFETEA-LU requirement to identify and select HSIP projects. The criteria should allow assessment of both fatal and nonfatal accidents involving large buses in all types of service and use, travel routes, travel activity and travel characteristics of these buses, and the potential problems for EMS in rural communities.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
53 Conclusions Findings
- The driver was neither distracted by his cellular telephone nor impaired by illicit drugs at the
time of the accident.
- Although it was unlikely that the driver was under the influence of alcohol, the delay in
collecting a toxicological specimen prevents the National Transportation Safety Board from conclusively ruling out alcohol as a factor in this accident.
- The weather at the time of the accident was not a factor in the motorcoach’s departure from
the roadway.
- Neither the mechanical condition of the motorcoach nor the design and condition of the
highway were factors in this accident.
- The driver was experiencing diminished alertness and fatigue-related impairment due to
inadequate sleep resulting from the following factors: head congestion, possible problems acclimating to high altitude, and his sporadic use of his continuous positive airway pressure sleeping device during the accident trip.
- The motorcoach was traveling approximately 88 mph in a 65-mph speed zone when the
driver departed the road and lost control of his vehicle.
- The driver’s fatigue affected his monitoring of the motorcoach’s speed.
- The driver’s reaction to the motorcoach’s departure from the roadway was delayed and, by
the time he executed corrective steering action, he had lost control of the vehicle.
- None of the driver’s preexisting medical conditions, except for sleep apnea, played a role in
this accident.
- Both Arrow Stage Lines and its drivers knew of the adverse weather conditions before
starting the accident trip and thus intentionally engaged in a trip that would likely exceed hours-of-service regulations.
- Arrow Stage Lines should have developed contingency plans to avoid hours-of-service
violations associated with the return trip.
- Because of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s delay in defining
motorcoach occupant protection performance standards, U.S. motorcoaches have not been equipped with such systems, leaving the traveling public inadequately protected during motorcoach crashes, particularly during rollovers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
54
- Basic wireless service capability is needed along high-risk rural roads and along rural roads
frequently traveled by large buses to enable wireless telephone notification of accidents and emergencies.
- Until wireless capability is extended along highly traveled rural roads, motor carriers
servicing rural areas without wireless telephone coverage remain at risk of being unable to report an accident or emergency in those locations.
- The regionalization of medical care relies on air medical support to accomplish timely long-
distance patient transport without adequate contingency plans when air medical services are not available because of weather or equipment limitations.
- Although the emergency medical service mutual aid drawn from around the region was well
coordinated, long-distance ground travel delayed the availability of advanced life support care.
- The lack of adequate data on large bus travel in rural areas—especially data related to charter
and tour bus activity, travel patterns, and routes—severely limits a State’s ability to assess rural road travel and hazardous locations, especially in remote areas where a tour or charter bus accident can result in large numbers of injured. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the driver’s diminished alertness due to inadequate sleep resulting from a combination of head congestion, problems acclimating to high altitude, and his sporadic use of his continuous positive airway pressure sleeping device during the accident trip. The driver’s state of fatigue affected his awareness of his vehicle’s excessive speed and lane position on a downhill mountain grade of a rural secondary road. Contributing to the accident’s severity was the lack of an adequate motorcoach occupant protection system, primarily due to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s delay in developing and promulgating standards to enhance the protection of motorcoach passengers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
55 Recommendations New Recommendations As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Interagency Committee on Emergency Medical Services: Develop a plan that can be used by the States and public safety answering points to pursue funding for enhancements of wireless communications coverage that can facilitate prompt accident notification and emergency response along high-risk rural roads, as identified under SAFETEA-LU criteria, and along rural roads having substantial large bus traffic (as defined by the criteria established in Safety Recommendation H-09-7). (H-09-4) Evaluate the system of emergency care response to large-scale transportation-related rural accidents and, once that evaluation is completed, develop guidelines for emergency medical service response and provide those guidelines to the States. (H-09-5) To the Utah Bureau of Emergency Medical Services: Establish written contingency plans for response to large-scale transportation-related emergencies along rural roads traveled by tour and charter buses, such as occurred in Mexican Hat, Utah, that cannot be handled by air medical services due to inclement weather. (H-09-6) To the Federal Highway Administration: Develop and implement, in conjunction with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials and the National Association of State Emergency Medical Services Officials, criteria based on traffic patterns, passenger volume, and bus types that can be used to assess the risks of rural travel by large buses. Use this criteria as part of the SAFETEA-LU requirement to identify and select Highway Safety Improvement Program projects. (H-09-7)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
56 To the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials and the National Association of State Emergency Medical Services Officials: Work with the Federal Highway Administration to develop and implement criteria based on traffic patterns, passenger volume, and bus types that can be used to assess the risks of rural travel by large buses. (H-09-8) To the American Bus Association and the United Motorcoach Association: Inform your members through Web sites, newsletters, and conferences of the circumstances of the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident. The prepared information should encourage charter operators to develop written contingency plans for each charter to ensure that trip planning is in place in the event of driver fatigue, incapacitation, or illness or in the event of trip delays necessitating replacement drivers to avoid hours-of-service violations and inform drivers of their trip’s contingency plans. The prepared information should also provide information about the risks of operating in rural areas without wireless telephone coverage and advise members to carry mobile cellular amplifiers or satellite-based devices to communicate emergency events. (H-09-9) To Arrow Stage Lines: Develop written contingency plans for each charter to ensure that trip planning is in place in the event of driver fatigue, incapacitation, or illness or in the event of trip delays necessitating replacement drivers to avoid hours-of-service violations and inform drivers of their trip’s contingency plans. (H-09-10) Reiterated Recommendation The National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following recommendation: To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration: Require all interstate commercial vehicle carriers to use electronic on-board recorders that collect and maintain data concerning driver hours of service in a valid, accurate, and secure manner under all circumstances, including accident conditions, to enable the carriers and their regulators to monitor and assess hours-of-service compliance. (H-07-41)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
57 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report The following recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration are classified “Open—Unacceptable Response”: In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach occupant protection systems that account for frontal impact collisions, side impact collisions, rear impact collisions, and rollovers. (H-99-47) Once pertinent standards have been developed for motorcoach occupant protection systems, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to have an occupant crash protection system that meets the newly developed performance standards and retains passengers, including those in child safety restraint systems, within the seating compartment throughout the accident sequence for all accident scenarios. (H-99-48) In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach roof strength that provide maximum survival space for all seating positions and that take into account current typical motorcoach window dimensions. (H-99-50) Once performance standards have been developed for motorcoach roof strength, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to meet those standards. (H-99-51)
Member Higgins filed the following concurring statement on April 28, 2009. BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD MARK V. ROSENKER KATHRYN O’LEARY HIGGINS Acting Chairman Member DEBORAH A. P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Member Member
Adopted: April 21, 2009
NTSB Highway Accident Report
58 Board Member Statement Member Higgins, concurring I voted for and support the report on this accident. Important safety improvements were recommended and reiterated that, if implemented, will provide added protections for those who travel by motorcoach. I am pleased that we cited NHTSA in the probable cause as contributing to the severity of the accident, for their failure to formulate standards to protect motorcoach occupants. I am very disappointed, however, that the Board did not go further. This accident should never have happened. The driver was fatigued before he got behind the wheel. While we cite his fatigue as the cause of the accident we did not place any responsibility on the company who planned the trip and employed the driver. I believe that we should have cited Busco Inc./dba Arrow Stage Lines in the probable cause of this accident. Busco/Arrow has been in business for 81 years, with business locations in 7 western states and the authority to operate in 48 states and Canada. Busco/Arrow operates 179 motorcoaches in scheduled and charter service with 337 drivers, including the 17 motorcoaches and drivers for the charter ski trip central to this accident. While this was the driver’s first trip to Telluride, the company provided buses for this ski trip annually. This was the fifth such charter they arranged. They should have been familiar with the route, the weather, the change in altitude, the isolation of the region and the lack of cell phone service, and they should have planned accordingly. Busco/Arrow has a clear responsibility to plan for the unexpected—illness, bad weather, unforeseen emergencies, and anything else that could endanger the safety of their passengers. There was no contingency plan. Management of this company knowingly approved a longer than normal return trip to Phoenix that would violate the hours-of-service limits for all the drivers. They made no provision to relieve drivers en route, apparently made no provision for drivers to be relieved for illness or fatigue—the driver complained that he’d been sick for three days—and made no provision for emergencies that did occur while their buses were transporting more than 800 passengers in a remote and isolated region in inclement weather. This company has the responsibility to recognize, anticipate, and prevent the consequences of driver behavior and environmental circumstances that put their passengers at risk. The driver bears primary responsibility for this accident, but I also believe the company is at fault. Second, in our discussion during the Board Meeting, staff and I repeatedly agreed that this is a fatigue accident, not an hours-of-service accident. We did not agree, however, to include any recommendations related to fatigue in this report. I believe we should have asked Busco/Arrow to implement a fatigue management program for their employees. While they may provide information to their drivers on fatigue, they clearly have not done enough to make sure their drivers recognize the signs of fatigue and take the appropriate action. I appreciate the work FMCSA and others are doing in the area of fatigue management. However, I do not think we should have to wait for FMCSA to act before we ask Busco/Arrow to implement a fatigue
NTSB Highway Accident Report
59 management program. This accident clearly shows that motorcoach operators with good FMCSA ratings can still have fatigue accidents. We should have done more to address that issue by requiring this operator to establish a comprehensive fatigue management program to assist their drivers in recognizing the symptoms of fatigue and understanding the consequences of driving while fatigued. Third, I understand the “rural” focus of the data recommendation for this report but I continue to be concerned that it will limit the development of exposure data and the evaluation of risk to rural areas. The special report prepared for this report (Appendix B) is very helpful in putting this accident in perspective. As staff emphasized during the Board meeting, data on motorcoach accidents is collected, but apparently very little is done with it. Given the increasing number of fatal motorcoach accidents, I believe we need an annual, comprehensive report that provides information on these accidents. Hopefully our recommendations will begin to generate information on accidents in rural areas, but I do not understand why we stop there. I believe one of the reasons there has been so little priority given to motorcoach safety is the lack of good, actionable information. The press, public, regulators and policymakers do not have the data in a form that would help them understand the dimensions of the problem. Motorcoach safety has been on our Most Wanted List for over a decade but we have seen very little movement on our recommendations. I believe we should recommend that DOT issue an annual report on motorcoach accidents that includes exposure data as well as data on injuries and fatalities, regardless of accident or travel location. Such information should be known and accessible to legislators, policymakers, regulators, investigators, and, most importantly, the traveling public. Finally I urged that our long-standing recommendations on motorcoach occupant protection systems and electronic on-board recorders not only be reiterated to NHTSA and FMCSA but also be sent directly to the Secretary of Transportation. I believe it is important for the entire Board to be on the record in asking the new Secretary to make motorcoach safety a high priority. The agencies have not acted in 10 years. It will take the Secretary’s leadership to change that track record. The Secretary is the only one who can hold his Administrators accountable. While I appreciate and welcome the acting Chairman’s willingness to meet with the Secretary, I would have preferred a written request for action signed by all Board Members.
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
61 Appendix A Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board was notified of the Mexican Hat accident on January 6, 2008. An investigative team was dispatched with members from the Washington, D.C.; Arlington, Texas; and Denver, Colorado, offices. Groups were established to investigate human performance; motor carrier operations; and highway, vehicle, and survival factors. No Board Member participated in the on-scene investigation. Participating in the investigation were representatives of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the Utah Highway Patrol, the Utah Department of Transportation, Arrow Stage Lines, and Motor Coach Industries. No public hearing was held, and no dispositions were taken.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
62 Appendix B Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000–20071 Travel on rural roads has been recognized as especially hazardous. According to a recent National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) report that compared rural and urban accidents from 1994–2003, rural roads accounted for almost 60 percent of the fatal crashes and 60 percent of the fatalities, but only 39 percent of the total vehicle miles traveled (VMT).2 During that period, 218,539 fatal rural road accidents occurred, resulting in 249,986 fatalities. In support of the Mexican Hat accident, which occurred in a rural area, the Safety Board prepared a data report focusing on charter/tour bus travel on rural roads using fatal accident data from NHTSA’s Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) to determine the scope of charter/tour bus accidents in rural areas. The report examined fatal accidents involving large buses engaged in charter and tour operations, scheduled service, commuter service, and shuttle bus service from 2000–2007, using these data to show: • Differences between rural and urban charter/tour bus accidents, • Extent of fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses in rural areas, • Fatalities and injuries for both bus occupants and occupants of other vehicles, and • Number of injured transported to hospitals. Data Limitations and Constraints Accidents in FARS Accident data drawn from the FARS database3 provide a census of all fatal crashes within the United States, including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. A fatal crash is included in FARS if it involves “a motor vehicle traveling on a traffic way customarily open to the public, and must result in the death of a person (occupant of a vehicle or a nonmotorist) within 30 days of the
1 The data in this appendix are based on two data reports prepared in support of the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident investigation: Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000–2006, May 29, 2008, and Addendum 1—Large Bus Accidents and Injuries in Rural and Urban Areas, 2000–2007, December 31, 2008. Both the data report and data report addendum are available in the accident docket (HWY-08-MH-012). 2 U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Contrasting Rural and Urban Fatal Crashes, 1994–2003, DOT HS 809 896 (Washington, DC: NHTSA, 2005). 3 For the latest data, from calendar year 2007, see http://www-fars.nhtsa.dot.gov/Main/index.aspx.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
63 crash.”4 FARS has documented fatal highway crashes since 1975 and provides data for each crash in terms of accident event characteristics, the people and vehicles involved, and the extent and type of injuries suffered by vehicle occupants and nonmotorists. Data in FARS are based on State police accident reports and verified by FARS analysts. Although FARS provides a census of all fatal highway accidents for any given year back to 1975, it represents only a very small subset of all accidents. For example, in 2007, 37,248 fatal accidents were represented in FARs, less than 1 percent of all accidents that occurred in that year.5 As a result, large bus accidents involving injuries, but no fatalities, are not included in FARS or in the Safety Board’s analysis. Although fatal accidents can be viewed as the worst-case scenario, where the severity of the crash is sufficient to produce fatal injuries, they may not adequately characterize the kinds of accidents where nonfatal, but severe, injuries can occur. An accurate estimate of these types of accidents would be needed to adequately assess many of the risks of rural road travel (for example, the demands placed on emergency medical response). The extent of the risk of injury during rural travel cannot be fully determined using only FARS data. In addition, fatal rural accidents involving large buses represent a small proportion of all fatal rural accidents. Given that almost 60 percent of all fatal accidents occur on rural roads, the magnitude of rural road travel risk may be substantially higher than is shown in this report. Charter/Tour Bus Activity in Rural Areas The calculation of accident rates to characterize accident risk is dependent upon accurate measures of activity, such as VMT or passenger populations, which are used as the basis for exposure measures to risk. These measures of exposure are used by Federal and State highway agencies in safety programs to calculate accident rates, evaluate accident risk, and help pinpoint areas of high risk on highways. Accident rates are missing from this data report because accurate estimates of large bus activity are not readily available or reported. This is especially true for charter/tour bus operations in rural areas where travel patterns, travel characteristics, driver and passenger demographics, and seasonal variations are unknown. For example, the charter/tour bus involved in this accident was 1 of 17 buses traveling between a population center to a recreational area. Whether this was a rare, single trip or a regularly occurring trip is unknown, and the frequency with which the route is taken by such buses cannot be easily determined.
4 U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, National Center for Statistics and Analysis, FARS Analytic Reference Guide 1975–2006 (Washington, DC: DOT, 2006), p. F-i. 5 For fatal crash data, see U.S. Department of Transportation, Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Table 2-27: Motor Vehicle Safety Data and U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Traffic Safety Facts: 2007 Data, DOT-HS-810-993 (Washington, DC: NHTSA, 2008).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
64 Industry estimates of the number of passengers carried by buses exist, but these estimates are typically aggregated and contain insufficient detail to support the kinds of analyses found in this report. Furthermore, the source estimates and the validity of the methods used to obtain the underlying data cannot be adequately determined. This is especially problematic for assessing the risks of rural road travel because there do not appear to be any data collected on large bus travel in rural areas, especially in those areas where accident notification and emergency response might be an issue. Accident Selection As noted earlier, fatal accidents involving large buses were selected from FARS for the period 2000–2007. This timeframe was chosen because, prior to 2000, bus use was not universally recorded, and any analysis of bus activity relied on existing FARS criteria. As a result, before 2000, finding accidents involving buses of any type being used in a tour or charter would have been difficult. The data report’s analysis specifically uses FARS criteria related to bus use, bus body type, gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR), and vehicle configuration.6 The analysis also characterizes buses as motorcoaches, transit/city buses, and large buses with a GVWR between 10,000 and 26,000 pounds. These distinctions allowed comparisons among buses of different types that may be used in a similar way. For example, both motorcoaches and smaller truck chassis-based tour buses may be used for tours and charters, which is also the case for buses used in shuttle service. In addition, transit/city buses are specifically designed for use in urban areas requiring slow speeds and frequent stops, and accommodating both seated and standing passengers. Further, because the Safety Board’s analysis focused on accidents involving large buses being used in scheduled service, commuter service, or as a charter/tour or shuttle, vehicles in selected accidents had to meet the following criteria: • Possess a “bus” body type, • Be used in scheduled service, commuter service, or as a charter/tour or shuttle, • Have a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, and • Be configured to hold more than 15 passengers. These criteria excluded school buses, other buses being used as school buses, and 15- passenger vans. (For more specific details about motorcoach selection criteria, see the reference section at the end of this appendix.)
6 See the 2007 FARS Coding and Validation Manual for more details.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
65 Finally, injury data were compiled for all of the fatal accidents cited in this report to show the extent of injuries in fatal accidents involving large buses so as to illustrate the need for accident notification and emergency medical services. Consequently, fatal and nonfatal injury data, and data indicating transport to a hospital, are shown for both bus occupants and occupants of the other vehicles involved in the accidents included in the data report. Results Overview Fatal accidents involving large buses in 2000–2007 numbered 1,093, resulting in 1,315 fatalities and 3,471 nonfatal injuries. Fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses accounted for 234 of the accidents (representing 21 percent of the total), resulting in 349 fatalities and 1,771 nonfatal injuries. The discussion that follows examines these accidents and injuries in more detail, specifically focusing on comparisons between rural and urban accidents. Fatal accidents involving large buses (table B-1) occurred primarily in urban areas (table B-2). The 839 urban fatal accidents (table B-2) resulted in 950 fatalities and 1,808 nonfatal injuries (table B-3), accounting for 77 percent of the fatal accidents, 72 percent of the fatalities, and 52 percent of the nonfatal injuries. Table B-1. Fatal accidents involving large buses, 2000–2007. Bus use 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Total Charter/tour 27 33 30 20 37 36 19 32 234 Scheduled service 110 80 73 82 65 57 80 78 625 Commuter 21 28 21 22 14 22 30 20 178 Shuttle 6 5 9 7 8 10 2 9 56 Total 164 146 133 131 124 125 131 139 1,093
NTSB Highway Accident Report
66 Table B-2. Fatal bus accidents by rural or urban location and type of bus, 2000-2007. Bus type Rural Urban Charter/tour Motorcoach 104 96 Transit/city bus 5 13 GVWR 10,000–26,000 pounds 5 3 Scheduled service Motorcoach 18 57 Transit/city bus 40 486 GVWR 10,000–26,000 pounds 1 5 Commuter service Motorcoach 4 11 Transit/city bus 18 132 GVWR 10,000–26,000 pounds 3 5 Shuttle service Motorcoach 10 14 Transit/city bus 3 6 GVWR 10,000–26,000 pounds 8 11 Total 219 839
NTSB Highway Accident Report
67 Table B-3. Fatal and nonfatal injuries in fatal accidents involving large buses, 2000–2007. All accident victims TotalA Rural Urban Fatalities Charter/tour 349 195 148 Scheduled service 661 69 581 Commuter 206 45 160 Shuttle 99 37 61 Total 1,315 346 950 Nonfatal Injuries Charter/tour 1,771 1,172 586 Scheduled service 1,187 248 908 Commuter 246 100 145 Shuttle 267 97 169 Total 3,471 1,617 1,808 Total fatalities and injuries 4,786 1,963 2,758 Uninjured Charter/tour 343 177 161 Scheduled service 592 47 534 Commuter 173 23 146 Shuttle 51 20 31
Total uninjured 1,159 267 872 A Total includes accidents excluded from the Safety Board’s analysis because they had unknown variables preventing them from being classified as either urban or rural. For more information, see table B-7 and its discussion.
Accidents involving buses in scheduled service accounted for the majority (65 percent) of the urban accidents, followed by buses in commuter service (18 percent), charter/tour buses (13 percent), and shuttle buses (4 percent). Almost all of the scheduled service bus accidents (88 percent) occurred in urban areas, and almost all of these types of urban accidents (89 percent) involved transit buses. The large number of urban accidents involving buses in scheduled and in commuter service reflects the high level of public transport provided by buses in populated areas.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
68 In rural areas, charter/tour buses, rather than scheduled service buses, accounted for the greatest proportion of accidents. Charter/tour buses were involved in more than half (52 percent) of fatal rural accidents, with the remaining accidents divided among scheduled service (27 percent), commuter service (11 percent), and shuttle bus service (10 percent). Motorcoaches were involved in more than 60 percent of rural accidents; almost all of these motorcoaches were part of charters or tours. These data show that rural fatal accidents involving large buses primarily involve motorcoaches being used in a tour or as a charter. This result is in contrast to urban accidents, which are dominated by transit/city buses in scheduled service. Fatalities and Injuries All Fatalities and Injuries Fatalities and injuries resulting from the fatal accidents involving large buses are shown in table B-3. As might be expected, the large number of urban accidents produced the greatest number of fatalities and nonfatal injuries. However, nonfatal injuries were more evenly distributed between urban and rural accidents. In urban areas, 950 fatalities and 1,808 nonfatal injuries occurred in fatal accidents involving large buses. Accidents involving buses in scheduled service accounted for 61 percent of the urban fatalities and 50 percent of the nonfatal injuries. In rural areas, 346 fatalities and 1,617 nonfatal injuries occurred. Rural fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses accounted for 56 percent of the rural fatalities and 72 percent of the nonfatal injuries. Rural charter/tour bus fatal accidents resulted in more fatalities and nonfatal injuries than urban charter/tour bus accidents, a pattern that is exactly the reverse for accidents involving buses in any other type of service or use. In fact, rural accidents involving charter/tour buses resulted in almost twice the number of nonfatal injuries as urban accidents for the same bus type. Bus Occupants Overall, bus occupants accounted for a small percentage (15 percent) of the total number of fatalities in fatal accidents involving large buses (table B-4). However, a greater number of bus occupants were fatally injured in rural accidents than in urban accidents, with these fatalities accounting for more than a third of the total number of people killed in rural accidents. In contrast, bus occupants accounted for only 8 percent of the fatalities in urban accidents. The proportion of charter/tour bus occupants fatally injured in rural accidents (24 percent)
NTSB Highway Accident Report
69 represented a substantially larger proportion of the total number of rural fatalities than did the urban charter/tour bus occupants fatally injured in urban accidents (3 percent). Table B-4. Bus occupant fatalities and nonfatal injuries in fatal accidents involving large buses, 2000–2007. Bus occupant TotalA Rural Urban Fatalities Charter/tour 111 82 29 Scheduled service 18 8 10 Commuter 10 8 2 Shuttle 58 22 36 Total 197 120 77 Nonfatal Injuries Charter/tour 1,572 1,061 502 Scheduled service 868 201 645 Commuter 195 89 106 Shuttle 234 84 149 Total 2,869 1,435 1,402 Total fatalities and injuries 3,066 1,555 1,479 Uninjured Charter/tour 172 61 108 Scheduled service 470 34 427 Commuter 144 18 125 Shuttle 37 12 25 Total uninjured 823 125 685 A Total includes accidents excluded from the Safety Board’s analysis because they had unknown variables preventing them from being classified as either urban or rural. For more information, see table B-7 and its discussion.
Furthermore, bus occupants were more likely to be nonfatally than fatally injured in these accidents involving large buses. Bus occupants accounted for 89 percent of the nonfatal injuries in rural accidents and 78 percent of the nonfatal injuries in urban accidents.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
70 Rural accidents involving charter/tour buses accounted for the largest proportion of all rural nonfatal injuries (72 percent). In fact, almost all (91 percent) of the nonfatal injuries in these rural charter/tour bus accidents occurred on the bus. Furthermore, rural fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses accounted for only 10 percent of the total number of fatal accidents involving large buses, but they resulted in 15 percent of the total fatalities and 34 percent of the total nonfatal injuries. In addition, passengers of buses involved in rural fatal accidents were less likely to escape injury than their urban counterparts; only 7 percent of bus occupants in rural accidents were reported uninjured, whereas 29 percent of bus occupants in urban areas were uninjured. Injured Transported to Hospitals The demands placed on emergency medical response and services can be estimated by the number injured in an accident who were transported to a hospital. FARS provides hospital transport data for all injured and indicates whether the injured person was an occupant of the bus. Almost 75 percent of all the people injured in fatal accidents involving large buses were transported to a hospital (table B-5). This was the case for both rural and urban areas.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
71 Table B-5. Total injured transported to hospitals, 2000–2007. Total injured transported to hospitals TotalA Rural Urban Fatalities Charter/tour 114 50 63 Scheduled service 409 22 378 Commuter 107 11 95 Shuttle 27 7 19 Total 657 90 555 Nonfatal injuries Charter/tour 1,492 986 499 Scheduled service 892 175 705 Commuter 201 83 117 Shuttle 209 89 119 Total 2,794 1,333 1,440 Total transported 3,451 1,423 1,995 A Total includes accidents excluded from the Safety Board’s analysis because they had unknown variables preventing them from being classified as either urban or rural. For more information, see table B-7 and its discussion.
As might be expected, a greater proportion of the nonfatally injured were transported to hospitals (81 percent) than the fatally injured (50 percent). In rural areas, a much smaller proportion of the fatally injured (26 percent) were transported, perhaps reflecting the greater severity of rural accidents and the greater emergency medical response times in rural areas. For all accidents, a large proportion of the injured who were transported to hospitals (67 percent) were bus occupants (table B-6). In rural fatal accidents involving large buses, most of the transported injured were bus occupants (84 percent). In urban accidents, a much smaller proportion of the transported injured were bus occupants (55 percent). When only rural accidents involving charter/tour buses were considered, bus occupants accounted for almost all (88 percent) of the accident victims transported to a hospital. Almost all (98 percent) of these bus occupant transports had suffered nonfatal injuries.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
72 Table B-6. Injured bus occupants transported to hospitals, 2000–2007. Bus occupants transported to hospitals TotalA Rural Urban Fatalities Charter/tour 19 14 5 Scheduled service 9 2 7 Commuter 3 1 2 Shuttle 8 4 4 Total 39 21 18 Nonfatal injuries Charter/tour 1,328 895 430 Scheduled service 605 132 470 Commuter 152 72 80 Shuttle 178 78 99 Total 2,263 1,177 1,079 Total transported 2,302 1,198 1,097 A Total includes accidents excluded from the Safety Board’s analysis because they had unknown variables preventing them from being classified as either urban or rural. For more information, see table B-7 and its discussion. Summary Motorcoaches being used as a charter or in a tour account for most rural fatal accidents involving large buses. Overall, rural fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses accounted for only 10 percent of the total number of fatal accidents involving large buses, but they resulted in 15 percent of the total fatalities and 34 percent of the total nonfatal injuries. Charter/tour buses were involved in more than half (52 percent) of the fatal rural accidents, with the remaining bus accidents divided among scheduled service (27 percent), commuter service (11 percent), and shuttle bus service (10 percent). This result is in contrast to urban accidents, which are dominated by transit/city buses in scheduled service. Rural fatal accidents involving charter/tour buses accounted for more than half of the rural fatalities and almost three-quarters of the rural nonfatal injuries, with almost all of the nonfatal injuries suffered by the occupants of the bus. The proportion of charter/tour bus
NTSB Highway Accident Report
73 occupants fatally injured in rural accidents was also substantially higher (24 percent) than the charter/tour bus occupants fatally injured in urban accidents (3 percent). Furthermore, passengers of buses involved in rural fatal accidents were less likely to escape injury than their urban counterparts. The number of persons transported to hospitals was used as an estimate of the demands placed on rural emergency response. The data showed that, in rural accidents involving large buses, most of the people transported to hospitals were bus occupants. When only those accidents involving charter/tour buses were considered, almost all of the transported accident victims were bus occupants. Reference FARS Codes and Definitions The FARS database is organized into three principal files: accident, vehicle, and person. Each of these files contains variables that code the characteristics of a fatal crash (called a case). In this analysis, all three files were used. Variables from each of these files were used in the Safety Board’s data report; their respective codes and definitions are shown in table B-7.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
74 Table B-7. FARS variables, codes, and code definitions. Variable FARS variable name FARS codes used in analysis and definitions Accident file
Year YEAR 2000–2007 Fatalities FATAL Count of total fatalities in an accident Roadway function class (using Federal Highway Administration [FHWA] classification guidelines) ROAD_FNC 01–Rural Principal Arterial—Interstate 02–Rural Principal Arterial—Other 03–Rural Minor Arterial 04–Rural Major Collector 05–Rural Minor Collector 06–Rural Local Road or Street 09–Rural Unknown 11–Urban Principal Arterial–Interstate 12–Urban Principal Arterial–Other Freeways or Expressways 13–Urban Principal Arterial 14–Urban Minor Arterial 15–Urban Collector 16–Urban Local Road or Street 19–Urban Unknown Vehicle file
How bus used in transport BUS_USE 4–Used as Scheduled Service Bus 5–Used as Tour Bus 6–Used as Commuter Bus 7–Used as Shuttle Bus Bus body type BODY_TYP 51–Cross-Country/Intercity Bus (i.e.,Greyhound) 52–Transit Bus (city bus) 58–Other Bus Type 59–Unknown Bus Type GVWR (maximum allowable total weight of bus, including weight of vehicle plus fuel, passengers, and cargo) GVWR 2–10,000–26,000 pounds 3–26,000 pounds or more Vehicle configuration V_CONFIG 21–Bus (seats for more than 15 people, including driver) Person file
Vehicle body type occupied by injured and uninjured persons
51–Cross-Country/Intercity Bus (i.e., Greyhound) 52–Transit Bus (City Bus) 58–Other Bus Type 59–Unknown Bus Type Severity of injuries INJ_SEV 0–No Injury (O) 1–Possible Injury (C) 2–Nonincapacitating Evident Injury (B) 3–Incapacity Injury (A) 4–Fatal Injury (K) 5–Injured, Severity Unknown Person type in accident PER_TYP 01–Driver 02–Passenger of Motor Vehicle in Transport 03–Occupant of Motor Vehicle Not in Transport
NTSB Highway Accident Report
75 Variable FARS variable name FARS codes used in analysis and definitions 04–Occupant of Non-Motor-Vehicle Transport Device 05–Pedestrian 06–Bicyclist 07–Other Cyclist 08–Other Pedestrian (includes persons on personal conveyances) 09–Unknown Occupant Type in Motor Vehicle in Transport 19–Unknown Type of Nonmotorist Transported to hospital HOSPITAL For year 2007: 0–No 1–Yes, EMS 2–Yes, Law Enforcement 3–Yes, Other 4–Yes, Transported by Unknown Source 9–Unknown
For years 2001–2006: 0–No 1–Yes For year 2000: 0–No 1–Yes 7–Died at the Scene 8–Died En Route
Note that only those accidents meeting the specific criteria shown in table B–7 were included in the data study. Almost all the variables in the table have an “unknown” code; consequently, in any analysis where an unknown was possible in a critical variable, the case was excluded from the analysis. For example, in 16 of the 1,093 fatal accidents involving large buses, the variable roadway function class was coded “Unknown.” As a result, these 16 accident cases were excluded from any analysis that compared rural and urban accidents. Motorcoach Selection Criteria for Data Study The basic steps used to select specific accidents, types of buses, and bus occupants are described below. Step 1: Select the time period for the accidents. As previously discussed, calendar years 2000–2007 were chosen for this analysis because one of the important variables, bus use, was not universally coded before 2000. Step 2: Select fatal accidents involving large buses. Because accidents involving large buses being used in scheduled service, commuter service, or as a charter/tour or shuttle bus were being analyzed, vehicles in selected accidents had to meet the following criteria:
NTSB Highway Accident Report
76 a. Possess a bus body type (FARS Body Type code of 51, 52, 58, or 59). b. Be used in scheduled or commuter service, or as a charter/tour or shuttle bus. The set of accidents involving buses was further limited to those that met FARS BUS_USE codes equal to 4, 5, 6, or 7. These codes excluded any type of bus being used as a school bus. c. Have a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. The set of accidents involving large buses being used in scheduled or commuter service or as a charter/tour or shuttle bus was further restricted to vehicles with a FARS GVWR code of 2 or 3. d. Be configured to hold more than 15 passengers. This criterion required that all the fatal accidents in the final set equal FARS V_CONFIG code 21. These criteria excluded school buses, any type of bus being used as a school bus, and small passenger vans configured to carry 15 or fewer passengers. Step 3: Identify different types of buses. In the analysis, buses were characterized as motorcoaches, transit/city buses, and large buses with a GVWR between 10,000 and 26,000 pounds to allow comparisons among buses of different types that may be used in a similar way. Therefore, vehicles in selected accidents had to meet the following criteria: a. Transit/city buses that were in the final set of fatal accidents derived from steps 1 and 2 were identified by the FARS BODY_TYP code 52 (Transit/City Bus). b. Large buses with a GVWR between 10,000 and 26,000 pounds were identified by the FARS GVWR code 2. Identifying motorcoaches required multiple criteria. As previously discussed, no FARS or NHTSA regulation definition of a motorcoach exists. In previous analyses of motorcoach7 accidents, motorcoaches were treated as cross-country/intercity buses because such buses typically operate in a manner similar to motorcoaches. In practice, a number of definitions have been used. In the Safety Board’s data report, a motorcoach is defined as any large bus with a GVWR greater than 26,000 pounds that is configured to carry more than 15 passengers and is being used as a charter/tour bus, in scheduled service, in commuter service, or as a shuttle bus. This definition would include the cross/country intercity bus type used in previous NHTSA and industry analyses and other types of buses that function as motorcoaches. Given that all large buses in the set of fatal accidents met the FARS V_CONFIG code equal to 21 (seats for more than 15 people, including driver), the following criteria were used to characterize motorcoaches: a. All buses that met FARS BODY_TYP code 51 (Cross-Country/Intercity Bus).
7 NHTSA’s Approach to Motorcoach Safety (Washington, DC: DOT, 2007).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
77 b. All buses with a FARS BODY_TYP code of 58 or 59 that met FARS BUS_USE code 4, 5, 6, or 7, and FARS GVWR code 3. Step 4: Identify bus occupants. The analysis required evaluating bus occupant injuries and transport to hospital of bus occupants. Injured transported to a hospital were identified by using FARS INJ_SEV codes 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and FARS HOSPITAL code 1 (1, 7, or 8 for year 2000). Bus occupants can be identified by using the FARS BODY_TYP variable in the Person File to determine the type of vehicle in which the person was an occupant. Bus occupants were identified by using the Person File FARS Body_TYP codes of 51, 52, 58, or 59. Step 5: Identify whether rural or urban accident. Many of the analyses in this report compared rural and urban accidents. Selecting rural and urban accidents involving large buses was based on the FHWA’s Roadway Function Classification system, a method typically used in the analysis of highway accident data to characterize rural or urban accidents. In this report, rural and urban accidents involving large buses were identified using FARS ROAD_FNC codes 1 through 9 for rural accidents and codes 11 through 19 for urban accidents.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
78 Appendix C Video Study7 The purpose of this study was to estimate the speed of the accident motorcoach just prior to roadway departure. To do so, Safety Board staff developed a computer program to analyze video recorded by the DriveCam II video recorder installed on the accident motorcoach. DriveCam II Video Recorder Details The MCI J4500 motorcoach in the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident was equipped with a DriveCam II video recorder that recorded video and accelerations. The DriveCam II system records color video frames at the rate of 4 per second (that is, at 0.25-second frame spacing) in 640×360 (H×V) format. The recording starts 10 seconds before a triggering event and lasts 10 seconds after it, for a total of 81 frames. The triggering event is an acceleration level that exceeds threshold 0.5 g for forward acceleration, 0.45 g for lateral acceleration, and 1.5 g for shock. The specific triggering event in this accident was shock acceleration above the threshold. The DriveCam II video recorder successfully captured the events before and during the accident. The camera was mounted on the right-front windshield of the motorcoach, close to the center post. The DriveCam II system includes two camera sensors, one forward-looking and one rearward-looking. Only the video from the forward-looking camera sensor was used in this study. The DriveCam II system uses a wide-angle lens that exhibits barrel distortion near the edges of the images it captures. Safety Board staff calibrated the camera and mathematically corrected the distortion. The corrected images closely matched the images that an ideal pinhole camera would capture and that the analysis program is designed to handle. Site Survey Data The site of the Mexican Hat accident was accurately surveyed by Utah authorities. The survey included numerous fixed points on and off the roadway, including vehicle debris. From this survey, the video study used 183 surveyed points as landmarks for vehicle speed estimation, to include points representing the following: • Solid white lines, solid yellow lines, and broken yellow lines on the roadway; • Reflector locations, including 12 reflectors that were mounted on a guardrail;
7 The material in this appendix is based on a video study prepared in support of the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident investigation; the study is available in the accident docket (HWY-08-MH-012).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
79 • A post painted with reflective paint just past the last reflector and higher than it; and • A large rectangular reflective “Valley of the Gods” road sign some distance past the last reflector. Vehicle Speed Estimation The Safety Board’s video analysis program can be used to determine the location of a moving vehicle by comparing the locations of landmarks in a camera image with their locations in a mathematically synthesized image generated by the program. If, at an assumed vehicle location, the camera image landmarks and synthesized image landmarks coincide, then the vehicle location is assumed to be where the vehicle was when the camera image was acquired. Speed estimation is performed interactively. The user moves the vehicle that is displayed in the program’s graphical user interface (GUI) until the landmarks coincide. Vehicle speed can be estimated by dividing the distance between two vehicle locations by the time difference between the corresponding camera image frames. Figures C-1, C-2, and C-3 show the program GUI at times –7 seconds, –6 seconds, and –5 seconds, respectively. The vehicle is positioned at its estimated locations at those times. The lower plot in figures C-1 through C-3 shows the surveyed landmarks and the vehicle, with plot points corresponding to survey points representing the white solid lines on the pavement, the solid yellow lane-dividing line, the ends of broken yellow line segments, and the locations of reflectors. The upper plot is the camera image (shown as negative of the original), which shows the locations of the survey points as computed by the camera model that is built into the analysis program. Each reflector is marked at the elevation of the reflective surface and at ground level beneath it.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
80
Figure C-1. Vehicle at time –7 seconds.
Figure C-2. Vehicle at time –6 seconds.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
81
Figure C-3. Vehicle at time –5 seconds. The motorcoach’s location was estimated at 19 positions, corresponding to 19 camera frames spanning the time period from –8.75 to –4.25 seconds. The vehicle’s speed was estimated using the formula Vn=Δx/Δt, where Δx is the total travel of the vehicle during n contiguous time intervals, and Δt is 0.25×n. The middle line in the graph shown in figure C-4 represents this nominal speed estimate. The estimate becomes more accurate as more contiguous intervals are considered.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
82
Figure C-4. Vehicle speed estimate versus number of frame intervals. The nominal speed estimate is based on exact 0.25-second timing of the camera frame intervals. If camera timing is not exact, this nominal speed estimate could be too high (if the actual Δt was longer than 0.25×n) or too low (if Δt was shorter than 0.25×n). The possible speed estimation error due to such video frame timing was analyzed in detail and taken into account. The bottom line in the figure C-4 graph represents the lower bound of the speed estimate and the uppermost line represents the upper bound. The lower bound is higher than 85 mph if 10 or more camera frame intervals are considered. After 18 frame intervals, the lower bound of the motorcoach’s speed is estimated to be 88 mph and the upper bound, 92 mph. Summary of Results Based on the Safety Board’s analysis of video from the accident vehicle’s DriveCam II video recorder, the motorcoach’s speed was estimated to have been between 88 and 92 mph shortly before roadway departure.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
83 Appendix D Safety Board Motorcoach Accident Investigations The National Transportation Safety Board’s 1999 special investigation on bus crashworthiness1 included statistics on 36 motorcoach accidents investigated by the Safety Board from 1968 through 1997. This appendix summarizes 33 motorcoach frontal crash and rollover accidents investigated by the Board (major accidents, field investigations, and incidents) since
- Table D-1 accounts for motorcoach passengers, not drivers, because drivers’ use of seat
belts decreases the likelihood of ejection. Table D-1. Motorcoach accidents investigated by the Safety Board since 1998.
Year Accident Fatalities Injuries Ejections Crash type 1 1998 Burnt Cabins, PA (HWY-98-MH-033) 6 16 0 Frontal impact 2 1998 Old Bridge, NJ (HWY-99-MH-007) 8 14 7 Rollover 3 1999 Santa Fe, NM (HWY-99-FH-012) 2 35A 1 Rollover 4 1999 New Orleans, LA (HWY-99-MH-017) 22 21 10 Frontal impactB 5 1999 Braidwood, IL (HWY-99-FH-017) 1 23 2 Rollover 6 1999 Canon City, CO (HWY-00-FH-011) 2 57 53 Rollover 7 2000 Eureka, MO (HWY-00-IH-051) 0 25 0 Frontal impact 8 2001 Allamuchy, NJ (HWY-01-FH-011) 0 39 0 Rollover 9 2001 Bay St. Louis, MO (HWY-01-IH-024) 0 16 0 Frontal impactB 10 2001 Fairplay, CO (HWY-01-IH-028) 0 45 12 Rollover 11 2001 Pleasant View, TN (HWY-01-FH-03) 1 43 1 Rollover 12 2002 Manchester, TN (HWY-02-IH-002) 6 UnknownC 6 Rollover 13 2002 Loraine, TX (HWY-02-MH-021) 3 29 0 Frontal impact 14 2002 Victor, NY (HWY-02-MH-025) 5 41 6 Rollover 15 2002 Nephi, UT (HWY-03-IH-001) 6 20 13 Rollover 16 2003 Hewitt, TX (HWY-03-MH-022) 5 29 15 Rollover
1 National Transportation Safety Board, Bus Crashworthiness Issues, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/04 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1999).
NTSB Highway Accident Report
84
Year Accident Fatalities Injuries Ejections Crash type 17 2003 Tallulah, LA (HWY-04-MH-002) 8 6 1 Frontal impact 18 2003 Apache Co., AZ (HWY-04-IH-007) 0 44 0 Rollover 19 2004 North Hudson, NY (HWY-04-FH-015) 0 47 0 Frontal impact 20 2003 Anahuac, TX (HWY-04-FH-026) 1 35 0 Frontal impact 21 2004 Phoenix, AZ (HWY-04-IH-029) 1 38 0 Frontal impact 22 2004 Jackson, TN (HWY-04-IH-035) 2 18 0 Frontal impact 23 2004 Turrell, AR (HWY-05-MH-006) 14 15 30 Rollover 24 2005 Geneseo, NY (HWY-05-FH-017) 3 20 0 Frontal impact 25 2005 Baltimore, MD (HWY-05-FH-031) 0 33 0 Rollover 26 2005 Osseo, WI (HWY-06-MH-003) 4 35 1 Frontal impact 27 2006 Westport, NY (HWY-06-MH-026) 4 48 22 Rollover 28 2006 Auburn, MA (HWY-06-IH-028) 0 34 0 Rollover 29 2007 Atlanta, GA (HWY-07-MH-015) 6 28 12 Frontal/rollover 30 2007 Clearfield, PA (HWY-07-IH-020) 2 25 2 Rollover 31 2007 Bowling Green, KY (HWY-07-IH-022) 1 64 10 Rollover 32 2008 Victoria, TX D (HWY-08-MH-001) 1 46 1 Rollover 33 2008 Mexican Hat, UT (HWY-08-MH-012) 9 44 50 Rollover Total 123 1,033 255
ADriver injuries unknown. BRun-off-road, then frontal impact into terrain. CDriver attacked by passenger; subsequent injuries unknown. DLap belts available; none reportedly were used.
FD07363 | 2009_美国_HAR0902.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Bridge and Rollover Sherman, Texas August 8, 2008
Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/02 PB2009-916202
National Transportation Safety Board
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB/HAR-09/02 PB2009-916202 Notation 8078A Adopted October 27, 2009
Highway Accident Report Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Bridge and Rollover Sherman, Texas August 8, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2009. Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Bridge and Rollover, Sherman, Texas, August 8, 2008. Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/02. Washington, DC.
Abstract: About 12:45 a.m. on August 8, 2008, a 56-passenger motorcoach was northbound on U.S. Highway 75 when it was involved in a single-vehicle accident in Sherman, Texas. The motorcoach had left Houston, Texas, about 8:30 p.m. on August 7, 2008, with a driver and 55 passengers onboard, en route to Carthage, Missouri. Before the crash, the motorcoach was traveling in the right lane of the four-lane divided highway. As the motorcoach approached the Post Oak Creek near Sherman, its right steer axle tire failed. The motorcoach departed the roadway, overrode a 7-inch-high, 18-inch-wide concrete curb, and struck the metal bridge railing. After riding against the bridge railing for about 120 feet, the motorcoach went through the railing and off the bridge. It fell about 8 feet and slid on its right side before coming to rest on the inclined earthen bridge abutment adjacent to the creek. As a result of the accident, 17 motorcoach passengers died, the motorcoach driver received serious injuries, and 38 passengers received minor-to-serious injuries.
The major safety issues identified in the accident investigation included the need for tire pressure monitoring systems on commercial vehicles; the need for criteria for the selection of bridge railing designs; the lack of oversight of the Federal commercial vehicle inspections delegated to the states; the lack of motorcoach occupant protection systems; and the deficiencies in Federal safety oversight of new entrant motor carriers. As a result of its investigation, the NTSB makes recommendations to the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, and Motor Coach Industries, Inc. The NTSB also reiterates previous recommendations to the FMCSA and NHTSA.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-916202 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Highway Accident Report iii Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................... vii Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... ix Factual Information .......................................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative ...........................................................................................................................1 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................3 Emergency Response .......................................................................................................................6 Motorcoach Driver ...........................................................................................................................6 Driver Interview ........................................................................................................................8 Driver’s Medical Certification ..................................................................................................9 Toxicology Results .................................................................................................................10 Survival Factors .............................................................................................................................10 Accident Reconstruction ................................................................................................................12 Vehicle ...........................................................................................................................................15 Vehicle Systems ......................................................................................................................15 Tires ........................................................................................................................................17 Vehicle Maintenance ..............................................................................................................22 Commercial Motor Vehicle Inspections .................................................................................23 Highway .........................................................................................................................................24 Physical Evidence ...................................................................................................................26 Traffic Metrics ........................................................................................................................28 Environmental Conditions ......................................................................................................28 Motor Carrier .................................................................................................................................29 Angel Tours ............................................................................................................................29 Iguala BusMex ........................................................................................................................31 Liberty Charters and Tours .....................................................................................................32 Other Information ..........................................................................................................................33 Bridge Railing Design Guidance ............................................................................................33 Means Used to Check Tire Pressure .......................................................................................38 Motorcoach Crash Testing ......................................................................................................40 New Entrant Program .............................................................................................................41 Analysis .........................................................................................................................................44 Exclusions ......................................................................................................................................44 The Accident ..................................................................................................................................45 Accident Sequence ..................................................................................................................45 Motorcoach Driver ..................................................................................................................46 Tire Failure.....................................................................................................................................49 Vehicle Load and Tire Capacity .............................................................................................50 Tire Pressure ...........................................................................................................................50
NTSB Highway Accident Report iv Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems ..........................................................................................52 Bridge Railings ..............................................................................................................................53 Design Guidelines ...................................................................................................................53 Warrants ..................................................................................................................................54 Commercial Vehicle Inspections ...................................................................................................56 Occupant Protection .......................................................................................................................57 Safety Standards .....................................................................................................................57 Luggage Rack Failure .............................................................................................................60 Motor Carrier Oversight ................................................................................................................61 New Entrant Program .............................................................................................................61 Revocation of Operating Authority ........................................................................................62 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................64 Findings..........................................................................................................................................64 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................66 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................67 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................67 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report ...................................................68 Appendix A ...................................................................................................................................70 Investigation ...................................................................................................................................70
NTSB Highway Accident Report v Figures Figure 1. Map of accident location. ............................................................................................... 2 Figure 2. View of approach to Post Oak Creek bridge. ................................................................. 3 Figure 3. Motorcoach seating chart................................................................................................ 5 Figure 4. Motorcoach driver’s 72-hour work/rest history.............................................................. 8 Figure 5. Postaccident view of the accident motorcoach. ............................................................ 11 Figure 6. Cross-sectional diagram of a tire similar to those on the accident motorcoach, labeled to show significant tire elements. .................................................................... 13 Figure 7. Accident reconstruction diagram. ................................................................................. 14 Figure 8. Right steer axle tire of the accident motorcoach. ......................................................... 19 Figure 9. Photographs of a Goodyear 315/80 R22.5 tire inflated to 115 psi (left) and 60 psi (right). ................................................................................................................ 22 Figure 10. Highway accident scene, looking at the motorcoach’s path off the bridge. ............... 24 Figure 11. Motorcoach on the bank of the Post Oak Creek. ........................................................ 25 Figure 12. Two views of the repaired bridge railing. ................................................................... 27
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report vii Acronyms and Abbreviations AAMVA American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators AASHO American Association of State Highway Officials AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ADT average daily traffic ANPRM Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Bridgestone Bridgestone Americas, Inc. CDL commercial driver’s license CFR Code of Federal Regulations CVSA Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance DOT U.S. Department of Transportation DWI Driving While Intoxicated ECE R66 United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation 66 ECM electronic control module EDA evasion detection algorithm EMS emergency medical services EU European Union FHWA Federal Highway Administration FMCSA Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration FMCSRs Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMVSSs Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards GAO U.S. Government Accountability Office GAWR gross axle weight rating Goodyear Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Greyhound Greyhound Lines, Inc. GVWR gross vehicle weight rating HbA1c hemoglobin A1c Liberty Liberty Charters and Tours LRFD Load and Resistance Factor Design MASH Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware MCI Motor Coach Industries, Inc.
NTSB Highway Accident Report viii MCMIS Motor Carrier Management Information System MCSAP Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program Michelin Michelin North America, Inc. µg/mL micrograms per milliliter mg/dL milligrams per deciliter mm millimeter NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program NHS National Highway System NHTSA National Highway Traffic Safety Administration PRISM Performance and Registration Information Systems Management SAFETEA-LU Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users SEE-80-5 1980 Safety Effectiveness Evaluation of Traffic Safety Barriers THC tetrahydrocannabinol TL-1 (through TL-6) Test Level One (through Test Level Six) TPMS tire pressure monitoring system TRB Transportation Research Board TREAD Act Transportation Recall Enhancement, Accountability, and Documentation Act TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation TxDPS Texas Department of Public Safety USDOT number U.S. Department of Transportation number US-75 U.S. Highway 75
NTSB Highway Accident Report ix Executive Summary About 12:45 a.m., central daylight time, on Friday, August 8, 2008, a 2002 56-passenger Motor Coach Industries, Inc., motorcoach, operated by Iguala BusMex, Inc., was northbound on U.S. Highway 75 when it was involved in a single-vehicle, multiple-fatality accident in Sherman, Texas. The chartered motorcoach had departed the Vietnamese Martyrs Catholic Church in Houston, Texas, at approximately 8:30 p.m. on August 7, 2008, with a driver and 55 passengers onboard, en route to the Marian Days Festival in Carthage, Missouri. When the accident occurred, the motorcoach had completed about 309 miles of the approximately 600-mile-long trip. Before the crash, the motorcoach was traveling in the right lane of the four-lane divided highway. As the motorcoach approached the Post Oak Creek bridge at a speed of about 68 mph, its right steer axle tire failed. The motorcoach departed the roadway on an angle of about 4 degrees to the right, overrode a 7-inch-high, 18-inch-wide concrete curb, and struck the metal bridge railing. After riding against the bridge railing for about 120 feet and displacing approximately 136 feet of railing, the motorcoach went through the bridge railing and off the bridge. It fell about 8 feet and slid approximately 24 feet on its right side before coming to rest on the inclined earthen bridge abutment adjacent to Post Oak Creek. As a result of the accident, 17 motorcoach passengers died; 12 passengers were found to be dead at the crash site, and 5 others later died at area hospitals. In addition, the 52-year-old driver received serious injuries, and 38 passengers received minor-to-serious injuries. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the failure of the right steer axle tire, due to an extended period of low-pressure operation, which resulted in sidewall, belting, and body ply separation within the tire, leading to loss of vehicle control. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the failure of the bridge railing to redirect the motorcoach and prevent it from departing the bridge. The lack of an adequate occupant protection system contributed to the severity of the passenger injuries. The following safety issues are identified in this report: The tire failure and the need for tire pressure monitoring systems on commercial vehicles; The failure of the bridge railing and the need for criteria for the selection of appropriate bridge railing designs; The lack of oversight of the Federal commercial vehicle inspections that are delegated to the states; The lack of motorcoach occupant protection systems; and The deficiencies in Federal safety oversight of new entrant motor carriers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report x As a result of the investigation, the NTSB makes recommendations to the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, and Motor Coach Industries, Inc. The NTSB also reiterates previous recommendations to the FMCSA and NHTSA.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 1 Factual Information Accident Narrative About 8:30 p.m., central daylight time,1 on Thursday, August 7, 2008, a 2002 56-passenger Motor Coach Industries, Inc. (MCI), motorcoach, operated by Iguala BusMex, Inc., departed the Vietnamese Martyrs Catholic Church in Houston, Texas, with a driver and 55 passengers on board. The chartered motorcoach was en route to the Marian Days Festival in Carthage, Missouri, a trip of approximately 600 miles. About 4 hours later, the motorcoach had completed about 309 miles of the trip and was northbound on U.S. Highway 75 (US-75). About 12:45 a.m., the motorcoach was involved in a single-vehicle, multiple-fatality accident in Sherman, Texas. (See location map in figure 1.) Before the crash, the motorcoach had traversed a 1,389-foot-long, 2.3-degree right curve with a 3.75-percent downgrade and had begun traversing a 1.5-degree left curve on a 0.4-percent ascending grade as it approached the Post Oak Creek bridge. (See figure 2.) As the motorcoach approached the bridge at a speed (provided by electronic control module [ECM]) of about 68 mph, its right steer axle tire failed.2 The motorcoach departed the roadway on an angle of about 4 degrees to the right, overrode a 7-inch-high, 18-inch-wide concrete curb, and struck the 31-inch-high metal bridge railing.3 After riding against the bridge railing for about 120 feet and displacing approximately 136 feet of railing, the motorcoach went through the bridge railing and off the bridge.4 It fell about 8 feet and slid approximately 24 feet on its right side before coming to rest on the inclined earthen bridge abutment adjacent to the creek. Seventeen of the 55 passengers died as a result of this accident; 12 motorcoach passengers were found to be dead at the crash site, and 5 others later died at area hospitals. In addition, the 52-year-old driver received serious injuries, and 38 passengers received minor-to-serious injuries. Investigators found no indication that the driver had been engaged in nondriving tasks, such as text-messaging or talking on a citizens band radio, loudspeaker, or cellular telephone, when the accident occurred. Postaccident interviews were conducted with 17 passengers; they indicated that there had been no distractions caused by passengers. At the time of the accident, the weather was clear and the roadway was dry.
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all times in this report are central daylight time. 2 This motorcoach had three axles—a steer axle in the front, a drive axle connected to the power train, and a tag axle in the rear that provided support and stability. 3 A bridge railing is a longitudinal barrier intended to prevent a vehicle from running off the edge of a bridge. 4 The first bridge railing displaced by the motorcoach was struck midway along its length.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 2
Figure 1. Map of accident location.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 3
Figure 2. View of approach to Post Oak Creek bridge. (Photograph was taken after postaccident repairs were made to the bridge.) Injuries See table 1 for injury information. Table 1. Injury summary. Injury Severity Motorcoach Driver Passengers Total Fatal 0 17 17 Serious 1 26 27 Minor 0 12 12 None 0 0 0 Total 1 55 56 Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines fatal injury as “any injury which results in death within 30 days of the accident” and serious injury as “any injury which: (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.”
NTSB Highway Accident Report 4 The motorcoach driver sustained serious traumatic injuries to the head and upper torso, as well as internal injuries. The majority of those killed and seriously injured incurred blunt force trauma to the head, neck, chest, and spine. Minor injuries were characterized by lacerations and contusions. Based on interviews with passengers, as well as information provided by Sherman police, fire, and emergency medical services (EMS) personnel, investigators established the seating positions of the motorcoach occupants. (See figure 3.) Thirteen of the 17 passengers who died as a result of the accident were on the right side of the motorcoach at the time of the accident, and 8 of those 13 were in the first five rows. The four fatalities who had been seated on the left side of the motorcoach at the time of the accident were in rows 3 through 7. One seat was unoccupied; it was the aisle seat in row 9 on the right side of the motorcoach. Nineteen passengers were male; 36 were female. The average age of passengers on the motorcoach was 46; nine passengers were younger than 16, and eight were older than 70. The average age of the 17 passengers who died was 62, and the average age of the 38 passengers who survived was 39. None of the passenger seating positions were equipped with occupant restraints. The driver’s seat was equipped with a 2-point lap seat belt, but the driver was not wearing it at the time of the accident. First responders and motorcoach occupants told investigators that some passengers had been ejected as a result of the accident. Investigators established that at least four passengers were fully or partially ejected; however, the exact number of fully and partially ejected passengers could not be determined. Partially ejected passengers were seated in seats 9B and 12D; fully ejected passengers were seated in seats 6D and 13C. First responders’ records regarding ejections were inconclusive because other passengers rendered immediate assistance, and the injured were moved quickly away from the wrecked motorcoach because of passenger fears of a postcrash fire. Also, some passengers who had been partially ejected were trapped under the vehicle, making it difficult for witnesses to determine how many had been ejected.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 5
Figure 3. Motorcoach seating chart. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 LAV A B C D 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A B C D M-52:Serious DRIVER M-81:Fatal M-76:Fatal F-19:Serious F-62:Fatal F-29:Fatal M-31:Serious M-67:Fatal F-59:Fatal F-33:Serious F-48:Serious F-50:Fatal M-21:Minor F-50:Minor M-54:Serious F-49:Fatal F-38:Serious F-57:Serious M-54:Serious M-38:Serious Empty Seat F-71:Fatal F-27:Fatal F-60:Serious M-60:Fatal M-84:Fatal F-44:Serious F-13:Minor M-12:Minor F-59:Fatal F-34:Minor F-71:Fatal M-67:Serious F-60:Fatal F-14:Serious M-7:Minor F-34:Minor F-36:Serious F-65:Serious F-12:Minor F-73:Serious M-47:Serious M-63:Serious F-89:Fatal F-45:Minor F-71:Minor F-45:Serious M-9:Serious M-15:Serious F-12:Minor F-11:Serious F-25:Minor M-54:Serious M-53:Serious In Rest Room F-65:Serious F-41:Serious F-59:Fatal Sherman, TX HWY-08-MH-022 Injury level as defined by Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 830.2: Fatal: injury which results in death within 30 days of the accident. Serious: injury which requires hospitalization or results in fractures; hemorrhages; nerve, tendon, or internal organ damage; or serious burns. Minor:other injury that is not a serious injury. None: used for occupants who were not injured. Legend SAMPLE F = FEMALE M = MALE # = AGE INJURY LEVEL AGE GENDER F - 14 : Serious
NTSB Highway Accident Report 6 Emergency Response The City of Sherman Communications Center received initial notification of the accident at 12:45 a.m. from a motorist who saw the motorcoach depart the roadway. Police, fire, and EMS personnel were dispatched at 12:46 a.m. and arrived on the scene about 12:50 a.m. The City of Sherman and Grayson County Communications Centers worked to coordinate on-scene resources. The Sherman fire chief served as the incident commander, establishing a mobile command post near the accident site. Separate transfer points were established for ground ambulance and helicopter transport. Nineteen helicopter EMS response trips were executed by units from Sherman, McKinney, and Frisco, Texas.5 About 25–30 ground ambulances from nine different service departments responded.6 The injured were transported to nine regional medical facilities.7 Seven of the injured were transported to a local medical facility in Sherman; most were transported 30–40 miles to regional treatment facilities. Four were taken to two facilities in the Dallas, Texas, area, approximately 60 miles away; and one patient was transported to a facility in Fort Worth, Texas, about 90 miles away. The Dallas and Tarrant County Medical Examiner’s Offices also responded. By 1:08 a.m., within 23 minutes of the initial notification of the accident, the most critically injured patients had arrived at local medical facilities in Sherman and nearby McKinney, Texas.8 By 2:39 a.m., 1 hour 54 minutes after the accident, all the injured had been transported to medical facilities. Grayson County has an emergency response plan that includes all the county’s public safety agencies and area medical facilities. The response plan contains annexes with checklists and process descriptions for responding to mass casualty transportation accidents. During the emergency, the Sherman Fire Department activated the regional mutual aid plan to staff the ongoing work shift requirements for fire and rescue personnel called to the accident. Motorcoach Driver The 52-year-old male driver held a Texas class B commercial driver’s license (CDL) with a passenger endorsement, issued on December 15, 2005, and due to expire in 2010. There were no restrictions on the license. The driver said he began driving motorcoaches in 1983 while employed by the Houston Metropolitan Transit Authority. On the driver’s employment application at Angel Tours, Inc.,9 dated April 28, 2008, he indicated that he had been employed
5 Life Star in Sherman, Texas, responded. Sky Med (PHI) in McKinney, Texas, approximately 30 miles from the accident site, and Care Flight in Frisco, Texas, approximately 40 miles from the accident site, also responded. 6 Ambulances responded from the Sherman, Bells, Denison, Grayson, McKinney, and Van Alstyne Fire Departments and from the Preston, Texas Vital, and Bryan County EMS organizations. 7 These facilities were the Texoma Medical Center, Denison, Texas; Wilson N. Jones Medical Facility, Sherman, Texas; Parkland Health and Hospital System, Dallas, Texas; McKinney Medical Center, McKinney, Texas; Medical Center of Southwest Oklahoma, Durant, Oklahoma; Presbyterian Medical Center, Allen, Texas; North Central Medical Center, McKinney, Texas; Methodist Hospital, Dallas, Texas; and Harris Methodist Medical Center, Fort Worth, Texas. 8 Approximately one-third of those transported went to two facilities; the Wilson N. Jones Medical Facility in Sherman received seven patients, and the McKinney Medical Center in McKinney, about 40 miles away, received eight patients. 9 The ―Motor Carrier‖ section of this report discusses the business relationship between Iguala BusMex and Angel Tours, Inc.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 7 by Genesis Tours from March 2004 to March 2007,10 by Autobuses Adame Tours from December 2002 to February 2004, by Continental Tours from April 2000 to November 2002, and by Carrington Tours from March 1999 to March 2000. In a postaccident interview with investigators, the driver said that he had additional driving experience with Greyhound Lines, Inc. (Greyhound), from 1989–1995 and with Grayline from 1995–1999. Further, the driver said that he had completed ―numerous safety classes,‖ as well as a Greyhound training course in Oklahoma. Greyhound verified that it had employed the driver 13 years earlier. The driver told NTSB investigators that he had been terminated by Greyhound for failure to report for a medical examination. Information that the NTSB subpoenaed from Greyhound indicated that the driver had been terminated on March 21, 1995, because he tested positive for cocaine during a mandatory random drug test. NTSB investigators were unable to contact several of the other employers that the driver cited due to incomplete information and/or disconnected telephone numbers for the carriers.11 The NTSB attempted to obtain additional information about the driver’s history of controlled substance testing. The state of Texas maintains records on the results of controlled substance tests for commercial drivers. The NTSB asked Texas to check its database of drug and alcohol test results for information concerning the accident driver. The state required the NTSB to serve a subpoena upon the Texas Department of Public Safety (TxDPS) to obtain access to the information. The available database information showed no records for the driver. (The dates of the driver’s positive test results when he was employed by Greyhound preceded the establishment of the Texas database, which was initiated in January 2003, with mandatory reporting beginning in September 2005.) On his application for employment, the driver denied having had any accidents, traffic convictions, or forfeitures in the preceding 3 years. He also said that he had not been denied a license, permit, or privilege to operate a motor vehicle, and that he had not had a suspension or revocation of license, permit, or privilege to operate a motor vehicle. However, the driver’s history of motor vehicle violations obtained by the Sherman Police Department and the TxDPS showed that the driver had two speeding violations, one on March 20, 2007, and another on May 3, 2004.12 He was also convicted on August 16, 2001, of Driving While Intoxicated (DWI), following his refusal to submit to an alcohol screening test.13 The driver had undergone two roadside inspections in the 16 months preceding the accident. On May 2, 2007, and August 6, 2007, the driver was placed out of service for violation of 49 CFR 395.8(k)(2), because he did not have a record-of-duty status log covering the
10 Investigators found another application in the driver’s qualification file that indicated his dates of employment with Genesis Tours as February 2003 to April 2006. 11 Title 49 CFR 391.51 requires employers to maintain driver qualification files for 3 years after an employee leaves employment. 12 In a postaccident interview, the driver stated that he received a speeding ticket in a commercial vehicle while working for Autobuses Adame Tours. 13 The adjudicative docket NTSB investigators obtained from the Texas District Courts did not distinguish vehicle type. The driver stated that his DWI violation took place while driving his personal vehicle.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 8 preceding 7 days in his possession at the time of those inspections. Additionally, for the May 2007 inspection, the motor carrier was cited for the driver’s failure to possess a valid medical certificate.14 According to the driver’s record-of-duty status logbook, in the days preceding the Sherman accident, he was on duty Monday, August 4, 2008, from midnight to 12:30 p.m. The driver did not work on Tuesday, August 5. He returned to work on Wednesday, August 6, at 7:45 a.m., and worked until 10:00 a.m., when he went off duty. He resumed driving at 1:15 p.m., and he went off duty at 2:45 p.m. On Thursday, August 7, the driver went on duty at 5:00 p.m. He had a 1-hour break at 7:15 p.m. He resumed driving at 8:15 p.m. and continued driving until the accident occurred at 12:45 a.m. on August 8. The driver’s pattern of work is shown in figure 4.
Figure 4. Motorcoach driver’s 72-hour work/rest history. [Note: Due to his injuries, investigators were unable to interview the driver immediately following the accident; when he was interviewed—weeks later—he provided only limited information about his off-duty activities.] Driver Interview The driver was critically injured in the crash and gave only a brief statement to NTSB investigators on August 8, 2008, while he was in the hospital. When investigators attempted to interview the driver again on August 9, his medical condition had deteriorated such that he could not be interviewed then, or for the duration of the on-scene investigation. Two months later, in the presence of his legal counsel, the driver was interviewed. During the October 9, 2008, interview, the driver said that he had spent much of the day preceding the accident (August 7) in bed resting in preparation for the nighttime trip. He said that
14 In 2007, it was not an out-of-service violation for a driver not to have a current medical certificate. On April 1, 2009, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration changed inspection procedures to make lack of a valid medical certificate an out-of-service violation.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 9 he also recalled going for a walk and washing clothes for the trip. He said that he had never been diagnosed with a sleeping disorder. He said that on the day of the trip, he arrived at the carrier about 4:45 p.m. and conducted a pretrip inspection of the motorcoach. He said that he examined the tires, looking for protrusions, wear and tear, and discoloration; he said he also kicked the tires. He said the bus appeared to be in good shape and that it drove smoothly, with no pulling to either side. He said that when he arrived at the first pick-up location, he met with the chaperone. He waited about 40 minutes for passengers to arrive, loaded the luggage, and then departed about 6:45–6:50 p.m. for a second pick-up location. He said that after he loaded luggage at the second pick-up site, he completed another walk-around inspection to ensure that the luggage bins were locked, and he also checked the motorcoach’s fluids. He indicated that most of the luggage had been stored in the first and second compartments from the bus’s front. He said that he began driving about 8:15 p.m. and stopped about 10 minutes later at a convenience store so he could purchase gum and an energy drink, because he knew he was going to be driving all night. The driver stated that he had previously made the trip to Carthage, Missouri, a year or two earlier. The driver said that the first 4 hours of the trip were uneventful. In describing the accident event, the driver said that he first felt a sway or vibration with the bus and let off the accelerator because he was unsure of what was causing it. Then, within seconds, he heard an explosion, and the right front of the bus dropped. He stated that he ―tried not to apply the brakes real hard.‖ He tried to hold onto the steering wheel, but it quickly became impossible, and the bus drifted to the right. The driver told investigators that, while driving for another company many years earlier, he had experienced a tire failure on the tag axle. He recalled that during that incident, he could feel the tire rubber breaking off and could smell it. He stated that he had had no difficulty controlling that vehicle and had been able to pull it over to the shoulder. The driver also stated that in training he recalled being told, with respect to tire blowouts, not to hit the brakes. Driver’s Medical Certification At the time of the accident, the driver had an expired medical certificate. It had been issued on May 24, 2007, and had expired on May 24, 2008. The driver’s May 24, 2007, Medical Examination Report for Commercial Driver Fitness Determinations indicated ―Yes‖ to ―High Blood Pressure‖ and ―Medications: Lisinopril.‖ The report indicated ―No‖ to all other items under ―Health History,‖ including ―Regular, frequent alcohol use,‖ and ―Narcotic or habit forming drug use.‖ The driver’s blood pressure was noted as 108/78. The medical examiner noted that the driver met standards, but because of his taking high blood pressure medication, which would require periodic evaluation, the driver was qualified for 1 year, rather than the typical 2-year period. Review of the driver’s personal medical records revealed that he had been treated for high blood pressure, diabetes, and high cholesterol, as well as gastritis due to alcohol use. On May 9, 2008, the driver’s blood sugar was 293 milligrams per deciliter (mg/dL) (reference range
NTSB Highway Accident Report 10 70–110), and his hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) was 11.2 percent.15 The driver was advised at that time to begin using injectable insulin, and he received a prescription for insulin.16 The driver was also prescribed an oral antidiabetic medication at that time (metformin). Testing performed on a blood specimen obtained from the driver following the accident showed an HbA1c of 8.2 percent. Several bottles of prescription medications were among the driver’s personal effects recovered following the accident. According to the labels on the bottles, the medications and instructions for use were as follows: lisinopril, 20 mg, 1–2 daily;17 metformin HCL, 500 mg, once daily;18 and omeprazole, 20 mg, twice daily.19 In addition, a bottle of nonprescription Tylenol PM was found.20 Toxicology Results Blood and urine specimens were obtained from the motorcoach driver at 4:26 a.m. (approximately 3.75 hours after the accident) and analyzed by the Federal Aviation Administration Civil Aerospace Medical Institute. The results were positive for benzoylecgonine in the blood (0.242 micrograms per milliliter [µg/mL]) and urine (11.09 µg/mL), and for cocaine (0.171 µg/mL) and cocaethylene (0.293 µg/mL) in the urine.21 Ecgonine methyl ester22 was detected at unspecified levels in the blood and urine. Diphenhydramine23 was detected in the blood (0.0075 µg/mL) and at unspecified levels in the urine. No ethanol, cocaine, or cocaethylene was detected in the blood. Survival Factors A 2-point lap belt was available at the driver’s seat. Investigators examined the belt and found it inoperative. The right side hasp portion of the belt was jammed in its retaining reel, preventing belt extension. The motorcoach was not equipped with passenger seat belts.
15 HbA1c is used to monitor the blood sugar control of diabetics over time. HbA1c levels above 6 percent are considered abnormal. HbA1c provides an indication of the average glucose level in the blood over the previous few months. 16 No refills were documented in the records investigators reviewed. 17 Lisinopril is a prescription medication used for the treatment of high blood pressure and certain other cardiovascular disorders and to help prevent certain complications of diabetes. 18 Metformin is a prescription oral medication used for the treatment of diabetes. 19 Omeprazole is an antacid medication used to treat a variety of gastrointestinal disorders that is available over the counter in the United States. 20 Tylenol PM is a compound of acetaminophen and diphenhydramine, available over the counter. Acetaminophen is a widely used pain reliever and fever reducer, and diphenhydramine is a sedating antihistamine. Tylenol PM is marketed as a combined analgesic and sedative, intended to treat occasional headaches and minor aches and pains with accompanying sleeplessness. 21 Benzoylecgonine is an inactive metabolite of cocaine, which is a central nervous system stimulant. Cocaethylene is an active substance formed in the body when cocaine and alcohol have been consumed together. 22 Ecgonine methyl ester is a metabolite of cocaine. 23 Diphenhydramine, commonly known by the trade name Benadryl, is an ingredient of Tylenol PM.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 11 The bus sustained significant impact damage on the right front corner near the boarding door extending across the width of the front and approximately 53 inches aft from the right front corner to about the midpoint of the right steer axle wheel. (See figure 5.) The front windshield, passenger boarding door, and seven emergency window exits along the right side of the vehicle were destroyed. The roof was damaged along the front portion, especially on the right front corner. The emergency hatches were intact and functional.
Figure 5. Postaccident view of the accident motorcoach. The sidewalls and the emergency windows on both sides of the motorcoach were vertically deformed. The window frames of the seven emergency window exits on the right side were intact; however, the safety glass was broken. The emergency windows on the left side remained intact and were functional but had not been used. All the passenger seats were intact and secured to the floor, except the right side aisle seat in row 12, which had its seat pan detached,24 and the double-retractable passenger seat on the left side of the row, which was moved by first responders during the rescue operation. The 3/4-inch
24 ―Seat pan‖ refers to the structural support for the lower seat cushion.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 12 plywood floor decking on the right side near row 1 failed, as did the floor decking across the width of the motorcoach at row 12. Overhead luggage racks, affixed with cast aluminum brackets to the roof and sidewall above the passenger seats, sustained damage at their anchorage points.25 The left side overhead luggage rack was 36 feet long and affixed with 11 brackets attached to the ceiling with two 1/2-inch bolts per bracket and to the sidewall with two inline 1/2-inch bolts. The right side rack, which was 3 feet shorter than the left, was attached by nine aluminum brackets. The brackets on the right side were found broken at their connection points to the ceiling and sidewall. The rack on the right side became detached and came to rest along the tops of the passenger seats on the right side, extending diagonally across the aisle on top of the seats to the left of the aisle. According to interviews with first responders, the displaced luggage rack was blocking the aisle near rows 3 and 4 as well as the right side emergency window exits. The underside of the detached luggage rack showed evidence of passenger contact along its length. Accident Reconstruction Accident investigators used documented physical evidence in conjunction with electronic engine data to reconstruct the accident event sequence. This factual information included tire marks, scraping and gouging of the roadway and bridge surfaces, tire fragments and debris locations, engine load/rpm, vehicle speed/rpm, and brake and throttle status. Distances calculated based on engine time records are approximate. The tire failure was initiated by the separating of steel belting materials, which led to belt edge lifting and shoulder rubber tearing, and ultimately to the detachment of belting and tread materials. During the belting and tread detachment phase, the tire casing ruptured, and an immediate inflation pressure loss resulted. (See figure 6 for cross-sectional diagram of a tire similar to those on the accident motorcoach, labeled to show significant tire elements.)
25 The contents of the luggage racks were not documented at the scene of the accident, and some personal belongings had been removed before NTSB investigators arrived.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 13
Figure 6. Cross-sectional diagram of a tire similar to those on the accident motorcoach, labeled to show significant tire elements. As the motorcoach traveled north toward the bridge, at a point 685 feet prior to the impact with the bridge, the motorcoach’s right steer axle tire began marking and depositing tire fragments. At this time, the motorcoach was traveling about 68 mph (approximately 100 feet per second). From this point to the tire blowout, the motorcoach traveled for 4.3 seconds. Vehicle engine data indicated variation in the percent throttle in these seconds preceding the blowout.26 The tire casing rupture (blowout) occurred approximately 3.0 seconds before impact with the bridge. The driver activated the brakes 1.1 seconds after the tire blowout, and the motorcoach struck the bridge railing 1.9 seconds later. Brake application reached 90 psi 0.7 second after driver input and reached maximum force about 1.0 second following driver input, when the motorcoach was traveling about 54 mph. The motorcoach struck the bridge railing while traveling about 44 mph. The right steer wheel departed the roadway as the motorcoach rotated clockwise along its longitudinal axis, traveling approximately 35 mph. Once the motorcoach had gone through the bridge railing, traveling about 29 mph, it fell 8 feet to the earthen bridge abutment and slid 24 feet. From the point of impact with the bridge railing to final rest, the motorcoach traveled 186 feet. The sequence of events is shown in figure 7.
26 Percent throttle varied between 32 percent and 58 percent in the 6 seconds before the hard braking event that followed the blowout.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 14
Figure 7. Accident reconstruction diagram. 685' Beginning of tire mark (68 mph) 253' 143' 123' Brakes applied Tire blowout Sidewall and tread begin to separate Impact with bridge railing (44 mph) 4.3 sec. 1.1 sec. 1.9 sec. Final rest 186' N
NTSB Highway Accident Report 15 The motorcoach and its occupants experienced multiple impact events. The impact forces first resulted from contact with the curb, uprights, and bridge railing, then from the right front corner of the motorcoach striking the earthen abutment, and then from the side and rear of the motorcoach striking the abutment. Vehicle The 2002 MCI model J4500 56-passenger-capacity motorcoach was 45 feet 7 inches long, 8 feet 6 inches wide, and 11 feet 9 inches high. Its gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) was 54,000 pounds, with a steer axle weight rating of 16,500 pounds, a drive axle weight rating of 23,000 pounds, and a tag axle weight rating of 16,500 pounds.27 Due to the vehicle’s extensive frontal deformation, postaccident axle weights were not obtained; however, the motorcoach weight as recovered, including the baggage, was determined to be approximately 44,000 pounds. The gross vehicle weight, including the estimated weight of occupants, was 51,707 pounds. The accident motorcoach had been previously owned by Schoolman Transportation System, Inc.,28 which traded it to MCI Sales and Service. It was received at MCI’s Blackwood, New Jersey, facility on November 30, 2007. The motorcoach remained at the Blackwood facility until January 9–10, 2008, when it was transferred to MCI’s Loudonville, Ohio, facility for refurbishing. Once the refurbishment was completed, the motorcoach was transferred to the MCI Sales and Service facility in Dallas, Texas, for resale, where it was purchased by Angel Tours, Inc.,29 on July 19, 2008. The vehicle was operating with a Texas temporary registration (P13705) that expired August 9, 2008, the day after the accident. Vehicle Systems The motorcoach had a Detroit Diesel, Series 60, 12.7-liter, 6-cylinder, engine-brake-equipped, electronically controlled diesel engine. The transmission was an Allison B500 automatic transmission. The Detroit Diesel engine was equipped with an ECM capable of recording limited operating data. Data from the ECM indicated a ―hard brake‖ event and a ―last stop‖ event in connection with the accident.30 Three diagnostic fault codes were identified but were determined not to be relevant to the accident.31
27 The GVWR is the manufacturer-recommended upper limit to the operational weight for a motor vehicle and any cargo or passengers to be carried. The GVWR may be less than but not more than the sum of the gross axle weight ratings. 28 Schoolman Transportation System, Inc., operates in Bohemia, New York. 29 Angel Tours, Inc., received interstate operating authority in 1994 but was placed out of service for interstate transportation on June 23, 2008. The owner then applied for operating authority under the name Iguala BusMex, Inc. Business transactions were comingled between the two companies. Further information on this business relationship appears in the ―Motor Carrier‖ section of this report. 30 An ECM ―hard brake‖ report contains 1 minute of data prior to the triggering event and 15 seconds following the event. In this case, a hard brake was triggered when the vehicle’s calculated speed decelerated faster than 7 mph per second. A ―last stop‖ event is triggered when the vehicle transitions from a driving state to a stopped state and remains stopped for at least 15 seconds or when the ignition is switched off. 31 Diagnostic codes or records can contain engine parameter data that are present when a fault code is generated. None of the diagnostic records were associated with the accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 16 The motorcoach was equipped with a power-assisted steering system that utilized a hydraulic pump mounted at the front of the engine. The hydraulic pump was examined and tested on November 26, 2008, at Ixetic USA Inc.32 No physical damage to the pump’s external or internal components was observed, and performance-based testing found the pump functioning within the production parameters of a newly manufactured pump. The motorcoach was equipped with pneumatically actuated S-cam drum brakes with a 6S/6M Meritor-Wabco antilock control system.33 Brake system components are shown in table 2. Postaccident inspection found all brakes to be within the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) North American Standard Out-of-Service Inspection Criteria. Examination of the steer axle brake components revealed that the right brake drum had fractured as a result of the crash. No defects were found with the brake components on the drive axle. Inspection of the tag axle revealed oil and grease/road debris contamination of the left brake drum and lining friction surfaces with considerable caking and buildup, which is a rejection defect within the Minimum Periodic Inspection Standards in appendix G to subchapter B of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs).34 Table 2. Brake system components. Axle Type/Size Chamber Type/Size Adjuster (inches) Measured Applied Stroke (inches) Measured Lining Thickness (inches) Brake Drum Size (inches) Steer right Clamp 30 5.5 Auto 1 3/4 3/4 & 7/8 16.5 X 6 Steer left Clamp 30 5.6 Auto 1 5/8 7/8 & 5/8 16.5 X 6 Drive right Clamp 30L/30 6.0 Auto 2 1/8 7/8 & 7/8 16.5 X 8.625 Drive left Clamp 30L/30 6.0 Auto 2 3/8 3/4 & 3/4 16.5 X 8.625 Tag right Clamp 24L/24 5.5 Auto 1 5/8 5/8 & 1/2 16.5 X 6 Tag left Clamp 24L/24 5.5 Auto 2 1/4 3/4 & 3/4 16.5 X 6
32 NTSB investigators attended the testing. 33 The citation ―6S/6M‖ indicates that the system was equipped with six wheel-speed sensors and six modulator valves. 34 Appendix G criteria of the FMCSA annual inspection standards reject vehicles with any defective brakes, air leaks, etc. The brake contamination defect would have caused the motorcoach to be rejected during a required annual safety inspection. The CVSA North American Standard Out-of-Service Inspection Criteria allow 20-percent defective brakes on nonsteering axles before placing a vehicle out of service; therefore, a single contaminated brake out of six would not have placed the vehicle out of service.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 17 Tires General. The three-axle motorcoach was equipped with eight tires;35 two tires on the steer axle, four on the drive axle, and two on the tag axle. All tread depths were examined postaccident and found to be within the North American Standard Out-of-Service Inspection Criteria, as well as the FMCSRs.36 All the tires were mounted on 22.5-inch by 9-inch one-piece steel wheel assemblies, with the exception of the two tires on the tag axle, which were mounted on 8.25-inch wheel assemblies.37 (See table 3.) Table 3. Postaccident tire make, size, and pressure information. Axle Make Size Pressure Right steer Goodyear G409 MBA (retreaded)a 315/80 R22.5 Deflated - failed Left steer Firestone FS-400 315/80 R22.5 118 psi @ 79°F Right drive inner Ling Long LLF02 315/80 R22.5 94 psi @ 79°F Left drive inner Firestone FS-400 315/80 R22.5 96 psi @ 79°F Right drive outer Ling Long LLF02 315/80 R22.5 0 psi @ 79°F (debeaded)b Left drive outer Firestone FS-400 315/80 R22.5 93 psi @ 79°F Right tag Ling Long LLF02 315/80 R22.5 89 psi @ 79°F Left tag Goodyear G409 MBA 315/80 R22.5 88 psi @ 79°F a “Retreaded” tires have had a new layer of surface rubber with a tread pattern added (often called “recapped”) to extend the life of the tire. b “Debeading” is a separation of the tire from the rim at the tire bead, resulting in an immediate loss of tire pressure. The motorcoach’s vehicle specification plate indicated that the recommended tires for the coach were 315/80 R22.5-size tires. According to the specification plate, the recommended tire inflation pressures were as follows: steer axle, 120 psi; drive axle, 90 psi; and tag axle, 120 psi.38 The information in table 4 appeared in the 2001 MCI J4500 maintenance manual for the accident motorcoach regarding required tire inflation rates by make and model of tire; table 5 indicates the discrepancies between the measured tire pressures and those recommended on the vehicle’s specification plate. Table 6 provides tire pressure and load capacity data for 315/80 R22.5-size tires.
35 The postaccident vehicle inspection found four new tires, which had been purchased on July 29, 2008, two days before the motorcoach’s July 31, 2008, annual inspection. Two of the new tires were on the right drive axle (inner and outer positions), one was on the right tag axle, and one was used as a spare. 36 See 49 CFR 393.75. 37 The mounting and use of a size 315/80 R22.5 tire on a rim designed with a bead width less than 9 inches or more than 9.75 inches does not comply with the 2007 interchangeability of tires, rims, and allied parts standards established by the Tire and Rim Association, Inc. However, according to the Tire and Rim Association, Inc., Engineering Design Information (Rev. 5, October 2006), p. 3-41, the use of 8.25-inch wheels with 315/80 R22.5 tires is permissible, if the maximum allowable load is reduced to 8,000 pounds per tire in single usage and 7,610 pounds per tire in dual usage, when inflated to 120 psi. 38 Pressures vary by position because of differences in axle weight rating and number of tires.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 18 Table 4. Tire inflation information in the MCI J4500 maintenance manual (May 2001). Make and Type of Tire Size Steer Axle (psi) Drive Axle (psi) Tag Axle (psi) Goodyear G391 315/80 R22.5 120 85 105 Goodyear G124 (snow tires) 12 R22.5 Not approved 85 Not approved Michelin XM + S4 (snow tires) 12 R22.5 Not approved 95 Not approved Firestone HP3000 315/80 R22.5 120 85 105 Goodyear G291 315/80 R22.5 120 85 105 Michelin PXZA 1 315/80 R22.5 120 90 105 Table 5. Comparison of postaccident tire inflation pressures with recommended tire inflation pressures, as indicated by the motorcoach vehicle specification plate. Axle Measured Left Tire Pressure (psi) Measured Right Tire Pressure (psi) Specification Plate Recommended Pressure (psi) Steer 118 deflated 120 Drive inner 96 94 90 Drive outer 93 0, debeaded 90 Tag 88 89 120 Table 6. Tire pressure and load capacity data for tire size 315/80 R22.5. Pressure (psi)
80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 Load capacity (lbs.) .
Single 6175 6415 6670 6940 7190 7440 7610 7920 8270 Dual 5675 5840 6070 6396 6545 6770 6940 7210 7610 (Load range)
(G)
(H)
(J) Source: Values per Tire and Rim Association standards publication, 2009 Year Book. The MCI Operator Manual for the accident motorcoach indicates that the tire pressures should be checked before each trip using an accurate gauge. The manual also indicates that a 5-psi underinflation of a steer axle tire can cause hard steering, create steering hazards, and cause an unsafe condition. It also states that underinflation of a tag tire can affect braking. Postaccident examination revealed that the right front tire on the steer axle was a retreaded tire. According to 49 CFR 393.75(d), ―No bus shall be operated with regrooved, recapped or retreaded tires on the front wheels.‖ In accordance with Federal regulations, the tire was identifiable as a retreaded tire.39 The original tire casing was a Goodyear model G409 MBA
39 The tire was marked ―[R]ANC-B23507.‖
NTSB Highway Accident Report 19 radial tire that had been retreaded with a Bandag model T4100 tread. The tire was retreaded by Henise Tire Service of Cleonea, Pennsylvania, which received the tire from MCI Sales and Service of Blackwood, New Jersey, on August 30, 2007. Henise Tire retreaded the tire and returned it to MCI Sales and Service on September 6, 2007. The accident tire is shown in figure 8.
Figure 8. Right steer axle tire of the accident motorcoach. Retreading a tire involves bonding a new tread to the tire casing through the application of heat and pressure over time.40 The Tire Retread and Repair Information Bureau and the Technology and Maintenance Council of the American Trucking Associations have stated that retread tires are as safe as originally manufactured tires. In addition, a recent National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) heavy vehicle tire study41 found that nearly half of heavy vehicle replacement tires are retreads, and evidence from road debris collected and
40 From Understanding Retreading (Louisville, Kentucky: International Tire and Rubber Association Foundation, Inc., 2001). See http://www.retread.org/PDF/UnderstandingRetreading.pdf, accessed March 13, 2009. 41 J.F. Woodrooffe, O. Page, D. Blower, and P.F. Green, Commercial Medium Tire Debris Study, prepared for DOT/NHTSA, DOT HS 811 060, contract number DTNH22-05-D-01019, task order 0012, December 2008.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 20 examined as part of the study indicated that retread tires do not fail at rates higher than new tires.42 It is not known when the retread tire was mounted on the accident motorcoach’s steer axle. MCI provided photographs of the accident motorcoach dated January 10, 2008 (before refurbishment), and June 23, 2008 (after refurbishment and approximately 6 weeks prior to the accident). Both photographs show the right steer axle tire to be a Firestone brand (the retread tire was a Goodyear brand). The vehicle was purchased by Angel Tours on July 19, 2008, from MCI. Vehicle maintenance and inspection records, as well as financial records, included no documentation that the tire was positioned on the steer axle before its annual safety inspection (July 31, 2008), which was conducted 8 days prior to the accident. Inspections of Failed Tire. NTSB investigators, in conjunction with representatives of the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company (Goodyear), examined the right steer axle tire of the accident vehicle on November 24, 2008.43 They noted the following conditions: Multilayer tearing into the belts and multilayer tearing into the belt coat compound. Good coarse tear lines and good ply-belt wire cord impressions. Wheel flange impressions on the face of both beads. Circumferential impressions at the mid-base of both beads. Diagonal undulations to the face of both beads. Heat discoloration on the serial side bed and on the belt coat stock on the crown. Circumferential abrasion bands on the wheel taper/bead seat. A puncture/cut through the casing on the serial side tread shoulder rib. Tread rubber around the puncture/cut is abraded/bruised and torn. Goodyear attributed the tire failure to the following factors: Short term underinflation caused by the puncture/cut resulted in severe overdeflection[44] of the tire. The stress and heat generated from the overdeflection and the forces acting on the rotating tire caused loss of adhesion between tire components, and eventual separation and detachment of tread and belt pieces.
42 The NHTSA tire debris study also included interviews with industry operators. Sales estimates for medium-duty tires were 34–36 million per year. The proportion of retread tires was estimated at 50 percent or higher for drive tires. For trailer tires, the proportion was estimated at 70–100 percent. (See page 80, NHTSA Commercial Medium Tire Debris Study.) 43 Information was obtained from Goodyear’s January 15, 2009, written report to the NTSB, received January 24, 2009. 44 Tire ―deflection‖ is the tread and sidewall flexing where the tread comes into contact with the road. ―Overdeflection‖ is a deflection [of the tire] that is greater than that intended for the rated load and inflation pressure. Overdeflection occurs when the load is excessively high or the inflation pressure is too low, or when a combination of load and inflation pressure creates an excessively high deflection, resulting in a flattening of the tire. (Information obtained from the e-book The Pneumatic Tire, A.N. Gent and J.D. Walter, eds. [Akron, Ohio: University of Akron and National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2005].)
NTSB Highway Accident Report 21 With tread and belt detachment, the unsupported casing ruptured exhausting any remaining inflation pressure. Goodyear also concluded that there were ―No defects in materials, workmanship or manufacture‖ of the tire. It stated that The multi-layer and multi-level tearing through crown components and the coarse tear lines and ply-belt wire cord impressions indicate good initial component adhesion within the casing and between the casing and the retread. At NTSB’s request, Bridgestone Americas, Inc. (Bridgestone), in conjunction with NTSB investigators, conducted an additional independent inspection of the tire on November 25–28, 2008.45 Based on the examination, Bridgestone indicated that the tire failure ―Initiated and propagated within the original casing.‖ Bridgestone also indicated that the puncturing object gouged and tore the tread surface and the bulk of the rubber but did not pass through the tire casing. The tread rubber hole was abraded/bruised and torn, indicating that there had been some time between the puncture and the blowout. Further, the ―Belt edge lift and shoulder rubber tearing occurred along the serial side (outboard facing) shoulder as the tread/belt detachment initiated in this area due to the centrifugal force of highway speed tire rotation.‖ Bridgestone identified multiplane tear patterns, including fatigue and crack propagation, as well as evidence of adequate adhesion and tear resistance on the separated and detached tread, belt, and casing surfaces. It found numerous exposed rubber surfaces that had a ―blue-tint‖ appearance, indicating excessive heat generation during operation. Bridgestone found no indication of separation or detachment of retread material along the splice or along any surface of the casing buffed during the retread process. Bridgestone concluded that the failure of the right steer axle tire was a result of Damage caused by over-deflected operation. In this case, the most probable cause of over-deflection is underinflation due to an un-repaired puncture to the tire which lead [sp] to inflation pressure loss and damaging stress/strain and heat build-up... Bridgestone also found that the tire was retreaded properly, and the failure was not related to the retreading. The Bridgestone report further stated that the puncture that led to the failure occurred after the tire was retreaded and put back into service. Bridgestone also said the puncturing object Most likely ejected from the tire during the tread/belt detachment process. Although it is difficult to state with precision how long the subject tire operated in an over-deflected manner, the tread/belt tear patterns and a lack of polishing of the separated surfaces indicate relatively short-term operation in such a condition, most likely for less than 1000 miles.
45 Bridgestone provided the NTSB with a written report dated March 13, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 22 Visual Inspection of Tire Inflation. According to NHTSA, the fact that a tire is inflated to half its recommended inflation value may not be detected by visual inspection.46 Figure 9 shows a Goodyear 315/80 R22.5 tire inflated to 115 psi and 60 psi, respectively.
Figure 9. Photographs of a Goodyear 315/80 R22.5 tire inflated to 115 psi (left) and 60 psi (right). The photographs illustrate the difficulty in visually detecting proper tire inflation. Visual detection of proper tire inflation on such larger vehicles may be negatively affected by the nature of commercial vehicle tire construction, which employs stronger materials, including stiffer sidewalls and harder rubber compounds, than are typically used in tires for light trucks and passenger vehicles. Tire Pressure Information in MCI Model J4500 Maintenance Manual. Investigators found that the MCI Model J4500 Maintenance Manual contained inaccurate tire information and inflation pressure. Drive axle tire inflation for tire size 315/80 R22.5 was listed as 85 psi, rather than the correct inflation pressure of 90 psi. Tag axle tire inflation for tire size 315/80 R22.5 was listed as 105 psi, rather than 120 psi.47 Additionally, the manual’s GENERAL DESCRIPTION material, section 15A ―Wheels‖ and section 15C ―Tires,‖ incorrectly stated that the motorcoach’s steer axle gross axle weight rating (GAWR) was 16,000 pounds rather than 16,500 pounds. Vehicle Maintenance About 3 weeks before the accident, on July 19, 2008, Angel Tours purchased the motorcoach from MCI as a refurbished vehicle. The carrier did not identify any maintenance actions between the purchase date and the accident. MCI refurbishment records documented extensive inspection and corrective actions to bring the vehicle into proper operating specifications prior to the motorcoach’s sale.
46 Data and photographs on checking tire pressure may be viewed at NHTSA’s Safercar website , accessed August 4, 2009. 47 The manual listed the correct tire inflation pressure for the steer axle tires, which is 120 psi.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 23 Commercial Motor Vehicle Inspections Title 49 CFR 396.17 requires commercial vehicles to receive annual inspections utilizing criteria set forth in appendix G of subchapter B of the FMCSRs. Under 49 CFR 396.23(b)(1), a motor carrier may meet the regulatory inspection requirements if the vehicle is subject to a mandatory state inspection program. The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) certified the state of Texas’s vehicle inspection program as meeting the Federal inspection requirements at 49 CFR 396.17. In Texas, motor vehicles, including motorcoaches, are inspected and approved by privately owned and operated garages and repair facilities. Official vehicle inspection stations in Texas are required to operate under the state’s Rules and Regulations Manual.48 The state sets and regulates the fees charged for the inspection of vehicles; currently, the fee for a commercial vehicle safety inspection of a motorcoach in Texas is $62. A TxDPS-approved facility inspected the motorcoach 8 days before the accident, on July 31, 2008. After the inspection, the motorcoach received a Texas Commercial Vehicle Inspection Certificate sticker, indicating that the motorcoach ―Complies with all Federal and state inspection requirements.‖ The inspection was conducted at the ―5 Minute Inspections‖ facility in Houston, Texas. The inspection report data obtained from the TxDPS concerning the garage’s inspection actions contained, in part, the following: the odometer reading was 0 miles; no Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) number was entered; and the insurance expiration date was given as October 12, 2009 (more than 1 year into the future for an annual policy). During a postaccident interview with the mechanic who conducted the inspection, he stated that he remembered the accident motorcoach, and he recalled that it took 30–45 minutes to complete the inspection. NTSB investigators visiting the facility noted that it did not have a service pit or a commercial vehicle lift capable of lifting a motorcoach. On August 7, 2008, another Angel Tours49 motorcoach was inspected at 5 Minute Inspections. That vehicle, like the accident motorcoach, received an ―all items passed‖ inspection report and a Texas Commercial Vehicle Inspection Certificate sticker. The following day, August 8, 2008, the vehicle underwent a Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program (MCSAP)-sponsored roadside inspection conducted by the Missouri Highway Patrol. The vehicle was placed out of service with numerous equipment violations, including that the right steer axle, left steer axle, and right tag axle brakes were in violation. The automatic brake adjustor on the air brake system was also cited for a safety violation. NTSB staff contacted the TxDPS Houston Regional Office several times to request an audit of the 5 Minute Inspections station, as well as of the subject inspector. On March 10, 2009, a TxDPS representative visited the station, interviewed the inspector, and confirmed the inspector’s certificate. The TxDPS sent the NTSB a copy of its internal memorandum on this visit, dated March 11, 2009. The memorandum did not include any reference to audit processes (other than use of the emissions analyzer), knowledge testing, or practical exercises.
48 The Texas Rules and Regulations Manual is issued and maintained by the TxDPS in accordance with the Texas Transportation Code, ―Compulsory Inspection of Vehicles,‖ chapter 548. 49 See the ―Motor Carrier‖ section of this report for a discussion of Angel Tours’s relationship with Iguala BusMex.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 24 Highway The accident occurred on the Post Oak Creek bridge, along a portion of US-75 classified as urban principal arterial roadway.50 It is a four-lane highway with the two northbound lanes separated from the two southbound lanes by an earthen median and a 32-inch-high, Jersey-shape concrete median barrier. Lanes of same direction travel are separated by dashed white pavement striping. The right shoulder of the northbound lanes is delineated from the main travel lanes by a solid white pavement stripe, and the left shoulder is delineated from the travel lanes by a solid yellow pavement stripe. The right shoulder is 9 feet wide as it approaches the bridge and narrows to 30 inches on the bridge deck. Rumble strips are located on the right shoulder as it approaches the bridge. The left shoulder is 4 feet wide and narrows to 22 inches on the bridge deck. A speed limit sign posted about 1 mile south of the bridge indicated the daytime speed limit as 70 mph and the nighttime limit as 65 mph. Figure 10 shows the accident scene, and figure 11 shows the final position of the motorcoach near the creek.
Figure 10. Highway accident scene, looking at the motorcoach’s path off the bridge. (Photograph was taken after postaccident repairs were made to the bridge.)
50 ―Urban principal artery‖ is a functional classification of road. Urban principal arterial roadways serve major metropolitan centers and corridors with the highest traffic volumes and longest trip lengths. They carry most trips entering and leaving urban areas and provide continuity for all rural arterials that intercept urban boundaries.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 25
Figure 11. Motorcoach on the bank of the Post Oak Creek. [Courtesy Sherman Police Department] Beginning approximately 1/3 mile before the accident site, the design plan profile for the roadway indicates a 3.75-percent downgrade as the road makes a slight (2.3-degree) curve to the right, followed by a transition into a slight (1.5-degree) curve to the left for 768 feet. The approach to the bridge was equipped with a 279-foot-long, 27-inch-high metal beam guardrail fence. It comprised a 47-foot-long safety end treatment, followed by a 180-foot-long main section element, and then a 25-foot-long transition area into the bridge end, terminating with a 27-foot-long turned-down end piece that was anchored into the bridge railing curb.51 The safety end treatment area of the guardrail had double wooden blocks for support. The main element had 28 blocked metal posts spaced at 6-foot 6-inch intervals. The transition area into the bridge end had eight metal blocked posts at 3-foot 1 1/2-inch intervals to stiffen the barrier in case of impact close to the bridge.
51 TxDOT design records indicate that the bridge railing was a Type II rail designed in 1954 in accordance with the 1953 American Association of State Highway Officials Bridge Specifications Manual.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 26 The bridge had an 7-inch-high, 18-inch-wide concrete curb above the bridge deck, as shown in figure 10. The bridge also had a 210-foot-long metal bridge railing composed of seven 30-foot-long sections with 1-inch-long nominal separations for expansion. The railing was 12 inches wide and 1/4 inch thick and was positioned 23 3/4 to 24 inches above the curb, for a total height of approximately 31 inches. It was connected to the curb with 36-inch-long by 5-inch-wide steel I-beams (five I-beam supports per section of railing) that were bolted to the railing with four bolts. I-beams were attached to the concrete bridge deck by 18-inch-long bolts cast into place in the curb during the 1958 construction of the bridge. A June 10, 2007, bridge inspection report by TxDOT noted repairs to the bridge railing on two 30-foot-long sections of the east railing in the northern span of the bridge. It noted those repairs to be marginal because the original cast-in-place bolts, damaged as the result of a 2001 truck-semitractor accident that penetrated the bridge railing, were replaced with bolts into the side of the deck and reinforced with steel plates welded to the I-beam structure. Following the August 2008 accident, TxDOT repaired the bridge railing to its existing design. (See figure 12.) According to TxDOT, in September 2009 it completed a railing retrofit for the accident bridge and four others along the same road segment, upgrading the accident bridge railing to a T-501 railing, which complies with a Test Level Four standard.52 (Bridge railing designs are discussed in the ―Other Information‖ section of this report.) In addition to the bridge railing retrofit project, the TxDOT Bridge Division has identified a U.S. corridor improvement project for US-75 and is exploring funding options.53 Physical Evidence The physical evidence at the accident scene indicated a right steer axle tire mark beginning 685 feet before the motorcoach struck the curbing and bridge railing. Approximately 100 feet beyond that initial road mark, pieces of tire were found. Deflated right steer axle tire marks began 130 feet before the motorcoach struck the curbing and bridge railing. The motorcoach hit the curb at about a 4-degree angle about 29 feet north of the bridge. The motorcoach came into contact with the bridge railing midway along the second 30-foot-long section of railing (about 47 feet from the beginning of the northbound railing). The motorcoach bowed in the second section of railing to a depth of about 32 inches, breaking two of the five support posts. It then struck the leading edge of the third railing section at the expansion space. The bolts at the bottom of the I-beams sheared off, and the third section of railing came to rest about 25 feet below in Post Oak Creek. Four more sections of bridge railing, totaling 136 feet, were displaced from the bridge deck. The bridge railing showed evidence of past vehicle strikes. No corrosion was found on the metal of the bridge railing or its fixtures.
52 Test levels for bridge railing designs are in National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report 350, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features. 53 TxDOT estimates that the US-75 corridor improvement project will cost $125 million.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 27
Figure 12. Two views of the repaired bridge railing. (Top) Looking down along the inside of the repaired railing from the roadway. (Bottom) Looking at the outside of the repaired railing from the bank of Post Oak Creek.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 28 Traffic Metrics In 2006, TxDOT performed an average daily traffic (ADT) count for US-75 in the vicinity of the bridge. The ADT was 46,961 vehicles. TxDOT indicated that the ADT of the northbound bridge lanes was about 21,000. Commercial vehicles composed approximately 16 percent of the total traffic. TxDOT conducted a speed survey on August 18 and 21, 2008, during daylight conditions. The 85th percentile speed was 72 mph.54 Accident data for a 6-year period indicated that 42 additional accidents occurred in the vicinity of this accident. (See table 7.) One fatal accident occurred along this road segment in 2003, but it did not involve the bridge. Some vehicle contact was indicated by the evidence of vehicle strikes on the bridge railing, but no reports of passenger cars leaving the roadway after contact with the bridge railing were found. In the bridge’s 50-year history, only two accidents, including this motorcoach event, resulted in a bridge railing failure, and both accidents involved large commercial motor vehicles. As has been noted, in 2001, an injury accident occurred when a truck tractor penetrated the bridge railing, destroying two 30-foot-long sections. No motorcoaches were involved in past accidents at this location. Table 7. Accident history. Year Number of Accidents Number of Fatalities 2003 6 1 2004 5 0 2005 5 0 2006 11 0 2007 9 0 2008a 6 0 6-year total 42 1 a Not including the August 8, 2008, accident. Environmental Conditions Surface weather observations were obtained from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Climatic Data Center for Sherman/Denison, Texas–Grayson County Airport, for August 8, 2008, at 12:26 a.m. The weather was clear, with visibility of at least 10 miles, temperature 77° F, relative humidity 79 percent, and winds calm. U.S. Naval Observatory records indicated that there was a first quarter moon on the night of August 7–8, 2008.55
54 The 85th percentile speed is the speed at which or below 85 percent of surveyed vehicles are traveling. 55 A first quarter moon has one-half of its surface illuminated.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 29 Motor Carrier The motor carrier Iguala BusMex, Inc., was operating the Sherman accident motorcoach. The owner of Iguala BusMex also owned Angel Tours, Inc., a motor carrier that operated from the same address. Angel Tours had received operating authority in 1994 but was placed out of service by the FMCSA on June 23, 2008. Just over a month later, on July 27, 2008, the owner of Angel Tours applied to the FMCSA for motor carrier operating authority under the name ―Iguala BusMex, Inc.‖ As of the accident date, the FMCSA had not granted operating authority to Iguala BusMex because its application was incomplete. The owner of Iguala BusMex had an unsigned lease arrangement with Liberty Charters and Tours (Liberty) to provide drivers and buses to Liberty. The FMCSA, in part C of its postaccident compliance review, indicated that Iguala BusMex used Liberty’s operating authority and U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) number (USDOT number)56 to engage in interstate commerce. Information on these motor carriers and their relationships is provided below. Angel Tours According to state of Texas tax records, the owner of Iguala BusMex was also the owner of Angel Tours, Inc., which had been operating from the same location as Iguala BusMex. The owner of Angel Tours told FMCSA inspectors that he was the owner of Iguala BusMex. According to FMCSA records, Angel Tours received its authority to operate in 1994. It was an interstate, for-hire passenger carrier that had six buses and six drivers. On May 1, 2008, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review of Angel Tours, which resulted in an unsatisfactory rating. Three critical violations were found, as well as several other violations. (See table 8.) The compliance review records showed that in the previous year, Angel Tours had traveled 400,000 miles with no recordable accidents.57 The compliance review documented that the carrier had had five roadside inspections during the previous year, resulting in two vehicles being placed out of service (40 percent).58 According to roadside inspection data for the 24 months prior to the Sherman accident, Angel Tours had 31 vehicle inspections with 6 vehicles placed out of service (19.4 percent), and 27 driver inspections with 7 drivers placed out of service (25.9 percent).
56 The USDOT number is a registration number and is required for interstate operations. 57 According to 49 CFR 390.5, an ―accident‖ is defined as an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a highway in interstate or intrastate commerce which results in (i) a fatality; (ii) bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or (iii) one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring the motor vehicles to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle. 58 The FY 2008 national average bus out-of-service rate was 7.7 percent, and the average bus driver out-of-service rate was 4.8 percent.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 30 Table 8. Violations identified in May 2008 FMCSA compliance review of Angel Tours. Critical Violations:a
Using a driver before the motor carrier received a negative preemployment controlled substance test result.
Using a driver not medically examined and certified during the preceding 24 months.
Failing to require a driver to prepare a driver vehicle inspection report. Additional Violations:
Failing to conduct random alcohol testing at an annual rate of driver positions.
Failing to conduct random controlled substance testing at an annual rate of driver positions.
Failing to provide educational material explaining the drug and alcohol policy as required.
Failing to ensure that persons designated to drive undergo reasonable suspicion testing training for controlled substances.
Using a driver who has not completed an employment application.
Failing to maintain a driver’s driving record in driver qualification file.
Failing to investigate a driver’s background within 30 days of employment.
Failing to investigate previous DOT-regulated employers that employed the driver within the previous 3 years.
Failing to maintain a driver’s employment application in driver qualification file.
Failing to maintain a list or certificate relating to violations of motor vehicle laws and ordinances required by FMCSR 391.27.
Requiring or permitting a passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver to drive more than 10 hours.
Failing to require a driver to prepare record-of-duty status in the form and manner prescribed.
Failing to keep maintenance records that identify vehicles, including make, serial number, year, and tire size.
Failing to have a means of indicating the nature and due dates of various inspection and maintenance operations to be performed.
Failing to keep a record of tests conducted on push-out windows, emergency doors, and emergency door marking lights.
Using a commercial motor vehicle not periodically inspected. a During a safety audit, the FMCSA gathers information by reviewing a motor carrier’s compliance with “acute” and “critical” regulations. Acute regulations are those in which noncompliance is so severe as to require immediate corrective actions by the motor carrier regardless of the overall basic safety management controls of the motor carrier. Critical regulations are those in which noncompliance relates to management and/or operational controls. Violations are indicative of breakdowns in a carrier’s management controls. (Per appendix A to 49 CFR Part 385 ”Explanation of Safety Audit Evaluation Criteria,” paragraphs III [b] and [c]). The motor carrier had 45 days to submit a corrective action plan to the FMCSA to change its unsatisfactory rating. On June 23, 2008, the FMCSA placed Angel Tours out of service because it had not submitted an action plan. Angel Tours submitted an action plan on June 24, but the FMCSA denied its request to change its rating due to the lateness of the submission and the inadequacy of the response. A review of the Angel Tours driver logbook records revealed several trips in interstate travel after the FMCSA had placed the motor carrier out of service.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 31 Iguala BusMex Iguala BusMex applied to the FMCSA for operating authority on July 27, 2008. It registered with the FMCSA as an interstate, for-hire passenger carrier. The FMCSA listed Iguala BusMex as having two buses and five drivers.59 As part of its application for authority to operate, Iguala BusMex was required to provide proof of the required $5 million insurance coverage (per 49 CFR 387.33). The FMCSA advised Iguala BusMex that its authority to operate would not be granted until proof of insurance could be verified. When the accident occurred, Iguala BusMex had not provided proof of the $5 million insurance coverage required to obtain operating authority; therefore, the FMCSA considered Iguala BusMex’s operating authority to be pending. According to the insurance company from which Iguala BusMex was seeking insurance, as of the date of the accident, the carrier had submitted paperwork to obtain insurance, but the insurance company had not reviewed the documentation; consequently, Iguala BusMex had no active insurance policy at the time of the accident. Review of the logbooks of Iguala BusMex bus drivers indicated that the company had conducted several trips in June 2008 without operating authority and in August 2008 with pending operating authority. On August 9, 2008, a day after the Sherman accident, the FMCSA issued an imminent hazard and out-of-service order for Iguala BusMex and Angel Tours and their officers and directors. The bases of the imminent hazard order were the operation of vehicles in a mechanically unsafe operating condition; the failure to ensure that the vehicles were properly and regularly inspected, repaired, and maintained; and the failure to ensure compliance with the Federal controlled substance and alcohol use and testing requirements, driver qualifications requirements, and driver hours-of-service requirements.60 Iguala BusMex and Angel Tours were required to cease all motor vehicle operations.61 The FMCSA also said that ―Angel Tours’ continuity of operation through Iguala BusMex demonstrated a blatant disregard for previous FMCSA Out-of-Service Orders, which were issued based upon the company’s substandard safety record.‖62 The FMCSA’s Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) report on the carrier did not indicate any roadside inspections for Iguala BusMex. The day after the Sherman accident, August 9, 2008, the FMCSA began a compliance review of Iguala BusMex, but FMCSA personnel were asked by the company owner to leave within 2 hours of starting the review. The FMCSA obtained a subpoena for the company records, and the compliance review was continued on September 19, 2008. The subpoena for company records and the imminent hazard shutdown order were obtained on August 9, 2008, and were served to an attorney
59 In a postaccident interview, the accident driver stated that the company operated six buses. 60 U.S. Department of Transportation, FMCSA, Operations Out-of-Service Order issued August 9, 2008, at http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/about/news/news-releases/2008/IH-Order-Angel-Tours-Iguala-Busmex-8-9-08.pdf, accessed August 4, 2009. 61 The Missouri State Police placed a second Iguala BusMex motorcoach out of service after it arrived in Carthage, Missouri. 62 The FMCSA’s review of the motor carrier operations demonstrated that Angel Tours and Iguala BusMex were motor carriers that transported passengers on identical routes, had the same customer base, used the same equipment and drivers, operated from the same physical location, and were controlled by the same owner.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 32 representing the company. The delay in conducting the compliance review involved negotiations with the attorney to obtain copies of Iguala BusMex corporate records. No principals of the company were available to be subpoenaed or questioned during the conduct of the compliance review. The compliance review resulted in an unsatisfactory rating. Iguala BusMex received unsatisfactory ratings for the Driver, Operational, and Vehicle factors and a conditional rating for the General factor. The violations listed in table 9 were noted in the review. Table 9. Violations identified in September 2008 FMCSA compliance review of Iguala BusMex. Acute Violation:
Operating a motor carrier without having in effect the required minimum levels of financial responsibility. Critical Violations:
Using a driver before the motor carrier received a negative preemployment controlled substance test result.
Using a driver not medically examined and certified during the preceding 24 months.
Failing to maintain a medical examiner’s certificate in driver’s qualification file.
Failing to require a driver to forward, within 13 days of completion, the original of the record-of-duty status.
Failing to keep records of inspection and vehicle maintenance indicating their date and nature.
Failing to require a driver to prepare driver vehicle inspection reports. Other Violations:
Using a driver who had not completed and furnished an employment application.
Failing to maintain a road test certificate in a driver’s qualification file, or a copy of the license or certificate the motor carrier accepted as equivalent.
Operating without the required operating authority. [Sherman accident trip]
Making false reports of record-of-duty status.
Operating a motor vehicle in such a condition as likely to cause an accident or breakdown. Liberty Charters and Tours The FMCSA conducted a compliance review of Liberty on August 11, 2008. During its compliance review, the FMCSA found an unsigned vehicle lease agreement between Liberty and Angel Tours, covering the period from June 28 through September 28, 2008.63 Part C of the FMCSA’s postaccident compliance review also stated that the owner of Liberty had agreed to let the owner of Iguala BusMex/Angel Tours use Liberty’s operating authority to engage in interstate commerce. In its compliance review of Liberty, the FMCSA found 24 violations, including the following: using a driver known to have tested positive for a controlled substance, failing to adequately conduct random alcohol and controlled substance testing, failing to investigate
63 The lease agreement document called for Angel Tours to provide Liberty with three motorcoaches. The agreement identified the vehicles by year and make but did not include vehicle identification numbers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 33 drivers’ backgrounds, failing to maintain drivers’ qualification files, and making false record-of-duty status reports. Liberty received an unsatisfactory rating. The FMCSA issued an out-of-service order to Liberty on August 12, 2008, citing Liberty’s affiliation with Angel Tours and Iguala BusMex as an imminent hazard and stating that continued motor carrier operations with Angel Tours, Iguala BusMex, or the owner of these companies was prohibited. Liberty had 45 days to submit a corrective action plan to have its unsatisfactory rating changed. The FMCSA conducted a second compliance review of Liberty on November 13, 2008. Six violations, none critical or acute, were found during that review. The carrier received a satisfactory rating. Restrictions associated with the imminent hazard order remain; Liberty cannot have any dealings with Angel Tours, Iguala BusMex, or the owner of these companies. Other Information Bridge Railing Design Guidance This section summarizes the NTSB’s past investigative and recommendation history concerning highway barriers—a general category of highway safety appurtenances—and bridge railings, an important subcategory of barriers. It includes a discussion of the design documents used by highway engineers and distinguishes between guidance documents, which bridge owners may follow, and requirement specifications, which must be followed. NTSB History. On May 21, 1976, a 29-fatality school bus crash occurred on Interstate 680 near Martinez, California.64 That accident and the NTSB’s investigation of it served as catalysts for the development of higher performance bridge railings. In that accident, a school bus climbed the bridge railing, fell to the ground below, and landed on its roof. As a result of that investigation, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations H-77-12 through -14 to the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) concerning bridge railings, as follows: Develop bridge railing designs that will meet performance standards to be established by the FHWA for various classes of vehicles and that will be sufficient in number to meet the various state requirements with regard to climatic and other physical conditions that affect the operation and maintenance of a roadway system. Such bridge barrier railing designs should be available to states that do not desire to develop their own designs in accordance with mandatory performance standards issued by the FHWA. (H-77-12) Investigate through dynamic crash testing and analytical procedures the effects of various geometric configurations and adjacent roadway surfaces on the performance of traffic barrier rail systems. The investigation should also consider how maintenance practices or the lack of maintenance affects the performance of the barrier rail systems. (H-77-13)
64 Student Transportation Lines, Inc., Charter Bus Climbing of Bridge Rail and Overturn Near Martinez, California, May 21, 1976, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-77/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1977).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 34 In cooperation with the states, establish priority guidelines for improving, through modification or retrofit, the performance of existing traffic barrier rail systems at bridges. Consideration should be given in the priority guidelines to the potential for multi-fatality accidents involving high occupancy vehicles such as buses. (H-77-14)65 In 1980, the NTSB completed a Safety Effectiveness Evaluation of Traffic Safety Barriers (SEE-80-5). That report reviewed the NTSB’s previous work on the issue66 and evaluated the FHWA effort to develop safer traffic barriers. SEE-80-5 contained Safety Recommendation H-80-64, to the FHWA, which reads as follows: Establish mandatory performance standards, and associated test procedures to be used in determining compliance, for all traffic barriers constructed on Federal-aid roads after January 1, 1982. The performance standards should first address automobiles and should be expanded for heavier passenger vehicles and trucks as research is completed to provide needed information. (H-80-64)67 In November 1983, a fatal bus crash in which the bus penetrated the bridge railing occurred in Livingston, Texas.68 This accident prompted the NTSB to make Safety Recommendation H-84-65 to the Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, which reads as follows: As part of any major pavement improvement project, provide wherever feasible for the installation of advanced barrier systems on and approaching bridges in the state of Texas. (H-84-65)69 Following the issuance of SEE-80-5, the NTSB continued to investigate both barrier and bridge railing accidents. Accident investigations to date involving barriers have included Fairfield, Connecticut; Memphis, Tennessee; New Orleans, Louisiana; Slinger, Wisconsin; and St. Louis County, Missouri.70 Past investigations involving bridge railings have included Atlanta,
65 Safety Recommendation H-77-12 was ―Closed—Superseded,‖ Safety Recommendation H-77-13 was ―Closed—Acceptable Action,‖ and Safety Recommendation H-77-14 was ―Closed—Unacceptable Action.‖ 66 Five highway accident investigations were reviewed. They were as follows: (a) NTSB/HAR-77/02; (b) Transport Company of Texas, Tractor Semitrailer (Tank) Collision with Bridge Column and Sudden Dispersal of Anhydrous Ammonia Cargo, Houston, Texas, May 11, 1976, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-77/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1977); (c) Automobile Collision With and Collapse of the Yadkin River Bridge, Near Siloa, North Carolina, February 23, 1975, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-76/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1976); (d) Automobile Crash Off the Silliman Evans Bridge, I-24/65, Nashville, Tennessee, July 27, 1973, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-74/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1974); (e) Wilmeth Cattle Company Truck/Bridge Transportation Enterprises, Inc., Bus, U.S. 60-84, Fort Sumner, New Mexico, December 26, 1972, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-74/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1974). 67 Safety Recommendation H-80-64 was ―Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action.‖ 68 Trailways Lines, Inc., Bus/E.A. Holder, Inc., Truck, Rear End Collision and Bus Run-Off-Bridge, U.S. Route 59, Near Livingston, Texas, November 30, 1983, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-84/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1984). 69 Safety Recommendation H-84-65 was ―Closed—Unacceptable Action.‖ 70 (a) Multiple Vehicle Collision on Interstate 95, Fairfield, Connecticut, January 17, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-05/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005); (b) 15-Passenger Child
NTSB Highway Accident Report 35 Georgia; Omaha, Nebraska; White Plains, New York; Middletown, New Jersey; Frederick, Maryland; and Hermanville, Mississippi.71 Design Documents. The Post Oak Creek bridge, built in 1958, was designed according to the 1953 American Association of State Highway Officials (AASHO)72 Bridge Specifications Manual. Since 1958, several new design standards and associated guides for their usage have been introduced. The following chronology summarizes the development of guidelines addressing the intent of the NTSB’s original bridge railing performance standard recommendations (Safety Recommendations H-77-12 through -14).73 FHWA memorandums show that bridges constructed prior to 1964 generally do not have crash-tested bridge railings. In the late 1960s and early 1970s, some states, such as California and Texas, began crash-testing programs to develop crashworthy bridge railings. By 1972, California had a standard design for bridge railings that would redirect passenger cars, but the design did not address heavier vehicles. The Transportation Research Board (TRB) National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Project 22-2(4) was initiated to recommend procedures for the safety performance evaluation of barrier systems. That project resulted in a 1980 report, NCHRP Report 230, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Safety Appurtenances, which served thereafter as the primary reference for full-scale crash testing in the United States.74 The crash-test procedures were based on three performance levels to evaluate the
Care Van Run-Off-Road Accident, Memphis, Tennessee, April 4, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004); (c) Motorcoach Run-Off-The-Road, New Orleans, Louisiana, May 9, 1999, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-01/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001); (d) Multiple Vehicle Crossover Accident, Slinger, Wisconsin, February 12, 1997, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-98/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1998); (e) School Bus-Loss of Control and Collision With Guard Rail and Sign Pillar, U.S. Highway 70 Near Lucas and Hunt Road, St. Louis County, Missouri, November 11, 1985, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-87/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1987). 71 (a) Motorcoach Override of Elevated Exit Ramp, Interstate 75, Atlanta, Georgia, March 2, 2007, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008); (b) School Bus Run-Off-Bridge Accident, Omaha, Nebraska, October 13, 2001, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004); (c) Propane Truck Collision with Bridge Column and Fire, White Plains, New York, July 27, 1994, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-95/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995); (d) Academy Lines, Inc., Intercity Bus Run-Off-Roadway and Overturn, Middletown, New Jersey, September 6, 1987, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-88/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1988); (e) Intercity Bus Loss of Control and Collision With Bridge Rail on Interstate 70 Near Frederick, Maryland, August 25, 1985, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-87/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1987); (f) Pattison Head Start Center School Van Run Off Bridge and Fire, Near Hermanville, Mississippi, December 17, 1981, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-82/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1982). 72 AASHO was the predecessor agency to the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. 73 It should be noted that bridge railings are a distinct category within a larger group of highway safety appurtenances, which includes longitudinal barriers, transitions, end terminals, crash cushions, breakaway supports, truck-mounted attenuators, and work zone traffic control devices. Design guidance is both general to safety appurtenances and specific to bridge railings. 74 Two earlier documents preceded NCHRP Report 230. The Highway Research Correlation Services Circular 481 (1962) was a 1-page document that introduced the concept of uniformity to traffic barrier research. NCHRP Project 22-2 resulted in NCHRP Report 153, Recommended Procedures for Vehicle Crash Testing of Highway Appurtenances, a 16-page report that expanded on Circular 481 but was still limited in scope.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 36 structural adequacy of a barrier system. NCHRP Report 230 did not include site-specific guidance as to which performance level would be appropriate for a given location. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1989 Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings categorized crash tests into three performance levels similar to those in NCHRP Report 23075 and provided guidance to highway engineers regarding the selection of a barrier with an adequate performance level based on a project site’s characteristics. The preface to this document contains the following statement: ―Bridge railing performance needs differ greatly from site to site over our highway network, and railing designs and costs should match site needs.‖ Use of the AASHTO 1989 Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings by state highway agencies is optional, and states are encouraged to develop their own selection criteria. As knowledge about roadside safety performance evaluations continued to evolve, NCHRP Project 22-7 was formed to update NCHRP Report 230. The result was NCHRP Report 350, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features, issued in 1993. NCHRP Report 350 describes full-scale crash testing using six test levels to evaluate the structural adequacy of a barrier system as follows:
is taken to be generally acceptable for work zones with low posted speeds and very low volume, low-speed local streets; TL-2 (Test Level Two) is taken to be generally acceptable for work zones and most local and collector roads with favorable site conditions, as well as where a small number of heavy vehicles is expected and posted speeds are reduced; TL-3 (Test Level Three) is taken to be generally acceptable for a wide range of high-speed arterial highways with very low mixtures of heavy vehicles and with favorable site conditions; TL-4 (Test Level Four) is taken to be generally acceptable for the majority of applications on high-speed highways, freeways, expressways, and interstate highways with a mixture of trucks and heavy vehicles; TL-5 (Test Level Five) is taken to be generally acceptable for the same applications as TL-4 and where large trucks make up a significant portion of the average daily traffic or when unfavorable site conditions justify a higher level of railing resistance; TL-6 (Test Level Six) is taken to be generally acceptable for applications where tanker-type trucks or similar high center of gravity vehicles are anticipated, particularly with unfavorable site conditions. As with NCHRP Report 230, NCHRP Report 350 did not include specific guidance as to which test level (that is, which performance level) would be appropriate for a given site.
75 The crash test matrix included in the 1989 Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings differed in several areas from the NCHRP Report 230 test matrices.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 37 Work by AASHTO’s Highway Subcommittee on Bridges and Structures determined that the Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges76 had gaps and inconsistencies and did not use the latest design philosophy and knowledge.77 In response, in 1994, AASHTO adopted the Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications, which were published as an alternative to the Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Section 13 of the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications contains recommendations on bridge railing designs and incorporates a crash-test matrix that differs from those used in NCHRP Report 350 and the AASHTO Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings. In May 1996, the FHWA held discussions with the AASHTO Highway Subcommittee on Bridges and Structures, Technical Committee for Guardrails and Bridge Rails. As a result of those discussions, the FHWA issued a memorandum containing its position regarding AASHTO guidance on bridge railings. That 1996 policy memorandum strongly suggested that AASHTO adopt the definitions and test criteria in NCHRP Report 350. But the FHWA memorandum stated that until AASHTO adopts a new railing level selection procedure, the FHWA will accept the procedures in the 1989 Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings78 or a rational, experience-based, consistently applied procedure proposed by the state. The 2007 LRFD Bridge Design Specifications replaced the 1994 specifications, but the document still incorporated six test levels similar to NCHRP Report 350. It provided some general guidance to be considered for site selection but made no provisions for analytically determining the barrier performance level appropriate for a given site. The document also specified that ―It shall be the responsibility of the user agency to determine which of the test levels is most appropriate for the bridge site.‖ It also stated the following: Agencies should develop objective guidelines for use of bridge railings. These guidelines should take into account factors such as traffic conditions, traffic volume and mix, cost and in-service performance, and life-cycle cost of existing railings. Most recently, AASHTO has issued the 2009 Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH),79 developed under NCHRP Project 22-14(02), ―Improvement of Procedures for the Safety-Performance Evaluation of Roadside Features.‖ MASH represents the latest evolution in barrier testing and will be used to evaluate the structural adequacy of a barrier system based on updated test vehicles and impact conditions. It contains revised criteria for evaluation of highway safety features based on changes in vehicle fleets. MASH will replace NCHRP Report 350 on
76 Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 17th edition (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, September 1, 2002). 77 AASHTO Highway Subcommittee on Bridges and Structures, Grand Challenges: A Strategic Plan for Bridge Engineering, http://bridges.transportation.org/Documents/2005strategicplan-websiteversion.pdf, accessed September 25, 2009. 78 These are based on the three performance levels developed in NCHRP Report 230, not the six levels in NCHRP Report 350. 79 MASH has been reviewed and approved by AASHTO’s Standing Committee on Highways as of June 1,
- As it stands now, immediately upon publication, any new devices, including any modifications and/or
revisions to NCHRP Report 350-compliant devices, will have to be crash-tested under the new AASHTO MASH. However, if an NCHRP Report 350 test program has already begun, that program may continue, and results may be submitted to the FHWA prior to January 1, 2011.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 38 January 1, 2011. As with the previous NCHRP project documents, MASH will utilize full-scale crash testing and will not provide site-specific guidance regarding barrier performance. Guidance for bridge railing design also appears in AASHTO’s Roadside Design Guide. Guidance in the 2006 edition of the document is similar to what is found in the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, in that the 2006 Roadside Design Guide states that ―For existing bridges, individual states should develop guidelines for retention, upgrading… of in-place railings,‖ and ―Owners should develop warrants for the bridge site.‖80 Texas has developed a Bridge Rail Manual; the manual does not contain selection criteria or warrants for the installation of high-performance barriers, including bridge railings. NTSB investigators asked other state departments of transportation what guidance they use when selecting a barrier system for a specific site; many replied that they use AASHTO’s LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.81 Since 1986, the FHWA has required that bridge railings used on Federal-aid projects meet full-scale crash-test criteria.82 An FHWA policy memorandum, dated 1997, stated, ―All new or replacement safety features on the National Highway System [NHS]… are to have been tested and evaluated and found acceptable in accordance with NCHRP Report 350.‖83 The minimum acceptable bridge railing will be a TL-3 unless supported by a rational selection procedure. That same memorandum stated that the FHWA does not intend for that requirement to result in the replacement or upgrading of existing installed features beyond the course of normal improvements. Means Used to Check Tire Pressure Pretrip Examinations. Title 49 CFR 392.7 requires commercial drivers to examine the tires of their motor vehicles at the beginning of each trip. The regulation does not require that the driver use a tire pressure gauge. If the tire is found to be improperly inflated, the driver must remedy the problem before driving the vehicle. The American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) model CDL manual84 recommends that drivers check for proper tire inflation by ―Using a tire gauge, or by
80 The LRFD Bridge Design Specifications define a ―warrant‖ as a document that provides guidance to the designer in evaluating the potential safety and operational benefits of traffic control devices or features. Warrants describe criteria for use of a higher level highway feature; for example, 30 percent truck traffic might indicate that a higher performance barrier is appropriate. The warrant serves to convey concern over a particular traffic hazard and is used to evaluate the potential safety and operational benefits of a highway feature. 81 All states require at least TL-3 barriers on new construction and rehabilitation projects on National Highway System highways. Based on an examination of the 28 state bridge rail policies that are available online, investigators confirmed that some states have requirements for high-performance barriers. Eleven states require TL-4 barriers on National Highway System projects, and seven states either have requirements for TL-5 barriers on interstate projects or have specific guidance on when to select TL-5 barriers (Arizona, Iowa, Maine, Massachusetts, New York, Oregon, and Pennsylvania). 82 Crash tests are conducted using vehicles of known weights operating at controlled speeds and impact angles. 83 See http://safety.fhwa.dot/roadway_dept/docs/accept.pdf, accessed July 20, 2009. 84 AAMVA 2005 model Commercial Driver’s License Manual. The AAMVA model manual is a template used by the states as a guide for preparing their state CDL manuals.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 39 striking tires with a mallet or other similar device.‖ The manual specifically notes that kicking the tires to check for proper inflation is not an effective way to examine them. The AAMVA model CDL manual lists the following problems to be aware of when conducting a pretrip tire inspection: Too much or too little air pressure. Bad wear. You need at least 4/32-inch tread depth in every major groove on front tires. You need 2/32 inch on other tires. No fabric should show through the tread or sidewall. Cuts or other damage. Tread separation. Dual tires that come in contact with each other or parts of the vehicle. Mismatched sizes. Radial and bias-ply tires used together. Cut or cracked valve stems. Regrooved, recapped, or retreaded tires on the front wheels of a bus. These are prohibited. According to the FMCSA, a sampling of commercial vehicle tires indicated that approximately 7.08 percent of all such tires were underinflated by as much as 20 psi. Only 44.15 percent of all tires were within ± 5 psi of their target pressure.85 Data also showed that only 34.55 percent of chartered motorcoach tires were within ± 5 psi of their target pressure and that 9.37 percent of chartered motorcoach tires were underinflated by 20 psi or more. Motorcoach fleets with fewer than 50 power units had 11.75 percent of their tires underinflated by 20 psi or more, while fleets with more than 500 power units had 2.09 percent of their tires underinflated by 20 psi or more. Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems. A tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) automatically detects tire pressure information and can communicate it to the driver or fleet manager.86 Typically, tire inflation pressure is measured with sensors attached to the tire, wheel, or valve stem and is displayed at the valve or on the driver’s control panel. ―Indirect‖ TPMSs calculate a tire’s apparent state of inflation by monitoring its rotational speed. Indirect systems cannot detect multiple underinflated tire conditions unless equipped with additional sensors and software to capture wheel vibration and load shifts. ―Direct‖ TPMSs use pressure sensors to determine the tire’s inflation pressure, and some systems can transmit data from the tire to the driver. Direct systems are capable of identifying multiple underinflated tires simultaneously and
85 Commercial Motor Vehicle Tire Pressure Sensors, FMCSA-PSV-05-002 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, July 2005). 86 Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety and Security Systems Technology Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems, available on the FMCSA website. See , accessed August 4, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 40 can account for changes in tire pressure due to environmental conditions. Some systems measure temperature in addition to pressure, alerting the driver to the risk of tire failures that can result from underinflation, overloading, or the presence of other dangerous mechanical conditions, such as dragging brakes or failing wheel bearings. On November 1, 2000, Congress enacted the Transportation Recall Enhancement, Accountability, and Documentation Act (TREAD Act),87 which directed the Secretary of Transportation to conduct rulemaking to require warning systems on all new motor vehicles that would indicate to the vehicle operator when a tire is underinflated. In 2007, NHTSA rulemaking at 49 CFR Part 57188 required TPMSs on new passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks and buses with GVWRs of 10,000 pounds or less (except for those vehicles with dual wheels on an axle). The rulemaking also established Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 138,89 which specifies the system performance requirements.90 According to FMVSS 138, the TPMS must activate not more than 20 minutes after inflation pressure in one or more tires is equal to or less than 25 percent below the vehicle manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure.91 No requirement or standard currently exists for the application of TPMSs on commercial vehicles with GVWRs greater than 10,000 pounds. Motorcoach Crash Testing In December 2007, NHTSA conducted its first motorcoach crash test.92 That frontal crash test, and subsequent sled tests, looked at crash forces under different velocities, impact angles, and restraint conditions. In the frontal crash test, the luggage rack failed. In February 2008, NHTSA conducted roof strength tests on four motorcoaches, comparing U.S. school bus and European motorcoach roof strength requirements. An MCI motorcoach and a Prevost motorcoach were tested under both the FMVSS 220 school bus rollover protection standard and the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation 66 (ECE R66), ―Rollover Protection Strength and Structural Integrity,‖ requirements. The motorcoaches failed both the FMVSS 220 and the ECE R66 tests. An additional ECE R66 test of a 2000 MCI motorcoach was performed in July 2009. Of the two standards, the ECE R66 test is considered a more ―real-world‖ test because it is a dynamic fall onto a hard surface from an 800-millimeter (mm) (about 2.6-foot) step. In this test, the motorcoach is equipped with templates representing the residual space. No object outside of the residual space at the start of the test, including the luggage racks, may intrude upon this space during the test; however, those
87 Public Law 106-414. 88 Federal Register, vol. 72, no. 133 (July 12, 2007), p. 38017. 89 See 49 CFR 571.138. 90 The regulation is in effect for vehicles manufactured after September 1, 2007. 91 Title 49 CFR 571.138 also contains a ―Low Tire Pressure Warning Telltale Minimum Activation Pressure Table‖ by tire type load rating that can be used as an alternative reference to the 25-percent manufacturer-recommended pressure. 92 Based on NHTSA’s ―Approach to Motorcoach Safety,‖ NHTSA Docket 2007-28793.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 41 racks are unloaded.93 In the February 2008 ECE R66 test of the MCI motorcoach, the left side luggage rack inboard hangers (supports) rearward of the two front hangers broke, exposing sharp metal edges.94 In this test, contact was documented between the back of an unrestrained crash test dummy’s head and the bottom of the luggage rack. The lap/shoulder-belted dummies on the far side showed much lower risk for injury than the unrestrained dummies. In addition, during the 2007 frontal crash test, several unrestrained crash dummies experienced their highest resultant head accelerations during head contact with the luggage racks. New Entrant Program As a result of a 2002 truck tractor-semitrailer accident in Loraine, Texas,95 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-03-2 to the FMCSA, recommending that it Require all new motor carriers seeking operating authority to demonstrate their safety fitness prior to obtaining new entrant operating authority by, at a minimum: (1) passing an examination demonstrating their knowledge of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations; (2) submitting a comprehensive plan documenting that the motor carrier has management systems in place to ensure compliance with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations; and (3) passing a Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration safety audit, including vehicle inspections. (H-03-2) The recommendation is currently classified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖ In response to Safety Recommendation H-03-2, the FMCSA developed the New Applicant Screening Program. All new motor carriers operating in interstate commerce are required to apply to the FMCSA for registration as a new entrant. A new entrant carrier is subject to an 18-month safety-monitoring period, and it receives a safety audit sometime after its first 3 months of operation but before it completes 18 months of operation. At a minimum, the safety audit will cover driver qualifications, driver duty status, vehicle maintenance, accident register, and controlled substance and alcohol use testing requirements. If the FMCSA identifies deficiencies, the carrier must provide evidence to the FMCSA that the faults found during the audit are being corrected. The FMCSA has stated that it will grant permanent motor carrier registration only if the new entrant successfully completes the 18-month monitoring period. On December 16, 2008, the FMCSA published a final rule addressing the New Entrant Safety Assurance Process.96 The stated intent of the rule is to improve the FMCSA’s
93 NHTSA Motorcoach Roof Crush/Rollover Testing presentation, February 2009 Government Industry Meeting , accessed September 21, 2009. 94 NHTSA ECE Regulation 66-Based Research Test of Motorcoach Roof Strength, Final Report, ECE66-MGA2007-001, May 2008. 95 Collision of Greyhound Lines, Inc., Motorcoach and DelCar Trucking Truck Tractor-Semitrailer, Loraine, Texas, June 9, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-03/01(Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003). 96 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 242 (December 16, 2008), pp. 76472–76497.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 42 Ability to identify at-risk new entrant motor carriers and ensure that deficiencies are corrected before granting them permanent registration. It also ensures that applicants will become knowledgeable about Federal Safety regulations before they commence interstate operations. The rule specifically addresses ―reincarnated carriers,‖ which are defined in the final rule as ―A carrier that attempts to register as a new entrant and operate as a different entity under a new USDOT Number in an effort to evade enforcement action and/or out-of-service orders issued against it by the [FMCSA].‖ The new regulations state that any carrier that provides false or misleading information or conceals information is subject to revocation of its new entrant registration and civil penalties.97 In the final rule, the FMCSA stated that it is also planning to address reincarnated carriers under a separate rulemaking in response to section 4113 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (often referred to as SAFETEA-LU) regarding patterns of safety violations by motor carrier management. According to the FMCSA, all new entrant applications are sent to its division offices for review. The FMCSA also contacts state agencies to obtain information on the new entrant.98 The FMCSA has developed an evasion detection algorithm (EDA) to identify those household goods carriers with histories of poor safety performance. In August 2008, the FMCSA began applying the EDA screening process to newly registered passenger carriers before granting them operating authority.99 The EDA searches selected data to identify new applicants that may be enforcement evaders by detecting matches between new registrants and information provided by previously registered motor carriers. Following publication of the December 2008 final rule on the New Entrant Safety Assurance Process, a petition for reconsideration challenged that the FMCSA had failed to address section 210(a) of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999 (Public Law 106-159, 113 Stat. 1764, December 9, 1999) requiring new entrant carriers to demonstrate a minimum knowledge of the safety standards. On August 25, 2009, the FMCSA published an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM)100 to address the knowledge requirements in 49 CFR Part 385. The ANPRM requested comments on proficiency examinations or alternative methods that the FMCSA should consider implementing to provide assurance that new applicant carriers are knowledgeable about applicable safety requirements. The ANPRM relates to Safety Recommendation H-03-2 (see above), which contains an element that calls for new entrant carriers to pass an examination demonstrating their knowledge of the FMCSRs. Issuance of the ANPRM suggests that work may be underway to fulfill the knowledge examination element of Safety Recommendation H-03-2. Due to the circumstances of the Sherman accident, the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) was asked to determine the number of carriers registered with the FMCSA as new entrants that were substantially related to carriers previously ordered out of business. The results
97 Title 49 United States Code 521(b)(2)(A) sets civil penalties not to exceed $2,500. 98 December 10, 2008, presentation by the director of the FMCSA Office of Enforcement and Compliance to the Motor Carrier Safety Advisory Committee. 99 In July 2009, the new applicant screening methodology became available as a web-based tool. 100 Federal Register, vol. 74, no. 163 (August 25, 2009), pp. 42833–42836.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 43 of the GAO study were published in late July 2009.101 The GAO examined the records of carriers placed out of service in fiscal years 2007 and 2008. It identified 20 carriers out of 220 (9 percent) that it believed had most likely attempted to evade enforcement actions by reopening as new companies. The GAO acknowledged that its analysis probably underestimated the true number of reincarnated carriers because it did not look at the entire new entrant population; it considered only those new entrants for which an accident or an inspection had occurred. Also, the GAO analysis required exact matches of at least two data elements to avoid linking carrier records in case typographical errors or abbreviations affected the data match; the study could not identify carriers that had provided false information on their applications. The GAO study did not evaluate the effectiveness of the New Entrant Safety Assurance Process or of new entry safety audits, and it could not determine the extent to which reincarnated carriers are able to avoid detection when registering to operate with the FMCSA.
101 U.S. Government Accountability Office, Reincarnating Commercial Vehicle Companies Pose Safety Threat to Motoring Public; Federal Safety Agency Has Initiated Efforts to Prevent Future Occurrences, GAO-09-924, July 28, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 44 Analysis The analysis begins with a discussion of the factors and conditions the NTSB has excluded as neither causing nor contributing to the accident. It then proceeds to a discussion of the safety issues. The safety issues identified in this report are the tire failure and the need for tire pressure monitoring systems on commercial vehicles; the failure of the bridge railing and the need for criteria for the selection of appropriate bridge railing designs; the lack of oversight of the Federal commercial vehicle inspections that are delegated to the states; the lack of motorcoach occupant protection systems; and, the deficiencies in the Federal safety oversight of new entrant motor carriers. Exclusions At the time of the accident, skies were clear, the temperature was about 77° F, and no rain was reported. The pavement was dry. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the weather did not cause or contribute to the accident. Police, fire, and EMS units were dispatched to the scene within 2 minutes of the initial notification of the accident and arrived on the scene within 6 minutes. All injured passengers were triaged at the scene and transported to nine medical facilities in the region using both air and ground EMS. Emergency response and medical care resources were provided by three Texas counties and one Oklahoma county. The most critically injured arrived at local medical facilities within 23 minutes following the event, and all of the injured were transported to medical facilities in less than 2 hours. Based on interviews with first responders and a review of records from the event, the NTSB concludes that the accident notification and emergency response by surface and air resources were timely and adequate. Postaccident mechanical inspection of the motorcoach’s brake and steering systems indicated that, other than the failed tire, no mechanical defects or deficiencies contributed to the uncontrollability of the motorcoach. Investigators did identify oil and grease contamination in the braking system of one of the six brakes, which presented a safety risk, but determined that braking performance would not have affected the outcome of the accident due to the limited time available for driver response. Similarly, investigators identified the use of wheel rims of improper size on the tag axle tires as a problem that would affect load capacity, but this was not a factor in the accident sequence. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, with the exception of the right steer axle tire, the mechanical condition of the motorcoach did not contribute to the cause or severity of the accident. The driver’s medical certificate had expired on May 24, 2008. The driver was diagnosed with diabetes after his most recent fitness examination, with markedly elevated blood sugar and HbA1c102 detected 3 months prior to the accident. He was prescribed insulin but never refilled the prescription. His HbA1c was substantially lower at the time of the accident, consistent with some effective treatment of his diabetes. An oral prescription medication for the treatment of
102 The HbA1c provides a measure indicating the average blood sugar level over the previous few months.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 45 diabetes was found with his effects. The driver’s HbA1c at the time of the accident did not suggest a blood sugar level high enough to have been associated with impairment. The driver was also being treated for high blood pressure and high cholesterol levels but neither of these conditions, nor the medications used for their treatment, was likely to have had a measurable impact on his driving performance. The NTSB concludes that the driver’s diabetes, high blood pressure, and high cholesterol were not factors in the accident. The Accident Accident Sequence According to data gathered from the ECM, the motorcoach was traveling about 68 mph at the time the right steer axle tire began leaving tire marks on the highway, approximately 4.3 seconds prior to the blowout. The driver, in a postaccident interview, stated that he felt a sway or vibration of the motorcoach. However, the degree to which these perceptual cues are distinguishable from encountering rumble strips or other vehicle noise is uncertain and probably case-specific, depending on the sequence of tire failure. He said he let off the accelerator, unsure of what was causing the sensation. Within a few seconds, he heard ―an explosion‖ and the right front of the motorcoach ―dropped.‖ The vehicle ECM data indicated that percent throttle was varied in the seconds preceding the blowout. It seems likely that the driver experienced unexpected noise or vibration before he understood the impending tire failure. Tire marks on the roadway, indicating the beginning of the failure of the sidewalls and belt separation, began 685 feet before the motorcoach struck the bridge railing. The blowout occurred 253 feet before impact. The ECM indicated braking input at 1.1 seconds following the tire blowout. Calculations of the motorcoach’s braking efficiency indicated a brake lag time (delayed brake actuation) of 0.7 second. The roadway tire marks and travel distances indicate that the motorcoach struck the bridge railing before any appreciable braking occurred. Once the motorcoach mounted the curb and struck the bridge railing and the railing began separating from the bridge deck structure, braking would have been largely ineffective in slowing the vehicle or otherwise altering the vehicle dynamics. Vehicle handling characteristics have been shown to be drastically altered, and steering efficiency significantly reduced, following a tire failure, particularly on a steer axle wheel.103 When the right steer axle tire on the Sherman motorcoach failed, the vehicle pulled to the right. Because the right shoulder width on US-75 northbound narrowed to 30 inches on the Post Oak Creek bridge deck, it would most likely have required significant driver input to prevent the motorcoach from striking the bridge curb. The NTSB concludes that given the limited distance between the roadway and the bridge curb and the lack of recovery time, there is no evidence that the actions of the driver caused or contributed to the tire failure, and it is unlikely that the driver had sufficient time to respond to the tire failure and avoid the loss of control, the collision with the bridge railing, and the subsequent departure of the motorcoach from the bridge.
103 (a) M.W. Arndt, M. Rosenfield, and S.M. Arndt, Measurement of Changes in Vehicle Handling Due to Tread-Separation-Induced Axle Tramp, SAE Technical Paper No. 2006-01-1680 (Warrendale, PA: Society of Automotive Engineers, 2006); (b) C.P. Dickerson, M.W. Arndt, and S.M. Arndt, Vehicle Handling with Tire Tread Separation, SAE Technical Paper No. 1999-01-0450 (Warrendale, PA: Society of Automotive Engineers, 1999).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 46 Motorcoach Driver Driver Issues. Toxicological testing performed on samples gathered about 3.75 hours after the accident detected cocaine and its metabolites in the driver’s blood and/or urine.104 One metabolite, cocaethylene, detected in the urine, is formed only when cocaine and ethanol are simultaneously present. The finding of cocaine and cocaethylene (which both have half-lives less than 90 minutes) in the urine, and the levels of benzoylecgonine in the blood and urine, suggest that the driver had used cocaine and alcohol approximately 5 hours prior to the accident. At the time of the accident, the driver had been on duty for 6 hours 45 minutes (not including a 1-hour-long work break). He had come on duty at 5:00 p.m. He had driven briefly between 6:30 and 7:00 p.m. to pick up passengers and then had had a 1-hour work break between 7:15 and 8:15 p.m. before beginning to drive again. He drove nearly continuously105 for the 4 hours 30 minutes between 8:15 p.m. and 12:45 a.m., when the accident took place. Therefore, the driver probably used cocaine and alcohol after reporting for work at 5:00 p.m. The extended period of driving prior to the accident makes it unlikely that the driver was impaired by the effects of cocaine itself. But it is certainly possible that the driver was experiencing aftereffects from use of the drug (primarily resulting in depression and fatigue). Aftereffects from ethanol use have been shown to impair certain aspects of simulator performance in pilots for as long as 14 hours after intoxication.106 Therefore, the possibility that aftereffects from alcohol or cocaine use or both may have impaired the driver cannot be ruled out. The NTSB concludes that the driver used cocaine and alcohol either during or shortly before starting the trip, and he may have been impaired by aftereffects from either or both drugs. Postaccident interview statements by the driver describing the accident sequence events indicated that he was alert and responsive to developments. He was aware of his driving tasks— for example, he reported that he felt the vibration of the motorcoach when the tire failed, he said he let off the accelerator, and he said he heard an explosion. Tire marks on the roadway indicate that the driver had approximately 4.3 seconds before the blowout, as the internal structure of the tire continued to fail. The driver may have been aware of vibration or changes in handling characteristics and was trying to understand what was happening. Once the blowout occurred, the driver reacted quickly, braking in 1.1 seconds. But approximately 1.9 seconds after he applied the brakes, the motorcoach struck and mounted the curb and then the bridge railing. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that fatigue was not a factor in the accident and, based on event timing in the accident reconstruction analysis, even a well-rested, completely alert driver could not have reacted in time to affect the accident sequence.
104 Title 49 CFR 382.303 requires that postaccident testing be conducted as soon as practicable. 105 The driver said that he stopped at a convenience store about 10 minutes after beginning driving at 8:15 p.m., to buy gum and an energy drink. 106 J.A. Yesavage and V.O. Leirer, ―Hangover Effects on Aircraft Pilots 14 Hours After Alcohol Ingestion: A Preliminary Report,‖ American Journal of Psychiatry, vol. 143, no. 12 (1986), pp. 1546-1550.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 47 Preemployment Checks of Driver History by Motor Carrier. According to the driver, he had almost 25 years of experience driving commercial vehicles. Investigators were able to verify that the driver had been employed by two existing companies, Greyhound and Carrington Tours, during the 1990s, and NTSB subpoenaed records from those companies. Other motor carriers listed on the driver’s application for employment could not be contacted because of mergers, acquisitions, or changes in ownership. Cessation of operations by motor carriers is fairly common within the industry, making inquiry into the long-term driving experience of a prospective driver difficult. The driver told investigators that he had been terminated by Greyhound for failure to report for a medical examination. However, records subpoenaed from Greyhound revealed that the driver was terminated on March 21, 1995, after he tested positive for cocaine in Greyhound’s federally mandated random drug testing program. Title 49 CFR 382.401(b)(1) requires that a motor carrier maintain copies of positive drug test results for a minimum of 5 years. Prospective employers are required by 49 CFR 382.413 to contact each applicant’s previous employer to determine whether, in the preceding 2 years, the applicant had failed an alcohol or controlled substance test, had refused to be tested, or had successfully completed return-to-duty requirements after having tested positive for alcohol or a controlled substance. However, release of these records is limited. Title 49 CFR 382.405(f) states that ―Records shall be made available to a subsequent employer upon receipt of a written request from a driver. Disclosure by the subsequent employer is permitted only as expressly authorized by the terms of the driver’s request.‖ A driver is not obligated to report the positive drug test result to a prospective employer; however, a driver’s authorized release of his records as an application requirement provides prospective employers with a viable mechanism for obtaining access to drug test results. The NTSB previously addressed driver drug testing in its investigation of a May 9, 1999, motorcoach crash in New Orleans, Louisiana, which killed 22 passengers.107 The motorcoach driver tested positive for tetrahydrocannabinol (THC, the psychoactive substance in marijuana). The driver had been terminated by at least two previous employers on the basis of positive results in random drug testing. When the New Orleans driver applied for the position with the accident carrier, he omitted mention of these two past employers who had terminated him for drug use. He explained the gaps in employment by stating that he had been working as a musician during those periods. Although his employer at the time of the accident had made reference checks with two former employers listed on the driver’s application, neither responded. The NTSB concluded that the results of tests for controlled substances performed under the DOT testing guidelines, even when positive, are often not available to prospective employers, making it difficult for them to make well-informed hiring decisions. The NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-01-25 as a result of the New Orleans investigation, recommending that the FMCSA take the following action: Develop a system that records all positive drug and alcohol test results and refusal determinations that are conducted under the U.S. Department of Transportation testing requirements, require prospective employers to query the system before making a hiring decision, and require certifying authorities to query the system before making a certification decision. (H-01-25)
107 NTSB/HAR-01/01.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 48 As a result of the NTSB’s recommendation, in 2004, the FMCSA completed a study of the feasibility and merits of requiring medical review officers and employers to report positive test results to state CDL licensing agencies. The study found that it was feasible to establish a national database of positive drug test results and that it should be operated by the Federal government to ensure consistency and uniformity. The FMCSA is developing rulemaking to establish a National Drug and Alcohol Test Results Database, which would allow Federal and state governments to identify drivers who have refused a DOT drug or alcohol test or have tested positive for drug(s) and/or alcohol under the established DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations. Areas of consideration for the rulemaking include the following: (1) requiring Medical Review Officers to submit confirmed positive controlled substances test results to the FMCSA, including follow-up tests stemming from an initial positive test; (2) having motor carriers submit information on refusals-to-test, positive alcohol test results, and annual summaries of their controlled substances and alcohol testing programs each year; and (3) requiring all laboratories to submit annual reports to the FMCSA.108 Safety Recommendation H-01-25 is currently classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response‖ because of the FMCSA’s slow response time. The recommendation to develop a database of positive drug and alcohol test results and to establish requirements for use of the system is now 8 years old. Although the FMCSA has increased its enforcement action against commercial motor vehicle drivers who have tested positive for controlled substances and failed to comply with the return-to-duty requirements before performing a DOT safety-sensitive function, and also against motor carriers that use or have used a driver to perform safety-sensitive functions if the motor carrier was aware or should have known that the driver did not comply with return-to-duty requirements, these actions will be the result of investigations and will, therefore, affect only a small percentage of the driver and carrier populations. The NTSB concludes that if motor carriers cannot check the controlled substance testing backgrounds of prospective employees, they cannot make well-informed decisions when attempting to hire safe drivers. Consequently, the NTSB is reiterating Safety Recommendation H-01-25 to the FMCSA, and the recommendation remains classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ The state of Texas maintains records on the positive results of controlled substance tests for commercial drivers. In seeking such information concerning the accident driver, the NTSB found it necessary to serve a subpoena upon the TxDPS. (The database contained no records for the driver.) Information concerning the toxicological and medical condition of vehicle operators is vital to successful accident investigation. The NTSB concludes that the difficulty in obtaining state records in connection with the controlled substance test results for the driver of the accident motorcoach in this case highlights the NTSB’s need for investigative access to a national database of positive drug test results. Therefore, in addition to the reiteration of Safety Recommendation H-01-25, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA establish a regulatory requirement within 49 CFR 382.405 that provides the NTSB, in the exercise of its statutory
108 This information appears in a letter from the FMCSA, dated June 5, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 49 authority, access to all positive drug and alcohol test results and refusal determinations that are conducted under the DOT testing requirements. Tire Failure The right steer axle tire was a Goodyear G409 MBA radial tire retreaded with a Bandag model T4100 tread. NTSB investigators conducted two independent examinations of the failed tire: one with experts from Goodyear and another with experts from Bridgestone. Both examinations of the right steer axle tire resulted in similar conclusions, which were documented in reports provided by Goodyear and Bridgestone to the NTSB. The tire companies found no defects or dangerous conditions in the design or manufacture of the original tire or the retread. They believed that separation and detachment of the tread and belt pieces occurred as a result of damage caused by overdeflected operation. The overdeflected condition was most likely caused by a puncture or cut in the tire that caused it to lose air, leading to underinflation. Operation of an underinflated tire in an overdeflected condition generates excessive heat, which can cause tread belt separation, the internal separation of the sidewall, belting, and body plies. Numerous exposed rubber surfaces exhibited a blue-tint appearance, indicative of excessive heat generation during operation. Moreover, such heat damage is cumulative and may go undetected by visual inspection. Although it is difficult to state how long the punctured or cut tire may have operated in an underinflated/overdeflected condition, the tread/belt tear patterns and the lack of polishing of the separated surfaces indicate relatively short-term operation in such a condition, most likely for less than 1,000 miles. Thus, it appears that the tire on the right steer axle of the accident motorcoach was punctured and suffered a slow leak, as indicated by a tread rubber hole that was abraded/bruised and torn, which ultimately led to the tire’s failure. Based on the available physical evidence and expert review, therefore, the NTSB concludes that the tire on the accident motorcoach’s right steer axle experienced a puncture, and the resultant gradual pressure loss led to severe overdeflection, which resulted in sidewall, belting, and body ply separations within the tire. Federal regulations at 49 CFR 393.75(d) state that ―No bus shall be operated with regrooved, recapped or retreaded tires on the front wheels.‖ Retreading a tire involves bonding a new tread to the tire body through the application of heat and pressure. The NTSB found good adhesion within the casing and between the casing and the retread on the retreaded tire on the right steer axle, and investigators found no indication that the tire failure was related to the retread. The mechanics of failure in this accident resulted in short, thin strands of tire material separating from the tire, not delamination of the retread. The failure of the tire initiated and resulted from within the original tire casing. The NTSB concludes that although the use of a retreaded, recapped, or regrooved tire on the steer axle of a motorcoach is prohibited, the right steer axle tire’s failure was not associated with its being a retreaded tire. The failed tire was located on the steer axle on the right side of the motorcoach. Had the tire been mounted on the drive or tag axle and failed, there would have been less lateral and retarding force, so the motorcoach’s departure from the road would have been slower, and the driver might have been able to retain control over it. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that failure of the tire on the steer axle resulted in the loss of control of the motorcoach.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 50 Vehicle Load and Tire Capacity The GVWR of the accident motorcoach’s three axles was 16,500 pounds on the steer axle, 23,000 pounds on the drive axle, and 16,500 pounds on the tag axle. The motorcoach manufacturer’s recommended tires for the steer axle were Load Range J size 315/80 R22.5 tires inflated to 120 psi. Load Range J tires with inflation pressures of 120 psi have a maximum working load rating of 8,270 pounds each or 16,540 pounds for the axle. This configuration provides a reserve working limit of only 20 axle-weight pounds per tire. If the motorcoach were to be loaded in such a manner that the weight upon the steer axle was exceeded by as little as 40 pounds (less than 1/2 of 1 percent of the GVWR), the tires would begin to be overloaded. The tag axle possessed a GAWR of 16,500 pounds. According to the MCI maintenance manual,109 the tag axle was required to be equipped with Load Range J size 315/80 R22.5 tires mounted on 9.00-inch wheel assemblies, inflated to 105 psi. If such a tire were inflated to 105 psi, the recommended tire would be rated to only 7,440 pounds, providing the tag axle with only 14,880 pounds of load capacity, compared to the required 16,500 pounds. The vehicle specification plate recommended a tag axle tire inflation pressure of 120 psi; the accident motorcoach’s tag axle tires as measured after the accident were inflated to 88 psi and 89 psi. Additionally, the tag axle wheel assemblies on the accident coach were 8.25 inches wide, as opposed to the recommended 9.00-inch wheels. Although an 8.25-inch wheel can be used, the maximum load permitted upon the tire when inflated to 120 psi is reduced to 8,000 pounds. Because the tag axle had a GAWR of 16,500 pounds, the 8.25-inch wheels were not appropriate for use on the motorcoach’s tag axle. Underinflating a tire may dramatically reduce its load capacity. For example, lowering the inflation pressure of a Load Range J tire by only 10 psi reduces its load capacity from 8,270 pounds to 7,610 pounds, or by 8 percent. (See table 6.) In the case of the accident motorcoach, underinflation by less than 1 percent on the steer axle tires would have resulted in an overloading condition if the vehicle were loaded to its GVWR. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that underinflation of tires on commercial motor vehicles by even small margins can result in dangerous overloading of the tires. Tire Pressure Following the accident, the pressure of each intact tire was measured. Compared to the recommended tire pressures on the vehicle specification plate, the left steer axle tire pressure was 2 psi below the recommended 120 psi. The pressures of three of the tires on the drive axle were above the recommended 90 psi, by values of 6 psi, 4 psi, and 3 psi.110 The pressures of the two tires on the tag axle were 31 psi and 32 psi below the recommended 120 psi.
109 The recommended pressure listed in the MCI maintenance manual differed from the recommended pressure on the vehicle specification plate. This difference is discussed in the next section. 110 The drive axle had four tires, but the right outer tire on the drive axle was found debeaded as a result of the accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 51 Title 49 CFR 392.7 requires commercial drivers to examine the tires of their motor vehicles at the beginning of each trip. The driver of the accident motorcoach reported that he checked the tires, looking for protrusions, wear and tear, and discoloration, and that he kicked the tires prior to departing on the accident trip. According to the regulations, drivers are permitted to visually inspect the tires to determine if they are properly inflated; use of a tire gauge is not mandated. However, it is difficult, if not impossible, to visually determine whether a tire is inflated to the proper pressure.111 Tires designed to give a smooth ride may always look underinflated, while tires with stiff sidewalls can look properly inflated even at pressures substantially lower than those recommended. The AAMVA model CDL manual recommends that a driver use a tire gauge to check tire inflation; however, it also states that use of a mallet to check inflation is permissible. Postaccident inspection of the motorcoach indicated that several of the vehicle’s tires did not meet recommended inflation levels. The tires on the tag axle were more than 25-percent underinflated when examined. As demonstrated by this accident, underinflation of tires can lead to safety issues such as overloading and tire failures. It is possible that the right steer axle tire that failed, leading to the accident, was underinflated before the trip began. It is also possible that had the pressure in the motorcoach’s tires been checked with a tire gauge before the accident trip began, the underinflated tires would have been detected, because a gauge would have given a specific pressure number. The FMCSA regulations and AAMVA guidelines that permit drivers to measure tire pressure by either visually inspecting the tire or ―thumping‖ it with a mallet are not adequate to identify an underinflated tire. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that because underinflated tires can lead to tire failure and because the currently approved methods of visual inspection or ―thumping‖ tires with a mallet are inaccurate, a tire pressure gauge should be used to accurately assess tire pressure. Consequently, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require that tire pressure be checked with a tire pressure gauge during pretrip inspections, vehicle inspections, and roadside inspections of motor vehicles. The NTSB also recommends that the AAMVA revise the model CDL manual to stipulate that tire pressure be checked with a tire pressure gauge during pretrip inspections, vehicle inspections, and roadside inspections of motor vehicles. During the course of the investigation, the NTSB determined that the recommended tire pressure information in the MCI model J4500 motorcoach maintenance manual differed from information on the specification plate on the vehicle, and that the manual was incorrect. The tire inflation chart in the MCI J4500 manual lists the drive axle tire pressure as 85 psi and the tag axle tire pressure as 105 psi. The correct inflation pressures, as listed on the vehicle specification plate, are 90 psi for the drive axle tires and 120 psi for the tag axle tires. Additionally, a note in the manual about the wheels improperly identifies the model and gives the GAWR of the accident motorcoach’s steer axle as 16,000 pounds, rather than the correct figure of 16,500 pounds. MCI’s only guidance, whether written or electronic, for this motorcoach and others like it remains uncorrected. The most recent MCI manual with corrections does not apply to the earlier or legacy model 4500 motorcoaches, because the applicability of information is stipulated by vehicle identification number ranges. The NTSB concludes that until MCI informs
111 Goodyear tire photographs in figure 9; and S. Singh, K. Kingsley, and C. Chen, Tire Pressure Maintenance-A Statistical Investigation, DOT HS 811 086 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, April 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 52 operators of the inaccuracies in the J4500 motorcoach maintenance manual, operators may be confused as to the proper tire pressures for these motorcoaches. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that MCI correct any inaccurate tire pressure and GAWR information in the maintenance manuals of its J4500 motorcoaches and make electronic versions of the revised manuals readily available on its website; in addition, it should review the maintenance manuals of its other motorcoaches for similar errors and make appropriate corrections. Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems TPMSs are designed to monitor and inform the driver of tire pressures and are capable of detecting operating temperatures. Direct TPMSs have the advantage of providing actual tire pressures to the driver in real time while the vehicle is in operation.112 In this accident, a direct TPMS could have detected the decreasing pressure of the right steer axle tire and alerted the driver before the tire’s catastrophic failure. The TREAD Act, enacted by Congress on November 1, 2000, directed the Secretary of Transportation to conduct rulemaking to require warning systems in new motor vehicles to indicate to the operator when a tire is significantly underinflated. In 2007, NHTSA rulemaking at 49 CFR Part 571113 established FMVSS 138 for TPMSs to warn the driver when a tire is significantly underinflated. Application of that standard, however, was restricted to light vehicles—specifically to passenger cars, trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and buses with GVWRs of 10,000 pounds or less, except for those vehicles with dual wheels on an axle. Unlike the NHTSA rule, the TREAD Act referred to ―new motor vehicles‖ without restriction regarding vehicle class.114 No rule or standard currently requires that large commercial vehicles, including motorcoaches, be equipped with TPMSs. The NTSB notes that the difference between the broad nature of the Congressional language in the TREAD Act and the specific and restrictive regulatory language used in NHTSA’s rulemaking leaves large commercial vehicles, including motorcoaches that carry many passengers, unaffected by this important safety requirement. Direct TPMSs have the potential to eliminate failures on commercial vehicles caused by tire underinflation or overloading through their ability to directly measure tire pressure and operating temperatures. Furthermore, direct TPMSs continuously monitor actual tire pressure in real time and can immediately relay information to the operator while the vehicle is en route. The accident vehicle’s tires were substantially underinflated on the tag axle and slightly overinflated on the drive axle. These conditions could have been detected either by a pretrip inspection using a tire gauge or by a TPMS. Moreover, the right steer axle tire experienced a slow leak from a puncture that may have occurred during the accident trip. A TPMS would have detected this critical safety problem en route. The NTSB concludes that if the driver had been aware of the motorcoach’s tire pressures, particularly the dangerously low pressure in the
112 Advanced TPMSs are equipped with central inflation systems that automatically maintain proper tire inflation pressures. 113 Federal Register, vol. 72, no. 133 (July 12, 2007), p. 38017. 114 See section 13 of Public Law 106-414.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 53 damaged right steer axle tire, then he would have had an opportunity to take corrective action, which might have prevented this accident. A direct TPMS could have provided such a warning. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA require all new motor vehicles weighing over 10,000 pounds to be equipped with direct TPMSs to inform drivers of the actual tire pressures on their vehicles. Bridge Railings A bridge railing is a longitudinal barrier designed to prevent a vehicle from running off the edge of a bridge. Bridge railings typically differ from roadside barriers in that they are a physically integrated part of the roadway structure. The bridge railing on US-75 at the Post Oak Creek bridge failed to keep the motorcoach on the roadway, allowing it to penetrate the railing completely and to fall 8 feet to the earthen bridge abutment below, where it slid approximately 24 feet on its right side before coming to a stop. Additionally, the 7-inch-high, 18-inch-wide concrete curb above the bridge deck allowed the motorcoach to ramp upward before it struck the railing. A curb should not be used in front of a bridge railing, because it may result in a dynamic jump by the vehicle before it strikes the barrier.115 The failure of the bridge railing to keep the motorcoach on the roadway contributed to the severity of the accident. Although the Post Oak Creek bridge railing appears to have in the past kept striking passenger cars on the bridge, it has twice failed to retain large, heavy vehicles. The NTSB concludes that a higher performance bridge railing at the accident location might have prevented the motorcoach’s departure from the bridge. Design Guidelines The design of bridge railings is summarized in AASHTO’s Roadside Design Guide. More detailed information about the engineering performance and structural requirements for bridge railings is contained in a variety of supporting reference documents, including AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges,116 the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications,117 and the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH).118 The safety performance of a bridge railing is evaluated through crash testing. Since 1986, the FHWA has required that bridge railings used on Federal-aid projects meet full-scale crash- test criteria. A 1997 FHWA policy memorandum stated that all new or replacement safety features on the NHS should be in accordance with NCHRP Report 350, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features, with the minimum acceptable bridge railing being TL-3 (as defined in NCHRP Report 350), unless supported by a rational selection procedure. The FHWA also stated, however, that it does not intend the
115 Highway Design and Operational Practices Related to Highway Safety (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 1967), p. 30. 116 Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 17th edition (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, September 1, 2002). 117 The 2007 LRFD Bridge Design Specifications replaced the 1989 Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings, which relies on three levels of bridge railing performance (PL-1, PL-2, and PL-3). 118 The 2009 MASH is intended to replace NCHRP Report 350, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 54 requirement to result in the replacement or upgrading of existing installed features, beyond the course of normal improvements. The road design of US-75 at the Post Oak Creek bridge, including the bridge railing, was in compliance with the design standards for a principal urban artery at the time of the bridge’s construction in 1958. The bridge railing at the accident site was a Type II119 railing designed in accordance with the 1953 AASHO Bridge Specifications Manual. According to TxDOT, the bridge railing design used at the accident site had never been crash-tested; as such, when the accident occurred, the railing did not meet current NHS standards.120 Approximately one-quarter of the bridges in the NHS have been superseded by structural or test requirements associated with present highway design standards. If the current bridge railing standards were applied to all bridges in the United States (not just those in the NHS), approximately one-half would not meet current design standards.121 With over 100,000 bridges in the NHS and nearly 600,000 bridges in the United States, it would be impractical to update them as frequently as design standards improve. Design standards, when they are revised, generally apply to new construction projects and, when practical, to bridge rehabilitation and upgrade projects. Because the accident bridge railing had not undergone a qualifying bridge resurfacing, restoration, or rehabilitation project, it was not required to meet current design standards. Older bridge decks and structures that would not support larger, heavier barriers often have bridge railings with designs based on earlier specifications. Consequently, upgrade projects are postponed until a larger bridge rehabilitation project, such as lane widening and deck replacement, can be planned and funded. If a bridge meets the warrants for higher performance railings, as determined by the FHWA and AASHTO, designers integrate the new designs into rehabilitation or upgrade projects; if the upgraded railings cannot be integrated into a proposed highway improvement project, the FHWA may grant the bridge owner an exception. Warrants Bridge owners, usually state departments of transportation, are responsible for determining when bridge railing improvements are needed and what performance level is appropriate for the given location. The various guidance documents available concerning the design and construction of bridge railings, including the AASHTO Roadside Design Guide and the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, indicate that the owner should develop the appropriate test level or warrant for the site in question. TxDOT, the owner of the Post Oak Creek bridge, has developed guidance for retrofit and rehabilitation bridge projects, but it has no selection criteria or warrants for the installation of
119 ―Type II‖ is an identifying name, not a category, and use of the term does not mean that the design met NCHRP Report 350 TL-2 design requirements. 120 The 2006 Roadside Design Guide states that bridge railing designs predating 1964 typically are considered substandard in that they have not been crash-tested in accordance with either NCHRP Report 230 or NCHRP Report 350 (section 7.7.1, pp. 7-8). 121 FHWA data from December 31, 2007, showed that the NHS contained 116,144 bridges; of these, 29,579 had bridge railings that did not meet current standards. The total number of bridges on NHS and non-NHS roads was 599,765; of these, 287,469 did not meet current bridge railing standards.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 55 high-performance barriers, including bridge railings. When NTSB investigators asked other state departments of transportation what guidance they use for selecting a barrier system for a specific site, many replied that they use the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications; however, that document contains only general guidance and directs state agencies to develop objective guidelines for bridge railing selection. In 2005, as a result of a multivehicle accident that took place in Fairfield, Connecticut,122 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-05-31 to AASHTO, asking it to take the following action: Establish warrants in the Roadside Design Guide regarding the selection and use of high-performance barriers, including 42- and 50-inch-high concrete barriers, that are capable of redirecting heavy trucks. (H-05-31) In its recommendation response letter, AASHTO indicated that it would consider research on using standard and high-performance barriers for both permanent and temporary application and on providing enhanced barrier guidelines through an update to the Roadside Design Guide. The NTSB has classified Safety Recommendation H-05-31 ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖ Recent research activities as part of NCHRP Report 638, Guidelines for Guardrail Implementation,123 have resulted in the development of warrants indicating when some higher performance roadside safety hardware should be used, but bridge railings were not addressed in these activities. The 1989 Guide Specifications for Bridge Railings contained criteria for the selection of an appropriate bridge railing design for a specific project location, but their use is not mandatory. Currently, no mandatory warrants indicate when a higher performance bridge railing124 should be used. The 2007 LRFD Bridge Design Specifications and the 2006 Roadside Design Guide advise bridge owners to develop their own bridge railing warrants. Available bridge railing guidance focuses on the performance test level of railing designs, offering only a list of considerations to guide highway engineers in selection of appropriate designs based on location. The NTSB concludes that bridge owners lack warrants to guide them in making high-performance bridge railing selections for specific project applications. The NTSB recognizes that it may be necessary to conduct research and crash tests to support establishing warrants for higher performance bridge barriers appropriate for motorcoach traffic. For example, experimental tests conducted in 1978–1981 at the Texas Transportation Institute at Texas A&M University showed that a TL-3 (Texas Traffic-202) bridge railing modified with the addition of an aluminum rail to a height of 42 inches was able to redirect 32,000-pound motorcoaches operating at speeds up to 60 mph and encroachment angles up to
122 NTSB/HAR-05/03. 123 This research was conducted by the University of Nebraska for the TRB Research Committee. 124 Higher performance bridge railings would be those that conform to TL-4, TL-5, or TL-6 from NCHRP Report 350, Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 56 15 degrees. However, motorcoaches of that period were smaller and lighter than current fleet vehicles.125 The NTSB recommends that the FHWA establish, in conjunction with AASHTO, performance and selection guidelines for bridge owners to use to develop objective warrants for high-performance TL-4, TL-5, and TL-6 bridge railings applicable to new construction and rehabilitation projects where railing replacement is determined to be appropriate, and that AASHTO include the guidelines in the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. Also, the NTSB recommends that AASHTO revise section 13 of the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications to state that bridge owners shall develop objective warrants for the selection and use of high-performance TL-4, TL-5, and TL-6 bridge railings applicable to new construction and rehabilitation projects where railing replacement is determined to be appropriate. Commercial Vehicle Inspections The FMCSA has certified the state of Texas vehicle inspection program as an ―equivalent inspection program.‖ As such, it satisfies the annual commercial motor vehicle inspection requirements of appendix G to subpart B of the FMCSRs through the use of privately owned and operated garages and repair facilities designated by the state as authorized inspection facilities. The Sherman accident motorcoach was inspected 8 days before the accident; the July 31, 2008, inspection was conducted at 5 Minute Inspections, located in Houston, Texas. The available records from that inspection show omissions and errors that concern the NTSB: specifically, no odometer reading or TxDOT number was entered, and the recorded date of the insurance expiration was incorrect. NTSB investigators visiting the facility noted that it did not have a service pit or a commercial vehicle lift capable of lifting a motorcoach. Without such equipment, it would be very difficult to conduct a thorough inspection of a motorcoach. Although investigators cannot be sure of the condition of the motorcoach when the inspection took place, the motor carrier purchased four new Ling Long tires for the motorcoach on July 29, just 2 days before the annual inspection. It seems likely that they were installed for the purpose of the inspection and that any tire rotation would have been done when the new tires were mounted, prior to the inspection. Thus, it appears that the retread tire was probably on the right steer axle when the inspection took place and that it was not identified as a retread during the inspection. As has been noted earlier in this report, Federal regulations prohibit the use of a retreaded tire on the steer axle of a motorcoach, and a thorough inspection should have detected this problem. The serious underinflation of the tag axle tires and the undersized wheel assemblies on the tag axle also indicate that tire pressure measurements probably were not conducted during the inspection. Moreover, postaccident examination of the left axle brake drum and shoes found significant grease contamination with considerable buildup and caking, a condition that most likely had been in effect for much longer than 8 days but that was not identified during the inspection.
125 The Sherman motorcoach had a 54,000-pound GVWR.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 57 The 5 Minute Inspections station inspected and passed another motorcoach owned by the accident motor carrier in early August 2008. The day after it was certified by 5 Minute Inspections, that motorcoach underwent a MCSAP-sponsored inspection conducted by the Missouri Highway Patrol and was placed out of service due to numerous violations. Vehicle violations found during the MCSAP inspection that should have been identified during the annual inspection included the following items: an out-of-adjustment brake on the right steer axle and general poor condition of the left steer axle brake, general poor condition of the right tag axle brake, and a missing or defective automatic brake adjuster. In March 2009, at the request of NTSB staff, the TxDPS Houston Regional Office visited the 5 Minute Inspections station and interviewed the inspector who had inspected the Sherman accident motorcoach. The TxDPS took no corrective action against 5 Minute Inspections. The NTSB concludes that the commercial vehicle inspections conducted by the 5 Minute Inspections station failed to identify safety deficiencies, and the TxDPS review of the station did not identify any problems with its processes; therefore, at least in this instance, the state of Texas vehicle inspection program for commercial motor vehicles did not provide adequate oversight of the private garages it authorizes to conduct safety inspections. The NTSB is concerned that other states may have similar problems with oversight of their inspection programs. The NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require those states that allow private garages to conduct FMCSA inspections of commercial motor vehicles to have a quality assurance and oversight program that evaluates the effectiveness and thoroughness of those inspections. Occupant Protection Safety Standards Seventeen people died and many more were seriously injured in this accident. In the event of an accident, the vehicle’s occupant protection system serves to mitigate the crash forces that cause injury. A comprehensive occupant protection system considers many aspects of the vehicle, including roof strength, window glazing, seat strength, and restraint systems and their anchorage strengths—all working together to protect occupants should a crash occur. Generally, the NTSB has found that passengers who remain in their seating compartments sustain fewer injuries, while ejected passengers are more likely to be killed. NHTSA motorcoach testing using crash test dummies has confirmed NTSB findings, showing that a lap/shoulder-belted dummy on the far side of an impact had a much lower risk of sustaining injuries than an unrestrained dummy on the far side of an impact. Differences in the drop heights between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation 66 (ECE R66) test (800 mm or about 2.6 feet) and this accident (8 feet) most likely would not change the improved injury results seen with lap/shoulder belts. If the energy is properly managed, passengers can survive an 8-foot fall, and in this accident, many passengers, especially those on the far side of the impact, survived the fall. A simplified analysis126 showed
126 The analysis is simplified in that it assumes the same motorcoach mass, but it neglects the longitudinal velocity, the roll velocity, and the asymmetry in the impact configuration.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 58 that the vertical impact velocity in this accident scenario would be less than two times the impact velocity in the ECE R66 crash test. In this accident, the motorcoach also had some forward velocity (29 mph) at the time of the fall from the bridge. This forward velocity would enable an occupant in a shoulder belt to engage the belt, providing better occupant restraint for a lap/shoulder-belted passenger than was seen for the restrained dummies in the ECE R66 test. Although the ECE R66 test requires a drop from only about 2.6 feet, similar improved results for lap/shoulder-belted passengers would be expected in an 8-foot drop, as experienced by the accident motorcoach passengers. With respect to this accident, interviews with first responders and passengers confirmed that some passengers in the accident motorcoach were ejected as a result of the accident. However, due to the circumstances of the accident, the NTSB could not determine the exact number of fully and partially ejected passengers.127 The FMVSSs contain 22 standards on vehicle crashworthiness. Most of these standards exempt motorcoaches with GVWRs over 10,000 pounds, and no Federal regulations require that motorcoaches in the United States be equipped with an occupant protection system for passengers. Although motorcoaches must comply with FMVSS 217, which establishes minimum requirements for motorcoach window retention and release; FMVSS 205, which covers windshields and glazing; and FMVSS 302, which establishes standards for the flammability of interior materials,128 motorcoaches do not have to comply with the many other FMVSSs concerning occupant protection standards that apply to school buses129 and passenger cars. In 1994, the ECE initiated a project to improve safety by fitting seat belts on motorcoaches.130 That study found that passenger ejection is a major cause of death and injury and that, although seat belts can significantly reduce or prevent passenger ejection, the whole system—seats, seat belts, and all anchorages—must be considered to ensure effectiveness. A more recent European Union (EU) study, by TNO-Automotive in the Netherlands,131 concluded that wearing either a lap or a lap/shoulder belt is safer than not wearing a seat belt and that the main advantage of wearing seat belts in a motorcoach is to prevent ejection during rollover accidents, as well as during frontal accidents. Since 1997, EU member states have required
127 Some of those passengers who were partially ejected were trapped under the vehicle, making it difficult for witnesses to identify how many passengers had been ejected. Also, first responders’ records of ejections were inconclusive because other passengers rendered immediate assistance to the injured, who were moved away from the motorcoach as quickly as possible due to passengers’ fears of a postcrash fire. 128 FMVSS 208, ―Occupant Crash Protection‖; FMVSS 209, ―Seat Belt Assemblies‖; and FMVSS 210, ―Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages‖ currently apply to the driver’s seat only. 129 Title 49 United States Code §30125 defines a ―school bus‖ as any vehicle that is designed for carrying a driver and more than 10 passengers and which, as NHTSA determines, is likely to be ―used significantly‖ to transport ―preprimary, primary, and secondary‖ students to or from school or related events (which include school-sponsored field trips and athletic events). This definition was enacted in 1974, as part of a comprehensive effort by Congress to enhance school bus safety. In 2007, Texas enacted legislation requiring school buses to be equipped with 3-point lap/shoulder seat belts. 130 D. Kecman and others, Study of the Technical Requirements for Fitment of Seat Belts on Minibuses and Coaches, Cranfield Impact Centre Report to European Commission, DGIII, Contract No. ETD/94/B5–3000/MI/05 (1994-1995). 131 C.G. Huijskens, M. Schrooten, and P. de Coo, ―Frontal Occupant Safety Simulation for Coach and Bus Passengers,‖ Proceedings: 18th International Technical Conference on the Enhanced Safety of Vehicles, Nagoya, Japan, May 19 through 22, 2003, Paper No. 284 (2003).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 59 2-point lap belts and energy-absorbing seats or 3-point lap/shoulder belts on all M3 motorcoaches.132 Australia applies a set of design rules in addition to ECE requirements.133 The Federal Office of Road Safety in Canberra conducted a 5-year study (1988 to 1993) of 23 motorcoach accidents to identify occupant protection issues involving long-distance coaches.134 Since 1994, Australian Design Rule 68/00 has required that all newly manufactured motorcoaches have lap/shoulder belt systems. Despite the lack of U.S. Federal requirements, manufacturers are proceeding to introduce lap/shoulder belt seats into the U.S. market,135 and states such as Texas are beginning to require lap/shoulder belt-equipped seats for motorcoach transport of students.136 In 1999, the NTSB conducted a bus crashworthiness special investigation and issued a series of safety recommendations to improve occupant protection in the event of an accident.137 In that report, the NTSB concluded that one of the primary causes of preventable injury in motorcoach accidents involving a rollover, ejection, or both, is occupant motion out of the seat during a collision when no intrusion into the seating area occurs. Safety Recommendations H-99-47, 48, -50, and -51 asked NHTSA to take the following actions: In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach occupant protection systems that account for frontal impact collisions, side impact collisions, rear impact collisions, and rollovers. (H-99-47) Once pertinent standards have been developed for motorcoach occupant protection systems, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to have an occupant crash protection system that meets the newly developed performance standards and retains passengers, including those in child safety restraint systems, within the seating compartment throughout the accident sequence for all accident scenarios. (H-99-48)
132 Within the EU, the M-definition of buses provides a common classification of coaches based on weight. M3 coaches are defined as weighing more than 5 tons. The M-definitions are further separated into classes I through III based on application. ECE Regulation 80 specifies the strength of seats on large passenger buses (16 or more passengers), requiring passengers to remain in the predetermined zone in cases of a 30-kilometer-per-hour impact. 133 Australia requires 3-point seat belts and 20-g seats. 134 K.B. Smith, ―Fatal and Serious Injury Bus Crashes,‖ Working Document WD117 (Canberra, Australia: Federal Office of Road Safety, November 1993). 135 In January 2009, American Seating and SafeGuard introduced lap/shoulder belt-equipped seats on Prevost motorcoaches. In April 2009, Greyhound ordered 140 Prevost X3-45 motorcoaches with lap/shoulder belt-equipped seats. 136 The state of Texas has required that, by September 1, 2014, all charter (motorcoach) buses used by Texas schools to transport school children be equipped with 3-point lap/shoulder belts for passengers. 137 Bus Crashworthiness Issues, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 60 In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach roof strength that provide maximum survival space for all seating positions and that take into account current typical motorcoach window dimensions. (H-99-50) Once performance standards have been developed for motorcoach roof strength, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to meet those standards. (H-99-51) All of these recommendations are classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ Safety Recommendations H-99-47 and -50 are on the NTSB Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements. All four recommendations have been reiterated to NHTSA as a result of several motorcoach accident investigations over the last decade and as recently as this year in conjunction with the NTSB’s investigation of a motorcoach rollover accident near Mexican Hat, Utah.138 The Sherman accident motorcoach experienced multiple collisions, including a rollover with an 8-foot drop. Previous NTSB motorcoach investigations concluded that passengers would be safer with an occupant protection system and sufficient roof strength. Recent NHTSA crash testing showed that injury risk was much lower for lap/shoulder-belted dummies than for unrestrained dummies. The NTSB concludes that if NHTSA had implemented the requirements for motorcoach occupant protection systems following the issuance of Safety Recommendations H-99-47, -48, -50, and -51, fewer injuries and fatalities might have occurred because more occupants might have been retained within the accident motorcoach. Once again, the NTSB reiterates these safety recommendations, and they remain classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖ In 2008, NHTSA briefed the NTSB regarding its plans to publish a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in 2009 that would require motorcoach occupant restraints. Following the NTSB Board Meeting on the Mexican Hat accident investigation, the Secretary of Transportation on April 30, 2009, ordered a full departmental review of motorcoach safety. The Secretary established a Departmental Motorcoach Safety Action Group to develop an action plan. NHTSA, the FMCSA, the FHWA, and the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration have participated in creating the plan. The Secretary indicated that the report was expected to be completed and released by summer 2009. The Motorcoach Safety Action Group gave the NTSB a status briefing on October 16, 2009. During the briefing, action group representatives indicated that the group’s report was under review by the DOT’s Office of the Secretary. Luggage Rack Failure The 36-foot-long right side luggage rack was attached to the ceiling and sidewall by nine cast aluminum brackets. Each bracket was secured to the ceiling using two 1/2-inch bolts and secured to the sidewall using two inline 1/2-inch bolts. The overhead luggage rack on the right side of the motorcoach sustained failure damage at the anchorage points, became completely
138 (a) Motorcoach Rollover Near Mexican Hat, Utah, January 6, 2008, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009); (b) NTSB/HAR-08/01; (c) Motorcoach Run-Off-The-Road and Overturn, Victor, New York, June 23, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 61 detached, and fell diagonally across the aisle onto the passengers. The fallen structure blocked the aisle near rows 3 and 4 as well as the right side emergency window exits. The fallen overhead luggage rack obstructed the evacuation route of those who were ambulatory and, based on interview evidence, impeded the efforts of first responders to evacuate injured passengers. The NTSB concludes that the failure of the luggage rack on the accident motorcoach impeded egress and rescue efforts. The NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop performance standards for newly manufactured motorcoaches to require that overhead luggage racks remain anchored during an accident sequence. The majority of the seriously and fatally injured passengers incurred blunt force trauma to the head, neck, chest, and spine. There was evidence that several passengers’ heads contacted the luggage rack and, although investigators were unable to determine exactly when in the accident sequence passenger injuries took place, it is possible that serious head or neck injury resulted from the interactions between the passengers and the luggage rack. In addition, recent motorcoach rollover testing performed by NHTSA using crash test dummies has demonstrated the potential for serious head injury to unrestrained dummies due to passenger interactions with luggage racks. Lap/shoulder-belted dummies showed low risk for head injury and were retained within the seating compartment. Currently, there are no U.S. standards for luggage rack design that would help to reduce potential injuries during a motorcoach crash sequence. The NTSB concludes that the Sherman accident and recent motorcoach testing indicate that the lack of standards for overhead luggage racks on motorcoaches leaves passengers at risk of serious injury from interaction with luggage racks in case of a crash. The NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop performance standards for newly manufactured motorcoaches that prevent head and neck injuries from overhead luggage racks. Motor Carrier Oversight New Entrant Program Iguala BusMex applied for authority to operate as a new entrant interstate passenger carrier on July 27, 2008,139 about a month after Angel Tours lost its authority to operate due to an unsatisfactory compliance review rating and its failure to submit a corrective action plan in a timely manner. The FMCSA issued a USDOT number to Iguala BusMex but advised the carrier that its authority to operate was pending because it did not fulfill the FMCSA’s requirement to prove financial responsibility; that is, it did not prove that it had proper insurance coverage. Consequently, at the time of the accident, Iguala BusMex’s operating authority was pending. However, because it had a valid USDOT number, the motor carrier was able to complete the required Texas vehicle inspection, which enabled it to obtain a Texas Commercial Vehicle Inspection Certificate sticker. In December 2008, the FMCSA published a final rule raising the standards of compliance for new entrant motor carriers. The rule requires that any carrier that attempts to register as a new
139 Records indicate that prior to making that application, Iguala BusMex improperly conducted operational trips in June 2008.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 62 entrant and evade an enforcement action or an out-of-service order is subject to revocation of its new entrant registration and/or civil penalties. The NTSB is aware that the FMCSA has taken several steps since this accident to improve new entrant registration processes to increase its ability to identify a carrier, such as Iguala BusMex, that is attempting to evade FMCSA enforcement actions by becoming a reincarnated carrier. The FMCSA’s New Applicant Screening Program uses data to identify newly registered carriers that may have a history of enforcement problems. The screening process seeks matches between new registrants and information provided by previously registered motor carriers. The NTSB notes that the FMCSA is developing verification procedures intended to ensure that unfit operators do not receive operating authority; however, these measures were not in place at the time of the accident. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that at the time Iguala BusMex applied as a new entrant motor carrier, the FMCSA processes were inadequate to identify the carrier as a company that evaded enforcement action. The NTSB has reviewed information provided by the FMCSA concerning its new entrant screening program.140 The FMCSA material described how information about carriers is used to develop a score for a ―suspect‖ carrier, but it provides no description of a performance evaluation process designed to indicate whether the program is effectively preventing carriers with a history of evading safety requirements from continuing to operate. The GAO’s recent report on reincarnated carriers also makes no assessment of the new entrant screening program. Information available to the FMCSA, in the form of safety audits, compliance reviews, and roadside inspection results, could be used to identify unfit operators that were not targeted by the New Applicant Screening Program. This information could then be used to evaluate any limitations or shortcomings in the program’s ability to identify unfit carriers. The NTSB concludes that until the New Applicant Screening Program of the FMCSA contains a performance evaluation component capable of showing the program’s effectiveness in identifying carriers with a history of enforcement evasion and preventing them from operating, the screening program’s value cannot be accurately assessed. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA develop an evaluation component to determine the effectiveness of its New Applicant Screening Program. Revocation of Operating Authority Not only did Iguala BusMex begin operations without obtaining operating authority, but also a review of Angel Tours’s driver logs showed that several of the carrier’s drivers continued to operate after Angel Tours was placed out of service. In 2006, following the investigation of a multivehicle accident in Hampshire, Illinois,141 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-06-17, which called for the FMCSA to
140 Summary of Methodology for New Applicant Screening, FMCSA, June 16, 2009. 141 Multivehicle Collision on Interstate 90, Hampshire-Marengo Toll Plaza, Near Hampshire, Illinois, October 1, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-06/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 63 Establish a program to verify that motor carriers have ceased operations after the effective date of revocation of operating authority. (H-06-17) Although the motorcoach in the Hampshire accident was rear-ended and thus did not initiate the accident, the NTSB reviewed the motor carrier’s operations as part of the investigation. The review revealed that the motorcoach carrier had operated on revoked interstate authority at least eight times before the accident occurred. In the Hampshire accident report, the NTSB pointed out that after a carrier is deemed inactive per an out-of-service order, the FMCSA no longer targets that carrier for compliance review because it is not registered as an active carrier. In the Hampshire report, the NTSB described the FMCSA Performance and Registration Information Systems Management (PRISM) project. PRISM links FMCSA records on motor carrier safety with a state’s vehicle registration system so that a motor carrier with revoked authority will have its license plates revoked. Forty-seven states are participating in PRISM to some degree.142 In addition to PRISM, the FMCSA, in its August 3, 2006, response to the NTSB regarding the status of Safety Recommendation H-06-17, said that it was increasing its enforcement efforts upon motor carriers that have been issued out-of-service orders or that have had their operating authority revoked. The FMCSA issued memorandums on August 25, 2003, and April 6, 2005, directing FMCSA field administrators and division administrators to monitor motor carriers and to take appropriate enforcement action when evidence indicates a violation of an out-of-service order. Additionally, on May 24, 2006, the FMCSA issued a policy memorandum initiating a new procedure for Federal and state MCSAP inspectors to verify motor carrier operating and insurance status during roadside inspections. Safety Recommendation H-06-17 is classified as ―Open—Acceptable Response,‖ pending full implementation of the PRISM program or another comparable program by all states to prevent unauthorized motor carriers from operating. The NTSB encourages the FMCSA to complete its actions with regard to improving oversight to identify and remove from operation unauthorized motor carriers. Further, the NTSB notes that the FMCSA took some effective oversight actions with respect to the Sherman accident motor carrier. Before the accident, Angel Tours was identified as an unsafe carrier as a result of an FMCSA compliance review and was placed out of service, and the FMCSA identified Iguala BusMex as a new applicant with pending operating authority that required proof of insurance coverage to obtain active authority. Also, as a result of the postaccident compliance review, the FMCSA issued an imminent hazard shutdown order to Iguala BusMex. Further, because of Iguala BusMex’s use of another motor carrier’s operating authority, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review of that carrier and placed it out of service until it developed and enacted a corrective action plan.
142 As of July 2009, only 25 states have implemented PRISM to the extent that they can identify out-of-service carriers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 64 Conclusions Findings
- The weather did not cause or contribute to the accident.
- The accident notification and emergency response by surface and air resources were timely
and adequate.
- With the exception of the right steer axle tire, the mechanical condition of the motorcoach
did not contribute to the cause or severity of the accident.
- The driver’s diabetes, high blood pressure, and high cholesterol were not factors in the
accident.
- The driver used cocaine and alcohol either during or shortly before starting the trip, and he
may have been impaired by aftereffects from either or both drugs.
- Fatigue was not a factor in the accident and, based on event timing in the accident
reconstruction analysis, even a well-rested, completely alert driver could not have reacted in time to affect the accident sequence.
- If motor carriers cannot check the controlled substance testing backgrounds of prospective
employees, they cannot make well-informed decisions when attempting to hire safe drivers.
- The difficulty in obtaining state records in connection with the controlled substance test
results for the driver of the accident motorcoach in this case highlights the National Transportation Safety Board’s need for investigative access to a national database of positive drug test results.
- The tire on the accident motorcoach’s right steer axle experienced a puncture, and the
resultant gradual pressure loss led to severe overdeflection, which resulted in sidewall, belting, and body ply separations within the tire.
- Given the limited distance between the roadway and the bridge curb and the lack of recovery
time, there is no evidence that the actions of the driver caused or contributed to the tire failure, and it is unlikely that the driver had sufficient time to respond to the tire failure and avoid the loss of control, the collision with the bridge railing, and the subsequent departure of the motorcoach from the bridge.
- Although the use of a retreaded, recapped, or regrooved tire on the steer axle of a motorcoach
is prohibited, the right steer axle tire’s failure was not associated with its being a retreaded tire.
- Failure of the tire on the steer axle resulted in the loss of control of the motorcoach.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 65
- Underinflation of tires on commercial motor vehicles by even small margins can result in
dangerous overloading of the tires.
- Because underinflated tires can lead to tire failure and because the currently approved
methods of visual inspection or ―thumping‖ tires with a mallet are inaccurate, a tire pressure gauge should be used to accurately assess tire pressure.
- Until Motor Coach Industries, Inc., informs operators of the inaccuracies in the J4500
motorcoach maintenance manual, operators may be confused as to the proper tire pressures for these motorcoaches.
- If the driver had been aware of the motorcoach’s tire pressures, particularly the dangerously
low pressure in the damaged right steer axle tire, then he would have had an opportunity to take corrective action, which might have prevented this accident.
- A higher performance bridge railing at the accident location might have prevented the
motorcoach’s departure from the bridge.
- Bridge owners lack warrants to guide them in making high-performance bridge railing
selections for specific project applications.
- The commercial vehicle inspections conducted by the 5 Minute Inspections station failed to
identify safety deficiencies, and the Texas Department of Public Safety review of the station did not identify any problems with its processes; therefore, at least in this instance, the state of Texas vehicle inspection program for commercial motor vehicles did not provide adequate oversight of the private garages it authorizes to conduct safety inspections.
- If the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration had implemented the requirements for
motorcoach occupant protection systems following the issuance of Safety Recommendations H-99-47, -48, -50, and -51, fewer injuries and fatalities might have occurred because more occupants might have been retained within the accident motorcoach.
- The failure of the luggage rack on the accident motorcoach impeded passenger egress and
rescue efforts.
- The Sherman accident and recent motorcoach testing indicate that the lack of standards for
overhead luggage racks on motorcoaches leaves passengers at risk of serious injury from interaction with luggage racks in case of a crash.
- At the time Iguala BusMex, Inc., applied as a new entrant motor carrier, the Federal Motor
Carrier Safety Administration processes were inadequate to identify the carrier as a company that evaded enforcement action.
- Until the New Applicant Screening Program of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration contains a performance evaluation component capable of showing the program’s effectiveness in identifying carriers with a history of enforcement evasion and preventing them from operating, the screening program’s value cannot be accurately assessed.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 66 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the failure of the right steer axle tire, due to an extended period of low-pressure operation, which resulted in sidewall, belting, and body ply separation within the tire, leading to loss of vehicle control. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the failure of the bridge railing to redirect the motorcoach and prevent it from departing the bridge. The lack of an adequate occupant protection system contributed to the severity of the passenger injuries.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 67 Recommendations New Recommendations As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Highway Administration: Establish, in conjunction with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, performance and selection guidelines for bridge owners to use to develop objective warrants for high-performance Test Level Four, Five, and Six bridge railings applicable to new construction and rehabilitation projects where railing replacement is determined to be appropriate. (H-09-17) To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration: Establish a regulatory requirement within 49 Code of Federal Regulations 382.405 that provides the National Transportation Safety Board, in the exercise of its statutory authority, access to all positive drug and alcohol test results and refusal determinations that are conducted under the U.S. Department of Transportation testing requirements. (H-09-18) Require that tire pressure be checked with a tire pressure gauge during pretrip inspections, vehicle inspections, and roadside inspections of motor vehicles. (H-09-19) Require those states that allow private garages to conduct Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration inspections of commercial motor vehicles to have a quality assurance and oversight program that evaluates the effectiveness and thoroughness of those inspections. (H-09-20) Develop an evaluation component to determine the effectiveness of your New Applicant Screening Program. (H-09-21) To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: Require all new motor vehicles weighing over 10,000 pounds to be equipped with direct tire pressure monitoring systems to inform drivers of the actual tire pressures on their vehicles. (H-09-22) Develop performance standards for newly manufactured motorcoaches to require that overhead luggage racks remain anchored during an accident sequence. (H-09-23)
NTSB Highway Accident Report 68 Develop performance standards for newly manufactured motorcoaches that prevent head and neck injuries from overhead luggage racks. (H-09-24) To the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: Work with the Federal Highway Administration to establish performance and selection guidelines for bridge owners to use to develop objective warrants for high-performance Test Level Four, Five, and Six bridge railings applicable to new construction and rehabilitation projects where railing replacement is determined to be appropriate, and include the guidelines in the Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications. (H-09-25) Revise section 13 of the Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications to state that bridge owners shall develop objective warrants for the selection and use of high-performance Test Level Four, Five, and Six bridge railings applicable to new construction and rehabilitation projects where railing replacement is determined to be appropriate. (H-09-26) To the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators: Revise the model Commercial Driver’s License Manual to stipulate that tire pressure be checked with a tire pressure gauge during pretrip inspections, vehicle inspections, and roadside inspections of motor vehicles. (H-09-27) To Motor Coach Industries, Inc.: Correct any inaccurate tire pressure and gross axle weight rating information in the maintenance manuals of your J4500 motorcoaches and make electronic versions of the revised manuals readily available on your website; in addition, review the maintenance manuals of your other motorcoaches for similar errors and make appropriate corrections. (H-09-28) Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration: Develop a system that records all positive drug and alcohol test results and refusal determinations that are conducted under the U.S. Department of Transportation testing requirements, require prospective employers to query the system before making a hiring decision, and require certifying authorities to query the system before making a certification decision. (H-01-25)
NTSB Highway Accident Report 69 To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach occupant protection systems that account for frontal impact collisions, side impact collisions, rear impact collisions, and rollovers. (H-99-47) Once pertinent standards have been developed for motorcoach occupant protection systems, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to have an occupant crash protection system that meets the newly developed performance standards and retains passengers, including those in child safety restraint systems, within the seating compartment throughout the accident sequence for all accident scenarios. (H-99-48) In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach roof strength that provide maximum survival space for all seating positions and that take into account current typical motorcoach window dimensions. (H-99-50) Once performance standards have been developed for motorcoach roof strength, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to meet those standards. (H-99-51)
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: October 27, 2009
NTSB Highway Accident Report 70 Appendix A Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) received notification of this accident on August 8, 2008. The NTSB launched a team of investigators to address motor carrier, survival factors, human factors, vehicle, vehicle recorder, and highway issues. The NTSB team also included staff from the public affairs and transportation disaster assistance offices. Board Member Deborah A.P. Hersman (now NTSB Chairman) and her assistant took part in the on-scene investigation. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration; the Texas Department of Public Safety; the Texas Department of Transportation; the Sherman, Texas, Police Department; Motor Coach Industries, Inc.; and Bridgestone Americas, Inc. No public hearing was held in connection with this accident.
FD07364 | 2009_美国_HAR0903.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Motorcoach Rollover on U.S. Highway 59 Near Victoria, Texas January 2, 2008
Highway Accident Summary Report NTSB/HAR-09/03/SUM PB2009-916203
National Transportation Safety Board
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB/HAR-09/03/SUM PB2009-916203 Notation 8023A Adopted: December 8, 2009
Highway Accident Summary Report Motorcoach Rollover on U.S. Highway 59 Near Victoria, Texas January 2, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2009. Motorcoach Rollover on U.S. Highway 59 Near Victoria, Texas, January 2, 2008. Highway Accident Summary Report. NTSB/HAR-09/03/SUM. Washington, DC.
Abstract: On January 2, 2008, about 4:13 a.m., a 2005 Volvo 47-passenger motorcoach carrying 47 passengers was proceeding northbound on U.S. Highway 59 (U.S. 59) about 5 miles south of Victoria, Texas, when the motorcoach driver partially drifted off the right edge of the roadway. As a result of the driver making a series of oversteers in an attempt to stay on the roadway, the motorcoach rotated counterclockwise and overturned onto its right side. The motorcoach’s right rear struck a guardrail as the motorcoach slid on its right side approximately 112 feet before coming to rest across the roadway. Within 5 minutes, and before emergency responders arrived on scene, a 2001 Ford Ranger pickup truck also traveling northbound on U.S. 59 struck the underside of the motorcoach forward of the rear axle. As a result of the initial motorcoach rollover, 1 passenger was fatally injured, and 46 passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. The driver of the pickup truck sustained minor injuries when the pickup truck struck the undercarriage of the motorcoach.
The investigation identified the following safety issues: the lack of federal oversight of passenger motor carrier leasing agreements and the registration and use of non-Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard-compliant, passenger-carrying vehicles in commercial motor carrier operations in the United States. The report also addresses continuing deficiencies in motor carrier operating authority issues, safety rating methodology, and the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program. As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the U.S. Department of Transportation, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency, the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, the International Registration Plan, Inc., and the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance. The NTSB also reiterates two previously issued recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-916203 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report i Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... iv Executive Summary .................................................................................................................... vii The Accident ...................................................................................................................................1 Highway Information .......................................................................................................................5 Vehicle Information .........................................................................................................................8 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................9 Driver .............................................................................................................................................13 Fatigue............................................................................................................................................14 Issues .............................................................................................................................................21 Motor Carrier Operations ...............................................................................................................21 Federal Safety Oversight ........................................................................................................25 Scope of Operating Authority .................................................................................................28 New Entrant Safety Assurance Program ................................................................................31 Compliance Review Process and Safety Ratings ...................................................................34 State Commercial Motor Vehicle Registration Process.................................................................40 Non-FMVSS-Compliant Passenger-Carrying Commercial Motor Vehicles .................................47 U.S. Performance Standards and Operational Safety Requirements for Vehicles Operating in the United States ..................................................................................................................................52 History ....................................................................................................................................52 Foreign-Manufactured Vehicles .............................................................................................52 U.S. Vehicle Performance Standards and Regulations ...........................................................55 Federal Importation Definitions .............................................................................................58 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................64 Findings..........................................................................................................................................64 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................67 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................68 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................68 Previously Issued Recommendation Reiterated in This Report ....................................................71 Previously Issued Recommendation Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report .........................72 Appendix A ...................................................................................................................................73 Investigation and Public Hearing ...................................................................................................73 Appendix B ...................................................................................................................................75 Computer Simulation Study ...........................................................................................................75
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report ii Appendix C ...................................................................................................................................81 Form HS-7 .....................................................................................................................................81 Appendix D ...................................................................................................................................82 Form OP-1(P).................................................................................................................................82 Appendix E ...................................................................................................................................93 FMCSA Postaccident Compliance Review of International Charter Services, Inc. ......................93 Appendix F ...................................................................................................................................97 Compliance Review Process and Safety Ratings...........................................................................97 Appendix G .................................................................................................................................106 U.S. and European Safety Standards and U.S. Inspection Cross-References..............................106 Appendix H .................................................................................................................................110 U.S. and Mexico Border Crossing Data .......................................................................................110
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report iii Figures Figure 1. Accident motorcoach’s route. ............................................................................. 2 Figure 2. Accident motorcoach at final rest perpendicular to roadway ............................. 3 Figure 3. Collision damage to pickup truck. ...................................................................... 4 Figure 4. View of U.S. 59 roadway northbound (just before initial roadway departure location) .............................................................................................................. 6 Figure 5. Accident scene diagram. ..................................................................................... 7 Figure 6. Motorcoach seating chart.................................................................................. 11 Figure 7. Motorcoach driver’s 72-hour work and activity log. ........................................ 15 Figure 8. Motorcoach with printed regular route schedule. ............................................. 30
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report iv Acronyms and Abbreviations AAMVA
American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Baratta
Baratta Enterprises, LLC BASIC
Behavior Analysis and Safety Improvement Category CAPRI
Compliance Analysis and Performance Review Information Capricorn
Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc. CBP
U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency CDL
commercial driver’s license CFR
Code of Federal Regulations Chavez
Transportes Chavez, Inc. CMV
commercial motor vehicle CVSA
Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance CWS
collision warning system CSA 2010
Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 DOT
U.S. Department of Transportation DVIR
Driver’s Vehicle Inspection Reports ECE
Economic Commission for Europe EDA
evasion detection algorithm ECM
electronic control module Flores
Flores U.S. Bus Lines, Inc. FHWA
Federal Highway Administration FMCSA
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration FMCSR
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulation
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report v FMCSRs
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSSs
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Form OP-1(P) Application for Motor Passenger Carrier Authority Form HS-7 Declaration—Importation of Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment Subject to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety, Bumper, and Theft Prevention Standards Form MCS-150 Motor Carrier Identification Report (Application for USDOT Number) GAO
U.S. Government Accountability Office Global
Global Limo, Inc. Green River
Green River Buses, LLC IIT
instrument of international traffic International International Charter Services, Inc. IR
information request IRP
International Registration Plan [program] IRP, Inc.
International Registration Plan, Inc. [organization] ITS
intelligent transportation systems MC
motor carrier [number] MCMIS
Motor Carrier Management Information System MCSIA
Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NPRM
notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board OIG
U.S. Department of Transportation Office of Inspector General OOS
out of service PCVP
Passenger Carrier Vetting Process
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report vi SafeStat
Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System SAFETEA-LU Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users SFD
safety fitness determination TxDOT
Texas Department of Transportation TxDPS
Texas Department of Public Safety U.S. 59
U.S. Highway 59 U.S.C.
United States Code USDOT number U.S. Department of Transportation number VI
verification inquiry VIN
vehicle identification number Volvo
Volvo de Mexico División Autobuses
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report vii Executive Summary On January 2, 2008, about 4:13 a.m., a 2005 Volvo 47-passenger motorcoach, operated by a 42-year-old driver and carrying 47 passengers, was proceeding northbound on U.S. Highway 59 (U.S. 59) about 5 miles south of Victoria, Texas, when the motorcoach driver partially drifted off the right edge of the roadway. The driver oversteered to the left to avoid leaving the roadway, resulting in the motorcoach coming back across both lanes, departing the left edge of the roadway, and partially entering an earthen median. The driver oversteered again to the right in an attempt to reenter the roadway and then oversteered to the left a second time upon realizing the motorcoach had gone too far right. As a result of the final oversteer, the motorcoach yawed to the left, rotated counterclockwise, and overturned onto its right side. The motorcoach’s right rear struck a guardrail as the motorcoach slid on its right side approximately 112 feet before coming to rest across the roadway. Within 5 minutes, and before emergency responders arrived on scene, a 2001 Ford Ranger pickup truck also traveling northbound on U.S. 59 struck the underside of the motorcoach forward of the rear axle. As a result of the initial motorcoach rollover, 1 passenger was fatally injured, and 46 passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. The driver of the pickup truck sustained minor injuries when the pickup truck struck the undercarriage of the motorcoach.
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the driver’s falling asleep, which caused him to partially drift off the road, resulting in oversteer corrections when the driver regained awareness, and subsequent vehicle loss of control and overturn. Contributing to the severity of the unrestrained passengers’ injuries was their striking objects and other passengers inside the motorcoach, as well as the partial ejections that occurred when the motorcoach overturned during the accident.
The investigation identified safety issues that the NTSB has not previously addressed: the lack of FMCSA oversight of passenger motor carrier leasing agreements and the registration and use of non-Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard-compliant, passenger-carrying vehicles in commercial motor carrier operations in the United States. The report also addresses continuing deficiencies in motor carrier operating authority issues, safety rating methodology, and the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program. This summary report examines the Victoria accident and its proximate cause and then proceeds to explore, in depth, specific safety issues that were not being adequately addressed by Federal and state oversight authorities due to loopholes in safety processes. As a result of its investigation, the NTSB has made recommendations to the U.S. Department of Transportation, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency, the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, the International Registration Plan, Inc., and the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance. The NTSB also reiterated two previously issued recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
NTSB
Highway Accident Summary Report viii
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 1 The Accident Between 4:10 a.m. and 4:13 a.m.,1 on January 2, 2008, an accident consisting of two events occurred on U.S. Highway 59 (U.S. 59) near Victoria, Texas. The first event was a single-vehicle rollover of a 2005 Volvo de Mexico División Autobuses (Volvo) 47-passenger motorcoach. About 5 minutes later, a second event occurred when a 2001 Ford Ranger pickup truck collided with the wreckage from the first event.
About 7:30 p.m. on January 1, 2008, the motorcoach, operated by a 42-year-old driver and carrying 47 passengers, departed Monterrey, Mexico, on an approximately 456-mile-long trip to Houston, Texas. (See figure 1.) The motorcoach was operated by a company called Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc. (Capricorn), under the U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) number and operating authority of another company called International Charter Services, Inc. (International). By 10:30 p.m., the driver had arrived at the Laredo, Texas, border crossing location and, by 10:45 p.m., had finished U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency (CBP) crossing processing. Approximately 4:10 a.m., about 9 hours after departing Monterrey, the accident sequence began as the driver was proceeding northbound on U.S. 59, about 5 miles south of Victoria, Texas. While traversing a 1,000-foot, 3.5-degree horizontal curve to the left on a 3-percent downgrade, the motorcoach driver drifted off the right edge of the roadway, oversteered to get back onto the roadway, and then came back across both lanes; the left side of the motorcoach then departed the left edge of the roadway and entered an earthen median. The driver oversteered again to the right and, after the motorcoach reentered the roadway for about 40 feet, oversteered once more. The motorcoach began to yaw to the left in a counterclockwise rotation and then overturned onto its right side. After overturning, the right rear of the motorcoach struck a guardrail on the right side of the roadway. The motorcoach slid on its right side approximately 112 feet, where it came to rest blocking the roadway. (See figure 2.)
1 Unless otherwise designated, all times in this report are central standard time.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 2
Figure 1. Accident motorcoach’s route.2
2 According to PC*Miler for Windows 2000 (© 1999 by ALK Associates, Inc.), the trip from Monterrey, Mexico, to Houston, Texas, was 456 miles and should have taken 10 hours 28 minutes to travel (with the border open and two stops included).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 3
Figure 2. Accident motorcoach at final rest perpendicular to roadway. (Photograph courtesy of Victoria Fire Department)
About 5 minutes after the motorcoach rolled over, and before emergency responders arrived on scene, a 2001 Ford Ranger pickup truck traveling northbound on U.S. 59 struck the underside of the overturned motorcoach forward of the rear axle. This collision resulted in damage to the motorcoach’s underside and cargo bay, and heavy damage to the front of the pickup truck. (See figure 3.) The NTSB interviewed the pickup truck driver, who reported that when he rounded the curve south of the overturned motorcoach, he was traveling about 50 mph and was about 50 feet away when he observed the overturned vehicle. He said that he began to brake and believed that his vehicle slid on broken glass from the motorcoach. Both portions of the accident sequence occurred during darkness. Local law enforcement responding to the scene reported unrestricted visibility and dry roadway conditions.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 4
Figure 3. Collision damage to pickup truck.
As a result of the motorcoach rollover, one passenger was fatally injured and 46 passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. The driver of the pickup truck sustained minor injuries. The Victoria County Sheriff’s Department was notified of the accident via the 911 emergency response system at 4:10 a.m.3 Emergency responders were dispatched at 4:11 a.m., and the first responding fire department was on scene at 4:21 a.m., followed by ambulances arriving at 4:22 a.m. One medical flight helicopter transported a seriously injured passenger to a trauma facility due to the nature of that passenger’s injuries.
The NTSB has investigated another accident similar to the one that occurred in Victoria, in which a truck-tractor semitrailer combination unit rolled over across both lanes of an Osseo, Wisconsin, interstate approximately 1 minute before a motorcoach, traveling in the same direction at nighttime at highway speeds, collided with the underside of the overturned combination unit.4 In that accident, the NTSB found that it would have been hard for any driver to identify the overturned truck because there was no highway lighting in the vicinity and the truck’s retroreflective markings were invisible to approaching traffic. Similar conditions existed in this accident; there was no overhead lighting and no retroreflective marking on the underside of the motorcoach, making the overturned motorcoach not easily visible to approaching traffic. Collision warning systems (CWS) are designed to assist in these types of accidents by warning drivers of slowed or stopped objects in the vehicle’s forward path.
3 This time is as reported by the Victoria County Dispatch log; the time of the accident in this report is based upon the Texas Department of Public Safety (TxDPS) dispatch log. Clocks were not synchronized. 4 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rollover and Motorcoach Collision With Overturned Truck, Interstate Highway 94, Near Osseo, Wisconsin, October 16, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 5
This secondary impact to the motorcoach might have been avoided had the pickup truck been equipped with a CWS. The pickup truck driver did not perceive the overturned motorcoach and, as a result, did not apply the brakes in time to slow his vehicle to avoid impacting the motorcoach. The NTSB has long been interested in how CWS and other technologies can prevent rear-end collisions. In 2001, the NTSB published a special investigation on such technologies.5 In 1999 and 2000, the NTSB investigated nine rear-end collisions in which 20 people died and 181 were injured. Common to all nine accidents was the following driver’s degraded perception of traffic conditions ahead. As the NTSB had already reported in a 1995 special investigation,6 and further discussed in its 1999 public hearing,7 existing technology in the form of intelligent transportation systems (ITS) can help prevent rear-end collisions. In the nine such accidents investigated by the Board, one (and sometimes more) of the available technologies would have helped alert the drivers to the vehicles ahead and would have prevented or mitigated the circumstances of the collisions. Although the focus of the special investigation was accidents resulting from interference by sun glare, fog, smoke, fatigue, distractions, and work zones, the NTSB believes that developing and installing CWS and other new technologies in passenger vehicles, such as the pickup truck involved in this accident, will substantially reduce these types of accidents. The NTSB has issued recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) to develop and require such technologies in passenger vehicles.8
Although the NTSB cannot determine the extent to which the secondary collision from the pickup truck into the motorcoach contributed to the passengers’ injuries, the use of CWS to prevent this secondary impact might have prevented and/or mitigated the severity of some additional passenger injuries and might have prevented the pickup truck driver from sustaining his injuries. Highway Information The accident occurred on U.S. 59 northbound at milepost 642A, less than 1 mile from Texas Spur 91. The accident site was about 5 miles south of the city of Victoria in Victoria County, Texas. U.S. 59, a north–south highway that runs from the U.S.–Mexican
5 Vehicle- and Infrastructure-Based Technology for the Prevention of Rear-End Collisions, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-01/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001). 6 Multiple Vehicle Collision With Fire During Fog Near Milepost 118 on Interstate 40, Menifee, Arkansas, January 9, 1995, Special Investigation of Collision Warning Technology, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-95/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995). 7 National Transportation Safety Board, docket no. DCA-99-SH-002. 8 Safety Recommendations H-01-6 through -8, which are currently classified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖ Safety Recommendations H-01-7 and -8 were added to the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements in 2007 in the issue area Prevent Collisions by Using Enhanced Vehicle Safety Technology. The NTSB’s ―Most Wanted‖ list is a program to increase the public’s awareness of and support for action to adopt safety steps that can help prevent accidents and save lives.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 6 border at Laredo, Texas, to the Texas–Arkansas border, was classified as a principal rural arterial road9 with limited controlled access.
Just south of the accident location, U.S. 59 became an overpass bridge (above Texas Spur 91). The roadway continued descending as a ramp to the left and then became a divided four-lane roadway with a grass and earthen median gore separating it from Texas Spur 91. (See figure 4.)
Figure 4. View of U.S. 59 roadway northbound (just before initial roadway departure location).
The two lanes in each direction were 12 feet wide delineated by 10-foot-long dashed white pavement stripes at 30-foot intervals. A solid, white pavement stripe separated the right-hand lane from the 11-foot-wide shoulder. Toward the end of the curve as the roadway straightens, the dual lanes merge to a single 23-foot-wide lane narrowing to approximately 17 feet. The U.S. 59 bridge overpass had a right-side positive barrier (guardrail), which ended where the motorcoach partially departed the roadway onto the shoulder to the right. There was no guardrail on the right for approximately
9 According to the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), rural principal arterials include the interstate system and most rural freeways. They also include other multilane roadways and some two-lane highways that connect urban centers. Minor rural arterials link urban centers to larger towns and are spaced to provide a relatively high level of service to developed areas of the state.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 7 246 feet in the area where the driver had overcorrected to the left side of the roadway; another guardrail was in place where the vehicle crossed back to the right. (See figure 5.)
Figure 5. Accident scene diagram.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 8 This guardrail had a section of paint transfer from the accident. The accident location did not have rumble strips.10 The interchange was not illuminated with artificial safety lighting; safety lighting was not warranted for this location.11
The highway had a posted speed of 65 mph12 during nighttime hours; the accident occurred about 4:13 a.m., in darkness. The Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) conducted a speed survey on U.S. 59 on the ramp in the vicinity of the accident, and the 85th percentile speed was 72.7 mph. The driver stated that he was traveling about 80 kilometers13 per hour (47 mph) before the accident. The motorcoach’s tire marks measured a total of 262 feet. Based upon the distance the motorcoach skidded on the pavement and the grassy median, in combination with the radius of the tire marks on the roadway, the NTSB’s investigation determined that the motorcoach was traveling between 65 and 75 mph when it first skidded into the median.14 (See appendix B for the computer simulation.)
The NTSB investigation determined that the weather was clear and dry at the time of the accident, pavement markings were visible, and no highway design and construction defects existed in the area of the accident site. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that weather was not a factor in this accident, nor were any highway defects found that would have caused or contributed to the accident. Vehicle Information The accident vehicle was a 2005 Volvo, model 9700, 47-passenger, two-axle, intercity motorcoach. Capricorn’s owner traveled to Mexico to purchase the motorcoach, and, according to Volvo, the accident motorcoach was not manufactured for sale in the United States and therefore was not certified to have met U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs).
10 Rumble strips, also called ―alert grooves,‖ are grooved patterns in the pavement that cause a vehicle to vibrate, alerting the driver. There were rumble strips on U.S. 59 north of the accident location. For further information, see J. Hickey, ―Shoulder Rumble Strip Effectiveness: Drift-Off-Road Accident Reductions on the Pennsylvania Turnpike,‖ Transportation Research Record 1573 (Washington, DC: National Research Council, 1997), pp. 105–109. 11 Texas Highway Illumination Manual (2008). 12 The daytime speed limit was 70 mph. Both daytime and nighttime speeds were posted in advance of the accident curve, but there were no advisory signs limiting the speed at which the curve could be negotiated. In the 5 years preceding the accident date, one accident occurred within 1 mile of the ramp and none on the ramp. 13 The motorcoach was manufactured with a speedometer that measured kilometers per hour. One kilometer equals 0.62137119 mile. 14 The TxDPS independently performed an accident reconstruction and determined that the initial braking speed of the motorcoach was 63 mph. The TxDPS determined this braking occurred after the driver had veered to the right, steered back to the left, and then initially applied his brakes at approximately 63 mph, after which the driver traveled into the median. The driver then corrected to the right and traveled onto the road, overcorrected back to the left, and entered a side skid, resulting in a rollover.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 9 According to Federal regulation (49 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 396.17), all commercial vehicles operating in interstate commerce must receive a safety inspection annually by a qualified inspector (49 CFR 396.19). Additionally, Texas15 requires an annual inspection of commercial vehicles; vehicles, upon passing the vehicle safety inspection, receive a state decal on the lower left front corner of the windshield with the date of inspection and the inspector’s information written on the back. The inspection of motor vehicles, including motorcoaches, in Texas is conducted in state-approved, privately owned and operated inspection facilities, garages, and repair facilities, which are designated by the TxDPS under the Texas Vehicle Inspection Act.16 The accident vehicle passed the annual Texas vehicle inspection in November 2007.
After the accident, the motorcoach was towed to the Mack Truck dealership facility in Victoria, Texas, where NTSB investigators and personnel from the Volvo de Mexico División Autobuses and Prevost (a subsidiary of Volvo Bus Corporation), along with representatives from Bendix Commercial Vehicle Systems, inspected the vehicle on January 4, 2008. The vehicle’s engine was electronically controlled and had an electronic control module (ECM); however, the ECM did not have the ability to record accident-related data such as speed or braking.17 Postaccident mechanical inspection of the motorcoach did not reveal any mechanical conditions that would have contributed to the accident. The inspection was limited to those systems and components that could have contributed to a loss of vehicle control and caused the motorcoach to run off the road. The NTSB concludes that although the vehicle did not meet the FMVSSs, the mechanical condition of the accident motorcoach was not a factor in this accident. Injuries The motorcoach driver sustained minor injuries along with 29 of the motorcoach passengers. Two passengers sustained serious injuries consisting of severe injuries to their upper extremities, face, and back; 15 passengers sustained serious injuries including thoracic and lumbar spinal fractures. (See table 1 and figure 6.) The fatally injured passenger sustained blunt-force trauma injuries. The pickup truck driver sustained minor injuries.
15 Texas Transportation Code, ―Compulsory Inspection of Vehicles,‖ chapter 548. 16 A vehicle will meet Federal requirements if inspected under a mandatory state inspection program in Alabama, California, Connecticut, Hawaii, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin, or the District of Columbia. Of these states, Alabama, California, Connecticut, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, and Wisconsin have inspection programs that do not cover all commercial motor vehicles. In three other states—Arkansas, Illinois, and Oklahoma— the inspection is not mandatory but will satisfy the Federal requirements. 17 The motorcoach was equipped with an electronic dash-mounted tachograph, capable of recording speed and stops for 7 days. This tachograph receives its input by an electrical pulse from a sensor in the transmission and is recorded on a circular paper card; however, the circular paper-graph recording card had not been installed.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 10 Table 1. Injuries.
Injury severity Pickup truck driver Motorcoach driver Motorcoach passengers
Total Fatal 0 0 1 1 Serious 0 0 17 17 Minor 1 1 29 31 None 0 0 0 0 Total 1 1 47 49 Title 49 CFR 830.2 defines fatal injury as ―any injury which results in death within 30 days of the accident‖ and serious injury as ―any injury which (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.‖
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 11 HWY-08-MH-011 Victoria, Texas 12 F - UNK : Minor 3 F - 42 : Serious F - 45 : Serious M - 56 : Minor M - 60 : Minor M - 15 : Minor M - 45 : Serious F - 9 : Serious M - 23 : Minor M - 53 : Minor F - 54 : Serious M - 57 : Minor F - 50 : Serious F - 27 : Minor M - 6 : Minor F - 43 : Minor M - 42 : Minor F - 51 : Serious - E M - 20 : Minor M - 62 : Minor M - 36 : Minor M - 58 : Minor F - 54 : Serious 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 F - 9 : Minor M - 40 : Minor M - 62 : Serious F - 66 : Serious F - 36 : Serious M - 44 : Minor F - 9 : Minor M - 20 : Minor F - 14 : Serious - E M - 59 : Minor F - 20 : Minor F - 55 : Serious F - 71 : Minor F - 40 : Minor M - 50 : Serious M - 55 : Minor F - 19 : Minor M - 56 : Fatal - E M - 37 : Minor F - 17 : Minor F - 16 : Serious
- International Civil Aviation Organization
** Passengers known to have been partially ejected or most likely partially ejected based on medical records F - 52 : Serious M - 28 : Minor F - 60 : Minor F - 54 : Serious F = FEMALE M = MALE INJURY LEVEL* F - 14 : Serious - E GENDER AGE INDICATES EJECTION** Seating Chart Legend A B C D E
Figure 6. Motorcoach seating chart. .
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 12
According to passenger interviews and the emergency response incident commander, the fatally injured passenger had been partially ejected and pinned beneath the motorcoach. Passengers who sustained the severe upper extremity injuries stated that they were partially ejected out the right-side windows. The Volvo motorcoach was equipped with a three-point (lap and shoulder) belt for the driver and tour seat; the passenger seats were equipped with two-point (lap) belts.18 The driver reported to NTSB investigators that his seat belt was unlatched at the time of the accident.
Of the 46 surviving passengers, the NTSB interviewed 24 and sent out questionnaires to the other 22 passengers by mail. Of those interviewed and the four passengers who mailed back their completed questionnaires, most reported not being aware of the lap belts on the motorcoach. A few passengers stated they were aware of the lap belts and a few of those individuals could only find one portion of the belt because the other portion was tucked into the seat cushion. The passenger seated in the retractable tour seat next to the driver was interviewed by the NTSB and stated he was wearing his lap and shoulder belt. After the motorcoach came to rest, the driver helped him unbuckle his seat belt because he was still in his seat, hanging to the right. Only one other passenger (who sustained minor injuries) reported wearing the available lap-only belt at the time of the accident.
The motorcoach rolled 90 degrees onto its right side during the accident sequence. The bus sustained moderate damage to the entire right side from the rollover, and a portion of the undercarriage was damaged due to the impact from the pickup truck. Damage to the right side consisted of scrapes to the sheet metal with approximately 1–2 inches in deformation; the roof received very little deformation from the 90-degree roll. Damage to the undercarriage was more significant, with the sheet metal of the floor supports being pushed upward, causing the interior wooden floor in row seven on the right side to buckle upward. All of the windows on the right side were broken out during the rollover event and a passenger, using the small striker/hammer19 attached directly above another left-side window, shattered the third window on the left side and climbed out. According to the manufacturer, the windows were double-layered, tempered, thermal glass. Survivable space within the full length of the motorcoach’s passenger compartment was available during the rollover. The NTSB concludes that the cause of the unrestrained passengers’ injuries was their striking objects and other passengers inside the motorcoach, as well as their partial ejections from the motorcoach windows on the right side, most of which occurred when the motorcoach overturned.
18 No Federal regulations require lap or shoulder belts (other than for the driver) on motorcoaches manufactured for sale in the United States. 19 According to Volvo, the accident motorcoach was manufactured to Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) regulations. ECE regulations allow for an attached striker/hammer to be used to break open windows, whereas the U.S. FMVSS 217 (49 CFR 571.217) requires handles to open windows.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 13 Driver The 42-year-old motorcoach driver provided a verbal statement in Spanish to a responding deputy sheriff at the accident scene. The deputy wrote in his accident report that the driver ―began to get teary eyed and stated that he was dozing off and finally fell asleep at the wheel. He woke up when he felt the bus running off the road. In a panic, he overcorrected and the bus overturned.‖ The driver provided a second statement later to police, written in Spanish, on January 4, 2008, which (translated) stated:
When I was driving on a curve, I lost control. The motorcoach went too far to the right side but I reacted quickly and tried to regain control to the left side to re-enter the freeway but could not. My nerves were such that I over-steered the wheel and this was where I could do nothing else.
Law enforcement officials present at the scene did not detect signs of alcohol or illicit drug use by the driver and, absent any reasonable suspicion of drug or alcohol use, the police did not believe that they had probable cause to obtain toxicological specimens.20 After the accident, the driver was charged by the TxDPS with ―Fatigued Driver (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulation [FMCSR] 391.11[b][5]).‖21
The motor carrier collected toxicological specimens from the motorcoach driver 17 hours after the accident; these specimens were tested and found to be negative for drugs of abuse, including alcohol. However, given the length of time that had passed between the accident and alcohol testing and the metabolization rates for alcohol, it is impossible to determine whether the driver had ingested alcohol before the accident. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that although the driver’s toxicological testing results were negative for alcohol and drug use and it was unlikely that the driver was under the influence of alcohol or drugs, the company’s delay in collecting toxicological specimens prevents the NTSB from conclusively ruling out alcohol use as a factor in this accident.
According to 49 CFR 382.303, the employer of a driver operating a commercial motor vehicle on a public road in commerce is required to conduct alcohol and controlled substance testing on that driver if the vehicle is involved in a fatal accident. If the alcohol test required by this section is not administered within 2 hours of the accident, the employer must prepare and maintain a record stating why the test was not promptly administered. If the alcohol test was not administered within 8 hours of the accident, the
20 Texas Transportation Code 724.012(b) states that ―[a] peace officer shall require the taking of a specimen of the person’s breath or blood if: (1) the officer arrests the person for an offense under Chapter 49, Penal Code, involving the operation of a motor vehicle or a watercraft; (2) the person was the operator of a motor vehicle or a watercraft involved in an accident that the officer reasonably believes occurred as a result of the offense; (3) at the time of the arrest the officer reasonably believes that as a direct result of the accident: (A) any individual has died or will die; or (B) an individual other than the person has suffered serious bodily injury; and (4) the person refuses the officer’s request to submit to the taking of a specimen voluntarily.‖ 21 As of October 22, 2009, the TxDPS reported that the charge of Fatigued Driver is still pending. The driver never answered the charge, and an arrest warrant was issued and is still outstanding.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 14 employer must stop attempts to administer the test but still maintain the same record. These records shall be submitted to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) upon request.22 The FMCSA conducted a postaccident compliance review of International, which stated, ―the carrier is being cited for not complying with the postaccident testing requirements. The driver did not complete an alcohol test and did not document why the test was not done.‖ According to the FMCSA, the driver was in the custody of the TxDPS and/or at the hospital for several hours after the accident and, therefore, enforcement action was not taken on this violation.
At the time of the accident, the driver had accumulated 3.5 months of motorcoach driving experience after being hired by the accident motor carrier in September 2007; he did not have any other motorcoach driving experience.23 The driver possessed a valid Texas Class B commercial driver’s license (CDL) with an expiration date of September 7, 2008, and an intrastate commerce-only restriction, which prohibits the driver from exercising the privileges of the license outside of Texas.24 After the accident, the driver was charged by the TxDPS with violating the CDL restriction ―M‖ intrastate only.25 The driver also was cited for duty status not being current (49 CFR 395.8[f][1]) and was found to have no medical certificate card26 in his possession at the time of the accident (49 CFR 391.41[a]), although he did have a medical certificate issued September 6, 2007, that was valid for 2 years. Fatigue In the days preceding the accident, the driver had been working an overnight shift and had been off duty during daytime hours. (See figure 7.) On December 30, 2007, the driver drove from Monterrey, Mexico, to Freer, Texas, and returned to Monterrey, working an overnight shift beginning at 7:30 p.m. He finished work at 7:00 a.m. on December 31, 2007, and was off duty on January 1, 2008, until he reported to work at 7:30 p.m. that evening for the accident trip.
22 Title 49 CFR 382.303(d)(1). 23 The accident driver had experience driving large vehicles, including 2 years of experience driving dump trucks from 1997–1998. In early September 2007, the driver personally hired a motorcoach instructor from a private firm for $250 and obtained 1 hour of instruction in a school bus to prepare for the TxDPS practical examination. Following the training, the private firm’s instructor met the driver at a TxDPS location with a school bus, where the driver passed the driving examination. He was hired by Capricorn on September 16, 2007, and began driving motorcoaches. 24 The driver first held a Texas CDL (Class A) in 1993. In 1997, he received a Class B CDL, and on August 27, 2007, he applied for a ―P‖ endorsement, which was granted on September 4, 2007. 25 As of October 22, 2009, the TxDPS charge of violating the CDL restriction ―M‖ is still pending. The driver never answered the charge, and an arrest warrant was issued and is still outstanding. 26 As of April 1, 2009, this would be considered an out-of-service violation in accordance with the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance North American Standard Out-Of-Service Criteria.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 15
Figure 7. Motorcoach driver’s 72-hour work and activity log.27
He then drove from Monterrey, Mexico, arriving at the U.S. border crossing at Laredo, Texas, about 10:30 p.m. After clearing the CBP port-of-entry border crossing checkpoint, the driver and bus passengers stopped for food in Laredo. The driver then continued driving from about 11:00 p.m. on January 1, 2008, until the time of the accident about 4:13 a.m.28
The motorcoach driver’s activities during the 3 days before the accident revealed that he had an inverted work/sleep cycle schedule29 in order to accommodate the carrier’s overnight scheduled line runs (regular routes).30 Although the driver’s available rest period to obtain sleep in those 3 days was close to 30 hours, it is unknown how many hours of sleep the driver actually obtained. Although 30 hours seems reasonable, science and medicine have long accepted that human beings are diurnal, biologically hard-wired to be active during the day and sleepy at night. Individuals who perform ―shift work‖ or work outside the normal ―day work‖ hours are therefore operating in an unnatural temporal environment. Surveys show that 60–70 percent of shift workers report difficulty sleeping, sleepiness on the job, or actually falling asleep unintentionally while at work.31 Even when a shift worker has a consistent schedule and stabilized wake-sleep patterns,
27 The table was reconstructed using toll and border crossing receipts and passenger lists that included departure times, dates, and locations to indicate approximate times. Table entries are primarily based on information provided by the logbook entries and known driving times. 28 According to 49 CFR 395.5, a passenger-carrying driver cannot drive more than 10 hours after 8 consecutive hours off duty, after being on-duty for 15 hours after 8 consecutive hours off duty, or after being on-duty 60 hours in 7 consecutive days or 70 hours in 8 consecutive days. 29 In this context, an inverted schedule is one where the driver’s work/rest cycle is inverted with respect to the day/night cycle; that is, the driver works through the night and sleeps through the day. 30 According to the driver’s logbook, for the 3 months prior to the accident, he worked only overnight shifts, with the exception of three daytime shifts between October and November. 31 T. Akerstedt and L. Torsvall, ―Shift Work. Shift-Dependent Well-Being and Individual Differences,‖ Ergonomics, vol. 24, no. 4 (1981), pp. 265–273.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 16 the risk of substandard and potentially unsafe performance substantially increases32 unless the shift worker is able to obtain sufficient restorative sleep on a regular basis. Studies have shown that sleeping during the day results in less overall sleep and reduced quality of sleep because of light, noise, and other aspects of the physical environment.33,34 Studies of long-haul truck drivers showed that after 13 hours of driving overnight, drivers who had an 8.6-hour off-duty period during the day obtained an average of only 3.8 hours of sleep.35
Considerable research suggests there is a higher risk of fatigue-induced single-vehicle accidents at night; about three times as many fatalities occur per 1,000 accidents from midnight to 6:00 a.m.36 In addition to the problems associated with daytime sleeping, there are additional fatiguing effects associated with circadian disharmony that result from working and being awake at night. Examinations of accident risk relative to the time of day have indicated that accident risk peaks in the early morning from 2:00 a.m.37 to 4:00 a.m.38 The highest risk for a drowsy/dozing driver accident is between 4:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m., and this accident occurred about 4:13 a.m.39
The driver initially admitted falling asleep at the wheel and waking up when the vehicle began to leave the roadway, but during a subsequent interview with NTSB investigators on January 5, 2008, the driver denied that he told the officer that he had been tired or had fallen asleep while driving. He also stated that after the motorcoach had drifted to the right, he feared the bus might go over the highway’s right side embankment, so his steering input back to the left was immediate and that the motorcoach went out of control and then rolled over into the roadway. There is no indication that the driver was engaged in nondriving tasks, such as text messaging or talking on a citizens band radio, loudspeaker, or cellular telephone, at the time of the accident. Postaccident examination of the roadway and the accident vehicle showed no evidence of braking or steering input by the motorcoach driver prior to departing the right side of the roadway, consistent with the driver’s description of the accident sequence
32 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/spanish/english/science_main.htm, accessed May 7, 2009. 33 (a) T. Akerstedt, ―Adjustment of Physiological Circadian Rhythms and the Sleep-Wake Cycle to Shiftwork,‖ eds., S. Folkard and T. Monk, Hours of Work: Temporal Factors in Work Scheduling (New York: Wiley, 1985). (b) T. Akerstedt, ―Shift Work and Disturbed Sleep/Wakefulness,‖ Occupational Medicine, vol. 53, no. 2 (2003), pp. 89–94. 34 K.H.E. Kroemer, H.J. Kroemer, and K.E. Kroemer-Elbert, Engineering Physiology: Bases of Human Factors/Ergonomics, 2nd ed. (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1990), p. 176. 35 Compared to daytime shift of driving for 13 hours with an 8.9-hour off-duty period overnight where the average amount of sleep obtained was 5.6 hours. M.M. Mitler, J.C. Miller, J.J. Lipsitz, and others, ―The Sleep of Long-Haul Truck Drivers,‖ New England Journal of Medicine, vo1. 337, no. 11 (1997), pp. 755– 761. 36 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/spanish/english/science_main.htm, accessed May 7, 2009. 37 J.A. Horne and L.A. Reyner, ―Sleep Related Vehicle Accidents,‖ British Medical Journal, vol. 310, no. 6979 (1995), pp. 565–567. 38 G. Kecklund and T. Akerstedt, ―Time of day and Swedish road accidents,‖ Shiftwork International Newsletter, vol. 12, no. 1 (1995), p. 31. 39 R.R. Mackie and J.C. Miller, Effects of Hours of Service Regularity of Schedules and Cargo Loading on Truck and Bus Driver Fatigue, DOT HS 803 799 (Washington, DC: NHTSA, 1978).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 17 itself; however, in NTSB interviews, he did not offer any explanation for his loss of situational awareness or attention to the driving task that resulted in his drifting to the right out of the travel lane. Further, the NTSB interviewed several passengers who had either observed the driver falling asleep or heard others shouting to the driver just prior to the vehicle rolling over. One passenger seated two rows behind the driver reported that just before the driver ―over-steered the wheel,‖ she witnessed him falling asleep. Another passenger reported that after the driver drifted out of the travel lane, she felt the motorcoach swerve and heard a passenger scream for the driver to wake up.
The driver also stated in his interview with NTSB investigators that, upon hearing a passenger yell ―watch it‖ to him in Spanish, his steering input was immediate and rapid. Research has shown that a startled response (whether associated with a redirection of attention or sleep onset) is associated with overcorrection.40 The driver drifting off the roadway suggests that he had been nodding off and that when a passenger screamed and possibly awakened him, he observed the edge of the roadway. He may have immediately attempted to steer away from it as a reactive measure rather than in a deliberative manner, resulting in an overcorrection. This steering maneuver may have also been part of the wakening response. When individuals awaken from Stage 1 sleep (the first stage people enter as they transition from wakefulness to sleep), they frequently experience some degree of mental confusion and vague or fragmented imagery.41
The driver’s own initial on-scene statement, passengers’ reactions, statements regarding the driver’s behavior, and research studies regarding fatigue due to inverted schedules and human sleep cycles all indicate that the driver was most likely fatigued. Because of that fatigue, the driver fell asleep while operating the motorcoach, causing it to depart the roadway, initiating the accident sequence. Consequently, the NTSB concludes that the motorcoach driver fell asleep and partially drifted out of his travel lane. The NTSB further concludes that upon regaining awareness after partially drifting off the roadway, the accident driver overcorrected his steering, causing a loss of control of the motorcoach.
After the accident, Capricorn and International were involved in civil litigation brought by the families of the accident victims. During his civil case deposition,42 Capricorn’s owner was asked whether the company had policies or procedures in place should a driver become fatigued, sleepy, or overly tired before or during a scheduled trip. Capricorn’s owner stated that the company did not have such a policy but that he believed drivers should know what to do. He added that Capricorn’s ―persons in charge‖
40 L.K. Spainhour and A. Mishra, ―Analysis of Fatal Run Off The Road Crashes Involving Overcorrection,‖ Proceedings of the 2008 Transportation Research Board Annual Meeting (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2008). 41 M.A. Carskadon and W.C. Dement, ―Normal Human Sleep: An Overview,‖ in M.H. Kryger, T. Roth, and W.C. Dement, eds., Principles and Practices of Sleep Medicine, 4th ed. (Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Company, 2005). 42 Sworn oral deposition taken July 9, 2008. The civil case was settled, and the insurance companies for both International Charter Services, Inc., and Transportes Chavez, Inc., paid a total of $10 million to the plaintiffs (motor carriers of passengers are required to have $5 million dollars in insurance in order to operate).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 18 in Monterrey would not let a driver drive if they knew that he or she was tired. He also stated that he thought the accident driver had received plenty of rest because he was off for 2 days before the accident, although he did not know of the accident driver’s activities during that time.
However, as described earlier in this section, the very nature of overnight operations increases a driver’s level of fatigue and exposes drivers and passengers to increased risk. Moreover, any shift back of even a few hours to daylight activities would have reset the driver’s internal clock, undoing an adaptation to an inverted schedule almost immediately. Therefore, although the driver may have taken some steps to diminish fatigue and possibly reduced his risk of a fatigue-induced crash, there are still risks inherent to overnight operations.
The NTSB has long been concerned with commercial driver fatigue. As a result of the NTSB’s 1999 special investigation,43 the Board issued the following recommendation to the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT):
Require that the Federal Highway Administration [FHWA]44 fatigue video for motorcoaches include the dangers of inverted duty-sleep periods. (H-99-4A)
On December 7, 2000, this recommendation was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action.‖ During the course of the Victoria, Texas, investigation, the video was reviewed in an effort to determine what has changed in the study of inverted sleep schedules since the video’s release. The NTSB concludes that since the FMCSA’s fatigue video was created in 2000, scientific understanding of fatigue and fatigue countermeasures has improved, as well as distribution methods available45 for communicating this type of information, to include the Internet, which has the potential to reach even more commercial drivers. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA update and redistribute its ―Driver Fatigue Video‖ to include current information on fatigue and fatigue countermeasures and make the video available electronically; and implement a plan to regularly update and redistribute the video.
More recently, as a result of the investigation into the Osseo, Wisconsin, crash,46 the NTSB issued the following recommendations to the FMCSA:
Develop and implement a plan to deploy technologies in commercial vehicles to reduce the occurrence of fatigue-related accidents. (H-08-13)
43 Selective Motorcoach Issues, Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999). 44 Upon creation of the FMCSA, the recommendation was transferred from the FHWA to the FMCSA. 45 Such as podcasts, webinars, Internet video downloads, and DVDs. 46 NTSB/HAR-08/02.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 19 Develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of the fatigue management plans implemented by motor carriers, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents. (H-08-14)
On May 11, 2009, the FMCSA responded to these recommendations. In addressing Safety Recommendation H-08-13, the FMCSA indicated that the development of an advanced Drowsy Driver Warning System is underway, moving into principal research and prototype development in 2009. This phase is projected to last 2 years, after which a commercialization decision will be made. The FMCSA also stated that the agency is unaware of any currently available technology that could be used by commercial drivers for both day and night driving. Although the FMCSA is correct that no products are commercially available that could be used both day and night, the agency’s recent published review47 of activities currently underway to develop unobtrusive, in-vehicle, real-time, drowsy driver detection and alertness systems discussed at least five separate systems capable of functioning under a variety of conditions.48 Such systems would provide a significant safety benefit to the segment of commercial operations at greater risk for fatigue-related accidents, namely those that occur at night.49 The Board recognizes that a ―one size fits all‖ technology for detecting driver fatigue is not immediately available. Still, in the interim, the FMCSA should move ahead with the implementation of technologies that are ready today despite their time-of-day limitations. Given the increased fatigue risks inherent in nighttime operations, it is reasonable to believe that even a system that functions only at night could provide a substantial safety benefit as a stop-gap measure until a universal system is available.
The NTSB acknowledges the progress that the FMCSA has made toward meeting the intent of Safety Recommendation H-08-13; however, based on concerns that the FMCSA’s approach ignores technologies that could be more quickly deployed for nighttime use, a time when the majority of fatigue accidents can be expected to occur, the NTSB reclassified Safety Recommendation H-08-13 ―Open—Unacceptable Response‖ on October 2, 2009. Safety Recommendation H-08-14 remains classified ―Open—Acceptable Response,‖ based upon the FMCSA’s work with the North American Fatigue Management Program.50 The NTSB believes the circumstances of this
47 L. Barr, S. Popkin, and H. Howarth, An Evaluation of Emerging Driver Fatigue Detection Measures and Technologies, Report No. FMCSA-RRR-09-005 (Washington, DC: FMCSA, 2009). 48 All illumination conditions (from full sunlight to complete darkness), eyeglasses, contact lenses, most sunglasses, and variable subject distances. 49 (a) M. Mitler, C. Carskadon, C. Czeisler, W. Dement, D. Dinges, and R. Graeber, ―Catastrophes, Sleep, and Public Policy: Consensus Report,‖ Sleep, vol. 11, no. 1 (1988), pp. 100–109. (b) J. Horne and I. Reyner, ―Sleep Related Vehicle Accidents,‖ British Medical Journal, vol. 310, no. 6979 (1995), pp. 565–567. (c) G. Kecklund and T. Akerstedt, ―Time of Day and Swedish Road Accidents,‖ Shiftwork International Newsletter, vol. 12, no. 1 (1995), p. 31. 50 According to the FMCSA, this program is a collaborative effort aimed at reducing fatigue-related accidents and decreasing the personal and economic costs to drivers, companies, and workers’ compensation programs and insurance carriers (NTSB staff communication with FMCSA staff, June 13, 2008).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 20 accident again demonstrate the serious nature of fatigue-related accidents and the need for both in-vehicle technologies and effective fatigue management programs; therefore, the Board urges the FMCSA to continue to work to meet the intent of Safety Recommendations H-08-13 and -14.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 21 Issues The primary purpose of this summary report is to explore, in depth, the process by which a U.S.-based passenger motor carrier was permitted to operate in interstate commerce within the United States with a motorcoach that was not manufactured for use in the United States, and it had not been built to meet Federal safety standards, as required to protect motor vehicle occupants and the public. The owner of the motor carrier in this accident, unable to obtain the insurance that would have enabled him to receive authority to transport passengers as a motor carrier, entered into a lease with another authorized motor carrier in order to continue to operate his business under the other carrier’s authority. This report explores how this process worked and how the process shielded the accident motor carrier from effective safety oversight. Next, the report discusses how the accident motor carrier was able to improperly import motorcoaches into the United States that did not meet Federal safety standards and how the accident vehicle was registered in the United States and obtained license plates and remained undetected and operating in interstate commerce until discovered during the accident investigation. Motor Carrier Operations International Charter Services, Inc. (International), of Houston, Texas, obtained FMCSA operating authority as a for-hire interstate passenger carrier in June 2005.51 International was classified as a ―new entrant‖ to interstate passenger-carrying commerce under the FMCSA’s New Entrant Safety Assurance Program and underwent a safety audit on November 17, 2005.52 Upon meeting all of the new entrant requirements, the FMCSA sent International a letter53 informing the company president that the ―new entrant‖ designation had been changed to ―permanent‖ registration. The letter further stated,
you are reminded that while operating in the United States, you are required to comply with all U.S. Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs), and applicable Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMRs). The
51 Operating authority is indicated by a motor carrier (MC) number displayed on the vehicle that is distinct from the USDOT number and is separately required in the case of for-hire, interstate motor carriage of nonexempt commodities. The FMCSA grants different categories of operating authority, and the specific operating authority granted limits a company’s type of operation, the cargo it may carry, and the geographical area in which it may legally operate. A USDOT number is a unique identifier used to track safety information collected during audits, compliance reviews, accident investigations, and inspections. 52 When the FMCSA conducted the safety audit, International’s owner was the common-law spouse of the company’s safety manager, who, in turn, was also listed as owner of another motorcoach company, Transportes Chavez, Inc. Chavez had a separate USDOT number and operated a charter service and a scheduled line run from Houston, Texas, to San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Both companies had leased the accident Volvo motorcoach from Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc. 53 FMCSA letter (regarding notification of motor carrier’s status) to International, November 2, 2006.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 22 FMCSA will continue to evaluate you on the same basis as any other carrier.
Eight of International’s motorcoaches54 were leased from Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc. (Capricorn), 55 a company that did not have intrastate operating authority in Texas or interstate operating authority from the FMCSA. According to the owners of International and Capricorn, the lease was a paper agreement, but no monies were ever paid, though the lease stipulated a period of 1 year with a monthly payment of $12,500.56 Capricorn’s owner stated in his civil case deposition that ―it was just an agreement to get the insurance,‖ noting that he conducted all of his lease agreements in this manner; that is, operators would obtain insurance for Capricorn’s buses and Capricorn would operate under their operating authority (in this case, International’s) and using their USDOT number.
The FMCSA has a dual path as part of its current registration process: companies are required to obtain a USDOT number by filling out and submitting an MCS-150 form (Motor Carrier Identification Report [Application for USDOT Number]) and some companies may be required to additionally obtain interstate operating authority by filing an OP-1(P) form (Application for Motor Passenger Carrier Authority). In general, companies that operate as ―for hire‖ carriers (for a fee or other compensation) and transport passengers or federally regulated commodities or arrange for their transport in interstate commerce are required to register for interstate operating authority. Once the FMCSA has furnished a USDOT number, companies must biennially furnish the FMCSA with updated MCS-150 forms.57
Capricorn’s owner further explained in his deposition that he had previously owned and operated another interstate passenger carrier called Flores Charters and Tours, Inc., which ceased operations because the company had a fatal accident in Mexico in
- Capricorn’s owner thought he could obtain insurance again in the United States
under the new name of Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc., but he was unable to. He then entered a lease agreement with a company called Transportes Chavez, Inc. (Chavez), from June
54 International added several leased motorcoaches to its Texas carrier profile. The lease included a 1997 Van Hool; three model year 2005 Volvos (two were purchased in April 2006 in Mexico); two model year 2004 Scanias; and two model year 2008 Volvos, also purchased in Mexico. 55 Capricorn was incorporated in February 2004; however, in January 2006, the company’s intrastate authority was suspended in Texas for ―tax forfeiture.‖ In 2007, the company registered with the FMCSA for interstate operating authority; however, in July 2007, the company had withdrawn its request and was listed with the FMCSA as ―inactive.‖ The owner of Capricorn had also been listed as the owner of another bus company, Flores Charter and Tours in Houston, Texas (USDOT 827375), from 1999 until 2006, which overlapped the period that he was the owner of Capricorn. Flores Charter and Tours also had its intrastate operating authority suspended twice for ―tax forfeiture‖ in 2006; the company requested that the FMCSA rescind its operating authority due to going out of business. The name ―Flores‖ remained on the buses that were leased from Capricorn to International. 56 During the civil case deposition, Capricorn’s owner stated that he, not Capricorn, owned the accident vehicle because it was a Mexican motorcoach that he was financing in Mexico. 57 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/forms/r-l/MCS-150-Instructions-and-Form.pdf, accessed November 13, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 23 2005 until June 2006.58 The FMCSA conducted a roadside inspection (Level 1)59 of the accident vehicle on February 22, 2006. The USDOT number recorded for this vehicle and driver was for a U.S.-domiciled carrier, Transportes Chavez, Inc. The FMCSA inspection resulted in the driver receiving an out-of-service (OOS) violation for operating a CMV without a CDL (49 CFR Part 383.23[A][2]); the accident vehicle also received an OOS violation for no or defective bus emergency exit windows (49 CFR Part 393.62[C]).
In 2006, Capricorn’s owner spoke with International’s new Director, who was Chavez’s owner’s common-law spouse and asked whether she could help him obtain insurance and allow Capricorn to use International’s USDOT number. She obtained insurance for Capricorn’s vehicles and entered into two separate yearly term leases with him from 2006 until the accident occurred in January 2008.60 Although Capricorn’s lease with International began in June 2006, Capricorn’s drivers and the accident vehicle underwent roadside inspections in November 2006 and April 2007, and the FMCSA assigned the roadside inspections to Chavez’s USDOT number, not International’s.61
At the NTSB’s public hearing on this accident,62 a witness representing the TxDOT stated the terms of this ―equipment lease‖ required that International carry and maintain public liability insurance but specified that the insurance costs would be paid by Capricorn. In addition to providing the motorcoaches (equipment), the lease required Capricorn to provide drivers and maintain vehicles (including all costs related to repairs, permits, and taxes). Capricorn was responsible for complying with all DOT regulations, hiring and paying drivers (including the accident driver), maintaining driver qualification files, conducting driver drug and alcohol testing, maintaining driver log books, obtaining DOT inspections, conducting posttrip vehicle inspections, obtaining state license plates, and maintaining passenger manifests. Capricorn was also responsible for paying tickets or fines resulting from vehicle or driver violations.
58 There was a documented lease agreement between Capricorn and Transportes Chavez, Inc., dated June 5, 2005; however, it was not signed by Transportes Chavez. 59 There are seven ―levels‖ (or categories) of roadside inspections. Level 1 includes the driver and vehicle (including an inspection of the components on the undercarriage, such as brake adjustment); Level 2 is a driver-and-vehicle walk-around inspection (does not include an inspection of the vehicle’s undercarriage components); Level 3 is the Driver/Credential Inspection only; Level 4 is a special investigation, typically including a one-time examination of a particular item and normally conducted in support of a study or to verify or to refute a suspected trend; Level 5 is a vehicle-only inspection; Level 6 is a Transuranic Waste and Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materials inspection; and Level 7 is a jurisdictional mandated commercial vehicle inspection. 60 These leases were reportedly in writing; however, the June 2006 through May 2007 lease could not be produced by Capricorn during the NTSB’s investigation. The NTSB was able to obtain a copy of the lease beginning June 2007. 61 The April 25, 2007, Level 2 roadside inspection resulted in one driver violation (logbook) and one vehicle violation (windshield); the windshield violation was an OOS violation. The November 9, 2006, Level 2 roadside inspection recorded no OOS violations. 62 The NTSB may hold a public hearing as part of its investigation into an accident to supplement the factual record. Technical experts are called as witnesses to testify, and NTSB investigative staff, designated representatives from the parties to the investigation, and additional parties to the hearing can ask questions to obtain additional factual information (see appendix A). A hearing is not intended to analyze factual information for cause. For more information, refer to NTSB docket no. 67330, files 407014–15, ―Public Hearing—Transcript of Hearing Proceedings and Witness Testimony, October 7-8, 2008, Washington, D.C.,‖ http://www.ntsb.gov/Dockets/Highway/HWY08mh011/default.htm, accessed January 8, 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 24 Capricorn advertised its motorcoach services and sold one-way and roundtrip tickets to the public under the name Capricorn (a U.S.-domiciled company).63 All of these line runs were being operated on U.S. roads under the USDOT number and operating authority assigned to International because the vehicles were being leased on paper to International. A line run, also called a regular route, is a regularly scheduled trip from one or more locations and then back to the original location. If a carrier has FMCSA-issued regular route operating authority, this is the only destination(s) to which the company operates under its FMCSA route designation certificate. Table 2 summarizes the working relationship between International and Capricorn.
Table 2. International and Capricorn working relationship. Dates Event June 2005 International, of Houston, Texas, obtained FMCSA operating authority as a for-hire interstate passenger carrier. June 2006 Capricorn entered into two 1-year ―leasing‖ agreements with International. The paperwork agreement (no monies were exchanged) allowed Capricorn to ―lease‖ buses to International. In turn, International obtained insurance (paid for by Capricorn) for the leased buses and allowed Capricorn to operate them using International’s USDOT number and operating authority.
While operating under International’s USDOT number, Capricorn exercised total operational control of the business, maintaining buses, hiring and training drivers, directing drivers, arranging transportation, keeping records, obtaining state and USDOT inspections, and paying tickets or fines resulting from violations. June 2006–January 2008 Using International’s USDOT number, Capricorn made daily line runs between Houston, Texas; Nuevo Laredo, Mexico; and Monterrey, Mexico, and back. However, International only had operating authority for charter and special operations, not regular routes.
63 Capricorn’s owner also sold tickets to the public under the name Turismo Capricornio (his Mexico-domiciled motor carrier) and Autobuses Flores (a third company that he established for advertising purposes). The three companies were owned by the same person. Tickets sold under the operator name Capricorn were for the portion of the trip made in the United States from Houston, Texas, to the border crossing at Laredo, Texas. Turismo Capricornio tickets were sold (in the United States and at the same time) for the portion of the trip past the border crossing at Laredo, Texas, into Nuevo Laredo, Mexico. The same drivers and vehicles conducted all of the daily line runs (regular routes); only the name of the company on the tickets reportedly changed depending on the portion of the trip.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 25 Federal Safety Oversight After the Victoria accident, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review of International. Capricorn, per the lease with International, was responsible for recordkeeping, so the FMCSA reviewed Capricorn’s vehicle and driver documentation for International’s compliance review rating (recordkeeping is inspected during a compliance review). According to the FMCSA, the agency conducts compliance reviews of the full range of carriers subject to the FMCSRs, including for-hire, exempt for-hire, and private motor carriers; not all motor carriers need operating authority to engage in interstate operations, and the FMCSA routinely conducts compliance reviews of such companies. FMCSA officials also informed the NTSB64 that it takes into consideration which company has control over the driver and ―arranging the transportation‖ in determining the company that is acting as the motor carrier. Although the motor carrier is determined on a case-by-case basis, to a large extent it is the company with ―direction of the driver.‖ However, in the case of International and Capricorn, the FMCSA stated that
In the case of International, the Agency based its decision to conduct the compliance review on International (not Capricorn) on statements made by International’s Manager (who was also the owner of Transportes Chavez, Inc.). The Manager stated the bus involved in the crash had been operated by International and he could provide all the documents for the review.
Capricorn was not subjected to a compliance review nor given a safety rating.
Title 49 CFR 390.5 defines a motor carrier as a for-hire motor carrier or a private motor carrier, including:
A motor carrier’s agents, officers and representatives as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervising, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers and employees concerned with the installation, inspection, and maintenance of motor vehicle equipment and/or accessories.
In addition, the FMCSA defines65 a company operating with authority as:
Companies that operate as ―for hire‖ carriers (for a fee or other compensation) that transport passengers or federally regulated commodities, or arrange for their transport, in interstate commerce are also required to have interstate operating authority.
64 During July 28, 2009, meetings between FMCSA and NTSB staff. 65 For further information, see http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/registration-licensing/registration-OP.htm, accessed November 12, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 26 Title 49 CFR Part 365 requires an operator to hold an appropriate operating authority certificate to transport passengers for compensation or hire. The terms of International’s vehicle ―lease‖ with Capricorn required Capricorn to fulfill all the duties, responsibilities, and operations as defined above of a motor carrier for hire. According to International and Capricorn, Capricorn operated all of its regular route passenger-carrying trips under International’s USDOT number and operating authority certificate,66 for which it agreed to pay International a flat monthly fee (although Capricorn did not actually pay this fee).67 Under the agreement, International effectively relinquished operational control as Capricorn performed all operations. Of significance is that International provided no oversight role over the safety of Capricorn’s operations while Capricorn was operating under International’s certificate.
The FMCSA determined the final compliance review, enforcement action, violation, or penalty based upon its decision regarding which company constituted the motor carrier; in this case, the operating authority certificate holder International. (See the ―FMCSA Remarks‖ section in appendix E.) However, the FMCSA had the discretion, which it has used in other accidents, to conduct an additional compliance review of, and assign a safety rating to, Capricorn. The postaccident compliance review of International revealed that the FMCSA was aware of the lease agreement between International and Capricorn and did not object to the details of that agreement concerning not only equipment but also which company had directional control over the drivers and vehicle maintenance, and, effectively, control over regular route operations. Capricorn’s lease with International constituted an arrangement enabling Capricorn to operate virtually independently, without operational control from International. Based on information obtained during this investigation, Capricorn was never required to demonstrate to the FMCSA that it was capable of safety fitness as required of a motor carrier; the lease agreement effectively kept Capricorn’s operations at arm’s length from International and shielded Capricorn from appropriate FMCSA oversight. In examining the FMCSA’s definitions of a motor carrier and the companies’ roles as outlined in the lease agreement, it is evident Capricorn was operating independently from International as a motor carrier. The owner of International had certified on the application for operating authority it would have in place a system for the safe operation of commercial vehicles, specifically ―policies and procedures consistent with DOT regulations governing driving and operational safety of motor vehicles, including driver’s hours of service and vehicle inspection and repair and maintenance.‖ Multiple critical and acute safety violations were found during International’s compliance review when the FMCSA examined Capricorn’s vehicles and drivers, showing that International was not ensuring that the FMCSRs were being followed and that International did not have a system in place for making sure Capricorn’s operations followed the FMCSRs. The NTSB therefore concludes that International failed to maintain operational control and safety oversight of Capricorn’s
66 Granted upon submission to the FMCSA of Form OP-1(P), ―Application for Motor Passenger Carrier Authority.‖ See . 67 Title 49 CFR Part 365, Subpart D, establishes the transfer rights under 49 United States Code (U.S.C.) 10926 that define the procedures to enable motor carriers of passengers to obtain the approval from the FMCSA to merge, transfer, or lease their operating rights in financial transactions not subject to 49 U.S.C. 11343.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 27 operations, including its drivers and vehicles, as required by the safety certification completed by International in its operating authority application (Form OP-1[P], section 4).
International received an ―unsatisfactory‖ rating for the compliance review’s ―driver‖ factor due to Capricorn’s ―false, incomplete, and/or missing driver log pages.‖ International also received a ―conditional‖ rating for the ―vehicle‖ factor due to Capricorn’s incomplete vehicle documentation and failure to document repairs. International paid a settled fine of $5,84068 and was issued an overall rating of conditional.69 (See appendix E.) Further, International was given a Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System (SafeStat) category B rating, which is considered an ―at- risk‖ carrier.70 Although the violations or other enforcement action resulting from a roadside inspection or compliance review may eventually be linked to the person or entity that applied for the USDOT number, this discretionary, case-by-case decision as to which motor carrier should receive a postaccident compliance review (rather than both) does not protect against de facto carriers such as Capricorn that lease a USDOT number to evade detection and enforcement action. Capricorn had clearly defined safety oversight responsibilities in its arrangements to operate under International’s certificate of authority; Capricorn had directional control over the drivers and was responsible for the safety of the vehicles. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the FMCSA had the authority to conduct a compliance review of Capricorn, but did not, thereby failing to assign the appropriate safety rating for an ―at-risk‖ carrier to a carrier with serious safety violations.
Even if an OOS order is issued to a certificated carrier (in this case, International) based on violations caused by a noncertificated carrier’s drivers or vehicles (in this case, Capricorn), the noncertificated carrier can simply sign another lease with a new carrier or apply for its own operating authority without any link to the safety violations or OOS order. This practice negates the enforcement effect of the OOS order or civil penalties for safety-critical violations. It also has little effect on improving the noncertificated carrier’s safety management behavior because it allows the noncertificated carrier’s management and employees in safety-sensitive positions to avoid accountability for safety violations, deficiencies, and poor management practices. The NTSB notes that, although the postaccident compliance review of International made this lease arrangement clear to the FMCSA, the agency’s inaction in addressing this issue indicated its tacit approval of these arrangements. The Federal government has regulated the leasing of motor vehicles
68 See the FMCSA Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) Company Safety Profile Enforcement Data Report, p. 6 (July 28, 2009). 69 Safety ratings are as follows: A satisfactory rating means a motor carrier has in place and functioning adequate safety management controls to meet the safety fitness standard prescribed in §385.5. A conditional rating means that a motor carrier does not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standards that could result in occurrences listed in §385.5 (a) through (k). An unsatisfactory rating means that a motor carrier does not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standard, which has resulted in occurrences listed in §385.5 (a) through (k). 70 SafeStat is a data-driven analysis system that determines the current relative safety status of individual motor carriers. SafeStat categories are A, B, and C. Carriers identified in these categories by SafeStat scoring have higher crash rates than carriers that are not identified as category A, B, or C rated carriers http://ai.fmcsa.dot.gov/SafeStat/SSLonger_4-00.pdf, accessed September 29, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 28 to provide interstate for-hire transportation for more than 50 years.71 Currently, 49 CFR Part 376 applies only to motor carriers registered with the Secretary of Transportation to transport property. Among the provisions contained in the leasing regulations is the requirement that the authorized carrier ―shall assume complete responsibility for the operation of the equipment for the duration of the lease.‖ Further, the lessee-authorized carrier must control the operation and, since it is functioning as the motor carrier, must comply with the FMCSRs.72 However, these regulations allow a loophole for leasing oversight between motor carriers of passengers because they apply only to cargo motor carriers.
The NTSB believes that a motor carrier with OP-1(P) operating authority should be required to exercise documented full operational control over all drivers, vehicles, and trip operations being conducted under its operating authority. The NTSB is concerned that allowing a noncertificated carrier to receive no enforcement action73 while clearly running its business outside of the scope of its operating authority does not provide safety oversight of passenger-carrying operators currently on the road. The NTSB concludes that the FMCSA, by its tacit approval of lease agreements for interstate passenger carriers that are broader in scope than the equipment leases regulated for cargo carriers, in effect provides a lower level of safety oversight to motor carriers that transport passengers than to those that transport cargo. To close this leasing regulation loophole and provide the same level of safety for passengers as is already required for cargo, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA revise 49 CFR Part 376 to require that passenger motor carriers are subject to the same limitations on the leasing of equipment as interstate for-hire motor carriers of cargo. Scope of Operating Authority To obtain FMCSA interstate operating authority, a passenger carrier must submit a Form OP-1(P) ―Application for Motor Passenger Carrier Authority.‖ Applicants applying for operating authority online must choose the scope of operation for the type of operating authority certificate to be granted:
71 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/about/news/testimony/tst-050608.pdf, accessed September 28, 2009. 72 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/foia/eFOTM-redacted-7-08_pg797-866.pdf, accessed September 28, 2009. 73 Although the FMCSA did not take enforcement action against Capricorn because the agency did not consider Capricorn to be the motor carrier, Texas did. On May 15, 2008, TxDOT informed Capricorn’s owner that the company was being fined a $65,200 administrative penalty after an audit of Capricorn business records resulted in the determination that Capricorn had, in part: failed to prepare and maintain at its principal place of business in Texas documents supporting fee payments and the original registration receipts issued for an interstate carrier; failed to maintain all records and information required by the department at the motor carrier’s principal office in Texas; failed to maintain all books and records generated by a motor carrier at its principal business address for at least 2 years; and failed to register a vehicle required to be registered.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 29
- Charter and Special Transportation Operation,
- Regular Route Transportation, or
- Both.
―Charter and Special Transportation‖ means all types of passenger transportation not on fixed routes. ―Regular Route Transportation‖ is service as a common carrier over regular routes, which permits the carrier to operate only on routes designated by the carrier between fixed facilities.74
International filed an OP-1(P) form requesting charter and special operations service; on June 16, 2005, the FMCSA issued Certificate MC-519270-C to International stating that the carrier had the authority to ―engage in transportation as a common carrier of passengers, in charter and special operations, by motor vehicle in interstate or foreign commerce.‖ Although International provided approximately five charters per month, the main business being conducted under International’s operating authority was Capricorn’s daily route from Houston, Texas, to Monterrey, Mexico.75 However, International did not request regular route authority separately. Capricorn’s motorcoaches advertised the line run service in large lettering on the side and rear of the motorcoaches, listing cities of service and schedules. (See figure 8.) In addition, Capricorn’s driver’s logs clearly showed the dates and times of service, pickup and drop-off locations, and other documentation for the regular route service being provided.
74 Route descriptions are published in the FMCSA Register, and interested parties may file protests to an application within 10 days of publication. The FMCSA must deny the application if a protest or information independently developed by the FMCSA demonstrates that the applicant is not willing or able to comply with safety fitness requirements or with the applicable commercial, safety, or financial responsibility regulations (49 CFR Parts 356 through 396). 75 Two vehicles were in operation at the same time, one departing from Houston, Texas, at 7:00 p.m. and the other departing from Monterrey, Mexico, also at 7:00 p.m. Both schedules required overnight driving, and the motorcoaches would arrive at their respective opposite destinations in about 9–10.5 hours, including time spent at the CBP port-of-entry checkpoint.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 30
Figure 8. Motorcoach with printed regular route schedule.
When the FMCSA conducted its postaccident compliance review of International, it noted specifically that International was operating as both a charter and regular route carrier. However, in the postaccident compliance review, the FMCSA did not cite International for not properly applying for regular route authority nor discuss enforcement action against International for operating outside the scope of its authority. Section 205 of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act (MCSIA), codified at 49 U.S.C. 13902 (e), requires that the FMCSA assess penalties for failure to comply with the motor carrier registration requirements.
Specifically, if a motor carrier operates beyond the scope of its authority, the carrier is subject to certain enforcement penalties.76 In order to restrict commercial highway transportation to those entities having the appropriate operating authority and possessing adequate insurance, the FMCSA specifically mandates placing out of service any driver and vehicle discovered to be operating beyond the scope of the carrier’s authority. Operating outside the scope of a carrier’s authority constitutes a violation of operating authority and is subject to a fine or revocation of that authority. The NTSB concludes that because the FMCSA was aware during International’s postaccident compliance review that regular route service was being provided regularly without International’s having applied for this type of operating certificate, and therefore the carrier was operating beyond its scope of authority, the FMCSA should have taken enforcement action as required by the MCSIA.
76 Federal Register, vol. 71, no. 166 (August 28, 2006), p. 50864.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 31 New Entrant Safety Assurance Program As of January 1, 2003, all new motor carriers operating in interstate commerce must apply for registration as a ―new entrant.‖ As a new entrant, the carrier is subject to an 18-month safety-monitoring period during which the carrier receives a safety audit; 77 in addition, roadside crash and inspection data are evaluated. On December 16, 2008, the FMCSA published a final rule addressing the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program,78 which is intended to improve the FMCSA’s ability to ―identify at-risk new entrant motor carriers and ensure deficiencies are corrected before granting them permanent registration. It also ensures that applicants will become knowledgeable about Federal Safety regulations before they commence interstate operations.‖
The final rule specifically addresses ―reincarnated carriers,‖ defined by the FMCSA as ―a carrier that attempts to register as a new entrant and operate as a different entity under a new USDOT Number in an effort to evade enforcement action and/or out-of-service orders issued against it by the [FMCSA].‖ The new regulations state that any carrier providing false or misleading information or concealing information is subject to revocation of its new entrant registration and civil/criminal penalties.79 The FMCSA also provided additional information on how it has improved the new entrant application vetting process.80 According to the FMCSA, as part of the new entrant screening process, applicants are subjected to a Passenger Carrier Vetting Process (PCVP), an ―in depth investigation of passenger carrier applications for authority to determine if the applicant is a reincarnated carrier.‖
For each application submitted for passenger carrier authority, the FMCSA completes an entire vetting process, including reviewing applications for completeness, sending applications to Division Offices for review, and contacting state agencies to obtain information. The process also includes using an evasion detection algorithm (EDA) to compare the application with other database information against poorly performing carriers dating to 2003.81 Between August 13, 2008, and July 15, 2009,
77 This audit is to ensure compliance with the FMCSRs and Hazardous Materials Regulations and with overall safety management. At a minimum, the safety audit covers driver qualifications, driver duty status, vehicle maintenance, accident register, and controlled substances and alcohol use and testing requirements. During the audit, the carrier is to list any vehicles that it owns, as well as the vehicles leased. For leased vehicles, carriers are to report whether the vehicle is leased ―per trip‖ or ―by term.‖ The carrier must provide evidence to the FMCSA that deficiencies found during the audit are being corrected. A carrier will be granted permanent registration only after the carrier successfully completes an 18-month monitoring period. 78 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 242 (December 16, 2008), p. 76472. 79 The FMCSA stated that it was planning to address reincarnated carriers under a separate rulemaking in response to the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU), section 4113, regarding patterns of safety violations by motor carrier management. The FMCSA also said that it was in the process of revising its registration process to more efficiently track motor carriers. 80 FMCSA presentation by the Motor Carrier Safety Advisory Committee (December 10, 2008). 81 FMCSA defines a poorly performing carrier as: a carrier that has lost its authority to operate or that has a pending revocation; a carrier with an overall rating of conditional or unsatisfactory; a carrier that has
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 32 873 new entrant passenger carrier applications were received by FMCSA; 92 percent of these applications were incomplete.82 Of the 873 new entrant applications, 326 were vetted at all levels and are proceeding through the approval process, 101 applications were dismissed for failure to respond to a verification inquiry (VI) or information request (IR), and 17 applications were withdrawn by the applicant. The FMCSA issued a Show Cause Order against one applicant. As of July 15, 2009, 428 applications remained to be vetted.
The NTSB’s investigation revealed that the type of arrangement that the PCVP was designed to detect existed between International Charter Services, Inc.; Transportes Chavez, Inc.; and a newly established company called Bus Trips of Texas. International’s owner is the common-law spouse of Transportes Chavez’s owner; the two companies shared the same terminal, and Chavez’s owner was also the manager for International. Ten months after the Victoria accident, a son of Chavez’s owner, who was the bus maintenance manager (employee) for Transportes Chavez, Inc., and who was known to have run the charter operations for International, applied for and, by June 2009, was granted interstate operating authority to start a new company called Bus Trips of Texas.83 On October 22, 2009, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review, and the company received a satisfactory rating.
According to the FMCSA,84 ―staff thoroughly vetted the Bus Trips of Texas application. The agency’s investigation did not uncover a legally sufficient relationship between International Charter Services, Inc., and Bus Trips of Texas.‖ According to FMCSA officials, ―…International and Bus Trips of Texas have different owners, officers, and managers. For this reason, the FMCSA did not deny Bus Trips of Texas interstate operating authority.‖ The agency further stated, ―the FMCSA’s investigation did not reveal a basis to question the fitness, willingness, and ability of [Bus Trips of Texas’s owner] to comply with the applicable regulations.‖ The FMCSA also stated, ―he did not work for those two companies [International and Capricorn],‖ but then stated ―although the son was an employee of the old company [International], that is not enough to deny operating authority‖; however, the FMCSA also cited during International’s postaccident compliance review that Bus Trips of Texas’s owner also ran the charter operation for International. Further, Bus Trips of Texas’s applicant is the son of Chavez’s and International’s owners (Chavez’s owner was also the manager of International). However, the FMCSA documented that the ―two prior compliance reviews on Transportes Chavez, the company for whom the applicant did work as a bus maintenance manager, resulted in satisfactory ratings.‖ Although Chavez had received a satisfactory compliance review overall, the review cited several vehicle safety regulation violations. The FMCSA documented within International’s postaccident compliance review that International’s owner had informed FMCSA investigators that his son ―runs the charter
prior enforcement action taken against it; and carriers identified by SafeStat as posing the highest potential risk to highway safety. 82 Meetings between FMCSA and NTSB staff members on December 18, 2008, and July 28, 2009. 83 USDOT number 1828782. 84 Meeting between FMCSA and NTSB staff members, July 28, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 33 operation‖ for International; consequently, the FMCSA had sufficient reason to question the new owner of Bus Trips of Texas regarding his company’s ability to comply with applicable regulations based upon his direct impact as bus maintenance manager for Chavez and as the person responsible for running International’s charter operations. The FMCSA currently has the statutory authority to deny operating authority to an applicant who is unwilling or unable to comply with the safety regulations, other applicable DOT regulations, and the safety fitness requirements. In addition, under 49 CFR 385.306, a carrier that furnishes false or misleading information, or conceals material information in connection with the registration process, is subject to revocation or assessment of civil and/or criminal penalties.
However, the FMCSA contends that its scope of authority to deny or revoke the operating authority of suspected reincarnated carriers is limited. According to a U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) report, complexities regarding the application of state laws concerning corporate successorship may, in certain instances, affect the FMCSA’s ability to deny operating authority to or to pursue enforcement against unsafe, reincarnated motor carriers.85 The FMCSA reported that this standard differs between the states, and certain states require very high standards of proof. Even if such a determination is made, the GAO report further notes, the ―FMCSA still faces legal hurdles, such as proving corporate successorship, to deny the company operating authority.‖
The FMCSA also reported that there are legitimate reasons for motorcoach carriers to transfer ownership, or reincorporate, or both, such as new business opportunities or a change in corporate leadership. However, there is already a process in place for these legitimate transfers, under 49 CFR 365 Subpart D, which governs the transfer and/or lease of interstate operating rights for commercial passenger carrier companies. Consequently, new applicants who are existing carriers but choose not to use this process should be subjected to closer scrutiny regarding why the new entrant process was chosen. According to the GAO, many of these carriers are attempting to reenter interstate passenger commerce to evade an OOS order or to avoid paying fines or taking corrective action for previous safety violations found in roadside inspections or compliance reviews.
In 49 CFR Part 365 Subpart D governing the transfer of operating rights, section 365.409(c), applications for one company to transfer its operating rights to another that contain false or misleading information are considered to be void from the beginning. This approach to the submission of false or misleading information, finding the application void from the beginning, should also apply to false or misleading new entrant application information, such as the failure to disclose a relationship with a prior carrier on section 8 of the OP-1(P) form. If an affiliation with another carrier is not disclosed, the FMCSA should be authorized to deny or revoke the operating authority of the applicant based on the FMCSA’s authority for voiding applications under Part 365, potentially
85 Motor Carrier Safety: Reincarnating Commercial Vehicle Companies Pose Safety Threat to Motoring Public; Federal Safety Agency Has Initiated Efforts to Prevent Future Occurrences, GAO Report GAO-09-924 (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, July 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 34 preempting the complexities regarding the application of state laws concerning corporate successorship. In essence, along with the ―leasing‖ of operating authority rights, such as occurred between International and Capricorn, reincarnating carriers may attempt to transfer operating rights from their old companies to new ones by circumventing the process in Part 365 Subpart D.
The FMCSA says that it currently must prove that a new carrier is the corporate successor to the old carrier in order to deny or revoke the operating authority of the new carrier. However, the FMCSA does have a process available for those legitimate transfers of operating rights and the remedy of voiding applications and the revocation of registration and assessment of civil and criminal penalties for applications containing false or misleading information (such as leaving blank the question of affiliation with other carriers or having been previously issued a USDOT number) that could be used in conjunction with the new entrant vetting process.
For other carriers who apply for operating authority through the new entrant program and the PCVP process, the FMCSA should have the authority to prevent reincarnated carriers from receiving approval for operating authority in addition to retroactively revoking operating authority from carriers who received this authority before the vetting system was implemented in August 2008. In its report, the GAO stated that ―the threat these operators pose to the public has proven deadly,‖86 and the NTSB agrees. The NTSB concludes that some motor carriers are circumventing the legitimate corporate succession processes established in 49 CFR Part 365 by reapplying for FMCSA interstate operating authority through the New Entrant Safety Assurance Process, a loophole that may permit unsafe passenger motor carriers to transfer operating rights to newly established motor carriers that may otherwise be prevented by 49 CFR Part 365. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that to help prevent reincarnated carriers from receiving new operating authority, the FMCSA should seek statutory authority to deny or revoke operating authority for commercial interstate motor carriers found to have applications for operating authority in which the applicant failed to disclose any prior operating relationship with another motor carrier, operating as another motor carrier, or being previously assigned a USDOT number. Compliance Review Process and Safety Ratings The NTSB has issued two prior recommendations regarding the importance of driver and vehicle safety violations found during compliance reviews and has stated that such serious violations should result in an unsatisfactory rating. Following a 2005 motorcoach fire in Wilmer, Texas,87 the FMCSA conducted a postaccident compliance review of Global Limo, Inc. (Global), an authorized interstate for-hire passenger motor carrier. The compliance review stated that Global’s driver and vehicle violations were ―so widespread as to demonstrate a continuing and flagrant disregard for compliance‖ and a
86 GAO-09-924. 87 Motorcoach Fire on Interstate 45 During Hurricane Rita Evacuation Near Wilmer, Texas, September 23, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 35 management philosophy ―indifferent‖ to motor carrier safety. The FMCSA determined that the violations detected in the compliance review, both individually and cumulatively, were likely to have resulted in serious injury or death to Global’s drivers and the motoring public. The FMCSA issued the company a safety rating of unsatisfactory, declared that Global’s operations created an ―imminent hazard‖ to public safety, and issued an operations OOS order.
The FMCSA determined that Global failed to comply with Federal regulations on drug and alcohol testing, driver qualifications, and hours of service and that Global’s vehicles that were mechanically unsafe due to lack of vehicle maintenance, inspection, and repair. The compliance review cited Global for not retaining vehicle maintenance and repair records, as required; the FMCSA also reported that without pretrip inspections or the required Driver’s Vehicle Inspection Reports (DVIR), Global could not ensure vehicle safety. The same lack of safety oversight was cited in International’s compliance review due to Capricorn’s insufficient DVIR and maintenance records and the absence of a regular vehicle maintenance schedule. However, the FMCSA rated International ―conditional‖ overall; did not issue an OOS; and did not conduct a compliance review of Capricorn, the entity responsible for driver oversight and vehicle maintenance and repairs.
In fiscal year 2008, the passenger motor carrier vehicle national OOS rate was 7.7 percent. In just over 1 year (December 31, 2006, to January 8, 2008), International received 80 vehicle and 103 driver inspections (including inspections of Capricorn’s drivers and vehicles). As a result, International had a vehicle OOS rate of 11.2 percent,88 which was above the national average. This accident once again shows that carriers with driver and/or vehicle factor violations are those more likely to be involved in fatal accidents. The Wilmer, Texas, motorcoach fire and the Victoria, Texas, accident are two of the most recent accidents89 in which the NTSB has focused on the FMCSA’s safety oversight of motor carriers and found inconsistencies based on a safety rating process that fails to ensure the removal of unsafe motor carriers from the nation’s highways.
As expressed in the reports cited earlier, the NTSB has long taken the position that violations of safety regulations are indicative of a motor carrier’s lack of safety management controls. During the Wilmer investigation, the NTSB found that the FMCSA’s safety fitness rating process does not assign numerical value to safety regulation violations that are classified as neither ―acute‖ nor ―critical,‖ thereby allowing potentially unsafe carriers that violate safety regulations to continue operating.
As a result of the Wilmer, Texas, investigation, the NTSB made the following recommendation to the FMCSA:
88 Obtained from the Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER) System website http://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov/, accessed February 8, 2008. 89(a) Motorcoach Run-off-the-Road and Overturn, Victor, New York, June 23, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004). (b) Collision Between Truck-Tractor Semitrailer and School Bus Near Mountainburg, Arkansas, May 31, 2001, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-02/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002). (c) NTSB/SIR-99/01.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 36
To protect the traveling public until completion of the Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 Initiative, immediately issue an Interim Rule to include all Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in the current compliance review process so that all violations of regulations are reflected in the calculation of a carrier’s final rating. (H-07-3)
In addition, the NTSB reiterated another recommendation to the FMCSA.90 This recommendation, which has appeared on the Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements since 2000, is as follows:
Change the safety fitness rating methodology so that adverse vehicle or driver performance-based data alone are sufficient to result in an overall unsatisfactory rating for a carrier. (H-99-6)
At the NTSB’s August 2006 public hearing on the Wilmer, Texas, accident, the FMCSA explained that when it originally developed the current safety fitness determination (SFD) process, driver OOS rating information was found to be insufficient to accurately determine a driver’s safety performance; the FMCSA has since developed and is pilot testing a data-driven SFD process, which includes items such as vehicle and driver OOS rates, as part of its comprehensive examination of compliance review and enforcement oversight. According to the Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 (CSA 2010) initiative website,91 the FMCSA expects to complete the operational model test by June 2010. The University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute will then evaluate the program’s effectiveness (that is, potential for improving safety) and efficiency (that is, impact on scarce resources). The FMCSA expects to fully implement CSA 2010 by the end of 2010. However, until rulemaking has been completed on the new SFD methodology, CSA 2010 implementation will not address the NTSB’s recommendations.
Although the FMCSA has stated that the conceptual model for CSA 2010 is significantly different from the current operational model in that safety fitness determinations will be independent of the compliance review, the expected timeframe for full implementation of the new program, including the new SFD process, may be another year or more away. In the interim, deficiencies in the current compliance review system should be remedied to help prevent unsafe carriers from continuing to operate. The FMCSA is responsible for ensuring that motor carriers operate safely, and temporary measures to improve the compliance review process are necessary until the new rules are enacted. The FHWA (FMCSA’s predecessor) set a precedent for the issuance of interim rules to improve safety programs when, in 1997, the agency issued an interim final rule to immediately improve the safety rating methodology without prior notice and comment, stating that to have done otherwise would have been contrary to the public interest.
90 In a January 9, 2003, letter, the FMCSA informed the NTSB that the Secretary of Transportation had recently reassigned Safety Recommendation H-99-6 to the FMCSA and asked the agency’s administrator to respond to the NTSB directly. 91 For further information, see http://csa2010.fmcsa.dot.gov, accessed November 13, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 37 Further, in response to Safety Recommendation H-07-3, the FMCSA acknowledged the need to establish an SFD process that better identifies at-risk carriers than the current process under 49 CFR Part 385. However, the FMCSA replied that it was in the best interest of highway safety to focus its resources on implementing CSA 2010 rather than on diverting resources to an interim final rule to make modifications to the SFD process. The NTSB disagreed and classified Safety Recommendation H-07-3 ―Open— Unacceptable Response‖ on September 4, 2008.
And so, as it has done in several accident investigations over the past 10 years, the NTSB again concludes that the current FMCSA compliance review process does not effectively identify unsafe motor carriers and prevent them from operating. The NTSB recognizes the progress that the FMCSA has made with CSA 2010 and the agency’s expected on-time full implementation. The NTSB believes that, to maintain safety in the interim, the FMCSA should focus resources toward changing the current rating methodology by instituting an interim rule that makes adverse vehicle and driver performance-based data alone sufficient to result in an overall unsatisfactory rating for a carrier, while continuing to incorporate the principles of the NTSB’s recommendations into the agency’s new system being field tested and evaluated in CSA 2010. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation H-07-3 and both reiterates and reclassifies Safety Recommendation H-99-6 from ―Open—Acceptable Response‖ to ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖
The NTSB is concerned that motor carriers with significant regulatory violations for drivers and vehicles are still receiving satisfactory and conditional ratings; therefore, the NTSB will continue to highlight accidents in which the postaccident compliance review resulted in a conditional or satisfactory overall rating because it did not take into account the critical nature of the vehicle and driver safety violations. (See appendix F.) The importance of this is evident when taking into account the history of these violations, as well as the impact of the compliance review process on the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program and the vetting of potential reincarnated carriers.
Had the FMCSA adopted the NTSB’s recommendations, Transportes Chavez could have received an unsatisfactory rating based on the vehicle violations found during its compliance review and the roadside inspections of Capricorn’s vehicles and drivers. From this enforcement action, the FMCSA may then have had a basis to question whether Bus Trips of Texas’s owner was sufficiently qualified to adhere to the FMCSRs as required, given his direct connection to the vehicle safety issues of one OOS company (Chavez) and his involvement running the operations of another OOS company (International). International and Capricorn could have received unsatisfactory ratings due to Capricorn’s driver and vehicle violations; instead, Capricorn was not rated and International received a conditional rating, even with the scope-of-authority violation.
In addition, Capricorn’s ―lease‖ arrangement with International also potentially circumvents the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program. The NTSB has discovered that Capricorn is now operating as a new passenger motor carrier named Flores U.S. Bus
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 38 Lines Inc. (Flores).92 According to the FMCSA’s database, within 6 months of the Victoria, Texas, accident, Capricorn’s owner had received a certificate to operate another passenger carrier company93 and, on July 8, 2008, Flores conducted its first line run under this operating authority. Capricorn’s (now Flores’s) owner was able to obtain insurance in California and, using two of the same Capricorn drivers and several non-FMVSS-compliant commercial motorcoaches, resumed the same route service from Houston, Texas, to Monterrey, Mexico, that Capricorn had operated.94,95
The reincarnation of carriers such as Capricorn into Flores and International and Chavez potentially as Bus Trips of Texas underscores the need and urgency for the FMCSA to move forward more expeditiously on Safety Recommendations H-99-6 and H-07-3, recommendations that could enhance the effectiveness of the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program in removing unsafe carriers from the nation’s highways. The NTSB concludes that until the FMCSA consistently enforces OOS orders, the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program will be unsuccessful in screening for and vetting carriers with a history of poor safety management controls that attempt to reenter interstate passenger operations as reincarnated carriers.
As has been discovered since the Victoria accident, Capricorn is now operating as Flores with no negative safety associations from the Victoria accident. Because Flores received its operating authority certificate several weeks before the PCVP began in
92 Flores’s USDOT number is 1776152 and its MC number is 648083. On April 30, 2009, its vehicle OOS rate was 23 percent from 17 inspections, as compared to the 2005–2006 national average of 23.1 percent. Flores’s driver OOS rate was 0 percent from 37 inspections compared to the 2005–2006 national average of 6.8 percent. These statistics cover the 24 months prior to April 30, 2009, yet they applied to the Form MCS-150, Motor Carrier Identification Report (Application for USDOT Number) (MCS-150), date of November 26, 2008. Flores underwent a compliance review on October 7, 2008, and received a satisfactory review on October 27, 2008 (just after the public hearing), and after the vetting process began. Flores has the same owner as Capricorn and Flores Charters and Tours, as well as Turismo Flores LLC. 93 Of particular relevance to this accident was that Flores’s insurance broker stated to NTSB investigators that it again assisted Flores in obtaining registration and license plates for the Volvo vehicles in California. 94 Oral deposition taken in the Victoria accident victim families’ civil suit, July 9, 2009. 95 On November 26, 2008, Flores informed the FMCSA via its MCS-150 form that its new physical and mailing addresses were in California; however, the carrier currently operates in Texas, not California, and it has six vehicles in operation, four with California-apportioned plates and two with Texas state plates. The NTSB contacted the Flores’ insurance company and was informed that it assists carriers with registering their vehicles in California and receives their mail. Neither the mailing nor the physical addresses provided on the Flores OP-1(P) form adhere to the FMCSA’s principal place of business definition (49 CFR 390.5). August 2009 regulatory guidance issued by the FMCSA states it has been the agency’s position that a motor carrier’s principal place of business is a physical location where management reports to work and where the motor carrier conducts a significant portion of its business and maintains company records. A motor carrier may not designate as its principal place of business any location where the motor carrier is not engaged in business operations related to the transportation of persons or property. For example, post office centers or commercial courier service establishments that receive and hold mail or packages for third-party pickup may not be designated as a ―principal place of business.‖ A motor carrier may not designate the office of a consultant, service agent, or attorney as the motor carrier’s principal place of business, if the motor carrier is not engaged in operations related to the transportation of persons or property at that location. In the event a carrier does not designate a qualifying location as its principal place of business, the FMCSA may initiate enforcement action or take action regarding the carrier’s USDOT registration (U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration; 49 CFR Part 390 Regulatory Guidance on the Definition of “Principal Place of Business,” Federal Register, vol. 74, no. 144 [July 29, 2009], p. 37653).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 39 August 2008, the company was not subjected to the New Applicant Screening Process. Yet, the FMCSA has stated that ―experience has taught the FMCSA that carrier noncompliance with the operating authority requirements correlates with carrier noncompliance with the safety regulations.‖96 Even in light of this experience and Capricorn’s affiliation with the Victoria accident and the vehicle and driver violations found, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review of Flores on October 10, 2008, which resulted in a satisfactory rating. Flores was fined for using a driver before receiving a preemployment drug screening test result, one of the same driver safety violations attributable to Capricorn’s drivers found by the FMCSA during International’s postaccident compliance review. This type of violation is critical enough that when Flores failed to pay the October 2008 compliance review fine, its operating authority was suspended on March 31, 2009, and only after paying the fine on April 7, 2009, was its authority reinstated.
The NTSB believes that had the FMCSA, after the Victoria accident, used its statutory authority97 to declare both International and Capricorn as ―imminent hazards‖ and placed the carriers out of service, perhaps these safety violations would not be continuing under the same safety management (Capricorn’s owner is Flores’s owner). Capricorn should have been considered an at-risk carrier because of the numerous acute, critical, and other driver and vehicle safety violations found in its affiliate International’s postaccident compliance review. Yet, because Flores was able to obtain an operating certificate before the FMCSA instituted its vetting of new applicants in the New Entrant program, Flores was not flagged as a reincarnated carrier because Capricorn was never assigned any enforcement action for its violations found in the Victoria accident, and Flores is operating today with a satisfactory rating. Many carriers such as Flores have reapplied to the FMCSA and have either withheld their affiliations with other motor carrier companies (including those with OOS orders) or provided misleading or false information, such as omitting their own previous USDOT numbers to obtain new operating authority.98 This type of omission or false information (including Capricorn’s omission in listing its affiliation with International and Chavez and applying for the Flores operating authority using a nonqualifying principal place of business in California for its same operations out of Texas) is subject to FMCSA enforcement or revocation proceedings, if the FMCSA were to use its PCVP against all carriers currently in the system, not just those who applied for new authority after the screening process was implemented.
The NTSB concludes that there is no effective program or process currently in place to identify reincarnated carriers that reentered interstate passenger operations through the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program before the August 2008
96 Federal Register, vol. 71, no. 166 (August 28, 2006), p. 50864. 97 49 U.S.C. §521(b)(5)(a); Public Law 105-109 §4114; 119 Stat 1144 (Aug. 10, 2005); and 49 CFR 386.72(b)(1). 98 This assertion is based upon the 101 applicants who, during the PCVP process, were shown to have not provided adequate information when requested by a VI or IR letter that potentially may have linked the carrier to a previous carrier with an OOS order or other enforcement action. These applications were dismissed for failure to respond.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 40 implementation of the FMCSA’s New Applicant Screening Process. Therefore, with the FMCSA’s current process of applying the EDA algorithm to match new applicant carriers to carriers in the system dating to 2003, EDA data points can be applied to identify ―reincarnated‖ carriers such as Capricorn that were able to obtain certificates prior to the start date of the New Applicant Screening Process. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA apply the EDA process against all interstate passenger carriers that obtained FMCSA operating authority, after the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program began in 2003 but before the program began vetting those carriers, to verify that those new entrant carriers do not have a concealed history of poor safety management controls because they were able to reenter interstate commerce undetected as reincarnated carriers.
As was discussed earlier in the report, the FMCSA’s New Entrant Safety Assurance Program and compliance review process should also function as a system to evaluate and modify or remove lease arrangements that allow, in effect, an unauthorized entity to operate as a passenger carrier, either in charter or regular route operations. However, the FMCSA would first need to know the extent to which these lease arrangements currently exist. Without such an assessment, the FMCSA is unable to ensure that arrangements permitting unauthorized carriers to operate via paper leases are terminated. By requiring that authorized passenger-carrying operators maintain full operational control of all of their charters and regular route service, the FMCSA will help to ensure that customers who contract with an interstate passenger motor carrier are traveling with a carrier that has exhibited a level of safety approved by the FMCSA. This oversight is not intended to prevent temporary ―per charter‖ or other ―leasing‖ of vehicles or drivers between companies that both have operating authority to fulfill specific charter operations or emergency transportation.
The NTSB concludes that without clear and specific guidance on appropriate lease agreements between OP-1(P) certificate holders and companies providing equipment for charters or regular route service, noncertificated companies could still be performing most, if not all, of the functions of an interstate passenger-carrying operator without regulatory oversight. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA establish a requirement to review all passenger carrier lease agreements during new entrant safety audits and compliance reviews to identify and take action against carriers that have lease agreements that result in a loss of operational control by the certificate holder. State Commercial Motor Vehicle Registration Process Capricorn’s owner purchased the accident vehicle, drove it across the border from Mexico, and operated it in the United States outside of the commercial zone99 with
99 The commercial zone is an area in which passengers or property in interstate or foreign commerce may be transported, in interstate or foreign commerce, when not under a common control, management, or arrangement for a continuous carriage or shipment to or from a point without such zone, that is exempt from all provisions of 49 U.S.C. subtitle IV, part B. Commercial zones generally range from 3–20 miles outside the corporate limits of a municipality, depending upon the municipality’s population. For more information on commercial zones, refer to 49 CFR 372.241.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 41 registration and license plates from Mexico. The owner did not obtain U.S. jurisdictional (state-issued) registration or license plates for his vehicle for over a year while operating in the United States. The accident vehicle was subjected to a roadside inspection in Victoria, Texas, by a TxDPS officer on October 20, 2006. A citation was issued to the driver for an ―unregistered vehicle‖ because the coach had ―only Mexico plates, no Texas permit or registration.‖ The accident vehicle was also subject to two Level 2 inspections100 conducted by the FMCSA101 in 2007 at the Lincoln-Juarez bridge border crossing facility in Laredo, Texas, on January 24, 2007, and May 8, 2007; no violations were noted. A Level 2 inspection includes a driver and vehicle ―walk-around‖ inspection, but it does not include an inspection of the vehicle’s undercarriage.
At the NTSB’s public hearing on this accident,102 the witness representing the TxDPS stated that if a TxDPS officer finds there is intent to operate outside the commercial zone, such as a fixed and permanent line run to a destination outside the commercial zone, the vehicle is required to be appropriately registered with Texas plates.103 In October 2007, Capricorn’s owner utilized the services of the owner of Green River Buses, LLC104 (Green River), in Dallas, Texas, who represented himself (on paper) as Capricorn’s safety manager. Green River next sent the Capricorn accident Volvo’s and another 2005 Volvo’s registration paperwork to a Long Beach, California, company called Baratta Enterprises, LLC (Baratta), which provides registration assistance services. Baratta subsequently processed the documentation through the California Department of Motor Vehicles under the International Registration Plan (IRP) program. The vehicles were registered using the name ―Capricorn‖ and a California address (a requirement for
100 There are seven ―levels‖ (or categories) of roadside inspections. Level 1 includes the driver and vehicle (including an inspection of the components on the undercarriage, such as brake adjustment); Level 2 is a driver-and-vehicle walk-around inspection (does not include an inspection of the vehicle’s undercarriage components); Level 3 is the Driver/Credential Inspection only; Level 4 is a special investigation, typically including a one-time examination of a particular item and normally conducted in support of a study or to verify or to refute a suspected trend; Level 5 is a vehicle-only inspection; Level 6 is a Transuranic Waste and Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materials inspection; and Level 7 is a jurisdictional mandated commercial vehicle inspection. 101 Capricorn drivers were also subjected to three FMCSA roadside inspections at the Lincoln-Juarez bridge while driving the accident vehicle: November 20, 2007; April 9, 2007; and February 7, 2007. No OOS violations were noted. 102 Transcript of Victoria, Texas, public hearing, October 7–8, 2008, Washington, D.C. (See day 1, p. 74, TxDOT.) 103 The TxDPS testified that if a commercial motor vehicle has only Mexican plates and is determined to have a fixed and persistent intent of transportation outside of the commercial zone, it would have to be appropriately registered or the driver would be issued a ticket. The TxDPS would then require the vehicle to obtain appropriate Texas-recognized registration and could order the vehicle ―parked‖ under an OOS order until proper Texas registration was obtained in accordance with Texas Transportation Code 648.101 and 502.002. 104 Green River was placed OOS in April 2008. In August 2008, Autobuses Rio Verde of Irving, Texas, was issued an OOS order by the FMCSA due to its link to Green River, with vehicles, drivers, and management in common. Autobuses Rio Verde’s owner had previously been the terminal manager for Green River; Green River’s owner was the manager and safety director for Autobuses Rio Verde and Capricorn. Autobuses Rio Verde received operating authority on June 5, 2008, after Green River had been placed OOS in April 2008. The FMCSA investigation into Autobuses Rio Verde was due to a roadside inspection that revealed a connection to Green River.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 42 registration) belonging to another bus company;105 the license plates and registration were then forwarded to Green River’s owner.106 Once Capricorn obtained the California registration and IRP-apportioned license plates, Green River’s owner went to the TxDOT in November and December 2007 and had the 2005 vehicles re-registered in Texas107 and obtained Texas (intrastate) license plates.108 The process by which the accident vehicle came to be registered in Texas is summarized in table 3.
Table 3. Accident vehicle registration process. Date(s) Event April 2006 Accident motorcoach purchased in Mexico. April–October 2006 Accident motorcoach operated in the United States with Mexico plates. October 2006 Accident motorcoach ticketed by the TxDPS for lacking Texas plates. October 2007 Accident bus obtained California registration using an intermediary company, Green River. Representing himself on paper as Capricorn’s safety manager, the owner of Green River registered the vehicle in California via the IRP process. At that time, a California registration loophole did not require confirmation of FMVSS compliance or declaration of import for IRP-registered vehicles. November–December 2007 Accident motorcoach’s registration was transferred to Texas; the vehicle obtained Texas intrastate license plates. Because the vehicle was previously registered in California, Texas did not confirm FMVSS compliance before granting Texas registration.
The IRP is a reciprocal agreement providing for commercial vehicle registration among member jurisdictions (U.S. states, District of Columbia, and Canadian provinces). The IRP permits carriers to register their vehicles in one state and operate in several or all other states or Canadian provinces; Mexico does not participate in the IRP.109 Carriers estimate the amount of time (or miles) that they will be operating in any state in which their vehicles travel. The registration fee is then ―apportioned‖ to those states through the ―base state‖ completing the registration. The vehicles(s) is then issued the base state’s license plate, which is embossed with the word ―apportioned,‖ indicating to enforcement
105 The company was Salcido Tours (USDOT 1505841), and its owner stated he did not know anyone from Capricorn. Two rental receipts were provided for documentation according to Green River’s owner. 106 The Dallas business address given for accident vehicle registration in Texas belonged to neither Capricorn nor International, which operate out of two separate physical addresses in Houston. However, the Dallas address was the registered business address for three other companies: Green River Buses, LLC; Autobuses Zacatecanos; and Century Bus Lines. The owner of Autobuses Zacatecanos stated to NTSB investigators that he also helped as many as 50 other bus companies register their vehicles in California, just as Green River’s owner had, before assisting with the transfer of vehicle registrations to other states for interstate (not IRP-apportioned) license plates. In addition, according to documents provided to the NTSB by Baratta, on February 7, 2008 (after the Victoria accident), Transportes Chavez had used a California address and Baratta to register two other vehicles in California through the IRP program. 107 Through the Dallas County Tax Assessor-Collector. 108 The two model year 2008 Volvos remain registered in California. 109 The American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) established the IRP in 1973 and recommended it for adoption by all jurisdictions, including Mexico http://www.irponline.org, accessed September 21, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 43 personnel that the vehicle has registered in and paid fees owed to the states listed on the registration cab card. At the NTSB public hearing on this accident,110 a witness representing the IRP explained that the program promotes the most efficient and economical use of the highway system and revenue sharing based upon mileage operations by motor carriers, so that all jurisdictions receive their fair share of the revenue.
NHTSA is the Federal agency that issues the FMVSSs, which establish the minimum performance requirements for motor vehicle safety systems and components. The agency also regulates the manufacture and importation of motor vehicles to assure compliance with these standards. A vehicle is required to have a certification label meeting the requirements of 49 CFR Part 567 that, among other things, identifies the vehicle’s manufacturer (that is, the actual assembler of the vehicle), states the vehicle’s manufacture date (month and year), and contains the following statement, ―This vehicle conforms to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) in effect on the date of manufacture shown above.‖111
However, the process of vehicle registration and license plate issuance is a state function. States individually determine the requirements for registration and license plate issuance, including state-specific requirements to register vehicles in the IRP program. For example, California’s Department of Motor Vehicles reported that requirements for registering vehicles in California under ―non-apportioned‖ intrastate operations differ from those for a vehicle to be operated interstate and thus registered through the IRP. Some states require a manufacturer’s certificate of origin or manufacturer’s state of origin documents to register a newly imported motor vehicle to verify that it meets the FMVSSs. Texas, along with the other three southern border-crossing states (California, Arizona, and New Mexico), all require proof that a vehicle was manufactured using the appropriate FMVSS before being registered with intrastate-only license plates.112
The California Division of Motor Vehicles defines a direct import vehicle as a vehicle that is not manufactured to meet the FMVSSs or California emissions standards and is not intended by the manufacturer to be used or sold in the United States. Currently, an HS-7 form113 is required to register a foreign import vehicle in California for a vehicle to be titled as intrastate, unless the vehicle is exempt due to age. The HS-7 form confirms compliance with the FMVSSs when the vehicle is presented for import by the owner or
110 Victoria, Texas, public hearing, October 7–8, 2008, Washington, D.C. 111 See , accessed on November 13, 2009. 112 During this investigation, NTSB investigators also asked Arizona and New Mexico officials whether they conduct a physical inspection for FMVSS compliance of commercial vehicles registered in the IRP program. Arizona physically conducts an inspection of Mexican-titled vehicles for an FMVSS-compliant certification prior to permitting registration in Arizona for IRP-apportioned plates, while New Mexico does not. 113 Form HS-7, ―Declaration—Importation of Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment Subject to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety, Bumper, and Theft Prevention Standards,‖ http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/rules/import/hs799short.pdf is required by NHTSA (49 CFR Part 591) and the CBP (19 CFR 12.80).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 44 importer to the CBP at the border crossing from Mexico into the United States. However, when the accident vehicle was registered, California did not require vehicles registered in the IRP to be titled in the state and, therefore, did not require the HS-7 form for the accident motorcoach. As a result of California’s not requiring the HS-7 form, Capricorn’s owner was able to obtain a California-based IRP registration and apportioned IRP license plates114 without proof that the accident vehicle met FMVSSs, which it did not.
Texas considers a vehicle with a non-U.S. title to be imported; to obtain registration, the owner must also apply for Texas title or apply for a registration-only certificate. The TxDOT website states, ―If you purchased a vehicle in another country, you are required to meet all Federal and state importation requirements before you can title and/or register it in the state of Texas.‖ The website specifies that the vehicle must meet the FMVSSs, pass a Texas vehicle safety inspection and visual vehicle identification number (VIN) verification, pass Federal and state inspections, and meet customs requirements before an owner can apply for Texas registration.115 Both processes require the owner or importer to have the vehicle inspected for FMVSS compliance or to submit an HS-7 form. However, Texas’s intrastate registration does not require that the vehicle be physically examined (such as for FMVSS compliance) when the registration is transferred from another state, as when the accident vehicle was transferred from California with apportioned IRP registration and license plates.116
The process used to register the accident motorcoach, along with the others discovered in this investigation, bypassed the regular registration process that newly registered nonapportioned vehicles must undergo. Had Capricorn’s owner gone directly to the TxDOT to register the Volvo after being ticketed by the TxDPS, he would not have been able to register the vehicle using Texas’s IRP process117 because, unlike California’s IRP process, he would have been required to prove that the vehicle had been declared for import to the CBP, had cleared U.S. Customs through the filing of an HS-7 form,118 and had complied with all applicable FMVSSs. Because the Mexican-manufactured Volvo accident vehicle was not intended for the U.S. market and thus was not manufactured to
114 The registration paperwork included estimated miles for apportionment within the United States, not Mexico, based upon the actual mileage accumulated in the states where the vehicle had traveled during the same 6 months of the previous year. However, both International and Capricorn were based in Texas, and Capricorn’s regular route, or line run, did not enter California at all—it operated strictly from Texas to Mexico and back. 115 For further information regarding Texas importation requirements, see http://www.txdot.gov/drivers_vehicles/consumer_protection/importing.htm, accessed September 22, 2009. 116 Texas does require any vehicle that is transferred into the state for operation with Texas registration (interstate or intrastate) to be inspected by a TxDPS licensed inspection facility for basic safety equipment operation, such as lights, horn, windshield wipers, and brakes. 117 The following documentation is required to obtain nonapportioned vehicle registration and license plates: (1) Proof that the vehicle had cleared U.S. Customs and complied with the FMVSSs as evidenced by the Federal certification label affixed to the vehicle itself or a copy of a letter from the manufacturer certifying the vehicle complies with the FMVSSs; (2) a copy of the DOT bond release letter issued by NHTSA; (3) a Certificate of Conformance issued by the California Air Resources Board; (4) evidence of compliance with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or California emissions standards; and (5) a smog certificate. 118 U.S. Customs forms 6059, 3299, or 3311, stamped or endorsed by U.S. Customs.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 45 meet the FMVSSs, it would not have been permitted to receive Texas registration. Therefore, had the vehicles not been registered via the California IRP process, and then transferred to Texas, the four Volvo motorcoaches119 used in Capricorn’s regular line runs would not have been able to obtain Texas license plates and likely would have been subject to repeated tickets by the TxDPS for failure to have Texas registration. To circumvent this issue, Capricorn’s owner obtained California IRP plates and transferred them to Texas, bypassing Texas’s FMVSS verification process.
Although the state of Texas does inspect IRP vehicles for FMVSS compliance as part of verifying that a vehicle with a foreign title was imported properly, it did not physically inspect the accident motorcoach (or any of the other Capricorn vehicles) for FMVSS compliance because Texas accepted California’s registration and IRP license plates. When asked during the public hearing about this policy, Texas officials answered that because the vehicle had already obtained registration and license plates in another U.S. jurisdiction, Texas assumed that the license plates had been issued based upon verification of the vehicle’s compliance with the FMVSSs. However, that had not occurred because California does not physically inspect vehicles (as Texas does) for FMVSS compliance when a vehicle is registered for IRP-apportioned plates. Had the vehicle been registered in California for nonapportioned intrastate plates, Texas would have been correct in relying upon California’s having verified FMVSS compliance before issuing the registration and license plates.
When the NTSB contacted Green River’s owner, he stated that he registered the vehicles in California because that state only requires a few documents for registration and that he knew of an address in California120 where he could establish a paperwork business ―base‖ for Capricorn. He noted that he had helped about 20 other bus companies121 initially register their buses in California using the same process to obtain a U.S. jurisdictional license plate, eventually transferring them to Texas. The NTSB concludes that when the owner of Capricorn failed to declare importation of the accident vehicle with the CBP upon entering the United States and subsequently obtained vehicle registration using a loophole in California’s IRP program, he intentionally bypassed Federal and state requirements for an imported vehicle to comply with the FMVSSs.
Although California’s IRP registration process did not specifically require documentation that the vehicle met the FMVSSs, it did require that the application include a verification of the vehicle’s VIN. This ―verification‖ consists of comparing the
119 In addition to the accident vehicle and the Volvo registered though the IRP in October 2007, two additional Volvos were registered by Capricorn via the IRP in November and December 2007. 120 He stated that the company at the address that he used was Luna Tours; however, Luna Tours is listed in the FMCSA SAFER database as being located at a residential address in Victorville, California. An Internet search of Luna Tours brought up two other Los Angeles addresses, one of which was the Green River address used for Capricorn’s California registration. The address in the FMCSA database used by the Green River owner was for Salcido Tours. When contacted, Salcido’s owner said that he thought that Luna Tours was located in Chicago, Illinois, or Denver, Colorado, and that the address given for Luna Tours was the residential address for a relative of Luna Tours’s owner. 121 Green River’s owner further informed the NTSB that he is not a Capricorn employee and had received a set fee for registering the vehicles.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 46 VIN on the registration form to the VIN on the vehicle, using a California database to determine whether there were any ―negative‖ entries regarding theft, collisions, nonpaid fees, and so on. Although the VIN itself is designed to provide certain information regarding the vehicle’s manufacture and country of manufacture, no VIN coding expressly identifies whether a vehicle is FMVSS compliant. A law enforcement or Department of Motor Vehicles representative usually determines this via a dealer’s and/or importer’s submission or required documentation or by a physical inspection for a FMVSS certification ―plate‖ affixed to the vehicle.
At the NTSB’s public hearing, California representatives testified that the loophole in the IRP registration process that existed at the time of the Victoria accident has been closed by use of a software program called ―VINA,‖ which is designed to validate and decode the VIN. When the software determines that the vehicle is a direct import, it alerts the technician processing the transaction. However, according to the public hearing testimony, this system is triggered only for new vehicle applications, permitting those non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles already in the country to remain undetected and in possession of current registration and license plates. Consequently, although the new system has closed the loophole in California for new vehicles, it has not addressed the issue for vehicles already operating on U.S. highways.
Interviews conducted during the Victoria accident investigation with Green and other companies led to the discovery of more than 20 other non-FMVSS-compliant foreign-manufactured motorcoaches being used regularly in the United States that were registered the same way as Capricorn’s buses. Many of these vehicles, such as the accident motorcoach, had been stopped and inspected by both state and FMCSA enforcement officials before the Victoria accident. However, once these vehicles obtained U.S. jurisdictional license plates, enforcement officials relied on the U.S. jurisdictions issuing the license plates to have verified FMVSS compliance. The NTSB concludes that because many non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches found during this investigation still display U.S. jurisdictional (state) registrations and license plates, inspectors and law enforcement personnel do not have cause to suspect such vehicles of not conforming with Federal law.
The AAMVA represents U.S. and Canadian state and provincial officials who administer and enforce motor vehicle laws.122 The AAMVA’s Vehicle Registration and Title Committee conducts projects affecting vehicle titling and registration issues and promotes AAMVA titling and registration policies. The AAMVA’s policy positions and bylaws include the suggestion that all AAMVA member jurisdictions take steps to withhold registration of any vehicle not originally manufactured for U.S. distribution until the owner presents satisfactory evidence, issued by the Federal government, that all requirements for permanent entry into the United States have been met. Although most states’ procedures for registering nonapportioned commercial vehicles include verifying the VIN and FMVSS conformance through either a physical examination or CBP
122 The AAMVA is a voluntary, tax-exempt, nonprofit educational organization that develops model programs affecting motor vehicle administration, police traffic services, and highway safety. See for more information.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 47 importation paperwork (HS-7 form), New Mexico’s IRP program does not require physical examination for FMVSS compliance and California’s program requires physical examination only for newly registered and re-registered vehicles, not for currently registered vehicles.
Some states, such as New Mexico and California, have apportioned (IRP) registration methodologies that lack the necessary processes to detect conformance with the FMVSSs. NHTSA considers the FMVSSs relevant to a vehicle’s safety such that when the process of vehicle manufacturing is completed, a motor vehicle must comply with the FMVSSs to be legally sold in the United States. In addition, all motor vehicles operated in the U.S. must comply with the FMVSSs.123 Therefore, FMVSS certification is not only important but also required by law. Due to the lack of consistent state verification processes during registration found along the southern border states, non- FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches are being registered and operated in U.S. passenger- carrying service by U.S.-domiciled carriers. The NTSB concludes that some states lack conformity when verifying FMVSS compliance during IRP-apportioned vehicle registrations, permitting U.S.-domiciled companies to operate non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles daily throughout the United States. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the IRP, Inc., in conjunction with the AAMVA, develop and distribute to the states and the District of Columbia, a model policy, within the IRP registration process, for verifying that newly registered passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles are certified as having complied with the appropriate FMVSSs in effect at the time of manufacture, as referenced in Title 49 CFR Part 567. Further, the NTSB recommends that the AAMVA assist the IRP, Inc., in developing and distributing this model policy. Non-FMVSS-Compliant Passenger-Carrying Commercial Motor Vehicles The FMCSA and NHTSA, although separate agencies, have complementary responsibilities to ensure vehicle safety. The FMCSA prescribes minimum safety standards for commercial vehicles to ensure that they are maintained, equipped, loaded, and operated safely while in interstate and foreign commerce. NHTSA prescribes vehicle manufacturing standards (FMVSSs) under the authority of the Vehicle Safety Act.124 These systems, under the umbrella of the DOT, are intended to be a combined system of regulations and standards for safety in vehicle operations and manufacturing.
123 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/spanish/english/pdfs/cb_req_eng.htm, accessed November 13, 2009. 124 The Vehicle Safety Act stipulates that motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment may not be manufactured, sold, or otherwise introduced into interstate commerce or imported into the United States unless the vehicle or equipment complies with the applicable motor vehicle standard and is covered by a certification issued under section 30115 (49 U.S.C § 30112).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 48 The FMVSSs, which deal with the performance of a vehicle and its safety systems, are considered an important safety protection for the public.125 (For more information on FMVSSs applicable to motorcoaches, see appendix G.) The Vehicle Safety Act (49 U.S.C. §30112 and 30115)126 requires that vehicles manufactured for sale in and/or imported into the United States are built to U.S. safety standards (vehicles operating in the United States must be certified by the manufacturer as being built in compliance with the U.S. safety standards). To readily demonstrate compliance with vehicle manufacturing standards, Federal law requires that all vehicles display a certification label permanently affixed to the motor vehicle by the original manufacturer (49 CFR Part 567). Since the introduction of motor vehicle safety regulations, manufacturers have certified compliance with regulatory requirements based on robust design processes and testing protocols and manage production compliance through rigorous manufacturing processes.127 The Vehicle Safety Act’s statutory requirement applies to all vehicles, including passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles presented for import at border crossings into the United States.
In order to permanently import a vehicle purchased abroad that does not have a certificate label, the vehicle cannot be imported as a conforming vehicle. Importers must contract with a registered importer128 to modify such vehicles and post a DOT conformance bond in the amount equivalent to one and a half times the vehicle’s dutiable value, which is in addition to the normal U.S. Customs entry bond. Under the contract, the registered importer must modify the vehicle and certify that it conforms to all applicable FMVSSs. But before a registered importer can modify a vehicle, NHTSA must have determined that the vehicle is eligible for importation based on its capability of being modified to conform to all applicable FMVSS; NHTSA maintains a database and list of vehicles that have been determined eligible for importation.129
Multiple border crossings throughout the southern United States are utilized by passenger-carrying commercial carriers. (See appendix H.) According to the CBP, 36,955 bus crossings occurred in fiscal year 2006 from Mexico into the United States at the Lincoln-Juarez Bridge, where the accident motorcoach crossed. This is in addition to the other ports of entry into Texas,130 where 55,254 registered bus crossings occurred. In addition, 144,405 bus crossings occurred through California, 17,988 through Arizona,
125 NHTSA has authority over the manufacture and importation of motor vehicles to assure compliance with the FMVSSs; however, NHTSA has no authority over in-service operations and does not conduct inspections on vehicles in use. 126 Originally enacted as part of Section 108, Vehicle Safety Act. 127 M. Schmidt and R. Havelaar, Review of Canadian/Mexican Commercial Motor Vehicle Compliance With FMVSS: Final Report, Texas Transportation Institute, Texas A&M University System submission to the FMCSA (April 30, 2006), p. 71. 128 See http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/rules/import/web_complete_RI_list062609.pdf, accessed November 13, 2009. 129 See http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/cars/rules/import/FAQ%20Site/index.html, accessed November 13, 2009. 130 Texas ports of entry are El Paso, Presidio, Del Rio, Eagle Pass, Roma, Rio Grande City, McAllen, Pharr, Progreso, and Brownsville.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 49 and 2,097 through New Mexico’s ports of entry, for a total of 256,699 bus crossings occurring in the United States during fiscal year 2006. As of March 31, 2008, staffing levels at these ports of entry totaled 112 Federal inspectors and 26 state inspectors.131
At the NTSB’s public hearing, the Assistant Inspector General for Surface and Maritime Program Audits, DOT Office of Inspector General (OIG), testified that, in 2005, the OIG conducted an audit of FMCSA’s border crossing inspections and determined that insufficient staff prevented the FMCSA and state officials from inspecting passenger buses at certain designated southern border crossings. Further, in 2007, the OIG identified a major crossing in Texas where inspections could not be done during high volume holidays; thus, passenger bus carriers could avoid inspections during these periods.
U.S. Department of Commerce statistics show that a yearly average of 5,500 motorcoaches were declared for import into the United States from 2004–2008. The majority were declared by their importers as vehicles manufactured to comply with all applicable FMVSSs and certified as such by the original manufacturer.132 NHTSA regulations include a requirement that the importer of a motor vehicle (such as the owner) report the vehicle’s FMVSS conformity status on a DOT HS-7 declaration form to be presented to the CBP at the time of importation (49 CFR 591.5).
During the NTSB’s public hearing, the CBP reported that the accident motorcoach had entered the United States 28 times between September and December 2007 as part of interstate commercial passenger service (line runs averaging 2 roundtrips per week over 16 weeks) without filing a formal HS-7 declaration form. When asked whether the accident motorcoach had NHTSA approval to operate in the United States, Capricorn’s owner stated in his civil case deposition133 that it did not. He added that he did not make sure that the Volvo met the U.S. requirements, even though he knew that he would be operating the vehicle in the United States. Explaining further, he stated that the vehicle was inspected in Texas and was registered in the United States. He said that the first time the vehicle crossed the bridge from Mexico into the United States, the DOT inspected the vehicle and allowed it to continue its trip into the United States. The owner stated that he did not know why the DOT let the motorcoach pass, but he believed that meant he could operate the vehicle in the United States without the certification. When asked how he was able to operate a motorcoach purchased in Mexico within the United States, Capricorn’s owner explained his belief that the lease agreement with International, allowing use of the company’s USDOT number, permitted it.
131 ―U.S. Southern Border Crossings, Truck & Bus Entries from Mexico, FY06 (February 21, 2007)‖ and ―U.S. Southern Border Inspection Staffing (March 31, 2008),‖ (Bethesda, Maryland: Economic Data Resources, 2007–2008). 132 In addition, a few vehicles were imported on a temporary basis for purposes such as research, investigations, demonstrations, or training. According to a NHTSA posthearing submission, in the last 6 years, the agency has investigated 1,200 vehicles, resulting in the vehicles (nonspecified vehicle type) being denied entry, ordered delivered to ports of entry for exportation, or seized. 133 Oral deposition taken in the Victoria accident victim families’ civil suit, July 9, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 50 During the NTSB’s public hearing, NHTSA stated it did not know the number of non-FMVSS-compliant commercial motor vehicles operating on U.S. highways, either as part of a charter and tour or regular route operation, from Mexico or Canada. In addition, NHTSA does not have statistics reflecting how many non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles have been brought into the United States by U.S.-domiciled companies after having been purchased in another country, driven across the border, and permanently domiciled (without being declared for import) in the United States for use in interstate commerce. According to posthearing data provided by the FMCSA, 265,162 buses entered the United States at the U.S.–Mexico border (California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas ports of entry) in calendar year 2007. Of these 265,162 entries, 24,332 buses were inspected (10,832 by the states and 13,500 by the FMCSA), which accounts for 7.4 percent of the entering buses:
1.2 percent inspected at Level 1; 4.6 percent inspected at Level 3; and, 1.6 percent inspected at Level 5. The TxDPS testified during the public hearing that motorcoaches and buses enter Texas from Mexico at the passenger car border crossings, not the commercial vehicle crossings. Although there are more than 200 TxDPS personnel dedicated to border enforcement at the eight major ports of entry, all of these personnel are at the commercial vehicle crossing. The TxDPS does partner regularly with the FMCSA at the other crossing locations, but only during set ―shift‖ hours, even though motorcoaches are able to cross the border 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
During its investigation, NTSB staff traveled to the Lincoln-Juarez Bridge crossing and observed motorcoaches with both Mexico and Texas license plates entering the United States; undergoing an FMCSA inspection in conjunction with the TxDPS; and, upon passing the inspection, continuing to Houston, Texas, which is outside of the commercial zone.134 None of these motorcoaches had a visible label bearing a statement certifying FMVSS compliance. The FMCSA does not have the statutory authority to prohibit such vehicles (non-FMVSS-compliant) from entering or operating in the United States.
The current FMCSA vehicle inspection program was not developed, nor does it operate with a component part, for determining FMVSS compliance; therefore, a non-FMVSS-compliant vehicle operating outside of the commercial zone in a line run or scheduled service by a U.S.-domiciled motor carrier with state registration and license plates, such as the accident motorcoach, would not be issued an OOS order by the FMCSA.135 However, the FMVSSs explicitly establish a minimum level of motor vehicle safety in the United States, as explained by 49 CFR Part 571, which states that the
134 August 26–29, 2008, at the Laredo, Texas, border crossing, Lincoln-Juarez Bridge facility. 135 Victoria, Texas, public hearing, October 7–8, 2008, Washington, D.C. (FMCSA testimony).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 51 FMVSSs ―protect the public against unreasonable risk of accidents occurring because of the design, construction, or performance of a motor vehicle, and against unreasonable risk of death or injury in an accident, and include non-operational safety of a motor vehicle.‖ Therefore, the NTSB concludes that current Federal safety oversight programs and importation regulations pertaining to passenger commercial motor vehicles are flawed because improperly imported (that is, not declared for importation) non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches operated by U.S.-domiciled motor carriers on U.S. highways in commercial passenger service are not being identified, placed out of service, and subjected to current laws by the agencies responsible for the oversight of safety and importation: the FMCSA, NHTSA, and the CBP.
Currently, even if states put in place a process for checking FMVSS compliance, no method exists to perform that verification, short of also requiring a physical examination of each vehicle for a proper certification label (49 CFR Part 567). In addition, no processes are currently performed during roadside vehicle inspections to verify compliance with these rules, absent checking a label. Although the certification label assures 100 percent FMVSS-compliance, there are vehicles permitted to be imported that do not have a certification label. Such vehicles may be imported solely for the purposes of research, investigations, demonstrations, training, or competitive racing events. In addition, some vehicles purchased outside the United States for temporary use in the United States may not have a certification label. For example, the vehicle would be eligible for import if the owner was a member of the armed forces of a foreign country on assignment in the United States and the vehicle was being imported for temporary and personal use only. (See appendix C.) The NTSB concludes that not having an electronic FMVSS verification process available to Federal, state, and local law enforcement personnel to use during roadside vehicle inspections makes it difficult to verify whether passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles meet the FMVSSs. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop, in conjunction with the FMCSA, a Web-based database of FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles that can be utilized by Federal, state, and local enforcement inspection personnel to identify non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles so that these vehicles (other than exempted vehicles) are placed out of service and cease operating in the United States and implement a process to periodically update this database; and that the FMCSA assist NHTSA in developing and updating this database. The NTSB further recommends that when the database requested in Safety Recommendation H-09-30 is completed, NHTSA make the database known and accessible to state vehicle registration agencies and to Federal, state, and local enforcement inspection personnel for their use during both roadside inspections and compliance reviews to identify non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles. The NTSB also recommends that the FMCSA require that Federal and state inspectors utilize the database requested in Safety Recommendation H-09-37 during both roadside and compliance review inspections of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles to identify and place out of service non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles. In addition, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA institute a requirement for Federal and state enforcement officials to obtain training on a procedure to physically inspect passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles for an FMVSS compliance label, and work with the CVSA to
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 52 develop and provide this training. The NTSB further recommends that the CVSA assist the FMCSA in developing and providing this training. U.S. Performance Standards and Operational Safety Requirements for Vehicles Operating in the United States History According to the FMCSA,136 from about 1975 to 2005, the DOT believed that when a motor carrier used a commercial vehicle to transport passengers or freight into the United States, it should be construed as importation. The DOT undertook rulemakings in 2002 to establish a mechanism to ensure that Mexican carriers transporting passengers into the United States complied with importation regulations and to require that these vehicles display an FMVSS certification label. In addition, the DOT sought to introduce a definition for ―import‖ into the regulations. However, both the FMCSA’s and NHTSA’s notices of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) were withdrawn. The withdrawals137 stated that the DOT, after reviewing the public comments, determined that alternate interpretations of ―import‖ existed and that it no longer considered a foreign carrier’s simply operating a truck or bus in the United States to be ―importation.‖ Part of the justification for this change was that these vehicles would be classified strictly as instruments of international traffic (IIT), as defined by CBP regulations.138 These regulations permit a vehicle to come into the United States to bring in cargo or passengers, but once the cargo or passengers have been transferred, the vehicle would have to leave the United States and return to its country of origin. The vehicle may also take out cargo or passengers when leaving for its country of origin. Moreover, the FMCSA determined there was no need to impose a requirement for the display of a statement label certifying compliance with the FMVSS as proof. The withdrawal notice indicated that the FMCSA was not focusing on certification labels but on making sure the vehicles complied with the FMCSRs while in the United States. Foreign-Manufactured Vehicles The FMCSA’s and NHTSA’s 2005 NPRM withdrawals state that, generally, only commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) manufactured for sale or use in the United States may be registered in the United States. The NPRM withdrawal language continues that the laws and regulations concerning the importation of vehicles for sale or use effectively preclude U.S.-based motor carriers from purchasing or leasing vehicles for use in the United States unless the vehicles were originally manufactured for, or subsequently modified for, such use. Under 49 U.S.C. §30112, §30115, and §30141, and 49 CFR
136 Transcript of Victoria, Texas, public hearing, October 7–8, 2008, Washington, D.C., p. 94. 137 For further information, see Federal Register, vol. 70, no. 165 (August 26, 2005), pp. 50269– 50290, docket nos. FMCSA-01-10886 and NHTSA-2005-22197. 138 See 19 U.S.C. 1322(a) and 19 CFR 10.41, 123.14, and 123.16.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 53 Parts 567, 591, and 592, a U.S. motor carrier cannot import a vehicle manufactured in a foreign country for use in the United States unless (1) the original manufacturer certified, at the time of manufacture, that the vehicle complied with the applicable FMVSSs, or (2) a registered importer certified that the vehicle was modified to comply with applicable U.S. safety standards.139 However, as discovered in this accident, foreign- manufactured motorcoaches have been and are still being purchased by U.S.-based carriers and brought into U.S. jurisdictions and registered.
The FMCSA stated that U.S. jurisdictional registration documents could be used by Federal and state inspectors to verify a CMV’s model year and VIN and, by extension, the FMVSSs applicable to the particular CMV. However, Volvo did not manufacture the accident vehicle to meet the FMVSSs, as it was not intended for sale in the United States. Though the vehicle had undergone both Federal and state safety inspections in which inspectors had access to the VIN and Texas registration documents, no one recorded that the vehicle was not FMVSS compliant. However, a VIN alone cannot be used for FMVSS certification. This contradicts the FMCSA’s statement in its NPRM withdrawal that ―Federal and state enforcement officials conducting roadside inspections could rely on a VIN and registration in a U.S. jurisdiction as evidence of FMVSS compliance.‖ This is a loophole that the FMCSA had not addressed in its NPRM withdrawal or since to ensure that U.S. jurisdictions only register vehicles imported properly into the United States.
So, although the accident motorcoach was not presented to the CBP for import, it was purchased by a U.S. carrier as a vehicle manufactured for sale and use in a foreign country—a practice that the DOT was clear is not permitted. The FMCSA also states that motor carriers are responsible for ensuring vehicles introduced into their fleets are maintained to the safety standards of the FMCSRs, including those that cross-reference the FMVSSs. However, vehicles manufactured for sale in a foreign country that are not certified by the manufacturer for FMVSS compliance because the vehicle did not meet the FMVSSs in manufacturing or was not certified by the manufacturer or importer as having met the FMVSSs post-manufacturing, cannot be maintained to the safety standards for systems they do not possess or pass an inspection based upon maintenance of nonexistent systems or manufacturing standards. Because the FMCSA, by virtue of its own statements in the 2005 NPRM withdrawal determination, does not permit a U.S. motor carrier to purchase, import, or operate a non-FMVSS-compliant vehicle in the United States, the NTSB concludes that the accident vehicle and all other non-FMVSS-compliant buses inspected by the FMCSA should be detected during FMCSA roadside inspections and compliance reviews and subsequently reported to the proper Federal and state agencies for enforcement.
The FMCSA’s 2005 NPRM withdrawal stressed that if the FMCSA finds, during the preauthority audit140 or subsequent inspections, that a Mexico-domiciled carrier has
139 Federal Register, vol. 70, no. 165 (August 26, 2005), p. 50274. 140 Mexico-domiciled carriers seeking U.S. authority to operate in the United States under the North American Free Trade Agreement cross-border demonstration project were required to receive and pass an FMCSA safety audit before receiving provisional operating authority. The safety audit consisted of a
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 54 falsely certified its vehicles as FMVSS compliant, the FMCSA ―may use this information to deny, suspend, or revoke the carrier’s operating authority or certification of registration or issue appropriate penalties for the falsification.‖ Further, the FMCSA was very specific in its NRPM withdrawal that it must rely on a strong verification program to confirm certifications by Mexico-domiciled carriers (on the application form for FMCSA operating authority) so that they will operate only FMVSS-compliant CMVs in the United States beyond the border commercial zones. Currently, U.S.-domiciled motor carriers operating for hire do not have to certify on their OP-1(P) forms that they use only FMVSS-compliant vehicles (self-certification). This position would seem to discount the importance of FMVSS compliance, contradicting the FMCSA’s repeated statements during the NTSB’s public hearing that the FMCSRs cross-reference some FMVSSs and, therefore, that the inspections and inspection criteria evaluate the current operational safety status and ensure that motor carriers maintain the safety performance features of the vehicle and equipment. The NTSB concludes that the lack of a requirement for U.S.-domiciled carriers to certify the use of FMVSS-compliant passenger vehicles in interstate commerce has created a gap in safety oversight, allowing non-FMVSS-compliant commercial passenger vehicles to be used by U.S.-domiciled carriers on U.S. highways. This loophole is evidenced by the fact that, during the Victoria accident investigation, even when notified of the non-FMVSS-compliant accident motorcoach, the FMCSA did not pursue FMVSS certification verification. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require that passenger motor carriers certify on their OP-1(P) forms and initial MCS-150 form (Motor Carrier Identification Report [Application for USDOT Number]) and subsequent required biennial submissions that all vehicles operated, owned, or leased per trip or per term met the FMVSSs in effect at the time of manufacture. The NTSB further recommends that the FMCSA seek statutory authority to suspend, revoke, or withdraw a carrier’s operating authority upon discovering the carrier is operating any non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles, a violation of the FMVSS-compliant certification requested in Safety Recommendation H-09-40.
The Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA)141 is an international not-for-profit organization comprising local, state, provincial, territorial, and Federal motor carrier safety officials and industry representatives from the United States, Canada, and Mexico. Specially trained inspectors in each state, jurisdiction, and province inspect vehicles based on criteria created by the CVSA. CVSA inspectors are currently verifying a motor carrier’s operating authority during roadside inspections and are taking enforcement action against carriers found to be operating without authority, with inactive authority, or beyond the scope of their authority.
review of the carrier’s safety data, a review of requested motor carrier documents, vehicle inspections, and an interview session with the motor carrier’s safety official by a trained safety auditor. This demonstration project was terminated effective March 11, 2009, and the FMCSA revoked all registrations issued in connection with it. For further information on this program, see http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/spanish/english/pdfs/cb_req_eng.htm and , accessed November 13, 2009. 141 See http://www.cvsa.org/about/index.aspx, accessed September 28, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 55 Once a U.S.-domiciled passenger motor carrier has attested on its OP-1(P) form and subsequent MCS-150 forms that it will only operate an FMVSS-compliant vehicle, and NHTSA has created an FMVSS-compliance database, the compliance status of a carrier’s vehicle can be verified. Thereafter, if during the roadside inspection, a carrier’s vehicle is determined to be noncompliant, the vehicle can be placed out of service because it is being operated in violation of its operating authority. The resulting OOS order will then be directed back to the FMCSA, enabling the agency to revoke the carrier’s operating authority for operating without or beyond the scope of authority granted under the OP-1(P) and MCS-150 forms. The NTSB recommends that the CVSA revise the North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria to include passenger motor carriers discovered to be violating their operating authority by operating non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles. U.S. Vehicle Performance Standards and Regulations Although FMCSA representatives stated during the NTSB’s public hearing that the FMCSA could effectively ensure a motor carrier’s compliance with applicable FMVSSs through continued vigorous enforcement of the FMCSRs, the NTSB notes that the U.S. Government relies upon the criteria established by the FMVSSs to show that a vehicle meets minimum acceptable safety requirements during crash and other testing. Although proper maintenance helps to ensure that non-FMVSS-compliant components will not malfunction, it cannot be determined, unless independently tested or involved in a real-world crash, whether the components would meet FMVSS criteria for preventing unreasonable risk of injury or death to vehicle occupants.
Without FMVSS certification and vehicle inspections (an unlikely occurrence given the low numbers of roadside passenger commercial motor vehicle inspections performed at border crossings), no consistent or mutually supportive set of regulations or procedures ensures FMVSS compliance, which is incongruent with the intent of the Vehicle Safety Act. The Vehicle Safety Act’s language is explicit in stating that preexisting motor carrier safety regulations should not differ in substance or impose any lesser standard of performance than manufacturing standards.142 In its 2005 NPRM withdrawal, the FMCSA concluded that FMVSS certification labels were not needed and that the enforcement of the FMCSRs would ensure compliance with the FMVSSs with which they were cross-referenced. However, according to NHTSA’s public hearing testimony, an inspection cannot determine the dynamic capabilities of certain FMVSSs, and it would be very difficult to determine compliance with certain FMVSSs unless an inspector specifically looked for the certification label found inside the vehicle, which would definitively establish that the vehicle was originally manufactured to meet applicable FMVSS standards. Further, due to regulatory limitations (49 CFR 350.201[y]), unless a serious safety defect is observed, the FMCSA can only perform bus or motorcoach roadside inspections at terminals or destination stops, which include border crossings. In 2007, the FMCSA conducted only 13,500 vehicle inspections of the 265,162 total bus crossings (5.09 percent).
142 M. Schmidt and R. Havelaar, p. 80.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 56 Some FMCSRs address the current operational safety of components that wear out over the life and use of the vehicle, while others cross-reference the FMVSSs to ensure that required equipment is in place and maintained. Even though certain FMCSRs cross-reference the FMVSSs during an inspection, there are fundamental problems in relying on this system to verify FMVSS compliance. Some FMVSSs cannot be verified by FMCSRs because a visual inspection cannot detect whether the vehicle meets a performance standard—such as the 60-mph stopping distance (49 CFR 571.121 [S5.31]). Further, other FMVSS items exist that are not cross-referenced with the FMCSRs and, therefore, are not inspected, including flammability of materials, controls, and displays. Finally, although a violation of an FMCSR that happens to cross-reference an FMVSS should result in bringing that FMVSS violation to the minimum safety standard, not all FMCSR violations are serious enough to place the vehicle out of service and therefore there is no guarantee that the item will be brought to the minimum safety standard. Also, for those FMCSR violations that cross-reference the FMVSS and constitute a serious enough safety hazard to cause an OOS order, there is no system to permanently remove the vehicle from service until the problem is remedied, especially if it is a design or manufacturing issue that cannot be resolved and therefore never be made FMVSS compliant.
The statistical likelihood of a Level 1, Level 2, or Level 5 inspection occurring at a border crossing is very low (about 2.8 percent).143 The FMCSA indicated at the public hearing that its roadside inspectors who check for operational compliance with the FMCSRs are qualified to determine the performance safety of the vehicle and therefore may supersede the requirement for the vehicle to meet the NHTSA performance standards in the FMVSSs. Although the FMCSRs focus upon a company’s operating safety and vehicle maintenance, the FMVSSs are integrated into a vehicle’s manufacturing and, therefore, are also applicable to a vehicle’s everyday level of safety. This cannot be minimized by stating that the FMCSRs are a better barometer of a vehicle’s safety. The FMVSSs and FMCSRs are meant to work together; therefore, not requiring safety standards for commercial passenger vehicles defeats the purpose of these regulations. The NTSB disagrees with the FMCSA’s policy of not enforcing the requirement for passenger-carrying CMVs to display a label of certification documenting the vehicle’s compliance with all applicable motor vehicle safety standards and concludes that the FMCSA’s policy of not enforcing the requirement for passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles to display a label of certification documenting the vehicle’s compliance with all applicable motor vehicle safety standards and its failure to help identify and place out of service non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles undermine NHTSA’s efforts as a partner safety agency.
By granting a ―passing grade‖ to non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches inspected roadside at the border or during annual or periodic inspections when they do not meet the FMVSSs (easily identifiable by the lack of a certification label), such as was the case with the accident bus, the FMCSA is tacitly permitting any non-FMVSS-compliant vehicle to operate on U.S. roads.
143 FMCSA bus inspection data provided during public hearing for 2007 calendar year at the U.S. and Mexico borders.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 57 During its investigation, the NTSB discovered numerous passenger-carrying vehicles operating in commercial interstate commerce that were not manufactured to FMVSS criteria; however, they were based, registered, and operated in the United States by domestic carriers, which appears contradictory to 49 U.S.C 30112, which states:
A person may not manufacture for sale, sell, offer for sale, introduce or deliver for introduction in interstate commerce, or import in to the United States, any motor vehicle or motor vehicle equipment manufactured on or after the date an applicable motor vehicle safety standard prescribed under this chapter takes effect unless the vehicle or equipment complies with the standard and is covered by a certification…
Vehicles entering the United States from Mexico present specific difficulties in safety oversight for both the states and the FMCSA. Although the CBP inspects every vehicle for contraband, spending approximately 30 minutes per vehicle, the FMCSA does not conduct a roadside inspection of every vehicle to determine whether it complies with the FMCSRs, which are the regulations that establish safe operating and maintenance requirements for vehicles and their equipment.144 This practice leaves an enormous gap in a system meant to improve the safety of commercial vehicles and reduce crashes, injuries, and fatalities.
The CBP does not initiate an importation process for vehicles until an owner or importer declares a vehicle for importation.145 The regulations pertaining to imported vehicles state that they must either be FMVSS compliant or be brought in through the Registered Importer Program. Although some motorcoaches are currently being operated outside of the commercial zone (during cross-border line runs) by foreign-domiciled carriers under the IIT provisions, the IIT exemption has created a regulatory situation that is being exploited by U.S.-domiciled carriers.
NHTSA stated at the NTSB’s public hearing146 that it can work with the CBP, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency when it learns of vehicles being brought into the United States permanently without being declared and that do not have labels certifying compliance with applicable FMVSSs affixed by the original manufacturer. In the past, NHTSA’s Import and Certification Division has taken action upon learning that imported, noncompliant motorcoaches were being operated in the United States, including seizing noncompliant motorcoaches.
144 Only 7.4 percent of motorcoaches entering the United States were stopped in 2007 for inspection, with only 1.2 percent of those motorcoaches receiving an inspection sufficient to detect potential problems with FMCSR items that cross-reference the FMVSSs. 145 A vehicle owner or importer must declare the vehicle for importation to the CBP within 15 days of the vehicle’s being brought into the United States. 146 Victoria, Texas, public hearing, October 7–8, 2008, Washington, D.C.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 58 Well-established law and regulation147 require that all vehicles, including motorcoaches, operate in the United States only with appropriate certification provided by their original or final-stage manufacturers or by their importers. The NTSB concludes that current DOT policy allowing the FMCSA to cross-reference the FMVSSs during a vehicle’s inspection and, if the vehicle is not placed out of service, accept that as evidence of adherence to FMVSS performance standards, is faulty based on the FMCSRs’ lack of performance testing during a vehicle inspection. Given the low likelihood of a full vehicle inspection at the U.S.–Mexico border crossings, there is no guarantee of adherence to the FMVSSs or of disincentives for not doing so, such as penalties. The NTSB recommends that the DOT direct NHTSA and the FMCSA to work in conjunction with the CBP to develop and implement a process to detect motor carriers that are currently operating non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches or other passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles, other than exempted vehicles, in the United States (outside of the commercial zone), and when such vehicles are detected, to ensure that the FMCSA has the authority to place such vehicles out of service and require that these motor carriers cease operating those vehicles in commercial interstate passenger service or face revocation of their operating authority. The NTSB also recommends that the CBP assist the DOT in developing a process to detect and report to the DOT information on motor carriers identified during its border crossing inspections of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles to be currently operating non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles, other than exempted vehicles, in the United States (outside of the commercial zone), and assist the Department in ensuring such vehicles are placed out of service and requiring these motor carriers cease operating those vehicles in commercial interstate passenger service. Federal Importation Definitions In 1975, NHTSA interpreted 49 U.S.C. 30112 (Vehicle Safety Act) as applying to all vehicles entering the United States. This law prohibits a motor vehicle from being placed into interstate commerce or imported into the United States unless it is certified as complying with the FMVSSs applicable at the time of manufacture. NHTSA also explained that the Vehicle Safety Act’s prohibition against noncomplying vehicles entering the United States is similar to laws against contraband.148
NHTSA’s 2005 NPRM was focused on whether the word ―import,‖ as used in the statute, necessarily applied to commercial motor vehicles that are used temporarily in the
147 Title 49 CFR Parts 591-593, 49 U.S.C 30112A and 30115, and SAFETEA-LU Section 4139(c). NHTSA’s 2002 NPRM on FMVSS certification (Federal Register, vol. 67, no. 53 [March 19, 2002], pp. 12789–12797) stated: ―Neither the statute nor any agency regulation exempts commercial vehicles domiciled in Canada or Mexico from the requirement that the vehicles must have been manufactured to meet the FMVSSs in order to be imported into the United States.‖ 148 NHTSA’s 2002 NPRM on FMVSS labeling (docket no. 02-11593) stated, ―In particular, we believe that the Vehicle Safety Act’s prohibition on the importation of non-complying vehicles is analogous to contraband laws that prohibit the importation of dangerous items.‖ The CBP website http://www.cbp.gov/xp/cgov/trade/basic_trade/importing_car.xml, accessed September 29, 2009, states, ―Vehicles entering the United States that do not conform with U.S. safety standards must be brought into compliance, exported, or destroyed.‖
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 59 United States and subject to an alternative regulatory program designed to ensure the vehicles operate safely while on U.S. roads. NHTSA pointed to the U.S. Customs classification of such vehicles as ―instruments of international commerce,‖ as there is no NHTSA definition of the term ―import.‖ Therefore, in its 2005 NPRM, NHTSA evaluated three separate issues when reviewing the 1975 interpretation, as follows:
- The language of the Vehicle Safety Act and Congressional intent;
- A reevaluation of existing case law relevant to the use of the term ―import‖
outside of the context of tariff law to see whether and how other statutes defined the term; and
- Additional factors and interpretations not taken into account in 1975.
As a result, NHTSA withdrew its 1975 interpretation altogether and decided against placing a definition of the term ―import‖ in the CFR after concluding that creating a new regulation to define the term serves no regulatory function and was unnecessary for motor vehicle safety. NHTSA also determined that its previous interpretation of the importation restriction on noncertified foreign-domiciled commercial motor carriers may be overly encompassing and place unreasonable restrictions on foreign-based motor carriers.149 The NPRM explained that since 1926, courts have consistently held that in tariff cases, unless it clearly appears that Congress intended otherwise, the term ―importation‖ means the bringing of goods within the jurisdictional limits of the United States with the intent to unlade. The courts have given deference to a Treasury Department ruling cited in Estate of Levi H. Pritchard v. United States,150 which states,
If coming into this country temporarily as carriers of passengers or merchandise, they (vessels) are not subject to customs entry or the payment of duty, but if brought into the United States permanently they are to be considered and treated as imported merchandise.
The court said that the question as to whether a vessel is brought into the United States ―permanently‖ must be determined on the basis of intent.
NHTSA went on to state that when the Vehicle Safety Act was enacted, the U.S. Customs regulations 1963 Tariff Schedule151 was in effect, which specifically excluded commercial motor vehicles from entry requirements so long as the vehicles did not engage in local traffic in the United States. This exclusion was adopted as part of the implementation of the Tariff Act of 1930, which provided that
Vehicles and other instruments of international traffic, of any class specified by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be granted the customary exceptions from the application of customs laws to such extent and subject
149 NHTSA’s NPRM withdrawal notice did not specifically discuss U.S.-based carriers operating noncompliant vehicles. 150 Federal Register, vol. 67, no. 53 (March 19, 2002), pp. 12782–12787, docket no. FMCSA-01- 10886 (p. 50286). Case 43 CCPA 85, 87-88, CAD612 (1956). 151 Federal Register, vol. 28 (December 31, 1963), p. 14663.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 60 to terms and conditions as may be prescribed in regulations or instructions of the Secretary of the Treasury [19 U.S.C 1322(a)].
Using this argument, NHTSA stated that when the Vehicle Safety Act was passed, foreign-domiciled commercial motor vehicles were not subject to entry under the existing Tariff Schedule, therefore ―prohibition on allowing non-compliant commercial motor vehicles into the United States could not be enforced at the border without significantly amending those regulations in a manner inconsistent with the Tariff Act of 1930.‖
However, the Victoria accident vehicle was owned and operated by a U.S-domiciled motor carrier; thus, the vehicle and others brought into the United States by the same method and by U.S.-domiciled motor carriers do not fall under the intent of the Tariff Schedule. Further, U.S. Customs regulations currently provide that buses or motorcoaches in international traffic shall not be treated as imported (19 CFR 10.41[a]), and can be admitted without formal entry of the payment of duty (19 CFR 123.14[a]), but only if the vehicle is owned by a foreign-domiciled carrier.
The operator/owner of a vehicle can be established during inspections by several methods already in place, such as through the U.S. insurance paperwork that must be submitted to the FMCSA and carried in the vehicle, the U.S. jurisdictional registration carried in the vehicle, and the FMCSA’s MC number on the vehicle. In addition, the driver’s logs can establish whether a vehicle is engaged in transporting passengers in interstate commerce outside of a commercial zone. In combination, these factors can establish that the vehicle belongs to a U.S.-domiciled carrier; therefore, a vehicle manufactured outside of the United States should meet the FMVSSs and have been properly imported.
The Victoria accident vehicle was not used on a temporary basis; it was purchased by the owner of a U.S.-based motor carrier to conduct a scheduled regular route (―line run‖) weekly between Houston, Texas, and Monterrey, Mexico. The NTSB was unable to interview the owner of the vehicle to ask specifically why he purchased vehicles in Mexico that were not FMVSS compliant, as he was unavailable for medical reasons. However, company documents uncovered during the NTSB’s investigation determined that the accident vehicle was purchased new in Mexico at a cost of $211,809 (USD) although comparable new motorcoaches for sale in the United States that meet the FMVSSs are typically sold for about $450,000. The owner took advantage of the administrative loophole in California IRP registration and subsequently obtained Texas registration, avoiding the verification of FMVSS compliance in order to obtain registration, the benefit of which was to avoid alerting inspection and enforcement personnel to the vehicle’s weekly regular route into and out of Mexico and avoiding receiving additional violations and fines, such as the ticket issued by the TxDPS for not having a U.S. license plate outside of the commercial zone in October 2006. As a result of obtaining U.S. jurisdictional license plates and registration, the accident vehicle was not checked for compliance with the FMVSSs, but only inspected for FMCSR operational safety on six occasions, though the vehicle made multiple trips, including at
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 61 least 28 trips into and out of Mexico and beyond the commercial zone during the approximately 4 months from September–December 2007.
Complicating the issue of importation is that the CBP considers the terms ―import‖ and ―importation‖ to be as defined in the 1975 NHTSA interpretation, which states that ―importation‖ is ―bringing an article into the country from the outside‖ and ―as merchandise that has been brought within the limits of a port of entry from a foreign country.‖ However, NHTSA eliminated this definition in its 2005 NPRM withdrawal. As a result, and as evidenced by the NTSB’s investigation and the testimony from the FMCSA, NHTSA, and the CBP during the public hearing, no uniform, cohesive definition exists for an imported vehicle between the three Federal agencies charged with the importation oversight of commercial passenger-carrying vehicles.
The CBP initially determined, according to CBP’s regulations,152 that the motorcoach involved in the January 2, 2008, accident was not ―imported‖ because it qualified as an ―instrument of international traffic‖ under 19 CFR 10.41.153 The CBP further stated that other possible exceptions to the importation rules may have applied to the accident vehicle because it was considered a vehicle used in ―international traffic‖ and Congress exempted certain vehicles from the application of U.S. Customs laws if such vehicles were engaged in international traffic (19 U.S.C.§1322). This statute, as implemented by 19 CFR 123.14, states that foreign-based vehicles engaged in international traffic may be admitted without formal entry. However, qualifying criteria for the international traffic exception can be found in 49 CFR 123.14(c) and 123.16(b) for vehicles used in ―local traffic.”154 The CBP noted that section 12.80 of the FMVSSs provides an exception to importation regulations for ―foreign-based‖ vehicles only, which was established to allow foreign-based carriers to operate in the United States on a
152 Numerous other sections of 19 CFR pertain to this vehicle and whether it was considered imported. The CBP determined that the definition of interstate commerce in 19 U.S.C. 1308 would not have been applicable to the accident vehicle. Interstate commerce, as defined in 19 U.S.C. 1308, is only applicable to the prohibition on importation of dog and cat fur products and would not apply to buses being used as instruments of international traffic, as referenced in 19 CFR 10.41(a). 153 Title 19 CFR 10.41 states: ―(a) locomotives and other railroad equipment, trucks, buses, taxicabs, and other vehicles used in international traffic shall be subject to the treatment provided for in part 123 of this chapter.‖ “Part 123.16 Entry of returning trucks, buses, or taxicabs in international traffic. (a) Admission without entry or payment of duty. Trucks, buses and taxicabs, whether of foreign or domestic origin, taking out merchandise or passengers for hire or leaving empty for the purpose of bringing back merchandise or passengers for hire shall on their return to the United States be admitted without formal entry or the payment of duty upon their identity being established by state registration cards.‖ 154 49 CFR 123.14(c) and 123.16(b) state: ―Foreign based trucks, buses, and taxicabs admitted under this section shall not engage in local traffic in the United States…[However] The vehicle may carry merchandise or passengers between points in the United States if the carriage is incidental to the immediately prior or subsequent engagement of that vehicle in international traffic. Trucks, buses and taxicabs in use in international traffic, which may include the incidental carrying of merchandise or passengers for hire between points in a foreign country, or between points in this country, shall be admitted under this section. However, such vehicles taken abroad for commercial use between points in a foreign country, otherwise than in the course of their use in international traffic, shall be considered to have been exported for and must be regularly entered on return.‖
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 62 limited or short-term basis and then return to their home country, such as in the case of charter tours or privately owned vehicles not in commerce.155
Based on a review of investigative information provided by the NTSB, the CBP has reconsidered its position regarding the accident motorcoach’s import status.156 The CBP states, ―Evidence provided to CBP following the investigation by the NTSB shows a clear intent on the part of the owner of the motorcoach to circumvent CBP’s laws,‖ further stating that
As long as an operator has demonstrated the intention to establish a vehicle’s base of operations and operate out of that location, and presents sufficient evidence to support that intention, CBP will generally point to that location as being the vehicle’s base of operations. The preponderance of evidence provided to us in this case clearly indicates an intention on the part of the motorcoach’s owner to establish its base of operations in the United States.
Consequently, the provisions found in Title 19 Code of Federal Regulations, section 123.14 (19 CFR 123.14) governing the use of foreign-based vehicles as instruments of international traffic (IIT) and their attendant exemption from the customs laws do not apply in this instance. Furthermore, the purchase of the bus, as reflected in documentary evidence provided, would have necessitated the making of a formal entry upon the vehicle’s initial arrival in the United States, something which did not occur. The burden of making an entry is placed upon the importer and failure to do so subjects the importer to an assessment of a penalty.
On November 13, 2009, NHTSA informed the NTSB that, based upon CBP’s decision that the accident motorcoach owner intended to establish its base of operations within the United States and that the accident motorcoach should have been presented to the CBP for formal entry (import), NHTSA is considering whether enforcement action against the motorcoach owner is warranted. Although the CBP has determined, in this case, that the accident motorcoach should have been declared for import by Capricorn’s owner (and thereby the NTSB believes this determination would apply to the other 2005 and two 2008 Volvo motorcoaches that Capricorn operated), such decisions are made on a case-by-case basis. A disconnect exists between the definition of interstate commerce in 49 CFR 390.5 (b), upon which the FMCSA bases its enforcement actions, and the
155 Section 12.80 of the CFR states ―(b) Requirements for entry and release. (1) Unless the requirement for filing is waived by the port director as provided for in paragraph (f) of this section, each vehicle or equipment item offered for introduction into the Customs territory of the United States shall be denied entry unless the importer or consignee files with the entry a declaration, in duplicate, which declares or affirms one of the following: (f) Waiver of declaration requirements. The requirement that declaration be filed under paragraph (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), or (b)(1)(v) of this section as a condition to the introduction of a vehicle or equipment item into the Customs territory of the United States may be waived by the port director for a United States, Canadian, or Mexican registered vehicle arriving via land borders.‖ 156 CBP letter (regarding import status of accident vehicle) to NTSB, September 4, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 63 definition of interstate commerce found in 19 CFR 12.80, upon which the CBP bases its enforcement actions, which has led to the loophole currently being taken advantage of by some passenger motor carriers, as was discovered during the Victoria, Texas, accident investigation.
The NTSB believes that if the CBP integrated the definition from 49 CFR 390.5 into the CBP regulations, it could utilize that information when inspecting vehicles at border crossings to determine whether foreign-manufactured vehicles being operated by U.S.-domiciled companies with destinations outside of the commercial zone should be FMVSS compliant and declared for import during entry. A CBP officer, upon determining that a vehicle is not FMVSS compliant and has not yet been through the importation process, could then prevent the vehicle from entering the United States until it is declared.157 Further, if a vehicle has not entered through the proper importation process before or cannot provide documentation of compliance with the FMVSS standards set forth in Title 49 CFR, the CBP could, with cause, seize the vehicle for failure to declare. The NTSB concludes that the lack of a uniform, coherent definition for what constitutes an imported vehicle, in addition to a definition-of-use loophole in the NHTSA, FMCSA and CBP regulations, has allowed some U.S.-domiciled motor carriers to effectively bypass the importation laws and inspection processes established to verify conformance with the FMVSSs and register their Mexican-manufactured vehicles within the United States. Currently, this is the only class of commercial and private vehicle able to make use of this safety loophole. The NTSB therefore recommends that the CBP incorporate the definition of interstate commerce from 49 CFR 390.5 into 19 CFR 12.80 in order to provide a uniform, coherent definition for what constitutes an imported vehicle.
157 If the vehicle owner can provide the documents necessary to indicate the bus has made entry under the importation process, the vehicle can continue.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 64 Conclusions Findings
- Weather was not a factor in this accident, nor were any highway defects found that
would have caused or contributed to the accident.
Although the vehicle did not meet the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs), the mechanical condition of the accident motorcoach was not a factor in this accident.
The cause of the unrestrained passengers’ injuries was their striking objects and other passengers inside the motorcoach, as well as their partial ejections from the motorcoach windows on the right side, most of which occurred when the motorcoach overturned.
Although the driver’s toxicological testing results were negative for alcohol and drug use and it was unlikely that the driver was under the influence of alcohol or drugs, the company’s delay in collecting toxicological specimens prevents the National Transportation Safety Board from conclusively ruling out alcohol use as a factor in this accident.
The motorcoach driver fell asleep and partially drifted out of his travel lane.
Upon regaining awareness after partially drifting off the roadway, the accident driver overcorrected his steering, causing a loss of control of the motorcoach.
Since the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s fatigue video was created in 2000, scientific understanding of fatigue and fatigue countermeasures has improved, as well as distribution methods available for communicating this type of information, to include the Internet, which has the potential to reach even more commercial drivers.
International Charter Services, Inc., failed to maintain operational control and safety oversight of Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc.’s, operations, including its drivers and vehicles, as required by the safety certification completed by International Charter Services, Inc., in its operating authority application (Form OP-1[P], Application for Motor Passenger Carrier Authority [section 4]).
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration had the authority to conduct a compliance review of Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc., but did not, thereby failing to assign the appropriate safety rating for an ―at-risk‖ carrier to a carrier with serious safety violations.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 65
- The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, by its tacit approval of lease
agreements for interstate passenger carriers that are broader in scope than the equipment leases regulated for cargo carriers, in effect provides a lower level of safety oversight to motor carriers that transport passengers than to those that transport cargo.
Because the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration was aware during International Charter Services, Inc.’s, postaccident compliance review that regular route service was being provided regularly without International’s having applied for this type of operating certificate, and therefore the carrier was operating beyond its scope of authority, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration should have taken enforcement action as required by the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act.
Some motor carriers are circumventing the legitimate corporate succession processes established in 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 365 by reapplying for Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration interstate operating authority through the New Entrant Safety Assurance Process, a loophole that may permit unsafe passenger motor carriers to transfer operating rights to newly established motor carriers that may otherwise be prevented by 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 365.
The current Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration compliance review process does not effectively identify unsafe motor carriers and prevent them from operating.
Until the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration consistently enforces out-of-service orders, the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program will be unsuccessful in screening for and vetting carriers with a history of poor safety management controls that attempt to reenter interstate passenger operations as reincarnated carriers.
There is no effective program or process currently in place to identify reincarnated carriers that reentered interstate passenger operations through the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program before the August 2008 implementation of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s New Applicant Screening Process.
Without clear and specific guidance on appropriate lease agreements between OP-1(P) certificate holders and companies providing equipment for charters or regular route service, noncertificated companies could still be performing most, if not all, of the functions of an interstate passenger-carrying operator without regulatory oversight.
When the owner of Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc., failed to declare importation of the accident vehicle with the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency upon entering the United States and subsequently obtained vehicle registration using a loophole in California’s International Registration Plan program, he intentionally bypassed Federal and state requirements for an imported vehicle to comply with the FMVSSs.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 66
- Because many non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches found during this investigation
still display U.S. jurisdictional (state) registrations and license plates, inspectors and law enforcement personnel do not have cause to suspect such vehicles of not conforming with Federal law.
Some states lack conformity when verifying FMVSS compliance during International Registration Plan-apportioned vehicle registrations, permitting U.S.-domiciled companies to operate non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles daily throughout the United States.
Current Federal safety oversight programs and importation regulations pertaining to passenger commercial motor vehicles are flawed because improperly imported (that is, not declared for importation) non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches operated by U.S.-domiciled motor carriers on U.S. highways in commercial passenger service are not being identified, placed out of service, and subjected to current laws by the agencies responsible for the oversight of safety and importation: the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, and the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency.
Not having an electronic FMVSS verification process available to Federal, state, and local law enforcement personnel to use during roadside vehicle inspections makes it difficult to verify whether passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles meet the FMVSSs.
The accident vehicle and all other non-FMVSS-compliant buses inspected by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration should be detected during Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration roadside inspections and compliance reviews and subsequently reported to the proper Federal and state agencies for enforcement.
The lack of a requirement for U.S.-domiciled carriers to certify the use of FMVSS-compliant passenger vehicles in interstate commerce has created a gap in safety oversight, allowing non-FMVSS-compliant commercial passenger vehicles to be used by U.S.-domiciled carriers on U.S. highways.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s policy of not enforcing the requirement for passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles to display a label of certification documenting the vehicle’s compliance with all applicable motor vehicle safety standards and its failure to help identify and place out of service non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles undermine the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s efforts as a partner safety agency.
Current U.S. Department of Transportation policy allowing the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration to cross-reference the FMVSSs during a vehicle’s inspection and, if the vehicle is not placed out of service, accept that as evidence of adherence to FMVSS performance standards, is faulty based on the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations’ lack of performance testing during a vehicle inspection.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 67
- The lack of a uniform, coherent definition for what constitutes an imported vehicle, in
addition to a definition-of-use loophole in National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency regulations, has allowed some U.S.-domiciled motor carriers to effectively bypass the importation laws and inspection processes established to verify conformance with the FMVSSs and register their Mexican-manufactured vehicles within the United States. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the driver’s falling asleep, which caused him to partially drift off the road, resulting in oversteer corrections when the driver regained awareness, and subsequent vehicle loss of control and overturn. Contributing to the severity of the unrestrained passengers’ injuries was their striking objects and other passengers inside the motorcoach, as well as the partial ejections that occurred when the motorcoach overturned during the accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 68 Recommendations New Recommendations As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations:
To the Department of Transportation:
Direct the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration to work in conjunction with the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency to develop and implement a process to detect motor carriers that are currently operating non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches or other passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles, other than exempted vehicles, in the United States (outside of the commercial zone), and when such vehicles are detected, to ensure that the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration has the authority to place such vehicles out of service and require that these motor carriers cease operating those vehicles in commercial interstate passenger service or face revocation of their operating authority. (H-09-29)
To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration:
Develop, in conjunction with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, a Web-based database of FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles that can be utilized by Federal, state, and local enforcement inspection personnel to identify non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles so that these vehicles (other than exempted vehicles) are placed out of service and cease operating in the United States. Implement a process to periodically update this database. (H-09-30)
When the database requested in Safety Recommendation H-09-30 is completed, make the database known and accessible to state vehicle registration agencies and to Federal, state, and local enforcement inspection personnel for their use during roadside inspections and compliance reviews to identify non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles. (H-09-31)
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Update and redistribute your ―Driver Fatigue Video‖ to include current information on fatigue and fatigue countermeasures and make the video
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 69 available electronically. Implement a plan to regularly update and redistribute the video. (H-09-32)
Revise 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 376 to require that passenger motor carriers are subject to the same limitations on the leasing of equipment as interstate for-hire motor carriers of cargo. (H-09-33)
Seek statutory authority to deny or revoke operating authority for commercial interstate motor carriers found to have applications for operating authority in which the applicant failed to disclose any prior operating relationship with another motor carrier, operating as another motor carrier, or being previously assigned a U.S. Department of Transportation number. (H-09-34)
Apply the evasion detection algorithm process against all interstate passenger carriers that obtained Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration operating authority, after the New Entrant Safety Assurance Program began in 2003 but before the program began vetting those carriers, to verify that those new entrant carriers do not have a concealed history of poor safety management controls because they were able to reenter interstate commerce undetected as reincarnated carriers. (H-09-35)
Establish a requirement to review all passenger carrier lease agreements during new entrant safety audits and compliance reviews to identify and take action against carriers that have lease agreements that result in a loss of operational control by the certificate holder. (H-09-36)
Assist the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in developing a Web-based database of FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles that can be utilized by Federal, state, and local enforcement inspection personnel to identify non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles so that these vehicles (other than exempted vehicles) are placed out of service and cease operating in the United States. Implement a process to periodically update this database. (H-09-37)
Require that Federal and state inspectors utilize the database requested in Safety Recommendation H-09-37 during both roadside and compliance review inspections of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles to identify and place out of service non-FMVSS-compliant vehicles. (H-09-38)
Institute a requirement for Federal and state enforcement officials to obtain training on a procedure to physically inspect passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles for an FMVSS compliance label, and work
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 70 with the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance to develop and provide this training. (H-09-39)
Require that passenger motor carriers certify on their OP-1(P) forms (Application for Motor Passenger Carrier Authority) and initial MCS-150 form (Motor Carrier Identification Report [Application for USDOT Number]) and subsequent required biennial submissions that all vehicles operated, owned, or leased per trip or per term met the FMVSSs in effect at the time of manufacture. (H-09-40)
Seek statutory authority to suspend, revoke, or withdraw a motor carrier’s operating authority upon discovering the carrier is operating any non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles, a violation of the FMVSS-compliant certification requested in Safety Recommendation H-09-40. (H-09-41)
To the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency:
Assist the U.S. Department of Transportation in developing a process to detect and report to the Department of Transportation information on motor carriers identified during your border crossing inspections of passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles to be currently operating non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles, other than exempted vehicles, in the United States (outside of the commercial zone), and assist the Department in ensuring such vehicles are placed out of service and requiring these motor carriers cease operating those vehicles in commercial interstate passenger service. (H-09-42)
Incorporate the definition of interstate commerce from 49 Code of Federal Regulations 390.5 into 19 Code of Federal Regulations 12.80 in order to provide a uniform, coherent definition for what constitutes an imported vehicle. (H-09-43)
To the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators:
Assist the International Registration Plan, Inc., in developing and distributing to the states and the District of Columbia a model policy for verifying that newly registered passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles are certified as having complied with the appropriate FMVSSs in effect at the time of manufacture, as referenced in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 567. (H-09-44)
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 71 To International Registration Plan, Inc.:
In conjunction with the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, develop and distribute to the states and the District of Columbia, a model policy, within the International Registration Plan registration process, for verifying that newly registered passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles are certified as having complied with the appropriate FMVSSs in effect at the time of manufacture, as referenced in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 567. (H-09-45)
Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance:
Revise the North American Standard Out-of-Service Criteria to include passenger motor carriers discovered to be violating their operating authority by operating non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles. (H-09-46)
Work with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration to develop and provide training on a procedure for Federal and state enforcement officials to physically inspect passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles for an FMVSS compliance label. (H-09-47)
Previously Issued Recommendation Reiterated in This Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following safety recommendation:
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
To protect the traveling public until completion of the Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 Initiative, immediately issue an Interim Rule to include all Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in the current compliance review process so that all violations of regulations are reflected in the calculation of a carrier’s final rating. (H-07-3)
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 72 Previously Issued Recommendation Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates and reclassifies Safety Recommendation H-99-6. This recommendation, previously classified ―Open—Acceptable Response,‖ is reclassified ―Open—Unacceptable Response.‖
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Change the safety fitness rating methodology so that adverse vehicle or driver performance-based data alone are sufficient to result in an overall unsatisfactory rating for a carrier. (H-99-6)
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: December 8, 2009
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 73 Appendix A Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified of the Victoria, Texas, accident on January 2, 2008. An investigative team was dispatched with members from the Washington, D.C.; Denver, Colorado; Gardena, California; and Arlington, Texas, offices. Groups were established to investigate human performance factors; motor carrier operations; and highway, vehicle, and survival factors.
Participating in the investigation were representatives of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the Texas Department of Public Safety (TxDPS), the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Volvo de Mexico División Autobuses, Prevost (a subsidiary of Volvo Bus Corporation), and Bendix Commercial Vehicle Systems. Public Hearing The NTSB held a public hearing on this accident on October 7–8, 2008, in Washington, D.C. NTSB Chairman Deborah A.P. Hersman presided over the hearing. The issues presented at the hearing included safety concerns related to the accident motorcoach and other similar passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicles not built in compliance with the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs) that enter from Mexico, register and obtain U.S. jurisdictional license plates, and consequently operate permanently in commercial passenger-carrying service in the United States. In addition, the public hearing addressed the processes involved in the registration of non-FMVSS-compliant motorcoaches by two U.S. jurisdictions (states of California and Texas); Federal, state, and local agency policies regarding cross border operations of U.S. motorcoach operators; the International Registration Plan; and the identification, during state and Federal roadside inspections, of non-FMVSS-compliant passenger-carrying vehicles that operate in interstate commercial passenger service by a U.S-domiciled carrier.
NTSB investigators were members of the technical panel. Parties to the public hearing included the U.S. Department of Transportation Office of Inspector General, Office of Surface and Maritime Program Audits; U.S. Department of Homeland Security Customs and Border Protection Agency (CBP); FMCSA; National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA); Prevost/Volvo de Mexico División Autobuses; American Bus Association; United Motorcoach Association; and International Registration Plan, Inc. Witnesses who participated in the hearing included representatives from the following organizations: the U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 74 Inspector General, Assistant Inspector General for Surface and Maritime Program Audits; CBP; FMCSA; NHTSA; state of California Department of Motor Vehicles; TxDPS; TxDOT; 5 Star Specialty Programs (a division of Crump Insurance Services); and IRP, Inc.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 75 Appendix B Computer Simulation Study Although the physical evidence in this case included several feet of tire marks indicating the path of the motorcoach (report figure 1) from where it departed the left side of the roadway to the point of rollover, there was no physical evidence indicating the path of the vehicle before the tire marks began. Further, following the accident, the driver provided several differing statements regarding his actions before the accident. Therefore, to learn more about the motions of the motorcoach prior to its departure from the roadway, NTSB staff conducted a series of simulations using the TruckSim program from Mechanical Simulation.
The primary issues addressed by the simulation data presented in this study concern the motion of the motorcoach and the driver’s steering actions before the vehicle departed the roadway. Vehicle parameters used to model the accident motorcoach in the simulations—such as brakes, tires, steering, suspension, and inertia—were based on actual vehicle data received from the manufacturer. Simulation results were compared to the physical evidence gathered on scene during the investigation. Motorcoach Modeling Software Motorcoach dynamics were modeled using TruckSim simulation software. This software is widely used by industry to model three-dimensional tractor-trailer, truck, and motorcoach responses to driver inputs, terrain, and external inputs, such as wind. TruckSim is a robust model that can model a variety of suspension and tire characteristics, including both linear and nonlinear properties. Further, terrain geometry can be entered directly into TruckSim to model the tire/ground interaction more accurately. TruckSim can also provide visualizations of simulation results and of performing hardware-in-the-loop simulations. Vehicle Parameters The following vehicle parameters for the model bus involved in the accident, a 2005 Volvo Model 9700, 47-passenger motorcoach manufactured in Tultitlan, Mexico, were obtained from Volvo and used in the simulations: Suspension properties; Steering properties; Tire force versus slip data (both longitudinal and lateral) for the original equipment manufacturer’s tires (Michelin 295/80 XZA1);
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 76 Vehicle weights for both loaded and unloaded configurations; Moments of inertia for the unladen vehicle; and Approximations of moments of inertia for the accident loading condition. For the loaded condition, Volvo assumed a 190 pounds-per-passenger load with 47 passengers. The accident bus was modeled using the default two-axle truck from the TruckSim database. The suspension, tire, steering, inertial, and weight properties of the vehicle were modified to more closely approximate the data provided by Volvo. Braking Data The motorcoach was equipped with disk brakes controlled by an electronic braking system with integral antilock braking system (ABS) functionality. The ABS was modeled using the default ABS model in TruckSim. Data for the accident vehicle’s disk brakes were obtained from Meritor Wabco and used to model brake torques in the simulations. Road Geometry and Physical Data The road and terrain geometry used in the simulations was based on survey data gathered at the scene during the investigation (report figure 1). Included in the survey data were approximately 339 feet of tire marks from the bus. The tire marks began just before the point at which the bus departed the roadway and continued up to the point of rollover. The final several feet of these tire marks contained diagonal striation marks, which are characteristic of a vehicle that is rotating or yawing while making the marks.
The physical evidence indicated that, after overturning onto its right side, the bus slid approximately 112 feet before coming to rest and that the radius of the tire marks (yaw marks) immediately preceding the rollover was between 225 and 300 feet. The track of the bus immediately before the accident was a 1,000-foot, 3.5-degree, left-hand curve. Road and Terrain Friction Input To account for uncertainties, the tire/ground coefficients of friction for the road surface and grassy median were evaluated over a wide range of values.1 The range of values used to simulate the road surface friction was from 0.65–0.85. The range of values used to simulate the grassy median was from 0.40–0.65.
1 Because braking capability was limited by the available brake torque and cornering during the maneuver, the coefficients of friction did not greatly impact speed estimates over the ranges discussed here.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 77 Driver Behavior Driver steering control is represented within the TruckSim model by a closed-loop driver model that mimics basic preview path-following behavior. The model ―looks ahead‖ at the upcoming path and attempts to steer in a manner to cause the vehicle to follow the path. The driver model reacts to any external disturbances (such as crosswinds and road slope) by steering the vehicle in a corrective manner, within its limits. Open-Loop Controller TruckSim also has a built-in open-loop vehicle controller, which allows the user to specify all the normal functions provided by a driver—steering, braking, throttle, automatic transmission mode, gear setting, and clutch control—by entering these values in tables. In this study, the open-loop controller was used to steer the vehicle along the accident vehicle trajectory as indicated by the tire marks. Simulation Results Criteria Used to Evaluate Simulation Results In this accident, the motorcoach overturned onto its side and slid for approximately 112 feet before coming to rest. TruckSim software is not designed to model contact between the ground and the body of the vehicle and, therefore, the simulations were stopped at the point of rollover. Simulation results were considered to be consistent with the physical evidence if the simulated vehicle’s trajectory up to the point of rollover correlated with the physical evidence and any one of the following conditions were met: The simulation predicted wheel lift at any single wheel position at the point where the physical evidence indicated that rollover occurred. The vehicle was traveling at least 36 mph when it reached the point of rollover. The vehicle attained a minimum lateral acceleration greater than 0.46 just before rollover.2 These criteria account for earlier calculations performed by the Office of Highway Safety,3 which indicated that the static rollover threshold was approximately
2 To account for uncertainties, the rollover threshold for lateral acceleration was lowered to 0.46 g.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 78 0.56 g and that the bus was traveling approximately 36 mph when it began sliding on its side.4 In general, these broader criteria reduced the lower limit of the speed range below what it would have been using stricter criteria, such as requiring a two-wheel lift. However, simulation results indicated that requiring a two-wheel lift in the simulations might rule out certain situations which, with small changes in steering, would result in two-wheel lift. Using these criteria also helped account for uncertainty in limit behavior of vehicle components by giving the driver the benefit of the doubt. Contribution of Speed to Initial Loss of Control The overall results of the simulations indicate that for the motorcoach to have traveled the accident vehicle’s trajectory, a large steering input to the left had to precede the departure of the motorcoach from the road. This type of steering maneuver would be consistent with the motorcoach’s initially drifting off the roadway onto the right shoulder and the driver’s overcorrecting as he attempted to steer back onto the roadway. It is not consistent with a scenario in which the vehicle initially drifted off the left side of the roadway because the driver fell asleep or was incapacitated.
The results of the simulations indicated a speed in the range of 65–73 mph. To study how speed contributed to the initial loss of control, a series of simulations was conducted. In the simulations, a motorcoach (traveling on the right shoulder of the roadway) was subjected to a left steering input similar to the driver’s attempt to steer off the right shoulder as calculated to model the driver’s overcorrection. Immediately following the steering input, the driver model attempted to steer the vehicle down the middle of the roadway.
Two different speeds were evaluated as part of this study: 65 mph, which was the posted speed limit, and 76 mph, which was the maximum speed calculated from a previous study. Driver steering control in the simulations was represented by a driver preview time of 1.5 seconds, which is commonly used to represent human behavior, and a driver lag time of 0.15 second, which is typically used to represent the neuromuscular delay in human response.5
At both 65 and 76 mph, the driver model was able to maintain control of the vehicle on the roadway. The results of the maximum lateral accelerations and lateral movement are shown in table B-1:
3 Highway Factors Group Analysis Report of Investigation, Victoria, Texas, January 2, 2008 (HWY-08-MH-011). 4 This criterion is based on the distance that the motorcoach slid on its side, 112 feet, and a deceleration rate of approximately 0.4 g, which is based on data for a bus sliding on pavement. 5 See the TruckSim simulation software reference manual.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 79 Table B-1. Results of steering manuever.
Maximum Lateral Peak Lateral Accelerations Speed (mph) Movement (feet) First Peak (g) Second Peak (g) 65 22 0.45 -0.27 76 24 0.46 -0.30
As indicated by the data in the table, the simulated motorcoach experienced large lateral movements at both speeds as the result of the initial left steer, and the motorcoach moved laterally across almost the entire width of the traveled portion of the roadway as the result of the initial left steering input.6 The maximum lateral acceleration, which is often used as a metric when gauging the severity of a steering maneuver, exceeded 0.4 g for both speeds. This acceleration is beyond the magnitude that is commonly used in highway design at these speeds (less than 0.08 g) 7 It is also above the driver discomfort threshold8 of 0.3 g, which is used as a loss-of-control threshold for certain highway design studies, and above the lateral acceleration threshold setting of approximately 0.3 g of many truck stability control systems.9
As the data in the table show, reducing the speed of the motorcoach to the posted speed limit of 65 mph would not substantially reduce lateral movement or the peak lateral accelerations. (While it did reduce the lateral movement slightly, the motorcoach still traveled from the right shoulder across the entire width of the traveled portion of the road in the simulation.) These findings suggest that the severity of the situation was largely due to the magnitude of the driver’s steering input and that even at the posted speed limit of 65 mph, recovery would have been difficult. This situation would be even more difficult if the driver were unalert or drowsy. Findings The results of the simulations support the following conclusions:
The range of speeds for the motorcoach indicated by the simulations and earlier studies is 65–75 mph.
6 The entire width of the travel lanes was approximately 20 feet. The motorcoach was traveling on the right shoulder when the steering maneuver was initiated. 7 AASHTO Green Book criteria limit the unbalanced lateral acceleration to a maximum of 0.175 g at 15 mph, decreasing to a maximum of 0.08 g at 80 mph. For a discussion, see D.W. Harwood, D.J. Torbic, K.R. Richard, W.D. Glauz, and L. Elefteriadou, A Review of Truck Characteristics as Factors in Roadway Design, National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report 505 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 2003). 8 J.C. Glennon, T.R. Neuman, R.R. McHenry, and B.G. McHenry, Highway-Vehicle-Object Simulation Model (HVOSM) Studies of Cross-Slope Breaks on Highway Curves, contract no. DOT-FH-11- 9575 (Washington, DC: Federal Highway Administration, 1982). 9 This finding is based on a previous meeting with stability control manufacturers.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 80 The theory that the motorcoach initially drifted off the right side of the roadway and that the driver overcorrected in an attempt to steer back onto the road is consistent with the physical evidence found on the roadway and in the grassy median. The results of the simulations indicate that the primary cause of the loss of control was a large steering input to the left that preceded the departure of the vehicle from the left side of the roadway. This steering input resulted in large lateral movements and high lateral accelerations, both of which can contribute to loss of control.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 81 Appendix C Form HS-7
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 82 Appendix D Form OP-1(P)
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 83
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 84
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 85
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 86
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 87
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 88
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 89
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 90
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 91
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 92
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 93 Appendix E FMCSA Postaccident Compliance Review of International Charter Services, Inc.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) conducted a postaccident compliance review of International Charter Services, Inc. (International), on January 24, 2008, resulting in an overall rating of ―conditional.‖ The following violations, shown in table E-1, were discovered during the review and are keyed to relevant sections of Part 49 Code of Federal Regulations.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 94 Table E–1. Violations found in January 2008 compliance review. Acute and Critical Violationsa CFR Reference Deficiency Noted 383.37(a)—Acute Knowingly allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing an employee with a commercial driver’s license that is suspended, revoked, or canceled by a state or who is disqualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle. (Example given: Accident driver on January 1, 2008, accident trip.) 391.51(b)(2)—Critical Failing to maintain inquiries into driver’s driving record in driver’s qualification file. 396.11(a)—Critical Failing to require driver to prepare driver vehicle inspection report. Other Violations CFR Reference Deficiency Noted 382.105 (Primary) 40.13(c)/ 40.47(a) (Secondary) Failing to ensure that alcohol or controlled substances testing complies with the procedures set forth in 49 CFR Part 40. 382.301(a) Using a driver before the motor carrier has received a negative preemployment controlled substance test result. 382.303(d)(1) Failing to prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the alcohol postaccident test was not properly administered. 383.35(b) Failing to request employment history information for the last 10 years preceding the date of the application for employment. 391.21(a) Using a driver who has not completed and furnished an employment application. 391.23(e)(1) Failing to investigate the driver’s alcohol and controlled substance history for the previous 3 years. 391.25(c)(2) Failing to maintain a record of annual review in the driver’s qualification file. 391.51(b)(1) Failing to maintain the driver’s employment application in driver’s qualification file. 391.51(b)(3) Failing to maintain a road test certificate in the driver’s qualification file or a copy of the license or certificate that the motor carrier accepts as equivalent. 391.51(b)(5) Failing to maintain a note relating to the annual review of the driver’s driving record, as required by 49 CFR 391.25(c)(2). 391.51(b)(6) Failing to maintain a list or certificate relating to violations of motor vehicle laws and ordinances, as required by 49 CFR 391.27. 392.16 Failing to use seat belt while operating a commercial motor vehicle. 395.8(e) Maintaining false reports of record-of-duty status. 395.8(f) Failing to require a driver to prepare a record-of-duty status in the form and manner prescribed. 395.8(i) Failing to require the driver to forward, within 13 days of completion, the original of the record-of-duty status. 396.3(b)(1) Failing to keep a maintenance record that identifies the vehicle, including make, serial number, year, and tire size. 396.11(c) Failing to correct safety-related defects listed on vehicle inspection reports(s). aRecurring violations of the same or related acute or critical regulations that result in three enforcement actions within a 6-year period will trigger the maximum penalties allowed by law to be assessed for the third enforcement action.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 95 Safety Rating Factors The FMCSA rated International as follows on the six safety rating factors in the January 2008 postaccident compliance review:
Table E-2. FMCSA safety compliance ratings for International. Factor Rating Acute Critical 1—General Satisfactory 0 0 2—Driver Unsatisfactory 1 2 3—Operational Satisfactory 0 0 4—Vehicle Conditional 0 1 5—Hazardous materials N/A 0 0 6—Accident rate
Satisfactory
--
FMCSA Remarks The FMCSA made the following remarks regarding International’s operations in the January 2008 postaccident compliance review:
International Charter Services, Inc. (ICSI) was contacted at approximately 1:00 pm on 01/02/08 via a face to face meeting with [the owner of Transportes Chavez]. [The owner of Chavez] is the Manager of the company. The CR began the next morning at the carrier’s PPOB [Principal Place of Business]. Prior to meeting [the Manager], a couple of hours were spent at a terminal being operated by Capricorn Bus Lines, Inc. At this location a CMV bus marked with ICSI name and USDOT # were viewed and a log book indicating ICSI was the carrier was obtained. This info was given to the division and an address for ICSI was obtained. During the initial meeting…[the Manager] stated the crash was the responsibility of ICSI and the bus was being operated by ICSI. He went on to state he was the manager of ICSI and that he would be available to provide any and all records for the review. FMCSA records indicate that [the Manager] has been the subject of two CRs as the President of Transportes Chavez Incorporated. He received a satisfactory rating on both occasions.
The investigation revealed that the carrier has two different types of CMV bus operations going on at the same time. The carrier operates a charter business and a dedicated scheduled bus service. The charter business has been in operation since the beginning and it is where the company originated at. This part of the operation is run from the PPOB on Archer Rd and a terminal shared with Transportes Chavez Incorporated one block away. [The owner of Chavez’s] son runs the charter operation. [The owner of Chavez’s] common law wife…is the only corporate officer for ICSI. This is a recent change. [The owner of Chavez] was originally listed as a
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 96 Director for ICSI. He stated he had his name removed from being a Director. The carrier has one bus dedicated to charters. They do approximately 5 trips a month. Last year the company partnered with Capricorn Bus Lines and began operating 1–2 daily scheduled runs from Houston to Monterrey, MX.…This part of the operation is run by [the owner of Capricorn] and his extended family. [The owner of Capricorn] owns 4 buses and leases them to ICSI. [The owner of Capricorn’s] 2 sons, a daughter and several other extended family members work in the office selling tickets and managing the day to day operations of the business. At least one bus leaves Houston, TX everyday going to a Capricornio Bus Lines terminal in Monterrey, MX. A bus then returns to Houston from Monterrey everyday.
The carrier estimated the company gross revenue and mileage using this schedule run plus the charters.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 97 Appendix F Compliance Review Process and Safety Ratings The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) requires a motor carrier to have management controls that comply with applicable safety requirements and uses a rating formula to determine a motor carrier’s safety fitness. The FMCSA identifies high-risk carriers through on-site compliance reviews and roadside program inspections of a carrier’s vehicles and drivers. Compliance Review Process The safety fitness rating process begins with a compliance review conducted by the FMCSA, as specified in 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 385, appendix A. A carrier may be selected for a compliance review if it is identified as a high-risk carrier because of (1) a Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System (SafeStat) score,1 (2) a complaint against the company, (3) an enforcement followup, (4) involvement in a fatal accident, or (5) involvement in a major hazardous materials accident. In addition, a carrier may be selected as a result of a U.S. Department of Transportation Office of Inspector General request, a congressional inquiry, or a carrier’s request. Safety Rating Process The FMCSA applies six factors (general, driver, operational, vehicle, hazardous materials, and accident rate) to rate a carrier’s compliance with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), determining the degree to which a carrier complies with the FMCSRs and meets the Federal safety fitness standards. (See table F-1.) Within each factor, the FMCSRs are rated as either acute2 or critical3 regulations, in accordance with 49 CFR Part 385, appendix B II(b). Each instance of noncompliance with an acute regulation or each pattern of noncompliance with a critical regulation during the compliance review will be assessed one point.4 Two points are assessed for noncompliance with a ―critical‖ regulation in 49 CFR Part 395 for hours of service. According to the FMCSA, noncompliance with acute regulations and patterns of noncompliance with critical regulations are quantitatively linked to inadequate safety
1 The SafeStat analysis program uses data from Federal and state sources, including roadside inspections, accident data, and enforcement actions to develop a safety fitness assessment for all carriers. 2 Acute violations of the FMCSRs (or Hazardous Materials Regulations) are defined as those that demand immediate corrective action, such as requiring or permitting the operation of an out-of-service (OOS) vehicle before repairs are made, regardless of the motor carrier’s overall safety posture. 3 Critical violations indicate deficiencies in the motor carrier’s management controls, such as requiring or permitting a driver to drive after having been on duty for 15 hours (49 CFR 396.9(c)(2)). 4 A pattern is more than one violation. When a number of documents are reviewed, the number of violations required to meet a pattern is equal to at least 10 percent of those examined.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 98 management controls and usually higher-than-average accident rates.5 The FMCSA has used noncompliance with acute regulations and patterns of noncompliance with critical regulations since 1989 to determine a motor carrier’s adherence to the safety fitness standard in §385.5.
Table F-1. Factors for FMCSA safety compliance. Factor Applicable FMCSRs and Other Criteria 1—General Parts 387 and 390 2—Driver Parts 382, 383, and 391 3—Operational Parts 392 and 395 4—Vehicle Parts 393 and 396 and OOS rate 5—Hazardous materials Parts 107, 171, 173, 177, 180, and 397 6—Accident rate Recordable accident rate
The ratings for all six factors are given equal weight and entered into a rating table. Table F-2 summarizes the FMCSA rating process. 6 Once the compliance review is finished and violations or deficiencies (the number of acute or critical regulations not complied with by the carrier) are tallied, a safety rating of satisfactory, conditional, or unsatisfactory is computed for each applicable factor. The Compliance Analysis and Performance Review Information (CAPRI) computer program is used to organize and record compliance information and determine the proposed safety rating.7
5 For further explanation of the safety rating process, see , accessed August 25, 2009. 6 For more detailed information on the safety fitness procedures, see , accessed August 25, 2009. 7 The compliance review itself is conducted at the carrier’s business location; the actual safety rating is determined and issued by FMCSA headquarters in Washington, D.C.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 99 Table F-2. Motor carrier safety ratings. Number of Factors With Unsatisfactorya Ratings Number of Factors With Conditionalb Ratings Safety Rating 0 2 or less Satisfactoryc 0 More than 2 Conditional 1 2 or less Conditional 1 More than 2 Unsatisfactory 2 or more 0 Unsatisfactory aAn unsatisfactory rating indicates that the carrier has violated two or more acute regulations or has a pattern of noncompliance with two or more critical regulations. bA conditional rating indicates that the carrier has violated one acute regulation or has a pattern of noncompliance with critical regulations. cA satisfactory rating indicates that the carrier has not violated any acute regulations or shown a pattern of noncompliance with critical regulations.
The rating table establishes the motor carrier’s overall final safety rating: as satisfactory, conditional, or unsatisfactory. When the FMCSA issues a final unsatisfactory safety rating to an owner or operator of a commercial vehicle that is designed or used to transport passengers, the carrier is deemed unfit to operate and is allowed 45 days to correct the violation. If no proof of correction is submitted within the 45-day timeframe, beginning on the 46th day after the date of the unsatisfactory safety rating, the carrier remains unfit and may not operate in interstate commerce and may not reestablish interstate operations until proving itself fit for such transportation.
Because of their importance to safe motor carrier operations, the NTSB is particularly interested in how the ratings for driver and vehicle factors are calculated. For factor 4, vehicle, the carrier’s OOS rate is determined by the number of vehicles placed out of service in relation to the number of vehicles inspected roadside. The number of roadside vehicle inspections depends on the number of vehicles in a carrier’s fleet. Only the most recent (the past 12 months in chronological order) roadside inspections are applied toward the OOS calculation.8 If a carrier’s OOS rate exceeds 34 percent, and the carrier has a pattern of critical or acute violations or both, the carrier’s rating is ―unsatisfactory.‖ If the carrier’s OOS rate exceeds 34 percent, but the carrier does not have a pattern of violations, the carrier’s rating is ―conditional.‖ If the carrier’s OOS rate is less than 34 percent, the carrier receives a ―satisfactory‖ rating unless the carrier has a pattern of critical or acute vehicle violations or both, in which case the carrier’s rating is still conditional.
Factor 6, accident rate, may be either satisfactory or unsatisfactory; a conditional rating is not given. The recordable accident rate is calculated by multiplying the number of interstate, reportable accidents for the 12 months prior to the compliance review by
8 For example, a motor carrier with 20 vehicles would require a minimum of 5 vehicle inspections, and the 5 most recent inspections for the past 12 months or since the last compliance review would be used to calculate the carrier’s OOS rate. These inspections may have been conducted during a roadside inspection or at the carrier’s terminal.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 100 1 million and dividing that number by the fleet’s total interstate miles. If a carrier’s accident rate exceeds 1 per 1.5 million miles for a company that operates over a 100-mile radius or 1 per 1.7 million miles for a company that operates in less than a 100-mile radius, an unsatisfactory rating is given.9 The NTSB has investigated numerous accidents where driver and vehicle factors were involved, which will be discussed in more detail in the sections that follow.
NTSB Recommendation History on the FMCSA Compliance Review Process The FMCSA compliance review uses a computer tabulation program to identify adherence to the FMCSRs for each rating factor, placing weighted numerical value only on violations of acute or critical regulations. Unrated violations—those that are noncritical or nonacute—are not given weight and therefore are not factored10 into the tabulation; the FMCSA does not consider a motor carrier’s violations of many FMCSRs to be an indication of safety management practices. In other words, if a carrier displayed a pattern of 100-percent noncompliance for every nonrated safety regulation violation, its overall safety rating would not be affected. This rating methodology is inconsistent with the FMCSA’s stated purpose of the compliance review, which is to make sure that a motor carrier has adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with all applicable Federal safety requirements.
The two most important factors in safe motor carrier operations are the operational status of the vehicles (buses) and the performance of the individuals who drive them. However, the FMCSA compliance review process does not accurately determine a motor carrier’s safety fitness because it does not factor in the rate of a carrier’s driver OOS orders from roadside inspections, and it includes only a limited amount of vehicle inspection data. Increasing the weight of performance data for driver and vehicle factors in compliance reviews is important because deficiencies in these factors are directly related to accidents.
As was discussed in the Victoria, Texas, accident summary report, the NTSB has investigated a number of accidents and found that several unsafe carriers were permitted to continue operating as a result of a final satisfactory compliance review safety rating regardless of driver- or vehicle-related safety violations. Two key recommendations in
9 The FMCSA defines a recordable accident as an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in interstate or intrastate commerce that results in a fatality, a bodily injury, or a vehicle incurring disabling damage that requires it to be towed from the scene (49 CFR 390.5). The accident threshold for a satisfactory rating is 1 per 1.7 per million miles for carriers operating within 100 air miles of their home terminal (49 CFR Part 385, appendix B, [B] accident factor [d]). 10 When asked during the NTSB’s public hearing on the ―Motorcoach Accident and Selected Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Oversight Issues, Wilmer, Texas,‖ regarding how the FMCSA determines whether an FMCSR violation by a motor carrier is acute, critical, or unrated, an FMCSA field administrator stated that the agency determines certain regulations to be critical or acute depending on the relative risks of an accident (whether violation of those particular regulations would place a carrier at risk for an accident).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 101 this area, which are being reiterated in the Victoria accident report, are further discussed in the sections that follow. Safety Recommendation H-99-6 In 1995, the NTSB investigated an accident in Indianapolis, Indiana,11 in which a motorcoach overturned when it entered an exit ramp; 2 passengers were killed, and 13 were seriously injured. The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Office of Motor Carriers (now the FMCSA) conducted a postaccident compliance review of the operator, Hammond Yellow Coach Lines, Inc. (Hammond), which resulted in an unsatisfactory rating (10 out of 10 vehicles reviewed were placed out of service). Hammond had had significant safety problems before the accident and yet was still permitted to operate. From 1987–1995, the Office of Motor Carriers had inspected Hammond nine times, and the carrier continued to receive final safety fitness ratings of satisfactory, even though several compliance reviews documented hours-of-service violations and high numbers of vehicles (63 percent) meeting OOS criteria. Following the Indianapolis accident, the NTSB recommended that the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT):
Change the safety fitness rating methodology so that adverse vehicle or driver performance-based data alone are sufficient to result in an overall unsatisfactory rating for a carrier. (H-99-6)
On December 14, 1999, the FHWA responded that it expected to issue a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) that would establish a more performance-based means of determining carrier fitness to conduct commercial motor vehicle operations. The agency stated that it would take into account the NTSB’s recommendation, including any comments received, in developing a new system. On March 17, 2000, based on the expected NPRM, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-99-6 ―Open─Acceptable Response.‖ The recommendation has been on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements since 2000.12
On September 4, 2002, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation H-99-6 to the FMCSA as a result of its investigation into a 2001 accident in Mountainburg, Arkansas,13 when a commercial truck, operated by Stuart Trucking (Stuart), collided with a school bus and killed three children. The FMCSA’s postaccident compliance review of the motor carrier resulted in an overall conditional rating; however, the FMCSA staff did not inspect any vehicles during this review despite the fact that the accident was vehicle related. The FMCSA relied instead on the motor carrier profile report, which listed
11 Selective Motorcoach Issues, Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999). 12 The NTSB’s ―Most Wanted‖ list is a program to increase the public’s awareness of and support for action to adopt safety steps that can help prevent accidents and save lives. 13 Collision Between Truck-Tractor Semitrailer and School Bus Near Mountainburg, Arkansas, May 31, 2001, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-02/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 102 29 roadside inspections in the previous 12 months,14 resulting in 4 OOS vehicles (14 percent). The NTSB asked the Missouri Division of Motor Vehicles and Railroad Safety to conduct an additional review of the carrier and inspect all of its vehicles. Of the 12 vehicles examined, 5 had OOS violations (42 percent). The 2001 conditional rating for Stuart underscores the failure of compliance reviews to identify unsafe carriers. At the time of the accident, Stuart had not been rated in more than 11 years. Despite having unsafe vehicles on the road and numerous driver violations, Stuart received a conditional rating (not unsatisfactory) even after the accident.
In June 2002, the NTSB investigated an accident in Victor, New York,15 in which a motorcoach ran off the road and overturned because the driver fell asleep at the wheel. Five passengers were killed, and the driver and 41 passengers were injured. The FMCSA conducted a postaccident compliance review of the operator, Arrow Line, Inc. (Arrow), which also resulted in a conditional rating (not unsatisfactory). Yet the compliance review revealed that Arrow had a 40-percent OOS rate for its vehicles, and the FMCSA noted that Arrow’s compliance review revealed noncompliance with the FMCSRs ―in almost all applicable parts to Arrow Line, Inc.’s passenger transportation operation.‖
Following the NTSB’s September 2002 reiteration of Safety Recommendation H-99-6 in the Victor, New York, accident report, the FMCSA advised that it intended to issue an NPRM on its safety fitness rating methodology in late 2003. In June 2004, the FMCSA notified the NTSB that it anticipated making a final determination concerning changes to the safety fitness rating methodology by the end of the year. The FMCSA also indicated that it was considering whether to seek additional comments through a supplemental advance NPRM or to proceed directly to an NPRM and that it expected to complete the rulemaking process in 2005. Following another accident investigation in April 2006 involving a carrier that received a conditional rating, though numerous driver and vehicle safety violations were found during its postaccident compliance review and the carrier was operating in violation of its revoked operating authority,16 the NTSB expressed disappointment that the FMCSA had still not acted on Safety Recommendation H-99-6.
14 At the time of issuance of the NTSB report, in 2002, the FMCSA would not conduct a terminal inspection if 3 or more of a company’s vehicles had received roadside inspections in the previous 12 months. The NTSB recommended that the FMCSA require that a motor carrier’s fleet be inspected during compliance reviews (Safety Recommendation H-02-16). 15 Motorcoach Run-off-the-Road and Overturn, Victor, New York, June 23, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004). 16 Multivehicle Collision on Interstate 90, Hampshire–Marengo Toll Plaza Near Hampshire, Illinois, October 1, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-06/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 103 Safety Recommendation H-07-3 On June 27, 2007, as a result of the NTSB’s investigation and public hearing on the Wilmer, Texas, bus fire,17 another accident involving a passenger motor carrier with numerous driver and vehicle safety violations and insufficient safety oversight of its operations, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to the FMCSA:
To protect the traveling public until completion of the Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 Initiative, immediately issue an Interim Rule to include all Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in the current compliance review process so that all violations of regulations are reflected in the calculation of a carrier’s final rating. (H-07-3)
The FMCSA’s December 3, 2007, response acknowledged the need to establish a safety fitness determination (SFD) process that better identifies at-risk carriers than the current process under 49 CFR Part 385; however, the FMCSA believed that rather than diverting resources to issue an interim final rule on modifying the SFD process, it would be in the best interest of highway safety for the agency to focus its resources on implementing the Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 (CSA 2010) initiative. The FMCSA indicated that the implementation of H-07-3 in the SFD process would result in a significant increase in the number of motor carriers rated ―conditional‖ and ―unsatisfactory‖ without regard to crash rates and would demand a substantial increase in resources for administrative reviews to perform compliance reviews to ensure due process for motor carriers. Starting in September 2005, the FMCSA began briefing the NTSB on its plans for evaluating the compliance review process as part of CSA 2010. According to the FMCSA, CSA 2010 is designed to evaluate the effectiveness of current Federal safety compliance and enforcement programs, such as compliance reviews and roadside inspections, and to identify better methods for achieving an accident-free environment. According to the FMCSA, CSA 2010, which would include a complete evaluation of the compliance review process, should lead to the development of a new performance-based operational model for determining motor carrier safety, with an emphasis on preventative measures and early detection of unsafe driver and motor carrier conditions.
The NTSB disagreed with the FMCSA’s response. Safety Recommendation H-07-3 was intended to remedy deficiencies in the current compliance review system and to help prevent unsafe motor carriers with significant regulatory violations for drivers and vehicles from continuing to still receive satisfactory ratings. Although the NTSB has been aware that the conceptual model for CSA 2010 is significantly different from the current operational model in that safety fitness ratings will be independent of the compliance review and are intended to take into account safety violations through a weighted rating system still being developed, the expected implementation date, now
17 Motorcoach Fire on Interstate 45 During Hurricane Rita Evacuation, Near Wilmer, Texas, September 23, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 104 scheduled for the end of December 2010,18 has allowed unsafe carriers to continue to operate. As the FMCSA is responsible for ensuring that motor carriers operate safely, temporary measures to improve the compliance review process should be put in place to account for implementation delays until new rules are enacted. CSA 2010 Initiative The FMCSA recently updated its website with information explaining CSA 2010.19 According to the posting, ―CSA 2010 re-engineers the existing enforcement and compliance business process to provide a better view into how well large commercial motor vehicle (CMV) carriers and drivers are complying with safety rules, and to intervene earlier with those who are not.‖ The FMCSA acknowledges that the current compliance review program is resource-intensive and reaches only a small percentage of motor carriers20 and that increased attention needs to be given to CMV drivers.
The FMCSA believes that CSA 2010 will address the issues in Safety Recommendations H-99-6 and H-07-3 through the development of new performance-based systems for determining motor carrier and driver safety that emphasize preventative measures, motor carrier education, and early detection of unsafe driver and carrier conditions. The Safety Measurement System, which will replace SafeStat under CSA 2010, (1) measures safety performance using all roadside inspection safety-based violations, (2) weights time and severity of violations based on relationship to crash risk, and (3) calculates safety performance in seven Behavior Analysis and Safety Improvement Categories (BASICs). These BASICs include unsafe driving, fatigued driving, driver fitness, drugs and alcohol, vehicle maintenance, cargo securement, and crash experience. The Comprehensive Intervention Process provides tools to educate carriers and compel safety compliance before crashes occur. A new safety fitness rating methodology, the SFD, is being developed through the rulemaking process. In February 2008, the FMCSA launched a pilot test of the CSA 2010 operational model in four states: Colorado, Georgia, Missouri, and New Jersey, and more states are being added as the testing continues. Preliminary results indicate that nearly half of the test carriers have logged onto the Comprehensive Safety Information System website to view their violations data, as suggested in a warning letter, and have replied to the FMCSA describing the corrective actions they have taken or are initiating in response to the warning. The FMCSA expects to complete pilot testing of its new operational model by June 2010 and to implement CSA 2010 nationwide during July through December 2010; however, until rulemaking is completed on the SFD, all enforcement action of any discovered violations must be processed through the current safety fitness methodology.
18 The implementation date for CSA 2010 was originally announced as January 1, 2010; it has since been extended to December 31, 2010. 19 See http://csa2010.fmcsa.dot.gov/, accessed August 25, 2009. 20 In calendar year 2005, fewer than 1 percent of the 910,866 registered motor carriers underwent compliance reviews (8,097 reviews conducted).
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 105 The NTSB is concerned with the FMCSA’s continued slow progress in addressing this issue over the past 10 years. The long time between the issuance of the recommendations and final action by the FMCSA jeopardizes the safety of the traveling public through unnecessary exposure to possibly unsafe CMVs. Although the agency has assured the NTSB that it is on schedule to begin implementing the new compliance review program in 2010, until the SFD rulemaking is complete, the FMCSA must rely on the current rating system, which lacks sufficient driver and vehicle qualifications emphasis. The NTSB will continue to monitor the FMCSA’s actions to recognize the importance of driver and vehicle factors in addressing motor carrier safety as CSA 2010 pilot testing continues and until the rulemaking is completed.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 106 Appendix G U.S. and European Safety Standards and U.S. Inspection Cross-References The accident motorcoach was a Volvo manufactured in Mexico. Although the motorcoach did not meet the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs), it did meet the European vehicle manufacturing standards—Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) and European Economic Community (EEC) regulations. Table G-1 shows the FMVSSs applicable to motorcoaches; table G-2 shows European and U.S. manufacturing standard equivalents, along with the applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulation (FMCSR) inspection cross-reference.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 107 Table G-1. FMVSSs applicable to motorcoaches. Standard Summary FMVSS 101—Controls and Displays Controls must be operable by driver with the seat belt fastened; contains requirements for telltales and indicators. FMVSS 102—Transmission Shift Lever Sequence, Starter Interlock, and Transmission Braking Effect Vehicles equipped with automatic transmissions must have transmission braking at vehicle speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph). FMVSS 106—Brake Hoses Air brake hoses must meet performance requirements. FMVSS 108—Lamps, Reflective Devices, and Associated Equipment Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment must meet performance and location-on-vehicle requirements. FMVSS 111—Rearview Mirrors Rearview mirrors must have unit magnification of specified size and may have additional mirrors (such as convex). FMVSS 119—New Pneumatic Tires for Vehicles Other Than Passenger Cars Tires must meet performance and labeling requirements. FMVSS 120—Tire Selection and Rims for Motor Vehicles Other Than Passenger Cars Tire sum of load ratings must be equal to or greater than the gross axle weight ratings to prevent vehicle overloading. FMVSS 121—Air Brake Systems Air brake systems must meet stopping distance requirements, and vehicles must be equipped with an antilock brake system. FMVSS 124—Accelerator Control Systems Removing force on an accelerator requires return to idle within specified time. FMVSS 205—Glazing Materials Glazing must meet performance requirements. FMVSS 207—Seating Systems Driver’s seat must meet performance requirements. FMVSS 208—Occupant Crash Protection Driver’s seat must be equipped with Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly. FMVSS 209—Seat Belt Assemblies Driver’s belt must meet performance requirements. FMVSS 210—Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages Seat belt assembly anchorages for driver’s belt must meet strength requirements. FMVSS 217—Bus Emergency Exits and Window Retention and Release Emergency exits must meet size, location, performance, and labeling requirements. FMVSS 302—Flammability of Interior Materials Interior materials must meet performance requirements for burn resistance.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 108 Table G-2. U.S. and European inspection standard cross-references. Component NHTSA European FMCSA Controls and displays FMVSS 101 EEC 94/53 No Transmission shift lever sequence FMVSS 102 Nonea No Windshield defrosting and defogging system FMVSS 103 None FMCSR 393.79 Windshield wiping and washing systems FMVSS 104 Noneb FMCSR 78 Hydraulic brake system
FMVSS 105
FMCSR 40 Brake hoses FMVSS 106 Nonec FMCSR 45 Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment FMVSS 108 ECE 48-02d FMCSRs 24-26, 9, 11, 19, 22-23 Rearview mirrors FMVSS 111 ECE 46-02e FMCSR 80 Hood latch system
FMVSS 113
No Hydraulic brake fluids
FMVSS 116
No New pneumatic tires for motor vehicles other than passenger cars
FMVSS 119
FMCSR 75 Tire selection and rims for motor vehicles other than passenger cars FMVSS 120 EEC 92/23 FMCSRs partially cover Air brake system FMVSS 121 ECE 13f FMCSR 40-55 Accelerator control systems FMVSS 124 Noneg No Warning devices FMVSS 125
ECE 27h
Steering control rearward displacement
FMVSS 204
No Glazing materials FMVSS 205 EEC 92/22 FMCSR 60 Seating systems FMVSS 207 ECE 80-01i FMCSR 93 Occupant crash protection
FMVSS 208
FMCSR 93
aAccording to Volvo, this standard would be met if verified only for its manufactured vehicles. bAccording to Volvo, this standard would be met if verified only for its manufactured vehicles. cAccording to Volvo, its brake hoses are made by the same manufacturers as in the United States. dAccording to Volvo, the number of lamps and locations are similar; however, FMVSS 108 is very specific and some lamps are not U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) compliant. eConvex mirrors are permitted. f According to Volvo, ECE 13 is at least the equivalent of FMVSS 121; however, tests must be performed to confirm this. The fittings are most likely not DOT marked. gAccording to Volvo, this standard would be met if verified only for its manufactured vehicles. hAccording to Volvo, it is unknown whether the accident vehicle was delivered with ECE 27 warning devices. iAccording to Volvo, ECE-80-01 is the European equivalent standard, although it is not as stringent as FMVSS 207.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 109
Component NHTSA European FMCSA Seat belt assemblies FMVSS 209 EEC 77 FMCSR 93 Seat belt assembly anchorage FMVSS 210 ECE 80-01j FMCSR 93 Bus emergency exits and window retention FMVSS 217 ECE 36k FMCSR 62 Flammability of interior materials FMVSS 302 ECE 118l No
jAccording to Volvo, ECE-80-01 is the European equivalent standard, although it is not as stringent as FMVSS 207. kECE 36 regulation has the option of breakable glazing. The accident motorcoach was altered by an after-market entity to install two roof hatches and modified windows that open in order to meet FMVSS 217. lAccording to Volvo, while ECE 118 is the European equivalent of FMVSS 302, the accident motorcoach was manufactured in Mexico and it is not known what materials were used to complete the interior and whether the materials would have met either standard or regulation.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 110 Appendix H U.S. and Mexico Border Crossing Data Table H–1. Annual summary of southern border roadside inspections (commercial zone) for passenger-carrying vehicles in 2008. Inspections United States Mexico Totals
Federal State Federal State United States Mexico Driver 13,030 2,936 1,531 330 15,966 1,861 Driver OOS 2.8% 4.1% 11.6% 13.6% 3.0% 12.0% Vehicle 4,811 5,665 914 272 10,476 1,186 Vehicle OOS 13.4% 21.0% 8.2% 18.8% 17.5% 10.6%
Table H–2. Annual summary of roadside inspections (commercial zone) for passenger-carrying vehicles in 2008 by southern border state. Inspections United States Mexico Arizona Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 6,229 425 6,654 20 4 24 Driver OOS 1.0% 9.2% 1.5% 35.0% 0.0% 29.2% Vehicle 835 1,976 2,811 15 4 19 Vehicle OOS 14.1% 39.9% 32.3% 33.3% 0.0% 26.3%
California Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 232 1,008 1,240 31 132 163 Driver OOS 4.3% 2.2% 2.6% 6.5% 0.8% 1.8% Vehicle 201 2,248 2,449 5 108 113 Vehicle OOS 24.9% 5.6% 7.1% 0.0% 17.6% 16.8%
New Mexico Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 40 366 406 4 38 42 Driver OOS 5.0% 6.3% 6.2% 0.0% 71.1% 64.3% Vehicle 38 236 274 3 13 16 Vehicle OOS 13.2% 5.9% 6.9% 0.0% 23.1% 18.8%
Texas Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 6,529 1,137 7,666 1,476 156 1,632 Driver OOS 4.4% 3.2% 4.2% 11.4% 10.9% 11.4% Vehicle 3,737 1,205 4,942 891 147 1,038 Vehicle OOS 12.6% 21.7% 14.8% 7.9% 19.7% 9.5%
DATA SOURCES: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) and June 26, 2009, snapshot, and http://ai.fmcsa.dot.gov/International/border.asp?redirect=FedStCommZone.asp, accessed September 18, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 111 Table H–3. Commercial zone roadside inspections (passenger-carrying vehicles). Inspection Level 2006 2007 2008 2009a Level 1: Full 3,892 3,298 3,426 1,862 Level 2: Walk-around 8,893 4,656 4,488 1,984 Level 3: Driver 16,658 12,207 9,921 4,586 Level 4: Special 12 8 3 0 Level 5: Vehicle 3,508 4,216 3,751 795 Total 32,963 24,385 21,589 9,227 Vehicle OOS Rate 13.3% 13.0% 16.8% 12.6% Driver OOS Rate 2.2% 3.5% 4.0% 3.4%
aAs of June 26, 2009, http://ai.fmcsa.dot.gov/international/border.asp?redirect=FedStInspDom.asp, accessed September 19, 2009.
Table H–4. U.S. border crossing entries of buses at U.S.–Mexican border. State Number of Crossings 2006 Number of Crossings 2007 Number of Crossings 2008a
Number Percent Number Percent Number Percent Arizona 18,536 7.1% 16,913 6.4% 15,658 5.9% California 148,998 56.7 147,367 55.6 138,855 52.1 New Mexico 2,436 0.9 2,885 1.1 2,958 1.1 Texas 92,892 35.3 97,997 36.9 108,916 40.9
Total 262,862 265,162 266,387
aAs of April 9, 2009, http://www.transtats.bts.gov/BorderCrossing.aspx, accessed September 18, 2009. DATA SOURCES: U.S. Department of Transportation, Research and Innovative Technology Administration, Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Border Crossing/Entry Data, based on data from U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency, Operations Management Reporting, database and http://ai.fmcsa.dot.gov/International/border.asp?dvar=2&cvar=bus&sy=2006&redirect=Crossings.asp, accessed September 18, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Summary Report 112 Table H–5. Annual summary of southern border roadside inspections (commercial zone) for passenger-carrying vehicles in 2009 (January 1–June 26, 2009). Inspections United States Mexico Totals
Federal State Federal State United States Mexico Driver 6,224 1,367 727 133 7,591 838 Driver OOS 2.7% 2.6% 11.8% 1.8% 2.6% 10.5% Vehicle 2,352 1,673 498 116 4,025 614 Vehicle OOS 12.0% 14.1.0% 8.2% 21.6% 12.9% 10.7%
Table H–6. Annual summary of roadside inspections (commercial zone) for passenger-carrying vehicles in 2009 by southern border state (January 1–June 26, 2009). Inspections United States Mexico Arizona Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 2,940 169 3,109 12 0 12 Driver OOS 0.9% 9.5% 1.4% 50.0% 0.0% 50.0% Vehicle 417 146 563 10 0 10 Vehicle OOS 13.2% 6.8% 11.5% 60.0% 0.0% 60.0%
California Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 234 298 532 15 61 76 Driver OOS 4.3% 0.7% 2.3% 6.7% 0.0% 1.3% Vehicle 200 593 793 7 45 52 Vehicle OOS 23.5% 6.7% 11.0% 28.6% 8.9% 11.5%
New Mexico Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 8 227 235 1 7 8 Driver OOS 25.0% 4.8% 5.5% 0.0% 28.6% 25.0% Vehicle 44 169 213 0 6 6 Vehicle OOS 2.3% 3.0% 2.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
Texas Federal State Total Federal State Total Driver 3,042 673 3,715 699 43 742 Driver OOS 4.2% 1.0% 3.6% 11.3% 0.0% 10.6% Vehicle 1,691 765 2,456 481 65 546 Vehicle OOS 10.6% 23.7% 14.7% 6.9% 32.3% 9.9%
DATA SOURCES: FMCSA MCMIS and June 26, 2009, snapshot, and http://ai.fmcsa.dot.gov/International/border.asp?redirect=FedStCommZone.asp, accessed September 18, 2009.
FD07365 | 2009_美国_NTSB_HAR1101_Rollover_of_a_TruckTractor_and_Cargo_Tank_Semitrailer_Carryi.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Rollover of a Truck-Tractor and Cargo Tank Semitrailer Carrying Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Subsequent Fire Indianapolis, Indiana October 22, 2009
Accident Report NTSB/HAR-11/01 PB2011-916201
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/HAR-11/01 PB2011-916201 Notation 8202A Adopted July 26, 2011
Highway Accident Report Rollover of a Truck-Tractor and Cargo Tank Semitrailer Carrying Liquified Petroleum Gas and Subsequent Fire Indianapolis, Indiana October 22, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, DC 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Rollover of a Truck-Tractor and Cargo Tank Semitrailer Carrying Liquefied Petroleum Gas and Subsequent Fire, Indianapolis, Indiana, October 22, 2009. NTSB/HAR-11/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: On October 22, 2009, about 10:38 a.m. eastern daylight time, a 2006 Navistar International truck-tractor in combination with a 1994 Mississippi Tank Company MC331 specification cargo tank semitrailer (the combination unit), operated by AmeriGas Propane, L.P., and laden with 9,001 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas, rolled over on a connection ramp after exiting Interstate 69 (I-69) southbound to proceed south on Interstate 465 (I-465), about 10 miles northeast of downtown Indianapolis, Indiana. The truck driver was negotiating a left curve in the right lane on the connection ramp when the combination unit began to encroach upon the left lane, occupied by a 2007 Volvo S40 passenger car. The truck driver responded to the Volvo’s presence in the left lane by oversteering clockwise, causing the combination unit to veer to the right and travel onto the paved right shoulder. The truck driver’s excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver to return the combination unit to the roadway triggered a sequence of events that caused the cargo tank semitrailer to roll over, decouple from the truck-tractor, penetrate a steel W-beam guardrail, and collide with a bridge footing and concrete pier column supporting the southbound I-465 overpass. The collision entirely displaced the outside bridge pier column from its footing and resulted in a breach at the front of the cargo tank that allowed the liquefied petroleum gas to escape, form a vapor cloud, and ignite. The truck driver and the Volvo driver sustained serious injuries in the accident and postaccident fire, and three occupants of passenger vehicles traveling on I-465 received minor injuries from the postaccident fire.
Major safety issues were identified in this investigation were cargo tank rollover prevention as they relate to highway and vehicle design. As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board has issued safety recommendations to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Federal Highway Administration, and American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916201 from:
National Technical Information Service 5301 Shawnee Road Alexandria, Virginia 22312 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Highway Accident Report i
Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii Acronyms and Abbreviations .......................................................................................................v Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... viii
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 Accident Narrative .....................................................................................................................1
- 2 Emergency Response .................................................................................................................5
- 3 Injuries .......................................................................................................................................7
- 4 Survival Factors .........................................................................................................................8
- 5 Scene Evidence ..........................................................................................................................8
- 6 Weather ......................................................................................................................................8
- 7 Damage ......................................................................................................................................9
- 8 Vehicle Information (Cargo Tank Combination Unit) ............................................................12
- 8.1 Truck-Tractor .................................................................................................................12
- 8.2 Cargo Tank Semitrailer..................................................................................................14
- 8.3 Periodic Testing and Refurbishment .............................................................................16
- 9 Truck Driver Information ........................................................................................................16
- 9.1 Driving Experience ........................................................................................................17
- 9.2 Medical Information ......................................................................................................17
- 9.3 72-Hour History .............................................................................................................18
- 9.4 Toxicology .....................................................................................................................22
- 10 Motor Carrier Operations .......................................................................................................22
- 10.1 Driver Training ............................................................................................................24
- 10.2 Hours-of-Service Records ...........................................................................................24
- 10.3 Vehicle Maintenance ...................................................................................................25
- 11 Highway Information .............................................................................................................26
- 11.1. Cross-Slope Break ......................................................................................................27
- 11.2 Protection of Bridge Pier Columns ..............................................................................30
- 12 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles...................................................................................................34
- 12.1 DOT Specification Cargo Tanks .................................................................................34
- 12.2 Crashworthiness of DOT Specification Cargo Tanks .................................................35
- 12.3 Hazardous Materials Carrier Registration ...................................................................36
- 12.4 Rollover Awareness .....................................................................................................37
- 13 Vehicle-Based Rollover Prevention .......................................................................................39
- 13.1 Stability Control Systems ............................................................................................39
- 13.2 Vehicle Design .............................................................................................................43
- 13.3 Performance-Based Standards .....................................................................................49
- 13.4 Partial Loads ................................................................................................................51
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................53
- 1 Exclusions ................................................................................................................................53
- 2 Accident Discussion.................................................................................................................55
NTSB Highway Accident Report ii
- 2.1 Rollover Speed ...............................................................................................................58
- 2.2 Driver Fatigue ................................................................................................................59
- 3 Cargo Tank Rollover Prevention .............................................................................................63
- 3.1 Rollover Prevention Programs .......................................................................................64
- 3.2 Stability Control Systems ..............................................................................................66
- 3.3 Vehicle Design ...............................................................................................................67
- 3.4 Partial Loads ..................................................................................................................69
- 3.5 Cross-Slope Break .........................................................................................................71
- 4 Crashworthiness of DOT Specification Cargo Tanks ..............................................................73
- 4.1 Cargo Tank Breach ........................................................................................................73
- 4.2 Population of Cargo Tanks by DOT Specification ........................................................74
- 4.3 Cargo Tank Head Protection (MC331)..........................................................................75
- 4.4 Cargo Tank Crash Performance .....................................................................................76
- 5 Protection of Bridge Pier Columns ..........................................................................................77
- 5.1 Past Accident Investigations ..........................................................................................79
- 5.2 Risk Assessment ............................................................................................................81
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................82
- 1 Findings....................................................................................................................................82
- 2 Probable Cause.........................................................................................................................84
- Recommendations ....................................................................................................................85
- 1 New Recommendations ...........................................................................................................85
- 2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report ..........................................88
- Appendixes................................................................................................................................90
Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing .............................................................................90 Appendix B: Improvements to Connection Ramp ........................................................................ 92 Appendix C: Outdoor Advertising Signs ...................................................................................... 94
NTSB Highway Accident Report iii
Figures Figure 1. Accident location ............................................................................................................ 2 Figure 2. Plan view of connection ramp and direction of travel and final rest positions of the truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer ................................................................................ 3 Figure 3. Tire marks indicating redirection of combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane ............................................................................................................................... 4 Figure 4. Truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer at final rest ..................................................... 5 Figure 5. Fire-damaged truck-tractor ............................................................................................. 9 Figure 6. Collision damage and breach at the lower right side of the cargo tank ........................ 10 Figure 7. Displaced bridge pier column struck by cargo tank semitrailer ................................... 11 Figure 8. Aerial view of the connection ramp and Interstate 465 overpasses ............................. 11 Figure 9. Fifth wheel plate ........................................................................................................... 13 Figure 10. Cargo tank semitrailer (MC331)................................................................................. 15 Figure 11. Location of loading terminal in relation to October 19–22 deliveries ....................... 19 Figure 12. Truck driver’s 72-hour history of activities before the accident ................................ 20 Figure 13. Cross-slope break ....................................................................................................... 27 Figure 14. Bridge pier column protection (before accident). ....................................................... 31 Figure 15. Fundamental design considerations for improving the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles ............................................................................................................................... 43 Figure 16. Double tapered cargo tank with dropped center ......................................................... 45 Figure 17. Roll stability improved by increased track width of 102-inch-wide vehicles ............ 46 Figure 18. Lower CG height and increased track width .............................................................. 48 Figure 19. Rollover sequence....................................................................................................... 55 Figure 20. Tire imprints in the right lane and on the shoulder indicating where the combination unit rolled over onto its right side ............................................................................ 56 Figure 21. Final rest position of cargo tank semitrailer ............................................................... 57
NTSB Highway Accident Report iv
Figure 22. Mounting pad and rear-facing fold above upper coupler assembly ........................... 74 Figure B-1. Cross-slope break and bridge pier column protection (before improvements) ........ 92 Figure B-2. Cross-slope break and bridge pier column protection (after improvements) ........... 93
NTSB Highway Accident Report v
Acronyms and Abbreviations AAR Association of American Railroads AASHO American Association of State Highway Officials AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ABS antilock braking system AmeriGas/PTI AmeriGas Propane, L.P./Propane Transport International API American Petroleum Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers BMCS Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety BP blood pressure CAMI Civil Aerospace Medical Institute CDL commercial driver’s license CDLIS Commercial Driver’s License Information System CFR Code of Federal Regulations CG center of gravity DOT U.S. Department of Transportation DVIR Driver Vehicle Inspection Report EDT eastern daylight time EIGA European Industrial Gases Association ESC electronic stability control [system] FHWA Federal Highway Administration FMCSA Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration FMCSRs Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations g acceleration of gravity GES General Estimates System GVWR gross vehicle weight rating HMIS Hazardous Materials Information System hp horsepower HVOSM Highway-Vehicle-Object-Simulation Model I-69 Interstate 69
NTSB Highway Accident Report vi
I-465 Interstate 465 IFD Indianapolis Fire Department IMPD Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department INDOT Indiana Department of Transportation IN-TIME Indiana Traffic Incident Management Effort ISP Indiana State Police LRFD Load and Resistance Factor Design LTCCS LTFD Large Truck Crash Causation Study Lawrence Township Fire Department MC motor carrier [number] MCMIS Motor Carrier Management Information System MECA Metropolitan Emergency Communications Agency mg/dL milligrams per deciliter m/s2 meters per second/per second MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MY model year NADS National Advanced Driving Simulator NASS National Accident Sampling System NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program NHS National Highway System NHTSA National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NQT nonquenched and tempered NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NTTC National Tank Truck Carriers PCP phencyclidine PHMSA Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration psig pounds per square inch, gauge PTI QT Propane Transport International quenched and tempered RSC rollover stability control [system] RSPA Research and Special Programs Administration SAFER Safety and Fitness Electronic Records
NTSB Highway Accident Report vii
STAA-82 Surface Transportation Assistance Act TL test level TRB Transportation Research Board UCP unified command post UMLER Universal Machine Language Equipment Register UMTRI University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute UN United Nations UNECE United Nations Economic Commission for Europe USDOT U.S. Department of Transportation [number] VDANL Vehicle Dynamics Analysis, Non-Linear
NTSB Highway Accident Report viii
Executive Summary On October 22, 2009, about 10:38 a.m. eastern daylight time, a 2006 Navistar International truck-tractor in combination with a 1994 Mississippi Tank Company MC331 specification cargo tank semitrailer (the combination unit), operated by AmeriGas Propane, L.P., and laden with 9,001 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas, rolled over on a connection ramp after exiting Interstate 69 (I-69) southbound to proceed south on Interstate 465 (I-465), about 10 miles northeast of downtown Indianapolis, Indiana. The truck driver was negotiating a left curve in the right lane on the connection ramp, which consisted of two southbound lanes, when the combination unit began to encroach upon the left lane, occupied by a 2007 Volvo S40 passenger car. The truck driver responded to the Volvo’s presence in the left lane by oversteering clockwise, causing the combination unit to veer to the right and travel onto the paved right shoulder. Moments later, the truck driver steered counterclockwise to redirect and return the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane. The truck driver’s excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver triggered a sequence of events that caused the cargo tank semitrailer to roll over, decouple from the truck-tractor, penetrate a steel W-beam guardrail, and collide with a bridge footing and concrete pier column supporting the southbound I-465 overpass. The collision entirely displaced the outside bridge pier column from its footing and resulted in a breach at the front of the cargo tank that allowed the liquefied petroleum gas to escape, form a vapor cloud, and ignite. The truck-tractor came to rest on its right side south of the I-465 overpasses, and the decoupled cargo tank semitrailer came to rest on its left side, near the bridge footing supporting the southbound I-465 overpass. The truck driver and the Volvo driver sustained serious injuries in the accident and postaccident fire, and three occupants of passenger vehicles traveling on I-465 received minor injuries from the postaccident fire. At the time of the accident, the sky was overcast, winds were calm, pavement was dry, and the temperature was about 58° F. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver that the truck driver executed after the combination unit began to encroach upon the occupied left lane. Contributing to the rollover was the driver’s quickly steering the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane, the reduced cross slope of the paved right shoulder, and the susceptibility of the combination unit to rollover because of its high center of gravity. Mitigating the severity of the accident was the bridge design, including the elements of continuity and redundancy, which prevented the structure from collapsing.
NTSB Highway Accident Report ix
The following safety issues were identified in this investigation: Essential elements of a comprehensive rollover prevention program. Rollover propensity of cargo tank motor vehicles, which provides little tolerance for operator error. Safety implications of reduced shoulder cross slope on the roll stability of heavy commercial vehicles with a high center of gravity. Lack of quality data necessary for conducting meaningful risk analyses to evaluate the crash performance of U.S. Department of Transportation specification cargo tanks. Absence of guidelines for identifying and protecting bridges vulnerable to collapse if struck by errant heavy commercial vehicles negotiating direct and semi-direct connection ramps. As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board has issued safety recommendations to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Federal Highway Administration, and American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). Additionally, this report reclassifies previously issued recommendations to NHTSA and AASHTO.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 Accident Narrative
On October 22, 2009, about 10:38 a.m. eastern daylight time (EDT),1 a 2006 Navistar International truck-tractor in combination with a 1994 Mississippi Tank Company MC331 specification 11,600-gallon cargo tank semitrailer2 (the combination unit), operated by AmeriGas Propane, L.P., and laden with 9,001 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas,3 rolled over on a connection ramp after exiting Interstate (I-69) southbound to proceed south on Interstate 465 (I-465), about 10 miles northeast of downtown Indianapolis, Indiana (see figure 1).4 The truck driver was negotiating a left curve in the right lane on the connection ramp, which consisted of two southbound lanes, when the combination unit began to encroach upon the left lane, occupied by a 2007 Volvo S40 passenger car (see figure 2).5 During a postaccident interview, the Volvo driver told National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators that he sounded the horn a few times when the rear of the cargo tank (which was initially observed ahead of the Volvo in the right lane) started to move into the left lane. The truck driver responded to the Volvo’s presence in the left lane by oversteering clockwise, causing the combination unit to veer to the right and travel onto the paved right shoulder. Moments later, the truck driver steered counterclockwise—as indicated by tire marks—to redirect the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane (see figure 3). 1 Unless otherwise designated, all times in this report are eastern daylight time. 2 Cargo tank semitrailers are the most common articulated commercial vehicles used to transport bulk liquids. Another type of vehicle used to transport bulk liquids, the single-unit cargo tank truck, consists of a power unit with a tank that is not coupled to a trailer. Cargo tank motor vehicles refer to the entire population of heavy trucks equipped with cargo tanks (regardless of size, configuration, and whether the commodity transported is a hazardous material). 3 Liquefied petroleum gas is a flammable gas that is transported under pressure as a liquid with a lower explosive limit of 2.1-percent concentration with air and a flash point of -219.9° F. Liquefied petroleum gas is 270 times more compact as liquid than as gas, making it more economical to store and transport. 4 The accident occurred at the transition between I-69, which runs in a north-south direction, and the west and south segments of I-465, a beltway around Indianapolis (see figure 2). 5 No physical evidence or witness reports were available to independently corroborate the preaccident placement of vehicles and sequence of events that may have led to the encroachment of the combination unit upon the left lane; consequently, it is not known to what extent, if any, the combination unit had entered the left lane.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 2
Figure 1. Accident location.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 3
Figure 2. Plan view of connection ramp and direction of travel and final rest positions of the truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 4
Figure 3. Tire marks indicating redirection of combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane. (Source: Indiana State Police.) The truck driver’s excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver6 triggered a sequence of events that caused the cargo tank semitrailer to roll over, decouple from the truck-tractor, penetrate a steel W-beam guardrail, and collide with a bridge footing and concrete pier column supporting the southbound I-465 overpass. The collision entirely displaced the outside bridge
6 A rapid, evasive maneuver is defined by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) as steering, braking, accelerating, or any combination of control inputs that approaches the limits of a vehicle’s capabilities. For further information, see Evaluating the Relationship Between Near-Crashes and Crashes: Can Near-Crashes Serve as a Surrogate Safety Metric for Crashes? DOT-HS-811-382 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 5
pier column from its footing and resulted in a breach at the front of the cargo tank, which allowed the liquefied petroleum gas to escape, form a vapor cloud, and ignite. The truck-tractor came to rest on its right side south of the I-465 overpasses, and the decoupled cargo tank semitrailer came to rest on its left side, near the bridge footing supporting the southbound I-465 overpass (see figure 4).
Figure 4. Truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer at final rest. (Source: Lawrence Township Fire Department.) After witnessing the cargo tank semitrailer rollover, the Volvo driver stated that he immediately stopped his vehicle but did not have time to call 911 before the vapor cloud that had emitted from the cargo tank was ignited. The Volvo driver immediately exited his vehicle and ran north on the connection ramp to get away from the fire. The vapor ignited and created a fireball that extended approximately 250 feet above the I-465 overpasses. The truck driver and the Volvo driver sustained serious injuries in the accident and from the postaccident fire; and three occupants of passenger vehicles traveling above the connection ramp on I-465 received minor injuries from the postaccident fire. At the time of the accident, the sky was overcast, the winds were calm, the pavement was dry, and the temperature was about 58° F. 1.2 Emergency Response The accident was reported at 10:41 a.m. to the Marion County Sheriff’s Department 911 system as a tanker spill on southbound I-465. The Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) was notified moments later and arrived on scene at 10:47 a.m. The IMPD initially assumed command for law enforcement until a commander with the Indiana State Police (ISP) arrived on scene. The ISP sent approximately 25 units to the accident site, with the first 3 units dispatched at 10:41 a.m. and simultaneously arriving on scene at 10:48 a.m.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 6
After arriving on scene, ISP troopers provided first aid and spoke with the truck driver, who told them he could not remember what happened. At 10:58 a.m., traffic approaching the interchange was diverted from southbound I-69 and, at 11:08 a.m., from both directions of I-465. The ISP incident commander arrived on scene at 11:19 a.m. and deployed the Indiana Traffic Incident Management Effort (IN-TIME)7 traffic management plan to establish traffic control in the accident vicinity, alleviate traffic congestion in northeast Indianapolis, and initiate a contingency plan for road closures. The fire department was notified at 10:42 a.m. and, moments later, the Lawrence Township Fire Department (LTFD)8 and Indianapolis Fire Department (IFD) were dispatched. Shortly after that, the City of Lawrence and Town of Fishers fire departments were also dispatched. Four fire departments responded to the scene with approximately 39 firefighting apparatus units. A LTFD captain, who arrived on scene at 10:44 a.m., was the initial incident commander. The IFD firefighter hazardous materials team, which arrived on scene at 10:48 a.m., was notified en route that the cargo tank displayed a placard with United Nations (UN) identification number 1075.9 The placard’s UN identification number, tank shape, and eruption of a fireball after impact indicated to firefighters that the incident involved liquefied petroleum gas. The firefighters also observed a boiling fog escaping from a breach near the front head of the cargo tank. The first of five ambulances arrived on scene at 10:50 a.m. Three ambulances transported occupants with injuries to area hospitals (Wishard Hospital, Clarian Methodist Hospital, and Community North Hospital). The Chief of the LTFD assumed command after arriving on scene at 11:04 a.m. as the unified command post (UCP) was being established east of the southbound I-465 overpass. Fire suppression units were located primarily north and south of the accident location to extinguish fires at the locations where the truck-tractor and the cargo tank semitrailer came to rest. At 11:08 a.m., the incident commander reported that the fires were primarily under control, with the exception of small brush fires that continued to burn until 12:10 p.m. Combustible gas meter testing indicated the presence of flammable vapors in the area.10 The IFD then focused on deploying water to cool the tank and dissipate flammable vapors. At 11:19 a.m., the IFD safety coordinator reported that liquefied petroleum gas vapors continued to accumulate near the damaged cargo tank. For 30–40 minutes, while fog continued escaping from
7 IN-TIME is a public–private sector group that develops and recommends policy and operational protocols for the safe and efficient mitigation of traffic incidents. 8 The LTFD merged with the Indianapolis Fire Department on January 1, 2011. 9 The four-digit numbers that follow UN letters are displayed on package labels and placards attached to the external surface of commercial motor vehicles to identify the presence and type of hazardous materials being transported. Firefighters can utilize UN numbers to obtain information about how to respond to hazardous material releases. 10 The combustible gas meter detects the presence of gas concentrations up to 100 percent of the lower explosive limit, which is the lowest concentration of a flammable gas or vapor emitted into the air capable of producing a flash of fire in the presence of an ignition source.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 7
the tank, burning embers falling from a nearby outdoor advertisement sign caused at least three minor flashbacks of the vapor trail. Meanwhile, the UCP was transferred into the Metropolitan Emergency Communications Agency (MECA)11 van at 11:47 a.m. At 2:50 p.m., the fire department was still measuring flammable vapor concentrations at the cargo tank. The flammable vapor was eliminated once the City of Lawrence Fire Department and the IFD established a steady supply of water from a fire hydrant at a nearby apartment complex. When no flammable vapor levels were measured at 4:18 p.m., water operations were terminated. Unified command was transferred to the ISP at 6:59 p.m. By 8:00 p.m., the Indiana Department of Transportation (INDOT) and the ISP had opened the majority of the ramps that had been closed, except for the connection ramp (where the accident occurred) from southbound I-69 to southbound I-465, which was repaired and opened by 7:00 a.m. on October 27, 2009. I-465 remained closed to traffic for at least 1 day after the accident.12 The ISP and the LTFD had conducted recent disaster drills. A post-incident analysis of this accident was held by responding fire departments on October 28, 2009, to review the response, lessons learned, and problems encountered. The ISP facilitated an after-action review with all first responders on November 19, 2009. 1.3 Injuries The truck driver sustained serious injuries, including multiple contusions, heat blistering to his shoulders and upper back, and a laceration to the right ear. The driver of the 2007 Volvo sustained second-degree burns to his face, head, and arms. Three occupants in passenger vehicles traveling above the connection ramp on I-465 sustained minor burns (see table 1). Table 1. Injuries. Injury Severity Truck Driver Passenger Vehicle Occupants Total Fatal 0 0 0 Serious 1 1 2 Minor 0 3 3 None 0 0 0 Total 1 4 5 Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines a fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident. It defines a serious injury as an injury that requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days of the date of injury; results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of the fingers, toes, or nose); causes severe hemorrhages or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves any internal organ; or involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.
11 The MECA vehicle is equipped with the necessary equipment and personnel to provide emergency communication and record management services. 12 Correspondence received from INDOT, June 9, 2011.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 8
- 4 Survival Factors
Motorists traveling on I-465 stopped and walked to where the truck-tractor came to rest on its right side. They observed the truck driver inside the cab compartment leaning against the passenger door attempting to reach the steering wheel, with his seat belt slightly outstretched. One motorist first used his foot to dislodge and then his hands to remove the windshield from the truck-tractor before helping the truck driver exit the cab compartment. The truck driver was able to walk with assistance from others to move away from the truck-tractor. The truck driver stated in a postaccident interview with NTSB investigators that he was wearing his seat belt.13 1.5 Scene Evidence The ISP reconstruction team documented evidence at the accident scene using close-range photogrammetry.14 Tire marks extended in an arc from the right shoulder to the right lane, with the longest (on a scaled diagram prepared by ISP) measuring approximately 322 feet. Gouge marks were adjacent to where the right W-beam guardrail was damaged, and tire imprints were on the right shoulder and in the right lane directly north of the westbound I-465 overpass. Three scrape marks, 13–35 feet long, were in the right lane below the westbound I-465 overpass. The cargo tank semitrailer came to rest on its left side under the southbound I-465 overpass, with the front of the tank near the I-465 bridge footing and the rear bumper approximately 2 feet from railroad tracks. The rearmost axle15 on the cargo tank semitrailer (axle 5) separated and came to rest straddling the centerline on the connection ramp. The truck-tractor came to rest across both lanes of the ramp, approximately 135 feet from the front head of the cargo tank semitrailer. With the exception of the right rear tire, the Volvo passenger car was stopped entirely on the left paved shoulder adjacent to the left W-beam guardrail and below the westbound I-465 overpass, approximately 103 feet from where the cargo tank came to rest. 1.6 Weather Astronomical data reported near the accident location on October 22, 2009, the day of the accident, showed that sunrise occurred at 8:03 a.m. and that the sun’s altitude was 33.5° and azimuth was 149.1° east of true north at 10:45 a.m.16 A weather station near the accident site
13 Title 49 CFR 392.16 states that ―a commercial motor vehicle which has a seat belt assembly installed at the driver’s seat shall not be driven unless the driver has properly restrained himself/herself with the seat belt assembly.‖ The 2009 overall seat belt usage rate for drivers of all medium and heavy duty trucks and buses combined was 74 percent. For more information, see Commercial Motor Vehicle Driver Safety Belt Usage, Commercial Truck and Bus Safety Synthesis 8 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board) and Seat Belt Usage by Commercial Motor Vehicle Drivers, 2009 Survey, December 2009 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration). 14 Photogrammetry takes two or more two-dimensional images from different angles, with at least one known distance within the field of view, and translates them into three-dimensional models to analyze and obtain measurements of objects or distances within a spatial area. 15 For reference purposes, the five axles on the articulated combination unit are referred to by a single-digit number beginning with the steering axle (axle 1), followed by the first drive axle (2), second drive axle (3), first semitrailer axle (4), and second semitrailer axle (5). 16 Information obtained from the U.S. Naval Observatory website http://aa.usno.navy.mil, accessed October 25, 2009.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 9
reported a temperature of 58° F, a dew point of 54° F, and southerly winds of 4 mph at 10:44 a.m. No precipitation was recorded on October 22, 2009. At 10:54 a.m. that day, the Indianapolis International Airport—located approximately 16 miles southwest of the accident scene—reported overcast, dry conditions and visibility of 10 statute miles. 1.7 Damage The entire cab of the three-axle truck-tractor, upper sections of the fuel tanks, and combustible materials near the engine compartment—including brake system air lines—were consumed by the postaccident fire (see figure 5). The brake chamber mounting brackets on the steering axle were bent. The left- and right-quarter fenders on the truck-tractor were damaged. The frame rails at the rear of the truck-tractor were twisted, and the fifth wheel plate was entirely separated from the slide rail bracket. The tires on the steering axle were almost completely destroyed by fire. The inboard and outboard tires on the right side of axle 2 and the outboard tire on axle 3 were deflated, and the outboard right wheels were damaged.
Figure 5. Fire-damaged truck-tractor. The lower front head of the MC331 cargo tank semitrailer was deformed after impacting the bridge pier column. The impact resulted in a breach at the lower and right side of the front head, which generally followed the fillet weld around the perimeter of the mounting pad that attached the bottom of the tank to the upper coupler assembly.17 The majority of the opened portion of the breach measured approximately 20 inches by 29 inches, with the adjacent head and shell material peeled outward (see figure 6).
17 The upper coupler assembly, which consists of the coupler plate, kingpin, and supporting framework at the front of a semitrailer, interfaces with and couples to a truck-tractor’s fifth wheel.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 10
Figure 6. Collision damage and breach at the lower right side of the cargo tank. The flammable gas placard on the right side of the tank was destroyed. A wide scrape extended along the entire right shell of the cargo tank. The rear head sustained a cylindrically shaped transverse dent centered near the edge of the head, measuring approximately 37 inches long, 18 inches wide, and 4 inches deep. Black soot coated the right two-thirds of the rear head. The transverse baffles inside the tank were bowed forward about 6 inches. Axle 5 separated from the semitrailer during the crash, and axle 4 became detached when the cargo tank trailer was recovered from the scene. All outboard tires on axles 4 and 5 and the inboard left tire on axle 4 were deflated, and all outboard wheels were damaged. The outboard tire on the right side of axle 4 was detached from the wheel, and the outer sidewall of the outboard tire on the left side of axle 4 was lacerated. The steel W-beam guardrail along the connection ramp was damaged, and the outermost concrete bridge pier column that supported the southbound I-465 overpass separated from the bridge footing and pier cap (see figure 7). The heat of the postaccident fire damaged two outdoor advertisement signs and a telecommunication tower (see figure 8). Eight passenger vehicles traveling on the connection ramp and on the I-465 overpasses received minor-to-extensive heat-related damage, with two vehicles being towed from the accident scene. Damage from the fire extended approximately 280 feet north and 110 feet south of where the cargo tank semitrailer came to rest under the I-465 overpasses.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 11
Figure 7. Displaced bridge pier column struck by cargo tank semitrailer. (Source: Indiana State Police.)
Figure 8. Aerial view of the connection ramp and Interstate 465 overpasses. (Source: Indiana State Police.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report 12
- 8 Vehicle Information (Cargo Tank Combination Unit)
The 2006 Navistar International truck-tractor and 1994 Mississippi Tank Company cargo tank semitrailer were operated by AmeriGas Propane, L.P./Propane Transport International (AmeriGas/PTI), which has a corporate office in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. The five-axle articulated combination unit was approximately 8 feet wide, with an overall length of approximately 60 feet. NTSB investigators, together with the ISP and a representative of the Mississippi Tank Company, conducted a postaccident examination of the combination unit. 1.8.1 Truck-Tractor The three-axle truck-tractor, manufactured in October 2005 by Navistar International Corporation, had a shipped weight18 when built of 16,921 pounds. The truck-tractor was factory-equipped with a 430-horsepower (hp) Caterpillar C13 diesel engine, 10-speed manual transmission, leaf spring suspension on the steer axle, air ride suspension on the drive axles, air brake system with S-cam service brakes, and antilock braking system (ABS). The truck-tractor received its last periodic inspection on May 22, 2009 (invoice date June 3, 2009), from Selking International, Fort Wayne, Indiana. The odometer was destroyed in the postaccident fire; maintenance records indicated an odometer reading of 268,713 miles when the truck-tractor was serviced on October 13, 2009 (invoice date October 22, 2009), by Star Truck Rentals, Inc., Grand Rapids, Michigan. Damage from the fire restricted testing on the pneumatic portion of the truck-tractor’s braking system. All service brakes, except for the brakes on the steering axle, which were damaged and could not be measured, were found to be within proper adjustment limits.19 The steering linkage was intact despite damage at both outboard ends and the underside of the front axle. The steering gear (R.H. Sheppard model M100PMX3) was removed and an internal examination was conducted in the presence of an NTSB investigator by a representative of R.H. Sheppard Company, Inc., Hanover, Pennsylvania. The internal examination revealed signs of excessive heat throughout the steering gear. No damage or cracks were observed on the pitman arm splines, sector teeth, or piston teeth. In addition, no damage was observed to the upper thrust bearing or washers, rotary valve, and lower thrust washer.
18 Shipped weight is a vehicle’s unladed dry weight with minimal or no fuel, fluids, or optional equipment. 19 The applied pushrod stroke of each brake chamber that could be measured was within the maximum applied readjustment limits specified in 49 CFR Part 396, Appendix G, and the North American Out-of-Service Criteria that are utilized by the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance at roadside inspections.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 13
During the accident, the truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer decoupled at the fifth wheel before coming to rest. The fifth wheel coupler assembly20 was examined by NTSB investigators and a Fontaine Fifth Wheel Company representative. Postaccident examination revealed that the frame rails at the rear of the truck-tractor were twisted (left rail higher than right rail), and the cross bars at the base of the mounting brackets of the fifth wheel plate were significantly buckled and deformed (see figure 9). Signs of deformation were also observed on the frame rails and tracks where the slide rail bracket was fastened to the rear of the truck-tractor. The examination also found that the locks that keep the fifth wheel plate in a fixed position on the slide rail bracket were fully engaged in the locked position. The welded stop bars on the slide rail bracket that prevent the fifth wheel plate from inadvertently separating from the slide rail bracket were intact and undamaged. Observations made during the examination were consistent with the extended outboard edges of the cross bars of the fifth wheel plate becoming deformed and the grooved section of the slide rail bracket twisting sufficiently for the fifth wheel plate to separate from the slide rail bracket during the rollover sequence.
Figure 9. Fifth wheel plate. In addition to separating from the slide rail bracket, the fifth wheel plate also separated from the cargo tank semitrailer’s kingpin. The fifth wheel plate was found, with the pull handle severely deformed, approximately 70 feet north of where the cargo tank semitrailer came to rest. The jaw-and-wedge mechanism found in the open position at the scene and the deformation of
20 The fifth wheel coupler assembly at the rear of a truck-tractor consists of two joined components. The cross bars at the base of the fifth wheel plate (upper section) fit within metal slotted grooves on each side of the slide rail bracket (lower section). The fifth wheel plate is therefore connected to the slide rail bracket, which, in turn, is mounted to the frame rails at the rear of the truck-tractor with high-grade hexagonally shaped bolts. The fifth wheel plate is equipped with a jaw-and-wedge mechanism to allow the truck-tractor to couple to the cargo tank semitrailer’s kingpin, which serves as an anchor pin and articulation point and is located behind and under the front of the tank.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 14
the pull handle (as noted in figure 9) suggest that the pull handle became snagged as the cargo tank semitrailer slid on its right side, allowing the fifth wheel plate to separate from the trailer kingpin. The pull handle, located on the right side of the truck-tractor, is physically extended outward by a driver to release the fifth wheel plate from the kingpin to decouple the truck-tractor from the semitrailer. The truck-tractor’s Eaton Fuller 10-speed transmission was examined to determine the gear position at the time of the accident. The most forward of three synchronizers was observed to be engaged in fourth or ninth gear, depending on whether the vehicle was in low or high range, respectively. The Caterpillar C13 diesel engine had the capability, if enabled, of recording time-series and vehicle-related speed data that may have been instrumental in reconstructing accident events. Fire damage to the unit prevented NTSB investigators from recovering data that may have been captured from the engine’s electronic control module. 1.8.2 Cargo Tank Semitrailer The MC331 cargo tank semitrailer was manufactured in March 1994 by the Mississippi Tank Company. The chassis was factory-equipped with a tandem three-leaf spring suspension and an adjustable kingpin, which appeared undamaged. The hubometer on axle 4 displayed 298,827 miles when examined after the accident. Class 2 flammable gas placards with identification number 1075 and the words LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS were displayed on the front, rear, and sides of the cargo tank. The empty weight of the MC331 cargo tank semitrailer was 21,860 pounds. The bill of lading indicated that the cargo tank was loaded with 9,001 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas weighing approximately 37,900 pounds. The estimated weight of the combination unit laden with 9,001 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas was 76,681 pounds. The MC331 cargo tank was fabricated of quenched and tempered (QT)21 SA 517E steel segments joined by butt welds that satisfied applicable American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) code requirements and Federal regulations (49 CFR 178.337). The 0.25-inch-thick hemispherical front and rear heads were each constructed from a central circular plate and six approximately identical trapezoidally shaped gores. The tank’s shell consisted of four 0.378-inch-thick shell sections that were cut and shaped into cylinders to match the diameter of the head (see figure 10). The tank was 43 feet 11.5 inches long and had an inside diameter of 83.5 inches. The tank’s water capacity was 11,600 gallons, with a maximum allowable working pressure of 250 pounds per square inch, gauge (psig).
21 Quenching is the process of heating and rapidly cooling steel to increase hardness. Tempering is a heat treatment that follows quenching to reduce the brittleness of steel without significantly lowering its hardness or strength. Quenched and tempered (QT) and nonquenched and tempered (NQT) carbon steel plate is commonly used in the construction of MC330 and MC331 cargo tanks.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 15
Figure 10. Cargo tank semitrailer (MC331). Two X-shaped transverse baffles divided the interior volume of the MC331 cargo tank by thirds to minimize the longitudinal surge of liquid in the tank against the front and rear heads. The baffles were bolted to support clips and fastened to the tank shell by fillet-welded mounting pads. Four pipe lines and fixtures used to load and unload product were contained in a steel piping protection device. The cargo tank semitrailer was equipped with a pump to offload product and aftermarket equipment designed to automatically close internal valves when a leak is detected. Brake interlock devices were installed to prevent the trailer from being moved when loading and unloading lines are connected. Postaccident examination by the NTSB found that the head and shell cracks in the area of impact were consistent with ductile overstress, with no indications of preexisting damage or degradation. The majority of the cracking occurred along the fillet welds where the support structure was attached to the tank, which is to be expected because the support structure creates reinforcement where bending stresses are maximized. The weld geometry also introduces a stress concentration, and the welding process could alter the microstructure of the steel to reduce the material’s toughness. Cracking was also observed in the head of the tank within deep folds caused by the impact with the bridge pier column, away from any fillet or butt welds. No evidence was found of physical damage to the external piping and fittings, corrosion pitting on the interior or exterior of the shell or heads of the tank, or weld defects in the tank structure, such as lack of fusion. Postaccident examination of the two spring-loaded Fisher type H732-250 pressure relief valves mounted on the top center of the tank revealed that the plastic rain cap remained fully inserted in the forward pressure relief valve cup, but the rain cap and specification tag for the rearmost pressure relief valve were missing.22 The internal valve stems and springs of both valves revealed no visible signs of damage, such as corrosion, bending, marks, or chipped paint. Postaccident bench testing determined that both valves functioned as designed by opening within 110 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure of 250 psig.
22 The plastic cap is fully inserted into a cup located at the top of a pressure relief valve to seal and prevent rainwater from accumulating and leaking into the valve, which could lead to corrosion and affect the ability of a valve to function as designed.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 16
- 8.3 Periodic Testing and Refurbishment
Title 49 CFR Part 180.407 requires that MC330 and MC331 semitrailer pressure vessels receive annual external visual inspections and leakage tests. Additionally, the following must be completed every 5 years: an internal visual inspection, a wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection23 of all welds in and on the interior of QT and NQT cargo tanks, and a hydrostatic pressure test. The accident vehicle’s most recent cargo tank test inspections were conducted when the MC331 semitrailer’s chassis and cargo tank were refurbished by the Mississippi Tank Company (Indiana Division) in July 2009. The cargo tank refurbishment included the installation of several new components, including two pressure relief valves and a tank pressure gauge. Once the refurbishment was completed, the wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection and hydrostatic pressure test were performed, and external and internal visual inspections of the tank were conducted to check for weld defects, evidence of corrosion, abrasion, dents, and gouges. The refurbishment of the chassis primarily involved installing new brake hardware, fabricating a new steel plate and kingpin, and retrofitting the chassis with an ABS. The cargo tank and chassis were sandblasted and repainted and passed all U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) mandated inspections. 1.9 Truck Driver Information The truck driver was 73 years old and held a valid class ―A‖ Indiana commercial driver’s license (CDL) with an expiration date of December 3, 2011,24 which had a restriction requiring him to wear corrective lenses while driving. The truck driver also held endorsements for operating a cargo tank motor vehicle and transporting hazardous materials. There were no suspensions or disqualifications on the license. Information from the Indiana Department of Motor Vehicles and the Commercial Driver’s License Information System (CDLIS) database indicated that the truck driver had accumulated three moving violations during the 5 years before the accident (see table 2). Two of the violations were for speeding, and one was for failure to signal. Table 2. Moving violations (2004–2009). Violation Travel Above Posted Speed Limit Vehicle Type Conviction Date Failure to use/improper signal N/A Commercial vehicle October 29, 2007 Speeding* 16 mph Commercial vehicle June 7, 2007 Speeding* 17 mph Commercial vehicle May 13, 2004 *Withdrawn after the truck driver attended a safe driving course.
23 A wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection is a nondestructive testing process for detecting surface and near-surface flaws. 24 An Indiana CDL must be renewed every 4 years.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 17
- 9.1 Driving Experience
At the time of the accident, the truck driver had been driving heavy trucks for about 45 years, with the past 15 years spent transporting bulk liquid hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles. The truck driver said he had been involved in two accidents while driving commercial vehicles, with the most recent occurring more than 5 years before this accident. The truck driver had been employed by AmeriGas/PTI for about 14 years.25 He delivered liquefied petroleum gas for AmeriGas/PTI from loading terminals in Huntington, Griffith, and Milford, Indiana, to customer locations throughout Indiana, Illinois, and Ohio. He received delivery assignments each day from a dispatch office in Houston, Texas, which were transmitted to an onboard Qualcomm vehicle-tracking system26 that provided details about each load and delivery location. Although the truck driver could be dispatched anywhere if required, most loads were delivered within the state, allowing him to become familiar with Indiana’s network of highways. The truck driver was allowed to set his own work hours as long as he complied with delivery schedules. Most working days were 14 hours. When the combination unit was not in service, it was parked at a local AmeriGas Propane, L.P., retail facility located approximately 13 miles from the truck driver’s residence. Depending on workload, he either slept at home or in the sleeper berth of his truck-tractor. The truck driver had been driving the same truck-tractor for approximately 2 years before the accident occurred. 1.9.2 Medical Information The truck driver had a 15-year history of hypertension and Type II diabetes controlled by prescription medication. He was prescribed enalapril, hydrochlorothiazide, and atenolol to control high blood pressure (BP) and glyburide and metformin to control blood glucose. He also took tamsulosin to control symptoms of an enlarged prostate. The truck driver told NTSB investigators that he tested his blood glucose level twice daily and had two pill carriers—one for daytime and one for nighttime medication. Although he acknowledged taking all prescribed medication at the usual times during the 3 days before the accident, he did not test his blood glucose level on the morning that the accident occurred. The truck driver had undergone cataract surgery on his left eye in 1995 and his right eye in 1998. A complete ophthalmological exam in 2007 revealed no evidence of diabetic retinopathy, and another eye exam in 2009 found the truck driver to have 20/20 corrected distance visual acuity. The truck driver experienced an ischemic stroke approximately 10 years
25 The truck driver completed an application for employment with AmeriGas/PTI on June 23, 1995. 26 AmeriGas/PTI vehicles are equipped with a wireless communication device that provides two-way text data messaging and automatic satellite-tracking capabilities that include periodic reporting of the date, time, vehicle’s approximate location in relation to a nearby town, and status of the ignition key. Vehicle position history data can be used to locate the vehicle in real-time, later determine the route and time required to travel between two points, or review handwritten logbooks completed by commercial drivers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 18
before the accident.27 Medical records indicate that he had a complete recovery from the stroke except for dysarthria.28 The accident truck driver possessed a current medical certificate (signed April 21, 2009), which expired in April 2010. The truck driver was required to be examined yearly (rather than the typical 2-year examination period for commercial drivers)29 because of his hypertension and diabetes.30 Commercial driver fitness examinations at AmeriGas/PTI are completed by a physician retained by the company for that purpose. The truck driver’s most recent commercial driver medical examination report noted his diabetes, high BP, and stroke but did not mention any abnormalities with his extremities. An orthopedic clinic note of July 22, 2009, reported the truck driver’s height as 72 inches and weight as 210 pounds. The truck driver was on a 6-month medical leave in 2009 to have knee replacement surgery for severe and painful arthritis of both knees. The right knee surgery was performed on May 4, 2009, and the left knee on June 1, 2009. The truck driver underwent physical therapy and was allowed by his surgeon to return to regular duties on September 28, 2009. Postaccident hospitalization records indicated that the truck driver did not lose consciousness, and an inpatient postaccident evaluation did not identify any neurologic or cardiologic abnormalities that may have contributed to the accident. The truck driver’s weight was noted as 224 pounds and his blood sugar as 258 milligrams per deciliter (mg/dL) at the time of arrival at the emergency room. The hospital records also noted his most recent meal was at 9:45 a.m., and a laboratory record indicated his hemoglobin A1C was 6.3 percent.31 1.9.3 72-Hour History From October 19–22, 2009, the truck driver received six loads of liquefied petroleum gas from Dome Petroleum Corporation (the loading terminal), located approximately 2.6 miles east of Huntington, Indiana. Five of the six loads were delivered to four locations in Indiana (see figure 11). The one-way travel distance from the loading terminal to each of the four delivery locations ranged from 30–133 miles.
27 Ischemic strokes account for approximately 85 percent of all stroke cases and occur when there is an obstruction by blood clots or fatty deposits within a blood vessel that supplies blood to the brain. 28 Dysarthria is characterized by distorted speech that results from the inability to properly move the muscles of the tongue and mouth to produce speech. 29 Title 49 CFR 391.45 requires a 2-year examination cycle, unless the examining physician recommends a shorter time period. 30 Title 49 CFR 391.43 requires a driver diagnosed with stage 1 hypertension (BP 140/90–159/99) to be certified for 1 year only. Upon recertification, if the driver’s BP is 140/90 or lower, he or she may be certified for a 1-year reexamination cycle. However, if the driver’s BP is greater than 140/90 but less than 160/100, a one-time certificate for 3 months can be issued. A driver diagnosed with stage 2 hypertension (BP 160/100–179/109) should be treated and a one-time certificate for 3 months issued. Once the driver has reduced his or her BP to 140/90 or lower, the driver may be recertified annually thereafter. A driver diagnosed with stage 3 hypertension (BP 180/110 or higher) should not be certified until his or her BP is 140/90 or lower and should be recertified every 6 months. 31 The A1C is a common blood test that reflects the average blood sugar level for the past 2–3 months. Diabetics are recommended to maintain an A1C level below 7 percent.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 19
Figure 11. Location of loading terminal in relation to October 19–22 deliveries.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 20
A review of information recorded by the Qualcomm vehicle-tracking system revealed that data and time-stamped information about the accident vehicle’s approximate location were recorded approximately 80 times in the 3 days before the accident, with the first available record generated at 11:48 a.m. near Columbia City, Indiana, on October 19, 2009, and the last at 8:44 a.m. near Chesterfield, Indiana, on October 22. NTSB investigators utilized a software program (PC*MILER) to verify distances and the approximate time for the truck driver to travel from the loading terminal to deliver five loads throughout Indiana during the 3 days before the accident.32 NTSB investigators also reviewed hours-of-service records that were provided by AmeriGas/PTI for trips that had been completed by the truck driver in March 2009 (before the medical leave) and during the 2 weeks before the accident. These records indicate that the truck driver worked on October 9, 12, 15, and 16, 2009, and 3 consecutive days (October 19–21, 2009) before the accident occurred on October 22. Hours-of-service logbooks completed by the truck driver from October 19–22, 2009, were destroyed in the postaccident fire. Consequently, NTSB investigators obtained copies of shipping documents, information from a postaccident interview, and Qualcomm vehicle position history data from AmeriGas/PTI to reconstruct a 72-hour history of the truck driver’s activities before the accident (see figure 12 and table 3). While the reconstruction of the truck driver’s activities provides general information about his schedule, including available time for sleep, it does not necessarily reflect the actual time that sleep was initiated or duration of sleep during the 3 nights before the accident. Based on the reconstruction of the handwritten hours-of-service logbooks, the truck driver had driven the combination unit approximately 63 hours during 7 of 14 days from October 9–22, 2009.
Figure 12. Truck driver’s 72-hour history of activities before the accident.
32 PC*MILER is a routing and mapping software that is used by motor carriers for route navigation, rate calculation, fuel tax reporting, mileage verification, bid preparation, and freight auditing purposes.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 21
Table 3. Reconstruction of accident truck driver’s activities, October 19–22, 2009 (based on postaccident interview, shipping documents, and Qualcomm vehicle position history data). Monday, October 19 Time (EDT) Activities Location 7:00 a.m. Awakens at residence Syracuse, IN 11:00 a.m. Begins driving Goshen, IN 12:30 p.m. On duty, loading (load #1) Huntington, IN 1:00 p.m. Begins driving Huntington, IN 2:15 p.m. On duty, unloading Ft. Wayne, IN 3:00 p.m. Begins driving Ft. Wayne, IN 4:15 p.m. On duty, loading (load #2) Huntington, IN 5:00 p.m. Begins driving Huntington, IN 8:15 p.m. On duty, unloading Lebanon, IN 8:45 p.m. Time available for sleep (3 hours 30 minutes) Lebanon, IN Tuesday, October 20 Time (EDT) Activities Location 12:15 a.m. Begins driving Lebanon, IN 1:00 a.m. Time available for sleep (6 hours) Westfield, IN 7:00 a.m. Begins driving Westfield, IN 9:30 a.m. On duty, loading (load #3) Huntington, IN 10:00 a.m. Begins driving Huntington, IN 2:00 p.m. On duty, unloading Danville, IN 3:00 p.m. Begins driving Danville, IN 8:30 p.m. Time available for sleep (45 minutes) Huntington, IN 9:15 p.m. On duty, loading (load #4) Huntington, IN 9:45 p.m. Begins driving Huntington, IN 10:15 p.m. Time available for sleep (6 hours 45 minutes) Wabash, IN Wednesday, October 21 Time (EDT) Activities Location 5:00 a.m. Begins driving Wabash, IN 5:30 a.m. Off duty, not driving Mexico, IN 9:00 a.m. Begins driving Mexico, IN 11:00 a.m. On duty, unloading Lebanon, IN 12:00 p.m. Begins driving Lebanon, IN 2:45 p.m. On duty, loading (load #5) Huntington, IN 4:30 p.m. Begins driving Huntington, IN 6:00 p.m. On duty, unloading Fort Recovery, OH 7:15 p.m. Begins driving Fort Recovery, OH 9:00 p.m. Time available for sleep (1 hour) Huntington, IN 10:00 p.m. On duty, loading (load #6) Huntington, IN 11:00 p.m. Begins driving Huntington, IN Thursday, October 22 Time (EDT) Activities Location 12:00 a.m. (midnight) Time available for sleep (8 hours 15 minutes) Gaston, IN 8:15 a.m. Begins driving Gaston, IN 10:38 a.m.* Accident occurs I-69 connection to I-465 *The accident truck driver took more than 2 hours to travel approximately 45 miles, possibly due to an unscheduled stop between exit 45 and I-69 and the accident location. Vehicle position history data recorded by the Qualcomm vehicle-tracking system at 8:44 a.m. on October 22 and the truck driver’s last meal before the accident at approximately 9:45 a.m. (according to postaccident hospital records) suggest that he did not travel directly from a rest area at exit 45 and I-69 near Gaston, Indiana, to the accident location but instead stopped for a meal at exit 34 and I-69 near Chesterfield, Indiana.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 22
The truck driver told NTSB investigators that there were no internal or external distractions before the accident and that he was not using the citizens band radio, manipulating the controls of an AM/FM radio, using the Qualcomm vehicle-tracking system to send text messages, or engaging in a cellular telephone conversation. He also said that his vision was not temporarily obscured by sun glare nor was his concentration reduced or shifted by the large outdoor advertising sign located directly in the line of sight of motorists traveling south on the connection ramp. A review of the truck driver’s cellular telephone record indicated that he was not using the telephone for talking or texting at the time of the accident. 1.9.4 Toxicology During a postaccident interview with NTSB investigators, the truck driver indicated that he had not consumed alcohol during the 3 days before the accident. A blood sample, taken at the request of the ISP, was obtained from the truck driver at Clarian Methodist Hospital approximately 3 hours after the accident (1:38 p.m.) and split into two samples. Toxicological testing on one sample by the Indiana University Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology did not detect alcohol or 17 other drug types.33 Toxicological testing of the other sample by the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was negative for a wide range of legal and illegal drugs.34 The CAMI blood sample detected an antihypertensive prescription medication, atenolol. 1.10 Motor Carrier Operations The combination unit was operated by Propane Transport International (PTI), the transportation division of AmeriGas Propane, L.P. PTI was established in the 1950s and operated as a common carrier until it was acquired by AmeriGas Propane, L.P., in 1987 (referred to as AmeriGas/PTI). AmeriGas Propane, L.P., is a subsidiary of AmeriGas Partners, L.P., a retail propane marketer with distribution locations in 50 states.35 AmeriGas Propane, L.P. (legal name), doing business as PTI, was assigned U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) number 388004 and motor carrier (MC) number 114969.36 AmeriGas/PTI delivers bulk commodities such as propane, butane, and liquid asphalt as a common and contract carrier within the United States, several Canadian provinces,
33 Amphetamines, barbiturates, benzodiazepines, cocaine, methadone, opiates, phencyclidine (PCP), cannabinoids (marijuana), oxycodone, opioids, LSD, fentanyl, MDMA (colloquially known as ―Ecstasy‖), propoxyphene, methqualone, buprenorphine, and ketamine. 34 Amphetamines, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, PCP, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine. 35 2010 Annual Report, AmeriGas Partners, L.P. 36 A USDOT number is a unique identifier used to track safety information collected during carrier audits, compliance reviews, accident investigations, and vehicle inspections. The MC number is required to operate as a ―for-hire‖ motor carrier of regulated commodities or passengers in interstate commerce, unless the ―for-hire‖ operation is limited to transportation of exempt commodities, or the area operated within is exempt from interstate operating authority rules (49 CFR 392.9a).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 23
and Mexico. According to Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER)37 data administered by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), AmeriGas/PTI operated 2,761 power units with 3,645 drivers, for 45,657,197 total miles traveled in 2007. The overall distance traveled by AmeriGas/PTI increased significantly in 2010 to 92,109,000 miles, with additional power units (5,272) and fewer drivers (3,510). AmeriGas/PTI vehicles were involved in 84 recordable accidents, including three fatal accidents, 34 injury accidents, and 47 tow-away accidents from October 25, 2007, to October 25, 2009. SAFER data indicate that AmeriGas/PTI received 3,468 roadside inspections during the 24 months before the accident. The company’s out-of-service inspection rates for vehicles (10.7 percent), drivers (1 percent), and hazardous materials (2.5 percent) were lower than the national average out-of-service inspection rates (22.2, 6.6, and 5.0 percent, respectively). AmeriGas/PTI received satisfactory ratings for FMCSA compliance reviews conducted on February 19, 1998, and September 2, 2010.38 The FMCSA also conducted nonrated safety reviews at AmeriGas/PTI on May 24, 2006,39 and February 5, 2010.40 AmeriGas/PTI has developed criteria for the hiring of all new company drivers, fleet operators, and owner-operators. In addition to meeting Federal requirements (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations [FMCSRs], Part 391), new drivers must have at least 3 years and 150,000 miles of recent verifiable over-the-road experience driving a tractor-trailer and no more than two moving violations within the last 2 years. The accident truck driver received a satisfactory rating from the company during a road test on July 27, 1995. AmeriGas/PTI drivers are paid by the mile and on a set scale for loading and unloading. The company does not compensate drivers with premium pay (overtime) for working beyond regular hours. AmeriGas/PTI conducts preemployment, random, postaccident, and reasonable cause drug and alcohol testing. The company contracts with a substance abuse screening company to select employees for random testing and comply with requirements of 49 CFR Part 382 to test a percentage of employees every year. Selected management personnel are trained for ―reasonable cause‖ drug detection.
37 SAFER is an FMCSA summary of a company’s Motor Carrier Management Information System data that includes roadside inspections and accident history. For further information, see , accessed April 11, 2011. 38 A compliance review is an on-site examination of a motor carrier’s operations that includes—but is not limited to—examining hours-of-service, maintenance, inspection, and other safety and transportation records; driver qualification and CDL requirements; and hazardous materials training to determine whether a carrier meets safety fitness standards. The results of a compliance review are used to assign a motor carrier a safety rating of satisfactory, conditional, or unsatisfactory. 39 The FMCSA conducted a nonrated security contact review on May 24, 2006, at an AmeriGas/PTI terminal located in Columbia Station, Ohio. 40 The FMCSA conducted a nonrated compliance review focusing on Parts 382 and 383 on February 5, 2010, because of a recordable accident involving the arrest of an AmeriGas/PTI driver for driving under the influence.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 24
- 10.1 Driver Training
AmeriGas/PTI drivers are required to attend four separate in-service training sessions annually, lasting 8–72 hours and covering topics such as safe loading procedures and driving, with each session requiring the driver to pass a written test. Drivers are also provided employee training that meets the requirements of 49 CFR Part 172.41 The company has a committee that reviews accidents and recommends remedial actions. AmeriGas Propane, L.P., management told NTSB investigators that the company does not have a formal fatigue management program. The company developed a Vehicle Incident Prevention Training program for preventing backing, rear-ending, and rollover accidents. Materials to support the program include a slide presentation, participant handbook, and instructor guide. The company also displays safety posters and provides information in a safety bulletin about what can be done to prevent, as noted in a company newsletter, ―an epidemic‖ of rollover accidents that have occurred in recent years, including the rollover of 19 single-unit cargo tank trucks in 2009. Driver training handouts identify excessive speed, inattention, and overcorrected steering as the root causes of rollovers. The company’s training recommends that drivers not swerve to avoid an animal or debris on the road because the inertia of the propane load could shift and lead to a rollover. Drivers were also informed that the shifting of a partially filled tank can make a rollover situation even more likely once the vehicle starts to tip. The accident truck driver attended the company’s rollover awareness and prevention training and completed a Vehicle Incident Prevention Posttest on August 15, 2008. 1.10.2 Hours-of-Service Records AmeriGas/PTI drivers must submit handwritten logbooks to the company weekly, which are then monitored and audited with a computer-based program (Rapid Log). Each logbook page is reviewed for hours-of-service violations, and drivers are disciplined using a sliding scale system if violations are found. AmeriGas/PTI provided the handwritten logs that had been completed by the accident truck driver when he worked on October 9, 12, 15, and 16, 2009.42 The NTSB also received shipping documents and a vehicle position history report generated by the Qualcomm vehicle-tracking system for the months of March 2009 and October 2009.43 A detailed review that compared the truck driver’s handwritten logbook entries with shipping documents and vehicle position history data revealed five instances of false log entries and hours-of-service violations on 3 separate days in October 2009 (see table 4).
41 Title 49 CFR Part 172 requires that employees who work with hazardous materials receive training including general awareness/familiarization, function-specific information, emergency response procedures, hazardous materials protection, and accident prevention. 42 Title 49 CFR 395.8(K) requires the carrier to retain drivers’ records of duty (logbooks) for 6 months. 43 NTSB investigators did not receive hours-of-service records for the 6 months the driver was on medical leave (April–September 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 25
Table 4. Discrepancies between handwritten logbook and Qualcomm vehicle position history data. Date Driver Status (handwritten log) Truck Status (Qualcomm vehicle position history data)* Discrepancy October 9, 2009 Departed Huntington, Indiana, at 1:30 p.m. Departed Huntington, Indiana, ~1:06 p.m. ~24 minutes Departed Noblesville, Indiana, at 6:30 p.m. Departed Noblesville, Indiana, ~7:18 p.m. ~48 minutes Arrived Goshen, Indiana, at 9:30 p.m. Arrived Goshen, Indiana, ~11:05 p.m. ~95 minutes October 12, 2009 Off duty, Goshen, Indiana, at 7:30 p.m. Parked in White Pigeon, Michigan, ~10:01 p.m. on October 12 until ~5:06 a.m. and returned to Goshen, Indiana, ~6:18 a.m. on October 13 ~642 minutes October 15, 2009 Off duty, Huntington, Indiana, at 8:30 p.m. Parked in New Paris, Indiana, ~7:57 p.m. on October 15 until ~5:07 a.m. and returned to Huntington, Indiana, ~10:09 a.m. on October 16 ~819 minutes *Vehicle position history data, which are captured approximately every 60 minutes, do not reflect the specific time that the combination unit departed from or arrived at a particular location. 1.10.3 Vehicle Maintenance The 2006 International truck-tractor was leased by AmeriGas/PTI from Star Truck Rentals in Grand Rapids, Michigan, as a new truck-tractor and brought into fleet service in January 2006. The regular preventative maintenance on the truck-tractor was outsourced by AmeriGas/PTI to Star Truck Rentals, Inc., in Grand Rapids, Michigan, and Donlen Corporation in Northbrook, Illinois. The last preventative maintenance service on the truck-tractor occurred on February 20, 2009 (invoice date February 26, 2009). The FMCSRs require that AmeriGas/PTI and other commercial motor vehicles be inspected annually.44 The truck-tractor received its most recent periodic inspection on May 22, 2009, and the cargo tank semitrailer, on July 8, 2009. The most recent repairs to the truck-tractor were performed by Star Truck Rentals, Inc., on September 18, 2009 (invoice date October 1, 2009), to resolve an electrical problem and axle leak; and on October 13, 2009 (invoice date October 22, 2009), to install new lining and wheel seals on the steering axle, repair rear shocks, and tighten air tanks. Three Driver Vehicle Inspection Reports (DVIR) (October 9, 12, and 15, 2009) were obtained from AmeriGas/PTI and reviewed. No maintenance-related concerns were noted by the accident truck driver on these reports. DVIRs for October 19–22, 2009, were not available for review and presumed to have been destroyed in the postaccident fire. The truck driver told NTSB investigators that there were no mechanical problems with the combination unit on the day of the accident.
44 Title 49 CFR 396.17 requires that all components identified in appendix G, 49 CFR Subtitle B, Subchapter B, Chapter III, be inspected yearly and that the vehicle comply with out-of-service criteria for the brake system, coupling devices, exhaust system, fuel system, lighting devices, safe loading, steering mechanism, suspension, frame, tires, wheels and rims, and windshield wipers. Documentation of this inspection must be carried in the vehicle.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 26
- 11 Highway Information
The accident occurred on an urban interstate approximately 10 miles northeast of downtown Indianapolis, Indiana, at the I-69/I-465 interchange, on a semi-direct connection ramp that carries the southbound lanes of I-69 to the southbound lanes of I-465 (the connection ramp).45 The connection ramp was constructed in 1970. The twin bridges that carry the westbound and southbound lanes of I-465 over the ramp, including the bridge pier columns that support the superstructure and deck, were constructed in 1968. (See figure 8.) The ramp is a one-way, two-lane roadway consisting of 12-foot-wide left and right lanes. The ramp’s paved shoulders range from 8–9.5 feet on the right and 6–7.5 feet on the left. The design speed for I-69 southbound approaching the connection ramp is 70 mph. The posted regulatory speed limit for I-69 southbound north of the ramp is 55 mph. The posted speed limit sign is on the right side of the southbound lanes of I-69, approximately 2,700 feet north of the accident site. Approximately 0.5 mile north of the I-69 and I-465 interchange, the four southbound lanes of I-69 expand to five lanes before splitting into two left lanes continuing south and becoming Binford Boulevard and the three right lanes becoming a connection ramp to channel vehicles westbound or southbound on I-465. (See figure 2.) The three lanes of the connection ramp expand to four lanes before splitting into two right lanes curving to the right to direct vehicles westbound on I-465 and two left lanes curving to the left to guide vehicles southbound on I-465. Two advisory speed limit signs posted for 50 mph are on the right side of the ramp approximately 650 feet and 1,500 feet north of the accident site. The computed effective design speed for the connection ramp is approximately 53 mph. Two spot-speed studies46 conducted on the ramp by INDOT at separate locations on November 2, 2009, indicated that the 85th percentile speed at the first location (approximately 750 feet north of the accident site) was 56 mph for passenger cars and 53 mph for heavy trucks. The study further indicated that the 85th percentile speed at the second location (approximately 2,450 feet south of the accident site) was 58 mph for passenger cars and 55 mph for heavy trucks. The connection ramp north of the accident location has a −0.8 percent downgrade slope. The radius of the ramp’s leftward horizontal curve (direction of travel) is 881 feet. The ramp has the following markings: a 6-inch-wide solid yellow line separating the left lane from the left paved shoulder; 6-inch-wide, 10-foot-long broken white lines every 30 feet separating the left lane from the right lane; and a 6-inch-wide solid white line separating the right lane from the
45 A semi-direct connection ramp channels vehicles from one high-speed highway to another by negotiating two curves—the first headed in a direction away from the intended route and the second gradually reversing back to connect with the other high-speed highway. For further information, see A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 5th ed. (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 2004), p. 824. 46 A spot speed study uses automated methods with radar or laser speed detection equipment to measure the speed characteristics of vehicles at a specified location under the traffic and environmental conditions prevailing at the time of the study.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 27
right paved shoulder. No longitudinal rumble strips are on the ramp’s shoulders.47 The average daily traffic on the ramp increased from 25,000 vehicles per day on April 1, 1998, to 34,000 vehicles per day on October 28, 2009. A full vehicle classification study conducted by INDOT from October 28–30, 2009, found that traffic on the connection ramp consisted of approximately 87.5 percent passenger vehicles (class 1–3) and 12.5 percent trucks (class 4–13).48 From 2004–2008, 122 accidents occurred on the ramp, including one fatal accident in 2006.49 1.11.1. Cross-Slope Break The cross-slope break, located at the edge of the paved traveled way or at the interface between the traveled way and the shoulder, is calculated by taking the algebraic difference in traverse grades between the traveled way and the shoulder. For example, a cross-slope break for a traveled way with a positive 8 percent cross slope, sloped upward from left to right (in the direction of travel), and a shoulder that has a negative 2 percent cross slope, sloped downward from left to right (in the direction of travel)—such as existed in the vicinity of the connection ramp—would be 10 percent (see figure 13).
Figure 13. Cross-slope break. On straight roads, right shoulders are usually sloped downward to provide water drainage away from the roadway. On curved roads, travel lanes should be sloped (superelevated) to reduce the instability that could result in spinout or rollover accidents as vehicles negotiate curves, and shoulders should be sloped sufficiently to prevent excessive rainwater drainage onto the traveled way, but not so much as to create a hazard for vehicles that drive onto the shoulder.
47 Longitudinal rumble strips are raised or grooved patterns in the pavement that cause vehicles traveling over them to vibrate, alerting the driver. INDOT does not typically install longitudinal rumble strips on the shoulders of ramps. 48 The FHWA 13-category classification system includes class 1–3 vehicles, consisting of motorcycles, passenger cars, and four-tire single unit vehicles, and class 4–13 vehicles, consisting of buses, multi-axle single-unit trucks, and articulated heavy combination vehicles. 49 The fatality resulted from a high-speed, run-off-the-road motorcycle accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 28
During the on-scene investigation, measurements were taken with a standard survey level rod every 20 feet along the connection ramp up to the location where the cargo tank semitrailer collided with the bridge pier column. These measurements found that the cross slope of the left southbound lane varied from +7.20 to +8.27 percent, sloping upward from left to right (in the direction of travel); the cross slope of the right southbound lane on the ramp varied from +6.58 to +8.25 percent, sloping upward from left to right (in the direction of travel); and the cross slope of the right shoulder varied from −1.25 to −2.75 percent, sloping downward from left to right (in the direction of travel). Cross-slope measurements obtained on the connection ramp after the accident indicated a cross-slope break between the right southbound lane and right shoulder varying from 8.08–10.75 percent. AASHTO Standards for Cross-Slope Break. The design plans for the connection ramp developed in 1968 followed the 1957 American Association of State Highway Officials (AASHO) A Policy on Arterial Highways in Urban Areas (commonly known as the Red Book) and the 1965 AASHO A Policy on Geometric Design of Rural Highways (commonly known as the Blue Book). Both the AASHO 1957 Red Book and 1965 Blue Book recommended a maximum cross-slope break of 7 percent. Little change in the standards and philosophy of cross-slope breaks has occurred from 1957 to the present, with the exception of a decision published in the 2004 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)50 A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets51 (commonly known as the Green Book) recommending that ―the grade break at the edge of the paved surface be limited to approximately 8 percent.‖ Cross-Slope Break in Original Design Plans. INDOT’s original design plans for construction of the connection ramp where this accident occurred included a +8 percent cross slope for the left and right southbound lanes and a −4 percent cross slope for the right shoulder, equaling a cross-slope break between the right southbound lane and right shoulder of approximately 12 percent. Following this accident, INDOT conducted a records search to determine why the ramp’s cross-slope break differed from the 7 percent maximum recommended by AASHO standards developed in 1957 (Red Book) and 1965 (Blue Book). The cross-slope break on the connection ramp was designed using a standard INDOT ramp section sheet dated June 19, 1968,52 which appears as Sheet Number 5 on the original design plans. The June 1968 standard INDOT ramp section sheet indicates that the ramp’s traveled way was designed with a +8 percent cross slope and its right shoulder with a −4 percent cross slope, corresponding to an original cross-slope break of approximately 12 percent between the traveled way and right shoulder. The as-built plans confirmed that the cross-slope break was constructed as shown on the original design plans. However, sometime after the connection ramp was constructed with a 12 percent cross-slope break in 1970, the right shoulder on the ramp was
50 AASHTO (formerly AASHO) is a nonprofit, nonpartisan association representing highway and transportation departments in the 50 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico that fosters the development, operation, and maintenance of an integral national transportation system. 51 A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 5th ed. (2004), p. 316. 52 The standard INDOT ramp section sheet dated June 19, 1968, would only have been used in situations where the traveled way was in full superelevation or +8 percent cross slope.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 29
modified by INDOT from a −4 percent cross slope, as illustrated on the original design plans for the ramp, to a −2 percent cross slope. INDOT could not determine from available records when the right shoulder was modified, resulting in a 10 percent cross-slope break; the agency surmised that it occurred when the most recent work on the ramp—a 1997 pavement resurfacing project—was conducted. INDOT also determined from a records search that two changes occurred after the original plans were developed in June 1968. A standard INDOT ramp section sheet, dated August 12, 1968, illustrates the traveled way with a +8 percent cross slope and the right shoulder with a cross slope dependent on the ramp degree of curvature. Had the ramp been designed using the August 1968 standard INDOT ramp section sheet with a ramp curvature of 6° 30' (radius of 881 feet), the slope of the right shoulder would have been flat or zero percent. Another standard INDOT ramp section sheet, dated October 3, 1968, illustrates the right shoulder following the same 8 percent plane of superelevation53 as the traveled way. Had the ramp been designed and built using the October 1968 standard INDOT ramp section sheet, the right shoulder would have been superelevated +8 percent in the same direction as the traveled way. INDOT records revealed that the October 1968 standard INDOT ramp section sheet was utilized for designing cross-slope breaks on fully superelevated ramps until December 1, 1986, when the standard drawings for typical cross-sections were developed and included in the Indiana Design Manual, 54 which contains a list of typical applications for determining cross slopes on shoulders based on the superelevation of the traveled way. If the ramp had been designed today using the standards contained in the current Indiana Design Manual (January 2010), the right shoulder would have been superelevated +1 percent, resulting in a cross-slope break between the traveled way and the right shoulder of 7 percent. Cross-Slope Break Research. A limited Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) study was conducted in 1981 to verify the adequacy of a maximum 7 percent cross-slope break requirement in the 1965 AASHO Blue Book.55 A Highway-Vehicle-Object-Simulation Model (HVOSM) was used to evaluate various cross-slope break designs by testing the effects of curvature, speed, and path of a simulated passenger car. The simulations were performed with a moderate (rather than shallow or severe) departure from the travel lane onto the shoulder.56 Because a moderate traversal is not a single definitive path but could be an infinite number of paths, the study selected a nominal path that had a smaller radius than the highway curve and permitted the simulated vehicle to come within 1.6 feet of the outside edge of the shoulder before returning to the travel lane. The simulated vehicle traveled at the design speed, and the simulated
53 Superelevation, or cross slope, is expressed as a decimal and represents the ratio of the pavement width to elevation. 54 ―Horizontal Alignment,‖ Section 43-3.06(01) ―High-Side Shoulder,‖ Indiana Design Manual, Part 5, Chapter 43, January 21, 2010 http://www.in.gov/dot/div/contracts/standards/dm/2011/index.html, accessed April 28, 2011. 55 J.C. Glennon and others, HVOSM Studies of Cross-Slope Breaks on Highway Curves, DOT-FH-11-9575 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, 1981). 56 A moderate departure onto the shoulder occurs when the vehicle could be steered back to the pavement if the shoulder is wide enough, and the cross-slope break and shoulder slope do not cause the vehicle to exceed available skid resistance or result in intolerable centrifugal force on the driver.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 30
driver released its foot from the accelerator pedal at the first point of encounter with the cross-slope break. A series of HVOSM runs were performed to compare the dynamic differences between partial (straddling with right side wheels only) and full placement (entire vehicle) traversals onto the shoulder. A maximum 0.3 g lateral acceleration for driver discomfort was established, which was considered to be the level of apprehension most drivers could withstand during shoulder traversals without the driver subsequently initiating a hard brake application or excessive steer input that could result in a loss of control maneuver. The 0.3 g criterion was found to correspond with the 1965 AASHO Blue Book recommendation for a maximum 7 percent cross-slope break. The four-wheel traversals onto the shoulder (rather than two-wheel traversals) produced the most extreme dynamic responses. Driver discomfort mainly increased with shoulder slope and very little, if any, with the amount of cross-slope break. Thus, for a given design speed and superelevation of a horizontal curve, the maximum tolerable cross-slope break was a function of the shoulder cross slope. The most important conclusion from the study (according to the authors) is that for a negative shoulder cross slope to be tolerable for a recovery maneuver, it should be designed with just the minimum cross slope necessary to keep water from pooling in the travel lanes. 1.11.2 Protection of Bridge Pier Columns The support structure for the southbound I-465 overpass consisted of a concrete bridge footing (crash wall), seven concrete cylindrical pier columns, and a pier cap. The bridge footing was raised approximately 1.5 feet from the ground. The reinforced pier columns were 24 inches in diameter and stood approximately 14.3 feet high, as measured from the top of the bridge footing to the bottom of the pier cap. The outermost bridge pier column on the southbound I-465 overpass, which was struck by the cargo tank, was the first in a row of seven uniformly spaced columns approximately 10 feet on center. Strong post blocked-out W-beam guardrails were located on both sides of the connection ramp adjacent to the paved shoulders to protect the bridge pier columns from vehicle impacts. The strong posts that were connected to the steel W-beam rail element consisted of steel I-beams spaced 6.25 feet apart and embedded approximately 4–5 feet in the ground. The W-beam rail element was extended away (blocked out) from the posts with steel or timber spacer blocks. The W-beam guardrail was 30 inches tall, as measured from the pavement surface to the top of the W-beam rail element. The W-beam guardrail on the right side of the ramp began approximately 340 feet north of the I-465 overpasses, and the W-beam guardrail on the left side, approximately 930 feet. The concrete bridge pier column impacted by the semitrailer was offset from the W-beam guardrail by approximately 6 feet (see figure 14).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 31
Figure 14. Bridge pier column protection (before accident). Temporary construction shoring was erected after the accident behind the bridge pier column to provide vertical support for the three outside beam lines of the southbound I-465 overpass. A reinforced concrete wall, measuring approximately 14 feet high by 12 feet long by 2 feet wide, was then erected between the bridge footing and pier cap to fill the void space created after the bridge pier column was struck. I-465 remained closed to traffic for at least 1 day after the accident. The connection ramp was reopened on October 27, 2009. AASHTO Standards. Since the adoption of the first AASHO specifications in 1931, the body of knowledge in bridge research and design has grown significantly. The most recent framework—Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications—utilizes state-of-the-art analysis and design methodologies and makes use of load and resistance factors based on the known variability of applied loads and material properties.57 A phased approach was taken to implement the requirements of LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, with a transition schedule extending from 1994–2007. All five editions of the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications58 contain similar provisions for bridge pier protection, with the most recent edition published by AASHTO in 2010. AASHTO and the FHWA determined that, after October 1, 2007, all new bridges and replacements of existing bridges should be designed using the most current edition of the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications,59 which requires that bridge pier columns be protected if located within an area that extends approximately 30 feet from the edge of the traveled way (clear zone). Further, obstacles located within the clear zone should be removed, relocated, redesigned, or shielded by traffic barriers or crash cushions.
57 LRFD Implementation Plan, Initial Draft, Federal Highway Administration. http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/bridge/lrfd/plan.cfm, accessed June 22, 2011. 58 Publication dates for the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications are as follows: 1st ed. (1994), 2nd ed. (1998), 3rd ed. (2004), 4th ed. (2007), and 5th ed. (2010). 59 Design Standards for Highways, 23 CFR Part 625.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 32
The Transportation Research Board (TRB) National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) has established the following criteria for barrier protection testing:60 Test levels 1–3 (TL-1, TL-2, and TL-3): An 1,800-pound car striking a barrier at a 20° angle and a 4,400-pound pickup truck striking a barrier at a 25° angle at speeds of 30 mph (TL-1), 45 mph (TL-2), and 60 mph (TL-3), respectively. Test level 4 (TL-4): A 17,600-pound single-unit truck striking a barrier at an angle of 15° at 50 mph. Test level (TL-5): An 80,000-pound truck-tractor and a van-type semitrailer striking a barrier at an angle of 15° at 50 mph. Test level (TL-6): An 80,000-pound truck-tractor and a cargo tank semitrailer striking a barrier at an angle of 15° at 50 mph. Minimum height requirements for bridge railings, which are contained in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, are as follows: TL-1, TL-2, and TL-3 barriers—27 inches; TL-4 barrier—32 inches; TL-5 barrier—42 inches; and TL-6 barrier—90 inches. Bridge pier columns in the clear zone can be protected by either providing structural resistance to the bridge pier column or by redirecting or absorbing an impact from an errant vehicle. The option to redirect or absorb can be provided with an embankment or a 54-inch-high concrete barrier if the bridge pier column is located within 10 feet of the edge of the traveled way or a 42-inch-high concrete barrier if the bridge pier column is located more than 10 feet but less than 30 feet from the edge of the traveled way.61 These barriers must be structurally and geometrically capable of withstanding the impact specified for a TL-5 barrier. The option to provide structural resistance requires that the bridge pier column be designed for an equivalent static force of 400 kips62 (400,000 pounds), acting in any direction in a horizontal plane at a distance of 4 feet above the ground. Based on the results of a Transportation Pooled Fund Program63 study entitled Guidelines for Designing Bridge Piers and Abutments for Vehicle Collisions,64 a recommendation was made to AASHTO’s Subcommittee on Bridges and Structures in May 2010 that the equivalent static force of 400 kips be increased to 600 kips. New and Replacement Bridges. The LRFD Bridge Design Specifications contain Federal requirements for the protection of bridge pier columns on approximately 500 new and replacement bridges built in the United States each year (see table 5).65 This new construction
60 Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features, NCHRP Report 350 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 1993). 61 The requirements of AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications for protecting bridge pier columns differ and are independent from test levels for roadside barriers. 62 A kip is a unit of force equaling 1,000 pounds. 63 A Transportation Pooled Fund Program study is generally conducted to solve transportation-related problems with significant or widespread interest and may be funded jointly by several Federal, state, regional, and local transportation agencies. The Texas Department of Transportation was the sponsoring agency for this study. 64 Guidelines for Designing Bridge Piers and Abutments for Vehicle Collisions (College Station, Texas: Texas Transportation Institute, Texas A&M University, December 2009). 65 FHWA Office of Bridge Technology, e-mail to the NTSB (November 17, 2010).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 33
represents a small percentage of the approximately 41,000 bridges in the United States66 with a roadway passing underneath bridge spans, where intermediate columns are subject to vehicle impacts.67 Table 5. New and replacement of bridges built in the United States, 2005–2009. Year New and Replacement Bridges 2009 476 2008 640 2007 540 2006 597 2005 548
The AASHTO Roadside Design Guide provides guidance to highway agencies on the use of roadside barriers to protect bridge pier columns that are part of new projects and major projects involving the addition of a lane, significant changes to a roadway’s horizontal or vertical alignment, or reconstruction of an interchange. The 2006 Roadside Design Guide does not contain objective warrants but suggests that higher performance traffic barriers (TL-4 and above) be utilized at locations with above-average heavy truck traffic, adverse geometrics with poor sight distance, or severe consequences associated with the penetration of a barrier by a large vehicle. Existing Bridges. Although AASHTO’s LRFD Bridge Design Specifications and Roadside Design Guide are adequate for planned highway improvements, documentation is limited for assessing the protection of bridge pier columns on existing bridges not scheduled for construction. The FHWA Office of Bridge Technology did indicate, however, that the criteria contained in the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, which specifies minimum requirements for new bridges, may also be used by bridge owners to evaluate existing bridges,68 including structures and piers. An inventory conducted by INDOT on December 3, 2009, of all direct and semi-direct connection ramps and roadside bridge pier protection revealed that approximately 44 direct or semi-direct connection ramps were classified as underpasses69 in Indiana and each had some type of roadside barrier for protecting bridge pier columns. The level of protection varied from a W-beam guardrail (TL-3) to a concrete barrier (TL-4 or TL-5). INDOT indicated that ramps in Indiana cannot be systematically ranked in terms of traffic safety performance when a systemwide evaluation of roads is conducted because the large number of accidents on ramps makes it impossible to assign precise latitude and longitude coordinates. This limitation restricts the ability to compare accidents that occur on a particular
66 New and replacement bridges or other structures are built because of substandard load-carrying capacity or substandard bridge roadway geometry (FHWA Office of Safety e-mail to the NTSB, November 4, 2010). 67 The National Bridge Inventory, which aggregates structure inventory and appraisal data collected by each state, consists of approximately 600,000 bridges. 68 FHWA Office of Bridge Technology e-mail to the NTSB (December 9, 2010). 69 Underpasses are considered direct or semi-direct connection ramps when the ramp is carried under another roadway, rather than over.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 34
ramp with other types of ramps or road segments, road intersections, and road interchanges. To address this circumstance unique to ramps, INDOT plans to use supplementary analysis to gauge the performance of ramps when it conducts future evaluations of the traffic safety performance of its road system. The objective of such analysis will be to identify ramps operating poorly so that they can be improved with infrastructure or engineering treatments, modification of traffic control devices, enforcement, or other measures.70 1.12 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles Cargo tank motor vehicles represented 8.3 percent of the national fleet with five axles or more in 1997; approximately 80 percent of these vehicles transport bulk liquids or gases and approximately 20 percent, dry bulk materials.71 About 85 percent of all tractor-semitrailers traveling with hazardous materials are cargo tank motor vehicles; the remainder are van-type semitrailers.72 1.12.1 DOT Specification Cargo Tanks Federal regulations for the design and construction of cargo tanks that transport bulk liquid hazardous materials (―DOT specification cargo tanks‖) are established by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA). Design requirements for cargo tanks contained in 49 CFR Part 178 (specifications for packaging) are supported by ASME standards. Testing and inspection requirements for cargo tanks are contained in 49 CFR Part 180 (continuing qualification for maintenance of packaging). Depending on the specification of the cargo tank, the following tests and inspections are required either annually or every 5 years: periodic external and internal visual inspection, lining inspection, leakage testing, thickness testing, wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection of interior welds, and a hydrostatic pressure test. The MC331 cargo tank and its predecessor, the MC330, transport liquefied compressed gases73 in a smooth-bore (single) compartment, noninsulated, straight round cargo tank with hemispherical (half dome) or torispherical (shallow dome) heads and a maximum allowable working pressure between 100 and 500 psig. The average useful life of an MC331 cargo tank ranges from 25–50 years.74 MC330 cargo tanks, which were last manufactured in 1965, still
70 INDOT Director of Bridge Design, Inspection, Hydraulics, and Technical Support, response (September 2, 2010) to a question during the August 2010 NTSB public hearing on the Indianapolis rollover accident. For further information, see ―Rollover and Fire of a Truck-Tractor and Cargo Tank Semitrailer Carrying Liquefied Petroleum Gas in Indianapolis, Indiana, October 22, 2009,‖ public hearing, Washington, DC, August 3–4, 2010 http://www.ntsb.gov/events/2010/Indianapolis-IN/Default.html, accessed June, 22, 2011. 71 Analysis of the Vehicle Inventory and Use Survey for Trucks with Five-Axles or More (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, May 2001). 72 K.L. Campbell, National Estimates of the Number of Trucks, Travel, and Accident Experience of Tractor Semitrailers Used to Transport Hazardous Materials, Report No. UMTRI-89-1 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1989). 73 Compressed gases such as propane, butane, anhydrous ammonia, chlorine, and sulphur dioxide are transported in a liquid form under pressure. 74 Testimony delivered by cargo tank manufacturers on August 4, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 35
represent approximately 15–20 percent of the cargo tanks currently transporting liquefied compressed flammable gases.75 The most common articulated commercial motor vehicle for transporting liquefied petroleum gas is a three-axle truck-tractor and two-axle cargo tank semitrailer, the type of combination unit involved in this accident. 1.12.2 Crashworthiness of DOT Specification Cargo Tanks The NTSB examined the crashworthiness of DOT specification cargo tanks in its investigation of a 1994 accident76 involving a cargo tank motor vehicle rollover. In that accident, a truck-tractor in combination with a specification MC331 cargo tank semitrailer transporting 9,200 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas, drifted across the left lane and left shoulder, struck a guardrail, rolled over, and collided with a cylindrically shaped concrete bridge pier column. The front head of the tank fractured, releasing liquefied petroleum gas, which vaporized and ignited. The blast propelled the tank approximately 300 feet onto a wood-framed house. The driver was killed, 23 people were injured, and an area with a radius of approximately 400 feet was engulfed by fire. As a result of its investigation, the NTSB issued the following recommendation to the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA)77: In cooperation with the Federal Highway Administration, study methods and develop standards to improve the crashworthiness of front heads on cargo tanks used to transport liquefied flammable gases and potentially lethal nonflammable compressed gases. (H-95-37) The recommendation prompted RSPA to sponsor two studies to determine the response of MC331 cargo tank heads when striking various obstacles and the effect of head shielding on improving the crashworthiness of cargo tanks in various impact scenarios. The first study established a correlation between analytical models and damage resulting from actual accidents, examined failure criteria for the puncture of unprotected heads and those with a full or partial shield, compared the shape and thickness of heads to determine practical designs for unprotected heads, and evaluated head shielding at various distances and energy-absorbing material.78 The work involved developing a three-dimensional finite element model to determine the speed at which the unprotected hemispherically shaped front head of an MC331—similar to the cargo tank involved in the White Plains, New York, accident—would fail during four accident scenarios: (1) frontal impact with a rigid wall, (2) angled impact at 45° into a rigid wall, (3) impact into a 6-inch-diameter immovable circular post, and (4) impact with the tank rotated onto its side into a 42-inch-diameter cylindrical column. The models indicated that the front head
75 Testimony delivered by Mike Pitts, Vice-President, Sales, Mississippi Tank Company, on August 4, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 76 Propane Truck Collision with Bridge Column and Fire, White Plains, New York, July 27, 1994, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-95/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995). 77 Within DOT, RSPA was reorganized in 2004 into PHMSA and the Research and Innovative Technology Administration. 78 A. Selz and C.F. Heberling, Pressure Sciences Incorporated, Improving Crashworthiness of Front Head of MC331 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles (Washington, DC: Research and Special Programs Administration, February 2000).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 36
would fail at approximately 25 mph after striking a rigid wall and at less than 15 mph after impacting a 42-inch-diameter concrete column. Despite concerns about the adequacy of minimum construction requirements allowing the front head to be thinner than the tank shell, researchers were surprised to find that the thicker hemispherical head—as revealed by the models—had a lower failure speed than the thinner one when both struck a rigid wall; and, furthermore, that the 0.25-inch and 0.378-inch-thick hemispherical front heads of the cargo tanks both failed at impact speeds below 15 mph when a cylindrical concrete column was struck. The study results indicated that protection against angled impacts into rigid surfaces or collisions with bridge pier columns may be enhanced by placing energy-absorbing material between the front head and a secondary head on the MC331 cargo tank. Researchers recommended that a cost-benefit analysis be conducted for a conceptual head shielding design to improve the crashworthiness of MC331 cargo tanks. The second study sponsored by RSPA evaluated the feasibility, manufacturing costs, and marketability considerations for reducing the probability of fractures and/or penetrations to the front heads and adjacent structure of the MC331 cargo tank.79 Finite element models were again used to evaluate different approaches to protect the front heads of MC331 cargo tanks. Various densities and thicknesses of foam were examined to determine which configuration of energy-absorbing material would prevent a cargo tank from rupturing during a collision. It was determined that a foam thickness of 18 inches would protect the front head of the tank from failure during a 45° angle impact into a rigid wall at 52 mph and into a rigid 42-inch-diameter column at up to 59 mph. The estimated cost of installing an 18-inch-thick layer of energy-absorbing foam covered with a 0.060-inch-thick layer of sheet steel over the head of an MC331 cargo tank was $27,939 per trailer. The study concluded that although the modification would protect the tank from failure during the crash and impact scenarios that were studied, at speeds up to approximately 55 mph, the increased manufacturing cost and weight of 4,376 pounds of additional material for each cargo tank would not be cost effective. In an August 18, 2003, letter to the Acting Administrator, RSPA, the NTSB acknowledged the cost constraints of improving cargo tank crashworthiness but also asserted that crashworthiness remains a critical issue for cargo tanks transporting liquefied petroleum gas, with the concomitant potential for flammable gas explosions, toxic gas releases, and rocketing of cargo tanks. Consequently, Safety Recommendation H-95-37 and its companion recommendation to the FHWA, H-95-35, were classified ―Closed—Unacceptable Action.‖ 1.12.3 Hazardous Materials Carrier Registration An objective assessment of DOT specification cargo tank involvement in reportable incidents requires access to accurate information about the population of cargo tanks by DOT specification. Information associated with the operation of DOT specification cargo tanks is collected and maintained by the FMCSA and PHMSA. According to the FMCSA, approximately
79 A. Selz and P. Burnside, Pressure Sciences Incorporated, Further Work to Improve Crashworthiness of Front Head of MC331 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles (Washington, DC: Research and Special Programs Administration, March 2001).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 37
6,500 motor carriers operate a fleet of cargo tank motor vehicles that transport liquefied petroleum gas.80 The FMCSA registration process requires all interstate motor carriers, commercial motor vehicle registrants from select states, and commercial intrastate hazardous materials carriers hauling quantities requiring a safety permit to complete and submit a Motor Carrier Identification Report (MCS-150) to obtain a USDOT number. Carriers are also required to file biennial updates to report changes in operations, including the number of vehicles operated in the United States. Data contained on the MCS-150 form are stored in the Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS), a system of databases containing information from field offices and other sources. These data include police-reported accidents involving cargo tank motor vehicles in which no release of hazardous materials occurred. MCMIS is a source of inspection, crash, compliance review, safety audit, and registration data. Since 1992, PHMSA has required entities transporting certain hazardous materials, including hazardous wastes, to submit a Hazardous Materials Registration Statement (DOT Form F 5800.2) and pay an annual registration fee. DOT Form F 5800.2 requests the identity of the hazardous materials carrier, the mode(s) of transportation used, business category, basic description of hazardous materials activity, and states where operations are conducted. Registration fees collected from hazardous materials carriers provide funding for grants distributed to states and other professional organizations for hazardous materials emergency response planning and for training through the Hazardous Materials Emergency Preparedness Grants Program. 1.12.4 Rollover Awareness More than 1,300 rollovers involving cargo tank motor vehicles occur yearly in the United States.81 Approximately 60 percent of these rollovers involve semitrailers and 40 percent, single-unit trucks.82 The rollover rate of cargo tank semitrailers is more than double that of all other semitrailers.83 Rollovers occur in 24 percent of all hazardous material accidents and account for 75 percent of all spills.84 About 50 percent of truck driver deaths and 47 percent of
80 ―Effectiveness of Driver Training for Preventing Rollover Accidents,‖ PowerPoint presentation delivered by James O. Simmons, FMCSA, on August 3, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 81 ―Tank Truck Drivers: This Sign’s for You!‖ Safety News (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, May 13, 2008). 82 D.B. Pape and others, Battelle, Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study, final report, contract no. GS23-F-0011L (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, April 30, 2007). 83 UMTRI-89-1. 84 Hazardous Materials Serious Crash Analysis: Phase 2, final report (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, April 2005).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 38
incapacitating injuries occur from rollovers.85 Driver error (such as decision or recognition error) was found to be a factor in approximately 75 percent of cargo tank rollovers.86 Government and industry have been involved in a number of rollover awareness initiatives. In 2005, the National Tank Truck Carriers (NTTC) partnered with J.J. Keller & Associates, Inc., to develop an educational campaign consisting of a monthly poster, fact sheet, and payroll stuffers to raise the awareness of drivers on how to prevent cargo tank rollovers.87 In 2006, the FMCSA sponsored a Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study to learn more about the factors contributing to and strategies for reducing cargo tank rollovers.88 The study examined how rollovers can be reduced by outfitting cargo tank motor vehicles with stability control systems, enhancing the basic roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles, employing strategies to address difficult geometric and surface challenges, and improving driver training. The Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study concluded that although the tasks of safely operating a cargo tank motor vehicle are essentially the same as those for operating other class A heavy trucks, they must be mastered to a greater proficiency. To date, traditional approaches for raising cargo tank vehicle driver skills, such as disseminating instructional materials, have been employed in this effort. For example, the FHWA’s Office of Motor Carriers (predecessor to the FMCSA) has issued educational materials on the skills required for operating and controlling cargo tank motor vehicles through its On Guard bulletins. Following its investigation of a 1991 tractor-semitrailer (cargo tank) rollover,89 the NTSB issued the following recommendation to the FHWA: Issue periodic On Guard bulletins to remind all carriers and drivers to be attentive and aware of the conditions that can lead to a loss of stability and rollover in a tank truck. (H-91-33) In response to the recommendation, the FHWA published two additional safety bulletins, in August 1992 and March 1995, in addition to one previously published in June 1980 on cargo tank motor vehicle safety,90 to remind drivers about the need to review the special handling requirements for cargo tank motor vehicles with partial loads. Because the FHWA had published several On Guard bulletins since 1980 regarding the loss of stability and potential for rollover of cargo tank motor vehicles and stated it would continue to publish future bulletins if necessary, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-91-33 ―Closed—Exceeds Recommended Action‖ on June 24, 1996.
85 1995 Truck and Bus Crash Fact Book, Report No. UMTRI-97-30 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: Center for National Truck Statistics, University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1997). 86 Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study. 87 ―NTTC, J.J. Keller Launch Anti-Rollover Campaign,‖ Bulk Transporter, June 1, 2005. 88 Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study. 89 Overturn of a Tractor-Semitrailer (Cargo Tank) With Release of Automotive Gasoline and Fire, Carmichael, California, February 13, 1991, Hazardous Materials Accident Report NTSB/HZM-91/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1991). 90 ―Anything Other Than Full or Empty,‖ On Guard (Washington, DC: Office of Motor Carriers, Federal Highway Administration, June 1980, August 1992, and March 1995).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 39
In late 2007, the FMCSA scheduled a series of Tank Truck Rollover Prevention Summits to discuss and review approaches for rollover reduction and develop training and management materials.91 To further address the problem, the FMCSA, in association with PHMSA and industry partners, created a Cargo Tank Driver Rollover Prevention Video, which was released on August 3, 2010, to serve as a training aid for commercial drivers of cargo tank motor vehicles transporting hazardous materials. The long-term effectiveness of traditional approaches (such as brochures and videos) for raising driver awareness of rollover prevention strategies is generally unknown. A study currently under development by the TRB, Role of Human Factors in Preventing Cargo Tank Truck Rollovers, which seeks to identify and analyze the root causes of cargo tank rollovers, may provide greater insight on increasing the awareness of drivers about actions necessary to prevent the rollover of cargo tank motor vehicles.92 A Heavy Vehicle Rollover Prevention Program introduced by VicRoads93 to approximately 5,000 commercial drivers in July 2009 was effective in reducing rollover accidents. The program used truck models to visually demonstrate the effect of CG height on heavy commercial truck rollovers and encouraged motor carriers to develop a written code of behavior on the shared role of drivers and management in developing workable solutions for preventing rollover accidents, as opposed to merely presenting driver- or management-driven objectives. The program operated with the understanding that management would reduce the risk of rollovers by purchasing trailers with as low a CG height as practical, selecting routes to avoid high risk locations, and monitoring drivers’ schedules to prevent fatigue. 1.13 Vehicle-Based Rollover Prevention Two primary vehicle-related approaches are available to prevent cargo tank motor vehicle rollovers. One approach involves equipping vehicles with stability control systems to reduce ―untripped‖ rollovers94 resulting from excessive speed in a curve, which represent approximately 10–15 percent of rollovers involving cargo tank motor vehicles. The second approach involves vehicle design strategies for improving roll stability to reduce the number of tripped and untripped rollovers. 1.13.1 Stability Control Systems The NTSB has long advocated the study and implementation of advanced crash avoidance technologies to assist drivers in maintaining control of commercial motor vehicles.
91 ―Tank Truck Rollover Prevention Summits,‖ Bulk Transporter, October 1, 2007. 92 The study was initiated in October 2010, with a final report anticipated in January 2012. 93 VicRoads is a statutory authority of the State of Victoria in the Commonwealth of Australia. For further information, see Heavy Vehicle Rollover Prevention Program, VicRoads, Australia http://www.vicroads.vic.gov.au/truckrollover, accessed May 1, 2011. 94 Untripped rollovers occur when tire/road interface friction is the only external force acting on a vehicle that rolls over. In contrast, tripped rollovers are caused when vehicles impact curbs, potholes, and guardrails or when wheel rims burrow into soft soil or pavement.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 40
For example, in its investigation of a multiple-fatality mid-size bus rollover accident that occurred in Dolan Springs, Arizona, in January 2009,95 the NTSB addressed the benefits of equipping buses with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) greater than 10,000 pounds with stability control systems. As a result of that investigation, the NTSB issued the following recommendations to NHTSA: Develop stability control system performance standards applicable to newly manufactured buses with a gross vehicle weight rating above 10,000 pounds. (H-10-5) Once the performance standards from Safety Recommendation H-10-5 have been developed, require the installation of stability control systems in all newly manufactured buses in which this technology could have a safety benefit. (H-10-6) In November 2009, NHTSA announced the availability96 of its Final Vehicle Safety Rulemaking and Research Priority Plan for 2009–2011,97 which indicated test procedures would be developed to support a stability control standard for truck-tractors. The planned research involves testing rollover stability control (RSC) systems and electronic stability control (ESC) systems for heavy trucks and vehicles greater than 10,000 pounds GVWR, including truck-tractors, single-unit trucks, buses, and motorcoaches. In its initial response since Safety Recommendations H-10-5 and -6 were issued in July 2010, NHTSA indicated to the NTSB that efforts were underway to develop test procedures supporting a potential standard on ESC systems. In March 2011, NHTSA published a notice to announce the availability of its Final Vehicle Safety Rulemaking and Research Priority Plan 2011–2013,98 which was developed to apprise the public on the status of efforts delineated in the October 2009–2011 plan. The next milestone in the 2011–2013 plan for developing stability control systems to address rollover and loss-of-control accidents is a notice of proposed rulemaking in 2011, which will contain test procedures for truck-tractors and motorcoaches.99 NHTSA also plans to make a decision in 2014 about developing test procedures as part of a stability control standard for trucks, buses, and all other vehicles greater than 10,000 pounds GVWR that are not included in the truck-tractor and motorcoach rulemaking activity. Therefore, pending the completion of these recommended actions, Safety Recommendations H-10-5 and -6 were reclassified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖
95 Bus Loss of Control and Rollover, Dolan Springs, Arizona, January 30, 2009, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). 96 Federal Register, vol. 74, no. 215 (November 9, 2009), p. 57623. 97 Final Notice Rulemaking and Research Priority Plan 2009–2011, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Document ID Number 2009-0108-0022, http://www.regulations.gov/search/Regs/home.html#documentDetail?R=0900006480a53424, accessed May 1, 2011. 98 Federal Register, vol. 76, no. 62 (March 31, 2011), p. 17808. 99 NHTSA Vehicle Safety and Fuel Economy Rulemaking and Research Priority Plan 2011–2013, March 2011.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 41
The benefits of stability control systems for passenger cars have been recognized for several years. A study using National Accident Sampling System (NASS) General Estimates System (GES) data from NHTSA to analyze different makes and models, but similar model years (MYs), of passenger vehicles found that by installing ESC systems, loss-of-control accidents could be reduced approximately 40.3 percent for cars and 71.5 percent for sport utility vehicles.100 In addition, NHTSA issued a final rule in April 2007 requiring the installation of ESC in 100 percent of light vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less by MY 2012 (except some vehicles manufactured in stages or by small volume manufacturers).101 ESC systems are becoming increasingly common standard equipment in passenger vehicles—an estimated 71 percent of MY 2010 light vehicles sold in the United States were equipped with ESC. Stability control systems are an emerging technology that also holds promise for reducing heavy commercial motor vehicle accidents by preventing untripped rollovers (excessive speed in a curve), mitigating severe oversteer and understeer conditions that could lead to loss of control, and providing objective feedback to assist carriers monitor and improve driver performance. NHTSA has conducted field operational tests and several studies since 1998 to examine the effectiveness and safety benefits of active safety systems for enhancing the dynamic stability of heavy truck operations. Two stability control systems, tractor- or trailer-based RSC systems and tractor-based ESC, have been developed for commercial motor vehicles. RSC systems use accelerometers to continually monitor and compare the lateral acceleration of vehicles to a known critical rollover threshold. When the threshold has been reached, a tractor-based RSC system automatically reduces delivery of fuel to the engine and applies the foundation brakes on the drive axles and trailer to slow the speed of the vehicle in a curve. A trailer-based RSC system only applies the foundation brakes on the trailer when a critical rollover threshold has been detected. RSC is designed to prevent ―untripped‖ rollovers in which the speed of a vehicle entering a curve is too fast.102 A tractor-based ESC system utilizes the same technology as RSC to prevent untripped rollovers but has the added benefits of a steer-angle sensor and yaw-rate sensor to automatically correct situations of understeer or oversteer, which can lead to loss of directional stability, and—unlike a tractor-based RSC—the capability of also applying the steer axle brakes. Sensor information (including wheel speed) is collected and analyzed by an electronic control module to determine whether a signal should be sent to automatically apply all brakes to slow the vehicle or a selective number of brakes to redirect the vehicle. To ensure wheels do not lock when brakes are applied, the ABS determines whether to maintain a constant high pressure or to modulate pressure to prevent wheel lockup. Although a trailer-based RSC system can be retrofitted as aftermarket equipment, tractor-based RSC and ESC systems must be factory installed to ensure the full integration of sensors and other equipment with the vehicle’s internal communication system. Tractor-based
100 The Effect of Stability Control on Motor Vehicle Crash Prevention, Report No. UMTRI-2006-12 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 2006). 101 Electronic Stability Control Systems; Controls and Displays, Final Rule, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, Docket No. NHTSA-2007-27662, June 22, 2007. 102 Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 42
RSC and ESC systems are offered by the three major suppliers of brake components in the North American heavy vehicle market; the estimated retail cost of outfitting a vehicle with RSC or ESC is between $620103 and $2,000.104 Such systems became commercially available for class 8 truck-tractors in 2003 and 2005, respectively.105 NHTSA estimates that 25 percent of truck-tractors will be equipped with ESC by 2012.106 Manufacturer estimates as to ESC and RSC installation vary widely: One cargo tank manufacturer stated that 26 percent of new cargo tank semitrailers were equipped with RSC;107 another indicated that although less than 5 percent of new cargo tank semitrailers were equipped with RSC between 2005 and 2008, that number increased to approximately 80 percent of cargo tank semitrailers manufactured since 2009;108 and a third manufacturer indicated that less than 5 percent of newly manufactured cargo tank semitrailers were equipped with RSC.109 A 2009 NHTSA study conducted using the National Advanced Driving Simulator (NADS) to assess the effectiveness of stability control systems in reducing the incidences of rollovers and jackknifes for heavy trucks found performance differences between tractor-based RSC and ESC systems.110 Sixty participants with a class A CDL were recruited to each complete five experimental drives on the simulator while executing an emergency maneuver, negotiating a decreasing radius curve, and traveling too fast around an exit ramp. Drivers were instructed to maintain speed for each event at the critical range necessary for RSC and ESC systems to provide a benefit. The RSC system showed strong reductions of rollovers in geometry-based situations, such as excessive speed in tight curves and exit ramps. The ESC system was effective in avoiding jackknifes but not to the same degree as the RSC system in preventing rollovers in curves.111 Neither the ESC nor RSC system was effective in responding to emergency scenarios (right and left lane incursions) due to aggressive steering inputs resulting in highly dynamic vehicle stability changes. The swing of the trailer inertia in an emergency situation on dry road proved very difficult for stability control systems to overcome. Similar conclusions were drawn after a series of maneuvers were conducted on a test track, indicating that further study is required to understand how stability control technology and other factors influence the dynamic
103 The Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study cited a cost of $619 for tractor-based RSC; factory-option costs for tractor-based, all-inclusive ESC systems are estimated to be $2,100. 104 Testimony delivered by Alan Korn, Director, Vehicle Dynamics and Control, Meritor WABCO, Vehicle Control Systems, on August 3, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 105 Class 8 truck-tractors have a GVWR greater than 33,001 pounds. 106 ―Effectiveness of Stability Control Systems for Truck-Tractors,‖ Traffic Safety Factors, DOT-HS-811-437 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2011). 107 Testimony delivered by Thomas J. Anderson, Vice-President of Product and Market Development, LBT, Inc., on August 4, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 108 NTSB telephone call with a cargo tank manufacturer, December 28, 2010. 109 NTSB telephone call with a cargo tank manufacturer, June 1, 2011. 110 T. Brown and others, Heavy Truck ESC Effectiveness Study Using NADS, DOT-HS-811-233 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009). 111 The RSC system activated at lateral acceleration levels of approximately 0.24 g compared to approximately 0.33 g for the ESC system.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 43
response of heavy vehicles.112 The performance of ESC and RSC systems can also be compromised by the lateral displacement of sloshing liquid loads.113 1.13.2 Vehicle Design Solutions for reducing the number of rollovers should also consider measures available to improve the design and manufacture of cargo tank motor vehicles. British Petroleum realized, after 36 rollover accidents occurred in 9 months in 2005, that certain vehicle designs were less stable and prone to rollover. The company subsequently made design changes to its cargo tank motor vehicles to improve their rollover threshold.114 The static roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles can be improved to prevent tripped and untripped rollover accidents by maximizing the track width (distance between the centerline of dual tires) and selecting several available options for lowering the center of gravity (CG) height (see figure 15).
Figure 15. Fundamental design considerations for improving the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles. Several factors must be considered in designing and manufacturing cargo tank motor vehicles that transport hazardous materials. These include responding to customer operational requirements; complying with Federal requirements for minimum ground clearance, maximum
112 F.S. Barickman and others, ―NHTSA’s Class 8 Truck-Tractor Stability Control Test Track Effectiveness,‖ Paper No. 09-0552, 21st Annual Conference on Enhanced Safety of Vehicles, Stuttgart, Germany, June 15–18, 2009. 113 Marco P. daSilva, Greg Ayres, and Wassim G. Najm, Crash Problem Definition and Safety Benefits Methodology for Stability Control for Single-Unit Medium and Heavy Trucks and Large-Platform Buses, DOT-HS-811-099 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009). 114 Rollover Awareness Training Pack (2005), British Petroleum, PowerPoint presentation.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 44
dimensions, and structural integrity of cargo tanks; and conforming to American Petroleum Institute (API) requirements on allowable heights for bottom-loading cargo tanks. API loading height requirements stipulate that the center of the loading pipes mounted on the side of cargo tanks be positioned 24–54 inches above the ground. Roll stability can be influenced by decisions made when cargo tank motor vehicles are designed and manufactured, such as limiting the overall length of a cargo tank motor vehicle to optimize maneuverability without revising the tank-carrying capacity or tire selections that unnecessarily raise the CG height. Despite design constraints that tend to increase the CG height considerably above the frame rails, measures can be taken to reduce the propensity of cargo tank motor vehicles to roll over. Manufacturers can voluntarily select design options to strategically and effectively improve the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles, such as reducing the CG height as much as possible and maximizing track width (see table 6). Table 6. Design options for improving the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles. Design Option Truck-Tractor Single-Unit Truck Cargo Tank Trailer Lower CG Height 1 Minimize excess frame height √ √ √ 2 Minimize suspension ride height √ √ √ 3 Install low profile tires √ √ √ 4 Minimize fifth wheel mounting bracket height √ — — 5 Minimize height of subframe that cradles cargo tank — √ √ 6 Install inserted upper coupler — — √ 7 Lower overall height of cargo tank — √ √ 8 Change geometric shape of cargo tank — √ √ Increase Track Width 9 Increase track width from 71.5–77.5 inches (dual tires) √ √ √ 10 Install wide-base tires on outset wheels* √ √ √ *An outset wheel increases the track width by extending the hub mounting surface outward from the centerline of the wheel.
Center of Gravity Height. Although each option noted in table 6 may result in a relatively small or modest drop in CG height (1–4 inches), collectively, these options can incrementally amount to a considerable reduction, contributing to a significant improvement in the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles. For example, the vertical distance between the ground and the top of the fifth wheel coupler on truck-tractors (regarded as the fifth wheel height) can be reduced by minimizing excess frame height above the suspension components, minimizing the suspension ride height115 within allowable limits, and minimizing the fifth wheel mounting bracket height. The typical fifth wheel height of truck-tractors ranges from 47–52 inches, with an estimated 80 percent of truck-tractors with a fifth wheel height between 49–50 inches.116 A fifth wheel height of
115 A suspension’s designed ride height is defined as the distance from the suspension mounting surface to the center of the axle. For further information, see Technical Procedure Trailer Systems, Literature Number L1388, Hendrickson, November 2008. 116 Truck-tractor fifth wheel height influences the design and effective CG height of newly manufactured DOT specification cargo tank semitrailers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 45
- 5 inches has been achieved on a truck-tractor equipped with 22.5-inch-diameter wheels and
low profile tires.117 Similarly, the CG height of single-unit trucks and trailers with cargo tanks can be reduced by minimizing excess frame height and suspension ride height and also by limiting the surplus height of subframes that cradle the tank. The CG height of cargo tank semitrailers can also be reduced by installing an ―inserted‖ upper coupler that is recessed at the front of the trailer between the frame rails instead of a standard upper coupler, which is mounted below the frame. Geometric Shape. The roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles can also be enhanced by changing the geometric shape to reduce a tank’s CG height by making it wider or extending the center bottom of the shell lower than the front and rear heads. The option of modifying geometric shape to lower the CG height of DOT specification cargo tanks that transport compressed gases at high allowable working pressures, such as the tank involved in this accident, is not available because these tanks must comply with Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code by maintaining a circular shape with no more than a 1 percent difference between the maximum and minimum inside diameters of any cross section. Elliptically shaped cargo tanks with a dropped-center height118 to reduce CG height were introduced more than 50 years ago, when tank bottoms were straight. Initially, the base of the tank was sloped downward in one direction, which eventually evolved into the double tapered design, where the front and rear of the tank bottom slope toward the center (see figure 16). The dropped-center height of DOT specification cargo tanks for transporting bulk liquid petroleum products (DOT 406) ranges from 6–18 inches. Approximately 26–28 percent of new DOT 406 cargo tanks built are the double tapered design.119
Figure 16. Double tapered cargo tank with dropped center. The double conical design, consisting of two truncated circular cones welded together at the center, has been manufactured for about 35 years and represents approximately 20 percent of cargo tanks built since 2005 for transporting bulk liquid chemical products (DOT 407).120 A
117 P.S. Fancher and others, A Factbook of the Mechanical Properties of the Components for Single-Unit and Articulated Heavy Trucks, Report No. UMTRI-86-12 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1986). 118 Dropped-center height is the difference between the maximum vertical diameter at the center of the tank compared to the front and rear heads of the tank. The greater the dropped-center height, the more the CG height (as a fraction of dropped-center height) is lowered. 119 NTSB telephone calls with a cargo tank manufacturer, December 15, 2010, and July 25, 2011. 120 NTSB telephone call with a cargo tank manufacturer, December 28, 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 46
typical dropped-center height for a double conical tank with the center bottom lower than the front and rear heads (which, if viewed from the side, would appear similar to figure 16) is approximately 10–12 inches, which does not necessarily result in a lower ground clearance than straight-round tanks.121 DOT specification cargo tanks for transporting bulk liquid corrosives (DOT 412) are predominantly round, but approximately 10 percent built since 2005 have a double conical design with dropped-center heights ranging from 6–20 inches. The additional cost of manufacturing a double conical/tapered cargo tank ranges from $1,500–$5,000 (depending on the extent of dropped-center height and DOT specification).122 Increased Vehicle Width. The maximum allowable overall width of commercial motor vehicles was increased from 96–102 inches by the 1982 Surface Transportation Assistance Act (STAA-82). The roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles with dual tires can be improved substantially by increasing the track width from the 71.5 inches found on 96-inch-wide vehicles to the 77.5 inches found on 102-inch-wide vehicles (see figure 17).123
Figure 17. Roll stability improved by increased track width of 102-inch-wide vehicles.
121 Because product transported in a DOT 407 cargo tank is usually drained from the rear (and not the center) of the tank, some motor carriers cannot use a double conical tank. 122 Slight differences in the design and manufacture of individual double tapered and double conical cargo tanks may affect the actual reduction in CG height in relation to the amount of dropped-center height. 123 T.D. Gillespie and R.D. Ervin, Comparative Study of Vehicle Roll Stability, Report No. UMTRI-83-25 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1983).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 47
STAA-82 permitted 20,000-pound single-axle limits and designated a National Network for Large Trucks consisting of federally designated interstates and approximately 160,000 miles of other roads on which wider (102-inch) and longer tractor-semitrailers and twin trailers could travel without restriction.124 STAA-82 also required states to allow trucks with authorized dimensions to operate on the National Highway System (NHS) network and to provide ―reasonable access‖ between the network and terminals and other facilities for food, fuel, repairs, and rest.125 Currently, 41 states allow 102-inch-wide vehicles to operate throughout their states. The remaining states and the District of Columbia restrict the operation of 102-inch-wide vehicles on certain roads.126 Although the regulation allowing 102-inch-wide vehicles to operate has been in effect since 1982, motor carriers have been reluctant to voluntarily request increased track width on newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles. Consequently, only 10–30 percent of newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles feature increased track width for improving roll stability—as estimated by cargo tank manufacturers during the August 2010 NTSB public hearing and noted in published reports—which is significantly lower than for other major body types, such as enclosed van-type semitrailers.127 In contrast, more than 90 percent of cargo tank motor vehicles built by one cargo tank manufacturer and sold to Canadian fleets are equipped with the wider 102-inch axles.128 Overall Tank Height. The CG height of cargo tank motor vehicles can also be reduced by lowering the overall height of the tank, achievable by either expanding the overall width of the tank closer to the outboard edge of the vehicle129 or dropping the entire height of the tank or rear-only section lower to the ground. Lowering overall tank height is a feasible option for improving the roll stability of cargo tanks that cannot be converted from the standard geometric shape to a double conical or double tapered design. This limitation to altering tank geometry particularly applies to the straight-round profile of MC331 and MC338 specification cargo tanks, which transport compressed gases at maximum allowable working pressures as high as 500 psig. Methods for improving the roll stability of these DOT specification cargo tanks include extending the width of the frame rails to allow the tank to be positioned lower, installing
124 Title 23 CFR Part 658, Appendix A, contains a description of federally designated routes on the NHS network. 125 Report of the Subcommittee of Truck Size and Weight of the AASHTO Joint Committee on Domestic Freight Policy (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 1995). Public roads that restrict the operation of 102-inch-wide vehicles may be identified by utilizing routing and mapping software (for example, PC*MILER or TomTom) or referencing the Vehicle Sizes and Weights Manual (Neenah, Wisconsin: J.J. Keller & Associates, Inc.). 126 Testimony delivered by John Nicholas, Truck Size and Weight Program Manager, Federal Highway Administration, on August 4, 2010 , at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 127 Analysis of the Vehicle Inventory and Use Survey for Trucks With Five-Axles or More (Washington, DC: Federal Highway Administration, May 2001). 128 Testimony delivered by John F. Cannon, Vice-President of Engineering, Walker Group Holdings, on August 4, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 129 The feasibility of manufacturing a wider tank depends on whether changing the original shape of the tank by making it wider and shorter would make it necessary to increase the original shell thickness of the tank (adding weight) to maintain a minimum required level of beam strength.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 48
wide-base tires to increase the track width (see figure 18), and limiting the height of the subframe that cradles the tank.
Figure 18. Lower CG height and increased track width. Lowering tank height is still possible even when it is not practical or possible to lower both the front and rear sections of cargo tanks equally. For instance, in Australia, the rear section of a tank is lowered as much as possible, resulting in a noticeable downward slope (when viewed sideways) between the front and rear sections of the tank. Tire Selection. The CG height of cargo tank motor vehicles can also be reduced by installing low-profile tires with reduced section height (radial distance from the nominal rim diameter to the outer diameter of the tire), thus lowering the tires’ static-loaded diameter (distance from the ground to the top of tire mounted on a vehicle, calculated by adding half the overall diameter with the static-loaded radius provided by the tire manufacturer). The static-loaded diameter of the accident vehicle’s replacement tires was 40.2 inches, as compared to 30.1–35.1 inches for low-profile tires manufactured for heavy trucks and commercial trailers (see table 7). Although the installation of low-profile tires can lower the CG height of cargo tank vehicles by several inches, the proportion of newly manufactured vehicles equipped with low-profile tires is approximately 5–20 percent.130
130 NTSB telephone calls with cargo tank manufacturers, December 15, 2010, and June 1, 2011.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 49
Table 7. Difference in static-loaded diameter of standard tires and low-profile tires. Tire Type Application Tire Description Tire Size Static-Loaded Diameter (inches) Standard aspect ratio Tires on accident truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer Goodyear G149a 11R-22.5 40.2 Low profile Truck Michelin XDA2b 295/60R22.5 35.1 Low profile Trailer Bridgestone R184c 245/70R17.5 30.1 aSee http://www.goodyear.com/truck/pdf/gy_engdata_images.pdf, accessed July 8, 2011. bSee http://www.michelintruck.com/michelintruck/tires-retreads/tireInfo.do?tread=XDA2%2B%20ENERGY, accessed April 13, 2011. cSee, accessed April 13, 2011.
The roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles can also be improved by installing wide-base tires on 2-inch outset wheels,131 which would effectively increase (as noted in figure 18) the track width of a cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with dual tires. 1.13.3 Performance-Based Standards Performance-based standards can be used to design and manufacture vehicles with rollover-resistant characteristics. After its investigation of a rollover and subsequent fire involving a truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer laden with liquefied petroleum gas,132 an accident that triggered collisions involving 29 vehicles and resulted in 6 fatalities and 3 serious injuries, the NTSB made the following recommendation to NHTSA: Set a high priority on establishing performance requirements for new buses, trucks, trailers, and combinations in regard to: (1) improved braking capabilities with balanced skid resistance, reduced ―fade,‖ and shorter stopping with maximum load; (2) the use of energy-absorbing underride and override barriers to reduce passenger-car impact decelerations through controlled yielding; and (3) minimum limits on stability factors for loaded vehicles. (H-71-18)
NHTSA stated in a May 4, 1971, letter that the NTSB report was referred to its Research Institute for review and indicated specific comments on the recommendations would be provided directly to the NTSB. Safety Recommendation H-71-18 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action‖ on January 1, 1980. Europe and Canada have already made progress in this area. For example, Canada has established performance-based standards to harmonize the large discrepancies in size and weight regulations among provinces that allowed the manufacture of heavy truck configurations with
131 A wheel is outset when the hub mounting surface is outboard of the centerline of the wheel. 132 Multiple-Vehicle Collisions Under Fog Conditions, Followed by Fires, New Jersey Turnpike, North of Gate 2, November 29, 1969, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-71/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1971).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 50
poor dynamic performance.133 The Vehicle Weights and Dimension Study,134 completed in 1986, produced a set of performance metrics for establishing vehicle configuration specifications that has resulted in desirable dynamic characteristics. All provinces and territories have since implemented the Canadian national memorandum of understanding on vehicle weights and dimensions,135 which defines dimensional and dynamic performance requirements for heavy vehicle configurations. The European Industrial Gases Association (EIGA) believes that rollover prevention should focus not only on the behaviors of drivers and managers but also on the design and engineering of vehicles used to transport gases. The EIGA recognizes that trailer design can be instrumental in lowering the CG height of cargo tank motor vehicles.136 Geneva Regulation UNECE (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe)137 No. R111 established a minimum rollover threshold for cargo tank motor vehicles that transport dangerous goods.138 Compliance with R111 requirements must be verified by a tilt-table test or a calculation method. The static rollover threshold of the vehicle at the point at which overturning occurs139 must be greater than 23° when tested in both directions on a tilt table140 or at least 4 meters per second/per second (m/s2) when calculated by simulation in a steady-state circular test (constant radius, speed, and lateral acceleration). UNECE regulations were also developed to provide guidance for the construction of cargo tank motor vehicles first registered on July 1, 2003.141 Further, the National Research Council of Canada conducted tilt-table tests to determine the rollover threshold and characteristics of 17 tank-truck configurations that are deployed across
133 J. Woodrooffe and others, Review of Canadian Experience With the Regulation of Large Commercial Motor Vehicles, NCHRP Report No. 671 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, National Cooperative Highway Research Program, 2010). 134 Vehicle Weights and Dimensions Study, Technical Reports, vols. 1-16 (Ottawa, Canada: Roads Transportation Association of Canada, July 1986). 135 Memorandum of Understanding on Interprovincial Heavy Vehicle Weights and Dimensions, Task Force on Vehicle Weights and Dimension Policy, Council of Ministers Responsible for Transportation and Highway Safety, October 2009 http://www.comt.ca/english/programs/trucking/MOU%202009.pdf, accessed July 18, 2011. 136 ―Vehicle Rollover Incidents,‖ Safety Newsletter (Brussels, Belgium: European Industrial Gases Association, 2009). 137 UNECE is one of five regional commissions of the United Nations that brings together 56 countries located in the European Union, non-EU Western and Eastern Europe, southeastern Europe, the Commonwealth of Independent States, and North America. 138 Agreement Concerning the Approval of Tank Vehicles of Categories N and O with Regard to Rollover Stability, Regulation No.111, December 28, 2000, World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations http://live.unece.org/fileadmin/DAM/trans/main/wp29/wp29regs/r111e.pdf, accessed April 28, 2011. 139 UNECE Regulation No. R111 considers ―rollover threshold‖ as the instant when all wheels on one side of a vehicle have lost contact with the supporting surface of a tilt-table platform. 140 A tilt table is a test device used to quantify the rollover threshold of a heavy commercial vehicle in a steady-state curve. After the vehicle is driven onto the tilt table and constrained with safety restraints, one side of the platform is very slowly lifted until the vehicle reaches the point of roll instability. This phase of the test is determined when the semitrailer tires on the unladen side of the vehicle begin to lift off the tilt-table platform. 141 Requirements Concerning the Construction and Approval of Vehicles, European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR), annex B, part 9, chapter 9.7, point 9.7.5.2.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 51
Canada and travel to the United States.142 A computer simulation was used to determine the lowest rollover threshold of each vehicle configuration with tanks full and loaded to the maximum allowable gross weight. The results of the simulations and tilt-table tests were compared to the following minimum rollover thresholds: 0.35 g (acceleration of gravity)143 for all heavy vehicles, as required in New Zealand;144 0.40 g for tank trucks by tilt-table test or 0.42 g by the calculation method, as established by the UNECE; and 0.40 g for special permit vehicles, as developed by the Transportation Association of Canada. Tilt-table test results indicated that 7 of the 17 tank-truck configurations (41 percent) had a rollover threshold less than 0.35 g, and 14 of the 17 tank-truck configurations (83 percent) had a rollover threshold less than 0.40 g. The authors concluded that although a minimum rollover threshold requirement for new tank trucks would improve the roll resistance of the Canadian tank truck fleet, based on a tank truck fleet replacement rate of 3–5 percent per year and the long service life of cargo tanks, it would take 25–30 years after a performance-based standard became effective before the existing fleet of tank trucks was replaced. The study suggested that an operational requirement for all in-use tank trucks transporting hazardous materials to comply with a specific rollover threshold would decrease the time it would take to improve the rollover threshold of the tank truck fleet. 1.13.4 Partial Loads The dynamic movement of fluid within a partially filled cargo tank was suggested as an explanation for why the involvement rate of five-axle cargo tank semitrailers by rollover threshold was markedly higher than for five-axle van-type semitrailers.145 Fluid slosh generated by dynamic motions encountered under braking, acceleration, cornering, or lane-change maneuvers can yield significant transient load shifts in the roll and pitch planes and alter the directional properties of a cargo tank motor vehicle.146 Dynamic slosh motions can be readily excited on a cargo tank motor vehicle, especially when executing a lane change or an evasive maneuver with a counter-steer input.147 The maximum carrying capacity of a highway-operated cargo tank is generally decided (when the vehicle is being purchased) by the lightest density of product that will be transported. Densities of bulk liquid loads transported by cargo tank motor vehicles differ considerably, with petroleum products ranging from 6–8 pounds per gallon and common industrial acids,
142 J.R. Billing and J.D. Patten, An Assessment of Tank Truck Roll Stability, Report No. TP 14237E (Ottawa, Canada: Centre for Surface Transportation Technology, National Research Council of Canada, 2005). 143 The acceleration rate of gravity is approximately 32.2 feet (9.8 meters) per second/per second. 144 Restricted tank volumes and modest axle/gross axle weights raise the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles beyond the minimum rollover threshold of 0.35 g established for all heavy trucks in New Zealand. 145 P. Fancher and others, Turner Truck Handling and Stability Properties Affecting Safety, Report No. UMTRI-89-11 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1989). 146 G.R. Yan, S. Rakheja, and K. Siddiqui, ―Analysis of Transient Fluid Slosh in Partly-Filled Tanks With and Without Baffles; Part 1—Model Validation,‖ International Journal of Heavy Vehicle Systems, vol. 17, no. 3/4 (October 2010). 147 Future Configuration of Tank Vehicles Hauling Flammable Liquids in Michigan, Report No. UM-HSRI-80-73-1 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Highway Safety Research Institute, April 1983).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 52
9–16 pounds per gallon.148 A single-compartment cargo tank transporting product with a density of 9 pounds per gallon could have limited void space above the fill level; the same trailer transporting a product with a density of 16 pounds per gallon could have significant outage.149 Factors that can lead to the sloshing (splashing lateral motion) and surging (rolling forward like a wave) of partially filled compartments include the density and viscosity of the commodity hauled; number and size of compartments; customer requirements; axle and vehicle weight restrictions; and filling level of the tank, as determined by the density of a product in relation to its total liquid carrying capacity. The fill level and geometric shape of a tank may determine how significantly the lateral sloshing and longitudinal surging of bulk liquid affect the directional stability and rollover threshold of cargo tank motor vehicles. A substantial number of partial loads are transported in smooth bore (single-compartment) cargo tanks that are not outfitted with interior bulkheads or baffles to mitigate the sloshing and surging of bulk liquid loads.150 Partial liquid loading is involved in 94 percent of cargo tank rollover accidents.151
148 L.A. Botkin, Safe Highway Transportation of Bulk Liquids, Technical Paper No. 700872 (Warrendale, Pennsylvania: SAE International, 1970). 149 Outage refers to the amount that a package (such as a cargo tank) falls short of being fully loaded, usually expressed in percent by volume (49 CFR 171.8). 150 R.D. Ervin, M. Barnes, and A. Wolfe, Liquid Cargo Shifting and the Stability of Cargo Tank Trucks, Report No. UMTRI-85-35/2 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1985). 151 Cargo Tank Driver Rollover Prevention Video, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, August 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 53
- Analysis
The analysis begins with a discussion of the factors and conditions that the NTSB has excluded as having caused or contributed to the accident, the sequence of events and speed during the combination unit’s rollover, and an evaluation of driver fatigue. Next, the analysis reviews measures for mitigating the rollover of cargo tank motor vehicles, which include a comprehensive rollover prevention program, stability control systems, vehicle design enhancements, highway design, and the effect of the lateral displacement (sloshing) of partially filled loads. The analysis then examines initiatives for reducing the release of hazardous materials when DOT specification cargo tanks are involved in motor vehicle accidents and for preventing vulnerable bridges from collapsing when bridge pier columns located near the traveled way are struck by an errant heavy commercial vehicle. 2.1 Exclusions At the time of the accident, skies were overcast, with a temperature of 58° F and winds of 4 mph. The truck driver did not report any problems with illumination or glare. The NTSB concludes that the weather did not contribute to the accident. Postaccident examination found no preexisting defects on the truck-tractor or cargo tank semitrailer. The steering gear was functionally operational, and damage to internal components was determined to have been caused by the impact loading and excessive heat generated by the postaccident fire. With the exception of the steer axle brakes, which were damaged and could not be measured, the service brakes on the truck-tractor and cargo tank semitrailer were within proper readjustment limits. The truck-tractor and semitrailer decoupled as a result of the excessive twisting of the frame rails and buckling of the cross bars during the rollover, which allowed the fifth wheel plate to separate from the slide rail bracket. The patterns of damage and fracturing of the front head of the tank indicated that the breach of the cargo tank head and shell resulted from the collision with the bridge pier column and not from preexisting damage, fatigue cracking, corrosion, or weld defects such as lack of fusion. Further, mechanical properties of the materials and cargo tank design met or exceeded all of the structural integrity requirements imposed by Federal regulations (49 CFR 178.337). Therefore, the NTSB concludes that there was no evidence of mechanical defects or preexisting damage to the combination unit and cargo tank. The truck driver was properly licensed and had the requisite endorsements to operate a truck-tractor semitrailer. He had approximately 45 years of experience driving heavy commercial vehicles and had spent the past 15 years transporting bulk liquid hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles. The truck driver drove the same truck-tractor for approximately 2 years and was familiar with traveling on highways throughout Indiana, including the interchange where the accident occurred. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the truck driver was adequately licensed and familiar with both the route and driving the combination unit. Blood samples obtained from the truck driver after the accident were negative for alcohol and a wide range of over-the-counter and illicit drugs. Atenolol, an antihypertensive medication NTSB Highway Accident Report 54
that had been prescribed to the driver, was the only drug for which the driver tested positive. The NTSB therefore concludes that the truck driver’s performance was not impaired by alcohol or any of the prescription, over-the-counter, or illicit drugs for which he was tested following the accident. Although NTSB investigators were informed by one witness that another witness allegedly observed the accident truck driver talking on a cellular telephone, a review of cellular records confirmed that the driver was not using a cellular telephone before the accident. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that there was no evidence that the truck driver was distracted by his cellular telephone immediately before the accident. Other than a speech deficit, the truck driver had no neurologic abnormalities from a stroke that occurred approximately 10 years before the accident. The truck driver indicated that he had no difficulties with the knee replacements that he received less than 6 months before the accident. Further, although the truck driver’s prescribed medications would not have been expected to directly result in impairment, one of them, glyburide, can result in hypoglycemia (low blood sugar), particularly when used in combination with other glucose-lowering medications such as metformin.152 Based on his average blood glucose, blood glucose in the emergency room, and the expected rise in blood glucose following trauma,153 it seems most probable that the truck driver’s blood glucose level was 135–200 mg/dL at the time of the accident, a level at which no significant adverse effects in performance would be expected.154 No evidence exists that the truck driver—who had made several steering inputs prior to the rollover—had an incapacitating event. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that neither the staged bilateral knee replacement surgery155 nor the general health of the truck driver caused or contributed to the accident. Emergency response from the LTFD, ISP, and other responding agencies and fire suppression units occurred as expeditiously as possible, considering the number of high-volume highway lanes that had to be rerouted and the hazards of working in a relatively confined area surrounded by flammable vapors. In addition, the unified incident command, traffic control, transport of the injured, and scene safety were well coordinated. The absence of shipping papers, which were destroyed in the fire, did not prevent first responders from identifying the product and responding to the incident in an appropriate manner. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the emergency response was timely and adequate.
152 J.A. Davidson, A.J. Scheen, and H.C. Howlett, ―Tolerability Profile of Metformin/Glibenclamide Combination Tablets (Glucovance): A New Treatment for the Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus,‖ DrugSafe, vol. 27, no. 15 (2004), pp. 1205–1216. 153 L. Li and J.L. Messina, ―Acute Insulin Resistance Following Injury,‖ Trends in Endocrinology and Metabolism, vol. 20, no. 9 (2009), pp. 429–435. 154 I. Pais and others, ―Mood and Cognitive Functions During Acute Euglycaemia and Mild Hyperglycaemia in Type 2 Diabetic Patients,‖ Experimental and Clinical Endocrinology Diabetes, vol. 115, no. 1 (2007), pp. 42–46. 155 Bilateral knee replacement surgery replaces both knees in a staged procedure on separate days that could be several days, weeks, or months apart.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 55
- 2 Accident Discussion
When the accident occurred, the AmeriGas/PTI combination unit had just exited southbound I-69 and was on a connection ramp to travel southbound on I-465. While in the right lane of the I-465 southbound connection ramp, the combination unit, negotiating a left curve with a +8 percent cross slope (left side of lane lower than right side), began to encroach upon the left lane, occupied by a Volvo passenger car. The truck driver responded to the Volvo’s presence in the left lane by executing an excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver that caused the combination unit to veer right and travel onto the paved right shoulder, which had a −2 percent cross slope (left side higher than right side). The truck driver then made a rapid counterclockwise steering input to redirect the combination unit from the shoulder to the right lane (see figure 19). Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the truck driver’s excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver triggered the subsequent accident sequence.
Figure 19. Rollover sequence. As the combination unit advanced closer to the I-465 overpasses, the lateral displacement of the vehicle’s CG allowed weight to transfer off the inside wheels and create a rolling motion, which caused the cargo tank semitrailer to lean to the right and begin to roll over. The truck driver’s attempt to steer the combination unit away from the shoulder and into the right lane exacerbated the roll motion by reducing the curvature of the vehicle trajectory from 881 to 630 feet, as evidenced by visible weight-shift tire marks. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the truck driver’s quickly steering the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane contributed to the rollover. The weight-shift marks indicated that the cargo tank semitrailer came near the edge of the pavement before it moved closer to the white painted solid line and rolled over. The combination unit struck the ground at an angle (relative to the travel lanes on the connection ramp), with the right-rear side of the semitrailer impacting the right shoulder and the right-front side of the semitrailer and truck-tractor landing diagonally across the right lane. The dark tire imprints on the right shoulder and in the right lane indicate where the sidewalls of the right outboard tires on the semitrailer and truck-tractor’s drive axles struck the ground (see figure 20).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 56
Figure 20. Tire imprints in the right lane and on the shoulder indicating where the combination unit rolled over onto its right side. (Source: Indiana State Police.) During the rollover sequence, the truck-tractor’s fifth wheel plate attached to the kingpin at the front of the cargo tank semitrailer separated from the slide rail bracket fastened to the rear of the truck-tractor. After decoupling, the trajectory of the truck-tractor and the front of the cargo tank semitrailer shifted away from the centerline toward the right shoulder, with each unit sliding independently on its right side toward the right guardrail. The truck-tractor struck and rebounded from the right guardrail before coming to rest on the connection ramp south of the I-465 overpasses. The front head of the cargo tank penetrated the W-beam guardrail at an approximately 20° angle before striking the I-465 bridge footing and completely displacing one of seven concrete bridge pier columns supporting the I-465 southbound overpass. The impact resulted in a breach of the head and shell, which provided a portal for compressed liquefied petroleum gas to escape, form a vapor cloud, ignite, and erupt into a fireball. The remaining kinetic energy and swift expulsion of liquefied petroleum gas caused the cargo tank semitrailer to advance forward and rotate counterclockwise. The cargo tank eventually came to rest on its left side, with its front head near the southbound I-465 bridge footing and the rear bumper close to the railroad tracks located west of the connection ramp (see figure 21).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 57
Figure 21. Final rest position of cargo tank semitrailer. (Source: Indiana State Police.) The lateral acceleration required to shift the CG far enough outward to create weight-shift marks, lift the inside wheels off the ground, and induce the untripped rollover was not solely caused by the speed at which the truck driver negotiated the left curve on the ramp but also by the excessive, rapid steering wheel inputs made during the evasive maneuver; the vehicle instability resulting from traveling on a −2 percent cross slope; the side-to-side displacement of the partial bulk liquid load within the cargo tank; and the truck driver’s decision to quickly return the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 58
- 2.1 Rollover Speed
The spot-speed study conducted by INDOT approximately 750 feet north of the westbound I-465 overpass shortly after the accident (November 2, 2009) showed that the 85th percentile speed for heavy trucks traveling on the ramp was 53 mph, slightly above the posted advisory speed of 50 mph. The Volvo driver indicated during a postaccident interview that he was not speeding on the ramp and could not estimate the combination unit’s speed. The engine’s electronic control module was destroyed in the postaccident fire, so limited objective information was available to accurately estimate the combination unit’s speed at rollover. As an alternative means of estimating the combination unit’s speed at rollover, NTSB investigators analyzed information collected during the postaccident examination of the truck-tractor and performed computer simulations. NTSB investigators used a sawtooth curve chart and data sheet obtained from Navistar International Corporation to determine the range of speeds at which the truck-tractor could travel when the transmission was engaged in ninth gear, as observed during the postaccident inspection.156 The data sheet, which provides speed calculations for the truck-tractor in each gear of the 10-speed transmission, with a Caterpillar C13 diesel engine operating at approximately 1,522–2,100 rpm, revealed that the accident truck-tractor was capable of traveling 47–65 mph with the transmission in ninth gear. Operating the engine at a lower speed of 1,200 rpm, as recommended by the engine manufacturer, would extend the speed range of the truck-tractor in ninth gear to a lower limit of 38 mph (see table 8).157 Table 8. Speed range of truck-tractor in ninth gear. Engine Operating Range Transmission Gear Engine RPM Speed (mph) Navistar 9 1522–2100 47–65 Caterpillar 9 1200–2100 38–65
The NTSB conducted a vehicle dynamics study to investigate the propensity of a truck-tractor semitrailer to roll over while traveling on a paved shoulder with a −2 percent cross slope and, moreover, to determine whether the wide speed range calculated in ninth gear (38–65 mph) could be narrowed. Using TruckSim158 software, NTSB staff performed computer simulations to determine the rollover speed of a truck-tractor semitrailer negotiating a steady-state curve with a constant radius of 700, 800, and 881 feet. The three different curve radii were selected to replicate the nominal curve radius of the connection ramp (881 feet) and the reduced instantaneous radius of trajectory curvature when the combination unit rolled over (800 and 700 feet). For each of the three curve radii selected, the simulations also considered a truck-tractor semitrailer traveling on a surface similar to the measured superelevation of the
156 The travel speed of a vehicle in each transmission gear depends upon (and can be predicted by) engine speed. 157 On-Highway Diesel Engine with ACERT Technology , accessed April 30, 2011. 158 TruckSim is a software tool used for simulating and analyzing the dynamic behavior of medium-to-heavy trucks, buses, and articulated vehicles.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 59
travel lanes on the ramp (+8 percent) and right shoulder (−2 percent) and the effective superelevation when the combination unit was partially on the right shoulder and the right lane of the connection ramp (0 percent). The nine iterations computed the combination unit’s rollover speed when optimally driven along a curve by an ideal simulated driver and the speed at which the combination unit’s inside trailer wheels would lift off the ground. In each case, the semitrailer’s inside wheels were the first to lift off the ground. The simulations indicated that the maximum speed at which a truck-tractor semitrailer combination unit could negotiate a curve with a radius of 881 feet and +8 percent superelevation without rolling over was 77 mph. The maximum speed without wheel lift was 73 mph, which was lowered to 66 mph when the effective superelevation was changed from +8 to 0 percent and to 55 mph when the nominal radius of the curve was reduced to 700 feet. The simulations did not take into account the additional lateral acceleration generated by rapid steering inputs or the resulting side-to-side displacement of the partial bulk liquid load in the cargo tank. Under those conditions, the combination unit’s maximum speed before wheel lift may have been less than 55 mph.159 Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the combination unit’s speed at the onset of rollover may have been near the posted advisory speed limit. 2.2.2 Driver Fatigue NTSB investigators examined whether fatigue played a role in the accident. The examination included reviewing the 72-hour reconstruction of the truck driver’s activities, which was developed by interpreting Qualcomm vehicle position history data, shipping documents, and information provided by the driver about when he slept. The truck driver indicated that he generally went to bed at home about 11:00 p.m. and awakened about 7:00 a.m. He stated that he did not have difficulty falling asleep but did awaken once or twice at night to use the bathroom. His self-reported sleep quality at home on a 1 to 5 scale (with ―1‖ being quite tired and ―5‖ fully alert) was 5, higher than the 4 he reported when he slept in the truck-tractor. The driver said he occasionally took a nap in the sleeper berth (usually in the afternoon) when he was away from home driving the combination unit. Investigators were able to estimate the driver’s off-duty time, which was assigned whenever the driver was not on duty loading (supported by shipping documents) or when the combination unit (according to vehicle position history data) was stationary.160 The driver’s time available for sleep, or sleep opportunity, will necessarily be less than his off-duty time due to
159 A spot-speed study of the connection ramp directly north of the I-465 westbound overpass conducted on November 2, 2009, found that the 85th percentile speed was 56 mph for passenger cars and 53 mph for heavy trucks. 160 On-duty status was assigned according to shipping documents produced when the driver loaded the combination unit at the loading terminal and estimated when the cargo tank was unloaded at a delivery location. Driving status was assigned when the combination unit traveled away from or returned to the loading terminal. The only off-duty time assigned was on October 21, when the combination unit was stationary from 5:30–9:00 a.m. in Mexico, Indiana, before traveling to the loading terminal in Lebanon.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 60
other normal daily activities such as eating, bathing, and socializing. However, investigators were not able to determine the driver’s activities and their duration during his off-duty time. Furthermore, the actual sleep obtained by the driver, a subset of the sleep opportunity, was also unknown. Investigators examined the possibility of driver fatigue using the driver’s off-duty time, which represents a maximum sleep opportunity for the driver. Two sleep schedules were analyzed because it was not known whether the driver slept during each off-duty period (schedule 1 in table 9) or just during the one off-duty period that encompassed the longer night sleep (schedule 2). The first sleep schedule assumes that the truck driver slept 0.75–3.5 hours daily when he went off duty, providing him with a maximum of 9.25–11 hours of sleep opportunity each day. The second sleep schedule provided the driver with a maximum of 6.0–8.25 hours of sleep opportunity each day. Table 9. Time available for truck driver to rest.
Date
Time Awake
Long Sleep (start)
Total Work Time* (hours) Maximum Sleep Opportunity Schedule 1 (hours) Schedule 2 (hours) October 19 7:00 a.m. 1:00 a.m. 9.75 9.5 6.0 October 20 7:00 a.m. 10:15 p.m. 15.25 11.0 6.75 October 21 5:00 a.m. 12:00 a.m. 14.5 9.25 8.25 October 22 8:15 a.m. — 2.4 — —
- Includes on-duty time spent loading, unloading, and driving.
Factors that can lead to an accident from loss of alertness due to driver fatigue include the duration of the last sleep, elapsed time awake, time of day, and known sleep disorders. Based on the first sleep schedule, the truck driver had a maximum of 9.25 hours of sleep opportunity the night before the accident and was awake the following day for approximately 2.4 hours before the accident occurred at approximately 10:38 a.m. The second sleep schedule provided the truck driver an average of 7.0 hours of sleep opportunity each day, which was an average of 2.91 hours less than the first sleep schedule and 1.25–2 hours less sleep for 2 nights than the 8 hours that he customarily received at home. Research measuring the effects of different amounts of nightly time in bed (3, 5, 7, or 9 hours) on the subsequent performance (cognitive tasks and simulated driving) of bus and truck drivers holding a valid CDL161 showed that across 7 consecutive days of testing, driver performance in the 7-hour group (averaging 6.28 hours of actual sleep, slightly less than population norms) was measurably poorer than driver performance in the 9-hour group (averaging 7.93 hours of actual sleep, within normal limits). The results of this study suggest that commercial drivers, including the AmeriGas/PTI truck driver, may not be able to adapt to, or compensate for, even mild reductions in total sleep time. Further, although the driver’s maximum sleep opportunity on the second sleep schedule the night before the accident was 8.25 hours, a
161 T. Balkin and others, Effects of Sleep Schedules on Commercial Motor Vehicle Driver Performance, DOT contract DTFH61-94-Y-00090, Report No. DOT-MC-00-133 (Silver Spring, Maryland: Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, 2000).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 61
length the driver reported that he normally slept, research has found that 2 full nights of sleep is required to obtain a near or full recovery from protracted sleep loss or sleep restriction.162 The truck driver did not comply with the sleeper berth provision and exceeded the 14-hour limit within hours-of-service regulations,163 maintained an irregular sleep/wake schedule by rising earlier one day than the next, and remained awake the day before the accident (on the second sleep schedule) for 19 hours. An arduous work schedule is one of the most highly predictive underlying factors associated with long-distance truck drivers falling asleep at the wheel.164 To summarize, because of inconsistencies with the truck driver’s reported sleep, the NTSB constructed two possible sleep schedules. Under the first sleep schedule, the driver’s performance was unlikely affected by fatigue but may have been affected by other factors, such as distraction or inattention. However, under the second sleep schedule, the driver may have been fatigued. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that there was insufficient information available to determine whether the truck driver was fatigued. The truck driver did not meet regularly with a supervisor or report to a company-operated terminal. Consequently, he worked independently, setting his own hours within the delivery schedule assigned by a dispatch office in Houston, Texas. A review of the truck driver’s work/rest schedule indicated that it differed daily and was inconsistent with sound sleep management practices. The truck driver’s decisions about when and how long to sleep may be indicative of similar choices being made by other AmeriGas/PTI drivers. In this accident, the truck driver violated Federal regulations (49 CFR Part 395) by either splitting sleep periods or not resting at least 8 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth on 2 consecutive nights before the accident. Additionally, after conducting a detailed review of the truck driver’s reported hours, comparing entries made in the driver’s handwritten logbook with shipping documents and Qualcomm vehicle position history data, NTSB investigators discovered five false log entries and hours-of-service violations on 3 separate days during the weeks before the accident. Surveys conducted for the Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study consistently identified driver fatigue and inattention as major contributors to rollover accidents. Information from the Trucks Involved in Fatal Accidents (1999–2003) and GES (2000–2004) databases revealed that
162 a) A. Smiley and R. Heslegrave, A 360 Hour Recovery Period for Truck Drivers; Synopsis of Current Scientific Knowledge, TP 13035E (Ottawa, Canada: Transport Canada, Transportation Development Centre, 1997). (b) D.F. Dinges and others, ―Cumulative Sleepiness, Mood Disturbance, and Psychomotor Vigilance Performance Decrements During a Week of Sleep Restricted to 4–5 hours Per Night,‖ Sleep, vol. 20, no. 4 (1997), pp. 267–277. (c) S. Vespa and others, ―Study of Commercial Vehicle Driver Rest Periods and Recovery of Performance in an Operational Environment,‖ Third International Conference on Fatigue and Transportation, Institute for Research in Safety and Transport, Murdoch University, February 9–13, 1998, Fremantle, Western Australia. 163 Title 49 CFR Part 395 stipulates that property-carrying commercial drivers may not drive beyond the 14th consecutive hour after coming on duty, following 10 consecutive hours off duty. Off-duty time does not extend the 14-hour limit. Drivers using the sleeper berth provision must take at least 8 consecutive hours in the sleeper berth, plus 2 consecutive hours either in the sleeper berth, off duty, or any combination of the two. 164 A.T. McCartt and others, ―Factors Associated With Falling Asleep at the Wheel Among Long-Distance Truck Drivers,‖ Accident Analysis & Prevention, vol. 32, no. 4 (2000), pp. 493–504.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 62
inattention was a factor in 12–14 percent of rollover accidents involving cargo tank motor vehicles. One countermeasure that motor carriers can implement to minimize the risk of fatigue-related accidents is a fatigue management program, the key components of which include organizational commitment; education; medical screening and treatment; scheduling; and a strategy for implementing, monitoring, and evaluating the program. The North American Fatigue Management Program, currently under development and anticipated to be completed by 2012, is a collaborative effort by the FMCSA, Canadian regulators, and industry associations to reduce fatigue-related accidents by creating the components necessary to manage commercial driver fatigue. The NTSB issued the following recommendations associated with fatigue management to the FMCSA after its investigation of a 2009 multi-vehicle rear-end accident165 resulting in 10 passenger vehicle occupant fatalities: Create educational materials that provide current information on fatigue and fatigue countermeasures and make the materials available in different formats, including updating and redistributing your truck-driver-focused driver fatigue video; make the video available electronically for quicker dissemination; and implement a plan to regularly update the educational materials and the video with the latest scientific information and to regularly distribute them. (H-10-8) Require all motor carriers to adopt a fatigue management program based on the North American Fatigue Management Program guidelines for the management of fatigue in a motor carrier operating environment. (H-10-9)
NTSB Safety Recommendations H-10-8 and -9 are currently classified ―Open—Await Response.‖ A fatigue management program should include, at a minimum, an accurate method of verifying hours-of-service records and disseminating information on sleep physiology, effect of altering sleep/wake cycles, accumulated sleep debt, sleep management, sleep disorders, and fatigue countermeasures. A recent study examining the effect of such programs on driver fatigue found that drivers experienced improvements in subjective sleep quality and in the sleep achieved during on-duty days when a fatigue management program was implemented.166 As noted earlier, when asked by NTSB investigators, AmeriGas Propane, L.P., management indicated that the company does not have a formal fatigue management program.
165 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rear-End Collision Into Passenger Vehicles on Interstate 44, Near Miami, Oklahoma, June 26, 2009, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). 166 A. Smiley and others, Effects of Fatigue Management Program on Fatigue in the Commercial Motor Carrier Industry (Ottawa, Canada: Transportation Development Centre, Transport Canada and Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 63
Such programs have been recognized by the NTSB,167 the FMCSA,168 and the motor carrier industry169 as a valuable and effective safety tool for reducing incidents from commercial driver fatigue. The NTSB concludes that AmeriGas Propane, L.P., drivers would be less likely to violate hours-of-service regulations and make better informed choices about sleep if the company implemented a fatigue management program. 2.3 Cargo Tank Rollover Prevention Cargo tank motor vehicles represent approximately 6 percent of large trucks170 yet account for 31 percent of all fatal commercial truck rollover accidents.171 The Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study examined data from the Large Truck Crash Causation Study (LTCCS)172 and found that cargo tank motor vehicles were more prone to rollover while negotiating a curve (57.1 percent) than all heavy trucks (40.1 percent). Therefore, the NTSB maintains that a holistic approach involving commercial drivers, dispatchers, carrier management, manufacturers, and highway design engineers working together to prevent cargo tank motor vehicle rollovers is an effective strategy for reducing hazardous materials releases. Measures discussed in the following sections include: Developing and implementing a comprehensive rollover prevention program; Equipping cargo tank motor vehicles with stability control systems; Making design and manufacturing changes to improve the rollover threshold of cargo tank motor vehicles; Minimizing the effect of partial loads on the rollover threshold of cargo tank motor vehicles, particularly when evasive maneuvers are executed; and Addressing the reduced effective superelevation through changes in cross slope on curve sections of high-speed highways.
167 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rollover and Motorcoach Collision with Overturned Truck, Interstate Highway 94, Near Osseo, Wisconsin, October 16, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 168 Pilot Test of Fatigue Management Technologies, Report Number FMCSA-RT-05-002 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2005). 169 For further information, see ―Hours of Service Listening Session: MCSAC Briefing‖ http://mcsac.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/HOS%20Listening%20Session%20Summary%20V1.ppt, accessed April 30, 2011. 170 Vehicle Inventory and Use Survey, 2002 Economic Census (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Commerce, December 2004). 171 ―Tank Truck Drivers: This Sign’s for You!‖ Safety News. 172 The LTCCS contains a nationally representative sample of 967 large-truck fatal and injury crashes that were investigated in 2001–2003 at 24 sites in 17 states. For further information, see Report to Congress on the Large Truck Crash Causation Study, Report Number MC-R/MC-RRA (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, March 2006).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 64
- 3.1 Rollover Prevention Programs
Rollover threshold has been defined as the maximum value of lateral acceleration required to bring a vehicle to the point of initiating roll instability.173 Rollover threshold for a five-axle articulated vehicle combination unit occurs when the inside wheels of the semitrailer begin to lift off the ground as the combination unit negotiates a curved path. The basic measure of vehicle roll stability is static rollover threshold, which is expressed as lateral acceleration in gravitational units (g).174 The typical rollover threshold of a fully loaded five-axle cargo tank motor vehicle is 0.35 g for a semitrailer carrying petroleum and 0.26 g for a semitrailer with cryogenic175 product.176 Drivers usually maneuver cars, light trucks, vans, and sport-utility vehicles below 0.2 g,177 which is well below the calculated rollover threshold of 0.8–1.2 g for passenger vehicles. The wide range of maneuvering capability that allows passenger vehicle drivers to recover when errors are made, such as traveling too fast around a curve or introducing a rapid steering input, is not available to commercial drivers because the rollover threshold of loaded heavy trucks extends occasionally into the ―normal‖ maneuvering range and well within the ―emergency‖ maneuvering capability of the vehicle,178 particularly when rapid, evasive steering maneuvers are executed. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that laden cargo tank motor vehicles provide little tolerance for operator error. Leaders from three of the largest propane retailers, including AmeriGas Propane, L.P., identified better driver training as the foremost solution for reducing the 120–150 yearly rollovers involving single-unit cargo tank trucks that transport liquefied petroleum gas.179 Training has been provided to ―program‖ drivers not to jerk the steering wheel or attempt to overcorrect when the wheels of the vehicle move off the road. The rollover segment of the Vehicle Incident Prevention Training program provided by AmeriGas Propane, L.P., to its commercial drivers primarily consisted of seven PowerPoint slides containing images and information about the basic considerations for preventing the rollover of cargo tank motor vehicles. The training, which was completed by the accident truck driver on August 15, 2008, emphasized the importance of not ―swerving‖ because it could result in the instability and untripped rollover of a cargo tank motor vehicle. In response to a question on the post-training test about what action should be avoided if an animal darts onto the road, the truck driver correctly responded ―swerve.‖ However, contrary to the training he had received to avoid ―swerving‖ to prevent rollovers, the truck driver executed an excessive, rapid, evasive
173 UMTRI-83-25. 174 C.B. Winkler and R.D. Ervin, Rollover of Heavy Commercial Vehicles, UMTRI-99-19 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, 1999). 175 Cryogenic liquids are liquefied gases such as nitrogen, natural gas, oxygen, argon, and methane that are kept in a liquid state at temperatures from -150 to -453° F. 176 UMTRI-99-19. 177 AASHTO guidelines for highway curve design result in lateral accelerations as high as 0.17 g at the posted advisory speed. 178 UMTRI-99-19. 179 ―Tipping Point: Bobtail Rollover Frequency Concerns Prompt Push for New Training Remedies,‖ LPGas magazine, June 1, 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 65
steering maneuver during this accident in response to becoming aware of a passenger vehicle’s horn in an adjacent lane. The truck driver indicated during a postaccident interview with NTSB investigators that he had not received training for preventing or recognizing rollovers, although employee records showed he had attended the Vehicle Incident Prevention Training program in August 2008, just over a year before the accident. The NTSB concludes that the rollover training received by the truck driver was not effective in preventing this accident. Approximately 66 percent of cargo tank rollovers involve drivers with 10 or more years of driving experience.180 The Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study found the main training challenge facing the cargo tank industry was trying to modify human performance by motivating drivers to remain alert and not become distracted. The Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study also found that although more ―hands on‖ training using driving simulators has proven cost-effective by reducing training time, no demonstrated business model exists for incorporating simulators for small carriers; further, no long-term studies have been conducted to validate the benefits of simulator training for rollover prevention. Rollover training should not be limited to commercial drivers but also include action that can be taken by management to reduce schedule-related demands, minimize delivery of loads with partially filled compartments, and identify strategic steps that could be taken to improve the roll stability of existing and newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles. The Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study concluded the leading factor for increasing or decreasing cargo tank rollover risk is the dispatcher, who can control the operational demands to comply with tight delivery schedules that often pressure drivers to travel at excessive speeds or drive when drowsy. Dispatchers now more commonly have access to real-time information that can be used to monitor hours-of-service records and vehicle position history data to identify drivers who may be fatigued or driving faster than posted speed limits. Similar to the Heavy Vehicle Rollover Prevention Program initiated in Australia,181 rollover prevention programs should include, as a minimum, a detailed and informed discussion about rollover dynamics using truck models and written policies that identify the roles of—and reasonable measures to be taken collaboratively by—drivers, dispatchers, and management for preventing cargo tank motor vehicle rollovers. These policies should specifically clarify motor carrier actions to reduce the operational demands that may inadvertently be imposed on drivers and contribute to rollover accidents, and stipulate initiatives for improving the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles. The NTSB concludes that although a rollover prevention program will not eliminate all rollovers due to driver errors, it can be effective for identifying ways for cargo tank motor vehicle drivers and management to work collaboratively to prevent rollover accidents. The NTSB recommends that the FMCSA work with PHMSA, as appropriate, to develop and disseminate guidance that will assist hazardous materials carriers in implementing
180 ―Tank Truck Drivers: This Sign’s for You!‖ Safety News. 181 Heavy Vehicle Rollover Prevention Program, VicRoads, Australia http://www.vicroads.vic.gov.au/truckrollover, accessed May 1, 2011.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 66
comprehensive cargo tank motor vehicle rollover prevention programs, including the active participation of drivers, dispatchers, and management through training, loading practices, delivery schedules, and acquisition of equipment. 2.3.2 Stability Control Systems Simulations were conducted during the Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study using Vehicle Dynamics Analysis, Non-Linear (VDANL) software182 to compare the overall probability of a rollover crash with and without tractor-based RSC in combination with a two-axle cargo tank semitrailer. The analysis examined 126 specific events with dynamic characteristics found to precede a rollover crash, as identified during a DOT-sponsored field operational test. The simulations found that rollover crash probability was reduced with a tractor-based RSC system.183 The simulation analysis estimated that a tractor-based RSC system could prevent approximately 53 percent of untripped rollovers resulting from excessive speed in a curve. It was not possible to determine whether stability control systems could have prevented this specific accident due to the absence of information as a result of the truck-tractor’s engine electronic control module being destroyed in the fire. However, simulations conducted by the NTSB using circumstances similar to the accident indicated that an RSC system has the potential to prevent rollovers by applying the service brakes when the lateral acceleration of a simulated vehicle exceeds 0.3 g. Research has found the effectiveness of ESC and RSC in reducing rollover and loss of control accidents can vary depending on the crash scenario. The combined effectiveness rates of ESC installed on class 8 truck-tractors was found to be greater (28–36 percent) than for RSC (21–30 percent).184 A 2009 DOT study involving tractor-semitrailers found that more overall safety benefits were provided with ESC than with RSC; 106 fewer fatalities and 4,384 fewer injuries would be expected to occur if all existing five-axle tractor-semitrailers in the United States were outfitted with ESC systems.185 The NTSB concludes that a stability control system on the combination unit may have prevented this accident. The NTSB recommended, as a result of its investigation of a 2009 bus rollover in Dolan Springs, Arizona,186 that NHTSA develop performance standards and ultimately require that all newly manufactured buses with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds be equipped with stability control systems. Separate rulemakings may be required to equip all commercial motor vehicles
182 VANDL Systems Technology, Inc., Hawthorne, California , accessed May 10, 2011. 183 Simulations were used during the Cargo Tank Roll Stability study because (as reported in DOT-HS-811-437) statistical analysis of heavy commercial vehicles using real-world accident data has not been feasible due to ESC and RSC being relatively new technologies that were implemented primarily as optional safety features. 184 Effectiveness of Stability Control Systems for Truck Tractors, Traffic Safety Factors, DOT-HS-811-437 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, January 2011). 185 J. Woodrooffe and others, Safety Benefits of Stability Control Systems for Tractor-Semitrailers, DOT-HS-811-205 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009). 186 NTSB/HAR-10/01.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 67
with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds with such systems because some vehicles have hydraulic brakes and others have pneumatic brakes, which use different components and approaches to modulate, maintain, and release the pressurized fluid or air sent to the foundation brakes to prevent wheel lockup. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop stability control system performance standards for all commercial motor vehicles and buses with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, regardless of whether the vehicles are equipped with a hydraulic or a pneumatic brake system; and, once the performance standards have been developed, require the installation of stability control systems on all newly manufactured commercial vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. As a result of these new recommendations to NHTSA, the NTSB reclassifies Safety Recommendations H-10-5 and -6 ―Closed—Superseded.‖ The NTSB concludes that, given the long service life of cargo tanks, 25–50 years could pass before all cargo tank trailers would be equipped with stability control systems. While it is feasible to retrofit trailers with an RSC system, it is not practical to fully integrate sensors and internal communication systems on single-unit trucks and truck-tractors. Consequently, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require all in-use cargo tank trailers with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds to be retrofitted with an RSC system. 2.3.3 Vehicle Design Although several aspects of transporting hazardous materials on public roads are covered by Federal regulations, no current regulations address optimizing the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles. In the absence of requirements, there has been little improvement in the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles in the United States. Meanwhile, several countries have developed procedures, such as testing rollover propensity using a tilt table or conducting dynamic tests on a closed track, to objectively quantify and evaluate the roll stability of newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles. The NTSB concludes that the absence of regulatory guidance in the United States has discouraged proactive measures to improve the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles during the design and manufacturing process. NTSB investigators used crash data from the Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study, extracted from the GES, to determine how many rollovers could be prevented annually, on average, by equipping truck-tractors with an RSC system, lowering CG height by 3 inches, and increasing track width by 6 inches. GES crash data for 1999–2004 indicated that an average 1,265 cargo tank rollovers occurred annually, with approximately 702 (55.5 percent) of these involving a truck-tractor in combination with a cargo tank semitrailer.187 Of the 702 average annual rollovers involving cargo tank semitrailers, approximately 84 (12 percent) could be prevented by lowering the CG height 3 inches and approximately 119 (17 percent) by increasing the track width by 6 inches. An estimated one of every four cargo tank semitrailer rollovers could be prevented (27 percent) by both nominally lowering the CG height 3 inches and increasing the track width 6 inches. The relative effects and rollover prevention rate of these vehicle modifications and those that may be obtained by a tractor-based RSC, as determined by commercially available vehicle simulation software, are shown in table 10.
187 Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study, table 2-8, p. 17.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 68
Table 10. Estimated annual reduction in cargo tank semitrailer rollover accidents.
Vehicle Improvementsa Annual Rollover Reduction Rollover Prevention Rate Install tractor-based RSC system to reduce untripped rollovers (traveling too fast in a curve) 37 5% Lower CG height 3 inches to reduce tripped and untripped rollovers 84 12% Increase track widthb 6 inches to reduce tripped and untripped rollovers 119 17% Reduce CG height 3 inches and increase track width 6 inchesc to reduce tripped and untripped rollovers 189 27% aEstimates assume that all truck-tractors are equipped with an RSC system and all cargo tank semitrailers have had their CG height lowered 3 inches and/or track width increased 6 inches. Analyses to quantify the safety benefits of improving roll statiblity by lowering CG height and increasing track width were performed using DOT 406 cargo tanks. Results of similar analyses using other DOT specification cargo tanks may differ. bNo data exist to quantify the proportion of cargo tank semitrailers with increased track width, which has been estimated at 10–30 percent. Analyses performed to estimate the rollover prevention rate for increasing track width 6 inches were based on all existing cargo tanks having a standard (and not a wider) track width. Consequently, the prevention rate calculated for equipping cargo tank semitrailers with increased track width may be less than 17 percent. cThe rollover prevention rate for lowering the CG height 3 inches and increasing track width 6 inches is slightly less than the combined total because of the decreasing slope in the relationship between rollovers per million miles of travel and rollover threshold of heavy trucks, as developed from historical accident data.
The authors of the Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study emphasized that improving the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles, by lowering CG height and increasing track width, was the only approach that would reduce tripped and untripped rollovers because the rollover involvement of heavy trucks is strongly related to their rollover threshold. Although design improvements for increasing the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles have been found cost beneficial, such improvements have been slow to gain market share because of a small cost premium and thus their benefit has not been widely appreciated.188 The safety benefits of concept cargo tank semitrailers that were unveiled in the 1980s, featuring improved roll stability and an additional axle to increase the GVWR by approximately 10 percent, did not lead to widespread changes in the design and manufacture of cargo tank motor vehicles.189,190 In summary, the NTSB concludes that the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles can be improved significantly by two design considerations: maximizing track width and selecting several available options for lowering CG height. Both of these design improvement strategies are utilized today. Performance-Based Standards. The success of performance-based standards depends on empirically establishing a link between performance measures and accident risks.191 NHTSA has effectively linked the rollover risk of sport-utility vehicles and other high CG vehicles to their static stability factor, the measurement of a vehicle’s resistance to rollover, which led to
188 Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study. 189 L.A. Botkin, ―Proposed Tri-Axle Tank Trailer Improves Stability and Productivity,‖ Modern Bulk Transporter, September 1983. 190 B. Klingenberg, G. Rossow, and R. Jacobsen, FACT—The Freightliner/Heil Advanced Concept Truck, Technical Paper No. 892462 (Warrendale, Pennsylvania: SAE International, 1989). 191 Regulation of Weights, Lengths, and Widths of Commercial Motor Vehicles, Special Report 267 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2002).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 69
design changes and improvements in the geometric stability and rollover resistance of those vehicles.192 In the case of cargo tank motor vehicles, no additional data are required to establish a link between the risks associated with high CG vehicles that are prone to rollover and the release of hazardous materials. A performance-based roll stability standard for all cargo tank motor vehicles transporting hazardous materials in the United States was previously recommended by UMTRI.193 The NTSB maintains that a regulation establishing minimum operational requirements for cargo tank motor vehicles may direct attention toward the efforts necessary for heavy truck and cargo tank manufacturers to build rollover-resistant cargo tank motor vehicles. The NTSB concludes that although manufacturers have the ability to improve the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles, little incentive exists for making improvements. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA establish comprehensive minimum rollover performance standards, based on the least stable condition operated, for all cargo tank motor vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. Further, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA, once the performance standards have been developed, require that all newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds comply with the performance standards. 2.3.4 Partial Loads A partial liquid load has the potential to roll up the side of the tank and shift the CG as a vehicle negotiates a curve or if rapid steering movements are introduced. Assuming all other factors that could affect the stability of a vehicle remain constant, the rollover thresholds of cargo tank motor vehicles with fill levels of 80 and 100 percent would not differ significantly while negotiating a steady-state curve.194 However, during a transient maneuver,195 the lateral displacement of a partially filled tank introduces the added dimension of dynamic effects, which can cause bulk liquid to be displaced in one direction and then the other with an amplitude (resulting from a quick succession of steering inputs) that is twice the level of the steady-state amplitude.196 Consequently, when a rapid, evasive steering maneuver occurs, the potential for rollover of a cargo tank with a fill level of 80 percent can be greater, despite a lower CG height, than for a cargo tank with a fill level of 100 percent.197 In this accident, the fill level of the cargo tank with 9,001 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas was approximately 78 percent by volume, which resulted in approximately 23 inches of void space between the top surface of the product (fill level) and the uppermost interior surface of the tank. Evaluating the dynamic effect of the sloshing and surging of liquefied petroleum gas within the MC331 cargo tank and its contribution to the rollover of the combination unit after the rapid, evasive steering maneuver was executed is beyond the capabilities of commercially available
192 M.C. Walz, Trends in the Static Stability Factor of Passenger Cars, Light Trucks, and Vans, Report No. DOT HS 809-868 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2005). 193 UMTRI-85-35/2. 194 In a steady state curve, the steering wheel is maintained in a relatively constant position. 195 In a transient maneuver, such as when a double lane change is quickly executed, the steering wheel is turned rapidly in one direction and then quickly reversed at an equal steer angle in the opposite direction. 196 C.B. Winkler and others, Rollover of Heavy Commercial Vehicles, Research Report No. RR-004 (Warrendale, Pennsylvania: SAE International, 2000). 197 Research Report No. RR-004.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 70
vehicle simulation software. Although more advanced simulations are possible, data for validating a model of fluid sloshing and surging are not available, and a more precise description of the actual vehicle motion would be required to evaluate the effect of sloshing. The NTSB has issued at least two recommendations to the Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety (BMCS, predecessor to the FMCSA) to address the instability that can result from the lateral and longitudinal displacement of bulk liquid in partially filled cargo tanks: In cooperation with affected industries, as represented by the Tank Truck Technical Council, conduct an investigation designed to resolve the overturn stability problems created by liquid surging of partially loaded tank-truck combinations. The ultimate objective of such a research program should be the promulgation of Federal regulations to limit the effects of surge to a specific degree. Such regulations might be based on acceptable liquid cargo outage and/or dampening requirements, consistent with safe tank truck operations. (H-72-45) 198 In cooperation with the Tank Truck Technical Council, investigate the overturn stability problem created by liquid cargo surging in tank-truck combinations. The ultimate objective of such an investigation should be the promulgation of Federal regulations to specifically limit the effects of surge. (H-73-24)199 The BMCS responded to Safety Recommendation H-72-45 by stating it would not issue special permits for cargo tank semitrailers pending research that was to be conducted by the National Bureau of Standards. Safety Recommendation H-72-45 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action‖ on January 1, 1980. The BMCS responded to Safety Recommendation H-73-24 by indicating it would determine whether to initiate rulemaking to address the surging of partial loads transported by cargo tanks after reviewing the results of a NHTSA study on the handling of trucks and buses to be completed in March 1974. In June 1980, the BMCS issued an On Guard bulletin to raise driver awareness of the instability of partial loads. Safety Recommendation H-73-24 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action‖ on September 26, 1980. The Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association has long expressed concern about the practice of partial loading of cargo tank motor vehicles, stating in a 1980 technical bulletin that ―a partially downloaded cargo tank will be less stable under cornering and braking conditions than an ordinary liquid tank loaded to its normal capacity.‖200 Cargo tank manufacturers have also expressed concern, as reported during the August 2010 NTSB public hearing, about the
198 Tank-Truck Combination Overturn Onto Volkswagen Microbus Followed by Fire, U.S. Route 611, Moscow, Pennsylvania, September 5, 1971, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-72/06 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1972). Safety Recommendation H-72-45 was reiterated in Transport Company of Texas, Tractor-Semitrailer (Tank) Collision With Bridge Column and Sudden Dispersal of Anhydrous Ammonia Cargo, I-610 at Southwest Freeway, Houston, Texas, May 11, 1976, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-77/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1977). 199 Propane Tractor Semitrailer Overturn and Fire, U.S. Route 501, Lynchburg, Virginia, March 9, 1972, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-73/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1973). 200 MC 307 Tank Vehicles, Technical Bulletin 81 (Alexandria, Virginia: Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association, June 16, 1980).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 71
practice of partially loading cargo tanks, explaining to motor carriers via letter the limitations of partially loaded cargo tank motor vehicles. The Cargo Tank Driver Rollover Prevention Video developed by the FMCSA, PHMSA, and industry partners cautions drivers that sloshing can move the liquid sideways too suddenly and too strongly, causing a cargo tank motor vehicle to roll over. Additional strategies for reducing the number of cargo tank motor vehicle rollovers that result from the sloshing and surging of bulk liquid include specifying or retrofitting vehicles with high roll stiffness suspensions, subdividing the tank into separate compartments, and installing transverse and longitudinal baffles to impede the fore/aft and lateral movement of product. Although a great deal is known about the mechanics of sloshing liquids in transportation tanks, fluid mechanics is exceedingly complex and slosh motions are difficult to generalize when wave amplitudes become severe.201 While several studies have been conducted to learn more about the stability of cargo tank motor vehicles, few, if any, have included performing dynamic tests on a closed track to quantify the effect of partial liquid loads on the roll stability of cargo tank semitrailers. The NTSB concludes that the directional stability and rollover threshold of cargo tank motor vehicles can be degraded by the sloshing and surging of partial liquid loads. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA evaluate the effect of emergency maneuvers on the sloshing and surging of bulk liquids that have various densities over a range of partially filled levels in a DOT specification cargo tank. The NTSB further recommends that, if the results of the evaluation warrant action, NHTSA establish and implement performance standards for mitigating the sloshing and surging of bulk liquids in all newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds. 2.3.5 Cross-Slope Break The most detrimental effect of cross-slope break traversals is the lateral acceleration generated when a vehicle migrates from the travel lane fully onto the shoulder. If the lateral acceleration is great enough, loss of directional control can occur directly because of the lack of available skid resistance at the tire/road interface or indirectly because of intolerable centrifugal forces that may cause a driver to become apprehensive and take inappropriate actions (hard braking or excessive steer input). An unpublished 1983 FHWA report contained the results of a study that evaluated the dynamic effects of centerline crowns when passing maneuvers were conducted on tangent roadway sections with passenger cars and loaded and empty truck-tractor combinations and single-unit trucks.202 The simulations produced vehicle dynamic responses of 0.28–0.34 g for cross slopes of 2 percent for all vehicle types. The findings indicated that cross slopes should be kept to a minimum on high-speed highways. These results were consistent with simulation-based analyses conducted by the NTSB that revealed a high CG vehicle would be significantly less stable on a shoulder with a −2 percent cross slope than on a travel lane with an 8 percent cross
201 UMTRI-85-35/2. 202 J.C. Glennon and others, HVOSM Studies of Highway Centerline Crowns, Technical Report, Contract No. DOT-FH-11-9575, unpublished, August 1983.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 72
slope. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the transition from a positive to a negative cross slope as the combination unit moved laterally from the right lane onto the shoulder significantly decreased the speed at which the combination unit involved in this accident could negotiate the curve without rolling over. The effect of cross-slope breaks on the roll stability of heavy trucks has not been fully evaluated. The results of the limited FHWA study that examined the dynamic response of cross-slope break traversals on highway curves was based on simulations performed with a passenger car, not articulated truck-tractor semitrailers.203 NCHRP Report 505 indicated that the 2001 AASHTO Green Book criteria for cross-slope breaks and vertical clearances appeared to be appropriate for the current truck fleet; however, the report also acknowledged that no further data were found in the literature to address questions on the sensitivity of heavy trucks to cross-slope break traversals. Furthermore, the FHWA confirmed in a September 3, 2010, memorandum that it did not have adequate data to establish an appropriate cross-slope break for heavy trucks.204 The same assessment was noted during the August 2010 NTSB public hearing, when a question was asked about FHWA research regarding the effect of cross-slope breaks on the safe operation of heavy commercial vehicles. The NTSB concludes that the guidance on cross-slope break in the current AASHTO publication A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways does not take into account low-stability heavy trucks that are susceptible to rollover, such as cargo tank motor vehicles with a high CG. The NTSB believes that more information is needed on heavy truck rollover characteristics relative to cross-slope break traversals. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that AASHTO work with the FHWA to evaluate vehicle design characteristics specific to the rollover thresholds of heavy trucks, including those having cargo tanks, and use the information obtained to develop best practices in highway design that will mitigate the increased rollover risk caused by reduced effective superelevation through changes in cross slope that high CG commercial vehicles experience when they migrate onto the shoulder while negotiating curve sections of high-speed highways. The NTSB also recommends that AASHTO incorporate the findings of this evaluation in A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. Further, if the results of the heavy vehicle design evaluation warrant such action, the NTSB recommends that the FHWA work with AASHTO to develop and implement best practices to assist state transportation agencies in identifying existing locations where cross-slope breaks pose a rollover hazard, placing an emphasis on those roadways having high volumes of heavy truck traffic, and develop appropriate strategies for mitigating the hazard. The NTSB further recommends that, until these best practices have been developed and disseminated, the FHWA provide information to state transportation agencies about the safety risks associated with cross-slope breaks and their potential for increasing the rollover propensity of commercial vehicles that have a high CG.
203 J.C. Glennon, T.R. Neuman, R.R. McHenry, and B.G. McHenry, HVOSM Studies of Cross-Slope Breaks on Highway Curves, DOT-FH-11-9575 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, July 1981). 204 Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Highway Administration, memorandum (regarding design considerations for prevention of cargo tank rollovers) to Directors of Field Services, Division Administrators, and Federal Land Engineers, September 3, 2010, p. 2
NTSB Highway Accident Report 73
The NTSB addressed highway geometry in its 1994 investigation of a rollover accident involving a cargo tank semitrailer.205 The investigation determined that cargo tank motor vehicles that are susceptible to rollover should be considered when designing cross sections and horizontal curves. As such, the NTSB recommended that AASHTO: Add a cargo tank to the design vehicle in the AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highway and Streets. (H-95-39) In its response to Safety Recommendation H-95-39, AASHTO indicated the development of a cargo tank as a design vehicle would not address rollover issues because the Green Book’s design vehicles are used for assessing two-dimensional aspects of highway design using a minimum centerline turning radius, out-to-out track width (overall distance across the axle from the outboard edge of right tire to the outboard edge of left tire), wheelbase, and path of the inner-rear tire. Due to the Green Book’s limitations for evaluating rollover issues and because the NTSB believes that the new recommendations address the intent of Safety Recommendation H-95-39, this recommendation is classified ―Closed—Reconsidered.‖ The collision between the cargo tank and bridge pier column in this accident both breached the tank and displaced the outermost bridge pier column supporting the southbound I-465 overpass. In the sections that follow, the NTSB examines the availability of statistical data for evaluating the accident performance of DOT specification cargo tanks and the adequacy of bridge pier protection guidelines. 2.4 Crashworthiness of DOT Specification Cargo Tanks 2.4.1 Cargo Tank Breach In this accident, the lower half of the front tank head was deformed inward by impacting the bridge pier column, initiating a breach. The breach, which began as a fracture of the cargo tank, generally followed a fillet weld around the perimeter of the right mounting pad attaching the bottom of the tank to the upper coupler assembly. The front head of the tank then rebounded forward, as evidenced by 180° rear-facing folds at the front ends of the left and right mounting pads (see figure 22). During the forward rebound, the tank head broke free from the mounting pads, causing shell material to overlay the folds at the end of the mounting pads. The tank head rebounded approximately 3 inches forward from the left mounting pad and 8 inches forward from the right mounting pad.
205 NTSB/HAR-95/02.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 74
Figure 22. Mounting pad and rear-facing fold above upper coupler assembly. The largest breach in the tank was a vertically oriented 20- by 29-inch opening at the right side of the head/shell interface, which was formed as the crack progressed from the front of the head. Two large petal-shaped flaps of shell material were peeled outward and forward and aft of the opening; this deformation was caused by pressure loading on the interior front head of the tank. Additional damage from the force of the surging liquefied petroleum gas was seen in the forward deformation of both interior transverse baffles, in which the baffles apparently reduced some of this force. The severe deformation of the baffle panels would not be expected to occur from normal transport operations.206 The NTSB therefore concludes that the large opening at the right side of the head/shell interface was caused by internal pressure within the tank and forward surging of liquefied petroleum gas after the tank struck the bridge pier column. 2.4.2 Population of Cargo Tanks by DOT Specification A basic requirement for evaluating the accident performance of DOT specification cargo tanks (such as the MC331) is access to data that can be used to quantify both the involvement of those tanks in reportable incidents and the in-service population of those same tanks. While the approximate number of DOT specification cargo tanks involved in accidents may be obtained
206 Comments by representatives affiliated with the Mississippi Tank Company and AmeriGas/PTI.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 75
from the Hazardous Materials Information System (HMIS) or other databases, there is limited access to accurate information on the population of cargo tanks by DOT specification. For example, the most precise number of petroleum-hauling DOT 406 cargo tank semitrailers cited in the Cargo Tank Roll Stability Study appeared to be somewhere between 10,648–60,003 units. When asked at the August 2010 NTSB public hearing, a PHMSA official acknowledged that they did not know the total number of cargo tanks by DOT specification that were currently in service.207 Further, PHMSA indicated that data analyses for evaluating the performance of DOT specification cargo tanks could be enhanced if the population of cargo tanks by DOT specification were available. The NTSB concludes that the absence of a requirement for motor carriers to periodically provide the number of cargo tanks by DOT specification limits the ability to perform accurate trend analyses. The limited information currently available for PHMSA to quantify the distribution of cargo tanks by DOT specification differs considerably, for example, from information that can be accessed by the Association of American Railroads (AAR) about tank cars used for transporting bulk liquids by rail. The AAR has used the Universal Machine Language Equipment Register (UMLER) equipment management information system as the industry’s central repository for registered railroad and intermodal equipment since 1968. The UMLER system is updated in real time and capable of tracking equipment status, ownership, and inspection history and providing the particular fleet profile. The population of cargo tanks by DOT specification could be obtained by modifying the Hazardous Materials Registration Statement (DOT Form F 5800.2) administered by PHMSA or the Motor Carrier Identification Report (MCS-150) administered by the FMCSA. Although the MCS-150 requires carriers to report the classes of hazardous materials transported and the number of cargo tank single-unit trucks and trailers that are owned and leased, no obligation exists to provide the DOT specification, age, or carrying capacity of cargo tanks. Consequently, arrangements could be made to revise the MCS-150 form to regularly require all intrastate and interstate hazardous materials carriers to provide basic information about a cargo tank motor vehicle’s manufacture date, carrying capacity, DOT specification, and other pertinent information for conducting risk assessments. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the DOT require all intrastate and interstate hazardous materials carriers to submit annually the number and types of DOT specification cargo tanks that are owned or leased in addition to data displayed on the specification plates of such tanks and, if necessary, modify the appropriate database to accept additional data fields. 2.4.3 Cargo Tank Head Protection (MC331) The NTSB determined that the heads on the accident tank were approximately 30 percent thicker than necessary to meet design and ASME code requirements. A statistical review of DOT HMIS database information by NTSB investigators indicated that the majority of releases of liquefied compressed gases from cargo tanks involve leaks from damaged hoses, valves, pipes, and fittings. Despite the inability to normalize these statistics because of uncertainty in the
207 Testimony delivered by Charles H. Hochman, Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Technology, on August 4, 2010, at NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 76
distribution of DOT specification cargo tanks, the risk of catastrophic releases from breaches of MC331 heads appears relatively low compared to other DOT specification cargo tanks, with one fatality in the past 10 years. While MC330/331 cargo tanks represent approximately 15 percent of the national fleet of cargo tank semitrailers, they sustained—according to 1999–2009 HMIS data—0.5 percent of tank shell and head breaches in rollover accidents.208 PHMSA takes the position that the limited number of catastrophic releases from MC331 cargo tank head breaches provides insufficient justification for taking further measures to increase the crashworthiness of these structures. The strong negative cost-benefit analysis cited in the 2001 cargo tank crashworthiness study209 continues to discourage PHMSA from advancing any requirement for supplemental protection of the front heads of MC331 cargo tanks. There is also opposition to the additional cost of equipping cargo tanks with energy-absorbing material and to the estimated 4,376 pounds of weight needed to protect the front head, which would increase the number of individual shipments and potentially result in more accidents because of greater accident exposure for delivering an equivalent amount of hazardous materials. 2.4.4 Cargo Tank Crash Performance Federal regulations associated with the structural integrity of DOT specification cargo tanks require design calculations for the tank shell and heads to account for the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure of a longitudinal deceleration.210 The regulations, however, do not consider the magnitude of accident impact forces imposed on the external surface of DOT specification cargo tanks. Accordingly, while current regulatory requirements account for stresses imposed from a 2 g or equivalent force generated by the longitudinal surge of bulk liquid impacting the interior tank head during an abrupt stop, there is no consideration for stresses imposed when accident impact forces are applied to the tank’s external structure. PHMSA and industry panelists at the August 2010 NTSB public hearing maintain that this standard is still applicable today because a 2 g longitudinal deceleration force generated by product surge represents an extreme condition that could not be achieved by a hard brake application. However, the 2 g longitudinal deceleration does not represent all potential impact accident scenarios. For example, a cargo tank initially moving at 60 mph and decelerating at 2 g would come to a stop in 1.4 seconds after traveling a distance of 60 feet. In contrast, if a cargo tank traveling at 60 mph were to strike an immovable object and come to a stop by crushing the front head of the tank over a distance of 4 feet, the average deceleration would be 30 g, and the tank would come to a stop in less than 0.1 second. Specification MC331 cargo tanks are required to be designed to transport compressed liquefied gases under high internal tank pressures that are significantly greater than the dynamic force generated during a 2 g deceleration. Consequently, the 2 g standard does not affect the design and construction of MC331 cargo tanks but does affect other DOT specification cargo
208 Testimony delivered by cargo tank manufacturers (population estimates for DOT specification cargo tanks) and PHMSA (HMIS data) on August 4, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident. 209 Further Work to Improve Crashworthiness of Front Head of MC331 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles. 210 Title 49 CFR 178.338-3(d), Structural Integrity, and 49 CFR 178.345-8, Accident Damage Protection, Specifications for Packaging.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 77
tanks that transport hazardous materials. The NTSB concludes that performance standards for impacts to the external surfaces of all DOT specification cargo tanks, under varying accident conditions, would provide objective guidance for regulators and cargo tank manufacturers in identifying appropriate designs and protective systems for mitigating the release of hazardous materials. Statistical analysis of accident data provides a starting point for determining which DOT specification tanks are more likely to release product during rollover accidents. A review of additional information—such as the DOT specification of cargo tanks, detailed accident description, tank damage, and type of object that struck the tank—would be instrumental in identifying specific measures to protect cargo tanks and prevent the release of product after rollover accidents. For example, the higher number of shipments carried by DOT specification cargo tanks that transport petroleum may account for their greater frequency of rolling over and such tanks’ thin-wall aluminum shell construction may account for their greater risk of releasing hazardous materials than other DOT specification cargo tanks transporting bulk liquid hazardous materials. A statistical analysis of reportable incidents, for instance, may identify DOT specification tanks that were vulnerable to abrasion. Additionally, modeling impact forces and testing may identify a solution or the development of protective devices for mitigating damage that could result in the release of hazardous materials. The current 2 g longitudinal deceleration standard should be supplemented by accident impact performance standards that provide guidance about how structures could withstand significant impacts under varying accident conditions without the release of hazardous materials. Such performance standards would be more meaningful in predicting the performance and safety of DOT specification cargo tanks in accident situations than the current longitudinal 2 g deceleration standard. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA conduct a comprehensive analysis of all available accident data on DOT specification cargo tanks to identify cargo tank designs and the associated dynamic forces that pose a higher risk of failure and release of hazardous materials in accidents; and, once such cargo tanks have been identified, study the dynamic forces acting on susceptible structures under varying accident conditions and develop performance standards to eliminate or mitigate these risks. Further, the NTSB recommends that, once the performance standards have been developed, PHMSA require that all newly manufactured cargo tanks comply with the performance standards. 2.5 Protection of Bridge Pier Columns A W-beam guardrail was installed during the connection ramp’s original construction in 1970 to prevent vehicles from colliding with the bridge pier columns that supported the westbound and southbound I-465 overpasses. Guidance at that time for selecting roadside barriers called for installing a W-beam guardrail to contain and redirect errant passenger vehicles traveling south on the ramp.211 The W-beam guardrail was not upgraded to a higher performance barrier in 1992, when the I-465 overpasses were rehabilitated and widened and the guardrail was lengthened at select locations, nor during a 1997 pavement resurfacing project.
211 Location, Selection and Maintenance of Highway Guardrails and Median Barriers, NCHRP Report No. 54 (Washington, DC: Highway Research Board, National Cooperative Highway Research Program, 1968).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 78
The 1989 AASHTO Roadside Design Guide—which may have been considered in determining whether to upgrade the W-beam guardrail—contained subjective factors but no objective warrants. Even if INDOT had believed in 1997 that the W-beam guardrail needed upgrading, no objective warrants were contained in the 1996 AASHTO Roadside Design Guide (second edition) to justify upgrading the W-beam guardrail to a higher performance barrier; further, the 1994 AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications only applied to new and replacement of existing bridges, not resurfacing projects. Essentially, the Roadside Design Guide provides guidance for protecting occupants from harm by redirecting vehicles away from bridge pier columns, which differs from the LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, which were created to protect bridge pier columns from vehicle impacts. As evidenced by the Indianapolis connection ramp, where the level of protection from a roadside barrier had not changed in 40 years, the upgrading of ―existing‖ roadside barriers is generally not high on the list of priorities competing for limited safety program funds. In contrast, if a new bridge overpass were built on I-465 today, a 42-inch concrete barrier (and not a W-beam guardrail) would be required, per the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, to protect the bridge pier columns, which are located approximately 14 feet from the edge of the traveled way and within the 30-foot clear zone. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the proximity of the I-465 overpass bridge pier columns to the travel lanes on the connection ramp made them more vulnerable to damage resulting from a heavy vehicle collision. However, given the circumstances of this accident—with the combination unit vehicle not upright but on its right side, the angle of impact between the barrier and front head of the tank greater than 15°, and the spherical shape and robustness of the front of the tank—it is possible that even a 42-inch concrete continuous barrier may not have been able to redirect the combination unit back into the travel lane and protect the bridge pier column from a high-speed, heavy-vehicle impact. Under current FHWA policy, the upgrade of existing roadside barriers to protect bridge pier columns can be accomplished through planned highway improvements or a rational documented policy developed by the states for determining when upgrades are necessary. Major highway improvements include construction of new bridges and replacement of existing bridges; major reconstruction projects; and resurfacing, rehabilitation, or restoration projects. Prior to the accident, approximately 150 linear feet of W-beam guardrail on the connection ramp was replaced on October 27, 2008, and approximately 225 linear feet of damaged W-beam guardrail on the left and right sides of the ramp was replaced on October 5, 2009. INDOT’s maintenance section determines how damaged guardrail is replaced,212 which in the majority of cases will be with the same type of guardrail that was there before the damage occurred. The INDOT maintenance section consults with the INDOT design section on a case-by-case basis to determine whether a guardrail should be upgraded at high-accident locations. The INDOT design section typically evaluates guardrail replacement as part of a planned project, such as the upgrade of roadside barriers or median barriers along a stretch of interstate.
212 INDOT becomes aware of the thousands of locations in the state where guardrail is damaged through annual maintenance reviews, weekly drive inspections, damage notifications following accidents, and calls from the public.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 79
- 5.1 Past Accident Investigations
The need to identify and assess existing bridges that could be vulnerable to impact by a heavy commercial vehicle was identified following the NTSB’s 1993 investigation of an overpass collapse in Evergreen, Alabama.213 In this accident, a tractor with a bulk-cement-tank semitrailer left the paved road, traveled along the embankment, overran a guardrail, and collided with a supporting bridge pier column of an overpass. Two spans of the overpass collapsed onto the semitrailer and the southbound lanes of the interstate. An automobile and another tractor-semitrailer, also southbound, then collided with the collapsed bridge spans. The cement-tank truck driver sustained serious injuries; the drivers of the other two vehicles were killed. The NTSB determined that the bridge collapse, which occurred after the semitrailer collided with and demolished the north column, was a combined result of nonredundant bridge design, the proximity of the column bent to the road, and the lack of protection for the column bent from a high-speed, heavy-vehicle collision. The identification and evaluation of bridges that are vulnerable to high-speed, heavy-vehicle collisions and subsequent collapse was discussed in the report, resulting in the following recommendation to the FHWA: Request States to identify and assess bridges that are vulnerable to collapse from a high-speed heavy-vehicle collision with their bridge columns and develop and implement countermeasures to protect the structures. (H-94-5) In response to Safety Recommendation H-94-5, the FHWA indicated that a program to retrofit all existing structures that may be vulnerable, or slightly vulnerable, to heavy-vehicle collisions with bridge pier columns should not be undertaken at the expense of other improvements that may be more effective and efficient in terms of reducing accidents. Furthermore, the FHWA advised the states in an April 12, 1995, memorandum to evaluate initiatives as part of a comprehensive program for improving bridge safety, noting that it would be inappropriate to bypass the bridge management processes by singling out one type of mitigation action for implementation. Because the FHWA intended to encourage the states to use the LRFD requirements pertinent to pier design and protection of structures on Federal-aid projects, which the states later began to use, and because these requirements can also be utilized to evaluate the vulnerability of existing bridges, Safety Recommendation H-94-5 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action‖ on October 7, 1997. One year after the Evergreen accident, a truck-tractor cargo-tank semitrailer loaded with 9,200 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas drifted across the left lane onto the left shoulder, struck a guardrail, and collided with a bridge pier column that supported an overpass.214 The tractor and the semitrailer separated and the front head of the tank fractured, releasing the liquefied petroleum gas, which vaporized and ignited. The NTSB investigation of the accident found that the design of the highway geometries and appurtenances, which did not accommodate the protection of the bridge pier columns by an errant heavy vehicle, increased the bridge’s vulnerability to collapse. As a result of its investigation, the NTSB issued two recommendations to the FHWA:
213 Tractor-Semitrailer Collision With Bridge Columns on Interstate 65, Evergreen, Alabama, May 19, 1993, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-94/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1994). 214 NTSB/HAR-95/02.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 80
Require that highway geometric design and traffic operations of the National Highway System be based on heavy-truck operating characteristics. (H-95-32) Conduct research with cargo tanks (80,000 pounds) to evaluate the safety performance of roadside barriers and highway geometrics, such as embankment sideslopes and ditches, and change the standards accordingly. (H-95-33) In response to these recommendations, the FHWA prepared and circulated a resource document entitled Supplemental on Safe Accommodation of Heavy Vehicles on U.S. Highways, dated October 8, 2004, containing references to truck characteristics in NCHRP 505,215 which was distributed to its resource centers, field offices, and Federal lands highway divisions. The supplemental document was also sent to all members of the AASHTO Technical Committee for Roadside Safety, with a suggestion to incorporate the information in the document into the next edition of the Roadside Design Guide. Because these actions met the intent of Safety Recommendation H-95-33, to raise each state’s level of awareness concerning the continuing need to weigh the likelihood and consequences of large truck crashes at selected highway locations when new construction or reconstruction projects are being considered, this recommendation was reclassified ―Closed––Acceptable Action‖ on April 1, 2005. The other recommendation issued to the FHWA, Safety Recommendation H-95-32, was reclassified ―Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action,‖ on April 1, 2005, although the NTSB emphasized that the full intent of the recommendation had not been met and that there was still concern that the protection of bridge pier columns would be an issue in future investigations. After the Indianapolis accident, on September 3, 2010, the FHWA sent a memorandum to the directors of field services, division administrators, and Federal land engineers, along with copies of the same Supplemental on Safe Accommodation of Heavy Vehicles on U.S. Highways document that was distributed in 2004. In the memorandum, the FHWA restated its position that, although crashes involving cargo tank motor vehicles can be catastrophic, they remain relatively rare and generally occur at unpredictable locations.216 The FHWA again encouraged geometric improvements at identified, predicted, or probable problem locations rather than advocating system-wide reconstruction to geometric standards above and beyond those recommended in the AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets (Green Book). The FHWA also submitted a proposal to AASHTO in October 2010 to consider funding an NCHRP research project217 for developing risk-based guidelines for designing or shielding bridge pier columns from heavy truck impacts. The 30-month project, estimated to cost $500,000, was approved by AASHTO in April 2011.
215 Review of Truck Characteristics as Factors in Roadway Design, NCHRP Report No. 505 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, National Cooperative Highway Research Program, 2003). 216 FHWA memorandum regarding design considerations for prevention of cargo tank rollovers (September 3, 2010), p. 1. 217 NCHRP Research Problem Statement, Guidelines for Design and Shielding of Bridge Piers, Project Number 2012-C-03.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 81
- 5.2 Risk Assessment
Bridges without two specific attributes—redundancy and continuity—are at higher risk of failure due to pier column impacts.218 Redundancy means that alternate load paths are available when a portion of a structure fails. In this accident, one of the outside columns collapsed. However, the I-465 southbound bridge structure was supported by seven columns, so even though the accident removed the outside column, the structure remained standing because six columns were still carrying the load. Continuity means that the bridge beams are continuous over the top of the pier columns, allowing the redistribution of loads in the superstructure from one beam to another. In some older bridge structures, the joints are placed over the pier columns, resulting in a superstructure that is not continuous. With such bridge structures, if the bridge pier columns deflect (move in a different direction) as a result of an impact, the beams will also deflect and be more likely to collapse. The bridge in this accident had continuous beams that did not deflect when the outside pier column was removed by the cargo tank semitrailer. Thus, although the right guardrail failed to redirect or prevent the combination unit from impacting the bridge pier column, the ability of the I-465 overpass to remain standing after impact indicates that consideration was taken when the bridge was designed to ensure that the integrity of the structure would be maintained and not compromised when struck by a heavy commercial vehicle. The NTSB therefore concludes that the bridge structure’s existing redundancy and continuity prevented the southbound I-465 overpass from collapsing after the cargo tank semitrailer collided with and displaced the outside bridge pier column. It is not feasible to expect that all inadequate roadside barriers will be replaced or upgraded through planned highway improvements. Accordingly, a risk assessment should be performed to identify high-risk interchanges and prioritize bridges in terms of vulnerability to collapse if struck. The risk assessment would examine key pier protection factors such as the bridge’s redundancy, continuity, and distance of bridge pier columns from the edge of the traveled way. It would also take a tiered approach, first looking at locations with no redundancy, no continuity, and bridge pier columns close to the edge of the traveled way. Targeting the most unsafe locations would be more focused and strategic than attempting to retrofit all existing structures that may be vulnerable, or slightly vulnerable, to heavy-vehicle impacts. The NTSB therefore recommends that the FHWA work with AASHTO to develop guidance for a bridge pier protection program that will allow state transportation agencies to conduct risk-based assessments of bridges located within highway interchanges. At a minimum, the program should consider each structure’s redundancy, continuity, and the distance of bridge pier columns from the edge of traveled ways. Additionally, consider traffic volumes, traffic type, and the percentage of commercial vehicles transporting bulk liquid hazardous materials in identifying and prioritizing initiatives for preventing vulnerable bridges at high-risk interchanges from collapsing if struck or otherwise damaged by a heavy vehicle. Once the guidance for a bridge pier protection program has been developed, the NTSB recommends that the FHWA require that it be applied to bridges that are vulnerable to collapse if struck by a heavy vehicle.
218 Testimony delivered by the AASHTO Chair of the Technical Committee for Guardrail and Bridge Rail on August 4, 2010, at the NTSB public hearing concerning the Indianapolis rollover accident.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 82
Conclusions 3.1 Findings
The weather did not contribute to the accident.
There was no evidence of mechanical defects or preexisting damage to the combination unit and cargo tank.
The truck driver was adequately licensed and familiar with both the route and driving the combination unit.
The truck driver’s performance was not impaired by alcohol or any of the prescription, over-the-counter, or illicit drugs for which he was tested following the accident.
There was no evidence that the truck driver was distracted by his cellular telephone immediately before the accident.
Neither the staged bilateral knee replacement surgery nor the general health of the truck driver caused or contributed to the accident.
The emergency response was timely and adequate.
The truck driver’s excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver triggered the subsequent accident sequence.
The truck driver’s quickly steering the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane contributed to the rollover.
The combination unit’s speed at the onset of rollover may have been near the posted advisory speed limit.
There was insufficient information available to determine whether the truck driver was fatigued.
AmeriGas Propane, L.P., drivers would be less likely to violate hours-of-service regulations and make better informed choices about sleep if the company implemented a fatigue management program.
Laden cargo tank motor vehicles provide little tolerance for operator error.
The rollover training received by the truck driver was not effective in preventing this accident.
Although a rollover prevention program will not eliminate all rollovers due to driver errors, it can be effective for identifying ways for cargo tank motor vehicle drivers and management to work collaboratively to prevent rollover accidents.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 83
- A stability control system on the combination unit may have prevented this accident.
- Given the long service life of cargo tanks, 25–50 years could pass before all cargo tank
trailers would be equipped with stability control systems.
- The absence of regulatory guidance in the United States has discouraged proactive measures
to improve the roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles during the design and manufacturing process.
- The roll stability of cargo tank motor vehicles can be improved significantly by two design
considerations: maximizing track width and selecting several available options for lowering center of gravity height.
- Although manufacturers have the ability to improve the roll stability of cargo tank motor
vehicles, little incentive exists for making improvements.
- The directional stability and rollover threshold of cargo tank motor vehicles can be
degraded by the sloshing and surging of partial liquid loads.
- The transition from a positive to a negative cross slope as the combination unit moved
laterally from the right lane onto the shoulder significantly decreased the speed at which the combination unit could negotiate the curve without rolling over.
- The guidance on cross-slope break in the current American Association of State Highway
and Transportation Officials publication A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways does not take into account low-stability heavy trucks that are susceptible to rollover, such as cargo tank motor vehicles with a high center of gravity.
- The large opening at the right side of the head/shell interface was caused by internal
pressure within the tank and forward surging of liquefied petroleum gas after the tank struck the bridge pier column.
- The absence of a requirement for motor carriers to periodically provide the number of cargo
tanks by U.S. Department of Transportation specification limits the ability to perform accurate trend analyses.
- Performance standards for impacts to the external surfaces of all U.S. Department of
Transportation specification cargo tanks, under varying accident conditions, would provide objective guidance for regulators and cargo tank manufacturers in identifying appropriate designs and protective systems for mitigating the release of hazardous materials.
- The proximity of the Interstate 465 overpass bridge pier columns to the travel lanes on the
connection ramp made them more vulnerable to damage resulting from a heavy vehicle collision.
- The bridge structure’s existing redundancy and continuity prevented the southbound
Interstate 465 overpass from collapsing after the cargo tank semitrailer collided with and displaced the outside bridge pier column. NTSB Highway Accident Report 84
- 2 Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the excessive, rapid, evasive steering maneuver that the truck driver executed after the combination unit began to encroach upon the occupied left lane. Contributing to the rollover was the driver’s quickly steering the combination unit from the right shoulder to the right lane, the reduced cross slope of the paved right shoulder, and the susceptibility of the combination unit to rollover because of its high center of gravity. Mitigating the severity of the accident was the bridge design, including the elements of continuity and redundancy, which prevented the structure from collapsing.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 85
- Recommendations
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations: 4.1 New Recommendations To the U.S. Department of Transportation: Require all intrastate and interstate hazardous materials carriers to submit annually the number and types of U.S. Department of Transportation specification cargo tanks that are owned or leased in addition to data displayed on the specification plates of such tanks and, if necessary, modify the appropriate database to accept additional data fields. (H-11-1) To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration: Work with the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, as appropriate, to develop and disseminate guidance that will assist hazardous materials carriers in implementing comprehensive cargo tank motor vehicle rollover prevention programs, including the active participation of drivers, dispatchers, and management through training, loading practices, delivery schedules, and acquisition of equipment. (H-11-2) Require all in-use cargo tank trailers with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds to be retrofitted with a rollover stability control system. (H-11-3) To the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration: Work with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, as appropriate, to develop and disseminate guidance to assist hazardous materials carriers in implementing comprehensive cargo tank motor vehicle rollover prevention programs, including the active participation of drivers, dispatchers, and management through training, loading practices, delivery schedules, and acquisition of equipment. (H-11-4) Conduct a comprehensive analysis of all available accident data on U.S. Department of Transportation specification cargo tanks to identify cargo tank designs and the associated dynamic forces that pose a higher risk of failure and release of hazardous materials in accidents. Once such cargo tanks have been identified, study the dynamic forces acting on susceptible structures under varying accident conditions and develop performance standards to eliminate or mitigate these risks. (H-11-5) NTSB Highway Accident Report 86
Once the performance standards in Safety Recommendation H-11-5 have been developed, require that all newly manufactured cargo tanks comply with the performance standards. (H-11-6) To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: Develop stability control system performance standards for all commercial motor vehicles and buses with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds, regardless of whether the vehicles are equipped with a hydraulic or a pneumatic brake system. (H-11-7) This safety recommendation supersedes H-10-5. Once the performance standards from Safety Recommendation H-11-7 have been developed, require the installation of stability control systems on all newly manufactured commercial vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds. (H-11-8). This safety recommendation supersedes H-10-6. Establish comprehensive minimum rollover performance standards, based on the least stable condition operated, for all newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds. (H-11-9) Once the performance standards in Safety Recommendation H-11-9 have been developed, require that all newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds comply with the performance standards. (H-11-10) Evaluate the effect of emergency maneuvers on the sloshing and surging of bulk liquids that have various densities over a range of partially filled levels in a U.S. Department of Transportation specification cargo tank. (H-11-11) If the results of Safety Recommendation H-11-11 warrant action, establish and implement performance standards for mitigating the sloshing and surging of bulk liquids in all newly manufactured cargo tank motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating greater than 10,000 pounds. (H-11-12) To the Federal Highway Administration: Work with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials to evaluate vehicle design characteristics specific to the rollover thresholds of heavy trucks, including those having cargo tanks. Use the information obtained to develop best practices in highway design that will mitigate the increased rollover risk caused by reduced effective superelevation through changes in cross slope that high center of gravity commercial vehicles experience when they migrate onto the shoulder while negotiating curve sections of high-speed highways. (H-11-13) If the results of the evaluation in Safety Recommendation H-11-13 warrant such action, work with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials to develop and implement best practices to assist state transportation
NTSB Highway Accident Report 87
agencies in identifying existing locations where cross-slope breaks pose a rollover hazard, placing an emphasis on those roadways having high volumes of heavy truck traffic, and develop appropriate strategies for mitigating the hazard. (H-11-14) Until the best practices in Safety Recommendations H-11-13 and -14 have been developed and disseminated, provide information to state transportation agencies about the safety risks associated with cross-slope breaks and their potential for increasing the rollover propensity of commercial vehicles that have a high center of gravity. (H-11-15) Work with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials to develop guidance for a bridge pier protection program that will allow state transportation agencies to conduct risk-based assessments of bridges located within highway interchanges. At a minimum, the program should consider each structure’s redundancy, continuity, and the distance of bridge pier columns from the edge of traveled ways. Additionally, consider traffic volumes, traffic type, and the percentage of commercial vehicles transporting bulk liquid hazardous materials in identifying and prioritizing initiatives for preventing vulnerable bridges at high-risk interchanges from collapsing if struck or otherwise damaged by a heavy vehicle. (H-11-16) Once the guidance for a bridge pier protection program as described in Safety Recommendation H-11-16 has been developed, require that it be applied to bridges that are vulnerable to collapse if struck by a heavy vehicle. (H-11-17) To American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: Work with the Federal Highway Administration to evaluate vehicle design characteristics specific to the rollover thresholds of heavy trucks, including those having cargo tanks. Use the information obtained to develop best practices in highway design that will mitigate the increased rollover risk caused by reduced effective superelevation through changes in cross slope that high center of gravity commercial vehicles experience when they migrate onto the shoulder while negotiating curve sections of high-speed highways. Also, incorporate the findings in the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials publication A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. (H-11-18) If the results of the evaluation in Safety Recommendation H-11-18 warrant such action, work with the Federal Highway Administration to develop and implement best practices to assist state transportation agencies in identifying existing locations where cross-slope breaks pose a rollover hazard, placing an emphasis on those roadways having high volumes of heavy truck traffic, and develop appropriate strategies for mitigating the hazard. (H-11-19) Work with the Federal Highway Administration to develop guidance for a bridge pier protection program that will allow state transportation agencies to conduct
NTSB Highway Accident Report 88
risk-based assessments of bridges located within highway interchanges. At a minimum, the program should consider each structure’s redundancy, continuity, and distance of bridge pier columns from the edge of traveled ways. Additionally, consider traffic volumes, traffic type, and the percentage of commercial vehicles transporting bulk liquid hazardous materials in identifying and prioritizing initiatives for preventing vulnerable bridges at high-risk interchanges from collapsing if struck or otherwise damaged by a heavy vehicle. (H-11-20) 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report The National Transportation Safety Board classifies the following previously issued recommendations: Safety Recommendation H-95-39 to the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials is classified ―Closed—Reconsidered‖ in the ―Cross-Slope Break‖ section of this report’s Analysis. Safety Recommendations H-10-5 and -6 to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration are classified ―Closed—Superseded‖ in the ―Stability Control Systems‖ section of this report’s Analysis.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 89
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member
EARL F. WEENER
Member
Adopted: July 26, 2011
NTSB Highway Accident Report 90
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board was notified of the Indianapolis, Indiana, accident on October 22, 2009. An investigative team responded from the Washington, D.C.; Gardena, California; and Arlington, Texas, offices. Groups were established to investigate human performance; motor carrier operations; hazardous materials; structural integrity of cargo tanks; and highway, vehicle, and survival factors. No Board Member traveled to the accident scene. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Indiana Department of Transportation (INDOT), Lawrence Township Fire Department, Indiana State Police, Mississippi Tank Company, and AmeriGas Propane, L.P. Public Hearing The NTSB held a public hearing on this accident August 3–4, 2010, in Washington, D.C. NTSB Chairman Deborah A.P. Hersman presided over the hearing, and NTSB staff participated as members of a Board of Inquiry. Six technical panels composed of subject matter experts participated. Three panels explored the capability and limitations of electronic stability control systems, role of driver training and testing, and feasibility of vehicle design improvements for reducing cargo tank motor vehicle rollovers. Three other panels examined the prevalence and cause-effect relationship between excessive cross-slope break and roll stability of heavy commercial vehicles with a high center of gravity, guidelines for protecting the bridge pier columns of vulnerable bridges at high-speed interchanges, and measures to improve the crashworthiness of cargo tanks for mitigating the unintentional release of hazardous materials. NTSB investigators were members of a technical panel that asked questions of the subject matter experts. Additional questions were asked by the parties to the public hearing and the Board of Inquiry. Parties to the hearing included the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), and the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA); INDOT; and National Tank Truck Carriers (NTTC), AmeriGas Propane, L.P., Mississippi Tank Company, and Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association. NTSB Highway Accident Report 91
Witnesses who participated at the hearing included representatives of the following organizations: the DOT, FHWA, FMCSA, NHTSA, and PHMSA; Connecticut Department of Motor Vehicles, INDOT, and the Ohio and Texas Departments of Transportation; and Battelle, Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems, Bendix Commercial Vehicle Systems LLC, Haldex Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc., Trimac Transportation System, All State Career School, Commercial Vehicle Training Association, Praxair, Inc., Groendyke Transport, Inc., Vanasse Hangen Brustlin, Inc., Walker Group Holdings, LBT, Inc., Mississippi Tank Company, and RLT, Inc.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 92
Appendix B Improvements to Connection Ramp Before Accident Measurements of the connection ramp obtained after the accident revealed that the cross-slope break between the right southbound lane and right shoulder varied from 8.08–10.75 percent. The concrete bridge pier column impacted by the semitrailer was offset from the W-beam guardrail by approximately 6 feet (see figure B-1).
Figure B-1. Cross-slope break and bridge pier column protection (before improvements). After Accident Following the accident, the Indiana Department of Transportation installed a 32-inch-high temporary barrier before improvements were made to the Interstate 465 (I-465) connection ramp to modify the cross-slope break and enhance the protection of the bridge pier columns supporting the I-465 overpasses. As shown in figure B-2, the right shoulder was reconstructed after the accident to change the superelevation from a −2 percent cross slope that sloped downward from left to right (in the direction of travel) to a +4 percent cross slope that sloped upward from left to right (in the direction of travel). This alteration allowed the right shoulder to slope upward in the same direction as the travel lanes and changed the cross-slope break from 10 percent (at the time of the accident) to 4 percent. A slotted drain pipe was constructed on the right shoulder to drain stormwater runoff from the travel lanes. In addition, a permanent 45-inch-high concrete barrier and moment slab was constructed approximately 4 feet1
1 The actual distance varied from 3.7–4.8 feet depending on the location of the bridge pier columns.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 93
from the bridge pier columns that support the southbound I-465 overpasses, extending approximately 290 feet along the right shoulder. The barrier construction began on August 5, 2010, and was completed October 21, 2010, at a cost of $277,343.
Figure B-2. Cross-slope break and bridge pier column protection (after improvements). Planned Improvements
The twin bridges that carry the westbound and southbound lanes of I-465 over the connection ramp will be replaced as part of a new I-69 and I-465 interchange project planned to begin within 5 years. The new ramp will carry three lanes instead of two lanes, with a ramp-to-ramp merge area located immediately north of the overpass. If bridge pier columns are part of the new design and located within the 30-foot clear zone, bridge pier protection will conform to current American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials guidance in the AASHTO LRFD [Load and Resistance Factor Design] Bridge Design Specifications.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 94
Appendix C Outdoor Advertising Signs Federal law requires that all real property, including air space, within right-of-way boundaries be devoted exclusively to public highway purposes (23 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 1.23). State highway departments are responsible for ensuring that the right-of-way is free of all public and private installations, facilities, or encroachments. Although exceptions exist, any agreement for outdoor advertising signs entered into by a state must conform to Federal advertising policy and standards (Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1958, section 12). Further, the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) forbids the use of signs on the right-of-way as an advertising medium; guide and information signs are intended solely for traffic control and navigation (section 1A-1, 1988 edition). One notable exception is signage covered by the Highway Beautification Act, which allows advertising on the right-of-way using logo signs and, to a limited degree, in rest areas. Two high-rise outdoor advertising signs are located near the accident location, with one sign approximately 60 feet north of Interstate 465 (I-465) and the other approximately 60 feet south of I-465. The signs were damaged by the postaccident fire but later restored. Current plans for future reconstruction of the I-69/I-465 interchange, expected to occur within the next 5 years, will require the removal or relocation of the sign on the south side of I-465 but not the sign on the north side. The sign north of I-465 was directly in the line of sight of vehicles entering the curved portion of the ramp. The accident truck driver indicated during a postaccident interview with NTSB investigators that there were no external distractions and he did not notice the outdoor advertising sign. The two signs are located on a railroad right-of-way owned by the Hoosier Heritage Port Authority, a nonprofit organization established to preserve Indiana railroad history. The Indiana Department of Transportation (INDOT) approved permits for the signs on October 5, 2005. INDOT indicated that because the outdoor advertising signs are not on INDOT right-of-way, but on a right-of-way owned by the railroad that traverses through the interchange, the agency did not believe it had a legal basis to deny the permits.1 The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) is investigating the circumstances surrounding the permit approvals. The FHWA’s Indiana Division Office is working with INDOT to trace the information provided on the permit application.2 The FHWA is also attempting to determine (a) why the outdoor advertising signs were installed in 1999 before the permits were approved, and (b) why the current multifamily residential zoning surrounding this area does not allow outdoor advertising signs. INDOT is also attempting to determine whether the information
1 INDOT e-mail to the NTSB (August 19, 2010). 2 FHWA Office of Real Estate Services e-mail to the NTSB (October 18, 2010).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 95
contained on the permit application is correct, to include determining whether the zoning within the vicinity of the signs in 1999 was commercial, as stipulated on the permit application. False statements on a permit are grounds for permit revocation and removal of the billboard.
FD07366 | 2009_美国_NTSB_HZB0901_Collision_of_Cargo_Tank_Truck_and_Automobile_and_Subsequent.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
E
P L U R IB US UN U M
N A T I O N A L
T R A S P O R T A T I O N
B O A R D S A FE T Y N National Transportation Safety Board Washington, D.C. 20594
Hazardous Materials Accident Brief
Accident No.: DCA-09-FZ-001 Transportation Mode: Highway Location: Upper Pittsgrove Township, New Jersey Date: July 1, 2009 Time: 1:46 a.m., eastern daylight time1
Carrier: Ross Fogg Gas Company Shipper: Ross Fogg Fuel Oil Company Vehicles: 2002 Kenworth tractor; 1989 Fruehauf MC-306 cargo tank semitrailer
2002 Mitsubishi Diamante Fatalities: 1 Injuries: None Property Damage: About $27,000 Materials Involved: Gasoline, a flammable liquid Type of Accident: Vehicle collision and fire
The Accident On July 1, 2009, about 1:46 a.m., a 2002 Kenworth tractor pulling a 1989 Fruehauf MC-306 cargo tank semitrailer (the cargo tank truck) was traveling eastbound on U.S. Route 40 in Upper Pittsgrove Township, New Jersey, when it was struck by a 2002 Mitsubishi Diamante (the automobile) traveling northbound on Commissioners Pike. The automobile driver failed to obey a stop sign equipped with flashing red lights and collided with the external loading lines2 on the passenger side of the cargo tank truck. Loading line 4 was ruptured and about 13 gallons of gasoline were released as the automobile became wedged beneath the cargo tank truck and was dragged about 500 feet. (See figure 1.) A postcrash fire consumed the automobile, killing the driver; the cargo tank truck also was damaged. The Daretown Volunteer Fire Department arrived within 15 minutes and extinguished the fire. Property damage was about $27,000. At the time of the accident, it was dark, and the temperature was 67° F. There were light winds and clear skies. Rain had been observed in the hour before the collision; however, it was not a factor in the accident.
1 All times in this brief are eastern daylight time. 2 Loading lines are used to both load and unload product. For the purposes of this brief, the term loading lines will be used in lieu of loading/unloading lines. NTSB/HZB-09/01
Figure 1. Schematic of accident scene. Events Preceding the Accident About 12:08 a.m. on the day of the accident, the cargo tank truck was loaded with 8,999 gallons of gasoline. The driver delivered 6,000 gallons of the gasoline about 1:00 a.m. and was en route to deliver the remaining 2,999 gallons when the collision occurred. During the same work shift (which began about 1:00 p.m. on June 30), the driver had delivered three other similar loads of fuel. Hazardous Materials Information The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) classifies gasoline as a class 3 flammable liquid. Gasoline has a flash point of -40° F, an auto ignition temperature of 500° F, and a flammable range of 1.3 to 7.1 percent in air. It is extremely flammable and explosive in the presence of open flames, sparks, or static discharge. NTSB/HZB-09/01 2
Cargo Tank Information The accident cargo tank, serial number 4LK023501, was a DOT specification MC-306 cargo tank built in 1989 by the Fruehauf Corporation in Detroit, Michigan. The tank was made of aluminum and was elliptical in shape, measuring 80 inches in height by 96 inches in width by 533 inches in length. It had a total water capacity of 10,000 gallons distributed among four internal compartments. The first compartment had a capacity of 3,000 gallons; the second compartment, 2,000 gallons; the third compartment, 2,000 gallons; and the fourth compartment, 3,000 gallons. The maximum allowable working pressure of the cargo tank was 1 pound per square inch, gauge, at 150° F. The cargo tank was equipped with four 4-inch-diameter aluminum pressure relief devices, one on each compartment, manufactured by Betts Industries in Warren, Pennsylvania. An external loading line constructed of 4-inch-diameter aluminum piping connected an inlet valve on the loading rack to the external bottom outlet valve of each compartment. The total length of the loading lines for all of the compartments was about 49 feet; the length of loading line 4 was about 18 feet. Each compartment was equipped with an internal self-closing stop valve that prevented product from releasing from the cargo compartment in the event that the loading lines and the bottom of the cargo tank were damaged in an accident. The cargo tank was owned and operated by the Ross Fogg Gas Company (the motor carrier). Ross Fogg Gas Company was registered with both the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) as a private carrier of liquids and gases. Ross Fogg Gas Company handles the delivery of gasoline and diesel fuel to various retail dealers in New Jersey, Delaware, and Pennsylvania. About 85 percent of the company’s business involves operating as a transporter for the Ross Fogg Fuel Oil Company (the shipper), as was the case in this accident. The remaining 15 percent involves transporting petroleum products shipped by other companies to their respective retail outlets. Postaccident Examination Cargo Tank Truck Postaccident examination of the cargo tank truck revealed that the cargo tank did not sustain any mechanical damage. Black soot was visible toward the rear of the tank on both sides and underneath it, where the automobile had been lodged and the fire occurred. Various components external to the cargo tank, including the aluminum fenders, hose shelf, storage containers, and tires on the rear passenger side were destroyed as a result of the impact and fire. Additionally, the loading rack on the passenger side at the bottom center of the tank was twisted and bent. The rear section of the rack nearest to loading line 4 was pushed inward and shifted forward, and the aluminum angle mount connecting the rack to the tank was sheared off the tank at this point. Loading lines 1, 2, and 3 were not visibly damaged as a result of the impact, and each of these lines remained connected to the tank. However, lines 1 and 3 had separated from the couplings, just behind the loading rack, as a result of the rack’s shifting. Loading line 4 and the vapor recovery line were destroyed as a result of both the impact and fire. The impact of the collision ruptured loading line 4 and also sheared the rear vapor recovery line and valve from the loading rack. (See figure 2.) As a result, the estimated NTSB/HZB-09/01 3
13 gallons of gasoline contained inside loading line 4 were released onto the automobile below. The gasoline was ignited, most likely by an unknown ignition source from the automobile, and a fire engulfed the automobile, loading line 4, and the vapor recovery line. The self-closing stop valve on the fourth compartment of the cargo tank functioned properly, and the 2,999 gallons of fuel contained in the compartment prior to the accident were safely offloaded after the fire was extinguished. Consequently, the release of gasoline and the subsequent fire likely would not have occurred if the cargo tank’s loading lines had been empty.
Figure 2. Rear passenger side of accident cargo tank truck showing external damage from collision and fire. Automobile The automobile was destroyed by the impact and fire. (See figure 3.) Postaccident examination revealed that the most severe fire damage was concentrated toward the rear of the automobile. With the exception of some foam from the passenger seat behind the driver, all of the combustibles in the back seat area were consumed. Large portions of foam from the driver seat and the adjacent passenger seat remained. Heavy char was present on all of the remaining combustible materials. NTSB/HZB-09/01 4
Figure 3. Left side view of automobile showing damage from collision and fire. Several samples were collected from the remaining combustible materials3 and sent to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) to determine whether petroleum products were present. ATF positively identified gasoline in a sample taken from the rear seat cushion, confirming that gasoline entered the automobile.
Injuries The driver of the automobile was killed. The Gloucester County Medical Examiner’s Office postmortem report indicated that the cause of death was smoke and soot inhalation and severe thermal burns. The medical examination did not reveal any evidence of blunt trauma or fractures.
3 The remaining combustible materials included the driver seat, passenger seat, and rear seat cushions; the driver and passenger floor mats; dashboard foam; and clothing scraps from the automobile driver. NTSB/HZB-09/01 5
Safety of Loading Lines Previous Accidents On October 9, 1997, a cargo tank truck loaded with 8,800 gallons of gasoline was traveling south on Central Park Avenue under an overpass in Yonkers, New York, when it was struck by a southbound automobile. A subsequent fire destroyed both vehicles and a thruway overpass; the automobile driver died from burns and smoke inhalation. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) concluded that the automobile struck and fractured one or more of the loading lines of the cargo tank, thus releasing up to 28 gallons of gasoline, and that had the loading lines been empty, the fire would likely not have occurred.4 On February 15, 1998, a cargo tank truck carrying 8,900 gallons of gasoline was traveling across a bridge on Interstate 495 in Wilmington, Delaware, when it struck a parked automobile on the shoulder of the road. A fire ensued after the collision that destroyed the automobile and moderately damaged the cargo tank truck; the driver of the automobile was killed. Recommendations and Regulations In its report on the Yonkers, New York, accident,5 the NTSB expressed concern about the potential loss of life and possible injuries associated with transporting flammable liquids in cargo tank loading lines. In 1997, when the accident occurred, federal regulations did not prohibit the transportation of flammable liquids in the external piping of cargo tanks. As a result of the Yonkers investigation, the NTSB issued the following recommendation to the U.S. Secretary of Transportation (DOT): Prohibit the carrying of hazardous materials in external piping of cargo tanks, such as loading lines, that may be vulnerable to failure in an accident. (H-98-27) On December 30, 2004, the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) titled “Safety Requirements for External Product Piping on Cargo Tanks Transporting Flammable Liquids.”6 The NPRM proposed to amend the Hazardous Materials Regulations (Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 173.33) to prohibit flammable liquids from being transported in unprotected external piping on all newly constructed and existing DOT specification cargo tank trucks. However, on June 7, 2006, PHMSA7 published a notice withdrawing the NPRM and terminating the rulemaking proceeding.
In July 2007, PHMSA informed the NTSB that it was working with the cargo tank industry and major emergency response organizations to develop a comprehensive national wet
4 For more information, see Collision of Tractor/Cargo Tank Semitrailer and Passenger Vehicle and Subsequent Fire, Yonkers, New York, October 9, 1997, Highway/Hazardous Materials Accident Summary Report NTSB/HAR-98/02/SUM (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1998). 5 NTSB/HAR-98/02/SUM. 6 Federal Register, vol. 69, no. 250 (December 30, 2004), p. 78375. 7 As part of a DOT reorganization, PHMSA was established in 2005 and assumed regulatory responsibility for RSPA’s hazardous materials safety program. NTSB/HZB-09/01 6
NTSB/HZB-09/01 7 and other safety data to determine whether rulemaking action regarding wet lines is necessary. unsafe practice of transporting flammable materials in the external loading lines of cargo tanks. Probable Cause rom the release of gasoline from a cargo tank loading line that was ruptured during the collision. Adopted: November 12, 2009 lines (loading lines) outreach awareness program to enhance public safety and assist those who respond to transportation emergencies. The NTSB responded by clarifying to PHMSA that the intent of Safety Recommendation H-98-27 was to prohibit the unsafe practice of transporting flammable liquids in loading lines, and that these actions did not address or satisfy the intent of the recommendation. In a letter dated October 16, 2009, PHMSA stated that it was completing an in-depth, comprehensive review of incident reports The NTSB remains concerned about this safety issue. This accident illustrates once again why the NTSB strongly believes that PHMSA should prohibit the The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the July 1, 2009, vehicle collision and fire in Upper Pittsgrove Township, New Jersey, was the failure of the automobile driver to obey a stop sign equipped with flashing red lights. Contributing to the severity of the accident was a fire that resulted f
FD07367 | 2009_美国_NTSB_MAB1002_Fire_On_Board_US_Small_Passenger_Vessel_Fire_Island_Belle.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
E
P L U R IB US UN U M
N A T I O N A L
T R A S P O R T A T I O N
B O A R D S A FE T Y N National Transportation Safety Board Washington, D.C. 20594
Marine Accident Brief
Accident No.: DCA-09-LM-021 Vessel Fire Island Belle Accident Type Engineroom fire Location: Fair Harbor, New York Date: September 20, 2009 Time: 1010 eastern daylight time1 Owner/Operator: Fire Island Ferries Property Damage: $490,000 Injuries: None Summary On September 20, 2009, at 1010 eastern daylight time, the passenger ferry Fire Island Belle (figure 1), with 100 passengers, the vessel master, and two deckhands on board, experienced an engineroom fire in the Great South Bay between Long Island and Fire Island, New York (figure 2). The vessel had departed Ocean Beach, Fire Island, 10 minutes earlier, and was approximately 300 yards from the dock at Fair Harbor, Fire Island, when the fire broke out. No passengers or crewmembers were injured, and no pollution resulted. The cost of repairing the vessel was $490,000. The U.S. Coast Guard was the lead investigative agency in the accident. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) provided assistance with fire investigation and metallurgical analysis. Accident Narrative At 0925 on September 20, the Fire Island Belle departed Bay Shore, Long Island, on its regularly scheduled route, which included stops on Fire Island at Ocean Beach, Fair Harbor, and Saltaire before returning to Bay Shore. About 0950, the vessel reached Ocean Beach, where arriving passengers and cargo were offloaded and departing passengers and cargo were loaded. According to their statements to the Coast Guard, the vessel master and one of the deckhands reported smelling fuel while the cargo was being loaded. They checked the passenger baggage to determine if that was the source of the odor but found nothing.
1 Times are given according to the 24-hour clock. NTSB/MAB-10/02
Figure 1. Fire Island Belle before the fire.
Figure 2. Accident location.
2 NTSB/MAB-10/02
The master then entered the engineroom through the forward port access hatch. The engineroom contained three engines, port, center, and starboard, and four access hatches, two forward and two aft (figure 3). The master discovered fuel leaking from the pipe nipple connection to a T-fitting on top of the secondary fuel filter on the center engine. All thre e engines had experienced fuel leaks at that connection. As a result, the pipe nipples had been replaced on all three engines, most recently on the center engine, about 30 days before the fire.
e engineroom and went to the pilothouse to shut down the center engine because of the fuel leak at the pipe nipple. (The engines had been at idle while t About the same time, the alarm from the engineroom heat detectors sounded in the pilothouse. Figure 3. Schematic of engineroom layout on Fire Island Belle (not to scale). The master stated that he did not see any fuel around the area of the filter on the center engine or on the surface below it. He left th he ferry was docked at Ocean Beach.) About 0959, after the master had shut down the center engine and loading was complete, the vessel left Ocean Beach. As the vessel rounded the channel marker into Fair Harbor, passengers reported thick black smoke coming from the port and starboard engineroom vents.
3 NTSB/MAB-10/02
The deck crew was directed to inform the passengers that they would all disembark at Fair Harbor. The master directed the ferry into the mooring slip at Fair Harbor, where it was secured by a springline to the dock. ystem activated and the sound of pressurization in the lines, which confirmed system activation.
FHFD assistant chief assumed command of the firefighting effort until the FHFD chief arrived. from going farther than the bottom of the ladder to avoid becoming lost in the confined space. s. Firefighters sprayed those areas with foam for several minutes to ensure that the fire was out. The master saw that the ferry was still too far from the dock to disembark passengers and tried to start the port engine to move it closer. The engine had shut down because of the fire and would not restart. The master and a few passengers then manually pulled the vessel to the dock. After securing the vessel, the master and crew safely disembarked all passengers. The master then pulled the emergency fuel shut-off valve and activated the engineroom’s fixed carbon dioxide (CO2) fire suppression system. The master heard the alarm that sounded 30 seconds before the s At the master’s request, a member of the Fair Harbor Fire Department (FHFD) who was on the dock notified the nearby fire department of the fire. (The dock was about 100 feet from the FHFD headquarters.) According to the FHFD incident report, two firefighters from the FHFD had noticed the Fire Island Belle exhausting a large volume of dense black smoke as it neared Fair Harbor. One of the firefighters dialed 911 to report the fire and began helping the passengers evacuate the ferry. At 1015, Suffolk County Fire Rescue and Emergency Services began dispatching vehicles to the scene. The FHFD had two 1-3/4-inch hose lines, one supplied with foam, on the dock within minutes of the Fire Island Belle disembarking its passengers. An The first firefighters on scene noticed thick black smoke pouring from the engineroom vents, the heaviest smoke coming from the starboard vent. The master notified the fire chief that the vessel’s CO2 fire suppression system had been activated. The master also told him that approximately 700 gallons of diesel fuel were on board. Firefighting began with an inspection of the aft deck hatches that allowed access to the engineroom. According to firefighters, the area around the aft port hatch was extremely hot and painful to the touch, even with gloves. The deck paint around the hatch was burned, and the decking around the hatch was warped from the heat. When the firefighters opened the hatch, fire and heavy gray-and-black smoke poured out. One foam line was sprayed down the rear port hatch into the engineroom for 15 to 20 minutes to suppress the fire. Firefighters entered the engineroom from the forward starboard access hatch, but according to the FHFD incident report, thick smoke kept them After the foam line was shut off, a high-power fan was installed to vent the engineroom. After 20 minutes of venting, firefighters entered the engineroom through the forward starboard hatch. Smoke had abated and visibility was good. Firefighters noted that foam had coated the bottom 12 inches of the engineroom and that fire damage was limited to the top of the space. Conditions at floor level were cool. Smoke was still coming off wiring on the ceiling, as well as from the top of the port engine and from the insulation, also known as lagging, around the exhaust duct from the port engine. Some of the lagging around the port engine exhaust was removed while firefighters checked for hot spot
4 NTSB/MAB-10/02
About 1045, Coast Guard Sector Long Island Sound was notified of the fire. At that point, the FHFD vacated the engineroom and turned it over to an assistant chief from the Kismet Fire Department. The assistant chief oversaw members of his department and the Saltaire Fire Company while they performed a secondary examination and assessment of the engineroom using a thermal imaging camera (Kismet and Saltaire are both on Fire Island; refer to figure 2). The fire was reported extinguished and ground operations were terminated at 1110. Ground operations were witnessed by members of the Suffolk County Police Department, the Ocean Beach Police Department, the Town of Islip Harbor Police, and the Fire Island National Seashore rangers d boat crew conducted drug and alcohol tests, as required by 46 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 4.06.2 The Fire Island Belle moored at the Fire Island Ferry terminal Vess rs—one master and two deckhands. The number of deckhands varied with the number of passengers. The vessel had a passenger capacity of 382, hatches provided access through doors and stairs that led to the engineroom. The rear hatches had floor- level co . By the time firefighting operations ended, the owners of Fire Island Ferries had arrived to take possession of the vessel. At 1221, the vessel departed Fair Harbor under tow to Bay Shore by the vessel Eagle. At 1243, Coast Guard investigating officers boarded the Fire Island Belle while it was under way. Within 10 minutes of arriving on board, a qualified member of the Coast Guard Station Fire Islan in Bay Shore at 1415. el Information The Fire Island Belle was an 85-foot, double-deck, single-hull aluminum vessel built in 2009 by Blount Boats, Inc., of Warren, Rhode Island. The vessel was delivered to Fire Island Ferries on June 18, 2009. According to its certificate of inspection, the vessel was inspected under 46 CFR, subchapter K (applicable to small passenger vessels carrying more than 150 passengers or with overnight accommodations for more than 49 passengers), and operated in ferry service on rivers including Great South Bay on runs not to exceed 30 minutes. On the day of the fire, the vessel operated with three crewmembe of whom 178 were allowed on the upper deck. The enclosed pilothouse was forward on the upper deck. The engineroom was directly below the main passenger deck, with access hatches in each corner. The forward vers that, when lifted, provided access to the aft engineroom by way of ladders.
2 Regulations at 46 CFR 4.06 require that after a serious marine incident, “each individual engaged or employed on board the vessel who is directly involved in the incident” be tested for alcohol within 2 hours and for illicit drug use within 32 hours “unless precluded by safety concerns directly related to the incident.” Regulations at 46 CFR 16.113 specify testing for marijuana, cocaine, opiates, phencyclidine, and amphetamines. Alcohol testing is not required more than 8 hours after a serious marine incident. A serious marine incident is defined at 46 CFR 4.03-2 as (a) a marine casualty or accident that results in any of the following: (1) one or more deaths, (2) injury that requires medical treatment beyond first aid and renders the individual unfit to perform routine duties, (3) property damage exceeding $100,000, (4) actual or constructive total loss of an inspected vessel, or (5) actual or constructive total loss nvironment of the United States. of any uninspected vessel that exceeds 100 gross tons; (b) discharge of 10,000 or more gallons of oil into U.S. waters; or (c) the release of a reportable substance into the e
5 NTSB/MAB-10/02
The vessel was powered by three Detroit Diesel Series 60 Tier II engines.3 Alternators were located forward of each engine. The fuel tank, immediately forward of the engineroom, was stocked with ultralow sulfur No. 2 diesel fuel.4 Fuel went from the tank to each engine through a primary fuel filter, then through a fuel pump and a secondary fuel filter to the back of the cylinde tor and the Puradyn system were attached to the secondary fuel filters. The fuel pressure going into the secondary fuel filter was quare inch, depending on engine speed. Fire . The cover did not interfere with the ventilation damper because the dampers had closed automatically when the fire suppression system was activated (see “F the center and starboard engines had fractured. The lenses for the overhead lighting in the aft portion of the engineroom had melted away from the lights a elted. Part of the wiring to the ignition box for the center engine was heavily fire-damaged. Most of the insulation had melted, but the wires were intact and did not exhibit signs of arcing.
r head, and from there to the engine injector ports (fuel gallery). A second fuel gallery captured returned fuel. Unused, heated fuel was first cooled in the heat exchanger, then returned to the tank. Each engine was equipped with a Puradyn® filtration system for the lubricating oil.5 Sensors serving the alterna 82 to 90 pounds per s Damage Smoke and other fire damage was limited to the engineroom and adjacent structures such as ventilation ducts and the aft access hatches. The only exterior damage was around the engineroom vent openings. Soot was visible on the outside of the hull above the dampers, with more soot on the starboard side than on the port side (figure 4). The Coast Guard–approved polyvinyl chloride (PVC) weather covers over the vents had melted. The starboard cover, which exhibited more melting than the cover on the port side, fell out of position and came to rest on top of the ventilation damper (figure 5) ire Protection System,” below). The engineroom showed varying degrees of fire damage. Damage in the forward section was limited to heavy sooting and some light thermal damage, particularly to plastic components, in the overhead forward of the engines. Damage was more severe near the engines, especially on the overhead between the center and port engines (figure 6). Thermal damage patterns extended 2 to 3 feet down from the overhead. One of the aluminum hangers for the fire suppression system piping had melted, and the hanger between nd dripped onto the surfaces below. Almost all exposed surfaces on the engines exhibited heavy sooting. The air filters for all the engines were covered with soot, and the port and starboard filters had partially collapsed from the heat. Plastic components on the rear of the port and center engines were m
3 The Series 60 is an inline, 6-cylinder, water-jacketed engine. According to the manufacturer, the engine’s maximum exhaust gas temperature at full power is 671° F. 4 This fuel is recommended by the engine manufacturer to avoid fouling the exhaust after-treatment system. According to the material safety data sheet, the fuel’s autoignition temperature is 489° F. Autoignition temperature is the lowest temperature at which a combustible material ignites in air without a spark or flame. The temperature of a heated surface required to ignite a combustible material is usually lower than the autoignition temperature. 5 According to the Puradyn manufacturer, a bypass filtration system is required to remove the wear-producing soot deposited in lubrication oil by modern, low-emission diesel engines.
6 NTSB/MAB-10/02
Figure 4. Soot damage to vent opening on starboard side of vessel.
Figure 5. Closeup of damaged starboard vent cover (viewed from inside vent).
7 NTSB/MAB-10/02
Figure 6. Damage to overhead wiring in engineroom. A Detroit Diesel engine technician downloaded data from each engine’s computer. The data showed that the center engine had not been running at the time of the fire. According to the computer data, the port and starboard engines, both running at full power at the time of the fire, showed elevated air intake temperatures about the same time as the engineroom alarm sounded in the pilothouse. The only mechanical engine damage was a fractured pipe nipple connection on the center engine’s secondary fuel filter (figure 7). The fractured nipple and adjoining fittings were removed and retained by the NTSB for further examination. The insulation on the wiring to the sensors attached to the T-fitting had melted, but the sensors were otherwise intact. The lagging for the port engine exhaust duct, which was about 19 inches above the center engine’s secondary fuel filter, was charred (figure 8). As noted earlier, parts of the lagging were removed by firefighters while searching for hot spots. Another section of lagging was removed to assess the condition of the duct underneath. The surface of the duct showed evidence of resolidified plastic, most likely from the lens of the overhead light. The duct hanger was not lagged.
8 NTSB/MAB-10/02
Figure 7. Fractured nipple (above) and associated fittings (below) on secondary fuel filter of center engine.
Figure 8. Charred lagging on port engine exhaust duct.
9 NTSB/MAB-10/02
Fire Protection System Title 46 CFR, Part 118, §400 requires a space that contains propulsion machinery to be equipped with an automatic fire detection system unless (1) the vessel was built before March 10, 1996, and (2) does not have a hull, machinery space boundary bulkhead, or deck that is composed of wood or fiber-reinforced plastic, sheathed on the interior with fiber-reinforced plastic, or is continuously manned. The space is also required by 46 CFR, Part 118, §400 to be equipped with a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system unless (1) it was built before March 10, 1996, and (2) does not have a hull, machinery space boundary bulkhead, or deck composed of wood or fiber-reinforced plastic or sheathed on the interior with fiber-reinforced plastic. Because the Fire Island Belle was built after 1996, it was required to have both an automatic fire detection system and a fixed fire suppression system (figure 9) The engineroom contained five heat detectors manufactured by Notifier®. The remains of two detectors were found in the debris after the fire. The other three detectors were still in place in the engineroom overhead. Smoke detectors, also manufactured by Notifier, were located on the main passenger deck and forward engineroom access stairwells. A Notifier NFS2-640 fire alarm control panel was located on the bridge. The fire suppression system was equipped with two 75-pound CO2 cylinders, installed in a separate compartment forward of the engineroom. Galvanized piping connected the cylinders to the engineroom, where two discharge nozzles were installed (one in the forward portion of the engineroom and one in the aft portion near the center engine). A discharge alarm and a 30- second delay device allowed for evacuation of the engineroom if necessary. The system was remotely activated by a pull cable on the main deck near the forward port engineroom access hatch. The fire suppression system was configured so that the engineroom vents closed when the remote cable was pulled. The cylinders, pipes, and nozzles were found intact during the postaccident examination. The servicing company for the fire suppression system reported that the cylinders were empty after the fire. The master said that the system actuated properly because he heard both the discharge alarm and the lines being pressurized.
10 NTSB/MAB-10/02
Figure 9. Diagram of engineroom fire detection and suppression system on Fire Island Belle.
11 NTSB/MAB-10/02
Metallurgical Examination The NTSB materials laboratory in Washington, DC, examined the fractured pipe nipple from the secondary fuel filter on the center engine (figure 13). The nipple was constructed of 3/8-inch seamless steel pipe (1/8 American Standard pipe), commonly referred to as black steel. Examination by stereomicroscope and scanning electron microscope revealed a fatigue fracture (crack) that went through the wall of the pipe and part-way around it. The dimensions, chemistry, and hardness of the pipe nipple were measured and compared with appropriate standards for seamless steel pipe. The measurements were within specifications.
Figure 13. Pipe nipple and T-fitting from center engine. Origin and Cause of Fire Fire damage, including damage from smoke, was limited to the engineroom and adjacent structures such as the ventilation ducts for the engineroom and aft access hatches. Damage was more severe between the center and port engines, particularly overhead, where wiring bundles were melted and charred. Based on the location of the damage, investigators determined that the fire had originated in the aft portions of the port and center engines. Shortly before the fire broke out, the crew had smelled fuel and the master had found fuel leaking from the nipple connection to the secondary fuel filter on the center engine (which was idling at the time). The postaccident laboratory examination found a fractured connection (pipe nipple) on the fuel filter. All three engines had experienced leaking at that connection. It is
12 NTSB/MAB-10/02
reasonable to conclude that during the voyage across the bay from Long Island to Ocean Beach, with all three engines running, pressurized fuel had sprayed from the crack in the pipe nipple up onto the exhaust duct for the port engine (refer to figure 3). Based on the fracture analysis, the master’s discovery before the fire, and the history of issues with the nipple connection, investigators determined that diesel fuel coming from the fractured fitting on the center engine was the source of fuel for the fire. The exhaust ducts from the vessel’s engines, as the only exposed hot components in the engineroom, were covered with insulation (lagging). After the fire, the lagging on the port exhaust duct was removed. The lagging was charred both inside and outside, and molten plastic was observed on the surface of the duct, suggesting the presence of a gap in the stitching that held the lagging together. Therefore, the fuel from the center engine that had sprayed onto the port engine’s exhaust duct could have leaked through the gap onto the hot surface of the duct, even after the center engine was shut down at Ocean Beach. The engines were at idle while at the Ocean Beach dock, but the temperature of the exhaust from the port engine would have increased once the vessel got under way toward Fair Harbor. The autoignition temperature of the ultralow sulfur No. 2 diesel fuel used in the engines is 489° F. That temperature is below the temperature of the exhaust gas at full engine power (671° F). The apparent gap in the lagging demonstrates that despite the presence of insulation, the port exhaust duct was exposed, and fuel could therefore have contacted the hot duct. The gap in the lagging and the damage to the lagging itself suggest that the hot surface of the port engine’s exhaust duct was the ignition source for the fire. Postaccident Actions by Owner Fire Island Ferries made several changes to the Fire Island Belle after the fire: • Altered the lubricating oil filtration system to activate by the ignition system rather than by the secondary fuel filter. • Eliminated the pipe nipple and T-connector from the secondary fuel filter configuration. • Added two-part insulation/lagging wrap to the exhaust ducting and duct hangers. • Installed aluminum frames on the engineroom vent covers and aluminum mesh backing on the vents to keep the PVC part of the covers from falling inside the vents. • Added another nozzle to the fire suppression system, making three nozzles in the engineroom—two over the engines and one forward. • Updated the vessel’s fire control plan.
13 NTSB/MAB-10/02
14 NTSB/MAB-10/02 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the engineroom fire on the Fire Island Belle was the ignition of fuel that had leaked from a fatigue- fractured fitting on the center engine’s secondary fuel filter, sprayed onto the lagging around the port engine exhaust duct, and seeped through a gap in the lagging onto the hot duct, where it caught fire. Adopted: July 2, 2010
FD07368 | 2009_美国_NTSB_MAR1103_Collision_Between_US_Coast_Guard_Vessel_CG_33118_and_Sea_Ray.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision Between U.S. Coast Guard Vessel CG 33118 and Sea Ray Recreational Vessel CF 2607 PZ San Diego Bay, California December 20, 2009 Accident Report NTSB/MAR-11/03 PB2011-916403 National Transportation Safety Board
(This page intentionally left blank)
NTSB/MAR-11/03 PB2011-916403 Notation 8193A Adopted July 12, 2011
Marine Accident Report Collision Between U.S. Coast Guard Vessel CG 33118 and Sea Ray Recreational Vessel CF 2607 PZ San Diego Bay, California December 20, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Collision Between U.S. Coast Guard Vessel CG 33118 and Sea Ray Recreational Vessel CF 2607 PZ, San Diego Bay, California, December 20, 2009. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-11/03. Washington, DC. Abstract: This report discusses the December 20, 2009, collision on San Diego Bay, California, between the 33- foot-long U.S. Coast Guard special purpose craft – law enforcement (SPC-LE) CG 33118 and an unnamed 24-foot-long Sea Ray recreational boat with California registration CF 2607 PZ. As a result of the accident, an 8-year-old passenger on board the Sea Ray died. Safety issues identified in this accident include the speed of the CG 33118, Coast Guard oversight of small boat operations, SPC-LE forward visibility, Coast Guard monitoring of small boat operational data, and Coast Guard use of personal cell phones while under way. On the basis of its findings, the NTSB made recommendations to the Coast Guard. NOTE: This report was reissued on April 29, 2026, with corrections to the Safety Recommendation text and numbers on pages 39 and 40. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916403 from: National Technical Information Service 5301 Shawnee Road Alexandria, Virginia 22312 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Marine Safety Report ERRATA SHEET Pages 39–40, the numbers for Safety Recommendations M-11-1 through -4 were corrected (previously M-11-002 through -005). Additionally, the text of Safety Recommendation M-11-4 (previously M-11-005) was updated as follows to reflect the final text as issued to the Coast Guard: • Previous: Develop regulations governing nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions, and should continue its outreach program of information and education to the maritime industry on this issue. • Revised: Until you can develop regulations governing nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety- critical positions, continue your outreach program of information and education to the maritime industry on this issue.
NTSB Marine Safety Report Contents Figures............................................................................................................................................. v Acronyms and Abbreviations ........................................................................................................ vi Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... viii 1 Factual Information ...................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 Parade of Lights .................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Accident Narrative ................................................................................................................ 2 1.2.1 Sea Ray .......................................................................................................................... 2 1.2.2 CG 33118 ....................................................................................................................... 4 1.2.3 Witness Reports ............................................................................................................. 7 1.3 Injuries .................................................................................................................................. 8 1.4 Damage ................................................................................................................................. 9 1.4.1 CG 33118 ....................................................................................................................... 9 1.4.2 Sea Ray .......................................................................................................................... 9 1.5 Personnel Information ........................................................................................................... 9 1.5.1 CG 33118 ....................................................................................................................... 9 1.5.2 Sea Ray ........................................................................................................................ 11 1.6 Vessel Information .............................................................................................................. 11 1.6.1 CG 33118 ..................................................................................................................... 11 1.6.2 Sea Ray ........................................................................................................................ 14 1.7 Wreckage ............................................................................................................................ 15 1.7.1 CG 33118 ..................................................................................................................... 15 1.7.2 Sea Ray ........................................................................................................................ 16 1.7.3 Strike Angle ................................................................................................................. 17 1.8 Waterway Information ........................................................................................................ 18 1.8.1 General ......................................................................................................................... 18 1.8.2 Vessel Traffic Density ................................................................................................. 18 1.8.3 San Diego Bay Background Lighting .......................................................................... 19 1.9 Meteorological Information ................................................................................................ 19 1.10 Medical and Pathological Information .............................................................................. 20 1.11 Survival Aspects ............................................................................................................... 20 1.12 Management/Coast Guard Operational Information ........................................................ 22 1.12.1 Guidance on Parade of Lights Operations ................................................................. 22 1.12.2 Small Boat Speed Guidance ....................................................................................... 23 1.12.3 Crew Brief .................................................................................................................. 25 1.12.4 Coxswain and Crew Training .................................................................................... 25 1.12.5 Lookout Procedures ................................................................................................... 26 1.12.6 Coast Guard Boat Forces Oversight .......................................................................... 26 1.12.7 The Bayside Blaster Accident .................................................................................... 27 1.12.8 Nondistress Search-and-Rescue Assist Policy ........................................................... 29 1.12.9 Coast Guard Postaccident Activity ............................................................................ 29 1.13 Vessel Forward Visibility ................................................................................................. 31 1.13.1 General ....................................................................................................................... 31 1.13.2 Design Standards ....................................................................................................... 32 iii
NTSB Marine Safety Report 1.14 Tests and Research ............................................................................................................ 32 1.14.1 ABYC Visibility Testing ........................................................................................... 32 1.14.2 Forward Line of Sight—NTSB Comparison Study ................................................... 33 1.14.3 SPC-LE Engine rpm/Speed Determinations .............................................................. 34 1.14.4 Video Study ............................................................................................................... 35 1.14.5 Audio Study of CG 33118 Speed .............................................................................. 35 1.15 Other Information ............................................................................................................. 36 1.15.1 Nighttime Visual Perception ...................................................................................... 36 1.15.2 Coast Guard AIS Policy ............................................................................................. 37 1.15.3 AIS Operation on the CG 33118 ................................................................................ 37 1.15.4 Thriller 09 and CG 25689 Collision .......................................................................... 38 1.15.5 Cell Phone Use ........................................................................................................... 38 1.15.6 Previous Safety Recommendations ............................................................................ 39 2 Analysis...................................................................................................................................... 41 2.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 41 2.2 Exclusions ........................................................................................................................... 41 2.3 The Accident ....................................................................................................................... 42 2.3.1 CG 33118 Operating Speed ......................................................................................... 42 2.3.2 Marine Assistance Radio Broadcast ............................................................................ 43 2.3.3 Traffic Density ............................................................................................................. 43 2.3.4 Safe Speed .................................................................................................................... 43 2.3.5 Visual Perception and Conspicuity .............................................................................. 44 2.4 SPC-LE Forward Visibility................................................................................................. 45 2.5 Sea Ray ............................................................................................................................... 47 2.6 Training and Oversight ....................................................................................................... 47 2.6.1 SPC-LE Coxswain Training ........................................................................................ 48 2.6.2 Oversight ...................................................................................................................... 48 2.6.3 SPC-LE Speed Policies ................................................................................................ 51 2.7 AIS Use ............................................................................................................................... 51 2.8 Vessel Operations Monitoring ............................................................................................ 52 2.9 Cell Phone Use .................................................................................................................... 52 2.10 Emergency Response ........................................................................................................ 53 3 Conclusions ................................................................................................................................ 54 3.1 Findings............................................................................................................................... 54 3.2 Probable Cause.................................................................................................................... 55 4 Recommendations ...................................................................................................................... 56 Appendixes ................................................................................................................................... 57 iv
NTSB Marine Safety Report Figures Figure 1. Aerial photo of San Diego Bay.. ..................................................................................... 2 Figure 2. A 24-foot-long Sea Ray recreational boat similar to the one involved in the accident ... 3 Figure 3. SPC-LE CG 33118 .......................................................................................................... 4 Figure 4. The path of the CG 33118 from Station San Diego. ....................................................... 6 Figure 5. Interior of the CG 33118 cabin ...................................................................................... 13 Figure 6. Damage to the CG 33118 .............................................................................................. 16 Figure 7. Damage to the Sea Ray .................................................................................................. 17 Figure 8. Fractured fiberglass on the Sea Ray, viewed looking aft and port from cockpit .......... 17 Figure 9. Depiction of the CG 33118 colliding with the Sea Ray at an angle of about 11 degrees ........................................................................................................................... 18 Figure 10. View of San Diego Bay ............................................................................................... 19 Figure 11. Layout of the Sea Ray and locations and injuries of the 13 people on board. ............ 22 Figure 12. Stages of generic vessel planing and corresponding trim angles ................................ 31 v
NTSB Marine Safety Report Acronyms and Abbreviations ABYC American Boat and Yacht Council AIS automatic identification system AOR area of responsibility BCEB boat crew examination board CBL cutter boat large CPR cardiopulmonary resuscitation DGPS differential global positioning system DHS U.S. Department of Homeland Security FAA Federal Aviation Administration GAR green-amber-red (risk assessment) HF-SSB high frequency-single sideband IAP incident action plan ISO International Organization for Standardization JHOC Joint Harbor Operations Center MAIT Multidisciplinary Accident Investigation Team MARB marine assistance radio broadcast MISLE Marine Information for Safety and Law Enforcement nm nautical mile OIC/OINC officer-in-charge RBS response boat small RFO Ready for Operations SINS scalable integrated navigation system SDHP San Diego Harbor Police SPC-LE special purpose craft – law enforcement STAN Coast Guard Standardization TCT team coordination training UCSD University of California San Diego USCG U.S. Coast Guard UHF ultra high frequency vi
NTSB Marine Safety Report UTB utility boat big UTL utility boat light VHF very high frequency vii
NTSB Marine Safety Report viii Executive Summary On Sunday, December 20, 2009, about 1744 Pacific standard time,1 the 33-foot-long Coast Guard vessel CG 33118, designated by the Coast Guard as a “special purpose craft – law enforcement” or SPC-LE, with five crewmembers on board, collided with a 24-foot-long Sea Ray recreational vessel with state registration number CF 2607 PZ, carrying 13 people, on San Diego Bay, California. The collision occurred during the city’s annual holiday boat parade, the Parade of Lights. The Sea Ray was headed west near the main shipping channel2 to enable the occupants to watch the boat parade. The CG 33118, on patrol in the bay, was also headed west, its crew responding to a reported grounding. The CG 33118 struck and overran the Sea Ray’s stern near the west end of Harbor Island. As a result of the collision, an 8-year-old boy on board the Sea Ray was fatally injured and four other people on board sustained serious injuries. No CG 33118 crewmembers were injured in the accident. Following the collision, drug and alcohol testing was performed on CG 33118 crewmembers, and all results were negative. The Sea Ray operator voluntarily submitted to drug and alcohol testing, and the results of his tests were negative as well. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the collision between the CG 33118 and the Sea Ray was the failure of the CG 33118 crew to see and avoid the Sea Ray because of the excessive speed at which the coxswain operated the CG 33118, given the prevailing darkness, background lighting, and high vessel density, and the U.S. Coast Guard’s lack of effective oversight of its small boat operations both nationally and at Coast Guard Station San Diego. Safety issues in this accident include the speed of the CG 33118, Coast Guard oversight of small boat operations, Coast Guard monitoring of small boat operational data, SPC-LE forward visibility, and Coast Guard use of personal cell phones while under way. As a result of this investigation, the NTSB makes recommendations to the Coast Guard. 1 Unless noted otherwise, all times in this report are Pacific standard time (universal time coordinated –8 [UTC-8]) based on the 24-hour clock. 2 The main shipping channel runs roughly east-west and is marked by lighted red and green buoys.
NTSB Marine Safety Report 1 1 Factual Information 1.1 Parade of Lights Each December, the on-water holiday event Parade of Lights takes place on San Diego Bay. The event attracts hundreds of boaters who watch the festivities from their vessels, ranging from small dinghies, kayaks, and canoes to large yachts and commercial vessels. Vessel traffic during the Parade of Lights is typically higher than on almost any other night on San Diego Bay, except perhaps July 4th. The Parade of Lights is held on successive Sunday nights, and the 38th annual event was scheduled for December 13 and 20, 2009. Both days’ events featured a fireworks display at 1730 followed by a parade of more than 80 decorated boats on San Diego Bay. The event organizer had obtained a marine event permit, issued by the U.S. Coast Guard Sector San Diego, which authorized the festivities.3 In addition to the boats participating in the parade, organizers estimated an additional 100 spectator vessels. The Coast Guard’s captain of the port for San Diego issued a notice of enforcement for a “special local regulation”4 for the Parade of Lights. The parade was to begin at the south end of Shelter Island on the west side of the bay, then turn northeast and east and run parallel to Harbor Island to the east side of the bay and then south along the downtown waterfront. The trackline was about 5 miles long and ran along the shores of Shelter, Harbor, and North islands (figure 1). A Coast Guard Local Notice to Mariners5 warned boaters to use “due caution” when transiting near the designated parade area. 3 Sector San Diego has authority, including captain of the port authority, for safety within the southern California coast that includes San Diego Bay (33 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 3.55-15). Several Coast Guard stations, including Station San Diego, are responsible to Sector San Diego for certain duties, including operation of small boats. Coast Guard small boats are vessels less than 65 feet in length. 4 The special local regulation area for the parade included most of San Diego Bay. The notice contained no spectator craft viewing areas or operating restrictions other than to not impede the parade. 5 A Local Notice to Mariners may be issued to specify a temporary safety zone for marine events and other on-water operations for safety or environmental purposes.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
2
Figure 1. Aerial photo of San Diego Bay. The yellow line shows the Parade of Lights trackline. The Coast Guard established an incident action plan (IAP) for the Parade of Lights, which stated in part that Coast Guard vessels assigned to the event would “provide for an overt and aggressive waterborne presence” between 1730 and 2000 on both days of the parade. This was to keep boaters clear of the fireworks barge and to avoid their interfering with the lighted boats in the parade. Several Coast Guard Auxiliary6 vessels also were assigned to assist in the event. The 87-foot-long Coast Guard cutter Haddock was the first vessel in the parade. San Diego Harbor Police (SDHP), which normally had two vessels patrolling the bay at all times, had four boats on patrol that night. The SDHP and the Coast Guard shared law enforcement activities on San Diego Bay. The IAP also stated that any injuries were to be reported to the Joint Harbor Operations Center (JHOC).7 1.2 Accident Narrative 1.2.1 Sea Ray About 1715, the 24-foot-long Sea Ray recreational boat (figure 2) left its berth at the Harbor West Marina located at the west end of Harbor Island. On board were three families: the operator, his wife, and three children; and two other couples with two children each. In total, 13 people were on board. After departing the marina, the Sea Ray operator proceeded along Harbor
6 The Coast Guard Auxiliary is an incorporated civilian volunteer component of the U.S. Coast Guard. 7 The JHOC is a command and control facility staffed by contingents of the Coast Guard, U.S. Navy, San Diego Harbor Police, and, on occasion, other Federal, state, and local government agencies. The JHOC communicates with and coordinates government vessel operations on San Diego Bay. H HHaaarrrbbbooorrr IIIssslllaaannnddd SSShhheeelllttteeerrr IIIssslllaaannnddd SSSaaannn D DDiiieeegggooo B BBaaayyy N NNooorrrttthhh IIIssslllaaannnddd C CCoooaaasssttt G GGuuuaaarrrddd SSStttaaatttiiiooonnn Parade Start D DDooow wwnnntttooow wwnnn H HHiiillltttooonnn H HHooottteeelll H HHaaarrrbbbooorrr IIIssslllaaannnddd FFFuuueeelll D DDoooccckkk B BBaaallliii H HHaaaiii R RReeessstttaaauuurrraaannnttt Accident Site
N
NTSB Marine Safety Report
3
Island’s south shore toward the east end of the island. There, he stopped the boat to watch the fireworks, which were scheduled to begin at 1730.
Figure 2. A 24-foot-long Sea Ray recreational boat similar to the one involved in the accident. Photo by Sea Ray, Inc. After the fireworks display ended, the Sea Ray operator headed west in the bay at idle speed (about 2–4 knots) toward the west end of Harbor Island to position the vessel for viewing the boat parade. According to a passenger, the families decided that, because several young children were on board and because it was a Sunday night with school the next day, they would position themselves close to the Harbor West Marina, thus shortening the time needed to return and dock the boat after the parade. Both the Sea Ray operator and a passenger told NTSB investigators that the boat’s navigation lights, including the port and starboard running lights and the all-around light, were illuminated. The operator, SDHP officers, and other witnesses confirmed that all the children on board were wearing lifejackets.8 The Sea Ray operator said that when he was about three-quarters of the way to the west end of Harbor Island he heard what sounded like an engine running at high speed behind him. He estimated that about 20 other boats were within 50 yards of his location, primarily to the north, and that the other boats were drifting, idling, or at anchor. On hearing the engine sound, he looked back over his shoulder and noted that the engine sound seemed to be coming closer and that the vessel that was producing the sound had not appreciably changed course. The Sea Ray operator told investigators that, shortly before the collision, he saw the approaching vessel with red and green running lights illuminated and three people silhouetted in the pilothouse. The
8 California state boating law requires that all children 11 years of age or younger wear a Type I, II, III, or V Coast Guard-approved lifejacket while on board a vessel that is 26 feet or less in length while the vessel is under way (http://www.dbw.ca.gov/Pubs/Pfd/PFDs.pdf accessed January 4, 2011). According to San Diego Harbor Police, the Sea Ray also carried lifejackets for all persons on board, as required by law.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
4
Sea Ray operator told investigators that he saw that the approaching vessel’s hull was “on the plane,”9 and that the vessel was “dead center” off his stern. He said that he thought he needed to move his boat out of the way to avoid being struck by the oncoming vessel. He “slammed” the throttle forward and turned to starboard, but as he was starting to make the starboard turn, the oncoming vessel struck the Sea Ray’s stern. The Sea Ray operator told investigators that there was no time for his boat to reach any kind of speed between the time that he accelerated and the collision. He said that his boat “did not move more than five feet, if that,” and that the other vessel was closing in “very rapidly, like almost at us and then maybe a second passed and then it hit us. It was just very fast.” The Sea Ray operator said that the colliding vessel had “such high speed … it literally [shot] right over the top of us.” 1.2.2 CG 33118 The CG 33118 (figure 3), which the Coast Guard designates a “special purpose craft – law enforcement” or SPC-LE, and its crew were not assigned to the Parade of Lights. The IAP for the event stated that the patrol commander could call on a station asset (such as the CG 33118) to support law enforcement activity; however, one was not requested.
Figure 3. SPC-LE CG 33118. Photo by the Coast Guard.
9 Planing occurs when a boat’s speed and hull shape generate sufficient lift to support a portion of the craft above the water. See section “Vessel Forward Visibility” for more detail.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
5
Although Sector San Diego did not request a station asset to assist in the event, Station San Diego’s operations petty officer scheduled a patrol that evening. About 1645, the five CG 33118 crewmembers met for a briefing before their anticipated 1700 departure and patrol. The boat crew included the coxswain,10 a second qualified boat crewmember, the boat’s engineer, a crewmember-in-training, and Station San Diego’s officer of the day (OOD),11 who had elected to join the patrol. (For more information on the crew, see section “Personnel Information.”) The crewmember-in-training told NTSB investigators that the coxswain led the meeting and informed the crewmembers that they might be on patrol for 3 or 4 hours. He said that although they were not officially assigned to the Parade of Lights, their stated purpose was “just going out, making sure everything’s good, making sure there’s no DUIs, making sure—just having an asset in the area for…general safety overall.” The boat engineer told NTSB investigators that the station’s “boat assignment board” assigned the CG 33118 a patrol mission to assist the Haddock that night. The boat engineer told NTSB investigators that a crew meeting was held before getting under way and that it included a green-amber-red (GAR) risk assessment12 for that mission. He said that the results of the GAR were “green” (also see section on Management/Coast Guard Operational Information, Crew Brief). At 1723, the CG 33118 crew notified the JHOC of its departure from Station San Diego. When the fireworks display began at 1730, the crew stopped the vessel to watch. When the display ended about 5 minutes later, the CG 33118 proceeded toward Shelter Island on the west side of the bay where the boat parade was to start. When the CG 33118 reached that location, the crewmembers radioed the Haddock’s crew, stating that they had no specific assignment related to the parade but would be nearby and could provide assistance if requested. Figure 4 shows the approximate route of the CG 33118 across San Diego Bay.
10 The Coast Guard assigned coxswains the responsibility for, in order of priority, the safety and conduct of passengers and crew, safe operations and navigation of the boat, and completion of the mission. Coxswains were also to respond to hazards to life and property, violations of laws or regulations, and discrepancies to aids to navigation. 11 At Coast Guard stations, the OOD is the direct representative of the station’s officer in charge, and ensures compliance with the station’s regulations and policies. Except for the executive petty officer and the engineering petty officer, all personnel at the station are subordinate to the OOD. Normally, the officer in charge assigns the senior coxswain in the duty section as OOD to oversee security, order, and supervision of personnel. Nonetheless, while underway the OOD’s status is no different than that of the other crewmembers in being subordinate to the coxswain. 12 The GAR safety risk assessment determines whether a mission should be deemed green (0–22 points, low risk), amber (23–43, medium risk, caution), or red (44–60 points, high risk).
NTSB Marine Safety Report
6
Figure 4. The path of the CG 33118 from Station San Diego to the Haddock, then northeast and east across the bay, and then returning west to the accident site. Also indicated are the locations of the Coast Guard cutter Haddock at the time of the accident, the sailboat from which a witness filmed a video that the NTSB later used for video and sound analysis, and the Hilton Hotel from which witness photographs were taken of the accident scene. According to the crewmember-in-training, a few minutes after communicating with the Haddock, the CG 33118 crew heard a marine assistance radio broadcast (MARB),13 transmitted by the JHOC,14 that stated that a 25-foot Catalina sailboat was aground. The Catalina operator advised the JHOC that he and his passengers were not in distress and that he was going to wait for high tide to refloat his vessel. The MARB provided the sailboat’s estimated coordinates, and added that the vessel was located “within view” of the Sheraton Hotel on Harbor Island. The MARB included a request for other boaters or a private towing company to assist. On hearing the MARB, the CG 33118 crew radioed the JHOC and asked for permission to respond to the call.15 The JHOC watchstander told NTSB investigators that he granted the permission, and that he informed the CG 33118 crew that the grounded vessel, “wasn’t in any immediate danger, wasn’t
13 According to Commandant Instruction M16130.2E, National Search and Rescue Supplement, a MARB is made to solicit voluntary response from anyone who can assist the mariner. If the Coast Guard does not receive a response to the MARB within a reasonable period of time, typically 10 minutes, Coast Guard resources and/or auxiliary vessels may be directed to respond. 14 The JHOC transmitted the MARB at 1738. However, because the Catalina was not equipped with a GPS, JHOC personnel had to estimate its position coordinates for the MARB. 15 According to Coast Guard search-and-rescue operating procedures, a small boat such as the CG 33118 must have the sector’s permission to respond to a search-and-rescue situation.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
7
taking on water, and that we weren’t asking them or tasking them to go there.” The CG 33118 crew then headed east to look for the sailboat along the south shore of Harbor Island. However, the sailboat was actually on the north side of Harbor Island, in the West Basin.16 When the CG 33118 crewmembers could not locate the sailboat, they radioed the JHOC for clarification. The information was corrected, and, according to the crewmember-in-training, the coxswain turned the CG 33118 around and headed west toward the West Basin inlet. The crewmember-in-training told NTSB investigators that, leading up to the collision, he was not paying attention to the speed of the vessel. He said that the engine sound seemed commensurate with traveling about 20–25 knots. Neither the crewmember-in-training nor the boat engineer recalled hearing any crewmember voice concern about the speed of the CG 33118. Both of them told investigators that the radar on board the CG 33118 was operating. The boat engineer told investigators that, just before the CG 33118 impacted the Sea Ray, he heard one of the crewmembers shout “oh god.” Following the accident, the CG 33118 coxswain told SDHP that, at the time of the collision, he was proceeding at about 3000 rpm17 about 200–300 yards south of Harbor Island, close to the main shipping channel. He stated that, as the CG 33118 was en route, it suddenly “shot straight up in the air.” He told police, “I knew I hit a boat,” and that he had not seen it. The coxswain stated that when he “landed” he turned the CG 33118 around and came alongside the boat. He then handed the controls to the OOD. The coxswain declined to be interviewed by NTSB investigators. 1.2.3 Witness Reports
Witnesses interviewed after the accident indicated that the CG 33118 was moving at a higher speed than other vessels in the area that night, and that the speed was about the same on both the eastbound and westbound legs. They also indicated that the vessel was on a plane both before and during the accident leg. The witnesses stated that the CG 33118 approached the slower-moving boat from astern. Witnesses (including boat crew) reported that the sound of the engine pitch did not decrease before the collision. A recreational boater witnessed the sequence of events from an estimated 70-yard distance. He told investigators that he saw blue flashing lights on top of a fast-moving vessel (he estimated a speed of about 25 knots) headed west toward his location. As the vessel approached, he could see that it had an orange hull with a high aluminum cab. He did not hear a siren nor see the vessel slow down before it collided with the stern of a smaller boat, which had its running lights on and was also traveling to the west. When the faster vessel struck the smaller boat, the stern of the smaller boat moved down and the bow of the faster vessel was projected up and momentarily into the air above the other boat. The witness said that he could see some of the occupants on the smaller boat and that they seemed to be ducking as the faster vessel came over the top of their boat. The faster vessel landed on the smaller boat, rolled off its port side onto the
16 The West Basin is a protected area north of Harbor Island, primarily containing marinas and recreational boat slips. 17 About 19 knots on SPC-LE vessels.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
8
water, and then continued to “coast” toward the west. The smaller boat righted itself and remained afloat but was rotating in a clockwise rotation. The noise of the collision alerted boaters in the immediate area, and some began directing their spotlights in that direction. Another witness, a guest at the Hilton hotel located on the south shore of Harbor Island, observed the events from the sixth floor of the hotel, about 240 yards from the accident site. He told investigators that he saw what appeared to be a law enforcement vessel with its blue lights activated. The witness stated that the vessel first passed his location in an eastbound direction. It then stopped and was motionless for about a minute before turning and traveling back. He estimated the vessel’s speed at 25–30 knots. A second witness on the south shore of Harbor Island told investigators that he saw a Coast Guard vessel traveling to the east and then back again to the west at high speed until it struck a boat on the starboard quarter, about 300 yards off the island. He described the Coast Guard vessel as “running flat” (that is, planing), with its bow fairly level with the water and not high in the air. A witness on Shelter Island said that the CG 33118 was traveling at “a high rate of speed.” Another witness said that after the CG 33118 turned around, it appeared to be traveling at a “higher rate of speed, dangerously close to the anchorage.” According to automatic identification system18 (AIS) data obtained from Sector San Diego, the Haddock was southwest of the west end of Harbor Island when the accident occurred. The Haddock’s officer of the deck19 told NTSB investigators that he saw the CG 33118 approach the Sea Ray and wondered if the Coast Guard vessel would avoid the Sea Ray. He estimated the CG 33118’s speed as 25 knots, the same speed he estimated the vessel had been traveling when it departed the Haddock and headed east in the bay. The Haddock’s commanding officer reported that the collision occurred about 100 yards off the Haddock’s bow. NTSB investigators determined the approximate position to be latitude 32o43’18.8” N and longitude 117o12’38.2” W. 1.3 Injuries The injuries sustained in this accident are categorized in the table below according to the injury criteria of the International Civil Aviation Organization. The NTSB uses these injury criteria in all its accident reports, regardless of transportation mode.
18 An AIS is a maritime communications system that automatically transmits vessel information, including a vessel’s name, type, position, course, speed, navigational status, and other safety-related information, to appropriately equipped shore stations, other vessels, and aircraft. The AIS also automatically receives such information from similarly fitted vessels. Also see sections 1.15.3, Other Information, Automatic Identification System, and 2.7, AIS Use. 19 On Navy and Coast Guard vessels, the officer of the deck is the direct representative of the commanding officer and is responsible for the safe operation of the vessel.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Type of Injury CG 33118 Sea Ray Total Fatal 0 1 1 Serious 0 4 4 Minor 0 6 6 None 5 2 7 Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Section 830.2 defines a fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of an accident. It defines serious injury as that which requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves any internal organ; or involves second- or third- degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. 1.4 Damage 1.4.1 CG 33118 The CG 33118 sustained minor damage. As of the date of this report, the cost of the damage to the CG 33118 had not been determined. 1.4.2 Sea Ray The Sea Ray was destroyed in the accident. Its value was estimated at $30,000. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 CG 33118 Coxswain. The coxswain, age 21, was seated in the forward starboard seat, and was operating the CG 33118 at the time of the accident. According to Coast Guard records, he obtained his qualifications as follows: • Utility boat big (UTB) boat crewmember, October 2007 • UTB tactical crewmember, September 2008 • SPC-LE pursuit crewmember, November 2008 • SPC-LE boat crewmember, December 2008 • UTB coxswain, January 2009 • SPC-LE coxswain, February 2009 • UTB and SPC-LE tactical coxswain, June 2009 • SPC-LE pursuit coxswain, July 2009 From April to June 2007, the coxswain attended and satisfactorily completed the Coast Guard’s Boatswain’s mate “A” School, which included testing on navigation rules. He also completed a search-and-rescue coordination and execution course in January 2009. 9
NTSB Marine Safety Report
10
The coxswain was involved in an incident about 2 months before the accident. He was on board another SPC-LE close to a concrete pier at a maintenance facility in San Diego Bay and was trying to hold the vessel’s position. However, the SPC-LE and its outboard engines made contact with the pier, causing damage to the lower portion of the engines. The incident was considered minor and no action was taken against the coxswain. Boatswain’s mate third class. The boatswain’s mate third class, age 24, was seated in the forward port seat at the time of the accident. According to Coast Guard training records, she obtained the following qualifications: • Cutter boat large (CBL) crewmember, March 2009 • Utility boat light (UTL) crewmember, March 2009 • UTB and SPC-LE crewmember, October 2009 Boatswain’s mate second class. The boatswain’s mate second class, age 27, was Station San Diego’s OOD on the day of the accident and the highest-ranked crewmember on board the CG 33118. He was seated in the aft port seat at the time of the accident. According to Coast Guard training records, he obtained the following qualifications: • Response boat small (RBS) 20 crewmember, May 2007 • SPC-LE crewmember, October 2007 • SPC-LE pursuit crewmember, December 2007 • UTB crewmember, November 2007 • UTB and SPC-LE coxswain, July 2008 • UTB and SPC-LE tactical crewmember, December 2008 • UTB and SPC-LE tactical coxswain, March 2009 • SPC-LE pursuit coxswain, July 2009 Boat engineer. The boat engineer, a machinery technician third class, age 29, was seated in the aft starboard seat at the time of the accident. According to Coast Guard training records, he obtained the following qualifications: • UTB crewmember, May 2007 • UTB engineer, October 2007 • SPC-LE pursuit crewmember, October 2007 • SPC-LE tactical crewmember, December 2007 Crewmember-in-training. The crewmember-in-training, a machinery technician third class, age 20, was standing next to the starboard bench seat at the rear of the cabin at the time of the accident. He attained the rank of machinery technician third class in April 2009 and had served on board the Coast Guard cutter Chase before his assignment to Station San Diego.
20 A response boat small, or RBS, is similar in design to the 33-foot-long SPC-LE; however, the RBS is 25 feet long.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
11
According to Coast Guard training records, he had not yet obtained any boat-related qualifications. Work/rest history. Only the two CG 33118 crewmembers who agreed to be interviewed by NTSB investigators provided their work-rest schedules. However, the work record of the crew indicates that all five crewmembers maintained the same work schedule in the 72 hours preceding the accident. Crewmembers reported for duty at 0700 on Friday, December 18, 2009, and remained at the station in duty status until 0700 Saturday, December 19. They then entered day-worker status until 1600 on Saturday, December 19. On weekends they would ordinarily be relieved an hour later and as a result, the crew reported for duty at 0800 on Sunday, December 20, the day of the accident. During the duty periods, the crew was expected to be readily available to respond to Coast Guard situational needs. When not responding to these needs, sleep facilities were available to crewmembers and they were expected to use these facilities as needed. The facilities were three-person bedrooms, each with its own bathroom. The boat engineer told investigators that the night before the accident he had stayed out late. He estimated that he fell asleep about 0300 and woke about 0630 on the morning of the accident. He worked a 12-hour shift that day, beginning at 0700. He told investigators that he took an afternoon nap that day. About 1630, a station petty officer told him to report to the armory to prepare for patrol. The boat engineer told investigators that, the day before the accident, Saturday, December 19, he worked from 0600 to 1600. The day before that, Friday, December 18, he worked from 0700 to 1600. He stated that he had a good night’s rest Thursday night into Friday, but his amount of sleep that night was not known, nor was his amount of sleep Friday night into Saturday. The crewmember-in-training told investigators that on the day of the accident he arrived at work at 0800 and began preparing for patrol in the bay about 1645. His work schedule in the days prior was not known. He told investigators that, during the weekend of the accident, he went to sleep about 2130 or 2200 and woke about 0630. 1.5.2 Sea Ray The Sea Ray operator, age 44, had more than 100 hours of experience as a boat operator. He had no formal operating training and had not taken a boating safety course, nor was he required to do so under California boating law. 1.6 Vessel Information 1.6.1 CG 33118 The CG 33118 was manufactured in February 2007 by SAFE Boats International in Port Orchard, Washington,21 and ultimately delivered to Station San Diego later that same year. The
21 The vessel is a configuration of the 33-foot-long “Defender Class” SAFE Boat.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
12
SPC-LE is a multimission22 boat, purchased by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) for use by both the Coast Guard and U.S. Customs and Border Protection with minor equipment differences.23 As of 2010, the Coast Guard operated 58 SPC-LE vessels. Several other agencies and municipalities also operate 33-foot SAFE Boats. The admiral in charge of the Eleventh Coast Guard District, which includes San Diego, told NTSB investigators that the CG 33118 was assigned to national border units for border-related missions24 and that the vessel had very good seakeeping and far-off-shore capability. The SPC-LE Boat Operator’s Handbook stated that the vessel’s cruise speed was 35 knots at 4200 engine rpm, and its range at this speed was 250 nautical miles (nm) on one tank of fuel.25 The handbook also stated that the vessel could operate up to 50 nm offshore, in wind up to 30 knots, and in rolling seas of up to 8 feet.26 In reply to the contract solicitation, SAFE Boats asserted that the vessel would be able to have a zero-to-plane time under 3 seconds, turn in a radius of less than one boat length, and stop in less than 13 seconds, all while vessel controllability was being maintained. The CG 33118, like all SPC-LEs, had a deep-vee rigid monohull constructed of welded marine grade aluminum with a watertight, self-bailing deck and a blended polyurethane membrane collar reinforced with a woven polyester base cloth. The vessel had an enclosed cabin with shock-absorbing seating for four crewmembers (figure 5) and a small bench seat aft on each side. The vessel’s operating controls were contained within the cabin. A cuddy cabin27 was located forward of the main cabin area and provided additional bench seating. The CG 33118 was fitted with two blue law enforcement lights mounted at the base of the radar pod, and a siren.
22 The Coast Guard has 11 stated missions: ports, waterways, and coastal security; drug interdiction; aids to navigation; search and rescue; living marine resources; marine safety; defense readiness; migrant interdiction; marine environmental protection; ice operations; and other law enforcement. According to the SPC-LE Boat Operator’s Handbook, the vessel is suitable for all of those missions, except ice operations. The Coast Guard intends its vessels to be used for more than one mission. 23 Department of Homeland Security, SPC-LE specifications, August 18, 2006, noted that typical SPC-LE missions include locating, tracking, and intercepting suspicious vessels entering U.S. waters as well as maintaining port security. 24 The district commander also stated that he expected Coast Guard personnel to be able to shift missions as quickly as needs dictated. He stated that a station boat could be under way on a law enforcement mission, be diverted to a search-and-rescue mission, and then be diverted back to a law enforcement case, all in the course of the same patrol. 25 All SPC-LE Boat Operator’s Handbook performance parameters were based on triple 275-hp outboard engines. 26 The Coast Guard magazine Proceedings stated in its fall 2007 edition, page 13, that the SPC-LE “with top speeds in excess of 50 knots, a range of more than 200 miles, and over-the-horizon command, control, and communications is an extraordinarily capable shore-based response asset.” 27 A cuddy cabin is a small cabin on a vessel, usually not high enough to stand up in.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
13
Figure 5. Interior of the CG 33118 cabin. SPC-LEs are equipped with a scalable integrated navigation system (SINS) built around a radar chart plotter. The SINS includes a radar antenna,28 a 10.4-inch color LCD surface radar– chart plotter display (with range scales from 0.125 to 24 nautical miles), a differential global positioning system29 (DGPS) receiver and navigator display, a multidisplay repeater, a heading sensor, and a depth sensor. The vessel’s communication system consists of a loudhailer,30 an ultrahigh frequency31 (UHF) marine radio, two VHF-FM marine radios, and a high-frequency– single-sideband32 (HF-SSB) marine radio.
28 The crewmembers who could have verified whether the radar was used declined to speak with NTSB investigators. 29 DGPS is an enhancement to GPS. In addition to receiving satellite-based information, DGPS also receives and computes data from known, ground-based reference stations, which enhances position accuracy. 30 A loudhailer is a multipurpose device for audio amplification. 31 A UHF radio uses frequencies between 300 and 3,000 megahertz. 32 Single sideband modulation uses all available transmitter power to convey information using voice or digital means for long-range communications.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Personnel at the NTSB’s vehicle recorder laboratory examined the CG 33118’s radar and DGPS display units to determine if the components had recorded the vessel’s trackline, speed, and locations leading up to the collision. However, no usable information was available on either unit because the units were not configured to record the information nor were they required to be. In addition, the CG 33118 was equipped with an L-3 ProTec AIS that could transmit both standard and restricted signals; however, no AIS data from the vessel registered at any receiving stations on the night of the accident. (For more information, see section 1.15.3 on AIS operation on the CG 33118.) The CG 33118 was originally outfitted with three 275-hp engines, which were replaced at Station San Diego with three 300-hp gasoline-powered Mercury Verado engines. Coast Guard personnel responsible for maintenance of the station’s SPC-LEs told NTSB investigators that the reliability of the 300-hp engines was better than that of the 275-hp engines and that the CG 33118 was as reliable as the other two SPC-LEs at the station. He further stated that he knew of no outstanding problems with the CG 33118 either before or after the accident. The CG 33118 had accrued a total of 2,340 operating hours up to the date of the accident. The last logbook maintenance issue for the vessel involved an engine overheating at idle on December 5, 2009; no other discrepancies were noted from that time until the accident. The SPC-LE was last operated twice on December 18, 2009, two days before the accident. Neither of the coxswains who operated the CG 33118 on that date, one of whom was the accident coxswain, noted any operating anomalies in the vessel’s logbook. Available engine data from the CG 33118’s three engines was downloaded at Sector San Diego on December 22, 2009, under NTSB supervision. The downloaded information was limited to engine alarm codes. The SPC-LE Boat Operator’s Handbook does not include information about the vessel’s forward visibility. (For more information, see section on Tests and Research.) 1.6.2 Sea Ray The 24-foot-long recreational boat was manufactured by Sea Ray Boats Incorporated in Knoxville, Tennessee. The boat was a model year 2003 Sea Ray Sundeck® Sports Boat, designated by the manufacturer as a model 240SD. It had a fiberglass reinforced plastic hull with stainless steel outfitting and trim. The boat was styled as a bow rider, allowing for seating forward of the operator. The engine was a gasoline-powered Mercury Marine Mercruiser 350 Mag MPI Inboard/Outboard rated at 300 hp. The boat’s stated capacity was 12 persons or 2,000 pounds, and up to 2,100 pounds total including gear for the boat and passenger weight. At the time of the accident, 13 people (6 adults and 7 children), were on board. NTSB investigators did not obtain the individual weights of the Sea Ray occupants. To estimate the weight of the occupants at the time of the accident, NTSB investigators used current Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) standard weights for adults and children. Based on FAA weight assumptions, the Sea Ray passengers weighed about 1,490 14
NTSB Marine Safety Report
15
pounds, or about 600 pounds less than the vessel’s rated maximum 2,100-pound passenger-plus-gear load. No substantial equipment or provisions were on board. The navigation lights on the Sea Ray consisted of a red port and green starboard sidelight and a removable all-around white light, which 33 CFR 83.21(e) defines as “a light showing an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 360 degrees.” The all-around white light may also function as a stern light on vessels less than 12 meters (39.4 feet) in length, as specified in the inland navigation rules. The all-around light was mounted on the centerline of the transom at the stern of the Sea Ray. Vessel lighting was required to meet the inland navigation rules for vessels the size of the Sea Ray: Annex 1 of 33 CFR Part 84 states that, for inland navigation, an all-round light on vessels less than 12 meters in length should be positioned at least 1 meter (3.28 feet) higher than the sidelights and be visible at a minimum range of 2 miles. The 5.1-foot-high post that supported the light allowed the light to be located above a Bimini top on the Sea Ray (which was lowered on the night of the accident), allowing for 360-degree visibility. The Sea Ray operator stated that he replaced the light bulb about 2 months before the accident with a clear wedge-base bulb found to be rated at 9 watts and 0.69 amps. NTSB investigators determined that the replacement bulb had a light output of 6 candela, or candlepower, the same as the original manufacturer’s bulb. (Also see section 1.7.2 on Sea Ray wreckage.) 1.7 Wreckage 1.7.1 CG 33118 The CG 33118 sustained surface scratches and paint transfer starting at the beaching plate33 at the stem and continuing aft along the keel for about three-quarters of the length of the hull (figure 6). The crewmembers indicated that they did not notice any major postaccident problems with the vessel’s performance on the way to impoundment at Coast Guard San Diego’s helicopter hanger.
33 A beaching plate is a keel guard that protects the hull from abrasion during beach landings.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
16
Figure 6. Damage to the CG 33118. 1.7.2 Sea Ray Most of the Sea Ray’s damage was located above its water line, from the starboard side of the transom and extending forward of the port windshield (figures 7 and 8). The port window was torn off and the remaining frame bent outward. The fiberglass at the sheer below the missing port window had failed and cracked down the length of the remaining window frame. The door to the head,34 located just below the port window, was knocked off and pushed inward. The swim platform in the stern had a sharp gouge on the starboard side. The structural fiberglass damage to the Sea Ray rendered the vessel beyond repair. The Sea Ray’s all-around light pole was bent and found lying in the vessel, separated from its transom mounting socket. Following the accident, the California Highway Patrol’s Multidisciplinary Accident Investigation Team (MAIT) analyzed the Sea Ray’s all-around light to determine if it had been illuminated at the time of the collision.35 MAIT investigators determined that material transfer from the light bulb’s filament to the light’s envelope as well as blue and green discoloration of the bulb’s filament indicated that the bulb was hot and the light illuminated at the time of the collision.
34 The head is the onboard bathroom. 35 Supplemental MAIT Case No. BL-003-10, Vessel Collision Report No. 09-8157A, San Diego Harbor Police.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Figure 7. Damage to the Sea Ray.
Figure 8. Fractured fiberglass on the Sea Ray, viewed looking aft and port from inside the boat’s cockpit. 1.7.3 Strike Angle NTSB investigators calculated the strike angle by taking location measurements of the damage to both vessels. The strike angle to the Sea Ray was estimated to be about 11 degrees to starboard (figure 9). 17
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Figure 9. Depiction of the CG 33118 colliding with the Sea Ray at an angle of about 11 degrees. 1.8 Waterway Information 1.8.1 General The distance from Harbor Island to the main shipping channel is about 800 yards. The width of the bay in the accident area, between Harbor Island and North Island, is about 1,350 yards. The water depth in the accident area is about 28 feet. According to the Coast Pilot, San Diego Bay does not have excessive tidal current movements. 1.8.2 Vessel Traffic Density Vessel density in San Diego Bay was considered heavy at the time of the accident. SDHP officers stated that on the night of December 20, 2009, the bay was congested with hundreds of boaters because of the Parade of Lights. One officer characterized the Parade of Lights as bringing “one of the highest amounts of boat traffic on any given date in San Diego Bay.” In its accident report, SDHP noted that its vessel therefore responded to the collision “at a slow rate of speed due to the very heavy vessel traffic.” Witnesses also characterized heavy traffic density from the north end of Shelter Island to the Hilton Hotel on Harbor Island, along the parade route. As noted earlier, the Sea Ray operator estimated that about 20 vessels were within 50 yards of his boat at the time of the accident. Many spectator vessels were located near the West Basin inlet. As the parade moved northeast along Shelter Island and turned east to parallel Harbor Island, spectator vessels located near the West Basin inlet would have been primarily to the left of the parade route. Other than the spectator vessels near the West Basin inlet, vessels were also located along the shore of Harbor Island. Figure 10 shows conditions near the accident site. 18
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Figure 10. View of San Diego Bay looking southwest from the sixth floor of the Hilton Hotel near the western end of Harbor Island before and after the collision. The two combined photos illustrate the waterway traffic before the accident (right) and the location of the accident site (left). The CG 33118’s approximate path to the West Basin would have been from the left to the right through the combined photos. (These two photos were the best available, and were taken as close as possible to the time of the accident.) Photo courtesy of T. Beckman. 17:49:07 About 5 ½ minutes after collision Accident Photo Stitch Line 17:34:41 About 9 minutes prior to collision A crewmember on board the Silver Fox III, a Coast Guard Auxiliary vessel positioned near the west end of Harbor Island to keep spectator vessels south of a perimeter line off the island, said that 30 to 40 spectator vessels were in the area, including kayaks and some vessels with no navigation lights. He said that his vessel was 200 feet from the Sea Ray when the accident occurred. The Silver Fox III crewmember said that the Sea Ray was struck just outside the area where the spectator vessels were concentrated. Figure 4 in section 1.2.2, Accident Narrative, CG 33118, depicts the approximate path that the CG 33118 took leading up to the accident. 1.8.3 San Diego Bay Background Lighting Coast Guard coxswains who regularly operated on San Diego Bay told NTSB investigators that background lighting from the city at night makes it difficult to differentiate between vessel navigational lights and lights on the shore. SDHP also stated that navigating in the bay at night was “challenging” due to the background lights making it “difficult to distinguish lighting on shore from lighting by navigational aids or other vessels.” The police further stated that experience was required to recognize navigation lights and boats on the water because of the conditions in certain parts of the bay. 1.9 Meteorological Information The sun set at 1646 on the day of the accident. The moon was a waxing crescent, with 19 percent of its disk illuminated. Observations at San Diego International Airport, less than 1 mile from the accident location, noted an unrestricted visibility of about 10 miles, a few clouds at 19
NTSB Marine Safety Report
20
12,000 feet above ground level, and a broken ceiling at 22,000 feet. According to an NTSB weather study, the broken to overcast cloud cover reduced the illumination from the moon at the time of the accident.36 The wind was from the south-southeast at about 3 miles per hour. The air temperature was 63° F, and the water temperature was 60° F. The bay was calm. 1.10 Medical and Pathological Information About 5 hours after the accident, the five crewmembers on the CG 33118 were tested for the presence of illegal drugs and alcohol at Naval Hospital Balboa.37 All results were negative. The Sea Ray operator was tested about 6 hours after the accident and those results were negative as well. The fatality was an 8-year-old boy who was a passenger on board the Sea Ray and was the son of the operator. The cause of his death was determined to be multiple blunt force trauma. Four other passengers on board the Sea Ray received serious injuries: a 37-year-old male suffered a scalp laceration and skull fracture; his son, age 3, suffered a concussion and lip laceration; a 39-year-old male passenger sustained a scalp laceration; his son, age 4, suffered a skull fracture, a concussion, and a deep laceration. No one on board the CG 33118 was injured. 1.11 Survival Aspects The Sea Ray passengers were evacuated from the damaged boat and taken to shore on three vessels. The CG 33118 was the first vessel to assist the passengers. The crew turned around immediately after the collision and brought the vessel alongside the Sea Ray. The 8-year-old boy, who was the most severely injured, was removed from the boat, placed on board the CG 33118 with a physician who had been on a nearby vessel. They were taken to the Harbor Island fuel dock on the west end of Harbor Island, where San Diego Fire and Rescue had dispatched an ambulance and a fire engine to meet the vessel. The ambulance transported the 8-year-old boy and the physician to University of California, San Diego (UCSD) Medical Center, where the boy later died from his injuries. The occupants of a nearby 26-foot-long Bayliner also assisted in the evacuation after hearing about the accident on VHF radio channel 16. Its operator and a passenger, both Navy surgeons, offered medical assistance. When they arrived at the Sea Ray, CG 33118 already had departed with the injured 8-year-old, and no other response assets had yet arrived. The two physicians boarded the Sea Ray and began helping the injured.
36 Weather Study, NTSB Office of Aviation Safety, December 22, 2009. 37 Federal regulations at 46 CFR Part 4.06 did not apply in this accident. 46 CFR Part 4.06 requires postaccident drug and alcohol testing on all individuals engaged in or employed on board a commercial vessel who are directly involved in any accident meeting the criteria of a serious marine incident as defined at 46 CFR 4.03-2. On June 20, 2006, new Coast Guard regulations (46 CFR 4.06-3) took effect requiring alcohol testing within 2 to 8 hours of a serious marine incident and the collection of drug-test specimens within 32 hours. The five drugs for which tests are conducted are amphetamines, cocaine, marijuana, opiates, and phencyclidine.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Sea Tow, a local vessel assistance company, dispatched a vessel after hearing about the collision on VHF radio. The Sea Tow vessel arrived at the scene shortly after the two Navy surgeons. Though not typically used as a rescue vessel, the Sea Tow vessel took the injured on board at the request of the Sea Ray passengers. Eight people from the Sea Ray (two men, two women, two boys, and two girls), including the four seriously injured passengers, were transported by the Sea Tow vessel to the Bali Hai Restaurant dock on the north end of Shelter Island, which the Sea Tow operator believed to be closest to the accident location. He estimated that it took 10 minutes to reach the dock. The remaining four passengers on the Sea Ray (the operator, one woman, and two boys) were taken to the Bali Hai dock by one of the two physicians on the Bayliner. The other physician stayed on board the damaged Sea Ray to assist in towing it to shore. Vessel Assist, another marine assistance company operating on the bay, towed the boat. Because of the Parade of Lights, several Coast Guard and SDHP vessels were operating on the bay at the time of the accident. The Haddock’s commanding officer told investigators that about 1745, after hearing VHF radio communication about the collision, he diverted from the parade to assist. Four crewmembers from the Haddock, one trained as an emergency medical technician, assisted the injured passengers at the Bali Hai dock. Alerted to the collision via radio communications, SDHP responded by sending four vessels, two to assist at the Bali Hai dock, one at the Harbor Island fuel dock, and one remaining on standby near Harbor Island. A responding officer indicated that he and another SDHP crewmember approached the accident slowly because of the heavy vessel traffic density in the area from the ongoing Parade of Lights event. Three ambulances transported the four seriously injured passengers from Shelter Island to hospitals. Two of the ambulances transported the two injured men to UCSD Medical Center. The third ambulance transported the two injured children to Rady’s Children’s Hospital. The remaining eight passengers were taken either to UCSD Medical Center or Rady’s Children’s Hospital, depending on where their injured family members were. Figure 11 details the approximate location of each passenger on board the Sea Ray at the time of the accident and the severity of their injuries, based on medical records and interviews with surviving passengers. The four seriously injured passengers and the fatally injured boy were all seated in the rear half of the vessel. Those sitting or standing forward of the operating station received either minor injuries or none at all. 21
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Figure 11. Layout of the Sea Ray and locations and injuries of the 13 people on board. 1.12 Management/Coast Guard Operational Information 1.12.1 Guidance on Parade of Lights Operations NTSB investigators interviewed six coxswains assigned to Station San Diego, none of whom had served as coxswain during a Parade of Lights. Only one coxswain had participated in any other large event in San Diego, a marine event in Mission Bay north of San Diego Bay. All of the interviewed coxswains stated that no speed limits for Coast Guard or other vessels had 22
NTSB Marine Safety Report
been established in connection with the Parade of Lights, and that they were not aware of any risks or modifications to Coast Guard operating procedures specific to the event. 1.12.2 Small Boat Speed Guidance The Coast Guard Boat Operations and Training Manual, Volume I, stated, “All personnel operating Coast Guard boats are obligated to abide by Inland and International Navigational Rules.” Rule 6 of the navigation rules stated in part, “Every vessel shall at all times proceed at a safe speed so that she can take proper and effective action to avoid collision and be stopped within a distance appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions.” Rule 6 further specified factors to be considered in determining safe speed, including visibility, traffic density, maneuverability, and background light” (see Appendix B). In addition, the Coast Guard’s Boat Crew Seamanship Manual provided crewmembers with “approved methods and procedures for the conduct of Coast Guard boat operations.” Under “appropriate speed,” the manual stated, “Running at full speed all of the time should be avoided” and “finding a speed that offers a comfortable ride as well as allows mission completion is advised.” The manual listed factors that should be considered to determine safe speed, including high seas, traffic density, visibility and shoal waters. With regard to traffic density and visibility, the manual stated: Do not use high speed in high traffic density areas. A safe speed allows response to developing situations and minimizes risk of collision, not only with the nearest approaching vessel, but with others around it. … If conditions make it difficult to see, slow down. … Darkness and steering directly into the sun lessens ability to see objects or judge distances. The manual also required coxswains to be aware of and responsible for the wake that their vessels create when in enclosed waters or near other vessels, and for injuries or damage that may result from excessive vessel wake. Under “wake awareness” the manual said, “Only an unaware coxswain trails a large wake through a mooring area or shallows, tossing vessels and straining moorings. ‘Get-home-itis’ and a false sense of urgency are two reasons coxswains forget to watch their wake.” The Boat Crew Seamanship Manual also stated that the coxswain should “choose a boat speed that enables lookouts to effectively and safely perform duties” and to “position lookouts so they can effectively and safely perform their duties under the operating conditions (e.g., restricted visibility, boat speed, sea state, weather).” The Coast Guard Navigation Standards Manual (Commandant Instruction M3530.2c) directed officers in charge (OICs) of local stations to establish navigation standards for small boats as appropriate to their respective operating areas. Station navigation standards were required to include certain navigation criteria. With regard to speed, OICs were instructed to “describe areas where boats must adhere to no wake zones or speed limits during operations.” Pursuant to this requirement, Station San Diego established piloting and navigation standards that prohibited coxswains from exceeding the vessel’s operational cruising speed unless operational necessity or law enforcement missions so required. Station San Diego navigation 23
NTSB Marine Safety Report
24
standards listed the SPC-LE cruising speed as 4200 rpm38 (about 35 knots) and the UTB cruising speed as 2430 rpm.39 No other speed restrictions were established for San Diego Bay. Station San Diego navigation standards identified four geographic areas—all outside San Diego Bay—in which “slow speed” was to be used: Imperial Beach, Point Loma, the entrance to Mission Bay, and the entrance to Oceanside Harbor. Station San Diego also required coxswains to operate their vessels “with extreme caution” when close to known hazards or shoals during times of restricted visibility or darkness. In addition, Station San Diego navigation standards informed coxswains to consider operating conditions in choosing particular speeds of their vessels: “Reduced ability to see vessel traffic, hazards, or navigation reference points in low visibility or at night add extra risk factors while navigating. Reduced visibility, either from night or weather conditions, usually dictates the need for reduced speed, even when responding to a potential life threatening case.” The San Diego-based Coast Guard coxswains that NTSB investigators interviewed confirmed that, with regard to speed, they were taught Rule 6 of the navigation rules of the road. The coxswains added that when considering operating speeds, they were directed to use their best judgment and experience. They told investigators that they considered their “comfort level with” the number and proximity of boats in their vicinity when determining vessel operating speeds. They also said that they considered Rule 6 in determining safe speed, but that they routinely operated the SPC-LEs at 4200 rpm, both day and night, on San Diego Bay. The coxswains stated that, in general, they discussed safe speed with coxswain trainees. They reinforced safe speed considerations while under way by reviewing Rule 6 elements for determining a safe speed based on prevailing circumstances and conditions. They told coxswain trainees to evaluate the conditions in judging what speed was safe. The CG 33118 crewmember-in-training told NTSB investigators that he had been on SPC-LEs operating at “full throttle”40 at night on San Diego Bay. The former Station San Diego OIC, the station executive petty officer, and the station training officer told NTSB investigators that coxswains had the authority to exceed the cruising speed if they determined that the situation called for it, such as during search-and-rescue or law enforcement. The former station OIC told NTSB investigators that he would have expected coxswains to request his permission to use higher speed, but Station San Diego had no established procedures to that effect.
38 The former Station San Diego OIC, who issued the navigation standards in place at the time of the accident, told NTSB investigators the 4200-rpm limit in the navigation standards applied to day and night operations. 39 Coast Guard small boats have different cruising speeds. According to Coast Guard Boat Forces personnel, small boat cruising speeds are typically based on the most economical speed a boat can travel. 40 5300 rpm, or about 44 knots.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
- 12.3 Crew Brief
Coast Guard Navigation Standards called for crewmembers to hold an informal brief for the entire boat crew before getting under way or entering restricted waters. The brief was to include a risk assessment associated with the mission, referred to as a green-amber-red (GAR) model. The GAR considered supervision, planning, crew selection, crew fitness, environment, and event complexity. Station San Diego navigation standards required crews to notify the OIC if the GAR scored amber or higher. The CG 33118 boat engineer told NTSB investigators that the crew performed a GAR before getting under way on the evening of the accident, and that it scored ”green.” The crewmember-in-training did not remember whether a GAR was conducted. 1.12.4 Coxswain and Crew Training Coast Guard personnel did not apply to become coxswains; they qualified by completing the boat crewmember and coxswain qualification program. The qualification program established minimum standards of “knowledge, performance, and currency” for all personnel (regular, reserve, and auxiliary) serving as crewmembers on Coast Guard vessels. To qualify for either boat crewmember or coxswain, Coast Guard personnel had to complete required classroom and underway training and demonstrate proficiency in the particular qualification. Coast Guard boat crews would vary through the qualification process; that is, they would serve under, and work with, different crewmembers. Before coxswains could qualify for their positions, they had to qualify as boat crewmembers. Boat crewmembers needed to complete 92 tasks to qualify for that position, and coxswains an additional 82 tasks, including crew efficiency and team coordination, boat handling, rules of the road, piloting and navigation, search-and-rescue, and towing and salvage. Trainees were apprenticed to instructors who guided them through the qualification phase and provided them with hands-on training and assistance with the program of study. Both boat crewmembers and coxswains needed to complete an oral exam, which tested the applicant’s knowledge of Coast Guard policies and procedures, the local area, navigation and seamanship, pertinent technical data for the boat type for which the trainee was being certified, team coordination and risk assessment standards and concepts. Applicants were assessed on their maturity, judgment, attitude, and professionalism; willingness to accept the duties and responsibilities of a coxswain; detailed knowledge of the unit’s operational area including knowledge of the unit’s boat piloting; and navigation instruction. Once qualified, coxswains and boat crewmembers had to meet currency requirements, either through normal operating performance or through dedicated training. This included a minimum of 40 hours under way (including 10 nighttime hours) every 6 months. No mission-specific performance was required, and all underway hours sufficed. The CG 33118 coxswain attended boatswain’s mate “A” school, a 12-week training program. Students were exposed to the many facets of boatswain’s mate rating, including 25
NTSB Marine Safety Report
26
navigation, rules of the road, and team coordination training (TCT).41 Students also received first-aid and CPR certification and conducted practical underway exercises on 41-foot-long UTB vessels. Station San Diego coxswains told NTSB investigators that the Coast Guard’s TCT instructed even the most junior persons on a Coast Guard boat to speak up should they feel “uncomfortable” or see what “they think is a violation of rules.” 1.12.5 Lookout Procedures The Boat Crew Seamanship Manual describes watchstanding responsibilities, including performing the lookout watch. On Coast Guard small boats, “although not specifically assigned the duty of lookout, the entire crew must perform lookout duties unless directed otherwise. … Lookouts must report to the coxswain everything seen, smelled, or heard as well as everything they think they see, smell, or hear. If in doubt, report it!” The manual also provides guidelines such as remaining alert; speaking loudly when making a report; repeating a report until acknowledged by coxswain; when in doubt, report it; report floating objects; and make certain duties are understood. These guidelines also included that if conditions impaired the lookout’s ability to see, smell or hear, the lookout should report the condition to the coxswain. 1.12.6 Coast Guard Boat Forces Oversight Station San Diego coxswains were commanded by a Coast Guard station commanding officer, who was overseen by an operational commander at Sector San Diego.42 The Coast Guard regularly evaluated the readiness and proficiency of boat forces personnel through Ready for Operations (RFO) and Standardization (STAN) team evaluations. RFO evaluations, which were conducted annually at the station level, assessed boat crew training, survival systems, and personal protective equipment programs to evaluate compliance with Coast Guard policies and procedures. RFO evaluations also included material inspections and underway exercises. RFO evaluations were conducted by the station’s operational command, in this case, Sector San Diego. Station San Diego’s most recent RFO evaluation before the accident was conducted December 2–3, 2009. In this evaluation, the RFO team concluded that “all boat crews operated safely and competently” during the drills. The RFO team also reviewed Station San Diego’s training program and did not note any discrepancies. Station San Diego’s coxswains averaged a score of 90.3 percent on the RFO knowledge-based written tests. The unit
41 The Coast Guard established TCT requirements through Commandant Instruction 1541.1 to increase team effectiveness in cutter, boat, and command/control operations and activities. TCT addressed seven critical skills that reduce the risk of mishaps: leadership, mission analysis, adaptability and flexibility, situational awareness, decision making, communication, and assertiveness. The skills were meant to control safety risks and improve team performance by way of risk management, crew briefing, and crew debriefing. Coast Guard boat crews were expected to apply these TCT skills to prevent mishaps. The CG 33118 crewmembers had completed and were current with their annual TCT requirements. 42 Oversight of Station San Diego coxswains was generally provided by a senior enlisted OIC. About 2 weeks before the accident, the OIC was relieved of command for inappropriate behavior and was replaced by a lieutenant, the Sector San Diego Enforcement Division Chief.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
27
received an overall score of 37/50 and was deemed ready for operations. The minimum score that a unit could achieve to maintain its RFO status was 33. The RFO coordinator noted, in reference to Station San Diego personnel, that “the crew continues to impress me with their professionalism and team work.” The RFO evaluation mirrored the biennial STAN assessments. The STAN assessments, conducted at the national level, evaluated the performance of individual stations at least every 2 years. The nationwide STAN mean assessment score for FY10 was 38/50 for the 145 completed assessments. Station San Diego’s most recent STAN assessment before the accident was in early
- After the accident, a STAN assessment, which had been scheduled before the accident,
was conducted January 11–14, 2010. Station San Diego SPC-LE crewmembers, with the exception of the CG 33118 crew, participated in the STAN evaluation. The station’s overall score in the January 2010 STAN evaluation was a 40/50, and it was deemed ready for operations. Station San Diego received perfect scores in the underway exercises and training program assessment. The station received 3 points of a possible 5 on the knowledge-based written test.43 The average score for Station San Diego’s SPC-LE coxswains was 81.1 percent. They scored lower than 81.1 percent on two of the five sections of the test, with scores of 58.6 percent on navigation rules testing and 71.4 percent on piloting and navigation testing. In the station underway exercises, only one drill failure was noted out of 24 total drills. Drills were conducted on both SPC-LE and 41-foot vessels. 1.12.7 The Bayside Blaster Accident About 2013 eastern standard time on January 12, 2002, a 24-foot-long Coast Guard nonstandard44 patrol boat from Coast Guard Station Miami Beach with two crewmembers on board was on a routine nighttime recreational boating safety patrol in Biscayne Bay, Florida, when it collided with the small passenger vessel Bayside Blaster, carrying 2 crewmembers and 53 passengers.45 The patrol boat was operating at the Coast Guard Station limit of 4000 rpm (equivalent to 32 knots) in a no-wake zone. The local station had set the 4000-rpm limit for normal, nonemergency operations. The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the failure of the Coast Guard coxswain to operate the vessel at a safe speed in a restricted-speed area frequented by small passenger vessels and in conditions of limited visibility due to darkness and background lighting. Contributing to the cause of the accident was the lack of adequate Coast Guard
43 Written test results accounted for 10 percent of a team’s overall performance in both the RFO and STAN team assessments. The written assessments were not treated as pass or fail, rather, as a portion of the overall performance in the assessment. 44 At the time, several Coast Guard stations operated a variety of station-specific small boats purchased locally by each Coast Guard district to suit a station’s operational requirements. Because the purchase and management of these boats was not coordinated nationally, the Coast Guard identified these vessels as “nonstandard” boats. 45 Collision Between the U.S. Coast Guard Patrol Boat CG242513 and the U.S. Small Passenger Vessel Bayside Blaster, Biscayne Bay, Florida, January 12, 2002. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-02/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002).
NTSB Marine Safety Report
oversight of nonstandard boat operations. The NTSB found no safety or law enforcement reason to employ excessive speed while conducting a routine patrol at night, in restricted waters, and close to shore. The NTSB noted that high speeds should be reserved for emergency responses, and it concluded that, even without the speed restriction, the speed the Coast Guard vessel used in the accident was imprudent for the prevailing conditions of darkness, background lighting, and potential for encountering passenger and recreational vessels in the area. The NTSB noted that several Coast Guard small boat accidents had prompted the Coast Guard to issue nonstandard boat operator’s handbooks that cautioned against operating vessels at excessive speed. The NTSB report noted that, “The Commandant issued a directive for area and district commanders to publish operating limits for their nonstandard boats and reexamine each boat’s suitability for its purpose.” The NTSB also concluded that the lack of Coast Guard policies and procedures regarding operating speeds for nonstandard boats at the time of the accident afforded coxswains too much latitude in determining speed and that Coast Guard oversight was inadequate at the time of the accident. Without some means of oversight, the NTSB noted, Coast Guard commanding officers cannot know that the speed limits are followed or that other safety requirements are met. Further, the NTSB said that oversight could be improved by direct observation of coxswain performance and solicitation of feedback from waterway users as well as greater formality in conducting routine patrols. As a result of its investigation of this accident, the NTSB issued the following recommendations to the Coast Guard: Establish oversight procedures for use by the commanding officers or officers-in- charge of Coast Guard stations to improve the safety of Coast Guard routine small boat operations, including the institution of in-depth predeparture briefings, thorough predeparture checks of boats, monitoring of coxswain performance, and thorough postpatrol debriefings. (Safety Recommendation M-02-25) Evaluate on an annual basis your program for reducing nonstandard boat accidents and for ensuring compliance with Coast Guard policies and procedures related to those vessels; publish the results annually for use by Coast Guard stations. (Safety Recommendation M-02-26) In response to these recommendations, the Coast Guard reported that it published a revised Boat Readiness and Standardization Program Manual (COMDTINST MI6114.24B) that required continuous evaluation of readiness of boats and crews. The manual recommended that self-audited evaluations of material readiness and standardization also assess performance in team coordination, risk management, and crew briefings and debriefings as part of standard boat operations. The Coast Guard also tasked operational commanders to conduct annual RFO evaluations to determine unit compliance with Coast Guard policies and procedures, and to assess a unit’s crew training program and underway exercise evaluation. As a result of the Coast Guard actions, on November 21, 2003, the NTSB classified both recommendations “Closed—Acceptable Action.” After the Biscayne Bay accident, Coast Guard headquarters issued the following directive to small boat force leaders: “Impress upon all hands that throttles have more than two [stop and 28
NTSB Marine Safety Report
29
full] operational positions. … Normal operating speeds must be something less than maximum speeds, and coxswains must have time to see, react, and avoid obstacle. … The image of the young Coastie zipping along at max throttle is becoming a stereotype, reflects poorly upon our professionalism, and encourages reckless behavior in our developing boat crews.” After the accident the Coast Guard also stated the following in its Non-standard Boat Operator’s Handbook: A high number of small boat mishaps can be attributed to excessive speed. … As a crewmember, never hesitate to ask the coxswain to SLOW DOWN or take up a more forgiving heading. Safe operating speed is an element of prudent seamanship.46 As a result of another Coast Guard small boat accident in 2001,47 the Coast Guard required each area and district commander to publish operating limits for each boat type and reexamine each boat’s suitability for its purpose. Commanding officers were also required by the newly issued Navigation Standards Manual to impose specific operating restrictions (speed, distance from hazards, and frequency of fixes) on locations within the area of responsibility (AOR) identified as posing significant navigational or environmental risk to boats. 1.12.8 Nondistress Search-and-Rescue Assist Policy At the time of the accident, the Coast Guard’s policies and procedures in search-and-rescue operations were included in an addendum to the United States National Search and Rescue Supplement, which in turn was a section of the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue Manual. Part of the Coast Guard’s search-and-rescue addendum addressed instances in which a boater requested assistance but was not in distress. Under those circumstances, the Coast Guard policy was to offer to issue a MARB on behalf of the boater to request that other boaters or a private towing company in the vicinity come to the boater’s assistance. If no one responded within a “reasonable” period of time, the Coast Guard would send one of its boats to assist. Representatives of the Coast Guard’s Office of Search and Rescue told NTSB investigators that all Coast Guard personnel, including coxswains, received training in the nondistress policy. Although there were no written procedures, Sector San Diego personnel told NTSB investigators that a coxswain could decide to check on a nondistress vessel and was allowed to do so. 1.12.9 Coast Guard Postaccident Activity The commanding officer of Station San Diego told NTSB investigators that, shortly after the accident, he issued verbal guidance limiting the speed of SPC-LEs to minimum speed48 outside the main shipping channel. This new speed restriction was not incorporated into Station San Diego’s navigation standards, which were revised on July 29, 2010, and, as of the date of
46 It was noted in the NTSB of the investigation of the Bayside Blaster accident that a recent DOT IG audit reported a 225% increase in accidents in FY 2000 over FY 1998 and that 56% of the accidents were caused by poor judgment or navigation and operational errors and hence were preventable. 47 Because this accident did not involve a nonpublic vessel, the NTSB did not investigate it. 48 Minimum speed is generally understood to mean idle speed, or 2–4 knots.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
30
this report, were still current. The commanding officer stated that slower speeds would reduce the risk of collision but he did not think that Coast Guard boat operators were going too fast or operating unsafely during normal operations. Appendix C contains a letter from the commander of Sector San Diego concerning this verbal guidance on safe speed. Also in the July 29, 2010, revision to the navigation standards, Station San Diego added the following: The SPC-LE represents a unique challenge in safe speed determination. At lower rpm’s the stern of the SPC-LE will squat, causing the bow to rise and limit the forward visibility of the crew (lookouts). Due to this design restriction, the SPC-LE shall not be consistently (more than a few seconds) operated at between 2000-3500 rpm’s unless absolutely necessary to the assigned mission. For missions where slower speeds are extensively needed, the 41 [-foot-long] UTB should be considered the primary resource. Following the December 20, 2009, collision of the CG 33118 and a December 5, 2009, collision in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, involving a 25-foot-long Coast Guard boat,49 the Coast Guard commandant issued a message titled, “Leadership for Safe and Effective Boat Operations,”50 to all Coast Guard units. In this message, the commandant discussed the need to ensure that all Coast Guard boat operators “have the time and focus to develop and maintain the skills needed to safely accomplish their very demanding missions.” The message also announced that the Coast Guard vice commandant had directed the Coast Guard’s force readiness command to conduct a systematic review of small boat operational doctrine, tactics, techniques, and procedures, which was to be completed by August 1, 2010. As of the date of this report, the review (“Boat Operations Safety Review”) had not yet been completed. The vice commandant also called for the establishment of a boat forces advisory council “to provide a communications conduit between the field and headquarters” and to make recommendations on policy, doctrine, training, support, and acquisition issues affecting Coast Guard boat forces. The advisory council participated in the Boat Operations Safety Review, and is assessing whether to create a navigator position on Coast Guard high-speed boats. The admiral in charge of the Eleventh Coast Guard District told NTSB investigators that the Coast Guard would not issue safety alerts targeted to its own operators before its investigations were completed because doing so could communicate information different from the findings of the completed investigations.
49 A 25-foot Coast Guard vessel collided with a small passenger vessel outfitted with holiday lights in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina. On December 18, 2009, the Coast Guard issued a safety alert 09-09 for informational purposes, addressing how holiday lights can impair navigation lights on vessels. Also see section “Other Information, Thriller 09 and CG 25689 Collision.” 50 U.S. Coast Guard, ALCOAST 064/10, COMDTNOTE 16010, February 4, 2010.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
31
- 13 Vessel Forward Visibility
- 13.1 General
The SPC-LE is considered a high-speed planing boat. The hull of such a vessel will rise, that is, be on plane, as the vessel attains higher speeds. As a vessel’s speed increases, it passes from displacement to semidisplacement (transition) mode, to planing mode. Once a vessel is in planing mode, planing can be maintained with a slight reduction in engine power. Vessels typically reach their highest trim angle51 in the transition zone (figure 12). In general, planing boat operators avoid traveling in the transition zone because of the obstructive effects of the high trim angles on their forward visibility, and because of poor fuel economy. In addition, operating in the transition zone causes large wakes.
Figure 12. Stages of generic vessel planing and corresponding trim angles. Visibility from the helm of the SPC-LE is therefore affected by the hull trim angle, which is itself affected by several factors: the weight and distribution of fuel, persons, and gear on board the vessel; vessel speed; sea conditions; trim position of the outboard engines; and the horsepower and rpm of the outboard engines. As on many planing boats, as the vessel transitions between displacement mode and planing mode, the hull is subject to its largest operating trim angle. A high trim angle reduces forward visibility because the height of the bow above the water line obstructs the operator’s forward view of the water. Once the vessel reaches planing speed and the bow begins to trim downward, forward visibility improves. An SPC-LE coxswain at Station San Diego stated that for her to have good visibility in the planing mode, the boat would need to be traveling at 3500 to 4000 rpm. She stated that if she traveled at an rpm below that, she could not see. She further indicated that if she did not want to travel at speeds higher than that rpm range, then she would travel in the displacement mode, at slow speed. SDHP officers, who operate a 31-foot-long SAFE Boat,52 stated that while operating in the transition zone, the bow of the vessel can obstruct forward vision. The SDHP officers stated that they accounted for the reduced visibility zone by avoiding traveling in the zone’s associated
51 Trim angle is the change in a vessel’s inclination from the boat’s design horizontal deck, or reference line, to the surface of the water. 52 The 31-foot-long SAFE Boat operated by the SDHP is also a planing vessel, but has different engine configuration, performance characteristics, and range of visibility than the SPC-LE.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
32
speed range, that is, by traveling above and below this range as circumstances and conditions warranted. 1.13.2 Design Standards The American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) has published ABYC Standards for Small Craft since 1954. Compliance with these standards is not required by regulation, but the standards are widely used by small craft manufacturers. DHS, in its contract with SAFE Boat, required that the SPC-LE meet applicable ABYC standards. The Coast Guard’s contract with SAFE Boat said “unless otherwise specified, construction of the SPC-LE and installation of all equipment and systems shall be in accordance with … ABYC standards.” One of the standards ABYC established was visibility standard, H-1 – Field of Vision from the Helm Position, a design standard for vessels less than 79 feet in length.53 The purpose of this standard was to “minimize obstructions in the field of vision from the helm station(s).” The H-1 standard required visibility to be determined in a range of eye heights, from seated and standing positions. (See Appendix D for more information on the H-1 visibility standard.) The H-1 standard consists of horizontal and vertical components that comprise the range of visibility across the unobstructed vertical and horizontal fields of view. NTSB investigators requested Coast Guard assistance in verifying that the SPC-LEs met the ABYC H-1 visibility standard. The Coast Guard responded that it had not conducted any first article testing54 of the SPC-LEs because the vessel “was a proven capability which had been in use by Customs and Border Protection” and did not confirm whether the vessel complied with the H-1 standard. NTSB investigators also requested that SAFE Boat confirm that the SPC-LE met the ABYC H-1 visibility standard. SAFE Boat responded that the vessel complied with the standard and produced documentation to that effect. 1.14 Tests and Research 1.14.1 ABYC Visibility Testing The NTSB contracted with ABYC to test whether the SPC-LE met the H-1 visibility standard. Because the CG 33118 was impounded, another SPC-LE was used in the testing on San Diego Bay under NTSB supervision. ABYC conducted underway testing to determine the vessel’s highest trim angle. This was done by recording trim angles, engine rpm, and speed throughout the vessel’s operating range. The highest trim angle, outside of the transition zone,55
53 This report refers to the ABYC H-1 visibility standard dated July 2000. 54 First article testing includes inspection and testing to ensure that a product’s characteristics conform to drawings or specifications. 55 The H-1 standard specifically excludes the high trim angles that occur during the transition zone, that is, between the displacement and planing modes.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
33
occurred at about 3000 rpm, corresponding to a speed of about 19 knots. This trim angle corresponded to the end of the transition zone and the start of the planing mode.56 ABYC subsequently tested the vessel on shore by positioning a trailered SPC-LE at the various trim angles that had been recorded while under way, and noting if a target point located four boat lengths from the bow57 (135 feet) could be seen from specific eye positions. ABYC determined that the SPC-LE failed to meet the H-1 visibility standard for the following reasons:
- The horizontal 15-degree clear sector to port is obstructed by the center cabin
structure at the standing low eye height position.
- The horizontal 15-degree clear sector in the standing high eye position is obstructed
from port to starboard.
- The standing low eye (3.5 degrees maximum) and standing high eye (5.5 degrees
maximum) positions cannot view the target at the maximum running angle of 6.5 degrees.
- The port forward corner of the cabin structure does not allow normal movements of
the operator’s head to permit unobstructed visibility.
- Controls for steering, shift, throttle, and trim were not positioned so that operator
hand contact can be maintained during use in the seated position.58 1.14.2 Forward Line of Sight—NTSB Comparison Study NTSB investigators examined the vertical forward field of view from the two front-seat positions of the SPC-LE using input from the ABYC testing, Coast Guard Investigative Service underway testing video, and SPC-LE drawings. Investigators chose these positions because the starboard forward seat is manned by the coxswain, and the port forward seat is required to be manned another crewmember. The assessment considered both front-seat positions to be similar in configuration. Investigators used the approximate eye heights of the CG 33118 coxswain, who
56 The following table summarizes the recorded data from the on-water testing, correlating the approximate outboard engine rpm, boat speed, and boat trim angle to the SPC-LE’s travel mode: Mode Displacement Semi-Displacement Planing Outboard Engine (rpm) 0–2000 2000–3000 3000–5250+ Speed (knots) 0–8.4 8.4–19.2 19.2–43.7+ Boat Trim (degrees) 1.2–5.0 5.0–unknown 6.5–2.0
57 Established in the H-1 design standard. 58 The outboard engine throttle control levers on the tested SPC-LE were similar in dimension and location to the levers on the CG 33118; however, they were not the same type of control levers as on the CG 33118. The crew of the tested SPC-LE stated that the lever style on the tested vessel was the latest model fitted to SPC-LEs.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
was 6’1” tall, and the boatswain’s mate, who was 5’5” tall, to determine their sight lines to the surface of the water and the Sea Ray’s all-around light and its hull, at different speeds. At a vessel speed of 5 to 7 knots, crewmembers with eye heights of either the coxswain or the boatswain’s mate would have had unobstructed sight lines to the Sea Ray’s all-around light, and these sight lines would have met H-1 criteria. At eye heights similar to that of the coxswain, the Sea Ray’s hull would be completely visible until it was 58 feet or less from the bow. At eye heights similar to that of the boatswain’s mate, the Sea Ray’s hull would have been completely visible until it was 77 feet or less from the bow. At the speed that produced the greatest trim angle (about 19 knots), SPC-LE operators with eye heights similar to the coxswain’s would not have a sight line to the surface of the water that met H-1 criteria, but would still have an unobstructed view to the Sea Ray’s all-around light. The Sea Ray’s hull would be obstructed from 0 to 135 feet from the bow, partially obstructed from 135 to 432 feet from the bow, and completely visible at distances greater than 432 feet from the bow. At the same speed, the sight line of crewmembers with eye heights similar to that of the boatswain’s mate would not meet H-1 criteria, as those crewmembers would have had an obstructed sight line to the water the entire time; that is, the horizon would never be in view. This eye height would have an obstructed sight line to the Sea Ray’s all-around light until the light came within 160 feet of the bow, at which point it would gradually become visible. However, the Sea Ray’s hull would not be visible at any time to crewmembers with this eye height. The forward sight lines from both front-seat positions would improve at speeds above 19 knots. Near the SPC-LE’s cruising speed of 35 knots, crewmembers with eye heights similar to either the coxswain or the boatswain’s mate would have an unobstructed sight line to the Sea Ray’s all-around light, and this sight line would have met the H-1 criteria. At this speed, the Sea Ray’s hull would be completely visible to crewmembers with eye heights of the coxswain until the hull was less than 85 feet from the bow, and completely visible to crewmembers with eye heights similar to the boatswain’s mate’s until the hull was less than 121 feet from the bow. 1.14.3 SPC-LE Engine rpm/Speed Determinations NTSB investigators were unable to obtain documentation of SPC-LE boat speeds at various outboard engine rpms with triple 300-hp engines. The data existed only for the SPC-LE as originally configured with triple 275-hp engines. To obtain the data, after completion of ABYC visibility testing, NTSB investigators recorded vessel speeds at particular engine rpms. The engine speeds recorded for engine rpms above the transition zone (i.e., in planing mode) are as follows: 34
NTSB Marine Safety Report
35
SPC-LE with Triple 300-hp Engines Engine rpm Speed in Knots 3000 19.2 3250 22.0 3500 25.9 3750 29.0 4100 33.0 4500 34.5 5000 39.2 5250 43.7 1.14.4 Video Study NTSB investigators obtained witness video of the CG 33118 operating in San Diego Bay prior to the accident. One video showed the vessel traveling southbound in the bay prior to meeting the cutter Haddock, and another showed the CG 33118 on the leg prior to the accident, traveling from the northern end of Shelter Island eastward along Harbor Island. The latter eastbound video consisted of 12 seconds of footage of the CG 33118, filmed by a witness on board a sailboat a few minutes before the collision. The sailboat was positioned about 460 yards south of the west end of Harbor Island and was estimated at one point to be about 66 yards from the passing CG 33118. The witness filmed in a sweeping motion from southwest to northeast. The footage captured the CG 33118 during the vessel’s eastbound transit on the bay when crewmembers were searching for the grounded Catalina along the south shore of Harbor Island. Shortly after this portion of the video was recorded, the CG 33118 reversed its course to a west-northwesterly heading before the collision occurred. None of the west-northwesterly leg was captured by the video; however, the camera did capture the sound of the collision and filmed the area of the accident immediately after the collision. The video was filmed about 190 yards from the collision site. Using fixed reference points in the background of the video, NTSB investigators calculated the speed at which the CG 33118 was traveling during the earlier eastbound transit. Investigators determined that the CG 33118 was traveling at about 42 knots59 during a portion of the eastbound transit. 1.14.5 Audio Study of CG 33118 Speed NTSB investigators used audio tracks of the recording described in the previous section to conduct a sound spectrum study as an additional determinant of the speed of the CG 33118. The results indicated that, during the eastbound leg of the CG 33118, its engine rpm reached 5450 to 5550. This rpm corresponds to an estimated speed of 44–45 knots in accordance with the speed-versus-rpm graphs NTSB investigators developed during underway testing of an SPC-LE.
59 The calculated average speed on a portion of the leg was 41.74 knots, with a +/–3.4 knot range of uncertainty.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
36
- 15 Other Information
- 15.1 Nighttime Visual Perception
Because of statements from CG 33118 crewmembers that they did not see the Sea Ray leading up to the accident, CG 33118 investigators considered nighttime visual factors including the contrast of the Sea Ray’s hull with the surface of the bay, the visibility and conspicuity of the Sea Ray’s navigation lights, and the effect of the lights with regard to the visual angle to determine what effect, if any, these factors may have had on the crew’s ability to see the Sea Ray. During the day, people can visually distinguish objects that differ in brightness, color, pattern, and shading, but at night they rely on contrast to differentiate an object from its background. An object must be sufficiently brighter or darker than its background to be visible at night. Visibility of a lighted object, one researcher notes, normally refers to its intensity and depends on properties such as its luminance or brightness, color, size, and shape.60 By comparison, an object’s conspicuity also depends on these properties, but is relative to those of objects in the perceiver’s field of vision. At night, a bright object that may be visible if viewed against a dark background will be inconspicuous or invisible if viewed against a background containing other, similar lights in the visual field. Therefore, at night, a lit object can be visible but not conspicuous if other lit objects are nearby. The Sea Ray had three navigation lights, red port and green starboard lights mounted forward on its hull and an all-round white light mounted about 7 feet above the waterline at the centerline of the stern. The port and starboard lights faced forward in accordance with regulations and were shrouded from an astern view. Further, from an astern view, the Sea Ray’s hull was unlit. Figure 9, shown earlier, depicts the waterway and background near the Sea Ray around the time of the collision. Both photos in Figure 9 indicate that lights with colors similar to the Sea Ray trio of navigation lights were present along the shore from the west to the north and on the water from other vessels, including some with extraneous holiday lighting. San Diego-based coxswains described San Diego Bay as a challenging nighttime visual environment because of background lighting. Research also indicates that, at night, vehicle drivers use two additional cues, changes in the visual angle and changes in the size of the vehicle, to detect a vehicle ahead. The visual angle, which is formed by the angle of the paths of the two vehicles, will change as the angle of the paths changes. The perceived size of an object will change as a vehicle approaches another. The rate of changes in the visual angle, and the rate of change of the size of a stopped vehicle, provide operators with indications of the distance to an object and its speed relative to the speed of the operator’s vehicle. An increasing visual angle indicates that the distance to the object ahead is decreasing. The smaller and more distant an object, the more diminished the ability of an operator to judge its distance and speed. Because the angle of the CG 33118 and the Sea Ray was relatively constant, it did not change from the perspective of the CG 33118 crew. Only the
60 Wertheim, A. H. (2010). Visual conspicuity: A new simple standard, its reliability, validity, and applicability. Ergonomics 53, 421–442.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
37
size of the Sea Ray’s all-around light would have changed as the CG 33118 approached the vessel. 1.15.2 Coast Guard AIS Policy The CG 33118 was outfitted with AIS, and the transponder was located above the helm console. In standard mode, AIS units on SPC-LEs broadcast a vessel’s name, course, speed, latitudinal and longitudinal position, AIS identification number, and the vessel’s dimensions. The unit provides AIS capabilities through three modes of operation. Coast Guard AIS policy guidance, issued in August 2008 by the admiral in charge of the Eleventh Coast Guard District, stated the following with respect to the three AIS modes: • Standard mode—The unit will perform similarly to standard commercial shipboard AIS units, broadcasting the vessel’s position and information to all other AIS receivers within VHF range. This mode is recommended for increased navigation safety and overt operations. • Disabled mode—The unit will not transmit data at all. This mode is recommended for increased operations security and covert operations. • Restricted mode—The unit will transmit encrypted AIS data that will be available only for friendly or blue force61 units with similar encryption capabilities. This mode is recommended as the default setting for boats with AIS units. In all modes, the unit is able to receive, monitor, and display both encrypted and unencrypted AIS data from other AIS-equipped vessels. The August 2008 AIS policy guidance also sought to “standardize the District-wide use of … AIS and to enhance command centers’ common operating picture.” The policy guidance also stated that coxswains were allowed to switch modes at their discretion. 1.15.3 AIS Operation on the CG 33118 The CG 33118 boat engineer told NTSB investigators that coxswains usually activated the AIS, and he believed that the AIS on board the CG 33118 was operating on the evening of the collision. He also stated that the JHOC often notified Coast Guard vessels on departure that their AIS signals were displayed on the JHOC screens, but he was unsure if this occurred that evening. After the accident, NTSB investigators reviewed the AIS history plots for San Diego Bay that were recorded around the time of the collision. Although the JHOC AIS recording showed the Haddock and several large commercial vessels, it did not display any CG 33118 AIS data. After the accident NTSB investigators oversaw the testing of the CG 33118’s AIS. The tests were conducted in the enclosed Station San Diego helicopter hanger. The results revealed
61 Blue force tracking is used by law enforcement and military organizations to denote a GPS-enabled system that allows blue force command centers to locate and monitor AIS-equipped military assets, both friendly and hostile, and general AIS-equipped traffic in the area.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
38
that latitude and longitude coordinates were not displayed on the AIS data screen, nor did the vessel’s position register in the JHOC in either restricted or standard modes. The JHOC watchstander at the time of the accident told NTSB investigators that he normally monitors the AIS of the small boats, but he said that when the CG 33118 was under way, he did not notice that the CG 33118 was not transmitting its AIS data. He said that after the accident occurred, he did not have a chance to follow up on whether the CG 33118 had been transmitting AIS data. He would routinely note vessels not transmitting AIS data and then call their coxswains to tell them to activate their AIS units. He also noted that on some occasions when an AIS was not transmitting data, the JHOC would allow the vessel to continue its patrol. 1.15.4 Thriller 09 and CG 25689 Collision On the night of December 5, 2009, at 2028 eastern standard time, the 25-foot Coast Guard small boat CG 25689 and the small passenger vessel Thriller 09 collided in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina.62 Before the accident, the CG 25689 had been providing security escort service to a commercial ship that was outbound to sea. At the time of the accident, the CG 25689 had completed its escort and was returning to its station. The Thriller 09 was on a 1-hour sightseeing cruise in Charleston Harbor. On board the CG 25689 were three crewmembers; on board the Thriller 09 were two crewmembers and 22 passengers. As a result of the accident, six passengers on the Thriller 09 sought and received medical treatment for injuries. No crewmembers on the CG 25689 or the Thriller 09 were injured. 1.15.5 Cell Phone Use Following the accident, the NTSB obtained records for the five CG 33118 crewmembers’ personal cellular telephones to determine what cell phone activity, if any, took place after the time the CG 33118 got under way about 1723. The records indicated that the coxswain made a 2-minute call at 1724, but neither received nor sent text messages. The boatswain’s mate in the forward port seat received a text message at 1742 (about 2 minutes before the collision) but did not send any herself, and she did not place or receive calls. The OOD, seated in the aft port seat, made a 9-second call at 1726 and a 7-second call at 1726. He sent a text message at 1727. The boat engineer, seated in the starboard aft seat, did not receive or make phone calls while under way. His text message activity could not be determined.63
62 Collision between USGC boat CG 25689 and passenger vessel Thriller 09, 12/5/2009, Charleston, SC, Marine Accident Brief NTSB/MAB-11/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2011). 63 The boat engineer’s wireless provider’s information regarding text message activity did not allow investigators to determine the times at which the activity occurred.
NTSB Marine Safety Report 1.15.6 Previous Safety Recommendations In August 2010, the NTSB issued two safety recommendations to the Coast Guard with respect to cellular phone use: Develop and implement national and local policies that address the use of cellular telephones and other wireless devices aboard U.S. Coast Guard vessels. (M-10-2) Issue a safety advisory to the maritime industry that (1) promotes awareness of the risk posed by the use of cellular telephones and other wireless devices while operating vessels and (2) encourages the voluntary development of operational policies to address the risk. (M-10-3) The recommendations were based in part on the CG 33118 accident but primarily on the December 5, 2009, collision in Charleston. Cellular telephone records revealed that crewmembers on both Coast Guard vessels had been using cellular telephones to engage in text messaging or personal conversations near the time of the accident. In November 2010, the Coast Guard responded to the NTSB and indicated it concurred with both recommendations. In response to M-10-2, the Coast Guard stated that in July 2010 it established a policy mandating that crewmembers may use cellular telephones or texting devices on Coast Guard small boats, but only when authorized by the coxswain. The Coast Guard further stated that at no time was a Coast Guard vessel operator to use a cellular telephone or texting device for nonoperational purposes. The new policy was to be added to the Coast Guard’s Boat Operations and Training Manual in the subsequent revision of the manual in 2011. In response to Safety Recommendation M-10-3, the Coast Guard issued a safety advisory (01-10) in October 2010 that addressed distractions due to the use of cellular telephones and wireless devices. The Coast Guard added that it would work with the National Boating Safety Advisory Council to raise awareness of this issue with the recreational boating community. As a result of the Coast Guard’s response and action, the NTSB in November 2010 classified Safety Recommendation M-10-2 as “Open—Acceptable Response” and M-10-3 as “Closed—Acceptable Action.” On June 21, 2011, the NTSB adopted further recommendations concerning cell phone use following its investigation of the 2010 collision of the tugboat/barge Caribbean Sea/The Resource with the amphibious passenger vehicle DUKW 34, in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The NTSB recommended that the Coast Guard • Develop and implement an investigative protocol that directs your investigation officers to routinely check for nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions involved in marine accidents. (M-11-1) • Revise your commercial vessel accident database (MISLE) to maintain a record of nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by 39 CORRECTED COPY
NTSB Marine Safety Report on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions when such use is causal or contributory to marine accidents. (M-11-2) • Regulate and enforce the restriction on nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions so that such use does not adversely affect vessel operational safety. (M-11-3) • Until you can develop regulations governing nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions, continue your outreach program of information and education to the maritime industry on this issue. (M-11-4) 40 CORRECTED COPY
NTSB Marine Safety Report
41
2 Analysis 2.1 General The analysis first identifies factors that can be readily eliminated as causal or contributory to the accident, followed by a summary of the accident sequence. It then discusses safety issues identified in the accident investigation: • Speed of the CG 33118 • Coast Guard oversight of small boat operations • SPC-LE forward visibility • Coast Guard monitoring of small boat operational data • Coast Guard use of personal cell phones under way 2.2 Exclusions At the time of the accident, the winds and sea were calm and visibility was good. The CG 33118 crew and the Sea Ray operator were tested after the accident for the presence of alcohol and illegal drugs, and all results were negative. Both vessels were examined after the accident and found to have been free of preexisting issues that would have compromised their seaworthiness or operational capabilities. The Sea Ray’s all-around light bulb was examined after the accident and found to have shown damage consistent with its being illuminated at the time of impact. The NTSB therefore concludes that weather, illegal drugs and alcohol, and the mechanical condition of both vessels were not factors in this accident. Three of the five CG 33118 crewmembers declined requests of NTSB investigators to be interviewed. Neither of the two crewmembers NTSB investigators interviewed—the boat engineer and the crewmember-in-training—was directly involved in navigating the CG 33118, and they did not sit in the front of the vessel where they could have played a substantial role in its operation. The boat engineer did not recall his sleep schedule in the days preceding the accident, but he reported going to sleep at 0300 and arising at 0630 on the day of the accident, for a total of 3.5 hours of sleep. This amount would, at best, lead to an acute sleep loss, which has been found to degrade performance.64 The boat engineer reported taking a nap of unknown duration in the afternoon on the day of the accident; however, even if he slept well during the nap, the amount and quality of sleep would have been unlikely to compensate for the night’s sleep loss because of the effects of his circadian sleep cycle. In any event, his role in the operation of the vessel was, as noted, minor. The crewmember-in-training estimated that, based on his typical rest schedule, he slept about 8.5 hours per day in the days before the accident. However, because the majority of CG 33118 crew members declined to be interviewed by the NTSB, insufficient information was available to evaluate the role of fatigue in this accident.
64 Mallis, M. M., Banks, S., and Dinges, D. D. (2010). Aircrew fatigue, sleep need, and circadian rhythmicity. In E. Salas and D. Maurino (Eds.) Human Factors in Aviation (2nd Ed. pp. 401-436). Burlington, MA: Academic Press.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
- 3 The Accident
The Coast Guard SPC-LE vessel CG 33118 departed Coast Guard Station San Diego at 1723 on December 20, 2009. The five crewmembers had no specific assignment except to patrol San Diego Bay during the Parade of Lights and assist other Coast Guard vessels as necessary. After departing the station, the crew coordinated with the crew of the Coast Guard cutter Haddock, the lead vessel in the Parade of Lights, and informed its commanding officer that the CG 33118 crewmembers were available to provide assistance as needed. After hearing a MARB about a grounded sailboat, the CG 33118 crew obtained permission from the JHOC to respond. The crew initially searched for the sailboat along the south shore of Harbor Island. When the crewmembers could not locate it, they communicated with JHOC personnel and were redirected to the vessel’s correct location, Harbor Island’s West Basin. About three-quarters of a mile after the CG 33118 crew turned the SPC-LE to travel to the second location, it collided with the Sea Ray recreational boat. Witnesses described the CG 33118’s course as constant and at the same approximate west to northwest heading as the Sea Ray ahead of it. The physical evidence of the collision shows that the bow of the CG 33118 struck the stern of the Sea Ray at an angle of about 11 degrees to starboard, an angle consistent with the Sea Ray operator’s stated attempt, immediately before impact, to accelerate and turn his boat to the right to avoid being struck by the CG 33118. 2.3.1 CG 33118 Operating Speed The speed of the CG 33118 directly affected the amount of time in which the crewmembers could have taken action to avoid the accident once they detected the Sea Ray; specifically, the time available for the coxswain and the crew to detect, perceive, and then avoid the Sea Ray. At the same time, vessel speed has a direct relationship to any vessel damage or personal injury that would be sustained in a collision with another vessel. NTSB investigators sought to determine why the CG 33118 crew operated the vessel at the speed they did, given the prevailing circumstances and conditions. The coxswain told SDHP that the CG 33118 was traveling at 3000 rpm or about 19 knots at the time of the collision. Another crewmember estimated that the vessel was traveling 20 to 25 knots. Witnesses stated that the CG 33118 was planing, corresponding to a minimum speed of 19 knots at the time of the accident, and estimated its speed as 20–30 knots. They also said that the vessel’s speed on the accident leg was about that of the previous eastbound leg. The NTSB analysis of witness video of the CG 33118 determined the vessel’s speed to be about 42 knots while it was traveling east to the first reported location of the grounded sailboat, nearly full throttle, about 5000 rpm, a speed that audio analysis corroborated. If the accident leg speed was as high as the eastbound leg speed, as witnesses consistently attested, the speed on the collision leg could have been as high as 42 knots. Because of the absence of data on the accident leg, a precise determination of the speed and track of the CG 33118 at the moment of collision could not be obtained. Nevertheless, operating the CG 33118 at any speed above 8 knots (the vessel’s approximate maximum displacement speed) was unsafe for the prevailing conditions. NTSB concludes that the CG 33118 was planing, that is, traveling at least 19 knots, at the time of the 42
NTSB Marine Safety Report
collision, considerably faster than a safe speed of 8 knots or lower under the prevailing conditions. 2.3.2 Marine Assistance Radio Broadcast Coxswains must evaluate and determine the commensurate response for any assistance or distress call. The accident occurred while the CG 33118 was actively responding to a MARB for a grounded sailboat. In accordance with its policy the Coast Guard issues MARBs on behalf of boaters that are requesting assistance, but are not in distress. Although the grounding location was originally conveyed incorrectly to the CG 33118, both the original and corrected grounding locations were in a protected harbor environment with fair weather conditions. Further, the JHOC watchstander clearly conveyed to the CG 33118 that the sailboat was not in distress and there was no indication that the grounded boater was in any danger. Therefore the NTSB concludes that the vessel grounding to which the CG 33118 responded was not an emergency, and did not necessitate a high-speed response that reached 42 knots at one point. 2.3.3 Traffic Density Because of the Parade of Lights, considerably more vessels were on the bay that night than virtually any other night. The route of the CG 33118 in response to the MARB was documented by witness and crew statements and by witness video. The CG 33118 left station San Diego and met the Haddock near the north end of Shelter Island. In response to the MARB, the CG 33118 initially headed to the northeast in an arc congruent to but south of the parade route. The eastbound leg passed close to the eventual accident site. This track allowed the crew to see the vessels in the vicinity of the parade route near the West Basin inlet, which would have made them cognizant of the heavy vessel density in the area. Further, the two crewmembers that the NTSB interviewed both commented on the greater than usual number of boats on the Bay that night. The NTSB therefore concludes that the CG 33118 coxswain and crew were aware of the heavy vessel density in the area. 2.3.4 Safe Speed Inland navigation rules obligate all mariners to operate their vessels at safe speeds “so they can take proper and effective action to avoid collision.” The rules assign mariners the responsibility to correctly interpret and apply navigational principles and practices, given the conditions and circumstances. The NTSB examined the prevailing conditions and circumstances to determine how the coxswain should have considered them in operating the CG 33118. These included darkness, background lights, the lights of the vessels in the area, the vessel traffic density, and the effects of the CG 33118’s wake. Station San Diego Boat Piloting and Navigation Standards state that “special consideration must be given to the fact that background lights on shore will make the identification of vessel traffic more difficult.” Station San Diego coxswains told NTSB investigators that they were aware of the effects of the bay’s background lighting on their ability to detect vessels at night. Investigators examined the approximate route of the CG 33118 on the 43
NTSB Marine Safety Report
accident leg and noted that extensive background lighting spanned across the field of view of the CG 33118 crew as they overtook the Sea Ray. In addition to the effects of background lighting, the coxswain also needed to consider the effects of the density of vessels in the area. Over 80 boats participated in the parade, and there were hundreds of spectator boats, ranging from small dinghies, kayaks, and canoes (some unlighted) to large yachts and commercial vessels, congregated along the parade route, creating higher than normal vessel traffic, particularly in the area near the West Basin inlet. The wake created by the CG 33118 needed to be considered as well. A boat’s wake can be hazardous, especially to smaller vessels. It can rock and potentially swamp or capsize other boats, and passengers may be thrown off balance or overboard. Where local conditions warrant, “no wake” areas are designated in many waterways as a means to protect other vessels. The CG 33118 would have produced a wake at the speeds at which it was estimated to have been operated, endangering smaller vessels present at the event. On the accident leg, the coxswain was operating the CG 33118 at planing speed, which was at least 19 knots and possibly as high as 42 knots. He operated the vessel at 42 knots just minutes earlier on the preceding leg. Station San Diego instructions specified that SPC-LE cruising speed should not exceed 4200 rpm, which is equivalent to a speed of about 35 knots. The CG 33118 crew was responding to a soft grounding, a nonemergency that did not warrant operating at such speeds. Given the inland navigation rules and Station San Diego speed guidance, the CG 33118 coxswain and crew should have considered nighttime visibility limitations, San Diego Bay background lighting, and traffic density in determining safe vessel operating speed. In addition, crews should have considered wake effects of vessel speed. As noted previously, operating the CG 33118 at any speed above 8 knots (the vessel’s approximate maximum displacement speed) was unsafe for the prevailing conditions. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the coxswain’s operating the CG 33118 at any planing speed was unsafe for the prevailing conditions and circumstances of darkness, background lighting, and high vessel density in the parade area. 2.3.5 Visual Perception and Conspicuity Although the NTSB could not determine the precise point at which CG 33118 crewmembers could have detected the Sea Ray immediately in front of them, investigators attempted to determine why the crew did not avoid striking the Sea Ray. The vessel was equipped with a functioning radar; however, the only crewmembers consenting to be interviewed were not involved in navigating the vessel and were unable to verify whether the radar was used on the night of the accident. For the crew to visually “see” the Sea Ray, they would need to detect it, perceive it as a boat, and then accurately interpret the boat’s distance and relative speed. In addition, given the cloud layer, the ambient level of illumination was relatively low. As a result, the Sea Ray’s hull lacked contrast with the surface of the bay. The Sea Ray’s navigation lights were determined to be illuminated in accordance with applicable regulations. However, the considerable background lights around San Diego Bay 44
NTSB Marine Safety Report
would have lessened the visual cues available to the CG 33118 crew by limiting the visibility and the conspicuity of the Sea Ray’s all-around light against the background. This phenomenon was well known to Station San Diego personnel. Further exacerbating the effects of the background lighting were the brightly lit parade vessels along the eastern shore of Shelter Island that were moving northward into the CG 33118 field of view. Compounding the difficulties of nighttime visual perception, the CG 33118 and Sea Ray maintained similar headings for some distance before the accident. Given the CG 33118’s course—directly approaching the Sea Ray’s stern—the boat’s all-around light would have appeared fixed, with no lateral relative motion in the CG 33118 crew’s visual field. This lack of relative motion deprived the crew of another visual cue which would have assisted in differentiating the all-around light from the background lighting because people more readily detect changes in the visual field, that is, motion or flashing, than they do constancy. Because of the constant-heading, dead-astern approach path of the CG 33118 to the Sea Ray, the crew’s ability to detect the Sea Ray’s all-around light was limited. Assuming that the crewmembers detected the all-around light, their ability to perceive that they were rapidly closing on the slow-moving boat in front of them would be limited because of the single-point nature, or small size, of the all-around light and its lack of contrast with the surroundings. In sum, an operator must detect and identify an object, perceive the associated hazard, and then take effective action to avoid striking that object. Operating at a slower speed would have increased the amount of time available to the CG 33118 crew to detect, perceive, and take action to avoid the collision. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the continuous illumination of the Sea Ray’s all-around light, the effects of the background lights that limited the conspicuity of the all-around light, and the similar headings of the two vessels coupled with the dead-astern approach by the CG 33118 made it difficult for the crew to visually detect and perceive the Sea Ray; however, traveling at a slow speed would have compensated for these visual difficulties. 2.4 SPC-LE Forward Visibility Vessel design standards, while fundamental, play but one role in vessel safety. Regardless of design standards, operator skill and judgment, as well as system safety factors, are all basic elements in overall safety. The NTSB did not investigate contractual matters between SAFE Boat and the Coast Guard, which accepted delivery of the vessels under its contract with SAFE Boat. The NTSB also did not investigate the suitability of the specifications, or adequacy of the standards, that the Coast Guard specified for the SPC-LEs. The NTSB examined the forward visibility of the SPC-LE to determine if, absent nighttime visual perception factors, the boat’s design had any impact on the ability of the crew to detect targets ahead. The purpose of the visibility study was to identify obstructions to forward visibility for the two CG 33118 crewmembers in the forward seats, the operating conditions under which these obstructions were present, and the effects of these obstructions on the ability of the two crewmembers to see the Sea Ray. One of the ABYC small craft standards (ABYC H-1, Field of Vision from the Helm Position) pertains to forward visibility, which for the SPC-LE applied only to the coxswain’s position. At the request of and under observation by NTSB investigators, ABYC tested the SPC-LE’s compliance with the H-1 standard. This standard 45
NTSB Marine Safety Report
divides forward visibility into horizontal and vertical fields of view. The SPC-LE did not meet all the horizontal visibility criteria of the H-1 standard. However, considering the dead-astern approach of the CG 33118 to the Sea Ray, investigators determined that the horizontal range of visibility was likely not a factor in the crew’s ability to see the Sea Ray immediately preceding the accident. The NTSB examined the effects, if any, of the SPC-LE’s failure to meet vertical visibility criteria on the coxswain’s ability to detect the Sea Ray from the helm position. However, the NTSB encountered several difficulties in attempting to determine what the coxswain could have seen. The vessel’s exact speed, and therefore trim angle, before striking the Sea Ray is unknown. Further, the coxswain’s position during this period could not be precisely determined. Nonetheless, the NTSB attempted to determine, within a range of vessel speeds, the point at which the coxswain may first have seen the Sea Ray. Assuming a known static coxswain position and the highest vessel running trim angle, that is, a speed at 3000 rpm or 19 knots, the results of the NTSB comparison study indicate that the coxswain’s unobstructed sight line to the water did not meet the vertical distance criteria specified in the H-1 standard. At this speed, the coxswain would have seen a portion of the Sea Ray, including the all-around white light, until that vessel was about 135 feet forward of the CG 33118’s bow, at which point only the all-around white light would still have been visible. These circumstances illustrate a worst-case visibility scenario. The vessel’s vertical forward visibility is most limited at its highest running trim angle. In addition, the evidence indicates that at least one CG 33118 crewmember reacted to the Sea Ray just before the collision, and the operator of the Sea Ray said he saw crewmembers in the cabin of the CG 33118 just before impact. Thus, regardless of the H-1 visibility standards, the CG 33118 coxswain should have been able to see at least a portion of the Sea Ray at some point before the collision. Further, boat speed and nighttime visual perception factors may have played a larger role than vessel obstructions in limiting the ability of the coxswain to detect and perceive the Sea Ray in time to avoid the collision. Operators can reduce the extent to which obstructions impair visibility by changing speed (for instance, slowing below 8 knots), changing their eye positions, or both to suit operational circumstances. Forward sight lines progressively improve with higher speeds which decrease the trim angles. Slower speeds, specifically below the transition zone (or about 8 knots), also improve forward sight lines due to lower trim angles. Several SPC-LE coxswains stated they were aware that the bow obstructed forward visibility, at speeds in, and just above, the transition zone. They therefore avoided traveling in this range. Although not required by the visibility standard, the Coast Guard requires that the forward port position be manned. Along with the coxswain’s position, the forward port position affords the best forward visibility on the vessel. Therefore, NTSB investigators examined the sight line of the boatswain’s mate, who was seated in that position on the night of the accident. The results of the NTSB study indicate that at the boat’s highest running trim angle, the boatswain’s mate, who was of average female height, would not have been able to see the surface of the water over the CG 33118 bow or any part of the Sea Ray. In addition, she would 46
NTSB Marine Safety Report
not have seen the Sea Ray’s all-around light until the CG 33118 bow was within 160 feet of it. At speeds below 8 knots, the crewmember would have had an unobstructed sight line to the Sea Ray until it was about 77 feet forward of the bow. The importance of adequate visibility for coxswains and crew is self-evident. Without it, the safety of SPC-LE operations is compromised and the risk of collisions and allisions increases. The Coast Guard expects its boats to be operated by crewmembers of a wide range of heights. However, the evidence indicates that shorter operators may not be able to see the surface of the water directly forward of the SPC-LE while in its lower planing range. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that SPC-LEs have obstructions to forward visibility from the helm and the forward port positions, which increase risks if not properly addressed. Investigators were unable to find evidence indicating that the Coast Guard was aware at the time of the accident that SPC-LEs had obstructions to forward vertical visibility at certain speeds. In July 2010, Station San Diego modified its navigation standards, stating that its SPC-LEs should not be operated “between 2000-3500 rpm’s unless absolutely necessary” because of the bow rise in that rpm range. However, investigators found no evidence that any other Coast Guard stations with SPC-LEs have similarly revised their navigation standards. As a result, the Coast Guard may not be adequately mitigating the risks associated with SPC-LE operation. Unless crewmembers are aware of the vessel’s forward visibility limitations, they may not take adequate steps to compensate for them. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard develop and implement procedures for its SPC-LEs that allow crewmembers to compensate for obstructions affecting forward visibility from the helm and the forward port positions. 2.5 Sea Ray The Sea Ray operator stated he was traveling at idle speed, and witness statements supported this. NTSB investigators determined that the Sea Ray’s navigation lights were illuminated at the time of the accident and configured in accordance with applicable inland navigation rules. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the Sea Ray operator was driving his vessel at a safe speed and manner for the prevailing conditions and circumstances. Further, with the estimated speed of the CG 33118 and its reported path, the Sea Ray operator could have done little to avoid being struck by the Coast Guard vessel. Although he attempted to steer his boat out of the path of the oncoming CG 33118, the time available to him to maneuver the boat was insufficient to avoid being struck. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the CG 33118’s high speed and its astern path relative to the Sea Ray precluded the Sea Ray operator from taking effective action to avoid the collision. 2.6 Training and Oversight Investigators examined Coast Guard training and oversight of its small boats and SPC-LE crews in San Diego to determine why the coxswain and the crew operated the CG 33118 at high speed in the crowded conditions of the Parade of Lights on San Diego Bay. 47
NTSB Marine Safety Report
- 6.1 SPC-LE Coxswain Training
Coast Guard coxswains at all stations were trained through standardized instructional methods. The candidate must complete numerous qualification tasks, demonstrate proficiency during a comprehensive check ride with an instructor, and pass an oral examination before a board comprising senior Coast Guard station command and operations personnel. Examination topics included situational judgment, rules of the road, piloting and navigation, and risk assessment. The Coast Guard emphasized successful completion of each requirement more than the time required to attain proficiency. 2.6.2 Oversight The CG 33118’s speed exceeded Station San Diego’s maximum recommended operating speed for SPC-LEs in San Diego Bay on the evening of the accident. While coxswains were permitted to exceed the 4200 rpm limit, or 35 knots, for operational necessity or hot pursuit, no operational need called for speeds as high as 42 knots on the night of the accident, especially given the crowded, dark conditions that prevailed. Coast Guard managers told investigators that its oversight provided sufficient information to determine whether crews followed policies and rules. However, the speed of the vessel on the night of the accident and the lack of objections by other CG 33118 crewmembers, including the officer of the day, regarding its speed, raises questions about Coast Guard oversight. The disparity in the evidence and testimony suggest that Coast Guard management is unaware of or possibly tolerates such speeds. Station navigation standards specifically call for reduced speed at night, “even when responding to a potential life threatening case.” However, interviews with coxswains and crew indicated that they considered 4200 rpm to be a normal transit speed for the SPC-LE in the bay during the day and night. Station command appears to have accepted this speed as normal. Further, following the accident witnesses stated that Coast Guard boats often operated vessels at high speeds in the bay. While some Coast Guard high-speed operations observed may have been for valid reasons, the evidence suggests that high-speed operations were routine rather than isolated events. The NTSB would expect an effective oversight system to identify unsafe practices, including excessive speed, and take steps to address them. There is no evidence that this occurred. Coast Guard crewmembers were trained to voice safety concerns to coxswains about how boats were operated. However, neither of the two crewmembers NTSB investigators interviewed after the accident reported that anyone on the CG 33118 voiced objections about the speed at which the coxswain operated the vessel. The NTSB cannot determine the reasons why none of the crewmembers objected to the speed even though they were expected to speak up if they were concerned about the way the vessel was being operated. Further, Coast Guard personnel on board the Haddock who witnessed the CG 33118 depart from alongside the cutter at high speed also did not indicate a concern with the vessel’s speed. Moreover, a more senior coxswain was on board the CG 33118; he was higher in rank than the coxswain and functioning as officer of the day and therefore directly represented the station’s senior management. The senior coxswain declined an NTSB request to be interviewed; therefore, investigators could not ask him whether he recognized the speed of the CG 33118 as excessive. Regardless, based on 48
NTSB Marine Safety Report
conditions in the bay that night, he should have recognized that the speed of the CG 33118 was excessive, and he was responsible and obligated to inform the coxswain to maintain a safe speed. His not speaking up regarding the vessel’s speed indicates that the senior coxswain was deficient in exercising his oversight role and may have regarded the speed as acceptable. In 2002, the NTSB investigated a collision in Biscayne Bay, Florida, between a Coast Guard Station Miami Beach patrol boat and a small passenger vessel, the Bayside Blaster. In that case, a Coast Guard coxswain was determined to have been operating at an excessive speed, at night, and in an area subject to background lighting. In both the Biscayne Bay and the San Diego accidents, Coast Guard station management was unaware of coxswains’ excessive speeds for existing circumstances and conditions. In the Bayside Blaster accident report, the NTSB commented, “Without some means of oversight, commanding officers cannot know that the speed limits are being followed or that other safety requirements are being met.” Additionally, the NTSB concluded, the Coast Guard should “establish oversight procedures for use by commanding officers or officers-in-charge of Coast Guard stations to improve the safety of Coast Guard routine small boat operations.” The NTSB added that oversight could be improved by regular direct observation of coxswain performance, and it issued Recommendations M-02-25 and M-02-26 to address the shortcomings it identified. The following year, NTSB classified both recommendations as “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Maximum authorized speed was apparently regarded as normal operating speed at Coast Guard Station Miami Beach during that time, prompting a 2002 Coast Guard Commandant statement to urge small boat force leaders to “impress upon all hands that throttles have more than two [stop and full] operational positions. The image of a young coastie zipping along at max throttle is becoming a stereotype, reflects poorly upon our professionalism, and encourages reckless behavior in our developing boat crews. This is a safety issue, an equipment issue and a leadership issue.” The Coast Guard concurred with the NTSB recommendations. It revised its Boat Readiness and Standardization Program Manual requiring continuous evaluation of the readiness of boats and crews. It recommended that readiness and standardization evaluations include assessment of performance in team coordination, risk management, and crew briefing and debriefing as part of standard boat operations. It used STAN and RFO evaluations to assess a unit’s crew training program and underway exercise evaluation. NTSB investigators examined the results of the January 2010 STAN assessment conducted shortly after the accident. Station San Diego SPC-LE coxswains performed poorly on portions of the written test, averaging a score of 58.6% on navigation rules. Coxswains on the station’s other small boat also performed poorly on this section, averaging 62.5%. According to the STAN program manager, the station’s command is responsible for addressing such shortcomings. Investigators requested documentation of actions taken in response to these findings. There were none. Lack of any remedial actions taken is not indicative of responsible oversight. 49
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Although RFO and STAN team evaluations provided the Coast Guard with information about SPC-LE crew knowledge, techniques, and skills, they did not provide Station San Diego information about how coxswains and crewmembers were operating the vessels outside these controlled circumstances. RFO and STAN team evaluations provide snapshots in time of performance in controlled, predicted, and structured environments with oversight personnel constantly present, but provide no information to managers about how SPC-LE vessels were being operated day-to-day. Therefore, RFO and STAN team assessments provide an incomplete picture of how vessels are routinely being operated. In sum, the investigation uncovered several areas in which Coast Guard Station San Diego oversight was deficient: the speed at which the CG 33118 was operated on the night of the accident; the speeds at which SPC-LE vessels were routinely being operated at night; the silence of the CG 33118 crewmembers regarding the speed; the limitations of RFO and STAN team evaluations; the lack of follow-up on STAN assessments; and, as is discussed below, the failure to ensure transmission of AIS data. Without effective oversight, management cannot determine if policies and procedures are followed or other safety requirements are being met. Oversight of Station San Diego Coast Guard small boat operations could be improved by direct observation of coxswain performance and monitoring of AIS and other recordable operating data, among other means. Therefore the NTSB concludes that Station San Diego oversight of small boat operations was ineffective in ensuring compliance with established policies for safe operations. Effective oversight requires an organization to maintain an ongoing awareness of how its personnel operate its equipment, so that rules are being adhered to and best practices followed. This involves problem recognition and implementation or modification of policies and procedures as needed. Without the necessary data and procedures needed to review and analyze operations, managers are limited in their ability to assess those policies, procedures, and risks. Current Station San Diego practices do not afford comprehensive oversight of small boat operations. Changes in oversight procedures should effectively address risks that small boat crews face. These risks include nighttime operations in areas where background light can interfere with visibility and in congested waterways. The circumstances of this accident call for the Coast Guard to implement oversight procedures that provide it with information about day-to-day small boat operations. Moreover, given the shortcomings identified in Station San Diego oversight, the NTSB is concerned that other Coast Guard small boat stations may also be unaware of the manner in which small boats are being operated. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard examine its oversight of small boat operations to determine where local procedures are inadequate, implement procedures nationally and at each station (including Station San Diego) to provide continual, systematic, and thorough oversight information, and require action on information obtained to ensure that crewmembers are operating their vessels safely in all conditions and circumstances. 50
NTSB Marine Safety Report
51
- 6.3 SPC-LE Speed Policies
Shortly after the Bayside Blaster accident, the Coast Guard updated its safety policies65 to require commanding officers of Coast Guard stations to establish speed limits in specific areas of their AORs “that pose significant or environmental risk to boats.” In hindsight, the evidence suggests that the actions the Coast Guard took after that accident did not establish the policies it needed to ensure the safety of its vessel operations. Station San Diego afforded coxswains broad authority to determine the speed at which to operate their vessels, although coxswains were expected to proceed at a safe speed at all times and were not to exceed 4200 rpm (about 35 knots) unless dictated by operational necessity, hot pursuit, or an emergency. The rpm limit appears to be related to fuel efficiency rather than to safe operation. San Diego coxswains told NTSB investigators this was the only parameter that restricted their boat speed and that it was not unusual to operate at night, in the bay, at 4200 rpm. After the accident, Station San Diego’s commanding officer issued verbal guidance restricting speeds in the bay, outside of the main shipping channel, to a “minimal” or idle speed. The NTSB concludes that at the time of the accident, the absence of Station San Diego speed restrictions for routine patrols at night allowed coxswains too much latitude in selecting patrol boat speed. Furthermore, the NTSB is concerned that other Coast Guard stations may lack speed restrictions for routine patrols in their areas of responsibility. Although the NTSB supports Station San Diego’s attempt to improve safety by providing verbal speed guidance to its SPC-LE coxswains, such guidance can, over time, lose effectiveness. Providing written policy to small boat operators, on the other hand, serves as an official Coast Guard procedure for coxswains to follow. Over time, written policy retains its effectiveness to a greater extent than verbal guidance. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard require each small boat station, including Station San Diego, to establish specific operating procedures governing small boat speeds that account for prevailing conditions and circumstances affecting the safety of small boat operations. 2.7 AIS Use This investigation was hampered by the absence of exact speed, heading, and position data on the CG 33118 at critical points during the transit. Although the CG 33118 was equipped with AIS, which would have provided this information, no AIS data were available. Investigators determined possible reasons why the data were not recorded: crewmembers did not activate the unit; they activated the unit in a mode that did not transmit; or the AIS unit was not functioning properly at the time of the accident. However, the reason why AIS data were not recorded at the JHOC could not be determined. Regardless of the reason, Coast Guard policy calls for small boats to operate their AIS in a transmitting mode when under way unless operational security needs dictate otherwise. Both Coast Guard headquarters and the Eleventh Coast Guard District’s AIS transmission policy identified “restricted mode” as the default setting for standard (small) boats. The fact that the
65 Commandant Instruction (COMDTINST) 3530.2C, Coast Guard Navigation Standards Manual.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
CG 33118 was operating on the night of the accident without its AIS transmitting, and that JHOC personnel did not address this omission, indicates that deficiencies exist in the application and enforcement of the Coast Guard’s AIS policy. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the Coast Guard failed to effectively ensure that its AIS policy was enforced in San Diego. Coast Guard policy relied on coxswains to activate the AIS, and set it to the appropriate mode. However, no procedures were in place to ensure that the coxswain activated the AIS or that, if on, the AIS was actually transmitting. In San Diego, JHOC personnel were in the best position to carry out this function. On the night of the accident, the CG 33118 crew checked in with the JHOC, as required, on getting under way. JHOC personnel should have noticed that the CG 33118’s AIS was not transmitting at that time. However, this verification did not take place, nor was it required to by any written policy or procedure. As a result, important vessel data from the CG 33118 was not transmitted or recorded. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Coast Guard develop and implement procedures to ensure that its coxswains follow established AIS transmission policies. 2.8 Vessel Operations Monitoring In addition to AIS, a wide array of technologies is used to navigate and operate vessels, including electronic chart displays and Global Positioning System (GPS) units. The NTSB recognizes the benefits of using all available data for operational and crew monitoring and oversight in addition to navigation. An operational monitoring program might have helped to prevent this collision by enabling supervisors to track coxswains’ underway practices that may have fallen outside established guidelines. However, no formal monitoring program was developed or used by the Coast Guard. The Coast Guard would benefit from the review and monitoring of all these sources of available operational recorded data on its vessels. The NTSB recognized this in its investigation of the collision of the CG 242513 and the Bayside Blaster when it commented, “Technological advances in transponder technology may provide an additional oversight tool if applied to station operations.” Therefore, the NTSB concludes that systematic monitoring of all available operating data could assist Coast Guard small boat supervisors in objectively assessing how their vessels are operated, and periodic review of this information could enhance operational safety and oversight by aiding supervisors in detecting and correcting deviations from standard operating guidance and procedures. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Coast Guard establish a structured data monitoring program for its small boats that reviews all available data sources to identify deviation from established guidance and procedures. 2.9 Cell Phone Use At the time of the accident the Coast Guard had no policy governing the use of cell phones and similar portable electronic devices by its crewmembers during vessel operations. However, all crew were responsible for performing lookout duties during small boat operations, 52
NTSB Marine Safety Report
53
according to the Coast Guard’s Boat Crew Seamanship Manual.66 Coast Guard crewmembers also were trained to voice safety concerns or “speak up” if they noted an unsafe condition, such as operating at an unsafe speed or in an area of high boat traffic density. Yet, if crewmembers were engaged in using personal electronic devices during the trip, this distraction would have prevented them from executing these duties. As noted, the NTSB obtained records from the CG 33118 crewmembers’ personal cell phone service providers and determined that activity was recorded for the coxswain, the boatswain, and the OOD (activity could not be determined for the engineer). The NTSB was troubled to learn that this activity included sending text messages approximately 15 minutes before the collision. The NTSB concludes from these records that CG 33118 crewmembers used their personal cell phones for voice calls and text messaging while under way, distracting them from effectively performing their duties as lookouts. Based on this accident, along with the Thriller 09 accident in Charleston, South Carolina, the NTSB issued recommendation M-10-2 to the Coast Guard urging it to develop and implement policy to address the use of cell phones and other wireless devices by its crewmembers during vessel operations, as previously noted. The Coast Guard responded positively by issuing a policy restricting crew cell phone use during operation of its vessels to purposes related to those operations. 2.10 Emergency Response Following the collision, the CG 33118 crew quickly responded to the accident and cared for the most seriously injured passenger on the Sea Ray, the 8-year-old boy who had been seated near the center of the rear bench of the boat. The crew immediately removed him from the vessel and transported him to the nearby Harbor Island fuel dock, where he was taken to a nearby hospital. Other seriously injured passengers were transferred to local hospitals for treatment as a result of the prompt actions of the Sea Tow, good Samaritans on nearby recreational vessels, and shore side responders from San Diego Fire and Rescue. The NTSB therefore concludes that actions of the emergency response personnel following the collision were timely and effective.
66 See section 1.12.5, Lookout Procedures.
NTSB Marine Safety Report
3 Conclusions 3.1 Findings
- Weather, illegal drugs and alcohol, and the mechanical condition of both vessels were
not factors in this accident.
The vessel grounding to which the CG 33118 responded was not an emergency and did not necessitate a high-speed response that reached 42 knots at one point.
The CG 33118 was planing, that is, traveling at least 19 knots, at the time of the collision, considerably faster than a safe speed of 8 knots or lower under the prevailing conditions.
The CG 33118 coxswain and crew were aware of the heavy vessel density in the area.
The coxswain’s operating the CG 33118 at any planing speed was unsafe for the prevailing conditions and circumstances of darkness, background lighting, and high vessel density in the parade area.
The continuous illumination of the Sea Ray’s all-around light, the effects of the background lights that limited the conspicuity of the all-around light, and the similar headings of the two vessels coupled with the dead-astern approach by the CG 33118 made it difficult for the crew to visually detect and perceive the Sea Ray; however, traveling at a slow speed would have compensated for these visual difficulties.
Special purpose craft – law enforcement (SPC-LE) vessels have obstructions to forward visibility from the helm and the forward port positions, which increase risks if not properly addressed.
The Sea Ray operator was driving his vessel at a safe speed and manner for the prevailing conditions and circumstances.
The CG 33118’s high speed and its astern path relative to the Sea Ray precluded the Sea Ray operator from taking effective action to avoid the collision.
Station San Diego oversight of small boat operations was ineffective in ensuring compliance with established policies for safe operations.
At the time of the accident, the absence of Station San Diego speed restrictions for routine patrols at night allowed coxswains too much latitude in selecting patrol boat speed.
The Coast Guard failed to effectively ensure that its automatic identification system policy was enforced in San Diego. 54
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Systematic monitoring of all available operating data could assist Coast Guard small boat supervisors in objectively assessing how their vessels are operated, and periodic review of this information could enhance operational safety and oversight by aiding supervisors in detecting and correcting deviations from standard operating guidance and procedures.
CG 33118 crewmembers used their personal cell phones for voice calls and text messaging while under way, distracting them from effectively performing their duties as lookouts.
Actions of the emergency response personnel following the collision were timely and effective. 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines the probable cause of the collision between the CG 33118 and the Sea Ray was the failure of the CG 33118 crew to see and avoid the Sea Ray because of the excessive speed at which the coxswain operated the CG 33118, given the prevailing darkness, background lighting, and high vessel density, and the U.S. Coast Guard’s lack of effective oversight of its small boat operations both nationally and at Coast Guard Station San Diego.
55
NTSB Marine Safety Report
4 Recommendations To the U.S. Coast Guard: Develop and implement procedures for your special purpose craft – law enforcement that allow crewmembers to compensate for obstructions affecting forward visibility from the helm and the forward port positions. (M-11-8)
Examine your oversight of small boat operations to determine where local procedures are inadequate, implement procedures nationally and at each station (including Station San Diego) to provide continual, systematic, and thorough oversight information, and require action on information obtained to ensure that crewmembers are operating their vessels safely in all conditions and circumstances. (M-11-9)
Require each small boat station, including Station San Diego, to establish specific operating procedures governing small boat speeds that account for prevailing conditions and circumstances affecting the safety of small boat operations. (M-11-10)
Develop and implement procedures to ensure that your coxswains follow established automatic identification system transmission policies. (M-11-11)
Establish a structured data monitoring program for your small boats that reviews all available data sources to identify deviation from established guidance and procedures. (M-11-12)
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member
EARL F. WEENER Member
Adopted: July 12, 2011
56
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Appendixes Appendix A Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board was notified of the accident by the Coast Guard National Command Center at 2157 eastern standard time on December 20, 2009. A four-member go-team launched at 1200 the following day and arrived on scene in San Diego at 1500 Pacific standard time. The launch team consisted of specialists in engineering, deck operations, and survival factors. On December 22, the team was joined by a representative from the NTSB’s Transportation Disaster Assistance Division. Also joining the team was a Coast Guard investigator from Coast Guard headquarters’ Office of Investigations and Analysis. The investigators interviewed two crewmembers from the CG 33118, the operator and the passengers on the Sea Ray, and Coast Guard Sector San Diego supervisory personnel. After completing the interviews, documenting the vessel damage, and collecting documentation, the investigators concluded the on-scene investigation on December 25. The NTSB investigated the accident under the authority of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974, according to the Board’s rules. The sole party to the investigation was the Coast Guard. 57
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Appendix B U.S. Coast Guard Inland Navigation, Steering and Sailing Rules, Rule 6, Safe Speed Every vessel shall at all times proceed at a safe speed so that she can take proper and effective action to avoid collision and be stopped within a distance appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions.
In determining a safe speed the following factors shall be among those taken into account:
(a) By all vessels:
(i) the state of visibility;
(ii) the traffic density including concentration of fishing vessels or any other vessels;
(iii) the maneuverability of the vessel with special reference to stopping distance and turning ability in the prevailing conditions;
(iv) at night, the presence of background light such as from shore lights or from back scatter of her own lights;
(v) the state of wind, sea, and current, and the proximity of navigational hazards;
(vi) the draft in relation to the available depth of water.
(b) Additionally, by vessels with operational radar:
(i) the characteristics, efficiency and limitations of the radar equipment;
(i) any constraints imposed by the radar range scale in use;
(ii) the effect on radar detection of the sea state, weather, and other sources of interference;
(iii) the possibility that small vessels, ice and other floating objects may not be detected by radar at an adequate range;
(iv) the number, location, and movement of vessels detected by radar; and
(v) the more exact assessment of the visibility that may be possible when radar is used to determine the range of vessels or other objects in the vicinity.
58
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Appendix C Letter from Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Sector San Diego, Concerning Verbal Speed Guidance
59
NTSB Marine Safety Report
Appendix D ABYC H-1 Visibility Standard
The purpose of the ABYC H-1 visibility standard is to provide guidance to minimize obstructions in the field of vision from the helm position. In part, the standard includes the following visibility criteria: • Horizontal range looking forward: Shall have a 30-degree clear sector (15 degrees to port and starboard). Outside the clear sector, from 90 degrees to port and 112.5 degrees to starboard, obstructions shall be kept to a minimum so normal head movements will permit unobstructed visibility. • Horizontal range looking aft: Must keep obstructions to a minimum. • Vertical range looking forward, within the 30-degree clear horizontal section: Shall extend from a horizontal line from the high eye position to a line established between a point on the water four boat lengths or 164 feet, whichever is less, ahead of the boat and measured from the bow, through the highest point of lower obstructed visibility to the low eye position. [An NTSB-developed diagrammatic representation of the vertical range requirement is shown on the following page.] • Vertical range outside the forward 30-degree clear sector (remaining 330 degrees): Similar to within the 30-degree clear sector forward, but measured from the gunwale. The standard also states:
- In order for this standard to be effective the boat must be operated in a reasonable and
prudent manner.
- Boats can be operated in a manner and at certain speeds causing trim and/or roll angles
such that vision is obscured. This standard cannot assure that a boat can be operated without some loss of vision from the helm position while operating at high trim angles during the transition between displacement and planing mode.
- This standard does not relieve the operator of the requirement to comply with the Rules
of the Road.
60
NTSB Marine Safety Report
61
NTSB Marine Safety Report
62
Appendix E USCG Shore-Based Boat Accident Data Each year the Coast Guard publishes an Annual Afloat Safety Report containing data on mishaps for that year, and historical data from previous years. The report examines cutter mishaps and small boat mishaps separately. The Coast Guard provided investigators with the annual reports from FY01-FY10. There was no report created for FY06. Overall small boat mishap rates (Class A-D combined)* increased each year from 1999 to 2007. Since 2007, mishaps rates have declined steadily, from about 118 per 100,000 operating hours to just fewer than 80 per 100,000 operating hours in FY10. Mishap rates for Class A and B mishaps have remained steady for the last 10+ years. There was only one Class A mishap in FY10, the San Diego CG3318 accident. There were no Class B mishaps in FY10. In FY09 there were two Class B mishaps and no Class A. In FY08 there were no Class A or B mishaps. There was one of each in FY2007. Overall, the Class A and B mishap rates per 100,000 small boat operating hours are each less than 1 since 1999. The SPC-LE’s mishap rate per 100,000 hours has decreased each year since FY07, the first year data was available for the platform. In FY07 its mishap rate was around 120 per 100,000 hours. In FY10 its mishap rate was around 75 per 100,000 hours. In FY10, the SPC-LE had the 7th lowest rate of mishaps per 100,000 operating hours out of 17 small boat platforms. The most common types of mishaps were collisions, followed by groundings. The mishaps most often occurred during training, followed by search and rescue missions.
FD07369 | 2009_美国_RAB0902.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
E
P L U R IB US UN U M
N A T I O N A L
T R A S P O R T A T I O N
B O A R D S A FE T Y N National Transportation Safety Board Washington, D.C. 20594
Railroad Accident Brief
Accident No.: DCA-08-FR-001 Location: Painesville, Ohio Date: October 10, 2007 Time: 12:02 p.m., eastern daylight time1 Railroad: CSX Transportation Property Damage: $1.4 million Environmental Cleanup: $7.08 million Fatalities: None Injuries: None Type of Accident: Derailment
The Accident On Wednesday, October 10, 2007, about 12:02 p.m., eastbound CSX Transportation (CSX) freight train Q380-09 derailed 31 cars in Painesville, Ohio, while being operated on main track 1. The train was traveling 48 mph at the time of the derailment. The crew’s last train operation had been made about 1 1/2 miles before the derailment. The train consisted of 2 locomotives and 112 cars (106 loaded and 6 empty). The 31st through 61st cars in the train derailed. The derailed cars included seven tank cars carrying ethanol, one tank car carrying liquefied petroleum gas, and one tank car carrying phthalic anhydride. Also among the 31 cars that derailed were covered hoppers carrying corn, wheat, feed, plastic, and lumber. The ethanol tank cars and many of the other freight cars caught on fire. Twenty-six of the derailed cars were destroyed. (See figure 1.) As a precaution, about 1,400 area residents were evacuated from an area of approximately 3 square miles. There were no reported injuries. The temperature at the time of derailment was 51° F, and it was daylight. Estimated damages and environmental cleanup costs were $8.48 million. At 10:00 a.m., about 2 hours before the accident, the engineer and conductor had gone on duty at CSX’s Collinwood Yard in Cleveland, Ohio, to relieve the inbound crew of the train. The crew received new train documentation and the current dispatcher bulletin. The engineer performed the required air brake test, contacted the train dispatcher for permission to depart, and departed at 11:28 a.m.
1 All times in this brief are eastern daylight time. NTSB/RAB-09/02
Figure 1. Accident site.
About 6 1/2 miles before the accident, at control point (CP) 162, the train passed a limited clear signal. The train crossed over to main track 1 and proceeded east. The train’s speed increased to 48 mph. After the train’s locomotive passed a clear signal at CP 155, the engineer said he felt “a nudge, like a jerk” in the train. The nudge was followed by an emergency application of the train’s air brakes, caused by a train line separating during the derailment. The engineer said that after he saw a large fireball in the middle of the train reflected in the side mirror, the train came to a stop. (See figure 2.) He immediately used the radio to broadcast an emergency notification three times, and he asked officials to come to the scene. The train crew provided the emergency responders with the train consist and information about the hazardous materials on the train. NTSB/RAB-09/02 2
Figure 2. Derailment.
Investigation The derailment occurred at milepost 155.62 on main track 1, which was made of 132- pound continuous welded rail (CWR). At the point of derailment, a plug rail2 had been installed in the south rail on December 15, 2006. The plug rail was 136-pound rail and was 20 feet 5 inches long. To install the plug rail, two pairs of 132- to 136-pound rail compromise joint bars3 and eight bolts were used. No rail certification4 was visible on the plug rail. The west end of the plug rail had evidence of multiple fractures and rail end batter.5 Rail fragments from this joint area were found at the point of derailment, about 125 feet west of the point of derailment, and about 200 feet east of the point of derailment. The bottom side of the side frames of the leading end of the 32nd car showed signs of rail burns, indicating that it was first car to derail. Its trailing end also had rail burns on both side frames, and the track was damaged as the train continued to move. A piece of rail was imbedded in the south side frame of the 33rd car, as a result of damage to track ahead of it.
2 Plug rails are used to replace and span a rail defect in CWR. The plug rail is normally temporarily fastened in place by joint bar connections until the plug rail can be welded in place. 3 Compromise joint bars connect and align rail of unequal size or weight. 4 A rail certification is used to show that a plug rail is free of internal defects. 5 Batter is the deformation of the surface of the railhead, usually close to or at the end of the rail. NTSB/RAB-09/02 3
About 4 1/2 hours before the train derailed, a westbound train (Q377-09) had traveled over the same track. Its lead locomotive had a forward facing image recorder.6 The National Transportation Safety Board’s Vehicle Recorder Division reviewed the recorder’s video and audio of the derailment area. The rail at the point at which the accident train later derailed appeared on the recording to be shaded, which suggests that a rail segment was missing. The track ballast appeared to be darker than usual, consistent with the vertical movement of the rail joint and mud pumped onto the ballast. As the westbound locomotive passed over the dark spot, the locomotive deflected noticeably downward, and the wheels made a squealing and banging sound. The engineer of the westbound train said that the track at the dark spot had felt a little rough and that it had been that way for some time. The CSX track inspector for the area said that during his normal twice-a-week track inspections he had conducted maintenance three times on this rail joint, which had initially been installed as a temporary fix on December 15, 2006. In early September 2007, he removed a compromise joint bar that had cracked and replaced it with a straight joint bar. On the Friday before the accident, he had had to raise, tamp, and re-spike the supporting rail joint crossties. During this effort, he noted that the rail ends exhibited rail end batter. During his last track inspection, 2 days before the accident, he had replaced one joint bar bolt. His statements regarding the three maintenance activities correlated with the information in the CSX’s joint inspection records. When the CSX installed the plug, it drilled 1 1/4-inch holes into the rail ends and fastened the joint bars to the ends with 1-inch-diameter bolts. For a 1 1/4-inch hole, the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association recommends a 1 1/8-inch-diameter bolt. A bolt with a smaller diameter is more likely to allow longitudinal movement of the rail, which can result in a larger gap between the rail ends. As the gap between the rail ends widens, more impact force is transferred to the rail ends, which in turn creates additional rail end batter. The CSX division engineer responsible for the overall track maintenance of the division said that the rail joint involved in the accident—the temporary joint7—had been installed about 10 months before the accident. However, he was not able to provide a date when the temporary rail joints would have been welded and the joint bars removed. The Safety Board’s Materials Laboratory examined the joint bars at the west end of the plug and found that one was a compromise bar and the other was a straight bar. (See figures 3 and 4.) When the track inspector changed the broken compromise joint bar in September, he incorrectly replaced it with a straight bar. The two types of bars have similar marks. The Materials Laboratory found that the straight bar had “132-136” in raised letters on its side, which means it could be used with either 132-pound rail or 136-pound rail. The compromise bar also had “132-136” in raised letters on its side. In addition, the compromise bar had one end that was stamped “132,” and the other end was stamped “136.”
6 A forward facing recorder can digitally record views of tracks, crossings, and signals in front of a train. This recorder also recorded sounds. 7 A temporary joint uses four bolts, instead of six bolts, to join a plug rail and the continuous welded rail ends. Also, the rail ends are suspended above the ballast and between the ties to allow for future welding.
NTSB/RAB-09/02 4
Figure 3. Broken rail and joint bars from the west end rail plug joint at accident site.
Figure 4. Reconfiguration of plug rail pieces from accident site.
In the Safety Board’s Materials Laboratory, the 132-pound rail and the 136-pound rail were joined using a straight bar and a compromise bar similar to the accident joint. During the examination, the rail end of the 136-pound rail was found to be about 1/4 inch higher on the tread of the rail end than the tread end of the 132-pound rail. When tread rail ends are mismatched by 1/4 inch, Federal track safety standards require the track to be designated class 2 NTSB/RAB-09/02 5
track, which reduces the maximum authorized speed of a freight train from 60 mph to 25 mph. Reducing a train’s speed reduces wheel impact forces on uneven rail ends. Operations Information Train movements were governed by the signal indications of a traffic control system. The CSX’s operating rules and timetable instructions provided specific instructions for train movements over the CSX’s Great Lakes Division, Erie West Subdivision, where the accident occurred. Both train crewmembers had passed the CSX operating rules test in 2007. The train was operated in accordance with signal indications. The CSX’s operating rules require train crews to report any unusual condition that may affect the safe, efficient operation of the railroad. The CSX’s records of reported rough riding track conditions from March 8, 2007, through February 13, 2008, do not include any reports about the area of the derailment. Emergency Response The initial call for emergency assistance came from a local resident about 12:02 p.m., immediately after the accident. The first responders—2 chief officers and 17 firefighters— arrived at 12:09 p.m. The on-scene commander was the chief of the Painesville City Fire Department. He implemented an incident command system, which he located at Cherrywood, Ohio. Command, operations, hazardous materials personnel, and the police used different radio channels. After the initial response, most of the responders communicated via cellular telephone. The derailment was not accessible from a public road. The emergency responders accessed the derailment from the south; they used ladders to cross the ditches. The closest hydrant was approximately 1,500 feet south of the derailment. The chief of the Painesville City Fire Department officially declared the fire under control on October 12, 2007, at 6:00 p.m. Event Recorders The accident train had a lead locomotive and a trailing locomotive; each locomotive had an onboard event recorder. The data from the two event recorders were downloaded at the accident scene. On October 17, 2007, the Safety Board’s Vehicle Recorder Division analyzed the data and found that at the time of the derailment, the train had been traveling 48 mph and that there had been no unusual operating activities. (The maximum operating speed for freight trains over the accident area was designated by CSX as 50 mph.) CSX Track Inspector The CSX track inspector responsible for the track maintenance in the accident area began working for CSX on September 3, 1976, as a trackman. In 1979, he became a class II machine operator. In 1986, he was promoted to track foreman, and he also did various types of track maintenance. For about 13 years, he worked as a welder. During his CSX employment, he worked various track jobs. About 6 years before the accident, he became a track inspector on the accident territory. NTSB/RAB-09/02 6
The track inspector said that Mondays were his main track inspection days. On Mondays, he typically started his track inspection at CP 167 and inspected eastward. He usually traveled on main track 2 and inspected both main tracks simultaneously. He said that he usually worked about 3 hours of overtime each Monday. On Tuesdays, he inspected siding tracks. On Wednesdays, he inspected track switches. On Thursdays, he inspected main track again, but to the west, starting at CP 97 and usually traveling on main track 1. On Fridays, he inspected siding tracks and, sometimes, track switches. At the time of accident, he was responsible for inspecting and maintaining 928 rail joints. Wayside Equipment Detectors The train had passed five wayside equipment detectors before the accident. None had recorded an alarm. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the October 10, 2007, derailment of CSX Transportation freight train Q380-09 in Painesville, Ohio, was a broken rail due to a track inspector’s installation of an incorrect type of rail joint bar. Contributing to the derailment was CSX Transportation’s failure to weld the rail and, thereby, remove the temporary joint before the accident.
Adopted: June 1. 2009
NTSB/RAB-09/02 7
FD07370 | 2009_美国_RAR0901.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision of Amtrak Passenger Train 371 and Norfolk Southern Railway Company Freight Train 23M Chicago, Illinois November 30, 2007 Accident Report NTSB/RAR-09/01 PB2009-916301
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/RAR-09/01 PB2009-916301 Notation 7989A Adopted March 31, 2009
Railroad Accident Report Collision of Amtrak Passenger Train 371 and Norfolk Southern Railway Company Freight Train 23M Chicago, Illinois November 30, 2007
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. Year. Collision of Amtrak Passenger Train 371 and Norfolk Southern Railway Company Freight Train 23M, Chicago, Illinois, November 30, 2007. Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-09/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: On Friday, November 30, 2007, Amtrak (National Railroad Passenger Corporation) passenger train 371, consisting of one locomotive and three passenger cars, struck the rear of a standing Norfolk Southern Railway Company freight train near Chicago, Illinois. The forward portion of the Amtrak locomotive came to rest on top of a container on the rear car of the freight train. Sixty-six passengers and five crewmembers were transported to hospitals; two passengers and one crewmember were subsequently admitted. The weather was clear, and the temperature was 30º F. Estimated damage was $1,299,000
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the Safety Board identified the following safety issues: wayside signal indication training and proficiency programs, crewmember communication and action in response to operating concerns, and inadequate locomotive cab emergency egress and rescue access.
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Railroad Administration, Amtrak, the Association of American Railroads, the American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association, the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, the United Transportation Union, and the American Public Transportation Association.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-916301 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
Railroad Accident Report Contents Figures........................................................................................................................................... iii Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... iv Executive Summary.......................................................................................................................v Factual Information.......................................................................................................................1 Accident Synopsis............................................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative...........................................................................................................................1 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................5 Damage ............................................................................................................................................5 Amtrak Car 35008 ....................................................................................................................6 Amtrak Car 34054 ....................................................................................................................7 Amtrak Car 34002 ....................................................................................................................7 Personnel Information......................................................................................................................8 Engineer....................................................................................................................................8 Relief Engineer.......................................................................................................................10 Equipment Information..................................................................................................................11 Preaccident Inspections and Maintenance..............................................................................12 Postaccident Inspections.........................................................................................................12 Signal Information .........................................................................................................................12 Operations Information..................................................................................................................13 CSX Transportation................................................................................................................13 Norfolk Southern ....................................................................................................................13 Amtrak Yard...........................................................................................................................13 Management Oversight..................................................................................................................13 Engineer Training...................................................................................................................14 Crew Resource Management Training ...................................................................................15 Meteorological Information...........................................................................................................17 Toxicological Information .............................................................................................................17 Emergency Response.....................................................................................................................17 Local Emergency Response....................................................................................................17 Crew Extrication.....................................................................................................................20 Disaster Preparedness ....................................................................................................................20 Crew Training.........................................................................................................................20 Emergency Responder Training .............................................................................................21 Testing and Examination of Seat Mount Studs..............................................................................21 Event Recorder Information ..........................................................................................................21 Analysis.........................................................................................................................................23 Exclusions......................................................................................................................................23 Train Crew’s Actions.....................................................................................................................23
National Transportation Safety Board i
Railroad Accident Report Amtrak Crew Training and Qualifications .............................................................................26 Train Signals..................................................................................................................................27 Positive Train Control....................................................................................................................28 Survival Factors .............................................................................................................................29 Emergency Response..............................................................................................................29 Extrication of Locomotive Crew ............................................................................................30 Appliance Securement............................................................................................................31 Seat Pedestal Securement .......................................................................................................31 Conclusions...................................................................................................................................32 Findings..........................................................................................................................................32 Probable Cause.............................................................................................................................32 Recommendations........................................................................................................................34 Appendix A...................................................................................................................................36 Investigation...................................................................................................................................36
National Transportation Safety Board ii
Railroad Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Map of Amtrak Train 371’s route and stops. (“X” indicates location of accident.)........2 Figure 2. Path of accident train.......................................................................................................4 Figure 3. Amtrak locomotive resting on top of container on rear car of Norfolk Southern freight train. ........................................................................................................6 Figure 4. Seat pair 19-20.................................................................................................................8 Figure 5. Emergency response locations.......................................................................................19
National Transportation Safety Board iii
Railroad Accident Report Acronyms and Abbreviations AAR Association of American Railroads Amtrak National Railroad Passenger Corporation CFR Code of Federal Regulations CRM crew resource management CSX CSX Transportation EMS Emergency Medical Services FRA Federal Railroad Administration METRA Northeast Illinois Regional Commuter Rail Corporation MP milepost NORAC Northeast Operating Rules Advisory Committee psi pounds per square inch PTC positive train control
National Transportation Safety Board iv
Railroad Accident Report Executive Summary On Friday, November 30, 2007, about 11:23 a.m., Amtrak (National Railroad Passenger Corporation) passenger train 371, consisting of one locomotive and three passenger cars, struck the rear of standing Norfolk Southern Railway Company freight train 23M near Chicago, Illinois. The forward portion of the Amtrak locomotive came to rest on top of a container on the rear car of the freight train. Sixty-six passengers and five crewmembers were transported to hospitals; two passengers and one crewmember were subsequently admitted. The weather was clear, and the temperature was 30º F. Estimated damage was $1,299,000. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the November 30, 2007, collision of Amtrak train 371 with the rear of Norfolk Southern Railway Company train 23M near Chicago, Illinois, was the failure of the Amtrak engineer to correctly interpret the signal at Englewood interlocking and Amtrak’s failure to ensure that the engineer had the competency to correctly interpret signals across the different territories over which he operated. Contributing to the accident was the relief engineer’s failure to immediately communicate to the engineer that he had miscalled the signal at Englewood and to stop the train when he did not respond to her expressed concern. Also contributing to the accident was an absence of effective crew resource management between the relief engineer and the operating engineer which led to their failure to resolve the miscalled signal prior to the collision. Further contributing to the accident was the absence of a positive train control system that would have stopped the Amtrak train when it exceeded restricted speed. As a result of its investigation of this accident, the Safety Board identified the following safety issues: • Wayside signal indication training and proficiency programs. • Crewmember communication and action in response to operating concerns. • Inadequate locomotive cab emergency egress and rescue access. As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Railroad Administration, Amtrak, the Association of American Railroads, the American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association, the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, the United Transportation Union, and the American Public Transportation Association.
National Transportation Safety Board v
Railroad Accident Report Factual Information Accident Synopsis On Friday, November 30, 2007, about 11:23 a.m.,1 Amtrak (National Railroad Passenger Corporation) passenger train 371, consisting of one locomotive and three passenger cars, struck the rear end of standing Norfolk Southern Railway Company freight train 23M near Chicago, Illinois. The forward portion of the Amtrak locomotive came to rest on top of a container on the rear car of the freight train. Sixty-six passengers and five crewmembers were transported to hospitals; two passengers and one crewmember were subsequently admitted. The weather was clear, and the temperature was 30º F. Estimated damage was $1,299,000. Accident Narrative The engineer and conductor initially went on duty at Chicago on November 29, 2007, at 4:35 p.m. They were assigned to operate Amtrak train 370 from Chicago to Grand Rapids, Michigan. The crew arrived at Grand Rapids with the train and went off duty at 10:28 p.m. The following morning, November 30, the crew reported for duty at 5:50 a.m. and was assigned to Amtrak train 371, which was destined for Chicago. On the previous day, the crew had been on duty 5 hours 53 minutes; they had a rest period of 7 hours 22 minutes. Although 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 228 allows for an interim rest period, a rest period greater than 4 hours but less than 8 hours requires that the hours of the original trip be counted toward the total of 12 hours of limited service. The crew had 6 hours 7 minutes until they would reach their 12- hour limit at 11:57 a.m. Train 371 was scheduled to depart Grand Rapids at 6:35 a.m.; however, it departed 27 minutes late because the cold weather had hampered the operation of a switch. The train departed New Buffalo, Michigan, the last scheduled passenger stop, at 10:37 a.m., and was an hour behind schedule due to in-transit delays. Concerned that the original crew of train 371 would not have enough duty time to reach Chicago, Amtrak called a relief engineer and a relief conductor to report for duty. This relief crew was transported to Hammond, Indiana, where the train made an unscheduled stop about 10:45 a.m. to pick up the relief crew. (See figure 1.) The relief conductor boarded a passenger car, and the relief engineer rode in the cab of the locomotive. The original engineer was permitted to work until 11:57 a.m. and opted to continue operating the train after the relief engineer came on board. The relief engineer sat in a seat on the left side of the locomotive cab. The relief engineer said that she did not specifically ask whether the engineer wanted her to operate the train. However, she did recall that the engineer had said he was going to be able to “run all the way into the terminal” and had added, “let’s hurry up and get on” and “let’s go.”
1 All times are central standard time unless otherwise noted.
National Transportation Safety Board 1
Railroad Accident Report
Figure 1. Map of Amtrak Train 371’s route and stops. (“X” indicates location of accident.) As the Amtrak train approached Chicago, it entered an area that had a large number of freight trains. Approaching Englewood interlocking, which is milepost (MP) 516 and 7 miles from Union Station in Chicago, the Amtrak train was operating on track 1 when it passed another westbound train (Norfolk Southern freight train 667) that was stopped on track 2 east of Englewood interlocking. At Englewood interlocking, there was a red over yellow wayside signal aspect for Amtrak train 371, and the crossover switch was lined for the train to cross from track 1 to track 2. Beyond the interlocking, the engineer and relief engineer saw that an approaching freight train was stopped on track 1.
National Transportation Safety Board 2
Railroad Accident Report The track was owned by Norfolk Southern, and according to the Norfolk Southern operating rules, the red over yellow aspect was a restricting signal that required the Amtrak train to be operated at restricted speed. A Norfolk Southern freight train that was stopped ahead on the track was the reason for the restricting signal. Norfolk Southern’s operating rules for restricted speed required, in part, that the train not exceed 15 mph and that the train be operated so that it could be stopped within one-half the range of vision short of either a stop signal or a train that might be encountered on the track beyond the signal. The engineer said that when he saw the red over yellow signal, he called out slow approach2 in the cab and announced slow approach on the radio3 to the conductor riding in one of the passenger cars. A slow approach signal would have required the engineer to not exceed 30 mph and to be prepared to stop short of the next signal; a slow approach signal also would have conveyed that the section of track beyond the signal was not occupied. The relief engineer told investigators that after the engineer had miscalled the signal at Englewood, she had thought to herself, “… maybe [the engineer] just called it wrong but he knew it was a restricting.” She said that she had “wanted to see what he was going to do.” She also said, … when the vision came clearer, I could see it was a red over yellow which is a restricting, and when the engineer called slow approach, I started questioning what I knew of signals, and I started going through my head what all the signals are in the NS [Norfolk Southern] and what their aspects are. In the postaccident interview, the Amtrak relief engineer also said, “… [the] speed was still low while I was going through signals in my head.” The locomotive’s event recorder indicated that the engineer had slowed the train to 10 mph while traveling through the crossover switches from track 1 to track 2. When the train cleared on track 2, it accelerated to 25 mph until it cleared a permanent speed restriction (due to curved track) at MP 516.3. (See figure 2.) During the postaccident interviews, the crew noted that when the train was traveling through the crossovers, they had started a conversation about the job assignments they had received while working the extra board.4 Once the train cleared the curved track at MP 516.3, the engineer accelerated the train to more than 40 mph. The relief engineer said that she had become uneasy about the speed of the train and that she had challenged the engineer. She said that she had asked the engineer what signal he had called at the Englewood interlocking. She said that he responded that it was a slow clear. (A slow clear signal would have allowed the engineer to accelerate to a maximum authorized speed of 40 mph after clearing the crossovers and the curve restrictions.) During postaccident interviews, the relief engineer said that she told the engineer,
2 Postaccident signal testing determined that this signal had displayed a red over yellow aspect, which was a restricting signal, not a slow approach signal. 3 During postaccident interviews, the conductor on the train confirmed that he had heard the engineer’s announcement but, having not seen the signal, had no reason to doubt its accuracy. 4 The extra board is a group of employees, usually with low seniority, that fill open work assignments when needed.
National Transportation Safety Board 3
Railroad Accident Report “You called a slow approach at Englewood, right? … Even if it’s a slow approach, you have to be down to 30.”5
Figure 2. Path of accident train. Based on the event recorder data and the postaccident crew interviews, the rear of the standing Norfolk Southern freight train on track 2 came into view about a minute after the train was accelerated to 40 mph and while the crew was debating the last signal indication. The engineer reacted and started applying the brakes 8 seconds before the collision. The event
5 In the Northeast Operating Rules Advisory Committee’s (NORAC’s) Rules, Terminology, Definitions, and Authorized Abbreviations, medium speed means not exceeding 30 mph.
National Transportation Safety Board 4
Railroad Accident Report recorder showed that the brakes were quickly applied at several stages until the emergency application, which was made about 1 second before the Amtrak train struck the stopped Norfolk Southern train. The Amtrak train had slowed to 36 mph at impact. Almost 2 miles and about 3 1/2 minutes after crossing from track 1 to track 2, the Amtrak train struck the rear car of the stopped Norfolk Southern train at MP 517.34. Injuries The Chicago Fire Department transported 66 passengers and 5 crewmembers to hospitals; 111 passengers on the scene declined treatment. Of the 71 people transported, two passengers and one crewmember were admitted. The two admitted passengers sustained serious injuries as a result of the collision. The day after the accident, the crewmember was released from the hospital. According to Emergency Medical Services (EMS) records, 10 hospitals received the injured passengers and crewmembers. (See table 1.)
Table 1. Injuries. Injury Typea Train Crew Passengers Others Total Fatal 0 0 0 0 Serious 0 2 0 2 Minor 5 64 0 69 Total 5 66 0 71 aTitle 49 CFR 840.2 defines fatality as the death of a person either at the time an accident occurs or within 24 hours thereafter. Title 49 CFR 830.2 defines serious injury as “an injury which: (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second or third-degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.” Damage When the Amtrak train struck the rear of the Norfolk Southern freight train, the Amtrak locomotive lifted off its leading truck and rode up onto the rear car, sliding over and crushing the rear corner of a container on the car. The locomotive came to rest on top of the container. (See figure 3.) The derailment did not damage the signals or track structure, except for two crossties that were marked by the wheels during the re-railing process; however, these crossties did not require replacement. The Amtrak locomotive was the only derailed piece of equipment. The leading truck assembly6 ruptured the left front section of the fuel tank, and about 300 gallons of diesel fuel
6 A locomotive truck assembly includes the wheels, the axles, the side frames, and the traction motors.
National Transportation Safety Board 5
Railroad Accident Report spilled from the tank. Both front windows of the cab were dislodged during the collision. The rear window on the right side of the cab was shattered but still in its frame.
Figure 3. Amtrak locomotive resting on top of container on rear car of Norfolk Southern freight train. Just inside the rear door to the cab from the engine room, the floor was lifted 7 inches and was arched upward in the cab. The engineer’s seatback was about 5 1/2 inches from the roof of the cab, the center seatback was about 2 1/2 inches from the roof, and the left seatback was touching the roof. Normally, the seatbacks are 23 inches from the roof. The three trailing Amtrak passenger cars—35008, 34054, and 34002, in order after the locomotive—remained on the rail, and the exteriors and undersides of the coaches were undamaged. The batteries, battery boxes, power cables, and side and end doors were intact and operable. The emergency lighting remained on in Amtrak car 35008 about 3 1/2 hours after the collision. The public address system was tested after the accident and determined to be functioning in all of the Amtrak cars. Amtrak Car 35008 On the upper level of the car, two emergency windows on the right side had been removed. The snack area of the lower level of Amtrak car 35008 had both a microwave oven and
National Transportation Safety Board 6
Railroad Accident Report an empty coffee pot that were found out of their holders and on the floor. The coffee pot’s dimensions matched its bracket; however, the microwave’s did not. The microwave oven was 13 inches tall. Its bracket was 15 7/8 inches tall, and its holder was 14 1/4 inches tall. Amtrak Car 34054 The upper level of Amtrak car 34054 had two emergency windows on the right side that had been removed. A seat pair is attached to the car via a wall mount and a pedestal, which is on the aisle side. The pedestal is attached to the floor track with two mount studs. The frame of seat pair 7-8 was not secured to the floor track; the two mount studs on the pedestal securing the seat frame to the track had been fractured. The seat frame was still secured to the wall mount. The frame of seat pair 19-20 was not secured to either the floor track or the wall mount. (See figure 4.) One mount stud on the pedestal securing the seat frame to the track had been fractured. Fractured mount studs were examined in the Safety Board’s Materials Laboratory as described later in this report. The rear connection from the wall mount was sheared. The forward connection had been pulled intact from the wall bracket. Amtrak Car 34002 On the upper level of the car, two emergency windows (one on either side of the car) were open. The mirror in the dressing room of Amtrak car 34002 had shattered, and pieces were lying on the floor. The Americans with Disabilities Act ramp was stored and secured. In the seating portion of the lower level, one light cover was on the floor. The frame of seat pair 41-42 was not secured to the floor track. The forward mount stud stayed intact with the pedestal, but the rear mount stud had been fractured. The wall mount was still intact. The damage was approximately $1,299,000. (See table 2.)
National Transportation Safety Board 7
Railroad Accident Report
Pedestal Wall Mount Figure 4. Seat pair 19-20. Table 2. Damage Estimates. Item Damage Amtrak Equipment $1,200,000 Lading 80,000 Container 12,000 Freight Car 7,000 Total $1,299,000 Personnel Information Engineer Training/Experience. The Amtrak engineer began his railroad career with the Norfolk Southern as a brakeman in October 2002. He was promoted to conductor on February 28, 2003. He left the Norfolk Southern on November 13, 2003, to pursue his own business. He never worked as an engineer while with the Norfolk Southern.
National Transportation Safety Board 8
Railroad Accident Report On September 8, 2006, Amtrak hired him. He began an 8-week locomotive engineer training program at the Amtrak training facility in Wilmington, Delaware. He completed the training with an average score of 91 percent. He then took the on-the-job training, which consisted of operating trains under the supervision of a certified engineer. This on-the-job training typically lasts about 10 months. His supervisors noted on different occasions that he needed to make smoother station stops and that “[he] needs to stay focused on blowing the whistle for crossings even when other things are going on (radio).” On his final evaluation ride, a supervisor noted that he “exhibits good train handling skills.” He became a certified locomotive engineer on September 6, 2007. The engineer was qualified to operate between Grand Rapids and Chicago on June 15, 2007.7 He estimated that during his on-the-job training period he had taken 20 to 30 trips to Grand Rapids. From September 25, 2007, through November 30, 2007, he primarily worked railroad yard jobs in Chicago. On November 10 and 11, 2007, he made a round trip from Chicago to Grand Rapids. Then he returned to work on yard jobs. On November 27 and 28, 2007, he completed a round trip to Grand Rapids. After completing his on-the-job training and prior to receiving his certification as a locomotive engineer, the engineer attended Amtrak’s annual refresher training in early September 2007. During this training, he was examined several times on railroad rules and signals. On September 4, 2007, he passed the rules examinations related to the General Code of Operating Rules, the Canadian National Railway, and CSX Transportation (CSX). However, he failed his examination on Northeast Operating Rules Advisory Committee (NORAC)8 rules. The examination was a 15-question multiple-choice examination on the operating rules. He answered correctly 8 of the 15 questions. The next day, he retook the examination and passed with a score of 93 percent (that is, 14 out of 15). The engineer was also given his annual refresher signal examinations on September 4,
- All operating employees must obtain a perfect score (100 percent) on the annual signal
examination before operating or continuing to operate on that railroad. He failed both the Norfolk Southern and the Amtrak terminal signal tests. On the 10-question multiple-choice examination that covered Norfolk Southern signals, the engineer failed to correctly identify two signals. He gave the same incorrect response for a signal as he did on the day of the accident. In both instances, he misinterpreted a restricting signal as a slow approach signal. After his examination, the instructor reviewed the questions with the engineer and verified that he understood the correct answers. The engineer was not allowed to work on the Norfolk Southern until he passed the signal examination. The following day, September 5, he retook and passed the Norfolk Southern signal examination.
7 “Certification” and “qualification” have different meanings. Certified locomotive engineers are in compliance with 49 CFR Part 240 and have displayed the skills and knowledge necessary to operate a train. “Qualified” is a term used to signify that an individual has the skills and knowledge about a specific territory and has the necessary knowledge of that specific route to operate without assistance. Engineers even when certified are not allowed to operate on specific routes until qualified. 8 Norfolk Southern used NORAC for its operating rules in the Chicago area.
National Transportation Safety Board 9
Railroad Accident Report On the Amtrak signal examination for the Chicago Terminal, the engineer missed 4 of the 10 questions on his first attempt. He incorrectly identified an approach indication, a stop indication, a medium approach indication, and a medium approach medium indication. The following day, he took the Amtrak signal examination for the second time. On this examination, he missed 2 of the 10 questions. He incorrectly identified an approach slow indication and a stop indication. Later that same day, the engineer retook the signal exam and passed. The Safety Board notes that the engineer’s incorrect answers on the examinations typically identified signal aspects as less restrictive than what the signal indicated. For example, during the engineer’s examinations, he had misinterpreted a stop indication as a stop and proceed. Work/Rest. The engineer’s activities during the 72 hours that led to the accident were reconstructed through interviews, company records, and information provided by the engineer following the on-scene investigation. The engineer had gone on duty the previous Tuesday, November 27, 2007, at 4:35 p.m. in Chicago. He had been assigned to operate a train to Grand Rapids. He arrived at Grand Rapids on Tuesday evening about 10:29 p.m. and then went off duty. He said that he went to bed soon after 11:00 p.m. and awoke the next morning, Wednesday, November 28, 2007, around 5:00 a.m. He went on duty at 5:50 a.m., and his train departed Grand Rapids for Chicago about 6:00 a.m. The train arrived in Chicago about 11:30 a.m., at which time he went off duty. He said that he performed some chores in the afternoon and took a 90-minute nap. He went to bed about 11:30 p.m. He awoke on Thursday, November 29, 2007, at 5:00 a.m., exercised, and did chores. Between 10:00 a.m. and noon, he took a nap. He said that when he awoke, he ate lunch. He left for work at 2:00 p.m. He went on duty in Chicago at 4:35 p.m. and was again assigned to a train that was headed for Grand Rapids. He went off duty in Grand Rapids at 10:28 p.m., and he went to bed about 11:00 p.m. On the day of the accident, he awoke about 5:00 a.m. and went on duty at 5:50 a.m. When he was asked about his alertness level at the time of the accident, he said that his alertness had been about 4 1/2 on a scale from 1 to 5.9 Health. The 50-year-old engineer told investigators that before the accident he was in good health. A review of his medical records indicated that his last medical examination with Amtrak had been on September 7, 2007. He was found to be medically fit for duty without restriction. However, he had been taking prescription drugs to control his high blood pressure. Workload. He told investigators that his trip from Grand Rapids to Chicago had been mostly typical. He indicated that his workload had been somewhat more demanding than usual because he had about 23 temporary speed restrictions during the trip. He said that he had taken his cellular telephone with him but had used it only after the collision. The cellular telephone records confirmed his statement. Relief Engineer Training/Experience. In 1987, Amtrak hired the relief engineer as a clerk. In October 2003, she became a yardmaster. In October 2005, she left Amtrak and entered the dispatcher training program at CSX. In February 2006, she returned to Amtrak as a yardmaster.
9 The scale was explained to the engineer as follows: 1 is a low level of alertness, and 5 is a high level of alertness.
National Transportation Safety Board 10
Railroad Accident Report In June 2006, she entered Amtrak’s locomotive engineer training program in Wilmington, Delaware; she completed the training with an average score of 97 percent. During her on-the-job training, she spent about 3 months operating trains out of St. Louis, Missouri. The remainder of the time, she worked out of Chicago. She said that as a student she had made 12 round trips through the area where the accident occurred. On June 12, 2007, she became a certified locomotive engineer. She was qualified to operate trains between Chicago and Grand Rapids and between Chicago and Battle Creek, Michigan. She also worked in the Amtrak rail yard at Chicago. On October 23, 2007, she passed her last operating rules examination. In the 2 months before the accident, the majority of her time was spent operating in the Amtrak rail yard at Chicago; she also made an occasional trip from Chicago to Butler, Indiana. Work/Rest. At 10:00 p.m. on the Tuesday before the accident, the relief engineer had gone on duty when she was assigned to a yard job in Chicago. On Wednesday morning at 6:00 a.m., she went off duty. When she had checked with Amtrak, she was told that it was unlikely she would be called for work until at least the next day. She said that she had stayed up on Wednesday. During the day, she did routine chores and activities. About 8:00 p.m. on Wednesday evening, she went to bed. On Thursday about 7:00 a.m., she awoke and did chores; Amtrak did not call. On Thursday evening between 9:00 and 10:00 p.m., she went to bed. On Friday about 6:30 a.m., she awoke. During interviews, she said that she had felt “very alert” when Amtrak called at 8:30 a.m. and told her to report to work at 10:31 a.m. Health. The 43-year-old relief engineer told investigators that her overall health was good. On May 10, 2007, she had her last medical examination with Amtrak. At that time, she was found to be medically fit for duty without restriction. She said that she wore prescription lenses when operating trains. At the time of the accident, she was wearing prescription contact lenses. Workload. When first boarding the train, she read the applicable operating instructions issued for the train on this specific trip. Since the engineer did not leave the engineer’s seat, she understood that he would operate the train until either reaching his time limit or reaching Union Station, whichever occurred first. During the postaccident interview, she said that she had been a working crewmember of the locomotive cab. She said that one of her duties was to call aloud the wayside signals together with the engineer; however, at Englewood interlocking, she did not call out this signal. She said that she had taken her cellular telephone with her but had used it only after the collision. Equipment Information Amtrak train 371 consisted of one locomotive and three Amtrak Superliner I passenger cars (35008, 34054, and 34002). The standing Norfolk Southern freight train 23M consisted of two locomotives and 20 multi-platform intermodal cars. The Norfolk Southern train was 5,055
National Transportation Safety Board 11
Railroad Accident Report feet long and, excluding the locomotives, weighed 4,062 tons. The Amtrak train, including the locomotive, was 338 feet long and weighed 358 tons. Preaccident Inspections and Maintenance Amtrak train 371 was mechanically inspected and the air brakes were tested before the train’s departure from Grand Rapids. The records on the locomotive indicated that the predeparture air brake test and mechanical inspection were completed successfully. No exceptions were noted in the records concerning the predeparture condition of the train. All periodic inspections were within the prescribed limits for each car and the locomotive. Postaccident Inspections Because of the damage to the Amtrak locomotive in the accident, the air brake system could not be tested. While operating the train, the engineer had not reported a defective condition. The air brake system of the three Amtrak cars was tested using a Norfolk Southern locomotive. The air brake system was charged, and the brakes were applied and released in both service and emergency applications. During the tests, no binding or fouling was observed in the foundation rigging; the brakes performed as designed. Signal Information The Englewood interlocking had interlocking signals and power-operated switches, which were controlled by the Consolidated Control Facility in downtown Chicago. The facility was owned and operated by Northeast Illinois Regional Commuter Rail Corporation (METRA). The Amtrak train was traveling on Norfolk Southern tracks, but the Norfolk Southern tracks crossed two METRA main tracks at the Englewood interlocking. Typically, when railroads cross each other at an interlocking, one of the two railroads will control the crossing location. In this case, a METRA control operator controlled the train movements from track 1 and track 2 on the Norfolk Southern track. On the day of the accident, a data log was recorded at the METRA facility that captured the signal events and train movements at Englewood interlocking. The control operator had requested that the power-operated switches line for a movement from track 1 to track 2 at 11:08:54 a.m. Five seconds later, the data showed, the switch reversed and the signal cleared10 for the approaching Amtrak train 371. At 11:19:09, the interlocking track circuit was occupied. At 11:20:32, the interlocking track circuit showed the interlocking was unoccupied. These times matched the times of Amtrak train 371’s event recorder, which had recorded the train’s westbound movement through Englewood interlocking.
10 The dispatching system will not indicate the specific aspect given in the field. It can only display if the signal has cleared for a movement or the signal is a stop signal.
National Transportation Safety Board 12
Railroad Accident Report The signal maintenance records were examined. Postaccident testing of the applicable signals was performed. No condition was identified that would have prevented the signal system from functioning as designed. A test was performed to simulate the movement of Amtrak train 371. Operations Information CSX Transportation Between Grand Rapids, Michigan, and Michigan City, Indiana, Amtrak train 371 operated on the CSX’s Chicago Division, Grand Rapids subdivision. The operations were governed by the NORAC rulebook. The signal aspects and indications are described in CSX Signal Aspects and Indications Rules. Norfolk Southern Between Michigan City and 21st Street in Chicago, Amtrak train 371 operated on Norfolk Southern track. The operations were governed by the same NORAC rulebook. For specific instructions, information was available in the Norfolk Southern’s Dearborn Division, Northern Region Timetable No. 4. The red over yellow aspect at Englewood interlocking had a restricting indication. According to Norfolk Southern’s signal rules, this signal indication required the train to be operated at a restricted speed into the next block. The restricted speed meant that the train must not exceed 15 mph and that it must be prepared to stop within one-half the range of vision of another train. Amtrak Yard In Chicago, between 21st Street and Union Station, the Amtrak rules for the Central Division, Chicago Terminal, governed Amtrak train 371. The signal aspects and indications were in Amtrak’s Timetable No. 3. The Central Division, Chicago Terminal General Order No. 3-S16, added a rule governing a red over yellow signal. The red over yellow aspect between 21st Street Chicago to the Chicago Terminal Union Station had a slow approach indication, which meant the following: the engineer should proceed but be prepared to stop at the next signal and, when the entire train clears the interlocking or control point limits, proceed at a speed not exceeding 30 mph and be prepared to stop at next signal. Unlike the Norfolk Southern red over yellow signal aspect, there would be no expectation of a train on the track beyond the signal. Management Oversight Amtrak has to prepare its employees to operate on many different railroads throughout the United States. The railroads use different rulebooks and different signal systems. Because a
National Transportation Safety Board 13
Railroad Accident Report particular Amtrak train can operate on several different railroads, the instructions covering a single trip can be scattered among multiple operating rulebooks. An Amtrak official told investigators that one of the greatest challenges in engineer training is dealing with the signals of two different railroads that have similar aspects but different indications. For example, identical signal aspects for different railroads may specify different speeds. Managers are responsible for signal training and tests. An employee must obtain a perfect score (100 percent) on the annual signal examination before he or she is allowed to operate or continue to operate on that railroad. Engineer Training All prospective Amtrak engineers begin their formal locomotive engineer training at Amtrak’s training center in Wilmington, Delaware. This portion of the training, which is primarily classroom instruction, lasts 8 weeks. Student engineers are taught the duties and responsibilities of being an engineer. Training includes operating rules (including signals), equipment (locomotives and troubleshooting equipment problems), airbrakes, train handling, and emergency procedures. The Amtrak system general road foreman said that the railroad uses train simulators to expose students to the basics of train handling and the application of the operating rules. The student engineers take written examinations during this part of their training. Most of the tests are multiple choice. In signal examinations, students select the indication that matches a corresponding color drawing of the signal aspect. A passing percentage for the operating rules examination is 85 percent, but 100 percent is required for the signal section. To achieve a passing score during the engineer training, students are allowed to take the tests twice. If they fail on their second attempt, they are terminated from the training program.11 Upon successful completion of the training at the training center, prospective engineers are sent to different regions and assigned to local engineer instructors. This on-the-job-training phase generally lasts about 10 months, depending on the routes on which the engineer will be qualified. The purpose of this training is to provide student engineers with direct supervision as they learn the physical characteristics, signals, and operating rules particular to territories and railroads. The engineer trainees and certified engineers also take annual refresher training, in which they spend 2 or 3 days in a classroom reviewing policies, procedures, regulations, operating rules, physical characteristics, customer service, and emergency procedures. The training includes case studies involving operating rules violations and previous incidents or accidents involving Amtrak trains.12 The training ends with a 15-question multiple-choice examination on operating rules and a 10-question examination on signals. If the participant fails to answer any of the signal questions correctly, the instructor hands the examination back without any notations
11 To pass the annual signal examination in the field, an engineer must score 100 percent; however, an unlimited number of attempts are allowed. 12 Amtrak officials said that most of the operating violations committed by its locomotive engineers cited in the case studies are not due to confusion over a rule (that is, misinterpretation of a signal aspect) but to other factors, including operator distraction and inattention.
National Transportation Safety Board 14
Railroad Accident Report and asks whether the engineer would like to change any answers.13 If the participant cannot correct the examination, the instructor marks the incorrect answers, and the employee will not be in service until completing the exam with a perfect score. An Amtrak supervisor said that most employees who fail the test wait at least 1 day before retaking the test. Crew Resource Management Training Amtrak based its crew resource management (CRM) program on the CRM principles that are applied in the aviation industry, as well as on those principles that are already used in the railroad industry. Amtrak’s CRM training, which was developed in 2002, was initially a separate program that was given to engineers during their initial classroom training in Wilmington and was reinforced during their annual refresher training. A few years after its development, Amtrak’s CRM training was integrated with a review of operating rules violations and a discussion of how CRM tools could have been used to avoid incidents and operating violations. Similar to other CRM programs in the transportation industry, Amtrak’s CRM program addressed such principles as situation awareness, workload distribution, and effective communication. Crewmembers are instructed to assert themselves when they determine that proper procedures or safe practices are not being exercised. When questioned on how to intercede when an employee is not following the procedures properly, an Amtrak system general road foreman whose duties include CRM training told investigators that “appropriate assertiveness” should be exercised. The official said, If somebody is not willing to accept your direction or you[r] input sometimes you have to take action… if you have to pull the air, you pull the air….[14] Part of the thing about speaking up is just questioning. You don’t have to be alarmed and say, ‘Hey, shouldn’t we be stopping?’ but you could say, ‘Hey, wasn’t that signal this or shouldn’t we be doing 15 [mph] …’ the action may be simply to speak up. If that doesn’t trigger the appropriate reaction or the engineer says, ‘Oh, no, I’m pretty sure it was a green’ and then the appropriate assertiveness, you may have [to] say, ‘No, listen, I’m directing you to stop and sort this out’ or whatever it takes. And, you know, it’s an easy thing to say. It’s hard to put into practice, but we encourage appropriate action…. I mean my mantra in class is, if in doubt, use the air, slow down. I bring up stories and relate incidents that I’ve been involved in and that prove that’s the way to go and that can save the day. During the training, the instructors may intentionally communicate a wrong signal to an engineer trainee while operating a train to observe whether the trainee uses the appropriate assertiveness in responding.
13 Amtrak’s senior director, System Operating Practices, said that this “second look” on an examination was discontinued in 2008. 14 Pulling the air means placing the train into emergency braking. A brake handle that is accessible to the employee in the locomotive cab is on the fireman’s side.
National Transportation Safety Board 15
Railroad Accident Report At the time of the accident, the employees in the cab of the locomotive were governed by four NORAC rules that pertain to observing signals. The first rule is the following:
- Responsibilities of Employees: Signals and Restrictions
a. General Requirements Employees qualified on the operating rules and located on the leading engine or car must be on the lookout for signal affecting the movement of their train. They must communicate to each other in a clear manner the name of each signal as soon as it becomes clearly visible. After the name of a signal has been communicated, employees must observe it until passed. Any change in the signal must be communicated in the required manner. If a train is not operated in accordance with the requirements of a signal indication or restriction, qualified employees located in the leading engine or car must communicate with the Engineer immediately. If necessary, they must stop the train. The second applicable rule is the following:
- Observing Signals; Moving Engine
Engine Service Employees will be responsible for the observance of all signals and for controlling movements accordingly. To prevent injury to persons, to prevent damage to property and lading, and to avoid collisions and derailments they must:
- Regulate the speed of their train,
AND
- Exercise discretion, care and vigilance in moving their train.
The third applicable rule is the following:
- Visibility Compromised: Regulation Speed
If anything distracts attention from a constant lookout ahead or if weather conditions make observation of signals in any way doubtful, Engine Service Employees must at once regulate the speed of their train to ensure safety. The fourth applicable rule explains how to resolve a situation in which more than one speed is authorized. The fourth rule, Rule 40, is the following: Train speeds may be authorized by the rules, special instructions, signal indications, dispatcher messages or other means. When there is a difference in the speeds, the lowest speed will govern.
National Transportation Safety Board 16
Railroad Accident Report Amtrak’s operating crews are required to adhere to the rules that govern the territory on which they are operating trains. Amtrak does not have written rules that specifically require an engineer to either make an immediate brake application or slow the train when another crewmember raises concerns about the train’s operation. Meteorological Information At 10:51 a.m., at the Midway Airport, which is approximately 6 miles west of the accident site, the winds were from the northwest at 17 mph with gusts of up to 25 mph. The visibility was 10 miles with partly cloudy skies. The temperature was 30º F, and the dew point was near 9º F. Toxicological Information The Amtrak crewmembers (engineer, relief engineer, conductor, relief conductor, and assistant conductor) provided postaccident toxicological specimens that were tested for the presence of alcohol and drugs.15 Results for all crewmembers were negative for alcohol and drugs. Emergency Response Local Emergency Response A passenger aboard the Amtrak train placed the first 911 call at 11:23 a.m. The passenger reported the collision but was unsure of the train’s location. After discussions with the passenger, the 911 dispatcher determined the location and assured the passenger that ambulances were responding. At 11:27 a.m., the Amtrak conductor called 911. The initial dispatch, at 11:32 a.m., included four engine companies, four truck companies, one heavy rescue squad, four battalion chiefs, one deputy district chief, one mobile command and communications vehicle, seven ambulances, two EMS chief officers, one EMS assistant deputy chief paramedic, and an advanced life support engine. The conductor reported that the first fire department official arrived at 11:37 a.m. The first of the engine companies arrived at 11:38 a.m. The commissioner of the Chicago Fire Department was the incident commander. The operations command post for the fire department was established at 312 West 52nd Street, the EMS treatment and triage area was established at 5200 South Princeton Avenue, and the EMS transport area was established in the 5200 to 5300 block of South Princeton Avenue. The nearby
15 Substances tested for included cannabinoids, cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, methamphetamines, phencyclidine, barbiturates, and benzodiazepines.
National Transportation Safety Board 17
Railroad Accident Report Parkman Elementary School was used as a shelter and as an additional treatment and transport area for passengers. A unified command post was established at 5220 South Shields Avenue. Representatives of the Chicago Fire Department, the Office of Emergency Management and Communications, Amtrak, the Red Cross, and the Chicago Police Department were at this location. The Chicago Police Department assisted with the evacuation of the passengers and provided security at the accident site and school. Norfolk Southern police and personnel also responded. (See figure 5.) Hose lines were run as a precaution because the locomotive’s fuel tank had been breached. However, the leaking diesel never ignited. Triage was started immediately on the train. Passengers were evacuated from the train to an area near a fence between the rail yard and a street east of the accident site. After firefighters had cut down parts of the fence, passengers were led down an embankment to a secondary triage and treatment area. Firefighters placed ladders along the embankment to help the passengers walk down the embankment. At 11:48 a.m., four additional ambulances, another advanced life support engine, and a mass casualty unit16 were dispatched. At 11:50 a.m., a heavy rescue unit and a collapse unit were requested. At 11:51 a.m., five advanced life support engines were dispatched to assist with triaging the patients. At 11:52 a.m., six ambulances and two additional mass casualty units were dispatched. At 11:53 a.m., four additional truck companies were requested. At this time, 182 firefighters were on scene. At noon, two additional battalion chiefs and one EMS chief officer were requested. The transportation of patients to hospitals began at 12:05 p.m. At 12:13 p.m., the final search of the train was complete, and all passengers were off the train. At 12:19 p.m., two additional advanced life support engine companies were dispatched. One of these engines responded to Parkman School. Four additional ambulances were sent to Parkman School at 12:28 p.m.
16 A mass casualty unit is capable of treating 50 critical patients.
National Transportation Safety Board 18
Railroad Accident Report
Figure 5. Emergency response locations. Passengers who were not taken by ambulance to hospitals were taken to Parkman School. After additional triage and treatment at this location, 24 passengers were transported by bus, accompanied by an advanced life support engine company, to Stroger Hospital at about 1:25 p.m. They were the last to be transported to hospitals. Additional buses were used to take uninjured passengers to the train’s final destination, Chicago’s Union Station. The scene was secured and released to the railroad at 1:30 p.m., a little more than 2 hours after the collision. At one time during the response, Chicago Fire Department personnel at the scene numbered 250. At the scene, the following were present: 23 companies (engines, trucks, and squads), 6 battalion chiefs, 4 EMS chief officers, 3 mass casualty units, 2 heavy rescue squads, 2
National Transportation Safety Board 19
Railroad Accident Report collapse rescue units, a command and communication unit, a support logistics division vehicle with 100 stairchairs, a helicopter, and additional chief officers. Crew Extrication Because of the damage to the Amtrak locomotive, the two Amtrak engineers were trapped in the cab compartment. The locomotive cab had three doors. Each side of the cab had a door with a ladder on the outside. The third door was behind the engineer’s seat and led to the engine room toward the rear of the locomotive. The crew was not pinned within the cab but could not exit through the doors. Firefighters tried to force open the cab door on the right, but they were unsuccessful. Instead, they broke a window on the right rear door for access. There were no roof access panels or structural weak point to provide additional quick access for emergency personnel; nor were they required.17 Once inside the locomotive, they found that the door from the engine compartment leading into the cab was jammed closed by the raised floor. This door had to be forced open. To reach the trapped engineers, the firefighters also removed a panel of the right-side cab window.18 The relief engineer exited the locomotive through the right- side cab window and climbed down the ladder to the ground. The operating engineer walked back through the engine to the rear door, was placed in a rescue basket,19 and was lowered to the ground. A review of a rail yard video shows that the relief engineer was extricated about 12:05 p.m. and the operating engineer was extricated about 12:16 p.m.20 Disaster Preparedness Crew Training Amtrak has an emergency preparedness training program for its crewmembers. This training is required by 49 CFR Part 239. A refresher course is required every 2 years. Amtrak’s training program is called PREPARE (Passenger Railroad Emergency Preparedness and Response Education). The purpose of the course is to prepare operating and on-board crews for managing train emergencies. The course includes topics such as rail equipment familiarization, passenger evacuation, and emergency care. All of the crewmembers were current with their training.
17 For passenger train operations with speeds in excess of 125 mph, 49 CFR 238.441 requires roof access panels or a structural weak point to provide quick access for emergency personnel. This accident train operated at less than 125 mph. 18 The side cab windows were approximately 45 inches wide with one 22-inch panel and one 23-inch panel. 19 A rescue basket is a rigid body-sized platform on which a stretcher can be secured for transporting patients. 20 These times were adjusted from the video time stamp to match the accurate time provided by the 911 call-in emergency system.
National Transportation Safety Board 20
Railroad Accident Report Emergency Responder Training Title 49 CFR Part 239 also requires passenger railroads to maintain liaison with local emergency responders. Amtrak provides a training program for emergency responders called Passenger Train Emergency Response. This training includes railroad operations, equipment familiarization, and types of train service emergencies. In August 2007, Amtrak had held an emergency incident management meeting, which included the emergency response training, with the Chicago Fire Department, the Chicago Police Department, and the Office of Emergency Management and Communications at Union Station in Chicago. The purpose of the meeting was to identify areas that emergency responders could use for command posts, treatment and triage areas, and field hospitals. Testing and Examination of Seat Mount Studs Two different types of mount studs were discovered during the postaccident examination of the Superliner cars. All the mount studs that fractured were of the same type; Amtrak searched its inventory of replacement mount studs and reported that it could find no evidence of this type in its inventory. Amtrak also reported the presence of lead in the type of mount studs that fractured; however, no lead was found in the type of mount studs that did not fracture. The two fractured mount studs from seats 7-8 and the fractured mount stud from seats 19- 20 from car 34054 were sent to the Safety Board’s Materials Laboratory. The Materials Laboratory compared the accident mount studs that failed with an exemplar mount stud of the type that did not fail. The head profile of each mount stud was measured and the material was tested for hardness. Minor differences in head profiles and average hardness values were noted. The fractures on two of the mount studs contained crack arrest marks that are typical of fatigue cracking emanating from the relief radius between the shank and head portion of the mount stud. The fractures on the head of the third mount stud had fine-grained features that are typical of overstress separation with no evidence of fatigue cracking. The exposed fracture faces showed metal flow that is consistent with the mount stud pulling up relative to the floor- mounting track. The upper side portion21 of the heads in areas that corresponded to a fatigue crack had fretting22 damage. Event Recorder Information The event recorder captured data through the trip up to the collision. According to the recorder, the train had decelerated to 10 mph near the crossover at the railroad crossing at Englewood interlocking, the train started to accelerate to 25 mph while within the curve restrictions, and finally the train reached a speed of 43 mph. The data showed several brake
21 This was the portion of the head that was in contact with the floor-mounting track. 22 Fretting is damage that is induced under load and in the presence of repeated relative surface motion.
National Transportation Safety Board 21
Railroad Accident Report applications just before the collision, including an engineer-initiated emergency application. The last recorded train speed was 36 mph.
National Transportation Safety Board 22
Railroad Accident Report Analysis Exclusions Safety Board investigators reviewed the signal system data logs and performed postaccident signal testing. The logs and tests indicated that the signals were functioning properly at the time of the accident. Investigators examined the Amtrak train equipment and recovered the maintenance records. The equipment that was tested, including the braking systems, had worked as intended. The track and structures had been maintained within tolerances and Federal regulations. Both Amtrak operating crewmembers (engineer and relief engineer) indicated that until the Englewood interlocking nothing about the accident trip was abnormal or created an unmanageable workload. There is no evidence that their performance was affected by the use of prescription or non-prescription medication. Postaccident toxicological testing for all the crewmembers was negative for drugs and alcohol. Their work/rest schedules were regular; it does not appear that operator fatigue was a factor in this accident. Neither crewmember was using a cellular telephone or radio before the accident. Nothing in the environment (that is, rain, fog, or direct sunlight) affected the visibility of the signals. Therefore, the Safety Board concludes that the following were not factors in this accident: the functioning of the signal system, the condition of the equipment and the track, drug and alcohol use, fatigue, cellular telephone or radio use, and the visibility of signals. Train Crew’s Actions As westbound Amtrak train 371 approached Englewood interlocking on track 1, the operating crew observed two stopped Norfolk Southern freight trains. Both trains were stopped to give the Amtrak train priority on the track. Train crews understand that Amtrak trains are often given a higher priority than the host railroad's freight traffic. It would have been normal for the train dispatcher to route the Amtrak train around the freight trains by changing tracks and threading the passenger train through the congestion caused by a large number of freight trains. Because of its delayed departure from Grand Rapids, the Amtrak train was running about 1 hour behind schedule when it reached Englewood. From Englewood, the Chicago passenger terminal was about 15 minutes away. It would have been reasonable for the Amtrak engineer, who had just seen two freight trains yield to him, to believe that he would continue to receive priority over other trains ahead of him, thereby preventing additional delays. He was interested in not being delayed, which was evident when he said, “let’s hurry up and get on” and “let’s go” to the relief engineer when she boarded the train. The engineer was likely trying to reach the Chicago Terminal before he ran out of work time at 11:57 a.m. As the train traveled closer to the first signal at Englewood interlocking, the engineer made a significant error when he misinterpreted the meaning of the red over yellow signal
National Transportation Safety Board 23
Railroad Accident Report aspect. The red over yellow aspect was a restricting indication, requiring the crew to operate the train at a maximum speed of 15 mph and to be prepared to stop for any trains or obstructions ahead. The aspect should have alerted the crew to the possibility of a train on the track ahead of them. However, the engineer misinterpreted the signal as a slow approach, which would have allowed him to operate through the interlocking at a maximum speed of 30 mph while being prepared to stop at the next signal. Of even more importance, a slow approach signal indication would have meant that there was no train within the next block. As the westbound Amtrak train approached Englewood, the engineer slowed his train and then crossed over from track 1 to track 2. This action routed his train around the eastbound freight train that was directly ahead of him on track 1. Once the Amtrak train was on track 2, the eastbound freight train was neither a concern nor a source of additional delay. From that point, based on his misinterpretation of the meaning of the signal, the engineer may have had no expectation of operating the train at a reduced speed, at least until the train reached the next signal. The Amtrak engineer, believing he had just received a slow approach indication, operated his train at 25 mph around the curves and at 30 mph on tangent track, which is consistent with the timetable speed for this territory. The crew observed nothing in front of them at that time to suggest that slowing the train below track speed was necessary. Consequently, the engineer likely felt comfortable about increasing the train’s speed to the next timetable speed of 40 mph. Moments later, when questioned by the relief engineer about the signal they had passed, he stated that it was a slow clear indication, which would have permitted him to operate at the higher speed (40 mph). This second misinterpretation was different from his first misinterpretation and, in fact, was even less restrictive. The engineer and relief engineer continued to discuss the signal while the engineer maintained the train speed at 40 mph. When the engineer saw the stopped Norfolk Southern freight train on the track in front of him, the speed and distance did not allow enough time for him to stop his train short of the Norfolk Southern train. The relief engineer told investigators that she had immediate concerns about the engineer’s misinterpretation of the signal indication at Englewood. However, because of their conflicting interpretations of the signal, she began doubting her own knowledge of that signal and, she said, she thought that initially the engineer had understood the signal but had misspoken. Consequently, she delayed voicing her concerns until she gave it additional thought and felt more confident with her position.23 She communicated her concerns about 3/4 mile before the collision and as the Amtrak train’s speed reached 40 mph, which exceeded both the maximum authorized speed (30 mph) of the signal indication that the engineer had erroneously called and the maximum authorized speed (15 mph) that she correctly believed the signal indication allowed. The relief engineer said that she asked the engineer, “You called a slow approach at Englewood, right? ... Even if it’s a slow approach, you have to be down to 30.” The discussion about the previous signal between the engineer and the relief engineer lasted for
23 Lack of confidence is one of several barriers to communication identified in CRM research. Other factors, some of which might have been present in this accident, include gender differences, lack of credibility, rapport, or authority, experience, rank, and fear of reprisal. R. Baron, “Barriers to Effective Communication: Implications for the Cockpit,” 2005, http://www.airlinesafety.com/editorials/BarriersToCommunication.htm.
National Transportation Safety Board 24
Railroad Accident Report several moments, and the engineer, believing that he was operating the train appropriately, maintained the train’s speed. Although the relief engineer voiced her concerns in time for the engineer to make a brake application and safely stop the train, her actions were not immediate and were not adequate. She asserted herself after the engineer accelerated the train to 40 mph rather than asserting herself immediately after she first believed that the engineer had miscalled the signal, and she never asserted to the engineer that she believed that the Englewood signal was a restricting signal that limited their speed to 15 mph. After the relief engineer first voiced her concern, the process by which the two crewmembers attempted to resolve their differences was to discuss the indication of the previous signal: the engineer did not immediately slow the train, and the relief engineer, seeing that the engineer did not immediately slow the train, did not herself apply the brakes to stop the train. The engineer applied the brakes only after he saw the stopped Norfolk Southern train in front of them. Therefore, the Safety Board concludes that the engineer misinterpreted and miscalled the signal at Englewood which resulted in the operation of the Amtrak train at a speed greater than authorized, and when challenged by the relief engineer, the engineer failed to slow or stop the train while he and the relief engineer discussed their differences in understanding the signal displayed at Englewood. The Safety Board also concludes that the relief engineer failed to communicate effectively and in a timely manner to the engineer that he had miscalled the restricting signal at Englewood interlocking and failed to then take action herself to stop the train after the engineer did not slow or stop the train when challenged. The process by which train crews should identify and strategically respond to unsafe situations is addressed in Amtrak’s Crew Resource Management (CRM) program. Modern railroads emphasize both the application of CRM principles and crewmember proficiency to establish and maintain safe train operations. The purpose of CRM is to help operating crews use all of the available resources (information, personnel, and equipment) at their disposal effectively. The role for crewmembers is to perform their assigned tasks responsibly, to know about or participate in determining the plans for movement of the vehicle, to be alert to departures from plans or from the expected performance of others, and to make those departures known in time to avert an operational error. If properly applied, CRM will increase the likelihood that human operation errors will be detected in time for action to be taken to prevent an accident. Although Amtrak’s CRM program emphasizes the importance of crewmembers immediately voicing their concerns after recognizing potentially unsafe situations, this accident clearly demonstrates the importance of crewmembers implementing the principles of CRM to prevent accidents. Therefore, the Safety Board believes that Amtrak, the Association of American Railroads, the American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association, the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, the United Transportation Union, and the American Public Transportation Association should use the circumstances of the November 30, 2007, accident in Chicago, Illinois, during crew resource management training to reemphasize the necessity of any qualified person on the leading locomotive or car to immediately communicate any disagreement on a called signal and to immediately take action necessary to ensure that the train is operated safely.
National Transportation Safety Board 25
Railroad Accident Report Amtrak Crew Training and Qualifications Amtrak operating crews are often assigned to operate over multiple railroads, sometimes during a single trip, as was the case in this accident. This type of operation requires the crew to be competent in multiple signal systems. Generally, Amtrak has been successful in preparing its crewmembers for these challenges. However, on the accident trip, the engineer appeared to have misinterpreted the meaning of a signal aspect found on different railroad properties. The signal displayed a red over yellow aspect, yet it had different meanings on different railroads. At Englewood interlocking on Norfolk Southern territory, a red over yellow aspect is a restricting indication. During his on-the- job training, the engineer had operated on this territory several times under the supervision of an on-board foreman. It is unknown, however, whether the engineer had been exposed to a restricting indication during his training.24 In contrast, a red over yellow aspect in the Amtrak yard indicates a slow approach. Since receiving his certification, the engineer had spent most of his time working yard jobs. His experience with this Amtrak signal aspect and its associated indication would have been more recent and frequent and, as a result, more likely committed to his memory. In the December 27, 2007, proceedings of Amtrak’s internal investigation of this accident, the engineer stated, “I looked at the signal [the Norfolk Southern signal at Englewood], and I saw our signal, Amtrak’s signal. And I called that signal a slow approach.” Certain fallibilities of human memory may have contributed to his misinterpreting or forgetting the meaning of the signal at Englewood. His forgetting may have been related to retroactive interference,25 which happens when new information affects the recall of somewhat similar material that had been previously learned. In this case, the engineer could have easily confused the red over yellow (slow approach indication) signal in the train yard, which was a signal indication that currently was more salient to him, with the red over yellow (restricting indication) signal at Englewood, which had been more relevant to him months earlier. Furthermore, his last experience of the red over yellow restricting signal indication may have been during his written examination, which occurred a few months before the accident. He had operated infrequently over the accident territory since then, and this lack of exposure to and rehearsal of the signals in their true context may have made it more difficult for him to accurately retrieve from his memory the meaning of signal aspects while he was operating in this territory. The Safety Board also is concerned about the Amtrak engineer’s proficiency with signal identification when he received his engineer certification. Specifically, after completing several months of training on the accident territory, he nonetheless misinterpreted the meaning of several signals on the examinations just before his certification on the Norfolk Southern territories. During his signal examination, he made the same misinterpretation of a restricting signal as he
24 His certification was 3 months before the accident, and the engineer had operated only twice on the route from Chicago to Grand Rapids. 25 This type of interference is retroactive in the sense that current tasks are interfering with the retrieval of memories of learning that took place earlier in time.
National Transportation Safety Board 26
Railroad Accident Report did on the day of the accident. He took this exam only several days before he received his engineer certification. On the same testing day, he also missed 4 of the 10 questions related to the signals that are found on the Amtrak territories on which he had been qualified to operate. He made a significant mistake when he misinterpreted a stop indication for a stop and proceed indication. Further, he not only missed this question on his first attempt but also on his second attempt. Amtrak reported that engineers with limited operating experience may not be exposed to all signal aspects for a significant period, but stated that most of its operating violations are due to factors unrelated to the crew’s knowledge of the signal indications.26 Although the Safety Board understands this, the Board also recognizes that newly certified engineers, whose knowledge and skills related to their craft are still being developed, are most vulnerable to errors that might be attributed to a lack of rehearsal or experience. The Amtrak engineer struggled on his last signal examinations immediately before he received his engineer certification. While engineer trainees occasionally miss some signal exam questions, the accident engineer’s multiple mistakes during the latter part of his training demonstrate a lack of mastery of this essential skill. His failure to correctly interpret critical signal indications of territories on which he had been qualified to operate should have raised concerns about his readiness to operate a locomotive independently and may have warranted additional preparation. Signal interpretation is a skill that should be overlearned (that is, practiced beyond the point of mastery). Information that is overlearned is more resistant to disruption and is retained longer in memory. Since his last signal examination, it is unlikely the engineer had engaged in this type of learning for those signals that he had difficulty remembering. Because his work assignments had been predominantly yard jobs since his certification, his experience with the signals that he had mistaken would have been extremely limited and would have provided few opportunities to reinforce his signal interpretation memories. The Safety Board concludes that the engineer did not show the signal recognition proficiency level necessary to operate on the territories where the accident occurred. Consequently, the Safety Board believes that Amtrak should identify engineers and engineer trainees who have not consistently demonstrated competency in interpreting signals and provide them with enhanced training, supervision, testing, and evaluation necessary to determine that signal proficiency has been achieved and maintained. Train Signals Over the years, privately owned railroads have designed and installed signal systems on their properties to control their train movements. As previously noted, in this accident the red over yellow signal aspect on Norfolk Southern’s signal system had a different meaning from the red over yellow signal aspect on Amtrak’s signal system within the Chicago Terminal. Currently, there are various railroad signal system configurations across the United States. Hence, the same signal aspect may have different meanings or indications, depending on which railroad a train is operating.
26 A review of Amtrak employee operating violations over the last few years indicates that unfamiliarity with the signal system does not appear to be a common problem.
National Transportation Safety Board 27
Railroad Accident Report The Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) issued regulations in 49 CFR 236.23 that provide some standards for signal systems. The FRA regulations allow signal aspects to be displayed by the color of lights, the position of lights, and the flashing of lights.27 Signal aspects may also be qualified by a marker plate, a number plate, a letter plate, and a marker light. Each aspect displayed by a signal must be identified by a name and must indicate the action to be taken; however, only one name and one indication can apply to each aspect, and the same aspect cannot be used with any other name and indication on the same railroad. While these regulations apply to each railroad individually, two adjoining railroads may have signals with the same aspects and different indications, as in this accident. A signal with the same aspect and two different indications or requirements can be confusing. Although railroads may use the same aspect to communicate a different meaning, some fundamental conditions must apply across all railroads. These regulations address the use of four colors of lights (that is, red, green, yellow, and lunar) and their meanings. A red light or a series of horizontal lights must be used to indicate stop; a yellow light or a lunar light must be used to indicate that speed is to be restricted and a stop may be required; and a green light or a series of vertical lights must be used to indicate proceed. The railroads combine colors in numerous arrangements to create signal aspects, such as a red light over a yellow light. Even though the FRA requires each railroad to define each signal aspect used on its property and to provide a meaning for that aspect, the regulations do not prohibit different railroads from having different meanings for the same aspect. As seen in this accident, a red over yellow signal aspect on the Norfolk Southern’s signal system was restricting; hence another train may be occupying the block of track beyond the signal. A red over yellow signal aspect on Amtrak’s signal system within the Chicago Terminal was a slow approach; hence the block of track beyond the signal was not occupied. While engineers and conductors operated predominately on the same railroad territories in the past, today’s train crews may operate over several territories in a single day, and train crews must be proficient on more than one signal system. The Safety Board concludes that the lack of uniform meanings of signal aspects can lead to misinterpretation, as demonstrated in this accident. Therefore, the Safety Board believes that the FRA should establish uniform signal aspects that railroads must use to authorize a train to enter an occupied block and prohibit the use of these aspects for any other signal indication. The Safety Board also believes that the FRA should study the different signal systems for trains, identify ways to communicate more uniformly the meaning of signal aspects across all railroad territories, and require the railroads to implement as many uniform signal meanings as possible. Positive Train Control Over the last 4 decades, the Safety Board has investigated many railroad accidents in which crewmembers failed to operate their trains effectively and in accordance with operating
27 These regulations also allow the signal aspect to be displayed by the position of semaphore blades, which are signals equipped with a large mechanical arm that raises and lowers to provide different aspects. The use of semaphore blades has been discontinued by most railroads.
National Transportation Safety Board 28
Railroad Accident Report rules for a variety of reasons, including fatigue, sleeping disorders, use of medications, or distractions within the operating cab. The Board has advocated the implementation of positive train control (PTC) systems that compensate for human error and that incorporate collision avoidance to prevent train collisions. The Board believes that PTC is particularly important in places where passenger trains and freight trains both operate. Because of the Board’s longstanding interest in this issue, PTC remained on the Board’s Most Wanted Transportation Safety Improvements list from 1990 to 2008. Following a head-on collision between a passenger train and a freight train in Chatsworth, California, on September 12, 2008, which resulted in 25 fatalities and more than 130 injuries, the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 was enacted. In addition to other safety improvements, this law mandates the installation of PTC systems by December 31, 2015, on all main-line tracks where intercity passenger and commuter railroads operate and where toxic-by- inhalation hazardous materials are transported. This includes the territory where this accident occurred. After the enactment of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008, the Safety Board’s Safety Recommendation R-01-06, which called for PTC to be installed on railroads, was classified “Closed—No Longer Applicable”28 and was removed from the Board’s Most Wanted list in October 2008. Had a PTC system been in place at Chicago, it would have intervened by stopping the Amtrak train when the engineer failed to comply with the restricted speed. The Safety Board concludes that had a PTC system been in place at the time of this accident, the collision would not have occurred. Survival Factors Emergency Response The first call to 911 was placed by a passenger at 11:23 a.m. The 911 communications center spoke with this passenger until 11:35 a.m. During this time, the 911 communications center identified a street location for the accident using the computer-aided dispatch system. The Chicago Fire Department was dispatched at 11:32 a.m. Fire department units began arriving on scene at 11:37 a.m., which was 14 minutes after the first 911 call was initiated. The commissioner of the fire department assumed incident command. A command post was established. Representatives from the railroads, the Red Cross, the Office of Emergency Management, and the Chicago Police Department assisted at the command post. Staging, triage and treatment, and transportation operations were established. Specialty equipment, including three mass casualty units, two heavy rescue squads, and two collapse rescue units responded. In total, 250 members of the Chicago Fire Department operated at the scene of the derailment.
28 Closed—No Longer Applicable means the Safety Board’s recommended action has been overtaken by events.
National Transportation Safety Board 29
Railroad Accident Report Firefighters began triage on the train. Passengers were then led from the rail yard to the treatment area. Transportation of people to hospitals began 28 minutes after the fire department’s arrival. All passengers were off the train 35 minutes after the fire departments arrived. The emergency response was rapid and included enough resources to address the size of the emergency. Once on scene, the responders evacuated the injured individuals from the train and appropriately selected those needing immediate attention and transport. Therefore, the Safety Board concludes that the emergency response was timely and effective. Extrication of Locomotive Crew The Amtrak locomotive’s fuel tank was breached during the accident, and although no postaccident fire occurred, about 300 gallons of diesel fuel spilled from the tank. Due to the collision forces and structural damage, the cab compartment doors were inoperative. Additionally, because the windows were not designed to be removed by the crewmembers, the two engineers in the cab could not exit the locomotive without assistance. The relief engineer exited the cab through a window that was removed by firefighters, about 28 minutes after the fire department’s arrival. The delay occurred because the windows also were not designed to be rapidly removed by the emergency responders.29 The engineer was extricated from the cab about 39 minutes after the fire department’s arrival. This extended delay occurred because the firefighters had to force open a door into the structurally damaged cab. The Safety Board concludes that because all cab compartment doors were inoperable and the windows were not designed to be easily removable from either the inside or the outside, the engineers could not exit the locomotive nor could the emergency responders enter the locomotive in a timely manner. In 49 CFR 229.206, the FRA’s locomotive design requirements state, Each locomotive used in occupied service must meet the minimum … emergency egress … design requirements set forth in AAR [Association of American Railroads] S-580” for locomotives manufactured or remanufactured after January 1, 2009. The AAR sets forth in its S-580 Locomotive Crashworthiness Requirements, subsection 6.3, Emergency Egress that the locomotive cab “must allow for exit through at least one opening (for example, the engineer’s side door, nose door, windows) in any locomotive orientation. After an accident, a train crew may need to quickly exit a locomotive cab, particularly in the event of a fire or a hazardous materials release, and a train crew may require assistance from emergency responders when injured or incapacitated. The need for passengers to quickly exit passenger cars and for emergency responders to be able to enter passenger cars has been previously addressed in 49 CFR Part 238. The FRA’s regulations for emergency windows in passenger cars have an “ease of operability” requirement. Title 49 CFR 238.113 states that emergency window exits in passenger cars “shall be designed to permit rapid and easy removal
29 This engineer was smaller, had minor injuries, and was more agile than the other engineer.
National Transportation Safety Board 30
Railroad Accident Report from the inside of the car during an emergency situation without requiring the use of a tool or other implement.” Title 49 CFR 238.114 states that rescue access windows in passenger cars “must be capable of being removed without unreasonable delay by an emergency responder.” While the regulations for emergency egress and access in passenger cars clearly address the need for the rapid evacuation of the cars, the requirements for the emergency evacuation of locomotives do not incorporate similar “rapid and easy removal” systems. Therefore, the Safety Board believes that the FRA should require that emergency exits on new and remanufactured locomotive cabs provide for rapid egress by cab occupants and rapid entry by emergency responders. Appliance Securement The microwave oven and the coffee pot in the café car were thrown to the floor during the collision. No injuries were attributed to the microwave or the empty coffee pot in this accident. The restraining bracket was larger than the microwave and could not have secured the microwave to the counter. Since the accident, Amtrak has changed to a new style of microwave on Superliner café cars. The new microwaves match their mounting brackets and are properly secured. Seat Pedestal Securement As a result of the collision, three seat pairs were detached from the guides on the floor of the car. The Safety Board’s Materials Laboratory examined the mount studs that attached the seat pedestals to the mounting guides on the floor. The head portions of two mount studs contained preexisting fatigue cracks that contributed to the detachment of each seat pedestal during the accident. The fatigue cracks were a stress riser that reduced the impact resistance of the mount studs. The Safety Board concludes that some of the seat mount studs experienced fatigue cracking that resulted in seat pedestals detaching from the floor. Amtrak reviewed its existing inventory and found no seat mount studs of the type that fractured in this accident. All mount studs on the seats involved in this accident were replaced before the passenger cars were returned to service. During Amtrak’s ongoing overhaul program, replacement mount studs of the type that did not fracture are being installed in all seat pedestals on Superliner passenger cars. This replacement program will be completed within 4 years.
National Transportation Safety Board 31
Railroad Accident Report Conclusions Findings
- The following were not factors in this accident: the functioning of the signal system, the
condition of the equipment and the track, drug and alcohol use, fatigue, cellular telephone or radio use, and the visibility of signals.
- The engineer misinterpreted and miscalled the signal at Englewood which resulted in the
operation of the Amtrak train at a speed greater than authorized, and when challenged by the relief engineer, the engineer failed to slow or stop the train while he and the relief engineer discussed their differences in understanding the signal displayed at Englewood.
- The relief engineer failed to communicate effectively and in a timely manner to the engineer
that he had miscalled the restricting signal at Englewood interlocking and failed to then take action herself to stop the train after the engineer did not slow or stop the train when challenged.
- The engineer did not show the signal recognition proficiency level necessary to operate on
the territories where the accident occurred.
- The lack of uniform meanings of signal aspects can lead to misinterpretation, as
demonstrated in this accident.
- Had a positive train control system been in place at the time of this accident, the collision
would not have occurred.
- Because all cab compartment doors were inoperable and the windows were not designed to
be easily removable from either the inside or the outside, the engineers could not exit the locomotive nor could the emergency responders enter the locomotive in a timely manner.
- The emergency response was timely and effective.
- Some of the seat mount studs experienced fatigue cracking that resulted in seat pedestals
detaching from the floor. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the November 30, 2007, collision of Amtrak train 371 with the rear of Norfolk Southern Railway Company train 23M near Chicago, Illinois, was the failure of the Amtrak engineer to correctly interpret the signal at Englewood interlocking and Amtrak’s failure to ensure that the engineer had the competency to correctly interpret signals across the different territories over which he operated. Contributing to the accident was the relief engineer’s failure to immediately
National Transportation Safety Board 32
Railroad Accident Report communicate to the engineer that he had miscalled the signal at Englewood and to stop the train when he did not respond to her expressed concern. Also contributing to the accident was an absence of effective crew resource management between the relief engineer and the operating engineer which led to their failure to resolve the miscalled signal prior to the collision. Further contributing to the accident was the absence of a positive train control system that would have stopped the Amtrak train when it exceeded restricted speed.
National Transportation Safety Board 33
Railroad Accident Report Recommendations As a result of its investigation of the November 30, 2007, collision of Amtrak train 371 with the rear of standing Norfolk Southern Railway Company train 23M near Chicago, Illinois, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations: To the Federal Railroad Administration: Establish uniform signal aspects that railroads must use to authorize a train to enter an occupied block, and prohibit the use of these aspects for any other signal indication. (R-09-1) Study the different signal systems for trains, identify ways to communicate more uniformly the meaning of signal aspects across all railroad territories, and require the railroads to implement as many uniform signal meanings as possible. (R-09-2) Require that emergency exits on new and remanufactured locomotive cabs provide for rapid egress by cab occupants and rapid entry by emergency responders. (R-09-3) To Amtrak: Identify engineers and engineer trainees who have not consistently demonstrated competency in interpreting signals, and provide them with enhanced training, supervision, testing, and evaluation necessary to determine that signal proficiency has been achieved and maintained. (R-09-4) Use the circumstances of the November 30, 2007, accident in Chicago, Illinois, during crew resource management training to reemphasize the necessity of any qualified person on the leading locomotive or car to immediately communicate any disagreement on a called signal and to immediately take action necessary to ensure that the train is operated safely. (R-09-5) To the Association of American Railroads, the American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association, the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, the United Transportation Union, and the American Public Transportation Association: Use the circumstances of the November 30, 2007, accident in Chicago, Illinois, during crew resource management training to reemphasize the necessity of any qualified person on the leading locomotive or car to immediately communicate any disagreement on a called signal and to immediately take action necessary to ensure that the train is operated safely. (R-09-5)
National Transportation Safety Board 34
Railroad Accident Report BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD MARK V. ROSENKER KATHRYN O’LEARY HIGGINS Acting Chairman Member DEBORAH A. P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Member Member
Adopted: March 31, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board 35
Railroad Accident Report Appendix A Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board was notified of Amtrak passenger train 371’s collision with Norfolk Southern freight train 23M, near Chicago, Illinois, about 1:30 p.m., on November 30, 2007. The investigator-in-charge and the mechanical group chairman were launched from the Safety Board’s Los Angeles Regional Office. The track group chairman was launched from the Safety Board’s Chicago Regional Office. The operations, human factors, survival factors, and signal/event recorder group chairmen were launched from Safety Board Headquarters in Washington, D.C. Then-Vice Chairman Robert L. Sumwalt accompanied the team to the accident site. Parties to the investigation included Amtrak, the Norfolk Southern Railway Company, the Federal Railroad Administration, the Illinois Commerce Commission, the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, and the United Transportation Union.
National Transportation Safety Board 36
FD07371 | 2009_美国_RAR0902.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2009 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision Between Two Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line Trains Newton, Massachusetts May 28, 2008 Accident Report NTSB/RAR-09/02 PB2009-916302
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/RAR-09/02 PB2009-916302 Notation 8126A Adopted July 14, 2009
Railroad Accident Report Collision Between Two Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line Trains Newton, Massachusetts May 28, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2009. Collision Between Two Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line Trains, Newton, Massachusetts, May 28, 2008. Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-09/02. Washington, DC.
Abstract: On May 28, 2008, about 5:51 p.m., eastern daylight time, westbound Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line train 3667, traveling about 38 mph, struck the rear of westbound Green Line train 3681, which had stopped for a red signal. The accident occurred in Newton, Massachusetts, a suburb of Boston. Each train consisted of two light rail trolley cars and carried two crewmembers—a train operator at the front of the lead car and a trail operator in the second car. The operator of the striking train was killed; the other three crewmembers sustained minor injuries. An estimated 185 to 200 passengers were on the two trains at the time of the collision. Of these, four sustained minor injuries, and one was seriously injured. Total damage was estimated to be about $8.6 million. In the course of its investigation of this accident, the NTSB identified the following safety issues: lack of a positive train control system on the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority light rail system, lack of coordination between crewmembers on Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority light rail trains with regard to signal indications, inadequate requirements for Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority train operators to report possible signal malfunctions, and lack of screening of rail transit operators for possible obstructive sleep apnea. As a result of its investigation of this accident, the NTSB makes recommendations to the Federal Transit Administration, all U.S. rail transit agencies, and the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority. The National Transportation Safety Board also reiterates one safety recommendation to the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2009-916302 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report iii Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary .................................................................................................................... vii Factual Information .......................................................................................................................1 Synopsis ...........................................................................................................................................1 The Accident ....................................................................................................................................2 Emergency Response .......................................................................................................................5 Newton Fire Department ..........................................................................................................5 MBTA .......................................................................................................................................5 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................6 Damage ............................................................................................................................................6 Train 3667—Striking Train ......................................................................................................7 Train 3681—Struck Train .........................................................................................................7 Personnel Information ......................................................................................................................9 Train 3667—Striking Train ......................................................................................................9 Train 3681—Struck Train .......................................................................................................10 Medical and Toxicological Information ........................................................................................10 Meteorological Information ...........................................................................................................11 Site Description ..............................................................................................................................11 Operations Information ..................................................................................................................12 General ....................................................................................................................................12 Operating Rules Relevant to Accident ...................................................................................13 Mechanical Information .................................................................................................................14 Pre-Departure Tests ................................................................................................................14 Postaccident Inspection of Striking Train ...............................................................................15 Track Information ..........................................................................................................................15 General ....................................................................................................................................15 Track Inspections ....................................................................................................................15 Permanent Speed Restriction ..................................................................................................16 Signal Information .........................................................................................................................16 General ....................................................................................................................................16 Postaccident Inspection/Testing of Signal System .................................................................17 Signal Maintenance Records ..................................................................................................17 MBTA Rules Regarding Anomalous Signal Displays ...........................................................18 Governmental Oversight of MBTA ...............................................................................................19 Federal Transit Administration ...............................................................................................19 Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities ........................................................................19 MBTA Employee Performance Monitoring ..................................................................................20 Sight-Distance Tests ......................................................................................................................21 Other Information ..........................................................................................................................22 MBTA Actions Taken Since Accident ...................................................................................22
NTSB Railroad Accident Report iv Emergency Preparedness ........................................................................................................23 Fault Loggers ..........................................................................................................................23 Analysis .........................................................................................................................................24 Exclusions ......................................................................................................................................24 The Accident ..................................................................................................................................24 Performance of Operator of Striking Train ....................................................................................25 MBTA Signal Rules .......................................................................................................................29 Reporting of Anomalous Signal Aspects ................................................................................29 Notification of Restrictive Signals ..........................................................................................29 Positive Train Control ....................................................................................................................30 Trolley Car Crashworthiness .........................................................................................................31 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................32 Findings..........................................................................................................................................32 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................33 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................34 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................34 Recommendation Reiterated in Report ..........................................................................................35 Recommendation Reclassified in Report .......................................................................................35 Appendix A ...................................................................................................................................36
NTSB Railroad Accident Report v Figures Figure 1. Accident location. .....................................................................................................1 Figure 2. Two-car MBTA Green Line train similar to the two trains involved in this accident. ....................................................................................................................................2 Figure 3. Signal layout between Waban and Woodland stations on D Branch of MBTA Green Line. ...............................................................................................................................3 Figure 4. Crushed lead car of striking train. ............................................................................7 Figure 5. Each train involved in accident consisted of two permanently coupled cars, as shown in drawing. Car 3667 was A-end and lead car of striking train; car 3681 was B-end and lead car of struck train. .......................................................................................................8 Figure 6. Partial diagram of MBTA commuter rail system. Inset arrow indicates accident location on D Branch of the Green Line. ................................................................................12
NTSB Railroad Accident Report vi Acronyms and Abbreviations BMI
body mass index DOT U.S. Department of Transportation FMCSA Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration FTA
Federal Transit Administration MBTA Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority NTSB National Transportation Safety Board US&S Union Switch & Signal
NTSB Railroad Accident Report vii Executive Summary On May 28, 2008, about 5:51 p.m., eastern daylight time, westbound Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line train 3667, traveling about 38 mph, struck the rear of westbound Green Line train 3681, which had stopped for a red signal. The accident occurred in Newton, Massachusetts, a suburb of Boston. Each train consisted of two light rail trolley cars and carried two crewmembers—a train operator at the front of the lead car and a trail operator in the second car. The operator of the striking train was killed; the other three crewmembers sustained minor injuries. An estimated 185 to 200 passengers were on the two trains at the time of the collision. Of these, four sustained minor injuries, and one was seriously injured. Total damage was estimated to be about $8.6 million. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the May 28, 2008, collision of two Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line trains in Newton, Massachusetts, was the failure of the operator of the striking train to comply with the controlling signal indication, likely as a result of becoming disengaged from her environment consistent with experiencing an episode of micro-sleep. Contributing to the accident was the lack of a positive train control system that would have intervened to stop the train and prevent the collision. The safety issues identified during this accident investigation are as follows:
- Lack of a positive train control system on the Massachusetts Bay Transportation
Authority light rail system,
- Lack of coordination between crewmembers on Massachusetts Bay Transportation
Authority light rail trains with regard to signal indications,
- Inadequate requirements for Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority train
operators to report possible signal malfunctions, and
- Lack of screening of rail transit operators for possible obstructive sleep apnea.
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Transit Administration, all U.S. rail transit agencies, and the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority. The National Transportation Safety Board also reiterates one safety recommendation to the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority.
(This page intentionally left blank)
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Factual Information Synopsis On May 28, 2008, about 5:51 p.m., eastern daylight time,1 westbound Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA) Green Line train 3667, traveling about 38 mph, struck the rear of westbound MBTA Green Line train 3681, which had stopped for a red signal. The accident occurred in Newton, Massachusetts, a suburb of Boston. (See figure 1.) Each train consisted of two light rail trolley cars2 and carried two crewmembers—a train operator at the front of the lead car and a trail operator in the second car. The operator of the striking train was killed; the other three crewmembers sustained minor injuries. An estimated 185 to 200 passengers were on the two trains at the time of the collision. Of these, four sustained minor injuries, and one was seriously injured. Total damage was estimated to be about $8.6 million.
Figure 1. Accident location.
1 All times referred to in this report are eastern daylight time. 2 The two cars, which were permanently coupled and traveled as a unit, actually constituted a single No. 7 surface railcar. For the purposes of this report, each such unit involved in this accident will be referred to as a “train” consisting of two cars with individual car numbers. 1
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The Accident On May 28, 2008, the two crewmembers (the operator and the trail operator3) of train 3681 (the struck train) reported for their second tour of duty of the day4 at 2:52 p.m. and 2:50 p.m., respectively, in Riverside, Massachusetts. The operator and the trail operator of train 36675 (the striking train) reported for their afternoon tours of duty at 4:35 p.m., also at Riverside. Both crews operated on the D Branch of the MBTA Green Line from Riverside eastward to Government Center in Boston, where the trains moved around a loop track then returned westward to Riverside. Both trains consisted of two light rail trolley cars. (See figure 2.)
Figure 2. Two-car MBTA Green Line train similar to the two trains involved in this accident. (Photo copyright Richard Panse http://world.nycsubway.org/us/boston/index.html)
3 The operator in the lead car runs the train while the trail operator in the last car operates the doors and makes announcements over the public address system. 4 All of the train operators involved in this accident worked split shifts. They operated trains during the morning-to-noontime rush periods then returned for the evening rush. 5 Train numbers are derived from the number of the lead car. 2
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The trail operator of the striking train said that when he and the operator reported for work, an inspector certified them as fit for duty. He said he had noticed nothing unusual about the operator’s demeanor, behavior, appearance, or attitude. He said that when he and the operator took charge of their train, they performed a cursory visual inspection before departing. During the first several miles of the run, they conducted a successful brake test. The trail operator said that he had noted a problem with the public address system in that he was unable to override the automatic prerecorded announcements to make modifications regarding station stops or to provide other information. He stated that he had attempted to call both the train operator and the operations center on the radio to notify them of the problem with the public address system but that he could not reach either party. This suggested to him that the radio might be malfunctioning. Crewmembers of the struck train reported nothing out of the ordinary during their afternoon run until about 5:50 p.m., when the train operator observed that signal H-66, about 1,666 feet west of Waban station, was displaying a single red aspect. (See figure 3.) MBTA rules state that a train encountering such a signal must stop and hold short of the signal for 1 minute before proceeding at restricted speed not to exceed 10 mph while being prepared to stop short of a car, train, or other obstruction. The operator of the struck train stated that he held his train for the specified time even though the track ahead was clear and he saw no reason for the red signal. The operator told National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators that he had encountered a red aspect at signal H-66 with the track ahead clear on one of his morning runs on the day of the accident. He stated that at that time he reported the red signal to the Operations Control Center and was told that it had been previously reported; however, there was no MBTA record of a trouble report being filed for the signal at this location.
Figure 3. Signal layout between Waban and Woodland stations on D Branch of MBTA Green Line. Meanwhile, train 3667, which was travelling behind train 3681, arrived at Waban station, where it stopped to discharge and pick up passengers. The trail operator of train 3667 said that his tour of duty up until that time had been uneventful except for the problems with the public address system and possibly the radio. 3
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 4 The presence of stopped train 3681 at signal H-66 just ahead caused signal H-64, at the west end of Waban station, to also show a single red aspect. The trail operator of train 3667 stated that he remained on the train while it served Waban station and that, from his position in the operator’s compartment of the rear car, he could not see the aspect of signal H-64. The red signal indication at H-64 required that the operator of train 3667 hold for 1 minute before proceeding at no more than 10 mph. However, according to the trail operator, the train instead departed Waban as usual (after a stop of 20 to 30 seconds) and accelerated normally. Because the trail operator could not see the red aspect being displayed by signal H-64 and because MBTA rules did not require that the operator call out signal indications over the radio, the trail operator was not aware that his train should have remained stopped briefly before proceeding at reduced speed. He said he therefore had no reason to think anything was wrong when the train began to move westward after the station stop. He said he assumed the train was operating under a clear signal and was accelerating to the maximum authorized track speed of 40 mph for that location. Just ahead of train 3667, train 3681 was beginning to move after being stopped at signal H-66 as required by MBTA rules. The operator said that shortly after his train began to accelerate, he heard a loud noise like an explosion from the rear of the train but felt no significant movement. Thinking that a car had derailed, he stopped his train, then noticed smoke coming from the rear of the train. He said he left the cab and walked back to the rear, where he saw that his train had been struck by a following train. He said he noticed that his trail operator was on a cell phone attempting to contact the control center. Based on data retrieved from the fault loggers6 aboard each of the four cars involved in the accident, the striking train was travelling about 38 mph at the time of impact, and the struck train, which was just beginning to accelerate, was travelling about 3.4 mph. The trail operator of the struck train stated that she had been unaware of the approach of a train from the rear when she heard an explosion and was knocked out of her seat. When she recovered from the impact, she became aware of passengers screaming and yelling. She said that she assisted some of her passengers from her car and then went back to see what had happened. She stated that she had seen fire and lots of smoke and heard screaming coming from the striking car. She also noted that the front of the striking train had collapsed and folded down so that the front of the car was unrecognizable. The trail operator of the striking train said that his train had continued to accelerate normally until it suddenly decelerated, throwing him against his operating console. (The investigation determined that impact occurred less than 40 seconds after the train departed Waban station.) He said that at the same time he heard a loud noise and noticed smoke coming from outside the car. He stated that he had not felt any uneven motion and did not discern any brake application before the impact. Postaccident inspection of the rails did not identify any streak marks consistent with an emergency brake application. The trail operator had not heard
6 A fault logger is a maintenance and troubleshooting device that provides a snapshot of selected parameters. It does not provide a continuous recording of parameters as event recorders do.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 5 anything from the train operator, but, he said, that was not unusual, and he still believed his radio to be malfunctioning. He was, however, able to contact the operations center by radio to report the accident. (The investigation determined that the intercom between the two operating compartments on the train had been inoperative at the time of the accident.) The trail operator of the striking train said he initially assisted passengers in detraining, then went forward to assess the situation. He said he observed extensive damage to the front of the lead car and found the operator wedged in the crushed cab. He said he attempted to assess her condition but she was unresponsive. He then continued to assist passengers attempting to exit the train. Emergency Response Newton Fire Department At 5:54 p.m., a resident of a home adjacent to the right-of-way called 911 and reported that two Green Line trains had collided and that there was fire.7 Elements of the Newton Fire Department and Newton Police Department were dispatched at 5:57 p.m. and began arriving at the accident scene at 5:59 p.m. Fire companies first gained access to the accident site from an adjacent roadway. A neighboring golf course was used for a second access point and a landing zone. A triage area was also established at the golf course. Firefighters found the striking train operator trapped in the crushed cab compartment. They checked for signs of life but could not feel a pulse. Firefighters first attempted, unsuccessfully, to gain access to the crushed cab by cutting through the railcar floor. They continued to work on the front and on the side of the cab area while they made a second attempt to access the cab by placing a steel beam under and across the width of the damaged car then lifting the beam with jacks. After additional lifting and cutting of the cab structure, the operator was removed from the train about 12:51 a.m. on May 29. MBTA An MBTA superintendent of maintenance coordinated with emergency responders at the accident scene during the response. After checking in with emergency responders, he walked around the accident site to assess the situation. He called for extra MBTA personnel and maintenance trucks to respond. He also requested that the Braintree rescue unit respond.8 While efforts were ongoing to extricate the striking train operator, the superintendent suggested to a firefighter that MBTA personnel could further lift and reposition the train to help give responders better access to the crushed cab area. The offer was at first declined. Later in the
7 The reported fire, which the Newton Fire Department extinguished quickly, was a small grass fire caused by electrical arcing. 8 This rescue unit was funded by the MBTA and was staged at the Braintree Fire Department.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 6 evening, after further extrication efforts proved unsuccessful, MBTA personnel were allowed to lift the train as the superintendent had suggested. Injuries The operator of train 3667, the striking train, was killed in the collision. The cause of death was determined to be multiple blunt force injuries to the head, chest, neck, torso, and pelvis. The operator and trail operator of train 3681, the struck train, and the trail operator of train 3667 sustained minor injuries and were taken to Newton-Wellesley Hospital. They were then taken to the MBTA medical clinic, where they were tested for alcohol and illegal drugs. One seriously injured passenger was air-evacuated to Boston Medical Center; two passengers with minor injuries were transported to St. Elizabeth’s Hospital in Boston; and two were transported to Metro West Medical Center in Metick, Massachusetts. All the injured passengers had been aboard the striking train. (See table 1.) Table 1. Injuries. Injuriesa
Train Crew Passengers
Fatal 1 0
Serious 0 1
Minor 3 4 a Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 830.2 defines a fatal injury as: any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident. A serious injury is defined as: an injury which requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of the fingers, toes, or nose); causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves any internal organ; or involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. Damage MBTA car 3667, the lead car of the striking train, was destroyed in the accident. It sustained substantial crush damage and also derailed as a result of the collision. (See figure 4.) The second car of the striking train, 3706, sustained minor damage. MBTA car 3703, the second car of the struck train, was severely damaged. The lead car of the struck train, 3681, was derailed with minor damage. The total damage was estimated to be about $8.6 million. Both trains were examined in detail at the MBTA’s Riverside shop on May 30 and 31,
- Damage to the lead car on the struck train and to the trailing car of the striking train was
found to be minimal. Damages to the lead car of the striking train and to the trailing car of the stuck train are detailed below.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
Figure 4. Crushed lead car of striking train. Train 3667—Striking Train Train 3667 was operating A-end forward. (See figure 5.) In the A-end, the operator’s cab and A1 door were crushed toward the rear and under the car body. This crushed area extended for a distance of 121 inches from the front of the cab. From the first row of passenger seats to the center doors, the ceiling was sloped downward, and it angled toward the right side of the front of the car. The floor in this area was buckled upward. The B-end of the train (car 3706) was generally intact. Windows were secure, and the doors were functional. The first passenger seat behind the operating compartment was unlatched from its pedestal and leaning rearward. The double seat behind the B2 door was slightly loose. A restraining latch on the pedestal secures the seat bottom to the pedestal. The latch normally attaches to a bar beneath the seat. The restraining latch was found on the outside of the seat. Train 3681—Struck Train Train 3681 was operating B-end forward. In the A-end (the end that was struck—car 3703), the operator’s cab and the A1 door were crushed toward the front of the car body. This crushed area extended from the front of the cab for a distance of 120 inches. The floor began to 7
NTSB Railroad Accident Report buckle upward near the third row (from the rear of the car) of passenger seats. From this point to the rear of the car, the floor sloped downward. Figure 5. Each train involved in accident consisted of two permanently coupled cars, as shown in drawing. Car 3667 was A-end and lead car of striking train; car 3681 was B-end and lead car of struck train. The anticlimber9 of car 3703 was raised upward and toward the left side (in the direction of travel) of the car. The center of the anticlimber had been moved 13 inches to the left of its normal centerline. The anticlimber’s highest point measured 39 1/8 inches above the top of the rail, and the centerline measured 38 7/8 inches above the top of the rail. All three doors on the struck car were functional. On the left side of the car, one window was separated from its frame. On the right side of the car, one window was shattered. The remaining windows were intact. In the center of the car above the center truck, interior ceiling body panels were torn. The B-end of the train (car 3681) car was generally intact. Windows were secure, and the doors were functional.
9 An anticlimber is a component on each end of the car that is designed to resist vertical forces and, thereby, prevent one car being overridden by another in a collision. 8
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 9 Personnel Information Train 3667—Striking Train Operator. The operator of train 3667, who was fatally injured in the accident, was a part- time streetcar operator hired in 2007. As a part-time employee, she was limited to working a maximum of 6 hours per day. The dates of her physical examination and annual training were current with her qualification as an operator. A Green Line light rail instructor who had met the operator in August 2007 and had become her instructor with daily contact from September 19 until October 9, 2007, said that the operator “was a great student, very bright, very smart.” She said she was not aware of anything in her life that might have been a basis for distraction or preoccupation from performing her duties. An MBTA light rail instructor who had worked with the operator from October 10 until October 14, 2007, said that the operator “was an excellent student. She followed the rules and regulations. She enjoyed her job.” The two became friends and spoke by phone four to five times per week. The instructor said she was not aware of anything in the operator’s life that may have been a distraction or that would have interfered with her ability to safely operate a trolley. According to MBTA records, the operator worked Monday through Friday and was off Saturday and Sunday. Her normal early shift began at 11:57 a.m. and ended at 1:22 p.m. Her afternoon shift began at 4:35 p.m. and ended at 8:59 p.m. This is the shift the operator worked on Wednesday, May 28, the day of the accident, as well as on the previous day, Tuesday, May 27. Monday had been a holiday, and the operator worked an early shift from 9:58 a.m. until 2:45 p.m. and an afternoon shift from 4:18 p.m. until 5:25 p.m. At the time of the accident, she had been on duty for about 1 hour and 15 minutes. An examination of the operator’s cell phone records showed that she had used her cell phone twice during her morning shift and once during her afternoon duty shift. The cell phone was not in use at the time of the collision. MBTA policy strictly prohibits the use of cell phones while operating any MBTA vehicle. Interviews with those familiar with the train operator’s routine indicated that she normally went off duty about 9:00 p.m. and arrived home between 10:00 and 10:30 p.m., at which time she retired for the evening. Interviews also revealed that a friend of the operator phoned her each morning at 6:30 a.m. “to say hello.” Her normal days off were Saturday and Sunday. Trail Operator. The trail operator of train 3667 was hired by the MBTA in 2007 as a part-time streetcar operator and completed his initial training in January 2008. He told investigators that he awoke on May 28 at 4:40 a.m., began his morning tour at 6:42 a.m., and completed that tour at 9:30 a.m. He then returned home and remained there until he reported for his evening tour, which began at 4:35 p.m. At the time of the accident, he had been on duty for about 1 hour and 15 minutes. He characterized his workload on the afternoon of the accident as “average.” An examination of the
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 10 trail operator’s cell phone records showed that he had not used his cell phone during his duty shift. Train 3681—Struck Train Operator. The operator of train 3681 was hired by the MBTA in 1985 as a bus operator. He was assigned to trolley service as a streetcar operator in 1988 and completed his MBTA recertification in 2008. He was classified a full-time streetcar operator. The operator stated that on Wednesday, May 28, he had worked a morning tour that began at 7:15 am and ended just before noon. He said he then went home and took a nap before returning for his second tour, which began at 2:52 p.m. He characterized his workload on the day of the accident as “moderate” with no problems with the equipment. An examination of the operator’s cell phone records showed that he had not used his cell phone during his duty shift. Trail Operator. The trail operator of train 3681 was hired by the MBTA on May 15, 2006, as a part-time streetcar operator. She became a full-time operator on June 23, 2007. She told investigators she awoke at 6:00 a.m. on May 28 and went on duty at 7:57 a.m. MBTA records show that she was off duty from 12:44 p.m. until 2:50, at which time she returned to duty for her second tour of the day. She would have gone off duty at 6:05 p.m. At the time of the accident, she had been awake for almost 12 hours and on duty for about 3 hours. An examination of the trail operator’s cell phone records showed that she had not used her cell phone during her duty shift. Medical and Toxicological Information After the accident, the MBTA arranged to have the surviving crewmembers of the accident trains undergo postaccident toxicological testing as required by U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations. Testing was conducted for ethyl alcohol and for five illegal drugs: cannabinoids, cocaine metabolites, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine. The results were negative for the presence of alcohol and the tested drugs. The Office of the Chief Medical Examiner for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts performed the toxicological tests on the fatally injured operator of the striking train and found no evidence of the use of alcohol or illegal drugs. Additional test specimens were then sent to the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, for independent toxicological analysis. The results were negative for the presence of alcohol and illegal drugs; however, doxylamine10 was present in the urine but was not detected in her blood. The MBTA requires: that safety-sensitive employees consult with Medical Operations before using prescription or over-the-counter medications that contain alcohol or other substances that may impair their ability to perform safety-sensitive duties…. A Medical Operations physician or nurse will make the determination as to whether
10Doxylamine is found in over-the-counter medications used in the short-term treatment of insomnia (difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 11 the employee’s use of the medication could impair the employee’s performance or jeopardizes the safety of the employee, his/her co-workers and/or the public.11 The investigation found no evidence that the operator of the striking train had reported the use of a medication containing doxylamine. A complete autopsy performed on the operator by the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner of Massachusetts noted only the presence of a large acne-type lesion on her abdomen, with a large surrounding area of swollen skin. The report contained no notation of any other preexisting medical condition, specifically noting no abnormalities upon examination of the heart, lungs, or brain. The operator’s August 6, 2007, history and physical examination form recorded the operator’s height as 66 1/2 inches, weight as 243 pounds, and blood pressure as 140/80. The form did not contain any inquiries of an operator regarding sleep disorders, sleeping problems, snoring, or daytime sleepiness. Meteorological Information It was daylight at the time of the accident, the skies were clear, there were light winds of 5 mph, and the temperature was 68° F. Visibility was 10 miles. This information was recorded by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s surface weather station in Boston, about 10 miles east of Newton. Site Description Newton, Massachusetts, is a city of about 83,800 (2000 data) in Middlesex County, the most populated county in the state. Newton is a suburban area consisting of 13 villages located 6 miles west of Boston. The MBTA Green Line operates through five of the villages and has seven station stops within the city. (See figure 6.) Beginning at Chestnut Hill in the east, trains move over the Green Line westward to Newton Center. The track then turns to the southwest to Newton Highlands and Eliot. At Eliot, the Green Line swings back to the northwest through Waban and Woodland before ending at Riverside. The MBTA operates about 154 trips in each direction by 48 trains daily, with fewer movements on the weekend. The MBTA’s ridership for all modes12 makes it the nation’s fifth largest mass transit system. The system serves a population in excess of 4.6 million residing in 175 towns and cities within the greater Boston metropolitan area. The average weekday ridership for the entire system is about 1.1 million passenger trips.
11 Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Drug and Alcohol Policy and Testing Program, Effective: August 1, 2001, pp. 3-4. 12 This includes buses; commuter, heavy, and light rail; and trackless street cars.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The accident occurred between the Waban and Woodland stations, which are 4,300 feet apart. Normal transit time between the two stations ranges from 73 seconds to 2 minutes. The point of impact was determined to be 1,408 feet from the west end of the Waban station.
Figure 6. Partial diagram of MBTA commuter rail system. Inset arrow indicates accident location on D Branch of the Green Line. Operations Information General The Riverside station is on the D Branch of the MBTA Green Line. Trains originating from Riverside travel east to Government Center, loop, and then return west to their originating station. Train movements on the D Branch are governed by signal indications provided by an automatic block signal system. Operators control their trains based on indications displayed by wayside signals. MBTA trains operating on the Green Line do not incorporate systems such as the following: trip stops (mechanical arms or electrical inductors that slow or stop a train if the 12
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 13 operator fails to comply with a signal indication), cab signals (a display of signal aspects inside the operating compartment, sometimes incorporating audible warnings of restrictive signals), or positive train control (a system that automatically intervenes if a train operator fails to comply with signal indications or speed restrictions). Because MBTA Green Line trains are governed by automatic signal indication, they do not need written authority from a train dispatcher to occupy main tracks. Consequently, train dispatchers in the MBTA Operations Control Center do not normally issue any documents to MBTA trains except when non-revenue equipment, such as maintenance trucks or inspection cars, is operating on the route. Control center dispatchers monitor operations and become involved in train movements only when circumstances require it, such as when workers are present along the right-of-way. Control center dispatchers also maintain service logs of equipment defects and failures. The train dispatcher on duty at the time of the accident stated that the Green Line D Branch route was relatively self-dispatching and that he had no real involvement in the movement of these trains. He stated that the train crews have the ability and responsibility to route their trains by lining switches themselves; they do not rely on the train dispatcher to line switches. Because operations on this line are governed strictly by signal indications, the dispatcher does not issue train orders for MBTA Green Line operations. MBTA operating employees are governed by MBTA hours-of-service restrictions. The MBTA’s Rule 12A, “Limitation of Work Hours,” places limits on duty and is based on an order from the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities issued on January 12, 1980. Under the order, covered employees may not work more than 16 consecutive hours and are required to receive at least 6 hours off-duty time before going on duty. The rule also prohibits a covered employee from working more than 60 hours in a 7-day workweek. Operating Rules Relevant to Accident Rules for Trainpersons and Other Employees of the Light Rail Lines specifies the required procedures for complying with wayside signals. Regarding signal H-64, near the west end of Waban station, the rules state that (because of a permanent speed restriction in that area) a train departing Waban station on a permissive aspect shall not exceed 25 mph until reaching a “resume” sign 871 feet past the signal. Other applicable rules include the following: Rule 19. “Attention to Duty” All employees have an inherent responsibility to pay attention to their duties at all times. To insure a safe operation of any vehicle and to maintain a high level of professionalism…. Rule 55. “Restricted Speed”
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 14 Proceed at a speed NOT EXCEEDING TEN (10) MILES PER HOUR: the Operator must watch for a broken rail or a switch not properly lined and must stop their car or train short of a car, train or other obstruction…. Rule 56. “Observance of Signals” (a) Operators will be held to a strict observance of the indication given by automatic block and interlocking signals: also by hand, flag or lantern signals. (b) The use of automatic block signals in no way relieves Operators from exercising the greatest care and vigilance. Mechanical Information Each train consisted of two Kinki Sharyo Type 7 trolley cars. The striking train consisted of cars 3667 (the lead car) and 3706 coupled in tandem. The struck train consisted of cars 3681 (the lead car) and 3703. The trains were driven by electric motors receiving power from a 600- volt overhead catenary system. All four cars were in the MBTA series 3600-3719 and were built by Kinki Sharyo Co., Ltd. Cars 3667 and 3681 were built in 1988; cars 3703 and 3706 were built in 1997. Each car was designed to carry 50 passengers seated and 151 standing with an operation maximum load of 269 passengers. The vehicles weighed 85,500 pounds each and were 74 feet long. Each car had three two-axle trucks. The outboard trucks13 were powered; the center truck was non-powered. The train operator’s compartment was at the left front of the lead car. The operator’s right foot activated pedals for braking and accelerating. A “dead man” pedal activated by the operator’s left foot had to remain depressed or the train brakes would automatically apply to stop the train. The operating compartment in the rear car, usually occupied by the trail operator was the same as the one in the lead car. Both operating compartments had a “mushroom” button that activated emergency braking. Investigators examined inspection and maintenance records for all four cars involved in this accident. The records indicated that all inspections and scheduled maintenance had been performed as required. The previous year’s maintenance records for the lead car (car 3667) on the striking train showed that all reported defects had been corrected. Pre-Departure Tests Trains 3681 and 3667 were prepared for service by the MBTA mechanical department on the evening of May 27, 2008, and then placed in a ready location for departure the next morning. An outbound operator is required to inspect the equipment and report any defects. The MBTA yardmaster was not informed of any defects being identified with either train during the initial inspection, nor was the MBTA control center notified of any defective condition during the day.
13 Outboard trucks refers to the wheel arrangement at each end of a car consisting of two solid axles, left and right side frames, and an electric motor.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 15 Postaccident Inspection of Striking Train The cars, 3667 and 3706, of the striking train, were given initial inspections at the accident site and more detailed inspections after the equipment was moved to the MBTA Riverside maintenance facility. Before the cars were removed from the accident site, all the brakes were applied on both cars in their original at-rest positions. Initial and subsequent inspections revealed that the brake pads of the two cars were slightly worn but with service life remaining. The rotors displayed a work-polished surface with no apparent signs of overheating, scoring, or checking in the contact areas. Wheel profiles were all well within MBTA standards. No binding or chafing was observed between any components or between the trucks and their respective car bodies. No evidence was found that anything had dragged along the track structure before the accident. Track Information General The portion of the MBTA Green Line on which the accident occurred consists of two main tracks: an outbound, or westbound, track and an inbound, or eastbound, track. The two main tracks are oriented geographically east to west between the Waban and Woodland stations, with the outbound track to the north of the inbound track. The track grade ascends slightly from Waban to Woodland. Trains departing Waban station proceed on the west main track and pass signal H-64 on straight track before travelling under an overhead bridge and over a switch for a crossover from the eastbound to westbound main tracks. After this crossover is a 2° curve about 500 feet long. Just to the west of this curve is signal H-66, where train 3681 had stopped moments before the collision. The main track is owned, inspected, maintained, and operated by the MBTA. The track structure at the point of collision consists of continuous 115-pound welded rail14 affixed to wooden crossties resting on double shoulder tie plates held in place by spikes or Pandrol15 fasteners. The track structure is held in place with granite ballast. The section of track at the point of collision showed no signs of improper drainage. The entire Green Line is powered by a 600-volt overhead catenary system that provides the energy for train movements on both main tracks. The catenary system is affixed to steel poles spaced about 100 feet apart and placed outside of the clearance envelope of the tracks. Track Inspections MBTA policy calls for main track to be inspected three times weekly with at least 1 calendar day between inspections. Bimonthly switch certification reports are also required.
14 Continuous welded rail consists of rail sections that have been welded together in lengths greater than 400 feet. 15 Pandrol is a type of rail fastener that clips to the rail and is screwed into the crosstie.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 16 MBTA track inspectors had inspected the tracks in the accident area earlier on the day of the accident and had noted no defects. Investigators reviewed the two previous sets of inspection records for the crossover between the Waban and Woodland stations and did not take any exceptions. Investigators reviewed the MBTA’s inspection records for D Branch main track between Reservoir and Riverside covering the period from February 29, 2008, to May 28, 2008. The records indicated that all inspection criteria had been met. Switch inspection records for the previous 4 months did not identify any exceptions for the switches east of the point of collision. After the accident, on May 29 and 30, 2008, a walking track inspection was conducted that covered portions of the main track preceding the point of collision. No defects were noted. Permanent Speed Restriction In the area of the derailment, the main tracks were maintained for 40-mph operation, which was the maximum authorized speed between the Waban and Woodland stations. However, the MBTA had placed a permanent 25-mph speed restriction on the westbound main track over the turnout of the crossover from eastbound to westbound track. The track segment with the speed restriction begins 215 feet west of the Waban station and continues for 667 feet. Because of the proximity of the speed-restricted track segment to Waban station, a train operator could manage the acceleration of the train out of the station so that it would not reach 25 mph until after it has passed over that segment. Signal Information General The automatic block signal system in use on the D Branch of the MBTA Green Line incorporates four-aspect Union Switch & Signal (US&S) color light type signals and US&S hand-operated switch machines operating in conjunction with 25-hertz a.c. track circuits. Dual- filament 10-volt lamps illuminate signal heads. Signals in this territory are arranged for single- direction running on each track. The signal system is configured to display the aspects and indications shown in Table 2. Table 2. Green Line signal aspects and indications. Aspect Indication Red over Red Stop Red Stop. Proceed after 1 minute at restricted speed. (Proceed, prepared to stop short of a train, car, or other obstruction and watch for broken rail or switch not properly lined, not exceeding 10 mph to next signal). Yellow Proceed prepared to stop at next signal. Green Proceed at authorized speed.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 17 Postaccident Inspection/Testing of Signal System Representatives from the MBTA and the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities participated with NTSB investigators in the postaccident field inspection and testing of the signal system in the accident area. Because of the age of the signal system, it did not incorporate a signal data recorder. The postaccident inspection found all signal units, signal cases, and switches locked and secured, with no indications of tampering or vandalism that would interfere with the operation of the signal system. Relay positions were consistent with the physical location of the accident trains and the displayed signal aspects. None of the signal units or switches was damaged in the accident. The collision resulted in the wreckage of the two trains occupying track circuits H-66 and H-64. This condition resulted in signals H-66 and H-64 both displaying the appropriate red aspect. After the train wreckage was removed from the track circuits and the signal was tested, signal H-66 continued to display a red aspect when, during the tests, it should have displayed green. A subsequent visual inspection identified two locations with broken rail bonds.16 At these locations, the rail ends had been double bonded, and the breaks in some of the bonds appeared to be fresh, suggesting that they likely occurred during removal of the wreckage. But the breaks in other bonds were rusted over, indicating that they had been in that condition before the accident.17 In order to conduct postaccident testing, all the bonds were replaced, after which signal H-66 displayed the appropriate clear signal indication (green aspect) with no trains on the track circuits. Operational tests of signals H-64 and H-66 showed both signals to be performing as designed. After testing, the relays from signals H-64 and H-66 were removed and taken to the MBTA relay shop where they were bench tested and where operating values were recorded. All the relays were operating within specifications. No exceptions were identified with either the design or operation of the MBTA signal system. All tests indicated that the signal system was working as designed with lamp voltages to signals H-64 and H-66 within acceptable limits. Signal Maintenance Records Investigators examined MBTA maintenance records for signals H-64 and H-66, as well as for the switches for the crossover. The MBTA requires that signal inspections be performed monthly. The records indicated that all signal tests and inspections had been conducted in accordance with MBTA requirements. Test and inspection records indicated that the ground tests, monthly tests, wayside signal, and switch obstruction tests were performed for both crossover switches in April 2008. Insulation resistance testing was performed in 1993. Relays
16 Bonds are wires that form a connection between the ends of rail sections in order to maintain electrical continuity across a joint. 17 The signal system was designed so that, in the event of a malfunction of a system component, the affected signal would display its most restrictive indication. For signal H-66, this was a single red aspect.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 18 were tested in 2006. All test records indicated that the signal system was functioning as designed. A review of MBTA monthly signal inspection reports for the previous 6 months did not identify any exceptions to signal performance in the vicinity of the accident. MBTA Rules Regarding Anomalous Signal Displays MBTA signal and switch rules require certain actions when a train operator encounters an imperfectly displayed or defective signal. The procedures are explained in MBTA Rules 59 and 60(a), which state the following: Rule 59: A. An interlocking signal imperfectly displayed, such as where there is no light or a white light, is a defective signal. The indication is STOP. Under no circumstances are Operators to pass through interlocking signals imperfectly displayed except under personal direction by an authorized person. B. An automatic block signal imperfectly displayed such as when there is no light or a white light, or more than one light at points where one light normally shows, is a defective signal. The indication is STOP. Wait one (1) minute, and then proceed at restricted speed. (Proceed, prepared to stop short of a car, train, or other obstruction and watch for broken rail or switch not properly lined, not exceeding ten (10) miles per hour). C. At locations where there is a crossover with facing point switches, you will find on the automatic block signal a multiple number of aspects. With no aspect, Operators must wait for orders from an authorized person to proceed. It’s the Operator’s responsibility to see that the switches are properly set before passing on its points and proceed at a speed no greater than ten (10) mph. The conditions described in (a), (b) and (c) above must be reported at once to the first Official reached or the OCC [operations control center] dispatcher. Rule 60(a) Flagging by signals – Central District, Highland Branch, High Speed Operations: (a) Signal Holding Red or is Defective: When a block signal holds red or is defective, the Motorperson [train operator], after waiting one (1) minute, will proceed at restricted speed (proceed, prepared to stop short of car, train or other obstruction and watch for broken rail, switch not properly aligned, not exceeding TEN (10) MILES PER HOUR) to the next signal. The operator of the struck train in this accident stated that signal H-66 was displaying a single red aspect when he encountered it just before the collision. He said he stopped his train for the required 1 minute before proceeding even though he could see that no other trains were occupying the block. He did not report the red signal aspect to the Operations Control Center on the accident trip, even though he could see that the track ahead was clear, nor did MBTA rules require that he do so.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 19 Because of an absence of train operator reports regarding red aspects at signal H-66, investigators were not able to determine how long the signal had been displaying a red aspect before train 3681 arrived. Investigators did determine that after the broken bonds were replaced, signal H-66 displayed an aspect correct for the conditions. Investigators also determined that at the time of the accident, signal H-64 was displaying a proper single red aspect for the striking train because of the presence of the stopped train in the block governing that signal. Governmental Oversight of MBTA Federal Transit Administration A part of the DOT, the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) administers funding to public transportation systems throughout the Unites States. Unlike administrations within the DOT whose authority stems from the Constitution’s Interstate Commerce Clause, the FTA was authorized using the General Welfare Clause. It therefore received from Congress no regulatory authority. Title 49 United States Code Section 5334(b) specifically prohibits the secretary of transportation from regulating the operation, routes, or schedules of a public transportation system. The primary enforcement mechanism available to the FTA is the ability to withhold Federal funds from states that do not comply with the terms and conditions of its Federal assistance agreement. In response to passage of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991, the FTA implemented the State Safety Oversight Program, which placed the responsibility for rail transit safety on the states maintaining public transit systems. The FTA has established minimum safety requirements that all states and rail transit agencies must adhere to in order to receive Federal funding. These requirements address the techniques that are to be used to conduct inspections and testing, the required maintenance audits and inspection programs, and the procedures to be used for employee training and certification. Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities The MBTA is subject to oversight by the FTA through the offices of the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities Transportation Oversight Division, which has developed and implemented a System Safety Program Plan comprising 21 safety elements defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 659. The MBTA’s safety department is responsible for an annual internal audit of compliance with a portion of the plan elements so that over a 3-year period, compliance with all 21 elements will have been audited. The results of these audits are provided as annual reports to the Department of Public Utilities. The MBTA provided investigators with the annual report of internal audits for 2007. Investigators focused on the sections for safety and security and right-of-way. The report states the following: While the MBTA Safety Department provides management oversight to the implementation of and adherence to the Authority’s System Safety Program Plan,
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 20 the success of this plan is largely dependent on the safety culture that is fostered within each department and work group throughout the Authority. To achieve this, management staff is expected to define, understand, and integrate effective safety practices into the day-to-day work activities, to ensure that the safety of employees, passengers and guests remain a top priority. The Safety Program Plan states that critical safety department activities include the following: …developing and implementing programs to increase public, passenger and employee safety awareness; reporting preventive and corrective solutions for identified safety hazards; establishing and maintaining safety guidelines through employee training programs. MBTA Employee Performance Monitoring Chapter 8 of the Safety System Program Plan addresses rules and procedures compliance by MBTA employees. The section does not include a requirement that MBTA supervisors conduct field tests of operating employees in order to determine overall compliance with operating rules. According to MBTA officials, observations of operating personnel on Green Line trains and buses were not formalized at the time of this accident. Most observations of employee performance were made during chance meetings of supervisory employees and operating crews, although some operational checks resulted from customer complaints or were done randomly based on supervisor availability. The MBTA had established no formal efficiency testing program that would, through check rides, planned observations, or set-up situations, provide a comprehensive evaluation of employee rule compliance. Supervisors did document instances in which an employee was observed violating an operating or safety rule, but the total number of observations was not recorded. The MBTA was unable to provide investigators with a detailed history of the deceased operator’s performance history during her relatively short period of employment. On February 14, 2009, the MBTA, through issuance of a standard operating procedure, established a safety rules compliance program designed to: provide for unannounced operational testing, inspection and observations under the various operating conditions of the system during operation to determine the extent of compliance with operating rules, policies and procedures, Special Instructions, Special Orders, Special Bulletins, training, etc. By performing these inspections, the Authority’s goals are to: • Reduce accidents caused by human error. • Improve and enhance the vigilance of employees to comply with established rules and procedures.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 21 • Determine the degree of compliance with established rules to improve compliance. • Focus attention on rules and areas where there is a need to improve employees’ knowledge, training and skill level. • Incorporate lessons learned into existing training Programs. • The new procedure was also designed with the following objectives: • To serve as reinforcement for established rules and procedures. • To establish a ‘baseline’ of documentation that tracks an individual employee’s compliance with operating rules absent of an accident investigation. • Allows management, training staff and supervisory personnel to assess trends and incorporate this information into established training Programs.
- Allows
an individual employee the opportunity for additional training/instruction if an issue with compliance is identified (before an accident/incident occurs). For rail operations, the procedure contains schedules, instructions, and forms for evaluating employees with regard to compliance with speed restrictions, door procedures, signal indications, and cab operating procedures. According to MBTA representatives, as of May 21, 2009, the agency had conducted 2,088 employee compliance audits under the new procedures with a pass rate of 97.6 percent. Sight-Distance Tests On June 1, 2008, investigators conducted sight-distance tests at the accident site. The weather at the time the tests were begun was partly clear skies (some clouds), and temperatures were in the 70s. The tests began about 5:20 p.m. The MBTA provided two train sets for the tests. The simulated struck train traveled westward from Waban station and stopped east of signal H-66, where the standing train had held at the red signal before the accident. In the first two test scenarios, the simulated striking train was positioned at different positions within Waban station with the operator in the normal seated position on the left side of the cab. From all tested positions, investigators could clearly see the aspect of signal H-64. The third through sixth test scenarios were designed to determine how soon after leaving Waban station the striking train operator could have seen the rear of the train stopped ahead. The tests revealed that the operator would have had the first, partial, view of the rear of the stopped train when the striking train was about 1,037 feet (linear rail distance) away. A better view of the rear of the stopped train and its markers lights was obtained when the striking train was 910 feet away. From a distance of 764 feet, the operator would have had an unobstructed view of the rear
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 22 of the stopped train and would have been able to see that the train was stopped on the westbound track. In the sixth scenario, the simulated striking train returned to the Waban station to view signal H-64 at the approximate time of day the accident train would have encountered the signal. Investigators reported having a clear view of the signal and its aspect. For the seventh scenario, the position of the simulated standing train was marked, and the train was moved. The simulated striking train then departed the station on a permissive signal and proceeded westward. The test train operator complied with the permanent 25-mph speed restriction in place over the switch on the westward track. At the end of the speed-restricted track segment, the operator resumed acceleration until the train reached a speed of 38 mph. At that point, about 7 seconds and 394 feet from the point of impact, the test operator initiated normal (full service) braking. The train came to a stop 25 feet short of the mark indicating the rear of the standing train. Other Information MBTA Actions Taken Since Accident MBTA officials reported to the NTSB that, in the wake of the accident, the agency took the following actions: In the weeks following the accident, MBTA management initiated a pilot program to assist in the development of a comprehensive rules compliance program. The pilot program culminated in the issuance of the previously discussed February 14, 2009, standard operating procedure regarding rules compliance testing. As part of that program, the agency also implemented a data tracking system that allows management to detect trends in rules compliance so that enforcement procedures or training may be modified as necessary. The director of subway operations instituted a Human Factors Task Group that is reviewing accident data to identify ways to prevent accidents caused by human error. The group meets monthly and includes management representatives from the areas of operations, training, safety, labor relations, human resources, and occupational health services. Before the accident, the MBTA had adopted a requirement that newly procured vehicles be equipped with event recorders. Currently, for heavy rail, all Blue Line No. 5 cars have event recorders. For light rail, all No. 8 cars have event recorders. For commuter rail, all locomotives and control cars have event recorders. A pilot program to evaluate an automatic train operation system on one MBTA rail line has been developed and is pending funding. Typical automatic train operation systems incorporate controlled speed, programmed station stopping, door operation, performance level modification, and other functions traditionally assigned to the train crew.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 23 Emergency Preparedness The MBTA has an agreement with the state Department of Public Utilities to conduct an annual transit emergency response exercise. The MBTA also conducts training for local emergency responders. The training, which consists of an 8-hour course for new recruits and a refresher course for experienced responders, includes subway and light rail operations and safety procedures. The training is offered at the request of fire departments and, for light rail, covers right-of-way safety, electrical safety, and vehicle familiarization, including jacking procedures. An 8-hour light rail program was conducted for the Newton and Brookline fire departments on May 14, 2007. Eleven attendees participated in this training. A 2-hour refresher was also conducted on May 14, 2007, with 16 attendees from the Newton Fire Department participating in the training. Fault Loggers Each of the cars involved in the accident was equipped with three fault loggers. The primary purpose of the fault loggers is to facilitate maintenance and troubleshooting; they do not serve as traditional event recorders. They are triggered whenever a fault is generated on board the train, and they store vehicle information relating to the fault at the time it was generated. The fault loggers thus provide only a snapshot of selected parameters. Each fault logger samples independently and will not necessarily register the same faults as other loggers on a particular car or train. The “A” and “B”’ loggers on each car monitor the wheel truck assemblies at either end of the car, while the “C” logger monitors the center, non- powered, truck assembly. Data from the fault loggers on the trains involved in this accident were downloaded and used to determine the speed of each train at the time of impact.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 24 Analysis Exclusions NTSB investigators reviewed the signal system and performed postaccident signal testing. The postaccident examination revealed that the signal system was configured to allow for safe train operations and to provide adequate stopping distances. Signal H-64, just west of the Waban station, was showing the proper red aspect (because of the stopped train ahead) when the striking train departed the station, and the signal was clearly visible from the operating compartment of the striking train. Investigators also examined the MBTA train equipment and reviewed maintenance records. The equipment that was tested, including the braking systems, worked as intended. The track and structures had been maintained within the appropriate tolerances. All surviving crewmembers stated that the workload up until the time of the accident had been moderate, with nothing abnormal to report. Toxicological tests of all crewmembers were negative for alcohol and illegal drugs. A review of employee records indicated that the operators and trailing operators of both trains were trained and qualified to perform their duties. None of the crewmembers were using a cell phone or radio at the time of the accident. The weather was warm with clear skies; neither precipitation nor sunlight affected the visibility of the signals. The operator of the struck train had stopped in accordance with MBTA rules when his train encountered the red aspect at signal H-66. The train was already beginning to move forward when it was struck. The NTSB therefore concludes that the following were neither causal nor contributory to the accident: weather conditions, equipment performance, track condition, crewmember use of alcohol or illegal drugs, crewmember use of cell phones, crew training and qualifications, or the performance of the crew of the struck train. Elements of the Newton fire and police departments were dispatched to the scene of the accident within 6 minutes and arrived within about 8 minutes. They established a triage area and arranged for the evacuation of the injured. An MBTA superintendent also arrived quickly and requested additional MBTA resources and additional rescue personnel. The NTSB therefore concludes that the emergency response to this accident was timely and appropriate. The Accident Under normal conditions, a train departing Waban station will accelerate toward the next station stop at Woodland, about 4,300 feet away. The trip from station to station takes anywhere from 73 seconds to 2 minutes in the absence of any obstructions. About 215 feet from Waban station, a train will encounter a sign restricting train speed to 25 mph beginning at that point. After another 667 feet, a sign indicates that speed can be resumed to the 40-mph limit imposed on that track segment. In practice, the speed restriction typically does not require any unusual action on the part of the operator in that a westbound train can accelerate out of Waban station so that it will not reach 25 mph before the end of the speed restriction area. On the day of the accident, train 3681, the struck train, arrived at and served the Waban station shortly before the arrival of train 3667, the striking train. Train 3681 departed the station normally and accelerated until encountering signal H-66, which, because of broken bond wires, was displaying a red aspect even though the track ahead was clear. By this time, train 3667, the
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 25 striking train, was approaching or entering Waban station. According to the operator of train 3681, he stopped his train short of the red signal H-66 in accordance with MBTA rules. The presence of train 3681 caused signal H-64, just outside Waban station, to also display a red aspect. Seeing this aspect, the operator of train 3667 should have held short of signal H-64 for 1 minute before proceeding at a speed not to exceed 10 mph while looking out for other trains or obstructions. According to the trail operator of the striking train, on the day of the accident, the train served the station normally. He did not indicate that the train held at the station any longer than usual. Instead, he said the train began to accelerate normally out of the station. Operating the train after the station stop would have required that the operator wait until the doors were closed and then, while depressing the dead man pedal, move her right foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. She must have performed these actions on the day of the accident without waiting the required 1 minute, in violation of the signal indication being displayed by signal H-64. If the operator had simply failed to observe or note the red aspect at signal H-64, she had more than ample time to correct the mistake. Postaccident sight-distance tests showed that she would have had a partial view of the stopped train when the trains were still 1,037 feet apart. After traveling 127 feet farther, she would have had a full view of the rear of the train and its marker lights. After another 146 feet, she would have had an unobstructed view of the stopped train and would have been aware that it was on the same track as her train. At any of these points, she could have slowed her train and prevented the accident. In fact, the sight-distance tests showed that even if the operator had achieved a speed of 38 mph and waited until the trains were only 394 feet apart, she could have used normal (not emergency) braking to bring her train to a safe stop short of a collision. Performance of Operator of Striking Train The NTSB considered why the operator of the striking train did not comply with the signal indication and subsequently failed to take actions to avoid the accident even though she had ample opportunity to do so. Discounting an intentional and willful disregard for her own safety and that of the passengers, for which the investigation found no evidence, the only reasonable explanation is that the operator, during or slightly after beginning to accelerate out of Waban station, lost awareness of her environment. The thorough autopsy performed on the operator by the state’s chief medical examiner revealed no preexisting medical condition that would have had the potential for causing this loss of awareness, and no postmortem evidence was found that the operator suffered a sudden medical event that would have precipitated a loss of consciousness. Instead, the evidence indicates that the most likely explanation of the operator’s loss of awareness is that she experienced a micro-sleep18 episode shortly after departing Waban station.
18 A micro-sleep is an episode of sleep that may last from a fraction of a second up to 30 seconds or more. Although often associated with sleep disorders such as sleep apnea, narcolepsy, or hypersomnia, episodes of micro- sleep can occur in any individual suffering from fatigue or inadequate sleep.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 26 The operator worked a regular schedule and was not subject to irregular work/rest cycles, which have been shown to promote fatigue. According to her family and acquaintances, she normally retired between 10:00 and 10:30 p.m. and was called by a friend at 6:30 a.m. each day. Her normal schedule would thus have provided her with an 8-hour period within which to obtain sleep. However, the investigation could not determine whether the operator had maintained this schedule in the days leading up to the accident. The drug doxylamine, commonly found in over-the-counter sleep aids, was found in the operator’s urine. This suggests that she might have taken the medication because she had some trouble sleeping during at least one of the several nights leading up to the accident but that she had not used the medication since the night before the accident at the latest. The operator was found to have a lesion on her abdomen that would likely have been painful enough to have interfered with her ability to gain restful sleep, and she may have taken the doxylamine to counter that pain or discomfort. The fact that the medication was not found in the operator’s blood makes it unlikely that she would have been impaired by it on the day of the accident.19 The circumstances of this accident included several additional factors that placed the operator at risk for diminished alertness and for subsequently lapsing into episodes of micro- sleep. The 5:51 p.m. time of the accident coincided with the later afternoon low of the human circadian rhythm, a time of day in which studies have shown that individuals can fall asleep rapidly.20 Moreover, the low level of muscular activity required of the seated operator and her relatively low workload are both factors that have been established as contributors to diminished alertness.21 Based on the operator’s height and weight at the time of her last physical examination, she had a calculated body mass index (BMI) of 38.6. By this calculation, the operator would have been considered obese (a BMI greater than 30 constitutes obesity). Obesity is significantly associated with an increased risk for obstructive sleep apnea. In one study, obstructive sleep apnea was exhibited in more than 50 percent of patients with an average BMI of 40.0.22 Obstructive sleep apnea is associated with fatigue and significant cognitive and psychomotor deficits that are at least partially reversible with appropriate treatment.23 Accident rates have been shown to be considerably higher in drivers with obstructive sleep apnea than in
19 The presence of the medication in the operator’s urine but not in her blood indicates that the medication had already been metabolized and that its effects had subsided. 20 U.S. Congress, Office of Technology Assessment, Biological Rhythms: Implications for the Worker, OTA- BA-463 (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, September 1991). 21 M. Moore-Ede, The Twenty-Four Hour Society: Understanding Human Limits in a World That Never Sleeps (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1993). 22 O. Resta and others. “Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders, Loud Snoring and Excessive Daytime Sleepiness in Obese Subjects.” International Journal of Obesity-Related Metabolic Disorders. May 2001; 25(5): pp. 669-675. 23 L. Ferini-Strambi and others. “Cognitive Dysfunction in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA): Partial Reversibility After Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP).” Brain Research Bulletin. June 30, 2003; 61(1): pp. 87-92.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 27 those without the disorder.24 The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) medical review board recently recommended that the FMCSA require screening for obstructive sleep apnea in all drivers with a BMI over 30. The NTSB concludes that the operator of the striking train was at a high risk for having undiagnosed sleep apnea and that she may have been chronically fatigued as a result of the condition. Once the operator had departed Waban station, she likely would have had no operational matters to attend to other than those routine and long-practiced tasks, such as controlling train speed, that would almost be second nature to an experienced person operating along a familiar route. Such a low demand on her mental resources, in concert with fatigue from poor sleep quality due to discomfort and/or to undiagnosed sleep apnea, likely caused her to become relaxed and to disengage from her environment consistent with lapsing into a micro-sleep sometime after she departed Waban station. It is possible that if she observed the red signal at Waban station, she proceeded based on the belief that any train ahead would clear by the time her train arrived. She may have intended to hold her train’s speed below 10 mph through the block, but during an episode of micro-sleep, the train would have continued to accelerate. The NTSB therefore concludes that the operator of the striking train failed to respond appropriately to the controlling signal indication or to take advantage of several opportunities to slow or stop the train and to prevent the accident likely because she experienced a micro-sleep episode after departing Waban station. In its investigation of an August 15, 2000, accident involving the Maryland Transit Administration Central Light Rail Line System at the Baltimore-Washington International Airport light rail transit station,25 the NTSB identified as an element of the probable cause the previously undiagnosed obstructive sleep apnea of the train operator. The condition caused the operator to fall asleep and fail to brake the train before it stuck a bumping post at the terminus. As a result of that accident investigation, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to all U.S. rail transit systems: R-01-27 Ensure that your fatigue educational awareness program includes the risks posed by sleeping disorders, the indicators and symptoms of such disorders, and the available means of detecting and treating them. In March 20, 2002, and June 18, 2002, responses to Safety Recommendation R-01-27, the MBTA informed the NTSB that it did not have a formal fatigue awareness program but that, in response to the NTSB recommendation, it had completed an introductory fatigue awareness campaign and that:
24 J. Teran-Santos, A. Jimenez-Gomez, and J. Cordero-Guevara. “The Association Between Sleep Apnea and the Risk of Traffic Accidents.” Cooperative Group Burgos-Santander. New England Journal of Medicine. March 18, 1999; 340(11): pp. 847-851. 25Maryland Transit Administration Light Rail Vehicle Accidents at the Baltimore-Washington International Airport Transit Station Near Baltimore, Maryland, February 13 and August 15, 2000, Railroad Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-01/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 28 The Wellness Program will continue to provide informational material to our employees. In addition, the MBTA University’s Wellness Institute will collaborate with the Operations division in designing a fatigue education program. The MBTA also responded that its medical clinic would “enhance” its data collection sheets “to include specific questions on the signs and symptoms of sleep disorders.” Based on these responses, the NTSB, on May 17, 2002, classified Safety Recommendation R-01-27 “Open—Acceptable Response.” During the investigation of the Newton, Massachusetts, accident, NTSB investigators examined material currently provided formally by the MBTA to its train operators with regard to fatigue and sleep disorders. This material consisted of a single audio-visual slide titled “Fatigue/Drowsiness” and a single paragraph in the current Green Line Light Rail Vehicle Operation Defensive Driving Manual. The paragraph in the operator’s manual quotes the text of the audio-visual slide and states, in part: All you need to do is get enough rest. Most people need 8 hours of sleep per night. Know what sleep you require and take care of yourself by getting the proper rest. Based on the examination of these materials, the NTSB believes that the MBTA continues to have a fatigue awareness program that fails to adequately address potential sleep disorders among its train operators. Thus, the agency has not appropriately responded to the intent of Safety Recommendation R-01-27. The NTSB therefore reclassifies Safety Recommendation R-01-27 “Open—Unacceptable Response” and reiterates this recommendation to the MBTA. With regard to revisions or enhancements the MBTA indicated to the NTSB that it would make to its medical data collection form, the form continues to lack any inquiries about sleep disorders, snoring, or any difficulties with sleep. Such inquiries could provide a basis for identifying train operators and others in safety-sensitive positions who are at risk for obstructive sleep apnea or other disorders so that those individuals can receive additional evaluation and, if necessary, appropriate treatment. The NTSB concludes that the MBTA continues to have an inadequate fatigue awareness program to educate train operators about the risks of fatigue and an inadequate program to identify and address potential sleep disorders for its train operators. Further, given the seriousness of the risks posed by undiagnosed sleep apnea among transit operators, the NTSB recommends that, not only the MBTA, but all U.S. rail transit agencies should review their medical history and physical examination forms and modify them as necessary to ensure that they elicit specific information about any previous diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea or other sleep disorders and about the presence of specific risk factors for such disorders. The NTSB further recommends that all U.S. rail transit agencies establish a program to identify operators who are at high risk for obstructive sleep apnea or other sleep disorders and require that such operators be appropriately evaluated and treated.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 29 The NTSB also believes that the Federal Transit Administration should promote awareness, throughout the transit industry, of the safety risks associated with sleep disorders and should assist transit agencies in developing programs to minimize that risk. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Federal Transit Administration develop and disseminate guidance for operators, transit authorities, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk for obstructive sleep apnea and other sleep disorders. MBTA Signal Rules Reporting of Anomalous Signal Aspects The MBTA defines defective signals in Rule 59 of the Rules for Trainpersons and Other Employees of the Light Rail Lines. The rule defines a defective signal as one that is imperfectly displayed, typically with conflicting aspects or no aspect. In this accident, signal H-66—which caused the struck train to stop and thus created the conditions under which this particular accident could occur—was not imperfectly displayed. The only aspect illuminated was red, indicating stop and proceed. The reason the signal showed red was the presence of broken bond wires. Operators of trains made to stop by the signal indication could easily see that the track ahead was unoccupied and that the signal was possibly displaying an inappropriate aspect. The investigation could not determine how long signal H-66 had been displaying red before the accident. While the operator of the struck train told NTSB investigators that he had observed a similar occurrence at this location on one of his trips that morning and that he had reported it, there was no record of a trouble report at this location. Because train operators are not required to report such apparent anomalies to the train dispatcher, maintenance employees may not be notified of a possible problem with the signal system and thus may not effect any necessary repairs. The NTSB concludes that the broken bonds associated with signal H-66 caused a delay that placed train 3681 in a position to be struck by train 3667. The NTSB further concludes that because MBTA operating rules do not require that train operators report signals displaying red when the block of track governed by that signal can be determined to be unoccupied, possible problems in the signal system could remain undetected and unrepaired, which could increase safety risks on the rail line. Signal aspects other than red can also appear to be inappropriate for the apparent track conditions, and these apparent anomalies should also be made known to MBTA dispatchers. The NTSB therefore recommends that the MBTA require that train operators immediately report to the train dispatcher any inappropriately displayed aspects and all red signal aspects they encounter when the block of track governed by that signal can be seen to be clear of other trains. Notification of Restrictive Signals When the striking train departed Waban station, the trail operator did not know that the train was operating under a restrictive signal indication. If he had known, he might have been able to contact the train operator via the train intercom, had it been working, to question why the train did not hold for the specified time and, once it departed the station, why it was accelerating normally, as if under a clear signal indication. Even if the train operator had been disengaged from her duties at that time (assuming she was not so disengaged earlier that she failed to note
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 30 the red signal), such a call may have alerted her so that she could have responded in a way that would have prevented the accident. If she did not respond, the trail operator would have had the option of stopping the train. However, MBTA rules do not require that train operators keep other crewmembers informed of restrictive signal indications. By not being so informed, the other crewmembers are limited in their ability to participate fully in the operation of the train and are thus limited in their ability to implement effective crew resource management. The NTSB concludes that, had the MBTA required train operators to inform trail operators of restrictive signal indications and had the operator of the striking train informed her trail operator of the restrictive signal indication just west of Waban station, the trail operator might have been able to prevent the accident by questioning the operator about the train speed or by applying the brakes. As it was, however, the trail operator did not know that anything was wrong until the moment of impact. The NTSB therefore recommends that the MBTA require train operators to notify other train crewmembers when the train encounters a restrictive signal and to inform crewmembers of the operator’s intended means of complying with the restrictions. This should also include a requirement that the other crewmembers acknowledge receiving this notification. Positive Train Control Four decades of NTSB investigations of railroad accidents have shown that the most effective means of avoiding train-to-train collisions is through use of a positive train control system that will automatically stop a train if the crew fails to comply with a signal indication. Previous investigations have identified a wide range of factors that can affect a train crew’s response to signal indications, such as multiple simultaneous distractions, cell phone usage, dense fog, crew inattention, use of prescription medications, and fatigue. This accident in Newton, Massachusetts, is another in a long series of accidents that could have been prevented had the territory been equipped with a positive train control system. Such a system could have detected that train 3667 was operating above the allowable speed of 10 mph as required by the signal indication at signal H-64 and could have provided an over speed warning or stopped the train if the operator failed to comply with the signal indication. The NTSB therefore concludes that this accident could have been prevented had the MBTA Green Line been equipped with a positive train control system that could have intervened to stop train 3667 before it could strike the rear of train 3681. The Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 requires each class I, intercity, and commuter rail carrier (carriers regulated by the Federal Railroad Administration) to develop and submit to the U.S. Secretary of Transportation, within 18 months, its plan for the implementation of a positive train control system by December 31, 2015. Transit agencies that operate trolley, light rail, and heavy rail systems are not included in the requirements of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008. The NTSB therefore recommends that the FTA facilitate the development and implementation of positive train control systems for rail transit systems nationwide. The NTSB further recommends the MBTA develop and implement a positive train control system for all of its rail lines.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 31 Trolley Car Crashworthiness The lead car of train 3667 (car 3667) and the trailing trolley car of train 3681 (car 3703) sustained substantial damage. Although the anticlimber showed indications of engagement, the forward end of car 3667 overrode the rear end of car 3703. The understructure and end structure failed on both trolley cars, resulting in the loss of more than 10 feet of survivable space on both cars. The operator’s compartment was crushed such that the operator could not have survived this accident. The NTSB concludes that the failure of the structure of the trolley cars resulted in the catastrophic loss of survivable space. There are no Federal standards for transit car crashworthiness. The NTSB addressed this issue during its investigation of the November 3, 2004, collision of two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Metrorail trains in Washington, D.C.26 The last railcar of train 703 telescoped and overrode the leading end of the first railcar of train 105, sustaining a catastrophic loss of approximately 34 feet of survival space in the last railcar’s passenger compartment. As a result of the accident, the NTSB made the following recommendation to the FTA: R-06-6 Develop minimum crashworthiness standards to prevent the telescoping of transit railcars in collisions and establish a timetable for removing equipment that cannot be modified to meet the new standards. The FTA responded in February 2008 that, in cooperation with the American Public Transportation Association and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, it will develop new standards for light and heavy rail transit vehicles that incorporate crash energy management principles. The agency also noted that it is researching crash energy management specifications for overhauling the front ends of existing light rail vehicles. Based on this response, the NTSB has classified Safety Recommendation R-06-6 “Open–Acceptable Response.”
26 Collision Between Two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Trains at the Woodley Park- Zoo/Adams Morgan Station in Washington, D.C., November 3, 2004, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 32 Conclusions Findings
- The following were neither causal nor contributory to the accident: weather conditions,
equipment performance, track condition, crewmember use of alcohol or illegal drugs, crewmember use of cell phones, crew training and qualifications, or the performance of the crew of the struck train.
- The emergency response to this accident was timely and appropriate.
- The operator of the striking train was at a high risk for having undiagnosed sleep apnea, and
she may have been chronically fatigued as a result of the condition.
- The operator of the striking train failed to respond appropriately to the controlling signal
indication or to take advantage of several opportunities to slow or stop the train and to prevent the accident likely because she experienced a micro-sleep episode after departing Waban station.
- The Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority continues to have an inadequate fatigue
awareness program to educate train operators about the risks of fatigue and an inadequate program to identify and address potential sleep disorders for its train operators.
- The broken bonds associated with signal H-66 caused a delay that placed train 3681 in a
position to be struck by train 3667.
- Because Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority operating rules do not require that train
operators report signals displaying red when the block of track governed by that signal can be determined to be unoccupied, possible problems in the signal system could remain undetected and unrepaired, which could increase safety risks on the rail line.
- Had the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority required train operators to inform trail
operators of restrictive signal indications and had the operator of the striking train informed her trail operator of the restrictive signal indication just west of Waban station, the trail operator might have been able to prevent the accident by questioning the operator about the train speed or by applying the brakes.
- This accident could have been prevented had the Massachusetts Bay Transportation
Authority Green Line been equipped with a positive train control system that could have intervened to stop train 3667 before it could strike the rear of train 3681.
- The failure of the structure of the trolley cars resulted in the catastrophic loss of survivable
space.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 33 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the May 28, 2008, collision of two Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line trains in Newton, Massachusetts, was the failure of the operator of the striking train to comply with the controlling signal indication, likely as a result of becoming disengaged from her environment consistent with experiencing an episode of micro-sleep. Contributing to the accident was the lack of a positive train control system that would have intervened to stop the train and prevent the collision.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 34 Recommendations As a result of its investigation of the May 28, 2008, collision between two Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Green Line trains, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: New Recommendations To the Federal Transit Administration: Facilitate the development and implementation of positive train control systems for rail transit systems nationwide. (R-09-08) Develop and disseminate guidance for operators, transit authorities, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk for obstructive sleep apnea and other sleep disorders. (R-09-09) To all U.S. rail transit agencies: Review your medical history and physical examination forms and modify them as necessary to ensure that they elicit specific information about any previous diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea or other sleep disorders and about the presence of specific risk factors for such disorders. (R-09-10) Establish a program to identify operators who are at high risk for obstructive sleep apnea or other sleep disorders and require that such operators be appropriately evaluated and treated. (R-09-11) To the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority: Require that train operators immediately report to the train dispatcher any inappropriately displayed aspects and all red signal aspects they encounter when the block of track governed by that signal can be seen to be clear of other trains. (R-09-12) Require train operators to notify other train crewmembers when the train encounters a restrictive signal and to inform crewmembers of the operator’s intended means of complying with the restrictions. Include a requirement that the other crewmembers acknowledge receiving this notification. (R-09-13) Develop and implement a positive train control system for all of your rail lines. (R-09-14)
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Recommendation Reiterated in Report To the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority: R-01-27 Ensure that your fatigue educational awareness program includes the risks posed by sleeping disorders, the indicators and symptoms of such disorders, and the available means of detecting and treating them. Recommendation Reclassified in Report To the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority: R-01-27 Ensure that your fatigue educational awareness program includes the risks posed by sleeping disorders, the indicators and symptoms of such disorders, and the available means of detecting and treating them. Safety Recommendation R-01-27, previously classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in the “Performance of Operator of Striking Train” section of this report.
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD MARK V. ROSENKER KATHRYN O’LEARY HIGGINS Acting Chairman Member DEBORAH A. P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Member Member
Adopted: July 14, 2009
35
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 36 Appendix A Investigation The National Response Center notified the NTSB of the accident about 7:00 p.m. on May 28, 2008. The investigator-in-charge and other members of the NTSB investigative team were launched from the Washington, D.C., headquarters office and from the Chicago, Illinois; Gardena, California; and Jacksonville, Florida; field offices. Investigative groups were established in the areas of operations, track, signals, mechanical, human performance, survival factors, and event recorder issues. No hearings or depositions were held in conjunction with this accident. Member Kathryn O’Leary Higgins was the Board Member on scene. Parties to the investigation included the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities, and the Amalgamated Transit Union (Boston Carmen's Union).
FD07372 | 2010_美国_AAR1001.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Loss of Control on Approach Colgan Air, Inc. Operating as Continental Connection Flight 3407 Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ Clarence Center, New York February 12, 2009
Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/01 PB2010-910401
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/AAR-10/01 PB2010-910401 Notation 8090A Adopted February 2, 2010
Aircraft Accident Report Loss of Control on Approach Colgan Air, Inc. Operating as Continental Connection Flight 3407 Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ Clarence Center, New York February 12, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Loss of Control on Approach, Colgan Air, Inc., Operating as Continental Connection Flight 3407, Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ, Clarence Center, New York, February 12, 2009. NTSB/AAR-10/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report discusses the accident involving a Colgan Air, Inc., Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ, operating as Continental Connection flight 3407, which experienced a loss of control on an instrument approach to Buffalo-Niagara International Airport, Buffalo, New York, and crashed into a residence in Clarence Center, New York, about 5 nautical miles northeast of the airport. The safety issues discussed in this report focus on strategies to prevent flight crew monitoring failures, pilot professionalism, fatigue, remedial training, pilot training records, airspeed selection procedures, stall training, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) oversight, flight operational quality assurance programs, use of personal portable electronic devices on the flight deck, the FAA’s use of safety alerts for operators to transmit safety-critical information, and weather information provided to pilots. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-910401 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Tables ..............................................................................................................................................v Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary .......................................................................................................................x 1. .................................................................................................................1 Factual Information 1.1 ...................................................................................................................1 History of Flight 1.2 ................................................................................................................6 Injuries to Persons 1.3 ..............................................................................................................6 Damage to Aircraft 1.4 ......................................................................................................................6 Other Damage 1.5 ..........................................................................................................6 Personnel Information 1.5.1 .................................................................................................................6 The Captain 1.5.1.1 ...............................................8 Activities in the 72 Hours Preceding the Accident 1.5.1.2 .....................................................................................................9 Federal Aviation Administration Certificate Disapprovals and Colgan Air Training Events 1.5.2 .......................................................................................................11 The First Officer 1.5.2.1 .............................................13 Activities in the 72 Hours Preceding the Accident 1.5.2.2 .......................................................................................14 Previous Stall Training 1.6. ...........................................................................................................15 Aircraft Information 1.6.1 .........................................15 Weight and Balance Information and Performance Data 1.6.2 .................................................................................................16 Airspeed Indications 1.6.3 .............................................................................................18 Stall Protection System 1.6.4 ............................................................................19 Ice Detection and Deicing System 1.6.5 ................................................................................................21 Maintenance Records 1.7 ...............................................................................................22 Meteorological Information 1.8 .............................................................................................................23 Aids to Navigation 1.9 ................................................................................................................24 Communications 1.10 ............................................................................................................24 Airport Information 1.10.1 ....................................................................................................24 Air Traffic Control 1.11 .................................................................................................................25 Flight Recorders 1.11.1 ............................................................................................25 Cockpit Voice Recorder 1.11.2 .................................................................................................26 Flight Data Recorder 1.12 ....................................................................................26 Wreckage and Impact Information 1.13 ..............................................................................28 Medical and Pathological Information 1.14 .....................................................................................................................................28 Fire 1.15 ................................................................................................................28 Survival Aspects 1.15.1 .........................................................................................28 Fire Emergency Response 1.15.2 ............................................................................28 Natural Gas Emergency Response i
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.16 .............................................................................................................30 Tests and Research 1.16.1 ......................................................................................30 Aircraft Performance Study 1.16.2 ....................................................................31 Aircraft Performance Simulation Study 1.17 ...................................................................33 Organizational and Management Information 1.17.1 ................................................................................................34 Flight Crew Training 1.17.1.1 ......................................................................................................35 Stall Training 1.17.1.2 ................................................................................38 Winter Operations Training 1.17.1.3 ..............................................................................................39 Remedial Training 1.17.1.4 ...............................................................39 Crew Resource Management Training 1.17.1.5 ..............................................................................41 Captain Leadership Training 1.17.2 ..........................................................................................................42 Flight Manuals 1.17.2.1 ........................................................................42 Reference and Approach Speeds 1.17.2.2 ...........................................................................42 Operations in Icing Conditions 1.17.2.3 ..........................................44 Descent, Approach, and Before Landing Checklists 1.17.2.4 ...........................................44 Approach Profile and Stabilized Approach Criteria 1.17.3 ........................................................................................45 Sterile Cockpit Procedures 1.17.4 ....................................................................................................46 Commuting Policy 1.17.4.1 ....................................................47 Commuting Status of Pilots Based at Newark 1.17.5 ...........................................................................................................48 Fatigue Policy 1.17.6 ....................................................................................................50 Crew Room Policy 1.17.7 ........................................................................................................51 Safety Programs 1.17.7.1 .........................................................................51 Safety Management and Culture 1.17.7.2 ..................................................................................53 Safety Reporting Methods 1.17.7.3 .........................................................................54 Aviation Safety Action Program 1.17.7.4 .............................................................................55 Line Operations Safety Audit 1.17.7.5 ................................................................55 Flight Operational Quality Assurance 1.17.7.6 .........................................................................56 Additional Postaccident Actions 1.17.7.7 ......................................................57 Safety Communications at the Newark Base 1.18 ......................................................................................................57 Additional Information 1.18.1 ...........................................................................57 Previous Safety Recommendations 1.18.1.1 ..................................................................................57 Sterile Cockpit Adherence 1.18.1.2 .........................................................................................58 Situational Awareness 1.18.1.3 ..........................................................................................58 Pilot Professionalism 1.18.1.4 .......................................................................59 Monitoring Pilot Responsibilities 1.18.1.5 ............................................................................................60 Flight Crew Fatigue 1.18.1.6 ......................................................................................................63 Stall Training 1.18.1.7 .....................................................65 Remedial Training and Additional Oversight 1.18.1.8 .......................................................................................................66 Pilot Records 1.18.1.9 ...............................................................................69 Air Carrier Safety Programs 1.18.1.10 ..........................................................................................70 Air Carrier Oversight 1.18.1.11 ..........................................................................71 Low-Airspeed Alerting System 1.18.1.12 .....................................................................................................72 Airplane Icing 1.18.1.13 ...........................................................................73 Weather Information for Pilots 1.18.2 ..............................................................74 Federal Aviation Administration Guidance 1.18.2.1 ..........................................................................74 Pilot Records Improvement Act 1.18.2.2 ............................................................................74 Line Operations Safety Audits ii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.2.3 ................................................................75 Flight Operational Quality Assurance 1.18.2.4 ..........................................................................75 Standard Operating Procedures 1.18.3 ....................................................................................................76 Interview with Colgan Air Flight Crew of Burlington, Vermont Stick Shaker Event 1.18.4 ........................................................................................77 Previous Related Accident 1.18.5 .............................................................78 Gulfstream Training Academy Information 2. ...................................................................................................................................80 Analysis 2.1 ...............................................................................................................................80 General 2.2 .............................................................................................................81 Accident Sequence 2.2.1 ...................................................................................................................81 Overview 2.2.2 ..................................................................................................83 Approach to Airport 2.2.2.1 .........84 Possible Reasons for Failed Detection of Impending Stick Shaker Onset 2.2.3 ........................................................................86 Response to Stick Shaker Activation 2.2.3.1 .............................................89 Possible Reasons for Failed Recovery Procedures 2.2.4 ..............................................................................91 Captain’s Management of Flight 2.3 .........................................................................93 Strategies to Prevent Monitoring Failures 2.3.1 .............................................................................93 Flight Crew Monitoring Training 2.3.2 .............................................................................................95 Flight Deck Procedures 2.3.3 ....................................................................................95 Low-Airspeed Alert Systems 2.4 .........................................................................................................98 Pilot Professionalism 2.4.1 ..................................................................................................98 Leadership Training 2.4.2 ...............................................100 Sterile Cockpit and Standard Operating Procedures 2.4.3 ..................................................................................103 Crew Resource Management 2.5 .............................................................................................................................104 Fatigue 2.5.1 ..........................................................106 Role of Fatigue in Flight Crew Performance 2.5.2 ........................................................................108 Industry Fatigue Mitigation Efforts 2.6 .....................................................................................113 First Officer’s Illness Symptoms 2.7 ..............................................................114 Captain’s Disapprovals and Training Problems 2.7.1 .........................................................117 Remedial Training and Additional Oversight 2.7.2 ............................................................................................119 Pilot Training Records 2.7.3 ..............................................................................121 Pilot Records Improvement Act 2.8 ........................................................................................123 Airspeed Selection Procedures 2.9 ...................................................................................................................126 Stall Training 2.9.1 ..............................................................................................128 Stick Pusher Training 2.9.2 ...................................................................................................130 Simulator Fidelity 2.9.3 ..........................................................................................134 Tailplane Stall Training 2.10 ....................................................................135 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight 2.11 ............................................................................................................139 Company Policies 2.11.1 ....................................................................139 Flight Operational Quality Assurance 2.11.2 ...........................142 Use of Personal Portable Electronic Devices on the Flight Deck 2.12 ..............................................................................................144 Safety Alerts for Operators 2.13 ....................................................145 Preflight Weather Documents and Icing Terminology 2.13.1 .................................................................................145 Preflight Weather Documents 2.13.2 ..................................................................................................148 Icing Terminology iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3. ...........................................................................................................................151 Conclusions 3.1 ...........................................................................................................................151 Findings 3.2 ................................................................................................................155 Probable Cause 4. ................................................................................................................156 Recommendations 4.1 ...................................................................................................156 New Recommendations 4.2 .....................................159 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report 4.3 ..................................160 Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report Board Member Statements .......................................................................................................161
- Appendixes..............................................................................................................................174
Appendix A—Investigation and Hearing ....................................................................................174 Appendix B—Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript ......................................................................175 iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Q400 Indicated Airspeed Display .................................................................................17 Figure 2. Q400 Reference Speeds Switch .....................................................................................18 Figure 3. Q400 Engine Display Showing Ice Detected and Increased Reference Speeds Message ...........................................................................................20 Tables Table 1. Injury Chart .......................................................................................................................6 Table 2. Colgan Air’s Approach-to-Stall Training Events ...........................................................35 Table 3. Geographic Distribution of Colgan Air Pilots Based at Newark, New Jersey ...............48 Table 4. Icing Definitions ...........................................................................................................149
v
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report vi Abbreviations AAIB
Air Accidents Investigation Branch of the United Kingdom AC advisory circular ACARS aircraft communications addressing and reporting system AFM airplane flight manual agl above ground level AIM Aeronautical Information Manual AIRMET Airmen’s Meteorological Information ALB Albany International Airport ALPA Air Line Pilots Association AOA angle-of-attack AOM airplane operating manual APM aircrew program manager ASAP aviation safety action program ASIAS aviation safety information analysis and sharing ASOS automated surface observing system ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System ATC air traffic control ATCT air traffic control tower ATIS automatic terminal information service ATOS air transportation oversight system BTV Burlington International Airport BUF Buffalo-Niagara International Airport
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report vii CFM
company flight manual CFR Code of Federal Regulations CRM crew resource management CVR cockpit voice recorder CWA Center Weather Advisory DOD Department of Defense eice en route ice accumulation EWR Newark Liberty International Airport FAA Federal Aviation Administration FDR flight data recorder FOQA flight operational quality assurance FRMS fatigue risk management system FSDO flight standards district office GIA Gulfstream International Airlines Hg mercury IAH George Bush Intercontinental Airport IAS indicated airspeed IATA International Air Transport Association ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization IEP internal evaluation program IFR instrument flight rules ILS instrument landing system InFO information for operators IOE initial operating experience
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report viii LOSA
line operations safety audit MEM Memphis International Airport METAR meteorological aerodrome report msl mean sea level MSP Minneapolis-St. Paul International/Wold-Chamberlain Airport NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration NDB nondirectional beacon nm nautical mile NOTAM notice to airmen NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NWS National Weather Service ORF Norfolk International Airport PF pilot flying PFD primary flight display PIC pilot-in-command PIREP pilot report PM pilot monitoring POI principal operations inspector PRIA Pilot Records Improvement Act PST Pacific standard time QAR quick access recorder RDU Raleigh-Durham International Airport ROC Greater Rochester International Airport
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report ix SAFO
safety alert for operators SEA Seattle-Tacoma International Airport SIC second-in-command SIGMET Significant Meteorological Information SMS safety management system TSB Transportation Safety Board of Canada Vfri flap retract speed Vga go-around speed Vref reference landing speed VSR reference stall speed VMC visual meteorological conditions VOR very high frequency omnidirectional radio range VVM verbalize, verify, and monitor YYZ Toronto Pearson International Airport
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report x Executive Summary On February 12, 2009, about 2217 eastern standard time, a Colgan Air, Inc., Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ, operating as Continental Connection flight 3407, was on an instrument approach to Buffalo-Niagara International Airport, Buffalo, New York, when it crashed into a residence in Clarence Center, New York, about 5 nautical miles northeast of the airport. The 2 pilots, 2 flight attendants, and 45 passengers aboard the airplane were killed, one person on the ground was killed, and the airplane was destroyed by impact forces and a postcrash fire. The flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121. Night visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the captain’s inappropriate response to the activation of the stick shaker, which led to an aerodynamic stall from which the airplane did not recover. Contributing to the accident were (1) the flight crew’s failure to monitor airspeed in relation to the rising position of the low- speed cue, (2) the flight crew’s failure to adhere to sterile cockpit procedures, (3) the captain’s failure to effectively manage the flight, and (4) Colgan Air’s inadequate procedures for airspeed selection and management during approaches in icing conditions. The safety issues discussed in this report focus on strategies to prevent flight crew monitoring failures, pilot professionalism, fatigue, remedial training, pilot training records, airspeed selection procedures, stall training, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) oversight, flight operational quality assurance programs, use of personal portable electronic devices on the flight deck, the FAA’s use of safety alerts for operators to transmit safety-critical information, and weather information provided to pilots. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1
History of Flight On February 12, 2009, about 2217 eastern standard time,1 a Colgan Air, Inc., Bombardier DHC-8-400 (Q400),2 N200WQ, operating as Continental Connection flight 3407,3 was on an instrument approach to Buffalo-Niagara International Airport (BUF), Buffalo, New York, when it crashed into a residence in Clarence Center, New York, about 5 nautical miles (nm) northeast of the airport. The 2 pilots, 2 flight attendants, and 45 passengers aboard the airplane were killed, one person on the ground was killed, and the airplane was destroyed by impact forces and a postcrash fire. The flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121. Night visual meteorological conditions (VMC) prevailed at the time of the accident. The home base of operations for both the captain and the first officer was Liberty International Airport (EWR), Newark, New Jersey. On February 11, 2009, the captain had completed a 2-day trip sequence, with the final flight of the trip arriving at EWR at 1544. Also that day, the first officer began her commute from her home near Seattle, Washington, to EWR at 1951 Pacific standard time (PST), arriving at EWR (via Memphis International Airport [MEM], Memphis, Tennessee) on the day of the accident at 0623. The captain and the first officer were both observed in Colgan’s crew room on February 12 before their scheduled report time of 1330.4 The flight crew’s first two scheduled flights of the day, from EWR to Greater Rochester International Airport (ROC), Rochester, New York, and back, had been canceled because of high winds at EWR and the resulting ground delays at the airport.5 The company dispatch release for flight 3407 was issued at 1800 and showed an estimated departure time of 1910 and an estimated en route time of 53 minutes. The airplane to be used for flight 3407, N200WQ, arrived at EWR at 1854. A first officer whose flight arrived at EWR at 1853 saw, as he exited his airplane, the flight 3407 captain and first officer walking toward the accident airplane. The airplane’s aircraft communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS) showed a departure clearance request at 1930 and pushback from the gate at
1 All times in this report are eastern standard time based on a 24-hour clock unless otherwise noted. 2 According to Bombardier’s website, the DHC-8 has been known as a Q-series airplane since 1996. The Q400 entered service in 2000. 3 Continental Airlines and Colgan Air were involved in a code-sharing arrangement, but each air carrier had separate 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 certificates, and Federal Aviation Administration oversight of each air carrier was conducted by separate certificate management teams. 4 The captain’s and the first officer’s activities before and after their scheduled report time are detailed in section 1.5. 5 As part of the airlines’ code-sharing arrangement, Colgan flights were subject to cancellation by Continental. The Colgan EWR regional chief pilot stated, during a postaccident interview, that Continental’s EWR operations center had called him to cancel multiple Continental Connection flights that day.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 1945.6 According to the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) recording, the EWR ground controller provided taxi instructions for the flight at 2030:28,7 which the first officer acknowledged. About 2041:35, the first officer stated, “I’m ready to be in the hotel room,” to which the captain replied, “I feel bad for you.” She continued, “this is one of those times that if I felt like this when I was at home there’s no way I would have come all the way out here.”8 She then stated, “if I call in sick now I’ve got to put myself in a hotel until I feel better … we’ll see how … it feels flying. If the pressure’s just too much … I could always call in tomorrow at least I’m in a hotel on the company’s buck but we’ll see. I’m pretty tough.” The captain responded by stating that the first officer could try an over-the-counter herbal supplement, drink orange juice, or take vitamin C. The CVR recorded the tower controller clearing the airplane for takeoff about 2118:23. The first officer acknowledged the clearance, and the captain stated, “alright cleared for takeoff it’s mine.” According to the dispatch release, the intended cruise altitude for the flight was 16,000 feet mean sea level (msl).9 The flight data recorder (FDR) showed that, during the climb to altitude, the propeller deice and airframe deice equipment were turned on (the pitot static deicing equipment had been turned on before takeoff) and the autopilot was engaged. The airplane reached its cruising altitude of 16,000 feet about 2134:44. The cruise portion of flight was routine and uneventful. The CVR recorded the captain and the first officer engaged in an almost continuous conversation throughout that portion of the flight, but these conversations did not conflict with the sterile cockpit rule, which prohibits nonessential conversations within the cockpit during critical phases of flight.10 About 2149:18, the CVR recorded the captain making a sound similar to a yawn. About 1 minute later, the captain interrupted his own conversation to point out, to the first officer, traffic that was crossing left to right. About 2150:42, the first officer reported the winds to be from 250° at 15 knots gusting to 23 knots; afterward, the captain stated that runway 23 would be used for the landing. About 2153:40, the first officer briefed the airspeeds for landing with the flaps at 15° (flaps 15) as 118 knots (reference landing speed [Vref]) and 114 knots (go-around speed [Vga]), and the captain acknowledged this information. About 2156:26, the first officer stated, “might be easier on my ears if we start going down sooner.” About 2156:36, the captain instructed the first officer to “get discretion to twelve [thousand feet].” Less than 1 minute later, a controller from Cleveland Center cleared the flight to descend to 11,000 feet, and the first officer acknowledged the clearance.
6 ACARS enables pilots to communicate with company personnel on the ground. ACARS is used to exchange routine flight status messages and weather information. Some of these messages, such as the time that a flight leaves the gate, takes off, and touches down, are sent and received automatically. 7 About 7 minutes earlier, the captain had made an announcement over the public address system, indicating that the taxi delay was the result of the weather conditions at the time. 8 The CVR recorded the first officer sneezing and sniffling. 9 All altitudes in this report are expressed as msl unless otherwise noted. 10 The sterile cockpit rule refers to 14 CFR 121.542, “Flight Crewmember Duties,” which is discussed in section 1.17.3.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3 About 2203:38, the Cleveland Center controller instructed the flight crew to contact BUF approach control, and the first officer acknowledged this instruction. The first officer made initial contact with BUF approach control about 2203:53, stating that the flight was descending from 12,000 to 11,000 feet with automatic terminal information service (ATIS) information “romeo,”11 and the approach controller provided the airport altimeter setting and told the crew to plan an instrument landing system (ILS) approach to runway 23. About 2204:16, the captain began the approach briefing. About 2205:01, the approach controller cleared the flight crew to descend and maintain 6,000 feet, and the first officer acknowledged the clearance. About 30 seconds later, the captain continued the approach briefing, during which he repeated the airspeeds for a flaps 15 landing. FDR data showed that the airplane descended through 10,000 feet about 2206:37. From that point on, the flight crew was required to observe the sterile cockpit rule. About 2207:14, the CVR recorded the first officer making a sound similar to a yawn. About 2208:41 and 2209:12, the approach controller cleared the flight crew to descend and maintain 5,000 and 4,000 feet, respectively, and the first officer acknowledged the clearances. Afterward, the captain asked the first officer about her ears, and she indicated that they were stuffy and popping. About 2210:23, the first officer asked whether ice had been accumulating on the windshield, and the captain replied that ice was present on his side of the windshield and asked whether ice was present on her windshield side. The first officer responded, “lots of ice.” The captain then stated, “that’s the most I’ve seen—most ice I’ve seen on the leading edges in a long time. In a while anyway I should say.” About 10 seconds later, the captain and the first officer began a conversation that was unrelated to their flying duties. During that conversation, the first officer indicated that she had accumulated more actual flight time in icing conditions on her first day of initial operating experience (IOE) with Colgan than she had before her employment with the company.12 She also stated that, when other company first officers were “complaining” about not yet having upgraded to captain, she was thinking that she “wouldn’t mind going through a winter in the northeast before [upgrading] to captain.” The first officer explained that, before IOE, she had “never seen icing conditions … never deiced … never experienced any of that.” About 2212:18, the approach controller cleared the flight crew to descend and maintain 2,300 feet, and the first officer acknowledged the clearance. Afterward, the captain and the first officer performed flight-related duties but also continued the conversation that was unrelated to their flying duties. About 2212:44, the approach controller cleared the flight crew to turn left onto a heading of 330°. About 2213:25 and 2213:36, the captain called for the descent and approach checklists, respectively, which the first officer performed. About 2214:09, the approach controller cleared the flight crew to turn left onto a heading of 310°, and the autopilot’s
11 An ATIS broadcasts continuous weather observations and other advisory information to pilots operating on or near an airport. ATIS broadcasts are updated hourly or more frequently if conditions change. ATIS information “romeo” relayed information from a BUF weather observation at 2154; see section 1.7 for information about the observation. 12 According to the CVR, the first officer stated, about 2210:58, that she had accumulated 1,600 hours during flights in the Phoenix, Arizona, area. Section 1.5.2 provides additional details about the first officer’s flying experience.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 altitude hold mode became active about 1 second later as the airplane was approaching the preselected altitude of 2,300 feet. The airplane reached this altitude about 2214:30; the airspeed was about 180 knots at the time. About 2215:06, the captain called for the flaps to be moved to the 5° position, and the CVR recorded a sound similar to flap handle movement. Afterward, the approach controller cleared the flight crew to turn left onto a heading of 260° and maintain 2,300 feet until established on the localizer for the ILS approach to runway 23. The first officer acknowledged the clearance. The captain began to slow the airplane less than 3 miles from the outer marker to establish the appropriate airspeed before landing. According to FDR data, the engine power levers13 were reduced to about 42° (flight idle was 35°) about 2216:00, and both engines’ torque values were at minimum thrust about 2216:02. The approach controller then instructed the flight crew to contact the BUF air traffic control tower (ATCT) controller. The first officer acknowledged this instruction, which was the last communication between the flight crew and air traffic control (ATC). Afterward, the CVR recorded sounds similar to landing gear handle deployment and landing gear movement, and the FDR showed that the propeller condition levers had been moved forward to their maximum RPM position and that pitch trim14 in the airplane- nose-up direction had been applied by the autopilot.15 About 2216:21, the first officer told the captain that the gear was down; at that time, the airspeed was about 145 knots. Afterward, FDR data showed that additional pitch trim in the airplane-nose-up direction had been applied by the autopilot and that an “ice detected” message appeared on the engine display in the cockpit. About the same time, the captain called for the flaps to be set to 15° and for the before landing checklist. The CVR then recorded a sound similar to flap handle movement, and FDR data showed that the flaps had been selected to 10°.16 FDR data also showed that the airspeed at the time was about 135 knots. At 2216:27.4, the CVR recorded a sound similar to the stick shaker. (The stick shaker warns a pilot of an impending wing aerodynamic stall17 through vibrations on the control column, providing tactile and aural cues.) The CVR also recorded a sound similar to the autopilot disconnect horn, which repeated until the end of the recording. FDR data showed that,
13 The pilots set the power lever angle and the propeller condition lever angle for each engine. 14 Pitch trim is used to reduce the long-term pilot or autopilot forces required to maintain a target attitude and counter the effects of changes to the airplane’s center of gravity, airspeed, or lift during flap extension or retraction. The pitch trim actuators can be either automatically controlled by the autopilot or manually controlled by a pilot. For the accident flight, after the autopilot was selected on (shortly after takeoff), the FDR pitch trim adjustments were applied by the autopilot. (There was no activity in the four discrete parameters dedicated to each pilot’s use of manual pitch trim once the autopilot was selected on.) 15 FDR data showed the airplane’s airspeed as the following for each of these events: landing gear selected down, about 180 knots; propeller condition levers selected to maximum, about 170 knots; and pitch trim applied by the autopilot in the airplane-nose-up direction, about 160 knots. 16 Although the captain called for flaps 15, the flap handle needed to be positioned in the 10° detent before moving to the 15° detent. The trailing edge flap position reached 10° about 2216:34. 17 Stalls occur when the AOA of the wing—that is, the angle between the direction of airflow and the wing— exceeds a critical angle at which the air can no longer flow smoothly over the wing. Stalls disrupt lift, increase drag, and decrease roll control.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5 when the autopilot disengaged, the airplane was at an airspeed of 131 knots. FDR data showed that the control columns moved aft at 2216:27.8 and that the engine power levers were advanced to about 70° (rating detent was 80°) 1 second later.18 The CVR then recorded a sound similar to increased engine power, and FDR data showed that engine power had increased to about 75 percent torque. FDR data also showed that, while engine power was increasing, the airplane pitched up; rolled to the left, reaching a roll angle of 45° left wing down; and then rolled to the right. As the airplane rolled to the right through wings level, the stick pusher activated (about 2216:34), and flaps 0 was selected. (The Q400 stick pusher applies an airplane-nose-down control column input to decrease the wing angle-of-attack [AOA] after an aerodynamic stall.) About 2216:37, the first officer told the captain that she had put the flaps up. FDR data confirmed that the flaps had begun to retract by 2216:38; at that time, the airplane’s airspeed was about 100 knots. FDR data also showed that the roll angle reached 105° right wing down before the airplane began to roll back to the left and the stick pusher activated a second time (about 2216:40). At the time, the airplane’s pitch angle was -1°. About 2216:42, the CVR recorded the captain making a grunting sound. FDR data showed that the roll angle had reached about 35° left wing down before the airplane began to roll again to the right. Afterward, the first officer asked whether she should put the landing gear up, and the captain stated “gear up” and an expletive. The airplane’s pitch and roll angles had reached about 25° airplane nose down and 100° right wing down, respectively, when the airplane entered a steep descent. The stick pusher activated a third time (about 2216:50). FDR data showed that the flaps were fully retracted about 2216:52. About the same time, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “we’re down,” and a sound of a thump. The airplane impacted a single-family home (where the ground fatality occurred), and a postcrash fire ensued.19 The CVR recording ended about 2216:54.
18 The rating detent for the engine power levers (80° in this case) is a low-force, or soft, detent on the power quadrant at which the engines’ fully rated power for takeoff, climb, and cruise is achieved. Power lever travel beyond the rating detent is possible but is available only for emergency use. 19 The postcrash fire was also the result of a severed natural gas service pipeline at the home, as discussed in section 1.15.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 6 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table 1. Injury Chart Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 2 2 45 1 50 Serious 0 0 0 0 0 Minor 0 0 0 0 0 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 2 2 45 1 50 1.3 Damage to Aircraft The airplane was destroyed by impact forces and a postcrash fire. 1.4 Other Damage One house and two cars in the driveway of the house were destroyed as a result of the airplane’s impact and the postcrash fire. The house’s detached garage remained intact, but an attached garage of an adjacent house was damaged from the impact of a section of the airplane’s outboard right wing. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Captain The captain, age 47, held an airline transport pilot certificate and a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) first-class medical certificate dated August 22, 2008, with a limitation that required him to wear corrective lenses while exercising the privileges of this certificate. The captain received a type rating on the DHC-8 on November 18, 2008. According to his application for employment with Colgan, from August 2004 to April 2005,20 the captain attended the first officer program at Gulfstream Training Academy, Fort Lauderdale, Florida, where he was the second-in-command (SIC) on the Beech BE-1900D for Gulfstream International Airlines (GIA).21 Between April and August 2005, the captain worked
20 FAA records indicated that the captain received his private pilot single-engine and instrument certificates in June 1990 and October 1991, respectively. FAA records also indicated that the captain received his commercial pilot instrument and single-engine certificates in June 2002 and his multiengine certificate in April 2004. 21 The CVR recorded the captain stating, about 2050:33, “I went through Gulfstream’s program ‘cause … it was the best program for … the timeframe that I had. You know how fast I wanted to get into the one twenty one environment … so it really worked out well for me.” Information on the Gulfstream Training Academy is provided in section 1.18.5.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 in a non-aviation-related field. He was hired by Colgan in September 2005. The captain reported on his employment application that, in addition to the BE-1900D, he had flown the Piper PA-32 and PA-28 and the Cessna C-172. He also reported 618 total flight hours, including 38 hours of actual instrument time, and 71 hours of simulator instrument time. Colgan’s flight records indicated that the captain had accumulated 3,379 hours of total flying time, including 3,051 hours in turbine airplanes, 1,030 hours as a pilot-in-command (PIC), and 111 hours on the Q400. He had flown 116, 56, and 16 hours in the 90, 30, and 7 days, respectively, before the accident.22 (These times do not include the accident flight.) The captain’s transition (from the Saab 340 to the Q400) ground training occurred on October 31, 2008; his transition proficiency check occurred on November 18, 2008; and his transition line check occurred on December 3, 2008. FAA records indicated that the captain received four certificate disapprovals (as discussed in section 1.5.1.2). FAA records also indicated no accident or incident history or enforcement action, and a search of records at the National Driver Register found no history of driver’s license revocation or suspension.
The check airman who conducted the captain’s Q400 simulator training and line-oriented flight training characterized the captain’s decision-making abilities as very good. The check airman stated that the captain, when receiving unusual attitude23 training in the simulator, had somewhat overcontrolled the roll axis but had progressed during his subsequent simulator experience. The check airman who provided the captain with his IOE described the captain’s performance as good and indicated that his greatest strength was being methodical and meticulous. Other check airmen indicated that the captain had difficulties with the Q400 flight management system, but one of the check airmen pointed out that such difficulties were typical for pilots transitioning to the Q400. The first officer who flew with the captain on February 10 and 11, 2009, stated that the captain handled the airplane well, used checklists, and did not miss callouts. The first officer reported that, during their flights, the captain stated that the workload for the Q400 was significantly less than that for the Saab 340. First officers who flew with the captain in January 2009 indicated that he flew the Q400 competently. These first officers also indicated that the captain created a relaxed atmosphere in the cockpit but adhered to the sterile cockpit rule. The captain’s wife reported that his health was good and that he did not have any injuries or illnesses in the days before the accident. She also reported that no changes in his health had occurred in the year preceding the accident. The captain’s wife further reported that the captain did not take any medications, other than those to treat his hypertension,24 or nutritional supplements in the days before the accident and that he drank alcohol occasionally.
22 Colgan could not explain the discrepancy between the captain’s total number of hours on the Q400 (111 hours) and his flight time during the 90 days that preceded the accident (116 hours). There is no record of the captain flying an airplane other than the Q400 during the 90 days before the accident. 23 Attitude describes an aircraft’s pitch, roll, and yaw in relation to the horizon. 24 According to his wife, the captain was taking Gemfibrozil, Diltiazem, and Hydrochlorot for this purpose. FAA medical records indicated that the captain had been undergoing treatment for hypertension since 1999, and these medications were included in his medical records.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 In addition, the captain’s wife reported that normally he went to sleep about 2200 and awoke about 0900 or earlier if he were getting up with their children. The captain’s wife indicated that he would normally receive between 8 and 10 hours of sleep each night and that he slept well and would sometimes nap. She further indicated that his sleep and wake times when he worked depended on his schedule. A first officer who flew with the captain frequently during January 2009 remembered that the captain had stated that he wanted to get a “crash pad” 25 near EWR but that he was trying to get around having to pay for a crash pad by bidding trips that had overnights or commutable ends. This first officer also indicated that the captain had slept in hotels or the EWR crew room26 during their trips. Another first officer who had flown with the captain in January 2009 indicated that the captain did not have a crash pad and that he would commute to his home in Florida after a trip had concluded. According to Colgan, after the accident, the captain’s wife reported that he did not have a crash pad but that he would sometimes stay overnight with a friend in the EWR area. 1.5.1.1 Activities in the 72 Hours Preceding the Accident On February 9, 2009, the captain traveled aboard a commercial air carrier from his home near Tampa International Airport, Tampa, Florida, to EWR,27 departing about 1713 and arriving about 2005.28 His last known activity on February 9 (a telephone call) ended about 2247. The first officer who flew with the captain the next day stated that the captain spent the night in the crew room at EWR. On February 10, the captain began a 2-day trip with a report time of 0530. The first day of the trip comprised three flights. About 0641, the captain departed EWR and arrived about 0819 at Toronto Pearson International Airport (YYZ), Toronto, Canada. About 0911, he departed YYZ and arrived about 1049 at EWR. About 1139, the captain departed EWR and arrived at BUF about 1259. The captain spent the rest of the day at a hotel in the BUF area. The captain’s duty day on February 10, 2009, was 7 hours 49 minutes, of which 4 hours 36 minutes was flight time. The first officer stated that the airplane encountered icing conditions briefly while en route to the destination airports. He indicated that the captain engaged the deicing system and selected the “increase” position for the reference speeds switch29 before entering clouds (and disengaged the systems after exiting the clouds). The first officer also
25 This term denotes temporary lodging, such as an apartment or a shared room, used by pilots. 26 The EWR regional chief pilot stated, during a postaccident interview, that the company’s crew room at the airport has couches, recliners, and a television. The chief pilot described the room as a place for pilots to relax but indicated that the room was not adequate for rest before a trip. Section 1.17.6 provides additional information about Colgan’s policy concerning the use of the EWR crew room. 27 The captain had been a commuting pilot since he was hired by the company. 28 The captain’s most recent flight activity before February 9, 2009, began on February 2, when he flew as a nonrevenue passenger to Albany International Airport (ALB), Albany New York, for a 3-day trip that started the next day. The trip ended on February 5 at 1522 in ALB; the captain then flew as a nonrevenue passenger to EWR, arriving at 1742. The captain’s specific activities after that flight are not known (including information about his return to Tampa), but the captain’s wife described his activities in the days before the accident as routine. 29 The reference speeds switch (commonly referred to as the ref speeds switch) and the deicing system are discussed in sections 1.6.2 and 1.6.4, respectively.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 indicated that the captain used the autopilot on approaches and disengaged the autopilot by 800 feet above ground level (agl). The first officer further stated that no extraneous conversations took place below 10,000 feet (the altitude at which sterile cockpit procedures are in effect). On February 11, 2009, the captain and the first officer departed the hotel about 0515 to check in for the second day of their trip, which had a report time of 0615. The second day of the trip comprised three flights. The captain departed BUF about 0722 and arrived at EWR about
- The captain departed EWR about 1003 and arrived at Raleigh-Durham International
Airport (RDU), Raleigh, North Carolina, about 1138. The captain departed RDU about 1334 and arrived at EWR about 1544. The captain’s duty day on February 11, 2009, was 9 hours, 49 minutes, of which 5 hours was flight time. The first officer stated that the captain was well rested and alert during the trip. The captain’s last known activity that day (logging into the CrewTrac computer system, which Colgan pilots use to access company-related information, including crew schedules and company messages) ended about 2151. No information was found regarding where the captain slept that night. On February 12, 2009, the captain was scheduled to begin a 3-day trip. At 0310, the captain logged into the CrewTrac system. While the captain was logged into the system, he acknowledged a revision to that day’s trip schedule. The captain logged into the CrewTrac system again at 0726. Two flight crewmembers, who reported at 0655 for a flight that departed at 0754, saw the captain in the crew room. Another first officer, who reported to EWR at 0525 for a 0632 flight and returned to EWR at 0956, saw the captain asleep in the crew room during the morning. Between 1012 and 1058, the captain made and received telephone calls. A flight attendant, who reported to EWR at 1130 for an 1153 flight, stated that she saw the captain eating lunch. The EWR regional chief pilot stated that the captain had offered to do office work and was inserting revisions into airplane manuals between 1200 and 1400.30 During this time, the captain made a telephone call to his wife, which lasted a few minutes. The captain’s specific activities during the remainder of the afternoon are not known, but he was observed in the crew room watching television and talking with other company pilots. He logged into the CrewTrac system at 1421 and 1658, made telephone calls at 1624, 1801, 1915, and 1930,31 and received a call at 1649. 1.5.1.2 Federal Aviation Administration Certificate Disapprovals and Colgan Air Training Events The captain’s record of FAA certificate disapprovals showed the following:
30 The EWR regional chief pilot reported that such administrative duties are considered part of duty time. 31 The call at 1930, to the EWR regional chief pilot’s mobile telephone, lasted 43 seconds.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 10 • On October 1, 1991, the captain was disapproved for his instrument airplane rating during his initial flight check. He flew a PA-28 during the flight test, and the tasks disapproved were ATC clearance and compliance with ATC clearance, instrument cockpit check, partial panel32very high frequency omnidirectional radio range (VOR) approach, nondirectional beacon (NDB) approach, and holding. He passed the flight test for the rating on October 25, 1991. On his 2005 application for employment with Colgan,33 the captain stated that he had failed his FAA checkride for an instrument rating and provided the following explanation: “I missed the NDB approach, received additional instruction, then repeated the approach and passed.”
• On May 14, 2002, the captain was disapproved for his commercial single-engine land airplane flight certificate during his initial flight check. He flew a Cessna C-177 during the flight test, and the tasks disapproved were takeoffs, landings, go-arounds, and performance maneuvers. (He did not report this disapproval on his application for employment with Colgan.) He passed the flight check for the certificate on June 25, 2002. • On April 9, 2004, the captain was disapproved for his commercial multiengine land airplane flight certificate during his initial flight check. He flew a PA-44 during the flight test and was notified that the entire flight portion of the practical exam would need to be repeated. (He did not report this disapproval on his application for employment with Colgan.) He passed the flight check for the certificate on April 29, 2004. • On October 15, 2007, while a first officer for Colgan, the captain was disapproved for his airline transport pilot certificate during his initial flight check. He flew a Saab 340 during the flight test, and the disapproved task was approach and landing with a powerplant failure in a multiengine airplane. He passed the flight check for the certificate on October 18, 2007. Colgan’s training records indicated that the captain, while a first officer, needed additional training in the following areas: • On October 28, 2005, the captain was graded “train to proficiency” on his initial proficiency check in the Saab 340. This grade indicated that his overall performance was satisfactory but that a checkride item (in this case, normal and abnormal procedures) needed to be repeated during the checkride. • On October 17, 2006, the captain received an unsatisfactory grade on his recurrent proficiency check in the Saab 340. The unsatisfactory tasks were rejected takeoffs, general judgment, landings from a circling approach, oral exam, and nonprecision approach. The captain attended recurrent training and completed his requalification proficiency training on November 1, 2006.
32 Partial panel means that certain instruments are covered or are intentionally failed. 33 Colgan’s application for employment asked whether the applicant had “ever failed any proficiency check, FAA check ride, IOE, or line check.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 • On October 3, 2007, the captain received an unsatisfactory grade on his upgrade proficiency check in the Saab 340. The disapproved task was approach and landing with a powerplant failure in a multiengine airplane (as stated previously in the FAA information about this failed flight check). He accomplished upgrade line-oriented flight training on October 14 and simulator training on October 14 and 15. He completed a satisfactory upgrade proficiency checkride on October 15, 2007. (These dates conflict with those in the FAA’s record, which indicated that the captain’s unsatisfactory checkride occurred on October 15 and his satisfactory checkride occurred on October 18.) 1.5.2 The First Officer The first officer, age 24, held a commercial pilot certificate and an FAA first-class medical certificate dated January 22, 2009, with no limitations. The first officer received a type rating (SIC privileges only) on the DHC-8 on March 16, 2008. According to a résumé in her personnel file at Colgan and her application for employment with the company, from August to December 2006, the first officer worked part time as a flight instructor at Sawyer Aviation, Scottsdale, Arizona. From January 2007 to January 2008, the first officer was a flight instructor at Sabena Airline Training Center, Phoenix, Arizona.34 She was hired by Colgan in January 2008. Her résumé indicated that she had flown the following piston-powered airplanes: Piper PA-44, PA-34, and PA-28; Cessna C-152 and C- 172; Beech BE-19 and BE-23; and Diamond DA-40. (The first officer reported no experience with turbine-powered airplanes on her résumé and employment application.) The first officer had accumulated 1,470 total flight hours, including 6 hours of actual instrument time, and 86 hours of simulated instrument time before her employment with Colgan. Colgan’s flight records indicated that the first officer had accumulated 2,244 hours of total flying time, including 774 hours in turbine airplanes and on the Q400. She had flown 163, 57, and 16 hours in the 90, 30, and 7 days, respectively, before the accident. (These times do not include the accident flight.) The first officer’s initial proficiency check occurred on March 16, 2008; her IOE occurred on March 22, 2008; and her recurrent ground school occurred on January 15, 2009. FAA records indicated that the first officer received a notice of disapproval, issued on May 7, 2006, for her initial flight instructor certificate. The areas that needed to be reexamined were technical subject areas; performance maneuvers; preflight procedures; airport base operations; and takeoff, landings, and go-arounds. (These areas pertained to her instructional methods and abilities.) She subsequently passed the test and was issued her flight instructor certificate (airplane single-engine land) on May 12, 2006. FAA records also indicated no accident or incident history or enforcement action, and a search of records at the National Driver Register found no history of driver’s license revocation or suspension.
34 The first officer’s résumé and employment application indicated additional aviation-related experience before her flight instructor positions. She worked as a mechanic’s assistant for Big Bend Aviation, Moses Lake, Washington, from 2003 (month unknown) to January 2004. Also, she worked at Midstate Aviation, Ellensburg, Washington, from January 2004 to August 2006, dispatching aircraft, assisting pilots on the Unicom (a common traffic frequency), and performing office duties.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 A first officer who went through training with the accident first officer stated that she had good knowledge of the airplane. The check airman who conducted the first officer’s IOE recalled that she did not have any problems with handling the airplane and described her as a good pilot who was sharp, assertive, and thorough. A captain who had flown with the first officer numerous times indicated that she was average to above average for her level of experience. This captain further indicated that the first officer, as a monitoring pilot, was always ahead of the airplane and cross-checked her actions. Other captains indicated that, because of her abilities, the first officer could have upgraded to captain. None of the captains interviewed after the accident reported any problems with the first officer’s adherence to sterile cockpit procedures or stated that the first officer had made any unprompted configuration changes to the airplane while they were the flying pilot. The ground school instructor for the first officer’s recurrent training stated that she had good knowledge of the airplane, and another first officer in the class stated that the accident first officer had more technical knowledge than an average first officer. In late January 2009, the first officer relocated from Norfolk, Virginia, to the Seattle area to be closer to family. (She and her husband were living at her parents’ home at the time of the accident.) She also changed her base from Norfolk International Airport (ORF)35 to EWR because it was reportedly easier to commute to EWR from Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (SEA) than from ORF.36 The first officer’s husband indicated that she had no significant changes in her life during the year preceding the accident. He reported that her finances were stable but that she had taken a significant pay decrease when she began working for Colgan.37 The first officer’s husband described her as “very healthy” and indicated that she had no injuries or illnesses in the days before the accident. He acknowledged that she would get sniffles from cold air but stated that no medication was necessary. The first officer’s husband reported that she did not take any medications regularly but had taken some ibuprofen 2 days before the accident after returning home from skiing. He also reported that she drank alcohol occasionally in social situations. In addition, the first officer’s husband indicated that she would normally go to sleep between 2000 and 2200 and awake between 0700 and 1000. Her husband described her sleep and wake schedule as “very adaptable” and stated that she would sometimes sleep until 1300. He further stated that she had no difficulties sleeping and no diagnosed sleep disorders.
35 The first officer, while based at ORF, had worked briefly at a coffee shop when not flying. At the time of the accident, she was not employed outside of Colgan. 36 According to her mother, the first officer had spoken to two other company pilots who lived in the Seattle area and told her that the commute to EWR was easier from SEA than from ORF because more flights were available and the distance allowed for sleep opportunities during the flights. The first officer’s mother also stated that the first officer’s decision to move to the Seattle area was also based on her concern that the ORF base would close. 37 The CVR recorded the first officer stating, about 2030:02, that she earned a gross salary of $15,800 during the previous year (her date of hire with the company was January 16, 2008) and that “I’m just lucky ‘cause I have a husband that’s working.” (The CVR recorded the captain stating that he earned a gross salary of about $60,000 during the previous year.) About 2103:03, the first officer stated that her husband had earned more in one weekend of military drill exercises than she earned in an entire pay cycle. She added that a recent pay raise would result in an extra $200 each paycheck.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 The first officer did not have a crash pad in the EWR area.38 A captain who had flown with the first officer when she was based at ORF stated that she planned to stay overnight at hotels once she began commuting from SEA to EWR.39 According to a cargo air carrier captain who met the first officer in December 2008 while they were jumpseat passengers, the first officer stated that she did not need a crash pad at EWR because she could stay in the crew lounge. A flight attendant who saw the first officer on the morning of the accident asked her how commuting was going, to which the first officer replied, “great.” 1.5.2.1 Activities in the 72 Hours Preceding the Accident On February 8, 2009, the first officer completed a 5-day trip that ended at EWR at 1455. Specifics of the first officer’s trip from EWR to her home are not known. The first officer’s husband described her activities in the days preceding the accident as routine. Her telephone records for February 9 indicate that outbound text messages were sent between 2152 and 2218 PST. According to her husband, the first officer awoke between 0900 and 1000 PST on February
- Her activities that day included skiing and watching television at home. She went to sleep
between 2000 and 2200 PST. On February 11, 2009, the first officer awoke between 0900 and 1000 PST. She arrived at SEA about 1730 PST to board a cargo flight, as a jumpseat passenger,40 that departed for MEM about 1951 PST. The captain of this flight spoke with the first officer while the airplane was being loaded. The captain stated that she seemed to be alert, well rested, and in a good mood and that she did not show any symptoms of being sick. Another jumpseat passenger (a captain for the cargo air carrier) reported that the first officer slept for about 90 minutes during the flight. The flight arrived in MEM about 2330 PST (0230 eastern standard time on February 12). On February 12, 2009, the first officer traveled from MEM to EWR aboard another cargo flight that departed about 0418 and arrived about 0623.41 According to the captain of this flight, after the airplane landed, the first officer told him that she had slept during the entire flight. The captain stated that he asked the first officer whether she had a crash pad at EWR and that she replied that she did not need one. The captain also stated that he asked her what she would be doing until her report time and that she responded that one of the couches in the crew room “had her name on it.” In addition, the captain, who met the first officer in December 2008 when both were jumpseat passengers, stated that she did not appear to be tired and showed no symptoms of being sick.
38 According to her mother, the first officer was looking into the possibility of getting a crash pad, but she was concerned about finding appropriate accommodations for a female pilot in a male-dominated profession. The first officer’s mother also stated that the first officer had planned to bid trips that would allow her to commute. 39 The first officer’s mother stated that the first officer thought it would be less expensive to stay in a hotel when needed rather than maintain a crash pad. 40 The jumpseat was a normal passenger-type seat located in the cabin of the airplane. The area was free from interruptions associated with flight deck activities, and no cabin service was provided. 41 The first officer’s mother stated that the first officer had done the same commute before and described it as easy, stress-free, and less time-consuming than the commute from ORF to EWR.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 At 0651 the first officer logged into the CrewTrac system and acknowledged changes to her upcoming trip sequence. At 0732 she made a telephone call to a number associated with Colgan operations. Two flight crewmembers, who reported at 0655 for a flight that departed at 0754, saw the first officer in the crew room. The first officer’s specific activities on the day of the accident are not known, but several pilots reported seeing the first officer in the crew room watching television, talking with other pilots, and sleeping.42 The first officer also logged into the CrewTrac system at 1459 and 1625. In addition, telephone records indicated text message activity during several periods of the day,43 as well as calls she placed at 1425, 1747, and 1851 and received at 1726.44 Notable text messages or text message activity included the following: • At 0729, the first officer sent a text message indicating that she had arrived at EWR and that her only flight of the day was to BUF. She also indicated that she would be going to sleep and would call when she woke up. • At 1305, the first officer sent a text message indicating that she felt good and had taken a 6-hour nap on a recliner. • At 1534, the first officer sent a text message referring to her sleep. • At 2113, during the taxi phase of the accident flight, the first officer sent a text message. 1.5.2.2 Previous Stall Training In the year before her employment with Colgan, the first officer was a certified flight instructor on the Piper PA-28 Archer, which is a light propeller-driven, trainer-type airplane. According to her supervisor during that time, the first officer had taught or performed between 600 and 1,000 approach-to-stall recoveries. These recoveries would have been performed by the flying pilot by raising the flaps incrementally during the recovery (at an airspeed that was at least 10 to 15 knots above stall speed) as the airplane accelerated while maintaining altitude. Also, when she was demonstrating approach-to-stall recoveries to a student, the first officer would have retracted the flaps herself using her left hand while sitting in the right seat. These procedures were in contrast with the approach-to-stall training that the first officer received for the Q400, which was to be performed as a coordinated maneuver with flap changes commanded by the flying pilot.45
42 A first officer who reported to EWR at 0525 for a 0632 flight and returned to EWR at 0956 reported seeing the first officer asleep during the morning. A captain, who had reserve duty at EWR starting at 1400, recalled seeing the first officer asleep about 1200. Another first officer, who arrived at EWR at 0910 and departed at 1437, reported seeing the accident first officer asleep in the afternoon. A captain reported that the first officer might have been asleep during the 1100 to 1400 time period. 43 These periods included the following: 1305 to 1312, 1355, 1416 to 1424, 1514, 1522 to 1534, 1611 to 1612, 1635 to 1636, 1646 to 1647, 1659, 1723, and 1958. The first officer’s husband stated that he and the first officer had sent text messages throughout the morning (PST) and that he had awakened her from a nap with a text message or a telephone call that he initiated. 44 The husband of the first officer indicated that he spoke with her sometime between 1400 and 1500 and that she sounded “great” during the conversation. 45 Colgan’s approach-to-stall training is discussed in section 1.17.1.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 15 1.6. Aircraft Information The Q400 is manufactured by Bombardier, Inc., as a medium-range, all metal, high-wing, T-tail airplane powered by two turbopropellers. The airplane was certified for flight in icing conditions according to the requirements of 14 CFR Part 25 Appendix C and was designed to carry 74 passengers and 4 crewmembers. The accident airplane was manufactured in April 2008. The airplane was equipped with two Pratt & Whitney Canada PW150A engines and two Dowty R408/6-123-F17 six-bladed propellers. At the time of the accident, the airplane had accumulated 1,819 total hours and 1,809 total flight cycles. (A flight cycle is one complete takeoff and landing sequence). 1.6.1 Weight and Balance Information and Performance Data Colgan was authorized by the FAA to contract with AeroData, Inc., for weight and balance information and real-time takeoff, en route, and landing performance data for its Q400 airplanes. (AeroData’s information was derived from the Bombardier Q400 Airplane Flight Manual [AFM].) Flight crews were to request these performance data using ACARS. The Colgan Q400 company flight manual (CFM) explained how flight crews were to transmit a landing data request and receive landing performance data from AeroData. Specifically, crews were required to enter the airport, runway, and airplane gross landing weight and could enter a secondary runway, flap setting, and wind.46 This information was transmitted via datalink to the AeroData computer system, which would provide the required performance data on the ACARS display within 10 to 30 seconds. These data included Vref (reference landing speed), Vga (go-around speed), the flap retract speed (Vfri), the climb speed, and the maximum allowable landing weight and landing distance. The AeroData system provided the accident flight crew with landing performance information, including a Vref of 118 knots, at 2153. A Colgan check airman explained that, in the remarks section of the data request screen, flight crews could enter the keyword “icing,” which would cause the Vref speed provided by the AeroData computer system to increase by 20 knots for a flaps 15 landing and 15 knots for a flaps 35 landing. The check airman also stated that crews could enter the keyword “eice” (en route ice accumulation), which would add 90 pounds to the airplane’s calculated landing weight to compensate for the accumulated ice. The accident flight crew did not enter the keywords “icing” or “eice” in its request to AeroData. (AeroData provided the downlink from the accident airplane, and the area in which the keywords “icing” and “eice” would have appeared if they had been entered was blank.) If the flight crew had made either entry, then AeroData would have provided a Vref of 138 knots to the crew. On November 23, 2009, Colgan issued Flight Standards Memo 09-013 regarding AeroData keyword inputs. The memo stated that, if keywords such as “icing” or “eice” were misspelled, AeroData would provide the clean (no ice) landing speeds. The memo indicated that,
46 If a flap setting or wind was not entered, then the AeroData system would provide an optimal flap setting and assume that the winds were calm.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 16 for any previous AeroData requests that included a misspelling of these words, the discrepancy could have been noticed in the remarks section of the landing report returned by AeroData, which would have shown “none” instead of “icing conditions.” The memo further stated that AeroData has corrected this issue so that any misspelled keywords would result in the error message, “invalid keyword,” and include the keyword that is not recognized. 1.6.2 Airspeed Indications Airspeed indications on the Q400 are located on the left and right primary flight displays (PFD). According to the Q400 Airplane Operating Manual (AOM), indicated airspeed (IAS) is displayed digitally on the vertical scale (or airspeed tape) on the left side of the PFD. The vertical scale shows the airplane’s current IAS with marks every 10 knots to ± 42 knots from the actual IAS. The airspeeds that could be displayed on the vertical scale ranged from 30 to 500 knots. An airspeed trend vector (an upward- or downward-facing white arrow) indicates whether the airspeed is increasing or decreasing. According to Bombardier, the airspeed trend vector predicts the airspeed at which the airplane will be flying in 10 seconds. Five “bugs” indicate the airspeeds that may be programmed by the flight crew for takeoff, and two bugs indicate the airspeeds that may be programmed for landing. The two bugs that can be displayed for landing are represented on the airspeed indicator by a solid blue triangle and an open blue triangle, which Colgan used for Vref and Vga, respectively. A low-speed cue is shown as a red and black vertical bar that extends from the bottom right of the vertical scale. The low-speed cue warns pilots of an inappropriately low airspeed for the airplane configuration or operating condition.47 If the airplane’s IAS is less than or equal to the IAS at the top of the low-speed cue, the stick shaker activates. Also, the numbers on the IAS display change from white to red, providing pilots with another visual warning of an inappropriately low airspeed. Figure 1 shows the IAS digital display on the Q400 PFD.
47 The low-speed cue can also represent the minimum control speed during approach and landing with all engines operating.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17
Figure 1. Q400 Indicated Airspeed Display Source: Bombardier. The ice protection panel, which is located on the overhead panel on the captain’s side of the cockpit, includes a “REF SPEEDS” switch that can be set to the INCR (increase) or OFF positions, as shown in figure 2. During the May 2009 public hearing on this accident,48 an engineering manager from Bombardier stated that the ref speeds switch, when set to the increase position, advances the stall warning so that the stick shaker would activate at a lower AOA;49 as a result, the airplane would have the same performance margins relative to the stall speed during operations in icing conditions as it would have with a clean (no ice accretion) configuration (and the ref speeds switch set to the off position). The engineering manager also stated that, because the stick shaker would activate at a lower AOA with the ref speeds switch set to the increase position, the flight crew would need to increase landing airspeeds between 15 and 25 knots depending on the flap setting (to remain above the stall warning threshold).
48 Appendix A provides information about the public hearing for this accident. 49 The ref speeds switch position does not change the AOA value that triggers stick pusher activation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 2. Q400 Reference Speeds Switch Source: Bombardier. The Bombardier Q400 AFM, section 4.7.2, Ice Protection Procedures, dated July 13, 2005, stated that the ref speeds switch was to be in the increase position before entering icing conditions and in the off position after the airplane is aerodynamically clean (that is, all ice is removed from the visible leading edges and wing tips). The Q400 AFM also cautioned that a stall warning might occur if airspeed was not increased before the ref speeds switch was selected to the increase position. The ref speeds switch on the accident airplane was found in the increase position. 1.6.3 Stall Protection System The Q400 stall protection system includes a stick shaker and stick pusher. The stick shaker is a stall warning device on each control column that provides pilots with an aural and tactile warning of an impending stall. Even though the stick shaker on each control column is independently controlled by one of two units in the stall protection system, both columns vibrate simultaneously when a stick shaker activates because both columns are interconnected. 18
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 19 The Q400 stick pusher is a stall identification device that, according to Bombardier, positions the elevator to 2° nose down and provides a nose-down input to both control columns after an AOA threshold has been reached and an aerodynamic stall has occurred.50 The stick pusher thus provides pilots with a tactile cue that they need to push forward on the control column to gain airspeed and alleviate the stall condition rather than pull back on the column. The stick pusher was designed to remain engaged (subject to certain constraints)51 until the AOA decreases below the stick shaker activation angle. The engineering manager from Bombardier testified at the public hearing that the stick pusher system could be overpowered or disengaged by flight crew action.52 The airplane’s two stall protection modules provide output commands to the stick shaker and stick pusher. The stall protection modules use AOA, flap position, body axis attitudes, normal acceleration, true airspeed, Mach number,53 engine torque, and icing status data to calculate when the airplane is approaching a stall condition. The stick shaker activates when these parameters, in particular AOA, reach a specific threshold. The Q400 AOM stated that, when the stall protection modules operate the stick shakers, the autopilot automatically disengages,54 and the ground proximity warning system “pull up” alert is inhibited. In addition, the stall protection modules use AOA, flap position, body axis attitudes, normal acceleration, true airspeed, Mach number, power lever angle, and condition lever angle data to calculate the AOA at which the stick pusher activates. 1.6.4 Ice Detection and Deicing System At the public hearing, an engineering manager from Bombardier testified that visual cues provide the most reliable means of ice detection.55 In addition, ice detector probes are installed on each side of the Q400 forward fuselage, below the pilot’s and copilot’s windows, to detect when ice is accumulating on the airplane. When ice accumulates on the probe sensors, the probes send an electronic signal to the avionics system to indicate that ice is present. The ice detector probes also cycle heat to the sensors to melt ice and ensure that the sensors can continue
50 It is important to note that the Q400 stick pusher system differs from the stick pusher systems on other regional airplanes (for example, the CRJ-200 and ATR-42/72), which activate before a stall occurs. These stick pusher systems were designed to warn pilots of, and prevent them from encountering, undesirable pre-stall and stall characteristics. 51 These constraints include limits on radio altitude, bank angle, pitch attitude, and normal load factor. 52 The Bombardier engineering manager further testified that the nominal control column force was significant enough to get a pilot’s attention to relax back pressure on the column but was not too excessive for a pilot to override if an inadvertent system failure had occurred. Overriding the stick pusher requires 80 pounds of opposite breakout force and then 66 pounds of sustained force. Disengaging the pusher is accomplished by pressing the stick pusher shutoff switchlight on the glareshield. 53 Mach number equals an object’s speed divided by the speed of sound. 54 The airplane’s autopilot can also be disengaged manually. An autopilot button is located on the automatic flight control system control panel, which is mounted on the glareshield directly in front of a flight crew. An autopilot disengage button is also located on each control wheel. 55 According to Bombardier, observations of the outboard wing leading edge and the windshield wiper spigots are the primary means to indicate when an airplane has entered icing conditions. During nighttime operations, the spigots can be illuminated by a lamp inside the cockpit.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 20 detecting ice. The ice detection probe sensors have a continuous self-testing feature to ensure that they are working properly. When both sensors fail, an “ice detect fail” light illuminates on the caution and warning panel in the cockpit.56 The Q400 engine display shows an “ICE DETECTED” message, as shown in figure 3, when one or both ice detector probes detect more than 0.5 millimeter (0.02 inch) of ice. The message appears in reverse video (black letters on a white background) for 5 seconds if the ref speeds switch has already been set to the increase position. After the 5-second period, the message appears in normal video (white letters on a black background, as shown in figure 3) when ice is detected and the ref speeds switch remains set to the increase position. If the ref speeds switch is set to the off position when ice is detected, the message flashes with yellow letters on a black background until the switch is turned to the increase position. In addition, when the switch has been selected to the increase position, an “INCR REF SPEED” message (also shown in figure 3) appears in normal video, regardless of whether ice has been detected.
Figure 3. Q400 Engine Display Showing Ice Detected and Increased Reference Speeds Message Source: Bombardier. The ice detected message appears periodically during icing conditions—the message is in view for a minimum of 60 ± 5 seconds when ice is detected—and is out of view when no ice is
56 The CVR did not record the crew discussing the illumination of this or any other caution light.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 detected. For the accident flight, FDR data showed that the ice detected parameter transitioned from “not detected” to “detected” and then transitioned back to “not detected” during the following times: 2207:53 to 2208:53, 2209:21 to 2211:05, and 2211:17 to 2212:17. FDR data also showed that the parameter transitioned from “not detected” to “detected” from 2216:25 to the end of the recording.57 The airplane’s airframe deicing system uses bleed air from the engines to inflate rubber boots that break apart accumulated ice on the wing and tail (horizontal stabilizer and vertical stabilizer) leading edges as well as the nacelle air intakes.58 The propeller deicing system includes electrical heating elements in the leading edge of each propeller blade to remove ice accumulations. A rotary switch on the ice protection panel is used to select propeller heat. Both front windshields and the pilot’s side window have electronically controlled heater elements that are laminated into the panels. These heater elements are designed to keep the windshield and windows at a predetermined temperature to prevent icing and misting. 1.6.5 Maintenance Records Two line checks were performed on the accident airplane on the day of the accident after the airplane had arrived at Albany International Airport (ALB), Albany, New York, from EWR.59 The ice detector probes and deice boots were checked visually, with no discrepancies reported. Also, the flight crew of the flight from EWR to ALB reported, in the airplane’s logbook, that an “ice detect fail” caution light had illuminated during the flight. Maintenance personnel at ALB replaced the right-side ice detector probe and reported that an operational check of the ice detection system was satisfactory. A review of the accident airplane’s logbook from April 2008 to February 2009 revealed no chronic issues with the airplane’s primary or secondary flight control systems. Also, no discrepancies with the primary or secondary flight control systems were reported after the airplane’s last L-1, L-2, and A checks.60
57 The FDR showed that the airplane was at the following altitudes when the ice detected parameter transitioned from “not detected” to “detected”: about 8,700 feet, about 7,300 feet, about 5,300 feet, and about 2,400 feet. 58 The ice protection panel, shown in figure 2, includes a total of 14 boot inflation advisory lights that allow pilots to monitor deicing boot operation. Pilots can also check the operation of the wing deice boots by looking out their windows at the boots. 59 Line checks involve servicing and a walk-around visual inspection of the airplane’s general condition. The first line check, known as the L-1 check, is accomplished every 3 days or 36 flight hours, whichever occurs first. The second line check, known as the L-2 check, is performed every 6 days or 50 flight hours, whichever occurs first. 60 A checks are performed every 400 flight hours. The accident airplane’s last A and 2A checks were performed on December 24, 2008, and the last 3A check was performed on October 23, 2008.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 1.7 Meteorological Information BUF has an automated surface observing system (ASOS) that is maintained by the National Weather Service (NWS). The FAA is responsible for the augmentation and backup of the ASOS, which are provided by NWS-certified observers at BUF. The ASOS records continuous information on wind speed and direction, cloud cover, temperature, precipitation, and visibility in statute miles. The ASOS transmits an official meteorological aerodrome report (METAR) each hour and special weather observations as conditions change. The ASOS also records weather observations every 5 minutes, but this information is not disseminated to pilots. The 2154 METAR for BUF indicated winds from 240° at 15 knots gusting to 22 knots, visibility 3 miles in light snow and mist, a few clouds at 1,100 feet agl, ceiling broken at 2,100 feet agl, overcast at 2,700 feet agl, temperature 1° C, dew point -1° C, and altimeter 29.79 inches of mercury (Hg). (This METAR became the basis for ATIS information “romeo.”) The 5-minute observation at 2215 indicated wind from 250° at 14 knots, visibility 3 miles in light snow and mist, a few clouds at 1,100 feet agl, ceiling overcast at 2,100 feet agl, temperature 1° C, dew point -1° C, and altimeter 29.80 inches of Hg. The NWS terminal aerodrome forecast that was current at the time of the accident was an amended forecast issued at 1920. The amended forecast expected, from 1900 to 2100, winds from 240° at 15 knots, visibility 1 1/2 miles in light snow showers, and ceiling overcast at 1,500 feet agl. From 2100 to 0100, the forecast expected winds from 250° at 14 knots gusting to 24 knots, visibility 5 miles in light snow showers and mist, and ceiling overcast at 2,000 feet agl. Numerous pilot reports (PIREPs) about icing conditions in the BUF area were received during the day of the accident between 1250 and 1815. These PIREPs included reports of light, light-to-moderate, and moderate rime icing from 3,000 to 14,000 feet in the BUF area.61 The 1815 PIREP, which was received from an Airbus A319 pilot about 4 hours before the accident, reported light-to-moderate rime icing at 5,000 feet and a temperature of -7° C. The weather document for the accident flight (which accompanied the dispatch release) did not include pertinent NWS Airmen’s Meteorological Information advisories (AIRMETs),62 which inform pilots of significant weather phenomena. One of these AIRMETs extended over the airplane’s route and expected moderate rime icing from below 8,000 feet. Another AIRMET extended over a larger region in the northeast, including the accident site, and expected occasional moderate icing below 18,000 feet. The icing conditions in both AIRMETs were expected to continue from 2145 to 0400 the next day. Other AIRMETs were in effect for instrument flight rules (IFR) conditions and turbulence over the BUF area. The only icing information included in the weather document consisted of the reports and forecast of snow at
61 The FAA’s Aeronautical Information Manual, chapter 7, Safety of Flight, section 7-1-21, describes rime ice as rough, milky, opaque ice formed by the instantaneous freezing of small supercooled water droplets. 62 An AIRMET is one of five weather advisory categories used by the NWS. The other categories are Severe Weather Forecast Alerts, Significant Meteorological Information (SIGMETs), Convective SIGMETs, and Center Weather Advisories (CWAs). AIRMETs, SIGMETs, and Convective SIGMETs are issued from the NWS Aviation Weather Center in Kansas City, Missouri, and CWAs are issued from NWS Center Weather Service Units within FAA centers.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report BUF and two PIREPs indicating light-to-moderate rime icing in the BUF area between 3,000 and 14,000 feet. The ATC transcript showed that, after the accident, the controller who was handling the accident flight asked pilots of other airplanes whether icing was occurring. About 2221:12, a Delta Air Lines pilot, whose airplane was at an altitude of 2,300 feet at the time, told the controller that the airplane was not accumulating any ice at that altitude but that some ice might have been accumulating while descending between 6,500 and 3,500 feet. About 2225:11, the pilot reported that the airplane had accumulated between 1/4 and 1/2 inch of ice during the descent. About 2225:25, a US Airways pilot reported that his airplane, which was south of the airport and had been cleared to descend from 5,000 to 2,300 feet, had been accumulating rime ice for about 10 minutes. The controller asked the pilot to let him know when the airplane was out of icing conditions and mentioned that pilots of other arriving airplanes that were south of the airport did not report similar icing conditions. About 2227:04, after being instructed to maintain 2,300 feet until established on the localizer, the pilot reported that ice was starting to come off the windscreen. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) conducted a postaccident survey of pilots operating into BUF about the time of the accident to determine the icing environment at the time. Of the 22 surveys issued, 12 (about 55 percent) were returned. The survey found that varying (trace, light-to-moderate, and moderate) intensities of icing conditions were occurring between 2,000 and 12,000 feet. The surveys indicated that the pilots were aware of the potential for icing conditions and were not surprised by the encounters. None of the pilots indicated that they had formally reported the icing conditions because the pilots did not consider the icing conditions to be significant. Ten of the surveys were from pilots of air carrier jet airplanes; two of the surveys were from pilots of turboprop airplanes. The two turboprop airplanes were an AirNow Embraer EMB- 110 and another Colgan Q400 (flight 3268, also from EWR to BUF), which landed about 2200 and 2230, respectively. The AirNow pilot reported moderate rime ice while descending between 5,000 and 2,000 feet, with 2 to 3 inches of ice accumulation noted on the propeller spinners and some unprotected areas after arriving at BUF. The AirNow pilot also stated that the flight was in icing conditions for about 10 minutes. The Colgan Q400 pilot reported light-to-moderate rime ice while descending between 5,000 and 3,000 feet. 1.8 Aids to Navigation During a postaccident interview, one air carrier reported that, when some of its airplanes attempted to intercept the BUF runway 23 ILS from a right downwind position, the glideslope would indicate that the airplane was well above the glideslope. The air carrier further reported that, just before intercepting the localizer, the glideslope would move upward to the proper interception indication. As a result, airplanes that had the autopilot and flight director engaged 23
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 24 would capture the glideslope as it moved up, which would result in a climb and loss of airspeed.63 The accident flight intercepted the ILS from the left side,64 and no problems with this or any other navigational aid was reported for flight 3407. 1.9 Communications No technical communications problems were reported. 1.10 Airport Information BUF is located 5 miles east of Buffalo, New York, at an elevation of 728 feet. BUF has two runways, 5/23 and 14/32; runways 5/23 and 32 had published ILS instrument approach procedures. The ILS runway 23 approach plate, dated April 20, 2007, included a note stating, “glideslope unusable beyond 5° right of course.” 1.10.1 Air Traffic Control BUF is a combined ATCT and terminal radar approach control. Radar data are provided by an airport surveillance radar-9 at the airport. The accident flight was handled by the BUF approach controller at the east radar position. The controller stated that, after he instructed the flight crew to contact the ATCT, he continued to monitor the airplane’s progress. The controller reported seeing the altitude readout in the radar display data block change to “XXX,” which was an indication that the radar system had interpreted the altitude readout to be unreliable. Afterward, the airplane target and the data block disappeared from the radar display. The approach controller contacted the tower controller to find out if something had happened to the flight and asked the tower controller to attempt to contact the airplane. The ATC transcript showed that both controllers attempted to contact the airplane during the next minute. The approach controller also asked the pilot of a Delta Air Lines airplane (which was being vectored for an ILS approach to runway 23) to see if the Colgan airplane was off to the right. The pilot of the Delta flight reported that he did not see the airplane and that no target for it appeared on the traffic alert and collision avoidance system. The approach controller reported that this information seemed to be confirmation that the airplane had been involved in an
63 The National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s Aviation Safety Reporting System (described in section 1.17.7.3) received several reports regarding the BUF glideslope issue, including one report dated December 2004, two reports dated January 2009, and one report dated April 2009. 64 The FDR showed that the airplane had not captured the glideslope.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 accident. The controller asked the controller-in-charge to call the airport fire department, which coordinated all off-airport events. The approach controller who handled the accident flight stated that he then began trying to figure out what had happened to the flight. He asked other airplanes operating in the area about icing (as previously indicated in section 1.7) and learned that some airplanes had encountered icing but that the conditions did not seem to be “especially serious.” The controller also checked the ILS monitor panel to see if a problem had occurred with the ILS equipment but found everything working normally. The controller was notified that an accident had occurred by the controller-in-charge, who had been told of the accident by the airport fire department about 10 minutes after the loss of contact with the flight. The controller stated that icing conditions were common in the BUF area throughout most of the winter and characterized the icing conditions on the day of the accident as “routine stuff that pilots fly in here every day.” Also, he indicated that the air traffic at the time of the accident was “fairly typical.” 1.11 Flight Recorders 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder The airplane was equipped with a Honeywell model 6022 SSCVR 120 solid-state CVR, serial number 97896. The CVR did not sustain any heat or structural damage. The audio information was extracted normally and without difficulty. The CVR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory for readout. The CVR recording contained a 2-hour 1-minute digital recording of a flight crew microphone channel and a cockpit area microphone channel. Both channels contained excellent-quality audio data.65 Also, for the last 30 minutes of flight, the CVR contained four channels66 of excellent-quality audio data. (The last 30 minutes of the two 2-hour channels recorded the same information as the four 30-minute channels.) A transcript was prepared of the recording (see appendix B). A CVR sound spectrum study was performed to resolve an inconsistency involving stick shaker activation information. Specifically, the CVR transcript indicated the stick shaker was only audible from 2216:27.4 to 2216:34.1 and from 2216:35.4 to the end of the recording (2216:53.9). During the 1.3-second time period during which the stick shaker was not audible on
65 The NTSB rates the audio quality of CVR recordings according to a five-category scale: excellent, good, fair, poor, and unusable. The NTSB considers an excellent-quality audio recording to be characterized by the following traits: virtually all of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The transcript that was developed might indicate only one or two words that were not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript was usually attributed to simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscured each other. 66 The first through fourth channels were the passenger address system, the captain’s station, the first officer’s station, and the cockpit area microphone, respectively.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 the CVR, an FDR sample (at 2216:34.6) indicated that the stick shaker was active.67 The sound spectrum study revealed evidence of stick shaker operation between 2216:34.4 and 2216:35.4, but the study did not identify any frequency content consistent with stick shaker activation between 2216:34.1 and 2216:34.4. 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder The airplane was equipped with a Honeywell model 980-4700 FDR, serial number 14241. The FDR recorded flight information in a digital format using solid-state memory as the recording medium. Of the total number of parameters recorded by the FDR, 121 parameters were deemed to be relevant to the circumstances of the accident.68 The FDR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory for readout and evaluation. The FDR was in good condition, and the data were extracted normally. About 26 hours 30 minutes of data were recorded on the FDR, including about 58 minutes of data from the accident flight. The FDR recording ended about 2216:53. 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information The airplane wreckage was mostly contained within the property boundaries at 6038 Long Street, Clarence Center, New York.69 The airplane was severely fragmented with extensive fire damage. About 60 percent of the main structural components could be conclusively identified, including structure from the radome and both wingtips. The empennage was found intact in the wreckage. Numerous small pieces of airplane structure were recovered but were not conclusively identified. The airplane wreckage was on a magnetic heading of 070°. All of the examined fracture surfaces exhibited signs that were consistent with overload failure; no evidence indicated any preimpact failures. Flight control continuity could not be determined because of severe fragmentation and burn damage. The airplane impacted the south side of the house near ground level, and pieces of the airplane traveled through the house, coming to rest beyond the northeast corner of the house’s foundation. A ground scar, which was found on the south side of the house about 10 feet south of the south foundation wall, measured 15 feet long, 5 feet wide, and 3 feet deep. Two trees along the southern boundary of the property were impacted by the airplane and had their tops sheared off. One tree strike occurred about 20 feet agl, and the other occurred about 25 feet agl. Tree
67 The FDR recorded the activation of the stick shaker at 2216:30.6. 68 Title 14 CFR 121.343, “Flight Data Recorders,” required the airplane to be equipped with an FDR that recorded a minimum of 88 parameters. 69 As discussed in section 1.4, a section of the outboard leading edge of the right wing impacted the garage of an adjacent house located to the south of the destroyed house. Also, the right forward cargo door was recovered across the street from, and east of, the destroyed house with impact damage but little fire damage. In addition, the only structure found after a search of the rooftops and yards that surrounded the destroyed house was a small section of propeller spinner.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 27 debris located between the property boundary and the house exhibited clean, angled cuts that were consistent with propeller impact. The right main landing gear exhibited minor fire damage to the tires, the retract actuator was broken off in the almost fully retracted position, and the right main landing gear uplock (a mechanical lock to hold the gear in the up position) was found in the open position. The left main landing gear exhibited severe fire damage with the retract actuator broken off in the almost fully retracted position, but the left main landing gear uplock was not conclusively identified. The nose landing gear was found with severe fire damage, but no conclusive evidence of the gear’s position was found. The stage 1 low pressure compressors in both engines were found with blades bent in the direction opposite rotation, fractured blades, airfoil leading edge impact damage, and ingested dirt. No evidence of a turbine failure or an uncontainment was found in either engine. Both engine power levers and the No. 1 engine condition lever appeared to be in the full forward position, and the No. 2 engine condition lever appeared to be in its midrange position. Parts of each blade tip from both propellers were found. Six No. 1 propeller blades and four of six No. 2 propeller blades were found almost full length and were fractured near the root of the blades (where the blades are installed into the propeller hub). The ice protection panel was recovered in the wreckage and was found to be severely burned. As indicated in section 1.6.2, the ref speeds switch was found set to the increase position. The ice detector probes were not identified in the wreckage. No segments of the leading edge deice boots from the left wing were identified. Two leading edge sections from the right wing were located in the wreckage. The deice boots from these sections appeared to still be bonded to the leading edge, except in some areas that appeared to be associated with impact damage. The pneumatic lines leading to the connections on the inside of the leading edge sections were intact. These and other deice system pneumatic lines did not show any evidence of leaks, ruptures, or missing or damaged line couplings.70 The leading edge deice boots for the horizontal and vertical stabilizer were found in good condition. The boots were still bonded to the leading edge structure, with only minor tears in the boot surfaces and slight charring on the left horizontal stabilizer boot. Portions of all eight flap actuators (which move the flap surfaces to a selected position and maintain the selected position against the aerodynamic forces acting on the flap surfaces) were recovered. Seven of the actuators contained the appropriate portions to measure the dimension between the overtravel stop on the jackscrew and the body of the actuator. All measurements were consistent with the flaps being close to the fully retracted position.
70 Other deice system pneumatic lines found in the wreckage were from the center wing area, the dorsal fairing (which extends from the lower portion of the vertical stabilizer to the top of the fuselage), the aft fuselage, and the horizontal and vertical stabilizers.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information Toxicology tests were performed by the FAA’s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute on tissue specimens from both pilots. Specimens from the captain tested negative for ethanol. Also, with the exception of Diltiazem,71 his specimens tested negative for a wide range of drugs, including major drugs of abuse (marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, amphetamines, and opiates). Specimens from the first officer tested negative for ethanol and a wide range of drugs, including major drugs of abuse. The Erie County Medical Examiner’s Office determined that the cause of death for the airplane occupants and the ground victim was multiple blunt force trauma. 1.14 Fire No evidence indicated an in-flight fire. The fire damage that occurred to the airplane and the house it impacted occurred as a result of the crash. 1.15 Survival Aspects 1.15.1 Fire Emergency Response The Clarence Center Fire Company reported that it was the first emergency response organization to respond to the accident scene. The fire company also reported that the following other local emergency response organizations responded to the accident site within 15 minutes of the accident: Niagara Airport Police, Erie County Sheriff Department, New York State Police, Clarence Fire Company, Swormville Fire Company, and East Amherst Fire Department. 1.15.2 Natural Gas Emergency Response About 2358 on the night of the accident, the operator of the natural gas distribution pipeline system serving the accident area, National Fuel Gas Distribution Corporation, was notified of blowing and burning gas at the home that was destroyed by the airplane’s impact. A National Fuel crew truck was dispatched at 0009 on February 13, 2009, and arrived on scene about 0033. The crew shut off the flow of gas at the homes on both sides of the accident site. The crew was initially unable to shut off the flow of gas at the destroyed home because the gas shutoff valve and gas meter were directly in the fire area. About 0130, after National Fuel had completed all of the work that it could safely accomplish, the incident commander at the accident site requested that the crew retreat from the
71 The captain’s FAA medical records indicated that he was taking this medicine to control hypertension.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 29 site. After 0130, National Fuel developed a plan for shutting off the flow of gas at the destroyed home, which would have also required shutting down gas service to about 50 homes in the area of the accident site. National Fuel discussed the plan with the Clarence Center fire chief, who, after consultation with the incident commander, instructed National Fuel to hold off on the shutdown because it would have required the evacuation of residents in the early morning hours and in freezing temperatures. About 0855, the incident commander allowed National Fuel to enter the front yard of the destroyed home to secure the flow of gas at the home, which put out the natural gas fire. The flow of gas into the home stopped about 1045 when the natural gas service pipeline for the home (as well as three other homes near the accident site) was squeezed off72 from the natural gas distribution main pipeline. About 1320, the service pipeline was physically disconnected from the main pipeline. National Fuel’s investigation of the accident scene found that the fire was fed by the natural gas service pipeline. (The natural gas distribution main pipeline was not damaged and was subsequently returned to service.) National Fuel also found that the gas shutoff valve at the destroyed home’s gas meter had been broken in half, causing the valve to be in the full open position and allowing natural gas to flow and feed the fire. In addition, National Fuel found that the service gas pipeline leading to the destroyed home was not installed with an excess flow valve.73 The service gas pipeline was installed in September 1984; at the time, service pipelines were not required to be installed with an excess flow valve.74 Computer modeling demonstrated that, if an excess flow valve had been installed at the destroyed home, there would have been enough gas flow for the valve to have closed and stopped the flow of gas to the fire.75
72 This term denotes the flattening of a plastic pipe (using a hydraulic tool) to the point at which no gas can flow through it. 73 An excess flow valve (which is also called a gas fuse) shuts off the flow of gas if it exceeds a certain level, as determined by the utility company that services a residence. 74 Legislation enacted in 2006 required the installation of excess flow valves after June 1, 2008, on all new and replacement service lines to single-family residences. 75 The NTSB has issued several recommendations regarding the use of excess flow valves. For example, on June 22, 2001, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation P-01-2, which asked the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (which was the Research and Special Programs Administration at the time) to require the installation of excess flow valves in all new and renewed gas service lines, regardless of customer classification, when the operating conditions were compatible with readily available valves. Safety Recommendation P-01-2 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” on March 18, 2008, pending publication of a final rule addressing integrity management for gas distribution pipelines.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Aircraft Performance Study An aircraft performance study was performed to determine the time alignment among CVR events, FDR data, and ATC radar data; calculate the airplane’s flightpath; correlate the airplane’s position with local reference points; and examine the actions of the stall protection system during the final portion of the flight. Data from the FDR and a Bombardier Q400 stall protection system design document were used to calculate the fuselage AOA during the stall sequence.76 The calculated fuselage AOA at the time that the autopilot disengaged was about 8°. The calculated fuselage AOA at the time of stick shaker activation would have been about 7.6° with the ref speeds switch selected to the increase position and about 12° with the ref speeds switch selected to the off position.77 These AOA calculations, combined with the available CVR and FDR evidence, showed that the ref speeds switch was in the increase position at the time of stick shaker activation.78 Data from the FDR and the Bombardier Q400 stall protection system design document were also used to calculate the expected low-speed cue data (with and without the ref speeds switch set to the increase position).79 The FDR airspeed and the calculated low-speed cue data were then compared with the expected approach and reference speeds for the accident flight (flaps 15, 118 knots; flaps 15 in icing conditions, 138 knots) to determine if and when the accident airplane’s actual airspeed was below either the applicable approach speed schedule or the low-speed cue. The comparison showed that the airspeed was below the minimum approach speed in icing conditions for about 8 seconds before stick shaker activation and below the low- speed cue from the initial stick shaker activation to the end of the flight. The reference stall speeds were estimated using a flap position of 6.5°, which was the approximate flap position at the time of the stall (based on an analysis of available FDR parameters and an event simulation match). On the basis of an interpolation of Bombardier Q400 AFM data, the airplane would stall at 107 knots in unaccelerated (that is, a vertical acceleration of 1 G)80 flight for a flap position of 6.5° and an estimated landing weight of 54,700 pounds (the approximate landing weight of the accident airplane).81 The airplane performance study
76 Fuselage AOA is calculated from the local vane AOA using body axis pitch rate and true airspeed, among other parameters, and is an important input to the stick shaker, stick pusher, and low-speed cue calculations. 77 The stick shaker activation angle is a function of the ref speeds switch selection, flap position, engine torque, and Mach number. 78 The position of the ref speeds switch was not recorded by the FDR. 79 The low-speed cue is a function of engine torque, propeller speed, fuselage AOA, vertical acceleration, flap position, calibrated airspeed, and ref speeds switch position, among other parameters. 80 G is a unit of measurement that is equivalent to the acceleration caused by the earth’s gravity (32.174 feet/second2). 81 This weight did not consider the effects of ice accumulation because the flight crew had not made icing entries into the ACARS system when transmitting the landing performance data request, as previously explained in section 1.6.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 calculated that, with the extra lift required for a nose-up pitching maneuver, a Q400 airplane with no ice accretion could achieve 1.38 Gs before encountering a wing stall at 125 knots (the airspeed at the time that the airplane entered the stall).82 The FDR indicated that the accident airplane had achieved a vertical acceleration of about 1.42 Gs during the initial pitch-up maneuver after the aft control column movement. Thus, the actual airplane performance was slightly better than the clean wing (no ice accretion) performance assumed in the AFM. 1.16.2 Aircraft Performance Simulation Study Bombardier Q400 aerodynamics, engine, and flight controls simulation models were used to evaluate the accident airplane’s performance relative to the nominal airplane simulation model (with no airframe or engine ice accumulation) and an airplane model with a degraded performance level (which was consistent with that documented in the original certification for the Q400 while operating within the Part 25 Appendix C icing envelope).83 The calculated AOA, elevator, aileron, and rudder time history values from the closed-loop event simulation84 closely matched the accident airplane’s motion, as documented on the FDR, during the 2-minute time period that preceded the stall. The Q400 simulation model contained an ice accumulation factor that ranged from 0.0, representing a clean airplane, to 1.0, representing an airplane with ice contamination equivalent to that demonstrated during the Q400’s certification for flight in icing conditions (per Part 25 Appendix C).85 The NTSB found that the ice accumulation factors of 0.1 and 0.2 provided the best match with the FDR data before the stall. The ice accumulation factor simulation results indicated that the accident airplane experienced a small airplane performance degradation resulting from ice accretion compared with the icing certification performance level. The Bombardier Q400 aerodynamics, engine, and flight controls simulation models were also used to perform a kinematics parameter extraction. This method performs a dynamic trim calculation for each point in the data time history, with aircraft motion data (that is, linear and angular accelerations derived from load factor and attitude data, respectively)86 defining the trim
82 Aerodynamic stall depends on AOA and occurs at basically the same AOA regardless of load factor. A load factor greater than 1 G, generated by either a pitch-up or turning maneuver, requires extra lift created by an increased AOA and/or an increased airspeed. Thus, at a load factor greater than 1 G, when the stall AOA threshold is reached, the stall occurs at a higher airspeed than with a load factor of 1 G. 83 References to Appendix C icing in this section describe performance degradations resulting from ice accretions on Q400 unprotected surfaces and protected surfaces between boot cycles while operating in icing conditions with the flaps at 0° and the airplane operating at holding speeds. The operational icing speed increments were based on the Q400 icing certification flight tests. 84 A closed-loop event simulation attempts to replicate the target airplane pitch, roll, and heading angles as a function of time by applying small increments to the nominal FDR elevator, aileron, and rudder surface position parameters used to backdrive the airplane motion. The airplane engine settings, flap position, and gear position are specified as a function of time. 85 In the simulation study, the Q400 aerodynamic drag and lift effects of ice accretion were incremented linearly for ice accumulation factors between 0.0 and 1.0. 86 The load factor data include the longitudinal, lateral, and vertical acceleration parameters. The attitude data include the airplane pitch attitude, bank angle, and heading angle parameters.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 32 target. The incremental aerodynamic force and moment87 coefficients required to match the recorded airplane motion are calculated using specific data.88 The kinematics parameter extraction results for aerodynamic coefficients (that is, incremental lift, drag, pitching moment, side force, rolling moment, and yawing moment) indicated that the accident airplane did not experience any (1) linear or progressive lift coefficient degradation over time, (2) measurable lift coefficient loss, or (3) sudden, substantial, progressive, or sustained increase in drag coefficient (which could be clearly isolated from Q400 engine simulation and/or airplane configuration transition modeling uncertainties) for the 2- minute time period evaluated. Only small increments in the moment coefficient values for pitch, roll, and yaw were observed before the stall.89 Three alternate flight control input scenarios were evaluated, with and without performance degradation as a result of icing for three engine torque settings, to quantify the airplane performance effects of (1) holding the control column at the expected autopilot disengage position, (2) targeting constant pitch attitude, and (3) targeting constant altitude. The evaluation of these alternate flight control input scenarios showed that pilot intervention was required to avoid stalling the airplane after autopilot disconnect; that is, holding the control column at a fixed position (the expected autopilot disengage position) and adding power would result in the airplane continuing to increase AOA up to an aerodynamic stall. However, the Q400 simulation airplane with a conservative icing accumulation factor of 0.3 still had adequate performance capability, with appropriate pitch axis inputs, to maintain either a constant pitch attitude of 10° or constant altitude with engine torque values at or above the values for the accident airplane. In addition, the accident airplane’s fuselage AOA achieved at the peak normal load factor90 (13°) was compared with both the stick shaker and the stick pusher AOA schedules for the nominal stall protection system. According to calculations provided by the supplier of the Q400 stall protection system, the stick shaker for the accident flight condition was scheduled to activate at a fuselage AOA of about 11.9° with the ref speeds switch selected to the off position. The calculations also showed that the stick pusher for the accident flight condition was scheduled to activate (after an aerodynamic stall) at a fuselage AOA of 17.5°. Because the accident airplane achieved a peak normal load factor at a calculated fuselage AOA of about 13°, the airplane’s AOA for maximum lift was greater than the AOA for the Q400 clean-wing stick shaker onset (by about 1°) and was less than the AOA for the Q400 stick pusher (by about 4.5°).
87 A moment is distance multiplied by force. 88 These data are the simulation models for the airplane aerodynamics, propulsion, and flight control system; airplane motion/state data (including altitude, airspeed, attitudes, AOA, calculated sideslip angle, and load factors); airplane configuration (such as high-lift device and landing gear position); flight control inputs and/or control surface positions; airplane loading (for example, weight and center-of-gravity location); and environment data (including winds, temperature, and pressure). 89 The results after 2216:29 were subject to increased uncertainty because of uncertainties with the accident airplane’s actual angular acceleration. 90 The peak normal load factor was achieved after autopilot disconnect but before the development of significant bank angles.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 1.17 Organizational and Management Information According to its website, Colgan began operations in December 1991. In July 1997, the company began Continental Connection service through a marketing alliance and code-sharing agreement with Continental Airlines.91 In December 1999, Colgan started operating as a US Airways Express carrier under a code-sharing and service agreement with US Airways. In March 2005, Colgan resumed Continental Connection service.92 In October 2005, the company started providing flights for United Express under a code-sharing and service agreement with United Airlines. In January 2007, Colgan became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pinnacle Airlines Corporation (which was also the parent company of Pinnacle Airlines, a regional air carrier that operated as Northwest Airlink). In February 2008, Colgan began providing Continental Connection service out of EWR.93 At the time of the accident, Colgan’s headquarters was located in Manassas, Virginia, but, on December 1, 2009, the company relocated to Memphis (where Pinnacle Airlines’ headquarters is located). At the time of the accident, the company offered about 350 daily flights to 53 cities in 15 states and Canada. Also, the company had about 1,300 employees and 34 Saab 340 and 15 Q400 airplanes (including the accident airplane) in its fleet. In February 2007, Colgan announced the introduction of the Q400 into its fleet, and initial training of company flight crews on the Q400 began in September 2007 at FlightSafety International’s facility in Toronto, Canada.94 Colgan began Q400 service in February 2008 and became fully qualified to conduct its own training on the Q400 in July 2008. The Colgan certificate is managed by the FAA’s Washington Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) in Herndon, Virginia. The FAA’s operational oversight of the company is conducted by a principal operations inspector (POI) and aircrew program managers (APM) for the Saab 340 and the Q400. The POI and Saab 340 APM are based at the Herndon FSDO, and the Q400 APM is based at the Teterboro, New Jersey, FSDO. According to the Colgan vice president of administration, at the time of the accident, the company’s minimum flight time requirement for pilot applicants was 600 hours total flight time with 100 hours multiengine time. This vice president also stated that a pilot with 250 to 300 hours in a Part 121 operation would be a more appealing candidate than a pilot with 1,500 hours in a general aviation airplane. The vice president further stated that, as part of a pilot applicant’s
91 According to FAA guidance, code-sharing is a marketing arrangement in which an airline (in this case, Continental) places its designator code on flights operated by another airline (in this case, Colgan) and sells and issues tickets for those flights. Airlines involved in code-sharing operations are required to disclose to consumers the corporate name of the transporting carrier. 92 At an earlier point in time, Colgan’s initial marketing alliance and code-sharing agreement with Continental had ended. 93 Colgan operates at EWR in rooms below one of the airport’s terminals. The rooms include management and administrative offices as well as three rooms for pilots and flight attendants. One of these rooms has computers, a bulletin board, and crew mailboxes. Another room has a kitchen area, a television, tables, and chairs. The other room, as previously discussed in section 1.5.1, is referred to as the crew room and has couches, recliners, and a television. 94 Colgan was authorized to outsource initial, transition, and upgrade training, and three FlightSafety International locations, including Toronto, were permitted to conduct this training for the Q400.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 background check, the company checked the paperwork required by the Pilot Records Improvement Act (PRIA)95 but that many of the pilots that the company had hired did not have previous experience with other airlines. Colgan indicated that it revised its flight time requirements on April 30, 2009. Newly hired pilots are now required to have 1,000 hours total flight time and 100 hours in multiengine aircraft. Q400 captains are now required to have 3,500 hours total flight time and one of the following: 1,000 hours as a PIC at Colgan, 1,500 hours in aircraft type, or 2,000 hours at Colgan. Saab 340 captains are now required to have 2,500 hours total flight time and 1,000 hours at Colgan. 1.17.1 Flight Crew Training The Colgan Crewmember and Dispatcher Training Program Manual, page 1-7, dated April 11, 2008, contained instructions and information for training company pilots according to company policies and procedures, the Federal Aviation Regulations, and operations specifications. The director of crewmember and dispatcher training96 was responsible for reviewing and implementing the policies and procedures in the company’s training manual. The director was also responsible for (1) ensuring that all pilots were trained according to the airline transport pilot practical test standards, (2) continuously reviewing the adequacy and completeness of the program, and (3) tracking the failure rate of pilots during training and checkrides to ensure compliance with 14 CFR 121.401(e).97 The training manual stated the following with regard to performance standards: Flight crewmembers will be required to receive a satisfactory grade on all flight maneuvers, procedures and duties. A satisfactory grade is obtained ONLY when the student demonstrates the ability to operate the aircraft/simulator in a manner that shows he/she is obviously the master of the aircraft, and with successful outcome of each maneuver never in doubt. Colgan used a computer record system to maintain training records for pilots, dispatchers, instructors, and check airmen. Paper training forms were used for grading simulator
95 PRIA records include information on accidents, incidents, violations, and drug or alcohol issues during the previous 5 years for pilots that have worked for Part 121, 125, or 135 operators. Section 1.18.2.1 contains additional information about PRIA. At the time of the accident, Colgan’s PRIA records were reviewed by either the company’s human resources manager or administration vice president. PRIA records are now also reviewed by Colgan’s flight standards or flight operations manager. 96 According to the Colgan Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, the director of crewmember and dispatcher training reports to the vice president of flight operations. 97 Title 14 CFR 121.401(e) states the following: “a person who progresses successfully through flight training, is recommended by his instructor or a check airman, and successfully completes the appropriate flight check for a check airman or the Administrator, need not complete the programmed hours of flight training for the particular airplane. However, whenever the Administrator finds that 20 percent of the flight checks given at a particular training base during the previous 6 months under this paragraph are unsuccessful, this paragraph may not be used by the certificate holder at that base until the Administrator finds that the effectiveness of the flight training there has improved.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 training events and showing satisfactory completion of a training course. The course completion information would be entered electronically into the computer training record system, and the paper training records, including pilot grading, would then be destroyed.98 1.17.1.1 Stall Training Stall training for the Q400 occurs during three of eight simulator sessions during initial, transition, upgrade, and requalification training. These three simulator sessions included three approach-to-stall profiles—in the clean (cruise flight), takeoff, and landing configurations—that are evaluated during a proficiency check. The company’s approach-to-stall profiles were consistent with the FAA’s airline transport pilot practical test standards. The simulator training events for the clean, takeoff, and landing approach-to-stall profiles are detailed in table 2. The Colgan training manual indicated that check airmen could waive two of the three approach-to-stall configurations when a pilot’s performance in other events indicated a high degree of proficiency. Table 2. Colgan Air’s Approach-to-Stall Training Events Stall profile Entry into stall During stall Exit from stall Clean stall 180 knots and minimum altitude of 5,000 feet agl with power at flight idle and gear and flaps retracted PF maintains altitude and heading
PF calls “stall,” advances power to rating detent, and calls “check power” PF adjusts power to maintain 180 knots Takeoff stall 180 knots and minimum altitude of 5,000 feet agl with flaps at 15°, gear down, and power at flight idle PF maintains altitude and begins a 20° bank turn at 120 knots
PF calls “stall,” advances power to rating detent, rolls wings level, and calls “check power”
PM calls “positive rate”
PF calls “gear up”
PM calls “Vfri”
PF calls “flaps 0” PF adjusts power to maintain180 knots
98 As a result, the NTSB did not have access to the accident flight crew’s grading on simulator training events, including the approach-to-stall profiles.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 Stall profile Entry into stall During stall Exit from stall Landing stall 180 knots and minimum altitude of 5,000 feet agl with flaps at 35°, gear down, and power at flight idle PF maintains altitude and heading
PF calls “stall,” advances power to rating detent, and calls “check power, flaps 15”
PM calls “positive rate”
PF calls “gear up.”
PM calls “Vfri”
PF calls “flaps 0” PF adjusts power to maintain 180 knots Note: PF, pilot flying; PM, pilot monitoring.
During postaccident interviews, the NTSB learned that, during the approach-to-stall recovery exercises for initial simulator training, pilots were instructed to maintain the assigned altitude and complete the recovery without deviating more than 100 feet above or below the assigned altitude, which had been previously required by the practical test standards for the checkride.99 Some company check airmen indicated that any deviation outside of that limit would result in a failed checkride, but other company check airmen considered this altitude limitation to be a minimal loss of altitude (which is consistent with the current practical test standards). Company training personnel and Q400 check airmen stated that demonstration of the airplane’s stick pusher system was not part of the training syllabus for simulator training at the time of the accident. Nevertheless, one check airman indicated that he demonstrated the stick pusher during initial simulator training. The check airman stated that most of the pilots who were shown the pusher in the simulator would try to recover by overriding the pusher. Most of the company pilots interviewed after the accident reported that they had not received a demonstration of or instruction on the stick pusher. At the public hearing for this accident, Colgan’s chief Q400 instructor testified that, after the accident, pilots began receiving a demonstration of the stick pusher system during simulator training. The Q400 instructor stated that pilots were set up for a stall in the landing configuration with the autopilot on. Once the stick shaker activated, the autopilot would turn off, and the pilots would apply back pressure to the control column so that they could feel the activation of the stick pusher.100 The instructor added that pilots also received a demonstration on how to overpower the stick pusher so that they could feel the operation of the pusher. On April 6, 2009, Colgan issued CFM Operations Bulletin 09-004, Q400 Enhanced Flight Maneuvers Training, which described the maneuvers that would be added to initial, upgrade, transition, and recurrent training and checkrides. The additional flight maneuvers included new stall recovery training (recovery from stalls entered during actual flight scenarios
99 The 100-foot maximum altitude standard was consistent with other practical test standards, including those for performance maneuvers, holding, and instrument approaches. 100 The resulting airplane motion from this control input may exceed the validated simulator envelope.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 37 rather than the “traditionally rigid profile based maneuver demonstration”), a stick pusher demonstration, and unusual attitude/upset recovery training. All three stall recoveries were to be performed by each pilot during proficiency checks, including stall conditions involving autopilot disconnect. NTSB investigators conducted Q400 simulator observations at FlightSafety International’s facility in Toronto.101 The observations were conducted using nighttime conditions, and the temperature, winds, and altimeter settings were set to the approximate conditions at the time of the accident. The airplane gross weight was set at 54,700 pounds (the approximate landing weight of the accident airplane), and the airspeed bugs were set to 118 knots (Vref) and 114 knots (Vga). A clean airplane (no simulated ice) was used. FlightSafety personnel stated their belief that scenarios in which the airplane was flown to activation of the stick pusher and then recovered were within the capabilities of the simulator model but that fighting against the stick pusher and not recovering would cause the simulator to be outside of its capabilities.102 During observations of the planned clean, takeoff, and landing approach-to-stall profiles, the pilots in the simulator cab (the Colgan lead simulator instructor for the Q400 and the Bombardier Q-series customer service liaison pilot) noted that the recoveries did not require significant or dynamic control inputs to accomplish.103 NTSB investigators noted that forward pressure on the control column and nose-down trim were needed during the recovery and that the numbers on the IAS display would turn red about 1 to 3 knots before the onset of the stick shaker. Other simulator observations were made in which the airplane, while under autopilot control, decelerated until the stick shaker activated and the pilot flew the airplane to recovery. Several scenarios were demonstrated with the airplane’s flaps and gear up, including one in which the ref speeds switch was off. The stick shaker onset for this scenario occurred when the airplane was at an airspeed of 125 knots. In a scenario in which the ref speeds switch was set to the increase position, the stick shaker onset occurred at an airspeed of 142 knots. The stick pusher did not activate during any of these demonstrated scenarios. NTSB investigators noted that the recoveries did not result in unusual attitudes and that the stick shaker ceased as airspeed increased during the recoveries. The investigators also noted that, when the ref speeds switch was changed from the increase to the off position at stick shaker onset, the stick shaker would immediately stop, and the low-speed cue would appear in a lower position on the IAS display (compared with its position at stick shaker onset). During a simulator demonstration of the ILS approach to runway 23 at BUF, the stick shaker activated at an airspeed of 127 knots. Afterward, the pilot intentionally applied aft control
101 FlightSafety’s simulator was capable of full motion, and the motion platform was on during the observations. 102 Bombardier subsequently stated that the post-stall onset of the stick pusher was outside the bounds of the simulator data package the company provided to FlightSafety. 103 The altitude deviations during recovery ranged from an altitude loss of 50 feet to an altitude gain of about 120 feet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38 column movement and pulled up the airplane’s nose from 10° to 30°.104 As the airspeed decreased to between 105 and 110 knots, the stick pusher activated, but the nonflying pilot and the observers were not aware of the pusher’s activation (that is, they could not tell whether the control inputs were being made by the pilot or the pusher). The recovery was successful. 1.17.1.2 Winter Operations Training Colgan provided its flight crews with training on winter operations during initial, transition, and recurrent ground school. Subjects presented in this course included airplane deicing and anti-icing procedures, checks, and responsibilities; airplane surface contamination and its effects on performance and handling characteristics; and identification of contamination on critical surfaces. (The accident captain and first officer last received this training during his October 2008 transition ground training and her January 2009 recurrent ground training, respectively.) In addition, a training video produced in 1999 by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), “Icing for Regional and Corporate Pilots,” was shown during winter operations training. The purposes of the video were to review icing fundamentals, enhance pilots’ ability to assess hazardous icing conditions, enhance pilots’ understanding of icing effects on the airplane’s stability and control, present strategies that pilots can use to exit a hazardous icing encounter, and discuss supercooled large droplets. The video also discussed the possibility of a tailplane stall, which results from an ice- contaminated horizontal stabilizer. The video described the warning signs of a tailplane stall, which included lightening of the controls, pitch excursions, difficulty in trimming pitch, buffeting of the controls, and sudden nose-down pitching.105 The video indicated that the differences between a wing stall and a tailplane stall could be subtle but that pilots needed to properly diagnose the icing problem because the recovery techniques for the stalls were different. According to the video, the wing stall recovery technique requires pilots to reduce the AOA by lowering the nose, adding power, and maintaining the flap setting, whereas the tailplane stall recovery technique requires pilots to pull back on the control column; reduce flap setting; and, for some aircraft, reduce power.106 The NTSB notes that, at the public hearing for this accident, a Bombardier engineering manager testified that the Q400 was not susceptible to tailplane stalls. The Bombardier official described the flight testing—the 0 G pushover maneuver—that was performed by Bombardier and Transport Canada to make this determination. The Bombardier engineer explained that the maneuver, which was conducted with ice accumulation on the airplane’s tail (with both natural
104 As with Colgan’s stick pusher demonstration in the simulator, the resulting airplane motion from this control input may exceed the validated simulator envelope. 105 This video was part of NASA’s and the FAA’s response to previous NTSB recommendations, as discussed in section 1.18.1.11. 106 Colgan’s training manual did not include any references to tailplane stalls or tailplane stall recovery techniques.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 39 icing conditions and artificial ice shapes), involved pushing the control column forward to lower the nose of the airplane and increase the airplane’s descent rate. The Bombardier engineer further stated that this maneuver tested “the most severe condition” (that is, the most negative tailplane AOA) and that the airplane showed no evidence of tailplane stall characteristics, even at -0.2 G.107 1.17.1.3 Remedial Training The Colgan director of flight standards stated that pilots that failed a checkride could retrain on the specific failure item. If the pilot passed the subsequent checkride, then no further followup after this retraining would occur. The director also stated that, for pilots with multiple failed checkrides, he or the flight standards manager would coordinate with the training director to assign additional training. The director indicated that pilots could be terminated if they did not receive the additional training and pass the checkride. The Colgan chief pilot stated that, if a pilot were considered marginal, then he would ask the flight standards department to have a check airman observe the pilot to ensure that his or her performance was satisfactory. The chief pilot indicated that, at the time of the accident, the company did not have a formal program for those pilots that were considered to be weak. In August 2009, Colgan began a formal pilot monitoring program. Colgan stated that the program had specific criteria and processes for entry into and exit from the program and that the flight operations department has been reviewing and revising the program’s operation. The Colgan director of flight standards stated that he had not tracked the accident captain in terms of his performance. The company chief pilot stated that he was aware that the captain had failed his initial Saab 340 upgrade training proficiency check and had to be retrained and perform the checkride again. The chief pilot also stated that he had informed the accident captain that his subsequent proficiency check needed to be “right on.” 1.17.1.4 Crew Resource Management Training Colgan presented crew resource management (CRM) training during initial new hire indoctrination training (an 8-hour class) and recurrent training (a 2-hour class).108 The training was taught by either a ground school instructor or the manager of crewmember and dispatcher training, and the average class size was 12 students.109 One of the CRM training instructors stated that the course addressed, among other things, the relationship between flight crewmembers and the need to indicate when pilots are not observing sterile cockpit procedures.
107 The superintendent of flight test engineering at Transport Canada testified that 0 G in the maximum landing configuration was the Q400’s lower end structural limit. This official also stated that Transport Canada accomplished the pushover maneuver in a controlled maneuver down to -0.1 G. 108 Videos, team-building exercises, and some case studies used during initial CRM training were not used during recurrent CRM training. 109 Pilots and dispatchers attend CRM training at Colgan’s headquarters. Flight attendants had occasionally attended the CRM training until their training was moved to ALB.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 40 Two slide presentations were included in CRM training. One presentation had 45 slides that addressed topics including command, leadership and leadership styles, expectations and standardization, team management, communication, situational awareness, decision-making, and automation awareness. The other presentation had 11 slides that focused on situational awareness. One slide in the situational awareness presentation detailed the following operational clues to indicate a loss of situational awareness: failing to meet targets, using undocumented procedures, departing from standard operating procedures, violating minimums or limitations, not flying the airplane, and not looking outside. Another slide detailed the following human factor clues associated with a loss of situational awareness: communications, ambiguity, unresolved discrepancies, preoccupation or distraction, and confusion or “empty feeling.” The final slide in the presentation showed an error chain and indicated that breaking the chain involved maintaining situational awareness, checklist discipline, and standard operating procedures. CRM training also included accident case studies that demonstrated good human factors and crew interaction.110 Also, the manager of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that the class provided pilots with enough information to develop monitoring skills. A ground school instructor stated that CRM training discussed that the monitoring pilot needed to be attentive and assertive in communicating any concerns. Colgan was in the process of revising its CRM training before the accident.111 According to the POI, although the company’s CRM program met the FAA’s CRM guidance (see section 1.18.1.2), he and the director of flight operations, vice president of safety and regulatory compliance, and the director of crewmember and dispatcher training wanted additional emphasis in several areas to make the program more robust. These areas included decision-making, leading and following, positively communicating, and setting expectations. The POI indicated that the new CRM training would be modeled after Continental Airlines’ advanced CRM components and would use information from CRM programs offered at other airlines.112 In addition, the revised training was expected to be facilitated by line pilots (instead of a ground school instructor or the manager of crewmember and dispatcher training) to encourage more participation from students.
110 One case study involved the United Airlines flight 232 accident in Sioux City, Iowa. In its report on this accident, the NTSB concluded that the airplane could not have been successfully landed on a runway because of the loss of all hydraulic flight controls (resulting from a catastrophic separation of the stage 1 fan disk from the No. 2 engine) and that, with these circumstances, the flight crew’s performance was highly commendable and greatly exceeded reasonable expectations. For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, United Airlines Flight 232, McDonnell Douglas DC-10-10, Sioux Gateway Airport, Sioux City, Iowa, July 19, 1989, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-90/06 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1990). 111 Information from Colgan’s third quarter 2008 safety department review included “CRM Re-design” as an issue and a challenge. (Colgan’s safety departments and safety programs are discussed in section 1.17.7.) 112 Information from the fourth quarter 2008 safety department review indicated that Pinnacle Airlines was also assisting with the CRM program redesign.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 41 Colgan provided the NTSB with a 209-slide presentation, dated July 1, 2009, for the revised CRM/threat and error management course.113 The slides presented industry safety data and trends and addressed CRM decision-making, situational awareness, communication, team building, workload management, threat and error management, monitoring, safety culture and safety programs, automation, fatigue, hazards associated with deviations from standard operating procedures, the company’s “VVM” (verbalize, verify, and monitor) program, and professionalism. Also, industry accidents and incidents, including those involving Colgan pilots, were discussed. During the summer of 2009, Colgan began providing a 2-day CRM course to pilots, dispatchers, flight attendants, and managers at its bases at EWR and George Bush Intercontinental Airport (IAH), Houston, Texas. In addition to the revised CRM course, the company’s revised Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, dated September 20, 2009, contained a review of CRM/threat and error management, including discussions on error management and descriptions of behavioral skills that are necessary for effective CRM. 1.17.1.5 Captain Leadership Training Colgan’s captain upgrade training included a 1-day course on leadership to help upgrading captains transition to their new role.114 (The accident captain received this training in October 2007 when he became a new Saab 340 captain.) The director of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that the course focused on captains’ duties, their interaction with different departments, and the use of CRM in their expanded work activities. Captain leadership training included a nine-slide presentation that discussed a captain’s authority, responsibilities, and duties; the dispatch release; logbook and maintenance discrepancies; and cabin area and flight attendant duties. The leadership training also included the 11 slides on situational awareness that were presented as part of indoctrination and recurrent CRM training. The director of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that captains needed extra emphasis on situational awareness because of the additional crewmembers that they are responsible for overseeing. The syllabus showed that, of the 6 hours 45 minutes that had been programmed for this training, at least 4 hours 45 minutes were dedicated to captain administrative duties. In addition to the training, the Colgan Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual provided information about the captain’s leadership responsibilities during flight. Section 5 of the manual, dated August 22, 2008, stated that the captain was “to maintain at all times a businesslike environment in the cockpit that is conducive to the safe and proper conduct of the
113 The FAA’s guidance on threat and error management is contained in appendix 1 of Advisory Circular (AC) 120-90, “Line Operations Safety Audits.” (See section 1.18.2.2 for more information about this AC.) The guidance clarifies the relationship between threat and error management and CRM, stating the following: “It is important to clarify that TEM [threat and error management] is not crew resource management (CRM) and should not be considered a replacement for it. TEM and CRM refer to overlapping but not equivalent activities. CRM refers specifically to activities conducted by the crew to optimize performance. These activities include threat and error countermeasures such as briefing, contingency planning, and monitor/cross-checking, but they also include higher- order concepts such as leadership and establishing open communication in the cockpit. Similarly, TEM includes crew countermeasures, but it also encompasses equipment, procedural, and regulatory countermeasures.” 114 Captain leadership training is not mandated by the FAA.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 42 flight.” Section 2 of the manual stated that the captain was responsible for actively promoting and utilizing CRM while on duty. After a new captain completed IOE, Colgan provided no further scheduled oversight of the captain until the annual line check. After the accident, Colgan changed its policy so that all new captains would have a line check after 6 months. 1.17.2 Flight Manuals 1.17.2.1 Reference and Approach Speeds The Bombardier Q400 AFM, section 5, dated August 4, 1999, provided reference and approach speed information for various configurations of the airplane. The information showed the following for the accident airplane at its estimated landing weight: • With flaps set at 0°, the 1.23 reference stall speed (VSR) was 145 knots and a minimum of 170 knots (1.23 VSR plus 25 knots) during icing conditions.115 • With flaps set at 5°, the approach speed was 133 knots and a minimum of 153 knots (flaps 5 approach speed plus 20 knots) during icing conditions. • With flaps set at 10°, the approach speed was 124 knots and a minimum of 144 knots (flaps 10 approach speed plus 20 knots) during icing conditions. • With flaps set at 15°, the Vref for the planned landing was 118 knots and a minimum of 138 knots (flaps 15 Vref speed plus 20 knots) during icing conditions. On March 18, 2009, Colgan issued CFM Operations Bulletin 09-003, REF SPEEDS Switch and Speed Guidance. The bulletin set the following specific target airspeeds during the approach phase of flight: before landing gear extension, a minimum of 180 knots; before the final approach fix, a minimum of 160 knots; and on final approach, Vref plus 10 knots minus 0 knots (that is, airspeeds could deviate up to 10 knots above the Vref speed, but no airspeeds below Vref were allowed). 1.17.2.2 Operations in Icing Conditions
The Q400 AFM, section 4.7.2, Ice Protection Procedures, dated July 13, 2005, included the following information about operations in icing conditions:116 • For takeoff into icing conditions, the engine intake door, windshield heat, and propeller deice are to be turned on before takeoff, and the ref speeds switch is to be
115 The Q400 AFM contained three reference stall speeds, 1.4, 1.3, and 1.23 VSR, and Colgan used 1.23 VSR. 116 The Q400 Quick Reference Handbook, dated May 15, 2005, also contained procedures for flight into icing conditions. Quick reference handbooks are intended for flight crew use in the cockpit.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 43 moved to the increase position at 400 feet agl. When airframe ice is detected, the deice boots are to be operated in the fast mode. • For flight before encountering icing conditions, when ice is first detected, or when a flashing “ice detected” message appears on the engine display, the ref speeds switch is to be moved to the increase position at the same time as the engine intake door switches, the propeller selector, and the windshield heat are selected on. Also, the pilot’s side window heat switches are to be turned on if ice is forming on the pilot’s side window. • For climb, cruise, and descent in icing conditions, the minimum airspeed is to be maintained, the deice boots are to be operated, and wing and tail boot advisory lights are to be monitored for normal operation. • For holding, approach, and landing in icing conditions, the minimum airspeeds for icing are to be maintained, the deice boots are to be operated in fast mode, and a performance weight penalty is to be applied. The AFM also stated that, when the airplane was no longer in icing conditions, the deice boots should continue to be used in the fast mode until the airplane is aerodynamically clean. At that point, the deice boots and the ref speeds switch are to be turned off, and normal airspeeds are to resume. In addition, several airplane systems on the Q400, including the ice protection system, required daily checks. The Colgan CFM, section 5, “Expanded Checklist,” dated May 20, 2008, explained that the following items were to be checked on the ice protection system: airframe deice pressure indicator, airframe mode select switch, airframe manual select switch, propeller selector, ref speeds switch, engine intake doors, windshield heat, and stall protection system. (A Q400 check airman explained that this 24-hour check was normally accomplished during flight instead of preflight.)117 Finally, the Q400 AFM and Colgan CFM stated, in the Limitations section, that the autopilot must be disengaged during severe icing. On February 20, 2009, Colgan issued CFM Operations Bulletin 09-001, Speed Bugs for Landing, Icing Definitions, and Ice Equipment Operations. The bulletin emphasized the importance of setting the proper Vref bugs, especially when icing conditions might be expected; reiterated the proper icing terminology to use with the ACARS system to ensure that the proper ice speeds are received (from AeroData) for Vref and Vga; and introduced three levels of ice protection.118 The bulletin prohibited selecting the ref speeds switch to the increase position during takeoffs, and changing the position of the ref speeds switch during landings, while the airplane was below 1,000 feet agl. The Colgan POI stated that the company conducted mandatory briefings about the information in the bulletin with its Q400 pilots.
117 About 2132:13, the first officer detected, while reviewing the airplane’s logbooks, that a previous flight crew had not performed the 24-hour ice protection test. The captain responded that he had just performed the test. 118 Level one was for all flight conditions and on the ground. Level two occurred in flight with a saturated air temperature of 5° C or colder and visible moisture or 1 mile or less visibility in clouds. Level two occurred on the ground with a saturated air temperature of 10° C or colder and visible moisture or 1 mile or less visibility with fog. Level two also occurred on the ground when an airplane was operating on a surface that was contaminated with snow, ice, standing water, or slush. Level three occurred when ice accretion was visible or when the ice detected message appeared on the engine display.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44 1.17.2.3 Descent, Approach, and Before Landing Checklists The Q400 CFM, section 5, stated that the pilot flying normally called for the descent checklist when the airplane was descending through an altitude of 18,000 feet or at the top of the descent if the cruise altitude was below 18,000 feet. The CFM indicated that the flying pilot was to call for the approach checklist, with sufficient time to complete the checklist, before (1) crossing the initial approach fix or transitioning to the initial approach phase during an instrument approach or (2) turning onto the base leg on a visual approach. The CFM further stated that the before landing checklist was to be performed 1 nm before the final approach fix. The Colgan Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, section 5, stated that checklists were to be performed in the challenge-response manner with the monitoring pilot performing and double-checking the action called for by the checklist item (as announced by the captain).119 The manual also stated that all pilots, while performing checklists, needed to avoid becoming so engrossed in cockpit duties that their outside vigilance would be reduced. Further, the manual indicated that additional information about the company’s “checklist philosophy” was included in the Q400 CFM, but the CFM did not contain such information.120 Colgan’s postaccident CFM Operations Bulletin 09-003 (see section 1.17.2.1) announced that the company’s approach checklist had been changed to include a callout for the ref speeds switch, which required a response from both flight crewmembers. The bulletin further indicated that the decision to turn the switch to the increase or off positions during an approach should be made before entering the initial approach phase and prohibited changing the position of the ref speeds switch below 1,000 feet agl. (This information was also communicated in Colgan’s postaccident CFM Operations Bulletin 09-001; see section 1.17.2.2.) In addition, CFM Operations Bulletin 09-003 stated that, when the ref speeds switch was set to the increase position, the only speeds that could be set were for Vref (ice) and Vga (ice) but that, if the ref speeds switch was subsequently turned to the off position, the airspeed targets could be changed to Vref and Vga as long as the airplane was above 1,000 feet agl. 1.17.2.4 Approach Profile and Stabilized Approach Criteria The Q400 CFM, section 10, dated May 20, 2008, included information for approaches with vertical guidance. According to this information, the monitoring pilot was to advise the flying pilot of airspeed deviations greater than ± 10 knots. The information did not include a reminder to pilots to check the airspeed against the position of the ref speeds switch. The Colgan Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, section 5, included the company’s stabilized approach criteria. Among these criteria was the following: below 1,000
119 After the accident, Colgan implemented an initiative to train its check airmen to evaluate the performance of the monitoring pilot (in addition to the flying pilot) during checkrides. 120 In addition, the Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual indicated that a statement about “monitoring responsibility” during the required approach briefing was explained in the expanded checklist procedures section of the Q400 CFM, but the CFM did not contain this statement.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 feet agl in instrument meteorological conditions or 500 feet agl in VMC, the airplane is to be at an airspeed that is not less than Vref and is not greater than Vref plus 20 knots. 1.17.3 Sterile Cockpit Procedures Colgan’s sterile cockpit procedures are discussed as part of ground school indoctrination training during a review of the subjects covered in the company’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual. The manager of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that ground school instructors referenced applicable policies and pages in the manual. (The slides presented during indoctrination training did not include this information.) Section 3 of the manual, dated December 20, 2007, referenced 14 CFR 121.542, “Flight Crewmember Duties,” which discusses the sterile cockpit rule. Sections (a) through (c) of the regulation state the following: No flight crewmember may perform any duties during a critical phase of flight not required for the safe operation of the aircraft. No flight crewmember may engage in, nor may any PIC permit, any activity during a critical phase of flight which could distract any flight crewmember from the performance of his/her duties or which could interfere in any way with the proper conduct of those duties. Critical phases of flight include all ground operations involving taxi (movement of an airplane under its own power on the surface of an airport), take-off and landing, and all other flight operations conducted below 10,000 feet MSL, except during cruise flight. The director of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that sterile cockpit procedures were referenced in the flight attendant training program more than the pilot training program because newly hired flight attendants from outside the aviation industry needed to be made aware of the importance of not interrupting the flight crew during critical phases of flight. The director of crewmember and dispatcher training added that pilots were instructed on the critical phases of flight during indoctrination training. Check airmen stated that, during checkrides, captains were expected to brief sterile cockpit procedures before the flight, and the procedures were expected to be followed during the flight. The company chief pilot stated that he issued a CrewTrac message in summer 2008 about the need to adhere to rules,121 including the sterile cockpit rule, and avoid complacency, but the company was not able to identify any such message in response to a request from the NTSB.122
121 CrewTrac messages are presented to pilots when they log into the company’s computer system. Pilots need to review and acknowledge the information in the CrewTrac messages before they can check in or view their flight schedule. 122 Colgan was asked to provide CrewTrac messages that addressed sterile cockpit adherence or standard operating procedures and were sent to pilots based at EWR or ORF from January 2008 to the date of the accident. No message on either topic was found.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46 One first officer indicated that company pilots adhered to sterile cockpit procedures. Another first officer indicated that captains with whom he had flown deviated rarely from sterile cockpit procedures but that, when they did, he would speak up by redirecting them to the tasks at hand. Check airmen and captains indicated that sterile cockpit adherence was good but that, when the sterile cockpit rule was not being followed, they would either remind the pilot about the rule or they would ignore the pilot’s statement to convey the message that the pilot should not be talking. The company POI stated that FAA surveillance of Colgan before the accident (as well as the company’s own surveillance) did not indicate a problem with crew adherence to sterile cockpit procedures. According to the company’s director of crewmember and dispatcher training, after the accident, he tasked the manager of crewmember and dispatcher training with enhancing the ground school presentations to ensure that pilots were doing their jobs and following procedures. The manager of crewmember and dispatcher training and a ground school instructor added a recurrent training slide that explicitly addressed adherence to sterile cockpit procedures. The slide referenced cockpit decorum, the sterile cockpit concept, maintaining cockpit stations (including airplane control), and preflight procedures (including the captain’s briefing and other preflight information). On February 26, 2009, the company chief pilot issued a CrewTrac message addressing sterile cockpit adherence. The message defined sterile cockpit during the ascent as beginning when the flight attendant closes the cockpit door and ending when the airplane climbs through 10,000 feet. The message defined sterile cockpit during the descent as the time from when the airplane is descending through 10,000 feet to the completion of the parking checklist. The message indicated, “when in sterile cockpit no extraneous conversation of any kind may take place. Remember this also covers non essential activities such as eating.” In October 2009, the company reported that it had added to its checklists an item for the 10,000-foot sterile cockpit period. The company further reported that it also expanded the scope of the sterile cockpit period to include (1) 1,000 feet above or below a level-off altitude and (2) approaching the top of descent on crossing restrictions and pilot-discretion descents.123 1.17.4 Commuting Policy Colgan’s Flight Crewmember Policy Handbook, dated March 2008, stated that a commuting pilot was expected to report for duty in a timely manner. Commuting pilots were expected to be listed in an airline reservation system aboard two separate flights that had adequate seat availability and were scheduled to arrive at the pilot’s duty station at a reasonable time before the pilot was scheduled to report for duty. If the pilot missed the first flight, then the pilot was required to notify crew scheduling of the estimated time of departure for the second flight so that plans could be made in case the second flight was missed. If the pilot missed the
123 Colgan’s September 20, 2009, revision of its Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual incorporated this information.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 47 second flight, then the pilot was to contact crew scheduling and make every effort to report to the location where the pilot was scheduled to begin duty. The policy recognized that pilots might be unable to report for duty because of unforeseen flight schedule disruptions and, as a result, provided relief from disciplinary actions to pilots twice in any 12-month period for this reason. The policy stated that pilots who demonstrated a pattern of missed trips would no longer be able to use the company’s commuting policy, even if the pilot had complied with the above requirements of the policy. The February 2006 edition of the Flight Crewmember Policy Handbook stated the following information:124 While commuting by Flight Crewmembers is understood and accepted by the Company, in no way will commuting be deemed a mitigating factor in the Flight Crewmember’s scheduling, punctuality and demeanor. All Flight Crewmembers will be fully accountable for their timely arrival and appearance at their base. Any and all expenses incurred because of commuting will be borne by the Flight Crewmember. Flight Crewmembers should not attempt to commute to their base on the same day they are scheduled to work. This statement did not appear in the March 2008 handbook (which was the edition current at the time of the accident). 1.17.4.1 Commuting Status of Pilots Based at Newark During a February 2009 postaccident interview, the EWR regional chief pilot stated that he did not know the number of commuting pilots at EWR.125 The regional chief pilot also stated that no restrictions were placed on pilots regarding commuting but that pilots had to meet schedule requirements. An EWR-based first officer thought that most commuting pilots had crash pads or shared apartments. Another EWR-based pilot stated that the reason for the large number of commuting pilots was the high cost of living in the EWR area and the low wages that company pilots received. In response to an NTSB request for information, Colgan asked its 137 EWR-based pilots, in April 2009, about their commuting status. Of these 137 pilots, 93 (68 percent) identified themselves as commuters. Colgan also responded with address information for its EWR-based pilots, which the NTSB cross-checked against the FAA’s airmen certification database between April 9 and 13, 2009. Of the 137 addresses provided by Colgan, 136 were found in the FAA’s database. Table 3 shows the geographic distribution for these 136 EWR-based pilots.
124 Colgan’s Employee Handbook, dated February 2005, contained the following similar statement about commuting: “Colgan understands it may be necessary for employees to commute, however, in no way will commuting be deemed a mitigating factor in an employee’s schedule, punctuality or demeanor. All employees will be fully accountable for on time appearance at their base (for their shift). Any and all expenses incurred because of commuting will be the responsibility of the employee.” 125 The EWR chief pilot commuted from his home in North Carolina to EWR and had a crash pad in the EWR area.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 48 Table 3. Geographic Distribution of Colgan Air Pilots Based at Newark, New Jersey Distance from EWR (in statute miles) Number of pilots States represented Less than 100 45 Connecticut, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania 100 to 199 13 Maryland, Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island 200 to 399 29 Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Virginia 400 to 999 20 Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, West Virginia 1,000 or more 29 California, Colorado, Florida, Louisiana, Minnesota, Nevada, Texas, Utah, Washington Note: Geographic distances from EWR were determined using the pilots’ address on record with the FAA. The number of statute miles was based on straight-line distances between zip codes. 1.17.5 Fatigue Policy Colgan’s fatigue policy for its pilots (and flight attendants) is addressed during basic indoctrination ground school and is included in the Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual. The fatigue policy at the time of the accident was as follows: Colgan recognizes that there may be occasions and/or circumstances where a Crewmember’s ability to accept or complete an assignment is altered by fatigue. While our concerns are oriented to serve safe operations, we need to review all of the known factors which have led to a call of Crewmember fatigue and any resultant operations impact. This information will facilitate the development of fatigue history and identify factors which led to fatigue. We can then evaluate fatigue and [its] relationship to operational considerations which may improve our planning and prevent recurrence. When a Crewmember is unable to complete an assignment or reassignments because of fatigue, he/she must accomplish the following: • Immediately notify SOC [Systems Operations Control] and the Operations Duty Officer. • Complete the Crewmember Fatigue Form[ ] 126 …. Within 24 hours of being released from duty because of declared fatigue, [provide] the completed form to the Chief Pilot or Duty Officer.
The EWR regional chief pilot stated that, between May 2008 and February 2009, only about a dozen pilots had called in fatigued. The regional chief pilot also stated that, if pilots were fatigued, they could call in as such to crew scheduling or use sick leave.127 In addition, the
126 Crewmembers were required to include, on the fatigue form, their duty time on the day of the fatigue call and their flight and duty times during the 6 days preceding the fatigue call, including the number of hours of rest before duty. 127 The Colgan Employee Handbook indicated that pilots earn 0.5 day of sick leave after 90 days of employment with the company and then 0.5 day of sick leave each month, with a maximum carryover of 30 days.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 49 regional chief pilot stated his philosophy about the policy, indicating that, if a pilot’s fatigue call was a one-time event, he would only file a report but that, if a pilot were to repetitively call in fatigued, he would talk with that pilot to figure out what was prompting the calls. A check airman stated that he had called in fatigued one or two times and that no followup occurred afterward. Colgan’s September 20, 2009, revision to its Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual contained additional information about the company’s fatigue policy. According to the manual, Colgan’s safety department was the focal point for the company’s fatigue policy to gather information to identify fatigue and scheduling issues. As a result, crewmembers were required to submit fatigue forms to the safety department instead of the chief pilot or duty officer. The manual also stated, “managing fatigue is one of the most critical elements of maintaining a safe operation. Recognizing fatigue and its effects on human performance is important, but preventing fatigue is equally essential.” At the time of the accident, Colgan did not provide any information to its pilots about fatigue prevention. The manager of flight safety stated that he had been developing a pamphlet for pilots that provided information on reasons for fatigue and industry fatigue trends. The vice president of safety and regulatory compliance stated that the document developed by the flight safety manager was not implemented because it focused on changing duty times and report periods as a countermeasure to fatigue, which would not have been feasible. The Colgan POI stated that he was aware of the company’s fatigue policy. Although the POI did not have any specific concerns with the policy, he did state, “pilots commute … they get up early … any regional airline tries to be as productive as possible with its folks … I’m always concerned about that.” 128 Colgan’s revised CRM course (see section 1.17.1.4) discussed the effects of fatigue on performance, fatigue warning signs, alertness management strategies, and accidents involving flight crew fatigue. Also, on April 29, 2009, Colgan issued Operations Bulletin 09-001 to its Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, which addressed crewmember fatigue.129 The bulletin discussed the company’s fatigue policy, causes of fatigue, the recognition of fatigue and its effects on performance, strategies to combat fatigue by effectively utilizing rest periods, and the procedures to use if a crewmember were unable to complete an assignment because of fatigue. The bulletin stated that any crewmember who conducted a flight when fatigued or otherwise physically incapable of completing a flight safely would be in violation of company policy. The bulletin emphasized, using bold face and capital letters, the following statement: “commuting to arrive at a base with either insufficient rest to prepare for flight duties, or to arrive with minimal time before a duty day begins is inappropriate for your responsibilities as a professional pilot!”
The EWR regional chief pilot explained that no followup would occur after a pilot has called in sick unless the sick leave calls became repetitive, which he defined as four calls within a 12-month period. 128 Information from Colgan’s third quarter 2008 safety department review identified “crew rest challenges” as an issue. The information also indicated that declarations of crew fatigue were increasing. 129 The information contained in this bulletin was incorporated into the September 20, 2009, revision of the company’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 50 On December 30, 2009, Colgan’s director of operations issued read-and-sign memo 09-12, “Interim Fatigue Policy” to all company pilots and flight attendants. The memo stated that, although Colgan’s nonpunitive fatigue policy had provided helpful information in understanding scheduling issues that created fatigue among crewmembers and had resulted in crewmembers recognizing and declaring true fatigue situations, abuse of the fatigue policy was increasing. The memo noted the following: “in the last 2 months, the instances of fatigue calls with no valid reason for fatigue have increased to the point where frivolous fatigue calls are now the majority” and “frivolous use of sick policy and fatigue policy at the expense of our customers and our operational reliability is not an acceptable practice.” The memo contained revised fatigue policy information developed by the Colgan vice president of safety and regulatory compliance. This interim policy, which became effective on December 31, 2009, stated that fatigue calls would not be accepted if the crewmember had a rest period of at least 12 hours before the start of the duty day, was returning from days off, or wanted to use the policy for a future flight. The memo noted that the safety department would consider mitigating circumstances preventing a rest period from being fully used when determining whether a fatigue call was acceptable. The memo cautioned, “any further blatant abuse of the fatigue option will be addressed as a disciplinary action, and fatigue resulting from an improper use of rest periods or personal time off duty will be treated as missed trips.” In addition, the memo stated that the company was working with pilot and flight attendant unions to establish a comprehensive fatigue program, including a review board process, by February 15, 2010. 1.17.6 Crew Room Policy The EWR regional chief pilot stated that Colgan had a policy that prohibited crewmembers from using the crew room to sleep overnight. A May 24, 2008, read-and-sign memo from the regional chief pilot addressed sleeping in the crew room and included the following information:130 If a Crew Member is based in EWR [then] you are responsible for your own overnight accommodations. Sleeping in Operations or any crew room in EWR is strictly prohibited and will have severe disciplinary consequences, up to and including termination. Company records indicated that the accident captain and the accident first officer acknowledged receipt of this policy information. The EWR regional chief pilot also stated that, even though the crew room was accessible at all times, he did not know of anyone who had stayed in the crew room overnight.131 He further
130 A first officer interviewed by the NTSB knew that Colgan had a policy against sleeping overnight in the crew room but did not know if the policy was a written one. A check airman interviewed by the NTSB recalled the read-and-sign memo indicating that it was not permissible to sleep overnight in the crew room. 131 One check airman stated that he had not seen any pilots sleeping overnight in the crew room. Another check airman stated that he had stayed overnight in the crew room but only when he was traveling home the next day.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 51 stated that Colgan did not get involved with rest issues beyond the FAA regulations for proper crew rest but encouraged pilots to have an appropriate place to stay overnight while in Newark. The Colgan vice president of administration stated that commuting pilots needed to have suitable accommodations because they would not receive adequate rest if they slept in the crew room. She further stated that the company “can’t make someone have a crash pad, but we can certainly make them not … sleep in the crew room.” In March 2009, the EWR regional chief pilot began requiring that some lights remain on at all times in the crew room to ensure that pilots were not using the room as a crash pad. 1.17.7 Safety Programs 1.17.7.1 Safety Management and Culture The Colgan vice president of safety and regulatory compliance, who reports directly to the president of the company, is responsible for all safety-related situations. Other Colgan officials who are responsible for safety at the company include the director of safety and the manager of flight safety.132 The responsibilities of the director of safety were overseeing safety programs, investigating and reviewing occurrences involving safety, and overseeing manual revisions for consistency. The director of safety also attended new-hire indoctrination training to provide an overview of the company’s safety programs. During this training, all newly hired employees received information about submitting safety reports, contacting safety personnel, accessing safety information on the company’s website, and finding safety information in the company’s manuals. The responsibilities of the flight safety manager included overseeing the aviation safety action program (ASAP), providing information for the line operations safety audit (LOSA) program, and developing the flight operational quality assurance (FOQA) program.133 Colgan held quarterly safety council meetings, which were chaired by the president of the company and included senior management personnel (at the vice president and director levels) from all of the company’s departments. According to the company’s Safety Program Manual,134 the purpose of the safety council meetings was to increase safety awareness, discuss unresolved issues, facilitate group discussions, and develop positive outcomes. Colgan also held quarterly safety review board meetings, which involved personnel at the middle management level. In addition, safety personnel attended the company’s daily operations meetings, and safety department reviews occurred quarterly.
132 An organizational chart in the company’s Airline Administrative Guide showed that the manager of flight safety reported directly to this vice president, whereas the Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual indicated that the manager of flight safety reported directly to the director of safety, who then reported to the vice president of safety and regulatory compliance. 133 The ASAP, LOSA, and FOQA programs are discussed in sections 1.17.7.3 through 1.17.7.5, respectively. 134 Colgan’s Safety Program Manual outlined the company’s safety policies, procedures, and reporting programs. The manual was issued in June 2001 and was revised in April 2002, December 2005, and June 2007.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Colgan’s guiding principle regarding safety was presented in two company manuals. The Employee Manual stated, “Safety – Our primary goal is to provide 100% safe transportation for our customers. Safety is the first priority of Colgan. No other value or goal has priority over safety.” The Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual stated, “In all aspects of Colgan’s operation, safety shall be given primary consideration. Each and every employee is responsible for ensuring safety in his own daily operations and shall promote safety among his fellow employees.” In August 2008, Colgan safety personnel (including the vice president of safety and regulatory compliance) and the company president traveled to all company bases to present a “safety road show” to pilots and other operational personnel. This safety briefing addressed ASAP and LOSA and included a 31-slide presentation that discussed expectations for safety (one of which was to operate the safest airline in the industry), industry accidents involving organizational and management factors, and methods to prevent such accidents by ensuring that a company safety culture existed. The presentation also discussed that a way to change safety culture was by providing top-down guidance that is practiced and reinforced. In addition, the presentation reviewed accidents involving error chains and included a slide that stated that the cause of accidents was “rarely a single event, often a failure of common procedure, and inattention to routine tasks and complacency.” The third quarter 2008 safety department review indicated that the presentation had been provided to 525 employees at company headquarters and bases. After the accident, Colgan announced that it would be increasing the visibility of the company’s safety department by having department personnel conduct monthly observations of crew bases and observe flight crews during line operations. The Colgan manager of flight safety stated that the safety culture at the company was good because of programs, such as ASAP and LOSA, that allowed employees to provide feedback and the corrective actions implemented by the company based on the feedback. This manager added that pilots have also volunteered other information outside of the programs about the company’s operations. The Q400 fleet manager also stated that the safety culture at the company was good because of the safety message being conveyed throughout the company by the company president and vice presidents. The manager of flight standards stated that the safety road show helped to improve the company’s safety culture because it reinforced the importance of safety and the message that everyone needed to work together. The director of flight standards stated the following regarding the company’s safety culture: “the pilots that are out there every day performing the job flying the airplanes around wouldn’t dream of doing anything but keeping it a safe operation for themselves and their passengers and their flight attendants.” The POI for Colgan stated that the safety culture at the company was “more reactive than I’d like … not quite as proactive.” The POI indicated that the company needed more middle management-level personnel to advance safety programs and conduct additional monitoring. He 52
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 53 further stated that Colgan’s plans to implement the FAA’s air transportation oversight system (ATOS) and a company safety management system (SMS) would facilitate change.135 1.17.7.2 Safety Reporting Methods According to the company’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, Colgan has a 24-hour safety hotline for employees to anonymously report any safety-related concern. The safety hotline is a voicemail system that is directed to the vice president of safety and regulatory compliance. The director of safety stated that no hotline calls had been received and that the lack of calls was not an issue because employees could raise safety concerns directly rather than anonymously. The company also has several forms that employees can use to report a safety concern. These forms are available in the company’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual and on the company’s website. Once completed, these forms are routed to the vice president of safety and regulatory compliance. One of the forms is the feedback reporting form, which can be used to report manual errors and suggestions for improvements in addition to safety-related concerns. Another form used to report safety concerns is the irregularity event report form. Pilots can use this form, which is routed to the director of safety, to submit reports of events or situations affecting the safe and efficient operation of the airplane while on the ground or during flight. The director of safety stated that the irregularity event report form would be used for reporting an incident or occurrence, whereas an ASAP form (discussed in section 1.17.7.3) would be used when a pilot believed that a company policy or a Federal Aviation Regulation had been breached. The Colgan POI stated that, even though the company’s feedback reporting forms were discussed in initial and recurrent ground school, pilots might not be providing enough feedback to the company. The company’s APM for the Q400 fleet also stated his concern that pilots might not be providing enough information to Colgan, even with the company reporting forms available in their manuals. He indicated that he had previously told company personnel that either pilots did not know the reporting methods that were available to them or managers were not emphasizing the use of these reporting methods. The APM noted that the EWR regional chief pilot had since placed company reporting forms on the flight crew website and was encouraging their use to effect change. Colgan’s Safety Program Manual stated that disciplinary actions would not be taken against anyone who immediately discloses an occurrence involving safety.
135 ATOS employs a systems safety approach to air carrier oversight. SMS incorporates proactive safety methods for air carriers to identify hazards, mitigate risk, and monitor the extent that air carriers are meeting their objectives. ATOS and SMS are complementary and are designed to work in an integrated manner.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 54 1.17.7.3 Aviation Safety Action Program Colgan’s ASAP, which began in 2005, involves company pilots, flight attendants, dispatchers, mechanics, and ground personnel. The manager of flight safety, as the ASAP coordinator, participates in event review committee meetings,136 which also include the manager of flight standards, an FAA representative, and a company pilot representative. The ASAP coordinator manages the submission of ASAP reports, ensures that the findings from the event review committee meetings are disseminated to the appropriate personnel for corrective action, analyzes ASAP data each quarter to identify trends, and prepares quarterly and annual reports that are provided to managers in the flight standards and flight operations departments and are posted on the company’s website. ASAP reporting forms are available on the company’s website. The ASAP form includes a box that can be checked if the report should also be sent to NASA’s Aviation Safety Reporting System (ASRS),137 which is a national repository for voluntary reports regarding aviation safety- related issues and events.138 The Colgan manager of flight safety stated that about 25 ASAP reports were submitted each month. This manager also recalled that the only deviations of standard operating procedures identified in ASAP data involved overspeeds while descending. He could not recall any reports, during the 12 months before the accident, describing problems with sterile cockpit adherence. The company chief pilot reported that most of the ASAP data he reviewed involved altitude, route, or clearance deviations. Company personnel stated that no ASAP reports had been submitted before the accident regarding stall warning activations,139 severe icing, or temporary loss of control of an airplane. Also, the fourth quarter 2008 safety department review indicated that ASAP trends and focus areas were runway incursions and altitude and clearance deviations. After the accident, Colgan announced that an ASAP “reemphasis campaign” for all crew bases would occur during summer and fall 2009. In October 2009, Colgan stated that ASAP was being regularly emphasized to promote the program’s use; pilot participation in the program has been “robust”; and program participation by mechanics, dispatchers, and flight attendants was increasing. ASAP was also included as a discussion topic in the company’s revised CRM/threat and error management training.
136 The director of safety and the vice president of safety and regulatory compliance assumed the role of ASAP coordinator in March 2009 when the manager of flight safety left the company. A new flight safety manager was hired in May 2009. Colgan indicated that he has emphasized the use of ASAP through base meetings and general communications to employees. 137 Colgan uses an FAA contractor to manage the ASAP forms and the ASAP database. Colgan had asked the contractor to change the default setting on the ASAP form so that it would not automatically be sent to the ASRS. The company made this request after receiving feedback from pilots that the ASAP form was already similar to other company reporting forms and that minor events, such as gate returns, were being included in the ASRS database. 138 Because ASRS reports are submitted voluntarily, the existence of reports concerning a specific topic in the ASRS database cannot be used to infer the prevalence of that problem within the National Airspace System. 139 A stall warning activation was reported to the ASAP database in March 2009. This event is discussed in section 1.18.3.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 55 1.17.7.4 Line Operations Safety Audit Colgan began conducting LOSA observations in 2008. The company’s manager of flight safety stated that the purpose of these nonpunitive observations of flight deck procedures was to identify and rectify those performance trends that deviate from standard operating procedures. The manager of flight safety stated that “really nothing” had come up during the LOSA observations; in particular, no problems with sterile cockpit adherence were found. According to Colgan, company check airmen were initially used as LOSA observers because they were already trained to be observers of operational standards. The manager of flight safety stated that the use of check airmen for LOSA observations might raise concerns among pilots about whether the observations were actually nonpunitive, so the company was taking action to recruit line pilots to be LOSA observers. As of March 2009, two pilots had been trained as LOSA observers, one who conducted observations aboard Q400 airplanes and one who conducted observations aboard Saab 340 airplanes. The flight safety manager explained that 5 to 10 observers were needed to fully implement the LOSA program for the Q400 fleet. After the accident, Colgan had announced that it would train LOSA observers by July 2009 and that its goal was to conduct 50 LOSA observations by September 2009. The company did not accomplish this goal but now plans to complete a minimum of 100 LOSA observations by the end of the first quarter of 2010. 1.17.7.5 Flight Operational Quality Assurance FOQA programs collect, deidentify, and analyze flight data to identify and correct possible operational risks at an air carrier. Colgan had initiated actions to establish a FOQA program, but the program was not fully implemented at the time of the accident. After the accident, the company announced plans to equip the Q400 fleet with quick access recorders (QARs) and targeted program implementation for July 1, 2009.140 The company’s director of safety stated that the installation of this equipment required a supplemental type certificate and that the company would finalize the schedule to equip the Q400 fleet with the recorders once the installation was approved. Other actions that Colgan had taken to initiate a FOQA program included identifying a vendor to support FOQA data analysis and establishing a FOQA steering committee. This committee consisted of personnel from the maintenance, quality control, and safety departments and was planned to be expanded to include the flight operations department and line pilots. Also, in a letter dated May 4, 2009, to the Air Line Pilots Association (ALPA), the Colgan vice president of flight operations proposed including CVR data in the company’s FOQA program. This vice president explained that overlaying flight deck communications and other sounds
140 QARs are recording units installed on aircraft to store data recorded during flight. The recorders provide quick and easy access to a removable medium, such as an optical disk or personal computer memory card, on which the flight information is recorded. According to the FAA, QARs have been developed to record an expanded data frame; some of the recorders support more than 2,000 parameters at higher sample rates than FDRs.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report generated within the flight deck from the CVR on the visual representation provided by FDR data would provide additional safety information for accident prevention. In October 2009, Colgan stated that it received 14 QARs for its Q400 fleet, installed QARs on four Q400 airplanes, and planned to install the remaining 10 QARs on Q400 airplanes by the end of December 2009. The four currently installed QARs were being periodically downloaded to collect data to validate flight information from the recording medium to the ground station. The company expected to receive the FOQA ground station for analysis in November 2009, and user training was scheduled to occur in November and December 2009. Further, a memorandum of understanding between Colgan and ALPA was expected to be signed by December 2009, and analysis of QAR data was expected to begin by the end of January 2010. Colgan reported in early January 2010 that the remaining 10 QARs have been installed on Q400 airplanes and that the memorandum of understanding between Colgan and ALPA was “almost ready” for signature. 1.17.7.6 Additional Postaccident Actions The safety department review held after the accident included a slide titled, “Flight Ops Actions Since Feb 12.” The slide listed actions that the company had taken or planned, which included the following: • increased the surveillance by check airmen throughout the Q400 fleet as part of a “standardization push”; • increased the presence of flight operations management at crew bases; • required pilots to ride with a check airman after an infraction; • required dispatchers to check the icing box on the dispatch release if icing conditions existed in either the departure or the arrival city; • implemented a zero-tolerance policy that holds pilots accountable for “egregious” mistakes; and • increased the communications flow to crews with frequent CrewTrac messages and read-and-sign memos for each event or challenge encountered by a crew. Also, Colgan reported that it was in the process of reviewing the top-of-descent to touchdown phase of flight for its Saab 340 and Q400 fleets. In addition, the company also introduced the “VVM” (verbalize, verify, and monitor) program. The VVM program was presented as part of the company’s revised CRM/threat and error management course and was described in the September 20, 2009, revision to the Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual. The manual instructed pilots to use the VVM program “during every phase of the flight, beginning when you arrive in the weather room until you leave the flight deck at the end of the flight. It will help you deal effectively with the threats and errors encountered in daily operations – frequency congestion, fatigue, distractions, etc.” 56
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 57 1.17.7.7 Safety Communications at the Newark Base The EWR regional chief pilot stated that one way that safety information was provided to pilots at the base is through the CrewTrac system. Pilots at the EWR base also receive safety information through read-and-sign memos, bulletins, and manual revisions. In addition, a safety bulletin board is posted at EWR, and the company’s website for its flight crews contains safety information from the safety department and the flight standards department. 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 Previous Safety Recommendations 1.18.1.1 Sterile Cockpit Adherence On February 7, 2006, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-7 as a result of the accident involving Corporate Airlines flight 5966 in Kirksville, Missouri.141 Safety Recommendation A-06-7 asked the FAA to do the following: Direct the principal operations inspectors of all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 and 135 operators to reemphasize the importance of strict compliance with the sterile cockpit rule. On May 31, 2006, the FAA stated that it would issue a Safety Alert for Operators (SAFO)142 to address the intent of the recommendation. According to the FAA, the SAFO would call attention to sterile cockpit rules and remind inspectors and Part 121 and 135 operators that strict compliance with those rules was required and that breaches had contributed to at least one recent air carrier accident. On November 9, 2006, the NTSB acknowledged that SAFO 06004, “Approach and Landing Accident Reduction: Sterile Cockpit, Fatigue,” had been issued on April 28, 2006,143 with a purpose of emphasizing sterile cockpit discipline.144 As a result, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-06-7 “Closed—Acceptable Action.”
141 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Collision with Trees and Crash Short of Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966, British Aerospace BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2006). 142 FAA Order 8000.87A, dated October 24, 2006, stated that a SAFO contained important, often critical, safety information and recommended (nonregulatory) action to be taken voluntarily by the operators identified in the SAFO. (This order replaced FAA Order 8000.87, dated August 29, 2005, which introduced SAFOs.) 143 The NTSB notes that the issuance date of the SAFO actually preceded the date of the FAA’s letter. 144 SAFO 06004 was also issued in response to Safety Recommendation A-06-11, which is discussed in section 1.18.1.5.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 58 1.18.1.2 Situational Awareness On October 16, 1996, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-96-106 as a result of the accident involving American Airlines flight 965 near Cali, Colombia.145 Safety Recommendation A-96-106 asked the FAA to do the following: Revise Advisory Circular 120-51B to include specific guidance on methods to effectively train pilots to recognize cues that indicate that they have not obtained situational awareness, and provide effective measures to obtain that awareness. On December 11, 1998, the FAA stated that it issued Advisory Circular (AC)146 120-51C, “Crew Resource Management Training,” on October 30, 1998. According to the FAA, appendix 3 of the AC specifically addressed training for pilots in recognizing cues that indicate a lack or loss of situational awareness and training in countermeasures to restore that awareness. The AC also referenced the FAA’s February 1998 publication, Guidelines for Situational Awareness Training, which included expanded guidance on the subject. On March 1, 1999, the NTSB stated that the changes to AC 120-51B, which resulted in the issuance of AC 120-51C,147 met the intent of the recommendation. As a result, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-96-106 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.18.1.3 Pilot Professionalism On January 23, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-8 as a result of the accident involving Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701 in Jefferson City, Missouri.148 Safety Recommendation A-07-8 asked the FAA to do the following: Work with pilot associations to develop a specific program of education for air carrier pilots that addresses professional standards and their role in ensuring safety of flight. The program should include associated guidance information and references to recent accidents involving pilots acting unprofessionally or not following standard operating procedures. On April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it meets routinely with training committees from ALPA, the Air Transport Association, the Regional Airline Association, and other groups and
145 The investigation of this accident was conducted by the Aeronáutica Civil of the Government of Colombia, with assistance from the NTSB, in accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation. In September 1996, the Aeronáutica Civil issued its report on this accident and determined that its probable causes included the flight crew’s lack of situational awareness regarding vertical navigation, proximity to terrain, and the relative location of critical radio aids. 146 ACs are advisory and not regulatory in nature. 147 The most recent version of the AC, 120-51E, was issued on January 22, 2004. 148 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Crash of Pinnacle Airlines Flight 3701, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N8396A, Jefferson City, Missouri, October 14, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2007).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 59 that, in future meetings, the FAA would provide a copy of an information for operators (InFO)149 message to be issued in response to Safety Recommendation A-07-6.150 The FAA also stated that it would discuss Safety Recommendation A-07-8 with these groups to determine an effective approach for addressing the underlying safety issues. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB stated that the activities described by the FAA were appropriate actions to take after the development of an educational program that conveys the necessary safety information has been completed. The NTSB also stated that meetings with ALPA, the Air Transport Association, the Regional Airline Association, and other groups would be helpful in distributing program materials or disseminating program information. Safety Recommendation A-07-8 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending completion of these actions. 1.18.1.4 Monitoring Pilot Responsibilities On February 27, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-13 as a result of the accident involving a Cessna Citation 560 in Pueblo, Colorado.151 Safety Recommendation A- 07-13 asked the FAA to do the following: Require that all pilot training programs be modified to contain modules that teach and emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas. On May 17, 2007, the FAA stated that the provisions of 14 CFR Part 61 and the practical test standards addressed the requirement for CRM in airman certification and checking. The FAA added that it would consider identifying, in its work program, a list of required inspections that would reemphasize, to regional office and FSDO managers, the need to validate the training that it already required and verify its effectiveness. On September 10, 2008, the NTSB noted that, even though current CRM regulations addressed the issues in Safety Recommendation A-07-13, the NTSB has investigated accidents and incidents for which improved monitoring and workload management skills might have interrupted the chain of events that led to the accidents and thus prevented their occurrence. The
149 On October 20, 2006, the FAA issued Order 8000.91 to establish a method of sending information to operators in a timely manner. According to the order, an InFO message contains “valuable information for operators that should help them meet administrative requirements or certain regulatory requirements with relatively low urgency or impact in safety.” InFO messages are not mandatory. 150 Safety Recommendation A-07-6 was also issued as a result of findings from the Pinnacle accident. The recommendation asked the FAA to “require regional air carriers operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 to provide specific guidance on expectations for professional conduct to pilots who operate nonrevenue flights.” On January 22, 2008, the FAA stated that the InFO would discuss the circumstances of the Pinnacle accident (a repositioning flight) and other accidents involving nonrevenue flights and would emphasize the need for the same high standards of professionalism that are expected for revenue flights. On May 19, 2008, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-6 “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response.” 151 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Crash During Approach to Landing, Circuit City Stores, Inc., Cessna Citation 560, N500AT, Pueblo, Colorado, February 16, 2005, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/02 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2007).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 60 NTSB stated that the FAA’s proposal to identify a list of required inspections would be responsive to the intent of the recommendation as long as the list provided a strong emphasis on the monitoring and workload management components of the CRM program. Safety Recommendation A-07-13 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the development of such a list and its incorporation into FAA work programs for regional offices and FSDOs. 1.18.1.5 Flight Crew Fatigue On February 7, 2006, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-10 as a result of the Corporate Airlines flight 5966 accident (see section 1.18.1.1). Safety Recommendation A-06-10, which is on the NTSB’s list of Most Wanted Transportation Safety Improvements, asked the FAA to do the following:152 Modify and simplify the flight crew hours-of-service regulations to take into consideration factors such as length of duty day, starting time, workload, and other factors shown by recent research, scientific evidence, and current industry experience to affect crew alertness. On September 9, 2009, the FAA stated that, during the past year, it had worked with different groups to develop an operations specification that requires a fatigue risk management approach to mitigating fatigue for flights that exceed 16 hours. According to the FAA, the work highlighted the need for using such an approach in ultra-long-range flights as well as commercial flight operations. The FAA also stated that, in June 2008, it held a 3-day international symposium that presented current scientific knowledge of fatigue in aviation.153 The FAA further stated that it planned the following actions: publishing the fatigue symposium proceedings, developing ACs to address fatigue in aviation operations and provide guidance for including a fatigue risk management system (FRMS) within an air carrier’s SMS, collecting and analyzing crewmember fatigue data during actual flight operations, and providing guidance for determining adequate rest periods.
In addition, the FAA stated that, in July 2009, it established an aviation rulemaking committee on flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements for Part 121 and 135 operations. According to the FAA, the committee developed recommendations to consolidate and replace existing regulations for Parts 121 and 135, apply current fatigue science and information on fatigue, address the development of FRMS, and harmonize with international
152 Safety Recommendation A-06-10 superseded Safety Recommendation A-99-45, which was issued on June 1, 1999. The recommendation asked the FAA to “establish within 2 years scientifically based hours-of-service regulations that set limits on hours of service, provide predictable work and rest schedules, and consider circadian rhythms and human sleep and rest requirements.” Also, Safety Recommendation A-06-10 was reiterated in the NTSB’s report on the accident involving Pinnacle Airlines flight 4712. For more information, see Runway Overrun During Landing, Pinnacle Airlines, Inc., Flight 4712, Bombardier/Canadair Regional Jet CL600-2B19, N8905F, Traverse City, Michigan, April 12, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2008). 153 Staff members from the NTSB gave presentations at the symposium, and Board Member Robert L. Sumwalt was the keynote speaker.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 61 fatigue mitigation initiatives. The FAA stated that it was reviewing the recommendations and that it would publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in December 2009 based on the committee’s work. On December 29, 2009, the NTSB stated that the FAA, after years of inaction, appeared to be on the verge of taking the recommended actions with regard to flight time limitations, duty period limits, and rest requirements for Part 121 and 135 pilots.154 The NTSB noted that the FAA had proposed publishing the NPRM in early 2010 but stated that the FAA had not informed the NTSB of the specific revisions that the NPRM would include. Thus, the NTSB was not able to determine at that time whether the revisions would fully satisfy the intent of Safety Recommendation A-06-10. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-06-10 remained classified “Open—Unacceptable Response” pending the publication of an NPRM proposing to mandate the recommended actions. (The recommendation first received this classification on November 9, 2006.) Also, on June 12, 2008, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-08-44 and -45 as a result of previous accidents and incidents that highlighted (1) the dangers of human fatigue within airline operations, (2) the need to address fatigue factors related to company policies and crewmember responsibilities, and (3) the continued need for changes to flight and duty time regulations to effectively mitigate the dangers of fatigue to aviation operations. These recommendations asked the FAA to do the following:155 Develop guidance, based on empirical and scientific evidence, for operators to establish fatigue management systems, including information about the content and implementation of these systems. (A-08-44) Develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of fatigue management systems implemented by operators, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents. (A-08-45) On August 11, 2008, the FAA stated that it had hosted a symposium on fatigue in aviation operations to gather and make public the best available knowledge on fatigue and
154 The NTSB’s response also addressed Safety Recommendations A-94-194 and A-95-113. Safety Recommendation A-94-194 asked the FAA to “revise the Federal Aviation Regulations contained in 14 CFR Part 135 to require that pilot flight time accumulated in all company flying conducted after revenue operations—such as training and check flights, ferry flights and repositioning flights—be included in the crewmember’s total flight time accrued during revenue operations.” Safety Recommendation A-95-113 asked the FAA to “finalize the review of current flight and duty time regulations and revise the regulations, as necessary, within 1 year to ensure that flight and duty time limitations take into consideration research findings in fatigue and sleep issues. The new regulations should prohibit air carriers from assigning flight crews to flights conducted under 14 CFR Part 91 unless the flight crews meet the flight and duty time limitations of 14 CFR Part 121 or other appropriate regulations.” Both of these recommendations, which were also on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List, had been classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” 155 Safety Recommendation A-08-44 superseded Safety Recommendation A-06-11, which was issued as a result of the Corporate Airlines flight 5966 accident (see section 1.18.1.1). Safety Recommendation A-06-11 asked the FAA to “require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 and 135 operators to incorporate fatigue-related information similar to that being developed by the Department of Transportation Operator Fatigue Management Program into their initial and recurrent pilot training programs; such training should address the detrimental effects of fatigue and include strategies for avoiding fatigue and countering its effects.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 62 fatigue mitigations. The FAA also stated that it was developing operations specification guidance for fatigue management for ultra-long-range flights (that is, flights that are greater than 16 hours in duration) but did not identify any such initiatives for shorter duration domestic Part 121 operations. On February 3, 2009, the NTSB encouraged the FAA to ensure that its planned activities proceed at an appropriate pace and that guidance on fatigue management systems be developed for all components of the aviation industry and not only for ultra-long-range operations. The NTSB asked the FAA to provide a schedule indicating when guidance for other aviation operations would be developed and issued. Safety Recommendations A-08-44 and -45 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending receipt of this schedule and one for the development and implementation of methodologies to continually assess the effectiveness of fatigue management systems. In addition, on June 27, 2008, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-08-19 and -20 as a result of the accident involving Delta Connection flight 6448 in Cleveland, Ohio.156 These recommendations asked the FAA to do the following: In cooperation with pilot unions, the Regional Airline Association, and the Air Transport Association, develop a specific, standardized policy for 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and Part 91 subpart K operators that would allow flight crewmembers to decline assignments or remove themselves from duty if they were impaired by a lack of sleep. (A-08-19) Once the fatigue policy described in Safety Recommendation A-08-19 has been developed, require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and Part 91 subpart K operators to adopt this policy and provide, in writing, details of the policy to their flight crewmembers, including the administrative implications of fatigue calls. (A-08-20) On September 26, 2008, the FAA stated that its aviation fatigue management symposium addressed air carrier fatigue policies, including crewmembers declining flying assignments as a result of fatigue. The FAA stated that it was actively pursuing a multiyear action plan to address aviation fatigue, including (1) publishing symposium proceedings; (2) developing and distributing an AC that addresses, in general terms, policy guidance in major areas of fatigue mitigation, including crewmember scheduling and duty policies; (3) developing an AC on FRMS that addressed, within an SMS context, all elements of a systematic approach to mitigating aviation fatigue; (4) publishing operations specification guidance for fatigue management in ultra-long-range flight operations; and (5) incorporating fatigue science expertise during data collection and analysis and policy development. The FAA also stated that its plan would include the consideration of operator policies related to crewmembers declining flight and/or duty assignments because of fatigue and would lead to appropriate formal policy guidance.
156 For more information, see Runway Overrun During Landing, Shuttle America, Inc., Doing Business as Delta Connection Flight 6448, Embraer ERJ-170, N862RW, Cleveland, Ohio, February 18, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-08/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2008).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 63 On June 22, 2009, the NTSB stated that the FAA’s multiyear action plan to address aviation fatigue was responsive to both recommendations. The NTSB added that a satisfactory response to Safety Recommendation A-08-20 needed to include a requirement for operators to implement an appropriate policy for declining assignments based on fatigue and that the development of guidance by itself would not be sufficient. Safety Recommendations A-08-19 and -20 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the FAA’s completion of the recommended actions. 1.18.1.6 Stall Training On October 24, 1994, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-94-173 as a result of the accident involving United Express flight 6291 in Columbus, Ohio.157 Safety Recommendation A-94-173 asked the FAA to do the following: Ensure that the training programs for 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 pilots place an increased emphasis on stall warning recognition and recovery techniques, to include stick shaker and stick pusher, during training. On August 7, 1995, the FAA stated that it had issued Flight Standards Information Bulletin 95-10A, “Instrument Approach Procedures and Training,” on June 26, 1995. The bulletin directed POIs to ensure that their Part 135 operators emphasized stall warning recognition and recovery techniques, including stick shaker and stick pusher, during training. On November 14, 1995, the NTSB stated that Flight Standards Information Bulletin 95- 10A complied with the intent of the recommendation. As a result, Safety Recommendation A- 94-173 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Also, on July 29, 1997, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-97-47 as a result of the ABX Air accident in Narrows, Virginia.158 Safety Recommendation A-97-47 asked the FAA to do the following: Evaluate the data available on the stall characteristics of airplanes used in air carrier service and, if appropriate, require the manufacturers and operators of flight simulators used in air carrier pilot training to improve the fidelity of these simulators in reproducing the stall characteristics of the airplanes they represent to the maximum extent that is practical; then add training in recovery from stalls with pitch attitudes at or below the horizon to the special events training programs of air carriers.
157 For more information, see section 1.18.4 and National Transportation Safety Board, Stall and Loss of Control on Final Approach, Atlantic Coast Airlines, Inc., United Express Flight 6291, Jetstream 4101, N304UE, Columbus, Ohio, January 7, 1994, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-94/07 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1994). 158 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Uncontrolled Flight Into Terrain, ABX Air (Airborne Express), Douglas DC-8-63, N827AX, Narrows, Virginia, December 22, 1996, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-97/05 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1997).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 64 On June 9, 1999, the FAA stated that aerodynamic stalls and approaches to stalls are flown during aircraft certification flight testing and that sufficient data are obtained to determine the aircraft’s stall speed at an entry rate of 1 knot per second. The FAA also stated that an aircraft in an aerodynamic stall might handle and perform differently than the programming in the simulator might indicate for an identical circumstance. The FAA stated that the acquisition of data in this flight condition would have questionable accuracy and would be costly and dangerous to acquire. The FAA noted that, even if such data existed and were incorporated into simulators, it is unknown whether the simulators would be able to respond accurately to the data, given the limited nature of the motion systems on even the most advanced simulators. The FAA further stated that, to address the recommendation, it would revise the practical test standards to require pilots to adjust pitch, bank, and power to recover from an approach to stall and would add a note indicating, in part, that airspeed and/or altitude loss is critical at low altitudes and must be kept to an absolute minimum. On November 19, 1999, the NTSB stated that the ability of simulators to faithfully replicate an airplane’s actions in some stall and stall recovery regimes could be improved. The NTSB noted that generic simulator modules that were developed for some highly variable events have provided useful and necessary training for pilots. The NTSB pointed out, as an example, microburst and windshear simulator training, which provides realistic and effective training to pilots on specific models, even though an actual encounter is likely to be significantly different. The NTSB stated that it was disappointed that the FAA did not make changes to improve the fidelity of simulators in reproducing stall characteristics to the maximum extent feasible. The NTSB added that airline pilots need to be afforded this type of training so that they are fully prepared to recover stalled aircraft. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-97-47 was classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” In addition, on January 23, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-4 as a result of the accident involving the Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701 accident (see section 1.18.1.3). Safety Recommendation A-07-4 asked the FAA to do the following: Convene a multidisciplinary panel of operational, training, and human factors specialists to study and submit a report on methods to improve flight crew familiarity with and response to stick pusher systems and, if warranted, establish training requirements for stick pusher-equipped airplanes based on the findings of this panel. On April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it would ask the government-industry working group that developed the Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid159 to reconvene to develop material addressing high-altitude performance issues and high-altitude stall prevention and recovery,160 including a discussion of stick pusher systems. The FAA also stated that, once these
159 The Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid was issued in 1998 and was revised in August 2004 and November 2008. 160 The response to Safety Recommendation A-07-4 also addressed the high-altitude training issues discussed in Safety Recommendations A-07-1 and -2, which were issued as part of the Pinnacle Airlines accident investigation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 65 materials were developed, it would strongly encourage air carrier managers, trainers, and pilots to include the materials in training programs and pilot operating manuals. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB acknowledged the FAA’s planned actions. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-4 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending completion of these actions. 1.18.1.7 Remedial Training and Additional Oversight On May 31, 2005, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-05-14 as a result of the accident involving Federal Express flight 647 in Memphis, Tennessee.161 Safety Recommendation A-05-14 asked the FAA to do the following: Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 air carrier operators to establish programs for flight crewmembers who have demonstrated performance deficiencies or experienced failures in the training environment that would require a review of their whole performance history at the company and administer additional oversight and training to ensure that performance deficiencies are addressed and corrected. On April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it had issued SAFO 06015, “Remedial Training for Part 121 Pilots,” on October 27, 2006. The SAFO recommended implementation and incorporation of a voluntary remedial Part 121 pilot training module to supplement an air carrier’s approved training program. The FAA indicated that directors of safety at Part 121 air carriers that do not have a voluntary remedial training module for pilots should recommend such a program to top managers at their company. On December 12, 2007, the NTSB stated that the FAA needed to survey all Part 121 operators to determine whether they had taken the action recommended in SAFO 06015. Safety Recommendation A-05-14 was classified “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response” pending completion of this survey and demonstration that all Part 121 carriers had programs to address pilot performance deficiencies or failures during training. On April 23, 2009, the FAA issued Notice 8900.71, which discussed verification of remedial training for Part 121 carriers. The purpose of the notice was to provide guidance to POIs about a required inspection to determine whether their Part 121 carriers were voluntarily complying with SAFO 06015. The notice also instructed the POIs to make a Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem entry within 90 days of the date of the notice for those air carriers that had in place, or had incorporated, the SAFO’s recommended actions in the carrier’s approved training program.
161 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Hard Landing, Gear Collapse, Federal Express Flight 647, Boeing MD-10-10F, N364FE, Memphis, Tennessee, December 18, 2003, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-05/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2005).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 66 On October 30, 2009, the FAA reported that 29 of the 82 Part 121 air carriers had remedial training programs in place. The 82 carriers included 27 regional air carriers, 6 of which had instituted such programs. The FAA did not provide the identities of those carriers with remedial training programs. On December 10, 2009, the FAA Administrator testified before the Subcommittee on Aviation, U.S. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, and stated that two-thirds of the carriers without advanced qualification programs had systems in place to identify and manage low-time pilots and pilots with persistent performance problems. The administrator also stated that, for those carriers without such systems, additional FAA oversight of their training and qualification programs would be conducted. On January 27, 2010, the FAA issued a fact sheet regarding its report, Answering the Call to Action on Airline Safety and Pilot Training.162 The fact sheet stated that, between June and September 2009, 85 air carriers without advanced qualification programs were inspected to determine if they had remedial training programs that were consistent with the guidance in SAFO 06015. The review determined that 62 air carriers had programs fully in place to meet the guidance for remedial training programs. The fact sheet also stated that, at the time of the review, 15 carriers had some part of a remedial training program in place and that 9 carriers had not implemented any component of a remedial training program. The fact sheet added that, since the time of the review, these 24 air carriers had developed remedial training programs for pilots.163 1.18.1.8 Pilot Records On November 15, 1995, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-95-116 through -119 as a result of the accident involving American Eagle flight 3379 in Morrisville, North Carolina.164 These recommendations asked the FAA to do the following: Require all airlines operating under 14 CFR Parts 121 and 135 and independent facilities that train pilots for the airlines to maintain pertinent standardized information on the quality of pilot performance in activities that assess skills, abilities, knowledge, and judgment during training, check flights, initial operating experience, and line checks and to use this information in quality assurance of individual performance and of the training program. (A-95-116) Require all airlines operating under 14 CFR Parts 121 and 135 and independent facilities that train pilots for the airlines to provide the FAA, for incorporation
162 The FAA’s report stated that, as a result of the information that was learned at the Colgan public hearing and subsequent congressional hearings, the Secretary of Transportation and the FAA Administrator initiated, in June 2009, “a Call to Action on Airline Safety and Pilot Training for FAA, air carriers, and labor organizations to jointly identify and implement safety improvements.” For more information, see http://www.faa.gov/library/reports/media/call_to_action_Jan2010.pdf. 163 The NTSB notes that, although the FAA stated that 85 carriers were reviewed, the results presented were for 86 carriers. 164 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Uncontrolled Collision With Terrain, Flagship Airlines, Inc., dba American Eagle Flight 3379, BAe Jetstream 3201, N918AE, Morrisville, North Carolina, December 13, 1994, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-95/07 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1995).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report into a storage and retrieval system, pertinent standardized information on the quality of pilot performance in activities that assess skills, abilities, knowledge, and judgment during training, check flights, initial operating experience, and line checks. (A-95-117) Maintain a storage and retrieval system that contains pertinent standardized information on the quality of 14 CFR Parts 121 and 135 airline pilot performance during training in activities that assess skills, abilities, knowledge, and judgment during training, check flights, initial operating experience, and line checks. (A-95-118) Require all airlines operating under 14 CFR Parts 121 and 135 to obtain information, from the FAA’s storage and retrieval system that contains pertinent standardized pilot training and performance information, for the purpose of evaluating applicants for pilot positions during the pilot selection and hiring process. The system should have appropriate privacy protections, should require the permission of the applicant before release of the information, and should provide for sufficient access to the records by an applicant to ensure accuracy of the records. (A-95-119) With regard to Safety Recommendation A-95-116, on April 17, 1998, the FAA stated that the enactment of PRIA in 1996 addressed the NTSB’s concerns that led to the recommendation. The FAA pointed out that air carrier training requirements are predicated on training to proficiency and that the current record-keeping requirements thus certify a pilot’s proficiency during training. Further, the FAA stated that the inclusion of subjective evaluations by individual instructors, check airmen, or FAA inspectors in a pilot’s permanent record might make a training event a punitive experience rather than one in which pilots could learn from mistakes. On January 3, 2000, the NTSB stated that the FAA had provided a convincing argument about the inappropriateness of subjective information in pilot records and the possibility that pilot training could be negatively affected. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-95-116 was classified “Closed—Reconsidered.” With regard to Safety Recommendations A-95-117 through -119, on February 11, 2007, the FAA stated that the Federal Aviation Reauthorization Act of 1996 required air carriers to obtain, maintain, and share certain specified training records of a prospective employee. The FAA also stated that this legislation eliminated the need for the FAA to maintain a storage and retrieval system for pilot training records. On June 2, 1997, the NTSB stated that the legislation met the intent of the recommendations. As a result, Safety Recommendations A-95-117 through -119 were classified “Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action.” 67
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 68 Also, on January 27, 2005, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-05-1 and -2 as a result of the accident involving Air Sunshine flight 527 in Treasure Cay, Great Abaco Island, Bahamas.165 These recommendations asked the FAA to do the following: Require all Part 121 and 135 air carriers to obtain any notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings for all pilot applicants and evaluate this information before making a hiring decision. (A-05-1) Conduct a study to determine whether the number of flight checks a pilot can fail should be limited and whether the existing system of providing additional training after a notice of disapproval is adequate for pilots who have failed multiple flight checks. On the basis of the findings of the study, establish a flight check failure limit and modify the recheck training requirements, if necessary. (A-05-2) With regard to Safety Recommendation A-05-1, on September 9, 2005, the FAA stated that notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings are not explicitly required by PRIA. The FAA also stated that requiring all Part 121 and 135 air carriers to obtain these notices would require FAA rulemaking or a change to the PRIA statute. According to the FAA, some air carriers had been asking pilot applicants, as part of their preemployment screening, to sign a consent form that permitted the FAA to release records of notices of disapproval to the air carrier, and the FAA was, in turn, furnishing those records to the air carrier requesting them. The FAA added that, to address the recommendation, it would amend AC 120-68, “Pilot Records Improvement Act of 1996,” to indicate that a letter of consent signed by a pilot applicant could be used to authorize the FAA to release records of notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings to an air carrier making such a request. On November 3, 2006, the NTSB stated that the FAA’s proposal to amend AC 120-68 might be an acceptable alternate action. The NTSB also stated that, because ACs are advisory only, the FAA should survey all operators (after the AC is revised) to determine how many require, as a condition of employment, a pilot applicant to submit a signed consent form permitting the FAA to release records of notices of disapproval. Safety Recommendation A-05-1 was classified “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response” pending the revision of AC 120-68 and the survey results. (The AC was revised on November 7, 2007; see section 1.18.2.1 for information. The survey has not been completed.) With regard to Safety Recommendation A-05-2, on September 9, 2005, the FAA stated that it conducted a study in 2004 to determine if a correlation existed between flight test failures and the airmen cited in enforcement actions. The FAA stated that it found the correlation to be “very low … less than one percent.” The FAA expressed concern about establishing a flight check failure limit. Specifically, the FAA stated that examiners might be extremely reluctant to find an applicant unsatisfactory as the failure limit is approached, which could result in applicants passing flight checks who would otherwise not pass the checks.
165 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, In-Flight Engine Failure and Subsequent Ditching, Air Sunshine, Inc., Flight 527, Cessna 402C, N314AB, About 7.35 Nautical Miles West-Northwest of Treasure Cay Airport, Great Abaco Island, Bahamas, July 13, 2003, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-04/03 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2004).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report On November 3, 2006, the NTSB stated that FAA and NTSB staff held teleconferences in January and February 2006 to discuss the type of study that would support the intent of this recommendation. The NTSB also stated that, in March 2006, the FAA examined data from October 1995 to October 2005 for the study. The FAA found that, during this period, almost 164,000 notices of disapproval were issued and almost 4,800 pilots had three or more flight check failures. The NTSB further stated that it understood the FAA’s concern about imposing a flight check failure limit. Safety Recommendation A-05-2 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending a formal written report on the study, including a description of the data analyzed and the results found. 1.18.1.9 Air Carrier Safety Programs On January 23, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-07-9 through -11 as a result of the accident involving Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701 (see section 1.18.1.3). These recommendations asked the FAA to do the following: Require that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 operators incorporate into their oversight programs periodic Line Operations Safety Audit observations and methods to address and correct findings resulting from these observations. (A-07-9) Require that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 operators establish Safety Management System programs. (A-07-10) Strongly encourage and assist all regional air carriers operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 to implement an approved Aviation Safety Action Program and an approved Flight Operational Quality Assurance program. (A-07-11) With regard to Safety Recommendation A-07-9, on April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it encouraged operators to voluntarily conduct LOSA observations and issued AC 120-90, “Line Operations Safety Audits,” to describe the steps, resources, and procedures for conducting the audits. The FAA noted that LOSA was not the only way for an operator to accomplish oversight of the safety of its operations and indicated, as an example, the advanced qualification program, which allowed most major carriers to conduct random flight checks on their flight crews. The FAA also stated that the most effective approach for addressing this recommendation was the effective implementation of SMS, which would include safety audits as a key element. The FAA indicated that it had initiated a rulemaking project for SMS. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB stated that air carriers should establish and operate a LOSA program because of its benefits and that the program could be part of an SMS. The NTSB also stated that the intent of the recommendation would be met if the FAA’s rulemaking project for SMS included a requirement for LOSA programs. Safety Recommendation A-07-9 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending completion of these actions. (Additional information on LOSA programs appears in section 1.18.2.2.) 69
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 70 With regard to Safety Recommendation A-07-10, on April 13, 2007, the FAA noted that the recommendation was similar to a recent amendment to Annex 6 of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) treaty that required SMS implementation by January 1, 2009. The FAA stated that its rulemaking project for SMS would meet the ICAO deadline and that it planned to impose SMS requirements on Part 121 and 135 air carriers and Part 145 repair stations. The FAA further stated that pilot project trials related to SMS implementation were scheduled to begin in 2007. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB acknowledged the FAA’s planned actions. Safety Recommendation A-07-10 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending a requirement for all Part 121 air carriers to establish SMS programs. The NTSB notes that pilot project trials related to SMS implementation began in 2007 as scheduled and that the FAA has yet to finalize requirements and rulemaking for Part 121 and 135 air carriers and Part 145 repair stations. With regard to Safety Recommendation A-07-11, on April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it encouraged all Part 121 air carriers to voluntarily implement ASAP and FOQA. The FAA also stated that there was significant participation by regional airlines in ASAP but that few regional airlines participated in FOQA. To encourage further participation, the FAA stated that it would (1) make available, at no cost, a comprehensive Web-based ASAP report submission and database management system that could be housed at the air carrier or managed by an FAA contractor and (2) participate, during fiscal years 2007 and 2008, in conferences and seminars sponsored by the Regional Airline Association to increase awareness of ASAP and FOQA in the regional airline community. The FAA also stated that AC 120-92, “Introduction to Safety Management Systems for Air Operators,”166 identified FOQA as one of the recommended tools that could contribute to the required safety assurance function of an SMS. The FAA further stated that it was engaged in rulemaking that would mandate SMS and that the expected SMS requirement, as well as the high level of industry support for SMS, could offer an increased incentive for regional airlines to participate in FOQA. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB stated that the programs and initiatives that the FAA described met the intention of the recommendation. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-07-11 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” (Additional information on FOQA programs appears in section 1.18.2.3.) 1.18.1.10 Air Carrier Oversight On December 20, 1996, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-96-163 as a result of its investigation of the December 1995 Tower Air flight 41 accident in Jamaica, New York.167 Safety Recommendation A-96-163 asked the FAA to do the following:
166 AC 120-92 was issued on June 22, 2006, to provide guidance for SMS program development for air carriers and others in the aviation industry. The guidance was based on the FAA’s review of existing worldwide SMS programs, its own internal SMS programs, and other system safety approaches. 167 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Runway Departure During Attempted Takeoff, Tower Air Flight 41, Boeing 747-136, N605FF, JFK International Airport, New York, December 20, 1995, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-96/04 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1996).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 71 Develop, by December 31, 1997, standards for enhanced surveillance of air carriers based on rapid growth, change, complexity, and accident/incident history; then revise national flight standards surveillance methods, work programs, staffing standards, and inspector staffing to accomplish the enhanced surveillance that is identified by the new standards. On November 24, 2004, the NTSB stated that the FAA briefed NTSB staff in March 2004 about programs related to oversight and surveillance of air carriers, including ATOS and the Surveillance and Evaluation Program. The NTSB indicated that, during this briefing, the FAA stated that the risk indicators used by the Surveillance and Evaluation Program for targeting surveillance resources included rapid growth or expansion, new or major program changes, complexity of aircraft or new aircraft types, and accident and incident history. Because the FAA had developed these surveillance standards, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-96-163 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.18.1.11 Low-Airspeed Alerting System On December 2, 2003, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and A-03-54 as a result of the accident involving a King Air A100 in Eveleth, Minnesota.168 These recommendations asked the FAA to do the following: Convene a panel of aircraft design, aviation operations, and aviation human factors specialists, including representatives from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, to determine whether a requirement for the installation of low-airspeed alert systems in airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and 135 would be feasible, and submit a report of the panel’s findings. (A-03-53) If the panel requested in Safety Recommendation A-03-53 determines that a requirement for the installation of low-airspeed alert systems in airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and 135 is feasible, establish requirements for low-airspeed alert systems, based on the findings of this panel. (A-03-54) Although these recommendations resulted from a stall accident that did not involve icing conditions, the NTSB reiterated the recommendations on July 10, 2006, based on preliminary findings of an incident involving a Saab 340 airplane (operated as American Eagle flight 3008) that experienced a loss of control during icing conditions.169
168 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Loss of Control and Impact With Terrain, Aviation Charter, Inc., Raytheon (Beechcraft) King Air A100, N41BE, Eveleth, Minnesota, October 25, 2002, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-03/03 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2003). 169 The safety recommendation letter in which the recommendations were reiterated also addressed three similar Saab 340 incidents investigated by the Australian Transport Safety Bureau. The letter stated, “if the flight crews had been alerted to the rapid airspeed decrease in a timely fashion, they may have been able to take corrective action and perhaps avoid the stall.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 72 On October 3, 2006, the FAA stated that it formed an internal team of experts to assess the feasibility of a new low-airspeed alerting system. The FAA indicated that it would provide a status update in November 2006. On April 3, 2007, the NTSB stated that it was encouraged that the FAA had formed a team to begin addressing the recommendations and noted that the FAA’s status update was planned to occur in July 2007. As a result, Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” (The FAA’s status update did not occur as planned.) 1.18.1.12 Airplane Icing On November 30, 1998, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-98-90 and -107 to the FAA and NASA, respectively, as a result of the accident involving Comair flight 3272 in Monroe, Michigan.170 These recommendations asked the FAA and NASA to take the following actions along with each other as well as other interested aviation organizations: Organize and implement an industry-wide training effort to educate manufacturers, operators, and pilots of air carrier and general aviation turbopropeller driven airplanes regarding the hazards of thin, possibly imperceptible, rough ice accumulations, the importance of activating the leading edge deicing boots as soon as the airplane enters icing conditions (for those airplanes in which ice bridging is not a concern), and the importance of maintaining minimum airspeeds in icing conditions. With regard to Safety Recommendation A-98-90, on August 2, 2001, the FAA stated that it sponsored an icing conference in February 1999 and that, as a result of the conference, NASA, in cooperation with the FAA, produced two videos, “Tailplane Icing” and “Icing for Regional and Corporate Pilots.”171 According to the FAA, the tailplane icing video provided information about ice-contaminated horizontal stabilizers, described symptoms of tailplane ice contamination, and suggested recovery procedures. The FAA also stated that the other icing video, which was intended for pilots of turboprop aircraft, discussed ice protection systems, ice accretion on aircraft, the effects of ice on performance degradation and handling qualities, and recovery techniques from a roll or pitch upset. The FAA further stated that it distributed the videos to its regional offices and FSDOs and that it would distribute additional videos, once they became available, to aircraft manufacturers for use in air carrier and general aviation flight training programs. On January 3, 2002, the NTSB stated that the production and distribution of these icing videos met the intent of the recommendation. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-98-90 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.”
170 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, In-Flight Icing Encounter and Uncontrolled Collision With Terrain, Comair Flight 3272, Embraer EMB-120RT, N265CA, Monroe, Michigan, January 9, 1997, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-98/04 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1998). 171 After this date, NASA produced a third icing video, as detailed in the response to Safety Recommendation A-98-107.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 73 With regard to Safety Recommendation A-98-107, on March 3, 2004, NASA stated that it completed a computer-based training module for general aviation pilots titled “A Pilots Guide to In-Flight Icing” and three training videos for pilots titled “Icing for General Aviation Pilots,” “Icing for Regional and Corporate Pilots,” and “Tailplane Icing.” NASA also stated that the purpose of the training module and videos, which were developed in cooperation with the FAA, was to educate pilots on how to operate in and avoid icing conditions. On August 19, 2004, the NTSB stated that NASA’s work to provide training about the hazards associated with in-flight icing conditions met the intent of the recommendation. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-98-107 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.18.1.13 Weather Information for Pilots On August 15, 1996, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-96-48 as a result of its investigation of the American Eagle flight 4184 accident in Roselawn, Indiana.172 Safety Recommendation A-96-48 asked the FAA to do the following: Direct principal operations inspectors (POIs) to ensure that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121 air carriers require their dispatchers to provide all pertinent information, including airman’s meteorological information (AIRMETs) and Center Weather Advisories (CWAs), to flightcrews for preflight and in-flight planning purposes. On April 24, 1997, the FAA stated that it issued Flight Standards Information Bulletin for Air Transportation 97-03 on March 17, 1997, which directed POIs to ensure that air carriers require dispatchers to provide pertinent information, including AIRMETs and CWAs, when appropriate, for preflight and in-flight planning purposes. The FAA also stated that the information in the bulletin would be incorporated into FAA Order 8400.10, “Air Transportation Operations Inspector’s Handbook.”173 On August 20, 1997, the NTSB stated that the flight standards information bulletin addressed the intent of the Safety Recommendation A-96-48 and classified it “Closed—Acceptable Action.”
172 For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, In-flight Icing Encounter and Loss of Control, Simmons Airlines, d.b.a. American Eagle Flight 4184, Avions de Transport Regional (ATR) Model 72-212, N401AM, Roselawn, Indiana, October 31, 1994, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-96/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1996). 173 FAA Order 8400.10 has been superseded by FAA Order 8900.1, “Flight Standards Information Management System.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.2 Federal Aviation Administration Guidance 1.18.2.1 Pilot Records Improvement Act On November 7, 2007, the FAA issued AC 120-68D, “Pilot Records Improvement Act of 1996.” The AC noted that PRIA (49 United States Code 44703) was enacted to ensure that air carriers adequately investigated a pilot’s background before allowing that pilot to conduct commercial air carrier flights. The AC also noted that a hiring employer could not place a pilot into service until the employer obtained and reviewed the last 5 years of the pilot’s background and other safety-related records. The AC included information for three different audiences: the pilot applicant, hiring employers that must request PRIA records (any Part 121, 125, or 135 operator), and former employers that must respond to PRIA record requests (any Part 121, 125, or 135 operator or any person that employed the applicant as a civil or public aircraft pilot). Also, the AC indicated that it contained expanded information to address operational situations that could affect a hiring employer’s PRIA records request compared with the previous version (AC 120-68C, dated January 28, 2004). In addition, the AC stated that a letter of consent signed by a pilot job applicant could be used to authorize the FAA to release records of notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings to an air carrier making such a request. 1.18.2.2 Line Operations Safety Audits On April 27, 2006, the FAA issued AC 120-90, “Line Operations Safety Audits.” The AC provided the rationale and procedures for conducting a LOSA program at an air carrier. The AC stated that a LOSA program included the confidential collection of safety-related operational data by expert and highly trained observers riding in the jumpseat during regularly scheduled flights. These data are used to assess the carrier’s strengths and weaknesses to proactively improve safety margins and prevent degradation. The AC explained that a LOSA program is distinct from, but complementary to, a FOQA program and an ASAP. According to the AC, FOQA and ASAP rely on outcomes to generate data (flight parameter exceedances and adverse crew-reported events, respectively), but LOSA samples all activities in normal operations, including successful flights, near events, and reportable events, and notes how flight crews manage the problems they encounter. The AC also stated that LOSA is more project-based than FOQA and ASAP (which are continuous programs) because the full LOSA process, including advance planning, observer selection and training, data collection, analyses, and the final report, can take between 6 and 12 months. The AC further stated that data from any of these safety programs can be cross-referenced to guide data collection in another one of the programs. The AC recommended that air carriers conduct a LOSA every 3 years. The AC stated that the data collected during a LOSA could impact almost every department at an air carrier because the data could help (1) identify threats in the carrier’s operating environment, (2) 74
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 75 identify threats from within the carrier’s operations, (3) assess any areas of training that are not successfully transferring to line operations, (4) check the quality and usability of procedures, (5) identify airplane design problems, (6) understand pilot shortcuts and workarounds, (7) assess the prevalence and management of incident and accident precursors (that is, vertical and lateral deviations and unstable approaches), (8) provide a baseline for organizational change, and (9) provide a rationale for resource allocation. The LOSA program also includes briefing management and line pilots on the audit findings detailed in the final report and implementing and monitoring a safety change process to address the findings. 1.18.2.3 Flight Operational Quality Assurance On April 12, 2004, the FAA issued AC 120-82, “Flight Operational Quality Assurance,” to provide guidance for developing, implementing, and operating a FOQA program. The AC stated that FOQA was a voluntary safety program that was designed to make commercial aviation safer by allowing air carrier operators and their pilots to share unidentified aggregate data with the FAA so that it could monitor industry trends in aircraft operations and target resources to address operational risk issues. The AC advised that FOQA programs could provide objective safety information that would not otherwise be obtainable. The AC explained that the basis of any FOQA program was the understanding among the FAA, air carriers, and pilots that data provided to the FAA would be kept confidential so that the identity of reporting pilots or air carriers would remain anonymous.174 The AC also stated that operator FOQA programs included provisions for the identification of safety issues and the development and implementation of corrective actions. According to the AC, in a FOQA program, data are periodically collected from an aircraft using a QAR or an FDR. The retrieved data are then sent to the air carrier’s FOQA office for validation and analysis. The data can be used to evaluate or effect change in the following areas: operational safety, aircraft performance, aircraft systems performance, flight crew performance, company procedures, training programs, training effectiveness, aircraft design, ATC system operation, airport operational issues, and meteorological issues. The data can also be shared with the FAA, other air carriers, and the aviation industry. 1.18.2.4 Standard Operating Procedures On February 27, 2003, the FAA issued AC 120-71A, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers.” The AC provided advice and recommendations about developing, implementing, and updating standard operating procedures, which, according to the AC, “are universally recognized as basic to safe aviation operations.”
174 Specifically, data submitted to the FAA as part of a FOQA program would be protected as “voluntarily submitted safety related data” under 14 CFR Part 193.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 76 The AC included an appendix addressing standard operating procedures for flight crew monitoring and cross-checking. The appendix provided examples of standard operating procedures that emphasized that monitoring was a primary responsibility of both flight crewmembers. The appendix also provided examples of standard operating procedures to support improved monitoring during vertical segments of flight (that is, climb, descent, and approach).175 In addition, the appendix addressed standard operating procedures to support improved monitoring of airport surface operations and automation. 1.18.3 Interview with Colgan Air Flight Crew of Burlington, Vermont, Stick Shaker Event On March 10, 2009, a Colgan Q400 airplane, N188WQ, was en route from EWR to Burlington International Airport (BTV), South Burlington, Vermont, during night VMC. While descending into BTV, the stick shaker activated, a recovery followed, and the airplane landed at BTV without further incident. After the event, the NTSB interviewed the flight crew and the check airman who was administering the captain’s 1-year line check at the time.176 The captain reported that, before the event, she had been manually flying the airplane, and her attention had been mostly focused outside of the airplane. She also reported that she asked the first officer for the no-ice and en route ice speeds and that the deice system (level two) had been selected.177 The captain reported that she and the first officer (the monitoring pilot) had programmed the no-ice speeds because she observed no indications of ice on the wings during the descent. The captain stated that the last airspeed she noticed before the event was about 140 knots and that the stick shaker had activated at an airspeed of about 135 knots and an altitude of about 1,800 feet. The first officer reported that, while performing the before landing checklist, he heard a noise, looked up, and saw that the numbers on the IAS display had turned red. The first officer further reported that he immediately called out “airspeed” and that the captain (the flying pilot) immediately responded by increasing power. The captain reported that she had lowered the airplane’s nose and added full engine power (but did not reach the detent) in response. The first officer reported that he did not notice any significant change in the airplane’s pitch when the captain applied full power, describing the airplane as being in a “gentle descent” at the time.
175 The AC referenced a study on crew monitoring by NASA’s ASRS, which found that 75 percent of the monitoring errors included in the study occurred while the aircraft was in a vertical phase of flight. 176 At the time of the event, the captain had been with Colgan for more than 3 years and had been flying the Q400 for 1 year, accumulating between 800 and 1,000 hours in the airplane. The first officer had been with Colgan about 1 year and had been flying the Q400 for about 10 months, accumulating between 450 and 500 hours in the airplane. The check airman had flown the Q400 for 1 year and had been a check airman for 3 1/2 years. 177 The check airman reported that the captain had selected the deice system to level two when the airplane was at an altitude of about 13,000 feet, even though the airplane was not in icing conditions at the time. (During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that the airplane had been in icing conditions at the time and that she planned to turn off the equipment before landing, and the first officer stated that the airplane had been in icing conditions earlier in the flight but that icing conditions were not occurring as the airplane was maneuvering toward the airport.) The check airman stated that selecting the deice system to level two with no icing conditions was not standard company procedure.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 77 The captain stated that the low-speed cue did not come into view until the event occurred. She also stated that, at the onset of the event, she realized that the ref speeds switch was selected to the increase position. The first officer stated that he then pointed out the status of the ref speeds switch. The captain reported that she asked the first officer for the ice speeds, and he told her that Vref was 140 knots. She then reportedly flew the airplane at that airspeed. The captain indicated that, after recovering the airplane, she did not execute a missed approach because she was in control of the airplane. The first officer reported that he did not call for a go-around because the stick shaker activation was “a very quick thing” (lasting less than 5 seconds) and the airplane had already captured the glideslope and was stable. The check airman stated that the stick shaker had momentarily engaged just before the airplane intercepted the glidepath. The captain added power, gaining about 150 to 200 feet, and reestablished a stabilized approach. The flight then continued uneventfully to a landing. The check airman stated that the last speed before the event that he recalled with certainty was 165 knots. He also stated that the airspeed was about 130 knots when the stick shaker activated and that the low-speed cue was visible at the time.178 He further stated that the event was “minute” and that he did not observe the airplane in an actual stall. The check airman indicated that the recovery appeared normal and that the remainder of the approach was flown at airspeeds between 150 and 155 knots. The check airman stated that, if he had been flying, he would have executed a missed approach but noted that the approach was stabilized and that the airplane was not in an unsafe condition after the recovery. 1.18.4 Previous Related Accident On January 7, 1994, United Express flight 6291, a Jetstream 4101, N304UE, operated by Atlantic Coast Airlines, crashed into a storage warehouse while on an ILS final approach to Port Columbus International Airport, Columbus, Ohio. The flight crew, the flight attendant, and two passengers were killed, two passengers received minor injuries, and one passenger was not injured. The airplane was destroyed. In its final report on this accident, the NTSB made the following conclusions: • The airplane’s autopilot maintained the airplane on the glideslope and localizer, but the flight crew was not monitoring or maintaining airspeed. • The first officer failed to alert the captain of the deteriorating airspeed, which was below the minimum specified for the approach, and the operator had no specified callouts for airspeed deviations during instrument approaches.
178 The check airman stated that, after landing, he discussed the stick shaker activation with the captain and told her that it would have to be reported. He also informed the captain that the checkride was unsatisfactory. The check airman stated that, besides the stick shaker event, the captain’s performance had been satisfactory with no other airspeed control issues.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 78 • The stall warning system operated properly, but the captain failed to apply full power and properly configure the airplane in a timely manner. • The operator did not give proper consideration to the possible consequences of pairing a newly upgraded captain with a first officer who had no experience (before being hired by the airline 3 months before the accident) with air carrier operations. The NTSB determined that the probable causes of the accident included (1) an aerodynamic stall that occurred when the flight crew allowed the airspeed to decay to stall speed and (2) an improper pilot response to the stall warning, including failing to advance the power levers to maximum and inappropriately raising the flaps.179 Although light-to-moderate mixed icing conditions occurred during the approach, the NTSB concluded that airframe icing was not a cause of the accident. 1.18.5 Gulfstream Training Academy Information The captain attended Gulfstream Training Academy from August 2004 to April 2005. According to its director, the academy is a comprehensive program for professional pilots who want to gain flight time without becoming a certified flight instructor. The academy is also directly associated with GIA.180 Pilots entering the academy’s program are required to have completed their instrument, commercial, and multiengine ratings and possess a current FAA medical certificate. The academy conducts complete applicant background checks. The director stated that some applicants enter the academy with only 200 flight hours, whereas others have accumulated between 1,000 and 1,500 flight hours. The program duration is from 6 to 8 months. The program begins with a 5-day IFR refresher course during which the academy assesses the pilots’ readiness. Those pilots that do not require additional training and experience progress through systems training, cockpit procedures training, verbal exams, and six to eight simulator sessions in a FlightSafety BE-1900D simulator in Orlando, Florida. This training culminates in a checkride in both the simulator and the airplane. After passing the checkrides, the pilot is qualified to be an SIC in the BE-1900D and then transitions to initial training and IOE. After accomplishing IOE and a line check, pilots fly with GIA for 250 hours and are assigned reserve status or scheduled line duty as probationary pilots. Once pilots complete the 250 flight hours, they are hired by the company as full-time first officers, are placed on furlough, or are released from the company. GIA’s initial training program was structured to teach pilots how to operate the BE-1900 in a Part 121 environment. As a result, the training focused on systems and procedures and not basic flying skills, which should have been learned while pilots were completing their instrument rating and commercial certificate.
179 Safety Recommendation A-94-173, which was issued as a result of this accident, is discussed in section 1.18.1.6. 180 According to Gulfstream Training Academy’s website, GIA is a regional air carrier with more than 200 scheduled daily flights within Florida and to the Bahamas.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The captain completed initial training and, in December 2004, began flying the BE-1900 for GIA as a fully qualified first officer. GIA maintained comprehensive training records for the captain. His training records showed that, even though he completed all entry, training, and operating phases without a failure, the captain had experienced continuing difficulties with aircraft control. For example, during simulator periods 3 and 4, the captain was graded unsatisfactory in “approach to stall – landing configuration,” although he received a satisfactory grade in later sessions. During simulator period 7, the captain’s altitude and airspeed control was unacceptable, and comments included, “airspeed more than 10 knots below Vref + 10. Fly correct airspeed!” “airspeed 10 knots below Vref crossing threshold,” “gear remains up during entire approach,” and “repeated deviation from altitude 200-300 feet.” During simulator period 8, the instructor noted, “basic attitude flying cause of repeated deviations,” “constant deviations up to full scale on glide slope,” and “additional training required.” All maneuvers were graded satisfactory the next day (by the same instructor as the day before) during an extra ninth simulator period, and the simulator checkride was completed that same day. The captain completed his IOE at GIA in 34.8 hours, and training captains made several positive remarks, such as “good progress,” “getting better,” and “good job, signed off from IOE.” No further comments appeared in the captain’s GIA file about his performance while flying as a first officer. When the captain completed his 250 flight hours in April 2005, GIA was not hiring pilots. According to GIA’s director of operations, the captain would have been eligible for hiring based on his record. However, the director pointed out that, to be hired, pilots must have at least three letters of recommendation from captains in their file, and no such letters were found for the captain. 79
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Analysis
- 1
General The pilots were properly certificated and qualified in accordance with applicable Federal regulations. The airplane was properly certified, equipped, and maintained in accordance with Federal regulations. The recovered components showed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures, including no indications of any problems with the airplane’s ice protection system. The air traffic controllers who were responsible for the flight during its approach to BUF performed their duties properly and responded immediately and appropriately to the loss of radio and radar contact with the flight. Although PIREPs before the time of the accident could have provided additional real-time information of the flight conditions on approach to BUF, no evidence showed that the icing conditions that existed were abnormal for wintertime operations in the BUF area. Also, the NTSB’s postaccident survey of pilots operating into BUF about the time of the accident indicated that they were not surprised by the icing conditions and did not consider the conditions to be significant. This accident was not survivable. This analysis discusses the following information: • the accident sequence, including the minimal effect of icing on the airplane’s performance, the flight crew’s failure to monitor airspeed in relation to the rising position of the low-speed cue, and the captain’s incorrect actions in response to the stall warning; • strategies to prevent flight crew monitoring failures, including explicit pilot training for monitoring and standard operating procedures that promote effective monitoring; • pilot professionalism, including captain leadership skills and adherence to sterile cockpit and standard operating procedures; • fatigue, including commuting pilots’ use of company crew rooms as rest facilities and industry efforts to mitigate fatigue; • remedial training for poor-performing pilots, the need for detailed documentation of pilot training and checking events and retention of such records, and the information to be included in an air carrier’s assessment of a pilot applicant; • flight crew procedures and training to ensure that selected airspeeds are matched to the position of a ref speeds switch or similar device; 80
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 81 • stall training that involves fully developed stall profiles (in addition to the approach- to-stall profiles that are currently required) and a demonstration of the stick pusher system; • the FAA’s oversight of Colgan, including the surveillance provided at the time that the company incorporated the Q400 into its fleet; • flight operational quality assurance programs, including the use of downloaded safety information to identify deviations from established norms and procedures; • the use of personal portable electronic devices on the flight deck; • the FAA’s use of SAFOs, which are advisory in nature, to transmit safety-critical information; and • preflight weather documents provided to flight crews and icing terminology presented in an FAA publication used by pilots for basic flight information. 2.2 Accident Sequence 2.2.1 Overview The FDR recorded the activation of the airframe and propeller deice equipment while the airplane was climbing to its assigned cruise altitude of 16,000 feet. At that time, the captain would have turned the ref speeds switch (on the ice protection panel above his seat) to the increase position. According to the Bombardier Q400 AFM, the ref speeds switch was to be set to the increase position before an airplane entered icing conditions (or upon initial detection of icing) and was to be set to the off position when the airplane was aerodynamically clean (that is, all ice was removed from the visible leading edges of the wing and wing tips). For the accident airplane, turning the ref speeds switch from the off to the increase position lowered the AOA reference for stick shaker activation and raised the position of the low-speed cue on the pilots’ IAS displays by about 15 knots. As a result, the airplane would have the same (or greater) performance margins relative to the stall speed during operations in icing conditions as it would have with a clean configuration as long as the landing airspeeds were appropriately increased to remain above the stall warning threshold.181 The first officer had received the BUF ATIS by 2150:42 and had entered planned landing information, including the intended runway and the airplane’s landing weight, into ACARS for transmittal to AeroData (see section 1.6.1) for landing performance data. However, she did not enter the keywords “icing” or “eice,” despite the icing conditions at the time, the deicing equipment in use, the ref speeds switch in the increase position, and the expected landing conditions (based on the ATIS information). ACARS returned the AeroData landing
181 The performance margins for operations in icing conditions were based on the worst-case ice accretions examined during icing certification. Ice accretions with less severe performance penalties than the worst-case ice accretions would result in a greater margin to stall.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 82 performance data to the airplane at 2153:00, showing a Vref of 118 knots and a Vga of 114 knots, but these speeds were not appropriate for an airplane configured for flight in icing conditions. (If the first officer had entered either “icing” or “eice,” then the Vref would have been 138 knots, which would have included a 20-knot icing increment.) The first officer provided the speeds to the captain, and he did not challenge them. Variable periods of snow and light-to-moderate icing were present during the accident airplane’s approach to BUF, and some ice accumulation was likely present on the airplane. However, FDR data and airplane performance models showed that the airplane responded to control inputs as expected, given the calculated ice accretion at the time, until the wing stalled. The CVR recorded the activation of the stick shaker about 2216:27, and FDR data showed that the activation occurred at an AOA of about 8°, a load factor of 1 G, and an airspeed of 131 knots, which was consistent with the AOA, airspeed, and low-speed cue during normal operations when the ref speeds switch was selected to the increase position. The airplane was not close to stalling at the time. However, because the ref speeds switch was selected to the increase (icing conditions) position, the stall warning occurred at an airspeed that was 15 knots higher than would be expected for a Q400 in a clean (no ice accretion) configuration. Stick shakers generally provide pilots with a 5- to 7-knot warning of an impending stall; thus, as a result of the 15-knot increase from the ref speeds switch, the accident flight crew had a 20- to 22-knot warning of a potential stall.182 CVR and FDR data indicated that, when the stick shaker activated, the autopilot disconnected automatically. The captain responded by applying a 37-pound pull force to the control column, which resulted in an airplane-nose-up elevator deflection, and adding power. In response to the aft control column movement, the AOA increased to 13°, pitch attitude increased to about 18°, load factor increased from 1.0 to about 1.4 Gs, and airspeed slowed to 125 knots. In addition, the speed at which a stall would occur increased.183 The airflow over the wing separated as the stall AOA was exceeded, leading to an aerodynamic stall and a left-wing-down roll that eventually reached 45°, despite opposing flight control inputs. Thus, the NTSB concludes that the captain’s inappropriate aft control column inputs in response to the stick shaker caused the airplane’s wing to stall. The airplane experienced several roll oscillations during the wing aerodynamic stall. FDR data showed that, after the roll angle had reached 45° left wing down, the airplane rolled back to the right through wings level. After the first stick pusher activation, the captain applied a 41-pound pull force to the control column, and the roll angle reached 105° right wing down. After the second stick pusher activation, the captain applied a 90-pound pull force, and the roll angle reached about 35° left wing down and then 100° right wing down. After the third stick pusher activation, the captain applied a 160-pound pull force. The final roll angle position
182 The airspeed at which an airplane would stall can be increased if the airplane experiences measurable loads (that is, variation from a 1 G load) because of, for example, maneuvering or external forces. The increased stall speed with loads greater than 1 G would erode the stall warning margin. 183 Numerous combinations of airspeed and load factor can result in the stall AOA being exceeded. The stall warning margin that existed at the time of stick shaker activation was consumed by the increase in load factor during the pull-up maneuver, leading to the stall AOA being exceeded at an airspeed that was much higher than the 1 G stall speed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 83 recorded on the FDR was about 25° right wing down. At that time, the airplane was pitched about 25° airplane nose down. The airplane performance study and simulations showed that the airplane experienced minimal performance degradation because of ice accretion.184 Specifically, the AOA at the time of the wing stall was about 1° above the expected AOA for a clean wing (no ice accretion) stall warning. Thus, the airplane could have been operated in normal flight, at the non-icing Vref, and with a substantial margin remaining above the actual point of stall. As a result, the NTSB concludes that the minimal aircraft performance degradation resulting from ice accumulation did not affect the flight crew’s ability to fly and control the airplane. The flight crew’s actions during the accident sequence are further discussed in sections 2.2.2 through 2.2.4. 2.2.2 Approach to Airport The approach phase of flight is dynamic and requires heightened vigilance because it typically involves changes in the airplane’s altitude, heading, speed, and configuration. The captain, as the flying pilot, had the primary responsibility to monitor the instruments, and the first officer, as the monitoring pilot, was responsible for providing backup and corrective input to the captain’s efforts. About 2215:14, the controller informed the flight crew that the airplane was 3 miles from the outer marker and cleared the flight for the ILS runway 23 approach. The glideslope intercept point, as shown on the approach chart, was outside the outer marker. According to Colgan’s guidance, the airspeed at the time (184 knots) was too fast for the airplane’s position relative to the glideslope;185 as a result, the captain needed to initiate a rapid slowdown less than 3 miles from the outer marker. ATC requirements at busy airports, such as EWR (where both pilots were based), often necessitate such a maneuver. However, in this case, it is likely that the captain had to slow the airplane quickly because he was distracted by his conversation with the first officer and had lost positional awareness.186 A rapid slowdown is not unusual and is not unsafe if it is flown properly.187 The captain slowed the airplane by extending flaps to 5°, reducing power to near idle,188 extending the landing gear, and moving the condition levers to maximum rpm.189
184 The aircraft performance simulation study results for constant pitch attitude and constant altitude (see section 1.16.2) provide specific evidence showing that the airplane had more-than-adequate performance capability to return to a safe flight condition. 185 The 184-knot airspeed was 46 knots faster than Colgan’s maximum allowable approach speed on the glideslope, which is Vref plus 20 knots (in this case, 138 knots). 186 Air traffic was reported to be light at BUF at the time of the accident flight, and ATC had not issued any speed restrictions for the flight. 187 Several of the 13 previous flights recorded by the FDR had involved rapid slowdowns. The Colgan Q400 APM stated that a good technique for slowing an airplane rapidly is to increase the propeller rpm. 188 The primary power indication, torque, was displayed at the top of the engine display, which would have been in the direct view of the pilots. The power levers, which were being manipulated by the captain, were located on the center console.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 84 Airspeed indications were displayed on the pilots’ PFDs, as shown previously in figure 1. A vertical scale on the left side of each PFD showed the current airspeed (depicted in the center of the scale) and a range of ± 42 knots from the actual airspeed, and an airspeed trend vector predicted the airspeed at which the airplane would be flying in 10 seconds. The low-speed cue, consisting of alternating red and black bars, appeared on the bottom right of this scale to warn pilots of the calculated airspeed at which the stick shaker would activate. The cue’s red color is consistent with a warning indication requiring immediate recognition and corrective action by either pilot. The ref speeds switch, when set to increase, adjusts the position of the low-speed cue to account for the increased stall protection margin. About 2216:09, the low-speed cue began to rise from the bottom of the airspeed display as the airspeed slowed. However, the flight crew made no remarks and took no actions that were consistent with the recognition of this cue. Also, because the autopilot altitude hold mode was engaged when the airplane leveled off at 2,300 feet, the autopilot continued to add nose-up pitch trim to maintain altitude as the airspeed slowed. During the time that the low-speed cue was in view, the airplane’s pitch trim increased from 1° to 7° nose up, and the pitch attitude of the airplane increased from 3° to 9° nose up. Neither pilot remarked about the increasing pitch attitude, even though it was a cue indicating that airspeed was slowing. In addition, the numbers on the airplane’s IAS display changed from white to red as the airplane reached the calculated stick shaker activation speed. About 2216:27, the stick shaker activated at an airspeed of 131 knots, which was 13 knots higher than the Vref that the flight crew had set but 7 knots lower than the Vref icing speed. It is not unusual for a flight crew to see the low-speed cue appear during an approach given the airspeed range displayed on the PFDs. When the cue does appear, however, increased vigilance is necessary to ensure that the airspeed does not slow into the low-speed cue region, which would result in stick shaker activation. Pilots can accomplish such vigilance by using cues from the airspeed (actual IAS versus desired IAS), airplane configuration, pitch attitude, and power, all of which are part of a normal instrument scan. In this accident, the rise of the low- speed cue toward the decreasing IAS during an 18-second period should have been a salient cue to elicit action from either pilot. The NTSB concludes that explicit cues associated with the impending stick shaker onset, including the decreasing margin between indicated airspeed and the low-speed cue, the airspeed trend vector pointing downward into the low-speed cue, the changing color of the numbers on the airplane’s IAS display, and the airplane’s excessive nose- up pitch attitude, were presented on the flight instruments with adequate time for the pilots to initiate corrective action, but neither pilot responded to the presence of these cues. 2.2.2.1 Possible Reasons for Failed Detection of Impending Stick Shaker Onset To identify possible reasons the pilots failed to detect and correct the impending stick shaker onset, the NTSB examined how the pilots’ attention was directed and what their workload
189 Even though the autopilot had been on throughout most of the flight, power was controlled manually by the captain because the airplane was not equipped with autothrottles. Both pilots recognized, as a result of their training, that the airplane did not have an autothrottle system and that power had to be applied manually.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 85 had been during the seconds preceding the event. As the flying pilot, the captain should have been alerted to the rising low-speed cue and should have taken corrective actions during the 18 seconds between the first appearance of the cue and the onset of the stick shaker. Although the CVR contained statements and actions that were consistent with the captain referencing the PFD,190 the NTSB could not precisely determine when he was, or was not, looking at the airspeed indicator or where else he might have been focusing his attention during this period.191 As the monitoring pilot, the first officer should have been the primary backup to the captain and noticed his monitoring error. However, during the time between the first appearance of the low-speed cue and the onset of the stick shaker, the first officer was performing tasks that directed her attention toward the center pedestal and the center of the instrument panel and away from the PFD. About 2216:06, in response to the captain’s “gear down” callout, the first officer lowered the landing gear and adjusted the condition levers.192 About 6 seconds later, the first officer acknowledged a change to the ATCT frequency, and about 3 seconds afterward made a double chime notification to the flight attendant. About 2216:21, the first officer confirmed that the gear was down. About 2 seconds later, the captain requested that the flaps be set to 15° and that the before landing checklist be accomplished. About 5 seconds afterward, and about 1 second before the stick shaker activated, the first officer moved the flap handle to the 10° position in response to the captain’s callout for flaps 15. (The flap handle had previously been in the 5° position.)193 The NTSB concludes that the reason the captain did not recognize the impending onset of the stick shaker could not be determined from the available evidence but that the first officer’s tasks at the time the low-speed cue was visible would have likely reduced opportunities for her timely recognition of the impending event; the failure of both pilots to detect this situation was the result of a significant breakdown in their monitoring responsibilities and workload management. The NTSB also considered the possibility that the pilots were unaware of the effect that the ref speeds switch position had on the stick shaker activation speed. However, both pilots were familiar with the airplane’s ice protection system, and the Bombardier Q400 AFM cautioned that a stall warning might occur if airspeed was not increased before the ref speeds switch was selected to the increase position. As a result, it is unlikely that the pilots were unaware of the switch’s effect.
190 These statements included “approach is armed” about 2215:32, “gear down loc’s [localizer is] alive” about 2216:04, and “flaps fifteen before landing checklist” about 2216:24. In addition, a sound similar to a decrease in engine power was recorded about 2216:00. 191 The captain could have possibly been referencing the approach chart. It is also possible that he was inspecting the condition of the wings or the ice protection system because an ice detect message appeared on the engine display about 2216:25. It is important to note that no correlation existed between the timing of the message and the activation of the stick shaker 2 seconds later. 192 Colgan procedures indicated that these tasks were to be performed by the monitoring pilot. 193 Less than 1 second before the stick shaker activated, the first officer stated, “uhhh.” This statement could have indicated her recognition of the position of the low-speed cue on the PFD, or it could have been associated with the start of the before landing checklist. The available information was not sufficient to attribute the meaning of this statement.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 86 The CVR did not record the captain, during the climb to cruise altitude, stating that he had changed the position of the ref speeds switch from off to increase. However, the CVR did record the captain and the first officer referring to the 24-hour ice protection check, which included turning the ref speeds switch to the increase position and then back to the off position.194 Also, neither the captain nor the first officer mentioned the status of the switch during the flight, even with the “INCR REF SPEED” indication that would have appeared on the engine display.195 Further, if the ref speeds switch had been turned to the off position after stick shaker activation, the shaker would have stopped. As a result, the NTSB concludes that the flight crew did not consider the position of the ref speeds switch when the stick shaker activated. As indicated in section 1.18.3, after the accident, another Colgan flight crew experienced the activation of the stick shaker during a night VMC approach to BTV after losing awareness of the position of the ref speeds switch (which had been set to increase) and failing to recognize the impending stick shaker onset.196 The BUF accident, the BTV event, and postaccident interviews with company pilots demonstrated that Colgan’s approach procedures for setting airspeed bugs did not reinforce awareness of the ref speeds switch position, which created an opportunity for confusion. Specifically, pilots were not provided with specified airspeed targets beyond Vref, and no procedures were in place to ensure that the selected airspeeds were above the top of the low- speed cue. For example, if the captain and the first officer had recalled that the switch was set to the increase position, then they should have recognized that the airspeed for the approach needed to increase by 20 knots. Additional information on Colgan’s airspeed selection procedures is discussed in section 2.8, along with the company’s postaccident changes to these procedures. 2.2.3 Response to Stick Shaker Activation After the stick shaker activated, the autopilot disconnected automatically, as designed. The airplane was not in an aerodynamic stall at that time. The stick shaker activated with enough airspeed available to correct the situation because the wings were level and the load factor was 1 G. However, as stated previously, the captain’s inappropriate aft control column inputs in response to the stick shaker led to an aerodynamic stall. CVR and FDR data showed that the captain made an initial aft control column input after stick shaker onset and before the application of power. The stick forces at the time of autopilot disconnect were likely less than 2 pounds and would not account for his control input, which was
194 The CVR recorded the captain stating that the 24-hour ice protection check had been accomplished. The first officer subsequently confirmed that the check had been performed after she noticed in the airplane’s logbooks that a previous flight crew had not completed the daily check. 195 In addition, if the ref speeds switch was in the off position, the ice detected message on the engine display would appear in flashing yellow letters, which would have provided the pilots with information about the mismatch between the position of the ref speeds switch and the airspeed bugs. 196 When the event occurred, the airplane was not under autopilot control. The captain, who was the flying pilot, reported that she had been looking outside for the runway when the stick shaker activated, and the first officer reported that he had been performing a checklist at the time. The captain successfully recovered the airplane, and the flight continued to a landing without further incident.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 87 abrupt and inappropriate.197 The aft control column input occurred within 1 second of the stick shaker activation, which suggested that the captain’s hands were close to or resting on the control column. However, it was not possible to determine whether the captain’s hands were lightly placed on the control wheel before the onset of the stick shaker and the initial aft input was the result of a rough grab in response to being startled by the activation of the stick shaker.198 The aft control column movement was relaxed momentarily, but no evidence showed that the control column was pushed forward enough to prevent or recover from a stall. (The control column did not move forward of its neutral position any time after stick shaker activation.) NTSB postaccident observations in a Q400 flight simulator (with no simulated ice) showed that Colgan’s recovery procedures after initial stick shaker activation did not require exceptional piloting skills or aggressive inputs on the flight controls, even when full power was applied during the recovery effort. The captain’s subsequent control inputs were also not appropriate because he pulled back on the column rather than pushed forward to reduce AOA. As a result, the airplane’s pitch attitude and AOA increased and its airspeed decreased. After the stall, the AOA oscillated between 10° and 27°, the airspeed remained below the low-speed cue value, and the stick shaker remained active. According to Colgan’s procedures for a stall recovery, the captain, as the flying pilot, was to call “stall,” increase power to the rating detent, and call “check power,” but he did not follow these procedures. Even though the captain added power in response to the stall warning, he did not add full power as required.199 Also, the first officer did not call “stall” when the captain failed to do so, inform him that power had not been increased to the rating detent (she would have been able to observe the position of the power levers), or advance the power to the rating detent when the captain failed to do so. The next steps in the stall recovery procedure would have been for (1) the first officer, as the monitoring pilot, to call “positive rate” as an indication that the airplane was climbing; (2) the captain to call “gear up”; (3) the first officer to raise the gear and call “Vfri” when the airspeed had accelerated to 125 knots; and (4) the captain to call for flaps 0. In addition, the captain had not yet called for the landing gear to be raised or for the flaps to be retracted. However, about 7 seconds after the stick shaker activated, the first officer raised the flaps and then told the captain about the action she had just taken. All of Colgan’s procedures
197 The NTSB considered the possibility that the captain’s initial aft input was the result of unrecognized spatial disorientation. Accelerations and decelerations can be misinterpreted by pilots as pitch cues, which is a condition known as the somatogravic illusion. However, for this event, the deceleration would not have provided perceived nose-down pitch cues of sufficient magnitude to explain the captain’s action. 198 To facilitate pilot corrective action in the event of an unexpected autopilot disconnect and minimize the potential for errant flight as the pilot takes manual control, it is good technique for a pilot to lightly follow along with the flight controls during approaches flown with the autopilot engaged. 199 FDR data showed that the captain advanced the power levers to about 70°, but the rating detent was 80°. The rating detent was not a physical stop and required tactile feedback to positively identify its location as the power levers were advanced. It is possible that the captain missed this feedback as he advanced the throttles.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 88 pertaining to flap movement required a command from the flying pilot and acknowledgment from the monitoring pilot before the flaps could be moved. The stick pusher activated when the airplane’s airspeed had decreased to about 100 knots and its AOA was about 18° (which was about 10° higher than the AOA at the time of stick shaker onset). FDR data showed that the control column moved forward temporarily after stick pusher activation and then moved aft. The stick pusher activated a second time when the AOA was about 21° and a third time when the AOA was about 22°, but the control column continued to remain aft of its neutral position. The NTSB is concerned that the captain pulled against the stick pusher three separate times during the stall event and that his control inputs fought the stall protection system’s attempts to decrease the AOA and reduce the severity of the situation.200 Before transitioning to the Q400, the captain had previously flown the Saab 340, which had a stick pusher. It is possible that he had seen a demonstration of the stick pusher during simulator training for that airplane.201 However, it could not be determined whether the captain had seen a stick pusher demonstration on the Q400. Even if the captain had seen this demonstration, his actions in pulling against the pusher were not consistent with any trained procedure or the basic requirements for recovery from an aerodynamic stall. If the captain had not overridden the stick pusher’s action to decrease AOA, then the pusher would have forced the nose of the airplane downward. Also, if the captain would have responded properly to this nose-down input, then the airplane might have recovered flying speed in sufficient time to avoid the impact. However, the raising of the flaps, in addition to the vertical loading at the time, increased the stall speed and reduced the lift being produced by the wings at a time when the airplane was already stalled. About 7 seconds after notifying the captain about the status of the flaps, the first officer asked him whether she should raise the gear, and he consented. The raising of the gear was not appropriate but had minimal effect on the attempted stall recovery. In general, the captain’s performance suggests that he was surprised by the stick shaker’s activation, and he responded by making control inputs that were inappropriate for the situation. The captain’s failure to make a standard callout or even a declarative statement associated with a recovery attempt and his failure to silence the autopilot disconnect horn (which continued for the remainder of the flight and could have been silenced using a button on the control wheel) further suggest that he was not responding to the situation using a well-learned habit pattern. The first officer was not providing guidance consistent with an understanding of the situation, suggestions for corrective input, or standard callouts. In addition, neither flight crewmember made reference to the airplane’s airspeed at any time after the activation of the stick shaker. During the public hearing for this accident, the NASA-Ames Research Center chief scientist for aerospace human factors stated that people under stress might not respond appropriately to events in their
200 Overriding the stick pusher required an 80-pound opposite breakout force and then 66 pounds of continued aft force. FDR and stall protection system data showed that the stick pusher activated a second time about 2216:40, and the CVR recorded the captain making a grunting sound about 2216:42. 201 The syllabus for Saab 340 simulator training showed “demonstration to pusher” as an instructor’s discretion item listed under stalls.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 89 environment. In this case, the airplane was in a low-speed, nose-high attitude and was aerodynamically stalled, and neither pilot responded appropriately to the situation. The captain’s response to the stick shaker should not have required cognitive effort to make the correct inputs or standard callouts. Although the conditions under which the captain had practiced stall recoveries—which should have formed the sequence of actions used in his response—did not involve an autopilot disconnect or an element of surprise, the captain’s experience should still have allowed him to quickly adapt to the situation and perform correctly, as demonstrated by the pilot response during the Colgan BTV event.202 The accident captain’s history of training failures (previously discussed in section 1.5.1.2 and analyzed in section 2.7) showed that he had demonstrated weaknesses throughout his career with instrument flying skills and had relied heavily on the autopilot to help him stabilize the airplane, which might have contributed to his deficient performance during the accident flight. However, research has shown that it could be difficult for pilots to recognize and recover from unusual attitudes that were unexpected. In addition, the night and poor visibility conditions at the time precluded the use of external visual cues for reliable attitude reference, and the airplane’s G loads and proximity to the ground would have increased the stress associated with the event. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s response to stick shaker activation should have been automatic, but his improper flight control inputs were inconsistent with his training and were instead consistent with startle and confusion. The NTSB further concludes that the captain did not recognize the stick pusher’s action to decrease AOA as a proper step in a stall recovery, and his improper flight control inputs to override the stick pusher exacerbated the situation. 2.2.3.1 Possible Reasons for Failed Recovery Procedures The captain and the first officer had performed approach-to-stall recoveries multiple times during training at Colgan, with no documented or reported deficiencies. As a result, the NTSB considered possible reasons for the captain’s and the first officer’s actions during the attempted recovery. The NTSB evaluated whether the captain responded incorrectly to the stick shaker onset because he was applying corrective techniques that would have been more appropriate for a tailplane stall event. The captain (as well as the first officer) had seen, during initial and recurrent ground school, a NASA-produced icing video that discussed tailplane stalls and recovery techniques.203 The video indicated that tailplane stalls were most likely to occur with regional and corporate turboprop airplanes204 and during flight in icing conditions with ice
202 During the BTV event, the captain’s response to the stick shaker was consistent with the company’s stall recovery procedures. The captain applied forward pressure on the control column and full power. The airspeed immediately increased, and the stick shaker discontinued. 203 Colgan personnel did not specify the total number of times that the flight crew would have seen the video during training, but the NTSB estimates that the captain and the first officer would have most likely seen the video four and two times, respectively. 204 The Q400 was not specifically mentioned as an example of a regional turboprop airplane that was prone to tailplane stalls; the video was produced before the airplane entered service.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 90 present on the horizontal stabilizer. Bombardier, Transport Canada, and the FAA stated during public hearing testimony that the Q400 was not susceptible to tailplane stalls.205 In addition, Colgan had no written procedure for tailplane stalls and did not include tailplane stall training for the Q400. The tailplane stall recovery procedure presented in the video called for pulling back on the control column and reducing flaps, which the accident flight crew did. However, the video also stated that tailplane icing symptoms were lightening of the controls, pitch excursions, difficulty in pitch trim, control buffeting, and sudden nose-down pitch, none of which occurred before the stick shaker activation during the accident flight. Further, the activation of the stick shaker was a clear warning of an impending conventional aerodynamic stall and not a tailplane stall, and the change in the IAS numbers to red (which occurred after the airspeed was equal to or below that of the low-speed cue) was a conspicuous signal that was not consistent with a tailplane stall. Also, indications of a tailplane stall, for those airplanes determined to be susceptible, would likely occur at higher airspeeds and/or higher flap deflections. For a tailplane stall recovery, the captain would have had to interpret the situation, identify the tailplane stall, and apply a recovery procedure that he had never practiced. The CVR showed that he did not verbally identify a tailplane stall, and the FDR showed that he did not fully apply the tailplane stall recovery procedure described in the video. The NTSB concludes that it is unlikely that the captain was deliberately attempting to perform a tailplane stall recovery. The NTSB further concludes that no evidence indicated that the Q400 was susceptible to a tailplane stall. (Tailplane stall training is discussed further in section 2.9.3.) The NTSB also evaluated why the first officer had raised the flaps without being so directed by the captain. The stick shaker activated within 1 second of the first officer moving the flap handle from 5° to 10°. It is possible that, because of the close timing of these events, the first officer’s retraction of the flaps was an attempt to undo her last action. However, after returning the handle to the 5° position, the first officer continued moving the handle to the 0° position.206 It is also possible that she misinterpreted the event as a tailplane stall, and retracting the flaps to the last position before a tailplane stall was a recommended technique that she had been exposed to while watching the NASA icing video during recurrent ground school less than 1 month before the accident. Also, the absence of standard callouts from the captain impeded the first officer’s abilities to coordinate actions to support him. Further, it is possible that she raised the flaps as part of the steps associated with a landing stall recovery profile. However, if that were the case, the first officer failed to make the “positive rate” or “Vfri” callouts or confirm that power was set, which were required before raising the flaps. Finally, it is possible that the first officer raised the flaps because she had reverted to her previous general aviation experience; as a certified flight instructor, stall recoveries were not crew-coordinated maneuvers, and the flying pilot raised the flaps incrementally during th 207 e recovery.
205 The testing that was performed to make this determination is described in section 1.17.1.2. 206 Although each flap handle position has a detent, it is possible to traverse a particular detent quickly (in about 1 second). The FDR flap handle position parameter is sampled every 2 seconds, so the actual time between the positioning of the flap handle in the detents for 5° and 0° is not known. 207 Section 1.5.2.2 describes the first officer’s previous approach-to-stall training.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 91 In addition, the NTSB evaluated why the first officer suggested raising the landing gear. Her suggestion could have been in response to the ambiguous statement made by the captain following his grunting sound about 2216:42 (*ther bear).208 However, her suggestion occurred about 4 seconds later and not immediately afterward. Another possibility is that the first officer was attempting to provide support to the captain because raising the gear is one of the steps in the stall recovery procedure, but the “gear up” callout was the responsibility of the flying pilot, and the steps that preceded that callout had not been accomplished. The NTSB concludes that, although the reasons the first officer retracted the flaps and suggested raising the gear could not be determined from the available information, these actions were inconsistent with company stall recovery procedures and training. 2.2.4 Captain’s Management of Flight The captain was responsible for the management of the flight. However, he and the first officer engaged in conversations for much of the flight,209 starting about 6 minutes 40 seconds after takeoff as the airplane was climbing to 12,000 feet during the ascent to its cruise altitude. (The airplane had reached an altitude of 10,000 feet about 2 minutes before the conversations began.) Although the conversations during cruise flight did not conflict with Federal regulations or company policy, their depth and duration likely contributed to the delayed performance of callouts and checklists.210 For example, Colgan’s Q400 CFM indicated that the cruise checklist should be performed after the airplane attained its assigned cruising altitude,211 as the flying pilot leveled the airplane and allowed it to accelerate to the maximum operating limit speed minus 10 knots. However, the captain called for the cruise checklist about 2138:47, which was about 2.5 minutes after the airplane had accelerated to cruise speed.
The airplane began descending from its 16,000-foot cruise altitude about 2157:20. Although Colgan’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual stated that approach briefings should generally be accomplished before the top of the descent (when the crew’s workload was expected to be minimal), the captain did not start this briefing until 2204:16, as the airplane descended below 12,000 feet.212 The manual also required a callout by the flying pilot when the airplane was descending through 10,000 feet, but the captain was conducting the approach briefing at that time and omitted the callout.
208 The asterisk denotes an unintelligible word. 209 Between the time that the airplane left the gate at EWR and the time that it was cleared for takeoff, 1 hour 33 minutes had elapsed. During the ground time at EWR that was captured by the CVR, the flight crew engaged in lengthy conversations that were not directly related to the operation, which set the tone for the flight. 210 The captain was also late with a checklist callout earlier in the flight. Colgan’s Q400 CFM indicated that the taxi checklist should begin after an airplane leaves the ramp area. However, the captain called for the checklist about 2115:51, which was 45 minutes after the airplane left the ramp area. 211 The 24-hour ice protection check was performed as part of the cruise checklist. 212 The captain conducted a complete and accurate approach briefing in accordance with Colgan procedures with the exception of one briefing item. A flight data center notice to airmen had been issued to modify the ILS runway 23 missed approach procedure. Even though the captain should have briefed this information, the flight crew would have received instructions from ATC for the missed approach procedure.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 92 Once the airplane had descended through 10,000 feet (about 2206:37), sterile cockpit procedures, prohibiting nonpertinent conversations within the cockpit, were required. However, the flight crewmembers engaged in a nonpertinent conversation during the final minutes of the descent, which distracted them from their flying duties.213 About 2210:23, the first officer asked whether ice was present on the windshield. After a brief exchange between the pilots as they inspected the ice, the captain stated that it was the most ice he had seen on the leading edges in a long time. About 2210:58, the first officer initiated a nonpertinent conversation about her experience flying in icing conditions. The captain participated in this conversation, which continued for a period of about 80 seconds, until it was interrupted by an ATC clearance to descend to 2,300 feet. About 2212:33, after the pilots confirmed the altitude entry in the autopilot and had a brief discussion about the autopilot mode, they resumed their conversation until ATC called 11 seconds later with a heading instruction. About 2213:01, the captain and the first officer again resumed the conversation for another 15 seconds until the altitude alerter sounded to indicate that the airplane was descending through 3,300 feet. At that point, the captain called for the descent checklist, but Colgan’s Q400 CFM stated that the descent checklist was to begin at the top of the descent if the cruise altitude was below 18,000 feet. The captain called for the approach checklist about 11 seconds later, immediately after completion of the descent checklist. However, the CFM stated that this checklist was to be completed before an airplane on an instrument approach transitioned to the initial approach phase, but the accident airplane was at a point inside the initial approach fix at the time of the captain’s callout. After the descent and approach checklists were completed, the first officer resumed the conversation until about 2214:09, when another ATC call was received. The pilots were responsible for performing operational tasks during their 3-minute 11- second nonpertinent conversation. In addition, the conversation followed the first officer’s identification of a possible threat to the airplane (ice), but neither pilot took appropriate actions, such as confirming the ice protection system’s status or the airspeed targets, to ensure that the threat was mitigated. As previously stated in section 2.2.2, the captain had the primary responsibility to monitor the instruments, and the first officer was responsible for providing backup to the captain. However, as part of his overall workload management responsibilities, the captain should have been cognizant of the tasks that he requested the first officer to perform and their effect on her ability to reliably provide the expected monitoring and cross-check. As a result, he should have been especially focused on the flight instruments during these periods. However, he did not notice the rising low-speed cue on the IAS display (especially during the 18 seconds before stick shaker activation, when the first officer would have been configuring the airplane for landing), even though the pilots’ nonpertinent conversation had ended about 2 minutes before the appearance of the low-speed cue.
213 About 2207:22, the first officer made the “in-range” call to Colgan operations at BUF. However, according to the company’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, this call should have been made before leaving cruise flight.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 93 Because of their conversation, the flight crewmembers squandered time and their attention, which were limited resources that should have been used for attending to operational tasks, monitoring, maintaining situational awareness, managing possible threats, and preventing potential errors. As a result, the NTSB concludes that the captain’s failure to effectively manage the flight (1) enabled conversation that delayed checklist completion and conflicted with sterile cockpit procedures and (2) created an environment that impeded timely error detection. Additional information on captain leadership and sterile cockpit procedures appears in sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.2, respectively. 2.3 Strategies to Prevent Monitoring Failures The flight crewmembers failed to monitor the airplane’s pitch attitude, power, and especially its airspeed and failed to notice, as part of their monitoring responsibilities, the rising low-speed cue on the IAS display. Multiple strategies can be used to protect against catastrophic outcomes resulting from these and other monitoring failures, including flight crew training, flight deck procedures, and low-airspeed alert systems, which are discussed in sections 2.3.1 through 2.3.3, respectively. 2.3.1 Flight Crew Monitoring Training The NTSB has long recognized the importance of flight crew monitoring skills in accident prevention. In its 1994 safety study of 37 flight crew-involved major accidents, the NTSB found that, for 31 of these accidents, inadequate monitoring and/or cross-checking had occurred.214 The study also found that flight crewmembers frequently failed to recognize and effectively draw attention to critical cues that led to the accident sequence, which was further demonstrated by the circumstances of this accident. As part of its safety study, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-94-3 and -4 to the FAA concerning the need for enhanced training of pilot monitoring skills. The recommendations stated, in part, that the FAA should require Part 121 air carriers to provide line operational simulation training that “allows flightcrews to practice, under realistic conditions, non-flying pilot functions, including monitoring and challenging errors made by other crewmembers” and that the carriers’ IOE should include training and experience for check airmen and pilots “in enhancing the monitoring and challenging functions.” On January 16, 1996, the NTSB classified these recommendations “Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action” based on the FAA’s revised training guidance (AC 120-51B), which emphasized the importance of monitoring. Another accident involving monitoring failures occurred in February 2005 when a Cessna Citation crashed on approach to Pueblo, Colorado. In its report on the accident (see
214 For additional information, see National Transportation Safety Board, A Review of Flightcrew-Involved, Major Accidents of U.S. Carriers, 1978 through 1990, Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1994).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 94 section 1.18.1.4), the NTSB cited the flight crew’s “failure to effectively monitor and maintain airspeed” as part of the probable cause and issued Safety Recommendation A-07-13, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require that all pilot training programs be modified to contain modules that teach and emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas. On May 17, 2007, the FAA stated that it would consider identifying, in its work program, a list of required inspections that would reemphasize, to regional office and FSDO managers, the need to validate the training that was already required and verify its effectiveness. On September 10, 2008, the NTSB stated that such a list would be responsive to the intent of the recommendation as long as the list provided a strong emphasis on the monitoring and workload management components of a CRM program. The NTSB classified the recommendation “Open—Acceptable Response.” The importance of monitoring was referenced in some of Colgan’s guidance to its pilots215 and was discussed and evaluated during simulator training and IOE. However, the company did not provide specific pilot training that emphasized the monitoring function. Further, the company’s CRM training did not explicitly address monitoring or provide pilots with techniques and training for improving their monitoring skills.216 During public hearing testimony, the NASA-Ames Research Center chief scientist for aerospace human factors stated that people have limited attention and must select from among those features in their environment to direct their attention. Also, distractions and interruptions can increase workload and redirect attention, thus complicating the monitoring task. As a result, effective monitoring requires active effort. To improve monitoring skills, pilots must proactively seek information and ask questions. The NASA chief scientist testified that current pilot training programs do not typically train these skills in a systematic manner. The NTSB concludes that the monitoring errors made by the accident flight crew demonstrate the continuing need for specific pilot training on active monitoring skills. Almost 3 years have passed since Safety Recommendation A-07-13 was issued, and more than 2.5 years have passed since the FAA described to the NTSB the planned actions to address the recommendation. Since that time, the FAA has reported no further action on this recommendation, even after receiving the NTSB’s September 2008 response letter. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-07-13 and reclassifies it “Open— Unacceptable Response.”
215 The CFM made only minimal reference to the responsibilities of the monitoring pilot during approach profiles. 216 The company’s current training for CRM/threat and error management presents information on the importance of monitoring as a strategy to detect and prevent errors.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 95 2.3.2 Flight Deck Procedures The FAA has developed guidance on the design of procedures to facilitate pilot monitoring and cross-checking. These procedures are contained in an appendix to AC 120-71A, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers.” The guidance provides examples of and supporting rationale for standard operating procedures that promote monitoring. The guidance also recommends establishing standard operating procedures to support improved monitoring during climb, descent, and approach. Colgan’s standard operating procedures did not include speed targets during approaches; these targets would have facilitated the detection of speed deviations by the monitoring pilot. Colgan also lacked standardized procedures for setting airspeeds and using the ref speeds switch, which did not promote effective cross-checking between airspeeds and the switch’s status. (These issues are discussed in section 2.8.) If such procedures had been in place, then the flight crew might have detected the inconsistency between the 118-knot Vref (a non-icing speed) and the position of the ref speeds switch (icing conditions assumed) and ensured that a Vref of 138 knots (an icing speed) was selected. Further, although company procedures required the flying pilot to make a 1,000-foot callout when changing altitudes, the director of flight standards stated that the callout was not required before the altitude alerter sounded. Such a practice can impede monitoring because flight crews may become passive and wait for an automated backup system to prompt their required callout.217 After the accident, the company introduced the “VVM” (verbalize, verify, and monitor) program to improve flight crew monitoring.218 The NTSB concludes that Colgan Air’s standard operating procedures at the time of the accident did not promote effective monitoring behavior. The NTSB is concerned that other air carriers’ standard operating procedures may also be deficient in this area. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K219 operators to review their standard operating procedures to verify that they are consistent with the flight crew monitoring techniques described in AC 120-71A; if the procedures are found not to be consistent, revise the procedures according to the AC guidance to promote effective monitoring. 2.3.3 Low-Airspeed Alert Systems The low-speed cue and the stick shaker on the Q400 were intended to warn the pilots of an impending stall. In this case, even though both systems functioned as designed, neither pilot responded appropriately to prevent the stall. Features on the airspeed display, including the indicated airspeed, trend vector, and low-speed cue, should have provided the pilots with adequate time to detect the rising low-speed cue and respond appropriately. However, distraction
217 This practice, known as primary backup reversion, is characterized by a human operator using an automated backup system as the primary signal to be monitored. 218 Colgan also discussed the importance of monitoring in its revised CRM/threat and error management course. Also, the company’s revised Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual reinforced this training by stating that all pilots were expected to “actively demonstrate monitoring and challenging” as a CRM skill during line operations. 219 Title 14 CFR 91 Subpart K applies to fractional ownership operations.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 96 and workload considerations may have made it difficult for the pilots to visually detect features on the airspeed display depicting the development of this condition (including the trend vector and the low-speed cue), so a redundant aural alert might have provided them with an effective warning about the decreasing airspeed in relation to the rising position of the low-speed cue. In its report on the October 2002 King Air A100 accident in Eveleth, Minnesota, the NTSB found that the pilots had allowed the airspeed to decrease to dangerously low levels while attempting to execute a nonprecision instrument approach during instrument meteorological conditions. As a result, the airplane entered an aerodynamic stall from which the flight crew did not recover. Because the flight crew failed to recognize that the stall was imminent, the NTSB concluded that the development of and requirement for the installation of a low-airspeed alert system could substantially reduce the number of accidents and incidents involving a flight crew’s failure to maintain airspeed. On December 2, 2003 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54, which asked the FAA to do the following: Convene a panel of aircraft design, aviation operations, and aviation human factors specialists, including representatives from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, to determine whether a requirement for the installation of low-airspeed alert systems in airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and 135 would be feasible, and submit a report of the panel’s findings. (A-03-53) If the panel requested in Safety Recommendation A-03-53 determines that a requirement for the installation of low-airspeed alert systems in airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and 135 is feasible, establish requirements for low-airspeed alert systems, based on the findings of this panel. (A-03-54) On October 3, 2006, the FAA stated that it had formed a team to assess the feasibility of low-airspeed alert systems. On April 3, 2007, the NTSB stated it was encouraged that the FAA had formed the team and would begin addressing the recommendation. As a result, the recommendation was classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” During the almost 6 years since the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54, (which were reiterated in July 2006 after another event involving decreasing airspeed and loss of control),220 accidents and incidents involving a lack of flight crew awareness of decreasing airspeed have continued, indicating that existing stall warnings are not a reliable method for preventing inadvertent hazardous low-speed conditions. The NTSB notes that human
220 The recommendations were reiterated in a safety recommendation letter addressing an incident involving American Eagle flight 3008, a Saab 340 airplane that experienced a loss of control during icing conditions. The letter also addressed three similar Saab 340 incidents investigated by the Australian Transport Safety Bureau and stated, “if the flight crews had been alerted to the rapid airspeed decrease in a timely fashion, they may have been able to take corrective action and perhaps avoid the stall.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 97 factors concerns associated with a low-airspeed alert do not require more than 6 years of study for a solution to be implemented.221 The NTSB notes that several other airplanes certificated under 14 CFR Part 25, including the Boeing 747-400 and 777, provide pilots with an amber band on the airspeed display above the low-speed cue. This amber band typically represents the airspeed between the stall warning speed and the minimum maneuvering speed. Operations are not normally conducted with airspeeds in the amber band, which, in effect, provides pilots with a visual indication of a developing low-speed condition before the onset of the stall warning. AC 25-11A, “Electronic Flight Displays,” discusses the visual design of low-speed awareness cues and states, “the preferred colors to be used are amber or yellow to indicate that the airspeed has decreased below a reference speed that provides adequate maneuver margin, changing to red at the stall warning speed. The speeds at which the low speed awareness bands should start should be chosen as appropriate to the airplane configuration and operational flight regime. For example, low speed awareness cues for approach and landing should be shown starting at Vref with a tolerance of +0 and -5 knots.” The NTSB concludes that the Q400 airspeed indicator lacked low-speed awareness features, such as an amber band above the low-speed cue or airspeed indications that changed to amber as speed decrease toward the low-speed cue, which would have facilitated the flight crew’s detection of the developing low-speed situation. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that airspeed indicator display systems on all aircraft certified under 14 CFR Part 25 and equipped with electronic flight instrument systems depict a yellow/amber cautionary band above the low-speed cue or airspeed indicator digits that change from white to yellow/amber as the airspeed approaches the low-speed cue, consistent with AC 25-11A, “Electronic Flight Displays.” At the public hearing for this accident, an FAA certification specialist testified that current certification rules under 14 CFR 25.1329 indicate that there should be speed protection and/or alerting within the normal speed range while under flight guidance system (autopilot) control. The certification specialist stated, “there should be low speed alerting occurring prior to stall warning, if you’re under flight guidance system or autopilot control. And that low speed alerting can take many forms, but it needs to be aural and visual.”222 On July 9, 2009, the FAA issued an NPRM for flight crew alerting, which included a requirement that alerts necessitating immediate crew awareness be presented using two sensory modalities. For example, a visual alert accompanied by an aural alert can help to capture and
221 After the March 19, 2001, incident involving Comair flight 5054, a low-airspeed alert system was developed for Embraer EMB-120 airplanes. The system was designed to provide pilots with an aural and a visual alert of low airspeed while operating in icing conditions. FAA Airworthiness Directive 2001-20-17, effective October 22, 2001, mandated installation of the system on the EMB-120. 222 The Q400 was certificated before the amendment to Section 25.1329. AC 25.1329-1B, “Approval of Flight Guidance Systems,” states, “standard stall warning and high-speed alerts are not always timely enough for the flight crew to intervene to prevent unacceptable speed excursions during FGS [flight guidance system] operation.” The AC also states, “a low speed alert and a transition to the speed protection mode at approximately 1.13 Vsr for the landing flap configuration has been found to be acceptable.” In addition, the AC states, “low speed protection alerts should include both an aural and visual component.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report focus a pilot’s attention in the event that the pilot is not looking at the alerting cue. In this accident, the pilots did not likely see the rising low-speed cue on the IAS display, the downward- pointing trend vector, or the airspeed indications change to red. As a result, the NTSB concludes that an aural warning in advance of the stick shaker would have provided a redundant cue of the visual indication of the rising low-speed cue and might have elicited a timely response from the pilots before the onset of the stick shaker. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that, for all airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 CFR Parts 121, 135, and 91K, the FAA require the installation of low-airspeed alert systems that provide pilots with redundant aural and visual warnings of an impending hazardous low-speed condition. Because of the FAA’s inactivity with regard to Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54, the NTSB classifies the recommendations “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” and classifies Safety Recommendation A-10-12 “Open—Unacceptable Response.” 2.4 Pilot Professionalism 2.4.1 Leadership Training The captain was responsible for setting the appropriate tone in the cockpit and managing communications and workload in a manner that promoted professionalism and adherence to standard operating procedures. On the basis of his actions during the flight, including the late performance of checklists and callouts because of an ongoing conversation, the captain showed inadequate leadership. His failure to establish the appropriate cockpit tone during the initial stages of the operation and show strong command authority during the flight is disconcerting, especially because he had been a captain for more than 2 years. In March 1998, the FAA mandated CRM training for all Part 121 operators. CRM training helps facilitate effective crew communication and coordination and the use of available resources to protect against error. The concepts associated with CRM training have been expanded to include techniques for threat and error detection, management, and mitigation. Many operators integrate CRM concepts in their training programs and evaluate CRM skills during simulator training and line observations. Colgan’s CRM training included 5 slides (of 45 slides total) that addressed command, leadership, and leadership styles. (Colgan’s CRM training is further discussed in section 2.4.3.) In contrast, Part 121 operators are not required to provide upgrading captains with specific training on the leadership skills necessary to make the transition from SIC to PIC. For many new captains, including the accident captain, the initial upgrade represents the first time in which they are held responsible for leading and managing multiple crewmembers during air carrier operations. Because of the PIC’s critical role in establishing and maintaining safe operating conditions, upgrading captains would greatly benefit from specific training on command and leadership skills. The captain upgraded in October 2007; at that time, Colgan provided to its upgrading captains a 1-day training course on duties and responsibilities. Although the director of 98
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 99 crewmember and dispatcher training stated that the course was designed to help a new captain make the transition to the new role, the NTSB’s review of the course content showed that it focused on the administrative duties associated with becoming a captain. The upgrade training course did not contain significant content applicable to developing leadership skills, management oversight, and command authority. Some air carriers provide leadership training to their upgrading captains. For example, one regional air carrier expanded its leadership training, from 2 to 8 hours, so that additional information on leadership skills could be presented. This change was made in response to an unacceptable level of training failures (primarily because of leadership and judgment factors) for upgrading captains.223 The expanded course contained modules on leadership, authority, and responsibility; briefing and debriefing scenarios; decision-making processes, including those during an emergency; dry-run line-oriented flight scenarios; and risk management and resource utilization. Industry changes (including two-pilot cockpits and the advent of regional carriers) have resulted in opportunities for pilots to upgrade to captain without having accumulated significant experience as a first officer in a Part 121 operation. Without these important opportunities for mentoring and observational learning, which characterize time spent in journeyman pilot positions, it may be difficult for a pilot to acquire effective leadership skills to manage a multicrew airplane. In addition, airlines must instill their leadership values and safety culture in their captains because they are the ones who are ultimately responsible for the safety of each flight. At the public hearing for this accident, ALPA’s safety committee chairman discussed the need for companies to provide leadership skills to upgrading captains and for captains to set the proper tone in the cockpit. The POI for Colgan stated, during a postaccident interview, that training in this area was important and should be required. The NTSB concludes that specific leadership training for upgrading captains would help standardize and reinforce the critical command authority skills needed by a PIC during air carrier operations. Some operators are already providing this training, but others are not. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA issue an AC with guidance on leadership training for upgrading captains at Part 121, 135, and 91K operators, including methods and techniques for effective leadership; professional standards of conduct; strategies for briefing and debriefing; reinforcement and correction skills; and other knowledge, skills, and abilities that are critical for air carrier operations. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require all Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to provide a specific course on leadership training to their upgrading captains that is consistent with the AC requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-13.
223 The company’s captain upgrade first-time failure rate had reached 22 percent when the target was 10 percent. The company’s POI stated that the failures had involved “captain thinking skills” and not “stick and rudder skills.” For more information, see the NTSB’s report on the Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701 accident (referenced in section 1.18.1.3).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 100 2.4.2 Sterile Cockpit and Standard Operating Procedures The pilots were involved in nonpertinent conversation during all phases of flight, including those that are defined as critical by the sterile cockpit rule. For example, the pilots’ nonpertinent conversation during the final minutes of the descent (which included a discussion of their previous experiences flying in icing conditions) distracted them from their operational tasks. In addition, the pilots deviated from standard operating procedures with the timing of checklists during the descent (as previously discussed in section 2.2.4). Colgan expected sterile cockpit procedures to be included in a captain’s briefing and adhered to during training, checkrides, and line operations. Most company pilots interviewed after the accident stated that sterile cockpit adherence was good and that pilots deviated rarely from sterile cockpit procedures. Company and FAA oversight before the accident did not identify any problems with sterile cockpit adherence, but some deviations were identified after the accident. Colgan stated that it had provided pilots with information on sterile cockpit procedures during ground school indoctrination training, but a review of all slides presented during the training at the time of the accident found none that specifically addressed sterile cockpit procedures. After the accident, the company revised its training program, and recurrent training now addresses the importance of sterile cockpit procedures. Also, the company’s chief pilot issued guidance on sterile cockpit adherence, including a reminder that no extraneous conversation of any kind could take place when sterile cockpit procedures were in effect.224 The NTSB is concerned that, during the accident flight, neither pilot seemed hesitant to engage in nonpertinent conversation or demonstrated correcting behavior when the other pilot deviated from sterile cockpit procedures. These facts suggest that nonpertinent conversation among company pilots during critical phases of flight was not unusual. The primary reason for 14 CFR 121.542, otherwise known as the sterile cockpit rule, is to ensure that a pilot’s attention is directed to operational concerns during critical phases of flight and is not redirected or degraded because of nonessential activities or conversation. The NTSB has investigated accidents demonstrating the catastrophic effects of pilot deviations from Section 121.542 and standard operating procedures. For example, in August 2006, the flight crew of Comair flight 5191 attempted to depart from the wrong runway, which resulted in an accident that killed 49 of the 50 people on board. The NTSB determined that the flight crew’s nonpertinent conversation during taxi, which resulted in a loss of positional awareness, was a contributing factor to the accident. The NTSB also found that the flight crew’s noncompliance with standard operating procedures had most likely created an atmosphere in the cockpit that enabled the crew’s errors.225 Nonpertinent conversation during a critical phase of flight and
224 In addition to these changes, Colgan incorporated a discussion of accidents and incidents involving sterile cockpit breakdowns to its CRM/threat and error management training. Also, Colgan procedures contained an expanded definition of sterile cockpit periods, including ± 1,000 feet of level-off altitude when making altitude changes and when approaching the top of descent on crossing restrictions and pilot-discretion descents. 225 For more information, see Attempted Takeoff From Wrong Runway, Comair Flight 5191, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N431CA, Lexington, Kentucky, August 27, 2006, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07-05 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2007).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 101 noncompliance with standard operating procedures were also issues found during the investigation of the Colgan accident. Other recent accidents have identified similar issues involving a breakdown in cockpit discipline and noncompliance with the sterile cockpit rule.226 Although it is difficult to identify a specific reason for this behavior, industry data have shown that pilots who had intentionally deviated from standard operating procedures were three times more likely to make other types of errors, mismanage more errors, and find themselves in more undesirable situations compared with those flight crewmembers who had not intentionally deviated from procedures.227 Nevertheless, most airline and FAA personnel have stated, after accidents, that no precursors to such deviations were identified during their previous oversight activities. The Q400 APM for Colgan acknowledged that an inspector’s observations of flight crew performance might not be representative of the crew’s usual performance. On February 7, 2006, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-7, which asked the FAA to direct the POIs of all Part 121 and 135 operators to reemphasize the importance of strict compliance with the sterile cockpit rule. In response to this recommendation, the FAA issued SAFO 06004 on April 28, 2006, to emphasize the importance of sterile cockpit discipline. As a result of the FAA’s action, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-06-7 “Closed— Acceptable Action” on November 9, 2006. However, the lasting effect of this SAFO is questionable given that the Comair flight 5191 accident occurred only 4 months after the SAFO was issued and the Colgan accident happened less than 3 years after the SAFO’s issuance. At the public hearing for this accident, an FAA manager stated that the agency has been addressing sterile cockpit issues through, among other actions, published guidance and oversight activities by inspection personnel.228 The NTSB identified only one FAA AC or handbook—the Instrument Procedures Handbook (FAA-H-8261-1A)—that references an accident involving the lack of sterile cockpit discipline.229 In addition, this publication does not include information that outlines the origin of the sterile cockpit rule, its rationale, and an explicit discussion of the safety consequences associated with the failure to adhere to sterile cockpit procedures during critical phases of flight.
226 These accidents include the Corporate Airlines flight 5966 accident (see section 1.18.1.1) and the Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701 accident (see section 1.18.1.3). 227 These data are from the LOSA Collaborative, which is a network of researchers, safety professionals, pilots, and airline representatives who collaborate to provide, among other things, oversight and implementation of LOSA and a forum for information exchange regarding LOSA. Deviations from sterile cockpit procedures are among the types of intentional noncompliance that can be detected through LOSA observations. In January 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-9 to require Part 121 operators to incorporate LOSA observations into their oversight programs. This recommendation and its status are discussed in section 1.18.1.9. Colgan has begun to implement a LOSA program, as discussed in section 1.17.7.4. 228 These publications include AC 120-71A, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers”; AC 120-74A, “Parts 91, 121, 125, and 135 Flightcrew Procedures During Taxi Operations”; AC 120-51E, “Crew Resource Management Training”; and AC 91-73A, “Part 91 and Part 135 Single-Pilot Procedures During Taxi Operations.” 229 The handbook references the September 1974 Eastern Air Lines flight 212 accident, which was caused by the flight crew’s lack of altitude awareness at critical points during the approach as a result of poor cockpit discipline. For more information, see National Transportation Safety Board, Eastern Air Lines, Inc., Douglas DC-9-31, N8984E, Charlotte, North Carolina, September 11, 1974, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-75/09 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1975).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 102 Also at the public hearing, the Colgan director of flight standards testified that postaccident observations of company pilots revealed only “minor” sterile cockpit deviations, such as an individual pilot remark about something either heard on the radio or seen. The flight standards director stated that, in such instances, the other pilot would not respond to the comment. However, the NTSB recognizes that any nonpertinent remark during critical phases of flight has the potential to be distracting. Multiple opportunities exist during noncritical phases of flight to allow flight crewmembers to communicate, establish trust, and build rapport, but, during critical phases of flight, all conversations need to relate solely to the operation of the flight. These conversations should follow standard operating procedures and include the use of standard phraseology, which are proven tools for safely operating aircraft. Even though the responsibility for sterile cockpit adherence is ultimately a matter of a pilot’s own professional integrity, the NTSB notes that pilots work within a context of professionalism created through the mutual efforts of the FAA, operators, and pilot groups. These stakeholders need to work together to provide clear and unwavering guidance that helps to instill sound principles of professionalism and adherence to standard operating and sterile cockpit procedures. The stakeholders also need to provide detailed guidance on these topics to new commercial pilots as well as instruction and reinforcement on the topics to pilots throughout their career. On January 23, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-8, which asked the FAA to do the following: Work with pilot associations to develop a specific program of education for air carrier pilots that addresses professional standards and their role in ensuring safety of flight. The program should include associated guidance information and references to recent accidents involving pilots acting unprofessionally or not following standard operating procedures. On April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it would meet with ALPA, the Air Transport Association, the Regional Airline Association, and other groups to determine an effective approach for addressing these issues. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB stated that the FAA’s planned action would be appropriate after the development of an educational program that conveyed the necessary safety information and classified the recommendation “Open— Acceptable Response.” However, in the 3 years since the issuance of Safety Recommendation A- 07-8, the FAA has not produced guidance material or developed a program that meets the intent of the recommendation.230 The NTSB recognizes that most pilots strive to fly professionally and adhere to standard operating and sterile cockpit procedures. However, the continuing failure of some pilots to
230 In contrast, the FAA has created instructional materials on other aviation safety-related issues. For example, to address the increasing problem of runway incursions, the FAA distributed to all pilots a multimedia presentation and printed guidance on the issue. The presentation addressed runway safety, discussed accidents and operating rules, and offered best practices and techniques. Such an approach could be effective in addressing breakdowns in pilot professionalism and sterile cockpit discipline, especially if examples of accidents are included with standard operating procedures and best practices to help focus attention on the reasons for the standards and the potential results of not following them.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 103 refrain from nonpertinent conversation during critical phases of flight erodes proven margins of safety provided by the strict adherence to standard operating procedures, as demonstrated by the circumstances of this accident. More than 28 years have elapsed since sterile cockpit rulemaking was enacted based on the NTSB’s investigation of the Eastern Air Lines accident and the professional conduct recommendations that resulted from the investigation.231 However, industry action is still needed to provide all pilots with guidance discussing (1) the importance of following standard operating procedures, adhering to sterile cockpit procedures, and maintaining professionalism during aircraft operations and (2) the costs to safety when pilots do not operate according to these standards. The NTSB concludes that, because of the continuing number of accidents involving a breakdown in sterile cockpit discipline, collaborative action by the FAA and the aviation industry to promptly address this issue is warranted. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA (1) develop, and distribute to all pilots, multimedia guidance materials on professionalism in aircraft operations that contain standards of performance for professionalism; best practices for sterile cockpit adherence; techniques for assessing and correcting pilot deviations; examples and scenarios; and a detailed review of accidents involving breakdowns in sterile cockpit and other procedures, including this accident and (2) obtain the input of operators and air carrier and general aviation pilot groups in the development and distribution of these guidance materials. As a result of this new recommendation, and because the FAA has not taken any action in 3 years to address Safety Recommendation A-07-8, the recommendation is reclassified “Closed— Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” 2.4.3 Crew Resource Management Colgan provided CRM training to its pilots during initial and recurrent ground school. The training addressed topics such as command, leadership and leadership styles, communication, and decision-making. The training also included information on the importance of maintaining situational awareness, employing checklist discipline, and adhering to standard operating procedures. A CRM training instructor stated that the course also addressed the relationship between flight crewmembers and the need to indicate when pilots were not observing sterile cockpit procedures. The Colgan POI stated that the company’s training was consistent with the guidance discussed in AC 120-51E, “Crew Resource Management Training.”
231 Safety Recommendation A-74-85 asked the FAA to “initiate a movement among the pilots associations to form new professional standards committees and to regenerate old ones. These committees should: a) monitor their ranks for any unprofessional performance, b) alert those pilots who exhibit unprofessionalism to its dangers and try, by example and constructive criticism of performance required, to instill in them the high standards of the pilot group, c) strengthen the copilot’s sense of responsibility in adhering to prescribed procedures and safe practices, and d) circulate the pertinent information contained in accident reports to pilots through professional publications so that members can learn from the experience of others.” Safety Recommendation A-74-86 asked the FAA to “develop an air carrier pilot program, similar to the general aviation accident prevention program (FAA Order 8000.8A), that will emphasize the dangers of unprofessional performance in all phases of flight. The program could be presented in seminar form, using audio/visual teaching aids, to call to the pilots’ attention all facets of the problem.” Both recommendations were classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 10, 1977.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 104 Colgan’s CRM training should have provided the captain with the communication, coordination, and resource management skills that were important to his role as PIC.232 However, the captain did not effectively use all of the resources available to him to ensure safety of flight. CRM training should also have provided the first officer with the skills to challenge the captain’s deviations from standard operating procedures. The first officer was characterized during postaccident interviews as being assertive, which was consistent with the CRM training that she received. On the basis of the first officer’s level of involvement in conversations with the captain, and the apparent ease with which they were communicating, it is unlikely that the first officer’s failure to challenge the captain was because of a lack of assertiveness. It is possible that she did not challenge the captain because she did not consider his deviations from standard operating procedures to be remarkable. The NTSB concludes that the flight crewmembers’ performance during the flight, including the captain’s deviations from standard operating procedures and the first officer’s failure to challenge these deviations, was not consistent with the CRM training that they had received or the concepts in the FAA’s CRM guidance. In late 2008, Colgan began the process of revising its CRM training. Even though the training was consistent with the FAA’s CRM guidance, the Colgan POI and the company’s director of flight operations, vice president of safety and regulatory compliance, and director of crewmember and dispatcher training wanted to expand the program. In developing the revised training, Colgan obtained guidance from Pinnacle Airlines and Continental Airlines. The expanded CRM training program now spans 2 days (compared with the previous initial and recurrent training programs, which lasted 8 and 2 hours, respectively). The revised CRM program includes techniques for threat and error detection, management, and mitigation and additional discussion of decision-making, leading and following, positively communicating, and setting expectations. In addition, to facilitate discussion, the course is taught by line pilots instead of ground instructors or management. During the summer of 2009, Colgan began providing the revised recurrent CRM training to pilots, dispatchers, flight attendants, and managers at its bases at EWR and IAH. 2.5 Fatigue Although both pilots had flown during the week before the accident, their schedules were within flight and duty time requirements and were not excessive in terms of accumulated flight time or duty periods worked. However, each pilot made an inappropriate decision to use the crew room to obtain rest before the accident flight, as discussed further in section 2.5.2. According to his wife, the captain would typically sleep from about 2200 to 0900 and would normally receive between 8 and 10 hours of sleep. (The captain’s wife explained that he would awake earlier than 0900 for family activities.) From February 3 to 5, 2009, the captain was working and had a duty period that started about 0500 and ended between 1200 and 1800 each day. The significantly earlier awakening time required for the report times, as well as being
232 As indicated in section 2.4.1, the NTSB has recommended the implementation of specific leadership training for upgrading captains.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 105 away from home, would have produced some chronic sleep loss. However, the captain would likely have been able to make up for this sleep loss while he was off duty and at home from February 6 to 9. On February 9, 2009, the captain commuted from his home in the Tampa area to EWR, arriving about 2005 for a 2-day trip to begin the next day. His last known activity on February 9 ended about 2247. The captain was reported to have stayed overnight in the crew room at EWR. On February 10 and 11, 2009, the captain had a report time of 0530, and his last known activities those days ended between 2130 and 2200. As with his schedule 1 week before, the captain’s earlier awakening time required for the report times, and his rest away from home, would have produced some chronic sleep loss. On the day of the accident, the captain was scheduled to report to EWR at 1330. Because his duty period on February 11, 2009, had ended about 1544, he had a 21-hour, 16-minute scheduled rest period before his report time. However, at 0310 on February 12, the captain logged into Colgan’s CrewTrac computer system. This activity would have meant that he had, at a minimum, a 5-hour opportunity for sleep followed by another sleep opportunity of about 4 hours. (The captain had logged into the CrewTrac system again at 0726.) The captain’s actual sleep during this period is unknown. However, his sleep would have been further interrupted and would likely have been of poor quality because he was again staying in the crew room.233 As a result, the captain would not have had an opportunity to restore his sleep loss from the previous 2 days. Also, it would have been difficult for the captain to nap in the crew room during the day based on observations of his activities before the flight (which included office work, watching television, and talking on the telephone or with other company pilots).234 According to her husband, the first officer would go to sleep between 2000 and 2200 PST and would awake between 0700 and 1000 PST. On February 4, 2009, the first officer commuted from SEA to EWR because of the 5-day trip that she would be starting later that day. The duty periods during the trip started between 1140 and 1235 (except for the first and last days, which started at 1800 and 0825, respectively) and ended between 2049 and 0032 (except for the last day, which ended at 1455).235 The times of the trip (shown in eastern standard time) were mostly consistent with the first officer’s PST home time zone.236 However, it was possible that she had accumulated some chronic sleep loss during this period because of the early awakenings required for the report times on both the first day (as a result of her commute) and the last day of the trip, as well as from being away from home.
233 This investigation found no evidence that the captain had stayed elsewhere that night. 234 According to Colgan’s Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual, the company’s dispatch release requires each captain to confirm that he or she is “physically qualified for this flight.” The manual also stated that, in signing this release, the captain was certifying that he or she is not fatigued and is physically capable of completing the flight safely. The manual further indicated that, although other crewmembers, including first officers, do not sign the dispatch release, it is a violation of company policy for any crewmember to conduct a flight when fatigued or otherwise physically incapable of completing the flight safely. 235 The 0032 end time occurred in the middle of the trip and not before the 0825 start on the last day of the first officer’s trip. 236 The first officer had moved from ORF (in the eastern time zone) to SEA 1 week before the trip but was likely acclimated to the PST time zone.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 106 The first officer was home from February 9 to the morning of February 11. Her activities each day began between about 0900 and 1000 PST and ended about 2230 PST, which would have facilitated restoration of any sleep debt that she might have been experiencing. From about 1951 to about 2330 PST (0230 eastern standard time), the first officer traveled as a jumpseat passenger on a cargo airplane from SEA to MEM and was reported to have slept 90 minutes during the flight. On February 12, 2009, from about 0418 to about 0623, the first officer traveled as a jumpseat passenger on a cargo airplane from MEM to EWR and was reported to have slept the entire flight. She was observed awake, and electronic records (telephone, text, and computer) showed activity from the time of her arrival at EWR to about 0732. Afterward, no activities on the part of the first officer were recorded until a text message she sent at 1305.237 During the 24 hours that preceded the accident, the first officer was reported to have slept 3.5 hours on flights and 5.5 hours in the crew room. Although the opportunity for sleep approached the first officer’s normal needs, her actual amount of sleep obtained is not known. However, even if the first officer did obtain her normal amount of sleep, its quality would have been diminished because of the manner in which it was obtained (on airplanes and in the crew room). It is not known whether she received additional sleep by napping later in the day.238 At the time of the accident, the captain would have been awake for at least 15 hours if he had awakened about 0700 and for a longer period if he had awakened earlier. The accident occurred about the same time that the captain’s sleep opportunities during the previous days had begun and the time at which he normally went to sleep. The first officer had been awake for about 9 hours at the time of the accident, which was about 3 hours before her normal bedtime. The captain had experienced chronic sleep loss, and both he and the first officer had experienced interrupted and poor-quality sleep during the 24 hours before the accident. 2.5.1 Role of Fatigue in Flight Crew Performance For fatigue to be considered a factor in the flight crew’s performance, deficiencies need to be clearly discernable and consistent with the known effects of fatigue, and any evidence supporting alternative explanations for such deficiencies needs to be considered. Scientific research and accident investigations have demonstrated the negative effects of fatigue on human performance,239 including reduced alertness and degraded mental and physical performance. For
237 The content of this text message indicated that the first officer had awakened from 6 hours of sleep. 238 The first officer’s opportunities for sleep at that time were reduced because of the recorded telephone, text, and computer activity throughout the afternoon (see section 1.5.2.1). 239 For the scientific research, see J.A. Caldwell, “Fatigue in the Aviation Environment: An Overview of the Causes and Effects as Well as Recommended Countermeasures,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 68, pages 932-938, 1997; D.R. Haslam, “The Military Performance of Soldiers in Sustained Operations,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 55, pages 216-221, 1984; and G.P. Kruger, “Sustained Work, Fatigue, Sleep Loss, and Performance: A Review of the Issues,” Work and Stress, vol. 3, pages 129-141, 1989. For the accident investigations, see, for example, the NTSB’s 1994 safety study on flight crew-involved major accidents (referenced in section 2.3.1) and its report on the Corporate Airlines flight 5966 accident (referenced in section 1.18.1.1).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 107 example, breakdowns in vigilance can occur, response time can slow and become inaccurate, decision-making and risk assessment can degrade, and motivation can decrease. In addition, task management and prioritization can be affected by fatigue, and some reports have indicated a reduction in leadership behavior with increased fatigue. The pilots’ failure to detect the impending onset of the stick shaker and their improper response to the stick shaker could be consistent with the known effects of fatigue. Workload management issues, as well as some minor errors that occurred during the flight (for example, a delayed response to an altitude alert about 2213:21) could also be consistent with fatigue. However, the research and accident data have shown that the errors made by the flight crewmembers, including their failure to monitor airspeed in relation to the position of the low- speed cue, adhere to standard operating and sterile cockpit procedures, and respond appropriately to the stick shaker, have also been observed in other pilots who were not fatigued. It is important to note that, throughout the flight, the pilots were conversational and engaged. Neither pilot acted withdrawn or lethargic or made any statements about being tired or receiving inadequate sleep.240 Also, the pilots demonstrated good performance during the flight by following sterile cockpit procedures during the takeoff and initial climb. Other examples of good performance by the flight crew include (1) the first officer’s detection, during her review of the airplane’s logbooks, that a previous flight crew had not completed the 24-hour ice protection check (the captain had just completed the check); (2) the captain’s interruption of his own conversation to point out crossing traffic; and (3) his continuation of the approach briefing after it was interrupted 50 seconds earlier by an ATC call. Company pilots had reported that both accident pilots were competent in their positions and adept with procedures and checklists. Also, the first officer had been described as being assertive and ahead of the airplane as a monitoring pilot. Thus, both pilots’ performance failures were inconsistent with these reports of their past performance, and, as stated in section 2.5, evidence suggests that both pilots were likely experiencing some degree of fatigue at the time of the accident. However, the errors and decisions made by the pilots cannot be solely attributed to fatigue because of other explanations for their performance. For example, the fundamental monitoring error made by the flight crew (the failure to recognize cues indicating the impending stick shaker onset) was also made 1 month after the accident by another Colgan flight crew. Also, the captain’s errors during the flight could be consistent with his pattern of performance failures during testing, which he had experienced throughout his flying career. In addition, research indicates that errors occur routinely during flight regardless of whether fatigue is present and that errors are typically caught and mitigated by existing systems without serious consequences.241
240 Two yawns were recorded on the CVR during a 2-hour period. One was attributed to the captain about 2149:18; the other was attributed to the first officer about 2207:14. 241 J.R. Klinect, J.A. Wilhelm, and R.L. Helmreich, “Threat and Error Management: Data From Line Operations Safety Audits,” Proceedings of the Tenth International Symposium on Aviation Psychology, Columbus, Ohio: The Ohio State University, pages 683-688, 1999. M.I. Nikolic and N.B. Sarter, “Flight Deck Disturbance Management: A Simulator Study of Diagnosis and Recovery From Breakdowns in Pilot-Automation Coordination,” Human Factors, vol. 49, pages 553-563, 2007.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 108 Because the effects of fatigue can exacerbate performance failures, its role in the pilots’ performance during the flight cannot be ruled out. The NTSB concludes that the pilots’ performance was likely impaired because of fatigue, but the extent of their impairment and the degree to which it contributed to the performance deficiencies that occurred during the flight cannot be conclusively determined. 2.5.2 Industry Fatigue Mitigation Efforts The NTSB has had a long-standing concern about the need to mitigate the effects of fatigue in aviation. Reducing accidents and incidents caused by human fatigue has been on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List since 1990. Also, the NTSB has issued numerous safety recommendations addressing fatigue, including Safety Recommendation A-06-10, which was issued on February 7, 2006, as part of the investigation of the Corporate Airlines flight 5966 accident. Safety Recommendation A-06-10 asked the FAA to do the following: Modify and simplify the flight crew hours-of-service regulations to take into consideration factors such as length of duty day, starting time, workload, and other factors shown by recent research, scientific evidence, and current industry experience to affect crew alertness. On September 9, 2009, the FAA stated that an aviation rulemaking committee had developed recommendations on flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements for Part 121 and 135 operators. The FAA indicated that it was reviewing the recommendations (which have not been publicly released) and that it had planned to publish a science-based fatigue NPRM in December 2009.242 On December 10, 2009, in testimony before the Subcommittee on Aviation, U.S. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, the FAA Administrator stated that the FAA was reviewing the aviation rulemaking committee’s recommendations on flight and duty time limitations and rest requirements but that additional analysis needed to be completed, precluding the NPRM from being issued by the end of December 2009. The administrator also stated that the NRPM would be published as soon as possible. On December 29, 2009, the NTSB stated that the FAA, after years of inaction, appeared to be on the verge of taking the recommended actions with regard to flight time limitations, duty period limits, and rest requirements for Part 121 and 135 pilots. The NTSB noted that the FAA had proposed publishing the NPRM in early 2010 but stated that the FAA had not informed the NTSB of the specific revisions that the NPRM would include. Because the NTSB was not able to determine at that time whether the revisions would fully satisfy the intent of Safety
242 The FAA’s last fatigue-based NPRM was 95-18, “Flight Crewmember Duty Period Limitations, Flight Time Limitations, and Rest Requirements,” which was issued on December 20, 1995. The NTSB provided comments on the NPRM, indicating that the proposed rule did not (1) include effective mechanisms to address flight operations during the circadian night and circadian trough and (2) recognize the fatigue associated with multiple takeoffs and landings. No changes in the rules regarding flight time and rest requirements were made after the issuance of the NPRM. On November 23, 2009, the FAA officially withdrew the NPRM.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 109 Recommendation A-06-10, the recommendation remained classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” One of the stated purposes of SAFO 06004 (previously discussed in sections 1.18.1.1 and 2.4.2) was to “call attention to fatigue as one of the most important elements to be addressed in CRM training.” Even though the SAFO recommended that Part 121 directors of safety become familiar with the document’s contents, a review of Colgan’s CRM course material at the time of the accident showed only a minimal mention of fatigue. The company’s director of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that fatigue was discussed as part of a review of situational awareness. Also, Colgan personnel were not able to describe how the company had incorporated the fatigue-related information in the SAFO. Colgan had a nonpunitive fatigue policy in effect at the time of the accident243 but did not have a formal fatigue management program in place at the time. (Such a program was still not in place as of January 2010.) After the accident, the company revised its CRM course material to include a specific discussion of fatigue management and the hazards associated with fatigue. Also, in April 2009, Colgan issued an operations bulletin to its pilots addressing the company’s fatigue policy, causes of fatigue, recognition of fatigue and its effects on performance, and prevention of fatigue by effectively using rest.244 In December 2009, Colgan issued a read-and-sign memo to its pilots and flight attendants, which stated that the company’s nonpunitive fatigue policy was being increasingly abused. (As stated in section 1.17.5, the company indicated that crewmembers had been calling in fatigued without a valid reason.) The memo also detailed interim changes to Colgan’s fatigue policy. The memo stated that, effective December 31, 2009, fatigue calls would not be accepted if a crewmember was returning from rest periods or personal time off duty (and did not properly use the time off). The memo indicated that the safety department would consider mitigating circumstances preventing a rest period from being fully utilized when evaluating a fatigue call. In addition, the memo stated that the company was working with its pilot and flight attendant unions to establish a comprehensive fatigue program, including a review board process, by February 15, 2010. At the public hearing for this accident, the FAA manager of air carrier operations stated that fatigue mitigation in aviation was a joint responsibility between the operator and the pilot. He also stated that company fatigue information can help pilots better manage their time off from work. The accident pilots did not wisely manage their time off from work, which contributed to the development of fatigue. In particular, the pilots chose to use the crew room during their rest
243 The policy allowed pilots to remove themselves from flight status without reprisals if they were too tired to fly. Pilots calling in fatigued would not be paid for that flight segment if it were over their 75-hour monthly guarantee. The company’s chief pilot indicated that the company tracked fatigue calls to identify trends but that no consistent factors had been identified. Also, the Colgan POI had not received any complaints about the company’s administration of the fatigue policy. 244 This information has also been incorporated into the Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual revision, dated September 20, 2009. In addition, the NTSB notes that ALPA has developed resources for pilots on preventing fatigue, recognizing fatigue symptoms, and mitigating the effects of fatigue.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 110 period, and their quality of sleep was affected by this decision.245 Although the crew room was supposed to be a quiet area with couches and recliners, it was not isolated and was subject to interruptions, sporadic noise and activity, lights, and other factors that prevent quality rest. As a result, neither pilot made use of the opportunity to obtain quality sleep and be as rested as possible before the flight. Company personnel stated that sleeping overnight in the crew room was against policy because the room was not an adequate rest facility.246 However, the captain used the crew room for overnight sleeping on February 9 and 11, which indicates that the company was not effectively enforcing its policy. In addition, the first officer’s decision to begin a transcontinental commute about 15 hours before her scheduled report time without having an adequate rest facility affected her ability to begin the trip as rested as possible. The commute from SEA to MEM and then from MEM to EWR did not afford her an opportunity for an uninterrupted sleep period. Even though the first officer arrived at EWR about 7 hours before her scheduled report time, this time period was less than her normal sleep period, and evidence indicates that she could not have used all of that time for sleep. Company guidance at the time of the accident, however, did not discourage pilots from commuting on the same day that a trip was scheduled to begin.247 The company’s commuting policy addressed ways to ensure that pilots were able to arrive at their base and report for duty on time (see section 1.17.4), but the policy did not reference ways to mitigate fatigue resulting from commuting. Testimony at the public hearing by ALPA’s air safety chairman indicated that Colgan’s commuting policy was consistent with industry practices. Commuting is considered a privilege for air carrier pilots because they are not required to live within a certain distance of their assigned base. Commuting may also be considered a necessity for air carrier pilots because of possible changes in the industry, including base closures, and the cost of living at some bases.248 To accommodate the need for rest areas when commuting, pilots often have “crash pads” (shared rooms or apartments) at their base if their operator does not provide crew rest facilities for uninterrupted sleep. However, Colgan did not have such a facility at EWR (or its other bases), and neither the captain nor the first officer had a crash pad.249
245 The NTSB notes that strategic napping in crew rooms during breaks is an effective countermeasure for pilot fatigue and that this type of rest would be appropriate use of a crew room. However, the accident captain used the EWR crew room for all of his sleep opportunity before the flight, and the first officer used the crew room for most of her sleep opportunity. 246 The EWR regional chief pilot issued policy guidance in May 2008 stating that crewmembers were responsible for their own overnight accommodations and that sleeping in the crew room was prohibited and would have disciplinary consequences. 247 The previous edition of the Colgan Flight Crewmember Policy Handbook (dated February 2006) stated that pilots should not commute to their base on the same day that they are scheduled to work. The handbook version current at the time of the accident was dated March 2008 and did not include this guidance. 248 Colgan did not have locality pay for its pilots, but its management personnel received locality pay. In 2008, the average salary of a company Q400 captain and first officer was $67,000 and $24,000, respectively. 249 Colgan does not require such an arrangement for its commuting pilots.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 111 Pilots who commute have a significant responsibility to make sure that they arrive fit for duty and are able to maintain this fitness throughout the duration of their assigned duty period.250 However, pilots who do not commute also have a responsibility to be fit for duty, and certain circumstances can affect a noncommuting pilot’s ability to obtain adequate rest. For example, in its investigation of the Federal Express flight 1478 accident in Tallahassee, Florida, the NTSB found that the captain (who lived close to MEM, the departure airport) had received interrupted sleep251 during the two nights that preceded the accident because he had been taking care of the family dog, whose health was deteriorating. The captain described his sleep during that time as “marginal” and “not really good.” The captain reported that he had received 3.5 hours of “pretty good” sleep before reporting about 0200 for the accident flight. The NTSB concluded that the captain was likely impaired by fatigue and that the impairment contributed to his degraded performance, especially in the areas of crew coordination and monitoring, during the approach to the airport.252 The NTSB notes that most pilots are cognizant of their personal responsibility to report to work fit for duty, including having received the proper amount of rest. However, the performance failures that occurred in the Tallahassee accident and this accident demonstrate the negative outcomes that can occur when a pilot fails to obtain adequate rest before a flight. The NTSB concludes that all pilots, including those who commute to their home base of operations, have a personal responsibility to wisely manage their off-duty time and effectively use available rest periods so that they can arrive for work fit for duty; the accident pilots did not do so by using an inappropriate facility during their last rest period before the accident flight. Companies can take actions to help mitigate fatigue in commuting pilots. Such actions include providing rest facilities, providing assistance to pilots in identifying affordable accommodations, planning flight schedules that support commuting without extended times of wakefulness, and considering ways to evaluate and account for the effect of commuting on subsequent duty periods. With regard to providing rest facilities, the FAA’s SAFO 09014, “Concepts for Fatigue Countermeasures in Part 121 and 135 Short-Haul Operations,” issued on September 11, 2009, stated that operators “should consider providing crew rest facilities that have rooms away from the general traffic for quiet, comfortable and uninterrupted sleep.”253 Most of Colgan’s EWR-based pilots (93 of 137 pilots) identified themselves as commuters. However, the EWR regional chief pilot stated that he did not know the number of commuting pilots at EWR. This lack of awareness is inconsistent with available information stressing the importance of mitigating hazards associated with crewmember fatigue, including SAFOs 06004 and 09014. The NTSB notes that, although many of the major accidents it has
250Air transportation is one mode of transportation that pilots use to commute to their home base. Commuting pilots can also use surface transportation to arrive at their base. 251 That captain had been released from duty on July 23, 2002, at 2353 and learned of the flight 1478 assignment on July 25 between 1800 and 1830. 252 For more information, see Collision With Trees on Final Approach, Federal Express Flight 1478, Boeing 727-232, N497FE, Tallahassee, Florida, July 26, 2002, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-04/02 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2004). 253 SAFO 09014 also stated that pilots “should understand their responsibility with regard to ensuring that they achieve the required rest so they are properly rested and fit for each assigned or scheduled flight.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report investigated during the last decade involved pilots who commuted, this accident is the first one in which the pilots’ rest location has been an issue. Operators have a fundamental responsibility to support their pilots’ efforts to mitigate fatigue. However, Colgan did not (1) enforce the policy prohibiting sleeping overnight in the crew room, which was an inappropriate rest facility for uninterrupted sleep, and (2) have in place a formal fatigue management program. The NTSB concludes that Colgan Air did not proactively address the pilot fatigue hazards associated with operations at a predominantly commuter base. On June 12, 2008, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-08-44 and -45, which asked the FAA to do the following: Develop guidance, based on empirical and scientific evidence, for operators to establish fatigue management systems, including information about the content and implementation of these systems. (A-08-44) Develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of fatigue management systems implemented by operators, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents. (A-08-45) On August 11, 2008, the FAA noted that, in June 2008, it had hosted an international symposium on fatigue in aviation operations to gather and make public the best available knowledge on fatigue and fatigue mitigations. The FAA also stated that it was developing operations specification guidance for fatigue management for ultra-long-range flights and that lessons learned could likely benefit other flight profiles. On February 3, 2009, the NTSB encouraged the FAA to ensure that guidance on fatigue management systems be developed for all components of the aviation industry and not only for ultra-long-range operations. Safety Recommendations A-08-44 and -45 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending such guidance. A fatigue management system, also known as an FRMS, incorporates various components and strategies to mitigate the hazards of fatigue in aviation operations. Components of an FRMS include scheduling policies and practices, attendance policies, education, medical screening and treatment, personal responsibility during nonwork periods, task and workload issues, rest environments, commuting policies, and napping policies. An organizational plan for implementing an FRMS and measuring its ability to mitigate fatigue is important to the success of the system. Many operators are beginning to implement components of an FRMS, and countermeasures to address issues associated with commuting are expected to be part of an FRMS. However, some operators have not adopted an FRMS, and neither FAA guidance nor rulemaking currently exists in this area. As a result, the NTSB concludes that operators have a responsibility to identify risks associated with commuting, implement strategies to mitigate these risks, and ensure that their commuting pilots are fit for duty. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to address fatigue risks associated with commuting, including identifying pilots who commute, establishing policy and guidance to mitigate fatigue risks for commuting pilots, using scheduling practices to minimize opportunities 112
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 113 for fatigue in commuting pilots, and developing or identifying rest facilities for commuting pilots. 2.6 First Officer’s Illness Symptoms According to the first officer’s husband and mother, the first officer was not sick when she left home for her commute to EWR. In addition, pilots who spoke with and observed the first officer during her commute and on the ground at EWR reported that she was not showing any symptoms that were consistent with being sick. However, some of the accident pilots’ remarks suggest that the first officer was experiencing symptoms associated with congestion or the onset of a head cold. Also, the CVR recorded the first officer sniffling and sneezing multiple times during the flight.254 During the ground delay, the first officer stated, “I’m ready to be in the hotel room,” to which the captain replied, “I feel bad for you.” The first officer continued, “this is one of those times that if I felt like this when I was at home there’s no way I would have come all the way out here.” She also stated, “if I call in sick now I’ve got to put myself in a hotel until I feel better … we’ll see how … it feels flying. If the pressure’s just too much … I could always call in tomorrow at least I’m in a hotel on the company’s buck but we’ll see. I’m pretty tough.” During the descent, the pilots made some additional remarks regarding the first officer’s symptoms. For example, the first officer stated, “might be easier on my ears if we start going down sooner” Afterward, the captain asked the first officer about her ears, and she replied that they were stuffy and popping. Captains are responsible, as part of their initial crew briefing, for assessing the fitness for duty of other crewmembers and for removing crewmembers from flight status if necessary. The captain did not remove the first officer from flight status or question her remarks, so it is possible that he did not think that her symptoms would affect her performance during the flight.255 Postaccident toxicology testing on the first officer did not identify the presence of any prescription or over-the-counter medications. The NTSB attempted to determine whether the first officer’s symptoms would have affected her performance during the flight. The sneezing, sniffles, and ear congestion could have directly affected the first officer’s performance by interfering with communication. However, the mistakes made during the accident sequence cannot be attributed to her symptoms. It is also difficult to determine the extent of the first officer’s symptoms or their indirect effect on her performance. In addition, the NTSB was not able to determine whether the first officer’s symptoms contributed to her fatigued condition. Even with her comments about how she was feeling, the first officer did state that she was “pretty tough,” and she was conversational and
254 The first officer’s husband stated that she would get sniffles from the cold air but that these sniffles were not symptoms of a cold. 255 The CVR recorded the captain stating that the first officer could try an over-the-counter herbal supplement, drink orange juice, or take vitamin C.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 114 engaged throughout the flight. As a result, the NTSB concludes that the first officer’s illness symptoms did not likely affect her performance directly during the flight. The NTSB, however, is concerned about the first officer’s reluctance to use Colgan’s sick policy before the start of the trip. Company pilots were allowed to remove themselves from flight status, without penalty, if they were sick.256 If the illness began before the beginning of a duty period, then the pilots would be responsible for their own accommodations. (In the first officer’s case, she would have needed to pay for a hotel room until she felt well enough to return to duty.) This situation illustrates the need for all commuting pilots to have adequate accommodations, such as shared rooms or apartments, for obtaining rest (or recovering from the onset of an illness) while at their home base and for operators to develop or identify rest facilities for commuting pilots, as stated in Safety Recommendation A-10-16. 2.7 Captain’s Disapprovals and Training Problems The captain had received several disapprovals and had experienced training problems throughout his flying career.257 In October 1991, the captain was disapproved for his initial instrument airplane rating. The tasks disapproved were partial panel VOR approach, NDB approach, and holding. During training for the instrument rating, a pilot is introduced to the concept of attitude instrument flying (that is, the control of an aircraft’s spatial position using instruments inside the cockpit rather than visual references outside the airplane). Instrument training also teaches pilots to use a method known as cross-checking to continuously assess and interpret the performance, control, and navigation of aircraft instruments. This training establishes the foundation, skills, and habits a pilot uses for instrument flying. All pilots must pass a checkride before a certificate or rating can be issued. Checkride failures are not uncommon and are not necessarily an indication of incompetence.258 Because the captain’s initial instrument rating disapproval happened more than 17 years before the accident, when he had only 125 hours total flight time, this failure was not especially significant. He successfully completed the checkride 3.5 weeks later.
256 Colgan’s sick leave policy, which was adopted in June 2008, requested that pilots notify crew scheduling of a sick call 2 hours before a flight. The vice president of administration stated that, if that were not possible, pilots should not fly but cautioned that repeated events could be counted as a missed trip. Also, if pilots had not accumulated sick time, then they would lose pay for the flight if it would put them over the 75-hour monthly guarantee. (Section 1.17.5 discusses the sick leave earned by company pilots.) In addition, some commuting pilots had been using sick leave when they were bumped from a flight and could not get to work. No evidence indicated that this factor entered into the first officer’s decision-making, especially because the company had increased the number of times that a pilot could receive relief from disciplinary actions under the commuting policy. 257 Even though the first officer was disapproved for her initial flight instructor certificate, the areas that needed to be reexamined pertained to her instructional methods and abilities and not her flying skills. She passed the test and was issued her certificate 5 days later. 258 FAA statistics for 2008 showed that 10.3 percent of all tested applicants for an additional rating were disapproved, 28.5 percent of all tested applicants for an original commercial certificate were disapproved, and 9.4 percent of all tested applicants for an additional rating on a commercial certificate were disapproved. The 2008 overall failure rate for an original-issue FAA airline transport pilot certificate was 13.1 percent.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 115 In May 2002, the captain was disapproved for his initial commercial single-engine land certificate.259 The tasks disapproved were takeoffs, landings, go-arounds, and performance maneuvers. The performance maneuvers required skillful control of altitude, heading, bank angle, and airspeed. Failure to pass these tasks on a checkride could indicate poor control of the airplane. After additional training, the captain passed the checkride 5 weeks later. At that time, the captain had accumulated 296 hours total flight time. In March 2004, the captain was disapproved for his initial commercial multiengine land airplane certificate. The entire checkride needed to be repeated because the captain did not perform enough maneuvers properly to get credit for them on a subsequent checkride. He successfully completed the checkride on his next attempt 3 weeks later. The total number of flight hours that the captain had accrued at that time was not recorded,260 but his certificate application for the rating showed that he had received 7.1 hours of flight instruction before the test, which is minimal training for a multiengine certificate. The captain’s disapproval for a commercial multiengine land airplane certificate was his third successive failure to pass an initial attempt for an FAA certificate or rating, and it appeared that his performance was not improving as he gained experience. In its September 9, 2005, response to Safety Recommendation A-05-2 (see section 1.18.1.8), the FAA stated that multiple checkride failures showed no correlation with pilots’ accident and incident records. However, the captain’s established pattern of first-attempt failures might have indicated that he was slow to absorb information, develop skills, and gain mastery or that the training he received was not adequate. This pattern might also have indicated that the captain had difficulty performing required skills while under the stress conditions associated with a checkride. The captain attended Gulfstream Training Academy from August 2004 to April 2005 and completed initial training at GIA (which was directly associated with the academy) in December
- Details from his training records, however, revealed his continuing difficulties with
aircraft control. During two simulator periods, he was graded unsatisfactory in “approach to stall – landing configuration.” During a later simulator period, he demonstrated unacceptable altitude and airspeed control. During the final planned simulator session, the instructor noted basic attitude flying problems and repeated deviations. Because additional training was required, an extra simulator session occurred the next day. All maneuvers were graded satisfactory at that time. The simulator checkride occurred the same day as the additional training. The captain’s GIA training records clearly showed that his flying skills needed improvement, but he had apparently met the minimum standards required for completion of the training. Thus, he began flying the BE-1900D as a fully qualified first officer. However, the captain’s GIA training records should have raised concerns about his suitability for employment at a Part 121 air carrier.
259 Standards of execution are higher for a commercial pilot certificate than for a private pilot certificate. 260 FAA medical records showed the captain reported 300 hours total flight time (with no hours during the previous 6 months) on his medical certificate application dated January 16, 2004. He reported 325 flight hours (with 25 hours accrued during the previous 6 months) on his medical certificate application dated July 27, 2004.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 116 The captain applied to Colgan in August 2005 and was hired the next month. At that time, the captain had 618 total flight hours, 290 of which were accumulated while at GIA in a multiengine airplane. His total number of flight hours met the company’s internal policy requirements at the time, which were a minimum of 600 hours total time, including 100 hours of multiengine time.261 This minimum was typical for new hires at regional airlines at that time. The Colgan employment application asked the question, “have you ever failed any proficiency check, FAA check ride, IOE or line check?” The captain responded, “yes, FAA check ride for instrument rating. I missed the NDB approach, received additional instruction, then repeated the approach and passed.” He did not disclose the two other certificate disapprovals that he had received. At the public hearing for this accident, the company’s vice president of administration stated that, if the captain’s incomplete answer had previously been known, it would have resulted in his dismissal from the company.262 The captain’s initial proficiency check at Colgan, as a first officer on the Saab 340, occurred in October 2005. The captain was graded “train to proficiency” for normal and abnormal procedures. This grade indicated that the captain had completed the checkride but needed additional training on normal and abnormal procedures before he would be considered fully successful. Colgan could not provide any further details about this event. In October 2006, the captain received an unsatisfactory grade on his next flight check, which was his first recurrent proficiency check as a first officer in the Saab 340. The unsatisfactory tasks were rejected takeoffs, general judgment, landings from a circling approach, oral exam, and nonprecision approach. According to company records, the captain attended recurrent training and then completed requalification proficiency training the next month. However, no evidence showed that Colgan considered the captain’s performance (as a Saab 340 first officer) to be a concern, even with the problems he demonstrated during the initial and recurrent proficiency checks. The captain began upgrade training on the Saab 340 in October 2007 and attempted a checkride for an FAA airline transport pilot certificate and type rating later in the month, but he was initially disapproved. The check airman indicated that the captain’s airspeed was too slow on a second missed approach while attempting to complete a single-engine ILS approach. After another check airman provided further training for the captain, the original check airman conducted the recheck and approved the captain for the certificate and type rating 3 days later. Even though the captain had demonstrated problems with the three checkrides he had performed, Colgan was not proactively addressing his training and proficiency issues. For example, the company’s director of flight standards stated that he had not tracked the captain in terms of his performance. Also, the company’s chief pilot stated that he could not recall talking to anyone at the company about the captain’s training record. The chief pilot further stated that
261 On April 30, 2009, Colgan began requiring newly hired pilots to have a minimum of 1,000 hours total flight time and 100 hours in multiengine aircraft. 262 The company stated that its current employment policy does not consider pilots with more than one failed checkride.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 117 he was aware of the captain’s initial upgrade failure in the Saab 340 and that he told the captain that his next proficiency check needed to be “right on.” The captain had satisfactorily completed recurrent proficiency training in April 2008 and a line check in September 2008, indicating that his mastery of the Saab 340 was improving. The chief pilot approved the captain for Q400 transition training,263 which he began in October 2008. The captain had satisfactorily completed his line-oriented flight training, IOE, line check, and type rating.264 However, at the time of the accident, the captain had been flying the Q400 for just over 2 months and thus was still new to the airplane. Interviews with Colgan instructors revealed that, even though the captain had progressed significantly in terms of his confidence, crew management, and execution of procedures, some of his problems with aircraft control remained. For example, the Q400 simulator instructor stated that, during unusual attitude training, the captain was “very rough” on the controls and had somewhat overcontrolled the roll axis. The basic concept of attitude instrument flying involves making the proper adjustments to flight and power controls to control aircraft attitude. The NTSB concludes that the captain had not established a good foundation of attitude instrument flying skills early in his career and that his continued weaknesses in basic aircraft control and instrument flying were not identified and adequately addressed. 2.7.1 Remedial Training and Additional Oversight Because of his continued weaknesses in basic aircraft control and attitude instrument flying, the captain would have been a candidate for remedial training. However, at the time of the accident, the company did not have a formal program for pilots who demonstrated ongoing weaknesses. The company’s director of flight standards stated that pilots who were found to be unsatisfactory because of a failed checkride could retrain on the specific failure item and that no further followup would occur if the pilot were found to be satisfactory on the subsequent checkride. This director also stated that, for pilots with multiple unsatisfactory checkrides, he or the flight standards manager would coordinate with the director of crewmember and dispatcher training to assign additional training. (As stated in section 1.17.1.3, Colgan began a formal pilot monitoring program in August 2009.) Even though the captain had failed two checkrides since beginning work for Colgan (and was graded “train to proficiency” on another checkride), he had received retraining on the specific failure items and then subsequently passed the checkrides. As a result, no additional training or overall review of his skills as a pilot occurred.
263 The chief pilot stated that the captain’s record did not show anything significant that would have prevented him from successfully transitioning to the Q400. 264 The check airman who conducted the captain’s initial proficiency check on the Q400 indicated that he did well on the oral portion of the check and was “well above average” in the simulator. The check airman further stated that the captain completed his transition IOE without difficulty, except that he was somewhat slow in adapting to the flight management system.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report During its investigation of the Federal Express flight 647 accident, the NTSB found that the company had an oversight program that identified flight crewmembers with demonstrated performance deficiencies or training failures and provided them with additional oversight and training. The NTSB’s report on the accident (see section 1.18.1.7) concluded that such a proactive program would benefit flight safety at other Part 121 carriers. As a result, on May 31, 2005, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-05-14, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 air carrier operators to establish programs for flight crewmembers who have demonstrated performance deficiencies or experienced failures in the training environment that would require a review of their whole performance history at the company and administer additional oversight and training to ensure that performance deficiencies are addressed and corrected. On April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it had issued SAFO 06015, “Remedial Training for Part 121 Pilots,” on October 27, 2006. The purpose of the SAFO was to promote voluntary implementation of remedial training for pilots with persistent performance deficiencies. The SAFO recognized that many air carriers had voluntarily incorporated remedial training to supplement their approved training programs and that these remedial training programs were effective in addressing and correcting below-standard pilot performance. For air carriers without a voluntary remedial training program, the SAFO recommended implementing a process to identify pilots with persistent performance deficiencies and/or multiple failures during training and checking. The SAFO advised that this process should (1) review the entire performance history of any pilot in question, (2) provide additional remedial training as necessary, and (3) provide additional oversight by the air carrier to ensure that performance deficiencies were effectively addressed and corrected. On December 12, 2007, the NTSB stated that the FAA needed to survey all Part 121 operators to determine whether they had taken the action recommended in SAFO 06015. Safety Recommendation A-05-14 was classified “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response” pending completion of this survey and demonstration that all Part 121 carriers had programs to address pilot performance deficiencies or failures during training. On April 23, 2009, the FAA issued Notice 8900.71, which discussed verification of remedial training for Part 121 carriers. The purpose of the notice was to provide guidance to POIs about a required inspection to determine whether their Part 121 carriers were voluntarily complying with SAFO 06015. The notice also instructed the POIs to complete the inspection within 90 days of the date of the notice. During the public hearing for this accident, the POI for Colgan stated that he was not aware of SAFO 06015. By definition, SAFOs are advisory only, and the decision to implement a SAFO rests with an operator. The NTSB notes that SAFO guidance may be an acceptable alternate response to a safety recommendation if an FAA survey finds that all of the operators have implemented the recommended actions. However, during public hearing testimony, the FAA’s manager of air carrier training indicated that he did not know which carriers had complied with SAFO 06015. 118
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 119 On October 30, 2009, the FAA indicated that 29 of the 82 Part 121 carriers and 2 of the 24 Part 121/135 carriers had implemented the actions recommended in SAFO 06015. The total number of Part 121 carriers included 27 regional carriers, 6 of which had implemented the SAFO’s recommended actions. On December 10, 2009, the FAA Administrator stated, during his testimony before the U.S. Senate, that two-thirds of the air carriers without advanced qualification programs265 had systems in place to identify and manage low-time pilots and pilots with persistent performance problems. The administrator also stated that, for those carriers without such systems, additional FAA oversight of their training and qualification programs would be conducted. The FAA’s January 27, 2010, fact sheet regarding its “Call to Action” report stated that all air carriers (including the 14 carriers that had advanced qualification programs) had developed remedial training programs for pilots that were consistent with the guidance in SAFO 06015. The NTSB concludes that remedial training and additional oversight for pilots with training deficiencies and failures would help ensure that the pilots have mastered the necessary skills for safe flight. Because the NTSB has not determined the extent that air carrier remedial training programs address pilot performance deficiencies and failures during training, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-05-14. 2.7.2 Pilot Training Records During the investigation of this accident, the NTSB found discrepancies between the dates entered into Colgan’s electronic training record system and those in the FAA’s certificate records. Specifically, the company’s records showed that the captain had failed his initial upgrade proficiency check on the Saab 340 on October 3, 2007, received upgrade line-oriented flight training and upgrade simulator training on October 14, received additional simulator training on October 15, and passed his upgrade proficiency check on that same day. However, FAA certificate records showed that the captain failed his initial Saab 340 upgrade proficiency check on October 15 and passed the check on October 18. Because Colgan used an electronic record-keeping system to maintain training records for pilots, detailed paper training records were destroyed once the information was entered into the system.266 As a result, the NTSB was not able to reconstruct the actual sequence of events concerning the captain’s Saab 340 upgrade proficiency check. Colgan’s director of crewmember and dispatcher training stated that the discrepancy between the company’s and the FAA’s dates was the result of a clerical error. However, a discrepancy also existed within the company. Specifically, the check airman who conducted the captain’s two upgrade proficiency checks
265 An advanced qualification program is a voluntary alternative to the traditional regulatory requirements under Parts 121 and 135 for pilot training and checking. 266 The NTSB’s investigation of a May 2003 accident involving Colgan showed that the company was retaining detailed paper records at that time. (The accident involved a Colgan Saab 340B, N277MJ, and a Dassault DA-50, N664B, at LaGuardia Airport, Flushing, New York. The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the inadequate visual lookout and inadequate crew coordination of the Dassault DA-50 flight crew while taxiing, which resulted in a ground collision with the taxiing Saab 340B.) Additional information about this accident, NTSB case number NYC03LA114A, is available on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 120 stated that the second check was conducted the day after he failed the first check, but the company’s electronic records indicated that the second check was conducted 12 days after the failure. These discrepancies in the captain’s training records were notable because he had demonstrated previous training difficulties at the company and the events surrounding his upgrade proficiency check warranted further scrutiny. The company’s electronic training record system contained only a basic description of each training event, along with codes for specific items, including the type of airplane, crew position, and instructor name, and a brief statement of any maneuver that was performed unsatisfactorily. If a company manager wanted to reconstruct events from a pilot’s training, the manager would need to contact the instructor or check airman who conducted that training. However, interviews with instructors and check airmen who had trained the accident flight crew revealed that some of them could not remember specific details about training events, including the check airman who graded the captain as train to proficiency on his 2005 initial Saab 340 proficiency check and as unsatisfactory on his 2006 recurrent Saab 340 proficiency training. Thus, an air carrier cannot depend solely on the memory of instructors and check airman to identify trends in a pilot’s performance. Colgan’s Crewmember and Dispatcher Training Program Manual specified a grading legend to indicate a pilot’s performance on each training maneuver.267 The electronic training record system did not include these grades, even though this information could help company managers determine a pilot’s progress during training or events that needed repetitive training. Instructor comments at the time of the training are another source of valuable information regarding a pilot’s performance, but such comments were also not included in the company’s electronic training record system. During its investigation of the American Eagle flight 3379 accident, the NTSB was unable to locate instructor comments about the quality of the captain’s performance during activities that trained or assessed pilot skills and found that the air carrier’s management was unaware of critical aspects of the captain’s performance. As a result, on November 15, 1995, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-95-116, which asked the FAA to require all air carriers and their training facilities to maintain pertinent information on the quality of pilot performance. On April 17, 1998, the FAA stated that the inclusion of subjective evaluations by individual instructors, check airmen, or FAA inspectors in a pilot’s permanent record might make a training event a punitive experience rather than one in which a pilot could learn from mistakes. On January 3, 2000, the NTSB stated that the FAA had provided a convincing argument about the inappropriateness of subjective information in pilot records and the possibility that pilot training could be negatively affected and classified the recommendation “Closed—Reconsidered.” Detailed paper records of the captain’s performance at his previous airline, GIA, were obtained during the investigation. These records provided greater insight into the captain’s
267 Grading was done on a scale of one through four. Grades of one and two indicated that the pilot understood the maneuver and completed it successfully; a grade of one was given when no further training was necessary, and a grade of two was given if further training for retention was necessary. A grade of three indicated that the pilot understood the maneuver but did not complete it satisfactorily and that further training was necessary. A grade of four indicated that the pilot did not understand the maneuver or complete it satisfactorily and that further instruction and explanation was needed before further flight or simulator training.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report performance than the records maintained by Colgan. For example, remarks in the captain’s training record at GIA included “airspeed 10 knots below Vref,” “repeated deviation from altitude 200-300 feet,” and “constant deviations up to full scale on glide slope.” It is important to note that these remarks were not subjective evaluations (about which the FAA expressed concern in its response to Safety Recommendation A-95-116); rather, these remarks were criteria-based observations that provided an explanation for the captain’s unsatisfactory performance and his need for further training in attitude instrument flying. At the public hearing for this accident, the POI for Colgan stated that, although the company’s training records met regulatory requirements, he was concerned about the lack of detailed information in the system. The FAA’s manager of air carrier training stated that electronic record-keeping systems, such as the one used by Colgan, were approved individually for each air carrier by its POI and that his branch, which sets FAA policy on training, does not approve “software of that nature as a standalone item.” The FAA manager also indicated that the agency did not require training records to be verified or validated but stated that there should be a way to audit and amend records before they appeared in their final format. The NTSB notes that the use of electronic pilot training records is acceptable as long as the records contain detailed information from which a pilot’s performance during training and checking events can be fully determined. However, the NTSB concludes that Colgan Air’s electronic pilot training records did not contain sufficient detail for the company or its POI to properly analyze the captain’s trend of unsatisfactory performance. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to document and retain electronic and/or paper records of pilot training and checking events in sufficient detail so that the carrier and its POI can fully assess a pilot’s entire training performance. The NTSB also recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to include the training records requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-17 as part of the remedial training program requested in Safety Recommendation A-05-14. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to provide the training records requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-17 to hiring employers to fulfill their requirement under PRIA. In addition, the NTSB recommends that the FAA develop a process for verifying, validating, auditing, and amending pilot training records at Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the records. 2.7.3 Pilot Records Improvement Act Colgan’s vice president of administration stated that, as part of a pilot applicant’s background check, the company checked the paperwork required by PRIA (see section 1.18.2.1) but that many of the pilots hired by the company did not have previous experience with other airlines, so the information required under PRIA would not be available for them. However, as noted previously, the captain had failed, on three separate occasions, to pass an FAA checkride on his initial attempt. On his application for employment with Colgan, the captain acknowledged only one of the failures. PRIA requirements and FAA guidance (AC 120-68C, “Pilot Records Improvement Act of 1996,” dated January 28, 2004) in place at the time that the captain was 121
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report hired did not require operators to obtain notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings. On January 27, 2005, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-05-1 as a result of the accident involving Air Sunshine flight 527 in Treasure Cay, Great Abaco Island, Bahamas. Safety Recommendation A-05-1 asked the FAA to “require all Part 121 and 135 air carriers to obtain any notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings for all pilot applicants and evaluate this information before making a hiring decision.” On September 9, 2005, the FAA stated that requiring all Part 121 and 135 air carriers to obtain these notices would necessitate FAA rulemaking or a change to the PRIA statute. Instead, the FAA stated it would amend AC 120-68C to indicate that a letter of consent signed by a pilot applicant could be used to authorize the FAA to release records of notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings to an air carrier making such a request. On November 3, 2006, the NTSB stated that, because the AC information was not mandatory, the FAA needed to survey operators to determine how many were obtaining airman certification records for their pilot applicants from the FAA so that the effectiveness of the FAA’s planned action could be assessed. The NTSB classified this recommendation “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response” pending results from the survey and the revision of AC 120-68C. On November 7, 2007, the FAA issued AC 120-68D, which contained the following information in bold print: A request with a signed consent by the pilot/applicant may be used to authorize the FAA to release records of Notices of Disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings to an air carrier making such a request. Air carrier representatives involved in the pre-employment screening process may find this additional information helpful in evaluating the pilot/applicant. These requests, however, are not an integral part of the standard PRIA request process. At the public hearing for this accident, the FAA’s program manager for PRIA stated that air carriers have always had the ability to request records from the FAA beyond those required by PRIA as long as the carriers obtained a signed consent statement from the pilot applicant (as highlighted by the revised AC on PRIA). The program manager stated that he did not know how many air carriers had obtained additional FAA airman certification information for their pilot applicants, but he stated that only one or two air carriers had contacted him for such information. The FAA’s manager for air carrier certification also stated that he did not know how many operators were obtaining these data because the survey that the NTSB requested in its November 2006 letter has not been conducted. The NTSB continues to believe that airman certification information concerning previous notices of disapproval should be included in an air carrier’s assessment of the suitability of a pilot applicant. The NTSB also considers notices of disapproval to be safety-related records that must be included in an air carrier’s evaluation of a pilot’s career progression, along with the detailed training records requested in Safety Recommendations A-10-17 through -20. The revision to AC 120-68 is an interim solution for this safety issue; however, a more permanent action through rulemaking would ensure that air carriers would be required to obtain and 122
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report evaluate notices of disapprovals for pilot applicants. The NTSB concludes that notices of disapproval need to be considered along with other available information about pilot applicants so that air carriers can fully identify those pilots who have a history of unsatisfactory performance. Because of the FAA’s failure to demonstrate voluntary compliance with the advisory information in AC 120-68D, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-05-1 and reclassifies it “Open—Unacceptable Response.” In addition, although AC 120-68D had not been issued when the captain was a pilot applicant, Colgan could have still obtained a signed consent statement from him that would have allowed the company to obtain and review his three notices of disapproval. As previously stated, Colgan’s vice president of administration indicated that, if the company had known about the captain’s complete history of FAA checkride failures, then he would have been dismissed from the company. Also, Colgan did not obtain a signed consent statement from the first officer when she was a pilot applicant, even though she was hired after AC 120-68D had been issued. As a result, the NTSB concludes that Colgan Air did not use all available sources of information on the flight crew’s qualifications and previous performance to determine the crew’s suitability for work at the company. 2.8 Airspeed Selection Procedures Bombardier specified procedures for the use of the ref speeds switch in the Q400 AFM, which is an FAA-required document. The AFM’s procedures for use of the ref speeds switch were included in a section about ice protection features. As discussed in sections 1.17.2.2 and 2.2.2, the procedures indicated that the ref speeds switch was to be turned to the increase position before entering icing conditions or upon initial detection of icing and was to be turned to the off position when the airplane was aerodynamically clean (that is, all ice was removed from the visible leading edges of the wing and wing tips). For a flaps 15 landing with the ref speeds switch in the increase position, pilots needed to increase airspeeds by 20 knots. Q400 operators were responsible for developing their own procedures for the use of the ref speeds switch that were consistent with the AFM and approved by the FAA. Colgan’s procedures for the Q400 were summarized in its CFM, which provided the normal procedures and checklists for flight crews. However, the only direct or indirect references in the Q400 CFM regarding how and when to use the ref speeds switch were the following: • In the expanded portion of the after start checklist, which is accomplished before takeoff, a caution note stated, “Ensure the REF SPEEDS switch is set to OFF. If REF SPEEDS switch is set to INCR, the stick shaker may activate on takeoff.” • An item on the expanded portion of the climb checklist was “ice protection – as req’d,” with the remark, “make sure de-icing and anti-icing switches are set as required for the ambient conditions.” • An item on the cruise checklist was “24-hr ice protection test – as req’d.” (As previously indicated, the ref speeds switch was one of the items to be checked.) 123
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 124 During postaccident interviews, Colgan pilots indicated that they were familiar with the function and operation of the ref speeds switch. However, some company pilots expected to be able to turn off the switch before the approach and landing flight phases, as the airplane descended out of icing conditions. For example, one pilot stated that he had turned the ref speeds switch to the off position after descending out of icing conditions but had planned to “mentally” add 20 knots to the airspeed if ice had resumed on final approach. The captain of the BTV stick shaker event stated that she had briefed the landing speeds based on the expectation that the ref speeds switch would be turned to the off position before the beginning of the approach, but she had forgotten to turn the switch to off, and the first officer had not noticed the position of the switch. Even though the ref speeds switch is relatively uncommon among air carrier airplanes,268 it is still important for the switch to be properly matched to the airspeed bugs on those airplanes with the switch installed. In the Q400, airspeed bugs are set by pilots using a rotary knob on their outboard forward panel. Two bugs are available for landing, but the AFM does not require their use or specify how they should be set. The NTSB found that Q400 operators used different bug speeds for landing. One operator, which had operated the airplane for 10 years, instructed its pilots to set the two available bugs to Vref and Vref (ice) for every approach to prevent confusion or the need to reset bugs during an approach if conditions were to change. Another operator, whose director of flight operations was previously a Q400 certification test pilot, had its pilots set the landing bugs to Vref and Vga partly because landings accomplished with the higher (icing) reference speed were rare. This operator found that, even when operating during wintertime in a northern climate, most conditions at 1,000 feet agl were such that the landing could be conducted at normal reference speeds. Colgan chose to have its pilots set either Vref or Vref (ice) and Vga as the landing bugs. If Vref had been set and icing conditions were encountered, or if Vref (ice) had been set and the airplane was no longer in icing conditions, each pilot was expected to manually reset the airspeeds. Colgan’s guidance on setting landing bugs was contained in the CFM expanded approach checklist. The guidance indicated that pilots were to determine the landing weight and airspeeds and then set the solid blue bug to Vref or Vref (ice) and the open blue bug to Vga. Both flight crewmembers were to verify this action by responding “set.” This procedure did not mention cross-referencing the airspeed bug settings with the ref speeds switch position (which are independent of each other) and did not include information about the early stall warning that could result from setting normal Vref speeds with the ref speeds switch in the increase position. After the accident, Colgan issued two operations bulletins pertaining to the ref speeds switch and airspeed settings.269 The first bulletin, 09-001, included two warnings and two cautions under the heading, “ref speeds switch.” The warnings prohibited (1) moving the ref
268 The NTSB is not aware of any air carrier airplanes that have a ref speeds switch besides the Q400, which is operated by two other U.S air carriers in addition to Colgan. 269 The first bulletin was issued before the BTV event, and the second one was issued after the event.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 125 speeds switch to the increase position below 1,000 feet agl during takeoff and (2) changing the position of the ref speeds switch below 1,000 feet agl during landing. The cautions indicated that (1) if airspeed is within 20 knots of the low-speed cue, then the airspeed must be increased before the ref speeds switch is selected to the increase position, or a stall warning might occur, and (2) if Vref is used for landing, then the ref speeds switch must be selected to the off position, or a stall warning might occur at an airspeed higher than Vref. The bulletin also added a specific response to any ice protection system checklist item and required both flight crewmembers to respond, and it reiterated the proper icing terminology to use with the ACARS system (“icing” or “eice”)270 to ensure that the proper ice speeds were received (from AeroData) for Vref and Vga. The second bulletin, 09-003, added a specific line item to the approach checklist, “ref speeds switch – as req’d,” with both crewmembers responding. It also provided guidance to flight crews, including a requirement to decide on the position of the switch before the initial approach phase, a prohibition against changing the switch position below 1,000 feet agl, a requirement to use only Vref (ice) and Vga (ice) with the ref speeds switch set to the increase position, and a statement that the speed bugs could be reset to Vref and Vga if the ref speeds switch was turned to the off position above 1,000 feet agl. A reference to the switch was added to the takeoff profile, and the approach profiles were changed to require a minimum airspeed of 180 knots before lowering the landing gear. Colgan’s flight crew training on the use of the ref speeds switch was incorporated into its ground school curriculum. An examination of the company’s slides used during Q400 initial training showed that the function of the ref speeds switch was described in the module on the ice and rain protection system. However, the actual use of the ref speeds switch was not included in the modules on AeroData, ACARS, line-oriented flight training, situational awareness and safety, or winter operations.271 Colgan’s training manual, which contained the syllabus for Q400 upgrade and transition training, did not specifically mention the ref speeds switch in ground school subject matter sections, including the one on ice and rain protection. Also, the simulator training modules described in the manual made no direct reference to the use of the ref speeds switch. Thus, it is unlikely that crews were appropriately trained on the use the ref speeds switch, especially during simulator training, when it is important for pilots to demonstrate an understanding of the need to match the approach speed bug settings to the position of the ref speed switch. The NTSB acknowledges Colgan’s efforts after the accident to educate its flight crews, through CFM operations bulletins, about the relationship between the ref speeds switch and airspeed bug settings. However, training in this area would further emphasize this relationship. The NTSB concludes that Colgan Air’s procedures and training at the time of the accident did not specifically require flight crews to cross-check the approach speed bug settings in relation to
270 Before the accident, the CFM showed these terms, which could be used in the optional remarks field of the landing condition screen, but the manual did not elaborate on the effect that the entries would have on the airspeed and landing distances received. Also, the CFM did not mention the need to cross-reference the position of the ref speeds switch when requesting landing performance data using either of the terms. 271 Colgan’s ground school training included slides on ACARS and winter operations. However, specific information about entering icing terminology into ACARS and the relationship of these entries to the stall warning and the ref speeds switch were not discussed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 126 the ref speeds switch position; such awareness is important because a mismatch between the bugs and the switch could lead to an early stall warning. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA direct Part 121, 135, and 91K operators of airplanes equipped with a ref speeds switch or similar device to (1) develop procedures to establish that, during approach and landing, airspeed reference bugs are always matched to the position of the switch and (2) implement specific training to ensure that pilots demonstrate proficiency in this area. 2.9 Stall Training During training for private and commercial certificates, pilots perform recoveries from fully developed stalls. Even though these stall recoveries are typically accomplished in small trainer-type airplanes, the sensations and lessons from this training usually remain with a pilot. However, as pilots transition to larger, autopilot-equipped, transport-category airplanes, they rarely, if ever, receive reinforcement of how actual stalls feel and how they are to be handled because air carrier training does not require pilots to practice recoveries from fully developed stalls. The airline transport pilot practical test standards provide explicit guidance regarding how airline pilots should enter, induce, and recover from an impending stall (known as an approach to stall) but not a full aerodynamic stall. The approach-to-stall maneuvers require strict adherence to precise airspeed, altitude, and heading control and continuous smooth positive control. Colgan’s training manual referenced the practical test standards in its procedures for stall training, and training records indicated that the accident pilots had met these standards during their Q400 training.272 The practical test standards currently require pilots to recover from an approach to stall with minimal altitude loss. This recovery procedure can be effective as long as an airplane is not fully stalled. However, altitude loss standards are not an appropriate method for determining if a pilot can recognize and properly respond to a fully developed stall. Once a stall has occurred, an airplane cannot be recovered until the wing’s AOA is reduced, which will necessitate a loss of altitude. At stall AOAs, drag is high, and the thrust available may not be sufficient to overcome the drag. The nose of the airplane must be pitched down using the elevators. The amount of altitude loss during the recovery depends on several variables, including how slow the airplane is flying and how quickly the airplane is pitched down. Section 2.6.3.1 of the Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid states, “to recover from a stall, angle of attack must be reduced below the stalling angle—apply nose down pitch control and maintain it until stall recovery.” Current air carrier training emphasizes the need to maintain altitude through the use of power during a stall recovery, and most turbine-powered aircraft can be flown nearly to a stall and recovered primarily with the application of full power (and pitch control inputs as required
272 The captain’s stall training at GIA was consistent with the training that he received at Colgan. The BE-1900 AFM contained a warning to avoid the pitch excursions that can happen as power is increased during an approach- to-stall recovery. The stall profiles for the clean, takeoff, and landing configurations included the following comment: “With stall warning indication the aircraft will have approximately 10° nose up pitch. During recovery DO NOT lower or allow the nose to fall. Allow the aircraft to fly out of the stall.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 127 to counter any power-induced pitch changes). Colgan Q400 pilots indicated that, with approach- to-stall recoveries, the application of full power would typically require some nose-down pressure on the control column but that little change in pitch was required. The pilots stated that they were trained to use a balance of forward and aft column pressure to obtain the desired pitch during a recovery (rather than use a pronounced push forward) so that the airplane could regain a flying AOA and airspeed.273 Even though air carrier pilots are trained to use power to maintain altitude during approach-to-stall recoveries, positive nose-down control force is the necessary first step that a pilot must take once an actual aerodynamic stall has occurred. Because the application of power by itself will not recover a stalled airplane, approach-to-stall training may negatively affect a pilot’s actions if a full stall were to develop. Although the accident captain responded as trained when he applied power in an apparent attempt to maintain altitude, he did not apply full power (the engine power levers were advanced to about 70°, but the rating detent was 80°), and he responded inappropriately to the stall warning by applying back pressure on the control column. The NTSB identified three possible reasons related to Colgan’s Q400 approach-to-stall simulator training to explain why he was apparently startled and confused by the stall warning. First, Colgan’s simulator training did not include the use of the ref speeds switch set to the increase position. Thus, the training had not prepared the flight crew to recognize the early activation of the stick shaker as a result of the ref speeds switch being set to the increase position. Second, the simulator training was performed as a preplanned proficiency maneuver (the approach-to-stall maneuvers to be performed are well known by pilots in advance of their training) rather than as a maneuver with an element of surprise. However, a fully developed stall is an unplanned, emergency situation in which the airplane’s nose must be pushed down to reduce the AOA. Third, the simulator training was hand flown by pilots. During the accident flight, the autopilot had been engaged until the onset of the stick shaker, at which time the autopilot disconnected automatically. Although autopilot disconnect needs to occur for a stall recovery maneuver to be accomplished, the captain (and the first officer) had not been trained to experience the sudden transition from automated to manual flight with an active stall warning. The NTSB has investigated other accidents in which pilots applied inappropriate nose-up pitch control inputs during an attempted stall recovery. For example, on October 14, 2004, Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701, a Bombardier CRJ-200, was on a repositioning flight when the airplane stalled at 41,000 feet. FDR data showed that the flight crew moved the control column aft after the first stick shaker activation and moved the column aft with increasing magnitude after three subsequent activations of the stick pusher.274
273 During Q400 simulator observations, the NTSB found that initial nose-up pitch attitudes of 7° to 10° were needed to recover from approaches to stalls with a minimal altitude loss compared with the greater nose-down pitch attitudes that are typically needed for stall recoveries in small trainer-type aircraft with the minimal loss of altitude appropriate for the airplane. 274 FDR data showed that the stick shaker activated five times and that the stick pusher activated four times.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 128 Also, on December 22, 1996, an Airborne Express DC-8-63 was on a postmodification functional evaluation flight when it crashed in Narrows, Virginia.275 The flight crew failed to apply positive nose-down control inputs in response to a stall at 14,000 feet. (The stall protection system was inoperative during the flight.) After the airplane stalled, the crew applied power to recover but did not establish nose-down control inputs. Another such accident involved West Caribbean Airways flight 708, an MD-82, near Machiques, Venezuela, on August 16, 2005. FDR data showed that the horizontal stabilizer reached its full nose-up position as the airplane descended from 31,000 feet. The CVR recorded the aural warning “stall, stall” and the continuous sound of the stick shaker for 1 minute 46 seconds before impact.276 The NTSB has continued to advocate for flight crew training in the post-stall flight regime because of multiple accidents in which flight crews did not apply appropriate recovery procedures. For example, in a letter dated May 7, 2009, the NTSB commented on an NPRM titled, “Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers,” which proposed to amend the regulations for training programs for flight and cabin crewmembers and dispatchers. The NTSB indicated that stall recovery training should go beyond approaches to stall to include recoveries from a full stall condition and that available flight data from flight tests, accidents, and incidents should be used to model stall behavior to facilitate training beyond the initial stall warning. If the approach-to-stall training that the flight crew received had been properly applied, then the crew should have recovered the airplane from the stall warning and the pitch excursion. However, the NTSB concludes that the current air carrier approach-to-stall training did not fully prepare the flight crew for an unexpected stall in the Q400 and did not address the actions that are needed to recover from a fully developed stall. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K operators and Part 142 training centers to develop and conduct training that incorporates stalls that are fully developed; are unexpected; involve autopilot disengagement; and include airplane-specific features, such as a ref speeds switch. 2.9.1 Stick Pusher Training The NTSB has investigated prior accidents in which pilots have responded incorrectly to the stick pusher. As previously indicated, the NTSB found that the flight crew of Pinnacle Airlines flight 3701 had responded to the stick pusher activations by pulling back on the control column, which caused the airplane to enter an aerodynamic stall. As a result, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-4, which asked the FAA to do the following: 277
275 During the flight, a stall series was being performed to verify that the airspeeds at which the airplane experienced stick shaker activation and stall indication were in accordance with precalculated values for the airplane. 276 The investigation of this accident is being conducted by the Comite de Investigación de Accidentes Aéreos of Venezuela. 277 The NTSB notes that it issued a related safety recommendation, A-94-173, to the FAA after the United Express flight 6291 accident. This recommendation is discussed in section 1.18.1.6.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 129 Convene a multidisciplinary panel of operational, training, and human factors specialists to study and submit a report on methods to improve flight crew familiarity with and response to stick pusher systems, and, if warranted, establish training requirements for stick pusher-equipped airplanes based on the findings of this panel. On April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it planned to ask the working group that developed the Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid to reconvene and develop materials for this issue. On January 22, 2008, the NTSB classified this recommendation “Open—Acceptable Response.” In November 2008, the revised Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid was published. However, the revised guidance does not explicitly address the need for, or methods to accomplish, stick pusher familiarization training. The NTSB is concerned that classroom training of this important system is incomplete because the training does not familiarize pilots with the forces associated with stick pusher activation or provide them with experience in learning the magnitude of the airplane’s pitch response. In addition, the FAA has not taken any other actions to meet the intent of Safety Recommendation A-07-4. During the public hearing for this accident, a Bombardier test pilot stated that company pilots receive a stick pusher demonstration during training because pilots need to see and experience the tactile feel associated with the pusher’s operation. Also, a NASA research scientist remarked that such training would help make the stick pusher’s operation “somewhat less astonishing” if the pusher were to activate during flight, which could help in a situation similar to the one faced by the accident flight crew. The NTSB recognizes, however, that pusher familiarization training needs to be done correctly and provided in a context that does not lead to negative training. When he flew the Saab 340, the captain received exposure to the stick pusher during ground checks before the first flight of the day,278 and, as indicated in section 2.2.3, he might have received simulator training on the pusher. However, stick pusher training was not consistently provided to Colgan’s Q400 pilots, and a check airman stated that about 75 percent of pilots who were shown the pusher in the simulator would try to recover by overriding the pusher. After the accident, the company implemented stick pusher familiarization training for its fleets. The NTSB concludes that the circumstances of this and other accidents in which pilots have responded incorrectly to the stick pusher demonstrate the continuing need to train pilots on the actions of the stick pusher during flight and the airplane’s initial response to the pusher. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all Part 121, 135, and 91K operators of stick pusher-equipped aircraft to provide their pilots with pusher familiarization simulator training. In addition, because the Airplane Upset Recovery Training Aid published in 2008 did not address the intent of Safety Recommendation A-07-4 and no other FAA action has met the
278 First-flight-of-the-day checks are not substitutes for stick pusher familiarization training in a simulator. In addition, there may be negative transfer during these checks because of a tendency for pilots to hold some pressure against the pusher.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 130 recommendation’s intent, Safety Recommendation A-07-4 is reclassified “Closed— Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” 2.9.2 Simulator Fidelity Flight training simulators contain computer-coded aerodynamic, engine, flight control, and other models to calculate the forces and moments on the airplane, which are then used to simulate the airplane’s motion. The FAA’s acceptance of flight training simulator devices had been guided by AC 120-40B, “Airplane Simulator Qualification,” until May 30, 2008, when 14 CFR Part 60 became effective. Part 60 governs the initial and continuing qualification and use of flight simulation training devices and outlines the maneuvers and the tolerances to be used when comparing simulators and flight test time history data. According to Part 60, approval of full flight simulators (levels A through D) depends on passing a series of objective tests that compare the response of the simulator with the response of an airplane during a flight test. Part 60 applies more rigorous standards for all flight simulators than those described in AC 120-40B. For example, the regulation requires that full flight simulator stall characteristics be tested “for full stall and initiation of recovery.” One of the simulator tests, “Stall Characteristics,” states the following requirement, which must be met during the second segment climb, approach, or landing configuration: Time histories data must be recorded for full stall and initiation of recovery. The stall warning signal must occur in the proper relation to buffet/stall … FFSs [full flight simulators] of airplanes exhibiting a sudden pitch attitude change or ‘g break’ must demonstrate this characteristic. The NTSB notes that the stall fidelity testing required under Part 60 is a significant improvement compared with the testing under AC 120-40B, which required only that the stall warning signal occur in the proper relation to stall. However, the NTSB also notes that Part 60 contains no bank tolerance requirement for speeds below stick shaker, no pitch tolerance requirement for any speed, and no requirements to address power-on or turning flight stalls.279 In addition, because Part 60 applies only to simulators qualified after May 30, 2008, most training simulators currently in operation may not meet the regulation’s requirements. Flight crew training on full stalls and recoveries had not previously been included in simulator training partly because of industry concerns about the lack of simulator aerodynamic model fidelity in the post-stall flight regime. However, the NTSB believes that advances in technology can allow post-stall aircraft behavior to be modeled in simulators. In the late 1990s, a government/industry commercial aviation safety team found that loss of control was among the top three causes of all worldwide fatal commercial aircraft accidents and was the second highest cause of passenger fatalities between 1988 and 1997. In its final
279 The Part 60 requirements for stall characteristics are based on idle power, wings-level stalls at deceleration entry rates of 1 knot or less per second.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 131 report, the team identified several intervention strategies to reduce loss-of-control accidents,280 including the following: To mandate stall recognition and recovery training, regulators must modify the appropriate regulations. Airlines/operators should develop and implement a ground school and simulator training program to train pilots to handle post stall recovery as part of advanced maneuver training. Regulators should mandate the implementation of a ground school and simulator training program to train pilots to handle post stall recovery as part of advanced maneuver training. The team’s final report also noted, “several of the interventions address the need for upset recovery, stall and post-stall recovery training. To accomplish this training, improved aerodynamic modeling near the limits of the flight envelope (high angles of attack and/or sideslip)[ ] 281 is necessary for appropriate simulator fidelity.” In response to this work, NASA, along with Boeing, conducted a study beginning in the late 1990s to increase simulator model fidelity beyond the data envelope that existed at the time. This study used rotary balance and conventional wind tunnels to develop an aerodynamic model for the higher AOA and sideslip ranges that are required to simulate stall upsets in large transport-category airplanes. This enhanced upset recovery aerodynamic model was validated using certification flight test maneuver data, including stalls, and accident data. NASA and Boeing reported that simulations involving the enhanced upset recovery aerodynamic model were able to reasonably reproduce the results of stall flight tests, unlike the baseline simulation used in flight training at the time. According to a 2005 paper that summarized findings from the NASA and Boeing study, this research demonstrated that simulation fidelity could be significantly improved and that the useful data envelope for upset training could be expanded. The paper concluded, “results from NASA/Boeing research conducted to date have led to a recommendation to re-examine the potential uses of simulators that are specifically designed for upset training. This research has demonstrated that simulation fidelity can be significantly improved such that the useful envelope for upset training may be expanded.”282 Similarly, a 2009 paper on aerodynamic modeling for upset training concluded the following:
280 Joint Safety Analysis Team, Loss of Control, Commercial Aviation Safety Team Approved Final Report, December 15, 2000. 281 Sideslip is the lateral angle between the longitudinal axis of the airplane and the direction of motion (flightpath or relative wind). Sideslip is normally produced by rudder forces, yawing motion resulting from asymmetrical thrust, or lateral gusts. 282 J.V. Foster, K. Cunningham, et al., “Dynamics Modeling and Simulation of Large Transport Airplanes in Upset Conditions,” American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Report No. AIAA-2005-5933, 2005.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 132 Much work has been performed in the modeling and simulation of flight dynamics in ‘extreme’ conditions. Through this work, a process has been established that yields [a] model that [has] very good predictive capability and subsequent correlation with flight test data. Although most of the work in this area has focused on highly maneuverable military aircraft, the concepts for data collection and reduction are well suited for use in the civil arena, as was proven during two effort[s] sponsored by NASA in the past decade.283 In June 2009, the Royal Aeronautical Society284 hosted a flight simulation conference, titled “Flight Simulation: Towards the Edge of the Envelope.” Participants at the conference discussed the need for upset recovery training, training strategies, the role of motion cues in upset recovery training,285 and aerodynamic modeling for upset recovery training. The aerodynamic modeling presentations indicated that extended envelope modeling (higher AOA and sideslip data ranges) was now possible for civil aircraft simulators and pointed out that military aircraft simulators already included such modeling.286 Also, a paper presented at the flight simulator conference indicated that Boeing was testing a higher-data-range simulator that incorporated lessons learned from the NASA and Boeing study.287 According to the paper, several pilots who were tested in this higher-data-range simulator were typically able to complete upset training maneuvers without exceeding the simulator’s validated flight envelope. Boeing’s testing, however, did not evaluate pilot performance in upset recoveries with fully developed stall scenarios. The NTSB notes that among the contributing causes to the Airborne Express/Narrows accident (previously discussed in section 2.9) was the company’s DC-8 flight training simulator’s inadequate fidelity in reproducing the airplane’s stall characteristics. Specifically, the stalls practiced by the flight crew in the training simulator resulted in a high sink rate at a nose- high attitude without the large roll excursions and uncommanded pitch-down experienced by the accident airplane. As a result, on July 29, 1997, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-97-47, which asked the FAA to do the following: Evaluate the data available in the stall characteristics of airplanes used in air carrier service and, if appropriate, require the manufacturers and operators of flight simulators used in air carrier pilot training to improve the fidelity of these
283 D.R. Gingras and J.N. Ralston, “Aerodynamic Modeling for Training on the Edge,” Proceedings of the Spring 2009 Flight Simulation Conference, Royal Aeronautical Society, 2009. 284 According to its website, the Royal Aeronautical Society, headquartered in London, England, is a multidisciplinary professional institution dedicated to the global aerospace community. 285 Higher-level flight simulators consist of a simulated cab on a motion platform to provide pilots with onset motion cues. Such cues provide a vestibular/kinetic sense of the aircraft’s motion, which is coupled with the motion of the visual scene. 286 As a result of the conference, the Royal Aeronautical Society chartered an international committee for aviation training in extended flight envelopes. The committee’s goals are to define best practices for upset recovery, training scenarios for these best upset recovery practices, and methods to validate simulator responses in training these scenarios. 287 David C. Carbaugh, Robert A. Curnutt, et al., “Simulator Upset Recovery Training,” Proceedings of the Spring 2009 Flight Simulation Conference, Royal Aeronautical Society, 2009.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 133 simulators in reproducing the stall characteristics of the airplanes they represent to the maximum extent that is practical; then add training in recovery from stalls with pitch attitudes at or below the horizon to the special events training programs of air carriers. On June 9, 1999, the FAA stated that an aircraft in an aerodynamic stall might handle and perform differently than the programming in the simulator might indicate for an identical circumstance and that the acquisition of data in this flight condition would have questionable accuracy and would be costly and dangerous to acquire. On November 19, 1999, the NTSB stated that the ability of simulators to replicate an airplane’s actions in some stall and stall recovery regimes could be improved and that the FAA’s lack of action to improve simulator fidelity in reproducing stall characteristics was disappointing. As a result, Safety Recommendation A-97-47 was classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” As previously discussed, advances in post-stall modeling have occurred since the FAA’s June 1999 response to Safety Recommendation A-97-47. However, during this and other accidents (including the Airborne Express/Narrows and the West Caribbean Airways flight 708 accidents), the pilots did not apply appropriate recovery controls after the airplane entered a sustained stall,288 and the AOA might have exceeded the AOA validated for the full stall and initiation of recovery required by Part 60. In addition, statistics from the government/industry commercial aviation safety team for 1999 through 2008 showed that loss of control had become the leading cause of all worldwide fatal commercial aircraft accidents and the leading cause of passenger fatalities. Operators should be aware of the possibility of negative effects when conducting stall training in flight regimes that exceed the validated flight envelope. If the full stall training requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-22 would be accomplished in a simulator, then it is essential that the simulator be approved for this training beyond the fully developed stall AOA. Simulator improvements to the high AOA flight characteristics will reduce the likelihood of negative training. The NTSB concludes that pilots could have a better understanding of an airplane’s flight characteristics during the post-stall flight regime if realistic, fully developed stall models were incorporated into simulators that are approved for such training. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA define and codify minimum simulator model fidelity requirements to support an expanded set of stall recovery training requirements, including recovery from stalls that are fully developed. These simulator fidelity requirements should address areas such as required AOA and sideslip angle ranges, motion cueing, proof-of-match with post-stall flight test data, and warnings to indicate when the simulator flight envelope has been exceeded.
288 During a sustained stall, the airplane can reach AOAs beyond those that occur when an appropriate and a timely stall recovery technique is used. The flight characteristics of such sustained stalls are different from those of an unstalled airplane. Timely recognition of sustained stall characteristics could represent the last chance for a pilot to lower the AOA and recover the airplane.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.9.3 Tailplane Stall Training The accident flight crew had seen a NASA-produced video, titled “Icing for Regional and Corporate Pilots,” during winter operations training in initial, transition, and recurrent ground school. The video was intended to enhance a pilot’s ability to assess hazardous icing conditions and understanding of icing effects on an airplane. The video also discussed tailplane stalls and wing stalls as a result of icing conditions. In addition, the video stated that pilots needed to properly diagnose icing problems (while maintaining airspeed awareness) because the differences between a wing and a tailplane stall were subtle but the recovery techniques were different. As previously indicated in section 2.2.3.1, the video indicated that tailplane stalls were most likely to occur with ice accumulation on the horizontal stabilizer and that symptoms of tailplane stalls included lightening of the controls, pitch excursions, difficulty in pitch trim, buffeting of the controls, and sudden nose-down pitching. The tailplane stall recovery procedure discussed in the video required pilots to pull back on the control column; reduce flap setting; and, for some aircraft, reduce power. However, the tailplane stall recovery procedure presented in the video was the opposite of the recovery procedure for a conventional wing stall, which requires lowering the nose and adding power. Postaccident interviews with Colgan pilots about tailplane stalls produced varying responses. One captain stated that the video about tailplane icing made a big impression on him, and another captain stated that the video got his attention. Some pilots indicated that they would apply the tailplane stall procedure if they had clearly identified the symptoms of a tailplane stall, whereas other pilots stated that it would be difficult to determine if the airplane was in a conventional wing stall or a tailplane stall. Some pilots thought that the Q400 might be susceptible to a tailplane stall, some pilots were not sure about the airplane’s susceptibility, and one pilot (a check airman) stated that the possibility of a tailplane stall in the Q400 had “never crossed [his] mind.” Colgan’s manuals and training materials (except for the NASA icing video) made no reference to tailplane stalls or tailplane stall recovery techniques. Further, the company’s director of flight standards indicated that the company did not teach pilots tailplane stall recovery techniques, and no procedures for tailplane stalls were included in the company’s CFM or the Q400 AFM. During the public hearing for this accident, officials from Bombardier testified that the Q400 was not susceptible to tailplane stalls. For example, the Bombardier principal engineering test pilot for the DHC-8 series stated that, during Q400 testing, the airplane showed no tailplane stall tendencies, and a Bombardier engineering manager stated that the company did not have a tailplane stall recovery procedure because the airplane was demonstrated to be free from tailplane stalls under all conditions. The engineering manager also stated that he was not aware of any formal document to Q400 operators indicating that the airplane was not susceptible to tailplane stalls. Also during public hearing testimony, the FAA’s manager of air carrier training stated his belief that no airplanes currently being operated by Part 121 air carriers were susceptible to 134
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 135 tailplane stalls. He recalled that the early versions of two airplanes, the Saab 340 and the Jetstream J31, had tailplane stall tendencies but stated that these tendencies were corrected by airworthiness directives and manufacturing changes. The FAA manager further indicated that training programs should not lead to negative training or possible miscues regarding how flight crews are to handle a full wing stall. As stated in section 2.2.3.1, it is unlikely that the captain was deliberately attempting to perform a tailplane stall recovery in response to the stick shaker activation. Nevertheless, the NTSB concludes that the inclusion of the NASA icing video in Colgan Air’s winter operations training may lead pilots to assume that a tailplane stall might be possible in the Q400, resulting in negative training. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA identify which airplanes operated under Part 121, 135, and 91K are susceptible to tailplane stalls and then (1) require operators of those airplanes to provide an appropriate airplane-specific tailplane stall recovery procedure in their training manuals and company procedures and (2) direct operators of those airplanes that are not susceptible to tailplane stalls to ensure that training and company guidance for the airplanes explicitly states this lack of susceptibility and contains no references to tailplane stall recovery procedures. 2.10 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight Oversight of the Colgan certificate and the Q400 program were provided by a POI and a Q400 APM. The POI was based at the Washington FSDO, which was near the company’s headquarters at the time of the accident, and the Q400 APM was based at the Teterboro FSDO, which was near the EWR base. The investigation of this accident found that FAA records of oversight activities at Colgan showed no deficiencies related directly to the circumstances of the accident. The investigation also found that, between February 2007 and February 2008, Colgan underwent a period of substantial growth. During this time, the Q400 was introduced into the company’s operations, a relatively large number of pilots (“a couple of hundred,” according to the company’s vice president of administration) was hired, and a new Q400 base of operations was established at EWR.289 In addition, Colgan had to outsource Q400 flight crew training (with FlightSafety International in Toronto) until the company could become fully qualified to conduct its own Q400 flight crew training (which occurred in July 2008). FAA Order 8900.1, “Flight Standards Information Management System,” notes that POIs must determine when surveillance retargeting is required based on, among other things, significant changes in an air carrier’s operating environment, including changes in the scope and scale of operations (that is, growth or downsizing).290 The order indicated that such changes could affect a carrier’s ability to balance its resources, size, and organizational structure with
289 The 15 Q400 airplanes that Colgan purchased and the pilots hired to fly the airplanes represented about a 30-percent increase in the size of the company. 290 FAA Order 8900.1 also states that surveillance retargeting is required for other triggering events, such as accidents or incidents.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 136 operational requirements. The investigation of this accident did not find any evidence that surveillance retargeting had occurred. For example, no evidence showed that the size of the certificate management team changed despite the significant growth that Colgan was experiencing. The POI stated, during a postaccident interview, that the only other aviation safety inspector on his staff (besides the Q400 APM) was an APM for the Saab 340. Also, neither the POI nor the previous Q400 APM (who was in the position from March 2007 to February 2008) was qualified on the Q400 at the time that it was initially incorporated into Colgan’s fleet. The POI received his Q400 training in October and November 2007, which was the same time that Colgan line pilots were being initially trained on the airplane. Also, he and the previous APM were responsible for overseeing proving flights291 for the Q400, even though they were not completely familiar with the airplane. The current Q400 APM was assigned to the certificate in March 2008, after Q400 revenue service had begun, and received his Q400 training in May 2008. Although both FAA aviation safety inspectors were experienced pilots,292 they were responsible for overseeing the newly introduced service of an airplane for which they were not previously qualified and had not flown except during simulator training. As a result, the inspectors had to continue to become familiar with the airplane while they were conducting their day-to-day management of the certificate. In December 2009, Colgan moved its headquarters from the Washington, D.C., area to Memphis, but the Colgan certificate remained with the Washington FSDO. Thus, the POI is providing oversight of operations at Colgan headquarters and the company’s training center (also located in Memphis) from a remote location. However, during its investigation of the December 2007 Air Wisconsin Airlines flight 3758 accident in Providence, Rhode Island, the NTSB found that providing remote oversight was difficult for the company’s POI, assistant POI, and APM, who were not located near the company’s primary training center and crew bases.293 FAA Order 8900.1 also states that rapid expansion or growth of an air carrier could affect its training programs. In October 2007, during Colgan’s rapid growth period, the captain was disapproved for a Saab 340 airline transport pilot certificate and type rating on his initial attempt to upgrade to captain. (He received the airline transport pilot certificate and type rating later that month on a subsequent attempt.) This disapproval was the captain’s second failed checkride since beginning work for Colgan; he had also been previously graded “train to proficiency” during another checkride. Because of his continued weaknesses in basic aircraft control and attitude instrument flying, the captain was a candidate for remedial training. However, the POI did not recommend that the company provide remedial or another type of supplemental training to the captain or other pilots with persistent training deficiencies, even though SAFO 06015,
291 Before revenue service can be operated, proving flights have to be conducted as part of compliance with a new aircraft process document, which directs the activities and provides guidance for aviation safety inspectors during the addition of a new aircraft make and model to an air carrier’s operations. 292 During postaccident interviews, the POI stated that he was type rated on the Bombardier CRJ-200, the Jetstream 31, and an early model DHC-8, and the APM stated that he was type rated on the DHC-8 and a variant of the Dassault Falcon. Both the POI and APM had accumulated more than 8,000 hours total flight time. 293 The inspectors were located in Chicago, Illinois; the company’s primary training center was located in Charlotte, North Carolina; and the crew bases were in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Washington, D.C., and Norfolk.) Additional information about this accident, NTSB case number DCA08FA018, is available on the NTSB’s website.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 137 issued in 2006, recommended the implementation of such training. (During the public hearing for this accident, the POI for Colgan stated that he was not aware of the SAFO.) Even though Colgan’s training and checking programs were approved by the FAA, the FAA aviation safety inspectors could only conduct a small number of the training and checking events at the airline because of their other responsibilities. As a result, the inspectors had to rely on company aircrew program designees (under the aircrew designated examiner program) for airline transport pilot certifications and type ratings and check airmen for proficiency and line checks. The POI was responsible for operations within the aircrew designated examiner program, and the Q400 APM supported the POI by providing surveillance of program activities associated with that specific airplane type. The APM was also responsible for recommending candidate aircrew program designees to the POI, who made the selections, and for qualifying each designee in the conduct of airman certification. In addition, the APM was responsible for overseeing check airmen and ensuring that they maintained high standards when conducting proficiency and line checks. FAA Order 8900.1 further states, “air carrier expansion or growth can also raise potential safety and quality concerns, and influence the likelihood of noncompliance with existing processes and controls.” Because of the 15 new Q400 airplanes in its inventory, Colgan needed to upgrade pilots to Q400 captains and train newly hired (and low-time) pilots as Q400 first officers. This situation warranted additional FAA oversight of Colgan’s check airmen and aircrew program designees to ensure that training and checking standards were not affected by pressures to qualify these pilots. The NTSB notes that this focused oversight was also needed because of the lack of detail in Colgan’s electronic pilot training records and the lack of previous Part 121 experience of some company Q400 check airmen and aircrew program designees.294 Available Q400-qualified aviation safety inspectors from all FAA regions and from Part 142 training centers could have augmented the certificate’s inspectors and provided quality assurance over Colgan’s aircrew program designees. In addition, the International Air Transport Association (IATA) and the Department of Defense (DOD) conducted independent audits of Colgan in 2007. Both of the audits contained findings that necessitated corrective actions by Colgan. The corrective actions taken by Colgan in response to the audit findings were accepted by IATA in September 2007 and DOD in April
- The Colgan POI stated that he was aware of these audits but did not get a copy of the
reports, which prevented him from having a comprehensive understanding of the reports’ findings. For example, the POI believed that IATA’s findings were minor295 and that a DOD issue was not within the scope of his responsibilities because it was not mandated by the FAA. One finding from the audits involved Colgan’s internal evaluation program (IEP),296 which is not required by FAA regulations. As stated in section 2.7.2, the NTSB found significant
294 After the accident, the NTSB interviewed five company Q400 check airmen and two company Q400 aircrew program designees. The NTSB learned that none of the check airmen or aircrew program designees had any previous Part 121 experience before their employment with Colgan. 295 The NTSB has made no determination to characterize the audit findings. 296 As stated in AC 120-59, “Air Carrier Internal Evaluation Programs.” IEPs are voluntary self-monitoring and auditing programs adopted by most Part 121 air carriers.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 138 problems with Colgan’s pilot training records. These problems would likely have been prevented by a sound IEP, which did not exist at the time of the audits and during Colgan’s period of rapid growth.297 However, the issues with Colgan’s IEP were subsequently corrected to the satisfaction of the auditing organizations. Although the NTSB recognizes that the POI needed to perform his duties in accordance with stated regulations and procedures, use of evaluation tools, such as these audits, might have alerted him to items that required close review.
On December 20, 1996, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-96-163 as a result of its investigation of the December 1995 Tower Air flight 41 accident in Jamaica, New York. Safety Recommendation A-96-163 asked the FAA to do the following: Develop, by December 31, 1997, standards for enhanced surveillance of air carriers based on rapid growth, change, complexity, and accident/incident history; then revise national flight standards surveillance methods, work programs, staffing standards, and inspector staffing to accomplish the enhanced surveillance that is identified by the new standards. On November 24, 2004, the NTSB stated that the FAA had briefed NTSB staff in March 2004 about programs related to oversight and surveillance of air carriers, including ATOS and the Surveillance and Evaluation Program.298 The NTSB indicated that, during this briefing, the FAA had stated that the risk indicators used by the Surveillance and Evaluation Program for targeting surveillance resources included rapid growth or expansion, new or major program changes, complexity of aircraft or new aircraft types, and accident and incident history. Because the FAA had developed these surveillance standards, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-96-163 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Since that time, the NTSB has investigated several accidents in which inadequate FAA oversight was a factor and issued several recommendations to address these inadequacies. For example, Safety Recommendation A-05-8, issued as a result of the Air Sunshine flight 527 accident (see section 1.18.1.8), asked the FAA in part to review the procedures used during its oversight of the company, including those for the Surveillance and Evaluation Program, to determine why the inspections failed to ensure that the operational and maintenance issues that existed at the company were corrected.299 Colgan’s substantial growth came at a time when the air carrier was transitioning from, according to the Q400 APM, a “mom and pop,” or startup, airline. Also, the POI for Colgan stated that the safety culture at the company was “more reactive than I’d like … not quite as proactive.” As a result, additional resources for enhanced FAA oversight of the certificate were needed but were not provided. This situation is problematic because, according to a Pinnacle Airlines third quarter 2009 financial report, 30 additional Q400s have been ordered for Colgan
297 At that time, the program was in its early stages of development. 298 According to the FAA, as part of the Surveillance and Evaluation Program, tools were developed for principal inspectors to assess the overall risk situation of a carrier, document and analyze their observations, and refocus the surveillance program toward those areas for which the highest risks were perceived. 299 Safety Recommendation A-05-8 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” on August 27, 2009.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 139 (15 of which will be delivered beginning in 2010), continuing the company’s expansion and rapid growth. A June 2005 report by the Department of Transportation’s Office of Inspector General found that, at five Part 121 air carriers that were experiencing rapid growth, FAA inspectors were not able to effectively use oversight systems (ATOS and the Surveillance and Evaluation Program) to monitor the rapidly occurring changes.300 The NTSB concludes that the current FAA surveillance standards for oversight at air carriers undergoing rapid growth and increased complexity of operations do not guarantee that any challenges encountered by the carriers as a result of these changes will be appropriately mitigated. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA develop more stringent standards for surveillance of Part 121, 135, and 91K operators that are experiencing rapid growth, increased complexity of operations, accidents and/or incidents, or other changes that warrant increased oversight, including the following: (1) verify that inspector staffing is adequate to accomplish the enhanced surveillance that is promulgated by the new standards, (2) increase staffing for those certificates with insufficient staffing levels, and (3) augment the inspector staff with available and airplane-type-qualified inspectors from all FAA regions and Part 142 training centers to provide quality assurance over the operators’ aircrew program designee workforce. 2.11 Company Policies 2.11.1 Flight Operational Quality Assurance FOQA is a voluntary safety program in which an air carrier collects, deidentifies, and analyzes actual in-flight data from a QAR or an FDR to identify potential operational risks and implement corrective actions. According to the FAA, as of October 30, 2009, 19 of the 82 Part 121 certificate holders had FAA-approved FOQA programs.301Although Colgan had received FAA approval for its FOQA implementation and operations plan in October 2008, the FOQA program was not fully implemented and was not providing useful information at the time of the accident. The FAA manager for voluntary safety programs reported that FOQA implementation could take about 1 year and that Colgan’s implementation efforts were hindered by unanticipated issues affecting the installation of FOQA hardware. In October 2009, Colgan stated that QAR data analysis was projected to begin by the end of January 2010.
300 Department of Transportation, Safety Oversight of an Air Carrier Industry in Transition, Report Number AV-2005-062 (Washington, DC: DOT/OIG, 2005). 301 FOQA programs are not required to be approved by the FAA. However, an advantage of having an FAA- approved FOQA program is participation in the FAA’s Aviation Safety Information Analysis and Sharing (ASIAS) system. According to the FAA’s director of aviation safety analytical services, ASIAS is a government-industry partnership that brings together safety information in a protected forum, allowing queries and analysis of multiple databases. This director stated that, as of July 2009, 21 air carriers with FAA-approved FOQA programs were participating in ASIAS. Although ASIAS has been used to analyze events such as tail strikes and wrong runway departures, it has not yet been used to analyze stick shaker or stall warning events.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 140 Colgan’s voluntary reporting systems, including ASAP, did not include any reports of stall warnings. However, it is possible that a stall warning resulting from a mismatch between the ref speeds switch and the airspeed bugs may be a more common occurrence than currently realized, given the circumstances of the accident flight and the BTV event. The frequency and circumstances of stall warnings could be examined as part of a FOQA program because, in developing FOQA programs, operators select the recorded flight parameters to be analyzed and one available parameter is the in-flight activation of the stall warning system.302 Any information learned from analysis of FOQA program data could result in revised company procedures, checklists, and training and could be shared with the FAA and others in the aviation industry. the two other U.S. operators of the Q400 are both regional airlines without FOQA programs. d whether newer aircraft, including the Q400, were included in FOQA data monitoring efforts. cess to implement a FOQA program could be greatly simplified for operators of these airplanes. Recommendation A-07-11 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” on January 22, 2008. operators participated in FOQA. The recommendation asked the FAA to “strongly encourage”
Even though Colgan did not have a functioning FOQA program at the time of the accident, the company might have benefited from other air carriers’ information about the Q400, including stall warnings. However, Most of the operators with FOQA programs were established major airlines, which had a significant amount of data about the operation of the aircraft in their fleet. At the time of the accident, the FAA made no systematic attempt to determine whether newer or smaller airlines, including regional airlines, were participating in FOQA programs an Not all airplanes are capable of supporting a FOQA data recording. Those airplanes that are currently able to support these recordings are equipped with a data bus that allows information to be transmitted in digital format from multiple data sensors to QARs. The FAA has not done a survey of the Part 121 air carrier fleet to determine how many airplanes are QAR capable. However, operators of those airplanes that are capable of supporting a QAR recording might still need a supplemental type certificate for a QAR retrofit, which could be expensive and time-consuming. Some new aircraft have QAR capability already installed, so the pro On January 23, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-11, which asked the FAA to strongly encourage and provide assistance to all regional air carriers to implement an approved ASAP and a FOQA program. As indicated in section 1.18.1.9, on April 13, 2007, the FAA stated that it took several actions in response to this recommendation, including participation at Regional Airline Association conferences to increase awareness of ASAP and FOQA and the issuance of AC 120-92, which identified FOQA as an integral part of an SMS. As a result of these actions, Safety Also in its response to Safety Recommendation A-07-11, the FAA recognized that there was significant participation in ASAP among regional operators but that only a few regional
302 The accident airplane’s FDR recorded stick shaker and stick pusher parameters once every 4 seconds. In contrast, a QAR might be designed to record hard-target FOQA parameters at higher sample rates to yield a high- confidence analysis of stall warning events in the Q400 fleet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report regional air carriers to voluntarily implement a FOQA program, yet only three regional airlines had FOQA programs either planned or underway as of July 2009. As indicated in AC 120-82, FOQA programs provide objective safety information that would not otherwise be obtainable. Also, FOQA was established as a worldwide standard by ICAO in 2005, but U.S. air carriers are not required to conform with this standard because FOQA is currently a voluntary program. During his December 2009 testimony before the U.S. Senate, the FAA Administrator stated that he had asked operators without a FOQA program to implement this program and develop data analysis processes to ensure effective use of program information. The NTSB concludes that mandatory FOQA programs would enhance flight safety because all operators would have readily available data to identify operational risks and use in developing corrective actions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that FAA require all Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to (1) develop and implement FOQA programs that collect objective flight data, (2) analyze these data and implement corrective actions to identified systems safety issues, and (3) share the deidentified aggregate data generated through these analyses with other interested parties in the aviation industry through appropriate means. The NTSB recognizes that, as indicated in AC 120-82, FOQA is built upon the provisions of 49 United States Code 40123 and 14 CFR Part 193, which establish protection of voluntarily submitted information. The FAA states in AC 120-82 that maintaining confidentiality of FOQA information among operators is important for providing a cooperative environment. If FOQA data were required to be provided to the FAA, these data would no longer fall under the protections provided by 49 United States Code 40123 and 14 CFR Part 193. The NTSB concludes that the viability of FOQA programs depends on the confidentiality of the data, which would currently not be guaranteed if operators were required to implement these programs and were required to share the data with the FAA. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA seek specific statutory and/or regulatory authority to protect data that operators share with the FAA as part of any FOQA program. In addition, Colgan had previously proposed including, as part of its FOQA program, a sample of CVR recordings from routine line operations. The company indicated that the sample CVR recordings could be used to determine, among other information, how well pilots adhered to sterile cockpit and standard operating procedures, which could help to prevent accidents. The company asserted that its use of the CVR for FOQA purposes would ensure pilots’ confidentiality. The NTSB has recognized the benefits of using flight recorder information for safety purposes. For example, on October 1, 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-99, which asked helicopter emergency medical services operators to “establish a structured flight data monitoring program that incorporates routine reviews of all available sources of information to identify deviations from established norms and procedures and other potential safety issues.” Aircraft operators would benefit from similar reviews of available safety information sources that are downloaded as part of a company’s FOQA program. The NTSB concludes that the systematic monitoring of all available safety data, as part of a flight operational quality assurance program, could provide operators with objective information regarding the manner in which flights are conducted and that a periodic review of this information would enhance flight safety 141
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 142 by assisting operators in detecting and correcting deviations from standard operating procedures. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to (1) routinely download and analyze all available sources of safety information, as part of their FOQA program, to identify deviations from established norms and procedures; (2) provide appropriate protections to ensure the confidentiality of the deidentified aggregate data; and (3) ensure that this information is used for safety-related and not punitive purposes. 2.11.2 Use of Personal Portable Electronic Devices on the Flight Deck The NTSB has identified hazards associated with the use of mobile phone technology (including texting) in rail and highway accidents and has issued recommendations to restrict the use of this technology by transport operators.303 Also, in 2008, the NTSB added, to its Most Wanted List, the need to restrict cellular telephone use by commercial drivers of school buses and motorcoaches, except in emergencies. During the taxi phase of the accident flight, the first officer sent a text message on her personal cell phone about 2113, which was about 5 minutes 30 seconds before ATC cleared the flight for takeoff. (Evidence indicated that the airplane was not moving at the time that she used her mobile phone.) However, AC 91.21-1B, “Use of Portable Electronic Devices Aboard Aircraft,”304 which was issued on August 25, 2006, indicated that cell phones were not to be used while an aircraft was taxiing for departure after leaving the gate. The AC further stated that cell phones should be turned off and properly stored so that the aircraft could be prepared for takeoff. Although Colgan’s policy on the use of mobile phones on the flight deck was consistent with the guidance contained in AC 91.21-1B, the company’s pilot checklists did not address turning off cell phones in preparation for departure. Colgan also stated that it considered the use of cell phones by flight crewmembers to be covered as part of sterile cockpit procedures. On February 4, 2009, the FAA published SAFO 09003, “Cellular Phone Usage on the Flight Deck.” The purpose of this SAFO was to alert all Part 121 and 135 operators to the potential hazards associated with flight crewmembers leaving their cellular phones on during critical phases of flight. The SAFO was the result of an inspector’s observation of a ring tone/warbling sound coming from a first officer’s cellular phone during a takeoff roll just before reaching the airplane’s takeoff decision speed. The SAFO stated that the ring tone was a
303 For example, on November 30, 2006, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-06-27, which asked the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration to “publish regulations prohibiting cellular telephone use by commercial driver’s license holders with a passenger-carrying or school bus endorsement, while driving under the authority of that endorsement, except in emergencies.” The recommendation is currently classified “Open— Acceptable Response.” Also, on June 13, 2003, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation R-03-1, which asked the Federal Railroad Administration to “promulgate new or amended regulations that will control the use of cellular telephones and similar wireless communication devices by railroad operating employees while on duty so that such use does not affect operational safety.” The recommendation was classified “Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action” on September 17, 2009. 304 According to the AC, portable electronic devices are personal devices that include, for example, mobile telephones; computers with wireless network capabilities; and other wireless-enabled devices, such as personal digital assistants. Such devices are not provided by an operator for use in supporting flight operations. Electronic flight bags or laptop computers used for landing performance calculations would thus not be considered personal portable electronic devices.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 143 distraction to the flight crew and could have resulted in an unnecessary rejected takeoff. The FAA found that the company’s guidance did not prohibit flight crewmembers from leaving phones on while on the flight deck and that the company’s checklists did not address turning off cell phones in preparation for departure. The SAFO recommended that directors of operations of all Part 121 and 135 certificate holders review guidance to determine if procedures are in place to remind flight crews to turn off phones while on the flight deck. The SAFO also recommended a review and evaluation of the operator’s indoctrination and recurrent training curriculums concerning cell phone use and the sterile cockpit concept. On October 21, 2009, Northwest Airlines flight 188, an Airbus A320, N374NW, became a “NORDO” (no radio communications) flight at 37,000 feet. The flight was operating under 14 CFR Part 121 from San Diego, California, to Minneapolis-St. Paul International/Wold- Chamberlain Airport (MSP) with 5 crewmembers and 144 passengers on board. The flight was NORDO for about 1 hour 17 minutes. During that time, the airplane flew past MSP and continued northeast for about 100 miles. When the flight crew and the MSP center controller reestablished communications, the first officer stated, “we got distracted and we’ve overflown MSP. We are overhead Eau Claire [Wisconsin] and would like to make a 180 [degree turn] and do an arrival from Eau Claire.” About 5 minutes later, the controller asked the first officer to explain what had caused the situation, and he replied, “just cockpit distraction, that’s all I can tell you.” During interviews with the Northwest flight crew, the NTSB learned that the distraction involved the use of personal laptop computers during the discussion of new flight crew scheduling software and procedures. However, Delta Air Lines policy (which governed Northwest operations as a result of a merger with the company),305 prohibited the use of personal computers and other personal electronic devices on the flight deck.306 Although the Colgan first officer’s use of her personal cell phone during the taxi phase of the accident flight was not directly associated with the accident, the event described in SAFO 09003 illustrates the potential for such devices to create a hazardous distraction during a critical phase of flight. In addition, the Northwest event showed that the use of a personal computer during cruise flight could severely affect flight crew situational awareness. The NTSB concludes that distractions caused by personal portable electronic devices affect flight safety because they can detract from a flight crew’s ability to monitor and cross-check instruments, detect hazards, and avoid errors. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to incorporate explicit guidance to pilots, including checklist reminders as appropriate, prohibiting the use of personal portable electronic devices on the flight deck.
305 Delta’s website indicated that the airline had acquired ownership of Northwest and was in the process of fully integrating Northwest into Delta’s operations. 306 For more information about this incident, see DCA10IA001 on the NTSB’s website.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 144 2.12 Safety Alerts for Operators According to FAA Order 8000.87A, SAFOs “contain important safety information that is often critical.” SAFOs are intended for FAA inspectors; air carrier directors of safety, operations, and maintenance; fractional ownership program managers; training center managers; repair station managers; and others as applicable. Although FAA inspectors are among the intended audience, the order states, “SAFOs do not burden FAA inspectors with additional responsibilities not included in their work programs and not processed in accordance with the agreement between the FAA and its inspectors’ bargaining unit.” At the public hearing for this accident, the FAA’s manager of air carrier operations asserted that this language was included in the order because FAA inspectors are heavily tasked. As previously noted, the FAA had issued SAFOs concerning issues identified in this investigation, including SAFO 06004, “Approach and Landing Accident Reduction: Sterile Cockpit, Fatigue,” dated April 28, 2006, and SAFO 06015, “Remedial Training for Part 121 Pilots,” dated October 27, 2006 (see sections 1.18.1.1 and 1.18.1.7, respectively). The recommended actions discussed in these SAFOs included increased emphasis on sterile cockpit discipline, fatigue countermeasures and operator fatigue management, and additional training and oversight for pilots who have experienced multiple training and checking failures. FAA Order 8000.87A stated that operators are responsible for implementing the actions recommended in a SAFO. However, no evidence showed that Colgan had initiated any of the recommended actions in these SAFOs. The FAA does not routinely track whether the recommended actions included in SAFOs have been adopted,307 citing inspector workload as a reason. The FAA order states that SAFOs are “especially valuable” to air carriers in meeting their statutory duty to operate with the highest degree of safety. The NTSB recognizes the importance of an air carrier’s statutory responsibility to provide safe transportation. However, the FAA has a statutory responsibility to provide effective oversight of the aviation industry. Assessing an operator’s need to implement action on “important safety information that is often critical” and measuring the resulting change is an inherent responsibility of FAA inspectors and must be considered part of their workload. Delegating the responsibility for these actions solely to an operator may not produce the desired outcome. SAFOs may be an appropriate method for disseminating routine or initial information to operators in a timely manner. However, when safety-critical information, which often requires a change in industry practices or procedures, needs to be distributed, SAFOs are not the appropriate format because no requirement exists for the FAA to measure whether the SAFO achieved its intended result. The FAA uses an SMS approach to structure its oversight processes, but transmitting critical safety information to operators without measuring results is inconsistent with the basic principles of this system.
307 The FAA has undertaken tracking efforts for some SAFOs to determine whether the desired safety benefit has been realized. For example, FAA Notice 8900.71 was issued on April 23, 2009, in response to the NTSB’s March 2009 request for an assessment of industry actions taken in response to SAFOs 06015 and 06005 (the latter of which discussed bounced landing training).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 145 The FAA’s manager of air carrier operations testified at the public hearing that the agency was considering the establishment of a new transmittal method for safety-critical information, referred to as an operational directive, which would be similar to an airworthiness directive. Thus, operators would be responsible for complying with the operational directive, and FAA inspector surveillance would be required to determine whether the recommended actions had been accomplished. The NTSB is encouraged that the FAA is considering this new method for transmitting safety-critical information. The same safety benefit could be achieved if the FAA revised Order 8000.87A so that the SAFO process would incorporate FAA followup. The NTSB concludes that the current use of SAFOs to transmit safety-critical information is not effective because oversight and documentation of an operator’s response are not required and critical safety issues may not be effectively addressed. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA implement a process to document that all Part 121, 135, and 91K operators have taken appropriate action in response to safety-critical information transmitted through the SAFO process or another method. 2.13 Preflight Weather Documents and Icing Terminology As previously stated, no evidence showed that the icing conditions that existed before the accident were abnormal for wintertime operations in the BUF area. However, the NTSB’s investigation of this accident identified two weather-related safety issues—preflight weather documents provided to Part 121 flight crews and icing terminology used in the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM)—that warranted changes. These issues are discussed in sections 2.13.1 and 2.13.2, respectively. 2.13.1 Preflight Weather Documents Chapter 26 of FAA Order 8900.1, Aviation Weather Information Systems for Air Carriers, section 3-2094, “Operational Requirements—Flightcrews,” states the following regarding weather information provided to flight crews: Flightcrews need accurate weather information to determine the present and forecast weather conditions on any planned operation. For example, for adequate flight planning, flightcrews should know existing and expected weather conditions at the departure airport, along the planned route of flight, and at destination, alternate, and diversionary airports. The section also provides a list of the numerous weather products that flight crews need to consider in operational preflight planning decisions. Chapter 26 of the order, section 3-2096, “Adverse Weather Phenomena Reporting and Forecasting Requirements,”308 states that any weather information system used in Part 121
308 According to section 3-2096, adverse weather phenomena are meteorological conditions that could affect safety if encountered during flight or ground operations. Examples of such phenomena include surface winds
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 146 operations must include an FAA-approved adverse weather phenomena reporting and forecasting subsystem. Such subsystems allow operators to monitor weather reports from various sources to quickly and accurately identify adverse weather phenomena and predict their effects on flight and ground operation safety. The subsystems are required to include forecasting capabilities that are at least equal to those of government weather forecasting systems.309 Even though the subsystems are automated, dispatch personnel are responsible for (1) programming the subsystems to ensure that they capture specific weather products during specific time periods for the arrival and alternate airports for each flight and (2) providing weather documents containing this information to flight crews. In this case, the Colgan director of dispatch was responsible for programming the company’s FAA-approved private weather contractor subsystem to capture specific weather products for the route of flight between EWR and BUF (and from EWR to ROC, the alternate airport). The weather document for the accident flight was issued about 1800. The NTSB’s review of this document revealed that it was missing pertinent information. For example, the weather document did not contain relevant AIRMETs, even though they are among the in-flight weather advisories that flight crews need to determine present and forecast weather conditions for an operation. One of the missing AIRMETs relevant to the accident flight extended over the flight route and alerted pilots to expect moderate rime icing below 8,000 feet. Another missing and relevant AIRMET extended over a larger region in the northeast, including the accident site, and alerted pilots to expect occasional moderate icing below 18,000 feet. The icing conditions in both of these AIRMETs were expected to last from 2145 to 0400 the next day.310 The NTSB’s investigation of this accident verified the conditions detailed in the AIRMETs. The only icing information included in the weather document for the accident flight was the reports and forecast of snow at BUF and two PIREPs indicating light-to-moderate rime icing in the BUF area between 3,000 and 14,000 feet. Even though the minimal aircraft performance degradation resulting from ice accumulation did not affect the flight crew’s ability to fly and control the airplane, the NTSB is concerned that pertinent preflight information regarding icing along the flight route was not relayed to the crew. The AIRMETs relevant to the accident flight that were not included in the weather document would have provided the crew with additional information about icing and, accordingly, would have increased situational awareness. However, this increased situational awareness would not likely have affected the outcome of the flight for the reasons previously discussed in section 2.2. On August 15, 1996, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-96-48 as a result of its investigation of the American Eagle flight 4184 accident in Roselawn, Indiana (see section
exceeding 30 knots, active thunderstorms, moderate or severe in-flight icing, severe or extreme turbulence, and meteorological conditions causing runway surface contamination. 309 According to 14 CFR 121.101, “each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations shall adopt and put into use an approved system for obtaining forecasts and reports of adverse weather phenomena, such as clear air turbulence, thunderstorms, and low altitude wind shear, that may affect safety of flight on each route to be flown and at each airport to be used.” 310 Other AIRMETs in effect at the time described IFR conditions and turbulence over the BUF area. These AIRMETs were also not included in the weather document.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 147 1.18.1.13). Safety Recommendation A-96-48 recognized the importance of AIRMETs and Center Weather Advisories (CWAs)311 in flight planning and asked the FAA to do the following: Direct principal operations inspectors (POIs) to ensure that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121 air carriers require their dispatchers to provide all pertinent information, including airman’s meteorological information (AIRMETs) and Center Weather Advisories (CWAs), to flightcrews for preflight and in-flight planning purposes. On April 24, 1997, the FAA stated that it issued Flight Standards Information Bulletin for Air Transportation 97-03 on March 17, 1997, which directed POIs to ensure that air carriers require dispatchers to provide pertinent information, including AIRMETs and CWAs, when appropriate, for preflight and in-flight planning purposes. The FAA also stated that the information in the bulletin would be incorporated into FAA Order 8400.10, “Air Transportation Operations Inspector’s Handbook.”312 On August 20, 1997, the NTSB stated that the flight standards information bulletin addressed the intent of Safety Recommendation A-96-48 and classified it “Closed—Acceptable Action.” However, this accident demonstrates that, even though the FAA took actions to address this safety issue, weather documents are still missing pertinent information, including AIRMETs. In addition, the NTSB’s review of the weather document for the accident flight revealed that some of the information was outdated. For example, the weather document included three CWAs, but they were not valid at the time of the accident flight.313 Also, the wind and temperature aloft forecast for BUF, which was issued about 1300 and was valid between 1200 and 1600, had expired before the accident flight. This outdated information should not have been part of the weather document but was included in it because of programming limitations of Colgan’s weather contractor subsystem. Problems with weather documents have also been found at other Part 121 air carriers. For example, on April 12, 2007, Pinnacle Airlines flight 4712, a Bombardier/Canadair Regional Jet CL600-2B19, N8905F, departed the end of the runway while landing at Cherry Capital Airport, Traverse City, Michigan (see section 1.18.1.5). None of the 3 crewmembers and 49 passengers was injured; the airplane was substantially damaged. The accident flight’s weather document, which was prepared by the Pinnacle Airlines dispatcher, did not include any NWS in-flight weather advisories. However, NWS AIRMETs for icing, turbulence, and IFR conditions were valid for the area at the time of the accident. Also, on December 25, 2007, Alaska Airlines flight 464, a McDonnell Douglas DC-9-83, N943AS, encountered severe turbulence during the descent for landing at Ontario International
311 A CWA is an aviation warning for conditions that are meeting or approaching national in-flight advisory criteria (for example, AIRMETs, SIGMETs, or Convective SIGMETs) and are impacting the respective airspace. These short-term warnings are typically valid for 2 hours. 312 FAA Order 8400.10 has been superseded by FAA Order 8900.1. 313 Two CWAs for low-level windshear, issued by the New York Air Route Traffic Control Center, had expired at 1320. A CWA for scattered thunderstorms, issued by the Cleveland Center, expired about 1630.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 148 Airport, Ontario, California.314 Two flight attendants sustained serious injuries during the turbulence encounter, and the third flight attendant, the two flight crewmembers, and the 109 passengers were not injured. During its investigation of this accident, the NTSB determined that two NWS Significant Meteorological Information (SIGMET) advisories were not included in the weather document for the flight. The SIGMETs were issued before the flight’s departure as a result of occasional severe turbulence for the Ontario area. The NTSB determined the probable cause of this accident was the lack of turbulence forecast information available to the flight crew, which resulted in the flight attendants not being seated when the flight encountered the severe turbulence. Contributing factors to the accident included the failure of the company that provided the flight’s weather briefing information to forecast severe turbulence and the failure of the airline dispatcher to provide the SIGMETs to the flight crew.315 Flight crews need to be provided with an operationally useful weather document containing all relevant weather information, including AIRMETs and SIGMETs, for each flight so that they can make sound safety-of-flight decisions based on that information. Such documents must contain up-to-date information so that flight crews do not have to sort through outdated or unrelated information for their flight. The NTSB concludes that weather documents missing key weather products or containing products that are no longer valid prevent flight crewmembers from having relevant, readily available weather-related safety information for preflight and in-flight decision-making. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to revise the methodology for programming their adverse weather phenomena reporting and forecasting subsystems so that the subsystem-generated weather document for each flight contains all pertinent weather information, including AIRMET, SIGMET, and other NWS in-flight weather advisories, and omits weather information that is no longer valid. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require POIs of Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to periodically review the weather documents generated for their carriers to verify that those documents are consistent with the information requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-32. 2.13.2 Icing Terminology Chapter 7 of the AIM, Safety of Flight, section 7-1-21, describes the effects of ice on an aircraft and provides terminology for pilots to use when describing icing conditions to ATC. However, during its investigation of this accident, the NTSB found that the definitions for reportable icing intensities in the July 2008 version of the AIM had not been updated to reflect the definitions published in December 2007 in AC 91-74A, “Pilot Guide: Flight in Icing Conditions.” Table 4 shows the differences in terminology between AIM section 7-1-21(b) and AC 91-74A.
314 Additional information about this accident, NTSB case number SEA08LA050, is available on the NTSB’s website. 315 The NTSB discussed these weather-related issues with Alaska Airlines, which added NWS products to the weather subsystem used to generate its weather documents.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Table 4. Icing Definitions
Icing intensity Aeronautical Information Manual definition Advisory Circular 91-74A definition Trace Ice becomes perceptible. Rate of accumulation is slightly greater than sublimation. Deicing/anti-icing equipment is not utilized unless encountered for an extended period of time (over 1 hour). Ice becomes noticeable. The rate of accumulation is slightly greater than the rate of sublimation. A representative accretion rate for reference purposes is less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) per hour on the outer wing. The pilot should consider exiting the icing conditions before they become worse. Pilots should be aware that any ice, even in trace amounts, could be potentially hazardous. Light The rate of accumulation may create a problem if flight is prolonged in this environment (over 1 hour). Occasional use of deicing/anti-icing equipment removes/prevents accumulation. It does not present a problem if the deicing/anti-icing equipment is used. The rate of ice accumulation requires occasional cycling of manual deicing systems to minimize ice accretions on the airframe. A representative accretion rate for reference purposes is 1/4 inch to 1 inch (0.6 to 2.5 cm) per hour on the outer wing. The pilot should consider exiting the condition. Moderate The rate of accumulation is such that even short encounters become potentially hazardous and use of deicing/anti-icing equipment or flight diversion is necessary. The rate of ice accumulation requires frequent cycling of manual deicing systems to minimize ice accretions on the airframe. A representative accretion rate for reference purposes is 1 to 3 inches (2.5 to 7.5 cm) per hour on the outer wing. The pilot should consider exiting the condition as soon as possible. Heavy None. The rate of ice accumulation requires maximum use of the ice protection systems to minimize ice accretions on the airframe. A representative accretion rate for reference purposes is more than 3 inches (7.5 cm) per hour on the outer wing. Consider immediate exit from the conditions. Severe The rate of accumulation is such that deicing/anti-icing equipment fails to reduce or control the hazard. Immediate flight diversion is necessary.
The rate of ice accumulation is such that ice protection systems fail to remove the accumulation of ice, and ice accumulates in locations not normally prone to icing, such as areas aft of protected surfaces and any other areas identified by the manufacturer. Immediate exit from the condition is necessary. Note: AC 91-74A also states that deicing or anti-icing systems are expected to be activated and operated continuously in the automatic mode, if available, at the first sign of ice accumulation or as directed in the AFM and that occasional and frequent cycling refers to manually activated systems. The AC further states that accretion rates can be measured by an icing rate meter.
As shown in table 4, three main differences exist between the icing terminology in the AIM and AC 91-74A. First, the AC provides an accretion rate for each icing definition, which can help pilots evaluate and accurately describe the icing conditions. Second, the AC contains a fifth icing category—heavy—to explain the environment that occurs between moderate and severe icing, providing additional icing information for pilots to consider. Last, the AC includes more detailed guidance than the AIM for pilot actions in icing conditions, providing pilots with further information for addressing specific icing situations. The light-to-moderate icing terminology used in the two PIREPs that were included in the weather document for the accident flight had likely portrayed accurate conditions at the time 149
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report of the flight. Nevertheless, the NTSB is concerned that pilots transmitting airframe icing PIREPs may not be using the most updated definitions in determining and reporting the severity of icing. Although the AC is advisory only, it is important that the icing definitions and accretion rates in the AC be incorporated into the AIM because that publication is the FAA’s official guide for basic flight information and ATC procedures. The NTSB concludes that detailed icing definitions that include accretion rates and recommended pilot actions would help pilots more accurately determine the icing conditions to report in airframe icing PIREPs and more effectively respond to those conditions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA update the definitions for reportable icing intensities in the AIM so that the definitions are consistent with the more detailed intensities defined in AC 91-74A. 150
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions
- 1
Findings
- The flight crew was properly certificated and qualified in accordance with applicable Federal
regulations.
- The airplane was properly certified, equipped, and maintained in accordance with Federal
regulations.
- The recovered components showed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or
system failures, including no indications of any problems with the airplane’s ice protection system.
- The air traffic controllers who were responsible for the flight during its approach to Buffalo-
Niagara International Airport performed their duties properly and responded immediately and appropriately to the loss of radio and radar contact with the flight.
- This accident was not survivable.
- The captain’s inappropriate aft control column inputs in response to the stick shaker caused
the airplane’s wing to stall.
- The minimal aircraft performance degradation resulting from ice accumulation did not affect
the flight crew’s ability to fly and control the airplane.
- Explicit cues associated with the impending stick shaker onset, including the decreasing
margin between indicated airspeed and the low-speed cue, the airspeed trend vector pointing downward into the low-speed cue, the changing color of the numbers on the airplane’s indicated airspeed display, and the airplane’s excessive nose-up pitch attitude, were presented on the flight instruments with adequate time for the pilots to initiate corrective action, but neither pilot responded to the presence of these cues.
- The reason the captain did not recognize the impending onset of the stick shaker could not be
determined from the available evidence, but the first officer’s tasks at the time the low-speed cue was visible would have likely reduced opportunities for her timely recognition of the impending event; the failure of both pilots to detect this situation was the result of a significant breakdown in their monitoring responsibilities and workload management.
- The flight crew did not consider the position of the reference speeds switch when the stick
shaker activated. 151
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 152
- The captain’s response to stick shaker activation should have been automatic, but his
improper flight control inputs were inconsistent with his training and were instead consistent with startle and confusion.
- The captain did not recognize the stick pusher’s action to decrease angle-of-attack as a
proper step in a stall recovery, and his improper flight control inputs to override the stick pusher exacerbated the situation.
- It is unlikely that the captain was deliberately attempting to perform a tailplane stall
recovery.
- No evidence indicated that the Q400 was susceptible to a tailplane stall.
- Although the reasons the first officer retracted the flaps and suggested raising the gear could
not be determined from the available information, these actions were inconsistent with company stall recovery procedures and training.
- The Q400 airspeed indicator lacked low-speed awareness features, such as an amber band
above the low-speed cue or airspeed indications that changed to amber as speed decrease toward the low-speed cue, which would have facilitated the flight crew’s detection of the developing low-speed situation.
- An aural warning in advance of the stick shaker would have provided a redundant cue of the
visual indication of the rising low-speed cue and might have elicited a timely response from the pilots before the onset of the stick shaker.
- The captain’s failure to effectively manage the flight (1) enabled conversation that delayed
checklist completion and conflicted with sterile cockpit procedures and (2) created an environment that impeded timely error detection.
- The monitoring errors made by the accident flight crew demonstrate the continuing need for
specific pilot training on active monitoring skills.
- Colgan Air’s standard operating procedures at the time of the accident did not promote
effective monitoring behavior.
- Specific leadership training for upgrading captains would help standardize and reinforce the
critical command authority skills needed by a pilot-in-command during air carrier operations.
- Because of the continuing number of accidents involving a breakdown of sterile cockpit
discipline, collaborative action by the Federal Aviation Administration and the aviation industry to promptly address this issue is warranted.
- The flight crewmembers’ performance during the flight, including the captain’s deviations
from standard operating procedures and the first officer’s failure to challenge these deviations, was not consistent with the crew resource management (CRM) training that they had received or the concepts in the Federal Aviation Administration’s CRM guidance.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- The pilots’ performance was likely impaired because of fatigue, but the extent of their
impairment and the degree to which it contributed to the performance deficiencies that occurred during the flight cannot be conclusively determined.
- All pilots, including those who commute to their home base of operations, have a personal
responsibility to wisely manage their off-duty time and effectively use available rest periods so that they can arrive for work fit for duty; the accident pilots did not do so by using an inappropriate facility during their last rest period before the accident flight.
- Colgan Air did not proactively address the pilot fatigue hazards associated with operations at
a predominantly commuter base.
- Operators have a responsibility to identify risks associated with commuting, implement
strategies to mitigate these risks, and ensure that their commuting pilots are fit for duty.
- The first officer’s illness symptoms did not likely affect her performance directly during the
flight.
- The captain had not established a good foundation of attitude instrument flying skills early in
his career, and his continued weaknesses in basic aircraft control and instrument flying were not identified and adequately addressed.
- Remedial training and additional oversight for pilots with training deficiencies and failures
would help ensure that the pilots have mastered the necessary skills for safe flight.
- Colgan Air’s electronic pilot training records did not contain sufficient detail for the
company or its principal operations inspector to properly analyze the captain’s trend of unsatisfactory performance.
- Notices of disapproval need to be considered along with other available information about
pilot applicants so that air carriers can fully identify those pilots who have a history of unsatisfactory performance.
- Colgan Air did not use all available sources of information on the flight crew’s qualifications
and previous performance to determine the crew’s suitability for work at the company.
- Colgan Air’s procedures and training at the time of the accident did not specifically require
flight crews to cross-check the approach speed bug settings in relation to the reference speeds switch position; such awareness is important because a mismatch between the bugs and the switch could lead to an early stall warning.
- The current air carrier approach-to-stall training did not fully prepare the flight crew for an
unexpected stall in the Q400 and did not address the actions that are needed to recover from a fully developed stall.
- The circumstances of this and other accidents in which pilots have responded incorrectly to
the stick pusher demonstrate the continuing need to train pilots on the actions of the stick pusher and the airplane’s initial response to the pusher. 153
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Pilots could have a better understanding of an airplane’s flight characteristics during the
post-stall flight regime if realistic, fully developed stall models were incorporated into simulators that are approved for such training.
- The inclusion of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration icing video in Colgan
Air’s winter operations training may lead pilots to assume that a tailplane stall might be possible in the Q400, resulting in negative training.
- The current Federal Aviation Administration surveillance standards for oversight at air
carriers undergoing rapid growth and increased complexity of operations do not guarantee that any challenges encountered by the carriers as a result of these changes will be appropriately mitigated.
- Mandatory flight operational quality assurance programs would enhance flight safety
because all operators would have readily available data to identify operational risks and use in developing corrective actions.
- The viability of flight operational quality assurance programs depends on the confidentiality
of the data, which would currently not be guaranteed if operators were required to implement these programs and were required to share the data with the Federal Aviation Administration.
- The systematic monitoring of all available safety data, as part of a flight operational quality
assurance program, could provide operators with objective information regarding the manner in which flights are conducted, and a periodic review of this information would enhance flight safety by assisting operators in detecting and correcting deviations from standard operating procedures.
- Distractions caused by personal portable electronic devices affect flight safety because they
can detract from a flight crew’s ability to monitor and cross-check instruments, detect hazards, and avoid errors.
- The current use of safety alerts for operators to transmit safety-critical information is not
effective because oversight and documentation of an operator’s response are not required and critical safety issues may not be effectively addressed.
- Weather documents missing key weather products or containing products that are no longer
valid prevent flight crewmembers from having relevant, readily available weather-related safety information for preflight and in-flight decision-making.
- Detailed icing definitions that include accretion rates and recommended pilot actions would
help pilots more accurately determine the icing conditions to report in airframe icing pilot reports and more effectively respond to those conditions. 154
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 155 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the captain’s inappropriate response to the activation of the stick shaker, which led to an aerodynamic stall from which the airplane did not recover. Contributing to the accident were (1) the flight crew’s failure to monitor airspeed in relation to the rising position of the low- speed cue, (2) the flight crew’s failure to adhere to sterile cockpit procedures, (3) the captain’s failure to effectively manage the flight, and (4) Colgan Air’s inadequate procedures for airspeed selection and management during approaches in icing conditions.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Recommendations
- 1
New Recommendations As a result of the investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to review their standard operating procedures to verify that they are consistent with the flight crew monitoring techniques described in Advisory Circular (AC) 120-71A, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers”; if the procedures are found not to be consistent, revise the procedures according to the AC guidance to promote effective monitoring. (A-10-10) Require that airspeed indicator display systems on all aircraft certified under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 25 and equipped with electronic flight instrument systems depict a yellow/amber cautionary band above the low-speed cue or airspeed indicator digits that change from white to yellow/amber as the airspeed approaches the low-speed cue, consistent with Advisory Circular 25-11A, “Electronic Flight Displays.” (A-10-11) For all airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121, 135, and 91K, require the installation of low-airspeed alert systems that provide pilots with redundant aural and visual warnings of an impending hazardous low-speed condition. (A-10-12) (Supersedes Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54 and is classified “Open—Unacceptable Response”) Issue an advisory circular with guidance on leadership training for upgrading captains at 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators, including methods and techniques for effective leadership; professional standards of conduct; strategies for briefing and debriefing; reinforcement and correction skills; and other knowledge, skills, and abilities that are critical for air carrier operations. (A-10-13) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to provide a specific course on leadership training to their upgrading captains that is consistent with the advisory circular requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-13. (A-10-14) Develop, and distribute to all pilots, multimedia guidance materials on professionalism in aircraft operations that contain standards of performance for professionalism; best practices for sterile cockpit adherence; techniques for 156
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report assessing and correcting pilot deviations; examples and scenarios; and a detailed review of accidents involving breakdowns in sterile cockpit and other procedures, including this accident. Obtain the input of operators and air carrier and general aviation pilot groups in the development and distribution of these guidance materials. (A-10-15) (Supersedes Safety Recommendation A-07-8) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to address fatigue risks associated with commuting, including identifying pilots who commute, establishing policy and guidance to mitigate fatigue risks for commuting pilots, using scheduling practices to minimize opportunities for fatigue in commuting pilots, and developing or identifying rest facilities for commuting pilots. (A-10-16) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to document and retain electronic and/or paper records of pilot training and checking events in sufficient detail so that the carrier and its principal operations inspector can fully assess a pilot’s entire training performance. (A-10-17) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to include the training records requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-17 as part of the remedial training program requested in Safety Recommendation A-05-14. (A-10-18) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to provide the training records requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-17 to hiring employers to fulfill their requirement under the Pilot Records Improvement Act. (A-10-19) Develop a process for verifying, validating, auditing, and amending pilot training records at 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the records. (A-10-20) Direct 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators of airplanes equipped with a reference speeds switch or similar device to (1) develop procedures to establish that, during approach and landing, airspeed reference bugs are always matched to the position of the switch and (2) implement specific training to ensure that pilots demonstrate proficiency in this area. (A-10-21) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators and 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 142 training centers to develop and conduct training that incorporates stalls that are fully developed; are unexpected; involve autopilot disengagement; and include airplane-specific features, such as a reference speeds switch. (A-10-22) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators of stick pusher-equipped aircraft to provide their pilots with pusher familiarization simulator training. (A-10-23) (Supersedes Safety Recommendation A-07-4) 157
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Define and codify minimum simulator model fidelity requirements to support an expanded set of stall recovery training requirements, including recovery from stalls that are fully developed. These simulator fidelity requirements should address areas such as required angle-of-attack and sideslip angle ranges, motion cueing, proof-of-match with post-stall flight test data, and warnings to indicate when the simulator flight envelope has been exceeded. (A-10-24) Identify which airplanes operated under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K are susceptible to tailplane stalls and then (1) require operators of those airplanes to provide an appropriate airplane-specific tailplane stall recovery procedure in their training manuals and company procedures and (2) direct operators of those airplanes that are not susceptible to tailplane stalls to ensure that training and company guidance for the airplanes explicitly states this lack of susceptibility and contains no references to tailplane stall recovery procedures. (A-10-25) Develop more stringent standards for surveillance of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121 135, and 91K operators that are experiencing rapid growth, increased complexity of operations, accidents and/or incidents, or other changes that warrant increased oversight, including the following: (1) verify that inspector staffing is adequate to accomplish the enhanced surveillance that is promulgated by the new standards, (2) increase staffing for those certificates with insufficient staffing levels, and (3) augment the inspector staff with available and airplane-type-qualified inspectors from all Federal Aviation Administration regions and 14 CFR Part 142 training centers to provide quality assurance over the operators’ aircrew program designee workforce. (A-10-26) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to (1) develop and implement flight operational quality assurance programs that collect objective flight data, (2) analyze these data and implement corrective actions to identified systems safety issues, and (3) share the deidentified aggregate data generated through these analyses with other interested parties in the aviation industry through appropriate means. (A-10-27) Seek specific statutory and/or regulatory authority to protect data that operators share with the Federal Aviation Administration as part of any flight operational quality assurance program. (A-10-28) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to (1) routinely download and analyze all available sources of safety information, as part of their flight operational quality assurance program, to identify deviations from established norms and procedures; (2) provide appropriate protections to ensure the confidentiality of the deidentified aggregate data; and (3) ensure that this information is used for safety-related and not punitive purposes. (A-10-29) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to incorporate explicit guidance to pilots, including checklist reminders as 158
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report appropriate, prohibiting the use of personal portable electronic devices on the flight deck. (A-10-30) Implement a process to document that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators have taken appropriate action in response to safety-critical information transmitted through the safety alert for operators process or another method. (A-10-31) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to revise the methodology for programming their adverse weather phenomena reporting and forecasting subsystems so that the subsystem-generated weather document for each flight contains all pertinent weather information, including Airmen’s Meteorological Information, Significant Meteorological Information, and other National Weather Service in-flight weather advisories, and omits weather information that is no longer valid. (A-10-32) Require principal operations inspectors of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to periodically review the weather documents generated for their carriers to verify that those documents are consistent with the information requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-32. (A-10-33) Update the definitions for reportable icing intensities in the Aeronautical Information Manual so that the definitions are consistent with the more detailed intensities defined in Advisory Circular 91-74A, “Pilot Guide: Flight in Icing Conditions.” (A-10-34) 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report The NTSB reiterates the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Require all Part 121 and 135 air carriers to obtain any notices of disapproval for flight checks for certificates and ratings for all pilot applicants and evaluate this information before making a hiring decision. (A-05-1) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 air carrier operators to establish training programs for flight crewmembers who have demonstrated performance deficiencies or experienced failures in the training environment that would require a review of their whole performance history at the company and administer additional oversight and training to ensure that performance deficiencies are addressed and corrected. (A-05-14) Require that all pilot training programs be modified to contain modules that teach and emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas. (A-07-13) 159
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report Safety Recommendation A-07-13 is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in section 2.3.1 of this report. Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54 are reclassified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” in section 2.3.3 of this report. The recommendation is superseded by Safety Recommendation A-10-12. Safety Recommendation A-07-8 is reclassified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” in section 2.4.2 of this report. The recommendation is superseded by Safety Recommendation A-10-15. Safety Recommendation A-05-1 is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in section 2.7.3 of this report. Safety Recommendation A-07-4 is reclassified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” in section 2.9.1 of this report. The recommendation is superseded by Safety Recommendation A-10-23. BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: February 2, 2010
160
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 161 Board Member Statements Chairman Hersman, Vice Chairman Hart, and Member Sumwalt filed the following concurring statements.
Notation 8090A Chairman Hersman, Concurring:
This accident refocuses much needed attention on many long-standing issues of concern to the Safety Board – issues such as flight crew monitoring, pilot performance and training, sterile cockpit rules, FAA oversight, and the use of personal electronic devices, among others. I commend our staff for holding a public hearing and completing a thorough investigation in advance of the one-year anniversary of the accident. Their accomplishment was significant and had a tremendous impact on identifying critical concerns in the aviation industry.
I voted in support of the findings, the probable cause and the recommendations and, along with my colleagues, supported the adoption of the final report. However, during the public Board meeting, I submitted a proposal to the Board to amend the probable cause by adding fatigue as a fifth contributing factor, specifically that the flight crew members’ fatigue contributed to the accident because they did not obtain adequate rest before reporting to duty. After open discussion, the Board rejected the amendment 2 to 1. While I would have preferred for fatigue to be included in the probable cause, that in no way diminishes my support for the Board’s final product which I believe advances aviation safety.
Let me explain why I think fatigue, an issue that has been on our Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements since its inception in 1990, was a factor in this accident. Numerous accident investigations, research data and safety studies show that operators, like the flight crew in this accident, who are on duty but have not obtained adequate rest present an unnecessary risk to the traveling public. Fatigue results from continuous activity, inadequate rest, sleep loss or nonstandard work schedules. The effects of fatigue include slowed reaction time, diminished vigilance and attention to detail, errors of omission, compromised problem solving, reduced motivation, decreased vigor for successful completion of required tasks and poor communication, and generally results in performance deficiencies like those present during this accident flight. As we conclude in the accident report, the flight crews’ errors, including the captain’s inappropriate response to the activation of the stick shaker and the flight crews’ failure to monitor air speed, adhere to sterile cockpit procedures and adequately monitor the flight, were the causal and contributing factors of this accident. But I also believe that these errors are consistent with fatigue.
According to the FAA, operator fatigue is one of the most persistent hazards in all travel modes, including commercial aviation.1 The Safety Board has examined operator fatigue in its safety studies on flight crew errors,2 commuter airlines,3 and aviation safety in Alaska.4 In the flight crew study, the Board found that crews, comprised of captains and first officers whose time since awakening was above the median for their crew position, made more errors overall. In the study on commuter airline safety, the Board found that self-reports from commuter airline pilots indicated that most pilots had flown while fatigued. In the study on aviation in Alaska, the Board concluded that the consecutive, long duty days, permitted by Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) Part 135.261 for commuter airline and air taxi flight crews 1 Federal Aviation Administration, SAFO 06004; Approach and Landing Accident Reduction: Sterile Cockpit, Fatigue. 04/28/06. 2 National Transportation Safety Board,1994. A Review of Flightcrew-Involved, Major Accidents of U.S. Air Carriers, 1978 Through 1990. Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01. 3 National Transportation Safety Board, 1994. Commuter Airline Safety. Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/02. 4 National Transportation Safety Board, 1995. Aviation Safety in Alaska. Safety Study NTSB/SS-95/03. 1
in Alaska, can contribute to fatigue and are a detriment to safety.5 A 1999 NASA study found that 80% of regional airline pilots said they had nodded off during a flight,6 and fatigue continues to show up in reports in NASA’s Aviation Safety Reporting System.7
The question is why, after more than 40 years of documentation and investigation of the hazards of fatigue, so little has changed in our identification of fatigue as a causal or contributing factor in accidents. I would like to contrast how we have addressed fatigue with two other human factors issues that have matured in the last four decades -- alcohol impairment and adherence to standard operating procedures (SOPs).
Today, the impairing effects of alcohol are well understood and accepted by NTSB investigators and society at-large. However, this has not always been the case. Early in the Safety Board’s history, the prevailing view was that an individual could be under the influence with a blood alcohol content above today’s legal limit, and still not be considered drunk. For example, we investigated the 1967 collision in Baker, California, between a car travelling the wrong way on the highway and a bus which resulted in 20 fatalities and 11 injuries.8 The NTSB calculated that at the time of the collision, the driver of the car had a blood-alcohol level of between .15 and .19 (or higher). Nonetheless the accident report states that “there is a difference between being "under the influence" of alcohol and varying degrees of drunkenness. In the common acceptance of the term, "drunkenness" is taken to mean that a person is in a helpless state of immobility.” The report goes on to determine that the driver was not “drunk” because prior to the accident he successfully traveled around town by car, talked with friends and “therefore, it is logical to believe that he was able to read, comprehend and respond to traffic control devices, although probably not as well or as quickly as if he were sober.” In the report, alcohol was not cited as one of the probable cause factors; it was listed as a contributing factor. The Safety Board concluded that because the driver was not immobilized by the alcohol, alcohol was not a causal factor. The use of alcohol, to a certain extent, was tolerated in the transportation industry and by society in general if an impaired individual could still function at some level.
Fortunately, we have advanced beyond this limited viewpoint. Alcohol testing is now a routine component of our accident investigations, and society has placed stricter limits on alcohol use. Today, safety-sensitive transportation employees are subject to random and post-accident drug and alcohol testing, and every state now has impaired driving laws with an .08 or higher breath or blood concentration legal limit. Federal regulations establish an even lower .04 limit for transportation professionals.
Fatigue-impaired performance is not unlike alcohol-impaired performance. For example, a 2003 study demonstrated that sleep loss is at least as potent as ethanol in its performance-impairing effects and two hours of sleep loss equates to a breath ethanol concentration of approximately .05%.9 Other studies establish that prolonged wakefulness significantly impairs speed and accuracy, hand–eye coordination, 5 Evaluation of U.S. Department of Transportation Efforts in the 1990s to Address Operator Fatigue, NTSB/SR- 99/01, May 1999. 6 Co, E.L, et al. Crew Factors in Flight Operations XI: A survey of fatigue factors in regional airline operations. NASA/TM report no.199-208799. 7Michael B. Mann, Deputy Associate Administrator, NASA, Hearing on Pilot Fatigue, Aviation Subcommittee of the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, United States House of Representatives, August 3, 1999. 8 National Transportation Safety Board, Interstate Bus Automobile Collision on Interstate Route 15, Baker, California, March 7, 1968. 9 Roehrs T; Burduvali E; Bonahoom A et al. Ethanol and sleep loss: a “dose” comparison of impairing effects. Sleep 2003; 26(8):981-5. 2
decision making, and memory,10 and one study, in fact, correlates prolonged wakefulness with impairment, such that being awake for 16 hours is equivalent to a .05 BAC.11
We have successfully identified the problem of impairment due to alcohol and drugs in the workplace, and the regulators and industry have devised rules, testing and treatment countermeasures to address the problem. The challenge we face now is creating an environment in which to identify the impairing effects of fatigue. Whether it is using predictive scheduling tools, technology such as eye or voice assessment, administering self tests to quickly assess fatigue or even coming up with a blood test to identify the extent to which fatigue is affecting an individual’s ability to be vigilant, react quickly and avoid both lapses of attention and response errors – we need to address this critical problem.12
Another example of the progress we have made during the Safety Board’s four decades-long investigations of human factors is adherence to Standard Operating Procedures, such as the sterile cockpit rule (prohibiting extraneous conversation below 10,000 feet). We have made the connection between violating the sterile cockpit rule and creating a lax environment in the cockpit that results in crews not being attentive to the task at hand. Today, for sterile cockpit violations to be cited in the probable cause, crews do not have to be engaged in a conversation at the time the accident sequence commences; the conversation just has to be present at some point during the flight.
An example of how far this concept has advanced was brought to my attention a few years ago in a petition for reconsideration for a 1967 mid-air collision of Piedmont Airlines flight 22, a Boeing 727, with a twin engine Cessna 310. The 727 was departing Asheville Regional Airport in North Carolina and the Cessna was on approach to the same airport. All 82 people aboard both aircraft were killed. The petition for reconsideration raised three points, one of which was that the NTSB report made no mention of a fire in a cockpit ashtray that preoccupied the Piedmont crew in the final 35 seconds before the collision. The time that lapsed from take-off to collision was only about 2 minutes and 37 seconds, however, the final accident report’s only reference to the crew’s recorded cockpit conversation stated that it was “concerned primarily with the operation of the aircraft and nothing was found of a probative value to the investigation.” As difficult as it is to believe, the crew’s preoccupation with the fire was not mentioned in the final report.
We have certainly come a long way. Today, extraneous conversation in the cockpit while under 10,000 feet is an unacceptable safety hazard and has regularly been cited as a causal or contributing accident factor. Like with fatigue, we do not have a test to demonstrate the degree to which a sterile cockpit violation affects a crew’s performance. We similarly do not require that any causal or contributing factor equate to a percentage or share of the cause of an accident. Nonetheless, the Safety Board recognizes that a sterile cockpit violation can be a contributing factor for an accident, as was the case in this accident. In this accident, the crew was not behind in their checklists and had not violated the sterile cockpit rule in the two minutes prior to the upset. However the Board did believe that the sterile cockpit violation earlier in the flight created an “environment” where errors were not detected or recognized. Consequently, the sterile cockpit violation was one of four contributing factors to the accident. The exact same logic should be applied to our determination of fatigue; we can demonstrate that the crew was fatigued at the time of the accident and consistent with research, data and science, fatigue results in performance deficiencies that were displayed by the crew. Thus, fatigue should be included as a contributing factor.
10 Babkoff et al., 1988; Florica et al., 1968; Gillberg et al., 1994; Linde and Bergstrom, 1992; Mullaney et al., 1983. 11 Dawson D, Reid K: Fatigue, alcohol and performance impairment. Nature 1997; 388: 235. 12 Fatigue Management in Transportation Operations. 2009 International Conference; http://depts.washington.edu/uwconf/fmto/FatigueManagementAbstracts.pdf. 3
Just as the aviation industry, including the NTSB, has addressed alcohol use and adherence to SOPs, it must also address the issue of fatigue. Unlike many of our complex, technical or cutting edge findings that require further explanation to the public to show why we made the finding, I believe this situation is one that requires an explanation of why we did not reach a conclusion – that is, why we did not identify fatigue in the probable cause determination. Anyone who has attempted to overnight in a crew lounge, an office or an airport waiting room, or has tried to get a night’s sleep on a red-eye flight from Seattle to Newark will tell you, this type of sleep in not recuperative, and the data and science support this. Anyone who has a new baby at home or is caring for an ill relative can tell you that interrupted sleep is not restorative sleep, and studies support this. Any employee who is asked to remain awake throughout the day and be prepared for the most demanding portion of their workday at 10pm after they have been awake for at least 15 consecutive hours would likely acknowledge that they are not at peak performance, and research supports this. Safety Board studies indicate that the duration of the most recent sleep period, the amount of sleep during the previous 24 hours, and split or fragmented sleep patterns are among the most critical factors leading to fatigue-related accidents.13
The failure of the Safety Board to include fatigue as one of the contributing factors in this accident is symptomatic of the Board’s inconsistent approach to addressing fatigue in transportation accidents. We have developed a methodology to be used by our investigators in our on-going efforts to address fatigue in accident investigations through a fatigue checklist.14 It is not necessary for fatigue to be the sole cause of an accident, but it should be included as a factor when it is present and performance deficiencies consistent with fatigue are identified. In 1999 the NTSB recognized that, “[a]lthough generally accepted as a factor in transportation accidents, the exact number of accidents due to fatigue is difficult to determine and likely to be underestimated. The difficulty in determining the incidence of fatigue-related accidents is due, at least in part, to the difficulty in identifying fatigue as a causal or contributing factor in accidents. There is no comparable chemical test for identifying the presence of fatigue as there is for identifying the presence of drugs or alcohol; hence, it is often difficult to conclude unequivocally that fatigue was a causal or contributing factor in an accident. In most instances, one or more indirect or circumstantial pieces of evidence are used to make the case that fatigue was a factor in the accidents.”15
There is consensus at the Safety Board that the flight crew in this accident was likely fatigued, and our accident report makes this conclusion. The factual information in the docket establishes the presence of fatigue for both of these crew members.16 The captain spent the night before the accident sleeping in the company crew room, where he obtained, at best, 8 hours of interrupted sleep as evidenced by multiple log-ins to the CrewTrac system at 2151, then 0310 and again at 0726. At worst, it was poor-quality, interrupted sleep of a shorter duration. NASA and other studies show that even in an onboard rest facility with beds available for long haul flight crews, pilots might get three hours of sleep and the quality does not approach 'home' sleep.17 So, conservatively, the captain in this accident obtained 2 fewer hours sleep than his usual sleep and perhaps, significantly less based on the quality of sleep. In addition to this acute 13 National Transportation Safety Board, Factors That Affect Fatigue in Heavy Truck Accidents, Highway Safety Study NTSB/SS-95/01 (Washington, D.C.: NTSB, 1995). 14 http://www.ntsb.gov/info/fatigue_checklist_V%202_0.pdf. 15 SR99-01 - Evaluation of U.S. Department of Transportation Efforts in the 1990s to Address Operator Fatigue 16 National Transportation Safety Board, Aircraft Accident Report: Crash on Approach to Airport Colgan Air, Inc. Operating as Continental Connection Flight 3407 Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ Clarence Center, New York, Feb. 12, 2009, Human Performance Group Chairman Factual Report, Docket No. SA-531, and Addendum 1 DCA09MA027. 17 Rosekind, M.R., Gregory, K.B., Miller, D.L., Co, E.L. (2000). Crew factors in flight operations XII: A survey of sleep quantity and quality in on-board crew rest facilities. (Technical Memorandum 2000-20961). Moffett Field, CA: NASA and Rosekind, M. R., Gregory, K. B., Miller, D. L., Oyung, R. L., Neri, D. F., & Dinges, D. F. Sleep quantity and quality of augmented long-haul flight crews in on-board crew rest facilities. Sleep Research, 1997, 26:41. 4
sleep loss, he had a cumulative sleep debt of between 6 and 12 hours, which reflected the 2 to 4 hours of sleep debt he accumulated over the course of each of the preceding three nights, two of which were spent in the crew lounge. At the time of the accident, he had been awake at least 15 hours – 3 hours more than the level at which the 1994 NTSB study identified performance degradation in accident flight crews. Finally, the accident occurred at the time of day when the captain would normally go to sleep.
The first officer was similarly not properly rested. The night before the accident, she commuted from Seattle to Newark, changing planes shortly after midnight in Memphis, and arriving in Newark at 0630, which was 0300 Seattle time. While she may not have experienced cumulative sleep debt, she likely had some acute sleep loss and, in the preceding 34 hours, had only gotten a maximum of 8.5 total hours of sleep – 3.5 hours of which were while traveling overnight cross-country (1 ½ hours from Seattle and 2 hours from Memphis to Newark), and the remaining 5 while resting in the company crew room. However, based on information contained in the docket including an interview of a flight attendant who had a conversation with the first officer during the 1100 hour, the 5 hours of rest in the crew lounge between 0800 and 1300 are questionable. Again, it is not likely that she obtained recuperative sleep in a busy, well-lit crew room.
Reflective of these facts, the Safety Board accident report concludes that “[t]he pilots’ performance was likely impaired because of fatigue…” However, the report diminishes the significance of this finding when it states that “[sic] the extent of their impairment and the degree to which [fatigue] contributed to the performance deficiencies that occurred during the flight cannot be conclusively determined.” More simply, the report concludes that while fatigue likely impaired the pilots’ performance, because we could not assign fatigue a percent or number, we discount it as a contributing factor of the accident.
This approach is not consistent with our determinations in other accident investigations. For example in the collision between a truck and an Amtrak train in Bourbonnais,18 the Safety Board stated that “despite the fact that the truck driver was suffering from fatigue at the time of the accident, investigators could not determine the extent to which fatigue accounted for his performance” (analysis page 55). However, that did not prevent the Board from citing in the probable cause for the accident the truck driver’s “inappropriate response to the grade crossing warning devices and his judgment, likely impaired by fatigue.” Similarly, in a collision between two trains in Macdona, Texas,19 the Safety Board concluded that “neither the engineer nor the conductor of the Union Pacific Railroad train made effective use of the time that was available to them to obtain rest.” In that accident, the Safety Board identified fatigue as the cause of the crew’s inappropriate response to wayside signals governing the movement of their train. Contributing to the crewmembers’ fatigue was their failure to obtain sufficient restorative rest prior to reporting for duty because of their ineffective use of off-duty time and the company scheduling practices which inverted their sleep cycles. In the 1989 grounding of the U.S. tank ship Exxon Valdez, many recall the intoxication of the ship’s Captain, but this was also a significant fatigue accident. Fatigue was identified as a major contributor that, subsequently, was given serious national and international attention when the Board stated that “there were no rested deck officers on the Exxon Valdez available to stand the navigation watch when the vessel departed from the Alyeska Terminal.”20 Fatigue was cited in the probable cause of the accident. 18 National Transportation Safety Board, Collision of National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) train 59 with a loaded truck-semitrailer combination at a highway/rail grade crossing in Bourbonnais, Illinois, March 15, 1999. 19 National Transportation Safety Board, Collision of Union Pacific Railroad Train MHOTU-23 With BNSF Railway Company Train MEAP-TUL-126-D With Subsequent Derailment and Hazardous Materials Release; Macdona, Texas; June 28, 2004; RAR0603. 20 National Transportation Safety Board, Grounding of U.S. Tank ship Exxon Valdez on Bligh Reef, Prince William Sound Near Valdez, Alaska, March 04 1989. NTSB/ MAR-90/04, Washington D.C.: NTSB. 5
In other more recent Safety Board aviation accident investigations, the Board concluded that fatigue – even if unquantifiable – caused or contributed to the accident. For example, in the Shuttle America accident in Cleveland in 200721, the Board determined that fatigue was one of four contributing factors, such that the captain’s fatigue affected his ability to effectively plan for and monitor the approach and landing. Also in 2007, in our investigation of the Pinnacle, Traverse City accident,22 the Board found that poor decision making by the pilots likely reflected the effects of fatigue produced by a long, demanding duty day. In another case, the 2004 Kirksville, Missouri accident,23 the Board found that the pilots’ fatigue likely contributed to their degraded performance. It is important to note that similar to this accident, in the CVR transcripts for both the Shuttle America and Kirksville accidents, the crewmembers are engaged in conversation throughout the flight, chatting about various topics, and in the Kirksville accident their sterile cockpit violation is also cited in the probable cause. In each of these investigations, the Safety Board determined that fatigue caused or contributed to the accident. We should be making a similar determination here.
Presently, we do not have the tools to conclusively determine the degree to which a person is fatigued. We cannot pinpoint whether fatigue results in 20% memory reduction, 50% degraded decision-making ability, 25% slower reaction time, or some other value for each individual. This difficulty, however, does not mean we cannot – or should not – find that fatigue contributed to the accident. Making a determination that fatigue is a contributing factor does not detract from this accident report’s other determinations, nor is it an all-or-nothing proposition. A captain can be a poor performer and also be fatigued. The crew may violate the sterile cockpit rules and be fatigued. A first officer may not adhere to standard operating procedures and also be fatigued.
The issue of fatigue challenges us to periodically adjust our lens and take a fresh look to ensure that the aviation industry and the crews who fly our skies report to work rested and fit for duty. Fatigue is complex and multifaceted. During my time at the Board, we have issued recommendations about sleep disorders, flight and duty time revisions, fatigue management systems, education and training. I suggest that our failure to identify fatigue as a factor in this accident is not just a missed opportunity, but also turns a blind eye to a situation that even the average person can recognize. We are never going to change the debate on fatigue unless we face it head on. That means dealing with all aspects of fatigue – from revising the hours of service to sleep disorders to personal responsibility to commuting.
Flight crew commuting is particularly challenging. A regional flight crew’s home base changes often, and to offset the disruption of frequent relocations, pilots may commute from a home location. The Colgan Air pilots were commuting pilots. Both pilots were based in ERW but the captain lived in Florida and the first officer in Seattle. During the previous 14 months, the first officer lived in Phoenix (when hired by the company), then expected to be based in Houston before being sent to Norfolk, Virginia and then at the time of the accident, was based in Newark, New Jersey but lived in Seattle, Washington. Flight crew salaries are also problematic. It is financially challenging for pilots, whether earning $60,000 or $16,000, to regularly relocate their families or hold down multiple residences. When the FAA convened the fatigue 21 National Transportation Safety Board, Aircraft Accident Report: Runway Overrun During Landing Shuttle America, Inc. Doing Business as Delta Connection Flight 6448 Embraer ERJ-170, N862RW Cleveland, Ohio February 18, 2007. AAR-08-01 22 National Transportation Safety Board, Aircraft Accident Report: Runway Overrun During Landing Pinnacle Airlines Flight 4712 Bombardier/Canadair Regional Jet CL600-2B19, N8905F Traverse City, Michigan April 12, 2007, AAR-08-02. 23 National Transportation Safety Board, Aircraft Accident Report: Collision with Trees and Crash Short of Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966, British Aerospace BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004. AAR-06-01. 6
7 ARC in the summer of 2009, they took commuting off the table, and neither Colgan, nor ALPA addressed the issue of commuting in their accident submission documents, even though 70% of the pilots based in Newark commute and 20% commute from over 1000 miles away. I recognize that an objective analysis of commuting will be a difficult, and perhaps, uncomfortable discussion. But we should not be afraid to confront this issue in the context of understanding fatigue and its effect on pilot performance.
The one constant throughout this discussion is that the causes of fatigue among pilots are fairly well- defined and that the results of fatigue, namely accidents of varying degrees, are well-known. Unfortunately, in the aviation industry, fatigue-related decisions – such as minimum crew hires, flight crew schedules and commuting – are decisions that too often reflect the economics of the industry, rather than the data and science of fatigue and human performance.
The tragedy in this accident report is that what we uncovered in the investigation, we already knew. The FAA talks about safety being their highest priority. Colgan Air’s slogan was never to compromise safety. The pilots want a safe profession. Yet, if we are serious about safety, we must establish an aviation system that minimizes pilot fatigue and ensures that flight crews report to work rested and fit for duty. Flying tired is flying dangerously, and it is a practice that needs to end.
Notation 8090C Concurring Statement by Vice‐Chairman Christopher A. Hart In concurring with the report and decision regarding this tragic accident, I commend the staff for such a thorough and detailed investigation and report, and I commend the Board for bringing the benefit of various viewpoints and perspectives to help address some very complex and difficult issues, including several issues on which reasonable people can differ. I also commend the staff for recommending that two issues of industry‐wide significance be treated in an industry‐wide manner, rather than solely in relation to this accident – (a) pilot professionalism, and (b) the impact upon safety of code‐sharing arrangements between major and regional carriers. In this concurring statement, I would like briefly to address the first of those two issues as well as FOQA. Pilot Professionalism In the sunshine meeting I stated my concern that our commercial aviation system is experiencing a declining percentage of airline pilots who have the benefit of military pilot training, and our system is not adequately responding to the challenges that are being created by that decline. Not only is military training world‐class, but the military has a long history of effectively weeding out those who simply lack “the right stuff.” This is not to say that pilots cannot get world‐class training in our civilian system; but that system needs, among other things, a more effective weeding process. Currently the pilot licensing process is based upon passing various written and flight tests – but there is no distinction between those who pass the first time, versus those who don’t pass until the third time, versus those who don’t pass until the ninth time. Most of what most attorneys do is not potentially life‐threatening for their clients, yet some states limit the number of times that lawyers‐to‐be can fail the bar exam. In addition, I am aware of at least one mode of transportation in which failure to pass a critical written test the second time results in dismissal from the program, and passing the test requires a score of 100. Similarly, there is no distinction in our civilian system between those who pass flight tests the first time versus those, such as the captain in this accident, who failed the first attempt in several different flight tests. Moreover, written tests largely measure knowledge, and flight tests largely measure “stick and rudder” skills.” Other crucial attributes are not generally measured by either of these tests, such as discipline
2 and judgment – two attributes for which the effectiveness of military training is also well known, but that have also been shown lacking in this and other recent commercial aviation accidents and incidents. Our civilian system needs to address the challenge of systematically continuing to provide the world‐ class pilot training that the military has provided for so many years, and the system particularly needs a better way to keep out those who should not begin or continue flying passengers for hire. Flight Operational Quality Assurance (FOQA) Before coming to the NTSB I was involved in developing and facilitating various proactive information programs at the FAA, and in doing so, I have frequently stated my opposition to mandating FOQA programs. Voluntary FOQA programs in the US provided much of the crucial information that the industry safety processes used to decrease the US fatal accident rate by 65% from 1997 to 2007 – amazing enough in and of itself, but even more so given that the industry was already generally considered to be very safe in 1997. Mandating FOQA in the wake of that success story could be viewed as “punishing” those who did the right thing, and runs the risk of making the perfect, i.e., 100% implementation of FOQA, the enemy of the good. In a world in which FOQA programs are not as widely implemented as they are in the US, I certainly understand why ICAO wants them mandated; but in the US, where voluntary implementation is so widespread – the vast majority of passengers in the US are carried on airlines with FOQA programs – the need for a mandate is not so apparent. One of my major concerns about mandating FOQA is that a mandate could result in a loss of the protection that FOQA information currently has when it is shared with the FAA. When the proposal was offered not to require sharing of the information with the FAA unless and until legislation is obtained that protects information that is shared with the FAA, I felt that it would be better for the safety of the system to concur with a mandate recommendation, as so modified, rather than having the mandate recommendation be adopted by majority vote, over my dissent, as it was originally proposed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board was notified of this accident about 2230 on February 12, 2009. A go-team launched early the next morning. Accompanying the team to Buffalo was former Board Member Steven Chealander. The following investigative teams were formed: Operations, Human Performance, Structures, Systems, Powerplants, Air Traffic Control, Meteorology, Aircraft Performance, Maintenance Records, and Pipeline. Also, specialists were assigned to conduct the readout of the flight data recorder and transcribe the cockpit voice recorder at the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, D.C. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Colgan Air, Air Line Pilots Association (ALPA), National Air Traffic Controllers Association, and United Steelworkers Union (Flight Attendants). In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, the Transportation Safety Board of Canada (TSB) participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Airframe and Engines), and the Air Accidents Investigation Branch of the United Kingdom (AAIB) participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Propellers). Transport Canada, Bombardier, and Pratt & Whitney Canada participated in the investigation as technical advisors to the TSB, and Dowty Propellers participated in the investigation as a technical advisor to the AAIB, as provided in Annex 13. Public Hearing A public hearing was held from May 12 to 14, 2009, in Washington, D.C. Former Acting Chairman Mark Rosenker presided over the hearing; Board Member and current Chairman Deborah Hersman, former Board Member Kathryn Higgins, and Board Member Robert Sumwalt also participated in the hearing. The issues presented at the hearing were the effect of icing on airplane performance, cold weather operations, sterile cockpit rules, flight crew experience, fatigue management, and stall recovery training. The technical panel comprised investigators from the NTSB and the TSB. Parties to the public hearing were the FAA, Colgan Air, ALPA, and Bombardier. 174
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 175 Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder The following is a transcript of the Honeywell model 6022 SSCVR 120 cockpit voice recorder, serial number 97896, installed on a Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ, operated by Colgan Air, Inc., as Continental Connection flight 3407, which crashed into a residence in Clarence Center, New York, while on an instrument approach to Buffalo-Niagara International Airport, Buffalo, New York, on February 12, 2009:
LEGEND
CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source
HOT Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source
INT Interphone voice or sound source
PA Public address sound source
RDO Radio transmissions from N200WQ
RAMP Radio transmission from Newark Ramp controller
GND Radio transmission from Newark Ground controller
TWR Radio transmission from the Newark Tower controller
DEP Radio transmission from New York Departure controller
ZNY Radio transmission from the New York Center controller
ZOB Radio transmission from the Cleveland Center controller
APP Radio transmission from the Buffalo Approach controller
OPS Radio transmission from the Colgan Buffalo Operations ground controller
-A First controller at identified ATC facility
-B Second controller at identified ATC facility
-C Third controller at identified ATC facility
-1 Voice identified as the captain
-2 Voice identified as the first officer
-3 Voice identified as the flight attendant
-? Voice unidentified
Unintelligible word Expletive
@ Non-pertinent word
( ) Questionable insertion
[ ] Editorial insertion Note 1: Times are expressed in Eastern Standard Time. Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed. Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken. Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 176 20:15:48 START OF RECORDING START OF TRANSCRIPT
20:16:03.4 HOT-1
heard somebody on the— on the phone earlier today before I saw you for the first time this morning. I believe it was— yeah yeah it was before that. that uh was talking about you know possibly getting Qs later this year.
20:16:11.0 HOT-2
uh-huh… oh yeah?
20:16:23.3 HOT-1
so there's been some scuttlebutt...uh...
20:17:30.3 RAMP
Colgan thirty four oh seven monitor ground on point eight. he'll be with you in about uh five minutes.
20:17:35.7 RDO-2
over to ground Colgan thirty four zero seven.
20:17:43.2 HOT-2
yeah I've heard so many things and people say this and people say that.
20:17:47.3 HOT-1
yeah.
20:17:47.6 HOT-2
I'm just— I'm surprised at how calmly— I usually don't do very well with not knowing what's happening. I like to know exactly what it's going to be you know in my future for the next day the next week the next month. and I'm just— now that I'm commuting from Seattle I'm thinking you know it really doesn't matter where you know I would— if it went anywhere else I'd put in a bid to go anywhere but Newark. I can't get farther away from Seattle really...well so much I like Florida but I just have never heard any of those rumors.
20:18:20.8 HOT-1
no I haven't either.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 177 20:18:22.1 HOT-2
or Atlanta.
20:18:22.8 HOT-1
actually the the the Saab would do pretty well as long as they weren't on uh they would never go on derivative power. [sound of throat clearing] they have a derivative uh— oh man DC ten. or an MD eleven. one of the two.
20:18:36.2 HOT-2
**.
20:18:41.3 HOT-1
FedEx. oh you know those guys. that was like a carrier landing to them.
20:18:45.2 HOT-2
yeah.
20:18:49.1 HOT-1
um anyway uhhh— what was I gonna say...oh the Saab.
20:18:57.1 HOT-2
yeah.
20:18:57.3 HOT-1
they have a derivative engine program that uhh you know when the engine starts producing less then then rated power you know they— then we go into a derivative situation. the only time it hurts which would really hurt in Florida obviously is when it's hot and heavy.
20:19:05.7 HOT-2
uh-huh...yeah.
20:19:16.8 HOT-1
you know it doesn't climb for beans. but but as far as— I flew the nineteen hundred in in Florida and to go down there in the summertime in the afternoon when the thunderstorms are all developing and everything that nineteen hundred gets tossed around pretty good.
20:19:35.5 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 178 20:19:36.1 HOT-1
but the uh the three forty is pretty solid. it it uh it bounces around but it it's so much heavier than the nineteen hundred it doesn't— it doesn't do too bad.
20:19:47.3 HOT-2
yeah I was flying in Flagstaff and the density in Arizona— the density altitude of I think it's like eleven thousand five hundred.
20:19:56.8 HOT-1
uh-huh.
20:19:58.5 HOT-2
and that I was just in like an Arrow— a Piper Arrow. but the runway slopes a little bit and you can't climb faster than the runway slopes like you'll take off and then the runway slopes up a little bit— Sedona does the same thing and I was there around the same week when it was just horrible density altitude. and you'd take off and my students would try to pull the nose up and I'd push it right back down and you know you'd hit the runway again before you can get enough speed to actually get up and off the ground. it's really not a very comfortable feeling.
20:20:24.5 HOT-1
wow.
20:20:27.5 HOT-2
but when it's a hundred and twenty down in Phoenix and you get a little bit higher in the mountains and you know it's still it's cooled down to a hundred and five but you're at you know seven thousand feet altitude.
20:21:22.9 HOT-2
I was in one of those this morning.
20:21:25.4 HOT-1
yeah.
20:21:26.1 HOT-2
I was in one of those this time last night.
20:21:41.2 HOT-1
ohhh heavens.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 179 20:22:23.7 HOT-1
you know the bad thing is is uh because they you know cancelled the Rochester round trip— or wherever we were going— was it Rochester? yeah I think it was.
20:22:33.7 HOT-2
yeah. now this doesn't mean anything.
20:22:35.7 HOT-1
this doesn't mean anything. you know you can't uh make a dime off of this.
20:22:41.0 HOT-2
yeah although I'm still excited about flight time so. [sound of laughter] I'm glad you know the more flight time I get the better.
20:23:14.1 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:23:14.5 HOT-2
no and they— I told you that they dropped a four day trip from my PC check.
20:23:18.8 HOT-1
yeah yeah yeah.
20:23:19.4 HOT-2
yeah so I think I'm at like sixty five hours or so anyways. it it would take a lot of over to get me up there.
20:23:33.1 HOT-2
did you see the lines for next month?
20:23:35.3 HOT-1
shew. yeah I saw them. not good for me. [sound of throat clearing]
20:23:39.4 HOT-2
ohhh. I printed them out I didn't look at them.
20:23:43.2 HOT-1
I'll be in the back. just a sec.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 180 20:23:44.7 HOT-2
I got one.
20:23:46.7 PA-1
folks from the flight deck just to keep you updated. uh we're we're gonna be sitting here just for a few more minutes uh... we did have some taxi delays out there obviously because of the uh the weather. uh planes are moving right now we're about number twenty uh for takeoff so it'll be uh it'll probably be another forty minutes. forty to forty five minutes before we're airborne. I appreciate your patience.
20:24:15.2 HOT-1
[sound of throat clearing]
20:24:30.3 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:24:34.9 INT-1
what's up?
20:24:35.3 INT-2
hi. passengers would like to know if they can use cell phones. they all need to do some calls.
20:24:39.5 INT-1
oh I I figured as much. I thought about that right whenever uh I got done.
20:24:46.1 INT-3
that be okay?
20:24:46.7 INT-1
and I was just waiting for the call. I knew you were gonna call. I was just you know I was surprised you didn't call fifteen seconds earlier.
20:24:49.1 INT-3
[sound of laughter]
20:24:55.2 INT-3
and were gonna go ahead and give ‘em some water. is that okay?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 181 20:24:58.2 INT-1
uh yeah but be careful because I may be moving up here just you know in just a little while just to a different place.
20:25:03.8 INT-3
okay. okay that's fine.
20:25:05.3 INT-1
and if you guys want to be up and uh do some water or something that'll be good.
20:25:07.2 INT-3
yeah yeah just in case we can't do any service in the air. ‘cause I have to tell you a lot of them are not very happy so we'll try to get them happy. [sound of laughter]
20:25:15.7 INT-1
okay that sounds wonderful. okay thanks.
20:25:16.8 INT-3
thanks. alright.
20:25:30.0 PA-3
ladies and gentlemen if you need to use your cellphones I have asked the captain and he said that it would be okay. thank you.
20:25:39.5 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:25:49.1 HOT-1
ohh heavens...I am glad I came over to the uh Q. my— my whole deal with uh you know comin' over even though I'm kind of getting screwed on the on the schedules.
20:26:05.6 HOT-2
yeah.
20:26:06.0 HOT-1
and I'll you how uh what it will do is if these things go to Houston in six months or nine months or whatever I'm already in the Q.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 182 20:26:16.5 HOT-2
yeah.
20:26:19.3 HOT-1
uh there are a lot of guys in Houston right now that have more seniority than I do uh um that refuse to go to the Q until it gets to Houston.
20:26:31.3 HOT-2
yeah.
20:26:32.1 HOT-1
so I figured well you know I'll go ahead and jump in the Q.
20:26:36.5 HOT-2
yeah.
20:26:37.0 HOT-1
uh maybe I'll be able to uh take another day off.
20:26:39.7 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:26:41.2 HOT-1
I'll get it.
20:26:43.1 INT-1
yes?
20:26:43.5 INT-3
what about using the lav? we've got a couple of people that are a little annoyed because we're telling them they can't use the lav.
20:26:51.3 INT-1
uh well you know as long as I'm sittin' here uh let me know whenever they're seated because I I don't know when they're gonna— when they're gonna release us to uh to move. uh but go ahead and just keep us updated for each and every person that gets up to go to the lav I need to know when they're seated. when they're seated.
20:27:09.1 INT-3
oh okay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 183 20:27:09.7 HOT-1
okay?
20:27:10.4 INT-3
alright.
20:27:11.1 INT-1
alright.
20:27:11.5 INT-3
alright.
20:27:11.8 INT-1
tell them to piss off early.
20:27:14.9 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
20:27:17.7 HOT-2
[sound of throat clearing]
20:27:30.8 HOT-1
anyway. um you know I jumped on this thing. I figured you know I was busting my butt on the on the Saab.
20:27:39.2 HOT-2
yeah.
20:27:39.8 HOT-1
um my philosophy is it's all about the pay credit.
20:27:44.3 HOT-2
uh-huh.
20:27:44.6 HOT-1
'kay that's what I live and breath by but uh I mean I had one month last summer uh July or August. had a hundred forty seven hours of pay credit.
20:27:59.0 HOT-2
yeah...that's nice.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 184 20:27:59.4 HOT-1
that was sweet. and and I you know I never did but I thought man if I— if I was on the Q—.
20:28:05.5 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:28:07.3 HOT-2
that'd be so much more.
20:28:08.3 HOT-1
yeah oh gosh yeah.
20:28:09.2 INT-2
howdy.
20:28:10.3 INT-3
I have someone in the lav right now and then there'll be another person going in and I'll let you know when they're out and seated. okay?
20:28:17.1 INT-1
alright.
20:28:17.5 INT-3
alright thanks.
20:28:19.9 HOT-1
um but you know once I get down there it's gonna take a month month and a half for everybody to go through you know how ever many they take at a time.
20:28:27.9 HOT-2
yeah.
20:28:30.4 HOT-1
once it gets down there. plus there's also a bunch of other guys that are here that uh—.
20:28:36.6 HOT-2
[sound of sneeze]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 185 20:28:37.4 HOT-1
bless you. that want to uh go back to Houston.
20:28:41.9 HOT-2
yeah.
20:28:42.9 HOT-1
a bunch.
20:28:45.4 HOT-2
there's a ton of em.
20:28:48.8 HOT-1
there's uh there's even a few that uh have never been to Houston [sound of laughter] that want to get the heck out of Newark.
20:28:54.5 HOT-2
that's that's me.
20:28:55.8 HOT-1
so—.
20:28:56.8 HOT-2
I'll go. I'll put in a bid for wherever this thing goes. I figured they— if it went to Houston there might be some more FOs that would want to transition over but they'd let me go down before they transition other guys over wouldn't they? yeah.
20:29:08.1 HOT-1
oh sure oh sure. because they would let you go as the openings are available and your seniority dictates.
20:29:14.4 HOT-2
yeah yeah.
20:29:16.3 HOT-1
uh once you get down there and and this would be very similar to me.
20:29:20.8 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 186 20:29:21.1 HOT-1
uh—.
20:29:22.7 HOT-2
they can't kick me out once they allowed me down there though can they?
20:29:25.1 HOT-1
oh no no.
20:29:25.9 HOT-2
yeah.
20:29:26.6 HOT-1
but it but it would happen the exact same thing with me as it would with you.
20:29:31.8 HOT-2
yeah.
20:29:32.4 HOT-1
we get down there shew we get this schedule this schedule this schedule and as they kept as they keep transitioning people over our schedules get worse and worse and worse.
20:29:36.3 HOT-2
yeah yeah worse and worse and worse.
20:29:43.8 HOT-1
but uh you know that's that's in the future we'll see what happens.
20:29:44.5 HOT-2
[sound of sniffle]
20:29:49.0 HOT-2
yeah.
20:29:50.0 HOT-1
but even on the Saab uh I was able to make about uh gross about sixty thousand last year so—.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 187 20:30:02.4 HOT-2
I made gross fifteen thousand eight hundred. I got here in January. aww.
20:30:03.0 HOT-1
but I— yeah no I know no I know. I I understand. I was on the on the uh FO uh welfare—.
20:30:12.9 HOT-2
you were there when it was nineteen an hour weren't you?
20:30:15.4 HOT-1
no I never was on nineteen. no.
20:30:16.3 HOT-2
[sound of sniffle] oh. that's good.
20:30:20.1 HOT-2
I'm just lucky 'cause I have a husband that's working.
20:30:22.2 GND
Colgan thirty four zero seven you're at romeo mike correct?
20:30:25.4 RDO-2
uh romeo hotel Colgan thirty four zero seven.
20:30:27.6 GND
okay Colgan thirty four zero seven out of romeo hotel roger. you're gonna give way to Delta from the left and then taxi via bravo and hold short of kilo.
20:30:37.8 RDO-2
give way to Delta then bravo short of kilo for Colgan thirty four zero seven.
20:30:41.8 HOT-2
[sound of sniffles]
20:30:42.8 HOT-1
alright give way to Delta then I'm sorry.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 188 20:30:44.5 HOT-2
bravo short of kilo.
20:30:45.6 HOT-1
bravo short of kilo.
20:30:46.8 HOT-2
I don't see a Delta.
20:30:48.0 HOT-1
right here. this uh plane here.
20:30:50.0 HOT-2
oh gotcha.
20:30:51.9 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:30:55.6 HOT-1
[sound of throat clearing]
20:30:56.8 INT-3
hello?
20:30:57.9 INT-1
hey are they are they back?
20:30:58.6 INT-3
I still have another one in the bathroom and another one waiting. do you need—.
20:31:02.6 INT-1
no I uh I uh we need to go.
20:31:04.9 INT-3
okay uh.
20:31:05.1 INT-1
so the one waiting has to wait and I I'm gonna have to coordinate to uh.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 189 20:31:05.8 INT-3
okay okay. one in there right now as soon as she comes out I'll—.
20:31:14.7 INT-1
alright well this is— I was afraid of this. alright thanks.
20:31:16.3 INT-3
okay okay alright.
20:31:25.5 HOT-2
she might get out in time.
20:31:30.0 HOT-1
God.
20:31:34.4 CAM
[sound similar to door closing]
20:31:35.4 HOT-2
there you can hear her getting out now.
20:31:36.8 HOT-1
yeah.
20:31:42.4 HOT-2
totally lose our spot you can hear him.
20:31:49.3 HOT-2
here I go.
20:31:49.7 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:31:50.4 INT-2
that it?
20:31:51.3 INT-3
okay we're good.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 190 20:31:55.6 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:32:15.2 HOT-1
I hate to make people wait. I understand needs and all that kind of stuff but uh.
20:32:17.4 HOT-2
oh I know but if it means us taking off and us three people later in line.
20:32:48.3 HOT-1
alright bravo short of kilo.
20:33:05.6 HOT-1
yeah we're on ground now right?
20:33:08.8 HOT-2
yeah.
20:33:10.0 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:34:02.1 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:34:06.5 GND
Colgan thirty four zero seven Newark Ground two two right at whiskey continue juliet at romeo follow JetBlue.
20:34:14.4 RDO-2
juliet at romeo follow JetBlue Colgan thirty four zero seven.
20:34:18.5 HOT-1
yeah JetBlue's right behind uh the bent wing pencil jet.
20:34:25.7 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
20:34:27.0 HOT-1
looked like a bent wing maybe it's not.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 191 20:34:31.2 HOT-2
what's that mean?
20:34:31.8 HOT-1
it's just a lawn dart.
20:34:33.0 HOT-2
oh I've never heard the term bent wing.
20:34:37.3 HOT-1
bent wing is winglet.
20:34:39.1 HOT-2
oh oh gotcha.
20:35:16.7 HOT-2
come on JetBlue. I didn't realize JetBlue came in to here. I wonder where they go from.
20:35:22.7 HOT-1
they have uh one flight to Tampa they have uh couple flights to Fort Lauderdale and uh three or four flights to Orlando.
20:35:30.7 HOT-2
out of Newark?
20:35:31.9 HOT-1
out of Newark.
20:35:33.6 HOT-2
oh okay well that doesn't help me at all. 'cause JetBlue does a ton— there's like four flights from Seattle to JFK a day and I decided I figured it out that'd be you know if I'm only doing it a couple times a week or a couple times a month or like once a month. that's only— I think there's a twenty five dollar shuttle.
20:35:51.1 HOT-1
yeah.
20:35:52.1 HOT-2
that's not so bad.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 192 20:35:53.9 HOT-1
they have free TV. live TV.
20:35:55.7 HOT-2
on the shuttle?
20:35:57.1 HOT-1
on uh JetBlue.
20:35:57.7 HOT-2
oh on JetBlue.
20:35:58.8 HOT-1
you got to pay for your for your movies though. if you ever— if you fly Continental if they fly seven fives or the uh seven three nine hundreds the ones that are equipped you got free movies.
20:36:13.2 HOT-2
that's cool.
20:36:13.4 GND
Lufthansa four one three heavy at juliet follow the Continental Express Embraer— make that the Continental uh Dash eight Q four hundred series.
20:36:19.6 HOT-2
Q four hundred.
20:36:33.0 GND
Colgan thirty four zero seven you follow JetBlue that's your sequence about number sixteen. monitor the tower.
20:36:39.8 RDO-2
follow JetBlue and monitor tower Colgan thirty four zero seven.
20:36:48.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffles]
20:37:11.4 PA-3
ladies and gentlemen at this time once again if you'd be so kind and turn off your cell phones. thank you.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 193 20:37:17.8 HOT-2
you think they'd just be launching us off two two since all these planes have circle to land two nine...you'd think they'd be using the right and the left. [sound of sniffle] well I guess never mind because then you've got spacing going to the—.
20:37:35.5 HOT-1
yeah the spacing off the arrivals still because uh until they break.
20:37:37.4 HOT-2
yeah. that's right I forget about all that.
20:37:59.9 HOT
[sound of master caution chime]
20:38:00.7 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:38:03.4 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:38:05.4 INT-3
hello?
20:38:06.1 INT-1
hey if that one would like to go to the restroom now go ahead.
20:38:09.1 INT-3
oh okay thank you.
20:38:10.6 INT-1
and let me know if anybody else is in need uh after that one.
20:38:14.1 INT-3
okay thank you. buh-bye.
20:38:14.7 INT-1
okay thanks.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 194 20:38:19.3 HOT-1
oh let's see. what was I gonna tell— I was gonna tell you something. I didn't want to really say it off of uh in front of the ramp guys.
20:38:28.1 HOT-2
oh you didn't have your FOPP. [Flight Operations Policies and Procedures Manual]
20:38:29.6 HOT-1
oh yeah yeah yeah yeah yeah yeah uh you know @ right?
20:38:34.3 HOT-2
yeah.
20:38:34.9 HOT-1
um he was doing his PC check today.
20:38:37.4 HOT-2
uh-huh.
20:38:38.0 HOT-1
he came up last night and he's you know he's always been real good you know as far as just uh seems like a top notch guy.
20:38:45.9 HOT-2
yeah.
20:38:46.3 HOT-1
and he came in and he just— uh it just looked like his face was drained you know all the blood out of it and everything. he just came in told me he was headed to his PC check today. and he said he got on the plane he went to pull it out to uh to study.
20:39:05.5 HOT-2
he was using it to study yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 195 20:39:07.6 HOT-1
and he said it was not in his bag. says that was the first time he uh uh he figured out that he didn't have it. he left it at home. he says I've been with the company I forget what he said five or six years this is— this is the first time he's ever done that. I said dude it happens to the best of us. I said let's see if we can help you out so I gave him mine I said yeah I just got to make sure my FO has it you know tomorrow. we ha— we have to have one in the—.
20:39:36.8 HOT-2
yeah I've got mine.
20:39:37.9 HOT-1
and so that's all we have to have. but uh made sure it was up to date um which it was and uh he took it down there.
20:39:51.1 HOT-2
that was nice of you.
20:39:52.9 HOT-1
and he was he was coming in from Saint Lou— uh coming in from Saint Louis. he was gonna try to and make the one thirty flight today to get in at five oh clock.
20:40:03.0 HOT-2
to Saint Louis?
20:40:04.3 HOT-1
in. one thirty out of Saint Louis in here at five oh clock.
20:40:07.8 HOT-2
oh yeah?
20:40:08.3 HOT-1
and that flight was delayed until five thirty so he wasn't going to be in until uh about— what time is it now? eight oh clock it's eight forty yeah it's uh it's due in about any time.
20:40:20.0 HOT-2
yeah...yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 196 20:41:31.1 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:41:34.5 HOT-2
oh I'm ready to be in the hotel room.
20:41:38.2 HOT-1
I feel feel feel bad for you as far as feeling **.
20:41:44.2 HOT-2
well this is one of those times that if I felt like this when I was at home there's no way I would have come all the way out here. but now that I'm out here.
20:41:51.7 HOT-1
you might as well.
20:41:52.7 HOT-2
I mean if I call in sick now I've got to put myself in a hotel until I feel better. you know we'll see how how it feels flying. if the pressure's just too much I you know I could always call in tomorrow at least I'm in a hotel on the company's buck but we'll see. I'm pretty tough.
20:42:09.3 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:42:15.3 HOT-1
oh that Airborne may help out a little bit.
20:42:18.4 HOT-2
yeah.
20:42:19.1 HOT-1
you could kill it with uh you know a bunch of OJ or a bunch of vitamin C.
20:42:24.1 HOT-2
yeah I've got um got ‘em to give me a a carton of orange juice to take home with me.
20:42:51.6 HOT-1
is that a triple seven? for TAP? oh nope it's an Airbus three thirty.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 197 20:42:55.7 HOT-2
no it's an Airbus.
20:43:00.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:43:10.2 HOT-2
so what did you do before you started flying for Colgan?
20:43:13.6 HOT-1
oh I I'd been in the airline industry for a while. I worked for uh the original Piedmont Airlines merged with US Airways. watched two companies— two profitable companies with two completely different cultures uh merge together and turn to a pile of crap.
20:43:33.5 HOT-2
oh that's too bad.
20:43:34.8 HOT-1
and I lost my job in the— in the merger.
20:43:39.0 HOT-2
how'd you lose your job?
20:43:40.5 HOT-1
uh they took the position that I was doing— um do you have any napkins over there by chance?
20:43:45.6 HOT-2
oh yeah I've got a whole load of them in my thing.
20:43:48.6 HOT-1
[sound of coughing]
20:43:50.2 HOT-1
thanks. uh they made my— well I I I guess I could— don't mean to say I lost my job but uh they gave me a a very poor choice to make.
20:44:03.3 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 198 20:44:03.8 HOT-1
or a very poor alternative.
20:44:06.6 HOT-2
what was that?
20:44:07.1 HOT-1
uh I was in a management position— well I was temporarily in a management position. and because I was temporarily in that management position for longer than thirty days they considered me part of that department although I was not being paid the full management salary I was just getting a little uh...
20:44:10.2 HOT-2
[sound of sniffle] uh-huh...yeah.
20:44:33.1 HOT-1
...whatever you want to call it. uh a little add on. and anyway so uh they turned that position into a clerical position.
20:44:37.1 HOT-2
[sound of sniffle]
20:44:49.7 HOT
[sound of double chime]
20:44:54.4 INT-3
yes sir.
20:44:54.9 INT-1
hey is everyone down?
20:44:56.4 INT-3
yeah.
20:44:57.3 INT-1
okay thanks.
20:44:57.9 INT-3
okay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 199 20:44:59.7 HOT-1
um so they gave us uh an alternative uh an option to stay with the job it was going to a clerical position. we would lose approximately sixty five percent of our salary.
20:45:14.6 HOT-2
whoa.
20:45:15.8 HOT-1
um or you know sayonara so I went sayonara.
20:45:23.9 HOT-2
yeah I would too.
20:45:26.6 HOT-1
and then I worked for American Express for a while as a contract— a contract employee with RJ Reynolds tobacco company.
20:45:36.0 HOT-2
oh yeah.
20:45:36.6 HOT-1
and uh did a lot of travel packages hospitality events driver appearances
20:45:42.6 HOT-2
oh that's cool.
20:45:43.5 HOT-1
uh for uh for NASCAR uh NHRA track racing AMA superbikes unlimited hydroplane. that was— that was probably the best job I've ever had. probably the best one ever. just the most fun. it was challenging at times yet it was very rewarding you get to go to to the events and all that kind of stuff.
20:46:04.0 HOT-2
oh I bet. why'd you leave there?
20:46:07.8 HOT-1
uh the uh political uh arena with uh the tobacco companies and smoking in in general and that stuff.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 200 20:46:14.8 HOT-2
oh.
20:46:18.4 HOT-1
uh the biggest thing that I ever learned in a business law class is uh US domestic laws are dictated by social acceptance. had a textbook about this thick.
20:46:28.7 HOT-2
yeah.
20:46:29.4 HOT-1
that was one sentence out of the— one of the chapters.
20:46:33.3 HOT-2
uh-huh.
20:46:33.6 HOT-1
that has stuck with me ever ever since I took that business law class.
20:46:37.7 HOT-2
oh that's funny.
20:46:38.4 HOT-1
and it is so true.
20:46:39.7 HOT-2
yeah.
20:46:40.3 HOT-1
uh I mean there's just so many examples that you could use. and and and look back and say that's true as true could be. but uh so they were cut back— oh and I did the sweepstakes stuff too. uh that was a whole messload of fun.
20:46:58.8 HOT-2
oh yeah?
20:46:59.0 HOT-1
they'd have different sweepstakes for their different uh cigarette brands.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 201 20:47:01.8 HOT-2
uh-huh.
20:47:02.0 HOT-1
and like they'd have the uh uh Salem cigarettes their menthol brand. uh Salem's fortieth anniversary when the did uh they did forty winners for a three night cruise in the Bahamas.
20:47:20.0 HOT-2
oh that's cool.
20:47:21.0 HOT-1
so uh they gave me— basically they— uh I develop a package uh wrote all the little fine print went through legal with that made sure I was okay and uh then I just waited. waited until they had the drawing and they gave me a list of forty names. it wasn't just myself uh I was— I was the main contact point but uh I had two other people that uh helped me out with that and we had a whole a blast of fun. I mean we'd contact the winners and say you know this is so and so from American Express Travel on behalf of RJ Reynolds Tobacco Company and uh we have your name and we'll do your travel. uh and this is what's planned. this is you know all kinds of things to do. so anyway I did that as well.
20:47:26.9 HOT-2
yeah...yeah.
20:48:12.7 HOT-1
but uh just with all the political mumbo jumbo they uh they were cutting back on their brand promotions and sweepstakes and everything.
20:48:20.5 HOT-2
yeah.
20:48:20.8 HOT-1
so uh uh I transferred with American Express and went down— back down to Tampa er back down to Florida. I was in Orlando to get my **. but uh after that I worked for Verizon for a little while.
20:48:28.4 HOT-2
yeah....Horizon?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 202 20:48:39.5 HOT-1
Verizon.
20:48:41.1 HOT-2
oh Verizon. oh okay.
20:48:41.2 HOT-1
Veri— yeah. uh worked in the uh high speed internet uh division.
20:48:45.6 HOT-2
okay.
20:48:46.3 HOT-1
uh sold DSL and all the peripherals that go along with it. DSL and dial up and helped uh I was on the beta team for uh uh their FTTP is what we call just the FTTP FTTP program which is fiber tooth the premise is now called Verizon FIOS.
20:49:06.6 HOT-2
yeah okay.
20:49:10.0 HOT-1
and FIOS is out in uh would be out in the Seattle areas— some of the Seattle areas uh—.
20:49:17.1 HOT-2
they just did that in the apartments that I was at in the Chesapeake I think.
20:49:20.7 HOT-1
yeah yeah they go in and do uh you know like uh like an exclusive arrangement with a— with a community whether it's a you know a housing community a development or something like that or a condo community or you know apartments or whatever. they'll go in and do like an exclusive arrangement for x number of years and then go in and sell it to everybody give them a good price. but uh we developed all the the policies and procedures the setup. all that kind of stuff.
20:49:21.8 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 203 20:49:26.7 HOT
[sound of master caution chime consistent with parking brake application]
20:49:56.3 HOT-2
oh that's neat.
20:50:01.1 HOT-1
so that was neat. they— they gave they gave a big package to management employees. it was geared toward the old uh technology people in management positions. uh but they extended it— extended it to everybody except wireless. and I wasn't in you know I wasn't part of wireless so I I took the package and left and went flying.
20:50:32.7 HOT-2
okay.
20:50:32.9 HOT-1
I went through Gulfstream's program 'cause uh you know it was just the best program for for my needs and and what I needed you know the timeframe that I had. you know how fast I wanted to get into the one twenty one environment and all that. so it really uh really worked out well for me.
20:50:56.9 HOT-2
that's good.
20:50:58.3 HOT-1
got hired with Colgan right after that.
20:51:01.5 HOT-2
you've been here you said four years?
20:51:03.4 HOT-1
what's that?
20:51:04.7 HOT-2
you said you've been here four years?
20:51:06.1 HOT-1
uh almost four years. about eh three and a half years.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 204 20:51:17.9 HOT-1
silly old Gulfstream they uh— I even had an interview with Pinnacle to go fly uh the RJs because they had a preferential program with uh Gulfstream preferential— preferential interview process.
20:51:29.3 HOT-2
oh yeah?
20:51:32.1 HOT-1
and uh I turned down the job because at that time they weren't they weren't paying anything for training.
20:51:40.6 HOT-2
oh yeah?
20:51:46.6 HOT-1
they just at that at that point in time I just like well if the company can't even invest in their employees as they go through training you know some sort of uh stipend or or something like that. fifty dollar a day per diem or—.
20:52:02.6 HOT-2
yeah. oh they weren't giving anything?
20:52:05.6 HOT-1
no.
20:52:05.9 HOT-2
oh.
20:52:07.4 HOT-1
nope they weren't giving anything.
20:52:09.0 HOT-2
jeez.
20:52:10.5 HOT-1
I mean I had a place to stay but you know I'dve still been out of out of uh income for about ten weeks is what they were calling for.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 205 20:52:18.5 HOT-2
yeah that's— that's really tough.
20:52:34.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffles]
20:52:39.7 PA-1
folks from the flight deck just to uh give you another update. we're getting a little bit closer. we're still about number ten for departure. and we'll be airborne just uh shortly and just to kind of uh pass on a little bit more information from uh other pilots who have taken off earlier uh the turbulence has uh decreased uh quite a bit but uh there's still gonna be some bumps on the climbout so make sure those seatbelts are fastened tightly. thanks.
20:53:16.7 HOT-2
they're calling winds three hundred at fifteen.
20:53:19.6 HOT-1
three hundred at fifteen.
20:53:43.7 HOT-1
interviewed with Colgan and and uh they gave me the choice of either going on the nineteen hundred or the Saab. I told them I've flown the nineteen hundred and it would be a pretty easy transition just learning the the particular you know profiles and callouts for Colgan as opposed to Gulfstream. I said but I'd rather have the the Saab so I could learn you know a little bit more CRM because they have a flight attendant and also uh I liked the bases better that the Saab had to offer.
20:54:12.1 HOT-2
yeah...yeah.
20:54:23.1 HOT-1
and uh I I was interviewing— have you ever flown with @?
20:54:28.0 HOT-2
nope.
20:54:28.4 HOT-1
do you know who he is?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 206 20:54:29.3 HOT-2
I know who he is.
20:54:31.1 HOT-1
he uh he was interviewing me along with uh @.
20:54:32.1 HOT-2
**.
20:54:37.0 HOT-2
oh okay.
20:54:37.8 HOT-1
and uh I asked him after the interview. I said you know that's I mean that was an honest answer but I'd be more challenged in the in the Saab. he said no man that was a perfect answer. so.
20:54:49.7 HOT-2
oh that's good. well they asked me what I wanted. I said I wanted the Q. I didn't know much buh difference between the Saab and the Q but um and they said well tough you can't have it. [sound of laughter] so I was like why did you ask me if you told me I can't have it? so then they put me in the Saab I got everything ready we were all set cause we wanted— me and my husband I mean we lived in Phoenix for a few years we don't have kids we don't have any commitments. we just you know we wanted to experience living in different places before we settled back down in Seattle so we were geared up ready to move to Houston.
20:55:08.7 HOT-1
yeah...yeah go ahead.
20:55:14.9 TWR
attention all aircraft. current altimeter two niner six one.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 207 20:55:20.7 HOT-2
uh six one's the altimeter. uh geared up ready to move to Houston. and then the day before I was supposed to go to training @ called and basically begged me to switch to the Q and that pushed me back a week in training and I waited a week and I asked my husband I said look when I upgrade like thirteen dollars an hour more. it's a bigger plane. I'd rather fly this plane than the Saab. he says hey we haven't signed anything we haven't— so we just like switched our whole gears up to Virginia.
20:55:46.6 HOT-1
wow.
20:55:48.9 HOT-2
if they'd told us that all those outstations were gonna close and we'd come to Newark but but we're ready to be back in Seattle anyway.
20:55:56.1 HOT-1
are you from that area originally?
20:55:58.5 HOT-2
yeah all my family's there. all my husband's family is there. we both grew up in Seattle. so we want to settle— we want to buy a house with the market the way it is and I mean it's hard to pass up buying a house right now.
20:56:06.2 HOT-1
yeah.
20:56:15.0 HOT-2
we * get you know my sister bought a house last year. she thought she was buying in the bottom of the market and her house has already decreased thirty thousand dollars in value.
20:56:19.7 HOT-1
uh-huh...dohhh wow.
20:56:24.8 HOT-2
yeah. and we know that that might happen to us too but we're not gonna— we're not looking to sell in a year or two. we're looking to buy settle down and live there for you know five to ten years.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 208 20:56:30.0 HOT-1
yeah...it's it's gonna take about that before it uh comes back up. yeah.
20:56:36.8 HOT-2
picks back up.
20:56:40.7 HOT-1
but it's it's got to be close to the bottom if not at the bottom at this point in time.
20:56:45.8 HOT-2
yeah.
20:56:51.3 HOT-1
yeah I I think— I don't know if it were me if I were buying at this point in time I think I would start looking about halfway through the year.
20:56:59.7 HOT-2
yeah.
20:57:00.6 HOT-1
halfway or you know into August September time frame.
20:57:04.0 HOT-2
yeah well we're helping my grandpa right now is—. he is a hundred and he's losing— he doesn't— he's losing his memory. he he can't function. somebody has to be with him twenty four hours a day. he's not so bad— I mean if he if he could just— if he couldn't remember who people were all the time we'd put him in a home.
20:57:23.1 HOT-1
right.
20:57:23.9 HOT-2
but in the morning he's really sharp and then in the afternoon he's got what's called Sundowner’s it's like part time Alzheimer's.
20:57:29.2 HOT-1
okay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 209 20:57:29.3 HOT-2
like in the afternoon he starts to go a little- he can't remember. and so my parents have been going insane. they live next door. they've been having to be there all the time and my aunts are having to be there. it's so hard so— while my husband finds a job we've been kind of staying between my parents house and his house helping out to give them a break. and then that gives us a break. we're not stuck in a lease for when we find a house.
20:57:50.7 HOT-1
uh-huh...right.
20:57:54.4 HOT-2
and it— you know it's really nice because everything we're saving goes straight to a down payment so.
20:58:00.4 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
20:58:04.3 HOT-1
yeah I've got a cousin that flies for UPS. he uh flies uh seven fives seven sixes right seat.
20:58:11.6 HOT-2
yeah.
20:58:11.8 HOT-1
he's in his tenth— or well past his tenth year so he's now in his eleventh year.
20:58:15.6 HOT-2
yeah.
20:58:18.4 HOT-1
and uh they just sold their house bout uh bout a year ago and they just bought another house uh and moved into it just at the end of this past year.
20:58:32.4 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 210 20:58:33.1 HOT-1
so he he was kind of— he— they sold kind of as the market was going down.
20:58:38.7 HOT-2
that's good though.
20:58:38.8 HOT-1
they got— they got you know uh something decent out of it. he said he didn't get quite as much as he could have it he would have sold it you know six or eight months before.
20:58:49.7 HOT-2
yeah.
20:58:50.1 HOT-1
but um they they didn't lose any money by any means.
20:58:54.8 HOT-2
oh that's good.
20:58:55.7 HOT-1
and uh he got uh it was a house that he said he he had uh put an offer on and somebody else had already put an offer on which was a lot more money. and he he said well he could you know it just wasn't worth it to him.
20:59:14.0 HOT-2
no point in getting into a bidding war in today's market.
20:59:17.8 HOT-1
yeah exactly. and uh the guy's financing did not go through.
20:59:24.1 HOT-2
oh that's nice.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 211 20:59:25.4 HOT-1
and uh you know it's still for sale still for sale still for sale and my cousin said he called and asked if it you know if it was still for sale or was it still pending. he said no the financing had had fallen through. so he offered— uh offered him forty or fifty thousand dollars lower than what they had offered him at first.
20:59:49.4 HOT-2
yeah.
20:59:49.8 HOT-1
and theirs was already the low offer.
20:59:51.6 HOT-2
yeah.
20:59:51.6 HOT-1
and they got— and they took it.
20:59:53.5 HOT-2
that sucks. oh I mean it's great for your cousin but.
20:59:56.4 HOT
[sound of master caution chime consistent with parking brake application]
20:59:56.5 HOT-1
yeah yeah yeah I mean it sucks for them exactly.
20:59:57.7 HOT-2
yeah.
20:59:59.1 HOT-1
because they were trying— they were trying to get out it. and they were obviously trying to get the best they could.
21:00:03.0 HOT-2
no of course.
21:00:04.0 HOT-1
just like everybody else does.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 212 21:00:05.4 HOT-2
yeah.
21:00:09.6 HOT-1
ohh wow that guy is— oh we'll see how close this is.
21:00:13.2 HOT-2
ooo...that's not gonna happen.
21:00:23.0 HOT-1
that's a seven two seven just landed. oh that's not too bad. okay.
21:00:28.0 HOT-2
oh yeah 'cause now he just got a thirty knot headwind.
21:00:28.9 HOT-1
*.
21:00:38.2 HOT-2
that wasn't very * it looked a lot closer.
21:00:40.4 HOT-1
yeah it did. it really did.
21:01:11.2 HOT-2
everybody's five.
21:01:29.1 HOT-2
Cargojet?
21:01:31.1 HOT-1
yeah that was that seven two that just—.
21:01:32.3 HOT-2
yeah.
21:01:34.1 HOT-1
Cargojet whoever that is.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 213 21:01:35.4 HOT-2
yeah.
21:02:46.2 HOT-1
Continental fifty. going to Frankfurt.
21:02:59.1 HOT-1
have you guys done very much travelling?
21:03:01.1 HOT-2
um-hmm.
21:03:01.7 HOT-1
oh good.
21:03:02.9 HOT-2
yeah we— my husband goes to— he was going to Phoenix almost every month. when he drilled there. he drilled once a month there.
21:03:10.2 HOT-1
uh-huh.
21:03:10.9 HOT-2
and uh he just got based back in Seattle which is nice because he make more in one weekend of drill than I make in an entire pay cycle here.
21:03:19.6 HOT-1
that sucks. what branch is he with?
21:03:20.3 HOT-2
well he's army.
21:03:23.1 HOT-1
army.
21:03:23.1 HOT-2
uh that'll hopefully change now I— the next paycheck that comes should have my five dollar raise on it.
21:03:30.3 HOT-1
good.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 214 21:03:30.8 HOT-2
I thought the last one should because I got hired January sixteenth. but apparently the sixteenth through the thirtieth they said that you don't get your raise until the pay period after.
21:03:39.3 HOT-1
it would be the twentieth.
21:03:40.7 HOT-2
yeah that made me— but but no— but my but my pay from the sixteenth to the thirtieth didn't have the raise in it.
21:03:46.1 HOT-1
uh-huh.
21:03:47.6 HOT-2
and I got hired on the sixteenth.
21:03:48.8 HOT-1
that's okay. it'll it'll be retroed back.
21:03:50.8 HOT-2
no no she said it wouldn't. I called and asked.
21:03:53.1 HOT-1
why wouldn't it be retroed back?
21:03:54.1 HOT-2
because she says that your raise doesn't take effect until the first pay period— the first full pay period after you got hired. so I got hired on the sixteenth and the pay period started on the sixteenth. so from the sixteenth to the thirtieth that my raise wasn't in effect until after that. I'm thinking that's like two hundred buck— two hundred bucks to an FO is a lot of money.
21:04:12.6 HOT-1
ohhh I think I'd question that.
21:04:15.0 HOT-2
I did. and she— and I called payroll and they said that that's just how policy is.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 215 21:04:23.7 HOT-2
so I talked to two different people. I talked to payroll and they gave me someone from HR and that's what it— both of them said that and I thought that was a load of crap.
21:04:30.0 HOT-1
okay oh that's not the way they used to do it. that may be how Pinnacle does it.
21:04:35.1 HOT-2
yeah but.
21:04:36.7 HOT-1
that's not how Colgan used to do it.
21:04:39.1 HOT-2
no but I'll be getting an extra two hundred dollars each paycheck. now I'll be making more than he does in a weekend but.
21:04:45.1 HOT-1
[sound of laughter]
21:04:45.5 HOT-2
[sound of laughter] that's good.
21:04:50.6 HOT-2
oh.
21:04:54.1 HOT-1
what was it?
21:04:55.2 HOT-2
is it a Bell?
21:04:56.3 HOT-1
I don't know. kind of looked like it didn't it.
21:04:58.5 HOT
[sound of master caution chime consistent with parking brake application]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 216 21:04:59.4 HOT-2
yeah.
21:05:01.0 HOT-1
well this isn't an elephant so I'm not scared of it.
21:05:03.9 HOT-2
yeah that's for sure. no but we uh we travelled to Phoenix a lot and 'cause we used to live there and he went down to— we went to Disneyworld and now that we're back in Seattle— we've got two dogs. so now that we're back in Seattle with all of our family it's a lot easier to just take off and you know my sister can wake up in the morning and find two extra dogs in her backyard. [sound of laughter]
21:05:24.7 HOT-1
right.
21:05:36.0 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:05:37.2 HOT-1
that's what uh my wife and I did before we— you know settled down and had you know bought a house and had you know started a family and all that kind of stuff. we uh wanted to get to know each other more and more and you know just enjoy the time between the two of us. because you know obviously when you start a family and everything and it's just not the same. it's just you're closing one chapter or one book and opening another.
21:05:53.8 HOT-2
yeah...exactly.
21:05:58.7 HOT
[sound of master caution chime]
21:06:05.1 HOT-1
uh but we I mean we always fit our children into our schedule and uh you know and also you know focused on their schedules too to make a compromise. it wasn't all one sided. it wasn't all for the kids it wasn't all for us but uh we didn't let their lives run ours.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 217 21:06:19.3 HOT-2
yeah...that's good.
21:06:31.9 HOT-1
and you know that's that's the big thing that I'd I'd recommend to any young couple that's that's out there just unsolicited advice you know just you know don't get in a big hurry.
21:06:43.5 HOT-2
yeah. no we're not. we want to give it— we want to do a lot more travelling. although gosh I'm so freaking mad. I feel like Colgan walks all over me. this company treats me like crap so much. I've been assigned my vacation in March. and I have been— I have sent four emails and I've made a dozen calls saying I do not want vacation in march I never requested that. that was assigned to me. here are ten different other weeks that I'd like vacation that are open on the vacation slot and she won't give it to me. she won't give it to me. I've called @. she's the one dealing with it. I've left her voicemails she won't call me back. I've sent her emails she won't call me back. she won't change my vacation. it still even has me in Norfolk she won't change it. and I think I've got like two more days before I'm within the forty five days and they can't change it. and I know she's going to screw me over and I'm going to be so freaking mad if they make me take my vacation in march cause I can't— I don't want to take vacation when my husband can't take vacation because we want to go somewhere.
21:07:17.2 HOT-1
sh— um...right right.
21:07:39.4 HOT-1
um now that she she looks at it on the tenth of every month and then posts it right after that so take a look.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 218 21:07:46.1 HOT-2
but I— I did I did she just emailed me she said you can't have Christmas off. and I said but what about the other ten weeks I asked for off you know and she did— she wouldn't email me back and it's just like— I if I only get to bid one week every month the entire year's gonna go by without me being able to get a bid in. because if somebody else higher than me wants that week off and she she and she won't respond back the fact that I'm in Newark now and I had to wait until I was in Newark to make my bid that's what I waited ‘til uh two months ago is when I started you know getting to do it. she won't do anything to help me and it's like I don't know what to do and I'm just gonna get screwed into having— I mean I literally have sent like several emails made several phone calls—.
21:07:58.1 HOT-1
ah.
21:08:27.1 HOT-1
go to @. that's what he's there for.
21:08:29.7 HOT-2
is it?
21:08:30.1 HOT-1
yeah oh hell yeah. oh yeah.
21:08:32.1 HOT-2
because I just— you know I can't get walked on anymore.
21:08:35.6 HOT-1
oh no. go to @ and just say look you know.
21:08:38.6 HOT-2
I don't want— yeah.
21:08:40.1 HOT-1
you know you don't want to piss anybody off. you don't want to make— you don't—.
21:08:42.1 HOT-2
no and I have been very polite about it. I haven't— I haven't gotten angry. I haven't you know—.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 219 21:08:47.9 HOT-1
just just like you just told me. you feel like you're getting walked all over.
21:08:51.5 HOT-2
oh yeah.
21:08:52.1 HOT-1
and there's no reason for it. and you looked on the on the spreadsheet and there's weeks available and everything?
21:08:56.3 HOT-2
and I sent her— and there's weeks available. and I sent her like— I sent I want you know I said if I can't have Christmas what about— I said I want Christmas I know that ones probably full. I'd like then the week after and then if that one's full the week before Christmas. if that one's full then Thanksgiving and then I went through I said if I can't have any of that I would like any week available after may. and she wouldn't give me any— there's got to be a week available after May.
21:09:19.3 HOT-1
well you can check and see if there's weeks available.
21:09:21.5 HOT-2
I did and all those weeks that I said— the only week that was filled was Christmas week. the week after was open. the week before was open and she wouldn't give me any of those. she only— she only responded saying that Christmas week was full. she didn't respond to any of the other— I can't get her to respond to me. she wouldn't tell me that any of the other weeks were full. she wouldn't sign me up for any of the other weeks and I'm still scheduled for vacation in March.
21:09:41.9 HOT-1
okay uhh.
21:09:44.9 HOT-2
but I'll give her a call again tomorrow and I haven't checked any of my emails.
21:09:47.6 HOT-1
but she's— yeah she's not gonna look at uh vacation again basically until the tenth of next month.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 220 21:09:53.5 HOT-2
so that that means I'm screwed and I just have to have it in march 'cause the tenth of March.
21:09:57.4 HOT-1
no no go to @.
21:09:59.1 HOT-2
yeah I mean that's the thing I told her you know like if she waits ‘til the tenth of march that's gonna be after you know after March bids are already— they'll have you know they'll have already given me vacation for March.
21:10:14.8 HOT-1
oh yeah yeah I see what you're saying.
21:10:17.0 HOT-2
so I can't you know I can't wait ‘til—.
21:10:19.8 HOT-1
okay yeah go to @.
21:10:21.3 HOT-2
yeah.
21:10:23.5 HOT-1
it it's been— what I would do before you go to @ is look up your FO vacation spreadsheet. print it.
21:10:31.7 HOT-2
um-hum...yeah yeah.
21:10:33.3 HOT-1
and say okay well you know this is— and and if you still have a copy of your email. print it. this is what I've done so far and highlight the the spaces that are still available and and it doesn't matter whether you're based in Newark or Norfolk or or Albany.
21:10:35.3 HOT-2
yeah...um-hum...yeah...well sh— well if I was based—.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 221 21:10:50.9 HOT-1
cause every— everything on the Q is on the Q. everything on the Saab is on the Saab.
21:10:57.1 HOT-2
um-hum.
21:10:58.2 HOT-1
they don't do it by base anymore.
21:11:00.3 HOT-2
oh I thought— that what she emailed me back. she said only two FOs per base can have each week off. but then there are some weeks—.
21:11:07.6 HOT-1
well that's funny 'cause there's five captains that uh that are you know that out of five captains four of them are from Newark one's from Norfolk *.
21:11:19.8 HOT-2
exactly.
21:11:21.2 HOT-1
you know it's like *.
21:11:23.4 HOT-2
and then if they do it that way then who doesn't get vacation? because there's more than fifty two FOs.
21:11:28.9 HOT-1
because— and here's another thought. or here's another 'nother deal with that—.
21:11:32.7 HOT-2
or a hundred four FOs.
21:11:34.2 HOT-1
um then then you should have been given the vacation of your choice if you're based in Norfolk if they're if they're separating it.
21:11:43.6 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 222 21:11:43.7 HOT-1
and the only people that you'd be competing with would be Norfolk based FOs.
21:11:47.6 HOT-2
yeah but now I'm—.
21:11:48.6 HOT-1
likewise Albany and stuff like that.
21:11:51.5 HOT-2
yeah.
21:11:53.6 HOT-1
but uh yeah I would just uh I would go to @ at this point.
21:11:59.0 HOT-2
yeah cause I can't wait— I mean I tried— I sent her very polite very nice emails. I haven't been like this upset at her. I just— you know I've sent her nice polite emails. I cannot wait. I do not want to have vacation in march. I've been telling you this for two months. I don't want my vacation in march. I do not want to get stuck with having it— having to take it. ‘cause it's not within forty five days.
21:12:20.8 HOT-1
right.
21:12:21.7 HOT-2
I mean I've never had a company be like this before with vacations.
21:12:38.7 HOT-2
why can't we take off two two right?
21:13:47.1 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:13:48.1 HOT-2
my husband look at my email. I haven't looked for two days. I emailed her and then I— and then it was two days before—.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 223 21:14:27.0 HOT-1
not much on the departure roll.
21:14:29.6 HOT-2
what?
21:14:30.3 HOT-1
said not much on the departure roll. he ain't rollin' too fast.
21:14:33.5 HOT-2
uh-uh.
21:14:37.3 HOT-1
**.
21:15:00.5 HOT-1
wow.
21:15:50.8 HOT-1
let's do a taxi checklist.
21:15:52.3 HOT-2
alrighty. taxi checklist. takeoff data briefing set complete.
21:15:55.4 HOT-1
set complete.
21:15:56.1 HOT-2
condition levers max?
21:15:57.3 HOT-1
max.
21:15:57.8 HOT-2
trims three set.
21:15:58.9 HOT-1
three set.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 224 21:15:59.4 HOT-2
and takeoff warning?
21:16:00.4 HOT-1
test.
21:16:00.8 HOT-2
taxi check complete.
21:16:06.5 HOT-2
and we're following JetBlue.
21:16:09.4 HOT-1
well for the time being anyway.
21:16:11.0 HOT-2
yeah *.
21:16:12.1 HOT-1
unless they cut us off...which is entirely possible.
21:16:23.4 HOT-1
slide right. leave a little room.
21:16:25.3 HOT-2
what?
21:16:25.9 HOT-1
** give these guys a little room here.
21:16:28.6 HOT-2
yeah.
21:16:29.3 HOT-1
JIC. just in case.
21:16:31.7 HOT
[sound of master caution chime]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 225 21:16:50.6 HOT-1
well.
21:16:58.2 HOT-1
I'll take it.
21:17:00.3 HOT-2
yeah me too.
21:17:05.9 PA-2
folks it looks like we're number two for departure. should be pretty quick here. like to have the flight attendants please take their seats. thank you.
21:17:22.6 TWR
Colgan thirty four oh seven on uh departure you're gonna turn— fly heading two seven zero maintain two thousand now.
21:17:30.1 RDO-1
two seven zero maintain two thousand Colgan thirty four oh seven.
21:17:30.7 HOT-2
oh.
21:17:38.3 HOT-1
alright heading two seven zero.
21:17:41.8 HOT-2
and it's still five thousand?
21:17:42.9 HOT-1
and two thousand.
21:17:44.0 TWR
Colgan thirty four oh seven runway two two right at whiskey. position and hold.
21:17:47.2 RDO-2
position and hold Colgan thirty four oh seven.
21:17:49.9 HOT-1
alright pos and hold. before takeoff checklist.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 226 21:17:55.7 HOT-2
uh before takeoff checklist. watch your legs. FA notification received transponder TCAS on ALT flight control checked free radar terrain off. flight taxi flight. cabin PA complete. external lights on. before takeoff checklist complete.
21:18:18.9 HOT-2
okay.
21:18:22.8 TWR
and Colgan thirty four oh seven runway two two right at whiskey winds three zero zero at one niner cleared for takeoff.
21:18:27.7 RDO-2
cleared for takeoff Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:18:30.3 HOT-1
alright cleared for takeoff it's mine up to two thousand heading two seven zero after departure. here we go.
21:18:35.4 CAM
[sound of increasing engine rpm]
21:18:42.3 HOT-1
check power.
21:18:44.6 HOT-2
and power checked.
21:18:48.8 HOT-2
eighty knots.
21:18:50.1 HOT-1
eighty.
21:18:55.0 HOT-2
V one.
21:18:56.2 HOT-2
rotate.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 227 21:19:01.6 HOT-2
positive rate.
21:19:02.3 HOT-1
gear up.
21:19:03.0 CAM
[sound similar to landing gear handle movement]
21:19:07.5 CAM
[sound similar nose gear uplock and door closing]
21:19:10.4 TWR
Colgan thirty four oh seven turn right heading two seven zero maintain two thousand contact New York Departure.
21:19:15.0 RDO-2
right two seventy two thousand and over to departure Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:19:20.7 RDO-2
Departure Colgan thirty four oh seven is seven hundred for two thousand heading two seventy.
21:19:26.5 DEP-A
Colgan uh thirty four oh seven New York radar contact. climb maintain one zero ten thousand.
21:19:31.6 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
21:19:32.5 RDO-2
up to ten thousand Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:19:35.5 HOT-2
ten thousand.
21:19:36.4 HOT-1
ten thousand alt sel flaps zero. set indicated airspeed two ten. climb checklist.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 228 21:19:44.3 HOT-2
alrighty.
21:19:45.4 CAM
[sound similar to decreasing propeller rpm]
21:20:08.9 DEP-A
Colgan thirty four oh seven proceed direct COATE.
21:20:11.5 RDO-2
direct COATE Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:20:13.9 HOT-2
direct COATE.
21:20:14.2 HOT-1
direct COATE.
21:20:19.5 HOT-1
and NAV for me.
21:20:20.2 HOT-2
NAV selected.
21:20:39.9 HOT-1
wee this is fun.
21:20:41.7 HOT-2
yeah.
21:20:43.0 HOT-1
okay almost.
21:20:46.6 DEP-A
Colgan thirty four oh seven contact departure one one eight one seven. eighteen seventeen.
21:20:50.9 RDO-2
eighteen seventeen Colgan thirty two— thirty four zero seven.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 229
21:21:00.9 RDO-2
[sound of mic click]
21:21:10.0 RDO-2
departure Colgan thirty four zero seven five point seven for ten thousand.
21:21:14.2 DEP-B
Colgan thirty four zero seven New York Departure roger.
21:22:27.0 HOT-2
and climb checklist complete. I don't know if I said it or not.
21:22:31.0 PA-3
ladies and gentlemen for your continued safety we do ask that you keep your seatbelts securely fastened even if the captain turns off the fasten seatbelt sign. we would like to add a special welcome to our One Pass members. you'll be earning valuable miles for your trip today. if you are not already a member of the One Pass program you can enroll online at Continental dot com...Continental Connection is pleased to provide you with a complimentary copy of Sky Mall catalogue and Continental Magazine both located in your seat pocket.
21:22:31.6 HOT-1
autopilot's engaged.
21:22:33.5 HOT-2
alright.
21:22:39.2 HOT-1
it's probably a good thing.
21:22:43.7 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
21:22:44.9 HOT-1
nine ten alt sel.
21:22:45.7 HOT-2
ten alt sel.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 230 21:23:08.7 HOT
[sound of double chime]
21:23:14.1 PA-2
we're through ten thousand feet.
21:23:24.3 PA-3
ladies and gentlemen the use of approved portable electronic devices is now permitted.
21:23:56.6 DEP-B
Colgan thirty four zero seven climb maintain one two twelve thousand. proceed direct COATE.
21:24:01.4 RDO-2
twelve thousand direct COATE Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:24:04.6 HOT-1
twelve alt sel.
21:24:05.4 HOT-2
twelve alt sel.
21:24:18.4 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:24:47.2 HOT-1
eleven twelve alt sel.
21:24:47.3 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
21:24:48.6 HOT-2
eleven twelve alt sel.
21:25:14.2 HOT-1
have you ever looked at the logbook very much as far as uh like putting your times and stuff in?
21:25:19.8 HOT-2
um-hum.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 231 21:25:20.7 HOT-1
- okay. I kinda * you just haven't done like writeups?
21:25:25.2 HOT-2
yeah I just haven't written anything in it but I've looked at it and looked up crew writeups.
21:26:18.0 HOT-1
well I didn't write any numbers down so.
21:26:21.8 HOT
[sound of double chime]
21:26:23.6 HOT-1
uh.
21:26:24.8 INT-2
hello.
21:26:25.6 INT-3
hi what do you think about doing service?
21:26:29.0 INT-1
actually I think if you could uh do something fairly quick I think we might be okay. I don't have a whole lotta cloud cover up here.
21:26:36.4 INT-3
okay.
21:26:37.1 INT-1
uh just be careful.
21:26:38.8 INT-3
okay.
21:26:39.1 INT-1
if we hear of anything—.
21:26:40.7 INT-3
give us a buzz.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 232 21:26:41.2 INT-1
we will.
21:26:41.9 INT-3
alright thanks.
21:27:08.1 DEP-B
Colgan thirty four zero seven contact New York Center one tree two point six good day.
21:27:12.6 RDO-2
one three two point six Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:27:22.4 RDO-2
departure Colgan thirty four zero seven twelve thousand direct COATE.
21:27:29.3 HOT-1
geez.
21:27:30.7 HOT-1
this I **.
21:27:31.5 ZNY-A
Colgan thirty four zero seven New York Center you should be with the New York Center on one three two point six.
21:27:40.8 RDO-2
alrighty we'll try them thirty four zero seven thanks.
21:28:12.9 RDO-2
Center Colgan thirty four zero seven twelve thousand direct COATE.
21:28:16.8 ZNY-B
Colgan thirty four zero seven New York Center roger. Wilkes-Barre altimeter two nine six seven.
21:28:22.3 RDO-2
six seven thanks.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 233 21:28:25.1 HOT-2
six seven.
21:28:25.6 HOT-1
sixty seven set crosscheck.
21:28:27.4 HOT-2
set crosschecked.
21:28:30.1 HOT-1
alright.
21:28:42.0 HOT-1
today's the twelfth right?
21:28:43.5 HOT-2
yup.
21:28:47.0 HOT-2
at least that's what you told me earlier.
21:28:50.2 HOT-1
well that's my story and I'm sticking to it.
21:28:52.2 HOT-2
alright.
21:28:58.5 HOT-1
well that's good.
21:29:19.7 HOT-1
so where's this page here? I don't see any writing on it.
21:29:32.6 HOT-1
interesting.
21:29:46.0 HOT-?
[sound of throat clearing]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 234 21:29:50.1 HOT-1
alright I'll give that to you.
21:29:52.8 HOT-2
alright.
21:29:53.7 HOT-1
fill out what you can...I'll sign it **.
21:30:31.1 HOT-2
it's Zulu time is the in and out right?
21:30:34.3 HOT-1
uh that's in Zulu time but we want it local time.
21:30:36.3 HOT-2
yeah local okay.
21:30:38.5 HOT-1
on here. so just minus five. sooooo let's see.
21:30:45.4 HOT-2
so nineteen forty five.
21:30:47.5 HOT-1
seven forty five yeah nineteen forty five...wow an hour and a half taxi.
21:30:53.7 HOT-2
yeah. **.
21:30:57.8 HOT-1
oh that just— that just stinks...we can't reap the benefit.
21:31:04.3 HOT-2
I know.
21:31:18.1 RDO-1
blocked.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 235
21:31:44.6 ZNY-B
Colgan thirty four zero seven climb to flight level— correction climb to one six thousand.
21:31:50.0 RDO-2
one six thousand Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:31:53.0 HOT-2
sixteen.
21:31:53.5 HOT-1
sixteen alt sel.
21:31:54.9 HOT-2
alt sel.
21:32:08.4 HOT-1
oops. you didn't feel that.
21:32:11.0 HOT-2
no I didn't feel that.
21:32:13.0 HOT-2
they didn't do a twenty four hour ice protection test.
21:32:15.4 HOT-1
yeah I just did.
21:32:16.5 HOT-2
you did?
21:32:17.2 HOT-1
yup.
21:32:20.5 HOT-1
that's why I was looking back on all those pages.
21:32:22.8 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 236 21:32:23.2 HOT-1
it said it was miss— er uh you know.
21:32:27.3 HOT-2
yeah.
21:32:28.0 HOT-1
there uh there was one page there wasn't anything on it. so it's like they they tore it out in error.
21:32:34.1 HOT-2
oh yeah.
21:32:35.4 HOT-1
so.
21:32:58.1 HOT-2
just twenty four ice test complete? or write—.
21:33:02.0 HOT-1
yeah I'd— I'd put twenty four hour uh check's complete.
21:33:19.1 HOT-2
alrighty.
21:33:20.9 ZNY-B
Colgan thirty four zero seven contact New York Center one tree tree point tree five.
21:33:25.8 RDO-2
one three three point three five Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:33:31.8 HOT-1
there we go.
21:33:32.9 RDO-2
thirty four zero seven fourteen point one for sixteen thousand.
21:33:37.3 ZNY-C
Colgan thirty four zero seven New York Center roger. Wilkes-Barre altimeter two niner six seven.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 237
21:33:42.4 RDO-2
six seven thank you thirty four oh seven.
21:33:48.0 HOT-2
I'm assuming we're only gonna land once.
21:33:51.6 HOT-1
yeah.
21:33:56.8 HOT-1
the only thing that um I would not do— well the type of flight— I don't know if you can see it here. I'll show you.
21:34:03.8 HOT-2
I see. oh yeah I didn't know what to—.
21:34:05.9 HOT-1
if if you don't know the type of flight it is it's— it's down here on the bottom.
21:34:08.1 HOT-2
uh-huh. oh oh okay.
21:34:10.2 HOT-1
just a regular revenue flight—.
21:34:11.4 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
21:34:12.3 HOT-1
fifteen sixteen alt sel. regular revenue flight is type one.
21:34:15.2 HOT-2
okay.
21:34:17.3 HOT-1
unless it's a reposition or special ferry or whatever it's something else.
21:34:21.0 HOT-2
[sound of sneeze]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 238 21:34:21.6 HOT-1
bless you.
21:34:22.2 HOT-2
excuse me. okay.
21:34:24.0 HOT-1
um a— and this is just my little deal and it is what I was taught and everything. and and it makes sense to me.
21:34:31.9 HOT-2
sure.
21:34:32.7 HOT-1
um on your two.
21:34:35.6 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:34:36.3 HOT-1
what happens if we have to divert to an alternate?
21:34:39.0 HOT-2
oh yeah that's true.
21:34:40.0 HOT-1
um I was told it was their little uh uh like superstition.
21:34:46.3 HOT-2
oh.
21:34:46.6 HOT-1
you don't put— you don't put it until you land there.
21:34:49.3 HOT-2
right right. no that makes sense.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 239 21:34:49.7 HOT-1
uh but well okay. well you can take it that far. I don't care. but it makes sense that if you have to divert someplace at least you're not scratching through and doing all that kind of stuff. uh but I still do the one landing and however many starts we have and fill the rest of it out.
21:34:59.3 HOT-2
yeah.
21:35:06.5 HOT-2
yeah.
21:35:07.9 HOT-1
but uh other than that that's all there is to it. on your writeups—.
21:35:15.0 HOT-2
I've written— I mean I've written other planes up before. just not from— with Colgan.
21:35:18.1 HOT-1
okay alright so you know like the one P or the two P as you write ‘em up like that?
21:35:20.6 HOT-2
uh-huh. yeah.
21:35:23.7 HOT-1
write it up. uh and if you're doing one twenty one ops you obviously know as short sweet to the point as you possibly can um.
21:35:36.0 HOT-2
give em all the details that you need to give.
21:35:38.2 HOT-1
yeah but but also don't get too wordy with it.
21:35:42.4 HOT-2
right.
21:35:44.0 HOT-1
um and what I try to do is— is I'd look up in the MEL book.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 240 21:35:54.7 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:35:55.3 HOT-1
to begin with before I write things up.
21:35:58.0 HOT-2
so you know yeah.
21:35:59.0 HOT-1
that way if I screw up and write it up one way and it grounds the airplane but it's not— it's not exactly or I could write it up slightly different to get an MEL to get it back to where you can do maintenance type of deal.
21:36:15.1 HOT-2
yeah.
21:36:16.3 HOT-1
it's it's a judgment call by all means.
21:36:19.7 HOT-2
yeah.
21:36:21.2 HOT-1
you you definitely want to write the proper thing up. um you know I try to uh uh get em to fix— I uh on the Saab we don't have glass we uh we had EFIS screens.
21:36:37.7 HOT-2
right.
21:36:40.1 HOT-1
but uh you had a EHSI and uh a EADI.
21:36:45.5 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:36:46.2 HOT-1
I wrote up the course selector. course one selector.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 241 21:36:49.0 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:36:50.7 HOT-1
uh because it wouldn't move. it was stuck on one particular course setting.
21:36:55.9 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:36:56.7 HOT-1
and uh wrote it up totally explained exactly what it was and they uh at the time there were four planes down. two getting line checks and then my airplane and another one uh that had something wrong with it. they only had four mechanics on duty at the time. so they were all trying to do something. er I'm sorry they had four down I was the fifth one.
21:37:20.1 HOT-2
oh okay.
21:37:21.1 HOT-1
so they tried to MEL the uh the uh the autopilot system uh because of the heading selector.
21:37:32.0 HOT-2
yeah.
21:37:32.6 HOT-1
I you know I wouldn't be able to turn. and it's like wait a minute. it doesn't even apply.
21:37:36.4 HOT-2
yeah.
21:37:37.4 HOT-1
so uh you got to be careful about that.
21:37:40.5 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 242 21:37:41.2 HOT-1
just don't— you know understand the MELs that they uh they try to put on it make sure it applies to what you're doing.
21:37:48.3 HOT-2
yeah.
21:37:48.7 HOT-1
and the problem you're having. and I I called ‘em back and told ‘em uh that it doesn't have anything to do with the autopilot. well I mean doesn't it do this this this? no it's— this is what's wrong or this is what I told them before. ohhhhhh.
21:38:03.6 HOT-2
yeah.
21:38:04.6 HOT-1
ehh well can we just go ahead with that MELed we'll uh get it—. well I'll tell you we could go with that MEL but I can't sign the release. I guess we'll have to get somebody to fix it then won't we. well I guess we will.
21:38:18.9 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
21:38:19.5 HOT-1
took em twenty minutes to fix it. they just had to pop out a panel uh little component put in another component.
21:38:25.2 HOT-2
yeah.
21:38:26.1 HOT-1
and it took em all of twenty minutes. it's just the fact that they were shorthanded.
21:38:29.2 HOT-2
oh yeah.
21:38:29.7 HOT-1
they were trying to uh uh—.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 243 21:38:31.9 HOT-2
save a minute here.
21:38:32.7 HOT-1
yeah save a minute here. get us out back and then they would have time to do it.
21:38:36.8 HOT-2
yeah.
21:38:41.1 HOT-1
but of course that turned into a fiasco. we were going to Alexandria Louisiana that night.
21:38:46.3 HOT-2
oh yeah.
21:38:46.7 HOT-1
and uh let's do a cruise checklist.
21:38:49.8 HOT-2
oh cruise checklist.
21:38:51.2 HOT-1
yeah.
21:38:52.4 HOT-2
altimeters two niner six seven set crosscheck.
21:38:54.9 HOT-1
two niner six seven set crosscheck.
21:38:57.5 HOT-2
power set seatbelt sign on lights set cabin pressure check. and well cabin pressure. what's Buffalo at?
21:39:07.0 HOT-1
uh not too much. uh seven twenty eight.
21:39:08.7 HOT-2
seven hundred.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 244 21:39:12.7 HOT-2
cabin pressure check and twenty four hour ice protection test complete. cruise checklist complete. um-huh.
21:39:17.2 HOT-1
thanks. yeah we uh after they fixed it so— we were already delayed. they fixed it we were delayed a little bit more. no big deal.
21:39:24.0 HOT-2
yeah.
21:39:24.2 HOT-1
get in uh start up number two and we're doing the paperwork and all of a sudden we get bing. look— it looked— it was engine lookup light. I went oh crap that's not good. I looked up it was chip detect. right chip detect.
21:39:43.3 HOT-2
what's that?
21:39:43.7 HOT-1
what— what that— what that's doing is detecting chips of metal in the engine.
21:39:48.4 HOT-2
oh.
21:39:50.2 HOT-1
and uh we were thinking aww crap. so I said grab the checklist real quick and let's just go through it. well in the chip detect abnormal checklist there's nothing pertaining to on the ground. it's all pertaining to in the air so I said okay shut it down. called maintenance they came over they cleaned out a little filter screen. they said it was probably carbon built up blah blah blah.
21:40:05.3 ZNY-C
two eight charlie golf climb and maintain flight level two two zero.
21:40:09.8 N28CG
two zero zero for two two zero two eight charlie golf.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 245
21:40:12.1 ZNY-C
and how would you describe the icing?
21:40:16.8 HOT-2
yeah.
21:40:17.4 HOT-1
they fel— uh cleaned out this little carbon screen. did uh a runup check observation. I kept everybody on the plane. told em what was going on. man their eyes were you know they're all over here watching what they were doing. but it was either that or they'd have to get bussed around get out and bout the time that they'd get out they would bus em back around.
21:40:18.3 N28CG
yeah we'll call it about light to moderate rime.
21:40:36.7 HOT-2
yeah.
21:40:37.2 HOT-1
anyway we started up ops check good. so filling out filling out the paperwork. got the door closed and everything. it's got a little whiskey hatch over here.
21:40:45.4 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:40:46.0 HOT-1
I'm handing the paperwork out. ding. #. right chip detect— chip detect again.
21:40:51.8 HOT-2
ohh.
21:40:52.8 HOT-1
so I shut it down told everybody yeah we're gonna have to get another airplane. they had another airplane it was on a Saturday so they had extra— they had spares because of the schedule and everything.
21:41:01.9 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 246 21:41:04.4 HOT-1
um so uh twenty minutes later we launch and get about halfway up there uh over this one VOR and uh all of a sudden oh and uh uh I'll back up a half a step. I was telling the—telling the FO this was like— I don't know a month after I upgraded to captain.
21:41:29.7 HOT-2
oh geez.
21:41:30.6 HOT-1
I said you know uh uh all this stuff is just happening to me. and it's— you know hell the only thing I haven't had is is an air return.
21:41:39.8 HOT-2
oh God.
21:41:40.8 HOT-1
so we get over this VOR headed to Alexandria. ding ding ding. that's not a caution light that's a master warning.
21:41:48.5 HOT-2
yeah.
21:41:50.5 HOT-1
and uh looked up avionics smoke detector.
21:41:56.2 HOT-2
ohh.
21:41:58.2 HOT-1
I'm going @ my FO cool as #. man should I get my uh smoke goggles on and everything. said yeah gimme— gimme the memory items. I'm— I'm over here. I don't smell anything. the avionics bay is right behind the captain's seat.
21:42:15.9 HOT-2
yeah.
21:42:17.1 HOT-1
there's a little uh fire bottle. little uh rubber kind of cover thing that you can stick the fire bottle into and blow it if you need to if you're actually on fire.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 247 21:42:21.1 HOT-2
uh-huh...uh-huh.
21:42:28.2 HOT-1
I reach back in here and find it and uh I open it up because it's— it's kind of like a drainer in a sink.
21:42:35.5 HOT-2
yeah.
21:42:35.9 HOT-1
like over a garbage disposal. it's just kinda like this. and it's rubber and you can push.
21:42:40.2 HOT-2
uh-huh.
21:42:40.5 HOT-1
so I pushed it. man man I don't smell anything. called the flight attendant. @ hey do you smell any smoke back there? no. why? should I?
21:42:53.3 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
21:42:55.5 HOT-1
well no you shouldn't. I'm glad you don't. thanks for playing the game. and— and I just cut her off. good *. [sound of laughter]
21:43:04.3 HOT-2
nice.
21:43:05.9 HOT-1
she calls back well uh what— what do you want me to do? I said naw man uh I said I think it's just a false alarm. but uh I was just checking. we just— we've got a light up here that went off. I said I don't think there's anything to it. so anyway she— she was good with that. and uh we didn't have ACARS— we don't have ACARS in the Saabs. so I called uh Manassas on ARINC. I said uh so uh what do you want me to do? go back to Houston? continue on or what? call us when you get on the ground in Alexandria. hey no problem. so they're gonna do a road trip and change the smoke detector out.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 248 21:43:23.7 HOT-2
yeah...yeah.
21:43:48.5 HOT-1
and uh sure enough by the next morning— we were taking it out the next morning they had— they had come— they did a road trip from Houston. changed the deal out. away we went. of course after that day uh we all went to the uh steakhouse. we ate a steak baked potato and drank a messload of beer.
21:44:09.4 HOT-2
yeah.
21:44:10.2 HOT-1
it was just one of those— one of those days. yeah.
21:44:12.1 HOT-2
one of those days where you have to have a few beers at the end.
21:44:16.4 HOT-1
that was that was a good time. I like flying the Saab. if— if you upgrade to the Saab— I mean if you have the opportunity to upgrade to Saab versus the Q and you want to get your PIC time.
21:44:29.2 HOT-2
um-huh.
21:44:29.5 HOT-1
and uh you know and if that's uh you know a goal for you I guess go ahead and do it.
21:44:34.0 HOT-2
yeah. um-huh.
21:44:35.8 HOT-1
that a neat airplane to fly. it's not like this.
21:44:38.2 HOT-2
yeah right.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 249 21:44:40.1 HOT-1
I mean it's taking five steps backwards but you're in the left seat.
21:44:46.2 HOT-2
yeah.
21:44:46.5 HOT-1
it's— it's like moms SUV or minivan. you know the soccer van uh you don't have to fly with your hands and your feet. you just fly with your hands.
21:44:59.2 HOT-2
yeah.
21:44:59.5 HOT-1
once you— once you flip the auto— uh the yaw damp on and autopilot on it's solid as a rock.
21:45:05.2 HOT-2
works the rudders for you.
21:45:07.1 HOT-1
yeah it works rudders for you. it's all coordinated.
21:45:09.9 HOT-2
I think it's fun flying with— with captains. not so much any— lately but right at first that came from the Saab and they'd see— they'd see the rudder and they'd— aww # and kick it really hard and fling the plane back and forth.
21:45:23.8 HOT-1
kind of like I did a little while ago.
21:45:25.4 HOT-2
yeah kind of but uh at first I flew— I flew with some captains that were doing it really bad.
21:45:30.5 HOT-1
really.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 250 21:45:30.9 HOT-2
like knock the flight attendants down in the back.
21:45:32.7 HOT-1
[sound of laughter]
21:45:34.5 HOT-2
like I'd see the flight attendants afterwards and they're like um who was flying.
21:45:39.8 HOT-1
that would be that bonehead captain.
21:45:42.8 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
21:45:44.0 HOT-1
you know what? yeah I tell you I'm getting a lot more used to it. uh I'm not saying I like it any better but I am getting used to it.
21:45:51.0 HOT-2
yeah.
21:45:55.6 HOT-2
yeah I don't know what I want to do with the upgrade. I'm not entirely in like a big rush to upgrade. um it would depend on where I'm based. just because having to commute to be the bottom of the list is gonna suck. and—.
21:46:07.0 HOT-1
true and— and you know like you were talking about as far as uh right now your wanting to buy a house and wanting to have—.
21:46:13.6 HOT-2
exactly if I hold off— you know if it's a matter of holding on a few months well then I'll be making a substantial amount more money in the— in the Q than I would in the Saab.
21:46:22.0 HOT-1
right.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 251 21:46:22.9 HOT-2
depending you know how— how long would it be to make that worth my while. would it— would I make more money upgrading into the Saab right away or would I make more money if I waited for the Q for a little while.
21:46:32.6 HOT-1
well think of it this way uh if you— if you stayed on the on the Q obviously you're gonna— you're not making the captain rate.
21:46:42.0 HOT-2
right.
21:46:42.5 HOT-1
but you may have a better quality of life to begin with uhh with regards to buying a house and having a schedule to where you you know you could work around and you could be—.
21:46:55.3 HOT-2
exactly.
21:46:55.6 HOT-1
you know home with your husband to to take care of all that kind of stuff.
21:46:59.6 HOT-2
exactly yeah it's just gonna depend where we're at when that happens. but I— I mean I'm not— I'm not in such a hurry to upgrade. I've got very very very good connections at Alaska.
21:47:10.4 HOT-1
oh cool.
21:47:11.2 HOT-2
Alaska's the only major I'd want to go to.
21:47:13.2 HOT-1
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 252 21:47:13.5 HOT-2
just because I don't want to commute my whole life...so um once I do upgrade you know once once Alaska starts hiring I don't— I mean I don't necessarily have to have a thousand hours PIC. I need to have some PIC.
21:47:25.7 HOT-1
you don't have to with uh Alaska?
21:47:26.8 HOT-2
um it it depends. you you you do and on paper you do but it just— it it depends who you know. if you know people then you can kind of sneak away with it a little bit. I definitely need to have you know the proper experience you need to be qualified. but if I have—.
21:47:36.6 HOT-1
huh...sure.
21:47:40.4 HOT-2
you know if at about five hundred hours they said to to go and interview and then I can interview and they can say we want you to have a thousand hours. so once you get a thousand hours um we're gonna put you into ground school. they'll say stuff like that.
21:47:53.9 HOT-1
okay.
21:47:54.3 HOT-2
so I mean it depends and I don't even know if that's the route I want to go anymore...you know the more I think about it. I wouldn't I wouldn't mind flying for FedEx or UPS.
21:48:09.3 HOT-1
FedEx is still big on military time and the uh and the internal recommendations so those two things— I mean that knocks me out of FedEx for sure.
21:48:10.5 HOT-2
yeah...yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 253 21:48:18.0 HOT-1
but uh UPS like I said I got my cousin that uh flies seven fives seven six. he's based in Ontario.
21:48:26.3 HOT-2
yeah.
21:48:27.2 HOT-1
uh not too far from where he lives. but uh.
21:48:36.3 HOT-2
yeah I wouldn't mind— you know I could even see myself doing like I mean for quality of life I could see myself doing cargo stuff and just I mean like small stuff like there's a company that flies right out of my hometown to Spokane Washington and back every night.
21:48:36.7 HOT-1
that's just—.
21:48:49.5 HOT
[tones similar to ACARS message reception]
21:48:51.2 HOT-2
and I'd do that three nights a week and be home. I could have kids and raise a family. and I think that that might be more worth my while. something like that.
21:48:58.5 HOT-1
yeah yeah.
21:48:59.6 HOT-2
and it just depends. I don't even know. I'm I'm so in limbo right now it's actually kind of kind of interesting. like I don't know where I'll be in a year. I don't know where I'll be in—.
21:49:05.4 HOT-1
well just keep your eyes open you know and and keep you know keep listening uhh and and something will come across er you know you'll know whenever it's time.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 254 21:49:18.2 HOT-2
yeah.
21:49:18.3 HOT-1
I've gotta do this. I've gotta— I'm ready to move on. um [sound similar to yawn] excuse me. it's kind of like me. you know I started this this little gig late in life.
21:49:28.7 HOT-2
yeah.
21:49:28.9 HOT-1
oh it's like it's a second career for me basically because I— I was able to take that package with Verizon.
21:49:34.1 HOT-2
yeah.
21:49:35.5 HOT-1
but uh...you know it's...you know do I— g— at this point do I go to a major and you know not be able to be there for very long.
21:49:48.8 HOT-2
yeah be an FO the rest of your life or...
21:49:51.8 HOT-1
uhh which— that may not be a bad thing as long as I would be able to progress and and uh and be a lifetime FO if you will.
21:50:02.9 HOT-2
yeah yeah.
21:50:03.4 HOT-1
uh and just and and dwell upon the quality of life part of it or do I stay here with Colgan and uh...
21:50:11.8 HOT-2
[sound of sneeze] excuse me.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 255 21:50:15.2 HOT-1
and you know likewise do the quality of life. I don't have to make two hundred thousand dollars a year er a hundred fifty thousand dollars a year whatever you know I could—.
21:50:20.7 HOT-2
exactly.
21:50:23.8 HOT-1
I can certainly be comfortable on on a hundred thousand. um you got traffic out there just it's crossing left to right.
21:50:32.9 HOT-2
uh in sight.
21:50:35.4 HOT-1
but uh—.
21:50:41.8 HOT-2
um winds are at two fifty at fifteen gusting twenty three they're using runway—.
21:50:45.0 ZNY-C
Colgan three four zero seven contact Cleveland Center one two four point three two.
21:50:48.8 RDO-2
one two four point three two Colgan three four zero seven.
21:50:53.1 HOT-2
one two four thirty two.
21:50:58.5 RDO-2
Cleveland Center Colgan thirty four zero seven sixteen thousand.
21:51:02.1 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven Cleveland Center roger.
21:51:05.4 HOT-2
alright so it's the winds are at two five zero fifteen gusting twenty three and they're using three two and two three. do you want to use uh—.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 256 21:51:11.7 HOT-1
uh two three.
21:51:12.5 HOT-2
two three.
21:51:13.2 HOT-1
yeah.
21:51:13.7 HOT-2
okay.
21:51:13.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:51:16.3 HOT-1
and flaps fifteen.
21:51:18.3 HOT-2
okay.
21:51:21.7 HOT-2
uh it's runway two three.
21:51:23.8 HOT-1
ouch.
21:51:26.1 ZOB
Southwest six fifteen cleared direct to the Buffalo airport.
21:51:35.8 HOT-2
that us?
21:51:37.0 HOT-1
nope.
21:51:37.4 HOT-2
I didn't think so.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 257 21:51:38.6 HOT-1
yeah.
21:51:39.1 HOT-2
[sound of laughter] I just heard direct Buffalo.
21:51:42.0 HOT-2
uh does this look good to you? um...we've got TRAVA ILS two three TRAVA KLUMP runway two three.
21:51:43.3 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:51:50.7 HOT-1
yeah TRAVA.
21:51:51.9 HOT-2
yeah here you go. and the EOA is in there.
21:51:53.0 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:51:59.4 HOT-1
thirty three.
21:52:03.7 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:52:05.1 HOT-1
try not to be dyslexic.
21:52:07.8 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
21:52:08.2 HOT-1
last time I flew in here two thirty uh— two thirty three's the uh inbound course. I put two twenty three.
21:52:14.2 HOT-2
oh geez. two thirty thirty three— no * it's runway— oh it is two thirty three?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 258 21:52:19.6 HOT-1
it's two thirty three.
21:52:21.3 HOT-2
runway two three. oh yeah no that makes sense. now you got me confused.
21:52:26.2 HOT-1
well I— well I didn't mean to confuse you now. two three three.
21:52:29.9 HOT-2
two three three.
21:52:31.0 HOT-1
and I'll brief it that way too.
21:52:32.6 HOT-2
alright it's two three three. [sound of laughter] we're good.
21:52:34.2 HOT-1
that's two three three.
21:52:53.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:52:57.2 HOT-2
alrighty and for the rest of that weather uh three miles. it's snowing with some mist.
21:53:03.5 HOT-1
alright.
21:53:05.7 HOT-2
it didn't give me an RVR.
21:53:07.5 HOT-1
good...it's good.
21:53:10.9 HOT-2
that means it's far enough right?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 259 21:53:13.9 HOT-1
yeah.
21:53:20.3 HOT-2
runway five then what do we have? one two nine two five.
21:53:30.4 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:53:40.2 HOT-2
alrighty your numbers. for flaps fifteen runway two three are eighteen and fourteen.
21:53:43.1 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:53:47.5 HOT-1
alrighty eighteen and fourteen.
21:53:49.7 HOT-2
we have to go around it's gonna be twenty five and forty five.
21:54:05.5 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:54:06.7 HOT-2
alrighty. I don't think we had any specials did we?
21:54:12.0 HOT-1
uh I don't believe we did.
21:54:13.6 HOT
[sound of double chime]
21:54:16.9 INT-3
hello.
21:54:17.2 INT-2
hey any specials?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 260 21:54:18.6 INT-3
uh no we don't.
21:54:19.8 INT-2
no specials.
21:54:20.6 INT-3
nope.
21:54:20.8 INT-2
we should be there in about twenty twenty five minutes.
21:54:23.0 INT-3
fantastic.
21:54:23.9 INT-2
alright
21:54:24.1 INT-3
thanks bye.
21:54:58.5 HOT-2
yeah I kind of like that I'm so flexible with what I'm doing.
21:55:01.3 CAM
[sound similar to seat track movement]
21:55:03.0 HOT-2
- I have goals but I have such a wide range of goals I don't know exactly
what I want. 21:55:05.3 HOT
[sound similar to double chime]
21:55:25.0 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven Cleveland.
21:55:28.1 RDO-2
thirty four zero seven go ahead.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 261
21:55:30.2 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven reset your transponder. squawk seven— er uh two seven six two.
21:55:35.6 RDO-2
two seven six two Colgan thirty two— thirty four zero seven.
21:55:39.9 HOT-2
oops I think I had two seven six two I think I put half and half. two seven six two yeah. twenty five and then I switched that one. oops.
21:55:56.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:56:08.0 HOT-1
it's just like we're in I don't know just just a light haze or type cloud. I don't know just we can see things out in front of us.
21:56:17.4 HOT-2
do you want to go down?
21:56:18.6 HOT-1
huh? ohh. I was thinking about that.
21:56:26.4 HOT-2
might be easier on my ears if we start going down sooner.
21:56:28.9 HOT-1
yeah we could do it. that's fine.
21:56:31.6 RDO-2
and Center Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:56:35.6 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven uh say again?
21:56:35.9 HOT-1
get discretion to twelve.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 262
21:56:38.7 RDO-2
oh yeah just can we get PD down to twelve thousand for Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:56:42.6 ZOB
uhh standby.
21:56:44.9 HOT-1
I got your standby.
21:56:46.5 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
21:56:49.5 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:57:07.1 HOT-1
we may have to wait for separation on this guy over here.
21:57:10.0 HOT-2
yeah.
21:57:10.8 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven cross BENEE at maintain one one thousand.
21:57:15.7 RDO-2
BENEE at one one eleven thousand Colgan thirty four zero seven.
21:57:20.5 HOT-2
BENEE at eleven.
21:57:21.3 HOT-1
tooo what was it?
21:57:23.2 HOT-2
BENEE.
21:57:23.4 HOT-1
oh BENEE.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 263 21:57:25.4 HOT-1
BENEE at one one thousand.
21:57:27.2 HOT-2
yes sir.
21:57:34.9 HOT-1
yeah that works.
21:58:28.0 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
21:58:31.1 HOT-1
you know we had a a controller down in Houston. uh he was known as Mister Happy.
21:58:37.7 HOT-2
oh yeah.
21:58:38.4 HOT-1
guy was just he was— had a perfect personality for the being a controller. he never let anything rattle him. and he just all just all bubbly type a type a guy. he retired— just to let you know how he— how well respected he was um he retired and he had they published where his retirement party was. there was pilots from Continental Colgan pilots Chautauqua Expressjet you know the main carriers there in Houston.
21:58:56.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffles]
21:59:09.2 HOT-2
oh that's cool.
21:59:12.3 HOT-1
they all went to go see you know Mister Happy and everything but but that's where I got the bent wing pencil jet.
21:59:19.6 HOT-2
it's where what?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 264 21:59:20.6 HOT-1
that's where I got the bent wing pencil jet uh name from.
21:59:24.7 HOT-2
he calls them that?
21:59:26.4 HOT-1
yeah it was uh Jet Lincoln instead of Jetlink. called em Jet Lincoln and we were Cold One.
21:59:29.0 HOT-2
uh-huh...oh.
21:59:32.4 HOT-1
Cold One nintey five sixty five you'll be following a bent wing pencil jet at your one oh clock. two miles or whatever it was.
21:59:40.9 HOT-2
that's funny.
21:59:42.1 HOT-1
either that or you're following the lawn dart today. let's see uh if it was a CRJ we're following the Barbie Jet.
21:59:45.6 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
21:59:52.2 HOT-2
the Barbie Jet.
21:59:59.5 HOT-1
or he would say you're following Chi-tak-wa.
22:00:03.3 HOT-1
[sound of laughter]
22:00:04.1 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 265 22:00:05.9 HOT-2
the guys that have fun and enjoy their jobs are so much more pleasant to work with.
22:00:09.4 HOT-1
oh yeah.
22:00:10.8 HOT-2
yeah.
22:00:14.6 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:00:16.2 HOT-1
College Station Texas was a a contract control tower.
22:00:23.0 HOT-2
yeah.
22:00:23.2 HOT-1
had a guy that worked in there. had an odd accent to begin with. and uh College Station Airport is uh owned and operated by the university— uh the Texas A and M university.
22:00:37.8 ZOB
Mesaba thirty forty five contact Cleveland Center one two zero point six.
22:00:39.7 HOT-2
uh-huh.
22:00:43.2 RDO-2
one two zero point six Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:00:46.2 ZOB
nope Colgan thirty four zero seven you stay here. that was for Mesaba.
22:00:49.8 HOT-2
oh.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 266 22:00:51.7 HOT-2
I'm not doing very good by * tonight.
22:00:52.7 HOT-1
it's alright.
22:00:54.0 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven you still here?
22:00:56.3 RDO-2
yes sir thirty four zero seven.
22:00:59.5 HOT-1
sorry about that. oh anyway he would say Eeeeeeeeastwood information echo.
22:01:08.9 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
22:01:11.3 HOT-1
and he'd give us he'd give us same type of uh clearance to Houston. Colgan ninety five twenty six you're cleared to the George Herbert Walker er yeah George Herbert Walker Bush Intergalactical Airport.
22:01:27.6 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
22:01:28.1 HOT-1
instead of Intercontinental. Intergalactical Airport via the College Station zero seven six. baaaseball Rice won. climb maintain seven thousand. departure frequency is Houston Center one two three point seven. squawk whatever you know.
22:01:36.8 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
22:01:47.6 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 267 22:01:48.0 HOT-1
and I would try to read it back exactly the same way. went in there I don't know you know about three or four months before I left and he was just all calm and quiet. you know I could tell it was him said hey man what happened to that Eeeeeeastwood Airport information echo. he said yeah they clipped my wings.
22:02:09.7 HOT-2
oh no. they didn't like him doing that?
22:02:12.3 HOT-1
I said well uh if if you need uh if you need any help on that one you just let me know who to call and I'll uh be glad to put in a good word for ya. and he he chuckled. he said uh he said awww let it blow over for a little while and I'll be back I'll be back to my regular self later.
22:02:32.1 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
22:02:32.9 HOT-1
yeah.
22:02:36.4 HOT-1
I just like the flying down there a whole lot better.
22:02:39.1 HOT-2
yeah.
22:02:39.6 HOT-1
see and and in the Saab in the northeast uh you * there's no FMS there's no glass.
22:02:46.9 HOT-2
yeah.
22:02:47.5 HOT-1
and you're you're asses and elbows all the time.
22:02:51.5 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 268 22:02:52.4 HOT-1
uh because uh you're flying the the victor airways. the uh the VORs are so close together and you're having to go to intersections.
22:03:00.3 HOT-2
yeah.
22:03:00.7 HOT-1
cross radials and all that kind of stuff. and uh it's it's hard work.
22:03:04.8 HOT-2
yeah.
22:03:05.3 HOT-1
down in Houston y— you're more spread out. uh the flying is a whole lot nicer down there the controllers are a whole lot nicer. in Florida the same way.
22:03:18.6 HOT-2
yeah Phoenix is like that.
22:03:20.3 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:03:21.2 HOT-1
man I— it's just all the pressure of all the the congestion and the the volume and weather and anything and everything. the the controllers uh they just it's like they uh constantly have their—.
22:03:38.1 ZOB
Colgan thirty four zero seven contact Buffalo Approach one two six point one five.
22:03:41.8 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
22:03:42.7 RDO-2
one two six one five Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:03:45.4 HOT-1
twelve eleven alt sel.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 269 22:03:46.5 HOT-2
twelve eleven alt sel.
22:03:50.0 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:03:53.0 RDO-2
Buffalo Approach Colgan thirty four zero seven twelve for eleven thousand with romeo.
22:03:59.2 APP
Colgan forty four zero seven Buff Approach good evening. Buffalo altimeter's two niner eight zero. plan ILS approach runway two three.
22:04:05.1 RDO-2
two niner eight zero and ILS two three Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:04:09.1 HOT-2
*.
22:04:09.3 HOT-1
two niner eight zero.
22:04:11.6 HOT-2
eight.
22:04:12.4 HOT-1
and we'll expect two three.
22:04:15.1 HOT-2
yup.
22:04:15.5 HOT-1
and if you've got your charts handy I'll brief it real quick.
22:04:17.7 HOT-2
IIII do.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 270 22:04:19.4 HOT-1
**. alright it's uh gonna be the ILS to uh runway two three at Buffalo. chart eleven two twenty April oh seven.
22:04:28.9 HOT-2
yes sir.
22:04:29.7 HOT-1
got uh eleven three's the frequency set both sides. two thirty three set on my side I saw you set yours. uh glideslope uh final approach fix uh glideslope intercept is at the—.
22:04:39.9 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven proceed direct TRAVA.
22:04:43.2 RDO-2
direct TRAVA Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:04:45.8 HOT-2
direct—.
22:04:46.2 HOT-1
direct TRAVA.
22:04:50.6 HOT-1
oooh let's see I forget. do I do the do the first one?
22:04:54.8 HOT-2
I did the first one. it doesn't matter you could do either one. there's no hold in there so—.
22:05:00.6 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven descend and maintain six thousand.
22:05:03.8 RDO-2
sorry about that down to six thousand Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:05:08.2 HOT-2
cranky old guy.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 271 22:05:08.9 HOT-1
six thousand alt sel. that's something I you in in the Saab whoever if the autopilot's engaged you know the pilot flying manipulates that #.
22:05:17.0 HOT-2
yeah...oh yeah.
22:05:20.7 HOT-1
I don't know why we don't do that here but we don't.
22:05:23.2 HOT-2
yeah.
22:05:24.3 HOT-1
alright well if you don't mind I'm gonna go ahead and push her on down at a thousand feet a minute.
22:05:27.0 HOT-2
oh that's okay.
22:05:29.5 HOT-1
uh continuing on glideslope intercept's the outer marker twenty two oh six that's fourteen uh seventy eight above the ground. DA's nine twenty eight we'll put nine thirty in...it's also two hundred above the ground. touchdown zone elevation is seven twenty eight. highest MSA's south of the outer marker at thirty nine hundred north of the marker is twenty seven. and ALSF two lighting uh missed approach is up to twenty three hundred climbing right turn to three thousand via three hundred heading uh on the uh two six seven radial to BUF VOR. and er outbound on VOR out to WELLA uh which is DME twenty three point one uh hold uh this thing'll probably do a parallel entry. uh we got the weather. bugs are set eighteen fourteen flaps fifteen. uh off of twenty three I forget let me look it up.
22:06:05.0 HOT-?
[sound of sniffles]
22:06:31.0 HOT-2
left.
22:06:32.6 HOT-1
oh sure. I'll do it left turn.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 272 22:06:36.9 HOT-2
left turn.
22:06:37.6 HOT-1
first available.
22:06:38.7 HOT-2
I think so.
22:06:39.9 HOT-1
can I make echo?
22:06:41.3 HOT-2
um I think so.
22:06:42.9 HOT-1
okay.
22:06:45.3 HOT-1
we'll do it. oh #.
22:06:48.7 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
22:06:50.5 HOT-1
going too far off.
22:06:55.6 HOT-2
yeah you can make echo.
22:06:55.8 HOT-1
*.
22:07:14.2 HOT-2
[sound similar to yawn] alright I'm gonna call in range. I'll be off one for a second.
22:07:16.8 HOT-1
I got one.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 273 22:07:18.3 HOT-2
- two five right? yup.
22:07:21.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:07:22.1 RDO-2
Ops Colgan thirty four zero seven's in range.
22:07:29.9 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:07:30.6 OPS
thirty four zero seven go for Buffalo ops.
22:07:33.4 RDO-2
yeah we're just letting you know we're in range. uh let's see here looks like we're ten maybe fifteen minutes out.
22:07:39.2 OPS
we'll see you in about ten fifteen minutes. gate twenty six. um we do actually have another Colgan turn we're trying to get out uh because they have the adapter we need to meet you guys. um so it might be just a couple minutes when you get here before we can actually bring the jetbridge up to ya.
22:07:54.2 RDO-2
alrighty uh thirty four zero seven we'll be we'll be ready for that thanks.
22:07:58.6 OPS
thank you see you then.
22:07:59.9 HOT-1
is the other Colgan in?
22:08:02.3 HOT-2
the other Colgan's there right now. and they're trying to turn him and we may have to sit and wait for them to turn him.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 274 22:08:07.4 HOT-1
yeah.
22:08:08.4 HOT-2
that's what she said.
22:08:09.1 HOT-1
how'd they beat us?
22:08:11.8 HOT-2
I don't— they must have taken runway two niner. 'cause they— we we sat there for like forty five minutes without anybody taking off two two.
22:08:26.4 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:08:27.5 HOT-1
alrighty.
22:08:37.4 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:08:41.0 HOT-2
alrighty **.
22:08:41.4 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven descend and maintain five thousand.
22:08:45.0 RDO-2
five thousand Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:08:47.9 HOT-1
five thousand alt sel.
22:08:48.9 HOT-2
five thousand alt sel I'm off one.
22:08:50.2 HOT-1
I've got one.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 275 22:08:51.1 PA-2
folks from the flight deck your first officer speaking uh it looks like at this time we're about ten maybe fifteen minutes outside of Buffalo. weather in Buffalo is uh pretty foggy. uh snowing a little bit there it's not too terribly cold uh but uh at this time I'd like to make sure everybody remains in their seats so the flight attendants can prepare the cabin for arrival. thank you.
22:09:10.6 HOT-2
[sound of sniffles] alrighty I'm back on one.
22:09:12.1 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven descend and maintain four thousand.
22:09:15.6 RDO-2
and four thousand Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:09:15.9 PA-3
ladies and gentlemen in preparation for landing in Buffalo please be certain your seatback is straight up and your seatbelt is fastened. please pass any remaining service items and unwanted reading materials to us as we pass through the cabin. please turn off all portable electronic devices and stow them until we have reached the gate. after landing Continental Connection allows passengers to use cell phones. I will make an announcement when it is safe to use this device. if you plan to use your cell phone please ensure it's accessible since personal items must be stowed until we reach the gate.
22:09:17.8 HOT-1
four thousand alt sel.
22:09:18.8 HOT-2
four thousand.
22:09:26.0 HOT-1
how's the ears?
22:09:27.3 HOT-2
uh they're stuffy.
22:09:31.6 HOT-1
are they poppin?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 276 22:09:32.7 HOT-2
yeah.
22:09:33.3 HOT-1
okay. that's a good thing.
22:09:35.7 HOT-2
yeah I wanna make em pop. [sound of laughter]
22:10:20.6 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:10:22.6 HOT-2
is that ice on our windshield?
22:10:25.6 HOT-1
got it on my side. you don't have yours?
22:10:28.7 HOT-1
- [sound of whistle]
22:10:29.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:10:30.5 CAM
[sound of click]
22:10:32.3 HOT-2
oh yeah oh it's lots of ice.
22:10:39.5 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:10:47.5 HOT-1
oh yeah that's the most I've seen— most ice I've seen on the leading edges in a long time. in a while anyway I should say.
22:10:51.4 HOT-2
oh *.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 277 22:10:56.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:10:57.7 HOT-2
yeah that's another thing. all the guys— @ came in to our when we interviewed and he said oh yeah you'll all be upgraded in six months into the Saab and blah ba blah ba blah and I'm thinking you know what. flying in the northeast I've sixteen hundred hours. all of that in Phoenix how much time do you think actual I had or any in in ice. I had more actual time on my first day of IOE than I did in the sixteen hundred hours I had when I came here.
22:11:14.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:11:21.0 HOT-1
[sound of laughter]
22:11:22.2 HOT-2
I'm not even kidding. the first day.
22:11:25.7 HOT-1
well that sounds— well I mean I didn't have sixteen hundred hours.
22:11:27.5 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
22:11:28.9 HOT-1
five for four alt sel.
22:11:29.8 HOT-2
five four alt sel.
22:11:31.1 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:11:31.5 HOT-1
but uh as a matter of fact I got hired with about six hundred and twenty five hours here.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 278 22:11:37.6 HOT-2
oh wow.
22:11:39.4 HOT-1
uh.
22:11:39.9 HOT-2
that's not much for uh back when you got hired.
22:11:42.5 HOT-1
no but uh out of that six and a quarter two hundred fifty hours was uh part one twenty one turbine. multi engine turbine.
22:11:50.0 HOT-2
oh that's right yeah.
22:11:54.3 HOT-2
no but all these guys are complaining they're saying you know how we were supposed to upgrade by now and they're complaining I'm thinking you know what? I really wouldn't mind going through a a winter in the northeast before I have to upgrade to captain.
22:12:04.0 HOT-1
no no.
22:12:05.0 HOT-2
I've never seen icing conditions. I've never deiced. I've never seen any— I've never experienced any of that. I don't want to have to experience that and make those kinds of calls. you know I'dve freaked out. I'dve have like seen this much ice and thought oh my gosh we were going to crash.
22:12:17.7 APP
Colgan thirty four oh seven descend and maintain two thousand three hundred.
22:12:21.8 RDO-2
okay down to two thousand three hundred Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:12:25.1 HOT-2
um two three alt sel.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 279 22:12:27.4 HOT-2
I've got you in pitch pitch hold. I don't know if that's what you want.
22:12:27.6 HOT-1
two three alt sel.
22:12:29.6 HOT-1
yeah that's alright. let's uh— we'll do vertical speed back.
22:12:33.3 HOT-2
but I'm glad to have seen oh— you know now I'm so much more comfortable with it all.
22:12:37.6 HOT-1
yeah uh I I spent the first three months in uh Charleston West Virginia and uh flew—.
22:12:43.5 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven turn left heading three three zero.
22:12:47.0 RDO-2
left heading three three zero Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:12:49.3 HOT-1
left three three zerooo. we're in heading mode now. go to blue needles.
22:13:01.2 HOT-1
but I— first couple of times I saw the amount of ice that that Saab would would pick up and keep on truckin'.
22:13:05.9 HOT-2
yeah.
22:13:06.7 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:13:08.0 HOT-1
saw it out on the spinner. ice comin' out about that far my eyes about that big around. I'm going gosh. I mean Florida man— barely a little you know out of Pensacola.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 280 22:13:09.3 HOT-2
yeah.
22:13:14.2 HOT-2
holy cow...oh my gosh...oh yeah.
22:13:18.0 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
22:13:21.4 HOT-1
that's uh thirty three for twenty three alt sel.
22:13:24.1 HOT-2
thirty three for twenty three alt sel.
22:13:24.8 HOT-1
let's do a descent checklist please.
22:13:25.9 HOT-2
do a descent checklist. altimeters two niner eight zero set crosschecked.
22:13:29.1 HOT-1
twenty nine eighty set crosschecked.
22:13:30.8 HOT-2
fuel balance check. pressurization set and cabin PA complete. descent checklist complete.
22:13:35.7 HOT-1
alright if you want to go ahead we can do the approach checklist along with it.
22:13:37.4 HOT-2
yeah sure. um approach checklist approach and landing brief complete.
22:13:41.6 HOT-1
uh complete.
22:13:42.3 HOT-2
bugs set.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 281 22:13:43.3 HOT-1
set.
22:13:44.3 HOT-2
GPWS landing flaps selected fifteen degrees. fuel transfer off hydraulic pressure and quantity check. caution warning lights check seatbelt sign on and external lights on. approach checklist complete.
22:13:54.5 HOT-2
[sound of sniffle]
22:13:54.7 HOT-1
rock and roll.
22:13:58.4 HOT-2
oh yeah— I'm so glad. I would've— I w— I mean—. I would've been been fine. I would have survived it. there wasn't— we n— never had to make decisions that I wouldn't have been able to make but...now I'm more comfortable.
22:14:08.5 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven turn left heading three one zero.
22:14:12.1 RDO-2
left heading three one zero for Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:14:12.7 CAM
[sound similar to engine power increase]
22:14:14.6 HOT-1
three one zero.
22:14:16.6 HOT-2
yeah.
22:14:21.9 HOT-?
[sound of sniffles]
22:14:22.6 HOT-1
alright let's see if I can get this seat...siteated...that's alright there.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 282 22:14:24.7 CAM
[sound similar to seat track movement]
22:14:32.7 HOT-1
still trying to find that sweet spot I guess there *.
22:14:39.8 CAM
[sound similar to engine power increase]
22:14:56.7 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:15:06.3 HOT-1
flaps five. [covered by background radio transmissions]
22:15:08.1 HOT-2
what?
22:15:08.8 HOT-1
flaps five please.
22:15:10.0 HOT-2
oh *.
22:15:11.2 CAM
[sound similar to flap handle movement]
22:15:13.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:15:13.5 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven three miles from KLUMP turn left heading two six zero maintain two thousand three hundred until established localizer. cleared ILS approach runway two three.
22:15:22.2 RDO-2
left two sixty two thousand three hundred 'til established and cleared ILS two three approach Colgan thirty four zero seven.
22:15:31.7 HOT-1
alright approach is armed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 283 22:15:32.8 HOT-2
roger.
22:15:38.8 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:15:59.5 CAM
[sound similar to decrease in engine power]
22:16:04.1 HOT-1
gear down...loc's alive.
22:16:06.2 CAM
[sound similar to landing gear handle movement]
22:16:06.4 APP
Colgan thirty four zero seven contact tower one two zero point five. have a good night.
22:16:07.4 CAM
[sound similar to landing gear deployment]
22:16:11.5 RDO-2
over to tower you do the same thirty four zero seven.
22:16:14.9 HOT
[sound of two double chimes]
22:16:19.2 HOT-?
[sound of sniffle]
22:16:21.2 HOT-2
gear's down.
22:16:23.5 HOT-1
flaps fifteen before landing checklist.
22:16:26.0 CAM
[sound similar to flap handle movement]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 284 22:16:26.6 HOT-2
uhhh.
22:16:27.4 CAM
[sound similar to stick shaker lasting 6.7 seconds]
22:16:27.7 HOT
[sound similar to autopilot disconnect horn repeats until end of recording]
22:16:27.9 CAM
[sound of click]
22:16:31.1 CAM
[sound similar to increase in engine power]
22:16:34.8 HOT-1
Jesus Christ.
22:16:35.4 CAM
[sound similar to stick shaker lasting until end of recording]
22:16:37.1 HOT-2
I put the flaps up.
22:16:40.2 CAM
[sound of two clicks]
22:16:42.2 HOT-1
[sound of grunt] *ther bear.
22:16:45.8 HOT-2
should the gear up?
22:16:46.8 HOT-1
gear up oh #.
22:16:50.1 CAM
[increase in ambient noise]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE CONTENT 285 22:16:51.9 HOT-1
we're down.
22:16:51.9 CAM
[sound of thump]
22:16:52.0 HOT-2
we're [sound of scream]
22:16:53.9 END OF TRANSCRIPT END OF RECORDING
FD07373 | 2010_美国_AAR1002.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Runway Overrun During Rejected Takeoff Global Exec Aviation Bombardier Learjet 60, N999LJ Columbia, South Carolina September 19, 2008 Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/02 PB2010-910402
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/AAR-10/02 PB2010-910402 Notation 8061B Adopted April 6, 2010
Aircraft Accident Report Runway Overrun During Rejected Takeoff Global Exec Aviation Bombardier Learjet 60, N999LJ Columbia, South Carolina September 19, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Runway Overrun During Rejected Takeoff, Global Exec Aviation, Bombardier Learjet 60, N999LJ, Columbia, South Carolina, September 19, 2008. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/02. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report describes the September 19, 2008, accident involving a Bombardier Learjet Model 60 (Learjet 60), N999LJ, which overran runway 11 during a rejected takeoff at Columbia Metropolitan Airport, Columbia, South Carolina, while operating as a 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 unscheduled passenger flight. The captain, the first officer, and two passengers were killed; two other passengers were seriously injured.
The safety issues discussed in this report include the criticality of proper aircraft tire inflation; maintenance requirements and manual revisions for tire pressure check intervals; tire pressure monitoring systems; airplane thrust reverser system design deficiencies; inadequate system safety analyses by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and Learjet; inadequate level of safety in the certification of changed aeronautical products; flight crew training for tire failure events; flight crew performance, including the captain’s action to initiate an rejected takeoff after V1, the captain’s experience, and crew resource management techniques; and considerations for tire certification criteria. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-910402 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Contents .......................................................................................................................................... i Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iv Acronyms and Abbreviations .......................................................................................................v Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... viii
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of Flight .........................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ......................................................................................................................3
- 3 Damage to Airplane ...................................................................................................................3
- 4 Other Damage ............................................................................................................................3
- 5 Personnel Information ................................................................................................................3
- 5.1 Captain .............................................................................................................................4
- 5.2 First Officer .....................................................................................................................5
- 5.3 Flight Crew’s 72-Hour History ........................................................................................6
- 6 Airplane Information .................................................................................................................7
- 6.1 Main Landing Gear Tires .................................................................................................7
- 6.2 Engine Power Control and Thrust Reverser System Control ..........................................9
- 6.2.1 Commanding Forward Thrust ..........................................................................11
- 6.2.2 Commanding Reverse Thrust ..........................................................................11
- 6.2.3 Thrust Reverser System Logic Criteria............................................................12
- 7 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................12
- 8 Aids to Navigation ...................................................................................................................12
- 9 Communications ......................................................................................................................13
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................13
- 11 Flight Recorders .....................................................................................................................13
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information ........................................................................................14
- 13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................14
- 14 Fire .........................................................................................................................................15
- 15 Survival Aspects ....................................................................................................................15
- 15.1 Survivors’ Descriptions of Crew-Provided Safety Information ..................................16
- 15.2 Survivors’ Descriptions of Exiting the Airplane .........................................................16
- 15.3 Postaccident Examination of Airplane Exits ...............................................................17
- 16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................17
- 16.1 Sound Spectrum Study ................................................................................................17
- 16.1.1 Engine N1 ......................................................................................................17
- 16.1.2 Airplane Ground Speed..................................................................................18
- 16.2 Airplane Performance Study and Map Overlay ...........................................................19
- 16.3 Main Landing Gear Tires .............................................................................................21
- 16.3.1 Basic Design and Function ............................................................................21
i
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.16.3.2 Reconstruction and Examination of Accident Airplane’s Main Landing Gear Tires and Wheels ............................................................................................21 1.16.3.3 Tire Pressure Data Collected from In-Service Airplanes ..............................23 1.16.4 Thrust Reverser System ...............................................................................................24 1.16.4.1 Ground Tests and Engineering Review .........................................................24 1.16.4.2 Accidents and Incident Involving Thrust Reverser System Anomalies ........25 1.16.4.3 Approved Modifications After 2001 Landing Accident ................................26 1.16.5 Certification of the Learjet 60 as a Changed Aeronautical Product ............................27 1.16.5.1 Thrust Reverser Control Design ....................................................................28 1.16.5.2 Protection of Equipment in Wheel Wells ......................................................29 1.16.6 Comparison of Certification Criteria for Learjet 45 and Learjet 60 ............................29 1.16.6.1 Thrust Reverser System Design .....................................................................30 1.16.6.2 Protection of Equipment in Wheel Wells ......................................................30 1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................30 1.17.1 Main Landing Gear Tire Maintenance and Checks .....................................................31 1.17.2 Pilot Training and Standard Operating Procedures .....................................................31 1.17.2.1 Rejected Takeoff ............................................................................................32 1.17.2.2 Pretakeoff Passenger Briefing ........................................................................33 1.17.2.3 Airplane Weight and Balance Calculations ...................................................34 1.17.3 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight ................................................................34 1.18 Additional Information ..........................................................................................................35 1.18.1 Takeoff Safety Training Aid ........................................................................................35 1.18.2 Postaccident Safety Action ..........................................................................................36 1.18.2.1 Learjet Tire Servicing Advisory Wire ...........................................................36 1.18.2.2 Federal Aviation Administration Safety Alert for Operators ........................36 1.18.2.3 Learjet Revisions to Flight and Maintenance Manuals ..................................37 1.18.2.3.1 Temporary Flight Manual Change, Revised Procedures ..................... 37 1.18.2.3.2 Temporary Revision to Maintenance Manual ...................................... 37 1.18.2.4 Federal Aviation Administration Legal Interpretation That Learjet 60 Tire Pressure Checks Are Preventive Maintenance ...............................................38 1.18.3 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations ...............................................................38 1.18.3.1 Learjet 60 Thrust Reverser System Recommendations Resulting From This Accident Investigation ....................................................................................38 1.18.3.2 Ongoing Assessment of Safety-Critical Systems ..........................................40 1.18.3.3 Crew Resource Management .........................................................................41 1.18.3.4 Onboard Flight Recorder Systems .................................................................42 1.18.4 Current Airworthiness Requirements and Guidance for the Certification of Changed Aeronautical Products .................................................................................................43 1.18.5 Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems in Aircraft Applications .......................................43 1.18.6 Tire Load Certification Requirements .........................................................................44 1.18.6.1 Learjet 60 Tire Selection ................................................................................45 1.18.6.2 Effect of Tire Camber Angle on Tire Sidewall Loads ...................................45 1.18.7 Takeoff Accident and Incident Data ............................................................................46 1.18.7.1 High-Speed Rejected Takeoffs ......................................................................46 1.18.7.2 Airplane Types Involved in Tire-Related Events ..........................................46 1.18.7.3 Pilot Accounts of Real and Simulated Tire Failure Events ...........................46 ii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................48
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................48
- 2 Accident Sequence ...................................................................................................................49
- 2.1 Captain’s Initiation of Rejected Takeoff After V1 .........................................................49
- 2.2 Uncommanded Forward Thrust Emergency ..................................................................51
- 3 Airplane Issues .........................................................................................................................53
- 3.1 Tire Failures ...................................................................................................................53
- 3.1.1 Operator’s Tire Maintenance Practices ............................................................54
- 3.1.2 Maintenance Manual References to Tire Pressure Check Intervals ................54
- 3.1.3 Lack of Tire Pressure Information for Flight Crews .......................................56
- 3.2 Thrust Reverser System Deficiencies ............................................................................56
- 3.3 Safety of Changed Aeronautical Products .....................................................................60
- 4 Flight Crew Performance .........................................................................................................62
- 4.1 Lack of Training for Tire-Related Events .....................................................................62
- 4.2 Captain’s Experience in the Learjet 60 and as Pilot-in-Command ................................63
- 4.3 Crew Resource Management .........................................................................................65
- 4.4 Medication Use and Rest Opportunities ........................................................................66
- 5 Occupant Survivability ............................................................................................................67
- 6 Other Safety Issues ..................................................................................................................68
- 6.1 Tire Certification and Testing Considerations ...............................................................68
- 6.2 Flight Recorders .............................................................................................................69
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................71
- 1 Findings....................................................................................................................................71
- 2 Probable Cause.........................................................................................................................73
- Recommendations ....................................................................................................................74
- 1 New Recommendations ...........................................................................................................74
- 2 Previously Issued Recommendations Resulting From This Accident Investigation and
Classified in This Report ........................................................................................................76
- Appendixes ...............................................................................................................................78
Appendix A: Investigation and Hearing ........................................................................................78 Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript ..........................................................................79
iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Learjet factory technician checking inboard tire pressure (left image) and outboard tire pressure (right image). .....................................................................................................................9 Figure 2. Captain's side view of Learjet 60 thrust levers (at idle) and thrust reverser (piggyback) levers. To illustrate lever movement, one thrust reverser lever is in the stowed position, and the other is lifted to command reverse thrust (arrow shows direction lever moves when lifted from the stowed position). ........................................................................................................................9 Figure 3. Learjet 60 with thrust reversers deployed. The dotted yellow lines show the stowed position for the doors. ....................................................................................................................10 Figure 4. Engine N1 calculated as a function of elapsed time into the takeoff roll (time of the start of the loud rumbling sound is shown). ...................................................................................18 Figure 5. Airplane ground speed calculated as a function of elapsed time into the takeoff roll (time of the start of the loud rumbling sound is shown). ...............................................................19 Figure 6. Map of Columbia Metropolitan Airport showing integrated sound spectrum data, cockpit voice recorder comments, and wreckage locations plotted. ..............................................20 Figure 7. Reconstruction of the right outboard main landing gear tire showing outboard sidewall damage. Arrows depict the generally uniform location of the damage. ........................................22 Figure 8. Inboard aft corner of the left main landing gear wheel well for the Learjet 45 (left) and the inboard after corner of the right main landing gear wheel well for the Learjet 60 (right). ......30 iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Acronyms and Abbreviations AC advisory circular AFM airplane flight manual AMM aircraft maintenance manual ARFF aircraft rescue and firefighting ARP aerospace recommended practice ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System ATIS automatic terminal information service ATP airline transport pilot AW advisory wire CAE Columbia Metropolitan Airport CAM cockpit area microphone CFR Code of Federal Regulations CRM crew resource management CSN cycles since new CVR cockpit voice recorder DER designated engineering representative EEC electronic engine control EUROCAE European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment FAA Federal Aviation Administration v
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report FADEC full authority digital electronic control FBO fixed-base operator FDR flight data recorder FR Federal Register FSI FlightSafety International KIAS knots indicated airspeed kts knots MLG main landing gear msl mean sea level N1 engine fan speed NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board P/N part number PIC pilot-in-command POI principal operations inspector psi pounds per square inch QRH quick reference handbook QTR qualification test report RSA runway safety area RTO rejected takeoff vi
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report RVDT rotary variable differential transformer S/N serial number SAFO safety alert for operators SB service bulletin SIC second-in-command SIR special investigation report SMS safety management system TC type certificate TCDS type certificate data sheet TEB Teterboro Airport TFM temporary flight manual TLA thrust lever angle TPMS tire pressure monitoring system TR temporary revision TSO technical standard order V1 takeoff decision speed V2 takeoff safety speed Vr rotation speed VOR very high frequency omnidirectional radio range
vii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report viii Executive Summary On September 19, 2008, about 2353 eastern daylight time, a Bombardier Learjet Model 60, N999LJ, owned by Inter Travel and Services, Inc., and operated by Global Exec Aviation, overran runway 11 during a rejected takeoff at Columbia Metropolitan Airport, Columbia, South Carolina. The captain, the first officer, and two passengers were killed; two other passengers were seriously injured. The nonscheduled domestic passenger flight to Van Nuys, California, was operated under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed, and an instrument flight rules flight plan was filed. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the operator’s inadequate maintenance of the airplane’s tires, which resulted in multiple tire failures during takeoff roll due to severe underinflation, and the captain’s execution of a rejected takeoff (RTO) after V1, which was inconsistent with her training and standard operating procedures. Contributing to the accident were (1) deficiencies in Learjet’s design of and the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) certification of the Learjet Model 60’s thrust reverser system, which permitted the failure of critical systems in the wheel well area to result in uncommanded forward thrust that increased the severity of the accident; (2) the inadequacy of Learjet’s safety analysis and the FAA’s review of it, which failed to detect and correct the thrust reverser and wheel well design deficiencies after a 2001 uncommanded forward thrust accident; (3) inadequate industry training standards for flight crews in tire failure scenarios; and (4) the flight crew’s poor crew resource management (CRM). The safety issues discussed in this report focus on criticality of proper aircraft tire inflation; maintenance requirements and manual revisions for tire pressure check intervals; tire pressure monitoring systems; airplane thrust reverser system design deficiencies; inadequate system safety analyses by the FAA and Learjet; inadequate level of safety in the certification of changed aeronautical products; flight crew training for tire failure events; flight crew performance, including the captain’s action to initiate an RTO after V1, the captain’s experience, and CRM; and considerations for tire certification criteria. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of Flight
On September 19, 2008, about 2353 eastern daylight time,1 a Bombardier Learjet Model 60 (Learjet 60),2 N999LJ, owned by Inter Travel and Services, Inc., and operated by Global Exec Aviation, overran runway 11 during a rejected takeoff (RTO)3 at Columbia Metropolitan Airport (CAE), Columbia, South Carolina. The captain, the first officer, and two passengers were killed; two other passengers were seriously injured. The nonscheduled domestic passenger flight to Van Nuys, California, was operated under 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed, and an instrument flight rules flight plan was filed. Review of the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) transcript revealed that the flight crew received clearance instructions from the CAE ground controller at 2347:04 to taxi from the northeast fixed-base operator’s (FBO) parking ramp to runway 11. After a short discussion with the first officer about which way to turn,4 the captain, who was the pilot flying, turned the airplane left onto taxiway U. The controller provided an amended taxi clearance after noticing that the airplane had turned the wrong way.5 The flight crew followed the amended taxi clearance, which involved back-taxiing the airplane on runway 11 and performing a 180° turn on the runway to position the airplane for takeoff. At 2351:22, the captain briefed the RTO procedure and stated, “we’ve got plenty of runway so we’ll abort for anything below eighty knots [kts] after V-one and before V-two[6] engine failure fire malfunction loss of directional control all the big things after V-two we’ll go
1 All times in this report are eastern daylight time unless otherwise noted and based on a 24-hour clock. 2 Learjet engineering and certification documents refer to the airplane as Learjet Model 60 or L60. For brevity and consistency, this report refers to the Learjet Model 60 as “Learjet 60.” 3 An RTO may also be referred to as an aborted takeoff in some publications. 4 The clearance was to taxi via taxiway U and cross the approach end of runway 23 to taxiway N, then taxiway A. The first officer replied to the controller, “okay Uniform November Alpha ah to one one.” The captain stated to the first officer, “and hold short of two two I think it was,” and the first officer replied, “I think he said…we could cross it.” The captain stated, “oh did he?” and then asked, “and we’re going right outta here, correct?” The first officer replied, “ah well I think we have to go left outta here don’t we?” 5 The controller stated that construction at the airport made it confusing for pilots to taxi. He indicated that the accident flight crew’s initial taxi clearance would have required the crew to turn the airplane away from the takeoff runway, which the controller stated went “against normal.” 6 According to 14 CFR 1.2, V1 is the maximum speed in the takeoff at which the pilot must take the first action (such as applying brakes, reducing thrust, or deploying speed brakes) to stop the airplane within the accelerate-stop distance, which is a calculated distance defined in 14 CFR 25.109. V1 is also the minimum speed in the takeoff at which, after a failure of an airplane’s critical engine, the pilot can continue the takeoff and achieve the required height above the takeoff surface within the takeoff distance. According to 14 CFR 25.107, V2 is the takeoff safety speed that must provide at least a minimum specified climb gradient in the event of a loss of power in one engine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 ahead and take it into the air treat it as an in-flight emergency.”7 The first officer replied, “correct.” The captain asked if the first officer had any questions, and the first officer asked, “reference the ah between eighty and ah V-one you’re only ah aborting for the fire failure loss of directional control?” The captain replied, “yes,” then added, “or an inadvertent thrust-, ah, T-R [thrust reverser] deployment.” The first officer then stated, “that will ah cause the loss of directional control I guess,” to which the captain replied, “exactly hah they go together.” The first officer later stated, “well eh if the runway is long I abort but if it’s short I kinda do different briefing depending on what the length of the runway is but we’re pretty heavy so it’s probably not a bad idea.” The CVR transcript indicated that the flight crew continued performing pretakeoff checklist items and that the captain requested wind information.8 The captain initiated the takeoff roll, and, at 2355:00.1,9 the first officer stated, “eighty knots. Crosscheck,” to which the captain replied, “check.” At 2355:10.5, the first officer reported, “V-one.” About 1.5 seconds later, the CVR captured the beginning of a loud rumbling sound. Postaccident sound spectrum and airplane performance studies10 indicated that the airplane’s position on the runway at the onset of the loud rumbling sound corresponded with the location where the first main landing gear (MLG) tire fragments were found. Four-tenths second after the beginning of the loud rumbling sound, the first officer stated, “go,” the captain stated something unintelligible, and, at 2355:13.0, the first officer stated, “go go go.” The CVR recorded a sound similar to a metallic click, and, at 2355:14.0, the captain stated, “go?” Postaccident sound spectrum and airplane performance studies estimated that, about this time, the airplane’s ground speed reached a peak of about 144 kts. The first officer then stated, “no? ar- alright. Get ah what the [expletive] was that?” The CVR recorded another metallic click sound, and, at 2355:17.0, the captain stated, “I don’t know. We’re not goin’ though.” At 2355:18.4, another metallic click sound was recorded, and, at 2355:19.5, the captain stated, “full out.” Postaccident performance studies indicated that the airplane was decelerating. Within 1 second, the CVR captured a sound consistent with the application of wheel braking, and, at 2355:21.6, the CVR captured a sound consistent with the nosewheel steering disconnect warning tone. Postaccident performance studies indicated that the airplane had then accelerated. About 7 seconds later, the first officer stated, “shut ’em off,” and, at 2355:32.4, the first officer stated, “they’re shut off they’re shut off.” At 2355:36.0, the first officer made a radio transmission on the CAE tower control frequency, saying, “roll the equipment we’re goin’ off the end.” The CVR recording ended at 2355:41.1. A controller in the CAE tower who observed the airplane’s takeoff roll reported that the beginning of the takeoff roll appeared normal but that, when the airplane was part way down the runway, sparks appeared that seemed to be coming from the airplane’s right MLG. One of the
7 The captain’s briefing of the RTO criteria was inconsistent with Global Exec Aviation’s training manual, which is discussed in section 1.17.2.1. 8 At 2354:27, the captain asked the first officer to request a wind check from the controller. The controller stated, “wind zero seven zero at eight gust one four.” The captain asked the first officer, “zero one zero at eight?” The first officer replied, “ah huh.” The captain then stated, “’kay so pretty much straight down.” Runway 11 has a magnetic heading of 110°. 9 Times related to the takeoff sequence are reported to tenths of 1 second because of the speed at which events occurred. 10 For further information, see sections 1.16.1 and 1.16.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report two surviving passengers stated that, during the takeoff roll, the airplane was shifting and swaying back and forth all the way down the runway and that the airplane felt “out of control” from the start. The other surviving passenger reported that the airplane felt as if it blew a tire and that the airplane leaned to the right “almost like a wing had touched the ground.” The controller observed that the airplane went straight off the end of the runway. The airplane passed through the 1,000-foot runway safety area (RSA), struck airport lighting and navigation antennas, and descended a steep downhill slope before striking a lighting pole and the perimeter fence. The airplane then struck a concrete highway marker post, crossed a five-lane road, and struck a second concrete post and an embankment on the far side of the road. The controller stated that, when the airplane struck the hill, the airplane stopped and exploded into a fireball. Both passengers stated that the nose of the airplane went up and down at least twice before final impact. Debris from all four MLG tires was found on the runway. 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table. Injury Chart Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 2 0 2 0 4 Serious 0 0 2 0 2 Minor 0 0 0 0 0 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 2 0 4 0 6 1.3 Damage to Airplane The airplane was destroyed by impact forces and the postcrash fire. 1.4 Other Damage Damage to airport property included some of the runway approach lighting, a localizer antenna array, and the airport perimeter fence. Concrete roadway right-of-way markers and a five-lane asphalt road were also damaged. 1.5 Personnel Information The captain was hired by Global Exec Aviation on January 4, 2008, and the first officer was hired on August 8, 2008. According to Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations, the accident flight was the crewmembers’ second flight of the day, and they had previously flown together twice. 3
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 1.5.1 Captain The captain, age 31, held an airline transport pilot (ATP) certificate for multiengine land airplanes with type ratings for Cessna CE-500 (issued on June 18, 2005), Learjet 60 (issued on October 25, 2007), and Cessna CE-650 (issued on January 19, 2008) airplanes.11 She held a first-class airman medical certificate issued April 29, 2008, with the limitation, “holder shall wear corrective lenses.” According to Global Exec Aviation employment records, the captain had accumulated about 3,140 hours total flight time, including about 2,040 hours pilot-in-command (PIC) time. She had accumulated about 35 hours in the Learjet 60 (about 8 hours of which were as PIC) and about 118 hours in the Cessna CE-650 (which were accumulated at Global Exec Aviation). Before the 2-day trip pairing that included the accident flight, the captain’s most recent experience as PIC of a Learjet 60 was on August 16, 2008. In the 30 days before the accident, the captain had accumulated about 19 hours as second-in-command (SIC) in the Learjet 60 and about 15 hours as PIC in the Cessna CE-650. In the 90 days, 30 days, and 24 hours preceding the accident, the captain had logged about 67, 36, and 1.5 hours, respectively. The captain completed Global Exec Aviation’s initial new-hire training on January 4,
- Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations stated that the captain came to the company
with excellent references and had flown with and been recommended by a previous Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) principal operations inspector (POI) for the company. The director of operations stated that, because of the captain’s references, the company did not give the captain a checkride in a simulator, even though the company typically gave a checkride to other potential new hires. The captain’s most recent recurrent simulator training was completed at a FlightSafety International (FSI) training facility on August 13, 2008, and her most recent recurrent ground training was completed on August 16, 2008. The captain’s most recent line check was completed on May 6, 2008, and her most recent Learjet 60 proficiency check was completed on August 14,
- The evaluator who conducted the Learjet 60 proficiency check stated that the captain
performed “very much” within standards and that the outcome of the checkride was never in doubt. He stated that the captain displayed good crew resource management (CRM) skills and had good command of the airplane. Another Learjet 60 instructor who provided recurrent ground and simulator training to the captain at FSI described her as meticulous with good organizational skills. He recalled that, during training, the captain told him that she had not been in the Learjet 60 for some time; he stated that her first day of simulator training was a little rough during basic air work but that, by the end of that session, the captain was doing well. The instructor reported that the captain’s second and third day of training went very well. He stated that his notes for the second day indicated “excellent CRM” and that he does not give that rating to many people. He stated that
11 She also held second-in-command privileges for Cessna CE-560XL airplanes; a flight instructor certificate for instrument, single-engine, and multiengine land airplanes; commercial privileges for single-engine land airplanes; private privileges for single-engine seaplanes; and an aircraft dispatcher certificate.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5 the training included such abnormal scenarios as V1 cuts and RTOs with an engine failure or a thrust reverser unlock. Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations, who had trained with the captain and had flown about 30 hours with her, described the captain as “laid back,” which he considered “typical of a less experienced captain.” He described her decision-making skills as excellent and conservative. He stated that he would work with her on being more vocal in her command authority but that she was “above normal” for a new captain. A review of FAA records found no previous accidents, incidents, or enforcement actions. FAA records indicated that the captain received a notice of disapproval on August 11, 2006, for a practical test for the ATP certificate because of unsatisfactory performance in the nonprecision approach and circle-to-land procedures. She retested the same day and passed. On April 11, 1997, when the captain was a private pilot with about 192 total flight hours, she received a notice of disapproval for the practical test for the airplane instrument rating because of unsatisfactory performance of partial-panel very high frequency omnidirectional radio range (VOR) instrument approach procedures and instrument landing system instrument approach procedures. She was retested on April 14, 1997, and received a second notice of disapproval because of unsatisfactory performance of partial-panel VOR instrument approach procedures. She was retested on May 28, 1997, and passed. On November 14, 1997, when the captain had accrued about 252 total flight hours, she received a notice of disapproval for a practical test for the commercial airplane multiengine land certificate because of unsatisfactory knowledge of the national airspace system and airplane performance and limitations. (She subsequently passed the checkride for private pilot privileges for multiengine land airplanes on December 6, 1997, and she passed the checkride for the commercial certificate for multiengine land airplanes on September 1, 2004.12) 1.5.2 First Officer The first officer, age 52, held an ATP certificate for multiengine land airplanes with type ratings for Learjet 60 (issued on March 1, 2007) and Cessna CE-500 airplanes.13 He held a first-class airman medical certificate issued July 18, 2008, with the limitations “must wear corrective lenses” and “possess glasses for near/intermediate vision.” According to employment records from Global Exec Aviation and estimates from another employer14 and a previous employer, the first officer had accumulated about 8,200 hours total flight time, including about 7,500 hours PIC time and about 300 hours in Learjet 60 airplanes (about 108 hours of which were as SIC). In the 90 days, 30 days, and 24 hours preceding the accident, the first officer logged about 42, 34, and 1.5 hours, respectively.
12 According to the captain’s résumé, in 1997, she was attending college and was not working in an aviation field that would require a commercial multiengine certificate. She subsequently gained flight experience and worked as a flight instructor in the years before her successful retest in 2004. 13 He also held commercial privileges for single-engine land airplanes, rotorcraft/helicopters, and instrument helicopters. 14 The first officer also began flying for another operator in August 2008. Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations stated that he thought that the first officer had accepted a full-time position with another operator but that he was unsure of which one.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 6 The first officer completed Global Exec Aviation’s initial new-hire training on August 8,
- His previous employer, also a Part 135 operator, provided him with Learjet 60 flight
training and his most recent Learjet 60 proficiency check, which was completed on March 13, 2008.15 Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations stated that the first officer was hired as a part-time pilot. A review of FAA records found no previous accidents, incidents, enforcement actions, or notices of disapproval. Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations had flown about 5 hours with the first officer and described him as a well-experienced pilot with excellent piloting skills. He stated that the first officer had good CRM skills and had no problem speaking up but that he was not overly assertive. 1.5.3 Flight Crew’s 72-Hour History Review of airline travel, cellular telephone, hotel, and company records provided information about the captain’s and the first officer’s nonwork activities during the 72 hours before the accident. These records revealed that, on Wednesday, September 17, 2008, both the captain and the first officer were passengers aboard a commercial flight that departed Long Beach, California, about 1238 Pacific daylight time en route to New York. They checked into hotel rooms in Secaucus, New Jersey, about 2200, and each requested hotel wake-up calls for about 0800 the next morning. Based on their respective telephone records, the captain had the potential for 6 hours of sleep, and the first officer had the potential for 7 hours of sleep, that night. The first officer’s wife, who had communicated with him via telephone and text messaging, recalled that he had told her that noise at the hotel made it difficult to sleep. On Thursday, September 18, 2008, both pilots left the hotel about 1000, taking the hotel shuttle to Teterboro Airport (TEB), Teterboro, New Jersey, where the accident airplane was parked. About 1200, they conducted a 48-minute test flight in the accident airplane to ensure that maintenance on a high-pressure bleed valve was effective.16 About 1400, both the captain and the first officer checked into their rooms at a different hotel in Secaucus and were off duty until the next day. Based on their respective cellular telephone records, the captain had the potential for 7.5 to 9.5 hours of sleep, and the first officer had the potential for 9.75 hours of sleep, during the night before the accident. On Friday, September 19, 2008 (the day of the accident), telephone activity for the captain showed numerous telephone calls and text messages, leaving three 1-hour uninterrupted periods. Telephone activity for the first officer indicated that he had one 1-hour and one 2-hour periods of uninterrupted time. Both the captain and the first officer checked out of the hotel about 2018 and traveled to TEB. They departed TEB in the accident airplane about 2142 and arrived at the Columbia Aviation ramp at CAE about 2310 to pick up the passengers.
15 Global Exec Aviation and the FAA accepted the training performed under his previous employer because both companies used the same training program and facility. The FAA can accept such training instead of training provided by the current employer if the FAA determines that the previous training was sufficient. 16 The accident airplane had been at TEB since September 12, 2008, for maintenance after the valve became stuck in the open position during a flight.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 1.6 Airplane Information The accident airplane was powered by two Pratt & Whitney Canada PW305A high-bypass turbofan engines, each of which was rated at a maximum 4,600 pounds of thrust with a maximum nontransient forward engine fan speed (N1) of 10,820 rpm, or 102 percent. The airplane’s initial airworthiness certificate was dated December 14, 2006, and the airplane was configured with a seating capacity for two crewmembers and eight passengers. The accident airplane’s empty weight was 14,755 pounds, its maximum ramp weight was 23,750 pounds, and its maximum takeoff weight was 23,500 pounds. According to performance calculations provided by Bombardier Learjet, given the accident flight conditions, V1 would have been 136 kts indicated airspeed (KIAS),17 Vr (rotation speed) would have been 145 KIAS, and V2 would have been 153 KIAS. According to logbook information dated September 16, 2008, the airplane had accumulated 106 hours and 121 cycles since new (CSN). At the time of the accident, the airplane had accumulated an estimated 108.5 hours and 123 CSN. 1.6.1 Main Landing Gear Tires The airplane was equipped with dual wheel and tire assemblies at each MLG position. Each MLG tire was a Goodyear Flight Eagle, part number (P/N) 178K43-1, size 17.5 x 5.75-8.18 For use on the Learjet 60, the rated tire inflation pressure19 was 220 pounds per square inch (psi). Applicable tire certification requirements are specified in 14 CFR 25.733 and FAA Technical Standard Order (TSO) TSO-C62c.20 TSO-C62c specified various tire performance criteria, one of which was a maximum allowable air pressure loss of 5 percent per day for an airplane tire under normal operating circumstances. According to the Goodyear Qualification Test Report (QTR) 461B-3044-TL, the Goodyear Flight Eagle tire documented a daily pressure loss of about 2.2 percent. Maintenance logs indicated that all four MLG tires were new when installed in December 2007 and had accumulated a total of 20 landings at the time of the accident. Flight history records showed that the airplane had flown 5 days during the 12-day period that preceded the accident. Interviews with personnel from all facilities that handled the accident airplane during that time period revealed that none had serviced or received a request to service the MLG tires. Global Exec Aviation’s director of maintenance estimated that the tire pressures may not have been checked for about 3 weeks before the accident.
17 KIAS refers to the airplane’s speed as shown on the airspeed indicator. 18 For the purpose of this report, “Goodyear Flight Eagle tire” refers to tire P/N 178K43-1, size 17.5 x 5.75-8, as specified for the Learjet 60. 19 Rated pressure is the maximum inflation pressure to match the tire’s load rating. Aircraft tire pressures are given for an unloaded tire; when the rated load is applied to the tire, the pressure increases by 4 percent as a result of a reduction in air volume. According to Learjet data, the allowable MLG tire pressure range for the Learjet 60 (based on its maximum takeoff weight of 23,500 pounds) would be 209 to 219 pounds per square inch gauge (gauge pressure). 20 TSO-C62c was in effect at the time of certification; the current version is TSO-C62e, issued on September 29, 2006.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The Learjet 60 Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) contained the minimum maintenance requirements for continued airworthiness in accordance with applicable regulations. Chapter 5 of the AMM, the contents of which related to the intervals for scheduled inspections, stated that the Learjet inspection program “also contains other inspections and individual stand-alone inspection checks, which must be accomplished at the specified intervals.” Chapter 5 referenced tire pressure inspections under “Inspection Phase A5.” The A5 inspection, which is due at 300-hour intervals, included Inspection Reference Number P1210055, which stated, “Nose and Main Tires – Check for proper inflation. (Refer to [chapter] 12-10-05).” The contents of chapter 12 of the AMM related to technical specifications and descriptions of how to perform various maintenance tasks. Chapter 12-10-05, pages 301 and 302, contained the following guidance: Important inflation practices and tips are as follows: … Measure the cold tire pressure before the first flight of every day or every 10 day[s] on in-service tires [that] are not in use.… Do not underinflate the tire. An underinflated tire generally cannot be detected visually. The AMM indicated that a tire should be replaced if found to have operated at an inflation pressure loss of 15 percent. Other guidance calling for daily or regular checks of tire pressure was contained in a Learjet maintenance publication, Aircraft Tire Care and Maintenance, dated September 2001; a Learjet product support publication, Everyday Maintenance of Tires and Brakes, dated April 10, 2007; FAA Advisory Circular (AC) AC 20-97B, Aircraft Tire Maintenance and Operational Practices; and several Goodyear publications, including Goodyear Information Report 97001, Learjet Tire Maintenance, dated January 9, 1997, and an operator letter dated March 1999 referring to the availability of Goodyear’s Comprehensive Guide to Aircraft Tire Care and Maintenance. As shown in figure 1 below, to check tire pressures on the Learjet 60, the person performing the check must crouch or crawl under the wing of the airplane to gain access to the MLG tire pressure valves. The landing gear doors may conceal the valves for the outboard tires, requiring a person to lie on the ground to gain access. 8
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figure 1. Learjet factory technician checking inboard tire pressure (left image) and outboard tire pressure (right image). 1.6.2 Engine Power Control and Thrust Reverser System Control The Learjet 60’s control levers for commanding engine power for forward thrust are located on the cockpit pedestal. The level of engine power (measured as N1) commanded by the pilot’s positioning of the thrust levers for forward thrust is communicated electronically to the engine control components mounted on each engine. The Learjet 60 has no mechanical or cable-actuated connection between the cockpit thrust levers and the engines. The airplane’s thrust reverser system, which is designed to help stop the airplane on the ground, is also electronically controlled. The thrust reverser system responds to the pilot’s positioning of the thrust reverser levers (also known as “piggyback” levers because they are located on top of the thrust levers) by using electronic signals to command reverse thrust functions. See figure 2 (at right) for the captain’s side view of Learjet 60 thrust levers and thrust reverser levers. reverser system responds to the pilot’s positioning of the thrust reverser levers (also known as “piggyback” levers because they are located on top of the thrust levers) by using electronic signals to command reverse thrust functions. See figure 2 (at right) for the captain’s side view of Learjet 60 thrust levers and thrust reverser levers. The Learjet 60’s thrust reversers are designed with two half-shell doors on each engine that form the engine’s aft nacelle when stowed (forward thrust configuration). When deployed (reverse thrust configuration), the thrust reverser doors redirect the flow of engine fan air and exhaust gases forward to provide a The Learjet 60’s thrust reversers are designed with two half-shell doors on each engine that form the engine’s aft nacelle when stowed (forward thrust configuration). When deployed (reverse thrust configuration), the thrust reverser doors redirect the flow of engine fan air and exhaust gases forward to provide a Figure 2. Captain's side view of Learjet 60 thrust levers (at idle) and thrust reverser (piggyback) levers. To illustrate lever movement, one thrust reverser lever is in the stowed position, and the other is lifted to command reverse thrust (arrow shows direction lever moves when lifted from the stowed position). 9
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 10 deceleration force to assist with ground braking. (See figure 3 below, which depicts a Learjet 60 with thrust reversers deployed.) Although the use of reverse thrust can reduce the distance needed to stop the airplane, most of the stopping power is provided by the wheel brakes.21 Both the thrust levers and the thrust reverser (piggyback) levers share some common mechanical components in the cockpit pedestal that move whenever a pilot manipulates either the thrust levers or the thrust reverser levers. The shared components depend on microswitches to detect which levers the pilot is using for commanding either forward or reverse thrust. (The following two sections describe the shared components and the basic system functions for forward and reverse thrust during normal operations; section 1.6.2.3 describes the fail-safe logic criteria and system responses to detected anomalies.)
21 The FAA’s master minimum equipment list for the Learjet 60 (upon which operators’ minimum equipment lists are based) allows an operator to fly the airplane with inoperative thrust reversers for up to 10 days, during which time a maintenance lockout pin is installed in the reversers to prevent use. Figure 3. Learjet 60 with thrust reversers deployed. The dotted yellow lines show the stowed position for the doors.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 1.6.2.1 Commanding Forward Thrust To command forward thrust, a pilot positions the cockpit thrust levers (one per engine) to a desired engine power setting (such as takeoff, maximum continuous thrust, or cruise power). As the pilot moves the thrust levers, a mechanical linkage on each thrust lever rotates the input shaft on a rotary variable differential transformer (RVDT) in the cockpit pedestal for each lever. As the RVDTs’ input shafts rotate, each RVDT electronically provides information about the changing thrust lever angle (TLA) to the electronic engine control (EEC) computer for the corresponding engine. The EECs interpret the TLA information and provide corresponding electronic signals to each engine’s full authority digital electronic control (FADEC) components.22 Based on the signals received from the EECs, the FADEC components, which perform functions including thrust management and compressor surge control, regulate engine output to provide the level of engine power commanded by the pilot. In the case in which the EECs provide the logic signals that forward thrust has been commanded, the FADEC components regulate engine power according to the forward thrust power schedule. 1.6.2.2 Commanding Reverse Thrust To command reverse thrust, a pilot positions the engine power levers to idle power, then lifts the thrust reverser (piggyback) levers to the deploy position. When the thrust reverser levers are lifted to the deploy position, a mechanical linkage on each lever (the same linkage used by each thrust lever when forward thrust is commanded) rotates the input shaft on each respective RVDT; microswitches (one for each thrust reverser lever) detect that the reverser levers are lifted and send an electronic request for the thrust reversers to deploy. While the thrust reverser doors on both engines begin to move from stowed toward the deployed position, balk solenoids in the throttle quadrant (one for each lever) momentarily prevent the pilot from moving the thrust reverser levers further until the thrust reversers fully deploy. Once the doors are fully deployed, each balk solenoid releases, allowing the pilot to further lift the thrust reverser levers to command increased reverse thrust. The EECs respond to the pilot’s movement of the thrust reverser levers by signaling the FADEC components to set engine power in accordance with the reverse thrust power schedule. The reverse thrust power schedule is a function of both TLA (set by the pilot through positioning of the reverse thrust levers to command any amount of reverse thrust up to full reverse thrust) and the airplane’s indicated airspeed when less than 100 kts. Slower indicated airspeed will result in less thrust.23
22 According to Pratt & Whitney Canada, the FADEC is a dual-channel system made of several components to control the engine’s thrust. The main control system components are the thrust lever, EEC, and the hydromechanical fuel metering unit. The FADEC system regulates each engine’s high-pressure rotor speed (N2) and low-rotor (fan) speed (N1) in response to the pilot-operated TLA, ambient conditions, other pilot-selected inputs, and aircraft discrete inputs. 23 According to the Pratt & Whitney Canada PW305 Customer Training Manual, engine power provided for reverse thrust for an airplane traveling at 100 kts would be about 85 percent of takeoff N1, whereas engine power for an airplane traveling 0 to 40 kts would be about 50 percent of takeoff N1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 1.6.2.3 Thrust Reverser System Logic Criteria The thrust reverser system requires specific input from various sensors on the airplane, which provide input into the logic control functions that prevent certain operations when specific criteria are not met. The thrust reverser system logic criteria are designed to protect against inadvertent thrust reverser deployment during flight and to prevent the engines from producing high levels of thrust while the reverser doors are in transit. For the thrust reverser doors on each engine to fully deploy when commanded and to remain deployed, the EECs must receive input from the squat switches, which are sensors mounted on each MLG assembly, signaling that the airplane is on the ground.24 In addition, each engine’s thrust reverser doors must fully open to change the electrical state of the switches for the balk solenoids to release the thrust reverser levers. In addition, the thrust reverser levers’ microswitches (located in the cockpit pedestal with each respective RVDT) must indicate that the reverser levers are lifted before the EECs will signal the FADEC components to use the reverse thrust engine power schedule. In the event of a scenario in which almost any of the thrust reverser logic requirements are not met, the thrust reversers are designed to stow. Learjet engineering personnel indicated that the uncommanded stowage of the thrust reversers in the event of any system loss or malfunction is part of a fail-safe design that ensures that a system anomaly cannot result in a thrust reverser deployment in flight, which could adversely affect the airplane’s controllability. The design is intended to reduce the pilot’s emergency procedures workload and prevent potential mistakes that could exacerbate an abnormal situation.25 1.7 Meteorological Information Automatic terminal information service (ATIS) information V (victor) was current at the time of the accident. According to the CVR transcript, the first officer advised the ground controller before taxi that the crew had obtained ATIS V, which indicated that winds were from 060° at 10 kts, visibility was 10 miles with clear skies below 12,000 feet above mean sea level (msl), the temperature was 21° C, the dew point was 13° C, and the altimeter setting was 30.23 inches of mercury. 1.8 Aids to Navigation No deficiencies with navigational aids were noted.
24 The squat switches signal “ground mode” upon sensing that the MLG is partially compressed to support the airplane’s weight. 25 Both Learjet and FAA personnel noted that designing the thrust reversers to fail to the stow position prevents a pilot from having to perform the procedures of isolating which engine had a faulty thrust reverser, correctly increasing thrust on the opposing engine to counteract the other’s reverse thrust, and then shutting down the engine with the faulty thrust reverser. In multiengine airplanes, numerous accidents have occurred when pilots identified and shut down the wrong engine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 1.9 Communications No ground or airplane communications equipment deficiencies were noted. 1.10 Airport Information CAE is located about 5 miles southwest of Columbia at an elevation of about 236 feet msl. Runway 11/29, which has a grooved asphalt surface, is 8,601 feet long and 150 feet wide. The RSA beyond the departure end of runway 11 is 1,000 feet long and 500 feet wide. At the time of the accident, several taxiways and runway 5/23 were closed for construction. Runway and taxiway closure information was available in Notice to Airmen 08-75 and was included in the ATIS V broadcast. CAE is certificated under 14 CFR Part 139 and maintains aircraft rescue and firefighting (ARFF) capabilities at index C.26 At the time of the accident, CAE had four firefighting personnel on duty 24 hours a day and three ARFF vehicles (Redbird 6, 9, and 10). Each vehicle was a 1500-series crash truck that carried at least 1,500 gallons of water and 200 gallons of foam concentrate. Redbird 10 also carried 700 pounds of dry chemical agent. 1.11 Flight Recorders The airplane was equipped with a Universal model 1603-02-12 CVR, which is a solid-state unit that records 2 hours of digital audio information. Examination of the CVR showed structural and fire damage on the outer case. Removal of the damaged outer case exposed the inner crash-protected memory case, which showed no structural or fire damage. Download of the digital information at the National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) laboratory in Washington, D.C., revealed that the CVR captured both a two-channel recording of the last 2 hours of operation and a separate four-channel recording of the last 30 minutes of operation. The 2-hour recording captured one channel of poor-quality27 audio information from the cockpit area microphone (CAM) and one channel of good-quality28 audio information from the captain’s and the first officer’s audio panels combined. The 30-minute recording captured good-quality audio information from the captain and the first officer and
26 CAE is an index C airport based on five or more average daily departures of aircraft having a length of at least 126 feet but less than 159 feet. To meet index C capabilities, two or three ARFF vehicles are required that contain a total of 3,000 gallons of water and commensurate quantities of aqueous film-forming foam. In addition, ARFF apparatus must carry either 500 pounds of sodium-based dry chemical, halon 1211, clean agent, or 450 pounds of potassium-based dry chemical agent. 27 The NTSB uses five categories to classify the levels of CVR recording quality: excellent, good, fair, poor, and unusable. A poor-quality recording is characterized by fragmented phrases and conversations, and extensive passages of conversations may be missing or unintelligible. 28 A good-quality recording is characterized by crew conversations that are easily and accurately understandable with only a few words that are unintelligible.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 poor-quality information from the CAM (each on separate channels).29 The airplane was not equipped with a flight data recorder (FDR).30 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information Examination of the debris path from the runway to the main wreckage site revealed that the initial wreckage debris on the runway consisted of fragments from the right outboard MLG tire. In immediate proximity following the initial tire debris (along the airplane’s direction of travel), tire skid marks and gouging on the runway surface crossed the runway centerline at an angle from left to right before generally realigning with the runway heading and continuing straight off the departure end into a swath of ground scars and debris that extended to the main wreckage. The identified debris extended down the runway in the following order (with some overlap): right outboard MLG tire (some fragments of which were found coated with hydraulic fluid), airplane landing light, airplane pieces, right inboard MLG tire, left inboard MLG tire, and left outboard MLG tire. Fragments of the MLG wheel sets were found strewn along the debris path with few tire fragments attached; all four MLG wheel and brake assemblies showed grinding and friction damage on the bottom, with the most severe damage evident on the right outboard wheel. The left and right squat switches were found in the grass at the end of the runway, separated from their respective MLG struts. The airplane came to rest on a 25° to 30° embankment on the east side of a five-lane road. The top and right side of the fuselage were burned away to about the level of the cabin floor. The aft fuselage forward of the vertical stabilizer was mostly consumed by fire, particularly beneath the fuselage fuel tank location. Both engines and their mounting structures were fire damaged. The left engine’s thrust reverser doors were in the stowed position. Remnants of the thrust reverser door actuating mechanism from the right engine (which sustained more fire damage than the left) were in locations consistent with the stowed position. Postaccident examination of the engines revealed that their combustor sections contained organic debris; thermal damage to the airplane’s engine diagnostic system precluded memory data extraction. 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information The Lexington County, South Carolina, Office of the Coroner performed autopsy examinations on the captain, the first officer, and two passengers. The cause of death for both the captain and the first officer was reported as smoke and fume inhalation and thermal injuries, and a contributing factor for both was blunt force trauma. The cause of death for the two passengers was reported as injuries resulting from blunt force trauma. The two survivors received second- and third-degree burns.
29 The fourth channel did not contain (and was not required to contain) any audio information. 30 According to 14 CFR 135.152(a), the requirement for an FDR does not apply to multiengine, turbine-powered airplanes configured with fewer than 10 passenger seats, excluding any required crewmember seat.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 15 The FAA’s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute performed toxicology testing on samples from the captain and the first officer. The toxicology reports for the captain and the first officer indicated that the samples tested negative for ethanol and a wide range of drugs, including major drugs of abuse (marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, amphetamines, and opiates). Twenty percent carboxyhemoglobin saturation (carbon monoxide), 1.8 (μg/mL) cyanide,31 and 0.03 (μg/mL, μg/g) diphenhydramine32 were detected in the captain’s blood.33 Diphenhydramine was also detected in her liver. Twenty-five percent carboxyhemoglobin saturation, 2.07 (μg/mL) cyanide, and 0.036 (μg/mL, μg/g) diphenhydramine were detected in the first officer’s blood. Diphenhydramine was also detected in his liver and urine, and ibuprofen34 was detected in his urine. 1.14 Fire According to statements from the passengers and witnesses, a fire erupted in and around the airplane when it came to rest at final impact. CAE ARFF responders received the alert of the accident via the crash phone and radio from the airport communication center. All three ARFF vehicles and all four ARFF personnel on duty arrived at the scene within 5 minutes of notification and found that the entire length of the airplane and sections of the highway were on fire. The fire was under control about 10 minutes after the first ARFF crews arrived. Mutual aid response was provided by Lexington County and the Town of Cayce. Burn lines consistent with a fuel fire extended downhill from the wing and fuselage fuel tanks, across the road toward the airport fence, and along the gutter of the road. 1.15 Survival Aspects The captain was seated in the left cockpit seat, and the first officer was seated in the right cockpit seat. According to the two surviving passengers, the two fatally injured passengers were seated in the forward cabin, one in the forward-facing seat on the left and the other on the side-facing divan on the right. The two survivors were seated in the aft forward-facing seats. The captain’s seat five-point restraint system buckle was found with four of the five buckles fastened; the crotch-strap buckle was not located in the wreckage. The first officer’s five-point restraint system buckle was found with all five buckles fastened. None of the identified seat belt buckles from the cabin were found fastened (not all buckle components from the cabin were located).
31 Carbon monoxide and cyanide levels can result from smoke inhalation. 32 Diphenhydramine is an over-the-counter antihistamine with sedative effects that is often used to treat allergy symptoms (commonly known by the trade name Benadryl®) or as a sleep aid (commonly known by the trade name Unisom®). 33 The condition and specific anatomical sources of the blood samples from both the captain and the first officer were not reported. 34 Ibuprofen is an over-the-counter pain reliever and fever reducer commonly known by the trade name Motrin®.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.15.1 Survivors’ Descriptions of Crew-Provided Safety Information The passenger who was seated in the aft forward-facing seat on the right recalled that, before the airplane taxied, the captain asked the passengers if they knew where the seatbelts were and told them that the fire extinguisher and the snacks were in the back. The passenger stated that he did not hear the “usual” safety briefing but noted that the captain told them where the exits were and stated, “you have all done this before.” He stated that he did not think that the captain’s briefing sounded very professional. He recalled that he fastened his seatbelt but indicated that he did not notice what the other passengers did with their seatbelts. He stated that he assumed that they used them because he was familiar with their travel habits, and they typically used their seatbelts on every flight. The other surviving passenger, who was seated in the aft forward-facing seat on the left, stated that the pilots did not provide a safety briefing and that he did not remember hearing any specific language about the location of the exits. He recalled that one of the pilots made a comment that he interpreted to mean that the pilot considered the passengers to be frequent fliers who were familiar with safety briefings. He stated that he fastened his seatbelt but not very tightly. 1.15.2 Survivors’ Descriptions of Exiting the Airplane The passenger in the aft right seat stated that, as soon as the airplane came to a stop, fire erupted in the cabin. He stated that he remembered being told that there was an exit near him and that he turned around went to the aft exit door (on the right) and “did what it said to do.” He stated that he did not remember if there were instructions or arrows on the exit that showed how to open it but stated that he opened it without difficulty and jumped out onto the wing of the airplane. He recalled that he went through more fire outside the airplane; ran away from the airplane; and saw, within 5 seconds, the airplane burst into bigger flames. He stated that, as he ran, he pulled off his burning clothes. The passenger in the aft left seat stated that the airplane went up and back down “hard” and that, before the airplane’s final “very, very hard” impact, he saw something or someone fly up and hit the ceiling in the forward cabin. He stated that he may have been unconscious for a few seconds but that he saw the other passenger get up and yell, “we gotta go! We gotta go!” He indicated that he did not know that there was an exit behind him but that the other passenger “went right to it,” opened it, and leapt “straight out into a wall of flames.” He stated that he went to the exit, stayed to the left to try to avoid the fire, and jumped out. He indicated that, when he landed on the ground, he was on fire and began rolling to put out the fire himself. 16
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 1.15.3 Postaccident Examination of Airplane Exits The airplane’s main passenger boarding door, a type I exit of a clamshell design with upper and lower doors,35 was located at the left forward cabin. The exterior handle and the interior lower handle were found at the accident site in the closed/locked position, and the door pins were found in the extended/locked position. The fuselage was deformed at the aft bottom area of the door frame, and the lower door could not be opened; the upper door latch was operable with effort. A type III escape hatch was located in the lavatory area in the rear cabin on the right, above the lavatory’s seat.36 The lavatory and escape hatch area were separated from the cabin by two wooden partitions (extending from floor to ceiling) on each side of the airplane with a sliding, wooden “pocket” door in the middle that, when open, stowed into the left partition. The charred remains of this pocket door were found consistent with it having been in the open (stowed) position; the hatch and the surrounding fuselage were destroyed by fire. The escape hatch handle and one pin-type latch were found in the debris in the open (unlatched) position. 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Sound Spectrum Study The NTSB performed a sound spectrum study to examine a 50-second segment of audio (from 2354:42 to 2355:32) captured on the CVR by the CAM in the near-final moments on the recording. The sound spectrum study used the audio signals as a basis for calculating the accident airplane’s engine N1 and ground speed. 1.16.1.1 Engine N1 The calculated engine N1 values were used to plot a curve of the airplane’s N1 as a function of time, as shown in figure 4 on the following page. Breaks in the curve indicate times during which clearly discernible engine sounds were absent, which likely resulted from other sounds obscuring the engine sound signal.
35 A type I exit, according to 14 CFR 25.807(a)(1), is a floor-level exit with a rectangular opening of not less than 24 inches wide by 48 inches high, with 8-inch maximum corner radii. 36 A type III exit, per 14 CFR 25.807(a)(3), is a rectangular opening of not less than 20 inches wide by 36 inches high, with 7-inch maximum corner radii and with a step-up inside the airplane of 20 inches or less. The step-down outside the airplane may not exceed 27 inches for exits located over the wing.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 4. Engine N1 calculated as a function of elapsed time into the takeoff roll (time of the start of the loud rumbling sound is shown). As shown in figure 4, from 2354:42, the calculated engine N1 increased to a peak within 10 seconds and then remained constant near that peak level (about 93 percent) for the next 20 seconds until 2355:12, when a distinct noise burst (corresponding with the beginning of a loud rumbling sound) was recorded. After the noise burst, from 2355:14 to 2355:16, there was noticeable wavering of engine N1; during this 2-second period, N1 decreased from about 93 percent to about 84 percent and then increased back up to about 88 percent before finally decreasing below about 76 percent, at which point engine noises became only intermittently discernible. At 2355:19, engine N1 was about 68 percent. In the final 4 seconds of analyzed audio (beginning at 2355:28), discernible engine noises corresponded with an N1 rising through about 86 percent to about 93 percent before decreasing again to about 83 percent. 1.16.1.2 Airplane Ground Speed The data derived from the sound spectrum analysis for the sound produced by the tires rolling over the runway grooves (the spacing of which was measured) were used in calculating airplane ground speed. These calculated ground speed values were used to plot a curve of the airplane’s ground speed as a function of time, as shown in figure 5 on the following page. Breaks 18
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report in the curve indicate times during which clearly discernible tire-rolling sounds were absent, which likely resulted from other sounds obscuring the tire sound signal.
Figure 5. Airplane ground speed calculated as a function of elapsed time into the takeoff roll (time of the start of the loud rumbling sound is shown). As shown in figure 5, the airplane’s ground speed increased from about 5 kts about 8 seconds into the recording (at 2454:50) to about 138 kts at the time that the rumbling sound began at 2355:12. The sound spectrum analysis of airplane ground speed ends a few seconds later; tire-rolling sounds beyond that time were not clearly discernible. The analysis indicated a peak ground speed of about 144 kts. 1.16.2 Airplane Performance Study and Map Overlay The airplane’s position on the runway at the time that the CVR began recording usable sound spectrum data is not precisely known; however, radio communications and wreckage debris locations on the runway provided a basis for estimating the airplane’s initial position. Plotting this estimated position on a map of CAE provided an initiation point. Other time-stamped information, such as calculated ground speed, engine N1 values (in rpm), and flight crew comments, was then correlated with the airplane’s position plots on the CAE map, and 19
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report mapped wreckage debris information was added. The result provided a graphical depiction of the relative progression of events throughout the takeoff roll to impact, a segment of which is shown in figure 6.
Figure 6. Map of Columbia Metropolitan Airport showing integrated sound spectrum data, cockpit voice recorder comments, and wreckage locations plotted. The sound spectrum study speed analysis ends at 2355:14 (when sound signatures are no longer clearly discernible); information derived from the integration of that portion of the sound spectrum is shown in pink. CVR comments, engine N1, and ground speed from the same timeframe are shown in yellow text. For the purpose of positioning the remaining CVR comments in the approximate locations where they occurred, the airplane performance study further extrapolated the airplane’s ground speed to 2255:31 through a visual examination of the sound spectrum illustration. This extrapolated information is shown in red text. Wreckage and tire debris found on the runway are also shown as marked. 20
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 1.16.3 Main Landing Gear Tires 1.16.3.1 Basic Design and Function Transport-category aircraft tires, such as those installed on the Learjet 60, operate at high inflation pressures37 and have a thick-walled construction made up of three main materials: rubber, fabric (primarily the flexible nylon ply material that gives tires their strength), and the steel bead wires. Transport-category aircraft tires are designed to withstand intermittent (taxi, takeoff, and landing) operations in severe operating conditions, such as under the airplane’s heavy load requirements and at high speeds. Each intermittent use of the tires is typically brief and followed by lengthy periods of relief from the loads and/or high speeds while the aircraft is in flight or parked. When an aircraft tire is in use, both heavy weight and high speed contribute to the strong forces that act on it. An aircraft tire in use can generate high temperatures within its structure in part because of the amount that the materials can flex in response to inflation pressure and loading. Aircraft tires perform properly only when they have the correct inflation pressure and are not overloaded. Proper inflation and loading result in an acceptable amount of sidewall deflection. Sidewall overdeflection occurs when a tire is operated while underinflated or overloaded. When a tire’s sidewalls overdeflect at the bottom of each rotation, the excessive flexing of the rubber can result in fatigue of the reinforcing fibers and the generation of higher internal temperatures at a faster rate than would be generated in a properly inflated, properly loaded tire. High temperatures can degrade the physical properties of the tire’s rubber compounds and melt the nylon threads in the plies; such damage can lead to tire failure. 1.16.3.2 Reconstruction and Examination of Accident Airplane’s Main Landing Gear Tires and Wheels Pieces of the right outboard tire, which were the first debris found on the runway, were identified as fragments of the tire’s sidewall. About 80 percent of the tire was reconstructed. Both sidewalls showed damage around the entire circumference of the tire; the damage had a ragged appearance and was located at a generally uniform distance from the wheel rim, as shown in figure 7 on the following page. Both the inboard right tire and the inboard left tire showed similar sidewall damage (on one sidewall each). The outboard left tire, fragments of which were the farthest down the runway, had a more torn and shredded appearance than the other three tires and showed extensive tearing through its layers. One fragment of this tire, about 19 inches in circumferential length, showed sidewall damage.
37 In contrast, the tires used on many single-engine general aviation airplanes are not of a high-pressure tire design; those tires carry a load that is about proportionate to what automotive tires carry and have inflation pressures and wall thicknesses similar to the tires used in automotive applications.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22
The characteristics of the sidewall damage observed on all four of the accident airplane’s tires were consistent with a photograph in a Goodyear publication showing typical heat damage sustained from sidewall overdeflection and flexing fatigue.38 Goodyear engineers and the Goodyear publication noted that previous tire testing found that aircraft tire sidewall damage from flexing fatigue is predominantly consistent with taxi-cycle operations while the tire is
38 Aircraft Tire Care and Maintenance, The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company Publication 700-862-931-538 (Akron, Ohio: The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, 2002, rev. 10/2004), http://www.goodyearaviation.com/resources/tirecare.html (accessed February 15, 2010). Figure 7. Reconstruction of the right outboard main landing gear tire showing outboard sidewall damage. Arrows depict the generally uniform location of the damage.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 underinflated; Goodyear testing showed that as little as 5-percent underinflation greatly reduces the fatigue life of transport-category aircraft tires. Because either underinflation or overloading can result in tire sidewall overdeflection, tire testing data for both scenarios were reviewed. According to estimated static load deflection charts created during the investigation for the accident tires, the amount of underinflation needed for a loaded tire to produce the type of overdeflection damage observed on the accident airplane’s tires (specifically, the damage location on the sidewall) would be about 36-percent underinflation. Alternatively, testing data showed that the amount of overload needed for a properly inflated tire to produce the amount of overdeflection consistent with the sidewall damage observed on each of the accident airplane’s tires would be about 12,200 pounds. Other damage observed on fragments from each of the accident airplane’s tires included blue to purple heat discoloration indicative of moderate to severe heat damage. According to the Goodyear publication, blue tinting appears at temperatures from 210° to 230° F. Microscopic examination of fragments from all four tires revealed that the tires’ nylon fibers (which are generally soft and fabric-like when undamaged) had melted and resolidified into single strands that had a stiffness resembling that of broom bristles. The Goodyear publication noted that the melting point of nylon is greater than 400° F. Rubber reverts to an uncured state and loses strength and adhesion at temperatures from 280° to 320° F, then becomes hard and dry at temperatures from 355° to 390° F. Fragments from all four tires showed abrasion and rub marks on the inner liner and heat damage to the rubber and nylon fibrous cord materials. Goodyear engineering personnel and investigators experienced in tire failure examinations noted that, although heat and rolling distance could affect the start of wrinkling, they were not aware of wrinkling or liner damage ever occurring in aircraft tires that had been properly inflated. The tires showed no evidence of impact, puncture, or adhesive-separation damage. Examination of the wheels and brakes showed no evidence of overheating or brake lock-up,39 and none of the wheels’ eutectic fuse plugs, which are designed to melt if the wheel temperature reaches about 390° F, leaked when tested. The right outboard wheel assembly had no flanges remaining, and the left outboard wheel assembly retained nearly full height on the outboard flange. The threaded tire inflation valve bodies on two of the wheels (left inboard and right outboard) could be removed by finger torque (the specification for installation required 190 inches-pounds); the inflation valve bodies of the other two wheels were found more tightly secured. The internal mechanisms of the four tire inflation valves did not leak when tested. 1.16.3.3 Tire Pressure Data Collected from In-Service Airplanes The average daily pressure loss for Learjet 60 tires reported in the QTR, which is within the 5 percent allowed by TSO-C62c, is comparable to the daily loss rate for tires on many other
39 Evidence indicated that the wheel brakes stopped rotating after sustaining mechanical damage associated with runway contact.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 24 transport-category airplanes. The NTSB reviewed tire pressure information collected from various sources for the purpose of gaining insight into industry practices related to tire pressures and maintenance for in-service transport-category airplanes. The information included historical data from 2005 to 2009 and tire pressure and maintenance practice information collected from two FBOs and eight commercial operators. The data collection was not intended (or sufficient) for performing statistical analyses. The collected data showed that most of the tires sampled were inflated to within 10 percent of their rated pressure, which was typically within maintenance limits. However, some tires were operated at inflation values well below the limits that the respective AMMs specified for tire replacement. During the data collection, nearly all maintenance providers interviewed mentioned that use of the AMM was required by each operator’s FAA-approved operations specifications. One FBO operator indicated that some AMMs do not call for mandatory tire pressure checks as part of scheduled maintenance and that he believed that weekly tire pressure checks were generally good practice. A review of AMMs for the Cessna CE-650 and the Dassault Falcon 50 (airplane types also operated by Global Exec Aviation) found that the AMMs were organized similar to the Learjet 60 AMM; the reference to daily tire pressure checks was found in chapter 12 of each. The Dassault airplane flight manual (AFM) for pilots also contained a reference to chapter 12 of the AMM for tire pressure check information. 1.16.4 Thrust Reverser System 1.16.4.1 Ground Tests and Engineering Review The Learjet 60 is equipped with cockpit annunciator lights that indicate the status of the thrust reverser system to the pilots. Ground tests were performed using a Learjet 60 that was specially equipped to simulate possible anomalies that could affect the thrust reverser system’s logic functions, and the test airplane’s cockpit annunciator lights were monitored throughout the testing. In the cockpit, the thrust reverser system has a total of six annunciators (two columns of three annunciator lights each, with one column per engine). The annunciators for each engine include the green TR ARM light, which illuminates when the thrust reverser system is armed and available for use if commanded;40 the amber TR UNLOCK light, which illuminates when the thrust reverser doors are unlocked and in transit; and the white TR DEPLOY light, which illuminates when the thrust reverser doors are in the fully deployed position. When the thrust reverser doors on each engine are fully deployed, the amber TR UNLOCK lights extinguish.
40 The TR ARM lights remain illuminated when the airplane is on the ground at idle engine power and any time that the TR UNLOCK or TR DEPLOY lights are illuminated. During taxi operations, the green TR ARM lights extinguish when the engine power levers are moved to a position greater than the idle-thrust position.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 During one test, the airplane was on the ground (with squat switches in ground mode) with the thrust reversers deployed and at idle thrust. While the airplane remained on the ground, the test equipment switched the squat switch status to air mode, thus creating a situation in which the logic requirements to maintain thrust reverser deployment were no longer being met. As a result, the thrust reverser doors stowed, the TR DEPLOY light extinguished, the TR UNLOCK light illuminated, and the TR ARM light flashed for less than 2 seconds before all thrust reverser system annunciators extinguished. The EECs, upon receiving the input that the thrust reversers were stowed and that the squat switches were signaling air mode, shifted logic and signaled the FADEC components to change the engine thrust output from the reverse thrust power schedule to the forward thrust power schedule. (In the test airplane’s configuration, the thrust changed from ground idle speed to flight idle speed.) In this situation, the EECs would transition from the reverse thrust power schedule to the forward thrust power schedule during about a 2-second transition through idle power. During the entire sequence, the thrust reverser levers in the cockpit would remain in the reverse thrust idle position (as selected by the pilot) while the engines produced forward thrust. Because both the thrust reverser levers and the forward thrust levers share common RVDTs (one for the left engine and one for the right engine), the EECs, which receive TLA information from the RVDTs, would signal the engines to produce a level of forward thrust that generally corresponds with the level of reverse thrust commanded; that is, a pilot commanding full reverse thrust (for maximum deceleration of the airplane) would instead receive high levels of forward thrust (accelerating the airplane) according to the forward thrust power schedule.41 To reduce the forward thrust in such a situation in a Learjet 60, a pilot would need to move the thrust reverser levers out of the commanded reverse thrust position and place them in the stowed position, consistent with the “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser After a Crew-Commanded Deployment” procedure described in section 1.16.4.3. 1.16.4.2 Accidents and Incident Involving Thrust Reverser System Anomalies April 1994 accident during landing (Learjet 60 prototype test flight) On April 6, 1994, a prototype Learjet 60 airplane (a modified Learjet 55) was involved in a landing accident during a test flight. After the airplane landed with a suspected flat tire, the pilot’s application of the thrust reversers produced no deceleration, and the airplane went off the end of the runway. Postaccident examination found that both right MLG tires were flat and that the right MLG strut was damaged. June 1998 incident during rejected takeoff In June 1998, a Learjet 60 was involved in an incident during an RTO at Washington Dulles International Airport, Chantilly, Virginia. According to the pilot’s report submitted to the National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s Aviation Safety Reporting System (ASRS), both right MLG tires failed during the takeoff roll, and tire and brake assembly damage led to
41 For any given TLA, the forward thrust power schedule results in higher engine power than the reverse thrust schedule, and the maximum possible reverse TLA is less than full forward TLA.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 severed hydraulic brake lines and squat switch wiring. The airplane’s thrust reversers stowed during the attempted RTO, and the airplane went off the left side of the 11,500-foot runway near the end. During interviews with Learjet 60 pilots, one pilot provided contact information for another captain that he believed had experienced a thrust reverser incident; a 2009 interview with that captain revealed that he was involved in the 1998 incident that was recorded in the ASRS. During the interview, the captain recalled that the airplane had four new MLG tires just installed and that he had completed two uneventful flights in the airplane on the day of the incident. He recalled that, for the incident takeoff, the airplane was loaded to near maximum takeoff weight and that the taxi route for takeoff was long. He stated that, fairly early in the takeoff roll and well before V1, he heard a loud bang that he felt certain was a blown tire because he had experienced a blown tire before. He described the event as a “very violent explosion” that created holes in the flaps and damage to the right side of the fuselage. January 2001 accident during landing On January 14, 2001, a Learjet 60 went off the end of a runway after a collision with deer during landing at Troy Municipal Airport, Troy, Alabama.42 The pilots, who were critically injured, reported that the thrust reversers failed to operate. The airplane’s thrust reversers were found stowed, and the squat switch on the left MLG showed damage and evidence of deer impact. An NTSB sound spectrum study performed on the airplane’s CVR recording revealed that, after the airplane touched down, N1 increased to a speed higher than what could be achieved on the reverse thrust power schedule. 1.16.4.3 Approved Modifications After 2001 Landing Accident On November 20, 2003, Learjet issued an AFM revision that changed the name of the “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser During Landing Rollout” abnormal procedure to “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser After a Crew-Commanded Deployment” and moved it to the emergency procedures section. In addition, on February 21, 2005, Learjet issued Service Bulletin (SB) 60-78-7 (the latest revision of which was dated May 1, 2006), which advised Learjet 60 owners and operators of a modification that Learjet was installing on in-production airplanes (including the accident airplane) and that could be retrofitted to in-service airplanes.43 The SB noted that the purpose of the modification, which incorporated the airplane’s existing wheel speed detection system into the thrust reverser logic,44 was “to reduce the possibility of inadvertent stowing during thrust reverser operation.” The SB modification was not required by the FAA.
42 The report for this accident, NTSB case number ATL01FA021, is available at the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. 43 The SB applied to airplanes with serial numbers (S/N) 60-002 through -276. New-production airplanes, starting with S/N 60-277, were equipped with the modification. The accident airplane was S/N 60-314. 44 The wheel speed sensors were already installed on the airplane as part of the autospoiler system. The wiring for both the wheel speed sensors and the squat switches is routed along the MLG struts.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 27 The modification added the wheel speed sensor input to the thrust reverser logic, thus providing a redundant ground signal intended to help ensure that the thrust reversers would remain deployed in the event of the loss of a squat switch ground signal after landing. The wheel speed sensor signal would provide redundancy after the airplane’s squat switches had been in air mode for at least 2 minutes, beginning within 50 seconds of the ground/air transition. 1.16.5 Certification of the Learjet 60 as a Changed Aeronautical Product The Learjet 60 was certificated on January 15, 1993, under 14 CFR Part 25 (the airworthiness standards for transport-category airplanes). The Learjet 60 was added as the most recent model in a series of derivative models (or “changed aeronautical products”) that were approved and added to Learjet type certificate (TC) A10CE, which was originally issued for the Learjet 24 on March 17, 1966. Performance and basic specifications for the models on TC A10CE vary widely. The Learjet 24 has maximum gross takeoff weight of 13,000 pounds, can be configured for up to 8 people (2 crew and 6 passengers), a maximum altitude of 41,000 feet, and a maximum range of 1,266 miles; in comparison, the Learjet 60 has nearly twice the maximum gross takeoff weight, a configuration option for up to 10 people (2 crew and 8 passengers), a maximum altitude of 51,000 feet, and a maximum range of 2,768 miles. The Learjet 60 also has a different wing and fuselage than earlier models and includes a large fuel tank in the aft fuselage. All but two Learjet models (the Learjet 23 and the Learjet 45) were certificated using TC A10CE. The certification basis for changed aeronautical products allows an aircraft manufacturer to introduce a derivative model as a design update on a previously certificated aircraft and add the changed product onto an existing TC. The FAA approves such changes if it finds that the changes are not significant enough to warrant application for a new TC. This process enables a manufacturer to introduce derivative aircraft models without having to resubmit the entire aircraft design for certification review. The manufacturer can use the results of some of the analyses and testing from the original type certification to demonstrate compliance, in which case the regulations that were in effect on the date of the original TC apply. Title 14 CFR 21.101 specifies the requirements for demonstrating airworthiness compliance for changed aeronautical products; the current revision of the regulation differs from the one that applied to the certification of the Learjet 60.45 According to the revision of 14 CFR 21.101, which became effective on September 16, 1991, the certification basis for the Learjet 60 required, at the discretion of the FAA, compliance with either the regulations cited in the original TC (issued in 1966) or applicable regulations in effect on the date of the application. The exceptions related to compliance with different versions of and amendments to the regulations are specified on the Learjet 60’s type certificate data sheet (TCDS).46
45 See section 1.18.4 for the current requirements. 46 Specifically, the Learjet 60 is certificated under 14 CFR Part 25, effective February 1, 1965, as amended by amendments 25-1 through -73, with specified exceptions. The TCDS specifies sections of the regulation and amendment levels that apply.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 The Learjet 60’s certification basis did not require compliance with some of the regulatory revisions for aircraft certification that were in effect in 1993 (when the Learjet 60 was introduced), which would apply to new aircraft models certificated on new TCs. For example, the Learjet 60’s compliance with 14 CFR 25.1309, which related to failures of equipment, systems, and installations, was based primarily on the original version of the regulation.47 A revised and more extensive version of 14 CFR 25.1309, including amendment 25-41, (which became effective September 1, 1977, for newly certificated aircraft) did not fully apply to the Learjet 60.48 According to Learjet and FAA personnel, during the changed product certification process, Learjet informs the FAA about proposed design changes from the initial concept and throughout the design’s progress. As Learjet develops the design change, company senior engineers, recognized by the FAA as designated engineering representatives (DERs), review the change. FAA certification engineers in Wichita, Kansas, meet regularly with Learjet engineering staff, and the final design must be approved by the FAA. During a 1981 certification review of the Learjet 25,49 the FAA provided comments about the practice of applying the original certification basis to derivative airplanes. The FAA noted that the original certification basis for fail-safe criteria of flight critical systems, defined in 14 CFR 25.629, requires that the criteria address “only reasonably probable single failures and malfunctions,” whereas the revised requirements of 14 CFR 25.629 and 25.1309 require the analyses to address all single and other combinations of failures not shown to be “extremely improbable.” The FAA concluded that “it is necessary that flight critical systems meet these more stringent requirements to ensure safety.” The FAA stated that “the current regulations in the system installation area (14 CFR 25.672, 25.1303, and 25.1309) should be applied to all new model airplane certifications and derivative certification airplanes where equivalent safety is not ensured by the application of the old regulations.” 1.16.5.1 Thrust Reverser Control Design The Learjet 60 was the first Learjet model to be equipped with a fully electronic thrust reverser control. Learjet incorporated the electronic control system on the Learjet 60 to take advantage of design improvements made possible by computer control of the engines. In this design, the pilots could move the power levers to detents for specific modes of flight, such as takeoff and cruise. The microprocessor controls could then make continual adjustments to reduce fuel consumption and pilot workload.
47 The original version of 14 CFR 25.1309 states that equipment, systems, and installations must be designed and installed to ensure that they perform their intended functions under any foreseeable operating conditions and to prevent hazards to the airplane if they malfunction or fail. 48 According to the Learjet 60’s TCDS, only the airplane’s electronic flight instrument system was required to comply with this revised version of the regulation. 49 None of the Learjet 25 design characteristics under FAA review were related to the systems examined in this investigation. For more information, see FAA. Type Certification Decision Document, Learjet Special Certification Review, Supplement 1, April 30, 1981 (Kansas City, Missouri: FAA Central Region, Office of the Regional Counsel).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The fail-safe concept for the Learjet 60 thrust reverser system design was intended to protect against deployment of thrust reversers in flight. To achieve this protection, the logic criteria were such that any system failures or anomalies would result in the stowage of the thrust reversers. An uncommanded stowage of the thrust reversers in the Learjet 60 does not result in a corresponding movement of the cockpit thrust reverser levers. Such lever movement is not a regulatory requirement but was inherent in older Learjet models (also on TC A10CE) and most other airplanes that are equipped with mechanical thrust reverser control systems. With mechanical systems, cables physically connect the cockpit thrust reverser levers to the thrust reversers and engine power control units; thus, any uncommanded stowage of the thrust reverser doors would result in a corresponding movement of the levers in the cockpit and a corresponding reduction in engine thrust. Certification and test flights for the Learjet 60 were conducted without the use of thrust reversers (and without the reverser credit for calculating takeoff and landing runway length). 1.16.5.2 Protection of Equipment in Wheel Wells According to 14 CFR 25.729, any equipment that is essential to safe operation of the airplane and that is located in wheel wells “must be protected from the damaging effects of … a bursting tire, unless it is shown that a tire cannot burst from overheat, and … a loose tire tread, unless it is shown that a loose tire tread cannot cause damage.” The Learjet 60’s compliance with this requirement is recorded on a checklist that referenced a report that had originated during development of the Learjet 54. That report stated that two fuse plugs are installed in each main wheel to prevent overheating explosions and that tire burst tests had been conducted to demonstrate results for adjacent structure. The investigation found that two hydraulic lines in each wheel well of the Learjet 60 did not have the protection of a restrictor, making it possible to lose the hydraulic supply if those tubes were breached. In addition, a review of Learjet service history found that tire bursts in some airplanes resulted in extensive damage, both in the wheel well and beyond the MLG tires’ plane of rotation. 1.16.6 Comparison of Certification Criteria for Learjet 45 and Learjet 60 The Learjet 45 was certificated on a new TC (T00008WI) on September 22, 1997, under 14 CFR Part 25, as amended by amendments 25-1 through -77. The Learjet 45’s compliance with 14 CFR 25.1309 is based on amendment 25-41, effective September 1, 1977 (unlike the Learjet 60, for which compliance is based primarily on the original version of the regulation). The more recent revision to the regulation, as applicable to the Learjet 45, states that airplane equipment, systems, and installations must be designed to ensure that they perform their intended functions under any foreseeable operating condition and that any failure that would prevent the continued safe flight and landing of the airplane is extremely improbable. The regulation also states that warning information must be provided to alert pilots to unsafe system operating conditions and to enable them to take appropriate corrective action. Compliance with the design criteria must be shown by analysis that considers possible modes of failure, including damage from external sources and the probability of multiple or undetected failures. 29
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 1.16.6.1 Thrust Reverser System Design The Learjet 45 is equipped with a fully electronic thrust reverser control. The Learjet 45’s system is designed to electronically duplicate the thrust reverser lever movement and engine power reduction inherent in the older mechanical systems. Specifically, the Learjet 45’s thrust reverser control electronically triggers the cockpit thrust reverser levers to move to the stowed position and the engine thrust to idle if an abnormal condition results in the stowage of reverser doors while the cockpit thrust reverser levers are raised. 1.16.6.2 Protection of Equipment in Wheel Wells With the exception of the Learjet 45, the MLG is similar throughout the series of Learjet airplane models and is based on similarities to the initial 1960s models that had been certificated before more stringent regulatory requirements existed. Components in the wheel wells of the Learjet 45 have protective plating and revised routing that provide more protection. Differences in the Learjet 45’s and the Learjet 60’s protection of system components in the MLG well, for which 14 CFR 25.1309 applies, are illustrated in figure 8 below, which shows protection in the inboard aft corner of the MLG wheel well for each airplane. Notable is the white shield that protects the Learjet 45’s hydraulic and electrical system components, whereas components in the Learjet 60 are more exposed. 1.17 Organizational and Management Information Global Exec Aviation, based in Long Beach, California, was established in 2002 to provide on-demand charter services using managed airplanes. At the time of the accident, the company operated nine airplanes: two Gulfstream GIVs, three Gulfstream GIIIs, a Falcon 50, a CE-650, the accident airplane, and a Cessna 441.50 Global Exec Aviation began operating the
50 At the time of the accident, the Cessna 441 was grounded by a supplemental inspection document. Figure 8. Inboard aft corner of the left main landing gear wheel well for the Learjet 45 (left) and the inboard after corner of the right main landing gear wheel well for the Learjet 60 (right).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report accident airplane, which was listed on the company’s operations specifications, under 14 CFR Part 135 for on-demand charter flights in August 2008 after having previously managed the airplane for its owner for 14 CFR Part 91 flights. Global Exec Aviation had 20 employees, including 11 full-time pilots. The company also used part-time pilots for some flight operations. 1.17.1 Main Landing Gear Tire Maintenance and Checks According to its operations specifications, Global Exec Aviation was required to comply with the Learjet AMM, and the company’s director of maintenance stated that he referred to the AMM when determining what scheduled maintenance needed to be performed and when. He stated that he did not know how often the Learjet 60’s tire pressures were supposed to be checked. He indicated that there is no requirement to record tire pressure checks and that the company does not document them. Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations stated that Learjets occasionally blow tires just like any other jet and that Bombardier Challenger jets have a requirement for daily pressure checks in the AFM but that the Learjet does not. He stated that the pilots never check the tire pressures and are not trained to do so and that no such procedures are in place. At the time of the accident, the exterior preflight procedure indicated that the flight crew should “check” the MLG wheels, tires, and brakes. The airplane’s AFM indicated that the crew should check the “condition” of those components. The director of maintenance indicated that, if pilots suspected any problem with a tire while on a trip, they would call him as they would with any other maintenance issue. The Learjet 60 pilots and instructors interviewed stated that preflight tasks involved visually inspecting the tires for general condition, such as excessive wear, sidewall bulges, or visible tire cord. All but one pilot interviewed stated that tire underinflation would be difficult to determine visually (one thought that “significant” underinflation could be visually detected). All but one of the Learjet 60 pilots and instructors interviewed stated that checking tire pressure was a maintenance function and that they were neither trained nor expected to check tire pressure at any time. 1.17.2 Pilot Training and Standard Operating Procedures Global Exec Aviation provided its pilots with company indoctrination training; all other ground training, simulator training, and checks were provided by FSI in Tucson, Arizona. Global Exec Aviation pilots received the same FAA-approved Basic Bombardier Learjet 60 Training Program that FSI provided to other operators; Global Exec Aviation did not have any additional operator-specific training. Flight crew procedure checklists for the Learjet 60 are published in the Bombardier Learjet 60 AFM, which is an FAA-approved manual that contains the normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures for the airplane. The Learjet 60 Crew Checklist and the Quick Reference Handbook (QRH) list the procedures in a cockpit-ready reference checklist format. 31
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.17.2.1 Rejected Takeoff According to Global Exec Aviation’s operations manual, the pilot flying is responsible for conducting a takeoff briefing before each takeoff. The manual stated, in part, that the briefing may be “full” or “abbreviated” at the discretion of the pilot in command: Generally, a full briefing will be conducted for the first flight of the day for a particular crew pairing. A full briefing will include the following: a. abort procedure prior to V1, b. procedure to be followed in case of a problem after V1, c. minimum safe altitude for flap retraction / running checklists, d. emergency return plan, e. and the normal takeoff plan (initial departure procedure, altitude, squawk, and departure frequency). An abbreviated briefing will include the words “standard brief” and will include letters c through e above. Global Exec Aviation’s operations manual, the Learjet 60 AFM, the Learjet Pilot Manual, the Learjet Training Manual, and the FSI Learjet 60 Pilot Training Manual all contained guidance for pilots to determine if an RTO was necessary. All of the guidance was based on engine failure scenarios. The Global Exec Aviation training program manual and the FSI Learjet 60 Pilot Training Manual contained illustrations depicting the procedures for rejecting a takeoff due to engine failure below V1 and for continuing a takeoff due to engine failure at or above V1. The Bombardier Learjet 60 Pilot Training Guide stated that the pilot flying should reject the takeoff “for any abnormality observed” before the airplane reaches 90 kts and that, between 90 kts and V1, the takeoff should be rejected for “engine failure, engine fire, loss of directional control, thrust reverser deployment, [or] catastrophic failures.” The guide further stated that, if an engine fails above V1 speed, “the takeoff will normally be continued.” The Global Exec Aviation Part 135 Training Program Manual (Appendix Learjet 60) indicates that the pilot flying is to remove his/her hand from the thrust levers at the time of the V1 callout by the pilot not flying. Interviews with Global Exec Aviation pilots, other Learjet 60 pilots, and instructors indicated that all used nearly identical criteria to determine whether to reject a takeoff. Generally, they stated that, during the low-speed regime up to 80 kts, takeoff would be rejected for any abnormal or emergency event and that, during the high-speed regime up to V1, takeoff would be rejected for only an engine fire, engine failure, thrust reverser deployment, or loss of directional control (which, according to some, included abnormal acceleration or deceleration). The consensus was that, at speeds above V1, the takeoff would be continued. Global Exec Aviation’s director of operations stated that the company used a Boeing video that discussed statistical safety on high-speed RTOs. He stated that the message communicated by the video was “do not do high-speed aborts.” Boeing’s video, Takeoff Safety, states that an RTO beyond V1 should only be attempted if the ability of the airplane to fly is in serious doubt. The video notes that taking the airplane into the air to deal with the problem offers pilots several advantages over an RTO, including reduction of airplane gross weight, ability to use landing flaps, more time to analyze the situation, ability to prepare for vibration and 32
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 directional control problems on landing, and the availability of more runway on landing to allow the airplane to stop, increasing the margin of safety. The video further indicated that, if an RTO is initiated 2 seconds after V1, an airplane will exit the end of the runway (based on a balanced field length)51 at 50 to 70 kts.52 At the time of the accident, the abnormal procedures section of the QRH contained the checklist for use in the event of an RTO. The “Aborted Takeoff” procedure checklist included the following: “1. Brakes – APPLY, 2. Thrust Levers – IDLE, 3. Spoilers – EXT [extend], 4. Thrust Reversers – AS REQ’D [as required].” At the time of the accident, the Bombardier Learjet 60 Crew Checklist and the QRH contained the emergency procedure, “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser After a Crew-Commanded Deployment,” to be used in the event of an uncommanded stowage 53 of the engine thrust reversers. The first two steps of the procedure’s checklist were enclosed in a box to indicate that the procedures “should be memorized for crew accomplishment without reference to the procedure.” These two steps were the following: “1. Maintain control with rudder, aileron, nosewheel steering, and brakes, [and] 2. Both Thrust Reverser Levers – STOW.” The checklist also included the note that “failure to move the thrust reverser levers to stow will result in forward thrust ranging from idle to near takeoff power, depending on the position of the thrust reverser levers.” 1.17.2.2 Pretakeoff Passenger Briefing According to 14 CFR 135.117, before takeoff, passengers must be provided with an oral briefing that includes the following: prohibition of smoking, use of safety belts, seatback position for takeoff and landing, location and means for opening the passenger entry door and emergency exits, location of survival equipment, use of overwater equipment and supplemental oxygen, and the location and use of fire extinguishers. According to Global Exec Aviation’s operations manual, the PIC is responsible for ensuring that all passengers receive the briefing as soon as possible after passenger loading. Neither 14 CFR 135.117 nor Global Exec Aviation’s operations manual require any particular verbatim briefing content. The initial portion of the CVR recording was of insufficient quality to determine the content of any briefing that may have been provided. At 2336:32, the CVR captured a sound consistent with the cabin door closing, followed by a voice captured by the captain’s side CAM that stated, “I briefed ’em all.” At 2340:39.6, the CVR captured a sound similar to a seatbelt
51 AC 120-62, Takeoff Safety Training Aid, defines balanced field length as the runway length (including the RSA, if applicable) at which, for the airplane’s takeoff weight, the engine-out accelerate-go distance equals the accelerate-stop distance. Critical field length is defined as the minimum runway length (including the RSA) required for a specific takeoff weight, which may be the longer of the balanced field length, 115 percent of the all-engine takeoff distance, or the length established by other limitations, such as ensuring that V1 is less than or equal to Vr. 52 See Boeing Takeoff Safety Video Appendix 3-E. 53 “Uncommanded stowage,” which is synonymous with the QRH term “inadvertent stow,” occurs when the logic requirements to maintain thrust reverser deployment are lost, resulting in the stowage of the thrust reversers after a crew-commanded deployment.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 chime, and, at 2345:14, the first officer called for the checklist item, “seatbelt, no smoking,” to which the captain replied, “is, ah, on.” 1.17.2.3 Airplane Weight and Balance Calculations According to its operations specifications, Global Exec Aviation was authorized to use only the actual passenger weights (or the solicited passenger weights plus 10 pounds for each passenger) and the actual weight of all carry-on, checked, planeside-loaded, and heavy bags when determining aircraft weight and balance. The company used Ultra-Nav software and an American Aeronautics Plotter to calculate airplane loading and center of gravity. According to 14 CFR 135.63(d), the PIC of each flight must carry the weight and balance manifest on board the airplane. (The manifest for the accident flight was not located.) One of the passengers stated that neither pilot weighed any of the passengers or asked them their weight. The weight and balance manifest for the accident flight was not identified in the wreckage, and postcrash fire damage to the baggage precluded obtaining actual baggage weight. Fueling records showed that the airplane received 835 gallons of fuel minutes before departing on the accident flight; given the flight plan filed by the crew, about 7,800 pounds of fuel was on board. This information, combined with an estimated weight for the baggage and catering supplies and standard estimated adult weights for the two flight crewmembers and four passengers, indicates that the airplane’s weight at takeoff may have ranged from about 23,590 to about 23,800 pounds.54 1.17.3 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight The FAA flight standards district office in Long Beach, California, was responsible for the oversight of Global Exec Aviation. The FAA POI assigned to the company had been its POI since November 2007 and was previously the assistant POI. A review of the FAA’s National Program Tracking and Reporting Subsystem records revealed that, in the 60 months before the accident, the FAA performed numerous inspections of Global Exec Aviation, including the following: 17 aviation education and safety promotion inspections, 44 organizational certification inspections, 2 aircraft and equipment inspections, 153 airmen certification oversight inspections, 38 surveillance inspections, and 5 investigation inspections. Sixteen records for the accident captain and one for the first officer pertained to routine oversight inspections and contained no remarkable comments. In 2007, the FAA performed a special emphasis operational control inspection55 of Global Exec Aviation with
54 This estimate includes a pretakeoff fuel burn of 150 pounds, as indicated in the airplane operating manual. As referenced previously, the airplane’s maximum allowable ramp weight and takeoff weight were 23,750 and 23,500 pounds, respectively. 55 FAA Notice 8900.16, Special Emphasis Inspection: Operational Control (issued on August 17, 2007), directed POIs to inspect all Part 135 certificate holders to ensure compliance with operational control policies, procedures, and prohibitions. The inspections resulted from Safety Recommendation A-06-67, which stemmed from the NTSB’s investigation of a February 2, 2005, accident in Teterboro, New Jersey, involving a Bombardier Challenger CL-600-1A11 that was operated under a suspect charter arrangement. For more information, see
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 satisfactory results. A review of FAA safety performance analysis system records showed one entry for Global Exec Aviation, which recorded that its operations specifications were amended on August 15, 2007, to reflect the addition of a minimum equipment list for the Learjet 60. 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 Takeoff Safety Training Aid In 1994, the FAA published AC 120-62, Takeoff Safety Training Aid, to provide guidance to “minimize, to the greatest extent practical, the probability of RTO-related accidents and incidents.” The AC, which applies to Part 121 operators, states that “many of the principles, concepts, and procedures described apply to operations under [14 CFR] Parts 91, 129, and 135 for certain aircraft, and are recommended for use by those operators when applicable.” The AC provides recommended elements for air carrier ground training programs that state, in part, that the training should, ensure thorough crew awareness in at least the following topics: (1) Proper RTO and takeoff continuation procedures in the event of failures; (2) Potential effects of improper procedures during an RTO, (3) Guidelines on rejecting or not rejecting a takeoff in the low and high speed regimes; (4) Assigned crewmember duties, use of comprehensive briefings, and proper crew coordination. The AC also provides recommended elements for air carrier flight training programs and pilot evaluations that state, in part, that simulator scenarios should include the following conditions and procedures: “demonstration of the proper and appropriate crew responses for engine failure, tire failure, nuisance alerts, and critical failures that affect the ability to safely continue the takeoff in both the high and low speed regimes.” Section 2 of AC 120-62, “Pilot Guide to Takeoff Safety,” addresses various aspects of the go/no-go decision-making process in response to various anomalies and provides the following cautions: The infrequency of RTO events may lead to complacency about maintaining sharp decision making skills and procedural effectiveness. In spite of the equipment reliability, every pilot must be prepared to make the correct Go/No Go decision on every takeoff--just in case.
National Transportation Safety Board, Runway Overrun and Collision, Platinum Jet Management, LLC, Bombardier Challenger CL-600-1A11, N370V, Teterboro, New Jersey, February 2, 2005, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-06/04 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2006).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Do not attempt an RTO once the airplane has passed V1 unless the pilot has reason to conclude the airplane is unsafe or unable to fly. This recommendation should prevail no matter what runway length appears to remain after V1. With respect to tire failures, section 2 includes the following guidance: Tire failures may be difficult to identify from the flight deck and the related Go/No Go decision is therefore not a simple task. A tire burst may … cause the airplane to pull to one side, or can cause the entire airplane to shake and shudder…. A pilot must be cautious not to inappropriately conclude, under such circumstances, that another problem exists.… Degradation of control can occur, however, as a result of heavy pieces of tire material being thrown at very high velocities and causing damage to the exposed structure of the airplane and/or the loss of hydraulic systems. Section 2 also notes that rejecting a takeoff from high speeds with a failed tire is risky, especially if the airplane is near maximum gross weight: The chances of an overrun are increased simply due to the loss of braking force from one wheel. If additional tires should fail during the stop attempt, the available braking force is even further reduced. In this case, it is generally better to continue the takeoff. 1.18.2 Postaccident Safety Action 1.18.2.1 Learjet Tire Servicing Advisory Wire On October 13, 2008, Bombardier Learjet issued advisory wire (AW) 32-045, Tire Servicing, applicable to all Learjet airplanes. The AW advised maintenance and operations personnel that proper tire inflation cannot be determined visually and that underinflation can result in overload of the adjacent tire, as indicated in chapter 12 of the AMM. The AW noted that proper tire servicing should be accomplished in accordance with the AMM and recommended that cold tire pressure should be checked before the first flight of every day or every 10 days on tires installed on airplanes that are not operated daily. 1.18.2.2 Federal Aviation Administration Safety Alert for Operators On February 24, 2009, the FAA issued safety alert for operators (SAFO) 09005, “Dangers of Improperly Inflated Tires,” to emphasize to all aircraft operators, especially those operating Learjet 60s, the importance of proper tire inflation. The SAFO referenced the accident, stated that the operators’ personnel must understand the dangers of improper tire inflation, and 36
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 37 recommended that tire pressures be checked using the manufacturer’s recommended intervals and procedures.56 1.18.2.3 Learjet Revisions to Flight and Maintenance Manuals 1.18.2.3.1 Temporary Flight Manual Change, Revised Procedures On March 9, 2009, Bombardier Learjet issued an FAA-approved temporary flight manual (TFM) change applicable for Learjet 60 and 60XR airplanes. TFM 2009-03 provided amendments to the AFM that established the limitation that “nose and main tire pressures must be checked within 96 hours (not flight hours) prior to takeoff” using the procedures listed in chapter 12 the AMM. The revision included a note to check tire pressures on airplanes parked more than 10 consecutive days and provided a table of allowable tire pressure ranges based on maximum takeoff weight. The TFM change added tire pressure checks to the AFM’s normal preflight procedures and provided expanded information for the abnormal procedures section to help flight crews recognize that a malfunction of the thrust reverser system can result in forward thrust. Specifically, the TFM revised the “Aborted Takeoff” procedure, amending step 4 to read “Thrust Reversers – Deploy if necessary. Check for DEP [deploy] indications on the EIS [engine indication system] page” and adding the following step: “If none of the [thrust reverser] lights are illuminated, both Thrust Reverser Levers – Stow.” The TFM also added a note and a warning to the “Aborted Takeoff” procedure and changed a note to a warning in the “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser After a Crew-Commanded Deployment” procedure. The notes provided information on the normal sequence of the thrust reverser annunciators, and both warnings stated that “a damaged squat switch (or other failures) may cause the thrust reverser auto stow system to activate … resulting in forward thrust, ranging from idle to takeoff power.… If this occurs, thrust reverser levers must be stowed immediately.” The warnings detailed the effect of squat switch failure on the thrust reverser annunciators and emphasized in bold text that “the absence of any [thrust reverser annunciator] lights indicates forward thrust.” 1.18.2.3.2 Temporary Revision to Maintenance Manual On March 18, 2009, Learjet issued temporary revision (TR) 12-16 to the Learjet 60 AMM. TR 12-16 moved the preflight tire pressure check recommendation to the front of the chapter and indicated that tire pressure checks must be taken per the revised AFM limitation (within 96 hours before flight). TR 12-16 included the procedure to use when checking for proper tire inflation and indicated that the checks must be documented. On May 29, 2009, the FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to adopt a new airworthiness directive to require that the Learjet 60 AMM and AFM be revised as referenced in Learjet’s TFM change and TR 12-16.57 On July 30, 2009, the NTSB provided comments in support of the proposed rule but indicated that the rule should be expanded to cover other airplanes.
56 On June 12, 2009, the FAA issued a revised version, SAFO 09012, which contained editorial revisions. 57 74 Federal Register (FR) 25682-25684 (May 29, 2009).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38 1.18.2.4 Federal Aviation Administration Legal Interpretation That Learjet 60 Tire Pressure Checks Are Preventive Maintenance In correspondence dated January 8, 2009, Learjet requested that the FAA provide a legal interpretation of “applicable rules in 14 CFR Parts 43, 91, and 135 pertaining to whether a pilot of a transport-category aircraft may check tire pressure during a normal preflight inspection.” On February 26, 2009, the FAA’s assistant chief counsel for regulations responded that checking the tire pressure on a Learjet 6058 airplane is preventive maintenance and not a simple preflight task. The FAA stated that such checks involve high air pressure and require a calibrated gauge that must be used properly to ensure correct readings. Title 14 CFR 43.3(g) allows pilots to perform preventive maintenance on an aircraft operating under Part 91 but not aircraft operated under Parts 121, 129, or 135. The FAA noted that, “accordingly, a pilot operating [a Learjet 60] under … Part 91 may, in accordance with the provisions of 14 CFR 43.3(g), perform daily landing gear tire pressure checks. Under the same regulation, however, a pilot of that aircraft operating under Part 135 may not perform that task.” The FAA stated that any Part 135 Learjet 60 operator that may be adversely affected by the maintenance requirement may petition the FAA for relief from the regulation. 1.18.3 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations 1.18.3.1 Learjet 60 Thrust Reverser System Recommendations Resulting From This Accident Investigation As a result of this accident investigation, on July 17, 2009, the NTSB issued five safety recommendations to the FAA related to the Learjet 60 thrust reverser system. (A sixth recommendation addressed the Raytheon Hawker 1000 airplane, which has some thrust reverser system failure modes similar to those of the Learjet 60.59) The NTSB’s letter to the FAA described the NTSB’s concerns about safety issues involving inadvertent stowage of thrust reversers, including the potential mismatch between the cockpit reverser lever positions and the actual configuration of the thrust reversers, the lack of adequate aural or visual cues for pilots to quickly recognize inadvertent thrust reverser stowage, and the need for improved pilot training on various inadvertent thrust reverser stowage scenarios. Safety Recommendation A-09-55 asked the FAA to do the following: Require Learjet to change the design of the Learjet 60 thrust reverser system in future-manufactured airplanes so that the reverse lever positions in the cockpit
58 In its reply, the FAA addressed only the Learjet 60, noting that Learjet’s question, although “framed in the context of transport-category aircraft,” was specific to that airplane. 59 Safety Recommendation A-09-60 asked that the FAA do the following: “Evaluate the design of the thrust reverser controls and indications in Raytheon Hawker 1000 business jets for potential thrust reverser failure modes that are similar to those identified in Learjet 60 airplanes and implement necessary changes.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report match the positions of the thrust reverser mechanisms at the engines when the thrust reversers stow. Safety Recommendation A-09-56 asked the FAA to do the following: Once design changes are developed per Safety Recommendation A-09-55, require Learjet 60 operators to retrofit existing airplanes so that the reverse lever positions in the cockpit match the positions of the thrust reverser mechanisms at the engines when the thrust reversers stow. During technical reviews conducted for this accident investigation (after the NTSB’s safety recommendations were issued), FAA representatives indicated that there is no basic certification requirement that the thrust reverser control lever position match that of the reverser mechanisms; this implies that the FAA will need to pursue a lengthy rulemaking project to amend the applicable certification regulations. However, an October 30, 2009, e-mail correspondence from NTSB staff to FAA representatives indicated that the thrust reverser design of the Learjet 60 does not appear to be in compliance with existing certification requirements, including 14 CFR 25.777 and 25.779, which relate to cockpit controls, and 14 CFR 25.1309. The NTSB’s safety recommendation letter also referenced Learjet’s March 2009 TFM and stated that the NTSB is concerned that Learjet 60 airplanes do not provide sufficient cues for pilots to be able to quickly recognize inadvertent reverser stowage. Safety Recommendation A-09-57 asked the FAA to do the following: Require Learjet to develop and install improved aural or visual cues on future-manufactured Learjet 60 airplanes that would allow pilots to recognize an inadvertent thrust reverser stowage in a timely manner. Safety Recommendation A-09-58 asked the FAA to do the following: Once improved aural or visual cues are developed per Safety Recommendation A-09-57, require Learjet 60 operators to install those cues on existing Learjet 60 airplanes. On September 23, 2009, the FAA responded that it had assembled a team of specialists from various technical disciplines to review the recommendations and assess their underlying safety issues. The FAA stated that it intends to develop a plan to address each recommendation and will examine the adequacy of the regulatory standards associated with the recommendations. Safety Recommendations A-09-55 through -58 (and Safety Recommendation A-09-60, which applies to the Raytheon Hawker 1000 airplane) are classified “Open—Response Received.” During interviews with several Learjet 60 pilots and instructors, the NTSB learned that, although the “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser” procedure was included during initial training, the inadvertent stowage scenario was usually taught during landing and not takeoff situations. Safety Recommendation A-09-59 asked the FAA to do the following: 39
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 40 Require that all Learjet 60 pilots receive training, for takeoff as well as landing phases of flight, on recognizing an inadvertent thrust reverser stowage, including the possibility that the stowage can occur when the requirements for deploying thrust reversers are not fully met, such as when the air/ground sensor squat switch circuits are damaged. On November 5, 2009, the FAA issued a SAFO that referenced the circumstances of the accident and recommended that directors of safety, directors of operations, training center program managers, and individuals responsible for training programs review their programs to ensure emphasis on recognizing inadvertent stowage of thrust reversers during takeoff and landing. Safety Recommendation A-09-59 is classified “Open—Response Received.” 1.18.3.2 Ongoing Assessment of Safety-Critical Systems The safety assessment process required by 14 CFR 25.1309 and described in FAA AC 25.1309-1A, System Design and Analysis, is used during aircraft certification to identify and analyze safety-critical functions performed by the systems. Safety assessments are the primary means by which the certification process identifies failure conditions,60 evaluates the potential severity of those failures, and determines their likelihood of occurrence. In the NTSB’s 2006 safety report on the aircraft certification process,61 the NTSB noted that, once hazards62 to safety of flight have been identified, assessed, and eliminated or controlled during certification, a program must be in place to ensure continued airworthiness and the ongoing assessment of risks to safety-critical systems.63 The safety report stated that such a program can recognize that the certification process can change throughout the life of an airplane and can help ensure that ongoing decisions about design, operations, maintenance, and continued airworthiness consider operational data, service history, lessons learned, and new knowledge. In the safety report, the NTSB identified a need for the FAA to formalize a process for monitoring and assessing safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of an airplane and stated that an ongoing safety assessment process could improve the FAA’s ability to evaluate derivative designs that were certificated many years before changes in the certification process occurred. The NTSB noted that the SAE International’s (formerly known as the Society of Automotive Engineers) aerospace recommended practice (ARP) document, SAE ARP5150,
60 AC 25.1309-1A defines a failure condition as the “effects on the airplane and its occupants, both direct and consequential, caused or contributed to by one or more failures, considering relevant adverse operational or environment conditions.… [A failure is a] loss of function, or a malfunction, of a system or a part thereof.” 61 Safety Report on the Treatment of Safety-Critical Systems in Transport Airplanes, Safety Report NTSB/SR-06/02 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2006). 62 FAA Order 8040.4, Safety Risk Management, Appendix 1, defines “hazard” as a condition, event, or circumstance that could lead to or contribute to an unplanned or undesired event. 63 The safety report defines a safety-critical system as a system in which a failure condition would prevent the safe flight of the airplane or would reduce the capability of the airplane or the ability of the flight crew to cope with adverse operating conditions.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 41 Safety Assessment of Transport Airplanes in Commercial Service,64 provides an industry-accepted process for the ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems65 and describes the guidelines, methods, and tools for conducting such assessments. As a result of its findings, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-38, which asked the FAA to do the following: Adopt [SAE International’s] SAE ARP5150 into 14 [CFR] Parts 21, 25, 33, and 121 to require a program for the monitoring and ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of the airplane. Safety-critical systems will be identified as a result of A-06-36.[66] Once in place, use this program to validate that the underlying assumptions made during design and type certification about safety-critical systems are consistent with operational experience, lessons learned, and new knowledge. In response, the FAA indicated that it intended to formalize a process for monitoring and assessing safety-critical systems. On September 12, 2007, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-06-38 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the FAA’s related actions. However, due to the FAA’s lack of progress in addressing this recommendation, the NTSB reiterated the recommendation and reclassified it “Open—Unacceptable Response” in its October 14, 2009, report on the accident involving a Cessna Citation 550 that crashed in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.67 1.18.3.3 Crew Resource Management Between 1980 and 2003, the NTSB issued numerous recommendations for the FAA to revise 14 CFR Part 135 requirements to include FAA-approved CRM training programs for Part 135 on-demand flight crews. Most recently, on December 2, 2003, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-03-52, which superseded Safety Recommendation A-02-1268 and asked the FAA to do the following:
64 Safety Assessment of Transport Airplanes in Commercial Service, SAE ARP5150 (Warrendale, Pennsylvania: Society of Automotive Engineers, 2003). 65 SAE ARP4761, Guidelines and Methods for Conducting the Safety Assessment Process on Civil Airborne Systems and Equipment, describes industry practice for assessing the criticality of hazards to safety of flight. 66 Safety Recommendation A-06-36 asked the FAA to do the following: “compile a list of safety-critical systems derived from the safety assessment process for each type certification project, and place in the official type certification project file the documentation for the rationale, analysis methods, failure scenarios, supporting evidence, and associated issue papers used to identify and assess safety-critical systems.” In response, the FAA has indicated its plans to develop and implement a safety management system as part of each type certification project. On September 12, 2007, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-06-36 “Open—Acceptable Response.” 67 National Transportation Safety Board, Loss of Control and Crash, Marlin Air, Cessna Citation 550, N550BP, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, June 4, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/06 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 2009). 68 On June 13, 2002, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-02-12, which asked the FAA to do the following: “revise 14 [CFR] Part 135 to require on-demand charter operators that conduct operations with aircraft requiring two or more pilots to establish [an FAA]-approved crew resource management training program for their flight crews in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121, sub parts N and O.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 42 Require that 14 CFR Part 135 on-demand charter operators that conduct dual-pilot operations establish and implement [an FAA]-approved crew resource management training program for their flight crews in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121, subparts N and O. Safety Recommendation A-03-52 was added to the NTSB’s list of Most Wanted Transportation Safety Improvements in November 2006. On May 1, 2009, the FAA published an NPRM titled, “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,”69 which responded to Safety Recommendation A-03-52 by proposing to require Part 135 certificate holders to include CRM training for pilots and flight attendants. On July 15, 2009, the NTSB provided comments in general support of the proposed rule; however, the NTSB expressed concern about some aspects of the NPRM and urged the FAA to withdraw a proposed provision to allow certificate holders to give credit for initial CRM training received from another Part 135 operator. Pending issuance of the final rule, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open—Acceptable Response” on December 29, 2009. 1.18.3.4 Onboard Flight Recorder Systems The NTSB has issued previous safety recommendations addressing the need to record information on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental airplanes that are not required to be equipped with an FDR and are operating under Part 135 (such as the accident airplane).The NTSB noted these issues in its January 28, 2009, report on the midair collision involving electronic news gathering helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona,70 and expressed concern about the FAA’s lack of progress. In its report, the NTSB classified some of the previous safety recommendations71 as “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded,” superseding them with updated recommendations, including Safety Recommendation A-09-11, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with [an FDR] and are operating under 14 [CFR] Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in European Organization for Civil
69 74 FR 20263-20279, May 1, 2009. 70 National Transportation Safety Board, Midair Collision of Electronic News Gathering Helicopters, KTVK-TV Eurocopter AS350B2, N613TV, and U.S. Helicopters, Inc., Eurocopter AS350B2, N215TV, Phoenix, Arizona, July 27, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/02 (Washington, DC; NTSB, 2009). 71 Among these previous recommendations was Safety Recommendation A-03-65, which asked the FAA to do the following: “require all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are manufactured prior to January 1, 2007, that are not equipped with [an FDR] and that are operating under … Parts 135 and 121 or that are being used full-time or part-time for commercial or corporate purposes under Part 91 to be retrofitted with a crash-protected image recording system by January 1, 2010.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Aviation Equipment document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” when the document is finalized and issued. On April 17, 2009, the FAA described its participation in two proof-of-concept studies that evaluated the installation of image recorders on (1) an FAA airplane that was compliant with European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE) document ED-112 and (2) a transport-category Boeing 737 flight simulator. The findings that resulted from these studies provided valuable information about the potential uses of cockpit image recording systems on airplanes that are currently not required to carry any type of data-recording equipment. The working group incorporated this information into EUROCAE document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” which was published in August 2009. Safety Recommendation A-09-11 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the FAA’s issuance of a TSO that includes the specifications of ED-155. 1.18.4 Current Airworthiness Requirements and Guidance for the Certification of Changed Aeronautical Products The revision to 14 CFR 21.101 that became effective on June 7, 2002, states that an application for a changed aeronautical product to be added to a TC “must show that the changed product complies with the airworthiness requirements applicable to the category of the product in effect on the date of the application.” The current regulation is more specific than previous revisions regarding what can be used from the original certification basis in an application for a derivative model involving a major change. Also, on April 25, 2003, the FAA issued FAA Order 8110.48, How to Establish the Certification Basis for Changed Aeronautical Products, which provides the general procedures for determining the certification basis for changes to aircraft on the same TC. The handbook refers to AC 21.101-1, Establishing the Certification Basis of Changed Aeronautical Products, which contains additional guidance. 1.18.5 Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems in Aircraft Applications Tire pressure monitoring systems (TPMS) and related systems are available for aircraft use. At least one such system may be installed on newly manufactured aircraft or as a retrofit. According to product literature, the system consists of a wireless pressure and temperature sensor built into the tire’s inflation stem to facilitate the ease, accuracy, and automatic documentation of the aircraft daily tire pressure check. The system requires no batteries, power sources, or wires and obtains its operating power from an external reader or interrogator. Another manufacturer’s TPMS system takes local readings and sends data to the flight deck for display. Abnormal readings trigger visual or aural warnings in the cockpit. At the end of 2007, this TPMS was in use on nearly 2,000 commercial airliners. The second generation of this manufacturer’s TPMS technology is a wireless model that transmits data via radio frequency from the wheel to the landing gear before being sent to the cockpit. The new design is lighter, 43
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44 smaller, more reliable, and able to be installed on smaller wheels than the previous-generation technology; further, the new design costs about 40 percent less than the earlier design. At least one model of business jet is equipped with this system. During the accident investigation, both Learjet and Global Exec Aviation personnel stated that they were reviewing TPMS. Learjet personnel reported that one initial concern is the possibility that, because the Learjet 60’s MLG wheel well is so confined, an external tire valve stem system may strike components in the wheel well. 1.18.6 Tire Load Certification Requirements The Goodyear Flight Eagle tire used on the Learjet 60 was originally approved on April 3, 1982, by the FAA Chicago Aircraft Certification Office based on Goodyear QTR 461B-3044-TL, dated January 27, 1982. Goodyear personnel noted that some airframe manufacturers, including Boeing and Airbus, specify additional design requirements (beyond the requirements in 14 CFR 25.733 and TSO-C62e) for the tires installed on their airplanes. An airplane tire’s rated load is the maximum load that the tire is allowed to carry at a rated inflation pressure; according to the QTR, the Goodyear Flight Eagle tire has a load rating of 6,050 pounds. For airplanes with MLG axles fitted with dual wheel and tire assemblies (including the Learjet 60), 14 CFR 25.733 requires that the maximum service load for each tire (the actual load carried by each tire with the airplane at its maximum weight), when multiplied by a factor of 1.07, may not be greater than the rated load of the tire. Thus, according to the regulation, the maximum service load allowed for each Goodyear Flight Eagle tire used in a dual-wheel installation is 5,654 pounds.72 The airplane’s load is distributed primarily among the four MLG tires; the load supported by the nosewheel tire is relatively small. All FAA tire certification requirements and performance verification tests are based on static loading and dynamometer73 tests. For these tests, a properly inflated tire is mounted perpendicular to a dynamometer during load, speed, endurance, and deceleration testing.74 TSO-C62c also included an overload takeoff cycle testing requirement, which specified that the tire must be able to withstand a takeoff cycle while overloaded to at least 1.5 times the load required in the takeoff cycle tests and retain at least 90 percent of its initial test air pressure after 24 hours. The QTR for the Goodyear Flight Eagle tire indicated that, during the overload takeoff test, a single tire inflated at 220 psi withstood a 34-second test with an initial load of 9,075 pounds (1.5 times the load rating for a single wheel/tire assembly) that reduced to 8,700 pounds as the speed increased to 210 mph. The tire also exhibited no sidewall wrinkles after two 7-mile taxi tests at 40 mph with a 20-percent overload.
72 A service load of 5,654 pounds, multiplied by a factor of 1.07, equals the rated load of 6,050 pounds. 73 A dynamometer is a tire test system in which the tire is pressed against a large, motor-driven steel wheel under various controlled conditions. The dynamometer test, a tool for applying loads and speeds for specific time periods, includes extreme criteria and does not replicate other variables to which in-service tires are subjected. 74 The FAA requirements include other non-dynamic tests, such as allowable rates of air leakage.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 1.18.6.1 Learjet 60 Tire Selection At the time of the Goodyear Flight Eagle tire’s testing and approval, the tire had been developed for the Learjet 55. When the Learjet 60 was subsequently developed, the airplane required use of the tire’s load and speed capabilities at the limits of the tire’s certification criteria; that is, at the airplane’s maximum weight, the MLG tires are loaded at the maximum service load permissible based on the tire’s rated load A review of static tire load calculations indicated that, with the Learjet 60’s dual-axle installation, four properly inflated MLG tires would each support 100 percent of their share of the airplane’s load (about 1/4 of the airplane’s maximum gross weight). The calculations showed that complete pressure loss on one tire can increase the load of the adjacent, properly inflated tire on the axle to more than 120 percent. Further, changes in airplane angle also affect the load on the remaining tires. 1.18.6.2 Effect of Tire Camber Angle on Tire Sidewall Loads The investigation collected data and photographs from a Learjet 25D (which has MLG dimensions similar to the Learjet 60) that sustained damage during an RTO incident on August 19, 2009. In that incident, both of the left MLG tires were destroyed, and the right MLG tires were flat. With the left side of the incident airplane resting on the wheel rims and the right side resting on flat tires, the airplane’s roll angle was measured at 1.8° to 1.9°. Learjet ground testing data showed that, if the MLG struts remained extended, an airplane with one side resting on inflated tires and the other side resting on the outboard wheel rim would have a roll angle of 2.61°. Tire loads are spread throughout cords in the footprint and sidewalls. When an airplane has one wing lower than the opposite wing while on the ground, each tire on that airplane has a resulting camber angle,75 making one sidewall taller than the other. Goodyear load testing data conducted for the investigation showed that, as tire camber increases, the load on one sidewall increases, which is consistent with a Learjet ground test finding that a tire’s footprint and lateral loading changes with respect to camber angle. For the investigation, Goodyear personnel also performed load testing with various cambers on tires at reduced pressures; the data showed that, with camber, as tire pressure decreases, the load on one sidewall increases (and the load in the center of the tread decreases).
75 Camber is the angle between the vertical axis of the wheel and the vertical axis of the weight being applied to the tire when viewed from the front or rear.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46 1.18.7 Takeoff Accident and Incident Data 1.18.7.1 High-Speed Rejected Takeoffs In 1990, the NTSB issued a special investigation report (SIR), Runway Overruns Following High Speed Rejected Takeoffs,76 that examined high-speed RTOs involving commercial jet airplanes. The SIR reviewed three studies, which included data from the NTSB, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, and Boeing, related to the causes and outcomes of RTOs. The SIR found that tire failures led to more high-speed RTOs than engine-related anomalies. The Boeing study reviewed in the SIR analyzed data on RTO-related incidents and accidents from 1959 to 1988 and found that that many of the RTOs were initiated after V1 and that more than half of the RTOs were unwarranted. The study found that the airplanes should have been able to continue the takeoff without incident. Since the time that the SIR was published, Boeing updated its review to include a total of 94 RTO-related accidents or incidents from 1959 to 1999.77 The updated review found that just as many events were attributed to tire or wheel failures and malfunctions as propulsion anomalies (21 percent each) and that more than half of the RTOs were performed after V1. 1.18.7.2 Airplane Types Involved in Tire-Related Events A review of NTSB data for accidents and incidents involving tire problems during takeoff identified 37 events involving corporate jets since 1982. These accidents and incidents involved 10 business jet models, including four Learjet models (25B, 35, 35A, and 36), two Beechjet/Hawker Siddeley models, and one model each for the Dassault Falcon, Raytheon Hawker, Israeli Aircraft Industries (Model 1124), and Rockwell Sabreliner airplanes. Each of the events included long taxi distances, RTOs, hot day conditions, suspected low tire pressures, or a combination of these issues. 1.18.7.3 Pilot Accounts of Real and Simulated Tire Failure Events During the accident investigation, an FAA flight test manager (who had been part of the certification process for the Learjet product line) recalled having once been involved in a high-speed RTO in a Learjet 55. He stated that, at the time, he was in the first officer’s seat, and a Learjet company pilot was in the captain’s seat. They were performing a takeoff at gross weight in Orlando, Florida, and all four MLG tires came apart after the airplane was beyond V1. He stated that both he and the other pilot heard the tires coming apart and that he saw through the window that tire fragments were passing forward of the cockpit; he indicated that the takeoff was
76 National Transportation Safety Board, Runway Overruns Following High Speed Rejected Takeoffs. Special Investigation Report SIR-90-02 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1990). 77 This information was obtained from Boeing’s website http://www.boeing.com/commercial/aeromagazine/aero_11/takeoff_reasons.html (accessed February 15, 2010).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report rejected due to concern that the tire fragments could be ingested by an engine. The thrust reversers were available, and he recalled that it took about 9,300 feet to stop the airplane on the 12,000-foot runway. In addition, a pilot for the FAA’s Learjet 60 aircraft evaluation group stated that he attempted to recreate the accident’s inadvertent stowage scenario in a simulator. He stated that his first two attempted RTOs resulted in the simulated airplane going off the end of the runway but that his third RTO attempt was successful. Another person, who had 8 years of experience working with various Learjet-model simulators, stated that he had never performed the procedure for uncommanded thrust reverser stowage. The FAA flight test manager stated that he had trained extensively in simulators and believed that they are usually realistic but that he did not think that they could accurately portray a tire failure event. 47
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Analysis
- 1 General
The captain and the first officer were certificated and qualified in accordance with Federal regulations and the operator’s requirements for the Part 135 on-demand flight. Neither pilot had any previous aviation accidents, incidents, or enforcement actions. FAA records showed that the captain received a total of four notices of disapproval. Although such disapprovals can be an indication of pilot competency problems, they must be assessed in the context of the pilot’s career as a whole. In the case of the accident captain, three of these disapproval notices were issued about 11 years before the accident (when the captain had only about 200 to 250 total flight hours), and only one disapproval (for which the captain successfully retested the same day) occurred during her Part 135 flying career. Interviews with other pilots, a Learjet 60 proficiency check evaluator, and flight and ground training instructors who were familiar with the captain’s flying and training in recent years revealed that none expressed any concerns about the captain’s competence. The accident airplane was properly certificated and equipped in accordance with the regulations that applied to it as a changed aeronautical product.
The presence of organic debris within the engine’s gas path is consistent with the engines running at the time of ground impact. There was no evidence of any preimpact anomalies or distress that would have prevented the engines from producing power. In addition, there was no evidence of any flight control anomalies. The relatively new set of tires on the accident airplane showed no evidence of failures in design, manufacturing flaws, or exterior damage, such as punctures or other damage from striking foreign objects. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the following were not factors in this accident: tire design, tire manufacture, or damage to the exterior of any tire. The flight crew failed to perform airplane weight and balance calculations in accordance with the operator’s procedures. Although postaccident estimates indicated that the airplane’s maximum gross takeoff weight may have been exceeded by up to 300 pounds, there is no evidence that weight and balance issues contributed to the accident. The following analysis describes the accident sequence, including the captain’s initiation of an RTO after V1 and the uncommanded forward thrust emergency that followed; airplane tire failures and maintenance; Learjet 60 design deficiencies and certification issues; flight crew performance; passenger survivability; and certification and testing considerations for aircraft tires. 48
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.2 Accident Sequence As reported by witnesses, the beginning of the accident airplane’s takeoff roll appeared normal. According to the studies discussed in sections 1.16.1 and 1.16.2, the airplane accelerated from about 12 kts at 2354:51 to about 131 kts at 2355:10.5, when the first officer stated, “V1.” During this timeframe, the airplane’s acceleration and engine operation were consistent with the airplane’s expected performance during a normal takeoff. Less than 2 seconds later, however, when the airplane was more than 2,500 feet down the runway (with about 6,100 feet remaining), the CVR captured the beginning of a loud rumbling noise. The airplane’s location on the runway at the onset of the noise correlated with the location where the first pieces of right outboard MLG tire were found. Thus, the onset of the loud rumbling noise likely resulted from pieces of the right outboard tire separating from the wheel and striking the underside of the airplane and was likely accompanied by shaking and vibration of the airframe. From this point forward, the accident sequence can be divided into two distinct segments. The first segment involves the captain’s initiation of the high-speed RTO, which was a high-risk event. The second segment of the accident sequence involves the uncommanded forward thrust emergency related to the uncommanded stowage of the airplane’s thrust reversers. 2.2.1 Captain’s Initiation of Rejected Takeoff After V1 The captain and the first officer were trained that rejecting a takeoff is acceptable for any anomaly occurring before the airplane reaches 80 kts and that, for speeds between 80 kts and V1, the takeoff could be rejected for major anomalies, such as catastrophic failure, engine fire, engine failure, thrust reverser deployment, or loss of directional control. Their training and standard operating procedures indicated that, because of the high risk of runway overrun and other dangers, rejecting a takeoff at speeds greater than V1 should be performed only when airplane control is seriously in doubt. During the captain’s pretakeoff briefing, she incorrectly stated that the takeoff could be rejected for major anomalies occurring between V1 and V2. None of the captain’s training provided by FSI and Global Exec Aviation referenced any RTO criteria beyond V1, and no evidence indicated that the captain was unfamiliar with the concept of V1 as it related to go/no-go decision-making. An instructor who provided the captain with recurrent ground and simulator training, which included V1 cuts and RTOs, described her as meticulous with good organizational skills. As noted previously, V1 for the accident flight conditions was about 136 KIAS. Given that V2 (which is a takeoff safety speed that would provide a minimum climb gradient after a loss of engine power [about 153 KIAS]) occurs after Vr (which is the airplane’s rotation speed [about 145 KIAS]), it is unlikely that the captain would have considered V2 to be part of the RTO criteria. A pretakeoff briefing is fairly standard in that the RTO criteria rarely change from one takeoff to the next. Thus, one explanation for the captain’s incorrect briefing may be the use of automaticity in processing information, which is when a person uses low levels of attention to recite routine or habitual information. Such an error was consistent with a number of other information processing errors that the captain made during the taxi (including reading back wind 49
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report information incorrectly) that showed a lack of focus. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that there was no indication that the captain’s understanding of the rejected takeoff criteria was deficient; thus, the captain likely misspoke when she incorrectly stated the criteria in her pretakeoff briefing. During the takeoff, when the first tire failed and the rumbling noise began, the first officer stated, “go,” then “go, go, go.” The airplane’s ground speed at the time was about 137 kts, and, as shown by runway gouging and tire skid marks, the airplane veered to the right and across the runway centerline. Only debris from the right outboard tire was found at the runway location that coincided with the timing of this event; thus, the runway marks were likely created by the right outboard wheel rim contacting the runway surface and the skidding of the still-intact right inboard tire. (The airplane was initially left of the runway centerline before it veered.) Hydraulic fluid, consistent with that found in at least one severed brake hose, was present on some tire fragments. In the next second (2 seconds after the onset of the rumbling sound), the captain asked, “go?” At this point in the takeoff roll, the airplane neared its peak ground speed of about 144 kts (extrapolated data show that it may have reached about 150 kts within the next second) and began shedding fragments of a landing light and other pieces (which likely separated after having been impacted by fragments of the right outboard tire). The timing of the captain’s question to the first officer coincided with the captain reducing engine power for about 1 second, then increasing it for about 1 second before decreasing it again, about which time the first officer stated, “no? ar-right … what the [expletive] was that?” The entire RTO procedure, up to this point, spanned about 5 seconds since the onset of the rumbling noise from tire fragments, first from the right outboard tire and then from the right inboard tire. Although there is no indication that either the captain or the first officer knew what type of problem occurred, each reacted to it differently. The first officer’s statements to “go” suggest that, despite being unaware of the type of failure that occurred, he relied on his training and recognized that, once the airplane’s speed passes V1, the appropriate response is to continue the takeoff for nearly all anomalies except when airplane controllability is in serious doubt. Both the captain and the first officer were trained that continuing the takeoff under such circumstances offers several safety advantages over an RTO, such as more time to analyze the situation, the ability to reduce the airplane’s gross weight and to use landing flaps, the ability to prepare for vibration and directional control problems on landing, and the availability of more runway on which to stop the airplane. The NTSB acknowledges that the first officer, as the pilot not flying, would not have received the same airplane controllability cues that the captain received, particularly when the airplane veered to the right after the first tire failure. Thus, the NTSB considered the possibility that the captain rejected the takeoff because of a perceived loss of airplane control. However, runway markings show that, after the airplane veered, it was realigned with the runway heading, indicating that the captain was able to regain and maintain directional control. Further, although the captain initially reduced engine power, she did not make an RTO callout, and her subsequent increase in engine power, concurrent with her question “go?,” indicates that she briefly considered continuing the takeoff before finally committing to the RTO. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the captain’s uncertainty as to whether to continue the takeoff suggests that her 50
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 51 initial action to reject it did not result from a perception that the airplane was uncontrollable and could not fly. During about 4 seconds after the captain made the second engine power reduction, the airplane’s engine N1 decreased to about 7,300 rpm, the captain made the comment “full out” (likely referring to full deployment of the thrust reversers), and wheel brakes were applied (as indicated by CVR sound evidence). Extrapolated ground speed information estimated that the airplane decelerated to about 128 kts. Debris evidence showed that, at this point, all of the MLG tires had failed (within about 9 seconds of the first tire’s failure). The captain’s action to reject the takeoff after the airplane had passed V1 placed the flight crew and passengers in a high-risk situation; accident and incident data show that high-speed RTOs can result in runway overruns. During pilot training, V1 is generally considered to be the speed at which the pilot must be committed to transition the airplane to flight; to reinforce this concept, pilot training programs and standard operating procedures (including those provided to the captain) emphasize that the pilot flying should remove his/her hand from the throttles at the time that the V1 callout is made. The purpose of such training and reinforcement is to ensure that the pilot responds immediately and correctly to any anomalies because the situation allows no time for assessment after the problem occurs, and any delays or mistakes increase the chance of an overrun (or the speed at which an overrun occurs). The NTSB concludes that, in the absence of evidence that the airplane was uncontrollable, the captain’s execution of a rejected takeoff for an unknown anomaly after the airplane’s speed had passed V1 was inconsistent with her training and standard operating procedures. 2.2.2 Uncommanded Forward Thrust Emergency As supported by the airplane performance study discussed in section 1.16.2, after the captain had committed to performing the high-speed RTO, the accident airplane’s thrust reverser system initially performed as commanded. On the basis of the captain’s comment “full out,” which coincided with a noticeable deceleration of the airplane, the study found that the thrust reversers had fully deployed, and the system provided reverse engine thrust. However, about 7 seconds after the captain committed (about 10 seconds after the rumbling noise began), the CAM captured the nosewheel steering disconnect warning tone. Because nosewheel steering is typically engaged while the airplane is on the ground, the timing of this tone provides an indication of when the system status changed to “air mode.” For this to occur, the circuit associated with the MLG electrical components and wiring, which include the wheel speed sensor and squat switch, must have sustained damage that affected the air-ground signal. Debris found on the runway and other physical evidence show that the MLG area where system components were mounted sustained damage from the shedding tire fragments.78 As a result, because the system logic requirements for maintaining thrust reverser deployment were no longer being met, the thrust reversers stowed. Meanwhile, as indicated by engineering and ground tests, the thrust reverser levers in the cockpit remained in the raised
78 The right landing light was mounted immediately above the squat switch, and the wiring was routed together. Glass from the light was found on the runway near the fragments from the right outboard and inboard tires.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report full-reverse-thrust position, the TR DEPLOY annunciators extinguished, and the TR UNLOCK annunciators momentarily illuminated (while the reverser doors were in transit toward stow); then, the TR ARM annunciators flashed briefly before all TR annunciators extinguished completely. During this sequence, the EECs shifted logic and signaled the FADEC components to change to the forward thrust power schedule. Because the flight crew had commanded full reverse thrust, the EECs (because of the shifted logic) interpreted the TLA and RDVT positions and signaled the FADEC components to provide forward thrust at near takeoff power. As a result, the flight crew was faced with an emergency in which the wheel braking system was compromised due to tire and hydraulic system damage, and the airplane was accelerating with high engine power toward obstacles beyond the end of the runway. There was no warning annunciator in the cockpit to indicate any system anomaly; thus, initially, the captain was expecting to have continued reverse thrust as commanded with the reverse thrust levers. Under these abnormal circumstances, reducing the airplane’s uncommanded forward thrust would require moving the thrust reverser levers to the stowed position. However, moving the reverser levers to the stowed position (when maximum reverse thrust was needed and commanded) during an RTO was likely counterintuitive to the captain. (The NTSB’s safety recommendations to address this problem are discussed in sections 1.18.3.1 and 2.3.2.) As depicted in the airplane performance map overlay in section 1.16.2, the airplane was about 2,500 feet from the end of the runway at a ground speed of about 123 kts when the uncommanded forward thrust began, and the airplane accelerated for several seconds until the first officer assessed the problem and reacted. By the time that the first officer stated, “shut ’em off,” the engines’ N1 had increased to about 9,165 rpm. Although the sound spectrum evidence indicates that engine power subsequently began to decrease, the ground speed information, ground witness marks, obstacle collision evidence, and the condition and location of the main wreckage indicated that the airplane was traveling in excess of about 100 kts when it overran the end of the RSA. As mentioned previously, most of an airplane’s stopping power is provided by the wheel braking system, and the flight crew applied the wheel brakes within 1 second of the captain’s “full out” comment. However, there are no data that can be used to reliably estimate the braking performance for an airplane that has a compromised hydraulic system and no intact MLG tires. Thus, it is not possible to determine whether or not the flight crew could have safely stopped the airplane on the runway (or within the RSA) had the airplane not developed the uncommanded forward thrust. Although the captain lost seconds when delaying her commitment to the RTO, had the airplane developed reverse thrust as the captain commanded or transitioned to idle thrust with the uncommanded stowage of the thrust reversers, the airplane’s ground speed for the overrun would have been slower. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident airplane’s uncommanded forward thrust, which accelerated the airplane at a time when the flight crew commanded full reverse thrust to decelerate the airplane, increased the severity of the accident because the uncommanded forward thrust substantially increased the airplane’s runway excursion speed. 52
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 53 2.3 Airplane Issues Although the captain’s action to initiate a high-speed RTO and her delays in performing the procedure placed the flight at risk for a runway overrun, issues related to the airplane played a role in both setting up the chain of events that led to the accident and exacerbating the final outcome. Of particular concern are the operator’s tire maintenance practices, Learjet’s design of the airplane’s thrust reverser system, the inadequacy of both Learjet’s and the FAA’s review of the Learjet 60 after the 2001 accident, and the safety of the FAA’s certification process for changed aeronautical products. All of these issues combined to create a situation that was unacceptably intolerant to the captain’s deviation from a standard operating procedure. 2.3.1 Tire Failures Damage observed on fragments from all four MLG tires, such as abrasion marks on the inner liner and heat damage to the rubber and nylon materials, was consistent with overdeflection of the tires. Two tire operating conditions can result in such sidewall overdeflection: overloading and underinflation. Under either condition, excessive flexing of the sidewall generates high internal temperatures and weakening of the sidewall plies, leading directly to failure. The location of the sidewall damage on each of the accident airplane’s tires was helpful in determining which condition resulted in or contributed to the tire failures. Static test data show that, if proper inflation of all four MLG tires is assumed, to achieve the amount of overdeflection evident from the damage, each tire would need to be overloaded with about 12,200 pounds (about twice as much weight as the accident airplane could have imposed on each tire). Such overloading of four properly inflated tires is implausible (it would require an airplane gross weight in excess of 48,800 pounds), and other evidence strongly supports that the tires were not properly inflated. As indicated by Global Exec Aviation’s director of maintenance, the airplane’s tire pressures had not likely been checked in the 3 weeks before the accident. The QTR for the Goodyear Flight Eagle tire indicated a 2.2-percent average daily pressure loss (the TSO for the tire allows a loss of up to 5 percent per day). With the assumption that the accident airplane’s tires were properly inflated at the beginning of the 3-week period and that the daily loss rate was about 2 percent, the tires were likely operating while about 36-percent underinflated on the day of the accident.79 The Learjet AMM indicates that tires should be replaced after operating at 15-percent underinflation. (This replacement specification is due to the overdeflection and damage that the tire sidewalls sustain from operation at such an underinflated pressure.) As indicated in section 1.16.3.2, testing performed to determine what level of underinflation would produce the type of damage observed on the accident airplane’s tires found that the damage was consistent with tires operating while about 36-percent underinflated. Thus, the underinflation value derived from the loss-rate calculation (based on the tire service history)
79 The calculation applies the loss rate to each day’s (decreasing) initial inflation value for the tire.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report corresponds with the value that testing showed would be needed to produce damage such as that found on all four of the accident airplane’s tires. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that all four MLG tires on the airplane were operating while severely underinflated during the takeoff roll, which resulted in the tire failures. 2.3.1.1 Operator’s Tire Maintenance Practices Global Exec Aviation’s director of maintenance indicated that he did not know how often the Learjet 60’s tire pressures should be checked but that he referred to the respective AMM for each type of airplane operated by the company to know when to perform scheduled maintenance items. Chapter 12 of the Learjet AMM suggested daily tire pressure checks, which is consistent with the AMMs for other airplanes (Cessna CE-650 and Dassault Falcon 50) operated by Global Exec Aviation. Learjet maintenance and product support publications, FAA AC 20-97B, and several Goodyear publications also specified daily or regular tire pressure checks. Although the daily tire pressure check interval referenced in the AMM was not specified as a requirement, the director of maintenance is responsible for ensuring proper airplane tire maintenance, including adequate tire pressures. Allowing the airplane to operate for weeks without a tire pressure check is inconsistent with all available guidance. Further, the NTSB’s informal survey to collect information about in-service tires found that most of the tires sampled were inflated to within 10 percent of their rated pressure (typically within AMM limits), which suggests that most, but not all, operators are ensuring adequate tire inflation. Given the average expected daily pressure loss for the accident airplane’s tires, any operations involving the accident airplane within the 2 weeks preceding the accident would have been conducted while the tires were likely at inflation pressures below the replacement criteria listed in the AMM. As indicated in the AMM, such underinflation of MLG tires cannot be determined by a visual inspection; thus, the flight crewmembers (who typically do not perform tire pressure checks) would have been unable to detect the underinflated condition of the tires. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident airplane’s insufficient tire air pressure was due to Global Exec Aviation’s inadequate maintenance. 2.3.1.2 Maintenance Manual References to Tire Pressure Check Intervals As referenced, most of the tires reviewed in the NTSB’s informal survey were adequately inflated; however, some were not. Although nearly all of the maintenance providers interviewed indicated that use of the AMM is required by an operator’s operations specifications, one FBO operator interviewed noted that some AMMs do not call for mandatory tire pressure checks and that he believed that weekly pressure checks were generally good practice. Contrary to what this FBO operator believed, a weekly check would not be sufficient for some tires (such as those installed on the Learjet 60). Therefore, the NTSB concludes that some operators are not sufficiently aware of the appropriate tire pressure check intervals for the airplanes in their fleets and are operating their airplanes with tires inflated below the AMM replacement specifications. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA provide pilots and maintenance personnel with information that (1) transport-category aircraft tires can lose up to 5-percent pressure per day, 54
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report (2) it may take only a few days for such tires to reach an underinflation level below what the AMM specifies for tire replacement, and (3) the underinflation level that would require tire replacement is not visually detectable. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require that all 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators perform tire pressure checks at a frequency that will ensure that the tires remain inflated to within AMM-specified inflation pressures. Although the Learjet 60 AMM contained information about tire pressure checks, the information was not prominent in the manual. The only reference to tire pressure checks that appeared in the section of the Learjet 60 AMM dedicated to inspection intervals (chapter 5) was under a 300-hour interval phase inspection and indicated that the user should refer to chapter 12 for the information. Chapter 12 is a section of the AMM dedicated to descriptions of how to perform maintenance tasks but not when they should be performed. Further, the daily tire pressure check intervals listed in chapter 12 of the Learjet 60 AMM appeared under the heading “Practices and Tips,” indicating that the information was discretionary rather than mandatory. Although Learjet issued AMM TR 12-16 on March 18, 2009, to better define when and how to check tire pressures (and to state that such checks “must” be performed), this clarifying information remains in chapter 12. Other airplane manufacturers also list tire pressure check interval information in chapter 12 of their respective AMMs; however, this format is not consistent among all manufacturers’ FAA-approved manuals. The NTSB concludes that AMM formats that refer to tire pressure checks as guidance information rather than required maintenance intervals and the lack of standardization of AMM formats with respect to the location of tire pressure check interval information do not provide sufficient emphasis on the criticality of checking and maintaining tire pressure. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that AMMs specify, in a readily identifiable and standardized location, required maintenance intervals for tire pressure checks (as applicable to each aircraft). Other inconsistencies related to tire pressure checks were found in the FAA’s February 26, 2009, response to Learjet regarding the Learjet 60. In the letter, the FAA stated that checking the tires on a Learjet 60 is preventive maintenance, which pilots would not be permitted to do as part of a preflight check. However, the FAA further explained that a pilot flying a Learjet 60 under 14 CFR Part 91 may perform tire pressure checks but that a pilot flying a Learjet 60 under 14 CFR Part 135 may not. The NTSB notes that, according to the FAA’s interpretation, a pilot working for a Part 135 on-demand operator would be allowed to check tire pressures on a Learjet 60 for Part 91 ferry or maintenance flights but that the same pilot would be prohibited from performing the same checks on the same airplane for a Part 135 flight for revenue passengers or cargo. Because of the nature of Part 135 on-demand operations (and as evidenced by this accident flight crew’s trip pairings), it is not unusual for a flight crew to remain with an airplane away from the operator’s base for several days while flying both revenue and positioning flights. The NTSB acknowledges that the different rules that apply to Part 135 flights generally represent a higher level of safety than those contained in Part 91. In this case, however, the NTSB is concerned that the FAA’s interpretation may have an unintended negative effect on safety because the interpretation arbitrarily prohibits personnel from performing a safety task. Although the interpretation pertains only to the Learjet 60 (in direct response to questions from 55
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Bombardier Learjet) and allows operators to petition for exemption, pilots and operators of other transport-category airplanes may be unsure if the interpretation applies to their operations. Therefore, NTSB concludes that the FAA’s legal interpretation that checking tire pressures on a Learjet 60 is preventive maintenance has an unintended negative effect on the safety of Part 135 operations because, according to the provisions of 14 CFR 43.3, a Learjet 60 pilot who is allowed to perform preventive maintenance, such as tire pressure checks, on the airplane for a flight operated under Part 91 is prohibited from performing the checks on the same airplane for a Part 135 flight. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA allow pilots to perform tire pressure checks on aircraft, regardless of whether the aircraft is operating under 14 CFR Part 91, Part 91 subpart K, or Part 135. 2.3.1.3 Lack of Tire Pressure Information for Flight Crews Tires require proper inflation to perform as designed. TPMS, which is installed in some new airplanes and can be retrofitted on others, provides flight crews with tire pressure information at the tire inflation valve (or, with some systems, visual or aural alerts in the cockpit to indicate abnormal conditions). Because the allowable daily pressure loss for aircraft tires can result in tire pressures that are below acceptable operational values within only a few days, providing tire pressure information to a flight crew helps ensure proper inflation and safe operations, particularly when the airplane is away from the operator’s maintenance base for multiday trips. As previously mentioned, the accident pilots (who were not tasked with checking the tire pressures) had no means by which to detect the accident airplane’s underinflated tires. Had the pilots been aware of the airplane’s tire condition, they could have had the airplane’s tires serviced by a maintenance facility. (The NTSB notes that the airplane was in a facility for other maintenance before the airplane was repositioned for the accident flight.) Therefore, the NTSB concludes that TPMS, which enable flight crews to easily verify tire pressures, provides safety benefits because the pressure-loss rate of aircraft tires can result in tire pressures below acceptable operational values within only a few days, and such underinflation cannot be visually detected by flight crews. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require TPMS for all transport-category airplanes. 2.3.2 Thrust Reverser System Deficiencies The thrust reversers on the Learjet 60, as with those on other airplanes, are intended to assist with ground braking. The Learjet 60 was the first Learjet model to be equipped with a fully electronic thrust reverser control, and no other Learjet model has a similar system. To protect against thrust reverser deployment in flight, the thrust reverser logic criteria are such that, in the event of any system failures or anomalies, the thrust reversers will stow. This safety feature ensures that a system anomaly cannot result in a thrust reverser deployment in flight, which could affect the airplane’s controllability. Although the protection against in-flight deployment provided by the stowage feature is necessary, the circumstances of this accident (and the other events discussed in section 1.16.4.2) highlight a system vulnerability in which the damage from a 56
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report single tire can result in an erroneous air/ground mode signal, inadvertently activating the protection logic and leading to the acceleration of the airplane in response to a pilot’s control commands for deceleration. As previously discussed, the accident airplane’s thrust reverser system initially performed as commanded until debris damage resulted in the loss of the “ground mode” signal and the logic changed to “air mode.” As demonstrated by ground testing performed in a Learjet 60 equipped to duplicate the accident airplane’s scenario (in which the logic requirements for maintaining thrust reverser deployment were not longer being met), the sequence that followed was that the thrust reverser doors stowed while the cockpit thrust reverser levers remained lifted in the reverse thrust position (as had been selected by the captain) and the engines instead produced forward thrust at near takeoff power. The only cockpit indication available to the captain and the first officer about the nature of the emergency was the absence of thrust reverser annunciators. In a July 17, 2009, safety recommendation letter to the FAA, the NTSB concluded that, during an RTO, which requires quick and concentrated pilot actions, a pilot may have difficulties recognizing the significance of the absence of reverse thrust indicator lights. As described in section 1.18.3.1, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-59 that asked the FAA to require that Learjet 60 pilots receive training on recognizing inadvertent thrust reverser stowage. On November 5, 2009, the FAA issued a SAFO that referenced the circumstances of the accident and recommended that directors of safety, directors of operations, training center program managers, and individuals responsible for training programs review their programs to ensure emphasis on recognizing inadvertent stowage of thrust reversers during takeoff and landing. The NTSB notes that, if the FAA can demonstrate that the issuance of the SAFO has achieved the same effect as a requirement that all Learjet 60 operators and training centers include the recommended training, the NTSB will consider the FAA’s action to be an acceptable alternative. To complete the action recommended, the FAA needs to supply information documenting that all Learjet 60 operators and training centers have incorporated the recommended training. Pending receipt of that information, the NTSB classifies Safety Recommendation A-09-59, “Open— Acceptable Alternate Response.” Because the NTSB views this pilot training as an interim measure to help mitigate the hazards associated with the identified thrust reverser design deficiencies until these deficiencies are corrected, the NTSB also issued several safety recommendations (A-09-55 through -58 and -60, referenced in section 1.18.3.1) addressing the need for changes to the Learjet 60’s (and the Raytheon Hawker 1000’s) thrust reverser system design. The recommended design changes include modifications to ensure that the thrust reverser lever positions in the cockpit match the positions of the thrust reverser mechanisms at the engines and to provide improved aural or visual cues to allow pilots to recognize an inadvertent thrust reverser stowage in a timely manner. The NTSB is pleased that the FAA has assembled a team of technical specialists to develop a plan for addressing each recommendation (as indicated in the FAA’s September 23, 2009, response). Although FAA representatives assisting with this accident investigation have indicated that there is no basic certification requirement that the thrust reverser control lever position match that of the reverser mechanisms, the NTSB notes that the thrust reverser design of the Learjet 60 does not appear to be in compliance with existing certification requirements, 57
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report including 14 CFR 25.777, 25.779, and 25.1309. Also, 14 CFR 25.933, which relates to thrust reverser systems, requires a means to prevent the engine from producing more than idle forward thrust in the event of a thrust reverser system malfunction. Because of these existing regulations, the NTSB believes that the FAA should be able to take the recommended actions without any lengthy rulemaking project to revise the certification standards. Pending the FAA’s completion of the recommended actions, the NTSB classifies Safety Recommendations A-09-55 through -58 and -60, “Open—Acceptable Response.” Although the NTSB is pleased that the FAA has initiated responsive action to address these safety recommendations, the NTSB is concerned that many of these issues were not more thoroughly addressed by Learjet and the FAA after the January 14, 2001, landing accident in Troy, Alabama, in which a Learjet 60 accelerated off the end of the runway after an uncommanded stowage of the thrust reversers. Although the 2001 accident occurred during landing, it also involved an uncommanded forward thrust event after squat switch system damage. After the 2001 accident, the FAA did not require any modifications to the airplane’s design. Although Learjet initiated a safety review of the circumstances of the accident, the solutions it implemented (and that the FAA approved) did not adequately address the design deficiencies. For example, Learjet’s AFM revision in 2003 (to include the “Inadvertent Stow of Thrust Reverser After a Crew-Commanded Deployment” procedure as an emergency procedure) inappropriately relied on a flight crew procedure to mitigate a hazard as serious as uncommanded forward thrust. Use of a procedure, instead of a design change, is not an adequate corrective action for such an emergency, especially when the airplane’s design makes performing the procedure counterintuitive. Although Learjet subsequently introduced a design change to supplement the procedure, the modification also failed to adequately address the problem. According to SB 60-78-7, which specified the modification, the design change was intended “to reduce the possibility of inadvertent stowing during thrust reverser operation.” The modification incorporated the airplane’s existing wheel speed sensors into the thrust reverser logic, but the redundant signal was designed to provide input only after the airplane’s squat switches signaled air mode for at least 2 minutes, beginning within 50 seconds of the ground-to-air transition. Although this restriction is consistent with the system’s original fail-safe concept to protect against thrust reverser deployment in flight, the restriction prevents the wheel speed sensor redundancy during RTO scenarios because the airplane never enters air mode before thrust reverser deployment. Thus, the design change did not reduce the possibility of uncommanded stowage of the thrust reversers during an RTO. An effective safety assessment process should result in the creation of system-level design requirements to ensure safe operation during abnormal or emergency conditions (such as an RTO), including situations in which there are disagreements between commanded and actual system states (as exhibited by the thrust reverser system in this accident). Guidance for demonstrating compliance with the safety requirements contained in 14 CFR 25.1309 is described in AC 25.1309-1A. This guidance directs the use of a structured process for performing safety assessments on systems that have high levels of complexity, integration, and 58
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 59 safety-critical functionality (such as the Learjet 60 thrust reverser system). SAE ARP4761,80 which is intended to be used with the regulatory guidance contained in AC 25.1309-1A, also describes industry best practices for performing safety assessments for the certification of civil aircraft. The NTSB is concerned that neither Learjet’s safety analyses for the modification nor the FAA’s review resulted in adequate design protection against uncommanded stowage of the thrust reversers—and, more importantly, the associated uncommanded forward thrust—during RTO scenarios. The NTSB finds these shortcomings particularly alarming because the type of analyses used by Learjet and reviewed by the FAA represents a safety risk management technique that the FAA has promoted as one of the four pillars of an effective safety management system (SMS),81 which the FAA has described as the most effective way to improve safety and accomplish oversight.82 Although the NTSB endorses SMS implementation as a means to improve safety,83 it is critical that the FAA use this accident as an opportunity to examine why the processes that are essential to an effective SMS, hazard identification, and risk analysis and assessment were not effective in preventing this accident despite the presence of precursor in-service data. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that Learjet’s system safety analysis for and the FAA’s review of the Learjet 60’s thrust reverser system modification and revised crew procedure were inadequate because they failed to effectively address an unsafe condition for all phases of flight, specifically, uncommanded forward thrust during an RTO. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA identify the deficiencies in Learjet’s system safety analyses, both for the original Learjet 60 design and for the modifications after the 2001 accident, that failed to properly address the thrust reverser system design flaws related to this accident, and require Learjet to perform a system safety assessment in accordance with 14 CFR 25.1309 for all other systems that also rely on air-ground signal integrity and ensure that hazards resulting from a loss of signal integrity are appropriately mitigated to fully comply with this regulation. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA revise available safety assessment guidance (such as AC 25.1309-1A) for manufacturers to adequately address the deficiencies identified in Safety Recommendation A-10-51, require that DERs and their FAA mentors are trained on this methodology, and modify FAA design oversight procedures to ensure that manufacturers are performing system safety analyses for all new or modified designs that effectively identify and properly mitigate hazards for all phases of flight, including foreseeable events during those phases (such as an RTO).
80 Guidelines and Methods for Conducting the Safety Assessment Process on Civil Airborne Systems and Equipment, SAE ARP4761 (Warrendale, Pennsylvania: Society of Automotive Engineers, 1996). 81 AC 120-92, Introduction to Safety Management Systems for Air Operators. 82 As noted in a statement by Nicholas A. Sabatini, FAA Associate Administrator for Aviation Safety, before the House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, Subcommittee on Aviation, on September 20, 2006: “SMS formalizes risk management, which is imperative as we move from a forensic, or after-the-fact accident investigation approach, to a diagnostic and more prognostic, or predictive, approach. With the accident rate as low as it is, we must get in front of information, analyze trends, and anticipate problems if we are to continue to improve on an already remarkable record of achievement. Operating under [an SMS] will allow airlines, manufacturers, and the FAA to do this better than before.” 83 Reference NTSB Safety Recommendations A-07-10, A-09-89, and A-09-99.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 60 In the NTSB’s 2006 safety report on the aircraft certification process, the NTSB noted that a program must be in place to ensure continued airworthiness and the ongoing assessment of risks to safety-critical systems. The safety report stated that such a program can recognize that the certification process can change throughout the life of an airplane and can help ensure that ongoing decisions about design, operations, maintenance, and continued airworthiness consider operational data, service history, lessons learned, and new knowledge. The NTSB noted that SAE ARP5150 provides a process that is accepted by industry for the ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems. As a result of its findings, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-38, which asked the FAA to do the following: Adopt [SAE International’s] ARP5150 into 14 [CFR] Parts 21, 25, 33, and 121 to require a program for the monitoring and ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of the airplane. Safety-critical systems will be identified as a result of A-06-36.[84] Once in place, use this program to validate that the underlying assumptions made during design and type certification about safety-critical systems are consistent with operational experience, lessons learned, and new knowledge. Because of the FAA’s lack of progress in response to the recommendation, on October 14, 2009, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation A-06-38 and reclassified it “Open—Unacceptable Response.” The circumstances of this accident demonstrate the importance of an FAA program to monitor and conduct ongoing assessments of safety-critical systems throughout the life cycle of an airplane to detect indications of a problem and correct the problem before an accident results. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, had the FAA adopted the procedures described in SAE International’s SAE ARP5150, Safety Assessment of Transport Airplanes in Commercial Service, to require a program for the monitoring and ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems, the FAA may have recognized, based on problems reported after previous incidents and an accident, that the Learjet 60’s thrust reverser system design was deficient and thus may have required appropriate modifications before this accident occurred. 2.3.3 Safety of Changed Aeronautical Products The certification basis for changed aeronautical products allows an aircraft manufacturer to use the results of some of the analyses and testing from the original type certification to demonstrate compliance for derivative models, and some regulations that were in effect on the date of the original TC apply (with exceptions specified in the TCDS). The Learjet 60 was certificated in 1993 but was added to Learjet TC A10CE, which was originally issued for the Learjet 24 in 1966. From a certification basis, the Learjet 24 and the Learjet 60 are the same type of airplane; however, they share few similarities or structural components.
84 Safety Recommendation A-06-36 is discussed in section 1.18.3.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Since the certification of the Learjet 60, the FAA has made improvements in the certification process for changed aeronautical products. The current version of 14 CFR 21.101 (which was issued in 2000) is more specific than the version of the regulation that applied to the Learjet 60 with regard to the circumstances under which current airworthiness regulations must be used and when earlier amendments of a regulation are acceptable. Also, FAA Order 8110.48, issued in 2003, provides the general procedures for determining the certification basis for changes to aircraft on the same TC and specifies that the FAA may require a manufacturer to apply for a new TC for extensive changes. Although these more specific requirements and improved guidelines have removed some of the subjectivity to the certification basis for derivative model aircraft, the procedures still allow for inconsistencies and interpretation. For example, the FAA has approved airplane designs for some manufacturers that are sold as new products over production lives that span decades but are on one TC, whereas the airplane designs from another manufacturer (or certain designs from the same manufacturer, such as the Learjet 45) may have each been certificated on a new TC. As a result, airplane models that may appear comparable based on criteria such as date of release and/or payload and range specifications may actually be certificated to different safety standards. For example, although the Learjet 45 and the Learjet 60 were both introduced in the 1990s, the Learjet 45 was subject to the most updated, more stringent certification regulations at the time, whereas many of the certification requirements that applied to the Learjet 60 were based on older, less stringent requirements. (Manufacturers may electively exceed the certification requirements, and many, including Learjet, have done so.) The Learjet 60’s compliance with 14 CFR 25.1309, which relates to failures of equipment, systems, and installations, was required to be based on a modification to the original version of the regulation, even though an extensively revised version of the regulation, including amendment 25-41 (applicable to the Learjet 45), had been in effect since 1977. In 1981, during a certification review of a different Learjet derivative model, the FAA noted that the revised requirements of 14 CFR 25.1309 provided a higher level of safety than previous versions of the regulation and that “it is necessary that flight critical systems meet these more stringent requirements to ensure safety.” A comparison of the protection for equipment in the wheel wells of the Learjet 60 with that in the Learjet 45 illustrates the safety impact that the revised regulations can have on aircraft designs. Although both airplanes were subject to the same criteria specified in 14 CFR 25.729 for protecting equipment from the damage that could be caused by fragments from a disintegrating tire, the Learjet 45 was also subject to the revised version of 14 CFR 25.1309. As a result, the Learjet 45 has protective shielding and other design improvements that protect hydraulic system components, wiring, and other equipment installed in the wheel well, whereas some of the same system components in the Learjet 60 are considerably more exposed. Another improved safety feature on the Learjet 45 relates to the thrust reverser system. In the event that an abnormal condition results in the stowage of reverser doors while the cockpit levers are raised, the Learjet 45’s thrust reverser control electronically triggers the cockpit thrust reverser levers to move to the stowed position and the engine thrust to idle power. The NTSB notes that either of these Learjet 45 design features (the added wheel well protection or the improved electronic thrust reverser control) would likely prevent the Learjet 45 from producing uncommanded forward thrust after a chain of events stemming from a tire failure, which occurred in this accident. 61
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 62 The NTSB concludes that the FAA’s 1993 certification of the Learjet 60 as a changed aeronautical product, which allowed the airplane’s equipment, systems, and installations to conform to some regulations applicable to the original 1966 certification, did not ensure the highest level of safety and allowed for deficiencies that would not likely have been present if the current regulations had applied. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA revise FAA Order 8110.48 to require that the most current airworthiness regulations related to equipment, systems, and installations (14 CFR 25.1309) are applied to all derivative design aircraft certificated as changed aeronautical products. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA review the designs of existing derivative design aircraft that were certificated as changed aeronautical products against the requirements of the current revision of 14 CFR 25.1309 and require modification of the equipment, systems, and installations to fully comply with this regulation. 2.4 Flight Crew Performance Section 2 of AC 120-62 acknowledges that tire failures may be difficult to identify from the flight deck and stresses that flight crews must be cautious not to inappropriately conclude that another problem exists. The accident airplane’s swerve, the onset of continuous noise from tire fragments striking the fuselage, and the related airframe vibration could have startled the captain. Further, the hydraulic fluid found on some tire fragments indicates that hydraulic integrity was compromised early in the sequence. As a result, the hydraulic pressure annunciators in the cockpit would have illuminated, providing the captain with additional cues about problems that she might not have fully comprehended. However, all of these cues occurred after the airplane had passed V1, and there was no strong evidence that the airplane was uncontrollable. The captain’s action to reject the takeoff and her lack of a callout, contrary to her training, may have been the result of the “startle factor,” which is often lacking in training scenarios. In most V1 training scenarios, pilots are in a simulator, are aware that they will be receiving an anomaly (usually an engine failure) on takeoff, and are prepared to respond. In the real world, the situation is more dynamic, the consequences are greater, and the pilot is not aware that a failure will occur or what type of failure it is. This “startle factor” can increase the stress level of the pilot, resulting in an incorrect decision being made. The following analysis examines factors that may have influenced the captain’s actions. 2.4.1 Lack of Training for Tire-Related Events As indicated in the NTSB’s 1990 SIR related to runway overruns associated with high-speed RTOs85 and an updated review by Boeing that includes data up to 1999, accidents and incidents related to RTOs initiated because of wheel or tire malfunctions are as common as those related to RTOs performed in response to engine failures. The accidents and incidents
85 NTSB SIR-90-02.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report show that, like the accident captain, many other pilots have misinterpreted tire anomalies and responded by initiating an unnecessary RTO after V1. According to an FSI instructor, the training curriculum provided to the captain and the first officer did not include any scenarios in which a tire failure occurred. Training materials provided to flight crews about RTOs focus primarily on engine failures at or around V1. There was no indication that wheel and tire failure scenarios are readily trained or that training scenarios are conducted to assess a flight crew’s reactions to failures or malfunctions occurring after V1. The NTSB realizes that there are limits to the time operators can allocate to training to prepare pilots to respond to all possible emergency and abnormal situations. However, the data from past accidents show that numerous flight crews were not prepared to respond appropriately, as trained, to tire anomalies, which resulted in runway overrun accidents that might have been avoided had the takeoff been continued. Although AC 120-62 is a useful training aid in that it provides thorough guidance related to takeoff safety and cautions pilots about misinterpreting tire events, as a textual training tool, its effectiveness is limited in preparing flight crews for the startling cues, including loud noises and airframe shaking and vibration, associated with tire failures when they occur. However, flight simulators are often used effectively to train flight crews to recognize and respond properly to startling cues associated with various abnormal and emergency flight situations. The NTSB concludes that the accident pilots would have been better prepared to recognize the tire failure and to continue the takeoff if they had received realistic training in a flight simulator on the recognition of and proper response to tire failures occurring during takeoff. The NTSB recommends that the FAA define and codify minimum simulator model fidelity requirements for tire failure scenarios. These requirements should include tire failure scenarios during takeoff that present the need for rapid evaluation and execution of procedures and provide realistic sound and motion cueing. The NTSB further recommends that, once the simulator model fidelity requirements requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-55 are implemented, the FAA require that simulator training for pilots who conduct turbojet operations include opportunities to practice responding to events other than engine failures occurring both near V1 and after V1, including, but not limited to, tire failures. 2.4.2 Captain’s Experience in the Learjet 60 and as Pilot-in-Command A PIC who is not yet confident in commanding a new type of airplane may not respond quickly enough or appropriately in an abnormal situation. The captain in this accident demonstrated some uncertainty about her response to the anomalies during takeoff. Although the RTO criteria and procedures for the Learjet 60 do not fundamentally differ from those of the other airplane types flown by the captain, both her question to the more experienced first officer (“go?”) and her wavering back and forth on engine power input indicate a lack of confidence in commanding the airplane. The captain was trained and qualified to fly both the Learjet 60 and the Cessna CE-650 in Part 135 on-demand operations. The captain received a type rating for the Learjet 60 about 11 63
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 64 months before the accident and logged about 35 hours in the airplane, about 8 of which were accumulated while acting as PIC. While accruing time in the Learjet 60, she also became type rated in the Cessna CE-650 (about 9 months before the accident) and flew about 118 hours in that airplane for Global Exec Aviation. Before the captain was assigned to the trip pairing on the accident airplane (which includes the day before the accident), the captain had not flown as PIC in the Learjet 60 for about 1 month. She had performed most of her flying duties (as PIC or SIC) in the Cessna CE-650, with fewer hours in the Learjet 60, and had not accrued much PIC experience in either airplane. The NTSB is concerned that when a pilot switches between two types of airplanes before the pilot has accrued much experience on either airplane, the pilot may lose proficiency in the newly acquired knowledge and skills. Unlike Part 135 on-demand operations, Part 121 commercial operations require that a PIC who has completed initial or upgrade training on one airplane must gain a minimum level of pilot operating experience under the supervision of a check pilot and demonstrate that he or she is qualified to perform PIC duties in that type of airplane. Also, according to 14 CFR 121.434(g), a pilot must gain 100 hours of experience in an airplane type within 120 days of obtaining the type rating or proficiency check before that pilot can act as PIC in that type of airplane without limitations.86 According to 14 CFR 121.434(h)(3), if the pilot performs flying duties for the air carrier in a different type of airplane before completing 100 hours of flight time on the new airplane, the pilot must also complete approved refresher training before he or she may serve as PIC on the newly qualified airplane. Part 135 on-demand operations have no such minimum operating flight time requirements. Minimum levels of operating experience help ensure that, when a pilot transitions to a new type of airplane, the pilot obtains the experience needed in that airplane to gain knowledge of the airplane’s particular systems and handling characteristics and to develop skills in flying it. The consolidation of knowledge and skills through operating experience helps the pilot build confidence in flying the new airplane, which is particularly important for the PIC. The NTSB notes that the cockpit environments and the duties of the dual-pilot flight crews of Part 135 on-demand operations are similar to those of Part 121 operations and often use comparably sophisticated aircraft. The NTSB concludes that, because Part 135 does not require that pilots in on-demand turbojet operations have a minimum level of experience in airplane type, the pilots may lack adequate knowledge and skills in that airplane. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that pilots who fly in Part 135 operations in aircraft that require a type rating gain a minimum level of initial operating experience, similar to that specified in 14 CFR 121.434, taking into consideration the unique characteristics of Part 135 operations. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require that pilots who fly in Part 135 operations in an aircraft that requires a type rating gain a minimum level of flight time in that aircraft type, similar to that described in 14 CFR 121.434, taking into consideration the unique characteristics of Part 135 operations, to obtain consolidation of knowledge and skills.
86 For PICs who have not yet accumulated 100 hours in the airplane type, Part 121 specifies certain limitations, such as increased landing weather minimums, that must be applied to those specified in the air carrier’s operations specifications.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.4.3 Crew Resource Management CRM includes skills and techniques for effective crew coordination, resource allocation, and error management. When used effectively, CRM augments technical training and enhances crew performance in the cockpit. One aspect of CRM includes the effective use of briefings, which allow flight crews to think ahead and be prepared for abnormal or emergency situations that may arise. AC 120-62 notes that the pretakeoff briefing “should not be a meaningless repetition of known facts, but rather a tool for improving team performance that addresses the specific factors appropriate to that takeoff.” After the captain provided the incorrect RTO criteria in her briefing, the first officer initially replied, “correct” but then questioned her briefing by stating the correct criteria. The captain agreed with the first officer, but it is unclear from the exchange whether the captain recognized that she had previously misspoken. From the beginning, when the flight crew received the taxi clearance, there were instances in which the captain and the first officer had disparate thoughts about the clearance yet did not make effective use of available resources to verify the information. In one instance, the captain indicated that she believed that they were instructed to hold short of the active runway (of which she misspoke and stated was runway 22 instead of 23), but the first officer indicated, “I think he said … that we could cross it.” In this instance, the first officer was correct, and the captain went along with what the first officer stated. During a subsequent discussion (in which the captain and the first officer had different ideas about which direction to taxi), the captain again went along with what the first officer thought to be accurate; however, in this case, the first officer was incorrect, which resulted in the captain making a wrong turn onto the taxiway. In either case, because the crewmembers were not in agreement about the controller’s instructions, they should have verified the correct clearance with the controller. In addition, there were several instances during the taxi in which the captain or the first officer read back incorrect information, and the mistake went uncorrected by the other crewmember. Just before initiating the takeoff roll, the captain asked the first officer to request a wind check. However, the captain repeated the winds back to the first officer incorrectly, and the first officer agreed; thus, neither the captain nor the first officer was effectively listening to each other or the controller. The captain’s next statement that the winds were “pretty much straight down” the runway was also incorrect, and the first officer did not correct that error. Although none of the incorrect information during the taxi related directly to the circumstances of the accident, the exchanges are of concern in that, collectively, they provide evidence that neither crewmember was particularly focused. The CRM skills exhibited by the flight crew were inconsistent with the skills needed for effective communication and the coordination of a professional flight crew. During the taxi, the captain’s casual tone and lack of leadership and the flight crew’s inattention to details foreshadowed elements of the crew’s subsequent performance in responding to the anomaly. The captain’s lack of accuracy in her pretakeoff briefing and the first officer’s indirect questioning of it were missed opportunities for the crew to make use of the briefing for its intended purpose as a CRM tool for improving team performance. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s indecision in responding to the anomaly and her failure to follow standard operating procedures was the result 65
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 66 of a combination of poor CRM skills, limited experience as a pilot-in-command in the Learjet 60, and, during the accident sequence in particular, her less than confident and assertive leadership in the cockpit. The NTSB has had longstanding concerns about the consequences of ineffective CRM among Part 135 on-demand flight crews; such issues are included on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List. On December 2, 2003, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-03-52, which superseded Safety Recommendation A-02-12 and asked the FAA to do the following: Require that 14 CFR Part 135 on-demand charter operators that conduct dual-pilot operations establish and implement [an FAA]-approved crew resource management training program for their flight crews in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121, subparts N and O. On May 1, 2009, the FAA published an NPRM titled, “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,”87 which responded to Safety Recommendation A-03-52 in that it proposed to require Part 135 certificate holders to include CRM training for pilots and flight attendants. On July 15, 2009, the NTSB provided comments in general support of the proposed rule; however, the NTSB expressed concern about some aspects of the NPRM and urged the FAA to withdraw a proposed provision to allow certificate holders to give credit for initial CRM training received from another Part 135 operator. Pending issuance of the final rule, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open—Acceptable Response” on December 29, 2009.. The NTSB is encouraged by the FAA’s progress and looks forward to the timely issuance of the final rule. In addition, the NTSB plans to hold a public forum in 2010 to address high standards for both flight crews and air traffic controllers. The planned forum has resulted from the NTSB’s investigation of a number of accidents and incidents in recent years involving air transportation professionals who have deviated from expected levels of performance. 2.4.4 Medication Use and Rest Opportunities Diphenhydramine, a medication that can result in drowsiness and performance deficits,88 was detected in specimens from both the captain and the first officer. Diphenhydramine is commonly used to treat allergy symptoms or as a sleep aid. However, the relevance of the reported diphenhydramine levels is difficult to determine because it is not known when the pilots last took the medication, why they took it, or in what dose.89 In addition, the reliability of the
87 74 FR 20263-20279. 88 Diphenhydramine has been shown to have a measurable effect on performance of complex cognitive and motor tasks during at least the first 4 hours after the use of a maximum over-the-counter dose. See R.C. Baselt, Drug Effects on Psychomotor Performance (Foster City, California: Biomedical Publications, 2001). 89 Medical analysis suggests that the drug levels detected in each pilot’s blood samples could be consistent with the ingestion of either the maximum over-the-counter dose about 6 to 12 hours before the accident or a lower dose more recently (Baselt, 2001). Other research suggests a significant mental impairment and increased reaction time (compared with those who took a placebo) within 2 hours of taking 50 mg of diphenhydramine, after which time no significant differences were found. Subjective reporting of drowsiness effects was significantly different for up to 6
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 67 detected drug levels can be affected by the anatomical source and condition of the specimens tested, neither of which were reported. Based on cellular telephone records, the captain’s telephone activity on the day of the accident left the potential for three 1-hour uninterrupted periods to take a nap. Cellular telephone activity for the first officer afforded one 1-hour and one 2-hour time periods for rest.90 However, each pilot’s actual sleep, supplemental sleep (naps), and awake times in the 72 hours before the accident could not be determined. Although both the captain and the first officer made errors before and during the takeoff, these errors are consistent with the training, experience, and CRM deficiencies that are discussed in sections 2.4.1 through 2.4.3 and are addressed by separate safety recommendations. Further, both flight crewmembers were off duty for about 30 hours before reporting for work on the night of the accident, which provided enough time for adequate rest. The NTSB concludes that, although flight crew impairment related to diphenhydramine use or fatigue is possible, there is insufficient evidence to determine to what extent, if any, diphenhydramine use or fatigue may have affected the captain’s and the first officer’s performance. 2.5 Occupant Survivability In this accident, two factors were critical for occupant survival: protection from traumatic injury and the ability to quickly escape the fire. During the accident sequence, the captain and first officer sustained immobilizing blunt force injuries and died of smoke inhalation, and two of the passengers sustained fatal blunt force injuries. The fastened seatbelt buckles recovered from the cockpit suggest that the captain and first officer were likely restrained; however, the available wreckage showed evidence of cockpit crush intrusion and deformation, which may have contributed to their impact injuries. The reported cause of death for two of the passengers indicated that they succumbed to their traumatic injuries and not the postcrash fire. Although none of the cabin seatbelt buckles were found buckled, not all of the cabin buckles were located. In addition, seatbelt webbing and seat structures in the cabin were destroyed by fire. Therefore, the restraint usage for the passenger fatalities could not be determined. Both survivors, however, reported that they were wearing their seatbelts, and neither sustained any immobilizing impact injuries.
hours after administration of the drug. The observed concentrations of diphenhydramine at the “off set” of impairment ranged from 0.0582 to 0.0744 μg/mL and for drowsiness from 0.0304 to 0.0415 μg/mL. See F. Gengo, C. Gabos, and J. K. Miller, “The Pharmacodynamics of Diphenhydramine-Induced Drowsiness and Changes in Mental Performance.” Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, vol. 45, 15-2, January 1989. 90 If the captain and first officer were not able to nap during the day, their time awake at the time of the accident would have been at least 12.75 hours and 14 hours, respectively. The NTSB’s 1994 study of flight crew-related major aviation accidents indicated that fatigue related to lengthy periods of wakefulness can contribute to accidents. Specifically, the study found that captains who had been awake for more than about 12 hours made significantly more errors than those who had been awake for less than 12 hours; such errors included procedural and tactical errors. The NTSB notes that careful adherence to standard operating procedures and CRM can help flight crews mitigate the degrading effects of fatigue. See National Transportation Safety Board, A Review of Flightcrew-Involved, Major Accidents of U.S. Air Carriers, 1978 through 1990, Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01 (Washington, DC: NTSB, 1994).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Global Exec Aviation’s operations manual states that the PIC is responsible for ensuring that all passengers receive an oral briefing containing required safety information. One passenger stated the captain’s briefing was not the “usual” safety briefing, and the other passenger did not recall receiving a briefing. It is likely that the passenger’s perception was based on 14 CFR Part 121 airline briefings, which are typically delivered by flight attendants or video systems and use standardized phraseology. However, neither the regulations nor Global Exec Aviation policy requires particular verbatim briefing language; thus, some variation in execution might be expected based on a pilot’s individual style and preferences of delivery. The CVR did not capture the content of the captain’s briefing; however, one passenger recalled that the captain mentioned the seatbelts, fire extinguisher, and exits. Such topics are among those required by 14 CFR 135.117. Although one passenger stated that he did not think that the safety briefing sounded very professional, evidence suggests that his actions after the crash were influenced by the captain’s briefing. This passenger had opened the aft escape hatch exit, and he stated that he remembered being told about it by a crewmember. The location of the aft escape hatch exit, because it was on the right side of the airplane in the lavatory area, was partially obscured by the lavatory partition and was not conspicuously visible from the cabin. Thus, it is unlikely that the passenger would have known about the escape hatch location had he not learned about it during the briefing. This knowledge was critical for survival because of the rapid onset of the postcrash fire and the crush-damage impingement on the other exit (the passenger boarding door), which would have made it unusable for egress. In addition, although one passenger did not recall receiving a briefing and did not know that there was an exit behind him, he benefited from the other passenger’s knowledge of the briefing because the other passenger located and opened the exit, enabling them both to escape. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the captain’s passenger safety briefing contributed to the survival of two passengers. 2.6 Other Safety Issues 2.6.1 Tire Certification and Testing Considerations In this accident, after the first MLG tire failed, the remaining three tires failed in sequence from right to left. The investigation found that the accident airplane’s tires were subjected to internal heating damage from operating while severely underinflated, which made each tire particularly susceptible to failure. However, the investigation also examined the possibility that the effects of adjacent tire loading after the loss of one tire can overload and potentially contribute to the failure of properly inflated tires. The investigation found that, after the loss of one tire, the other tires could become subject to loads not specifically accounted for in the tire’s certification. All tire testing criteria are based on the performance of a new, optimally inflated tire. This investigation’s review of a sampling of tires in service found that most airplanes were operated with tire inflations within 10 percent of their rated pressure. However, although such inflation values are acceptable per the AMMs, FAA tire testing criteria do not necessarily account for tire pressure and wear that are at acceptable, but less than optimal, conditions. Tires 68
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report operated at acceptable but lower-than-rated pressure will experience more sidewall flexing and heating than tires in the test condition. Aircraft tire manufacturers have provided historical evidence to show that heating, such as that which accumulates in the tire sidewalls during long taxi operations, can result in potentially harmful reductions in tire capability. The FAA’s lack of testing criteria for tire operations with less-than-optimal inflation and wear is not consistent with the conservative criteria that the FAA applies to other components that require testing with more realistic operating scenarios. For example, 14 CFR 25.109 and 25.735, which are the regulations pertaining to braking performance, specify that braking performance must be demonstrated with the brakes at the maximum wear limit. That rational approach to braking performance was implemented after a series of airplane accidents. According to 14 CFR 25.733, for airplanes with dual-wheel and tire assemblies, the service load carried by each MLG tire, when multiplied by 1.07, may not be greater than the rated load of the tire. Although requirements specify this minimum margin between service load and rated load, the NTSB’s investigation found that this margin may easily be exceeded in the normal operating environment, particularly for airplanes (such as the Learjet 60) that operate with tires at the rated load. In a static situation, the Learjet 60’s load is distributed primarily among the four MLG tires. However, on this dual-axle installation, the loss of one tire can increase the load on the remaining properly inflated tire on that axle to a factor of about 1.2. The FAA’s basic static load certification criteria also do not take into consideration the additional dynamic loads, such as camber changes that could unevenly load the remaining tire’s sidewalls. None of the tire testing criteria considers the dynamic forces imposed on the MLG tires after the loss of one tire. These forces include compression of the adjacent tire when one tire in an axle pair fails; sudden, unequal sidewall loading that is not uniform when camber is created; and the side loading and other dynamics imposed up to the point of tire slippage when friction is lost in a swerve that could follow the loss of the first tire. Other conditions are also not represented, such as even greater camber attributed to uneven pressure in MLG struts. The NTSB concludes that the tire design and testing requirements of 14 CFR 25.733 may not adequately ensure tire integrity because they do not reflect the actual static and dynamic loads that may be imposed on tires both during normal operating conditions and after the loss of one tire, especially if the tires are operated at their load rating, and the requirements may not adequately account for tires that are operated at less-than-optimal conditions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that tire testing criteria reflect the actual static and dynamic loads that may be imposed on tires both during normal operating conditions and after the loss of one tire and consider less-than-optimal allowable tire conditions, including, but not limited to, the full range of allowable operating pressures and acceptable tread wear. 2.6.2 Flight Recorders The accident airplane was not required by FAA regulation to have an FDR installed. In the NTSB’s January 28, 2009, report on the midair collision involving electronic news gathering 69
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 70 helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona,91 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-11, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with [an FDR] and are operating under 14 [CFR] Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in [EUROCAE] document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” when the document is finalized and issued. Although the FAA is making progress in this area and Safety Recommendation A-09-11 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” the NTSB notes that, had the FAA implemented previous NTSB recommendations (including A-03-65, now superseded by A-09-11), the accident airplane would have been subject to the requirements for a cockpit image recording system by January 1, 2010. The NTSB concludes that a cockpit image recorder would have helped determine the precise speeds at which the accident airplane traveled and the flight crew’s responses to the anomaly, including flight and engine control inputs.
91 NTSB/AAR-09/02.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The captain and the first officer were certificated and qualified in accordance with Federal
regulations and the operator’s requirements for the 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 on-demand flight. Neither pilot had any previous aviation accidents, incidents, or enforcement actions.
- The accident airplane was certificated and equipped in accordance with the regulations that
applied to it as a changed aeronautical product.
- There was no evidence of any preimpact anomalies or distress that would have prevented the
engines from producing power.
- There was no evidence of any flight control anomalies.
- The following were not factors in this accident: tire design, tire manufacture, or damage to
the exterior of any tire.
- Although postaccident estimates indicated that the airplane’s maximum gross weight may
have been exceeded by up to 300 pounds, there is no evidence that weight and balance issues contributed to the accident.
- There was no indication that the captain’s understanding of the rejected takeoff criteria was
deficient; thus, the captain likely misspoke when she incorrectly stated the criteria in her pretakeoff briefing.
- The captain’s uncertainty as to whether to continue the takeoff suggests that her initial action
to reject it did not result from a perception that the airplane was uncontrollable and could not fly.
- In the absence of evidence that the airplane was uncontrollable, the captain’s execution of a
rejected takeoff for an unknown anomaly after the airplane’s speed had passed V1 was inconsistent with her training and standard operating procedures.
- The accident airplane’s uncommanded forward thrust, which accelerated the airplane at a
time when the flight crew commanded full reverse thrust to decelerate the airplane, increased the severity of the accident because the uncommanded forward thrust substantially increased the airplane’s runway excursion speed. 71
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- All four main landing gear tires on the airplane were operating while severely underinflated
during the takeoff roll, which resulted in the tire failures.
- The accident airplane’s insufficient tire air pressure was due to Global Exec Aviation’s
inadequate maintenance.
- Some operators are not sufficiently aware of the appropriate tire pressure check intervals for
the airplanes in their fleets and are operating their airplanes with tires inflated below the aircraft maintenance manual replacement specifications.
- Aircraft maintenance manual (AMM) formats that refer to tire pressure checks as guidance
information rather than required maintenance intervals and the lack of standardization of AMM formats with respect to the location of tire pressure check interval information do not provide sufficient emphasis on the criticality of checking and maintaining tire pressure.
- The Federal Aviation Administration’s legal interpretation that checking tire pressures on a
Learjet 60 is preventive maintenance has an unintended negative effect on the safety of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135 operations because, according to the provisions of 14 CFR 43.3, a Learjet 60 pilot who is allowed to perform preventive maintenance, such as tire pressure checks, on the airplane for a flight operated under 14 CFR Part 91 is prohibited from performing the checks on the same airplane for a Part 135 flight.
- Tire pressure monitoring systems, which enable flight crews to easily verify tire pressures,
provide safety benefits because the pressure-loss rate of aircraft tires can result in tire pressures below acceptable operational values within only a few days, and such underinflation cannot be visually detected by flight crews.
- Learjet’s system safety analysis for and the Federal Aviation Administration’s review of the
Learjet 60’s thrust reverser system modification and revised crew procedure were inadequate because they failed to effectively address an unsafe condition for all phases of flight, specifically, uncommanded forward thrust during a rejected takeoff.
- Had the Federal Aviation Administration adopted the procedures described in SAE
International’s SAE ARP5150, Safety Assessment of Transport Airplanes in Commercial Service, to require a program for the monitoring and ongoing assessment of safety-critical systems, the FAA may have recognized, based on problems reported after previous incidents and an accident, that the Learjet 60’s thrust reverser system design was deficient and thus may have required appropriate modifications before this accident occurred.
- The Federal Aviation Administration’s 1993 certification of the Learjet 60 as a changed
aeronautical product, which allowed the airplane’s equipment, systems, and installations to conform to some regulations applicable to the original 1966 certification, did not ensure the highest level of safety and allowed for deficiencies that would not likely have been present if the current regulations had applied. 72
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- The accident pilots would have been better prepared to recognize the tire failure and to
continue the takeoff if they had received realistic training in a flight simulator on the recognition of and proper response to tire failures occurring during takeoff.
- Because 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 does not require that pilots in on-demand
turbojet operations have a minimum level of experience in airplane type, the pilots may lack adequate knowledge and skills in that airplane.
- The captain’s indecision in responding to the anomaly and her failure to follow standard
operating procedures was the result of a combination of poor crew resource management skills, limited experience as a pilot-in-command in the Learjet 60, and, during the accident sequence in particular, her less than confident and assertive leadership in the cockpit.
- Although flight crew impairment related to diphenhydramine use or fatigue is possible, there
is insufficient evidence to determine to what extent, if any, diphenhydramine use or fatigue may have affected the captain’s and the first officer’s performance.
- The captain’s passenger safety briefing contributed to the survival of two passengers.
- The tire design and testing requirements of 14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.733 may not
adequately ensure tire integrity because they do not reflect the actual static and dynamic loads that may be imposed on tires both during normal operating conditions and after the loss of one tire, especially if the tires are operated at their load rating, and the requirements may not adequately account for tires that are operated at less-than-optimal conditions.
- A cockpit image recorder would have helped determine the precise speeds at which the
accident airplane traveled and the flight crew’s responses to the anomaly, including flight and engine control inputs. 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the operator’s inadequate maintenance of the airplane’s tires, which resulted in multiple tire failures during takeoff roll due to severe underinflation, and the captain’s execution of a rejected takeoff after V1, which was inconsistent with her training and standard operating procedures. Contributing to the accident were (1) deficiencies in Learjet’s design of and the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) certification of the Learjet Model 60’s thrust reverser system, which permitted the failure of critical systems in the wheel well area to result in uncommanded forward thrust that increased the severity of the accident; (2) the inadequacy of Learjet’s safety analysis and the FAA’s review of it, which failed to detect and correct the thrust reverser and wheel well design deficiencies after a 2001 uncommanded forward thrust accident; (3) inadequate industry training standards for flight crews in tire failure scenarios; and (4) the flight crew’s poor crew resource management. 73
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Recommendations
- 1 New Recommendations
The National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Provide pilots and maintenance personnel with information that (1) transport-category aircraft tires can lose up to 5-percent pressure per day, (2) it may take only a few days for such tires to reach an underinflation level below what the aircraft maintenance manual specifies for tire replacement, and (3) the underinflation level that would require tire replacement is not visually detectable. (A-10-46) Require that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators perform tire pressure checks at a frequency that will ensure that the tires remain inflated to within aircraft maintenance manual-specified inflation pressures. (A-10-47) Require that aircraft maintenance manuals specify, in a readily identifiable and standardized location, required maintenance intervals for tire pressure checks (as applicable to each aircraft). (A-10-48) Allow pilots to perform tire pressure checks on aircraft, regardless of whether the aircraft is operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91, Part 91 subpart K, or Part 135. (A-10-49) Require tire pressure monitoring systems for all transport-category airplanes. (A-10-50) Identify the deficiencies in Learjet’s system safety analyses, both for the original Learjet 60 design and for the modifications after the 2001 accident, that failed to properly address the thrust reverser system design flaws related to this accident, and require Learjet to perform a system safety assessment in accordance with 14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.1309 for all other systems that also rely on air-ground signal integrity and ensure that hazards resulting from a loss of signal integrity are appropriately mitigated to fully comply with this regulation. (A-10-51) Revise available safety assessment guidance (such as Advisory Circular 25.1309-1A) for manufacturers to adequately address the deficiencies identified in Safety Recommendation A-10-51, require that designated engineering representatives and their Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) 74
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report mentors are trained on this methodology, and modify FAA design oversight procedures to ensure that manufacturers are performing system safety analyses for all new or modified designs that effectively identify and properly mitigate hazards for all phases of flight, including foreseeable events during those phases (such as a rejected takeoff). (A-10-52) Revise Federal Aviation Administration Order 8110.48 to require that the most current airworthiness regulations related to equipment, systems, and installations (14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.1309) are applied to all derivative design aircraft certificated as changed aeronautical products. (A-10-53) Review the designs of existing derivative design aircraft that were certificated as changed aeronautical products against the requirements of the current revision of 14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.1309 and require modification of the equipment, systems, and installations to fully comply with this regulation. (A-10-54) Define and codify minimum simulator model fidelity requirements for tire failure scenarios. These requirements should include tire failure scenarios during takeoff that present the need for rapid evaluation and execution of procedures and provide realistic sound and motion cueing. (A-10-55) Once the simulator model fidelity requirements requested in Safety Recommendation A-10-55 are implemented, require that simulator training for pilots who conduct turbojet operations include opportunities to practice responding to events other than engine failures occurring both near V1 and after V1, including, but not limited to, tire failures. (A-10-56) Require that pilots who fly in 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135 operations in aircraft that require a type rating gain a minimum level of initial operating experience, similar to that specified in 14 CFR 121.434, taking into consideration the unique characteristics of Part 135 operations. (A-10-57) Require that pilots who fly in 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135 operations in an aircraft that requires a type rating gain a minimum level of flight time in that aircraft type, similar to that described in 14 CFR 121.434, taking into consideration the unique characteristics of Part 135 operations, to obtain consolidation of knowledge and skills. (A-10-58) Require that tire testing criteria reflect the actual static and dynamic loads that may be imposed on tires both during normal operating conditions and after the loss of one tire and consider less-than-optimal allowable tire conditions, including, but not limited to, the full range of allowable operating pressures and acceptable tread wear. (A-10-59) 75
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Resulting From This Accident Investigation and Classified in This Report As a result of this investigation, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration on July 17, 2009: Require Learjet to change the design of the Learjet 60 thrust reverser system in future-manufactured airplanes so that the reverse lever positions in the cockpit match the positions of the thrust reverser mechanisms at the engines when the thrust reversers stow. (A-09-55) Once design changes are developed per Safety Recommendation A-09-55, require Learjet 60 operators to retrofit existing airplanes so that the reverse lever positions in the cockpit match the positions of the thrust reverser mechanisms at the engines when the thrust reversers stow. (A-09-56) Require Learjet to develop and install improved aural or visual cues on future-manufactured Learjet 60 airplanes that would allow pilots to recognize an inadvertent thrust reverser stowage in a timely manner. (A-09-57) Once improved aural or visual cues are developed per Safety Recommendation A-09-57, require Learjet 60 operators to install those cues on existing Learjet 60 airplanes. (A-09-58) Require that all Learjet 60 pilots receive training, for takeoff as well as landing phases of flight, on recognizing an inadvertent thrust reverser stowage, including the possibility that the stowage can occur when the requirements for deploying thrust reversers are not fully met, such as when the air/ground sensor squat switch circuits are damaged. (A-09-59) Evaluate the design of the thrust reverser controls and indications in Raytheon Hawker 1000 business jets for potential thrust reverser failure modes that are similar to those identified in Learjet 60 airplanes and implement necessary changes. (A-09-60) Safety Recommendations A-09-55 through -58 and -60 (previously classified “Open— Response Received”) are classified “Open—Acceptable Response” in this report. Safety Recommendation A-09-59 (previously classified “Open—Response Received”) is classified “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response” in this report. These classifications are discussed in section 2.3.2 of this report.
76
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: April 6, 2010
77
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 78
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified of this accident early on the morning of September 20, 2008. Staff from the NTSB arrived on scene on September 20, remaining there until September 25, to conduct the field portion of the investigation. Board Member Deborah A.P. Hersman accompanied the team.92 Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration, Learjet, Global Exec Aviation, Columbia Metropolitan Airport, and The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, the Transportation Safety Board of Canada (TSB) participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Powerplants). Pratt & Whitney Canada participated in the investigation as a technical advisor to the TSB. Public Hearing No public hearing was held for this accident.
92 Board Member Hersman is now Chairman of the NTSB.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 79 Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript Following is the transcript of a Universal 1603-02-12 solid-state cockpit voice recorder, serial number 1629, installed on an Inter Travel & Services LearJet 60 (N999LJ), which crashed while attempting to abort a takeoff at Columbia Airport in Columbia, South Carolina. LEGEND
CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source
HOT Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source
RDO Radio transmissions from N999LJ
GND Radio transmission from the Columbia Airport ground controller
-1 Voice identified as the captain
-2 Voice identified as the first officer
-? Voice unidentified
Unintelligible word Expletive
@ Non-pertinent word
( ) Questionable insertion
[ ] Editorial insertion
Note 1: Times are expressed in eastern daylight time (EDT).
Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed.
Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken.
Note 4: A nonpertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:23:40.1 [start of recording]
23:36:31.9 [start of transcript]
23:36:31.9 CAM
[sound consistent with cabin door closing].
23:36:50.3 CAM-1
I briefed 'em all.
23:36:51.8 CAM-2
did you tell them about the temperature?
23:36:54.0 CAM-1
ah no I didn't.
23:36:54.8 CAM-?
let let let us know .
23:37:00.4 CAM-?
[unintelligible vocalizations].
23:37:13.3 HOT-1
hey we're startin' engines.
23:37:17.0 HOT-1
okay I'll call you when we get in.
23:37:20.0 HOT-1
I'm gonna wake you up.
23:37:27.1 HOT-1
yeah I talked to @ I think we may just check into the Airtel for a little while.
80
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 81 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:37:32.1 HOT-1
alright?
23:37:35.6 HOT-1
okay. thanks talk to you in a bit.
23:37:40.6 HOT-1
okay perfect appreciate it. okay should only be a little over five hours so.
23:37:48.5 HOT-1
I appreciate that. talk to you later. bye.
23:38:10.4 CAM-1
- *?
23:38:11.4 CAM-2
yeah .
23:38:18.4 CAM-?
[unintelligible vocalizations].
23:38:45.7 CAM-2
so I think. (that's the wrong).
23:38:53.0 CAM-1
there's beer in there there's beer the bottom drawer and then there's a bunch in there (that we're) putting on ice.
23:39:07.5 HOT-2
'kay.
23:39:10.6 HOT-2
alright and do you have the ah checklist?
23:39:15.0 CAM-1
do you want do you want me to get something?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 82 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:39:17.5 CAM-1
it's no it's no problem its easier to do it now, are you sure? okay.
23:39:24.3 CAM-1
I wonder if they should, want those lights on?
23:39:26.8 HOT-2
no they didn't they- I asked 'em they said no but I don't know why they're on.
23:39:30.6 HOT-2
unless they turn on on the ground.
23:39:32.5 CAM-1
- (armed) in an emergency ?
23:39:33.8 HOT-2
yeah.
23:39:35.5 HOT-2
I don't know the answer to that.
23:39:39.9 HOT-2
ahm do you have the checklist over there?
23:39:42.9 CAM-1
- (no) . (I think) yeah there ya go.
23:39:49.8 HOT-2
okay.
23:39:55.7 HOT-2
let's go ah before start right? pilot side window?
23:39:58.7 HOT-1
is ahhh doesn't open.
23:40:01.1 HOT-1
I'm sorry?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 83 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:40:01.5 CAM-?
one more question do you have water?
23:40:02.9 HOT-1
water yeah.
23:40:03.7 HOT-2
shou- should be one in each armrest already in your cup holders.
23:40:04.1 HOT-1
there should be some water bottles-
23:40:07.9 HOT-1
oh okay just leave it for me there that's fine thank you.
23:40:12.6 HOT-1
yeah there's some there and then if you need more- if you open this there's some in the back. and then anything else just let me know we'll get it for you when we get up.
23:40:18.8 CAM-?
(no problem).
23:40:19.6 HOT-1
sure.
23:40:21.1 HOT-1
alright.
23:40:21.4 HOT-2
pilot side window?
23:40:22.3 HOT-1
ahh doesn't open.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 84 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:40:23.8 HOT-2
parking ah yeah this one doesn't right? parking ah brake chocks?
23:40:25.7 HOT-1
*.
23:40:27.3 HOT-1
our brakes are pulled right? parking brake's set.
23:40:30.0 HOT-2
- ah beacon nav light?
23:40:32.0 HOT-1
beacon nav lights we've got the nav light on throw the beacon on now.
23:40:35.5 HOT-2
- logo on now I'm gonna turn on this *
anything * cockpit set up. 23:40:39.6 CAM
[sound similar to seatbelt chime].
23:40:43.7 HOT-1
cockpit set up a it's good for now.
23:40:46.1 HOT-2
air conditioning they said they're warm but I'll get it back on after start.
23:40:49.8 HOT-1
okay.
23:40:49.9 HOT-2
aux heat is off EFIS avionics masters?
23:40:52.7 HOT-1
are comin' off.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 85 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:40:53.7 HOT-2
off right.
23:40:57.2 HOT-2
okay we're up to starting the engines.
23:40:59.7 HOT-1
alright.
23:41:00.8 HOT-2
ah beacon's on.
23:41:02.5 HOT-1
okay I'm gonna start the left one first.
23:41:04.3 HOT-2
'kay.
23:41:04.6 HOT-1
it's clear on the left.
23:41:06.2 CAM
[sound of decreasing background noise].
23:41:07.3 HOT-1
ahh.
23:41:11.8 CAM
[sound of increasing background noise].
23:41:14.3 HOT-1
(comin') up two lights.
23:41:28.4 HOT-2
we're ah pretty heavy so I'm gonna re-bug for flaps eight if you don't object.
23:41:33.8 HOT-1
no that's fine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 86 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:41:34.1 HOT-2
we got plenty of runway.
23:41:35.1 HOT-1
yeah.
23:41:53.4 HOT-1
'kay that looks good generator's comin' on and ready on the right?
23:41:59.2 HOT-2
clear right.
23:42:00.1 HOT-1
'kay.
23:42:00.4 CAM
[sound of decreasing background noise].
23:42:04.7 HOT-1
two lights.
23:42:18.8 CAM
[sound of increasing background noise].
23:42:19.9 CAM
[unintelligible vocalizations].
23:42:35.3 HOT-1
that side is a little hotter. lights are out.
23:42:42.1 HOT-1
two five five and two back on. kill the APU.
23:42:53.0 HOT-2
okay you ready?
23:42:54.2 HOT-1
ready.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 87 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:42:54.8 HOT-2
master caution inhibited.
23:42:56.1 HOT-1
alright.
23:42:57.1 HOT-2
GPU is off.
23:42:59.6 HOT-2
EFIS avionics masters.
23:43:01.1 HOT-1
are back on.
23:43:02.5 HOT-2
engine instruments.
23:43:03.4 HOT-1
engine instruments are two five five and two look good.
23:43:06.6 HOT-2
generators E-P-M.
23:43:08.1 HOT-1
ah as expected twenty eight.
23:43:10.9 HOT-2
windshield ah heat anti-ice ah you can pass on it if you want now.
23:43:13.2 HOT-1
ah yeah I'm gonna skip those I'm not.
23:43:16.1 HOT-2
spoilers (systems) auto spoilers.
23:43:17.6 HOT-1
ah I'm gonna skip that * too.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 88 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:43:18.7 HOT-2
flight controls.
23:43:19.4 HOT-1
flight controls are.
23:43:22.9 HOT-1
excuse me I'm sorry.
23:43:24.2 HOT-2
that's alright.
23:43:24.5 HOT-1
(alright) good.
23:43:25.3 HOT-2
let's stop a second at flight instruments and I'm gonna re-s bug us for ahm-
23:43:28.3 HOT-1
for eight?
23:43:29.4 HOT-2
yeah ah.
23:43:29.5 HOT-1
'kay yeah I agree with that.
23:43:34.5 HOT-2
okay flaps eight now.
23:43:38.5 HOT-2
thirty six forty five fifty three.
23:43:48.2 HOT-2
fifty three.
23:43:51.1 HOT-2
flaps up speed changes to one seventy three if you wanna set it I don't know if you do that or not but?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 89 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:43:55.3 HOT-1
I usually do the two fifty for the climb.
23:43:57.0 HOT-2
okay that'll work.
23:43:59.2 HOT-1
long as you tell me when to put 'em up.
23:44:01.0 HOT-2
'kay.
23:44:03.0 HOT-1
'kay.
23:44:03.9 HOT-2
ahm flight instruments?
23:44:05.5 HOT-1
flight instruments I've got zero on the airspeed one thirty six forty five fifty three two fifty on the speed-bug and I'm in go-around and heading ah three zero two one on the altimeter's giving me two hundred feet zero on the VSI and I'm heading three three five one times two times three times four and five.
23:44:26.0 HOT-2
'kay. ah standby horizon?
23:44:29.6 HOT-1
is up and erect.
23:44:30.8 HOT-2
anti-skid?
23:44:31.7 HOT-1
anti-skid is on and the lights out.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 90 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:44:33.2 HOT-2
TCAS?
23:44:34.0 HOT-1
TCAS let's see put it up on mine.
23:44:37.7 HOT-1
traffic I think I was up wasn't I? ah I just turned it off.
23:44:37.9 HOT-2
I think you were you were already up yeah.
23:44:42.1 HOT-1
traffic and display we're good.
23:44:44.9 HOT-2
hydraulic pressure gear and brake air?
23:44:46.3 HOT-1
ah three green.
23:44:47.5 HOT-2
emergency pressurization?
23:44:49.1 HOT-2
tested earlier.
23:44:49.4 HOT-1
ah that is tested.
23:44:50.7 HOT-2
'kay I'm gonna get the AC on for a little bit ah fuel indicator fuel panel?
23:44:55.4 HOT-1
is balanced as expected and plenty for the flight.
23:44:57.9 HOT-2
and flaps are goin' to eight?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 91 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:44:59.8 HOT-1
I agree.
23:45:01.6 HOT-1
indicating eight.
23:45:02.9 HOT-2
'kay.
23:45:04.5 HOT-2
trims?
23:45:05.8 HOT-1
trims are one two and three and primary and the light's out.
23:45:12.2 HOT-2
door?
23:45:12.8 HOT-1
door's closed lights are out.
23:45:14.3 HOT-2
seatbelt no smoking?
23:45:15.5 HOT-1
is ah on.
23:45:17.2 HOT-2
parking brake?
23:45:17.8 HOT-1
parking brake is released.
23:45:19.3 HOT-2
okay let me see here.
23:45:20.8 HOT-1
- don't know what time the tower close(es) ah it's
still open. NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 92 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:45:26.0 HOT-2
and ah nineteen.
23:45:27.0 HOT-1
thinkin' I wanna go out this way still or can I go straight out here?
23:45:29.4 HOT-2
I think we can go straight nineteen five and twenty one nine.
23:45:33.7 HOT-2
ah * which way do you use?
23:45:35.7 HOT-1
I w- I use two.
23:45:37.2 HOT-2
okay.
23:45:37.8 HOT-1
yeah then I * put the departure frequency over here so I can see it. and.
23:45:38.5 HOT-2
*.
23:45:41.7 HOT-2
see I do it just the opposite or we do it yeah.
23:45:43.2 HOT-1
- [sound of laugh] I don't care what you do just tell
me. 23:45:45.4 HOT-2
I don't either. * let me just get the ah what did you do with the flight plan?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 93 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:45:49.4 HOT-1
it's on the board there's a clipboard on your side there.
23:45:50.9 HOT-2
'kay.
23:45:52.3 HOT-2
let me just double check the frequency for that.
23:45:56.0 HOT-2
thirty three four.
23:45:57.5 HOT-1
and was that squawk right?
23:45:58.1 HOT-2
yes it's ah huh thirty three four and ten oh three so no.
23:45:59.3 HOT-1
I'm sorry okay.
23:46:02.5 HOT-2
oh oops thirty three four we'll leave it there and ten zero three. one zero zero three.
23:46:12.8 HOT-1
- *.
23:46:12.8 HOT-2
okay initial altitude is ah four thousand expect forty in ten.
23:46:16.5 HOT-1
okay perfect.
23:46:17.3 HOT-2
okay well that's good.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 94 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:46:19.1 HOT-2
so here we go you ready?
23:46:20.9 HOT-1
I'm ready.
23:46:21.9 HOT-2
what's the name of this joint?
23:46:23.3 HOT-1
oh # I f- Columbia.
23:46:24.8 HOT-2
Columbia.
23:46:25.6 HOT-1
- I keep forgetting where we are on the way in.
23:46:29.9 RDO-2
Columbia ground Lear triple nine Lima Juliet Columbia aviation with the ATIS taxi.
23:46:38.1 GND
calling ground say it again please?
23:46:41.2 RDO-2
it's Lear ah triple nine Lima Juliet Columbia aviation Victor taxi.
23:46:45.1 GND
Lear triple nine Lima Juliet Columbia ground ah roger taxi to runway two niner via taxiway Uniform actually the wind zero seven zero at seven gust one six altimeter three zero two one you wanna go out to runway one one? 23:47:01.1 HOT-2
whaddya want?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 95 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:47:01.5 HOT-1
gust to two one?
23:47:02.5 RDO-2
yeah we better do that.
23:47:04.4 GND
roger taxi to runway one one via Uniform cross the approach end of two three to taxiway November to taxiway Alpha and ah taxi runway one one via Alpha.
23:47:16.7 RDO-2
okay Uniform November Alpha ah to one one ah triple nine Lima Juliet. 23:47:21.1 HOT-1
and hold short of two two I think it was.
23:47:24.0 HOT-2
I think he said * we could cross it Uniform November Alpha to one one.
23:47:24.9 HOT-1
oh did he?
23:47:29.5 HOT-1
and we're going right outta here, correct?
23:47:31.4 HOT-2
ah well I think we have to go left outta here don't we?
23:47:35.6 HOT-1
oh if we're going back over the end of that runway yeah, yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 96 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:47:36.8 HOT-2
we're go- we're gonna go back to the runway we landed on.
23:47:40.3 HOT-2
so. alright where'd it go here it is.
23:47:51.0 HOT-2
alright. let's go ah.
23:47:52.0 HOT-1
*.
23:47:54.7 HOT-1
ready?
23:47:55.2 HOT-2
ah huh.
23:47:59.7 HOT-2
so we go straight out here into Uniform and make a left.
23:48:28.8 HOT-2
my head's down here.
23:48:30.3 HOT-1
okay. doin' left on Uniform here.
23:48:33.8 HOT-2
yeah.
23:48:37.8 HOT-2
this is Uniform.
23:48:49.2 HOT-2
Uniform November Alpha.
23:48:51.4 CAM
[sound similar to thrust reverse lever actuation].
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 97 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:48:51.4 HOT-1
(two unlocks) two deploys.
23:49:19.1 GND
Learjet ah I think did you ah oh I think you're on Uniform there you need to go the other way on Uniform ah and cross the approach end of two three actually ah yeah you'll need to you'll need to make a ah hundred and eighty degree turn looks like you're on Uniform goin' out towards two nine.
23:49:36.5 RDO-2
yeah we are on Uniform so one eighty on Uniform and back Uniform November Alpha right?
23:49:42.1 GND
and I'll tell ya what just hold your position there I'm gonna see if I can back-taxi on ah runway two nine to one one actually we can ah you ready to ready to go? 23:49:46.6 HOT-2
stop here.
23:49:51.6 RDO-2
ah that's affirmative.
23:49:52.7 GND
alright you can back taxi the whole way down runway one one and once you get ah to the west ah end of runway one one then make a hundred and eighty degree turn ah turn right heading one five zero and runway one one you're cleared for takeoff.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 98 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
23:50:07.2 RDO-2
okay we'll back taxi ah the full length one one then cleared for takeoff ah one five zero d- degree heading on departure ah nine Lima Juliet. 23:50:15.3 HOT-2
#.
23:50:24.8 HOT-1
alright light me up please.
23:50:27.3 HOT-2
we are as much as we can with this thing.
23:50:35.9 HOT-2
okay right turn all the way down one eighty and back cleared for takeoff at the other end you have brakes and steering I see.
23:50:45.4 HOT-1
yup (I'm gonna).
23:50:46.0 HOT-2
reversers you did.
23:50:47.2 HOT-1
stay off the lights right here yeah reversers are done.
23:50:50.9 HOT-2
'kay.
23:51:02.9 HOT
[unidentified mechanical noise].
23:51:04.8 HOT-2
'kay one one eighty six hundred feet long.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 99 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:51:18.8 HOT-2
okay so brake steering reversers you did just a crew briefing.
23:51:22.3 HOT-1
okay ah we've got plenty of runway so we'll abort for anything below eighty knots after V-one and before V-two engine failure fire malfunction loss of directional control all the big things after V-two we'll go ahead and take it into the air treat it as an in-flight emergency I think this is probably a pretty good option to come back to unless we have like a complete a hydraulic failure or something and ah then we'll look for a longer runway nearby probably Charleston ahm after takeoff it was heading one five zero up to four thousand.
23:51:53.8 HOT-2
correct.
23:51:54.0 HOT-1
correct? any questions comments concerns?
23:51:56.6 HOT-2
ah just it's ah wha- reference the ah between eighty and ah V-one you're only ah aborting for the fire failure loss of directional control?
23:52:06.0 HOT-1
yes.
23:52:06.6 HOT-2
'kay ah alrighty we're ah.
23:52:09.8 HOT-1
or an inadvertent thrust- ah T-R deployment.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 100 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:52:12.4 HOT-2
'kay.
23:52:14.6 HOT-2
that will reverse in the rev- that will ah cause the loss of directional control I guess.
23:52:18.5 HOT-1
exactly hah they go together.
23:52:25.8 HOT-1
which I think kinda like what you're talking about * any red light that can be so many things ya know?
23:52:31.4 HOT-2
well eh if the runway is long I abort but if it's short I kinda do different briefing depending on the what the length of the runway is but we're pretty heavy so it's probably not a bad idea.
23:52:41.3 HOT-1
yeah.
23:52:47.0 HOT-2
you know what I mean?
23:52:47.8 HOT-1
yeah.
23:53:40.4 HOT-2
- here we are.
23:53:57.8 HOT-1
do your brakes squeak like this?
23:53:59.6 HOT-2
it's not the brakes it's the, the air being released so yes most- they all do.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 101 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:54:07.5 HOT-2
I'm gonna reach over here and do this for ya.
23:54:09.5 HOT-1
thanks I appreciate it.
23:54:13.5 HOT-2
okay we're cleared for takeoff cabin air is on transponder on anti-collision rec lights on and on ignitions pitot heats auto-spoilers on on armed ah anti-ice not required warning panels are normal for the conditions APR on the roll cleared for takeoff.
23:54:26.7 HOT-1
okay would you get me a wind check again real quick?
23:54:29.0 RDO-2
nine Lima Juliet wind check? 23:54:29.2 HOT-1
do you remember what it was?
23:54:32.4 CAM-1
guys all set?
23:54:32.8 GND
wind zero seven zero at eight gust one four.
23:54:35.2 RDO-2
thank you sir. 23:54:36.5 HOT-1
zero one zero at eight?
23:54:37.7 HOT-2
ah huh.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 102 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:54:38.4 HOT-1
'kay. so pretty much straight down.
23:54:47.9 HOT-2
'kay ah takeoff detent.
23:54:49.5 CAM
[sound of increasing background noise].
23:54:50.8 HOT-2
power's set.
23:54:53.7 HOT-2
two good engines airspeed's alive both sides APR is armed.
23:55:00.1 HOT-2
eighty knots. crosscheck.
23:55:02.1 HOT-1
check.
23:55:10.5 HOT-2
V-one.
23:55:12.0 CAM
[beginning of loud broadband rumbling].
23:55:12.4 HOT-2
go.
23:55:12.8 HOT-1
*?
23:55:13.0 HOT-2
go go go.
23:55:13.7 HOT-2
[sound similar to metallic click].
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 103 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:55:14.0 HOT-1
go?
23:55:14.6 HOT-2
no? ar- alright. get ah what the # was that?
23:55:15.1 HOT-2
[sound similar to metallic click].
23:55:17.0 HOT-1
I don't know. we're not goin' though.
23:55:18.4 CAM
[sound similar to metallic click].
23:55:19.5 HOT-1
full out.
23:55:20.3 CAM
[high frequency sound consistent with brake pedal application].
23:55:21.6 HOT
[sound similar to nose-wheel steering disconnect warning tone].
23:55:27.7 HOT-1
#.
23:55:28.7 HOT-2
shut 'em off.
23:55:29.5 CAM-?
what is goin' on here?
23:55:30.8 CAM
[unintelligible vocalizations].
23:55:32.4 HOT-2
they're shut off they're shut off.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 104 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 23:55:35.5 HOT-1
#.
23:55:36.0 RDO-2
roll the equipment we're goin' off the end. 23:55:38.5 HOT-1
how many?
23:55:39.5 [end of transcript]
23:55:41.1 [end of recording]
FD07374 | 2010_美国_AAR1003.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Loss of Thrust in Both Engines After Encountering a Flock of Birds and Subsequent Ditching on the Hudson River US Airways Flight 1549 Airbus A320‐214, N106US Weehawken, New Jersey January 15, 2009 Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/03 PB2010-910403
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/AAR-10/03 PB2010-910403 Notation 8082A Adopted May 4, 2010
Aircraft Accident Report Loss of Thrust in Both Engines After Encountering a Flock of Birds and Subsequent Ditching on the Hudson River US Airways Flight 1549 Airbus A320-214, N106US Weehawken, New Jersey January 15, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Loss of Thrust in Both Engines After Encountering a Flock of Birds and Subsequent Ditching on the Hudson River, US Airways Flight 1549, Airbus A320-214, N106US, Weehawken, New Jersey, January 15, 2009. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10 /03. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report describes the January 15, 2009, accident involving the ditching of US Airways flight 1549 on the Hudson River about 8.5 miles from LaGuardia Airport, New York City, after an almost complete loss of thrust in both engines following an encounter with a flock of birds. The 150 passengers, including a lap-held child, and 5 crewmembers evacuated the airplane by the forward and overwing exits. One flight attendant and four passengers were seriously injured, and the airplane was substantially damaged.
Safety issues discussed in this report include in-flight engine diagnostics, engine bird-ingestion certification testing, emergency and abnormal checklist design, dual-engine failure and ditching training, training on the effects of flight envelope limitations on airplane response to pilot inputs, validation of operational procedures and requirements for airplane ditching certification, and wildlife hazard mitigation. The report also discusses survival-related issues, including passenger brace positions; slide/raft stowage; passenger immersion protection; life line usage; life vest stowage, retrieval, and donning; preflight safety briefings; and passenger education. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the Federal Aviation Administration, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and the European Aviation Safety Agency.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-910403 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Figures .......................................................................................................................................... vii Tables .......................................................................................................................................... viii Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................... ix Executive Summary .....................................................................................................................xv
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of Flight .........................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ......................................................................................................................6
- 3 Damage to Airplane ...................................................................................................................6
- 4 Other Damage ............................................................................................................................6
- 5 Personnel Information ................................................................................................................6
- 5.1 The Captain ......................................................................................................................6
- 5.1.1 The Captain’s 72-Hour History .........................................................................7
- 5.2 The First Officer ..............................................................................................................8
- 5.2.1 The First Officer’s 72-Hour History ..................................................................8
- 5.3 The Flight Attendants ......................................................................................................9
- 6 Airplane Information .................................................................................................................9
- 6.1 General Information .........................................................................................................9
- 6.2 Airspeed Displays ..........................................................................................................10
- 6.3 Flight Envelope Protections ...........................................................................................12
- 6.4 Low-Speed or -Energy Warning ....................................................................................12
- 6.5 Electrical and Hydraulic Systems ..................................................................................13
- 6.6 Engines ..........................................................................................................................13
- 6.6.1.1 Requirements at the Time of Certification............................................. 16
- 6.6.1.2 Amendments Made After Certification ................................................. 18
- 6.6.1.3 Postaccident Actions .............................................................................. 20
- 6.7 Airframe Ditching and Emergency Landing Certification Requirements .....................20
- 6.8 US Airways Maintenance Program ...............................................................................23
- 6.8.1 General .............................................................................................................23
- 6.8.2 Engine Maintenance Records ..........................................................................23
- 7 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................24
- 8 Aids to Navigation ...................................................................................................................24
- 9 Communications ......................................................................................................................24
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................25
- 10.1 FAA Guidance on Airport Wildlife Hazard Management ..........................................25
- 10.2 LGA Wildlife Hazard Management Program ..............................................................26
- 10.3 Air Traffic Control .......................................................................................................26
- 10.3.1 ATC Guidance ...............................................................................................27
- 10.3.2 Traffic Conflict ..............................................................................................28
iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.10.3.3 Airport Surveillance Radar ............................................................................29 1.11 Flight Recorders .....................................................................................................................29 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder ..............................................................................................29 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder ....................................................................................................30 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information ........................................................................................30 1.12.1 Structural Damage .......................................................................................................30 1.12.2 Engine Damage ............................................................................................................33 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................35 1.14 Fire .........................................................................................................................................36 1.15 Survival Aspects ....................................................................................................................36 1.15.1 Ditching Requirements ................................................................................................36 1.15.1.1 Emergency Exits ............................................................................................36 1.15.1.2 Safety Equipment ...........................................................................................37 1.15.2 Preflight Briefing Requirements ..................................................................................38 1.15.3 Safety Information Card Requirements .......................................................................39 1.15.4 US Airways Flight Attendant Training ........................................................................39 1.15.5 Evacuation of Passengers and Crewmembers .............................................................40 1.15.5.1 Occupant Evacuation Exit Usage ...................................................................42 1.15.5.2 Additional Information About the Flight and Evacuation .............................44 1.15.6 Emergency Response ...................................................................................................44 1.16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................47 1.16.1 Airplane Performance Study ........................................................................................47 1.16.1.2 Airbus Simulation ..........................................................................................48 1.16.2 Biological Material Sampling and Analysis ................................................................48 1.16.3 Operational Factors and Human Performance Simulations .........................................49 1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................51 1.17.1 Operational Guidance ..................................................................................................51 1.17.1.1 Abnormal and Emergency Situations ............................................................51 1.17.1.2 US Airways Engine Dual Failure Checklist ..................................................52 1.17.1.2.1 Part 1 of the Engine Dual Failure Checklist ........................................ 53 1.17.1.2.2 Parts 2 and 3 of the Engine Dual Failure Checklist ............................. 56 1.17.2 Evacuation Procedures .................................................................................................57 1.17.3 Flight Crew Training ...................................................................................................57 1.17.3.1 Dual-Engine Failure Training ........................................................................59 1.17.3.2 Ditching Training ...........................................................................................60 1.17.3.3 CRM and TEM Training ................................................................................61 1.17.4 FAA Oversight .............................................................................................................62 1.18 Additional Information ..........................................................................................................62 1.18.1 Wildlife-Strike Hazard Information ............................................................................62 1.18.1.1 General ...........................................................................................................62 1.18.1.2 Canada Goose Information ............................................................................63 1.18.1.3 Wildlife-Strike Reporting ..............................................................................64 1.18.1.4 Wildlife-Strike Hazards in the New York City Metropolitan Area ...............66 1.18.1.5 Wildlife Hazard Mitigation Research Programs ............................................67 1.18.2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendation Resulting From This Accident ...............67 1.18.3 Previous Related Safety Recommendations ................................................................68 iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.3.1 Bird-Strike Hazard Mitigation .......................................................................68 1.18.3.2 Survivability Issues ........................................................................................70 1.18.4 Water Swell Testing ....................................................................................................75 1.18.5 NASA Research on the Challenges of Abnormal and Emergency Situations .............76 1.18.6 Cold-Water Immersion Information ............................................................................76
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................78
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................78
- 2 Engine Analysis .......................................................................................................................80
- 2.1 General ...........................................................................................................................80
- 2.2 Identification of Ingested Birds .....................................................................................80
- 2.3 Engine Damage ..............................................................................................................80
- 2.3.1 Engine Spinner, Fan Blade, and Fan Inlet Case Damage ................................81
- 2.3.2 Engine Core Damage .......................................................................................81
- 2.4 In-Flight Engine Problem Diagnostics ..........................................................................82
- 2.5 CFM 56-5B4/P Bird-Ingestion Certification Tests ........................................................83
- 2.6 Bird-Ingestion Protection Devices for Engines .............................................................85
- 3 Flight Crew Performance .........................................................................................................87
- 3.1 Decision to Use Engine Dual Failure Checklist ............................................................87
- 3.2 Decision to Ditch on the Hudson River .........................................................................88
- 3.3 Descent and Ditching Airspeed .....................................................................................89
- 3.4 Decision to Use Flaps 2 for Ditching ............................................................................90
- 3.5 CRM and TEM During the Accident Sequence ............................................................91
- 4 Abnormal and Emergency Events Checklist Design ...............................................................91
- 5 Pilot Training ...........................................................................................................................93
- 5.1 Dual-Engine Failure Training ........................................................................................93
- 5.2 Ditching Training ...........................................................................................................94
- 6 Operational Difficulties Not Factored Into Certification Tests ...............................................95
- 7 High-AOA-Related Issues .......................................................................................................96
- 7.1 High-AOA and Low-Airspeed Awareness ....................................................................96
- 7.2 High-AOA Envelope Limitations ..................................................................................97
- 8 Bird- and Other Wildlife-Strike Issues ....................................................................................98
- 8.1 Accident Bird-Strike Event ............................................................................................98
- 8.2 Wildlife Hazard Mitigation at Part 139-Certificated Airports .......................................99
- 8.3 FAA Avian Radar Research ........................................................................................100
- 8.4 Likelihood of a Similar Bird Strike .............................................................................101
- 8.5 USDA Research and Other Activities .........................................................................102
- 9 Emergency Response .............................................................................................................103
- 10 Survival Factors Issues ........................................................................................................103
- 10.1 Accident-Related Injuries ..........................................................................................103
- 10.1.1 FR65 Vertical Beam ....................................................................................103
- 10.1.2 Brace Positions.............................................................................................104
- 10.2 Evacuation .................................................................................................................105
- 10.3 EOW and Ditching-Related Equipment ....................................................................107
- 10.3.1 Slide/Rafts ....................................................................................................107
- 10.3.1.1 Availability After a Ditching ............................................................. 107
- 10.3.1.2 Immersion Protection ......................................................................... 108
v
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.10.3.2 Life Lines .....................................................................................................110 2.10.3.3 Life Vests and Flotation Seat Cushions .......................................................111 2.10.3.3.1 Equipage ............................................................................................ 111 2.10.3.3.2 Briefings ............................................................................................. 112 2.10.3.3.3 Stowage and Retrieval ....................................................................... 113 2.10.3.3.4 Donning.............................................................................................. 115 2.10.4 Passenger Education ..................................................................................................117 2.10.5 Summary ....................................................................................................................118
- Conclusions .............................................................................................................................119
- 1 Findings..................................................................................................................................119
- 2 Probable Cause.......................................................................................................................123
- Safety Recommendations ......................................................................................................124
- 1 New Recommendations .........................................................................................................124
- 2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendation Resulting From This Accident .........................128
Board Member Statement .........................................................................................................129
- Appendixes .............................................................................................................................131
Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing .....................................................................131 Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript ..................................................................132 Appendix C: US Airways Engine Dual Failure Checklist .....................................................186 Appendix D: Bureau d’Enquetes et d’Analyses’ Comments .................................................189 vi
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Flight track of the airplane. ............................................................................................. 4 Figure 2. A photograph showing the airplane occupants on the wings and in the slide/rafts after the evacuation. ............................................................................................................... 5 Figure 3. The A320 airspeed scale, including select characteristics and protection speeds. ....... 11 Figure 4. Cutaway of a turbofan engine showing the LPC, HPC, combustor, HPT, and LPT. ... 15 Figure 5. A diagram showing the two airflow paths through the turbofan engine. ..................... 16 Figure 6. Diagram showing the A320 fuselage frame locations. ................................................. 32 Figure 7. Passenger brace position shown in AC 121-24C. ......................................................... 40 Figure 8. Passenger brace positions shown in the US Airways safety information card. ............ 40 Figure 9. Occupant evacuation exit usage. .................................................................................. 43 Figure 10. Graph depicting the Canada goose population from 1970 to 2008. ........................... 64
vii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Tables Table 1. Injury chart. .......................................................................................................................6 Table 2. Certification and accident flight values. ..........................................................................23 Table 3. Summary of emergency response information. ..............................................................46
viii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Abbreviations AC advisory circular ACM airport certification manual AFA Association of Flight Attendants agl above ground level AHAS Avian Hazard Advisory System AIM aeronautical information manual ANU airplane nose-up AOA angle-of-attack APHIS Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service APM aircrew program manager APU auxiliary power unit AQP Advanced Qualification Program ARS airport surveillance radar ARTS automated radar terminal system ASOS automated surface observing system ASRS Aviation Safety Reporting System ATC air traffic control ATCT air traffic control tower ix
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report ATP airline transport pilot BEA Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses BRDB bird-ingestion rulemaking database CAM cockpit area microphone CAMI Civil Aerospace Medical Institute CASS Continuing Analysis and Surveillance System CBA class B airspace CFM CFM International CFR Code of Federal Regulations cg center of gravity CIMS Citywide Incident Management System CLT Charlotte Douglas International Airport CMO Certificate Management Office CQT continuing qualification training CRM crew resource management CSN cycles since new CVR cockpit voice recorder DGAC Direction Générale de L’Aviation Civile EASA European Aviation Safety Agency ECAM electronic centralized aircraft monitor x
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report EMS emergency medical services EOW extended overwater ERAU Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University EST eastern standard time EWR Newark Liberty International Airport FAA Federal Aviation Administration FAC flight augmentation computer FADEC full-authority digital engine controls FCOM flight crew operating manual FDNY Fire Department of New York FDR flight data recorder FL flight level FOM flight operations manual fps feet per second FR frame FWC flight warning computer GE General Electric Company GPWS ground proximity warning system Hg mercury HPC high-pressure compressor xi
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report HPT high-pressure turbine IDG integrated-drive generator IGV inlet guide vane IMF Lille Institut de Mécanique des Fluides de Lille JAA Joint Aviation Authorities JAR-E Joint Aviation Regulations–Engines JFK John F. Kennedy International Airport KCAS knots calibrated airspeed kts knots LGA LaGuardia Airport LPC low-pressure compressor LPT low-pressure turbine MAC mean aerodynamic chord msl mean sea level N1 engine fan N2 engine core NACA National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration NIMS National Incident Management System NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking xii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NY and NJ (Port Authority of) New York and New Jersey NYPD New York Police Department NY WW New York Waterway OEM Office of Emergency Management OGV outlet guide vane PA public address PF pilot flying PFD primary flight display PH pilot handbook PIT Pittsburgh International Airport PM pilot monitoring POI principal operations inspector psi pounds per square inch PST Pacific standard time QRH quick reference handbook QT qualification training RAT ram air turbine SFO San Francisco International Airport SIC second-in-command xiii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Snecma Société Nationale d’Étude et de Construction de Moteurs d’Aviation S/N serial number SNPRM supplemental NPRM TC type certificate TCAS traffic collision avoidance system TEB Teterboro Airport TEM threat and error management TLM time limits manual TM training manual TRACON Terminal Radar Approach Control TSO technical standard order USAPA U.S. Airline Pilots Association USCG U.S. Coast Guard USDA U.S. Department of Agriculture VGV variable guide vane WHA wildlife hazard assessment WHMP wildlife hazard management plan WPD Weehawken Police Department xiv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report xv Executive Summary On January 15, 2009, about 1527 eastern standard time, US Airways flight 1549, an Airbus Industrie A320-214, N106US, experienced an almost complete loss of thrust in both engines after encountering a flock of birds and was subsequently ditched on the Hudson River about 8.5 miles from LaGuardia Airport (LGA), New York City, New York. The flight was en route to Charlotte Douglas International Airport, Charlotte, North Carolina, and had departed LGA about 2 minutes before the in-flight event occurred. The 150 passengers, including a lap-held child, and 5 crewmembers evacuated the airplane via the forward and overwing exits. One flight attendant and four passengers were seriously injured, and the airplane was substantially damaged. The scheduled, domestic passenger flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 on an instrument flight rules flight plan. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the ingestion of large birds into each engine, which resulted in an almost total loss of thrust in both engines and the subsequent ditching on the Hudson River. Contributing to the fuselage damage and resulting unavailability of the aft slide/rafts were (1) the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) approval of ditching certification without determining whether pilots could attain the ditching parameters without engine thrust, (2) the lack of industry flight crew training and guidance on ditching techniques, and (3) the captain’s resulting difficulty maintaining his intended airspeed on final approach due to the task saturation resulting from the emergency situation. Contributing to the survivability of the accident was (1) the decision-making of the flight crewmembers and their crew resource management during the accident sequence; (2) the fortuitous use of an airplane that was equipped for an extended overwater flight, including the availability of the forward slide/rafts, even though it was not required to be so equipped; (3) the performance of the cabin crewmembers while expediting the evacuation of the airplane; and (4) the proximity of the emergency responders to the accident site and their immediate and appropriate response to the accident. The safety issues discussed in this report relate to the following: in-flight engine diagnostics, engine bird-ingestion certification testing, emergency and abnormal checklist design, dual-engine failure and ditching training, training on the effects of flight envelope limitations on airplane response to pilot inputs, validation of operational procedures and requirements for airplane ditching certification, and wildlife hazard mitigation. The report also discusses survival-related issues, including passenger brace positions; slide/raft stowage; passenger immersion protection; life line usage; life vest stowage, retrieval, and donning; preflight safety briefings; and passenger education. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and the European Aviation Safety Agency.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of Flight
On January 15, 2009, about 1527 eastern standard time (EST),1 US Airways flight 1549, an Airbus Industrie A320-214, N106US, experienced an almost total loss of thrust in both engines after encountering a flock of birds and was subsequently ditched on the Hudson River about 8.5 miles from LaGuardia Airport (LGA), New York City, New York. The flight was en route to Charlotte Douglas International Airport (CLT), Charlotte, North Carolina, and had departed LGA about 2 minutes before the in-flight event occurred. The 150 passengers, including a lap-held child, and 5 crewmembers evacuated the airplane via the forward and overwing exits. One flight attendant and four passengers received serious injuries, and the airplane was substantially damaged. The scheduled, domestic passenger flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121 on an instrument flight rules flight plan. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident.2 The accident flight was the last flight of a 4-day trip sequence for the flight and cabin crewmembers3 and the second flight of the day in the accident airplane. The flight crew flew from Pittsburgh International Airport (PIT), Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, to CLT on a different airplane and then flew the accident airplane from CLT to LGA. The flight crew reported that the flight from CLT to LGA was uneventful. According to the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) transcript, at 1524:54, the LGA air traffic control tower (ATCT) local controller cleared the flight for takeoff from runway 4. At this time, the first officer was the pilot flying (PF), and the captain was the pilot monitoring (PM). According to the accident flight crew and CVR and flight data recorder (FDR) data, the takeoff and initial portion of the climb were uneventful. At 1525:45, the LGA ATCT local controller instructed the flight crew to contact the New York Terminal Radar Approach Control (TRACON) LGA departure controller. The captain contacted the departure controller at 1525:51, advising him that the airplane was at 700 feet4 and climbing to 5,000 feet. The controller then instructed the flight to climb to and maintain 15,000 feet, and the captain acknowledged the instruction.
1 Unless otherwise noted, all times in this report are EST based on a 24-hour clock. 2 The National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) public docket for this accident investigation is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/info/foia_fri-dockets.htm. 3 This was the first trip sequence that the captain and first officer had been paired to fly together. 4 Unless otherwise noted, all altitudes are reported as height above mean sea level (msl).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 According to the CVR transcript, at 1527:10.4, the captain stated, “birds.” One second later, the CVR recorded the sound of thumps and thuds followed by a shuddering sound. According to FDR data, the bird encounter occurred when the airplane was at an altitude of 2,818 feet above ground level (agl) and a distance of about 4.5 miles north-northwest of the approach end of runway 22 at LGA. At 1527:13, a sound similar to a decrease in engine noise or frequency began on the CVR recording. FDR data indicated that, immediately after the bird encounter, both engines’ fan and core (N1 and N2, respectively) speeds started to decelerate. (See section 1.16.1.1 for more information about the airplane’s performance during the accident sequence.) At 1527:14, the first officer stated, “uh oh,” followed by the captain stating, “we got one rol- both of ‘em rolling back.” At 1527:18, the cockpit area microphone (CAM) recorded the beginning of a rumbling sound. At 1527:19, the captain stated, “[engine] ignition, start,” and, about 2 seconds later, “I’m starting the APU [auxiliary power unit].”5 At 1527:23, the captain took over control of the airplane, stating, “my aircraft.” At 1527:28, the captain instructed the first officer to “get the QRH [quick reference handbook] loss of thrust on both engines.”6 At 1527:33, the captain reported the emergency situation to the LGA departure controller, stating, “mayday mayday mayday…this is…Cactus fifteen thirty nine hit birds, we’ve lost thrust in both engines, we’re turning back towards LaGuardia.”7 The LGA departure controller acknowledged the captain’s statement and then instructed him to turn left heading 220°. At 1527:50, the first officer began conducting Part 1 of the QRH ENG DUAL FAILURE checklist (Engine Dual Failure checklist), stating, “if fuel remaining, engine mode selector, ignition,” and the captain responded, “ignition.” The first officer then stated, “thrust levers confirm idle,” and the captain responded, “idle.” About 4 seconds later, the first officer stated, “airspeed optimum relight. three hundred knots. we don’t have that,” and the captain responded, “we don’t.”8 At 1528:05, the LGA departure controller asked the captain if he wanted to try to land on runway 13 at LGA if it was available, and the captain responded, “we’re unable. we may end up in the Hudson [River].” The rumbling sound that the CVR started recording at 1527:18 ended at 1528:08. At 1528:14, the first officer stated, “emergency electrical power…emergency generator not online.” At 1528:19, the captain stated, “it’s online.” The first officer then stated, “ATC [air
5 The APU provides an additional source of electrical power for the airplane. 6 See section 1.17.1.2 for more information about the US Airways QRH Engine Dual Failure checklist and appendix C for the entire checklist. 7 The “mayday, mayday, mayday” portion of the captain’s statement was not transmitted to the air traffic controller because another pilot was transmitting on the same frequency at the same time. The NTSB notes that the flight number was 1549 not 1539. 8 FDR data indicated that the maximum airspeed reached by the airplane after the bird ingestion was 214 knots (kts), which was below the optimum minimum airspeed of 300 kts for an engine windmill relight.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3 traffic control] notify.” At 1528:25, the captain stated, “The left one’s [engine] coming back up a little bit.” At 1528:31, the LGA departure controller stated that it was going to be “left traffic for runway three one,” and the captain responded, “unable.” At 1528:36, the traffic collision avoidance system (TCAS) on the airplane transmitted, “traffic traffic.”9 At 1528:46, the controller stated that runway 4 at LGA was available, and the captain responded, “I’m not sure we can make any runway. Uh what’s over to our right anything in New Jersey maybe Teterboro?”10 The controller replied, “ok yeah, off your right side is Teterboro Airport [TEB].” Subsequently, the departure controller asked the captain if he wanted to try going to TEB, and the captain replied, “yes.” At 1528:45, while the captain was communicating with ATC, the first officer stated, “FAC [flight augmentation computer] one off, then on.” Fifteen seconds later, the first officer stated, “no relight after thirty seconds, engine master one and two confirm.”11 At 1529:11, the captain announced on the public address (PA) system, “this is the Captain, brace for impact.” At 1529:14.9, the CVR recorded the ground proximity warning system (GPWS) warning alert, “one thousand.”12 At 1529:16, the first officer stated, “engine master two, back on,” and the captain responded, “back on.” At 1529:21, the CVR recorded the LGA departure controller instructing the captain to turn right 280° and stating that the airplane could land on runway 1 at TEB. At the same time, the CVR recorded the first officer asking the captain, “is that all the power you got? (wanna) number one? Or we got power on number one.” In response to the controller, the captain stated, “we can’t do it.” In response to the first officer, the captain stated, “go ahead, try [relighting] number 1 [engine].” FDR data indicated that engine master switch 1 was moved to the OFF position at 1529:27. The departure controller then asked the captain which runway at TEB he would like, and the captain responded, “we’re gonna be in the Hudson.” At 1529:36, the first officer stated, “I put it [the engine master switch] back on,” and the captain replied, “ok put it back on…put it back on.” At 1529:44, the first officer stated, “no relight,” and the captain replied, “ok let’s go put the flaps out, put the flaps out.” At 1529:53, the LGA departure controller stated that he had lost radar contact with the airplane, but he continued
9 According to ATC data, the alert was caused when the airplane passed close above a helicopter operating in the area. At 1528:59, the TCAS transmitted, “monitor vertical speed,” and, 6 seconds later, it transmitted, “clear of conflict.” For more information about this traffic conflict, see section 1.10.3.2. 10 FDR data indicated that the bird strike occurred about 9.5 miles east-northeast of the approach end of runway 4 at Teterboro Airport. 11 At this point, the first officer was conducting the steps of the Engine Dual Failure checklist required if no engine relight had occurred after 30 seconds; the steps included turning the engine master switches 1 and 2 to OFF and then waiting 30 more seconds before turning the switches back to ON. 12 The airplane was equipped with a GPWS, which contained both GPWS and enhanced GPWS functions. From 1529:14.9 to 1530:40.1, the two systems transmitted a total of 15 alerts, including altitude alerts and the following: “too low, terrain;” “too low, gear;” “terrain, terrain, pull up;” and “caution terrain.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 trying to communicate with the captain, stating, “you also got Newark airport off your two o’clock in about seven miles.”13 See figure 1 for the flight track of the airplane. Figure 1. Flight track of the airplane. At 1530:01, the first officer stated, “got flaps out,” and, at 1530:03, stated, “two hundred fifty feet in the air.” He then stated, “hundred and seventy knots…got no power on either one? Try the other one?” The captain responded, “try the other one.” At 1530:16, the first officer stated, “hundred and fifty knots,” and, at 1530:17, stated, “got flaps two, you want more?” The captain replied, “no, let’s stay at two,” and then asked the first officer, “got any ideas?” The first officer responded, “actually not.” At 1530:24, the GPWS issued a “terrain, terrain” warning followed by “pull up,” which repeated to the end of the CVR recording. At 1530:38 The first officer then stated, “switch?”14
13 Radar coverage is line-of-sight from the radar antenna to the airplane. If the airplane descends low enough to have the line-of-sight obstructed by buildings or other obstructions, radar contact will be lost. 14 The first officer was referring to the cabin emergency notification switch, which provides a signal to the cabin crewmembers indicating that an emergency has occurred.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5 The captain replied, “yes.” At 1530:41.1, the GPWS issued a 50-foot warning.15 The CVR recording ended at 1530:43.7., the captain stated, “we’re gonna brace.” Within seconds after the ditching on the Hudson River, the crewmembers and passengers initiated evacuation of the airplane. Subsequently, all of the occupants were evacuated from the airplane and rescued by area responders. (See sections 1.15.5 and 1.15.6 for information about the emergency evacuation and response, respectively.) Figure 2 shows the airplane occupants on the wings and in the slide/rafts after the evacuation.
15 The NTSB had difficulty determining whether this callout was “fifty” or “thirty.” According to FDR data, the last recorded radio altitude before this callout was 33 feet (at 1530:41.26). The next recorded radio altitude was 20 feet (at 1530:41.26). The radio altitude is measured by the radio altimeter in the airplane, which provides the distance between the airplane and the ground directly below it. Figure 2. A photograph showing the airplane occupants on the wings and in the slide/rafts after the evacuation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 6 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table 1. Injury chart. Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 0 0 0 0 0 Serious 0 1 4 0 5 Minor 0 0 95 0 95 None 2 2 51 0 55 Total 2 3 150 0 155 Note: Title 49 CFR 830.2, “Definitions,” states that a minor injury is any injury that does not qualify as a fatal or serious injury. The regulation defines a serious injury as any injury that (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, starting within 7 days from the date that the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone, except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or the nose; (3) causes severe hemorrhages or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. 1.3 Damage to Airplane The airplane was substantially damaged. 1.4 Other Damage No other damage occurred as a result of this accident. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Captain The captain, age 57, was hired by Pacific Southwest Airlines on February 25, 1980.16 Before this, he flew McDonnell Douglas F-4 airplanes for the U.S. Air Force. At the time of the accident, he held a single- and multi-engine airline transport pilot (ATP) certificate, issued August 7, 2002, with type ratings in A320, Boeing 737, McDonnell Douglas DC-9, Learjet, and British Aerospace AVR-146 airplanes. The captain held a first-class Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) airman medical certificate, dated December 1, 2008, with no limitations.
16 Pacific Southwest Airlines merged with USAir Group in 1988. The company was renamed US Airways Group in 1997.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 According to US Airways records, the captain had accumulated 19,663 total flight hours, including 8,930 hours as pilot-in-command, 4,765 hours of which were in A320 airplanes. He had flown 155, 83, 39, and 5 hours in the 90, 60, and 30 days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident flight. The captain’s last A320 line check occurred on December 27, 2007; his last recurrent ground training occurred on February 19, 2008; and his last proficiency check occurred on February 21, 2008. A search of FAA records revealed no accident or incident history, enforcement action, pilot certificate or rating failure, or retest history. A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. The captain stated that he was in excellent health, that he was not taking any prescription medications at the time of the accident, and that he had not taken any medications that might have affected his performance in the 72 hours before the accident. He stated that he drank occasionally but that he had not drunk any alcohol in the week and a half before the accident. The captain reported no major changes to his health, financial situation, or personal life in the last year. A US Airways first officer who had flown with the captain on a six-leg trip sequence in December 2008 described him as exceptionally intelligent, polite, and professional. 1.5.1.1 The Captain’s 72-Hour History From December 31, 2008, to January 11, 2009, the captain was off duty at his home in the San Francisco, California, area. The captain stated that, when he was off duty, he typically went to sleep about 2300 and woke about 0700 Pacific standard time (PST). He stated that he typically needed about 8 hours of sleep to feel rested. On January 12, the captain began a 4-day trip sequence with the first officer. He stated that they departed CLT at 1806 and arrived at San Francisco International Airport (SFO), San Francisco, California, at 2119 PST.17 He stated that he spent the evening at home and that he went to sleep about 2300 PST. On January 13, the captain awoke about 0700 PST and ate breakfast. He stated that he left his house about 1100 PST and arrived at SFO about 1220 PST. The flight departed SFO about 1315 PST and arrived at PIT about 2100. The captain stated that the total layover time in Pittsburgh was about 10 hours. He added that he did not recall what time he went to bed. On January 14, the captain awoke about 0510 and ate breakfast. He stated that the quality of his sleep the previous night was good or average and that, although he did not get 8 hours of sleep, he was “ok” and felt “normal.” The flight crew flew from PIT to LGA and then back to PIT. The captain stated that the total layover time in Pittsburgh was long. He added that he went for a walk around town, ate dinner, answered some e-mails, and went to bed about 2200.
17 The captain commuted from SFO to CLT to start the 4-day trip sequence via a morning commercial flight, which arrived in CLT the afternoon of the first day of the trip sequence.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 On January 15, the captain awoke about 0640. He stated that the quality of his sleep the previous night was good and that he felt rested. The captain ate breakfast at PIT. The captain’s first flight departed PIT at 0856 and arrived at CLT at 1055, at which point the flight crew changed to the accident airplane. The captain stated that he did not get anything to eat in CLT. The flight departed CLT at 1154 and arrived at LGA at 1423. The captain stated that, because they had a quick turnaround at LGA, he purchased a sandwich to eat on the airplane after departure. 1.5.2 The First Officer The first officer, age 49, was hired by US Airways on April 7, 1986. At the time of the accident, he held a multiengine ATP certificate, issued December 31, 2008, with type ratings in A320,18 Boeing 737, and Fokker 100 airplanes. The first officer held a first-class FAA airman medical certificate, dated October 7, 2008, with the limitation that he “must wear corrective lenses.” The first officer stated during postaccident interviews that he was wearing corrective lenses at the time of the accident. According to US Airways records, the first officer had accumulated 15,643 total flight hours, including 8,977 hours as second-in-command (SIC). The first officer had 37 hours in A320 airplanes, all as SIC. He had flown 124, 55, 37, and 5 hours in the 90, 60, and 30 days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident flight. The first officer’s last line check on the A320 occurred on January 8, 2009, and his last proficiency check occurred on December 31, 2008. A search of FAA records revealed no accident or incident history, enforcement action, pilot certificate or rating failure, or retest history. A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. The first officer stated that he was in good health, that he was not taking any prescription medications at the time of the accident, and that he had not taken any medications that might have affected his performance in the 72 hours before the accident. He stated that he had not drunk alcohol in the last 10 years. The first officer reported no major changes to his health, financial situation, or personal life in the last year. A US Airways check airman who had flown with the first officer for the first officer’s operating experience in January 2009 described him as a very good pilot. 1.5.2.1 The First Officer’s 72-Hour History From January 9 through 11, 2009, the first officer was off duty at his home in Madison, Wisconsin. He stated that he typically needed about 7 hours of sleep to feel rested.
18 The first officer received his initial A320 type rating on December 31, 2008.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 On January 12, the first officer began the 4-day trip sequence with the captain.19 He stated that, after arriving at SFO from CLT at 2119 PST on January 12, he went to sleep about 2300 PST. The first officer could not recall when he awoke on January 13, but he stated that he felt rested. He stated that the layover in Pittsburgh was less than 8 hours and that he did not recall what time he went to bed. On January 14, the first officer awoke about 0510. He stated that, after flying from PIT to LGA and then back to PIT, the pilots had a long layover in Pittsburgh. He stated that he did not recall when he went to bed. On January 15, the first officer awoke about 0640. He stated that he felt rested and that the quality of his sleep was good. He stated that he did not eat breakfast, which was typical for him. The first officer stated that, after the flight arrived at CLT, he ate at the airport. He stated that after they arrived at LGA, he got off the airplane and performed a walk around. He stated that they had a quick turn at LGA because the flight had arrived late. 1.5.3 The Flight Attendants Flight attendant A, age 51, was located at the aft-facing, forward jumpseat (outboard). She received her initial ground training on June 22, 1982; her initial extended overwater (EOW)20 training on August 20, 1990; and her last recurrent training on January 31, 2008. Flight attendant B, age 58, was located at the forward-facing, “direct-view” jumpseat (aft, center aisle). She received her initial ground training on September 15, 1970; her initial EOW training on September 18, 1989; and her last recurrent training on July 17, 2008. Flight attendant C, age 57, was located at the aft-facing, forward jumpseat (inboard). She received her initial ground training on February 27, 1980; her initial EOW training on October 17, 1989; and her last recurrent training on January 31, 2008. 1.6 Airplane Information 1.6.1 General Information Airbus, the manufacturer of the A320 airplane, is headquartered in Toulouse, France. The A320-100/200 series airplanes were type certificated for operation in the United States by the FAA under a bilateral airworthiness agreement between the United States and French governments. The FAA approved the A320 type certificate (TC) on December 15, 1988. The A320-214 model was approved on December 12, 1996.
19 The first officer commuted from Madison to CLT to start the 4-day trip sequence via a morning commercial flight, which arrived in CLT the afternoon of the first day of the trip sequence. 20 Title 14 CFR 1.1, “General Definitions,” defines EOW operations, with respect to aircraft other than helicopters, as operations over water at a horizontal distance of more than 50 miles from the nearest shoreline.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 10 The manufacture of the accident airplane was completed by June 15, 1999. The airplane was delivered new to US Airways and was put on its Part 121 operating certificate on August 3,
- At the time of the accident, the airplane had accumulated 25,241 total flight hours and
16,299 total cycles.21 The airplane’s last major maintenance inspection was conducted when the airplane had accumulated 24,912 flight hours. According to the weight and balance manifest provided by US Airways,22 the airplane departed LGA with a takeoff weight of 151,510 pounds,23 which was below the maximum limitation takeoff weight of 151,600 pounds. Assuming a fuel burn of 1,500 pounds during the climb to 3,000 feet and descent at idle thrust, the airplane’s weight when it was ditched on the Hudson River was estimated to be about 150,000 pounds. The corresponding center of gravity (cg) was 31.1 percent mean aerodynamic chord (MAC), which was within the takeoff cg limits of between 18.1 and 39.9 percent MAC. The airplane was configured with 12 first-class passenger seats; 138 economy-class passenger seats; two cockpit flight crew seats; two cockpit observer seats; and five retractable flight attendant jumpseats. Two wall-mounted, aft-facing jumpseats were located at the left, forward passenger door (1L); a bulkhead-mounted, forward-facing jumpseat was located in the aft aisle; and wall-mounted, aft-facing jumpseats were located on each side of the aft galley. 1.6.2 Airspeed Displays The airplane was equipped with two primary flight displays (PFD), one located on each pilot’s instrument panel. On the left side of each PFD was an airspeed scale with a grey background and a fixed yellow reference line and triangle. A white scale was overlaid on, and moved in front of, the background and reference line and triangle, indicating airspeed. In addition to the airplane airspeed, the following characteristic and protection speeds, in part, were presented on the airspeed scale (see figure 3): • Green dot speed, which is the airspeed that provides the best lift over drag ratio. If a pilot maintains this airspeed, the airplane will have the maximum range for glided flight. Green dot speed is represented by a green circle on the right side of the airspeed tape.
21 An airplane cycle is one complete takeoff and landing sequence. 22 US Airways used a computerized weight and balance system that included, in part, a takeoff performance system, which was used as the primary tool to ensure that an airplane’s structural loading limits, takeoff weight limits, and center of gravity limits were not exceeded for a particular flight. 23 The takeoff weight included 29,250 pounds of passenger weight, 22,100 pounds of fuel, and 2,910 pounds of cargo and baggage. The calculation assumed a taxi fuel burn of 750 pounds.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 Figure 3. The A320 airspeed scale, including select characteristics and protection speeds. • F speed, which is used as a target speed on approach (not the final approach speed) when the airplane is in CONF 2 or CONF 3.24 F speed is represented by an “F” on the airspeed scale. • VLS, which is the lowest selectable airspeed providing an appropriate margin to the stall speed. VLS is represented by the top of an amber strip along the airspeed scale and is computed by the FAC based on aerodynamic data. • α PROT, which is the alpha- protection speed. α PROT is represented by the top of a black and amber strip along the airspeed scale. The alpha- protection speed corresponds to the angle-of-attack (AOA) at which the alpha-protection mode (see section 1.6.3) becomes active. It varies according to airplane weight and configuration. • α MAX, which is the maximum AOA speed. α MAX is represented by the top of a red strip along the airspeed scale. Maximum AOA speed corresponds to the maximum AOA that may be reached in pitch normal law (see section 1.6.3) and varied according to airplane weight and configuration.
24 CONF refers to the airplane flap and slat configuration and the flaps lever position. The flaps lever selects simultaneous movement of the flaps and slats. CONF 2 refers to slat and flap positions 2: flaps 15°, slats 22°. CONF 3 refers to slat and flap positions 3: flaps 20°, slats 22°. (The slat positions do not change when the flap lever is moved from position 2 to 3.) Each wing had two flap and five slat surfaces, which were electronically controlled and hydraulically actuated.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 1.6.3 Flight Envelope Protections The A320 is a “fly-by-wire” airplane, which means that pilot control inputs on the sidesticks are processed by flight control computers that then send electrical signals to the hydraulic actuators that move the pitch and roll flight control surfaces (the ailerons, spoilers, and elevators).25 The A320 fly-by-wire design incorporates flight envelope protections; the flight computers are designed to prevent exceedence of the safe flight envelope in the pitch-and-roll axes when in “normal law,” which is the normal operating mode of the airplane’s electronic flight control system. Normal law is one of three sets of control laws (the other two control laws are “alternate law” and “direct law”), which are provided according to the status of the computers, peripherals, and hydraulic generation. The airplane cannot be stalled in normal law. According to the Airbus Flight Crew Training Manual, control law is the “relationship between the…PF’s input on the sidestick, and the aircraft’s response,” which determines the handling characteristics of the aircraft. The A320 flight envelope protections also incorporate a high-AOA protection, which is available from takeoff to landing and is intended, in part, to allow the pilot to pull full aft on the sidestick to achieve and maintain the maximum possible performance while minimizing the risk of stall or loss of control. Regarding the high-AOA protection, the Airbus Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM) stated, in part, that, under normal law, when the AOA becomes greater than a threshold value, the system switches elevator control from flight mode to protection mode, in which the AOA is proportional to sidestick deflection. The AOA will not exceed the allowable maximum even if the pilot gently pulls the sidestick full aft. If the pilot releases the sidestick, the AOA returns to the alpha-protection threshold value and stays there. Under certain conditions, additional features built into the system can attenuate pilot sidestick pitch inputs, preventing the airplane from reaching the maximum AOA. 1.6.4 Low-Speed or -Energy Warning The A320 also incorporated an aural warning, which was available when the airplane was operating in normal law, to enhance the pilot’s awareness of a low-speed or -energy condition. This warning is only available when the airplane is in CONF 2, CONF 3, or full flaps. The Airbus FCOM states the following: An aural low-energy “SPEED SPEED SPEED” warning, repeated every 5 seconds, warns the pilot that the aircraft’s energy level is going below a threshold under which he will have to increase thrust, in order to regain a positive flight path angle through pitch control.
25 Conventional aircraft flight control systems, such as the A320 rudder control system, use cables, wires, and/or hydraulic lines to translate pilot flight control inputs into flight control surface movements.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report However, the low-energy warning is overridden when the airplane is below 100 feet radio altitude or when a GPWS alert is triggered. According to CVR and FDR data, GPWS alerts were triggered repeatedly during the descent, and no low-energy level alert was generated. 1.6.5 Electrical and Hydraulic Systems The airplane was equipped with two integrated-drive generators (IDG), one mounted on each engine, which normally supply electrical power to the airplane systems. An IDG will only supply electrical power when the N2 speed is about 54 percent or more. The airplane was also equipped with an APU that drives a third, or auxiliary, generator, which can replace the electrical power normally supplied by either IDG. If both the primary and auxiliary power sources are lost, a ram air turbine (RAT) contained in a compartment in the left airplane belly fairing supplies hydraulic power to the controlled-speed motor generator, which then provides electrical power to the airplane. During normal conditions, the RAT is retracted into the fuselage and does not operate. When all of the airplane’s electrical power is lost and the airplane has an airspeed greater than 100 knots (kts), the RAT will automatically deploy and begin providing electrical power. The RAT was found in the extended position when the airplane was recovered from the water. Both RAT blades were present, and no major deformation of the blades was observed. The airplane is equipped with three main hydraulic systems, referred to as green, blue, and yellow, which together supply hydraulic power at 3,000 pounds per square inch (psi) to the airplane’s main hydraulic power users, including the flight controls. The slats are powered by both the green and blue hydraulic systems, and the flaps are powered by both the green and yellow hydraulic systems. The three hydraulic systems are not hydraulically connected. Each of the three hydraulic systems is pressurized by either an engine-driven or electric motor-driven pump. The blue system’s electric pump supplies hydraulic power when either engine is operating. The green and yellow systems’ engine-driven pumps are connected to the left and right engine, respectively, and these pumps supply hydraulic power when their respective engine is operating. The engine-driven hydraulic pumps are driven by the N2 spool and are able to supply hydraulic pressure as long as the engine is rotating. Generally, the lower the N2 speed, the lower the hydraulic flow that can be delivered by the engine-driven hydraulic pumps. 1.6.6 Engines The airplane was equipped with two CFM International CFM56-5B4/P dual-rotor, turbofan engines. CFM is a partnership between General Electric Company (GE) in the United States and Société Nationale d’Étude et de Construction de Moteurs d’Aviation (Snecma) in 13
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 France.26 The CFM engines were jointly certificated under a bilateral agreement between the FAA and the French Direction Générale de L’Aviation Civile (DGAC) in accordance with 14 CFR Part 33 regulations and Joint Aviation Authorities (JAA) Joint Aviation Regulations– Engines (JAR-E) requirements, jointly referred to as Part 33.27 At a minimum, all of the FAA requirements had to be met for certification, and, if a JAA requirement was more stringent than an FAA requirement, then the more stringent standard had to be met for certification. The FAA issued the CFM56-5B4/P engine a domestic TC on June 20, 1996; at that time, Amendment 33-11 to 14 CFR 33.77, “Foreign Object Ingestion,” was the basis for compliance. The left engine, serial number (S/N) 779-828, was manufactured on September 12, 2000, and installed on the airplane on January 15, 2008. At the time of installation, the left engine had accumulated 16,233 hours and 11,897 cycles since new (CSN). At the time of the accident, the left engine had accumulated 19,182 hours, 13,125 CSN, and 2,949 flight hours since its last maintenance inspection. The right engine, S/N 779-776, was manufactured on February 16, 2001, and installed on the airplane on May 28, 2006. At the time of installation, the right engine had accumulated 17,916 hours and 6,755 CSN. At the time of the accident, the right engine had accumulated 26,466 hours, 10,340 CSN, and 8,550 flight hours since its last maintenance inspection. The CFM56-5B4/P engine comprises an inlet area, which contains a gas-turbine-driven ducted fan; a 5-stage,28 low-pressure compressor (LPC) (also referred to as the “booster”); a 9-stage, high- pressure compressor (HPC); a combustor; a single-stage, high-pressure turbine (HPT); a 4-stage, low-pressure turbine (LPT);29 and an exit exhaust nozzle. Figure 4 shows a cutaway of a turbofan engine.
26 The engines were jointly designed and manufactured in the United States and Europe. The CFM56 product line name is a combination of the two parent companies’ commercial engine designations: GE’s CF6 and Snecma’s M56. 27 The JAA is an associated body of the European Civil Aviation Conference, which represents the civil aviation regulatory authorities of participating European States that agreed to cooperate in developing and implementing common safety regulatory standards and procedures. In 2002, the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), a Europe-wide regulatory authority that will eventually take over all of the functions of the JAA, was created. On September 28, 2003, EASA took over responsibility for the airworthiness and environmental certification of all aeronautical products, parts, and appliances designed, manufactured, maintained, or used by persons under the regulatory oversight of European Union Member States. 28 A stage comprises a pair of stationary vanes and rotating blade rows. 29 For the LPT, the fan is considered stage 1; therefore, the first stage of LPT blades is considered stage 2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figure 4. Cutaway of a turbofan engine showing the LPC, HPC, combustor, HPT, and LPT. The ducted fan comprises a two-piece spinner with an aluminum alloy front cone and rear frustum. The rear frustum is bolted to the fan disk and is part of the fan blade retention system. Thirty-six titanium fan blades, which incorporate a midspan damper for support, are installed into the fan disk. A steel alloy fan inlet case, which is designed to contain a failed fan blade and any associated debris, is bolted to the fan frame structure and the fan cowl inner barrel. Sixty-eight fan outlet guide vanes (OGV) are located between the rotor and the frame struts within the fan inlet case and are designed to direct the secondary airflow to the bypass duct. The inner surface of the fan inlet case is lined with 6 forward acoustical panels, 1 shroud, 6 midacoustical panels, and 12 aft-acoustical panels. Air enters the engine inlet area, passes through the ducted fan, and is then channeled to two distinct flow paths. Most of the air bypasses the engine core and is directed through the bypass duct, providing about 70 percent of the engine’s overall thrust. The remaining air enters the engine core, where it is compressed; mixed with fuel; combusted; expanded through the LPT, providing rotational power to the fan; and then exhausted, supplying about 30 percent of the engine’s overall thrust. Figure 5 shows the two airflow paths through the turbofan engine.
15
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 16 Figure 5. A diagram showing the two airflow paths through the turbofan engine. A bird may strike any part of the engine inlet area. If a bird enters the inlet near the outer radius, it will most likely strike only the fan blades, continue along the bypass duct, and be ejected at the rear of the engine. In this case, the fan blades may exhibit some form of leading edge impact damage and may bend and fracture. Debris continuing downstream can damage the bypass duct and fan OGVs. All of this damage negatively affects thrust production; however, typically, the engine will still be able to operate at a lower thrust level. If a bird enters the inlet near the inner radius close to the spinner, a portion of the bird may be ingested by the engine core, possibly damaging the internal components, including the inlet guide vanes (IGV), LPC and HPC vanes and blades, or the combustor. If the damage is sufficient, the engine may stall or flame out,30 rendering it unable to produce appreciable thrust. (See section 1.12.2 for information about the damage sustained by both engines as a result of the bird strike.) 1.6.6.1 Bird-Ingestion Certification Requirements 1.6.6.1.1 Requirements at the Time of Certification As noted, 14 CFR Part 33 regulations contain the airworthiness standards that engines are required to comply with to obtain an FAA TC. The aircraft engine certification process consists
30 A stall is a local disruption of the normal air flow through the engine compressor, which can be caused by an internal component failure, including a broken vane or blade. A flameout is an engine failure caused by the extinction of the flame in the combustion chamber.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 of many certification tests or analyses that demonstrate that the engine is compliant with its TC basis, and the TC is issued upon successful completion of all of the certification requirements. As noted, the CFM56-5B4/P engine was certificated in 1996; at that time, the engine had to meet the bird-ingestion requirements contained in 14 CFR 33.77, “Foreign Object Ingestion,” Amendment 33-11,31 which included bird-ingestion requirements that had been added on March 26, 1984, with the issuance of Amendment 33-10. Section 33.77 stated, in part, the following: (a) Ingestion of a 4-pound [large-sized] bird …may not cause the engine to— (1) Catch fire; (2) Burst (release hazardous fragments through the engine case); (3) Generate loads greater than those specified in Sec. 33.23(a);[32] or (4) Lose the capability of being shut down.
(b) Ingestion of 3-ounce birds or 1 1/2-pound [medium-sized] birds[33]…may not— (1) Cause more than a sustained 25 percent power or thrust loss; (2) Require the engine to be shut down within 5 minutes from time of ingestion; or (3) Result in a potentially hazardous[34] condition.
According to Section 33.77, the medium bird-ingestion criterion for CFM56-5B4/P-sized engines was seven, 1 1/2-pound birds volleyed35 into critical areas of the engine (two birds were volleyed into the engine core area, and five birds were volleyed into the fan blade area at midspan, outer panel, and two intermediate locations) in rapid sequence to simulate a flock encounter. The large-bird ingestion criterion for CFM56-5B4/P-sized engines was a single, 4-pound bird volleyed into a critical area of the fan but not in the core area. To comply with these requirements, the CFM56-5B4/P engine was subjected to a medium-bird test, which was intended to test the fan blades, structure, and core machinery for resistance to impact from, and ingestion of, multiple medium-sized birds. The engine was also subjected to a large-bird test, which was intended to test the fan blades, flammable fluid lines, and support structure for resistance to impact from, and ingestion of, a single, large bird. These tests were performed with the engine at 100-percent takeoff power.
31 The applicable JAA requirements were contained in JAR-E, change 7 C3-2, paragraph 20.2. Amendment 33-11 did not affect the bird certification requirements. 32 Title 14 CFR 33.23(a), “Engine Mounting Attachments and Structure,” states, “the maximum allowable limit and ultimate loads for engine mounting attachments and related engine structure must be specified.” 33 The 3-ounce bird ingestion requirement did not apply if a 1 1/2-pound bird could pass through the IGVs into the rotor blades, which was demonstrated successfully for the accident engine. 34 At the time that Amendment 33-10 went into effect, engine hazards were defined as fire, uncontained debris, mount failure, and inability to shutdown. 35 To volley means to shoot the birds into the engine (as defined by critical ingestion parameters that include bird speed, critical engine target location, and fan speed) in a specified time within the normal flight operations up to 1,500 feet agl, but not less than the minimum takeoff-decision speed for the airplane.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 18 A December 15, 1992, test report stated that, during the medium-bird ingestion test, the CFM56-5B4/P engine continued to operate with no more than a 25-percent loss of thrust for 5 minutes after the bird ingestion and demonstrated no hazard to the aircraft and no change in handling characteristics after the birds were ingested. The report stated that the engine met the medium-bird test requirements, and the FAA and the DGAC jointly approved the report. An August 25, 1992, test report stated that, during the large-bird ingestion test, the CFM56-5B4/P engine did not release hazardous fragments, the fan imbalance was negligible, and the test generated lower loads and fan blade distress than the fan blade-out test.36 The report stated that the engine met the large-bird test requirements, and the FAA and the DGAC jointly approved the report. In early 1993, additional tests were conducted to comply with DGAC CFM56-5B1/-5B2-5B4 Special Condition No. 1,37 which changed the medium-bird weight requirement to 2 1/2 pounds and required the engine to operate with no more than a 25-percent loss of thrust for 20 minutes after the bird ingestion. Five tests were conducted. For the tests, a 2 1/2-pound bird was volleyed into critical locations on the fan, LPC assembly, spinner, HPC, and combustor, and the engine was run for 20 minutes to demonstrate the capability for further operation. A March 10, 1993, test report stated that the engine operated for 20 minutes with no risk of imminent hazard to the airplane, no exceedence of engine limitations, and no change in handling characteristics. The report stated that the engine passed the special-condition tests, and the FAA and the DGAC jointly approved the report. In 1996, changes were made to the CFM56-5B4/P engine core design, requiring that the core portion of the medium-bird certification test demonstration be rerun to qualify the new hardware. For the test, two 1 1/2-pound birds were volleyed into the engine core in rapid sequence, and the engine was run for 20 minutes to demonstrate the capability for further operation.38 The June 20, 1996, test report stated that the engine operated for 20 minutes with no risk of imminent hazard to the airplane, no exceedence of engine limitations, and no change in handling characteristics. The report stated that the engine passed the tests, and the FAA and the DGAC jointly approved the report. 1.6.6.1.2 Amendments Made After Certification Since 1996, amendments have been made to Part 33 regulations that affect the bird-ingestion requirements for newly certificated engines. For example, on September 5, 2000, the FAA adopted new regulations under Amendment 33-20, which became effective on
36 The fan blade-out test is an engine certification requirement contained in 14 CFR 33.94, “Blade Containment and Rotor Unbalance Tests,” which is intended to demonstrate the engine’s capability of containing engine damage without catching fire and without its mounting attachments failing. 37 A special condition is a modified or additional rule that can be issued by an aviation authority. The DGAC issued Special Condition No. 1 during the certification period for the engine. 38 GE’s design changes only affected the engine core; therefore, the fan-shot portion of the test did not have to be rerun.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 19 December 13, 2000, and created a new Section 33.76, “Bird Ingestion,”39 to better address the overall bird-ingestion threat to turbine-powered aircraft. According to the FAA, these requirements were adopted, in part, as a response to the National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) Safety Recommendation A-76-64.40 The new regulations significantly expanded the requirements for operating after bird ingestion. In part, the large-bird weight requirement, contained in Section 33.76(b), changed from 4 pounds to 4, 6, or 8 pounds, depending on engine size. Further, the medium-bird weight requirement, contained in Section 33.76(c), changed from 1 1/2 pounds to a combination of a 1 1/2-pound bird plus a 2 1/2-pound bird, depending on engine size, with no more than 25-percent loss of thrust for 20 minutes of operation (a 15-minute increase over the previous FAA requirement). The tests were required to be run with the engine at 100-percent takeoff power or thrust. Most recently, the FAA adopted new regulations under Amendment 33-23, which became effective on November 16, 2007, and introduced a new class of bird, the large flocking bird, for testing the fan blades, flammable fluid lines, and support structure. The large flocking bird weight requirement, contained in Section 33.76(d), was 4, 4 1/2, or 5 1/2 pounds, depending on engine size,41 and the engines had to continue running on a decreasing sliding scale from 90-percent maximum takeoff power for 20 minutes after ingestion.42 These changes harmonized FAA and European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) bird-ingestion standards for aircraft turbine engines type certificated by the United States and the EASA countries. Only newly designed engines obtaining a TC must meet the latest requirements; therefore, the accident engine was not required to meet any of the new requirements that resulted from the rule changes made after its TC was issued.
39 Section 33.77, which previously addressed foreign-object ingestion requirements, including bird strikes, was changed to address only ice ingestion. 40 The NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-76-64 as a result of the November 12, 1975, Overseas National Airways, Inc., accident, which was caused by the ingestion of several large birds into one of its three GE CF6 engines. The NTSB determined that the bird-ingestion certification requirements in effect at the time did not provide adequate safeguards against the ingestion potential of future large turbofan engines. Safety Recommendation A-76-64 asked the FAA to “amend 14 CFR 33.77 to increase the maximum number of birds in the various size categories required to be ingested into turbine engines with large inlets. These increased numbers and sizes should be consistent with the birds ingested during service experience of these engines.” In response, the FAA issued a report titled, “A Study of Bird Ingestions Into Large High Bypass Ratio Turbine Aircraft Engines,” which concluded that additional bird-ingestion service data were needed to improve the validity of the FAA’s database of bird- ingestion events. On July 30, 1986, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-76-64 “Closed–Acceptable Action.” Although the NTSB closed the safety recommendation, as discussed in this section, the FAA continued to take actions to improve the bird-ingestion requirements of turbofan engines. 41 The large-flocking-bird requirement only applies to engines with inlet areas greater than 3,875 square inches. Smaller transport-category airplane engines, such as the CFM56-5B4/P, which has an inlet area of 3,077 square inches, are exempt from this test. 42 For example, the test requires that, for the first 14 minutes of operation after ingestion, the engine must produce no less than 50 percent of the maximum takeoff power, but, toward the end of the test, the engine is allowed to produce between 5 and 10 percent of the maximum takeoff power.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 20 1.6.6.1.3 Postaccident Actions As a result of the US Airways accident, the FAA engine and propeller directorate, jointly with EASA, initiated a reevaluation of the existing bird-ingestion certification regulations to determine whether new rulemaking was necessary. A working group, including members from the FAA, EASA, and Aerospace Industrie Association propulsion committee, was tasked to do the following:
- Update the bird-ingestion rulemaking database (BRDB) to include industry data for
all bird-ingestion events from January 1, 2000 (when the BRDB was last updated), through the end of 2008.43 (Currently, the BRDB includes data from January 1, 1970, to December 31, 1999.)
- Once the BRDB is updated, perform a statistical analysis of the raw data.
- Reevaluate the FAA and EASA compliance methods to ensure that the appropriate
test demonstrations are still valid. The working group is expected to use this information to reevaluate whether current regulations still meet FAA and EASA safety objectives and additional action or rulemaking changes are necessary. 1.6.7 Airframe Ditching and Emergency Landing Certification Requirements Certification for ditching is optional since not all airplane types will be used to conduct EOW operations. The accident airplane was certificated for ditching. (See section 2.1 for an explanation of why the NTSB considers this accident to be a ditching.) Airbus airplanes are designed and certificated according to the requirements of 14 CFR Part 25, “Airworthiness Standards: Transport-Category Airplanes.” Section 25.801, “Ditching,” contains the transport-category certification requirements that pertain to the behavior and response of the airplane during a ditching. Therefore, if certification with ditching provisions is requested, the airplane must meet the requirements of Section 25.801, which states, in part, the following: (b) Each practicable design measure, compatible with the general characteristics of the airplane, must be taken to minimize the probability that in an emergency landing on water, the behavior of the airplane would cause immediate injury to the occupants or would make it impossible for them to escape.
43 Originally, the update of the BRDB was expected to be completed by the end of 2009; however, the last meeting on the BRDB occurred from March 16 to 18, 2010, at which time, it was determined that the data needed further refinement. Participants are continuing to update the database and tentatively plan to meet again during summer 2010.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 (c) The probable behavior of the airplane in a water landing must be investigated by model tests or by comparison with airplanes of similar configuration for which the ditching characteristics are known. (d) It must be shown that, under reasonably probable water conditions, the flotation time and trim of the airplane will allow the occupants to leave the airplane and enter in the life rafts required by [Section] 25.1415. If compliance with this provision is shown by buoyancy and trim computations, appropriate allowance must be made for probable structural damage and leakage. In addition, at the time that the accident airplane was certificated, 14 CFR 25.561, “Emergency Landing Conditions – General,” Amendment 25-23, which was issued on April 8, 1970, was in effect and stated, in part, the following: (a) The airplane, although it may be damaged in emergency landing conditions on land or water, must be designed as prescribed in this paragraph to protect each occupant under those conditions. (b) The structure must be designed to give each occupant every reasonable chance of escaping injury in a minor crash landing when… (3) The occupant experiences the following ultimate inertia forces relative to the surrounding structure: (i) Upward, 2.0 G.44 (ii) Forward, 9.0 G. (iii) Sideward, 1.5 G. (iv) Downward, 4.5 G. See sections 1.15.1.1 and 1.15.1.2 of this report for information about ditching exit and safety equipment requirements, respectively. As noted, the FAA approved the A320 model TC on December 15, 1988. The ditching certification for the airplane was based on over 200 ditching tests conducted on scale models of A300 B2 and Dassault Mercure airplanes, taking into account their similar geometry to the A320 in accordance with Section 25.801(c),45 and National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics
44 One G is equivalent to the acceleration caused by the earth’s gravity (32.174 feet per second2). 45 The water tank tests that formed the basis of the ditching substantiation effort for the A320 were conducted by the Institut de Mécanique des Fluides de Lille (IMF Lille), an engineering laboratory in Lille, France, that
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 (NACA), now the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), reports from the 1950s.46 The tests were conducted to identify the approach scenario (in terms of airplane parameters, including glideslope, pitch, and airspeed) that would provide the best overall behavior during a ditching (no nose diving or loss of aircraft control, no fuselage breakup, and minimum lower fuselage deformation). The NTSB notes that the tests were conducted to determine the best way, not the only way, to set up the airplane for a ditching to achieve the certification requirements and to provide an idea of how the airplane may perform during a ditching. The January 21, 1988, Airbus certification test report stated that the fuselage of an A320 would “undergo no destruction liable to create a water passage” if the airplane ditched with the following parameters: • landing gear retracted, • 11° pitch, • -0.5° glideslope, and • flaps in landing configuration for minimum speed. According to Airbus, the ditching certification criteria also assumed that engine power was available, that the descent rate was 3.5 feet per second (fps), and that the airplane landed longitudinal to any water swells. These criteria are consistent with the test results published in the NACA reports. The ditching inertial loads values defined in Section 25.561(b)(3) were compared to the A300 B2 and Mercure test model data, and the longitudinal and vertical accelerations measured in the tests were below the specified values. In addition, the models used for the ditching tests were calibrated such that the water pressure acting on the models could be derived from the deformation of the lower fuselage. Based on water pressures derived from the tests on similar aircraft, the water pressure for the A320 was calculated. The average external pressures were calculated at the recommended pitch (11°), maximum landing weight, a glideslope of -1° (twice the recommended value), and minimum speed. The corresponding average external pressure calculations indicated that the fuselage skin and stringers and the cargo floor structure (crossbeams and support struts) demonstrated sufficient strength under the applied external pressures.
specializes in fluid dynamics research. These tests are documented in J. Gobeltz and P. Gythiel, “Essais d’Amerissage Force Sur Bassin d’Une Maquette au 1/16 ème de l’Avion Mercure” (Water-Tank Tests of the Water-Landing Forces on a 1/16 Scale Model of the Mercure Aircraft), Report No. 74-5 (Lille, France: 1974). See section 1.18.4 for more information about these tests. 46 See (a) L.J. Fisher and E.L. Hoffman, Ditching Investigations and Effects of Design Parameters on Ditching Characteristics, Report No. 1347 (Langley, Virginia: 1956). (b) E.E. McBride and L.J. Fisher, Experimental Investigations of the Effects of Rear Fuselage Shape on Ditching Behavior, NACA Technical Note 2929 (Langley Research Center, Hampton, Virginia: 1953).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 Table 2 shows A320 certification values and the actual values experienced during the accident flight. Table 2. Certification and accident flight values.
Certification Accident Flight
Mass (in pounds) 145,505
151,017 Pitch attitude (in °) 11 9.5 Airspeed (in knots) 118 125 Glideslope (in °) -1 -3.5 Descent rate (in fps) 3.5 12.5 Average external pressure (in psi) 7.3 15.1 Maximum external pressure (in psi) 10.9 22.6 1.6.8 US Airways Maintenance Program 1.6.8.1 General The US Airways A320-214 maintenance inspection program is contained in its time limits manual (TLM) and includes daily, overnight, weekly, and fixed-interval inspections. Further, all engine maintenance inspections, including component, servicing, periodic, and heavy inspections, are incorporated into the TLM. According to the airplane’s maintenance records, the daily and overnight checks conducted the day before the flight and the last weekly check, conducted on January 10, 2009, noted no discrepancies. The airplane’s last fixed-interval inspection before the accident was conducted on December 6, 2008. 1.6.8.2 Engine Maintenance Records US Airways also maintained a Continuing Analysis and Surveillance System (CASS) to oversee its Continuous Airworthiness Management Program, as required by federal regulations.47 A review of CASS reports from October 2008 to January 2009 revealed no systemic issues except for the occurrence of 12 compressor stalls in December 2008. Four of these stalls occurred on CFM56-5B4/P engines; however, none of these stalls occurred on the accident airplane.
47 In accordance with 14 CFR 121.373, “Continuing Analysis and Surveillance,” each certificate holder must establish and maintain a system for the continuing analysis and surveillance of the performance and effectiveness of its inspection program and the program covering other maintenance, preventative maintenance and alterations, and for the correction of any deficiency in those programs, regardless of whether those programs are carried out by the certificate holder or by another person.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 24 The engine logbook entries for both engines from January 1, 2008, to January 15, 2009, were reviewed for discrepancies. The review of the left engine logbook entries revealed no issues or discrepancies. The review of the right engine logbook entries revealed that, on January 13, 2009, 2 days before the accident, the right engine stalled at an altitude of about 17,000 feet on a flight from LGA to CLT.48 Maintenance personnel at CLT replaced the T25 temperature sensor probe per Airplane Maintenance Manual 73-21-20 and accomplished a borescope inspection of the stage-5 LPC blades. No faults were noted, and the airplane was returned to service. No further stall discrepancies were logged. 1.7 Meteorological Information Weather observations at LGA and in other areas near the airport are made by automated surface observing systems (ASOS), which record continuous information on wind speed and direction, cloud cover (reported in feet agl), temperature, precipitation, and visibility (in statute miles), and transmit an official report each hour. The closest ASOS to the accident site was located about 1.6 miles east of the accident site in Central Park, New York City, New York. The 1451 Central Park surface weather observation indicated the following: winds 290° at 8 kts, visibility 10 miles, cloud ceiling 3,700 feet broken, temperature -6° C, dew point -15° C, and altimeter setting 30.24 inches of mercury (Hg). The 1551 observation indicated the following: winds 310° at 9 kts, visibility 10 miles, few clouds at 4,200 feet, temperature -7° C, dew point -16° C, and altimeter setting 30.28 inches of Hg. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Service, owns and maintains buoy station BATN6–8518750 in Battery, New York. According to a BATN6-8518750 report, the water temperature of the Hudson River near the accident location about the time of the accident was 5.2° C (41.36° F), and the current was ebbing at 1.4 kts. 1.8 Aids to Navigation No problems with any navigational aids were reported. 1.9 Communications No technical communications problems were reported by the flight crew or any of the air traffic controllers who handled the accident flight.
48 According to the flight crew that reported the engine stall, the QRH procedure was accomplished, and the stall did not reoccur; the flight continued uneventfully to CLT.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 1.10 Airport Information LGA is a Part 139-certificated airport operated by the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey (NY and NJ) under a lease with New York City. LGA is located in the Borough of Queens, New York City, 8 miles from midtown Manhattan and is at sea level. LGA has two runways: runway 4/22 and runway 13/31. In 2007, about 397,280 operations, including commercial, general, and military aviation operations, were conducted at LGA. 1.10.1 FAA Guidance on Airport Wildlife Hazard Management Part 139-certificated airports are required to maintain a safe operating environment, which includes the mitigation of wildlife hazards. According to 14 CFR 139.337, “Wildlife Hazard Management,” certificated airports are required to conduct a wildlife hazard assessment (WHA) when 1) an air carrier aircraft experiences multiple wildlife strikes, 2) an air carrier aircraft experiences substantial damage from a wildlife strike, 3) an air carrier aircraft experiences engine ingestion of wildlife, or 4) wildlife of a size or quantity capable of causing any of the previously mentioned events is observed to have access to any airport flight pattern or aircraft movement area. The FAA recommends that, during the assessment process, certificated airport operators implement the standards and practices contained in Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5200-33B, “Hazardous Wildlife Attractants on or near Airports,” Section 1-4, “Protection of Approach, Departure, and Circling Airspace.” The AC recommends that airports consider wildlife attractants within 10,000 feet of the airport and, if the attractant could cause hazardous wildlife movement into or across the approach or departure airspace, out to 5 statute miles49 from the airport. The WHA is submitted to the FAA, which then determines if the airport needs to follow up and develop a Wildlife Hazard Management Plan (WHMP). If the FAA determines that a WHMP is needed, such a plan should be developed using the guidance contained in AC 150/5200-33B and the Wildlife Hazard Management at Airports Manual50 and incorporated into the airport’s airport certification manual (ACM).
49 A statute mile is 5,280 feet. 50 The FAA and U.S. Department of Agriculture collaborated to produce the Wildlife Hazard Management at Airports Manual (revised in July 2005), which contains information to assist airport personnel to understand and mitigate wildlife hazards to aviation; conduct wildlife hazard assessments; and develop, implement, and evaluate WHMPs. The manual also includes specific information on the nature of wildlife strikes, legal authority, government agency roles and responsibilities, and pertinent regulations.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 1.10.2 LGA Wildlife Hazard Management Program The LGA ACM includes the airport’s WHMP. The LGA WHMP in effect at the time of the accident was developed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), Wildlife Services, in 2002 and was subsequently approved by the FAA. The LGA WHMP emphasizes the use of techniques to exclude, disperse, or remove hazardous wildlife from the airfield. LGA also uses the following additional wildlife mitigation strategies: it helps manage the Canada goose population at Rikers Island;51 sponsors studies to examine different varieties of grass to identify varieties aversive to waterfowl; monitors the airport for standing water and drains or removes the attractant water as quickly as is feasible; observes perching activities and modifies perching areas by adding bird deterrent devices or making them undesirable in other ways; posts signs around airport terminals, hangars, construction areas, and taxi-hold areas to remind employees and drivers that feeding wildlife is absolutely prohibited; covers waste receptacles; and monitors hangars and buildings for bird presence, and, if birds are observed, notifies tenants that they are responsible for removing and excluding the birds. The LGA WHMP notes that certain birds, including Canada geese, pose serious strike threats to airplanes and emphasizes the removal of these species. An LGA bird supervisor is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, to perform wildlife control activities, maintain wildlife hazard management logs, recover and identify carcasses for wildlife-strike reporting, and gather and report other wildlife-strike information. Airport certification inspections conducted at LGA from April 2003 through April 2008 found no discrepancies with the airport’s WHMP. During the June 2009 public hearing on this accident, an FAA representative stated that the distance and altitude where the bird strike occurred were well outside the area expected to be covered by LGA’s WHMP. 1.10.3 Air Traffic Control The LGA ATCT provides ATC services from the surface to 2,000 feet, and the New York TRACON provides ATC services from 2,000 feet to 15,000 feet within 5 miles of LGA. The New York TRACON was responsible for flights descending into and climbing out of LGA; John F. Kennedy International Airport (JFK), New York, New York; and Newark Liberty International Airport (EWR), Newark, New Jersey. For at least 1 hour before the accident, ATC received no pilot reports of bird activity. Further, on the day of and before the accident, no bird warning advisories were broadcast on the automated terminal information service, which is a continuous broadcast of recorded noncontrol information in selected terminal areas. The FAA Airport Facility Directory entry for LGA included the following advisory: “Flocks of birds on and in the vicinity of the airport.”
51 Rikers Island is located in the East River and is adjacent to the runways at LGA.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report ATC radar coverage for the LGA area is provided by airport surveillance radar (ASR)-9 radar located at JFK. The ASR-9 is a short-range (60 miles) radar that provides position and track information to controllers at the New York TRACON and other control towers, including the LGA ATCT, for aircraft operating within terminal airspace. ATC services provided by LGA tower controllers during the taxi and departure from runway 4 were reported to be normal. At 1525:51, the captain initiated contact with the New York TRACON LGA departure controller. At 1527:01, when the airplane’s altitude was about 2,500 feet, recorded radar data from the EWR and JFK radar sites indicated that the airplane’s path intersected a string of unidentified primary targets. A subsequent review of the radar replays showed that these primary targets were not displayed to the LGA departure controller. (See section 1.10.3.3 for more information about the displayed radar targets.) At 1527:33, the captain advised the LGA departure controller that the airplane had hit birds and lost thrust in both engines and that the flight would be returning to LGA. The departure controller then advised the LGA ATCT local controller to “stop departures, we got an emergency returning.” The local controller then asked for the returning flight’s call sign, and the departure controller responded, “it’s (unintelligible) fifteen twenty nine he uh bird strike. He lost all engines. He lost the thrust to the engines he’s returning immediately.” The local controller replied, “got it.” However, the accident airplane’s call sign was “Cactus 1549.” The sequencer controller, a noncontrol position located to the left of the departure controller, contacted the ATCT, provided controllers the correct call sign, Cactus 1549, and informed them that the flight crew would like to land on runway 31 at LGA. At 1528:37, the ATCT cab coordinator advised the LGA departure controller that “runway 4 is also available, if he needs it,” and, 16 seconds later, he contacted the LGA Port Authority to advise that the Port Authority of NY and NJ needed to be alerted that an airplane was going to be in the Hudson River. About 1540, the controller was advised by a nearby helicopter pilot that the airplane was in the water. Both LGA ATCT and New York TRACON personnel immediately notified the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), the New York Police Department (NYPD), and various other search and rescue operations. 1.10.3.1 ATC Guidance According to FAA Order 7110.65, “Air Traffic Control,” Chapter 5, “Radar,” Section 4, “Transfer of Radar Identification,” when controllers make a handoff, they are to relay the aircraft position, identification (the aircraft’s call sign or discrete beacon code), and the assigned altitude. When controllers receive a handoff, they are to respond by stating the aircraft identification (call sign or discrete beacon code) and then “radar contact.” As noted, when the New York TRACON LGA departure controller contacted the LGA tower controller to report the returning flight, he provided the incorrect call sign and did not provide the airplane’s location. However, the New York TRACON LGA departure controller was not required to provide this information to the LGA tower controller because he was just providing information to the tower controller, not making an official handoff. 27
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 During postaccident interviews, the LGA departure controller indicated that he did not provide the airplane’s position because the airplane had departed LGA just 45 seconds before declaring the emergency and that he believed that the full data block was still being displayed on the tower controllers’ radar displays. The tower controllers indicated that they believed that the flight was further away and that they expected another call from the departure controller to advise them when the flight was closer to LGA. Controllers usually program the automated radar terminal system (ARTS) to display data blocks, which contain the aircraft’s type, altitude, ground speed, and unique call sign, for all aircraft directly under their control and for other aircraft that may affect their operations. On the day of the accident, LGA tower controllers had chosen to display data blocks for aircraft under the control of the tower and aircraft under the control of the approach and departure sectors immediately adjacent to LGA airspace. Other aircraft in the area were shown on the tower controllers’ displays as position symbols only, without their associated data blocks. When the airplane was about 1/2 mile past the departure end of runway 31 at LGA, the New York TRACON departure controller, in keeping with standard practice, maintained responsibility for the airplane but transferred its information to the Liberty West controller who would next handle the airplane. Because the LGA tower controllers had chosen to display only data blocks for aircraft under control of the tower and sectors immediately adjacent to LGA airspace, the data block for the accident airplane disappeared from the LGA tower controllers’ radar displays because the Liberty West airspace was not adjacent to the LGA airspace; therefore, they did not know the location of the airplane. As a result of this element of the accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-112. (See section 1.18.2 for more information.) 1.10.3.2 Traffic Conflict About the time that the captain stated that the airplane would be going in the Hudson River, two AS350 helicopters (N152TA and N461SA) were conducting air tour operations nearby over the river. The LGA ATCT class B airspace (CBA) controller, who was responsible for monitoring the CBA surrounding LGA,52 stated that he immediately started looking for flight 1549 after he learned that it was returning to LGA. He stated that he did not see it on the radar display, so he began manually selecting each unidentified target on the display to bring up the flight data for the associated aircraft. While the controller was trying to find the airplane’s location on his display, the airplane passed close above N461SA, which resulted in a conflict alert between the accident airplane and the helicopter at 1529:10. The conflict alert caused the ARTS to force the flight data block information for the airplane onto the tower controllers’ radar displays, making them aware of the airplane’s position and altitude. Nine seconds later, the CBA
52 Typically, the LGA CBA controller, who was working all the visual flight rules helicopters in the LGA airspace, was responsible for flights in a 6-mile radius from the surface to 2,000 feet. In postaccident interviews, he stated that he set up the radar display with a range of a 12-mile radius from the surface to 4,000 feet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report controller advised N152TA of traffic. Shortly thereafter, the helicopter pilot reported that he had the airplane in sight and that he was “maintaining visual.” 1.10.3.3 Airport Surveillance Radar Although the ASR-9 radar system is primarily intended to track aircraft by identifying an on-board transponder, it has a limited ability to provide information about other phenomena, such as birds, balloons, and precipitation, by detecting the radar energy reflected from these objects. Radar returns based on reflected energy rather than transponder signals are known as “primary” returns. Many primary returns are not of interest for ATC purposes and could potentially distract controllers or interfere with the system’s detection of phenomena of interest. Therefore, primary returns are filtered from the system except for those that appear to be relevant for ATC purposes. In particular, the radar system attempts to identify and retain targets that move consistently, remain visible from sweep to sweep, and have a ground speed of at least 30 kts. If a primary return meets these criteria, it is likely to be classified as a “correlated” target, indicating a high level of confidence that it is of interest for ATC purposes. If a primary return does not meet these criteria, it may either be discarded as clutter (for example, returns produced by nonmoving objects, such as terrain or bridges) or, if the return cannot be conclusively discarded as clutter, classified as an “uncorrelated” target and forwarded to the display system. Controllers can opt to display only correlated primary targets or to display both correlated and uncorrelated primary targets. A review of the recorded radar for the time surrounding the bird strike, about 1515 to about 1535, indicated that 14,614 primary targets were detected, 1,716 of which were correlated and identified as having flight characteristics similar to an aircraft. However, according to the recorded keyboard entries and filter selections in effect at the LGA departure controller position at the time, the controller had chosen to display only correlated primary targets, which did not include the primary returns associated with the flock of birds. A postaccident replay of the LGA departure controller’s display showed no primary targets until the collision occurred. 1.11 Flight Recorders 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder The airplane was equipped with an Allied Signal/Honeywell Model SSCVR solid-state CVR. The CVR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory for readout and evaluation. The CVR was undamaged, and the audio was played back normally. The recording consisted of four separate 29
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 channels: the captain and first officer audio panels, the CAM, and the PA system. The recording provided good to excellent quality audio information.53 The CVR recording began at 1500:32 as the flight crew was preparing for the flight and ended at 1530:43.7. A transcript was prepared of the entire 30-minute, 12-second recording and is provided in appendix B of this report. 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder The airplane was equipped with a Honeywell Model 980-4700 solid-state FDR. The FDR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory for readout and evaluation. The FDR was in good condition, and the data were extracted normally. The NTSB verified 178 parameters of airplane flight information for the entire accident flight. 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information 1.12.1 Structural Damage The right engine was found attached to the wing, and the left engine was found separated from the wing. (Detailed engine damage is discussed in section 1.12.2.) The horizontal and vertical stabilizers and portions of the movable control surfaces remained attached to the airplane. The nose and main landing gear remained attached to the airplane and were found in the up-and-locked position. No evidence of an in-flight or postcrash fire was found. Both the forward and aft cargo doors were open when the airplane was lifted from the river. The forward cargo door frames, rollers, latches, and drift pins were in good condition and undeformed. The forward cargo door interlock mechanism exhibited no signs of damage and functioned properly. The aft cargo door latches and rollers were in good condition, but the door frame structure was fractured at multiple locations. The aft cargo door handle was fractured into multiple pieces. A piece of carbon fiber reinforced plastic was found wedged between the door handle and the handle housing. The cabin of the airplane was intact, and no crew or passenger seats were dislodged. The left, forward passenger door (1L) was found open, undamaged, and in the armed mode. The right, forward passenger door (1R) was found open and in the armed mode, and it could not be closed. The door was twisted (rotated clockwise when viewed externally) on its hinge, and two
53 The NTSB rates the quality of CVR recordings according to a five-category scale: excellent, good, fair, poor, and unusable. See appendix B for a description of these ratings.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 tie rods had separated. Neither telescopic girt bar54 was damaged, and both girt bars were engaged in their respective floor fittings. The left and right aft passenger doors, 2L and 2R, respectively, were found in good condition. Door 2L was found open and in the armed position (the slide/raft deployed during the recovery operations). Door 2R was found closed and in the armed position. The fuselage and wings sustained damage during the bird-strike event, ditching, and recovery efforts. The upper portion of the radome exhibited dents, a crushed honeycomb core, skin fractures, and punctures consistent with damage sustained during the ditching and recovery efforts. The damage described below focuses on the damage resulting from the bird-strike event and ditching. The left side of the forward fuselage from frame (FR) 1 to FR12 had numerous gouges, scrapes, and dents between the frames, and the fuselage skin was punctured at FR4. A smooth, 6- by 12-inch dent consistent with soft-body impact damage was located between FR11 and FR12. Three punctures were observed in the fuselage skin between FR13 and FR15. Another puncture, measuring 8 by 11 inches, was observed between FR21 and FR22. A dent with no evidence of paint transfer was observed below the right cockpit window with traces of bird remains in the damaged area. (See section 1.16.2 for information about the identification of the organic remains found on the airplane structure and in the engines.) No further damage to the forward, right side of the fuselage was observed from the radome to FR35. Figure 6 shows the A320 fuselage frame locations. Most of the water impact damage was observed on the aft fuselage, from FR49 to FR70, the aft pressure bulkhead. The observed damage increased progressively from no damage at FR47, to subcargo floor crushing from frames FR50 to FR56, large subpassenger floor deformations to FR60, partial loss/failure of the lower fuselage skin panels aft of FR60, and loss of the lower portion of the aft pressure bulkhead at FR70. Specifically, portions of the left-side belly fairing aft of the wing were either fractured or missing. The right-side belly fairing was missing from FR37 to FR51. The lower left side of the rear fuselage was fractured between FR56 and FR64 and bent outward away from the airplane centerline. The lower right side of the rear fuselage was crushed and buckled inward from FR56 to FR70. The internal cargo structure was damaged, and the floor panels at FR57 were buckled upward.
54 EOW-equipped A320s, like the accident airplane (see section 1.15.1.2), have telescopic girt bars attached to the slide/rafts by a fabric girt. The girt bar allows the slide/raft pack to be removed from one floor-level exit’s floor fittings and moved to and deployed from another door, if necessary, in the event of a water impact and subsequent emergency evacuation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 32
Figure 6. Diagram showing the A320 fuselage frame locations. The crossbeams from FR66 aft were sheared in the aft direction, but the longitudinal seat tracks remained in position. The lower third of the aft pressure bulkhead was sheared away, and the lower part of the fuselage was torn in the aft direction. The tail cone, including the APU, was separated from its attachment points to the fuselage, except for the right-side lower location, and no longer retained its conical shape. Three areas of the main cabin floor were damaged: (1) from FR55 to FR62 (located on the right side of the airplane, about row 22), (2) a punctured floor area in the aisle near the direct-view (aft, center aisle) jumpseat, and (3) from FR66 to FR70 in the aft galley. The floor from FR55 to FR62 was fractured and buckled upward about 7 to 8 inches (primarily beneath seat 22E on the right side of the airplane), and the fasteners and fastener inserts in the panels were damaged. The FR65 vertical beam had punctured through the cabin floor in front of the direct-view jumpseat about 11 inches forward of the seat pan and 19 inches left of the lavatory wall.55 The passenger floor crossbeam web and lower flange in this area were bent in the aft direction. The left-side passenger floor support strut was sheared above the FR65 attachment point and was fractured below the floor crossbeam. The right-side passenger floor support strut was sheared close to the FR65 and crossbeam attachment points. The center passenger floor support strut was
55 According to Airbus, the FR65 vertical beam is a nonstructural beam installed between the passenger and cargo floors at the aircraft center line to support the cargo liner. The beam is designed to be held in place by two quick-release, removable pins. Removing the pins and rotating the beam down allowed maintenance personnel to access the waste water tank. The beam does not carry loads during normal operation and is designed to carry longitudinal loads up to 1.5 G aft in the event of a crash.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 missing at the upper attachment angles on the floor crossbeam. The cargo floor structure was completely missing in this area. The two floor panels covering the aft galley area from FR66 to FR70 were pushed upward, the fasteners and fastener inserts in the panel were damaged, the fastener heads had pulled through the honeycomb flooring material, and the floor panels were broken. The upward deformation of the panel created a 2- to 3-inch gap around the perimeter of the panel, providing visibility directly into the subfloor cargo compartment. 1.12.2 Engine Damage The left engine was found near the initial impact location of the airplane with the water on January 23, 2009 (8 days after the accident). Examinations revealed that the left engine had separated at the front and rear wing attachment fittings. The nacelle was fractured and deformed in several locations. No indication of engine uncontainment was found. The thrust reverser was found in the stowed position. The left engine inlet lip was intact but exhibited crushing and had an 8- by 9-inch dent, consistent with soft-body impact, at the 4 o’clock position56 of the lip. The outer nacelle skin aft of the inlet lip was fractured at the 3 to 9 o’clock position, and the lower portion of the skin was missing. The exhaust duct was present but crushed. The left engine spinner was intact. Paint on the front of the spinner cone was missing at the tip in a 3-inch-long spiral pattern. The aft cone segment was intact, but a dent about 3/16-inch deep was found at the location of the platform of fan blade No 18.57 When the spinner was removed, organic tissue was found. All of the left engine fan blades were present and intact but were bent aft about 1 to 3 inches in a predominantly skewed fan-plane pattern. All of the blade leading edge tips were curled in the direction opposite of rotation, and the curled-edge size ranged from very small to about 1/4 inch. The trailing edge of one fan blade was torn and notched with about 3/8 inch of material folded. The trailing edges of three fan blades were notched in a circular shape with about 1/4 to 3/8 inch of material folded in the direction opposite of rotation. The two lower forward acoustical panels at the 5 to 7 o’clock position in the left engine fan inlet case were damaged, but the corner retaining inserts were still attached to the fan case.
56 All directional references to front and rear, right and left, top and bottom, clockwise and counterclockwise are made aft looking forward. The top is the 12 o’clock position. The direction of the rotation of the engine is clockwise. 57 The fan blades were prenumbered during installation, and, for convenience, this numbering scheme is used to identify blades of interest. The blades are numbered in a counter-clockwise direction (aft looking forward).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 The left engine fan shroud was rotationally scored 360° to varying depths. A spiral-shaped rotational score mark about 1/4-inch deep was found at the 4 to 6 o’clock position. Sixty of the 68 OGVs located between the fan rotor and frame struts were present and intact; the other 8 OGVs were missing. The LPC IGV inner platform was deformed outward into the flowpath at the 2 to 7 o’clock position. Five stage-1 LPC IGVs were fractured, two were missing at the 1 o’clock position, and three were separated at the outer platform and bent in the direction of rotation. The trailing edges of 18 IGVs were dented in the direction of rotation. Foreign material consistent with bird feathers and tissue was found wedged between the outer platform panels and the fan case. Detailed examinations revealed that the two separated LPC IGVs were ingested into the engine core and had caused nicks, tears, and fractures throughout the LPC and HPC stages. Foreign material consistent with bird feathers and tissue was found on the outer surface of the outer vane ring at the location of the fractured vanes. Further, five stage-1 HPC blades were found fractured, and the remaining blades were battered and bent. The stage-0 HPC variable guide vanes (VGV) were found disconnected from the VGV actuator.58 The left engine combustor case was intact and appeared to be undamaged. When disassembled, examination of the combustor dome revealed crushing on the forward dome section between the 3 and 6:30 clock positions consistent with soft-body impact damage. The right engine was found still attached to the airplane. Examinations revealed that the right engine nacelle was fractured and deformed in several locations. No indication of engine uncontainment was found. The thrust reverser was found in the stowed position. The right engine inlet lip appeared to be undamaged. The acoustical panels in the inlet duct appeared to be undamaged except for a small section between the 11 and 12 o’clock positions. The right engine spinner was intact and undamaged. The front of the spinner cone exhibited a brown stain about 4 inches long starting about 2 inches from the tip. All of the right engine fan blades were present and intact but were bent aft about 1/2 inch. Five of the right engine fan blades exhibited a large-radius curvature59 dent at the midspan location. A portion of a feather was found stuck between two adjacent fan blades at the midspan damper. The two lower acoustical panels at the 5 to 7 o’clock position in the right engine fan inlet case were damaged. The right engine fan shroud was rotationally scored 360° to varying depths.
58 The HPC VGVs directionally guide the flowing compressed air onto the spinning rotor blades, thus controlling the compressor stall margins across all engine speed ranges. 59 Large-radius curvature or deformation is associated with impact from soft material, such as rubber or fleshy animal tissue. Small-radius deformation is characterized as small-radius dents or sharp-edged tears and is associated with impact from hard material, such as ice or metal.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 A spiral-shaped rotational score mark about 1/4-inch deep was found at the 4 to 7 o’clock position. The right engine OGVs were present and intact. Three LPC IGVs were fractured, two were missing, and one was still attached to the vane ring by its inner end. Foreign material consistent with bird feathers and tissue was found wedged between the outer platform panels and the fan case. Detailed examinations revealed that the separated IGVs had been ingested into the engine core and had caused nicks, tears, and fractures throughout the booster and HPC stages. Foreign material consistent with bird remains was found on the outer surface of the outer vane ring at the location of the fractured vanes. The right engine stage-0 VGVs were entirely destroyed. Additionally, four stage-1 HPC blades were fractured, and the remaining blades were battered and bent. The right engine combustor case was intact and appeared to be undamaged. When disassembled, examination of the combustor dome revealed crushing on the forward dome section consistent with soft-body impact. About 1 cup of charred remains was found in the combustor area. Visual examinations revealed that all of the fractured surfaces on both engines were consistent with overload, and no signs of preexisting damage or fatigue-type failures were found. Ultraviolet light60 inspections of both engine cores revealed that foreign material consistent with bird feathers and tissue was inside the engine from the spinner through the LPC to the stage-1 HPC. 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information On the evening of January 15, 2009, the captain and first officer provided urine specimens to US Airways for drug testing about 2205 and took breathalyzer tests about 2221. Both pilots tested negative for drugs and alcohol.61 Forty-five passengers and all 5 crewmembers were transported to hospitals after the accident. According to medical records, two of the transported passengers and flight attendant B sustained serious injuries. One of the passengers sustained a fractured xiphoid process, which is a small ossified extension to the lower part of the sternum. The other passenger suffered hypothermia and was not released from the hospital until about 1645 on January 17, 2009. Flight attendant B sustained a V-shaped, 12-centimeter-long 5-centimeter-deep laceration to her lower left leg that required surgery to close.
60 Organic proteins, such as bird remains and blood, will fluoresce green when illuminated with ultraviolet light. 61 The US Airways testing results certificates indicated that the captain and first officer tested negative for the following drugs: marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, opiates, and phencyclidine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 Further, during postaccident interviews, two passengers who were not initially transported to a hospital after the accident reported having sustained serious injuries. The medical records they provided to the NTSB indicated that one of these passengers sustained a fractured left shoulder and that the other passenger sustained a fractured right shoulder. 1.14 Fire No in-flight or postaccident fire occurred. 1.15 Survival Aspects 1.15.1 Ditching Requirements As noted previously, the accident airplane was certificated for ditching; therefore, in addition to having to meet the requirements of 14 CFR Section 25.801, it had to meet the requirements of Sections 25.807(i), “Ditching Emergency Exits for Passengers;” 25.1411, “General;” and 25.1415, “Ditching Equipment.” 1.15.1.1 Emergency Exits The airplane was equipped with four floor-level Type I exits: one located on the forward, left side (door 1L); one located on the forward, right side (door 1R); one located on the aft, left side (door 2L); and one located on the aft, right side (door 2R) of the airplane.62 Each of these exits was equipped with a door-mounted, automatically inflating Type II slide/raft that had a quick-release handle on the girt to separate the slide/raft from the airplane if an evacuation occurred in water.63 The airplane was also equipped with four Type III overwing exits. Each overwing exit pair was equipped with an automatically inflating, off-wing Type IV exit ramp/slide.64 The off-wing ramp/slides were contained in external compartments behind each wing and automatically deployed and inflated when the overwing exit doors were opened. The off-wing ramp/slides did not have quick-release handles.
62 According to 14 CFR 25.807, “Emergency Exits,” a Type I exit is a floor-level exit with a rectangular opening of not less than 24 inches wide by 48 inches high, with corner radii not greater than one-third the width of the exit. A Type III exit is an exit with a rectangular opening of not less than 20 inches wide by 36 inches high, with corner radii not greater than one-third the width of the exit, and with a step-up inside the airplane of not more than 20 inches. If the exit is located over the wing, the step-down outside the airplane may not exceed 27 inches. 63 According to Technical Standard Order (TSO) TSO-C69c, “Emergency Evacuation Slides, Ramps, Ramp/Slides, and Slide/Rafts,” Type II is an inflatable slide also designed to be used as a life raft (a slide/raft) in the event of a water landing 64 According to TSO C-69c, Type IV is a combination inflatable exit ramp and wing-to-ground slide. The off-wing ramp/slides were intended to be used in the event of a ground, not a water, evacuation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 37 Title 14 CFR Section 25.807(i) states that all airplanes with a passenger seating configuration of 10 or more passenger seats must have no less than two exits above the waterline on each side of the airplane to allow passengers to evacuate within the flotation time (before the window sill of the exit goes underwater). A May 17, 1988, certification report indicated that, assuming the certification parameters, the lowest points of the aft passenger exits on an A320-200 would remain above the waterline for 7 minutes 15 seconds.65 A June 10, 1992, Airbus certification report considered two evacuation scenarios: one in which all of the exits were available and another in which two exits on the same side of the airplane were available and one of the largest slide/rafts was unusable.66 The analyses of both scenarios found that neither evacuation time exceeded 7 minutes 15 seconds.67 1.15.1.2 Safety Equipment The accident airplane was 1 of 20 A320s equipped as an EOW airplane in the US Airways fleet of 75 A320s.68 The airplane had the following equipment on board: crewmember life vests at every jumpseat location, passenger life vests at every seat for primary passenger flotation, seat cushions for auxiliary passenger flotation, 10 infant life vests (stowed in a bag in the last overhead bin), 2 emergency locater transmitters, 4 slide/rafts (one slide/raft was located at each of the floor-level exits),69 4 survival kits, and 4 life lines.70 The accident airplane had the statements, “Life Vest Under Your Seat” and “Bottom Cushion Usable For Flotation,” printed on the passenger service units (next to the reading light switches) above each row of seats. The ditching requirements contained in Section 25.1411 state, in part, that required safety equipment for use by crewmembers in an emergency must be readily accessible and stowed such that the equipment is directly accessible, is in obvious locations, and is protected from inadvertent damage.71 Section 25.1411 further states that the stowage provisions for life rafts must accommodate enough rafts for the maximum number of occupants and allow for the rapid
65 According to Airbus calculations, the doorsills of doors 2R and 2L would be 4.65 and 14.72 inches above the waterline, respectively. 66 An additional 20-person life raft was also stowed in an overhead bin during the certification tests. The 20-person life raft was required because the airplane’s seating capacity was 185 and the slide/raft capacity was only 176 (four 44-person occupancy slide/rafts). 67 The times for each scenario were 2 minutes 26 seconds and 4 minutes 13 seconds, respectively, for an A320-200 with 185 occupants. 68 Non-EOW airplanes are not required to carry passenger life vests, slide/rafts, or survival kits. 69 Each slide/raft was rated to carry 44 passengers and had an overload capacity of 55 passengers. 70 Life lines were required by 14 CFR 91.509(b)(5), “Survival Equipment for Overwater Operations.” A life line is intended to be mounted to the airplane fuselage, anchored to a point on the wing, and used by people on the wing to prevent them from falling into the water. 71 The NTSB notes that the Boeing 737 NG is designed such that the aft portion of the airplane sits low in the water after a ditching, which makes the aft exits unusable; therefore, the slide/rafts are stowed in overhead bins near the center of the airplane rather than near the aft passenger exits.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38 detachment and removal of the raft for use at other than the intended exits. In addition, the life rafts must be stowed near exits through which the rafts can be launched. Further, the regulation states that the stowage provisions for life vests must accommodate one life vest for each occupant and that each life vest must be within easy reach of each seated occupant.72 Lastly, Section 25.1411 states that there must be provisions to store life lines and that these provisions must allow one life line to be attached to each side of the fuselage and arranged to allow the life lines to enable the occupants to stay on the wing after ditching. Section 25.1415 states, in part, that each life raft and vest must be approved. In addition, unless excess rafts of enough capacity are provided, the overload capacity of the rafts must accommodate all airplane occupants if one raft of the largest rated capacity is unavailable for use, and each raft must have a static line designed to hold the raft near the airplane but that can be released if the airplane becomes totally submerged. 1.15.2 Preflight Briefing Requirements The accident flight was a non-EOW flight. US Airways procedures required its flight attendants to brief passengers in accordance with 14 CFR 121.571(a)(1)(iv), “Briefing Passengers Before Takeoff,” which states that, if the airplane is equipped with flotation equipment, flight attendants are required to brief passengers on all flights on the location and use of any required emergency flotation means. AC 121-24C, “Passenger Safety Information Briefing and Briefing Card,” dated July 23, 2003, states the following: When the aircraft is equipped with life preservers [also referred to as “life vests”], the briefing must include instructions about the location and removal of life preservers from stowage areas, including pouches, and the donning and inflation of the life preservers. If the aircraft is equipped with both flotation cushions and life preservers, flight attendants should brief passengers on both types of equipment and must brief passengers on the required flotation equipment. US Airways’ FAA-accepted In-Flight Emergency Manual followed the AC guidance and specified that, if the airplane is equipped with both flotation seat cushions and life vests, flight attendants should brief passengers on both types of equipment, including the location and use of life vests. The CVR recorded flight attendant B orally brief the location and use of the flotation seat cushions; however, it did not record her brief the location of or the donning procedures for life vests.
72 In addition, because the airplane was used for EOW operations, it also had to meet the operational requirements of 14 CFR 121.339, “Emergency Equipment for Extended Overwater Operations,” which states, in part, that an EOW-equipped airplane must be equipped with a life vest for each airplane occupant.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 39 1.15.3 Safety Information Card Requirements According to 14 CFR Section 121.571(b), each passenger-carrying airplane must carry, in convenient locations for use of each passenger, printed cards supplementing the oral briefing and containing diagrams and methods of operating the emergency exits and other instructions necessary for the use of emergency equipment. The airplane had safety information cards in the passenger seatback pockets that provided instructions on the operation of the emergency exits. A section of the card also shows the passenger brace positions. The brace positions shown on the US Airways safety information card were similar to the current FAA guidance on brace positions, which is contained in AC 121-24C, Appendix 4, which states, “in aircraft with high-density seating or in cases where passengers are physically limited and are unable to place their heads in their laps, they should position their heads and arms against the seat (or bulkhead) in front of them.” Figures 7 and 8 show the brace positions contained in AC 121-24C and the US safety information card, respectively. 1.15.4 US Airways Flight Attendant Training US Airways provided flight attendants with initial and recurrent training. The initial training included guidance and procedures to follow during a ditching. A portion of a student guide titled, “Section IV – Ditching,” dated January 2008,73 instructs flight attendants to assess door exits during a ditching emergency and to look for the water level, obstructions, fire, aircraft pitch, and structural damage. The guide states that, if an exit is blocked, there is time, and no immediate life threatening situations exist, a slide can be transferred from a blocked exit. According to the guide, the exits most likely to be usable during a ditching will be the forward doors. The initial training also required flight attendants to participate in a 2-hour “wet” raft drill, which demonstrated the proper use of flotation seat cushions and life vests, procedures needed to release a slide, inflation of a life raft (not slide/raft), and erection of a canopy. Flight attendants also performed an evacuation for a planned and unplanned water landing, during which they donned life vests, jumped into a pool, inflated one chamber of the life vest, and entered a life raft. After the practice evacuation, the flight attendants were asked questions about the location and purpose of the equipment on board the life raft. As part of flight attendants’ recurrent training, US Airways required flight attendants to participate, on a periodic, rotational basis, in exercises such as a 35-minute emergency equipment exercise; a 1-hour, non-EOW A319 “planned cabin prep” water landing exercise; and a 20-minute, A320 “dry ditch” hands-on exercise. According to the dry ditch instructor’s guide, flight attendants were shown a video demonstrating slide deployment and detachment procedures, slide/raft and life raft inflation, and transfer of a slide/raft from one exit to another on
73 Students were to review the guide as supplemental information just before or after receiving the classroom lecture on a particular topic.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 40 several aircraft types. The flight attendants were then shown an inflated A320 slide/raft and its different components, including the “For Ditching Only” flap, quick-release handle, raft knife, and stenciled instructions. 1.15.5 Evacuation of Passengers and Crewmembers Within seconds after the ditching, the crewmembers and passengers initiated the evacuation of the airplane. Flight attendant C reported that door 1R opened normally and that the slide/raft inflated automatically. However, she stated that door 1R started to close during the evacuation, intruding about 12 inches into the doorway and impinging on the slide/raft.74 She stated that she was concerned that the slide/raft would get punctured, so she assigned an “able-bodied” man to hold the door to keep it off of the slide/raft. She stated that he held the door
74 After the accident, US Airways reviewed maintenance data for 10 percent of its Airbus aircraft. The review revealed no trends that would indicate any problems with the operation of the 1R doors or the doors’ gust locks. Figure 7. Passenger brace position shown in AC 121-24C. Figure 8. Passenger brace positions shown in the US Airways safety information card.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 41 while occupants evacuated under his arm. Flight attendant A reported no difficulties opening door 1L or getting it to lock against the fuselage; however, she reported that the slide/raft did not inflate automatically when she opened the door. She stated that she pulled the manual inflation handle and that the slide/raft inflated.75 According to flight attendant B, after the impact, she went into the aft galley and assessed the conditions outside of door 2L, at which time, she realized the airplane was in the water. Door 2L was “cracked” open, but it was unclear by whom.76 Subsequently, both flight attendant B and some of the passengers began redirecting passengers to move forward. Flight attendant B stated that she began improvising commands and told “young, able-bodied” passengers to climb over the seats to get people away from the water. According to flight attendants A and C, some of the passengers were bottle-necked at the overwing exits; therefore, the flight attendants called them forward, and, as a result, some of the mid- and aft-located passengers exited from the forward doors. Flight attendant B also exited from door 1R, at which time, she realized that her left leg was injured. According to the flight attendants, the evacuation was relatively orderly and timely. The captain and first officer assisted the flight attendants with the evacuation of the airplane. The captain stated in interviews that he and the first officer noted that a number of passengers had evacuated the airplane without life vests; therefore, they obtained some life vests from under the passenger seats in the cabin and passed them out to passengers outside of the airplane. He further stated that, following the evacuation, he and the first officer inspected the cabin to ensure that no more passengers or crewmembers were on board. Subsequently, the captain and first officer exited the airplane onto the 1L slide/raft. Several videos showing the airplane’s water impact and the passengers’ subsequent evacuation and rescue were examined during the investigation. The cameras contained time-stamped recordings; however, because the times were neither accurate nor identical, time estimations were used. By using the time of initial impact as 1530:43 (as recorded on the FDR) and common events in the videos, the NTSB determined that the following occurred: • 1530:58 – left overwing exits opened, first passenger subsequently exited • 1531:06 – door 1L opened • 1531:11 – door 1R opened • 1531:16 – the 1R slide/raft fully deployed
75 Although flight attendant A did not report having a problem pulling the manual inflation handle, the first two passengers to reach door 1L reported that she seemed to be struggling with the slide/raft. As a result, one of them chose to jump in the water. A video analysis conducted by the NTSB indicated that about 20 seconds elapsed after flight attendant A opened door 1L and the slide/raft began to inflate. 76 Flight attendant B reported that a passenger came into the aft galley and lifted the handle of door 2L, “cracking” the door open; however, several passengers reported that the door was “cracked” open before they arrived in the aft galley.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 42 • 1531:23 – one passenger jumped into water from door 1L • 1531:26 – 1L slide/raft began to inflate • 1534:40 – first vessel arrived on scene • 1554:43 – last vessel departed with last rescued passengers off left off-wing slide See section 1.15.6 for more information about the emergency response. 1.15.5.1 Occupant Evacuation Exit Usage The NTSB contacted 146 of the 150 passengers by telephone and/or passenger questionnaires to gather information about the accident flight and evacuation.77 The passenger information and information gathered during postaccident interviews with the flight and cabin crewmembers were used to determine which exits were used by each occupant during the evacuation. Figure 9 shows the exits used by the occupants during the evacuation.
77 No information could be collected from 4 of the 150 passengers despite numerous attempts to contact them.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figure 9. Occupant evacuation exit usage.
Note: Because of postevacuation passenger movement, the chart does not accurately indicate the locations where people were rescued. Additionally, several passengers exited the airplane, reentered, and exited the airplane a second time. These passengers’ seat locations are designated with a ‘/’. The first exit used is represented by the upper color while the second exit is shown by the lower color. 43
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44
A female passenger was seated in 19E, which is a middle seat on the right side of the airplane and is indicated in blue in figure 9, with her 9-month-old son on her lap. During postaccident interviews, she indicated that, when the captain stated, “brace for impact,” the male passenger in 19F offered to brace her son for impact. The lap-held child’s mother stated that she thought the passenger in 19F “knew what he was doing,” and she gave her son to him. Neither the mother, the lap-held child, nor the passenger who held the child was injured. The mother stated that, after landing, the passenger gave her son back to her and that she evacuated onto the right wing. 1.15.5.2 Additional Information About the Flight and Evacuation The information provided by passengers also indicated that the following occurred during the flight and evacuation: • 25 passengers (17 percent) reported watching most of the preflight safety demonstration, and an additional 19 passengers (13 percent) reported watching some of the demonstration. • 12 passengers (8 percent) reported reading the safety information card before or during the flight. • 77 passengers (53 percent) retrieved seat cushions during the evacuation. Of these, 45 (31 percent) retrieved the seat cushion from their own seat, 27 (18 percent) retrieved a seat cushion from a different seat, and 5 (3 percent) found a seat cushion floating in the cabin. • 5 passengers (3 percent) reported retrieving life vests from under their seats after impact.78 An additional 5 passengers (3 percent) reported retrieving a life vest from under a different seat after impact. • 21 passengers (14 percent) reported being given a life vest that came from the airplane by someone during or after they had evacuated. 1.15.6 Emergency Response According to ATC records, LGA ATCT personnel activated the Emergency Alert Notification System using the red crash phone at 1528:53. According to the Port Authority of NY and NJ LGA Emergency Plan, when the FAA tower activates the crash alarm signaling an aircraft accident, a request for emergency equipment is immediately relayed through a conference circuit to various airport offices, including the airport police, and emergency response agencies, including the USCG, NYPD, Fire Department of New York (FDNY), and emergency medical services (EMS). The NYPD incident logs showed that, upon notification of the accident,
78 Two additional passengers retrieved and donned their life vests before impact.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 a level 3 mobilization, which required a predetermined number of personnel and equipment to respond to an accident or incident, was transmitted to the NYPD, FDNY, EMS, New York Office of Emergency Management (OEM), Federal Bureau of Investigation, and Red Cross. Personnel from the New York Waterway (NY WW), Port Authority of NY and NJ, Weehawken Police Department (WPD), and New Jersey OEM also responded to the accident. In addition, a rescue boat was dispatched from LGA.79 The NY OEM uses a Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS), which establishes the roles and responsibilities and designates authority for city agencies performing and supporting emergency response. CIMS implements the National Incident Management System (NIMS).80 When the New York City public safety agencies respond to a complex, multiagency and multijurisdictional incident or accident, the CIMS management doctrine defines how the emergency response is managed. After receiving the crash alarm, the New York OEM personnel began coordinating resource requests from the FDNY, NYPD, and Red Cross. The airplane was ditched on the Hudson River near the NY WW Port Imperial Ferry Terminal in Weehawken, New Jersey. Many NY WW ferries were operating over established routes in the local waterway, and the ferry captains either witnessed the accident or were notified about it by the director of ferry operations. Seven NY WW vessels responded to the accident and recovered occupants. According to the USCG and FDNY incident log, the first NY WW vessel arrived on scene about 1534, and the six other NY WW ferries arrived on scene by about 1540. The incident log also indicated that one FDNY fire rescue boat and two small USCG boats arrived on scene about 1539 and 1548, respectively. Table 3 summarizes the emergency response information.
79 In accordance with 14 CFR Part 139, certificated airports are required to include in their emergency plans a water rescue plan if significant bodies of water and marsh lands are situated beneath the approach and departure paths within at least 2 miles of the runway end. 80 In March 2004, the Department of Homeland Security developed and implemented the NIMS, which provides a systematic, proactive approach to guide departments and agencies at all levels of government, nongovernmental organizations, and the private sector to work seamlessly to prevent, protect against, respond to, recover from, and mitigate the effects of incidents, loss of life and property, and harm to the environment.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46 Table 3. Summary of emergency response information. Vessel Name and Operator Vessel Type Drop-off Location Thomas Jefferson, NY WW Ferry Pier 79 (New York) Thomas H. Kean, NY WW Ferry Port Imperial (New Jersey) Moira Smith, NY WW Ferry Arthur’s Landing (New Jersey) Yogi Berra, NY WW Ferry Port Imperial Athena, NY WW Ferry Pier 79 George Washington, NY WW Ferry Port Imperial Admiral Richard E. Bennis, NY WW Ferry Port Imperial Marine 1 Alpha, FDNY Fire rescue boat Pier 79 CG33139, U.S. Coast Guard Small boat Chelsea Piers (New York) CG25640, U.S. Coast Guard Small boat Arthur’s Landing
The Port Imperial Ferry Terminal was designated as the central triage site in accordance with the Port Authority of NY and NJ LGA Emergency Plan. Initially, the proximity of the airplane to the Port Imperial Ferry Terminal made it an ideal occupant drop-off location. However, as the fuselage and ferries drifted with the river current of 1.4 kts, delivery of the occupants to a central drop-off location became more challenging. As a result, several vessels dropped off passengers at different locations, as shown in table 3, because they had occupants on board who were wet, and these locations were closer when they departed the floating airplane. Ninety-one of the 146 passengers contacted after the accident indicated that they were dropped off on the New York side of the Hudson River, and 55 of them indicated that they were dropped off on the New Jersey side of the river. The five crewmembers were dropped off on the New York side of the Hudson River. In accordance with federal regulations, the USCG assumed incident command and maintained radio contact with the NY WW ferry captains, NJ OEM, and NYPD. The USCG incident commander shut down vessel traffic on the Hudson River about 1535.81 The WPD established an incident command post in New Jersey at the Port Imperial Ferry Terminal, and the New York OEM established three incident command posts at Chelsea Pier, the Jacob Javits Center, and the NY WW New York terminal.
81 The Hudson River reopened to nonemergency traffic on a limited basis about 1937.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 47 In October 2008, NY WW participated in a planning table-top exercise with the Port Authority of NY and NJ. Further, several months before the accident, New York and New Jersey emergency response agencies participated in a mass-casualty exercise at the Port Imperial Ferry Terminal. Before the accident, NY WW had asked to participate in the mass-casualty exercises with the New York and New Jersey response agencies; however, the request was not granted. The day after the accident, the Port Authority of NY and NJ informed the NY WW that they would be included in future mass-casualty emergency response exercises between New York and New Jersey emergency response agencies. NY WW also conducted a series of monthly drills, live exercises, and actual rescues before the accident. 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Airplane Performance Study The NTSB conducted an airplane performance study to analyze the motion of the airplane based on the touchdown location shown on a surveillance video analyzed by the Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses (BEA);82 CVR, FDR, and EWR ASR data;83 and meteorological information. At 1524:57, both thrust levers were advanced, and, subsequently, both engines’ N1 and N2 speeds began accelerating in unison to the full takeoff power of 85 percent N1. The speeds of both engines were similarly matched and stable during the takeoff and initial climb. Immediately after the bird encounter, the left engine decelerated from 82 to 35 percent N1, the right engine decelerated from 82 to 15 percent N1, and the airspeed started to decrease. Subsequently, the airplane’s altitude continued to increase while the airspeed decreased, until 1527:30, when the airplane reached its highest altitude of about 3,060 feet at an airspeed of about 185 kts calibrated airspeed (KCAS).84 The altitude then started to decrease as the airspeed started to increase, reaching 210 KCAS at 1528:10 at an altitude of about 1,650 feet. From 1529:00 to 1530:00, the airplane descended from 1,200 to 200 feet, and the airspeed stabilized between 185 and 193 KCAS. At these airspeeds, the AOA ranged between 7° and 9°. At 1529:49, as the airplane was descending through 270 feet, the flap lever was moved to the CONF 2 position. As the flaps deployed, the airplane descended to about 210 feet and then climbed briefly, reaching about 360 feet before descending again. At CONF 2, the alpha-protection threshold value increased from 8° to 14.5°, and the alpha-maximum value increased from 11° to 17.5° (the airplane’s maximum allowable AOA). Before flaps 2 was selected, the green dot speed would have been about 223 kts. After flaps 2 was selected, the
82 The video came from a surveillance camera located on the roof of Pier 88 in New York and presents a nearly complete view of the ditching of the airplane on the Hudson River. 83 The CVR, FDR, and EWR ASR data were synchronized to the EWR ASR time as a common reference time. 84 The PFD would display the airspeed in kts indicated airspeed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 48 green dot speed would not have been displayed to the pilot; instead, a maneuvering F speed would have been displayed, which would have been about 150 kts on the accident flight. Starting at 1530:36, when the airplane was at a radio altitude of about 100 feet, the FDR recorded a progressive pull aft on the left sidestick, with a momentary relaxation from 5° to 3° at 1530:37, returning to 7° about 1 second later. At 1530:39, as the airplane descended through 50 feet, the sidestick moved aft more abruptly, reaching its aft limit (16°) at 1530:41 and remaining there until touchdown at 1530:43. As the airplane descended below 50 feet, the alpha-protection threshold value increased from 14.5° to 15.5°. According to FDR data, the airplane touched down on the Hudson River at an airspeed of 125 KCAS with a pitch angle of 9.5° and a right roll angle of 0.4°. Calculations indicated that the airplane ditched with a descent rate of 12.5 fps, a flightpath angle of -3.4°, an AOA between 13° and 14°, and a side slip angle of 2.2°. 1.16.1.2 Airbus Simulation Airbus performed a simulation of the last 300 feet of the accident flight, which indicated that the airplane was performing as designed and was in alpha-protection mode from 150 feet to touchdown. The Airbus simulation indicated that, from 1530:36 to 1530:43, the flight control system attenuated the effect of the pilot’s airplane nose-up (ANU) sidestick inputs below 100 feet radio altitude. 1.16.2 Biological Material Sampling and Analysis NTSB investigators collected seven samples of unknown material from the wreckage after the accident. Investigators also collected 10 samples of biological material from the right engine fan, the radome, the No. 3 flap track on the left wing, and various locations on the fuselage. Two additional samples were collected from the shroud from the No. 3 flap track on the left wing after it was removed from the airplane. In addition, a USDA representative and GE personnel collected six samples from the exterior of the left engine before its teardown at the GE facility. After the engine teardowns, 23 additional samples of biological material including feathers, blood, muscle, and bone were collected from the left engine, and 14 samples were collected from the right engine. All of the samples were sent to the Smithsonian Institution, National Museum of Natural History, Division of Birds, Feather Identification Laboratory, in Washington, DC, for analysis and identification.85 According to the feather laboratory analysis report, 39 of the samples were
85 The FAA maintains a contract with the Smithsonian Institute Feather Identification Laboratory for analysis and identification of bird remains found on airports. The results of the analyses are returned to the airport, the FAA, and the USDA Wildlife Services Program for addition to the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 49 submitted for DNA testing. Eighteen of the 39 samples, 14 of which were from the engines, contained viable DNA and matched 99 percent or more to the Barcode of Life Database86 for Canada goose (Branta canadensis). Fifty-three of the samples, 50 of which were from the engines, contained feathers or feather fragments consistent with Canada geese. DNA sexing was successful on 16 of the 18 samples from the engines and wings. Both male and female Canada goose remains were found in the left engine, only male remains were found in the right engine, and only female remains were found on the No. 3 flap track on the left wing. The Smithsonian Institution also performed a stable-hydrogen isotope analysis of the feather material collected from the airplane engines and compared the results with feather samples collected from resident geese in the New York region. The results indicated that the feathers from the airplane engines were similar to samples of known migratory geese and were significantly different from year-round resident populations from the New York region.87 1.16.3 Operational Factors and Human Performance Simulations From April 14 through 16, 2009, the NTSB Operations and Human Performance Group, including members from Airbus, US Airways, the U.S. Airline Pilots Association, and the BEA, conducted flight simulations at the Airbus Training Center, Toulouse, France. The simulations were conducted using an Airbus A320 full-motion, pilot-training simulator and a fixed-base engineering simulator to determine whether the accident airplane could have glided to and landed at LGA or TEB after the bird strike, considering both an immediate return to LGA and a return after a 35-second delay. The simulations were also conducted to evaluate the operational procedures for ditching the airplane within the flightpath and pitch angles assumed during the airplane’s ditching certification process. The simulators were programmed to duplicate as closely as possible the conditions of the accident flight, including winds, temperature, altimeter setting, and weight and balance. The profile flown duplicated as closely as possible the accident profile (the airplane position, thrust setting, altitude at beginning of turns, thrust reduction and cleanup altitudes, speeds, and altitude/speed combination) up to the time of the almost total loss of thrust in both engines. During the simulations, the pilots followed the US Airways Engine Dual Failure checklist after the loss of thrust occurred and relied on their training and experience to complete the test conditions. An observer documented observations and times, and data from the engineering simulator were recorded electronically for later review and analysis.
86 The Barcode of Life Database is an international collaborative effort to generate a unique genetic barcode for every species of life on Earth. 87 See (a) F.D. Caccamise, L.M. Reed, P.M. Castelli, S. Wainright, and T.C. Nichols, “Distinguishing Migratory and Resident Canada Geese Using Stable Isotope Analysis,” Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 64, no. 4 (2000), pp. 1084–1091. (b) P.P. Marra, C.J. Dove, R. Dolbeer, N.F. Dahlan, M. Heacker, J.F. Whatton, N.E. Diggs, C. France, and G.A. Henkes, “Migratory Canada Geese Cause Crash of US Airways Flight 1549,” Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment, vol. 7, no. 6 (2009), pp. 297–301.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 50 The pilots were fully briefed on the maneuver before they attempted to perform it in the simulator. The following three flight scenarios were flown: (1) normal landings on runway 4 at LGA, starting from an altitude of 1,000 or 1,500 feet on approach; (2) attempted landings at LGA or TEB after the bird strike, starting both from zero groundspeed on takeoff from runway 4 at LGA and from a preprogrammed point shortly before the bird strike and loss of engine thrust; and (3) ditching on the Hudson River starting from 1,500 feet above the river at an airspeed of 200 kts. During the first flight scenario, all of the pilots were able to achieve a successful landing in both simulators. The flightpath angles at touchdown for these landings ranged from -0.8° to -1.3°. Regarding the second flight scenario, 20 runs were performed in the engineering simulator from a preprogrammed point shortly before the loss of engine thrust in which pilots attempted to return to either runway 13 or 22 at LGA or runway 19 at TEB. Five of the 20 runs were discarded because of poor data or simulator malfunctions. Of the 15 remaining runs, in 6, the pilot attempted to land on runway 22 at LGA; in 7, the pilot attempted to land on runway 13 at LGA; and in 2, the pilot attempted to land on runway 19 at TEB. In eight of the 15 runs (53 percent), the pilot successfully landed after making an immediate turn to an airport after the loss of engine thrust. Specifically, two of the six runs to land on runway 22 at LGA, five of the seven runs to land on runway 13 at LGA, and one of the two runs to land on runway 19 at TEB immediately after the loss of engine thrust were successful.88 One run was made to return to an airport (runway 13 at LGA) after a 35-second delay,89 and the landing was not successful. Regarding the third flight scenario, a total of 14 runs were performed in the engineering simulator in which pilots attempted to touch down on the water within a target flightpath angle of -0.5°, consistent with the structural ditching certification criteria. Two of the 14 runs were discarded because of poor data. Of the remaining 12 runs, 4 were attempted using CONF 2, 4 were attempted using CONF 3, and 4 were attempted using CONF 3/Slats only. In 11 of the 12 runs, the touchdown flightpath angle ranged between -1.5° and -3.6° (the touchdown flightpath angle achieved on the accident flight was -3.4°). In 1 of these 12 runs, a -0.2° touchdown flightpath angle was achieved by an Airbus test pilot who used a technique that involved approaching the water at a high speed, leveling the airplane a few feet above the water with the help of the radar altimeter, and then bleeding off airspeed in ground effect until the airplane settled into the water.
88 The immediate turn made by the pilots during the simulations did not reflect or account for real-world considerations, such as the time delay required to recognize the bird strike and decide on a course of action. 89 The 35-second delay accounted for real-world considerations, such as the time delay required to recognize the extent of the engine thrust loss and decide on a course of action.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 51 1.17 Organizational and Management Information US Airways, Inc. is headquartered in Tempe, Arizona. At the time of the accident, US Airways operated about 3,129 scheduled daily departures (including its US Airways Express flights) to 156 domestic and 44 international destinations. US Airways operated over 650 airplanes, including, Airbus 319, 320 (the accident airplane type), 321, and 330; Boeing 737, 757, and 767; and Embraer 190 airplanes. US Airways employed about 33,743 employees, including 4,289 pilots. US Airways has major hubs at CLT; Philadelphia International Airport, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport, Phoenix, Arizona. 1.17.1 Operational Guidance 1.17.1.1 Abnormal and Emergency Situations The airplane was equipped with an electronic centralized aircraft monitor (ECAM) system, which presented data on the engine/warning and system display located in the cockpit. If the flight warning computer (FWC) detects an airplane system failure, the failure type and the flight crew actions to be taken are displayed on the ECAM displays in the cockpit. In certain instances, an abnormal event cannot be sensed by the airplane’s systems. For events that cannot be sensed by, or presented on, the ECAM system, pilots were to use the US Airways QRH,90 which contained abnormal and emergency procedures for such events. The QRH also contained six procedures, referred to as “ECAM Exceptions,” which were to be used instead of the ECAM action. The back cover of the QRH listed the six ECAM exceptions and immediate action items and the page numbers where each checklist was located within the QRH. The US Airways A319/320/321 Pilot Handbook (PH), Chapter 9, “Non-Normal Operations,” contains non-normal procedures and methodology. The PH states, in part, that, when a non-normal situation is evident, the pilots should methodically accomplish the following steps:
- PF - maintain aircraft control;
- Identify the non-normal situation, PM - cancel the warning or caution, if applicable;
- PM - determine if situation requires an Immediate Action or if it is an ECAM
Exception;
- PM - accomplish Immediate Action Items, if applicable;
- Captain - assigns PF;
- PM - accomplish non-normal procedure; and
90 The US Airways QRH was developed in accordance with the Airbus QRH.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 52
- PM - accomplish ECAM followup procedures, if applicable.
The expanded step 3 items stated that, once the airplane flightpath and configuration are properly established and the airplane is not in a critical phase of flight (for example, takeoff or landing), the PM should determine and verbalize whether the non-normal situation is an immediate action item or an ECAM exception and refer to the immediate action and ECAM exception indexes on the back cover of the QRH. The ECAM exception index indicated that a dual-engine failure was an ECAM exception and directed the PM to the Engine Dual Failure checklist procedures contained in the QRH. The first officer indicated that, because he had just completed training, he immediately recognized that the event was an ECAM exception; therefore, he was able to promptly locate the procedure listed on the back cover of the QRH, turn to the appropriate page, and start executing the checklist. 1.17.1.2 US Airways Engine Dual Failure Checklist According to Airbus, the Engine Dual Failure checklist was originally developed “based on the highest probability in time of exposure that a dual engine failure would occur.” Because Airbus airplanes spend much more time at higher altitudes and, therefore, a dual-engine failure had the highest probability of occurring at a high rather than a low altitude, Airbus designed the Engine Dual Failure checklist for the occurrence of a dual-engine failure above 20,000 feet. Airbus indicated that it had not considered developing a dual-engine failure checklist for use at a low altitude. During postaccident interviews, Airbus personnel indicated that the Airbus Engine Dual Failure checklist was amended in 2005 as part of the Airbus Continuing Improvement Process.91 Airbus stated that it changed the Engine Dual Failure checklist because of accident reports in which crewmembers stated that it was not easy to jump from one procedure to another. The main change was to include two parallel steps—one for a fuel remaining scenario and the other for a no fuel remaining scenario. In addition, the change included incorporating ditching procedures, which were originally located in the Ditching checklist, into the Engine Dual Failure checklist. The NTSB notes that the separate Ditching checklist includes steps to select the GPWS and terrain alerts to OFF to avoid nuisance warnings during final descent; however, the ditching procedures contained in the amended Engine Dual Failure checklist do not include these steps. The Engine Dual Failure checklist included the following three parts: • Part 1 required the flight crew to differentiate between a no fuel remaining and a fuel remaining condition and included steps to attempt an engine restart.
91 The US Airways Engine Dual Failure checklist was last revised on February 11, 2008.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report • Part 2 contained guidance for the flight crew to follow if an engine restart was successful or if an engine restart was not possible. • Part 3 contained guidance for the flight crew to follow if a forced landing or a ditching was anticipated. During postaccident interviews, the pilots stated that, because of the low altitude and limited time available, they were unable to initiate Parts 2 and 3 of the Engine Dual Failure checklist. 1.17.1.2.1 Part 1 of the Engine Dual Failure Checklist In response to Part 1, the pilots followed the steps for a fuel remaining condition, which are outlined, in part, below. (See appendix C for the entire Engine Dual Failure checklist.) a. Start engine ignition b. Confirm thrust levers at idle c. Maintain optimum relight airspeed of 300 kts d. Determine a landing strategy (determine the most appropriate place for forced landing/ditching) e. If emergency generator is not on-line, turn on emergency electrical power f. Notify ATC g. Turn FAC 1 OFF then ON (Resetting FAC 1 enables recovery of characteristic speeds displayed on the PFD and permits recovery of rudder trim even if no indication is available.) If no relight after 30 seconds: h. Confirm engine master switches 1 and 2 are OFF Wait 30 seconds: i. Turn engine master switches 1 and 2 ON Note: Unassisted start attempts can be repeated until successful or until APU bleed is available. 53
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 54 If unsuccessful: j. Verify that crew oxygen masks are ON (above 10,000 feet) When below flight level (FL) 250:92 k. Start APU l. Turn wing anti-ice OFF When below FL 200: m. Turn APU bleed ON Note: If APU bleed is available, APU bleed assisted starts may be accomplished at green dot speed. n. Confirm engine master switches 1 and 2 are OFF Wait 30 seconds: o. Turn engine master switches 1 and 2 ON one at a time According to CVR evidence and postaccident pilot statements, the pilots accomplished steps a93 and b of Part 1 of the Engine Dual Failure checklist. Regarding step c, the pilots stated that they determined that, because of the airplane’s low altitude and airspeed, they would not be able to reach the optimum relight speed of 300 kts to attempt a windmilling restart of the engines, which is an emergency in-flight procedure in which the effect of ram airflow passing through the engine provides rotational energy to turn the engine core. Regarding step d, the captain stated that, based on the airplane’s position, altitude, airspeed, and heading away from the airport and the amount of time it took to stabilize the airplane and analyze the situation, he determined that returning to LGA was not possible. He further stated that returning to LGA would have been an “irrevocable choice” and that, if he had attempted to land there and realized that he could not, he would have had no other landing options. He stated that before he would make the decision to land on a runway, he would need to ensure that he would not land short or long, that he could line up the flightpath with the runway, that he could stay on the runway, and that he would have a sink rate that was survivable and
92 FL 250 is an altitude of 25,000 feet msl based on an altimeter setting of 29.92 inches of Hg. 93 The captain stated that he accomplished step a by memory before calling for the Engine Dual Failure checklist.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 55 would not collapse the landing gear and create a postcrash fire. He stated that he could not afford to make the wrong decision and that he was confident that he could make a successful water landing. The first officer stated that they discussed returning to LGA but that the airport was too far away at the decision-making point and that the airplane was coming down fast. Regarding attempting to land at TEB, the captain stated they were “too far away, too low, and too slow” and that the only other option that was “long enough, smooth enough, and wide enough” was the Hudson River. The first officer stated that TEB did not look viable and appeared too far away and that the only other option was straight ahead down the Hudson River. Regarding step e, the pilots stated that they determined that electrical power was established and, therefore, that the RAT did not need to be manually deployed. Further, immediately after the loss of engine thrust, the captain started the APU. The pilots executed steps f and g. Regarding step h, the first officer stated that, because the left engine appeared to be operating at a reduced level, he initially selected only the right engine master switch to OFF.94 The first officer stated that he was not sure if he waited 30 seconds, as required by step h, before selecting the right engine master switch back to the ON position (step i). The first officer stated that, at some point after attempting to relight the right engine and after determining that not much time remained before a landing would be necessary, he selected the left engine master switch to the OFF position and, after a short delay, he selected the left engine master switch to the ON position to initiate a restart of that engine. According to the pilots, they were unable to continue beyond step i of the procedure because of the short time left before a landing would be necessary. FDR data indicated that both thrust levers were set to the idle position at 1528:01, about 50 seconds after the bird encounter. The N1 and N2 speeds for the left engine both decreased while the speeds for the right engine did not respond. About 30 seconds later, the right engine master switch was moved to the OFF position.95 According to the Airbus FCOM, for an automatic start sequence, when the engine master switch is in the OFF position and the throttle is set at idle, the fuel valve will only open when the N2 speed is more than 15 percent when in flight. When the first officer attempted to move the right engine master switch to the ON position, the N2 speed was less than 15 percent. At 1529:27, the left engine master switch was moved to the OFF position, at which time the N2 speed was about 83 percent. The left engine master switch was moved to the ON position about 10 seconds later, at which time the N2 speed was about 39 percent.
94 The purpose of selecting the master switch to the OFF position was to reset the full-authority digital engine controls. The purpose of waiting 30 seconds before selecting the master switch back to the ON position was to ventilate the engine combustion chamber before attempting a restart. 95 The engine master switch position is not recorded by the FDR; however, the engine master switch position was derived indirectly by noting the position of the high-pressure fuel valve.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 56 1.17.1.2.2 Parts 2 and 3 of the Engine Dual Failure Checklist As noted, the pilots were not able to initiate parts 2 and 3 of the Engine Dual Failure checklist. These parts contained airspeed and configuration guidance for pilots to follow when an engine restart is considered impossible and a ditching is anticipated. The checklist stated that, when an engine restart was considered impossible, the optimum speed at which to fly was the green dot speed. It noted that, at green dot speed, the airplane can fly up to about 2.5 miles per 1,000 feet with no wind and that the average descent rate is 1,600 feet per minute. The checklist further indicates that the airplane should be configured for a ditching before 3,000 feet (flaps 3 selected and landing gear up).96 The ditching procedure also contained the following note: In case of strong crosswind, ditch facing into the wind. In the absence of strong crosswind, ditch parallel to the swell. Touchdown with approximately 11 degrees of pitch and minimum vertical speed. During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that he attempted to maintain green dot speed, the optimum airspeed to fly if an engine restart was considered impossible, before deploying the flaps. He stated that he could not recall exactly what the airplane’s airspeed was after he selected flaps 2 but that he referenced the airspeed tape during this time and thought that he kept the airspeed “safely above VLS.” FDR data indicated that, after the almost complete loss of engine thrust and before flaps 2 was selected, the airspeed was variable and decreasing from about 220 to 180 kts and that, after flaps 2 was selected to the time the airplane touched down, the airspeed was variable and decreasing from about 180 to 125 kts. Before flaps 2 was selected, the VLS would have been about 204 kts, and the green dot speed would have been about 223 kts. After flaps 2 was selected, the VLS would have been about 145 kts. The green dot speed is not displayed to the pilot when flaps are extended; instead, a maneuvering F speed is displayed, which would have been about 150 kts on the accident flight. During postaccident interviews, the captain indicated that he decided to use flaps 2 for the ditching because there were “operational advantages to using flaps 2.” He stated that using flaps 3 would not have lowered the stall speed significantly and that it would have increased the drag. He stated that he was concerned about having enough energy to successfully flare the airplane and reduce the descent rate sufficiently. He stated that, from his experience, using flaps 2 provides a slightly higher nose attitude and that he felt that, in the accident situation, flaps 2 was the optimum setting.
96 The US Airways and Airbus QRHs also contained a separate Ditching checklist; however, these procedures applied to when a ditching was anticipated and at least one of the engines was running. The Ditching checklist referred the pilot to the Engine Dual Failure checklist for the procedures to follow if a ditching was anticipated and the engines were not running.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 57 According to both US Airways and Airbus checklist procedures, only slats,97 not flaps, were available after a dual-engine failure because of the loss of the green and yellow engine-driven hydraulic pumps and the resultant loss of hydraulic pressure in those systems. However, FDR data indicated that none of the three (green, blue, or yellow) hydraulic systems indicated low pressure. According to the Airbus FCOM, assuming hydraulic power existed, the selection of flaps 2 would result in slats 22° and flaps 15°. Postaccident flap position measurements taken along the right wing98 flap track beam corresponded with flap position 2. Examination of the flap lever in the cockpit determined that it was in position 2. Slat position measurements taken along the right and left wing slat track beams corresponded with slat configuration 2 or 3 (the slat positions do not change when the flap lever is moved from position 2 to 3). 1.17.2 Evacuation Procedures The US Airways QRH contained an Evacuation checklist, which included the following procedures for the captain: select parking brake ON, turn engine master switches 1 and 2 to OFF, and initiate the evacuation command. The checklist included the following procedures for the first officer: notify ATC; after the engine master switches are OFF, push fire (engine and APU) pushbuttons; and discharge fire agents, if required. The procedures further stated that, after all possible assistance has been rendered, the captain and first officer should leave the airplane by any suitable exit and direct passengers away from the airplane. The pilots stated in interviews that, after the ditching, the first officer initiated the Evacuation checklist. The captain stated that he considered completing his part of the checklist but that he realized that the items would not help the situation. He stated that he could not make an announcement over the PA system because of the loss of electrical power after the ditching,99 so he opened the cockpit door and issued a verbal “evacuate” command. He added that, when he exited the cockpit, the cabin crew had already started evacuating passengers from the airplane. 1.17.3 Flight Crew Training According to the US Airways Airbus fleet captain, the company has been operating under the Advanced Qualification Program (AQP) since 2002. The AQP is a voluntary program approved and overseen by the FAA that seeks to improve the safety of Part 121 operations
97 The deployment of the RAT will continue to run the blue hydraulic system, which provides power to the slats and allows them to extend. 98 These measurements could not be taken on the left wing because damage made the measurement points inaccessible. 99 According to Airbus, the PA system is designed to function under these circumstances.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report through customized training and evaluation. The US Airways AQP included indoctrination training, qualification training (QT), and continuing qualification training (CQT). Newly hired pilots were required to attend a 9-day indoctrination training course to provide them with an overview of the policies, procedures, and practices at US Airways. After successfully completing the indoctrination training, trainees attended QT, which was a 23-day course including ground school and simulator training. Simulator training occurred in two phases: phase 1 included 4 days of maneuvers training, during which pilots developed proficiency of core skills and maneuvers and 1 day of maneuvers validation, and phase 2 included 3 days of additional simulator training that focused on threat and error management (TEM) and line operations proficiency. After successfully completing QT, trainees completed operating experience in line operations under the supervision of a company check pilot. US Airways included two PowerPoint presentations on autothrust and AOA protections during ground school. In addition, autothrust, AOA protections, and flight control laws were demonstrated during a simulator session. Information on these topics was also provided to pilots in the US Airways A319/320/321 Training Manual (TM) and the A319/320/321 Controls and Indicators Manual. According to the US Airways AQP manager, the training program was based on a 24-month cycle with a 12-month training evaluation period. Following qualification on an airplane, a crewmember was required to complete annual CQT and quarterly distance-learning modules. The CQT was a 3-day course, which included technical ground school; continuing qualification maneuvers observation, consisting of briefings and simulator scenarios; and continuing qualification line-operational evaluation, consisting of simulator sessions similar to line checks. The CQT was valid for 1 year and revised annually. The US Airways AQP manager stated that the AQP training program evaluation included a continual review of information collected from integrated data sources and an annual review by an extended review team, which met annually and included members from US Airways and the FAA. During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that company training “absolutely” helped him during the accident event because he was trained on fundamental values to “maintain aircraft control, manage the situation, and land as soon as the situation permits.” According to US Airways training department personnel, bird-strike avoidance training was not included in the ground school curriculum or simulator syllabus. A ground school instructor stated that bird strikes did come up in the lecture environment when pilots asked about “what if” scenarios. He stated that, in these cases, instructors tried to answer the questions to the best of their knowledge. According to Airbus’ vice president of Flight Operations Support and Services, bird-strike hazards were not specifically addressed in its training program but were covered in a flight operations briefing note titled, “Operational Environment: Birdstrike Threat Awareness,” which was available to all Airbus operators on its website. During training at Airbus on before- takeoff standard operating procedures, exterior airplane lights usage was mentioned as a method to help minimize bird-strike hazards. Although Airbus included engine failure and damage 58
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 59 scenarios in its flight-simulator training curriculum, the training did not specifically identify a scenario as being caused by a bird strike. 1.17.3.1 Dual-Engine Failure Training US Airways QT training included a dual-engine failure in the A320 simulator. According to interviews with US Airways training personnel, instructors ran through the QRH Engine Dual Failure checklist with the crew and provided training on the procedures contained in that checklist before the simulator session. During the simulator session, the dual-engine failure scenario was initiated at 25,000 feet.100 The crew was led to attempt to relight the engines by windmilling. The scenario was designed, and the simulator programmed, so that the windmilling relight was not successful, which led the crew to start the APU and attempt an APU-assisted restart of one of the engines. The training scenario was considered completed after the training crew successfully restarted one engine using APU bleed air. During postaccident interviews, a US Airways instructor stated that the scenario was normally completed at an altitude from about 8,000 to 10,000 feet. During the training scenarios, at least one engine is always restarted; therefore, the pilots never reached the point of having to conduct a forced landing or ditching. The NTSB conducted informal discussions with U.S. operators of A320 airplanes to gather information about flight crew training programs. All of the contacted operators indicated that their dual-engine failure training was conducted at high altitudes in accordance with Airbus recommendations and industry practices. The operators revealed that the intent of the training scenarios was to simulate a high-altitude, dual-engine failure scenario and train pilots on the available methods to restart an engine in flight, not to simulate a catastrophic engine failure for which a restart was unlikely. None of the contacted A320 operators included in their training curricula a dual-engine failure scenario at a low altitude or with limited time available. The A320 operators indicated that the training scenarios generally presented situations for which the course of action and landing location were clear and sufficient time was available to complete any required procedures before landing. The only low-altitude scenarios presented during training were single-engine failures at, or immediately after, takeoff. The A320 operators also indicated that dual-engine failure training was generally only provided during initial, not recurrent, training. The discussions with A320 operators also indicated that low-altitude, dual-engine failure checklists are not readily available in the industry. One operator stated that it has initiated a review of its procedures as a result of the US Airways accident to determine if a new checklist needed to be developed. Another operator stated that, although it does not have a low-altitude
100 The US Airways dual-engine failure training was similar to Airbus training except that the dual-engine failure simulator scenario was initiated at 35,000 instead of 25,000 feet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 60 event checklist, in the past, its simulator training had included low-altitude and limited-time dual-engine failures to stimulate pilots’ thinking on situational awareness and planning. 1.17.3.2 Ditching Training US Airways provided ditching training during ground school. The training consisted of a PowerPoint presentation that reviewed the US Airways QRH Ditching checklist, which assumed that at least one engine was running. Ground school also included training on airplane-specific equipment; the use of slides, life vests, and life rafts; and airplane systems related to ditching. According to postaccident interviews and the US Airways Pilot Handbook TM, the function and use of the ditching pushbutton101 was discussed during ground school, flight simulations, and preground-school scenario-based training in the CQT curriculum. The US Airways Flight Operations Manual (FOM) TM included nonairplane-specific guidance on ditching procedures and techniques. In addition, the FOM TM addressed ditching when power was not available and stated the following: Power Not Available. If no power is available, a greater than normal approach speed should be used until the flare. This speed margin will allow the glide to be broken early and gradually, decreasing the possibility of stalling high or flying into the water. If the wings of the aircraft are level with the surface of the sea rather than the horizon, there is little probability of a wing contacting a swell crest. The actual slope of a swell is very gradual. If forced to land into a swell, touchdown should be made just after the crest. If contact is made on the face of the swell, the aircraft may be swamped or thrown violently into the air, dropping heavily into the next swell. If control surfaces remain intact, the pilot should attempt to maintain nose up attitude by rapid and positive use of the controls. Ditching scenarios were not included in either the US Airways or Airbus simulator training curriculum. The US Airways ditching guidance was similar to military ditching guidance102 and ditching guidance contained in the FAA Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM), both of which state that, if no power is available, the approach speed used during a ditching should be greater than normal down to the flare to provide the pilot with a speed margin to break the glide earlier and more gradually, thus allowing the pilot time and distance to “feel for the surface.” Other
101 Pushing the ditching pushbutton closes all of the valves below the water line (such as the outflow, avionics, ram air, and pack inlet valves) to help the airplane float longer. 102 See (a) Aircraft Emergency Procedures Over Water,” USCG CG-306; USAF AFM-64-6; Army FM-20-151; USN OPNAV INST 3730.4A (1968) (b) AIM, Chapter 6, “Emergency Procedures,” Section 3, “Distress and Urgency Procedures,” Paragraph (e), “Ditching Procedures.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 61 literature on this issue also suggested that, when no power is available to the airplane, using flaps may result in the airplane flying at a lower nose attitude and descending more steeply and make it more difficult for the pilot to judge the flare.103 The NTSB notes that the benefits achieved when using flaps, such as a lower stall speed, should be weighed against the challenges associated with using flaps. 1.17.3.3 CRM and TEM Training US Airways provided training on crew resource management (CRM) and TEM104 during basic indoctrination training, CQT, and distance-learning modules. In addition, US Airways integrated CRM and TEM into all aspects of its training, including ground school and flight simulations. During postaccident interviews, the captain was asked to describe the crew coordination105 between him and the first officer during the accident event. The captain stated that he thought that the crew coordination was “amazingly good” considering how suddenly the event occurred, how severe it was, and what little time they had. The captain indicated that, because of the time constraints, they could not discuss every part of the decision process; therefore, they had to listen to and observe each other. The captain further stated that they did not have time to consult all of the written guidance or complete the appropriate checklist, so he and the first officer had to work almost intuitively in a very close-knit fashion. For example, the captain stated that when he called for the QRH, about 17 seconds after the bird strike, the first officer already had the checklist out. The captain credited the US Airways CRM training for providing him and the first officer with the skills and tools that they needed to build a team quickly and open lines of communication, share common goals, and work together. During postaccident interviews, the first officer stated that he and the captain each had specific roles, knew what each other was doing, and interacted when necessary.
103 R.L. Newman, “A Case History and Review of the Record,” SAFE Journal, vol. 18, no. 1 (1988), pp. 6–15. 104 According to a US Airways instructor pilot, TEM training “was based on the realization that pilots made mistakes and…was designed to find ways to prevent mistakes and correct errors.” 105 Coordination involves the ability of crewmembers to incorporate and synchronize the tasks required of them in a correct and timely manner and requires optimal effort from all crewmembers to work effectively. Research indicates that, when crews share an understanding of the tasks (what they are and how to accomplish them), communications are improved and more efficient, which is critical during periods of high workload. See (a) J.A. Cannon-Bowers, S.I. Tannenbaum, E. Salas, and C.E. Volpe, “Defining Team Competencies and Establishing Team Training Requirements,” in R. Guzzo and E. Salas, eds., Team Effectiveness and Decision Making in Organizations (San Francisco, California: Jossey-Bass, 1995), pp. 333–380. (b) R.J. Stout, J.A. Cannon-Bowers, E. Salas, and D.M. Milanovich, “Planning, Shared Mental Models, and Coordinated Performance: An Empirical Link is Established,” Human Factors, vol. 41, no. 1 (1999), pp. 61–71.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 62 1.17.4 FAA Oversight At the time of the accident, the FAA Certificate Management Office (CMO) for US Airways employed one aircrew program manager (APM) and one assistant APM (who was in training) for the US Airways Airbus fleet. During postaccident interviews, the APM indicated that five aviation safety inspectors assisted him with oversight of US Airways Airbus training and operations. Oversight activity included surveillance and observation of flight crewmembers, instructors, check airmen, and aircrew program designees during training, checking, and line operations. According to interviews, each aviation safety inspector or APM conducted, on average, two or three surveillance activities weekly at US Airways. The principal operations inspector (POI) for US Airways was stationed at the Coraopolis, Pennsylvania CMO. During interviews, the POI indicated that three assistant POIs were also assigned to the US Airways certificate. The POI stated that he did not normally conduct surveillance activities himself but that he had oversight of the APMs, with whom he interacted daily, and operational programs for each fleet at US Airways. The POI was responsible for approving amendments to training and operational procedures manuals. He stated that he required a review and recommendation by the APMs before he approved any amendments. In addition, any airplane-specific procedures were compared to the manufacturer’s recommended procedures, and changes to non-normal procedures were coordinated with the CMO before approval. 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 Wildlife-Strike Hazard Information 1.18.1.1 General Wildlife strikes to aircraft, about 98 percent of which involve birds, cost the civil aviation industry in the United States about $625 million per year.106 At least 229 people have died and 194 aircraft have been destroyed as a result of wildlife strikes in civil and military operations from 1988 to April 2009.107 Since 1960, 26 large-transport aircraft have been destroyed because
106 See Wildlife Strikes to Civil Aircraft in the United States 1990-2007, FAA and USDA, APHIS, Wildlife Services Serial Report No. 14 (Washington, DC: Federal Aviation Administration and U.S. Department of Agriculture, 2008). 107 See (a) W.J. Richardson and T. West, “Serious Birdstrike Accidents to Military Aircraft: Updated List and Summary,” Proceedings of the 25th International Bird Strike Committee Meeting, April 17–21, 2000, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Amsterdam, The Netherlands: 2005), pp. 67–98. (b) J. Thorpe, “Fatalities and Destroyed Aircraft Due to Bird Strikes, 1912-2002,” Proceedings of the 26th International Bird Strike Committee Meeting, May 5 –9, 2003, Warsaw, Poland, vol. 1 (Warsaw, Poland: 2003), pp. 85–113.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 63 of bird strikes worldwide, and 93 percent of these strikes occurred during takeoff or landing at an altitude of about 500 feet agl or less when the airplane was still near an airport.108 The number of wildlife strikes annually reported in the United States increased significantly from 1990 to 2007.109 According to a USDA report, various reasons account for the increase in wildlife-strike reports.110 For example, airports have large areas of grass and pavement, which are attractive habitats to birds for feeding and resting. In addition, modern turbofan-powered aircraft have quieter engines and, therefore, are less obvious to birds than older and noisier turbine-powered and piston-powered aircraft. Additionally, commercial aircraft operations in the United States have increased by about 2 percent per year since 1980. Further, research has shown that various government-sponsored programs initiated over the past 40 years, such as pesticide regulation, wildlife refuge system expansion, wetlands restoration, and land-use changes, have resulted in increases in populations of many wildlife species in North America.111 Of the estimated 650 bird species that nest in North America, 36 have average body masses of more than 4 pounds. Of the 31 of these species for which population trend data are available, 24 species (77 percent) showed population increases, 2 showed population decreases, and 5 showed stable populations over the past 20 to 40 years. Further, 13 of the 14 species that had body masses of more than 8 pounds, such as the Canada goose, showed population increases. 1.18.1.2 Canada Goose Information Canada goose populations in North America can be divided into two groups based on migratory behavior. One group consists of migratory geese that engage in annual seasonal migration and spend the winter and summer months in different locations. The other group consists of nonmigratory geese, or resident geese, that have established year-round residency in a particular location. As shown in the graph in figure 10, the Canada goose population has increased nationally from 1.2 million in 1970 to 5.5 million in 2008.112 The resident goose population has increased the most, from 0.2 million in 1970 to 3.9 million in 2008; in contrast, the migrant goose population has been relatively stable since 1990, with a population of about 1.6 million. In summary, resident geese comprised 19 percent of the total Canada goose population in 1970, 39 percent in 1990, and 71 percent in 2008.
108 See R.A. Dolbeer, “Height Distribution of Birds Recorded by Collisions with Aircraft,” Journal of Wildlife Management, vol. 70, no. 5 (2006), pp. 1345–1350. 109 Currently, wildlife-strike reporting to the FAA is voluntary, and the data, which are maintained in the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database, only reflect about 20 percent of overall strikes. See section 1.18.1.3 for information about wildlife-strike reporting and safety recommendations that have been issued to address this issue. 110 See FAA and USDA, APHIS, Wildlife Services Serial Report No. 14. 111 See R.A. Dolbeer and P. Eschenfelder, “Amplified Birdstrike Risks Related to Population Increases of Large Birds in North America,” Proceedings of the 26th International Bird Strike Committee Meeting May 5 –9, 2003, Warsaw, Poland, vol. I (Warsaw, Poland: 2003), pp. 49–67. 112 The population trends are national, but the same ratio of resident geese to migratory geese applies throughout the country, particularly the New York City area, which is in the east coast migration corridor.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 64
Figure 10. Graph depicting the Canada goose population from 1970 to 2008. The average weight of a male Canada goose is from 8.41 to 9.23 pounds, and the average weight of a female Canada goose is from 7.31 to 7.75 pounds.113 According to a USDA report, Canada geese are particularly hazardous to aviation because of their large size, flocking behavior, attraction to grazing sites at airports, and the year-round presence of their resident populations.114 1.18.1.3 Wildlife-Strike Reporting AC 150/5200-32A, “Reporting Wildlife Aircraft Strikes,” encourages pilots, airport operators, aircraft maintenance personnel, or anyone else who has knowledge of a wildlife strike to voluntarily report it to the FAA using FAA Form 5200-7, “Bird/Other Wildlife Strike Report.” The AC provides electronic access to the form and methods for submitting it, as well as
113 See J.B. Dunning, ed., CRC Handbook of Avian Body Masses, 2nd edition (Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 2007). 114 See R.A. Dolbeer and J.L. Seubert, Canada Goose Populations and Strikes With Civil Aircraft, 1990-2008: Challenging Trends for Aviation Industry (Sandusky, Ohio: U.S. Department of Agriculture, 2009).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 65 information on accessing the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database115 and the procedure for submitting animal remains to the Smithsonian Institution for species identification. The collected data are used to identify the wildlife species most commonly involved in strikes, the seasonal patterns of strikes for various species, and the extent and types of aircraft damage resulting from strikes. Reporting, data collection, and other issues related to bird strikes were discussed extensively at the public hearing held for this accident from June 9 through 11, 2009. The FAA has collected voluntary wildlife-strike reports and maintained the National Wildlife Strike Database since 1990. The database is managed by the USDA Wildlife Services, in cooperation with the FAA. Wildlife-strike reports are sent to Wildlife Services, and the reports are then quality assured and entered into the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database. The database is available to the public and can be used to identify seasonal patterns, species involved in strikes, and the extent and type of damage resulting from strikes. From 1990 to 2008, the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database received 89,734 wildlife-strike reports. The database wildlife-strike information for LGA from 2004 to 2008 showed that 411 wildlife strikes occurred during all phases of flight.116 Further, the total number of reported bird strikes to airplanes increased from 1,738 in 1990 to more than 7,400 in 2007, and about 92 percent of the strikes occurred below 3,000 feet agl. Further, the data indicate that, from 1990 through 2008, 3,239 turbine-powered civil aircraft sustained damage to a single engine as a result of a bird strike and that, during the same period, 108 similar aircraft sustained damage to two engines. In 2005, the USDA compared wildlife-strike data from three airports and three airlines with the FAA’s data for various years from 1991 to 2004, and research determined that only about 21 percent of the known strike data were captured in the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database.117 The NTSB has issued two recommendations regarding this issue since 1999.118
115 The FAA National Wildlife Strike Database, which contains links to numerous sources of wildlife hazard information and the online strike-reporting form, can be found online at http://wildlife-mitigation.tc.faa.gov. The website is managed by Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University under an FAA contract for improving the wildlife mitigation website to ensure that it is up-to-date, user-friendly, and has the technical support necessary to maintain the wildlife-strike reporting functions and database. 116 See FAA and USDA, APHIS, Wildlife Services Serial Report No. 14. 117 The USDA obtained 14 independent sets of wildlife-strike data from three airlines and three airports for various years between 1991 and 2004. By comparing the data from the airports and airlines with the data entered into the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database, it was determined that 21 percent of known strikes were actually captured in the database. R.A. Dolbeer and S.E. Wright, “Percentage of Wildlife Strikes Reported and Species Identified Under a Voluntary System,” Proceedings of Bird Strike Committee USA/Canada Meeting 2005 Bird Strike Committee-USA/Canada 7th Annual Meeting, August 28—September 1, 2005, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada (Lincoln, Nebraska: University of Nebraska, 2005). 118 On November 19, 1999, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-99-91, which asked the FAA to “require all airplane operators to report bird strikes to the FAA.” Because the FAA took no action on Safety Recommendation A-99-91, the NTSB classified it “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on May 11, 2000. On September 29, 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-75 as a result of the March 4, 2008, crash of a Cessna 500 following an in-flight collision with large birds in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Safety Recommendation A-09-75 asked the FAA to “require all 14 CFR Part 139 airports and 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K aircraft operators to report all wildlife strikes, including, if possible, species identification, to the FAA National
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 66 In an effort to educate the aviation community on the importance of reporting wildlife strikes, the FAA contracted with Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University (ERAU) to conduct an outreach and education program beginning in fiscal year 2009. ERAU has identified five segments of the aviation community that will be targeted, including airport management and operating personnel, commercial air carriers, the business jet community, private or general aviation, and ATC groups. ERAU plans to exhibit at nine major seminars or conferences each year to distribute literature emphasizing the importance of wildlife-strike reporting and to demonstrate the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database’s extraction capabilities. 1.18.1.4 Wildlife-Strike Hazards in the New York City Metropolitan Area Six Part 139 airports serve the New York City metropolitan area: Stewart International Airport, Newburgh, New York; Westchester County Airport, White Plains, New York; EWR; TEB; JFK; and LGA, the last three of which are located within a 10-mile radius of Manhattan. Numerous wildlife attractants exist near these airports, including landfills; waste transfer stations; city parks; golf courses; ponds; roosting areas, such as trees and shrubs; estuaries; tidal areas that expose food sources (for example, shellfish); deep water areas that provide prey for diving birds; roadway medians for nesting Canada geese; water retention basins; open dumpsters; recreational fields; grasslands; and beaches. According to the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database, from January 1990 to August 2008, 4,253 bird strikes occurred in the New York City area, including reports from JFK, LGA, EWR, and TEB. According to the database, 5 percent of these reported strikes included altitude information indicating that the strikes occurred between 2,200 and 4,200 feet. In general, the lowest number of wildlife strikes in North America occur during the winter months (December, January, and February), while the highest number occur during the fall migration months (August, September, and October).119 These trends are consistent with wildlife strike data for the New York City area.
Wildlife Strike Database.” Crash of Cessna 500, N113SH, Following an In-Flight Collision with Large Birds, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, March 4, 2008, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). In response, the FAA conducted a research study that determined that the total number of reported strikes had increased significantly from 20 percent (during the period from 1990 to 1994) to 39 percent (during the period from 2004 to 2008) but that, although the level of reporting was higher, the number of damaging strikes had not increased. The FAA stated that, based on these findings, it was not necessary to impose mandatory wildlife-strike reporting but that it had initiated measures to increase wildlife-strike reporting by expanding and improving procedures to transfer data from FAA and industry databases to the National Wildlife Strike Database and implementing an education/outreach program with a number of aviation organizations. For more information, see (a) Trends in Wildlife Strike Reporting, Part 1 - Voluntary System 1990 - 2008, DOT/FAA/AR-09/65 (Washington, DC: Federal Aviation Administration, 2009). (b) Wildlife Strike Reporting, Part 2 - Sources of Data in Voluntary System, DOT/FAA/AR-09/63 (Washington, DC: Federal Aviation Administration, 2009). 119 See FAA and USDA, APHIS, Wildlife Services Serial Report No. 14.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.1.5 Wildlife Hazard Mitigation Research Programs Ongoing wildlife research is conducted by the FAA Technical Center, Atlantic City, New Jersey; the USDA National Wildlife Research Facility, Sandusky, Ohio; and the Center of Excellence in Airport Technology at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois. According to the FAA, the research falls into the categories of habitat modification and harassment techniques. Habitat modification research includes grass-height studies to determine which grass heights detract birds from feeding and grass-type studies to determine which grass types are not preferred by birds. Habitat modification research has also examined the use of artificial turf, earthworm control, rodent control, and landfill control techniques to control wildlife populations. Research in harassment techniques includes studying the effectiveness of using air cannons, lasers, dogs, and effigies of owls and other birds to harass and scare birds. Based on this research, air cannons, effigies, falconry, dogs, rodent and earthworm control, planting unappealing vegetation, artificial turf, landfill eradication or modification, and water runoff detention pond modification have been implemented at many airports with good results. Similarly, the USDA reported that the use of lasers has been shown to be effective in repelling birds from hangars and other areas on the airfield and that there is anecdotal evidence, but no conclusive evidence, that using weather radar on airplanes disperses birds from the airplane’s flightpath. Research into the capabilities and feasibility of avian radar is also ongoing and will be discussed in section 1.18.3.1. 1.18.2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendation Resulting From This Accident Safety Recommendation A-09-112 As a result of the US Airways accident, on October 7, 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-112 to the FAA to address the potential safety consequences of an air traffic controller not knowing the location of an airplane experiencing an emergency. Safety Recommendation A-09-112 asked the FAA to do the following: Modify [FAA] radar data processing systems so that air traffic controllers can instruct the systems to process the discrete transponder code of an aircraft experiencing an emergency as if it were an emergency transponder code. On December 11, 2009, the FAA stated that the Standard Terminal Automation Replacement System currently has the capability to display emergency symbology of an aircraft in distress that will notify every controller within the facility of the situation. The FAA stated that the controller can make a keyboard entry that will add a visual indication to the data block, which is displayed at every radar position, including ATC radar displays. The FAA added that the Common Automated Radar Terminal System does not currently have this functionality but that a National Change Proposal has been submitted and approved and that the implementation of this capability is scheduled for spring 2010. 67
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 68 On April 2, 2010, the NTSB stated that it was pleased that the FAA had increased the functionality of its Standard Terminal Automation Replacement System so that controllers are notified of aircraft in distress and that similar improvements have been approved for the Common Automated Radar Terminal System. The NTSB indicated that, although the FAA’s actions were responsive, this recommendation also applied to the radar data processing systems used by Air Route Traffic Control Center and Microprocessor En Route Automated Radar Tracking System facilities because situations similar to this accident can occur in any radar facility. Therefore, pending its review of the FAA’s actions to address the radar data processing systems used by these facilities, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-09-112 “Open—Acceptable Response.” 1.18.3 Previous Related Safety Recommendations 1.18.3.1 Bird-Strike Hazard Mitigation The NTSB has had long-standing concerns about bird- and other wildlife-strike hazards and has issued several safety recommendations as a result of its investigations of accidents related to these issues. For example, following two serious bird-strike events involving Part 121 air carrier airplanes,120 on November 19, 1999, the NTSB issued several safety recommendations to the FAA and other federal agencies related to wildlife hazard management and bird strikes; two of these recommendations are discussed below. Safety Recommendation A-99-86 In its November 19, 1999, letter, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-99-86, which asked the FAA to do the following: Evaluate the potential for using Avian Hazard Advisory System [AHAS] technology for bird strike risk reduction in civil aviation and if found feasible, implement such a system in high-risk areas, such as major hub airports and along migratory bird routes, nationwide. On February 14, 2000, the FAA stated that it agreed with the intent of the recommendation, had allocated research funds to study the use of AHAS technology for monitoring bird movements nationally, and had determined that AHAS is well suited for
120 On February 22, 1999, a Boeing 757 operated under Part 121 by Delta Air Lines, Inc., as a scheduled passenger flight, sustained substantial damage after penetrating a flock of birds during takeoff from Covington, Kentucky. The flight crew entered the airport traffic pattern for an immediate return for landing and landed the airplane without further incident. On March 4, 1999, a Douglas DC-9-15F, operated under Part 121 by USA Jet Airlines, Inc., as a domestic air cargo flight, sustained a severe engine-power loss after encountering a flock of large birds while on final approach for landing in Kansas City, Missouri. The pilot regained enough power in one engine to continue the approach and land the airplane. The reports for these accidents, NTSB case numbers NYC99LA064 and CHI99FA012, respectively, can be found online at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 69 monitoring bird movements regionally but, because of limitations inherent in the system, that it was not suitable for monitoring bird movements on or within 5 miles of an airport; therefore, a different type of radar must be used for these purposes. The FAA stated that it would conduct a detailed review of all of the components that make up AHAS and that, based on the results, it would determine how AHAS could be modified for use in commercial aviation. The FAA added that it would also review other technologies and radar systems that could be used locally. On May 11, 2000, the NTSB responded that it appreciated that the FAA’s evaluation addressed the potential use of prediction radar in areas where AHAS is not effective. Because the FAA’s evaluation determined that AHAS was not effective in high-risk areas and continued to research other forms of radar for those areas, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-99-86 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Since the closing of Safety Recommendation A-99-86, the FAA has continued to research the use of radar systems for monitoring birds at airports. For example, in 2000, the FAA and the U.S. Navy Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center sponsored a research project to determine if low-cost, small mobile radars can reliably detect birds at or near (within about 3 to 5 miles of) airports and be used to develop an airport bird-strike advisory system that is compatible with existing airport operational systems. Based on the results of the research project, the FAA plans to develop radar system performance standards and prepare guidance for airports on how to acquire, deploy, operate, and maintain the units. As part of the radar evaluation project, mobile avian radar has been installed at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport, Seattle, Washington; Naval Air Station Whidbey Island, near Oak Harbor, Washington; Chicago O’Hare International Airport, Chicago, Illinois; and JFK. An additional avian radar evaluation system is scheduled to be installed at Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport, Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas, in 2010. According to the FAA,121 preliminary results from the experimental avian radar systems have not yet indicated if the systems would be capable of providing alerts that would be operationally suitable for making specific decisions on landing or takeoff, and its research is continuing to address these operational issues. However, the FAA indicated that radar data have been shown to be useful in tracking and quantifying wildlife movements on and around airports and that this information could be used to enhance existing wildlife control programs. Safety Recommendation A-99-88 In its November 19, 1999, letter, the NTSB also issued Safety Recommendation A-99-88, which asked the FAA, in consultation with the USDA, to do the following:
121 See Federal Aviation Administration, “Wildlife Hazard Mitigation Requirements and Programs,” fact sheet, January 16, 2009 http://www.faa.gov/news/fact_sheets/news_story.cfm?newsId=10376 (accessed March 1, 2010).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 70 Require that [WHAs] be conducted at all 14 [CFR] Part 139 airports where such assessments have not already been conducted. On February 22, 2000, the FAA stated that it was not necessary to initiate additional regulations to require all Part 139 airports to conduct WHAs. The FAA indicated that to require all Part 139 airports to conduct WHAs without the occurrence of one of the triggering events required by 14 CFR 139.337(a) would place an undue burden on many airports that do not have a history of wildlife strikes. The FAA stated that the actions it was taking in response to other safety recommendations related to bird strikes would address the safety issue and that it planned no further action. On May 11, 2000, the NTSB stated that, although it understood the potential fiscal burden on airports, it strongly felt that the effort was necessary to ensure that all airports become aware of potential hazards of wildlife strikes, regardless of their location. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-99-88 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” because the FAA had not taken the recommended action. 1.18.3.2 Survivability Issues The NTSB has published safety studies on air carrier overwater emergency equipment and procedures and emergency evacuation of commercial airplanes and, based on these studies, has issued many safety recommendations related to survival factors. Safety recommendations pertinent to this accident are discussed in this section. Safety Recommendations A-85-35 through -37 On July 2, 1985, the NTSB issued several safety recommendations as a result of NTSB Safety Study 85/02, “Air Carrier Overwater Emergency Equipment and Procedures.”122 Safety Recommendations A-85-35, -36, and -37 asked the FAA to do the following: Amend 14 CFR 121 to require that all passenger-carrying air carrier aircraft operating under this Part be equipped with approved life preservers meeting the requirements of the most current revision of [Technical Standard Order] TSO-C13 [“Life Preservers”] within a reasonable time after the adoption of the current revision of the TSO; ensure that 14 CFR 25 is consistent with the amendments to Part 121. (A-85-35)123
122 See Air Carrier Overwater Emergency Equipment and Procedures, Safety Study NTSB/SS-85/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1985). 123 A TSO is a minimum performance standard issued by the FAA for specified materials, parts, processes, and appliances used on civil aircraft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Amend 14 CFR 125 to require that all passenger-carrying air carrier aircraft operating under this Part be equipped with approved life preservers meeting the requirements of the most current revision of TSO-C13 within a reasonable time after the adoption of the current revision of the TSO; amend Part 125 to require approved flotation-type seat cushions (TSO-C72) on all such aircraft; ensure that 14 CFR 25 is consistent with the amendments of Part 125. (A-85-36) Amend 14 CFR 135 to require that all passenger-carrying air carrier aircraft operating under this Part be equipped with approved life preservers meeting the requirements of the most current revision of TSO-C13 within a reasonable time after the adoption of the current revision of the TSO; amend Part 135 to require approved floatation-type seat cushions (TSO-C72) on all such aircraft; ensure that 14 CFR [Special Federal Aviation Regulations] SFAR No. 23 is consistent with the amendments to Part 135. (A-85-37) On December 30, 1987, Public Law 100-223, “Airport and Airway Safety and Capacity Enhancement Act of 1987,” was enacted. The public law required the Secretary of Transportation to initiate rulemaking to consider requiring “adequate, uniform life preservers, life rafts, and flotation devices for passengers, including small children and infants, on flights of an air carrier which the Secretary determines will be partly over water.” On June 30, 1988, the FAA published Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) 88-11, which proposed new requirements that “would ensure that each occupant is provided a life preserver which provides the basic benefits of high buoyancy and water stability…regardless of whether the airplane is involved in overwater operation.” The FAA received 118 comments on the proposal, more than half of which were supportive. In 1997, the FAA informed the NTSB that it anticipated that a final rule would be published in the Federal Register by the end of that year; however, no final rule was issued. On July 10, 2000, the FAA indicated that, because of the number of comments received in response to NPRM 88-11 and the amount of time since the NPRM was originally issued, it had written a supplemental NPRM (SNPRM) for comment, which it anticipated would be published in the Federal Register by October 2000. Because that date passed and no communication was received, on March 29, 2002, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-85-35 through -37 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” On July 24, 2003, more than 15 years after it was originally published, the FAA finally withdrew the original NPRM 88-11 and stated, “we find the costs of proceeding with this rulemaking as proposed exceed the benefits to the public and that existing water survival equipment requirements are satisfactory.” Safety Recommendation A-85-39 Safety Recommendation A-85-39 asked the FAA to do the following: Amend the relevant sections of 14 CFR 121, 125, and 135 to require that all pre-departure briefings include a full demonstration of correct life preserver donning procedures. 71
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report On December 10, 1985, the FAA stated that passengers should be given information appropriate only to a particular flight and that a flight not being conducted on an EOW operation should not include a full demonstration on the donning and inflation of life vests. On February 18, 1986, the NTSB responded that, as noted in Safety Study SS-85/02, at least 179 fully certificated airports in the United States are located within 5 miles of a significant body of water; therefore, many passengers are at risk even though they may not be on an EOW flight. The NTSB also noted that, because most air carrier accidents occur during the approach or landing phases of flight, it is appropriate for passengers to be provided with a full demonstration of correct life preserver donning procedures if a flight originates or terminates near a significant body of water. On February 18, 1987, the FAA stated that, although many flights take off or land over bodies of water, in most cases those flights are not being operated in EOW operations and, therefore, are not required to be equipped with life preservers. The FAA noted that, if an aircraft not on an EOW flight crashed into the water, there would be little or no warning for passengers, leaving little time to don life preservers. The FAA stated that rulemaking on this subject would not be warranted. On June 1, 1987, the NTSB stated that it was disappointed that the FAA did not plan to take action in response to Safety Recommendation A-85-39 and classified it “Closed— Unacceptable Action.” Safety Recommendations A-85-41 through -44 Safety Recommendation A-85-41 asked the FAA to do the following: Amend TSO-C69a to require quick-release girts and handholds on emergency evacuation slides; amend 14 CFR 121 and 125 to specify a reasonable time from the adoption of the revision of the TSO by which all transport passenger air carrier aircraft being operated under these Parts must be equipped with slides conforming to the revised TSO. On December 23, 1988, the FAA stated that, on August 17, 1988, it issued TSO-C69b, “Emergency Evacuation Slides, Ramps, and Slide/Raft Combinations,” which had been revised to require quick-release girts and handholds on emergency evacuation slides. The FAA also stated that this recommendation was addressed in NPRM 88-11. As noted, on July 9, 1997, the FAA further stated that it anticipated issuance of its final rule governing overwater emergency equipment and procedures by December 1997. The FAA indicated that the final rule would address Safety Recommendations A-85-35 and -37 directly and Safety Recommendations A-85-36 and -41 indirectly. On June 6, 2000, the NTSB requested an update on the status of this recommendation. As noted previously, on July 10, 2000, the FAA indicated that it had written an SNPRM for 72
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 73 comment, which it anticipated would be published in the Federal Register by October 2000. On August 17, 2000, the NTSB stated that it was disappointed and concerned that, in the 12 years since the FAA initially issued the NPRM and in the 15 years since Safety Recommendation A-85-41 was issued, action had not been completed. The NTSB indicated that it understood the need for the SNPRM, given the time that had passed since the NPRM was issued, but that the FAA should act promptly. On March 29, 2002, the NTSB stated that it was aware that an SNPRM had not been issued and that no efforts were underway to issue one. Given the FAA’s lack of action and the amount of time that had passed since this recommendation was issued, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-85-41 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” Safety Recommendations A-85-42 and -43 asked the FAA to do the following: Amend TSO-C13d to require that the timed donning tests include the time to extract the life preserver from an unopened package. (A-85-42) Amend TSO-C13d to establish specific donning test performance requirements and compliance criteria, based on accepted statistical sampling practices that, at a minimum, set a lower limit on the number of persons to be used in each group test; upper and lower limits on the number of group tests that may be performed; the minimum percentage of persons in each group who must pass the test in order to count the group test a success; the minimum number of group tests that must be successful; and the composition of each group, including a requirement that only naïve subjects be used. (A-85-43) On August 21, 1986, the FAA stated that Safety Recommendations A-85-42, -43, -45, and -46124 were addressed in the revision of TSO-C13e, “Life Preservers.” On October 27, 1986, the NTSB stated that the TSO modifications complied with the intent of these recommendations and classified Safety Recommendations A-85-42 and -43 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Safety Recommendation A-85-44 asked the FAA to do the following: Amend TSO-C13d to require that the timed donning tests be performed without the use of a briefing card or a donning demonstration. On December 10, 1985, the FAA stated that it recognized the importance of simple, quick-donning life preservers for typical untrained airline passengers. The FAA stated, however, that it was not reasonable or realistic to exclude from the donning test the preflight demonstration or passenger briefing cards.
124 The NTSB also issued Safety Recommendations A-85-45 and -46 as a result of Safety Study SS-85/02. Safety Recommendation A-85-45 asked the FAA to “amend TSO-C13d so that it does not preclude the use of single inflation chamber life preserver designs that otherwise meet the requirements of the TSO.” Safety Recommendation A-85-46 asked the FAA to “amend TSO-C13d to require an automatically activated survivor locator light.” On October 27, 1986, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-85-45 and -46 “Closed—Acceptable Action.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 74 On February 18, 1986, the NTSB stated that donning tests should be performed without the benefit of a donning demonstration or briefing cards. The NTSB indicated that this requirement would truly test how easily and quickly the life preservers can be donned and would simulate more closely the actual conditions faced by passengers during a water impact accident. The NTSB requested that the FAA reconsider the need to provide the most appropriately severe situation to test subjects to determine more realistic donning times for passengers functioning in real emergency conditions. On August 21, 1986, the FAA stated that, although it had carefully considered the NTSB’s position, it still planned to take no action in response to Safety Recommendation A-85-44. Therefore, on October 27, 1986, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-85-44 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” Safety Recommendation A-00-86 On July 14, 2000, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-00-86 as a result of NTSB Safety Study 00/01, “Emergency Evacuation of Commercial Airplanes.”125 Safety Recommendation A-00-86 asked the FAA to do the following: Conduct research and explore creative and effective methods that use state-of-the-art technology to convey safety information to passengers. The presented information should include a demonstration of all emergency evacuation procedures, such as how to open the emergency exits and exit the aircraft, including how to use the slides. On November 14, 2000, the FAA stated that passenger inattention to preflight safety briefings should be addressed by air carriers in their crewmember training programs, flight attendant procedures, and methods of communicating passenger safety information. The FAA stated that the current state-of-the-art technology is effective and was already being used in the aviation industry. The FAA indicated that many airlines use safety briefing videos and that, as airlines acquired newer generation aircraft that were equipped for video presentations, the number of passengers who received video safety briefings would increase. The FAA further stated that, although it did not agree that additional research was needed, it would continue to encourage air carriers to use innovative ways to present safety information to passengers. On July 25, 2001, the NTSB stated that its evacuation study found that current practices did not adequately convey safety information to passengers. The NTSB stated that it was unaware of any research or studies that had compared or evaluated how effective the current technologies are when used in preflight safety briefings. The NTSB indicated that it would like to know, for instance, whether passenger attention and knowledge retention of a video safety briefing have been objectively compared with a safety briefing by a live flight attendant. The
125 See Emergency Evacuation of Commercial Airplanes, Safety Study NTSB/SS-00/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2000).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 75 NTSB asked the FAA to reconsider its position on identifying creative and effective methods of conveying safety information to passengers. On December 11, 2003, the FAA indicated that previous FAA studies in human factors and extensive experience of air carriers in actual operations have shown that graphics were more effective than text, especially for passengers who were not fluent in written or spoken English, and that moving graphics might enhance the effectiveness of static graphic images. The FAA further indicated that many airlines were using overhead and seatback monitors for this purpose, and, as aircraft were upgraded or new aircraft were put into service, the ability to use moving graphics in proximity to passengers to convey safety briefing information would increase. On May 5, 2004, the NTSB stated that the technological advances in on-board graphics displays had provided more options for improved preflight safety briefings. The NTSB indicated, however, that it was concerned that the FAA had taken no direct action to research creative and effective methods to use this new technology to address the problem of passenger inattention to briefings. The NTSB stated that it was disappointed that the FAA did not intend to further address the passenger inattention issue despite the new technology available and classified Safety Recommendation A-00-86 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” 1.18.4 Water Swell Testing In 1974, Institut de Méchanique des Fluides de Lille conducted water-tank tests to determine the effect of water swells on water-landing forces using a 1/16-scale model of the Mercure aircraft.126 Tests were conducted on smooth water and on four different combinations of sea swell size and approach geometry. When landing on rough water against the swells, the airplane fuselage was breached and became submerged by the end of the test runs. When landing on rough water parallel to the swells, the fuselage was breached in 7 out of 10 tests. The report concluded that, on smooth water, the water impact pitch angles tested from 11° to 15° resulted in a water landing without significant destruction at a mass of 50,000 kilograms (110,231 pounds) and with load factors less than 3 Gs. However, on rough water, only pitch angles of 13° and 15° were found to be acceptable, with a flightpath angle of -1° or less, low speed, and flaps and slats in the landing configuration. The report indicated that the lower pitch angles (pitch angles between 11° and 13°) should not be used when landing on water with swells because the engines and the fuselage would break under these conditions. The report concluded that, on rough water, landing against the swells should be avoided because this test condition always resulted in a breach of the fuselage. Rather, the swells should be contacted longitudinally and on a peak, preferably at 15° of pitch. Sideslip and roll angles should be minimized, and landing gear should be retracted for a water landing.
126 The information presented in this section comes from selected sections of the IMF Lille test report that were translated by an NTSB investigator.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 76 1.18.5 NASA Research on the Challenges of Abnormal and Emergency Situations In June 2005, NASA published a report that discussed the challenges of emergency and abnormal situations in aviation.127 The report states, “some situations may be so dire and time-critical or may unfold so quickly” that pilots must focus all of their efforts on the basics of aviation—flying and landing the airplane—with little time to consult emergency checklists. The report indicated that, although pilots are trained for emergency and abnormal situations, it is not possible to train for all possible contingencies. Further, although training under AQP provides operators with greater flexibility than guidance provided under Part 121 regulations, operators are faced with time and financial constraints limiting the “range and depth” of the emergencies trained to those that are most common and for which the checklist procedures work as expected. The report also pointed out that, although simulators have a limited ability to replicate real-world emergency and abnormal situations and demands, training for these situations does benefit pilots. The NASA report noted that a review of voluntary reports filed on the Aviation Safety Reporting System (ASRS) indicated that over 86 percent of “textbook emergencies” (those emergencies for which a good checklist exists) were handled well by flight crews and that only about 7 percent of nontextbook emergencies were handled well by flight crews. The NASA report also addressed the design of emergency and abnormal situations checklists and procedures. The report noted that, although checklists and procedures cannot possibly be developed for all possible contingencies, checklists should be developed for emergency and abnormal situations “for all phases of flight in which they might be needed.” Further, the report stated that, when designing checklists and procedures for emergency and abnormal situations, attention should be paid to the wording, organization, and structure to ensure that the checklists and procedures are easy to use, clear, and complete. The report also indicates that, because attention narrows during emergency and abnormal situations due to increased workload and stress, checklists and procedures should minimize the memory load on flight crews and that some airlines and manufacturers have reduced the number of items that have to be memorized by the flight crew (memory items). In addition, because flight crews have limited opportunities to practice abnormal situations, performing the appropriate procedures requires greater effort and concentration. Finally, flight crewmembers’ attention can become narrowed, causing them to become cognitively rigid, which can reduce their ability to analyze and resolve the situation. 1.18.6 Cold-Water Immersion Information The risks to people who are exposed to cold water are fairly well documented and understood. For example, a 2002 U.S. Army publication128 stated the following:
127 See B.K. Burian, I. Barshi, and K. Dismukes, The Challenge of Aviation Emergency and Abnormal Situations, NASA Technical Memorandum 2005-213462 (Moffett Field, California: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 2005). 128 See L.E. Wittmers, M.D., PhD. and M.V. Savage, Medical Aspects of Harsh Environment, vol. 1 (Falls Church, Virginia: Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, 2002), pp. 531–552. The report
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 77 the initial response to immersion (stage 1) has a respiratory and cardiovascular component. Respirations may become uncontrolled, with reflex gasping and hyperventilation. This panic response will decrease the breath-holding time and may lead to aspiration with subsequent drowning. A February 2008 North Atlantic Treaty Organization Research and Technology Organization publication stated that the initial cold shock response “kills within 3-5 minutes” and that “death from cold shock is not uncommon.”129 In addition, a 2003 Transport Canada publication indicated, “it has now become clear that over half of immersion-related deaths occur during the first two stages of immersion, i.e. cold shock and swimming failure.”130 The report stated that, generally, cold-shock deaths occurred between 3 and 5 minutes, and swimming- failure deaths occurred between 5 and 30 minutes.131 The report indicated that, during the first 10 to 15 minutes of immersion, “the cold water renders the limbs useless, and particularly the hands. It can become impossible to carry out any self-rescue procedure.” The report concluded, “wherever possible, entry into water below 15°C [59° F] should be avoided. Direct entry into a life raft should be the objective.”
described the four stages of cold-water immersion as follows: Stage 1: Initial immersion (0 to 3 minutes), Stage 2: Short-term immersion (3 to 15 minutes), Stage 3: Long-term immersion (greater than or equal to 30 minutes), and Stage 4: Postimmersion (core [rectal] temperature may fall, but after the incident). 129 See M.J. Tipton and C.J. Brooks, “The Dangers of Sudden Immersion in Cold Water,” Survival at Sea for Mariners, Aviators and Search and Rescue Personnel, RTO-AG-HFM-152 (Brussels, Belgium: North Atlantic Treaty Organization Research and Technology Organization, 2008), pp 3-1–3-10. 130 See Survival in Cold Waters: Staying Alive, Transport Canada Report TP13822E (Ottawa, Ontario, Canada: Transport Canada, 2003). 131 These deaths are often listed by medical examiners as hypothermia-related; however, hypothermic (core temperature drop) effects do not usually begin until after 30 minutes and are heavily dependent on an individual’s unique characteristics (for example, age, height, weight, body fat percentage, and clothing).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Analysis
- 1 General
The flight and cabin crewmembers were properly certificated and qualified under federal regulations. No evidence indicated any preexisting medical or physical condition that might have adversely affected the flight crew’s performance during the accident flight. The accident airplane was equipped, dispatched, and maintained in accordance with federal regulations. The LGA departure controller chose to display only correlated targets on his radar display. If he had chosen to display both the correlated and uncorrelated targets, he would not have been able to effectively control traffic because a large amount of extraneous information would have been shown on the display. Additionally, he would not have been able to determine whether the additional targets were birds, boats, precipitation, or any other item the radar detected. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the LGA departure controller’s decision to display only correlated primary radar targets on his radar display was appropriate. Examinations of the recovered components revealed no evidence of any preexisting engine, system, or structural failures. The airplane met the structural ditching certification regulations in effect at the time of its certification, and the engine met the bird-ingestion certification regulations in effect at the time of its certification, as well as an anticipated additional regulation that it was not required to meet at that time. The investigation determined that the airplane’s descent rate at the time it impacted the water was 12.5 fps, more than three times the descent rate of 3.5 fps assumed during ditching certification, resulting in external pressures on the aft fuselage, primarily from FR55 to FR70, which significantly exceeded the values established to demonstrate compliance with the certification criteria. These external pressures were sufficient to cause the large-scale collapse and failure of the aft fuselage frames, cargo floor, and passenger floor struts and to initiate cracking of the lower fuselage skin, allowing water to enter the airplane. Further, the water ingress and continued forward motion of the airplane through the water resulted in postimpact pressures and suction forces that caused additional damage, including the failure of the lower fuselage skin panel and aft pressure bulkhead. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the airframe damage was caused by the high-energy impact at the aft fuselage and the ensuing forward motion of the airplane through the water. The term, “ditching,” is not defined in federal regulations. The NTSB addressed this issue previously in its Safety Study 85/02, “Air Carrier Overwater Emergency Equipment and Procedures,” which stated the following: 78
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report [ditching] usually means a planned water event in which the flight crew, with the aircraft under control, knowingly attempts to land in water. In contrast to an inadvertent water impact, in which there is no time for passenger or crew preparation, ditching allows some time for donning life preservers, etc. The NTSB considers this accident to be a ditching because the pilots clearly intended to ditch on the Hudson River. The accident event falls between a planned and unplanned event in that, although the pilots did not have time to complete each step of the applicable checklist, they did have sufficient time to consult the QRH, begin checklist execution, transmit radio calls, determine a landing strategy, configure the airplane for the ditching, and alert the flight attendants and passengers to “brace for impact.” Although the airplane impacted the water at a descent rate that exceeded the Airbus ditching parameter of 3.5 fps, postaccident ditching simulation results indicated that, during an actual ditching without engine power, the average pilot will not likely ditch the airplane within all of the Airbus ditching parameters because it is exceptionally difficult for pilots to meet such precise criteria with no power. Further, the water swell tests conducted on Mercure airplanes indicated that, even with engine power, water swells and/or high winds also make it difficult for pilots to safely ditch an airplane, and these factors were not taken into account during certification. (See section 2.6 for a more detailed discussion of this issue.) Although both engines experienced an almost total loss of thrust after the bird encounter, the flight crew was able to ditch the airplane on the Hudson River, resulting in very few serious injuries and no fatalities. Further, all of the airplane occupants evacuated the airplane and were subsequently rescued. Consequently, this accident has been portrayed as a “successful” ditching. However, the investigation revealed that the success of this ditching mostly resulted from a series of fortuitous circumstances, including that the ditching occurred in good visibility conditions on calm water and was executed by a very experienced flight crew; that the airplane was EOW equipped even though it was not required to be so equipped for this particular flight; and that the airplane was ditched near vessels immediately available to rescue the passengers and crewmembers. The investigation revealed several areas where safety improvements are needed. The analysis discusses the flight crew performance and safety issues related to the following: in-flight engine diagnostics, engine bird-ingestion certification testing, emergency and abnormal checklist design, dual-engine failure and ditching training, training on the effects of flight envelope limitations on airplane response to pilot inputs, validation of operational procedures and requirements for airplane ditching certification; and wildlife hazard mitigation. Also analyzed are survival-related issues, including passenger brace positions; slide/raft stowage; passenger immersion protection; life line usage; life vest stowage, retrieval, and donning; preflight safety briefings, and passenger education. 79
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 80 2.2 Engine Analysis 2.2.1 General FDR data indicated that, during ground operation and takeoff, the N1 and N2 speeds of both engines accelerated in unison during the throttle advancement to full takeoff power and that these speeds were similarly matched and stable during takeoff and initial climb until about 1 minute 37 seconds into the flight. Although the right engine had recently experienced an engine compressor stall, US Airways had corrected the problem in accordance with maintenance manual practices, and no FDR evidence indicated that a compressor stall occurred before the bird encounter. 2.2.2 Identification of Ingested Birds The Smithsonian Institution analyzed the feather and tissue samples from both engines and determined that the left engine contained both male and female Canada geese remains, indicating that the engine ingested at least two geese. (The average weight of a male Canada goose is from 8.4 to 9.2 pounds, and the average weight of a female goose is from 7.3 to 7.8 pounds.) The Smithsonian Institution report stated that only male Canada goose remains were found in the right engine, suggesting that it might have only ingested one bird; however, a comparison of the physical features and quantity of the damage in the two engines, which will be discussed in the following sections, indicated that the right engine ingested at least two Canada geese.132 2.2.3 Engine Damage The engines were certificated to withstand the ingestion of birds of a specified weight in accordance with the certification standards and still produce sufficient power to sustain flight. (The certification requirements are discussed in section 2.2.5.) However, during this event, each engine ingested at least two Canada geese weighing about 8 pounds each, which significantly exceeded the certification standards, and neither engine was able to produce sufficient power to sustain flight after ingesting these birds. This section will discuss the progression of the damage to the engine parts, starting with the engine spinners and moving to the cores, to explain at which point in the bird-ingestion sequence the damage occurred that prevented the production of sufficient power to sustain flight.
132 Currently, the Smithsonian Institution is unable to discriminate between multiple birds within the same species, sex, and maturity level. A more detailed DNA analysis completed in February 2010 was unable to verify whether more than one male goose was ingested into the right engine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.2.3.1 Engine Spinner, Fan Blade, and Fan Inlet Case Damage If a bird enters the engine inlet near the inner radius (near the spinner), a portion of it may be ingested by the engine core because of the radius’ proximity to the core. Both engine spinners on the accident airplane exhibited soft-body impact damage, indicating that both engines ingested a bird very near the inner radius of the engine inlet and that some of that bird mass entered the engine core. Although all of the left and right engine fan blades were present and intact, three of the left engine fan blades and five of the right engine fan blades exhibited damage indicating that both engines ingested a second bird near the fan midspan, but, because it was ingested near the edge of the fan blades, none of that bird mass entered the core. When a turbofan engine ingests birds and no fan blades are fractured, the damage to the fan blades is generally localized because the bird will affect only those fan blades that actually impact or slice it as it passes through the fan plane. The number of fan blades affected by the impact is determined by the bird size, the relative bird velocity with respect to the airplane, the rotational fan speed, and the bird-impact angle. As the fan blades impact and slice the bird, the impact forces against the fan blades can be high enough to permanently deform and twist them as they bend and vibrate in response to the impact. Although the fan blades of both engines showed evidence of bird ingestion and subsequent mechanical damage, as noted, no significant fan blade damage or fractures were found. Gouging was found on both engines’ forward acoustical panels in the fan inlet case. Turbofan engine fan blades are designed to accelerate only compressible materials, such as air. When rotating fan blades contact a denser, noncompressible material, such as water, they will “bite” into the water, which will cause the blades to bend forward and cause gouging. Therefore, the fan rotors of both engines were rotating upon water impact. 2.2.3.2 Engine Core Damage Because the fan spins rapidly, the fan blades protect the engine core by centrifugally slinging foreign objects outward into the bypass duct; therefore, most foreign objects that enter the engine inlet strike the fan blades and exit through the bypass duct, causing only fan blade damage. The spinner shape is also designed to deflect foreign objects outward to the bypass duct. However, only foreign objects of a limited size and consistency can be centrifuged or deflected from the engine’s core. Disassembly and examination of the engines revealed that two LPC IGVs in each engine had fractured because of the bird ingestion and were subsequently ingested into the engine cores, where they initiated secondary damage to the LPC and HPC. Immediately thereafter, the engine cores were incapable of supplying power to the fans; therefore, the fans could no longer rotate and produce sufficient thrust to sustain flight. In addition, damage to the left engine HPC VGVs resulted in the blockage of most of the airflow through the compressor. The insufficient airflow into the combustor to cool the engine 81
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report and through the LPT to drive the fan resulted in the loss of left engine power. Although the airflow was not blocked in the right engine as it was in the left engine, the destruction of all of the HPC VGVs and the fracture of several compressor blades caused the loss of directional control of the airflow into the compressor, causing it to stall continuously, with no recovery possible, and, eventually, to lose power. In summary, the NTSB concludes that both engines were operating normally until they each ingested at least two large birds (weighing about 8 pounds each), one of which was ingested into each engine core, causing mechanical damage that prevented the engines from being able to provide sufficient thrust to sustain flight. 2.2.4 In-Flight Engine Problem Diagnostics FDR data indicated that, although the engine power and fuel flow decreased immediately after the bird ingestion, both engines’ LPC spools continued to rotate, and no loss of combustion occurred. According to FDR and CVR data, after the bird ingestion, the first officer followed the Engine Dual Failure checklist and spent about 30 to 40 seconds trying to relight the engines; however, since engine combustion was not lost, these attempts were ineffective in that they would not fix the problem, and the N2 speeds could not increase during the remainder of the flight. The flight crew was unaware that the extent and type of the engine damage precluded any pilot action from returning them to operational status. If the flight crewmembers had known this, they could have proceeded to other critical tasks, such as completing only the Engine Dual Failure checklist items applicable to the situation. (See section 2.3.1 for information about the Engine Dual Failure checklist and the flight crew’s accomplishment of it.) The NTSB notes that it is unreasonable to expect pilots to properly diagnose complex engine problems and take appropriate corrective actions while they are encountering an emergency condition under critical time constraints. Many modern engines are equipped with engine sensors and full-authority digital engine controls (FADEC) that can be programmed to advise pilots about the status of an engine so that they can respond better to engine failures. However, currently, no commercially available engines have diagnostic capabilities to identify the type of engine damage (sensors and FADECs can only identify that a problem exists) and recommend mitigating or corrective actions to pilots; yet, work has been performed to develop this technology for both military and civilian applications. For example, in 1998, the Department of the Navy, in conjunction with industry and the FAA, initiated the Survivable Engine Control Algorithm Development project, which was tasked, in part, to develop technology that would inform flight crews about an engine’s condition following foreign-object or bird ingestion that resulted in engine gas path damage. The intent was to use existing engine sensors to define the type of engine damage and then apply appropriate mitigation through changing control schedules within the FADEC. Although a successful demonstration of this technology was conducted on the U.S. Navy’s GE F414 turbofan engine, the project was terminated because of a lack of funding. In 2007, similar work was conducted on the GE T700 82
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report turboshaft engine; however, this project was also terminated before it was completed because of funding shortfalls. Commercial applications for this type of technology were investigated in 2002 by NASA’s Aviation Safety and Security Program, which initiated the CEDAR (Commercial Engine Damage Assessment and Reconfiguration) project using a GE CF6-80C2 engine to develop damage detection algorithms. Again, initial efforts were terminated because of a lack of funding and shifted priorities. The NTSB concludes that, if the accident engines’ electronic control system had been capable of informing the flight crewmembers about the continuing operational status of the engines, they would have been aware that thrust could not be restored and would not have spent valuable time trying to relight the engines, which were too damaged for any pilot action to make operational. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA work with the military, manufacturers, and NASA to complete the development of a technology capable of informing pilots about the continuing operational status of an engine. The NTSB further recommends that, once the development of the engine technology has been completed, as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-62, the FAA require the implementation of the technology on transport- category airplane engines equipped with FADECs. 2.2.5 CFM 56-5B4/P Bird-Ingestion Certification Tests Each accident engine ingested one 8-pound bird into its core, preventing the engines from providing sufficient thrust to sustain flight, indicating that an engine of this size cannot withstand the ingestion of such a large bird into the core and continue to operate. Further, informal discussions with industry and the FAA revealed that it would not be practical to build an engine that could withstand ingesting a bird of this size into the core because of performance and weight penalties that such a design would entail. These discussions also revealed that ingesting one 2 1/2-pound bird into the engine core, which is the current engine core ingestion test requirement, is already considered a stringent test of the engine core. The NTSB concludes that the size and number of the birds ingested by the accident engines well exceeded the current bird-ingestion certification standards. The accident event highlighted other considerations that could be addressed during the tests related to small, medium, and large flocking birds. These considerations are discussed below. The test requirements contained in 14 CFR 33.76(c) for the ingestion of small and medium flocking birds require that, for an engine of this size, one 2 1/2-pound bird be volleyed into the core and four 1 1/2-pound birds be volleyed at other locations on the fan disk. Each accident engine ingested one 8-pound Canada goose through to its core, much more than the weight used in the current certification tests; therefore, the accident engines sustained a 83
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report significantly greater impact force than that for which they were certificated. FDR data indicated that the fan speed of both engines just before the bird ingestion was only about 80 percent, which is consistent for the airplane and atmospheric conditions at that point in the flight and is well below the bird-ingestion test fan-speed requirement of 100 percent. Current Section 33.76(c) small- and medium-flocking-bird certification tests require that 100-percent fan speed be used; this condition involves the highest kinetic energy of the bird relative to the fan blade, which is likely the most critical condition for damage to the fan blade itself. However, an additional consideration for the severity of a core ingestion event is the volume or bird mass. Therefore, the lowest operational fan speed should be used during the tests related to small, and medium, flocking birds so that a larger portion of the bird mass passes through the fan blades. Additionally, a slower fan speed would cause less centrifuging of the bird mass as it passes through the fan, which would allow a larger portion of the bird mass to pass through to the IGVs and other core components, causing higher impact forces on them. Reducing the fan speed during the certification tests to that expected during takeoff conditions would allow more bird mass to enter the engine core. The NTSB concludes that the current small and medium flocking bird tests required by 14 CFR 33.76(c) would provide a more stringent test of the turbofan engine core resistance to bird ingestion if the lowest expected fan speed for the minimum climb rate were used instead of 100-percent fan speed because it would allow a larger portion of the bird mass to enter the engine core. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA modify the 14 CFR 33.76(c) small and medium flocking bird certification test standard to require that the test be conducted using the lowest expected fan speed, instead of 100-percent fan speed, for the minimum climb rate. Further, the NTSB recommends that EASA modify the small and medium flocking bird certification test standard in JAR-E to require that the test be conducted using the lowest expected fan speed, instead of 100-percent fan speed, for the minimum climb rate. Current Section 33.76(d) large flocking bird certification tests require the ingestion of one large flocking bird. However, during this test, the bird is not directed into the core; therefore, only the fan blades, flammable fluid lines, and support structure are tested. Further, the test is limited to engines with inlet areas greater than 3,875 square inches; smaller transport-category airplane engines, such as the CFM56-5B4/P, with an inlet area of 3,077 square inches, are exempt from this test. The evidence from this accident shows that large flocking birds can be ingested into smaller transport-category airplane engines and pose a threat to the engine core as well as the fan blades; however, the large flocking bird tests are not required as part of the certification process for this size engine. The NTSB concludes that additional considerations need to be addressed related to the current 14 CFR 33.76(d) large flocking bird certification test standards because they do not require large flocking bird tests on smaller transport-category airplane engines, such as the accident engine, or a test of the engine core; the circumstances of the accident demonstrate that large birds can be ingested into the core of small engines and cause significant damage. The NTSB notes that the FAA engine and propeller directorate, jointly with EASA, initiated a reevaluation of the existing engine bird-ingestion certification regulations by tasking a working 84
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report group to update the BRDB to include events through the end of 2008. Once the BRDB update is completed, the group is expected to perform a statistical analysis of the raw data and evaluate whether the current regulations still meet FAA and EASA safety objectives and whether additional actions or rule changes are necessary. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that, during the BRDB working group’s reevaluation of the current engine bird-ingestion certification regulations, the FAA specifically reevaluate the 14 CFR 33.76(d) large flocking bird certification test standards to determine whether they should 1) apply to engines with an inlet area of less than 3,875 square inches and 2) include a requirement for engine core ingestion. If the BRDB working group’s reevaluation determines that such requirements are needed, incorporate them into 14 CFR 33.76(d) and require that newly certificated engines be designed and tested to these requirements. Further, the NTSB recommends that, during the BRDB working group’s reevaluation of the current engine bird-ingestion certification regulations, the EASA specifically reevaluate the JAR-E large flocking bird certification test standards to determine whether they should 1) apply to engines with an inlet area of less than 3,875 square inches and 2) include a requirement for engine core ingestion. If the BRDB working group’s reevaluation determines that such requirements are needed, incorporate them into JAR-E and require that newly certificated engines be designed and tested to these requirements. 2.2.6 Bird-Ingestion Protection Devices for Engines Engine design changes and protective screens have been used or considered in some engine and aircraft designs. For example, certain small turbofan engines, such as the GE CF-34 and some later model Honeywell TFE-731s, incorporate a hidden- or partially hidden-core inlet. The hidden-core inlet design hides the IGVs behind the fan hub rather than placing them directly into the airflow path; thus, all foreign objects pass over the IGVs into the bypass duct and cannot be ingested into the core. However, the hidden-core inlet design results in significant design compromises that increase as the size of the engine increases. The design requires that the engine be longer and heavier because the core inlet duct must be longer to direct the airflow into the core without separation from the duct walls and because the structure, bearings, and shafts must be lengthened. Additionally, the associated engine attachment structure and the airplane structure itself must be strengthened to account for the weight increase, resulting in an increase in fuel consumption. Another compromise the design creates is a nonoptimum relight envelope, which requires that the aircraft be put into a steep dive, an undesirable behavior in a passenger aircraft, to build up sufficient static pressure in the inlet to maintain engine core rotation for a successful emergency relight. In addition, protective screens are currently used on some modern turbopropeller airplanes and on some turboshaft helicopter engines; however, the type of protective device used on these engines cannot be incorporated into turbofan engines because of the engine construction layout. No manufacturers have developed an inlet screen to protect turbofan engines, such as the accident engine, from bird ingestion. Several technical issues related to performance, weight, and reliability must be considered to determine whether protective screens can be used effectively and safely on turbofan engines, and these issues are summarized as follows: 85
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Impact on engine performance. Screens can block, impede, or distort the airflow just in front of the engine, negatively impacting engine performance and exhaust emissions. Screens can cause erratic engine behavior in crosswind or gusty conditions, increasing the likelihood of a stall. Impact on in-flight restart envelope. Screens can require a higher airplane restart airspeed to reach the desired engine windmilling rotor speeds, which reduces the restart envelope of the airplane. Impact of vibration stresses. Screens can disturb the upstream airflow into the engine and induce airflow oscillation, resulting in high airfoil vibrations within the engine and causing premature fatigue and fracture of the fan blades or other airfoils in the engine. Impact of icing behavior. Screens can accrete ice very easily when they pass through a moist, cool atmosphere. Unless the screens are electrically heated to prevent ice formation, a high risk of screen ice blockage exists. The heat required to deice a screen in extreme icing conditions would require additional generator capacity and large, heavy electrical hardware to deal with the extra power requirements. Impact of screen and additional structural weight. During informal discussions with engineers from Honeywell and Boeing, it was estimated that the addition of a screen, support structure, electrical harness, and generator would add at least 1,000 pounds per engine installation. Further, the size of the pylon and wing structure would also need to be increased to accommodate the additional weight of the engine, resulting in even more weight being added to the airframe to structurally accommodate an inlet screen. Screen failure. The reliability of any component can never be 100 percent; therefore, the risk of a screen failure and its subsequent ingestion in the engine inlet must be considered in any design. If a screen were ingested into the engine, it could cause more damage than bird ingestion, leading to a catastrophic engine failure. Damage to the flight control surfaces on the wing or rudder/stabilizer is also a possible hazard. The NTSB concludes that, although engine design changes and protective screens have been used or considered in some engine and aircraft designs as a means to protect against bird ingestion, neither option has been found to be viable on turbofan engines like the accident engine. 86
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.3 Flight Crew Performance 2.3.1 Decision to Use Engine Dual Failure Checklist At 1527:23, about 12 seconds after the bird strike, the captain took control of the airplane. Five seconds later, the captain called for the QRH Engine Dual Failure checklist, and the first officer complied. Even though the engines did not experience a total loss of thrust, the Engine Dual Failure checklist was the most applicable checklist contained in the US Airways QRH, which was developed in accordance with the Airbus QRH, to address the accident event because it was the only checklist that contained guidance to follow if an engine restart was not possible and if a forced landing or ditching was anticipated (starting from 3,000 feet). However, according to postaccident interviews and CVR data, the flight crew did not complete the Engine Dual Failure checklist, which had 3 parts and was 3 pages long. Although the flight crewmembers were able to complete most of part 1 of the checklist, they were not able to start parts 2 and 3 of the checklist because of the airplane’s low altitude and the limited time available. The Engine Dual Failure checklist was designed assuming that a dual-engine failure occurred at a high altitude (above 20,000 feet). According to Airbus, the checklist was so designed because most Airbus operations were at high altitude, and, therefore, a dual-engine failure would most likely occur at altitudes above 20,000 feet. Airbus had not considered developing a checklist for use at a low altitude, when limited time is available before ground or water impact. Discussions with A320 operators and a manufacturer also indicated that low-altitude, dual-engine failure checklists are not readily available in the industry. In 2005, Airbus amended the Engine Dual Failure checklist by including two parallel steps, one for a fuel remaining scenario that included steps to attempt to relight an engine and one for a no fuel remaining scenario that did not include steps to attempt to relight an engine, and by incorporating the ditching procedures, which had previously been located in a separate checklist. Although the amendment allowed pilots to use one checklist, instead of several, for a dual-engine failure, it resulted in a lengthy checklist. As noted, the Engine Dual Failure checklist did not fully apply to a low-altitude, dual-engine failure and was unduly long for such an event given the limited time available. In fact, the first officer spent about 30 to 40 seconds attempting to relight the engines (as indicated in part 1 of the checklist) because he did not know the extent of the engine damage. Further, the flight crew never reached the ditching portion of the checklist, which most directly applied to the accident situation. A checklist for a dual-engine failure or other abnormal event occurring at a low altitude would increase the chances of a successful ditching and omit many of the steps that took up the flight crew’s limited time. The NTSB concludes that, although the Engine Dual Failure checklist did not fully apply to the accident event, it was the most applicable checklist contained in the QRH to address the event and that the flight crew’s decision to use this checklist was in accordance with US Airways 87
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report procedures. The NTSB further concludes that, if a checklist that addressed a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude had been available to the flight crewmembers, they would have been more likely to have completed that checklist. This accident demonstrates that abnormal events, including a dual-engine failure, can occur at a low altitude and, therefore, that a checklist is clearly needed to address such situations. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require manufacturers of turbine-powered aircraft to develop a checklist and procedure for a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude. Further, the NTSB recommends that EASA require manufacturers of turbine-powered aircraft to develop a checklist and procedure for a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude. In addition, the NTSB recommends that, once the development of the checklist and procedure for a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude has been completed, as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-66, require 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators of turbine-powered aircraft to implement the checklist and procedure. Although the flight crew was only able to complete about one-third of the Engine Dual Failure checklist, immediately after the bird strike, the captain did accomplish one critical item that the flight crew did not reach in the checklist: starting the APU. Starting the APU early in the accident sequence proved to be critical because it improved the outcome of the ditching by ensuring that electrical power was available to the airplane. Further, if the captain had not started the APU, the airplane would not have remained in normal law mode. This critical step would not have been completed if the flight crew had simply followed the order of the items in the checklist. The NTSB concludes that, despite being unable to complete the Engine Dual Failure checklist, the captain started the APU, which improved the outcome of the ditching by ensuring that a primary source of electrical power was available to the airplane and that the airplane remained in normal law and maintained the flight envelope protections, one of which protects against a stall. 2.3.2 Decision to Ditch on the Hudson River At the time of the bird strike, the airplane was about 4.5 miles north-northwest of the approach end of runway 22 at LGA and about 9.5 miles east-northeast of the approach end of runway 24 at TEB. During postaccident interviews, both pilots indicated that they thought the Hudson River was the best and safest landing option given the airplane’s airspeed, altitude, and position. About 1 minute after the bird strike, it was evident to the flight crew that landing at an airport may not be an option, and, at 1528:11, the captain reported to ATC that he did not think they would be able to land at LGA and that they might end up in the Hudson. At 1529:25, the captain told ATC that they would also be unable to land at TEB. Three seconds later, he stated to ATC that the airplane was going to be in the Hudson. During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that, “due to the surrounding area,” returning to LGA would have been problematic and that it would not have been a realistic choice. He further stated that, once a turn to LGA was 88
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 89 made, “it would have been an irrevocable choice, eliminating all other options,” and that TEB “was too far away.” The NTSB notes that a direct return to LGA would have required crossing Manhattan, a highly populated area, and putting people on the ground at risk. Simulation flights were run to determine whether the accident flight could have landed successfully at LGA or TEB following the bird strike. The simulations demonstrated that, to accomplish a successful flight to either airport, the airplane would have to have been turned toward the airport immediately after the bird strike. The immediate turn did not reflect or account for real-world considerations, such as the time delay required to recognize the extent of the engine thrust loss and decide on a course of action. The one simulator flight that took into account real-world considerations (a return to LGA runway 13 was attempted after a 35-second delay) was not successful. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the captain’s decision to ditch on the Hudson River rather than attempting to land at an airport provided the highest probability that the accident would be survivable. 2.3.3 Descent and Ditching Airspeed As noted, the flight crew was not able to initiate part 2 of the Engine Dual Failure checklist, which contained airspeed guidance for pilots to follow if an engine restart is considered impossible and a ditching is anticipated. The checklist states that, when an engine restart is considered impossible, the optimum airspeed at which to fly is the green dot speed. Despite not reaching this portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist, the captain stated during postaccident interviews that he thought that he had obtained green dot speed immediately after the bird strike, maintained that speed until the airplane was configured for landing, and, after deploying the flaps, maintained a speed “safely above VLS,” which is the lowest selectable airspeed providing an appropriate margin to the stall speed. However, FDR data indicated that the airplane was below green dot speed and at VLS or slightly less for most of the descent, and about 15 to 19 knots below VLS during the last 200 feet. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s difficulty maintaining his intended airspeed during the final approach resulted in high AOAs, which contributed to the difficulties in flaring the airplane, the high descent rate at touchdown, and the fuselage damage. (See additional discussion in section 2.7.1.) During emergency situations, such as the accident event, pilots experience high levels of stress resulting from high workload, time pressure, and noise. Stress can distract pilots from cockpit duties and result in pilot errors or performance degradation.133 For example, stress can lead to a phenomenon known as “tunnel vision,” or the narrowing of attention in which simple things can be overlooked (for example, airspeed and descent rate) and an individual focuses on a
133 See, for example, (a) K. Dismukes, G. Young, and R. Sumwalt, “Cockpit Interruptions and Distractions,” ASRS Directline, vol. 10 (1998), pp. 4-9. (b) B.K. Burian, I. Barshi, and K. Dismukes.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 90 narrow piece of information perceived to be most threatening or salient (for example, surrounding terrain and a suitable landing location).134 During the emergency, the flight crew was faced with a series of GPWS and TCAS aural alerts and many ATC communications, which can also present distractions during an emergency. Further, during postaccident interviews, the captain stated that, during the emergency situation, time was very compressed and that, because he was intensely focused on maintaining a successful flightpath, his attention was narrowed. To alleviate a pilot being overloaded by aural warnings, Airbus designed alert prioritizations to determine when cues are made available to pilots. However, in this accident, the low-speed warning was inhibited by the GPWS warnings, so that the flight crew was not made aware of the low-speed state. (See section 2.6.1.) Although a visual low-speed indication was available on the airspeed tape, the NTSB acknowledges that the flight crewmembers were overloaded with other visual cues (for example, engine parameters and outside visual references, such as buildings and bridges), which might have affected their ability to continuously monitor the airspeed tape. When the airspeed is high enough, such as the airspeed recommended in the QRH, the AOA never reaches the flight envelope protection activation threshold. The NTSB concludes the captain’s difficulty maintaining his intended airspeed during the final approach resulted, in part, from high workload, stress, and task saturation. 2.3.4 Decision to Use Flaps 2 for Ditching The Airbus and US Airways engine dual failure checklists indicated that only blue hydraulic power would be available and, therefore, that only slats would extend when configuring for landing. Although the dual-engine failure certification assessed this worst-case scenario, the possibility of having green and yellow hydraulic systems available was also considered. FDR data indicated that, during the accident event, all three (green, blue, and yellow) hydraulic systems were available and that the flight crew was able to extend flaps and slats. In the accident scenario, the NTSB notes that the selection of flaps 3 would have allowed the airplane to fly at a lower airspeed. At 1529:45, when the airplane was at an altitude of about 270 feet, the captain instructed the first officer to set the flaps. The first officer then stated that they were at flaps 2 and asked the captain if he “want[ed] more?” The captain replied, “no, let’s stay at 2.” About 1 minute later, the airplane was ditched on the Hudson River. During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that he used flaps 2 because there were “operational advantages to using flaps 2.” He stated that using flaps 3 would not have lowered the stall speed significantly and would have increased the drag. He stated that he was concerned about having enough energy to successfully flare the airplane and reduce the descent rate
134 See C.D. Wickens, Engineering Psychology and Human Performance, 2nd ed. (New York, New York: Harper Collins, 1984).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report sufficiently. He stated that, from his experience, using flaps 2 provides a slightly higher nose attitude and that he felt that, in the accident situation, flaps 2 was the optimum setting. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s decision to use flaps 2 for the ditching, based on his experience and perception of the situation, was reasonable and consistent with the limited civilian industry and military guidance that was available regarding forced landings of large aircraft without power. 2.3.5 CRM and TEM During the Accident Sequence Both pilots indicated that CRM was integral to the success of the accident flight. The first officer stated that they each had specific roles, knew what each other was doing, and interacted when necessary. The captain indicated that, because of the time constraints, they could not discuss every part of the decision process; therefore, they had to listen to and observe each other. The captain further stated that they did not have time to consult all of the written guidance or complete the appropriate checklist, so he and the first officer had to work almost intuitively in a very close-knit fashion. For example, the captain stated that when he called for the QRH, about 17 seconds after the bird strike, the first officer already had the checklist out. The captain stated that the US Airways CRM and TEM training, which was integrated into all aspects of US Airways training, including ground school and flight training, gave pilots the skills and tools needed to build a team quickly, open lines of communication, share common goals, and work together. CVR data indicate that the communication and coordination between the captain and first officer were excellent and professional after the bird strike. Further, the flight crew managed the workload by making only pertinent callouts to ATC and the cabin crew as time permitted. In addition, CVR data showed that each pilot adhered to his role and responsibilities during the accident sequence. The first officer progressed through the checklist while the captain was flying the airplane, communicating with ATC, and determining a suitable landing point. In addition, the captain used the first officer as a resource by requesting his input during the accident sequence. The NTSB concludes that the professionalism of the flight crewmembers and their excellent CRM during the accident sequence contributed to their ability to maintain control of the airplane, configure it to the extent possible under the circumstances, and fly an approach that increased the survivability of the impact. 2.4 Abnormal and Emergency Events Checklist Design NASA researchers have studied the difficulties inherent to designing checklists and procedures for emergency and abnormal situations. A 2005 NASA report noted that, although checklists and procedures cannot be developed for all possible contingencies, checklists should be developed for emergency and abnormal situations “for all phases of flight in which they might 91
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 92 be needed.”135 Further, the report stated that emergency and abnormal checklists and procedures must include the necessary information and steps to respond appropriately and that, when designing checklists and procedures for emergency and abnormal situations, attention should be paid to the wording, organization, and structure of the checklists and procedures to ensure that they are easy to use, clear, and complete. The report also indicated that, because attention narrows during emergency and abnormal situations due to increased workload and stress, checklists and procedures should minimize the memory load on flight crews and that some airlines and manufacturers have reduced the number of memory items. Accidents and incidents have shown that pilots can become so fixated on an emergency or abnormal situation that routine items (for example, configuring for landing) are overlooked.136 For this reason, emergency and abnormal checklists often include reminders to pilots of items that may be forgotten. Additionally, pilots can lose their place in a checklist if they are required to alternate between various checklists or are distracted by other cockpit duties; however, as shown with the Engine Dual Failure checklist, combining checklists can result in lengthy procedures. Therefore, checklists should not be overly cumbersome but should still contain all of the critical items that must be accomplished and should not require pilots to rely heavily on memory items. Shorter checklists increase the likelihood that pilots can complete all pertinent items related to the emergency or abnormal situation without distracting them from other cockpit duties. Unfortunately, many checklists are designed such that pilots become “stuck” in the checklist and, therefore, complete procedures that may not be appropriate or practical for a given emergency (such as trying to restart engines). According to a NASA representative’s public hearing testimony, to minimize the risk of becoming stuck in an inapplicable portion of a checklist, checklists can be designed to give pilots “opt out” points or “gates,” which are conditional if-then statements. (For example, “if the aircraft is below 3,000 feet, then go to step 27.”) Incorporating such points into checklists will encourage pilots to reevaluate the situation and determine whether they are using the appropriate checklist or portion of a checklist and whether the task focus should be shifted. The NTSB notes that this is not the first accident in which checklist design was recognized as a safety issue. For example, after the September 2, 1998, Swissair flight 111 accident in which a seemingly innocuous smoke event evolved, after several minutes, into a sudden and severe in-flight fire, the Transportation Safety Board of Canada determined that the checklist that the flight crew attempted to use would have taken about 20 to 30 minutes to complete.137 However, only 20 minutes elapsed from the time that the on-board fire was detected until the crash occurred. In late 2004, the Flight Safety Foundation began an international initiative, which included the participation of manufacturers, airlines, pilots, and government
135 B.K. Burian, I. Barshi, and K. Dismukes. 136 For examples of such accidents and incidents, see (a) Wheels-Up Landing, Continental Flight 1943, Douglas DC-9-32, N10556, Houston, Texas, February 19, 1996, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-97/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997). (b) The reports for NTSB case numbers CHI94FA039 and DCA06MA009 are available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. 137 See In-Flight Fire Leading to Collision with Water, SwissAir Transport Limited, McDonnell Douglas MD- 11, HB-IWF, Peggy’s Cove, Nova Scotia, 5 nm SW, 2 September 1998, Aviation Investigation Report A98H0003 (Quebec, Canada: Transportation Safety Board of Canada, 2003).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 93 representatives, to improve checklist procedures for airline pilots confronting smoke, fire, or fumes when no alerts are annunciated in the cockpit. As a result of the initiative, the Flight Safety Foundation published a report containing a streamlined Smoke, Fire, and Fumes checklist template to standardize and optimize flight crew responses to such events and that included considerations for an immediate landing.138 The NTSB believes that a similar initiative to improve other emergency and abnormal checklists is warranted. The NTSB concludes that comprehensive guidelines on the best means to design and develop emergency and abnormal checklists would promote operational standardization and increase the likelihood of a successful outcome to such events. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA develop and validate comprehensive guidelines for emergency and abnormal checklist design and development. The guidelines should consider the order of critical items in the checklist (for example, starting the APU), the use of opt outs or gates to minimize the risk of flight crewmembers becoming stuck in an inappropriate checklist or portion of a checklist, the length of the checklist, the level of detail in the checklist, the time needed to complete the checklist, and the mental workload of the flight crew. The NTSB notes that, on March 16, 2010, the FAA published Information for Operators 10002SUP, “Industries Best Practices Reference List,” which included resources for checklist design and use. The NTSB reviewed these resources and does not believe that they adequately address the issues described in this recommendation. 2.5 Pilot Training 2.5.1 Dual-Engine Failure Training US Airways’ dual-engine failure training, which was provided during initial training in a full-flight simulator session, was consistent with the training provided by Airbus. The dual-engine failure scenario was presented at 25,000 feet, included two engine restart attempts, and was considered complete after the restart of one engine, typically at an altitude from about 8,000 to 10,000 feet. During the training scenarios, at least one engine was always restarted; therefore, the pilots never reached the point of having to conduct a forced landing or ditching. No dual-engine failure training scenarios were presented at or near traffic pattern altitudes, and no scenarios were used to train pilots to conduct a possible ditching or forced landing. The scenarios were focused on restarting an engine in flight. Dual-engine failure scenarios were not presented during recurrent training. During informal discussions, A320 operators indicated that their dual-engine failure training was conducted at high altitudes in accordance with Airbus recommendations and industry practices. The operators revealed that the training scenarios were intended to simulate a
138 See “Flight Crew Procedures Streamlined for Smoke/Fire/Fumes,” Flight Safety Digest (Alexandria, Virginia: Flight Safety Foundation, 2005), pp. 31–35.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 94 high-altitude engine failure and train pilots on the available methods to restart an engine in flight, not to simulate a catastrophic engine failure for which a restart was unlikely. None of the contacted A320 operators included a dual-engine failure scenario at a low altitude in their training curricula. The A320 operators indicated that the training scenarios generally presented situations for which the course of action and landing location were clear and sufficient time was available to complete any required procedures before landing. The only low-altitude scenarios presented during training were single-engine failures at, or immediately after, takeoff. The A320 operators also indicated that dual-engine failure training was generally only provided during initial, not recurrent, training. The NTSB is concerned that pilots are not taught how to handle low-altitude abnormal events or to use critical thinking, task shedding, decision-making, and proper workload management to achieve a successful outcome when such events occur. The NTSB concludes that training pilots how to respond to a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude would challenge them to use critical thinking and exercise skills in task shedding, decision-making, and proper workload management to achieve a successful outcome. The NTSB recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to include a dual-engine failure scenario occurring at a low altitude in initial and recurrent ground and simulator training designed to improve pilots’ critical-thinking, task- shedding, decision-making, and workload-management skills. 2.5.2 Ditching Training US Airways provided ditching training during initial ground school. During the training, the QRH Ditching checklist, which assumes at least one engine is running, was reviewed. US Airways ditching training is similar to industry guidance on ditching, which focuses primarily on a high-altitude ditching for which sufficient time and altitude exists for the flight crew to prepare the airplane and its occupants. Further, during ditching training, power is available from at least one engine. The training also addressed atmospheric conditions, sea states, and recommended direction of landing, based on the direction of wind and water swells. However, the training did not highlight the visual illusions that can be associated with landing on water, as noted by the accident captain during postaccident interviews when he stated that landing on water was more difficult than landing on a runway due to “a much more uniform visual field, less contrast, and fewer landmarks.” Specifically, when ditching or making a forced landing on water, a pilot is susceptible to the height perception illusion (the pilot perceives a greater height above the terrain than actually exists because of a lack of contrast or visual references).139
139 This information was obtained from http://www.chinook-helicopter.com/standards/Illusions/Visual_Illusions.html (accessed February 17, 2010) and from Seaplane, Skiplane, and Float/Ski Equipped Helicopter Operations Handbook FAA-H-8083-23, issued August 2004.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Further, US Airways and Airbus manuals contain very little guidance to pilots on flying techniques to use during a ditching to achieve recommended airplane attitude and airspeed at touchdown, with and without engine power. In fact, only the US Airways FOM TM included guidance for a ditching without engine power, and the guidance was not airplane specific. The NTSB notes that this guidance should also include the importance of maintaining a proper bank angle in addition to a proper attitude, airspeed, and descent rate. The NTSB is concerned that critical information about ditching techniques is not provided in industry guidance. Although the NTSB acknowledges that pilots are responsible for reading and familiarizing themselves with company manuals, it is unrealistic to expect them to recall the relevance of such critical information during an emergency without regular periodic reinforcement. The NTSB concludes that the flight crewmembers would have been better prepared to ditch the airplane if they had received training and guidance about the visual illusions that can occur when landing on water and on approach and about touchdown techniques to use during a ditching, with and without engine power. The NTSB recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to provide training and guidance to pilots that inform them about the visual illusions that can occur when landing on water and that include approach and touchdown techniques to use during a ditching, with and without engine power. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA work with the aviation industry to determine whether recommended practices and procedures need to be developed for pilots regarding forced landings without power both on water and land. 2.6 Operational Difficulties Not Factored Into Certification Tests An FAA representative testified during the public hearing that operational procedures were evaluated during the A320 ditching certification process. These procedures, which were contained in the ditching portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist, included touching down the airplane “with approximately 11° pitch and minimum aircraft vertical speed.” However, with respect to validating checklist procedures, an FAA test pilot stated at the public hearing, “it’s not necessarily an evaluation of the flying qualities of an airplane but an evaluation of the system characteristics in accomplishing each step to ensure that the system responds as it’s expected to respond.” Although airplane systems are evaluated to determine if they respond as expected, the operational procedures themselves and the ability of pilots to achieve the parameters are not. Because operational procedures and the ability of pilots to achieve the Airbus ditching parameters have not been tested, the assumption of a mostly intact fuselage when evaluating the “probable structural damage and leakage” resulting from a ditching, as required by Section 25.801(d), rests on an assertion that this condition can be reliably attained rather than on a demonstration or analysis to that effect. Postaccident flight simulations indicated that attaining the Airbus ditching parameters without engine power is possible but highly unlikely without training. Further, attaining the parameters may not prevent a significant fuselage breach for a number of plausible conditions. The factors that increase the likelihood that, during an actual ditching, the touchdown criteria will not be met and that a significant fuselage breach will occur include the following: 95
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report • The analyses of the fuselage strength upon which the assumption of fuselage integrity is based may not consider ditching at heavy airplane weights, such as those pertaining to takeoff and climb. • Different touchdown flight condition targets exist for ditching on flat water and on water with swells, but only the pitch angle target applicable to flat-water conditions is mentioned in guidance material available to pilots. • Certain combinations of winds and sea swells require contradictory procedures, making a solution impossible in these cases. • Deliberately or inadvertently slowing the airplane into the alpha-protection mode may result in an attenuation of pilot nose-up stick inputs, making it more difficult to flare the airplane, even if AOA margin to alpha maximum exists. • Attaining the touchdown flight condition targets is an exceptionally difficult flight maneuver, and pilots cannot be expected to conduct the maneuver proficiently when the airplane has no engine power. • Attaining the touchdown flight conditions at night or when other poor-visibility conditions exist would likely be very hard to accomplish given that, in a flight simulator in daylight conditions, the touchdown flight condition targets were only achieved once out of 12 attempts, even by pilots who were aware of the importance of maintaining sufficient airspeed, were fully expecting the dual-engine failure to occur, and knew that their failure to accomplish the maneuver would not be life-threatening. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the review and validation of the Airbus operational procedures conducted during the ditching certification process for the A320 airplane did not evaluate whether pilots could attain all of the Airbus ditching parameters nor was Airbus required to conduct such an evaluation. The NTSB further concludes that, during an actual ditching, it is possible but unlikely that pilots will be able to attain all of the Airbus ditching parameters because it is exceptionally difficult for pilots to meet such precise criteria when no engine power is available, and this difficulty contributed to the fuselage damage. (Section 2.10.3.1 discusses the relationship between the assumption that the fuselage will most likely significantly breach during a ditching and the need for the availability of survival equipment after such an event.) Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA and EASA require applicants for aircraft certification to demonstrate that their ditching parameters can be attained without engine power by pilots without the use of exceptional skill or strength. 2.7 High-AOA-Related Issues 2.7.1 High-AOA and Low-Airspeed Awareness Typically, pilots are made aware that an airplane has reached alpha-protection speed and that, therefore, the high-AOA protection has become active, by viewing a black and amber strip along the airspeed scale. Under normal circumstances, the black and amber strip is sufficient to 96
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report alert pilots visually that they have entered alpha-protection mode. However, in emergency situations, when visual resources are overloaded, pilots may inadvertently overlook the airspeed tape. As noted, the airplane was flown at VLS or slightly less for most of the descent. Maintaining a sufficiently higher airspeed makes it possible to maintain sufficient energy to significantly reduce the descent rate during the flare. The Airbus simulation indicated that the airplane performed as designed and was in the alpha-protection mode from 150 feet to touchdown. As discussed previously, the captain’s attention was narrowed, which would have made it difficult for him to maintain awareness of the airplane’s low-speed condition during the descent. Although the A320 airplane does not provide tactile cues that a low-speed or -energy condition exists, it does have an aural speed warning, which repeats every 5 seconds and is available when the airplane is configured with full flaps, flaps 2, or flaps 3. However, the system is designed such that the warning is inhibited when the airplane is below 100 feet radio altitude or when a GPWS alert is triggered. The A320 was designed with an alert prioritization hierarchy that considered inputs from various airplane systems, including the GPWS, FWC, TCAS, and radar and the GPWS-triggered alerts had priority over a low-speed warning. CVR and FDR data indicated that 15 GPWS alerts were triggered during the descent from 300 feet to touchdown and that no low-speed aural alert was triggered during this time. Considering the alert prioritization hierarchy, low-speed warnings were likely inhibited by the GPWS alerts. The US Airways and Airbus Ditching checklists included steps to select the GPWS and the terrain alerts to OFF to avoid nuisance warnings during final descent. The NTSB notes that, although the Engine Dual Failure checklist had been amended to incorporate the procedures for preparing and configuring the airplane for ditching, the ditching portion of the checklist did not include the step to select the GPWS system and terrain alerts to OFF. The NTSB acknowledges that the flight crew did not have sufficient time to accomplish the ditching portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist. Regardless, the NTSB believes that the ditching procedures should be consistent in all applicable checklists. The NTSB concludes that the guidance in the ditching portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist is not consistent with the separate Ditching checklist, which includes a step to inhibit the GPWS and terrain alerts. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Airbus operators to amend the ditching portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist and any other applicable checklists to include a step to select the GPWS and terrain alerts to OFF during the final descent. 2.7.2 High-AOA Envelope Limitations The airplane’s airspeed in the last 150 feet of the descent was low enough to activate the alpha-protection mode of the airplane’s fly-by-wire envelope protection features. The captain progressively pulled aft on the sidestick as the airplane descended below 100 feet, and he pulled the sidestick to its aft stop in the last 50 feet, indicating that he was attempting to raise the airplane nose to flare and soften the touchdown on the water. The A320 alpha-protection mode incorporates features that can attenuate pilot sidestick pitch inputs. Because of these features, the 97
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report airplane could not reach the maximum AOA attainable in pitch normal law for the airplane weight and configuration; however, the airplane did provide maximum performance for the weight and configuration at that time. The Airbus simulation indicated that the captain’s aft sidestick inputs in the last 50 feet of the flight were attenuated, limiting the ANU response of the airplane even though about 3.5° of margin existed between the airplane’s AOA at touchdown (between 13° and 14°) and the maximum AOA for this airplane weight and configuration (17.5°). Airbus’ training curricula does not contain information on the effects of alpha-protection mode features that might affect the airplane’s response to pilot sidestick pitch inputs. The flight envelope protections allowed the captain to pull full aft on the sidestick without the risk of stalling the airplane. The NTSB concludes that training pilots that sidestick inputs may be attenuated when the airplane is in the alpha-protection mode would provide them with a better understanding of how entering the alpha-protection mode may affect the pitch response of the airplane. The NTSB recommends that the FAA require Airbus operators to expand the AOA-protection envelope limitations ground-school training to inform pilots about alpha-protection mode features while in normal law that can affect the pitch response of the airplane. 2.8 Bird- and Other Wildlife-Strike Issues 2.8.1 Accident Bird-Strike Event According to data from the FAA National Wildlife Strike Database, the accident was not a typical bird-strike event. Since 1960, 26 large-transport aircraft have been destroyed because of bird strikes worldwide, and 93 percent of these strikes occurred during takeoff or landing at an altitude of about 500 feet agl or less when the airplane was still near an airport. In contrast, the accident airplane struck birds at an altitude of about 2,800 feet agl about 4.3 miles from LGA, occurring at a higher altitude and further away from an airport than where most strikes occur. According to the wildlife-strike data, the fewest bird strikes in the United States are reported in the winter months, including January, and, in the New York City area, January is 1 of 3 months with the historically lowest number of strikes involving Canada geese. Strike data for all wildlife species indicate that the second fewest bird strikes are reported in January. Therefore, the accident event occurred in a month not typically associated with high bird-strike probability. The wildlife-strike data also indicate that, from 1990 to 2008, 3,239 turbine-powered civil aircraft sustained damage to a single engine as a result of a bird strike but that, during the same time period, 108 similar aircraft sustained damage to two engines. Therefore, the probability of incurring damage to one engine as a result of a bird strike is about 30 times greater than incurring damage to two engines. 98
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Lastly, as of 2008, the U.S. population of migratory Canada geese was estimated to be about 1 million, and the U.S. population of resident Canada geese was estimated to be about 4 million. Therefore, the likelihood of an airplane striking a resident goose is substantially higher than striking a migratory goose. However, the Canada geese struck by the accident airplane were determined to be migratory geese by the Smithsonian Institute. The NTSB concludes that this accident was not a typical bird-strike event; therefore, this accident demonstrates that a bird strike does not need to be typical to be hazardous. 2.8.2 Wildlife Hazard Mitigation at Part 139-Certificated Airports The FAA has provided guidance material to airports for use in constructing, implementing, and evaluating WHMPs. In particular, the FAA recommends that airport operators follow the standards and practices contained in AC 150/5200-33B, which recommends that all airports consider wildlife attractants within 10,000 feet of the airport and, if the attractant could cause hazardous wildlife movement into or across the approach or departure airspace, out to 5 statute miles from the airport. The AC is intended to encourage airports to monitor and limit land-use activities near the airport that are attractive to wildlife. However, except for the habitat considerations referred to in the AC, an airport cannot monitor or control wildlife that enters the airspace around the airport at all altitudes. Although the accident bird strike occurred within a 5-mile radius of LGA, it occurred at an altitude of almost 3,000 feet. During the investigation, LGA’s WHMP was examined and determined to be in accordance with the requirements of 14 CFR 139.337. The NTSB notes that LGA routinely disperses, removes, or destroys birds found on or near the airfield and annually removes birds and eggs from Rikers Island, which is near the airport. Although these activities help manage wildlife near the airport, they are unlikely to affect wildlife entering the airspace above it. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident bird strike occurred at a distance and altitude beyond the range of LGA’s wildlife hazard responsibilities and, therefore, would not have been mitigated by LGA’s wildlife management practices. The FAA does not require all Part 139-certificated airports to conduct WHAs or maintain WHMPs. In fact, according to an FAA representative’s public hearing testimony, only about half of certificated airports in the United States have conducted a WHA. According to 14 CFR 139.337, a serious wildlife strike is required to initiate the process of wildlife-strike mitigation. The NTSB believes that Part 139-certificated airports should take action to mitigate wildlife hazards before a dangerous event occurs. Further, a WHA is needed for an airport to adequately estimate wildlife numbers and sizes and their relative hazards. On November 19, 1999, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-99-88, which asked the FAA, in consultation with the USDA, to require that WHAs be conducted at all Part 139 airports where such assessments have not already been conducted. On February 22, 2000, the 99
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report FAA stated that it was not necessary to initiate additional regulations to require all Part 139 airports to conduct WHAs and that doing so would place an undue burden on many airports that do not have a history of wildlife strikes. The FAA stated that the actions it was taking in response to other bird strike-related safety recommendations would address the safety issue and that it planned no further action. On May 11, 2000, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-99-88 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” Although the bird strike occurred beyond the range of LGA’s wildlife hazard responsibilities, the NTSB still strongly feels that all airports, regardless of their location, should become aware of the potential hazards of wildlife strikes because wildlife strikes are most likely to occur near airports. Further, the NTSB notes that, if an airport truly has minimal wildlife presence and attractants, then a WHA for that airport would be commensurately less burdensome and costly. Further, the cost of the assessment would be incurred anyway if a triggering event occurred. The NTSB concludes that a proactive approach to wildlife mitigation at 14 CFR Part 139-certificated airports would provide a greater safety benefit than the current strategy of waiting for a serious event to occur before conducting a WHA. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all 14 CFR Part 139-certificated airports to conduct WHAs to proactively assess the likelihood of wildlife strikes, and, if the WHA indicates the need for a WHMP, require the airport to implement a WHMP into its ACM. The NTSB notes that the FAA initiated rulemaking in late summer 2009 to make WHAs mandatory at all Part 139 airports whether or not a “triggering event” has occurred and hopes that an NPRM will be issued by the end of 2010 as indicated by the FAA. 2.8.3 FAA Avian Radar Research No warnings regarding bird hazards were made to the flight crew before the flight departed LGA about 1525. During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that, in his personal experience, “the [bird hazard] warnings that we typically get are routine and general and not specific in nature and therefore have limited usefulness.” Therefore, even if the pilots had received a bird-hazard warning before departure, it would not have prevented the flight from departing as scheduled because of the general nature of the warnings. On November 19, 1999, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-99-86, which asked the FAA to evaluate the potential for using AHAS technology for bird-strike risk reduction in civil aviation and, if found feasible, implement such a system in high-risk areas, such as major hub airports and along migratory bird routes, nationwide. In response, the FAA stated that it had determined that AHAS was well suited for monitoring bird movements regionally but that it was not suitable for monitoring bird movements on or within 5 miles of an airport. The FAA stated that it would conduct a detailed review of all of the components that comprise AHAS and, based on the results, determine how AHAS could be modified for use in commercial aviation. The FAA added that it would also 100
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report review other technologies and radar systems that could be used locally. On May 11, 2000, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-99-86 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Since the closing of Safety Recommendation A-99-86, the FAA has continued to research the use of radar systems for monitoring bird activity in airport environments, including approach and departure airspace and the general airport area. The FAA indicated during the public hearing that, although research into avian radar systems was ongoing, the technology had not yet progressed to the point of being used in a “see and avoid” mode, similar to how ATC radar is used to separate airplanes. The FAA further indicated that the short-term advantage of avian radar will be to detect wildlife and remove it from the airport area with greater efficiency. Several experimental mobile avian radar installations currently use the systems for this purpose. 2.8.4 Likelihood of a Similar Bird Strike Currently, airports are mainly responsible for the mitigation of wildlife hazards. For instance, an airport’s WHMP includes habitat management strategies designed to minimize or eliminate wildlife attractants. Most of these activities are confined to an airport because of the proximity of wildlife hazards to airplanes, but airports also attempt to eliminate wildlife attractants beyond the airport perimeter. Unfortunately, as noted, practical limits exist to the ability of an airport to control hazardous wildlife in the surrounding airspace. As noted, avian radar at airports could detect and monitor wildlife at considerable distances and various altitudes around an airport. The logical extension of this technology would be the ability to issue warnings or provide navigational instructions to pilots to prevent dangerous encounters with wildlife. However, current technology in avian radar has not progressed sufficiently to permit its use as a real-time avoidance tool, although that capability is one of the future goals of the research program. Although radar returns from the ATC primary radar system indicated the presence of birds before the bird strike, this information was not available to the pilots for valid reasons. First, air traffic controllers do not routinely view uncorrelated primary radar information; therefore, such returns, which would include birds, are filtered out and are not displayed on the radar screen. Even if a controller chooses to view such returns, they would not contain altitude information; therefore, it would be impossible to identify a conflict between an aircraft and birds even if the targets were converging. Further, the primary mandate of air traffic controllers is to separate aircraft; therefore, reporting unidentified transient returns during a busy period is not a priority. The NTSB concludes that, although currently no technological, regulatory, or operational changes related to wildlife mitigation, including the use of avian radar, could be made that would lessen the probability of a similar bird-strike event from occurring, considerable research is being conducted in this area. The NTSB is encouraged by the FAA’s continued research in avian radar and urges it to continue to support such endeavors and keep the NTSB apprised of its efforts, 101
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report including its development of radar system performance standards and the procurement and use of these systems at airports. 2.8.5 USDA Research and Other Activities At the public hearing, a USDA Wildlife Services representative outlined the agency’s current wildlife research projects, including a project to determine if pulsating lights on airplanes would make them more conspicuous to birds. Preliminary results from the project indicate that pulsating lights affect the behavior of some birds but not others. The USDA intends to continue this research using an airplane outfitted with pulsating lights. In addition, the USDA reported that the use of lasers has been shown to be effective in repelling birds from hangars and other areas on the airfield and that there is anecdotal evidence, but no conclusive evidence, that using weather radar on airplanes disperses birds from the airplane’s flightpath. Another area of USDA research involves planting grasses and other vegetation unattractive to wildlife to deter them from airfields and surrounding areas. Additional research relates, in part, to modifying trash transfer stations, implementing fencing, eradicating earthworms, and designing water retention facilities to deter wildlife. In addition to its research endeavors, the USDA assists the FAA in wildlife mitigation efforts by providing technical experts to assess and control wildlife on and around airports. USDA wildlife biologists routinely conduct WHAs around airports, as was done for LGA, to identify types and numbers of wildlife in the vicinity and then help airports to develop and implement WHMPs. In 2008, USDA wildlife biologists assisted 764 airports in wildlife mitigation activities and trained 2,200 airport personnel to FAA standards, as required under Part 139. The NTSB believes that the USDA’s research activities in wildlife mitigation and guidance and its assistance to airports on these issues contribute significantly to the safety of the airport environment and strongly encourages the USDA to continue these efforts. Preliminary reports of the effectiveness of using various bird hazard mitigation strategies, including pulsating lights, lasers, and weather radar, suggest that these techniques have potential as bird repellents and may be helpful in keeping birds away from an airplane’s flightpath. However, according to witnesses at the public hearing, the effectiveness of these methods is not well understood, and further research in these areas is needed. The NTSB believes that it is important to pursue all potentially useful approaches to bird hazard mitigation and is particularly interested in those that use aircraft systems to repel birds away from airplanes. The NTSB concludes that research on the use of aircraft systems such as pulsating lights, lasers, and weather radar may lead to effective methods of deterring birds from entering aircraft flightpaths and, therefore, reduce the likelihood of a bird strike. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the USDA develop and implement, in conjunction with the FAA, innovative technologies that can be installed on aircraft that would reduce the likelihood of a bird strike. Further, the NTSB recommends that the FAA work with the USDA to develop and implement innovative technologies that can be installed on aircraft that would reduce the likelihood of a bird strike. 102
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.9 Emergency Response Many NY WW ferries were operating over established routes in the local waterway when the accident occurred, and ferry captains either witnessed the accident or were notified about it by the director of ferry operations. Although the ferry captains were not trained to respond to a commercial airplane accident and were not affiliated with the New Jersey or New York OEM framework of emergency response agencies, they were the first to arrive on scene and rescue the occupants from the airplane wings, slide/rafts, and cold water. According to the USCG and FDNY incident log, one ferry arrived on scene within about 3 minutes of the accident, and the other six ferries arrived on scene within 10 minutes. Further, one FDNY fire rescue boat arrived on scene within 8 minutes, and two USCG boats were on scene within 17 minutes. According to video footage obtained by the NTSB, all of the occupants were rescued within about 20 minutes of the ditching. The NTSB concludes that the emergency response was timely and efficient because of the proximity of the emergency responders to the accident site, their immediate response to the accident, and their training before the accident. Regardless, the postcrash environment, which included a 41° F water temperature and a 2° F wind chill factor and a lack of sufficient slide/rafts (resulting from water entering the aft fuselage) posed an immediate threat to the occupants’ lives. Although the airplane continued to float for some time, many of the passengers who evacuated onto the wings were exposed to water up to their waists within 2 minutes. The passengers who jumped or fell into the water (and the passengers on the wings who would have had to eventually enter the water if the emergency response had not been so timely) were at the most risk. Medical literature indicates that cold-water immersion causes cold shock, which can kill a person within 3 to 5 minutes, and swimming failure, which can kill a person within 5 to 30 minutes. Therefore, if the rescue vessels had not been near the accident site, it is likely that some of the airplane occupants would have drowned due to cold shock or swimming failure. 2.10 Survival Factors Issues 2.10.1 Accident-Related Injuries 2.10.1.1 FR65 Vertical Beam Flight attendant B sustained a deep, V-shaped laceration to her left shin during the accident. Although she could not remember being injured and only noticed the injury after she had evacuated the airplane, the investigation determined that the FR65 vertical beam had penetrated the floor directly beneath the aft, direct-view jumpseat on which flight attendant B had been seated. The shape of the beam matched the description and location of flight attendant 103
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report B’s injury. It is likely that she did not immediately notice the injury because of the shock of the impact and immediate submersion of her legs in near-freezing water. According to Airbus, the FR65 vertical beam is a nonstructural beam installed between the passenger and cargo floors at the aircraft centerline that is held in place by two quick-release, removable pins at its uppermost attachment point with the subfloor structure. Removing the pins and rotating the beam down allows maintenance personnel to access the waste water tank. Physical evidence indicated that, during the impact, the beam was pushed upward and rotated, allowing the removable pins to slide from the upper bracket and the beam to puncture the cabin floor above. In April 2009, an A321 was involved in a tail strike and incurred similar damage to the FR65 vertical beam; however, the beam did not puncture the floor. Airbus’ analysis of this incident and the accident event indicated that the damage to the accident airplane was more severe because of the continuous pressure applied to the fuselage skin by the water, which led to more skin and vertical beam movement. The NTSB concludes that flight attendant B was injured by the FR65 vertical beam after it punctured the cabin floor during impact and that, because of the beam’s location directly beneath the flight attendant’s aft, direct-view jumpseat, any individual seated in this location during a ditching or gear-up landing is at risk for serious injury due to the compression and/or collapse of the airplane structure. The NTSB notes that the A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes have similar structures. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA and EASA require Airbus to redesign the FR65 vertical beam on A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes to lessen the likelihood that it will intrude into the cabin during a ditching or gear-up landing and Airbus operators to incorporate these changes on their airplanes. 2.10.1.2 Brace Positions Of the four passengers who sustained serious injuries, three received their injuries during impact. The two female passengers who sustained very similar shoulder fractures both described assuming similar brace positions, putting their arms on the seat in front of them and leaning over. They also stated that they felt that their injuries were caused during the impact when their arms were driven back into their shoulders as they were thrown forward into the seats in front of them. The brace positions they described were similar to the one depicted on the US Airways safety information card, which is shown in figure 8. The brace positions shown on the US Airways safety information card were in accordance with current FAA guidance on brace positions contained in Appendix 4 of AC 121-24C, which states, “in aircraft with high-density seating or in cases where passengers are physically limited and are unable to place their heads in their laps, they should position their heads and arms against the seat (or bulkhead) in front of them.” (See figure 7.) 104
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 105 A 1988 Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) paper explained that “the primary goal for the brace for impact position is to reduce the effect of secondary impact of the body with the interior of the aircraft.”140 The paper indicated that the idea is to preposition the body in the direction that it will likely be driven during impact. The paper further stated the following: If resting against a seat back with a ‘break-over feature,’ it may be possible to get slightly better support if the seat can be folded over until it stops or until it rests gently on the occupant in front. But if this is not done, good support will still be provided by the seat back as it folds forward of its own inertia during the crash, and is followed by the arms and head. The head and arms will slide down the seat back as it folds, but shouldn’t be seriously injured. The passenger seats on the accident airplane were 16-G compatible seats141 that had a nonbreakover seatback design, meaning that the breakover hinge feature was “locked out” and that the seatbacks were designed to be essentially rigid and to not easily or quickly collapse forward as passengers struck them from behind. All newly manufactured 16-G compatible seats have a nonbreakover seatback design, which minimizes head movement and body acceleration before striking the seatback from behind, resulting in less serious head injuries. The NTSB notes that the guidance in AC 121-24C did not take into consideration the effects of striking seats that do not have the breakover feature because research on this issue has not been conducted. The NTSB concludes that the FAA’s current recommended brace positions do not take into account newly designed seats that do not have a breakover feature and that, in this accident, the FAA-recommended brace position might have contributed to the shoulder fractures of two passengers. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA conduct research to determine the most beneficial passenger brace position in airplanes with nonbreakover seats installed. If the research deems it necessary, issue new guidance material on passenger brace positions. 2.10.2 Evacuation Flight attendant A reported no difficulties opening door 1L or getting it to lock against the fuselage; however, she reported that, although no water entered the door, the slide/raft did not inflate automatically. She stated that she pulled the manual inflation handle and that the slide/raft inflated normally. Although she did not report a delay in the inflation after pulling the manual
140 See R.F. Chandler, “Brace for Impact Positions,” Proceedings of the Fifth Annual International Cabin Safety Symposium, February 1988 Los Angeles, California (Los Angeles, California: University of Southern California, Federal Aviation Administration, and Southern California Safety Institute, 1988), pp. 279–290. 141 A 16-G seat is tested in a manner that simulates the loads that could be expected in an impact-survivable accident. Two separate dynamic tests are conducted to simulate two different accident scenarios: one in which the forces are predominantly in the vertical downward direction and one in which the forces are predominantly in the longitudinal forward direction. The highest load factor is in the forward direction at 16 G, which is why these seats are commonly referred to as 16-G seats. Amendment 121-315, effective October 27, 2005, required that transport-category airplanes in Part 121 operations, certificated after January 1, 1958, and manufactured on or after October 27, 2009, must comply with the 16-G dynamic standard.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 106 inflation handle, postaccident video analysis indicated that about 20 seconds elapsed after she opened door 1L until the slide/raft began to inflate. Further, both of the first two passengers to reach door 1L reported that the flight attendant seemed to be struggling with the slide/raft. The delay prompted one passenger to jump into the water before the slide/raft was inflated. Examination of the slide/raft at door 1L did not reveal any evidence as to why the slide/raft did not inflate automatically. Flight attendant C reported no difficulties opening door 1R; however, she stated that, sometime after the 1R slide/raft finished automatically inflating, she noticed that the door had closed somewhat and was impinging on the slide/raft. Although the slide/raft was preventing the door from closing any further, she had a passenger help keep the door as far open as possible so that it would not puncture the slide/raft. Postaccident recovery of the airplane severely twisted door 1R. A visual examination of the 1R door gust lock mechanism was inconclusive as to the cause of the anomaly. Passengers and flight attendants reported that the evacuation was relatively orderly and timely. A review of passenger exit usage indicated that, in general, passengers from the forward and mid parts of the cabin evacuated through the exit closest to their seats. (See figure 9.) However, aft-seated passengers indicated that water immediately entered the aft area of the airplane after impact and that the water rose to the level of their seat pans within seconds; therefore, they were not able to exit from their closest exits because these exits were no longer usable. Most of the aft passengers initially attempted to go to the rear exits, but flight attendant B and several passengers began shouting for everyone to go forward because the rear exits were not usable. The passengers turned around and attempted to go forward up the aisle, but, because a line had formed for the overwing exits, they initially could not move forward. The water in the back of the airplane rose quickly, which, in addition to improvised commands from flight attendant B to “go over the seats,” resulted in numerous passengers climbing forward over the seatbacks to reach a usable exit.142 However, some aft passengers remained in the aisle queue to the overwing exits. Many of these passengers noted that, when they arrived at the exits, the wings were crowded and people were exiting slowly. They also reported that the aisle forward of the overwing exits was completely clear and that the flight attendants were calling for passengers to come forward to the slide/rafts. Many of the aft passengers complied with these instructions; therefore, the 1L and 1R slide/rafts mostly contained passengers from the very forward and very aft parts of the cabin. The NTSB concludes that the flight attendants initiated the evacuation promptly and, that, although they all encountered difficulties at their exits, they still managed an effective and timely evacuation.
142 Not all of the aft passengers reported hearing the flight attendant’s improvised commands.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.10.3 EOW and Ditching-Related Equipment 2.10.3.1 Slide/Rafts 2.10.3.1.1 Availability After a Ditching The accident airplane was equipped for EOW operations; however, the flight route from LGA to CLT was not an EOW route. Therefore, the flight could have been operated with a non-EOW-equipped airplane. The amount and type of safety equipment carried by EOW- equipped airplanes differs greatly from that carried by non-EOW-equipped airplanes. Most significantly, EOW-equipped airplanes must carry passenger life vests and sufficient slide/rafts and/or life rafts to contain all of the airplane’s occupants even if one slide/raft or life raft of the largest capacity is unavailable. In contrast, non-EOW-equipped airplanes may operate with just evacuation slides and flotation seat cushions. (After the ditching, two slide/rafts on the accident airplane were unavailable because of water entry in the aft cabin.) The accident airplane was equipped with 4 slide/rafts, 2 at the front of the airplane and 2 at the back of the airplane, each of which was rated for 44 passengers with an overload capacity of 55 passengers. Because the two aft slide/rafts were unusable after water entered the airplane, only two rafts, with a combined capacity to carry 110 people, were available. However, given that this was a non-EOW flight, it was fortunate that the airplane was EOW equipped and, therefore, had any slide/rafts available at all for passenger use. According to information gathered from 146 of the passengers and the flight and cabin crewmembers, about 64 occupants were rescued from the forward slide/rafts, and about 87 occupants were rescued from the wings and off-wing ramp/slides, which were neither detachable nor considered part of the airplane’s EOW emergency equipment. Both passenger statements and photographic evidence, as shown in figure 2, indicated that the wings were very near to, if not at, standing capacity. Therefore, the wings did not have room for the additional 64 occupants who were rescued from the slide/rafts. If the airplane had not been EOW equipped, the rafts that held those occupants would not have been available. Further, at the public hearing, a US Airways representative stated that, if the accident airplane had not been equipped with slide/rafts, the flight attendants would have detached the single-lane slides at the forward doors and instructed passengers to jump into the water and hold onto them, exposing many passengers to cold water for sufficient time to likely cause serious injuries and/or fatalities. The NTSB concludes that, although the airplane was not required by FAA regulations to be equipped for EOW operations to conduct the accident flight, the fact that the airplane was so equipped, including the availability of the forward slide/rafts, contributed to the lack of fatalities and the low number of serious cold-water immersion-related injuries because about 64 occupants used the forward slide/rafts after the ditching. As noted, water immediately entered the aft area of the airplane after impact and rose quickly because the impact damage to the aft fuselage structure and galley floor allowed a large 107
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 108 volume of water to enter the airplane. There were conflicting statements regarding door 2L and how it got “cracked” open, which allowed some additional water to enter the airplane. However, due to the large volume of water that had already entered the aft area of the airplane, it is immaterial how door 2L was cracked open. As discussed previously, because of the operational difficulty of ditching within the Airbus ditching parameters and the additional difficulties that water swells and/or high winds may cause, it is very likely that, in general, after ditching an A320 airplane without engine power, the “probable structural damage and leakage” will include significant aft fuselage breaching and subsequent water entry into the aft area of the airplane. Therefore, it should be assumed that, after a ditching, water entry will prevent the aft exits and slide/rafts from being available for use during an evacuation. The NTSB understands that, during the ditching certification process, the FAA examines the manufacturer’s assumptions regarding the airplane’s expected integrity and buoyancy calculations. However, based on this accident, the NTSB questions the FAA’s acceptance of the assumption that a ditching in which the fuselage is not significantly breached is a reasonable expectation across a range of realistic environmental conditions and pilot skills and experience. Based on this evidence, the NTSB concludes that the determination of cabin safety equipment locations on the A320 airplane did not consider that the probable structural damage and leakage sustained during a ditching would include significant aft fuselage breaching and subsequent water entry into the aft area of the airplane, which prevents the aft slide/rafts from being available for use during an evacuation. Although this investigation only determined that an A320 airplane will most likely significantly breach after a ditching, the NTSB is concerned that the A320 may not be the only airplane that could sustain such damage after a ditching and that might have slide/rafts stowed in locations that, in the event of a ditching, would render them unusable. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA and EASA require, on all new and in-service transport-category airplanes, that cabin safety equipment be stowed in locations that ensure that life rafts and/or slide/rafts remain accessible and that sufficient capacity is available for all occupants after a ditching. The following sections will describe required EOW equipment. 2.10.3.1.2 Immersion Protection As noted in NTSB Safety Study 85/02, “at least 179 fully certified airports in the U.S. are located within 5 miles of a body of water of at least one-quarter square mile surface area.” Similarly, a 1996 FAA report found that 75.8 percent (194 of 256) of large airports worldwide had at least one overwater approach.143 The report concluded that “approximately two-thirds of all worldwide accidents occur during those flight phases within close proximity of the airport” and that “the majority of water related mishaps occur within close proximity of the airport during these flight phases.” In 1988, the FAA also stated the following in NPRM 88-11, which proposed improved water survival equipment:
143 See Transport Water Impact and Ditching Performance, DOT/FAA/AR-95/54 (Washington, DC: Federal Aviation Administration, 1996).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The likelihood of at least some part of passenger-carrying flights conducted under either Part 121 or Part 135 within the United States occurring over water is quite high and is sufficient to warrant applicability of the proposals to all passenger-carrying aircraft operated under those parts. According to information gathered from 146 of the passengers and the flight and cabin crewmembers, about 87 occupants were rescued from the wings and off-wing ramp/slides, which were neither detachable nor considered part of the airplane’s EOW emergency equipment. Although passengers would not have been instructed by the flight attendants to use the overwing exits during a planned ditching in an EOW-equipped airplane, as evidenced, many passengers did use these exits during the evacuation. Therefore, one possible means of providing additional passenger protection from water immersion could be to equip Type IV exit ramp/slides with quick-release girts so that they could be detached from the airplane if it is sinking. In fact, NTSB Safety Study 85/02 stated the following regarding immersion protection: Since water impact accidents occur primarily during the takeoff or landing phases of flight, not during the ‘extended overwater’ phase, and are not limited to aircraft equipped with slide/raft combinations, it is important that the evacuation slides on narrow-body (and, where still used, on wide-body) aircraft be modified to offer a means to avoid immersion. At the time, CAMI was testing improvements to narrow-body evacuation slides, primarily to increase the capacity of the slides when used as a raft, and quick-release girts. The NTSB asked the FAA to monitor the progress of the developments and issue standards for the modifications as they were proven. The NTSB stated that, until such time, evacuation slides should at least be required to include handholds and quick-release girts. As a result, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-85-41, which asked the FAA to do the following: Amend TSO-C69a to require quick-release girts and handholds on emergency evacuation slides; amend 14 CFR 121 and 125 to specify a reasonable time from the adoption of the revision of the TSO by which all transport passenger air carrier aircraft being operated under these Parts must be equipped with slides conforming to the revised TSO. The FAA revised TSO-C69a in response to Safety Recommendation A-85-41 and included requirements for quick-release girts and handholds on slides and slide/rafts (but not on ramp/slides). However, the FAA did not amend 14 CFR Parts 121 and 125 as recommended. Therefore, on March 29, 2002, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-85-41 “Closed— Unacceptable Action.” The off-wing Type IV ramp/slides were not designed to be used during a water evacuation or required to have quick-release girts or handholds; however, they automatically deployed as designed when the overwing exits were opened after the ditching. Some passengers immediately recognized their usefulness and boarded the ramp/slides to get out of the water. Eventually, about 8 passengers succeeded in boarding the left off-wing slide and about 109
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 passengers, including the lap-held child, succeeded in boarding the right off-wing ramp/slide. Although passengers attempted to disconnect the off-wing ramp/slides from the airplane, they were unable to do so because the ramp/slides did not have quick-release girts like slides and slide/rafts. The NTSB recognizes that A320 off-wing slides are not currently part of the EOW equipment on the airplane and are not designed to be used by passengers in this manner. However, this accident clearly demonstrates that passengers can and will successfully use the off-wing ramp/slides as a means of flotation in an emergency if they are available. However, the lack of quick-release girts prevented passengers from being able to disconnect the slides, and, if the airplane had sunk more quickly, the passengers would have had to abandon them and enter the water. Therefore, adding quick-release girts on all evacuation slides could be one method to prevent passenger immersion after an accident involving water. The NTSB concludes that, given the circumstances of this accident and the large number of airports located near water and of flights flown over water, passenger immersion protection needs to be considered for non-EOW operations, as well as EOW operations. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA and EASA require quick-release girts and handholds on all evacuation slides and ramp/slide combinations. 2.10.3.2 Life Lines All of US Airways’ A320 EOW-equipped airplanes were required to be equipped with four life lines in accordance with 14 CFR 91.509(b)(5), “Survival Equipment for Overwater Operations.” Life lines located at the overwing exits were intended to be used after a ditching by people on the wings to prevent them from falling into the water. However, it is unclear under what circumstances the life lines could be used effectively. For example, flight attendants were trained to direct passengers to exit into slide/rafts via the four floor-level exits during a planned ditching on an EOW-equipped airplane. Flight attendants were also trained to only use the overwing exits as secondary exits if a primary exit was unavailable (and it was safe to do so). Even then, given the flight attendants’ locations in the cabin (at the forward- and aft-most areas of the airplane), it would be extremely difficult to physically reach the overwing exits because of the evacuating passengers. Additionally, as occurred in this accident, overwing exits are typically opened by passengers. No information is contained on the US Airways passenger safety information card about the use or location of the life lines. Further, no information is provided to passengers about life lines during the preflight safety demonstration or individual exit row briefings. The NTSB is concerned that passengers most likely will not see or understand the placards above the overwing exit signs depicting deployed life lines and, therefore, that they will be unaware of the existence of life lines. Further, given that flight attendants will be unable to reach them during an unexpected emergency, the NTSB fails to see how life lines will be effectively used. The NTSB notes that, after exiting the airplane through the overwing exits, at least nine passengers unintentionally fell into the water from the wings. 110
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, if the life lines had been retrieved, they could have been used to assist passengers on both wings, possibly preventing passengers from falling into the water. The NTSB recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to provide information about life lines, if the airplane is equipped with them, to passengers to ensure that the life lines can be quickly and effectively retrieved and used. 2.10.3.3 Life Vests and Flotation Seat Cushions 2.10.3.3.1 Equipage Because the accident airplane was equipped for EOW operations, it carried life vests for both passengers and crewmembers. However, given that the accident flight route was not an EOW operation, the airplane could very well have been equipped with only slides and flotation seat cushions as the primary means for passenger flotation. In that case, flight attendants would have detached the forward slides and instructed passengers to jump into the water with their flotation seat cushions and hold onto the slide. If no slide/rafts had been available at the forward door exits, many of the passengers egressing from these exits would have had no choice but to jump into the water with no flotation device. (About 47 percent of the passengers did not exit with a flotation seat cushion.) Even if they had retrieved their flotation seat cushions, many passengers would have experienced extreme difficulty holding onto a seat cushion for more than a few minutes because of the effects of cold-water immersion. Self-righting life vests designed in accordance with TSO-C13f, such as those on the accident airplane, are designed to keep an individual’s head above water even after he or she is unable to swim or effectively move his or her arms and legs. In Safety Study 85/02, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-85-35 through -37, which recommended that all Part 121, 125, and 135 passenger-carrying air carrier aircraft be equipped with approved life vests meeting the latest TSO and to ensure Part 25 requirements were consistent with the amendments made to Parts 121, 125, and 135. In response to these recommendations, on June 30, 1988, the FAA published NPRM 88-11, which proposed new requirements that “would ensure that each occupant is provided a life preserver which provides the basic benefits of high buoyancy and water stability…regardless of whether the airplane is involved in overwater operation.” In 1997, the FAA informed the NTSB that a final rule was expected to be published in the Federal Register by the end of that year; however, no final rule was issued. Subsequently, the FAA stated that “due to the amount of comments received and the amount of time since the NPRM was originally issued,” it had decided to publish an SNPRM by October 2000. When that date passed and no communication was received, on March 29, 2002, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-85-35 through -37 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” On July 24, 2003, more than 15 years after it was originally published, the FAA withdrew the original NPRM 88- 11 and stated, “we find the costs of proceeding with this rulemaking as proposed exceed the benefits to the public and that existing water survival equipment requirements are satisfactory.” 111
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 112 Despite the drawbacks of using flotation seat cushions in a cold-water environment, they play an important role by providing a redundant source of personal flotation. This role was recognized by the FAA in NPRM 88-11, which proposed requiring, in addition to life vests, flotation seat cushions for each occupant on all flights, regardless of route.144 More than half of the passengers on the accident flight evacuated with a flotation seat cushion, demonstrating not only their familiarity with the equipment, but also their ability and willingness to retrieve it in an emergency. Additionally, in a water accident that results in fuselage breakup and rapid cabin flooding, flotation seat cushions may break free and float to the surface, offering perhaps the only ready means of flotation available to survivors. Because so many airports are located near bodies of water and most emergencies occur during the takeoff or landing portions of flight, life vests are critical equipment on all flights, regardless of the route. The NTSB concludes that equipping aircraft with flotation seat cushions and life vests on all flights, regardless of the route, will provide passengers the benefits of water buoyancy and stability in the event of an accident involving water. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that aircraft operated by 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators be equipped with flotation seat cushions and life vests for each occupant on all flights, regardless of the route. 2.10.3.3.2 Briefings As noted, only about 77 passengers retrieved flotation seat cushions and evacuated with them, whereas only about 10 passengers retrieved life vests themselves after impact and evacuated with them. Passenger interviews revealed that most of the passengers were frequent travelers who were very familiar with the preflight briefing and that, over the years, the information about the seat cushions had “sunk in” to their consciousness. Several passengers stated that, even in their stressed state, they were able to specifically recall how they were supposed to hold the cushion to their chests with their arms crossed. One probable reason that more passengers were aware that flotation seat cushions were on board the airplane than were aware that life vests were on board is that preflight briefings address the use of the flotation seat cushions on virtually all flights, whereas only briefings on EOW flights generally address the location and use of life vests.145 Passenger interviews indicated that about 70 percent of the passengers did not watch any of the preflight safety briefing, indicating that passenger attention to the preflight briefings was generally low. However, it appears that, over time, frequent travelers have become accustomed to hearing the phrase, “your seat cushion may be used as a flotation device,” and have remembered it. (See section 2.10.4 for a discussion about passenger education.)
144 Currently, EOW-equipped airplanes are not required to carry seat cushions for auxiliary passenger flotation; however, the accident airplane was so equipped. 145 The NTSB notes that some airlines use video presentations on certain airplanes and on all flights that show the location and use of life vests.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 113 In Safety Study 85/02, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-85-39, which asked the FAA to amend the relevant sections of Parts 121, 125, and 135 to require that all predeparture briefings include a full demonstration of correct life preserver donning procedures. The FAA took no action on Safety Recommendation A-85-39; therefore, on June 1, 1987, the NTSB classified it “Closed–Unacceptable Action.” The FAA changed its position a year later and, in NPRM 88-11, proposed a requirement that “before each takeoff passengers be briefed on the location and use of required flotation equipment. In addition, a demonstration of the method of donning and inflating the life preservers would have to be given.” However, NPRM 88-11 was withdrawn in 2003, and no action was taken on this issue. Although life vests were not required for the accident flight, because they were installed on the airplane, the flight attendants were required by federal regulations to brief the passengers on their location and use.146 However, a life vest demonstration was not required because the flight was not an EOW operation. CVR data indicated that the preflight safety briefing provided by flight attendant B included information about the flotation seat cushions but that it omitted information about the location, removal, donning, and inflation of the life vests. This omission was not in accordance with federal regulations or company procedures, which stated that this information should be provided. The NTSB concludes that briefing passengers on, and demonstrating the use of, all flotation equipment installed on an airplane on all flights, regardless of the route, will improve the chances that the equipment will be effectively used during an accident involving water. The NTSB recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to brief passengers on all flotation equipment installed on an airplane, including a full demonstration of correct life vest retrieval and donning procedures, before all flights, regardless of route. 2.10.3.3.3 Stowage and Retrieval Although the accident flight attendants did not command passengers to don their life vests before the water impact, two passengers realized that they would be landing in water and retrieved and donned their life vests before impact, and a third passenger attempted to retrieve his life vest but was unable to do so and, therefore, abandoned his attempt. Many passengers reported that their immediate concern after the water impact was to evacuate as quickly as possible, that they forgot about or were unaware that a life vest was under their seat, or that they did not want to delay their egress to get one.147 Other passengers stated that they wanted to retrieve their life vest but could not remember where it was stowed.
146 On an airplane equipped with both flotation seat cushions and life vests (such as the accident airplane), flight attendants were required to brief passengers on both types of equipment. 147 Many of the passengers who stated that they were aware that the airplane was equipped with life vests indicated that they knew this because of information they had received on previous flights, indicating that they believed all airplanes were equipped with life vests on all flights.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 114 Overall, 19 passengers physically attempted to obtain a life vest from under a seat, and 10 of these passengers reported difficulties retrieving it. Of those 10 passengers, only 3 were persistent enough to eventually obtain the life vest; the other 7 either retrieved a flotation seat cushion or abandoned the idea of retrieving flotation equipment altogether. As noted in NTSB Safety Study 85/02, life vest stowage is addressed in various ways in FAA regulations. The study stated that, taken together: these regulations require that each life preserver have its own stowage compartment, that a stowed life preserver be within easy reach[148] of each seated occupant, that it be easily accessible in a ditching without appreciable time for preparatory procedures, that the stowage compartment be conspicuously marked and be approved, and that the stowage compartment protect the life preserver from inadvertent damage.
In the safety study, the NTSB noted that, despite the requirements for life vest accessibility, several accident investigations had revealed that passengers have repeatedly had difficulty retrieving life vests from their usual stowage location under the seat. For example, the safety study stated that, in the 1970 Overseas National Airways ditching, passengers spent about 5 to 7 minutes from the time they were told of a possible ditching to the moment of impact trying to retrieve their life vests from under their seats and to unpackage and don them. Some of the passengers had to get on their hands and knees to get the life vests out of their stowage compartments, and some passengers never got them out of the compartments at all. According to the safety study, not being able to access or don a life vest contributed to several of the 23 deaths that resulted from this accident. The investigation of several other accidents revealed that passengers had similar problems retrieving their life vests.149 As noted in the safety study, the problems identified during the investigation of these accidents were confirmed during timing tests at CAMI in 1983. In those tests, which were conducted under ideal conditions, adults took from 9 to 80 seconds (an average of 17 seconds) to retrieve a life vest from beneath their seat. In May 2003, CAMI tested four different configurations of under-seat life vest stowage pouches.150 Although none of the configurations were identical to the one in the economy-class section of the accident airplane, the average retrieval time for the most similar configuration was 8.5 seconds. Another configuration, which was similar to the first-class containers on the accident airplane, resulted in an average retrieval time of 7.4 seconds. Both of these retrieval times were considered to be in the “easy range.”
148 The term “easy reach” is not defined in any published FAA guidance or policy documents. 149 These accidents include the 1978 crash of National Airlines into Escambia Bay, Florida; the 1982 World Airways runway overrun; and the 1983 Eastern Air Lines L-1011 near-ditching offshore of Miami, Florida. See Safety Study 85/02 for more information. 150 See V. Gowdy and R. DeWeese, Human Factors Associated With The Certification of Airplane Passenger Seats: Life Preserver Retrieval, FAA Office of Aerospace Medicine, Report No. AM-03/9 (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma: 2003).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 115 The experiences from the accident flight validate the results of the 1983 and 2003 CAMI tests and confirm that many passengers may take at least 7 to 8 seconds to retrieve a life vest and that many passengers will not wait that long before abandoning the retrieval attempt and evacuating without a life vest. Additionally, if water enters the cabin after a water impact, which is likely, passengers will also be deterred from retrieving their life vests because doing so would delay evacuation. The FAA stated the following in NPRM 88-11: Accident experience and research testing have demonstrated that typical airline passengers have difficulty in retrieving life preservers and that such stowage beneath a passenger’s seat makes the life preservers vulnerable to water impact damage, seat collapse, and post-impact flooding. Despite this, the FAA stated that “the advantages that would be gained by prohibiting under seat stowage of life preservers would not outweigh the disadvantages.” The FAA stated that there was insufficient basis to conclude that passenger safety would be increased by relocating life preserver stowage. However, the FAA did propose a rule revision that would have required an approved stowage pocket that “allows the passenger, using only one hand, to readily locate the pocket, open it, grasp the life preserver, and retrieve it.” As noted, NPRM 88-11 was withdrawn in 2003, and no action was taken on this issue. The NTSB concludes that passenger behavior on the accident flight indicated that most passengers will not wait 7 to 8 seconds, the reported average life vest retrieval time, before abandoning the retrieval attempt and evacuating without a life vest. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA and EASA require modifications to life vest stowage compartments or stowage compartment locations to improve the ability of passengers to retrieve life vests for all occupants. 2.10.3.3.4 Donning Most of the passengers who eventually donned, or attempted to don, life vests did so after they were outside the airplane while they were seated in a slide/raft or standing on a wing. Of the estimated 33 passengers who reported eventually having a life vest,151 only 4 confirmed that they were able to complete the donning process by securing the waist strap themselves. Most of passengers who had life vests either struggled with the strap or chose not to secure it at all for a variety of reasons. The NTSB has a long history of issuing recommendations to simplify life vest donning. In Safety Study 85/02, the NTSB noted that it had issued several safety recommendations to the FAA as a result of the 1970 Overseas National Airways ditching, the 1978 National Airlines
151 By the time the last passengers reached the overwing exits, some of the passengers outside the airplane realized that they did not have a flotation device and called back into the airplane for assistance. Subsequently, several passengers who were still in the airplane began retrieving life vests from beneath the seats and passing them to the passengers on the wings. Further, the captain and first officer handed out life vests to some of the passengers in the forward slide/raft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 116 crash, and the 1983 near-ditching of Eastern Airlines L-1011 to improve “the requirements for life vests to make them easily and quickly usable in the actual environment of a water impact.” The safety recommendations that resulted from these accidents led the FAA to revise TSO-C13c in January 1983 to include a requirement that an adult can don a life vest within 15 seconds (unassisted) while seated.152 The safety study noted that the revision to the TSO had little effect on the donning of life vests, as confirmed by the 1983 CAMI tests.153 These tests were conducted on life vests newly certified under TSO-C13d, and test results showed that passengers still had difficulty donning vests. Of 100 attempts to don the vests, only 4 were successfully completed within 15 seconds, and, in 21 attempts, users either did not don the life vests correctly within 2 minutes or gave up trying altogether. The CAMI report indicated that the life vests’ waist straps were the major obstacle to correct donning and that “users fail to tighten the straps, or do not fasten them correctly, or do not fasten them at all.” CAMI also tested two unapproved154 experimental devices, both modified from “angler’s vests.” These devices proved much easier to don, with 29 of 50 users donning them correctly within 15 seconds. CAMI attributed the improved performance to the fact that the device looked like a vest (and was meant to be donned like one), had an obvious front-to-rear position, and had no straps (just a plastic-tooth zipper up the front). Despite these promising results, the NTSB is not aware of any further development of this type of device.
As a result of these findings, the NTSB issued numerous safety recommendations to amend TSO-C13d (currently version TSO-C13f) to make it easier for passengers to don life vests. (These safety recommendations included A-85-42 through -44, which are discussed in detail in section 1.18.3.2.) Although the FAA implemented some of the recommended changes, the circumstances of this accident again demonstrate that passengers have problems correctly donning life vests. The NTSB concludes that the current life vest design standards contained in TSO-C13f do not ensure that passengers can quickly or correctly don life vests. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA revise the life vest performance standards contained in TSO-C13f to ensure that they result in a life vest that passengers can quickly and correctly don.
152 TSO-C13f currently states, “It must be demonstrated…that at least 75% of the total number of test subjects and at least 60% of the test subjects in each age group…can don the life preserver within 25 seconds unassisted, starting with the life preserver in its storage package.” 153 The NTSB notes that, although the life vests had been newly certified under the revised TSO, the life vest design was essentially unchanged. 154 At the time, two inflation chambers were required, and the unapproved vest only had one. Currently, TSO C13f allows single-chamber devices.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 117 2.10.4 Passenger Education Passenger attention on the accident flight was even worse than that reported in Safety Study 00/01. As noted previously, about 70 percent of the passengers did not watch any of the preflight safety demonstration. In addition, more than 90 percent did not read the safety information card before or during the flight. The NTSB believes that these responses clearly indicate that passenger safety information is still routinely ignored by most travelers. The most frequently cited reason for this was that the passengers flew frequently and were familiar with the equipment on the airplane, making them complacent. The NTSB has previously issued several safety recommendations addressing the improvement of passenger attention to preflight safety briefings and safety information cards.155 The NTSB reexamined the issue most recently in Safety Study 00/01, which indicated that, of 377 responding passengers, 13 percent reported that they did not watch any of the briefing, and 39 percent reported that they watched less than 75 percent of the briefing. Worse still, 68 percent of the responding passengers indicated that they did not read the safety information card meant to supplement the oral briefing.156 The NTSB concluded that the problem of passenger inattention to briefings continued to exist and that “passengers…need to pay attention to the safety information.” The NTSB noted that, with the exception of using videotaped briefings, little had changed in how safety information was presented to passengers. Therefore, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-00-86, which recommended that the FAA do the following: Conduct research and explore creative and effective methods that use state-of-the-art technology to convey safety information to passengers. The presented information should include a demonstration of all emergency evacuation procedures, such as how to open the emergency exits and exit the aircraft, including how to use the slides. In response, the FAA stated that the current state-of-the-art technology (video safety briefings) was effective and already being used in the aviation industry. On May 6, 2004, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-00-86 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” because the
155 For example, in 1974, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-74-113, which recommended that the FAA issue an AC that would provide standardized guidance to the air transport industry on effective methods and techniques for conveying safety information to passengers. On September 27, 1977, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-74-113 “Closed—Acceptable Action” based on the FAA’s issuance of AC 121-24. In 1985, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-85-101, which recommended that the FAA require that recurrent flight attendant training programs contain instructions on the use of the PA system and techniques for maintaining effective safety briefings and demonstrations that will improve the motivation of passengers to pay attention to the oral briefings and demonstrations. Although the FAA issued AC 121-24A, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-85-101 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on August 21, 1991, because the AC did not meet the intent of the recommendation. 156 Of those who did not read the safety information card, 89 percent indicated that their reason for not doing so was that they had read the card on previous flights.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 118 FAA did not conduct any research on creative and effective methods to use new technology to address the problem of passenger inattention to briefings.157 The NTSB concludes that most of the passengers did not pay attention to the oral preflight safety briefing or read the safety information card before the accident flight, indicating that more creative and effective methods of conveying safety information to passengers are needed because of the risks associated with passengers not being aware of safety equipment. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA conduct research on, and require 14 CFR Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to implement, creative and effective methods of overcoming passengers’ inattention and providing them with safety information. 2.10.5 Summary The NTSB notes that many of the issues addressed in this section were previously addressed in Safety Study 85/02; however, the FAA did not take many of the recommended actions because operators expressed concerns about the financial burden. The circumstances of this accident demonstrate that even a non-EOW flight can be ditched, resulting in significant fuselage breaching. Therefore, all passengers, regardless of whether or not their flight is an EOW operation, need to be provided with adequate safety equipment to ensure their greatest opportunity for survival if a ditching or other water-related event occurs. The NTSB believes that this accident demonstrates the continued validity of the following statement from Safety Study 85/02: The infrequency of water accidents is sometimes cited as a reason for not improving water survival equipment or not requiring that more types of air carrier operations provide survival equipment…despite the infrequency of water impact accidents, there are requirements for water survival equipment and crew training, and the aviation community has made a rather substantial commitment to meeting the requirements. The Safety Board believes that to be worthwhile the regulatory requirements should result in the most effective water survival measures feasible.
157 The NTSB notes that public hearing testimony indicated that US Airways had deactivated and/or removed the video equipment from their entire A320 fleet for “financial considerations.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The flight and cabin crewmembers were properly certificated and qualified under federal
regulations. No evidence indicated any preexisting medical or physical condition that might have adversely affected the flight crew’s performance during the accident flight.
- The accident airplane was equipped, dispatched, and maintained in accordance with federal
regulations.
- The LaGuardia Airport departure controller’s decision to display only correlated primary
radar targets on his radar display was appropriate.
- Examinations of the recovered components revealed no evidence of any preexisting engine,
system, or structural failures. The airplane met the structural ditching certification regulations in effect at the time of its certification, and the engine met the bird-ingestion certification regulations in effect at the time of its certification, as well as an anticipated additional regulation that it was not required to meet at that time.
- The airframe damage was caused by the high-energy impact at the aft fuselage and the
ensuing forward motion of the airplane through the water.
- Both engines were operating normally until they each ingested at least two large birds
(weighing about 8 pounds each), one of which was ingested into each engine core, causing mechanical damage that prevented the engines from being able to provide sufficient thrust to sustain flight.
- If the accident engines’ electronic control system had been capable of informing the flight
crewmembers about the continuing operational status of the engines, they would have been aware that thrust could not be restored and would not have spent valuable time trying to relight the engines, which were too damaged for any pilot action to make operational.
- The size and number of the birds ingested by the accident engines well exceeded the current
bird-ingestion certification standards.
- The current small and medium flocking bird tests required by 14 Code of Federal
Regulations 33.76(c) would provide a more stringent test of the turbofan engine core resistance to bird ingestion if the lowest expected fan speed for the minimum climb rate were used instead of 100-percent fan speed because it would allow a larger portion of the bird mass to enter the engine core.
- Additional considerations need to be addressed related to the current 14 Code of Federal
Regulations 33.76(d) large flocking bird certification test standards because they do not 119
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report require large flocking bird tests on smaller transport-category airplane engines, such as the accident engine, or a test of the engine core; the circumstances of the accident demonstrate that large birds can be ingested into the core of small engines and cause significant damage.
- Although engine design changes and protective screens have been used or considered in
some engine and aircraft designs as a means to protect against bird ingestion, neither option has been found to be viable on turbofan engines like the accident engine.
- Although the Engine Dual Failure checklist did not fully apply to the accident event, it was
the most applicable checklist contained in the quick reference handbook to address the event, and the flight crew’s decision to use this checklist was in accordance with US Airways procedures.
- If a checklist that addressed a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude had been
available to the flight crewmembers, they would have been more likely to have completed that checklist.
- Despite being unable to complete the Engine Dual Failure checklist, the captain started the
auxiliary power unit, which improved the outcome of the ditching by ensuring that a primary source of electrical power was available to the airplane and that the airplane remained in normal law and maintained the flight envelope protections, one of which protects against a stall.
- The captain’s decision to ditch on the Hudson River rather than attempting to land at an
airport provided the highest probability that the accident would be survivable.
- The captain’s difficulty maintaining his intended airspeed during the final approach resulted
in high angles-of-attack, which contributed to the difficulties in flaring the airplane, the high descent rate at touchdown, and the fuselage damage.
- The captain’s difficulty maintaining his intended airspeed during the final approach resulted,
in part, from high workload, stress, and task saturation.
- The captain’s decision to use flaps 2 for the ditching, based on his experience and perception
of the situation, was reasonable and consistent with the limited civilian industry and military guidance that was available regarding forced landings of large aircraft without power.
- The professionalism of the flight crewmembers and their excellent crew resource
management during the accident sequence contributed to their ability to maintain control of the airplane, configure it to the extent possible under the circumstances, and fly an approach that increased the survivability of the impact.
- Comprehensive guidelines on the best means to design and develop emergency and abnormal
checklists would promote operational standardization and increase the likelihood of a successful outcome to such events. 120
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Training pilots how to respond to a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude would
challenge them to use critical thinking and exercise skills in task shedding, decision-making, and proper workload management to achieve a successful outcome.
- The flight crewmembers would have been better prepared to ditch the airplane if they had
received training and guidance about the visual illusions that can occur when landing on water and on approach and about touchdown techniques to use during a ditching, with and without engine power.
- The guidance in the ditching portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist is not consistent
with the separate Ditching checklist, which includes a step to inhibit the ground proximity warning system and terrain alerts.
- Training pilots that sidestick inputs may be attenuated when the airplane is in the
alpha-protection mode would provide them with a better understanding of how entering the alpha-protection mode may affect the pitch response of the airplane.
- The review and validation of the Airbus operational procedures conducted during the
ditching certification process for the A320 airplane did not evaluate whether pilots could attain all of the Airbus ditching parameters nor was Airbus required to conduct such an evaluation.
- During an actual ditching, it is possible but unlikely that pilots will be able to attain all of the
Airbus ditching parameters because it is exceptionally difficult for pilots to meet such precise criteria when no engine power is available, and this difficulty contributed to the fuselage damage.
- This accident was not a typical bird-strike event; therefore, this accident demonstrates that a
bird strike does not need to be typical to be hazardous.
- The accident bird strike occurred at a distance and altitude beyond the range of LaGuardia
Airport’s (LGA) wildlife hazard responsibilities and, therefore, would not have been mitigated by LGA’s wildlife management practices.
- A proactive approach to wildlife mitigation at 14 Code of Federal Regulations
Part 139-certificated airports would provide a greater safety benefit than the current strategy of waiting for a serious event to occur before conducting a wildlife hazard assessment.
- Although currently no technological, regulatory, or operational changes related to wildlife
mitigation, including the use of avian radar, could be made that would lessen the probability of a similar bird-strike event from occurring, considerable research is being conducted in this area.
- Research on the use of aircraft systems such as pulsating lights, lasers, and weather radar
may lead to effective methods of deterring birds from entering aircraft flightpaths and, therefore, reduce the likelihood of a bird strike. 121
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- The emergency response was timely and efficient because of the proximity of the emergency
responders to the accident site, their immediate response to the accident, and their training before the accident.
- Flight attendant B was injured by the frame 65 vertical beam after it punctured the cabin
floor during impact, and, because of the beam’s location directly beneath the flight attendant’s aft, direct-view jumpseat, any individual seated in this location during a ditching or gear-up landing is at risk for serious injury due to the compression and/or collapse of the airplane structure.
- The Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) current recommended brace positions do not
take into account newly designed seats that do not have a breakover feature, and, in this accident, the FAA-recommended brace position might have contributed to the shoulder fractures of two passengers.
- The flight attendants initiated the evacuation promptly, and, although they all encountered
difficulties at their exits, they still managed an effective and timely evacuation.
- Although the airplane was not required by Federal Aviation Administration regulations to be
equipped for extended overwater operations to conduct the accident flight, the fact that the airplane was so equipped, including the availability of the forward slide/rafts, contributed to the lack of fatalities and the low number of serious cold-water immersion-related injuries because about 64 occupants used the forward slide/rafts after the ditching.
- The determination of cabin safety equipment locations on the A320 airplane did not consider
that the probable structural damage and leakage sustained during a ditching would include significant aft fuselage breaching and subsequent water entry into the aft area of the airplane, which prevents the aft slide/rafts from being available for use during an evacuation.
- Given the circumstances of this accident and the large number of airports located near water
and of flights flown over water, passenger immersion protection needs to be considered for nonextended-overwater (EOW) operations, as well as EOW operations.
- If the life lines had been retrieved, they could have been used to assist passengers on both
wings, possibly preventing passengers from falling into the water.
- Equipping aircraft with flotation seat cushions and life vests on all flights, regardless of the
route, will provide passengers the benefits of water buoyancy and stability in the event of an accident involving water.
- Briefing passengers on, and demonstrating the use of, all flotation equipment installed on an
airplane on all flights, regardless of the route, will improve the chances that the equipment will be effectively used during an accident involving water.
- Passenger behavior on the accident flight indicated that most passengers will not wait 7 to
8 seconds, the reported average life vest retrieval time, before abandoning the retrieval attempt and evacuating without a life vest. 122
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- The current life vest design standards contained in Technical Standard Order-C13f do not
ensure that passengers can quickly or correctly don life vests.
- Most of the passengers did not pay attention to the oral preflight safety briefing or read the
safety information card before the accident flight, indicating that more creative and effective methods of conveying safety information to passengers are needed because of the risks associated with passengers not being aware of safety equipment. 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the ingestion of large birds into each engine, which resulted in an almost total loss of thrust in both engines and the subsequent ditching on the Hudson River. Contributing to the fuselage damage and resulting unavailability of the aft slide/rafts were (1) the Federal Aviation Administration’s approval of ditching certification without determining whether pilots could attain the ditching parameters without engine thrust, (2) the lack of industry flight crew training and guidance on ditching techniques, and (3) the captain’s resulting difficulty maintaining his intended airspeed on final approach due to the task saturation resulting from the emergency situation. Contributing to the survivability of the accident was (1) the decision-making of the flight crewmembers and their crew resource management during the accident sequence; (2) the fortuitous use of an airplane that was equipped for an extended overwater flight, including the availability of the forward slide/rafts, even though it was not required to be so equipped; (3) the performance of the cabin crewmembers while expediting the evacuation of the airplane; and (4) the proximity of the emergency responders to the accident site and their immediate and appropriate response to the accident. 123
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Safety Recommendations
- 1 New Recommendations
The National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Work with the military, manufacturers, and National Aeronautics Space Administration to complete the development of a technology capable of informing pilots about the continuing operational status of an engine. (A-10-62) Once the development of the engine technology has been completed, as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-62, require the implementation of the technology on transport-category airplane engines equipped with full-authority digital engine controls. (A-10-63) Modify the 14 Code of Federal Regulations 33.76(c) small and medium flocking bird certification test standard to require that the test be conducted using the lowest expected fan speed, instead of 100-percent fan speed, for the minimum climb rate. (A-10-64) During the bird-ingestion rulemaking database (BRDB) working group’s reevaluation of the current engine bird-ingestion certification regulations, specifically reevaluate the 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 33.76(d) large flocking bird certification test standards to determine whether they should 1) apply to engines with an inlet area of less than 3,875 square inches and 2) include a requirement for engine core ingestion. If the BRDB working group’s reevaluation determines that such requirements are needed, incorporate them into 14 CFR 33.76(d) and require that newly certificated engines be designed and tested to these requirements. (A-10-65) Require manufacturers of turbine-powered aircraft to develop a checklist and procedure for a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude. (A-10-66) Once the development of the checklist and procedure for a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude has been completed, as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-66, require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators of turbine-powered aircraft to implement the checklist and procedure. (A-10-67) 124
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Develop and validate comprehensive guidelines for emergency and abnormal checklist design and development. The guidelines should consider the order of critical items in the checklist (for example, starting the auxiliary power unit), the use of opt outs or gates to minimize the risk of flight crewmembers becoming stuck in an inappropriate checklist or portion of a checklist, the length of the checklist, the level of detail in the checklist, the time needed to complete the checklist, and the mental workload of the flight crew. (A-10-68) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to include a dual-engine failure scenario occurring at a low altitude in initial and recurrent ground and simulator training designed to improve pilots’ critical-thinking, task-shedding, decision-making, and workload-management skills. (A-10-69) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to provide training and guidance to pilots that inform them about the visual illusions that can occur when landing on water and that include approach and touchdown techniques to use during a ditching, with and without engine power. (A-10-70) Work with the aviation industry to determine whether recommended practices and procedures need to be developed for pilots regarding forced landings without power both on water and land. (A-10-71) Require applicants for aircraft certification to demonstrate that their ditching parameters can be attained without engine power by pilots without the use of exceptional skill or strength. (A-10-72) Require Airbus operators to amend the ditching portion of the Engine Dual Failure checklist and any other applicable checklists to include a step to select the ground proximity warning system and terrain alerts to OFF during the final descent. (A-10-73) Require Airbus operators to expand the angle-of-attack-protection envelope limitations ground-school training to inform pilots about alpha-protection mode features while in normal law that can affect the pitch response of the airplane. (A-10-74) Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 139-certificated airports to conduct wildlife hazard assessments (WHA) to proactively assess the likelihood of wildlife strikes, and if the WHA indicates the need for a Wildlife Hazard Management Plan (WHMP), require the airport to implement a WHMP into its airport certification manual. (A-10-75) 125
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Work with the U.S. Department of Agriculture to develop and implement innovative technologies that can be installed on aircraft that would reduce the likelihood of a bird strike. (A-10-76) Require Airbus to redesign the frame 65 vertical beam on A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes to lessen the likelihood that it will intrude into the cabin during a ditching or gear-up landing and Airbus operators to incorporate these changes on their airplanes. (A-10-77) Conduct research to determine the most beneficial passenger brace position in airplanes with nonbreakover seats installed. If the research deems it necessary, issue new guidance material on passenger brace positions. (A-10-78) Require, on all new and in-service transport-category airplanes, that cabin safety equipment be stowed in locations that ensure that life rafts and/or slide/rafts remain accessible and that sufficient capacity is available for all occupants after a ditching. (A-10-79) Require quick-release girts and handholds on all evacuation slides and ramp/slide combinations. (A-10-80) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to provide information about life lines, if the airplane is equipped with them, to passengers to ensure that the life lines can be quickly and effectively retrieved and used. (A-10-81) Require that aircraft operated by 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators be equipped with flotation seat cushions and life vests for each occupant on all flights, regardless of the route. (A-10-82) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to brief passengers on all flotation equipment installed on an airplane, including a full demonstration of correct life vest retrieval and donning procedures, before all flights, regardless of route. (A-10-83) Require modifications to life vest stowage compartments or stowage compartment locations to improve the ability of passengers to retrieve life vests for all occupants. (A-10-84) Revise the life vest performance standards contained in Technical Standard Order-C13f to ensure that they result in a life vest that passengers can quickly and correctly don. (A-10-85) 126
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Conduct research on, and require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operators to implement, creative and effective methods of overcoming passengers’ inattention and providing them with safety information. (A-10-86) The National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendation to the U.S. Department of Agriculture: Develop and implement, in conjunction with the Federal Aviation Administration, innovative technologies that can be installed on aircraft that would reduce the likelihood of a bird strike. (A-10-87) The National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the European Aviation Safety Agency: Modify the small and medium flocking bird certification test standard in Joint Aviation Regulations–Engines to require that the test be conducted using the lowest expected fan speed, instead of 100-percent fan speed, for the minimum climb rate. (A-10-88) During the bird-ingestion rulemaking database (BRDB) working group’s reevaluation of the current engine bird-ingestion certification regulations, specifically reevaluate the Joint Aviation Regulations–Engines (JAR-E) large flocking bird certification test standards to determine whether they should 1) apply to engines with an inlet area of less than 3,875 square inches and 2) include a requirement for engine core ingestion. If the BRDB working group’s reevaluation determines that such requirements are needed, incorporate them into JAR-E and require that newly certificated engines be designed and tested to these requirements. (A-10-89) Require manufacturers of turbine-powered aircraft to develop a checklist and procedure for a dual-engine failure occurring at a low altitude. (A-10-90) Require applicants for aircraft certification to demonstrate that their ditching parameters can be attained without engine power by pilots without the use of exceptional skill or strength. (A-10-91) Require Airbus to redesign the frame 65 vertical beam on A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes to lessen the likelihood that it will intrude into the cabin during a ditching or gear-up landing and Airbus operators to incorporate these changes on their airplanes. (A-10-92) 127
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Require, on all new and in-service transport-category airplanes, that cabin safety equipment be stowed in locations that ensure that life rafts and/or slide/rafts remain accessible and that sufficient capacity is available for all occupants after a ditching. (A-10-93) Require quick-release girts and handholds on all evacuation slides and ramp/slide combinations. (A-10-94) Require modifications to life vest stowage compartments or stowage compartment locations to improve the ability of passengers to retrieve life vests for all occupants. (A-10-95) 4.2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendation Resulting From This Accident As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board issued the following safety recommendation to the Federal Aviation Administration on October 7, 2009: Modify [FAA] radar data processing systems so that air traffic controllers can instruct the systems to process the discrete transponder code of an aircraft experiencing an emergency as if it were an emergency transponder code. (A-09-112) For additional information about this safety recommendation, see section 1.18.2.
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: May 4, 2010
Member Sumwalt filed the following concurring statement on May 6, 2010. 128
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Board Member Statement Member Sumwalt, Concurring: I sincerely appreciate the hard work that the NTSB’s staff has done to complete this investigation, and I fully support the findings, probable cause, and recommendations of this report. I truly believe the recommendations contained in this report, if implemented, will improve safety for the flying public.
Through this concurring statement, I would like to amplify why I believe this event was a “forced landing on water” rather than a “ditching.”
My persistence on this matter is not one of merely arguing semantics; I know the public and the transportation community turn to the NTSB to get it right. As evidenced by many of the party submissions and comments I have heard – both before and after the Board Meeting – it is apparent some believe, that, on this issue, we may have fallen short of getting it entirely right.
When I asked staff during the Board Meeting why they believed this was a ditching instead of a forced landing, they replied that the crew had available options, but chose to land in the water. To the contrary, however, the captain of US Airways 1549 testified that landing on the Hudson River was his only viable option. If other options were available that would have ensured the same level of safety for his passengers and crew, I highly suspect he would have chosen those options before committing to land on the Hudson.
Admittedly, we are constrained by the lack of a formal regulatory definition of ditching, but in a footnote of a 1985 safety study, the NTSB stated:
“[Ditching] usually means a planned event in which the flight crew, with the aircraft under control, knowingly attempts to land in water. In contrast to an inadvertent water impact, in which there is no time for passenger or crew preparation, ditching allows some time for donning life preservers, etc.”
The circumstances of this accident defy the NTSB’s own criteria for use of the term. Those criteria state that a ditching allows “some time” for preparation. In the case of US Airways 1549, there was insufficient time for much of anything. For example, only two of the 155 aircraft occupants donned life preservers prior to the water landing. It is clear in my mind that the lack of sufficient time was the constraining factor; had more time existed, and had the occupants been made aware of the impending water landing, many more – if not all - would have located and donned the life preservers.
The US Airways Flight Attendant Inflight Emergency Manual states that, “[a] planned emergency allows time to prepare the passengers, aircraft and airport….” The manual further says that the captain will inform flight attendants of the emergency situation, using the acronym 129
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report “TEST.” When asked in the Board Meeting why this was not done, staff conceded this could have been due to lack of available time.
The flight crew did not complete the “Engine Dual Failure” checklist which contained procedures on ditching, nor did they initiate the separate “Ditching” checklist. Section 2.3 of the accident report says that the crew was not able to complete the checklist “because of the airplane’s low altitude and the limited time available.”
There was only one minute, fifteen seconds from the time the captain told the air traffic controller that he couldn’t make Teterboro Airport and uttered those bone-chilling words, “We’re gonna be in the Hudson,” until the actual touchdown.
I question whether having one minute, fifteen seconds is sufficient to consider a landing as “planned.” I believe they reacted to their only viable option and landed where they could, instead of a “planned water event in which the flight crew… knowingly attempts to land in water.”
Testimony from the public hearing indicated that there are unique attributes of a planned ditching that include the flight crew going through checklists, preparing the cabin crew, and having the passengers prepared. In the case of US Airways 1549, the crew didn’t have time to go through the ditching checklist, they didn’t have time to prepare the cabin, and the passengers were not prepared for the water landing.
For the above reasons, I believe US Airways 1549 was a forced landing on water as opposed to a ditching.
This point aside, whether we call this event a forced landing or a ditching, the objective of this investigation and its ensuing report is to help improve the outcome should future crews find themselves in the situation faced by this crew. The report produced by staff does exactly that. Therefore, I support the report’s findings, probable cause, and recommendations.
130
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was initially notified of this accident on January 15, 2009. A go-team was assembled in Washington, D.C., and traveled to the accident scene. The go-team was accompanied by former Board Member Kitty Higgins. The following investigative groups were formed: Operations and Human Performance, Aircraft Systems, Aircraft Structures, Aircraft Powerplants, Maintenance Records, Aircraft Performance, Air Traffic Control, Wildlife Factors, Survival Factors, and Emergency Response. Also, specialists were assigned to conduct the readout of the flight data recorder and transcribe the cockpit voice recorder at the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, D.C. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), US Airways, US Airline Pilots Association (USAPA), Airbus Industrie, CFM International (CFM), International Association of Machinists, Association of Flight Attendants (AFA), and National Air Traffic Controllers Association. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, the Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Airframe and Engines). Public Hearing A public hearing was held from June 9 through 11, 2009, in Washington, D.C. Board Member Robert Sumwalt presided over the hearing. The issues presented at the public hearing were pilot training regarding ditching and forced landings on water; bird detection and mitigation efforts; certification standards for ditching and forced landings on water for transport-category airplanes; cabin safety, including training, procedures, and equipment; and certification standards for bird ingestion into transport-category airplane engines. Parties to the public hearing were the FAA, US Airways, USAPA, Airbus Industrie, CFM, and AFA. 131
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 132 Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript The following is the transcript of the Allied Signal/Honeywell cockpit voice recorder, serial number 2878, installed on the Airbus A320-214 airplane that experienced an almost total loss of thrust in both engines and was subsequently ditched on the Hudson River. LEGEND
ATIS Radio transmission from the Automated Terminal Information System
RDO Radio transmission from accident aircraft, US Airways 1549
CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source
PA Voice or sound heard on the public address system channel
HOT Hot microphone voice or sound source158
INTR Interphone communication to or from ground crew
For RDO, CAM, PA, HOT and INTR comments:
-1 Voice identified as the Captain
-2 Voice identified as the First Officer
-3 Voice identified as cabin crewmember
-4 Voice identified as groundcrew
-? Voice unidentified
FWC Automated callout or sound from the Flight Warning Computer
TCAS Automated callout or sound from the Traffic Collision Avoidance System
PWS Automated callout or sound from the Predictive Windshear System
GPWS Automated callout or sound from the Ground Proximity Warning System
158 This recording contained audio from Hot microphones used by the flightcrew. The voices or sounds on these channels were also, at times, heard by the CVR group on the CAM channel and vice versa. In these cases, comments are generally annotated as coming from the source (either HOT or CAM) from which the comment was easiest to hear and discern.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 133 EGPWS Automated callout or sound from the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning system
RMP Radio transmission from ramp control at LaGuardia
GND Radio transmission from ground control at LaGuardia
CLC Radio transmission from clearance delivery at LaGuardia
TWR Radio transmission from the Air Traffic Control Tower at LaGuardia
DEP Radio transmission from LaGuardia departure control
4718 Radio transmission from another airplane (Eagle flight 4718)
CH[1234] CVR Channel identifier 1=Captain 2= First Officer 3= PA
4= Cockpit Area Microphone
Unintelligible word @ Non-Pertinent word
& Third party personal name (see note 5 below)
Expletive
-, - - - Break in continuity or interruption in comment
( ) Questionable insertion
[ ] Editorial insertion
... Pause
Note 1: Times are expressed in Eastern Standard Time (EST), based on the clock used to timestamp the recorded radar data from the Newark ASR-9.
Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed.
Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken.
Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
Note 5: Personal names of 3rd parties not involved in the conversation are generally not transcribed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:00:32 [Start of Recording]
15:00:32 [Start of Transcript]
15:00:32 ATIS
expressway visual runway three one approach in use. depart runway four, bravo four hold line in use. LaGuardia class bravo services available on frequency one two six point zero five. all pilots read back all hold short instructions and assigned altitudes. advise on initial contact you have information papa... LaGuardia airport information papa. one nine five one zulu. winds three four zero at one three, visibility one zero. ceiling three thousand five hundred broken. temperature minus six dewpoint minus one four. altimeter three zero two three. remarks A O two sea level pressure two three four. [ATIS repeats on ch2 until time 15:02:44.] 15:02:19 CAM-1
yes, thank you.
134
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 135 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:02:21 CAM-1
so we should have two open seats (cause) the jumpseaters are gonna sit in the back.
15:02:25 CAM-?
thank you.
15:02:26 CAM-1
all right anytime.
15:02:27 CAM-?
cool you bet.
15:02:30 CAM-?
ok.
15:02:35 HOT-2
the seats uh-
15:02:37 HOT-1
there you go.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 136 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:02:45 CAM-?
do you mind if I keep my bag(s) up here?
15:02:47 CAM-1
no not at all.
15:02:48 CAM-?
thank you so much.
15:02:51 PA-1
a quick hello from the cockpit crew, this is fifteen forty nine bound for Charlotte. its a nice day for flying, be at thirty eight thousand feet mostly smooth about an hour and forty five minutes takeoff to landing, welcome aboard.
15:03:12 CAM-2
quite a difference in the flight time pretty incredible, huh? fifty six minutes.
15:03:15 HOT-1
well we had a hundred and sixty knots of wind all the way up here. its a average headwind on this lists minus one ten.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 137 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:03:34 HOT-1
all right.
15:03:34 PA-3
if everyone would please take their seats.
15:03:39 HOT-1
- *.
15:03:40 INTR-4
hello cockpit ground's ready.
15:03:42 INTR-1
we'll give them a call.
15:03:42 RDO-2
(ground) fifteen forty nine like to push at uh gate twenty one.
15:03:47 RMP
Cactus (fifteen) forty nine....gate twenty one, spot twenty eight, ground * for your taxi.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 138 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:03:55 RDO-2
ok uh. that's uh * what's wrong here. [may be multiple mic keys] 15:03:57 HOT-1
ok... clear to push?
15:04:00 HOT-2
yeah.
15:04:01 INTR-4
yes sir, you say you are clear to push?
15:04:02 INTR-1
clear to push, spot twenty eight, brakes released.
15:04:03 RDO-2
and that's uh spot twenty eight for Cactus uh nine- er fifteen forty nine, excuse me and over to ground twenty one seven.
15:04:05 INTR-4
twenty eight, brakes released.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 139 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:04:09 RMP
affirmative. 15:04:09 CAM-?
seated and stowed.
15:04:11 HOT-1
thank you, all set.
15:04:13 CAM
[sound similar to cockpit door closing]
15:04:20 HOT-1
ok. that # door again.
15:04:23 HOT-2
what's wrong?
15:04:24 HOT-1
this-
15:04:25 HOT-2
oh.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 140 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:04:25 CAM-1
(you) have to slam it pretty hard.
15:04:29 CAM
[sound similar to cockpit door closing]
15:04:52 HOT-1
got the newest Charlotte.
15:05:04 PA-3
ladies and gentlemen all electronic devices have to be turned off at this time, anything with an on off button must be in the off position.
15:05:07 HOT-1
yeah too bad they aren't still using three one... for takeoff.
15:05:10 HOT-2
yeah.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 141 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:05:11 HOT-1
I was hoping we could land on four and takeoff on three one, but it didn't quite work out that way.
15:05:22 HOT-2
well we can make an attempt to beat Northwest here anyways.
15:05:25 HOT-1
what's that?
15:05:26 HOT-2
so we can make an attempt to beat Northwest but he's already starting isn't he.
15:05:29 HOT-1
yeah. and we have to pull up before we can even start on this.
15:05:32 HOT-2
they start their number two engine first.
15:05:34
good afternoon ladies and gentlemen welcome on
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 142 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT PA-3 board US Airways flight fifteen forty nine, with service to Charlotte. please take a moment to listen to this important safety information, in preparation for departure be certain that your seat back is straight up and your tray table is stowed. all carryon items must be secured completely underneath the seat in front of you, or stowed in an overhead compartment. please use caution when placing items in or removing them from the overhead bins. please ensure that all electronic devices are turned off, some devices such as cell phones, TVs, radios and any device transmitting a signal may not be used at anytime during flight. however you may be certain use other electronic devices when advised by your crew. please direct your attention to the flight attendants in the cabin, for everyone's safety regulations require your compliance with all lighted signs, placards, and crewmember instructions. whenever the seatbelt sign is illuminated please make sure that you seatbelt is fastened low and tight around your hips. to fasten insert the metal fitting into the buckle and tighten by pulling loose end away from you. to release lift the metal flap. during the flight the Captain may turn off the fasten seatbelt sign, however for safety we recommend that you keep your seatbelt fastened at all times. please review the safety instruction card in the seatback pocket in front of you, it explains the safety features of this aircraft as well as the location and
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 143 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT operation of the exit and flotation devices. your seat cushion serves as a flotation device, to remove your cushion, (pla)- take it with you to the nearest usable exit, when exiting the-[sound similar to power interruption 15:07:01] place both arms through the straps and hug it to your chest. flight attendants are pointing out there are a total of eight exits on this aircraft, two door exits in front of the aircraft, four window exits over the wings, and two door exits in the rear of the aircraft. once again, two door exits at the front of the aircraft, four window exits over the wings, and two door exits in the rear of the aircraft. each door is equipped with an evacuation slide if directed to exit... the aircraft jump onto the slide and move away from the aircraft. take a moment to locate the exit nearest you keeping in mind that the closest usable exit may be located behind you. if there is a loss of electrical power low level lighting will guide you to the exits indicated by illuminated exit signs. if needed oxygen masks will be released from the overhead, to start the flow of oxygen, reach up and pull the mask toward you, fully extending the plastic tubing. place the mask over your nose and mouth, place the elastic band over your head. to tighten pull the tab on each side of the mask. the plastic bag does not inflate when oxygen is flowing. secure your mask before assisting others. as a reminder smoking is prohibited in all areas of the aircraft including the
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 144 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT lavatories. federal regulations prohibit tampering with disabling or destroying a lavatory smoke detector. on behalf of your entire crew, its our pleasure to have you on board.... thank you for flying US Airways. 15:05:34 HOT-1
that's interesting.
15:05:41 HOT-2
did you always start number one or is that a uh America West thing?
15:05:44 HOT-1
no that's no its been that way ever since I've been on it, for six and a half years anyway.
15:06:09 INTR-1
confirm we're clear to start?
15:06:10 INTR-4
uh, one second.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 145 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:06:13 HOT-1
he told me to wait.
15:06:15 HOT-2
he did?
15:06:16 HOT-1
yeah, this guy was giving the signal but I asked and he said no wait just a second.
15:06:17 HOT-2
yeah.... OK.
15:06:25 INTR-4
kay. clear to start.
15:06:26 INTR-1
clear to start. 15:06:26 HOT-1
start engines.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 146 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:06:44 HOT-2
wonder how the Northwest and Delta pilots are gettin on.
15:06:47 HOT-1
I wonder about that too, I have no idea.
15:07:01 CAM
[sound similar to power interruption]
15:07:01 CAM
[sound similar to increase in engine noise/frequency]
15:07:04 HOT-1
yeah hopefully better than we and West do.
15:07:11 HOT-2
be hard to do worse.
15:07:13 HOT-1
yeah... well I hadn't heard much about it lately but I can't imagine it'd be any better.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 147 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:07:20 HOT-2
I think that's just cause we're separate..... and there's nothing going on right now.
15:07:25 HOT-1
right.
15:07:28 INTR-4
kay set the parking brake.
15:07:32 INTR-1
parking brake set. disconnect.
15:07:34 INTR-4
brake set, disconnect. 15:08:15 HOT-1
okay wands up, wave off.
15:08:16 HOT-2
wands up.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 148 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:08:17 HOT-1
flaps two, taxi.
15:08:36 RDO-2
ground Cactus uh fifteen forty nine spot twenty eight, taxi please.
15:08:40 GND
Cactus fifteen forty nine LaGuardia ground runway four uh, turn left alpha, short of golf, and uh did you call clearance?
15:08:48 RDO-2
(I'm) sorry forgot. 15:08:48 HOT-1
*.
15:08:52 HOT-1
uh thirty five two. so its alpha short of golf is that right?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 149 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:08:56 HOT-2
yup.
15:08:57 HOT-1
yeah I'll start taxiing while you do that.
15:08:58 HOT-2
ok.
15:09:35 RDO-2
Cactus fifteen forty nine is uh over BIGGY seven one three four, and three sixty and up to five thousand. 15:09:44 HOT-1
you put it here.
15:09:46 HOT-2
what was that?... am I on the wrong one?
15:09:53 HOT-1
you switched me off of ground.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 150 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:09:55 HOT-2
oh, sorry.
15:09:57 HOT-?
- you wanna be there [heard on CH2]
15:10:04 HOT-1
you were talking on number two but you switched number one.
15:10:07 HOT-2
ok.
15:10:11 RDO-2
I'm sorry I messed up my radio here Cactus fifteen forty nine, seven one three four and we're three sixty up to five thousand.
15:10:40 RDO-2
Cactus-
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 151 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:10:41 RDO-2
Cactus fifteen forty nine is uh squawking seven one three four and were uh runway four three sixty and five thousand.
15:10:48 CLC
(kay it's) fifteen forty nine LaGuardia clearance read *back correct, ground point seven verify information papa.
15:10:53 RDO-2
we have papa.
15:10:54 RDO-2
we have papa thank you Cactus uh * fifteen forty nine.
15:10:58 CLC
ground point seven. 15:11:05 HOT-2
ok.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 152 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:11:06 HOT-1
ok no change.
15:11:08 HOT-2
I don't think my uh MIC switch works all the time here.
15:11:12 HOT-1
your trigger, your trigger?
15:11:12 CAM-2
- * transmit.
15:11:14 CAM-2
what's that?
15:11:15 HOT-1
your trigger on the stick? ... I'll write that up too.
15:11:18 CAM-2
so you don't hear me transmit... you might wanna jump in.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 153 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:11:21 HOT-1
ok.... got it.
15:11:25 RDO-1
and OPS, fifteen forty nine. 15:11:28 HOT-1
I'm calling on number two.
15:11:31 OPS
yeah, (sixteen) forty nine go ahead.
15:11:33 RDO-1
yeah fifteen forty nine if you want uh weight and balance uh corrected to total of passenger one forty eight and ACM [additional crew members] two.
15:11:42 OPS
ok one forty eight.
15:11:51 RDO-1
yeah for fifteen forty nine passenger count is one four eight, plus ACM two.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 154 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:12:00 RDO-1
so one forty eight, plus two ACM's.
15:12:02 OPS
ok. copy that. 15:12:08 HOT-1
all right... I'm still holding short of golf, and they're correcting the passenger count to one forty eight.
15:12:25 GND
Cactus fifteen forty nine taxi foxtrot, bravo hold short echo, just gotta hold you there for about three minutes uh for your uh in trail into Charlotte.
15:12:31 RDO-2
foxtrot, bravo, short of echo, Cactus fifteen forty nine. 15:12:35 HOT-1
ok, foxtrot, bravo, hold short of echo... and once we stop then, I'll do the flight control check.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 155 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:12:57 HOT-1
did it uh, did it not uplink?
15:13:01 HOT-2
(well) I figured it was the old one.
15:13:04 HOT-1
what's that?
15:13:06 HOT-2
umm.... ok.
15:13:18 HOT-2
so do you want me to use this one?
15:13:19 HOT-1
oh... oh I see what you're saying, yeah I uh you can wait if you want I just thought we'd have something in there.
15:13:37 HOT-1
yeah we can wait, that's fine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 156 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:13:38 HOT-2
go with this one? ok.
15:13:40 HOT-1
cause we're going to be holding here for a minute anyway.... all right foxtrot, bravo, hold short of echo.
15:14:15 HOT-1
where is the uh, the portion of the release the- of the weight and balance part of it that was below what you tore off to put on here... or was there part of it.
15:14:24 HOT-2
there was, I think I threw it away it just had names on it... its right here.
15:14:26 HOT-1
ok thank you. I need this number, yeah I wanted this part... I'm gonna just call this guy directly cause I don't think this OPS guy knows what the # he's doin.
15:15:04 HOT-1
I'm just gonna call our load control agent directly, it's his number right here.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 157 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:15:12 FWC
[sound of single chime]
15:15:15 HOT-1
yeah I'm the Captain on fifteen forty nine aircraft one zero six if you'll if you will please correct the passenger count we have a total of one four eight, plus two plus two ACM. [sounds as if this communication is by cellular telephone]
15:15:19 GND
Cactus fifteen forty nine follow the Northwest you can monitor tower.
15:15:23 RDO-2
Cactus fifteen forty nine follow Northwest monitor tower, thank you. 15:15:32 HOT-1
that's it... thank you. runway four, thank you, bye. [sounds as if communication is by cellular telephone]
15:15:38 HOT-1
what did I miss?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 158 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:15:40 HOT-2
follow Northwest.
15:15:41 HOT-1
all right here we go.
15:15:49 HOT-1
- I talked to CLP [Central Load Plan] he's gonna send
it. 15:15:54 HOT-1
all right, flight control check.
15:15:57 CAM-2
full up........full down.
15:16:01 HOT-2
neutral.
15:16:03 HOT-2
full left.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 159 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:16:06 HOT-2
full right.
15:16:07 HOT-2
neutral.
15:16:09 HOT-2
full left.
15:16:11 HOT-2
full right.
15:16:13 HOT-2
neutral.
15:17:26 HOT-1
I'll go ahead and sit them down.
15:17:30 PA-1
flight attendants please be seated for takeoff.
15:17:33 HOT-2
kay.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 160 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:18:03 HOT-1
okay, taxi check.
15:18:07 HOT-2
- *.
15:18:19 HOT-2
departure briefing, FMS. [Flight Management System]
15:18:21 HOT-1
reviewed runway four.
15:18:22 HOT-2
flaps verify. two planned, two indicated.
15:18:24 HOT-1
two planned, two indicated.
15:18:46 HOT-2
um. takeoff data verify... one forty, one forty five, one forty nine, TOGA. [Takeoff/Go Around]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 161 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:18:53 HOT-1
one forty, one forty five, one forty nine, TOGA.
15:18:56 HOT-2
the uh weight verify, one fifty two point two.
15:19:00 HOT-1
one fifty two point two.
15:19:02 HOT-2
flight controls verify checked.
15:19:03 HOT-1
check.
15:19:04 HOT-2
stab and trim verify, thirty one point one percent... and zero.
15:19:08 HOT-1
thirty one point one percent, zero.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 162 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:19:11 HOT-2
the uh.... engine anti-ice.
15:19:13 HOT-1
is off.
15:19:16 CAM-2
ECAM [Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring] verify takeoff, no blue, status checked.
15:19:19 HOT-1
takeoff, no blue, status checked.
15:19:22 PA-2
ladies and gentlemen at this time we're number one for takeoff, flight attendants please be seated.
15:19:25 HOT-1
- *.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 163 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:19:27 HOT-2
takeoff min fuel quantity verify. nineteen thousand pounds required we got twenty one point eight on board.
15:19:32 HOT-1
nineteen thousand pounds required, twenty one eight on board.
15:19:35 HOT-2
flight attendants notified, engine mode is normal, the taxi checklist is complete sir.
15:19:40 HOT-1
below the line... oh you finished it all -
15:19:42 CAM-2
yeah.
15:19:42 HOT-1
-yeah kay thank you. we're good. holding short.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 164 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:20:03 HOT-1
still possible.
15:20:06 CAM-2
oh yeah.
15:20:37 TWR
Cactus fifteen forty nine, LaGuardia runway four position and hold. traffic to land three one.
15:20:40 RDO-2
position and hold runway four, Cactus uh fifteen forty nine. 15:20:42 HOT-1
on the hold.
15:20:44 CAM
[sound similar to increase then decrease in engine noise/frequency]
15:21:27 HOT-1
your brakes, your aircraft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 165 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:21:30 HOT-2
my aircraft.
15:21:48 HOT-1
he's gotta *.
15:24:54 TWR
Cactus fifteen forty nine runway four clear for takeoff.
15:24:56.7 RDO-1
Cactus fifteen forty nine clear for takeoff. 15:25:06 CAM
[sound similar to increase in engine noise/speed]
15:25:09 CAM-2
TOGA.
15:25:10 HOT-1
TOGA set.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 166 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:25:20 HOT-1
eighty.
15:25:21 HOT-2
checked.
15:25:33 HOT-1
V one, rotate.
15:25:38 HOT-1
positive rate.
15:25:39 HOT-2
gear up please.
15:25:39 HOT-1
gear up.
15:25:45 TWR
Cactus fifteen forty nine contact New York departure, good day.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 167 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:25:48 RDO-1
good day. 15:25:49 HOT-2
heading select please.
15:25:51.2 RDO-1
Cactus fifteen forty nine, seven hundred, climbing five thousand.
15:26:00 DEP
Cactus fifteen forty nine New York departure radar contact, climb and maintain one five thousand. 15:26:02 CAM
[sound similar to decrease in engine noise/speed]
15:26:03.9 RDO-1
maintain one five thousand Cactus fifteen forty nine. 15:26:07 HOT-1
fifteen.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 168 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:26:08 HOT-2
fifteen. climb.
15:26:10 HOT-1
climb set.
15:26:16 HOT-2
and flaps one please.
15:26:17 HOT-1
flaps one.
15:26:37 HOT-1
uh what a view of the Hudson today.
15:26:42 HOT-2
yeah.
15:26:52 HOT-2
flaps up please, after takeoff checklist.
15:26:54 HOT-1
flaps up.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 169 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:27:07 HOT-1
after takeoff checklist complete.
15:27:10.4 HOT-1
birds.
15:27:11 HOT-2
whoa.
15:27:11.4 CAM
[sound of thump/thud(s) followed by shuddering sound]
15:27:12 HOT-2
oh #.
15:27:13 HOT-1
oh yeah.
15:27:13 CAM
[sound similar to decrease in engine noise/frequency begins]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 170 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:27:14 HOT-2
uh oh.
15:27:15 HOT-1
we got one rol- both of 'em rolling back.
15:27:18 CAM
[rumbling sound begins and continues until approximately 15:28:08]
15:27:18.5 HOT-1
ignition, start.
15:27:21.3 HOT-1
I'm starting the APU.
15:27:22.4 FWC
[sound of single chime]
15:27:23.2 HOT-1
my aircraft.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 171 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:27:24 HOT-2
your aircraft.
15:27:24.4 FWC
[sound of single chime]
15:27:25 CAM
[sound similar to electrical noise begins]
15:27:26.5 FWC
priority left. [auto callout from the FWC. this occurs when the sidestick priority button is activated on the Captain's sidestick]
15:27:26.5 FWC
[sound of single chime]
15:27:28 CAM
[sound similar to electrical noise ends]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 172 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:27:28 HOT-1
get the QRH... [Quick Reference Handbook] loss of thrust on both engines.
15:27:30 FWC
[sound of single chime begins and repeats at approximately 5.7 second intervals until 15:27:59]
15:27:32.9 RDO-1
mayday mayday mayday. uh this is uh Cactus fifteen thirty nine hit birds, we've lost thrust (in/on) both engines we're turning back towards LaGuardia.
15:27:42 DEP
ok uh, you need to return to LaGuardia? turn left heading of uh two two zero. 15:27:43 CAM
[sound similar to electrical noise begins]
15:27:44 FWC
[sound of single chime, between the single chimes at 5.7 second intervals]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 173 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:27:46 RDO-1
two two zero. 15:27:50 HOT-2
if fuel remaining, engine mode selector, ignition.* ignition.
15:27:54 HOT-1
ignition.
15:27:55 HOT-2
thrust levers confirm idle.
15:27:58 HOT-1
idle.
15:28:02 HOT-2
airspeed optimum relight. three hundred knots. we don't have that.
15:28:03 FWC
[sound of single chime]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 174 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:28:05 HOT-1
we don't.
15:28:05 DEP
Cactus fifteen twenty nine, if we can get it for you do you want to try to land runway one three? 15:28:05 CAM-2
if three nineteen-
15:28:10.6 RDO-1
we're unable. we may end up in the Hudson. 15:28:14 HOT-2
emergency electrical power... emergency generator not online.
15:28:18 CAM
[sound similar to electrical noise ends]
15:28:19 HOT-1
(it’s/is) online.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 175 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:28:21 HOT-2
ATC notify. squawk seventy seven hundred.
15:28:25 HOT-1
yeah. the left one's coming back up a little bit.
15:28:30 HOT-2
distress message, transmit. we did.
15:28:31 DEP
arright Cactus fifteen forty nine its gonna be left traffic for runway three one.
15:28:35 RDO-1
unable. 15:28:36 TCAS
traffic traffic.
15:28:36 DEP
okay, what do you need to land?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 176 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:28:37 HOT-2
(he wants us) to come in and land on one three...for whatever.
15:28:45 PWS
go around. windshear ahead.
15:28:45 HOT-2
FAC [Flight Augmentation Computer] one off, then on.
15:28:46 DEP
Cactus fifteen (twenty) nine runway four's available if you wanna make left traffic to runway four.
15:28:49.9 RDO-1
I'm not sure we can make any runway. uh what's over to our right anything in New Jersey maybe Teterboro?
15:28:55 DEP
ok yeah, off your right side is Teterboro airport.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 177 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:28:59 TCAS
monitor vertical speed.
15:29:00 HOT-2
no relight after thirty seconds, engine master one and two confirm-
15:29:02 DEP
you wanna try and go to Teterboro?
15:29:03 RDO-1
yes. 15:29:05 TCAS
clear of conflict.
15:29:07 HOT-2
-off.
15:29:07 HOT-1
off.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 178 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:29:10 HOT-2
wait thirty seconds.
15:29:11 PA-1
this is the Captain brace for impact.
15:29:14.9 GPWS
one thousand.
15:29:16 HOT-2
engine master two, back on.
15:29:18 HOT-1
back on.
15:29:19 HOT-2
on.
15:29:21 DEP
Cactus fifteen twenty nine turn right two eight zero, you can land runway one at Teterboro.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 179 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:29:21 CAM-2
is that all the power you got? * (wanna) number one? or we got power on number one.
15:29:25 RDO-1
we can't do it. 15:29:26 HOT-1
go ahead, try number one.
15:29:27 DEP
kay which runway would you like at Teterboro? 15:29:27 FWC
[sound of continuous repetitive chime for 9.6 seconds ]
15:29:28 RDO-1
we're gonna be in the Hudson.
15:29:33 DEP
I'm sorry say again Cactus?
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 180 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:29:36 HOT-2
I put it back on.
15:29:37 FWC
[sound of continuous repetitive chime for 37.4 seconds ]
15:29:37 HOT-1
ok put it back on... put it back on.
15:29:37 GPWS
too low. terrain.
15:29:41 GPWS
too low. terrain.
15:29:43 GPWS
too low. terrain.
15:29:44 HOT-2
no relight.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 181 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:29:45.4 HOT-1
ok lets go put the flaps out, put the flaps out.
15:29:45 EGPWS
caution. terrain.
15:29:48 EGPWS
caution terrain.
15:29:48 HOT-2
flaps out?
15:29:49 EGPWS
terrain terrain. pull up. pull up.
15:29:51 DEP
Cactus uh....
15:29:53 DEP
Cactus fifteen forty nine radar contact is lost you also got Newark airport off your two o'clock in about seven miles.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 182 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:29:55 EGPWS
pull up. pull up. pull up. pull up. pull up. pull up.
15:30:01 HOT-2
got flaps out.
15:30:03 HOT-2
two hundred fifty feet in the air.
15:30:04 GPWS
too low. terrain.
15:30:06 GPWS
too low. gear.
15:30:06 CAM-2
hundred and seventy knots.
15:30:09 CAM-2
got no power on either one? try the other one.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 183 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT
15:30:09 4718
two one zero uh forty seven eighteen. I think he said he's goin in the Hudson. 15:30:11 HOT-1
try the other one.
15:30:13 EGPWS
caution terrain.
15:30:14 DEP
Cactus fifteen twenty nine uh, you still on? 15:30:15 FWC
[sound of continuous repetitive chime begins and continues to end of recording]
15:30:15 EGPWS
caution terrain.
15:30:16 HOT-2
hundred and fifty knots.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 184 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:30:17 HOT-2
got flaps two, you want more?
15:30:19 HOT-1
no lets stay at two.
15:30:21 HOT-1
got any ideas?
15:30:22 DEP
Cactus fifteen twenty nine if you can uh....you got uh runway uh two nine available at Newark it'll be two o'clock and seven miles. 15:30:23 EGPWS
caution terrain.
15:30:23 CAM-2
actually not.
15:30:24 EGPWS
terrain terrain. pull up. pull up. ["pull up" repeats until the end of the recording]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 185 INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE CONTENT TIME and SOURCE CONTENT 15:30:38 HOT-1
we're gonna brace.
15:30:38 HOT-2
- * switch?
15:30:40 HOT-1
yes.
15:30:41.1 GPWS
(fifty or thirty)
15:30:42 FWC
retard.
15:30:43.7 [End of Recording]
15:30:43.7 [End of Transcript]
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Appendix C US Airways Engine Dual Failure Checklist
186
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
187
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
188
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Appendix D Bureau d’Enquetes et d’Analyses’ Comments
189
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
190
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
191
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
192
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
193
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
194
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
195
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
196
FD07375 | 2010_美国_AAR1004.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Ru Runway Side Excursion Dur a ring At and Gu ttempte usty Cro ed Take osswin eoff in nd Con Strong ditions g s Continental Airlines Flight 1404 Boeing 737‐500, N18611 Denver, Colorado December 20, 2008
Nation Trans Safety nal portatio y Board on Ac N ccident Report NTSB/AA PB2010 AR-10/04 0-910404 4 4
NTSB/AAR PB2010-9 -10/04 Notation 8 10404
Ru
unway Side Excu Avi ursion D iation During A and G Conti
n Acc Attempted Gusty Cro inental A Boeing D Adopted July 13 8081B , 2010 ident d Takeo osswind Airlines F g 737-50 Denve Decemb Nationa Transp Safety 490 L’En Washingt Repo ff in Stro ort Conditi ong Flight 14 ons 00, N186 404 er, Color 611 ber 20, 20 ado 008
al portation Board nfant Plaza, S ton, D.C. 20 S.W. 0594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Runway Side Excursion During Attempted Takeoff in Strong and Gusty Crosswind Conditions, Continental Airlines Flight 1404, Boeing 737-500, N18611, Denver, Colorado, December 20, 2008. Aviation Accident Report/AAR-10/04. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report describes an accident that occurred on December 20, 2008, about 1818 mountain standard time, in which Continental Airlines flight 1404, a Boeing 737-500, N18611, departed the left side of runway 34R during takeoff from Denver International Airport, Denver, Colorado. A postcrash fire ensued. The captain and 5 of the 110 passengers were seriously injured; the first officer, 2 cabin crewmembers, and 38 passengers received minor injuries; and 1 cabin crewmember and 67 passengers (3 of whom were lap-held children) were uninjured. The airplane was substantially damaged.
The safety issues discussed in this report include the pilots’ actions, training, and experience; air traffic controllers’ obtaining and disseminating wind information; runway selection and use; crosswind training; simulator modeling; crosswind guidelines and limitations; certification and inspection of crew seats; and galley latches.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-910404 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report i Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iv Tables ..............................................................................................................................................v Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... ix
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of the Flight .................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ......................................................................................................................6
- 3 Damage to Airplane ...................................................................................................................6
- 4 Other Damage ............................................................................................................................6
- 5 Personnel Information ................................................................................................................6
- 5.1 The Captain ......................................................................................................................6
- 5.2 The First Officer ..............................................................................................................7
- 5.3 Pilots’ Recent History ......................................................................................................8
- 6 Airplane Information .................................................................................................................9
- 6.1 General .............................................................................................................................9
- 6.2 737 Ground Directional Control Systems ......................................................................9
- 7 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................10
- 7.1 General .........................................................................................................................10
- 7.2 Low-Level Windshear Alert System and Wind Speeds ............................................... 11
- 7.3 Mountain Wave Conditions ........................................................................................14
- 8 Aids to Navigation ...................................................................................................................15
- 9 Communications ......................................................................................................................15
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................16
- 10.1 Airport Layout Plan Narrative Report Information .....................................................16
- 10.2 Airport Noise Abatement .............................................................................................16
- 10.3 Runway Selection and Use ..........................................................................................17
- 10.4 DEN Wind Sensing, ATCT Wind Displays and Reporting ..........................................18
- 11 Flight Recorder Information ..................................................................................................21
- 11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder ...............................................................................................21
- 11.2 Flight Data Recorder ....................................................................................................21
- 11.3 Optical Quick Access Recorder ...................................................................................22
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information .........................................................................................22
- 12.1 Description of Wreckage, Tire Marks, and Ground Scars ...........................................22
- 12.2 Postaccident System/Component Examinations ..........................................................24
- 12.2.1 Nosewheel Steering .....................................................................................24
- 12.2.2 Flight Controls.............................................................................................25
- 12.2.3 Brake Assemblies ........................................................................................25
- 12.2.4 Powerplants .................................................................................................25
- 12.2.5 Crew Seats ...................................................................................................25
NTSB Aviation Accident Report ii 1.12.3 Aft Galley Latch Bracket .............................................................................................26 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................26 1.14 Fire .........................................................................................................................................27 1.14.1 Emergency Response ...................................................................................................27 1.14.1.1 Initial Notification .......................................................................................27 1.14.1.2 ARFF Response...........................................................................................28 1.15 Survival Aspects ....................................................................................................................29 1.16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................30 1.16.1 Airplane Performance Studies .....................................................................................30 1.16.1.1 Airplane Performance .................................................................................30 1.16.1.2 Estimations of Wind Conditions .................................................................31 1.16.2 Operational Simulator Study ........................................................................................33 1.16.2.1 Effect of Simulated Crosswinds on Takeoff Difficulty ...............................33 1.16.2.2 Effect of Varied Rudder Inputs ....................................................................34 1.16.2.3 Pilot Response Times ..................................................................................34 1.16.3 Back-Drive Simulation ................................................................................................35 1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................35 1.17.1 Crosswind Training and Guidance ...............................................................................35 1.17.1.1 Continental’s Crosswind Guidance .............................................................35 1.17.1.2 Continental’s Operational Data on Crosswind Takeoffs .............................36 1.17.1.3 Continental’s Crosswind Training ...............................................................37 1.18 Additional Information ...........................................................................................................37 1.18.1 Previously Issued Mountain Wave-Related Safety Recommendations .......................37 1.18.2 Airplane Seat Certification Requirements ...................................................................38
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................40
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................40
- 2 Accident Sequence .................................................................................................................40
- 2.1 Attempted Takeoff .......................................................................................................42
- 2.2 After the Airplane Left the Runway.............................................................................45
- 3 Wind Information and Runway Selection ..............................................................................45
- 3.1 Weather Information ...................................................................................................46
- 3.1.1
Mountain Wave Activity and Associated Local Winds ...............................46 2.3.1.2 ATC Recording and Dissemination of Wind Information ...........................47 2.3.2 Use of Runway 34R for Departure ..............................................................................48 2.3.2.1 Pilot Acceptance of Runway 34R for Departure .........................................48 2.3.2.2 ATC Assignment of Runway 34R ...............................................................50 2.4 Crosswind Training and Guidelines .......................................................................................51 2.4.1 Crosswind Training ......................................................................................................51 2.4.2 Crosswind Guidelines and Limitations ..........................................................................53 2.4.3 Crosswind-Related Applications for Operational Flight Data .....................................54 2.5 Other Issues ............................................................................................................................55 2.5.1 Cockpit Seats ...............................................................................................................55 2.5.2 Flight Attendant Jumpseat............................................................................................56 2.5.3 Aft Galley Latch Bracket .............................................................................................57
NTSB Aviation Accident Report iii
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................59
- 1 Findings....................................................................................................................................59
- 2 Probable Cause.........................................................................................................................61
- Recommendations ..................................................................................................................62
- Appendixes..............................................................................................................................64
Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing .............................................................................64 Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript ..........................................................................65
NTSB Aviation Accident Report iv Figures Figure 1. Graphs showing the estimated wind speeds and the airplane’s FDR-recorded heading, rudder pedal position, and lateral acceleration during the takeoff roll. The timing of the beginning of the skid marks, the “Jesus” comment, and the control wheel reversal are also shown. ............................................................................................................................................. 4 Figure 2. Aerial photograph (facing southeast) of the airplane wreckage. Ground scars are visible from the edge of runway 34R, across taxiway WC and the airport service road, and up to the wreckage. Fire station #4 is shown at the right edge of the photograph. ........................................ 5 Figure 3. Diagram of the DEN airport, with LLWAS sensor locations shown. ........................... 12 Figure 4. This plot shows the reported winds from LLWAS sensors #2, #3, and #29 at 1818:12. ....................................................................................................................................................... 13 Figure 5. An exemplar photograph of a DEN ATCT RBDT wind display set up to show arrival and departure wind information for runways 34R, 34L, and 07/25. On the display, the runway 34R departure wind information is on the second line, identified as “34RD.” The AW is displayed directly above the runway 34RD information. Note: the wind directions and speeds displayed in this photograph do not represent the winds on the night of the accident. ................ 19 Figure 6. Aerial photograph (facing north-northwest) showing the tire skid marks veering left from the runway centerline to the edge of the runway pavement and the ground scars continuing from the runway. The distance from the approach runway threshold is shown in feet, and taxiway WC is depicted. ............................................................................................................................. 23 Figure 7. Aerial photograph (facing west-northwest) of the tire tracks and ground scars between taxiway WC and the service road. Note: the tire tracks and ground scars are interrupted where the terrain dropped off; shortly after the tire tracks reappear, engine ground scars begin. ................. 24 Figure 8. Aerial photograph of the DEN airport with the runways, relevant taxiways, ARFF stations, and accident location identified. ..................................................................................... 28 Figure 9. The results of the NTSB integration with CVR comments and ground marks/wreckage information overlaid on an aerial photograph of the pertinent airport features. ........................... 32 Figure 10. Graph showing the NTSB’s extracted wind speed and direction during the time of the runway excursion (1818:05 to 1818:15), with the FDR-recorded rudder deflection. The time of the first recorded tire skid marks is also shown. ........................................................................... 33
NTSB Aviation Accident Report v Tables Table 1. Injury chart. ...................................................................................................................... 6
Table 2. Wind direction (in degrees) and speed (in knots) recorded at 10-second intervals by LLWAS sensors #2 and #3. ........................................................................................................... 14
NTSB Aviation Accident Report vi Abbreviations AC advisory circular agl above ground level ALP airport layout plan ALPA Air Line Pilots Association AMASS airport movement area safety system ARFF aircraft rescue and firefighting ASOS automated surface observing system ATC air traffic control ATCT air traffic control tower ATIS airport terminal information service ATP airline transport pilot AW airport wind CAM cockpit area microphone CFR Code of Federal Regulations cg center of gravity CIC controller-in-charge COS Colorado Springs Municipal Airport CVR cockpit voice recorder DEN Denver International Airport E/E electrical equipment compartment EST eastern standard time FAA Federal Aviation Administration
NTSB Aviation Accident Report vii FDR flight data recorder FFS full-flight simulator G One G is equivalent to the acceleration caused by the Earth’s gravity (32.174 feet per second squared) Hg Mercury IAH George Bush Intercontinental Airport ITWS Integrated Terminal Weather System LLWAS low-level windshear alert system LLWAS-NE++ low-level windshear alert system network expansion rehost system MAC mean aerodynamic chord M-CAB multi-purpose engineering cab MST mountain standard time NAS National Airspace System NATCA National Air Traffic Controllers Association NCAR National Center for Atmospheric Research NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NWS National Weather Service PHL Philadelphia International Airport PIREP pilot report PST Pacific standard time QAR quick access recorder RBDT ribbon display terminal SB service bulletin
NTSB Aviation Accident Report viii SFO San Francisco International Airport S/N serial number SOP standard operating procedures SNECMA Société Nationale d’Étude et de Construction de Moteurs d’Aviation TDWR Terminal Doppler Weather Radar TRACON terminal radar approach control VMC visual meteorological conditions
NTSB Aviation Accident Report ix Executive Summary On December 20, 2008, about 1818 mountain standard time, Continental Airlines flight 1404, a Boeing 737-500, N18611, departed the left side of runway 34R during takeoff from Denver International Airport (DEN), Denver, Colorado. A postcrash fire ensued. The captain and 5 of the 110 passengers were seriously injured; the first officer, 2 cabin crewmembers, and 38 passengers received minor injuries; and 1 cabin crewmember and 67 passengers (3 of whom were lap-held children) were uninjured. The airplane was substantially damaged. The scheduled, domestic passenger flight, operated under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, was departing DEN and was destined for George Bush Intercontinental Airport, Houston, Texas. At the time of the accident, visual meteorological conditions prevailed, with strong and gusty winds out of the west. The flight operated on an instrument flight rules flight plan. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the captain’s cessation of rudder input, which was needed to maintain directional control of the airplane, about 4 seconds before the excursion, when the airplane encountered a strong and gusty crosswind that exceeded the captain’s training and experience. Contributing to the accident were the following factors: 1) an air traffic control system that did not require or facilitate the dissemination of key, available wind information to the air traffic controllers and pilots; and 2) inadequate crosswind training in the airline industry due to deficient simulator wind gust modeling. The safety issues discussed in this report include the pilots’ actions, training, and experience; air traffic controllers’ obtaining and disseminating wind information; runway selection and use; crosswind training; simulator modeling; crosswind guidelines and limitations; certification and inspection of crew seats; and galley latches.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report
1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of the Flight
On December 20, 2008, about 1818 mountain standard time (MST),1 The pilots arrived at DEN about 1700 (1 hour before the accident flight’s scheduled departure). The captain stated that he picked up the flight’s dispatch paperwork from Continental’s operations coordinator and performed an external preflight inspection while the first officer performed cockpit preflight safety checks. The pilots stated that, after the captain joined the first officer in the cockpit, they performed routine departure preparations, including appropriate checklists and entering load information into the airplane’s flight management computer. After these tasks were completed (about 1804, according to the airplane’s cockpit voice recorder [CVR]) Continental Airlines flight 1404, a Boeing 737-500, N18611, departed the left side of runway 34R during takeoff from Denver International Airport (DEN), Denver, Colorado. A postcrash fire ensued. The captain and 5 of the 110 passengers were seriously injured; the first officer, 2 cabin crewmembers, and 38 passengers received minor injuries; and 1 cabin crewmember and 67 passengers (3 of whom were lap-held children) were uninjured. The airplane was substantially damaged. The scheduled, domestic passenger flight, operated under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121, was departing DEN and was destined for George Bush Intercontinental Airport (IAH), Houston, Texas. At the time of the accident, visual meteorological conditions (VMC) prevailed, with strong and gusty winds out of the west. The flight operated on an instrument flight rules flight plan. 2, the first officer3 contacted DEN ramp control4 for approval to push back from the gate, advising the ramp controller that they had automatic airport terminal information service (ATIS) departure information “Charlie.”5 The pilots stated that they taxied toward runway 34R The DEN ramp controller approved a push back for a west taxi. 6
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all times in this report are MST, based on a 24-hour clock. 2 The CVR recorded the last 30 minutes and 22 seconds of cockpit communications before the accident. See appendix B for a transcript of the CVR recording. 3 As the pilot monitoring, the first officer was responsible for radio communications. 4 The ramp controller coordinates movement of aircraft and vehicles on airport surfaces other than the taxiways and runways. 5 ATIS continuously broadcasts recorded noncontrol information (for example, information regarding DEN weather conditions) to pilots. DEN broadcasts arrival- and departure-specific ATIS information on different frequencies. ATIS departure information “Charlie” reported winds from 270° at 11 knots. The DEN ATIS data source for weather information is an automated surface observing system station located near the center of the airport. 6 On the evening of the accident, DEN was using runways 34L, 34R, and 25 for departures. without event. About 1812, the DEN air traffic control (ATC) tower (ATCT) ground controller instructed the pilots to monitor the DEN ATCT local controller’s frequency while awaiting takeoff clearance. At 1814:27, the DEN ATCT local controller cleared the accident pilots to taxi into position on runway 34R and hold (to ensure adequate separation behind the airplane that took off on runway 34R at 1814:20). The pilots taxied onto the runway and completed the before-takeoff checklist while they held in position on the runway. According to CVR data, at 1816:16, one of the pilots commented, “what
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 2 are the winds?”7 At 1817:26, the DEN ATCT local controller told the accident pilots that the wind was from 270° at 27 knots, assigned a departure heading of 020°, and cleared them for takeoff on runway 34R. The accident captain noted to the first officer, “looks like…some wind out there.” The first officer replied, “yeah,” and the captain stated, “oh yeah, look at those clouds moving.” 8 (In their written statements, both pilots noted that although the wind velocity had increased from the 11 knots that had been reported by the ATIS, the tower-reported wind was still within the airline’s published crosswind guideline of 33 knots for a clear, dry runway like runway 34R.) The first officer acknowledged the clearance, and, as they began the takeoff roll, the captain stated to the first officer, “alright…left crosswind, twenty ah seven knots…alright look for ninety point nine.”9 During the airplane’s initial acceleration along the runway centerline, information from the flight data recorder (FDR) indicated increasing right rudder pedal inputs, while the control wheel and column and their respective control surfaces were at their neutral positions. At 1818:07, as the airplane accelerated through about 55 knots, the airplane’s heading began to move left, and the FDR recorded the beginning of a large right rudder pedal input that peaked at 88 percent of its available forward travel
At 1817:49, the CVR began recording the sound of increasing engine noise. The captain stated that, as the airplane accelerated, he shifted the primary focus of his attention from the thrust levers to outside visual references, keeping the airplane on the runway centerline. Meanwhile, according to postaccident interviews, the first officer’s attention was primarily focused on monitoring the engine instruments, consistent with company policy. At 1818:04, the first officer advised the captain that the power was set at 90.9 percent. The first officer stated that after the power was set, he shifted his attention to monitoring the airspeed so that he could make the standard airspeed callouts, the first of which was at 100 knots. 10 about 2 seconds later. This 88-percent right rudder pedal input was followed by a substantial reduction, reaching about 15 percent by 1818:09.75. Almost simultaneous with the onset of this large rudder pedal input, the FDR began to record a left control-wheel input. The nose of the airplane moved to the right; however, at 1818:10, as the airplane was accelerating through about 85 knots, the airplane’s nose reversed direction and began moving back to the left at a rate of about 1° per second. This leftward movement of the nose continued for about 2 seconds and was accompanied throughout its duration by another substantial right rudder pedal input. This second large right rudder pedal input peaked at 72 percent of available forward displacement at 1818:11.75 and a speed of more than 90 knots and then decreased again, reaching 33 percent at 1818:13.25.11
7 This comment was recorded only by the cockpit area microphone (CAM), not by either pilot’s headset microphone, and it was not possible to identify which pilot made the comment. 8 A wind from 270° at 27 knots would result in a crosswind component of 26.6 knots for an airplane taking off on DEN’s runway 34R, which has a magnetic heading of 350°. 9 The “ninety point nine” referenced by the captain was the calculated takeoff thrust as a percentage of the engines’ N1 (low pressure spool) speed. 10 For the purposes of this report, percentage of available forward travel is defined as the forward displacement of the right rudder pedal in degrees divided by the number of degrees between the rudder pedal’s neutral position and its maximum forward displacement. 11 Postaccident examination of the runway revealed visible tire skid marks on the pavement corresponding to the airplane’s veering to the left from the runway centerline to the edge of the runway.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 3 During this second large right rudder pedal movement (at 1818:12), the airplane’s left turning motion slowed for about 1 second, and then the nose began moving rapidly to the left again. A fraction of a second later (at 1818:13.25), the right rudder pedal was abruptly relaxed (reaching its neutral position about 1 second later). At 1818:13.5, the CVR recorded one of the pilots exclaiming, “Jesus,”12 According to the captain, after the airplane left the runway and he subsequently initiated the rejected takeoff, they were “along for the ride.” Both pilots stated that there were a couple of “very painful” bumps before the airplane came to a stop. They indicated that they were somewhat dazed or “knocked out” for 1 or 2 minutes after the airplane stopped and made no immediate attempts to get up or leave the cockpit. The first officer stated that he could hear activity from the cabin and considered making an announcement, but he was hindered because the cockpit was completely dark. By the time the pilots left the cockpit, the cabin crew, assisted by some deadheading pilots, had evacuated all of the passengers. The first officer and a deadheading captain were the last to exit the airplane. and, at 1818:13.6, the FDR recorded the beginning of a transition from left control wheel input (consistent with crosswind takeoff technique for a left crosswind) to right control wheel input (crossing the control wheel’s neutral point at 1818:14). Although the pilot briefly made a small right rudder pedal input at 1818:14.25, the FDR did not record any more substantial right rudder pedal inputs as the airplane continued to veer to the left. Figure 1 on the following page shows graphs of the estimated wind speeds and the airplane’s FDR-recorded heading, rudder pedal position, and lateral acceleration during the takeoff roll. (For additional information on the estimated wind speeds, see section 1.16.) At 1818:15, the CVR recorded the first officer saying, “oh [expletive].” At 1818:17, the CVR began to record the sound of increasing background noise as the airplane left the runway, and, at 1818:21, the captain called to reject the attempted takeoff. FDR data showed engine power reductions, as well as activation of the brakes. Thrust reverser deployment began about 3 seconds after the airplane left the runway. The investigation revealed that the airplane departed the left side of runway 34R about 2,600 feet from the approach end and crossed taxiway WC and an airport service road before coming to a stop on a heading of about 315° in an area just north of DEN aircraft rescue and firefighting (ARFF) fire station #4. (See figure 2 on page 5.) The airplane was still moving at a speed of about 90 knots when electrical power was lost, and the FDR and CVR stopped recording at 1818:27. Postaccident interviews with passengers and crewmembers, as well as evidence from the crash site, indicated that, as the airplane crossed the uneven terrain before coming to a stop, it became airborne, resulting in a jarring impact when it regained contact with the ground. 13
12 As with the earlier wind-related comment, this exclamation was recorded only by the CAM, and it was not possible to identify which pilot made the comment. 13 After the airplane came to a stop, a fire developed on the airplane’s right side; however, all occupants were successfully evacuated before the fire breached the cabin. For additional information, see sections 1.14 and 1.15.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 4 Figure 1. Graphs showing the estimated wind speeds and the airplane’s FDR-recorded heading, rudder pedal position, and lateral acceleration during the takeoff roll. The timing of the beginning of the skid marks, the “Jesus” comment, and the control wheel reversal are also shown. 0 10 20 30 40 50 Heading (degrees) Rudder Pedal (percent) Wind Speed (knots)
100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 [Start of control wheel transition from 20° LWD to over 80° RWD.]
2 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 left right ANR ANL ANR ANL baseline heading ≈ 346° 18:18:00 18:18:05 18:18:10 18:18:15 0.10 0.05 0.00 -0.05 -0.10 -0.15 [CAM-?] Jesus. [Approximate beginning of skid marks.] Lateral Load (g) Continental Flight 1404, Boeing 737-500 DCA09MA021
Time, MST (hh:mm:ss)
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 5
Figure 2. Aerial photograph (facing southeast) of the airplane wreckage. Ground scars are visible from the edge of runway 34R, across taxiway WC and the airport service road, and up to the wreckage. Fire station #4 is shown at the right edge of the photograph. During postaccident interviews, the captain told investigators that the takeoff roll initially felt normal; he described it as “relatively smooth, with no shimmying or shaking of the aircraft.” The captain reported that, as the airplane accelerated through about 90 knots, he “felt the rear end of the airplane slip out hard to the right and the wheels lose traction. It felt like a slick patch of runway or a strong gust of wind or a combination of both….” The captain further described the sensation, stating that it felt like “someone put their hand on the tail of the airplane and weathervaned it to the left.” The captain stated that he tried to counter the airplane’s movements with full right rudder pedal inputs, but the airplane continued to “track hard toward the left runway lights.” He indicated that, as the airplane neared the edge of the runway, he tried to use the tiller to steer the airplane back to the right, without success. The first officer stated that he was monitoring the airplane’s power settings and acceleration and was anticipating the 100-knot callout. He stated that, around 90 knots, he glanced outside and noted “a slight deviation left of centerline, but we seemed to be correcting back to the right.” However, the airplane then “abruptly swung approximately 30[°] left with the tail to the right and we were heading for the left side of the runway.”
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 6 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table 1. Injury chart. Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 0 0 0 0 0 Serious 1 0 5 0 6 Minor 1 2 38 0 41 None 0 1 67 0 68 Total 2 3 110 0 115 1.3 Damage to Airplane The airplane was substantially damaged, and a postcrash fire occurred. 1.4 Other Damage A taxiway light fixture and several green reflector poles along the airport service road were damaged. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Captain The captain, age 50, was hired by Continental on November 5, 1997. He served as first officer on the company’s DC-9, Boeing 737 (737), and Boeing 757/767 airplanes before he transitioned to the 737 captain position about 14 months before the accident. He held a multiengine airline transport pilot (ATP) certificate with type ratings in the 737/757/767 model airplanes. He had completed his most recent line check on April 14, 2008, and completed his most recent recurrent training and proficiency checks on October 9 and 11, 2008, respectively. (Records also showed that the captain had successfully completed the Continental Airlines 737 2004/2005 Continuing Qualification Syllabus, which included at least one takeoff and one landing in a 35-knot direct crosswind.) The captain held a first-class Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) airman medical certificate, dated September 16, 2008, with no restrictions or limitations. The captain began his aviation career when he joined the U.S. Navy in 1979, and he had about 4,500 hours of flight experience when he left active duty in 1993.14 At the time of the accident, the captain had flown about 13,100 total hours, including about 6,300 hours in the 737.15
14 According to his military records, the captain had flown in combat, completed several hundred aircraft carrier landings, and been awarded numerous air medals. 15 The captain’s flight experience was estimated based on company records and information provided by the captain. Records show that the captain had flown about 915, 81, and 4 hours in the 12 months,
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 7 30 days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident. (For additional information, see section 1.5.3.) The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) conducted postaccident interviews with several Continental pilots who had flown with or provided training/line checks to the accident captain regarding the captain’s flying skills. The accident first officer had flown with the captain previously and enjoyed working with him. The first officer complimented the captain’s crew resource management, threat and error management, and technical and communication skills. When asked to rate the captain’s flying skills on a scale of 1 to 10 compared to other pilots with whom he had flown, the first officer rated the captain as a 9 and stated that he was very competent. Two other first officers who had flown with the captain indicated that his performance was typical of a Continental captain, one saying that he was “by the book” and that it was good to fly with him. A line check airman stated that the line check he flew with the captain about 8 months before the accident “was a normal flight.” A review of Continental’s records for the accident captain revealed no evidence of training or performance deficiencies. A search of the captain’s FAA records revealed no FAA enforcement actions, incidents, or previous accidents and no history of failures or retests for FAA airman certificates and/or ratings. A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. 1.5.2 The First Officer The first officer, age 34, was hired by Continental as a 737 first officer in March 2007. The first officer held a multiengine ATP certificate with type ratings in the DeHavilland DHC-8 and 737. He had completed his most recent line check on September 29, 2008, and completed his most recent recurrent training and proficiency checks on December 1 and 2, 2008, respectively. He held a first-class FAA airman medical certificate, dated March 12, 2008, with no restrictions or limitations. The first officer began his aviation career at the University of North Dakota in 1994. After graduating in May 1998, he remained at the university as a flight instructor for about 1 year. In June 1999, the first officer was hired by Horizon Air as a first officer in DHC-8 airplanes. At the time of the accident, the first officer had flown about 8,000 total hours, including about 1,500 hours in the 737.16 The NTSB conducted postaccident interviews with several Continental pilots who had flown with or provided training or line checks to the accident first officer regarding the first officer’s flying skills. The accident captain had flown with the first officer before and got along with him well. The captain rated the first officer’s proficiency in the top 10 percent of the company’s pilots and added that he communicated well. One flight instructor and simulator check airman recalled having a favorable impression of the first officer during a recent check. A captain who had flown with the first officer about 2 months before the accident indicated that the first officer had been professional, alert, responsive, and attentive. That captain rated the first Records show that the first officer had flown about 918, 34, and 4 hours in the 12 months, 30 days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident. (For additional information, see section 1.5.3.)
16 The first officer’s flight experience was estimated based on company records and information provided by the first officer.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 8 officer’s proficiency as “above average in many ways.” Another captain who had flown with the first officer ranked his proficiency as “in the top 5 percent” of Continental first officers and noted that the first officer was a “pleasant guy to work with.” A review of Continental’s records for the first officer revealed no evidence of training or performance deficiencies. A search of the first officer’s FAA records revealed no FAA enforcement actions, incidents, or previous accidents and no history of failures or retests for FAA airman certificates and/or ratings. A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. 1.5.3 Pilots’ Recent History The accident occurred on the fourth day of a 4-day pairing for the captain and first officer. (The pilots had been paired with each other previously, most recently about a month before the accident.) Company records show that on December 17 (the first day of the latest pairing), the captain and the first officer operated a flight from IAH17 The captain’s activities in the days before the accident were reconstructed based on company records and postaccident interviews with the captain and others. The captain had been on vacation for 9 days before this 4-day pairing except for a “red-eye” flight he picked up about a week before the accident. He described routine activities during nonwork periods and stated that he felt good and well-rested during the 4-day pairing. to San Francisco International Airport (SFO), San Francisco, California. They were on duty from about 0630 central standard time to about 1022 Pacific standard time (PST), a duty period of 5 hours and 52 minutes, which included 4 hours and 28 minutes of flight time. On December 18, the pilots flew from SFO to IAH and then from IAH to Philadelphia International Airport (PHL), Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. They were on duty from about 1017 PST to 2147 eastern standard time (EST), a duty period of 8 hours and 30 minutes, which included 6 hours and 34 minutes of flight time. On December 19, the pilots flew from PHL to IAH and then from IAH to DEN. They were on duty from about 1500 EST to about 2154 MST, a duty period of 8 hours and 54 minutes, which included 6 hours and 19 minutes of flight time. On December 20, the pilots reported for duty about 1700 (1 hour before the accident flight’s scheduled departure). 18 The first officer’s activities in the days before the accident were also reconstructed based on company records and postaccident interviews with the first officer and others. The first officer had not flown a trip for about 2 weeks before this 4-day pairing, which began on December 17. He described routine activities during nonwork periods and stated that, although he had a mild sore throat and his sleep was “not great” early in this crew pairing, he felt better and more rested by the third day. The first officer told investigators that his throat felt a little scratchy before the The captain told investigators that he felt “upbeat” and rested on the day of the accident. During postaccident interviews, the first officer confirmed that the captain was in a good mood and appeared rested, a Continental operations coordinator reported that the captain seemed “normal,” and the Continental gate agent who helped board the flight’s passengers stated that the captain seemed alert and friendly.
17 Both pilots resided near Houston, Texas. 18 The captain stated that he needed 8 hours of sleep per night to feel rested, and he reported spending 8.5 or more hours in bed per night for the 3 nights preceding the accident.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 9 accident flight but that he did not feel ill or think that his ability to perform was diminished.19 1.6 Airplane Information
The captain told investigators that the first officer seemed “upbeat” on the day of the accident, and the Continental gate agent who boarded the flight’s passengers did not notice anything unusual about the first officer. 1.6.1 General The accident airplane, serial number 27324, was manufactured by Boeing in June 1994. According to Continental records, at the time of the accident, the airplane had accumulated about 40,541 total flight hours and 21,511 total cycles.20 The airplane was equipped with two CFM56-3B1 wing-mounted turbofan engines.21 In November 2008, the airplane was modified by the installation of winglets. The left engine had been operated about 39,092 hours total time, and the right engine had been operated about 28,081 hours total time; the left and right engines had been operated about 800 and 5,296 hours since inspection, respectively. 22 According to company documents and postaccident calculations, the airplane’s takeoff weight for the accident flight was about 116,900 pounds, and the calculated center of gravity (cg) was 21.5 percent mean aerodynamic chord (MAC); both parameters were within the required limits. Company records showed that the modification work was performed in accordance with Continental Airlines Engineering Authorization 5730-02222, revision F, and was approved per an FAA form 337, “Major Repair and Alteration (Airframe, Powerplant, Propeller, or Appliance),” dated December 6, 2008. 23 1.6.2 737 Ground Directional Control Systems
During ground maneuvers and taxiing, the nosewheel steering system provides directional control of the airplane. This system can be controlled with a steering tiller, located on the left side of the cockpit (accessible only by the captain) and/or by the rudder pedals at either pilot position. According to Boeing and Continental 737 operating manuals, the nosewheel steering tiller is used to turn the nosewheel assembly through the full range of travel at low taxi speeds (about 20 knots, according to Continental’s manual). Boeing and Continental airplane flight manuals specify that maximum nosewheel steering effectiveness is available with rudder pedal steering when above normal taxi speeds, and that, during the takeoff roll, the airplane
19 The first officer stated that he needed 7 to 9 hours of sleep per night to feel rested, and he reported spending 8 or more hours in bed per night for the 3 nights preceding the accident. 20 An airplane cycle is one complete takeoff and landing sequence. 21 The CFM56-3B1 is manufactured by partner companies General Electric in the United States and SNECMA (Societe Nationale d’Etude et de Construction de Moteurs d’Aviation) Moteurs of France. 22 According to Continental personnel, winglets reduce fuel consumption by up to 5 percent. The company was installing winglets on all its non-winglet-equipped 737 airplanes. 23 According to the 737 airplane flight manual, the airplane’s maximum gross takeoff weight was 138,500 pounds, and the allowable takeoff cg range was between 5 and 25 percent MAC.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 10 should be kept on the runway centerline through the use of rudder pedal steering and inputs to the rudder surface. (Steering inputs through the tiller can result in up to 78° of nosewheel deflection, whereas rudder pedal steering inputs can only command about 7° of nosewheel deflection.) According to Boeing, as the airplane accelerates to between 40 and 60 knots during the takeoff roll, the rudder surface becomes effective and is used increasingly for directional control. In response to a pilot’s rudder pedal inputs, the rudder surface can be moved left or right to deflections of up to 26°. 1.7 Meteorological Information 1.7.1 General About the time of the accident, National Weather Service (NWS) surface analysis charts showed a low-pressure system near the Colorado/New Mexico border, with a stationary front extending north-south through those states, passing immediately east of DEN. A high-pressure ridge extended through Nevada and Utah into western Colorado. The resultant pressure pattern across the Denver area resulted in westerly winds across the Rocky Mountains. Review of the NWS surface analysis charts, upper air data, and satellite imagery for the area also indicated that conditions might have been favorable for the formation of downslope winds with moderately strong wind gusts and mountain wave activity. (For additional information on mountain waves, see section 1.7.3.) The NWS Terminal Aerodrome Forecast issued for DEN about 1638 predicted the following conditions between 1700 and 1900 on the day of the accident: Wind from 300° at 16 knots with gusts to 24 knots, visibility greater than 6 statute miles, a few clouds at 4,000 feet above ground level [agl] and scattered clouds at 12,000 and 22,000 feet. The official weather observations at DEN are made by an automated surface observing system (ASOS), the sensors for which are located east of the main passenger terminal, near the middle of the airfield (about 2.4 miles southeast of the accident site)24 at a height of 33 feet agl.25 The ASOS system is augmented and backed up by NWS-certificated weather observers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The sensor samples wind direction and speed every second, and the system computes and records various running averages (for instance, 3-second peak, 5-second average, and 2-minute average wind). The 2-minute average wind direction and speed is the wind value that is recorded and disseminated in Meteorological Aerodrome Reports (surface weather observations) and in ATIS reports.26
24 The DEN ASOS sensor is located near low-level windshear alert system sensor #14 . 25 The DEN ASOS wind sensor height was consistent with Federal standards established in an effort to standardize automated weather observing installations at U.S. airports and heliports and with the international standards established by the World Meteorological Organization and International Civil Aviation Organization. These standards specify that ASOS wind sensors be installed at a height of 10 meters, or about 33 feet, above the ground. The official weather observations around the time of the accident were as follows: 26 The ASOS uses the 3-second peak wind values, which are stored for up to 10 minutes, to determine wind gusts. If the 2-minute average wind is equal to or greater than 9 knots and the largest 3-second peak wind speed during the last minute exceeds the current 2-minute average wind by 5 knots or more, a gust is reported.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 11 DEN weather at 1753: wind from 280° at 11 knots, visibility unrestricted at 10 miles, a few clouds at 4,000 feet agl, scattered clouds at 10,000 feet, temperature minus 6° C, dew point temperature minus 16° C, altimeter setting 29.97 inches of Mercury (Hg). Remarks: peak wind from 290° at 27 knots at 1700. DEN special weather observation at 1834: wind from 290° at 24 knots, gusts to 32 knots, visibility 10 miles, a few clouds at 4,000 feet agl, scattered clouds at 10,000 feet, temperature minus 4° C, dew point temperature minus 18° C, altimeter setting 29.98 inches of Hg. Remarks: peak wind from 280° at 36 knots at 1823. A review of the ASOS 5-minute weather observations27 1.7.2 Low-Level Windshear Alert System and Wind Speeds around the time of the accident showed that 11-knot winds were reported at 1815:31, and, 5 minutes later (at 1820:31), the winds were 24 knots with gusts to 32 knots. A review of the ASOS 1-minute wind data indicated that, at the time the airplane departed the runway, the wind was from 282° at 18 knots with gusts to 23 knots. The maximum ASOS 1-minute wind (277° at 36 knots) was recorded about 1823. To detect low-level windshear conditions around airports, the FAA installed basic low-level windshear alert systems (LLWAS), consisting of a centerfield sensor and five additional sensors located around the airport’s periphery at 110 U.S. airports with ATCTs. Since the initial installations, the FAA has improved LLWAS systems, upgrading software and hardware, integrating the system with an airport’s Terminal Doppler Weather Radar (TDWR) and Integrated Terminal Weather System (ITWS), and adding sensors along runway approach and departure corridors. DEN is equipped with the LLWAS network expansion rehost system (LLWAS-NE++), the most advanced LLWAS system. The system is designed to continuously collect and analyze wind data collected by 32 remote sensor stations located on and around the airport. Figure 3 is a diagram of the DEN airport with LLWAS sensor locations shown.
27 The ASOS 5-minute weather observations are displayed in the ATCT cab and the weather observer’s station, but they are not disseminated.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 12
Figure 3. Diagram of the DEN airport, with LLWAS sensor locations shown. The sensors report wind information at 10-second intervals and are positioned to provide wind speed and direction for all runway surfaces. The LLWAS system continuously evaluates wind speed and direction reports to determine whether windshear and/or microburst conditions exist. DEN’s ITWS continuously gathers information from the LLWAS-NE++ system, ASOS, and other airport weather data sources and integrates and displays the information for use by DEN ATC personnel.28
28 Other weather data sources integrated by DEN’s ITWS include the airport’s TDWR and NEXRAD systems, as well as two local airport surveillance radar (ASR-9) facilities. If windshear and/or microburst conditions do exist, related alerts are displayed to air traffic controllers on the ribbon display terminals (RBDT) in the tower. ITWS also provides wind information from LLWAS sensors to the DEN ATCT RBDTs.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 13 The LLWAS wind data from sensor #2 (located near the approach end of runway 34R at 110 feet agl), #3 (located near the departure end and east of runway 34R at 100 feet agl), and #29 (located near the middle and west of runway 34R at 40 feet agl) provided representative wind conditions for runway 34R during this time. (LLWAS sensor #2 was the only DEN wind sensor that reported wind gusts.) Figure 4 is a plot showing the reported winds from LLWAS sensors #2, #3, and #29 relative to runway 34R at 1818:12. As shown in figure 4, the maximum wind speed recorded by DEN LLWAS sensors at the time of the accident was 34 knots, recorded by sensor #2, which is located closest to the approach end of runway 34R. The maximum LLWAS-reported wind around that time (40 knots) was also recorded by sensor #2, about 2 minutes before the accident.29
(See the bold text in table 2.) With further processing (such as averaging wind values and factoring in winds recorded
Figure 4. This plot shows the reported winds from LLWAS sensors #2, #3, and #29 at 1818:12.
29 LLWAS sensor #14, which is located near DEN’s ASOS sensor near the center of the airport, reported similar wind speeds during the period.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 14 by other sensors for gust information), wind information recorded by LLWAS sensor #2 is displayed as the airport wind (AW) on the DEN ATCT RBDTs.30 Table 2. Wind direction (in degrees) and speed (in knots) recorded at 10-second intervals by LLWAS sensors #2 and #3.
Time Sensor #2 Sensor #3 1816:02 280° @ 30 266° @ 24 1816:12 286° @ 36 268° @ 25 1816:22 282° @ 40 268° @ 23 1816:32 280° @ 38 269° @ 25 1816:42 278° @ 38 268° @ 26 1816:52 278° @ 35 267° @ 28 1817:02 273° @ 32 265° @ 27 1817:12 276° @ 35 268° @ 26 1817:22 270° @ 33 270° @ 25 1817:26 272° @ 34 268° @ 27 Note: The maximum LLWAS-reported wind is shown in bold text.
At the NTSB’s request, the National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR) conducted an in-depth review of the wind data reported by DEN LLWAS sensors around the time of the accident. NCAR produced an animation showing the LLWAS-recorded winds between about 1813 and 1823, which indicated that the winds across the airport were not uniform; the animation showed a band of strong westerly winds over the central portion of the airport, with lighter winds to the north and south. In their review of the accident-related wind data, NCAR personnel emphasized that, because the LLWAS wind samplings do not record wind gusts that may occur during the 10-second intervals between recorded samples, it is likely that peak wind gusts were stronger than the winds that were depicted. 1.7.3 Mountain Wave Conditions According to FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 00-57, “Hazardous Mountain Winds and their Visual Indicators,” mountain wave activity can occur in high terrain with wind speeds increasing with rising terrain, reaching at least 20 knots at peak elevations, and with little variation in the wind direction flowing across the mountain ridge. A stable layer is often found above the mountains. Under these conditions, the airflow over the mountain ridge produces a harmonic oscillation, an atmospheric wave of rising and sinking motions that might extend hundreds of miles downstream from the mountains (a mountain wave). Under extreme conditions, these elements can result in turbulence,31
30 The AW is the 2-minute average wind value recorded by LLWAS sensor #2 and is updated every 10 seconds. When an AW gust value is displayed, it is based on the highest 1-second wind from any of the 32 sensors that is 3 knots higher than sensor #2’s 2-minute average wind value and is maintained for 10 minutes. 31 Numerous pilot reports (PIREPs) of turbulent conditions over Colorado associated with mountain wave activity were recorded between about 1500 and 2300 the night of the accident. The highest incidents of turbulence occurred between 17,000 and 19,000 feet. Several pilots reported airspeed variations of +/- 15 knots and 500 feet altitude deviations. There were two PIREPs citing encounters with severe to extreme turbulence, which by definition indicates that the airplane was impossible to control and might have incurred structural damage. In addition, there were several PIREPs of low-level windshear during the period. strong downslope winds, an atmospheric pressure jump, and rotor clouds. According to AC 00-57, the mountain-wave-related concerns for takeoffs and/or
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 15 landings include a loss of directional control on or near the runway. The AC indicates that localized surface wind gusts in excess of 50 knots are not unusual. Much of the research on mountain waves in Colorado has focused on severe windstorm events that have resulted in damage to surface structures in the Boulder, Colorado, area. However, mountain wave wind events resulting in intermittent strong surface winds and gustiness further east near Denver have not been well studied. Therefore, there is little information regarding the magnitude and frequency of mountain-wave-related wind events or periods of moderate gustiness at DEN. To assess whether mountain waves could have played a role in the gusty surface wind conditions at DEN at the time of the accident, NCAR simulated conditions around that time using a high-resolution numerical model. The results of this model indicated that significant mountain wave activity existed in the area at the time. The model showed a well-defined wave over the mountains with a wave trough extending downward above the foothills to the west of DEN. NCAR’s numerical model showed that the position of this wave trough did not change much during the hour surrounding the accident and indicated that the amplitude of the wave increased significantly shortly before the accident. NCAR’s model showed an area with winds of 80 knots to 100 knots in the higher elevation foothills west of the airport and winds of 40 knots to 68 knots at the airport between about 1808 and 1818. The NCAR model showed that the undulating motion of these waves as they moved eastward across DEN resulted in strong, very localized, intermittent gusts at the airport’s surface. NCAR’s images depicted generally stronger westerly flow to the north of the airport, with large regions of relatively lighter winds over the center and southern portions of the airport. There were areas to the south of the airport where the flow was easterly. Embedded in the overall flow structure were many gusts, which move from west to east across the airport area. NCAR’s model indicated a particularly strong wind gust (speeds exceeding 68 knots) moving across the southern end of the airport between about 1808 and 1818. Another strong wind gust (speeds as high as 45 knots) was also indicated; this gust moved across the center of the airport, directly crossing the accident site, between about 1814 and 1816. At this time (1816:47), the accident CVR recorded the captain saying, “looks like…some wind out there” and, 10 seconds later, “oh yeah look at those clouds moving.”32 1.8 Aids to Navigation
No problems with any navigational aids were reported. 1.9 Communications No technical communications problems were reported.
32 In addition, investigators received a report of a wind gust of an estimated 50 mph that lasted 2 to 3 minutes from a couple driving a vehicle west of the airport. Further, an airline captain in an airplane parked at one of the DEN gates closest to the accident site told investigators that he heard a rumbling sound and felt the airplane buffet as a result of a sudden increase in wind near the time of the accident. This captain saw debris blowing on the ramp and ramp personnel having trouble standing in the high winds. He estimated the wind gust speed exceeded 50 mph and lasted 45 to 50 seconds.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 16 1.10 Airport Information DEN is located about 16 miles northeast of Denver, Colorado, at an elevation of about 5,431 feet mean sea level. The airport is served by the following six runways: 16L-34R, 16R-34L, 17L-35R, 17R-35L, 7-25, and 8-26. Other than runway 16R-34L, which is 16,000 feet long by 200 feet wide, all DEN runways (including runway 34R, the active runway for the accident flight) are 12,000 feet long by 150 feet wide with grooved concrete surfaces. According to DEN records, the last snow removal operations conducted before the accident followed a snow event on December 18, 2008. An airfield inspection conducted about 8 hours before the accident described the runway surface as bare and dry.33 1.10.1 Airport Layout Plan Narrative Report Information An inspection of runway 34R conducted about 1821 (about 3 minutes after the accident) confirmed that the runway surface was bare and dry. A runway friction test of runway 34R conducted about 1821 indicated a normal/good surface condition. According to the DEN airport layout plan (ALP) narrative report (dated October 7, 2004), when DEN opened in February 1995 (replacing Denver’s Stapleton Airport), it had five 12,000-foot long runways: three in a generally north/south orientation and two in a generally east/west orientation. The DEN ALP narrative report included designs/plans for ongoing expansion to accommodate the anticipated growth of the Denver metropolitan area, including the eventual construction of seven additional runways: five in a generally north/south orientation and two in a generally east/west orientation. At the time of the accident, one of the planned additional north-south runways—the 16,000-foot long runway 34L/16R—listed in the ALP narrative report had been constructed. The ALP narrative report stated that during VMC,34 arriving traffic normally uses three runways (two north-south runways and one east-west runway), and departing traffic uses three other runways (again, two north-south runways and one east-west runway). The airport can also be operated with three of the north-south runways for arrivals and one north-south runway and both east-west runways for departures. If winds permit, the use of the east-west runways to supplement the north-south runway configuration is based on the airplane’s route of flight; for example, westbound arrivals and departures use runway 25 or 26, whereas eastbound arrivals and departures use runway 7 or 8. According to the ALP narrative report, these configurations in VMC allow an estimated capacity of 110 to 120 arrivals per hour and 120 to 130 departures per hour.35 1.10.2 Airport Noise Abatement
The DEN airport noise abatement program (Denver Municipal Airport System Rules and Regulations, Part 210 – Noise Abatement and Runway Procedures, effective March 9, 1994)
33 Two notices to airmen that were in effect at the time of the accident reported patches of snow, ice, and/or slush on taxiways and ramp surfaces. 34 According to the ALP, DEN experiences VMC about 94 percent of the year. 35 An operation at DEN ATCT is a landing, a takeoff, or an ATC-monitored overflight of the airport. DEN ATCT estimated 650,000 operations in calendar year 2008.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 17 addresses preferential runway procedures for noise abatement practices for noise-critical aircraft. The 737-500 is not categorized as a noise-critical aircraft in this program. 1.10.3 Runway Selection and Use According to the DEN ATCT standard operating procedures (SOP) 7110.11B, Paragraph 3-7-3, the DEN ATCT operational-supervisor-in-charge (or controller-in-charge [CIC]) is responsible for determining the runway configuration and appropriately coordinating with all ATC positions. DEN air traffic personnel stated that ATCT and terminal radar approach control (TRACON) personnel work together when selecting the optimal runway configuration, taking into consideration factors such as the prevailing and forecast winds, winds aloft, runway availability, airport activity and traffic flow, snow removal efforts, and density altitude. Because of DEN’s location and level of traffic, its operations have a significant effect on the entire National Airspace System (NAS). Therefore, DEN ATC management personnel also participate in national- and regional-level operational planning teleconferences, which include the FAA Command Center, Air Route Traffic Control Centers, major FAA approach control facilities, and air carriers operating in the NAS. The possible effect of a major airport’s runway configuration and arrival rate on the NAS is discussed during these teleconferences. Official guidance addressing ATC runway selection and use is contained in FAA Order 7110.65, “Air Traffic Control,” Chapter 3, Paragraph 3-5-1, which states the following: Except where a “runway use” program is in effect, use the runway most nearly aligned with the wind when 5 knots or more or the “calm wind” runway when less than 5 knots…unless use of another runway: 1. will be operationally advantageous, or 2. is requested by the pilot. NOTE:
- If a pilot prefers to use a runway different from that specified, the pilot is
expected to advise ATC.
- At airports where a “runway use” program is established, ATC will assign
runways deemed to have the least noise impact. If in the interest of safety a runway different from that specified is preferred, the pilot is expected to advise ATC accordingly. ATC will honor such requests and advise pilots when the requested runway is noise sensitive. The FAA describes a runway-use program as a runway-selection plan designed to enhance noise abatement efforts with regard to airport communities for arriving and departing aircraft. At the time of the accident, DEN ATCT did not, and was not required to, have a formal runway-use program. The DEN ATCT and TRACON managers described DEN ATC’s unofficial policy for determining runway configuration as follows:
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 18 • Use the runway configuration that provides the greatest operational advantage (airport acceptance rate) until the crosswind velocity reaches about 20 knots. • At crosswinds between 25 and 30 knots, consider using the runway utilization most nearly aligned with the wind. • At crosswinds of 30 knots or greater or if a pilot requests a different runway/refuses to use the existing configuration, consider using a different runway configuration.36 According to DEN ATC management personnel, arriving aircraft were the primary consideration in selecting the airport runway configuration, and, when circumstances dictated the use of runways other than the north/south runways, the airport capacity could be adversely affected and pilots could encounter longer taxi routes. (A review of DEN’s runway use statistics from fiscal years 2005 to 2008 showed that east/west-only runway configurations were used for 130 hours out of 35,064 total airport hours.)
At the time of the accident, of the nine possible runway configurations available to DEN ATC, the “Landing North/West” configuration was in use. In this configuration, traffic was landing on runways 35L, 35R, 34R, and 26, and traffic was departing on runways 34L, 34R, and
- The DEN ATCT local controller, who was responsible for departing traffic on all three
departure runways, cleared seven airplanes for takeoff37 in about 9 minutes before the accident occurred. (Two more airplanes were holding in position on runways awaiting takeoff clearance when the accident occurred.) The pilots of the other departing airplanes did not report any crosswind-related issues or difficulties.38 1.10.4 DEN Wind Sensing, ATCT Wind Displays and Reporting
DEN’s main ASOS sensor is located east of the main terminal building, near the center of the airport (about 2.4 miles southeast of the accident site), at a height of about 33 feet agl. (LLWAS sensor #14 is located by the ASOS sensor near the center of the airport at a height of 110 feet agl.) As previously stated, the ASOS samples wind direction and speed every second and continuously computes and records various wind averages, including gust information. ASOS wind information is recorded and disseminated in the airport’s surface weather observations and ATIS reports. DEN’s LLWAS-NE++ system continuously evaluates wind speed and direction information collected by the airport’s 32 LLWAS remote sensors, and, if windshear and/or microburst conditions exist, alerts are generated and displayed to air traffic controllers on the RBDT in the DEN ATCT. Wind information recorded by the LLWAS sensor #2 is displayed on the RBDT as the AW. The AW is a running 2-minute average of airport wind direction and speed recorded by sensor #2, with wind gusts, which is updated every 10 seconds and is displayed on
36 Although departing pilots had the option of requesting a runway more favorably aligned with the wind, DEN ATCT personnel stated that such requests were rare and usually occurred when the crosswind exceeded 30 knots or when windshear alerts were in effect. 37 Of the seven airplanes that received takeoff clearances, two were departing from runway 25, two were departing from runway 34L, and three (including the accident airplane) were departing from runway 34R. 38 During this time, DEN arrivals were landing on runways 35L and 35R; there were no crosswind-related reports from any of the arriving pilots.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 19 the DEN ATCT RBDTs. The LLWAS sensor #2 is about 3,310 feet northeast of the approach end of runway 34R, at 110 feet agl. Pilots departing DEN obtain general wind information from the ATIS broadcast by the DEN ATCT ATIS before taxiing for takeoff. Additionally, the DEN ATCT local controllers provide departing pilots with runway-specific wind information when they issue the flight’s takeoff clearance. The controllers obtain the runway-specific wind information (as well as windshear and/or microburst information, when applicable)39 from the RBDT in the ATCT, which is configured to display wind information40 Figure 5. An exemplar photograph of a DEN ATCT RBDT wind display set up to show arrival and departure wind information for runways 34R, 34L, and 07/25. On the display, the runway 34R departure wind information is on the second line, identified as “34RD.” The AW is displayed directly above the runway 34RD information. Note: the wind directions and speeds displayed in this photograph do not represent the winds on the night of the accident. recorded by the LLWAS sensor closest to the departure end of each departure runway for which that controller is responsible. If a runway is also being used for arrivals, the RBDT will display both approach and departure runway end wind information. (As previously stated, the DEN ATCT RBDTs also display the AW.) Figure 5 is an exemplar photograph of a DEN ATCT RBDT wind display. (It does not represent the winds present during the accident sequence.) On the night of the accident, the DEN ATCT local controller who issued the accident flight’s takeoff clearance was responsible for departures from runways 34L, 34R, and 25. His RBDT displayed runway 34R departure wind information generated by LLWAS sensor #3 (winds from 270° at 27 knots), which he issued to the accident pilots with their takeoff clearance.
39 Low-level windshear advisories were in effect at DEN at the time of the accident; however, no windshear events were recorded for runway 16L/34R. A windshear event indicating a 20-knot increase in windspeed near the approach ends of runways 25 and 35R was recorded about 3 minutes before the accident. 40 The wind values displayed on the RBDT are the averages of three consecutive 10-second wind averages from the applicable LLWAS sensor.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 20 The AW that would have been displayed directly above the runway 34R departure wind information on the RBDT at the time of the takeoff clearance would have shown the wind from 280° at 35 knots, gusting to 40 knots. DEN ATCT Order 7110.11B, “Standard Operating Procedure,” Paragraph 2-1-6, Operational Wind Sources, Subparagraph b, states, in part: Departures. Issue LLWAS centerfield wind[41 The DEN ATCT local controller did not provide the AW to the accident pilots when he issued their takeoff clearance; rather, he issued the runway 34R departure end wind information, which in this case was reported by LLWAS sensor #3. It was common practice for DEN ATCT controllers to issue departure runway end winds to departing aircraft. ] to departures. Runway departure-end wind information may [be] issued in lieu of centerfield wind in accordance with FAAO 7110.65, [Paragraph] 3-1-8.b.2(b), Low Level Windshear Advisories. Because no low-level windshear advisories were in effect for runway 34R the night of the accident, the provision allowing departure wind information to be issued in lieu of centerfield wind in accordance with FAA Order 7110.65, Paragraph 3-1-8.b.2(b), did not apply. 42 The letter to airmen described above provides for the dissemination of information that the pilot may need about the LLWAS, including the possible availability of additional details about wind conditions. Additionally, the existence of a letter to airmen allows ATC facility managers to authorize air traffic controllers to issue threshold winds rather than or in addition to ASOS wind information if deemed operationally advantageous. No such letter to airmen had
Official guidance regarding the use of low-level windshear and microburst detection systems is contained in FAA Order 7210.3, “Facility Operation and Administration,” Chapter 10, Paragraph 10-3-3, and states, in part: Prior to operational use of LLWAS facilities, a letter to airmen shall be published explaining, at a minimum, the location and designation of the remote sensors, the capabilities and limitations of the system, and the availability of current LLWAS remote sensor wind information if requested by the pilot. A new letter to airmen shall be issued whenever changes to the above minimum criteria or system upgrades/modifications are made. …LLWAS airport wind information appearing on the tower LLWAS display may be used in place of the…ASOS automated display wind information. Facility managers may designate the use of displayed wind information oriented to the threshold end of the runway in lieu of airport winds where LLWAS expanded network systems…are installed, if deemed operationally advantageous.
41 Centerfield wind and AW are used interchangeably throughout FAA documents; therefore, the terms are considered synonymous for the purposes of this report. 42 NTSB staff submitted a written request to the FAA about the DEN ATCT controllers’ practice of providing departing pilots with departure wind information instead of the AW information as indicated in their published document. The FAA’s response did not adequately reconcile this procedural discrepancy.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 21 been published for DEN ATCT.43 1.11 Flight Recorder Information The DEN ATCT controllers were issuing runway departure end winds on the evening of Continental flight 1404’s runway excursion. 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder The accident airplane was equipped with a solid-state Fairchild Model A 100S CVR, serial number (S/N) 00526, designed to record at least the most recent 30 minutes of cockpit audio information. The CVR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, D.C., for examination, readout, and evaluation. One channel contained audio information recorded by the cockpit area microphone (CAM), and two other channels contained audio information recorded through the radio/intercom audio panels at the captain and first officer positions. A fourth available channel was not used (nor was its use required) on this recording. The CVR had not sustained any heat or structural damage, and the audio information was extracted from the recorder normally, without difficulty. The accident CVR contained good quality44 audio information. The recording started at 1748:05 and continued uninterrupted until 1818:27, when electrical power ceased during the accident sequence.45 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder A transcript was prepared of the 30-minute, 22-second recording and is available in appendix B. The accident airplane was equipped with an L-3 Communications Fairchild Model FA2100 solid-state FDR, S/N 00478. The FDR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory for readout and evaluation; it was received in good condition, and the data were extracted normally from the recorder.46 The FDR recorded more than 300 parameters of airplane data; 58 parameters that were considered relevant to this accident were verified and examined. The relevant parameters included acceleration (vertical, lateral, and longitudinal), heading, air and ground speed, control wheel and column position, rudder pedal position, flight-control (elevator/aileron/rudder/stabilizer/slat/spoiler) positions, engine parameters, thrust reverser status (arm advisory/deployed/unlocked), landing gear weight on wheels, drift angle,47 brake-pedal application and pressure, and speed-brake handle position.48
43 The investigation revealed that LLWAS-related letters to airmen are typically not readily available to pilots. 44 The NTSB uses the following categories to classify the levels of CVR recording quality: excellent, good, fair, poor, and unusable. A good quality recording is one in which most of the flight crew conversations can be accurately and easily understood. 45 The airplane was still moving when the CVR stopped recording. 46 Data were collected until the FDR stopped recording when electrical power ceased during the accident sequence. 47 Drift angle is the difference between the airplane’s heading and its ground track. A positive drift angle means that the airplane is drifting to the right because of a crosswind blowing from the airplane’s left to its right. 48 Although the FDR also recorded wind speed and direction, those values are not valid when the airplane is on the ground and therefore are not addressed in this report.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 22 1.11.3 Optical Quick Access Recorder The accident airplane was equipped with a Penny + Giles Controls Optical quick access recorder (QAR), S/N 86974-003. A QAR is an unregulated, noncrash-protected airborne data recorder that records flight data as specified by the operator. QAR data are typically used by an operator to monitor the health and performance of the airplane and its systems as well as in the operator’s flight data monitoring program. The accident QAR was recovered in good condition and sent to the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, D.C., for examination, readout, and evaluation. In this case, the data recorded by the QAR (including heading, ground speed, flight path acceleration, and engine information) did not provide any information pertinent to the investigation that had not already been obtained from the FDR. 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information 1.12.1 Description of Wreckage, Tire Marks, and Ground Scars Examination of the accident runway and wreckage path revealed visible tire marks49 that veered off the left side of runway 34R on a heading of about 330° about 2,632 feet down the runway. The airplane came to rest on a magnetic heading of about 315° and a postcrash, fuel-fed50 The two sets of ground scars continued away from the runway across the ground in a north-northwesterly direction. Across taxiway WC, the main landing gear tire marks were measured about 14 feet apart. After crossing the taxiway, ground scars continued for an additional 70 feet, then disappeared at the edge of a drop in terrain. The left and right main landing gear ground scars reappeared later and were joined by two adjacent ground scars, consistent with the engine nacelles. The ground scars continued across an airport service road, converging into one ground scar (about 20 feet wide at its widest point) and continuing to the main wreckage. Debris located within this ground scar included torn metal and other materials; tubing, hoses, and wires consistent with engine components and accessories; the right main fire ensued. More specifically, examination of runway 34R revealed two sets of tire marks that began about 1,910 feet north of the runway’s approach threshold and initially straddled the runway centerline. The tire marks were consistent with the accident airplane’s left and right main landing gear tires; they continued on a straight track along the runway centerline for about 60 feet and then began to arc to the left. A third tire mark, consistent with the right nose landing gear tire, appeared about 2,015 feet north of the runway’s approach threshold, and another tire mark, consistent with the position of the left nose landing gear tire, appeared shortly thereafter. The left and right main landing gear tire marks turned to ground scars/ruts when the tires left the runway pavement and continued onto the grass, snow, and dirt on the left side of the runway. (No distinct ground scars or ruts associated with the nose landing gear were identified.) Figure 6 is an aerial photograph showing tire skid marks veering left from the runway centerline to the edge of the runway pavement and ground scars continuing from the runway.
49 For the purposes of this report, the term “tire mark” refers to a black rubber transfer mark caused by relative motion between the tire and the runway or taxiway surface. 50 The right-wing fuel tank was breached during the accident.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 23 landing gear assembly; and portions of the left main landing gear. Figure 7 is an aerial photograph showing the tire tracks and ground scars between taxiway WC and the service road. The airplane fuselage was resting on the ground and was broken into two (forward and aft) sections at a point near the landing gear wheel wells. The right side of the fuselage exhibited fire damage, the most extensive of which occurred in the center section of the fuselage near the wing and engine area. Portions of the fuselage materials (skin and structural frames) in this area, especially those below the top of the passenger windows, were significantly fire-damaged or missing completely.
Figure 6. Aerial photograph (facing north-northwest) showing the tire skid marks veering left from the runway centerline to the edge of the runway pavement and the ground scars continuing from the runway. The distance from the approach runway threshold is shown in feet, and taxiway WC is depicted. Both main landing gear assemblies had separated from the airframe.51
51 Postaccident examination of the main landing gear assemblies revealed that, in both cases, the fused trunnion bolt had separated at the forward trunnion link. These bolts are designed to fail in this location to allow for a controlled main landing gear breakaway under certain conditions. The nose landing gear was found folded aft and impacted into the lower fuselage. The tires had entered the main electrical equipment compartment (E/E) through the E/E door and frame, lodging on the edge of
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 24 the doorframe. The structure between the nose gear wheel well and the E/E door was found crushed upward and around the displaced nose landing gear strut. Both the forward and the left side E/E racks were found displaced upward. Both wings were largely intact and remained attached to the fuselage; however, they were significantly damaged by impact and, in the case of the right wing, postimpact fire. The left engine had separated from the left wing. The empennage was intact and exhibited little damage.
Figure 7. Aerial photograph (facing west-northwest) of the tire tracks and ground scars between taxiway WC and the service road. Note: the tire tracks and ground scars are interrupted where the terrain dropped off; shortly after the tire tracks reappear, engine ground scars begin. 1.12.2 Postaccident System/Component Examinations 1.12.2.1 Nosewheel Steering The nosewheel steering control cable was found broken during the on-scene inspection of the nosewheel steering control system; the cable had separated in an area near the horizontal pulley that is mounted on the right side of the lower steering plate. According to Boeing, a cable break at this location may result in the nose gear rotating to the left about 7°. NTSB laboratory examination indicated the separation of the cable was due to overstress forces applied to a worn region of the cable after the airplane left the runway. There was no evidence of preaccident cable failure. The investigation revealed that the worn cable had a residual strength that was nearly double the maximum force that could have resulted from the pilot’s use of the nosewheel
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 25 steering tiller. Continuity of the nosewheel steering system between the tiller and the exposed cable was verified. 1.12.2.2 Flight Controls Examination of the airplane’s rudder, aileron, and elevator control systems revealed no evidence of a preimpact flight control malfunction or anomaly. Rudder control system continuity between the rudder pedals at both pilot positions and the aft rudder control quadrant was verified, and postaccident examination of the airplane’s rudder control system components revealed no evidence of preimpact anomaly. In addition, the FDR-recorded rudder deflections were consistent with rudder deflection calculated from recorded pedal and yaw damper inputs. 1.12.2.3 Brake Assemblies Information from the FDR indicated that the airplane’s brakes were off (no pressure to the brakes) during the takeoff roll until about 3 seconds after the airplane departed the runway, at which time brake system pressure was simultaneously applied to the left and right main landing gear brakes. The NTSB’s postaccident examination and functional testing of the accident airplane’s brake system components revealed no anomalies that would have affected the directional control of the airplane during the takeoff roll. Examination of the main landing gear tires revealed only normal wear; there were no flat or scuffed surfaces (typical evidence of a dragging brake) on any of the tires. 1.12.2.4 Powerplants According to FDR data, the engines spooled up to the desired takeoff power, and no engine anomalies were noted during the takeoff roll while the airplane remained on the runway. About 3 seconds after the airplane departed the runway, the FDR recorded movement of both throttles to idle, and, about 3 seconds later (at 1818:24), the FDR recorded deployment of both engines’ thrust reversers. Although the FDR recorded subsequent throttle-lever movements consistent with an attempt to increase reverse thrust, it did not record a corresponding increase in either engine’s power setting because of engine damage sustained during the excursion. Postaccident examination of the engines revealed no indications of any preimpact engine case uncontainment or fire.52 1.12.2.5 Crew Seats The fan blades in both engines were present and exhibited varying degrees of damage consistent with engine rotation throughout the accident sequence. On-scene examination showed that both pilots’ seats and an occupied aft-facing flight attendant jumpseat that was mounted to the bulkhead wall between the cabin and the cockpit were damaged during the impact sequence. The passenger seats and the two occupied flight attendant jumpseats in the aft cabin exhibited no impact-related damage. The three damaged crew seats were removed from the airplane’s forward section and transported to the NTSB materials laboratory for disassembly and further examination.
52 The inboard cowl on the right engine did exhibit fire and heat damage consistent with the postimpact fire that occurred on the right side of the airplane.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 26 Examination of the pilots’ seats revealed that the seat bottoms were deformed in a downward direction, with the seat height adjustment webs failing (where pins were engaged) so that the seats “bottomed out.” Further, the restraint harness anchor points at the fronts of both seat bottoms were fractured in an upward direction; materials laboratory examination showed that the upward fracture surfaces were consistent with overstress fractures. The pilots’ seats were designed to meet the structural requirements of 14 CFR 25.561, which specified that the seat must withstand static forward loads of 9 G,53 1.12.3 Aft Galley Latch Bracket static downward loads of 6 G, and static upward loads of 3 G. (For additional information on airplane seat certification requirements, see section 1.18.2.) Examination of the forward flight attendant’s jumpseat revealed that the seat pan was broken at the seat’s pivot plane, with the forward edge of the seat hanging downward at an angle of about 135° from the seat back. NTSB materials laboratory examination of the fracture surfaces identified a manufacturing defect in the right-side pivot plate and identified areas of fatigue, as well as overload, cracking in the seat’s pivot plate. This jumpseat, like the pilots’ seats, was certificated to meet the static load requirements of 14 CFR 25.561. (According to Continental’s maintenance program, flight attendant jumpseats are lubricated and operationally tested every 575 flight hours and have general visual and harness operations checks every 4,000 flight hours. A thorough inspection/seat restoration is performed every 8,000 flight hours. According to maintenance records, the most recent flight attendant jumpseat lubrication and operational test was completed on October 7, 2008, and the most recent thorough inspection was completed in July 2007.) One of the aft galley drawers became loose during the accident sequence and was found on the galley floor near an aft-facing flight attendant jumpseat. (This flight attendant jumpseat was not occupied during the accident sequence.) Examination of the area revealed a separated aft galley compartment latch plate. The latch plate had been affixed to the galley by adhesive, with no mechanical connection. A review of records from the original manufacturer of the galley, Airplane Products Company,54 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information revealed that this design had satisfactorily completed load testing in 1993. In September 2009, B/E Aerospace published Service Bulletin (SB) 25-30-0436, titled “Repair Scheme of Debonded Workdeck Extrusion for G4B Galley 45104000-1 on Continental Airlines B737-500 Aircraft,” which specified a method for mechanically attaching latch plates to the galley on Continental’s 737-500 airplanes. Neither B/E Aerospace nor Boeing was able to provide NTSB investigators with information regarding the numbers and types of galleys using similar attachment methods for galley restraints. About 1945 on December 20, a blood sample was collected from the captain by medical personnel at the hospital where he was admitted and received treatment for injuries sustained in the accident. A portion of this sample was sent to the FAA’s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute for
53 One G is equivalent to the acceleration caused by the Earth’s gravity (32.174 feet/second2). 54 Airplane Products Company was subsequently acquired by B/E Aerospace.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 27 toxicological testing. The sample tested negative for ethanol and a variety of legal and illegal drugs.55 The first officer, whose injuries were less serious, was treated at a different hospital and released the night of the accident. On December 21, in accordance with Continental’s drug and alcohol testing program, the first officer submitted a urine sample, which the airline sent to an independent diagnostic laboratory for postaccident drug testing. The sample tested negative for drugs of abuse.56 A review of accident-related medical records, passenger questionnaires, and other statements revealed that the most serious injuries occurred among occupants, including the captain, who were seated in the forward portion of the airplane and were related to the back/spinal column.
57 1.14 Fire Documented minor injuries were sustained by passengers who were seated throughout the airplane and included sprains, strains, bruises, contusions, aches and pains, minor whiplash, and smoke inhalation. For additional information regarding injuries and survival factors, see section 1.15. There was a significant postcrash fire, which was mostly located on the right side of the airplane.58 1.14.1 Emergency Response All of the airplane occupants had evacuated when the ARFF units arrived at the accident site about 5 minutes after the accident occurred. (For additional information regarding the evacuation, see section 1.15.) ARFF personnel extinguished the exterior fire on the right side of the airplane; firefighters entered the cabin from the forward and aft exits with hoses and fought the interior cabin fire. 1.14.1.1 Initial Notification Because of the darkness and the location of the wreckage (in an area of lower elevation on the airport), DEN ATCT personnel were not immediately aware of the accident. However, beginning at 1818:42, DEN ATCT received radio calls from the pilots of several airplanes on the airport reporting the accident. When ATC personnel could not establish radio contact with the accident airplane, at 1819:03 the DEN ATCT CIC picked up the CrashNet system handset and notified the DEN ARFF stations59
55 The captain’s blood sample was tested for ethanol and the following drugs: amphetamines, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, benzoadiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine. 56 The first officer’s urine sample was tested for the following drugs of abuse: marijuana, cocaine, opiates, phencyclidine, and amphetamines. Because the sample was obtained after the 8-hour window had passed, ethanol testing was not conducted. 57 The first officer also complained of back pain after the accident. 58 Very little fuel was recovered from the right wing, and about 4,700 pounds of fuel was recovered from the left wing. 59 DEN is a 14 CFR Part 139-certificated airport and has an Index E ARFF capability. DEN has four ARFF stations, which are staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The Denver Fire Department ARFF Division has a staff of 99 firefighters assigned to DEN to provide emergency services for the airport and the surrounding area. All firefighters are trained to Emergency Medical Technician–Basic level. In addition, paramedics from Denver Health Medical Center are stationed at the airport at all times. Ambulance service is provided through Denver Health and may be supplemented by other companies in the Denver metropolitan area. of the crash. The CIC initially provided ARFF personnel with
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 28 an incorrect accident location (“off of runway 34R at [WB]”)60; however, he subsequently relayed the correct accident location to DEN airport ground operations personnel. Additionally, at 1819:50, the DEN ATCT local controller contacted airport ground operations personnel on the local control frequency and advised them “…aircraft departure…off 34R, exited the runway at WC, appears to be on fire immediately adjacent to the firehouse.” DEN ATCT repeated the accident location information to DEN airport ground operations again about 15 seconds later, and DEN airport ground operations relayed the revised information to the ARFF crews. Figure 8 is an aerial photograph of the DEN airport with the runways, relevant taxiways, ARFF stations, and accident location identified.
Figure 8. Aerial photograph of the DEN airport with the runways, relevant taxiways, ARFF stations, and accident location identified. 1.14.1.2 ARFF Response ARFF station #1 is on the southwest side of the DEN terminal area and was closest to the originally reported accident location. According to ARFF station #1 responders, as they drove toward that location, they saw a small jet airplane near the intersection of taxiways F and WB. The responders stated that, as they determined that this airplane was not the accident airplane, operations personnel relayed the corrected accident site information, and the responders continued to drive north to that location. According to the DEN ARFF assistant chief, the trucks
60 Taxiway WB and runway 34R did not intersect. Taxiway WB is about 1 mile south of taxiway WC.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 29 from ARFF station #1 were delayed “less than a minute” while examining the airplane at taxiway F before proceeding north on runway 34R. ARFF stations #2 and #3 were located farthest from the originally reported accident location (to the northeast and east-southeast, respectively). According to the ARFF responders from these stations, they initially drove towards the originally-reported accident location when they left their stations. However, they received the revised accident location information while they were en route, and their travel routes and times were such that their response time to the accident site was not adversely affected. ARFF station #4 was located closest to the actual accident site. However, ARFF station #4 responders stated that when the emergency vehicles left the station, they took the most expeditious route to reach the originally-reported accident location (west on taxiway WC to taxiway D); unfortunately, this took them farther away from the actual accident site. They stated that they did not see the accident airplane, which was located just north of the station in an area of lower terrain on the opposite side of the station from the garage doors. After the ARFF responders were en route, airport operations personnel provided the correct accident location. During postaccident interviews, ARFF station #4 responders stated that, when they were given the correct accident location, they were still unable to see the accident airplane, but they could see multiple emergency response vehicles farther south, so they drove south to meet them. When they met up with the other ARFF trucks as those trucks drove north to taxiway WC, the ARFF station #4 responders turned around again and proceeded with the other ARFF trucks to the accident site. 1.15 Survival Aspects According to postaccident interviews, although the flight attendants were not able to communicate with the pilots immediately after the airplane came to a stop, they promptly ordered an evacuation when they saw fire outside the airplane. Because the fire was observed outside the right side of the airplane, only the three exits on the airplane’s left side (forward, aft, and overwing) were used during the evacuation.61
61 The exit doors, escape slides, and emergency lighting system functioned normally during the evacuation. Postaccident statements indicated that the lead flight attendant, who had been seated on a forward jumpseat, operated the left forward exit, the two aft-seated flight attendants operated the left aft exit, and an exit-row passenger operated the left overwing exit. The three flight attendants and two deadheading flight crewmembers assisted the evacuating passengers, blocking access to the right-side exits and directing passengers to less congested exits for maximum efficiency. Flight attendant statements indicated that passengers seemed frightened but were responsive to instructions, and the evacuation progressed quickly and smoothly. The flight attendants and deadheading flight crewmembers ensured that all of the passengers were safely evacuated before they exited the airplane themselves. The lead flight attendant stated that when she observed the others checking the cabin area, she checked on the accident captain and first officer, who were still in their seats in the cockpit. She stated that although both pilots were injured, they exited the airplane without assistance. All airplane occupants had exited and moved away from the airplane before the fire entered the airplane cabin.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 30 Once outside the airplane, crewmembers and passengers with less serious or no injuries assisted others up a hill to ARFF station #4. When they reached ARFF station #4, the airplane occupants were triaged and received medical treatment as needed from ARFF emergency medical technicians and on-airport paramedics. The more seriously injured individuals were transported to local hospitals by ambulance, while others were transported to the terminal area by bus. 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Airplane Performance Studies The NTSB conducted an airplane performance study to determine the accident sequence based on the available data sources, including the airplane’s FDR, DEN ATCT Airport Movement Area Safety System (AMASS), various weather information services, and information collected during the on-scene portion of the investigation. 1.16.1.1 Airplane Performance Data from several selected FDR parameters were used to identify the pilots’ control inputs during the takeoff roll and the excursion across the grassy area left of runway 34R. Data were collected until the FDR stopped recording at 1818:27. The performance study’s evaluation of the FDR data showed that engine performance and acceleration appeared consistent with a normal takeoff until just after the airplane departed the runway. The evaluation also showed that the airplane’s flight control surfaces responded to the captain’s inputs appropriately and that the airplane responded appropriately to the control surface movements. The performance study’s evaluation of FDR data showed that, as the airplane accelerated through about 50 knots, a magnetic heading of about 346° (referred to hereafter in this report as the “baseline heading”) kept it tracking the runway centerline. (This baseline heading differed from the runway’s magnetic heading of 350°, in part because the airplane cants slightly into the wind on its landing gear during crosswind operations.) Evaluation of the FDR data further showed that, by 1818:07, as the airplane accelerated above 70 knots on the runway, the pilot had applied about 30° of left-wing-down control wheel (aileron) input, about 0.75° of airplane-nose-up control column, and about 4° of right rudder pedal input (about 32 percent of the rudder pedal’s available forward motion). The airplane tracked the runway centerline until 1818:12, when the airplane’s heading, which had been varying between the baseline heading and about 1° right of that heading, began to move rapidly left. FDR data showed that, between 1818:12 and 1818:14, the airplane’s right rudder deflection, which had been oscillating between its near-neutral and near-maximum positions,62 transitioned back to a near-neutral position. Additionally, at this time, the control wheel transitioned from about 20° of left-wing-down input to a right-wing-down control wheel input of more than 80°.63
62 The near-maximum position corresponded to about 88 percent right rudder pedal input. 63 During postaccident interviews, the captain told investigators that he added right-wing-down aileron inputs because he was concerned about keeping the airplane upright on the uneven terrain off the left side of the runway. The performance study showed that the accident airplane departed the runway at 1818:17 at a speed of about 110 knots. FDR data showed that the pilots did not begin to reduce
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 31 engine power (leading to the activation of the autobrake system) until about 3 seconds after the airplane left the runway. The airplane reached a maximum speed of about 120 knots before it began to decelerate. The airplane had just crossed taxiway WC and was decelerating through about 90 knots when electrical power to the FDR (and CVR) ceased. Just before it stopped recording, the FDR recorded a 3 G spike in vertical load factor. The NTSB integrated the FDR-recorded accelerations to create an accurate depiction of the ground path for the accident airplane while determining the acceleration biases needed to match AMASS data and measurements taken on-scene. This integration of data provided a context for the CVR comments and a set of accelerometer biases for the NTSB’s wind extraction efforts. (See figure 9.) 1.16.1.2 Estimations of Wind Conditions The NTSB used available data (measured FDR data and airplane acceleration biases determined from the ground path integration) to estimate the winds that were present during the accident sequence. (Boeing also estimated the wind conditions that were present during the accident sequence, using several different wind estimation methods, which produced results similar to those obtained by the NTSB.) The NTSB’s wind extraction results estimated that the winds at the time of the accident varied between 30 and 45 knots from the west, resulting in an almost direct crosswind for runway 34R and a crosswind component that varied from 29 to 45 knots. A peak gust of 45 knots occurred at 1818:12, about the same time the FDR recorded the right rudder pedal beginning to move aft from a position about 72 percent of its available forward travel, reaching a near neutral position at 1818:13.75. The first recorded main landing gear tire skid marks are also estimated to have occurred about this time. Figure 10 shows the NTSB’s extracted wind speed and direction for the time of the accident (1818:05 to 1818:15). Performance calculations indicated that the airplane’s rudder was capable of producing enough aerodynamic force to offset the weathervaning tendency created by the winds the airplane encountered during the accident takeoff roll.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 32
Figure 9. The results of the NTSB integration with CVR comments and ground marks/wreckage information overlaid on an aerial photograph of the pertinent airport features.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 33
Figure 10. Graph showing the NTSB’s extracted wind speed and direction during the time of the runway excursion (1818:05 to 1818:15), with the FDR-recorded rudder deflection. The time of the first recorded tire skid marks is also shown. 1.16.2 Operational Simulator Study An NTSB investigative team that included ATP-rated pilots from the NTSB, FAA, Boeing, Continental, and Air Line Pilots Association participated in an operational study at Continental’s training center in Houston, Texas.64 1.16.2.1 Effect of Simulated Crosswinds on Takeoff Difficulty The operational study was conducted to 1) familiarize investigators with Continental’s SOP for crosswind takeoffs; 2) evaluate the effect of different simulated crosswind conditions on the subjective difficulty of simulated crosswind takeoffs; and 3) evaluate the effect of varied control inputs on simulator response during simulated crosswind takeoffs. After crosswind takeoff procedures were demonstrated by Continental training managers, the simulator was set up to replicate the conditions (for instance, darkness, DEN runway 34R, airplane weight, and outside temperature) of the accident takeoff. The five ATP-rated members of the investigative team then performed crosswind takeoffs with left crosswinds of 0, 25, and
64 Four of the five ATP-rated participants were type-rated on the 737, and one was a 737-rated Boeing test pilot. 18:18:05 18:18:10 18:18:15 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 Wind Speed (kts) Time (hr:min:sec) Wind speed Left Right start of skid marks Rudder and Wind Direction (deg) FDR rudder Relative wind direction
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 34 35 knots.65 The flying pilots were informed about the wind condition before each takeoff and rated the difficulty of each takeoff upon completion.66 1.16.2.2 Effect of Varied Rudder Inputs On average, the pilots found these conditions to be “very easy” (the 0-knot crosswind takeoff), “neither difficult nor easy” (the 25-knot crosswind takeoff), and “slightly difficult” (the 35-knot crosswind takeoff). After completing takeoffs in all four crosswind conditions, some participants stated that the task did not seem that difficult overall. They also stated that the simulator did not accurately reflect lateral forces, nor did it provide as good of a “seat-of-the-pants” feel for wind gusts as an airplane would. Two of the ATP-rated participants tried to take off with a 60-knot simulated crosswind and were able to do so without “crashing” the simulator. They stated that the 60-knot crosswind required more right rudder correction than the other four crosswind conditions, but they indicated that they felt they had more than enough rudder authority available to accomplish the maneuver. To evaluate the effect of various control inputs during a simulated 35-knot crosswind takeoff, the five ATP-rated participants performed eight takeoff maneuvers, each of which involved varied actions and control inputs, in the simulator. Investigators found that when they removed their feet from the rudder pedals at an airspeed of 90 knots, the airplane exited the left side of the runway in about 5 seconds. If they resumed making corrective rudder inputs 2 seconds after releasing the pedals, they were able to continue or reject the takeoff and prevent a runway side excursion. If they resumed making corrective rudder inputs 3 seconds after releasing the pedals, however, they were unable to consistently take off or stop the airplane before a runway side excursion occurred. Participants agreed that a 3-second delay in reapplication of corrective rudder inputs resulted in a situation that would be unmanageable for a line pilot. 1.16.2.3 Pilot Response Times A study published by the British Air Accidents Investigation Branch that examined the time a pilot requires to begin a rejected takeoff after a sudden unexpected event during the takeoff roll67 found the average response time to be 2.7 seconds, with a range of 1.5 to 4 seconds.68
65 The operational simulator study was conducted before the results of the NTSB’s airplane performance study wind estimates were available; as a result, wind gusts to 45 knots were not evaluated in this study. 66 After each takeoff, the flying pilot rated the subjective difficulty of the maneuver on a scale of 1 to 7, with 1 being “very easy,” 2 being “moderately easy,” 3 being “slightly easy,” 4 being “neither difficult nor easy,” 5 being “slightly difficult,” 6 being “moderately difficult,” and 7 being “very difficult.” 67 This event involved the freezing of the control column during the takeoff roll, just prior to rotation speed. 68 An experiment designed to measure response times of pilots to a locked elevator condition at rotation speed, Report on the Accident to Bae HS 748 G-BEKF at Sumburgh Airport, Shetland Islands, on 31 July 1979, Appendix 5, Aircraft Accident Report 1/81 (London: Air Accidents Investigation Branch, Department of Trade, 1981). The authors cautioned that these results probably represent the minimum time for a pilot to react to an unexpected event requiring a rejected takeoff and take action because the pilots who participated in this study were likely expecting to be confronted with an emergency in the simulator. The authors added that a pilot facing the same emergency in a real airplane could take much longer to respond.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 35 1.16.3 Back-Drive Simulation An NTSB investigative team also conducted a back-drive simulation using Boeing’s multi-purpose engineering cab (M-CAB) simulator and FDR data from the accident airplane. This simulation used FDR data to drive the M-CAB simulator to recreate the cockpit environment that the accident pilots experienced during the accident sequence, including the cockpit visual scene, the flight control inputs, and the airplane accelerations. Because of the nature of a back-drive simulation, participants were unable to provide control inputs or sense control input forces. In addition, it should be noted that all participants were familiar with the circumstances of this accident before participating in the simulation. In general, simulation participants reported that they were surprised by the magnitude of the rudder inputs and the abrupt shift in heading before the airplane departed the runway. Participants generally agreed that the captain’s large right rudder inputs were understandable given the strong and gusty left crosswind for which he was compensating. They considered it likely that the captain would have been able to keep the airplane on the runway if he had continued making significant right rudder inputs when the airplane veered left; however, he did not. (Several participants stated that they wanted to add right rudder to counter the airplane’s sudden leftward movement.) The participants were puzzled by the captain’s use of the nosewheel steering tiller and his right control wheel input. 1.17 Organizational and Management Information At the time of the accident, Continental Airlines, Inc., operated a fleet of 368 airplanes in scheduled domestic and international air carrier flight operations out of 4 hub airports.69 1.17.1 Crosswind Training and Guidance About 70 percent of Continental’s fleet was 737-series airplanes; the remainder of the fleet consisted of Boeing 757, 767, and 777 airplanes. 1.17.1.1 Continental’s Crosswind Guidance Federal regulations (14 CFR 25.237, “Wind Velocities”) for airplane certification require manufacturers of transport-category airplanes to demonstrate during flight tests that the airplane is safe for takeoff and landing on a dry runway with a crosswind component of at least 20 knots. (The regulation does not address gusting crosswinds.) The actual crosswind component demonstrated by a manufacturer during certification flight tests depends upon the wind conditions available at the time of certification testing. As a result, manufacturers sometimes use performance analyses to establish supplemental guidelines that involve wind speeds exceeding those actually demonstrated for a particular airplane type or variant. The regulations do not require manufacturers to establish a maximum crosswind operating limitation for either takeoff or landing. Neither the demonstrated crosswind nor any supplemental guideline is necessarily
69 Continental’s hub airports were located in Houston, Texas; Boston, Massachusetts; Newark, New Jersey; and Guam.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 36 considered limiting for pilots in the operation of an airplane (although they are often considered by operators in the development of crosswind guidelines for pilots).70 During flight certification testing, Boeing demonstrated crosswind takeoffs in the 737-300 and -500 with 36- and 31-knot crosswind components, respectively. In accordance with an agreement with the FAA, Boeing published a demonstrated value of 35 knots for 737-300/-400/-500s without winglets.
71 According to Continental’s 737 fleet manager, the company reviewed Boeing’s 40-knot crosswind guideline and other crosswind guidance materials for 737 airplanes and selected what it considered to be a conservative crosswind guideline of 33 knots for takeoff on a dry runway, In addition, during flight tests for wingleted 737-500 and -800 variants, Aviation Partners Boeing (the manufacturer of the winglets installed on the 737) demonstrated operations in 22- and 33-knot crosswinds, respectively. In addition to publishing demonstrated crosswind values, Boeing has provided its operators with some crosswind component guidance figures that exceed demonstrated values. Through airplane performance analysis, Boeing has determined that all variants of the 737 have the aerodynamic capability to take off in at least a steady-state, 40-knot direct crosswind on a dry runway. Based on this analysis, Boeing published a uniform supplemental crosswind takeoff guideline of 40 knots for all variants of the 737. 72 and it published this number in 2008 as an operational guideline for all of the 737 variants in its fleet.73 1.17.1.2 Continental’s Operational Data on Crosswind Takeoffs
After the accident, Continental used data obtained from its operational database to measure crosswind components 7 seconds after takeoff74 for all 940,000 recorded fleet departures75
70 Demonstrated crosswind values can be, but rarely are, determined to be limiting during certification flight testing; however, Boeing has not established crosswind limitations for any of its airplanes. 71 Similarly, Boeing demonstrated crosswind takeoff values of 31 to 36 knots for the 737-600/-700/-800 models and published a demonstrated value of 36 knots for those 737 models without winglets. 72 The 33-knot value corresponded to the demonstrated crosswind value documented in the Aviation Partners Boeing publication titled Airplane Flight Manual Supplement for the Boeing 737-800-3 with Aviation Partners Boeing Blended Winglets. 73 Before its selection of a uniform 33-knot dry runway crosswind takeoff guideline for all of its 737 airplanes, Continental had used a 35-knot guideline for some variants of the 737 (the -700 and -800 versions). 74 According to Continental personnel, because Continental’s airplanes were typically between 100 and 200 feet agl (consistent with the height of most LLWAS sensors) 7 seconds after takeoff, this sampling was reasonably representative of the observed winds at the time of takeoff. 75 These 940,000 departures represented about 8 years’ worth of operations, from 2001 to 2009. and determined that 250 of those departures (about 0.03 percent) encountered a crosswind of 25 knots or greater and 62 (about 0.01 percent) encountered a crosswind of 30 knots or greater. Looking only at the 250,327 departures involving 737-500 airplanes, Continental found that 76 departures (about 0.03 percent) encountered a crosswind of 25 knots or greater and 4 (about 0.002 percent) encountered a crosswind of 30 knots or greater.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 37 1.17.1.3 Continental’s Crosswind Training Continental’s flight training program provided pilots with an opportunity to experience crosswind takeoffs and landings in flight simulators during recurrent training every year; however, the crosswind components involved in routine recurrent training sessions were typically much lower than 30 knots.76 The company’s 2004/2005 recurrent flight training included takeoffs and landings in strong crosswind (a 35-knot component) as an area of special emphasis; the captain successfully completed this training. Continental used a 737-500 Full-Flight Simulator (FFS) in its Houston facility for 737 pilot simulator-based recurrent training during the 2004/2005 training year.77 1.18 Additional Information As a result of this investigation, Continental discovered that its FFS atmospheric model software allowed for only steady state wind inputs— no gusting winds—below 50 feet agl. Before this discovery, Continental’s simulator instructors were unaware that the simulator would not apply gusty winds below 50 feet agl, regardless of their manual inputs to the system. 1.18.1 Previously Issued Mountain-Wave-Related Safety Recommendations On March 3, 1991, United Airlines flight 585, a 737, N999UA, crashed during its approach to land on runway 35 at the Colorado Springs Municipal Airport (COS), Colorado Springs, Colorado.78 In its October 8, 1992, response, the FAA indicated that it agreed with the intent of these recommendations and planned to address the issues through interagency research programs with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) Forecast Systems Laboratory and/or NCAR. However, the FAA indicated that, because of budget constraints and other As a result of its investigation of this accident, on July 20, 1992, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-92-57 and -58 to the FAA regarding the need for increased data regarding the potential for aviation hazards associated with the intense, localized weather disturbances that sometimes occur on the leeward side of mountain ranges: Develop and implement a meteorological program to observe, document, and analyze potential meteorological aircraft hazards in the area of Colorado Springs, Colorado, with a focus on the approach and departure paths of the Colorado Springs Municipal Airport [COS]. This program should be made operational by the winter of 1992. (A-92-57) Develop a broader meteorological aircraft hazard program to include other airports in or near mountainous terrain, based on the results obtained in the Colorado Springs, Colorado, area. (A-92-58)
76 During the 2008/2009 recurrent training year, for example, pilots performed crosswind takeoffs with crosswind components ranging from 4 to 14 knots. 77 Continental’s FFS does not include a winglet increment; however, as discussed earlier, Boeing’s aerodynamic data showed that the winglets have a negligible effect on the airplane’s crosswind performance. 78 For additional information, see United Airlines Flight 585, Boeing 737-291, N999UA, Uncontrolled Collision With Terrain for Undetermined Reasons, 4 Miles South of Colorado Springs Municipal Airport, Colorado Springs, Colorado, March 3, 1991, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-92/06 (Washington, DC; National Transportation Safety Board,1992).
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 38 program priorities, work on these projects would likely be delayed until fiscal year 1995. The NTSB’s response urged the FAA to reevaluate its program priorities and to more immediately address these issues, and the FAA subsequently accelerated implementation of its research plans. In a September 14, 1993, letter, the FAA indicated that it had tasked NOAA with planning and conducting a study of mountain-induced wind phenomena and their effect on aviation operations and developing a related long-term pilot awareness initiative. As a result of these actions, on January 4, 1994, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-92-57 and -58 “Open— Acceptable Response.” In December 1995, the FAA advised the NTSB that it had scaled back the original plan because of budget constraints but still planned to complete the following three products: 1) a pilot training manual on the impact of mountain-induced aeronautical hazards on aircraft operations; 2) the COS data collection and baseline experiment for a terminal area detection system for mountain-induced turbulence hazards; and 3) a final report with recommendations from this research on the viability of developing a prototype prediction, detection, and display system for these hazards. Pending further information, on March 20, 1996, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-92-57 and -58 “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response.” In an April 3, 1998, letter, the FAA described the following actions it had completed to improve the safety of flying in mountainous areas: The FAA, NOAA, and NCAR published AC 00-57 to provide information on hazardous mountain winds and their effects on flight operations near mountainous regions. NOAA and NCAR personnel collected data on the intensity and direction of wind flows at COS from January through March 1997, when mountain-induced activity was known to be prevalent79 1.18.2 Airplane Seat Certification Requirements and would publish a report on the findings. NOAA and NCAR would analyze the COS data and complete a report by September 1998. The FAA further emphasized the importance of the data that had been gathered, stating, “while the FAA is not able to continue this program to the extent originally planned, I believe that the work accomplished does satisfy the overall intent of these recommendations.” Subsequent agency communications revealed that the FAA had initiated programs to study the potential for terrain-induced turbulence in other locations, including Juneau, Alaska. Based on the FAA’s actions and ongoing efforts, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-92-57 and -58 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 25, 2002, and April 24, 2001, respectively. The cockpit seats in the accident airplane were designed to meet the structural requirements of 14 CFR 25.561,80
79 The data was gathered using one Doppler light distancing and ranging unit; three wind profilers with radio acoustic sounding systems; anemometers; an instrumented airplane that traversed the landing and takeoff flightpaths; six surface meteorological stations; an infrasonic laboratory; and PIREPs. 80 Title 14 CFR 25.561 was published in the Federal Register on December 24, 1964, and was subsequently amended on April 8, 1970 (amendment 25-23); May 17, 1988 (amendment 25-64); and July 29, 1997 (amendment 25-91.) which specified that the seats must withstand static forward
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 39 loads of 9 G, static downward loads of 6 G, and static upward loads of 3 G.81
81 The seat manufacturer’s records showed that the required structural tests were successfully conducted for this model seat in June 1986. On May 17, 1988, the FAA adopted Amendment 25-64 to Part 25, which established a requirement for more stringent crashworthiness standards for transport-category airplane seats. The rule change required a variety of new seat strength tests, including a 16-G dynamic test, which supplemented the earlier static test requirements for seats in newly-certificated airplanes. (Amendment 25-64 affected only seats installed in airplanes with type certification dates after the effective date of the rule; seats installed in existing airplane types, including the 737-500, were not affected by the rule change. This amendment was codified in 14 CFR 25.562.) Also on May 17, 1988, the FAA published Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) 88-8, “Retrofit of Improved Seats in Air Carrier Transport Category Airplanes,” which proposed to require all seats (pilot, flight attendant, and passenger) in transport-category airplanes used in Part 121 and 135 operations to comply with the improved crashworthiness standards contained in Amendment 25-64. However, because industry comments revealed seat production and supply and guidance-material issues, the FAA postponed final adoption of the NPRM-proposed amendment. By the late 1990s, 16-G airplane seats were routinely being produced and certificated. In 1998, the FAA held a public meeting to open renewed discussion regarding the adoption of NPRM 88-8. As a result of this meeting and additional analysis, in 2005, the FAA issued a final rule (the “retrofit” rule), Amendment 121-315, which required that all newly-manufactured transport-category airplanes that were type certificated after January 1, 1958, be equipped with passenger and flight attendant seats that meet the dynamic impact requirements of 14 CFR 25.562 by October 27, 2009. Because cockpit seats and their supporting floor structures are significantly different structurally from passenger and flight attendant seats and their supporting structures, the FAA exempted cockpit seats from the retrofit requirements of Amendment 121-315.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 40
- Analysis
- 1 General
The captain and first officer were properly certificated and qualified under Federal regulations to act in their respective roles during the accident flight and were experienced in the accident airplane. There was no evidence that the pilots had any condition (medical, behavioral, toxicological, or fatigue-related) that might have adversely affected their performance during the accident flight. The accident airplane was properly certificated, equipped, and maintained in accordance with federal regulations, was dispatched in accordance with industry practices, and was within weight and cg limits. No evidence indicated any preaccident failure of the accident airplane’s powerplants, structures, or systems, including the nosewheel steering system. The flight attendants acted appropriately when they initiated an emergency evacuation using only the exits on the left side of the airplane because of fire on the right side of the airplane. All passengers were successfully evacuated before fire entered the cabin. Although there was some initial confusion about the location of the accident, the timeliness of the emergency response was not a significant issue in this accident. The firefighting activities conducted by the DEN ARFF crews were effective in suppressing the exterior and interior fires. The following analysis discusses the pilots’ actions, training, and experience; air traffic controllers’ obtaining and disseminating wind information; runway selection and use; crosswind training; simulator modeling; crosswind guidelines and limitations; certification and inspection of crew seats; and galley latches. 2.2 Accident Sequence The accident flight’s departure began routinely. The pilots were instructed to taxi to runway 34R for departure, and they did so without incident. The DEN ATCT local controller’s departure clearance indicated wind from 270° at 27 knots (which resulted in a 26.6-knot crosswind for runway 34R). Although this wind was significantly stronger than the wind reported by ATIS (280° at 11 knots) 20 minutes earlier, the wind was still within Continental’s crosswind guidelines of 33 knots. Further, other airplanes departed on runways 34L and 34R before the accident pilots’ departure; the pilots of those departing airplanes did not report any crosswind-related issues or difficulties.82
82 During this time, DEN arrivals were landing on runways 35L and 35R; there were no crosswind-related reports from any of the arriving pilots. The NTSB concludes that, given the wind-related information the pilots had, their decision to proceed with a takeoff on runway 34R as planned was reasonable.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 41 However, the investigation revealed that the wind conditions at DEN were more complex and variable than the pilots realized. A study conducted by NCAR during this investigation revealed that significant mountain wave activity existed in the area on the day of the accident. Although mountain wave conditions often result in hazards to airplanes in flight, FAA AC 00-57 cautions that mountain wave conditions can include “…localized [surface wind] gusts in excess of 50 [knots]…” and that such conditions can also result in a loss of directional control on or near the runway during takeoffs and landings. In this case, the undulating waves associated with the mountain wave activity extended downward and eastward from the mountains and led to occasional strong and gusty winds at the airport’s surface. The NCAR study showed widely variable surface winds across DEN airport locations, occasionally resulting in simultaneous indications of very strong winds from the west at one airport location and light winds from the east at another. NCAR’s study showed that a particularly strong wind gust (wind speeds as high as 45 knots) moved across the center of the airport, directly crossing the airplane’s path around the time of the accident takeoff. The NTSB concludes that mountain wave conditions were present at the time of the accident and resulted in strong westerly winds and very localized, intermittent wind gusts as high as 45 knots that crossed the airplane’s path during the takeoff ground roll. As previously stated, the ATIS-reported wind (280° at 11 knots) was significantly lighter than the departure wind reported by the local controller (270° at 27 knots). These two wind speed reports were based on measurements taken about 20 minutes apart. In addition, the two wind information reports were based on data from different wind sensors at the airport. The wind information that is broadcast by DEN ATIS is recorded by the DEN ASOS sensor, which is located about 2 1/2 miles southeast of the approach end of runway 34R near the center of the airport at a height of 33 feet agl.83
83 LLWAS sensor #14 was located near the DEN ASOS sensor. The departure wind information provided by the DEN ATCT local controller was recorded by LLWAS sensor #3, which is located near the departure end of runway 34R, at a height of 100 feet agl. The AW displayed on the DEN ATCT RBDT was recorded by LLWAS sensor #2, which is located about 3,310 feet northeast of the approach end of runway 34R at a height of 110 feet agl. A review of the wind speeds recorded by these three sensors revealed that the wind information recorded by the ASOS wind sensor generally recorded lower wind speeds than those recorded by the LLWAS sensors and that, for about 4 minutes preceding the excursion, LLWAS sensor #2 recorded the highest wind speeds on the night of the accident. The NTSB concludes that it is likely that the significant difference between the 11-knot winds reported by DEN’s ATIS broadcast and the 27-knot wind information provided to the pilots by the DEN ATC local controller with their departure clearance was the result of the timing of the observations, the placement of the wind sensors, and variations in the local wind field caused by the mountain wave winds. The accident flight was cleared for takeoff at 1817:26, and the takeoff initially progressed normally. However, at 1818:10, the nose of the airplane began to move left. At 1818:13, the nose of the airplane began to move left very rapidly, and the airplane eventually departed the left side of runway 34R at 1818:17. As the airplane continued off the runway, the captain initiated a rejected takeoff; the airplane subsequently came to rest in a field between runways 34R and 34L. The remainder of this section evaluates the pilots’ decisions and actions during the attempted takeoff and after the airplane left the runway.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 42 2.2.1 Attempted Takeoff The airplane was nearly aligned with the runway centerline when the captain began to advance the thrust levers for takeoff (at 1817:45). The captain stated that, as the airplane accelerated, he shifted the primary focus of his attention from the thrust setting to outside visual references and kept the airplane tracking along the runway centerline. (As the airplane accelerated through about 50 knots, a baseline heading of about 346° resulted in the airplane tracking along the runway centerline.) Meanwhile, according to postaccident interviews, the first officer’s attention was primarily focused on monitoring the engine instruments, consistent with company policy. At 1818:04, when the airplane’s speed was about 57 knots, the CVR recorded the first officer advising the captain that the engines had stabilized at takeoff thrust. The first officer stated that, after this point, he shifted his attention to monitoring the airspeed so that he could make the standard airspeed callouts, the first of which was at 100 knots. FDR heading and rudder pedal position data showed that, as the airplane accelerated between 1818:01 and 1818:07, the captain gradually increased the right rudder pedal input to almost 50 percent of its forward range of travel. The captain’s advancement of the right rudder pedal during this time was not perfectly smooth, likely because, as the aerodynamic effectiveness of the rudder increased, he was making incremental adjustments in an attempt to find the correct amount of right rudder pedal input to compensate for the variable crosswind as the rudder became effective. The airplane heading moved left by a fraction of a degree at 1818:03 and again at 1818:05, but it returned to the baseline heading each time as the captain continued to advance the right pedal. At 1818:06.7, the captain applied a large and rapid right rudder pedal input (reaching about 88 percent of the pedal’s available forward range)84 The captain likely anticipated the heading change back to the left because he had begun to advance the right rudder pedal again just before this change in the direction of movement occurred. He paused his right rudder pedal input briefly at 53 percent. Then, when the airplane’s nose crossed the baseline heading from right to left without slowing, he further advanced the right rudder pedal to 72 percent, reaching this position at 1818:11.75. He began to relax this right rudder pedal input immediately (as he had after reaching the 88-percent input); about that time, the main landing gear tires began to skid on the runway pavement. The leftward change in heading almost stopped at 1818:12.2, but the airplane began to turn rapidly to the left again at 1818:13.2. The captain had been steadily relaxing the right rudder pedal, reaching 36 percent at this time; however, as the airplane began turning rapidly left this time, he abruptly relaxed the and then promptly began to relax the right rudder pedal input. During this input, the airplane’s heading moved a fraction of a degree left of the baseline heading due to the crosswind and then began to move back to the right (about 1/2 second after the peak of the input). The captain continued to relax the right rudder pedal input as the nose of the airplane moved to the right. After the airplane’s heading crossed to the right of the runway baseline heading, the captain relaxed the right rudder pedal input further to about 15 percent. Shortly thereafter, the airplane’s heading reached about 1° right of the baseline heading and then (at 1818:10.2) began to move back to the left.
84 Simultaneous with this rudder application, the captain added left control wheel (aileron) inputs (consistent with a normal crosswind takeoff technique) and a slight aft control column input.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 43 right pedal to its neutral position. Simultaneous with this sudden relaxation (at 1818:13.5), one of the pilots (likely the captain) stated, “Jesus.”85 The airplane’s response to his earlier large rudder pedal input likely led the captain to expect that a slightly smaller right rudder pedal input would stop a subsequent left turn and that the correction would again be evident after a slight delay. As a result, the next time the nose of the airplane began to drift left, the captain used a smaller, but still substantial, right rudder pedal input and again relaxed that rudder pedal input in anticipation of a delayed effect. However, this time, the airplane did not respond as he probably expected. Instead of reversing direction after a slight delay, the airplane’s left turn only slowed and then rapidly resumed, which led the captain to believe that the airplane was not responding to his rudder input. The NTSB’s aircraft performance study indicated that, as the captain began his second large right rudder pedal input, the left crosswind component increased from 30 knots to about 40 knots and that, as he began to relax this rudder pedal input, the crosswind component increased above 40 knots for about 1.5 seconds. (The study showed a peak wind of about 45 knots at 1818:12.) This strong crosswind gust increased the airplane’s sideslip angle, significantly reduced the effect of the captain’s 72-percent rudder pedal input, and weathervaned the airplane’s nose further to the left. The airplane’s heading continued to move left of the baseline heading at an increasing rate; however, instead of making another significant right rudder pedal input (the only control input that could have corrected the airplane’s leftward veer off the runway), the captain began to make disorganized and ineffective control inputs. For example, while the airplane’s nose was moving rapidly to the left, increasing right rudder would be the most effective control strategy, yet the captain completely relaxed the right rudder pedal input. FDR data showed that, after one small,
The two unusually large (88 and 72 percent) right rudder pedal inputs made by the captain between 1818:06.7 and 1818:13.2 were of similar duration (about 3 seconds for each complete cycle of rudder input and relaxation). As shown in figure 9, these oscillatory right rudder pedal inputs were similar to each other in shape and differed from the smaller, incremental adjustments the captain made earlier in the takeoff roll. The captain’s switch to unusually large inputs changed the dynamics of the situation in ways that may have made it more challenging for him to subsequently control the airplane’s heading and track the runway centerline. For example, to avoid overshooting the baseline heading after each large right rudder pedal input, the captain had to compensate by relaxing the right rudder pedal more than he would have had to for a smaller rudder pedal advancement. Furthermore, because of slight delays in the effect each rudder pedal adjustment had on the airplane’s rate of heading change, the captain had to anticipate the effect of each adjustment ahead of time. This task was very difficult for the captain because of the highly variable and unpredictable nature of the crosswind gusts. The first of the captain’s large right rudder pedal inputs resulted in an apparent overcorrection of the airplane’s heading after about 1.5 seconds. Because the captain had no way to distinguish the effect of his inputs from the effect of the variable crosswind component, he likely believed that this large right rudder pedal input exceeded the amount of rudder correction that would be required to compensate for the crosswind. (In fact, the NTSB’s airplane performance analysis revealed that the slight overshoot resulted from a decrease in the crosswind component of about 11 knots.)
85 Although investigators were unable to attribute the comment definitively to either pilot, the sound of the pilot’s voice indicates that it was most likely the captain. He would have been acutely aware of the relationship between his pedal inputs and the airplane’s heading oscillations, whereas the first officer was primarily monitoring the airplane’s airspeed indicator at the time.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 44 abortive right rudder pedal input at 1818:14, the captain stopped making rudder pedal inputs entirely. Simultaneously, he began to apply right control wheel (aileron) inputs (instead of maintaining left control wheel inputs, which would have been appropriate for the left crosswind conditions), and he tried to steer the airplane to the right using the nosewheel steering tiller.86 Although the FDR does not directly record tiller inputs, FDR data, airplane performance analysis, and physical evidence indicate that the captain did, in fact, turn the control wheel and the steering tiller to the right about 2.75 seconds before the airplane ran off the runway, and neither input had a significant effect on the airplane’s heading. (Figure 1, in section 1.1 of this report, shows the oscillations in the airplane’s heading relative to the baseline heading and the percentage of forward displacement of the right rudder pedal between 1818:01 and 1818:15, ending about 2 seconds before the airplane left the runway.) The captain’s use of the nosewheel steering tiller was contrary to company procedures and neither of these late control inputs was an effective method for turning the airplane at high speed. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s use of tiller and full right control wheel in the 3 seconds before the excursion likely resulted from acute stress stemming from a sudden, unexpected threat, perceived lack of control, and extreme time pressure. The comment “Jesus” suggests that, by 1818:13.5, the captain was aware that his second large rudder pedal input and its subsequent relaxation were not reversing the direction of the airplane’s turn as the first large rudder input cycle had. However, the captain did not immediately apply another large right rudder pedal input; rather, he relaxed the rudder pedal to its neutral position. Findings from the NTSB’s operational study of simulated takeoffs in a steady 35-knot direct crosswind in a 737-500 simulator suggested that, if the captain had renewed vigorous application of right rudder pedal by 1818:14, he would likely have been able to counteract the airplane’s left turn and keep the airplane on the runway. (Although it was not possible to replicate the gusty crosswind conditions that affected the accident airplane, the success of the captain’s first large rudder pedal input and relaxation thereof indicates that he might have been able to counteract the airplane’s left-turning motion.) However, the NTSB’s operational study also showed that it was probably too late for him to prevent an excursion by 1818:15. (The airplane ran off the left side of the runway about 1818:17.) Several ATP-rated pilots who participated in postaccident flight and engineering simulator studies of the accident takeoff (four of whom had 737 type ratings) concurred with this analysis.
Continental 737 operating manuals state that the nosewheel steering tiller should be used to turn the airplane only at slow taxi speeds (up to about 20 knots) and that rudder pedal steering and inputs to the rudder surface are more effective means of keeping the airplane on the runway centerline during the takeoff roll. The captain told investigators that he used the airplane’s steering tiller (to no avail) in a brief, desperate attempt to keep the airplane on the runway. Postaccident review of Continental’s operational flight data for crosswind takeoffs that was collected during about 8 years of operation indicated that it is rare for Continental’s pilots to encounter crosswind components of 30 knots or more. The data showed only 62 such occurrences (4 of which were in 737-500 airplanes) in 940,000 takeoffs. Takeoffs in gusty winds were not specifically identified. Because operational flight data indicate that winds as strong as
86 During postaccident interviews, the captain explained that he input right aileron because he was concerned about keeping the airplane upright in the terrain on the left side of the runway and that he reached for the nosewheel steering tiller in a final effort to keep the airplane on the runway.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 45 those that the accident pilots experienced on the night of the accident are extremely rare, an individual pilot encountering such strong and gusty winds would have little or no past experience on which to draw during the encounter. The NTSB concludes that the unexpectedly strong and gusty crosswinds the airplane encountered as it accelerated during the takeoff roll made maintaining directional control during this takeoff a more difficult control task than the captain was accustomed to dealing with; however, had the captain immediately reapplied significant right rudder pedal input as the airplane was continuing its left turning motion, the airplane would not have departed the runway. 2.2.2 After the Airplane Left the Runway The airplane departed the left side of runway 34R at 1818:17, and, based on postaccident interviews and FDR data, the pilots began to experience sharp vertical accelerations as the airplane traversed the uneven terrain beyond the edge of the runway. Although it could not be determined how long the captain continued to manipulate the nosewheel steering tiller (tiller position is not recorded by the FDR), FDR data did show that the captain maintained full right control wheel inputs for about 1 second after the airplane left the runway. At 1818:20, the captain began to reduce power, and, about 1 second later, he called for a rejected takeoff. The pilots began to apply the brakes and moved the thrust levers to produce reverse thrust. Investigators noted that about 5.75 seconds passed from the time it became apparent to the captain that the airplane was going to leave the runway (at 1818:14.25, less than 1 second after the “Jesus” comment and after the captain started making ineffective control wheel and nosewheel steering tiller inputs) to the captain’s initiation of a rejected takeoff (at 1818:20). A study published by the British Air Accidents Investigation Branch that examined the time a pilot requires to begin a rejected takeoff after a sudden unexpected event during the takeoff roll found average response time to be 2.7 seconds, with a range of 1.5 to 4 seconds.87 2.3 Wind Information and Runway Selection Based on this research, the captain’s initiation of the rejected takeoff procedure occurred about 3 seconds later than average response and about 1.75 seconds beyond the top of the range. The captain’s actions during his final attempts to keep the airplane on the runway were ineffective, but they also delayed him from performing a rejected takeoff. Because of the positioning of the nosewheel steering tiller and the control wheel and the captain’s simultaneous use of these two controls, the captain did not have his right hand on the thrust levers during the excursion. The need to reposition his right hand to the thrust levers as the airplane was bouncing along uneven ground also likely contributed to the delay. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s initiation of a rejected takeoff was delayed by about 2 to 4 seconds because he was occupied with the nosewheel steering tiller and right control wheel input, both of which were ineffective and inappropriate for steering the airplane. At the time of the accident, mountain wave and downsloping winds were creating significant and variable surface-level winds at different locations across the airport. Because the
87 An experiment designed to measure response times of pilots to a locked elevator condition at rotation speed, Report on the Accident to Bae HS 748 G-BEKF at Sumburgh Airport, Shetland Islands, on 31 July 1979, Appendix 5, Aircraft Accident Report 1/81 (London: Air Accidents Investigation Branch, Department of Trade, 1981).
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 46 strength and variable nature of the wind conditions factored into this accident, the NTSB evaluated the ability of meteorological instruments and ATC system components to accurately discern and disseminate pertinent wind condition information to pilots. The wind’s strength and direction are key factors in runway selection by ATC and pilots; therefore, the NTSB evaluated how the known conditions influenced the selection of runway 34R for departures. 2.3.1 Weather Information 2.3.1.1 Mountain Wave Activity and Associated Local Winds According to FAA AC 00-57, mountain wave activity can result in strong winds and wind gusts across an airport’s surface, resulting in directional control challenges for pilots taking off and landing. At the time of this accident, mountain wave and downsloping wind conditions existed in the Denver area, and the strong localized winds associated with these conditions resulted in pulses of strong wind gusts at the surface that posed a threat to DEN operations. The NTSB has previously noted the potential hazard that mountain wave conditions present to airplane operations. As a result of its investigation of the March 3, 1991, accident involving United Airlines flight 585 in Colorado Springs, Colorado, the NTSB issued two safety recommendations asking the FAA to conduct meteorological research and analyze these potential hazards for airplane operations in the Colorado Springs area and other areas with airports located in or near mountainous terrain. As a result of these recommendations, the FAA, with NOAA and NCAR, conducted research and collected data on hazardous mountain winds and published an AC addressing these winds and their effects on flight operations near mountainous regions. In addition, the FAA initiated programs to study the potential for terrain-induced turbulence in other locations, including Juneau, Alaska. Based on these actions, these safety recommendations were classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Although the FAA’s research satisfied the intent of the earlier safety recommendations, that research focused mainly on the effects of mountain wave conditions on airplanes in flight, rather than airplanes on the ground. There is no indication that the results of that research have been applied by ATC personnel to the consideration of mountain wave wind conditions with regard to runway selection and airport traffic management decisions. This accident investigation showed that DEN ATC personnel did not recognize and account for possible localized and transient mountain wave-induced gusting crosswinds when they assigned departure runways and disseminated wind information on the night of the accident. Although strong and gusty winds unrelated to mountain wave conditions can occur at any airport, by their nature, mountain wave winds provide a significant risk of very localized, transient, and severe winds. The NTSB concludes that if ATC personnel and pilots operating at airports located downwind of mountainous terrain had sufficient airport-specific information regarding the localized and transient nature of strong and gusty winds associated with mountain wave and downslope conditions, they would be able to make more informed runway selection decisions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA conduct research into and document the effects of mountain wave and downslope conditions at airports, such as DEN, that are located downwind of mountainous terrain (including, for example, airports in or near Colorado Springs, Colorado; Anchorage, Alaska; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Reno, Nevada), identify potential mountain-wave-related hazards to ground operations at those airports, and disseminate the results to pilots and airport ATC personnel to allow for more informed runway selection decisions. One
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 47 source of data that could allow for a better understanding of the local winds on an airport that result from the mountain wave phenomena is the information already recorded by that airport’s LLWAS. LLWAS already alerts to windshear conditions, but its ability to alert ATC to gusts or crosswinds could be improved. Therefore, the NTSB further recommends that the FAA archive all LLWAS data obtained from DEN and other airports that experience similar wind conditions and make those data available for additional research and the potential future development of an improved LLWAS algorithm for crosswind and gusty wind alerts on ATCT RBDTs. 2.3.1.2 ATC Recording and Dissemination of Wind Information The wind information available to the pilots (through the ATIS broadcast and as issued by ATC with the takeoff clearance) likely played a role in the captain’s acceptance of the assigned departure runway and takeoff clearance. Although the ATIS information (which was recorded about 7 minutes before the pilots began to taxi for takeoff) indicated an 11-knot crosswind, when the accident airplane reached the departure runway about 10 minutes later, the DEN ATCT local controller provided runway departure end wind information that indicated a 27-knot crosswind. Although the wind speed reported by the local controller was higher than the ATIS wind, it represented a 26.6-knot crosswind component on runway 34R, which was below Continental’s crosswind guideline for dry runway conditions (33 knots). The DEN ATCT local controller who cleared the accident pilots for takeoff obtained the departure wind information from an RBDT at his position in the control tower. Because the DEN ATCT local controller was responsible for traffic departing from all three departure runways (34L, 34R, and 25), the RBDT at his position automatically displayed runway-specific arrival and departure wind information derived from specific, preassigned LLWAS sensors for those three runways. By system design, the departure wind information displayed on the DEN ATCT local controller’s RBDT for runways 34L and 34R was derived from LLWAS sensors #9 and #3, respectively. These sensors are located near the departure ends of their respective runways. In the 2 minutes before the DEN ATCT local controller cleared the accident flight for takeoff, the RBDT displayed runway 34L and 34R departure winds ranging from 23 to 27 knots, wind speeds that were reflected in the wind reports the controller issued to departing pilots during that timeframe. When the local controller cleared the accident pilots for takeoff, he reported winds from 270° at 27 knots. Arrival wind information displayed on the DEN ATCT local controller’s RBDT for runway 34R was derived from LLWAS sensor #2, which is located near the approach threshold of that runway. Because sensor #2 was located closer to the portion of runway 34R on which a departing flight’s takeoff roll would occur, wind information derived from sensor #2 would likely have provided the most accurate estimate of the crosswind that the accident pilots were likely to encounter during their takeoff roll. In the 2 minutes before the accident flight was cleared for takeoff, the RBDT indicated runway 34R arrival winds from the west at 29 to 39 knots. When the accident flight was cleared for takeoff, the AW displayed on the local controller’s RBDT (directly above the runway 34R departure end wind that the controller provided to the pilots) would have shown wind from the west at 35 knots with gusts to 40 knots when the accident pilots were cleared for takeoff. However, because DEN’s wind dissemination system uses sensor #3 for runway 34R departure wind information, the AW information was not transmitted to the departing pilots. Runway 34R approach threshold wind information, which
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 48 was recorded by LLWAS sensor #2, was also displayed on the local controller’s RBDT, and it indicated wind from the west at 34 knots. There was no requirement for ATC personnel to provide wind information from other sources, nor were there established criteria for controllers to follow in providing alternate wind information. As a result, because DEN’s system dictated only that the local controller provide departing pilots with departure wind information from preassigned sensors, the DEN ATCT local controller did not provide the accident pilots with any additional wind information. The NTSB concludes that although the DEN ATCT local controller followed established practices when he provided the accident pilots with the runway 34R departure end wind information with their takeoff clearance, he did not (nor was he clearly required to) provide information about the most adverse crosswind conditions that were displayed on his RBDT; therefore, the pilots were not aware of the high winds that they would encounter during the takeoff roll. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA modify FAA Order 7110.65 to require air traffic controllers at airports with multiple sources of wind information to provide pilots with the maximum adverse wind component, including gusts, that the flight could encounter. During its investigation of this accident, the NTSB noted that FAA Order 7210.3 requires LLWAS-equipped airports to publish a letter to airmen, explaining, at a minimum, the following: the location and designation of the remote sensors; the capabilities and limitations of the system; and the availability of current LLWAS remote sensor wind information, allowing pilots to have access to possibly useful information regarding available sources of airport wind information. However, the FAA was not able to produce evidence that a DEN LLWAS-related letter to airmen was published, and no such letter for DEN (or other LLWAS-equipped airports) was easily publically available. The NTSB concludes that if the FAA had published the required letter to airmen describing the sensor locations, operational capabilities, and limitations of the LLWAS at DEN and the accident pilots had been familiar with its content, they might have been more likely to request additional LLWAS sensor wind information when they saw the clouds moving swiftly across their departure path before they accepted their takeoff clearance and/or began their takeoff roll. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA review the required documentation for all LLWAS-equipped ATCTs to ensure that a letter to airmen has been published and is easily accessible describing the location and designation of the remote sensors, the capabilities and limitations of the system, and the availability of current LLWAS remote sensor wind information on the request of a pilot, in compliance with FAA Order 7210.3. 2.3.2 Use of Runway 34R for Departure 2.3.2.1 Pilot Acceptance of Runway 34R for Departure During preflight preparations, the captain asked the DEN ramp controller which runway to expect, and the controller advised him to expect runway 34R. When the pilots subsequently contacted the DEN ATCT ground controller for taxi clearance, the controller advised them to taxi to runway 34R, and the pilots acknowledged that clearance. At the time, with the pilots having obtained the departure ATIS winds (from the west at 11 knots), the minimal resultant crosswind component on runway 34Rwould not have prompted the pilots to question the safety of a departure on that runway.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 49 However, as the accident pilots approached runway 34R and changed to the DEN ATCT local control frequency for their departure, the DEN ATCT local controller cleared an airplane that was in position on runway 34R for takeoff, reporting winds from 270° at 27 knots. When asked to repeat the takeoff clearance, the local controller reported winds from 270° at 25 knots.88 When the preceding airplane began its takeoff roll, the DEN ATCT local controller cleared the accident pilots to taxi into position and hold on the runway. About 1 minute later, the DEN ATCT local controller reported winds from 270° at 22 knots and cleared another airplane for takeoff on parallel runway 34L.89 Moments later, the accident captain commented, “Looks like…some wind out there.”90 However, the captain was not aware that the AW (which was recorded by LLWAS sensor #2) at the time of the departure clearance indicated almost direct crosswinds at 35 knots with gusts to 40 knots. The first officer replied, “Yeah,” and the captain added, “Oh yeah look at those clouds moving.” Although the pilots’ comments showed that they were aware of the crosswind, they only became aware of the high crosswinds as they approached runway 34R. At 1817:26, the DEN ATCT local controller told the accident pilots that the wind was from 270° at 27 knots and cleared them for takeoff. During postaccident interviews, the accident pilots reported that they were surprised that the updated wind speed was so much higher than the 11-knot winds reported by the departure ATIS. However, the captain determined that the crosswind component was still several knots below Continental’s 33-knot crosswind guideline for takeoff on a dry runway, and because he felt confident in his own ability to handle that much crosswind, he proceeded with the takeoff. The captain’s confidence in his ability was likely related to the 900 hours he flew, on average, in the 737 annually, during which he got (in his words) “plenty of practice” at crosswind operations. In addition, the captain had performed simulated takeoff and landing maneuvers in sustained direct crosswinds of up to 35 knots during recurrent training. The NTSB concludes that although the departure wind information the captain received with the takeoff clearance from the DEN ATCT local controller indicated that the winds were out of 270° at 27 knots (which resulted in a stronger-than-expected 26.6-knot crosswind component), the reported winds did not exceed Continental’s maximum crosswind guidance of 33 knots, and the captain could reasonably conclude that the winds, as reported by DEN ATCT, did not exceed either his or the airplane’s crosswind capabilities. 91 Although the AW was displayed on the DEN ATCT local controller’s RBDT and indicated more adverse wind conditions than the runway 34R departure end winds (including gusting wind conditions in the case of the AW),92 Because an airplane can be adversely affected by strong and gusty crosswinds at any point during the takeoff roll and liftoff, the wind information provided to departing pilots should reflect the most adverse wind conditions they are likely to encounter at any point along the runway so that they can make the safest takeoff decision. For example, if the accident pilots had the controller followed common practice, which dictated that he provide departure end winds to departing pilots.
88 At that time, LLWAS sensor #2, which is located closest to the approach end of runway 34R, was indicating a wind speed of 30 knots. 89 At that time, RBDT arrival wind for runway 34R was indicating an almost direct crosswind of 36 knots. 90 At that time, RBDT approach wind for runway 34R was indicating an almost direct crosswind of 39 knots 91 LLWAS sensor #2 was the only sensor on the airport (LLWAS or ASOS) that could report wind gusts. 92 In addition, the RBDT arrival wind for runway 34R was indicating an almost direct crosswind of 34 knots.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 50 been advised of the existing AW when they were cleared for takeoff (35-knot crosswind with gusts to 40 knots) instead of the runway 34R departure end information (27-knot crosswind), it is likely that they would have reconsidered their departure on that runway. The NTSB concludes that if the accident pilots had received the most adverse available wind information (which was displayed as AW on the DEN ATCT local controller’s RBDT and indicated a 35-knot crosswind with 40-knot gusts), the captain would likely have decided to delay the departure or request a different runway because the resultant crosswind component exceeded Continental’s 33-knot crosswind guidelines. 2.3.2.2 ATC Assignment of Runway 34R According to DEN ATCT and TRACON personnel, ATC management’s selection of a runway configuration takes into account factors such as prevailing and forecast weather conditions (including surface winds, winds aloft, and pilot reports) and practical considerations (including runway availability, snow removal activities, and demand or activity). Also, because DEN’s operations have a significant effect on the entire NAS, DEN ATC management personnel participate in operational planning teleconferences at national and regional levels to discuss the effect of anticipated airport runway configuration and arrival rates on other traffic within the NAS. DEN airport had an official runway-use policy (DEN Airport Part 210) that addressed noise abatement procedures; however, this policy did not affect the accident airplane because the 737-500 was not considered a noise-critical airplane. The NTSB concludes that none of DEN’s noise abatement procedures affected the accident airplane’s departure runway assignment because the 737-500 was not considered a noise-critical airplane. Basic air traffic procedures for runway selection contained in FAA Order 7110.65 state that, “except where a runway use program is in effect,” ATC personnel should use the runway most nearly aligned with the wind unless use of another runway “will be operationally advantageous, or is requested by the pilot.” DEN ATC did not have a formal runway-use program; however, according to DEN ATC management personnel, they had an unofficial runway-selection policy, which would use the runway configuration that provided the greatest operational advantage for the airport at crosswind speeds up to 20 knots. This unofficial policy also indicated that DEN ATCT personnel were to consider using a different runway when requested by a pilot or when crosswind speeds exceeded 25 knots.93 Requests for alternate departure runways were rare at DEN and mostly occurred when crosswinds exceeded 30 knots.94
93 As already discussed, when the local controller cleared the accident pilots for takeoff, he reported winds from 270° at 27 knots. 94 Because ATC personnel are not familiar with the specific crosswind limitations of the airplanes and pilots operating on their airport, pilot requests are often the impetus for alternate runway assignments.
On the night of the accident, DEN ATCT had elected to operate in a runway configuration that used runways 34L, 34R, and 25 for departures, all of which were under the control of the same local controller. Although all three of the departure runways were available for the accident flight’s departure, DEN ATC assigned the accident pilots runway 34R for departure; this assignment was based primarily on operational considerations such as ground traffic flow and the flight’s destination. All of the pilots departing on runways 34R and 34L received similar departure clearance wind advisories in the minutes before the accident, and none of them requested a different departure runway.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 51 ATC personnel routinely balance operational advantage considerations with other factors (such as crosswind component, runway availability, and weather conditions) in determining runway assignments to optimize safety and avoid delays involved with rerouting ground and/or air traffic. The DEN ATCT local controller who cleared the accident pilots for takeoff on runway 34R with departure winds from 270° at 27 knots was likely not attending to the AWs shown on his RBDT, which indicated westerly winds at 35 knots with gusts to 40 knots. As a result, he likely believed runway 34R to be an appropriate departure runway for the existing circumstances, presumably, in part, because other airplanes had recently departed safely in similar wind conditions.95 2.4 Crosswind Training and Guidelines However, if the local controller had noted (and subsequently provided the pilot with) the available AW information, which more accurately reflected the existence and ongoing development of mountain-wave-related, very localized, strong and gusty winds, he may have offered (or the pilot may have requested) a runway more aligned with the wind. Further, the local controller (and/or DEN ATCT management) would likely have selected a runway more aligned with the wind if DEN ATCT had a runway selection policy that explicitly detailed runway assignment procedures for operations in strong crosswinds. The NTSB concludes that, currently, the DEN ATCT runway selection policy does not clearly account for crosswind components when selecting a runway configuration. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require ATCTs to locally develop and implement written runway selection programs that proactively consider current and developing wind conditions and include clearly defined crosswind components, including wind gusts, when considering operational advantage with respect to runway selection. 2.4.1 Crosswind Training The dynamics of the gusty crosswinds that affected the accident airplane during its takeoff roll directly affected the captain’s control inputs. However, the investigation also evaluated the extent to which the captain’s past experience and training influenced his actions. Continental records indicated that the captain had successfully completed all company training, which included crosswind takeoffs and landings every year. During a 2004/2005 recurrent simulator training session, he completed a takeoff and landing in a static, direct crosswind of 35 knots. However, the company’s 737-500 flight simulators (in which the captain likely accomplished this training) were not programmed to simulate gust effects below about 50 feet above the ground and, therefore, were not capable of replicating the complex disturbances that pilots would experience during takeoffs and landings in gusty surface winds.96
95 Although DEN’s unofficial runway selection policy suggests that controllers consider assigning pilots a runway more aligned with the wind when crosswind speeds exceed 25 knots (as they did the night of the accident), there was no requirement for controllers to alter runway assignments under such conditions. 96 After the accident, Continental stated that its 737-800 flight simulators were programmed to replicate gusty surface winds; however, Continental indicated that it was “the norm” for 737 recurrent training to be performed in 737-500 simulators, and there was no evidence that the accident captain had been trained to perform high-crosswind takeoffs in a 737-800 simulator.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 52 Although during postaccident activities investigators described attempted simulator takeoffs in direct 35-knot crosswinds as only slightly difficult,97 Increased training in this area could benefit pilots because it could help them identify how wind characteristics may affect airplane response and how pilot technique may affect steering difficulty. However, limitations in existing simulator capabilities are an obstacle to providing pilots with realistic gusty crosswind training. Although much work has been done to improve the fidelity of flight simulators in recent decades, the NTSB is unaware of any recent efforts to improve the fidelity of the wind models used in simulators for the training of gusty crosswind takeoffs and landings. these assessments did not adequately reflect most real-world, high-crosswind takeoffs because Continental’s 737-500 simulators do not incorporate wind gusts. Further, takeoff data obtained from Continental indicated that the company’s pilots rarely, if ever, encountered crosswind components greater than 30 knots during actual flight operations. It is unlikely that Continental’s pilots were proficient at handling strong and gusty crosswinds like those encountered by the accident pilots during their takeoff roll. Steering control dynamics are quite different when taking off in steady wind conditions as compared to gusty crosswind conditions. A takeoff in a steady crosswind requires a pilot to compensate for gradual changes in the airplane’s tendency to turn into the wind by testing to see how much rudder correction is needed and slowly adjusting to match slow changes in the required amount of rudder correction. The required amount of rudder correction changes relatively slowly and follows a predictable pattern. According to a Boeing study of 737-500 crosswind takeoff performance, the amount of rudder pedal input needed to keep the airplane tracking the runway centerline during a steady crosswind takeoff varies as a function of airspeed and crosswind component, with the amount of rudder correction needed increasing up to a certain airspeed and diminishing gradually thereafter. Although a pilot may identify the proper rudder position by moving the rudder pedals back and forth, or “bracketing” the target position, and observing the effect on the airplane’s tracking of the runway centerline, the required amount of rudder correction changes slowly and predictably, so the task is not very difficult. By contrast, during takeoffs in strong and gusty crosswinds, a pilot must do all of the above while simultaneously compensating for disturbances in heading caused by fluctuations in the magnitude of the crosswind component. In these conditions, it can be more difficult to determine whether a deviation in the airplane’s heading is the result of a change in the crosswind component or the slight lag in the effect of a prior rudder input. Airplane control dynamics may also be affected by the magnitude or frequency of pilot control inputs. Although some bracketing of the target rudder position is necessary in both steady and gusty crosswind conditions, bracketing with control inputs that oscillate too much or too slowly when taking off in very strong and gusty wind conditions may increase the risk of pilot confusion about the relationship between control inputs and airplane response. Therefore, wind characteristics and pilot technique may interact to affect the difficulty of a crosswind takeoff. 98
97 Because the wind estimate results of the NTSB’s airplane performance study (which indicated gusty crosswinds of 45 knots) were not available at the time, the attempted takeoffs performed in the operational simulator study did not replicate stronger gusty winds. 98 Since the NTSB recommended that realistic windshear and microburst wind models be incorporated in flight simulators in the early 1980s, the industry has incorporated such models into pilot training programs. Pilots given the opportunity to practice takeoffs in realistic strong and gusty crosswind conditions would have a chance to identify effective and ineffective
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 53 techniques for steering the airplane in such conditions, thus increasing the likelihood of effective performance. Additionally, such training could help pilots develop a more realistic appreciation of their own abilities and of the potential difficulty associated with crosswind takeoffs in high and gusty winds and about whether to initiate a takeoff in such conditions. Although pilots should avoid taking off in very strong and gusty crosswinds, real-time pertinent wind information may not always be available; providing pilots with training in how to deal with very strong and gusty crosswinds that they might inadvertently encounter would increase their ability to react appropriately to these situations. If the accident captain, for example, had been exposed to realistic takeoff scenarios involving very strong and gusty crosswinds in a flight simulator during pilot training, he would have been better equipped to compensate for the conditions he unexpectedly encountered during the attempted takeoff that resulted in the accident. If airline pilots were exposed to more realistic gusty surface crosswinds during flight simulator training, they would be able to develop related skills and realistic expectations in a controlled training environment, thus improving their ability to handle extreme surface wind conditions that are inadvertently encountered during real-world operations. Airplane performance analyses conducted during this investigation provided a high-resolution sample of second-by-second changes in wind speed and direction that occurred during the attempted takeoff. These data represent a complex crosswind condition, the strong and gusty nature of which, according to Continental’s operational flight data, is rarely encountered during normal operations and which was evidently very challenging for the accident captain, a highly experienced and skilled pilot. The NTSB concludes that, because Continental’s simulator training did not replicate the ground-level disturbances and gusting crosswinds that often occur at or near the runway surface, and it is unlikely that the accident captain had previously encountered gusting surface crosswinds like those he encountered the night of the accident, the captain was not adequately prepared to respond to the changes in heading encountered during this takeoff. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA gather data on surface winds at a sample of major U.S. airports (including DEN) when high wind conditions and significant gusts are present and use these data to develop realistic, gusty crosswind profiles for use in pilot simulator training programs. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to incorporate the realistic, gusty crosswind profiles developed as a result of Safety Recommendation A-10-110 into their pilot simulator training programs. 2.4.2 Crosswind Guidelines and Limitations Although crosswind guidelines and limitations were not a factor in this accident because the winds, as reported to the pilot, were within limits, the NTSB examined the procedures used by manufacturers and operators for establishing such guidelines. Because pilots can encounter strong and gusty wind conditions under many circumstances and at many locations, it is important that they have access to well-researched, validated crosswind takeoff guidance to help them better understand the effects of crosswinds and wind gusts on the airplane. This information would enable pilots to make well-informed decisions when such adverse circumstances are encountered. Airline operators have historically referred to the maximum demonstrated crosswind published by airplane manufacturers when developing their own operator-specific guidelines. The manufacturers’ demonstrated crosswind is not considered limiting for any new airplane type certified by the FAA within the past 40 years; however, most operators adopt crosswind
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 54 guidelines that do not exceed the manufacturers’ demonstrated crosswind. Although Boeing published different demonstrated crosswind values for takeoff on a dry runway for different variants of the 737, Continental adopted a 33-knot guideline for its entire 737 fleet for standardization purposes. Company managers stated that they established the 33-knot guideline based on the maximum demonstrated crosswind component of 33 knots for the wingleted version of the 737-800. This value, published by Aviation Partners Boeing, was lower than Boeing’s published maximum demonstrated crosswind component for the 737-500 (35 knots) and the 40-knot “crosswind guideline” published by Boeing for all 737 airplanes. For this reason, it is likely that Continental considered 33 knots to be a conservative number. The NTSB notes that a manufacturer’s demonstrated crosswind is based on the successful accomplishment of three takeoffs and landings by a highly skilled test pilot and reflects the wind conditions that were available to the manufacturer for testing during the certification process. The NTSB also notes that an evaluation of an airplane’s crosswind takeoff and landing performance (and perceived handling qualities) in very gusty wind conditions is not required by Federal regulations, nor is the manufacturer required to publish information about the gust factor present during testing. Airplane manufacturers are not required to establish crosswind guidelines that are above the maximum demonstrated crosswind component, and there are no FAA standards for the establishment of such guidelines. Boeing developed enhanced crosswind guidelines through a self-designed analysis process, which resulted in a uniform dry-runway crosswind takeoff guideline of 40 knots for all 737 variants. However, the desktop simulation that Boeing primarily used in its development of this guideline did not assess the effect of wind gusts on perceived handling qualities or takeoff or landing difficulty. The NTSB concludes that, because there are no standards for the development of enhanced crosswind guidelines for transport-category airplanes, Boeing did not adequately consider the dynamic handling qualities of the 737 during takeoff or landing in strong and gusty crosswinds; it is likely that the enhanced crosswind guidelines developed by other manufacturers are similarly deficient. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that, once realistic, gusty crosswind profiles as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-110 are developed, the FAA develop a standard methodology, including pilot-in-the-loop testing, for transport-category airplane manufacturers to establish empirically based, type-specific maximum-gusting-crosswind limitations for transport-category airplanes that account for wind gusts. Further, the NTSB recommends that, once a methodology is developed as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-112, the FAA require manufacturers of transport-category airplanes to develop type-specific, maximum-crosswind takeoff limitations that account for gustiness. The NTSB recognizes that implementation of the preceding recommendations will be a relatively lengthy process involving significant research, and, thus, will involve delays in the safety-enhancing benefits of the limitations. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that, until the actions described in Safety Recommendation A-10-113 are accomplished, the FAA require manufacturers of transport-category airplanes to provide operators with interim crosswind takeoff guidelines that account for wind gusts. 2.4.3 Crosswind-Related Applications for Operational Flight Data Although valuable information was gained from the investigation of this accident, additional safety benefits could accrue from studying a range of other, less serious events that are routinely recorded by airline onboard recording devices for operational use. For example, operational flight
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 55 data obtained from Continental during this investigation revealed that only 4 out of 250,327 Boeing 737-500 takeoffs reviewed occurred in crosswind components of 30 knots or greater during the 8 years preceding the accident (and 58 additional events occurred involving other airplanes in Continental’s fleet during the same period). The NTSB notes that the FAA is currently participating in collaborative, proactive, and voluntary safety programs with several airlines involving the collection of operational flight data by onboard flight data recording devices and the subsequent analysis of such data for the identification of trends and potential safety vulnerabilities. Because, in many cases, the operational flight data can be linked to related airport, runway, and/or weather information, the data generated through these safety programs could prove valuable for learning more about the context in which high crosswind component takeoffs are occurring and the extent to which they are a safety hazard. These encounters could be identified by looking for large rudder corrections during the takeoff roll or by using air data to estimate the magnitude of the crosswind component shortly after takeoff.99 2.5 Other Issues Once identified, high crosswind component takeoffs could be related to archival data from other sources. For example, several airlines (including Continental) are able to match routine weather observations with operational flight data for individual flights. By analyzing the location, timing, and reported weather conditions in which these events are occurring, the FAA should be able to identify additional training or operational strategies for reducing the frequency of such events, thus reducing the risk of crosswind-related runway excursions. The NTSB concludes that operational flight data from U.S. airlines regarding high crosswind component encounters could help the FAA develop additional strategies for reducing the risk of crosswind-related runway excursions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA work with U.S. airline operators to review and analyze operational flight data to identify factors that contribute to encounters with excessive winds and use this information to develop and implement additional strategies for reducing the likelihood of wind-related runway excursions. 2.5.1 Cockpit Seats Both pilot seats in the accident airplane failed during the accident sequence. Postaccident examination of the seats revealed that both seats’ crotch-restraining-strap attachment points were fractured in an upward direction and that both seat height adjustment mechanisms had failed in a downward direction, “bottoming out” during the impact sequence. These failures indicate that the pilots’ seats experienced both upward and downward crash forces in excess of their structural capabilities. Both pilots complained of back injuries after the accident, and medical records indicated that the captain sustained multiple lumbar and thoracic spinal fractures. In 1988, the FAA adopted a regulatory amendment (to 14 CFR Part 25) that required more stringent crashworthiness standards, including 16-G dynamic tests, for transport-category airplane seats. In 2005, the FAA issued a final rule (Amendment 121-315) that required that all transport-category airplanes with earlier type certifications be equipped (retrofitted) with passenger and flight attendant seats that meet the 16-G dynamic impact requirements (as codified
99 Operational information provided by Continental indicated that these two variables are highly correlated.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 56 in 14 CFR 25.562) by October 27, 2009. Seats installed in the cockpits of those airplanes are not required to meet those crashworthiness standards. The cockpit seats in the accident airplane were designed to meet the structural requirements of 14 CFR 25.561,100 which specified that the seat must withstand static forward loads of 9 G, static downward loads of 6 G, and static upward loads of 3 G.101 Investigators noted another instance in which the pilot received more serious injuries than other airplane occupants. The captain of the May 9, 2004, American Eagle flight 5401, an Avions de Transport Regional 72-212 that crashed during landing at Luis Muñoz International Airport, San Juan, Puerto Rico,
102 2.5.2 Flight Attendant Jumpseat had a fractured L-2 vertebra, whereas all other occupants received minor injuries. The American Eagle flight 5401 captain’s seat was certified to the same static test requirements as the cockpit seats in the Continental accident airplane. It is evident that seats meeting improved crashworthiness standards (meeting the requirements of 14 CFR 25.562) would have provided a higher level of safety for the accident pilots. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident pilots’ injuries would have likely been lessened or eliminated if their seats had been designed to meet the crashworthiness requirements of 14 CFR 25.562, to which other airplane seats are designed. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require cockpit crew seats installed in newly manufactured airplanes that were type certificated before 1988 to meet the crashworthiness standards contained in 14 CFR 25.562. The seat pan on the aft-facing flight attendant jumpseat (a Burns Aerospace model 2501-5) that was mounted on the forward bulkhead between the cabin and the cockpit was also broken during the accident. Examination showed that the left seat pan pivot plate broke, allowing the seat pan to collapse. Although this seat was likely subjected to excessive vertical loads, it is not clear that the failure was purely the result of those loads. The NTSB’s materials laboratory identified a manufacturing defect in the right-side pivot plate and resultant preexisting fatigue cracks in both the right- and left-side pivot plates. These fatigue cracks weakened the seat frame, and when the airplane impacted the ground, the cracks extended, further weakening the seat frame and the seat bottom failed. Although no manufacturing records were available, it is likely that the machining defect was an original manufacturing defect because there was no record or indication of subsequent related maintenance actions that might have resulted in such a defect. Although a review of Burns Aerospace and Continental records indicated that failures of this jumpseat model are not common, the NTSB is concerned that the fatigue cracks in this seat were not detected during the company’s routine maintenance tasks or inspections, the most recent of which was completed on
100 Title 14 CFR 25.561 was published in the Federal Register on December 24, 1964, and was subsequently amended on April 8, 1970 (amendment 25-23); May 17, 1988 (amendment 25-64); and July 29, 1997 (amendment 25-91). 101 The seat manufacturer’s records showed that the required structural tests were successfully conducted for this model seat in June 1986. 102 For additional information, see Crash During Landing, Executive Airlines (doing business as American Eagle) Flight 5401, Avions de Transport Regional 72-212, N438AT, San Juan, Puerto Rico, May 9, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-05/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005).
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 57 October 7, 2008.103 2.5.3 Aft Galley Latch Bracket This jumpseat model is widely used in the airline industry, and its failure could result in serious injuries to a cabin crewmember in an emergency situation during which that crewmember would most be needed. Fortunately, in this case, the flight attendant who was seated in the jumpseat when it failed was not seriously injured and was able to subsequently perform critical duties during the evacuation. The NTSB concludes that a flight attendant jumpseat that is weakened due to undetected metal fatigue could fail under lower-than-expected crash loads and injure a cabin crewmember who might subsequently be needed to perform critical safety duties, such as evacuating passengers. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require operators to perform periodic inspections on the Burns Aerospace model 2501-5 jumpseats for fatigue cracks within the jumpseat structure and replace the jumpseat if fatigue cracks are found. During the postaccident documentation of the airplane’s aft galley, investigators noted that one of the aft galley drawers, which should have been latched in its compartment for the takeoff, was loose on the floor adjacent to the aft lavatory. Further examination revealed that the compartment latch plate had been affixed to the galley by adhesive, with no mechanical connectors. Unrestrained items (especially heavy items) in this location are particularly hazardous because an aft-facing flight attendant jumpseat is located directly forward of that compartment. (Fortunately, no one was seated on that jumpseat at the time of the accident.) Records indicated that the galley and its components had satisfied static load requirements during testing conducted by the original manufacturer in 1993.104 The NTSB concludes that the adhesive-only fastening method used for the latch plate in the aft galley of the accident airplane and similarly equipped airplane galleys was not adequate for securing galley drawers or other items of mass because it can fail over time and/or with exposure to the elements. The corrective action published in SB 25-30-0436 was not mandatory and applied only to Continental 737-500 airplanes. Because similar attachment methods might be used in other airplanes, the NTSB therefore recommends that the FAA require that operators of However, unlike mechanical fasteners, adhesive-only fasteners such as the fastener used in the accident galley are susceptible to degradation over time because of exposure to temperature changes, sunlight, chemicals, and other factors. As a result, the performance of an adhesive fastener becomes less predictable with time. In September 2009, B/E Aerospace published SB 25-30-0436, which specified a method for mechanically attaching the latch plate to G4B galleys on Continental 737-500 airplanes. However, compliance with the SB is not required. Additionally, neither Boeing nor B/E Aerospace was able to provide data regarding the use of adhesive fasteners for galley restraints; however, it is possible that there are airplanes outside the Continental 737-500 fleet with galleys that use adhesive attachments whose operators are not aware of SB 25-30-0436.
103 According to Continental’s maintenance program, flight attendant jumpseats are lubricated and operationally tested every 575 flight hours and undergo general visual and harness operations checks every 4,000 flight hours. Seat restoration is performed every 8,000 flight hours. 104 Airplane Products Company, the original manufacturer of the galley, was subsequently acquired by B/E Aerospace.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 58 transport-category airplanes that use galley latches or latch plates secured solely by adhesives that may degrade over time modify the latches to include mechanical fasteners.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 59
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The captain and first officer were properly certificated and qualified under Federal regulations to
act in their respective roles during the accident flight and were experienced in the accident airplane. There was no evidence that the pilots had any condition (medical, behavioral, toxicological, or fatigue-related) that might have adversely affected their performance during the accident flight.
- The accident airplane was properly certificated, equipped, and maintained in accordance with
Federal regulations, was dispatched in accordance with industry practices, and was within weight and center of gravity limits.
- No evidence indicated any preaccident failure of the accident airplane’s powerplants, structures,
or systems, including the nosewheel steering system.
- The flight attendants acted appropriately when they initiated an emergency evacuation using
only the exits on the left side of the airplane because of fire on the right side of the airplane. All passengers were successfully evacuated before fire entered the cabin.
- Although there was some initial confusion about the location of the accident, the timeliness of
the emergency response was not a significant issue in this accident. The firefighting activities conducted by Denver International Airport aircraft rescue and firefighting crews were effective in suppressing the exterior and interior fires.
- Given the wind-related information the pilots had, their decision to proceed with a takeoff on
runway 34R as planned was reasonable.
- Mountain wave conditions were present at the time of the accident and resulted in strong
westerly winds and very localized, intermittent wind gusts as high as 45 knots that crossed the airplane’s path during the takeoff ground roll.
- It is likely that the significant difference between the 11-knot winds reported by Denver
International Airport’s (DEN) airport terminal information service broadcast and the 27-knot wind information provided to the pilots by the DEN air traffic control local controller with their departure clearance was the result of the timing of the observations, the placement of the wind sensors, and variations in the local wind field caused by the mountain wave winds.
- The captain’s use of tiller and full right control wheel in the 3 seconds before the excursion
likely resulted from acute stress stemming from a sudden, unexpected threat, perceived lack of control, and extreme time pressure.
- The unexpectedly strong and gusty crosswinds the airplane encountered as it accelerated during
the takeoff roll made maintaining directional control during this takeoff a more difficult control task than the captain was accustomed to dealing with; however, had the captain immediately reapplied significant right rudder pedal input as the airplane was continuing its left turning motion, the airplane would not have departed the runway.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 60
- The captain’s initiation of a rejected takeoff was delayed by about 2 to 4 seconds because he
was occupied with the nosewheel steering tiller and right control wheel input, both of which were ineffective and inappropriate for steering the airplane.
- If air traffic control personnel and pilots operating at airports located downwind of mountainous
terrain had sufficient airport-specific information regarding the localized and transient nature of strong and gusty winds associated with mountain wave and downslope conditions, they would be able to make more informed runway selection decisions.
- Although the Denver International Airport air traffic control tower local controller followed
established practices when he provided the accident pilots with the runway 34R departure end wind information with their takeoff clearance, he did not (nor was he clearly required to) provide information about the most adverse crosswind conditions that were displayed on his ribbon display terminal; therefore, the pilots were not aware of the high winds that they would encounter during the takeoff roll.
- If the Federal Aviation Administration had published the required letter to airmen describing the
sensor locations, operational capabilities, and limitations of the low-level windshear alert system (LLWAS) at Denver International Airport and the accident pilots had been familiar with its content, they might have been more likely to request additional LLWAS sensor wind information when they saw the clouds moving swiftly across their departure path before they accepted their takeoff clearance and/or began their takeoff roll.
- Although the departure wind information the captain received with the takeoff clearance from
the Denver International Airport (DEN) air traffic control tower (ATCT) local controller indicated that the winds were out of 270° at 27 knots (which resulted in a stronger-than-expected 26.6-knot crosswind component), the reported winds did not exceed Continental’s maximum crosswind guidance of 33 knots, and the captain could reasonably conclude that the winds, as reported by DEN ATCT, did not exceed either his or the airplane’s crosswind capabilities.
- If the accident pilots had received the most adverse available wind information (which was
displayed as airport wind on the Denver International Airport air traffic control tower local controller’s ribbon display terminal and indicated a 35-knot crosswind with 40-knot gusts), the captain would likely have decided to delay the departure or request a different runway because the resultant crosswind component exceeded Continental’s 33-knot crosswind guidelines.
- None of Denver International Airport’s noise abatement procedures affected the accident
airplane’s departure runway assignment because the 737-500 was not considered a noise-critical airplane.
- Currently, the Denver International Airport air traffic control tower runway selection policy does
not clearly account for crosswind components when selecting a runway configuration.
- Because Continental’s simulator training did not replicate the ground-level disturbances and
gusting crosswinds that often occur at or near the runway surface, and it is unlikely that the accident captain had previously encountered gusting surface crosswinds like those he encountered the night of the accident, the captain was not adequately prepared to respond to the changes in heading encountered during this takeoff.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 61
- Because there are no standards for the development of enhanced crosswind guidelines for
transport-category airplanes, Boeing did not adequately consider the dynamic handling qualities of the Boeing 737 during takeoff or landing in strong and gusty crosswinds; it is likely that the enhanced crosswind guidelines developed by other manufacturers are similarly deficient.
- Operational flight data from U.S. airlines regarding high crosswind component encounters could
help the Federal Aviation Administration develop additional strategies for reducing the risk of crosswind-related runway excursions.
- The accident pilots’ injuries would have likely been lessened or eliminated if their seats had
been designed to meet the crashworthiness requirements of 14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.562, to which other airplane seats are designed.
- A flight attendant jumpseat that is weakened due to undetected metal fatigue could fail under
lower-than-expected crash loads and injure a cabin crewmember who might subsequently be needed to perform critical safety duties, such as evacuating passengers.
- The adhesive-only fastening method used for the latch plate in the aft galley of the accident
airplane and similarly equipped airplane galleys was not adequate for securing galley drawers or other items of mass because it can fail over time and/or with exposure to the elements. 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the captain’s cessation of right rudder input, which was needed to maintain directional control of the airplane, about 4 seconds before the excursion, when the airplane encountered a strong and gusty crosswind that exceeded the captain’s training and experience. Contributing to the accident were the following factors: 1) an air traffic control system that did not require or facilitate the dissemination of key, available wind information to the air traffic controllers and pilots; and 2) inadequate crosswind training in the airline industry due to deficient simulator wind gust modeling.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 62
- Recommendations
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Conduct research into and document the effects of mountain wave and downslope conditions at airports, such as Denver International Airport, that are located downwind of mountainous terrain (including, for example, airports in or near Colorado Springs, Colorado; Anchorage, Alaska; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Reno, Nevada), identify potential mountain-wave-related hazards to ground operations at those airports, and disseminate the results to pilots and airport air traffic control personnel to allow for more informed runway selection decisions. (A-10-105) Archive all low-level windshear alert system (LLWAS) data obtained from Denver International Airport and other airports that experience similar wind conditions and make those data available for additional research and the potential future development of an improved LLWAS algorithm for crosswind and gusty wind alerts on air traffic control tower ribbon display terminals. (A-10-106) Modify Federal Aviation Administration Order 7110.65 to require air traffic controllers at airports with multiple sources of wind information to provide pilots with the maximum wind component, including gusts, that the flight could encounter. (A-10-107) Review the required documentation for all low-level windshear alert system (LLWAS)-equipped air traffic control towers to ensure that a letter to airmen has been published and is easily accessible describing the location and designation of the remote sensors, the capabilities and limitations of the system, and the availability of current LLWAS remote sensor wind information on the request of a pilot, in compliance with Federal Aviation Administration Order 7210.3. (A-10-108) Require air traffic control towers to locally develop and implement written runway selection programs that proactively consider current and developing wind conditions and include clearly defined crosswind components, including wind gusts, when considering operational advantage with respect to runway selection. (A-10-109) Gather data on surface winds at a sample of major U.S. airports (including Denver International Airport) when high wind conditions and significant gusts are present and use these data to develop realistic, gusty crosswind profiles for use in pilot simulator training programs. (A-10-110) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to incorporate the realistic, gusty crosswind profiles developed as a result of Safety Recommendation A-10-110 into their pilot simulator training programs. (A-10-111)
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 63 Once realistic, gusty crosswind profiles as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-110 are developed, develop a standard methodology including pilot-in-the-loop testing, for transport-category airplane manufacturers to establish empirically based, type-specific maximum-gusting-crosswind limitations for transport-category airplanes that account for wind gusts. (A-10-112) Once a methodology as asked for in Safety Recommendation A-10-112 has been developed, require manufacturers of transport-category airplanes to develop type-specific, maximum-crosswind takeoff limitations that account for wind gusts. (A-10-113) Until the actions described in Safety Recommendation A-10-113 are accomplished, require manufacturers of transport-category airplanes to provide operators with interim crosswind takeoff guidelines that account for wind gusts. (A-10-114) Work with U.S. airline operators to review and analyze operational flight data to identify factors that contribute to encounters with excessive winds and use this information to develop and implement additional strategies for reducing the likelihood of wind-related runway excursions. (A-10-115) Require cockpit crew seats installed in newly manufactured airplanes that were type certificated before 1988 to meet the crashworthiness standards contained in 14 Code of Federal Regulations 25.562. (A-10-116) Require operators to perform periodic inspections on the Burns Aerospace model 2501-5 jumpseats for fatigue cracks within the jumpseat structure and replace the jumpseat if fatigue cracks are found. (A-10-117) Require that operators of transport-category airplanes that use galley latches or latch plates secured solely by adhesives that may degrade over time modify the latches to include mechanical fasteners. (A-10-118) BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART EARL F. WEENER Vice Chairman Member
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Member Adopted: July 13, 2010
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 64
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified about the accident on December 20, 2008, almost immediately after it occurred. A go-team was launched early the next morning. Joining the team in Denver, Colorado, was Board Member Robert Sumwalt and an NTSB Public Affairs representative. The following investigative groups were formed during this investigation: operations, human performance, air traffic control, survival factors, structures, systems, powerplants, meteorology, airplane performance, and maintenance records. Also, specialists were assigned to conduct the readout of the flight data recorder/quick access recorder and transcribe the cockpit voice recorder at the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, D.C. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, the NTSB’s counterpart agency in France, the Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses, participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Powerplants). Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration; Continental Airlines, Inc.; Boeing; Air Line Pilots Association (ALPA); Denver International Airport; General Electric/Société Nationale d’Étude et de Construction de Moteurs d’Aviation (GE/SNECMA); National Air Traffic Controllers Association (NATCA); International Brotherhood of Teamsters; and Aviation Partners Boeing. The NTSB received submissions regarding this accident from Continental, ALPA, Boeing, NATCA, and GE/SNECMA. Public Hearing No public hearing was held for this accident.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 65 Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript The following is a transcript of the Fairchild Model A 100S cockpit voice recorder installed on the accident airplane, a Boeing 737-500, N18611, which departed the left side of runway 34R during takeoff from Denver International Airport, Denver, Colorado, on December 20, 2008.
LEGEND CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source
HOT Flight crew hot microphone audio voice or sound source
INT Flight crew intercom voice or sound source
RDO Radio transmissions from N18611
Ramp Radio transmission from the Denver ramp controller
GND Radio transmission from the Denver ground controller
TWR Radio transmission from the Denver airport tower controller
-1 Voice identified as the captain
-2 Voice identified as the first officer
-3 Voice identified as the female flight attendant
-4 Voice identified as passenger
-5 Voice identified as passenger
-6 Voice identified as gate agent
-7 Voice identified as the ground mechanic
-8 Voice identified as the male flight attendant
-? Voice unidentified
Unintelligible word Expletive
@ Non-pertinent word
( ) Questionable insertion
[ ] Editorial insertion
Note 1: Times are expressed in Mountain Standard Time (MST) Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed. Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken. Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 66
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIRCRAFT-TO-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME (MST) SOURCE CONTENT TIME (MST) SOURCE CONTENT 17:48:05 [start of recording/ start of transcript] 17:48:05
(start of recording)
17:48:33 CAM-1
cold front.
17:48:37 CAM-2
its still seventy eight degrees there.
17:48:43 CAM-1
oh man thirty three *
17:49:05 CAM-2
the’re gunna dead head back to Houston and sit for fifteen hours. looks like a nice-.
17:49:13 CAM-1
are they Newark-- goin to Lauderdale?
17:50:41 RDO-1
do you know what runway for Plains departure?
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 67
17:50:44 Ramp Tower
East gate looks like three four right bravo current departure ATIS.
17:50:48 RDO-1
thanks. 17:50:52 CAM-2
three four right.
17:50:55 CAM-2
it's already in there.
17:50:59 CAM-1
yeah baby. worked out nicely.
17:51:06 CAM-2
what gate are we going now?
17:51:09 CAM-2
Charlie thirty seven.
17:51:23 CAM-1
Denver Approach so it's ah I just curious about the ah.
17:51:36 CAM-1
Bravo south alpha north. that taxiway to golf foxtrot.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 68 17:51:54 CAM-1
then we're three four right all the way out to the end.
17:52:05 CAM-3
hey you've got company.
17:52:07 CAM-1
dude what's happening what's your name?
17:52:10 CAM-4
17:52:13 CAM-4
I want to come drive up here.
17:52:15 CAM-2
can I go sit in your seat you can sit right there.
17:52:16 CAM-4
okay.
17:52:18 CAM-1
you're gunna sit here and I'm gunna sit in your seat.
17:52:21 CAM-4
yeah.
17:52:21 CAM-2
and it's your leg you're gunna fly.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 69 17:52:23 CAM-1
why don't you ask your dad first if he wants me to do that.
17:52:25 CAM-3
he's with his mom.
17:52:26 CAM-1
or ask your mom if you can drive and I can sit in your seat.
17:52:29 CAM-4
mommy can I drive?
17:52:31 CAM-5
I don't mind be careful okay.
17:52:33 CAM-1
alright but that means I'm sittin’ in his seat.
17:52:35 CAM-5
alright it's nine B.
17:52:38 CAM-1
(( sound of laugh))
17:52:41 CAM-1
she's just kiddin’ I don't think she really wants you to drive.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 70 17:52:43 CAM-4
yes she does.
17:52:43 CAM-1
you need to have a drivers license let me see your drivers license.
17:52:46 CAM-4
I don't have any.
17:52:47 CAM-1
well then you can't drive.
17:52:56 CAM-1
he'd had done it too.
17:52:57 CAM-1
he would have tried it anyways.
17:53:02 CAM-1
I was expecting his mother to save me.
17:53:06 CAM-1
no son you can't drive.
17:53:20 CAM-1
she's probably checkin’ you out on the way in.
17:53:26 CAM
[sound of high low chime]
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 71 17:53:29 CAM-1
that's funny.
17:53:33 CAM-1
zero nine seven I guess.
17:53:41 CAM-1
all ready **.
17:53:49 CAM-1
I don't see any surprises on the departure MSA's ninety two hundred and engine out runway ah three four.
17:54:04 CAM-1
all other runways standard.
17:54:09 CAM-2
engine failure after *.
17:54:10 CAM-2
standard engine out.
17:54:12 CAM-1
so what have we got here we're fifty three ah fifty four hundred so let's call that ah *...does that sound about right?
17:54:25 CAM-2
yup.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 72 17:54:32 CAM-2
flaps five reduced.
17:54:40 CAM-1
thirty seven--.
17:54:40 CAM-2
thirty seven forty forty six.
17:54:42 CAM-1
thirty seven forty forty six.
17:54:48 CAM-1
set forty--.
17:54:53 CAM-1
and what do we have here one seventeen.
17:54:55 CAM-2
two twenty.
17:54:56 CAM-1
and external *.
17:55:02 CAM-1
alright so ah heading select up to ten thousand feet level change top bug. did he give us the right runway?
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 73 17:55:09 CAM-2
that's three four right there. here's runway two five. you know there's a chance we can go two five.
17:55:19 CAM-1
if that's the case then we need to brief the engine out for that.
17:55:22 CAM-1
watch your legs.
17:55:24 CAM
sound of trim in motion.
17:55:31 CAM-2
that's good forty forty six.
17:55:35 CAM-1
questions comments on the departure.
17:55:37 CAM-2
nope.
17:55:38 CAM-1
okay receiving.
17:55:40 CAM-2 circuit breakers emergency equipment.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 74 17:55:41 CAM-1
checked.
17:55:42 CAM-2
flight deck windows locked?
17:55:43 CAM-1
they're locked.
17:55:43 CAM-2
oxygen checked set one hundred percent?
17:55:45 CAM-1
checked one hundred percent.
17:55:46 CAM-2
IRS selectors?
17:55:47 CAM-1
there nav.
17:55:47 CAM-2
hydraulics?
17:55:48 CAM-1
checked on.
17:55:48 CAM-2
air conditioning and pressurization?
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 75 17:55:50 CAM-1
it's set for Houston.
17:55:52 CAM-2
excuse me mode control panel?
17:55:54 CAM-1 set.
17:55:54 CAM-2
altimeters and flight instruments are two nine nine three inches and I have sixty three hundred feet set and checked?
17:55:59 CAM-1
alright ninety three inches and I have sixty three hundred set.
17:56:03 CAM-2
takeoff config switch?
17:56:03 CAM-1
checked.
17:56:04 CAM-2
ground proximity?
17:56:05 CAM-1
checked.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 76 17:56:05 CAM-2
speed brake lever down detent?
17:56:06 CAM-1
down detent.
17:56:07 CAM-2
parking brake?
17:56:07 CAM-1
set.
17:56:07 CAM-2
start levers?
17:56:08 CAM-1
cut off.
17:56:08 CAM-2
transponder?
17:56:10 CAM-1
stand-by good squawk.
17:56:11 CAM-2
log book ETOPS gear pins MEL?
17:56:13 CAM-1
checked onboard.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 77 17:56:14 CAM-2
flight attendant pilot briefing?
17:56:15 CAM-1
complete.
17:56:15 CAM-2
receiving aircraft checklist complete.
17:56:19 CAM-2
I got a lot * #.
17:56:34 CAM-2
want the APU up?
17:56:36 CAM-1
what's that? yeah.
17:57:49 CAM-1
is that another one?
17:57:50 CAM-2
yeah they bumped up the zero fuel weight it's for two five but I bumped up the zero fuel weight in the ah perf-init. here it comes.
17:57:58 CAM-1
three four right.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 78 17:58:05 CAM-1
that's the old two five I'm gunna throw it.
17:58:12 CAM-2
three four right that's the one we want right?
17:58:15 CAM-1
yup.
17:58:16 CAM-2
here's the *.
17:58:24 CAM-6
Captain are you ready to go?
17:58:26 CAM-1
check with @ Regina. when she's ready I'm ready
17:58:28 CAM-6
okay
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 79 17:58:48 PA-1
good evening folks from the flight deck Captain Butler here and first officer Lavang we'd like to add our welcome to flight fourteen zero four service to the Houston Bush Intercontinental Airport. one hour fifty two minutes enroute we don't anticipate any delays out of Denver and the ride should be pretty good all the way to Houston ah they’re expecting some weather to blow through later this evening it may or may not impact our arrival but gate charlie thirty seven currently a comfortable seventy two degrees standard clouds winds are out of the south at six knots we do appreciate your business. welcome aboard.
17:59:20 CAM-6
ready to go?
17:59:21 CAM-1
check with @ Regina please.
17:59:23 CAM-6
okay.
17:59:24 CAM-1
if she's ready I'm ready.
17:59:26 CAM-1
I already said that once.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 80 17:59:28 CAM-2
I'm pretty sure you did too.
17:59:42 CAM-2
we like it shaken not stirred huh?
17:59:45 CAM-1
depends on what I'm drinkin'.
17:59:47 CAM-2
coffee.
17:59:48 CAM-1
I don't have a ah--.
17:60:00 CAM-1
is it still four on the trim?
18:00:02 CAM-2
three and three quarters.
18:00:03 CAM-1
okay alright watch your legs.
18:00:05 CAM
[sound similar to trim in motion]
18:00:08 CAM
[sound of single chime]
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 81 18:00:51 CAM-?
it's warm.
18:00:54 INT-7
ground to cockpit.
18:00:56 INT-1
good evening.
18:00:57 INT-7
good evening dude. 18:00:59 CAM-1
dude?
18:01:00 INT-7
hey good evening I just did a walk around we're gunna close that. 18:01:10 CAM
[sound of high low chime]
18:01:14 INT-7
okay walk around has been complete all doors access panels have been closed and ramp is ready.
18:01:20 INT-1
let me run a checklist and I'll be right back with ya.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 82
18:01:22 INT-7
copy that. 18:01:24 CAM-2
two nine nine seven.
18:01:26 CAM-1
set.
18:01:35 CAM-1
alright before start checklist.
18:01:39 CAM-2
before start seatbelt sign?
18:01:41 CAM-1
it's on.
18:01:41 CAM-2
door lights?
18:01:42 CAM-1
out.
18:01:42 CAM-2
beacon?
18:01:42 CAM-1
it's on.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 83 18:01:43 CAM-2
CDU?
18:01:43 CAM-1
set.
18:01:44 CAM-2
reference speeds?
18:01:45 CAM-1
thirty seven forty forty six set.
18:01:47 CAM-2
thirty seven forty forty six set.
18:01:49 CAM-2
fuel?
18:01:50 CAM-1
release twenty point oh I've got twenty point oh and four pumps on.
18:01:53 CAM-2
trim?
18:01:54 CAM-1
three and three quarters zero.
18:01:55 CAM-2
before start checklist complete. call ‘em?
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 84 18:01:58 CAM-1
actually lets wait.
18:02:01 CAM-1
- something here.
18:02:04 CAM-1
not a big hurry we're on-time.
18:02:16 CAM-2
let's shoot a little air back there it's getting a little stuffy with all that heat.
18:02:38 CAM-8
now we--.
18:02:39 CAM-1
that's okay no problem.
18:02:40 CAM-8
ah eight and ninety nine.
18:02:42 CAM-1
eight and ninety nine and you're you are? what's your name?
18:02:45 CAM-8
Al.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 85 18:02:46 CAM-1
Al Dave.
18:02:47 CAM-2
I'm Sean.
18:02:48 CAM-7
Al. nice to meet you.
18:02:49 CAM-1
you too.
18:02:51 CAM-8
oh different guys now sorry guys.
18:02:54 CAM-1
huh that's alright that's the way it works.
18:02:58 CAM-8
are they dead heading back there?
18:02:59 CAM-1
yes.
18:03:00 CAM-8
okay that's why I'm confused sorry.
18:03:03 CAM-1
alright no problem.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 86 18:03:05 CAM-2
get you there as soon as we can. one U-M and one meet and assist
18:03:08 CAM-8
uh hum.
18:03:09 CAM-1
alright thanks.
18:03:10 CAM-7
alright you guys need any drinks or water? all set?
18:03:12 CAM-1
all fed and watered.
18:03:13 CAM-2
I'm good.
18:03:14 CAM-8
how fast today?
18:03:16 CAM-1
one hour and fifty eight minutes.
18:03:18 CAM-8
alright.
18:03:18 CAM-1
see ya.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 87 18:03:19 CAM-?
lock you guys up?
18:03:20 CAM-1
yup.
18:03:21 CAM-8
alright.
18:03:21 CAM-1
thanks.
18:03:23 CAM-2
see how many guests there's fifty here and forty nine here. how does that sound?
18:03:27 CAM-1
perfect.
18:03:28 CAM-1
- tell you what - I'm gunna - disregard *
18:03:31 CAM-2
you ah you want it reduced in ah you want zero fuel weight reduced then or do you care?
18:03:37 CAM-1
no.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 88 18:03:38 CAM-1
we'll take the extra sheet.
18:03:43 CAM-2
this is an extra for two five if we need it.
18:03:46 CAM-1
alright.
18:03:52 CAM-2
what?
18:03:57 RDO-2
Ramp good evening Continental fourteen zero four alpha forty nine to push we have charlie.
18:04:03 INT-2
what's up?
18:04:05 Ramp
Fourteen zero four Denver ramp your push is approved call for a west taxi. 18:04:08 CAM-1
call for west taxi.
18:04:09 RDO-2
okay after the push call for a west taxi Continental fourteen zero four.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 89
18:04:14 INT-1
brakes released your cleared to push tail east.
18:04:18 INT-7
copy that. 18:04:38 CAM-2
I do like this part of the country I can tell you that.
18:04:41 HOT-1
yeah.
18:04:47 CAM-2
my in-laws lived in Aspen that was freakin’ awesome.
18:04:50 HOT-2
huh.
18:04:55 CAM-1
lined up for runway *.
18:04:57 INT-7
okay sir you're cleared to start.
18:04:59 INT-1
roger. 18:05:02 CAM-1
turn one.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 90 18:05:22 HOT-2
oil pressure rising.
18:05:35 CAM-1
- start slidin’ on this ice.
18:05:43 INT-7
okay sir the push back has been complete set brakes.
18:05:50 INT-1
brakes are set. 18:05:57 HOT-2
start valve closed.
18:05:58 CAM-1
two please.
18:06:11 INT-7
okay sir the tow bar and by-pass pin have been disconnected.
18:06:15 INT-1
roger stand-by. 18:06:18 HOT-2
oil pressure rising.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 91
18:06:32 INT-1
looks like we've got two good starts you're cleared off the headset thanks for the great push see you out front with the pin.
18:06:37 INT-7
roger that you have a good day. 18:06:46 HOT-2
start valve closed.
18:06:58 CAM-1
I'm waitin’ for this thing to start slidin'.
18:07:02 HOT-2
I ah you gotta love winter.
18:07:04 CAM-1
after start checklist switches closed.
18:07:31 HOT-2
watch your knees.
18:07:38 HOT-2
after start checklist generators?
18:07:40 CAM-1
on.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 92 18:07:41 HOT-2
pitot heat?
18:07:42 CAM-1
ah on.
18:07:43 HOT-2
anti-ice.
18:07:44 CAM-1
it's on.
18:07:44 HOT-2
recall.
18:07:45 CAM-1
is checked.
18:07:47 HOT-2
auto-brake.
18:07:48 CAM-1
is RTO.
18:07:48 HOT-2
flaps.
18:07:48 CAM-1
set five.
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 93 18:07:50 HOT-2
controls.
18:07:50 CAM-1
checked.
18:07:51 HOT-2
flight deck door?
18:07:53 HOT-2
after start checklist complete.
18:07:54 HOT-2
he said call ground now for taxi right?
18:07:56 HOT-1
nope
18:07:57 HOT-2
no okay
18:07:57 HOT-1
no ah talk to him
18:07:58 RDO-2
Ramp ah Continental fourteen zero four ready to taxi
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 94
18:08:02 Ramp
fourteen zero four you'll follow a nineteen hundred just off your right wing tip to three whiskey ground there twenty seven point five when number one have a good flight
18:08:09 RDO-2
okay three whiskey and ah twenty seven five when number one there continental fourteen zero four we see that nineteen hundred 18:08:16 HOT-2
okay there he goes clear right
18:08:20 CAM-2
could that be right
18:08:21 CAM-1
ah nope
18:08:23 CAM-1
three whiskey is on the other side of this frontier guy so here's the little nineteen hundred
18:08:36 CAM-1
three whiskey is the south one
18:08:37 CAM-2
okay
18:09:02 HOT-1
follow him
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 95 18:09:08 HOT-2
you done with the ah APU?
18:09:09 HOT-1
yeah we're all done with that
18:09:44 HOT-2
grounds up on one
18:09:47 HOT-1
on one
18:10:14 HOT-2
kind of up up ahead yet still isn't it three whiskey?
18:10:17 CAM-1
you you can call her
18:10:18 CAM-2
okay
18:10:38 RDO-2
Denver ground good evening Continental fourteen zero four at three whiskey we have charlie
18:10:48 GND
Continental fourteen zero four Denver ground taxi to runway three four right via foxtrot
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 96
18:10:55 RDO-2
three four right via foxtrot Continental fourteen zero four 18:10:59 CAM-1
foxtrot that is the second
18:11:04 HOT-2 second one
18:11:04 HOT-1
taxi way
18:11:15 CAM-1
hotel - golf- foxtrot
18:11:24 CAM-1
alright go where ever the signs say to go
18:11:46 HOT-1
let me see here so this is ah - he's on foxtrot right?
18:11:48 CAM-2
that's correct yup
18:12:18 GND
Continental fourteen zero four monitor tower one three five point three good night
18:12:21 RDO-2
talk to tower Continental fourteen zero four good night
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 97 18:12:28 CAM-1
do we have a departure freq in our ah ?
18:12:30 CAM-2
twenty eight twenty five
18:12:33 CAM-2
as per the SID
18:12:35 HOT-1
there you go
18:12:51 HOT-1
** these little RJ guys
18:12:57 HOT-1
boy that guy Captain sittin’ in first class looks like a little scowling
18:13:03 HOT-1
what are you scowling about dude you've feekin’ gutta
18:13:05 HOT-2 was he scowling?
18:13:06 HOT-1
I don't know if he was scowling he just looked like he was scowling
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 98 18:13:09 HOT-2
ah
18:13:10 HOT-1
what do you think he was scowlin’ about?
18:13:12 HOT-2
I don't know
18:13:15 HOT-2
he had a limp he was all
18:13:18 HOT-1
he was limping?
18:13:18 HOT-2
yeah hobblin’ around pretty good
18:13:23 HOT-1
that's what he's got sore leg
18:13:33 HOT-2
yeah how about this guard's on two ho ho ho
18:13:37 HOT-1
you wait for that guard to cut you out right when you need to really hear something on your departure
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 99 18:13:45 HOT-1
I like guard you know what the tower can hear guard down here so if somebody's gunna talk on guard I tell ya and maybe guard en-route you know cause anything around the approach control area approach is gunna hear it
18:13:56 HOT-2
ah huh
18:13:59 HOT-1
all it does is get in peoples way when it comes to the terminal area that's my opinion anyway
18:14:07 HOT-1
alright before takeoff checklist
18:14:08 CAM-2
thirty five three right?
18:14:14 CAM-2
want the ice protection on for takeoff?
18:14:16 CAM-1
no let's kill it
18:14:19 CAM-1
watch your eyes
18:14:24 CAM-2
the old ones they won't work that well
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 100
18:14:27 TWR
Continental fourteen zero four Denver tower runway three four right position and hold
18:14:31 RDO-2
position and hold on three four right Continental fourteen zero four 18:14:34 PA-2
flight attendants please be seated for departure
18:14:37 CAM-1
position and hold
18:14:40 CAM-1
lights work
18:14:43 CAM-2
before takeoff recall check departure briefing complete departure announcement complete air conditioning and pressurization’s is set start switches are continuous auto throttles on flaps five set green light ?
18:14:51 CAM-1
flips five set green light
18:14:52 CAM-2
takeoff config switch checked
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 101 18:14:54 CAM-1
checked
18:14:54 CAM-2
transponder TA/RA before takeoff checklist is complete
18:14:59 HOT-1
clear left
18:15:15 HOT-1
forgettin’ how short these airplanes turn
18:15:20 HOT-2
it's about as good as it gets ah right there huh
18:15:22 HOT-1
ah
18:15:24 HOT-1
18:15:40 CAM
(sound of two clicks)
18:15:58 CAM-2
did you want three forty four in there?
18:16:16 ?
[what are the winds?]
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 102 18:16:47 HOT-1
looks like you got some wind out here
18:16:48 HOT-2
yeah
18:16:49 HOT-1
**
18:16:57 HOT-1
oh yeah look at those clouds moving
18:17:26 TWR
Continental fourteen zero four wind two seven zero at two seven turn right heading zero two zero runway three four right cleared for takeoff
18:17:34 RDO-2
heading zero two zero cleared for takeoff runway three four right Continental fourteen zero four 18:17:37 CAM-1
alright
18:17:38 CAM-1
left cross wind twenty ah seven knots
18:17:44 HOT-2
huh
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 103 18:17:45 HOT-1
alright look for ninety point nine
18:17:49 CAM
((sound of increasing engine noise))
18:17:52 CAM-?
throttles (comin') back
18:17:54 CAM-?
huh
18:18:00 HOT-1
check power
18:18:04 HOT-2
power's set ninety point nine percent
18:18:13 CAM-?
Jesus
18:18:14 CAM
sound of snap
18:18:15 CAM
sound of snap
18:18:15 HOT-2
oh # # #
NTSB Aviation Accident Report 104 18:18:17 CAM
sound of increasing background noise
18:18:21 HOT-1
reject
18:18:22 HOT-1
reject
18:18:22 HOT-2
*ject
18:18:27
end of recording / end of transcript
FD07376 | 2010_美国_HAR1001.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
B
Natio Nation Trans Safety nal portatio y Board on Bus Loss of Control and Rollover Dolan Springs, Arizona January 30, 2009 Highway Accident Report NTSB/HA PB2010 AR-10/01 0-916201 1 1
NTSB/HAR PB2010-9 -10/01 Notation 8 16201
Highway Bus Lo
y Acc oss of Co Dola Adopted June 22 8092A , 2010 ident ontrol an an Sprin Janua Nationa Transp Safety 490 L’En Washingt Report nd Rollo gs, Ariz over ary 30, 20 ona 009
al portation Board nfant Plaza, S ton, D.C. 20 S.W. 0594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Bus Loss of Control and Rollover, Dolan Springs, Arizona, January 30, 2009. Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: On Friday, January 30, 2009, about 4:06 p.m. mountain standard time, a 2007 Chevrolet/Starcraft 29-passenger medium-size bus, operated by DW Tour and Charter and occupied by the driver and 16 passengers, was traveling northbound in the right lane of U.S. Highway 93, a four-lane divided highway, near Dolan Springs, Arizona. The bus was on a return trip from Grand Canyon West to Las Vegas, Nevada, after a day-long tour. As the bus approached milepost 28 at an estimated speed of 70 mph, it moved to the left and out of its lane of travel. The driver steered sharply back to the right, crossing both northbound lanes and entering the right shoulder. The driver subsequently overcorrected to the left, causing the bus to yaw and cross both northbound lanes. The bus then entered the depressed earthen median and overturned 1.25 times before coming to rest on its right side across both southbound lanes. During the rollover sequence, 15 of the 17 occupants (including the driver) were fully or partially ejected. Seven passengers were killed, and nine passengers and the driver were injured. Major safety issues identified in this investigation were the failure of the bus driver to attend to the road ahead and maintain control of his vehicle; the need for regulatory definitions and classifications for bus body types; the limitations of medium-size buses in retaining and protecting passengers during rollovers; the need for technology to assist commercial drivers in maintaining control of their vehicles; and the need for event data recording in commercial vehicles to aid in accident reconstruction and safety research. As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-916201 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................... vii Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... ix Factual .............................................................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative ...........................................................................................................................1 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................5 Medical and Pathological Information .............................................................................................6 Emergency Response .......................................................................................................................8 Vehicle Damage ...............................................................................................................................9 Driver .............................................................................................................................................11 72-Hour History ......................................................................................................................11 Driver’s Health .......................................................................................................................14 Toxicology ..............................................................................................................................14 Workload/Distraction .............................................................................................................14 Motor Carrier .................................................................................................................................15 Vehicle ...........................................................................................................................................17 Tires ........................................................................................................................................18 Brake System ..........................................................................................................................18 Steering System ......................................................................................................................18 Suspension ..............................................................................................................................19 Driver’s Side Door ..................................................................................................................19 Engine Electronic Control Module .........................................................................................19 Highway .........................................................................................................................................20 Meteorological Factors ..................................................................................................................21 Additional Information ..................................................................................................................22 Classification of Medium-Size Buses .....................................................................................22 Medium-Size Bus Characteristics and Usage .........................................................................23 Fatal Accidents Involving Medium-Size Buses .....................................................................24 NTSB Medium-Size Bus Investigations .................................................................................26 Occupant Protection ................................................................................................................29 Simulation of Accident ..................................................................................................................36 Motorcoach Safety Action Plan .....................................................................................................37 Analysis .........................................................................................................................................39 Exclusions ......................................................................................................................................39 Motor Carrier Issues ......................................................................................................................41
iii
NTSB Highway Accident Report Driver Issues ..................................................................................................................................42 Fatigue ....................................................................................................................................42 Distraction ...............................................................................................................................42 Regulatory Definition of Buses .....................................................................................................45 Vehicle Crashworthiness and Occupant Protection .......................................................................48 Roof Strength, Occupant Protection, and Window Glazing ...................................................48 Luggage Racks ........................................................................................................................51 Crash Mitigation Technology ........................................................................................................53 Event Data Recorders ....................................................................................................................56 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................60 Findings..........................................................................................................................................60 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................61 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................62 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................62 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report ...................................................63 Appendix A: Investigation ..........................................................................................................65 Appendix B: Data Limitations ....................................................................................................66 iv
NTSB Highway Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Dolan Springs, Arizona, location map............................................................................ 2 Figure 2. Diagram of Dolan Springs accident scene, showing extent of road marks and gouges leading to final rest position of bus .................................................................................... 3 Figure 3. Enlarged view of Dolan Springs accident scene diagram, showing detailed gouge marks and wreckage ............................................................................................................. 4 Figure 4. Seating chart reconstruction based on passenger interviews .......................................... 7 Figure 5. Bus at final rest, on its right side, showing damage to fiberglass front fascia above driver’s compartment ........................................................................................................... 9 Figure 6. Graphic representation of bus driver’s duty status, January 27–30, 2009 .................... 13 Figure 7. Layout of driver’s side door, showing armrest located near seatback and interior door release handle adjacent, to the right ......................................................................... 20 Figure 8. Aerial view of two northbound lanes of US 93, showing tire marks extending from right shoulder, across highway, and onto earthen median ................................................... 21 Figure 9. Photographs from NTSB-investigated medium-size bus accidents ............................. 28 Figure 10. Images of selected bus body types ............................................................................. 30 Figure 11. Right side of accident bus roof ................................................................................... 32 Figure 12. Front fascia area above driver’s seating compartment and loading door ................... 33 Figure 13. Interior photograph showing seatbacks, televisions, and overhead luggage racks on exemplar Starcraft XLT bus ........................................................................................... 34 Figure 14. Interior photograph showing seats on exemplar Starcraft XLT bus ........................... 35
v
NTSB Highway Accident Report
(This page intentionally left blank.)
vi
NTSB Highway Accident Report Acronyms and Abbreviations ABA
American Bus Association ABS
antilock braking system ADOT
Arizona Department of Transportation ATA
American Trucking Associations, Inc. CAMI
Civil Aerospace Medical Institute CDL
commercial driver’s license CFR
Code of Federal Regulations CSA
Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010 CVSA
Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance DOT
U.S. Department of Transportation DPS
Arizona Department of Public Safety DW Tour
DW Tour and Charter ECE
Economic Commission for Europe ECM
electronic control module EDR
event data recorder EMS
emergency medical services ESC
electronic stability control FARS
Fatality Analysis Reporting System FHWA
Federal Highway Administration FMCSA
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration FMCSRs
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMVSSs
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FR
Federal Register FTA
Federal Transit Administration GPS
global positioning system GVWR
gross vehicle weight rating HVEDR
heavy vehicle event data recorder IIHS
Insurance Institute for Highway Safety LDWS
lane departure warning system LMRFD
Lake Mohave Ranchos Fire District vii
NTSB Highway Accident Report MCMIS
Motor Carrier Management Information System MMUCC
Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria MP
milepost MSBMA
Mid-Size Bus Manufacturers Association MST
mountain standard time NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NPRM
notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board OOS
out of service PST
Pacific standard time RFID
radio frequency identification RP
Recommended Practice SAE
SAE International SAFER
Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (FMCSA) SUV
sport utility vehicle UMA
United Motorcoach Association UMC
University Medical Center, Las Vegas UMTRI
University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute US 93
U.S. Highway 93 USDOT
U.S. Department of Transportation (authority number)
viii
NTSB Highway Accident Report Executive Summary On Friday, January 30, 2009, about 4:06 p.m. mountain standard time, a 2007 Chevrolet/Starcraft 29-passenger medium-size bus, operated by DW Tour and Charter and occupied by the driver and 16 passengers, was traveling northbound in the right lane of U.S. Highway 93, a four-lane divided highway, near Dolan Springs, Arizona. The bus was on a return trip from Grand Canyon West to Las Vegas, Nevada, after a day-long tour. As the bus approached milepost 28 at an estimated speed of 70 mph, it moved to the left and out of its lane of travel. The driver steered sharply back to the right, crossing both northbound lanes and entering the right shoulder. The driver subsequently overcorrected to the left, causing the bus to yaw and cross both northbound lanes. The bus then entered the depressed earthen median and overturned 1.25 times before coming to rest on its right side across both southbound lanes. During the rollover sequence, 15 of the 17 occupants (including the driver) were fully or partially ejected. Seven passengers were killed, and nine passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. At the time of the accident, the roadway was dry and the weather was clear. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the January 30, 2009, accident near Dolan Springs, Arizona, was the bus driver’s inadvertent drift from the driving lane due to distraction caused by his manipulation of the driver’s side door and subsequent abrupt steering maneuver, which led to losing directional control of the vehicle. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the lack of both occupant protection and advanced window glazing standards for medium-size buses. The following safety issues were identified in this investigation: • Failure of the bus driver to attend to the road ahead and maintain control of his vehicle, • Need for regulatory definitions and classifications for bus body types, • Limitations of medium-size buses in retaining and protecting passengers during rollovers, • Need for technology to assist commercial drivers in maintaining control of their vehicles, and • Need for event data recording in commercial vehicles to aid in accident reconstruction and safety research. As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
ix
NTSB Highway Accident Report x
(This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Highway Accident Report 1 Factual Accident Narrative On Friday, January 30, 2009, about 4:06 p.m. mountain standard time (MST), a 2007 Chevrolet/Starcraft 29-passenger medium-size bus, operated by DW Tour and Charter (DW Tour) and occupied by the driver and 16 passengers, was traveling northbound in the right lane of U.S. Highway 93 (US 93), a four-lane divided highway, near Dolan Springs, in Mohave County, Arizona. (See figure 1.) The bus was on a return trip from Grand Canyon West to Las Vegas, Nevada, after a day-long tour. As the bus approached milepost (MP) 28 at a speed of 70 mph,1 it moved to the left and out of its lane of travel. The driver steered sharply back to the right, crossing both northbound lanes and entering the right shoulder. The driver subsequently overcorrected to the left, causing the bus to yaw and cross both northbound lanes. The bus then entered the depressed earthen median and overturned 1.25 times before coming to rest on its right side across both southbound lanes. (See figures 2 and 3.) During the rollover sequence, 15 of the 17 occupants (including the driver) were fully or partially ejected. Seven passengers were killed, and nine passengers and the driver received injuries ranging from minor to serious. At the time of the accident, skies were clear, the temperature was 61° F, and the wind was blowing from the north–northeast at 8 mph. Appendix A presents background information on the National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) launch to the accident site.
1 This speed was based on readings from a global positioning system (GPS) unit found in the accident vehicle. Skid tests performed on scene resulted in the determination of a vehicle speed of 70–72 mph.
NTSB Highway Accident Report
Figure 1. Dolan Springs, Arizona, location map.
2
NTSB Highway Accident Report
Figure 2. Diagram of Dolan Springs accident scene, showing extent of road marks and gouges leading to final rest position of bus (adapted from Arizona Department of Public Safety diagram). Note: Road marks do not reflect the full accident sequence.
3
NTSB Highway Accident Report
Figure 3. Enlarged view of Dolan Springs accident scene diagram, showing detailed gouge marks and wreckage (adapted from Arizona Department of Public Safety diagram). 4
NTSB Highway Accident Report 5 Injuries Table 1 summarizes the injuries resulting from the accident. The injury classifications are based on International Civil Aviation Organization criteria, which the NTSB uses in accident reports for all transportation modes. Although the bus driver’s seat was equipped with a seat belt, he was not wearing it at the time of the accident.2 The passenger seats were not equipped with seat belts. Table 1. Injuries. Injuriesa Driver Passengers Total Fatal 0 7 7 Serious 1 6 7 Minor 0 3 3 None 0 0 0 Total 1 16 17 a Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines a fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident. It defines a serious injury as an injury that requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days of the date of injury; results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of the fingers, toes, or nose); causes severe hemorrhages or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves any internal organ; or involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.
2 Title 49 CFR 392.16 states that “a commercial motor vehicle which has a seat belt assembly installed at the driver’s seat shall not be driven unless the driver has properly restrained himself/herself with the seat belt assembly.” Safety initiatives by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), the American Trucking Associations, Inc. (ATA), and the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) have helped improve seat belt usage rates among commercial drivers from 65 percent in 2007 to 74 percent in 2009. See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/safety-security/safety-belt/exec-summary-2009.aspx, accessed June 11, 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Medical and Pathological Information Six passengers were pronounced dead at the scene. A seventh passenger died after arriving by helicopter at the University Medical Center (UMC) in Las Vegas. Six of the seven fatalities were ejected during the accident sequence. Additionally, of the seven bus occupants with serious injuries (including the driver), all were fully or partially ejected. Of the three passengers with minor injuries, two were ejected. According to witness interviews and medical records, four passengers remained in the bus at final rest, two of whom were partially ejected. Of these four, one passenger—who had minor injuries—exited through the roof hatch with the help of an off-duty officer, while the other three were taken out through the roof opening near the driver’s seating area and loading door. All six on-scene fatalities were transported to the Clark County medical examiner’s office in Las Vegas, where noninvasive autopsies were performed by the Mohave County, Arizona, medical examiner. Because the passenger who died at UMC in Las Vegas was under Nevada’s jurisdiction, the Clark County medical examiner conducted that autopsy. According to the autopsies, six of the seven fatalities sustained multiple head injuries, and six of the seven sustained bilateral rib fractures. Of the 10 surviving bus occupants, seven were hospitalized with serious injuries, and the three with minor injuries were treated and released. According to transport and medical records, six of the seven seriously injured occupants sustained fractures to their extremities. The passenger seated in 4B was partially ejected and sustained crushing injuries to her lower right leg. Another partially ejected passenger, seated in 4E, suffered crushing injuries to her right arm. The three passengers with minor injuries sustained contusions and abrasions to their faces and extremities. Occupant seating positions and injury information are presented in figure 4. 6
NTSB Highway Accident Report M - 48 : Serious - E Injury level as defined by Title 49 CFR 830.2, as specified in Table 1. Dolan Springs, AZ HWY-09-MH-009 Seating Chart Legend F = FEMALE M = MALE INJURY LEVEL F - 14 : Serious - E 1 M- 45 : Fatal DRIVER M - 56 : Fatal - E A B C D E F- 19 : Fatal - E F- 51 : Serious - E F - 35 : Serious - PE M- 39 : Fatal - E F- 45 : Fatal - E M - 61 : Serious - E F - 35 : Minor M - 8 : Minor - E F - 18 : Serious - PE F - 44 : Fatal - E F - 41 : Serious - E F - 15 : Fatal - E Not to Scale M - 48 : Minor - E 2 3 4 5 6 7 GENDER AGE INDICATES EJECTION M- 52 : Serious - E
- PE
INDICATES PARTIAL EJECTION
Figure 4. Seating chart reconstruction based on passenger interviews. Fifteen of the 17 bus occupants were ejected, including 6 of the 7 fatally injured passengers.
7
NTSB Highway Accident Report 8 Emergency Response The Arizona Department of Public Safety (DPS) dispatcher in Flagstaff was notified of the accident through the 911 system at 4:06 p.m., and the first call from dispatch went out at that time. The closest DPS officer was 27 miles away, and he arrived on scene at 4:22 p.m. The Lake Mohave Ranchos Fire District (LMRFD), located approximately 22 miles south of the accident scene, dispatched extrication units at 4:09 p.m., which arrived on scene at 4:28 p.m. Personnel from the LMRFD assumed incident command in accordance with established protocols. At 4:23 p.m., the Arizona DPS requested six emergency medical services (EMS) helicopters. The first helicopter arrived on scene at 4:43 p.m., followed by the second at 4:53 p.m. By 5:15 p.m., the sixth helicopter had arrived. The helicopters transported six of the injured occupants. Two ambulances dispatched from the LMRFD arrived at 4:28 p.m. and 4:36 p.m.; these personnel performed triage in preparation for the helicopter transport. Three ambulances from River Medical Inc., in Kingman, Arizona, arrived at 4:56 p.m., 4:58 p.m., and 5:33 p.m. and transported five injured passengers. Dispatch was notified at 5:44 p.m. that all bus occupants had been transported from the scene. Ten Arizona DPS officers, four DPS accident reconstructionists, and three DPS investigative unit officers responded to the scene. The Arizona Department of Transportation (ADOT) dispatched five trucks to set up traffic control signs. Sixteen National Park rangers in 13 vehicles responded to the scene and were assigned various duties by the incident commander and the medical transport officer. Several other entities responded to the emergency, including the Kingman Fire Department, the Golden Valley Fire Department, and the Hoover Dam Police Department. The responding agencies held postaccident debriefings on February 5 and 10, 2009. Among the issues discussed were the unfamiliarity of some responders with the equipment used by other agencies, the need for National Incident Management System forms to improve the tracking of patients, the need for larger magnetic mass casualty incident boards, the use of a common radio frequency among responding units, and the need for additional training among responders to prepare for the increased influx of motorcoaches traveling to the Grand Canyon West skywalk. None of these issues resulted in significant delays in transporting the injured. Mohave County3 has an emergency operations plan for handling disasters and mass fatality incidents that allows the county to seek state assistance. According to the incident commander, the plan was not activated because of the large number of units responding to the accident. NTSB investigators examined dispatch records and conducted interviews with the surviving bus passengers, witnesses, and first responders. None of the passengers reported any concerns during the triage procedure or transport. The dispatch records indicated that all units responded expeditiously.
3 According to the U.S. Census Bureau, Mohave County is the fifth largest U.S. county by area. As of the 2000 census, 155,032 people in 62,809 households, representing 43,401 families, resided in the county. The population density was 12 people per square mile. The census reported 80,062 housing units at an average density of 6 per square mile.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Vehicle Damage NTSB investigators inspected the accident vehicle from February 2–5, 2009, at an ADOT facility in Kingman, Arizona. The bus body sustained damage to the front fenders, hood, side body skirts, front roof area, driver’s side door, and passenger loading door area. The fiberglass front fenders and hood were broken away from the frame, exposing the engine compartment. The metal body skirts below the frame were torn away on both sides. Both rear bumper corners had minor damage. Body damage along the exterior roof of the passenger compartment exposed the metal roof cross rails. The fiberglass front fascia above the driver’s seating compartment was severely damaged, as shown in figure 5. The square tubular frame of the fascia was bent and twisted. In the right rear roof corner of the bus, the plywood and fiberglass chassis was cracked and displaced. The right edge of the driver’s door was slightly misaligned with the frame along the top and bottom. A large opening was created where the passenger loading door completely separated from its mounting. The bottom two steps of the loading stairwell were bent upward. The rear cargo door and the passenger side exterior rearview mirror were broken off.
Figure 5. Bus at final rest, on its right side, showing damage to fiberglass front fascia above driver’s compartment. 9
NTSB Highway Accident Report 10 The left rear axle was shifted forward about 3 inches, thus shortening the wheelbase from 233 inches to about 230 inches on the left side. Further accident-related damage was found in the undercarriage mechanical components, including the rear sway bar, both upper rear shock absorber mounts, and the exhaust pipe. The electrical line to the left rear antilock braking system (ABS) sensor and the hydraulic brake line to the left rear wheel were severed. The windshield glazing was cracked and remained in place.4 The A-pillar on the right of the bus was shifted inward to the left approximately 5 inches, causing the windshield to bulge outward. The driver’s door window remained intact. According to a DPS officer, the window had been rolled down postaccident, and it was open at the time of inspection. Along the right side of the bus, all five single-paned solid tempered windows were completely broken out; on the left side, only the first window was intact. On this particular bus model, the first and third windows on each side are designated as emergency exit windows; these windows have red latches on each side and are imprinted with emergency egress instructions. Apart from the driver’s seating area and loading door, where the front fascia had broken away, interior damage was primarily limited to the overhead luggage racks and the two privacy panels. The overhead luggage rack on the right side of the bus remained attached to the roof at the front two roof attachment points above rows 1 and 3, but it was broken off at the rear two attachment points above rows 4 and 6 and was hanging down just above the seatbacks. In addition, all the screw attachments to the sidewalls had been pulled away. The overhead luggage rack on the left side of the bus remained attached at all of the roof attachment points but the screw attachments to the sidewalls had been pulled away, causing the rack to hang down at an angle over the seatbacks. Numerous occupant contact marks were found on the underside of the overhead luggage racks on both sides of the cabin. According to a Starcraft representative, each luggage rack is attached to the sidewall and roof using 3/8- by 1.5-inch self-tapping hex-head screws. The representative stated that no testing is performed on the weight capacity of the luggage racks. The privacy panel behind the driver was bent forward approximately 6 inches, and the panel adjacent to the loading door was bent forward 9 inches. The bus was equipped with a Transpec Worldwide roof hatch, which was open at the time of inspection. The driver’s bucket seat was equipped with a right side armrest, which was broken off. The seat had a three-point lap/shoulder belt but no supplemental restraint system (air bag). At the time of inspection, the seat belt webbing was in the stored position and showed some markings from previous usage. During interviews with law enforcement and NTSB investigators, the bus driver admitted to not wearing his seat belt. As noted earlier, none of the 29 passenger seats in the bus were equipped with seat belts. Behind the driver’s seat were six rows of two-position seats on each side of the bus and one row of five seats across the rear, for a total of 29 passenger seats. Each passenger seat was equipped with armrests, except for the five seats in the rear. Only the aisle armrests in rows 3 and 4 on the right side were damaged; they were bent outward toward the aisle. At the time of the
4 Glazing is the clear part of a window that may be made of tempered glass, laminated glass, polycarbonate, or similar materials.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 11 inspection, 27 of the 29 seats were in the upright position.5 All the seat anchors along the floor and sidewalls remained undamaged and attached. Driver At the time of the accident, the 48-year-old driver held a California class “A” commercial driver’s license (CDL), valid from May 2008 until August 2012. His license included a passenger endorsement and had no restrictions. The driver also held a medical card with an expiration date of July 2010. The driver’s CDL record showed one moving violation, occurring in February 2008 in Arizona for operating without required equipment/operating with prohibited equipment. His record revealed no further accidents or violations. During an interview with NTSB investigators 4 days after the accident, on February 3, while the driver was undergoing treatment in the hospital, he stated that he had attended a driving school to learn to drive both trucks and buses. He indicated that he was familiar with the route to Grand Canyon West and had driven there on previous occasions. He further stated that the bus he was operating at the time of the crash was the vehicle he normally drove. After obtaining his CDL, the bus driver was hired by AA Express Travel, where he worked until joining DW Tour in November 2008. According to the owner of DW Tour, prior to hiring the driver, she supervised him on a 20-mile road test, during which she had him perform a number of turning skills both in parking lots and on the roadway. According to the driver’s personnel file, he was proficient driving vehicles above 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) and could safely operate a bus carrying 50 or more passengers. 72-Hour History Table 2 details the bus driver’s activities during the 72 hours preceding the accident. It was constructed through interviews, driver logbook information, video surveillance, radio frequency identification (RFID) information from McCarran International Airport in Las Vegas, and GPS data from the accident vehicle. Figure 6 is a graphic representation of the driver’s duty status from January 27–30. Because most of the driver’s activities were conducted in California and Nevada, the clock times in both the table and the figure—and in this portion of the report text—have been converted to Pacific standard time (PST) for consistency.
5 The two seats found to be in a reclined position were the window seat in row 6, right side, and the aisle seat in row 1, left side.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Table 2. Activities of Dolan Springs bus driver, January 27–30, 2009. Tuesday, January 27 Time (PST) Event Location Source 3:00 p.m. Logs on duty, not driving Mission Hills, CA Logbook 3:15 Begins driving Mission Hills Logbook 3:45 Logs on duty, not driving Los Angeles, CA Logbook 4:00 Begins driving Los Angeles Logbook 4:30 Logs off duty San Gabriel, CA Logbook Wednesday, January 28 Time (PST) Event Location Source 7:15 a.m. Logs on duty, not driving San Gabriel, CA Logbook 7:30 Begins driving San Gabriel Logbook 8:00 Logs on duty, not driving Los Angeles, CA Logbook 8:15 Begins driving Los Angeles Logbook 10:00 Logs on duty, not driving Barstow, CA Logbook 10:15 Logs off duty Barstow Logbook 12:45 p.m. Logs on duty, not driving Barstow Logbook 1:00 Begins driving Barstow Logbook 3:45 Logs on duty, not driving Las Vegas, NV Logbook 4:00 Logs off duty Las Vegas Logbook 8:07 Checks into Sahara Hotel Las Vegas Hotel records Thursday, January 29 Time (PST) Event Location Source 9:45 a.m. Logs on duty, not driving Las Vegas, NV Logbook 10:00 Begins driving Las Vegas Logbook 10:13 Enters McCarran airport Las Vegas RFIDa/GPSb 10:30 Logs on duty, not driving Las Vegas Logbook 10:45 Logs off duty Las Vegas Logbook 11:31 Leaves McCarran airport Las Vegas RFID 12:00 p.m. Arrives China Buffet restaurant Las Vegas GPS 12:49 Departs China Buffet restaurant Las Vegas GPS 3:30 Arrives Riviera Hotel Las Vegas Video/GPS 4:31 Receives parking warning at Riviera Las Vegas Hotel records 6:30 Logs on duty, not driving Las Vegas Logbook 6:50 Leaves Riviera Hotel Las Vegas Video 7:15 Logs off duty Las Vegas Logbook Friday, January 30 Time (PST) Event Location Source 12:00 a.m. Goes to bed Las Vegas, NV Interview 5:30 On duty, not driving Las Vegas Logbook 6:00 Leaves Riviera Hotel Las Vegas Video 6:40 Crosses Nevada border Hoover Dam Video 6:42 Crosses Arizona border Hoover Dam Video 8:00 Arrives at “Sky Station” Meadview, AZ Interview 8:15 On duty, not driving Meadview Logbook 8:30 Off duty, begins nap Meadview Logbook/interview 1:30 p.m. Nap ends Meadview Interview 2:13 Leaves “Sky Station” Meadview GPS 2:51 Turns onto US 93 northbound Dolan Springs, AZ GPS 3:06 Accident occurs Dolan Springs
a RFID = radio frequency identification information from McCarran International Airport, Las Vegas. b GPS = global positioning system data from the accident vehicle.
12
NTSB Highway Accident Report 13
Figure 6. Graphic representation of bus driver’s duty status, January 27–30, 2009. According the driver’s logbook, at 7:15 a.m. on January 28, he conducted a 15-minute pretrip inspection and drove 30 minutes from San Gabriel, California, to Los Angeles to pick up a charter group at the airport. He left the airport at 8:15 a.m. and drove 1.75 hours to Barstow, where he stopped for 3 hours to allow the tour group to shop at outlet stores. The driver then drove 2.75 hours to Las Vegas and arrived at 3:45 p.m. He logged 15 minutes of on-duty, not driving, time, from 3:45–4:00 p.m., and was off duty the rest of the day. The driver’s logbook for January 29 indicated that he worked from 9:45–10:45 a.m. and again from 6:30–7:15 p.m. These particular logbook entries differed from statements made by the driver during a postaccident interview with NTSB investigators. During the interview, he stated that on the day prior to the accident, he awoke at approximately 9:30 a.m. and drove to the Las Vegas airport to pick up a tour group arriving at 11:30 a.m. He then took them to a local restaurant for lunch. After lunch, he drove them to several hotels on the Las Vegas strip. Later that evening, he drove the tour group to dinner and a night tour of Las Vegas. According to the driver, he stayed with the tour group at the Riviera for most of the night and went to bed about midnight. As shown in table 2, video surveillance records, RFID records from McCarran International Airport, and GPS data from the accident vehicle supported the driver’s statements. On January 30, the day of the accident, the driver logged in as on duty, not driving, at 5:30 a.m. and began driving to Grand Canyon West around 5:45 a.m. He arrived at the Grand Canyon West bus terminal6 about 8:15 a.m. and logged off duty at 8:30 a.m. According to the driver, he took a nap in the bus while he waited for the tour group to return from the canyon. He stated that his nap ended about 1:30 p.m., and he left Grand Canyon West at 2:13 p.m. The accident occurred 53 minutes later, on the return trip to Las Vegas.
6 Only buses operated by the Hualapai Nation are allowed to operate within Grand Canyon West. A bus terminal is located 1.5 miles outside the entrance to Grand Canyon West to accommodate the transfer of passengers.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 14 Driver’s Health In an interview with NTSB investigators, the bus driver stated that he felt fine on January 30, the day of the accident. He reported not having health problems. The driver stated that he did not use prescription or over-the-counter medications, apart from an herbal supplement.7 When asked about his sleeping habits, the driver told investigators that he normally sleeps 7–8 hours a night. He went on to describe the quality of his sleep as “good.” When admitted to UMC in Las Vegas, following the crash, the driver indicated no significant medical history with the exception of a thoracotomy (chest surgery) for unspecified trauma. In the driver’s most recent commercial driver fitness examination, he denied any significant medical history. His visual acuity was recorded as 20/20 with the left, right, and both eyes; and his horizontal field of vision was noted as 80° with both the right and left eyes. The performing physician indicated that the driver could distinguish red, green, and amber colors. The driver was able to hear a forced whispered voice at 6 feet with both his left and right ears. The performing physician found no abnormalities in any body system and qualified the driver for a period of 2 years. Toxicology The Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI), in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, performed a toxicological examination of the driver’s blood.8 The results were negative for alcohol and 12 legal and illegal drugs of abuse.9 Workload/Distraction The NTSB investigation determined that the bus driver owned a cellular telephone and had it in his possession during the trip. However, records from the driver’s cellular carrier indicated that he was not using his phone at the time of the accident. Likewise, none of the passengers interviewed reported seeing the driver use his cell phone. The bus driver described the traffic volume at the time of the accident as light and the roadway as flat with good surfaces. During a postaccident interview, the driver stated that he had been traveling in the right lane of US 93 the entire time and did not know how long he had been on the highway when the accident occurred. The driver estimated his speed at 65 mph, which was the legal speed limit; he later stated that the vehicle’s cruise control was set to 65 mph and
7 The name of the Chinese herbal supplement was translated into English as “six taste yellow earth pills.” Further investigation suggested that the supplement was likely “Liu Wei Di Huang Wan.” 8 On January 30, 2009, at UMC Las Vegas, three partial vials of blood were drawn from the driver (at 4:45 p.m., 10:00 p.m., and 10:05 p.m.) and two partial vials of serum (both at 4:45 p.m.). These times are Pacific standard (PST); the accident occurred in Arizona at 4:06 p.m. MST. CAMI tested the blood and serum samples drawn at 4:45 p.m. PST. 9 The examination tested for amphetamines, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 15 engaged at the time of the accident. According to the driver, as he approached the area where the accident occurred, near MP 28, he saw an object in the middle of the road, on the dashed lines between the northbound lanes. He described the object as a rock or rag, and stated that it was similar in size to an intravenous bag but with an irregular shape.10 He said that he steered to the right to avoid the object and went off the right edge of the highway, causing a “rumbling” noise. Upon hearing the noise, the driver steered left, then right, and lost control of the vehicle. When asked why he lost control, the driver stated that he was making a rightward steering input and went off the road to the right. When he steered in the opposite direction, he lost control of the bus. The driver stated that there were no interior distractions from the passengers or other sources prior to the accident. When the driver was told that a passenger (seated at 4E) had stated that he was busy opening and closing the driver’s door prior to losing control of the vehicle, he insisted that it was impossible for his door to have been open. He did state that wind noise and wind were coming through the door and that he had pulled on the door to tighten the seal. The driver went on to state that he was not sure how much time he spent trying to seal the door. A motorcyclist traveling in the right lane of southbound US 93 at the time of the accident stated that his attention was drawn to the northbound lanes of travel by what he described as a “puff of dust.” He estimated his distance from the bus at 0.5–0.75 mile and could not recall which lane the bus was in when he first observed it. As he watched, the bus veered toward the median. The witness slowed his motorcycle as the bus leaned toward the driver’s side, rolled once, began to roll again, and went into the air. At that point, the witness thought he would be hit by the bus. He steered away from the median and placed his motorcycle onto its side in an effort to avoid being hit. According to the witness, he and his motorcycle slid to final rest, remaining in the right lane. He stated that he heard the bus sliding across the pavement, and then the noise stopped. He estimated that the bus came to rest about 8 feet from his location. Motor Carrier DW Tour and Charter was an interstate, authorized-for-hire carrier of passengers. The company operated under U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) authority number 1379776 and motor carrier number 526301. About 50 percent of DW Tour’s business was interstate travel. At the time of the accident, DW Tour met all of the requirements for intrastate operations with the California Public Utilities Commission and the Federal requirements for interstate operations. The company was also properly insured. DW Tour ceased operations following the accident.
10 The bus driver was a hospital patient when interviewed by NTSB investigators.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 16 DW Tour’s fleet consisted of three motorcoaches11 and the accident bus, which had been purchased in November 2007 from Bus West in Carson, California. DW Tour employed four company drivers. The drivers were paid by the hour and received a meal allowance depending on the number of hours assigned for the day. Records from the FMCSA’s Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS)12 accessed after the accident indicated that DW Tour had no recordable accidents, resulting in a zero accident rate. The FMCSA has determined that motor carriers with an accident rate13 of 1.50 or greater are deficient in the accident category of the compliance review. DW Tour entered the FMCSA’s new entrant program on June 3, 2005,14 and the FMCSA conducted a safety audit on October 19, 2005.15 The company was cited for two critical violations16—one for the inability to produce carrier maintenance files and the other for not conducting a periodic inspection on all of its own vehicles. The safety audit noted that the owner agreed to correct the critical items. In determining the overall safety management controls of a company, the FMCSA assesses a one-point value for each violation. A new entrant with three or more points would fail the safety audit process, and its operating authority would be revoked if corrective action was not taken within 45 days of being notified of the failure.17 DW Tour exited the new entrant program and was granted operating authority on December 4, 2006.18 DW Tour had received two compliance reviews prior to the Dolan Springs accident.19 A compliance review on February 2, 2007, resulted in a conditional rating because the company
11 “Motorcoach” is not defined in Federal law. The American Bus Association (ABA) equates a motorcoach with an over-the-road bus. According to section 3038 of Public Law 105-178, Title 49 United States Code section 5310, an over-the-road bus is a bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment. 12 MCMIS contains information on the safety fitness of commercial motor carriers and hazardous material shippers subject to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) and the Hazardous Materials Regulations. 13 Accident rate is determined by the number of annual miles traveled versus the number of recordable accidents based on million miles traveled. 14 The new entrant program is a process to help new motor carriers comprehend and follow the FMCSRs. Any new interstate motor carrier is considered a new entrant for 18 months after it registers with the FMCSA and receives a USDOT identification number. New entrant carriers are required to undergo and pass a safety audit within this period of time. 15 The new entrant safety audit examines six management areas: general factors, driver, operations, vehicle, hazardous materials, and accident rate. 16 A critical violation relates to management or operational controls. An acute violation requires immediate corrective action, regardless of the overall safety posture of the motor carrier. See 49 CFR Part 385 appendix B, subpart VII, “List of acute and critical regulations.” 17 Title 49 CFR 385.319 indicates that motor carriers with commercial motor vehicles transporting 16 or more passengers have 45 days from the time of notification to correct inadequate safety management controls. 18 The FMCSA published a final rule, on December 16, 2008 (73 Federal Register [FR] 76472), that amended the new entrant program to raise the standard of compliance for passing the safety audit. 19 A compliance review is an onsite examination of six management areas (general factors, driver, operations, vehicle, hazardous materials, and accident rate) to determine the degree to which a carrier complies with the FMCSRs.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 17 had allowed a driver to operate a vehicle prior to receiving a negative preemployment controlled substance test result (critical violation) and had failed to implement a controlled substance testing program (acute violation). DW Tour received a $2,140 fine for these violations. A followup compliance review conducted on August 13, 2007, noted no critical or acute violations, resulting in a satisfactory rating. The FMCSA conducted a postaccident compliance review of DW Tour on February 2, 2009. The review noted one critical violation for using a driver before receiving a negative preemployment controlled substance test result (the accident driver) and another critical violation because two of its commercial motor vehicles had not been periodically inspected. The accident vehicle was one of the two that had been inspected.20 The postaccident compliance review resulted in a satisfactory rating. NTSB investigators accessed DW Tour’s carrier profile from the FMCSA Safety and Fitness Electronic Records (SAFER)21 system and found that—in the 24 months prior to the accident—the carrier had three vehicles and one driver inspected, with no out-of-service (OOS) determinations. The national OOS rate at the time was 23.14 percent for inspected vehicles and 6.80 percent for drivers. Vehicle The accident vehicle was a 2007 Starcraft model XLT 29-passenger bus with a curb weight of 15,077 pounds,22 a GVWR23 of 19,500 pounds, and an overall length of 32 feet. It was powered by a Duramax 6.6L, 300-horsepower V-8 diesel engine, with an Allison model PTS 1000 five-speed automatic transmission. The odometer registered 63,734 miles. The accident bus was built in two stages.24 A 2007 Chevrolet two-axle, rear wheel drive C-5500 Series chassis, manufactured by General Motors, was delivered to Starcraft Bus, a Division of Forest River Incorporated and owned by Berkshire Hathaway, on October 24, 2006. As the final stage manufacturer, Starcraft installed a bus body onto the chassis in January 2007 and shipped the bus to the dealer on February 22, 2007. Starcraft attached a certification plate to the vehicle indicating that it was in compliance with the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
20 The California Highway Patrol performed a full inspection of the accident bus on June 16, 2008, and no violations were discovered. 21 The SAFER website offers company safety data and related services to industry and the public. See http://safer.fmcsa.dot.gov/, accessed January 29, 2009. 22 Curb weight is the total weight of a vehicle with all standard equipment, oil, coolant, and fuel, while not loaded with passengers or cargo. 23 GVWR refers to the maximum allowable total weight of a vehicle when loaded, including the weight of the vehicle itself plus fuel, passengers, and cargo. 24 Federal regulations (49 CFR Parts 555, 567, 568, and 571) refer to a bus that is built in two or more stages as a multistage vehicle. The bus industry refers to these types of buses as “cutaway vehicles.” The NTSB’s bus crashworthiness report referred to them as “specialty buses.” (See Bus Crashworthiness, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/04 [Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999].)
NTSB Highway Accident Report 18 (FMVSSs), the Federal regulations to which manufacturers of motor vehicles must conform and certify compliance. The ADOT facility in Kingman, Arizona, conducted a postaccident inspection of the bus from February 2–5, 2009. Participating in the inspection were personnel from the Arizona DPS Highway Patrol, the Arizona DPS fleet service, and the NTSB. Starcraft and General Motors personnel were on scene and provided technical assistance. Tires NTSB investigators inspected the tires on the accident bus and found no signs of damage except to the right rear dual tires. One nail was found in the outside right rear tire, and two nails were found in the inside right rear tire. Further inspection revealed the nails to be about 0.5-inch long, with none penetrating into the tire liners. Both right rear dual tires were deflated because of tire bead separation from the rim. The tires were inflated to the manufacturer-recommended 95 pounds per square inch, and a soap solution was used to detect air leaks. No leaks were found in the area of the nails or where the tire bead contacted the rim. Maintenance records indicated that the bus was last serviced about 1 week prior to the accident, and the service included a tire rotation, which typically involves checking tire pressure and inflating all tires to the recommended level. Brake System The accident bus was equipped with a power hydraulic brake system with a four-channel ABS. All wheel positions were equipped with disc brakes. The wheel bearings appeared smooth and without noticeable wear. The brake pads were measured to be above the 4/32-inch minimum required by the CVSA North American Out-of-Service Criteria. The brake rotors were measured to be above the minimum thickness specification of 36.1 millimeters set by the brake manufacturer.25 The rear rotors showed small hairline cracks, known as heat checking, which was considered normal. The left rear caliper pistons showed heat cracks on the inside of the pistons, but there were no indications that this affected operation of the brakes. Steering System The accident bus was equipped with a ZF model 8014 integral power steering gearbox. NTSB investigators directed examination of the steering gearbox and steering linkage, and the inspection revealed that neither had been damaged by the rollover event. The steering linkage was intact with no free play noted. With the front of the vehicle raised, the steering wheel was rotated left and right, from axle stop to axle stop, and it rotated freely and smoothly with no impediments felt or observed. The power steering reservoir fluid level was checked without the engine running, and it was about 0.5 inch above the full mark.
25 There are no CVSA OOS criteria for minimum rotor thickness.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Examination of the warranty claims for the accident bus revealed that the steering gearbox had been replaced twice during the approximate 2-year life of the vehicle. When the owner of DW Tour was asked about these warranty repairs, she did not appear to be aware of them. The steering gearbox and pump were removed and sent to the ZF Lenksysteme GmbH facility in St. Thomas, Ontario, where they were inspected by ZF Lenksysteme and NTSB investigators to determine if the parts had any faults that would account for the frequent replacement. No damage, leaks, or corrosion were found during the bench test, and the steering pump and gear performed within tolerances. The manufacturing dates of the parts closely matched the manufacturing date of the GM chassis, both being made in October 2006; all parties in attendance at the testing concluded that the steering gearbox and pump were the original equipment for the accident bus and had not been replaced during the life of the vehicle. Suspension The rollover caused substantial damage to the suspension system and undercarriage of the accident bus. The rear sway bar was stripped away from both mounts, and the right mount was bent outward. Both upper rear shock absorber mounts were fractured, disconnecting the shocks from the mounts. The left side of the suspension dampener was bent forward. The tailpipe was found disconnected at a joint just behind the right rear wheel. Driver’s Side Door In addition to having a passenger loading door, the accident bus was equipped with a driver’s side door. The NTSB examined the driver’s side door as part of its postaccident inspection because a passenger had stated that the driver was manipulating the door just prior to the accident. The door was equipped with an interior release handle, which was located adjacent to the door lock switch and the manual window handle. The armrest in the door, located rearward of the interior release handle, also served as a grab point to close or open the door. Manipulating the door by means of the armrest required the person in the driver’s seat to reach down and behind with a slight twisting of the torso to the left. (See figure 7.) The door of the bus was found to open and close normally and smoothly. When closed, the door latched securely. NTSB investigators noticed that light entered through a small gap at the bottom of the door frame. Engine Electronic Control Module The Chevrolet engine on the accident bus was equipped with an electronic control module (ECM) that functioned as the engine computer, controlling fuel injection, timing, and various diagnostics. Because the engine ECM was not designed to be an accident data recorder and was not capable of recording parameters such as vehicle speed, engine rpm, brake use, or percent throttle, it provided no information to assist with the accident investigation.
19
NTSB Highway Accident Report
Figure 7. Layout of driver’s side door, showing armrest located near seatback and interior door release handle adjacent, to the right. Highway US 93 is a four-lane asphalt paved roadway, with the dual northbound and southbound lanes separated by a depressed 81-foot-wide earthen median. Both the northbound and southbound median slopes are relatively flat and free of roadside fixed objects. Each travel lane is approximately 12 feet wide and is delineated by dashed white pavement stripes and raised reflectors. On the northbound side of the highway, a solid white pavement stripe delineates the travel lanes from the 10-foot-wide paved right shoulder. A solid yellow pavement stripe delineates the travel lanes from the 4-foot-wide paved median shoulder. The northbound lanes were resurfaced in 2001, and rumble strips were added on the right and median shoulders to alert errant motorists of lane departures. The highway is straight and level at the accident site. The speed limit is 65 mph. Commercial vehicles account for about 8 percent of the average daily traffic of 7,000 vehicles. US 93 has no controlled access, but numerous median crossover areas provide access to roadside businesses. ADOT provided a 5-year accident history for US 93 along a 2-mile segment that included the accident location. From 2004–2008, 26 other accidents occurred along this portion of the roadway: 10 property damage accidents, 15 injury accidents, and one fatal accident. Most of the accidents (69 percent) were single-vehicle accidents, and nine involved a vehicle rollover. None of the accidents involved a bus, and none involved a vehicle traversing the median.
20
NTSB Highway Accident Report 21 The Arizona DPS mapped the accident scene and located the first visible evidence of tire marks, from the right front bus tire, on the right-hand shoulder. (See figure 8.) Evaluation of the tire marks revealed that the bus had overturned on the depressed earthen median, not on the pavement. Impact marks in the median and on the bus showed that the vehicle overturned 1.25 times during the rollover sequence.
Figure 8. Aerial view of two northbound lanes of US 93, showing tire marks extending from right shoulder, across highway, and onto earthen median. Meteorological Factors The accident occurred during daylight, and the pavement was dry. When interviewed by NTSB investigators, the bus driver stated that the sun was in his eyes at the time of the accident, limiting his sight distance. Information from the U.S. Naval Observatory indicated that, at the time and location of the accident, the sun was 20.7° above the horizon and 228.4° east of true north.26 Personal observations by NTSB investigators at the same time of day as the accident (4:00 p.m.) indicate that—in the direction of travel—the sun would have been to the left and slightly behind the driver.
26 To compare this measurement with the driver’s compass heading of NW (315°), apply the magnetic declination 12.2° east, which results in a vehicle heading of 327.2° from true north. Next, subtract 100° to account for the visual observation that the sun was to the left and slightly behind the driver. The result is 227.2° from true north, a value generally consistent with U.S. Naval Observatory data.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 22 Additional Information Classification of Medium-Size Buses The accident bus had traveled from Los Angeles to Las Vegas before being used on a day tour to Grand Canyon West. Both the intercity travel and the subsequent day tour required the bus to traverse rural high speed roads. During a visit to the Grand Canyon West bus terminal on February 5, 2009, NTSB investigators observed two medium-size buses—similar in size to the accident bus—parked alongside motorcoaches. Medium-size buses are generally associated with travel within cities and towns—such as for shuttle and commuter service—and not with long-distance tour or charter service. The use of the accident bus for both intercity and tour travel prompted the NTSB to seek information on medium-size bus travel and accident characteristics, as well as to examine current occupant protection requirements. The NTSB refers to the accident bus as a “medium-size bus” because it was built on a medium-duty truck chassis27 and met the FMVSS definition of “bus” (at 49 CFR 571.3) in that it was configured to carry more than 10 people. The Federal regulations do not contain one standard definition for a bus, nor do they specify a category of “medium-size bus.” For example, the regulations that govern transportation services for individuals with disabilities, at 49 CFR 37.3, define a bus as any of several types of self-propelled vehicles, generally rubber-tired, intended for use on city streets, highways, and busways. The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) bus testing requirements, at 49 CFR 665.5, define a bus as a rubber-tired automotive vehicle used for the provision of mass transportation service by or for a recipient. The FMCSRs, established at 49 CFR 390.5, define a bus as any motor vehicle designed, constructed, or used for the transportation of passengers, including taxicabs. Unlike the FMVSS definition, these bus definitions do not specify a minimum passenger threshold. The FMVSSs do not classify different bus body types other than to define them as either a bus or a school bus. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s (NHTSA) Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS)28 further distinguishes between bus body types, classifying them as intercity/cross-country bus, school bus, transit bus, other bus, or unknown bus. The FARS database also contains nine attributes for a bus, based on usage. Under the FARS classification scheme, medium-size buses could be categorized as belonging to four of the five bus body types and six of the nine bus usage categories.
27 “Medium duty” is a designation given by the manufacturer and coincides with categories established by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) of light duty being class 1 and 2 vehicles, all vehicles under 10,000 pounds GVWR; medium duty being class 3 through 5 vehicles, ranging from 10,001–19,500 pounds GVWR; and heavy duty being class 6 and higher vehicles, or vehicles over 19,501 pounds GVWR. 28 FARS was established in 1975 and contains police accident report data on fatal traffic crashes in the 50 states, the District of Colombia, and Puerto Rico. To be included in FARS, a crash must involve a motor vehicle traveling on a road open to the public and result in the death of a person within 30 days of the crash.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 23 Medium-Size Bus Characteristics and Usage The accident bus was a 32-foot medium-size multistage vehicle, with seating for the driver and 29 passengers. A 2007 FTA report on multistage vehicles29 described a typical medium-size bus as 25–35 feet long, with a GVWR of 10,000–30,000 pounds, and seating for 16–40 passengers. By comparison, the typical motorcoach is 45 feet long and seats about 55 passengers. Costs for a new medium-size multistage bus ranged from $50,000–$175,000 in 2007, compared to an average $450,000 for a new motorcoach.30 According to the Mid-Size Bus Manufacturers Association (MSBMA),31 the production volume of medium-size buses reported by its members is 10,200–13,600 units per year. By comparison, an estimated 1,600 motorcoaches were produced for the North American market in
- Public transit agencies account for just over half (53 percent) of the annual sales for
medium-size buses. The buses are primarily used for paratransit services.32 The remainder of the medium-size bus production goes to private market sales. The MSBMA estimates that 20 percent of these buses are sold to churches, schools, and communities for use as activity buses; 10 percent are sold to businesses such as hotels and rental car companies to be used as shuttle buses; and 10 percent are sold to tour and charter bus companies. According to representatives of the United Motorcoach Association (UMA)33 and the ABA,34 medium-size buses are a growing trend in the passenger transportation arena due to their ability to generate high revenues, their lower retail costs as compared to motorcoaches, and their passenger capacity. The ABA representative also noted that the current economic downturn has resulted in smaller groups of people traveling shorter distances, for which medium-size buses are the economical choice.
29 Evaluation of the Market for Small-to-Medium-Sized Cutaway Buses, Report MI-26-7280.07.1 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Transit Administration, December 2007). 30 The Economic Impacts and Social Benefits of the U.S. Motorcoach Industry (Arlington, Virginia: Nathan Associates, 2008), p. 14. 31 The MSBMA is an affiliate division of the National Truck Equipment Association and was established in
- Its 16 bus manufacturers represent the majority of medium-size bus production throughout the United States
and Canada. Starcraft is a member of the MSBMA. 32 Paratransit services are public or private transportation options, typically vans and small buses, for senior citizens and persons with special needs. The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101336) requires paratransit services to be available for “individuals with disabilities who are unable to use fixed route transportation systems.” See 49 CFR 37.3. 33 The UMA includes over 875 motorcoach company members and 215 motorcoach manufacturers, suppliers, and related businesses as associate members. The UMA membership includes manufacturers that produce small- and medium-size buses. 34 The ABA represents approximately 900 motorcoach and tour companies. Another 2,300 member organizations represent suppliers of bus products and services. Included in the ABA membership are motor carrier operators that provide passenger transportation on motorcoaches as well as medium-size buses.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 24 Fatal Accidents Involving Medium-Size Buses The NTSB used FARS data in its analysis of fatal accidents involving medium-size buses. Because bus usage data were added to FARS in 2000, the analysis was restricted to data from 2000–2008. This analysis defined a medium-size bus as • A bus used in tours and charters, in scheduled service, in commuter service, or as a shuttle, • A bus with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds, configured to carry more than 15 passengers, and with only two axles, and • Not a conventional bus (rear engine, flat front), transit or city bus, or motorcoach. As such, the NTSB analysis relied on FARS criteria related to bus use, bus body type, GVWR, vehicle configuration, and number of axles. During this 9-year period, medium-size buses were involved in 83 fatal accidents, resulting in 106 fatalities and 270 injuries. Thirty-three of these fatalities and 187 of the injuries involved bus occupants,35 for an average of 4 occupant fatalities and 21 nonfatal injuries per year. Overall, bus occupants accounted for 31 percent of medium-size bus fatalities. This number is substantially higher than the percentage of fatally injured bus occupants found in the NTSB’s analysis of large bus accidents, which indicated that only 15 percent of fatalities were bus occupants.36 From FARS data, rural accidents accounted for a third of all fatal accidents involving medium-size buses and a disproportionate number of occupant fatalities (64 percent) and injuries (48 percent). These findings are similar to those for large buses, where 20 percent of fatal accidents occur on rural roads and account for 57 percent of occupant fatalities and 49 percent of injuries.37 The accident bus had rolled over on the earthen median before coming to rest on southbound US 93. In the past 10 years, the NTSB has investigated six motorcoach accidents involving rollovers, which resulted in a total of 42 fatalities.38 All were single-vehicle accidents that occurred on rural roads. In three of the five accidents, the motorcoach ran off the road prior to rolling over.
35 Nonoccupant fatalities include those outside of the bus, such as pedestrians and occupants of other vehicles. 36 Motorcoach Rollover Near Mexican Hat, Utah, January 6, 2008, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009), table B-2. 37 NTSB/HAR-09/01, table B-2. 38 (a) Motorcoach Rollover on U.S. Highway 59, Near Victoria, Texas, January 2, 2008, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). (b) Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Bridge and Rollover, Sherman, Texas, August 8, 2008, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). (c) NTSB/HAR-09/01. (d) Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road and Overturn, Victor, New York, June 23, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004). (e) Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road Near Canon City, Colorado, December 21, 1999, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-02/19 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002). (f) Motorcoach Override of Elevated Exit Ramp, Interstate 75, Atlanta, Georgia, March 2, 2007, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 25 From 2000–2008, rollover accidents involving vehicles of all types accounted for almost 30 percent of all fatal accidents. For motorcoaches, approximately 29 percent of all fatal crashes involve rollovers, with ejection accounting for 56 percent of occupant fatalities.39 Of the 83 fatal medium-size bus accidents reported in FARS for 2000–2008, four involved a rollover. (See table 3.) These four accidents are similar to the Dolan Springs accident in terms of location, occurrence, sequence of events, and resulting casualties—all were single-vehicle accidents, and three of the four accidents occurred on a rural highway. As in Dolan Springs, two of the four buses ran off the road to the left before rolling over. For the other two buses, one rolled over on the highway and one hit an animal before departing the roadway to the left and rolling over. Of the 54 occupants in these 4 buses, 18 passengers were ejected during the rollovers, resulting in 3 fatalities and 15 injuries. Appendix B discusses the limitations that should be considered when interpreting these findings. Table 3. Fatalities, injuries, and ejections for medium-size bus rollover accidents, 2000–2008. Rollover Accidents Total Occupants Total Fatalities Total Injuries Ejections Fatalities Injuries 2005 shuttle bus (rural interstate) 13 2 11 2 1 2005 shuttle bus (urban interstate) 9 1 8 0 0 2007 commuter bus (rural interstate) 27 1 26 1 14 2008 tour bus (rural arterial road) 5 3 1 0 0 Total 54 7 46 3 15 SOURCE: NHTSA FARS data.
39 NHTSA’s Approach to Motorcoach Safety, NHTSA Docket 2007-28793 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, August 2007).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 26 NTSB Medium-Size Bus Investigations Apart from Dolan Springs, the NTSB has investigated at least six other accidents involving medium-size buses since 1990, three of which involved a rollover.40 (See table 4 and figure 9.) Most recently, on February 22, 2010, the NTSB launched to Lake Placid, Florida, on an accident involving a 2001 Ford/Krystal 32-passenger medium-size bus occupied by the 68-year-old driver and 30 passengers. The bus was traveling northbound in the right lane of U.S. Highway 27, a four-lane divided roadway with an earthen center median. As the bus approached the Lake Saint Francis/Lykes Road intersection, a 2010 Mercury Sable approaching from the west, occupied by the 81-year-old driver, made a left turn into the northbound lanes of the highway and maneuvered into the right lane, striking the bus on the left side behind the driver’s door. The right front wheel of the Mercury contacted the left outside rear wheel of the bus. The bus driver swerved to the right, and the bus began to rotate in a clockwise direction, crossing an acceleration lane and entering an earthen area. The bus rolled onto its roof, ejecting eight passengers, three of whom were killed. The bus came to rest on its roof facing east, and the Mercury came to rest in the acceleration lane facing north. The fiberglass roof of the Lake Placid accident bus sustained significant damage from the rollover. Along the left side, the roof was shifted approximately 30 inches to the right, exposing the seatbacks through the large window wells. The fiberglass fascia above the driver’s seat and the right front passenger seating compartments was broken open, revealing the square tubular frame; additionally, the roof was crushed downward and intruded into the compartments of the driver and front passenger. At the rear of the bus, a portion of the fiberglass body was cracked open vertically along the left rear corner and pulled away from the rest of the bus body, resulting in a 60- by 23-inch-wide gap that revealed the square steel tubular frame. The rear cargo door was torn out from the locking mechanism and was hanging open. All the left side windows (1,017.5 square inches each) were completely broken out, while five of the seven windows on the right side remained intact. Within the bus, the fiberglass luggage rack on the driver’s side remained attached to the roof, but all of the middle fiberglass supports were broken. The luggage rack on the left was also crushed to a point just above the seatbacks. Three-point lap/shoulder belts and air bags were available at the driver and right front passenger seating areas only.
40 (a) Adirondack, New York, investigation DCA-94-MH-005. (b) Pupil Transportation in Vehicles Not Meeting Federal School Bus Standards, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999). (c) Single Vehicle Run-Off-Road Rollover, U.S. Route 101, San Miguel, California, January 2, 2001, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-02/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002). (d) Multivehicle Collision on Interstate 90, Hampshire–Marengo Toll Plaza, Near Hampshire, Illinois, October 1, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-06/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006). (e) Broward County, Florida, investigation HWY-07-FH-005. (f) Lake Placid, Florida, investigation HWY-10-FH-009.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Table 4. NTSB medium-size bus accident investigations. Year and Location Bus Total Occupants Total Fatalities Total Injuries Rollover (degrees) Ejections (Including Partial) Fatalities Injuries 1994 Adirondack, New York 1992 Ford/Goshen 21-passenger 23 1 22 450 1 13 1998 Lenoir City, Tennessee 1990 Oshkosh/ National Coach 25-passenger 25 2 23 0 1 0 2001 San Miguel, California 2000 Ford/Krystal 31-passenger 6 2 6 270 2 0 2003 Hampshire, Illinois 1999 Ford/Goshen 25-passenger 21 8 12 0 8 0 2006 Broward, Florida 2005 Navistar 33-passenger 29 0 29 0 0 0 2009 Dolan Springs, Arizona 2007 Chevrolet/Starcraft 29-passenger 17 7 10 450 6 9 2010 Lake Placid, Florida 2001 Ford/Krystal 32-passenger 32 3 28 180 3 5 27
NTSB Highway Accident Report
Figure 9. Photographs from NTSB-investigated medium-size bus accidents. Left to right, from top: Adirondack, New York; Lenoir City, Tennessee; San Miguel, California; Hampshire, Illinois; Broward, Florida; and Lake Placid, Florida.
28
NTSB Highway Accident Report Occupant Protection Crashworthiness Standards. The Dolan Springs accident bus was built on a General Motors C5500 medium-duty chassis. The body structure of the bus—including the floor, sidewalls, windows, roof, and rear wall—was mounted to the chassis. Multistage vehicles such as the accident bus are required to meet applicable FMVSSs prior to use. Table 5 summarizes the applicable crashworthiness standards for the passenger compartments of four typical bus body types: small school bus, large school bus, motorcoach, and medium-size bus. Standards that apply to the driver’s area only are not included in the table. The labeling/designation of bus body types is based either on bus use or body type. Exemplars of these bus body types are shown in figure 10. Table 5. Required crashworthiness FMVSSs for passenger compartments of selected bus body types.
Small School Bus (GVWR < 10,000 lb) Large School Bus (GVWR > 10,000 lb) Medium-Size Bus (GVWR > 10,000 lb)a Motorcoacha
49 CFR Part 571, FMVSS Number
201 Occupant Protection in Interior Impact ● 205 Glazing Materials ● ● ● ● 207 Seating Systems ●b 208 Occupant Crash Protection ● 209 Seat Belt Assemblies ● 210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages ● 213 Child Restraint Systems ●c ●c ●c ●c 214 Side Impact Protection ● 217 Bus Emergency Exits and Window Retention ● ● ● ● 220 School Bus Rollover Protection ● ● 221 School Bus Body Joint Strength ● ● 222 School Bus Seating and Crash Protection ● ● 225 Child Restraint Anchorage Systems ● a Medium-size buses and motorcoaches are not so distinguished in the FMVSSs; these bus body type categories are included in the table for purposes of comparison. b Applies to small school buses (GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less) manufactured after October 21, 2011. c Applies to vehicles if equipped with a built-in child restraint system. 29
NTSB Highway Accident Report 30
Figure 10. Images of selected bus body types (not to scale). Starcraft provided NTSB with documentation showing that both it and Chevrolet/General Motors complied with current applicable crashworthiness regulations and that its window glazing complied with FMVSS 20541 for this specific bus model. Starcraft representatives stated that the company voluntarily subjects this bus model to FMVSS 20742 for all seating positions and to FMVSS 21043 for seat belt assembly anchorages because it can be equipped with lap belts at the passenger positions.
41 Title 49 CFR 571.205 specifies glazing materials and establishes requirements for reducing injuries from impact to glazing surfaces to minimize the possibility of motor vehicle occupants being thrown (ejected) through vehicle windows as a result of collisions. 42 Title 49 CFR 571.207 establishes requirements for seats, their attachment assemblies, and their installation to minimize the possibility of failure by forces acting on them as a result of vehicle impact. 43 Title 49 CFR 571.210 establishes requirements for seat belt anchorages to ensure their proper location for effective occupant restraint and to reduce the likelihood of failure.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 31 Roof Strength. Several FMVSSs specifically apply to school bus certification, including FMVSS 220 for rollover protection/roof strength, FMVSS 221 for joint strength, and FMVSS 222 for occupant safety. Medium-size buses are not required to meet any of these school bus-specific standards. Some of the final stage manufacturers of medium-size buses have voluntarily tested their vehicles to FMVSSs 220 and 221. Some transportation agencies have specified that the buses they purchase must meet or exceed the rollover protection requirements of FMVSS 220.44 As a result, some FMVSS 220 and 221 test data are available for medium-size multistage buses. Table 6 presents the results of roof strength tests conducted by NHTSA in 2008 on two motorcoaches, a large school bus, and two medium-size multistage buses, based on FMVSS 220. The two motorcoaches were chosen by NHTSA to represent existing buses in the motorcoach fleet due to the differences in their window spacing (58 and 40 inches). The tests required the roof of each vehicle to withstand 1.5 times the unloaded vehicle weight while not exceeding a downward vertical movement of 130 millimeters (5.1 inches) at any point on the application plate. The two motorcoaches failed the test because their roofs exceeded the downward vertical movement threshold. The large school bus and both medium-size buses passed FMVSS 220. Table 6. Comparison of FMVSS 220 roof strength test data for two motorcoaches, a school bus, and two medium-size buses. Test Parameter 1992 MCI MC-12 Motorcoach 1991 Prevost LeMirage Motorcoach 2003 Bluebird School Bus 1997 GC II Goshen Medium-Size Bus 2001 Starcraft 190 WB E450 Medium-Size Bus Gross vehicle weight rating 37,800 lb 40,000 lb 36,200 lb 14,050 lb 14,050 lb Unloaded vehicle weight 28,000 lb 29,500 lb 19,925 lb 9,420 lb 9,000 lb Target load 42,000 lb 44,250 lb 29,888 lb 14,130 lb 13,500 lb Test value 0.91 1.17 1.5 1.5 1.5 Maximum deflection 25.7 in. 21.4 in. 3.57 in. 2.5 in. 3.5 in. Pass/fail Fail Fail Pass Pass Pass SOURCE: NHTSA Docket 2007-28793.
44 Missouri, Pennsylvania, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Tennessee, Michigan, Utah, Alabama, and California, along with the FTA, require compliance with FMVSS 220. See Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, Roof Crush Resistance, NHTSA Docket 2005-22143 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, August 2005).
NTSB Highway Accident Report The accident bus was not specifically designed to meet FMVSS 220. With the exception of the luggage racks, the fiberglass roof above the passenger area sustained relatively minor damage during the rollover. (See figure 11.) Several small areas of the roof along the left side were torn away, revealing the metal roof cross rails. The bus body remained intact, and the integrity of the interior was not compromised by crush. Damage was more severe in the front fascia area above the driver’s seating compartment, where the fiberglass was broken away. (See figure 12.) All that remained in the area of the driver’s seating compartment and the loading door was the square tubular frame, which was bent and twisted. At the left rear corner of the bus, the fiberglass chassis was cracked and displaced.
Figure 11. Right side of accident bus roof.
32
NTSB Highway Accident Report 33
Figure 12. Front fascia area above driver’s seating compartment and loading door. The Insurance Institute for Highway Safety (IIHS) recently correlated roof strength to the level of driver injury in passenger cars and sport utility vehicles (SUV).45 The IIHS study found that vehicles with stronger roofs had lower rates of serious injury, ejection, and injury for nonejected drivers. Even minor increases in roof strength were found to significantly decrease serious injuries in rollover crashes. The IIHS cautioned, however, that occupant protection research should not be limited to roof strength. The NTSB arrived at similar findings in its bus crashworthiness report,46 in which the Board recommended that NHTSA develop motorcoach standards for both roof strength and occupant protection, recognizing that only a systems approach would result in the best protection for motorcoach occupants. Bus rollovers—such as the Canon City, Colorado, motorcoach accident and the Milton, Florida, large school bus accident—highlight both the failures and the successes of the bus structure in protecting occupants.47
45 (a) M. Brumbelow and others, “Roof Strength and Injury Risk in Rollover Crashes,” Traffic Injury Prevention, vol. 10, no. 3 (2009), pp. 252–265. (b) M. Brumbelow and E. Teoh, “Roof Strength and Injury Risk in Rollover Crashes of Passengers Cars and SUVs,” 21st International Technical Conference on the Enhanced Safety of Vehicles, Stuttgart, Germany, June 2009. 46 NTSB/SIR-99/04. 47 (a) NTSB/HAB-02/19. (b) School Bus Loss of Control and Rollover on Interstate 10, Near Milton, Florida, May 28, 2008, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-09/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 34 Occupant Restraint Systems. The interior configuration of the Starcraft XLT medium-size bus is similar to the interior of many motorcoaches. (See figures 13 and 14.) Rows of high-backed seats are located on each side of the aisle. Overhead luggage racks with some form of entertainment system are also common. Unlike school buses, however, medium-size buses and motorcoaches in the United States are not required to meet any occupant protection standards, either active or passive, except for the driver’s position. Seat belts are not typically provided, though a variety of manufacturers currently have seat belt-equipped seats available for motorcoaches and other buses.48,49
Figure 13. Interior photograph showing seatbacks, televisions, and overhead luggage racks on exemplar Starcraft XLT bus. Note: The accident bus did not have video displays or luggage rack doors.
48 According to Starcraft representatives, the model bus involved in the Dolan Springs accident offers the option of lap belts at the occupant positions. 49 (a) See http://www.imminet.com/news/pressreleases/motorcoachpress_0409_1.htm, accessed June 15, 2009. (b) NTSB/HAR-06/03. The bus involved in the Hampshire crash was voluntarily equipped with lap belts at all passenger seating positions.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 35
Figure 14. Interior photograph showing seats on exemplar Starcraft XLT bus. Window Size. The purpose of FMVSS 217 is to establish minimum requirements for the following: • Bus window retention and release to reduce the likelihood of passenger ejection in crashes, and • Emergency exits to facilitate passenger off-loading. All buses in the United States are required to meet this standard, which sets a minimum window size. In 1999, the NTSB’s report on bus crashworthiness noted that there were no restrictions on maximum window size in buses and expressed concern with respect to a potential decrease in roof strength due to fewer vertical support posts.50 The report recorded motorcoach window sizes, representing only the area of the transparent glazing itself and not the window frame, as averaging 2,040 square inches. The average window width was 60 inches, and the average window height was 34 inches. The Dolan Springs accident bus was equipped with five tempered glass windows along each side of the passenger compartment, as described below: • The first three windows from the front measured 45 inches wide by 34 inches high (1,530 square inches each). • The fourth window was 36 inches wide by 34 inches high (1,224 square inches). • The fifth window was 24 inches wide by 34 inches high (816 square inches).
50 NTSB/SIR-99/04.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 36 By comparison, a school bus window typically measures about 24.5 inches wide by 21.25 inches high, though a 0.75-inch sash splits the window into two separate panes. As a result, one window typically consists of two separate glazing areas, each measuring 24.5 inches wide by 10.25 inches high, equating to a window area of 251 square inches. Including both portions of the window as a single unit would result in a window area of 520 square inches.51 Table 7 compares the glazing area for three bus body types. Table 7. Typical side window glazing area for selected bus body types. Bus Body Type Window Glazing Area (square inches) Motorcoach 2,040 Medium-size accident bus 816–1,530 School bus 520–669 Simulation of Accident Using commercially available vehicle dynamics software (TruckSim), NTSB investigators conducted a computer simulation based on tire marks and other physical evidence found at the accident scene. The primary focus of the simulation study was to understand the initial loss of control and determine whether a stability control system might have influenced the outcome of the accident. The physical evidence found at the accident scene included several feet of tire marks, indicating the path of the bus as it traveled onto the right shoulder of the road, back across the two travel lanes, and into the center median before overturning. Because no physical evidence was found indicating the path of the bus prior to the beginning of the tire marks, the NTSB conducted a series of simulations to determine its most likely path. The results of the simulations indicated that the bus most likely underwent all or part of a sinusoidal motion52 prior to traveling onto the right shoulder and losing control.
51 School bus windows can be wider. For example, the NTSB investigated an accident involving a school bus in Holyoke, Colorado, and found that two of its windows had a width of 35 inches, including the window frame. (The other windows were 28 inches wide, which corresponds to the glazing dimensions above.) Assuming a similar frame dimension, this glazing size would have been approximately 31.5 by 21.25 inches, resulting in a window area of 669 square inches when including both the upper and lower glazing areas. (See NTSB/SIR-99/04.) 52 “Sinusoidal” refers to an oscillation, such as a back-and-forth sideways motion.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 37 Accident scenarios that closely matched the physical evidence had the bus traveling in the right lane before drifting into the left lane, followed by a hard steering maneuver to the right, causing the bus to veer sharply back to the right. As the bus veered across the northbound lanes toward the right shoulder of the road, another hard steering maneuver was made to the left to avoid going off the right edge of the roadway. As the bus traveled from the right shoulder back into the roadway, heading toward the median, the simulations indicated that it began to develop a rapid counterclockwise rotation that could not be arrested even with rapid countersteers to the right. The rollover was not modeled in the simulations because the vehicle dynamics software was not capable of modeling such an event. Motorcoach Safety Action Plan In November 2009, the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) published its motorcoach action plan,53 an integrated strategy to reduce crashes involving motorcoaches. According to the action plan, an average of 19 motorcoach occupants die annually. Although motorcoach accidents are rare events, even one accident can result in a significant number of fatalities or serious injuries. The action plan addresses driver errors resulting from fatigue, distraction, medical conditions, and inexperience; crash avoidance technologies; vehicle maintenance and safety; carrier compliance; and measures to protect occupants in the event of a crash, such as seat belts, roof strength, fire safety, and emergency egress. The DOT determined from the data that driver fatigue, vehicle rollover, occupant ejection, and operator maintenance issues contributed to the majority of motorcoach accidents. Consequently, seven priority action items were identified to have the greatest impact on reducing motorcoach accidents, fatalities, and injuries. Among these action items are three related to • Evaluating and developing roof crush performance requirements to enhance structural integrity, • Initiating rulemaking to require the installation of seat belts on motorcoaches to improve occupant protection, and • Developing performance requirements and assessing the safety benefits for stability control systems to reduce rollover events. According to the action plan, NHTSA would • By the fourth quarter of 2009, (1) develop and evaluate roof crush performance requirements, and (2) develop performance requirements and assess the safety benefits of stability control systems on motorcoaches and heavy trucks;
53 Motorcoach Safety Action Plan, DOT HS 811 177 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, November 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Report • In the first quarter of 2010, initiate rulemaking for the installation of seat belts; and • In 2010, accelerate research on improved glazing and window retention techniques. NTSB staff met with NHTSA in May 2010 to discuss the status of these initiatives, and NHTSA is currently preparing a formal response. 38
NTSB Highway Accident Report 39 Analysis Following a brief discussion of the factors and conditions that the NTSB has excluded as neither causing nor contributing to the accident, the analysis portion of this report discusses the safety issues specific to the investigation: • Failure of the bus driver to attend to the road ahead and maintain control of his vehicle, • Need for regulatory definitions and classifications for bus body types, • Limitations of medium-size buses in retaining and protecting passengers during rollovers, • Need for technology to assist commercial drivers in maintaining control of their vehicles, and • Need for event data recording in commercial vehicles to aid in accident reconstruction and safety research. Exclusions At the time of the accident, on January 30, 2009, skies were clear with an 8-mph wind from the north–northeast. The bus driver had stated to investigators that the sun was in his eyes immediately prior to the crash, limiting how far ahead he could see. However, astronomical data—along with direct observation of the roadway at the same time of day as the crash— indicated that the sun would have been to the left and slightly behind the driver. Given the sun’s position relative to the bus and the driver’s line of sight, the NTSB concludes that the sun did not limit the driver’s forward vision. According to the bus driver, his health was generally good, and he had not experienced any acute medical events immediately prior to the crash. His most recent CDL medical exam did not indicate any chronic medical conditions or the likelihood of any acute medical issues. Additionally, the exam indicated that the driver had good hearing and no visual problems. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the bus driver’s health did not cause or contribute to the accident. Toxicological testing performed by CAMI on the driver’s blood was negative for alcohol and illicit drugs. Furthermore, police officers responding to the accident did not observe any indications that the driver might have been under the influence of alcohol at the time of the crash. During a postaccident interview, the driver stated that he used a traditional Chinese herbal supplement. The NTSB has noted in a prior investigation54 that the lack of empirical data on the contents of herbal supplements makes it difficult to determine their possible effects on the
54 Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road Accident, Tallulah, Louisiana, October 13, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-05/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005).
NTSB Highway Accident Report driving task. The limited information available on the driver’s herbal supplement suggests that it would not have affected his ability to operate the vehicle. The NTSB concludes that the bus driver was not under the influence of drugs or alcohol at the time of the accident. The driver was properly licensed to operate the medium-size bus. He stated to investigators that he was familiar with both his vehicle and the route to and from Grand Canyon West. The NTSB concludes that the bus driver was properly licensed and was familiar with both the route and the accident vehicle. According to both the bus driver and his passengers, he was neither using nor in the process of using his cellular telephone prior to the accident—which was confirmed by a check of cellular phone records. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the bus driver was not using his cellular telephone at the time of the accident. The accident vehicle was inspected after the accident, and no preexisting defects were found. The damage to the hydraulic and electrical brake lines, suspension, and undercarriage was caused by the accident. The nails found in the tires did not penetrate the inside of the tire liners and did not cause a loss of tire pressure. The NTSB concludes that the bus had no preexisting mechanical defects that could have caused or contributed to the accident. The pavement on the roadway was dry and in good condition when the accident occurred. Delineation markings on the pavement were visible and in good condition. The northbound lanes included rumble strips on the right and median shoulders. The median slope was relatively flat and traversable, its width exceeded design requirements for a median barrier, and there was no history of median crossover accidents in this area. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that neither the design nor the maintenance of the highway contributed to the accident. With a total area of 13,470 square miles, Mohave County, Arizona, is the fifth largest county in the United States. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the population density in 2000 was 12 people per square mile. The subject accident occurred on a rural stretch of US 93, about 49 miles from Kingman, Arizona, the closest city. Despite travel distances, the first DPS patrolman arrived 16 minutes after the accident, followed shortly by LMRFD units and several other emergency response agencies. Ambulances were on scene within 30 minutes of the initial request by DPS, and EMS helicopters were on scene within 40 minutes. A debriefing/critique held by the responding agencies after the accident noted some problems with communication and equipment, but it was determined that those issues caused no significant delays in transportation of the injured. The Mohave County mass fatality incident plan was not executed because the incident commander believed that the widespread emergency response yielded sufficient resources. The incident command system was implemented, however, allowing the incident commander to coordinate all activities. NTSB investigators conducted an emergency response assessment based on dispatch information and interviews with passengers, witnesses, and first responders, and found no evidence of prolonged response times or lack of cooperation among responders. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the emergency response was timely, especially considering the isolated location of the accident scene. 40
NTSB Highway Accident Report 41 Motor Carrier Issues On June 3, 2005, DW Tour entered the new entrant program, and the FMCSA audited DW Tour on October 19, 2005. The company passed the safety audit but was cited for two critical violations that required corrective action, one of which was for not conducting a periodic inspection on all of its own vehicles. On December 16, 2008, the FMCSA published a final rule that amended the new entrant program to raise the standard of compliance for passing the safety audit.55 The agency identified 16 requirements, at 49 CFR 385.321, as essential elements of safety management controls necessary to operate in interstate commerce. Failure to comply with any one of these requirements would result in a failure of the audit. Included among the 16 essential elements, at 49 CFR 396.17(a), is a requirement that carriers provide proof of periodic vehicle inspection to pass the new entrant safety audit. Although the FMCSA rated DW Tour as “satisfactory” during a postaccident compliance review, the company was again cited for not conducting a periodic inspection on two of four of its vehicles. However, the accident vehicle was among the buses that DW Tour had made available for inspection during the California inspection in 2007, and a postaccident inspection by NTSB revealed no preexisting defects that could have caused or contributed to the accident. Therefore, although DW Tour’s safety management program was lacking in terms of periodic inspections, the NTSB concludes that the condition of the vehicle did not cause or contribute to the accident. In the investigation of a May 2001 collision between a school bus and a tractor-semitrailer near Mountainburg, Arkansas, which killed three students, the NTSB described the ease with which carriers avoid vehicle inspections.56 In that report, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to the FMCSA: H-02-16 Require that vehicle inspections of a motor carrier’s fleet be conducted during compliance reviews. Safety Recommendation H-02-16 is currently classified “Open—Unacceptable Response” because of the lack of concrete action by the FMCSA. According to the FMCSA, it is evaluating the compliance review process as part of the Comprehensive Safety Analysis (CSA) 2010 initiative, and this recommendation is among the issues being considered. According to the CSA 2010 website,57 the FMCSA expects to complete the operational model test by June 2010. The University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute (UMTRI) will then evaluate the program’s potential for improving safety and its impact on available resources. The FMCSA expects to have CSA 2010 fully implemented by 2011. The NTSB will continue to monitor the FMCSA’s progress in improving motor carrier oversight and compliance with the FMCSRs.
55 See 73 FR 76472 (December 16, 2008). Full compliance with this final rule was required beginning December 16, 2009. 56 Collision Between Truck Tractor-Semitrailer and School Bus Near Mountainburg, Arkansas, May 31, 2001, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-02/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002). 57 For further information, see http://csa2010.fmcsa.dot.gov, accessed February 23, 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 42 Driver Issues Fatigue According to the bus driver, he usually obtained 7–8 hours of sleep a night, which is consistent with typical sleep requirements. The driver also described the quality of his sleep as “good.” The driver stated that he obtained 5–6 hours of sleep on the night of January 29, 2009, which is about 2 hours less than he normally obtains. Studies have shown reduced performance associated with reductions in sleep.58 However, the driver told investigators that he took a nap on the bus after dropping off his passengers at Grand Canyon West, which provided the opportunity for as much as 5 hours of rest before passengers returned to the vehicle. The accident occurred about 1.5 hours after the driver would have awakened from his nap, making it unlikely that he was suffering from sleep inertia.59,60 As discussed below, a witness stated that she observed the driver opening and closing his door prior to the accident, indicating that he was awake at the time of the crash. The NTSB thus concludes that the bus driver was not impaired by fatigue at the time of the accident. Distraction During postaccident interviews, one passenger stated that the driver’s door had been open just prior to the crash. When investigators asked the driver about the door, he stated that it had not been open. He explained that he had heard wind noise coming through the door and had only manipulated the door in an attempt to tighten the seal. NTSB investigators examined the driver’s door postaccident and found it to be closed and latched normally. Investigators observed a small gap between the door and the frame, which—if it had existed prior to the occurrence of the accident—would have allowed light and possibly wind to come through. The driver was unsure how much time he spent trying to tighten the door. Regardless of whether the door was open, however, the driver had been engaged in some form of activity involving the door prior to the crash. Distraction from the driving task is a serious problem; NHTSA has estimated that driver inattention or distraction is responsible for 25–30 percent of police-reported crashes, or approximately 1.2 million crashes per year.61 Distraction is defined as occurring when a driver is delayed in the recognition of information needed to safely accomplish
58 (a) R. Wilkinson and others, “Performance Following a Night of Reduced Sleep,” Psychonomic Science, vol. 5 (1966), pp. 471–472. (b) J. Connor and others, “Driver Sleepiness and Risk of Serious Injury to Car Occupants: Population Based Case Control Study,” British Medical Journal, vol. 324, no. 7346 (2002), p. 1125. 59 Sleep inertia is a physiological state that occurs immediately following an abrupt awakening. It typically lasts 15–30 minutes and is characterized by a decline in motor dexterity and a subjective feeling of grogginess. 60 G. Hofer-Tinguely and others, “Sleep Inertia: Performance Changes After Sleep, Rest, and Active Waking,” Brain Research: Cognitive Brain Research, vol. 22, no. 3 (March 22, 2005), pp. 323–331. 61 (a) M. Sundeen, Along for the Ride: Reducing Driver Distractions, Final Report of the Driver Focus and Technology Forum (Denver, Colorado: National Conference of State Legislatures, 2002). (b) L. Shelton, Statement before the Subcommittee on Highways and Transit, Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, U.S. House of Representatives, May 9, 2001. See , accessed February 4, 2010.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 43 the driving task because some event, activity, object, or person within or outside the vehicle compels or induces the driver’s attention away from driving.62 The bus driver said that he was attending to the door to tighten the seal. A preoccupation with the door would explain the driver’s statement that the sun was in his eyes at the time of the accident. The NTSB concludes that the bus driver shifted his gaze and attention to the left to attend to the driver’s side door. In a postaccident interview, the driver reported seeing an object in the middle of the road and swerving right to avoid it, which caused the bus to travel off the right edge of the roadway. He subsequently steered left and then right before losing control of the bus. If the driver’s statements are accurate and he had, in fact, found it necessary to initiate an evasive maneuver to avoid an object the size of an intravenous bag in the middle of the road, two scenarios can be postulated: • The driver had not noticed the object until he was almost upon it, surprising him and necessitating an evasive maneuver sharp enough to cause him to lose control of the bus; and • The bus had drifted left, toward the middle of the road, necessitating an evasive maneuver to avoid the object in the middle of the road. A preoccupation with the door would explain the driver’s inattention to the primary task of driving and his delayed response to the object on the road. It would also explain the vehicle’s drift toward the left lane. Had the driver’s attention and gaze been on the door to his left, he may have inadvertently caused the vehicle to drift toward the left lane. Both anecdotal evidence63 and research64 have shown that driver steering tends to follow the direction of gaze. Simulations of the accident based on physical evidence from the roadway suggested that the vehicle underwent all or part of a sinusoidal motion prior to traveling onto the right shoulder and losing control. This finding is consistent with the steering pattern described by the bus driver. The final right steering motion described by the driver may have been an attempt to avoid going into the roadway median. The vehicle motion modeled by the simulation is also consistent with an inattentive driver reacting with surprise to the leftward drift of his vehicle and overcorrecting to the right, subsequently losing control. When all evidence and testimony are considered together, the following scenario emerges: • Because the driver heard wind noise coming through the door, suggesting to him that it was not properly closed, he turned toward the door in an attempt to tighten the seal, inadvertently turning the steering wheel slightly to the left as he did so.
62J. Stutts and others, The Role of Driver Distraction in Traffic Crashes (Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2001). 63(a) R. Bondurant and J. Blakemore, Bob Bondurant on High Performance Driving (Osceola, Wisconsin: Motorbooks International, 1998). (b) Evaluating, Coaching, and Range Management Instructor's Guide (Irvine, California: Motorcycle Safety Foundation, 1992). 64 W. Readinger and others, “Gaze-Eccentricity Effects on Road Position and Steering,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, vol. 8, no. 4 (2002), pp. 247–258.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 44 • At some point, he turned his attention back to the direction of travel and either steered sharply to avoid an object in the roadway or made a startled response when he noticed the drift of his vehicle. The common factor in both movements is driver inattention caused by a preoccupation with the driver’s side door, resulting in a rapid and exaggerated steering response. The NTSB concludes that the bus driver was distracted by the driver’s side door, causing the vehicle to drift leftward, which triggered the subsequent accident sequence. It has been estimated that 20 percent of all police-reported accidents involve vehicles running off the road, leading to 41 percent of all vehicle fatalities.65 A majority of these accidents occur on straight roadways (76 percent) and in good weather conditions (73 percent). Lane departure warning systems (LDWS) are forward-looking video-based systems that warn the driver if the vehicle drifts from the lane. Most such systems are activated only when the vehicle is traveling over a certain speed (generally 35 mph) and when the driver initiates a lane departure without signaling the intent to do so.66 In a field operation test sponsored by NHTSA, an LDWS—when compared with baseline driving without this technology—was found to increase turn signal usage per mile driven by 9 percent, to decrease lane position deviation, and to cause drivers to more quickly return to their travel lane after being issued an imminent alert.67 Researchers predict that LDWSs could reduce heavy truck road departure crashes by 17–24 percent, though the effectiveness of these systems has varied along with such factors as field testing environment, driving population, and test design.68 The FMCSA has already developed voluntary standards for LDWS functional, data, hardware and software, driver–vehicle interface, and maintenance and support requirements for vehicles above 10,000 pounds GVWR.69 In its investigative report on a 2005 motorcoach collision with an overturned truck in Osseo, Wisconsin, the NTSB described LDWSs as a tool to warn drivers about unintended lane shifts, regardless of whether they are impaired by fatigue, distraction, poor driving, or other
65 D. Pomerleau and others, Run-Off-Road Collision Avoidance Using IVHS Countermeasures, DOT HS 809 170 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1999). 66 P. Rau, “Drowsy Driver Detection and Warning System for Commercial Vehicle Drivers: Field Operational Test Design, Data Analyses, and Progress,” Proceedings, 19th International Technical Conference on the Enhanced Safety of Vehicles, DOT HS 809 825 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, June 2005). 67 D. LeBlanc and others, Road Departure Crash Warning System Field Operational Test: Methodology and Results, UMTRI 2006-9-1 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, June 2006). 68 S. Johnson, Human Factors Study of Driver Assistance Systems to Reduce Lane Departures and Side Collision Accidents (Fayetteville, Arkansas: Mack–Blackwell National Rural Transportation Study Center, 2008). 69 A. Houser and others, Concept of Operations and Voluntary Operational Requirements for Lane Departure Warning Systems (LDWS) On-Board Commercial Motor Vehicles, FMCSA-MCRR-05-005 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2005).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 45 conditions.70 Furthermore, LDWSs can help prevent single-vehicle roadway departures, lane change/merge incidents, and head-on crashes. The NTSB concludes that, had the accident bus been equipped with an LDWS, the driver would have been alerted to the leftward drift of the bus, which might have provided an opportunity to take corrective action in a timely manner, thus avoiding the severe steering maneuver to the right that initiated the accident sequence. Because standards have already been established for vehicles above 10,000 pounds GVWR and several LDWS field tests have predicted steep reductions in accidents such as the one that killed seven passengers in Dolan Springs, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA require new commercial motor vehicles with a GVWR above 10,000 pounds to be equipped with LDWSs. Regulatory Definition of Buses Federal regulations do not provide a standard definition of a bus; and even among DOT agencies, the term “bus” may refer to vastly different types of vehicles, from taxis to motorcoaches. The FMVSSs do not differentiate among bus body types other than to distinguish between school bus and “not a school bus.” Consequently, the bus body type classifications used by NHTSA for its accident databases and guidelines are not always consistent or well defined and do not have a regulatory basis. An example of the vague and confusing nature of current bus definitions is illustrated by the term “motorcoach,” which is used prominently in the DOT’s recently published motorcoach safety action plan.71 “Motorcoach” is not defined in Federal regulations, though it is commonly interpreted to mean a large bus characterized by an elevated passenger deck located over a baggage compartment. Although all 15 bus photographs in the action plan fit the common interpretation, the action plan itself does not define motorcoach. In FARS, a motorcoach would generally be classified as an intercity/cross-country bus. Multistage vehicles such as the Dolan Springs accident bus would generally be categorized as “other” or “unknown” bus body types, along with trolley buses, amphibious buses (“ducks”), and a variety of other bus configurations. However, because the Dolan Springs accident bus was being used for intercity travel, it could also be classified, along with motorcoaches, in the intercity/cross-country bus category. In addition, several multistage medium-size buses are sold in the United States with the appearance and features of traditional motorcoaches, such as rear engines, lavatories, video systems, and baggage compartments over an elevated passenger deck,72 and some are even marketed as small motorcoaches. The ability to classify buses of different manufacture, weight, and range of passenger capacity under more than one FARS bus body attribute creates ambiguity in the data and
70 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rollover and Motorcoach Collision With Overturned Truck, Interstate Highway 94 Near Osseo, Wisconsin, October 16, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 71 DOT HS 811 177. 72 Stallion Bus Industries and Ciao North America are two companies that build multistage medium-size buses for the U.S. market with the appearance and features of traditional large motorcoaches.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 46 weakens the meaning of each attribute. Consequently, the statistical analyses presented in this report on medium-size bus characteristics, usage, and fatal accident involvement do not rely solely on bus body type classifications to identify medium-size buses but instead use multiple FARS criteria, combined with make, model, and vehicle identification number. The NTSB first examined the lack of standard bus definitions and classifications in its 1999 bus crashworthiness special investigation,73 discussing many of the same issues described in this report. The NTSB expressed particular concern that FARS did not include a separate category for specialty buses (multistage vehicles) and van-based vehicles. As a result of its findings, the NTSB issued two recommendations to the DOT: H-99-43 In 1 year and in cooperation with the bus manufacturers, complete the development of standard definitions and classifications for each of the different bus body types, and include these definitions and classifications in the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. H-99-44 Once the standard definitions and classifications for each of the different bus body types have been established in the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, in cooperation with the National Association of Governors’ Highway Safety Representatives, amend the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria’s bus configuration coding to incorporate the FMVSS definitions and standards. In April 2000, the NTSB added both Safety Recommendations H-99-43 and -44 to its Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements. In November 1999, the DOT had formed the “One DOT” task force to develop a plan of action for addressing the lack of a standard bus definition. The task force focused primarily on the classification of multistage vehicles and determined that because bus use varied considerably and often changed, the DOT should base its classification on basic descriptive information, such as length and seating configuration. The task force also determined that descriptive information could be encoded on the final stage manufacturer’s certification label, in addition to the vehicle identification number. In 2005, NHTSA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to add encoded descriptive information on the final stage manufacturer’s certification label for multistage vehicles, but the rulemaking was terminated in 2007 so that NHTSA could pursue a solution that would not unnecessarily burden bus manufacturers and would be more cost-effective for the states to implement. As an alternative measure, NHTSA worked with an expert panel, including NTSB representatives, to modify the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria (MMUCC)74 guidelines to ensure that police reports include information that identifies vehicles manufactured in multiple stages. In 2006, the NTSB removed Safety Recommendations H-99-43 and -44 from the Most
73 NTSB/SIR-99/04. 74 First published in 1998, the MMUCC is a set of national guidelines developed by NHTSA and used by state law enforcement to code vehicle crashes into accident reports.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Wanted List, classifying them as “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response” and “Open— Acceptable Response,” respectively. Although NHTSA has made substantial progress in encouraging the states to base their police accident reports on the MMUCC guidelines, inconsistencies among the most basic regulatory definitions and descriptions for buses undermine the reliability and validity of the data collected. The 2008 version of the MMUCC distinguishes bus body types in a similar manner as FARS, with the only difference being the characterization of intercity/cross-country buses as motorcoaches. The MMUCC website provides users with more detailed descriptions of categories and attributes, along with illustrations of cars, buses, and trucks. The website and accompanying photographs are helpful for distinguishing among more traditional bus body configurations but do not clarify the body type distinctions between motorcoaches and some multistage medium-size buses. Finally, the MMUCC defines a bus as a motor vehicle with seating to transport 9 or more people (including the driver), which is consistent with FARS but inconsistent with the FMVSS definition of a bus as a vehicle that seats more than 10 people. Regulatory definitions strongly influence the nature and scope of public policy decisions. Definitions provide the parameters from which classifications are based; and classifications determine the accident data to be gathered, how the data are analyzed, and how the results are interpreted. The interpretation of these results affects how research funding is allocated and, ultimately, what regulations are enacted. Therefore, the absence of uniform and unambiguous definitions can affect all aspects of regulatory decision-making—from the way issues are framed to the way solutions are implemented. The DOT’s motorcoach action plan is an ambitious document that provides the status of ongoing bus safety research and rulemaking, as well as a roadmap of future initiatives. Most of the activities described in the action plan are based on a strong body of research that spans passenger vehicle and truck safety as well as bus safety. The DOT has taken a systems approach to address motorcoach safety, evaluating the role of both the driver and the vehicle in crash and injury causation. However, because the DOT lacks standard bus definitions and classifications, and because “motorcoach” is a commonly used but ambiguous term, the scope of the research and rulemaking described in the action plan remains unclear. As a result, though many of the occupant protection and technology initiatives described in the action plan could prevent or ameliorate crash outcomes such as those in Dolan Springs, it is difficult to assess whether and to what extent the initiatives address medium-size buses and other multistage vehicles. Whether the action plan includes other bus body types has repercussions not only for the passengers who ride in these vehicles, but also for the bus manufacturers, carriers, technology vendors, and other stakeholders that supply and operate them. Finally, the DOT states in the action plan that it intends to improve safety through improved technological methods of data collection and analysis, as described later in this report. The NTSB is supportive of this initiative but believes that more basic regulatory changes are needed before any data can be effectively analyzed, interpreted, and used to improve safety. To eliminate data ambiguity and foster more transparent and accurate public policy decisions, NHTSA and its sister agencies need to collaborate to create uniform regulatory definitions for different bus body types and to base their data systems and other products on these definitions. Little has been done within the DOT to standardize definitions since the NTSB 47
NTSB Highway Accident Report 48 published its bus crashworthiness report 11 years ago. Bus definitions still differ among the FMCSA, the FTA, and NHTSA; and even within agencies, there is confusion as to what a bus is and what distinguishes one bus from another. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, in the 11 years since the NTSB issued its initial safety recommendations calling for the development of standard regulatory definitions and classifications for the different bus body types, the DOT still does not have standard regulatory definitions. The NTSB recommends that NHTSA, to maintain consistency in bus body classifications and to clarify the scope of bus safety initiatives, develop regulatory definitions and classifications for each of the different bus body types that would apply to all DOT agencies and promote use of the definitions among the bus industry and state governments. This recommendation replaces Safety Recommendations H-99-43 and -44, which the NTSB classifies “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” Vehicle Crashworthiness and Occupant Protection Roof Strength, Occupant Protection, and Window Glazing The accident bus had been traveling as a tour bus on a rural road when it rolled over and ejected 15 of its 17 occupants. Medium-size bus bodies and interiors are built with configurations similar to motorcoaches, including large windows with tempered glass glazing, luggage racks that may have protruding video displays, and high-backed seats usually lacking occupant restraints. The accident bus had large window glazing areas that ranged in size from 816–1,530 square inches. Nine of the 10 windows on the bus were broken out during the accident sequence and were a means by which unrestrained passengers were ejected. As with motorcoaches, no Federal regulations or standards require medium-size buses sold or operated in the United States to be equipped with active or passive occupant protection, except at the driver’s position. In addition, the Federal standards on window glazing do not account for advanced glazing materials and bonding techniques for reducing the likelihood of the windows breaking and providing a pathway for ejection. A NHTSA–Transport Canada research program initiated in 2003 to improve glazing and window retention and prevent motorcoach ejections created test procedures to evaluate the effectiveness of glazing materials and bonding techniques. However, it was determined that “significant improvement in roof strength and the structural integrity of windows” was required before realizing the benefits of advanced glazing materials.75 The roof of a medium-size bus is not required to meet any Federal regulations regarding roof strength, which is also the case for motorcoaches. In the Dolan Springs accident, the roof above the driver’s area was severely damaged and left an opening from which the unbelted driver was likely ejected. However, the roof crush above the passenger compartment was minimal, and there was no intrusion to compromise survivable space, which suggests that fewer fatalities and serious injuries would have occurred had the passengers stayed within their seating areas and not been ejected out the window openings.
75 DOT HS 811 177, p. 33.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 49 In its 1999 bus crashworthiness report, the NTSB concluded that a primary cause of preventable injury in motorcoach accidents involving a rollover, ejection, or both, is occupant motion out of the seat during a collision when no intrusion occurs into the seating area.76 The NTSB further concluded that the overall injury risk to occupants in motorcoach accidents involving rollover and ejection may be significantly reduced by retaining the occupant in the seating compartment throughout the collision. The medium-size bus involved in the 2010 Lake Placid, Florida, rollover accident sustained severe roof deflection and crush above both the passenger and driver compartments, resulting in several ejections and three deaths among the unrestrained passengers.77 The NTSB has found that bus or motorcoach occupants have a better chance of survival in a crash when the vehicle remains intact and retains survivable space, and when the occupants remain within their seating compartments throughout the accident sequence.78 The NTSB has issued numerous recommendations regarding occupant protection for motorcoaches, several of which originated from the bus crashworthiness special investigation: H-99-47 In 2 years, develop performance standards for motorcoach occupant protection systems that account for frontal impact collisions, side impact collisions, rear impact collisions, and rollovers. H-99-48 Once pertinent standards have been developed for motorcoach occupant protection systems, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to have an occupant crash protection system that meets the newly developed performance standards and retains passengers, including those in child safety restraint systems, within the seating compartment throughout the accident sequence for all accident scenarios. H-99-49 Expand research on current glazing to include its applicability to motorcoach occupant ejection prevention, and revise window glazing requirements for newly manufactured motorcoaches based on the results of this research.
76 NTSB/SIR-99/04. 77 NTSB investigation HWY-10-FH-009. 78 NTSB/SIR-99/04.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 50 H-99-50 In 2 years, issue performance standards for motorcoach roof strength that provide maximum survival space for all seating positions and that take into account current typical motorcoach window dimensions. H-99-51 Once performance standards have been developed for motorcoach roof strength, require newly manufactured motorcoaches to meet those standards. Safety Recommendations H-99-47 and -50 are currently on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements. Safety Recommendation H-99-49 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response” based on correspondence with NHTSA regarding its joint research program with Transport Canada on improving glazing retention and structural integrity requirements for motorcoach-type buses. In 2008, NHTSA briefed the NTSB on its plans to publish an NPRM on motorcoach occupant restraints. On April 21, 2009, the NTSB reclassified Safety Recommendations H-99-47, -48, -50, and -51 “Open—Unacceptable Response” following a Board meeting on the Mexican Hat, Utah, accident investigation.79 These same four recommendations were reiterated to NHTSA on October 27, 2009, following the NTSB’s investigation of a motorcoach run-off-the-bridge and rollover accident in Sherman, Texas, in August 2008, that killed 17 passengers.80 In that investigation, the NTSB concluded that had NHTSA implemented the requirement for motorcoach occupant protection systems in a timely manner following the issuance of Safety Recommendations H-99-47, -48, -50, and -51, more occupants might have been retained within the motorcoach, improving survivability and reducing injuries. On April 30, 2009, the Secretary of Transportation ordered a full departmental review of motorcoach safety. In November 2009, the DOT published a motorcoach safety action plan,81 which described a systems-oriented approach for enhancing motorcoach safety. Three of the plan’s seven action items—on roof strength, seat belts, and crash avoidance technology—focus on the prevention or amelioration of rollovers. The action plan addresses a range of other crash avoidance and crash mitigation initiatives, including reduction of driver errors resulting from fatigue, distraction, medical condition, and inexperience; vehicle maintenance and safety; carrier compliance; and occupant protection measures in the event of a crash. A principal objective of the motorcoach safety action plan is to address outstanding NTSB recommendations on occupant protection, most of which apply to motorcoaches. It is not clear whether the scope of the action plan includes medium-size buses. If the initiatives detailed in the action plan are restricted to motorcoaches, nonschool-related buses with GVWRs in the approximate range of 10,001–26,000 pounds would remain the only class of bus without
79 NTSB/HAR-09/01. 80 NTSB/HAR-09/02. 81 DOT HS 811 177.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 51 occupant protection standards. Additionally, though some Federal and state agencies already require the paratransit buses they purchase to comply with the roof strength standards detailed in FMVSS 220, it appears that most do not, thereby placing many of those people who use paratransit at higher risk for injury during accidents. Transit bus passengers may be similarly at risk. In the Washington, D.C., metropolitan area, for example, transit buses are used on urban expressways to transport commuters and those traveling to local airports. A survey of metropolitan transit maps for Los Angeles, Miami, Dallas, and Boston suggests that transit buses are also used on high speed roads in these cities. Because the use of transit buses has expanded from local secondary roads to high speed roads, where crash forces can be greater, the occupant safety standards that apply to these buses should also be improved. The NTSB concludes that because of the lack of Federal standards for occupant protection, roof strength, and advanced window glazing, occupants of motorcoaches and medium-size buses are similarly at risk of ejection during rollover accidents. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA, in its rulemaking to improve motorcoach roof strength, occupant protection, and window glazing standards, include all buses with a GVWR above 10,000 pounds, other than school buses. Luggage Racks During the accident sequence, the overhead luggage racks on the left and right sides of the bus detached from their anchorages. The luggage rack on the right side was found detached from the roof above rows 4 and 6. In addition, all the screw attachments to the sidewalls had been pulled away. The roof attachments for the luggage rack on the left side remained attached, but the rack was completely detached from the sidewalls. The NTSB also documented luggage rack failures in a 2008 rollover accident in Sherman, Texas, in which the overhead luggage rack on the right side of the motorcoach failed at the anchorage points and became completely detached.82 The luggage rack fell diagonally across the aisle onto the passengers and blocked the aisle adjacent to the third and fourth rows of seats as well as the right side emergency window exits. The fallen overhead luggage rack obstructed the evacuation route for those who were ambulatory and, based on interview evidence, impeded the efforts of first responders to evacuate injured passengers. As a result, the NTSB made the following recommendations to NHTSA on October 27, 2009: H-09-23 Develop performance standards for newly manufactured motorcoaches to require that overhead luggage racks remain anchored during an accident sequence. H-09-24 Develop performance standards for newly manufactured motorcoaches that prevent head and neck injuries from overhead luggage racks.
82 NTSB/HAR-09/02.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 52 On March 15, 2010, NHTSA formally responded to these recommendations and reiterated the agency’s commitment to improving motorcoach safety. NHTSA described roof crush and rollover tests it has performed on motorcoaches since 2008 in preparation for possible rulemaking on new roof strength and occupant protection standards. NHTSA maintained that Safety Recommendations H-09-23 and -24 would be suitably addressed in its current research and rulemaking plans. In the Dolan Springs accident, there was no indication that the detached luggage racks impeded evacuation of the injured. However, as in the Sherman accident, NTSB investigators found evidence of occupant contact marks on the undersides of the overhead luggage racks on both sides of the cabin. During NHTSA’s 2008 rollover tests on four motorcoaches, luggage rack failure exposed sharp metal edges, presenting additional sources of passenger injury.83 In the July 2009 tests, unprotected racks caused head injuries to the unrestrained dummy. As is the case with motorcoaches, there are currently no performance standards for overhead luggage racks on medium-size buses. It is evident from both the Sherman and Dolan Springs accidents that the strength of luggage rack anchors should be considered as part of any systematic evaluation of bus occupant safety. Although it is not specifically known when the luggage racks on the accident bus failed, it is important to note that they failed despite minimal deformation to the roof structure. It is clear from the way the luggage racks were mounted above the seatbacks that—had the occupants been restrained in their seats—the failure of the racks might have resulted in head injuries and hampered egress from the vehicle. The NTSB concludes that the detachment of overhead luggage racks presents a potential injury source for both restrained and unrestrained bus passengers. Because of this potential hazard, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop performance standards for all newly manufactured buses with a GVWR above 10,000 pounds to require that overhead luggage racks are constructed and installed to prevent head and neck injuries and remain anchored during an accident sequence. This recommendation replaces Safety Recommendations H-09-23 and -24, both of which the NTSB classifies “Closed—Superseded.”
83 NHTSA ECE Regulation 66-Based Research Test of Motorcoach Roof Strength, Final Report, ECE66-MGA2007-001 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Economic Commission for Europe, May 2008).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 53 Crash Mitigation Technology The physical evidence at the accident scene included several feet of tire marks indicating the motion of the bus as it traveled off of the roadway onto the right shoulder, back across the roadway, and into the center median. The NTSB conducted a series of computer simulations based on these marks to study vehicle dynamics and better understand the circumstances that led to the accident. The simulations suggested the following order of events: • First, the accident bus likely underwent all or part of a sinusoidal motion prior to traveling on the right shoulder. This movement is consistent with a scenario in which a bus traveling in the right lane drifts or is steered into the left lane, then is steered back hard to the right, causing it to veer onto the right shoulder; and it is also consistent with the driver’s statement that he was initially traveling in the right lane. • Second, as the bus was steered back toward the roadway from the right shoulder, it approached the limits of its cornering capability, which changed its handling characteristics. The bus began to develop a rapid counterclockwise rotation, or spinout, which the driver could not arrest even with rapid countersteering to the right as the bus reentered the roadway. The development of this spinout immediately preceded the bus’s departure from the left side of the road into the center median. • Finally, the rollover was caused by a combination of the bus sliding sideways as it entered the center median and the tires digging into the sandy soil. Of particular interest in the simulations were the handling changes and the subsequent spinout of the bus as it traveled on the right shoulder of the roadway—a situation that could make vehicle recovery difficult for all but the most skilled drivers. The challenge in controlling a vehicle as it approaches the limits of tire/road friction is that its response can change, tending toward oversteer (spinout) or understeer (plowing); and the lag time of the vehicle’s response can lengthen, leading to a situation where the driver’s learned responses to normal driving situations do not apply. When a driver encounters these changes during a panic situation, it adds to the likelihood that he or she will lose control of the vehicle. Stability control systems use automatic braking to help prevent directional and roll instabilities. For commercial vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR, stability control systems are generally divided into two types: • Roll stability control, which is primarily designed to prevent on-road rollover; and • Yaw stability control, which is primarily designed to address directional instability. Roll stability control systems work by monitoring lateral acceleration to determine when rollover is imminent and applying braking to reduce the lateral acceleration. Yaw stability control systems use driver steering input and measured yaw rate as well as lateral acceleration to determine the proper differential braking84 to reduce directional instabilities, thereby reducing
84 Differential braking applies braking to individual wheels.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 54 the tendency of a vehicle to understeer or oversteer during an emergency maneuver as it approaches the limits of its traction. Several studies have shown stability control systems to be highly effective in preventing single-vehicle accidents involving automobiles and SUVs,85 and NHTSA requires that all vehicles with GVWRs of 10,000 pounds or less be equipped with stability control systems by the 2012 model year.86, NHTSA estimates that the installation of stability control systems will reduce all single-vehicle crashes of passenger cars by 34 percent and single-vehicle crashes of SUVs alone by 59 percent, with a much greater reduction in rollover crashes. Once all light vehicles are equipped, the agency estimates that stability control systems could save 5,300–9,600 lives per year and prevent 156,000–238,000 injuries in all types of crashes.87 The NTSB simulated stability control systems on the accident bus to determine whether they might have allowed the driver to maintain control. Inclusion of stability control in the simulation reduced the changes in vehicle handling as the bus traveled over the right shoulder of the road—which might have made it easier for the driver to maintain control of the bus as he steered away from the right shoulder. The simulations further indicated that braking by the stability control systems would have slowed the bus, which would have given the driver slightly more time to react to the situation and lowered lateral acceleration. Based on accident simulations, the NTSB concludes that the likelihood of the driver losing control and crashing would have been lower had the accident bus been equipped with a stability control system. The NTSB has advocated the study and implementation of technology to aid commercial vehicle drivers in maintaining control of their vehicles since the multiple-fatality incident that occurred near Slinger, Wisconsin, in 1997.88 In that accident, a doubles truck traveling northbound on U.S. Route 41 in hazardous weather conditions crossed over the median into the southbound lanes. This incursion initiated a series of collisions that resulted in eight fatalities. As a result of this accident, the NTSB issued the following recommendation to NHTSA: H-98-15 Work, together with the Federal Highway Administration, the American Trucking Associations, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, and the Motor Freight Carrier Association, to conduct laboratory and truck fleet testing to assess the
85 (a) J. Dang, Statistical Analysis of the Effectiveness of Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Systems, Final Report, DOT HS 810 794 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, July 2007). (b) P. Green and J. Woodrooffe, The Effect of Stability Control on Motor Vehicle Crash Prevention, UMTRI-2006-12 (Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute, April 2006). 86 (a) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) and Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Systems, Controls and Displays, Final Rule, Docket No. NHTSA-2007-27662 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, April 2007). (b) Federal Regulatory Impact Analysis: FMVSS No. 126, Electronic Stability Control Systems, Office of Regulatory Analysis and Evaluation, National Center for Statistics and Analysis (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, March 2007). 87 FMVSS, ESC Final Rule. 88 Multiple Vehicle Crossover Accident, Slinger, Wisconsin, February 12, 1997, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-98/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1998).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 55 safety benefits of adding traction control devices to antilock brake systems and report your findings to the National Transportation Safety Board. The NTSB revisited the potential benefits of vehicle control technology in its investigation of a 2005 multiple-fatality accident near Osseo, Wisconsin.89 As a result of this investigation, the NTSB made the following recommendation to NHTSA: H-08-15 Determine whether equipping commercial vehicles with collision warning systems with active braking and electronic stability control systems will reduce commercial vehicle accidents. If these technologies are determined to be effective in reducing accidents, require their use on commercial vehicles.
Both Safety Recommendations H-98-15 and H-08-15 are classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” As indicated in the motorcoach safety action plan, the DOT is currently conducting research and testing to evaluate how stability control systems work for heavy trucks and motorcoaches, to assess the potential safety benefits, and to develop objective performance standards. According to NHTSA, it has conducted statistical research on stability control systems for large-platform buses (above 10,000 pounds GVWR),90 and there are plans to test a medium-size bus with a GVWR of at least 26,000 pounds, but the agency has so far been unable to identify such a vehicle already equipped with a stability control system. NHTSA officials indicated to the NTSB that the exclusion of medium-size buses in vehicle tests thus far does not preclude them from any potential rulemaking and that stability control could be required on the buses if supported by other research. According to both General Motors and Starcraft, stability control systems were not offered as options on the accident bus at the time of its manufacture. After contacting NHTSA and several manufacturers of braking systems and stability control systems, the NTSB identified only one bus/van between 10,000–33,000 pounds GVWR sold in the United States and equipped with a stability control system.91 Two major manufacturers of stability control systems for vehicles equipped with air brakes stated that their systems could be adapted for use in medium-size buses. Research has already demonstrated that stability control is highly effective in reducing rollover and single-vehicle crashes in passenger vehicles and SUVs. The NTSB recognizes that specific vehicle characteristics could affect the overall effectiveness of these systems; however,
89 NTSB/HAR-08/02. 90 M. daSilva and others, Crash Problem Definition and Safety Benefits Methodology for Stability Control for Single-Unit Medium and Heavy Trucks and Large-Platform Buses, DOT HS 811 099 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009). 91 The Sprinter van, a vehicle with a GVWR of 11,030 pounds and equipped with hydraulic brakes, is sold with a stability control system. It is manufactured by Mercedes Benz. Bosch sells a stability control system in Europe for a vehicle with a GVWR of 14,030 pounds that is equipped with hydraulic brakes.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 56 the results of simulations suggest that there are potential benefits in equipping vehicles, such as medium-size buses, with stability control systems. The motorcoach safety action plan indicates that the agency’s goal is to develop performance standards for large trucks and motorcoaches if this objective is supported by research. The NTSB supports this goal but is concerned that the development of stability control systems and standards for medium-size buses is currently lagging behind that for other commercial vehicles. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop stability control system performance standards applicable to newly manufactured buses with a GVWR above 10,000 pounds. Once the performance standards have been developed, require the installation of stability control systems in all newly manufactured buses in which this technology could have a safety benefit. Event Data Recorders The Chevrolet engine on the accident bus was equipped with an ECM that functioned as the engine computer; but, it was not designed to be a data recorder and was not capable of recording parameters such as vehicle speed, engine rpm, brake use, or percent throttle. The bus was not equipped with any form of event data recorder (EDR), a device or function that records dynamic time series data prior to (such as vehicle speed versus time) and during (such as delta V versus time) a crash event. Because event data were unavailable, the NTSB had to rely on simulation-based estimates of steering wheel angle, lateral acceleration, vehicle speed, and yaw rate to determine the stability of the bus throughout the accident sequence. Although the NTSB’s computer model appeared to correlate well with the physical evidence, a more robust reconstruction, based on fewer estimates, would have been possible with the retrieval of event data. The NTSB concludes that the availability of recorded event data would have resulted in a more complete account of the preaccident events leading to the rollover of the accident bus. In its bus crashworthiness report, the NTSB described the importance of event data in the reconstruction of accidents and the continued development of bus occupant protection systems, and issued the following recommendations to NHTSA:92 H-99-53 Require that all school buses and motorcoaches manufactured after January 1, 2003, be equipped with on-board recording systems that record vehicle parameters, including, at minimum, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, vertical acceleration, heading, vehicle speed, engine speed, driver’s seat belt status, braking input, steering input, gear selection, turn signal status (left/right), brake light status (on/off), head/tail light status (on/off), passenger door status (open/closed), emergency door status (open/closed), hazard light status (on/off), brake system status (normal/warning), and flashing red light status (on/off) (school buses only). For those buses so equipped, the following should also be recorded: status of additional seat belts, airbag deployment criteria,
92 NTSB/SIR-99/04.
NTSB Highway Accident Report 57 airbag deployment time, and airbag deployment energy. The on-board recording system should record data at a sampling rate that is sufficient to define vehicle dynamics and should be capable of preserving data in the event of a vehicle crash or an electrical power loss. In addition, the on-board recording system should be mounted to the bus body, not the chassis, to ensure that the data necessary for defining bus body motion are recorded. H-99-54 Develop and implement, in cooperation with other government agencies and industry, standards for on-board recording of bus crash data that address, at a minimum, parameters to be recorded, data sampling rates, duration of recording, interface configurations, data storage format, incorporation of fleet management tools, fluid submersion survivability, impact shock survivability, crush and penetration survivability, fire survivability, independent power supply, and ability to accommodate future requirements and technological advances. Several positive developments have occurred since the issuance of these recommendations, among which are the following: • Establishment of a truck and bus EDR working group by NHTSA in 2000;93 • Publication of IEEE Standard P1616, “Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders,” in 2005 and the SAE International (SAE) Recommended Practice (RP) J1698 in 2003 to establish a common format for displaying and presenting postdownloaded crash-related data recorded and stored within electronic components currently installed in many light-duty vehicles; • Publication of SAE RP J1698/1 in 2003 to provide definitions for event-related data items; • Publication of SAE RP J1698/2 in 2004 to define a common method for extracting event data;94 • Publication of RP 1214 by the ATA in 2004 to provide guidelines for the collection, storage, and retrieval of event-related data from electronic control units in commercial vehicles;95 and
93 Event Data Recorders, Summary of Findings by the NHTSA EDR Working Group, Supplemental Findings for Trucks, Motorcoaches, and School Buses, Volume II, DOT HS 809 432 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2002). 94 (a) IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders, IEEE Standard 1616-2004 (Los Alamitos, California: IEEE, February 2005). (b) Vehicle Event Data Recorder Interface, Output Data Format, SAE Recommended Practice J1698/1 (Warrendale, Pennsylvania: SAE International, December 2003). 95 American Trucking Associations Technology and Maintenance Council Guidelines for Event Recording: Collection, Storage, and Retrieval, Recommended Practice 1214 (Alexandria, Virginia: American Trucking Associations, January 2004).
NTSB Highway Accident Report 58 • Publication of requirements for EDR components, hardware, software, sensors, and databases by the FHWA in 2004 as part of the FMCSA’s Commercial Vehicle Safety Technology Diagnostics and Performance Enhancement Program.96 In June 2010, the SAE Truck and Bus Event Data Recorder Committee completed RP J2728, which serves as a base standard for heavy vehicle event data recorders (HVEDR) and applies to heavy-duty vehicles97 over 10,000 pounds that are designed or required to comply with the FMVSSs. RP J2728 provides design and performance requirements necessary to comply with the development of a “tier 1” (minimum capabilities) HVEDR. Subsequent documents are envisioned to significantly expand on the tier 1 capabilities. These devices will be referred to as “tier 2” and “tier 3” HVEDRs. NHTSA anticipates making a regulatory decision on HVEDRs in the near future. According to NHTSA, it will determine at that time whether it will apply to motorcoaches, to school buses, or to all heavy vehicles.98 Despite the work that has been done since the NTSB first issued Safety Recommendations H-99-53 and -54, there is still no requirement for the installation and use of EDRs on motorcoaches and school buses. The NTSB reiterated these recommendations in the investigation of a 2007 motorcoach ramp override accident in Atlanta, Georgia, that killed seven passengers.99 In that accident, the NTSB determined that EDR data would have yielded information on vehicle parameters and driver actions prior to the accident, as well as on vehicle dynamics throughout the accident sequence—which would have been valuable in reconstructing and evaluating occupant kinematics, injury exposure, and the potential benefits of occupant protection devices and systems. These two recommendations were again reiterated in the NTSB’s 2009 special investigation of pedal misapplication in heavy vehicles, a report that focused primarily on school buses.100 The NTSB concluded that the presence of EDRs in heavy vehicles would provide essential and specific information regarding the causes and mechanisms of pedal misapplication and unintended acceleration; Safety Recommendations H-99-53 and -54 were reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” due to NHTSA’s failure to require the use of EDRs on buses. Safety Recommendation H-99-53 specifies that EDRs be required for school buses and motorcoaches. However, as illustrated by the Dolan Springs accident, EDR data would also be useful in the reconstruction of preaccident events and crash dynamics for medium-size buses. Because SAE RP J2728 is designed to address the application of EDRs in vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR, it should be possible for NHTSA to include all buses above 10,000 pounds GVWR in any regulatory requirements based on RP J2728. The NTSB concludes
96 See http://www.itsdocs.fhwa.dot.gov/JPODOCS/REPTS_TE/14146_files/14146.pdf, accessed April 14, 2010. 97 The term “heavy-duty vehicle” refers to vehicles equipped with one or both of the SAE J1708/J1587 or SAE J1939 communication networks. 98 E-mail correspondence to the NTSB from the Acting Director, Office of Strategic Planning, NHTSA, March 19, 2010. 99 NTSB/HAR-08/01. 100 Pedal Misapplication in Heavy Vehicles, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-09/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
NTSB Highway Accident Report that having EDRs on all buses above 10,000 pounds GVWR would greatly increase the understanding of crash causation and be helpful in further establishing design requirements for crashworthiness and occupant protection systems. As a result, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA require that all buses above 10,000 pounds be equipped with on-board recording systems that: (1) record vehicle parameters, including, at minimum, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, vertical acceleration, heading, vehicle speed, engine speed, driver’s seat belt status, braking input, steering input, gear selection, turn signal status (left/right), brake light status (on/off), head/tail light status (on/off), passenger door status (open/closed), emergency door status (open/closed), hazard light status (on/off), brake system status (normal/warning), and flashing red light status (on/off; school buses only); (2) record status of additional seat belts, airbag deployment criteria, airbag deployment time, and airbag deployment energy; (3) record data at a sampling rate sufficient to define vehicle dynamics and be capable of preserving data in the event of a vehicle crash or an electrical power loss; and (4) are mounted to the bus body, not the chassis, to ensure recording of the necessary data to define bus body motion. This recommendation replaces Safety Recommendation H-99-53, which the NTSB classifies “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” 59
NTSB Highway Accident Report Conclusions Findings
- Given the sun’s position relative to the bus and the driver’s line of sight, the sun did not limit
the driver’s forward vision.
- The bus driver’s health did not cause or contribute to the accident.
- The bus driver was not under the influence of drugs or alcohol at the time of the accident.
- The bus driver was properly licensed and was familiar with both the route and the accident
vehicle.
- The bus driver was not using his cellular telephone at the time of the accident.
- The bus had no preexisting mechanical defects that could have caused or contributed to the
accident.
- Neither the design nor the maintenance of the highway contributed to the accident.
- The emergency response was timely, especially considering the isolated location of the
accident scene.
- Although DW Tour and Charter’s safety management program was lacking in terms of
periodic inspections, the condition of the vehicle did not cause or contribute to the accident.
- The bus driver was not impaired by fatigue at the time of the accident.
- The bus driver shifted his gaze and attention to the left to attend to the driver’s side door.
- The bus driver was distracted by the driver’s side door, causing the vehicle to drift leftward,
which triggered the subsequent accident sequence.
- Had the accident bus been equipped with a lane departure warning system, the driver would
have been alerted to the leftward drift of the bus, which might have provided an opportunity to take corrective action in a timely manner, thus avoiding the severe steering maneuver to the right that initiated the accident sequence.
- In the 11 years since the National Transportation Safety Board issued its initial safety
recommendations calling for the development of standard regulatory definitions and classifications for the different bus body types, the U.S. Department of Transportation still does not have standard regulatory definitions. 60
NTSB Highway Accident Report
- Because of the lack of Federal standards for occupant protection, roof strength, and advanced
window glazing, occupants of motorcoaches and medium-size buses are similarly at risk of ejection during rollover accidents.
- The detachment of overhead luggage racks presents a potential injury source for both
restrained and unrestrained bus passengers.
- Based on accident simulations, the likelihood of the driver losing control and crashing would
have been lower had the accident bus been equipped with a stability control system.
- The availability of recorded event data would have resulted in a more complete account of
the preaccident events leading to the rollover of the accident bus.
- Having event data recorders on all buses above 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight rating
would greatly increase the understanding of crash causation and be helpful in further establishing design requirements for crashworthiness and occupant protection systems. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the January 30, 2009, accident near Dolan Springs, Arizona, was the bus driver’s inadvertent drift from the driving lane due to distraction caused by his manipulation of the driver’s side door and subsequent abrupt steering maneuver, which led to losing directional control of the vehicle. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the lack of both occupant protection and advanced window glazing standards for medium-size buses. 61
NTSB Highway Accident Report Recommendations New Recommendations To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: Require new commercial motor vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating above 10,000 pounds to be equipped with lane departure warning systems. (H-10-1) To maintain consistency in bus body classifications and to clarify the scope of bus safety initiatives, develop regulatory definitions and classifications for each of the different bus body types that would apply to all U.S. Department of Transportation agencies and promote use of the definitions among the bus industry and state governments. (H-10-2) (This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendations H-99-43 and -44 and is classified “Open— Unacceptable Response.”) In your rulemaking to improve motorcoach roof strength, occupant protection, and window glazing standards, include all buses with a gross vehicle weight rating above 10,000 pounds, other than school buses. (H-10-3) Develop performance standards for all newly manufactured buses with a gross vehicle weight rating above 10,000 pounds to require that overhead luggage racks are constructed and installed to prevent head and neck injuries and remain anchored during an accident sequence. (H-10-4) (This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendations H-09-23 and -24.) Develop stability control system performance standards applicable to newly manufactured buses with a gross vehicle weight rating above 10,000 pounds. (H-10-5) Once the performance standards from Safety Recommendation H-10-5 have been developed, require the installation of stability control systems in all newly manufactured buses in which this technology could have a safety benefit. (H-10-6). Require that all buses above 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight rating be equipped with on-board recording systems that: (1) record vehicle parameters, including, at minimum, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, vertical acceleration, heading, vehicle speed, engine speed, driver’s seat belt status, braking input, steering input, gear selection, turn signal status (left/right), brake light status (on/off), head/tail light status (on/off), passenger door status (open/closed), emergency door status (open/closed), hazard light status (on/off), brake system status (normal/warning), and flashing red light status (on/off; school buses only); (2) record status of additional seat belts, airbag deployment criteria, airbag deployment time, and airbag deployment energy; 62
NTSB Highway Accident Report (3) record data at a sampling rate sufficient to define vehicle dynamics and be capable of preserving data in the event of a vehicle crash or an electrical power loss; and (4) are mounted to the bus body, not the chassis, to ensure recording of the necessary data to define bus body motion. (H-10-7) (This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation H-99-53 and is classified “Open— Unacceptable Response.”) Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report The National Transportation Safety Board classifies the following previously issued recommendations: • Safety Recommendation H-99-43 to the U.S. Department of Transportation (previously classified “Open—Acceptable Alternate Response”) is classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation H-10-2) in the “Regulatory Definition of Buses” section of this report. • Safety Recommendation H-99-44 to the U.S. Department of Transportation (previously classified “Open—Acceptable Response”) is classified “Closed— Unacceptable Action/Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation H-10-2) in the “Regulatory Definition of Buses” section of this report. • Safety Recommendation H-99-53 to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (previously classified “Open—Unacceptable Response”) is classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation H-10-7) in the “Event Data Recorders” section of this report. • Safety Recommendation H-09-23 to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (previously classified “Open—Initial Response Received”) is classified “Closed—Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation H-10-4) in the “Luggage Racks” section of this report. • Safety Recommendation H-09-24 to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (previously classified “Open—Initial Response Received”) is classified “Closed—Superseded” (replaced by Safety Recommendation H-10-4) in the “Luggage Racks” section of this report.
63
NTSB Highway Accident Report
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
Vice Chairman
Adopted: June 22, 2010
64
NTSB Highway Accident Report Appendix A: Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) received notification of this accident on January 30, 2009. The NTSB launched a team of investigators to address motor carrier, survival factors, human factors, vehicle, and highway issues. The NTSB team also included staff from the transportation disaster assistance office. No Board member was present on scene. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Arizona Department of Public Safety, DW Tour and Charter, Starcraft Bus, and General Motors Corporation. No public hearing was held in connection with this accident, and no depositions were taken. 65
NTSB Highway Accident Report 66 Appendix B: Data Limitations A number of limitations should be considered when interpreting the findings on medium-size bus accidents, injuries, and fatalities using the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS). FARS data analyses include only those accidents with at least one fatality. FARS is a census of all fatal crashes within the United States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico; a candidate crash is included if it involves a motor vehicle traveling on a public roadway and if the death of a vehicle occupant or nonmotorist occurs within 30 days of the accident. Consequently, crashes that result in property damage, result in nonfatal injuries, or occur on private roadways are not included in FARS data. Fatal accidents account for a very small proportion of the total number of highway accidents in any given year. Although fatal accidents can be viewed as the most severe type of crash, they may not adequately represent the kinds of accidents where nonfatal but serious injuries occur. In addition, fatal rural accidents involving medium-size buses represent a very small proportion of all fatal rural accidents. Given that almost 60 percent of all fatal accidents occur on rural roads, the magnitude of rural road travel risk may be substantially higher than is shown in this report. The calculation of accident rates to characterize accident risk is dependent on well-defined populations of study, as well as accurate measures of activity on which to base exposure measures, such as vehicle miles traveled or number of passengers. Accident rates are missing from this report because accurate estimates of bus activity are not readily available or reported.
FD07377 | 2010_美国_HAR1002.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Truck‐Tractor Semitrailer Rear‐End Collision Into Passenger Vehicles on Interstate 44 Near Miami, Oklahoma June 26, 2009 Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/02 PB2010-916202
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/HAR-10/02 PB2010-916202 Notation 8157A Adopted September 28, 2010
Highway Accident Report Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rear-End Collision Into Passenger Vehicles on Interstate 44 Near Miami, Oklahoma June 26, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rear-End Collision Into Passenger Vehicles on Interstate 44, Near Miami, Oklahoma, June 26, 2009. Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/02. Washington, DC.
Abstract: About 1:19 p.m. on June 26, 2009, a multivehicle accident occurred on Interstate 44 (I-44) near Miami, Oklahoma, shortly after a minor accident in the vicinity had resulted in a traffic queue. A truck driver operating a Volvo truck-tractor in combination with an empty semitrailer was traveling eastbound in the outside lane of I-44. He did not react to the queue of slowing and stopped vehicles ahead and collided with the rear of a Land Rover sport utility vehicle (SUV). As both vehicles moved forward, the Land Rover struck a Hyundai Sonata and then departed the right lane and shoulder. The Volvo continued forward, struck and overrode the Hyundai Sonata, struck and overrode a Kia Spectra, and then struck the rear of a Ford Windstar minivan. The Volvo overrode a portion of the Windstar while pushing it into the rear of a trailer being towed by a Ford F350 pickup truck. The pickup was pushed into a Chevrolet Tahoe SUV. As a result of the accident, 10 passenger vehicle occupants died, 5 received minor-to-serious injuries, and the Volvo combination unit driver was seriously injured. The major safety issues identified were the accident truck driver’s fatigue, the need for updated and comprehensive fatigue education materials and fatigue management programs, the significance of heavy vehicle aggressivity in collisions between dissimilar vehicles, the lack of Federal requirements for heavy commercial vehicle event data recorders and video event recorders, and the lack of Federal requirements for forward collision warning systems. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-916202 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Highway Accident Report Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................... vii Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... ix Factual Information .......................................................................................................................1 Accidents..........................................................................................................................................1 Initial Accident (Minor) ............................................................................................................3 Second Accident (With Fatalities) ............................................................................................4 Damage to Vehicles Involved in Fatal Accident .............................................................................6 Volvo Truck-Tractor Semitrailer ..............................................................................................6 Vehicles Struck in Fatal Accident ............................................................................................7 Survival Factors ...............................................................................................................................8 Emergency Response .....................................................................................................................10 Highway Information .....................................................................................................................10 General ....................................................................................................................................10 Traffic Incident Control ..........................................................................................................12 Volvo Truck-Tractor Semitrailer ...................................................................................................13 General ....................................................................................................................................13 Electronic Control Module .....................................................................................................14 Cadec Mobius TTS On-Board Computer System ..................................................................15 Vehicle Braking ......................................................................................................................15 Driver .............................................................................................................................................16 Witnesses’ Reports of Driver’s Preaccident Actions ..............................................................17 Driver’s Work Shift and Preaccident 72-Hour History ..........................................................19 Driver’s Medical Information .................................................................................................23 Motor Carrier Operations ...............................................................................................................26 Driver Training .......................................................................................................................26 Cellular Telephone Use Policy ...............................................................................................27 Postaccident Compliance Review ...........................................................................................28 Other Information ..........................................................................................................................28 Highway Design for Sight Distance and Stopping Sight Distance .........................................28 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Crash Data .................................................................................29 North American Fatigue Management Program .....................................................................31 Forward Collision Warning Systems ......................................................................................32 Crashworthiness ......................................................................................................................37 Significant Government and Industry Efforts on Event Data Recorders ...............................39 Video Event Recorders ...........................................................................................................40
iii
NTSB Highway Accident Report Analysis .........................................................................................................................................42 Exclusions ......................................................................................................................................42 Electronic Control Module ............................................................................................................43 Accident Discussion.......................................................................................................................43 Driver .............................................................................................................................................44 Medical Factors ......................................................................................................................44 Fatigue ....................................................................................................................................45 Vehicle Occupant Survival, Heavy Vehicle Aggressivity .............................................................56 Electronic Data ...............................................................................................................................60 Event Data Recorders .............................................................................................................60 Video Event Recorders ...........................................................................................................65 Forward Collision Warning Systems .............................................................................................68 General ....................................................................................................................................68 FCWS Scenarios .....................................................................................................................73 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................80 Findings..........................................................................................................................................80 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................82 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................83 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................83 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report ........................84 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report ...................................................85 Previously Issued Recommendation Reclassified in This Report .................................................85 Appendix A: Investigation ..........................................................................................................87 Appendix B: Photographs of Vehicles Struck in Fatal Accident .............................................88 Appendix C: Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc., Mobius On-Board Computer System ...95 Appendix D: Postaccident Compliance Review of Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. .......96
iv
NTSB Highway Accident Report Figures Figure 1. View of I-44 (looking west) showing the site of the fatal June 26, 2009, accident ....... 1 Figure 2. Postaccident photograph showing Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer override of passenger vehicles ........................................................................................................................................... 2 Figure 3. Accident location map .................................................................................................... 3 Figure 4. Postaccident scene diagram showing all involved vehicles in final at-rest positions .... 5 Figure 5. Collision damage to 2008 Volvo truck-tractor ............................................................... 6 Figure 6. View of I-44 eastbound, showing the sites of the June 26, 2009, accidents ................ 12 Figure 7. Calendar showing the accident truck driver’s daily June 2009 work status ................. 20 Figure 8. FCWS object detection and warning thresholds........................................................... 34 Figure B-1. Collision damage to 2003 Land Rover SUV ............................................................ 88 Figure B-2. Collision damage to 2003 Hyundai Sonata sedan .................................................... 89 Figure B-3. Collision damage to 2004 Kia Spectra sedan ........................................................... 90 Figure B-4. Collision damage to 2000 Ford Windstar minivan ................................................... 91 Figure B-5. Collision damage to livestock trailer pulled by Ford F350 pickup truck ................. 92 Figure B-6. Collision damage to 2004 Ford F350 pickup truck .................................................. 93 Figure B-7. Collision damage to 2008 Chevrolet Tahoe SUV .................................................... 94
v
NTSB Highway Accident Report
(This page intentionally left blank.) vi
NTSB Highway Accident Report Acronyms and Abbreviations 21CTP 21st Century Truck Partnership AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ABS antilock braking system ACC adaptive cruise control AMTA Alberta Motor Transport Association ATA American Trucking Associations, Inc. AWG Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. BMI body mass index CDL commercial driver’s license CFR Code of Federal Regulations CMB collision mitigation braking CMV commercial motor vehicle CPAP continuous positive airway pressure CVSA Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance CWS collision warning system CY calendar year DfT U.K. Department for Transport DOE U.S. Department of Energy DOT U.S. Department of Transportation DVIR Driver’s Vehicle Inspection Report ECE Economic Commission for Europe (United Nations) ECM electronic control module EDR event data recorder ESC electronic stability control FAA Federal Aviation Administration FARS Fatality Analysis Reporting System FCWS forward collision warning system FHWA Federal Highway Administration FMCSA Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration vii
NTSB Highway Accident Report FMCSRs Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMVSSs Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FOT field operational test FUPS front underride protection system g acceleration of gravity GPS global positioning system GVWR gross vehicle weight rating HOS hours of service I-44 Interstate 44 ITS intelligent transportation system IVBSS integrated vehicle-based safety system IVI Intelligent Vehicle Initiative Mobius OBC Mobius TTS on-board computer MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NAFMP North American Fatigue Management Program NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program NHTSA National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NTSB National Transportation Safety Board OFM Operator Fatigue Management OHP Oklahoma Highway Patrol OOS out of service OSA obstructive sleep apnea OTA Oklahoma Turnpike Authority RITA Research and Innovative Technology Administration SAE SAE International SafeStat Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System SDD sudden deceleration data SUV sport utility vehicle UMTRI University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute VC-COMPAT Improvement of Vehicle Crash Compatibility Through the Development of Crash Test Procedures VER video event recorder viii
NTSB Highway Accident Report Executive Summary On June 26, 2009, a multivehicle accident occurred on Interstate 44 (I-44) near Miami, Oklahoma, shortly after a minor accident in the same vicinity occurred. The minor accident took place about 1:13 p.m., when a 2001 Ford Focus traveling eastbound at milepost 321.7 on I-44 drifted into a truck-tractor semitrailer parked on the right shoulder. After the Focus sideswiped the semitrailer, the car’s driver overcorrected to the left, lost control, and struck the concrete center median barrier. The Focus came to rest in the roadway, blocking the left eastbound lane. As the trailing traffic began to slow and stop, it formed a queue. Several motorists exited their vehicles and began to push the disabled Focus to the right shoulder. The queue of stopped vehicles and approaching but slowing vehicles extended back from the accident site approximately 1,500 feet to about milepost 321.5. Meanwhile, about 1:19 p.m., a 76-year-old truck driver operating a 2008 Volvo truck-tractor in combination with an empty 2009 Great Dane refrigerated semitrailer was traveling eastbound in the outside (right) lane of I-44 at approximately 69 mph. (The posted speed limit was 75 mph.) The truck driver did not react to the queue of slowing and stopped vehicles and collided with the rear of a 2003 Land Rover sport utility vehicle (SUV). As both vehicles moved forward, the Land Rover struck a 2003 Hyundai Sonata and then departed the right lane and shoulder, coming to rest off the roadway. The Volvo continued forward, struck and overrode the Hyundai Sonata, struck and overrode a 2004 Kia Spectra, and then struck the rear of a 2000 Ford Windstar minivan. The Volvo overrode a portion of the Windstar while pushing it into the rear of a livestock trailer being towed by a 2004 Ford F350 pickup truck. The pickup truck was pushed forward and struck a 2008 Chevrolet Tahoe SUV. The Volvo combination unit came to rest approximately 270 feet past the point where it initially struck the Land Rover. As a result of the Volvo combination unit’s striking the slowed and stopped vehicle queue on I-44, 10 passenger vehicle occupants died, 5 received minor-to-serious injuries, and the driver of the Volvo combination unit was seriously injured. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the Volvo truck driver’s fatigue, caused by the combined effects of acute sleep loss, circadian disruption associated with his shift work schedule, and mild sleep apnea, which resulted in the driver’s failure to react to slowing and stopped traffic ahead by applying the brakes or performing any evasive maneuver to avoid colliding with the traffic queue. Contributing to the severity of the accident were the Volvo truck-tractor combination unit’s high impact speed and its structural incompatibility with the passenger vehicles. The following safety issues are identified in this report: • The accident truck driver’s fatigue, • The need for updated and comprehensive fatigue education materials and fatigue management programs, • The significance of heavy vehicle aggressivity in collisions between dissimilar vehicles, ix
NTSB Highway Accident Report x • The lack of Federal requirements for heavy commercial vehicle event data recorders and video event recorders, and • The lack of Federal requirements for forward collision warning systems. As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is making four recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), four to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), and one to Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. The NTSB also reiterates and reclassifies one recommendation to the U.S. Department of Energy and two recommendations to NHTSA, reiterates two recommendations to the FMCSA and one recommendation to NHTSA, and reclassifies one recommendation to NHTSA.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 1
Factual Information Accidents About 1:13 p.m.1 on June 26, 2009, a minor traffic accident involving a Ford Focus occurred on eastbound Interstate 44 (I-44), the Will Rogers Turnpike, near Miami, Oklahoma. Immediately following this minor accident, a queue of traffic formed as the disabled vehicle was pushed from the roadway. Within minutes of the first accident, at approximately 1:19 p.m., a secondary fatal accident occurred when a Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer drove into the traffic queue at approximately 69 mph. (See figures 1 and 2 for postaccident photographs. Figure 3 shows a map of the accident location.)
Figure 1. View of I-44 (looking west) showing the site of the fatal June 26, 2009, accident. [Photograph courtesy Gary Crow]
1 Unless otherwise designated, all times in this report are central daylight time.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure 2. Postaccident photograph showing Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer override of passenger vehicles. [Photograph courtesy Oklahoma Highway Patrol]
2
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure 3. Accident location map. At the times of both accidents, the pavement was dry, and the nearest weather station reported conditions of clear, dry weather with 10 miles of visibility and a temperature of approximately 101° F and 43 percent humidity. When the accidents occurred, the sun was almost directly overhead. Initial Accident (Minor) The first accident involved a 2001 Ford Focus that drifted from the right travel lane on eastbound I-44 and sideswiped a 2007 Kenworth truck-tractor with a refrigerated semitrailer that 3
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 4
was parked on the right-hand shoulder. The driver of the truck-tractor semitrailer had pulled onto the shoulder to check his semitrailer. The Oklahoma Highway Patrol (OHP) interviewed the 18-year-old driver of the Focus, who stated that the traffic was sparse when the accident occurred. She said she believed that she fell asleep, drifted to the right, and then woke up when her vehicle sideswiped the left rear tires of a parked truck-tractor semitrailer on the right shoulder. The Focus had traveled about 1 foot out of the right lane and onto the highway shoulder when it sideswiped the tires. As the Focus driver corrected toward the left, her vehicle began to rotate (counterclockwise), entered the left lane and then the left shoulder, and finally hit the concrete median barrier head-on. The Focus came to rest blocking the left lane, facing oncoming traffic in the left lane of I-442 near milepost 321.7. The driver and passenger of the parked truck-tractor semitrailer and a passerby from another vehicle assisted the Focus driver, and they began to push the car out of the travel lanes. Approaching vehicles started to slow and stop for the Focus accident, and a queue of slowing and stopped vehicles extended behind the accident site for approximately 1,500 feet, from about milepost 321.7 back to about milepost 321.5. Second Accident (With Fatalities) As vehicles approached the traffic queue, they decelerated from the posted speed limit of 75 mph. The 2008 Volvo truck-tractor with an empty 2009 Great Dane refrigerated semitrailer, traveling eastbound at approximately 69 mph, struck the last vehicle in the right lane of the queue without significant slowing. The entire combination vehicle weighed approximately 40,400 pounds. At initial impact, the Volvo combination unit struck a 2003 Land Rover sport utility vehicle (SUV), pushing it forward into a 2003 Hyundai Sonata passenger car; the Land Rover continued to the right, where it overturned and came to rest on the grass off the roadway shoulder. The Volvo combination unit continued forward an additional approximately 42 feet and collided with the Hyundai, overriding it. Both vehicles moved forward about 29 feet, at which point, the Volvo combination unit struck and overrode a 2004 Kia Spectra passenger car. The Volvo combination unit (with the two passenger vehicles by then caught underneath it) continued forward until it struck and partially overrode a 2000 Ford Windstar minivan. The minivan was pushed forward into the rear of a 16-foot-long livestock trailer (loaded with 10 sheep) being towed by a 2004 Ford 350 pickup truck. The F350 pickup truck was then pushed forward into a 2008 Chevrolet Tahoe SUV. The Volvo combination unit came to rest on top of the Hyundai, the Kia, and a portion of the Ford Windstar minivan. From the initial impact to final rest, the Volvo combination unit traveled approximately 270 feet. (See figure 4.)
2 The Focus had scrape and scuff marks along its passenger side from the parked truck-tractor semitrailer’s tires, beginning at the rear passenger door and continuing along the right rear quarter panel. There were additional scrape marks and damage to the right rear wheel.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure 4. Postaccident scene diagram showing all involved vehicles in final at-rest positions. (Numbers in parentheses show the order in which the vehicles were struck.) The pavement at the accident scene showed gouges from the undercarriages of the struck passenger vehicles. The pavement also showed tire friction marks from the overridden passenger vehicles and from the Volvo combination unit, which resulted when all of the unit’s spring brakes locked after its air system was damaged. These marks began at the initial impact point and continued until the combination unit came to a final stop near a drainage structure adjacent to the roadway. 5
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 6
Damage to Vehicles Involved in Fatal Accident Volvo Truck-Tractor Semitrailer As a result of the second accident, the Volvo truck-tractor sustained extensive damage and its Great Dane semitrailer sustained minor damage. (See figure 5.) The Volvo truck-tractor sustained frontal damage, including windshield damage. The body of the truck-tractor was shifted to the right, and there was right side damage to the front of the frame. Additional damage was located underneath the vehicle. The brake components on the Volvo steer and second axles were damaged as a result of the accident. Near the second axle, damage consisting of gouging and scraping to the driveshaft and axle housing was found, and the second axle brake components were bent. The underside of the right side saddle fuel tank was damaged, and fuel was lost through a hole in the underside of the tank.
Figure 5. Collision damage to 2008 Volvo truck-tractor. The Volvo truck-tractor’s interior did not sustain damage, the steering wheel was not damaged, and the driver airbag did not deploy.3
3 The nature of this collision and the absence of cab deformation indicate that the crash forces imparted upon the driver were not of sufficient magnitude to warrant deployment of the airbag.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Vehicles Struck in Fatal Accident In total, the second accident involved six passenger vehicles and a livestock trailer. (See appendix B for photographs of the six passenger vehicles and the livestock trailer involved in the fatal accident.) Four of the passenger vehicles were destroyed by impact, and the F350 pickup truck (and its livestock trailer) and the Chevy Tahoe had moderate damage. Land Rover SUV. Postaccident inspection revealed significant override damage where the Land Rover’s left rear bumper corner was crushed 19 inches forward of the rear axle, and the passenger compartment interior was almost two-thirds collapsed toward the front of the vehicle. A small area on the right side of the rear seat had not collapsed. The vehicle also sustained damage to its left front bumper corner and down the left side of its front fender, due to impact with the back of the Hyundai sedan. Hyundai Sonata Sedan. The Volvo truck-tractor completely overrode the Hyundai and, when all the vehicles came to rest, the Volvo was on top of the Hyundai. Black tire marks were found on the top of the Hyundai’s rear center seat and on the driver’s headrest. The entire back end of the Hyundai was crushed inward, the roof was crushed downward, the corner of the right rear bumper was crushed forward approximately 36 inches, and the interior of the vehicle was almost totally collapsed downward. Kia Spectra Sedan. The Volvo truck-tractor struck, overrode, and came to rest completely on top of the Kia. Postaccident inspection revealed that the Kia’s entire rear portion was crushed inward, the roof was crushed downward, and the left rear bumper corner was crushed forward approximately 18 inches. The seatbacks were partially collapsed downward. Ford Windstar Minivan. The Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer’s striking the Windstar resulted in the rear two-thirds of the minivan being trapped underneath the front of the Volvo when all the vehicles came to final rest. The Windstar was crushed forward and upward off the frame, and its roof was bent accordion-style forward and upward at a 90-degree angle and torn away from the D-pillar. The left rear bumper corner was crushed forward to the rear axle, and the vehicle’s entire front end sustained moderate damage from striking the livestock trailer being towed by the F350 pickup truck. The interior of the minivan was almost totally collapsed forward, with the exception of the right front passenger seatback. Ford F350 Pickup Truck and Livestock Trailer. The F350 pickup truck was towing a livestock trailer, which was struck by the Ford Windstar minivan. The right rear sidewall of the livestock trailer sustained approximately 30 inches of crush, pushing the loading gates inward, buckling the roof up and forward, and bowing the trailer’s left sidewall outward approximately 20 inches. The front of the livestock trailer was deformed from being pushed into the pickup’s rear bumper and then pushed forward into its bed. The pickup’s bed bowed outward to the right and forward into the back of the passenger cab, cracking the rear window glazing. As the F350 pickup truck was pushed forward, it struck a Chevrolet Tahoe SUV in the right lane, and its left front bumper corner sustained 17 inches of direct contact damage and was crushed rearward approximately 15 inches. The pickup truck sustained no interior damage. 7
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Chevrolet Tahoe SUV. This vehicle was struck from behind by the Ford pickup truck, and it came to rest in the left lane. The vehicle exterior sustained moderate damage, consisting of approximately 12 inches of direct contact damage, which continued down the right rear fender and caused the right rear window to shatter. The interior of the vehicle sustained no damage. Survival Factors As a result of the Volvo combination unit’s collision into the passenger vehicles, 10 passenger vehicle occupants died, and 5 received injuries ranging from minor to serious. The driver of the Volvo truck-tractor combination unit sustained serious injuries. (See tables 1 and 2.) Table 1. Injuries. Injury Severitya Volvo Truck Driver Passenger Car Occupants Total Fatal 0 10 10 Serious 1 3 4 Minor 0 2 2 None 0 5 5 Total 1 20 21 aTitle 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines fatal injury as “any injury which results in death within 30 days of the accident” and serious injury as “any injury which (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.” 8
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Table 2. Passenger vehicle occupant information. Vehicle Occupant Seating Position Restraint Injury 2008 Volvo Truck 76-year-old male Driver Lap/shoulder (not used) Serious 2003 Land Rover 49-year-old male Driver Lap/shoulder (not used) Fatal
51-year-old female Front right Lap/shoulder (not used) Fatal
12-year-old female Rear right Lap/shoulder Serious 2003 Hyundai Sonata 38-year-old male Driver Lap/shoulder Fatal
34-year-old female Front right Lap/shoulder Fatal
06-year-old male Rear left Lap/shoulder with booster seat Fatal
55-year-old female Rear right Lap/shoulder Fatal 2004 Kia Spectra 52-year-old female Driver Lap/shoulder (not used) Serious
05-year-old female Rear left Lap/shoulder with booster seat Minor
06-year-old male Rear right Lap/shoulder with booster seat Minor 2000 Ford Windstar 79-year-old male Driver Lap/shoulder Fatal
73-year-old female Front right Lap/shoulder Fatal
71-year-old female Rear left Lap/shoulder Fatal
52-year-old male Rear right Lap/shoulder Fatal 2004 Ford F350 41-year-old male Driver Lap/shoulder None
12-year-old female Front right Lap/shoulder None 2008 Chevrolet Tahoe 69-year-old male Driver Lap/shoulder None
62-year-old female Front right Lap/shoulder Serious
12-year-old female Rear left Lap/shoulder None
12-year-old female Rear right Lap/shoulder None Postaccident examinations of those killed in the accident showed that their injuries included blunt force trauma to the head and torso, fractures of the extremities, and multiple severe abrasions and lacerations. Three occupants of the passenger vehicles sustained chemical contact injuries from the fuel that leaked from the damaged saddle fuel tank of the Volvo truck-tractor when it came to rest on top of their vehicles. The surviving passenger in the Land Rover and the driver of the Kia were seriously injured, suffering blunt force trauma injuries to the chest and internal organs, as well as multiple fractures (ribs, pelvis, and extremities). The front right passenger of the Chevy Tahoe sustained a serious head injury. The Kia’s two rear-seat child passengers sustained minor injuries consisting of contusions, lacerations, and abrasions. The driver of the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer was not wearing his 3-point restraint, and he sustained injuries including a nondisplaced fracture of the jaw, a brain contusion, and facial swelling and lacerations. 9
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 10
Emergency Response The Miami Police Department dispatcher was notified of the fatal accident through the 911 system at 1:20 p.m. An OHP trooper, who was working a vehicle incident a short distance west of the accident, was notified of the accident by a passerby and was en route to the scene when dispatch notified him at 1:22 p.m. Upon his arrival on scene at 1:24 p.m., the trooper assumed Incident Command for law enforcement and immediately requested OHP dispatch to send all available ambulances, three medical helicopters, and a heavy-duty wrecker, stating that there were injuries and people pinned in their vehicles. The trooper also requested that the Oklahoma Turnpike Authority (OTA) close the eastbound tollgate in Miami and start rerouting traffic. By 1:33 p.m., eastbound traffic on the I-44 turnpike was closed, and traffic was redirected off at the Miami tollbooth. Westbound traffic was reduced to one lane. The first call from dispatch went out to the Downstream Fire Department at 1:22 p.m., and its first unit arrived on scene at 1:31 p.m. The Miami Fire Department was notified of the accident at 1:23 p.m., and its first unit arrived on scene at 1:33 p.m. The arriving shift captain for the Downstream Fire Department assumed Incident Command for the rescue, recovery, extrication, and transport of the injured. Between 1:33 and 1:38 p.m., three medical helicopters were put on standby; they were subsequently dispatched to the scene, sequentially. Each helicopter transported one seriously injured passenger vehicle occupant to hospitals in Joplin, Missouri. The Volvo driver and the seriously injured Tahoe passenger were transported to a hospital by ground ambulance at 2:29 p.m. A heavy-duty wrecker arrived approximately 40 minutes after the first call from dispatch.4 According to the wrecker owner/driver, he took the most direct route to the accident scene, a distance of about 15 miles. Because of the backed-up traffic, he had to drive his wrecker along the shoulder and, at times, into the drainage ditch to get to the scene. The Volvo combination unit had come to rest on top of three passenger vehicles; consequently, the Volvo truck-tractor and its semitrailer had to be lifted off the Kia and the Hyundai before the occupants could be extricated. In total, 7 fire departments, with 7 rescue and engine units, and 12 public and private emergency medical services ambulances responded to the scene, as well as 3 medical helicopters. Highway Information General The fatal accident occurred on I-44 eastbound about milepost 321.5. The accident site was about 8 miles northeast of the city of Miami in Ottawa County, Oklahoma. I-44, also called the Will Rogers Turnpike, is a four-lane limited access highway with dual east- and westbound
4 Dispatch notified the closest heavy-duty wrecker service, which was also considered the most experienced to handle this service call.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 11
lanes separated by a 29-inch-high concrete median barrier.5 The two lanes in each direction were 11.50 feet wide and were delineated by long, dashed white-painted stripes. A solid white-painted stripe separated each direction’s right-hand lane from the 10-foot-wide right shoulder, and both directions had alerter grooves (rumble strips) cut into the pavement shoulder.6 The left median shoulder was 7.50 feet wide and delineated from the main travel lane by a solid yellow pavement stripe. The roadway was directionally straight from eastbound milepost 320.00 to 323.50; the fatal accident occurred about milepost 321.50. About 5,865 feet west of the accident, a 1,800-foot-long crest vertical curve7 began. The roadway had a 3.00-percent downgrade for approximately 1,200 feet that transitioned into a 900-foot-long sag curve8 with a 1.70-percent downgrade that transitioned into a 1.13-percent upgrade. I-44 was classified as a principal rural arterial with a posted speed limit of 75 mph.9 The OTA conducted a speed survey on I-44 in the week after the accident, and the 85th percentile speeds for commercial trucks and passenger cars were 78 and 77 mph, respectively. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) recommends an 820-foot stopping sight distance for a speed of 75 mph.10 Field measurements showed that when the accident site was viewed from a truck driver’s perspective (average seated eye height of approximately 96 inches from the ground), a 2.0-foot-tall (height of a passenger car taillight) object could be seen from the beginning of the hill crest 1,260 feet away.11 (See figure 6.)
5 Such barriers are commonly referred to as Jersey barriers, and they are tested to meet test level 4 crash parameters (as detailed in National Cooperative Highway Research Program [NCHRP] Report 350). 6 The slope adjacent to the roadside was a 4H:1 traversable slope. 7 A “crest vertical curve” may be called a “hill crest.” 8 Vertical curves are used to effect gradual changes between tangent grades at their point of intersection. Vertical curves that are offset above the tangent are defined as “sag vertical curves.” 9 The design speed for this segment of highway was also 75 mph. 10 “Stopping sight distance” is defined as a sum of two distances: (1) the distance traversed by the vehicle from the instant the driver sees an object necessitating a stop to the instant that the brakes are applied, and (2) the distance needed to stop the vehicle from the instant brake application begins. AASHTO guidelines state that recommended stopping sight distances are based on passenger car operation and do not explicitly consider truck operation because a truck driver is able to see substantially farther beyond vertical sight obstructions than a passenger car driver due to the higher position of the driver’s seat in the truck. The greater sight distance is considered to balance the greater distance the larger and heavier truck needs to come to a stop from the same given speed as the smaller and lighter passenger car. (Per A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 5th edition [Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 2004], p. 110.) 11 For a passenger car driver’s seated height, the stopping sight distance was 975 feet.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure 6. View of I-44 eastbound, showing the sites of the June 26, 2009, accidents. Accident records from the OTA showed that for a 5-year period prior to the accident (2004–2008), there were 70 accidents along the 6-mile segment between mileposts 318.5 and 324.5. Comprising the 70 events were 31 injury accidents, 2 fatal accidents (1 of which involved a commercial vehicle), and 37 property damage accidents. The annual average daily traffic count for 2004–2008 was 20,642 vehicles per day for I-44. The OTA indicated that commercial vehicles accounted for approximately 35 percent of this total. Traffic Incident Control The state of Oklahoma has adopted the Federal Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Chapter 6I of this manual provides guidance for the safe movement of vehicles through incident management areas, such as accidents, by establishing procedures for temporary traffic control. The MUTCD provides guidance to state emergency response and transportation agencies on what to do within the first 15 minutes of arriving on scene. The MUTCD guidance advises them to determine the magnitude of the traffic incident and to estimate the expected duration of the incident and the expected vehicle queue lengths; then, 12
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 13
responders should set up the appropriate temporary traffic controls based on these estimates.12 The initial accident that caused the traffic queue to develop occurred at approximately 1:13 p.m.; the fatal accident occurred at 1:19 p.m., and the first responding OHP trooper arrived on scene at 1:24 p.m. Volvo Truck-Tractor Semitrailer General The vehicle that rear-ended the passenger cars in the fatal accident was a 2008 Volvo truck-tractor with an empty 2009 Great Dane refrigerated semitrailer. The unloaded Volvo combination unit weighed 40,400 pounds. Both the truck-tractor and the semitrailer were owned by Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (AWG). The truck-tractor and the semitrailer were equipped with an antilock braking system (ABS) and electronic stability control (ESC). The ABS monitors wheel speed and modulates the brakes of the vehicle, preventing wheel lock-up and increasing controllability in the event of emergency braking. The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSSs) require all pneumatically braked trucks and trailers manufactured after March 1998 to have ABS. ESC is a system that builds onto the ABS of a vehicle by monitoring the steering angle against directional acceleration and rotation to help guide the vehicle in the intended direction of travel.13 AWG had an in-house maintenance facility for its vehicles at its terminal in Springfield, Missouri. AWG serviced its truck-tractors according to a service inspection program under which they were inspected and serviced by mechanics every 13,500 miles, and the semitrailers were inspected and serviced every 4 months. AWG vehicles were subject to the annual inspection requirement under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs), in accordance with 49 CFR 396.17. The company’s mechanics reportedly inspected each vehicle in accordance with the regulation, and AWG vehicles passing the inspection received an affixed label indicating passage. The Volvo truck-tractor passed the annual U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) inspection in March 2009. The Great Dane semitrailer was serviced, and it received an annual DOT inspection sticker, in April 2009. The truck-tractor had last received preventive maintenance service on June 16, 2009. According to company policy, AWG mechanics were to check the tires on the truck-tractors every morning for wear and proper tire pressure. Drivers were responsible for
12 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Chapter 6I, “Control of Traffic Through Traffic Incident Management Areas” (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, 2003). 13 ESC is not currently required for vehicles with gross vehicle weight ratings (GVWRs) over 10,000 pounds. The FMVSSs require all passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses with GVWRs of 10,000 pounds or less manufactured after September 2011 to be equipped with ESC. (Per 49 CFR Part 571, Standard 126.)
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 14
conducting pre- and post-trip inspections of their truck-tractors every trip (per 49 CFR 396.11 and 396.13). The drivers were to complete a Driver’s Vehicle Inspection Report (DVIR) that recorded their findings; the DVIRs were to be kept in a book in the tractor. According to AWG, the mechanics reviewed the DVIR defect reports daily, made repairs in a timely manner, and then signed the DVIRs and notified the drivers. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) obtained copies of the AWG’s DVIRs and associated repair records for the accident vehicle. A review of the reports indicated that the standard AWG procedures were followed. Following the accident, the truck-tractor’s cruise control was found in the “on” position. Photographs taken at the accident scene show the driver’s window rolled down. The Volvo’s three ventilation controls to the right of the steering wheel indicated that the temperature was set to “cold,” the fan strength was set to “medium,” and the fan was set to blow at both the upper and lower vents. It could not be determined whether the air conditioning was on or off at the time of the accident. Electronic Control Module The accident tractor’s Cummins ISX diesel engine was electronically controlled and equipped with an electronic control module (ECM). The ECM is responsible for controlling engine timing, fuel delivery, speed control, and other parameters and is capable of capturing and preserving limited operating data related to sudden deceleration. “Sudden deceleration events” are triggered or recognized when the calculated deceleration rate of the vehicle meets or exceeds a predetermined threshold or value. Although the ECM was designed with this sudden deceleration event recording capability, it also stored additional data that could be relevant to understanding a crash, such as diagnostic conditions, engine data, ECM calibrations, and trip information.14 The ECM contained three sudden deceleration data (SDD) events.15 These SDD event records were designed to capture 60 seconds of pre-event data and 15 seconds of data following the event trigger. Although the ECM was designed with an event data recorder (EDR) function, it was not designed or intended to capture the amount and type of high-resolution data that would have been available had the truck-tractor been equipped with an advanced or dedicated crash EDR intended to assist in the reconstruction of complex accident events.16 Postaccident examination of the ECM data revealed that the ECM’s road speed governor configuration was enabled and configured to limit the vehicle’s maximum road speed to 70 mph and that the truck-tractor semitrailer was traveling at 70 mph when it struck the first slowed or stopped vehicle. However, NTSB analysis of vehicle speed input data yielded results that indicated that the effect of the Volvo’s worn drive axle tires resulted in a minor “over-reporting” of vehicle
14 The accident Volvo was equipped with a driver supplemental restraint system or airbag. Recent iterations of the Volvo heavy vehicle airbag control module are capable of limited data collection in connection with detected “crash” (airbag deploys) and “near crash” (airbag does not deploy) events. 15 The ECM stored the three most recent SDD events. The most recent SDD event correlated with this accident. 16 An EDR is defined by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) within 49 CFR Part 563 as a device or function that records a vehicle’s dynamic, time-series data just before a crash (vehicle speed versus time) or during a crash (change in velocity versus time).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 15
speed by 1.36 to 1.40 mph when the Volvo was operating in 10th gear and within the 69- to 71-mph speed range. On this basis, the ECM-reported vehicle speed of 70 mph at the time of the accident was approximately 1.38 mph too high, indicating an actual road speed at time of impact of approximately 68.70 mph. The available ECM data also indicated that the tractor’s cruise control was active and that the driver did not attempt to brake the Volvo before striking the passenger vehicles or at any time during the accident sequence. Cadec Mobius TTS On-Board Computer System AWG equipped its vehicles, including the accident tractor, with the Cadec Global, Inc., Mobius TTS on-board computer (Mobius OBC) system, a computerized on-board driver interface used to electronically record DOT hours of service (HOS) logs. The system includes a global positioning system (GPS). The Mobius OBC is designed to serve as a fleet management system, providing the carrier with data analysis and reporting capabilities to optimize mobile resources, improve driver performance, and meet DOT HOS compliance and safety requirements. Consisting of a recording device hard-wired into the engine, the Mobius OBC records the driver’s driving activities electronically.17 All Mobius OBCs are equipped with a 12-channel GPS receiver used to produce detailed records of the vehicle’s operation. The Mobius OBC also has several additional features, including the ability to capture limited data in connection with a driver-reported accident event, sudden deceleration, or unknown stop. Investigators recovered some data from the accident vehicle’s Mobius OBC, which, when used with the ECM data, provided accident-related information. The sudden deceleration event threshold for the accident vehicle’s Mobius OBC was 7 mph per second. The device reported a generated sudden deceleration event as occurring at 13:19:18 on June 26, 2009. (See appendix C for more information on the vehicle’s Mobius OBC.) Vehicle Braking The vehicle underwent a postcrash level 1 commercial vehicle inspection conducted by the OHP at the accident scene on June 26, 2009, as well as an NTSB postaccident inspection on June 30, 2009. Although the brake components on the Volvo’s steer and second axle were damaged as a result of the accident, examination revealed no preexisting defects. Inspection showed that the brakes were within proper adjustment limits and that all tires possessed the required minimum tread depth.
17 The Mobius OBC is capable of monitoring vehicle and engine speed when configured to trigger alerts regarding violations of any preconfigured road speed or engine speed thresholds.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 16
Dry pavement skid testing18 was performed at the accident site on July 1, 2009, at 12:33 p.m. An average friction number of 0.77 longitudinal g (acceleration of gravity) at 65 mph19 was recorded for a passenger car with antilock brakes engaged;20 thus, this would have been 0.65 longitudinal g when accounting for commercial vehicle tires.21 Therefore, with an air brake lag22 time of 0.50 second and the Volvo combination unit traveling at about 69 mph with an ABS deceleration rate of -20.93 feet per second/second, the vehicle’s stopping distance was 251 feet, plus 51 feet, totaling 302 feet. Thus, if an emergency hard brake application had been made with the accident Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer, which had an unloaded weight of 40,400 pounds, traveling approximately 69 mph with brakes within adjustment limits, the combination unit would have been able to come to a complete stop in approximately 302 feet. This stopping distance does not include the driver’s perception or reaction time to initiate vehicle braking. Driver The 76-year-old Volvo truck driver had been employed by AWG since 1992,23 and he possessed a valid Missouri Class “A” commercial driver’s license (CDL) with an expiration date of March 20, 2012.24 Missouri requires that a CDL be renewed every 3 years after a commercial driver turns 70; for drivers under 70, the renewal period is 6 years. The driver also held passenger transportation and doubles/triples trailer endorsements. His license indicated that he was not subject to any restrictions, and he had a current medical certificate, valid for 1 year, with an expiration of December 2009.25 The NTSB obtained a copy of the driver’s Missouri driving history, and it indicated no violations, convictions, or traffic accidents.
18 A passenger car was used for the testing. 19 A Valentine Research, Inc., g-Analyst accelerometer recorded the information. 20 The test was repeated on the same day at 2:57 p.m. with the antilock brakes disengaged and the test vehicle traveling at 35 mph. The sliding test showed the average deceleration was 0.72 g. 21 Because a passenger car was used to conduct the dry pavement skid test, an 85-percent adjustment to this friction value was made to estimate the value for commercial vehicle tires, resulting in a deceleration factor of 0.65 g. (See R. Heusser, Heavy Truck Deceleration Rates as a Function of Brake Adjustment, SAE paper no. 910126 [Seattle, Washington: National Transportation Safety Board, 1991]). 22 “Air brake lag time” is the time required for a given pneumatic braking system to develop and deliver sufficient air pressure to apply the brakes. Air brake lag times for large commercial vehicles can range from 0.20 to over 1.00 second and may vary greatly due to brake system design, configuration, and mechanical condition, as well as the amount of the required application pressure necessary to achieve the desired level of braking. The 0.50-second estimate used for lag time can be considered under-representative of lag times observed in actual testing of loaded five-axle combination vehicles of typical age and mechanical condition, as published in FMVSS 121. In this case, the 0.50-second lag time provides a suitable level of accuracy, given that the accident vehicle was unloaded, a relatively new model year, and in normal mechanical condition. 23 He had worked for Trailways Bus Lines from 1964 to 1987 and Greyhound Bus Lines from 1987 to 1991. 24 The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) provides a minimum age for commercial drivers (21 years) but not a maximum age. 25 Title 49 CFR 391.45 requires a 2-year examination cycle, unless the examining physician recommends a shorter time period. Previous medical examinations had shown that the driver had borderline high blood pressure, and he was placed on a 1-year reexamination cycle. The driver’s medical condition is discussed in the “Driver’s Medical Information” section of this report.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 17
When he arrived on scene, the first responding OHP trooper spoke with the accident truck driver, who was still in his vehicle. The trooper subsequently reported that the driver was able to walk and negotiate turns, and he saw no indication of the driver’s having visual problems. The OHP accident investigation report stated that the driver was inattentive at the time of the collision.26 The driver was subject to postaccident drug and alcohol screening, per 49 CFR 382.303.27 Urine and blood samples were collected from the driver at the hospital at 5:34 and 7:20 p.m., respectively. The NTSB arranged for a split of the blood specimen collected at 7:20 p.m. under the direction of the Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation to be tested at the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Civil Aerospace Medical Institute toxicology laboratory; the sample was negative for alcohol and a wide range of prescription, over-the-counter, and 28 illicit drugs. The accident driver refused to be interviewed by NTSB investigators postaccident. Witnesses’ Reports of Driver’s Preaccident Actions driving on I-44 eastbound and observed the driver and his activities just prior to the accident. t the accident driver changed lanes about a half-truck-length in front of them, without signaling.
The NTSB interviewed several witnesses who were Truck Driver Trainer and Trainee. A truck driver trainer and his trainee student, who was driving a Freightliner tractor with a refrigerated semitrailer, were traveling in the right lane heading eastbound on I-44, and they observed the accident. They saw the Volvo combination vehicle driver pass them in the left lane, traveling approximately 70 mph. They reported tha The trainer stated that he could observe that traffic ahead on I-44 was stopped, and he told his student to “back down.” He recalled that as their vehicle slowed, the Volvo combination unit traveled another 4–5 truck lengths ahead of them; then, the trainer observed debris flying into the air and a vehicle going off the road to the right. The trainer reported not observing brake
26 The driver was charged with 10 counts of negligent homicide on September 21, 2009. On September 23, 2009, the driver entered a plea of not guilty for all 10 counts. On August 2, 2010, the driver entered a plea of guilty to 10 misdemeanor charges of negligent homicide and was sentenced to 30 days incarceration and 10 years of probation (1 year for each count of negligent homicide). He was also prohibited from possessing a CDL. 27 Title 49 CFR 382.303, concerning postaccident testing, states that “as soon as practicable following an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public road in commerce, each employer shall test for alcohol for each of its surviving drivers if the accident involved the loss of human life, if the driver receives a citation within 8 hours of the occurrence under State or local law for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident, or if the accident involved bodily injury to any person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident. If a controlled substance test required by this section is not administered within 32 hours following the accident, the employer shall cease attempts to administer a controlled substances test, and prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered.” FMCSA guidance states that nothing in the CFR alcohol and controlled substance testing section shall be construed to prohibit a driver from leaving the scene of an accident to obtain necessary emergency medical care. 28 The examination tested for amphetamine, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 18
lights on the accident truck or smoke from the vehicle’s tires. After the student driver brought their vehicle to a stop, the two witnesses exited their vehicle and approached the accident truck, which was on top of the passenger vehicles. n where the Volvo truck had struck the westernmost vehicle in the queue, the Land Rover SUV. d he and his wife attended to the Land Rover occupants until the emergency responders arrived. p truck and livestock trailer and off the side of the road. He then assisted the injured in the Kia. the left to try to avoid being struck; however, his vehicle was struck by the Ford F350 and trailer. The student truck driver reported that while he was driving on I-44, he first noticed the accident truck in his left side mirror, changing from the right into the left lane. He said this occurred about the same time that he began to slow his own vehicle in response to the congestion and brake lights he observed in both lanes ahead of him as he crested the hill. He said he activated his vehicle’s four-way flashers when he observed the stopped traffic. He stated that the accident Volvo truck passed him on the left and changed back to the right lane without slowing or braking. The student driver estimated that it took 6–7 seconds for the accident truck to complete the passing maneuver. Then, the Volvo combination unit crashed into the stopped traffic ahead. This witness estimated that his own truck was traveling about 66 mph when he began to brake it and that he had slowed to about 35–40 mph when the accident occurred about 300–400 feet ahead of him. This witness also observed that another truck passed him after the accident Volvo did, and that truck stopped without hitting the traffic queue ahead. This student driver believed that he was able to bring his vehicle to a stop approximately at the locatio Witness 1 From Left Lane. A witness who had been in the left lane said that when he crested the hill, he observed traffic stopping ahead so he activated his vehicle’s four-way emergency flashers. He observed the Land Rover in the right lane and, as both vehicles began slowing, this witness heard a large impact and observed the Volvo truck-tractor strike the Land Rover, which was caught under the bumper and then pushed off to the right. He then saw the Volvo truck run over the other vehicles. He was able to stop his vehicle, an Witness 2 From Left Lane. Another witness who was traveling in the left lane told NTSB investigators that as his vehicle crested the hill, it passed the Hyundai sedan. At that time, the Tahoe was in the left lane ahead of him. He noticed that the Tahoe driver put on his four-way flashers. This driver then observed two tractor semitrailers ahead merging to the right, and this allowed him to see farther ahead; he saw that traffic was slowing, so he and the Tahoe began to merge to the right. Before he could execute his lane change, this witness heard a large sound caused by the Volvo truck-tractor striking the passenger cars, and he observed vehicle debris, including the bumper from the Land Rover, which struck his vehicle. He accelerated his vehicle to get out of the way, but the Tahoe still ended up in the left lane ahead of his vehicle. He moved his vehicle around the Tahoe and the Ford F350 picku Chevy Tahoe Driver. NTSB investigators interviewed the driver of the Tahoe involved in the accident. He stated that when he drove over the top of the hill (crest vertical), he observed stopped traffic in the left lane, so he put on his emergency flashers. As he approached the traffic, he began to change lanes to the right in front of the Ford F350 pickup truck (with livestock trailer). Both this driver and his wife heard a crash, and when the driver looked into the rearview mirror, he saw the accident occurring. He said he stepped on the accelerator and steered to
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 19
F350 Pickup Truck Driver. NTSB investigators also interviewed the driver of the F350 pickup, who stated that he was in the right lane as he crested the hill and could see the stopped and slowing traffic ahead. He glanced in his rearview mirror and observed the Volvo truck-tractor approaching his vehicle. He stated that he was hit just after that. His vehicle then struck the Tahoe in the left lane. He was able to pull his vehicle off to the right shoulder and found that the livestock trailer had become detached from his vehicle and was still partially under the front of the Ford Windstar minivan. Witness 1 From Traffic Queue. A witness who had been stopped in the traffic queue that resulted from the first accident (involving the Ford Focus) said that he observed in his rearview mirror that a vehicle had been struck from behind and had gone off the road. He then saw a truck strike and run over several more vehicles. He called 911 to report the accident and request ambulances. He exited his vehicle, ran to the accident truck driver, and saw him climb up from the floor of the Volvo cab on the passenger side and sit back into the driver seat. Witness 2 From Traffic Queue. NTSB investigators interviewed another driver from the traffic queue who did not observe the accident but did interact with the accident driver immediately thereafter. He noticed that both windows of the Volvo truck-tractor were down and that the driver appeared to be disoriented and seemed to have no idea of what had happened. Driver’s Work Shift and Preaccident 72-Hour History According to AWG, the driver was regularly scheduled to work on Mondays, Thursdays, Fridays, and Saturdays. The driver engaged in shift work;29 he generally came on duty between 2:00 and 3:00 a.m. and went off duty before 3:00 p.m. He lived about 17 miles from the terminal, and his commute time was about 20–30 minutes. In June 2009, the driver worked a total of 5 days (see figure 7), having been on sick leave for June 6–13 and on preapproved vacation time on June 15 and June 18–20. He worked on June 22 and took a holiday on June 25.30 He returned to work on June 26, the day of the accident.
29 “Shift work” is defined as regular employment outside of the normal “day work” hours. See M. Kryger, T. Roth, and W. Dement, Principles and Practice in Sleep Medicine, 4th edition (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Elsevier-Saunders, 2005), p. 673. 30 The driver was granted a floating holiday for having worked on Memorial Day.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 20
Figure 7. Calendar showing the accident truck driver’s daily June 2009 work status (shaded dates indicate the days worked). The accident driver declined to speak with NTSB investigators; consequently, a full 72-hour history could not be developed.31 As detailed later in this report, what is known about the driver’s sleep–wake schedule comes from a postaccident medical consultation, during which he stated that when he worked, he would try to go to bed about 8:00 p.m. and rise about 12:30-1:00 a.m. The driver also stated that since the accident, he had gone to bed about 10:00 p.m. and risen about 6:00–7:00 a.m. It is unknown whether, when still working, the driver attempted to go to bed at 8:00 p.m. when he was off duty the next day. (Cellular phone records indicate that the accident driver made and received calls about 9:00 p.m. on the nights of Monday, June 22, and Tuesday, June 23, the week of the accident.) Because an accurate account of the driver’s sleep-wake schedule could not be reconstructed, this report does not include a standard graphic representation of his work–rest history. Table 3 shows what is known of the driver’s activities in the days before the accident, based on witness, cellular telephone, and Mobius OBC information.
31 Investigators attempted to interview the driver’s friends and family members but could not obtain their cooperation. Investigators also attempted to interview neighbors, but none knew the driver well enough to assist in reconstructing a 72-hour history for the driver.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Table 3. Accident truck driver’s known activities in the days before the accident, based on witness interviews, cellular telephone records, and Mobius OBC logs. (Note: Cellular telephone records provide the “servicing area” location.) MONDAY JUNE 22 5:15 a.m. Springfield, MO departed base Mobius OBC log 6:10 Springfield received call phone records 7:40 Mnt Home, AR arrived Mobius OBC log 8:26 Mnt Home departed Mobius OBC log 8:58 Gainesville, MO arrived Mobius OBC log 9:35 Gainesville departed Mobius OBC log 10:22 Springfield, MO received call phone records 10:30 Springfield made call phone records 10:31 Springfield made call phone records 10:36 Springfield received call phone records 10:55 Springfield received call phone records 11:05 Springfield arrived at base Mobius OBC log 11:22 Springfield off duty Mobius OBC log 8:56 p.m. Springfield made call (5 min.) phone records TUESDAY JUNE 23 8:50 a.m. Springfield, MO made call phone records 9:12 p.m. Springfield received call (3 min.) phone records WEDNESDAY JUNE 24 7:46 a.m. Springfield, MO made call phone records 7:27 p.m. Springfield made call (1 min.) phone records THURSDAY JUNE 25 8:30 a.m. Springfield, MO received call phone records 6:25 p.m. Springfield received call (12 min.) phone records FRIDAY JUNE 26 2:30 a.m. Springfield, MO arrived at base, preshift coworker interview 3:00 Springfield began duty time Mobius OBC log 3:15 Springfield departed base Mobius OBC log 5:45 Chouteau, OK arrived Mobius OBC log 6:11 Chouteau departed Mobius OBC log 6:45 Muskogee, OK arrived Mobius OBC log 7:41 Muskogee departed Mobius OBC log 8:24 Vian, OK arrived Mobius OBC log 8:51 Vian departed Mobius OBC log 9:37 Muskogee, OK arrived Mobius OBC log 10:11 Muskogee departed Mobius OBC log 10:47 Wagoner, OK arrived Mobius OBC log 11:31 Wagoner departed Mobius OBC log 11:49 Chouteau, OK arrived Mobius OBC log 12:02 p.m. Tulsa, OK received call phone records 12:09 Chouteau, OK departed Mobius OBC log 12:46 En route made call (22 min.) phone records 1:19 Miami, OK accident occurred
21
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 22
When he was scheduled to work, the driver normally began his shift at AWG’s Springfield, Missouri, terminal, made deliveries to a number of stores (or other destinations), and returned to the Springfield terminal after completing his final delivery. On the day of the accident, the driver’s start time was scheduled32 for 3:00 a.m., and he left the AWG terminal in Springfield at 3:15 a.m. He traveled to the following destinations (all in Oklahoma): Chouteau, Muskogee, Vian, back to Muskogee, onto Wagoner, and back to Chouteau. The driver departed Chouteau and was headed to the AWG terminal in Springfield when, at 12:46 p.m., while driving on I-44, he began a 22-minute cellular telephone call to a friend. The OHP interviewed the person with whom the accident driver was speaking during this 22-minute telephone call, and that individual stated that the driver was coherent, spoke in a normal fashion, and did not mention anything about being tired or sleepy. The driver ended the telephone call at 1:08 p.m.33 after remarking that he was in traffic. The accident occurred east of Miami, Oklahoma, about 1:19 p.m., at milepost 321.5. See table 4 for additional information on the driver’s activities. Table 4. Accident driver’s locations and travel distances on duty, June 26, 2009. Location Departure Time Destination Arrival Time Distance Traveled (miles)a Time Spent at Destination Springfield, MO 3:15 a.m. Chouteau, OK 5:45 a.m. 155.4 26 minutes Chouteau, OK 6:11 a.m. Muskogee, OK 6:45 a.m. 31.5 56 minutes Muskogee, OK 7:41 a.m. Vian, OK 8:24 a.m. 40.4 27 minutes Vian, OK 8:51 a.m. Muskogee, OK 9:37 a.m. 40.4 34 minutes Muskogee, OK 10:11 a.m. Wagoner, OK 10:47 a.m. 18.0 44 minutes Wagoner, OK 11:31 a.m. Chouteau, OK 11:49 a.m. 17.5 20 minutes Chouteau, OK 12:09 p.m.
Springfield, MO
- 0
Accident occurs 1:19 p.m. (near Miami, OK) aMileage based on PC*Miler for Windows 2000 © ALK Associates, Inc., 1999.
There is no indication that the driver was engaged in nondriving tasks, such as sending a text message or talking on a citizens band radio or cellular telephone at the time of the accident.34 Postaccident examination of the roadway and the accident vehicle showed no evidence of braking or evasive steering input by the Volvo truck driver prior to his truck’s striking the first passenger vehicle in the traffic queue.
32 According to AWG, shifts for most of its drivers begin between midnight and 5:00 a.m., with those driving routes to the more distant locations beginning earlier within this time span. Delivery schedules depend on the needs of AWG’s customers, who prefer that deliveries arrive before stores open, to allow time for restocking. According to AWG, drivers are not responsible for loading and unloading products during a delivery, but they may assist when needed. 33 According to AT&T Wireless, the times on its telephone records are based on switch times, which are synchronized with the Official United States Time, as indicated by the National Institute of Standards and Technology atomic clock. 34 Telephone records indicate a “sent” text or connected telephone call only if the number has been dialed and the signal sent to the cellular tower. If the driver had been in the process of typing a text message or dialing a telephone number into the telephone keypad, the telephone records would not reflect this activity.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 23
NTSB investigators interviewed several of the accident driver’s coworkers, who stated that his demeanor was normal on the day of the accident. They stated that he had coffee and socialized with them before beginning his first delivery. One coworker reported having a conversation with the accident driver about 2:30 a.m., before they both started driving. Another coworker told the NTSB that he had seen the driver about 2 days before the accident trip, and he did not notice any sign of illness or emotional issues. Driver’s Medical Information Medical Certification Examination Information. All CDL drivers are required to undergo medical certification examinations in accordance with the FMCSRs. AWG requires its drivers to undergo these exams. AWG pays for the exams via contract with the Concentra Physical Medicine Institute in Springfield, Missouri. AWG had retained all of the accident driver’s medical certification examination “long forms” since 2000. The forms reported that the driver had hypertension and had been taking medication to control the disease since 2005. Drivers with this condition are qualified by regulation to operate a commercial motor vehicle (CMV) if they have “no current clinical diagnosis of high blood pressure likely to interfere with his/her ability to operate a motor vehicle safely” (per 49 CFR 391.41[b][6]). The driver’s 2006 medical certification examination form acknowledged his hypertension and noted that he was taking medication to control both blood pressure and cholesterol. Due to the hypertension, the driver was provided a commercial driver medical certificate that was valid only for 1 year instead of the typical 2-year period. His January 2007 examination form again mentioned the driver’s hypertension, and he was certified for another 1-year period. The driver’s form for his January 2, 2008, medical certification examination noted his hypertension, his borderline high blood pressure (his blood pressure was 136/82), and a heart murmur. The Concentra physician conducting this exam requested that the driver undergo an echocardiogram before his next medical certification examination. The driver’s personal medical records noted that he underwent a stress echocardiogram on August 27, 2008, and no abnormalities were identified. A Concentra physician performed the driver’s next annual exam on December 31, 2008. With respect to certification, the exam report stated, “Meets standards, but periodic evaluation required. Due to Hypertension/Heart; driver qualified for 1 year.” The driver’s examination records consistently indicated that he denied having symptoms associated with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA).35 On each of his three most recent annual Medical Examination Reports for Commercial Driver Fitness Determination, the answer “no” was checked in response to the question concerning “sleep disorders, pauses in breathing while asleep, daytime sleepiness, loud snoring.”
35 OSA is a condition in which a narrowing or closure of the upper airway during sleep causes repeated sleep disturbances and possible complete awakenings, leading to poor sleep quality and excessive daytime sleepiness. (Per http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/facts-research/briefs/SleepApneaCrash-RiskStudy-TechBrief.htm [accessed May 28, 2010].)
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 24
At the time of the accident, the driver weighed 240 pounds, was 5 foot 11 inches tall, and had a body mass index (BMI) of 34.4.36 Preaccident Hospitalizations. On June 5, 2009, about 3 weeks prior to the accident, the driver went to a hospital emergency room complaining of weakness, diarrhea, and abdominal pain. According to hospital records, he reported that he had experienced “chest pressure, weakness and shortness of breath” and his family indicated that the problems had been going on for “several months.” The driver was treated and released but returned on June 8, 2009, with an additional complaint of chest pain. He was hospitalized for 2 days. The medical records further noted that he was a truck driver who drove 400 to 600 miles a day. During the hospitalization, the driver underwent a stress test and echocardiogram with no abnormalities identified. His blood pressure was noted to be low, and he was directed to discontinue his blood pressure medications. The hospital discharge summary stated that the driver self-reported “excessive daytime tiredness and loud snoring at night, raising the possibility of OSA [obstructive sleep apnea]” and that he “prefers to not have evaluation for OSA.” He was discharged with an electrocardiographic monitor that he wore for 48 hours. During the monitoring period, he had a large number of abnormal heartbeats but no sustained abnormal heart rhythms. The hospital discharge medically cleared the driver to return to work on June 14, 2009; his first day back to work and driving was June 22. The driver was then off work on June 23–24 per his usual schedule, during which time he went to the doctor, who noted that the driver’s energy was good and that he made no complaints of shortness of breath or chest pain. The driver took another day, June 25, for an in-lieu-of holiday. The accident occurred on June 26, after the driver had been continuously on duty for about 10 hours. This was his second day of driving after his hospitalization. According to AWG representatives, the accident driver had taken off the week from June 6 through 13 as sick leave, which they believed was due to a stomach virus. AWG representatives stated that they knew the driver had gone to the emergency room after his shift on June 5 complaining of stomach pains, but they were unaware that he had returned to the emergency room on June 8 because of chest pains. The AWG company handbook for employees states that the company has the option of requiring drivers returning from sick leave to submit to a medical examination. AWG did not ask the accident driver to have an examination before returning to work on June 22 after having been on a combination of sick leave and vacation time since June 5.37 Postaccident Medical Examinations. After the accident, the driver was admitted to a local hospital for injuries sustained in the accident; he was observed for 24 hours and then released. The driver went to another hospital 2 days later due to markedly elevated blood pressure. During this hospitalization, he was evaluated by a neurologist, who noted the following in the driver’s medical record in reference to the accident on June 26,
36 The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention define a BMI of 30 or above as constituting obesity. See http://www.nhlbisupport.com/bmi/ (accessed February 1, 2010). 37 Specifically, the Associated Wholesale Grocers Bargaining Unit Employee Handbook states, “If an employee is absent due to illness or injury, the Company may require a physician’s release before reinstatement to the active payroll.” The accident driver had been on the active payroll throughout this period.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 25
He was amnesic for the event. The last thing he remembers was that he saw the traffic was slowing down and he thought he was slowing down in the traffic. But according to the witness, he was not slowing down. The next thing he remembered was that he was out of his truck and a lady was holding his left side of the face. He did not know the exact time that he was out but it was approximately about 15–20 minutes. A comprehensive inpatient evaluation, including electroencephalogram, magnetic resonance imaging, computed tomography angiogram, and cardiac catheterization, among other studies, did not identify any cause for a loss of consciousness. The neurologist noted “no other evidence to suggest seizures….” The driver’s July 2 hospital discharge summary states, The patient does not remember and is essentially amnesic of the events of the accident. He remembers that he had slowed down to traffic approaching the scene of an accident and thereafter remembered sitting on the curbside with a nurse helping him. Prior to his hospital discharge, the driver was told that he “probably has an underlying sleep apnea, and he is counseled yet again with his family members that he needs an outpatient sleep study.” A sleep disorders consult report for the accident driver dated July 27, 2009 (about 5 weeks after the accident), noted that the driver indicated that when he worked, he generally would get to bed about 8:00 p.m. and usually arose about 12:30–1:00 a.m. The driver indicated that “he is now going to bed around 10:00-ish” and would rise about 6:00–7:00 a.m. The driver indicated that he typically fell asleep within a few minutes. The driver reported that he would become sleepy in sedentary situations, typically in his recliner at home reading. The driver’s Epworth Sleepiness Scale score was 13.38 He stated that he generally did not have any trouble driving and would pull over and rest for a few minutes if he felt drowsy. He reported drinking two or three cups of coffee in the morning and an occasional soda, but he reported using no other caffeine sources and denied the use of stimulants, sedatives, or sleeping aids. The driver underwent a sleep study39 on August 2, 2009, which demonstrated a short (4 minutes) sleep latency40 and “mild sleep disordered breathing,” with an apnea/hypopnea index of 14 events per hour.41 The driver’s neck circumference was 16 inches.42 The driver had a second sleep study on August 18, 2009, during which a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) mask was applied. While using the CPAP device, the driver demonstrated a sleep latency of 9 minutes 14 seconds, some improvement in sleep architecture, and an
38 The Epworth scale is a subjective measure of daytime sleepiness. The scale ranges from 0–24, and scores above 10 are generally regarded as indicating abnormal daytime sleepiness. (M. Johns, “Daytime Sleepiness, Snoring, and Obstructive Sleep Apnea: The Epworth Sleepiness Scale,” Chest, vol. 103, no. 1 [1993], pp. 30–36.) 39 The study was conducted at the Sleep Center at St. John’s Hospital in Springfield, Missouri, which is accredited by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. The doctor evaluating the driver was a sleep specialist certified by the American Board of Sleep Medicine. 40 “Sleep latency” is the time elapsed from when the lights are put out until the first of three consecutive epochs (30 seconds of sleep) of stage 1 sleep, or any other stage of sleep, occurs. (Per Principles and Practice in Sleep Medicine, p. 1371.) 41 Mild OSA is often defined as including apnea/hypopnea index values between 5 and 20 events per hour. 42 A neck circumference of more than 17 inches in males is associated with an increased risk of OSA.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 26
apnea/hypopnea index of 4.5 events per hour. A post-study note recorded on August 28, 2009, indicated that the driver did not wish to wear a CPAP device in the future due to discomfort. Motor Carrier Operations AWG is a cooperative business owned by several chain grocery stores. It is registered with the FMCSA as an interstate common carrier of property.43 AWG is headquartered in Kansas City, Kansas, with large terminals in Springfield, Missouri, and Fort Worth, Texas, as well as smaller terminals in Goodlettsville, Tennessee; South Haven, Mississippi; and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Trucks from the Springfield terminal operate in Arkansas, Illinois, Kansas, Oklahoma, Nebraska, Iowa, Missouri, and Kentucky. At the time of the accident, the Springfield terminal employed 131 drivers and operated about 100 truck-tractors. Each AWG driver was assigned to a specific truck-tractor for all shifts and scheduled trips. Of the 131 drivers employed from Springfield, 40 were assigned to overnight trips, and the remaining drivers were assigned to daily trips. The company operates 7 days per week, 24 hours per day. AWG reported that company drivers bid for shifts, based on seniority, three times per year; the drivers operated on their assigned schedule for 4 months at a time. According to AWG, the accident driver had been operating on the same schedule since at least 1997. AWG reported that shifts for most of its drivers began between midnight and 5:00 a.m.; the shifts for drivers delivering to more distant locations began earlier within that timeframe. Driver Training AWG provided recurrent training on an annual basis to its drivers. Each driver attended a training session once a year that consisted of viewing video presentations and taking associated quizzes; the driver had to score 100 percent on the quizzes to pass. The accident driver attended the training sessions every year and completed the quizzes.44 Other communications for the drivers were provided via a bulletin board and notices given directly to the drivers. Among AWG’s training materials was a videocassette titled, “The Alert Driver: A Trucker’s Guide to Sleep, Fatigue, and Rest in Our 24-Hour Society,” published by the American Trucking Associations, Inc. (ATA), in coordination with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Office of Motor Carriers (this agency later became the FMCSA), in
- The video was accompanied by a booklet that expanded on themes in the video. Apart
43 “Property” includes general freight, household goods, fresh produce, meat, refrigerated food, beverages, and paper products. 44 According to AWG, the driver was up to date with his training. On June 4, 2009, the driver had passed an on-line interactive training program on safe truck backing procedures. AWG selects the videos that the drivers watch. Drivers are required to view all the videos before they review any that they have already seen. The exception is if a driver is having a specific problem that AWG wants them to address. Under such circumstances, a driver might have to repeat a video.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 27
from showing its drivers the video, AWG did not have a formal or written fatigue management program.45 Cellular Telephone Use Policy AWG’s policy regarding personal cellular telephone use appears in its employee handbook.46 It states, “The use of cellular telephones can lead to workplace distractions that can cause the user to put themselves or others in dangerous situations.” The handbook further states, under Prohibited Use, that “Employees will not use or carry their cellular telephone in any fashion while performing their jobs.”47 The NTSB obtained the accident driver’s cellular telephone records. The records for June 22 showed that the driver had used his personal cellular telephone that day when driving the company’s Volvo combination unit.48 The records for June 26 (the day of the accident) indicated that he used his personal cellular telephone while driving and while in “on-duty, not driving” status during his shift. On June 26, the driver arrived at his destination of Chouteau, Oklahoma, at 11:49 a.m. and received a call at 12:02 p.m. He departed Chouteau 7 minutes later, at 12:09 p.m. He then placed a call while driving on I-44 at 12:46 p.m.; this call lasted for 22 minutes, until 1:08 p.m.
45 A fatigue management program is a system developed to address the problems associated with fatigue in a particular operating environment. Such a program is designed to take an all-inclusive, customized approach to addressing fatigue in that environment. It typically includes components such as means of addressing the following factors within a company: scheduling policies and practices; attendance policies; employee education, medical screening, and treatment; personal responsibility while off work; task/workload issues; rest environments; and commuting and napping policies. It should also include means of implementing, supervising, and evaluating the program. 46 Associated Wholesale Grocers Bargaining Unit Employee Handbook, Springfield Division, “Policies and Procedures,” October 4, 2009, p. 5. 47 Nine states (California, Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Utah, and Washington), the District of Columbia, and the U.S. Virgin Islands have laws that prohibit all drivers from using handheld cellular telephones while driving. Except for the laws in Maryland and Utah, these are primary enforcement laws, meaning that a police officer may cite the driver for using the handheld cellular telephone without any other traffic offense taking place. In Utah, the offense is termed “careless driving”; under Utah law, careless driving is committing a moving violation (other than speeding) while distracted by use of a handheld cellular telephone. No state bans all cellular telephone use (handheld and hands-free) for all drivers. Thirty states, the District of Columbia, and Guam ban text messaging by all drivers. Twenty-six states, the District of Columbia, and Guam have primary enforcement for their texting ban laws, while in the other four states, the bans have secondary enforcement. Currently, Oklahoma permits handheld and hands-free cellular telephone use by drivers with the following exceptions—novice drivers are banned from using handheld cellular telephones (unless in a life-threatening emergency), and school bus and public transit drivers are banned from all cellular telephone use while driving. Oklahoma does not ban drivers from texting, with the exception of prohibiting texting by novice, school bus, and public transit drivers. Oklahoma has a preemption law that prohibits localities from enacting such bans on drivers. (Source: http://www.nhlbisupport.com/bmi/ and http://www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/cellphone_laws.html [both accessed September 13, 2010.]) 48 On Monday, June 22, while working his shift, the driver received a call at 6:10 a.m., received a call at 10:22 a.m., made a call at 10:30 a.m., made a call at 10:31 a.m., received a call at 10:36 a.m., and received a call at 10:55 a.m. That day, the driver arrived back at the Springfield, Missouri, AWG base facility at 11:05 a.m. and went off duty at 11:22 a.m., according to the Mobius OBC logs.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 28
Postaccident Compliance Review According to the FMCSA’s Safety and Fitness Electronic Records database, AWG had been the subject of 129 inspections in the 24 months prior to July 1, 2009, including 75 vehicle inspections and 128 driver inspections.49 These resulted in 17 vehicle out-of-service (OOS) violations (22.70 percent) and no driver OOS violations. The national vehicle OOS rate for calendar years (CY) 2007 and 2008 was 22.30 percent; it was 21.22 percent for CY 2009. The national driver OOS rates for CY 2007, 2008, and 2009 were 6.80 percent, 6.40 percent, and 5.60 percent, respectively. Prior to the accident, the most recent compliance review of AWG had been conducted 15 years earlier, on April 20, 1994, and at that time, the company received a satisfactory rating.50 Postaccident, on July 15, 2009, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review of AWG that resulted in a conditional rating. (See appendix D for FMCSA postaccident compliance review violations.) The conditional rating was due to a violation of 49 CFR 382.215, using a driver known to have tested positive for a controlled substance—an acute violation—and a violation of 49 CFR 382.301(a), using a driver before the motor carrier had received a negative preemployment controlled substance test result—a critical violation.51 AWG has not had any additional compliance reviews, and as of September 21, 2010, its safety rating was satisfactory.52 Other Information Highway Design for Sight Distance and Stopping Sight Distance AASHTO defines “sight distance” as the length of the roadway ahead that is visible to the driver and is sufficiently long to enable a vehicle traveling at or near the design speed of the
49 Total inspections are less than the number itemized (such as driver or vehicle) because driver and vehicle categories are counted twice when each level of inspection is conducted at the same time. There are seven “levels” (or categories) of roadside inspection. Level 1 includes the driver and vehicle (including an inspection of the components on the undercarriage, such as brake adjustment); level 2 is a driver and vehicle walk-around inspection (does not include an inspection of the vehicle’s undercarriage components); level 3 is a driver/credential inspection only; level 4 is a special investigation, typically including a one-time examination of a particular item, and is normally conducted in support of a study or to verify or refute a suspected trend; level 5 is a vehicle-only inspection; level 6 is a Transuranic Waste and Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materials inspection; and level 7 is a jurisdiction-mandated commercial vehicle inspection. 50 Safety ratings are provided as follows: A conditional rating means that a motor carrier does not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standard that could result in occurrences listed in 49 CFR 385.5 (a) through (k); a satisfactory rating means that a motor carrier has in place and functioning adequate safety management controls to meet the safety fitness standard prescribed in 49 CFR 385.5; and an unsatisfactory rating means that a motor carrier does not have adequate safety management controls in place to ensure compliance with the safety fitness standard, which has resulted in occurrences listed in 49 CFR 385.5 (a) through (k). 51 Title 49 CFR Part 385 describes the rating system for carriers. Selected regulations are classified as acute or critical. An acute violation occurs when noncompliance is so severe as to require immediate corrective actions. One acute violation can adversely affect the carrier’s safety rating. A critical violation is one that indicates a breakdown in safety management and/or operational controls. To affect a carrier’s safety rating, there must be a pattern of violation, consisting of 10 percent or more among the records checked. 52 See (accessed September 21, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 29
roadway to stop before reaching a stationary object in its path.53 “Stopping sight distance” is defined as a sum of two distances: (1) the distance traversed by the vehicle from the instant the driver sees an object necessitating a stop to the instant that the brakes are applied, and (2) the distance needed to stop the vehicle from the instant brake application begins. These distances (1 and 2) are referred to as “brake reaction time” and “braking distance,” respectively. Vehicle braking is dependent on the driver’s brake reaction time and the vehicle braking efficiency. Brake reaction time (see [1] above) includes the time it takes for the driver to see the object and to recognize it as stationary or slow-moving against the background of the roadway and other objects, such as walls, fences, trees, poles, bridges, etc. The brake reaction time can vary per driver/situation, dependent on the driver’s visual acuity, the driver’s natural ability to react quickly, the atmospheric visibility, and the condition of the roadway.54 Brake reaction times may vary considerably among drivers; AASHTO considers minimum brake reaction times to be between 1.64 and 3.50 seconds. The recommended design criterion of 2.50 seconds for brake reaction time exceeds the 90th percentile of reaction time for all drivers. The 2.50-second criterion is considered adequate for conditions more complex than simple situations used in laboratory and road tests.55 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Crash Data General. In March 2010, the FMCSA released data from the 2008 Large Truck Crash Overview, in which it reported that, of the 37,261 people killed in motor vehicle crashes in 2008, about 11 percent (4,229) died in crashes that involved a large truck.56 Another 90,000 people were injured in crashes involving large trucks. Eighty-four percent of those killed and 74 percent of those injured in such crashes were not the occupants of large trucks.57 The most commonly cited factors for drivers of large trucks involved in crashes were failing to keep their lanes properly (11 percent), driving too fast (8 percent), and being inattentive (6 percent). In September 2010, NHTSA released the 2009 Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) data, in which it reported that, of the 33,808 people killed in motor vehicle crashes in 2009, 10 percent (3,380) died in crashes that involved a large truck.58 The 2009 injury data for large truck crashes are not yet available, but there is known to have been a 26-percent reduction in the number of injuries in large truck crashes between 2009 and 2008. Eighty-five percent of those killed in 2009 were not the occupants of the large trucks involved.
53 A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 5th edition (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 2004), p. 110. 54 A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, p. 110. 55 A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, p. 111. 56 With respect to this data, a “large truck” is a truck with a GVWR greater than 10,000 pounds (includes medium and heavy trucks). 57 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/facts-research/LTCO2008/2008LargeTruckCrashOverview.aspx (accessed May 13, 2010). 58 See http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811363.pdf (accessed September 16, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Large Trucks Rear-Ending Passenger Vehicles. In the most recent 9-year span of data available from NHTSA’s FARS, for 2001 to 2009, there were 7,186 passenger vehicle fatalities in 2-vehicle rear-end crashes; 1,453 of these fatalities occurred in accidents involving a large truck rear-ending a passenger vehicle(s).When passenger vehicle occupants died in rear-end collisions involving three or more vehicles, large trucks were involved in an average of 34 percent of these fatalities. (See table 5.) Table 5. Passenger vehiclea fatalities in rear-end collisions (FARS data).b Number/Vehicle Type Involved 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 Total 2 vehicles 579 630 779 815 857 869 869 903 885 7,186 2 vehicles, large truck involved 94 123 164 174 178 165 191 176 188 1,453 Percent of fatalities; 2 vehicles, large truck involved
16% 20% 21% 21% 21% 19% 22% 19% 21% 20% (avg.) 3 or more vehicles 343 393 483 505 514 488 582 509 538 4,355 3 or more vehicles, large truck involved 130 145 187 189 181 208 147 126 160 1,473 Percent of fatalities; 3-or- more vehicles,large truck involved
38% 37% 39% 37% 35% 43% 25% 25% 30%
34% (avg.)
aFor purposes of this table, “passenger vehicles” are defined as cars, minivans, SUVs, and pickup trucks.
bRear-impact collisions among passenger vehicles were coded if either their principal or initial impact points were coded as 5, 6, or 7 o’clock. This indicates both fatal crashes in which major damage was to the vehicle rear and fatal crashes in which initial impact was to the rear of the vehicle (the initial impact presumably started the chain of events leading to a passenger vehicle occupant fatality). Large trucks in these collisions were coded as involved if their principal points of impact were 11, 12, or 1 o’clock. If large trucks’ principal points of impact were missing, their initial impact points were substituted. 30
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 31
North American Fatigue Management Program For the past several years, the FMCSA has been working with Canadian regulators and industry associations to develop a comprehensive approach to managing fatigue in a motor carrier operating environment. Termed the North American Fatigue Management Program (NAFMP) for commercial motor carriers,59 this project is a collaborative effort aimed at reducing fatigue-related accidents and decreasing the personal and economic cost to drivers, companies, and worker’s compensation programs and insurance carriers.60 The final product of this effort is expected to comprise several components considered necessary to managing driver fatigue, including the following items:
• Corporate change processes, including the involvement and support of management, • Modifications to scheduling policies and practices, • Companywide fatigue management training, • Sleep disorder screening and treatment for drivers, and • Fatigue-monitoring technologies and alertness strategies. Work on the NAFMP began in 1999, when the AMTA contracted with the Canadian Sleep Institute to undertake a study to develop and field test an integrated fatigue management program for CMV drivers. In 2000, a steering committee with representatives from AMTA, Alberta Transportation, Transport Canada, and the FMCSA assumed overall management of the effort.61 Phase I of the NAFMP took place in 2000 with a series of focus groups consisting of drivers, dispatchers, and managers, who assisted in the project design. The focus groups identified subjective and objective tools for use in data collection, and a beta test with six drivers was undertaken.62 Phase II of the NAFMP, completed in January 2006, involved the development of fatigue-related educational and training materials, the development and
59 Per the Canadian Council of Motor Transport Administrators Request for Proposal for the Development of Guidelines and Materials to Enable Motor Carriers to Implement a Fatigue Management Program, Ottawa, Ontario, May 3, 2010. 60 The research initiative is sponsored by the FMCSA, Alberta Transportation, the Alberta Worker’s Compensation Board, the Commission de la Santé et de la Sécurité du Travail du Québec, the Société de l’Assurance Automobile du Québec, and Transport Canada. The project is supported by the Alberta Motor Transport Association (AMTA), the American Transportation Research Institute, the Association de Camionnage du Québec, the Canadian Trucking Alliance, and Canadian and U.S. volunteer motor carriers and drivers taking part in operational tests. 61 The steering committee now includes representatives from Transport Canada, the FMCSA, Alberta Transportation, the Alberta Workers Compensation Board, Alberta Employment and Immigration, the Société de l’Assurance Automobile du Québec, the Commission de la Santé et de la Sécurité du Travail du Québec, the Canadian Trucking Alliance, the AMTA, the American Transportation Research Institute, and the Quebec Trucking Association. 62 A. Moscovitch and others, Development of a North American Fatigue Management Program for Commercial Motor Carriers: Phase II (Pilot Study), TP 14828E (Ottawa, Ontario: Transport Canada, January 2006), pp. vii–xvi.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 32
assessment of procedures for field testing, and the execution of actual field tests in Quebec, Alberta, and Texas.63 Phase III, completed in September 2009, was a field study of a comprehensive fatigue management program among carriers in Quebec, Alberta, and California. The program involved (1) educational sessions at all levels of the trucking company, (2) sleep disorder diagnosis and treatment, and (3) interaction with dispatchers and management to improve dispatch practices with regard to fatigue. The goal of the 2009 field test was to assess the feasibility of a companywide approach to fatigue management and its impact on drivers’ fatigue, performance, sleep duration, and mood, as well as on company performance measures and scheduling policies and practices. The results from phase III were generally positive, with drivers reporting improvements in sleep length/quality and fewer critical events (nodding off and close calls). During the 3-month testing period, companies in Quebec reported significantly fewer road infractions and accidents, and fewer days of driver absenteeism, but this trend did not reach significance in California or Alberta.64 The final phase of the NAFMP is to include the creation of motor carrier guidelines, tools, training materials, performance indicators, policies, practices, and procedures for the design and implementation of an effective fatigue management program. The NAFMP products will take into account the most current research on corporate culture, education and training, sleep disorder screening and treatment, scheduling, and fatigue-monitoring technologies. The guidelines will be designed to apply to all motor carriers, regardless of the size of the operation. The Canadian Council of Motor Transport Administrators published a request for proposal for the final phase of the NAFMP in May 2010, and numerous proposals for completing the project have been received. According to one NAFMP official,65 the fatigue management program guidelines are expected to be completed within the next 2 years. Forward Collision Warning Systems Collision warning systems (CWS), also known as collision avoidance systems or forward collision warning systems (FCWS), are vehicle-based electronic systems that monitor the roadway in front, and in some applications to the side, of the host vehicle and warn the driver of a potential collision risk. FCWSs are designed to alert drivers to an impending collision with an object in their forward path, which may allow them to respond to such a situation sooner, and thus reduce the impact speed or allow them to avoid the crash altogether.66 FCWSs are available from the original vehicle manufacturer and are often sold within an optional safety package that includes other safety systems such as lane departure warning, active braking, ESC, ABS, and fleet management programs (which may provide feedback for driver
63 A. Moscovitch, TP 14828E. 64 A. Smiley and others, Effects of a Fatigue Management Program on Fatigue in the Commercial Motor Carrier Industry: Summary Report, TP 14921E (Ottawa, Ontario: Transport Canada, September 2009), p. vii. 65 Per correspondence from the executive director of the Vehicle Safety and Carrier Service of the Ministry of Transportation of the Government of Alberta, Canada. 66 H. Rakha and others, “Safety Benefit Evaluation of a Heavy Vehicle Forward Collision Warning System,” paper 10-0207, presented during the January 10–14, 2010, Transportation Research Board 89th Annual Meeting in Washington, D.C.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 33
behavioral programs using on-board recorders with GPS and HOS functions). An FCWS can also be purchased as an aftermarket option, meaning that the product can be retrofitted to the vehicle. Most FCWSs use radar technology mounted to the vehicle, typically within the front bumper assembly. When other vehicles or stationary objects come within predefined distances or closing speeds in the forward path of the host vehicle, audible and visual alerts are communicated to the driver from an in-cab display unit. One add-on to this system is adaptive cruise control (ACC), which uses the same technology to adjust or disengage conventional cruise control if it is in use when a collision risk is detected. Some FCWSs can also engage vehicle braking when an imminent hazard is detected; this is called “active braking” or collision mitigation braking (CMB). When combined with FCWSs, such systems are often called collision mitigation systems. For heavy vehicles, usually large trucks and buses, FCWSs currently on the market rely on Doppler-based radar that transmits and receives signals to determine vehicle-to-vehicle distance, differences in relative vehicle speeds, and the azimuth between the large truck and the vehicle or object in front of it.67 The system’s beam width/field of view forms a triangle with its apex at the front center of the host vehicle. When a heavy vehicle equipped with an FCWS approaches a slower moving vehicle or stationary object, the system issues progressively more urgent warnings, according to preset thresholds (such as a minimum 3.00-second following distance designed to improve driver behavior). (See figure 8.)
67 Analysis of Benefits and Costs of Forward Collision Warning Systems for the Trucking Industry, FMCSA-RRT-09-021 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, February 2009), p. v.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 34
Figure 8. FCWS object detection and warning thresholds. [Original source figure, adapted by the NTSB, obtained from the FMCSA.68] Some currently available systems can detect and display warnings at a distance of 350 feet or a following distance period of up to 3.00 seconds. A “collision alert” warning occurs if the following distance closes to less than 0.50 second or the radar detects slow-moving or stopped traffic within 350 feet of the vehicle, at which time the system alerts the driver with three red LED indicators and an audible tone. In February 2005, Volvo Trucks North America published a study titled Volvo Trucks Field Operational Tests (FOT): Evaluation of Advanced Safety Systems for Heavy Truck Tractors; Volvo conducted the study for the DOT, as part of the Department’s Intelligent Vehicle Initiative (IVI). The FHWA sponsored an FOT involving large trucks to evaluate the viability of rear-end CWSs, as well as ACCs and electronically controlled brake systems. The trucks were organized into 3 fleets: 20 baseline trucks with the FCWS display disabled, 50 new tractors built to U.S. Xpress69 fleet standard specifications with FCWS alone, and 50 new
68 See (accessed June 7, 2010). 69 U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc., is a long-haul regional transportation company based in Tennessee. U.S. Xpress was established in 1986 and it employs about 8,000 people.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 35
tractors equipped with bundled advanced safety systems. Those vehicles with the bundled systems were equipped with FCWSs, ACCs, and disc brakes with electronically controlled brake systems. The two study groups comprising 100 new tractors were operated within the U.S. Xpress national fleet in commercial revenue-generating service and were operated over a 3-year period, beginning in 2001.70,71 Two separate reports published in 2007, based on the 2005 field test, reported a 28-percent reduction in rear-end crashes as a result of the FCWSs, ACCs, and brake systems bundled together and a 21-percent reduction from the FCWSs alone. It was projected that if FCWSs had been deployed to the entire U.S. truck-tractor semitrailer fleet (consisting of about 1.8 million vehicles), the bundled advanced systems could have prevented an estimated 6,500 rear-end crashes, 3,400 injuries, and 122 fatalities per year. It was also projected that equipping the same 1.8 million vehicles with FCWSs alone could have prevented 4,700 rear-end crashes, 2,500 injuries, and 96 fatalities each year.72 FCWSs provided a significant reduction of rear-end collision risk by allowing more time for the driver to react to high-risk, fast-closing situations. FCWSs reduced the risk of crashes with vehicles ahead because braking generally occurred earlier in the conflict for trucks with FCWSs than for trucks without such systems. Additionally, drivers usually adopted longer following-distance driving behaviors while using FCWSs. The results of the Volvo FOT indicated that advanced safety systems provide improved safety in rear-end collisions and that the systems are ready for commercial deployment. In July 2005, the FMCSA published Concept of Operations and Voluntary Operational Requirements for Forward Collision Warning Systems and Adaptive Cruise Control Systems On-Board Commercial Motor Vehicles.73 It established voluntary operational requirements for the features and functions of FCWSs and ACC systems. Among the items included are that the FCWS should be able to detect, track, and issue warnings for potential precollision conditions based on following interval thresholds when the host vehicle is closing on a vehicle that is accelerating, decelerating, has a constant velocity, has just changed lanes, or is stopped. The FMCSA voluntary requirements also noted that FCWSs and ACC systems should be capable of detecting a vehicle in the same travel lane at a distance of up to 328 feet on straight roads. In February 2009, the FMCSA published a report74 summarizing several benefit-cost analyses that were conducted in an effort to accelerate voluntary adoption of on-board safety
70 Intelligent Vehicle Initiative Final Report, FHWA-JPO-05-057 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, 2005). 71 The FCWS used in the IVI study was the Eaton VORAD EVT-3000. 72 (a) Final Report, Evaluation of the Volvo Intelligent Vehicle Initiative Field Operational Test Version 1.3, January 5, 2007, by Battelle (Columbus, Ohio: 2007) for the DOT, contract DTFH61-96-C-00077, task order 7721. (b) M. Lehmer and others, “Volvo Trucks Field Operational Test: Evaluation of Advanced Safety Systems For Heavy Trucks,” paper 07-0212, p. 6, in the proceedings of the 20th International Technical Conference on Enhanced Safety of Vehicles held June 18-21, 2007, in Lyon, France (accessed July 20, 2010). 73 See (accessed July 20, 2010). 74 Benefit-Cost Analyses of On-Board Safety Systems, Analysis of Benefits and Costs of Forward Collision Warning Systems for the Trucking Industry, FMCSA-RRT-09-023 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, February 2009).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 36
systems, including FCWSs.75 Five years of crash data, from 2001 to 2005, in the General Estimates System were used to estimate the average annual numbers of crashes preventable by each of the three different systems.76 Using efficacy rates of 21 percent and 44 percent, it estimated that 8,597 to 18,013 rear-end crashes might have been prevented from 2001 through 2005 by the use of FCWSs in the trucking industry. The FMVSSs, which are issued by NHTSA, establish the minimum performance requirements for motor vehicle safety systems and components. NHTSA also regulates the manufacture of motor vehicles to ensure compliance with the FMVSSs. NHTSA is addressing FCWSs in its Crash Avoidance Research Program, which includes the DOT’s integrated vehicle-based safety systems (IVBSS) initiative, which is studying lane departure warning, lane change warning, and curve speed warning systems. Through the IVBSS initiative, the DOT established a partnership with the automotive and commercial vehicle industries to develop and field test an integrated safety system on light vehicles and commercial trucks. In November 2005, the DOT entered into a cooperative research agreement with a private consortium led by the University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute (UMTRI) to build and field-test an IVBSS designed to prevent rear-end, lane change, and run-off-road crashes.77 The IVBSS research initiative seeks to accelerate the introduction and commercialization of integrated vehicle-based crash warning systems for light vehicles and heavy trucks.78 During the first 2 years of the program, the industry team designed, built, and conducted tests to verify the prototype systems on passenger cars and heavy trucks. The prototype vehicles underwent a series of closed-course track tests aimed at ensuring that the integrated system met the performance requirements and was safe for use by unescorted volunteer drivers during the FOT, which was planned for phase II of the effort. Approval to proceed with phase II of the program was granted on April 8, 2008. According to the DOT’s Research and Innovative Technology Administration (RITA), 10 IVBSS-equipped International ProStar 8600-series trucks owned and operated by Conway Freight, Inc., of Ann Arbor, Michigan, participated in the field test. The heavy truck field test began in February 2009 and was completed on December 15, 2009. The trucks were driven by 20 volunteer drivers for Conway’s regular pickup, delivery, and line haul routes over the 10-month period, amassing 16,500 hours of driving time. Approximately 650,000 miles of driving data were collected; 140,000 miles consisted of baseline data, and 510,000 miles of data were recorded with the integrated system enabled.79
75 The benefit-cost analysis report was to provide the motor carrier industry return-on-investment information to encourage purchase of on-board safety systems. The potential benefits, in terms of crash cost avoidance, were measured against the cost of technology purchase, installation, and operation. 76 See (accessed June 28, 2010). 77 See http://www.its.dot.gov/ivbss/index.htm (accessed June 25, 2010). 78 See http://www.rita.dot.gov/publications/horizons/2009_05_01/html/vehicle_safety_systems.html (accessed June 25, 2010). 79 See http://www.its.dot.gov/ivbss/index.htm (accessed September 21, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 37
The DOT has received UMTRI’s report on the FOT. UMTRI and the Transportation Research Board released the report in August 2010. NHTSA is expected to release the report publicly in fall 2010. Crashworthiness The term “crashworthiness” refers to how well a vehicle’s structural design withstands a collision and maintains adequate survivable space for occupants. Crashworthiness is dependent on many factors, including the compatibility of the impacting vehicles, the structural design of the vehicles, the materials used for vehicle construction, and the methods of energy management used for occupant protection. For two vehicles to be considered “compatible” in a crash, three factors—vehicle weight, vehicle structure stiffness, and vehicle design geometry—should be reasonably comparable. If vehicle weight, structure stiffness, and geometry vary dramatically between two impacting vehicles,80 such as when a larger and heavier commercial vehicle strikes a smaller and lighter passenger vehicle, then the vehicles will not be compatible. The larger and heavier commercial vehicle is termed to have “high aggressivity” in this type of impact, because the passenger vehicle will most likely absorb more of the impact energy, either through structural crush, overlap and override, or large accelerations from impact. In April 2000, the 21st Century Truck Partnership (21CTP) was announced at a gathering of representatives of U.S. truck and supporting industries, environmental entities, and Federal agencies, including the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) and the DOT. This partnership released a “roadmap” for developing viable technologies for the improvement of safety in the nation’s trucking industry.81 One of the many goals and research objectives of the 21CTP is to improve truck and bus safety by fostering advancements in vehicle design and performance, such as reducing the frontal aggressivity of trucks in multivehicle collisions.82,83 In 2003, the European Union and the United Kingdom Department for Transport (DfT) sponsored a 3-year project called the Improvement of Vehicle Crash Compatibility Through the Development of Crash Test Procedures (VC-COMPAT).84 The primary objectives of the VC-COMPAT project were as follows:
80 S. Acierno and others, “Vehicle Mismatch: Injury Patterns and Severity,” Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 36 (2004), p. 761. 81 See (accessed June 10, 2010). 82 21st Century Truck Partnership, Roadmap and Technical White Papers, 21CTP-001 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, December 2000), p. 4-17. 83 According to the 2000 technology roadmap, the milestone for improving crashworthiness—including the completion of laboratory tests and field trials of systems to reduce the destructive effects of accidents—was mid-2009. 84 DfT Support for VC-COMPAT Final Report (Cranfield Impact Centre Ltd., report 572), pp. 3–5.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 38
• Conduct analysis of trucks and trailers, • Create a database of heavy goods vehicles, • Provide a report on current underride devices, and • Consider the use of numerical modeling as an alternative to car–truck front underride testing. One of the first VC-COMPAT project undertakings was an analysis of how its approved rigid front underride protection systems (FUPS)85 compared to other available devices, which included an energy-absorbing FUPS. Results from the 2006 VC-COMPAT indicated that about 11 percent of fatally and 30 percent of seriously injured car occupants could be saved if trucks were equipped with energy-absorbing FUPSs instead of rigid FUPSs.86 In 2006, the 21CTP published another Roadmap and Technical White Papers,87 which announced the 21CTP objective to work collaboratively with DOT-led research programs to enhance the crashworthiness of large trucks. Specifically, the goal is to determine the feasibility of enhanced occupant survivability in collisions (offset, frontal, and angle/sideswipe) at differential speeds up to 35 mph between heavy vehicles and passenger vehicles weighing approximately 4,000 pounds. Several potential technologies were listed as elements of achieving the goal, as follows: • Development of crash energy management technologies, • Creation of vehicle structural system design and under-run barriers, and • Achievement of advances in crash attenuation material technologies. Crash energy attenuation and management focus on reducing the kinetic energy of crash forces through the reduction of aggressivity, which may be achieved by incorporating crash-absorbent material in crash-critical structural elements and by designing and implementing crash deflectors. The long-term focus is on developing dynamic performance measurements for improving crash attenuation, incorporating crash-resistant and crash-absorbent material designs, reducing vehicle mass disparities, and minimizing geometric mismatches. The near- and long-term goals for structural systems design efforts are the development and incorporation of advanced materials in vehicle structural systems, with specific consideration of how to develop crashworthy vehicle geometry and crash-protected front-and-rear designs, as well as of how to enhance stiffness dispersion.
85 Per Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) Regulation 93, Part I, “Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Front Underrun Protection Devices.” For additional information, see (accessed June 10, 2010). 86 DfT Support for VC-COMPAT Final Report, p. 6. 87 21st Century Truck Partnership, Roadmap and Technical White Papers, 21CTP-0003 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, December 2006). For additional information, see http://www1.eere.energy.gov/vehiclesandfuels/pdfs/program/21ctp_roadmap_appendix_2007.pdf (accessed August 10, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 39
Significant Government and Industry Efforts on Event Data Recorders In 2000, NHTSA organized the Truck and Bus EDR Working Group to focus on data elements, survivability, and event data definitions related to trucks, school buses, and motorcoaches. The group’s results and findings, which defined data variables, survivability requirements, and event trigger guidelines, were published in May 2002.88 The working group also noted that U.S. and European studies have shown that the number and severity of crashes are reduced when drivers know that an on-board EDR is in operation. The group concluded that EDRs could improve highway safety for all vehicle classes by providing more accurate data for accident reconstructions and that EDRs have the potential to greatly improve truck, motorcoach, and school bus vehicle safety. Responding to a Congressional directive,89 the DOT has conducted research on the requirements for crash EDRs to facilitate the reconstruction of CMV crashes. This project was funded by the FHWA and managed by the FMCSA. The research program—the Commercial Vehicle Safety Technology Diagnostics and Performance Enhancement Program—focused on defining driver and vehicle assistance products and systems, and, in particular, advanced sensor and signal processors in trucks and tractor-trailers, with an emphasis on on-board diagnostic and improved safety-related products. The purpose of this project was to use the work products of the NHTSA EDR Working Group and additional EDR reference materials to define specific EDR requirements and functional specifications for the reconstruction of crashes involving large trucks (greater than 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight). The program involved developing EDR requirements for the analysis of accident data from the FMCSA Large Truck Crash Causation Study, with the goal of developing EDR functional specifications for complete accident reconstruction and crash analyses. Requirements for EDR components, hardware, software, sensors, and databases were developed, and a cost-effectiveness analysis was completed.90 In December 2004, the final report on the development of requirements and functional specifications for crash EDRs was published.91 This research developed suggested requirements for EDRs to facilitate the reconstruction of CMV crashes. In addition, in 2004, the NCHRP completed a project that examined U.S. and international methods and practices for the collection, retrieval, archiving, and analysis of EDR data for roadside and vehicle safety.92
88 Event Data Recorders: Summary of Findings by the NHTSA EDR Working Group, Volume II-Supplemental Findings for Trucks, Motorcoaches, and School Buses, DOT HS 809 432 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, May 2002). 89 Under Section 5117 of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21 Century of 1998, Congress required the DOT to “conduct research on the deployment of a system of advanced sensors and signal processors in trucks and tractor trailers to determine axle and wheel alignment, monitor collision alarm, check tire pressure and tire balance conditions, measure and detect load distribution in the vehicle, and adjust automatic braking systems.” 90 See FHWA IVI Program 134, Development of Requirements and Functional Specifications for Event Data Recorders at http://www.itsdocs.fhwa.dot.gov/JPODOCS/REPTS_TE/14146.htm (accessed June 8, 2010). 91 J. Pierowicz, D. Fuglewicz, and G. Wilson, Development of Requirements and Functional Specifications for Crash Event Data Recorders – Final Report, FHWA Contract No. DTFH61-01-C-00182 (Washington, DC: Federal Highway Administration, December 2004). For additional information, see http://www.itsdocs.fhwa.dot.gov/JPODOCS/REPTS_TE/14146.htm (accessed August 24, 2010). 92 H. Gabler and others, Use of Event Data Recorder Technology for Highway Crash Data Analysis, NCHRP Project 17–24, Contractor’s Final Report (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2004).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 40
Both the IEEE93 and SAE International (SAE) have published voluntary motor vehicle EDR standards and recommended practices for industry use.94 Industry initiatives have also included the 2004 publication, by the ATA’s Technology and Maintenance Council, of RP 1214, a recommended maintenance practice that outlines the data elements, storage methodologies, and retrieval approaches for event data recording on commercial vehicles. In August 2006, NHTSA published a final rule that standardized the information that EDRs collect; the final rule also addressed the survivability requirements for EDRs, which were based on FMVSS 208 crash testing95 for light vehicles, including passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and light trucks and vans with GVWRs of 8,500 pounds or less and unloaded vehicle weights of 5,500 pounds or less.96 The final rule was amended on January 14, 2008, in response to numerous petitions for reconsideration. Based on the revised rule, the compliance dates have been changed to September 1, 2012, for most light vehicles and to September 13, 2013, for vehicles manufactured in two or more stages. The new EDR rule, however, does not mandate or require the installation of EDRs, and there is no requirement for the installation and use of EDRs on highway vehicles, including passenger vehicles, light trucks, and heavy commercial vehicles such as motorcoaches, school buses, and trucks. Most recently, in June 2010, the SAE Truck and Bus Event Data Recorder committee published a base document, “Recommended Practice J2728—Heavy Vehicle Event Data Recorders,” establishing defined specifications and functional EDR requirements for the reliable and accurate recording of the crash parameters relevant to heavy vehicles.97 Video Event Recorders A video event recorder (VER) is a device designed to capture video and other parameters related to operator and vehicle performance. Current VERs are capable of recording various parameters, which may include forward-looking video, interior video, interior audio, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, and GPS position. VER systems may also be configured to record when manually activated by the driver or automatically, when preconfigured event thresholds98 are met. VER systems are available for use in private, public, and commercial vehicles.
93 Formerly the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., this organization is now known exclusively by the acronym IEEE. 94 IEEE Standard 1616-2004, Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (February 2005), and SAE Recommended Practice J1698-1, Vehicle Event Data Recorder Interface-Output Data Format (December 2003). 95 The rule includes standards for 45 EDR data elements: 15 standard data elements and 30 extra data elements for advanced EDRs. 96 See “Event Data Recorders, Final Rule,” 49 CFR Part 563, NHTSA docket. no. 25666, August 28, 2006. 97 See (accessed August 25, 2010). 98 The manufacturer or user establishes what constitutes a “triggering event.” A triggering event typically involves a threshold value for the VER’s sensors; if the value is exceeded, the system saves a designated number of seconds of data (video and other types) from before and after the triggering event.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 41
When they are installed in commercial vehicles, motor carriers sometimes use VERs as driver training tools. They also allow carriers to monitor and modify driver behavior, particularly with respect to safety. According to one VER system provider, about 120,000 vehicles are currently equipped with its VERs. Recently, the FMCSA completed a driving behavior management system study99 that involved installing VERs in two commercial carrier fleets and collecting data using the systems. Data from the VERs were sent to the system provider and reviewed by trained analysts. Carrier management was notified of safety-related events so that driver “interventions” could be conducted. The manager and driver would watch the event video, discuss its cause, and develop followup actions to prevent reoccurrence of the safety problem. Following the study, the two carriers indicated that they experienced a reduction in safety-related events per 10,000 miles of over 38 percent at one carrier and over 52 percent at the other. In addition, they found that severe safety-related incidents decreased by more than 59 percent and 44 percent, respectively.
99 Evaluating the Safety Benefits of a Low Cost Driver Behavior Management System in Commercial Vehicle Operations–Preliminary Results, FMCSA webinar, July 22, 2009. Webinar slides available at http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/facts-research/media/webinar-09-07-22-slides.pdf (accessed February 3, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Analysis This analysis first discusses the factors and conditions that the NTSB has excluded as neither causing nor contributing to the accident. It then provides a brief overview of accident events (including the data obtained via the ECM) and discusses the following safety issues relevant to the accident: the accident truck driver’s fatigue (and related factors); the need for updated and comprehensive fatigue education materials and fatigue management programs; the significance of heavy vehicle aggressivity in collisions between dissimilar vehicles; the lack of Federal requirements for heavy commercial vehicle EDRs and VERs; and the lack of Federal requirements for FCWSs. Exclusions The weather was clear and dry at the time of the accident. When the accident occurred about 1:19 p.m., the sun was almost directly overhead, and, therefore, it would not have been in a position to affect the driver’s vision or cause glare. The NTSB concludes that the weather did not contribute to the accident. Postaccident inspection of the Volvo combination vehicle did not indicate any mechanical problems hindering the vehicle’s operation and did not reveal any mechanical conditions that would have contributed to the accident. The NTSB concludes that the mechanical condition of the truck-tractor semitrailer combination unit was not a factor in this accident. The results of the toxicological analysis of the accident truck driver’s blood and urine specimens were negative for alcohol and the prescription, over-the-counter, and illicit drugs for which they were tested. The NTSB concludes that the accident truck driver was not under the influence of alcohol or any of the prescription, over-the-counter, and illicit drugs for which he was tested following the accident. Considering the challenges involved in the recovery operations, the emergency response to the accident was timely, well coordinated, and effectively managed. Appropriate resources were dispatched, and, although the distances involved and the heavy traffic did slow some responders, adequate numbers of medical and rescue personnel reached the scene quickly. The injured received medical care on scene, and they were transported to local hospitals in a timely manner. The NTSB concludes that the emergency response from the OHP, the responding fire departments, the public and private emergency medical services ambulances, the medical helicopter services, and the wrecker service was timely, and the extrication of the injured was performed as expeditiously as possible. The highway was inspected in the area of the accident site for design and construction defects: pavement markings were visible, and no defects in the highway were found that would have caused or contributed to the crash. The guidelines in the 2004 AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets recommends that highway designers provide at least 820 feet of stopping sight distance in 75-mph speed zones. In this case, the stopping sight distance provided for a truck driver with a seated eye height of 96 inches from the roadway surface was 1,260 feet. Given the location of the traffic that had slowed or stopped in response to 42
NTSB
Highway Accident Report the initial accident (involving the Ford Focus), a truck driver had available sight distance and could have seen the traffic queue from the beginning of the crest vertical curve (also called a hill crest), which was approximately 5,865 feet from the traffic queue. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that no highway design or construction defects existed in the area of the accident site, and the available sight distance for the accident truck driver to observe the traffic queue and stop his vehicle exceeded the stopping sight distance recommended by AASHTO. The NTSB found that the truck driver had made and received cellular telephone calls while on duty on the day of the accident, including engaging in a 22-minute-long call that ended about 10 minutes prior to the crash. AWG policy, as reflected in its employee handbook, is that AWG employees may not use their cellular telephones in any fashion while performing their duties. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the cellular telephone activity in which the truck driver engaged while on duty failed to comply with AWG written policy. Electronic Control Module Although the accident truck-tractor’s ECM was designed with an EDR function, it lacked the degree of parameters and precision of dedicated EDR devices intended to capture and provide event data required in the reconstruction of complex collision events. It was capable of recording various operating parameters in connection with critical diagnostic events, as well as precrash data in connection with sudden deceleration events. The ECM provided the NTSB with some valuable data associated with the operation of the Volvo truck-tractor, including that the vehicle brakes were not engaged during the crash sequence, that the cruise control was engaged, and that the ECM-recorded speed of the vehicle was 70 mph at time of impact. Investigators subsequently adjusted the 70-mph recorded speed to approximately 68.70 mph, based on vehicle condition data and other factors. The NTSB concludes that, based on the available ECM data and analysis, the truck driver failed to apply the brakes at any time prior to, during, or after striking the slowed and stopped vehicles in the traffic queue and was operating the accident truck with the cruise control engaged at a speed of about 69 mph. Accident Discussion Postaccident interviews with several drivers involved in the accident and accident witnesses, as well as the physical evidence at the scene and the vehicle damage, indicate that the passenger vehicles struck by the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer were traveling at lower speeds than the Volvo. The vehicles were slowing in response to a queue of traffic ahead that was moving intermittently and slowing from the posted speed limit of 75 mph due to another accident farther ahead that was blocking the left lane of the interstate. The accident Volvo struck the slower moving vehicles while traveling about 69 mph, based on the Volvo’s interpreted ECM data. Physical evidence on the roadway showed that the Volvo traveled about 270 feet from first impact to final rest, causing a chain reaction of vehicle impacts that included six passenger vehicles and one livestock trailer. 43
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 44
Four of the six passenger vehicles sustained catastrophic damage from being struck by the Volvo combination unit. The first vehicle struck by the Volvo was the Land Rover; the truck-tractor’s front bumper was higher than the Land Rover’s, so the Volvo overrode the smaller vehicle and intruded into its occupant compartment, crushing it inward several feet before pushing the Land Rover off the right side of the roadway. The second vehicle struck was the Hyundai; the Land Rover hit it first in the rear right corner, which rotated the Hyundai slightly counterclockwise. Then, the Volvo truck-tractor hit the Hyundai and pushed it forward into the Kia sedan. The Volvo continued forward and (due to the high impact speed, its taller bumper, and its heavier structure) drove over the Hyundai, which was caught under the truck- tractor’s dual wheels when it came to rest. The third vehicle struck was the Kia sedan; it was hit first by the Hyundai and then by the Volvo truck-tractor. The Volvo then drove over the Kia. The Kia ended up directly under the truck-tractor’s second axle. The fourth vehicle struck from the rear by the Volvo was the Windstar minivan. The Volvo overrode it and crushed the Windstar occupant compartment structure forward, almost to the front seatbacks. The last two passenger vehicles, the F350 pickup truck (towing a livestock trailer) and the Chevrolet Tahoe, sustained moderate damage but no intrusion into their occupant compartments. The Volvo did not strike these vehicles directly; however, the Windstar was pushed forward into the trailer being pulled by the F350, causing the pickup truck and the trailer to be pushed forward into the Tahoe. Driver Medical Factors The Miami accident truck driver was witnessed executing a lane change before striking the line of stopped vehicles. During medical treatment after the accident, the driver said he did not clearly recall the events of the accident, and, given the nature of his head injuries, it is likely that his memory was disrupted and inaccurate.100 It cannot be conclusively established that the driver was awake/conscious at the exact time of the accident, but he was certainly awake/conscious when he shifted lanes prior to it, when the queue of slowing and stopped vehicles in both lanes would have been clearly visible to him. The driver’s failure to initiate any sort of action to avoid the accident suggests a complete lack of awareness of, and/or inability to respond to, the line of vehicles in front of him. No compelling medical explanation for his behavior was identified through comprehensive postaccident medical testing. Although there are conditions—including a complex partial seizure, a transient ischemic attack (mini-stroke), a psychological disorder, or a sudden sustained abnormal heart rhythm—that might explain a sudden loss of awareness or inability to act, no clinical evidence was found that any of those conditions had occurred. Further, there is no evidence that the driver experienced any such event in the months/years preceding or in the
100 After the accident, the driver was admitted to a local hospital for treatment of a nondisplaced fracture of the jaw, a brain contusion, and facial swelling and lacerations sustained in the accident.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 45
weeks following the accident, and the diagnoses of such events are not consistent with the driver’s witnessed behavior immediately before and after the accident. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that based on the medical evidence and witness accounts concerning the accident truck driver’s behavior and condition, it is unlikely that he experienced a medical event that might have caused or contributed to the accident. Fatigue The NTSB considered whether the driver might have been impaired by the effects of fatigue at the time of the accident. “Fatigue” is a term that is often used interchangeably with sleepiness or drowsiness and, for the purposes of this report, refers to the decreased alertness that is associated with sleep deprivation, circadian disruption,101 and continuous time awake. Fatigue has been found to lead to performance impairments such as slowed reaction time, reduced vigilance, and impaired cognitive processing.102 It also has been found to affect the variability of gaze location, suggesting perceptual narrowing.103 For example, after changing lanes, a fatigued driver may keep looking into his vehicle’s mirrors too long, instead of quickly refocusing on the road ahead. In addition, fatigue has been found to result in gaze fixations closer to the driver’s own vehicle, a behavior that would decrease the time available to perceive and react to a dangerous situation ahead. Fatigue could lead to onset of a microsleep, which is an event lasting a few seconds in which a person loses consciousness and directly enters a sleeping period. People often have no memory of these events occurring; and, of course, a driver would have limited control over a vehicle while in a microsleep.104 The accident truck driver would not speak to NTSB investigators postaccident. Consequently, information about the driver is based on the Mobius OBC record-of-duty logs, his medical records, his cellular telephone records, witness statements regarding his behavior prior to and following the accident, data from the Volvo’s ECM, and the physical evidence at the accident scene. Circadian Disruption and Acute Sleep Loss. The driver was engaged in nighttime shift work. Research suggests that the quality of sleep of those involved in shift work is generally inferior to those who work a normal schedule.105 The driver generally went on duty between 2:00 and 3:00 a.m., a time when most individuals are physiologically and psychologically least
101 Also known as “circadian dysrhythmia,” this is a disruption of circadian rhythms due to a shift in the daily schedule that may be caused by factors such as rotating shift work or multi-time-zone travel. 102 D. Dinges and N. Kribbs, “Performing While Sleepy: Effects of Experimentally Induced Sleepiness,” in T. Monk, ed., Sleep, Sleepiness, and Performance (Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons, 1991), pp. 98–128. 103 (a) N. Kaluger and G. Smith, Driver Eye-Movement Patterns Under Conditions of Prolonged Driving and Sleep Deprivation (Washington DC: Highway Research Record, 1970), pp. 92–106. (b) P. Green, “Where Do Drivers Look While Driving (And For How Long)?,” in Human Factors in Traffic Safety, R. Dewar and P. Olson, eds. (Tucson, Arizona: Lawyers and Judges Publishing, 2002), p. 97. 104 L. Boyle and others, “Driver Performance in the Moments Surrounding a Microsleep,” Transportation Research, Part F, Traffic Psychology and Behavior, vol. 11, no. 2 (March 2008), pp. 126-136. 105 G. Richardson and H. Malin, “Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders: Pathophysiology and Treatment,” Journal of Clinical Neurophysiology, vol. 13, no. 1 (January 1996), pp. 17–31.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 46
alert. On some occasions, the driver would begin work slightly earlier than 2:00 a.m. or as late as 5:00 a.m. According to his postaccident sleep study records, the driver stated that when he was scheduled to work, he generally attempted to go to sleep about 8:00 p.m. and woke up between 12:30 and 1:00 a.m. He further stated that since he had stopped working, he went to bed around 10:00 p.m. and awoke between 6:00 and 7:00 a.m. This suggests that the driver normally required 8 to 9 hours of sleep per night, which is consistent with normal human sleep requirements, but he received at most 4.5 to 5 hours of sleep on the nights/days that he worked. The driver had returned to work 4 days before the accident, on June 22, after an extended period of absence; but on that occasion, he worked only for a relatively short 5.5-hour shift that began at 5:00 a.m. Had the driver gone to sleep at 8:00 p.m., as he stated he normally attempted to do prior to a work shift, it is possible he would have obtained an adequate amount of sleep and been reasonably alert during this shorter shift. The day of the accident, June 26, was the first time in 3 weeks that the driver had worked a long shift, which required an earlier shift start time of 3:00 a.m. Had the driver gone to sleep at 8:00 p.m. and awoken at 1:00 a.m., he would have had the opportunity to obtain a maximum of 5 hours of sleep, which was 3–4 hours less than his typical sleep requirement. Such acute sleep deprivation has been found to increase the risk of an injury crash, with a 2-hour sleep loss resulting in noticeable decrements in divided attention and vigilance.106 Additionally, drivers who reported getting 5 hours sleep or less in the previous 24 hours had an almost threefold increase in risk for an injury crash.107 In the 3 weeks prior to the accident, the Miami accident driver had worked only once and had probably reverted to a typical diurnal sleep–wake schedule similar to the one he described as having since the accident (that is, going to bed about 10:00 p.m. and rising about 7:00 a.m.). Consequently, at the time of the accident, it is very likely that the driver’s circadian rhythms mirrored those of an individual keeping a typical daytime schedule. Therefore, on the night before the accident,108 the driver would have been trying to fall asleep 2 hours earlier than usual. This significant phase advance is beyond the range of entrainment for the circadian clock and would have resulted in significant sleep latency and shortened total sleep time.109 Given the self-reported circadian phase advance of the driver’s bedtime, it is possible that he may have obtained as little as 3 hours of quality sleep prior to the accident, resulting in a total of 5 hours of
106 (a) T. Roehrs and others, “Ethanol and Sleep Loss: A ‘Dose’ Comparison of Impairing Effects,” Sleep, vol. 26, no. 8 (December 15, 2003), pp. 981-985. (b) M. Carskadon and T. Roth, “Sleep Restriction,” in Sleep, Sleepiness, and Performance, pp. 155-167. 107 J. Connor and others, “Driver Sleepiness and Risk of Serious Injury to Car Occupants: Population Based on Case Control Study,” British Medical Journal, vol. 324, no. 7346 (May 11, 2002), p. 1125. 108 This was his first day driving after 3 days off and his second day driving after having been off duty for about 3 weeks. 109 (a) S. Folkard and J. Barton, “Does the ‘Forbidden Zone’ for Sleep Onset Influence Morning Shift Sleep Duration?,” Ergonomics, vol. 36, no. 1-3 (January 1993), pp. 85–91. (b) T. Monk and others, “Inducing Jet-Lag in Older People: Directional Asymmetry,” Journal of Sleep Research, vol. 9 (2000), pp. 101-116. (c) R. Manfredini and others, “Circadian Rhythms, Athletic Performance, and Jet Lag,” British Journal of Sports Medicine, vol. 32 (1998), pp. 101–106.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 47
acute sleep loss prior to the crash. Furthermore, the driver would have begun driving during the window of a circadian low, making him more prone to fatigue and decrements in attention and performance.110 Finally, the accident occurred in the early afternoon, about the time when individuals on a standard daytime schedule would begin to experience a mid-afternoon dip in performance. It is highly probable that the combined effects of acute sleep loss, his shift work schedule, and a mid-afternoon decline in performance resulted in the accident driver being fatigued at the time of the accident. Obstructive Sleep Apnea. The driver had several risk factors associated with OSA, including his age, his gender, his BMI of 34.4, and his history of hypertension.111 The driver had been hospitalized for 2 days approximately 3 weeks prior to the accident concerning complaints of his having “chest pressure, weakness and shortness of breath” for several months. Cardiovascular evaluation failed to identify a cause for his symptoms, but his hospital discharge summary stated that the driver “describes excessive daytime tiredness and loud snoring at night, raising the possibility of OSA.” The driver did not undergo an evaluation for OSA at that time. After the June 26, 2009, accident, the attending physician noted in his treatment recommendation that “The patient probably has an underlying sleep apnea and he is counseled yet again with his family members that he needs an outpatient sleep study.” On August 2 and 18, 2009, the driver took part in sleep studies conducted by an accredited sleep disorders clinic, and the results indicated that he had mild OSA. OSA is a common diagnosis among commercial drivers. The majority of OSA patients have symptoms related to poor quality sleep, such as excessive daytime sleepiness and tiredness, lack of concentration, and memory impairment.112 A 2002 review of the epidemiology of OSA estimated that roughly 7 percent of adults have at least moderate OSA.113 An FMCSA-commissioned study on the prevalence of OSA in commercial drivers found that 17.6 percent of drivers studied had mild OSA, 5.8 percent had moderate OSA, and 4.7 percent had severe OSA.114 Individuals with the disorder may have extreme daytime sleepiness. They often fall asleep within minutes in a quiet or monotonous environment, which puts them at risk for falling asleep while driving. OSA is associated with significant cognitive and psychomotor deficits; such deficits115 are of particular concern for commercial drivers operating in highway conditions, where immediate and appropriate responses to external stimuli are often critical to safety. A recent meta-analysis on OSA and motor vehicle crash risk found that drivers with OSA
110 M. Kryger, T. Roth, and W. Dement, Principles and Practice in Sleep Medicine, 4th edition (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Elsevier-Saunders, 2005), pp. 680–690. 111 Principles and Practice in Sleep Medicine, pp. 33, 1045, and 1195. 112 M. D’Ambrosio and others, “Quality of Life in Patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Effect of Nasal Continuous Positive Airway Pressure—A Prospective Study,” Chest, vol. 115, no. 1 (1999), pp. 123-129. Also see http://chestjournal.chestpubs.org/content/115/1/123.full.html (accessed September 24, 2010). 113 T. Young, P. Peppard, and D. Gottlieb, “Epidemiology of Obstructive Sleep Apnea: A Population Health Perspective,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, vol. 165, no. 9 (2002), pp. 1217−39. 114 A Study of Prevalence of Sleep Apnea Among Commercial Truck Drivers, FMCSA-RT-02-080 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, July 2002). 115 Some of these deficits are at least partially reversible with appropriate treatment.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 48
have an increased crash risk compared to the general driving population.116 The NTSB has investigated several accidents in which OSA was determined to be causal. As a result, the NTSB has issued recommendations117 focused on increasing awareness of the disease among drivers, employers, and physicians, as well as on instituting a program to identify drivers at high risk for the disorder and to treat those diagnosed. In October 2009, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendations to the FMCSA: Implement a program to identify commercial drivers at high risk for obstructive sleep apnea and require that those drivers provide evidence through the medical certification process of having been appropriately evaluated and, if treatment is needed, effectively treated for that disorder before being granted unrestricted medical certification. (H-09-15) Develop and disseminate guidance for commercial drivers, employers, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk of obstructive sleep apnea (OSA), emphasizing that drivers who have OSA that is effectively treated are routinely approved for continued medical certification. (H-09-16) The FMCSA responded to both recommendations in a February 1, 2010, letter, which indicated that the agency agreed with the recommendations. With respect to Safety Recommendation H-09-15, the FMCSA indicated that it is considering rulemaking in response to its Medical Review Board recommendations regarding pulmonary/respiratory requirements (including those addressing sleep disorders) for driver medical qualifications, and that, pending completion of any rulemaking, it had undertaken new initiatives to strengthen the certification process for drivers at risk for OSA and other sleep disorders. In response to Safety Recommendation H-09-16, the FMCSA indicated that the agency is developing medical examiner, employer, and driver guidance on sleep disorders, including OSA. The letter also stated that the FMCSA would sponsor a 2010 National Sleep Apnea and Trucking Conference in Baltimore, Maryland,118 and would be taking and planning additional initiatives to satisfy the recommendation. Based on these responses, on July 20, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations H-09-15 and -16 “Open—Acceptable Response.” The NTSB recognizes that no reasonable screening protocol can identify every case of OSA, particularly in cases of mild disease. For the truck-tractor driver in this accident, the application of at least one set of screening guidelines probably would not have resulted in his being evaluated for sleep apnea prior to the accident. Under those guidelines, published by a joint task force on OSA screening, composed of representatives of the American College of Chest Physicians, the American College of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, and the National Sleep Foundation, the accident driver most likely would not have met the criteria for screening because his BMI was under 35 (34.4 based on height and weight reported at his most recent examination), he did not report sleepiness or snoring on his examination reports, his blood pressure was controlled on one medication as of his last examination, and his neck circumference
116 S. Tregear and others, “Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Risk of Motor Vehicle Crash: Systematic Review and Meta-analysis,” Journal of Sleep Medicine, vol. 5, no. 6 (August 2009), pp. 573-581. 117 To view the recommendation letter to the FMCSA on this issue, which refers to several accidents that involved OSA, see http://www.ntsb.gov/Recs/letters/2009/H09_15_16.pdf (accessed June 8, 2010). 118 The conference was held May 11–12, 2010.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 49
was less than 17 inches. The joint task force also identified age as a risk factor for OSA. Although age is associated with changes in sleep patterns and an increased risk of OSA,119 there were no indications that the driver’s sleep schedule or mild OSA were directly related to his age. Regardless of whether the screening guidelines would have identified this driver as at-risk, a program for the identification of drivers with OSA remains an important component of effective fatigue management. Therefore, the Board encourages the FMCSA to continue its work in this important area and looks forward to full implementation of Safety Recommendations H-09-15 and -16. In summary with respect to the Volvo truck driver, his normal sleep range was between 8 and 9 hours, but he most likely obtained no more than 5 hours sleep the night before the accident. The driver’s circadian rhythms, which were fully entrained to a daytime schedule after almost 3 weeks off work, were disrupted by the advanced phase shift of his sleep time and by the early morning start time of his shift work. Moreover, the accident occurred about the time when individuals on a standard daytime schedule would begin experiencing a mid-afternoon dip in performance. In addition, this was the first time in 3 weeks that the driver had worked an extended shift schedule, and he would have been continuously awake for about 12 hours and have been driving for about 10 hours at the time of the accident. Any sleep that the driver did obtain would have been negatively affected by his mild OSA. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident truck driver was impaired by fatigue at the time of the crash as a result of acute sleep loss, circadian disruption associated with his shift work schedule, and mild OSA. According to a commercial driver who witnessed the accident, the accident driver’s truck passed his vehicle in the left lane and then shifted into the right lane before colliding with the queue. The available sight distance from the hill crest to the impact area was 4,695 feet. Given a speed of about 69 mph, the accident driver would have had more than 45 seconds to perceive and react to the traffic queue. For an alert driver of a truck-tractor semitrailer with adequate brakes, this would have been more than enough time to stop at highway speeds. The accident driver not only did not stop, he did not even attempt to stop or to take evasive action, such as a swerve to the right shoulder. While in a reduced state of alertness, the driver may have been able to acknowledge and react to common, slow-developing highway occurrences, such as approaching and overtaking a truck or checking mirrors and changing lanes. For example, the left-to-right lane change the driver executed as he crested the hill could be considered a routine response to a commonly encountered highway situation. However, because a stopped traffic queue is a relatively uncommon occurrence on a rural interstate such as I-44, in his highly fatigued state, the accident driver might not have had time or capability to see, process, and react to the queue until it was too late. It is also possible that the driver experienced a lapse in attention or the onset of a microsleep, both of which would have precluded any reaction to the impending traffic queue. Lapses in attention and performance are common characteristics of fatigue-related accidents, and the Miami driver’s behavior leading up to the
119 (a) T. Young, J. Skatrud, and P. Peppard, “Risk Factors for Obstructive Sleep Apnea in Adults,” Journal of the American Medical Association, vol. 291 (2004), pp. 2013-2016. (b) D. Bliwise, “Normal Aging,” in Principles and Practice in Sleep Medicine, pp. 24-38.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 50
accident is consistent with the fatigue literature.120 Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the truck driver’s impairment from fatigue led to his failure to react to the slowing and stopped traffic ahead by applying brakes or performing any evasive maneuver to avoid colliding with the traffic queue. Fatigue Education and Information. The NTSB has long been concerned about how fatigue affects all transportation operators, including commercial truck and bus drivers. In 1990, the NTSB completed a study of 182 heavy truck accidents that were fatal to the truck driver.121 The NTSB’s primary purpose in investigating fatal-to-the-truck-driver accidents was to assess the role of alcohol and other drugs in these accidents. The study found, however, that the most frequently cited probable cause in such accidents was fatigue. In a subsequent safety study that focused on fatigue’s role in heavy truck accidents,122 the NTSB recommended that the FHWA,123 in cooperation with the ATA, the Professional Truck Driver Institute, the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA), and the National Private Truck Council, take the following action: denly and without warning to all drivers regardless of their age or experience. (H-95-5)
Develop and disseminate, in consultation with the U.S. Department of Transportation Human Factors Coordinating Committee, a training and education module to inform truck drivers of the hazards of driving while fatigued. It should include information about the need for an adequate amount of quality sleep, strategies for avoiding sleep loss such as strategic napping, consideration of the behavioral and physiological consequences of sleepiness, and an awareness that sleep can occur sud The FHWA Office of Motor Carriers distributed pamphlets; worked with the Owner-Operator Independent Drivers Association, the CVSA, and the National Private Truck Council on this issue; and sponsored the DOT 1995 Truck and Bus Summit. It also funded the ATA to adapt the sleep education and training module developed by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration to the motor carrier industry and to identify, evaluate, and select recommended management practices for determining which drivers are at higher risk of accidents and safety violations and for developing means of appropriately modifying driver behavior. The development and distribution of brochures, manuals, and videotapes, such as “The Alert Driver: A Trucker’s Guide to Sleep, Fatigue, and Rest in Our 24-Hour Society,” “Awake at the Wheel,” “Fatigue and the Truck Driver,” and “Dealing with Truck Driver Fatigue,” publicized the importance of the issue of fatigue. The FHWA stated that it would continue its educational activities and that the strategic plan for its Office of Motor Carriers (predecessor entity to the FMCSA) would include educational and informational approaches. Safety
120 (a) D. Dinges and N. Kribbs, “Performing While Sleepy: Effects of Experimentally Induced Sleepiness,” in Sleep, Sleepiness, and Performance, pp. 155-167. (b) S. Banks and D. Dinges, “Behavioral and Physiological Consequences of Sleep Restriction,” Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, vol. 3, no. 5 (June 2007), pp. 519-528. (c) J. Horne and L. Reyner, “Sleep-Related Vehicle Accidents,” British Medical Journal, vol. 310, no. 565 (March 1995). 121 Fatigue, Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Medical Factors in Fatal-To-The-Driver Heavy Truck Crashes (Volume 1), Safety Study NTSB/SS-90/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1990). 122 Factors That Affect Fatigue in Heavy Truck Accidents, Volume 1: Analysis, Safety Study NTSB/SS-95/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995). 123 Within the DOT, the FMCSA subsequently became responsible for these areas of concern.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 51
Recommendation H-95-5 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” on July 7, 1998, due to the agency’s work with various organizations to educate drivers about the dangers of drowsy driving. to a supplementary booklet makes it less likely that it will be seen and heeded by truck drivers. ng that they are not “real cures for drowsiness and may give you a false sense of security.”129
When NTSB investigators reviewed the training material AWG provided its drivers, they found the VHS videotape “The Alert Driver: A Trucker’s Guide to Sleep, Fatigue, and Rest in Our 24-Hour Society,” which was released in 1996 by the ATA, in partnership with the FHWA Office of Motor Carriers (since succeeded by the FMCSA). Although the video provides valuable guidelines for truck drivers regarding the importance of sleep, the cognitive effects of sleepiness, and the best strategies to reduce fatigue related to shift work, some of the information provided is outdated, and the video does not include vital fatigue-related facts and guidance. For example, the video references obsolete HOS regulations; the FMCSA significantly revised these regulations in April 2003, limiting driving to 11 hours within a 14-hour, nonextendable period after coming on duty following 10 consecutive hours off duty (known as the 11-hour rule).124 The video also does not mention the risk factors for OSA, which is a significant omission, given the prevalence of these factors among commercial drivers.125 Further, the driver fatigue video does not mention the importance of maintaining one’s health and diet to reduce fatigue.126 Research has revealed how a health and wellness regimen can reduce the risk factors that may lead to fatigue and drowsiness.127 A booklet that accompanies the video includes some information on health maintenance and OSA risk factors; however, because the video is the primary mode of information dissemination, the relegation of this information In addition, the 1996 video provides questionable strategies for truck drivers to follow in combating sleepiness, such as chewing gum, eating sunflower seeds, turning on the radio, and rolling down the window.128 On its website, the FMCSA has discouraged the use of such “alertness tricks,” stati
124 Although the rules concerning weekly limits for on-duty time remained unchanged, drivers were allowed to restart the weekly limit calculation after they took 34 consecutive hours off duty (known as the 34-hour restart provision). The rule also extended the requisite off-duty time from 8 to 10 hours, providing drivers more time for restorative rest. 125 (a) R. Stoohs and others, “Sleep and Sleep-Disordered Breathing in Commercial Long-Haul Truck Drivers,” Chest, vol. 107, no. 5 (1995), pp. 1275–1282. (b) H. Häkkänen and H. Summal, “Sleepiness at Work Among Commercial Truck Drivers,” Sleep, vol. 23, no. 1 (2000), pp. 49–57. 126 (a) J. Brock and others, Commercial Truck and Bus Safety Synthesis 7: Motorcoach Industry Hours of Service and Fatigue Management Techniques (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2005). (b) Fatigue Survey of BC Truck Drivers (WorkSafeBC, December 2005), http://www2.worksafebc.com/pdfs/forestry/truck_driver_fatigue_survey_final.pdf (accessed June 8, 2010). (c) D. Wiegand, R. Hanowski, and S. McDonald, Commercial Motor Vehicle Health and Fatigue Study Final Report, 09-UF-002 (Blacksburg, Virginia: National Surface Transportation Safety Center for Excellence, February 11, 2009). 127 (a) R. Stoohs and others. (b) H. Häkkänen and H. Summal. (c) Fatigue Survey of BC Truck Drivers. 128 A witness stated that the Volvo cab’s driver-side window was rolled down at the accident scene, despite the temperature being above 100 °F. This was confirmed in postaccident scene photos. However, it is not known whether the window was opened before or immediately following the accident. 129 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/about/outreach/education/driverTips/Driver-fatigue.htm (accessed November 3, 2009).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 52
The NTSB concludes that the provision of new and updated information on sleep, fatigue, and alertness by the FMCSA, based on contemporary scientific research, is essential to ensuring that commercial drivers have the necessary guidance to enable them to be alert and well rested when operating their vehicles. Updating the information being provided to truck drivers on fatigue and fatigue countermeasures, HOS, and OSA may help to reduce accidents caused by fatigue; therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA create educational materials that provide current information on fatigue and fatigue countermeasures and make the materials available in different formats, including updating and redistributing its truck-driver-focused driver fatigue video. Further, the FMCSA should make the video available electronically for quicker dissemination, and it should implement a plan to regularly update the educational materials and the video with the latest scientific information and to regularly redistribute them. Fatigue Management Programs. Although employee education concerning fatigue is extremely valuable, the provision of information alone is insufficient to constitute an adequate fatigue management program, which should involve all aspects of a carrier’s operation. A fatigue management program is a system130 designed to take a comprehensive, tailored approach to the issue of fatigue within an industry or a workplace and to address the problem of fatigue in an operational environment. Commonly, a fatigue management program would incorporate individual program-focused efforts to help manage fatigue (for example, policies and practices addressing scheduling;131 attendance; employee education, medical screening, and treatment; personal responsibility during nonwork periods; task/workload issues; rest environments; and commuting and/or napping) as well as an overall organizational strategy for implementing, supervising, and evaluating the plan. Many motor carriers have developed and put into action their own fatigue management programs, although the extent and nature of the plans vary widely. AWG operates around the clock and its drivers work on shift schedules, yet the NTSB found no evidence that the carrier had taken any companywide action to minimize the occurrence of fatigued driving. Apart from including the outdated “Alert Driver” video in its training library, AWG did not have any program in place to prepare and educate its dispatchers, managers, and drivers to deal with the fatigue-related consequences of its shift work operations. The NTSB concludes that AWG did not have a meaningful fatigue management program in place at the time of the accident. The FMCSA is currently collaborating with Transport Canada and others on the development of the NAFMP, which will provide companywide guidelines for the management of fatigue in a motor carrier operating environment. The NAFMP guidelines are envisioned to promote the following elements: (1) corporate change processes, including the involvement and support of management, (2) modifications to scheduling policies and practices, (3) companywide fatigue management training, (4) sleep disorder screening and treatment for drivers, and (5) fatigue-monitoring technologies and alertness strategies. The NAFMP fatigue management
130 Fatigue management systems can also be referred to as fatigue management plans, fatigue risk management programs, fatigue management schemes, fatigue countermeasures programs, and alertness management programs. For the purposes of this report, the term “fatigue management program” will be used when referring generically to such systems. 131 Scheduling policies and practices could include written policies and/or the use of fatigue-modeling software tools to assist in roster development.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 53
guidelines are anticipated to be available within the next 2 years; they will be applicable to all motor carrier operations, industrywide, regardless of size. Because of the complex nature of the factors that contribute to fatigue, not only has the NTSB issued safety recommendations regarding fatigue in all modes, but it has also supported industry initiatives led by the DOT to develop practical fatigue management tools for the transportation industry.132 For example, in the late 1990s, the DOT’s Human Factors Coordinating Committee, a group consisting of representatives from the FAA and other transportation modal administrations, sponsored an Operator Fatigue Management (OFM) Program.133 The program resulted in several products, including a practical guide addressing fatigue management and countermeasure usage134 and work schedule representation and analysis software to aid managers and schedulers in evaluating and designing work schedules and procedures for validating the output of fatigue-modeling tools. In response to Safety Recommendation A-06-11, which the NTSB issued to the FAA in its report on the Kirksville, Missouri, aircraft accident,135 on April 28, 2006, the FAA issued Safety Alert for Operators 06004, which informed aviation operators of the fatigue-related information in the DOT OFM program. According to DOT and industry personnel, the Federal Railroad Administration has tested and applied some of the OFM program tools in the railroad industry.136 In addition, the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008137 states that the Secretary of Transportation, by regulation, shall require each railroad carrier that is a Class I railroad,138 a railroad carrier that has inadequate safety performance (as determined by the Secretary), or a railroad carrier that provides intercity rail passenger or commuter rail passenger transportation to develop and update, at least once every 2 years, a fatigue management plan designed to reduce the fatigue experienced by safety-related railroad employees, as well as the likelihood of accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities caused by fatigue. Further, the Airline Safety and FAA Extension Act of 2010139 will require all Part 121 air carriers to submit to the FAA a fatigue risk management plan for its pilots so that the FAA can review and accept it. The plan
132 (a) Collision With Trees on Final Approach, Federal Express Flight 1478, Boeing 727-232, N497FE, Tallahassee, Florida, July 26, 2002, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-04/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004). (b) Collision with Trees and Crash Short of Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966, British Aerospace BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006). 133 This program was established as part of the “ONEDOT” program to coordinate resources among DOT agencies. One of the goals of the effort was to reduce the number of accidents and injuries related to operator fatigue. 134 Commercial Transportation Operator Fatigue Management Reference (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Research and Special Programs Administration, 2003). 135 NTSB/AAR-06/01. 136 Validation and Calibration of a Fatigue Assessment Tool for Railroad Work Schedules, Summary Report, DOT-06/21 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, 2006). 137 For additional information, see (accessed August 12, 2010). 138 A Class I railroad is one that has annual carrier operating revenues that meet the threshold amount for Class I carriers as determined by the Surface Transportation Board under 49 CFR 1201.1-1. 139 For additional information, see (accessed August 19, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 54
must include annual fatigue management training for pilots, a work/rest policy to help manage pilot fatigue, and a methodology to assess the effectiveness of the program. Air carriers will also be required to update and resubmit their plans to the FAA every 2 years. The FMCSA has not yet applied such guidance or requirements concerning fatigue management programs in the motor carrier industry. However, until the FMCSA issues guidance to operators on the best practices to apply in developing a fatigue management program, other resources are available to help motor carriers create comprehensive companywide policies and processes for reducing fatigue-related accidents. For instance, organizations such as the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and NHTSA provide updated information and pamphlets related to shift work that could be used as a starting point for developing a fatigue management program.140 In addition, the DOT makes available general fatigue management resources and tools through the efforts of its Human Factors Coordinating Committee.141 The goal of a fatigue management program is to mitigate human fatigue, thereby reducing the probability of human-error-caused incidents and accidents. Pilot studies conducted for the NAFMP have shown positive results with respect to driver sleep lengths and reduction in critical driving events.142 Other modes of transportation—in particular, aviation and rail—have moved toward mandating fatigue management programs for their modal carriers. The NTSB concludes that the use of fatigue management programs by motor carriers has the potential to reduce accidents caused by fatigued commercial drivers. Given that its lack of an effective fatigue management program contributed to an environment that did not sufficiently emphasize the importance of fatigue awareness and countermeasures among its drivers, the NTSB recommends that AWG create and implement a comprehensive fatigue management program using existing sources of information, and develop a systematic process to update the program as more guidance becomes available. To be most effective, a fatigue management program should be comprehensive and authoritative. Within the next 2 years, the NAFMP is expected to provide fatigue management program guidelines specifically designed for use in the motor carrier environment. Implementation of these guidelines by every motor carrier would be a major step toward addressing the problem of fatigue among commercial drivers on the nation’s highways. But if the NAFMP guidelines remain voluntary—and are used by some carriers but ignored by others—this important safety tool might have only a limited effect in reducing fatigue-related highway accidents. Consequently, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require all motor carriers to adopt a fatigue management program based on the NAFMP guidelines for the management of fatigue in a motor carrier operating environment.
140 For additional information, see http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/workschedules/ and http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/drowsy_driving1/human/drows_driving/resource/resource.html (accessed August 24, 2010). 141 See http://hfcc.dot.gov/ofm/index.html (accessed August 19, 2010). 142 (a) A. Moscovitch and others, Development of a North American Fatigue Management Program for Commercial Motor Carriers: Phase II (Pilot Study), TP 14828E (Ottawa, Ontario: Transport Canada, January 2006). (b) A. Smiley and others, Effects of a Fatigue Management Program on Fatigue in the Commercial Motor Carrier Industry: Summary Report, TP 14921E (Ottawa, Ontario: Transport Canada, September 2009).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 55
The NTSB referenced the NAFMP in its report on an early morning collision between a truck-tractor semitrailer and a motorcoach near Osseo, Wisconsin.143 Although the NTSB has supported the NAFMP effort to create fatigue management guidelines, in the Osseo report, it also expressed concern that motor carriers have been evaluating their own fatigue management programs without expert oversight. The NTSB considered that the FMCSA, as the Federal agency responsible for motor carrier safety, must also be involved in the evaluation of the fatigue management programs used by carriers to determine whether they successfully mitigate fatigue. The NTSB concluded that for fatigue management programs to be successful, FMCSA oversight is needed; therefore, the NTSB made the following recommendation to the FMCSA: Develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of the fatigue management plans implemented by motor carriers, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents. (H-08-14) Based on the FMCSA’s continuing work with the NAFMP, Safety Recommendation H-08-14 is currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” The NTSB considers that the circumstances of the Miami accident again demonstrate the serious nature of fatigue-related accidents and the need for effective fatigue management programs and oversight of such programs; therefore, the Board reiterates Safety Recommendation H-08-14, and it remains classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” Also in the Osseo accident report, the NTSB concluded that had the truck-tractor semitrailer been equipped with technologies to detect fatigue, the systems might have prevented or mitigated the severity of the fatigue-related crash. Consequently, the NTSB issued another recommendation regarding fatigue to the FMCSA, as follows: Develop and implement a plan to deploy technologies in commercial vehicles to reduce the occurrence of fatigue-related accidents. (H-08-13) On May 11, 2009, the FMCSA responded to this recommendation and indicated that the development of an advanced Drowsy Driver Warning System was underway and would move into principal research and prototype development in 2009. The FMCSA projected that this phase would last 2 years, after which a commercialization decision would be made. The FMCSA has acknowledged that driver drowsiness poses a major threat to highway safety, given the 24-hour operations, high annual mileages, challenging environmental conditions, and demanding work schedules faced by commercial drivers today.144 However, in its response to the NTSB, the FMCSA specifically stated that it was unaware of any available technology that could be used by commercial drivers for both day and night driving. The NTSB responded that although the FMCSA was correct that no products were currently available commercially that could be used
143 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rollover and Motorcoach Collision With Overturned Truck, Interstate Highway 94, Near Osseo, Wisconsin, October 16, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 144 An Evaluation of Emerging Driver Fatigue Detection Measures and Technologies, Tech Brief FMCSA-RRR-09-006 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, June 2009), p. 4.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 56
effectively both day and night, the agency’s recently published review145 of activities underway to develop unobtrusive, in-vehicle, real-time, drowsy driver detection and alertness systems discussed at least five separate systems capable of functioning under a variety of conditions.146 Therefore, on October 2, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-08-13 “Open— Unacceptable Response.” The NTSB considers that the circumstances of the Miami accident again demonstrate the serious consequences of fatigue-related accidents and the need for in-vehicle technologies to reduce the incidence of such accidents; consequently, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation H-08-13, and the recommendation remains classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” Vehicle Occupant Survival, Heavy Vehicle Aggressivity When crashes such as the Miami accident occur, the larger size and greater weight of the heavy commercial vehicle, disproportionate to the smaller, lighter-weight passenger vehicle(s), cause serious injury and often death to the passenger vehicle occupants, due to the larger vehicle’s intrusion into the passenger vehicle’s occupant compartment, resulting in loss of survivable space. In this accident, the front bumper of the Volvo truck-tractor was higher than the passenger vehicle bumpers and, as a result, the Volvo’s bumper and stiffer frame entered the occupant compartments of the passenger vehicles. In the case of the Hyundai and the Kia, the Volvo also drove over the shorter vehicles. Further, the proportional difference in mass between the heavy commercial vehicle (40,400 pounds, unloaded) and the lighter passenger vehicles (the Kia weighed 2,600 pounds) was as high as 15 to 1; this, combined with the speed of the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer traveling close to 69 mph at impact, compounded the disadvantage for the passenger cars and their occupants. The Volvo’s speed contributed to the truck’s tremendous kinetic energy at impact, which was dissipated during the collision with the slower moving and stopped passenger vehicles. Because of differences in vehicle weight and structural stiffness, as well as the geometric mismatch of bumper heights, the Volvo truck-tractor’s design did not absorb the crash forces from the impact, and the dissipated kinetic energy was transferred to the lighter weight, less stiffer framed passenger vehicles. As a result, these vehicles were catastrophically destroyed. Due to these factors, survivable space within the first four passenger vehicles struck by the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer was minimal. Influencing the survivability of a crash for vehicle occupants are several factors: the degree of loss of occupant space, the crash force exerted on each vehicle occupant, and the postcrash environment. Variation in these parameters can result in different outcomes for each vehicle occupant; while one passenger may be killed, another may sustain serious injury, and yet another may walk away uninjured.147
145 L. Barr, S. Popkin, and H. Howarth, An Evaluation of Emerging Driver Fatigue Detection Measures and Technologies: Final Report, FMCSA-RRR-09-005 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, June 2009). 146 These five systems are all illumination conditions (from full sunlight to complete darkness), eyeglasses, contact lenses, most sunglasses, and variable subject distances. 147 W. Spitz, ed., Spitz and Fisher’s Medicolegal Investigation of Death: Guidelines for the Application of Pathology to Crime Investigation, 3rd edition (Springfield, Illinois: Thomas Publisher, 1993), p. 579.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 57
Consequently, although the Kia sedan’s driver and two rear seat occupants (children in booster seats with 3-point restraints) and the Land Rover’s rear seat child passenger survived due to the survivable space available to them, the Land Rover’s driver and front passenger, all four occupants of the Hyundai, and all four occupants of the Ford Windstar were killed. The NTSB concludes that the combination of the high impact speed of the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer and the structural incompatibility between the Volvo and the passenger vehicles resulted in extensive intrusion deformation and crush damage to the passenger compartments of the Land Rover, Hyundai, Kia, and Ford Windstar; a loss of survivable space in those vehicles; and the deaths of 10 passenger vehicle occupants. Occupant protection demands that survivable space be maintained for all passengers and that the interior structure provide sufficient support and energy absorption so that crash forces are survivable. Differences in vehicle weight, stiffness, and structural components (resulting in geometric mismatch) are referred to as “vehicle aggressivity.” Vehicles with high aggressivity, such as heavy trucks, often compromise the survivable space within any smaller vehicles they strike, in part because the difference in height between the two vehicles results in override and permits the stiffer elements of the commercial vehicle’s front structure to intrude into the passenger vehicle. It is not practical to significantly reduce the weight of a truck-tractor semitrailer or to increase the weight of a passenger vehicle to better match the truck’s; consequently, compatibility must be addressed through other means. Deflection of the passenger car and energy absorption into the truck frame might be achieved by design modification, thereby providing some reduction of heavy vehicle aggressivity.148 Research conducted in the United States and Europe has focused on ways to improve the outcome when smaller vehicles strike, or are struck by, heavier trucks. Some methods have included matching the geometry of bumper structures, creating energy-absorbing structures149 to offset the weight differences of the impacting vehicles, and designing the front of the truck to act as a deflector or to redirect150 the struck vehicle away from the front of the truck, thus reducing the total change in velocity of the smaller vehicle. Europe has adopted standards for front underride protection.151 In 1996, research was being conducted to design a new heavy truck bumper with an energy-absorbing honeycomb block, covered by an impact surface that swiveled upon impact, thus deflecting the car away from the truck’s path. Testing showed that such a barrier (a prototype of the bumper) deflected the car as desired, with minimum intrusion into the passenger
148 See http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/departments/nrd-01/summaries/havp_02.html (accessed June 10, 2010). 149 A. Berg and others, “Passive Safety of Trucks in Frontal and Rear-end Collisions With Cars,” Proceedings of the 18th International Technical Conference on Enhanced Safety of Vehicles, Nagoya, Japan (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2003). 150 A. Prasad and others, Reducing Heavy Truck Aggressivity in Collisions With Passenger Cars, DOT HS 808 476 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1995). 151 ECE Regulation 93, Part I, “Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Front Underrun Protection Devices.”
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 58
compartment.152 However, Volvo has reported that its heavy trucks in the United States do not currently have the FUPSs offered on its European truck models, due to differences in design and weight between European heavy trucks and heavy trucks manufactured, sold, and operated in the North American marketplace. Moreover, there are no U.S. standards or guidelines for equipping heavy trucks with FUPSs. The NTSB considered this issue during the investigation of an accident involving a tractor semitrailer in Hampshire, Illinois, that rear-ended several vehicles, causing catastrophic damage.153 In its report on this accident, the NTSB made a recommendation regarding vehicle compatibility to the DOT as follows: Include heavy vehicles in your research, testing, and eventual rulemaking on highway vehicle incompatibility, especially as that incompatibility affects the severity of accidents. (H-06-16) Despite its having been issued 4 years ago, the only update on progress concerning this recommendation received by the NTSB to date has been the DOT’s May 2010 transfer of the recommendation to NHTSA, a subordinate agency. One of the goals of the 21CTP—which comprises multiple Federal government agencies, including several within the DOT, and industry representatives—is to improve truck and bus safety by fostering advancements in vehicle design and performance, such as reducing truck frontal aggressivity in multivehicle collisions. In December 2000, the 21CTP published a “roadmap,” which set a milestone of mid-2009 for completing laboratory tests and field trials of systems designed to reduce the destructive effects of truck accidents.154 Then, in late 2006, the 21CTP published its Roadmap and Technical White Papers,155 which no longer included any milestone date for this project. The 2006 roadmap document stated that the 21CTP goal is to work collaboratively with DOT-led research programs to determine the feasibility of enhanced occupant survivability in collisions involving large trucks. However, the 21CTP roadmap also stated, “Because transportation safety is the primary mission of the DOT, much of the 21CTP heavy vehicle safety interests will be carried out with the leadership from the DOT.” It further stated, “The 21CTP facilitates progress toward the DOT safety goals but does not encompass all the paths to reduced fatalities and injuries.”
152 K. Mendis and others, “Concepts to Reduce Heavy Truck Aggressivity in Truck-to-Car Collisions,” Proceedings, 15th International Technical Conference on Enhanced Safety of Vehicles, Melbourne, Australia (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1996). 153 Multivehicle Collision on Interstate 90, Hampshire–Marengo Toll Plaza, Near Hampshire, Illinois, October 1, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-06/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006). 154 21st Century Truck Partnership, Roadmap and Technical White Papers, 21CTP-001 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, December 2000). 155 21st Century Truck Partnership, Roadmap and Technical White Papers, 21CTP-0003 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, December 2006). For additional information, see http://www1.eere.energy.gov/vehiclesandfuels/pdfs/program/21ctp_roadmap_appendix_2007.pdf (accessed August 10, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 59
To date, neither the DOT nor the 21CTP members have completed laboratory tests or field trials in this safety area. NHTSA has not published any information indicating future testing or the intent to implement changes in the industry. The DOT has discussed the need to reduce fatalities resulting from large truck accidents and has stated that research concerning intelligent transportation system (ITS) technologies for accident avoidance and implementation of such systems are priorities. The NTSB agrees that the deployment of vehicle-based technologies for collision avoidance and mitigation is crucial to highway safety and has issued several recommendations intended to spur progress in this area. In fact, the NTSB considers that collision avoidance systems, such as FCWSs and lane departure warning systems, as well as collision mitigation systems, such as ACC and active braking— which slow down heavy commercial vehicles when a crash is imminent—could significantly increase the effectiveness of heavy vehicle aggressivity countermeasures and provide additional protection to passenger vehicle occupants during collisions between heavy CMVs and passenger vehicles. A multifaceted approach of working to reduce or mitigate heavy vehicle aggressivity while simultaneously studying how collision avoidance and mitigation systems and ITS could help to further decrease passenger vehicle occupant fatalities in such collisions has the greatest likelihood of success. ITS implementation should involve many DOT agencies working in concert, including NHTSA, RITA, the FHWA, and the FMCSA. The 21CTP has stated that its primary goal is safety and that the use of aerodynamic designs in tractor-trailer construction offers the possibility of making the frontal structures of trucks more complementary and compatible with passenger cars, thereby increasing the likelihood that the occupants of smaller vehicles involved in collisions with trucks may survive. The NTSB concludes that even though heavy truck incompatibility is a major cause of death for occupants of passenger cars, light trucks, and vans involved in crashes with heavy trucks, to date, the DOT and NHTSA have not made this issue a priority and have not allocated sufficient resources to study and address it. Because of the lack of timely progress by 21CTP members and the DOT in testing systems intended to mitigate the damage caused by truck accidents, the NTSB reclassifies Safety Recommendation H-06-16 to NHTSA “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” and supersedes H-06-16 with the recommendation that NHTSA, to improve highway vehicle crash compatibility, develop performance standards for FUPSs for trucks with GVWRs over 10,000 pounds. Due to the lack of timely action on the superseded recommendation, this new recommendation is classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” Further, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA, after establishing performance standards for FUPSs for trucks with GVWRs over 10,000 pounds, require that all such newly manufactured trucks be equipped with FUPSs meeting the performance standards. In the Hampshire report,156 the NTSB also issued the following safety recommendation to the DOE:
156 NTSB/HAR-06/03.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 60
Report to the National Transportation Safety Board the 21st Century Truck Partnership’s plans and timetable for prioritizing research, testing, and design enhancements that address heavy truck aggressivity. (H-06-15) The DOE initially responded that it was “in the process of compiling a report describing the long-range 21CTP goals for truck safety, as well as other research and development activities.” It stated in a 2007 update that it anticipated “completion of this report by the end of the current fiscal year, September 30, 2007.” The status of Safety Recommendation H-06-15 was “Open—Acceptable Response.” However, the DOE has not updated the NTSB on the progress of these efforts since 2007. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation H-06-15, and the recommendation is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” Electronic Data Event Data Recorders Although the truck-tractor was equipped with an advanced ECM in combination with an aftermarket Mobius OBC, both of which supported the capture of limited accident-related data, it was not equipped with a dedicated crash EDR, which would have captured vital crash information and allowed for a significantly higher level of science to be applied to the NTSB’s investigation and analysis of this accident. A dedicated crash EDR intended to assist in collision reconstruction and analysis would have captured both operator and vehicle-based data just before and during the crash sequence. A dedicated EDR, specifically intended for crash data retrieval following a crash event, can provide critical high-resolution performance data concerning driver, vehicle, and safety systems. To enhance crash testing with real-world data, data from vehicle crashes must be available for analysis. During the 2007 SAE symposium on highway EDRs,157 industry representatives reported that many motor carrier operators currently use vehicle data recorders. However, the Miami accident truck-tractor was not equipped with a dedicated or more sophisticated EDR that would have provided additional parameters and precision data regarding both driver and vehicle dynamics throughout the accident sequence. Crash pulses158 and/or Delta V are often used to calculate vehicle occupant kinematics, help evaluate injury exposure, and assess the effectiveness of passenger protection and safety devices and systems. Using these data, investigators and engineers can predict potential injury mechanisms and assess the effects of various design elements on occupant protection systems and vehicle designs for crash mitigation. In addition, EDR data can be used to enhance the development of advanced technologies for the manufacture of truck cab, frontal, and side structures. The data can contribute to the
157 Highway Vehicle Event Data Recorder Symposium, September 5–6, 2007 (Ashburn, Virginia: SAE International, 2007). 158 The term “crash pulse” refers to acceleration versus time history. It may be more helpful to think in terms of crash forces, because the forces to which a vehicle is subjected as a result of a collision are a direct function of the crash pulse.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 61
development of computer models to verify the energy-absorption capabilities of heavy-duty vehicles and be used in studies on frontal-structure aggressivity. They can also advance the use of finite element and occupant kinematic analyses of candidate structural designs to identify optimized designs and assist in determining the capacity of sandwich, cored, and foam materials for energy-absorption applications.159 Large truck design may affect the severity of trauma sustained by occupants of all vehicles—whether heavy or not—involved in a heavy vehicle crash. Vehicle design and performance attributes are important concerns; optimized design may improve large truck safety and help reduce truck-crash-related fatalities. Although crash forces may be estimated by comparing an accident vehicle’s physical damage to that of instrumented crash test data, this method is not always reliable. This unreliability, coupled with the lack of availability of heavy vehicle crash test data, makes the collection of real-world data crucial to researchers and design engineers. A lack of useful event data associated with the Miami accident represents another missed opportunity to better understand the crash forces and crashworthiness issues involved when heavy vehicles strike other vehicles. The NTSB concludes that the heavy truck in the Miami accident lacked a dedicated EDR designed for accident reconstruction and to provide accelerometer-based crash pulse data, which are critical to the evaluation of vehicle performance and could have been used in vehicle incompatibility research; therefore, these data are again unavailable to investigators and researchers. The NTSB considers that adequate on-board recording devices are necessary in all modes of transportation because information from them can be used to identify safety trends, develop corrective actions, and conduct more efficient and precise accident investigations. Cockpit voice recorders and flight data recorders, commonly referred to as black boxes, have been required on commercial airliners for decades. Since 1993, event recorders have also been required on trains. In marine transportation, voyage data recorders are now required on all international passenger and cargo ships. The NTSB has also made previous recommendations regarding recorders for highway trucking transport. Although the recommendation was primarily aimed at reducing fatigue-related accidents, in 1990,160 the NTSB recommended that the FHWA: Require automated/tamper-proof on-board recording devices, such as tachographs or computerized logs, to identify commercial truck drivers who exceed hours-of-service regulations. (H-90-28) The NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation H-90-28 in its 1995 study on truck driver fatigue,161 explaining that the intent of the recommendation was to provide a tamper-proof mechanism that could be used to enforce the HOS regulations, rather than relying on drivers’ handwritten logs. In a February 1997 response, the FHWA acknowledged that on-board
159 Roadmap and Technical White Papers, 21CTP-001. 160 NTSB/SS-90/01. 161 NTSB/SS-95/01.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 62
recording devices would eventually be an important tool for monitoring the HOS of CMV drivers. However, the FHWA stated that “the FHWA position is that the benefits and practicality of on-board recorders must be firmly established before rulemaking ensues.” In 1997, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-90-28 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” due to the lack of positive action by the FHWA. In 1998, as the result of an accident investigation involving two truck-tractor semitrailer vehicles in Slinger, Wisconsin,162 the NTSB recommended that the ATA, the Motor Freight Carriers Association, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, the Independent Truckers and Drivers Association, the National Private Truck Council, and the Owner-Operator Independent Drivers Association, Inc., advise their members to equip their commercial vehicle fleets with automated and tamper-proof on-board recording devices, such as tachographs or computerized recorders, to identify information concerning both driver and vehicle operating characteristics (Safety Recommendations H-98-23 and -26). In 2001, both recommendations were classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” The NTSB has also made recommendations to NHTSA concerning EDRs in heavy commercial vehicles that carry passengers, specifically, school buses and motorcoaches. In 1999, the NTSB issued the following two recommendations to NHTSA as a result of a special investigation report on bus crashworthiness:163 Require that all school buses and motorcoaches manufactured after January 1, 2003, be equipped with on-board recording systems that record vehicle parameters, including, at a minimum, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, vertical acceleration, heading, vehicle speed, engine speed, driver’s seat belt status, braking input, steering input, gear selection, turn signal status (left/right), brake light status (on/off), head/tail light status (on/off), passenger door status (open/closed), emergency door status (open/closed), hazard light status (on/off), brake system status (normal/warning), and flashing red light status (on/off) (school buses only). For those buses so equipped, the following should also be recorded: status of additional seat belts, airbag deployment criteria, airbag deployment time, and airbag deployment energy. The on-board recording system should record data at a sampling rate that is sufficient to define vehicle dynamics and should be capable of preserving data in the event of a vehicle crash or an electrical power loss. In addition, the on-board recording system should be mounted to the bus body, not the chassis, to ensure that the data necessary for defining bus body motion are recorded. (H-99-53) Develop and implement, in cooperation with other government agencies and industry, standards for on-board recording of bus crash data that address, at a minimum, parameters to be recorded, data sampling rates, duration of recording, interface configurations, data storage format, incorporation of fleet management tools, fluid immersion survivability, impact shock survivability, crush and penetration survivability, fire survivability, independent power supply, and ability to accommodate future requirements and technological advances. (H-99-54)
162 Multiple Vehicle Crossover Accident, Slinger, Wisconsin, February 12, 1997, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-98/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1998). 163 Bus Crashworthiness, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 63
The NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation H-99-53 in its report on a 2007 motorcoach ramp override accident in Atlanta, Georgia, that killed seven passengers.164 In that report, the NTSB determined that EDR data would have yielded information on vehicle parameters and driver actions prior to the accident, as well as on vehicle dynamics throughout the accident sequence, which would have been valuable in reconstructing and evaluating occupant kinematics, injury exposure, and the potential benefits of occupant protection devices and systems. Safety Recommendations H-99-53 and -54 were reiterated in the NTSB’s 2009 special investigation on pedal misapplication in heavy vehicles, a report that focused primarily on school buses.165 The NTSB concluded that the presence of EDRs in heavy vehicles would provide essential and specific information regarding the causes and mechanisms of pedal misapplication and claims of unintended acceleration. Safety Recommendations H-99-53 and -54 were classified “Open—Unacceptable Response” because of NHTSA’s failure to require the use of EDRs on buses. Most recently, in its report on a motorcoach rollover accident in Dolan Springs, Arizona,166 the NTSB concluded that the availability of recorded event data would have resulted in a more complete account of the preaccident events leading to the rollover. In addition, the NTSB found that having EDRs on all buses above 10,000 pounds GVWR would greatly increase the understanding of crash causation and be helpful in further establishing design requirements for crashworthiness and occupant protection systems. Therefore, the NTSB superseded Safety Recommendation H-99-53 with the following recommendation to NHTSA: Require that all buses above 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight rating be equipped with on-board recording systems that: (1) record vehicle parameters, including, at minimum, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, vertical acceleration, heading, vehicle speed, engine speed, driver’s seat belt status, braking input, steering input, gear selection, turn signal status (left/right), brake light status (on/off), head/tail light status (on/off), passenger door status (open/closed), emergency door status (open/closed), hazard light status (on/off), brake system status (normal/warning), and flashing red light status (on/off; school buses only); (2) record status of additional seat belts, airbag deployment criteria, airbag deployment time, and airbag deployment energy; (3) record data at a sampling rate sufficient to define vehicle dynamics and be capable of preserving data in the event of a vehicle crash or an electrical power loss; and (4) are mounted to the bus body, not the chassis, to ensure recording of the necessary data to define bus body motion. (H-10-7) Safety Recommendation H-99-53 specified that EDRs be required for school buses and motorcoaches; and, by superseding Safety Recommendation H-99-53 with H-10-7, the NTSB recognized that EDRs should be required for all buses over 10,000 pounds GVWR. As illustrated by the Miami accident, EDR data would also be very useful with respect to accidents involving heavy vehicles, by permitting the reconstruction of preaccident events and the evaluation of
164 Motorcoach Override of Elevated Exit Ramp, Interstate 75, Atlanta, Georgia, March 2, 2007, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 165 Pedal Misapplication in Heavy Vehicles, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-09/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). 166 Bus Loss of Control and Rollover, Dolan Springs, Arizona, January 30, 2009, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 64
crash dynamics for both heavy vehicles, such as truck-tractors, and any involved passenger vehicles. In addition to pressing for EDRs to be installed on heavy vehicles, the NTSB has advocated EDRs for light vehicles. In its 2004 report on the Santa Monica, California, farmer’s market accident,167 the Board issued Safety Recommendation H-04-26, asking NHTSA to require light vehicles to be equipped with EDRs. On August 28, 2006, NHTSA published a final rule establishing performance standards for voluntarily installed EDRs. As a result of manufacturers voluntarily equipping most of their light vehicles with EDRs, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-04-26 “Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action.” Although NHTSA has made progress in developing EDR standards for light vehicles (such as publishing a final rule addressing the survivability requirements and information to be collected by EDRs for light vehicles), there is still no requirement for the installation and use of light vehicle EDRs. Further, NHTSA has not developed standards nor required the use of EDRs for heavy commercial vehicles, including motorcoaches, school buses, and truck-tractor semitrailer units. Establishing EDR performance standards for heavy highway vehicles is necessary to create a foundation for the timely and efficient incorporation of EDRs into such vehicles. Without such required standards, the heavy vehicle industry will continue to operate without reasonable guidelines or requirements regarding what EDR technology should be installed and what data the EDR should collect. NHTSA should develop EDR standards for all heavy vehicles, not just motorcoaches and school buses, because the lack of data from non-passenger-carrying heavy vehicles deprives researchers of valuable crash data needed to develop crashworthiness and design applications affecting heavy vehicles and other vehicles that may be involved in a heavy vehicle crash. Neither NHTSA nor the FMCSA defines light or heavy vehicles, although the FMCSA’s definition for a CMV includes a vehicle weighing 10,001 pounds or more (per 49 CFR 390.5).168 The NTSB considers that EDR standards and the requirement that they be used, such as recommended for school buses and motorcoaches (in Safety Recommendations H-99-53 and H-10-7), should apply to all heavy highway vehicles. Thus, future postaccident data for these types of vehicles would provide a more complete and accurate record of the crash pulse and vehicle dynamics involved in heavy highway vehicle crashes. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that due to the lack of government standards and requirements for the design and use of highway vehicle EDRs, valuable high-fidelity crash data continue to go unrecorded and, thus, are unavailable for analysis. The NTSB recommends that NHTSA develop and implement minimum performance standards for EDRs for trucks with GVWRs over 10,000 pounds that address, at a minimum, the following elements: data parameters to be recorded; data sampling rates; duration of recorded event; standardized or
167 Rear-End Collision and Subsequent Intrusion Into Pedestrian Space at Certified Farmer’s Market, Santa Monica, California, July 16, 2003, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-04/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 168 “Commercial motor vehicle” refers to any self-propelled or towed motor vehicle used on a highway in interstate commerce to transport passengers or property when the vehicle: (1) has a GVWR or gross combination weight rating, or gross vehicle weight or gross combination weight of 10,001 pounds or more, whichever is greater; or, (2) is designed or used to transport more than 8 passengers (including the driver) for compensation; or, (3) is designed or used to transport more than 15 passengers, including the driver, and is not used to transport passengers for compensation.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 65
universal data imaging interface; data storage format; and device and data survivability for crush, impact, fluid exposure and immersion, and thermal exposure. The standards should also require that the EDR be capable of capturing and preserving data in the case of a power interruption or loss, and of accommodating future requirements and technological advances, such as flashable and/or reprogrammable operating system software and/or firmware updates. The NTSB also recommends that NHTSA should, after establishing performance standards for EDRs for trucks with GVWRs over 10,000 pounds, require that all such vehicles be equipped with EDRs meeting the standards. Video Event Recorders The data gathered by the NTSB during this investigation strongly indicated that a loss of driver alertness due to fatigue was the most likely cause of this accident. However, given the limited information available, this could not be confirmed with certainty. Thus, driver distraction could not be ruled out. A 2009 NHTSA report, An Examination of Driver Distraction as Recorded in NHTSA Databases, stated that, in 2008, about 5,870 people lost their lives and an estimated 515,000 people were injured in police-reported crashes in which at least one form of driver distraction appeared on the accident report. NHTSA further asserted that, “While these numbers are significant, they may not state the true size of the problem, since the identification of distraction and its role in the crash by law enforcement can be very difficult.”169 It has been estimated that 80 percent of all crashes and 65 percent of near-crashes involve some type of driver inattention.170 Distraction is one form of inattention; and, according to NHTSA FARS data, driver distraction was reported to have been involved in 16 percent of all fatal crashes in 2008. According to NHTSA’s General Estimates System information, an estimated 21 percent of injury crashes involve distracted driving.171 One possible solution to the problem of driver distraction may be the VER, a device designed to capture video and other parameters related to operator and vehicle performance. A VER may record forward-looking video, interior video, interior audio, lateral acceleration, and longitudinal acceleration. VER systems may be configured to save the video and other data after a triggering event is detected. VER manufacturers offer systems for use in private, public, and commercial vehicles. For commercial vehicle use, the systems are marketed as tools to reduce operating and insurance costs while increasing safety, by allowing companies to monitor and modify driver behavior. With respect to operating and insurance costs, companies using these systems have
169 An Examination of Driver Distraction as Recorded in NHTSA Databases, DOT HS 811 216 (Washington, DC: NHTSA National Center for Statistics and Analysis, September 2009). See (accessed June 7, 2010). 170 See http://www.trb.org/Main/Blurbs/100Car_Naturalistic_Driving_Study_155990.aspx (accessed September 21, 2010). 171 An Examination of Driver Distraction as Recorded in NHTSA Databases, DOT HS 811 216.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 66
reported reduced fuel consumption, fewer collisions, and insurance claims savings.172 Concerning safety, the companies report reductions in collisions, vehicle damage, and injury/worker’s compensation claims. In January 2008, the NTSB investigated an accident near Mexican Hat, Utah, in which the involved motorcoach was equipped with a VER.173 The information from the VER allowed investigators to document vehicle motion, use of headlights, driver actions, and passenger statements and reactions. Because of the information recorded by the VER on the Mexican Hat motorcoach, investigators were able to determine that the driver was driving too fast (23 mph above the posted speed limit of 65 mph) and was not distracted or using a cellular telephone. The VER provided verified information unavailable by other means and helped prove that the accident was caused by the driver’s diminished alertness. As noted earlier in this report, the FMCSA evaluated VERs in its driving behavior management system study.174 VERs were installed in the fleets of two commercial carriers. During the study’s evaluation phase, data collected from the VERs were sent to the system provider for review, and safety-related events were forwarded to the carrier management so an “intervention” could be conducted. An intervention consisted of the manager and driver watching the video, discussing the cause, and determining followup steps (training, discipline, reward, etc.) to prevent future issues. The results from the two carriers indicated a reduction in safety-related events per 10,000 miles of over 38 percent at one carrier and over 52 percent at the other. In addition, severe safety-related incidents decreased by more than 59 percent and 44 percent, respectively. Based on the study results, the NTSB concludes that VERs have the potential to increase safe behavior among commercial drivers through structured safety performance monitoring, which may lead to decreases in accidents and injuries. On March 19, 2009, the FMCSA issued a notice of final disposition and granted a 2-year exemption to Greyhound Lines, Inc., to enable the company to mount VERs on its buses lower in the windshield than is currently permitted by Federal regulations. According to the FMCSA, Greyhound requested the exemption so that the company could use the VERs to increase safety through (1) identification and remediation of risky driving behaviors, such as distracted driving and drowsiness; (2) enhanced monitoring of passenger behavior; and (3) enhanced collision review and analysis. One of the reasons that the FMCSA granted the exemption to Greyhound was that it “believes that the potential safety gains from the use of video event recorders to improve driver behavior will improve the overall level of safety to the motoring public.”175 According to one VER system provider, 120,000 vehicles are currently equipped with its recorders. The system designs continue to be refined and improved to resolve problems. For
172 See http://www.roadscan.co.uk/roadscanvideos/index.php (accessed February 3, 2010) and http://www.drivecam.com (accessed February 3, 2010). 173 Motorcoach Rollover Near Mexican Hat, Utah, January 6, 2008, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). 174 See http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/facts-research/research-technology/tech/FMCSA-RRR-10-032.pdf (accessed September 23, 2010) and http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/facts-research/media/webinar-09-07-22-slides.pdf (accessed February 3, 2010). 175 Federal Register, vol. 74, no. 52 (March 19, 2009), pp. 11807–11808.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 67
example, the VER’s memory capacity as installed is limited; older events are deleted as new ones occur. To see a reduction in the triggered events, as well as the history of triggering behaviors, information must be available for each triggered event. Thus, to some extent, a VER system’s usefulness depends on the availability of triggered event data over time. Some drivers and carriers have doubts and concerns about the implications of VER use. For example, NTSB staff contacted one carrier evaluating the system, and its representative mentioned having problems with “false positives”—actions that appeared to be unsafe but were later determined to be acceptable. (VER system providers continue to adjust the systems to increase their accuracy.)176 Driver privacy is another commonly expressed concern. VER system providers have attempted to allay drivers’ concerns by emphasizing the benefits that drivers can obtain when VERs are in use. For instance, if the driver drives safely, no recording will be triggered; however, the driver can choose to activate the VER (by pressing a button) to record unsafe actions committed by others. Thus, the driver can use the system to validate his/her self-reported statements of safe driving behavior and to counter any allegations of improper action, should this be necessary. In the event of a crash or other major safety incident, a VER can provide proof that the driver was not at fault. As demonstrated by the Mexican Hat accident investigation, VERs can provide information not typically available through other investigative means, potentially allowing a more accurate determination of probable cause. In the case of the Miami accident, a forward-looking video could have provided investigators more information on the actions of the vehicles ahead of the accident truck and their visibility, and an interior video could have allowed investigators to entirely rule out medical incapacitation or distraction and identify periods of reduced vigilance. The NTSB concludes that had the accident truck been equipped with a VER, a more definitive assessment of the driver’s precrash condition and behavior would have been possible. The NTSB has long advocated the use of recording devices as a means of quantifying operator and vehicle behaviors in other modes of transportation.177 NTSB investigations have benefitted from the presence of data, video, and audio recorders in most modes of transportation, and it is evident from FMCSA-funded research that VER data are being used on a routine basis by transportation safety managers to reduce risky behaviors by their drivers through structured safety-performance-monitoring programs. Another benefit of using VERs for monitoring operator behavior and providing accident information has been demonstrated in the FOTs for FCWSs and the research tests of IVBSS. Such safety systems rely heavily on driver perception and reaction times to provide the best warning and alerting intervals for accident prevention. Additional information on driver behaviors provided by an increased volume of VER data could be used to help improve these
176 Per NTSB staff telephone interview with DriveCam company vice president for product management, February 9, 2010. 177 For example, see NTSB Safety Recommendations R-81-65, R-81-67, R-84-38, R-87-21, R-90-17, M-95-5, M-95-6, H-07-41, A-07-7, A-09-90, R-10-1 and -2, A-10-27, and A-10-29.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 68
systems. Anecdotal evidence of savings in fuel and insurance costs also suggests that CMV carriers could benefit financially by installing and using VERs throughout their fleets. Drivers, too, could benefit by using the systems to provide evidence of their safe driving behavior. The Miami accident investigation shows not only the value of having scientific, unbiased data available when investigating and reconstructing highway transportation accidents but also the value of having video-based event data to correlate with analog and digital EDR data to establish a driver’s condition and state of attention. Heavy commercial vehicle industry members could also realize safety, cost, and other benefits by installing VERs in all their vehicles. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require all heavy commercial vehicles to be equipped with VERs that capture data in connection with the driver and the outside environment and roadway in the event of a crash or sudden deceleration event. The device should create recordings that are easily accessible for review when conducting efficiency testing and systemwide performance-monitoring programs. Further, the NTSB recommends that the FMCSA require motor carriers to review and use VER information in conjunction with other performance data to verify that driver actions are in accordance with company and regulatory rules and procedures essential to safety. Forward Collision Warning Systems General Rear-end crashes occur when the front of a following vehicle strikes the rear of a lead vehicle. FARS data show that from 2001 to 2009, 1,453 fatalities occurred in 2-vehicle rear-end collisions involving a large truck rear-ending a passenger vehicle(s). In 2008, one out of nine traffic fatalities resulted from a collision involving a large truck. That year, about 380,000 large trucks were involved in traffic crashes in the United States, and 4,066 were involved in fatal crashes. A total of 4,229 people died (11 percent of all the traffic fatalities reported in 2008) and an additional 90,000 were injured in those crashes.178 In 2009, 3,380 people died in crashes that involved a large truck.179 Because rear-end crashes resulting from heavy vehicles tend to be more catastrophic, due to the extreme force of impact these vehicles may cause,180 the NTSB has been exploring technical solutions for preventing rear-end collisions for at least 15 years.
178 See http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811158.pdf (accessed June 22, 2010). 179 See http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs811363.pdf (accessed September 16, 2010). 180 A. Hesham and others, Safety Benefit Evaluation of a Heavy Vehicle Forward Collision Warning System, paper 10-0207 presented at the January 10–14, 2010, Transportation Research Board 89th Annual Meeting in Washington, D.C.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 69
The NTSB first discussed FCWS technology in a 1995 report concerning an investigation of a highway accident that occurred in fog in Menifee, Arkansas.181 In the Menifee accident report, the NTSB recommended, via Safety Recommendation H-95-44, that the DOT, In cooperation with the Intelligent Transportation Society of America, sponsor fleet testing of collision warning technology through partnership projects with the commercial carrier industry. Incorporate testing results into demonstration and training programs to educate the potential end-users of the systems. (H-95-44) Due to the time elapsed since the recommendation’s issuance and noting that industry had taken the lead in implementing the technology, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-95-44 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on August 10, 1999. The NTSB also focused on the issue of technology in a 2001 special investigation report that addressed the findings from a 1999 public hearing on “Advanced Safety Technologies for Commercial Vehicle Applications.”182 The 1995 Menifee report and the 2001 special investigation discussed how technology, in the form of ITS, can be used to prevent rear-end collisions. In the 9 years since the special investigation report on technology was published, the NTSB has investigated 9 rear-end collisions (including the Miami accident), in which 39 people died and 124 were injured.183 In addition, the NTSB investigated the Osseo motorcoach accident, in which another vehicle was blocking the roadway and the motorcoach struck the underside of the overturned vehicle head-on.184 In this accident, 5 people were killed and 36 were injured. In all, these 10 accidents involved truck-tractor semitrailers, motorcoaches, school buses, and passenger vehicles. (See table 6.)
181 Multiple Vehicle Collision With Fire During Fog Near Milepost 118 on Interstate 40, Menifee, Arkansas, January 9, 1995, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-95/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995). 182 Vehicle- and Infrastructure-Based Technology for the Prevention of Rear-End Collisions, Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-01/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001). 183 (a) Work Zone Collision Between a Tractor-Semitrailer and a Tennessee Highway Patrol Vehicle, Jackson, Tennessee, July 26, 2000, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-02/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002). (b) Collision of a Greyhound Lines, Inc., Motorcoach and Delcar Trucking Truck-Tractor Semitrailer, Loraine, Texas, June 9, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-03/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003). (c) NTSB/HAR-06/03. (d) Rear-End, Chain Reaction Collisions at U.S. Border Patrol Checkpoint, Interstate Highway 87 Near North Hudson, New York, February 22, 2004, and September 19, 2004, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-05/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005). (e) Rear-End Chain Reaction Collision, Interstate 30 West, Near Sulphur Springs, Texas, June 13, 2004, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). (f) Rear-End Chain Reaction Collision, Interstate 94 East, Near Chelsea, Michigan, July 16, 2004, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007). (g) Rear-End Chain-Reaction Collision, State Route 121, Near Lake Butler, Florida, January 25, 2006, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-08/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 184 NTSB/HAR-08/02.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Table 6. Relevant collisions investigated by the NTSB since the issuance of the special investigation report on technologies for the prevention of collisions (NTSB/SIR-01/01). Year Accident Crash Type Fatalities Injuries 2000 Jackson, TN Tractor-semitrailer struck highway patrol vehicle 1 1 2002 Loraine, TX Motorcoach struck truck-tractor semitrailer 3 31 2003 Hampshire, IL Truck-tractor combination unit struck specialty bus, leading to multivehicle chain-reaction collision 8 15 2004 North Hudson, NY (February) Motorcoach struck truck-tractor semitrailer, leading to multivehicle chain-reaction collision (border crossing queue) 0 53 2004 North Hudson, NY (September) Tractor-semitrailer struck passenger car, leading to multivehicle chain-reaction collision (border crossing queue) 4 3 2004 Sulphur Springs, TX Tractor-auto transporter struck passenger vehicle, leading to chain-reaction collision 5 2 2004 Chelsea, MI One truck-tractor semitrailer struck another, which then struck passenger vehicle 1 2 2005 Osseo, WI Truck-tractor semitrailer rolled over, leading to motorcoach collision with overturned truck 5 36 2006 Lake Butler, FL Truck-tractor combination unit struck passenger vehicle, which then struck school bus 7 11 2009 Miami, OK Tractor-semitrailer struck passenger vehicle, leading to multivehicle chain-reaction collision 10 6
TOTAL 44 160 Common to each of these NTSB-investigated accidents was the crucial circumstance that the following vehicle driver had a degraded perception of traffic conditions ahead. During its investigation of these collisions, the NTSB examined the striking vehicles and found no mechanical defects that would have contributed to the accidents. Also, in each case, the driver of the striking vehicle tested negative for alcohol and drugs. Some of these collisions occurred because atmospheric conditions, such as nighttime darkness or smoke, interfered with the driver’s ability to detect slower moving or stopped traffic ahead. In other cases, the drivers did not notice that traffic had come to a halt due to other accidents, tollbooths, congestion at work zones, and even school buses dropping off students. Still others involved drivers who were distracted or fatigued. Regardless of the individual circumstances, the striking vehicle drivers in these accidents were unable to detect slowed or stopped traffic ahead and to stop their vehicles in time to prevent a rear-end collision. FCWSs utilize radar-based technology or, more recently, camera-based systems with vehicle detection algorithms, to recognize images of motorized vehicles. Both types of FCWSs provide audible and visual alerts to warn the driver when other vehicles or stationary objects are within predefined distances or closing speeds in the forward path of the vehicle. FCWSs began to 70
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 71
appear as safety devices on large trucks in the 1990s.185 FCWSs currently on the market can detect objects at distances of up to 500 feet186 and display warnings at distances of up to 350 feet or at calculated following distance periods of up to 3.00 seconds. The FMCSA has collaborated with the trucking industry to test and evaluate these systems, has defined voluntary operational requirements, and is now promoting voluntary adoption of these systems within the trucking industry. Although FCWSs are established technologies available on newly manufactured truck-tractors, the 2008 model year Volvo truck-tractor involved in this accident was not equipped with an FCWS. No regulations currently mandate the use of FCWS technology, but many carriers have chosen to install and use such systems voluntarily throughout their fleets. In its 2001 special report on technology for the prevention of rear-end crashes,187 the NTSB reported that, in 1999, the DOT had begun operational testing of ACC systems and FCWSs for cars and trucks. The NTSB also reported that rear-end collisions accounted for 1.8 million crashes in 1999, including 1,923 fatal crashes. Of the fatal crashes, 770 involved commercial vehicles (trucks weighing more than 10,000 pounds and motorcoaches). Thus, CMVs were involved in 40 percent of the fatal rear-end crashes, even though they accounted for only 3 percent of vehicles and 7 percent of miles traveled. Although the NTSB has acknowledged that an FCWS is not intended to replace driver vigilance, such a system can aid drivers when they are distracted or fatigued, or when their attention is concentrated on something other than the road ahead. The NTSB concluded that accident statistics and the investigation findings indicate that accident consequences are more severe when commercial vehicles are involved in rear-end collisions and that the public can benefit from technology designed to help prevent such collisions. As a result, in its special report, the NTSB asked the DOT188 to take the following actions: Complete rulemaking on adaptive cruise control and collision warning system performance standards for new commercial vehicles. At a minimum, these standards should address obstacle detection distance, timing of alerts, and human factors guidelines, such as the mode and type of warning. (H-01-6) After promulgating performance standards for collision warning systems for commercial vehicles, require that all new commercial vehicles be equipped with a collision warning system. (H-01-7) Safety Recommendation H-01-6 is on the NTSB Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements in the issue area “Prevent Collisions by Using Enhanced Vehicle Safety Technology.” Deployment of vehicle collision avoidance technology has been on the Most Wanted List since November 2007.
185 The VORAD system, previously owned by Eaton and now owned by Bendix, was introduced in 1995. 186 The Bendix VORAD VS-400 detects vehicles in the same lane within 350 feet of the radar. The Meritor WABCO OnGuard system detects and tracks vehicles up to 500 feet in front of the host vehicle. Vehicle images in the camera-based system from Mobileye enter the detection range approximately 328–394 feet in front of the host vehicle. 187 NTSB/SIR-01/01. 188 These recommendations were originally assigned to the FMCSA; the DOT subsequently transferred them to NHTSA.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 72
In the Miami accident, an FCWS alert could have drawn the accident driver’s attention to the hazard ahead, which was the slowing traffic. The truck-tractor semitrailer was traveling about 103 feet per second. With the maximum available warning detection distance of 350 feet provided by an FCWS, the Miami accident driver would have received a warning from the system about 3.40 seconds before striking the rear of the slowly moving traffic queue. Within this 3.40-second warning period, the driver would have to have (1) been effectively alerted; (2) comprehended the severity of the alert and the situation ahead; and (3) mechanically executed a reaction, including moving his foot from its rest location (the cruise control was engaged) and placing it on the brake and applying maximum (emergency) braking immediately. If any time (and distance) had remained from the 3.40 seconds after (1) through (3) above, it could have gone toward slowing the vehicle or enabling the driver to take an evasive action to mitigate the impact force of the tractor semitrailer upon the passenger vehicles.189 It should be noted that, for an alert driver,190 the average projected reaction time to an unexpected situation can range from 0.75 second to about 2.50 seconds for a 90th percentile driver.191,192 Research supports that, in the middle of this range, drivers have a perception reaction time to a common but unexpected stimulus (such as the unanticipated brake lights of a car ahead) of about 1.25 seconds.193 Given a reasonably clear and straightforward situation, most drivers will respond within 1.50 seconds of the first appearance of an object or condition of concern;194 they will react to a surprise event (such as an object moving unexpectedly into the vehicle’s path) in 1.50 to 1.75 seconds.195 Some FCWSs are equipped with ACC,196 which uses the same detection technology as the FCWS to adjust or disengage the conventional cruise control when it is in use. An active braking system that can automatically apply the foundation brakes197 of the vehicle is also an available technology. If a collision is deemed imminent, an FCWS with active braking does not wait for the driver to react; in such a critical situation, braking is applied automatically to reduce the severity of the impending collision. Once active braking is initiated to mitigate the accident
189 Perception time/distance + physical reaction time/distance + brake lag time/distance + effective braking time/distance = total stopping distance. 190 FCWS manufacturers acknowledge that their systems are designed to aid alert and conscientious drivers; such systems will not necessarily compensate for driver impairments, such as fatigue. 191 Brake reaction time includes the time it takes for the driver to see the object and to recognize it as stationary or slow moving against the background of the roadway and other objects, such as walls, fences, trees, poles, or bridges. AASHTO considers minimum brake reaction times to be between 1.64 and 3.50 seconds, and the recommended design criterion of 2.50 seconds for brake reaction time exceeds the 90th percentile of reaction time for all drivers, considered by AASHTO as adequate for more complex situations. 192 M. Green, “How Long Does It Take To Stop? Methodological Analysis of Driver Perception-Brake Times,” Transportation Human Factors, vol. 2, no. 3 (2000), pp. 195–216. 193 M. Green, pp. 195–216. 194 R. Dewar and P. Olson, Human Factors in Traffic Safety (Tucson, Arizona: Lawyers and Judges Publishing Co., 2001). 195 M. Green, pp. 195-216. 196 The systems are sometimes bundled together in a package. 197 According to the Bendix Airbrake Handbook (2004), the foundation brake is the actual braking mechanism located at each end of the axle. It generally consists of an air or spring brake chamber (with slack for S-cam) and a mechanical brake mechanism, including the friction material.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 73
(not when initiated to slow the vehicle to maintain following distance, such as with the ACC), it also may be referred to as “collision mitigation braking” or CMB. When these technologies are bundled together, they are often referred to as “collision mitigation systems.” If the Miami accident truck had been equipped with an FCWS that included an active braking system, the driver’s reaction time would not have been a factor—only the brake lag time would have contributed to the distance traveled before maximum braking was achieved. An FCWS alone or bundled with ACC and active braking could have significantly affected the outcome of the Miami accident, depending on a number of factors, including the point at which the system detected the Land Rover ahead of it. The unloaded truck-tractor semitrailer had a gross weight of 40,400 pounds (a loaded truck-tractor semitrailer can weigh up to 80,000 pounds). Most cars weigh less than 4,000 pounds. Thus, when a commercial truck strikes a passenger car in the rear, the large difference in mass between the vehicles means that this impact most likely will not bring the heavy truck to a stop or even slow it appreciably; consequently, the impact itself does relatively little to keep the truck from continuing to move and to involve more vehicles.198 An FCWS can reduce the risk of these rear-end crashes by identifying fast-closing speed situations and providing the driver with additional time to react. It should be noted that ACC systems are designed to maintain a predetermined199 following interval behind another vehicle, thereby providing more time to resolve driving conflicts to reduce the probability of a rear-end collision.200 An FCWS with active braking can begin to decelerate a vehicle automatically, having the added benefit either of reducing the speed of the vehicle if the driver does not intervene or of supplementing deceleration before the driver applies braking. Active braking systems, such as the Bendix Wingman ACB (active braking with cruise control) and the Meritor WABCO OnGuard, do not apply the foundation brakes at the full emergency brake application level that a driver can. FCWS Scenarios To illustrate some possible scenarios for this accident under different circumstances, the NTSB worked with several FCWS manufacturers201 and developed some potential outcomes had the accident truck been equipped with an FCWS alone or bundled with ACC and/or active braking. Three of the possible outcomes are presented below. NTSB investigators were unable to determine the speed of the Land Rover just prior to its being struck by the Volvo; therefore, the first two of the following scenarios are based on witness interviews indicating either that the struck vehicles were stopped in traffic or that the Land Rover was moving slowly (just over 10 mph). The third instance is the “best case” scenario, in which the Land Rover was just beginning
198 R. Craft, FMCSA Paper: Rear-End Large Truck Crashes, 2002. See (accessed July 20, 2010). 199 The manufacturer sets a default following interval, or the carrier or driver can set it. 200 See (accessed June 22, 2010). 201 Bendix VORAD, Meritor WABCO, and Mobileye.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 74
to decelerate from the posted speed limit of 75 mph when the Volvo FCWS detected it at 70 mph, with the Volvo 350 feet or more behind it. All calculations in the scenarios and tables below considered a roadway coefficient of 0.65 g deceleration for the Volvo and an initial truck speed of about 70 mph. They also assumed the postaccident inspection condition of the brakes, which were within adjustment limits, on the truck-tractor semitrailer. An air brake lag time of 0.50 second was used, in addition to the driver perception reaction times of 2.50, 1.50, and 0.75 seconds. The term “distance to decelerate” used in the tables below is the distance between the accident truck-tractor and the Land Rover when the truck driver receives the first FCWS alert. The “warning time” is the time the truck driver would have between the first FCWS alert and the estimated impact. Scenario 1—FCWS and Land Rover Stopped. Had the Land Rover, the first vehicle struck by the Volvo truck, been stopped (stationary) in the traffic queue, an FCWS on the Volvo could have detected it at either 308 or 350 feet,202 calculated the closing distance, and sounded an audible alert. Table 7 shows the reductions in impact speeds possible, had the Volvo truck driver perceived the meaning of the alert and reacted, given the 0.75- to 2.50-second range of driver perception reaction time to the FCWS warning. This table shows the possible outcomes using FCWS alone, without the added benefit of ACC or active braking. Table 7. Scenario 1: FCWS for stationary Land Rover in traffic queue.a Distance To Decelerate (feet) Warning Time (seconds) Driver’s Reaction Time (seconds) Initial Speed of Truck (mph) Impact Speed (mph) 308–350 3.00–3.40 2.50 70 70–64 308–350 3.00–3.40 1.50 70 56–50 308–350 3.00–3.40 0.75 70 45–39 aLand Rover is stationary in traffic queue; note that some currently available FCWSs cannot detect stationary objects or vehicles. Air brake lag time is 0.50 second. The Volvo driver, although he was fatigued, was not incapacitated, and had he received an alert warning from an FCWS, he might have reacted with emergency braking. The accident truck could not have slowed down tremendously, given the assumption of a 2.50-second perception reaction time and the stopped traffic ahead. Under such circumstances, it can be estimated that the impact speed range would be 70 to 64 mph. If the FCWS alert had immediately redirected the driver’s attention to the traffic ahead, and the driver had reacted very quickly, faster reaction times of 1.50 and 0.75 second would have reduced the impact speed to a range of 56 to 39 mph. Although 56- and 39-mph impacts are significant, they are less severe than a 70-mph impact. In addition, at the lower speeds, the Volvo driver might even have been able to take evasive steering action to avoid or mitigate the accident. The driver could have attempted an evasive maneuver, such as steering to the right, onto the roadway’s paved
202 Mobileye reported that its system would detect the vehicle at a distance of 3.00 seconds, which is 308 feet (using the estimated 70-mph speed of the truck). Bendix reported that its Wingman ACB and SmartCruise systems would detect and emit the collision imminent alert at 350 feet. Meritor WABCO reported that its system, OnGuard, does not currently detect stationary vehicles.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report shoulder, or even off the road and onto the grassy right-hand right-of-way, to prevent striking the passenger vehicles. Scenario 2—FCWS and Land Rover Moving Slowly. Had the Land Rover been moving slowly in traffic at 10 mph, the truck-tractor combination unit would have gained an additional 44 to 50 feet of distance over which to decelerate in this scenario, depending on the warning and perception reaction times used. The radar-based FCWSs would have detected the Land Rover at a range of 350 feet: one system would have emitted the audible alert at 350 feet, while another would have calculated the closing distance and sounded an audible alert at approximately 318 feet in closing distance. The camera-based system would have detected the slowly moving Land Rover at a following distance period of 3.00 seconds, which equates to 308 feet, and would have emitted an alert at this distance. Table 8 shows that, had the traffic ahead been moving slowly, affording the Volvo truck a longer time and greater distance over which to decelerate, the impact speed of the truck could have been reduced to 38 mph under the most conservative reaction and warning time assumptions. Assuming a quicker driver reaction time of 1.50 seconds, the Volvo’s impact speed could have been reduced to a range of between 24 and 14 mph. Given a driver reaction time of 0.75 second, the impact speed might have been reduced to as low as 9 mph, or the impact might even have been avoided. Table 8. Scenario 2: FCWS for Land Rover moving 10 mph in traffic queue.a Distance to Decelerate (feet) Warning Time (seconds) Driver’s Reaction Time (seconds) Initial Speed of Truck (mph) Impact Speed (mph) 352–400 3.00–3.40 2.50 70 38–31 352–400 3.00–3.40 1.50 70 24–14 352–400 3.00–3.40 0.75 70 9–0 aLand Rover is moving at 10 mph; the systems detect the slower moving Land Rover at 350 feet and calculate the closing distance. Because the Land Rover is moving (constant slow speed of 10 mph), this increases the distance traveled progressively from the detection and collision calculation threshold even while the truck is moving faster, thus providing a slightly longer warning time to collision distance. Air brake lag time is 0.50 second. One manufacturer indicated that with a bundled system on the Volvo truck, consisting of an FCWS with ACC and active braking, the driver could have brought the vehicle to a stop if he had applied 0.60 g emergency braking approximately 2.00 seconds after the active braking system engaged. In this scenario, the active braking itself might have alerted the driver to the impending hazard and caused him to initiate an appropriate response. According to the manufacturer, even if the driver had not initiated any emergency braking but the Volvo had been so equipped, this system might have been able to initiate CMB and slow the Volvo to an impact speed range of 48 to 53 mph without any driver action. 75
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 76
Scenario 3—FCWS With Bundled System and Land Rover Beginning to Decelerate From 75 mph When the FCWS Detects it at 70 mph. Both of the scenarios described above assume that the Volvo truck-tractor was 350 feet behind the Land Rover (or any other vehicle) when the FCWS detected it as stopped or slow-moving traffic. If, instead, both vehicles were traveling about 70 mph when the truck’s FCWS detected the Land Rover—with at least 350 feet of separation distance—and the FCWS had been tracking the Land Rover when it began to slow in response to the traffic queue, this could have affected the accident outcome significantly. In this case, if the Volvo truck had been equipped with an FCWS with ACC and active braking, the system would have automatically slowed the Volvo to a preset safe following distance (one manufacturer’s default setting is 3.60 seconds) without driver input. Further, once the system detected that the vehicle ahead was continuing to slow, the Volvo with the FCWS, ACC, and active braking would have maintained the 3.60-second following distance by continuously slowing. When the Land Rover reached 0 mph, the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer would also have slowed to 0 mph at a distance of 32 feet behind the Land Rover, thus entirely preventing the accident. The above “best case” scenario illustrates what might have been possible in the Miami accident with a vehicle equipped with an FCWS with active braking; under these very specific circumstances, such a system could have prevented an accident without any driver input.203 As discussed earlier, the Volvo’s impact speed generated tremendous kinetic energy, which was dissipated when it collided with the slower moving passenger vehicles, causing them catastrophic damage. Kinetic energy is the mathematical expression of the truck’s maximum ability to do damage.204,205 Because kinetic energy is proportional to the square of the vehicle speed, the energy of the impacting vehicle and its ability to do damage decline quickly as speed is reduced. Table 9 below shows the amount of kinetic energy that the accident Volvo had at about 70 mph, when it struck the passenger vehicles, as well as the amount it would have had with the incremental reduction in speed provided either by an FCWS alone or by an FCWS with a bundled system, as described above. A reduction in speed from about 70 to 50 mph would have cut the kinetic energy of the impacting heavy commercial vehicle in half. Further reducing the impact speed to 39 mph would have caused an energy reduction of nearly 70 percent. The scenario of the FCWS system bundled with ACC and active braking, without any input from the driver, could have resulted in a reduction in speed from about 70 to 39 mph at impact. (See table 9.)
203 Had the accident truck traveling about 70 mph detected and tracked the Land Rover traveling ahead at a similar speed, systems like the Wingman ACB and OnGuard could have slowed the truck-tractor at the same rate that the Land Rover slowed on approach to the stopped traffic, without any braking from the truck driver, given that the Land Rover did not initiate hard braking in excess of 0.30 to 0.35 g. 204 Kinetic energy is defined as the energy of an object in motion and is equal to the work it would do if it were brought to rest. An object of mass (m) moving at velocity (v) has a kinetic energy equal to 1/2 mv2. 205 Not all of the kinetic energy of the truck was dissipated as vehicle damage. Kinetic energy was also dissipated as a result of friction forces between the ground and the truck and between vehicles.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 77
Table 9. Scenario 3: Kinetic energy vs. speed. Speed (mph) Kinetic Energy (million ft-lbs) Reduction in Kinetic Energy (%) 70 6.60 0.00 60 4.85 26.53 50 3.37 30.56 40 2.15 36.00 30 1.21 43.75 20 0.53 55.56 10 0.13 75.00 0 0.00 100.00 Depending on variables (such as the speed and distance of the vehicles ahead of the Volvo truck), even a bundled system might not have provided the fatigued Volvo driver sufficient time to react to the warning, brake the vehicle, and prevent the accident. However, it could have provided enough time for him to react, brake, and mitigate the severity of the accident or perhaps to avoid the collision through steering inputs. It might not have been possible to bring the heavy Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer to a complete stop with FCWS and related technologies before any collision occurred. However, as can be seen in table 9, the slower the truck had been traveling at impact, the lower the kinetic energy involved in the accident and the less severe the damage to the struck passenger vehicles would have been. This scenario most likely would have resulted in less severe injuries to the occupants of those vehicles. In fact, if the Volvo truck-tractor had been equipped with an FCWS bundled with ACC and active braking, assuming that scenario 3 circumstances had existed in the seconds before the accident, it is possible that the system could have entirely prevented the accident. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that an FCWS with ACC and active braking would have provided the driver with the best opportunity to prevent, or reduce the severity of, the truck-tractor semitrailer’s impact with the passenger vehicles in the traffic queue. The NTSB considers that installing new technologies in CMVs—such as FCWSs, ACC, active braking, and ESC—has the potential to reduce accidents substantially. Following the investigation of an October 2005 accident in which five people were killed when a motorcoach collided with an overturned truck-tractor semitrailer combination unit on Interstate 94 near Osseo, Wisconsin,206 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-08-15 to NHTSA, asking the agency to take the following action:
206 NTSB/HAR-08/02.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 78
Determine whether equipping commercial vehicles with collision warning systems with active braking and electronic stability control systems will reduce commercial vehicle accidents. If these technologies are determined to be effective in reducing accidents, require their use on commercial vehicles. (H-08-15) Since February 26, 2010, Safety Recommendation H-08-15 has been “Open—Acceptable Response.” Also in the Osseo report, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendations H-01-6 and -7 to NHTSA. In a letter dated June 4, 2009, NHTSA responded to these NTSB recommendations by providing an update on its current projects evaluating the application of various technologies for commercial trucks and motorcoaches. NHTSA is conducting a test track evaluation of commercially available CMB systems and has indicated that an initial evaluation of their performance capabilities will be completed in 2010. A NHTSA project to evaluate the potential safety benefits of active braking systems is expected to be completed in 2011. Based on these reports of progress from NHTSA, Safety Recommendations H-01-6 and -7 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” Due to their high mileage exposure207 and the severity of crashes involving them, combination-unit trucks have the highest crash cost per vehicle over the operational life of the vehicle; therefore, FCWSs may provide a relatively higher safety benefit for this class of trucks.208 However, government and industry entities are still conducting operational testing and encouraging voluntary implementation of FCWSs. Although the work being done by private industry and the government is encouraging, the slow pace of testing and standards development and the limited deployment of FCWSs in commercial vehicles are cause for concern, given the large number of rear-end collisions and the high rate of fatalities that result when commercial vehicles are involved. For years, the NTSB has been advocating the implementation of in-vehicle systems that enhance the safety of heavy vehicles, both by mitigating accident severity and preventing accidents altogether. Safety benefits are often not the result of one system on its own; more often, it is the synergy of systems working together that can prevent and mitigate a larger percentage of accidents, resulting in the greatest reduction of highway injuries and fatalities. Although FCWS use within a heavy vehicle is crucial to provide warning of an impending collision, integrating this safety system with related technologies would provide even greater opportunity for preventing accidents, as well as for reducing the severity and frequency of rear-end accidents. The NTSB considers that FCWSs have great promise and that the added feature of active braking increases their potential for preventing accidents. However, the pace of NHTSA’s progress in this vital area has been too slow. Because NHTSA is still evaluating these systems and is not yet near rulemaking that would require them to be used in commercial vehicles, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendations H-01-6 and -7 and H-08-15. Further, although the NTSB acknowledges that NHTSA has made some progress in conducting research
207 Combination vehicles account for about 30 percent of all CMVs but about 65 percent of commercial vehicle miles traveled. 208 See (accessed June 16, 2010).
NTSB
Highway Accident Report in this area, due to the lack of timely completion of the recommended actions, Safety Recommendations H-01-6 and -7 are reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” The status of Safety Recommendation H-08-15 remains “Open—Acceptable Response.” 79
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Conclusions Findings
- The weather did not contribute to the accident.
- The mechanical condition of the truck-tractor semitrailer combination unit was not a factor in
this accident.
- The accident truck driver was not under the influence of alcohol or any of the prescription,
over-the-counter, and illicit drugs for which he was tested following the accident.
- The emergency response from the Oklahoma Highway Patrol, the responding fire
departments, the public and private emergency medical services ambulances, the medical helicopter services, and the wrecker service was timely, and the extrication of the injured was performed as expeditiously as possible.
- No highway design or construction defects existed in the area of the accident site, and the
available sight distance for the accident truck driver to observe the traffic queue and stop his vehicle exceeded the stopping sight distance recommended by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
- The cellular telephone activity in which the truck driver engaged while on duty failed to
comply with Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc., written policy.
- Based on the available electronic control module data and analysis, the truck driver failed to
apply the brakes at any time prior to, during, or after striking the slowed and stopped vehicles in the traffic queue and was operating the accident truck with the cruise control engaged at a speed of about 69 mph.
- Based on the medical evidence and witness accounts concerning the accident truck driver’s
behavior and condition, it is unlikely that he experienced a medical event that might have caused or contributed to the accident.
- The accident truck driver was impaired by fatigue at the time of the crash as a result of the
effects of acute sleep loss, circadian disruption associated with his shift work schedule, and mild obstructive sleep apnea.
- The truck driver’s impairment from fatigue led to his failure to react to the slowing and
stopped traffic ahead by applying brakes or performing any evasive maneuver to avoid colliding with the traffic queue. 80
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
- The provision of new and updated information on sleep, fatigue, and alertness by the Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Administration, based on contemporary scientific research, is essential to ensuring that commercial drivers have the necessary guidance to enable them to be alert and well rested when operating their vehicles.
- Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc., did not have a meaningful fatigue management program
in place at the time of the accident.
- The use of fatigue management programs by motor carriers has the potential to reduce
accidents caused by fatigued commercial drivers.
- The combination of the high impact speed of the Volvo truck-tractor semitrailer and the
structural incompatibility between the Volvo and the passenger vehicles resulted in extensive intrusion deformation and crush damage to the passenger compartments of the Land Rover, Hyundai, Kia, and Ford Windstar; a loss of survivable space in those vehicles; and the deaths of 10 passenger vehicle occupants.
- Even though heavy truck incompatibility is a major cause of death for occupants of passenger
cars, light trucks, and vans involved in crashes with heavy trucks, to date, the U.S. Department of Transportation and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration have not made this issue a priority and have not allocated sufficient resources to study and address it.
- The heavy truck in the Miami accident lacked a dedicated event data recorder designed for
accident reconstruction and to provide accelerometer-based crash pulse data, which are critical to the evaluation of vehicle performance and could have been used in vehicle incompatibility research; therefore, these data are again unavailable to investigators and researchers.
- Due to the lack of government standards and requirements for the design and use of highway
vehicle event data recorders, valuable high-fidelity crash data continue to go unrecorded and, thus, are unavailable for analysis.
- Video event recorders have the potential to increase safe behavior among commercial drivers
through structured safety performance monitoring, which may lead to decreases in accidents and injuries.
- Had the accident truck been equipped with a video event recorder, a more definitive
assessment of the driver’s precrash condition and behavior would have been possible.
- A forward collision warning system with adaptive cruise control and active braking would
have provided the driver with the best opportunity to prevent, or reduce the severity of, the truck-tractor semitrailer’s impact with the passenger vehicles in the traffic queue. 81
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the Volvo truck driver’s fatigue, caused by the combined effects of acute sleep loss, circadian disruption associated with his shift work schedule, and mild sleep apnea, which resulted in the driver’s failure to react to slowing and stopped traffic ahead by applying the brakes or performing any evasive maneuver to avoid colliding with the traffic queue. Contributing to the severity of the accident were the Volvo truck-tractor combination unit’s high impact speed and its structural incompatibility with the passenger vehicles. 82
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Recommendations New Recommendations As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration: Create educational materials that provide current information on fatigue and fatigue countermeasures and make the materials available in different formats, including updating and redistributing your truck-driver-focused driver fatigue video; make the video available electronically for quicker dissemination; and implement a plan to regularly update the educational materials and the video with the latest scientific information and to regularly redistribute them. (H-10-8) Require all motor carriers to adopt a fatigue management program based on the North American Fatigue Management Program guidelines for the management of fatigue in a motor carrier operating environment. (H-10-9) Require all heavy commercial vehicles to be equipped with video event recorders that capture data in connection with the driver and the outside environment and roadway in the event of a crash or sudden deceleration event. The device should create recordings that are easily accessible for review when conducting efficiency testing and systemwide performance-monitoring programs. (H-10-10) Require motor carriers to review and use video event recorder information in conjunction with other performance data to verify that driver actions are in accordance with company and regulatory rules and procedures essential to safety. (H-10-11) To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: To improve highway vehicle crash compatibility, develop performance standards for front underride protection systems for trucks with gross vehicle weight ratings over 10,000 pounds. (H-10-12) (This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation H-06-16 and is classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.”) After establishing performance standards for front underride protection systems for trucks with gross vehicle weight ratings over 10,000 pounds, require that all such newly manufactured trucks be equipped with front underride protection systems meeting the performance standards. (H-10-13) 83
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Develop and implement minimum performance standards for event data recorders for trucks with gross vehicle weight ratings over 10,000 pounds that address, at a minimum, the following elements: data parameters to be recorded; data sampling rates; duration of recorded event; standardized or universal data imaging interface; data storage format; and device and data survivability for crush, impact, fluid exposure and immersion, and thermal exposure. The standards should also require that the event data recorder be capable of capturing and preserving data in the case of a power interruption or loss, and of accommodating future requirements and technological advances, such as flashable and/or reprogrammable operating system software and/or firmware updates. (H-10-14) After establishing performance standards for event data recorders for trucks with gross vehicle weight ratings over 10,000 pounds, require that all such vehicles be equipped with event data recorders meeting the standards. (H-10-15) To Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc.: Create and implement a comprehensive fatigue management program using existing sources of information, and develop a systematic process to update the program as more guidance becomes available. (H-10-16) Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates and reclassifies the following safety recommendations: To the U.S. Department of Energy: Report to the National Transportation Safety Board the 21st Century Truck Partnership’s plans and timetable for prioritizing research, testing, and design enhancements that address heavy truck aggressivity. (H-06-15) Safety Recommendation H-06-15 is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in the “Vehicle Occupant Survival, Heavy Vehicle Aggressivity” Analysis section of this report. To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: Complete rulemaking on adaptive cruise control and collision warning system performance standards for new commercial vehicles. At a minimum, these standards should address obstacle detection distance, timing of alerts, and human factors guidelines, such as the mode and type of warning. (H-01-6) Safety Recommendation H-01-6 is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in the “Forward Collision Warning Systems” Analysis section of this report. 84
NTSB
Highway Accident Report After promulgating performance standards for collision warning systems for commercial vehicles, require that all new commercial vehicles be equipped with a collision warning system. (H-01-7) Safety Recommendation H-01-7 is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in the “Forward Collision Warning Systems” Analysis section of this report. Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration: Develop and implement a plan to deploy technologies in commercial vehicles to reduce the occurrence of fatigue-related accidents. (H-08-13) Develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of the fatigue management plans implemented by motor carriers, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents. (H-08-14) To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: Determine whether equipping commercial vehicles with collision warning systems with active braking and electronic stability control systems will reduce commercial vehicle accidents. If these technologies are determined to be effective in reducing accidents, require their use on commercial vehicles. (H-08-15) Previously Issued Recommendation Reclassified in This Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reclassifies the following safety recommendation: To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration: Include heavy vehicles in your research, testing, and eventual rulemaking on highway vehicle incompatibility, especially as that incompatibility affects the severity of accidents. (H-06-16) Safety Recommendation H-06-16 is reclassified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” (superseded by Safety Recommendation H-10-12) in the “Vehicle Occupant Survival, Heavy Vehicle Aggressivity” Analysis section of this report. 85
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART EARL F. WEENER Vice Chairman Member
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Member Adopted: September 28, 2010
86
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 87
Appendix A: Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board was notified of the Miami, Oklahoma, accident on June 26, 2009. An investigative team composed of members from the Washington, D.C.; Gardena, California; and Arlington, Texas, offices was dispatched on June 29. Groups were established to investigate human performance factors; motor carrier operations; and highway, vehicle, and survival factors. No Board Member traveled to the accident scene. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration and the Oklahoma Turnpike Authority. The motor carrier Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc., declined party status. No public hearing was held; no depositions were taken.
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Appendix B: Photographs of Vehicles Struck in Fatal Accident
Figure B-1. Collision damage to 2003 Land Rover SUV.
88
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure B-2. Collision damage to 2003 Hyundai Sonata sedan.
89
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure B-3. Collision damage to 2004 Kia Spectra sedan. 90
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure B-4. Collision damage to 2000 Ford Windstar minivan. 91
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure B-5. Collision damage to livestock trailer pulled by Ford F350 pickup truck. 92
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure B-6. Collision damage to 2004 Ford F350 pickup truck. 93
NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figure B-7. Collision damage to 2008 Chevrolet Tahoe SUV. 94
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Appendix C: Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc., Mobius On-Board Computer System Company drivers log onto the Cadec Mobius TTS on-board computer (OBC) system at the beginning of their shifts with a unique identifying number. A monitoring device and screen are mounted next to the driver in the cab of the truck-tractor. The results are transmitted in real time to the carrier and are put in a logbook format (off-duty; sleeper berth; on-duty, driving; and on-duty, not driving). The unit is capable of monitoring the 11-, 14-, and 70-hour rules. The Mobius OBC system is available with numerous optional features to suit the specific needs of the end user. Whenever the driver reaches 1 hour from either the 11-hour driving or 14-hour on-duty limit, an alarm sounds in the cab’s unit. The driver must acknowledge the alarm by touching the computer screen on the unit and then must decide whether to continue to the destination, stop and rest, or stop and request a relief driver. Violations of the hours-of-service (HOS) regulations cause a notification on the Mobius OBC printout. An Associated Wholesale Grocers administrative assistant reviews the logbook entries and notifies a supervisor of the violation. The driver is consulted and discipline occurs within the criteria of the union contract. Valuable data were recovered from the accident vehicle’s Mobius OBC system. The computerized in-cab driver interface is used to electronically record U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) HOS logs, and the system incorporates a global positioning system (GPS). The 12-channel GPS receiver could be used to produce detailed records, including driver-reported accident events, sudden decelerations, unknown stops, and complete trip recordings. The Mobius OBC is designed and marketed as a fleet management system, providing companies with data analysis and reporting capabilities to optimize mobile resources, improve driver performance, and provide DOT HOS compliance. The unit is capable of monitoring the vehicle and engine speed thresholds. The Mobius OBC is also a wireless communications device between the company and the driver. The company can send a message to the driver that causes an alert to sound in the vehicle cab. The driver may acknowledge the alert by touching the in-cab computer screen but must stop the vehicle to read or respond to messages. 95
NTSB
Highway Accident Report Appendix D: Postaccident Compliance Review of Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. Table D-1. Violations found in postaccident (July 15, 2009) Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) compliance review of Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. ACUTE AND CRITICAL VIOLATIONSa Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Reference Deficiency Noted 382.215—Acute Using a driver known to have tested positive for a controlled substance. 392.301—Critical Using a driver before the motor carrier has received a negative preemployment controlled substance test result. OTHER VIOLATIONS CFR Reference Deficiency Noted 40.11(a) (Primary) 382.105 (Secondary) Failing to ensure that controlled substance testing complies with the procedures set forth in 49 CFR Part 40. 40.47(a) (Primary) 382.105 (Secondary) Using a U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) custody control form to perform a non-DOT test. 382.401(c)(6) Failing to maintain semiannual laboratory statistical summaries of urinalysis required by 49 CFR 40.29(g)(6). 390.15(b)(1) Failing to keep an accident register in the form and manner prescribed. 391.25(a) Failing to make an inquiry into the driving record of each driver to the appropriate agencies in the state in which the driver held a commercial motor vehicle operator’s license at least once every 12 months. 395.8(f) Failing to require a driver to prepare a record-of-duty status in the form and manner prescribed. 396.9(d)(3) Failing to maintain a completed inspection form for 12 months from the date of inspection at the carrier’s principal place of business. aRecurring violations of the same or related acute or critical regulations that result in three enforcement actions within a 6-year period will trigger the maximum penalties allowed by law to be assessed for the third enforcement action. 96
NTSB
Highway Accident Report 97
According to SafeStat,1 from September 27, 2007, through May 20, 2009, Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (AWG), had 100 driver inspections, resulting in no out-of-service (OOS) violations. From December 27, 2006, through May 20, 2009, the carrier had 92 vehicle inspections, resulting in 22 OOS violations (the accident vehicle was not one of those inspected). AWG drivers were issued 25 moving violations from December 27, 2006, through May 5, 2009; one was for an improper lane change, one was for failure to obey a traffic control device, and the rest were for speeding. As of July 12, 2010, AWG’s safety rating was satisfactory.
1 “SafeStat” (the Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System) is an automated data-driven analysis system that combines current and historical carrier-based safety performance information to measure the relative (peer-to-peer) safety fitness of interstate commercial motor carriers (and intrastate commercial motor carriers that transport hazardous materials). This information includes Federal and state data on crashes, roadside inspections, on-site compliance review results, and enforcement history. SafeStat enables the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration to quantify and monitor the safety status of individual carriers on a monthly basis and thereby focus enforcement resources on carriers posing the greatest safety risk. In brief, SafeStat determines the current relative safety status of individual motor carriers.
FD07378 | 2010_美国_NTSB_MAR1102_Collision_of_TugboatBarge_Caribbean_SeaThe_Resource_with_Amp.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision of Tugboat/Barge Caribbean Sea/The Resource with Amphibious Passenger Vehicle DUKW 34 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania July 7, 2010
Accident Report NTSB/MAR-11/02 PB2011-916402
National Transportation Safety Board
(This page intentionally left blank)
NTSB/MAR-11/02 PB2011-916402 Notation 8240A Adopted June 21, 2011
Marine Accident Report
Collision of Tugboat/Barge Caribbean Sea/The Resource with Amphibious Passenger Vehicle DUKW 34 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania July 7, 2010
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L‘Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Collision of TugBoat/Barge Caribbean Sea/The Resource with Amphibious Passenger Vehicle DUKW 34, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, July 7, 2010. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-11/02. Washington, DC. Abstract: This report discusses the July 7, 2010, collision of the tugboat/barge combination Caribbean Sea/The Resource with the amphibious passenger vehicle DUKW 34 on the Delaware River in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. As a result of the accident, two passengers on board DUKW 34 were fatally injured, and several other passengers sustained minor injuries. Damage to DUKW 34 totaled $130,470. Damage to the barge was minimal; no repairs were made. Safety issues identified in this accident include vehicle maintenance, maintaining an effective lookout, use of cell phones by crewmembers on duty, and response to the emergency by Ride The Ducks International personnel. As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes safety recommendations to the U.S. Coast Guard, K-Sea Transportation Partners L.P., Ride The Ducks International, LLC, and The American Waterways Operators.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916402 from:
National Technical Information Service 5301 Shawnee Road Alexandria, Virginia 22312 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
iii
Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... viii Factual Information .......................................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative ...........................................................................................................................1 Emergency Response .......................................................................................................................9 Injuries ...........................................................................................................................................10 Damage ..........................................................................................................................................10 DUKW 34 ................................................................................................................................10 Caribbean Sea/The Resource .................................................................................................12 Operations Information and Events Preceding the Accident .........................................................12 Ride The Ducks and DUKW 34 ..............................................................................................12 K-Sea Transportation and the Caribbean Sea ........................................................................15 Family Medical Emergency of the Caribbean Sea Mate .......................................................17 Mate‘s Cell Phone Use ...........................................................................................................17 Mate‘s Use of Company Laptop Computer ............................................................................18 Survival Factors .............................................................................................................................18 Safety Briefing ........................................................................................................................18 Lifesaving Equipment .............................................................................................................21 Evacuation ..............................................................................................................................22 Vessel Information .........................................................................................................................23 DUKW 34 ................................................................................................................................23 Caribbean Sea ........................................................................................................................25 The Resource ..........................................................................................................................26 Personnel Information ....................................................................................................................26 DUKW 34 Master ...................................................................................................................26 DUKW 34 Deckhand ..............................................................................................................28 Caribbean Sea Master ............................................................................................................28 Caribbean Sea Mate ...............................................................................................................29 Medical and Toxicological Information ........................................................................................30 Caribbean Sea Crewmembers ................................................................................................30 DUKW 34 Crewmembers .......................................................................................................31 Meteorological Information ...........................................................................................................31 Waterway Information ...................................................................................................................31 Postaccident Inspection and Testing ..............................................................................................32 DUKW 34 ................................................................................................................................32 Caribbean Sea ........................................................................................................................36
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
iv
Maintenance of Ride The Ducks Philadelphia APVs ....................................................................37 General ....................................................................................................................................37 Daily Vehicle Inspections—General ......................................................................................38 Daily Inspections of DUKW 34 ..............................................................................................39 Recent Maintenance on DUKW 34 .........................................................................................39 Coast Guard Notifications and Ride The Ducks Emergency Procedures ........................................40 Company Policies Regarding Use of Wireless Devices While on Duty .......................................42 K-Sea Transportation ..............................................................................................................42 Ride The Ducks ......................................................................................................................43 Visibility Study ..............................................................................................................................43 Coast Guard Oversight of Ride The Ducks Operations .................................................................44 Initiation of Operations ...........................................................................................................44 Inspection History of DUKW 34 .............................................................................................45 Safety Management at K-Sea Transportation and Ride The Ducks ..............................................46 General ....................................................................................................................................46 K-Sea Transportation and the Caribbean Sea ........................................................................47 Ride The Ducks ......................................................................................................................48 Other Information ..........................................................................................................................49 Postaccident Actions—Ride The Ducks .................................................................................49 Postaccident Actions—K-Sea Transportation ........................................................................52 Analysis .........................................................................................................................................54 Fire Emergency on Board DUKW 34 ............................................................................................55 Performance of Ride the Ducks Maintenance Personnel ...............................................................56 Performance of the Operating Crews Before the Accident ...........................................................57 Location of Mate While Navigating the Caribbean Sea ........................................................57 Lack of Attention to Duty by the Caribbean Sea Mate ..........................................................59 Personal Use of Cell Phone and Laptop Computer by the Caribbean Sea Mate ........................60 Performance of the Caribbean Sea Master .............................................................................62 Performance of the DUKW 34 Master and Deckhand ............................................................63 Personal Cell Phone Use by the DUKW 34 Deckhand ...........................................................64 Nonoperational Use of Cell Phones and Other Wireless Devices .................................................64 Survival Factors .............................................................................................................................66 Emergency Response ..............................................................................................................66 Safety Briefing ........................................................................................................................67 Safety Management Systems and Corporate Safety Culture .........................................................68 K-Sea Transportation ..............................................................................................................68 Ride The Ducks ......................................................................................................................69 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................71 Findings ..................................................................................................................................71 Probable Cause .......................................................................................................................72 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................73 Appendixes....................................................................................................................................76
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
v
Figures Figure 1. A Ride the Ducks APV similar to the one involved in this accident .............................. 1 Figure 2. View of the Delaware River at the accident site ............................................................. 2 Figure 3. Tugboat Caribbean Sea with tank barge The Resource in a starboard hip tow .............. 3 Figure 4. Tugboat Caribbean Sea and barge The Resource seconds after the accident ................. 6 Figure 5. Caribbean Sea ................................................................................................................. 7 Figure 6. DUKW 34 after being raised from the river bottom ...................................................... 11 Figure 7. View of DUKW 34‘s damaged canopy ......................................................................... 12 Figure 8. Lifejackets on Ride the Ducks APVs ............................................................................ 21 Figure 9. Engine compartment of the salvaged DUKW 34 ........................................................... 33 Figure 10. Steam from the engine compartment of a test APV .................................................... 36 Figure 11. The Caribbean Sea‘s upper wheelhouse before and at the moment of collision .... 58
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
vi
Acronyms and Abbreviations AB able seaman (also known as able-bodied seaman), an unlicensed member of the deck department of a merchant ship. ABS American Bureau of Shipping AIS
automatic identification system AMS American Maritime Safety, Inc. APV amphibious passenger vehicle ASE National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence AVM Amphibious Vehicle Manufacturing, LLC AWO The American Waterways Operators CAMI Civil Aerospace Medical Institute CDL commercial driver‘s license CFR
Code of Federal Regulations COI
Certificate of Inspection COO chief operating officer DOT U.S. Department of Transportation ISM International Safety Management Code, another name for the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention MMD Merchant Mariner‘s Document MRO medical review officer nm
nautical mile NVIC Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular OS ordinary seaman, an unlicensed member of the deck department of a merchant ship PFD
personal flotation device (lifejacket) PVA Passenger Vessel Association
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
vii
RTDI Ride The Ducks International, LLC SMS Safety Management System, a program required under the International Safety Management Code as a means of protecting people, property, and the environment SOLAS International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea SQMS Safety & Quality Management System TSAC Towing Safety Advisory Committee USACE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers UTC universal coordinated time
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
viii
Executive Summary On Wednesday, July 7, 2010, the empty 250-foot-long sludge barge The Resource, being towed alongside the 78.9-foot-long tugboat Caribbean Sea, collided with the anchored 33-foot-long amphibious passenger vehicle DUKW 34 in the Delaware River at Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. DUKW 34 carried 35 passengers and 2 crewmembers. On board the Caribbean Sea were five crewmembers. As a result of the collision, DUKW 34 sank in about 55 feet of water. Two passengers were fatally injured, and 26 passengers suffered minor injuries. No one on the Caribbean Sea was injured. Damage to DUKW 34 totaled $130,470. Damage to the barge was minimal; no repairs were made. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the failure of the mate of the Caribbean Sea to maintain a proper lookout due to (1) his decision to operate the vessel from the lower wheelhouse, which was contrary to expectations and to prudent seamanship, and (2) distraction and inattentiveness as a result of his repeated personal use of his cell phone and company laptop computer while he was solely responsible for navigating the vessel. Contributing to the accident was the failure of Ride The Ducks International maintenance personnel to ensure that DUKW 34‘s surge tank pressure cap was securely in place before allowing the vehicle to return to passenger service on the morning of the accident, and the failure of the DUKW 34 master to take actions appropriate to the risk of anchoring his vessel in an active navigation channel. The major safety issues identified in the accident investigation are as follows: Vehicle maintenance Maintaining an effective lookout Use of cell phones by crewmembers on duty Response to the emergency by Ride The Ducks International personnel As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes safety recommendations to the U.S. Coast Guard, K-Sea Transportation Partners L.P., Ride The Ducks International, LLC, and The American Waterways Operators.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
1
Factual Information Accident Narrative At 1415,1 on Wednesday, July 7, 2010, the amphibious passenger vehicle (APV) DUKW 234, carrying 35 passengers and a crew of two (master and deckhand), entered the Delaware River at a boat ramp just south of the Benjamin Franklin Bridge in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (figure 1).
Figure 1. A Ride the Ducks APV similar to the one involved in this accident. (Photo by Ride The Ducks International)
1 All times in this report are eastern daylight time (universal coordinated time [UTC] –4) according to the 24-hour clock. 2 The acronym DUKW came from General Motors Corporation nomenclature in which the ―D‖ indicated the first year of manufacture, the ―U‖ indicated a utility vehicle, the ―K‖ indicated all-wheel drive, and the ―W‖ indicated a rear tandem axle. Production of the DUKW began in 1942, and 21,147 would eventually be manufactured. The vehicles are usually referred to as ―ducks.‖ Also see section ―Vessel Information; DUKW 34‖ in this report.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
2
DUKW 34, owned and operated by Ride The Ducks International, LLC (Ride The Ducks), was on a scheduled tour of historic sites and was embarking on a 20-minute river cruise as part of that tour. The route called for DUKW 34 to turn south on entering the river and continue southbound for about 10 minutes, after which the vessel would reverse course for the return trip northbound to the boat ramp (figure 2). The master told investigators that as soon as the APV entered the river and turned south, he turned operation of the vessel over to the deckhand so that the master could narrate the tour from the crew ―jump seat‖ beside the operator‘s seat at the front of the boat. According to the master, the vessel was operating normally when it entered the water. In postaccident interviews, the deckhand told investigators that he had noticed that the engine coolant temperature was registering (on the operating console temperature gauge) about 220° F during the upstream (northbound) waterborne portion of the tour. The deckhand did not inform the master of the high engine coolant temperature.
Figure 2. View of the Delaware River at the accident site. The solid white lines indicate the approximate route of Ride The Ducks APVs. The dotted white lines indicate the approximate boundaries of the navigational channel. (Background by Google Earth) ≈ 0.25 mi
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
3
At this same time, the tugboat Caribbean Sea, owned and operated by K-Sea Transportation Partners L.P. (K-Sea Transportation), was traveling northbound up the Delaware River, about 3 miles south of DUKW 34, with the empty 250-foot-long barge The Resource, owned by the city of Philadelphia, configured in a starboard hip tow3 (figure 3). The Caribbean Sea was being navigated by the mate, with a deckhand (referred to as ―deckhand No. 1‖ in this report) and an engineer also on duty. The other two crewmembers, the master and another deckhand (referred to as ―deckhand No. 2‖ in this report), were off duty and in their living quarters.
Figure 3. Tugboat Caribbean Sea with tank barge The Resource in a starboard hip tow as seen about 45 seconds before the accident. (Photo by Megan Scharpf) The DUKW 34 master told investigators that about 10 minutes into the voyage, shortly after the vessel had reversed course to begin its return trip to the boat ramp, he smelled an odor and saw what he thought was smoke coming from the starboard engine compartment vent. Believing that the vessel was on fire, he said he resumed his position in the operator‘s seat and initiated emergency procedures, which included shutting down the engine (by turning off the
3 In a starboard hip tow, the barge is positioned on the tugboat‘s starboard side. In accordance with the master‘s preference and with accepted industry practice, the Caribbean Sea was positioned alongside the barge such that its propellers were aft of the barge stern. This positioning of the tugboat improves control of the barge.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
4
ignition), activating the emergency fuel shutoff, turning off the battery switch, closing the port and starboard fire dampers,4 and securing the forward hatch. The master told investigators that he did not discharge the vessel‘s fixed CO2 fire-suppression system because he believed that his earlier efforts to control the fire by securing the fuel and oxygen supply had been successful. He said he was also concerned that some of the extinguishing agent could migrate into the passenger space. He said he would consider use of the fire suppression system a ―last ditch effort‖ and that he believed if he used it, he would not be able to restart the engine.5 The master told investigators that he made a call on VHF channel 136 to alert other vessels in the vicinity of the situation on board DUKW 34. (No such call at that time was captured on any of the available recordings of radio transmissions, nor did anyone interviewed for this accident investigation recall hearing such a call.) He said he then used the direct-connect radio feature on his company-supplied mobile phone to inform the Ride The Ducks manager-on-duty that he believed he had a fire on board, that he was taking emergency measures, and that he needed a tow. The manager-on-duty began making arrangements to dispatch another APV as a tow vessel for the disabled DUKW 34. According to U.S. Coast Guard regulations and company policy, the manager-on-duty should also have notified the Coast Guard, but she did not do so (see section ―Coast Guard and Ride The Ducks Emergency Procedures‖ in this report). About 1425, another Ride The Ducks APV, DUKW 44, was traveling about 100 to 150 feet behind DUKW 34 on the same route. Seeing DUKW 34 dead in the water, the master of DUKW 44 maneuvered his APV to within hailing distance of DUKW 34 and asked the crew if they needed help. The DUKW 34 deckhand recalled telling the master of DUKW 44 that the APV had overheated but that the problem had been radioed in and that ―everything‘s good.‖ The DUKW 34 deckhand said that he told the other master to ―finish the tour—everything‘s all right,‖ after which the other APV departed.7 During this time, the company manager-on-duty used the direct-connect radio to inform the master that DUKW 46 was being dispatched to tow DUKW 34.The master told investigators that he then (about 1428) ordered the deckhand to go forward and drop the anchor to keep the APV from drifting downstream with the current. The deckhand deployed the anchor about 1429.
4 As will be discussed in more detail later in this report, the engine bay of the vessel was equipped with two sets of doors (fire dampers) that could be closed to block air flow through the engine compartment and thus help contain or extinguish an engine fire. 5 Release of the CO2 activated a pressure switch, located near the operating station, that cut all electrical power to the engine. The pressure switch could be manually reset by the operator. 6 VHF channel 13 (156.650 MHz) is one of the bridge-to-bridge navigation channels used in U.S. waters and is the channel that should be used to contact a ship when there is danger of collision. All ships 20 meters or more in length are required to monitor VHF channel 13, in addition to VHF channel 16, when operating in U.S. territorial waters. 7 DUKW 44 was full of passengers and was not equipped with the rigging necessary to safely tow the disabled vessel to shore.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
5
By about 1433, the APV was anchored8 in the navigational channel about 320 feet from the bulkhead of Penn‘s Landing, near Grand Plaza and almost in the center of the navigation channel. The deckhand remained on the bow, where he used his cellular telephone to send what investigators confirmed was a personal text message. A review of the deckhand‘s cell phone records indicated that two outgoing and two incoming text messages were transmitted to or from the deckhand‘s cell phone between 1431 and 1436. Both the master and the deckhand told investigators that shortly after anchoring, they saw the tugboat and barge heading northbound in their direction. The master stated that he was not sure of the exact position of the tugboat and barge at that time but that he believed they were passing a moored tall ship known as the Gazela Primeiro. The deckhand estimated their distance at that time to be about 1 nautical mile (nm). According to location data transmitted by the Caribbean Sea‘s automatic identification system (AIS)9 and recorded by the Coast Guard, about 1433, the Caribbean Sea was about 0.3 nm from the APV. The master said that he made another callout on VHF channel 13 regarding the situation on board his APV. (This call was also not captured by any radio transmission recordings.) He said that at that time he thought he could see the tugboat pushing the barge away and therefore believed his radio call had been heard by the tugboat crew. He said he then began applying duct tape to seal two access plates on the port and starboard side of the control panel from which ―smoke‖ was still entering the passenger space. The master said that when he had finished taping over the access plates, he noted that the tugboat and barge had not changed course to avoid the APV. He said he attempted to sound a warning using the APV‘s air horn, but the horn was inoperable.10 The master said he called out three times to the approaching tug and barge on VHF channel 13 to alert them that his vessel was broken down and anchored. A recording of marine VHF channel 13 made by the Burlington County Bridge Authority shows that, about 1436, a person identifying himself as DUKW 34 began calling out to ―the northbound tug near Penn‘s Landing‖ (this would have been the Caribbean Sea) that he was broken down and could not maneuver. Over the next minute, the same caller made several additional callouts to the northbound tug. Another caller was recorded making subsequent callouts to the northbound tug reporting that DUKW 34 was broken down. These calls, beginning at 1436, were the first calls regarding the incident that were recorded. The recording did not capture a response from the Caribbean Sea. At 1436:54, the DUKW 34 master made a final callout on channel 16 saying, ―Hey ferry ferry . . . whoa whoa . . . .‖
8 Although the anchor was deployed about 1429, the anchor dragged along the bottom for about 155 feet (based on postaccident sonar imaging of the river bottom) before taking a set. 9 AIS is a maritime navigation safety communications system. At 2- to 12-second intervals on a moving vessel, the AIS automatically transmits vessel information, including the vessel‘s name, type, position, course, speed, navigational status, and other safety-related information, to appropriately equipped shore stations, other vessels, and aircraft. The AIS also automatically receives such information from similarly fitted vessels. 10 The investigation determined that the horn would only activate when the ignition switch was ―on.‖ After the accident, Ride The Ducks modified its fleet of APVs to allow the air horns to operate with the ignition switch off. The APV was equipped with a handheld air horn in a watertight emergency box that could have been accessed if time was available.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
6
The DUKW 34 master told investigators that shortly before the collision he realized the tugboat did not see them or hear his radio calls so he instructed passengers to put on lifejackets. Not all passengers recalled hearing the master‘s instructions; however, passengers did attempt to retrieve lifejackets before the collision. Many did so after seeing other passengers begin pulling them down from their overhead storage area. One passenger told investigators that one of the ladies . . . from our church got up, and she yelled, ‗We‘ve got to move.‘ And she started pulling down the life vests, and people started screaming, and other people were getting up and pulling life vests down, and that‘s right before the barge hit. A video security camera on the New Jersey side of the river captured the accident sequence. According to the time correlation study11 on the video, the barge made contact with the stern of DUKW 34 at 14:37:23. Ten seconds later, at 14:37:33, the APV, having been turned to port, rolled over onto its starboard side and was pushed completely under the water (figure 4). Based on AIS data, in the minutes before the accident, the Caribbean Sea was near the center of the river‘s navigation channel and traveling at about 6 knots.
Figure 4. Tugboat Caribbean Sea and barge The Resource seconds after the bow of the barge made contact with DUKW 34, a portion of which is visible at far left. (Photo by Brian E. Stover) None of the passengers on board DUKW 34 had evacuated the vessel before impact. The only person not on board when the barge struck was the deckhand, who jumped off the starboard bow before impact and swam toward the middle of the river. Not all of the passengers had obtained a lifejacket before the barge struck. Of those who did, several stated that they had been able to get a lifejacket over their heads, but none of them was able to fully don the jacket and fasten it properly. Many passengers reported being unable to hold onto their lifejackets when the vessel was pushed under, so they grabbed the floating jackets when they surfaced.
11 The NTSB performed a time correlation study that synchronized the time stamp from this video and other time information gathered during this investigation to eastern daylight time (UTC time adjusted to EDT offset).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
7
Most passengers were unsure about how they evacuated the APV and made it to the surface. Several stated that one moment they were under water and the next they were on the surface. A number of passengers described seeing sunlight through the water and swimming toward it. A few reported feeling the metal either from the window frames or the side of the APV and swimming out of the vessel and up toward the water‘s surface. According to interviews of the Caribbean Sea crew, at the time of the collision, deckhand No. 1 and the engineer were seated at the table on the port side of the galley (figure 5). They said that they noticed a reduction in the rpm of the vessel‘s engines and thought that it had arrived at the destination. The deckhand said that he looked out a galley porthole and noticed what appeared to be people in the water off the vessel‘s port side. Both crewmembers said they then left the galley and proceeded to the aft main deck area (fantail). From there, they said they saw several persons and some debris passing down the port side of their vessel.
Figure 5. Caribbean Sea. (Photo by Joe Becker) The engineer said he then went forward to alert the master of the situation. He said he climbed the ladder on the aftermost bulkhead to the upper deck (refer to figure 5) and then proceeded forward along the port side of the vessel to the exterior door that leads into a passageway between the master‘s stateroom and the lower wheelhouse. He said that when he opened the door, he saw the mate standing in front of the master‘s stateroom door. He said this was the first time he had seen the mate after the collision.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
8
The master of the Caribbean Sea stated that he was sleeping when the accident occurred and was awakened by a knock on his stateroom door. The door was then opened, and the master said he saw the mate, who stated something to the effect that he ―ran over a duck boat.‖ The master said after getting dressed, he proceeded to the upper wheelhouse where he assumed control of the Caribbean Sea. The master said that when he arrived at the upper wheelhouse, the mate was already there, and control for the vessel‘s throttle was active. (The throttle control system for the vessel can be active at only one of the two wheelhouses at any time. Control must be transferred manually by activating an air control valve at the station to which control is being transferred.) The master further said that both VHF radios were on, with one tuned to channel 13 and the other to channel 16.12 He said that the radar was turned on. The master said he attempted to contact the Coast Guard on VHF channel 16 to inform them of the accident, but a local passenger ferry, Freedom, was already communicating with the Coast Guard on that channel regarding the casualty. The master said he swung the vessel and barge to starboard and held position while the engineer and deckhand No. 1 maintained lookout from the deck of The Resource. He said that because of the current and the limited maneuverability of the tug and barge combination, he was unable to assist other vessels in the recovery of persons in the water. About 1530, Coast Guard personnel from Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay boarded the Caribbean Sea, and two Coast Guard investigators jointly interviewed the mate in the galley. According to the Coast Guard written summary of that interview, the mate told the investigators that he had been in the upper wheelhouse at the time of the collision, that he had not seen the APV before the collision, and that he did not hear, see, or feel anything before seeing people in the water. He further stated that he did not hear any radio calls about the anchored APV or see any targets on the Caribbean Sea‘s radar. The mate told the Coast Guard investigators that he had seen an APV somewhere near the Benjamin Franklin Bridge when the Caribbean Sea was under way in the vicinity of Pier 38, (which is about 1.2 nm from the bridge) but that he could not determine its heading. He said that the last time he saw an APV before the collision was as the Caribbean Sea was near the southern end of the main pier at Penn‘s Landing. At that time, he said, the APV was out of the channel on the starboard (east) side. Following the mate‘s initial interview by the Coast Guard on the day of the accident, the NTSB attempted several times during its on-scene investigation to interview him. However, the mate declined to provide further statements or testimony regarding the accident.13
12 VHF Channel 16 (156.8 MHz) is the international VHF/FM calling, reply, and safety channel. It may also be used for distress and urgency signals. 13 On June 24, 2011, after this report, its conclusions, and its recommendations were approved by the NTSB, the mate indicated his willingness to provide information about his role in the accident. NTSB investigators interviewed the mate on July 11, 2011. Portions of that interview are summarized in Appendix C.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
9
Emergency Response The primary responders to this accident included the Philadelphia Marine Police (part of the Philadelphia Police Department), the Coast Guard, and two Good Samaritan vessels (a local ferry and a U.S. Navy small boat). The first responder on scene was the ferry Freedom. The Freedom was making its regularly scheduled trip from Camden, New Jersey, on the east side of the river to Penn‘s Landing on the west side when the accident occurred. The master of the Freedom told investigators that he departed Camden at 1430. At about 1435, as he was heading north, he heard three calls from the APV to the tug on VHF channel 13, saying ―I cannot maneuver; I‘m at anchor.‖ He was approximately 3/4 to 1 mile away and saw the barge heading toward the APV. He said he attempted to hail the tug on channel 13 but got no response. His view of the APV then became obscured by the barge. Shortly thereafter, his senior deckhand reported seeing lifejackets in the water. The ferry‘s master said he made best possible speed toward the accident site and, as they approached, he saw people in the water. He said he surveyed the area and noticed that one person was farther from shore than the others, toward the center of the river. He decided to assist that person first. That person was the deckhand. He said they rescued the deckhand, after which he saw that the marine police and Coast Guard boats had arrived and were assisting the rest of the passengers. The Philadelphia Police Department was notified of the accident at 1439 via 911, and units were dispatched at 1440. Philadelphia Marine Police launched two boats. At about the same time, the Coast Guard launched three boats, including two 25-foot-long response boat-small (RB-S) vessels and a 41-foot-long utility boat. Philadelphia Marine Police and Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay share the same office building and dock facilities on the Delaware River, about 0.9 nm south of the accident site. According to one marine police officer, marine police and Coast Guard boats arrived on scene ―less than 3 minutes‖ after being notified. They immediately began helping APV passengers from the water. Also assisting in the rescue effort were members of the U.S. Navy Special Boat Team 20, based in Little Creek, Virginia. The team had two special operations craft in port at the marina south of the Independence Seaport Museum at Penn‘s Landing and were providing vessel tours to the public at the time of the accident. A senior chief petty officer from the team said he heard a distress call on the VHF radio, heard first responder sirens, and noticed a commotion along the waterfront. He said he ran to the waterfront and saw ―approximately 20–30 . . . people in the water.‖ He said he returned to the marina, boarded vessel 976, and got it under way with several crewmembers. Once under way, they launched a small inflatable boat, called a combat rubber raiding craft, with four crewmembers on board. Crewmembers on the raiding craft helped pull survivors out of the water. Back on shore, other Navy personnel joined first responders in assisting survivors who swam to shore. Thirty-five people on board the APV survived the accident. Of these, 19 were recovered by various vessels, and 16 managed to swim to shore. Ambulances transported six passengers to Hahnemann University Hospital and one passenger to Jefferson Hospital. Both hospitals were located within about 1 mile of the accident site. Two passengers (a 20-year-old male and a 16-year-old female) did not survive. Their bodies were recovered on July 9. The two fatalities had been seated next to each other on the starboard side, in the second row forward, in
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
10
an undamaged area. Investigators were unable to verify whether or not the two individuals were able to swim. Both were part of a Hungarian student group, and their level of English language comprehension is not known. Neither victim was wearing a lifejacket when they were recovered. Injuries Twenty-six passengers and one crewmember on board the APV reported being injured as a result of the accident. Most of the injuries were minor, consisting of bumps, bruises, and small cuts and scrapes. Autopsies for the two fatalities listed the cause of death as drowning with no external or internal evidence of traumatic injury for either individual. Table 1. Injuries Type of Injury Crew (DUKW 34) Passengers (DUKW 34) Total Fatal 0 2 2 Serious 0 0 0 Minor 1 26 27 None 1 7 8 Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines a fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of an accident. It defines serious injury as that which requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves any internal organ; or involves second- or third- degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. Damage DUKW 34 DUKW 34 was raised from the river on July 9, 2010. Damage to the APV was principally to the port side of the hull and the aft portion of the port side of the canopy. The hull damage consisted of scrapes and indentations along the hull‘s external support members and hull shell, and to the ―Ride The Ducks‖ sign attached to the side of the hull. The scrapes to the Ride The Ducks indicated the relative movement between the APV and the barge during their period of contact (figure 6).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
11
Figure 6. DUKW 34 after being raised from the river bottom. Damage to the canopy framing system (figure 7) consisted of bending and buckling of the square and rectangular steel tubing and some tearing of the canopy awning, principally at the aft portion. The two aftermost port side vertical frames of the canopy were bent over about 45°, and other support members were similarly damaged. The port-side roller curtain was damaged and detached from its mountings, and the passenger loading ladder indicated distortion and impact damage. The left front wheel was slightly displaced from its axis of rotation, and a subsequent tear-down examination showed that its drive axle was slightly bent. The damage to DUKW 34 totaled $130,470.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
12
Figure 7. View of DUKW 34’s damaged canopy, looking aft. Caribbean Sea/The Resource The barge The Resource showed minor damage at its bow area (rake); the Caribbean Sea was not damaged. The damage to the barge bow consisted of contact scrapes to the port and starboard side of the bow area. According to an American Bureau of Shipping survey report, the contact scrapes affected the hull coating only, with no indication of damage to the hull plating or interior framing. A representative from the city of Philadelphia told investigators that the minor damage to the barge hull coating was not repaired after the accident. Operations Information and Events Preceding the Accident Ride The Ducks and DUKW 34 The APV involved in this accident was owned and operated by Ride The Ducks International, LLC. Ride The Ducks was founded in 1977 by an entrepreneur in Branson, Missouri, as a small sightseeing company. In 2001 the company partnered with the Herschend Family Entertainment Corporation (Herschend), and in 2004, Herschend became the sole owner of Ride The Ducks. Both Herschend and Ride The Ducks are headquartered in Norcross, Georgia.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
13
Ride The Ducks operated a fleet of more than 90 amphibious vehicles at seven locations across the United States.14 Company records show that about 1.2 million people take the company‘s amphibious tours annually at all locations. Ride The Ducks began operations in Philadelphia in 2003 providing amphibious tours from March through November, weather permitting. At the time of the accident, the Philadelphia operation had a fleet of 15 APVs. The embarkation and termination point for each Ride The Ducks Philadelphia tour was the Independence Visitor Center (Visitor Center) at Independence Mall. Each tour began with a drive downtown along a route with sites of historical or other interest. The waterborne portion began at a boat ramp at the intersection of Race Street and Christopher Columbus Boulevard, just south of the Benjamin Franklin Bridge. The water tour took the vessel into the Delaware River southward along Penn‘s Landing for not more than 1 nm and returned along the same route. The APV left the water at the same boat ramp where it entered and returned to the Visitor Center. The entire tour took about 70 minutes, with the on-road portion lasting about 50 minutes and the waterborne portion lasting about 20 minutes. For the land portion of the amphibious tours, the APV driver must hold a commercial driver‘s license (CDL) with a passenger endorsement. For the water portion, the operator must hold the appropriate Coast Guard master‘s license. Unless the operator conducts his or her own tour narration, another employee performs that task. This can lead to a variety of operator/tour guide/deckhand configurations on a tour. Philadelphia staffing at the time of the accident consisted of 11 ―Capt. III Tour Guide Captains‖ (Coast Guard-licensed masters with a CDL who also performed their own tour narration); 6 ―Capt. II Ramp Captains‖ (Coast Guard-licensed masters without a CDL); 9 ―Capt. I Tour Guides‖ (CDL holders without a Coast Guard license); 2 ―Tour Guides‖ (tour narration only with no driving); 10 ―ambassadors‖ (employees who worked in administrative positions or served as deckhands); 5 mechanics; and 7 administrators/managers. The master on board DUKW 34 on the day of the accident was a ―Capt. III Tour Guide Captain,‖ who held both a CDL and a master‘s license and performed his own tour narrations. In such cases, during the land portion of the tours, the master is normally the only company employee on board. At the boat ramp, a deckhand boards the APV in order to meet Coast Guard manning requirements for the water portion of the tour. On returning to the ramp, the deckhand disembarks and waits to board the next APV where his or her services are needed. Communication between vessel crews and the shore-side staff is conducted using company-supplied mobile telephones with direct-connect radio capability. The DUKW 34 master said that on the day of the accident he reported to the Ride The Ducks maintenance facility about 0840 to prepare the unit for operation and to complete a pre-trip inspection. As will be discussed in more detail later in this report, company procedures required that all captains or drivers inspect each APV before and after each operational period (for example, each day) and document these inspections on a form called ―RTDI Captain‘s/Driver‘s Pre-Trip Inspection.‖ Any deficiencies that would prevent the safe and legal
14 Company-owned operations are in Branson, Missouri; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; and San Francisco, California. Four other locations operate as licensees.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
14
operation of the APV were to be brought to the attention of the maintenance manager so they could be corrected before the vehicle could carry passengers. The master told investigators that when he inspected DUKW 34 on the morning of the accident, he found no discrepancies. Investigators were unable to locate a completed captain‘s/driver‘s pre-trip inspection form for DUKW 34 for July 7, 2010. The most recently completed pre-and post-trip inspection forms for the APV, including the pre- and post-trip inspection forms completed by the master on the day before the accident, were recovered from the salvaged vessel. Those forms indicated that no deficiencies had been noted during either inspection. The master said that he left the maintenance facility about 0945 and drove the APV to the Visitor Center, arriving about 1000. The master‘s first tour of the day, with 35 passengers, began at 1030. The tour, which the master described as ―uneventful,‖ was completed at about
- At about 1205, the master began his second tour of the day with DUKW 34, again with
35 passengers. That tour was also completed uneventfully at about 1315. The master said he then took a break for lunch in the employee break room before returning to DUKW 34. Just before 1330, a Ride The Ducks employee completed loading passengers on DUKW 34 for its third tour of the day. The 35 passengers included a tour group comprising 13 Hungarian students, 2 Hungarian teachers, and 7 American citizens who were acting as group hosts or chaperones. At about 1335, after the master had conducted a Coast Guard-required pre-departure safety briefing, DUKW 34 departed the Visitor Center and began the road portion of the tour. At about 1415, the APV arrived at the boat ramp, picked up the deckhand waiting there, and entered the Delaware River. The APV DUKW 44 entered the water shortly after DUKW 34. After DUKW 34 made its turn to starboard to begin the southern transit along Penn‘s Landing, the master allowed the deckhand to take control of the APV.15 The master took a position in the jump seat adjacent to the helm and continued the tour narration. The master told investigators that, about 10 minutes after the APV had turned and was returning northbound to the ramp, a dense, white smoke appeared, and that he believed he had a fire on board. He said he had not seen flames but that, ―I can‘t [afford to] wait to see flames.‖ The master said: I had no indications that my DUKW was running hot, no indications of any overheat conditions. That wasn‘t my first, that was my third tour. And if there was any things that even looked like that, the DUKW wouldn‘t have moved. The deckhand told investigators: It was white smoke. It had a scent to it but it wasn‘t . . . something you could pinpoint. It wasn‘t like [a] . . . fire scent—it wasn‘t like it was fuel burning. . . . I kind of had a thought it had a fragrance of burning rubber . . . White smoke started pouring out the side vents on both sides. [The master] immediately told me to get out of the seat, I got out. He
15 Both Ride The Ducks and Coast Guard policy permitted deckhands to operate the APV on water to provide the deckhands (potential captains) with experience under way.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
15
jumped into the seat, started pulling all the valves for both the vents. He closed both the side vents. He dropped the front hood. Because what we do for fire procedures, you know, you see smoke, regardless of what it is, you know, we‘re going to follow it. I‘m like, that‘s fine. If we close the hatches, it can‘t hurt anything, and if there is a fire, it‘s out. But we knew there wasn‘t a fire. We saw the white smoke, so we knew it was something different. When the master was later asked who was acting as lookout at that time, he responded, ―I would hope [the deckhand] was.‖ The deckhand told investigators he believed that maintaining a lookout was a shared responsibility between himself and the master.16 He said that while he was on the bow after deploying the anchor he was generally focused on the northern portion of the river. Because the master was interacting with the passengers and generally facing toward the south, he thought the master would be monitoring vessel traffic from that direction. K-Sea Transportation and the Caribbean Sea The tugboat Caribbean Sea was owned by K-Sea Transportation Partners L.P., headquartered in East Brunswick, New Jersey. The company, founded in 1999, provided marine transportation, distribution, and logistics services primarily to oil companies, oil traders, and oil refiners domestically and internationally. In addition to its New Jersey headquarters, K-Sea Transportation had offices in Staten Island, New York; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Norfolk, Virginia; Seattle, Washington; and Honolulu, Hawaii. The company owned and operated 78 tugboats and 73 barges and employed about 850 people. The Caribbean Sea was one of 13 tugboats operating out of the company‘s New York division and at the time of the accident was staged at the company‘s River Associates office in the Philadelphia Naval Business Center.17 The vessel was manned by one licensed master, one licensed mate, two deckhands, and one licensed engineer. According to the K-Sea Transportation Vessel Procedures Manual, every deck watch was to have one licensed individual (master or mate) and one deckhand, with the licensed individual having ultimate responsibility for safe navigation, radio guard, lookout, and radar observation. On June 17, 2009, the city of Philadelphia contracted with K-Sea Transportation to move two city-owned barges, The Resource and The Recycler, between the city‘s Northeast Water Pollution Control Plant on the Delaware River north of Philadelphia and the privately owned Biosolids Recycling Center on the Schuylkill River in the city‘s southeast—a distance of about 11.7 nm. Barges loaded with wastewater ―sludge‖ at the pollution control plant were to be moved downriver to the recycling center where the sludge would be discharged for processing. The empty barges would then be returned to the pollution control plant for reloading.
16 According to the Ride The Ducks job description, the deckhand was to ―to assist the Captain with customers on the DUKW, to identify and assist in emergency situations, and to perform basic routine operations of the DUKW during the water portion of the tour.‖ One of the ―essential functions‖ was to ―Recognize potential safety issues and follow company and Coast Guard procedures in emergency situations.‖ 17 The Philadelphia Naval Business Center was once known as the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard before the U.S. Navy ended most of its activities there in late 1995. The former naval base is now home to several maritime-based companies.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
16
Several K-Sea Transportation tugboats worked on this project until the Caribbean Sea assumed the responsibility for the barge transits on June 23, 2010. The city provided the company with a weekly schedule of anticipated barge movements. The number of scheduled trips between the two locations in any 24-hour period ranged from one load or discharge to two or more loads and discharges. At the time of the accident, the Caribbean Sea was in operation or standing by (tied up and available for service) 24 hours a day. The vessel was operated on a two-watch, or ―square watch,‖ system in which watchstanders are on duty for 6 hours followed by 6 hours off. On a towing vessel, the masters and mates standing a two-watch system concentrate on navigation, boat handling, communication with other vessels and with the company office, and crew supervision and direction. Deckhands are responsible for making and breaking tows, carrying out regular maintenance and housekeeping, and performing lookout duties as directed by the officer on watch. Engineers respond to alarms, perform routine maintenance and repairs, and perform other activities related to the vessel‘s engineering systems. The Caribbean Sea master and deckhand No. 2 had the ―front watch,‖ (also known as the ―captain‘s watch‖) which was from 0600 to 1200 and 1800 to 2400. The mate and deckhand No. 1 were on the ―back watch‖ (also known as the ―mate‘s watch‖) from 1200 to 1800 and 2400 to
- The engineer was on duty from 0700 to 1900 each day. On the Caribbean Sea, this
rotation was maintained for 2 weeks, after which a crew change would take place. The crewmembers lived on board the tugboat during the 2-week assignment. Just after midnight on July 7, 2010, the Caribbean Sea was at the pollution control plant waiting for the tank barge The Resource to finish loading. At 0510, the Caribbean Sea got under way en route to the recycling facility with the loaded tank barge made fast to its starboard side. The vessel and barge arrived at the recycling center at about 0805. After securing the tank barge to the facility for discharge, the crew shifted the Caribbean Sea to the River Associates dock about 1 nm away. It arrived there at about 0900 to reposition one of the company‘s smaller oil barges and to take on water and supplies. At 1100, the mate (who would be navigating the vessel at the time of the accident) reported for duty and relieved the previous mate. He was beginning a 2-week tour of duty on board the Caribbean Sea, a vessel on which he had served previously. Although the master and the mate had never worked together, they knew each other from their service on other company vessels. At 1200, the mate and deckhand No. 1 assumed the vessel‘s watch. At that time, the vessel was shifted from the River Associates dock to the recycling facility to begin preparing for the transit north back to the pollution control plant. Deckhand No. 2 told investigators that at that time he had lunch and then went to his stateroom to sleep. The mate, deckhand No. 1, and the engineer were responsible for making fast the vessel to the barge. At the time of the accident, K-Sea Transportation had no written policy for tugboats with an upper and lower wheelhouse regarding which wheelhouse was to be used when towing an empty barge, and the master had not written his directive into the standing orders of the vessel. The master said that he told the mate that with a light (empty) barge and the resulting high
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
17
freeboard,18 the vessel should be operated from the upper wheelhouse to provide better visibility. The master said that when he informed the mate that he should navigate from the upper wheelhouse, the mate responded, ―No problem. You don‘t have to worry, that‘s normal. That‘s where I would be.‖ The master said that shortly thereafter, between 1230 and 1245, he went to his stateroom to rest. At about 1315, the mate got the vessel under way. According to deckhand No. 1, the mate was navigating the vessel from the upper wheelhouse at that time. Deckhand No. 1 said that, once under way, he began performing day work consisting of routine maintenance and housekeeping chores. The engineer said that he returned to the engineroom. Family Medical Emergency of the Caribbean Sea Mate A K-Sea Transportation official told investigators that, in a conversation with the mate after the accident, the mate informed him that he had learned while on watch that his young child had suffered a serious medical emergency earlier that day. The official said that the mate told him that he had been ―consumed‖ with dealing with this family crisis (medical records obtained by the NTSB confirmed that the mate‘s child, who was undergoing a scheduled routine medical procedure that day, had suffered a potentially life-threatening complication less than an hour before the mate went on duty). The mate‘s postaccident conversation with the company official was the first mention that the mate had made of this emergency; he had not mentioned it to the master of the Caribbean Sea or to any of his other fellow crewmembers. K-Sea Transportation officials told the NTSB that, although the company had no written policy to cover such eventualities, these situations were covered in employee interviews and new-hire processing. The officials stated that, had the mate made his situation known, he would have been granted emergency relief. The company informed the NTSB of 15 instances from the 12- to 18-month period preceding the accident in which mariners had requested and been granted emergency relief from duty because of family emergencies. Mate’s Cell Phone Use On August 25, 2010, the NTSB obtained from the wireless carrier for the mate of the Caribbean Sea a record of the calls made to and from the mate‘s personal cell phone on the day of the accident. Those records show that between 1222, just after the mate assumed the navigation watch, and 1432, about 5 minutes before the collision, the mate made 13 outgoing calls to five different telephone numbers. He made two outgoing calls to his personal voice mail. During this period, he also received six incoming calls, two of them from numbers he had previously called. Eighteen of the calls, lasting a documented total of 53 minutes, were made or received while the mate was responsible for navigating the tugboat and barge. Six of the calls were recorded as having lasted 1 minute. The two longest calls lasted 7 minutes each. The call he placed at 1432, about 5 minutes before the collision, lasted 6 minutes. Based on the records, the calls collectively lasted a total of 65 minutes; however, because the service provider rounds the
18 Freeboard is the vertical distance from the waterline to the uppermost continuous deck.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
18
calls upward to the nearest minute, the mate‘s phone calls may have lasted for a significantly shorter period of time.19 (Also see section ―Company Policies Regarding Use of Wireless Devices While on Duty.‖) NTSB investigators determined that all of the (non-voicemail) outgoing and incoming calls were to or from the mate‘s father, mother, or spouse. Mate’s Use of Company Laptop Computer K-Sea Transportation provided all company vessels with laptop computers for the purpose of general communication, aids to navigation, and transmission of data for billing. K-Sea Transportation policy prohibited personal use of these laptops, and allowed only business use so long as such use was not distracting to operations. On the Caribbean Sea, the laptop computer, which had Internet connectivity, was located in the lower wheelhouse. Following the accident, NTSB investigators removed the laptop computer for analysis. In June 2011, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, which had further examined the computer, informed the NTSB that on the day of the accident, between about 1400 and 1420, the computer had been used to look up medical information on the Internet. Survival Factors Fifteen of the 35 passengers on board DUKW 34 at the time of the accident were from Hungary, including 13 teenage students and 2 teachers. Based on interviews with the passengers, English language skills varied greatly throughout the group. The Hungarian group was accompanied by a local American host group consisting of three adults and four teenagers. The remaining 13 passengers on board the APV were ―walk-ups‖ (one group of 4, two groups of 3, one group of 2, and one solo passenger). Passenger ages ranged from 8 to 72 years. Safety Briefing Before getting under way, the master on a small passenger vessel such as DUKW 34 is required by Coast Guard regulation at 46 CFR 185.506 to provide a safety briefing to passengers. The briefing must include the location of emergency exits, the location of lifejackets, and the proper method of donning and adjusting lifejackets, including a demonstration. The briefing must also inform passengers that they will be required to don lifejackets when potential hazardous conditions exist, as directed by the master. According to Coast Guard Navigation and Inspection Circular (NVIC)20 01-01 (Inspection of Amphibious Passenger Carrying Vehicles),
19 Call initiation and duration times are rounded up to the next minute. For example, a call shown as having started at 14:32 could have been initiated as early as 14:31:01 or as late as 14:32. If the duration of the call is shown as 6 minutes, it could have ended as early as 14:36:02 or as late as 14:38:00. The NTSB calculated the mate‘s minimum possible cell phone activity level to be about 42 minutes. 20 The Coast Guard uses NVICs to disseminate information or policy to the marine industry. Although the guidance in a NVIC is not enforceable, the industry usually makes an effort to comply with it. NVICs are sometimes used to disseminate information that will subsequently be proposed as regulations.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
19
the safety briefing should also discuss the method of disembarking the vehicle during emergency egress and the method of removing obstructions to egress (windows or curtains): 177.500(o) requires only one means of escape.[21] Most DUKWs have been granted special consideration for reduced aisle widths with the stipulation that the primary means of escape is over the side. This goes against human nature, which is to exit in the same manner one enters. The method of boarding, for the majority of DUKWs, is over the stern; hence the perceived escape is over the stern. These vehicles have a tendency to sink stern first. This places the perceived escape in the opposite direction from which the passengers should go. Because of this, the master should give specific instructions to the passengers during the safety orientation concerning the method of escape from the vehicle. At the time of the accident, the primary guidance document for operators of Ride The Ducks APVs was the Captains’ Operations Manual, dated February 20, 2010. According to the manual‘s introduction, its purpose is to ―standardize certain operations across the fleet and provide support and clarification of . . . day-to-day operations.‖ With regard to safety briefings, the manual stated the following: Safety Briefings A safety briefing is an informational presentation that ensures the safety of all passengers from the time the tour starts until it ends. It is necessary to give the following safety briefings at the appropriate times: Pre-Trip Safety Briefing Prior to starting your tour, cover the following items: Keep arms and hands in the vehicle at all times No smoking throughout the trip Remain seated throughout the trip unless authorized by your Captain/Driver Be prepared for sudden stops or turns and keep children firmly in laps/seats for their protection Pre-Water Entry Safety Briefing Prior to entering the water, cover the following items: Location of Adult PFDs [personal flotation devices] Location of Child PFDs How to access the PFDs
21 Title 46 CFR 177.500(o) states that only one means of escape is required if the space has a deck area less than 30 square meters (322 square feet). Normally, two means of escape are required.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
20
Demonstration of donning PFDs Location of PFD placard Location of emergency egress (over the side) Location of ring buoy How curtains will release in the event of emergency egress Passengers should follow the instructions of the Captain According to Ride The Ducks Philadelphia employees, safety briefings, including the pre-water briefings, were always conducted before the APVs departed the Visitor Center. The master of DUKW 34 told investigators that he always conducted a safety briefing before departing the Visitor Center on a tour. The briefing covered general safety requirements as well as safety issues specific to the marine environment. With regard to lifejackets, the master described his pre-departure brief to investigators as follows: [I tell them] ‗Okay, folks, I want you to know this is a Coast Guard-inspected vessel. I am required to tell you about a PFD. Folks, we‘re not going to need these today, but I need to tell you about these. Okay. They‘re located here and there. This side is for adults. This side is for children.‘ (I‘m holding the jacket, pointing to them, for children.) ‗Okay. If you‘re not sure if you‘re an adult or a child, the Coast Guard really doesn‘t care about your emotional level of stability. They only care about weight. Ninety pounds and over, 90 pounds and under. If you‘re right at 90 pounds, like me, make sure you put the bigger jacket on, okay? Now folks, if I tell you, and only if I tell you to put the jackets on, here‘s what you need to do. Pull down on the yellow tab, the jacket comes down, looks like this. Unhook the clip. It looks like a dog leash clip. Open up, put it over your head and around your neck. This thing goes around the back of your body and comes back to the front.‘ (I don‘t do the procedure with the jacket over my head. I show them how to put it on . . . but to simplify this, I took it off.) I said, ‗this thing goes around the back of your body, comes back and clips on the D ring. It doesn‘t matter what side you use. Both sides will work. Okay. Now if you do what I ask you to do, you, too, are going to float like a –‘ and everybody is supposed to yell ―Duck.‖‘ All passengers interviewed remembered hearing the master‘s safety briefing before departing on the tour. Although none of the American passengers commented negatively on the briefing, 11 of the 13 surviving Hungarian passengers had negative comments. Several Hungarian survivors commented on the fact that the master did not physically demonstrate how to don a lifejacket. One Hungarian passenger compared it to the safety brief on airplanes saying: Because yes, you know, if you were on an airplane, there is a video demonstration there, and everybody is so bored, because you can see it many times, as many times as you travel. But now, I would have been curious how it [a lifejacket] should be used, because it is the first time I am on that vehicle. Two other Hungarians indicated that after listening to the master‘s brief, they did not know how to put on a lifejacket.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
21
Lifesaving Equipment DUKW 34 was required to carry lifesaving equipment on board as stipulated in its Coast Guard-issued Certificate of Inspection (COI).22 The COI required 39 adult lifejackets and 4 child lifejackets, as well as a ring buoy with line attached. Because the tours often carried large groups of children, Ride The Ducks APVs were equipped with more than the minimum number of required child-sized lifejackets. Because not all lifejackets from DUKW 34 were recovered after the accident, investigators were unable to verify the exact number carried on board; however, the vessel had been inspected by the Coast Guard on March 25, 2010, and had been found to be carrying all required lifesaving equipment. Lifejackets were stowed in the overhead on both sides of the vessel. Adult lifejackets were stowed in stacks of two on the starboard side above all but the last row of seats. Child-size lifejackets were stowed similarly on the port side and were above all but the last 3 rows of seats. The bottom end of each lifejacket was resting in a metal channel just below the canopy on each side (figure 8).
Figure 8. Lifejackets on Ride the Ducks APVs were stowed in stacks of two above each row of passenger seats. Adult jackets were on the starboard side; child jackets were on the port side.
22 A COI is required by law (46 United States Code Section 3309), and an approved stability letter is required by regulation (46 CFR Part 170) before a small passenger vessel is allowed to carry more than six passengers at least one of whom is for hire. COIs for this particular class of vessel are issued for 5-year intervals, with annual inspections due within 3 months before or after each anniversary date of the certificate.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
22
The top end of each lifejacket was secured to the overhead using a black nylon strap with a yellow tip and button-type snap. Passengers needed only to pull the yellow strap end to release the snap and free the lifejackets from the overhead. Coast Guard regulations at 46 CFR 185.508 and Ride The Ducks policy23 specify that lifejackets are to be donned by passengers when hazardous conditions exist, such as when the vessel is being towed. The Coast Guard regulations also cite ―flooding, fire, or other events that may possibly call for evacuation‖ as circumstances under which passengers should don lifejackets. Evacuation The DUKW 34 passenger cabin had nine rows of bench seats (each seat accommodating two passengers) arranged down the port and starboard sides of the vessel with a center aisle in between.24 The cabin was covered overhead by a canopy consisting of a composite vinyl and polyester awning material supported by welded steel tubular framing. Coast Guard NVIC 01-01 states that: Canopies and canopy supports can impede the egress of passengers. Again, the primary egress on these vehicles is over the side. Canopy supports should be positioned to allow the majority of passengers unobstructed egress. The canopy support stanchions on Ride-the-Ducks APVs were positioned in line with seat backs. During inclement weather, roller curtains of clear plastic sheeting could be electrically lowered to enclose the otherwise open-sided cabin. In the event of an emergency requiring an over-the-side evacuation while the curtains were down, each roller curtain was fitted with a manually operated release mechanism that used gravity to quickly drop the curtain outward. The curtain release mechanisms were consistent with the recommendations of NVIC 01-01, as follows: If side windows or curtains are installed they should not cause an impediment to passenger egress. Arrangements should be in place to allow the master the ability to open all windows and or curtains on each side from a point located at the control station. On the day of the accident, as was normal for operations during warm weather, the plastic curtains were rolled up, leaving the windows completely open. DUKW 34 complied with the guidance of NVIC 01-01 with regard to evacuation, including requirements for seat spacing, aisle width, deck rails, window openings, and means of escape.
23 The Ride The Ducks Captain’s Operations Manual references 46 CFR 185.508. 24 A folding seat between the rearmost bench seats was dropped down after the rear access door was closed to accommodate a 37th passenger.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
23
Vessel Information DUKW 34 The hull and mechanical systems of DUKW 34 comprised mostly new but some rebuilt components installed on the chassis of an original 1945-vintage DUKW, classified by the U.S. Army as a ―2 1/2 ton, 6 x 6, Amphibian Truck.‖ The APV had six wheels—two forward, two middle, and two aft—of which four (the forward and mid-wheels) were driven.25 The hull was constructed of 10-gauge steel at its bottom and 12-gauge steel at its sides and was reinforced by interior framing and exterior reinforcement ribs. The vehicle was 33 feet long and 8 feet wide. During water operations with a full passenger load, the vessel draft was about 5 feet with a freeboard of about 2 feet.26 Although the appearance of the APV closely matched the original 1945 model, most engineering systems had been updated from the original design, and some new systems and equipment had been added. These included a fire detection and manually activated suppression system in the engine compartment, a vapor detection system,27 communications equipment, and additional electric bilge pumps.28 DUKW 34 was built in 2003. It was one of a series of sister APVs that were termed ―Stretch Ducks‖ by their builder, Amphibious Vehicle Manufacturing, LLC, (AVM) of Branson, Missouri.29 The ―Stretch Duck‖ was lengthened by about 2 feet over the original 1945 DUKW. Ride The Ducks manufactured its last APV in 2008. Since 2008, construction of new Ride The Ducks APVs has been contracted out to Chance Morgan, Inc., and Chance Rides Manufacturing, Inc., of Wichita, Kansas. The operator‘s station of DUKW 34 had a bucket-style seat for the operator at the left side of the front of the passenger cabin. A jump seat to the right of the operator‘s was used by a deckhand or the tour narrator, depending on the circumstances. The vessel‘s COI authorized it to carry a maximum of 39 persons, including a 2-person crew. The APV was propelled on both land and water by a Chevrolet, 8-cylinder, 235-hp gasoline engine that was fitted in an engine compartment located forward of the operating station and passenger cabin. For land operation, the engine output shaft was connected to an automatic
25 The on-road drive arrangement had been modified from the original DUKW six-wheel drive (6 x 6) arrangement to a four-wheel drive (6 x 4) system. 26 According to the stability letter issued for the vessel by the Coast Guard on March 19, 2009, ―Freeboards of at least 2 feet 1/2 inches, as measured at the stem to the top of the bulwark, and 2 feet 4-7/8 inches, as measured to the top of the bulwark at a point 7 feet 6 inches aft of the bow, shall be maintained. This corresponds to a maximum draft at the stern of 5 feet 2-3/8 inches. 27 Title 46 CFR 182.410 requires that small passenger vessels under 100 tons be equipped with a system that can detect flammable vapors. Title 46 CFR 182.480 requires that this vapor detection system provide a visual and audible alarm at the operator‘s station. 28 Guidance regarding the additional bilge pumps is provided in NVIC 01-01. 29 Amphibious Vehicle Manufacturing was merged into Ride The Ducks International, LLC, in 2005.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
24
transmission. The transmission was connected to a single-speed transfer case that was then connected to differentials at the forward and mid axles, which were then connected to the forward and middle driving wheels. For water operation, a separate output from the transfer case was connected to the propeller through a 2:1 helical reduction gear and a propeller shaft. The operator had to engage and disengage the propeller manually before and after each waterborne operation. The three-bladed bronze propeller had a diameter of 24 inches and a pitch30 of 14 inches. A conventional (automotive style) power-assisted hydraulic steering system was used to steer the APV on the road. On the water, steering was accomplished by a mechanical linkage (a push-pull cable) from the steering column to the rudder tiller at the stern. In the event of an on-water steering failure, the APV was equipped with a redundant steering cable that could be connected manually to the tiller and operated with a hand crank stored near the operator‘s station. The APV engine was cooled by a conventional (automotive style) closed and pressurized cooling system using a mixture of water and ethylene glycol (antifreeze).31 The mixture was cooled by passing it through both a traditional air-cooled radiator and a water-cooled heat exchanger called a ―keel cooler‖ mounted on the exterior of the APV, on the port side below the waterline.32 A manually operated ball valve could be closed to prevent coolant flow through the keel cooler during cold weather. According to the lead mechanic for Ride The Ducks, the normal coolant temperature would be from 160° to 180° F, with ―200[°] not real bad, particularly in hot weather.‖ The mechanic said that APV operators were told to contact the maintenance facility if the cooling water temperature reached 220° F. The APV radiator was mounted at the front of the engine. Air flow across the radiator was generated by an engine-driven axial-flow fan and could be supplemented by ram air entering through the partially open engine compartment cover (hood). After passing across the radiator, the air was directed to port and starboard plenums on either side of the engine bay before exiting to the atmosphere through screened openings on the vessel bow just forward of the passenger cabin. The APV cooling system included a metal surge tank33 mounted near but external to the radiator. A pressure cap on the surge tank served to maintain an elevated pressure within the cooling system and thus raise the boiling temperature of the coolant.34 The pressure cap, which was rated at 13 pounds per square inch (psi) (gauge), was attached to the fill neck for the surge
30 Pitch refers to the theoretical distance a propeller would move forward in one revolution if it were moving through a soft solid. 31 Ethylene glycol both lowers the freezing point and raises the boiling point of the water while inhibiting corrosion within the system. 32 A second keel cooler, mounted on the starboard underside of the hull, was used for cooling the engine transmission oil. 33 The surge tank is normally situated at the highest point in the vehicle cooling system and is where air is separated from the liquid coolant. 34 The boiling point of water at 13 psi is 245° F. The presence of antifreeze in the cooling water raises the boiling point even higher.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
25
tank, not to the radiator itself. A plastic expansion tank (sometimes referred to as a ―reserve‖ tank or ―overflow‖ tank) mounted near the surge tank allowed the coolant level in the system to rise or fall as the liquid was heated or cooled. Reference marks labeled ―hot‖ and ―cold‖ on the translucent tank indicated the proper coolant level for each condition.35 For communications, the APV was fitted with a fixed marine VHF-FM radio mounted near the operator station and a spare handheld VHF-FM marine radio. The master was also provided with a cellular phone with push-to-talk (direct-connect) capability for communicating with company personnel ashore. Caribbean Sea The Caribbean Sea, a 78.9-foot-long, 148-gross-tons uninspected36 tugboat, was built in 1961 by Equitable Shipyard of Madisonville, Louisiana, as the H.D. Campbell. After two owner and name changes, the vessel was purchased by K-Sea Transportation in 2008 and became the Caribbean Sea. The vessel was a twin-screw, twin-rudder tugboat of all-welded construction built for coastwise ocean towing service. The vessel had a single deck. Located amidships was a two-level deckhouse37 that contained the original (lower) wheelhouse, crew quarters, and galley. The deckhouse was equipped with heating and air-conditioning systems. An upper wheelhouse was fitted atop the original wheelhouse some time after initial construction (refer to figure 5). The upper wheelhouse was equipped with two small heaters for cold-weather operations. In warm weather, the door and side windows of the upper wheelhouse could be opened for ventilation, but the space was not air-conditioned. The Caribbean Sea was fitted with two 1,200-rpm propulsion diesel engines rated at 1,200 hp, each driving two 72-inch-diameter, 52-inch-pitch, four-blade, stainless steel propellers. During voyages, the Caribbean Sea steering and throttle system could be controlled from either the upper or lower wheelhouse, but throttle control could be active at only one of the wheelhouses at any time. Throttle control was transferred from one wheelhouse to the other through activation of an air control valve. Activating the valve at either station would transfer control to that station. The Caribbean Sea was actually equipped with four separate control stations—an aft deck station (usually used while configuring a tow), port and starboard lower wheelhouse stations, and the upper wheelhouse station. In all cases, the throttle could be controlled from only one station at a time. The Caribbean Sea was not equipped with a recording
35 Coolant expands when heated, raising the pressure within the cooling system. When this pressure exceeds the pressure rating of the pressure cap, a valve within the cap opens to allow some of the coolant to be routed to the unpressurized expansion tank. As the liquid cools and contracts, pressure within the cooling system drops, drawing liquid from the expansion tank back into the system. 36 Uninspected in this context refers to a vessel that does not carry passengers or freight for hire and is therefore not required to be inspected by the Coast Guard. Such vessels must comply with 46 CFR Subchapter C, ―Uninspected Vessels.‖ 37 The ―upper deck‖ referred to for clarity in this report is actually part of the deck house.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
26
device that would have recorded steering and throttle inputs, rudder response, or the location of throttle control. For communications and navigation, the lower wheelhouse was fitted with three VHF-FM marine radios (aft, port, starboard), two GPS receivers (aft, forward), satellite compass, two radars (2-3 cm X-band, port, starboard), AIS navigation unit, echo depth sounder, and a SIMRAD 50 autopilot. A company-issued laptop computer with Internet connectivity was also located in the lower wheelhouse. The upper wheelhouse was fitted with two VHF-FM marine radios (port, starboard), satellite compass,38 magnetic compass, one radar (3 cm), and an AIS navigation unit. The Resource The tank barge The Resource, an uninspected, unmanned, and non-self-propelled vessel, was built in 1989 by Trinity Marine Group, Nashville, Tennessee. This barge and another, nearly identical tank barge called The Recycler, were designed and built specifically for the city of Philadelphia‘s water department to transport wastewater sludge between the city‘s pollution control plant and a recycling facility. The Resource was 250 feet long with a beam of 50 feet. It was raked on each end and had four cargo tanks with a total combined capacity of 1 million gallons. When loaded, the vessel draft was 15 feet 4 inches. When the barge was empty, as it was on the day of the accident, its draft was 3 feet 6 inches. Its freeboard when empty was about 20 feet at the bow and 16 feet at the stern, and when full about 7.5 feet at the bow and 4.5 feet at the stern. The barge was classed by the American Bureau of Shipping and was limited to river service. At the time of the accident, the barge was owned by the city of Philadelphia. Personnel Information DUKW 34 Master The DUKW 34 master, age 58, was first employed by Ride The Ducks as master on March 1, 2004. He remained in that position for 2 months. After leaving the company, he worked on charter fishing vessels and, for a time, operated his own charter fishing boat. He was rehired by Ride The Ducks in the spring of 2009 and worked as master with the company for the 2009 and 2010 tour season, until the time of the accident. Licenses and Training. The master was operating under the authority of a Coast Guard master‘s license with a current issuance approved for steam or motor vessels of not more than 50 gross tons operating upon near-coastal waters, issued in March 2008. He obtained his first Coast Guard master‘s license in May 2003. That license was limited to steam or motor vessels of
38 A satellite compass uses GPS technology to provide heading data for autopilot, radar, AIS, sonar, and plotting systems. The accuracy of heading data provided by a satellite compass is not affected by vessel pitch and roll.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
27
not more than 25 gross tons operating upon near-coastal waters. The master also held a current CDL issued by the state of New Jersey. Ride The Ducks had corporate and local office safety, operational, and emergency procedures and required all employees, based on the position held, to attend annual preseason and periodic training sessions.39 The position of APV master was deemed by Ride The Ducks to be a safety-critical position, and all APV masters were required to meet with supervisors or designated safety trainers at least once each quarter to review and acknowledge the company- and Coast Guard-required emergency vessel procedures. These procedures included actions to be taken in the event of loss of steering, loss of propulsion, man overboard, an abandon ship emergency, and fire. The master‘s most recent formal training was a 3-day preseason training session in March 2010, which included 2 days of classroom instruction and 1 day in the field covering Coast Guard-required emergency drills and Pennsylvania Department of Transportation vehicle inspection refresher training. Subsequent to the formal training sessions, the master completed two safety standards review sessions, on April 30, 2010, and May 1, 2010. He had participated in a quarterly review of on-water emergency drill procedures on June 25, 2010. Medical. According to his merchant mariner‘s medical evaluations and the associated records, the master had uncorrected vision in both eyes of 20/200, correctable to 20/20, and each Coast Guard license was issued with the following endorsement, ―Corrective lenses to be worn with spare glasses carried on board.‖ A video taken by a passenger on board DUKW 34 before the APV‘s departure on the accident tour showed the master wearing glasses during the safety briefing. During his most recent Coast Guard merchant mariner‘s physical in 2008, the master reported no illnesses or disabilities. On a medical examination form associated with his CDL application in 2004, he checked the ―NO‖ box for the symptom titled, ―Sleep disorders, pauses in breathing while asleep, daytime sleepiness, loud snoring.‖ When asked by the attending physician about his sleep patterns, he said he did not experience excessive tiredness. U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations require CDL holders to undergo a physical examination every 2 years. Ride The Ducks required its CDL holders to have a physical examination every year. The master‘s last physical exam before the accident took place in April 2009. Work/Rest Cycle. In the days that preceded the accident, the master worked Sunday, July 4, and he indicated it was a hot and long day and that he was tired after work. He could not tell investigators exact times because he said he documented everything in his personal log book, which was lost overboard in the accident. He said that on Monday, July 5, he awoke around 0830 and went to bed at about 2100 or 2130. When asked how he slept that night, he replied ―I usually sleep pretty good.‖ He said that on Tuesday, July 6, he did not have to report to work until 1100, so he ―slept in a little later.‖ He could not remember the exact time he went to bed on the night before the accident. He said that on the morning of the accident, he awoke at about 0600 feeling rested.
39 Ride The Ducks Safety Procedures Manual, dated February 16, 2010.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
28
DUKW 34 Deckhand The deckhand, age 18, was hired by Ride The Ducks in the spring of 2009 as an ―ambassador.‖40 He worked the 2009 tour season and the 2010 season up until the time of the accident. Licenses and Training. The deckhand did not hold a Coast Guard license or merchant mariner‘s document, nor was either required by law or regulation. He self-reported that he had marine experience on small boats, and he stated that he had been around the maritime industry since he was a child because his father was a Coast Guard-licensed mariner. He further indicated that his father had previously been employed by K-Sea Transportation and was employed by Ride The Ducks at the time of the accident. Because he held a position that was considered by Ride The Ducks to be safety critical, the deckhand had completed a 2-day preseason training session in April 2010, which included 1 day of orientation held in a classroom, and a second day that combined classroom and in-the-field training covering Coast Guard-required drills and Ride The Ducks safety standards for deckhands. The deckhand also completed three more reviews of the company safety standards on April 30, May 2, and June 2, 2010. Work/Rest Cycles. In the days preceding the accident, the deckhand was off duty Sunday, July 4, through Tuesday, July 6. He said he had ―a good night‘s sleep‖ on the two nights leading up to the accident. That Monday night, he recalled going to sleep around 2330 or 2400 and awoke the following day sometime between 1100 and 1300. He said he recalled going to sleep around 2330 or 2400 the evening before the accident and awoke sometime around 0730 the next morning in order to report for work by 0900. Caribbean Sea Master The master, age 31, was hired by K-Sea Transportation as mate on April 28, 2004. Before joining K-Sea Transportation, he had served as a third mate on seagoing vessels and as a deckhand on towing vessels. He assumed his very first position as master on board the Caribbean Sea on July 3, 2010, 4 days before the accident. In total, he had served 8 days as either mate or master on board the Caribbean Sea while the vessel was assigned to the tank barge movements. Licenses and Training. The master was operating as a Coast Guard master of towing vessels upon oceans. The license was also endorsed as second mate of steam or motor vessels of any gross tons upon oceans, and radar observer (unlimited), issued on April 26, 2007. This was his second issuance of a Coast Guard license. The master also held a Merchant Mariner‘s
40 In addition to greeting the passengers at the point of loading, Ride The Ducks personnel serving in the position of ―ambassador‖ are responsible for taking tickets at the Visitor Center while loading the vessel and for counting passengers to make sure that all passengers who purchased tickets for the scheduled trip are on board. Ambassadors may also work as deckhands if they are assigned to the ramp where the vessels enter the water.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
29
Document (MMD) as a person in charge/medical care provider, able seaman (AB), and tankerman/person in charge, dangerous liquids. The master graduated from Maine Maritime Academy in 2002 with a B.S. degree in marine transportation. He received his first issuance of a Coast Guard license as third mate, steam or motor vessels of any gross tons upon oceans, and radar observer on April 29, 2002. On January 13, 2004, he obtained an endorsement on the original license for service as master of towing vessels. On March 18, 2008, the master‘s license was upgraded to master of steam or motor vessels of not more than 1600 gross tons (domestic tonnage), 300 gross tonnage (ITC41 tonnage), upon oceans. Medical. No physician-noted or self-reported sleep disorders were documented in the master‘s medical records. During his most recent physical evaluation, which took place in November 2009, a physician determined the master to be medically and psychologically fit for duty. Work/Rest Cycles. The master reported to the Caribbean Sea as mate on June 30, 2010, and participated in the ―back watch‖ from 1200 to 1800, and then again from 2400 to 0600. On Saturday, July 3, 2010, he assumed the position of master and transitioned to the ―front watch,‖ 1800 to 2400 and 0600 to 1200. He remained in that duty rotation until the time of the accident. He stated that he got most of his rest during his off-duty period between about 0010 and 0600 but that he also slept well during the afternoon off-duty period. Caribbean Sea Mate The mate, age 34, joined K-Sea Transportation in December 2000 as an ordinary seaman (OS)/deckhand. From that date until mid-2006, he served on various vessels in the company fleet and progressed from OS to AB/deckhand. Licenses and Training. The mate was operating under the authority of his first issuance of a Coast Guard mate‘s license for steam or motor vessels of not more than 200 gross tons, upon near-coastal waters, mate of towing vessels upon near-coastal waters, and radar observer (unlimited), issued on November 13, 2006. The mate also held an MMD as an AB seaman, limited to service on non-lifeboat-equipped vessels, wiper, and steward or food handler. The mate attended and completed several licensing courses at Quality Maritime Training (QMT) in St. Petersburg, Florida. He completed the 56-hour Operator of Uninspected Passenger Vessels course on September 16, 2006, a 24-hour Operator of Uninspected Passenger Vessels upgrade to master 100 gross ton course on September 21, 2006, and the 36-hour master 100 gross ton upgrade to master 200 gross ton course on September 29, 2006. K-Sea Transportation had its own mate trainee program that established minimum levels of competency, awareness, and training that had to be met before a seaman would be considered for promotion to the position of mate. According to company records, the mate began that
41 International Tonnage Convention.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
30
program on January 24, 2007, on board the Falcon, and completed the training on March 5, 2007, on the Davis Sea. On March 7, 2007, he began his first service in the position of mate on the Davis Sea, and continued to serve on board various company vessels at that rank until the time of the accident. He had previously served as mate on the Caribbean Sea from October 21, 2009, through November 2, 2009, and then again on June 24, 2010, through June 30, 2010. In total, he served 118 days as mate on either the Falcon or the Caribbean Sea when the vessels were assigned to the tank barge movements. Medical. The mate‘s most recent physical examination before the accident was completed on April 21, 2010. The physician determined at that time that the mate was medically and psychologically fit for duty. He had uncorrected vision of 20/20 in both eyes. No physician-noted or self-reported sleep disorders were documented in the mate‘s medical records. Work/Rest Cycles. After an initial interview with Coast Guard investigators, the mate declined to provide any additional information or participate in further interviews. Therefore, the mate‘s 72-hour work/rest profile before the accident is unknown (see Appendix C). Records show that the mate was off duty from July 1, 2010, until the date of the accident. Medical and Toxicological Information Caribbean Sea Crewmembers K-Sea Transportation used the consortium American Maritime Safety, Inc., (AMS) for the company‘s chemical testing program. At 1611 on the day of the accident, a local K-Sea Transportation employee certified by AMS to collect urine specimens and perform alcohol swab testing performed an alcohol screening of the accident mate. The swab test was negative for the presence of alcohol.42 Between 1632 and 1739, this same individual also performed saliva swab testing on the four remaining crewmembers and collected urine specimens from each. The saliva test for each crewmember was negative for the presence of alcohol. The urine specimens collected from the mate and the other crewmembers were sent to MedTox Laboratories, Inc., for testing and were later confirmed by a medical review officer (MRO) to be negative for the presence of illicit drugs.43 A specimen from the Caribbean Sea mate was also sent to the Federal Aviation Administration‘s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) for additional testing. The results of those tests were also negative for illicit drugs and alcohol as well as for prescription and over-the-counter medications.
42 A Q.E.D. A150 brand saliva alcohol test swab was used for the test. These swabs meet both U.S. Department of Transportation standards and Coast Guard maritime requirements for alcohol testing. 43 Regulations at 46 CFR 16.113 specify testing for marijuana, cocaine, opiates, phencyclidine, and amphetamines.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
31
DUKW 34 Crewmembers Sometime after the initial search-and-rescue effort, local Coast Guard personnel performed alcohol tests on the DUKW 34 master and deckhand using an Alco-Sensor IV breath alcohol testing unit. The exact time of the alcohol test on each individual was not recorded; however, it is known that the testing took place sometime between 1442 and 1804, within the 8 hours required by Coast Guard regulations. The test results on both individuals were negative for the presence of alcohol. A specimen collection technician collected a urine sample from the deckhand at 1804 and from the master at 1812. The urine specimens were sent to Laboratory Corporation of American (LabCorp) for testing. An MRO reported on July 9, 2010, that the test results for both the master and the deckhand were negative for the presence of illicit drugs. Specimens from both the deckhand and the master were sent to CAMI for additional testing. The results of those tests were negative for illicit drugs and alcohol as well as for prescription and over-the-counter medications. Meteorological Information The closest official National Weather Service weather reporting location to the accident site was Philadelphia International Airport, located about 6.5 miles southwest of the accident site. The following conditions were reported for the time period within which the accident occurred: At 1412, wind was from 010° at 8 knots gusting to 17 knots, visibility was unrestricted at 10 statute miles, temperature was 100° F, dew point temperature was 59° F. At 1454, wind was from 010° at 8 knots gusting to 19 knots, visibility was unrestricted at 10 statute miles, temperature was 101° F, dew point temperature was 58° F. No rainfall was reported on the day of the accident. The recorded low temperature of the day was 84° F; the high temperature was 101° F. An excessive heat warning was in effect in the Philadelphia area until 2000 hours. An excessive heat warning is issued when the heat index (the human-perceived temperature equivalent based on a combination of the actual air temperature and relative humidity) is expected to exceed 110° F for 3 hours or more during the day for at least 2 consecutive days and evening temperatures exceed 80° F. At 1436, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration buoy station PHBP1, located about 1 mile south of the accident site in the Delaware River, reported an air temperature of 99° F and a water temperature of 82° F. Waterway Information The Delaware River runs 410 miles, from the Catskill Mountains of New York to the Atlantic coast. The river constitutes a part of the boundary between the states of Pennsylvania and New York and the states of Delaware and New Jersey. It is the entire boundary between Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The river is generally considered navigable by large oceangoing vessels and by tug/barge combinations as far as the Trenton, New Jersey, area. At the site of the
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
32
accident, water depth in the navigation channel was about 55 feet, with charted water depth immediately outside the eastern edge (New Jersey side) of the channel indicating a water depth between 35 and 42 feet. The western (Pennsylvania side) border of the navigation channel in the accident area was about 120 feet from the Penn‘s Landing bulkhead. The shipping channel in the Delaware River is federally maintained by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). The channel originates at the entrance to Delaware Bay and terminates at Newbold, New Jersey. The channel has a controlling depth of 40 feet. As the channel proceeds upriver, its width gradually decreases: For the first 35 nm, the channel is 1,000 feet wide. From that point to an area known as Eagle Point Range, where the Schuylkill River feeds into the Delaware River, the channel is 800 feet wide. From that point to the Walt Whitman Bridge, the channel narrows to 400 feet. The channel width remains at 400 feet there, through the Penn‘s Landing area, and up to Newbold Island, about 22 nm north of Philadelphia, where both the water depth and channel width are further reduced. The portion of the Delaware River where the accident occurred is subject to Federal jurisdiction with the Coast Guard being the primary Federal agency responsible for marine safety, search and rescue, law enforcement, and security on the waterway. The Mariners Advisory Committee for the Bay & River Delaware, an organization formed in 1964 by the Delaware Bay and River Pilots Association and local maritime stakeholders, is active in the area and makes recommendations to USACE on suggested improvements, navigational aid placement, and other areas which may enhance safe navigation. Additionally, the Maritime Exchange for the Delaware River and Bay, an organization originally chartered in 1882 to promote trade and harbor development and to enhance local maritime practices, provides the maritime community with various commercial, navigational and maritime security needs. Postaccident Inspection and Testing DUKW 34 After the damaged APV was salvaged, NTSB investigators performed extensive examination and testing of its mechanical systems. The results of those examinations and tests are as follows: Water Pump. The water pump, which keeps the engine‘s coolant in constant circulation, was removed from the engine and disassembled. No deficiencies were found with the water pump impeller other than some indication of water leakage at the lower weep hole in the case (rust stains near hole). Radiator. Examination of the vessel‘s engine compartment revealed that the pressure cap normally fitted to the radiator surge tank was missing (figure 9). The pressure cap was subsequently found undamaged in the lower part of the engine compartment. The pressure cap was tested and was shown to open at 11 to 13 psi. The pressure cap was rated for 13 psi.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
33
Figure 9. Engine compartment of the salvaged DUKW 34, with the surge tank pressure cap missing. The upper inset photo is a close-up of the uncapped tank; the lower inset photo shows the pressure cap recovered from the bottom of the engine bay. Investigators collected a sample of the engine coolant using the drain valve at the bottom of the radiator. This sample was then tested for freeze protection44 using a refractometer. The test indicated a coolant freeze protection level of +3° F. After removing the radiator from the vehicle, investigators removed the radiator top cover (header) to expose the ends of the heat exchanger tubes. A water flow test showed that the radiator functioned normally. Thermostats. The APV was fitted with two thermostats, both rated at 160° F. During testing, both thermostats began opening at 160° F and were fully open at 170° F.45 Keel Cooler. The ball valve controlling coolant flow through the keel cooler was found open after the vessel was salvaged. A water flow test through the keel cooler revealed no
44 The amount of freeze protection is a function of the proportion of ethylene glycol in the cooling water. 45 Thermostats help regulate engine coolant temperature to maintain most efficient engine performance. When coolant temperature is lower than the temperature rating of the thermostat, the thermostat remains closed, causing the coolant to circulate through the engine while bypassing the radiator. When the coolant temperature is higher than the thermostat rating, the thermostat opens to allow some or all of the coolant to be routed through the radiator (or other heat exchanger, such as the keel cooler). (Forward)
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
34
significant blockage. No deficiencies were found with the keel cooler or the tubing connecting it to the engine cooling water system. VHF Radio. Because the VHF radio had been submerged in water for almost 2 days, it was not tested. Testing of the same model radio on another Ride The Ducks APV revealed that when the radio was turned on or powered up, it defaulted to channel 16, regardless of the channel setting when it was last shut off or powered down. Engine and Heads. The engine cooling system was pressure tested at 15 psi for 30 minutes, and a pressure drop of about 1 psi was noted after 30 minutes. The engine heads were then removed from the engine and sent to a specialized repair shop for examination. The heads indicated some minor warping and no cracks.46 Radiator/Engine Ventilation System. The APV‘s engine compartment was equipped with two fire damper doors that were controlled by levers on either side of the operator‘s station. The port fire damper was controlled by a lever at the lower left of the operator‘s station, near the position of the operator‘s left foot. The starboard fire damper was controlled by a similar lever on the right side of the operator‘s station. Investigators examined and tested both fire dampers. The damper doors were held open against spring pressure by a two-stage latch, similar to an automobile hood latch. To close the damper, one had to pull upward on a trip lever. The force needed to trip (close) the damper was found to be about 3 pounds when latched in the first-stage position and about 12 pounds when latched in the second-stage position. The trip lever had to be moved about 0.5 inch to cause activation of the latch (which closed the damper door). After the accident, the port-side fire damper was found closed; the starboard-side damper was open. A review of a video taken by a DUKW 34 passenger during the incident indicates that the master closed the port damper and engine hood as part of his emergency procedures after he had shut down the engine. Engine Compartment. The engine compartment was examined for evidence of fire/smoke damage, and none was found. All electrical wiring, belts, and hoses were in good condition and showed no evidence of having been subjected to fire or smoke. Air Horn. Investigators determined through initial testing of the air horn that it would not operate with the ignition switch off. Some sediment was found on the trumpet diaphragm. After the horn trumpet and compressor were cleaned and inspected, the horn was tested (with the ignition switch on) and was found to function normally. Test Runs. In an attempt to simulate scenarios that could possibly have led to the conditions observed by the DUKW 34 master on the day of the accident,47 investigators
46 Both heads were warped between .005 and .007 inch. Based on vacuum tests, a valve repair was recommended. 47 In his interview, the DUKW 34 master stated that he smelled an odor and saw dense white smoke in the forward part of the passenger compartment near his operating station. The appearance of this smoke, which he believed to be from an onboard fire, prompted him to shut down the main engine and anchor the APV.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
35
performed two sets of test runs in a Ride The Ducks APV similar to DUKW 34. The first test run was performed in Philadelphia on July 14, 2010. The test run was intended to duplicate, as closely as possible, the conditions present on the day of the accident. The APV was loaded with weights to simulate the load conditions at the time of the accident, and the pressure cap was removed from the surge tank. The ambient temperature at the time of the accident could not be simulated. At the time of the test, the air temperature was about 77° F, while the temperature at the time of the accident was about 100° F. The route taken during the first test run was similar to the route taken by DUKW 34 on the day of the accident, with one on-land trip preceding the on-water portion of the test. The engine coolant temperature was observed throughout the test run. The highest on-land coolant temperature was about 180° F; the highest on-water temperature was about 165° F. The second test was performed in Branson, Missouri, with a similar APV to determine the temperature at which steam would be produced from an open water cooling system. In this test run, the pressure cap was removed from the radiator surge tank, and the port side fire damper was closed after the engine cooling water temperature had stabilized at a normal level. The test was conducted with the port fire damper closed because the door was closed when the vehicle was salvaged after the accident, and investigators believed that the closed fire door may have contributed to the high coolant termperature on the day of the accident. The investigation later determined that this door had been closed by the master after the incident began, indicating that it had not been a factor in the accident. The test run consisted of on-road travel only,48 and no attempt was made to match the test load to the passenger load on DUKW 34 at the time of the accident. At the time of the test, the ambient air temperature was about 72° F. After about 10 minutes of on-road travel, the engine coolant temperature increased to about 220° F, at which time steam from the boiling coolant could be seen escaping from the vessel hood and began entering the passenger cabin from the starboard engine compartment vent (figure 10).
48 The on-road trip was from the Ride The Ducks Branson maintenance facility to the parking lot near the point at which the on-water Branson tour would normally begin. The on-road trip in Branson took place over more ―hilly‖ terrain than would be encountered during a normal on-road tour in Philadelphia.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
36
Figure 10. Steam from the engine compartment of a test APV, with cooling water temperature of about 220° F. Caribbean Sea NTSB investigators and third party electronics technicians working under the direction of the NTSB examined and conducted functional testing of the tugboat‘s steering, navigation, and communications systems, including the radios and their volume levels. No deficiencies were found. During an underway trip performed on board the Caribbean Sea with The Resource configured in a hip tow similar to the day of the accident, investigators were able to tune and adjust the radars in both the upper and lower wheelhouses so that each unit acquired a small target such as the anchored APV. Caribbean Sea AIS data (which included reported vessel position, ground speed, ground track angle, and true heading parameters before, during, and after the accident voyage) and post-accident photographic and video evidence were used to validate the visibility study blind zone position and orientation calculations. A review of the available AIS data and photographs/video that documented the vessel upper/lower wheelhouse radar image returns, GPS position, satellite compass true heading, date, and time indicated that the recorded AIS heading parameter was biased about 11 degrees clockwise (to starboard) of the vessel true heading.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
37
Maintenance of Ride The Ducks Philadelphia APVs General At the time of the accident, Ride The Ducks Philadelphia APVs were maintained by three line mechanics, a ―cleaner,‖ and a supervisory mechanic (the fleet maintenance manager). Maintenance operations were overseen by the Philadelphia general manager, and technical support to the Philadelphia maintenance operations (as well as other company locations) was provided by personnel in Branson, Missouri. The company maintained a dedicated point-of-contact at headquarters to address maintenance- and repair-related issues. According to the Philadelphia fleet maintenance manager, the company hired mechanics who were already experienced in heavy vehicle maintenance and then provided them with on-the-job training that focused on the differences between an APV and a commercial vehicle. The company also provided its maintenance staff with written maintenance procedures and checklists to guide them when performing maintenance and repairs. A mechanic exchange program that operated among the various company operating locations was intended to provide a means of information sharing among the company‘s mechanics. The company had an internal website, known as ―Duck Central,‖ that served as a repository for operational and maintenance information and was available to employees with access to a computer. Duck Central was also used to provide employees with safety and training information. The company had also implemented an electronic parts and maintenance system, known as ―Asset Works‖ that was used for parts inventory control and for the recording of maintenance actions performed on the APVs. In addition to the daily inspections described below, more in-depth routine maintenance and inspection of APVs were performed based on engine operating hours. Most major maintenance actions were performed at 250-hour intervals. This routine maintenance covered such items as wheels, brakes, steering, suspension, lubrication, drive axles, struts, drive shafts, transfer cases, radiator, water pump, cooling fan, and electrical system (battery, alternator, wiring). The inspection items were listed on a 9-page ―250 Hour Periodic Inspection and Repair‖ form. According to information provided by the company, the most recent 250-hour inspection for DUKW 34 had been performed in February 2010.49 During the winter off-season, the APVs had annual maintenance and repair periods during which company mechanics performed major repairs, such as engine rebuilds.
49 The form does not indicate the engine hour meter reading at the time of the inspection, and it was not signed by the person completing the inspection even though those items that were completed on the checklist are check marked ―acceptable‖ or ―repairs made‖ and initialed. Not all items on the form were indicated by either a checkmark or initials as having been inspected.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
38
Daily Vehicle Inspections—General Each operating APV was required to undergo three operational inspections each day. The first inspection of the day was to be performed by the assigned APV operator before the vehicle left the maintenance facility. This pre-trip inspection was based on the ―RTDI Captain‘s/Driver‘s Pre-Trip Inspection‖ checklist. At the end of the day, the driver was required to inspect the vehicle again, this time using the ―RTDI Captain‘s/Driver‘s Post-Trip Inspection‖ checklist (more below). Finally, at the end of each operating day, company mechanics were required to review each operator‘s post-trip inspection form and to perform additional checks of the APV‘s mechanical systems. Pre-Trip Inspections. The pre-trip checklist incorporated both Pennsylvania Department of Transportation inspection requirements for operation as a highway vehicle and Coast Guard requirements for operation as a waterborne vessel. According to the checklist, the pre-trip inspection included, among other items, an examination of items responsible for ensuring hull watertight integrity (seal ―boots‖ and hull drain plugs), an inventory and function check of safety equipment (VHF radio, navigation and road lighting, the air horn) a check of steering and rudder controls, and a check to ensure overall cleanliness of the APV.50 The checklist did not require that the operator open the engine compartment cover (hood) to inspect any items within the engine compartment. The fleet maintenance manager told investigators that operators did not examine the engine bay during their pre-trip inspections because that area had already been checked by the mechanic performing the vehicle‘s most recent post-trip inspection (discussed below). The operator was required to sign and submit the inspection form before starting operation for the day. The clipboard recovered from the salvaged APV contained the master‘s completed pre-trip inspection form for the day before the accident. No deficiencies were noted on that form. The inspection form for the day of the accident could not be found. Ride The Ducks representatives informed the NTSB after the accident that, ―standard procedure was to leave the completed Pre-Trip Inspection Forms and Post-Trip Inspection Forms in the Maintenance Shop and not carry them on the vehicle.‖ Post-Trip Inspections. At the end of each operating day, the APV was subjected to a ―post-trip inspection,‖ again using checklists prepared by the company. The operator was required to complete the ―RTDI Captain‘s/Driver‘s Post-Trip Inspection‖ form. This one-page checklist contained 13 items that had to be inspected, including brakes, steering mechanisms, lighting devices and reflectors, tires, horn, windshield wipers, mirrors, coupling devices, wheels and rims, emergency equipment, trash removal and fuel. In addition, space was provided for the operator to note any deficiencies. In addition to the operator‘s post-trip inspection, company mechanics were required at the end of each operating day to review the operator‘s post-trip inspection form and to perform additional checks of each APV‘s mechanical systems. According to the mechanic‘s post-trip
50 The version (version 3/12/2010) of the checklist in use at the time of the accident was a one-page checklist. A previous version (version 2/20/2010) was a two-page checklist that included both interior and exterior items and that had space for the operator to note any deficiencies.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
39
inspection form, this inspection included an examination of the hull bottom, drive tube boots, tires, interior items, engine bay, prop shaft, and hour meter. The form indicated that the engine bay inspection required mechanics to ―check the bay area, check all fluid levels, check engine coolant, check fan belts, and check water pump for excessive play.‖ Coolant level could be checked either by removing the surge tank pressure cap and looking inside the tank51 or by using the ―hot‖ and ―cold‖ coolant level indicator marks on the plastic expansion tank mounted near the surge tank. Any significant deficiencies found during the post-trip inspections were to be corrected before the APV could be returned to service. The mechanics performing the post-trip inspection were required to note the deficiencies found and to sign the form. Daily Inspections of DUKW 34 DUKW 34 was not operated on July 1, 2010. Based on post-trip inspection forms, the APV did operate on July 2 and 3, and no post-trip deficiencies were noted. On July 4, DUKW 34 was in service and was inspected and signed-off on by the fleet maintenance manager with no deficiencies noted. On July 5, 2010, the fleet maintenance manager inspected three APVs, including DUKW 34, and no deficiencies were noted. When DUKW 34 was inspected on July 6, 2010, the evening before the accident, the inspecting mechanic (who had been with the company about 2 weeks) noted no deficiencies on the inspection form that he signed for DUKW 34; he did note deficiencies on three other APVs he inspected on his shift. The mechanic told investigators that he had not removed the surge tank pressure cap on DUKW 34 and that he had checked the coolant level by looking at the level in the plastic expansion tank. He said that the level in the tank ―was right at the level it should have been.‖ Recent Maintenance on DUKW 34 According to the lead mechanic, Ride The Ducks APVs did have occasional problems with engine high temperatures. The mechanic stated that the most common cause of DUKWs running hot was the operator‘s accidentally closing the damper doors, but that the problem was easily resolved by ―a 2-second fix.‖ When asked about which APVs had experienced temperature problems, the lead mechanic told investigators: [DUKW] 34 was one of them, and I put thermostats in it, everything else being good, and [the operator] said that it was still running a little warm. So, I got a sending unit from a local vendor here that was the wrong one, and then we took that out and put a used one in from another water pump and put that in there, and it was still running a little hot. Then I
51 According to the Ride The Ducks lead mechanic, an acceptable coolant level would be 0.5 to 0.75 inch below the filler neck of the tank.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
40
got the correct . . . sending unit and put that in and as far as I know, it was within acceptable limits. The captain had stopped writing it up and each time I saw the gauge, it was fine. Repairs to the APVs were documented on a company form titled ―Equipment Repair Work Order.‖ A review of the maintenance work orders for DUKW 34 identified the following recent work items: 5/21/10 – Replace power steering pump 6/6/10 – Replace thermostat, engine running hot 6/12/10 – R & R [remove and replace] left front wheel seal races and bearings 6/30/10 – R & R [remove and replace] temp[erature] switch [sensor], high temp[erature] reading Coast Guard Notifications and Ride The Ducks Emergency Procedures With regard to mandatory reporting to the Coast Guard of a marine casualty, 46 CFR 4.05-1 states, in part: (a) Immediately after the addressing of resultant safety concerns, the owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge, shall notify the nearest Marine Safety Office, Marine Inspection Office or Coast Guard Group Office whenever a vessel is involved in a marine casualty consisting in… (1)… (2)… (3) A loss of main propulsion, primary steering, or any associated component or control system that reduces the maneuverability of the vessel; (4) An occurrence materially and adversely affecting the vessel's seaworthiness or fitness for service or route, including but not limited to fire, flooding, or failure of or damage to fixed fire-extinguishing systems, lifesaving equipment, auxiliary power-generating equipment, or bilge-pumping systems…. The Ride The Ducks Philadelphia Standard Operating Procedures dated February 25, 2010, states the following: Water Incidents • Loss of Steering • Loss of Propulsion • Injury or Death
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
41
Procedures:
- Captain must immediately notify the USCG by radio
The Ride The Ducks Captains’ Operations Manual, dated February 20, 2010, also included procedures to be followed in case of an emergency. Regarding an on-water fire, the manual stated the following: Fire Procedures on Water Shut off engine. Shut off fuel. Close all vent closures, engine hatch, side hatches and floor flaps. Activate CO2. Ask passengers to don PFDs and to stay calm. Call in to Dispatch to let them know that you have activated your CO2 your location (be specific) and that you are in need of assistance. Attend to your passenger‘s needs and wait for help to arrive. Monitor sea state and freeboard. One Manual Bilge Pump: This can be used on [sic] the same way as the buckets. Put the intake for the pump into the water and direct the discharge with the hose at the base of the fire. Note: If you have a Higgins pump,[52] it will not work with your engine off. Also, don‘t ever turn your ignition switch back on, as it will turn your fuel pumps back on. With regard to actions required as a result of a loss of propulsion, the manual states the following: Loss of Propulsion Procedure Brief the passengers that there is no danger and to remain calmly seated calm [sic] and don PFDs. Notify Dispatch of your status. Dispatch is to notify the USCG and other Ducks in the vicinity in order to request their assistance. Increase attention to your surroundings and continually monitor your freeboard. In the event you have no radio communication, utilize your second means of communication and/or deploy the red distress flag to get the attention of other vessels.
52 A Higgins pump is a chain-driven bilge pump powered by the main propulsion drive system.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
42
If your zone requires an anchor, deploy the anchor when conditions dictate. Continue to monitor vessel traffic and the freeboard and wait for a rescue Duck to arrive. Company Policies Regarding Use of Wireless Devices While on Duty K-Sea Transportation The Caribbean Sea was outfitted with multiple VHF marine radios for communication with other vessels. For daily internal communications between the vessels in the fleet and shore-side personnel, K-Sea Transportation used a company-issued cellular telephone. This phone was assigned specifically to the vessel and was stored in the wheelhouse where it was to be used and monitored by the master or mate on watch. K-Sea Transportation addressed the issue of potential watchstander distraction that could result from use of the company telephone and other electronic devices on board, such as a company-issued computer, by a procedure in the company‘s Safety & Quality Management System (SQMS) program. The procedure required each watch officer to maintain a focused watch, but it allowed use of the company telephone provided that it did not distract from operations or interfere with normal or emergency communications. The company prohibited crewmembers from carrying or using personal cell phones and or other personal electronic devices while on watch. Before the SQMS procedure was issued, the company‘s chief operating officer (COO) had issued several memoranda to the fleet addressing the use of cellular telephones. The first, issued on March 22, 2002, prohibited the carriage of a personal cellular telephone by vessel crewmembers on deck and while on watch and restricted the use of personal cell phones to an enclosed area of the vessel. On February 10, 2004, the COO issued another memorandum to the fleet that addressed the company‘s expectations for the crew to comply with rules and regulations at each marine terminal at which the vessels moored, and also noted restrictions regarding cellular phone use. On July 17, 2006, the COO issued a third memorandum to the fleet that restated the company‘s policy prohibiting the carriage of cellular telephones on watch and included a synopsis from a recent casualty report regarding the grounding of the containership Berit, which was attributed to the second officer‘s distraction because of text messaging. This particular memorandum, along with other memoranda issued in 2006 and 2007, was discussed at a 2-day seminar the company held on November 7 and 8, 2007, for individuals serving in the position of mate upon company vessels. The accident mate attended this seminar and received a Certificate of Completion.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
43
Ride The Ducks Ride The Ducks of Philadelphia personnel used company-issued cellular telephones with direct-connect radio capability for internal communications (except while driving) during business hours. The company assigned a cell phone to each APV unit in operation and issued phones to certain personnel. Although the APVs were outfitted with marine VHF radios for communication with other vessel traffic, APV-to-APV communications or between APV operators and company personnel were made using the direct-connect radio function. Ride The Ducks corporate policy allowed APV masters/drivers to carry personal cell phones as long as they were set for vibrate or silent mode and were never used on tour or in sight of guests except in an emergency. Ride The Ducks Philadelphia policy stated that personal cell phones were not to be used at work and could not be used or displayed at the ticket booth, while on the curb, or while on an APV with guests. If an employee needed to make a call using a personal cell phone, he or she was required to obtain permission from a manager or supervisor and to move out of the view of guests while making the call. The deckhand in this accident acknowledged using his cell phone once to send a personal text message while he was on the DUKW 34 bow after he deployed the anchor. He said he did not recall receiving any response to his text. The video recording of the accident captured the deckhand on the bow of the APV at 1431 taking out his cell phone and sending a text message. Records obtained from the deckhand‘s wireless service provider and from the service provider for the device to which the text message was sent confirmed that the deckhand sent an outgoing text message at that time. Those records also indicated that two incoming text messages were subsequently received by the deckhand‘s cell phone and that the deckhand sent another outgoing text message at 1436, about 1 minute before the collision. Visibility Study After the accident, NTSB investigators conducted a study to determine the extent of the visual field available to a mariner navigating the Caribbean Sea while the vessel was transporting an empty barge in a starboard hip tow. For purposes of comparison, and based on the height of eye of the Caribbean Sea mate, investigators assessed the visual fields available from the tugboat‘s upper and lower wheelhouses. The study used tugboat and barge loading and trim conditions similar to the accident configuration. Based on vessel draft measurements and drawings, investigators determined that the barge bow and stern freeboards were 19.8 feet and 16.2 feet, respectively, on the day of the accident. Investigators calculated that the height of eye (above the water) of the Caribbean Sea mate when operating from the upper wheelhouse was 31.3 feet. Height of eye when operating from the lower wheelhouse was 20.5 feet. The study determined that, from the lower wheelhouse, the mate would have had the last full view of DUKW 34 when the APV was about 5,400 feet ahead of the barge bow. From that point, the APV would have remained partly visible until it was about 3,500 feet away, at which time it would have been completely obscured by the barge. These distances equate to a
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
44
forward-over-the-barge-bow ―blind zone‖ of 14 barge lengths, with an additional 7.5 barge lengths of partially obstructed view. For the upper wheelhouse, DUKW 34 would have remained completely visible to the mate until it was 360 feet ahead of the barge bow. It would have remained partially visible until it was about 230 feet away. In this case, the forward-over-the-barge-bow blind zone distance is less than one barge length, with less than one-half barge length of partially obstructed view.53 At a speed of 6 knots, the tow combination traverses one barge length in about 25 seconds. Coast Guard Oversight of Ride The Ducks Operations Initiation of Operations On April 27, 2003, the Ride The Ducks director of operations e-mailed the chief of the Inspection Department at Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay proposing operation of amphibious sightseeing excursions on the Delaware River. The e-mail indicated that all voyages would begin at the Ride The Ducks ramp adjacent to the Benjamin Franklin Bridge (refer to figure 2), then continue into the channel and proceed southward along Penn‘s Landing for not more than 1 nm. The APV would then return along the same track line and exit the water at the ramp, with the entire time traveled on the water not to exceed 30 minutes. The initial proposal also stated that the APVs‘ distance from the east end of the piers would not exceed 300 yards and that the vessels ―shall stay well clear of the shipping lane traffic upon the Delaware River.‖ The proposed course, along with planned areas of potential passenger egress in case of an emergency, was identified on a chart extract enclosed with the e-mail. The following day, Ride The Ducks provided the Coast Guard with a letter asking to have new-to-zone inspections performed on five APVs, each of which had an existing COI issued by other Coast Guard jurisdictions.54 Following Coast Guard approval for passenger service in the Delaware River, Ride The Ducks began operations in Philadelphia on Memorial Day 2003. During that first year, the Coast Guard limited the vessels to a route between the Benjamin Franklin Bridge and Pier 31. The vessels were not to operate more than 1,000 feet from shore, and the duration of each waterborne excursion was not to exceed 30 minutes. Each APV was authorized to be operated with one licensed master and was allowed to carry up to 38 passengers. On January 22, 2004, Coast Guard Sector Delaware personnel met with Ride The Ducks personnel to discuss safety concerns that had arisen during the first year of operation. The Coast Guard‘s concerns included two instances of loss of propulsion due to floating debris; an instance
53 These blind zone calculations are conservative because investigators did not take into account wheelhouse cabin structures and barge superstructure obstructions. 54The vessels had been in tour service elsewhere and had been relocated to Philadelphia to make up the initial fleet of vessels.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
45
of delayed notification of a marine casualty; marginal results during man overboard drills, which was attributed to the presence of only a single crewmember combined with the APV‘s slow maneuvering; and incidents of children being allowed to sit at the helm. Before the 2004 operational season, the Coast Guard increased the required manning level to include one deckhand and reduced the maximum number of passengers to 37. The Coast Guard also reduced from 1,000 feet to 300 feet the distance from shore that the APV was authorized to operate and mandated that the APVs carry a VHF marine radio. Inspection History of DUKW 34 DUKW 34, as a small passenger vessel under 100 gross tons, was subject to annual inspection by the Coast Guard, in accordance with 46 CFR Parts 175–185. Marine inspectors from Coast Guard Sector (formerly Marine Safety Office) St. Louis, Missouri, performed the plan review, construction oversight, and initial inspection of DUKW 34, which led to the issuance of the original COI and the stability letter for the APV on September 18, 2003. The initial COI required that the APV be manned by one Coast Guard-licensed master and allowed the carriage of 38 passengers. The stability letter indicated that the APV had adequate stability for 39 persons when operating on protected waters (such as the Delaware River). Ride The Ducks subsequently moved the APV to the Miami, Florida, area where inspectors from Coast Guard Sector Miami successfully performed a new-to-zone inspection on the APV on December 3, 2003, after which the vessel began operations on an inland portion of the waterways. In March 2004, Coast Guard marine inspectors conducted a damage survey of the APV and noted fractures in the hull plating near the APV‘s propeller shaft caused by the rudder assembly striking the launch ramp. The APV was pulled from service and repaired. The Miami operation was subsequently closed, and DUKW 34 was removed from certificated small passenger service and sent back to Amphibious Vehicle Manufacturing in Branson. On or about April 29, 2004, Coast Guard marine inspectors from St. Louis approved a redesigned rudder assembly configuration, and the APV was relocated to Philadelphia. Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay marine inspectors completed the APV‘s second inspection for certification on May 28, 2004, and a new COI was issued. The APV remained in continuous certificated service in Philadelphia until late summer
- On September 13, 2008, a Coast Guard inspector noticed that the APV was overdue for the
required annual inspection, which was to have been completed within 90 days of the anniversary date of the COI, or no later than August 28, 2008. A two-person Coast Guard team comprising one investigator and one inspector visited the Ride The Ducks Philadelphia maintenance facility on October 8, 2008, with regard to the overdue inspection. At that time, company representatives informed the Coast Guard team DUKW 34 had experienced a problem with a bearing in its transfer case around the first of September while in operation on the road, and because it was no longer needed for the remainder of the season, it had been taken out of service. The Coast Guard team removed the COI that had been issued for DUKW 34, and on November 3, 2008, the chief, Prevention Department, informed Ride The Ducks by letter that the APV‘s COI had been deactivated because of the missed required annual inspection.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
46
On March 12, 2009, inspectors from Coast Guard Sector Philadelphia completed a COI examination and issued the APV‘s third COI. The COI authorized the carriage of 37 passengers, and required both a master and a deckhand, for a total of 39 persons. The APV was authorized to resume passenger service at that time. The most recent Coast Guard annual inspection of DUKW 34 before the accident began on March 12, 2010, and was completed on March 31, 2010. Inspectors identified three deficiencies on the initial visit. Addressing the deficiencies required repairing the APV‘s propeller engagement system, relocating a coolant overflow hose that was contacting the port muffler, and removing an unused starter solenoid wire. All deficiencies were resolved before the inspection was completed, at which time the APV was determined to be fit for service. Safety Management at K-Sea Transportation and Ride The Ducks General In an effort to ensure safety at sea, prevent human injury or loss of life, and avoid damage to the environment, the International Maritime Organization (IMO) developed the International Safety Management (ISM) Code. The ISM Code was adopted by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) in 1994 and incorporated into SOLAS Chapter IX. On December 24, 1997, the Coast Guard issued final regulations for implementing the ISM code, and the final rule became effective on January 23, 1998. The regulations included standards that would allow companies to satisfy international certification requirements for developing a vessel safety management system (SMS), and also provided a means for voluntary certification of SMS for U.S. domestic vessels. According to 33 CFR 96.230, the fundamental objectives of a SMS are to provide for safe practices in vessel operation and a safe working environment on board the vessel. The SMS must establish and implement safeguards against all identified risks and provide a means to continuously improve safety management skills of personnel ashore and on board vessels, including preparation for emergencies related to both safety and environmental protection. An SMS should also provide a means to ensure compliance with mandatory rules and regulations. Under the existing regulations, vessel operators that are not required to comply with the ISM code can voluntarily meet the standards and have their systems certificated. Guidance for voluntary compliance is provided in Coast Guard NVIC 5-99. As stated in the NVIC, ―33 CFR 96 is the basis for the requirements of a voluntary safety management system.‖ As outlined in the Coast Guard‘s Marine Safety Manual, an equivalent to ISM code compliance has been established for vessels not engaged in foreign voyages. The Coast Guard has prepared guidance documents (booklet and computer disc) for use in developing safety management systems. Vessel operators must apply in writing to participate in the ―equivalent‖ SMS program.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
47
In the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2004, Congress added towing vessels to the list of vessels subject to Coast Guard inspection and authorized the agency to establish an SMS appropriate for towing vessels.‖55 In response to this mandate, the Coast Guard sought and obtained input from the Towing Safety Advisory Committee (TSAC), as well as from interested members of the public and other maritime stakeholders, to develop the draft of the proposed regulations.56 The effort resulted in the draft regulations known as 46 CFR, Subchapter M, which are expected to be released as a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in mid-2011.57 The Coast Guard Authorization Act of 2010 amended the existing law and provided the Coast Guard with the authority to require SMS on certain U.S. domestic passenger vessels and small passenger vessels, with the requirement based on the number of people who could be killed or injured in a marine casualty.58 The applicability of SMS is also based on vessel characteristics, methods of operation, and nature of the vessel‘s service. The enabling regulations for the new authority have not yet been developed by the Coast Guard. K-Sea Transportation and the Caribbean Sea Although the Caribbean Sea operated domestically, K-Sea Transportation did operate some of its vessels in international waters, making the company subject to the applicable provisions of SOLAS and the ISM Code. The American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) issued K-Sea Transportation a 5-year Document of Compliance (with the ISM code) on October 18, 2008, and completed its first annual verification audit of compliance on October 21, 2009. 59 K-Sea Transportation was also a member of The American Waterways Operators (AWO) industry association‘s Responsible Carrier Program60 and had successfully completed a third-party audit under that program on March 7, 2010.
55 Public Law 108-293, dated August 9, 2004, which amended 46 United States Code Sections 3301 (15) and 3306 (j). 56 TSAC was established by Congress to advise the Coast Guard on matters concerning shallow draft inland and coastal waterway navigation and towing safety. Its members include representatives from the barge and towing industry, the offshore mineral and oil supply vessel industry, and from maritime shippers and labor forces, port stakeholders, and the general public. 57 To facilitate the implementation of these regulations and to ease the industry‘s transition into inspected service, which will affect over 5,200 vessels, the Coast Guard has developed the Towing Vessel Bridging Program and established the Towing Vessel National Center of Expertise in Paducah, Kentucky. For more information, see Coast Guard Memorandum from Commandant (CG-543) dated June 12, 2009, Towing Vessel Bridging Program, and http://www.uscg.mil/tvncoe. 58 Public Law 111-281, enacted October 15, 2010. 59 If an initial audit determines that the company has developed safety management procedures that meet the ISM code requirements, the company is issued a 5-year Document of Compliance (DOC). Annual audits are required to verify continued compliance. 60 The AWO established the Responsible Carrier Program as a guide for developing company-specific safety and environmental programs tailored to the barge and towing industry. The program incorporates best industry practices in the three primary areas of company management policies, vessel equipment, and human factors. The program requires that participating companies undergo a third-party audit by an AWO-certified auditor to verify compliance.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
48
On September 7, 2010, NTSB investigators visited the corporate offices of K-Sea Transportation and interviewed personnel involved with the company‘s SQMS program. These included the president; the health, safety, quality, and environmental officer; the chief operating officer; and the Philadelphia operations manager. During this visit, investigators examined the results of the previous audits performed by ABS and AWO auditors; the management reviews for the last three quarterly meetings of the company‘s safety, quality, and environmental team held before the accident; near-miss and nonconformity reports submitted from vessels in the fleet for the preceding year, including the analysis performed of the incidents; and corrective actions and the follow up measures. Investigators also reviewed the captain and vessel superintendent inspection reports for the Caribbean Sea and other vessels, as well as documentation associated with the company processes related to vessel inspection, vessel maintenance, and training of maritime personnel. No deficiencies were identified. Ride The Ducks At the time of the accident, Ride The Ducks operated passenger vessels on limited domestic routes. Therefore, neither the company nor its vessels were required to comply with the domestic regulations or the SOLAS provisions that required development and implementation of an SMS. Ride The Ducks did have a series of written corporate safety, operations, and procedures manuals61 that outlined company expectations for safe vessel operational practices and safe working environments, identified risk and implemented appropriate safeguards, provided for training of personnel, and ensured compliance with rules and regulations. According to company policy, any Ride The Ducks employee was empowered to stop any operation when it was deemed a hazard or not consistent with company safety standards. The company also had a hotline to link local operators with corporate managers and had established an internal website containing information, service bulletins, announcements, various forms, and links to the above guidance manuals. In addition, the Philadelphia office had established its own standard operating procedures62 that provided staff with local and site specific policy and guidance. Besides periodic statistical analysis of the company‘s accident and injury data, Ride The Ducks used internal and independent, third-party audits, both scheduled and random, as an on- going monitoring and measurement tool. The president, director of fleet operations, company safety specialist, operations manager, maintenance manager, and local general managers all were assigned specific audit responsibilities that were to occur at certain intervals. Locally, each general manager was required to conduct random bi-monthly audits of employees in safety critical positions to evaluate and monitor the implementation of and compliance with the company‘s safety procedures. According to Ride The Ducks representatives, from the beginning of the 2010 operating season until the time of the accident, the general manager in Philadelphia performed eight audits of employees in safety-critical positions. None of the internal audits
61 Ride The Ducks Fleet Operations Manual dated January 2, 2010; Safety Procedures Manual dated February 16, 2010; Captains’ Operations Manual dated February 20, 2010; and Authorized Operator’s Manual dated January 27, 2010. 62 Ride The Ducks Philadelphia Standard Operating Procedures dated February 25, 2010.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
49
resulted in any documented nonconformity with emergency procedures or other safety concerns. At the time of the accident, no independent, third-party mechanical, safety, or procedural audits had been performed at the Ride The Ducks Philadelphia location to validate or confirm the internal findings of the general manager. On September 9, 2010, NTSB investigators visited Ride The Ducks company headquarters and interviewed management personnel, including the company president, the safety specialist, and the director of fleet operations. Investigators also examined internal audit reports, reviewed meeting minutes from the last three quarterly management safety review meetings held at the corporate level before the accident, and explored relevant elements of the company‘s policy and guidance to employees found in the company‘s guidance manuals. The company president told investigators that about three times each month he would make unscheduled and unstructured visits to various company locations to observe operations. During these site visits, he would interact with company personnel at all levels and get under way on board a company APV to assess the quality of the tour and the crew interaction. Other Information Postaccident Actions—Ride The Ducks Just over a week after the accident, the Coast Guard issued a requirement to all operational Ride The Ducks APVs in Philadelphia to cease operations in the Delaware River with passengers.63 Per an operational plan submitted to and approved by the Coast Guard on August 27, 2010, the company is required to have a pre-staged rescue boat that is either manned and in operation or is in a ready-to-deploy status at all times while APVs are in operation on the river. In addition, a maximum of three APVs may be in operation on the river at any time. The revised routing for the water portion of the tours will not take the APVs more than 100 feet from the bulkhead (which will keep the vessels out of the navigation channel). Water tours are limited to 15 minutes. APVs are also prohibited from entering the river and performing the water portion of the tour if deep draft, or tugboat/barge combinations are approaching within 1/2 mile of the APV‘s designated route. APV operations are prohibited if the master cannot establish radio communication with the rescue boat or if there is a loss of visual contact between the APV and the rescue boat. The APV master and the rescue boat operator are both required to monitor VHF channels 13, and 16, and the Ride The Ducks VHF working channel. Additionally, the rescue boat operator will also be monitoring AIS data transmitted by other vessels in the area. According to Ride The Ducks management, the city of Philadelphia initially expressed a preference that Ride The Ducks not resume operations on the Delaware River and instead move the waterborne tours to the nearby Schuylkill River. In January 2011, the city denied Ride The Ducks‘ proposal that it be allowed to operate on the Schuylkill River. The city of Philadelphia
63 The Coast Guard issued inspection requirements, dated July 16, 2010, to each of the remaining 14 operational APVs in the Philadelphia fleet. By the form CG-835, the Coast Guard de-authorized Ride The Ducks vessels to operate in the Delaware River while carrying passengers. The inspections were completed and the Form CG-835s were resolved by August 31, 2010.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
50
subsequently approved a revised operating plan for passenger service in the Delaware River. Ride The Ducks Philadelphia resumed APV operations on the Delaware River with passengers for hire on April 21, 2011. According to Ride The Ducks officials, the company took the following additional actions after the accident: Immediate Actions. Immediately following the accident, Ride The Ducks suspended operations at all locations and initiated a review of safety and operational procedures. The company also held training classes for all its masters, drivers, and mechanics. Operations remained suspended until each of the company‘s APVs could undergo an inspection of the engine compartment, fire-fighting systems, and safety equipment. Company representatives stated that the few minor (non-safety) discrepancies that were found were corrected immediately. Safety Equipment. A full review and inspection of all onboard safety equipment was conducted. Some safety equipment was repositioned to make it more visible and accessible to the master. Horns. The fixed horn was re-wired to support operation regardless of ignition switch position. A second hand-held air horn was added and mounted in the helm area. Radios. All Ride The Ducks vehicles have been equipped with hand-held VHF radios in addition to the existing hard-wired, dash-mounted radio to provide maritime communication redundancy and monitoring capability. Company representatives affirmed and clarified, both internally and with the Coast Guard, communication requirements and procedures regarding APVs and any response boat dispatched in the event of an on-water incident. Radios and horns were evaluated for effectiveness, and radio procedures were enhanced. In one city, radio repeaters were installed to enhance radio communication. Safety Briefing. Ride The Ducks standardized and re-scripted the complete pre-water-entry safety briefing for all locations to include, among other things, a standardized, formal, live demonstration of how to don a personal flotation device (appendix B). Response Boat. Ride The Ducks has purchased and staffed a custom-built, dedicated response boat to maintain line-of-sight of the entire Delaware River operating area during tour operations and to provide coordination and rapid assistance, including towing when necessary. This boat carries multiple VHF radios, is equipped with AIS, and is manned by a licensed master. Waterways Management. Ride The Ducks has joined the Marine Advisory Committee of the Maritime Exchange for the Delaware River and Bay to improve communication with other river users and to receive local notice of pertinent river conditions and planned vessel activity. The company has consulted with third-party marine consultants, participated in safety conferences, and solicited industry partners for marine safety. Additionally, Ride The Ducks has formed mutual-aid pacts with local marine operators and has held meetings with vessel operators in all of its operating cities so that all parties are aware of one another‘s routes and operating
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
51
patterns. Ride The Ducks also coordinates with other industry members and organizations to increase awareness of these issues. Routes. Company managers and operations personnel conducted a route study at each of its locations. Procedures Review. Ride The Ducks conducted a full review of all of the company‘s manuals, forms and procedures, with the intent of clarifying procedures and facilitating training. All locations contributed content particular to their operations. Safety Management System. Ride The Ducks compared the company‘s safety procedures and directives to the SMSs used by other operators. In the interest of clarity in the marine industry, the company has begun translating its procedures, processes and safety systems into the SMS-type format. Additionally, the company is working with the Passenger Vessel Association (PVA) to assist other passenger vessel owners with the same task. Audits. Ride The Ducks contracted with an engineering firm to conduct comprehensive audits at all of its locations. These audits covered paperwork procedures, daily operations, occupational safety and health compliance, driver safety, and mechanical procedures. Any deficiencies noted have been corrected, and ongoing evaluations continue. Engine Bay Attention Signs. The company has installed placards near the engine compartment of each APV reminding mechanics to ―ensure all fluid caps are securely fastened . . . before closing engine hood.‖ Training Program. The company reviewed its 2011 training program for operations personnel, masters, safety representatives, and mechanics and made changes as follows: All masters/deckhands must complete training in bridge resource management and situational awareness in addition to their safety training, emergency procedures training, and driver‘s training. All company mechanics will enter training for ASE certification64 or ASE M&I,65 as appropriate. Operations personnel will complete Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) crisis management training. The company‘s safety director has already completed this course. Visual and/or tactile training aids are being developed for more comprehensive operator education of the propulsion and steering systems.
64ASE certification is awarded by the National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence (ASE). To achieve certification, a candidate must pass an ASE examination and provide proof of at least 2 years of relevant mechanical work experience. To maintain certification, the individual must be retested every 5 years. 65 The ASE maintenance and inspection (M&I) program consists of online training and test modules intended primarily for prospective or entry-level mechanics.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
52
An enhanced training program has been established for new-hire mechanics and masters. Personnel Actions. Ride The Ducks promoted a safety specialist to the position of safety director. The safety director has reviewed all procedures for the 2011 operating season and has made site visits to or audits of all Ride The Ducks locations. The company has identified a specific ―safety representative‖ at each location to be a point of contact for any safety issues. Postaccident Actions—K-Sea Transportation After the accident, the city of Philadelphia terminated its sludge transport contract with K-Sea Transportation, but later reinstated the contract. When the contract was reinstated, K-Sea Transportation replaced the Caribbean Sea with another company vessel and relocated the Caribbean Sea to New York. The company has opened its own internal investigation, and that investigation remains open. According to K-Sea Transportation officials, after the accident, the company held seminars that addressed distractions while on duty, reviewed company policies regarding cell phone use and watchstanding, and hired a consultant to observe barge movements and to make safety recommendations. In October 2010, the sludge transport contract between the city of Philadelphia and K-Sea Transportation was amended to add, among others, the following provisions: Designated tug boats shall be equipped with an upper pilot house. The helmsman shall pilot from the upper wheelhouse when maneuvering an empty barge. In addition to the requirements of the Inland Navigational Rules, at any and all times while transporting a barge pursuant to this agreement, [K-Sea Transportation] shall ensure that an experienced and proficient lookout be posted on the barge with radio communication capabilities and clear line of sight of the waterways in the immediate path of the vessel(s). The tug boat will have 2 radios in both the upper and lower wheel houses and the galley. One will be keyed to Channel 13 and the other to Channel 16. Both channels will be monitored by the helmsman or his designee at all times when the barge is in tow. The tug boat must be equipped with radar. The helmsmen or mate on watch must have received training on how to interpret radar and effectively use it for navigation and must hold a radar observer endorsement on his/her U.S. Coast Guard License.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
53
At no time during the operation of the tug boat with barge in tow may the helmsman or designated lookout use a cell phone for personal reasons. The off-watch is to be alerted if watch stander is distracted for any reason. Voyage Plan to favor course on Eastern limit of channel. A placard with all the new contract provisions is posted on board the tugboat assigned to the contract. According to K-Sea officials, the above provisions apply only to this contract. Fleet-wide, the requirement remains for watchstanders to ―maintain a proper lookout.‖
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
54
Analysis The four individuals most directly involved with this accident—the master and the deckhand of DUKW 34 and the master and the mate of the Caribbean Sea—met all state and Federal requirements applicable to their positions. A review of the government- and company-maintained medical records of the crewmembers of both vessels revealed no medical conditions that would have affected the crewmembers‘ ability to perform their jobs safely on the day of the accident. Postaccident toxicological tests conducted on each individual were negative for the presence of alcohol, illegal drugs and prescribed or over-the-counter medications. The National Weather Service reported visibility as 10 statute miles at the time of the accident. Winds were light to moderate, and river current was as predicted. The width of the navigation channel to the north and south of the accident site was about 400 feet, with no obstructions that would have prevented either vessel‘s crewmembers from seeing the other vessel in time to prevent the collision. At the site of the accident, the navigation channel was also 400 feet wide. The anchored APV was in the approximate center of the channel, allowing sufficient room for the tugboat/barge combination to maneuver around the APV and still remain within the navigation channel. Had it not been possible for the tow combination to remain within the channel, sufficient water depth was available outside the right (east) boundary of the channel to allow the tug/tow combination to safely make any maneuvers necessary to avoid the accident. The propulsion and steering systems of the salvaged DUKW 34 were tested to the extent possible. No significant deficiencies were found in the steering system other than those that could be attributed to the damage caused by the accident. Function testing of the nonpropulsion mechanical systems on board the APV revealed no defects or indications of mechanical failure that would have caused or contributed to the accident. Postaccident inspection and testing of the steering and propulsion systems of the Caribbean Sea revealed no defects. A third-party electronics service company tested the electronic and communications equipment on board the vessel and found no significant deficiencies. In postaccident statements to investigators, neither the vessel master nor the mate mentioned any problems they had detected in shipboard systems. Although investigators found an approximate 11 degree bias in the satellite compass heading information, when small vessels navigate on narrow rivers during clear visibility conditions, precise heading information, whether derived from the satellite compass, magnetic compass, or GPS, is not essential to safe navigation. The NTSB therefore concludes that the following were not factors in this accident: qualifications of crewmembers on board the Caribbean Sea and DUKW 34 for the positions they held; use of alcohol, illicit drugs, or prescribed or over-the-counter medications by the master and the mate of the Caribbean Sea or by the master and the deckhand of DUKW 34; meteorological conditions; river conditions and waterway configuration; functioning of the
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
55
mechanical, electronic, and communications systems on board the Caribbean Sea; and functioning of the nonpropulsion mechanical systems on board DUKW 34. Investigators interviewed personnel on both vessels about their work and sleep schedules leading up to the accident. No one interviewed reported being tired or having reason to be fatigued on the day of the accident; however, the sleep/rest information collected was limited, and crew fatigue or wakefulness could not be verified. Fire Emergency on Board DUKW 34 The master and the deckhand of DUKW 34 told investigators that about 10 minutes into the water portion of the accident tour, they saw smoke entering the passenger cabin. Fearing an engine fire, the master shut down the engine. Postaccident examination of the engine compartment of the APV revealed no evidence of fire or smoke damage. The examination did, however, reveal that the pressure cap was not in place on the radiator surge tank. The cap was found in the bottom of the engine compartment. A radiator or surge tank pressure cap is a critical component in an engine cooling system. By raising the boiling point of the coolant, the pressure cap allows the coolant to operate at higher temperatures without being converted to steam, which would cause it to lose its effectiveness as a heat-transfer agent. The DUKW 34 pressure cap was rated at 13 psi. At 13 pounds of pressure, water, which at standard atmospheric pressure boils at 212° F, will not boil until it reaches 245° F. The presence of antifreeze solution in the water raises the boiling point even higher. Thus, under pressure, the DUKW 34 engine coolant should not have begun to boil away even at the 220° F temperature the deckhand reported seeing on the vessel‘s temperature gauge. At atmospheric pressure, however, which would have been the case if the pressure cap was not installed, the coolant solution could easily have begun to boil at that temperature and evaporate as steam. This was confirmed by the test run investigators conducted in Branson, Missouri, of an APV similar to DUKW 34. During that testing, with the surge tank pressure cap removed and a coolant temperature of 220° F, the vapor from the boiling coolant filled the passenger cabin of the APV in a manner similar to that described by the master and the deckhand as having occurred on the day of the accident. The NTSB therefore concludes that the DUKW 34 surge tank pressure cap was not in place at the time of the accident, and the missing pressure cap allowed the engine coolant to boil and create steam that entered the passenger compartment and prompted the master to shut down the engine because he believed he had an onboard fire. The NTSB could not determine why the DUKW 34 coolant temperature rose to 220° on the accident trip or why it had not reached a similar temperature on earlier tours that day. No defects were found in the engine‘s mechanical and cooling systems during postaccident inspections, suggesting that the overheating was likely due to a combination of high ambient temperature, slow speeds (reducing the flow of cooling air across the engine), high water temperature (reducing the efficiency of the vessel‘s keel cooler), high engine load caused by operating with a full load of passengers northbound against the current, and a loss of coolant due
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
56
to evaporation during the period in which the APV was operating with an improperly secured or missing pressure cap. Performance of Ride the Ducks Maintenance Personnel The missing pressure cap was found in the bottom of the engine bay when DUKW 34 was salvaged. Given the fact that the APV‘s engine compartment was documented as having been inspected the evening before the accident, the misplaced cap could be explained by two possible scenarios. First, the cap could have been removed to check or add to the coolant level and then reinstalled improperly so that, as a result of vibration or pressure within the cooling system, it worked loose until the spring pressure within the cap caused it to separate from the surge tank filler neck. Another possibility is that a mechanic may have removed the cap to replenish the coolant and become distracted and forgotten to finish the task. The cap would have fallen to the bottom of the engine bay after the vehicle left the maintenance facility for the Visitor Center. The mechanic who performed the post-trip inspection of DUKW 34 the evening before the accident told investigators that he had used the coolant level markings on the expansion tank to check the coolant level in the APV. He said that the coolant was ―right at the level it should have been‖ and that he had not removed the pressure cap from the surge tank. But DUKW 34 was one of four APVs that the mechanic inspected that evening, and it is possible that his recollection was faulty about which actions he had performed on which vehicle. If his recollection was correct, he simply may not have noticed if the cap had been improperly installed. Thus, Ride The Ducks mechanical personnel either failed to reinstall the cap after removal or failed to install the cap properly to prevent it from becoming dislodged during vehicle operation. In any event, the mechanics who were responsible for inspecting Ride The Ducks APVs allowed DUKW 34 to be put into service with a missing or improperly installed pressure cap. The NTSB therefore concludes that the mechanics who performed post-trip inspections of DUKW 34 failed to ensure that the surge tank pressure cap was securely in place before allowing the vehicle to enter passenger service. Ride The Ducks hired mechanics experienced in heavy-vehicle maintenance and gave them on-the-job training that highlighted the difference between an APV and other commercial or heavy vehicles. Although APVs must be able to function in two very different operating environments and are thus equipped with components and systems that are not found on trucks or buses, learning to perform effective routine inspections of APVs should not be difficult for any competent and experienced vehicle mechanic. In this accident, the inspection failure involved a common component (surge tank or radiator pressure cap) found on almost all gas- or diesel-driven highway vehicles.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
57
To assist its mechanics with inspection and maintenance duties, Ride The Ducks had written maintenance procedures and checklists in place to guide the mechanics in their work. The company had also developed information resources, such as ―Duck Central,‖ which it made available to fleet maintenance managers and mechanics to track maintenance issues and procedures. The company also established a mechanic exchange program to encourage knowledge-sharing among the various company operating locations and identified a dedicated point of contact at company headquarters for maintenance and repair issues. Ride The Ducks has reported to the NTSB that, after the accident, the company reviewed its 2011 training program for mechanics and now requires that its mechanics enter training for ASE or ASE M&I certification, as appropriate. The company reports that it has also established an enhanced training program for its mechanics. Also since the accident, the company has modified its mechanics‘ checklists and has posted a placard on the underside of the APV hoods reminding mechanics to makes sure all fluid caps are secured before they close the engine compartment cover. The NTSB acknowledges the proactive steps that Ride The Ducks has taken to improve its maintenance program. Although ASE certification of its mechanics will not assure the company that mistakes and oversights in the inspection and maintenance of APVs will not occur in the future (no amount of training and no type of certification can make such an assurance), requiring such training reflects the company‘s recognition that an effective maintenance program is a key to safe operations, and it should elevate the professionalism of the maintenance staff. Similarly, the other changes the company has made in the maintenance area should provide additional protection against the type of low-level error that was implicated in this accident. Performance of the Operating Crews Before the Accident At the first sign of what he believed to be a fire, the DUKW 34 master immediately shut down the APV‘s engine and anchored. But this loss of propulsion and subsequent anchoring, even occurring as it did in the center of a navigation channel, should not have led to a collision because crewmembers of the APV and the tugboat/barge combination had opportunities after that time to take actions that may have prevented the accident. The NTSB evaluated the performance of the crewmembers in an attempt to determine why this did not happen. Location of Mate While Navigating the Caribbean Sea At the time of the accident, the Caribbean Sea was being navigated by the mate. The mate was an experienced mariner who had about 118 days of service on either the Caribbean Sea or the Falcon as those vessels made the daily sludge barge run between two wastewater facilities. Both the Caribbean Sea and the Falcon were outfitted with an upper wheelhouse above the main wheelhouse that provided improved visibility. The Caribbean Sea master told investigators that before the accident trip he had spoken with the mate about using the upper wheelhouse during the northbound voyage. The master said that the mate had assured him that this was where he
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
58
would be. In a postaccident interview with Coast Guard investigators, the mate said that he was operating from the upper wheelhouse when the accident occurred. Because of the number of tourists in the area at the time and the prevalence of digital cameras, this accident was well documented photographically. A number of individuals who had been on the bulkhead at Penn‘s Landing at the time of the accident provided the NTSB with photographs taken just before, during, and just after the collision. At least two of the still photographs (included as figures 3 and 4 in this report) provide fairly clear images of the upper wheelhouse of the Caribbean Sea just before and just as the barge struck the APV. Figure 11 shows enlargements from figures 3 and 4 that provide close-up views of the upper wheelhouse just before and after the accident. The enlargement from figure 3 shows the upper wheelhouse in a profile view. The door is open, and the wheelhouse appears to be empty. Anyone at the helm would have been visible through the un-tinted windows. The enlargement from figure 4, taken just after the bow of the barge The Resource struck the APV, shows the upper wheelhouse from almost a rear 3/4 view. A portion of the interior of the wheelhouse is visible through the open door. In this image, too, the upper wheelhouse appears to be empty.
Figure 11. (Left) Enlargement from figure 3, showing the Caribbean Sea’s upper wheelhouse about 45 seconds before the collision. (Right) Enlargement from figure 4, showing the Caribbean Sea’s upper wheelhouse just as the bow of the barge strikes DUKW 34. Almost immediately after the accident, based on their interview statements, the Caribbean Sea‘s deckhand No. 1 and engineer ran to the aft portion of the main deck. The engineer said that he then climbed the ladder on the aftermost bulkhead to the upper deck and went forward along the port side to notify the master (refer to figure 5). He said when he opened the exterior door leading to a passageway between the master‘s stateroom and the ladder to the lower wheelhouse, he saw the mate standing in front of the master‘s stateroom door.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
59
To get from the upper wheelhouse to the master‘s stateroom, the mate would have had to descend two exterior ladders that terminated on the upper deck near the same aft ladder used by the engineer immediately after the incident. He then would have had to proceed forward along the same route as the engineer and enter the same exterior door into the passageway. But neither deckhand No. 1 nor the engineer saw the mate at this time. Given the brief time that elapsed between the time the engineer and the deckhand (who were in the galley) felt the engine rpm decrease and emerged from the galley onto the main deck, it is unlikely that the mate would have had time to travel from the upper wheelhouse, down two ladders, then forward to the exterior door without being seen by the other two crewmembers. The master said that the mate, after he had alerted the master to the collision, left the master‘s stateroom. The master said that he got dressed and went to the upper wheelhouse, where he found the mate. The master said that when he arrived, he found the throttle active for operation from the upper wheelhouse. He said he also found that both VHF radios and the radar were turned on. But there was sufficient time for the mate, after leaving the master‘s stateroom, to have gone to the upper wheelhouse and activated the valve to change the throttle control location from the lower to the upper wheelhouse before the master arrived. The NTSB therefore concludes that, contrary to the master‘s instructions and contrary to his own postaccident statements, the mate of the Caribbean Sea was not navigating the vessel from the upper wheelhouse at the time of the collision. Based on the postaccident statements of the engineer and deckhand No. 1, engine rpm was reduced almost immediately when the bow of the barge struck the APV, which indicates that at the moment of impact, the mate was in a position to respond quickly with a throttle manipulation. Other than the upper wheelhouse, only two locations on the vessel would have permitted the mate to respond so quickly: the aft deck station and the lower wheelhouse. When the engineer and the deckhand exited the galley and went toward the stern of the tugboat, neither saw the mate near the aft deck control station. When the engineer went forward to notify the master, the mate was already standing at the master‘s stateroom door. He could have been able to reach this position within that time frame and without being seen by other crewmembers only if he had been operating the vessel from the lower wheelhouse at the time of the accident. From the lower wheelhouse, the mate would also have been able to see the bow of the APV (and recognize it as a DUKW vehicle) as it swung to the port side of the barge after it had been struck. This could explain how the mate became aware of the collision so quickly (indicated by his timely throttle response) and how he was instantly aware of the type of vehicle that had been struck (as indicated by his statement to the master). Lack of Attention to Duty by the Caribbean Sea Mate Had an upper wheelhouse not been available, the mate could have navigated the tow combination safely from the lower wheelhouse. The lower wheelhouse was equipped with radars and radios that would have helped the mate monitor his surroundings and avoid hazards. Despite the presence of these navigation aids, however, with the limited visibility ahead because of the high freeboard of the barge, the mate would have needed to assign the deckhand, with a radio, as an additional lookout on the bow area of the barge.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
60
In this case, the mate moved from the upper wheelhouse to the lower one without posting an additional lookout to ensure adequate visibility in the direction of travel. Based on the results of the NTSB‘s visibility study, from the lower wheelhouse, the mate‘s view of DUKW 34 would have begun to be at least partially obstructed when the APV was still about 5,400 feet, or about 21 barge-lengths, away. Once the barge approached within 3,500 feet, or about 14 barge-lengths, the mate would have had no view of the anchored APV. At a barge speed of 6 knots, the mate‘s view of the APV would have begun to be partially obstructed about 9 minutes before the collision and would have been totally obstructed about 6 minutes before. Thus, from about the time DUKW 34 was firmly anchored (at 1433) until the collision, it was partially or completely out of the view of the mate in the lower wheelhouse. By contrast, had the mate been navigating from the upper wheelhouse, the anchored APV would have been at least partially visible until it was less than one barge-length away. Evidence also indicates that the mate was not actively monitoring the radars and radios while in the lower wheelhouse. Even if the DUKW master did not make a securité radio call66 immediately when the APV was shut down and anchored (the lack of recorded transmission indicates that he did not), he and other mariners clearly radioed warning calls to the tugboat and barge about a minute before the collision. Had the mate been monitoring the radios and radar, even from within the lower wheelhouse, he would have been alerted to the presence of the APV and may have been able to take action to avoid the collision. Based on the mate‘s own postaccident statements to the Coast Guard, however, he was not aware of the presence of the anchored APV until after the barge had struck it. The NTSB attempted to determine why, on the day of the accident, a trained, experienced, and otherwise competent mariner failed to effectively carry out routine, but highly crucial, tasks central to his profession. No evidence indicates that the mate was fatigued, and his postaccident toxicological tests showed no signs of alcohol or illegal drugs. Personal Use of Cell Phone and Laptop Computer by the Caribbean Sea Mate The mate‘s cell phone records revealed a likely explanation for his poor judgment and inattentiveness to his duties on the day of the accident. The records showed that the mate was engaged in voice communications with several family members beginning just 22 minutes after he assumed the watch and continuing up until the time of the accident. The mate‘s cell phone records indicated 65 minutes of activity during the 135-minute period from the time he made the first call at 1222 (after relieving the watch at 1200) until the time of the accident at 1437. Eighteen outgoing or incoming calls totaling about 53 minutes were made after 1315 while the mate was solely responsible for navigating the tugboat and barge. Even allowing for the fact that the call durations on the records are rounded up to the next minute, the mate spent from one-third to almost one-half of his time making or taking calls when he should have been attending to the safe passage of his vessel. The last call initiated before the accident, as indicated by the phone records as having started at 14:32, could actually have been initiated up to 1 minute earlier
66 A securité radio call, usually broadcast on a common frequency, such as VHF channel 16 or medium frequency (MF) 2182 kilohertz, is used to alert shore stations and vessels that important safety information is about to be transmitted. Such radio transmissions begin with ―securité, securité, securité,‖ which is followed by the safety-critical information.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
61
(14:31:01), according to the mobile carrier. Based on the reported 6-minute duration of this call, the earliest it could have ended would have been 14:36:02 (actual duration 5 minutes 1 second rounded up to 6 minutes). This would have been about 10 seconds before the master of the APV made the first of his series of calls just before the collision. But this calculation represents the extremes. It is not likely that this call began and ended at the earliest possible times, making it likely that the mate was using his cell phone at least during the time of the radio calls from the APV master and possibly at the time of the collision itself. Moreover, he simultaneously conducted Internet searches on the company laptop computer, which further distracted him from his navigational responsibility. The NTSB therefore concludes that the mate of the Caribbean Sea failed to maintain an appropriate lookout, including monitoring the radios, while navigating the vessel because he was distracted by personal use of his cell phone and the company laptop computer in dealing with a serious family medical emergency. As a result of its preliminary investigations of two marine accidents that occurred in December 2009 and involved collisions between Coast Guard and civilian vessels, the NTSB, on August 11, 2010, issued Safety Recommendation M-10-3 to the Coast Guard: Issue a safety advisory to the maritime industry that (1) promotes awareness of the risk posed by the use of cellular telephones and other wireless devices while operating vessels and (2) encourages the voluntary development of operational policies to address the risk. In response to Safety Recommendation M-10-3, the Coast Guard, on October 29, 2010, issued Marine Safety Advisory 01-10, Distracted Operations–Don’t let it be you, which warned mariners of the danger and potential for distraction from duty caused by the use of a cellular telephone or wireless device for purposes unrelated to vessel operation. That safety alert specifically mentioned the risk of using these devices when mariners were performing navigation duties alone, as was the mate on the Caribbean Sea. Based on this response, Safety Recommedation M-10-3 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action‖ on December 14, 2010. The mate had been an employee of K-Sea Transportation since late December 2000. As early as March 22, 2002, the company had issued a memorandum to its personnel prohibiting mariners from using personal cell telephones while on watch. This policy was reinforced with a second memorandum issued to all personnel on February 10, 2004, and by a third memorandum issued on July 17, 2006. Additionally, the company‘s policy prohibiting personal use of cell phones while on watch was specifically discussed at a 2-day seminar that the mate attended in 2007 as part of his training. K-Sea Transportation also prohibited personal use of company-provided laptop computers while on watch. The NTSB concludes that the mate of the Caribbean Sea should have been aware of his employer‘s prohibition of personal use of cell phones and company-provided computers while on watch, but on the day of the accident, he did not follow the policy. The NTSB therefore recommends that K-Sea Transportation review its existing safety management program and develop improved means to ensure that the company‘s safety and emergency procedures are understood and adhered to by employees in safety-critical positions. Because K-Sea Transportation is a member of the AWO‘s Responsible Carrier Program, the NTSB further recommends that the AWO notify its members of the circumstances of this accident, and
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
62
encourage them to ensure that their safety and emergency procedures are understood and adhered to by employees in safety-critical positions. A K-Sea Transportation official told investigators that the mate had met with him briefly after the accident and told him about a serious medical emergency that affected the mate‘s child. The NTSB confirmed that such an emergency had occurred less than an hour before the mate reported for duty at 1200 on the day of the accident. All of the calls on the mate‘s cell phone were of relatively short duration and were to or from an immediate family member, which suggests that all of the calls were in regard to the medical emergency. The fact that the calls involved an emotionally troubling event that was likely evolving over a period of time increased the likelihood that the calls would distract the mate from his duties. Although such a distraction is understandable, personal concerns cannot be allowed to create risks for others. If the mariner is unable to fully carry out his responsibilities, for whatever reason, his duty is to turn over those responsibilities to someone else. No one else on board the Caribbean Sea was aware of the emergency that the mate was dealing with. Had he informed the master of the situation and asked for relief, at least temporarily, the master likely would have acceded to the request. The company provided the NTSB with 15 instances during the 12- to 18-month period before the accident in which crewmembers had been granted emergency relief from duty to attend to a family emergency or other family matter. But rather than seek relief, which would have been justified under the circumstances, the mate erroneously attempted to attend to his duties while dealing with the distractions presented by a serious personal issue and frequent cell phone use. The NTSB therefore concludes that, had the mate of the Caribbean Sea informed the master or K-Sea Transportation management of the serious family medical emergency, he would likely have been granted relief from the watch. Performance of the Caribbean Sea Master At the time of the accident, the Caribbean Sea master was off watch and asleep in his stateroom. After the master was awakened by the mate and went to the upper wheelhouse, he immediately relieved the mate of his navigational duties, and swung the tug and barge around to assist with locating the survivors from DUKW 34. He positioned the barge in such a manner that deckhand No. 1 and the engineer could take advantage of the height of The Resource‘s deck from the water to scan for survivors. He also actively monitored the ongoing search and rescue effort of the many first responders and stood ready to assist as directed. Because of the limited maneuverability of the barge and tug combination, and the number of other smaller craft performing rescue functions, the master did not engage the Caribbean Sea in any rescue activities. The NTSB concludes that the actions of the Caribbean Sea master, before and after the accident, were appropriate.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
63
Performance of the DUKW 34 Master and Deckhand On seeing and smelling what he believed to be smoke from a fire in the APV‘s engine space, the DUKW 34 master took action to mitigate the emergency situation as he understood it. His actions included securing the fuel source, the electrical supply, the ignition switch, and the ventilation closures to the engine compartment. He also directed the deckhand forward to the bow to deploy the anchor to stop the APV from drifting uncontrollably in the river current. Although anchoring in a navigational channel is never preferred and is typically prohibited by regulation during normal operations, it is appropriate in an emergency. The master‘s actions in this regard did keep the vessel from drifting with the river‘s current (which could have delayed assistance by the APV that was being dispatched as a tow vessel) and reduced the potential for the APV to be damaged by contact with fenders, bulkheads, and other structures along the west side of the river. The NTSB therefore concludes that the DUKW 34 master‘s initial response (shutting down the engine and anchoring) to what he believed to be a fire on board the vessel was reasonable given his perception of the nature of the emergency. But although the master‘s initial actions were reasonable given his understanding of the situation, his subsequent actions were not. The Ride The Ducks Captains’ Operations Manual contains procedures to be followed in the event of an onboard fire during waterborne operations and in the event of a loss of propulsion. They included that the master, ―immediately notify the USCG [Coast Guard] by radio.‖ However, the master did not notify the Coast Guard that he had lost propulsion and anchored in the navigation channel. Thus an opportunity was missed to have the Coast Guard issue an early securité call on channel 16 using the agency‘s high-wattage VHF output capability as well as to make the Coast Guard aware of a potentially hazardous situation. Other than the four VHF marine radio transmissions from the master attempting to contact the Caribbean Sea on channels 13 and 16 when the collision was imminent, the NTSB was unable to verify that the master actually transmitted any securité or other callouts on either channel 13 or channel 16 to inform vessel traffic in the area of the situation on board DUKW 34. Anchoring in the middle of an active navigation channel placed the APV and its occupants in a vulnerable position because of the deep-draft or limited-maneuverability vessels that routinely use the channel. Awareness of that vulnerability and its associated risk to the APV occupants should have prompted the master to maintain the highest levels of alertness with regard to vessel traffic and to fully employ the deckhand to assist in that effort. Nevertheless, the master never specifically directed the deckhand—who in accordance with Coast Guard regulations was on board to assist the master—to serve as lookout once he had deployed the anchor. During the 8 minutes that passed between dropping the anchor and the collision, the master did not task the deckhand to perform any safety-related function, such as assisting passengers with donning lifejackets in preparation for the planned tow or explaining emergency egress. Furthermore, in the event of either an onboard fire or a loss of propulsion, Ride The Ducks procedures called for masters to ask passengers to remain calm and don lifejackets. Although this incident involved both a fire on board (as believed by the master) and a loss of propulsion (by way of the master‘s shutting down the engine), the master did not immediately direct passengers to don their lifejackets, nor did he make any attempt to apprise the passengers of the situation. It may be argued that the master‘s first actions were rightly directed toward containing what he believed to be a fire; nevertheless, his belief that there was a fire on board
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
64
should have been enough to prompt him to prepare the passengers for an evacuation of the vessel. If the master felt that he needed to continue working to contain the fire, he could have directed the deckhand to have passengers take the lifejackets down from their overhead storage and prepare to put them on. Only when the collision was imminent did the master direct passengers to don lifejackets. Even then, not all the passengers heard the master‘s order. As described by the passengers, the last few moments before the collision were chaotic as passengers tried to secure lifejackets from the overhead storage and put them on. Because of the delay in the master‘s order, which came less than 1 minute before the collision, no passengers had time to fully put on a lifejacket or evacuate the vessel before the barge struck. Some passengers were able to hang onto a lifejacket as the vessel was forced under water; others were able to grab a floating jacket when they surfaced. As a result of the master‘s combined failures to (1) notify the Coast Guard of anchoring in the channel, (2) direct the deckhand to perform safety-related functions after deploying the anchor, and (3) instruct passengers to don lifejackets, the NTSB concludes that the DUKW 34 master did not fully appreciate or appropriately respond to the risk of a collision that faced DUKW 34 and its occupants once he had shut down the vessel‘s engine and anchored in the navigation channel. Personal Cell Phone Use by the DUKW 34 Deckhand While standing on the bow, the deckhand was the individual on board with the greatest height of eye and a 360° unobstructed field of view. He could have used this vantage point to continuously monitor the position of the approaching tugboat/barge combination and, at a minimum, keep the master informed about its progress. Instead, according to the deckhand, he only acted as lookout in the upriver direction (forward), assuming that the master was covering the lookout responsibilities downriver (aft). Additionally, cell phone records reviewed by the NTSB revealed that, while the deckhand was on the bow, he transmitted two text messages and his phone received two others. The last text message that the deckhand sent was about 1 minute before he jumped into the water, just before the collision. The deckhand‘s use of his cell phone to send text messages diverted his attention away from what should have been his duty of maintaining a proper lookout. The NTSB therefore concludes that the DUKW 34 deckhand‘s use of his cell phone to send text messages while he was on the bow of the vessel distracted him from effectively performing his duty as a lookout. Nonoperational Use of Cell Phones and Other Wireless Devices Using cellular telephones and other wireless electronic devices has been demonstrated to be visually, manually, and cognitively distracting.67 Talking on cell phones can have serious consequences in safety-critical situations, and sending or reading text messages is potentially
67 For research information, see U.S. Department of Transportation website on distracted driving http://www.distraction.gov.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
65
even more distracting than talking because texting requires visual attention to the display screen of the device. Cell phone use has been a factor in accidents in all transportation modes. For example, the NTSB has investigated several fatal railroad accidents in which use of a wireless device was identified as causal or contributing. In its investigation of a May 28, 2002, head-on collision of a coal train with an intermodal train near Clarendon, Texas,68 in which the engineer of the intermodal train was killed, the NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the coal train engineer‘s use of a personal cell phone during the time he should have been attending to the requirements of the track authorization under which his train was operating. As a result of that accident investigation, the NTSB made the following safety recommendation to the Federal Railroad Administration: Promulgate new or amended regulations that will control the use of cellular telephones and similar wireless communication devices by railroad operating employees while on duty so that such use does not affect operational safety. (R-03-1) In its investigation of the September 12, 2008, head-on collision of a westbound commuter train with an eastbound freight train near Chatsworth, California,69 in which 25 people were killed, the NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the failure of the engineer of the commuter train to observe and appropriately respond to a red signal aspect because he was engaged in prohibited use of a wireless device, specifically text messaging, that distracted him from his duties. Inappropriate use of cell phones or other wireless electronic devices has also been cited as a causal or contributing factor in highway accidents that the NTSB has investigated.70 In this accident, the Caribbean Sea mate was operating the vessel from the lower, rather than the upper, wheelhouse when the accident occurred, an action possibly explained by his desire for an environment favorable for using his cell phone and accessing K-Sea‘s laptop computer for Internet searches. On DUKW 34 leading up to the collision, the deckhand was using his personal cell phone to send text messages instead of performing his duty as lookout. The NTSB was unable to determine the extent to which cell phone use by mariners has caused or contributed to marine accidents. Coast Guard investigations typically have not verified nonoperational cell phone use following marine accidents. As a result, the Coast Guard‘s marine
68Collision of Two Burlington Northern Santa Fe Freight Trains Near Clarendon, Texas May 28, 2002, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-03/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003). 69 Collision of Metrolink Train 111 with Union Pacific Train LOF65–12, Chatsworth, California, September 12, 2008, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-10/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). 70 See (a) Ford Explorer Sport Collision with Ford Windstar Minivan and Jeep Grand Cherokee on Interstate 95/495 near Largo, Maryland, on February 1, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-03/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Board, 2003) http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2003/HAR0302.pdf; (b) Motorcoach Collision With the Alexandria Avenue Bridge Overpass, George Washington Memorial Parkway, Alexandria, Virginia, November 14, 2004, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-06/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006) http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2006/HAR0604.pdf.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
66
accident database does not explicitly record instances in which nonoperational use of a cell phone or other wireless device has been causal in an accident. The ability to determine the extent of inappropriate cell phone or other wireless device use will provide investigators and policymakers with important information about this form of distracted operations on board marine vessels, but this information will have been gathered after accidents have occurred. The NTSB believes that critical measures can be taken to keep those accidents from happening. These include a continuing outreach program of information and education to the maritime industry on this issue, regulations to prohibit nonoperational use of communication devices, and enforcement mechanisms to ensure that the regulations are being adhered to. The NTSB recognizes the difficulty of this task. Establishing that a wireless communication device was actually used leading up to an accident can be an involved and time consuming process. Additionally, the devices in question are small and therefore easily concealable, and those individuals or employees wishing to circumvent the prohibitions on their use can frequently do so undetected. But the consequences that can result from such use, as shown by this accident, are serious enough to demand that every feasible action be taken to prevent it. Because cell phones and other wireless electronic devices have come to play such a prominent role in the day-to-day activities of people in all walks of life and because their use has been implicated in accidents across all transportation modes, the NTSB concludes that increased Coast Guard focus on and oversight of mariners‘ use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices will prevent accidents and save lives. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Coast Guard develop and implement an investigative protocol that directs its investigation officers to routinely check for nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions involved in marine accidents. In addition, the NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard revise its commercial vessel accident database (MISLE) to maintain a record of nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions when such use is causal or contributory to marine accidents. Further, the NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard regulate and enforce the restriction on nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions so that such use does not adversely affect vessel operational safety. Finally, the NTSB recommends that until the Coast Guard can develop regulations governing nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions, the Coast Guard continue its outreach program of information and education to the maritime industry on this issue. Survival Factors Emergency Response At impact, DUKW 34 rolled to starboard and across the bow of The Resource before being pushed underwater at the port side of the barge‘s bow. It therefore escaped the crushing damage it would have received had it ridden under the barge. As a result, most of the passengers, even though submerged in the vehicle, were able to escape from the almost-intact APV (refer to figure 6).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
67
Other vessels were operating in the area at the time of the accident. Also, various Coast Guard, marine police, and U.S. Navy resources were on duty close by. As a result, within minutes of the accident, a variety of vessels, including Good Samaritans (most notably the ferry Freedom and small U.S. Navy boats that were on temporary duty nearby), Coast Guard rescue boats, and marine police boats were on the scene rescuing passengers. The combined efforts of these responders resulted in all passengers on the surface of the river quickly being recovered and accounted for. Those requiring medical attention were transported to local hospitals. The NTSB therefore concludes that the emergency response to this accident was timely and effective. Safety Briefing Coast Guard regulations and Ride The Ducks policy required that DUKW masters provide a safety briefing to passengers before taking a vessel onto the water. By regulation, the briefing must include the location of emergency exits, the location of lifejackets, and the proper method of donning and adjusting lifejackets, including a demonstration. As related by the master and confirmed by passenger interviews and a passenger video, the master of DUKW 34 gave the passengers a safety briefing before the APV left the Visitor Center on the accident trip. The briefing that the master gave was presented in a jocular tone, but it did cover the essential information regarding the location of lifejackets. The master held the lifejacket up and showed how the clip worked, but he did not actually put on and fasten a jacket. Partly as a result, two Hungarian passengers told investigators that, after hearing the master‘s safety briefing, they did not know how to put on a lifejacket. The passengers on board DUKW 34 at the time of the accident included a group of 15 Hungarian students and teachers with different levels of familiarity with or fluency in English. Eleven of the 13 Hungarian passengers who survived the accident commented negatively about the quality of the safety briefing. Some of the comments centered on the fact that the master had not demonstrated how to don a lifejacket, but the fact that none of the native English-speaking passengers had negative comments on the quality of the briefing suggests that at least some of the negative comments of the Hungarian passengers reflected a lack of fluency in spoken English. It is critical for passenger safety that the safety briefing (1) include the specific information that passengers will need in the event of an emergency, and (2) be presented in a way that is understood by everyone affected by it. In this case, the safety briefing the master gave was ineffective in that it did not convey the importance of the information and did not fully explain what passengers may need to do in the event of an emergency. The deficiency was exacerbated by the fact that the information was not presented in a way that made it fully comprehensible to passengers with limited fluency in English. The NTSB concludes that the DUKW 34 master‘s safety briefing before the accident trip was ineffective and did not adequately convey to the passengers the critical information they needed to be prepared to respond effectively to the emergency. After the accident, Ride The Ducks standardized and re- scripted the complete pre-water-entry safety briefing for all the company‘s locations. The briefing now includes, among other things, a standardized, formal, live demonstration of how to
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
68
don a lifejacket. The new briefing was implemented before the start of the 2011 operating season. Safety Management Systems and Corporate Safety Culture K-Sea Transportation At the time of the accident, the Caribbean Sea was not required to meet the provisions of the ISM code because the vessel was engaged in domestic trade. However, K-Sea Transportation had an SQMS in place to meet the provisions of the ISM Code, and also participated in the AWO‘s Responsible Carrier Program. With regard to both the ISM Code and the Responsible Carrier Program, K-Sea Transportation had a history of independent and successful audits performed by qualified ABS surveyors (in the case of the SQMS), and independent AWO auditors (in the case of the Responsible Carrier Program). When interviewed by the NTSB, the president, the COO, and the vice president for health, safety, quality, and environment expressed an in-depth knowledge of both the ISM and AWO programs and provided examples of actions they had taken to ensure that elements of each program were successfully implemented. These elements included fleet-wide implementation of the policy and procedure related to safety and environmental protection, safe ship operation, personnel training, communications between ship and shore, procedures for reporting and evaluating accidents, addressing nonconformities, and trends analysis. Safety on any vessel depends largely on the competence and professionalism of the mariners on board, and an SMS must minimize the risks associated with human error. Effective implementation of an SMS is achieved when it leads to the development of a safety culture in which each individual employee internalizes the need to keep safety as the first priority when performing any task. Based on its assessment of K-Sea Transportation‘s actions with regard to implementing an SMS and its interactions with the four Caribbean Sea crewmembers who cooperated with investigators, the NTSB found that an effective safety culture was in place within K-Sea Transportation and that the company‘s programs met the intended objectives of a SMS. The mate on the Caribbean Sea was properly licensed by the Coast Guard and had been appropriately trained by the company. Of the two licensed mariners on board the Caribbean Sea at the time of the accident (the other being the master), the mate was the more experienced in making the daily transits between the water treatment facilities and should have been aware of the potential for encounters with APVs and other small vessel traffic near the Penn‘s Landing area. The master, crew, and the company had no reason to believe that the mate would not conduct his watch in accordance with the master‘s direction and company policy, with law and regulation, and with good marine practice.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
69
Ride The Ducks At the time of the accident, Ride The Ducks operated passenger vessels on limited U.S. domestic routes; therefore neither the company nor its vessels were required to comply with domestic regulations or international treaties with regard to establishing or implementing an SMS. Ride The Ducks did, however, have systematic and comprehensive processes in place that met some elements of an SMS. The company‘s manuals and guidance provided established practices for safe vessel operation and a safe working environment. Ride The Ducks identified the potential risks related to operation of APVs both on the road and on the water, and outlined specific actions that were to be taken by personnel in each instance to mitigate that risk. Personnel received annual training in these written safety and emergency procedures. Additionally, for employees in safety-critical positions such as the master and the deckhand of DUKW 34, the company provided periodic safety and emergency procedure reviews that were intended to reinforce the actions learned during the initial pre-season training. Audits can never guarantee that a true safety culture exists within an organization or ensure the safe performance of individuals within that organization. However, audits that are conducted properly by knowledgeable and unbiased personnel can help reduce risk and ensure compliance with applicable procedures and regulations. The overall intent of a safety audit, whether it is performed internally by company personnel or externally by an independent third party, is to identify potential hazards or other safety concerns so that preventative measures can be implemented. If an audit is to be carried out internally, it should be carried out by personnel who are independent of the areas being audited. In the months preceding the accident, the general manager in Philadelphia had performed eight random, internal audits of safety-critical positions to ensure that the employees under his direction understood the emergency procedures required of their respective positions and that they performed them as trained. Those internal audits resulted in no documented non-conformities with the company‘s safety or emergency procedures. Both internal and independent third-party audits are integral elements of recognized quality systems. Before the accident, no independent, third-party audits had been performed at the Philadelphia location to validate or confirm the general manager‘s audit findings. The effectiveness of the company‘s internal audits in ensuring adherence to written safety procedures became questionable on the day of the accident when personnel in safety-critical positions did not take emergency actions consistent with their training and did not implement important elements of the company‘s safety and emergency procedures. For example, the master did not immediately issue a securité call as soon as he shut down the APV engine and began to drift within the navigation channel; the master did not properly prepare the passengers for the risk they faced by having them don lifejackets while awaiting a tow; both the master and the deckhand failed to effectively monitor vessel traffic; and neither the master nor shore-side personnel immediately notified the nearest Coast Guard office of the possible fire and the subsequent loss of propulsion, as required by Federal regulation and by company policy. After DUKW 34 was anchored in the channel and the urgency of the perceived fire situation had diminished, the master had sufficient time to evaluate the risk of being anchored in
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
70
a navigation channel with passengers on board and to prioritize his next actions based on his emergency procedures training. But he failed to do so. If the failures to perform critical elements of the company‘s emergency procedures had been limited to the master, those failures could be attributed to poor judgment or lack of experience with this type of emergency. However, other Ride The Ducks personnel—such as the manager-on-duty who did not notify the Coast Guard of the incident, the deckhand who did not maintain an effective lookout and inappropriately used a personal cell phone while on duty, and the line mechanics who did not perform effective inspections of the APV before the accident— also failed to properly execute company procedures in accordance with their training. If a more effective safety culture existed at the Ride The Ducks Philadelphia operation, these and other noted systemic failures to properly execute company safety procedures may have been detected. The NTSB concludes that Ride The Ducks International‘s written procedures for safe operational practices and emergency procedures on the water were comprehensive and exceeded requirements; however, they were not fully implemented by the crew of DUKW 34 or the shore- side personnel on the day of the accident. The NTSB therefore recommends that Ride The Ducks International review its existing safety management program and develop improved means to ensure that the company‘s safety and emergency procedures are understood and adhered to by employees in safety-critical positions.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
71
Conclusions Findings
- The following were not factors in the accident: qualifications of crewmembers on board the
Caribbean Sea and DUKW 34 for the positions they held; use of alcohol, illicit drugs, or prescribed or over-the-counter medications by the master and the mate of the Caribbean Sea or by the master and the deckhand of DUKW 34; meteorological conditions; river conditions and waterway configuration; functioning of the mechanical, electronic, and communications systems on board the Caribbean Sea; and functioning of the nonpropulsion mechanical systems on board DUKW 34.
- The DUKW 34 surge tank pressure cap was not in place at the time of the accident, and the
missing pressure cap allowed the engine coolant to boil and create steam that entered the passenger compartment and prompted the master to shut down the engine because he believed he had an onboard fire.
- The mechanics who performed post-trip inspections of DUKW 34 failed to ensure that the
surge tank pressure cap was securely in place before allowing the vehicle to enter passenger service.
- Contrary to the master‘s instructions and contrary to his own postaccident statements, the
mate of the Caribbean Sea was not navigating the vessel from the upper wheelhouse at the time of the collision.
- The mate of the Caribbean Sea failed to maintain an appropriate lookout, including
monitoring the radios, while navigating the vessel because he was distracted by personal use of his cell phone and the company laptop computer in dealing with a serious family medical emergency.
- The mate of the Caribbean Sea should have been aware of his employer‘s prohibition of
personal use of cell phones and company-provided computers while on watch, but on the day of the accident, he did not follow the policy.
- Had the mate of the Caribbean Sea informed the master or K-Sea Transportation
management of the serious family medical emergency, he would likely have been granted relief from the watch.
- The actions of the Caribbean Sea master, before and after the accident, were appropriate.
- The DUKW 34 master‘s initial response (shutting down the engine and anchoring) to what he
believed to be a fire on board the vessel was reasonable given his perception of the nature of the emergency.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
72
- The DUKW 34 master did not fully appreciate or appropriately respond to the risk of a
collision that faced DUKW 34 and its occupants once he had shut down the vessel‘s engine and anchored in the navigable channel.
- The DUKW 34 deckhand‘s personal use of his cell phone to send text messages while he was
on the bow of the vessel distracted him from effectively performing his duty as a lookout.
- Increased Coast Guard focus on and oversight of mariners‘ use of cell phones and other
wireless electronic devices will prevent accidents and save lives.
- The emergency response to this accident was timely and effective.
- The DUKW 34 master‘s safety briefing before the accident trip did not adequately convey to
the passengers the critical information they needed to be prepared to respond effectively to the emergency.
- Ride The Ducks International‘s written procedures for safe operational practices and
emergency procedures on the water were comprehensive and exceeded requirements; however, they were not fully implemented by the crew of DUKW 34 or the shore-side personnel on the day of the accident. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the failure of the mate of the Caribbean Sea to maintain a proper lookout due to (1) his decision to operate the vessel from the lower wheelhouse, which was contrary to expectations and to prudent seamanship, and (2) distraction and inattentiveness as a result of his repeated personal use of his cell phone and the company laptop computer while he was solely responsible for navigating the vessel. Contributing to the accident was the failure of Ride The Ducks International maintenance personnel to ensure that DUKW 34‘s surge tank pressure cap was securely in place before allowing the vehicle to return to passenger service, and the failure of the DUKW 34 master to take actions appropriate to the risk of anchoring his vessel in an active navigation channel. NTSB
Marine Accident Report
73
Recommendations As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: To the U.S. Coast Guard: Develop and implement an investigative protocol that directs your investigation officers to routinely check for nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions involved in marine accidents. (M-11-1) Revise your commercial vessel accident database (MISLE) to maintain a record of nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions when such use is causal or contributory to marine accidents. (M-11-2) Regulate and enforce the restriction on nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions so that such use does not adversely affect vessel operational safety. (M-11-3) Until you can develop regulations governing nonoperational use of cell phones and other wireless electronic devices by on-duty crewmembers in safety-critical positions, continue your outreach program of information and education to the maritime industry on this issue. (M-11-4) To Ride The Ducks International, LLC: Review Ride The Ducks International‘s existing safety management program and develop improved means to ensure that your company‘s safety and emergency procedures are understood and adhered to by employees in safety-critical positions. (M-11-5) To K-Sea Transportation Partners L.P.: Review K-Sea Transportation‘s existing safety management program and develop improved means to ensure that your company‘s safety and emergency procedures are understood and adhered to by employees in safety-critical positions. (M-11-6) To The American Waterways Operators: Notify your members of the circumstances of this accident, and encourage them to ensure that their safety and emergency procedures are understood and adhered to by employees in safety-critical positions. (M-11-7)
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
74
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member
EARL F. WEENER Member Adopted: June 21, 2011 Chairman Hersman filed the following concurring statement on July 1, 2011. She was joined by Vice Chairman Hart and Members Sumwalt, Rosekind, and Weener. Chairman Hersman, consenting: It is time to change public tolerance for distracted operations, and elevate society‘s opprobrium for transportation operators who use personal electronic devices. This behavior is unsafe and unacceptable. On July 7, 2010, the Caribbean Sea tugboat/barge combination ran over a sightseeing boat loaded with passengers on the Delaware River in Philadelphia. Although the mate made 13 outgoing calls and received 5 incoming calls in the 80 minutes prior to the accident, the tugboat‘s crewmembers did not report the mate‘s repeated use of his personal cell phone. They likely did not report it because they are used to this type of behavior. The fact that the mate repeatedly made and received calls unrelated to vessel operations showed that he, too, was comfortable with this behavior. Further, the mate spoke on his cell phone when other people were nearby. The potential for coworkers to observe him violating company policy did not deter his inappropriate behavior. Nor was the company‘s clear policy against using personal electronic devices a deterrent. The NTSB has seen pervasive use of personal electronic devices across all modes of transportation. Perhaps the best known aviation instance was when two airline pilots were out of radio communication with air traffic control for more than an hour because they were using their personal laptop computers. They overflew their destination by more than 100 miles and only realized their error when a flight attendant inquired about their arrival over the intercom. The NTSB identified distraction due to text messaging as the cause of a September 12, 2008, commuter train engineer running a red signal near Chatsworth, California. The result: a head-on collision with a freight train. Twenty-five people died and dozens were injured. The engineer,
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
75
who had a history of using his cell phone for personal communications, sent 136 and received 114 text messages while on duty during the 3 days leading up to the accident. Distractions, as we all know, are a growing concern in our motor vehicles, especially as the handheld and infotainment options in our vehicles increase. The consequences can be deadly. In one accident the NTSB investigated, in the 24 hours preceding the accident, the driver of a tractor-trailer truck made 97 calls and received 26 calls. In the half hour preceding the crash, the driver spent 14 minutes—nearly half his time—on the phone. Ten people died that day after the truck crossed the median. Even with company policies, widespread public education campaigns, and, in some places, laws to minimize distractions like cell phone use, many people continue to think, ―I‘ll make this quick call or I‘ll send a brief text message.‖ The technology that created these problems also offers the potential to provide solutions. But, as a society, how do we convey to manufacturers and operators that distractions at the wheel/helm/controls are just as unacceptable as driving under the influence? When will we say, ―This must stop; we cannot do this anymore.‖ Here‘s a long view of transportation that may shed light on a path to address distracted operations. In 2006, the NTSB received a request from a historian to reconsider one of the first aviation accidents that the Board investigated. The 1967 accident involved a Piedmont Airlines Boeing 727 and a private twin-engine aircraft that had a mid-air collision over North Carolina. All 82 people on board both planes were killed. The cockpit voice recorder identified that shortly after takeoff, the flight crew of the 727 discussed one of the cockpit ashtrays being on fire. As they put out the fire, the crew joked with the captain about burning his steak at that night‘s barbecue. However, smoking or burning cigarette ashtrays were such a common occurrence back then that the Board did not even mention the event in the final report. In this time and culture, can you even begin to imagine smoking in an airplane, much less in the cockpit? What changed since 1967? The culture changed. We do not allow smoking on airplanes. It is not even remotely considered. The consequence—society‘s disapproval—is that strong. I want our society to reach the point when texting or telephoning—whether you‘re operating a vessel, a train, or a motor vehicle—is just as unacceptable as smoking in a cockpit, or not wearing a seat belt, or driving under the influence of alcohol. Culture change is possible. It has happened before. It must happen again—now. How many more lives will be lost before our society corrects its deadly acceptance of distractions?
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
76
Appendixes Appendix A Investigation The NTSB learned of this accident from the Coast Guard Command Center on the afternoon of July 7, 2010. A team of three investigators launched to the accident and arrived on scene later that same day. The Board Member on scene was Member Robert L. Sumwalt. The investigative team was also accompanied by a public affairs officer and a family affairs specialist. Parties to the investigation were the U.S. Coast Guard, Ride The Ducks International, LLC, and K-Sea Transportation Partners L.P. The on-scene portion of the investigation was completed on July 16. Follow-on interviews of company managers were conducted at the offices of K-Sea Transportation and Ride The Ducks on September 7 and 9. A team of four investigators returned to the scene January 12-13, 2011, to collect information needed for a tugboat visibility study and an accident 2-D animation. Additionally, a team of four investigators visited the Caribbean Sea in Norfolk, Virginia, on April 15, 2011, to take additional measurements on the vessel in support of the visibility study. Public Hearing/Depositions No public hearing was held, and no formal depositions were taken during the course of this accident investigation.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
77
Appendix B Ride The Ducks International Guidance for Safety Briefings Safety Briefing is to be delivered at the beginning (or prior to water entry) of all tours. This briefing should be delivered in a serious manner with no jokes. The components of a required safety briefing are: Must be delivered in a serious manner with no jokes. Communicate and show where PFDs are located and the appropriate PFD based on guest weight. Communicate and show that additional PFDs are also available for an infant under 30 pounds. Communicate and show how to retrieve the PFD from its storage area. Communicate and demonstrate step by step the entire process of donning a PFD. The individual delivering the message must be wearing a PFD at the end of the demonstration. Identify and point out the exits to be used by guests in the case of an emergency. Identify and point out the location of the two ring buoys. Identify and point out the location of the fire extinguishers. Ask that guests keep their arms and heads inside the duck, remain seated unless instructed to move by the Captain and refrain from smoking while onboard. In Branson, instruct guests to brace for splashdown and if seated in the middle of the last row fasten the seat belt. The following is an example of how this safety briefing can be delivered. “Please take note of the Personal Floatation Devices above your heads. The ones located on this side (point to and touch the appropriate PFDs) are for people 90 pounds and over and the ones located on this side (point to and touch the appropriate PFDs) are for people 90 pounds and under. In addition, we do have available a Personal Floatation Device for infants under 30 pounds. These can be found… … (point to their location). In case of an emergency you will be instructed to pull the strap above your head releasing the flotation device. They are easy to use. (Driver will demonstrate all actions and will be wearing a PFD at the end of the demonstration). First, pull the strap to release the PFDs. Place your head through the opening. The PFD is reversible and your head can be placed through the opening from either side. Now wrap the strap around your body and place the black hook into the D ring pulling the T strap tight. A placard demonstrating the use of the personal floatation device is located at the rear of the vessel where you entered the Duck. In case of an emergency, the nearest opening to your seat should be considered your emergency exit. (Driver will point out exits.) We are equipped with two ring buoys- one located here at the Captain’s station, and the other on the outside rear of the Duck. (Driver will point out ring buoy closest to him/her during this segment.) Finally, I’d like to point out the location of the fire extinguishers. One is located next to the Captain’s station, and the other is located in the rear of the Duck on the floor. (Driver will point out extinguishers during this segment, and if a guest is sitting near the other extinguisher have that guest acknowledge its location.) Please keep your arms and heads inside the Duck, remain seated unless instructed to move by the Captain and refrain from smoking while onboard.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
78
Appendix C Summary of Interview with the Caribbean Sea Mate As noted in the report, the NTSB attempted to interview the Caribbean Sea mate as part of its investigation of this accident, but he declined. On June 24, 2011, 3 days after the NTSB Board Meeting at which this report and its conclusions and recommendations were adopted, the NTSB was notified that the mate was willing to be interviewed regarding this accident. NTSB investigators interviewed the mate on July 11, 2011, and relevant portions of that interview are summarized below. Because the information that the mate provided during that interview did not alter the findings already contained in the final report, the additional information is being appended to the report rather than being incorporated within it. With regard to his work/rest cycles, the mate said that he normally went to bed about 2300 and awakened about 0700 on his days off. He said that he followed this same pattern leading up to the day of the accident and that he felt well-rested that day. He said that the only medication he was taking was for a thyroid condition that he took daily and that he had no other physical or medical conditions that would have affected his ability to perform his work. According to the mate, his young child was scheduled for corrective eye surgery on July 7, 2010. The mate said that this date would have occurred during his normal off-duty rotation schedule; however, about a week before the scheduled surgery, K-Sea Transportation contacted him and asked if he could return to duty a week early. The mate said that he spoke with the child‘s doctor and was assured that the surgery was routine and that the mate did not need to be concerned if he had to be at work that day. Consequently, he did not decline to comply with K-Sea Transportation‘s request that he return to duty a week early. The mate stated that he typically operated the tugboat from the upper wheelhouse when the barge was light. With regard to his operating location on the day of the accident, the mate recalled that the master had said for him to ―take it up there,‖ as the mate normally did. The mate said that the first cell phone call he received after going on duty was from a family member informing him that the surgery was successful and that the child was in the recovery room. The mate said that later, about the time the tugboat and barge entered the Delaware River from the Schuylkill River, he received a call from his wife informing him of serious complications that had developed. He said that shortly afterwards, he moved from the upper wheelhouse to the lower wheelhouse to be more comfortable and to hear his wife better when she called him back. He explained to investigators that because the barge was on the starboard side, he thought that it would be ―pretty safe to navigate up the river.‖ He said that, while in the lower wheelhouse, he made and received several other phone calls to discuss his child‘s condition with family members. He said that he also used the company computer in the lower wheelhouse to search the internet for information related to the medical emergency. The mate said that he did not notify the master or other crewmembers of his personal emergency because he was ―generally in shock . . . nauseous . . . [and his] legs were shaking.‖ He said that he ―wasn‘t thinking clearly.‖ He went on to say that it was very warm in the upper
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
79
wheelhouse; that it was ―pretty gassy‖ from the nearby smoke stacks and that there was no fresh air. He ―didn‘t feel comfortable at all.‖ The mate also acknowledged that he knew at the time that he could have requested relief to deal with his personal emergency because K-Sea Transportation is ―pretty reasonable [and] understanding . . . they do the best they can to get you off the boat and home‖ to handle emergency or family situations. The mate said that sometime afterwards, he received another call from his wife saying that their child was being discharged from the hospital, and he was then able to speak with the child. He said that he was in tears and happy to hear the child‘s voice. He said that he then called his parents to inform them of the development. About this time, the accident occurred. Asked if, at the moment of the collision, he was on his cell phone, the mate replied, ―It‘s very hard to say. I would have to say it was—I would have to say yes. It‘s hard to say, though. I didn‘t—I never saw the boat collide with the DUKW boat. . . .‖
FD07379 | 2010_美国_NTSB_MAR1104_Collision_of_Tankship_Eagle_Otome_with_Cargo_Vessel_Gull_Arr.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision of Tankship Eagle Otome with Cargo Vessel Gull Arrow and Subsequent Collision with the Dixie Vengeance Tow Sabine-Neches Canal, Port Arthur, Texas January 23, 2010
Accident Report NTSB/MAR-11/04 PB2011-916404
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/MAR-11/04 PB2011-916404 Notation 8205A Adopted September 27, 2011
Marine Accident Report Collision of Tankship Eagle Otome with Cargo Vessel Gull Arrow and Subsequent Collision with the Dixie Vengeance Tow Sabine-Neches Canal, Port Arthur, Texas January 23, 2010
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L‘Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Collision of Tankship Eagle Otome with Cargo Vessel Gull Arrow and Subsequent Collision with the Dixie Vengeance Tow, Sabine-Neches Canal, Port Arthur, Texas, January 23, 2010. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-11/04. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This report discusses the January 23, 2010, collision of the tankship Eagle Otome with the general cargo vessel Gull Arrow and the subsequent collision of tank barge Kirby 30406, pushed by towboat Dixie Vengeance, with the Eagle Otome. The accident occurred in the Sabine-Neches Canal in Port Arthur, Texas. The damages that resulted from this accident were $1.5 million to the Eagle Otome, $35,000 to the barge, and $381,000 to the Gull Arrow. No crewmember on board the three vessels was injured. As a result of the accident, an estimated 462,000 gallons of oil spilled into the water, and about 136 Port Arthur residents were temporarily evacuated from the area near the accident scene. Safety issues identified in this accident were pilot oversight, mariner fatigue, waterway safety, and bridge control ergonomics. As a result of the investigation, safety recommendations are issued to the U.S. Coast Guard, the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners, the Sabine Pilots Association, the American Pilots‘ Association, and governors of states and territories in which state and local pilots operate.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The National Transportation Safety Board makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
National Transportation Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916404 from:
National Technical Information Service 5301 Shawnee Road Alexandria, Virginia 22312 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
iii
Contents Figures ............................................................................................................................................ v Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... viii
- Factual Information .................................................................................................................. 1
- 1 Accident Narrative ................................................................................................................ 2
- 2 Hydrodynamic Forces ......................................................................................................... 14
- 3 Injuries ................................................................................................................................ 15
- 4 Toxicological Testing ......................................................................................................... 15
- 5 Postaccident Vessel Testing ................................................................................................ 16
- 5.1 Eagle Otome ................................................................................................................. 16
- 5.2 Dixie Vengeance .......................................................................................................... 16
- 6 Damage ............................................................................................................................... 16
- 6.1 Eagle Otome ................................................................................................................. 16
- 6.2 Gull Arrow ................................................................................................................... 18
- 6.3 Kirby 30406 ................................................................................................................. 19
- 7 Vessel Information .............................................................................................................. 20
- 7.1 Eagle Otome ................................................................................................................. 20
- 7.2 Gull Arrow ................................................................................................................... 20
- 7.3 Dixie Vengeance .......................................................................................................... 21
- 8 Environmental and Waterway Conditions .......................................................................... 21
- 9 Oil Spill and Recovery Efforts ............................................................................................ 21
- 9.1 Notifications of Response Organizations ..................................................................... 21
- 9.2 Unified Command ........................................................................................................ 23
- 9.3 Safety Zone .................................................................................................................. 23
- 9.4 Olmeca Crude Oil ........................................................................................................ 23
- 9.5 Evacuation .................................................................................................................... 24
- 9.6 Determination of Quantity Spilled ............................................................................... 26
- 9.7 Environmental Response Operations ........................................................................... 26
- 9.8 Vessel Response Plan .................................................................................................. 27
- 9.9 Oil Containment Measures .......................................................................................... 28
- 9.10 Coast Guard Marine Board of Investigation and Public Hearing .............................. 29
- 10 Waterway Information ...................................................................................................... 29
- 10.1 Sabine-Neches Waterway .......................................................................................... 29
- 10.2 Sabine-Neches Canal ................................................................................................. 29
- 10.3 NTSB Calculations of Missouri Bend ....................................................................... 30
- 10.4 Ports and Waterways Safety Assessment .................................................................. 31
- 11 VTS Port Arthur ................................................................................................................ 31
- 12 Personnel Information ....................................................................................................... 33
- 12.1 Sabine Pilots ............................................................................................................... 33
- 12.2 Eagle Otome ............................................................................................................... 35
- 12.3 Dixie Vengeance ........................................................................................................ 36
- 12.4 VTS Personnel ........................................................................................................... 36
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
iv
- 13 Fatigue .............................................................................................................................. 37
- 13.1 Background ................................................................................................................ 37
- 13.2 Causes of Fatigue ....................................................................................................... 37
- 13.3 Fatigue and Cognitive Performance ........................................................................... 39
- 13.4 Fatigue and Transportation Safety ............................................................................. 39
- 13.5 Mitigating and Preventing Fatigue in Transportation ................................................ 40
- 13.6 Coast Guard Restrictions and Waiver ........................................................................ 43
- 14 Sabine Pilots Association .................................................................................................. 43
- 14.1 Organization ............................................................................................................... 43
- 14.2 Pilot Training ............................................................................................................. 44
- 15 SETWAC Protocol and Sabine Pilots Association Guidelines ........................................ 44
- 16 Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners .......................................... 46
- 17 Bridge Resource Management .......................................................................................... 48
- 18 Previous NTSB Action ..................................................................................................... 49
- 18.1 Accidents in the Sabine-Neches Waterway ............................................................... 49
- 18.2 Accidents Involving Two Pilots On Board ................................................................ 50
- 18.3 Pilot Commission Communication ............................................................................ 50
- 18.4 Change in Mariner Medical Condition ...................................................................... 51
- 18.5 Hours of Service Rules .............................................................................................. 51
- 18.6 Obstructive Sleep Apnea ............................................................................................ 51
- 19 Postaccident Action .......................................................................................................... 53
- Analysis .................................................................................................................................... 54
- 1 Accident Summary ............................................................................................................. 54
- 2 Navigation ........................................................................................................................... 55
- 3 Division of Piloting Duties; Breakdown in Bridge Resource Management ....................... 57
- 4 Fatigue ................................................................................................................................ 58
- 5 Medical Oversight ............................................................................................................... 63
- 6 Whistle Alert and General Alarm ....................................................................................... 64
- 7 Oil Spill Response .............................................................................................................. 64
- 8 Waterway Risk Analysis ..................................................................................................... 64
- 9 Control Design .................................................................................................................... 65
- 10 Use of Vessel Name in Radio Communication ................................................................ 66
- Conclusions .............................................................................................................................. 68
- 1 Findings .............................................................................................................................. 68
- 2 Probable Cause ................................................................................................................... 69
- Recommendations ................................................................................................................... 70
- 1 New Recommendations ...................................................................................................... 70
- 2 Previous Recommendations Reiterated in This Report ...................................................... 71
- 3 Previously Issued Recommendation Classified in This Report .......................................... 71
- Appendixes .............................................................................................................................. 73
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
v
Figures Figure 1. Eagle Otome .................................................................................................................... 2 Figure 2. Aerial image of the region ............................................................................................... 3 Figure 3. Section of chart 11342 ..................................................................................................... 5 Figure 4. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial Bridge ................................................................. 6 Figure 5. Dixie Vengeance .............................................................................................................. 7 Figure 6. Gull Arrow. ...................................................................................................................... 9 Figure 7. Tracklines of the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance ............................................. 11 Figure 8. Section of the engine control console on the Eagle Otome ........................................... 12 Figure 9. The three vessels after the accident ............................................................................... 14 Figure 10. Portside damage to the Eagle Otome........................................................................... 17 Figure 11. Starboard side of the Eagle Otome, with the Kirby 30406 lodged in it ....................... 18 Figure 12. Damage to the Gull Arrow .......................................................................................... 19 Figure 13. Damage to Kirby 30406............................................................................................... 20 Figure 14. City map showing the neighborhood that was evacuated. .......................................... 25 Figure 15. Data screens at VTS Port Arthur ................................................................................. 32
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
vi
Acronyms and Abbreviations AIS
automatic identification system APA American Pilots‘ Association API
American Petroleum Institute CEMS crew endurance management system CFR
Code of Federal Regulations CPAP continuous positive airway pressure FAA Federal Aviation Administration FOSC Federal on-scene coordinator FRMS fatigue risk management system IMO
International Maritime Organization LOSC local on-scene coordinator MPA Marine Preservation Association MSU Coast Guard Marine Safety Unit MWT maintenance of wakefulness testing NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NVIC Navigation and Inspection Circular OSA obstructive sleep apnea PAWSA ports and waterways safety assessment PAWSS ports and waterways safety system S-VDR simplified voyage data recorder SETWAC Southeast Texas Waterways Advisory Council SOLAS International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
vii
SOSC state on-scene coordinator STAN Southeast Texas Alerting Network STCW International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers VDR voyage data recorder VHF very high frequency VTS
vessel traffic service
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
viii
Executive Summary On Saturday, January 23, 2010, about 0935 central standard time, the 810-foot-long oil tankship Eagle Otome collided with the 597-foot-long general cargo vessel Gull Arrow at the Port of Port Arthur, Texas. A 297-foot-long barge, the Kirby 30406, which was being pushed by the towboat Dixie Vengeance, subsequently collided with the Eagle Otome. The tankship was inbound in the Sabine-Neches Canal with a load of crude oil en route to an ExxonMobil facility in Beaumont, Texas. Two pilots were on board, as called for by local waterway protocol. When the Eagle Otome approached the Port of Port Arthur, it experienced several unintended heading diversions culminating in the Eagle Otome striking the Gull Arrow, which was berthed at the port unloading cargo. A short distance upriver from the collision site, the Dixie Vengeance was outbound with two barges. The towboat master saw the Eagle Otome move toward his side of the canal, and he put his engines full astern but could not avoid the subsequent collision. The Kirby 30406, which was the forward barge pushed by the Dixie Vengeance, collided with the Eagle Otome and breached the tankship‘s starboard ballast tank and the No. 1 center cargo tank a few feet above the waterline. As a result of the breach, 862,344 gallons of oil were released from the cargo tank, and an estimated 462,000 gallons of that amount spilled into the water. The three vessels remained together in the center of the canal while pollution response procedures were initiated. No crewmember on board any of the three vessels was injured. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) determines that the probable cause of the collision of tankship Eagle Otome with cargo vessel Gull Arrow and the subsequent collision with the Dixie Vengeance tow was the failure of the first pilot, who had navigational control of the Eagle Otome, to correct the sheering motions that began as a result of the late initiation of a turn at a mild bend in the waterway. Contributing to the accident was the first pilot‘s fatigue, caused by his untreated obstructive sleep apnea and his work schedule, which did not permit adequate sleep; his distraction from conducting a radio call, which the second pilot should have conducted in accordance with guidelines; and the lack of effective bridge resource management by both pilots. Also contributing was the lack of oversight by the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners. Safety issues identified in this accident include pilot oversight, mariner fatigue, waterway safety, and bridge control ergonomics. As a result of this accident investigation, the NTSB makes new recommendations to the U.S. Coast Guard, the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners, the Sabine Pilots Association, the American Pilots‘ Association, and governors of states and territories in which state and local pilots operate. The NTSB also reiterates a recommendation and reclassifies a recommendation to the U.S. Coast Guard.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
1
- Factual Information
Vessels: Singapore-registered oil tankship Eagle Otome, official No. 386067, International Maritime Organization (IMO) No. 9051351, 810 feet long, 138 feet wide, 53,504 gross international tons, steel construction, built in
- Total cargo carrying capacity: 693,903 barrels (29,143,926 gallons).
Bahamas-registered general cargo vessel Gull Arrow, official No. 720410, IMO No. 7930137, 597 feet long, 95 feet wide, 25,846 gross international tons, steel construction, built in 1982. U.S.-registered towboat Dixie Vengeance, official No. 506543, 74 feet long, 24 feet wide, 143 gross registered tons, built in 1966. U.S.-registered tank barge Kirby 30406, 297 feet long, 54 feet wide, 1,619 gross tons, built in 1993. Total cargo carrying capacity: 30,500 barrels (1,281,000 gallons). U.S.-registered tank barge Kirby 28112, 300 feet long, 54 feet wide, 1,632 deadweight tons, built in 2009. Total cargo carrying capacity: 28,323 barrels (1,189,566 gallons). Accident Type: Collision Location: Sabine-Neches Canal, Port of Port Arthur, Texas, latitude 2951.6 N, longitude 9356.4 W Date: January 23, 2010 Time: 0935 central standard time1 Owners: Eagle Otome: AET Inc. Ltd. Gull Arrow: Gearbulk Shipowning Ltd. Dixie Vengeance and barges: Kirby Inland Marine, LLC Property Damage: Eagle Otome, $1.5 million Gull Arrow, $381,000 Kirby 30406 barge, $35,000 Dixie Vengeance, none Environmental Pollution: An estimated 11,000 barrels, or about 462,000 gallons, of Olmeca crude oil released into the Sabine-Neches Canal Injuries: None Complement: Eagle Otome, 22 Gull Arrow, 29 Kirby 30406, none Dixie Vengeance, 4 1 Unless otherwise noted, all times in this report are central standard time (universal coordinated time –6 hours) and are based on the 24-hour clock.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
2
- 1 Accident Narrative
On January 18, 2010, the 810-foot-long tankship T/V Eagle Otome (figure 1) departed the Petroleos Mexicanos terminal in Pajaritos, Mexico. The Singapore-registered vessel, owned and operated by AET Inc. Ltd. (AET),2 was carrying 576,864 barrels (24,228,288 gallons) of Olmeca crude oil3 en route to a Sun Oil terminal in Nederland, Texas. The load constituted about 83 percent of the Eagle Otome‘s total cargo carrying capacity.
Figure 1. Eagle Otome. Photo by Iain McGeachy. Two days later, on January 20, after completing the transit north through the Gulf of Mexico, the Eagle Otome arrived at 2318 at the Sabine Fairway anchorage off the coast of Texas and remained anchored there for the next 3 nights. The Eagle Otome was originally scheduled to arrive at the Sun Oil terminal on January 25; however, on the evening of January 22, the master was notified that the ExxonMobil facility in Beaumont, just north of Nederland, would receive the tankship the next day.
2 At the time of the accident, AET Inc. Ltd. owned and operated 69 petroleum tank vessels. The company had offices in Houston, London, Singapore, Kuala Lumpur, and Gurgaon, India. 3 Olmeca crude oil is a light sour crude oil produced near the Bay of Campeche in the southern Gulf of Mexico. For more information, see section ―1.9.4 Olmeca Crude Oil.‖
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
3
About 0515 on the morning of January 23, the vessel weighed anchor and at 0524, a pilot from the Sabine Pilots Association (―the first pilot‖) boarded the tankship for the transit to Beaumont by way of the Sabine-Neches Waterway (figure 2). On the bridge of the Eagle Otome were the first pilot, the master, a mate, and a helmsman. The first pilot took the conn4 from the tankship‘s master and began the approach from sea toward the entrance to the Sabine-Neches Waterway. (For more information, see section ―1.10 Waterway Information.‖) At 0533, the first pilot radioed the Sabine Pilots Association that the vessel was inbound. At 0536, he radioed vessel traffic service (VTS)5 and informed the watchstander that he was on board the Eagle Otome headed for Beaumont. He ordered the tankship‘s speed to full ahead. The Eagle Otome proceeded at about 8 knots as the first pilot issued helm orders to line the tankship up for its northbound course into the fairway channel. According to the Eagle Otome‘s voyage plan, the transit from the sea buoy (20 miles offshore) to the ExxonMobil berth at Beaumont was about 57 miles.
Figure 2. Aerial image of the region. The Sabine-Neches Waterway is marked by a yellow line. Background by Google.
4 To have the conn is to direct the steering and propulsion of a vessel. A conning pilot has navigational control of the vessel. 5 VTS is operated by the U.S. Coast Guard and provides active monitoring and navigational advice for vessels in especially confined and busy waterways. For more information, see section ―1.11 VTS Port Arthur‖ in this report. N ≈ 20 mi
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
4
Because the Eagle Otome‘s beam6 was wider than 120 feet, local waterway guidelines called for two pilots to serve on the vessel through the Sabine-Neches Waterway (see section ―1.15 SETWAC Protocol and Sabine Pilots Association Guidelines‖). About 0750, a second Sabine pilot (―the second pilot‖) boarded the Eagle Otome as the tankship entered Sabine Pass. About 0800, after a short exchange with the first pilot, the second pilot took the conn of the Eagle Otome. The first pilot, still on duty, remained on the bridge to assist the second pilot. All Sabine pilots, as standard practice, rotate the conn and associated navigational duties during the two-pilot transit through the Sabine-Neches Waterway. At 0904, when the Eagle Otome was about 4 miles south of Port Arthur, the two pilots switched the conn again. The first pilot who had boarded the tankship at the Sabine Fairway anchorage now again had navigational control. The Eagle Otome was now about 1 mile south of an area commonly referred to as the Texas Island Intersection.7 At this location, inbound traffic needs to make about a 38-degree turn to starboard. Also at the Texas Island Intersection, the Eagle Otome would enter a section of the waterway called the Sabine-Neches Canal, which continued for about the next 12 miles (figure 3).8 At 0910:32, the first pilot ordered ―starboard twenty‖ to initiate the turn. Between 0911 and 0913, he brought the Eagle Otome through the Texas Island Intersection at about 8 knots without incident.
6 Beam is the width of a ship. 7 Texas Island, a narrow peninsula jutting out into the waterway, is also sometimes referred to as Texaco Island. The name ―Texas Island‖ originated in the early 20th century and is frequently used today; however, the Coast Guard teaches its personnel to refer to the location as ―Texaco Island‖ because the Coast Pilot does so. Navigational charts of the area do not refer to the location by any name. 8 The Sabine-Neches Canal is 400 to 450 feet wide.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
5
Figure 3. Section of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) chart 11342, with the Sabine-Neches Canal running north and northeast. The Texas Island Intersection is marked with a green arrow, Missouri Bend with a blue arrow, and the accident location with a red star. At 0915, the first pilot placed a security call9 on very high frequency (VHF) radio channel 1310 announcing that he was on board the first of two inbound tankships near the
9 A security call is an informational message of a safety nature that is broadcast so that anyone in the vicinity who is monitoring the channel may hear it. Texas Island Intersection Missouri Bend Accident Site N ≈ 1 mi
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
6
Texas Island Intersection and inquiring about any outbound traffic in the vicinity of the Gulfgate Bridge11 in Port Arthur (figure 4). He did not mention the Eagle Otome by name (see section ―2.10 Use of Vessel Name in Radio Communication‖).
Figure 4. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial Bridge (formerly named Gulfgate Bridge) in Port Arthur, viewed looking north from on board a tankship similar to the Eagle Otome. The Port of Port Arthur can be seen on the left, past the bridge. Photo by the Sabine Pilots Association. The security call was answered by the master on the towboat Dixie Vengeance (figure 5), which was outbound in the Sabine-Neches Canal about 3 miles north of the bridge, pushing two barges with aromatic concentrate.12 The towboat master identified his vessel by name. The two pilots on the Eagle Otome were conversing with each other when the towboat master answered
10 VHF channel 13 is used for intervessel communication (bridge-to-bridge) for navigation safety purposes. Vessels greater than 65 feet long maintain a listening watch on this channel in U.S. waters. 11 The first pilot referred to the bridge by its former name, Gulfgate Bridge. The bridge was renamed Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial Bridge in 1985. Navigational charts of the area mark the location of the bridge but do not refer to it by any name. 12 Aromatic concentrate is a feedstock for petrochemical manufacturing. It is a colorless flammable liquid with a flash point of about 10 degrees F. Aromatic concentrate is a mixture of heavy catalytic reformed naphtha, benzene, toluene, and xylene.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
7
the call, and the tankship‘s simplified voyage data recorder (S-VDR)13 did not record a response from either pilot. No further radio contact took place at that time. About 20 minutes remained until the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance were to meet and transit past each other in the canal.
Figure 5. Dixie Vengeance on the Sabine-Neches Canal. At 0923, the Eagle Otome approached another significant turn in the canal, locally referred to as Missouri Bend, where inbound traffic needs to make about a 32-degree turn to starboard. At that point, the master on the Dixie Vengeance announced on VHF channel 13 that his towboat was ―outbound at the schoolhouse,[14] two loads.‖ The first pilot acknowledged the
13 VDRs maintain continuous, sequential records of data relating to a ship‘s equipment and its command and control, and capture bridge audio from certain areas in the wheelhouse and on the bridge wings. Under regulation 20 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) Chapter V, all passenger ships and all cargo ships of 3,000 gross tons or more built on or after July 1, 2002, are required to carry VDRs. The Eagle Otome was equipped with an S-VDR, which is not required to capture all of the parameters of a standard VDR but is permissible under a July 2006 amendment to SOLAS that applies to vessels built before July 1, 2002. 14 Local marine traffic and VTS use the term ―schoolhouse‖ to refer to a building located on the west bank of the waterway, about 2 miles north of the bridge. The building is identified by a ―cupola‖ marking on navigation chart 11342.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
8
call-out, mentioning the towboat by name, and engaged in a radio exchange with the towboat master that lasted about 45 seconds. The first pilot informed the towboat master that the tankship was about three-quarters of a mile south of the bridge and was the first of two inbound tankships. The towboat master informed the first pilot that the Dixie Vengeance was proceeding at a speed of about 7.9 knots, and the first pilot informed him that the Eagle Otome would be slowing down for a ship berthed at the Port of Port Arthur.15 The two men agreed that the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance would meet each other portside-to-portside. The towboat master told the first pilot, ―If I need to speed up or slow down to make it easy on both of us, let me know.‖ The Dixie Vengeance master later told investigators that he could see the Eagle Otome from his location upriver near the schoolhouse when the tankship was near Missouri Bend. The two vessels were about 2.6 miles from each other at that point. The last rudder order that the first pilot had given to the helmsman before the radio exchange with the Dixie Vengeance master was ―midship,‖ or zero rudder angle, at 0922:37. When the first pilot ended the conversation with the towboat master, the Eagle Otome was near Missouri Bend but had not yet begun the turn to starboard. At 0923:54, which was 1 minute 17 seconds after the midship order, the first pilot ordered ―hard to starboard‖16 to initiate the turn. (Postaccident analysis of the tankship‘s S-VDR data revealed that bank effect17 had already begun turning the bow to starboard by the time the first pilot‘s rudder order took effect.) At 0924:11, he eased the starboard turn by ordering ―starboard twenty,‖ and at 0924:17, he ordered the speed reduced from half ahead to slow ahead. At 0924:40, he eased the turn further by ordering ―starboard ten.‖ He then adjusted the turn by ordering ―starboard twenty‖ at 0924:55. Nine seconds later, at 0925:04, he ordered ―midship.‖ At this point, the first pilot had brought the Eagle Otome through Missouri Bend and was attempting to line up the tankship for the passage underneath the bridge, which was located about half a mile north of Missouri Bend. However, despite the midship rudder order, the Eagle Otome continued turning to starboard toward the east bank of the canal. At 0925:08, the first pilot then ordered hard to port to counter the starboard turn. When the tankship was close to the east bank, the ship straightened but then started to sheer18 to port. As a result, the Eagle Otome did not steady up in the center of the canal to transit underneath the bridge but instead began crossing the canal toward the west side, approaching the bridge‘s west foundation. As the Eagle Otome sheered to port across the canal, the first pilot ordered hard to starboard rudder and full ahead on the engine to facilitate a correction toward the center of the canal.19 At 0928:13, he asked the
15 The Eagle Otome needed to slow down so that the hydrodynamic effects of passing would not pull the other ship from its berth. 16 A ―hard‖ rudder command usually means 35 degrees of rudder angle. 17 Bank effect is a hydrodynamic effect caused by water pressure between the ship‘s bow and the near bank. The water pressure creates a cushion, which can force the bow to deflect away from the bank, back toward the center of the waterway. For more information, see section ―1.2 Hydrodynamic Forces.‖ 18 Sheer is a hydrodynamic phenomenon that involves sudden change in the direction of a ship‘s head and temporary loss of steering control. It can have various causes, such as uneven depths in shallow water or bank effect. For more information, see section ―1.2 Hydrodynamic Forces.‖ 19 A temporary order of full ahead is often used in maneuvering situations to increase water flow across the rudder. The increased flow enhances the turning effect of the rudder.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
9
second pilot, ―Is she gonna come back?‖ Six seconds later, the second pilot responded, ―Might.‖ About 1 minute later, after six additional rudder and engine orders, the Eagle Otome passed underneath the bridge, close to the west bank, on slow ahead at about 6 knots. The time was 0929. The 597-foot-long general cargo vessel Gull Arrow (figure 6) was berthed at the Port of Port Arthur on the west side of the canal beyond the Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial Bridge. Crewmembers and longshoremen were in the process of unloading the vessel‘s cargo.
Figure 6. Gull Arrow, docked portside to an unknown berth. The vessel is shown here in about the same orientation as it was on the day of the accident. Just before the Eagle Otome passed underneath the bridge, the first pilot ordered hard port rudder. He later told investigators that he did this because he expected that, as the Eagle Otome neared the west bank of the canal, bank effect would cause the tankship to sheer to starboard and cross the canal toward the east bank. As the Eagle Otome passed underneath the bridge with the rudder hard to port, the second pilot and the master briefly conversed about the local area newspapers that the pilots, as a courtesy, had brought on board with them. The first pilot asked the master to place a crewmember on the bow in case they would need to use the anchor, to which the master responded that a crewmember had been on the bow all along.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
10
As the first pilot expected, the Eagle Otome began sheering to starboard once its port bow came close to the west bank of the canal. At 0931:26, the first pilot ordered the engine from slow ahead to half ahead. The S-VDR then recorded the second pilot saying, ―Take care of the ship. Don‘t worry about that one at the dock.‖ Ten seconds later, at 0931:36, the master asked, ―Want full ahead, sir?‖ The second pilot added, ―Rapido.‖ At 0931:46, the first pilot ordered the speed to full ahead. In his postaccident interview with National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators, the Eagle Otome master stated that he thought that more engine power would help counteract the sheering. At 0931:49, he told the pilots, ―I can give more if you want.‖ Neither pilot answered the master. Seventeen seconds later, at 0932:06, the first pilot ordered the engine reduced from full ahead to half ahead. At this point, with the rudder still at hard to port, the Eagle Otome had sheered from the west bank and was approaching the east bank. At 0932:33, the first pilot ordered the rudder to midship, and at 0932:43, he ordered hard to starboard to counteract an anticipated sheer to port caused by the effect of the east bank. Three seconds later, at 0932:46, the master instructed the crewmember to remove the bars20 from both anchors, and the crewmember acknowledged the order. When the Eagle Otome‘s starboard bow came close to the east bank, the tankship began sheering to port, despite the hard to starboard rudder command (figure 7). At 0933:14, the first pilot asked the second pilot, ―Will you talk to this next tow?‖ The second pilot answered, ―What do you want me to tell them? Just one whistle or look out here we come?‖ The first pilot replied, ―One, yeah, look out, the one there is Vengeance.‖ However, neither the S-VDR nor the VHF radio recordings indicated that the second pilot contacted the towboat as the first pilot instructed him to do.
20 Anchor bars prevent anchors from slipping or deploying if the anchor brake fails. The bars are the last safety mechanism to remove before releasing the anchor brake.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
11
Figure 7. Trackline of the Eagle Otome, obtained from the tankship’s S-VDR, overlaid as an orange line on NOAA chart 11342, and trackline of the Dixie Vengeance, obtained from automatic identification system (AIS)21 data, overlaid as a blue line. At 0933:35, the first pilot ordered full ahead on the engine. He told investigators that he did this to increase the water flow across the rudder and thereby enhance the rudder‘s
21 AIS is a maritime navigation safety communications system. At 2- to 12-second intervals on a moving vessel, the AIS automatically transmits vessel information, including the vessel‘s name, type, position, course, speed, navigational status, and other safety-related information to appropriately equipped shore stations, other vessels, and aircraft. The rate at which the AIS information is updated depends on vessel speed and whether the vessel is changing course. The AIS also automatically receives information from similarly equipped vessels. N ≈ 0.5 mi
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
12
effectiveness. The Eagle Otome master told investigators that, to speed implementation of the full ahead order, he then used the engine order telegraph, which was set to bridge control, to increase the tankship‘s speed from full ahead to ―navigational full ahead.‖ This would gradually increase the tankship‘s propeller revolutions from about 65 rpm to 90 rpm.22 To complete the navigational full ahead, a specific button labeled ―program by-pass‖ on the engine control console must be pushed.23 In his attempt to activate the navigational full ahead, however, the master inadvertently pushed a button marked ―manual emergency stop,‖ which was identically shaped and located immediately adjacent to the ―program by-pass‖ button (figure 8).
Figure 8. Section of the engine control console on the Eagle Otome. Activating the navigational full ahead required pushing the button marked with a green arrow. However, the master inadvertently pushed the “manual emergency stop” button, marked with a red arrow. (The arrows were added to this image; they are not featured on the actual engine control console.)
22 A portion of the increased rpm would take effect within seconds. The remainder of the increased rpm would take effect over the course of several minutes to avoid damage to the engine. 23 On large marine propulsion diesel engines, the engine control system restricts the rate of loading above the normal maneuvering range to prevent damage to the engine from uneven heating. The ship‘s crew can manually override or bypass the engine loading program in case of emergency, and on the Eagle Otome this override required pushing the ―program by-pass‖ button.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
13
Pressing the ―manual emergency stop‖ button caused an alarm to sound, which the S-VDR recorded at 0933:46. One second later, the first pilot instructed the master to drop the starboard anchor, and 20 seconds later ordered the engine full astern. The anchor dropped about 30 seconds after the first pilot ordered it. The master was able to restart the engine about 45 seconds after stopping it, and he then put it to full astern.24 The first pilot later told investigators that he did not realize that the engine had stopped when he ordered the anchor released. He said that he had already determined at that point that the full ahead engine order, which he had applied about 12 seconds earlier, had not successfully corrected the ship, and thus he ordered the anchor dropped and the engine astern. About this time, 0934, the Eagle Otome was far to the right in the channel. The Dixie Vengeance master, who was about 1,000 feet upriver at that point, told investigators that he thought that the Eagle Otome was so close to the east bank that the tankship‘s position would need to be corrected by coming a bit toward the center of the canal. At 0933:55, he radioed, ―You sure are wide.‖ No one on board the Eagle Otome responded. The Dixie Vengeance master saw the tankship begin to cross the canal toward his side. At 0934:20, he radioed, ―Inbound ship looking okay?‖ and then saw the Eagle Otome‘s anchor drop. No one on the Eagle Otome answered the towboat master‘s radio call. The first pilot told investigators that while the Eagle Otome was sheering across the canal toward the Gull Arrow, he stepped out onto the port bridge wing of the tankship to get a better view of the situation. While on the bridge wing, he sounded 12 blasts of the whistle to alert nearby vessels. The tankship‘s S-VDR recorded the blasts beginning at 0934:23, and the Dixie Vengeance master and the master on board the Gull Arrow both said that they heard the whistle blasts. At the time, the Gull Arrow master was on the cargo vessel‘s bridge checking on the installation of a new radar. He stepped out onto his starboard bridge wing, which faced the canal, and saw the tankship heading toward his vessel. He told investigators that he realized that a collision was imminent and that he sounded the Gull Arrow‘s general alarm. Shortly thereafter, about 0935, the Eagle Otome‘s port bow struck the Gull Arrow‘s starboard side.25 When the Dixie Vengeance master saw the Eagle Otome‘s anchor drop, he immediately put his engines full astern and alerted his crew by sounding the emergency alarm. According to AIS data retrieved from the Dixie Vengeance, the towboat was able to reduce speed from about 6.5 knots to about 4.4 knots but could not avoid the accident. Within seconds of the collision between the Eagle Otome and the Gull Arrow, the Kirby 30406, which was the forward barge being pushed by the Dixie Vengeance, collided with the Eagle Otome and breached the tankship‘s starboard ballast tank and the No. 1 center cargo tank a few feet above the waterline.
24 NTSB investigators determined that when the master inadvertently stopped the engine, the Eagle Otome‘s speed was about 5.7 knots. According to the vessel‘s maneuvering diagrams, even if the engine had been put to full astern at that point, the Eagle Otome would have needed about 2,625 feet to stop, given the tankship‘s speed and load. Less than 500 feet separated the Eagle Otome and the Gull Arrow at that point. When the Eagle Otome struck the Gull Arrow, the tankship‘s speed was about 4.6 knots. 25 The Eagle Otome‘s S-VDR recorded a sound similar to a metallic clang at 0935:17. It is not known whether this sound resulted from the tankship‘s collision with the Gull Arrow or from the subsequent collision with the Dixie Vengeance tow.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
14
As a result of the breach, an estimated 462,000 gallons of crude oil spilled into the water. The vessels remained together in the center of the canal while pollution response procedures were initiated (figure 9). (For more information, see section ―1.9 Oil Spill and Recovery Efforts.‖)
Figure 9. The three vessels after the accident. Overflight photo by the Coast Guard, looking west-southwest. Shortly after midnight on January 24, as the tide in the waterway changed, the current‘s movement dislodged the Kirby 30406 from the Eagle Otome. The crew of the Dixie Vengeance maneuvered the towboat and the two barges downriver and anchored near the bridge. The Eagle Otome remained in the same anchored position as pollution recovery efforts continued. 1.2 Hydrodynamic Forces
The hydrodynamic force referred to as ―bank effect,‖ which the Eagle Otome encountered on the day of the accident, is common. In fact, pilots and experienced mariners regularly use bank effect to their benefit in maneuvering vessels in narrow waterways. The following are brief and general descriptions26 of the hydrodynamic forces that played a role in the Eagle Otome‘s transit on the day of the accident.
26 The descriptions are derived from Henry Hooyer‘s book, Narrow Channels and Their Effects on Ship Handling, Cornell Maritime Press, Inc., 1983, pp. 85–87 and 89.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
15
Bank Effect and Using Bank Effect to Advantage. When a ship is transiting close to a waterway bank, water builds up between the bow of the ship and the bank. The water build-up results in higher pressure against the bow on the ―on-shore‖ side and a lower pressure on the ―off-shore‖ side. The drop in pressure on one side creates an imbalance, and the imbalance is the source of the bow‘s deflection away from the bank. To keep the ship to one side of the waterway, rudder must be applied; the closer the ship is to the bank, the more rudder is needed to compensate for bank effect. Bank effect can be used to mariners‘ advantage, such as in navigating a bend in a narrow waterway. Just before entering the bend, the ship is allowed to come closer to the outside bank of the bend. Once bank effect begins pushing the ship‘s bow away from the bank, the mariner can control the bank effect with, as an example, 10 degrees of rudder. While in the bend, the ship will then turn without rudder effort—that is, with the rudder at midship or with only a few degrees of rudder input—because stern suction (explained below) makes the ship turn. Stern Suction. When a ship encounters bank effect and its bow sheers, the stern comes closer to the bank from which the bow sheered. As a result of the stern‘s proximity to the bank, suction on the stern becomes stronger. Large tankships such as the Eagle Otome generate strong suction effect in narrow waterways because the length of the ship gives the suction extra leverage and the wide beam causes the ship to ride lower in the water. Mariners who are experienced in taking ships through narrow waterways are able to anticipate suction and control it (such as using the suction to turn the ship). Breaking a Sheer. Before a sheer develops, bank effect should be anticipated and preemptive rudder applied, such as a momentary 20 or 30 degrees. If that does not steady the ship, increasing the engine rpm can help. Increased engine thrust translates quickly into stronger rudder force (longitudinal inertia prevents the ship from gaining speed too quickly). When the ship steadies under hard rudder and increased engine rpm, the engine should be brought back to the original speed and, if the ship is still close to the bank, the rudder should be decreased gradually. The reason for the gradual rudder decrease is that, as long as the ship is close to the bank, the ship is still under the influence of bank effect. Until the ship is clear of bank effect, some amount of rudder should be applied. 1.3 Injuries No crewmembers on board any of the three vessels were injured. Four longshoremen who were offloading the Gull Arrow‘s cargo reported minor injuries in the 2 days following the accident. 1.4 Toxicological Testing Postaccident drug and alcohol testing27 was conducted shortly after the accident under Coast Guard supervision. Both pilots and on-duty bridge and engineroom personnel on the
27 Federal regulations at 46 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 4.06 require postaccident drug and alcohol testing on all individuals engaged in or employed on board a vessel directly involved in any accident that meets the criteria of a serious marine incident, defined at 46 CFR 4.03-2 as (a) a marine casualty or accident that results in any of the following: (1) one or more deaths, (2) injury that requires medical treatment beyond first aid and
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
16
Eagle Otome, the towboat master and the three crewmembers on the Dixie Vengeance, and VTS Port Arthur watchstander personnel were tested for illegal drugs and alcohol. In addition, the entire Eagle Otome crew was tested for alcohol. All tests were conducted in accordance with Federal regulations, and all results were negative for the presence of alcohol and illegal drugs. 1.5 Postaccident Vessel Testing 1.5.1 Eagle Otome The Eagle Otome‘s steering system was a conventional electrohydraulic, double-ram, rapson-slide28 type, positioning a single rudder. Two independent hydraulic pumps were fitted for redundancy and increased rudder response. When the vessel maneuvered in confined waters, both hydraulic pumps were placed in operation to meet the required rudder slew rate.29 NTSB investigators tested the steering system on the Eagle Otome following the accident and found it to be operating properly. The rudder moved from 35 degrees on one side to 30 degrees on the other side in 23 seconds, with both steering pumps in operation. The steering power failure alarms were tested and shown to operate properly. A visual examination of the steering system exterior did not indicate any significant hydraulic leaks or other maintenance deficiencies. 1.5.2 Dixie Vengeance Coast Guard investigators conducted a postaccident inspection of the Dixie Vengeance. All of the mechanical systems that the investigators inspected were found to be in proper working order. 1.6 Damage 1.6.1 Eagle Otome The Eagle Otome sustained damage to both its port and starboard sides. The damage resulting from the collision with the Gull Arrow was located at the tankship‘s forward upper port
renders the individual unfit to perform routine duties, (3) property damage exceeding $100,000, (4) actual or constructive total loss of an inspected vessel, or (5) actual or constructive total loss of any uninspected vessel that exceeds 100 gross tons; (b) discharge of 10,000 or more gallons of oil into U.S. waters; or (c) the release of a reportable substance into the environment of the United States. On June 20, 2006, new Coast Guard regulations (46 CFR 4.06-3) took effect requiring alcohol testing within 2 hours of a serious marine incident and the collection of drug-test specimens within 32 hours. The five illicit drugs tested for are amphetamines, cocaine, marijuana, opiates, and phencyclidine. 28 A rapson-slide mechanism converts rectilinear port/starboard motion produced by heavy rams into accurate movement directly coupled to the ship‘s rudder post by crosshead pin/slider/fork components. 29 SOLAS Chapter II-1, Regulation 29.3.2 requires that the main steering gear and rudder stock on vessels be capable of putting the rudder over from 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in not more than 28 seconds. Regulation 29.6.1.1 allows a cargo ship to have all power units in operation to achieve this required rudder slew rate.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
17
side. The damage to the portside shell plating and internal structure extended horizontally about 55 feet and down about 12 feet from the main deck. The damaged compartments in this area were the No. 1 port ballast tank, the forward cofferdam,30 and the bosun store room, and involved buckling, detachment, and fracturing of the internal structure, which was inset about 3 feet as a result of the impact. The main deck plating, deck railings, and port bulwark were also damaged in this area (figure 10).
Figure 10. Portside damage to the Eagle Otome. The subsequent collision with the Kirby 30406 created a hole in the Eagle Otome‘s starboard hull about 30 feet aft of the tankship‘s bow, above the waterline (figure 11). The side shell plating was punctured and inset across an area about 43 feet long and 10 feet high, extending from the No. 1 starboard ballast tank to the forward cofferdam. Frames and stringers in this area were buckled, fractured, and completely detached in several locations. The damage to the Eagle Otome was estimated at $1.5 million.
30 A cofferdam is a void or empty space separating two or more compartments for the purpose of insulation or for preventing liquid contents of one compartment from entering another in case of a leak.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
18
Figure 11. Starboard side of the Eagle Otome, with the Kirby 30406 lodged in it. 1.6.2 Gull Arrow The Gull Arrow sustained a gash about 100 feet long and 3 feet high just below its starboard-side gunwale.31 According to a surveyor‘s report, the structural frames in this area were buckled, with six frames broken and distorted. The shell plating below the gash was inset between 1 and 3 feet. On the main deck, 16 sections of handrails, stanchions, and brackets were bent over to an angle of about 45 degrees (figure 12). In the interior spaces of the damaged area, including the engine machine shop and maintenance tunnel, damage was sustained to electrical conduits and to various piping systems, such as sewage and steam. The Gull Arrow also sustained damage to its portside hull when the impact pushed the ship into the concrete wharf. On the portside, a 10-foot-high by 115-foot-long section of shell plating, between frames 42 and 79, was inset about 3 inches. No fuel tank was breached and no fuel was released from the Gull Arrow. The damage to the Gull Arrow was estimated at $381,000.
31 The gunwale is the upper edge of a vessel‘s side.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
19
Figure 12. Damage to the Gull Arrow. 1.6.3 Kirby 30406 The bow (or rake) of the barge Kirby 30406 was peeled back in the collision with the Eagle Otome (figure 13). The barge‘s void space on its starboard-side rake was crushed, and about 5 feet of the rake had curled up under the hull plating of the Eagle Otome. The cargo tanks remained intact, and no aromatic concentrate product was released. The damage to the Kirby 30406 was estimated at $35,000.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
20
Figure 13. Damage to Kirby 30406. 1.7 Vessel Information 1.7.1 Eagle Otome The 810-foot-long, 138-foot-wide Aframax32 tankship was a double-hull crude oil carrier, built in May 1994 as the Neptune Otome (renamed Eagle Otome in 2000) and registered in the Republic of Singapore. The tankship had 12 cargo tanks with a total cargo carrying capacity of 693,903 barrels. It was powered by a single 16,600-horsepower Mitsubishi Sulzer direct-reversible, slow-speed diesel engine, model 7RTA62, driving a single propeller. As mentioned earlier, the Eagle Otome‘s steering system was a conventional electrohydraulic, double-ram, rapson-slide type, with one rudder. The Eagle Otome‘s classification society was the American Bureau of Shipping. The tankship was owned by AET Tanker Holdings Sdn Bhd, headquartered in Malaysia. 1.7.2 Gull Arrow
The 597-foot-long, 95-foot-wide general cargo carrier (forest product carrier) was built in January 1982 and registered in the Bahamas. It was powered by a single 11,200-horsepower
32 The term Aframax is derived from the Average Freight Rate Assessment tanker rate system. Aframax tankers range from 80,000 to 120,000 deadweight tons.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
21
slow-speed diesel engine, model 6L67GFCA, manufactured by B&W Diesel. The ship had a deadweight of 38,787 tons, a gross tonnage of 25,846 tons,33 and five bulk cargo hatches. The Gull Arrow‘s classification society was Det Norske Veritas. The ship was owned by Gearbulk Shipowning Ltd., headquartered in Bermuda. 1.7.3 Dixie Vengeance
The 75-foot-long, 24-foot-wide vessel was a U.S.-registered canal towboat built in 1966 and modified in 1998. The Dixie Vengeance had a gross tonnage of 143 tons and was powered by twin medium-speed diesel engines, Cummins model KTA-38 MO, with ahead propulsion power of 1,700 horsepower. The Dixie Vengeance was not inspected by the Coast Guard, nor was it required to be. The two barges towed by the Dixie Vengeance were U.S.-registered and Coast Guard-inspected double-hull tank barges. Kirby 30406 was 297 feet long and 54 feet wide and had a gross tonnage of 1,619 tons. Kirby 28112 was 300 feet long and 54 feet wide and had a gross tonnage of 1,632 tons. Both barges had a draft of about 10 feet. The Dixie Vengeance and the barges were owned by Kirby Inland Marine, LLC, Houston, Texas. 1.8 Environmental and Waterway Conditions
At the time of the accident, the weather at the nearby Beaumont/Port Arthur Southeast Texas Regional Airport was recorded as 65 degrees F, overcast with no precipitation, and winds out of the southeast at 10 knots. Visibility was 6 miles. Nearby tidal currents were 0.9 knot flood at 1306 on January 23 and 1.7 knot ebb at 0405 on January 24. By about 2000 on January 23, the winds were out of the northwest. 1.9 Oil Spill and Recovery Efforts 1.9.1 Notifications of Response Organizations About 0936, the Eagle Otome master radioed Coast Guard Sector Houston-Galveston on VHF radio channel 1634 to report the accident. At 0938:43, the second pilot told the bridge team that he had notified VTS Port Arthur of the accident and the pollution in the water, and that he had suggested to VTS that the waterway be shut down in the area of the accident. A Coast Guard petty officer witnessed the accident while on duty at the Coast Guard Marine Safety Unit (MSU) Boat Docks, located about 0.4 mile northeast of the accident location. Within minutes, two Coast Guard boat crews from the MSU Boat Docks launched to the scene. As the boat crews approached the vessels, they noted that the canal was covered in oil. After they determined that no one was injured, the boat crews withdrew to enforce a safety zone to prevent other vessels from entering the oiled section of the canal.
33 Deadweight tonnage is the cargo carrying capacity of a vessel, and gross tonnage is a measure of its internal volume, usually used for regulatory purposes. 34 VHF channel 16 (156.8 MHz) is the international VHF/FM calling, reply, and safety channel. It may also be used for distress and urgency signals.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
22
At 0939, the superintendent of the Port of Port Arthur telephoned VTS and confirmed that oil had spilled into the canal. At 0942, VTS sent a radio broadcast to mariners that the canal at the Port of Port Arthur was closed until further notice. A VTS supervisor also contacted MSU Port Arthur, which alerted its environmental protection and security assets. MSU Port Arthur also notified the Coast Guard Sector Houston/Galveston Situation Unit and the following agencies: Texas General Land Office, Louisiana Oil Spill Coordinator‘s Office, Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality, NOAA, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the Corps). Within the first hour following the accident, an ExxonMobil shipper‘s representative arrived on scene to provide technical expertise regarding specific hazards of the crude oil and the aromatic concentrate. The bridge crew on board the Eagle Otome also began required notifications. About 10 minutes following the accident, the master notified AET‘s qualified individual 35 in Houston, who in turn alerted AET‘s assigned spill management team, Gallagher Marine Systems.36 The qualified individual also notified AET‘s designated person ashore37 and members of AET‘s emergency response team in Houston. About 1035, Gallagher Marine Systems activated AET‘s oil spill response organization, Marine Spill Response Corporation. Gallagher Marine Systems also notified the National Response Center, the Texas General Land Office, Louisiana State Police, and the Coast Guard captain of the port in Port Arthur. After AET‘s qualified individual met with AET‘s emergency response team in Houston, he traveled to Port Arthur, arriving shortly after 1300. Gallagher Marine Systems personnel were already on site, directing deployment of boom to corral the oil along the banks of the Sabine-Neches Canal. The Eagle Otome bridge crew recorded in the bridge notebook the following additional notifications during the 2 hours after the accident: Notified the AET security officer Contacted the National Response Center, Washington, DC Radioed the Gull Arrow and the Dixie Vengeance to caution crews about the fire hazards associated with the crude oil and not to use lights Provided information about the accident to the primary and alternate qualified individuals Provided information to the Coast Guard by radio and telephone Provided information to the Eagle Otome‘s port agent
35 A qualified individual is a person designated to be notified in the case of an oil spill and who manages the response effort on behalf of the ship owner or operator. 36 At the time of the accident, AET was in the process of transitioning its qualified individual responsibilities to Gallagher Marine Systems. Following the accident, Gallagher Marine Systems supplied qualified individual services to AET. 37 The 1998 International Safety Management Code, established for the safe operation of ships and for pollution prevention, states in part that shipping companies should designate a person ashore with direct access to the company‘s top-level management. The designated person ashore is responsible for monitoring the ship‘s safety and pollution prevention aspects and for ensuring that shore-based support and resources are provided as required.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
23
- 9.2 Unified Command
Because of the scale of the Eagle Otome oil spill, the Coast Guard formed a unified command,38 initially located at MSU Port Arthur. The unified command comprised a Federal on-scene coordinator (FOSC),39 who was Port Arthur‘s captain of the port and commanding officer of MSU Port Arthur; an incident commander, who was AET‘s qualified individual; a state on-scene coordinator (SOSC), who was a representative of the Texas General Land Office; a local on-scene coordinator (LOSC), who was a captain with the Port Arthur Fire Department; and a deputy incident commander, who was Kirby Inland Marine‘s qualified individual. Other agencies with on-scene representatives included NOAA, Texas Parks and Wildlife Division, Texas Department of Public Safety, and Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. The incident commander‘s actions were subject to the concurrence and oversight of the FOSC, the SOSC, and the LOSC.40 In addition, the Port Arthur police and fire departments set up a forward command post at the street entrance to the Port of Port Arthur. Together with personnel from the Coast Guard, the Jefferson County Emergency Management, KCS Railroad, and the Texas Department of Public Safety, the police and fire departments coordinated the evacuation of a section of Port Arthur impacted by the crude oil vapor (see section ―1.9.4 Olmeca Crude Oil‖). 1.9.3 Safety Zone At 1052, the Coast Guard established a safety zone along a 12-mile section of the Sabine-Neches Canal, starting at the Texas Island Intersection to the south. By the end of the day, the safety zone was expanded by 4 miles to the south, encompassing a 16-mile segment of the Sabine-Neches Waterway. 1.9.4 Olmeca Crude Oil The Eagle Otome‘s No. 1 center cargo tank, which had a capacity of 73,225 barrels, was loaded with 67,305 barrels of Olmeca crude oil at the time of the accident. Olmeca crude oil is a pale black liquid that contains a complex mixture of petroleum hydrocarbons. It has a flash point
38 A unified command operates on the principle of shared command response authorities at the Federal and state levels in response to a major pollution event. The current iteration of a unified command stems from Department of Homeland Security Presidential Directive 5. 39 The FOSC holds the ultimate authority for all decision-making related to the response and is responsible for coordinating and directing Federal response efforts. The FOSC oversees and ensures the adequacy of the response actions and has the authority to take over, or federalize, the response if he or she determines that it is n ot being properly conducted by the responsible party. 40 Key provisions of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 United States Code 2701 et seq.) include holding the owner of a vessel from which oil is discharged responsible for damages and costs associated with the removal of the discharge. If a discharge from a vessel poses a substantial threat to public health, welfare, or the environment, the FOSC directs all Federal, state, and private actions to remove the discharge. The vessel owner or operator must act in accordance with the national contingency plan, applicable area contingency plans, and vessel response plans. (Also see section ―1.9.8 Vessel Response Plan.‖)
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
24
of less than 100 degrees F and an average specific gravity41 of 0.826. As with other crude oil, Olmeca contains varying concentrations of hazardous substances, in particular hydrogen sulfide, as well as benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, and polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons. The U.S. Department of Transportation classifies Olmeca crude oil as a ―Class 3‖ flammable liquid.42 Potential acute health effects from exposure to high concentration levels of crude oil vapors include skin irritation, convulsion, cyanosis,43 congestion, and hemorrhaging of lungs and internal organs. 1.9.5 Evacuation Southeast winds carried vapors from the crude oil, mainly of hydrogen sulfide, along with an associated strong pungent odor, into downtown Port Arthur. The fire department‘s air monitoring results revealed hydrogen sulfide levels at about 1 to 5 parts per million in the general area. The fire department measured the highest hydrogen sulfide concentration dockside next to the Gull Arrow, including one measurement of 100 parts per million.44 Exposure to high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide can cause headache, dizziness, internal bleeding, suffocation, brain damage, coma, and death. As a precaution, the Port Arthur police and fire dispatch initiated the Southeast Texas Alerting Network (STAN)45 reverse 911 system to notify local residences and businesses near the accident location about the situation. The police and fire departments also established an exclusionary zone to the northwest of the accident location. The exclusionary zone, which included the Port of Port Arthur, was evacuated as a precaution, beginning shortly after 1100 (figure 14). The police and fire dispatch sent a second STAN reverse 911 message to all residences and businesses in this zone informing them to evacuate. Personnel from the police and fire departments also went door-to-door to ensure that all residents were aware of the evacuation.
41 Specific gravity is the density of a substance relative to the density of water. Substances with a specific gravity of less than 1.0 float, and those greater than 1.0 sink. Specific gravity is commonly used in environmental response to determine where in a body of water a released substance can be recovered: on the surface or at the bottom. 42 A Class 3 flammable liquid has a flash point of not more than 141 degrees F. More information about Class 3 flammable liquids is available at 49 CFR 173.120. 43 Cyanosis results from a lack of oxygen in the blood (as in carbon monoxide poisoning) and can ultimately cause death. 44 The Occupational Safety and Health Administration considers a hydrogen sulfide concentration of 20 parts per million the permissible exposure limit, not to be exceeded for healthy adults in a work place. A concentration of 100 parts per million is considered immediately dangerous to life and health. 45 STAN is a multifunction telephone messaging and notification system that gives industrial companies and local agencies the ability to provide the community with important, timely information about emergency incidents and other high-profile events occurring in Southeast Texas. In the event of an emergency that warrants activation, STAN‘s ring-down system can place phone calls to home numbers providing information on what actions need to be taken. The alert can also be sent as a call or text message to cell phones or as an e-mail.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
25
Figure 14. City map showing the neighborhood that received the initial STAN message about the oil spill and the neighborhood that was evacuated. In total, about 136 of Port Arthur‘s approximately 55,000 residents were evacuated.46 The Jefferson County Community Emergency Response Team and the American Red Cross established a shelter for the evacuees at a senior citizens‘ recreation center in Port Arthur. After several hours of continuous air quality monitoring, which indicated no concentrations of hydrogen sulfide within detection limits of air monitoring equipment, the evacuation was lifted at 1800 that same day. However, about 20 residents elected to remain in the shelter overnight because of the petroleum odor that remained in some areas.
46 The residents were evacuated from an area between Houston Avenue to the south and Beaumont Avenue to the north and between 7th Street to the west and the waterway to the east. The evacuated area was about 0.147 square mile in size. Accident Location N ≈ 0.5 mi
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
26
After the residential evacuation was lifted, the forward command post was demobilized about 1600 on January 24, and the response transitioned to cleanup operations. The fire department continued to monitor the air in the vicinity of the cleanup operations, while the police department maintained perimeter security. 1.9.6 Determination of Quantity Spilled According to notes in the Eagle Otome‘s bridge logbook, oil continued to discharge from the tankship from the time of the accident at 0935 until about 1012. About 1049, the Eagle Otome‘s chief officer completed sounding the No. 1 center cargo tank and estimating the amount of oil that had flowed from it. He determined that a total of about 20,532 barrels (862,344 gallons) of oil had spilled from the cargo tank into the ballast tank, and about 11,000 barrels (462,000 gallons) of that amount flowed from the ballast tank into the water. About 1140, a Coast Guard representative at the forward command post received the spill estimate and reported it to MSU Port Arthur. A Coast Guard inspection team boarded the Eagle Otome at 1438 to confirm the tank soundings, among other activities. The chief officer, together with a Coast Guard marine inspector, recalculated the amount of oil spilled into the water to be about 10,097 barrels (424,074 gallons).47 About 1946, the AET qualified individual confirmed to the Coast Guard the amount of oil contained in the No. 1 cargo tank before and after the accident. He later refined the calculation of the amount released into the water to be about 9,452 barrels, or about 396,984 gallons. His calculation took into account that about 11,041 barrels of oil had leaked from the No. 1 cargo tank into the Eagle Otome‘s starboard ballast tank, and about 40 barrels of oil had spilled into the bow of the Kirby 30406. Despite these lower release estimates by the Coast Guard and the qualified individual, the unified command decided to base its response on the original release estimate (11,000 barrels spilled into the water) that had been disseminated. 1.9.7 Environmental Response Operations As required by the area contingency plan,48 the response actions were conducted in accordance with the National Incident Management System.49 Within this incident command organization, AET‘s spill management team served as chiefs, and Coast Guard personnel
47 The Eagle Otome chief officer and the Coast Guard marine inspector used tank sounding quantities that were reported in units of gross standard volume, which includes volume correction factors for temperature, density, pressure, and American Petroleum Institute (API) gravity. Similar to specific gravity, API gravity is a measure of how heavy or light a petroleum liquid is compared to water. API gravity is used in petroleum shipping to provide a way to grade the oil and calculate the number of barrels based on metric tonnage. The API gravity of this shipment of Olmeca crude oil was measured as 39.80° API. 48 The area contingency plan was developed by the Area Committee under the direction of the Federal on-scene coordinator. The Area Committee is a spill preparedness and planning body made up of Federal, state, and local agency representatives. More information can be obtained in Section 4202 of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. 49 The National Incident Management System, developed by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, provides a systematic approach to guide agencies at all levels of government as well as nongovernmental organizations and private sector organizations to work together to respond to, recover from, and mitigate the effects of incidents.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
27
generally served as deputy chiefs while performing an oversight role. The organization evolved over time and was outlined in the daily incident action plans. The operations section was organized as follows: The protection and recovery branch was subdivided into three geographic divisions and was responsible for oil deflection, containment, and collection activities. The vessel decontamination and transit branch was responsible for reopening the waterway to commercial traffic. The air monitoring branch was responsible for detecting hydrogen sulfide, volatile organic compounds, and explosive atmospheres. The air operations branch provided aerial reconnaissance and photography to map the oil spill and assess resource needs. The crews of two chartered helicopters assisted with the reconnaissance and helped direct oil skimming operations. The waterway management branch was responsible for area security and enforcement of safety zones. The vessel salvage branch implemented vessel lightering50 and firefighting plans for the Eagle Otome and the Kirby 30406 barge. The wildlife recovery and rehabilitation branch responded to reports of injured wildlife and monitored 48-hour spill trajectory forecasts. An incident command post branch employed four field observers in each of the three geographic divisions that were responsible for validating response resource and oil location maps, oil recovery rates, and assessment of the spill response effectiveness. 1.9.8 Vessel Response Plan Title 33 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Section 155, Subpart D, Tank Vessel Response Plans for Oil, requires that vessels carrying oil in bulk as cargo and operating on the navigable waters of the United States operate in compliance with a plan approved by the Coast Guard. The Texas Administrative Code also requires vessel owners and operators to submit certain information to the Texas General Land Office from their Coast Guard–approved vessel response plans. Response plan development and evaluation criteria for vessels carrying petroleum oil as cargo are contained in 33 CFR 155.1050, which sets forth the levels of equipment and response capability times that must be identified for planning purposes. In October 2009, the Coast Guard approved AET‘s 5-year vessel response plan that was in effect at the time of the accident. The plan covered 52 tankships owned or operated by AET, including the Eagle Otome. The plan addressed a worst-case discharge51 for the Eagle Otome of
50 Lightering involves offloading a vessel‘s cargo onto another vessel. 51 The worst-case discharge means a discharge of the vessel‘s entire cargo in adverse weather conditions.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
28
693,903 barrels, the tankship‘s total cargo capacity. AET‘s plan also outlined crew responsibilities, including a requirement that the master make an immediate determination of the danger to which the vessel is exposed and make all required notifications. The priorities identified following a collision included damage assessment by visual inspection; sounding of all tanks; comparing tank soundings to ullage52 reports; sounding compartments and void spaces; and taking draft and trim readings. The plan also directed oil to be transferred away from the damage, if possible. 1.9.9 Oil Containment Measures The primary oil spill response organization in the accident was Marine Spill Response Corporation, a national, nonprofit spill response organization funded by the Marine Preservation Association (MPA). Membership in the MPA entitles members to immediate access to spill response services. The Eagle Otome‘s owner, AET, was a member of the MPA. About 1140 on the day of the accident, a Marine Spill Response Corporation representative arrived at the unified command. Contractors with the Marine Spill Response Corporation arrived on scene shortly after noon, about 2.5 hours after the accident. About 1235, the contractors began deploying oil boom around the Eagle Otome. With the assistance of later arriving crews, they also deployed upriver and downriver containment measures. Because of the high air concentration of hydrogen sulfide at the accident site, skimming operations could not begin until nearly 2200 that evening. About 2330, skimming near the vessels was again delayed because of high air concentration of hydrogen sulfide. Although the work stop near the vessels lasted about 4.5 hours, spill containment and recovery measures upriver and downriver from the accident site were not affected. Marine Spill Response Corporation maintained an inventory of response equipment, including the oil spill response vessel Texas Responder, which was stationed in Galveston, about 65 miles southwest of Port Arthur. The 210-foot-long vessel, equipped with oil boom, support boats, and oil skimming equipment, arrived on site shortly after 0400 on January 24. A second oil spill response vessel, the Gulf Responder, arrived on scene on January 25. Within 12 hours of the accident, Marine Spill Response Corporation had six oil skimming units and 32,000 feet of oil boom on scene. Within 60 hours of the accident, 35 oil skimming units were on scene with a skimming capacity of 53,620 barrels/day and 63,800 feet of oil boom. In total, the resources deployed in the Port Arthur spill included about 1,000 oil spill response contractor personnel, 200 incident command post personnel, 114 skimmer boats, 12 large skimmer assets, 160,000 feet of oil boom, 400,000 feet of sorbent boom and snare, 83 vacuum trucks, and two helicopters. Ebbing tidal currents in the waterway carried the oil south about 8 miles. The bulk of the spilled oil was confined to a 16-mile section of the Sabine-Neches Waterway. On-water oil skimming operations continued until February 7. Cleanup of about 96 percent of the affected waterway was completed by February 10. The remaining area was monitored for evidence of oil leaching from the river banks.
52 Ullage is the measurement of empty space available in a cargo or ballast tank.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
29
The unified command determined that spill recovery operations were complete on February 24, 2010. The incident commander reported that about 32 percent of the total oil released in the accident was removed from the waterway in the spill recovery effort.53 1.9.10 Coast Guard Marine Board of Investigation and Public Hearing The Coast Guard convened a formal investigation of the accident (known as a Marine Board of Investigation). In accordance with 46 CFR Part 4, after a preliminary investigation, testimony is received under oath in a public hearing, with all designated parties in attendance. The NTSB‘s investigator in charge participated in the preliminary investigation and the public hearing, the latter of which took place in Port Arthur, March 9 through 11, 2010, and he was permitted to ask questions and evaluate material admitted as evidence. (For samples of testimony provided at the hearing, see sections ―1.15 SETWAC Protocol and Sabine Pilots Association Guidelines‖ and ―1.16 Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners.‖ 1.10 Waterway Information 1.10.1 Sabine-Neches Waterway The Sabine-Neches Waterway is a 64-mile-long waterway along the border between Texas and Louisiana. From the south at the Gulf of Mexico, the waterway comprises the Sabine Pass Channel, the Port Arthur Canal, the Sabine-Neches Canal, and the lower Neches River just south of Beaumont. The shoreline along the Sabine-Neches Waterway comprises man-made structures (such as the Sabine Pass) and mud banks with marshes. The waterway is maintained by the Corps and is dredged to a controlling depth54 of 40 feet. The waterway is bordered on the west by Jefferson and Orange counties, Texas, and, at its most southern end, by Cameron Parish, Louisiana. 1.10.2 Sabine-Neches Canal The midsection of the Sabine-Neches Waterway is the approximately 12-mile-long, 400- to 450-foot-wide Sabine-Neches Canal. The Sabine-Neches Canal shares this section of the waterway with the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway, which enters from the west at the Texas Island Intersection and exits the waterway to the east at the intersection with the Neches River. In 2008, 2,538 tankships and 23,336 towing/tug vessels transited inbound and outbound in the Sabine-Neches Canal. Crude oil shipments accounted for the majority of tonnage through the waterway.55 Terminals along the waterway include the Port of Port Arthur and the Port of Beaumont
53 Of the remaining amount of spilled oil, about one-third evaporated from the surface of the water, and the rest dispersed in the water column and through other weathering processes. 54 Controlling depth is the deepest ship draft that a channel can accommodate; it restricts safe use of the channel to deep drafts of less than that amount. Controlling depth is based on mean lower low water, which is the average of all lowest water levels for tidal days over a period of usually 19 years. 55 Waterborne Commerce of the United States, Calendar Year 2008, Report Number CEIWR-WCUS-08-2 (Washington DC: Department of the Army Corps of Engineers, 2010).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
30
as well as 14 petroleum refineries, a liquid natural gas facility, chemical plants, and bulk/break-bulk terminals that use vessel and barge transportation to move crude oil, petroleum products, liquid and dry chemicals, steel, and dry bulk cargo.56 1.10.3 NTSB Calculations of Missouri Bend NTSB investigators examined channel dimensions to determine if the Sabine-Neches Canal is wide enough at Missouri Bend for vessels the size of the Eagle Otome. Using the beam and length of the Eagle Otome, the calculations57 showed that although the minimum turn radius at Missouri Bend is within preliminary guidelines provided by the Corps for channel design,58 the channel width at Missouri Bend is less than the Corps‘ suggested minimum for a vessel the size of the Eagle Otome. Using the Corps‘ preliminary guidelines, NTSB investigators calculated that the Eagle Otome ideally needs a canal width in the range of 414 to 463 feet at Missouri Bend, as opposed to the actual canal width of 400 feet. NTSB investigators contacted the Corps about the channel dimensions at Missouri Bend. A Corps director responded that no strict Corps design criteria exist for navigation channel width. The director further stated that the Corps‘ preliminary guidelines are conservative, the width guidance provided in the engineering manual can usually be reduced, and many shipping channels in the United States are narrower than what the Corps‘ guidelines stipulate.59 The Corps uses simulation studies in the planning, design, construction, operation, and maintenance of navigation channels. In 2002, the Corps conducted simulations in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. However, the director stated that no simulation was conducted at Missouri Bend.
The Corps manual states that increasing the width of a channel in a turn can affect the alignment of the current pattern, which can lead to ship steering problems. In addition, increasing the channel width can change shoaling60 tendencies as well as the rate and location of shoaling areas. Each widening project must be evaluated for local effects of currents, wind, waves, and visibility on ship piloting. (Also see section ―1.18.1 Accidents in the Sabine-Neches Waterway.‖)
56 Study for the Economic Impact of Maintenance Dredging and Economic Impact of Deepening and Widening of the Sabine-Neches Waterway (Martin Associates, Lancaster, Pennsylvania; Commissioned by the Jefferson County Waterway and Navigation District, 2006). 57 The calculations, along with a kinematics parameter extraction study, are available in the NTSB public docket. 58 The Corps published general channel design guidelines in an August 2004 engineering manual titled, ―Hydraulic Design of Deep-Draft Navigation Projects.‖ The guidelines are not specific to the Sabine-Neches Waterway and provide only general design guidance. The engineering manual clarifies that final channel designs should be developed through ship navigation studies that incorporate simulation tests with local pilots. 59 In the past decade, concern has been raised about the increasing size of ships in static-width waterways. See W. Gray and others, ―Channel Design and Vessel Maneuverability – Next Steps: When Ships Get Too Big For Their Ditches,‖ Marine Technology, Volume 40, Issue 2, April 2003, available at http://www.usna.edu/naoe/channel/final.pdf. 60 Shallowing as a result of sediment accumulation at the bottom.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
31
- 10.4 Ports and Waterways Safety Assessment
The Coast Guard established the ports and waterways safety system (PAWSS) in the late 1990s to address the needs of waterway users and to place greater emphasis on partnering with the marine industry to reduce risk in the marine environment. Part of the PAWSS involved the Coast Guard‘s promptly establishing a ―national dialogue group‖ of maritime and waterway community stakeholders representing all major sectors of the U.S. and foreign-flag marine industry. The Coast Guard, in conjunction with the national dialogue group, then developed a ports and waterways safety assessment (PAWSA), a risk assessment process that identifies major waterway safety hazards, estimates risk levels in a qualitative sense, evaluates potential mitigation measures, and sets the stage for implementation of selected measures to reduce risk. The Coast Guard conducts PAWSAs by convening a select group of waterway users and stakeholders in a 2-day workshop to address these issues. Participation of local Coast Guard officials is required before and throughout the workshop. A PAWSA was conducted for the Port of Port Arthur in September 1999. In accordance with a national PAWSA model, the participants identified deep-draft vessels as contributing twice as much risk as shallow-draft vessels. Traffic density, visibility conditions, meeting arrangements, and waterway complexity were also identified as high risk. The participants identified VTS, which in 1999 was not in place in Port Arthur, as having the greatest potential for mitigating waterway risks. As a result of the PAWSA, VTS Port Arthur was established in 2005. 1.11 VTS Port Arthur The Sabine-Neches Waterway is monitored by VTS Port Arthur, located at MSU Port Arthur, about 6 miles from the accident location. Certain vessels transiting the Sabine-Neches Waterway are required to check in with VTS at various points, and both the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance did so. VTS provides three primary services: Information, including position, identity, and intentions of vessels operating in the VTS area; meteorological information; aids to navigation status; traffic congestion; and waterway restrictions. Navigational assistance, at the request of the vessel operator, by providing information about the operator‘s own vessel, such as course and speed; position in the waterway relative to the channel axis; landmarks; aids to navigation or other landmarks; and the positions, intentions, and identities of surrounding traffic. Traffic organization, including advance planning and notification of movements, congestion, and waterway restrictions. Prioritization of movements and mandatory position reporting could be required as well as establishing speed limits to aid the flow of traffic. VTS services to mariners are primarily advisory. VTS watchstanders at Port Arthur monitor VHF radio channels 13, 16, and 1A (alpha) and communicate daily with Sabine pilots and others by way of radio communication. At any given time, VTS watchstanders may be
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
32
monitoring multiple vessels in their sectors of responsibility, displayed electronically on computer screens (figure 15). VTS watchstanders do not monitor one target to the exclusion of other marine traffic unless circumstances warrant it or a vessel operator requests VTS to do so. The primary navigational tools on which VTS operators rely are AIS data received from the vessel and the radar return from various radar-receiving stations located along the waterway. AIS and radar data are combined and received on VTS screens about every 2 to 10 seconds, depending on the transmitting vessel‘s speed. As a result, the information that is displayed on the VTS screens is delayed by that amount of time.
Figure 15. Data screens at VTS Port Arthur. The VTS video cameras did not capture any footage of the accident, only the Eagle Otome’s transit through the Texas Island Intersection. On the morning of January 23, 2010, a VTS Port Arthur watchstander was monitoring the approximately 40-mile-long southern section of the Sabine-Neches Waterway in which the Eagle Otome was transiting (from the Sabine Fairway anchorage to just past the accident location). He told investigators that he became aware of the Eagle Otome‘s inbound approach just before 0900, about 10 minutes after beginning his watch, when the tankship was approaching the Texas Island Intersection. The Eagle Otome‘s AIS was transmitting data about every 3 to 4 seconds, showing the tankship‘s name, speed, destination, transited path, draft, and pilot designators. The VTS watchstander recalled that, about the same time, he also saw AIS data from the Dixie Vengeance appear on his screen as the towboat entered the northern portion of his
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
33
monitoring sector in the area near the schoolhouse. Both vessels‘ names, speeds, and destinations appeared on his computer chart displays. The VTS watchstander told investigators that from the start of his shift to the time of the accident, radio communication was light. He did not recall hearing any conversation between the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance nor any communication from the Eagle Otome to VTS during this time.61 The watchstander told investigators that he first became aware of the accident when the Dixie Vengeance master called VTS to report it. Before that, the watchstander only knew that the two vessels were approaching each other from opposite directions in the waterway near the Port of Port Arthur and near the Gull Arrow. He stated that at no point during the Eagle Otome‘s transit did he think that the tankship might be having a problem. He stated that he felt that the arrangement of the two vessels meeting in that area of the canal was acceptable. 1.12 Personnel Information 1.12.1 Sabine Pilots First Pilot. The first pilot, age 44, who had navigational control of the Eagle Otome at the time of the accident, was a 1988 graduate of the Texas Maritime Academy in Galveston, Texas, where he earned a B.S. in marine transportation. In 1989, he obtained a Coast Guard-issued third mate‘s unlimited license.62 After graduating, he worked for a dredging company for about 1 year. He worked for Coastal Tank Ships during the next decade, advancing his license and eventually sailing in a higher rating and advancing in rank. He received his master‘s unlimited license in March 1997 and became a pilot with the Sabine Pilots Association in July 2006. Before becoming a Sabine pilot, he trained for 2 years with other pilots in the association, repeatedly riding along and training on vessels of increasing length, draft, and tonnage. During his 2-year pilot training, he made at least 500 transits through the Sabine-Neches pilotage area. The first pilot told investigators that he completed training in bridge resource management (BRM)63 in 1999 and that he had also taken other courses required to maintain his Coast Guard license, such as radar observer classes. The first pilot stated that he had also attended training that was not required by the Coast Guard, such as advanced shiphandling simulator training, and training in shipmaneuvering and docking at the Sabine Pass liquid natural gas terminal.
61 VTS watchstanders do not specifically listen for any set of exchanges; they monitor multiple frequencies and broadcasts from the entire monitoring sector. The VTS watchstander on the day of the accident was not required to specifically monitor the exchanges between the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance; none of those exchanges were directed to VTS. 62 An unlimited license means any vessel tonnage on any ocean. 63 BRM is the effective use by a vessel‘s bridge team of all available resources—information, equipment, and personnel—to safely operate a vessel. BRM was developed to help operators enhance the quality of teamwork and to recognize and mitigate the consequences of operator errors. (Also see sections ―1.17 Bridge Resource Management‖ and ―2.3 Division of Piloting Duties; Breakdown in Bridge Resource Management.‖)
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
34
The first pilot had piloted the Eagle Otome on one previous occasion and had also piloted similar-sized ships. He had an unblemished record before the accident, with no incidents or accidents in several years of working in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. Following the accident, the first pilot submitted to the Coast Guard a work/rest schedule for the previous days. According to the schedule, he reported for work mid-morning on Tuesday, January 19. He completed his piloting assignment about 1650, went home, and fell asleep about
- The following day, Wednesday, January 20, the first pilot reported waking up about 0745.
Because the waterway was closed that day due to fog, he had no job assignments. He went to bed about 2300. The following day, Thursday, January 21, the first pilot reported waking up about 0700 and beginning work mid-morning. He completed his piloting assignment about 1852, returned home, and had dinner. He reported lying in bed and watching television, beginning about 2000. At 2200, he was called for a job assignment. About 0015 the following morning, Friday, January 22, the first pilot boarded a vessel at the Sabine Fairway anchorage and brought it to the ExxonMobil facility in Beaumont. He completed the assignment about 0813 and returned home, where he went to bed about 1015. According to the first pilot, he slept until 1700. He then made dinner, checked on his work status, and was back in bed about 2100. At 0230 on the day of the accident, Saturday, January 23, he was called for the Eagle Otome pilotage assignment. He boarded the tankship at the Sabine Fairway anchorage about 0530. First Pilot’s Medical Condition. In April 2008, the first pilot was assessed at a sleep clinic for a sleep disorder. He underwent a polysomnography (sleep study) for severe snoring and daytime fatigue, conditions that had reportedly been manifest for 3 to 5 years.64 The results led to a diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea (OSA).65 In a followup polysomnography, the first pilot was able to sleep effectively with a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) device,66 and he was prescribed CPAP to treat his condition. In subsequent doctor‘s visits, the first pilot reported that he felt rested in the morning after using the CPAP device but did not use it every night because he found the face mask uncomfortable. After the accident, the first pilot told investigators that he had not used the CPAP device in at least the 4 days before the accident. The first pilot‘s last medical evaluation67 before the accident was completed in February 2009. At that time, the CG-719K form68 did not require mariners or their health
64 The results revealed a sleep efficiency of 96.8 percent, a latency to initial sleep of 1 minute, and an apnea + hypopnea index of 26.1 events per sleeping hour, that is, his sleep was disrupted an average of 26.1 times per hour due to insufficient oxygen, all indicating moderate to severe obstructive sleep apnea. 65 See section ―1.13 Fatigue‖ for additional information about OSA. 66 CPAP uses air pressure delivered through a mask or nasal device to keep the individual‘s airway open and oxygen supplied during sleep. 67 The Coast Guard is responsible for the medical certification of all U.S.-licensed mariners. Regulations at 46 CFR 12.02-17(e) require that pilots of vessels of 1,600 gross tons or more have a yearly medical examination and provide the Coast Guard with the results. Applicants for the licensed and qualified ratings (other than pilots of vessels of 1,600 gross tons or more) must have a medical examination every 5 years. Other than the frequency of examinations, the medical examination and certification requirements for pilots is the same as for other licensed and qualified ratings. Any licensed physician, physician assistant, or nurse practitioner can perform the medical examination, using the guidelines contained in NVIC 04-08. 68 Part of the evaluation requires the mariner and the examining health care provider to complete a Coast Guard-issued form, CG-719K, to detail the mariner‘s medical conditions.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
35
practitioners to disclose a diagnosis of a sleep disorder; information about the first pilot‘s OSA diagnosis and prescribed treatment was not noted on the 719K for that examination69 (for more information, see section ―1.13 Fatigue‖). Second Pilot. The second pilot, age 47, who boarded the Eagle Otome at the Sabine Pass, graduated from the Texas Maritime Academy in 1985 with a degree in marine transportation and a Coast Guard–issued third mate‘s license. The first decade after graduation, he worked in the dredging industry and then worked for about 5 years in the offshore oil-drilling industry before becoming a Sabine pilot in 1999. Like the first pilot, he had trained for 2 years before becoming a pilot, as required by the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners. He had also previously transited on the Eagle Otome and a sister ship. The most recent BRM training course he had completed before the accident took place in 1998. The second pilot‘s most recent physical exam before the accident took place in November 2009. The second pilot also submitted a work/rest schedule to the Coast Guard following the accident. He stated in the schedule that he did not recall what hours he had slept in the 3 days leading up to the accident but that he had received between 6 and 8 hours of sleep each 24-hour period and that the quality of sleep was good. On Wednesday, January 20, he did not work because of the waterway fog closure. On Thursday, January 21, he was called for a piloting assignment about 1000 and completed the work about 1345. About 1315 that same day, he was called for a subsequent piloting assignment, which he completed about 2100. The following day, Friday, January 22, he was called for a piloting assignment about 0530 and completed the work about 1530. The following day, which was the accident day of Saturday, January 23, the second pilot was called about the Eagle Otome piloting assignment about 0530, and he boarded the tankship at Sabine Pass about 0750. 1.12.2 Eagle Otome Master. The master, an Indian national, age 35, received a license as third mate in 1998 and then sailed exclusively on board AET vessels in increasingly higher-ranked officer positions. He obtained his master‘s certificate of competency from India in May 2005. He had worked as master on board two other AET ships for 11 months before the accident. In December 2009, he became master of the Eagle Otome. He had made about 10 previous transits on the Sabine-Neches Waterway on board vessels about the size of the Eagle Otome. He had also previously transited the Sabine-Neches Waterway on the Eagle Otome and recalled having transited previously with the first pilot. The master completed a BRM training course in March 2009. His most recent physical examination before the accident took place in December 2009. The master stated that he generally slept well and had a full night‘s rest during each of the 3 nights before the accident, when the Eagle Otome was at anchor at the Sabine Fairway
69 The subsequent version of the 719K (released in November 2009) inquires about diagnosed sleep apnea. The first pilot reported his diagnosis in the medical evaluation conducted after the accident, in February 2010.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
36
anchorage in the Gulf of Mexico. According to a work/rest schedule that he provided to the Coast Guard following the accident, he went to bed at midnight and rose about 0700 on Wednesday, January 20. On Thursday, January 21, he went to bed about 2300 and rose about
- On Friday, January 22, he went to bed about 2200 and rose about 0430 on the morning of
the accident to prepare for the pilot boarding and the transit into Beaumont. Helmsman. The helmsman, an Indian national, age 26, had been an able bodied seaman for 3 years and an ordinary seaman for 4 years before that. He had served on the Eagle Otome for nearly 9 months and had made four previous transits in the accident area, each one on board the Eagle Otome serving as helmsman. On the day of the accident, he came on duty at 0730. He told investigators that he had never experienced a problem with the tankship‘s handling. 1.12.3 Dixie Vengeance Master. The towboat master, age 52, told investigators that he had been in the maritime industry for about 10 years and had worked for the towboat operator, Kirby Inland Marine, LLC, for 8 of those years. He had received all his recent mariner training through the company. He held a license as master of towing vessels issued in March 2007 and had worked on board the Dixie Vengeance since February 2009. On the day of the accident, he was working the 0600–1200 and 1800–2400 watches. The towboat master provided a work/rest schedule following the accident. According to the schedule, he had slept about 9 hours during each of the four 24-hour periods leading up to the accident. He reported that he obtained this sleep in 4-hour and 5-hour segments in each 24-hour period because of the watch schedule on the vessel. 1.12.4 VTS Personnel Watchstander. The VTS watchstander on the day of the accident, age 46, had worked at VTS Port Arthur for nearly 3 years after completing a 3- to 4-month training period. The training consisted of ship-handling knowledge, rules of the road,70 and area familiarization for identification of facilities, waterways, and channel depths. In addition, he stood 2 months of supervised watches under a VTS training director. He also attended a ship simulator facility to gain familiarization with bridge watchstanding and shiphandling and participated in vessel ride-along programs to become familiar with shipboard operations and aspects of transiting the Sabine-Neches Waterway. The VTS watchstander told investigators that he worked 12-hour shifts. On the day of the accident, he reported to work about 0845. The day before, on January 22, he worked a shift beginning at 0600. Before that, he had been off from work for 3 days. He told investigators that he had slept about 7 hours during each of the 4 nights before the accident.
70 Navigation Rules and Regulations: International Navigational Rules Act of 1977 and the Inland Navigation Rules Act of 1980, 33 CFR Subchapter E.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
37
Supervisor. The VTS supervisor on the day of the accident, age 37, had worked at VTS Port Arthur for about 4.5 years after transferring from VTS Houston. He told investigators that he worked 12-hour shifts, and, on the day of the accident, he started at 0600. He estimated that he had slept about 8 hours during each of the 2 nights before the accident. He had been off-duty for 2 days before that and told investigators that he generally slept well. 1.13 Fatigue 1.13.1 Background Fatigue and its effects on human performance and transportation safety have received considerable attention in recent years. Although most people consider fatigue ―as an outcome state, [that is] feeling tired or sleepy,‖71 researchers seek more precise definitions. One widely accepted definition terms fatigue as ―a biological drive for recuperative rest.‖72 That is, sleep deprivation results in a biological need for restorative sleep and a subjective state of sleepiness. 1.13.2 Causes of Fatigue The fundamental causes of fatigue are related to the physiological effects of sleep loss, circadian disruption, extended hours of wakefulness, and sleep disorders. Although a variety of factors may have some moderating effects on fatigue, these four physiological fatigue factors are scientifically well-established as the primary underlying mechanisms. Typically, 8 hours of sleep per night will provide most people enough rest to avoid being fatigued the next day,73 although some may need more sleep and some can sleep less without being fatigued. In general, the less sleep one obtains in any given regular sleep period, the more fatigued one will subsequently become. There are multiple reasons individuals may not obtain sufficient sleep. Insomnia, working long hours, or staying up late all lead to insufficient sleep and thus fatigue. Circadian rhythms are generated by an internal biological clock located in the brain that controls the 24-hour cycle of physiological systems. For example, within each 24-hour period, people are programmed to be awake during the day and asleep at night. Circadian influences extend to all human systems, beyond regular sleep and wake times, including 24-hour body temperature, digestive, and endocrine rhythms. A person‘s circadian ―clock‖ is generally programmed for its lowest point between about 0300 and 0500, during which time physiological and mental functioning is reduced. A second circadian low generally occurs between about 1500 and 1700.
71 L. Di Milla and others, ―Demographic Factors, Fatigue, and Driving Accidents: An Examination of the Published Literature,‖ Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 43 (2011), pp. 516–532. 72 A. Williamson and others, ―The Link Between Fatigue and Safety,‖ Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 43 (2011), pp. 498–515. 73 M.M. Mallis, S. Banks, and D.F. Dinges, ―Aircrew Fatigue, Sleep Need, and Circadian Rhythmicity.‖ In E. Salas and D. Maurino (Eds.), Human Factors in Aviation (2nd Edition), pp. 401–436 (Burlington, Massachusetts: Academic Press, 2010).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
38
Because it is difficult to rapidly change circadian rhythms, most people cannot quickly alter their sleep schedules from one day to the next without experiencing the effects of fatigue. Rather, circadian rhythms adjust slowly to new sleep schedules. The greater the difference between the old and new schedules, the longer the adjustment time needed; substantial schedule changes generally necessitate several days to a week of adjustment time. Thus, a person attempting to work during a period when, up to that point, he or she had been sleeping, will very likely be fatigued.74 Medically related sleep disorders can lead to fatigue as well, with OSA the most commonly diagnosed sleep disorder. The airways of OSA individuals become obstructed during sleep, causing loud snoring and, more importantly, breathing interruptions that disrupt sleep, interruptions of which the individuals are often unaware. The more severe the OSA, the more numerous the breathing interruptions and the more likely the individuals are to experience daytime fatigue. OSA is diagnosed through polysomnography, during which the patient sleeps under controlled conditions with key physiological parameters measured to determine quality and quantity of sleep. Obesity and high blood pressure increase the risk for OSA, and in 2002, a review of the epidemiology of the condition estimated that about 7 percent of the U.S. population has at least moderate OSA.75 Untreated OSA has been linked to daytime sleepiness, impaired vigilance, mood disturbances, and cognitive dysfunction.76 As with fatigue in general, individuals with untreated OSA are at higher risk of transportation accidents than those without the condition.77 Even mild OSA, when untreated, causes performance deficits that can affect safety. Researchers noted the following:78 Pretreatment personal and public health ramifications [of OSA] include increased risk for motor vehicle crashes, occupational injuries, and decreased quality of life. Performance deficits during neuropsychological testing can be documented with even mild [OSA]. With a frequency of 15 apneas-hypopneas per hour of sleep, the decrement is equivalent to that associated with 5 years of aging. [CPAP is considered] the treatment of choice for most patients with [OSA].
74 Williamson and others, pp. 498–515. 75 T. Young, P.E. Peppard, and D.J. Gottlieb, ―Epidemiology of Obstructive Sleep Apnea: A Population Health Perspective,‖ American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, vol. 165 (2002), pp. 1217-1239. 76 H.C. Kim and others, ―Sleep-Disordered Breathing and Neuropsychological Deficits: A Population-Based Study,‖ American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, vol. 156 (1997), pp. 1813–1819. 77 J. Teran-Santos, A. Jimenez-Gomez, and J. Cordero-Guevara, ―The Association Between Sleep Apnea and the Risk of Traffic Accidents,‖ Cooperative Group Burgos-Santander, New England Journal of Medicine, vol. 340, no. 11 (1999), pp. 847–51. 78 E.J. Olson and others, ―Obstructive Sleep Apnea-Hypopnea Syndrome,‖ Mayo Clinic Proceedings, vol. 78 (2003), pp. 1545–1552.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
39
- 13.3 Fatigue and Cognitive Performance
Fatigue‘s adverse effects on cognitive performance are particularly relevant to transportation safety because operator effectiveness in contemporary transportation systems depends largely on cognitive rather than physical skills. The adverse effects of fatigue on cognitive performance have been demonstrated.79 Research has shown that fatigued individuals perform more poorly on measures of vigilance, reaction time, selective attention (the ability to focus on a task while avoiding distraction), logical reasoning, and visual search, among others—all skills that contribute to the quality of a person‘s performance as a transportation system operator. In one study, sleep-deprived individuals showed evidence of cognitive impairment equivalent to those with positive blood alcohol levels,80 that is, individuals with 24 hours of sustained wakefulness were comparably impaired on measures of cognitive performance to individuals with blood alcohol levels of 0.10 percent. A later study, comparing the performance of subjects at various levels of sleep deprivation with the performance of subjects at various levels of alcohol impairment, noted that even as little as 2 hours of sleep loss resulted in cognitive performance decrement equivalent to that of consuming two or three beers, or having an average breath alcohol level of 0.045 percent. The subjects‘ performance with regard to memory, vigilance, and reaction time worsened with increasing sleep loss, closely matching and in some cases exceeding the impairment resulting from alcohol consumption.81 1.13.4 Fatigue and Transportation Safety Because of the adverse effects of fatigue on cognitive skills and the importance of cognitive skills to operator effectiveness, fatigued individuals have been found to be at higher risk of accidents.82 In 1995, the NTSB examined the role of fatigue in a segment of highway accidents (single-vehicle, heavy truck accidents) and found that a number of sleep-related factors contributed to the accidents.83 Although motor vehicle and truck operators have been the primary focus of fatigue-related transportation safety research, a link between operator fatigue and accidents has been noted in other transportation modes as well.84
79 See (a) M. Blagrove, C. Alexander, and J.A. Horne, ‖The Effects of Chronic Sleep Reduction on the Performance of Cognitive Tasks Sensitive to Sleep Deprivation,‖ Applied Cognitive Psychology, vol. 9 (1995), pp. 21–40; (b) M. Gillberg and T. Akerstedt, ―Sleep loss and performance: No ‗safe‘ duration of a monotonous task,‖ Physiology and Behavior, vol. 64 (1998), pp. 599–604. 80 D. Dawson and K. Reid, ―Fatigue, alcohol, and performance impairment,‖ Nature, vol. 388 (1997) p. 235. 81 T. Roehrs and others, ―Ethanol and Sleep Loss: A ‗Dose‘ Comparison of Impairing Effects,‖ Sleep, 26, (2003), pp. 981–985. 82 See (a) Teran-Santos; (b) M.H. Smolensky and others, ―Sleep Disorders, Medical Conditions, and Road Accident Risk,‖ Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 43 (2011) pp. 533–548; (c) J.A. Horne and L.A. Reyner, ―Sleep Related Vehicle Accidents,‖ British Medical Journal, vol. 310 (1995), pp. 565–567. 83 Factors that Affect Fatigue in Heavy Truck Accidents, Safety Study NTSB/SS-95/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995). 84 See (a) S. Folkard, ―Transport: Rhythm and Blues,‖ Westminster Lecture on Transport Safety (London: Parliamentary Advisory Council for Transport Safety, 2000); (b) J. Dorrian and others, ―The Effects of Fatigue on Train Handling During Speed Restrictions,‖ Transportation Research, Part F (2006), pp. 243–257.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
40
The NTSB has identified fatigue as a factor in at least two highly visible marine accidents. The NTSB determined that the March 24, 1989, grounding of the vessel Exxon Valdez on Bligh Reef,85 an accident that caused extensive pollution and environmental destruction to the waters of Prince William Sound, Alaska, was caused, among other factors, by the ―failure of the third mate to properly maneuver the vessel because of [his] fatigue and excessive workload … .‖ The NTSB also found that the June 23, 1995, grounding of the passenger vessel Star Princess, also in Alaskan waters, was fatigue related.86 It determined that the probable cause of that accident was the pilot‘s ―poor performance, which may have been exacerbated by chronic fatigue caused by sleep apnea.‖ Because the NTSB does not investigate all major maritime accidents that occur in the United States and because some accident investigators place less emphasis on investigating fatigue than do others, fatigue likely has played a role in the cause of other marine accidents as well. 1.13.5 Mitigating and Preventing Fatigue in Transportation Given the complexities of contemporary transportation systems, a systematic approach to fatigue mitigation and prevention is widely considered to be the most effective approach to manage the adverse effects of fatigue on the performance of transportation system operators. The fundamental parameters of such an approach include (1) proper scheduling and effective hours of service rules, (2) operator education, and (3) diagnosis and treatment of sleep disorders. The Coast Guard rule governing rest and duty periods is found at 46 CFR 15.1111(a). The rule states: Each person assigned duty as officer in charge of a navigational or engineering watch, or duty as a rating forming part of a navigational or engineering watch, on board any vessel that operates beyond the Boundary Line shall receive a minimum of 10 hours of rest in any 24-hour period. Further, 46 CFR 15.1111(b) states: The hours of rest required under paragraph (a) of this section may be divided into no more than two periods, of which one must be at least 6 hours in length. Laws specified in 46 United States Code 8104 (n) pertain to tankships and crewmembers on tankers. The law states: On a tanker, a licensed individual or seaman may not be permitted to work more than 15 hours in any 24-hour period or more than 36 hours in any 72-hour period, except in an emergency or a drill. In this subsection, ―work‖ includes any
85 Grounding of the U.S. Tankship Exxon Valdez on Bligh Reef, Prince William Sound near Valdez, Alaska, March 24, 1989. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-90/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1990). 86 Grounding of the Liberian Passenger Ship Star Princess on Poundstone Rock, Lynn Canal, Alaska, June 23, 1995. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-97/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
41
administrative duties associated with the vessel whether performed on board the vessel or offshore. As a signatory to the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (STCW) of the IMO, the United States, through the Coast Guard, agreed to adhere to and enforce STCW rules, rules that apply to foreign-flagged vessels operating in U.S. waters (such as the Eagle Otome), and to U.S.-flagged vessels operating beyond the boundary line on seagoing voyages. U.S.-flagged vessels that operate in U.S. waters are subject to Coast Guard rules and U.S. laws but not to STCW requirements. The IMO recently revised its STCW work/rest requirements, and these revisions are scheduled to take effect in 2012. The new STCW rules (A-VIII/1) mandate that watchstanders, that is, officers in charge of a watch, or those with ―a rating forming part of a watch‖ must have 10 hours of rest in any 24-hour period and 77 hours of rest in any 7-day period. Hours of rest may be divided into no more than two periods, one of which must be at least 6 hours long. As with Coast Guard rules, exceptions to these rules apply to emergencies or ―other overriding operational conditions.‖ The Sabine Pilots Association, although not a regulatory entity, established a rest period policy for its members. The policy stated that Sabine pilots must have a mandatory rest period of 8 hours after Completing a single piloting assignment on board a vessel with a deep draft of 33 feet or greater, heading to or from the sea buoy at the Sabine Fairway anchorage, and starting or ending above the Neches River intersection; Completing a second piloting assignment, and fewer than 8 hours passed between the completion of the first job and the assignment to the second job; and Any single assignment lasting 12 hours or more. The rest period begins at the completion of the qualifying assignment, and pilots are not eligible for subsequent assignments until after at least 8 hours have passed. In a July 5, 2011, e-mail, the Jefferson and Orange Board of Pilot Commissioners (―the commission‖) informed the NTSB that it does not oversee hours of service issues for the Sabine Pilots Association. Rather, the commission noted that it is primarily concerned with pilot training, standards of pilot selection, and commissioning and recommissioning pilots as their licenses expire and need to be renewed. The commission believes that the Sabine Pilots Association is responsible for enforcing hours of service compliance issues for its pilots. In a June 22, 2011, e-mail, the American Pilots‘ Association (APA; the national trade association of professional maritime pilots) informed the NTSB that ―under current U.S. Coast Guard legal interpretations‖ Coast Guard hours of service rules do not apply to state pilots conning tankships such as the Eagle Otome. The Coast Guard, independently of the APA, reiterated this view in a July 19, 2011, e-mail to the NTSB. The Coast Guard noted that it did not consider the Eagle Otome pilots to be members of the ship‘s crew. The pilots, the Coast Guard
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
42
said, were operating under the authority of Texas and not under Coast Guard requirements, adding that ―at present, state v. Federal pilotage requirements is an established legal issue.‖ Major transportation modes in the United States have established hours of service rules and regulations for their operators. For example, in August 2011, the Federal Railroad Administration upgraded its hours of service rules to include provisions for the disruptive effect that working through nighttime hours has on circadian rhythms. The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) recently initiated the process of upgrading its hours of service rules, contained in 14 CFR Parts 117 and 121. Among the provisions of the proposed upgrade is an accounting for circadian effects on (aviation) pilots‘ performance by requiring additional rest, or reduced hours of service, for flights beginning in what would be pilots‘ circadian low periods. Further, the FAA proposed an alternative to hours of service rules—fatigue risk management systems (FRMS)—in which airlines work with the FAA to develop tailored scheduling rules according to the routes they operate and their particular needs. For example, international flights crossing multiple time zones can lead to disruptions in pilots‘ circadian rhythms. Airlines may propose different scheduling requirements for its international pilots than for its domestic pilots to take into account the fatiguing effects of rapid transmeridian flight, commonly referred to as ―jet lag,‖ on pilot performance. In a November 20, 2010, letter to the FAA, the NTSB supported the FAA‘s efforts to upgrade its hours of service rules. In particular, the NTSB supported the FAA‘s efforts to promote adoption of an FRMS to mitigate fatigue, noting that it was ―encouraged by the proposed rules‘ recognition of FRMS as a way for both [airline] operators and the FAA to make informed decisions about operator-specific exemptions to the rule to address unique operational challenges.‖ In addition to endorsing an FRMS in its proposed rulemaking, on August 3, 2010, the FAA issued an advisory circular on the subject, titled ―Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Aviation Safety‖ (AC 120-103), which provides guidance to develop an FRMS. Further, in July 2011, the International Civil Aviation Organization, with the International Air Transport Association and the International Federation of Air Line Pilots‘ Associations, issued an FRMS implementation guide for airlines. The guide defined an FRMS as ―a data-driven means of continuously monitoring and managing fatigue-related safety risks, based upon scientific principles and knowledge as well as operational experience that aims to ensure relevant personnel are performing at adequate levels of alertness.‖ Educating operators about the adverse effects of fatigue on their performance can reduce the risk of fatigue to transportation safety as well. The FAA uses all three elements of fatigue prevention by requiring air transport carriers to establish fatigue education programs for their crews and is developing an advisory circular to guide carriers on developing acceptable fatigue training programs. The Coast Guard has also endorsed operator education regarding the adverse effects of fatigue. On March 21, 2008, it issued Navigation and Inspection Circular (NVIC)87 02-08,
87 The Coast Guard uses NVICs to disseminate information and advisory material to the marine industry. Although the NVIC guidance is not enforceable, the industry usually makes an effort to comply with it. NVICs are sometimes used to disseminate information that will subsequently be proposed as regulations.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
43
describing for vessel owners and operators parameters of an effective crew endurance management system (CEMS). CEMS is the Coast Guard‘s program, implemented by vessel owners and operators, to educate mariners on fatigue mitigation and prevention strategies. Also, as discussed in the following section, the Coast Guard recently upgraded its requirement for mariners to demonstrate proper and effective treatment for diagnosed sleep disorders. 1.13.6 Coast Guard Restrictions and Waiver In October 2008, the Coast Guard upgraded its medical oversight system and issued NVIC 04-08 to inform mariners and health care practitioners of its revised medical standards. NVIC 04-08 also provided health care practitioners with guidance and recommended tests to use when conducting a medical examination for Coast Guard licensure requirements, including the issuance of limitations and conditions on mariner licenses. The new standard required mariners diagnosed with sleep disorders to Submit [to the Coast Guard] all pertinent medical information and current status report from a qualified sleep medicine specialist. Include sleep study with a polysomnogram, use of medications and titration study results. If surgically treated, [mariner] should have post operative polysomnogram to document cure or need for further treatment. If the information provided to the Coast Guard indicates that a diagnosed sleep disorder is being successfully treated (for example, by the prescription and use of a CPAP device), the Coast Guard will grant the mariner a waiver and renew his or her license, provided that the mariner adheres to the conditions of the waiver. With regard to OSA, a waiver would require the mariner to provide evidence of ―daily or nightly use of the CPAP device for sleep prior to operating under the authority of the credential.‖ The waiver also requires the mariner to annually provide the Coast Guard a ―sleep specialist evaluation and evidence of compliance through submission of compliance log or maintenance of wakefulness testing (MWT).‖88 1.14 Sabine Pilots Association 1.14.1 Organization The two pilots who were on board the Eagle Otome at the time of the accident were members of the Sabine Pilots Association, as are all compulsory state-licensed pilots who navigate ships entering the Sabine-Neches Waterway from foreign ports. Sabine pilots have serviced the local waterways since 1881, and the association‘s stated goal is to provide smooth and effective pilotage service to the local shipping industry. At the time of the accident, the Sabine Pilots Association headquarters was located in Groves, Texas, just north of Port Arthur. At Sabine Pass, where the second pilot boarded the Eagle Otome on the day of the accident, the association maintained a continuously staffed pilot station with four pilot boats. On the day of the accident, 14 pilots were on duty.
88 MWT evaluates a person‘s ability to stay awake during the day. The test normally follows an overnight polysomnography and is conducted in four sleep trials spaced 2 hours apart.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
44
The Sabine Pilots Association has no regulatory authority and considers its members to be independent contractors to the ship operators. At the time of the accident, 29 state-licensed pilots were members of the Sabine Pilots Association. The president of the association is elected annually by the pilot members from their current membership and represents the association at the national APA. The Sabine Pilots Association is a member of the Southeast Texas Waterways Advisory Council, or SETWAC (see sections ―1.15 SETWAC Protocol and Sabine Pilots Association Guidelines‖ and ―1.16 Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners.‖). 1.14.2 Pilot Training When an applicant is approved to serve as a pilot, he or she begins a 2-year pilot training program.89 The applicant serves as an apprentice pilot during the first year and is assigned to one of the state-licensed pilots who will oversee the apprentice pilot‘s progress through the program. The apprentice pilot also serves with different pilots each week in a variety of pilotage assignments. About halfway through the first year of training, the apprentice pilot is given a few weeks off from the pilot rotation to prepare for the Federal license exam. During the exam, apprentice pilots in the Sabine Pilots Association are questioned about the pilotage waters in the Sabine-Neches Waterway and other information. On successfully completing the exam, the apprentice pilot returns to the pilotage rotation and resumes hands-on training. At the end of the first year, the Sabine Pilots Association recommends the apprentice pilot to the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners, and if no Sabine pilot makes an adverse recommendation about the apprentice pilot, he or she becomes a ―deputy‖ pilot and begins the deputy year, which is the second and final year of training before becoming a full pilot licensed by the state of Texas. During the second year, the deputy pilot gradually takes on assignments involving larger tonnage and draft. Although the deputy pilot works mostly alone during the second year, his or her performance continues to be evaluated by other association pilots. Halfway through the second year, the deputy pilot attends a simulator course using both electronic simulation and scaled-down model ships in a maneuvering basin. The course focuses on shiphandling but also on simulated emergencies involving power and rudder failures, all designed to acquaint the deputy pilot with possible real-life emergencies. On successfully completing the simulator course, the deputy pilot returns to rotation training to finish the year. At the end of the second year, if the performance was satisfactory, the deputy pilot becomes a Texas state pilot with the approval of the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners. 1.15 SETWAC Protocol and Sabine Pilots Association Guidelines Because the size of vessels transiting in the Sabine-Neches Waterway began to increase in the 1970s, local parties involved in the waterway‘s management determined to implement increased safety measures. The parties formed SETWAC, which became a safety committee for the ports and waters of the Sabine-Neches Waterway. Members included marine terminal
89 The Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners establishes the training standards for local pilots, and the Sabine Pilots Association arranges for pilots in training to meet these standards.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
45
operators, ship companies, shipping agents, shipyard and repair facilities, directors of local ports, emergency response management, the Corps, and the Sabine Pilots Association. The Coast Guard is a nonvoting member, and the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners, although not a member, has an open invitation to attend the SETWAC meetings. SETWAC members developed policies to facilitate the ―safe and secure movement of commerce‖ in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. The policies were contained in a printed document titled, ―Ship Traffic Operating Protocol for the Sabine-Neches Waterway‖ (see appendix B, ―SETWAC protocol‖). Three of the policies listed in the SETWAC protocol were the following: Vessels with a length of 875 feet or greater, vessels with a beam of 125 feet or greater, and vessels with a deadweight of 85,000 metric tons or greater will only move during daylight hours above the Texas Island Intersection. The Eagle Otome‘s deadweight was 95,663 metric tons, and its beam was 138 feet; thus, the tankship was restricted to transiting north of the Texas Island Intersection only during daylight hours. [Two vessels] with a combined beam that equals or exceeds one-half the channel width will not meet day or night. Vessels with an overall length of 860 feet or greater and vessels with a beam of 120 feet or greater must have two pilots on board when transiting the Sabine-Neches Waterway. At 810 feet in length, the Eagle Otome was just under the length specification, but its 138-foot-wide beam meant that the SETWAC protocol called for a second pilot. The Sabine Pilots Association also developed guidelines pertaining to pilotage. Following their inception, the guidelines underwent some transformation; however, the most recent document version, dating from the early 1990s, was called ―Guidelines Governing Aboard Vessels Requiring Two Pilots When Transiting the Sabine-Neches Waterway‖ (―piloting guidelines‖; see appendix C). The Sabine Pilots Association designated the two-pilot piloting area of the Sabine-Neches Waterway into five areas. The first and most southern of these areas, piloting area A, stretched (from south to north) from the boarding station at Sabine Pass to beacon 40, located near the Texas Island Intersection. The next area, piloting area B, stretched from south to north, from beacon 40 near the Texas Island Intersection to the ―schoolhouse‖ just north of the Port of Port Arthur. In piloting area A, the Sabine Pilots Association specified that ―pilot no. 1‖ have navigational control and ―pilot no. 2‖ handle radio communication and miscellaneous tasks.90 In piloting area B, the guidelines specified that ―pilot no. 2‖ have the conn and that ―pilot no. 1‖ handle the radio and miscellaneous tasks. The piloting guidelines also stated, ―Both pilots shall be on the navigation bridge of the vessel and either shall be ready, willing, and able to assume command of navigation of the vessel at all times. The above
90 The association defined ―radio‖ as listening to and handling all radio communications relating to traffic, safety, and position-reporting requirements during the vessel‘s transit through the waterway. ―Miscellaneous‖ tasks included assisting the conning pilot if requested, providing information regarding dense traffic conditions, watching for clearance or obstructions, arranging for tugs, briefing the ship‘s master of mooring arrangements, and providing any other assistance to the conning pilot and the ship‘s master as requested.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
46
guidelines as set by the Sabine Pilots should not be construed as limiting the assigned pilots in the exercise of their good judgment.‖ After the accident, the president of the Sabine Pilots Association testified at the Coast Guard hearing on the accident that ―it is incumbent upon the individual commissioned pilots that they comply with the protocol and any other policies.‖ He also stated that the piloting guidelines served as ―the initial framework and blueprint‖ for establishing the two-pilot system and that, in the approximately two decades or so since the piloting guidelines were drafted, pilot practices had evolved … to speak specifically to the swap of the conn or the changeover, the way it‘s done now is pretty standardized and it‘s handed down in the training program too as to when each pilot will relieve the other and that … basically evolved in order to accomplish the main element of the system and that was to equitably apportion the transit time between the two individuals. The pilot association president stated that he thought that the evolution of the piloting guidelines had improved area pilotage and that he was comfortable with the idea that individual pilots applied the guidelines with some variation.91 Both of the Eagle Otome pilots also testified at the Coast Guard hearing. They indicated that the division of duties specified in the piloting guidelines were not followed as a matter of practice. Also during the hearing, the second pilot reviewed AIS imagery of the Eagle Otome commencing the turn at Missouri Bend. On seeing the tankship‘s position in the canal, the second pilot commented that it appeared that the Eagle Otome ―may have gotten too deep into the bend.‖ The second pilot also said that, to initiate turns in the waterway, he would input rudder commands of 10 or 20 degrees. 1.16 Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners U.S. law gives each state the authority to regulate and administer pilotage requirements for vessels engaged in foreign trade. The state or local pilot commissions set the minimum service and training requirements for state pilots. Usually, but not always, state pilot commissions require that state pilots, in addition to their state pilot license, also hold the appropriate Coast Guard Federal pilot license (endorsement) for the waterway in which they work.92 According to the Texas Transportation Code, Section 69.015, the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners (―the commission‖) has exclusive jurisdiction over pilot services provided in Jefferson and Orange counties, including stops and landing places on navigable streams fully or partially located in the commission‘s jurisdiction. Twenty-four states and two U.S. territories oversee their pilots through pilot oversight organizations. The role of the oversight organizations has historically been to protect the public
91 Hearing testimony by the president of the Sabine Pilots Association is available in the NTSB public docket for this accident. 92 Holding a Federal pilot license also requires that the licensee complete the annual Coast Guard medical examination discussed in the section ―1.12.1 Sabine Pilots; First Pilot‘s Medical Condition.‖
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
47
interest by ensuring that the pilots that navigate vessels in local waters are qualified to do so. As was noted in a recent article, ―Together, the 24 state systems [and two territories] comprise a national program of navigation safety regulation and environmental protection.‖93 The oversight organizations enforce pilot practices through their authority to license pilots. In general, oversight organizations investigate pilot-related incidents and accidents and address pilot deficiencies identified in their or the Coast Guard‘s investigations by suspending or revoking pilot licenses or by requiring the pilots in question to participate in additional training. The application of oversight differs between the various organizations. For example, one developed and applied medical standards—independent of the Coast Guard‘s—for the pilots it oversees. Another established hours of service rules for its pilots. Also, members of the various oversight organizations differ in their backgrounds. They include active and retired pilots, attorneys, port facility owners, and those with no background in marine operations. In many states, pilot oversight organizations, in addition to their pilot oversight duties, also establish the rates for piloting services to be collected from ship owners and operators. Pilots have typically formed associations within each pilot oversight jurisdiction to represent their interests, to serve as liaisons to ship owners to facilitate scheduling and fee collection for pilot services, to schedule and dispatch pilots, and to establish training protocols and apprenticeship practices to conform to oversight organization requirements. The pilot associations, which have no regulatory authority, often participate in local waterway activities to promote safety and best pilot practices. The pilot associations also contribute to the APA, which represents their interests and promotes pilot safety on a national and international level. No comparable national organization exists for local pilot oversight organizations., In the public hearing that the Coast Guard convened following the Eagle Otome accident, the chairman of the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners quoted part of Texas Transportation Code, Section 69.017, with respect to the commission‘s duties: … establish the number of pilots necessary to provide adequate pilotage service for Jefferson and Orange County ports, establish pilotage rates, make recommendations to the governor about any pilot whose license should not be renewed or should be revoked, adopt rules and issue orders to pilots and vessels when necessary to secure efficient pilot services, provide penalties to persons who are not pilots who operate vessels in and out of the port, establish times when pilot services are available, approve any changes to the locations of pilot stations, examine pilots and determine … the qualifications of applicants for deputy pilot, examine qualifications for full … pilot, and reexamine full … pilots for renewal, investigate complaints about pilots from industry or the public, investigate pilot conduct in marine casualties as defined by the U.S. Coast Guard, consider pilot association applications for rate changes, adopt necessary rules for the regulation of pilots under the Texas transportation statute.[94]
93 P.G Kirchner and C.L. Diamond, ―Unique Institutions, Indispensible Cogs, and Hoary Figures: Understanding Pilotage Regulation in the United States,‖ University of San Francisco Maritime Law Journal, vol. 23 (2010), pp. 168–205. 94 The hearing testimony by the chairman of the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners is available in the NTSB public docket for this accident.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
48
The members of the commission are appointed by the governor of Texas. At the time of the accident, the commission had five members of various backgrounds, none of them with maritime experience. In the postaccident Coast Guard hearing, the commission chairman indicated that he owned marine facilities on the Sabine-Neches Waterway and had served on the commission since 2001. The Eagle Otome accident was the first accident that the commission had investigated since his appointment.95 The chairman also remarked that this was the first accident since 1979 that had resulted in an oil spill in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. He stated that the commission would investigate accidents when the Coast Guard or the pilots reported them to the commission and that the commission would investigate any incident involving a pilot. To his knowledge, no such incident had previously occurred during his tenure. The chairman also stated that he had a standing invitation to attend SETWAC‘s meetings but had not attended one since his term began in 2001. The chairman told NTSB investigators that the commission was not a party to the Sabine Pilots Association‘s piloting guidelines or other guidelines pertaining to ship operations in the Sabine-Neches Waterway and that the commission was not aware of the piloting guidelines until they were introduced as evidence during the postaccident Coast Guard hearing 6 weeks after the accident. The chairman stated that, in general, he understood the reason for the two-pilot guidelines to be waterway safety. 1.17 Bridge Resource Management BRM is the effective use by a vessel‘s bridge team (masters, officers, crew, and pilots) of all available resources—information, equipment, and personnel—to safely operate the vessel. BRM, as well as that of crew resource management in aviation from which BRM originated, was developed to help operators enhance the quality of teamwork and to recognize and mitigate the consequences of operator errors. Researchers noted that crew resource management training was ―designed to improve teamwork … by applying well-tested tools (e.g., performance measures, exercises, feedback mechanisms) and appropriate training methods (e.g., simulators, lectures, videos) targeted at specific content (i.e., teamwork knowledge, skills, and attitudes).‖96 One of the principles of BRM is that everyone on the bridge should understand his or her responsibilities and be able to freely and professionally communicate observations about the vessel‘s progress to others on the bridge. Both pilots on board the Eagle Otome had taken BRM training; however, their most recent training before the accident took place more than a decade earlier, in the late 1990s.
95 The commission‘s findings and recommendations based on this accident are available in the NTSB public docket for this accident. In part, the commission recommended that Sabine pilots train in BRM and that the Sabine Pilots Association submit revised piloting guidelines to the commission for review and approval. 96 P. O‘Connor and others. ―Crew Resource Management Training Effectiveness: A Meta-Analysis and Some Critical Needs.‖ The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 18 (2008), pp. 353–368.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
49
Since 1974, the NTSB has investigated several accidents in which breakdowns in BRM caused or contributed to the accident.97 (Also see section ―1.18.2 Accidents Involving Two Pilots On Board.‖) 1.18 Previous NTSB Action 1.18.1 Accidents in the Sabine-Neches Waterway The NTSB has investigated three previous accidents in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. Two of the accidents, one in 197998 and the other in 1980,99 involved explosions and fires on board tankships. The third accident, which occurred on February 25, 1979, involved a collision between the inbound tankship S/T Mobil Vigilant and the outbound tankship S/T Marine Duval near Beaumont.100 Each vessel had a Sabine pilot on board. As a result of its investigation, the NTSB made six recommendations. Safety Recommendation M-80-36 requested that the Coast Guard, in conjunction with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and the Sabine Pilots Association, assess traffic control guidelines with respect to maneuvering of large vessels in restricted channels, and, if necessary, revise the guidelines. The NTSB also issued Safety Recommendations M-80-37 through -41 to the Sabine Pilots Association, addressing pilot communication, operation, scheduling, and use of bridge electronic equipment. Safety Recommendation M-80-36 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action‖ in August 1981. Safety Recommendations M-80-37 through -41 were classified ―Closed—Unacceptable Action‖ in February 1984 because of the lack of response from the association. In the three decades since Safety Recommendations M-80-36 through -41 were issued, various safety developments have been established that have helped resolve the issues raised in the recommendations. For example, VTS has been implemented, the NTSB and pilot associations across the country communicate regularly with each other, and improved policies have been put in place regarding ship operation in the Sabine-Neches Waterway.
97 Recent examples include (a) Allision of Bahamas-Registered Tankship M/T Axel Spirit with Ambrose Light, Entrance to New York Harbor, November 3, 2007, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-09/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009); (b) Grounding of Hong Kong-Registered Containership New Delhi Express, New York Harbor, Kill Van Kull Waterway, April 15, 2006, Marine Accident Brief NTSB/MAB-07/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007); (c) Allision of Liberia-Registered Fruit Juice Carrier M/V Orange Sun with U.S.-Registered Dredge New York, Newark Bay, New Jersey, January 24, 2008. Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-09/03. Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). 98 Liberian Tank Vessel M/V Seatiger Explosion and Fire, Sun Oil Terminal, Nederland, Texas, April 19, 1979, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-80/12 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1980). 99 Explosion and Fire on Board the U.S. Tankship Monticello Victory, Port Arthur, Texas, May 31, 1981, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-81/14 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1981). 100 Collision of S/T Mobil Vigilant and S/T Marine Duval on the Neches River, near Beaumont, Texas, February 25, 1979, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-80/08 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1980).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
50
- 18.2 Accidents Involving Two Pilots On Board
On April 15, 2006, the 853-foot-long containership New Delhi Express grounded in the Kill Van Kull waterway in New York Harbor.101 The ship was inbound to Port Newark, New Jersey, after completing a transatlantic voyage from Gibraltar. Two local pilots were on board. One of them, a Sandy Hook pilot, boarded the ship outside New York Harbor and navigated the vessel to the Kill Van Kull waterway. The other pilot, a docking pilot with the Metro Pilots Association, was to bring the ship to the dock at Port Newark. The NTSB concluded, in part, that the two pilots did not adequately communicate with each other about the passage into port. Specifically, the docking pilot who had the conn leading up to the grounding did not clearly communicate to the other pilot and the master his intended maneuvers in a narrow and challenging portion of the waterway near the Bayonne Bridge. As a result of the New Delhi Express accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-07-3 to state pilot commissions whose harbor pilots work with docking pilots: Require your harbor and docking pilots to take part in recurrent joint training exercises that emphasize the concepts and procedures of bridge resource management. Following a favorable response from the majority of the state pilot commissions, Safety Recommendation M-07-3 was classified ―Closed—Acceptable Action‖ in October 2009. 1.18.3 Pilot Commission Communication In its investigation of the November 3, 2007, allision of containership M/V Cosco Busan with the San Francisco–Oakland Bay Bridge,102 the NTSB concluded that regular communication among pilot oversight organizations about pilot-related performance data and best practices would enhance the ability of those organizations to effectively oversee pilots. As a result, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-09-5 to the Coast Guard: Establish a mechanism through which representatives of pilot oversight organizations collect and regularly communicate pilot performance data and information regarding pilot oversight and best practices. The Coast Guard did not concur with M-09-5, stating in a July 2009 response that ―pilot oversight organizations have not expressed a desire or need to collect and regularly communicate pilot performance data.‖ The Coast Guard further stated that the APA provided enough mechanisms for information exchange among various pilot organizations. Because of the Coast Guard‘s decision not to implement M-09-5, the NTSB classified the recommendation
101 Grounding of Hong Kong-Registered Containership New Delhi Express, New York Harbor, Kill Van Kull Waterway, April 15, 2006, Marine Accident Brief NTSB/MAB-07/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007), available at http://www.ntsb.gov. 102 Allision of Hong Kong-Registered Containership M/V Cosco Busan with the Delta Tower of the San Francisco–Oakland Bay Bridge, November 7, 2007, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009), available at http://www.ntsb.gov.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
51
―Open—Unacceptable Response‖ in November 2009, pending further response from the Coast Guard. 1.18.4 Change in Mariner Medical Condition Also as a result of the Cosco Busan accident investigation, the NTSB concluded that the Coast Guard‘s system of medical oversight of mariners lacked a requirement for mariners to report changes in their medical status between medical evaluations (required annually for pilots and every 5 years for non-pilot mariners). As a result of this finding, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-09-4 to the Coast Guard:
Require mariners to report to the Coast Guard, in a timely manner, any substantive changes in their medical status or medication use that occur between required medical evaluations. The Coast Guard concurred with the intent of the recommendation but stated that to require all mariners to report changes in their medical condition would require a regulatory change, which the Coast Guard believed would be met with resistance. The Coast Guard stated that it was reviewing options to address the issue. In November 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation M-09-4 ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖ 1.18.5 Hours of Service Rules In 1999, the NTSB recommended that the Coast Guard change its hours of service rules for U.S. mariners. In a June 1999 letter to the Coast Guard, the NTSB noted that research showed that ―insufficient sleep, irregular and unpredictable schedules, [and] working during low points in the circadian rhythm‖ can ―affect … performance.‖ Safety Recommendation M-99-1 asked the Coast Guard to: Establish within 2 years scientifically based hours-of-service regulations that set limits on hours of service, provide predictable work and rest schedules, and consider circadian rhythms and human sleep and rest requirements. In e-mails from the Coast Guard to the NTSB, the Coast Guard stated its belief that providing voluntary educational and guidance programs to mariners would meet the intent of this regulation. However, the NTSB did not agree, citing its belief that a regulatory response, together with voluntary guidance programs, was needed. As a result of the Coast Guard‘s response, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation M-99-1 ―Open—Unacceptable Response‖ in November 2007. 1.18.6 Obstructive Sleep Apnea As a result of experience with OSA in all transportation modes, including marine accidents involving mariners with OSA,103 the NTSB issued safety recommendations to multiple
103 (a) Collision of Staten Island Ferry Andrew J. Barberi, St. George, Staten Island, New York, October 15, 2003, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-05/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005);
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
52
modal agencies in October 2009, including Safety Recommendations M-09-14, -15, and -16 to the Coast Guard:104 Modify Form 719K (Merchant Mariner Physical Examination Report) to elicit specific information about any previous diagnoses of OSA and about the presence of specific risk factors for that disorder. (M-09-14) Implement a program to identify licensed mariners subject to the Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circular on Medical and Physical Evaluation Guidelines for Merchant Mariner Credentials (NVIC 04-08) and who are at high risk for OSA, and require that those mariners provide evidence through the medical certification process of having been appropriately evaluated and, if treatment is needed, effectively treated for that disorder before being granted unrestricted medical certification. (M-09-15) Develop and disseminate guidance for mariners, employers, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk of OSA, emphasizing that mariners who have OSA that is effectively treated are routinely approved for continued medical certification. (M-09-16) With regard to Safety Recommendation M-09-14, the Coast Guard was in the process of revising the 719K form to ask specifically about sleep apnea105 when the NTSB made the recommendation. At that time, the NTSB had seen a draft of the revised form and noted that the revisions included a specific question about OSA and other sleep disorders. However, the draft form did not include any questions about symptoms of OSA, such as snoring or daytime sleepiness. Because the NTSB did not believe that the Coast Guard‘s revisions to the 719K form were substantial enough, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-09-14. In March 2010, the Coast Guard partially concurred with Safety Recommendation M-09-14 and said that it would confer with the Merchant Mariner Medical Advisory Committee as to what modifications should be made to the 719K form to best address OSA. As a result, the NTSB classified M-09-14 ―Open—Acceptable Response‖ in July 2010. The Coast Guard also partially concurred with Safety Recommendation M-09-15 in March 2010 but stated that it could not impose additional requirements on mariners simply for being identified at risk for OSA or for any other condition. The Coast Guard did offer to change NVIC 04-08 to improve the ability of medical practitioners to address potential OSA cases. Again, the Coast Guard stated that it would confer with the Merchant Mariner Medical Advisory
(b) Grounding of the Liberian Passenger Ship Star Princess on Poundstone Rock, Lynn Canal, Alaska, June 23, 1995, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-97/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997), both available at http://www.ntsb.gov. 104 The letter containing Safety Recommendations M-09-14 through -16, dated October 20, 2009, is available on the NTSB‘s website at http://www.ntsb.gov. 105 The Coast Guard‘s revision of the form was based, in part, on NTSB recommendations related to the 2003 Andrew J. Barberi accident and the 2007 Cosco Busan accident.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
53
Committee as to appropriate changes to NVIC 04-08. As a result of the Coast Guard‘s response, the NTSB classified M-09-15 ―Open—Acceptable Alternate Response‖ in July 2010. The Coast Guard concurred with Safety Recommendation M-09-16 and, in March 2010, stated that it was drafting an alert to mariners, employers, and physicians about the risks of OSA. As a result of the Coast Guard‘s action, the NTSB classified M-09-16 ―Open—Initial Response Received‖ in July 2010. As of the date of this report, the Coast Guard was reviewing how it might implement the three recommendations. It has not yet drafted the alert to mariners recommended in M-09-16. 1.19 Postaccident Action Following the accident, the Eagle Otome‘s operating company, AET, notified the NTSB that the company had elected to take certain corrective and preventive measures. For example, AET determined that all of its ships would immediately start using escort tugboats northward from the Texas Island Intersection. AET also covered and marked the ―engine emergency stop‖ button on all its vessels‘ engine control consoles. Senior AET deck officers also attended river transit simulator training. The Sabine Pilots Association also notified the NTSB of some corrective measures that it had taken following the accident. In a December 2010 letter, the president of the pilot association stated, in part, that after the accident both of the Eagle Otome pilots had attended BRM refresher training with emergency shiphandling simulation. He also stated that the entire Sabine Pilots Association was to attend this refresher training as soon as scheduling would permit, which he anticipated would be in the first quarter of 2011 (NTSB investigators confirmed that this training was completed in February 2011). The president confirmed that AET had increased the use of tugboat assistance for loaded tankships in the 400-foot-wide section of the waterway and that the pilot association fully supported AET‘s initiative to do so. With respect to the piloting guidelines, the president stated that the association was in the process of revising and updating the document so that it would more closely reflect how the two-pilot system was being conducted.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
54
- Analysis
This analysis begins with a summary of the accident sequence, followed by a brief discussion of factors that were neither causal nor contributory to the accident and then a discussion of factors that were found to have caused or contributed to the accident. 2.1 Accident Summary
The Eagle Otome was en route from Pajaritos, Mexico, to an ExxonMobil facility in Beaumont, Texas, with a load of crude oil. About 0530 on January 23, 2010, a pilot from the Sabine Pilots Association boarded the Eagle Otome at the Sabine Fairway anchorage off the coast of Texas to begin the transit up the Sabine-Neches Waterway to Beaumont. About 0750, a second Sabine pilot boarded the tankship, as called for by the Sabine Pilots Association, which had established a two-pilot guideline in the waterway for vessels greater than 120 feet in width. The transit was uneventful for about the next hour and a half. About 0910, the Eagle Otome entered a section of the waterway called the Sabine-Neches Canal, where the waterway narrowed to about 400 feet. About 0922, the tankship needed to complete about a 32-degree turn to starboard at a location referred to as Missouri Bend. The first pilot, who had the conn, was on the radio speaking with the master of the towboat Dixie Vengeance, which was outbound in the canal about 2.6 miles north of the Eagle Otome and would be meeting the tankship near the Port of Port Arthur. When the radio exchange ended about 0923, the Eagle Otome had entered Missouri Bend but the first pilot had not yet ordered the starboard turn. At 0923:54, the first pilot ordered ―hard to starboard,‖ and the tankship began to make its way through Missouri Bend. At 0924:11, the first pilot gave rudder orders to ease the turn. However, the Eagle Otome continued the starboard motion despite the pilot‘s easing the rudder. The first pilot characterized this starboard motion as the first of four sheering events. When the tankship‘s starboard bow came in close proximity to the east bank of the canal, it turned back toward the center of the canal, sheering to port this time, despite the first pilot‘s rudder orders to counteract it. The Eagle Otome sheered toward the west bank of the canal and, about 0929, passed close to the west foundation of the Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial Bridge in Port Arthur. As the Eagle Otome approached the west bank of the canal, the cushion of water at the bow forced the ship to starboard, sheering toward the east bank of the canal despite the first pilot‘s rudder orders to counteract it. The first pilot again attempted to prevent the bow from turning back when it began to interact with the east bank. However, a final sheering event occurred, forcing the Eagle Otome toward the west bank of the canal, where the general cargo vessel Gull Arrow was berthed at the Port of Port Arthur. About 0935, the Eagle Otome‘s bow collided with the Gull Arrow‘s starboard side. Seconds later, the forward of the two barges that were being pushed by the Dixie Vengeance collided with the starboard side of the Eagle Otome. The second pilot and the master on the Eagle Otome, as well as the Dixie Vengeance master, all reported the accident to the Coast Guard. Following the accident, NTSB investigators tested the mechanical systems on both the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance, and all inspected systems were found to be in proper working order. Postaccident toxicological testing, which was performed on all the pertinent crewmembers on the three accident vessels as well as on the VTS watchstander and the VTS supervisor, was negative for the presence of alcohol or illegal drugs. The weather at the time of the accident was calm and clear with light winds and visibility of about 6 miles. Nothing in the
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
55
weather conditions would have encumbered navigation. The NTSB therefore concludes that weather, mechanical failure, and illegal drug or alcohol use were not factors in the accident. The area of the Sabine-Neches Canal where the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance were going to meet each other was narrow, about 400 feet wide. Transiting and meeting in this area required considerable vigilance. However, safe meeting and passing of vessels the size of the Eagle Otome with smaller vessels can be—and is—accomplished on a near-daily basis in the Sabine-Neches Canal. Postaccident photos of the accident location clearly show that the Dixie Vengeance was keeping to the right of the center of the canal. The towboat master did so to allow the Eagle Otome as much space as possible to transit on the towboat‘s port side. The Dixie Vengeance master was navigating as agreed to by radio communication with the first pilot. The NTSB therefore concludes that the vessel meeting arrangement agreed to by the towboat master and the first pilot was appropriate and was not a factor in the accident. The watchstanding personnel at VTS Port Arthur had AIS and radar imagery available to monitor the Sabine-Neches Waterway and provide guidance to marine operators. However, the accident area was displayed only as a small portion of the total area shown on the VTS watchstanders‘ screens. Therefore, the sheering of the Eagle Otome that began after Missouri Bend would have been nearly imperceptible on the VTS screens unless the watchstanders considerably enlarged the display of that section of the canal. From the watchstanders‘ perspective, there was no reason to do so. Also, because of the nature of AIS transmission, the information available to VTS watchstanders was delayed by several seconds. Although VTS monitored the waterway, the watchstanders could not have prevented or mitigated the results of the accident because the information available to them did not indicate a problem with the movement of the Eagle Otome. The NTSB therefore concludes that personnel at VTS Port Arthur played no role in the accident. 2.2 Navigation About 0914, as the Eagle Otome was approaching the Texas Island Intersection, the first pilot made a security call inquiring about any outbound traffic near the bridge at the Port of Port Arthur. The Dixie Vengeance master promptly responded and stated that his towboat was about 3 miles from the bridge. The two pilots were conversing with each other at the time, and neither acknowledged the call from the Dixie Vengeance. The navigational sequence of events that led to the accident began at Missouri Bend. At this turn in the Sabine-Neches Canal, the Eagle Otome needed to make about a 32-degree turn to starboard. As the tankship approached Missouri Bend about 0923, the first pilot who had navigational control was on the radio with the master of the towboat Dixie Vengeance discussing meeting arrangements. He had not yet given the order to turn the Eagle Otome, and the tankship‘s rudder was still at midship when he responded to the Dixie Vengeance master‘s radio call announcing his location. The piloting guidelines established by the Sabine Pilots Association stated that radio communication and other miscellaneous tasks should be handled by ―pilot no. 2‖—in this case, the second pilot—so that the pilot with the conn could focus on navigation. Nevertheless, the first pilot was conducting the radio calls during the transit, and he did not give the rudder order at Missouri Bend until after he had concluded the 45-second radio conversation with the Dixie Vengeance master. The NTSB therefore concludes that, contrary to
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
56
pilot association guidelines, the first pilot on the Eagle Otome was conducting a radio call at a critical point in the waterway, and the radio call interfered with his ability to fully focus on conning the vessel. When the first pilot finished the call with the towboat master, he ordered ―hard to starboard‖ to commence the turn. A hard rudder order when maneuvering Aframax tankships is not uncommon in and of itself. However, the turn at Missouri Bend is only about 32 degrees, and hard to starboard is a large rudder order for such a relatively mild turn. Moreover, the first pilot had initiated all of his previous turns that morning with a maximum rudder order of 20 degrees, as opposed to hard rudder, even though some of those earlier turns in the waterway necessitate larger course changes than Missouri Bend. Postaccident analysis of the Eagle Otome‘s S-VDR data revealed that bank effect at Missouri Bend had already begun the bow‘s movement to starboard before the first pilot‘s rudder order had taken effect. The hard to starboard rudder order—which was excessive at that point—therefore likely indicated the first pilot‘s realization that the Eagle Otome was ―too deep into the bend.‖ Although the tankship exited Missouri Bend without incident, a sheering sequence had begun, which the first pilot was unable to correct. From this point forward in the transit, his efforts to arrest the sheering were ineffective (also see section ―2.4 Fatigue‖). The NTSB therefore concludes that the first pilot‘s failure to correct the sheering motions that began after his late turn initiation at Missouri Bend led to the accident. When the second sheering event occurred while the vessel was approaching the Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Memorial Bridge, causing the Eagle Otome to cross the canal from the east bank to the west, the pilots‘ comments indicated that they both were aware of the sheering problem: At 0928:13, the first pilot asked the second pilot, ―Is she gonna come back?‖ Six seconds later, the second pilot answered, ―Might.‖ At this point, the two pilots could have alerted the Dixie Vengeance of the increasing danger that the sheering posed to vessels upriver, as several minutes remained before the Eagle Otome was to meet them. However, the pilots did not do so. In the radio conversation between the first pilot and the towboat master about 5 minutes earlier, the Dixie Vengeance master offered to facilitate the meeting, stating, at 0923:42, ―If I need to speed up or slow down to make it easy on both of us, let me know.‖ Still, despite the two pilots‘ realization that they did not have full control of the Eagle Otome and despite knowing that the Dixie Vengeance master was willing to do what he could to facilitate the meeting if asked, neither pilot alerted him of the situation. At 0933:14, a full 5 minutes after the two pilots likely recognized the sheering problem, the first pilot finally said to the second pilot, ―Will you talk to this next tow?‖ Eleven seconds later, at 0933:25, the second pilot answered, ―What do you want me to tell them? Just one whistle or look out here we come?‖ The first pilot answered, ―One, yeah, look out, the one there is Vengeance.‖ Yet despite the first pilot‘s instruction that the second pilot alert the Dixie Vengeance, the second pilot did not make the radio call. Almost 1 minute later, at 0934:16, the Dixie Vengeance master radioed asking, ―Inbound ship lookin‘ okay?‖ Despite his inquiry, the towboat master received no response, and the first definitive sign that the Eagle Otome was experiencing problems came from his seeing the tankship‘s anchor drop. At that point, it was too late for him to stop the towboat and avoid the tankship. Had the Dixie Vengeance master received a radio warning when the Eagle Otome was sheering near the bridge or shortly thereafter, which was about 5 minutes before the accident, he could have reacted sooner. As it was, he was able to reduce the towboat‘s speed by only about 2 knots in the
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
57
1 minute from when he saw the tankship‘s anchor drop to the time of the collision. The NTSB therefore concludes that, had the Eagle Otome pilots alerted the Dixie Vengeance master of the sheering problem, the force of the collision between the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance tow would have been lessened or the collision might have been avoided altogether. 2.3 Division of Piloting Duties; Breakdown in Bridge Resource Management To enhance safety in the Sabine-Neches Waterway as tankship sizes increased, SETWAC established a ship traffic protocol in the early 1980s which, in part, called for two onboard pilots on large ships in the waterway. The Sabine Pilots Association also established guidelines regarding the duties and responsibilities of its pilots, including who should have the conn in what segment of the waterway. The piloting guidelines were detailed in a printed document called ―Guidelines Governing Aboard Vessels Requiring Two Pilots When Transiting the Sabine-Neches Waterway.‖ The intent of the piloting guidelines seemed to be that the Sabine Pilots Association wanted its pilots to form navigation teams. This intent was commendable; the use of teams in operating complex systems, such as navigating large vessels in narrow waterways, is preferable to using single operators. Researchers have noted the following:106 Teams have become the strategy of choice when organizations are confronted with complex and difficult tasks. Teams are used when errors lead to severe consequences; when the task complexity exceeds the capacity of an individual; when the task environment is ill-defined, ambiguous, and stressful; when multiple and quick decisions are needed; and when the lives of others depend on the collective insight of individual members [p. 540]. The use of two operators to navigate large vessels on the Sabine-Neches Waterway is consistent with human factors principles. That is, given the complexity of the task, the use of teams on the waterway would enable pilots to share navigation-related tasks so that one pilot does not become overloaded. For example, while one pilot focuses on vessel navigation tasks, the other pilot communicates with nearby vessels. Teams also enable pilots to monitor each other‘s performance to reduce errors and their consequences, which is consistent with good BRM practice. However, at the time the Eagle Otome accident occurred, the Sabine pilots were not consistently applying the piloting guidelines in their operations. As a result, the first pilot had the conn in the accident area when the second pilot should have. More significantly, when the first pilot should have been focusing on the upcoming turn at Missouri Bend at about 0923, he—not the second pilot, as should have been the case when the first pilot had the conn—was conducting the radio call with the Dixie Vengeance master. When the second pilot was needed to assist the first pilot after the radio communication, he was not prepared to do so because he had not been sufficiently engaged in the navigation. The two pilots had both attended BRM training; however, their most recent training before the accident was in the late 1990s. Leading up to the accident, neither pilot appeared to take full advantage of having an experienced and equal colleague on the bridge. The second pilot allowed himself to lose situational awareness by reading the newspaper and disengaging from performing radio and miscellaneous duties specified in the piloting
106 E. Salas, N.J. Cooke, and M.A. Rosen, ―On Teams, Teamwork, and Team Performance: Discoveries and Developments,‖ Human Factors, vol. 50 (2008), pp. 540–547.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
58
guidelines. The first pilot chose to conduct both the conning and miscellaneous duties by himself, and thus did not use all of the resources that were available to him. The NTSB concludes that although both pilots completed BRM training, they failed to apply the team performance aspects of BRM to this operation. The NTSB therefore recommends that governors of states and territories in which state and local pilots operate require local pilot oversight organizations that have not already done so to implement initial and recurring BRM training requirements. According to the president of the Sabine Pilots Association, individual variation on the piloting guidelines was permissible and, in his opinion, may even have improved the pilotage in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. However, adhering to the Sabine Pilots Association guidelines that non-conning pilots handle radio and miscellaneous tasks could have allowed the first pilot to focus exclusively on navigation. The NTSB concludes that the Eagle Otome pilots did not follow Sabine Pilots Association guidelines with respect to division of duties while under way. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Sabine Pilots Association take action to ensure that its member pilots follow its guidelines with respect to division of duties and responsibilities of pilots. In the Coast Guard‘s hearing on the accident, the chairman of the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners stated that the commission‘s duties included, in part, establishing the number of pilots necessary for safe pilotage in the area and establishing rules for the pilots to follow. However, the commission chairman was unaware of the piloting guidelines that the Sabine Pilots Association had had in place for about 20 years. To ensure the highest levels of safety, the commission should have been aware of best practices in the waterway, ensured that the practices were documented, and ensured that the local pilots‘ duties and behaviors met the intent of the documented guidelines (see section ―2.4 Fatigue‖). 2.4 Fatigue The totality of the evidence indicates that, at the time of the accident, the first pilot was subject to the fatiguing effects of insufficient sleep from a combination of untreated OSA, extended wakefulness, and disrupted circadian rhythms. Throughout the series of sheers that began at Missouri Bend, the first pilot‘s engine and helm orders were either insufficient or not applied preemptively enough to counter and stop the sheering. In other words, during the sheering events, he was ―behind,‖ rather than ahead of, the tankship‘s motions; quicker and more aggressive rudder and engine inputs were needed. The ability to correct the sheering required the very cognitive skills most susceptible to the adverse effects of fatigue: vigilance, perception, judgment, and reaction time, among others. These cognitive skills were needed to enable the first pilot to determine not only what was happening to the ship he was navigating, but to predict the effects of his commands on the vessel‘s future path in the waterway. His failure to properly interpret and project the Eagle Otome‘s path based on his steering and engine commands can be directly attributed to fatigue. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the first pilot‘s fatigue adversely affected his ability to predict and stop the Eagle Otome‘s sheering.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
59
The first pilot had been diagnosed with moderate to severe OSA following a polysomnography in 2008 and was subsequently prescribed a CPAP device to treat the condition. However, he found the CPAP uncomfortable and did not use it consistently, testifying that he had not used it in at least the 4 days before the accident. Given the severity of his diagnosed sleep disorder, not using the CPAP would have led to his being fatigued. In addition to untreated OSA, the first pilot maintained a fatigue-inducing schedule in the 2 days before the accident. Although the Sabine Pilots Association sought to reduce the effects of fatigue by establishing a rest period policy, the policy itself was insufficient to prevent fatigue among the pilots. It did not address (1) circadian rhythms, (2) time on task, or (3) extended wakefulness, all factors well-documented to be fatigue-inducing. Sabine Pilots Association members, like those of other pilot associations, can work at any hour during a 2-week duty period, after which they are allotted 2 weeks off duty. During their on-duty periods, the association assigns piloting jobs in order, so that after a pilot completes one rotation, that pilot is then the last to be assigned until all other pilots ahead of him or her in the rotation have been assigned piloting jobs. As a result, pilots working less than 12 hours can be called to report for duty any time in a 24-hour period. Further, by this policy, a pilot can report for duty less than 8 hours after completing a transit as long as the first transit took place on board a vessel with a draft of less than 33 feet and lasted less than 12 hours. Because it does not consider time of day, the Sabine Pilots Association rest period policy allows pilots to be assigned piloting jobs at any hour, day or night, during their 2-week duty period. Further, the policy does not fully address time on task or periods of extended wakefulness. Thus, as was true with the first pilot on the Eagle Otome, a pilot can complete an 8-hour+ transit on a relatively shallow-draft vessel and then be called for a 10-hour+ commitment only 3 hours after completing the first. In short, the rest period policy of the Sabine Pilots Association, although well intended, does not prevent fatigue. The first pilot had maintained a day-awake, night-asleep schedule for at least 3 days during the week before the accident. Two days before the accident, he awoke about 0700, reported for duty about 1000, and was off duty at 1852. Just over 3 hours later, about 2200, he was called for another piloting assignment that he began shortly after midnight and finished at 0813 the day before the accident. These consecutive piloting assignments resulted in extended wakefulness, insufficient sleep, and disruption to circadian rhythm because the first pilot (1) was awake continuously for at least 27 hours, receiving no sleep when he should have slept 8 hours, and (2) worked through the night when his circadian rhythms were used to sleeping. After completing the second consecutive piloting assignment the day before the accident, the first pilot then went to bed about 1015, rose about 1700, and remained awake but off duty until 2100 when he went to bed. Although he was in bed for much of the day before the accident, the quality of the sleep he received would almost certainly have been poor because (1) he did not treat his OSA and (2) he was attempting to sleep during a period when he had ordinarily been awake. Even if he had used the CPAP that day, his circadian rhythms, which were consistent with being awake in this period, would likely have prevented him from accruing a full 6 hours and 45 minutes of restorative sleep during the period he was in bed (1015 to 1700). As noted, he
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
60
went to bed again at 2100 but was called at 0230 the morning of the accident and reported for duty at 0530, where he continued on duty until the accident. The first pilot was therefore awake during a period when his circadian rhythms corresponded to times of lower performance, times when he would ordinarily have been in his deepest sleep. In the 48 hours before the accident, the schedule that he maintained was in and of itself fatigue-inducing. As a result, the first pilot was subject to fatigue from multiple sources: untreated OSA, circadian disruption, and extended wakefulness, making him highly susceptible to the adverse effects of fatigue on his cognitive performance and at higher risk of involvement in an accident. In effect, none of the three fundamental parameters of fatigue prevention was in place in this accident. The first pilot‘s sleep disorder was not treated, he was not given formal training on the adverse effects of fatigue, and no effective hours of service rules were in place to prevent fatigue-inducing schedules. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the combination of untreated OSA, disruption to his circadian rhythms, and extended periods of wakefulness that resulted from his work schedule caused the first pilot to be fatigued at the time of the accident. The Sabine Pilots Association‘s rest period policy was intended to prevent pilot fatigue; however, because it had shortcomings, the policy was nevertheless ineffective. Further, no regulatory body with pilot oversight authority had rules or regulations in place that could have precluded the adverse effects of fatigue-inducing scheduling practices from impairing the very cognitive skills that the pilots needed most to effectively navigate vessels through the Sabine- Neches Canal. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that no effective hours of service rules were in place that would have prevented the Sabine pilots from being fatigued by the schedules that they maintained. The Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners asserted that its authority only extended to pilot licensing and pilot training. The commission‘s lack of scheduling rules created a void that permitted fatigued pilots to perform safety-critical duties in a busy, challenging waterway. Such a void in a complex transportation system poses a threat to property, ecosystems, and the lives of those in and near the waterway. Researchers have suggested criteria—such as time of day, circadian rhythms, duration of opportunity for sleep, sleep quality, predictability, sleep debt, time on task, and short breaks—to evaluate the efficacy of hours of service rules.107 Although it can be argued that not all of the criteria are appropriate to a fatigue mitigation and prevention regulatory scheme, these criteria can be used as a standard of comparison against which regulations can be assessed, and most hours of service rules in place today meet at least several of these criteria. However, because no regulatory body had established effective hours of service rules that Sabine pilots were required to follow, the pilots were at risk for fatigue in all of the suggested criteria, highlighting the safety hazard posed by the regulatory vacuum that existed. Without effective hours of service rules and education in fatigue management, there was little to mitigate the effects of fatigue among the Sabine pilots except for Coast Guard medical oversight of mariner sleep disorders. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the absence of an effective fatigue mitigation and prevention program among the pilots operating under the authority of the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners created a threat to the safety of the waterway, its users, and those nearby.
107 C.B. Jones and others, ―Working Hours Regulations and Fatigue in Transportation: A Comparative Analysis,‖ Safety Science, vol. 43 (2005), pp. 225–252.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
61
The circumstances of this accident illustrate the important role that hours of service rules play in preventing fatigue in transportation. The NTSB‘s concern about effective hours of service rules led it to issue Safety Recommendation M-99-1 to the Coast Guard calling for it to upgrade its hours of service rules to reflect advances in the science of sleep. The NTSB has been disappointed with the Coast Guard‘s response to M-99-1, particularly in light of the extensive research demonstrating the adverse effects of fatigue that has been gathered since the NTSB issued the recommendation. Other Federal transportation regulators, such as the FAA, have made considerable progress toward preventing fatigue by establishing or initiating scientifically based hours of service rules. The NTSB has consistently disagreed with the Coast Guard‘s position that mariner education and medical oversight are sufficient to prevent mariner fatigue because this position is not based on research in general and research in transportation safety in particular. At this time, a sufficient amount of experience has been gained to provide regulators with knowledge about the benefits of an FRMS to prevent fatigue-inducing scheduling practices. A recent study provides several illustrations of the application of FRMSs to transportation settings.108 The FAA has stated that this approach would meet the intent of its proposed rulemaking changes to implement effective, scientifically based hours of service programs to prevent schedule-induced fatigue, and the NTSB has supported this approach. Pilot commissions and the Coast Guard may consider this method as an acceptable means of implementing hours of service rules effective in preventing fatigue. The statement by the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners—that it deals primarily with pilot training and pilot re-commissioning—appears to meet the letter, but not the spirit, of its regulatory responsibilities. As Kirchner and Diamond note, ―State pilotage systems not only license pilots and oversee their professional activities (as the Coast Guard does for Federal pilots), they also seek to ensure that each port in the state has a reliable, expert pilot operation … .‖109 The commission‘s charter calls for it to ―adopt rules and issue orders to pilots and vessels when necessary to secure efficient pilot services,‖ a responsibility that gives the commission the authority to regulate the safety of pilot actions and performance. Pilot oversight organizations should use the power that the governors of their states and territories have given them to fully regulate practices that enhance the safety of their waterways. To enhance safety in the Sabine-Neches Waterway, the commission could have been aware of and enforced the intent of the two-pilot guidelines that the Sabine Pilots Association developed for piloting large vessels through the Sabine-Neches Waterway and played an active role in SETWAC. The commission could also have implemented a fatigue mitigation and prevention program to educate pilots about fatigue and require that fatigue-preventing hours of service rules govern pilot schedules. The commission‘s lack of familiarity with the Sabine Pilots Association‘s two-pilot guidelines further illustrates that the commission did not take an active role to ensure waterway safety through establishing safety rules and piloting oversight. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners should have more fully exercised its authority over pilot operations on the Sabine-Neches Waterway by becoming aware of and enforcing the Sabine Pilots Association‘s two-pilot guidelines and implementing a fatigue mitigation and
108 P. Gander and others, ―Fatigue Risk Management: Organizational Factors at the Regulatory and Industry/Company Level,‖ Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 43 (2011), pp. 573–590. 109 Kirchner and Diamond, pp. 168–205.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
62
prevention program among the Sabine pilots. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners develop and implement (1) a system to monitor its state-licensed pilots so that the commission can verify the execution of policies, procedures, and/or guidelines necessary for safe navigation, and (2) a fatigue mitigation and prevention program among the Sabine pilots. The NTSB is concerned that other pilot oversight organizations, like the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners, may not be exercising their authority to ensure the safety of our nation‘s waterways by effectively overseeing the activities and work schedules of local pilots. In the interests of safety, therefore, organizations that oversee pilots must ensure that sufficient regulations are in place so that pilots follow best practices for safety. Because most pilots are required to have Coast Guard licenses, Coast Guard oversight of mariner medical standards is already in place to reduce the risk of fatigue from sleep disorders. However, the circumstances of this accident suggest that pilot oversight organizations may lack regulations that promote the highest level of safe practices among their pilots, including hours of service rules that prevent fatigue-inducing scheduling. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that governors of states and territories in which state and local pilots operate ensure that local pilot oversight organizations effectively monitor and, through their rules and regulations, oversee the practices of their pilots to promote and ensure the highest level of safety. In addition, the NTSB recommends that governors of states and territories in which state and local pilots operate require local pilot oversight organizations that have not already done so to implement fatigue mitigation and prevention programs that (1) regularly inform mariners of the hazards of fatigue and effective strategies to prevent it, and (2) promulgate hours of service rules that prevent fatigue resulting from extended hours of service, insufficient rest within a 24-hour period, and disruption of circadian rhythms. The circumstances of this accident also suggest that pilot oversight organizations differ in their awareness of the fatiguing effects of poor scheduling practices. In the Cosco Busan investigation, where it was evident that pilot oversight organizations did not systematically and regularly communicate with each other and did not have the ability to readily access a database of pilot incidents and accidents, the NTSB concluded that regular meetings of oversight organizations and a regularly accessible database would enhance the oversight effectiveness of these organizations. No mechanism is currently in place for pilot oversight organizations to regularly communicate with each other to learn of safety issues that their colleagues are encountering and of ways to address those issues. In addition, pilot oversight organizations that maintain databases of pilot incidents and accidents have access only to their own pilots‘ activities. These databases provide insufficient sample sizes to portray the true picture of safety trends that would be available in a nationwide database. The Coast Guard does maintain a database of marine accidents and incidents, but it (1) is not restricted to pilots but includes all mariners, (2) is only available by request to the Coast Guard and a response to a database request necessitates extensive Coast Guard effort due to manpower and resource limitations, and (3) requires considerable expertise and database knowledge to fully exploit. Because of these limitations, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-09-5 to the Coast Guard in the belief that only the Coast Guard had the resources and the objective commitment to marine safety to establish a nationwide communication mechanism. However, the Coast Guard declined to act on the
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
63
recommendation, stating that (1) pilot oversight organizations have not expressed a need for such suggestions and (2) the APA ―provides sufficient mechanisms of information exchange among pilot organizations.‖ This accident indicates that a need exists for both regular communication and a readily accessible database of nationwide pilot incidents and accidents that could reveal to pilot oversight organizations particular hazards—for example, fatigue-inducing scheduling—that jeopardize the safety of the waterways they oversee and allow them to discuss with each other these safety hazards and methods to address them. Moreover, the association that the Coast Guard identifies as best suited to carry out the intent of Safety Recommendation M-09-5, the APA, is not a pilot oversight organization and represents the interests of only one segment of U.S. marine operations, pilots on local waterways. The APA does not represent the interests of vessel operators, vessel owners, vessel flag states, classification societies, the IMO, other waterway users, the waterway ecosystems, or the neighbors of the waterways. By contrast, the Coast Guard, as a U.S. government agency, oversees civilian marine operations to ensure the safety of our nation‘s waterways and to protect the marine environment. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the Coast Guard is the organization with the resources, capabilities, and expertise best suited to (1) enhance communication among pilot oversight organizations and (2) establish an easy-to-use and readily available database of pilot incidents and accidents. Given the Coast Guard‘s response, the NTSB classifies Safety Recommendation M-09-5 ―Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.‖ The NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard facilitate and promote regular meetings for representatives of pilot oversight organizations to communicate information regarding pilot oversight and piloting best practices. In addition, the NTSB recommends that the Coast Guard establish a database of publicly available pilot incidents and accidents and make the database easy to use and readily available to all pilot oversight organizations. 2.5 Medical Oversight The first pilot did not report his OSA diagnosis on his subsequent 719K form, dated February 2009, nor was he required to do so because the version of the form in effect at that time did not specifically ask about the diagnosis of sleep disorders. The Coast Guard‘s subsequent version of the 719K form, released in November 2009, does inquire about sleep disorders, and the first pilot disclosed his OSA diagnosis during his subsequent medical certification in February 2010. The Coast Guard requires mariners with OSA waivers to annually submit evidence of compliance with their treatment plans. The NTSB is pleased with the changes that the Coast Guard has made in its medical oversight system of mariners. As currently implemented and practiced, the system should prevent mariners with diagnosed sleeping disorders from performing safety-related duties without demonstrating that they are effectively treating their disorders. In 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-09-4, which would require mariners to report to the Coast Guard any significant medical changes that occur between mandatory medical evaluations. Had M-09-4 been implemented, the first pilot on the Eagle Otome would have been required to promptly notify the Coast Guard of his OSA diagnosis in 2008, but he ultimately did not report it until nearly 2 years later, after the accident. Because of the loophole that currently exists in the Coast Guard‘s medical reporting system, the NTSB reiterates M-09-4 in this report.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
64
- 6 Whistle Alert and General Alarm
Leading up to and at the time of the accident, the master of the berthed Gull Arrow was on the bridge checking on the installation of a new radar. He heard several blasts of the Eagle Otome‘s whistle, sounded by the first pilot, which made him aware of the impending collision. The Dixie Vengeance master also heard the tankship‘s whistle blasts. At that point, the Gull Arrow master sounded his ship‘s general alarm. Doing so was prudent and facilitated alerting crewmembers and longshoremen, who were offloading cargo from the ship, about the danger. Security video footage from the dock where the Gull Arrow was berthed shows the personnel reacting to the warning. In the NTSB‘s investigation of the January 24, 2008, allision of the fruit juice carrier M/V Orange Sun with the dredge New York,110 the NTSB concluded that the pilot and the master on board the juice carrier should have sounded the ship‘s whistle to attempt to warn the New York crew of the impending accident. The pilot had made five radio calls on VHF channel 13 to attempt to warn the New York crew but had received no acknowledgement that the crew had heard his calls. The NTSB concluded that sounding the Orange Sun whistle would have been prudent in using all available resources to alert people in harm‘s way. Because the first pilot on the Eagle Otome did sound 12 blasts of the tankship‘s whistle, which were heard and acted on, the NTSB concludes that the first pilot‘s sounding the Eagle Otome‘s whistle and the Gull Arrow master‘s sounding the cargo vessel‘s general alarm were prudent and effective. 2.7 Oil Spill Response Within minutes of the accident and resulting oil spill, boat crews with MSU Port Arthur established a safety zone around the three vessels, and VTS Port Arthur broadcasted an alert to mariners that the canal in that area was closed. About 1 hour after the accident, the Coast Guard established a safety zone along a 12-mile section of the Sabine-Neches Waterway. Local police and fire department assets notified residents and businesses in the affected area of the accident and also went door-to-door to ensure their safe evacuation. The Eagle Otome‘s vessel response plan was also enacted efficiently. The Coast Guard quickly assembled an on-scene unified command, and oil spill response organizations formed an effective joint team to tackle the spill. The numbers of contracted oil spill response resources that the ship owner deployed to the accident scene were in accordance with the assets identified in the vessel response plan. The NTSB therefore concludes that the accident response and oil spill recovery efforts were timely and effective. 2.8 Waterway Risk Analysis More than 11 years have passed since the last PAWSA was conducted for the Port of Port Arthur. Because of the evolving and increasing traffic density in the Sabine-Neches Waterway, a new PAWSA could help identify new or changed risk factors and assess how VTS may have influenced conditions since its establishment.
110 Allision of Liberia-Registered Fruit Juice Carrier M/V Orange Sun with U.S.-Registered Dredge New York, Newark Bay, New Jersey, January 24, 2008, Marine Accident Report NTSB/MAR-09/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
65
Moreover, NTSB investigators‘ initial calculations that assessed the channel width at Missouri Bend together with the Eagle Otome‘s dimensions indicate that the Sabine-Neches Canal is narrower at Missouri Bend than what the Corps‘ preliminary guidelines stipulate for channel width and vessels of that length and beam. The Corps has made clear that its guidelines, on which NTSB investigators based their calculations, are conservative, that the width guidance can usually be reduced, and that many channels in the United States are narrower than the guidelines suggest. The Corps uses simulation studies to aid in determining final channel configuration. Although a simulation study was conducted in the Sabine-Neches Waterway in 2002, the Corps did not conduct such a study of Missouri Bend, and according to a Corps director, it is not clear what effect the results of a simulation study of Missouri Bend would have had on the channel width in that location. The circumstances of this accident suggest that the margin of safety in the Sabine-Neches Waterway—particularly in its narrow sections, such as the Sabine-Neches Canal where the accident occurred—may be insufficient, and the NTSB is concerned that the turn dimensions at Missouri Bend may be inadequate for large ships. Moreover, as indicated in an NTSB kinematics parameter extraction study, the hydrodynamic forces in the area of Missouri Bend and the Port of Port Arthur can become excessive, and the channel dimensions leave little margin for operator error. Given the hazardous substances carried on board some of the vessels in the waterway, any increased risk of collision is of concern. The risk could be mitigated by certain strategies. For example, greater restriction on meeting arrangements could be applied. Another example would be for large ships to employ tugboats when transiting in narrow sections of the waterway (as the Eagle Otome operating company AET chose to do following the accident). Although large vessels have been transiting the waterway for years without incident, the NTSB nevertheless concludes that the dimensions of the Sabine-Neches Waterway may pose an unacceptable risk, given the size and number of vessels transiting the waterway. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Coast Guard conduct a PAWSA for the Sabine-Neches Waterway, determine from that whether the risk is unacceptable, and if so, develop risk mitigation strategies. 2.9 Control Design The master of the Eagle Otome tried to increase the tankship‘s propulsion from 65 to a total of 90 rpm, or from full ahead to navigational full ahead, in an attempt to avoid striking the Gull Arrow. However, when the master attempted to press the button that would have enabled him to do this, he inadvertently pressed an adjacent button—the ―manual emergency stop‖ button—in the group of identically shaped buttons on the engine control console. As a result, instead of increasing the propulsive power, the opposite occurred: the engine stop order reduced rather than increased the engine rpm. NTSB investigators determined that the master‘s error did not contribute to the accident because, at the same time, the first pilot ordered the anchor dropped to try to stop the vessel anyway. Without the help of the anchor, the Eagle Otome would have needed about 2,625 feet to come to a stop, and less than 500 feet separated the Eagle Otome and the Gull Arrow at that point. Although the engine stop order did not lead to the accident, the master‘s error was a common one in which the operator intends to accomplish one action but instead causes another,
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
66
an error referred to as a ―slip.‖111 This type of error, which includes such common ones as typographical errors, is highly influenced by the design of the particular control. The NTSB has long been interested in control design in transportation and its relationship to operator errors that lead to accidents.112 Although commonly accepted human factors guidelines for control design have been available for several decades to reduce the incidence of design-induced errors, and although such guidelines are required to be applied to aircraft control design, vessel designers continue to design critical component controls without employing these guidelines. For example, one standard human factors reference113 lists six different ways controls can differ: location, shape, size, color, labeling, and mode of operation. The greater the difference among controls in at least the first three of these factors, the less likely an operator in a stressful situation will be to inadvertently command the wrong action by activating the wrong control. The buttons on the Eagle Otome‘s engine control console were not required to meet commonly accepted human factors design principles. In fact, they were located adjacent to each other and were the same size and shape, contrary to standard human factors design principles. The IMO took action on this issue in 1998, when its Maritime Safety Committee issued MSC Circular 834, ―Guidelines for Engine-Room Layout, Design and Arrangement.‖ However, these guidelines were advisory only. Similarly, the vessel classification society American Bureau of Shipping has developed guidelines for the design of critical vessel controls and displays and has distributed these guidelines to its customers and the marine community. However, the American Bureau of Shipping does not mandate its guidelines in the vessels it surveys. The potential safety issue illustrated by the error made by the Eagle Otome master stems not from a dearth of information about the need for human factors guidance in control design or from a lack of such guidance itself. Rather, it stems from the absence of a requirement to apply such guidelines in the design and manufacturing of critical vessel controls. The NTSB therefore concludes that commonly accepted human factors principles were not applied to the design of the Eagle Otome‘s engine control console, which increased the likelihood of error in the use of the controls. The NTSB therefore recommends that the Coast Guard work through the IMO to encourage the application of human factors design principles to the design and manufacture of critical vessel controls. 2.10 Use of Vessel Name in Radio Communication During the NTSB‘s investigation of the Cosco Busan accident in San Francisco, California, investigators confirmed that at no point during the underway radio communication between the pilot and VTS was the ship referred to by its name. Instead, the pilot and VTS simply used the pilot‘s designator, ―Romeo,‖ as identification. The Cosco Busan‘s master and bridge crew were Chinese, and the master later told investigators that he was uncertain as to what ship the radio communication was referring. He said that without hearing his vessel‘s name
111 D.A. Norman, The Design of Everyday Things (New York: Doubleday, 1988). 112 See, for example, Design Induced Landing Gear Retraction Accidents in Beechcraft Baron, Bonanza, and Other Light Aircraft, Aviation Special Study NTSB/SR-80/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1980). 113 M. Helander, A Guide to Human Factors and Ergonomics (2nd edition) (Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 2006).
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
67
during radio communication, it was difficult to discern whether the exchange was ―private conversation‖ as opposed to operational and vessel-specific, and hearing the vessel name would have clarified that the communication pertained to him. During the Cosco Busan investigation, the NTSB also confirmed that in most U.S. ports, VTS uses the vessel‘s name in radio communication, but that in a few ports—including the Port of Oakland, from which the Cosco Busan departed— VTS and the pilots used the pilot designator or other terms as identification. As a result of this finding, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation M-09-2 to the Coast Guard: Revise your vessel traffic service policies to ensure that vessel traffic service communications identify the vessel, not only the pilot, when vessels operate in pilotage waters. In a July 2009 response, the Coast Guard responded that it concurred with the intent of the recommendation and that it would review VTS‘s radiotelephone practices to determine whether nationwide communication protocols should be developed. As a result, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation M-09-2 ―Open—Acceptable Response‖ in November 2009. Following the Eagle Otome accident, the VTS Port Arthur supervisor confirmed to NTSB investigators that VTS Port Arthur uses the vessel name when communicating by radio. However, the first pilot on board the Eagle Otome did not refer to the ship by name in his radio communication with the Dixie Vengeance master. According to the Federal Communications Commission‘s ―Bridge-to-Bridge Communication Procedure‖ at 47 CFR 80.331, the vessel name should be used in radio communication that takes place on designated navigational frequencies. The Dixie Vengeance master referred to his vessel by name but did not ask the first pilot for the name of the tankship. During the radio communication leading up to the accident, the Dixie Vengeance master referred to the Eagle Otome only as ―inbound ship.‖ This was similar to the way in which the first pilot had referred to the ship in his earlier radio communication with the towboat master (―first of two inbound tankers‖).
As the Chinese master of the Cosco Busan indicated, radio communication in a foreign language may be difficult for a bridge crew to comprehend, especially if the crew is not specifically concentrating on it. Considerable radio exchange can take place during the course of a long transit (between pilot and dispatcher, pilot to pilot, and general vessel-to-vessel communication) and frequently does not pertain to the navigation of that specific vessel at that exact moment. A bridge crew is therefore more likely to heed and take action when its vessel‘s name is called out. Had the Eagle Otome master and bridge crew heard the Dixie Vengeance master ask, ―Eagle Otome lookin‘ okay?‖ as opposed to ―Inbound ship lookin‘ okay?‖ they might have questioned the pilots about the call or answered the towboat master themselves when the pilots did not. The Eagle Otome master, an Indian national, did not indicate in postaccident interviews that he was uncertain whether the radio communication pertained to his vessel, nor does evidence indicate that the first pilot‘s not using the vessel‘s name was a factor in the accident. Nevertheless, the NTSB concludes that consistent use of a vessel‘s name in radio communication can help avoid confusion and enhance bridge team coordination. The NTSB recommends that the American Pilots‘ Association advise its members to consistently identify vessels by name in bridge-to-bridge radio communication, as required by the Federal Communications Commission.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
68
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
Note: The order in which these findings are listed below is different from their order in the analysis section. This is intentional.
- Weather, mechanical failure, and illegal drug or alcohol use were not factors in the accident.
- The vessel meeting arrangement agreed to by the towboat master and the first pilot was
appropriate and was not a factor in the accident.
- Personnel at Vessel Traffic Service Port Arthur played no role in the accident.
- The Eagle Otome pilots did not follow Sabine Pilots Association guidelines with respect to
division of duties while under way.
- Although both pilots completed bridge resource management training, they failed to apply
the team performance aspects of bridge resource management to this operation.
- Contrary to pilot association guidelines, the first pilot on the Eagle Otome was conducting a
radio call at a critical point in the waterway, and the radio call interfered with his ability to fully focus on conning the vessel.
- Had the Eagle Otome pilots alerted the Dixie Vengeance master of the sheering problem, the
force of the collision between the Eagle Otome and the Dixie Vengeance tow would have been lessened or the collision might have been avoided altogether.
- The combination of untreated obstructive sleep apnea, disruption to his circadian rhythms,
and extended periods of wakefulness that resulted from his work schedule caused the first pilot to be fatigued at the time of the accident.
- The first pilot‘s failure to correct the sheering motions that began after his late turn initiation
at Missouri Bend led to the accident.
- The first pilot‘s fatigue adversely affected his ability to predict and stop the Eagle Otome‘s
sheering.
- No effective hours of service rules were in place that would have prevented the Sabine pilots
from being fatigued by the schedules that they maintained.
- The absence of an effective fatigue mitigation and prevention program among the pilots
operating under the authority of the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners created a threat to the safety of the waterway, its users, and those nearby.
- The Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners should have more fully
exercised its authority over pilot operations on the Sabine-Neches Waterway by becoming
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
69
aware of and enforcing the Sabine Pilots Association‘s two-pilot guidelines and implementing a fatigue mitigation and prevention program among the Sabine pilots.
- The Coast Guard is the organization with the resources, capabilities, and expertise best
suited to (1) enhance communication among pilot oversight organizations and (2) establish an easy-to-use and readily available database of pilot incidents and accidents.
- The first pilot‘s sounding the Eagle Otome‘s whistle and the Gull Arrow master‘s sounding
the cargo vessel‘s general alarm were prudent and effective.
- The accident response and oil spill recovery efforts were timely and effective.
- The dimensions of the Sabine-Neches Waterway may pose an unacceptable risk, given the
size and number of vessels transiting the waterway.
- Commonly accepted human factors principles were not applied to the design of the
Eagle Otome‘s engine control console, which increased the likelihood of error in the use of the controls.
- Consistent use of a vessel‘s name in radio communication can help avoid confusion and
enhance bridge team coordination. 3.2 Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the collision of tankship Eagle Otome with cargo vessel Gull Arrow and the subsequent collision with the Dixie Vengeance tow was the failure of the first pilot, who had navigational control of the Eagle Otome, to correct the sheering motions that began as a result of the late initiation of a turn at a mild bend in the waterway. Contributing to the accident was the first pilot‘s fatigue, caused by his untreated obstructive sleep apnea and his work schedule, which did not permit adequate sleep; his distraction from conducting a radio call, which the second pilot should have conducted in accordance with guidelines; and the lack of effective bridge resource management by both pilots. Also contributing was the lack of oversight by the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
70
- Recommendations
- 1 New Recommendations
As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: To the U.S. Coast Guard: Conduct a ports and waterways safety assessment for the Sabine-Neches Waterway, determine from that whether the risk is unacceptable, and if so, develop risk mitigation strategies. (M-11-13) Work through the International Maritime Organization to encourage the application of human factors design principles to the design and manufacture of critical vessel controls. (M-11-14) Facilitate and promote regular meetings for representatives of pilot oversight organizations to communicate information regarding pilot oversight and piloting best practices. (M-11-15) Establish a database of publicly available pilot incidents and accidents and make the database easy to use and readily available to all pilot oversight organizations. (M-11-16) To the Jefferson and Orange County Board of Pilot Commissioners: Develop and implement (1) a system to monitor your state-licensed pilots so that your commission can verify the execution of policies, procedures, and/or guidelines necessary for safe navigation, and (2) a fatigue mitigation and prevention program among the Sabine pilots. (M-11-17) To the Sabine Pilots Association: Take action to ensure that your member pilots follow your guidelines with respect to division of duties and responsibilities of pilots. (M-11-18) To governors of states and territories in which state and local pilots operate: Ensure that local pilot oversight organizations effectively monitor and, through their rules and regulations, oversee the practices of their pilots to promote and ensure the highest level of safety. (M-11-19) Require local pilot oversight organizations that have not already done so to implement fatigue mitigation and prevention programs that (1) regularly inform mariners of the hazards of fatigue and effective strategies to prevent it, and (2) promulgate hours of service rules that prevent fatigue resulting from extended hours of service, insufficient rest within a 24-hour period, and disruption of circadian rhythms. (M-11-20) NTSB
Marine Accident Report
71
Require local pilot oversight organizations that have not already done so to implement initial and recurring bridge resource management training requirements. (M-11-21) To the American Pilots’ Association: Advise your members to consistently identify vessels by name in bridge-to-bridge radio communication, as required by the Federal Communications Commission. (M-11-22) 4.2 Previous Recommendations Reiterated in This Report To the U.S. Coast Guard: Require mariners to report to the Coast Guard, in a timely manner, any substantive changes in their medical status or medication use that occur between required medical evaluations. (M-09-4) 4.3 Previously Issued Recommendation Classified in This Report To the U.S. Coast Guard: Establish a mechanism through which representatives of pilot oversight organizations collect and regularly communicate pilot performance data and information regarding pilot oversight and best practices. (M-09-5) Safety Recommendation M-09-5 (previously classified ―Open—Unacceptable Response‖) is classified ―Closed—Unacceptable Response/Superseded‖ by M-11-15 and M-11-16 in section ―2.4 Fatigue‖ of this report. BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member EARL F. WEENER Adopted: September 27, 2011 Member
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
72
Member Sumwalt filed the following concurring statement on October 3, 2011. He was joined by Chairman Hersman, Vice Chairman Hart, and Members Rosekind and Weener. Member Sumwalt, Concurring: For vessels traversing the Sabine-Neches Canal with a beam width of 120 feet or greater, there is a local requirement for two pilots to be on board. This requirement was put in place a number of years ago, ostensibly to provide an extra margin of safety, by having one pilot backing up and assisting the other pilot. According to Sabine Pilots Association guidelines, ―both pilots shall be on the navigation bridge of the vessel and either shall be ready, willing and able to assume command of navigation of the vessel at all times.‖ Piloting a ship is very much a cognitive task – the pilot issues orders to the helmsman, then monitors to see that those orders are properly carried out, and finally, watches to ensure the ship responds as desired. It is an iterative process that involves active monitoring of orders, inputs, and response. In order for the inactive pilot to be ―ready, willing and able to assume command of navigation of the vessel at all times,‖ that pilot would need to be actively engaged by listening, monitoring, and watching. Instead, the second pilot on board the Eagle Otome was resting and reading the newspaper during the Eagle Otome‘s passage through the Sabine-Neches Canal. He told investigators that his first indication of a potential problem was when the first pilot asked, ―Is she gonna come back?‖ I firmly believe that if the second pilot had been more actively engaged in backing up and assisting the first pilot with pilotage duties instead of conducting non-pertinent activities, he could have provided valuable input which may have prevented the accident. Those entrenched in the marine piloting profession may retort that this practice of doing non-pertinent activities such as reading is ―just the way it is done‖ when two pilots are on board. Perhaps so, but I rhetorically ask: Just because it is always done, does this mean it is acceptable? Is it professional? Shipping companies pay large sums of money to have two pilots on board. That requirement is founded on the basis of safety; it is not for the purpose of allowing one pilot to read the newspaper while navigating a narrow channel. I urge those who defend this practice to rethink your position. Generally speaking, the pilots of U.S. ports and waterways do an outstanding job; that said, is it time to raise the bar to an even higher level?
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
73
- Appendixes
Appendix A The Coast Guard notified the NTSB‘s communications center of the accident about 1130 eastern standard time on January 23. On January 25, three NTSB investigators arrived on scene about 1800 central standard time. The accident investigation was led by the Coast Guard with the NTSB participating. The NTSB‘s on-scene investigation concluded on February 3, 2010. No NTSB Board Member launched to the accident site. The NTSB‘s investigator-in-charge returned to Port Arthur for the Coast Guard‘s public hearing on the accident, which took place March 9 through 11, 2010.
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
74
Appendix B
The ship traffic operating protocol, developed by SETWAC, in effect at the time of the accident:
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
75
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
76
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
77
Appendix C
The Sabine Pilots Association guidelines in effect at the time of the accident:
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
78
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
79
Appendix D Timeline of events on the day of the accident and section of navigation chart 11342 showing the times of certain commands leading up to the accident, as recorded by the Eagle Otome‘s S-VDR: 0524 The first pilot boards the Eagle Otome and takes the conn at the Sabine Fairway anchorage in the Gulf of Mexico. 0750 The second pilot boards the Eagle Otome at Sabine Pass in the Sabine-Neches Waterway. 0800 The second pilot takes the conn. 0904 The first pilot takes the conn. 0910 The Eagle Otome enters the Texas Island Intersection, a 38-degree turn to starboard, with a rudder order of starboard 20. 0914:34 The first pilot initiates a security call via VHF radio, announcing the Eagle Otome‘s location and inquiring about outbound traffic near the bridge in Port Arthur. 0914:56 The Dixie Vengeance master answers the first pilot‘s security call, announcing that he is outbound with two loads about 3 miles north of the bridge. 0923:05 The Dixie Vengeance master announces his location (about 2 miles north of the bridge) via VHF radio, and he and the first pilot on the Eagle Otome engage in a 45-second conversation. 0923 The Eagle Otome enters Missouri Bend, a 32-degree turn to starboard, with the rudder at midship. 0923:54 The first pilot orders ―hard to starboard‖ to initiate the turn at Missouri Bend. 0925 The Eagle Otome exits Missouri Bend, and the first sheering event occurs (to starboard, with the Eagle Otome near the east bank). 0928 The second sheering event occurs (to port, near the bridge, with the Eagle Otome close to the bridge‘s westside foundation). 0933 The third sheering event occurs (to starboard, with the Eagle Otome close to the east bank). 0933:35 The first pilot orders full ahead. 0933:46 The master tries to activate ―navigational full ahead‖ and inadvertently presses the ―manual emergency stop‖ button. (The master is able to restart the engine
NTSB
Marine Accident Report
80
about 45 seconds later, and, as directed by the first pilot, then puts the engine full astern.) 0933:47 The first pilot orders the starboard anchor dropped. 0934 The fourth sheering event occurs (to port, toward the Gull Arrow, berthed at the Port of Port Arthur). 0934:20–25 The Dixie Vengeance master sees the Eagle Otome‘s anchor drop and hears warning blasts from its whistle (sounded by the first pilot). He puts his engines full astern and sounds the towboat‘s emergency alarm. 0935 The Eagle Otome strikes the Gull Arrow; seconds later, the forward of the two barges pushed by the Dixie Vengeance strikes the Eagle Otome.
P1: First pilot M: Eagle Otome master ≈ 0.5 mi N
FD07380 | 2010_美国_NTSB_PAR1101_Pacific_Gas_and_Electric_Company_Natural_Gas_Transmission_Pi.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Pacific Gas and Electric Company Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline Rupture and Fire San Bruno, California September 9, 2010
Accident Report NTSB/PAR-11/01 PB2011-916501
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/PAR-11/01 PB2011-916501 Notation 8275C Adopted August 30, 2011
Pipeline Accident Report Pacific Gas and Electric Company Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline Rupture and Fire San Bruno, California September 9, 2010
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, DC 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Pacific Gas and Electric Company Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline Rupture and Fire, San Bruno, California, September 9, 2010. Pipeline Accident Report NTSB/PAR-11/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: On September 9, 2010, about 6:11 p.m. Pacific daylight time, a 30-inch-diameter segment of an intrastate natural gas transmission pipeline known as Line 132, owned and operated by the Pacific Gas and Electric Company, ruptured in a residential area in San Bruno, California. The rupture occurred at mile point 39.28 of Line 132, at the intersection of Earl Avenue and Glenview Drive. The rupture produced a crater about 72 feet long by 26 feet wide. The section of pipe that ruptured, which was about 28 feet long and weighed about 3,000 pounds, was found 100 feet south of the crater. The Pacific Gas and Electric Company estimated that 47.6 million standard cubic feet of natural gas was released. The released natural gas ignited, resulting in a fire that destroyed 38 homes and damaged 70. Eight people were killed, many were injured, and many more were evacuated from the area.
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the U.S. Secretary of Transportation, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the governor of the state of California, the California Public Utilities Commission, the Pacific Gas and Electric Company, the American Gas Association, and the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916501 from:
National Technical Information Service 5301 Shawnee Road Alexandria, Virginia 22312 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report iii Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... vi Tables ........................................................................................................................................... vii Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................................................................... viii Executive Summary .......................................................................................................................x Investigation Synopsis .....................................................................................................................x Probable Cause.............................................................................................................................. xii Recommendations ......................................................................................................................... xii
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 Accident Narrative .....................................................................................................................1
- 1.1 Preaccident Events ...........................................................................................................3
- 1.2 Events Leading Up to Rupture ........................................................................................5
- 1.3 The Rupture ...................................................................................................................12
- 2 Emergency Response ...............................................................................................................12
- 3 Injuries .....................................................................................................................................18
- 4 Damage ....................................................................................................................................18
- 5 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................21
- 6 Personnel Information ..............................................................................................................21
- 6.1 Milpitas Technician and Other Workers at the Milpitas Terminal ................................21
- 6.2 SCADA Operators .........................................................................................................22
- 7 Pipeline Information ................................................................................................................23
- 7.1 Line 132 .........................................................................................................................23
- 7.2 1956 Relocation Project (Segment 180) ........................................................................25
- 7.3 Multiyear Replacement Project and Seismic Risk .........................................................29
- 7.4 Underground Environment at Accident Location ..........................................................30
- 7.4.1 2008 Sewer Replacement .................................................................................30
- 7.4.2 Guidelines for Pipe Bursting ............................................................................33
- 7.4.3 Pipe Bursting Study .........................................................................................33
- 7.5 Pipeline MAOP ..............................................................................................................33
- 7.5.1 “Grandfather Clause” .......................................................................................34
- 7.5.2 MAOP for Line 132 .........................................................................................35
- 7.5.3 Periodic Pressure Increases to MAOP .............................................................36
- 7.6 History of Seam Defects in PG&E Gas Transmission Pipelines ...................................38
- 7.7 Protection Against Accidental Overpressure .................................................................39
- 8 Examination of Accident Pipe .................................................................................................39
- 8.1 Welds .............................................................................................................................41
- 8.2 Crack Initiation ..............................................................................................................43
- 8.3 Material Properties .........................................................................................................46
- 8.4 Historical Information About Steel Grades ...................................................................47
- 8.5 Burst Pressure Study and Finite Element Modeling ......................................................48
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report iv 1.9 Pipeline Operations and Management .....................................................................................51 1.9.1 SCADA System Operations ..........................................................................................51 1.9.1.1 Milpitas Terminal.............................................................................................52 1.9.1.2 Work Clearance Procedures .............................................................................54 1.9.1.3 Emergency Response Procedures ....................................................................55 1.9.2 Use of Automatic Shutoff Valves and Remote Control Valves ....................................56 1.9.3 Public Awareness ...........................................................................................................57 1.9.4 PG&E Risk Management/Integrity Management Program ...........................................59 1.9.4.1 Geographic Information System ......................................................................59 1.9.4.2 Risk Management Procedures..........................................................................61 1.9.4.3 Threats Identified for Line 132 ........................................................................65 1.10 Oversight ................................................................................................................................67 1.10.1 State Oversight by CPUC ............................................................................................67 1.10.2 Federal Oversight by PHMSA .....................................................................................69 1.11 Postaccident Actions ..............................................................................................................71 1.11.1 Actions Taken by PG&E .............................................................................................71 1.11.2 Actions Taken by CPUC .............................................................................................72 1.11.3 Actions Taken by PHMSA ..........................................................................................74 1.11.4 Actions Taken by Congress .........................................................................................74 1.12 Previous NTSB Safety Recommendations ............................................................................75 1.12.1 January 3, 2011, Safety Recommendations to PG&E, CPUC, and PHMSA Regarding Record-keeping and Hydrostatic Pressure Testing ................................75 1.12.2 June 8, 2011, Safety Recommendations to PHMSA and PG&E Concerning Emergency Response ..........................................................................................77 1.12.3 Other Relevant Recommendations ..............................................................................78 1.12.3.1 Grandfathering of Higher Permissible Stress Levels for Pre- 1970 Pipelines ..............................................................................................................78 1.12.3.2 Constructing and Modifying Pipelines to Accommodate Use of In-Line Inspection Equipment .................................................................................79 1.12.3.3 Rapid Shutdown and ASVs and RCVs ..........................................................80 1.13 Other Information ..................................................................................................................81 1.13.1 Pipeline Assessment Methods for Integrity Management ...........................................81 1.13.1.1 Pressure Testing .............................................................................................82 1.13.1.2 In-line Inspection ...........................................................................................83 1.13.1.3 Direct Assessment ..........................................................................................85 1.13.2 Automatic Shutoff Valve Technology .........................................................................86 1.13.3 2008 Natural Gas Explosion in Rancho Cordova, California ......................................87
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................88
- 1 Introduction ..............................................................................................................................88
- 2 Preaccident Events ...................................................................................................................90
- 2.1 Work Clearance Procedures for Electrical Work at Milpitas Terminal ........................90
- 2.2 Internal Line Pressure Prior to Failure ...........................................................................91
- 3 Cause of Pipeline Rupture .......................................................................................................92
- 3.1 Fracture Origin and Failure ...........................................................................................93
- 3.2 Deficiencies in Fabrication of Accident Pipe Segment .................................................94
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report v 2.3.3 Deficiencies in Quality Control Associated with 1956 Relocation Project .....................................................................................................................................95 2.3.4 2008 Sewer Pipe Bursting Operation ............................................................................96 2.4 Adequacy of PG&E Emergency Response ..............................................................................97 2.4.1 Internal Communication and Coordination ...................................................................98 2.4.2 Notifying Emergency Responders ...............................................................................100 2.4.3 Line Break Recognition ...............................................................................................101 2.4.4 Rapid Shutdown, ASVs, and RCVs ............................................................................102 2.4.5 Deficiencies in Postaccident Drug and Alcohol Testing .............................................104 2.5 MAOP ....................................................................................................................................106 2.5.1 MAOP of Line 132 ......................................................................................................106 2.5.2 Grandfathering of Pre-1970 Pipelines .........................................................................106 2.6 Integrity Management Program .............................................................................................107 2.6.1 PG&E GIS and Pipeline Record-keeping ....................................................................108 2.6.2 Threat Identification and Risk Assessment .................................................................110 2.6.2.1 Weighting of Threats .....................................................................................110 2.6.2.2 Identification and Assessment of Design/Material and Construction Threats on Line 132..............................................................................110 2.6.2.3 Regulatory Assumption of Stable Manufacturing- and Construction-Related Defects .....................................................................................112 2.6.3 Self-Assessment of Program Effectiveness .................................................................113 2.6.4 Summary of PG&E Integrity Management Practices ..................................................114 2.7 Adequacy of PG&E’s Public Awareness Program Evaluation..............................................115 2.8 Summary of PG&E Practices.................................................................................................116 2.9 Inspection Technology ...........................................................................................................118 2.10 Oversight ..............................................................................................................................119 2.10.1 Performance-Based Safety Programs ........................................................................119 2.10.2 Authority and Enforcement .......................................................................................122
- Conclusions .............................................................................................................................124
- 1 Findings..................................................................................................................................124
- 2 Probable Cause.......................................................................................................................127
- Recommendations ..................................................................................................................128
- 1 New Recommendations .........................................................................................................128
- 2 Previously Issued Recommendations ....................................................................................132
- 3 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report ...........................................134
- Appendix .................................................................................................................................140
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report vi Figures Figure 1. Picture of crater and ruptured pipeline. .......................................................................... 2 Figure 2. Picture of ejected pipe section. ....................................................................................... 2 Figure 3. Aerial view of fire........................................................................................................... 3 Figure 4. Overview of Line 132. .................................................................................................... 4 Figure 5. Picture of local control panel. ......................................................................................... 6 Figure 6a. Normal electrical configuration at the Milpitas Terminal. ........................................... 7 Figure 6b. Temporary electrical configuration at the Milpitas Terminal preceding the accident. .................................................................................................................................... 8 Figure 7. Schematic showing regulating valve control. ................................................................. 8 Figure 8a. Valve configuration at the Milpitas Terminal prior to 5:22 p.m. ............................... 10 Figure 8b. Valve configuration at the Milpitas Terminal about 5:25 p.m. .................................. 11 Figure 9. Firefighters approaching accident scene. ...................................................................... 13 Figure 10. Location of valve closures. ......................................................................................... 17 Figure 11. Picture showing area of damage from blast and fire. ................................................. 19 Figure 12. Picture of destroyed houses. ....................................................................................... 20 Figure 13. Picture of a burned car in front of several destroyed houses. ..................................... 20 Figure 14. Map showing PG&E peninsula gas transmission lines. ............................................. 24 Figure 15. Line 132 installation, relocations, and replacements. ................................................. 26 Figure 16. Sketch of underground utilities environment. ............................................................ 30 Figure 17. Diagram of excavations relative to Segment 180. ...................................................... 32 Figure 18. Schematic of accident pipe. ........................................................................................ 40 Figure 19a. Picture showing cross section of longitudinal seam in pup 1. .................................. 42 Figure 19b. Picture showing cross section of longitudinal seam in typical DSAW pipe. ............................................................................................................................................... 42 Figure 20. Picture of pipe section with white arrows showing direction of crack propagation. .................................................................................................................................. 44 Figure 21. Pictures highlighting rupture initiation site in pup 1 longitudinal seam. .................... 45 Figure 22a. Stress contours at an internal pressure of 375 psig for the finite element model of the weld geometry similar to pup 1. Contour values are the same as in figure 22b. ................................................................................................................... 50 Figure 22b. Stress contours at an internal pressure of 375 psig for the finite element model of a DSAW seam. Contour values are the same as in figure 22a. ........................ 50 Figure 23. Flowchart of PG&E’s emergency response procedures. ............................................ 55
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report vii Tables Table 1. Injuries............................................................................................................................ 18 Table 2. PG&E gas transmission pipeline seam leaks or test failures, 1948–2011. .................... 39 Table 3. Average and standard deviation of mechanical test data for all lengths of pipe. ............................................................................................................................................... 46 Table 4. Minimum yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation requirements according to PG&E and API pipe specifications. ......................................................................... 47 Table 5. Incoming and outgoing lines at Milpitas Terminal. ....................................................... 53 Table 6. Survey postcard responses to public awareness brochures. ........................................... 59 Table 7. PG&E’s reportable events by cause for 2004–2010. ..................................................... 65 Table 8. Line 132 risk values. ...................................................................................................... 66
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report viii Acronyms and Abbreviations AGA
American Gas Association ANPRM
advance notice of proposed rulemaking API
American Petroleum Institute ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASOS
Automated Surface Observing System ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials ASV
automatic shutoff valve CFR
Code of Federal Regulations COF
consequence of failure Consolidated Western Consolidated Western Steel Corporation CPUC
California Public Utilities Commission DOT
U.S. Department of Transportation DSAW
double submerged arc welded ECDA
external corrosion direct assessment ERW
electric resistance welded GIS
geographic information system GRI
Gas Research Institute GSR
gas service representative GTI
Gas Technology Institute HCA
high consequence area HV
Vickers hardness number INGAA
Interstate Natural Gas Association of America KSFO
San Francisco International Airport
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report ix ksi
1,000 pounds per square inch LOF
likelihood of failure MAOP
maximum allowable operating pressure MOP
maximum operating pressure MP
mile point NPRM
notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board PAPERS
Public Awareness Program Effectiveness Research Survey PG&E
Pacific Gas and Electric Company PHMSA
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration PLC
programmable logic controller psi
pounds per square inch psig
pounds per square inch, gauge RCV
remote control valve RMP
risk management procedure RSPA
Research and Special Programs Administration SBFD
San Bruno Fire Department SCADA
supervisory control and data acquisition SMLS
seamless SMYS
specified minimum yield strength the Corps
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers UPS
uninterruptible power supply
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report x Executive Summary On September 9, 2010, about 6:11 p.m. Pacific daylight time, a 30-inch-diameter segment of an intrastate natural gas transmission pipeline known as Line 132, owned and operated by the Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E), ruptured in a residential area in San Bruno, California. The rupture occurred at mile point 39.28 of Line 132, at the intersection of Earl Avenue and Glenview Drive. The rupture produced a crater about 72 feet long by 26 feet wide. The section of pipe that ruptured, which was about 28 feet long and weighed about 3,000 pounds, was found 100 feet south of the crater. PG&E estimated that 47.6 million standard cubic feet of natural gas was released. The released natural gas ignited, resulting in a fire that destroyed 38 homes and damaged 70. Eight people were killed, many were injured, and many more were evacuated from the area. Investigation Synopsis The National Transportation Safety Board’s investigation found that the rupture of Line 132 was caused by a fracture that originated in the partially welded longitudinal seam of one of six short pipe sections, which are known in the industry as “pups.” The fabrication of five of the pups in 1956 would not have met generally accepted industry quality control and welding standards then in effect, indicating that those standards were either overlooked or ignored. The weld defect in the failed pup would have been visible when it was installed. The investigation also determined that a sewer line installation in 2008 near the rupture did not damage the defective pipe. The rupture occurred at 6:11 p.m.; almost immediately, the escaping gas from the ruptured pipe ignited and created an inferno. The first 911 call was received within seconds. Officers from the San Bruno Police Department arrived on scene about 6:12 p.m. Firefighters at the San Bruno Fire Department heard and saw the explosion from their station, which was about 300 yards from the rupture site. Firefighters were on scene about 6:13 p.m. More than 900 emergency responders from the city of San Bruno and surrounding jurisdictions executed a coordinated emergency response, which included defensive operations, search and evacuation, and medical operations. Once the flow of natural gas was interrupted, firefighting operations continued for 2 days. Hence, the emergency response by the city of San Bruno was prompt and appropriate. However, PG&E took 95 minutes to stop the flow of gas and to isolate the rupture site—a response time that was excessively long and contributed to the extent and severity of property damage and increased the life-threatening risks to the residents and emergency responders. The National Transportation Safety Board found that PG&E lacks a detailed and comprehensive procedure for responding to large-scale emergencies such as a transmission pipeline break, including a defined command structure that clearly assigns a single point of leadership and allocates specific duties to supervisory control and data acquisition staff and other involved employees. PG&E’s supervisory control and data acquisition system limitations caused delays in pinpointing the location of the break. The use of either automatic shutoff valves or remote control valves would have reduced the amount of time taken to stop the flow of gas.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report xi PG&E’s pipeline integrity management program, which should have ensured the safety of the system, was deficient and ineffective because it— • Was based on incomplete and inaccurate pipeline information. • Did not consider the design and materials contribution to the risk of a pipeline failure. • Failed to consider the presence of previously identified welded seam cracks as part of its risk assessment. • Resulted in the selection of an examination method that could not detect welded seam defects. • Led to internal assessments of the program that were superficial and resulted in no improvements. Several deficiencies revealed by the National Transportation Safety Board investigation, such as PG&E’s poor quality control during the pipe installation and inadequate emergency response, were factors in the 2008 explosion of a PG&E gas pipeline in Rancho Cordova, California. (See Explosion, Release, and Ignition of Natural Gas, Rancho Cordova, California, December 24, 2008, Pipeline Accident Brief NTSB/PAB-10/01 [Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010].) This 2008 accident involved the inappropriate installation of a pipe that was not intended for operational use and did not meet applicable pipe specifications. PG&E’s response to that event was inadequate; PG&E initially dispatched an unqualified person to the emergency, causing an unnecessary delay in dispatching a properly trained and equipped technician. Some of these deficiencies were also factors in the 1981 PG&E gas pipeline leak in San Francisco, which involved inaccurate record-keeping, the dispatch of first responders who were not trained or equipped to close valves, and unacceptable delays in shutting down the pipeline. (See Pacific Gas & Electric Company Natural Gas Pipeline Puncture, San Francisco, California, August 25, 1981, Pipeline Accident Report NTSB/PAR-82/01 [Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1982].) The National Transportation Safety Board concluded that PG&E’s multiple, recurring deficiencies are evidence of a systemic problem. The investigation also determined that the California Public Utilities Commission, the pipeline safety regulator within the state of California, failed to detect the inadequacies in PG&E’s integrity management program and that the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration integrity management inspection protocols need improvement. Because the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration has not incorporated the use of effective and meaningful metrics as part of its guidance for performance-based management pipeline safety programs, its oversight of state public utility commissions regulating gas transmission and hazardous liquid pipelines could be improved. Without effective and meaningful metrics in performance-based pipeline safety management programs, neither PG&E nor the California Public Utilities Commission was able to effectively evaluate or assess PG&E’s pipeline system.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report xii Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the accident was the Pacific Gas and Electric Company’s (PG&E) (1) inadequate quality assurance and quality control in 1956 during its Line 132 relocation project, which allowed the installation of a substandard and poorly welded pipe section with a visible seam weld flaw that, over time grew to a critical size, causing the pipeline to rupture during a pressure increase stemming from poorly planned electrical work at the Milpitas Terminal; and (2) inadequate pipeline integrity management program, which failed to detect and repair or remove the defective pipe section. Contributing to the accident were the California Public Utilities Commission’s (CPUC) and the U.S. Department of Transportation’s exemptions of existing pipelines from the regulatory requirement for pressure testing, which likely would have detected the installation defects. Also contributing to the accident was the CPUC’s failure to detect the inadequacies of PG&E’s pipeline integrity management program. Contributing to the severity of the accident were the lack of either automatic shutoff valves or remote control valves on the line and PG&E’s flawed emergency response procedures and delay in isolating the rupture to stop the flow of gas. Recommendations The National Transportation Safety Board makes new recommendations to the U.S. Secretary of Transportation, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the governor of the state of California, the California Public Utilities Commission, the Pacific Gas and Electric Company, the American Gas Association, and the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America. The National Transportation Safety Board previously issued recommendations to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the California Public Utilities Commission, and the Pacific Gas and Electric Company as a result of this accident.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 Accident Narrative
On September 9, 2010, about 6:11 p.m. Pacific daylight time,1 a 30-inch-diameter segment of an intrastate natural gas transmission2 pipeline known as Line 132, owned and operated by the Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E), ruptured in a residential area in San Bruno, California. The rupture occurred at mile point (MP) 39.28 of Line 132,3 The ruptured pipe segment was installed in 1956. According to PG&E records (which were later found to be incorrect), the ruptured segment was constructed from 30-inch-diameter, seamless American Petroleum Institute (API) 5L at the intersection of Earl Avenue and Glenview Drive. The rupture produced a crater about 72 feet long by 26 feet wide. (See figure 1.) The section of pipe that ruptured, which was about 28 feet long, and weighed about 3,000 pounds, was found 100 feet south of the crater. (See figure 2.) PG&E estimated that 47.6 million standard cubic feet of natural gas was released. The released natural gas ignited, resulting in a fire that destroyed 38 homes and damaged 70. (See figure 3.) Eight people were killed, many were injured, and many more were evacuated from the area. 4 grade X425 steel pipe with a 0.375-inch wall thickness. The maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP6) for Line 132 was 400 pounds per square inch, gauge (psig). The PG&E specified maximum operating pressure (MOP7
1 All times in this report are Pacific daylight time unless otherwise specified. ) was 375 psig. 2 A transmission line is defined as a pipeline, other than a gathering line, that (1) transports gas from a gathering line or storage facility to a distribution center, storage facility, or large-volume customer that is not downstream from a distribution center; (2) operates at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of specific minimum yield strength (SMYS); or (3) transports gas within a storage field. 3 MPs are measured along the length of the pipeline relative to the distance from the Milpitas Terminal, where Line 132 originates, which is designated as MP zero. 4 The API develops industry-based consensus standards that support oil and gas production and distribution. API 5L is a specification for line pipe. 5 This signifies that the pipe has a SMYS of 42,000 pounds per square inch (psi). Yield strength is a measure of the pipe’s material strength and indicates the stress level at which the material will exhibit permanent deformation. Although yield strength is expressed in psi, this value is not equivalent to a pipe’s internal pressure. 6 MAOP is defined by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) as the maximum pressure at which a pipeline or segment of a pipeline may be operated under Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 192. (Part 192 contains the minimum Federal safety standards for the transportation of natural gas by pipeline.) 7 MOP is an operating limit defined by PG&E. As explained by PG&E, sometimes a line’s MOP equals the MAOP. But when a line is crosstied to (open to) a line with a lower MAOP, the higher rated line is limited by the MAOP of the lower rated line. In the case of Line 132, when it was open to Line 109 (which had a MAOP of 375 psig), as it was at the time of the accident, the MOP of Line 132 was 375 psig.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 2
Figure 1. Picture of crater and ruptured pipeline.
Figure 2. Picture of ejected pipe section.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 3
Figure 3. Aerial view of fire. 1.1.1 Preaccident Events During the hours leading up to the accident, three PG&E employees and one contractor were working on an electrical distribution system as part of the replacement of the uninterruptible power supply (UPS8) at the Milpitas Terminal, where Line 132 originates. (See figure 4.) The electric work had been approved by a PG&E work clearance9 form, which was submitted to PG&E’s gas control center (referred to in this report as the SCADA10
8 A UPS is an electrical apparatus that provides backup power. center) on August 19, 2010, and approved on August 27, 2010. 9 A work clearance is a procedure used by PG&E to notify the supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) center of work that may affect gas flow, gas quality, or SCADA monitoring. For more information about the work clearance process, see section 1.9.1.2, “Work Clearance Procedures.” 10 PG&E used a computer-based SCADA system to remotely monitor and control the movement of gas through its pipelines. SCADA operators located at the SCADA center in San Francisco monitor operating parameters such as flow rates, pressures, equipment status, control valve positions, and alarms indicating abnormal conditions. (For more information, see section 1.9.1, “SCADA System Operations.”)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 4
Figure 4. Overview of Line 132. The work on September 9, 2010, was the continuation of a larger project to temporarily transfer electrical loads from an existing UPS distribution panel onto individual smaller UPS devices.11 On the evening of September 9, 2010, one SCADA operator (operator D) became the primary point of contact for workers at the Milpitas Terminal, but at various times all five of the SCADA staff answered telephone calls and handled alarms relating to events at the Milpitas Terminal. The SCADA operators sat together in the SCADA center and communicated frequently throughout the evening about the work. (It should also be noted that the San Francisco SCADA operations were scheduled to move during the next shift to an alternate SCADA facility in Brentwood, California, as part of a regular exercise. Some of the SCADA operators scheduled to work the night shift, who had reported to the Brentwood location, were monitoring the lines and were communicating by telephone with the day shift SCADA staff in San Francisco. The intent of this operation was to complete the removal of all loads from the existing UPS distribution panel so it could be removed from service and replaced. Future work included replacing the UPS and transferring each load from the small, temporary UPSs back onto a new UPS.
11 The smaller UPS devices serve a single component on a circuit.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 5 However, after the rupture of Line 132, the exercise at the Brentwood facility was cancelled, and the staff at Brentwood reported to the San Francisco facility.) 1.1.2 Events Leading Up to Rupture At 2:46 p.m. (about 3.5 hours before the rupture), a gas control technician at the Milpitas Terminal (hereafter referred to as the Milpitas technician) spoke with SCADA operator A in San Francisco to initiate the work clearance for the planned UPS work. At 3:36 p.m., the Milpitas technician called the SCADA center and spoke with SCADA operator B to find out whether the valves on two of the incoming lines would close upon losing power. Operator B confirmed that they would fail closed. The Milpitas technician then informed operator B that he would lock the valves open. Before performing the transfer of equipment that powered instrumentation and provided SCADA data to the SCADA center, the workers at the Milpitas Terminal called the supervisor of SCADA and controls to discuss the impacts of the work. He advised them to put the regulating control valves12 As the electrical work progressed, the Milpitas technician called the SCADA center to alert them each time work was about to begin that would affect SCADA data. In keeping with this practice, at 4:03 p.m., the Milpitas technician alerted SCADA operator C that the installation of one of the smaller UPSs was about to begin. The Milpitas technician stated that he was going to put the regulating valves in manual control at the regulating valve controllers and return them to automatic after the transfer was complete. During this portion of the electrical work, beginning at 4:18 p.m., the SCADA center lost SCADA data for pressures, flows, and valve positions at the Milpitas Terminal. SCADA operator B called the Milpitas Terminal at 4:32 p.m., asking “What’s going on?” in reference to the extended loss of SCADA data. During that phone call, the workers at the Milpitas Terminal were in the process of restoring power and SCADA data. At 4:38 p.m., the Milpitas technician contacted the SCADA center to verify the SCADA data had returned to normal. At the completion of this portion of the electrical work, the regulating valve controllers were returned to automatic control. in manual control to prevent the valves from operating. Following the transfer of critical loads from the UPS panel, workers at the Milpitas Terminal began to remove power from an unidentified breaker. During that work, the workers opened a circuit that resulted in a local control panel unexpectedly losing power. (See figure 5.) Rather than reenergizing the circuit, the workers pulled drawings and began investigating how to power the local control panel from an alternate source. One of the technicians stated in a postaccident interview that while measuring electrical currents with a clamp-on amp meter, the workers noticed some of the displays at the local control panel went blank. Subsequent troubleshooting showed this to be the result of erratic output voltages from two redundant 24-volt d.c. power supplies (power supplies A and B on figures 6a and 6b). These
12 The regulating valves operate as the primary means of pressure control through the Milpitas Terminal. They are full port valves with electric actuators governed by controllers. Pressure sensors control the position of the valves from fully open to fully closed or in between to maintain a downstream pressure or be given a percent open by the gas system operator.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 6 erratic voltages to pressure transmitters resulted in an erroneous low pressure signal to regulating valve controllers, causing them to command the regulating valves to a fully open position. (See figure 7.) Until then, the regulating valves on all incoming lines except Line 300B had been closed. When the valves opened fully, the monitor valves, whose purpose is to protect against accidental overpressure, became the only means of pressure control. The erratic voltages from the 24-volt power supplies also affected valve position sensors, generating erroneous signals to the SCADA center.
Figure 5. Picture of local control panel.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 7
Figure 6a. Normal electrical configuration at the Milpitas Terminal.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 8
Figure 6b. Temporary electrical configuration at the Milpitas Terminal preceding the accident.
Figure 7. Schematic showing regulating valve control.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 9 At 5:22 p.m., as a result of regulating valves fully opening and the erroneous signals caused by the erratic voltages, the SCADA center alarm console displayed over 60 alarms within a few seconds, including controller error alarms and high differential pressure and backflow alarms from the Milpitas Terminal. (See figure 8a.) These alarms were followed by high and high-high pressure alarms13 on several lines leaving the Milpitas Terminal, including Line 132. At 5:25 p.m., SCADA operator C called the Milpitas technician to report the high pressure alarms, stating that they “look real.” During this conversation, the Milpitas technician realized that the pressure and regulating valve controller displays on the local control panel had lost all data. At the same time, the SCADA consoles displayed constant pressures14 on the downstream lines and showed all regulating and a majority of monitor and incoming line valves15 at the Milpitas Terminal as not open.16 At 5:28 p.m., the Milpitas technician called SCADA operator D to ask what pressure values were being displayed on his SCADA console. During the discussion, they both realized that the SCADA center was not receiving valid data for incoming and outgoing lines at the Milpitas Terminal. Operator D notified the Milpitas technician that his SCADA console was showing 458 psig at the Milpitas Terminal “mixer.” (See figure 8b.) 17 Operator D concluded that the regulating and/or station bypass valves may have opened. This was confirmed by the Milpitas technician. With all of the regulating valves wide open, the pneumatically controlled and actuated monitor valves limited pressure on the outgoing lines. The monitor valves were set at 386 psig;18 however, due to a typical lag in the monitor valves response time, the pressure in the lines leaving the Milpitas Terminal peaked at 396 psig19 At 5:42 p.m., the Milpitas technician called the SCADA center and reported to SCADA operator C that the regulating valves on incoming Line 300B (the primary line feeding the mixer) had opened fully. Operator C reminded the Milpitas technician that he was unable to see valid pressures or valve positions from the Milpitas Terminal on his SCADA console. The Milpitas technician asked if he could reduce the local set point of the monitor valves from 386 to 370 psig to bring down the line pressures; operator C approved the reduction. between 5:22 p.m. and 5:25 p.m.
13 High pressure alarms are set at or below the MOP, and high-high pressure alarms are set at MOP plus 3 psi. 14 On a loss of data, the SCADA system displays the last valid reading. 15 The valves on incoming lines are locally controlled at the Milpitas Terminal and are either fully open or closed. 16 Any position less than 100 percent open is considered “not open.” 17 In the 1980s, a mixer was used at the Milpitas Terminal to mix several gas grades from various sources. The mixer has since been removed but the terminology is still used. 18 The monitor valve set point is set locally. The PG&E monitor valves are set to a value above the MOP of the line but below the MAOP. SCADA operators have the ability to remotely set the monitor valve position but cannot override the local pressure set point. 19 Until 5:22 p.m., the pressure had been 359 psig.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 10
Figure 8a. Valve configuration at the Milpitas Terminal prior to 5:22 p.m.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 11
Figure 8b. Valve configuration at the Milpitas Terminal about 5:25 p.m. At 5:52 p.m., the senior SCADA coordinator asked SCADA operator D to lower the upstream set points for gas supplying the Milpitas Terminal. When the Milpitas technician called operator D to report that the monitor valves were shut on Line 300B, operator D stated that his console was showing almost 500 psig on downstream headers20
20 A header is a common pipeline, typically of larger diameter, where two or more other pipelines combine through “T” connections. Headers are typically required when multiple redundant inlet sources are used to feed a single downstream location. 3–7. He asked the Milpitas technician to place a pressure gauge on Line 132 to get a reading of the pressure leaving the Milpitas Terminal.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 12 At 6:02 p.m., operator D commented to a SCADA operator at the Brentwood facility, “we’ve got a major problem at Milpitas and we’ve over pressured the whole peninsula.” At 6:04 p.m., the senior SCADA coordinator informed the supervisor at the Milpitas Terminal that the pressure on the incoming lines at the Milpitas Terminal had been lowered to 370 psig. At the same time, the Milpitas technician reported to SCADA operator C that he had manually read a pressure of 396 psig on outgoing Line 132. High-high pressure alarms continued to appear in the SCADA system until just after the rupture. 1.1.3 The Rupture SCADA data indicate that the rupture occurred about 6:11 p.m., when the pressures on Line 132 upstream of Martin Station (7 miles downstream from the rupture site) rapidly decreased from a high of 386 psig. At the same time, a pressure of 386.4 psig was recorded at Half Moon Bay (located about 10 miles upstream of the rupture). By 6:15 p.m., Martin Station generated the first low pressure alarm for Line 132, followed 20 seconds later by another alarm (150 psig). These low-pressure alarms occurred while SCADA operator D was on the phone with a SCADA operator at the Brentwood facility, who alerted him to the low pressures. By 6:36 p.m., the Line 132 pressure at the Martin Station was 50 psig. The pressures in Lines 101 and 109, which are interconnected to Line 132, also decreased but at a slower rate than Line 132. 1.2 Emergency Response The first 911 call reporting an explosion was received about 6:11 p.m. Many subsequent 911 calls were received from residents and police officers reporting a fire, a gas station explosion, and a possible airplane crash. San Bruno Police Department resources were dispatched, and the first police unit arrived on scene about 6:12 p.m. The first San Bruno Fire Department (SBFD) firefighters to respond had heard the explosion and seen the fire from their station, which was about 300 yards from the accident site. They had reported the fire and were preparing to respond just as the initial dispatch (first alarm21 About the same time, 6:13 p.m., some residents began self evacuating from the accident area. Police officers then began securing the area and conducting evacuations south and north of the fire. At 6:16 p.m., police officers requested that California Highway Patrol troopers divert traffic from the scene. Troopers began closing highways in the immediate area. ) was issued. They were immediately en route and on scene about 6:13 p.m. (See figure 9.)
21 A total of six alarms were requested as firefighters responded to various locations surrounding the accident area.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 13
Figure 9. Firefighters approaching accident scene. At 6:18 p.m., an off-duty PG&E employee notified the PG&E dispatch center in Concord, California, of an explosion in the San Bruno area. Over the next few minutes, the dispatch center received additional similar reports. About 6:20 p.m., the initial incident commander, a Millbrae Fire Department battalion chief, arrived on scene. When the SBFD chief later arrived on scene,22 he assumed incident command. A battalion chief from the North County Fire Authority was designated as the deputy incident commander.23 Fire operations were supervised by a Millbrae Fire Department division chief and were organized into area commands.24 At 6:23 p.m., 5 minutes after the PG&E dispatch center received the first call reporting an explosion in the San Bruno area, a dispatcher sent a gas service representative (GSR) working in Battalion chiefs supervised each area. A representative from the county dispatch center responded to the accident area, and requests for additional response resources were relayed through this representative.
22 The SBFD chief’s arrival time was not recorded in any of the documentation provided to the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB). 23 Forty-two local, county, state, and Federal fire departments assisted in the accident response. 24 Area command is a command organization established to oversee the management of large or multiple incidents.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 14 Daly City (about 8 miles from San Bruno) to confirm the report, as required by PG&E procedures. 25 About the same time, a PG&E supervisor (supervisor 1) saw the accident fire while driving home from work. He called the PG&E dispatch center, reported the fire, and then proceeded to the scene.
By 6:24 p.m., firefighters responding to the south side of the accident area had reported to incident command that hydrants were dry. About the same time, firefighters responding to the north side discovered that the explosion had damaged a water line. To address this, firefighters established water supplies using 1,000–2,000 feet of large-diameter supply hose at two locations. At 6:27 p.m., a PG&E dispatcher called the SCADA center and asked SCADA operator C if the SCADA center staff had observed a pressure drop “at a station in [the San Bruno] area.” The dispatcher stated that he had received reports of a flame shooting up in the air accompanied by a sound similar to a jet engine and that a PG&E supervisor and a GSR had been dispatched to the area. Operator C replied that the SCADA center had not received any calls about the incident. At 6:29 p.m., the senior SCADA coordinator informed a SCADA coordinator at the Brentwood facility that there had been a gas line break and further stated that there had been an overpressure event at the Milpitas Terminal earlier. Reports of a plane crash, a gas station explosion, or some combination of the two persisted throughout the initial hours of the emergency response. By 6:30 p.m., some staff at the SCADA center realized that there had been a rupture along Line 132 in the San Bruno area. However, they did not know the exact location of the rupture and continued to try to identify it. About 6:30 p.m., the on-scene fire operations supervisor declared the incident a multi-casualty incident. Soon after, a medical group was established, and medical units were positioned north and south of the accident scene. At 6:31 p.m., SCADA operator B reported to dispatch that there was “a major pressure drop at a station up in that area [near San Bruno].” About 6:35 p.m., an off-duty PG&E gas measurement and control mechanic (mechanic 1), who was qualified to operate mainline valves, saw media reports about the fire. Suspecting a transmission line break, he notified the PG&E dispatch center, and proceeded to the PG&E Colma yard26
25 PG&E procedures require the GSR to evaluate the danger to life and property, assess damage, and make or ensure that conditions are safe. The procedures also require field personnel to notify a field service supervisor, a dispatcher, a gas maintenance and construction supervisor, or an on-call gas supervisor. Nowhere does the procedure instruct field personnel, the dispatch center, or the SCADA center to contact emergency services through 911 or other means. The procedure does not discuss the involvement of city or emergency officials. Notifications that are outlined in the procedure focus on company personnel and supervisors only. On June 8, 2011, the NTSB issued safety recommendations relating to this PG&E procedure. For more information, see Section 1.12, “Previous NTSB Safety Recommendations.” to obtain his service truck and the tools necessary to shut off mainline 26 The Colma yard is a small PG&E facility about 4.5 miles from San Bruno, where equipment and vehicles are stored.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 15 valves. Mechanic 1 lived only a couple of miles from the accident site and the Colma yard. While en route to the Colma yard, mechanic 1 received a call from a supervisor (supervisor 2) directing him to report to the yard and to contact a second mechanic (mechanic 2) to do the same. Before mechanic 1 could place the call, mechanic 2 called him to check on his well being. Both mechanics proceeded to the Colma yard. Meanwhile, another PG&E supervisor (supervisor 3), who lived about 4 miles from the rupture site, learned of the explosion and fire through media reports and notified the SCADA center. He then proceeded to the accident site. About 6:40 p.m., firefighters requested two water tenders,27 Supervisor 1 was the first PG&E employee on scene. The GSR, who had been delayed in traffic, arrived shortly thereafter. Both were confirmed on scene at 6:41 p.m., with supervisor 3 following soon after. However, none of these three PG&E first responders were qualified to operate mainline valves. Upon arrival, supervisor 3 and supervisor 1 informed firefighters of their presence as PG&E representatives on scene. which were used as water sources and assigned as needed to various locations around the fire. A California wildfire battalion chief was assigned as a liaison to oversee the water tenders. At 6:48 p.m., supervisor 1 called the PG&E dispatch center to request that gas and electric crews respond to the scene. Mechanic 1 arrived at the Colma yard about 6:50 p.m., and mechanic 2 arrived soon after. They obtained a map showing the location of pipeline valves in the area and watched further news reports regarding the accident. Processing the visual information, mechanic 1 recognized the rupture as occurring in Line 132 and called a supervisor (supervisor 4) to tell him he was going to isolate the rupture. Supervisor 4 authorized the action. By 6:55 p.m., supervisor 3 had contacted another supervisor (supervisor 5) who activated the PG&E operations emergency center28 About 7:06 p.m., the two PG&E mechanics left the Colma yard, driving toward the first mainline valve (at MP 38.49) that they planned to close; they were joined en route by a supervisor (supervisor 6). The three arrived at the first valve location by 7:20 p.m. in San Carlos and declared supervisor 3 the deputy incident commander.
27 A water tender is a firefighting apparatus used to shuttle, store, and supply water. 28 The San Carlos operations emergency center command post is permanently equipped with computers, desks, and communication equipment. PG&E’s emergency plans define the specific responsibilities of personnel staffing the center. The center directed field resources within the immediate San Bruno area. Later, a larger operations emergency center in the San Francisco headquarters was also activated because of the extent of the emergency. The San Francisco emergency operations center is a central location from which the emergency response activities of the local operating department are prioritized and coordinated.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 16 Meanwhile, the SCADA center and dispatch center staff were occupied with making outgoing calls to brief PG&E departments and officials of the incoming information, such as the rumors of an airplane crash and a gas station explosion. Between 6:50 and 7:00 p.m., SCADA operators D29 and B30 made comments indicating that there had been a break on Line 132, but SCADA operator C made comments indicating uncertainty as to the nature of the accident.31 At 7:22 p.m., at the direction of supervisor 3, supervisor 1 contacted the PG&E dispatch center to convey that although it was still unconfirmed, the incident was likely a reportable gas fire. Within minutes, the dispatch center relayed this information to the SCADA center; the SCADA center confirmed that Line 132 was involved.
During a phone call at 7:07 p.m., operator D responded to a dispatch employee who reported the rumor that there had been a plane crash by saying, “It’s easy to believe it’s a plane crash. We still have indication that it is a gas line break. We’re staying with that. If you talk to the fire department I would inform them of that.” There was no indication that the dispatch center passed this information to the fire department. At 7:27 p.m., supervisor 6, who was with the two mechanics, requested that the SCADA center close two valves at the Martin Station. SCADA operator D remotely closed the valves downstream of the rupture by 7:29 p.m., which stopped the gas flow from north to south. (See figure 10.) By 7:30 p.m., the two mechanics had manually closed the mainline valve (at MP 38.49) south (upstream) of the rupture, stopping the gas flow at that location. By 7:42 p.m., 91 minutes after the rupture, the intensity of the fire had decreased such that firefighters could approach the rupture site and begin containment efforts. By 7:46 p.m., the two mechanics, with some assistance from supervisor 6, had manually closed two more valves downstream of the rupture (at MPs 40.05 and 40.05-2) at the Healy Station. Closing these valves isolated the ruptured section of pipe. About 7:57 p.m., a PG&E pipeline engineer informed the SCADA center staff that the rupture in Line 132 had occurred at MP 39.3332
29 During a phone call beginning at 6:53 p.m., SCADA operator D said in a conversation with the on-site SCADA supervisor, “Yeah, absolutely we believe it’s a break on line 132.” and explained that several mainline valves had been closed to isolate the break. He also told the staff that the downstream crosstie valves between Lines 109 and 132 had been opened to reestablish gas flow to the Martin Station. About the same time, the San Bruno Recreation Center, staffed by the American Red Cross, was opened as a shelter for evacuees. 30 During a phone call beginning at 6:55 p.m., SCADA operator B said to a dispatch employee, “Transmission line 132 is busted.” 31 During a phone call beginning at 6:55 p.m., SCADA operator C stated to supervisor 3, “I don’t think it is [a] transmission [line].” 32 PG&E has since clarified that the rupture occurred at MP 39.28.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 17 By 11:32 p.m., additional PG&E crews had manually closed two distribution line valves and squeezed (that is, pinched with hand tools) three more distribution lines to stop the gas-fed house fires surrounding the pipeline rupture.
Figure 10. Location of valve closures.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 18 Although the gas flow through the transmission line break and several local distribution lines had been stopped, the resulting fires continued. Firefighters declared 75 percent of all active fires to be contained about 4:24 a.m. on September 10. Fire operations continued to extinguish fires and monitor the accident area for hot spots until about 8:00 p.m. on September 11, when the SBFD transferred incident command to the San Bruno Police Department. During the 50 hours following the accident, about 600 firefighting (including emergency medical service) personnel and 325 law enforcement personnel responded. Fire crews and police officers conducted evacuations and door-to-door searches of houses throughout the response. In total, about 300 houses were evacuated. Firefighting efforts included air and forestry operations. Firefighters, police officers, and members of mutual aid organizations also formed logistics, planning, communications, finance, and damage assessment groups to orchestrate response efforts and assess residential damage in the accident area. 1.3 Injuries As a result of the pipeline rupture and fire, 8 people were killed, 10 people sustained serious injuries, and 48 people sustained minor injuries. (See table 1.) For five of the fatalities, the cause of death was “generalized conflagration effects,” and for the remaining three, the cause of death was “undetermined.” Twenty-one people were transported to hospitals by ambulance, including three firefighters who were treated for smoke inhalation. Forty-five other people were transported to hospitals by private vehicle. Table 1. Injuries. Injury Typea Number Fatal 8 Serious 10 Minor 48 Total 66 a Title 49 CFR 830.2 defines fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident and serious injury as an injury that (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days of the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages or nerve or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. 1.4 Damage The rupture of Line 132 released an estimated 47.6 million standard cubic feet of natural gas, created a 72-foot-long by 26-foot-wide crater, and ejected a 28-foot piece of pipe weighing 3,000 pounds, which came to rest about 100 feet away. The gas ignited and caused an explosion. As previously noted in section 1.2, “Emergency Response,” the fire was declared about 75 percent contained at 4:24 a.m. on September 10, 2010, about 10 hours and 13 minutes after the accident occurred.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 19 The fire damage extended to a radius of about 600 feet from the pipeline blast center, mostly spreading in a northeast direction. (See figure 11.) The fire affected 108 houses—38 of which were destroyed, 17 of which received severe-to-moderate damage, and 53 of which received minor damage.33 (See figure 12.) In addition, 74 vehicles were damaged or destroyed. (See figure 13.) The burned area also included a park with woodlands and a playground. According to PG&E, the cost to repair the pipeline was about $13,500,000,34
and the loss of natural gas accounted for $263,000. Figure 11. Picture showing area of damage from blast and fire.
33 The city of San Bruno used the following damage categories to classify structural damage to houses at the accident site: (1) severe indicated that a house was not safe to occupy and most likely would need to be demolished or completely renovated prior to occupancy, (2) moderate indicated that a house had substantial damage and repairs would be necessary prior to occupancy, and (3) minor indicated that a house had the least amount of damage and could be legally occupied while repairs were being made. 34 PG&E has reported it will not be repairing Line 132 in the area of the accident.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 20
Figure 12. Picture of destroyed houses.
Figure 13. Picture of a burned car in front of several destroyed houses.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 21 1.5 Meteorological Information Air temperature and moisture information was retrieved from the Automated Surface Observing System (ASOS) at San Francisco International Airport (KSFO), located about 3 miles to the east of the accident site at an elevation of 13 feet. Air temperature at the accident time (6:11 p.m.) was about 64° F and had decreased to 59° F by midnight. Dew point temperatures remained consistent at about 52° F throughout this period. The wind across the northern and central portion of the San Francisco peninsula was estimated to have been from the west with magnitudes from 15–25 knots (which equates to about 17–29 mph) from the accident time through about 10:00 p.m.35 1.6 Personnel Information After 10:00 p.m., the wind magnitude decreased at the KSFO ASOS. At the NTSB’s request, a professional meteorologist familiar with the local terrain and micro-climates reviewed the small-scale wind flow for the accident neighborhood. This expert indicated that the wind in the accident area would have been from the northwest, aligned with Skyline Boulevard. Slightly northwest of the accident location, a branching of the northwesterly wind would have brought a weaker flow across the accident neighborhood from the west-northwest, with eddying also occurring. The expert estimated that wind speeds between 6:00 and 9:00 p.m. would have been 15–20 mph. 1.6.1 Milpitas Technician and Other Workers at the Milpitas Terminal The Milpitas technician had been on duty for about 12 hours 11 minutes when the accident occurred.36 He had been hired by PG&E on December 26, 1984. During his employment, the Milpitas technician had successfully completed 171 training courses. He had taken four courses specific to his position in the 17 months before the accident.37 After the accident, PG&E had the four workers at the Milpitas Terminal provide specimens for toxicological testing, pursuant to 49 CFR 199.105 and 199.225. The electrical contractor had been on duty for 4 hours 41 minutes at the time of the accident. 38
35These wind magnitude estimates were based primarily on data retrieved from the KSFO ASOS and observations made by commercial aircraft near KSFO at altitudes close to the accident elevation. These 36 Investigators collected detailed work/rest information for all of the employees at the Milpitas Terminal and the SCADA center who were on duty at the time of the accident. This information included awakening and to bed times, time awake, and time on duty on the day of the accident, as well as information from each employee about the quality of their overall rest, whether they had medical issues related to sleep, and whether they had received training about fatigue. For more information, see the Human Performance Group Chairman’s Factual Report and Addendum in the NTSB public docket for this accident. 37 Investigators collected information about training courses taken by each of the PG&E employees at the Milpitas Terminal and the SCADA center who were on duty at the time of the accident. (No training information was available for the contractor.) According to PG&E, available training courses specific to their duties included gas clearance process initial training, gas clearance process training, and refresher gas clearance process training. Training records indicated that each employee had successfully completed the gas clearance process initial training, six of the employees had also successfully completed the gas clearance process training, and one had successfully completed refresher gas clearance process training. For more information, see the Human Performance Group Chairman’s Factual Report in the NTSB public docket for this accident. 38 The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) requires PG&E to adhere to postaccident toxicological protocol consistent with PHMSA regulations.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 22 regulations require drug and alcohol testing for each employee whose performance either contributed to the accident or cannot be completely discounted as a contributing factor, and further state that the decision not to administer a test “shall be based on the operator’s determination, using the best available information at the time of the determination, that the covered employee’s performance could not have contributed to the accident.” (PHMSA has not issued any guidance regarding the type of analysis or justification that would be acceptable in reaching such a determination.) According to section 199.105, drug tests are to be conducted as soon as possible but no later than 32 hours after an accident. According to section 199.225, alcohol testing is to be conducted as soon as practicable after an accident, and if it is not done within 2 hours of an accident, the operator is required to prepare and maintain a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. The regulation further states that if the test is not administered within 8 hours of the accident, the operator shall cease attempts to do so and state in the record the reasons for not administering the test. PG&E notified its testing contractor at 12:30 a.m. on September 10 that drug and alcohol testing services were needed, and informed her that the 8-hour time frame for alcohol testing would likely be exceeded but instructed her to collect the specimens anyway. The contractor reported to NTSB investigators that she was never made aware of, nor did she inquire about, the time of the rupture. She indicated she was aware of the regulatory 8-hour time limit for alcohol testing. The Milpitas technician provided a urine specimen at 3:10 a.m. on September 10. The specimen was then tested for the following illegal drugs: cannabinoids, cocaine metabolites, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine. The test results were negative. He also took a breathalyzer test to detect ethyl alcohol in his system. The test was administered at 3:36 a.m. on September 10. Between 3:51 and 5:21 a.m. on September 10, specimens for drug and alcohol testing were also collected from two other PG&E employees and a contractor who had been on duty at the Milpitas Terminal when the accident occurred; the drug test results were negative. No documentation was generated as to why alcohol testing was not promptly administered in accordance with 49 CFR 199.205. The CPUC indicated that it was investigating the untimely alcohol testing for possible enforcement action. 1.6.2 SCADA Operators As previously noted, three operators were staffing the SCADA center at the time of the pipeline rupture, and all three were involved in responding to the events surrounding the accident. SCADA operator D, who served as the primary point of contact with the Milpitas technician, had been on duty for about 12 hours 11 minutes when the accident occurred and remained on duty for an additional 3 hours 20 minutes after the rupture. He had been hired by PG&E on June 18, 1979. Over the years, operator D had successfully completed 104 training courses. During the 17 months before the accident, he had taken three courses specific to his position.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 23 SCADA operator C had been on duty for about 12 hours 41 minutes when the accident occurred and remained on duty for an additional 3 hours 20 minutes after the rupture. He had been hired by PG&E on December 8, 1983. Operator C had successfully completed 76 training courses while employed with PG&E. During the 18 months before the accident, he had taken three courses specific to his position. SCADA operator B had been on duty for about 13 hours 6 minutes when the accident occurred and remained on duty for an additional 3 hours 50 minutes after the rupture. He had been hired by PG&E on September 17, 1974. Throughout his career, he had successfully completed 86 training courses. He had taken three courses specific to his position in the 17 months before the accident. PG&E did not conduct drug or alcohol testing for any of the employees at the SCADA center. PG&E indicated that the SCADA staff were not identified for testing because they were “deemed to be monitoring and responding to the rupture, not contributing to the rupture event.” 1.7 Pipeline Information 1.7.1 Line 132 Line 132 originates at the Milpitas Terminal and extends north about 46 miles to the Martin Station.39
39 Line 132 continues north beyond the Martin Station for a short distance as a distribution line. (See figure 14.) Line 132 is one of three gas transmission lines in the PG&E peninsula system. The other two are Lines 101 and 109. In all three lines, gas flow is typically from south to north. The peninsula system includes six crossties that connect the three transmission lines and allow gas to flow between them. (Four of those crossties are shown on figure 14; the two not shown connect Lines 132 and 109 at MPs 29.06 and 31.93.)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 24
Figure 14. Map showing PG&E peninsula gas transmission lines.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 25 Line 132 was originally constructed in phases, with construction projects in 1944 and
- According to the PG&E geographic information system (GIS),40
In response to a request for construction records for the 1948 portion of the Line 132 project, PG&E provided more than 18,000 pages of records, including material procurement orders from the Consolidated Western Steel Corporation (Consolidated Western) Maywood, California, plant, accounting records, specifications, foreman journal entries, and radiography receipts. The records indicated that 10 percent of the girth welds Line 132 is made up of 24-, 30-, 34-, and 36-inch-diameter segments of various steel grades with various longitudinal seam weld types, such as double submerged arc welded (DSAW), electric resistance welded (ERW), and seamless (SMLS). 41 The foreman’s log from the 1948 construction project noted several instances of construction damage, including dents and dent repairs. were radiographed (that is, x-rayed) at the construction site and inspected according to a set of standards agreed upon by engineers from PG&E and the construction contractor. Radiographs of the girth welds also captured a small portion of the longitudinal welds from each of the two pipe segments joined by the girth weld being radiographed. Records from the 1948 project included logs for 209 radiographs, including 19 rejected welds, 4 of which were reexamined and determined to be acceptable. Those four were all longitudinal welds. Of the remaining 15 rejected welds, 5 were longitudinal welds and 10 were girth welds. An additional 14 girth welds were classified as “borderline.” After the 1948 installation, the 20- and 24-inch segments of Line 132 were tested for leaks in accordance with the construction contract by introducing air at 100 psig and using a soap and water solution on girth welds. According to construction records, as a final check before introducing gas, the 20- and 24-inch segments were pressured to 100 psig with air and held for 48 hours. Gas was introduced into the 30-inch portion of the line upon completion, and the line was checked “for leaks and breaks.” 1.7.2 1956 Relocation Project (Segment 180) In 1956, PG&E relocated 1,851 feet of Line 132 that had originally been installed in
- The relocation was necessary because the existing elevation of Line 132 was incompatible
with land grading that had been done in connection with residential housing being built at that location. This relocation, which included the installation of the pipe at the accident location, started north of Claremont Drive and extended south to San Bruno Avenue, and rerouted Line 132 from the east side to the west side of Glenview Drive. (See figure 15.) The relocation work was not contracted out, but rather was performed by PG&E construction crews. Construction documentation provided to the NTSB consisted of about 300 pages of journal vouchers, material transfers, paving receipts, and various other cost accounting sheets. PG&E did
40 The GIS is a database of pipeline attributes populated by PG&E. 41 Girth welds, which are typically done at the time of installation in the field, join adjacent pipe pieces and extend around the circumference of the pipe.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 26 not provide any design/material or construction specifications, inspection records, as-built drawings, or radiography reports. A reference to two cases of bar soap “for testing” was the only indication that any type of on-site leak testing of the girth welds may have been performed.
Figure 15. Line 132 installation, relocations, and replacements.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 27 In 1961, PG&E completed a second relocation project on a portion of Line 132 immediately to the south of the 1956 relocation. As a result, 1,742 feet of the original 1,851 feet of pipe from the 1956 relocation project, including the rupture location, remained in operation. In PG&E’s records, this segment is known as Segment 180. At the time of the accident, Segment 180 was documented in the PG&E GIS as 30-inch-diameter seamless steel pipe API 5L X42 with a wall thickness of 0.375 inch, installed in 1956. The manufacturer is listed as “NA,” indicating the information was unknown or unavailable. This portion of the GIS database was populated in 1998 using data from a pipeline survey sheet created in 1977. PG&E discovered during the investigation of this accident that the material specification information for Segment 180 on the 1977 pipeline survey sheet had been obtained from accounting records rather than engineering records. Specifically, the source of the information was a 1956 journal voucher used to allocate material expenses from one construction job to another, which contained an erroneous material description. After the accident, NTSB investigators discovered that Segment 180 was not X42 seamless pipe, as stated in the GIS database, and that other documents relating to the 1956 project had correctly indicated that the pipe intended for use in that project had a DSAW longitudinal seam. The investigation revealed that seamless pipe was not, and still is not, available in diameters larger than 26 inches. The PG&E director of integrity management and technical support acknowledged in postaccident interviews that during the time when the pipe for Segment 180 was purchased, all 30-inch pipe purchased by PG&E would have been DSAW, not seamless. Investigators also discovered that the material code listed on the journal voucher corresponded to X52 pipe, not X42. The investigation also revealed that the pipeline at the rupture location was made up of six short pipe segments, known as pups, which were welded together circumferentially. None of the pups were X52 pipe. Each pup ranged from 3.5–4.7 feet long. The NTSB Materials Laboratory determined through tensile and chemical composition testing that the material properties in some of the pups did not meet PG&E 1948 material specifications or industry pipeline material specifications for this time period. The GIS database did not reflect the presence of these pups, although it is intended to record each change in material properties as a separate segment. Further, the investigation revealed that several of the pups had partially welded longitudinal seams that left part of the seam unwelded and that several girth welds joining the pups contained multiple weld defects. Examination revealed that the longer pipe pieces (joints) on either side of the sequence of pups were standard X52 DSAW pipe. (For more information about the pups, see section 1.8, “Examination of Accident Pipe.”)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 28 As noted earlier in this section, PG&E could not produce any design/material or construction specifications for the 1956 relocation project. PG&E stated its belief that the project followed the standards in the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)-sponsored code B31.1.8, 1955 edition, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems.42 According to PG&E, the pipe used was left over from previous purchases of pipe for other construction projects. According to PG&E, between 1947 and 1957, it purchased a total of 320,065 feet of 30-inch pipe from three suppliers. Based on its records search and the characteristics of the accident pipe, including the numbers painted on the inside of the DSAW long joint south of the pups, PG&E indicated its belief that the pipe at the location of the rupture was most likely manufactured by Consolidated Western in 1948, 1949, or 1953 and was originally purchased for Line 153, Line 131, or the 1948 Line 132 project. PG&E stated that Consolidated Western manufactured the pipe for these three projects at its Maywood, California, plant until May 1949, and afterwards at its South San Francisco plant. NTSB investigators examined the records and determined that the pipe used for the 1956 project was assembled from multiple material procurement orders. In 1955, PG&E’s then-superintendent of gas transmission and distribution was an active member of the ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition, code committee. The PG&E 1948 specification for 30-inch pipe, the most recently applicable specification at the time of the 1956 relocation project, called for steel pipe with longitudinal seams joined by electric fusion welding (now referred to as submerged arc welding43 each length of pipe…including jointers, shall be tested to a hydro-static pressure which will produce a stress of 90% of the specified minimum transverse yield strength [1170 psi in the case of 30-inch pipe with a wall thickness of 0.375 inch], which pressure shall be maintained for not less than ten seconds. …While under pressure, the pipe length shall be struck a blow with a two-pound hammer, or its equivalent, near both ends of the weld. ). A PG&E document prepared in 1962, titled “History of Pipe Purchases,” states that, beginning in 1948, all purchased pipe with diameters of 20–36 inches would have been DSAW pipe. For pipe with 0.375-inch-thick walls, it specified that wall thickness could not be less than 90 percent of the specified thickness and that any defect reducing the wall thickness to less than this amount would be considered injurious. It also specified a minimum yield strength of 52,000 psi. Regarding hydrostatic pressure tests at the time of manufacture (that is, at the pipe mill), the specification stated that— The PG&E specification further provided that 95 percent of the finished pipe sections were to be between 30 feet 6 inches long and 31 feet 4 inches long. Consistent with
42 All versions of the ASME-sponsored codes for pressure piping are referred to in this report as ASME codes, even though several other organizations have also been associated with their development over time. The ASME code for pressure piping was originally developed in cooperation with the American Engineering Standards committee, which later changed its name to the American Standards Association, and then to the American National Standards Institute, Inc. 43 Submerged arc welding is a form of arc welding where the filler wire and the pipe seam are submerged in a bed of pelletized flux. The flux protects the weld from impurities while it is in its molten state.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 29 API standards at that time, it stated that no more than 5 percent of the order could consist of jointers, defined in the specification as two (or more)44 In July 1949, Moody Engineering Company submitted a report to PG&E on the supervision and inspection of the manufacture of 100,000 feet (3,222 pieces) of 30-inch-diameter pipe by Consolidated Western’s Maywood, California, manufacturing plant. The report explained the manufacturing process, the chemical and physical properties of the steel, and the hydrostatic pressure test procedure used at the factory. According to the report, based on inspections of each piece of pipe, 244 pieces were repaired to meet PG&E specifications, and 19 pieces were permanently rejected. Moody Engineering Company concluded that the pieces that had been accepted met PG&E specifications and were shipped in March and April 1949. pieces of pipe joined by welding, and that a jointer could not contain pipe lengths measuring less than 5 feet. At the NTSB’s investigative hearing, the PG&E director of integrity management and technical support testified that he believed the accident segment of pipe was a jointer manufactured at a mill. 1.7.3 Multiyear Replacement Project and Seismic Risk According to the PG&E GIS, in 1995, PG&E replaced several sections of Line 132, including segments that ended about 565 feet to the south and about 610 feet to the north of Segment 180. These replacements were part of a multiyear replacement project on the peninsula lines to address seismic hazards. Some segments of Lines 109 and 132 crossed the San Andreas Fault and were therefore rerouted to reduce seismic risk. Segment 180 does not cross the fault, and a 1992 report prepared by the PG&E geosciences department in connection with the replacement project indicated that Segment 180 had a low-to-moderate seismic risk. The subsequent risk assessments of Segment 180 assigned a score of 0 for any “ground movement” threat. (For more information on threat scores and risk assessment, see section 1.9.4, “PG&E Risk Management/Integrity Management Program.”) A low seismic risk for the accident area was also indicated by a February 2011 report prepared for PG&E under contract by TRE Canada, a company that specializes in measuring ground deformation using satellite imagery. TRE Canada analyzed the Earl Avenue and Glenview Drive area from May 1992–August 2010 and found that the accident area did not experience any significant vertical movement during that time. According to a PG&E public information fact sheet, the purpose of the multiyear project, which began in 1985, was “to maintain safe and reliable gas service to our customers,” and it would eventually “replace all aging natural gas pipelines in the system over a 25-year period.” In addition to seismic hazard, other factors considered in setting replacement priorities for the project were age, construction factors, and condition of the pipe.
44 PG&E provided multiple documents containing the specification. In one document, jointers are defined as “two pieces joined by welding,” and in another as “two or more pieces joined by welding.”
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 30 1.7.4 Underground Environment at Accident Location At the time of the accident, Line 132 was buried underground along the west side of Glenview Drive.45
Other underground utilities at the accident site included a 6-inch-diameter water line, which crossed about 2.5 feet above Line 132 at the location of the rupture and was destroyed, resulting in the lack of functional fire hydrants near the accident scene. A 10-inch-diameter sanitary sewer line crossed below Line 132 about 108 inches south of pup 1. (The sewer line is discussed further below.) In addition, a 4-inch-diameter gas distribution line ran parallel to Line 132, about 6 feet 9 inches to the west. (See figure 16.) Farther below the buried utilities, at a depth of about 9 feet, was a drainage system with a catch basin running from west to east, which emptied into a canyon just east of the accident location. Figure 16. Sketch of underground utilities environment. 1.7.4.1 2008 Sewer Replacement In June 2008, the city of San Bruno issued a change order to an existing contract to upgrade the sanitary sewer main along Earl Avenue to Glenview Drive. The change order specified that the contractor replace the existing 6-inch vitrified clay sewer pipe with a 10-inch-diameter polyethylene pipe by pneumatic pipe bursting, which is a widely used method of replacing buried pipe without digging an open trench. Two pits are required to install the new
45 As a result of the rupture, this portion of Line 132 is no longer in service.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 31 pipe: an entry pit (normally a long slender trench to allow the pipe to bend as it is introduced into the ground) and an exit pit (normally a square pit at an existing manhole to allow for the cable, pulley block, and bursting head removal). The bursting head, a conical pneumatic expanding device, is introduced through the entry pit. It travels through the existing pipe, breaking it into pieces and radially expanding the existing hole. The new pipe, attached to the back of the bursting head, is simultaneously pulled into place. The bursting head is pulled by a cable that runs through the existing sewer pipe to the exit pit, through a pulley block, and up to a winch located above the exit pit at street level. The existing sewer pipe ran underneath Line 132 at the intersection of Earl Avenue and Glenview Drive, requiring an excavation of the sewer pipe on either side of Line 132. The contractor dug a potholing46 Prior to the excavation, the contractor had contacted the local one-call service company trench that extended about 4 feet or more to the west and 3 feet to the east of Line 132. Further, according to the contractor, in the area where the sewer pipe crossed under Line 132, the old sewer pipe was broken up and removed by hand before the pipe-bursting operation began. The pneumatic expanding device was turned off as it passed under the area where the sewer pipe crossed under Line 132. 47 The exit pit was located at an existing manhole on Glenview Drive approximately 8 feet from the east side of Line 132. A 10-ton constant tension winch was located at the west wall of the pit.
and filed the required notices. 48 The pipe bursting began at the entry pit 290 feet to the west on Earl Avenue. A video of the project recorded the sound of the pneumatic bursting and showed the movement of the replacement pipe at the exit pit and the movement of the cable at the winch. Based on the recording, the pneumatic bursting rate was 214 strokes per minute. Based on the video, the replacement pipe pull rate ranged from 0.1–0.2 inches per second. According to the contractor, the maximum load on the winch was 14,000 pounds and the diameter of the cable was 0.562 inch. As the bursting head approached the potholing trench, the pneumatic device was turned off. From there, the replacement sewer pipe was pulled through the potholing trench, underneath Line 132, and up to the exit pit. (See figure 17.) The cable traveled down from the winch, into the exit pit, and over a pulley that was braced near the bottom of the pit against three overlapping sheet pilings. The outer two pilings spanned the full height of the pit and were driven into the floor of the pit at the west wall. The shortest distance from the center of the sheet pilings to the sidewall of Line 132 was estimated to be 7.7 feet. As the cable left the exit pit, it passed under Line 132, through the potholing trench, and continued along the existing sewer pipe to the entry pit.
46 Potholing refers to holes used when excavating the ground near a utility service to visually locate the utility. Small holes are dug on either side of a pipe with a backhoe until the location of the utility can be visually confirmed. 47 A one-call, or 811, service is a required notification system used to ensure the identification and marking of buried pipelines before excavation. 48 Constant tension indicates that the force exerted by the winch on the cable can be set to a constant value, selected by the operator, that otherwise does not vary during the bursting process.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 32
Figure 17. Diagram of excavations relative to Segment 180. According to postaccident interviews, a PG&E gas mechanic was on site while part of the potholing trench was hand dug and after the polyethylene sewer pipeline had been pulled into the exit pit. The gas mechanic measured the vertical clearance between the bottom of Line 132 and the top of the new sewer pipeline, and determined that there was about 9 inches of clearance between the two. He also inspected the gas pipeline for damage and was satisfied with the work; he did not mention any problems or express any concern to the contractor foreman. The contractor proceeded to backfill the trench. The backfilling was neither witnessed nor inspected by the PG&E gas mechanic.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 33 1.7.4.2 Guidelines for Pipe Bursting Investigators reviewed studies that quantify safe distances for pipe bursting adjacent to utilities. According to one study,49 there is a 95 percent probability that ground vibrations will be within safe levels for buried utilities at a distance of 7.5 feet or more from the bursting head, unless the buried utility is in poor structural condition. Nearby utilities and buried structures closer than 7.5 feet may require a small excavation (that is, potholing) in the bursting path to provide shielding from the vibration. Another report50 1.7.4.3 Pipe Bursting Study concluded that the bursting head should not pass closer than 2.5 feet from buried pipes and 8 feet from sensitive surface structures. That report states that the problems related to nearby utilities are often relieved by localized excavations; to avoid damage, the general rule is that nearby utilities should be excavated whenever the vertical and horizontal separation is less than twice the replacement pipe diameter between the new pipe and existing utilities. Investigators used information from a land survey of the accident site, the above referenced studies on pipe bursting ground vibrations, a video of the Earl Avenue sewer replacement project, and the contractor’s testimony to calculate the forces on Line 132 caused by the pipe bursting process. Investigators considered the effect of ground vibrations from the bursting head, constant loads from the winch at the exit pit, and vibratory loads from the winch at the exit pit. The calculations indicated that ground vibrations from the bursting head could have deformed pup 1 (where the rupture initiated) out-of-round by up to 0.004 inch. The effect of the deformation on the stress state of the pup 1 seam weld defect was less than a 6-psi change in internal gas pressure. The calculated external soil pressure on the side of pup 1 (approximately 10 feet from the winch brace), due to the 14,000-pound load on the sidewall of the exit pit, was 0.1 psi. This soil pressure had an effect on the stress state of the pup 1 seam weld defect equivalent to a 2.5-psi increase in internal gas pressure. The calculated variation in external soil pressure due to vibratory loads on the sidewall of the pit was less than 0.01 psi. The internal gas pressure on the day of the sewer replacement project was approximately 365 psig. In 2008, the gas pressure in Line 132 varied daily by up to 110 psi. 1.7.5 Pipeline MAOP Prior to 1961, there were no regulations in the state of California governing natural gas pipeline safety. There was, however, a voluntary national consensus standard in ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition, which called for hydrostatic pressure testing of newly constructed pipelines at 1.1–1.4 times the intended MAOP, depending on the class location. PG&E elected not to hydrostatically test Segment 180 of Line 132, and it is unknown if PG&E followed the other guidelines of the ASME standard.
49 A. Atalah, “The Ground Vibration Associated With Pipe Bursting in Rock Conditions,” paper presented at North American Society for Trenchless Technology, NO-DIG 2004, New Orleans, Louisiana, March 22-24, 2004. 50 J. Simicevic and R.L. Sterling, Guidelines for Pipe Bursting, TTC Technical Report #2001.02 (prepared by Trenchless Technology Center for U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Engineering Research and Development Center, 2001).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 34 In 1961, the CPUC began regulating natural gas pipeline safety in California under General Order 112, State of California Rules Governing Design, Construction, Testing, Operation, and Maintenance of Gas Gathering, Transmission, and Distribution Piping Systems, which was based on the ASME B31.1.8, 1958 edition. General Order 112 required hydrostatic pressure testing of newly constructed pipelines in class 3 areas at 1.5 times the intended MAOP, however it was not applied retroactively to existing installations such as Line 132. Therefore, PG&E was not required to pressure test Line 132 to comply with General Order 112. Federal regulations issued in 1970 include a requirement in 49 CFR 192.505 that any segment of newly constructed gas transmission pipeline intended to operate at a hoop stress51 1.7.5.1 “Grandfather Clause” of 30 percent or more of its SMYS undergo a hydrostatic pressure test for a minimum of 8 hours to substantiate its MAOP. In certain class 1 or 2 locations, the test pressure must be at least 125 percent of the MAOP; in class 3 and 4 locations, the required pressure is 150 percent of MAOP. The MAOP for a newly constructed pipeline segment is derived from the pressure used during this hydrostatic testing. For pipelines constructed before 1970 that were not required to be hydrostatically tested, 49 CFR 192.619(a) (3), known as the “grandfather clause,” allows the MAOP to be based on “the highest actual operating pressure to which the segment was subjected during the 5 years preceding … July 1, 1970.” In contrast to MAOP based on hydrostatic pressure testing, the grandfather clause does not specify a minimum amount of time that the historical pressure must have been held to be used as the basis for the MAOP. As originally proposed, 49 CFR 192.619 did not include a grandfather clause but rather specified that the MAOP be set at the lowest of several alternatives, including (1) the design pressure of the weakest element in the pipeline system or (2) a percentage, based on the class location, of the pressure to which the pipeline was tested after construction. However, the Federal Power Commission (the predecessor of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission) submitted comments on the proposed rule, pointing out that the proposed MAOP limits were similar to those in the ASME-sponsored B31.8, 1968 edition, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems. The Federal Power Commission stated— The proposed regulation does not recognize that the B31.8 Code did not establish these minimum test levels until 1952. Prior to that time, between 1935 and 1951, the predecessor Code, B31, required only that a pipeline be tested to a pressure 50 [psig] in excess of the proposed maximum operating pressure. There are thousands of miles of jurisdictional interstate pipelines installed prior to 1952, in compliance with the then existing codes, which could not continue to operate at their present pressure levels and be in compliance with [the] proposed section [].
51 A hoop stress is a circumferential stress in thin-walled cylinders (for example, the internal diameter is greater than 40 times the wall thickness) and is assumed to be approximately uniform through the thickness of the wall.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 35 The [Federal Power] Commission has reviewed the operating record of the interstate pipeline companies and has found no evidence that would indicate a material increase in safety would result from requiring wholesale reductions in the pressure of existing pipelines which have been proven capable of withstanding present operating pressure through actual operation. The preamble to the final rule establishing Part 192 stated— [i]n view of the statements made by the Federal Power Commission, and the fact that [the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT)] does not now have enough information to determine that existing operating pressures are unsafe, a ‘grandfather’ clause has been included in the final rule to permit continued operation of pipelines at the highest pressure to which the pipeline had been subjected during the 5 years preceding July 1, 1970.52 In 1987, the NTSB recommended elimination of the grandfather clause in Safety Recommendation P-87-9. In 1989, the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), the predecessor agency of PHMSA, issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) inviting public comment on whether the grandfather clause should be eliminated.
53 PHMSA statistics indicate that 61 percent of onshore gas transmission pipelines (about 180,000 miles) were installed prior to 1970. PHMSA does not keep track of how many of these pipelines have MAOPs established under the grandfather clause.
The ANPRM noted that the grandfather clause allowed certain pipelines to operate at hoop stress levels above 72 percent of SMYS, whereas nongrandfathered pipes were limited to 72 percent of SMYS. The ANPRM also noted that the NTSB had recommended elimination of the grandfather clause. Based on public comments received on the 1989 ANPRM, RSPA decided not to eliminate the grandfather clause. (For more information on Safety Recommendation P-87-9 and the ANPRM, see section 1.12, “Previous NTSB Safety Recommendations.”) 1.7.5.2 MAOP for Line 132 The MAOP for Line 132 was established as 400 psig pursuant to the grandfather clause. According to PG&E logs from the Milpitas Terminal, the highest operating pressure on Line 132 during the applicable 5-year period was 400 psig on October 16, 1968. The MOP set by PG&E for Line 132 was 375 psig. According to the manager of the PG&E integrity management program, PG&E considers the MOP to be the maximum pressure at which a pipeline system, as distinguished from a pipeline segment, can operate. She explained that the MOP of a pipeline system is governed by the lowest MAOP of any interconnected lines. Thus, when crossties connecting Line 132 (MAOP of 400 psig) and Line 109 (MAOP of 375 psig) are open, the MOP of Line 132 is the MAOP of Line 109—that is, 375 psig.
52 Federal Register, vol. 35, no. 161 (August 19, 1970), p. 13248. 53 Federal Register, vol. 54, no. 236 (December 11, 1989), p. 50780.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 36 1.7.5.3 Periodic Pressure Increases to MAOP Title 49 CFR 192.917(e) addresses required actions for particular threats. It is one of the integrity management program rules that became effective in 2004 54 (3) Manufacturing and construction defects. If an operator identifies the threat of manufacturing and construction defects (including seam defects) in the covered[ and states, in part: 55
] segment, an operator must analyze the covered segment to determine the risk of failure from these defects. The analysis must consider the results of prior assessments on the covered segment. An operator may consider manufacturing and construction related defects to be stable defects if the operating pressure on the covered segment has not increased over the maximum operating pressure experienced during the five years preceding identification of the high consequence area. If any of the following changes occur in the covered segment, an operator must prioritize the covered segment as a high risk segment for the baseline assessment or a subsequent reassessment. (i) Operating pressure increases above the maximum operating pressure experienced during the preceding five years; (ii) MAOP increases; or (iii) The stresses leading to cyclic fatigue increase.
(4) ERW pipe. If a covered pipeline segment contains low frequency electric resistance welded pipe (ERW),[56] lap welded pipe or other pipe that satisfies the conditions specified in ASME B31.8S,[57 PG&E had a practice of raising the operating pressure to MAOP once every 5 years on several of its pipelines, including Line 132 and the other peninsula lines (Lines 101 and 109), as a strategy to continue classifying any manufacturing and construction defects on those lines as “stable,” meaning that they were not anticipated to grow in service. ] Appendices A4.3 and A4.4, and any covered or noncovered segment in the pipeline system with such pipe has experienced seam failure, or operating pressure on the covered segment has increased over the maximum operating pressure experienced during the preceding five years, an operator must select an assessment technology or technologies with a proven application capable of assessing seam integrity and seam corrosion anomalies. The operator must prioritize the covered segment as a high risk segment for the baseline assessment or a subsequent reassessment.
54 For more information about integrity management programs, see Section 1.10.2, “Federal Oversight by PHMSA.” 55 A covered segment is defined in 49 CFR 192.903 as a segment of a gas transmission pipeline located in a high consequence area (HCA). 56 Line 132 includes several ERW segments. 57 ASME-sponsored code B31.8S, 2004 edition, Managing System Integrity of Gas Pipelines: ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31 Supplement to ASME B31.8.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 37 According to PG&E, the pressure on Line 132 was raised to 400 psig at the Milpitas Terminal in December 2003 and December 2008 for about 2 hours each time. During the pressure increase, the downstream pressures at the Martin Station in 2003 and 2008 were 383 psig and 382 psig, respectively, due to the normal pressure gradient. PG&E acknowledged in response to inquiries from NTSB investigators that the pressure needed to serve customers is not usually the MAOP. However, PG&E went on to explain that— under certain circumstances where the operating pressure is raised above the maximum pressure experienced during the preceding [5] years, PHMSA regulations … require the operator to schedule a priority assessment capable of assessing seam integrity. In these circumstances, ASME B31.8S calls for a hydrostatic pressure test, which would take a line out of service for a period of at least a week. To avoid this and any potential customer curtailments that may result, PG&E has operated, within the applicable 5-year period, some of its pipelines that would be difficult to take out of service at the maximum pressure experienced during the preceding 5-year period in order to meet peak demand and preserve the line’s operational flexibility. The regulatory history of 49 CFR 192.917(e)(3) indicates that the rule as originally proposed called for a one-time pressure test to address manufacturing and construction defects.58 However, the final rule59 [PHMSA] has been convinced by the public comments, including discussions at the public meetings, that it is not necessary to require a once-in-a-lifetime pressure test to address the threat of material and construction defects. Historical safe operation, which in many cases involves several decades, provides confidence that latent defects will not result in pipeline failure as long as operating conditions remain unchanged. The final rule requires that an assessment be performed if operating pressure is increased above the historic level or if operating conditions change in a manner that would promote cyclic fatigue. did not include this requirement. The preamble to the final rule explained: At the NTSB investigative hearing, the PHMSA deputy associate administrator for field operations testified that, “it was not the intent when the regulation was written that it would warrant the raising of pressures to avoid a certain assessment. If you’re adjusting the pressure periodically, you need to … make that part of your overall assessment of the risk on that pipeline.” The CPUC director of consumer protection and safety division stated that the CPUC did not agree with the PG&E interpretation of 49 CFR 192.917, and commented that the practice of “artificially raising the pressure in a pipe that has identified integrity seam issues seems to be a wrong-headed approach to safety.” PHMSA officials were unaware of any other operators following such a practice.
58 Federal Register, vol. 68, no. 18 (January 28, 2003), pp. 4278, 4318. 59 Federal Register, vol. 68, no. 240 (December 15, 2003), pp. 69817, 69791.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 38 A study that looked at the stability of manufacturing- and construction-related defects is discussed in Gas Research Institute (GRI)60 the risk of pressure-cycle-induced fatigue can be dismissed if and only if the pipeline has been subjected to a reasonably high-pressure hydrostatic test. Therefore, it would seem that eliminating the risk of failure from pressure-cycle-induced fatigue crack growth of defects that can survive an initial hydrostatic test of a pipeline requires that the test pressure level must be at least 1.25 times the maximum operating pressure. report GRI-04/0178, Effects of Pressure Cycles on Gas Pipelines, dated September 17, 2004: A PHMSA report from 2007, No. 05-12R, Evaluating the Stability of Manufacturing and Construction Defects in Natural Gas Pipelines, also looked at defect stability and concluded the following: To summarize, experience and scientific analysis indicates that manufacturing defects in gas pipelines that have been subjected to a hydrostatic test to 1.25 times MAOP should be considered stable. No integrity assessment is necessary to address that particular threat in such pipelines. The principal challenge for deciding whether or not to consider manufacturing defects to be stable is associated with those gas pipelines that have never been subjected to a hydrostatic test to a minimum of 1.25 times MAOP. 1.7.6 History of Seam Defects in PG&E Gas Transmission Pipelines On May 20, 2011,61 the NTSB learned that a DSAW segment on Line 132 had experienced a longitudinal seam leak in October 1988 at MP 30.44, about 8.78 miles south of the San Bruno rupture. Until May 6, 2011, the PG&E GIS had listed the cause of the leak as “unknown.” However, as a result of records discovered during a PG&E postaccident records search,62 Seam leaks or test failures in PG&E gas transmission pipelines are listed in table 2. information was added to indicate that 12 feet of Line 132 had been replaced “due to a longitudinal defect.” A leak survey inspection and repair report dated October 27, 1988, classified the cause of the leak as a “material failure” and indicated that a material failure report was prepared, but PG&E could not locate any such report. Records showed that the replacement work had started on November 1 and been completed on November 4, 1988. No further information was available regarding the cause of the leak.
60 In 2000, the GRI combined with the Institute of Gas Technology to form the Gas Technology Institute (GTI), a nonprofit research and development organization that develops, demonstrates, and licenses new energy technologies for private and public clients, with a particular focus on the natural gas industry. PG&E is a member of the GTI. 61 Shortly after the September 9, 2010, rupture, NTSB investigators asked PG&E to provide a leak/repair history for Line 132. However, this information was not provided until 8 months after the accident. 62 For more information about this records search, see Section 1.11.1, “Actions Taken by PG&E.”
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 39 Table 2. PG&E gas transmission pipeline seam leaks or test failures, 1948–2011. Year Found Line Pipeline Diameter (inches) Description 1948 132 30 Multiple longitudinal seam cracks found during radiography of girth welds during construction 1958 300B 34 Seam leak in DSAW pipe 1974 300B 34 Hydrostatic test failure of seam weld with lack of penetration (similar to accident pipe) 1988 132 30 Longitudinal seam defect in DSAW pipe 1992 132 30 Longitudinal seam defect in DSAW weld when a tie-in girth weld was radiographed 1996 109 22 Cracking of the seam weld in DSAW pipe 1996 109 22 Seam weld with lack of penetration (similar to accident pipe) found during camera inspection 1996
DFM-3
Defect in forge-welded seam weld 1999 402 16 Leak in ERW seam weld 2011 300A 34 Longitudinal seam crack in 2-foot pup of DSAW pipe (found during camera inspection) 2011 153 30 Longitudinal seam defect in DSAW pipe during radiographic inspection for validation of seam type 1.7.7 Protection Against Accidental Overpressure Title 49 CFR 192.195, “Protection Against Accidental Overpressuring,” requires “each pipeline that is connected to a gas source so that [MAOP] could be exceeded as the result of pressure control failure or of some other type of failure, must have pressure relieving or pressure limiting devices that meet the requirements of [sections] 192.199 and 192.201.” Section 192.201, in turn, requires—for pipelines operated at 60 psig or higher—that such devices must ensure that the pipeline pressure does not exceed MAOP plus 10 percent, or the pressure that produces a hoop stress of 75 percent of SMYS, whichever is lower. 1.8 Examination of Accident Pipe The ruptured section of pipe and two cutout sections of pipe, immediately south and north of the ruptured section, as illustrated in the figure 18 schematic, were examined at the NTSB Materials Laboratory. The southern63 section of pipe consisted of a single portion of pipe (commonly referred to as a joint).64
63 “Southern” refers to the north-south alignment of the pipeline prior to the accident. The center section (the ruptured section found about 100 feet from the crater) was fractured at both ends and comprised a continuation of the same long joint from the southern section as well as four shorter lengths of pipe (pups). The northern section of pipe comprised two more pups and a portion of another long joint. For convenience, the pups were numbered 1–6 in the south-to-north direction. The girth welds that joined the pups were numbered sequentially from south to north as C1, C2, and so on through C7. 64 A joint is a single length of pipe, typically 20 feet or greater in length.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 40
Figure 18. Schematic of accident pipe.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 41 The length of pups 1–5 varied from 43.00–46.75 inches, and pup 6 measured 54.25 inches. All six pups were nominal 0.375-inch wall thickness pipe, as was the south long joint. However, the north long joint was nominal 0.312-inch wall thickness pipe. The pipe material codes on documents associated with the 1956 relocation project specified 0.375-inch wall thickness pipe. The circumference of each length of pipe was consistent with nominal 30-inch-diameter pipe. There were no observed areas of preexisting external or internal corrosion on any surface of the pipe. 1.8.1 Welds The longitudinal seam welds on pups 1–3 were fabricated using a fusion welding process that deposited weld metal along the outer portion of the seam, but left an unwelded region along the inner portion of the seam. (See figure 19a.) The weld reinforcement, as well as part of the pipe body for pup 1, had been removed by grinding. The unwelded region persisted along the entire length of each seam. The size of the unwelded region, combined with the grinding of the weld reinforcements (and the pipe body for pup 1), resulted in net intact seam thicknesses of 0.162, 0.195, and 0.162 inch for pups 1, 2, and 3, respectively. The unwelded region defect was observed during a visual weld inspection of each pup. As shown in figure 19a, there was a 15° difference in the orientation of the inner surface of the pipe across the pup 1 longitudinal seam (an angular misalignment). For pup 2, the difference was 0°; and for pup 3, the difference was between 7–10°. The south and north long joints, as well as pup 6, were standard factory-made DSAW pipe, made by a submerged arc welding65
process on the outer- and inner-diameter surfaces. (See figure 19b.) The outer and inner weld passes overlapped, resulting in full penetration in the joint, and each weld exhibited a raised weld reinforcement with a smooth surface. No cracks or surface-connected defects were observed on the longitudinal seam welds of the DSAW pipe sections.
65 DSAW pipe has been arc welded on the outside and inside of the longitudinal seam.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 42
Figure 19a. Picture showing cross section of longitudinal seam in pup 1.
Figure 19b. Picture showing cross section of longitudinal seam in typical DSAW pipe.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 43 The longitudinal seam welds on pups 4 and 5 were fabricated using a fusion welding process that deposited weld metal down along the outer portion of the seam, as well as a manual arc welding process that deposited weld metal down along the inner portion of the seam. The weld reinforcement on the outer surface of each pup had been removed by grinding. The pup 4 seam welds achieved near full penetration. The pup 5 outer and inner seam welds penetrated 0.073 and 0.072 inch into the seam, respectively. X-ray examination of the pup 4 longitudinal seam indicated incomplete fusion,66 porosity, and undercutting67 The girth welds were fabricated using a shielded metal (manual) arc welding process along the outside and inside of the joint. defects. A similar examination of the pup 5 longitudinal seam indicated a lack of penetration defect along the entire length of the seam. 68 All girth welds exhibited incomplete fusion, slag inclusion,69 1.8.2 Crack Initiation and porosity defects at one or more locations. Except for C1 and C6, each girth weld exhibited lack of penetration defects, and all but the C2 and C3 welds exhibited undercutting defects. Each girth weld exhibited a raised weld reinforcement on the outer surface of the pipe. Square pipe ends, as opposed to beveled pipe ends, were observed along several welds. Fracture features in the center section of pipe were consistent with the rupture initiating at a preexisting 2.4-inch-long crack in the pup 1 longitudinal seam 20.3–22.7 inches north of the C1 girth weld (approximately mid-span). The direction of crack propagation is indicated by the white arrows in figure 20. Optical and electron microscope examination of the fracture initiation site indicated that the preexisting crack grew by two different modes prior to the rupture. (See figure 21.) The crack first grew by ductile fracture70 starting at the root of the weld, reducing the area of the intact cross section, measured over the 2.4-inch-long initiation site, by approximately 33 percent (stage 1). It subsequently grew by fatigue fracture,71 further reducing the area of the intact cross section by approximately 10 percent (stage 2). The ductile fracture and fatigue fracture regions are colored yellow and green, respectively, in figure 21. The fracture elsewhere along the seam was caused by the rupture (stage 3) and was primarily quasi-cleavage fracture.72
66 Incomplete fusion is indicated when weld metal penetrates into the seam but does not melt together with the base metal in the body of the pipe.
Occasional small thumbnail-shaped fatigue cracks were observed elsewhere along the pup 1 weld root. The other pups with unwelded seam defects exhibited one or more ductile fracture 67 Undercutting is indicated when, in the course of welding the seam, the adjacent pipe body is melted away, thereby reducing the wall thickness of the pipe. 68 Girth welds are typically fabricated from outside of the pipe. The pipe ends are beveled to enable complete weld penetration. 69 Slag inclusion is indicated when brittle particles are frozen and incorporated into the weld metal. 70 Ductile is a mode of fracture in which the metal ahead of the crack undergoes plastic deformation prior to the crack advancing. A plastic material undergoes permanent deformation (that is, strain) in response to an applied load. When the load is removed, the object does not return to its original shape. 71 Fatigue is a mode of fracture, associated with alternating stresses, in which the crack advances with each alternating stress cycle. 72 Quasi-cleavage is a mode of fracture, typically associated with high-deformation rates in otherwise ductile materials, that is similar in appearance to a cleavage fracture.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 44 cracks that initiated from the root of the weld but did not exhibit fatigue at the ductile fracture boundary.
Figure 20. Picture of pipe section with white arrows showing direction of crack propagation.
NTSB
Pipeline Accident Report 45
Figure 21. Pictures highlighting rupture initiation site in pup 1 longitudinal seam.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 46 1.8.3 Material Properties The rolling direction of the steel used to fabricate each length of pipe was determined by evaluating the orientation and relative length of manganese sulfide inclusions (stringers) in the base metal of each length of pipe.73 The chemical composition of pup 4 differed significantly from the other lengths of pipe. Pup 4 had elevated levels of phosphorous, copper, and tin, consistent with steel made from recycled scrap material. Elongated stringers were observed in the longitudinal direction in the south and north long joints and pup 6, consistent with plate rolled in the longitudinal direction (the standard direction for manufactured pipe). Elongated stringers were observed in the transverse direction in pups 1, 2, 3, and 5, consistent with short widths of plate rolled in the transverse (nonstandard) direction. The long stringer orientation was undetermined for pup 4. Pups 1, 2, 3, and 5 did not meet the X52 SMYS requirement according to the material specifications for pipe purchased by PG&E from Consolidated Western, nor did they meet the X42 SMYS requirement (Segment 180 was erroneously listed as X42 in PG&E’s GIS system). The yield strength for pups 4 and 6 met the X42 SMYS requirement but did not meet the X52 requirement. The yield strength for the south and north long joints met the requirements for all specifications. Table 3 shows the yield strength and tensile strength for all pipe pieces. Table 4 shows PG&E 1948 pipe specifications and API pipe specifications in effect at the time of the 1956 pipe installation. Table 3. Average and standard deviation of mechanical test data for all lengths of pipe. Sample Yield Strengtha (ksib) Tensile Strength (ksi) Elongation (percent in 2 inch) South long joint 57.0 ± 0.6 83.2 ± 0.3 30.0 ± 0.7 Pup 1 36.6 ± 0.3 63.6 ± 0.2 39.4 ± 0.5 Pup 2 32.0 ± 0.1 52.0 ± 0.0 48.8 ± 0.8 Pup 3 34.9 ± 0.5 60.3 ± 0.3 42.8 ± 0.4 Pup 4 48.3 ± 0.5 79.0 ± 0.0 34.0 ± 0.7 Pup 5 38.5 ± 0.3 71.8 ± 0.3 35.8 ± 1.1 Pup 6 50.5 ± 1.4 78.7 ± 0.3 30.8 ± 0.8 North long joint 54.0 ± 0.4 76.9 ± 0.2 30.4 ± 0.5 a Determined using the 0.5 percent extension under load method. b The abbreviation ksi indicates 1,000 psi.
73 Stringers are manganese sulfide particles that elongate in the rolling direction when a thick slab of steel is reduced in thickness by passing it through a rolling stand at high temperatures.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 47 Table 4. Minimum yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation requirements according to PG&E and API pipe specifications. Specification Minimum Yield Strength (ksi) Minimum Tensile Strength (ksi) Minimum Elongation (percent in 2 inch) 7R-61963 PG&E material specification 52.0 72.0 22 API 5LX X52, 1954 52.0 66.0 20 API 5LX X42, 1954 42.0 60.0 25
The weld properties of the DSAW lengths of pipe (long joints and pup 6) were compared to the weld properties of the other pups. Examination showed that the DSAW seam welds had a much finer microstructure74 than the partial longitudinal seam welds in pups 1, 2, and 3 and that the lengths of DSAW pipe had heat-affected zones75 that conformed to the shape of the weld, while pups 1, 2, and 3 each had a wide heat-affected zone of comparatively uniform width that extended from the outer surface to the inner surface of the pipe. The features indicated that the two sets of welds were fabricated using different rates of heat input and total heat input. The microhardness for the DSAW welds ranged from 191–192 HV500, 76 1.8.4 Historical Information About Steel Grades whereas the microhardness for the pup 1, 2, and 3 welds ranged from 155–159 HV500. The microhardness for pup 4 was not constant but varied with distance from the pipe surface. The microhardness for the pup 5 welds was 191 HV500. Prior to 1961 and the adoption of General Order 11277
74 As the molten weld metal cools and freezes, it organizes into crystalline structures called grains. Microstructure is a description of the size, appearance, and orientation of the grains. by the CPUC, there was no regulation in the State of California that governed pipeline construction or the type and testing of pipe that PG&E could use for the conveyance of natural gas. Pipeline operators could write their own specifications for pipe or rely on consensus standards from organizations such as the American Standards Association, API, and the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). ASME-sponsored code B31.1, American Tentative Standard Code for Pressure Piping, a standard covering pressure piping, was first issued in 1935. In 1952, sections relevant to the conveyance of natural gas were issued separately as ASME B31.1.8, Standard Code for Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems. In 1955, the code was revised to include the four-tier construction type and population density-based class location system in use today. The ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition, did not contain a specification for pipe, but referenced consensus standards such as API 5L, API 5LX, ASTM A134, and ASTM 139 (among others). 75 The heat-affected zone is the material next to the weld that reached a temperature high enough to produce changes in the structure of the metal. 76 HV500 is an indentation hardness measurement unit, “HV” referring to the Vickers hardness test. The test was done by applying a 500 gram load to a diamond indenter and measuring the size of the resulting impression. Higher numbers indicate harder materials. 77 General Order 112 contained the state’s regulatory scheme for gas pipelines.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 48 The API 5L specification was first issued in 1928 and is incorporated today by reference in 49 CFR Part 192, Appendix B. In the 1940s and 1950s, it classified pipe according to minimum yield strength using letter grades and number grades, and it listed approved welding processes. The SMYS for grades A and B was 30 and 35 ksi, respectively. According to the specification, the average length for a piece of 5L pipe was to be no less than 17.5 feet. In 1948, API issued Standard 5LX, “API Specification for High Test Line Pipe (Tentative).”78 Submerged arc welding was an approved process for welding 5LX line pipe. In 1948, API 5LX mentioned X42, X46, and X52 pipe, but only fully specified X42 pipe.79 The specifications for higher grades, such as the X52 cold-expanded80 ASTM 134 and ASTM 139 were two other specifications that pertained to arc welded pipe. pipe manufactured by Consolidated Western, were subject to agreement between purchaser and manufacturer. By 1954, API 5LX had incorporated X52 specifications, and a separate specification was not required by the purchaser. The specified minimum average length for 5LX pipe was 17.5 feet. 81 Whereas API 5L did not permit arc welding of grade A or B pipe during the 1940s and 1950s, ASTM A134 and ASTM A139 did. Automated welding was specified, but manual welding by qualified procedure82 1.8.5 Burst Pressure Study and Finite Element Modeling could be substituted if agreed to by purchaser and manufacturer. Production weld test specimens with the weld reinforcement removed had to achieve 95 percent of the minimum tensile strength for the grade of steel specified or 100 percent with the weld reinforcement intact. The specified minimum length of ASTM 134 or ASTM 139 pipe was 20 feet. ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition, specified a 20 percent lower design pressure for these grades of pipe. The NTSB conducted a study to estimate the internal pressure required to burst both a typical length of pipe and lengths of pipe with seam weld defects similar to those in pups 1, 2, and 3. For 30-inch-diameter X42 pipe with a wall thickness of 0.375 inch and no defect, the estimated burst pressure was calculated to be 1,300 psig. For pipe with incomplete seam weld penetration, such as seen in pups 1, 2, and 3 as fabricated (before the additional crack growth discussed in section 1.8.2, “Crack Initiation”), two different calculation methods were used:
78 The minimum mill strength test requirement for 5LX line pipe was 85 percent of SMYS, whereas the minimum mill strength test requirement for API 5L line pipe was 60 percent of SMYS. The SMYS requirements for 5LX line pipe were also higher than those for 5L line pipe. 79 The 5LX specification dispensed with the letter grade designations, instead designating pipe by an “X” followed by the SMYS in ksi. For instance, X52 indicated pipe with a SMYS of 52 ksi. 5LX was merged back into 5L in the 1980s. 80 “Cold” refers to an operation performed at room temperature. The Consolidated Western process initially formed the pipe to a diameter of 29.6 inches and then cold-expanded the pipe to a diameter of 30 inches by placing it in a die, plugging the ends of the pipe, and pumping water into the pipe under high pressure. 81 These grades are no longer included in 49 CFR Part 192, Appendix B. 82 A qualified welding procedure is one that has passed a series of tests and inspections.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 49 • Net yielding according to ASME-sponsored code B31G, 2009 edition, Manual for Determining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines. • Propagation of a crack-like defect83 The seam welds for pups 1, 2, and 3 were fractured in the accident, and their mechanical properties could not be measured directly. Therefore, inferred values based on microhardness data were used to calculate the estimates. Further, the estimates do not take into account the additional effect of the angular misalignment of the pup 1 longitudinal seam, which (as discussed below) resulted in greater strains on pup 1. Calculated burst pressure estimates using these two methods were 594 and 515 psig for pup 1; 668 and 574 psig for pup 2; and 558 and 430 psig for pup 3, respectively. according to API 579-1/ASME FFS-1-2007, Fitness-for-Service. Finite element models were constructed to examine the stresses and strains in sections of pipe with differing longitudinal seam welds: (1) one model was based on the geometry of a section of pipe with a DSAW seam without defects; (2) one model was based on a section of pipe with a geometry similar to pup 1; (3) one model was based on a section of pipe with a geometry similar to pup 3 and an angular misalignment of 10°; and (4) one model was based on a circular section of pipe with a similarly sized weld defect, but without any angular misalignment. Internal pressures up to 400 psig were applied to the models. The material properties included elastic and plastic behavior84 The model with the DSAW seam had small stress concentrations at the corners where the weld reinforcement intersected the wall of the pipe (on the order of 2 percent of the pipe wall thickness in size), but the stress in the model did not reach the yield stress. The unwelded region and angular misalignment in the model based on the pup 1 seam created a crack-like geometry (that is, notch) leading to a severe stress and strain concentration. consistent with X42 steel, which has a nominal yield stress of 42,000 psi. 85 In that model, at 375 psig, the zone of material beyond the yield stress was on the order of half the pipe wall thickness in size. (See figures 22a and 22b.) The plastic strains86
at the pup 1 notch tip were more than 100 percent greater than those of the pipe with the similarly sized weld defect but no angular misalignment. The plastic strains were also as much as 40 percent greater than those for the pup 3 weld geometry.
83 API 579 defines a crack-like flaw as a flaw that may or may not be the result of linear rupture but has the physical characteristics of a crack when detected by a nondestructive evaluation technique. A flaw is defined as a discontinuity, irregularity, or defect that is detected by inspection. 84 A plastic material undergoes permanent deformation (that is, strain) in response to an applied load. When the load is removed, the object does not return to its original shape. 85 The term “crack-like” is used to describe a feature that has the shape of a crack but where the material on opposite faces of the feature was never fused or bonded. 86 Plastic strain is permanent deformation that occurs when a material is stressed above its yield strength. It produces a change in shape that is not reversed when the load is removed.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 50
Figure 22a. Stress contours at an internal pressure of 375 psig for the finite element model of the weld geometry similar to pup 1. Contour values are the same as in figure 22b.
Figure 22b. Stress contours at an internal pressure of 375 psig for the finite element model of a DSAW seam. Contour values are the same as in figure 22a.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 51 1.9 Pipeline Operations and Management PG&E was incorporated in California in 1905 and is based in Walnut Creek, California. The company—a subsidiary of the PG&E Corporation—provides natural gas and electric service to 15 million people throughout a 70,000-square-mile service area in northern and central California. This area stretches from Eureka in the north to Bakersfield in the south and from the Pacific Ocean to the Sierra Nevada Mountains. The PG&E gas facilities include 42,141 miles of natural gas distribution pipelines and 6,438 miles of transmission pipelines, 1,059 of which are located in HCAs.87 PG&E also generates and provides hydroelectric and nuclear power. PG&E is an intrastate public utility and is regulated by the CPUC. Of these 1,059 HCA pipeline miles, 50 miles are in class 1 areas, 29 miles are in class 2 areas, 945 miles are in class 3 areas, and 4 miles are in class 4 areas. 1.9.1 SCADA System Operations The PG&E SCADA center is located at PG&E headquarters in downtown San Francisco. The SCADA center manages the operations of PG&E’s entire gas transmission pipeline system, including terminals and regulating stations. The center is staffed by three SCADA operators during the day shift (6:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.) and two operators during the evening shift (6:00 p.m.–6:00 a.m.). Also working each shift are one coordinator and one senior coordinator. Prior to the shift change, the departing staff provides a verbal briefing to the incoming staff. The SCADA operators manage alarms and control set points as well as coordinating fieldwork on various pipelines. The SCADA operators are not assigned specific regions on the pipelines but rather all oversee all transmission line operations. Therefore, the operator who acknowledges an alarm may not be the same operator working with the field personnel who generated the alarm. Further, an operator who started as the point of contact for field operations may not be the operator who answers the telephone when there are additional questions from the field. All of the operators sit next to each another in a common area of the control center. The SCADA operators have several screens and can select different views for controlling the system, starting with the entire peninsula system with a GIS overlay showing flows and pressures at key regulating stations and terminals. The operators can select a specific region, which shows a smaller geographic area in greater detail with cross connects, pressure, flows, and status of valves. The operators are also capable of seeing any terminal or regulating station by clicking on the station or using a drop-down menu. They can change set points to the specific station valves as well as watch the incoming and outgoing line pressures and flows.
87 Class location is defined in 49 CFR 192.5, and it refers to the number of buildings in an area that is 220 yards on either side of the centerline of a continuous 1-mile length of pipeline. Class 1 has 10 or fewer buildings, class 2 has 10–46 buildings, class 3 has 46 or more buildings, and class 4 has a prevalence of buildings of 4 or more stories.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 52 The PG&E procedure for responding to SCADA alarms requires that during the first 10 minutes after any alarm, the SCADA operator must acknowledge, analyze, and respond by analyzing upstream and downstream points to help determine the system condition and cause of the alarm. An additional 10 minutes is allocated for determining the necessary next steps. If deemed necessary by the senior SCADA coordinator, an abnormal incident report is filed. As a result of a rulemaking project initiated prior to the San Bruno accident in response to recommendations stemming from an NTSB safety study,88 on November 20, 2009, PHMSA issued a regulation requiring pipeline operators that use SCADA systems to define the roles and responsibilities of pipeline controllers during normal, abnormal, and emergency operating conditions, and to provide them with the necessary information, training, and processes to fulfill those responsibilities. (See 49 CFR 192.631.89 1.9.1.1 Milpitas Terminal ) In addition, the rule requires operators to have written alarm management plans, have a controller training program, and implement methods to prevent controller fatigue. Operators are required to develop the procedures by August 1, 2011, and to implement some of the procedures—including those related to roles and responsibilities and fatigue mitigation—by October 1, 2011; and others—including those related to adequate information and alarm management—by August 1, 2012. PG&E met the August 1, 2011, deadline for developing its procedures. The Milpitas Terminal is located at the southernmost point of Line 132. This station, which is typically not staffed, consists of four incoming lines and five pressure-regulated outgoing lines. The specific lines, their dimensions at Milpitas Terminal, and their MAOPs and MOPs are listed in table 5.
88 Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) in Liquid Pipelines, Safety Study NTSB/SS-05/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005). 89 The substance of the final rule is published at Federal Register, vol. 74, no. 231 (December 3, 2009), p. 63310; and the expedited implementation deadlines are published at Federal Register, vol. 76, no. 116 (June 16, 2011), p. 35130.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 53 Table 5. Incoming and outgoing lines at Milpitas Terminal. Incoming Lines at Milpitas Terminal Line Number Diameter (inches) MAOP (psig) MOP (psig) 107 36 720 477 131 30 595 590 300A 34 558 558 300B 34 600 600 Outgoing Lines at Milpitas Terminal Line Number Diameter (inches) MAOP (psig) MOP (psig) 132 30 400 375 101 36 400 375 109 24 375 375 100 20 400 375 San Jose Distribution Feeder Main 24 200 200
Within the Milpitas Terminal, the incoming lines are routed through a separator and several common headers before splitting into multiple regulating control valve sets. Each of the four incoming lines is pressure controlled through two sets of regulating valves, with each set consisting of a trim and load control valve preceded by a monitor valve upstream. The Milpitas Terminal also has a 20-inch-diameter mixer bypass90 The regulating valves are programmed by SCADA operators with pressure set points. In the case of Line 132, they were set to maintain pressure at less than 375 psig. Regulating valves are electrically actuated and will remain in their last position if they lose power but will open if they lose a control signal. The regulating valves can be placed in manual operation at the Milpitas electronic controller, which disables the SCADA center’s ability to control the valve. line and a 24-inch-diameter station bypass line, each of which was outfitted with regulating and monitor valves. Each of the regulating valves is operated through an independent electronic controller connected to the programmable logic controller (PLC). The monitor valves are stand-alone pneumatically actuated control valves with position monitoring wired to the PLC. They address the regulatory requirements (in 49 CFR 192.195) for pressure relieving or limiting devices to protect against accidental overpressure. In accordance with PG&E procedures, the pneumatic controller on the monitor valves is set to 10 psig above the MOP but below the MAOP of the line they are protecting. A SCADA operator can control the percent open on a monitor valve as long as it does not cause the valve to open further than
90 As noted earlier, in the 1980s a mixer was used at the Milpitas Terminal to mix several gas grades from multiple sources. Although the mixer has since been removed, the terminology “mixer bypass” is still used.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 54 required to maintain the set point. Thus, a SCADA operator is not capable of overriding the local pressure set point of the pneumatic controller. The monitor valve is normally fully open and will only begin to close when downstream pressure, read through a sensing line connected to the pipeline, exceeds its set point. In the case of Line 132, the monitor valves at the Milpitas Terminal were set at a pressure of 386 psig on the day of the accident. However, due to a typical lag in the monitor valves response time, the pressure in Line 132 at the Milpitas Terminal reached 396 psig just prior to the accident. 1.9.1.2 Work Clearance Procedures According to PG&E procedures, whenever planned work on a gas line operating at more than 60 psig may impact gas pressure, flow, quality, or SCADA monitoring, a system clearance form must be completed and submitted to the SCADA center for approval. PG&E procedures require that the form be submitted at least 10 days prior to the planned work. The form must completely describe the work and include start and end times, as well as the name of the clearance supervisor (the person filling out the form or that person’s designee). The clearance form must also include any necessary special instructions, sequence of operations, and operating maps and diagrams. The form designates certain milestones (such as starting work, finishing work, and operation of equipment that will affect flow, pressure, or monitoring) at which the clearance supervisor is required to notify the SCADA center of work progress. Prior to starting work, the clearance supervisor is required to conduct an on-site briefing about how the work will be done with all individuals performing work under the clearance. According to workers at the Milpitas Terminal, work safety briefings were held at 6:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. However, those briefings focused on general safety issues and did not discuss the possible impacts of planned work on the SCADA system. At 1:30 p.m., the contractor held a briefing to discuss the order in which the planned work would be performed. The September 9, 2010, UPS work at the Milpitas Terminal was documented and approved as a one-time project. The form was submitted on August 19, 2010, and approved by the SCADA center on August 27, listing a start date of August 30 and a completion date of September 9. The checkbox under “service interruptions” was marked “no.” The checkbox under special instructions was marked “yes,” and the special instructions worksheet listed two items: (1) a notation explaining that the Milpitas technician was to contact the SCADA center prior to work and at the completion of work, and that he would be accompanied during the work by a contractor and a PG&E technician, and (2) the names and phone numbers of two of the technicians working on the project. The checkbox under “Will normal function of the facility be maintained” was marked “no,” but where the form reads “If no please explain,” there was no explanation included. The form did not indicate that any regulating valves at the Milpitas Terminal would be placed in manual control or that there could be interruptions to the instrumentation or impacts to the regulating valves and downstream pressures.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 55 1.9.1.3 Emergency Response Procedures PG&E’s emergency response procedures are outlined in the following diagram (figure 23), taken from PG&E’s Company Gas Emergency Plan.91
Figure 23. Flowchart of PG&E’s emergency response procedures. PG&E summarized the role and interaction between its SCADA center and its dispatch center during an emergency as follows: Dispatch will notify [the SCADA center] of a gas event as noticed in the Utility Standard TD-4413S (Gas Event Reporting Requirements). Dispatch will send a field employee to the location of the gas incident per Utility Procedure TD-6436P-12 (Handling Emergency Conditions Reported by Outside Agencies and Company Personnel). Depending on the actual field condition observed, [the SCADA center] and Dispatch may have further interaction to dispatch additional field personnel or exchange information regarding the event.
91 PG&E Academy, Company Gas Emergency Plan (CGEP), GAS_0910WBT Dispatchers, Version 1, January 2010, web-based training module.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 56 Utility procedure TD-6436P-12 states that the dispatched field employee is responsible for evaluating danger to life and property, ensuring that conditions are safe, and assessing damage. It also provides guidance for handling incoming calls from emergency service providers to the dispatch center, but does not discuss whether field personnel, the dispatch center, or the SCADA center are to directly initiate contact with emergency services through 911 or other means. The standard does not address the timeliness of response or the involvement of city or emergency officials. Notifications outlined in the procedure are limited to PG&E employees and supervisors. The procedure does not distinguish between a transmission line break and a distribution line leak. 1.9.2 Use of Automatic Shutoff Valves and Remote Control Valves According to Federal pipeline integrity management regulations at 49 CFR 192.935(a), an operator “must take additional measures beyond those already required by Part 192 to prevent a pipeline failure and to mitigate the consequences of a pipeline failure in a [HCA].” The additional measures must be based on the threats the operator has identified to each pipeline segment, and the operator must conduct a risk analysis of its pipeline to identify additional measures, including but not limited to, installing automatic shutoff valves (ASV) or remote control valves (RCV), installing computerized monitoring and leak detection systems, replacing pipe segments with pipe of heavier wall thickness, providing additional training to personnel on response procedures, conducting drills with local emergency responders, and implementing additional inspection and maintenance programs. Pursuant to 49 CFR 192.935(c), “[i]f an operator determines, based on a risk analysis, that an ASV or RCV would be an efficient means of adding protection to a high consequence area in the event of a gas release, an operator must install the ASV or RCV.” Similarly, the PG&E gas transmission integrity management program (discussed in more detail below) states that PG&E will consider the addition of ASVs or RCVs if they would be an efficient means of adding protection to an HCA. The regulation further states that in making the determination regarding use of an ASV or RCV, “an operator must at least consider the following factors—swiftness of leak detection and pipe shutdown capabilities, the type of gas being transported, operating pressure, the rate of potential release, pipeline profile, the potential for ignition, and location of nearest response personnel.” PG&E’s consideration of this issue is documented in an internal memorandum dated June 14, 2006, and summarized in its integrity management program. The memorandum, drafted by a PG&E senior consulting gas engineer following the CPUC’s 2005 audit,92
92 See section 1.10.1, “State Oversight by CPUC” for more information about the findings of this audit. states that industry references have indicated that most of the damage from a pipeline rupture occurs within the first 30 seconds and that the duration of the resulting fire “has (little or) nothing to do with human safety and property damage.” The memorandum concluded that the use of an ASV or RCV as a prevention and mitigation measure in an HCA would have “little or no effect on
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 57 increasing human safety or protecting properties,” and did not recommend using either as a general mitigation measure. The senior consulting gas engineer later testified at the NTSB investigative hearing that his research was limited to industry papers and that he had not reviewed studies conducted by PHMSA or other safety groups that had reached different conclusions. (Some of those studies are discussed later in this section.) The NTSB notes that in written comments submitted to RSPA for a 1997 public meeting on ASVs and RCVs, PG&E stated that it had “no objection to installing RCVs” and had “found them reliable, [and] install[ed] them when upgrading existing major control stations or installing new stations.” In the comments, PG&E also stated that safety would be enhanced by reducing the volume of flammable gas released, that a “major technical advantage is the ability to isolate the pipeline break quickly without requiring personnel to be sent to operate any mainline valve(s),” and that another advantage is being able to monitor valve positions remotely from the SCADA center. The PG&E manager of gas system operations stated at the NTSB investigative hearing that in the case of the San Bruno pipeline rupture, the use of RCVs could have reduced the time it took to isolate the rupture by about 1 hour. In addition, PG&E stated in both the June 14, 2006, memorandum and an earlier memorandum, dated June 24, 1996, that ASVs have proven to be unreliable for most applications due to the likelihood that normal operational conditions could trip sensors and result in unintended closures. Therefore, PG&E concluded that RCVs were preferable to ASVs and could contribute to a reduction in the effects of a pipeline rupture. Studies have indicated that a prolonged gas-fed fire leads to increased property damage.93 Further, in 1996, Congress ordered a study on the feasibility of installing RCVs on interstate natural gas pipelines. In its 1999 report on this issue,94 1.9.3 Public Awareness RSPA listed several benefits of using RCVs, including reduced property damage, reduced public disruption, reduced damage to other utilities, and allowing emergency responders to gain faster access to an accident site. Although these benefits could not be quantified, the report concluded that RCVs may provide the best means for achieving them. Title 49 CFR 192.616 requires natural gas pipeline operators to develop and implement written continuing public education programs that adhere to the guidance provided in API Recommended Practice 1162, Public Awareness Programs for Pipeline Operators, which is incorporated by reference.
93 (a) M. Stephens, A Model for Sizing High Consequence Areas Associated with Natural Gas Pipelines, GRI-00/0189, Gas Research Institute, October 2000. (b) C.R. Sparks, Remote and Automatic Main Line Valve Technology Assessment, Gas Research Institute, July 1995. 94 Remotely Controlled Valves on Interstate Natural Gas Pipelines (Feasibility Determination Mandated by the Accountable Pipeline Safety and Partnership Act of 1996) (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation Research and Special Programs Administration, 1999).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 58 API Recommended Practice 1162 provides specific guidelines for natural gas pipeline operators to develop, manage, and evaluate public awareness programs directed to stakeholder audiences, including the affected public, emergency officials, local public officials, and excavators. The recommended practice discusses the content of baseline outreach messages, frequency of distribution, and delivery methods; and requires pipeline operators to evaluate their public awareness programs annually. And, at least once every 4 years, operators must evaluate the effectiveness of their programs. Using the results of these evaluations, operators are expected to continuously improve their programs and implement necessary changes. The PG&E annual public awareness program review period is from June to June. During this time, the company documents baseline and supplemental program events that occurred during the review period, such as mailings and meetings, and reviews website content. In the program evaluation and effectiveness section of its program plan,95 The most recent reports of the PG&E annual reviews prior to the accident were dated June 2010 and December 2009. Both reviews noted that all mailings had occurred in accordance with the PG&E plan; however, the quality of the content conveyed in the mailings was not considered. The corrective action items in both self-evaluation reviews pertained primarily to supplemental messages and strategies and did not significantly differ. PG&E states that the annual review will be conducted using the guidelines of the program plan. However, no specific guidelines for annual evaluations are defined. In its 2009 report, the PG&E review noted the following action item for its emergency official audience, “Develop educational seminars to be offered at locations throughout the service territory in which local emergency response agencies would be invited to attend.” The 2010 review noted an action item for the same audience to “Continue to provide educational seminars throughout the service territory in which local emergency response agencies would be invited to attend.” No assessment of the quality of materials is noted. In 2010, PG&E also hired Paradigm Alliance, Inc., to conduct a program documentation review of its public awareness program for noncustomers along the pipeline right-of-way. The Paradigm report is dated June 2010. As a program effectiveness measure, Paradigm mailed public awareness brochures with detachable business reply mail survey postcards to 15,302 addresses. The addresses were near the right-of-way and included the other stakeholder audiences defined in API Recommended Practice 1162. Eight weeks after the mailing, Paradigm received 20 survey postcards in response. Table 6 below summarizes the responses.
95 Pacific Gas and Electric Company, Pipeline Public Awareness Plan, Procedure No. RMP-12, dated January 26, 2010.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 59 Table 6. Survey postcard responses to public awareness brochures. Question Yes No Blank Do you or someone you know work or live near a pipeline? 7 9 4 Have you seen any information about pipeline safety within the last two years? 3 14 3 If you noticed what appears to be a pipeline leak, would you call 911? 17 0 3 Have you or anyone you know ever discovered a buried pipeline while digging? 17 0 3 Have you ever heard of the “One-Call” system before reading this brochure? 2 14 3a a In Paradigm’s report, only 19 responses to this question were documented. In 2007, PG&E participated in an API survey to evaluate the effectiveness of its public awareness program via the Public Awareness Program Effectiveness Research Survey (PAPERS). The survey, which evaluated 18 operators, including PG&E, measured retention and comprehension of awareness messages by the audiences defined in API Recommended Practice
- The survey found that the affected public96
- 9.4 PG&E Risk Management/Integrity Management Program
was PG&E’s least informed audience, with 89 percent of the 155 respondents reporting that they did not recall receiving information from PG&E and 34 percent reporting that they considered themselves somewhat or very well informed. The 50 emergency responders that responded to the survey reported the highest awareness level; 85 percent of these indicated that they were somewhat or very well informed about pipelines. However, the survey also found the emergency official audience indicating a need for more information about potential pipeline hazards and appropriate training and response. In October 2001, PG&E developed a risk management program presented in a series of risk management procedures (RMP). The current version of RMP-01, which has been revised several times, states that the risk management program was designed to provide a process for complying with the requirements for risk calculation and an integrity management program.97 1.9.4.1 Geographic Information System
PG&E states in RMP-01 that it will develop and maintain an inventory of all pipeline design attributes, operating conditions, environment (structure, faults, etc.), threats to structural integrity, leak experience, and inspection findings. This inventory is maintained in the PG&E GIS database. GIS data are used to calculate risk for each pipeline segment. (According to PG&E, a pipeline segment is a length of pipe that differs from adjacent pipe in some way, such as its material properties, age, manufacture, pressure test history, coating type or age, or leak
96 In the 2007 PAPERS, the affected public surveyed did not include PG&E distribution line customers, only the residents along its transmission line right-of-way. 97 For more information about the required elements of pipeline integrity management programs, see section 1.10.2, “Federal Oversight by PHMSA.”
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 60 survey history.) PG&E then selects a target threshold, segments above that threshold are reviewed for significant risk drivers, and some segments are selected for investigation and mitigation. Although the Federal integrity management regulations do not explicitly list all of the information that must be maintained for each segment, they state (at 49 CFR 192.917(b)) that to identify and evaluate the potential threats to a covered pipeline segment, an operator must gather and integrate existing data on the entire pipeline that could be relevant to the covered segment, including, at a minimum, the information specified in ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, and “consider on both the covered segment and similar noncovered segments, past incident history, corrosion control records, continuing surveillance records, patrolling records, maintenance history, internal inspection records and all other conditions specific to each pipeline.” In addition, ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, which is incorporated by reference into Part 192, notes that “[c]omprehensive pipeline and facility knowledge is an essential component of a performance-based integrity management program” and states, if an operator “lacks sufficient data or where data quality is below requirements, the operator shall follow the prescriptive-based processes [outlined in appendix A to ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition].” It further states that when all of the specified data elements98 The PG&E GIS was implemented in the 1990s and was populated with data from preexisting pipeline survey sheets. If information was missing, assumed values were entered, preceded by a negative sign to indicate they were assumed values. According to PG&E, the GIS was fully populated in 1998. If discrepancies between GIS data and actual conditions are discovered by field personnel, PG&E procedures require field engineers to report them to the PG&E mapping department, which validates the information by checking the original job package paperwork for that segment of pipeline. If the mapping department concludes that a change is warranted, it is made. for the prescriptive-based process are not available for each threat to perform the risk assessment, “it shall be assumed that the particular threat applies to the pipeline segment being evaluated.” ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, also states that data applied in a risk assessment process should be verified and checked for accuracy and for missing or questionable data, and that the operator should choose values that conservatively reflect the values of other similar segments on the pipeline or in the operator’s system. NTSB investigators reviewed PG&E GIS data and pipeline survey sheets for Line 132 to determine how often assumed or unknown values were entered. They found that— • The pipe wall thickness was an assumed value for 21.5 miles (41.75 percent) of Line 132. • The manufacturer of the pipe was unknown (“NA”) for 40.6 miles (78.81 percent) of Line 132.
98 The required data for each segment include pipe material, year of installation, manufacturing process (or age of manufacture as an alternative), seam type, joint factor, and operating pressure history.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 61 • The pipeline depth of ground cover was also unknown for 42.7 miles (82.79 percent) of Line 132. • Three values were used for the SMYS of grade B pipe: 35,000 psi (consistent with the value given in ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition), 40,000 psi, and 45,000 psi. • Two segments with unknown SMYS were assigned values of 33,000 psi and 52,000 psi, whereas 49 CFR 192.107 requires operators to use a value of 24,000 psi when SMYS is unknown. • Six consecutive segments, totaling 3,649 feet, specified an erroneous minimum depth of cover of 40 feet. • Several segments, including Segment 180, specified 30-inch-diameter seamless pipe, although there was no API-qualified domestic manufacturer of such pipe when the line was constructed. • The GIS did not reflect the presence of the six pups in Segment 180. 1.9.4.2 Risk Management Procedures PG&E defines risk as the product of the likelihood of failure (LOF) and the consequence of failure (COF), each of which is determined by PG&E steering committees. Failure is defined as a breach of the structural integrity of the pipe. LOF is derived from combining the risks of the following threats, which, according to RMP-01, are weighted in proportion to PG&E and industry failure experience: 25 percent for external corrosion, 45 percent for third-party damage, 20 percent for ground movement, and 10 percent for design and material characteristics. For the integrity management program only, COF is a function of the potential impact radius. PG&E developed individual RMPs (as discussed below) for each of the perceived threats to the system: • RMP-02 contains an algorithm to calculate the risk of external corrosion, detailing possible threats to the pipeline caused by items such as soil resistivity, coating age, coating design, and d.c./a.c. interference. It considers the results of pressure tests (if any were conducted), visual inspections of the coating, casing surveys, corrosion leak rate, and external corrosion direct assessment (ECDA99 • RMP-03 contains the algorithm for third-party threats. It accounts for the likelihood of excavation frequency, class location, ground cover protection, damage prevention, pipe diameter, and wall thickness, among other factors, to rank the vulnerability of the pipeline. ) data, if available, to develop a ranking of coated piping. • RMP-04 contains the algorithm for ground movement and natural forces threat, such as seismic activity. • RMP-05 contains the algorithm for design/material threats and also addresses construction threats. It includes weighted factors for pipe seam design, girth weld
99 ECDA is a method of surveying a pipeline by first selecting likely areas of potential corrosion for assessment and then excavating and physically examining these areas.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 62 condition, material flaws or unique joints (such as pre-1950 miter bends), pipe age, MOP versus pipe strength, leak history, and test pressure. Points are assigned for various risk factors so that higher scores indicate a higher threat. The maximum score that a segment can receive is 135. Pre-1970 pipes are assigned 30 points for pipe seam design and 10 points for pipe age. Pipe segments that have not been pressure tested are assigned 30 points; conversely, pipes that have undergone pressure testing receive a 30 or 40 point deduction, depending on the recency of the test. (The scores assigned to Segment 180 are discussed in section 1.9.4.3, “Threats Identified for Line 132.”) • RMP-06 contains the PG&E gas transmission integrity management program and is discussed below. • RMP-08 contains the procedure for identification, location, and documentation of HCAs. PG&E uses the potential impact circle method, described in 49 CFR 192.903, to determine HCAs. Pipe diameter and MAOP are used to calculate the potential impact circle, which designates an HCA according to whether the area within the potential impact circle contains 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy. If it does, the area is classified as an HCA, regardless of class designation. PG&E records specify Line 132 from MP 8.39–40.08, which includes the location of the rupture, as a class 3 location. • RMP-09 includes requirements for performing ECDA, which consists of preassessment, including data collection; indirect inspections; prioritizing excavation locations and examinations; and postassessment, including data analysis. RMP-09 requires the collection of data that could be used for validating assumed values or determining unknown values in the GIS and calls for updating pipeline records with data collected during the preassessment process. • RMP-10 contains requirements for performing internal corrosion direct assessment, which consists of preassessments, including data collection and identifying sites; prioritizing excavation locations and examinations; and postassessment, including data and analysis. Dry gas internal corrosion is not included in the PG&E equation for calculating LOF because PG&E automatically classifies the few pipelines it has with the threat of internal corrosion as high risk. • RMP-11 contains procedures and requirements for performing in-line inspections. It includes steps for performing a preassessment, including data collection and work necessary to allow the line to accommodate in-line inspection tools; in-line inspection, including internal cleaning and inspection tool running; direct examination of identified anomalies; and postassessment, including data analysis and mitigation planning. • RMP-12 contains the PG&E pipeline public awareness plan. (See section 1.9.3, “Public Awareness,” in this report.) • RMP-13 contains requirements for performing stress corrosion cracking direct assessment. The procedures include preassessment, including data collection; indirect inspections; prioritizing excavation locations and examinations; and postassessment,
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 63 including data analysis. Stress corrosion cracking is not included in LOF calculations because PG&E classifies the few pipelines it has with this threat as high risk. 1.9.4.2.1 Integrity Management Plan The PG&E gas transmission integrity management program is set forth in RMP-06. It was developed to meet the requirements of 49 CFR Part 192 Subpart O, which became effective in 2004. RMP-06 identifies 22 potential threats to HCAs, which fall into 4 categories: time dependent, stable, time independent, and unknown. Manufacturing- and welding/fabrication-related defects are listed as stable defects (that is, they are not expected to grow in service). However, under 49 CFR 192.917(e)(3), such defects would not be considered stable in the event of certain increases in operating pressure.100 RMP-06 section 4, “Baseline Assessment Plan,” addresses the initial evaluation of the condition of the pipeline, which is used as a baseline for further inspections. This section specifies that all HCAs will be assessed in accordance with the schedule set forth in the baseline assessment plan and that HCAs with the highest potential for risk are given priority. Consistent with 49 CFR 192.921, it specifies that at least 50 percent of the HCAs identified in the plan will be assessed by December 17, 2007, and the remainder by December 17, 2012. RMP-06 section 4.5 notes that the methods chosen to assess a particular segment of pipe are based on the threats identified in the risk assessment procedure, and more than one assessment method may be required to adequately cover the potential risks of an HCA. PG&E’s baseline assessment plan includes 1,021 miles of HCA pipeline and about 500 miles of non-HCA pipeline. PG&E determined that 813 HCA miles would be assessed using direct assessment methodologies RMP-06 section 3.5, “Threat Analysis,” states that a manufacturing threat is assumed to exist in pipe segments installed before
- Under the heading “Insufficient Data or Poor Quality Data,” RMP-06 states that the
integrity management program “avoids the use of data assumptions to identify applicable threats.” 101 (ECDA, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking); 208 HCA miles would be assessed using in-line inspection tools or “pigs”;102 Concerning in-line inspection, RMP-06 section 5.4 states that “it is the company’s desire to inspect pipelines utilizing in-line inspection whenever it is physically and economically feasible.” Factors that PG&E considers in determining feasibility include whether the pipeline at issue is at least 10 miles long and predominately located in HCAs, whether less than 0.5 mile of and 500 non-HCA miles would be assessed using in-line inspection tools. As of June 30, 2010, 749.35 HCA miles had been inspected; Line 132 had not yet been inspected.
100 For more information on how PG&E addressed this issue, see section 1.7.5.3, “Periodic Pressure Increases to MAOP.” 101 According to the PG&E director of integrity management and technical support, PG&E has performed 500 digs since the start of the integrity management program. 102 A “pig” can be any of a variety of mechanical devices inserted into a pipeline to either clean or inspect the line to identify possible defects. Pigs that gather information as they travel through the line are referred to as “smart pigs.” A variety of physical obstacles can prevent a pig from successfully traveling through a pipeline, thus rendering that pipeline “unpiggable.” For more information about smart pigs, see section 1.13.1.2, “In-line Inspection.”
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 64 replacement is required to make the pipeline piggable, whether the pipeline at issue has adequate flow rates to enable successful in-line inspection, and whether the pipeline operates at more than 30 percent SMYS. Regarding pressure testing, RMP-06 section 5.5 states that PG&E— does not plan to use pressure testing to assess the integrity of its pipelines, unless it is a post installation test or up-rate for a new HCA. However, during the course of assessing data for ECDA or in-line inspection, it may become apparent that pressure testing is the only feasible option. RMP-06 section 10, “Performance Plan,” sets forth the program measurements that PG&E uses to evaluate the long-term effectiveness of its integrity management program. These measures, which are reported semiannually to PHMSA, include number of total system miles, number of total miles of pipelines inspected, number of HCA miles in the integrity management program, number of HCA miles inspected via integrity management assessments, number of immediate repairs103 completed in HCAs, number of scheduled repairs completed in HCAs, number of leaks104 in HCAs classified by cause, number of failures105 in HCAs classified by cause, and number of incidents106
103 Immediate repair conditions, as defined in 49 CFR 192.933 (d)(1), include (i) an anomaly resulting in a calculated predicted failure pressure of 1.1 times the MAOP; (ii) a dent that has any indication of metal loss, cracking, or a stress riser; or (iii) any indication or anomaly that, in the judgment of the person designated by the operator to evaluate the assessment results, requires immediate action. Until the repair is completed, the operator is required to temporarily reduce the in pressure to no more than 80 percent of the operating pressure at the time the condition was discovered. in HCAs classified by cause. The combined number of leaks, failures, and incidents that PG&E reported for the years 2004–2010 is shown in table 7. 104 PHMSA defines a “leak” as an unintentional release of gas from a pipeline that is not an “incident,” including an unintentional release of gas that does not result in an injury, death, or $50,000 or more in property damage. 105 PHMSA defines “failure” as a general term used to imply that a part in service has become completely inoperable, is still operable but incapable of satisfactorily performing its intended function, or has deteriorated seriously to the point that it has become unreliable or unsafe for continued use. However, according to the definition, a “failure” does not involve a release of gas. 106 PHMSA defines “incident” as a release of gas from a pipeline causing death or personal injury necessitating inpatient hospitalization; as estimated property damage, including the cost of gas lost, for the operator or others or both, that is $50,000 or more; or as an event that is significant in the judgment of the operator, even though it does not meet the criteria above.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 65 Table 7. PG&E’s reportable events by cause for 2004–2010. Cause 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 All External corrosion 0 10 1 3 5 3 1 23 Internal corrosion 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Stress corrosion cracking 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Manufacturing 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 2 Construction 1 0 0 1 1 3 3 9 Equipment 0 7 1 1 1 4 3 17 Third party 0 4 0 3 1 2 1 11 Incorrect operations 0 1 0 0 0 3 1 5 Weather/outside force 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total 1 22 3 8 8 15 9 67
In addition to leaks, incidents, and failures, as defined by PHMSA, the CPUC also required pipeline operators such as PG&E to report “incidents which have either attracted public attention or have been given significant news media coverage, that are suspected to involve natural gas, which occur in the vicinity of the operator’s facilities; regardless of whether or not the operator’s facilities are involved.” RMP-06 section 13, “Quality Assurance,” indicates that PG&E will conduct periodic self assessments of its integrity management program to determine its effectiveness and specifies that internal or external audits will be performed every other year to ensure compliance with PG&E and regulatory requirements. Internal audits were conducted in 2007 and 2009. External audits were completed by the CPUC (with PHMSA) in 2005 and by the CPUC in 2010. (For more information on these audits and the PG&E response, see section 1.10.1, “State Oversight by CPUC.”) 1.9.4.3 Threats Identified for Line 132 Line 132 has about 322 pipeline segments. In 2009 and 2010 (prior to the accident), Segment 180 received the assessment scores shown in table 8. (For comparison, the scores for the Line 132 segment with the highest total risk in 2009 and 2010 are also provided.107
107 The highest ranking segments in 2009 and 2010 were Segments 106.7 and 189, respectively. )
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 66 Table 8. Line 132 risk values. Line 132 Risk Values Segment 180 2009 2010 External corrosion (25 percent) 4.18 4.18 Third party (45 percent) 20.9 20.9 Ground movement (20 percent) 0.0 0.0 Design and materials (10 percent) 55.0 73.0a Total risk (Unweighted) 927.63 1036.0 Rank 69.0 80.0
Highest Ranking Segment 2009 2010 External corrosion (25 percent) 5.78 7.58 Third party (45 percent) 25.6 38.9 Ground movement (20 percent) 61.5 22.5 Design and materials (10 percent) 68.0 81.0 Total risk (Unweighted) 1878.8 2149.0 Rank 1.0 1.0 a The increased score in the “design and materials” category resulted from the discovery of miter bends in Segment 180.
PG&E conducted ECDA to assess the corrosion and coating on numerous sections of Line 132 in 2005 and 2009. PG&E indicated that eight digs were conducted as a result of the 2009 survey of Line 132. Prior to the accident, no in-line inspections had been performed on Line 132 or the other two lines in the peninsula system (Lines 101 and 109). PG&E indicated that bends, valves, and variations in pipe diameter made in-line inspection impracticable on these lines. As part of its 2009 rate case, PG&E requested permission to replace sections and/or fittings on the segments that currently prevent Lines 101, 109, and 132 from accepting smart pigs. The cost to make Line 132 piggable is estimated to be $13 million; and, according to a PG&E supervising engineer for gas transmission and distribution, PG&E plans to perform in-line inspection on Line 132 by
- He further stated that preparing an older line for an in-line inspection process requires
3–4 years to engineer upgrades, replace components such as valves and fittings, and clean the pipeline.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 67 1.10 Oversight 1.10.1 State Oversight by CPUC As an intrastate gas transmission pipeline operator, PG&E is regulated by the CPUC, whose rules governing gas pipelines are codified in General Order 112E, State of California Rules Governing Design, Construction, Testing, Operation, and Maintenance of Gas Gathering, Transmission, and Distribution Piping Systems, dated September 11, 1995. General Order 112E requires PG&E to comply with the Federal pipeline safety regulations in 49 CFR Part 192. PHMSA oversees interstate pipelines but does not directly oversee intrastate pipeline operators. However, PHMSA conducts annual on-site evaluations and scores state regulators to determine how closely the programs align with PHMSA standards. PHMSA certifies state regulatory agencies such as the CPUC annually and grants Federal funds as an incentive to improve program performance and to encourage states to take on more responsibility for pipeline safety. PHMSA is authorized to reimburse a state agency up to 80 percent of the actual cost of carrying out its pipeline safety program, including the cost of personnel and equipment, depending on the state agency’s score and subject to the availability of Federal funds. Federal funding is determined through an allocation formula based on factors such as the extent to which the state has asserted safety jurisdiction, whether the state has adopted all Federal requirements, and the number and qualifications of inspectors. PHMSA also reviews state regulator audits of operator integrity management programs and enters certain information from these audits into its database to analyze trends. In 2006–2008, the CPUC received 37–40 percent of its annual funding from PHMSA. During that time, the maximum that any state agency received was 40–50 percent. In 2009 and 2010, the CPUC received about 64 percent of its annual funding from PHMSA; the maximum any state agency received during those years was about 70 percent. Data reported by the CPUC to PHMSA showed that as of March 2011, it had 19 inspectors and 6 supervisors supporting pipeline safety, some of which were only dedicated part-time to pipeline safety duties, for a total of about 12 person-years. In July 2011, the CPUC reported to the NTSB that it had the equivalent of 11 full-time gas inspection staff positions and 2.5 supervisory level positions funded by PHMSA. The CPUC has audited the PG&E integrity management program twice, once between October and December 2005 and again in May 2010, following the PHMSA integrity management audit protocol. The director of the CPUC consumer product and safety division stated that the agency lacks sufficient resources to conduct annual audits of the PG&E integrity management program. PHMSA participated in the CPUC 2005 audit, which was intended as a training audit for CPUC personnel. One of the issues noted during this audit was that PG&E did not have a process to evaluate the use of ASVs and RCVs. (For more information about PG&E’s subsequently drafted memorandum discussing the use of ASVs and RCVs, see section 1.9.2, “Use of Automatic Shutoff Valves and Remote Control Valves.”)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 68 The results of the second CPUC audit of the PG&E integrity management program transmitted to PG&E in a letter dated October 21, 2010, included numerous findings. The CPUC letter highlighted two areas of particular concern. The first concern was that PG&E may be “diluting the requirements of the [integrity management program] through its exception process and appears to be allocating insufficient resources to carry out and complete assessments in a timely manner.” The letter noted that in-line inspections scheduled for several pipelines had been delayed from the schedule set forth in the baseline assessment plan and, in some cases, had been changed to ECDAs. In addition, exception reports had been used to justify not excavating several immediate repair indications that vendors had reported after conducting other in-line inspections. The second concern was that “PG&E needs to analyze, review, and formulate appropriate actions or responses to the results of its internal audits in a timely manner.” Specifically, the CPUC pointed out that PG&E had conducted an internal audit in December 2007 but had not formulated a response until December 2009; the letter further noted that PG&E had conducted another internal audit in October 2009, but as of May 2010 PG&E still had not formulated a response. PG&E submitted a response to each of the CPUC findings and concerns in a letter dated December 16, 2010. Regarding the CPUC’s two primary concerns, PG&E stated that its integrity staff “tended to use the exception report process to document more than just procedural exceptions and have issued exception reports when they weren’t necessarily needed…. PG&E agrees that this is an over-use of exception reports and we will take steps to reduce this practice.” Concerning its response to internal audits, PG&E acknowledged that— RMP-06 does not provide clear direction regarding a formal response and closure of any issues identified. PG&E agrees … that addressing this concern will add additional rigor and clarity and will improve our overall process…. All corrective actions resulting from future audits will be tracked via PG&E’s established commitment tracking process managed by PG&E Gas Engineering Regulatory Support. In addition to the two audits of the overall integrity management program, the CPUC conducted focused audits of the division responsible for the PG&E peninsula lines in July 2008 and August 2010. For the 2008 audit, the CPUC noted two violations and listed several observations.108 After the 2010 audit, the CPUC noted two violations109 At the NTSB investigative hearing, a CPUC supervisory engineer testified that CPUC audits did not comment on PG&E’s ranking of its highest risk segments or on the assignment of weights to the various risk categories. Further, although he stated that the auditors did not and observed that many of the PG&E internal audit findings were violations of its own standards. The CPUC also noted that PG&E had corrected most of the internal audit findings from 2007 and 2009.
108 The violations related to employee qualifications, and the observations related to missing MAOP documentation. In addition, a “field observation” noted that a monitor valve at a regulator station was set at too high a pressure and did not take over to avoid MAOP. 109 The violations related to insufficient leakage surveys and regulating valve pressure ratings being too low.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 69 examine GIS data in detail, they did random spot checks of GIS data and verified that when data were unknown, PG&E was using appropriately conservative values. The director of the CPUC acknowledged that audits and inspections are primarily a paperwork exercise, but that inspectors also sometimes “go out and look over the shoulder of the person who’s doing the inspection … or the maintenance work” to verify that what they “see in the records is … happening on the ground.” However, he noted that it is difficult to enforce performance-based regulations, such as integrity management rules, “because the case that you have to bring to bear becomes quite complex. It’s just easier when you have a linear violation of a prescriptive statute.” 1.10.2 Federal Oversight by PHMSA In 1968, Congress passed the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, which created the Office of Pipeline Safety within the DOT to implement and oversee pipeline safety regulations. Subsequently, the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002 called for mandatory risk analysis and integrity management programs, and PHMSA promulgated standards for gas transmission pipelines at 49 CFR Part 192 Subpart O, which became effective in January 2004. The integrity management rules in Subpart O include a mix of performance-based and prescriptive requirements. As explained in the preamble to the final rule110 [RSPA’s Office of Pipeline Safety] believes that performance-based regulation will result in effective integrity management programs that are sufficiently flexible to reflect pipeline-specific conditions and risks. Pipeline conditions vary. It is impractical to specify requirements that will address all circumstances. In some cases, they would impose unnecessary burdens. In others, they might not achieve the desired level of safety. Including performance-based requirements is the best means to ensure that each pipeline develops and implements effective integrity management programs that address the risks of each pipeline segment. — The elements of an integrity management program, specified in 49 CFR 192.911, include identification of all HCAs; a baseline assessment plan; threats to each covered111 With regard to self-assessment, 49 CFR 192.945 requires operators to measure on a semiannual basis, “whether the program is effective in assessing and evaluating the integrity of each covered pipeline segment and in protecting the high consequence areas.” The measures must include (1) number of miles of pipeline inspected versus program requirements; (2) number pipeline segment, including data integration and a risk assessment to prioritize segments and evaluate the merits of additional preventative and mitigative measures; a direct assessment plan; provisions for remediating conditions found during integrity assessments; a process for continual evaluation and assessment; a plan for confirmatory direct assessment; additional preventative and mitigative measures to protect the HCA; performance measures; record-keeping provisions; a management-of-change process; a quality assurance process; and a communication plan.
110 Federal Register, vol. 68, no. 240 (December 15, 2003), pp. 69817, 69783. 111 A covered segment is one that is located in an HCA.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 70 of immediate repairs completed; (3) number of scheduled repairs completed; and (4) number of leaks, failures, and incidents, classified by cause. In addition, operators must use the specific measures listed in ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, appendix A, for each identified threat. For pipe seam and pipe manufacturing threats, ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, appendix A, lists the following measures for establishing the effectiveness of the program and confirming the inspection interval: number of hydrostatic test failures caused by manufacturing defects and number of leaks due to manufacturing defects. The PHMSA deputy associate administrator for policy and programs testified at the NTSB investigative hearing that performance-based regulations such as the integrity management rules are very difficult for operators to implement and for regulators to oversee because there is no “one-size-fits-all answer to integrity issues.” She stated that, “every operator is expected to thoroughly understand their system” and “assess for the threats to that pipe… then you must address them.” She noted that overseeing operator compliance with the integrity management rules is very different from overseeing compliance with more clear-cut prescriptive regulations because “now they are required to think in a totally different manner. They have to evaluate the adequacy of an operator’s technical justification. It is difficult. It’s a difficult way of evaluating a program, but it’s effective.” The PHMSA gas integrity management inspection protocol, which is also used by CPUC auditors in their integrity management audits, addresses the 16 elements of integrity management plans. Section C.02 of the protocol, on data gathering and integration, states in item C.02.d: “verify that the operator has checked the data for accuracy. If the operator lacks sufficient data or where data quality is suspect, verify that the operator has followed the requirements in ASME B31.8S [2004 edition, Managing System Integrity of Gas Pipelines].”112 As noted in section 1.10.1, “State Oversight by CPUC,” PHMSA does not directly oversee intrastate pipeline operators, but it evaluates and scores state regulators annually. According to the PHMSA director of state programs, in the area of program evaluation, the CPUC auditing score was 99.5 in 2009, 99 in 2008, and 100 in the preceding years. The overall score for the CPUC (which included several areas in addition to program evaluation) is about 90 due to its jurisdictional status and the lack of legislation giving it full authority over all gas pipelines. The director also stated that the CPUC “has a good inspection program. They have good qualified engineers that are quite capable of doing inspections [and] investigations.”
Section C.03 of the protocol addresses risk assessment and states in item 3.03.d.4 that the auditor should verify that “the operator uses a feedback mechanism to ensure that the risk model is subject to continuous validation and improvement.”
112 The ASME B31.8S standard states that “all of the specified data elements shall be available for each threat in order to perform the risk assessment. If such data are not available, it shall be assumed that the particular threat applies to the pipeline segment being evaluated.”
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 71 1.11 Postaccident Actions 1.11.1 Actions Taken by PG&E As a result of the accident, a portion of Line 132, including Segment 180, is no longer in service. According to PG&E, a 1.5-mile section of Line 132 between MP 38.49 and 40.05 has not operated since the San Bruno accident. At MP 40.05, Line 132 is fed by Line 109 through crossties. Following the accident, PG&E took many actions ordered by the CPUC, including reducing the operating pressure on Line 132 to 20 percent below the operating pressure at the time of the failure. Another action ordered by the CPUC was to review the classifications of transmission lines to determine if they had changed since initial designation. (The class refers to the population density in the immediate area; class 1 areas have the lowest density and class 4 areas have the highest.) On June 30, 2011, PG&E reported to the CPUC that it had discovered classification errors on 550 miles of pipeline. Of those, 173 miles had increased in class and 378 miles had decreased in class. About 1 month after the accident, PG&E conducted a camera inspection of a 1.5-mile- long portion of Line 132. The results of the inspection showed that the longitudinal welds appeared to be standard DSAW. Several areas of pups were found, but no partial or incomplete welds were noted. In addition, the camera inspection showed that there was some water in the pipe as well as oil or condensate. In October 2010, PG&E announced its Pipeline 2020 program “for enhancing natural gas pipeline safety and reliability.” According to PG&E, the program’s five major areas of focus are: (1) modernizing critical pipeline infrastructure, (2) expanding the use of automatic or remotely operated shutoff valves, (3) spurring the development of next-generation inspection technologies,113 Since the accident, PG&E has conducted numerous excavations to verify the pipe’s condition. In May 2011, it began hydrostatic pressure testing of its older transmission lines. According to PG&E, it has done camera inspections of segments before they are hydrostatically tested and has removed any pipe pieces that show indications of concern. PG&E has contracted for laboratory examination of those removed pieces. (4) developing industry-leading best practices, and (5) enhancing public safety partnerships. PG&E states it has installed automated valves and SCADA capability on multiple regulator and monitor valves that control Line 132 and Line 109 crossties, and it is installing, replacing, or upgrading numerous automated valves in locations throughout its system.
113 PG&E reports that it is creating and funding a nonprofit entity to encourage and fund research and development proposals.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 72 In an effort to validate the information in its GIS in response to the NTSB’s January 3, 2011, safety recommendations and the CPUC’s directive to comply with those recommendations, PG&E is collecting, scanning, and indexing an estimated 1.25 million individual records associated with about 2,750 job numbers from hard copy records. PG&E states that it is using those records to verify the pipeline segments for which it has complete, verifiable, and traceable records of prior pressure tests and to compile a segment-by-segment pipeline features list. PG&E began by reviewing all the project folders for the 150 miles of transmission pipelines in the peninsula system. According to the PG&E manager of engineering support services, errors were found in other segments of Line 132 (some 30-inch pipeline segments were listed as seamless, and others had incorrect wall thickness values). PG&E also reports that it is in the process of validating GIS records for all 30-inch pipe installed prior to 1962, for all three peninsula lines, and for all lines in densely populated areas. PG&E expects to eventually validate GIS records for the entire pipeline network. PG&E has employed an outside expert to evaluate its integrity management program. In addition, the company has ceased its practice of raising the MAOP on certain lines every 5 years to preserve the current MAOP. PG&E also performed testing at the Milpitas Terminal to determine the cause of the erratic power to the instrumentation. The supervising engineer of the SCADA controls group reported to NTSB investigators that the results of that testing showed that the line pressure increase was due to low output voltages from two power supplies that supported pressure transmitters and other instrumentation required to operate the regulating valves. The testing revealed that one of the power supplies had failed, and the other was generating an output of less than the rated 24 volts. Both power supplies have been replaced and are supported from separate circuit breakers at the distribution panel. In addition, PG&E has modified its website to allow the location of gas transmission lines relative to any address. The website also provides safety information related to gas transmission systems and material regarding the resources PG&E has made available to support San Bruno residents and the rebuilding process. In April 2011, PG&E sent notifications to 2.5 million homes and businesses within 2,000 feet of PG&E natural gas transmission pipelines notifying them of their proximity to the pipeline. 1.11.2 Actions Taken by CPUC On September 13, 2010, the CPUC ordered PG&E to take several actions, including lowering the operating pressure on Line 132 to 20 percent below that at the time of failure; conducting an integrity assessment of all gas facilities in the impacted area; conducting an accelerated leak survey of all transmission lines; evaluating customer leak complaint response times and response effectiveness; preparing a plan for a complete safety inspection of the entire PG&E gas transmission system; reviewing valve locations to identify where it would be prudent to replace manually operated valves with automated valves; and reviewing the classifications of transmission lines to determine if they have changed since the initial designation.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 73 On December 16, 2010, the CPUC ordered PG&E to reduce the pressure to 20 percent below MAOP for all 30-inch pipelines with DSAW welds that were installed prior to 1962 and are located in HCAs or certain other areas and have not undergone hydrostatic pressure testing. The CPUC also ordered PG&E to assess the integrity of these pipelines by using either hydrostatic or other appropriate pressure tests; X-ray or camera examination of the interior of the pipe; or in-line inspection using a smart pig or other technology appropriate to assessing pipeline seam integrity. The CPUC subsequently ordered PG&E to comply with the NTSB’s January 3, 2011, urgent safety recommendations and ordered that the records review be completed by March 15, 2011. On February 24, 2011, the CPUC required PG&E to limit operating pressures to 80 percent of the MOP recorded between February 15, 2006, and February 15, 2011, on any transmission line installed before 1970 located in a HCA or certain other areas if “reliable, verifiable, and complete records of strength testing in accord with 49 CFR subpart J are not available for inspection.” In its February 24, 2011, rulemaking, the CPUC also indicated that it would likely propose future new rules on retrofitting of transmission lines to allow in-line inspections; requiring operators to perform evaluations for installing ASVs or RCVs on transmission pipelines; requiring operators to strengthen emergency response procedures; requiring gas quality monitoring, testing for pipelines operating below 100 psig and service lines, and clearance between gas pipelines and other subsurface structures; incorporating one-call law requirements for marking underground facilities; reporting cathodic protection deficiencies and providing a timetable for remedial actions; establishing cover requirements for transmission lines; reporting problems associated with mechanical/compression fittings; assessing existing meter set assemblies and other pipeline components to protect them from excessive snow and ice loading; and requiring operators to identify threats along their pipelines and develop mitigation plans. On June 9, 2011, the CPUC issued an order requiring PG&E and other gas transmission operators regulated by the CPUC to either hydrostatically pressure test or replace transmission pipelines with “grandfathered” MAOPs that have not been pressure tested or for which reliable records are not available. The CPUC concluded that all California natural gas transmission pipelines “must be brought into compliance with modern standards for safety,” and that “[h]istoric exemptions must come to an end.” The order requires operators to develop and file with the CPUC implementation plans to achieve orderly and cost-effective replacement or hydrostatic pressure testing of all gas transmission pipelines that have not been pressure tested. The proposed decision also provides requested guidance to PG&E in how it should complete its records-based MAOP determination and the limited uses for engineering assumptions. Two weeks after the accident, the CPUC formed an independent review panel of experts to gather and review facts and make recommendations for improvement of safe management of the PG&E natural gas transmission lines. In its 204-page final report, dated June 8, 2011, the
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 74 panel addressed the PG&E performance and company culture; risk, data, and integrity management; emergency response, capital investments, and the PG&E Pipeline 2020 program; CPUC oversight; and public policies in the state of California.114 1.11.3 Actions Taken by PHMSA
On January 4, 2011, in response to Safety Recommendation P-10-01, issued on January 3, 2011, PHMSA issued Advisory Bulletin 11-01 to owners and operators of hazardous liquid and gas pipeline systems. The advisory states that operators relying on the review of design, construction, inspection, testing, and other related data to calculate MAOP (for gas pipelines) or MOP (for liquid pipelines) must diligently search for relevant records and ensure that the records are traceable, verifiable, and complete. If such a search and verification cannot be completed, the operator cannot rely on this method for calculating MAOP. The advisory also reminded operators of their responsibilities to identify pipeline integrity threats; perform rigorous risk analyses; integrate information; and identify, evaluate, and implement preventative and mitigative measures. The advisory further suggested that an operator lacking information on key risk factors should strongly consider reducing pressure to 80 percent of operating pressure for the previous month, hydrostatic testing, or creating a remediation program to identify threat risks. The preamble to Advisory Bulletin 11-01 pointed out that one of the— fundamental tenets of the [integrity management] program is that pipeline operators must be aware of the physical attributes of their pipelines as well as the physical environment that it transverses. …This information is a vital component in an operator’s ability to identify and evaluate the risks to its pipeline and identify the appropriate assessment tools, set the schedule for assessments of the integrity of the pipeline segments and identify the need for additional preventative and mitigative measures such as lowering the operating pressures. If this information is unknown, or unknowable, a more conservative approach to operations is dictated. On April 18, 2011, PHMSA held a pipeline safety forum with the stated goal of “accelerating the rehabilitation, repair, and replacement of critical pipeline infrastructure with known integrity risks.” Participants in the forum included pipeline safety experts, researchers, industry representatives, state regulators, other Federal agency officials, and members of the public. 1.11.4 Actions Taken by Congress Since the San Bruno accident, Congress has held three hearings in the 111th Congress on pipeline issues at which the NTSB testified. The House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee held a hearing in September 2010 during which the San Bruno accident was
114 The full report, Report of the Independent Review Panel, San Bruno Explosion, June 8, 2011, revised copy June 24, 2011, is available on the CPUC website (accessed August 29, 2011).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 75 addressed, and the House Energy and Commerce Committee heard testimony on pipeline safety, with a focus on the San Bruno rupture. The Senate Commerce Committee held a hearing specifically on the San Bruno accident. Several bills have been introduced in the 112th Congress containing provisions related to the San Bruno accident. H.R. 22, the Pipeline Safety and Community Empowerment Act of 2011, strengthens notification and mapping requirements, requires in-line inspections of pipelines on a regular basis, and requires ASVs and RCVs on newly constructed pipelines and pipelines in class 3 and 4 areas. The House Energy and Commerce Committee passed the Pipeline Infrastructure and Community Protection Act of 2011 through the committee. Among its provisions are requirements to provide public access to pipeline mapping information, an examination of the integrity management system, and requirements for ASVs and RCVs on newly constructed pipelines. In the Senate, S. 234, the Strengthening Pipeline Safety and Enforcement Act of 2011, is pending. This legislation requires the production of information on transmission lines through classes 3 and 4 areas and HCAs in classes 1 and 2 that have not had an MAOP previously established via hydrostatic testing, directs the U.S. Secretary of Transportation to develop regulations for the installation of ASVs and RCVs, and requires the regular use of in-line inspection tools. S. 275, the Pipeline Transportation Safety Improvement Act of 2011, requires ASVs and RCVs on newly constructed pipelines, directs the U.S. Secretary of Transportation to examine the integrity management oversight program, and requires public access to pipeline mapping information and operator emergency response plans. 1.12 Previous NTSB Safety Recommendations 1.12.1 January 3, 2011, Safety Recommendations to PG&E, CPUC, and PHMSA Regarding Record-keeping and Hydrostatic Pressure Testing On January 3, 2011, based on the discovery of inaccuracies in PG&E records for the accident pipe, the NTSB issued three safety recommendations to PG&E, two of which were designated “urgent.” Aggressively and diligently search for all as-built drawings, alignment sheets, and specifications, and all design, construction, inspection, testing, maintenance, and other related records, including those records in locations controlled by personnel or firms other than Pacific Gas and Electric Company, relating to pipeline system components, such as pipe segments, valves, fittings, and weld seams for Pacific Gas and Electric Company natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 [footnote removed] locations and class 1 and class 2 [footnote removed] high consequence areas [footnote removed] that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing. These records should be traceable, verifiable, and complete. (P-10-2) (Urgent)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 76 Use the traceable, verifiable, and complete records located by implementation of Safety Recommendation P-10-2 (Urgent) to determine the valid maximum allowable operating pressure, based on the weakest section of the pipeline or component to ensure safe operation, of Pacific Gas and Electric Company natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 locations and class 1 and class 2 high consequence areas that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing. (P-10-3) (Urgent) If you are unable to comply with Safety Recommendations P-10-2 (Urgent) and P-10-3 (Urgent) to accurately determine the maximum allowable operating pressure of Pacific Gas and Electric Company natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 locations and class 1 and class 2 high consequence areas that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing, determine the maximum allowable operating pressure with a spike test followed by a hydrostatic pressure test. (P-10-4) In a letter dated February 2, 2011, PG&E responded to the NTSB, stating that it was in the process of verifying underlying records for the more than 1,800 miles of pipeline covered by the recommendations. PG&E indicated that a team of over 50 engineers, estimators, mappers, information technology specialists, and managers were dedicated exclusively to the project, and that it had also contracted for outside assistance with document management, process controls, engineering, pipeline pressure calculations, and auditing. PG&E stated that it had collected hundreds of boxes of original records that were being scanned and indexed in round-the-clock operations. On March 14, 2011, Safety Recommendations P-10-2, -3, and -4 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” On January 3, 2011, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendations to the CPUC: Develop an implementation schedule for the requirements of Safety Recommendation P-10-2 (Urgent) to Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E) and ensure, through adequate oversight, that PG&E has aggressively and diligently searched documents and records relating to pipeline system components, such as pipe segments, valves, fittings, and weld seams, for PG&E natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 locations and class 1 and class 2 high consequence areas that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing as outlined in Safety Recommendation P-10-2 (Urgent) to PG&E. These records should be traceable, verifiable, and complete; should meet your regulatory intent and requirements; and should have been considered in determining maximum allowable operating pressures for PG&E pipelines. (P-10-5) (Urgent) If such a document and records search cannot be satisfactorily completed, provide oversight to any spike and hydrostatic tests that Pacific Gas and Electric Company is required to perform according to Safety Recommendation P-10-4. (P-10-6) (Urgent)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 77 Through appropriate and expeditious means, including posting on your website, immediately inform California intrastate natural gas transmission operators of the circumstances leading up to and the consequences of the September 9, 2010, pipeline rupture in San Bruno, California, and the National Transportation Safety Board’s urgent safety recommendations to Pacific Gas and Electric Company so that pipeline operators can proactively implement corrective measures as appropriate for their pipeline systems. (P-10-7) (Urgent) The CPUC response, dated February 2, 2011, states that the CPUC directed PG&E to undertake a plan of action to comply with Safety Recommendation P-10-2 and to provide a status report by February 1, 2011. The CPUC stated that it had also informed California’s three other intrastate natural gas transmission pipeline operators of the NTSB recommendations and directed them to comply. All of the California intrastate operators provided the CPUC with an implementation schedule by the February 1, 2011 deadline. On March 29, 2011, Safety Recommendations P-10-5 and -6 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” and Safety Recommendation P-10-7 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” On January 3, 2011, the NTSB also issued the following safety recommendation to PHMSA: Through appropriate and expeditious means such as advisory bulletins and posting on your website, immediately inform the pipeline industry of the circumstances leading up to and the consequences of the September 9, 2010, pipeline rupture in San Bruno, California, and the National Transportation Safety Board’s urgent safety recommendations to Pacific Gas and Electric Company so that pipeline operators can proactively implement corrective measures as appropriate for their pipeline systems. (P-10-1) (Urgent) In response, on January 4, 2011, PHMSA issued Advisory Bulletin 11-01 to owners and operators of hazardous liquid and gas pipeline systems. (The advisory is discussed earlier in section 1.11.3, “Actions Taken by PHMSA.”) On February 14, 2011, Safety Recommendation P-10-1 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.12.2 June 8, 2011, Safety Recommendations to PHMSA and PG&E Concerning Emergency Response At the investigative hearing on this accident, the NTSB learned that the SBFD chief was unaware of the presence of Line 132 prior to the accident and that the PG&E public awareness program did not identify pipeline locations. After the accident, PG&E provided the SBFD with maps showing the location of its gas transmission pipelines. The NTSB was concerned that without system-specific information for pipelines, local emergency responders would be at risk and the effectiveness of the emergency response effort could be adversely affected. As a result, on June 8, 2011, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to PHMSA: Issue guidance to operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines regarding the importance of sharing
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 78 system-specific information, including pipe diameter, operating pressure, product transported, and potential impact radius, about their pipeline systems with the emergency response agencies of the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located. (P-11-1) During the investigation, the NTSB also learned that PG&E procedures do not require SCADA operators to immediately notify the applicable 911 emergency call center in the event of a possible pipeline rupture. They require only that a field employee be dispatched to the gas incident location to evaluate the danger to life and property, assess damage, and make or ensure that conditions are safe. The procedure also requires field personnel to notify a field service supervisor, a dispatcher, a gas maintenance and construction supervisor, or an on-call gas supervisor. The procedure does not instruct field personnel, the dispatch center, or the control center to contact emergency services through 911 or other means. The procedure does not discuss the involvement of city or emergency officials. Notifications outlined in the procedure are focused on company personnel and supervisors only. The NTSB was concerned that this could adversely affect the timeliness and effectiveness of an emergency response effort. Therefore, on June 8, 2011, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to PG&E: Require your control room operators to notify, immediately and directly, the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which your transmission and/or distribution pipelines are located, when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-3) Based on the same concerns, on June 8, 2011, the NTSB also issued the following safety recommendation to PHMSA: Issue guidance to operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines regarding the importance of control room operators immediately and directly notifying the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-2) Safety Recommendations P-11-1, -2, and -3, are currently classified “Open—Await Response.” 1.12.3 Other Relevant Recommendations 1.12.3.1 Grandfathering of Higher Permissible Stress Levels for Pre-1970 Pipelines In its 1987 final report on two corrosion-related gas pipeline ruptures in Beaumont and Lancaster, Kentucky,115
115 Texas Eastern Gas Pipeline Company Ruptures and Fires at Beaumont, Kentucky, on April 27, 1985, and Lancaster, Kentucky, on February 21, 1986, Pipeline Accident Report NTSB/PAR-87/01 (Washington DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1987). the NTSB noted that the operating pressure on those pipelines (both of
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 79 which dated to the 1950s) was in excess of what would have been allowed for pipelines constructed after 1970—which are limited to a MAOP of no more than 72 percent SMYS in class 1 locations. The report stated that the NTSB “does not believe it is sound engineering practice to allow older pipelines, constructed with materials and procedures inferior to those used in new pipelines, to operate at SMYS levels greater than those new pipelines.” While acknowledging that, in 1970, “it may not have been practical to have required all existing pipelines to immediately conform to the new maximum pressure standard,” the NTSB expressed its belief that a reasonable approach would have been to allow operation at higher pressures until a specified time, “by which all existing pipelines would be required to adhere to the new standard.” Accordingly, the NTSB recommended that RSPA— Revise 49 CFR 192 and, if necessary, request legislative authority to amend 49 CFR 192 to eliminate the “grandfather clause” which permits operators of pipelines installed before November 12, 1970, to operate at levels of stress that exceed those levels permitted for pipeline installed after the effective date of 49 CFR 192. (P-87-9) RSPA published an ANPRM on December 11, 1989, asking for public comment on whether it should repeal, modify, or retain the grandfather clause.116 In a letter dated September 2, 1992, RSPA advised the NTSB that, based on the comments received and on the results of its own research, it could not conclude that grandfathered lines require special treatment when operating above 72 percent SMYS. On April 22, 1994, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation P-87-9 “Closed—Reconsidered.” The ANPRM pointed out that the grandfather clause was adopted “primarily so that gas transmission lines that had not been pressure tested to a level of at least 1.1 times their operating pressure could continue to operate in [c]lass 1 locations without retesting or reducing pressure.” However, RSPA found that its own research into grandfathered lines operating above 72 percent showed that all the lines examined “had been tested well above that level. …Thus, insufficient qualifying test levels do not appear to be a problem for grandfathered pipelines operating above 72 [percent] of SMYS.” Nonetheless, RSPA indicated that it was “concerned about the prudence of continuing to allow grandfathered lines to operate above 72 percent of SMYS.” 1.12.3.2 Constructing and Modifying Pipelines to Accommodate Use of In-Line Inspection Equipment The 1987 final report on the gas pipeline ruptures in Beaumont and Lancaster, Kentucky, discussed in section 1.12.3.1, “Grandfathering of Higher Permissible Stress Levels for Pre-1970s Pipelines,” also presented the safety benefits of in-line inspections for identifying corrosion and other deficiencies. The NTSB recommended that RSPA—
116 Federal Register, vol. 54 (December 11, 1989), p. 50780.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 80 Require existing natural gas transmission and liquid petroleum pipeline operators when repairing or modifying their systems, to install facilities to incorporate the use of in-line inspection equipment. (P-87-6) Require that all new gas and liquid transmission pipelines be constructed to facilitate the use of in-line instrument inspection equipment. (P-87-7) On February 7, 1995, based on RSPA’s then-ongoing rulemaking to require newly constructed pipelines to be piggable (discussed further in section 1.13.1.2, “In-line Inspection”), Safety Recommendations P-87-6 and -7 were classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.12.3.3 Rapid Shutdown and ASVs and RCVs In December 1970, the NTSB completed a special study examining the effects of delay in shutting down failed pipeline systems and methods of providing rapid shutdown.117 Conduct a study to develop standards for the rapid shutdown of failed natural gas pipelines and work in conjunction with the Federal Railroad Administration[ The study concluded that a large proportion of the damage from several recent pipeline accidents could have been minimized or eliminated if the time between failure and shutdown had been reduced. The study noted that there were no Federal requirements for rapid shutdown and no standards defining a reasonable period of time to shut down a failed system. Accordingly, the NTSB recommended that the DOT Office of Pipeline Safety— 118 The DOT conducted the study; and, on September 30, 1976, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation P-71-1 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” However, the DOT did not issue regulations requiring the use of ASVs or RCVs. ] to develop similar standards for liquid pipelines. (P-71-1) In its 1995 report on the natural gas explosion in Edison, New Jersey,119 Expedite requirements for installing automatic- or remote-operated mainline valves on high-pressure pipelines in urban and environmentally sensitive areas to provide for rapid shutdown of failed pipeline segments. (P-95-1) the NTSB noted that a number of accidents since 1971 had illustrated the need to require ASVs and/or RCVs to facilitate rapid shutdown of failed pipelines. The NTSB recommended that RSPA— On April 21, 2004, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation P-95-1 “Closed—Acceptable Action,” based on RSPA’s 2004 integrity management rulemaking
117 Effects of Delay in Shutting Down Failed Pipeline Systems and Methods of Providing Rapid Shutdown, Pipeline Safety Study NTSB/PSS-71/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1970). 118 At that time, the Federal Railroad Administration was responsible for setting liquid pipeline safety standards. 119 Texas Eastern Transmission Corporation Natural Gas Pipeline Explosion and Fire, Edison, New Jersey, March 23, 1994, Pipeline Accident Report NTSB/PAR-95/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995.)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 81 requiring that each gas transmission operator determine whether installing ASVs or RCVs would be an efficient means of adding protection to an HCA. In 1982, the NTSB issued a recommendation regarding emergency shutdown to PG&E following a pipeline investigation. On August 25, 1981, a PG&E excavation contractor punctured a 16-inch natural gas main in San Francisco, California. The PG&E personnel who first arrived on scene were not trained or equipped to close the valves, and specially trained valve crews were dispatched. That was one of several factors that delayed PG&E in accurately locating and shutting off the valves necessary to isolate the rupture. The flow of gas was not stopped until 9 hours 10 minutes after the puncture. In its final report,120 the failure of the general contractor to comply fully with the terms of the excavation permit which required him to verify the location of underground facilities that might be affected by the project. Contributing to the accident was the failure of the subcontractor, who knew of the existence of the gas main, but not its precise location, to ascertain that the gas company had been notified before commencing excavation. Contributing to the duration of the gas leakage was the gas company’s inability to locate one emergency valve because of inaccurate recordkeeping, and because it had been paved over; and to close another valve which was inoperative because of inadequate maintenance. the NTSB determined that the probable cause of that accident was As a result of the 1981 accident, the NTSB made several recommendations, including that PG&E— Train and equip company personnel who respond to emergency conditions in the operation of emergency shutdown valves. (P-82-1) PG&E responded on June 21, 1982, that special attention was being directed to training personnel about the location and operation of emergency shutdown valves, and that additional valve keys were being provided to crews who could be called in an emergency. Safety Recommendation P-82-1 was subsequently classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 1.13 Other Information 1.13.1 Pipeline Assessment Methods for Integrity Management The Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002 and the integrity management rules in 49 CFR Part 192 specify three primary types of assessment methods for in-service gas transmission pipelines: pressure testing, in-line inspection, and direct assessment.121
120 Pacific Gas & Electric Company Natural Gas Pipeline Puncture, San Francisco, California, August 25, 1981, Pipeline Accident Report NTSB/PAR-82/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1982). An operator 121 Title 49 CFR Part 192 also allows for the use of other technology if the operator can demonstrate that it provides an equivalent assessment of the condition of the pipe.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 82 is required to apply one or more of these methods to each covered segment, depending on the threats to which the segment is susceptible. The 2002 act also charged PHMSA with conducting a research and development program, with annual funding of $10 million. The PHMSA manager of research and development testified at the NTSB’s investigative hearing that the program objectives are to develop technology, strengthen consensus standards, and promote knowledge. He reported that the program has awarded $62 million to 171 projects since 2002, and noted that those projects were also supported by $79 million of industry and other Federal cofunding. About 69 of those projects (which received $34.59 million from PHMSA and $41.92 million from other sources) relate to developing new pipeline assessment technologies. 1.13.1.1 Pressure Testing As previously discussed in section 1.7.5.1, “Grandfather Clause,” since 1970, Federal regulations at 49 CFR 192.505 have required hydrostatic pressure testing of newly installed pipelines at levels above the intended MAOP. Pressure testing of newly constructed pipelines is designed to identify critical manufacturing and construction defects. However, it may not test the ability of a pipe to withstand the combination of threats (for example, seismic and utility work) to which it may be subjected. Pressure testing of existing in-service pipelines is designed to find critical seam defects—as well as other defects caused by corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, and fatigue—by causing the pipe to fail at these critical defect locations. According to testimony at the NTSB investigative hearing, there are several limitations to pressure testing of in-service pipelines: • Pressure testing identifies only the most severe defects; it does not indicate whether or how many other defects might exist. • The pipeline must be taken out of service during the pressure test, which causes inconvenience to the customers and a loss of revenue to the operator. • Water used during a pressure test can be difficult to completely remove from the pipe, and residual water can cause internal corrosion. In addition, the water can be hazardous after the test and must be treated before disposal. Finally, in limited cases, some pipelines may be susceptible to a pressure reversal failure after pressure testing. PHMSA defines a pressure reversal as the failure of a pipeline at a latent defect that survived a pressure test but subsequently failed at a lower repressurization pressure.122 Pressure reversal research suggests that a pressure spike test protocol123
122 Information obtained from PHMSA website: < may be used to manage http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/comm/FactSheets/FSHydrostaticTesting022607.htm?nocache=766> (accessed August 8, 2011). 123 (a) J.F. Kiefner and W.A. Maxey, “The Benefits and Limitations of Hydrostatic Testing,” in E.W. McAllister, ed., Pipeline Rules of Thumb Handbook, 6th ed. (Boston: Elsevier, 2005), pp. 139–162. (b) Information obtained from PHMSA website: http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/comm/FactSheets/FSHydrostaticTesting022607.htm?nocache=766 (accessed August 8, 2011).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 83 pressure reversals. In a spike test, the pipe is pressurized beyond the MAOP for a short time period. The Pipeline Rules of Thumb Handbook,124 PHMSA regulatory evaluation prepared in connection with the gas integrity management rulemaking indicated that, based on estimates provided by the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America (INGAA) and the American Gas Association (AGA), the cost per mile for hydrostatic testing of a gas transmission pipeline was $29,700–$40,000 in 2001. The regulatory evaluation noted that informal discussion with pipeline operators indicated that hydrostatic testing was the least preferred method for assessing pipeline integrity because it could be destructive, whereas the other two methods (in-line inspection and direct assessment) were not; because it required taking a line out of service; and because it could result in moisture remaining in the line. an industry reference text, states that new pipelines should be tested to at least 100 percent of SMYS, but that in-line inspection is preferable for older lines for locating time-dependent defects if there is sufficient confidence in the ability of the tool to find significant defects. Regarding pressure reversals, this text states, “if a hydrostatic test can be successfully accomplished without the failure of any defect, the likelihood of a pressure reversal will be extremely small. It is the tests in which numerous failures occur that have the highest probabilities of reversals.” The handbook further recommends conducting an integrity test as a spike test in which the pipeline is pressurized to as high a level as possible for a short period of time. 1.13.1.2 In-line Inspection As already noted, in-line inspection is accomplished using a mechanical device known as a “smart pig,” which is inserted into and travels through the pipeline. A variety of in-line inspection technologies exist to inspect for various types of defects. On gas pipelines, these technologies include deformation or geometry tools, magnetic flux leakage tools, and ultrasonic tools. Deformation or geometry tools are used to detect construction damage, dents, third-party damage, and wrinkles or buckles. Magnetic flux leakage tools vary based on the orientation of the sensors; some are optimized to find circumferentially oriented defects such as girth weld defects, while others are optimized to find longitudinally oriented defects such as seam defects. Ultrasonic tools can be used to detect corrosion and cracks, but they require either a liquid couplant or a wheel-coupled system, which limits their use in gas pipelines. Electromagnetic acoustic transducer is a type of ultrasonic inspection that is being adapted for use in gas pipelines. It is currently in the demonstration phase of research and is not yet widely available. In-line inspection technologies can be effective at finding flaws and providing data for comparison over time. Another advantage is that in-line inspection is a nondestructive test method. However, there are some limitations to the technology. There is generally at best a
124 Kiefner and Maxey, 2005, pp. 139–162.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 84 90 percent probability in-line tools will detect a certain type of known defect. (The probability of detecting a crack can be improved with multiple runs.) In addition, a specific pressure or flow is required to propel the in-line inspection device through the pipeline. Furthermore, according to the AGA, about 61 percent of transmission pipelines are not piggable—meaning they cannot accommodate current gas-driven in-line inspection devices. A variety of physical obstacles—such as bends, valves, fittings, and diameter changes—can prevent in-line inspection tools from moving through a pipeline. According to information presented by the AGA at the NTSB investigative hearing, the estimated cost to retrofit all intrastate gas transmission lines to make them piggable is $12 billion. A battery-operated self-propelled robotic tool has recently been developed to inspect unpiggable 20- to 26-inch-diameter natural gas pipelines. It is currently in the demonstration phase of research and is not yet widely available. In 1994, in response to a congressional mandate in the Pipeline Safety Reauthorization Act of 1988, RSPA amended Federal pipeline safety regulations to require that newly installed pipelines be designed and constructed to accommodate the passage of smart pigs. The 1994 rulemaking required that whenever any line pipe or component was replaced, the operator must design and construct the entire line section125 In relaxing the 1994 replacement requirement, RSPA noted that the then-new integrity management regulations had “reduced the significance of the replacement provision in reaching the piggability goal,” because comments on the integrity management rulemaking had “indicated that operators strongly prefer to use smart pigs as the method of assessment and will modify their transmission lines as necessary to accommodate smart pigs.” The preamble to the 2004 amendment noted that, therefore, “regardless of the replacement provision, the new integrity management regulations should result in increased piggability of existing transmission lines in and near areas of high population, areas where the risk of damage from a pipeline rupture is the greatest.” containing the replacement to accommodate the passage of a smart pig. However, in response to industry petitions for reconsideration objecting to this replacement provision, enforcement of this aspect of the 1994 rule was suspended shortly after its issuance. The replacement provision was amended in 2004 to apply only to replacements of pipe or components, not the entire section. 126 The PHMSA regulatory evaluation indicated that, based on estimates provided by INGAA and AGA, the cost per mile of in-line inspection was $3,700–$9,600 in 2001. The regulatory evaluation noted that much natural gas transmission pipeline was not currently piggable and that INGAA estimated the cost per mile of adding pig launchers and receivers and making other necessary modifications was $11,750–$76,500, again in 2001 dollars. However, at the NTSB’s investigative hearing, the deputy director of the CPUC consumer product safety division testified that “in PG&E’s service territory… we haven’t seen an aggressive effort to make their pipes piggable… and we haven’t seen a program to take the grandfathered pipe and either… hydro test it or replace it. We haven’t seen, in the integrity management program, thus far, any aggressive efforts in those areas.”
125 “Line section” was defined in the 1994 rule as “a continuous run of transmission line between adjacent compressor stations, between a compressor station and storage facilities, between a compressor station and a block valve, or between adjacent block valves.” 126 Federal Register, vol. 69, no. 123 (June 28, 2004), p. 36029.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 85 The regulatory evaluation further noted that in-line inspection appeared to be the preferred method of assessment because the per-mile cost was less than for hydrostatic testing or direct assessment (discussed below). However, the PHMSA evaluation cautioned that “the choice between direct assessment and in-line inspection is not so obvious for pipeline that must be modified to be made piggable.” Nonetheless, PHMSA concluded that “while the direct assessment process produces a significant amount of information about the pipeline, pigging still provides operators the most information from actual examination of the pipe wall.” At the time of the accident, 945.28 miles of PG&E gas transmission lines could accommodate in-line inspection tools, and 713.09 of those miles had been inspected using in-line inspection tools. As of the date of this report, 987.98 miles of PG&E gas transmission lines could accommodate in-line inspection tools, and 742.42 of those miles have been inspected using those tools. 1.13.1.3 Direct Assessment Direct assessment is used to evaluate pipeline corrosion threats. The methodology relies on a variety of techniques—including records review, indirect inspection, mathematical models, and environmental surveys—to identify likely locations on the pipeline where corrosion may be occurring. In the case of ECDA, remote electric field measurements can identify coating flaws in buried pipelines. Likely locations of corrosion are then excavated and directly examined. A feedback mechanism is used to validate and improve the indirect assessment based on direct assessment findings. In the preamble to the 2004 integrity management rules,127 Pipeline operators have used indirect examination tools in [direct assessment] for many years, and there is a wealth of experience. Although exposing a pipeline for direct observation and evaluation of potential problems is the most reliable means of understanding pipeline condition, it is not practical to excavate and examine entire pipelines. The [direct assessment] process is a method that involves structured use of the time-tested indirect examination tools, and integration of the information gained from use of those tools with other information about the pipeline, to determine where it is necessary to excavate and examine the pipe. RSPA explained the use of indirect examination as part of the direct assessment process as follows, As originally proposed, the integrity management rules would not have allowed direct assessment as a primary assessment method except in certain circumstances (where in-line inspection and pressure testing were not possible or economically feasible or for low stress pipelines) and would have established shorter assessment intervals for direct assessment than for other assessment methods. However, based on numerous comments from the pipeline industry, the final rule eliminated these restrictions. In the preamble to the final rule, RSPA explained that many distribution companies operating transmission pipelines would need to rely heavily on
127 Federal Register, vol. 68, no. 240 (December 15, 2003), pp. 69778, 69791.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 86 direct assessment because such pipelines “are generally not amenable to in-line inspection, and are often impractical to remove from service for pressure testing.” In addition, RSPA noted that most of these pipelines “also operate at low pressures, presenting relatively smaller risks than other transmission pipelines.” Therefore, “[p]lacing more restrictive requirements on use of [direct assessment] would increase the burden, and costs, for operators of these low-risk pipelines without commensurate benefits.” The integrity management rules at 49 CFR 192.923 state that an operator may use only direct assessment as the primary assessment method to address the identified threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and stress corrosion cracking. In testimony at the NTSB investigative hearing, the PHMSA deputy associate administrator for field operations cautioned that direct assessment would not be appropriate for a seam threat. In other hearing testimony, a PHMSA materials engineer stated that the advantages of direct assessment include the ability to compare data from sequential assessments over time to identify changes in pipeline condition. According to 49 CFR 192.925, ECDA is a four-step process involving preassessment, indirect examination, direct examination, and postassessment and continuing evaluation. Internal corrosion direct assessment, according to 49 CFR 192.927, consists of a similar process involving preassessment, region identification, excavation and direct examination, and postassessment evaluation and monitoring. Stress corrosion cracking direct assessment involves data gathering and integration and use of an appropriate assessment method and remediation, as described at 49 CFR 192.929. The PHMSA regulatory evaluation for the gas integrity management rule indicated that, according to INGAA estimates, the cost per mile of performing direct assessment was $15,000 in
- AGA estimated the cost as $7,000–$8,000 per mile without any verification digs and
stated that excavation digs could cost from $2,500–$250,000, with an average of $40,000 for a typical large transmission line. 1.13.2 Automatic Shutoff Valve Technology Newer ASV technologies address previously recognized shortcomings such as false or nuisance trips (closures) from normal pressure transients. Newer ASV models incorporate “smart” technology while combining the features of both a line break device and a remote control valve. Such newer models sense pressure transients and trend the typical high and low operating pressures. They also record the pressures prior to an event for later analysis. The newer ASVs are solar powered with battery backup and can be programmed to send an alarm before tripping and closing. This alarm gives SCADA operators the opportunity to override an impending valve closure. The alarm can also be outfitted with a delay that allows the valve to trip locally if the operator does not override the alarm within a specified amount of time.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 87 1.13.3 2008 Natural Gas Explosion in Rancho Cordova, California The NTSB investigated a natural gas explosion involving a PG&E distribution line that occurred on December 24, 2008.128 The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the use of a section of unmarked and out-of-specification polyethylene pipe with inadequate wall thickness that allowed gas to leak from a mechanical coupling installed on September 21, 2006. Contributing to the accident was the 2-hour 47-minute delay in the arrival at the job site of a PG&E crew that was properly trained and equipped to identify and classify outdoor leaks and to begin response activities to ensure the safety of the residents and public. The explosion and fire, which was caused by a natural gas leak, destroyed a house in Rancho Cordova, California. One person was killed, and five other people, including one utility employee and one firefighter, were hospitalized as a result of the explosion. Two adjacent homes were severely damaged, and several homes received minor damage. The investigation found that at least one PG&E facility stored unmarked (nonspecification) pipe lengths that were delivered as part of packing material and later used them for stub markers. Such packing pipe was not intended for use as a specification pipe product. The NTSB report stated that the accident also highlighted shortcomings in PG&E’s response procedures. First, at the time of the accident, PG&E did not require any of the responders to periodically check in with their dispatch offices to communicate delays in responding. Second, PG&E sent GSRs as the first responders to leak complaints. The report noted that GSRs are neither trained in grading outdoor leaks nor equipped with the equipment required to do so under PG&E’s operator qualification program. A GSR who encountered an outdoor leak was required to call PG&E’s dispatch center and have a leak inspector sent to grade the leak. Prior to the Rancho Cordova accident, as a result of a May 2008 audit, the CPUC had ordered PG&E to review its response procedures to ensure that personnel responding to reports of gas leaks had the proper training and equipment. The CPUC order noted that PG&E’s procedures, “wherein events requiring immediate attention are identified and classified by persons not qualified to make such decisions, has the real potential to prevent or delay qualified personnel from timely responding to, and correcting what can be very hazardous conditions.”
128 Explosion, Release, and Ignition of Natural Gas, Rancho Cordova, California, December 24, 2008, Pipeline Accident Brief NTSB/PAB-10/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 88
- Analysis
- 1 Introduction
This analysis explains the probable cause of the accident and includes discussion of the following safety issues identified in this report: • Multiple deficiencies in PG&E’s operations, including its practices and procedures regarding emergency response, SCADA employees’ roles and duties, SCADA work, postaccident toxicological testing, isolation and shutdown after the rupture, public awareness, quality control, and integrity management. • Ineffectiveness of the CPUC’s oversight of PG&E. • Ineffectiveness of PHMSA’s oversight and inadequacy of current Federal pipeline safety rules, including those governing MAOP and integrity management programs, and ineffective implementation and execution of performance-based pipeline safety programs. The remainder of this introductory section discusses those elements of the investigation that the NTSB was able to determine did not affect the cause of the accident or the extent of its outcome. Segment 180 of Line 132 did not cross any known fault lines, and there were no reports of ground shifts in the accident area. A 1992 geologic hazard report prepared by PG&E indicated that the ground around Segment 180 had a low-to-moderate seismic risk, and a 2011 report by a company specializing in measuring ground deformation over time using satellite imagery indicated that fill beneath the Earl Avenue and Glenview Drive area of San Bruno did not experience any significant vertical movement between May 1992 and August 2010, indicating the area had a low seismic risk. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the Corps) geotechnical engineers evaluated seismic data and concurred that seismic loading was not a significant external force on the pipeline. Therefore, seismic activity can be ruled out as a factor in the failure of the pipeline. Laboratory examination of the accident pipe revealed no areas of preexisting external or internal corrosion, or stress corrosion cracking. Therefore, corrosion was eliminated as a factor in the pipeline rupture. Further, the laboratory examination revealed no evidence of preexisting damage or direct third-party damage. Therefore, direct third-party damage also was eliminated as a factor. (For additional analysis of activities surrounding the 2008 sewer replacement project, see section 2.3.4, “2008 Sewer Pipe Bursting Operation.”) Drug test results for workers at the Milpitas Terminal were negative. Alcohol tests were administered too late to be considered valid under DOT regulations. PG&E did no drug or alcohol testing of the SCADA center staff because PG&E did not believe that their actions had
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 89 contributed to the rupture. (For more information, see section 2.4.5, “Deficiencies in Postaccident Drug and Alcohol Testing.”) Fatigue was evaluated as a possible human performance issue. A variety of fatigue factors, including sleep (acute sleep loss, cumulative sleep debt, and sleep quality), continuous hours awake, circadian disruption, sleep disorders, medication use, disruptive environmental factors, and shift work considerations were examined. None of the fatigue factors emerged as an indication of significant physiological fatigue at the time of the accident, although one factor (continuous hours awake) was noteworthy. The accident occurred during the beginning of a new shift for SCADA operators who had arrived by 6:00 p.m. However, the day shift operators remained past their normal duty times in order to address the problems associated with the Milpitas Terminal and pressure anomalies. Thus, they continued working beyond their normal 12-hour shifts with the response lasting about 95 minutes beyond the shift’s end before the gas flow was shut down. The overall duty times at the time of the accident for the nine interviewed employees ranged from 12–13 hours. Their potential continuous hours awake ranged from about 13–15 hours at the time of the accident. The employees’ involvement in the subsequent response lasted at least 95 minutes immediately following the accident and occurred beyond the duty and continuous hours of awake times provided earlier. Therefore, some or all of the nine employees could have been functioning at 14.5–16.5 continuous hours of wakefulness during the subsequent response to the accident. Although continuous hours awake beyond 16 hours has been demonstrated to degrade operator performance substantially, 12-hour shifts also have been associated with fatigue-related performance decrements. In its 2005 safety study of SCADA systems,129 The nine PG&E employees interviewed were involved with varied aspects of the postrupture and emergency response activities (such as decision-making, communication, and coordination) and had extended amounts of continuous hours of wakefulness. Given the diversity of tasks, collective involvement in the response activities and number of individuals involved, it was not possible to connect an individual’s potential fatigue-related performance decrements to a specific outcome or action. Given this situation, it was not possible to include or exclude fatigue associated with the extended continuous hours of wakefulness as a factor in the accident or during the subsequent emergency response. the NTSB cited a variety of research studies showing fatigue-related performance deficits associated with 12-hour shifts. One article cited in the study found “a decreased performance (187 percent more errors) and increased sleepiness (66 percent) for workers of a 12-hour shift during their last 4 hours on shift.” Accordingly, the NTSB concludes that the following were not factors in this accident: seismic activity, corrosion, direct third-party damage, or drug use by the workers at the Milpitas Terminal.
129 NTSB/SS-05/02, p. 52.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 90 Over 900 emergency response personnel responded to the accident. The first police department and fire department resources arrived on scene within minutes of the explosion. Mutual aid personnel and resources were requested from surrounding jurisdictions. Firefighters and police officers conducted door-to-door searches in the surrounding neighborhoods and evacuated about 300 houses. A medical group was established, and medical units were located north and south of the explosion site. Logistics, planning, communications, finance, and damage assessment groups were formed as part of the organized emergency response. The city of San Bruno activated its emergency operations center and opened a facility staffed by the American Red Cross for evacuees. Because of the flow of natural gas from the pipeline during the first 95 minutes after the rupture, firefighters conducted defensive operations until the pipeline valves were closed, at which time they were able to access the area. The NTSB concludes that, considering the challenges of the prolonged fire fueled by natural gas, the emergency response was well coordinated and effectively managed by local responders. 2.2 Preaccident Events 2.2.1 Work Clearance Procedures for Electrical Work at Milpitas Terminal Because electrical work at the Milpitas Terminal resulted in the inadvertent pressure increases that preceded the rupture, the NTSB examined the procedures relating to this work. The investigation identified several deficiencies in the work clearance process used for the Milpitas Terminal electrical work. First, the system clearance form did not adequately detail the work to be performed. It did not discuss the equipment being worked on or the equipment that would be affected. The form indicated that normal function at the terminal would not be maintained, but there was no explanation, although the form called for such an explanation. The work clearance form also lacked any entries under “Sequence of Operations.” By contrast, NTSB investigators noted that the clearance form for the 2008 pressure increase to 400 psig130 If the form had included the necessary information, the SCADA operators would have at least been aware that power interruptions were planned to specific instrumentation at the Milpitas Terminal and might have taken steps to mitigate the risk. This assumption was also illustrated when, after the rupture (at 7:05 p.m.), a SCADA operator incorrectly stated, “it was a regular scheduled clearance, it wasn’t supposed to affect anything.” In fact, the clearance form indicated that the work was expected to affect the normal functioning of equipment at the Milpitas Terminal. However, the form lacked clarity regarding how, and the extent to which, the normal functioning of equipment would be affected. was highly detailed, with a step-by-step sequence of operations. Due to the lack of detail on the work clearance form for the September 9, 2010, work, the SCADA operators would not have been aware of the scope and magnitude of the work being performed at the Milpitas Terminal.
130 For more information about this pressure increase, see section 1.7.5.3. “Periodic Pressure Increases to MAOP.”
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 91 Second, the preparation and contingency planning for the September 9, 2010, electrical work was inadequate as illustrated by the Milpitas technician’s queries to SCADA operators about whether the valves on the incoming lines would fail closed and whether the station could be placed in bypass during the work. The fact that he needed to ask what impact certain steps in the work process would have on the equipment (as he did during phone calls at 3:36 p.m. and 4:03 p.m.) indicates that these issues were not evaluated in advance. Because of the lack of contingency planning, employees at both facilities were unprepared, as evidenced by the fact that workers at the Milpitas Terminal did not even realize that the regulator valves had opened at 5:22 p.m. until a SCADA operator informed them at 5:25 p.m. When the first unexpected power losses occurred at the Milpitas Terminal, the workers there decided to deviate from the assigned work and begin troubleshooting without stopping to notify the SCADA center or to assess the potential risk. By doing so, the workers at the Milpitas Terminal put themselves and the SCADA center in a reactive mode. Had a formal risk assessment been performed in advance, the SCADA staff might have taken precautionary measures to reduce the upstream pressures or have locked the regulating valves in a set position in advance, and retained those settings for the duration of the work, thus avoiding the accidental pressure increase. When work could potentially affect critical pipeline components, the involved personnel need to consider during the planning phase what failures might occur and be prepared to respond appropriately. The NTSB is concerned that the SCADA center approved an incomplete and inadequate system clearance form that did not address any such considerations. The NTSB concludes that had a properly prepared contingency plan for the Milpitas Terminal electrical work been in place and been executed, the loss of pressure control could have been anticipated and planned for, thereby minimizing or avoiding the pressure deviations. Accordingly, the NTSB recommends that PG&E revise its work clearance procedures to include requirements for identifying the likelihood and consequence of failure associated with the planned work and for developing contingency plans. 2.2.2 Internal Line Pressure Prior to Failure Sensors on either side of the rupture point showed that the internal line pressure at the time and location of the rupture was between 386–386.4 psig. Although this pressure was 11 psi greater than the MOP and higher than any confirmed pressure at the rupture site,131
131 In previous instances, when the pressure at the Milpitas Terminal was increased to 400 psig, the pressure at the rupture location was less than 386 psig. Because downstream demand draws gas from the system, the pressure downstream of the terminal will be less than the pressure at the terminal. During the 2008 pressure increase at the Milpitas Terminal to 400 psig (to maintain MAOP pursuant to the PG&E interpretation of 49 CFR 192.917(e)), the pressure downstream of the rupture location at the Martin Station and upstream of the rupture location at Half Moon Bay reached only 382 psig, and in 2003 it reached only 383 psig. On October 16, 1968, a pressure of 400 psig was recorded at the Milpitas Terminal, but the downstream pressure at the rupture location is not known. it was still 14 psi below the PG&E-specified MAOP of 400 psig. Segment 180 was erroneously listed as having a SMYS of 42,000 psi. A 400-psig operating pressure would be expected to stress the pipe to about 38 percent of SMYS, less than 50 percent of the design limit for a class 3 location and well below that required to burst the pipe. For DSAW pipe with a SMYS of 52,000 psi, as
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 92 most of Segment 180 was, the calculated burst pressure would have been even higher and the stress an even lower percent of SMYS. The calculated estimated burst pressure for a 30-inch-diameter X42 pipe built to PG&E and industry specifications is 1,300 psig. Nonetheless, Segment 180 ruptured at only 386 psig. The NTSB concludes that the internal line pressure preceding the rupture did not exceed the PG&E MAOP for Line 132 and would not have posed a safety hazard for a properly constructed pipe. Accordingly, the investigation examined why a pressure of only 386 psig was sufficient to rupture the pipe. 2.3 Cause of Pipeline Rupture Four of the six pups at the rupture location did not conform to any known specification for pipe, including PG&E and API specifications. Pups 1, 2, 3, and 5 had a yield strength below the SMYS for grade X42 and X52 pipe, the lowest (in pup 2) being 32,000 psi. In addition, the longitudinal seams on pups 1, 2, and 3 were partially welded from the outside only; and the longitudinal seam welds were ground down, thereby removing the weld reinforcement and, in some instances, external pipe material. The external grinding of the weld reinforcement combined with the size of the unwelded region resulted in a significantly reduced net cross-sectional area along the pup 1, 2, and 3 longitudinal seams, which resulted in higher stresses than in the rest of the pipe. Furthermore, the shape of the unwelded portion along each longitudinal seam formed a notch, the shape of which further concentrated the stresses at the root of the weld. Finally, the angular misalignment along pup 1 and pup 3 added additional bending stresses and strains. The finite element analysis models and the burst pressure calculations illustrated the effect of the notch in the longitudinal seams of pups 1, 2, and 3. The finite element models showed that for a length of typical DSAW pipe with an internal pressure of 400 psig, the stresses in the vicinity of the weld remained well below the pipe’s yield strength. For a length of pipe with a notch similar to pup 1, the finite element model indicated that at 375 psig, approximately half the pipe wall thickness exceeded the yield stress. As noted in section 1.8.5, “Burst Pressure Study and Finite Element Modeling,” the results of the burst pressure calculations indicated that a length of typical pipe with a yield strength of 42,000 psi had an estimated burst pressure of 1,300 psig. By contrast, the estimated burst pressures for pups 1, 2, and 3, as fabricated (before the additional crack growth discussed in the next section), were as low as 515, 574, and 430 psig, respectively. Thus, the weld defects reduced the weld strength for pups 1, 2, and 3 by as much as 66 percent. However, it should be noted that the burst pressure calculation methods cannot account for the effect of the weld misalignment angle observed on pups 1 and 3. Finite element models based on the observed geometry of the pup 1 and pup 3 welds were constructed and their responses to internal pressure were compared. The stresses and deformations associated with the pup 1 weld defect were greater than for the pup 3 weld defect. Thus, the pup 1 burst pressure was likely less than the pup 3 burst pressure.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 93 Based on these results, the NTSB concludes that the combination of the size and shape of the weld defect significantly reduced the strength of the pup 1 longitudinal seam, making it susceptible to unstable crack growth under internal gas pressure. 2.3.1 Fracture Origin and Failure Laboratory examination revealed that the rupture initiated approximately mid-length in the pup 1 longitudinal seam. A crack was observed that first formed in a manner consistent with ductile fracture into the welded portion of the seam, followed by additional crack growth by fatigue. The subcritical132 Girth weld C5 (which joined pup 4 to pup 5) was the weakest location along the east side of the pipe. The girth weld contained a lack of fusion/lack of penetration defect, the size and shape of which concentrated the stresses at the weld. In addition, pup 4 contained phosphorous and copper, which are known to cause brittle welds. Once the girth weld fractured, the center section was attached only at the south end. The center section of pipe twisted and rotated out of the ground about the southern end, separated from the pipeline, and came to rest about 100 feet south of its origin. (See figure 2.) crack that formed along the root of the weld further weakened the pup 1 longitudinal seam. When the pipeline pressure at the accident location reached 386 psig, the longitudinal crack began to propagate upstream and downstream of the initiation site, rupturing the east side of the pipe. Gas began to exit the pipe on the east side, creating a lateral force that pushed the pipe to the west and gave rise to a large longitudinal tensile stress on the east side of the pipe. The force of the exiting gas also excavated the surrounding soil, forming a crater. The NTSB investigation was unable to determine when or how the preexisting crack along the intact portion of the pup 1 longitudinal seam initiated. This uncertainty was due in large part to the fact that the pressure of 386 psig on the day of the rupture was the highest confirmed pressure at the rupture location. Previous pressure increases to 400 psig at the Milpitas Terminal in 2003 and 2008 resulted in downstream pressure increases to only 383 psig and 382 psig, respectively, at the rupture location. One other documented instance of a pressure increase to 400 psig at the Milpitas Terminal was recorded on October 16, 1968; however, downstream pressure data for that date are not available. Therefore, it is possible that—
132 Subcritical refers to a crack that can grow by some means without rupturing the pipe.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 94
- The pup 1 longitudinal seam was progressively weakened by internal
pressure/pressure cycling.
- Prior to installation, pup 1 was used for a purpose or fabricated in a way that initiated
and grew the crack along the weld.
- The pup 1 longitudinal seam was weakened due to construction or utility activities
after 1956. However, the investigation determined that the 2008 sewer replacement project did not progressively weaken the pup 1 longitudinal seam, as discussed in section 2.3.4, “2008 Sewer Pipe Bursting Operation.” Based on this analysis, the NTSB concludes that the fracture of Line 132 Segment 180 originated in the partially welded longitudinal seam of pup 1, which was progressively weakened due to ductile crack growth and fatigue crack growth. 2.3.2 Deficiencies in Fabrication of Accident Pipe Segment Owing to the lack of documentation, it could not be determined if the use of the pups in Segment 180 was a part of the original pipeline design or a field modification. The investigation attempted to determine whether the pups could have originated from mill-produced lengths of pipe. Investigators noted that manganese sulfide inclusions (known as stringers) in those pups were elongated in the transverse direction, indicating that the rolling direction of the steel was in the transverse direction.133 By contrast, the rolling direction for mill-produced pipe is in the longitudinal direction. Research into steel-making practices in the 1940s indicated that state-of-the-art rolling mills could produce plate only up to 11 feet wide.134 In addition, the assembly of pups did not meet PG&E or API requirements for a factory jointer (two or more pipe pieces joined by welding). PG&E and API specifications required the minimum length of each joined length of pipe to be at least 5 feet. However, pups 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 were all less than 4 feet in length. Moreover, according to API specifications, the ends of the pipe to be welded together were to be “prepared in accordance with the requirements of the process used,” meaning the ends of each length of pipe would have been prepared with an external bevel, yet no external bevels were observed. Pipe formed with the rolling direction aligned in the transverse direction would not have been capable of meeting the minimum length requirements for PG&E or other known pipe specifications and, therefore, would not have been used for such a purpose.
133 Steel plate is formed from an ingot by passing it through a series of rollers that reduce the thickness and increase the length. The inclusions start as round particles and elongate primarily in the rolling direction as the thickness of the steel plate is reduced. 134 Unites States Steel, The Making, Shaping and Treating of Steel, 7th ed. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania: United States Steel Corporation, 1957).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 95 The investigation also determined, based on differences in weld microstructure, weld penetration, microhardness, and shape of the heat-affected zone, that pups 1 through 5 were not fabricated according to the Consolidated Western DSAW process. The differences indicated that the welds on pups 1, 2, and 3 were performed at a lower power and at a slower deposition rate than the Consolidated Western process, resulting in a lower rate of heat input but a greater amount of total heat. The microhardness of the pup 4 seam weld and the manual shielded metal arc welds on pups 4 and 5 were also inconsistent with the Consolidated Western DSAW process.135 Other inconsistencies with the Consolidated Western process were noted. For instance, pups 1, 2, 3, and 5 were not likely subject to the Consolidated Western cold-expansion process. For a finished pipe diameter of 30 inches, the preexpanded pipe would be about 29.6 inches in diameter. Had the pups been fabricated to 29.6 inches, the unwelded seam geometry on pups 1, 2, and 3 would not have survived the hydraulic expansion process, and the pups would have ruptured. According to the 1949 report by Moody Engineering, Consolidated Western also subjected all jointers to this process “after the girth weld has been completed and chipped flush on the outside.” In other words, the girth welds would have been ground flush with the outer surface prior to fitting into the expander. However, all girth welds exhibited a weld reinforcement, and there was no evidence that the girth welds had been ground flush with the outer surface of the pipe. Therefore, pups 1, 2, 3, and 5 were likely fabricated to 30-inch diameter.
Similarly, the pups would not have been able to withstand the mill proof test to 90 percent of SMYS, which was part of the Consolidated Western quality control process. The mill proof-test pressure was 1,170 psig. The calculated burst pressures of pups 1, 2, and 3 were well below the proof-test pressure. In sum, at least four of the six pups in the accident pipe were rolled in a manner inconsistent with industry standard line pipe, at least five were not fabricated using Consolidated Western’s DSAW process, and the assembly of pups did not meet the requirements of a mill-produced jointer. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the accident pipe comprising the pups did not conform to PG&E or other known specifications for pipe and was fabricated at an undetermined facility to no known specification. 2.3.3 Deficiencies in Quality Control Associated with 1956 Relocation Project Given the identified weld and pipe deficiencies, NTSB investigators sought to understand how the substandard pipe piece could have been installed and remain in service undetected until the accident, 54 years later. The investigation revealed no records of radiography for the 1956 relocation project. (By contrast, the PG&E requirements called for radiography of 10 percent of the welds for the original construction of Line 132 in 1948.) Nor were there records of hydrostatic testing, which might have ruptured the pipe at the time of installation. The
135 Both welds along the pup 5 longitudinal seam were manual shielded metal arc welds performed by hand. It would not have been possible to produce those welds with the filler wire used in the Consolidated Western process. Attempting to do so would have resulted in an unstable arc and an unsuccessful weld operation.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 96 estimated burst pressure of pup 3 (which, according to the NTSB’s burst pressure calculations, had the weakest longitudinal seam as fabricated) was 430–558 psig. Industry consensus standards at the time of installation136 Further, a visual examination of the pipe would have detected the anomalous welds and defective welds. The unwelded seam defects and manual arc welds ran the entire length of each pup and were detectable by the unaided eye and/or by touch. If, as part of the 1956 relocation project, PG&E personnel had visually examined the inside of the pipe (a requirement of the PG&E specification for the 1948 construction project), the nonconforming and defective seam welds would have been readily detectable. Therefore, either a visual examination of the pipe was never performed, or it was performed but the observations were misinterpreted or ignored. specified hydrostatic testing at 1.25 times the MAOP for class 2 locations (which the accident location was in 1956)—which for a MAOP of 400 psig corresponds to a hydrostatic test pressure of 500 psig. However, those standards were voluntary, not mandatory, and PG&E chose not to follow them, thereby missing an opportunity to discover the defect at the time of commissioning. The presence of 0.312-inch wall thickness pipe (the north long joint near the rupture location) was another indicator of inadequate quality control. All of the material procurement orders for Segment 180 listed material codes for bare or wrapped 0.375-inch wall thickness pipe. There were no records indicating 0.312-inch wall thickness pipe was sent to the job site. In sum, quality control for the 1956 relocation project was insufficient to prevent the defective pipe from entering service. The NTSB concludes that the accident pipe would not have met generally accepted industry quality control and welding standards in 1956, indicating that those standards were overlooked or ignored. The NTSB further concludes that PG&E’s inadequate quality control during the 1956 relocation project led to the installation and commissioning of a defective pipe that remained undetected until the accident, 54 years later. 2.3.4 2008 Sewer Pipe Bursting Operation In 2008, pneumatic pipe bursting was used to shatter and expand an existing 6-inch vitrified clay sewer pipe that passed under Line 132. The pipe was replaced with a 10-inch polyethylene sewer pipe. Investigators considered: (1) the possibility that vibratory forces from the pneumatic bursting head could have caused fatigue crack growth along the pup 1 longitudinal seam; and (2) the possibility that constant soil bearing loads or variations in soil bearing loads developed at the sidewall of the exit pit could have caused ductile crack growth or fatigue crack growth along the pup 1 longitudinal seam. Regarding the first scenario, NTSB investigators conducted calculations and reviewed studies137
136 See ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition. that quantify the safe operating distances for pipe bursting adjacent to utilities, premised on the assumption that nearby utility pipes are properly constructed and nondefective. Investigators determined that the contractor maintained the recommended minimum safe 137 (a) Simicevic and Sterling, 2001. (b) Atalah, 2004.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 97 distance between the bursting head and the pipe. A potholing excavation on either side of Line 132 ensured that no soil displacements would be transmitted to Line 132. It also eliminated the need for pneumatic bursting from the west end of the excavation, under Line 132, and into the exit pit to minimize the vibratory forces on Line 132. (See figure 17.) According to the NTSB study, the vibrations from the bursting head would have had less effect on the stress state of the pup 1 longitudinal seam weld than a 6-psi change in internal gas pressure. By comparison, the internal gas pressure in Line 132 fluctuated by as much as 110 psi in the course of normal operations. Regarding the second scenario, it was determined that the sewer replacement contractor used a constant tension winch and steel cable to pull the bursting head toward the exit pit. The winch was braced against sheet piling at the bottom of the exit pit, about 10 feet from where the rupture initiated on pup 1. Calculations indicated that at this distance, the effect of external soil pressure on the stress state of the pup 1 longitudinal seam weld was less than a 2.5-psi increase in internal gas pressure. This pressure increase was too small to cause the ductile crack growth along the pup 1 longitudinal seam weld. Similarly, because of the constant tension design of the winch and the compliance of the cable,138 The Corps geotechnical engineers evaluated data, reports, and studies concerning the 2008 pipe bursting operation in the area of the pipeline rupture. Based on the review of key factors, the Corps concurred that the 2008 pipe bursting operation was not a significant external force on the pipeline. calculations indicated that the variations in external soil pressure were one-tenth of the static pressure. Because the pressure variations were so low, they could not have caused the fatigue crack growth observed on pup 1. In sum, the NTSB concludes that the 2008 sewer line installation did not damage the defective pipe that later ruptured. 2.4 Adequacy of PG&E Emergency Response The NTSB found that PG&E operating procedures hindered the communications between the PG&E SCADA and dispatch centers. In addition, there were problems related to locating the actual leak location. Questions were raised soon after the accident about the time (95 minutes) that elapsed after the rupture before the transmission line was isolated. Under PG&E’s emergency response plan, although the PG&E SCADA center personnel were responsible for pipeline monitoring and operations, the PG&E dispatch center personnel were responsible for sending first responders. Therefore, personnel at these two facilities were required to coordinate with each other to effect PG&E’s overall response to the emergency.
138 Compliance is a measure of how much a cable elongates in response to an applied load. The compliance of the cable is determined by the choice of material and its diameter.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 98 2.4.1 Internal Communication and Coordination The SCADA operators’ initial response to the high pressure alarms at 5:25 p.m. was appropriate, and the required analysis took place within the first 10 minutes. After analyzing the alarms, the SCADA operator and the Milpitas technician agreed on a corrective action to reduce the monitor valve pressure set points back to within the MOP, which was initiated within about 20 minutes of the alarms. When high pressure persisted and control could not be restored at the Milpitas Terminal, the SCADA center took further action and reduced the upstream pressure set points for the gas lines coming into the Milpitas Terminal. However, after the rupture, about 6:15 p.m., as the staff was confronted with both the Milpitas Terminal anomalies, as well as the low pressure alarms at the Martin Station coupled with the reports of a fire in San Bruno, it was evident from the communications between the SCADA center staff, the dispatch center, and various other PG&E employees that the roles and responsibilities for dealing with such emergencies were poorly defined. The SCADA operators and coordinators sat near each other in the SCADA center and communicated frequently throughout the evening, exchanging operational information among themselves about the ongoing electrical work at the Milpitas Terminal and its impact on the rest of the system. However, the NTSB notes that the lack of assigned roles and responsibilities resulted in SCADA staff not allocating their time and attention in the most effective manner. They did not initially notice the dropping pressures at the Martin Station after the rupture, but rather were alerted by staff at the Brentwood SCADA facility. Also, there was unnecessary overlap and duplication of their efforts. Several SCADA operators contacted the same SCADA transmission and regulation supervisor (supervisor 6), but seemed unaware that the senior SCADA coordinator had already made contact with the supervisor. Further, the low pressure alarms at Martin Station were initially acknowledged by two SCADA coordinators. SCADA center staff provided many telephone briefings and updates to various PG&E employees and officials, occupying a significant portion of staff time during the first 90 minutes after the rupture. In addition, the SCADA staff received multiple calls from other PG&E employees and officials regarding the opening of various emergency response centers. These incoming and outgoing calls were handled by whichever SCADA staff member was available, without any command structure. It would have been beneficial to have had one SCADA operator designated as the sole point of contact for the workers at the Milpitas Terminal so that others could handle and monitor the remainder of the system. Such staff allocation would have permitted a direct exchange of information aimed at resolving the issue, while permitting other SCADA personnel to continue monitoring the entire system, maintain situational awareness, and communicate with internal and external entities, as needed. The lack of a centralized command structure was also evident in that key information was not disseminated in a reliable manner. Each SCADA staff member was left to form his or her own impression as to the nature and severity of the rupture based on the information they had, resulting in some conflicting and erroneous assessments (which are discussed in more detail in section 2.4.3, “Line Break Recognition”). The lack of a centralized command structure was also
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 99 reflected in the conflicting instructions regarding whether to remotely close valves at the Martin Station. At 7:25 p.m., an on-call supervisor called the SCADA center to ask whether mechanics should manually close the valves or whether the SCADA center could close them remotely. SCADA operator D responded that they would prefer to lose as few customers as possible and would rather have mechanics manually close the line valves. However, at 7:27 p.m., an on-scene SCADA transmission and regulation supervisor (supervisor 6) called the SCADA center and requested that they close the remote valves at Martin Station, which SCADA operator D did. Finally, the supervising engineer for the SCADA controls group seemed slow to get involved, despite the fact that he is responsible for all SCADA and control systems throughout the PG&E gas transmission pipeline system. His first contact with the SCADA center was at 6:51 p.m., requesting information. (By that time, he had already left the office for the day.) At 7:19 p.m., he called again to inform the senior SCADA coordinator that the workers at the Milpitas Terminal had said they did not need his help; he asked the senior SCADA coordinator to call him in a half hour if SCADA was still not working. The senior SCADA coordinator responded by suggesting to the supervising engineer that he go to the Milpitas Terminal to help with restoring SCADA functionality, noting that technicians had already been working on the problem for 2 hours without success, but the supervising engineer said he would wait and asked that the SCADA center call him with updates. He arrived at the Milpitas Terminal about 9:00 p.m. The PG&E dispatch center learned of the explosion at 6:18 p.m. The dispatch center initially dispatched only a single service representative (at 6:23 p.m.) to assess the scene and did not immediately dispatch a qualified crew to shut off valves. At 6:27 p.m., the dispatch center informed SCADA operator C of the fire in San Bruno. At 6:31 p.m., SCADA operator B informed the dispatch center that there was a possibility the fire was being fed by a PG&E gas line. At 6:35 p.m., mechanic 1 informed the dispatch center that there was a PG&E transmission line in the area and that the flame seemed consistent with a transmission line fire. At 6:48 p.m., supervisor 1 called the dispatch center to request “gas crews to cut off distribution.” At 6:54 p.m., the San Bruno Police Department informed the dispatch center that they needed the gas shut off. At 6:55 p.m., SCADA operator B informed the dispatch center that the fire was being fed by Line 132. However, no one had yet been officially dispatched to shut off the valves and isolate the rupture. Further, no one within PG&E was compiling and assessing the information generated from the SCADA system and telephone communications from outside sources or between the SCADA center and dispatch. In summary, PG&E’s response to the Line 132 break lacked a command structure with defined leadership and support responsibilities within the SCADA center. Execution of the PG&E emergency plan resulted in delays that could have been avoided by better utilizing the SCADA center’s capability. The NTSB concludes that PG&E lacked detailed and comprehensive procedures for responding to a large-scale emergency such as a transmission line break, including a defined command structure that clearly assigns a single point of leadership and allocates specific duties to SCADA staff and other involved employees. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PG&E establish a comprehensive emergency response procedure for responding to large-scale emergencies on transmission lines; the procedure should (1) identify a
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 100 single person to assume command and designate specific duties for SCADA staff and all other potentially involved company employees; (2) include the development and use of trouble-shooting protocols and checklists; and (3) include a requirement for periodic tests and/or drills to demonstrate the procedure can be effectively implemented. 2.4.2 Notifying Emergency Responders The NTSB noted that PG&E did not notify emergency officials that the accident involved the rupture of one of PG&E’s pipelines, even after they had deduced this to be the case. On June 8, 2011, the NTSB made the following recommendations to address these issues. Specifically, the NTSB recommended that PHMSA do the following: Issue guidance to operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines regarding the importance of sharing system-specific information, including pipe diameter, operating pressure, product transported, and potential impact radius, about their pipeline systems with the emergency response agencies of the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located. (P-11-1) Issue guidance to operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines regarding the importance of control room operators immediately and directly notifying the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-2) To PG&E, NTSB recommended the following: Require your control room operators to notify, immediately and directly, the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which your transmission and/or distribution pipelines are located, when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-3) Because of emergency response awareness issues discovered in the Carmichael, Mississippi,139
139 See Rupture of Hazardous Liquid Pipeline With Release and Ignition of Propane, Carmichael, Mississippi, November 1, 2007, Pipeline Accident Report NTSB/PAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). and San Bruno investigations, the NTSB is concerned that similar problems may exist with other pipeline operators and believes that the guidance recommended in Safety Recommendations P-11-1 and -2 should be codified as requirements. To address these concerns, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA require operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines to provide system-specific information about their pipeline systems to the emergency response agencies of the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located. This information should include pipe diameter, operating pressure, product transported, and potential impact radius. As a result of this new recommendation to PHMSA, Safety Recommendation P-11-1 is classified
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 101 “Closed—Superseded.” Further, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA require operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines to ensure that their control room operators immediately and directly notify the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. As a result of this new recommendation to PHMSA, Safety Recommendation P-11-2 is classified “Closed—Superseded.” 2.4.3 Line Break Recognition Although SCADA staff quickly realized that there had been a gas line break in San Bruno, they were slow to recognize the connection between the line break and the overpressure at the Milpitas Terminal, and some staff were initially unsure of whether the break was in a transmission or a distribution line. In a postaccident interview, SCADA operator B stated that within 7 minutes of the rupture, he knew there had been a break in Line 132, and that by 6:30 p.m., he knew it was within a 12-mile corridor in the vicinity of San Bruno. At 6:53 p.m., SCADA operator D indicated that he knew the break was in Line 132, telling the on-scene SCADA transmission and regulation supervisor, “Yeah, absolutely we believe it’s a break on Line 132.” However, at about that time, there was still confusion among other employees as indicated by comments made at 6:51 p.m. by SCADA operator C to a PG&E pipeline engineer, indicating that although the engineer said he thought there was a PG&E transmission line close to the area of the fire, SCADA operator C did not think the break was in a transmission line. At 6:55 p.m., in a telephone discussion between SCADA operator C and the on-scene PG&E gas maintenance and construction superintendent (supervisor 3), both indicated that they believed a distribution line and not a transmission line had been breached. SCADA staff also had difficulties determining the exact location of the rupture. At 6:49 p.m., the SCADA center was still uncertain of the rupture point, as illustrated by the comment of the senior SCADA coordinator to a dispatch employee, “We are going to feed the line break at this pressure but I would take the pressure down if I knew more about what was feeding it… .” The PG&E SCADA system lacked several tools that could have assisted the staff in recognizing and pinpointing the location of the rupture, such as real-time leak or line break detection models, and closely spaced flow and pressure transmitters. A real-time leak detection application is a computer-based model of the transmission system that runs simultaneously with SCADA and provides greater feedback to SCADA operators when a large scale leak, line break, or system anomaly is present. Such models use actual SCADA pressures and flows to calculate actual and expected hydraulic performance; when the values do not match, an alarm is generated. Appropriate spacing of pressure transmitters at regular intervals140
140 SCADA data on Line 132 are currently received from only a few transmitters at randomly spaced intervals. allows SCADA operators to quickly identify pressure decreases that point toward a leak or line break.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 102 The NTSB concludes that PG&E’s SCADA system limitations contributed to the delay in recognizing that there had been a transmission line break and quickly pinpointing its location. Accordingly, the NTSB recommends that PG&E equip its SCADA system with tools to assist in recognizing and pinpointing the location of leaks, including line breaks; such tools could include a real-time leak detection system and appropriately spaced flow and pressure transmitters along covered transmission lines. The NTSB further recommends that PHMSA require that all operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines equip their SCADA systems with tools to assist in recognizing and pinpointing the location of leaks, including line breaks; such tools could include a real-time leak detection system and appropriately spaced flow and pressure transmitters along covered transmission lines. 2.4.4 Rapid Shutdown, ASVs, and RCVs Mechanics 1 and 2 had self-reported to the Colma yard at 6:35 p.m., and they decided to depart the yard at 7:06 p.m. to shut off the valves. Because gas was being supplied to the break from both the north and the south, shutdown and isolation of the rupture required closure of manual shutoff valves closest to the break, which were located about 1.5 miles apart, on either end of the break. The mechanics identified and manually closed those valves at 7:30 p.m. (south valve) and 7:46 p.m. (north valve). Also, about 7:29 p.m., the SCADA center remotely closed valves at the Martin Station in response to a request from a SCADA supervisor (supervisor 6) who had joined the mechanics. The NTSB is concerned that mechanics 1 and 2 were unnecessarily held at the Colma yard and that the response could have been delayed even longer if the two mechanics had waited for official orders from PG&E. Further, the SCADA center staff could have reduced the flow sooner by shutting the remote valves at the Martin Station sooner, but they did not. These delays needlessly prolonged the release of gas and prevented emergency responders from accessing the area. The total heat and radiant energy released by the burning gas was directly proportional to the time gas flowed freely from the ruptured pipeline. Therefore, as vegetation and homes ignited, the fire would have spread and led to a significant increase in property damage. The pressurized flow from the south resulted in an intense flame front similar to a blowtorch, and emergency responders were unable to gain access to the area. If the gas had been shut off earlier, removing fuel flow, the fire would likely have been smaller and resulted in less damage. Also, buildings that would have provided protection to residents in a shorter duration fire were compromised because of the elevated heat. In addition to exposing residents and their property to increased risk, the prolonged fire also negatively affected emergency responders, who were put at increased risk by having to be in close proximity to fire for a longer time and were not available to respond to other potential emergencies while they were waiting for the fire to subside. The NTSB concludes that the 95 minutes that PG&E took to stop the flow of gas by isolating the rupture site was excessive. This delay, which contributed to the severity and extent of property damage and increased risk to the residents and emergency responders, in
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 103 combination with the failure of the SCADA center to expedite shutdown of the remote valves at the Martin Station, contributed to the severity of the accident. The NTSB has long been concerned about the lack of standards for rapid shutdown and the lack of requirements for ASVs or RCVs in HCAs. As far back as 1971, the NTSB recommended, in Safety Recommendation P-71-1, the development of standards for rapid shutdown of failed natural gas pipelines. In 1995, the NTSB recommended, in Safety Recommendation P-95-1, that RSPA expedite requirements for installing automatic- or remote-operated mainline valves on high-pressure pipelines in urban and environmentally sensitive areas to provide for rapid shutdown of failed pipeline segments. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation P-95-1 “Closed—Acceptable Action,” believing that the RSPA 2004 integrity management rulemaking (requiring that each gas transmission operator determine whether installing ASVs or RCVs would be an efficient means of adding protection to an HCA) would lead to a more widespread use of ASVs and RCVs. However, it did not. Federal regulations prescribe, at 49 CFR 192.179, the spacing of valves on a transmission line based on class location. However, other than for pipelines with alternative MAOPs,141 the regulations do not require a response time to isolate a ruptured gas line, nor do they explicitly require the use of ASVs or RCVs. The regulations give the pipeline operator discretion to decide whether ASVs or RCVs are needed in HCAs as long as they consider the factors listed under 49 CFR 192.935(c).142 In the case of the San Bruno transmission line break, nearby RCVs could have significantly reduced the amount of time the fire burned, and thus the severity of the accident. Had the two isolation valves, located 1.5 miles apart, been outfitted with remote closure capability, prompt closure of those valves would have reduced the amount of fuel burned by the fire and allowed firefighters to enter the affected area sooner. The PG&E manager of gas system operations acknowledged at the NTSB’s investigative hearing that the use of RCVs could have reduced the time it took to isolate the rupture by about 1 hour. Therefore, there is little incentive for an operator to perform an objective risk analysis, as illustrated by PG&E’s June 14, 2006, memorandum—which was issued after the CPUC 2005 audit identified PG&E’s failure to consider the issue but does not directly discuss any of the factors listed in section 192.935(c). Rather, it cites industry references to support the conclusion that most of the damage from a pipeline rupture occurs within the first 30 seconds, and that the duration of the resulting fire “has (little or) nothing to do with human safety and property damage.” The memorandum concludes that the use of an ASV or an RCV as a prevention and mitigation measure in an HCA would have “little or no effect on increasing human safety or protecting properties.”
141 Under 49 CFR 192.620, “Alternative Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure for Certain Steel Pipelines,” issued in 2008, an operator is allowed to operate a pipeline at up to 80 percent SMYS in class 2 locations as long as it meets a very specific and stringent set of criteria. Section 192.620(c)(3) states that an RCV or ASV is required for such pipelines if the response time to mainline valves exceeds 1 hour under normal driving conditions and speed limits. 142As noted in section 1.9.2, “Use of Automatic Shutoff Valves and Remote Control Valves,” those factors are (1) the swiftness of leak detection and pipe shutdown capabilities; (2) the type of gas being transported; (3) the operating pressure; (4) the rate of potential release; (5) the pipeline profile; (6) the potential for ignition; and (7) the location of nearest response personnel.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 104 Damage from the pipeline rupture could have been reduced significantly if the valves on either end of the rupture point had been equipped with ASVs. Analysis of pressure differentials indicated that the San Bruno rupture would have resulted in the closure of an ASV at the downstream location143 and would likely also have resulted in the closure of an ASV at the upstream location.144 Concerns about ASVs have focused on the cost of installation and their susceptibility to inadvertently trip based on pressure transients in the system. However, vendors have developed newer models that address these shortcomings by combining the features of traditional ASVs with RCVs. These “smart” valves include sensors that can trend the pressure transients on a line to identify what constitutes normal operation, thereby lessening the chances of an inappropriate shutdown. Also, the newer models can alert a SCADA center when the valve hits a trip point, allowing SCADA operators the option of overriding the valve closure and precluding an undesired shutdown. Even the closing of a downstream ASV alone would have been beneficial in that it would have immediately alerted SCADA to a more precise location of the break. The NTSB concludes that the use of ASVs or RCVs along the entire length of Line 132 would have significantly reduced the amount of time taken to stop the flow of gas and to isolate the rupture. The NTSB is aware that PG&E is in the process of expanding its use of ASVs and RCVs and has added this capability to some valve locations since the accident. However, the NTSB recommends that PG&E expedite the installation of ASVs and RCVs on transmission lines in HCAs and class 3 and 4 locations, and space them at intervals that consider the factors listed in 49 CFR 192.935(c). The NTSB also recommends that PHMSA amend 49 CFR 192.935(c) to directly require that ASVs or RCVs in HCAs and in class 3 and 4 locations be installed and spaced at intervals that consider the factors listed in that regulation. 2.4.5 Deficiencies in Postaccident Drug and Alcohol Testing After the accident, PG&E identified four employees at the Milpitas Terminal for postaccident toxicological testing pursuant to 49 CFR 199.105 and 49 CFR 199.225. As mentioned in section 2.1, “Introduction,” test results were negative for the presence of specified drugs. Testing for drugs was accomplished successfully within the time constraints defined in 49 CFR 199.105; that is, within 32 hours of the accident. However, alcohol testing was not conducted properly in accordance with 49 CFR 199.225, which requires that testing be administered within 8 hours of an accident, and, if it is not, the operator shall cease attempts to do so. Results for the alcohol tests were invalid and therefore, the use of alcohol cannot be excluded.
143 The pressure decay at the Martin Station showed a decrease from 386 to 200 psig in the course of 3 minutes (62 psig per minute), beginning at 6:11 p.m. This drop would have been more than sufficient to trip an ASV located at the downstream valve near the rupture point. 144 The pressure decay in Line 132 was not captured because the transmitter at that location was not installed directly on the main line but on a smaller transmission line (at Half Moon Bay) that branched off from Lines 132 and 109. Although the Half Moon Bay pressure readings cannot be used past 6:11 p.m. to approximate the Line 132 pressures upstream of the rupture, because the differential pressure was great enough to trip an ASV on the smaller line branching off Line 132 at Half Moon Bay, an ASV located on Line 132 likely would have tripped as well. (The smaller line crossed the San Andreas fault and, therefore, was equipped with an ASV to address seismic risk.)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 105 Alcohol testing of the four Milpitas Terminal employees commenced at 3:10 a.m. and concluded at 5:02 a.m. on September 10, 2010. The accident occurred at about 6:11 p.m. on the previous evening. Therefore, alcohol testing should have been completed by 2:11 a.m. on September 10, at the latest. PG&E officials explained that toxicological testing was delayed because the decision to perform testing was not made until approximately midnight and that the request for testing was made at 12:30 a.m. The NTSB is concerned by PG&E’s delay in contacting the toxicological testing contractor until 12:30 a.m., more than 6 hours after the rupture. Further, upon arrival at the Milpitas Terminal about 2:00 a.m., the contractor should have determined the time of the rupture and attempted to expedite alcohol testing, given that only minutes remained before the regulations prohibited testing. The NTSB is concerned that the alcohol testing was conducted after the prescribed 8 hours following an accident. Further, the NTSB is concerned that PG&E did not perform any drug or alcohol testing of its SCADA staff. The regulations in 49 CFR 199.105 and 49 CFR 199.225 require testing of any employee whose performance cannot be discounted completely as a contributing factor to the accident and that a decision not to administer a test must be based on a determination that the employee’s performance “could not have contributed to the accident.” The SCADA personnel were directly involved in monitoring and controlling the events that unfolded during the accident scenario. Therefore, the SCADA personnel should have been tested. The NTSB concludes that the 6-hour delay before ordering drug and alcohol testing, the commencement of alcohol testing at the Milpitas Terminal 1 hour after it was no longer permitted, the failure to properly record an explanation for the delay, and the failure to conduct drug or alcohol testing on the SCADA center staff all demonstrate that the PG&E postaccident toxicological program was ineffective. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PG&E revise its postaccident toxicological testing program to ensure that testing is timely and complete. The NTSB is concerned that the regulations requiring operators to conduct postaccident drug and alcohol testing give operators too much discretion in deciding which employees to test, because it states that the decision not to administer a drug test “…must be based on the best information available immediately after the accident that the employee’s performance could not have contributed to the accident…”, and the decision not to administer an alcohol test “…shall be based on the operator’s determination, using the best available information at the time of the determination, that the covered employee’s performance could not have contributed to the accident.” Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA amend 49 CFR 199.105 and 49 CFR 199.225 to eliminate operator discretion with regard to testing of covered employees. The revised language should require drug and alcohol testing of each employee whose performance either contributed to the accident or cannot be completely discounted as a contributing factor to the accident. The NTSB also recommends that PHMSA issue immediate guidance clarifying the need to conduct postaccident drug and alcohol testing of all potentially involved personnel despite uncertainty about the circumstances of the accident.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 106 2.5 MAOP 2.5.1 MAOP of Line 132 The construction records provided by PG&E did not document the original MAOP for Line 132. However, in 1970, the specified MAOP for all of Line 132 was 400 psig pursuant to the grandfather clause, which allows pipelines constructed prior to 1970 to operate with a MAOP based on the highest actual operating pressure during the 5 years preceding July 1970. If the presence of the pups in Segment 180 had been considered in determining a design pressure, it would not have substantiated a MAOP of 400 psig. ASME B31.1.8, 1955 edition (paragraph 811.27) and present day 49 CFR 192.107 provide similar guidance for establishing the yield strength of pipe of unknown specification for the purpose of calculating design pressure (for example, a default strength is established by regulation when the type of pipe is unknown). Based on the yield strength test data, the MAOP for a class 3 location would have been 284 psig and the MAOP for a class 2 location (as the location of Segment 180 was in 1956) would have been 341 psig. 2.5.2 Grandfathering of Pre-1970 Pipelines Of broader concern is the exemption of pre-1970 pipelines nationwide from the requirement for a postconstruction hydrostatic pressure test. This exemption was added at the final stage of rulemaking, not having been subject to public comment as part of the original notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). It was based on an assertion from the Federal Power Commission that, “there are thousands of miles of jurisdictional interstate pipelines installed prior to 1952 [when the voluntary industry pressure test standards incorporated in section 192.619 were established], in compliance with the then existing codes, which could not continue to operate at their present pressure levels and be in compliance with” the proposed standard in the NPRM calling for the MAOP to be limited to a percentage of the pressure to which it was tested after construction. It is not clear from the preamble to the final rule what rationale, if any, the Federal Power Commission or the DOT pipeline staff relied on to justify exempting pipelines such as Line 132, which were constructed without complying with the voluntary hydrostatic pressure testing standards of then-existing codes. Grandfathering of Line 132 by the CPUC in 1961 and then by RSPA in 1970 resulted in missed opportunities to detect the defective pipe. In 1961, the CPUC began requiring a postconstruction hydrostatic test to 1.5 times MAOP for newly constructed pipelines in class 3 areas. In 1970, RSPA began requiring a postconstruction hydrostatic test to 1.5 times MAOP in class 3 locations. For a MAOP of 400 psig, this corresponds to a hydrostatic test pressure of 600 psig. However, pursuant to the 1970 grandfather clause, Line 132 and other existing gas transmission pipelines with no prior hydrostatic test were permitted to use as their MAOP the highest operating pressure recorded during the previous 5 years (that is, between 1965–1970) and allowed to continue operating with no further testing. Thus, the NTSB concludes that if the grandfathering of older pipelines had not been permitted since 1961 by the
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 107 CPUC and since 1970 by the DOT, Line 132 would have undergone a hydrostatic pressure test that would likely have exposed the defective pipe that led to this accident. Other examples of how the grandfather clause results in reduced safety margins include the following: • Title 49 CFR 192.195, “Protection Against Accidental Overpressuring,” which requires that pressure relieving or limiting devices ensure that pipeline pressure (for pipelines operated at 60 psig or higher) does not exceed MAOP plus 10 percent or the pressure that produces a hoop stress of 75 percent of SMYS, whichever is lower. However, for a pipeline whose MAOP was established in accordance with the grandfather clause, this pressure (MAOP plus 10 percent) may be greater than any pressure it was subjected to in its lifetime. • Title 49 CFR 192.933(d)(1), “Immediate Repair Conditions,” which allows operators to continue operating a gas pipeline with a known defect unless “a calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe shows a predicted failure pressure less than or equal to 1.1 times the maximum allowable operating pressure.” Again, this pressure (1.1 times the MAOP) may be greater than any pressure a grandfathered pipeline was subjected to in its lifetime. More than half of the nation’s onshore gas transmission pipelines (about 180,000 miles) were installed prior to the effective date of the 1970 requirement for hydrostatic pressure testing. PHMSA does not keep track of how many of these pipelines have had their MAOP established under the grandfather clause. The state of California has already taken action to address grandfathering for pipelines within its jurisdiction. In its June 9, 2011, order requiring PG&E and other gas transmission operators regulated by the CPUC to either hydrostatically pressure test or replace certain transmission pipelines with grandfathered MAOPs, the CPUC stated that natural gas transmission pipelines “must be brought into compliance with modern standards for safety” and “historic exemptions must come to an end.” The NTSB agrees and concludes that there is no safety justification for the grandfather clause exempting pre-1970 pipelines from the requirement for postconstruction hydrostatic pressure testing. Studies (discussed in section 1.13.1.1, “Pressure Testing”) have shown that hydrostatic pressure testing is most effective when it incorporates a spike test in which the pipeline is initially pressurized to a higher level for a short time. Accordingly, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA amend 49 CFR 192.619 to delete the grandfather clause and require that all gas transmission pipelines constructed before 1970 be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test that incorporates a spike test. 2.6 Integrity Management Program The elements of an effective integrity management program are accurate, complete, and verifiable data; threat identification and risk assessment; evaluation and correction; and self-assessment of program effectiveness. The NTSB investigation examined each of these elements and found issues of significant concern.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 108 2.6.1 PG&E GIS and Pipeline Record-keeping As PHMSA emphasized in its advisory bulletin after PG&E record-keeping deficiencies first came to light, an operator’s awareness of the physical attributes of its pipelines “is a vital component in an operator’s ability to identify and evaluate the risks to its pipeline and identify the appropriate assessment tools, … [and] if this information is unknown, or unknowable, a more conservative approach to operations is dictated.” NTSB investigators examined the PG&E GIS and related records and found that, in many cases, PG&E used assumed values for key pipeline parameters. The records also included many obvious errors in key pipeline parameters, including but not limited to seam type, SMYS, and depth of cover. Many of these missing data and obvious errors could have been identified and been corrected by exposing the pipe. In fact, many of the pipe segments for which records had missing, assumed, or erroneous data had previously been exposed in connection with ECDA excavations as part of the integrity management program. Of 13 segments on Line 132 that were so exposed, two had an assumed wall thickness and four had an unknown depth of cover. Additionally, records of ECDA for one of the segments showing an erroneous 40-foot depth of cover indicated a correct depth of cover (5 feet 4 inches–6 feet 4 inches), yet this correction was not entered into the GIS. All of these ECDA digs predated the records that contained the missing, assumed, or erroneous values. When questioned concerning missing pipeline design-attribute data, PG&E told NTSB investigators— where other information is absent, PG&E utilizes similar conservative assumptions with respect to various data points, including pipe characteristics and construction methodologies, so that its integrity management assessments, relative risk prioritizations, strength and MAOP calculations and the like are founded on conservative values that ensure generous safety margins. However, in the following instances, investigators found that PG&E did not use conservative values for missing and assumed data, and excluded some threats in the risk algorithms145 • One segment used an assumed value for SMYS of 33,000 psi, and another used an assumed value of 52,000 psi—contrary to 49 CFR 192.107, which requires operators to use a value of 24,000 psi when the SMYS is unknown. used for segments in Line 132: • In the third-party threat algorithm, an unknown depth of cover is assigned the same value as ground cover meeting new construction depth requirements. As noted in section 1.9.4.1, “Geographic Information System,” the depth of cover for more than 82 percent of Line 132 is unknown.
145 Risk algorithms are discussed in more detail in the next report section.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 109 • In several threat algorithms, nonconservative values are used for pipe wall thickness. PG&E uses MOP as a percent of pipe strength, calculated from the pipe diameter, pipe wall thickness, weld joint efficiency, and specified minimum wall thickness. As noted in section 1.9.4.1, “Geographic Information System,” the pipe wall thickness for Line 132 is an assumed value for 41.75 percent of Line 132. • The use of “wedding band” joints146 in place of a girth weld is not considered as an element of any of the threat algorithms, despite the fact that this type of joint is not as strong as a full penetration butt weld.147 • Prior to the San Bruno accident, PG&E did not consider missing girth weld radiography records as an element of any of the threat algorithms.
• Construction damage is not considered as an element of any of the threat algorithms. • Leaks resulting from manufacturing defects are only considered in threat algorithms if they occurred on the segment in question or on an adjacent segment with the same pipe properties and within 1 mile of the leak. Leaks on more distant pipe segments of the same vintage, same characteristics, and same manufacturer are not considered. These restrictions are a concern because PG&E used pipe of the same vintage, same characteristics, and same manufacturer in multiple noncontiguous segments, spanning multiple miles and separate lines. As recognized in ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, a leak in one of those segments resulting from a manufacturing defect calls into question whether a related risk might exist on similar segments beyond the adjacent segments. As part of its ECDA procedure, PG&E requires the collection of data that could be used for validating assumed values and determining unknown values in the GIS; however, pipeline records must be updated only as part of the preassessment portion of the ECDA process. There is no requirement to update pipeline records with data collected from the excavation and examination portions of the ECDA process. At the NTSB investigative hearing, PG&E officials testified that if discrepancies between GIS data and actual conditions are discovered by field personnel, field engineers are required to report them to the mapping department, which validates the information. However, the documents provided to the NTSB indicate that PG&E does not use the ECDA process for validating assumed values, determining unknown values, or correcting erroneous values. Other inaccuracies noted in the PG&E GIS include the absence of any indication that Segment 180 contained six short pups welded together and the inaccurate identification of the cause of a longitudinal seam leak on Line 132, which was identified on October 27, 1988. Prior to the accident, the GIS only identified that a leak had occurred at MP 30.5 and did not provide any details. When questioned about the leak data, PG&E stated that when it transitioned to its GIS in the late 1990s, only open (that is, unresolved) leak information was transferred. Closed leak information—such as the October 27, 1988, leak, which had been repaired—was not transferred to the GIS. This situation suggests that additional leaks from the time prior to the late
146 A wedding band joint is a short sleeve fillet welded to the outside of two adjacent pipe ends. 147 A butt weld is a welded connection between two pipe ends that penetrates the full thickness of the pipe walls and is designed to be as strong as the pipes it is joining.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 110 1990s may not be not reflected in the GIS and thus not be considered as part of the risk assessment for the affected segments, despite PG&E’s stated intent to include leak history in its inventory of pipeline attributes. Another GIS inaccuracy came to light on June 30, 2011, when PG&E reported to the CPUC that 550 miles of its transmission pipelines had incorrect class locations, which indicates that such pipelines could have been operating with inappropriate MAOPs. The foundation of risk assessment is accurate information. The NTSB is concerned that the PG&E GIS still has a large percentage of assumed, unknown, or erroneous information for Line 132 and likely its other transmission pipelines as well. As stated earlier in this section, in many cases, accurate information could have easily been obtained during ECDA digs, but the information was either not obtained or not entered. The lack of complete and accurate pipeline information in the GIS prevented PG&E’s integrity management program from being effective. 2.6.2 Threat Identification and Risk Assessment 2.6.2.1 Weighting of Threats PG&E defines total risk as the product of LOF and COF. (See section 1.9.4.2, “Risk Management Procedures,” of this report.) LOF is defined as a weighted percentage of four threats: external corrosion, third-party damage, ground movement, and design and material. Although the relative weights used by PG&E to assess the four threats are generally consistent with industry averages for the prevalence of incidents caused by those threats, the weights are not consistent with PG&E’s own leak, failure, and incident experience as reflected in the statistics it reports semiannually to PHMSA. Specifically, the external corrosion threat is weighted by PG&E at 25 percent, but it actually accounted for 51 percent of the combined leaks, failures, and incidents from 2004–2010. Design and manufacturing threats are weighted at 10 percent, but they accounted for 24 percent of PG&E’s combined events during that time. Third-party threats are weighted at 45 percent, but they accounted for 24 percent of the combined events from 2004–2010; and the threat of ground movement is weighted at 20 percent, but it accounted for 0 percent of the events during the same time period. Thus, the PG&E integrity management program significantly understated the threats due to external corrosion and design and materials, and overstated the threats due to third-party damage and ground movement. PG&E established these weight factors in 2001, prior to the 2004 issuance of the integrity management rules. PG&E has not updated the relative weights even though data generated by PG&E and reported to PHMSA from 2004–2010 showed the threats to be significantly different. 2.6.2.2 Identification and Assessment of Design/Material and Construction Threats on Line 132 In addition to the defects in Segment 180 discovered during this investigation, several other known design/material and construction defects on Line 132, which were documented in
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 111 PG&E records, were not considered in its integrity management program. These defects include at least four longitudinal seam weld cracks found during radiography of the girth welds as part of the 1948 construction of Line 132 that were allowed to remain in service. Because only 10 percent of the welds were radiographed as part of the 1948 construction, and those radiographs captured only a few inches of each longitudinal seam weld, less than 0.2 percent of the longitudinal seams on pipe segments installed in 1948 were radiographed. In light of the fact that five rejectable defects were found in the small percentage of longitudinal seam welds that were so examined, it is probable that additional longitudinal seam weld defects have remained in service since 1948. Another defect not considered in the integrity management plan was the October 27, 1988, leak on a DSAW longitudinal seam caused by material failure. Additional defects on Line 132 and other PG&E transmission lines are discussed in section 1.7.6, “History of Seam Defects in PG&E Gas Transmission Pipelines.” PG&E did recognize that Segment 180 had some design and materials threats, as evidenced by the fact that it received 55 points in 2009 and 73 points in 2010148 The integrity management rules require operators to assess the integrity of their pipelines using pressure testing, in-line inspection, direct assessment, or other technology that the operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of pipe condition. Pressure testing and in-line inspection both assess the integrity of the entire pipe section to which they are applied. However, direct assessment methodologies (ECDA, internal corrosion direct assessment, and stress corrosion cracking direct assessment) assess only the integrity of selected pipe areas where the operator suspects a problem. More to the point, direct assessment provides information only about threats that the operator is specifically looking for, while in-line inspection and hydrostatic testing can identify critical threats that the operator might not have been looking for. In this regard, the treatment of these three assessment methods (ECDA, in-line inspection, and hydrostatic pressure testing) as equally acceptable methods is flawed. for such threats. However, those threats were considered stable (that is, not anticipated to grow in service) under 49 CFR 192.917(e)(3), and PG&E selected only direct assessment (for the identified corrosion threat) for assessing Line 132. Because PG&E could not provide engineering design documents for Segment 180, the NTSB could not determine whether PG&E design or construction practices were responsible for the use of the pups in the accident pipe. Because the material codes for the 1956 relocation project listed only X52 DSAW pipe yet many pipe pieces (the pups and the pipe piece with 0.312-inch wall thickness) installed at the job site did not match this code, the material codes on material procurement orders cannot be trusted to accurately reflect the type of pipe used in pipelines constructed prior to mandatory hydrostatic pressure testing. Because the nonconforming pipe may represent a small fraction of a pipeline segment and rupture of a pipeline will occur at its weakest link, validating the construction of an entire pipeline segment
148 As discussed in section 1.9.4.2, pursuant to the PG&E integrity management plan, points are assigned for various risk factors so that higher scores indicate a higher threat. The basis for the point values assigned to Segment 180 is unknown. Pre-1970 pipes are assigned 30 points for pipe seam design and 10 points for pipe age. Pipe segments that have not been pressure tested are assigned 30 points. Thus, segment 180 should have received at least 70 points for these factors alone.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 112 by selective random sampling alone is insufficient. The only viable methods of validating a pipeline segment are those that examine or sample every length of pipe. The PG&E risk management plan asserts that the methods chosen to assess a particular segment of pipe are based on the threats identified in the risk assessment procedure, and acknowledges that more than one assessment method may be required to adequately cover the potential risks of an HCA. However, of the three available assessment methods (ECDA, in-line inspection, and hydrostatic pressure testing), PG&E used only one method (ECDA)—a method suitable only for assessing external corrosion—to assess all 322 segments on Line 132. Further, PG&E has used direct assessment methodologies on the majority of its other transmission pipelines. Of PG&E’s 1,021 miles of HCA pipeline, 813 miles are designated for direct assessment methodologies and only 208 miles are to be assessed using in-line inspection tools. Prior to the San Bruno accident, none of the PG&E HCA miles were designated for hydrostatic pressure testing. In summary, PG&E’s failure to consider evidence of seam defects discovered during both construction and operation of Line 132, as well as its weighting of factors so as to understate the threat of manufacturing defects, resulted in PG&E selecting an assessment technology (ECDA) that was incapable of detecting seam flaws like the one that led to this accident. 2.6.2.3 Regulatory Assumption of Stable Manufacturing- and Construction-Related Defects In accordance with 49 CFR 192.917 (e)(3), an operator may consider manufacturing- and construction-related defects to be stable defects not requiring assessment so long as operating pressure has not increased over the MOP experienced during the preceding 5 years. When a pipeline with a manufacturing- or construction-related defect is operated above the highest pressure recorded in the preceding 5 years, it must be prioritized as a high risk segment for assessment. According to section 6.3.2 of the integrity management supplement ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, in that case, “pressure testing must be performed to address the seam issue.” PG&E raised the pressure at the Milpitas Terminal to 400 psig in 2003 and 2008 to set a 5-year MOP for Line 132. The PG&E director of integrity management and technical support acknowledged at the NTSB investigative hearing that this practice allowed PG&E to regard manufacturing threats as stable, thereby continuing to use only ECDA as the assessment method. Thus, this practice allowed PG&E to avoid seam integrity inspections it might otherwise have been required to conduct. However, the PHMSA deputy associate administrator for field operations testified at the investigative hearing that it was not the intent for this rule to be used to avoid an assessment. (PG&E has discontinued this practice since the accident.) Furthermore, studies have discredited the assumption that manufacturing- and construction-related defects are stable in pipelines that have not been hydrostatically pressure tested to an appropriate level. According to a GRI report dated September 17, 2004—
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 113 the risk of pressure-cycle-induced fatigue can be dismissed if and only if the pipeline has been subjected to a reasonably high-pressure hydrostatic test. Therefore, … eliminating the risk of failure from pressure-cycle-induced fatigue crack growth of defects that can survive an initial hydrostatic test of a pipeline requires that the test pressure level must be at least 1.25 times the [MAOP].149 Similarly, a 2007 PHMSA report concluded—
experience and scientific analysis indicates that manufacturing defects in gas pipelines that have been subjected to a hydrostatic test to 1.25 times MAOP should be considered stable. No integrity assessment is necessary to address that particular threat in such pipelines. The principal challenge for deciding whether or not to consider manufacturing defects to be stable is associated with those gas pipelines that have never been subjected to a hydrostatic test to a minimum of 1.25 times MAOP.150 In summary, under 49 CFR 192.917(e)(3), operators are entitled to consider known manufacturing- and construction-related defects to be stable, even if a line has not been pressure tested to at least 1.25 times its MAOP. However, such defects may not, in actuality, be stable. The NTSB concludes that the premise in 49 CFR Part 192 of the Federal pipeline safety regulations that manufacturing- and construction-related defects can be considered stable even when a gas pipeline has not been subjected to a pressure test of at least 1.25 times the MAOP is not supported by scientific studies. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA amend 49 CFR Part 192 of the Federal pipeline safety regulations so that manufacturing- and construction-related defects can only be considered stable if a gas pipeline has been subjected to a postconstruction hydrostatic pressure test of at least 1.25 times the MAOP.
- 6.3 Self-Assessment of Program Effectiveness
The PG&E integrity management program indicates that PG&E will conduct periodic self-assessments and sets forth the measurements to be used in evaluating the long-term effectiveness of the program. These measures, which are reported semiannually to PHMSA, include number of total system miles; number of total miles of pipelines inspected; number of HCA miles in the integrity management program; number of HCA miles inspected via integrity management assessments; number of immediate repairs completed in HCAs as a result of the program; number of scheduled repairs completed in HCAs as a result of the program; and number of leaks, failures, and incidents in HCAs classified by cause. On the surface, these measures are consistent with the requirements of 49 CFR 192.945 and ASME B31.8S, 2004 edition, appendix A. However, as discussed above, PG&E did not make use of this information to revise its threat weights so as to reflect its actual leak, failure, and incident
149 Effects of Pressure Cycles on Gas Pipelines, report GRI-04/0178 (Des Plaines, Illinois: Gas Research Institute, 2004). 150 Evaluating the Stability of Manufacturing and Construction Defects in Natural Gas Pipelines, No. 05-12R (Washington, DC: Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 2007).
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 114 experience, even though the data reported to PHMSA from 2004–2010 showed the weight of those threats to be significantly different. Further, after the CPUC May 2010 audit of the PG&E integrity management plan, the CPUC expressed a concern that “PG&E needs to analyze, review, and formulate appropriate actions or responses to the results of its internal audits in a timely manner.” Specifically, the letter pointed out that PG&E had conducted an internal audit in December 2007151 2.6.4 Summary of PG&E Integrity Management Practices but had not formulated a response until December 2009; the letter further noted that PG&E had conducted another internal audit in October 2009, but as of May 2010 PG&E still had not formulated a response. In summary, the PG&E gas transmission integrity management program (1) was based on a GIS that did not contain, and PG&E did not require it to contain, complete and accurate pipeline information; (2) significantly understated the threats due to external corrosion and design and manufacturing, and overstated the threats due to third-party damage and ground movement; (3) did not consider known longitudinal seam cracks in Line 132 dating to the 1948 construction and at least one longitudinal seam leak in a DSAW weld in its identification and assessment procedures; (4) allowed PG&E to chose an inappropriate assessment method for Line 132 that was inadequate to detect seam defects, such as the weld defect in the accident segment that led to the rupture; (5) considered known manufacturing- and construction-related defects on Line 132 to be stable even though the pipeline had not been pressure tested to at least 1.25 times its MAOP; and (6) included self-assessments that were superficial and resulted in no improvements to the integrity management program. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the PG&E gas transmission integrity management program was deficient and ineffective. PG&E may already be addressing its GIS data deficiencies as part of its response to the NTSB’s January 3, 2011, safety recommendations, by beginning to verify the underlying records for the more than 1,800 miles of pipeline covered by the recommendations. Nevertheless, the NTSB is concerned that many unaddressed deficiencies still remain. Accordingly, the NTSB recommends that PG&E assess every aspect of its integrity management program, paying particular attention to the areas identified in this investigation, and implement a revised program that includes, at a minimum, (1) a revised risk model to reflect PG&E’s actual recent experience data on leaks, failures, and incidents; (2) consideration of all defect and leak data for the life of each pipeline, including its construction, in risk analysis for similar or related segments to ensure that all applicable threats are adequately addressed; (3) a revised risk analysis methodology to ensure that assessment methods are selected for each pipeline segment that address all applicable integrity threats, with particular emphasis on design/material and construction threats; and (4) an improved self-assessment that adequately measures whether the program is effectively assessing and evaluating the integrity of each
151 PG&E’s integrity management plan also specifies that internal or external audits will be performed every other year to ensure compliance with PG&E and regulatory requirements. Such audits were completed in 2007 and 2009.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 115 covered pipeline segment. The NTSB further recommends that PG&E conduct threat assessments using the revised risk analysis methodology incorporated in its integrity management program, as recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-29, and report the results of those assessments to the CPUC and PHMSA. 2.7 Adequacy of PG&E’s Public Awareness Program Evaluation The NTSB also examined how PG&E conducts its public awareness program evaluations. The NTSB reviewed PG&E’s annual self-evaluations for the two review periods before the accident, June 2008–June 2009 and June 2009–June 2010. The NTSB found that the reviews simply documented that all required mailings were issued. Further, the action items in both reviews were nearly identical. The reviews did not further evaluate the public awareness program, such as reviewing the content, quality, or effectiveness of the information delivered. In the program evaluation and effectiveness section of its program plan, PG&E states that the annual review will be conducted using the guidelines of the plan. However, no specific guidelines for annual evaluations are defined. Examples of measurement components might include documenting website traffic on the company’s awareness pages and documenting the numbers of actual attendees in classes and meetings for emergency officials. If the data from these two example measures were gathered and documented, the effectiveness of the program could be tracked through the years. However, the NTSB notes that capturing such numbers is only the first step toward gauging whether attending the classes or ordering the materials PG&E offers translates into understanding, retention, and changed behavior. In addition to its annual self-assessments, PG&E had its contractor Paradigm Alliance, Inc., conduct a separate program documentation review (dated 2010) of its public awareness program for noncustomers along the pipeline right-of-way. As a program effectiveness measure, Paradigm sent out brochures with detachable business reply mail survey postcards to 15,302 addresses. Paradigm received only 20 survey postcards in response. The answers received indicated that the majority of respondents did not recall seeing any recent pipeline safety information, and nearly half had low awareness about pipeline proximity. The lack of responses, the poor comprehension reflected in the responses received, and PG&E’s failure to make changes based on such dismal effectiveness data raise concerns about PG&E’s commitment to the quality of its public awareness program and to continuously improving it. API Recommended Practice 1162 specifies that operators continuously improve their public awareness programs. In 2007, PG&E participated in the API’s PAPERS program. This particular PAPERS surveyed only the affected public that lived along the right-of-way; PG&E’s customers were left out. The survey results showed that the affected public respondent pool had the lowest awareness about pipeline safety, whereas the emergency responder respondents had the highest awareness but also had indicated they needed more information and appropriate training. These 2007 results were still keenly reflective of PG&E’s public awareness program effectiveness on the day of the accident in 2010, showing that residents were unaware and emergency responders were in need of more information. Had PG&E interpreted the 2007 PAPERS effectiveness results and acted upon them 3 years prior, PG&E could have made
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 116 meaningful changes to its program and increased awareness in the San Bruno community. As of the date of this report, no program revisions have been noted as a result of the PAPERS. The NTSB concludes that PG&E’s public awareness program self-evaluation was ineffective at identifying and correcting deficiencies. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PG&E develop, and incorporate into its public awareness program, written performance measurements and guidelines for evaluating the plan and for continuous program improvement. 2.8 Summary of PG&E Practices As discussed throughout this report, the NTSB accident investigation revealed multiple deficiencies with PG&E’s practices. To summarize, PG&E’s practices were revealed to be inadequate because— • The accident pipe segment did not meet any known pipeline specifications. • Construction and quality control measures for the 1956 relocation project were inadequate in that they did not identify visible defects. • The integrity management program, including self-assessment of that program, was ineffective. • Emergency response to the pipeline rupture was slow, and isolation and shutdown of gas flow were unacceptably delayed. • The postaccident drug and alcohol testing program had multiple deficiencies. • SCADA staff roles and duties were poorly defined. • SCADA work clearance procedures were inadequate. • Critical components at the Milpitas Terminal were susceptible to single-point failures. • The public awareness program, including self-assessment, was deficient and ineffective. Although PG&E has taken some corrective actions since the accident, many of these deficiencies should have been recognized and corrected before the accident. Further, the NTSB notes that several of the deficiencies revealed by this investigation, such as poor quality control during pipeline installation and inadequate emergency response, were also factors in the 2008 explosion of a PG&E gas distribution line in Rancho Cordova, California. That accident involved the inappropriate installation of a pipe piece that was not intended for operational use and did not meet applicable pipe specifications. The response to that event was inadequate in that an unqualified person was initially dispatched to respond to the emergency, and there was an unnecessary delay in dispatching a properly trained and equipped technician. Some of these deficiencies were also factors in the 1981 PG&E gas pipeline leak in San Francisco,152
152 NTSB/PAR-82/01. which involved inaccurate record-keeping, the dispatch of first responders who
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 117 were not trained or equipped to close valves, and unacceptable delays in shutting down the pipeline. Accident investigations often uncover a broad range of causal relationships or deficiencies that extend beyond the immediacy of components damaged or broken in a system failure. As indicated by the list above, a multitude of deficient operational procedures and management controls led to hazardous circumstances persisting and growing over time until the pipeline rupture occurred. These higher-order or organizational accident factors must be addressed to improve PG&E’s safety management practices. Organizational accidents have multiple contributing causes, involve people at numerous levels within a company, and are characterized by a pervasive lack of proactive measures to ensure adoption and compliance with a safety culture. Moreover, organizational accidents are catastrophic events with substantial loss of life, property, and environment; they also require complex organizational changes in order to avoid them in the future. In its report on the 2009 collision of two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority trains near Fort Totten Station in Washington, DC,153 the NTSB stated that “the accident did not result from the actions of an individual but from the ‘accumulation of latent conditions within the maintenance, managerial and organizational spheres’ making it an example of a ‘quintessential organizational accident.’”154 The Chicago Transit Authority train derailment in 2006,155 which caused injuries to 152 people and over $1 million in damages, is another case study in organizational accidents. Similarly, the BP Texas City Refinery organizational accident in 2005156 The character and quality of PG&E’s operation, as revealed by this investigation, indicate that the San Bruno pipeline rupture was an organizational accident. PG&E did not effectively utilize its resources to define, implement, train, and test proactive management controls to ensure the operational and sustainable safety of its pipelines. Moreover, many of the organizational deficiencies were known to PG&E, as a result of the previous pipeline accidents in San Francisco in 1981, killed 15 people, injured 180 others, and caused financial losses exceeding $1.5 billion. 157 and in Rancho Cordova, California, in 2008.158
153 Collision of Two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Metrorail Trains Near Fort Totten Station, Washington D.C., June 22, 2009, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-10/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). As a lesson from those accidents, PG&E should have critically examined all components of its pipeline installation to identify and manage the hazardous risks, as well as to prepare its emergency response procedures. If this recommended approach had been applied within the PG&E organization after the San Francisco 154 (a) J. Reason, Managing the Risks of Organizational Accidents (Burlington, Vermont: Ashgate Publishing Company, 1997). (b) J. Reason, “Achieving a Safe Culture: Theory and Practice,” Work and Stress, vol. 12 (1998), p. 227. 155 Derailment of Chicago Transit Authority Train Number 220 Between Clark/Lake and Grand/Milwaukee Stations, Chicago, Illinois, July 11, 2006, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-07/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007). 156 Refinery Explosion and Fire, Investigation Report, report No. 205-04-1-TX (Washington, DC: U.S. Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board, 2007). 157 NTSB/PAR-82/01. 158 NTSB/PAB-10/01.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 118 and Rancho Cordova accidents, the San Bruno accident might have been prevented. Therefore, based on the circumstances of this accident, the NTSB concludes that the deficiencies identified during this investigation are indicative of an organizational accident. The NTSB also concludes that the multiple and recurring deficiencies in PG&E operational practices indicate a systemic problem. The NTSB recommends that the CPUC, with assistance from PHMSA, conduct a comprehensive audit of all aspects of PG&E operations, including control room operations, emergency planning, record-keeping, performance-based risk and integrity management programs, and public awareness programs. Further, the NTSB recommends that the CPUC require PG&E to correct all deficiencies identified as a result of the San Bruno, California, accident investigation, as well as any additional deficiencies identified through the comprehensive audit recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-22, and verify that all corrective actions are completed. The NTSB also recommends that PHMSA assist the CPUC in conducting the comprehensive audit recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-22. The NTSB urges the CPUC and PHMSA to complete this comprehensive audit and require PG&E to take corrective actions as soon as possible, to reap the maximum safety benefit. The NTSB believes that 6 months would be a reasonable time frame for conducting the audit and that an additional 6 months after the completion of the audit would be a reasonable deadline for PG&E to take action in response to audit findings. 2.9 Inspection Technology The detection, identification, and elimination of pipeline defects before they result in catastrophic failures is critical to a successful integrity management program for gas transmission pipelines. In the NTSB’s judgment, the use of specialized in-line inspection tools that identify and evaluate damage caused by corrosion, dents, gouges, and circumferential and longitudinal cracks is a uniquely promising option for identifying defects. Unlike other assessment techniques, in-line inspection is continuous throughout the entire pipeline segment and, when performed periodically, can provide useful information about defect growth. Although in-line inspection technology has detection limitations (generally at best a 90 percent probability that a certain type of known defect will be detected, although the probability of detecting a crack can be improved with multiple runs), it is nonetheless the most effective method for detecting internal pipeline defects. At the time Line 132 was constructed, in-line inspection tools had not been developed. Due to construction limitations such as sharp bends and the presence of plug valves, many older natural gas transmission pipelines, like Line 132, cannot accommodate modern in-line inspection tools without modifications. According to testimony provided during the NTSB investigative hearing, the technical challenges of conducting in-line inspections of older gas transmission pipelines relate not to the sensors, but to the platforms (the tool or pig) that need to move through the pipeline. Gas transmission pipeline operators have also asserted that, because of differences in the flow regimes between natural gas (a compressible fluid) and hazardous liquids (an incompressible fluid), the use of in-line inspection tools in gas transmission pipelines presents additional technical challenges, especially when the operating pressure many not be sufficiently high to push the tool through the pipeline.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 119 According to testimony from the NTSB investigative hearing, current in-line inspection technology is advanced enough to have detected the defect that caused the rupture of Line 132, but it could not be used without significant modifications to the pipeline. The NTSB concludes that because in-line inspection technology is not available for use in all currently operating gas transmission pipeline systems, operators do not have the benefit of a uniquely effective assessment tool to identify and assess the threat from critical defects in their pipelines. Only in-line inspection can provide visualization of the internal pipe structure. The geometry of Segment 180, like many older pipelines, would not accommodate in-line inspection tools. The NTSB is concerned that in-line inspection is not possible in many of the nation’s pipelines, which—because of the date of their installation—have been subjected to less scrutiny than more recently installed lines. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA require that all natural gas transmission pipelines be configured so as to accommodate in-line inspection tools, with priority given to older pipelines. The NTSB also recommends that the AGA and INGAA report to the NTSB on their progress to develop and introduce advanced in-line inspection platforms for use in gas transmission pipelines not currently accessible to existing in-line inspection platforms, including a timeline for implementation of these advanced platforms. 2.10 Oversight 2.10.1 Performance-Based Safety Programs Over the past few years, PHMSA, with the support and assistance of the pipeline industry, has added to its prescriptive regulatory scheme a performance-based regulatory scheme with broad performance goals as the basis for its pipeline safety program, most notably with respect to integrity management programs, and to a lesser extent, to public awareness programs. This new regulatory scheme applies to gas transmission and distribution systems and to hazardous liquid pipeline systems. Under performance-based regulations, the fundamental premise is that an individual pipeline operator knows its system best, and thereby is best able to develop, implement, execute, evaluate, and adjust its integrity management programs to ensure the safe maintenance and operation of its pipelines. Performance-based management systems include activities to ensure that goals are consistently being met in an effective and efficient manner. Performance management can focus on an organization, a department, an employee, or even the processes to build a product or service, among many other areas. Performance measurement involves determining what to measure, identifying data collection methods, and collecting the data. Evaluation involves assessing progress toward the performance goals, usually to explain the causal relationships between program activities and outcomes. Performance measurement and evaluation are components of performance-based management, the systematic application of information generated by performance plans, measurement, and evaluation to strategic planning and budget formulation.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 120 The PG&E integrity management plan was audited by the CPUC in 2005, with PHMSA’s assistance, and again by the CPUC in 2010 using PHMSA’s inspection protocol. Almost none of the issues identified in this investigation were identified in either of these audits despite the fact that many of them should have been easy to detect. The deficiencies in the PG&E GIS data (described in sections 1.9.4.1 and 2.6.1) should have been readily apparent to CPUC and PHMSA inspectors during integrity management audits. However, the PHMSA integrity management audit protocol does not formally call for a check of the completeness and accuracy of information contained in the operator’s pipeline attribute database. The PHMSA inspection protocol includes only one inspection item (C.02.d), related to the completeness and accuracy of information used in developing integrity management programs. That item requires inspectors to verify that the operator has checked the data for accuracy, and if the operator lacks sufficient data or the data quality is suspect, instructs the inspector to verify that the operator has followed ASME B31.8S. At the NTSB investigative hearing, a CPUC supervisory engineer testified that CPUC auditors did not examine GIS data in detail; however, they did randomly spot check GIS data and verified that when data were unknown, PG&E was using appropriately conservative values. Furthermore, PHMSA regulations do not require an operator to supply missing data or assumed values within any time frame. This allows incomplete or erroneous information to continue in an operator’s records indefinitely, as was the case with the PG&E GIS, which continued to show Segment 180 as seamless X42 pipe until the time of the accident. PHMSA should require operators to correct data deficiencies within a specific time frame. Another deficiency not identified during the audits was the mismatch between PG&E’s threat weighting and its actual leak, failure, and incident experience. The PHMSA integrity management inspection protocol includes inspection item C.03.c for inspectors to verify that the operator uses a feedback mechanism to ensure that its risk model is subject to continuous validation and improvement. However, the PHMSA inspection protocol placed insufficient emphasis on continuous validation and improvement of risk models. Another concern is the fact that the CPUC did not follow up on its 2005 audit finding that PG&E lacked a process to evaluate the use of ASVs and RCVs, as required by 49 CFR 192.935(c). Although PG&E prepared a memorandum, dated June 14, 2006, addressing this issue, the CPUC apparently did not evaluate the adequacy of this response. If it did, it failed to identify the flawed analysis that concluded the use of ASVs would have little effect on increasing safety or protecting property. CPUC and PHMSA officials acknowledged at the NTSB investigative hearing that it is difficult to oversee performance-based regulations, such as the integrity management rules, because there is no “one-size-fits-all” standard against which to measure performance. Overseeing an operator’s compliance with the integrity management rules is very different from overseeing compliance with more clear-cut prescriptive regulations because integrity management requires the auditor to evaluate the adequacy of an operator’s technical justification rather than its compliance with a hard and fast standard.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 121 The effectiveness of performance-based pipeline safety programs is dependent on the diligence and accountability of both the operator and the regulator—the operator for development and execution of its plan, and the regulator for oversight of the operators. However, as evident in this investigation, the PG&E integrity management and public awareness programs failed to achieve their stated goals because performance measures were neither well defined nor evaluated with respect to meeting performance goals. By overlooking the existence of, and the risk from, manufacturing and fabrication defects under its integrity management program, PG&E took no actions to assess risk and ultimately was unaware of the internal defects that caused the rupture of Line 132. Similarly, the CPUC and PHMSA continue to conduct audits that focus on verification of paper records and plans rather than on gathering information on how performance-based safety systems are implemented, executed, and evaluated, and whether problem areas are being detected and corrected. Critical to this process, for operator and regulator, is the selection of metrics that quantify results against a specified value to provide a rate of occurrence for either a desired or undesired outcome. For example, useful metrics might include the number of incidents from internal defects per mile of operating pipeline or the number of incidents in a specific location per total incidents on a specific pipeline. Such metrics can provide a basis for comparison of the frequency of various types of defects and identify specific problem locations on pipelines. Similar assessments of operator performance can be used by regulators to exercise more effective oversight by focusing on those operators with problems, and to identify the causes of critical safety problems. In summary, PHMSA should develop an oversight model that allows auditors to more accurately measure the success of a performance-based pipeline integrity management program. Specifically, PG&E should develop, and auditors should review, data that provide some quantification of performance improvements or deterioration, such as the number of incidents per pipeline mile or per 1,000 customers; the number of missing, incomplete, or erroneous data fields corrected in an operator’s database; the response time in minutes for leaks, ruptures, or other incidents; and the number of public responses received per thousands of postcards/surveys mailed. Such metrics would allow a comparison of current performance against previous performance. The NTSB concludes that the PHMSA integrity management inspection protocols are inadequate. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA revise its integrity management inspection protocol to (1) incorporate a review of meaningful metrics; (2) require auditors to verify that the operator has a procedure in place for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of underlying information; (3) require auditors to review all integrity management performance measures reported to PHMSA and compare the leak, failure, and incident measures to the operator’s risk model; and (4) require setting performance goals for pipeline operators at each audit and follow up on those goals at subsequent audits.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 122 The NTSB also concludes that because PG&E, as the operator of its pipeline system, and the CPUC, as the pipeline safety regulator within the state of California, have not incorporated the use of effective and meaningful metrics as part of their performance-based pipeline safety management programs, neither PG&E nor the CPUC is able to effectively evaluate or assess the integrity of PG&E’s pipeline system. The NTSB also concludes that, because PHMSA has not incorporated the use of effective and meaningful metrics as part of its guidance for effective performance-based pipeline safety management programs, its oversight of state public utility commissions regulating gas transmission and hazardous liquid pipelines needs improvement. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that PHMSA (1) develop and implement standards for integrity management and other performance-based safety programs that require operators of all types of pipeline systems to regularly assess the effectiveness of their programs using clear and meaningful metrics, and to identify and then correct deficiencies; and (2) make those metrics available in a centralized database. The NTSB also recommends that PHMSA work with state public utility commissions to (1) implement oversight programs that employ meaningful metrics to assess the effectiveness of their oversight programs and make those metrics available in a centralized database, and (2) identify and then correct deficiencies in those programs. Finally, the NTSB recommends that the U.S. Secretary of Transportation conduct an audit to assess the effectiveness of PHMSA’s oversight of performance-based safety programs. This audit should address the (1) need to expand the program’s use of meaningful metrics; (2) adequacy of its inspection protocols for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of pipeline operators’ integrity management program data; (3) adequacy of its inspection protocols for ensuring the incorporation of an operator’s leak, failure, and incident data in evaluations of the operator’s risk model; and (4) benefits of establishing performance goals for pipeline operators. 2.10.2 Authority and Enforcement The CPUC, as the regulator for pipeline safety within California, failed to uncover the pervasive and long-standing problems within PG&E. Consequently, this failure precluded the CPUC from taking any enforcement action against PG&E. The CPUC lost opportunities to identify needed corrective action and to follow through and ensure that PG&E completed the prescribed corrective actions in a timely manner. For its part, PHMSA rated the CPUC’s pipeline safety program in the mid- to high-90s in the years leading up to the San Bruno accident—a superior, if not outstanding, score. Furthermore, PHMSA’s participation in the 2005 joint audit with the CPUC of PG&E apparently did not make any difference in uncovering PG&E’s systemic problems or in accurately assessing the quality of oversight exercised by the CPUC. The quality of oversight exercised by any regulatory agency depends upon the quality of the regulations in force, the authority granted to the regulator, and the enforcement program implemented by the regulator. Despite deficiencies with specific regulatory requirements and integrity management programs as discussed previously, the CPUC’s failure to recognize PG&E’s corporate failures and PHMSA’s failure to recognize the CPUC’s ineffectiveness indicate that more fundamental problems exist, particularly with enforcement practices and policies.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 123 The NTSB believes that Federal regulations for all types of pipeline systems provide sufficient authority to PHMSA to enforce the regulations and to take appropriate actions to address noncompliance by a pipeline operator. PHMSA can require an operator to take numerous corrective actions, such as reducing operating pressure, conducting inspections and tests, and, if necessary, suspending operation of a pipeline. PHMSA also can initiate enforcement actions leading to monetary civil penalties against an operator for safety violations. Most states either adopt or pattern state pipeline safety regulations after the Federal regulations. Because state pipeline regulatory agencies receiving Federal grants through PHMSA are monitored for alignment with PHMSA standards, most state regulators should be expected to have comparable enforcement authority. However, a state regulator’s authority will be affected by the organizational placement of the regulatory agency within the state government. In the case of the CPUC, pipeline safety is one of several utility programs under the CPUC’s jurisdiction. Further, the CPUC sets utility rates, which could potentially conflict with the enforcement of safety programs. Because of the lapses of oversight seen in this accident, the NTSB is concerned and has strong doubts about the quality and effectiveness of enforcement at both the Federal and state levels. Although the CPUC and PHMSA have authority to enforce pipeline safety regulations, the organizational failures of PG&E seen in this accident suggest that some operators are able to ignore certain standards without concern for meaningful enforcement action against them. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the ineffective enforcement posture of the CPUC permitted PG&E’s organizational failures to continue over many years. The NTSB recommends that the governor of the state of California expeditiously evaluate the authority and ability of the pipeline safety division within the CPUC to effectively enforce state pipeline safety regulations, and, based on the results of this evaluation, grant the pipeline safety division within the CPUC the direct authority, including the assessment of fines and penalties, to correct noncompliance by state-regulated pipeline operators. The NTSB also concludes that PHMSA’s enforcement program and its monitoring of state oversight programs have been weak and have resulted in the lack of effective Federal oversight and state oversight exercised by the CPUC. The NTSB recommends that the U.S. Secretary of Transportation include in the audit conducted pursuant to Safety Recommendation P-11-4 a review of PHMSA’s enforcement policies and procedures, including, specifically, the standard of review for compliance with performance-based regulations. The NTSB also recommends that the U.S. Secretary of Transportation conduct an audit of PHMSA’s state pipeline safety program certification program to assess and ensure state pipeline safety programs and Federal pipeline safety grants are used effectively to conduct oversight of intrastate pipeline operations, including an evaluation of state inspection and enforcement activities. The NTSB further recommends that the U.S. Secretary of Transportation ensure that PHMSA amends the certification program, as appropriate, to comply with the findings of the audit recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-6.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 124
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The following were not factors in this accident: seismic activity, corrosion, direct
third-party damage, or drug use by the workers at the Milpitas Terminal.
- The accident pipe comprising the pups did not conform to Pacific Gas and Electric
Company (PG&E) or other known specifications for pipe and was fabricated at an undetermined facility to no known specification.
- The accident pipe would not have met generally accepted industry quality control and
welding standards in 1956, indicating that those standards were overlooked or ignored.
- PG&E’s inadequate quality control during the 1956 relocation project led to the
installation and commissioning of a defective pipe that remained undetected until the accident, 54 years later.
- The fracture of Line 132 Segment 180 originated in the partially welded longitudinal
seam of pup 1, which was progressively weakened due to ductile crack growth and fatigue crack growth.
- The combination of the size and shape of the weld defect significantly reduced the
strength of the pup 1 longitudinal seam, making it susceptible to unstable crack growth under internal gas pressure.
- The 2008 sewer line installation did not damage the defective pipe that later ruptured.
- The internal line pressure preceding the rupture did not exceed the PG&E maximum
allowable operating pressure for Line 132 and would not have posed a safety hazard for a properly constructed pipe.
- Had a properly prepared contingency plan for the Milpitas Terminal electrical work been
in place and been executed, the loss of pressure control could have been anticipated and planned for, thereby minimizing or avoiding the pressure deviations.
- PG&E lacked detailed and comprehensive procedures for responding to a large-scale
emergency such as a transmission line break, including a defined command structure that clearly assigns a single point of leadership and allocates specific duties to supervisory control and data acquisition staff and other involved employees.
- PG&E’s supervisory control and data acquisition system limitations contributed to the
delay in recognizing that there had been a transmission line break and quickly pinpointing its location.
- The 95 minutes that PG&E took to stop the flow of gas by isolating the rupture site was
excessive.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 125
- Use of automatic shutoff valves or remote control valves along the entire length of
Line 132 would have significantly reduced the amount of time taken to stop the flow of gas and to isolate the rupture.
- Considering the challenges of the prolonged fire fueled by natural gas, the emergency
response was well coordinated and effectively managed by local responders.
- The 6-hour delay before ordering drug and alcohol testing, the commencement of alcohol
testing at the Milpitas Terminal 1 hour after it was no longer permitted, the failure to properly record an explanation for the delay, and the failure to conduct drug or alcohol testing on the supervisory control and data acquisition center staff all demonstrate that the PG&E postaccident toxicological program was ineffective.
- If the grandfathering of older pipelines had not been permitted since 1961 by the
California Public Utilities Commission and since 1970 by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Line 132 would have undergone a hydrostatic pressure test that would likely have exposed the defective pipe that led to this accident.
- There is no safety justification for the grandfather clause exempting pre-1970 pipelines
from the requirement for postconstruction hydrostatic pressure testing.
- The premise in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 192 of the Federal pipeline
safety regulations that manufacturing- and construction-related defects can be considered stable even when a gas pipeline has not been subjected to a pressure test of at least 1.25 times the maximum allowable operating pressure is not supported by scientific studies.
- The PG&E gas transmission integrity management program was deficient and
ineffective.
- PG&E’s public awareness program self-evaluation was ineffective at identifying and
correcting deficiencies.
- The deficiencies identified during this investigation are indicative of an organizational
accident.
- The multiple and recurring deficiencies in PG&E operational practices indicate a
systemic problem.
- Because in-line inspection technology is not available for use in all currently operating
gas transmission pipeline systems, operators do not have the benefit of a uniquely effective assessment tool to identify and assess the threat from critical defects in their pipelines.
- The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration integrity management
inspection protocols are inadequate.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 126
- Because PG&E, as the operator of its pipeline system, and the California Public Utilities
Commission, as the pipeline safety regulator within the state of California, have not incorporated the use of effective and meaningful metrics as part of their performance-based pipeline safety management programs, neither PG&E nor the California Public Utilities Commission is able to effectively evaluate or assess the integrity of PG&E’s pipeline system.
- Because the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration has not
incorporated the use of effective and meaningful metrics as part of its guidance for effective performance-based pipeline safety management programs, its oversight of state public utility commissions regulating gas transmission and hazardous liquid pipelines needs improvement.
- The ineffective enforcement posture of the California Public Utilities Commission
permitted PG&E’s organizational failures to continue over many years.
- The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s enforcement program and
its monitoring of state oversight programs have been weak and have resulted in lack of effective Federal oversight and state oversight exercised by the California Public Utilities Commission.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 127 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the accident was the Pacific Gas and Electric Company’s (PG&E) (1) inadequate quality assurance and quality control in 1956 during its Line 132 relocation project, which allowed the installation of a substandard and poorly welded pipe section with a visible seam weld flaw that, over time grew to a critical size, causing the pipeline to rupture during a pressure increase stemming from poorly planned electrical work at the Milpitas Terminal; and (2) inadequate pipeline integrity management program, which failed to detect and repair or remove the defective pipe section. Contributing to the accident were the California Public Utilities Commission’s (CPUC) and the U.S. Department of Transportation’s exemptions of existing pipelines from the regulatory requirement for pressure testing, which likely would have detected the installation defects. Also contributing to the accident was the CPUC’s failure to detect the inadequacies of PG&E’s pipeline integrity management program. Contributing to the severity of the accident were the lack of either automatic shutoff valves or remote control valves on the line and PG&E’s flawed emergency response procedures and delay in isolating the rupture to stop the flow of gas.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 128
- Recommendations
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: 4.1 New Recommendations To the U.S. Secretary of Transportation: Conduct an audit to assess the effectiveness of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s oversight of performance-based safety programs. This audit should address the (1) need to expand the program’s use of meaningful metrics; (2) adequacy of its inspection protocols for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of pipeline operators’ integrity management program data; (3) adequacy of its inspection protocols for ensuring the incorporation of an operator’s leak, failure, and incident data in evaluations of the operator’s risk model; and (4) benefits of establishing performance goals for pipeline operators. (P-11-4) Include in the audit conducted pursuant to Safety Recommendation P-11-4 a review of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s enforcement policies and procedures, including, specifically, the standard of review for compliance with performance-based regulations. (P-11-5) Conduct an audit of the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration’s state pipeline safety program certification program to assess and ensure state pipeline safety programs and Federal pipeline safety grants are used effectively to conduct oversight of intrastate pipeline operations, including an evaluation of state inspection and enforcement activities. (P-11-6) Ensure that the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration amends the certification program, as appropriate, to comply with the findings of the audit recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-6. (P-11-7) To the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration: Require operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines to provide system-specific information about their pipeline systems to the emergency response agencies of the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located. This information should include pipe diameter, operating pressure, product transported, and potential impact radius. (P-11-8) This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation P-11-1. Require operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines to ensure that their control room operators immediately
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 129 and directly notify the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-9) This recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation P-11-2. Require that all operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines equip their supervisory control and data acquisition systems with tools to assist in recognizing and pinpointing the location of leaks, including line breaks; such tools could include a real-time leak detection system and appropriately spaced flow and pressure transmitters along covered transmission lines. (P-11-10) Amend Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 192.935(c) to directly require that automatic shutoff valves or remote control valves in high consequence areas and in class 3 and 4 locations be installed and spaced at intervals that consider the factors listed in that regulation. (P-11-11) Amend Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 199.105 and 49 Code of Federal Regulations 199.225 to eliminate operator discretion with regard to testing of covered employees. The revised language should require drug and alcohol testing of each employee whose performance either contributed to the accident or cannot be completely discounted as a contributing factor to the accident. (P-11-12) Issue immediate guidance clarifying the need to conduct postaccident drug and alcohol testing of all potentially involved personnel despite uncertainty about the circumstances of the accident. (P-11-13) Amend Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 192.619 to delete the grandfather clause and require that all gas transmission pipelines constructed before 1970 be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test that incorporates a spike test. (P-11-14) Amend Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 192 of the Federal pipeline safety regulations so that manufacturing- and construction-related defects can only be considered stable if a gas pipeline has been subjected to a postconstruction hydrostatic pressure test of at least 1.25 times the maximum allowable operating pressure. (P-11-15) Assist the California Public Utilities Commission in conducting the comprehensive audit recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-22. (P-11-16) Require that all natural gas transmission pipelines be configured so as to accommodate in-line inspection tools, with priority given to older pipelines. (P-11-17) Revise your integrity management inspection protocol to (1) incorporate a review of meaningful metrics; (2) require auditors to verify that the operator has a procedure in place for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of underlying information; (3) require auditors to review all integrity management performance
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 130 measures reported to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration and compare the leak, failure, and incident measures to the operator’s risk model; and (4) require setting performance goals for pipeline operators at each audit and follow up on those goals at subsequent audits. (P-11-18) (1) Develop and implement standards for integrity management and other performance-based safety programs that require operators of all types of pipeline systems to regularly assess the effectiveness of their programs using clear and meaningful metrics, and to identify and then correct deficiencies; and (2) make those metrics available in a centralized database. (P-11-19) Work with state public utility commissions to (1) implement oversight programs that employ meaningful metrics to assess the effectiveness of their oversight programs and make those metrics available in a centralized database, and (2) identify and then correct deficiencies in those programs. (P-11-20) To the Governor of the State of California: Expeditiously evaluate the authority and ability of the pipeline safety division within the California Public Utilities Commission to effectively enforce state pipeline safety regulations, and, based on the results of this evaluation, grant the pipeline safety division within the California Public Utilities Commission the direct authority, including the assessment of fines and penalties, to correct noncompliance by state regulated pipeline operators. (P-11-21) To the California Public Utilities Commission: With assistance from the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, conduct a comprehensive audit of all aspects of Pacific Gas and Electric Company operations, including control room operations, emergency planning, record-keeping, performance-based risk and integrity management programs, and public awareness programs. (P-11-22) Require the Pacific Gas and Electric Company to correct all deficiencies identified as a result of the San Bruno, California, accident investigation, as well as any additional deficiencies identified through the comprehensive audit recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-22, and verify that all corrective actions are completed. (P-11-23) To the Pacific Gas and Electric Company: Revise your work clearance procedures to include requirements for identifying the likelihood and consequence of failure associated with the planned work and for developing contingency plans. (P-11-24) Establish a comprehensive emergency response procedure for responding to large-scale emergencies on transmission lines; the procedure should (1) identify a single person to assume command and designate specific duties for supervisory
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 131 control and data acquisition staff and all other potentially involved company employees; (2) include the development and use of trouble-shooting protocols and checklists; and (3) include a requirement for periodic tests and/or drills to demonstrate the procedure can be effectively implemented. (P-11-25) Equip your supervisory control and data acquisition system with tools to assist in recognizing and pinpointing the location of leaks, including line breaks; such tools could include a real-time leak detection system and appropriately spaced flow and pressure transmitters along covered transmission lines. (P-11-26) Expedite the installation of automatic shutoff valves and remote control valves on transmission lines in high consequence areas and in class 3 and 4 locations, and space them at intervals that consider the factors listed in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 192.935(c). (P-11-27) Revise your postaccident toxicological testing program to ensure that testing is timely and complete. (P-11-28) Assess every aspect of your integrity management program, paying particular attention to the areas identified in this investigation, and implement a revised program that includes, at a minimum, (1) a revised risk model to reflect the Pacific Gas and Electric Company’s actual recent experience data on leaks, failures, and incidents; (2) consideration of all defect and leak data for the life of each pipeline, including its construction, in risk analysis for similar or related segments to ensure that all applicable threats are adequately addressed; (3) a revised risk analysis methodology to ensure that assessment methods are selected for each pipeline segment that address all applicable integrity threats, with particular emphasis on design/material and construction threats; and (4) an improved self-assessment that adequately measures whether the program is effectively assessing and evaluating the integrity of each covered pipeline segment. (P-11-29) Conduct threat assessments using the revised risk analysis methodology incorporated in your integrity management program, as recommended in Safety Recommendation P-11-29, and report the results of those assessments to the California Public Utilities Commission and the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration. (P-11-30) Develop, and incorporate into your public awareness program, written performance measurements and guidelines for evaluating the plan and for continuous program improvement. (P-11-31) To the American Gas Association and the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America: Report to the National Transportation Safety Board on your progress to develop and introduce advanced in-line inspection platforms for use in gas transmission
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 132 pipelines not currently accessible to existing in-line inspection platforms, including a timeline for implementation of these advanced platforms. (P-11-32) 4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board previously issued the following safety recommendations: To the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration: Through appropriate and expeditious means such as advisory bulletins and posting on your website, immediately inform the pipeline industry of the circumstances leading up to and the consequences of the September 9, 2010, pipeline rupture in San Bruno, California, and the National Transportation Safety Board’s urgent safety recommendations to Pacific Gas and Electric Company so that pipeline operators can proactively implement corrective measures as appropriate for their pipeline systems. (P-10-1) (Urgent) Issue guidance to operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines regarding the importance of sharing system-specific information, including pipe diameter, operating pressure, product transported, and potential impact radius, about their pipeline systems with the emergency response agencies of the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located. (P-11-1) Issue guidance to operators of natural gas transmission and distribution pipelines and hazardous liquid pipelines regarding the importance of control room operators immediately and directly notifying the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which those pipelines are located when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-2) To the California Public Utilities Commission: Develop an implementation schedule for the requirements of Safety Recommendation P-10-2 (Urgent) to Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E) and ensure, through adequate oversight, that PG&E has aggressively and diligently searched documents and records relating to pipeline system components, such as pipe segments, valves, fittings, and weld seams, for PG&E natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 locations and class 1 and class 2 high consequence areas that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing as outlined in Safety Recommendation P-10-2 (Urgent) to PG&E. These records should be traceable, verifiable, and complete; should meet your regulatory intent and requirements; and should have been considered in determining maximum allowable operating pressures for PG&E pipelines. (P-10-5) (Urgent)
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 133 If such a document and records search cannot be satisfactorily completed, provide oversight to any spike and hydrostatic tests that Pacific Gas and Electric Company is required to perform according to Safety Recommendation P-10-4. (P-10-6) (Urgent) Through appropriate and expeditious means, including posting on your website, immediately inform California intrastate natural gas transmission operators of the circumstances leading up to and the consequences of the September 9, 2010, pipeline rupture in San Bruno, California, and the National Transportation Safety Board’s urgent safety recommendations to Pacific Gas and Electric Company so that pipeline operators can proactively implement corrective measures as appropriate for their pipeline systems. (P-10-7) (Urgent) To the Pacific Gas and Electric Company: Aggressively and diligently search for all as-built drawings, alignment sheets, and specifications, and all design, construction, inspection, testing, maintenance, and other related records, including those records in locations controlled by personnel or firms other than Pacific Gas and Electric Company, relating to pipeline system components, such as pipe segments, valves, fittings, and weld seams for Pacific Gas and Electric Company natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4159 locations and class 1 and class 2160 high consequence areas161 Use the traceable, verifiable, and complete records located by implementation of Safety Recommendation P-10-2 (Urgent) to determine the valid maximum allowable operating pressure, based on the weakest section of the pipeline or component to ensure safe operation, of Pacific Gas and Electric Company natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 locations and class 1 and class 2 high consequence areas that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing. (P-10-3) (Urgent) that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior hydrostatic testing. These records should be traceable, verifiable, and complete. (P-10-2) (Urgent) If you are unable to comply with Safety Recommendations P-10-2 (Urgent) and P-10-3 (Urgent) to accurately determine the maximum allowable operating pressure of Pacific Gas and Electric Company natural gas transmission lines in class 3 and class 4 locations and class 1 and class 2 high consequence areas that have not had a maximum allowable operating pressure established through prior
159 Class 3 refers to any location unit that has 46 or more buildings intended for human occupancy. Class 4 refers to any class location unit where buildings with four or more stories above ground are prevalent. 160 Class 1 refers to an offshore area or any class location unit that has 10 or fewer buildings intended for human occupancy. A class 2 location is any class location unit that has more than 10 but fewer than 46 buildings intended for human occupancy. 161 A high consequence area is any class 3 or 4 location or any area where a potential impact radius of 660 feet would contain more than 20 buildings intended for human occupancy.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 134 hydrostatic testing, determine the maximum allowable operating pressure with a spike test followed by a hydrostatic pressure test. (P-10-4) Require your control room operators to notify, immediately and directly, the 911 emergency call center(s) for the communities and jurisdictions in which your transmission and/or distribution pipelines are located, when a possible rupture of any pipeline is indicated. (P-11-3) 4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Classified in This Report Safety Recommendations P-11-1 and P-11-2 to the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration are classified “Closed—Superseded” by Safety Recommendations P-11-8 and P-11-9, respectively, in this report (section 2.4.2, “Notifying Emergency Responders”).
Chairman Hersman filed the following concurring statement on September 12, 2011, and was joined by Members Sumwalt and Rosekind. Vice Chairman Hart filed the following concurring and dissenting statement on September 12, 2011, and was joined by Member Weener.
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member
EARL F. WEENER
Member Adopted: August 30, 2011
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 135 Chairman Hersman, concurring: On August 30, 2011, by a vote of 5-0, the members of the National Transportation Safety Board adopted the final report on the most devastating pipeline accident in a decade, an accident which left the community of San Bruno, CA, asking, “Who is responsible for our safety?” The NTSB investigation revealed that for years, PG&E exploited weaknesses in a lax system of oversight. We also identified regulators that placed a blind trust in the companies that they were charged with overseeing – to the detriment of public safety. In the pipeline industry, there must be effective oversight and strong enforcement. With integrity management plans, oversight has shifted away from prescriptive regulations to performance standards. Yet, this approach, where companies effectively say, “These are our standards and we are meeting them,” is only as good as the companies’ commitment and their integrity. In too many instances, the regulators in this case didn’t really know what was going on or require the operator to live up to their commitments. For example, our investigators identified poor record-keeping, flawed assumptions in PG&E’s integrity management programs, a failure to increase safety on an aging pipe in a high-consequence area with remote control valves or in-line inspections, and inadequate drug and alcohol testing protocols. PHMSA testified at our March 2011 hearing that performance based regulations are very difficult for operators to implement and for regulators to oversee. Ronald Regan famously said, “Trust but verify.” For government to do its job – safeguard the public – it cannot trust alone. It must verify through effective oversight. That is why we have asked DOT to assess the effectiveness of the PHMSA’s oversight program and, in turn, the effectiveness of state programs funded with federal dollars. In essence, verify. And, where trust is not merited, they need to ensure that the penalty is high. It is critical for the pipeline industry to learn from this accident and take action in response to our recommendations. Because, when there’s an accident like San Bruno, it is too late.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 136 Vice Chairman Hart, concurring and dissenting: This report is thorough and well done, and I concur with the findings, the probable cause, and all but one of the recommendations. Concurrence, In Part: This mishap involves two issues that will need more attention by the NTSB in the future, namely, (a) how industries will respond to the fact that safety regulator resources are not generally increasing as fast as the industry, and (b) what role the economic regulator will play in safety in industries that have both a safety regulator and an economic regulator. Regulator Resources. In many industries, safety regulator resources are not growing as rapidly as the industry they regulate. With respect to the number of safety inspectors, for example, the number of inspectors per regulated entity has been decreasing in many industries; and the response has generally been to expand the inspectors’ reach by transitioning them away from direct inspection of the end product and transitioning them toward inspection of the processes that create the end product. An example of that transition in relation to this mishap is the integrity management process. Given the difficulty of keeping the ratio of safety inspectors to inspected entities from declining further in many industries, the shift to process inspection is essential. The transition, however, is not a trivial one. For example, the inspector skill sets that are needed for direct inspection are somewhat different than the skill sets that are needed for process inspection. Moreover, no amount of process inspection will ensure that the process will work every time; the best that can generally be said about most processes, even if well designed and implemented, is that they usually work. Given that there will be times when a process does not work exactly as expected, more often than not when a safety inspector is not present because the frequency of inspector visits is declining, then the obligation falls upon the operator to do the right thing when the process doesn’t quite work and when no inspector is nearby to know that. This increased reliance upon the operator to do the right thing when no inspector is there to know otherwise is a very important aspect of the shift from direct inspection to process inspection, and this mishap, as well as several others the NTSB has investigated, illustrates that regulated industries need to come up with a better way to make that transition. In this instance, the situation is further complicated by the fact that there are two levels of safety regulation, federal and state, and in order for the transition from end result inspection to process inspection to be successful, the federal and state regulators will need to work in close coordination. Several of the recommendations in this report relate to the need for the federal and state safety regulators to work better together. A more difficult challenge is how to keep safety issues from “falling through the cracks” when increasing reliance must be placed upon the operator to do the right thing. Most regulated
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 137 industries are still on the learning curve on this issue, and it is an issue on which the NTSB will need to maintain close scrutiny in the future. Economic Regulator. Most of the industries in which the NTSB investigates mishaps do not have an economic regulator. In this instance, however, the intrastate natural gas pipeline operator had both a safety regulator and an economic regulator. If a safety improvement requires an expenditure by an operator in an industry with no economic regulator, the decision is largely up to the operator. If the industry has an economic regulator, however, the economic regulator plays an important role in the operator’s expenditure decisions. Hence, if an expenditure is necessitated because the industry’s safety regulator requires the operator to do something, or because the NTSB recommends a safety improvement, query what result if the economic regulator does not agree to some or all of the expenditure. This situation was mentioned in our Sunshine Meeting, but it was not addressed in the report. If the operator decides to implement any of our recommendations that necessitate expenditures, the NTSB will need to pay close attention to how this situation plays out. For example, we will need to pay attention to the extent, if any, to which safety improvements are encouraged or discouraged by the economic regulator; and we will need to look at this issue in situations in which the economic regulator and the safety regulator are in the same agency, as they are in this instance, as well as situations in which they are in different agencies. Query what effect, if any, that organizational difference may have upon the willingness of the economic regulator to approve the resources needed for safety improvements. While safety is and should be the NTSB’s only concern, both to satisfy our legislative mandate and to maximize the potential effectiveness of our recommendations, our analysis and recommendations in relation to regulated public utilities, such as intrastate natural gas pipeline companies, must be responsive to the reality that the resource allocation process involves more than just the operator. Dissent, In Part: Our report recommends that the American Gas Association and the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America give us a progress report about their development and introduction of advanced inline inspection platforms for use in gas transmission pipelines. Although the need for better inline inspection methods for gas transmission lines was abundantly highlighted by this mishap, I am opposed to this recommendation because it only asks for a report, which does not improve transportation safety; and it could adversely affect the NTSB’s relationships with the transportation community. I have these concerns for several reasons. First, the NTSB was created to determine the probable cause of mishaps and to make recommendations to recipients who can take actions that could help prevent those mishaps from occurring again. A recommendation to provide us a report is not the type of recommendation for which the NTSB was created because a recommendation to give
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 138 us a report does not ask a recipient to take any actions that would help prevent a mishap from occurring again or that would otherwise improve safety. Second, a recommendation to give us a report is satisfied by the report, irrespective of whether we like or agree with its content. Thus, a report that says, “We are not doing anything, and we do not intend to do anything, about that problem,” satisfies our recommendation to the same extent as a report that says, “We are aware of that problem, and we are taking steps to address it.” This undercuts the value of our recommendations because if we receive a report, we will have to classify the recommendation as “Closed Acceptable,” irrespective of what the report says, and despite the fact that a report does nothing to improve safety. Our pride in the fact that more than 80% of our recommendations have been favorably responded to is meaningful only to the extent that our recommendations seek actions that can improve safety. Third, the recommendation is being sent to two trade associations that have no legal duty or obligation to do what we are asking them to report about. To their credit, the trade associations are trying to address important issues, but they probably could not be held legally liable if they chose not to address them. Thus, rather than sending them a recommendation, we should be giving them kudos for going above and beyond by doing what they have no legal duty or obligation to do to improve transportation safety. Fourth, our mission is to improve transportation safety, and one of the very important ways we pursue that mission is by encouraging the transportation community to take actions that could improve safety even without being required to do so, and even without a recommendation from us. Hence, we should be very pleased that these trade associations took the initiative to pursue these important measures because it was the right thing to do, rather than because they were forced or required to do so – and also that they took the initiative to report it to us – and we should actively encourage such behaviors. Normally we send a recommendation because we are concerned that the recipient may not take the recommended actions without it, and the public has come to understand this as the reason we send recommendations. Thus, this recommendation sends the very inaccurate and misleading message to the public that these trade associations have been unwilling to pursue the very important measures about which we are asking them to report. Quite the contrary, the trade associations are already pursuing the measures, and they have already reported that to us, all on their own initiative. Expressing our appreciation for their proactive efforts by sending them a recommendation to report about what they have already started doing and have already been reporting to us is not, in my view, a way to encourage the transportation community to take proactive actions on their own initiative. Moreover, a telephone call or a meeting would have been a much more effective way for us to obtain a report from them, and a telephone call or a meeting would have caused less of a diversion of their resources from pursuing the measures we are asking them to report about. We often recommend that recipients take certain actions, and then send us a report to let us know what they have done, but a recommendation solely to report to us does nothing to improve transportation safety. For these reasons, I am very much opposed to this recommendation, and I
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 139 hope that henceforth we will avoid sending recommendations that only ask a recipient to provide us a report.
NTSB Pipeline Accident Report 140
- Appendix
Investigation and Hearing The NTSB was notified of the San Bruno pipeline rupture accident about 8:00 p.m. on September 9, 2010, the day of the accident. A go-team consisting of eight NTSB staff members was launched early the next morning. Vice Chairman Christopher Hart was the Board Member on scene. Investigative groups were formed for pipeline operations, SCADA operations, integrity management, metallurgy, human performance, survival factors, fire, and meteorology. Parties to the investigation included the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, the Pacific Gas and Electric Company, the California Public Utilities Commission, the city of San Bruno, the Engineers and Scientists of California—Local 20, and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers—Local 1245. An en banc investigative hearing for this accident investigation was held at the NTSB Conference Center in Washington DC, on March 1–3, 2011. The transcript of the proceeding is available in the public docket.
FD07381 | 2010_美国_RAR1001.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision of Metrolink Train 111 With Union Pacific Train LOF65‐12 Chatsworth, California September 12, 2008 Accident Report NTSB/RAR-10/01 National Transportation Safety Board PB2010-916301
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/RAR-10/01 PB2010-916301 Notation 8175 Adopted January 21, 2010
Railroad Accident Report Collision of Metrolink Train 111 With Union Pacific Train LOF65-12 Chatsworth, California September 12, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Collision of Metrolink Train 111 With Union Pacific Train LOF65–12, Chatsworth, California, September 12, 2008. Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-10/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: About 4:22 p.m., Pacific daylight time, on Friday, September 12, 2008, westbound Southern California Regional Rail Authority Metrolink train 111, consisting of one locomotive and three passenger cars, collided head-on with eastbound Union Pacific Railroad (UP) freight train LOF65–12 near Chatsworth, California. The Metrolink train derailed its locomotive and lead passenger car; the UP train derailed its 2 locomotives and 10 of its 17 cars. The force of the collision caused the locomotive of train 111 to telescope into the lead passenger coach by about 52 feet. The accident resulted in 25 fatalities, including the engineer of train
- Emergency response agencies reported transporting 102 injured passengers to local hospitals. Damages
were estimated to be in excess of $12 million.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-916301 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board iii Contents Contents ........................................................................................................................................ iii Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary .................................................................................................................... vii Factual Information .......................................................................................................................1 Accident Synopsis ............................................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative ...........................................................................................................................1 Emergency Response .......................................................................................................................8 Command, Organization, and Resources ..................................................................................9 Extrication Operations ............................................................................................................10 Injuries ...........................................................................................................................................11 Damage ..........................................................................................................................................11 Personnel Information ....................................................................................................................12 Metrolink Train 111 ................................................................................................................12 Union Pacific Leesdale Local .................................................................................................13 Person A ..................................................................................................................................14 Train and Mechanical Information ................................................................................................15 Metrolink Train 111 ................................................................................................................15 Leesdale Local ........................................................................................................................18 Wreckage .......................................................................................................................................19 Metrolink Train 111 ................................................................................................................19 UP Leesdale Local ..................................................................................................................22 Topanga Switch ......................................................................................................................22 Meteorological Information ...........................................................................................................22 Track Information ..........................................................................................................................22 Signal Information .........................................................................................................................24 General ....................................................................................................................................24 Review of Recorded Signal Data ............................................................................................25 Operations Information ..................................................................................................................25 General ....................................................................................................................................25 Operating Rules and Efficiency Testing .................................................................................27 Medical and Toxicological Information ........................................................................................27 Metrolink Engineer’s Use of a Wireless Device ............................................................................28 Pattern of Wireless Device Use ..............................................................................................29 Content of Text Messages ......................................................................................................34 Leesdale Local Conductor’s Use of a Wireless Device .................................................................35 Tests and Research .........................................................................................................................36 Sight-Distance Tests of Trains ................................................................................................36 Sight-Distance Tests of Signals ..............................................................................................37
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board iv Testing of Signal System ........................................................................................................39 Testing of Communications System .......................................................................................40 Inspection and Testing of Track .............................................................................................41 Other Information ..........................................................................................................................41 Postaccident Actions by SCRRA ............................................................................................41 Federal Rules Regarding Wireless Devices ............................................................................43 FRA Emergency Order 20 (1996) ..........................................................................................44 Analysis .........................................................................................................................................46 Exclusions ......................................................................................................................................46 The Accident ..................................................................................................................................48 Emergency Response .....................................................................................................................49 Signals and Train Control ..............................................................................................................50 Signal Aspect at CP Topanga .................................................................................................50 Stacking of Routes ..................................................................................................................51 Perceptions of Signal Aspects ................................................................................................51 Performance of Train 111 Engineer ...............................................................................................53 Train 111 Engineer’s Use of Wireless Device ...............................................................................55 Leesdale Local Conductor’s Use of Wireless Device ....................................................................55 Unauthorized Persons in Locomotive Cab ....................................................................................56 Efficiency Testing and Management Oversight ............................................................................56 In-Cab Audio and Image Recording Devices ................................................................................58 Metrolink Passenger Survivability .................................................................................................62 Positive Train Control ....................................................................................................................63 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................65 Findings..........................................................................................................................................65 Probable Cause...............................................................................................................................66 Recommendations ........................................................................................................................67 New Recommendations .................................................................................................................67 Previously Issued Recommendation Reclassified in This Report .................................................67 Appendix A: Investigation ..........................................................................................................72 Appendix B: Recommendation History on Employee Performance Monitoring ..................73
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board v Figures Figure 1. The accident occurred on Metrolink's Ventura Subdivision, about 33 miles west of Los Angeles. ........................................................................................................................2 Figure 2. Accident site. ......................................................................................................5 Figure 3. CP Topanga as viewed from the cab of a locomotive positioned at Chatsworth station. Upper arrow indicates approximate location of the CP Topanga signal, which is about 5,288 feet away. ...............................................................................................................................6 Figure 4. Overview of accident scene looking south. . .......................................................8 Figure 5. Bombardier BiLevel passenger coach of the type involved in this accident. . ..15 Figure 6. The force of the collision drove the Metrolink locomotive about 52 feet into the passenger space of the first coach behind the locomotive. . ..........................................................20 Figure 7. CP Topanga switch looking east, in the direction the Leesdale Local was traveling. Circles highlight damage to switch points and components consistent with the switch having been run through in a trailing point movement by the Metrolink train traveling in the opposite direction. .........................................................................................................................23 Figure 8. Westbound signal at CP Topanga displaying a red aspect (indicating stop.). ..26 Figure 9. LG wireless device Model VX10000 similar to the device used by the Metrolink engineer on the day of the accident. (Internet photograph) ..........................................29 Figure 10. Text messages sent and received by the Metrolink engineer on day of the accident and on previous 7 days. (Engineer did not work Saturday or Sunday.) ..........................32 Figure 11. Telephone calls sent and received by Metrolink engineer on day of accident and on previous 7 days. ..................................................................................................................33 Figure 12. View from the head end of a simulated Leesdale Local during train sight- distance testing. At a closing speed in excess of 80 mph, the trains would be only seconds from impact as the Metrolink train becomes visible around the curve. . ................................................37
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board vi Acronyms and Abbreviations BMI
body mass index CFR
Code of Federal Regulations Connex Connex Railroad, LLC CP
control point FRA
Federal Railroad Administration GPS
global positioning system HIV
human immunodeficiency virus NTSB National Transportation Safety Board OSA obstructive sleep apnea SCRRA Southern California Regional Rail Authority UP
Union Pacific Railroad
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board vii Executive Summary About 4:22 p.m., Pacific daylight time, on Friday, September 12, 2008, westbound Southern California Regional Rail Authority Metrolink train 111, consisting of one locomotive and three passenger cars, collided head-on with eastbound Union Pacific Railroad freight train LOF65–12 near Chatsworth, California. The Metrolink train derailed its locomotive and lead passenger car; the UP train derailed its 2 locomotives and 10 of its 17 cars. The force of the collision caused the locomotive of train 111 to telescope into the lead passenger coach by about 52 feet. The accident resulted in 25 fatalities, including the engineer of train 111. Emergency response agencies reported transporting 102 injured passengers to local hospitals. Damages were estimated to be in excess of $12 million. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the September 12, 2008, collision of a Metrolink commuter train and a Union Pacific freight train was the failure of the Metrolink engineer to observe and appropriately respond to the red signal aspect at Control Point Topanga because he was engaged in prohibited use of a wireless device, specifically text messaging, that distracted him from his duties. Contributing to the accident was the lack of a positive train control system that would have stopped the Metrolink train short of the red signal and thus prevented the collision. The safety issues identified during this accident investigation are as follows: • Inadequate capability, because of the privacy offered by a locomotive operating compartment, for management to monitor crewmember adherence to operating rules such as those regarding the use of wireless devices or the presence of unauthorized persons in the operating compartment. • Lack of a positive train control system on the Metrolink rail system. As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Railroad Administration.
(This page intentionally left blank)
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 1 Factual Information Accident Synopsis About 4:22 p.m., Pacific daylight time,1 on Friday, September 12, 2008, westbound Southern California Regional Rail Authority (SCRRA) Metrolink train 111, consisting of one locomotive and three passenger cars, collided head-on with eastbound Union Pacific Railroad (UP) freight train LOF65–12 near Chatsworth, California. The Metrolink train derailed its locomotive and lead passenger car; the UP train derailed its 2 locomotives and 10 of its 17 cars. The force of the collision caused the locomotive of train 111 to telescope into the lead passenger coach by about 52 feet. The accident resulted in 25 fatalities, including the engineer of train 111. Emergency response agencies reported transporting 102 injured passengers to local hospitals. Damages were estimated to be in excess of $12 million. Accident Narrative At 5:54 a.m. on the morning of the accident, the two-member crew (conductor and engineer) who were aboard Metrolink train 111 at the time of the accident reported for duty at the Metrolink crew base in Montalvo, California. Once on duty, the crew participated in a job briefing where they discussed track warrants and bulletins from the various territories over which they would be operating that day. The crew departed the yard eastbound2 about 6:45 a.m. aboard train 106. The train made 10 station stops before arriving at Los Angeles Union Station at 8:25 a.m. (See figure 1.) At 8:32 a.m. the crewmembers took the train a few miles west to Metrolink’s central maintenance facility, where they went off duty at 9:26 a.m. The conductor said he then went upstairs to the “quiet” room provided for employees and that the engineer, as was his usual practice during the mid-day relief,3 drove home. At 11:30 a.m. the three-member crew (engineer, conductor, and brakeman) of UP freight train LOF65–12 (hereinafter referred to as the Leesdale Local) reported for duty in Gemco, California. The Leesdale Local departed Gemco westbound at 12:30 p.m. with orders to service local industries along the route. The Metrolink train crew returned to duty at the central maintenance facility at 2:00 p.m. The conductor said the engineer spoke of having gotten a 2-hour nap during the mid-day break. The crew participated in a job briefing and was issued new track bulletins. They then traveled to the yard, boarded the equipment scheduled for train 111—which consisted of one locomotive,
1 Unless otherwise noted, all times in this report are Pacific daylight time. 2 Unless otherwise noted, directions referred to in this report are railroad timetable directions, which often differ from compass direction. 3 The Metrolink train crew worked split shifts. They operated trains during the morning and afternoon rush periods and were off during the middle of the day.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report two regular passenger cars, and one passenger coach/cab control car4—and departed at 3:03 p.m. in non-revenue service from the maintenance facility to Union Station, arriving at 3:12:03 p.m.
Figure 1. The accident occurred on Metrolink's Ventura Subdivision, about 33 miles west of Los Angeles. Verizon Wireless records of calls and text messages to and from the engineer’s personal cell phone/wireless device showed that while the engineer was en route from the maintenance facility to Union Station he received a text message from an individual who will be referred to in this report as “Person A.”5 This was the first of seven text messages Person A transmitted to the engineer from the time train 111 departed the maintenance facility until the accident.
4 The trains operated by the crew on the day of the accident were commuter trains configured in a “push-pull” arrangement that allows the train to operate in either direction without being turned. In the “pull” mode, the engineer operates from the locomotive at the head end of the train. In the “push” mode, the locomotive is at the rear of the train and the engineer occupies the operating compartment of a cab control car (a specially configured passenger coach) that, in the push mode, is at the head end of the train. At the time of this accident, the train was operating in the pull mode, and the engineer was in the locomotive at the head end. 5 As will be discussed later in this report, the engineer had, earlier in the day, exchanged a number of text messages with the individual identified as Person A. National Transportation Safety Board 2
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 3 While train 111 was at Union Station and before it began its westbound trip, the engineer received the second text message from Person A. The records indicated that the engineer responded with two text messages to Person A, the first sent at 3:23:59 p.m. and the next at 3:30:49 p.m.6 These were the first of six text messages the engineer would transmit to Person A that afternoon. At 3:21:42 p.m. and again at 3:26:11 p.m., the engineer made two cell phone calls, each lasting 75 seconds, to two different phone numbers (neither of them belonging to Person A). These were the only voice calls the engineer made while he was on duty on the afternoon of the accident. Meanwhile, the Leesdale Local had completed its westbound work assignments at Oxnard, California, and, at 3:13 p.m., had begun its eastbound return trip to Gemco, which is near the Metrolink Van Nuys station. The Leesdale Local departed Oxnard with two locomotive units pulling 17 cars. For this return trip, the engineer and the conductor were in the lead locomotive while the brakeman rode the trailing unit. Train 111 departed Los Angeles Union Station westbound on schedule at 3:34:54 p.m.7 en route to Moorpark, California. The engineer occupied the locomotive at the head end of the train, and the conductor was in the last passenger car. The train would be operating on double main line track until reaching Control Point (CP)8 Raymer (located between the Van Nuys and Northridge stations), where the main line became single track. About 1 minute into the trip, the engineer received the third text message from Person A. Train 111’s first two scheduled stops were Glendale and Downtown Burbank. As the train pulled away from the Downtown Burbank station, at 3:51:08, the Verizon network logged the transmission of the engineer’s third text message to Person A. The engineer received the fourth text message from Person A while en route between the Burbank–Bob Hope Airport and Van Nuys stations, and the fifth while en route between the Van Nuys and Northridge stations. At this time, eastbound Amtrak train 784 was operating on the single track portion of the mainline and on the same track as train 111. The Metrolink dispatcher9 had aligned switches to route the Amtrak train onto the adjacent main line track at CP Raymer to allow the two trains to pass. Because the switch at CP Raymer was aligned for the eastbound Amtrak train’s movement and against any westbound movement, the signal at the control point showed a red aspect, a stop indication, for train 111. Metrolink’s operations center radio recordings captured the train 111
6 In this report, all times associated with the sending or receiving of calls and text messages are from Verizon records. In these records, the “sent” and “received” times are based on a GPS time reference and reflect the time the Verizon Wireless network equipment either receives or delivers a message. Thus, the reported “sent” time of a message does not necessarily correlate to the time the sender pressed the “send” button on the wireless device. Because the network must query the receiving device to make sure it is available before transmitting a message, the “received” time is more likely to reflect the actual time the message arrives on the recipient’s device. 7 In this report, all times associated with signal, switch, and locomotive events are based on signal log and locomotive event recorder data synchronized to a GPS reference time. This synchronization correlates train position, data recorder, signal, and cell phone send/receive times to a common “master clock” that reflects actual GPS time. 8 A control point is a signal or a siding or crossover switch that is under the control of the dispatcher and that the dispatcher uses to manage train movements over the territory. 9 The dispatcher referred to in this report was responsible for all train movements over the territory extending from Glendale to Moorpark.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 4 engineer calling this signal (“all red Raymer”).10 After servicing the Van Nuys station, train 111 stopped short of the CP Raymer signal at 4:06:54 to wait for the Amtrak train to move to the other track and for the signal to clear for continued westbound movement. The wait lasted about 3 minutes, during which Verizon records show that the train 111 engineer transmitted the fourth and fifth of his six text messages to Person A. At the end of the stop, the engineer was recorded calling “back in green” (clear) at Raymer. About 2 minutes after train 111 departed CP Raymer, at 4:11 p.m., the eastbound Leesdale Local entered the single track mainline (the same track as train 111) at CP Davis traveling at a recorded speed of 46.6 mph. The dispatcher had aligned the switches so that the eastbound local would enter the 11,300-foot-long controlled siding at CP Topanga, just west of the Chatsworth station. (See figure 2.) The signal circuitry was designed such that, with this switch aligned for the siding, the westbound signal at CP Topanga could not display any aspect other than red (stop indication) for westbound trains entering the block of track11 governed by that signal. This indication required that train 111 stop short of CP Topanga until the Leesdale Local was safely in the siding. Once the train was in the siding, the switch would be realigned for westbound movement on the main line, the signal would be cleared, and train 111 could proceed.12 Signal data logs showed that the switch at CP Topanga was reversed (aligned for the siding) at 4:07:37 p.m. Train 111 arrived at Northridge station at 4:14:10 p.m. and departed 40 seconds later. Normal travel time between the Northridge and Chatsworth stations is about 6 minutes. The conductor of train 111 stated that after the train departed Northridge, he began walking through the train. Dispatching center recordings showed that, after departing Raymer, the train 111 engineer called the next three intermediate signals as “green.” The next signal the train encountered was the signal at CP Bernson (milepost 446.8), for which Metrolink’s operations center recorded the train 111 engineer calling a flashing yellow aspect (advance approach). Under an advance approach signal indication, trains are to “proceed prepared to stop at second signal.” In this case, the second signal was the signal at CP Topanga, where train 111 was to stop and wait for the Leesdale Local to clear the main line. The train passed the CP Bernson signal at 4:17:45 p.m. at a recorded speed of 68 mph. Under Metrolink rules, the conductor of a train must repeat back over the radio any restrictive signal (an indication other than clear) called out by the engineer. Train 111’s conductor was not recorded repeating back the flashing yellow signal the engineer called at CP Bernson. The conductor said he did not recall hearing the engineer call this signal. A few seconds after train 111’s engineer was recorded calling out the flashing yellow aspect at CP Bernson, the engineer of the Leesdale Local was recorded calling out a “green” aspect at CP Davis. Signal data logs showed that this signal had cleared at 4:10:59 p.m.
10 Metrolink operating rules require that engineers announce over the radio the aspects or indications of all wayside signals the train encounters. For an announcement of any signal more restrictive than green (clear), the conductor must repeat back the announcement over the radio. 11 A block is a length of track of defined limits, the movement over which is governed by wayside signal indications 12 As will be discussed later in this report, the commands by the dispatcher to effect these actions had already been “stacked,” or entered into the dispatching system at the Metrolink Operations Center.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
Figure 2. Accident site. According to signal data logs, the next signal encountered by train 111 after CP Bernson (intermediate signal 4451, just east [geographically south] of the Chatsworth passenger station and the last signal before CP Topanga) was displaying a solid yellow approach13 indication. Train 111 passed signal 4451 at 4:18:41 p.m. Neither the engineer nor the conductor was recorded calling out this signal indication. At 4:20 p.m., Verizon Wireless network records logged a text message transmitted by the UP conductor from his personal cell phone. At 4:20:15 p.m., a yellow-over-yellow approach diverging14 signal indication displayed at intermediate signal 4426, indicating to the Leesdale Local’s crew that their train would be entering the siding at CP Topanga. Train 111 stopped at Chatsworth station (about 1 mile east [geographically south] of CP Topanga) at 4:19:20 p.m. The stop lasted 57 seconds. The conductor stated that once the train stopped, he opened the train’s platform side doors and stepped down from the rear car onto the platform to observe passengers stepping up and down from the train. The conductor stated that his routine was to step back up to at least the first step of the rear passenger car before making the final announcement of the train’s impending departure and pressing the buttons to close the doors. He said the door closing sequence takes about 10 seconds, during which time the conductor keeps the door open so he can look down the side of the train. In the first of his three interviews with NTSB investigators, the conductor stated that when he looked forward alongside
13 Under an approach indication, trains are to “proceed prepared to stop at the next signal. Trains exceeding 40 MPH must begin reduction to 40 MPH as soon as head end passes signal.” 14 Under an approach diverging indication, a train must “proceed prepared to advance on diverging route at next signal not exceeding prescribed speed through turnout(s).” National Transportation Safety Board 5
NTSB Railroad Accident Report the train, he could see a green (clear) signal at CP Topanga. (See figure 3.) In subsequent interviews, the conductor stated that he had radioed the engineer to “highball 111 on a green signal.”15 Such an announcement was not recorded on any of the available recording devices. He stated that he did not hear a response from the engineer.
Figure 3. CP Topanga as viewed from the cab of a locomotive positioned at Chatsworth station. Upper arrow indicates approximate location of the CP Topanga signal, which is about 5,288 feet away. Train 111’s event recorder showed that at 4:20:07 p.m., the engineer moved the throttle from idle to position 2 and began releasing the train’s air brakes. At 4:20:13 p.m., the throttle was moved to position 3. The conductor said that after he closed the crew door, he returned to his desk to update his delay report. He said he had not heard the engineer call any signal since the “green signals departing Northridge on our way to Chatsworth.” The data recorder indicated that at 4:20:17 p.m., the brakes were fully released and the train speed was gradually increasing. At 4:20:19 p.m., the throttle was increased to its maximum position of 8, and train speed was 4 mph.
15 As will be discussed later in this report, several other individuals who were on the Chatsworth station platform stated that as train 111 departed the station, they had seen the CP Topanga signal displaying a green aspect. National Transportation Safety Board 6
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 7 While departing Chatsworth station, the train remained under the operating authority of the approach indication it had received at intermediate signal 4451. Under Metrolink rules, engineers operating under this indication are not to exceed 40 mph while being prepared to stop at the next signal. Additionally, Metrolink’s delay-in-block rule (Rule 9.9, discussed later in this report), required engineers, after a station stop,16 to keep train speeds below 40 mph and be prepared to stop before reaching the next signal, until such time as the next signal can be seen to display a proceed indication. At 4:20:20 p.m., the engineer activated the locomotive bell for 42 seconds. At 4:20:51 p.m., he sounded the locomotive horn for 11 seconds for the Devonshire Road grade crossing. At 4:21:03 p.m., Verizon records show that the engineer received the seventh text message from Person A. At 4:21:23 p.m., the engineer activated the locomotive bell for 19 seconds and also made a short (1 second) sounding of the locomotive horn. While the bell was on, the engineer began sounding the horn at 4:21:34 p.m. for the next crossing at Chatsworth Street. At 4:21:35 p.m. the train’s speed was 52 mph. The engineer stopped sounding the horn at 4:21:41 p.m. The train’s speed had increased to 54 mph. Over the next 5 seconds, the engineer moved the throttle first to 5, then to 6, back to 5, then to 7, then back to 3 and, finally, to throttle position 4. At that time, train 111 was about 1,200 feet from the signal at CP Topanga. At 4:21:46 p.m., the engineer initiated a minimum brake pipe pressure reduction that slowed the train. The train passed the CP Topanga signal at 4:21:56 p.m. traveling 44 mph. At 4:22:00 p.m., the engineer released the train’s air brakes, and at 4:22:01 p.m., based on the time the transmission was logged as received by the Verizon network, he sent his sixth text message to person A. According to recorded data for the power-operated switch at CP Topanga (about 377 feet west of the westbound Topanga signal), train 111 ran through the switch at 4:22:02 p.m.17 At this time, the train’s brakes were off and the throttle remained in position 4. A few seconds later, the defect detector just west of the CP Topanga switch broadcast a “no defects” message indicating that train 111 had passed the detector. On the approach to CP Topanga, the eastbound Leesdale Local traversed two tunnels; the first (tunnel 27) was 924 feet long, and the second (tunnel 28) was 547 feet long. Exiting the second tunnel, the train entered a 6º right-hand curve. According to the Leesdale Local’s crewmembers, as their train exited the second tunnel and entered the curve at 40 mph, the Metrolink train came into view. The Leesdale Local’s crew activated the train’s emergency air braking system, but the trains collided a few seconds later. The collision occurred at 4:22:23 p.m., about 22 seconds after the Verizon network logged receipt of the engineer’s last text message. The point of collision was 634 feet from the east portal of tunnel 28. The event recorder indicated that the train 111 engineer made no change in throttle position or brake application during the 21 seconds that elapsed from the time the train ran through the CP Topanga switch until the collision occurred. Event recorder data indicated
16 The delay-in-block rule applied when a train was delayed for any reason, including a station stop, or whenever train speed had been reduced below 10 mph. 17 The switch had been aligned for the eastbound Leesdale Local to enter the siding. Train 111 had “run through” the switch from the opposite direction (against this alignment), which damaged the switch components.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report that the Metrolink train was traveling about 43 mph and the Leesdale Local was traveling about 41 mph when the two trains collided head-on. (See figure 4.) Emergency Response The first 911 call about the accident was received by Los Angeles (City) Fire Department Operations Control Dispatch at 4:23 p.m. from a nearby resident. The dispatch was initially categorized as a “vehic” incident (a physical rescue assignment) but on the basis of numerous additional calls, the incident was upgraded to a “derail” incident, which doubled the resources dispatched.
Figure 4. Overview of accident scene looking south. The dispatch center requested resources from the Ventura County, Los Angeles County, Culver City, and Beverly Hills fire departments. Los Angeles County Fire Department sent two urban search and rescue teams and helicopters. Ventura County Fire Department sent advanced life support rescues and two squads. Beverly Hills Fire Department and Culver City Fire Department sent rescue squads. The Los Angeles City Fire Department dispatched the department psychologist, critical response teams, safety officers, and incident management teams. The critical response teams National Transportation Safety Board 8
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 9 provided family assistance. The incident management teams included fire department officers on special duty, including a rail liaison officer. The city fire department’s operations command was opened to coordinate with the emergency operations center. The general manager of the Emergency Management Division coordinated with different departments of the city to provide long-term logistics such as lighting, food, and water. Command, Organization, and Resources The first responding companies were initially dispatched to a residential area near the railroad. The first on-scene captain initially assumed charge of the incident and assigned fire suppression, extrication, and medical tasks. A battalion chief then assumed command when he arrived on scene and remained in charge until the arrival of the assistant chief. The assistant chief initially established a command post in a school parking lot. When a grassy field adjacent to the command post was selected as a helicopter landing zone, the command post was moved to a parking lot farther away. During the course of the response, the assistant chief established a fire suppression group, an extrication group, and a medical group. A hazardous materials group was established to obtain the train consist and confirm the content of the freight cars. A unified command system was established with responding agencies. The Los Angeles Police Department was in charge of security and perimeter control. Additional responding agencies were the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles County Fire Department, Ventura County Fire Department, Metrolink, Union Pacific, California Office of Emergency Services, the Los Angeles County Coroner, three private ambulance services, and the Red Cross. Los Angeles city agencies that responded were the Department of Transportation, the Department of Public Works, and the Unified School District. Metrolink’s chief of safety and security was in charge of Metrolink’s response to the accident. A fence separating the railroad property from the adjacent school was opened to provide access between the trains and the command area. A medical triage area was established next to this fence line. Because of the number of injured passengers, private ambulances were requested to supplement the 28 fire department ambulances. Five air ambulances from Los Angeles Fire Department, the Los Angeles County Fire Department, and the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department responded. A total of 26 air ambulance flights were conducted. The fire department’s medical director responded to the scene, along with two medical “caches” (trailers stocked with medical supplies). During the first 8 hours of the response, the fire department resources included 42 fire companies, 25 ambulances, 8 chief officers, 7 emergency medical services captains, 3 urban search and rescue teams, 5 helicopters, 2 command post units, and 2 communications support units. In total, 350 firefighters (from all fire departments), 150 sheriff’s department deputies, and 440 Los Angeles Police Department officers responded. In all, more than 1,000 emergency personnel participated in the response effort.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 10 Extrication Operations The earliest responders accessed the accident site from the rear yard of a house in the adjacent residential area. The first police officers to arrive on the scene used bolt cutters to cut through the fence and provide access to the accident site. Leesdale Local. The Leesdale Local had two locomotive units, each with two exits. The engineer and conductor were in the lead unit; the brakeman occupied the second unit. After the collision, the second unit remained upright, and the brakeman was able to exit unassisted through the rear cab door. Because the lead unit came to rest on its left side, the door on the right side of the cab (behind the engineer’s seat) was too high for the crewmembers to reach. The second door, through the nose of the unit, was blocked by the Metrolink locomotive. As a result of the collision, a fire started that was fed by diesel fuel leaking from a fuel tank that had separated from the Metrolink locomotive. The leaking fuel tank had come to rest next to the occupied cab of the lead Leesdale Local locomotive. While efforts were underway to suppress the fire, firefighters heard pounding coming from the lead locomotive cab. They looked through the cab windows and saw that the two crewmembers were trapped inside. Firefighters attempted to break the windshield and cut a front window, but neither effort was successful. They were finally able to cut through the rubber molding around the window and remove it. Upon removing the window, they found that the cab was filled with smoke. According to the captain in charge of fire suppression, one of the crewmembers exited the cab with severe back injuries. The captain helped him to the triage area. The second crewmember was not able to move and could not exit the cab without assistance. Two firefighters removed him from the cab and carried him to the triage area. Metrolink Train 111. As firefighters set to work getting passengers out of the first passenger coach, which was the most seriously damaged car, additional deputies and officers from the California Highway Patrol began to arrive on scene. Firefighters working deeper into the car began handing debris to the deputies and officers, who then removed the debris from the car. As victims were removed from the wreckage, they were placed on backboards and carried from the car by a line of deputies and officers. This activity at the first passenger coach continued for 3 to 4 hours. Meanwhile, teams were searching the second and third passenger coaches. A police officer said that when he entered the second passenger coach, he saw that most of the passengers had exited but that six people were still in the car and that they could not move. Three were on the first level, and three were on the second level. Firefighters from the Los Angeles County Fire Department next arrived at the second and third cars and began triaging the passengers. In the third passenger coach were four or five passengers who received assistance. Survivors removed from all of the cars were first taken to a patient holding area on the north side of the train. As the patient numbers increased, they were moved to a patient collection area farther away from the train. Law enforcement officers helped carry the backboards and baskets used to move patients to the patient collection area. Chaplains began arriving on scene and assisted fire department personnel. A temporary morgue was established to the side of the wreckage.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 11 Firefighters sent to walk the UP train to check the train’s contents reported that they found nothing of concern. A UP representative told responders where to find a copy of the train consist, which the firefighters retrieved from the lead UP locomotive. Fire department and railroad resources were coordinated through a city fire department rail liaison officer working with Metrolink personnel. Overnight, Metrolink’s security coordinator was placed in charge of the railroad’s response. Metrolink had staged heavy equipment about a half mile away from the accident site. A UP representative also coordinated in the arrival and staging of heavy equipment and equipment operators. Battalion chiefs met periodically with representatives of the urban search and rescue teams and the railroads to plan operations. Rescue efforts continued until about 1:00 a.m. on September 13, at which time rescue operations transitioned to recovery operations. The Metrolink locomotive was pulled away from the first passenger car about 8:00 a.m. on September 13. Recovery operations continued until the final victim was recovered about 2:00 p.m. on September 13. Injuries Table 1. Injuries. Injury Type Train Crews Passengers Emergency Responders Total Fatal 1 24 0 25 Serious 3 25 0 28 Minor 1 71 1 73 None 0 0 0 0 Total 5 120 1 126 Title 49 CFR 840.2 defines fatality as the death of a person either at the time an accident occurs or within 24 hours thereafter. Title 49 CFR 830.2 defines serious injury as “an injury which: (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second or third-degree burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.” Damage The Metrolink train 111 locomotive sustained substantial crush damage in the collision, with damage estimated as $3.5 million. The first passenger coach behind the locomotive was destroyed, at a cost of $2.2 million. The remaining two Metrolink passenger coaches were substantially damaged, with repair costs estimated as $1.5 million. The UP estimated damages to the locomotives of the Leesdale Local as $1.2 million, with an additional $2.123 million in damages to cars and $200,000 losses in lading. Cleanup expenses were estimated as $500,000 for the UP and $670,000 for Metrolink. Damage to the track structure was estimated as $250,000. Total damages were estimated to be $12.143 million.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 12 Personnel Information Metrolink Train 111 The engineer and conductor of Metrolink train 111 at the time of the accident worked a regularly assigned 5-day week, Monday through Friday, with Saturdays and Sundays off. The crew had worked together on this assignment since April 15, 2008. The crew was scheduled to arrive at Moorpark at 4:45 p.m. They would then operate train 118 from Moorpark, departing at 4:57 p.m. and arriving at Union Station at 6:20 p.m. The crew would then operate train 119 from Union Station to Montalvo, departing at 6:40 p.m. and arriving at Montalvo at 8:35 p.m. They would go off duty at 9:05 p.m. with an average total time on duty of 10 hours 37 minutes. Engineer. The engineer of Metrolink train 111, age 47, was hired by Connex Railroad, LLC,18 (Connex) on June 25, 2005. Between November 1998 and June 2005, he had worked as an engineer for Amtrak. Connex files disclosed no record of any formal disciplinary action with regard to the engineer. The engineer’s record did show that he had received five “Letters of Counseling” (considered informal discipline) in the previous 4 years. In December 2005, he was counseled about his failure to report for duty on his assigned job. In December 2006, he was counseled about his failure to report that his conductor was late for a job assignment. In August 2006 and again in December 2006, he was counseled about the number of times he had been absent from work during the previous 12 months, a number that constituted a violation of the Connex attendance policy. Two days before the accident, the engineer was counseled about his responsibility for delaying train 119 on August 19, 2008, at Moorpark station. As will be discussed in more detail later in this report, the engineer had, on two occasions, received oral counseling about his cell phone use while on duty. The engineer’s most recent recertification occurred on July 24, 2007 and was valid until September 10, 2010. Connex records disclosed that the engineer had successfully completed his last rules examination on May, 14, 2008. A check of the engineer’s work history revealed his last missed workday was September 3, 2008, when he used an accrued personal day. Time sheets provided by Connex showed that the engineer worked the same schedule for the four days, Monday through Thursday, preceding the day of the accident. Under that schedule, he went on duty at 5:54 a.m. at Montalvo. He departed on train 106 at 6:44 a.m. and arrived at Los Angeles Union Station at 8:28 a.m. He was off duty from 9:26 a.m. until returning to work at 2:00 p.m. He departed Union Station westbound on train 111 at 3:35 p.m. and arrived at Moorpark at 4:45 p.m. He departed Moorpark eastbound at 4:57 p.m. on train 118 and arrived at Union Station at 6:20 p.m. At 6:40 p.m., he departed Union Station on train 119 and arrived at Montalvo at 8:35 p.m. He went off duty at 9:05 p.m. On the day of the accident, as on the previous 4 days, the engineer went on duty at 5:54 a.m. He operated a train from 6:44 a.m. until going off duty at 9:26 a.m. He returned to duty at
18 Connex Railroad, LLC, under contract to the SCRRA, provided the locomotive engineers and conductors for Metrolink trains, along with the management, administrative, and training services required to support rail operations.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 13 2:00 p.m. At 3:35 p.m., he departed on train 111. At the time of the accident, the engineer had most recently been on duty for the second portion of his workday for about 2 hours 22 minutes. Conductor. The train 111 conductor, age 57, was hired by Connex on June 25, 2005. He was previously employed as a conductor by Amtrak beginning in March 1997. According to Connex records, the conductor had successfully completed his last operational rules tests on May 13, 2008. Connex files disclosed no record of any formal disciplinary action with regard to the conductor. The conductor received informal discipline in the form of a “Letter of Counseling” regarding his responsibility for the delay of train 119 on August 19, 2008, at Moorpark station. The conductor said that he had worked on the Monday and Thursday before the accident and had been off on Tuesday and Wednesday. On each of his workdays, he awoke at 3:00 a.m. and left for work at 4:00 a.m. He departed on a train at 6:44 a.m. and worked until 9:26 a.m., when he went off duty. He worked the second part of his day from 2:00 p.m. until 9:05 p.m. He worked this same morning schedule on the day of the accident and was into the second portion of his workday when the accident occurred. At that time, he had been on duty for the second portion of his workday for about 2 hours 22 minutes, and awake for about 13 hours 22 minutes. Union Pacific Leesdale Local Three crewmembers (engineer, conductor, and brakeman) were on the Leesdale Local at the time of the accident. This was the regular assignment for the engineer and brakeman; the conductor was an extra-board19 employee filling in for the regularly assigned conductor. Engineer. The engineer, age 65, was hired by the UP railroad on April 3, 1969. UP files disclosed no record of any disciplinary action pertaining to the engineer in the 2 years prior to the accident. The engineer’s most recent recertification occurred on September 3, 2008. It is valid until January 31, 2010. The engineer stated that he arose every day between 6:00 a.m. and 6:30 a.m., departed his residence for work at 10:30 a.m., and went on duty at 11:30 a.m. He said he usually went off duty between 6:30 p.m. and 7:00 p.m.20 He added he retired each evening no later than 11:30 p.m. At the time of the accident, he had been awake for approximately 10 hours and on duty for just under 5 hours. Conductor. The conductor, age 32, was hired by the UP Railroad on June 22, 1998. UP files disclosed no record of any disciplinary action with regard to the conductor in the 2 years prior to the accident. The conductor said that he awoke about 9:30 a.m. on Monday, September 8. He went on duty at 11:30 a.m. on the Leesdale Local, worked until about 6:30 p.m., and returned home. He
19 The extra board is a list of qualified employees available to fill in for regularly assigned workers or to work non-scheduled assignments. 20 According to UP records, with the exception of Tuesday, September 9, when he went off duty at 6:55 p.m., the engineer went on duty at 11:30 a.m. and off duty at 6:30 p.m. each day beginning Monday, September 8, through the day of the accident.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 14 said he retired for the evening between 11:00 p.m. and 11:30 p.m. He did not work the following day, Tuesday, September 9, and awoke about 10:00 a.m. He retired for the evening about 11:45 p.m. He did not work the following day, Wednesday, September 10, and arose about 8:45 a.m. He retired for the evening about 1:00 a.m. the following day, Thursday, September 11. He arose later that day about noon, again did not work, and retired for the evening about 11:00 p.m. He awoke the following morning, Friday, September 12 at 9:30 a.m. when he was called for duty. He reported for duty at 11:30 a.m. to work the Leesdale Local. At the time of the accident, he had been awake for about 6 hours 42 minutes and on duty for just under 5 hours. Brakeman. The brakeman, age 64, was hired by the UP on January 2, 1965. UP files disclosed no record of any disciplinary action with regard to the brakeman in the 2 years prior to the accident. The brakeman recalled that on Tuesday, September 9, and Wednesday, September 10, he arose about 7:00 a.m., reported for work by 11:30 a.m., and went off duty about 7:00 p.m. On both evenings, he retired by 9:30 p.m. He awoke at 6:00 a.m. on Thursday, September 11, reported for duty at 11:30 a.m., and went off duty about 7:00 p.m. He retired for the evening between 9:30 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. He awoke the following morning, Friday, September 12, at 6:00 a.m. and reported for duty at 11:30 a.m. At the time of the accident the brakeman had been awake for almost 10 hours 30 minutes and on duty for just under 5 hours. Person A The individual referred to in this report as Person A is a teenager and a self-described “rail fan.”21 He said he has several friends who were also rail fans (two of whom are referred to later in this report as “Person B” and “Person C”) and that he met the accident engineer in May 2008 through one of those friends. He said he would occasionally see the engineer at various rail stations while he was watching trains and that the two would sometimes engage in brief conversations centered around rail operations or the engineer’s career. The conversations were brief, he said, “because [the engineer] would usually be driving the train, and he’d come in, you know, say ‘Hi,’ and leave.” Person A said that he would occasionally send text messages to the engineer while he was on duty and that the engineer would respond “when he got a chance.” Person A recalled having spoken to the engineer via cell phone about 12:30 p.m. on the day of the accident. He said the engineer sounded “happy and cheerful, like I always remembered him to be.” He also remembered that they exchanged a “few” text messages that morning, “because that was a very busy shift for him.” Person A recalled that after 3:35 p.m. on the afternoon of the accident, he received a text message from the engineer about every 15 minutes. He said he sent the engineer a text message shortly after 4:00 p.m. and received the last text message response from him at 4:22 p.m. He recalled the message pertained to an Amtrak train that was running behind schedule.
21 A rail fan is an individual for whom railroading is a hobby. Rail fans may focus their interest on one or several aspects of railroading, such as railroad history, locomotives, rolling stock, or overall train operations.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Person A said he was at home after receiving the text message at 4:22 p.m. and that he had turned on the news sometime after that time and learned of the accident. He said that when he heard that the accident had occurred at Chatsworth, he immediately knew it was the engineer’s train, as it was the only Metrolink train that would have been there at that time. Train and Mechanical Information Metrolink Train 111 Metrolink train 111 consisted of one diesel-electric locomotive unit, two passenger coach cars, and one passenger coach/cab control car. The locomotive was about 58 feet long, and each of the cars was 85 feet long, for a total train length of 313 feet. The first two passenger cars of the train were conventional coaches manufactured by Bombardier Transportation Corporation (Bombardier) and delivered in the 2001-2002 time frame. The remaining passenger coach was, at the time of the accident, operating as a conventional passenger coach although it was also a cab control car with an operating compartment from which the train was run when operating in the “push” mode (locomotive at the rear). (See figure 5.) The cab control car was manufactured by the Urban Transportation Development Corporation (UTDC) (now a part of Bombardier) and delivered in December 1992. Both passenger coaches and the coach/cab control car are referred to as BiLevel coaches.
Figure 5. Bombardier BiLevel passenger coach of the type involved in this accident National Transportation Safety Board 15
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 16 The coach bodies were a semi-monocoque22 construction that incorporates a non-linear structural steel center sill element manufactured from a low-alloy high-tensile steel and an aluminum alloy superstructure. Structural test reports indicates a delivery requirement that the carbody structure resist a minimum static end (compressive) load of 800,000 pounds, as applied on the centerline of draft, without any permanent deformation to any member of the car structure. Collision posts are provided in the front bulkhead to help prevent carbody telescoping.23 Delivery documentation indicated that static end-load structural testing was successfully conducted on an exemplar railcar representing each delivery series of cars involved in this accident. The test results showed that the car structural design has been demonstrated to satisfy the requirements of the Association of American Railroad’s Manual of Standards and Practices and of 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 229.141(a), both of which include a test requirement that the carbody structure resist a minimum static end (compressive) load of 800,000 pounds. Although referred to as “bi-level” or “double-deck,” these coaches actually have three separate levels of passenger seating accommodations. The design incorporates two full decks (an upper and lower) in the center of the railcar, with an intermediate-level deck situated over the truck assemblies at each end of the car. All three decks provide passenger seating. The BiLevel coaches are all configured to the same basic passenger seating arrangement. The only significant difference between a conventional coach and a cab control car is that the latter is equipped with an operator’s cab compartment at its leading end. The cab control car can accommodate 142 passengers; the conventional coach seats 143. Both coach designs have a crush load24 capacity of about 360 passengers. Two stairwells in each coach25 provide access between the lower-level deck, the intermediate level at each opposite end of the railcar, and the upper-level deck. Passengers enter and exit the coaches through four main pneumatically operated pocket door sets26on the lower- level deck of each railcar, with two sets of doors on each side. A vestibule area is provided between the main side-exit doors at each end of the lower-level deck. An emergency release handle adjacent to each main side-exit door may be used to release one of the sliding pocket door panels at each door location. A restroom is at one end of the lower-level deck. A door at each end bulkhead on the intermediate level provides passage to adjacent railcars.
22 In monocoque construction, the structural load is borne by the vehicle’s external skin rather than by an internal frame. In semi-monocoque construction, internal bracing is added to supplement the load-bearing capability of the vehicle skin. 23 Telescoping occurs when a railcar body breaches the end-structure of another carbody and passes into the structure of that carbody, emulating a “telescoping” action. Telescoping can also occur when a single carbody is placed under severe compressive axial loading that causes a localized structural failure with consequent partial overlapping of the carbody sidewall panels. 24 The crush load is the maximum number of passengers that can possibly be riding in the railcar (standing and sitting). 25 The stairwells are located approximately 1/4 of the car length from each end of the car. 26 A pocket door is a door that opens by sliding horizontally into a narrow compartment within the wall adjacent to the doorway.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 17 Passenger seating accommodations on board the Metrolink BiLevel railcars consist of a combination of transverse and longitudinal-mounted fixed seat assemblies,27 with the seat assemblies installed on both sides of a longitudinally oriented center aisle passageway on all three deck levels. Almost all of the transverse mounted fixed seat assemblies in the Metrolink BiLevel coach railcar fleet are arranged in a “2+2,” paired/side-by-side configuration (also referred to as a “paired seating sets” arrangement). Many of the paired seating sets are arranged in an opposing face-to-face layout with the balance of the paired seating sets arranged so that the paired seating sets are all facing in the same direction. Each Metrolink BiLevel railcar is equipped with eight workstation tables, four on the upper level and two at each end of the intermediate level. These tables are fitted between paired seating sets of opposing passenger seats. The tables are a basic design consisting of a one-piece tabletop assembly that is cantilevered from the carbody sidewall and supported by a single pedestal leg. The tabletops are trapezoidal in shape, approximately of a uniform size, and manufactured of a high-pressure laminate without any form of safety padding. Inspections and Maintenance. An examination of inspection and maintenance history records for each of the Metrolink cars and the locomotive unit involved in the accident revealed that the equipment had received all required inspections and scheduled maintenance. Postaccident Inspections. Investigators inspected the rear two Metrolink cars at the accident site and tested the air brake system.28 The air brake system on the cars was charged to 111 pounds per square inch (psi), then a 20-psi reduction was made and a leakage test conducted. The cars had 2-psi-per-minute brake pipe leakage.29 The air pressure reduction caused all the train tread and disc brakes to apply as designed. All the contact surfaces were smooth and work- polished. The brake pipe was recharged (pressurized), and the brake shoes released. An emergency application (a rapid reduction of brake pipe pressure to 0 psi) was then initiated from the locomotive unit. The brakes at each location again applied; however, the disc brake at one location on the cab control car subsequently released. The actuator at that location was found to be loose and moved more than normal when shaken by hand. The air brake systems on the Metrolink locomotive unit and first car were damaged in the accident to the extent that no meaningful test could be performed. The contact surfaces of both were inspected and found to be smooth and work-polished. The front truck on the locomotive unit had thermal cracking at several sites around the circumference of the wheels.
27 A fixed seat is a passenger seat that is permanently configured in a given location such that it cannot otherwise be readily reconfigured (by operational or maintenance personnel) to face any other direction. 28 Train brakes are activated using air pressure maintained in the “brake pipe,” a continuous pipe extending from the locomotives to the last car in a train when all cars and their air hoses are coupled. (The term “brake pipe” is also used when referring to a single car.) A reduction in brake pipe pressure causes the brake shoes on each car to apply, with the degree of application proportional to the amount of the pressure reduction. When the reduction is stopped and brake pipe pressure increases, the brakes release. 29 Federal Railroad Administration regulations (49 Code of Federal Regulations 238.313) allow up to 5-psi-per- minute leakage so long as such leakage does not affect service performance.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 18 Event Recorders. The Metrolink locomotive unit was equipped with an event recorder that sustained significant thermal and crush damage in the accident. The damaged recorder was recovered and sent to the NTSB’s Vehicle Recorders Laboratory in Washington, D.C., where investigators removed its memory module. On September 18, 2008, an NTSB investigator took the module to the recorder’s manufacturer, Bach-Simpson, where the recorded data were successfully downloaded. The Metrolink cab control car (the last car of the train in this accident) also had an event recorder. This recorder was undamaged in the accident, and investigators downloaded its data on scene. Leesdale Local The UP Leesdale Local consisted of two diesel-electric locomotive units and 17 cars (7 loads and 10 empties). The train, including the locomotive units, weighed 1,523 tons and was 1,164 feet long. Postaccident Inspections. The rear seven cars from the Leesdale Local were inspected at Moorpark, California, on Sunday, September 14, 2008. The air brake system on the cars was charged to 90 pounds per square inch, gauge, (psig), then a 20-psi reduction was made and a leakage test conducted. The cars had 1/2-psi-per-minute brake pipe leakage, which was within Federal allowable limits. When the brake pipe pressure was reduced, the brakes applied at each location, as expected. When the brake system was recharged, all the brake shoes released normally except for those at one location where a new wheel was evident. Event Recorders. The Leesdale Local had event recorders on both locomotive units. Data from the event recorder on the second unit was downloaded at the scene. Data from the recorder on the lead unit could not be downloaded on scene;30 therefore the recorder was sent to the NTSB’s Vehicle Recorders Laboratory in Washington, D.C. On September 28, 2008, with the assistance of the locomotive’s manufacturer, data from the lead unit event recorder were successfully downloaded. Video Recorders. The Leesdale Local locomotives were also equipped with Wabtec/March Networks VideoTrax digital video recording device. These devices record audio, video, and some parametric data. The video cameras were mounted to provide a forward-facing view through the locomotive window. Black-and-white 720 x 480-pixel images are stored at a rate of 15 per second. A microphone captures sound from outside the locomotive cab. GPS time/date, position, and speed are captured along with horn and pneumatic control switch status (on or off). The recorders can store approximately 80 hours of video/audio/data on a 60 Gb removable hard disk. The video cameras on both locomotive units were sent to the UP playback station in Omaha, Nebraska, where an NTSB investigator coordinated retrieval of the information.
30 Locomotive event recorder data are typically downloaded while the recorder is installed in the locomotive and the unit is running. Damage to the lead unit of the Leesdale Local prevented this method of data retrieval.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 19 Wreckage Because of the urgent need to conduct rescue operations for passengers of the Metrolink train, the accident site was significantly disturbed before NTSB investigators arrived on the scene. During the rescue and recovery efforts, some of the derailed railroad equipment was moved a short distance from where it initially came to rest and was available for examination. Investigators used map graphics (based on aerial photographs) as well as aerial and ground-based photographs to document the condition and location of this equipment before it was relocated. For the railroad equipment that had not been disturbed or relocated, investigators were able to examine and record observations of the physical aspects of the accident scene. The information in the remainder of this section is based on this combination of documentation and direct examination. Metrolink Train 111 The three Metrolink passenger coaches remained where they initially came to rest, although certain components of the lead passenger coach had been disturbed during the efforts to extricate passengers. For example, much of the carbody side and roof panels and many of the interior components (seats, floor, partitions, hand-hold stanchion posts) had been placed temporarily in a debris pile immediately adjacent to where the railcar initially came to rest. The other derailed railroad equipment, which included the Metrolink locomotive and almost all of the UP equipment, had been moved but remained available for subsequent post- recovery examination. Locomotive. The Metrolink locomotive, which had been operating in a cab-forward orientation, came to rest on its right side (relative to its normal direction of travel) with the locomotive carbody longitudinally oriented roughly parallel to the track centerline. Obvious severe collision impact damage was evident on the front end, both side panel areas, the operator’s cab, and aft end of the locomotive. The locomotive’s front end was firmly wedged against the front end of the lead UP locomotive, and its aft end penetrated the leading bulkhead panel of the passenger coach to which it was coupled. The rear portion of the locomotive came to rest within the confines of the occupant compartment of that first passenger car. In this position, the locomotive carbody occupied approximately 52 feet, or approximately the forward two- thirds, of the passenger coach. (See figure 6.)
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
Figure 6. The force of the collision drove the Metrolink locomotive about 52 feet into the passenger space of the first coach behind the locomotive. The operator’s cab, which had been occupied solely by the train engineer, sustained a complete loss of survivable space. Post-recovery measurements of the locomotive indicated that the front and rear ends of the unit had been compressively displaced by about 15 feet and about 1 foot, respectively. The locomotive had thus, as a result of the collision, compressed from its original 58-foot length to a length of about 42 feet. The fuel tank separated from the locomotive and was found resting on the track ballast a short distance to the right side of the track, approximately adjacent to where the front of the locomotive came to rest. The tank was breached and lost some of its contents of diesel fuel, which burned in a fire. The lead power-truck assembly had separated from the locomotive and was found resting upright, close to the centerline of the track approximately adjacent to the mid-point of where the lead UP locomotive had come to rest. The aft power-truck assembly remained attached to the locomotive. First Passenger Coach. The first passenger coach aft of the locomotive sustained severe structural damage that compromised its occupant survivable space. According to the on-scene emergency responders and representatives of the Los Angeles County coroner department, of the 24 passengers that were fatally injured in the accident, 22 were in this coach at the time of the collision. One fatally injured passenger was determined to have been in the second passenger National Transportation Safety Board 20
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 21 coach, and the location of the other fatally injured passenger at the time of the collision could not be determined. The car showed no evidence of fire damage. As a result of the collision, the passenger coach derailed and came to rest at the immediate right side of the track leaning severely toward its right side. Because of the penetration of the aft end of the locomotive through the leading bulkhead panel, the forward one- quarter of the coach (encompassing the intermediate-level passenger compartment, which is above the lead-end truck) separated at the center sill and telescoped into the carbody, along with the lead truck, which remained attached to this section of the car. The telescoping action purged the entire interior carbody content in the forward two-thirds of the car such that only the outer sidewalls, which had bulged and peeled outward, and roof structure of the carbody shell remained. Within this area, the leading-end intermediate-, the lower-, and the upper-level passenger compartments sustained a complete loss of occupant survivable space. The aft intermediate-level passenger compartment (located above the aft-end truck), including the spaces of the aft stairwells, were generally undamaged. The aft truck assembly had separated from the car and was found resting upright on the track ballast immediately adjacent to its normal location on the car frame. The coupler shank at the aft end of the car was fractured and bent downward. The coupler head had separated from the shank, which caused this car to separate from the second passenger coach. The separation distance between the two cars was about 32 feet. Second Passenger Coach. The second passenger coach from the locomotive did not sustain severe structural damage in the accident, nor was its occupant survival space significantly compromised. Only one of the fatally injured passengers was identified as having been occupying this car at the time of the collision. Investigators were able to examine this car before it was moved from its original postaccident position. The car did not derail and came to rest in its normal orientation on the track. The car showed some interior damage and several ripples along the exterior carbody, but it exhibited no obvious exterior or interior catastrophic collision impact damage. The interior damage consisted primarily of fractured seatbacks, dislodged seats, bent and separated stanchion (vertical handhold) posts, dislodged or separated slider door and utility compartment panels, dislodged or separated work-station tables, and dislodged or separated ceiling panels. The car showed no evidence of fire damage. A number of emergency windows had been removed by emergency responders. The coupler shank at the leading end was fractured and bent upward, and the coupler head still engaged the aft coupler head of the first passenger coach. At its aft end, the car remained coupled to the third passenger coach. Third Passenger Coach. The third passenger coach, although equipped as a cab control car, was operating as a conventional coach at the time of the accident. Investigators were able to examine this car before it was moved from its original postaccident position. The car did not sustain severe structural damage during the collision, nor was its occupant survival space significantly compromised. The car showed no evidence of fire damage.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 22 The car, which had been operating B-end forward, did not derail and came to rest in its normal orientation on the track. The car showed no evidence of exterior or interior catastrophic collision impact damage. The interior damage was similar to that exhibited by the second passenger coach, including emergency windows that had been removed during the response. UP Leesdale Local Lead Locomotive. Damage to the lead locomotive of the UP train consisted primarily of extensive frontal damage and some fire damage. No loss of occupant survival space in the locomotive cab occurred. Trailing Locomotive. The trailing locomotive had been disturbed from its immediate postaccident condition and relocated. As a result, no detailed assessment could be made of the damage the unit sustained during the collision. According to UP officials who were on the scene immediately after the accident, damage to the unit consisted primarily of substantial distortion to the roof of the operator’s cab. A segment of the roof panel had apparently been struck by a derailed freight car during the collision. Topanga Switch Investigators examined the power switch machine at CP Topanga and found the switch points split in mid-stroke, indicating that the switch had been run through in the trailing position.31 (See figure 7.) Additional visual inspection revealed that the throw-rod, basket rod, and switch machine internal throw-rod were bent and damaged. Because of the nature and extent of the damage, Metrolink signal personnel had to replace the switch machine. Meteorological Information The Van Nuys surface weather station, about 6.2 miles east of Chatsworth, reported weather conditions at 3:51 p.m. on September 12, 2008, as follows: daylight, clear skies, haze, calm winds, and a temperature of 73° F with visibility of 4 miles. Track Information The main track preceding CP Topanga generally consists of 136-pound continuous welded rail.32 The rail is seated in 16 by 7 3/4-inch double shoulder tie plates that lie between the
31 Switch points are the movable, tapered rail sections that are moved either against or away from the stationary (stock) rail to allow a train to continue straight through the switch or to be diverted by the switch onto another track. Trains approaching the switch from the side with the tapered switch points are said to be making a “facing point” movement. Trains approaching from the opposite direction are making a “trailing point” movement. 32 Continuous welded rail (CWR) consists of rail sections that have been welded together in lengths greater than 400 feet.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report bottom surface of the rail and the top surface of timber crossties. The rail is fastened through the tie plates to standard timber crossties with four lag screws, two on the gauge side (between the rails) and two on the field side (outside the rails). A 6° curve begins just west of the Topanga switch. Beginning at this point, the crosstie type changes from wood to concrete.
Figure 7. CP Topanga switch looking east, in the direction the Leesdale Local was traveling. Circles highlight damage to switch points and components consistent with the switch having been run through in a trailing point movement by the Metrolink train traveling in the opposite direction. In the wooden crosstie section, the ties are predominantly box anchored (four rail anchors per crosstie, two rail anchors applied to each rail, a rail anchor on each side of a crosstie) with rail anchors applied to every crosstie. The rail in the concrete tie sections is anchored on every tie with two elastic fasteners. Both areas of track are supported by a mixture of semi-angular granite ballast that fills the crosstie cribs. The depth of the ballast was estimated at 20 to 22 inches. The ballast shoulders measured 20 inches wide on tangent (straight track) and 24 inches wide in the curve. Investigators did not observe any fouled ballast conditions. The Topanga switch itself is constructed of continuous welded rail, with the switch point area completely welded (without rail joints). The switch uses Samson switch points and stock rails that are beveled for a protected fit of the switch point against the stock rail. National Transportation Safety Board 23
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 24 Leading up to CP Topanga westbound, the maximum authorized speed is 70 mph for passenger trains, which requires that the track be maintained to Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) class 4 standards. Between CP Topanga and tunnel 28, a permanent speed restriction of 40 mph is in effect because of the 6° curvature in the track. Because of the lower maximum speed, this track is maintained to FRA class 3 standards. Signal Information General Control points on the Ventura Subdivision between CP Davis and CP Bernson are equipped with Vital Harmon Logic Controller processors, and intermediate signals are equipped with Electro-Code 4 processors, both of which are provided by General Electric Transportation Services. The Metrolink centralized traffic control system between CP Davis and CP Bernson uses Safetran V-20 Colorlight signals and GRS Sentinel signals. The system uses US&S M-23A low- voltage power-operated switch machines. Signal track circuits are controlled by Electro Code 4 electronic coded track circuits between control points and d.c. track circuits within control point sections. Signals are arranged for movement in either direction. Until the dispatcher has selected and cleared a route for a train, or trains, the signals at either side of a control point are set to display a red aspect. Once the dispatcher has requested a route that is not precluded by existing train traffic, the signals governing that route change to display the appropriate aspects. The Metrolink Operations Center uses the Digicon computerized dispatching system to align routes for train movements. To facilitate traffic flow, dispatchers will often plan a sequence of train movements in advance and then “stack” requests for those routes in the Digicon system. The Digicon system will place those stacked requests in a queue and carry them out, in the order in which they were entered, as train movements allow. For example, on the day of the accident, the dispatcher selected the first route, which called for the eastbound Leesdale Local to proceed from CP Davis along the main track and through the siding at CP Topanga. Before this move could be completed, the dispatcher requested a second routing, which would allow train 111 to proceed westbound on the main track through the switch at CP Topanga. Because the first route the dispatcher had selected (for the Leesdale Local) took precedence, the request regarding train 111 was placed in the queue within the Digicon system. The Digicon system was designed to carry out this request—which involved realigning the Topanga switch for the main line and displaying a clear indication on the westbound Topanga signal—only after the Leesdale Local was in the siding and clear of the main track. Until then, the design of the Digicon system prevented it from transmitting the dispatcher’s route commands for train 111 to the appropriate Harmon Vital Logic Controllers in the field. The logic circuits within the controllers are also designed not to allow conflicting or opposing routes. That is, once the switches are set for an eastbound train to move into the siding, the system will not (because of the interrupted electrical circuit caused by the movement of the switch) allow the westbound signal at CP Topanga to show any aspect other than red.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 25 Some of the signals on the Ventura Subdivision, including the signals at CP Topanga, are “approach lit,” meaning that they will display a signal aspect only when a train enters the segment of track governed by that signal. At other times, the signals are in the “conservation” mode and remain dark as a way of reducing maintenance and extending the life of the signal lamps. Thus, even though the signal circuitry of the westbound CP Topanga signal called for a stop indication at the time of the accident, the red aspect of the signal did not actually illuminate until train 111 passed intermediate signal 4451, just east of the Chatsworth station, at 4:18:41 p.m. Review of Recorded Signal Data Downloaded data from Digicon event logs at the Metrolink dispatching center and signal event recorders in the field indicate that, at the time of the accident, the westbound signal at CP Topanga was displaying a red aspect (stop indication) and the dispatcher’s stacked request to clear this signal was waiting in the queue in the Digicon dispatching system. The data logs for each signal reflect the aspect being displayed at any given time by a notation in the log indicating which (if any) repeater relays for the various aspects are energized. Because the current to energize the relay coil must pass through the lamp (light bulb) of the aspect, the relay can only be energized (which moves the relay armature to the “up” position) if the lamp for that aspect is intact and that current is flowing through it. If the lamp is not energized, or if the bulb is burned out, the armature of the repeater relay for that aspect will be in the “down” position. Signal event recorder logs for the westbound Topanga signal showed that as train 111 approached the westbound Topanga signal, the armature of the repeater relay for the red aspect was in the “up” position, indicating that the aspect was energized; the relays for the yellow and green aspects were down and therefore not energized. Operations Information General The SCRRA is the joint powers authority that oversees the Southern California commuter rail service known as Metrolink. The system comprises 7 rail routes, 56 stations, and 512 total route miles of track in six counties. Metrolink owns 37 locomotives and 135 commuter coaches and leases additional coaches. The system transports about 45,000 passengers each day. The accident occurred at milepost 444.1233 on Metrolink’s Ventura Subdivision, about 33 miles west of Los Angeles. Timetable direction is east–west. This part of the subdivision features a single main track. All train movements are governed by wayside signal indications of a traffic control system administered from Metrolink’s operations center in Pomona, California. A dispatcher at the operations center directly controls switches and signals at control points. (See
33 Milepost numbers decrease from east to west.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report figure 8.) Between control points, intermediate signals automatically display the signal indications appropriate for the existing track and traffic conditions. Trains operate in both directions on the single track main line, with the subdivision averaging 6 freight trains, 18 Metrolink trains, and 12 Amtrak trains daily. Maximum speeds are 60 mph for freight trains and 79 mph for passenger trains. Because of the curvature of the track in the area of the accident, maximum allowable speed (between mileposts 442.6 and 444.5) is 40 mph.
Figure 8. Westbound signal at CP Topanga displaying a red aspect (indicating stop.) Transportation services and operating crews are provided by transportation contractor Connex.34 On June 25, 2005, Connex entered into a 5-year contract with SCRRA to provide Metrolink with operating crews, management personnel, and training support. These services had previously been provided by Amtrak.
34 Connex Railroad, LLC, is a unit of Veolia Transportation, Inc., which entered the U.S. transportation market in 2001. National Transportation Safety Board 26
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 27 Operating Rules and Efficiency Testing Train operations on the Metrolink system are governed by the General Code of Operating Rules, 5th edition, effective April 13, 2005, and by timetable and special instructions, supplemented by Metrolink’s Manual of Instructions effective 12:01 a.m. on September 1, 2007. Each railroad, under Title 49 CFR Part 217, “Railroad Operating Rules,” must carry out a program of operational tests and inspections (efficiency tests) of operating crewmembers. The Metrolink efficiency testing program, administered by Connex, became effective on June 26,
- The program was revised on July 1, 2008.
Under the program, tests were to be spread out and not confined to specific times and days of the month. The tests were to include Metrolink and foreign line crews operating over SCRRA property. At least half of the tests were to be on operating rules and special instructions. Testing methods included visual observation, monitoring of live and previously recorded radio and telephone transmissions, scrutiny of locomotive event recorder data, and use of radar or other approved wayside speed monitoring devices. Medical and Toxicological Information A review of the Metrolink engineer’s railroad medical records showed that he had been diagnosed with type 2 diabetes and was being treated with multiple medications, including less- than-maximum doses of metformin, glipizide, and pioglitazone. The engineer also had high blood pressure, which records showed was being effectively controlled by use of the prescription medication benazepril. The engineer had been diagnosed HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) positive about 2 years before the accident. He was being treated with anti-retroviral medications, which he was noted to be tolerating “very well with no side effects.” These HIV diagnosis and retroviral medications had not been reported to the railroad medical department. Laboratory evaluation dated September 3, 2008 noted that the virus was not detected in the engineer’s blood. On July 6, 2007, an “Authorization to Work with Medication(s) and Without Work Restrictions” completed by the engineer’s endocrinologist noted that the engineer was “fit for duty and can complete all duties of the position.” The HIV diagnosis and antiretroviral medications were not noted on this form. One month before the accident, the engineer’s weight was recorded as 254 pounds. His height was recorded as 6 feet during a company physical examination in 2005. In December 2004, records of a physician visit noted that the engineer “may have sleep apnea, but he has no way of knowing. He thinks he does snore a lot ….” The autopsy report on the engineer noted that his heart weighed 430 grams and that “All chambers are dilated.” Pursuant to 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 219, Subpart C, “Post-Accident Toxicological Testing,” toxicological specimens were obtained from the engineer and conductor of the Metrolink train and from the engineer, conductor, and brakeman of the Leesdale Local. The specimens were screened for cannabinoids, cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, methamphetamines, phencyclidine, barbiturates, benzodiazepines, and ethyl alcohol. Tests results for the Metrolink engineer and conductor and the Leesdale Local engineer and brakeman
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 28 were negative for alcohol and the aforementioned drugs. The Leesdale Local conductor tested positive for cannabinoids (marijuana) in both blood and urine and negative for alcohol.35 Test documentation indicated that the conductor’s blood and urine specimens had been taken at 1:30 a.m. on September 13, 2008, the morning after the accident. Remaining portions of the specimens obtained from the Metrolink engineer and conductor were sent to the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, for independent and broader toxicological analyses. In those tests, the Metrolink engineer tested positive for benazepril36 and pioglitazone37 in the blood and urine. The Metrolink conductor tested positive for fluoxetine38 and norfluoxetine39 in the blood and urine and for morphine (which had been administered during postaccident medical treatment) in the urine. The conductor’s most recent physical examination had taken place in January 2006. At that time, the conductor had reported using fluoxetine, and his medical examination report had been reviewed and approved by the appropriate Connex authorities. Asked about his positive test results, the Leesdale Local conductor stated that he had smoked marijuana “three times at most” in July and August 2008, saying that those occasions were his first use ever. He said he had not used marijuana on the day of, or several days before, the accident. Metrolink Engineer’s Use of a Wireless Device Based on Verizon Wireless records, at the time of the accident, the Metrolink train engineer was in possession of an LG Model VX10000 “Voyager” wireless device (figure 9).40 Among its features, the device is capable of browsing the Web, sending and receiving e-mail and text messages, downloading and playing music and video files, and capturing still images or video. As part of this investigation, the NTSB obtained Verizon Wireless records for the Metrolink engineer’s account covering the day of the accident as well as the previous 28 days. These records included the time and date of incoming and outgoing telephone calls as well as the time and date of any text messages sent or received, picture/video messages sent or received, and use of the device’s Web browser. The records indicate that between 6:05 a.m. and 4:22 p.m. on the day of the accident, the engineer sent or received a total of 95 text messages. During the time he was responsible for
35 Results indicated the blood specimen contained 13.7 nanograms per milliliter (ng/ml) of carboxy-THC (the metabolite of the active ingredient of marijuana), tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), and 1.1 ng/ml of THC. The urine specimen contained 117 ng/ml of carboxy-THC. 36 Benazepril is a prescription medication used to treat high blood pressure. 37 Pioglitazone is a prescription medication used to treat type 2 diabetes. 38 Fluoxetine (trade name Prozac) is a prescription medication used to treat depression, obsessive-compulsive disorder, some eating disorders, and panic attacks. 39 Norfluoxetine is a metabolite of fluoxetine. 40 Investigators were not able to locate the engineer’s wireless device after the accident.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report operation of a train (morning and afternoon shifts), the engineer sent 21 text messages, received 21 text messages, and made four outgoing telephone calls. The records show no picture message activity on the day of the accident, and Verizon representatives told investigators that their records showed no Web activity or use of “data services” by the engineer’s wireless device on the day of the accident.41
Figure 9. LG wireless device Model VX10000 similar to the device used by the Metrolink engineer on the day of the accident. (Internet photograph) The engineer began his morning shift on the day of the accident by moving train 106 out of the Montalvo station storage yard at 6:25 a.m. He operated the train in revenue service from 6:44 a.m. until arriving at Los Angeles Union Station at 8:25 a.m. He then operated in non- revenue service from Union Station to the central maintenance facility, arriving at 8:53 a.m. During these times, he sent 15 text messages, received 15 text messages, and made two phone calls (one lasting for 2 minutes 29 seconds, the other for 8 seconds). On the afternoon of the accident, as previously noted, the engineer sent six text messages and received seven during the time he was responsible for operating a train. Pattern of Wireless Device Use Investigators acquired the engineer’s daily time tickets for the week before the accident and compared them with his cell phone records to determine whether the messaging activity on
41 Because the device was not recovered, the contents of its internal memory could not be accessed. National Transportation Safety Board 29
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 30 the day of the accident was out of the ordinary for this individual. The results of that comparison are shown in figure 10.42 Records covering the 28 days before the accident showed 5 days with no text messaging and 4 days with more than 100 text messages sent or received in a 24-hour period. Activity on the remaining 19 days averaged about 40 messages per day. The records also reflected the engineer’s use of a wireless device to make voice calls while on duty. Figure 11 shows the telephone calls the engineer made or received (except for any that may have gone to voice mail) on the day of the accident and the preceding 7 days. The General Code of Operating Rules43 addresses the use of wireless or other electronic devices by train crewmembers as follows: Rule 1.10 Games, Reading, or Electronic Devices Unless permitted by the railroad, employees on duty must not: • Play games. • Read magazines, newspapers, or other literature not related to their duties. • Use electronic devices not related to their duties. Metrolink Timetable No. 5 Additions and revisions to General Code of Operating Rules dated July 8, 2008, adds to Rule 1.10: [Unless permitted by the railroad, employees on duty must not:] • Use cellular telephones when operating the controls of moving equipment except in emergencies. Connex Metrolink Notice No. 17.08, on July 8, 2008, added the following to the previous version of the notice: Electronic Devices: The inappropriate use of electronic devices by employees on duty has been shown to be a contributing factor in personal injuries and rule violations. While you are working you are obligated to be completely focused on your job and the safe transportation of passengers. As a result, under most circumstances employees are prohibited from having personal electronic devices turned on and/or in their immediate vicinity while working.
42 The times of train operation shown on the graph were taken from the engineer’s time tickets, but these times may differ somewhat from the actual times that the engineer was responsible for operating a train. 43 These rules apply equally to all railroads operating over SCRRA tracks.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 31 Here are some examples of when company or personal cellular phones must not be used: • While on the ground lining switches, meeting trains, standing next to main tracks or when performing other duties that require your undivided attention to safety and rules compliance • While in the control compartment of a moving train • To conduct non-railroad business while on or near trains • Here are some examples of when company or personal cellular phones may be used: • While in a layover facility • When communicating railroad business on a stopped train such as troubleshooting mechanical problems or reporting information relating to an incident as the incident commander • When in a crew transportation van • Conductors reporting information to dispatchers relating to delays, etc., as long as the Conductor is not in the control compartment of a moving train • Remember, when the train is moving or you are on the ground performing railroad business your personal electronic devices must be turned off and must not be within your reach-for example on the control stand or on your person. Personal electronic devices may be carried in your grip[44] if they are turned off. Conductors must have their company cellular phones “on” at all times while on duty. Metrolink conductors (who have overall responsibility for the train except for its mechanical aspects and train handling) are issued a company cell phone to facilitate their communication with dispatchers. Train 111’s conductor told investigators that he was allowed to use the cell phone for company business when actually on board the train. On the day of the accident, he used his company-provided cell phone to report the collision. The Metrolink conductor said that about a month before the accident, in early August 2008, he observed the accident engineer using his cell phone while he (the engineer) was in the control compartment of a train preparing to leave the Moorpark station. He said he spoke to the engineer about it and the engineer, responding that he had been conducting union business, acknowledged that he needed to put the device away. The conductor said he later brought the incident to the attention of a supervisor but that he never heard back from the supervisor about
44 Grip refers to the bag of personal belongings most crewmembers carry to and from work assignments.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report any action that had been taken with regard to the inappropriate cell phone use. He also said he believed this to be an isolated event.
Figure 10. Text messages sent and received by the Metrolink engineer on the day of the accident and on the previous 7 days. (The engineer did not work Saturday or Sunday.) At the March 3 and 4, 2009, public hearing on this accident held at NTSB headquarters in Washington, D.C., the Metrolink (Connex) manager of safety and operating practices recalled that he was the one to whom the conductor had reported the engineer’s cell phone use. He said he immediately followed up with the engineer, briefing him not only on General Code Rule 1.10, but also on Connex’s cell phone policy: During my conversation with him, I asked him where his phone was. He said it was stored away in his grip, that it was off. We talked about the cell phone policy. Confident that he understood the policy…, I did a couple observations within the next 2 weeks, and that was the last of any conversations or observations with the engineer [with regard to use of wireless devices]. National Transportation Safety Board 32
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
Figure 11. Telephone calls sent and received by Metrolink engineer on day of accident and on previous 7 days. Also at the public hearing, the safety and operating practices manager stated that on one other occasion he had taken exception to the accident engineer’s use of a wireless device while on duty. He said the incident occurred on September 7, 2006, shortly after the policy regarding use of electronic devices by train crews had gone into effect. Several Metrolink, UP, and Amtrak officers performed a joint “blitz” test in the Glendale and Burbank area to identify any possible problems regarding the use of electronic devices and to remind employees of the policy. The tests involved riding trains, stopping and boarding trains, and interviewing employees. The manager stated that he boarded the engineer’s train at Burbank and arranged to have another manager call the engineer’s cell phone.45 The phone, which was in the engineer’s briefcase, began ringing while the manager and engineer were conducting a job briefing in the train’s operating compartment. The manager said he told the engineer that he was in violation of the policy and that the violation would be entered into the company’s efficiency test reporting
45 According to testimony at the public hearing on this accident, Connex used this method of detecting prohibited use of a wireless device until the issuance of Federal Emergency Order 26 (discussed later in this report) on October 7, 2008. National Transportation Safety Board 33
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 34 system. He said the engineer told him that he was aware of the policy but that he had forgotten to turn the device off when he had stowed it that morning. Connex provided the NTSB with results of crewmember efficiency tests conducted since June 25, 2005, that related to Rule 1.10. Of the 14 recorded observations, 10 resulted in citations for noncompliance with the rule. Three observations involved a crewmember having a personal cell phone turned on while operating the train. One of those was the aforementioned observation involving the engineer in this accident. The manager stated that, after the Chatsworth accident, Metrolink management had become “very aggressive with inspecting for cell phones,” which included stopping and boarding trains en route between stations rather than at station stops and closely inspecting trains and crews. Asked if it was difficult to monitor use of a wireless device by an engineer alone in a locked locomotive, he stated: Oh, that's very difficult. …[A]s the train went by, you’d almost have to see a cell phone up to their ear. You’d have to board the train undetected. We do board the train en route from [a] station, but it is very difficult to get on a train. I’ll get on the train, I'll have to unlock the door. Usually, the engineer will see you coming. It’s extremely difficult to oversee. Content of Text Messages Verizon records for the 7 days prior to the day of the accident included the content of most of the text messages sent and received by the Metrolink engineer. Most of the text messages during the engineer’s morning trip on the day of the accident appear to be to and from a coworker discussing some type of company correspondence. Six messages were to or from Person A. All of the messages during the afternoon (accident) trip were to or from Person A. These messages appear to be primarily discussing train schedules, how far behind schedule certain trains are, and where different trains may or may not “meet” (pass one another) along the track. A review of the content of all of the engineer’s text messages over the previous 7 days (including those during and outside the times the engineer was responsible for operating a train) indicated that the engineer and Person A had been coordinating to allow Person A to operate train 111 on the evening of the accident, starting at about 7:45 p.m. The intent was for Person A to board the train at Moorpark and to operate it from Moorpark to Montalvo. A portion of one exchange on September 8, 2008, (the Monday before the Friday accident) reads: [Engineer to Person A ]: yea....but I’m REALLY looking forward to getting you in the cab and showing you how to run a locomotive. [Person A to Engineer]: Omg dude me too. Running a locomotive. Having all of that in the palms of my hands. Its a great feeling. And ill do it so good from all my practice on the simulator. [Engineer to person A]: I’m gonna do all the radio talkin’...ur gonna run the locomotive & I’m gonna tell u how to do it.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 35 Additionally, Person A and the engineer had arranged for a “ride-along” on the evening of Tuesday, September 9. Person A and Person B were to board the engineer’s train at Chatsworth and ride it to Union Station, which they apparently did. The text messages concerning this “ride-along” were not as detailed as those outlining the plans to allow Person A to operate the train; however, messages on the following day (September 10) indicate that Person A was “up in the cab” and “touching the controls.” In the same context of the previous evening’s activities, the engineer referred to “how much [Person C] wanted to stay in the seat.” On the morning of September 10, the engineer sent to Person B a message that read: “[Person B] you wanna run again tonight to montalvo??? if you can?” Later, another message to Person B read: “this time I’m taking a picture of you @ da throttle!!!” A subsequent message from the engineer to Person B read, “... we should have the 866 this evening...,” referencing the locomotive unit number. Person B responded, “A bit tougher to get in and out of the cab but it should be fine”. A number of messages between Person A and the engineer on the day of the accident, as well as on the days leading up to the accident, addressed concerns that the riders would be seen either entering the locomotive or while occupying the cab. Apparently, on the afternoon of the accident, the engineer e-mailed Person A with the plan for boarding the train at Moorpark, to which Person A responded: [Person A to Engineer]: Very crafty. Looks good man. And i will have my cell phone. About 6 minutes later, Person A messaged: [Person A to Engineer]: Ok got it printed out. Makes perfect sence [sic]. I think you’ll be on the main. Connex Metrolink Notice No. 17.08, dated July 8, 2008, states: Head End Authorization: Only the engineer of record, conductor of record, mechanical riders, operating managers and others with proper written authorization are permitted on the head end and/or control compartment of Metrolink trains. The last message received by the engineer from Person A arrived at the engineer’s wireless device at 4:20:57, about the time train 111 was accelerating out of Chatsworth station. Content of that message was as follows: “I would like that too [referring to a possible meet with other trains, the topic of a previous text message]. We already need to meet 796. That would be best.” At 4:22:01, about 22 seconds before the collision, the Verizon network recorded that the engineer had sent the following response to Person A: “yea…usually @ north camarillo.” Leesdale Local Conductor’s Use of a Wireless Device Information came to light after the accident to the effect that the Leesdale Local’s conductor may have been using a wireless device during the time he was responsible for the operation of his train. To follow up on this information, NTSB investigators obtained the
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 36 Verizon Wireless records for the conductor’s account. These records include the time and date of incoming and outgoing telephone calls, as well as the time and date of text messages sent and received. The content of the text messages was not available because the date of the request for the records was beyond Verizon’s standard retention period for those records. The Leesdale Local’s conductor made three telephone calls while on duty on the day of the accident. These calls appear to be business-related, as they were all to a telephone number associated with the issuance of Metrolink track warrants (authorizations for a train to occupy a certain segment of track for a certain period of time). The records indicate that the conductor sent or received a total of 41 text messages while on duty between 11:30 a.m. and 4:20 p.m. on the day of the accident. According to the “Conductor’s Report,” the conductor was on a moving train between 12:29 p.m. and 1:55 p.m., and again from 3:13 p.m. until the accident at 4:22 p.m. During this time, the conductor sent or received a total of 35 text messages. His last outgoing text message was received and logged by the Verizon network at 4:20 p.m., about the time his train exited tunnel 26 and passed signal 4426. At the public hearing on this accident, the UP general manager of operating practices stated that the conductor’s efficiency test records covering the previous 12 months showed no exceptions with regard to his use of electronic devices. At the time many of the text messages were sent, including the last one transmitted about 2 minutes before the collision, the conductor was occupying the locomotive cab along with the engineer. In postaccident interviews, the engineer did not mention that the conductor had used such a device on the day of the accident. Asked at the public hearing what action an employee should take in such a circumstance, the general manager of operating practices stated: A fellow crewmember should remind the employee of the rule requirement and tell them they need to turn the cell phone off to be in compliance to the rule. We would expect that of any manager onboard; we certainly would expect it between two crewmembers. Tests and Research Sight-Distance Tests of Trains For the sight-distance tests, exemplar locomotives simulating those of the Metrolink and UP trains were positioned facing each other at the point of collision. The locomotives were then moved away from each other in intervals of 60 feet (representing the approximate distance a 40- mph train will travel in 1 second) until the engineer aboard each locomotive could not see the other train. These tests revealed that each engineer’s first view of the opposing train would have occurred when the trains were about 540 feet apart. At that point, at a closing speed of about 80 mph, the trains would have been 4 to 5 seconds from impact. (See figure 12.)
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
Figure 12. View from the head end of a simulated Leesdale Local during train sight-distance testing. At a closing speed in excess of 80 mph, the trains would be only seconds from impact as the Metrolink train becomes visible around the curve. Sight-Distance Tests of Signals Investigators also conducted sight-distance tests for the signals train 111 encountered before arriving at Chatsworth station as well as for the signal display and switch point configuration at CP Topanga. Signal Aspects East of CP Topanga. For each test of the signals east of CP Topanga, a Metrolink train consist was moved westbound (toward the signal) until the test engineer affirmed that he had a clear view of the signal aspect. The tests confirmed that the aspect of signal 4483 (the westbound signal immediately before CP Bernson), could be seen and identified from 1,832 feet. The aspect of the westbound signal at CP Bernson could be seen and identified from 5,353 feet. Signal 4451 (the intermediate signal train 111 encountered before entering Chatsworth station) could be seen and identified from 1,360 feet. Signal Aspect at CP Topanga. The westbound signal at CP Topanga consists of a three- aspect (green, yellow, red) signal head on a mast. Each aspect is 8 3/8 inches in diameter. The centers of the yellow and green lenses are 21 feet 6 inches above the ground. The center of the National Transportation Safety Board 37
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 38 red lens is 20 feet 5 inches above the ground. The control compartment of a locomotive typically positioned at the Chatsworth station is about 5,288 feet from the signal. The conductor of train 111 told investigators that, just before the train departed Chatsworth station, he could see the CP Topanga signal, and the signal aspect was green. Three individuals—a station security guard and two rail fans—who were on the station platform at the time (and who were on a first-name basis with both the engineer and conductor of train 111) also stated that they had seen the Topanga signal displaying a green aspect after train 111 left the station. One of the rail fans told investigators that the CP Topanga signal was not readily visible from the Chatsworth station platform. He said the signal could be seen if one were to approach the edge of the platform and “lean out,” and that this is what he had done as train 111 departed the station on the day of the accident. One of the rail fans also told investigators that it had been his experience at the Chatsworth station that it was not possible to see a red signal at CP Topanga in the daytime, only at night. On September 15, 2008, the NTSB conducted sight-distance tests of the signal to assess overall visibility of the signal from the vantage point of the Metrolink train conductor and engineer and to determine if ambient light conditions, reflections, or atmospheric conditions could affect an observer’s interpretation of the signal aspects. These observations were carried out at the same time of day as the accident. For the tests, the Metrolink dispatcher aligned the CP Topanga switch for eastbound movement into the siding (as it was on the day of the accident) so that the westbound signal at CP Topanga would display a stop indication. About 4:20 p.m., investigators made unaided visual observations of the signal from the conductor’s position on the platform as well as from the platform adjacent to the point at which the train 111 locomotive would have been positioned. Some observers reported seeing an intermittently visible “faint glimmer” of red; other observers reported seeing nothing. About 4:30 p.m., investigators boarded the cab of a three-car Metrolink train while it was positioned at its typical spot alongside the Chatsworth station platform. The Metrolink engineer who participated in the test stated that he could see the signal at Topanga, but he noted that he knew where to look through experience. The engineer was instructed to depart the station westbound as he normally would and to stop at the point where he could clearly distinguish the red CP Topanga signal. The engineer stopped short of the first road crossing (Devonshire Avenue) and said that he could clearly see the signal. Some members of the observation group reported seeing the signal clearly, while others reported still seeing only an intermittently visible flickering red. At this point the train had traveled 953 feet from the station and was still 4,335 feet from the signal. The train was then backed up and spotted normally at Chatsworth station. The Metrolink dispatcher aligned CP Topanga for the train’s movement westbound in order to have the CP Topanga signal display a green aspect (clear indication). At 4:45 p.m., the signal displayed a flashing yellow aspect (advance approach indication) that was clearly visible to all observers both in the locomotive cab and in the cab control car. At 4:46 p.m., the CP Topanga signal displayed a green aspect that again was clearly visible to all observers. At 4:51 p.m., the signal displayed a red aspect. The red signal was faint
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 39 and only intermittently visible from both the locomotive cab and the conductor’s position in the cab control car. Not all observers were able to see this signal aspect. CP Topanga Switch Alignment. To test visibility of the position of the switch points at the CP Topanga switch, investigators had an engineer back a Metrolink consist eastbound until he could no longer see the position of the switch points. This distance was determined to be about 615 feet. Testing of Signal System Postaccident inspection of the signal system found that all signal units and signal cases at the intermediate signals and at the control points Topanga, Bernson, and Davis were locked and sealed with no indications of tampering or vandalism to any of the signal equipment. Investigators examining the signal head of the westbound CP Topanga signal found the signal head to be clean internally with all electrical wiring and connections intact and in good overall condition. The signal head was found to be sealed against external light sources. Mechanical and electrical tests were performed on all switch and signal components at CP Topanga. The tests confirmed that, except for components damaged as a result of the accident, all switch and signal components worked as designed. Testing of the Vital Harmon Logic Controller confirmed that conflicting routes could not be cleared simultaneously. The Metrolink dispatch center aligned the route as it was at the time of the accident,46 and investigators used rolling shunts47 to simulate the movements of Metrolink train 111 and the Leesdale Local. Signal personnel positioned at CP Davis, at intermediate signal 4426; at the east- and westbound signals at CP Topanga, at intermediate signal 4451, and at CP Bernson confirmed that the signal system functioned as designed and intended. While the route was aligned for an eastbound train movement into the siding at CP Topanga, investigators, as a test, sent a request for the westbound Topanga signal to clear. The Harmon Vital Logic Controller at that location would not act on this command, and the westbound signal did not clear. The controller is designed to ensure that lamp output energy is in compliance with the requested signal aspect and that an internal or external fault will not result in an improperly displayed signal. With the eastbound signal at Topanga displaying clear, investigators applied battery power to the green signal lamp of the westbound signal. Within 1 second, the Harmon Vital Logic Controller detected the improperly illuminated lamp and, as designed, changed the eastbound Topanga signal from clear to stop and started a 6-minute timer, which effectively locked out the control point and prevented any commands from being acted upon.
46 On the day of the accident, the dispatcher had stacked the route for the westbound movement; on the day of the testing, the westbound route requests were not stacked. 47 Shunting the track refers to connecting the two rails electrically to simulate the presence of a train. With a rolling shunt, shunts are installed then repositioned in a pattern that simulates a train’s movement along a block of track.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 40 As an additional test, investigators had the CP Topanga switch aligned for eastbound movement into the siding and locked. They then initiated a request to clear the Topanga westbound signal. This test was performed once with the eastbound signal displaying clear and again with the signal displaying stop. The logic controller would not act on either command and did not clear the westbound signal. The validity of the downloaded signal event recorder data was confirmed by a review of recordings from the forward-looking video camera of the Leesdale Local, which showed that all signals encountered by the Local were displaying their proper aspects as indicated by the signal recorder data. Examination of the Metrolink signal data log and signal maintenance records did not identify any condition that would have prevented the signal system from operating as designed. Signal trouble reports for the 6 months preceding the accident were reviewed, and no exceptions were noted for the westbound signal at CP Topanga. Testing of Communications System On September 17, 2008, three communications tests were conducted to determine whether communication “dead spots” existed along the route of Metrolink train 111 that would have interfered with radio transmissions between train crewmembers or that would have prevented radio transmissions from being recorded by the dispatch center. All the tests were conducted using handheld radios, including the radio that was in the possession of the train 111 conductor on the day of the accident.48 The first test involved making radio transmissions every 2 minutes from on board an exemplar train as it traveled eastbound from the Simi Valley station to the Northridge station. The second test was the same as the first except that the train was traveling westbound from Northridge to Simi Valley. The dispatch center confirmed that the communications were successful, with the only exception being a loss of communication inside tunnel 26. The final test was done on the ground east and west of CP Topanga. The test was distance-based and was designed to evaluate communication between the handheld radio and the dispatch center. The only failed communications noted were within 100 feet of the portal of tunnel 28. The handheld radio being used by the conductor of Metrolink train 111 on the day of the accident was determined to be fully functional. Testing of the handset battery revealed that when fully charged, the battery lost capacity over a relatively short period of time, which reduced the radio’s transmit power. Testing showed that after three to five talk cycles, the audible low- battery warning activated at the end of each subsequent talk cycle.
48 The in-cab radio the train 111 engineer used for all his radio transmissions on the day of the accident was destroyed in the accident and was therefore not available for testing.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 41 Inspection and Testing of Track Investigators made postaccident inspections of the track geometry west of CP Topanga and took measurements at a total of 25 stations in the undisturbed track to the east of the point of collision. (No measurements were taken to the west of the point of collision because of disturbances to the track as a result of the accident and the subsequent repair work.) The measurements revealed track conditions as follows: Track Gage. Widest gage (distance between the inside faces of the running rails) was measured at 56 7/8 inches. FRA Track Safety Standards permit a maximum gage of 57 3/4 inches in class 3 track. Track Alignment. The maximum alignment (relative positions of the two rails laterally) deviation in undisturbed track measured 5/16 inch. FRA Track Safety Standards permit a maximum deviation of 1 3/4 inch in class 3 track. Cross Level. Greatest deviation in cross level (difference from the specified elevation between the two rails) was measured as 5/16 inch. FRA Track Safety Standards permit a maximum deviation of 1 11/16 inch in class 3 track. Overall, no unacceptable conditions were found in the geometry of the track. Other Information Postaccident Actions by SCRRA According to SCRRA representatives, after the accident, SCRRA put into place a Metrolink Enhanced Safety Action Plan that incorporates the following elements: Safety Culture • Elevated the Safety Department to report directly to the SCRRA chief executive officer (CEO), with safety manager required to meet with CEO at least weekly, to provide CEO with monthly written updates, and to provide the SCRRA board with quarterly updates. • Created a Strategic Safety Leadership Team comprising all operating general managers, SCRRA contract managers, and the CEO. The leadership team: • Meets quarterly with the goal of sharing information on common problems, on best practices, and on future safety efforts by SCRRA. • Reviews safety performance by SCRRA and its contactors • Established a risk-assessment process. • Is developing goals with regard to training, efficiency testing, rules violations, injuries, audits/inspections.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 42 SCRRA Organizational Structure • Hired an assistant director of equipment. • Hired a manager of field operations and three operations compliance officers. • Established a new field operation unit responsible for efficiency testing of foreign line trains operating over SCRRA territory as well as performing oversight testing of the SCRRA contract operator. • Created a System Safety Committee structure that involves all organizational layers, including contractors. Metrolink Operations • Updated the Metrolink operational testing program. • Hired an operating rules manager responsible for implementing the updated efficiency testing program. • Increased observations of engineers, conductors, and other safety-critical employees as well as increased joint testing with other operators on the territory. • Installed inward- and forward-facing cameras on its locomotives to monitor engineers for compliance with rules regarding electronic devices, unauthorized personnel in the operating compartment, and sleeping, and has established a program for the routine reviewing of the recorded images.49 Metrolink Safety Projects • Accelerating the development and deployment of positive train control on the Metrolink locomotive fleet by December 2012 and the installation of positive train control on SCRRA territory by 2015. • Has reassigned staff and hired 40 additional contract employees to oversee the installation of positive train control, which includes a new dispatch system, installation of the back office servers (BOS), retrofitting of the locomotive and cab car fleet for the new micro-processors and new video screens, training and hiring of additional staff to support positive train control, re-spacing of signals, and the development of algorithms for stopping distances of commuter equipment. • Is working with the FRA and the railroad industry on communication, equipment and operating rules in advance of the December 2012 commitment.
49 The Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen has filed suit in U.S. District Court to prohibit SCRRA from using its in-cab audio and video system for this purpose.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 43 • Has installed 43 additional Inert Inductor Automatic Train Stop systems to alert engineers to the need to reduce speed. The inert inductors require that the engineer acknowledge a reduced speed requirement of 20 mph or more within 8 seconds or receive a penalty brake application. • Is purchasing Crash Energy Management cab control cars and trailer cars that will be placed in operation starting in 2010. These cars will have crash-energy seats, frangible tables, and push-back couplers. The existing fleet will be retrofitted with crash energy seats, push-back couplers, and frangible tables. • Is installing new LED lights at all control point signals, to be completed in 2010. Federal Rules Regarding Wireless Devices In its investigation of a May 28, 2002, collision of two Burlington Northern Santa Fe freight trains near Clarendon, Texas,50 the NTSB determined the probable cause of the accident to be, in part, “the coal train engineer’s use of a cell phone during the time he should have been attending to the requirements of the track warrant for his train.” As a result of that investigation, the NTSB made the following safety recommendation to the FRA: R-03-1 Promulgate new or amended regulations that will control the use of cellular telephones and similar wireless communication devices by railroad operating employees while on duty so that such use does not affect operational safety. In its October 2003 response to this recommendation, the FRA stated its belief that the railroad industry’s establishment and enforcement of its own operating rules governing cell phone use were sufficient to address the issue without the need for Federal action. The FRA also noted that it would continue to “closely monitor railroad compliance with their operating rules restricting cell phone use and will not hesitate to take appropriate enforcement action if it becomes necessary.” During a March 2004 meeting with NTSB staff, FRA representatives indicated that the agency had issued instructions to FRA staff to be mindful of their own use of cell phones, but they suggested that enforcing a Federal rule would be almost impossible. The FRA did, however, refer the issue to its Railroad Safety Advisory Committee for discussion as to whether the issue should be addressed by a new safety advisory committee working group. Based on this response, Safety Recommendation R-03-1 was initially classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” When the issue of a new or amended Federal regulation was subsequently brought before the Railroad Safety Advisory Committee, the members agreed that the complexity of the issue was such that the committee was not prepared at that time to consider a Federal rule. On March 7, 2007, the NTSB, noting that little progress had been made in almost 3 1/2 years from the date
50 Collision of Two Burlington Northern Santa Fe Freight Trains Near Clarendon, Texas May 28, 2002, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-03/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 44 the recommendation was issued, reclassified Safety Recommendation R-03-1 “Open— Unacceptable Response.” Thus, at the time of the accident, no Federal rail regulations prohibited the use of cell phones or similar devices by train crewmembers. On October 7, 2008, after and in response to the Chatsworth accident, the FRA issued Emergency Order 26, Emergency Order To Restrict On-Duty Railroad Operating Employees’ Use of Cellular Telephones and Other Distracting Electronic and Electrical Devices,51 which details the circumstances under which train crewmembers could use both company-supplied and personal electronic devices. With regard to personal electronic devices, Emergency Order 26 states: (c) Personal electronic and electrical devices. (1) Each personal electronic or electrical device must be turned off with any earpieces removed from the ear while on a moving train, except that, when radio failure occurs, a wireless communication device may be used in accordance with railroad rules and instructions. (2) Each personal electronic or electrical device must be turned off with any earpieces removed from the ear when a duty requires any railroad operating employee to be on the ground or to ride rolling equipment during a switching operation and during any period when another employee of the railroad is assisting in preparation of the train (e.g., during an air brake test). (3) Use of a personal electronic or electrical device to perform any function other than voice communication while on duty is prohibited. In no instance may a personal electronic or electrical device interfere with the railroad operating employee’s performance of safety-related duties. Because Emergency Order 26 met the intent of Safety Recommendation R-03-1, the NTSB, on September 17, 2009, reclassified recommendation R-03-1 “Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action” At the same time, the NTSB expressed its disappointment that the FRA had not taken previous action on this important safety recommendation. FRA Emergency Order 20 (1996) On February 20, 1996, in the wake of fatal collisions involving commuter trains near Secaucus, New Jersey,52 and Silver Spring, Maryland,53 the FRA issued Emergency Order 20, Notice No. 1, Emergency Order Requiring Enhanced Operating Rules and Plans for Ensuring
51 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 195 (October 7, 2008), p. 58702. 52 Near Head-On Collision and Derailment of Two New Jersey Transit Trains Near Secaucus, New Jersey, February 9, 1996, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-97/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997). 53 Collision and Derailment of Maryland Rail Commuter MARC Train 286 and National Railroad Passenger Corporation Amtrak Train 29 Near Silver Spring, Maryland, on February 16, 1996, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-97/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 45 the Safety of Passengers Occupying the Leading Car of a Train. The emergency order imposed rule enhancements involving compliance with signal indications and addressed issues related to passenger safety and emergency egress. As refined by Emergency Order 20, Notice No. 2, issued on March 5, 1996, the order required that commuter and intercity passenger railroads issue an operating rule as follows: (A) If a passenger train operating in the block immediately preceding an interlocking or controlled point stops for any reason, [including a station stop] or its speed is reduced below 10 m.p.h., the train shall proceed under the reduced speed set forth in applicable operating rules governing such circumstances and be prepared to stop before passing the next signal. In no event shall this reduced speed exceed 40 m.p.h., although lower speeds are permissible. The train must maintain the prescribed reduced speed until the next wayside signal is clearly visible and that signal displays a proceed indication. The order further required that: (E) Within 30 days of issuance of the railroad's rule, an appropriate qualifying appurtenance shall be affixed to each signal governing the approach to an interlocking or controlled point signal to serve as a visual reminder to the engineer. Appropriate signage shall be displayed at the departure end of passenger stations located in the block immediately preceding interlockings or controlled points. At the time the FRA issued Emergency Order 20, Metrolink operating rules included the following: 9.9: Train Delayed Within a Block If a train has entered a block on a proceed indication that does not require restricted speed, and the train stops or its speed is reduced below 10 MPH, the train must: …B. CTC or Manual Interlocking Limits Proceed prepared to stop at the next signal until the next signal is visible and that signal displays a proceed indication. Passenger trains operating in push/pull service must not exceed 40 MPH until the next signal is visible and that signal displays a proceed indication. Based on Operating Rule 9.9, Metrolink petitioned the FRA for relief from the signage requirement of the emergency order. On April 30, 1996, the FRA granted Metrolink the waiver: conditioned on the fact that the current operating rules require compliance with the delayed-in-block rule by all trains, in all blocks, at all times. Under these circumstances, FRA agrees that the placement of signage required by EO 20 could send a mixed and confusing message to operating crews concerning the application of the rule.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 46 Analysis Exclusions Based on UP and Connex records, the crewmembers of both the Metrolink and UP trains were experienced railroaders fully qualified to perform their duties. Examination of the work/rest histories of all crewmembers did not indicate that any crewmember was experiencing fatigue that would have affected performance before or at the time of the accident. The engineer and brakeman on the Leesdale Local were on their regular assignment and, for several days before the accident, had gone on duty at 11:30 a.m. and off duty at 6:30 or 7:00 p.m., thus experiencing consistent work/rest patterns to which they were accustomed. The train’s conductor was an extra employee filling in for the regularly assigned conductor. He had worked the Leesdale Local on Monday before the accident and had been off Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday before being called to work the Leesdale Local again on Friday. He had maintained a fairly consistent wake/rest cycle during his days off. The Metrolink train 111 engineer had also maintained the same work schedule for the 4 days leading up to the accident, going on duty at 5:54 a.m. and working until 9:26 a.m., then returning for the second part of his shift at 2:00 p.m. and working until 9:05 p.m. On the day of the accident, according to the conductor on the Metrolink train, the engineer said he had taken a nap during his mid-day break and was well rested when he reported for work for his afternoon tour of duty. Based on the operator’s height and weight at the time of his last physical examination, he had a calculated body mass index (BMI) of 34.4. By this calculation, the operator would have been considered obese (a BMI greater than 30 constitutes obesity). Obesity is significantly associated with an increased risk for obstructive sleep apnea (OSA), which can result in fatigue and significant cognitive and psychomotor deficits. In addition, the engineer had previously noted possible snoring and was noted on autopsy to have enlargement of the chambers of his heart. Right-sided heart chamber enlargement, in particular, has been associated with severe sleep-disordered breathing (including OSA).54 However, the engineer had not been evaluated for or diagnosed with sleep apnea, and he remained actively engaged in operating his train during his afternoon shift, including making regular station stops and calling out some, though not all, of the signals the train encountered along its route. During the approximately 2 minutes that elapsed between the time train 111 departed Chatsworth station until the accident, the engineer was engaged in text messaging, manipulating the throttle, sounding the train horn and bell, and making brake adjustments, with no period of inactivity that might have suggested a lack of alertness due to fatigue or lack of sleep.
54 U. C. Guidry, L. A. Mendes, J. C. Evans, D. Levy, G. T. O’Connor, M. G. Larson, D. J. Gottlieb, E. J. Benjamin. “Echocardiographic Features of the Right Heart in Sleep-Disordered Breathing: The Framingham Heart Study,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine. 164(6) September 15(2001):933-8.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 47 The engineer had a history of diabetes and high blood pressure and had been taking prescription medications for these conditions. He had also tested HIV positive and was being treated with anti-retroviral medications. According to his medical records, his conditions were under good control, and no adverse side effects were reported from his medication use. Information downloaded from event recorders aboard the locomotives of the Leesdale Local indicated that the train had been operated in accordance with signal indications from the time it entered the main track at CP Davis until the accident. Correlation between event recorder and sight-distance data indicate that emergency braking was applied 1 to 2 seconds after Metrolink train 111 came into view, but the time and distance were insufficient for the braking to have prevented or reduced the severity of the accident. Postaccident toxicological tests were conducted on each crewmember of the Leesdale Local, as well as the conductor of the Metrolink train 111. Specimens were also obtained from the engineer of train 111. Except for those of the UP conductor, all specimens were negative for the presence of alcohol as well as for FRA-specified illicit drugs. The UP conductor tested negative for alcohol but was positive for marijuana in both his blood and urine. The relative amounts of tetrahydrocannabinol (the active substance in marijuana) and its metabolite suggest use within about 12 to 20 hours of the blood being drawn.55 Based on the reported times the blood and urine specimens were taken, the conductor likely used marijuana within 3 to 11 hours of the accident. If so, it is possible that he was impaired at the time of the accident.56 However, the Leesdale Local was being operated in compliance with signal indications on its approach to the siding at Chatsworth; thus the conductor’s marijuana use was not a factor in the accident. After the accident, the cars of both trains that had not been destroyed in the accident were inspected and tested. Air brake and mechanical tests confirmed that the equipment was in good working order, with no anomalies noted that would have contributed to the accident. Similarly, the track segment train 111 traversed in the moments before the accident was found to be in good condition, with all track geometry measurements falling within Federal tolerances for that class of track. It was daylight at the time of the accident. The weather was warm with clear skies and calm winds. Although some haze was present, visibility was reported as 4 miles. Thus, no meteorological conditions existed that would have impaired the train crews’ vision with regard to signal aspects or that would have otherwise affected train operations.
55 Based on data in M. A. Huestis, J. E. Henningfield, E. J. Cone. “Blood Cannabinoids. II. Models for the Prediction of Time of Marijuana Exposure from Plasma Concentrations of Delta 9-Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and 11-Nor-9-Carboxy-Delta 9-Tetrahydrocannabinol (THCCOOH),” Journal of Analytical Toxicology. 16(5) Sep-Oct (1992):283-90. 56 See (a) R. C. Baselt. Drug Effects on Psychomotor Performance (Foster City, California: Biomedical Publications, 2001). (b) V. O. Leirer, J. A. Yesavage, D. G. Morrow. “Marijuana Carry-Over Effects on Aircraft Pilot Performance,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine. 62(3) March (1991):221-7. (c) J. A. Yesavage, V. O. Leirer, M. Denari, L. E. Hollister. “Carry-Over Effects of Marijuana Intoxication on Aircraft Pilot Performance: A Preliminary Report,” American Journal of Psychiatry. 142(11) Nov (1985): 1325-9.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 48 The NTSB therefore concludes that the following were neither causal nor contributory to this accident: weather, fatigue, the engineer’s medical conditions or treatments, training and experience of crewmembers, operation of UP Leesdale Local, alcohol or illegal drug use by operating crewmembers, and condition of the track or rolling stock. The NTSB further concludes that although the conductor of the UP Leesdale Local had likely used marijuana within 3 to 11 hours of the accident, this was neither causal nor contributory to the accident. The Accident On the afternoon of September 12, 2008, the Leesdale Local had completed its work and was headed eastbound to its home terminal at Gemco. At the same time, Metrolink train 111 was on its scheduled westbound run from Los Angeles Union Station to Montalvo. The two trains would be using the same track, meaning that at some point one of the trains would have to divert into a siding track and wait for the other to pass before it could continue its trip. Deciding when, where, and how opposing trains will meet is the job of the dispatcher. In this case, the dispatcher decided to allow the eastbound Leesdale Local to enter the main track at CP Davis while westbound train 111 was still east of CP Topanga on the same track. The dispatcher planned to have the freight train proceed to CP Topanga where it would divert from the main track through the siding at Chatsworth. As soon as this move was complete, train 111 would be able to continue westbound. At 4:07:37 p.m., according to signal data logs, the switch at CP Topanga responded to the dispatcher’s request and “reversed,” that is, aligned to force any eastbound train to move onto the siding track rather than continue on the main track. The switch was now aligned against a westbound train movement on the main track. The switch and signal circuitry for the controlling westbound CP Topanga signal was designed such that, with the switch reversed, the westbound signal could display no aspect other than red, or stop, for westbound trains. With this first route programmed in, the dispatcher “stacked” the next route commands in the sequence, requesting that the CP Topanga switch realign for the main track and that the westbound signal clear for a westbound train movement after the freight train was fully in the siding. The signal system is designed such that a red aspect at westbound CP Topanga causes the westbound signal at CP Bernson to display a flashing yellow aspect (advance approach indication) and intermediate signal 4451 just east of Chatsworth station to display solid yellow (approach indication) to approaching trains. Train 111’s engineer was recorded calling out the flashing yellow signal at CP Bernson. He was not recorded calling out intermediate signal 4451 or the next signal, CP Topanga. As train 111 departed Chatsworth station, the engineer proceeded as though the signal at CP Topanga were green (clear) even though the flashing yellow at CP Bernson (which he definitely saw and called) and the solid yellow at intermediate signal 4451 indicated that, at the time train 111 passed them, the CP Topanga signal was displaying a red aspect. Even if intermediate signal 4451 had been green, indicating that the signal at CP Topanga was, at that time, also green, Metrolink’s delay-in-block rule would have required that the engineer leave
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 49 Chatsworth station and proceed at no more than 40 mph until he could confirm the indication at CP Topanga. Instead, the engineer accelerated his train to 54 mph. About 2 minutes after leaving Chatsworth station, train 111 ran through and damaged the CP Topanga switch, which had been aligned against westbound travel. At the time his train ran through the switch, the engineer was not able to see the Leesdale Local advancing toward him. His first possible view of the freight train would have occurred as his train entered the left-hand curve just west of the switch. According to the locomotive data recorder, the engineer did not apply the train brakes before impact. The Leesdale Local crew did promptly apply brakes on their train when train 111 came into their view, but it was not possible to significantly slow the train in the seconds that elapsed before the collision. Emergency Response Emergency responders arrived at the scene of the accident shortly after the initial notification, and a unified command system was established with the responding agencies and the railroads. Mutual aid resources were also requested from surrounding areas. During the course of the response, the incident commander established a fire suppression group, an extrication group, a medical group, a hazardous materials group, and an urban search and rescue group. Firefighters, police officers, sheriff’s deputies, and highway patrol officers worked to rescue, triage, and transport injured passengers and train crew. About 1,000 emergency personnel responded. As a result of the collision, the rear end of the locomotive telescoped into about two- thirds of the first passenger coach, causing a complete loss of survivable occupant space. Because of this damage, the extrication of passengers from the first coach was a difficult and dangerous operation that required extensive manpower, resources, and time. Despite the difficulties, responders carried out their duties as quickly and as efficiently as could be expected. The NTSB therefore concludes that, considering the challenges of the recovery operations, the emergency response to the accident was timely, well coordinated, and effectively managed. As a result of the collision, fuel spilled from the Metrolink locomotive, and a fire burned near the locomotives. During the firefighters’ fire suppression operations, they discovered that two crewmembers were trapped inside the cab of the lead locomotive on the Leesdale Local. The cab was filled with smoke. Firefighters eventually forced entry into the cab through a window and rescued the crew, both of whom had suffered serious injuries. The NTSB concludes that because locomotive cab exits are not designed to be quickly opened in an emergency, firefighters could not rapidly enter the cab of the Leesdale Local to rescue the injured crew. The NTSB addressed this issue during its investigation of a November 30, 2007, collision of an Amtrak passenger train and a Norfolk Southern Railway Company freight train near Chicago, Illinois.57 In that collision, the forward portion of the Amtrak locomotive came to rest
57 Collision of Amtrak Passenger Train 371 and Norfolk Southern Railway Company Freight Train 23M Chicago, Illinois, November 30, 2007, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 50 on top of a container on the rear car of the freight train. Because of structural damage to the locomotive cab, the two engineers could not exit without assistance. As a result of the accident, the NTSB made the following recommendation to the FRA: R-09-3 Require that emergency exits on new and remanufactured locomotive cabs provide for rapid egress by cab occupants and rapid entry by emergency responders. The FRA responded in May 2009 that it shares the NTSB’s concern about rapid egress and rescue access for locomotive cabs, a concern that had been addressed, in part, through previously issued regulatory design requirements for new locomotives. The FRA has also funded new research into locomotive egress and rescue, to include concepts for a roof-mounted escape hatch and an easily removable windshield system. The FRA further responded that it had developed and provided to local emergency responders a training video titled “Locomotive Emergency Response Operations.” Finally, the FRA stated that it would present this recommendation and its actions to date to the Railroad Safety Advisory Committee’s Locomotive Standards Working Group for further consideration. Based on this response, the NTSB has classified Safety Recommendation R-09-3 “Open—Acceptable Response.” Signals and Train Control Signal Aspect at CP Topanga In postaccident interviews, the train 111 conductor and three other individuals (two rail fans and a security guard) who were on the Chatsworth station platform while the train served the station stated that they had seen the CP Topanga signal as train 111 pulled out of the station and that the signal was displaying a green aspect. Had this signal been displaying green, the engineer’s actions after the train departed the station would have been appropriate, at least until he was close enough to the CP Topanga switch to see that the switch was aligned against his train. Had he realized that he was about to run through the switch, he would doubtless have taken action to stop his train even if the signal had been green. But he took no action in his approach to the switch, while running through it, or immediately afterward. The evidence is incontrovertible that the CP Topanga switch was aligned for an eastbound movement into the siding as westbound train 111 approached and went through it. The damage to the switch points that was found after the accident could only have occurred as a result of a run-through from the westbound direction. If this damage had occurred before the arrival of train 111, the malfunctioning switch would have been detected by the computerized dispatching system and would have shown on the dispatcher’s display as being “out of correspondence,” a condition that would have caused all the CP Topanga signals to display red. Once the switch is reversed and the switch points move away by a fraction of an inch from the main track stock rail, the electrical path that would permit the westbound signal to display a green aspect is interrupted, and the system does not allow the westbound signal at CP Topanga to show any aspect other than red. In postaccident signal tests, investigators used an
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 51 independent power source to illuminate the green lamp in the westbound CP Topanga signal while the eastbound signal was showing clear (a green aspect), an action that would have placed the two signals in conflict. Within 1 second, the logic circuits in the signal controller detected the contradiction and responded by changing the eastbound signal from clear to stop and temporarily locking the signals so that no commands could be acted upon. Even had some unknown anomaly existed that would have permitted the westbound signal to display a green aspect while the switch was reversed, that display would have been recorded on the signal data logs. Instead, the data logs showed that the only signal repeater relay that was energized from the time the switch was reversed until the time of the accident was the relay for the red lamp. The fact that this relay was energized also shows conclusively that the red lamp was actually illuminated, because the current needed to energize this relay must pass through the lamp. If the lamp bulb were missing or burned out, this relay could not have been energized. Inspection and testing of the lights themselves determined that the signal lamps and lenses were undamaged and operating properly. Signal inspection records indicated no deficiencies that would have prevented proper operation of the signal system. Finally, tests and analysis of the signal event recorders, along with the Metrolink Control Center’s Digicon signal event log, determined that the signal aspects were properly displayed and were not in conflict at the time of the accident. The NTSB therefore concludes that physical evidence, documentary and recorded data, and postaccident signal examination and testing confirm that the westbound signal at CP Topanga was displaying a red aspect at the time Metrolink train 111 departed Chatsworth station and as it approached and passed CP Topanga, and had the engineer complied with this signal indication, the accident would not have occurred. Stacking of Routes At the time of the accident, the dispatcher had “stacked” the routes for the Leesdale Local and train 111. Even before the Leesdale Local had completed its planned move, the dispatcher had entered commands to realign the CP Topanga switch and to change the westbound signal to green. But these commands could only be carried out after the previous route had been completed, that is, after the Leesdale Local was in the siding. The investigation determined that the commands to realign the switch and clear the signal were still in the dispatching queue and were never sent to the logic controllers in the field. Had these stacked commands been sent prematurely, the logic controllers would have responded as they did during postaccident testing; that is, they would have sensed a potential routing conflict and changed all the control point signals to red until the conflict could be resolved. The NTSB therefore concludes that the signal and traffic control systems worked as designed on the day of the collision, and the dispatcher’s “stacking” of train routes played no role in the accident. Perceptions of Signal Aspects Four witnesses at the Chatsworth station stated that they had seen the westbound CP Topanga signal as train 111 left the station and that the signal was displaying a green aspect. But,
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 52 as previously noted, all the physical and documentary evidence shows conclusively that the signal aspect was red. The results of postaccident sight-distance tests demonstrated the difficulty in identifying a red signal aspect at CP Topanga when viewed from the Chatsworth station. During that testing, test participants on the station platform were able to identify green and flashing yellow signals but were unable to reliably identify a red signal. The engineer who participated in the sight- distance tests and who, by his own account, “knew where to look,” had to move his locomotive almost 1,000 feet from the station before he had what he considered to be a view of the signal adequate to positively identify the signal aspect when it was displaying red, or stop. At this distance, some members of the observation group reported that they were still unable to reliably identify the red aspect. These findings were not surprising given that the signal aspect is an 8 3/8-inch-diameter lighted disk almost a mile away being viewed in daylight. Eyewitness reports of the signal indication at the time of the accident must be evaluated in the context of the physical relationship between the signal and the station, the environmental conditions, and the capabilities and known limitations of the human visual system. The visual angle of the westbound signal light at CP Topanga when viewed from Chatsworth station is essentially equal to the aperture of a single photoreceptor, which puts it near the limit of normal visual function,58 making it particularly difficult to identify signal color from that distance. An observer with excellent vision who is familiar with the signal and the surrounding environment may be able to see, and perhaps identify the color of, the signal light, but it is more likely that an observer either will not be able to see a signal light at this distance or will misidentify its color. As illustrated by the sight-distance testing results in this investigation, this is particularly true of a red signal aspect because the human visual system is less sensitive to red light than green light. Research on railroad signal detection has reported misperceptions of signal color at long distances under certain conditions or by certain viewers.59 However, that research was associated with viewing distances of about 2,950 feet, which is a little more than half the distance from Chatsworth station to CP Topanga. At longer distances, research showed that viewers were often unable to accurately perceive signal color. The human visual system has been found to be more sensitive to brightness than to color when viewing very small stimuli.60 That is, the stimulus may be above a person’s threshold for perception of brightness but below the threshold for the perception of color, allowing a viewer to
58 Studies of the human retina estimate that at the center of the foveal region—which corresponds roughly to the center of a person’s field of view—a single cone photoreceptor in a typical human eye integrates light through an aperture approximately 2.5µm in diameter, equating to a visual angle of approximately 0.5 arcminutes or .008 degrees. (An arcminute is a unit of angular measurement equal to 1/60 of 1 degree.) The common visual acuity reference of 20/20 is the ability to resolve a high contrast spatial pattern separated by 1 arcminute. For addition information see (a) D. R. Williams. “Topography of the Foveal Cone Mosaic in the Living Human Eye,” Vision Research 28 (1988): 433-454. (b) C. A. Curcio, K. R. Sloan, R. E. Kalina, and A. E. Hendrickson. “Human Photoreceptor Topography,” Journal of Comparative Neurology 292 (1990): 497-523. (c) L. N. Thibos. “Formation and Sampling of the Retinal Image,” in K. K. De Valois (Ed.) Seeing (San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 2000) pp.1- 49. 59 J. M. Wood, D. A. Atchison, and A. Chaparro. “When Red Lights Look Yellow,” Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science. 46(11) (2005): 4348-4352. 60 P. E. King-Smith and D. Carden. “Luminance and Opponent-Color Contributions to Visual Detection and Adaptation and to Temporal and Spatial Integration.” Journal of the Optical Society of America. 1976;66:709–717.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 53 perceive a lighted object without being able to identify its color. Consistent with this phenomenon, Wood et al. found that observers could report red railroad signals as still appearing bright at distances from which they could not perceive them as red.61 In this accident, witnesses viewing the signal from the station under the lighting conditions at the time may have seen the signal, if they saw it at all, as “not red” rather than positively green and may simply have perceived the color they expected. One of the rail fan witnesses who had reported seeing the green signal at CP Topanga acknowledged in his interview that red signals at CP Topanga were not visible during the day, they were visible only at night. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that eyewitness reports of seeing a green aspect from the Chatsworth station are contrary to the other evidence; postaccident testing and research show that witnesses could not have reliably seen the red aspect that the CP Topanga signal was displaying as train 111 departed the station because of a combination of extreme distance to the signal (more than 1 mile), lighting conditions at the time, and limitations of the human visual system. Performance of Train 111 Engineer While at the Chatsworth station, the train 111 engineer had a view of the CP Topanga signal that was subject to the same limitations as that of the witnesses on the platform. But unlike the witnesses, this was not the engineer’s first clue that the signal might be red, nor was it his last opportunity to observe, identify, and respond to it. Both the flashing yellow aspect at CP Bernson and the solid yellow aspect at signal 4451 would have indicated to the engineer that the CP Topanga signal was red and that he would have to stop there if the signal did not clear before he reached it. The engineer saw the flashing yellow signal and was recorded calling it out over the radio. He was not recorded calling out the solid yellow signal, so it cannot be confirmed whether he observed it, although he clearly had the opportunity to do so. Similarly, when train 111 departed Chatsworth station, the engineer had additional opportunities to observe and respond to the signal at CP Topanga. His train was moving during this time, so the signal would have been coming more clearly into his view as he approached it. But he was not recorded calling out this signal over the radio, and he clearly did not respond appropriately to the stop indication it was displaying. The engineer’s action, or lack of action, with regard to the red stop signal at CP Topanga suggests that he was not fully attentive to his primary task of operating his train safely. He did manipulate the train controls during this time, but these manipulations involved long-practiced and ingrained tasks that he could carry out with little conscious effort and without being particularly focused on his work. Records from the engineer’s cell phone provider show activity on the engineer’s wireless device between the time the train left the station and the time of the collision, indicating that the device was on and being used during that period. The records show that at 4:21:03 p.m., or 47 seconds after departing the station, the engineer received a 71-character text message on his wireless device. Sometime within the next minute he responded with a 32-character text message. This was the last text message the engineer sent or received before the collision.
61 Wood, et. al., “When Red Lights Look Yellow,”
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 54 Because wireless network records regarding “sent” times are less precise than those regarding “received” times, it cannot be known with certainty at what time the engineer pressed the “send” button on his wireless device to transmit his last message. But the content of the message clearly shows that it was in response to the previous message, which he had received just as the train was pulling out of the station. Thus, during at least part of the time that he could have been, and should have been, observing the signal at CP Topanga, the engineer was likely reading an incoming text message, formulating a response, and entering that response into his wireless device. Among highway users, text messaging has been shown to have the potential to impose visual, manual, and cognitive demands that greatly exceed those required for voice calls.62 Furthermore, research has demonstrated that people adjust their reading rate to accommodate the rate at which messages scroll. As the rate of scroll increases, more time is devoted to reading and comprehending the message, making less time available for viewing the roadway.63 The train 111 engineer’s participation in text messaging after departing Chatsworth station distracted him from adequately attending to a critical task—observing and properly responding to the signal indication at Topanga. He should have known to expect a red signal there because of the flashing yellow signal at CP Bernson that he reported and the solid yellow signal at 4451 he had passed only moments before. He may have thought, or hoped, that the signal would clear before his train reached it, but even this expectation would have required that he proceed while being prepared to stop and that he continue to observe the signal until his train reached it. He did neither. The engineer’s operation of the train throttle, bell, and horn after he left the station, as well as his text messaging, indicated that he was alert and should have been able to operate his train in accordance with operating rules. But evidence gathered during the investigation suggests that, temporarily at least, the engineer was more attentive to his text messaging and to his anticipated meeting later that evening with young rail fans than he was to the safe operation of his train. The engineer’s deficient performance reinforces the research findings that, in operational settings such as this, text messaging can lead to performance decrements related to distraction and inattention.64 The NTSB concludes that the engineer of train 111 was actively, if intermittently, using his wireless device shortly after his train departed Chatsworth station, and his text messaging activity during this time compromised his ability to observe and appropriately respond to the stop signal at CP Topanga.
62 J. D. Lee. (2007). “Driver Distraction: Breakdowns of a Multi-Level Control Process,” In: I. J. Faulks, M. Regan, M. Stevenson, J. Brown, A. Porter & J.D. Irwin (Eds.). Distracted Driving (Sydney, NSW: Australasian College of Road Safety, 2007). Pp. 75-98. 63 J. D. Hoffman, J. D. Lee, D. V. McGehee, Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, Public Policy Center, The University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA. In: Proceedings of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society 50thAnnual Meeting, 2006. 64 Studies of the perceptual phenomenon known as “inattentional blindness” have demonstrated that distracted viewers can fail to detect critical visual stimuli even when they are fixating on those stimuli. See A. Mack and I. Rock. Inattentional Blindness (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998) for a complete discussion of the topic.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 55 Train 111 Engineer’s Use of Wireless Device The investigation revealed that, between about 6:05 a.m. and 4:22 p.m. on the day of the accident, the engineer sent or received a total of 95 text messages. During the time periods (morning and evening shifts) that he was responsible for operating a train, he sent 21 text messages, received 20 text messages, and made four outgoing telephone calls. The investigation further revealed that this amount of activity was not unusual for this engineer. Wireless records for the 7 days preceding the accident showed that on each workday, the engineer had sent or received text messages or made voice calls during the time he was responsible for operating a train. On the day with the least wireless activity, he sent or received (during his work period) about 30 text messages. On Wednesday, 2 days before the accident, he sent or received about 125 messages during the time he was responsible for operating a train. He had also made phone calls during these periods. The General Code of Operating Rules and Connex operating rules forbid non-work- related and non-emergency use of personal wireless devices by operating crewmembers. In fact, the train 111 engineer was in violation of Connex operating rules simply by having his wireless device in the locomotive cab and turned on while he was at the controls of the locomotive or cab control car. But the engineer went further, from simply having the device to actually using it to read and compose messages during the time his primary task was to operate the train safely and to be attentive and properly responsive to all signal indications. The engineer was well aware that he was violating company rules with regard to his use of a wireless device. In 2006, as part of an efficiency test, he was found to have his cell phone turned on in his briefcase. He said that he had forgotten to turn it off when he went on duty, but he was documented at that time as having failed to comply with company safety rules. Only about a month before the accident, the conductor on the engineer’s train saw the engineer using his cell phone, and he reminded him of the prohibition. The conductor said the engineer acknowledged that such use was a violation of company rules. The conductor reported the incident to a supervisor who, according to testimony during the public hearing on this accident, once again counseled the engineer with regard to the rule regarding use of wireless devices. The NTSB concludes that the Metrolink engineer was aware that he was violating company safety rules when he used his cell phone to make calls or to send and receive text messages while on duty, but he continued the practice nonetheless. Leesdale Local Conductor’s Use of Wireless Device The engineer of train 111 was not the only crewmember involved in this accident to have made prohibited use of a wireless device. The records indicate that the conductor of the Leesdale Local sent or received a total of 41 text messages while on duty, with 35 of these being sent or received during the time the conductor’s report shows that the train was moving. His last outgoing text message was received and logged by the Verizon network at 4:20 p.m., about the time his train exited tunnel 27 and about 2 minutes before the collision. Although the conductor was in the cab of the locomotive at the time he sent his last text message before the accident, he was not at the controls. And although he, along with the engineer, was responsible for observing signal indications and helping ensure compliance with
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 56 those indications, no evidence was found to indicate that the train handling of the Leesdale Local was unusual or inconsistent with the signal indications the train was operating under. The NTSB therefore concludes that, although the conductor of the Leesdale Local violated operating rules by sending and receiving text messages during times when he shared responsibility for the safe operations of his train, any distraction caused by such use did not cause or contribute to this accident. Unauthorized Persons in Locomotive Cab The prohibition against cell phone use was not the only company safety rule the engineer of train 111 knowingly violated. As was clear from the content of the text messages the engineer exchanged with the young rail fan identified in this report as “Person A,” the engineer had, earlier in the week, allowed Person A and one or more friends to board his train and join him in the locomotive cab. The engineer apparently had allowed at least one of these individuals to operate the train for a portion of the trip. On the day of the accident, the engineer planned to have Person A and one or more other individuals board the locomotive at Moorpark. He further planned to allow Person A and perhaps one or more other individuals to actually operate the train from Moorpark to the end of the line at Montalvo. This plan was only about 3 1/2 hours from fruition when the accident occurred. As with wireless devices, Connex had specific rules prohibiting unauthorized persons from occupying the locomotive cab or operating compartment of a train while the train was in service. The engineer was obviously aware of the rules because he conspired with the rail fans to have them board his train surreptitiously. Many of the text messages the engineer exchanged with Person A on the afternoon of the accident had to do with the planned boarding at Moorpark, with several comments reflecting full awareness, by both parties, that allowing unauthorized persons to board the train, not to mention actually operating it, constituted a violation of railroad rules. Efficiency Testing and Management Oversight The engineer of train 111 had been subject to efficiency and rules testing throughout his railroad career. Nothing exceptional was found in the records of this testing. As already noted, on two occasions in the previous 2 years he had been counseled about his use of a cell phone while on duty, but neither instance suggested a pattern of violations or an ongoing, willful disregard for the rules. And yet, as shown by his wireless account records (which would not have been available to Connex managers), the engineer habitually used his cell phone at times when he knew that any distraction from the task at hand could have serious safety consequences. Further, by actively encouraging and facilitating access by unauthorized persons to the locomotive cab, he created a situation that could pose another serious safety risk. As acknowledged during the public hearing on this accident, the nature of rail operations makes enforcement of certain operating rules extremely difficult, if not impossible. Metrolink trains, as is common with other passenger trains, have only the engineer in the operating compartment. No reasonable method exists for management, by personal observation, to
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 57 determine whether the engineer (or other crewmember) boards the train with a personal wireless device in his or her possession, and once the train leaves a station, no mechanism is currently in place to determine whether the device is in use. The conductor on train 111, who 1 month before the accident had cautioned the engineer about his use of his cell phone while on duty and had taken the extra step of reporting the incident to a manager, stated that he believed this to be an isolated event and that he was not aware of the engineer’s pattern of cell phone use while on duty. The engineer clearly took advantage of the privacy afforded by the locked locomotive cab to freely and repeatedly use his cell phone in violation of railroad operating rules. Even though this engineer and conductor had worked together 5 days a week, two shifts per day, for the previous 5 months, the conductor was not aware of the extent to which the engineer was using his wireless device while aboard the train. It is therefore unlikely that routine efficiency testing would ever have identified the scope of the engineer’s violations with regard to wireless devices. Similarly, the engineer’s permitting of unauthorized persons to occupy the operating compartment of his locomotive stood a very low likelihood of being discovered through ordinary management supervision or efficiency testing. The engineer was familiar enough with his route and with the scope of management’s oversight to be able to violate the rules without discovery. He had already allowed his rail fan friends one “ride-along” earlier in the week, and he knew where, when, and how they could again board his train undetected on the evening of the accident. After the accident, Metrolink stiffened the penalty for unauthorized use of wireless devices by crewmembers on moving trains. Such violations will now result in immediate termination of employment. Similarly, with the issuance of Emergency Order 26, the FRA has raised violations involving the use of wireless devices to the Federal level. But making the violation more serious or the penalty more severe does not address the difficulty in identifying violators. With regard to both cell phone use and allowing unauthorized persons into his train’s operating compartment, the train 111 engineer obviously had a high degree of confidence that his actions would not be detected. He already faced the prospect of severe penalties if he was caught, especially with regard to having unauthorized persons aboard, but that threat was not sufficient to deter him, given the low likelihood of detection. As shown in the case of the conductor of the Leesdale Local, who also made inappropriate use of a wireless device to send a text message only minutes before the collision, even having other crewmembers present is an insufficient deterrent against such use. The NTSB therefore concludes that, because of the privacy afforded by a locomotive cab or train operating compartment, routine efficiency testing and performance monitoring practices are inadequate to determine whether or to what extent engineers or other crewmembers may not be complying with safety rules such as those regarding use of wireless devices or allowing access by unauthorized persons.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 58 In-Cab Audio and Image Recording Devices The engineer in this accident was able to conceal his inappropriate behavior because he was aware each time he was, or could have been, observed by management. He would likely have been deterred in his cell phone use and in his allowing access to unauthorized persons only if he had known that his performance at the train controls was subject to review at any time, not just when a manager was in the operating compartment or nearby. The NTSB believes that the only reasonable and reliable mechanism for making such observations is an in-cab audio and image recorder that will capture a crewmember’s activities while in the train operating compartment. The NTSB has long supported the installation of audio recording devices in locomotive cabs or train operating compartments. In all too many accidents, the individuals directly involved are either limited in their recollection of events or, as in the case of the Chatsworth accident, are not available to be interviewed because of fatal injuries. In a number of accidents the NTSB has investigated, a better knowledge of crewmembers’ actions before an accident would have helped reveal the key causal factors and would perhaps have facilitated the development of more effective safety recommendations. As a result of its investigation of the collision between a Maryland Rail Commuter train and an Amtrak train near Silver Spring, Maryland, on February 16, 1996,65 in which no operating crewmembers survived, the NTSB was unable to determine whether certain crewmember activities leading up to the accident may have contributed to the accident. Consequently, the NTSB recommended that the FRA: R-97-9 Amend 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 229 to require the recording of train crewmembers’ voice communications for exclusive use in accident investigations and with appropriate limitations on the public release of such recordings. After its investigation of another railroad accident with no surviving crewmembers that occurred in 1999 in Bryan, Ohio,66 the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation R-97-9 to the FRA. The FRA responded that it has reluctantly come to the conclusion that this recommendation should not be implemented at the present time. . . . FRA appreciates that, as time passes and other uses are found for recording media that may create synergies with other public and private purposes, the Board’s recommendation may warrant re-examination. Based on this response and further meetings, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-97-9 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.”
65 Collision and Derailment of Maryland Rail Commuter MARC Train 286 and National Railroad Passenger Corporation Amtrak Train 29 Near Silver Spring, Maryland, on February 16, 1996, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-97/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997). 66 Collision Involving Three Consolidated Rail Corporation Freight Trains Operating in Fog on a Double Main Track Near Bryan, Ohio, January 17, 1999, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-01/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 59 Since the refusal by the FRA to act on the recommendation regarding in-cab recorders, the NTSB has continued to investigate accidents in which such recorders would have provided valuable information to help determine probable cause and develop safety recommendations. Most recently, as a result of its investigation of a July 10, 2005, collision of two CN freight trains in Anding, Mississippi,67 the NTSB made the following safety recommendation to the FRA: R-07-3 Require the installation of a crash- and fire-protected locomotive cab voice recorder, or a combined voice and video recorder, (for the exclusive use in accident investigations and with appropriate limitations on the public release of such recordings) in all controlling locomotive cabs and cab car operating compartments. The recorder should have a minimum 2-hour continuous recording capability, microphones capable of capturing crewmembers’ voices and sounds generated within the cab, and a channel to record all radio conversations to and from crewmembers. Investigators in those transportation modes where such recordings are available have not only been able to analyze voice communication between operating crewmembers in the moments leading up to an accident, but they have also been able to review and analyze other sounds originating from the vehicle. From such sounds, parameters such as engine rpm, system failures, speed, and the time at which certain events occur can often be determined, leading to more precise findings and determination of probable cause. The FRA indicated in its response to the NTSB’s recommendation that the subject of in-cab video and audio recordings had been discussed at a meeting of the Railroad Safety Advisory Committee Locomotive Working Group. Pending more information about those discussions, Safety Recommendation R-07-3 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response” on July 31, 2009. As is clear from the wording of Safety Recommendations R-97-9 and R-07-3, the NTSB’s emphasis up to this point has been on the use of audio and/or image recordings as a tool of accident investigation. But this accident demonstrates that audio-only in-cab recordings that may be reviewed only after an accident do not represent the most effective use of recorder technology for accident prevention. Even had the Metrolink locomotive in this accident been equipped with audio recording devices, the Metrolink engineer, with the appropriate settings on his wireless device, would most likely have been able to continue with his text messaging activities without the equipment having captured it. The presence, in addition to audio recording capability, of in-cab image recording capability would have been the only means available to have determined exactly what actions the engineer was taking during the accident trip. These images would have revealed the engineer’s text messaging activities even absent any sounds that could have been captured by an audio recorder. Similarly, any entry into the locomotive or train operating compartment by unauthorized persons would be evident on image recorders. In accidents or incidents in which employee misbehavior is not a factor, in-cab audio and video recordings could be used to validate train crew performance as well as identify potential
67 Collision of Two CN Freight Trains, Anding, Mississippi, July 10, 2005, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 60 causal or contributory system design deficiencies or equipment malfunctions that may not evident from other available parametric data. Some railroads have already installed one type of image recorder—a forward facing video recorder—on their locomotives, primarily for use after grade crossing accidents. The two locomotives of the Leesdale Local were equipped with forward-facing video recorders. The output of those recorders was used in this accident investigation to validate the information drawn from signal data records. Although other evidence in this accident was sufficient to show conclusively that the engineer failed to comply with a red signal, forward-facing image and audio recorders can often be helpful in determining not only signal aspect, but also signal visibility, as well as identifying other external factors that may influence a train crew’s performance in the period leading up to an accident. But even if audio and video recording devices had been installed in the Metrolink train 111 locomotive before this accident, they would not have contributed to preventing it so long as their output could be used only after the accident occurred. The NTSB believes that the recorded audio and images should be easily recoverable and available for review not only after an accident has occurred but routinely, as part of the railroad’s efficiency testing and performance monitoring program.68 In the same way that operating employees are continually tested on signal compliance or speed control, audio and image recordings of engineers and other crewmembers could be reviewed at random to verify compliance with safety rules and procedures. In particular, this information could allow railroads to identify unsafe behaviors and pursue corrective action before an accident occurs. Further, an employee who is aware that his or her activities in the train control compartment are subject to review by management will be much less likely to engage in conduct—such as using a wireless device or allowing unauthorized persons in the locomotive cab—that could lead to an accident. Even if an employee is not discouraged from performing these or other unsafe acts, detection of those behaviors would prompt corrective actions that would improve safety. Additionally, not all actions or conditions that have safety implications involve employee misconduct or rules violations. Regular review of in-cab audio and image recordings would give managers insight into other potential safety issues or unsafe operating practices that may not be revealed by any other means and of which the crews themselves may be unaware. Action could then be taken to address these issues through changes in rules, operating practices, or employee training programs. The NTSB therefore concludes that a train crew performance monitoring program that includes the use of in-cab audio and image recordings would serve as a significant deterrent to the types of noncompliance practices with safety rules engaged in by the Metrolink engineer and the UP Leesdale Local conductor in this accident and would provide railroads with a more comprehensive means to evaluate the adequacy of their safety programs. To be effective, any such recording devices must be capable of capturing crewmember activities during a wide range of operating conditions and over a considerable period of time. The image recorders should have a resolution and frame rate sufficient to capture crew movements under typical operating conditions, which includes daylight, night, and conditions of
68 As detailed in appendix B, the NTSB has, in all transportation modes, long advocated the use of recorded data not only for accident investigation, but also for safety management and employee oversight.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 61 varying sun angles.69 The duration of the recording should be at least 12 hours. Railroad crewmembers may be on duty for up to 12 hours, and their actions or inactions at any time during that period could set the stage for an accident. Also, from the standpoint of efficiency testing or performance monitoring, the more information that is available to management, the more likely it is that the company can assess the performance of its people or the effectiveness of its training. The NTSB therefore recommends that the FRA require the installation, in all controlling locomotive cabs and cab car operating compartments, of crash- and fire-protected inward- and outward-facing audio and image recorders capable of providing recordings to verify that train crew actions are in accordance with rules and procedures that are essential to safety as well as train operating conditions. The devices should have a minimum 12-hour continuous recording capability with recordings that are easily accessible for review, with appropriate limitations on public release, for the investigation of accidents or for use by management in carrying out efficiency testing and systemwide performance monitoring programs. Because this recommendation expands upon and reinforces the intent of Safety Recommendation R-07-3, that recommendation is reclassified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” If image and audio recordings are to be used to prevent, and not simply to reconstruct, accidents, railroad managers must be authorized to review the recordings regularly as part of their programs of efficiency testing and performance monitoring of train crews. The NTSB therefore recommends that the FRA require that railroads regularly review and use in-cab audio and image recordings (with appropriate limitations on public release), in conjunction with other performance data, to verify that train crew actions are in accordance with rules and procedures that are essential to safety. Concerns about individual privacy have typically influenced decisions about the installation and use of audio or image recorders to record crewmembers at work. However, the NTSB does not believe that employee privacy should take precedence over public safety given the many accidents and incidents, in all transportation modes, that the NTSB has investigated that involved vehicle operator distraction. Workers in safety-critical positions in all industries should expect to be observed in the workplace, just as most employees should expect their employers to be able to monitor such activities as e-mail and Web browsing during work hours. The argument for complete privacy in settings such as a locomotive cab, where lives of many are entrusted to the care of one, is not persuasive. The NTSB notes that, since the accident, SCRRA has installed inward- and forward- facing cameras in its Metrolink locomotives to monitor engineer compliance with rules regarding electronic devices, unauthorized personnel, and sleeping on duty.
69 International specifications for aircraft accident investigation recorders state a minimum frame rate of 4 images per second and overall resolution sufficient to distinguish between parallel 5mm resolution bars on a standard image resolution chart. Source: Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Crash Protected Airborne Recorder Systems, ED-112 (Paris: The European Organisation for Civil Aviation Equipment, 2003).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 62 Metrolink Passenger Survivability For those passengers in the first coach who were in the section of the railcar that was subject to the telescoping action, the accident was generally not survivable. For those passengers who were occupying the area just behind the telescoped section but in front of the rear vestibule/stairwell area, the accident was borderline survivable, although most of those individuals who survived sustained injuries either because of the deceleration forces or from interaction with elements of the car that were crushed. For those passengers occupying the section of the first railcar that was not subject to the telescoping action (that is, the part aft of the rear vestibule/stairwell), the risk of injury came from the substantial deceleration forces that their bodies absorbed. The occupants of the second and third passenger coaches experienced essentially no loss of occupant survival space, but they, too, were at risk of injury from deceleration forces. The magnitude of these forces decreased with distance from the point of impact. The NTSB concludes that passenger survivability in this accident was determined almost exclusively by where an individual was located, and the extremely high collision forces resulted in a loss of occupant survival space in the forward two-thirds of the first passenger coach. For the type of passenger coach involved in this accident, the FRA has issued minimum static end-loading strength and crashworthiness requirements. Based on documentation reviewed as part of this accident investigation, the design of the BiLevel railcars involved in this accident was in compliance with FRA regulatory requirements. Also, during the physical inspection of the damaged equipment and subsequent review of FRA compliance certification documentation, nothing was found to suggest that the coaches were not built to FRA standards. The NTSB does have a concern, however, about the workstation tables that are situated throughout the BiLevel coaches. These tables (four tables on the upper level and two at each intermediate level) are fitted between paired sets of passenger seats. As configured, these one- piece tabletops are at abdomen height for a passenger seated at the table, thus placing that person at risk of sustaining serious abdominal injury in the event of a high-g deceleration (such as a collision impact). As a result of its investigation of the 2002 collision of a Metrolink commuter train with a Burlington Northern Santa Fe freight train in Placentia, California,70 the NTSB determined that two Metrolink passengers had been fatally injured as a result of abdominal injuries resulting from impact with a workstation table. The investigation also identified research undertaken by the FRA, using resources of the Volpe National Transportation Systems Center and other organizations, to address collision-induced injury resulting from these workstation tables. This research has resulted in some prototype designs for further evaluation. In the meantime, SCRRA has indicated to the NTSB that it is purchasing Crash Energy Management cab control cars and trailer cars that will be placed in operation starting in 2010. These cars will have crash-energy seats, frangible tables, and push-back couplers. Existing Metrolink coaches will also be retrofitted with these same features. The NTSB is encouraged by the progress being made in this
70 Collision of Burlington Northern Santa Fe Freight Train With Metrolink Passenger Train, Placentia, California, April 23, 2002, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-03/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 63 area by the FRA, SCRAA, and others and will continue to monitor developments that reduce the risk of injury and death to rail passengers during an accident. Positive Train Control The accident at Chatsworth was the second accident involving a collision between a freight train and a Metrolink passenger train that the NTSB has investigated. In the previously referenced investigation into the 2002 collision in Placentia, California, the NTSB determined that the eastbound Burlington Northern Santa Fe freight train failed to comply with an approach signal indication and was therefore unable to stop short of the next signal, which was displaying a stop indication. The train continued past the stop signal and collided head-on with a Metrolink passenger train. The accident resulted in 2 fatalities and more than 100 injuries. The NTSB has long advocated the implementation of positive train control systems that would prevent train-to-train collisions such as those that occurred at Placentia and Chatsworth. Over the past 4 decades, the NTSB has investigated a multitude of railroad accidents that could have been avoided through use of a positive train control system that will automatically assume some control of a train if the crew does not comply with a signal indication. The NTSB concludes that had a fully implemented positive train control system been in place on the Ventura Subdivision at the time of this accident, it would have intervened to stop Metrolink train 111 before the engineer could pass the red signal at CP Topanga, and the collision would not have occurred. Positive train control was on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements since the list’s inception in 1990. The NTSB’s many investigations of train collisions have resulted in the issuance of a number of safety recommendations, the most recent of which was issued as a result of the investigation of a collision involving three freight trains in Bryan, Ohio.71 That recommendation, issued to the FRA, was as follows: R-01-6 Facilitate actions necessary for development and implementation of positive train control systems that include collision avoidance, and require implementation of positive train control systems on main line tracks, establishing priority requirements for high-risk corridors such as those where commuter and intercity passenger railroads operate. In its report on the 2002 accident in Placentia, California, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation R-01-6 to the FRA. While disappointed in the time that has elapsed since the issuance of the recommendation, with little effective action by the FRA, the NTSB notes that the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 mandates that not later than 18 months from the date of enactment, Class I railroads shall develop and submit to the Secretary of Transportation a plan for implementing a positive train control system by December 31, 2015. The date of enactment
71 Collision Involving Three Consolidated Rail Corporation Freight Trains Operating in Fog at Bryan, Ohio, January 17, 1999, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-01/01 (Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 64 was October 16, 2008, making the required date for submission of plans April 16, 2010. This mandate will apply to Metrolink trackage in the accident area. The NTSB is further encouraged that SCRRA is already engaged in the development and deployment of positive train control on the Metrolink locomotive fleet by December 2012, with the installation of positive train control on the entire SCRRA territory projected for completion by 2015.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 65 Conclusions Findings
- The following were neither causal nor contributory to this accident: weather, fatigue, the
engineer’s medical conditions or treatments, training and experience of crewmembers, operation of Union Pacific Leesdale Local, alcohol or illegal drug use by operating crewmembers, and condition of the track or rolling stock.
- Although the conductor of the Union Pacific Leesdale Local had likely used marijuana
within 3 to 11 hours of the accident, this was neither causal nor contributory to the accident.
- Considering the challenges of the recovery operations, the emergency response to the
accident was timely, well coordinated, and effectively managed.
- Because locomotive cab exits are not designed to be quickly opened in an emergency,
firefighters could not rapidly enter the cab of the Union Pacific Leesdale Local to rescue the injured crew.
- Physical evidence, documentary and recorded data, and postaccident signal examination and
testing confirm that the westbound signal at Control Point Topanga was displaying a red aspect at the time Metrolink train 111 departed Chatsworth station and as it approached and passed Control Point Topanga, and had the engineer complied with this signal indication, the accident would not have occurred.
- Eyewitness reports of seeing a green aspect from the Chatsworth station are contrary to the
other evidence; postaccident testing and research show that witnesses could not have reliably seen the red aspect that the Control Point Topanga signal was displaying as train 111 departed the station because of a combination of extreme distance to the signal (more than 1 mile), lighting conditions at the time, and limitations of the human visual system.
- The signal and traffic control systems worked as designed on the day of the collision, and the
dispatcher’s “stacking” of train routes played no role in the accident.
- The engineer of train 111 was actively, if intermittently, using his wireless device shortly
after his train departed Chatsworth station, and his text messaging activity during this time compromised his ability to observe and appropriately respond to the stop signal at Control Point Topanga.
- The Metrolink engineer was aware that he was violating company safety rules when he used
his cell phone to make calls or to send and receive text messages while on duty, but he continued the practice nonetheless.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 66
- Although the conductor of the Union Pacific Leesdale Local violated operating rules by
sending and receiving text messages during times when he shared responsibility for the safe operations of his train, any distraction caused by such use did not cause or contribute to this accident.
- Because of the privacy afforded by a locomotive cab or train operating compartment, routine
efficiency testing and performance monitoring practices are inadequate to determine whether or to what extent engineers or other crewmembers may not be complying with safety rules such as those regarding use of wireless devices or allowing access by unauthorized persons.
- A train crew performance monitoring program that includes the use of in-cab audio and
image recordings would serve as a significant deterrent to the types of noncompliance practices with safety rules engaged in by the Metrolink engineer and the Union Pacific Leesdale Local conductor in this accident and would provide railroads with a more comprehensive means to evaluate the adequacy of their safety programs.
- Passenger survivability in this accident was determined almost exclusively by where an
individual was located, and the extremely high collision forces resulted in a loss of occupant survival space in the forward two-thirds of the first passenger coach.
- Had a fully implemented positive train control system been in place on the Ventura
Subdivision at the time of this accident, it would have intervened to stop Metrolink train 111 before the engineer could pass the red signal at Control Point Topanga, and the collision would not have occurred. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the September 12, 2008, collision of a Metrolink commuter train and a Union Pacific freight train was the failure of the Metrolink engineer to observe and appropriately respond to the red signal aspect at Control Point Topanga because he was engaged in prohibited use of a wireless device, specifically text messaging, that distracted him from his duties. Contributing to the accident was the lack of a positive train control system that would have stopped the Metrolink train short of the red signal and thus prevented the collision.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 67 Recommendations As a result of its investigation of the September 12, 2008, collision of Metrolink train 111 with Union Pacific LOF65–12 at Chatsworth, California, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations: New Recommendations To the Federal Railroad Administration: Require the installation, in all controlling locomotive cabs and cab car operating compartments, of crash- and fire-protected inward- and outward-facing audio and image recorders capable of providing recordings to verify that train crew actions are in accordance with rules and procedures that are essential to safety as well as train operating conditions. The devices should have a minimum 12-hour continuous recording capability with recordings that are easily accessible for review, with appropriate limitations on public release, for the investigation of accidents or for use by management in carrying out efficiency testing and systemwide performance monitoring programs. (R-10-1) Require that railroads regularly review and use in-cab audio and image recordings (with appropriate limitations on public release), in conjunction with other performance data, to verify that train crew actions are in accordance with rules and procedures that are essential to safety. (R-10-2) Previously Issued Recommendation Reclassified in This Report To the Federal Railroad Administration: R-07-3 Require the installation of a crash- and fire-protected locomotive cab voice recorder, or a combined voice and video recorder, (for the exclusive use in accident investigations and with appropriate limitations on the public release of such recordings) in all controlling locomotive cabs and cab car operating compartments. The recorder should have a minimum 2-hour continuous recording capability, microphones capable of capturing crewmembers’ voices and sounds generated within the cab, and a channel to record all radio conversations to and from crewmembers. Safety Recommendation R-07-3, previously classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” is reclassified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded.” Safety Recommendation R-07-3 is superseded by Safety Recommendation R-10-1.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN CHRISTOPHER A. HART Chairman Vice Chairman ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Member
Adopted: January 21, 2010
Chairman Hersman filed the following concurring statement and was joined by Vice Chairman Hart and Member Sumwalt. National Transportation Safety Board 68
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 69 Chairman Deborah A.P. Hersman, Concurring Statement, Vice Chairman Christopher A. Hart and Board Member Robert L. Sumwalt, joining in: On January 21, 2010, by a 3-0 vote, we adopted the report on the collision of a Metrolink passenger train with a Union Pacific freight train in Chatsworth, CA. This action concluded our sixteen-month investigation into the September 12, 2008, collision that took 25 lives and injured 135. As our report concludes, the probable cause of the collision was the failure of the Metrolink engineer to comply with the red signal at Control Point Topanga because he was texting on his personal wireless device, in violation of company policy. Distracted from his duties, he did not stop the train and collided head-on with the approaching freight train. He did so, despite earlier track signals and radio calls indicating he would need to stop. Contributing to the accident was the lack of a positive train control (PTC) system that would have stopped the train short of the red signal and thus prevented the collision. In order to protect the safety of the traveling public, we reluctantly move further in this report, in terms of reducing privacy in the train cab, than we ever have before. We recommend that the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) require the installation of audio and video recorders in train cabs for use in accident investigations and by management in carrying out efficiency testing and performance monitoring programs, and require railroads to regularly monitor these recorders to ensure employees are following the safety rules. Sensitive to privacy concerns, we have endeavored to respond to the inappropriate use of cell phones and other wireless devices in ways that minimize intrusions of privacy. The Safety Board's efforts in this area date back to May 2002, with an accident in Clarendon, TX, in which an engineer was using his cell phone during the time he should have been reading a track warrant notifying him to stop the train. This led to a head-on collision with an oncoming train. As a result, the Safety Board recommended that the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) issue regulations to control the use of cell phones and similar wireless communication devices by railroad operating employees while on duty. For more than 5 years, the FRA failed to address this issue -- until one month after the Chatsworth accident when it issued an emergency order restricting the use of cell phones and other distracting electronic devices by on-duty railroad operating employees. More recently, in May of 2009, the Safety Board investigated a collision involving two trolleys in Boston, MA. The operator of the striking train admitted to local authorities that he was texting his girlfriend in the moments immediately prior to the collision. In our Chatsworth investigation, records showed that the Metrolink engineer habitually violated company policy, such as the ban on the use of cell phones while on duty. On the day of this accident, he made four outgoing phone calls while he was on duty, and he sent or received 95 text messages, 41 of which were while he was on duty, including one 22 seconds before the collision. Also contrary to company policy, the engineer actively facilitated unauthorized persons to access the locomotive cab, and on at least one occasion, even allowed a minor to take the controls. Although he had been subject to efficiency and rules testing throughout his career and been counseled by management twice on his improper cell phone use, this inappropriate behavior continued.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 70 Meanwhile, although not contributing to the accident, the conductor of the UP train was also texting moments before the collision. These were two different employees, working for two different companies, on two different trains. Our report concluded that, among other things, because of the privacy afford by a locomotive cab, Metrolink's routine efficiency testing and performance monitoring practices were inadequate to prevent the accident engineer from engaging in inappropriate behaviors. This is a watershed investigation for the Safety Board. Some may have concerns that the recommendations in this report are over-reaching, that they impinge upon individual privacy, and that the oversight footprint is too broad. We uniformly disagree. The Safety Board has long supported the installation of audio recording devices in locomotive cabs for investigative purposes. Recommendations regarding audio recorders in locomotive cabs have been on our Most Wanted Listed and have been closed and reissued over the years, but the FRA has not acted on these recommendations. Furthermore, what this and other accidents have shown is that traditional forms of oversight are not working. The Safety Board's history is filled with examples where significant accidents have resulted in significant change. In the early 1980's, the Safety Board began recommending the use of drug and alcohol testing for rail personnel. However, it wasn't until two major rail accidents in the late 1980's that Congress stepped in and decided that the societal benefits of mandatory testing outweighed any privacy concerns. Similarly, the Board has been pushing for PTC, or some version of it, for over 30 years. Finally, after this accident, Congress again stepped it to pass a bill requiring railroads to install PTC systems on passenger and certain hazmat routes by the end of 2015. Sadly, it took 25 more lives and an act of Congress to finally move PTC, on passenger rail lines, from testing to reality. Technology is a game changer - and our Chatsworth recommendations recognize this. Today, video recorders are everywhere, and we accept them. Video cameras record us at the ATM and record bank tellers at work. Whether we are in a casino in Las Vegas or at Walmart, there are cameras recording our every move. Even our Board meetings are webcast so that others may observe our work and monitor how well we are doing our job. In transportation, we have long accepted cameras for safety, surveillance and security. In many cities, our children and their bus drivers are recorded on school buses for behavioral reasons. Airports have cameras recording activities inside and outside of the terminals. At the Safety Board, we often use video provided by airports to identify crash sequences. Trains such as the freight train involved in this accident have been equipped with outward facing cameras mounted on the locomotives to record, among other things, grade crossing accidents. Motor coaches have inward facing cameras, which we have used in our investigations to correlate driver actions, vehicle performance and evidence from the roadway. There are even cameras photographing traffic light violators. On a daily basis, we use technology to monitor the machines - the health of the equipment, any needed maintenance, time between overhauls, and total cycles. We now have a corresponding obligation to use that technology to monitor the people operating the machines. The rail industry still relies on an extra person in the cab to monitor whether engineers are following safety rules. Because accidents such as Chatsworth are demonstrating not only that prohibitions have not been effective, but that monitoring the prohibitions has also not been
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 71 effective, we can, and must, exploit technological advances in equipment and communications to remedy this. The Safety Board is an independent agency. Our mandate is to investigate accidents, determine their probable causes, and issue recommendations to prevent them from happening in the future. We are a safety organization, and our mission is to make transportation safer for the travelling public. We cannot, however, do this work alone. While the Safety Board can constantly raise the bar, it is incumbent upon our partners, -- industry, labor and the regulators - to take the next step and implement our recommendations. The Safety Board's work on this accident investigation has opened a lot of eyes. What we are recommending recognizes that technology brings problems but technology also provides solutions. We did not make these recommendations lightly. In reconciling our concerns regarding privacy, we note that Congress has charged the Safety Board to identify safety deficiencies and make recommendations to improve safety. It is a responsibility that we take seriously. Yes, it's an intrusion. Yes, it affects privacy. But when individual behaviors endanger the lives of the travelling public, we are obligated to do everything possible to ensure their safety. Just as we cannot turn a blind eye to that responsibility, however, neither can management turn a blind eye to the behavior of bad actors who are not doing their job. Management is, and must be held, accountable for the performance of their employees. Professionalism is doing the right thing when nobody is watching. But as the Chatsworth investigation uncovered, this particular engineer was not likely to do the right thing unless he thought somebody was watching. This is a new paradigm, this area of distractions. It is changing how humans behave, how they interact with one another, and how they react in normal and emergency situations. Our recommendations from this accident will make some people uncomfortable. They may even make some people angry. But it is not the Safety Board's job to recommend the easy things. It is the Safety Board's job to be a catalyst for change and to raise the bar. If we are serious about addressing distractions in the operating environment and serious about putting safety first, then we must put the collective ahead of the individual. We believe our recommendations are a step in that direction.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 72 Appendix A: Investigation Notification The National Response Center notified the NTSB of the accident about 7:45 p.m. on September 12, 2008. The investigator-in-charge and other members of the NTSB investigative team were launched from the Washington, D.C., headquarters office and from the Chicago, Illinois; Gardena, California; and Jacksonville, Florida; field offices. The NTSB’s investigation focused on all aspects of the accident, including operations, track, signals, mechanical, human performance, survival factors, crashworthiness, event recorder, and cellular telephone issues. The on-scene investigation was completed on September 20, 2008. Member Kathryn O’Leary Higgins was the Board Member on scene. Safety Board investigators returned to the Chatsworth, California, area for follow-on investigative activities during October and November 2008 and January 2009. Parties to the Investigation Participating in the investigation were the FRA, Metrolink, Connex Railroad, LLC, Union Pacific Railroad, California Public Utilities Commission, Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and Trainmen, United Transportation Union, Los Angeles Police Department, Los Angeles Fire and Rescue, Bombardier Transportation Corporation, and Mass Electric Construction Company. Public hearing A public hearing on this accident was held at the NTSB Conference Center on March 3– 4, 2009. Representatives of all parties to the investigation participated in the hearing.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 73 Appendix B: Recommendation History on Employee Performance Monitoring The NTSB has, in rail72 as well as in other modes of transportation, long advocated the use of recorded data not only for accident investigation, but also for safety management and employee oversight. For example, in its investigation of the November 6, 1993, collision of the passenger ship Noordam with the Maltese bulk carrier Mount Ymitos near the entrance to the Mississippi River,73 the NTSB found deficiencies in bridge watchstanding. As a result, the NTSB recommended that the U.S. Coast Guard require the installation of voyage event recorders (VERs) on all vessels over 1,600 gross tons operating in U.S. waters (Safety Recommendations M-95-5 and -6). The NTSB noted that, when used for management oversight, VERs (also known as voyage data recorders, or VDRs) would help prevent accidents, and that when used for accident reconstruction, VERs would help investigators determine what measures will promote greater safety in the future. In its investigation of the July 16, 2004, multi-vehicle accident near Chelsea, Michigan,74 the NTSB found that the accident was initiated when the driver of a tractor-semitrailer combination failed to stop upon encountering traffic congestion in a temporary traffic control zone, likely due to reduced alertness because of a failure to obtain adequate rest. The driver’s hours of service at the time of the accident exceeded Federal limits by 5.75 hours. Contributing to the accident were motor carrier’s insufficient regard for, and oversight of, driver compliance with Federal hours-of-service regulations, and the failure of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration’s (FMCSA) to require motor carriers to use tamperproof driver’s logs. In its investigation of the accident, the Safety Board determined that data from the electronic on-board recorder (EOBR) in the accident tractor were instrumental in the reconstruction of events leading to the accident and in the assessment of the accident driver’s hours-of-service status. Because of the value of these data and the deficiencies identified in the FMCSA’s hours-of-service compliance review program, the NTSB concluded that carriers should use EOBRs to verify compliance for all operators subject to hours-of-service regulations. Therefore, in 2007, the NTSB recommended that the FMCSA require all interstate commercial vehicle carriers to use EOBRs so that the carriers and their regulators could monitor and assess hours-of-service compliance (Safety Recommendation H-07-41). The NTSB’s investigation into a number of aviation accidents also prompted recommendations related to the use of accident recorders for operational oversight by safety managers. For example, in its investigation of the October 14, 2004, crash of Pinnacle Airlines
72 For example, see NTSB Safety Recommendations R-81-65, R-81-67, R-84-38, R-87-21, and R-90-17. 73 Collision of the Netherlands Antilles Passenger Ship Noordam and the Maltese Bulk Carrier Mount Ymitos in the Gulf of Mexico November 6, 1993, Marine Accident Report NTSB/Mar-95/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995). 74 Rear-End Chain Reaction Collision, Interstate 94 East, Near Chelsea, Michigan, July 16, 2004, Highway Accident Brief NTSB/HAB-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board 74 flight 3407 near Jefferson City, Missouri,75 the NTSB found repeated instances of unprofessional conduct by flight crews during repositioning flights when no passengers or cabin attendants were on board. This behavior occurred for a number of reasons, including the crews’ perception of a low risk of detection. As a result, the NTSB recommended that the Federal Aviation Administration require those regional air carriers having the capability to review flight data recorder data from nonrevenue flights to use that data to verify that flights are being conducted in accordance with standard operating procedures (Safety Recommendation A-07-7). Most recently, the NTSB noted that a flight operations monitoring program, had it been in place, may have helped prevent the collision of two helicopters carrying out helicopter emergency medical services flights in Flagstaff, Arizona, on June 29, 2008. The two Bell 407 helicopters collided in midair while approaching the Flagstaff Medical Center helipad. The NTSB determined that the probable cause of this accident was that the two pilots failed to see and avoid each other as their aircraft approached the helipad. Contributing to the accident were the failure of one of the pilots to follow arrival and noise abatement guidelines and the failure of the other pilot to follow communication guidelines. The NTSB concluded that the systematic monitoring of data from helicopter emergency medical services flights could provide operators with objective information regarding the manner in which their pilots are conducting these flights. The NTSB further concluded that a periodic review of such information, along with other available information such as pilot reports and medical crew feedback, could assist operators in detecting and correcting unsafe deviations from company operating procedures. As a result, the NTSB recommended that the FAA require helicopter emergency medical services flight operators to install flight data recording devices and establish a structured flight data management program that reviews all available data sources to identify deviations from established norms and procedures and other potential safety issues (Safety Recommendation A- 09-90).
75 Crash of Pinnacle Airlines Flight 3701, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N8396A, Jefferson City, Missouri, October 14, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1995).
FD07382 | 2010_美国_RAR1002.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2010 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Collision of Two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Metrorail Trains Near Fort Totten Station Washington, D.C. June 22, 2009 Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-10/02 PB2010-916302 National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/RAR-10/02 PB2010-916302 Notation 8133C Adopted July 27, 2010 Railroad Accident Report Collision of Two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Metrorail Trains Near Fort Totten Station Washington, D.C. June 22, 2009 National Transportation Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594 NOTE: This report was reissued on April 8, 2026, with a correction to a train operator's start time on page 2. The start time has been changed from 3:28 p.m. to 3:18 p.m.
National Transportation Safety Board. 2010. Collision of Two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Metrorail Trains Near Fort Totten Station, Washington, D.C., June 22, 2009. Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-10/02. Washington, DC. Abstract: On Monday, June 22, 2009, about 4:58 p.m., eastern daylight time, inbound Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Metrorail train 112 struck the rear of stopped inbound Metrorail train
- The accident occurred on aboveground track on the Metrorail Red Line near the Fort Totten station
in Washington, D.C. The lead car of train 112 struck the rear car of train 214, causing the rear car of train 214 to telescope into the lead car of train 112, resulting in a loss of occupant survival space in the lead car of about 63 feet (about 84 percent of its total length). Nine people aboard train 112, including the train operator, were killed. Emergency response agencies reported transporting 52 people to local hospitals. Damage to train equipment was estimated to be $12 million. As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the U.S. Department of Transportation, the Federal Transit Administration, the Tri- State Oversight Committee, the Board of Directors of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, Alstom Signaling Inc., and six transit systems that use General Railway Signal Company track circuit modules (Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority, Greater Cleveland Regional Transit Authority, Metropolitan Atlanta Regional Transportation Authority, Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority, and Chicago Transit Authority). The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2010-916302 from: National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Contents Figures .............................................................................................................................................v Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................... vii Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... xi Investigation Synopsis ................................................................................................................... xi Probable Cause.............................................................................................................................. xii Recommendations ........................................................................................................................ xiii Factual Information .......................................................................................................................1 Accident Synopsis ............................................................................................................................1 Accident Narrative ...........................................................................................................................2 Emergency Response .......................................................................................................................5 Initial Notification ....................................................................................................................5 Accident Site Access ................................................................................................................5 Resources and Command .........................................................................................................5 Rescue and Recovery Operations .............................................................................................6 Medical Operations ...................................................................................................................7 Injuries .............................................................................................................................................7 Damage ............................................................................................................................................8 Personnel Information ......................................................................................................................8 Train 112 Operator ...................................................................................................................8 Train 214 Operator ...................................................................................................................9 Medical and Toxicological Information ........................................................................................10 Meteorological Information ...........................................................................................................11 Postaccident Equipment Inspection and Testing ...........................................................................11 Postaccident Site Inspection ..........................................................................................................12 Operations Information ..................................................................................................................14 Track Information ..........................................................................................................................15 General ....................................................................................................................................15 Track Inspections ....................................................................................................................16 Track Maintenance .................................................................................................................17 Train and Mechanical Information ................................................................................................18 Metrorail Railcar Crashworthiness ................................................................................................19 Automatic Train Control Overview ...............................................................................................20 ATC Subsystems ....................................................................................................................20 Speed Commands ...................................................................................................................22 Train Operating Modes ...........................................................................................................23 Monitoring and Control of Train Operations .................................................................................23 Data Transfer and Communication .........................................................................................24 Data Management and Train Status Display ..........................................................................26 OCC Controller Displays During Accident Sequence ...................................................................29 i
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Signal Information .........................................................................................................................29 Train Detection and Collision Avoidance ..............................................................................29 Postaccident Inspection and Testing of ATP Components .....................................................32 Metrorail Upgrade Program Activities ..........................................................................................37 Traction Power Upgrade Program ..........................................................................................37 Track Circuit Replacement Program ......................................................................................37 Replacement of Impedance Bonds Near Fort Totten .............................................................38 Review of ATC Recorded Data .....................................................................................................42 Previous Metrorail Incident Involving Failure of Train Detection ................................................43 ATC Maintenance, Test, and Inspection Procedures .....................................................................46 Manufacturer-Specified Maintenance for GRS Track Circuit Modules .................................46 WMATA Track Circuit Maintenance Activities ....................................................................47 Current WMATA-Specified Maintenance for GRS Track Circuit Modules ..........................50 Use of US&S Impedance Bonds with GRS Track Circuit Modules .............................................51 Postaccident Inspection of Maintenance Communication Components ........................................53 Vehicle Data Recorders .................................................................................................................53 Tests and Research .........................................................................................................................54 Sight-Distance Testing ............................................................................................................54 Speed and Braking Calculations .............................................................................................55 Insulation Resistance Testing .................................................................................................56 Corrugated Rail .......................................................................................................................57 Safety Oversight of Transit Operations .........................................................................................57 Federal Transit Administration ...............................................................................................57 State Safety Oversight Agencies ............................................................................................57 Tri-State Oversight Committee ...............................................................................................58 WMATA Board of Directors ..................................................................................................60 Safety Oversight Within WMATA .........................................................................................61 FTA Audit of TOC and WMATA ..........................................................................................62 Current Legislative Action .....................................................................................................65 Other Information ..........................................................................................................................65 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations ..........................................................................65 Development of Improved Loss-of-Shunt Tool .....................................................................71 Event Recorders on WMATA Metrorail Trains .....................................................................72 Federal Requirements for Event Recorders on Trains ............................................................73 WMATA Emergency Preparedness .......................................................................................74 Previous NTSB Study of WMATA Metrorail ........................................................................75 WMATA Metrorail Fault Tree Analysis ................................................................................75 Safety Actions Taken by WMATA Since the Accident .........................................................76 Analysis .........................................................................................................................................77 Exclusions ......................................................................................................................................77 Accident Sequence .........................................................................................................................78 Performance of Operator of Train 112 ...........................................................................................79 Performance of Operator of Train 214 ...........................................................................................80 Performance of the OCC ................................................................................................................81 Emergency Response .....................................................................................................................82 Loss of Train Detection in the ATC System ..................................................................................83 ii
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Maintenance Communication System ...........................................................................................86 Routine Maintenance of Track Circuit Modules ...........................................................................87 ATC System Design ......................................................................................................................90 Tests and Maintenance Preceding Accident ..................................................................................91 Using Track Circuit Components from Different Manufacturers ..................................................92 Implementation of ATC Test and Inspection Procedures ..............................................................95 Insulation Resistance Testing ........................................................................................................97 Safety Culture ................................................................................................................................98 Safety Culture Issues Within WMATA ..................................................................................99 Characteristics of an Effective Safety Culture ......................................................................102 WMATA Safety Structure ....................................................................................................107 Oversight of Rail Transit Agencies ..............................................................................................108 Crashworthiness ....................................................................................................................110 Safe and Rapid Emergency Responder Entry and Passenger Evacuation ............................111 Event Data Recorders ...........................................................................................................112 Fatigue Management ............................................................................................................112 Safety Oversight ...................................................................................................................112 State Safety Oversight of WMATA .....................................................................................113 Crashworthiness of Metrorail Passenger Cars .............................................................................115 Onboard Event Recorders on Metrorail Trains ............................................................................117 Metrorail Passenger Car Emergency Egress ................................................................................118 Conclusions .................................................................................................................................120 Findings........................................................................................................................................120 Probable Cause.............................................................................................................................124 Recommendations ......................................................................................................................125 New Recommendations ...............................................................................................................125 Previously Issued Recommendations ..........................................................................................128 Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report ..............................................130 Appendix A .................................................................................................................................132 Investigation .................................................................................................................................132 Public Hearing .............................................................................................................................132 Appendix B .................................................................................................................................133 Accident Sequence as Displayed on Controller Screen at Metrorail Operations Control Center133 Appendix C .................................................................................................................................136 Findings and Recommendations From Federal Transit Administration 2009 Audit of the Tri- State Oversight Committee and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority .............136 iii
NTSB Railroad Accident Report (This page intentionally left blank.) iv
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Lead car of striking train (train 112) has overridden last car of struck train (train 214), which has telescoped into lead car of train 112. ............................................................................. 1 Figure 2. Schematic of WMATA Metrorail system. ..................................................................... 2 Figure 3. Exemplar Rohr 1000-series car operator’s console: (1) speed control indicator panel, (2) emergency brake “mushroom,” (3) master control handle, (4) mode director switch, (5) automatic train operation stop, and (6) automatic train protection cutout switch. .................. 13 Figure 4. Aerial view of accident site. ......................................................................................... 15 Figure 5. Racks of automatic train control components at Fort Totten train control room. ........ 22 Figure 6. Line controller console in Metrorail operations control center. ................................... 25 Figure 7. Example of Advanced Information Management controller display showing status of signals, interlockings, track circuit occupancies, and train movements between Fort Totten and Takoma stations. Contiguous solid red blocks indicate presence of a train. (Icons for track circuits B2-312 and B2-322 indicate that these track circuits are reporting as occupied without a train present.) ................................................................................................................................ 27 Figure 8. Impedance bond for track circuit B2-304. .................................................................... 30 Figure 9. Typical track circuit module. ........................................................................................ 31 Figure 10. Oscilloscope displays illustrating four types of parasitic oscillation found in WMATA GRS track circuit modules. (Source: WMATA technical procedure T163, GRS ATP Module Parasitic Oscillation Test.) .............................................................................................. 36 v
NTSB Railroad Accident Report (This page intentionally left blank.) vi
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Acronyms and Abbreviations AIM Advanced Information Management Alstom Alstom Signaling Inc. APTA American Public Transportation Association ARB always-reporting block (a track circuit indicating that it is occupied when no train is present) ATC automatic train control ATO automatic train operation ATP automatic train protection ATS automatic train supervision BTS Bureau of Transportation Statistics C3RS Confidential Close Call Reporting System CAMI Civil Aeromedical Institute CAP corrective action plan cell cellular CFR Code of Federal Regulations CIT construction, inspection, and testing CTA Chicago Transit Authority DAM data acquisition module D.C. Police District of Columbia Metropolitan Police Department vii
NTSB Railroad Accident Report DOT U.S. Department of Transportation FRA Federal Railroad Administration FTA Federal Transit Administration GRS General Railway Signal Company (The company, since acquired by Alstom Signaling Inc., provided the original Metrorail train control modules.) HRO high-reliability organization HVAC heating, ventilating, and air conditioning LCD liquid-crystal display Metro Police Metro Transit Police Department MOC maintenance operations center MOU memorandum of understanding MSRPH Metrorail Safety Rules and Procedures Handbook NRB non-reporting block (a track circuit indicating that it is vacant although a train is present) NTSB National Transportation Safety Board OCC Metrorail operations control center OEM original equipment manufacturer Ops. Operations PMI preventive maintenance instruction RMS root mean square TOC Tri-State Oversight Committee viii
NTSB Railroad Accident Report TSSM Track Structures System Maintenance TWC train-wayside communication US&S Union Switch & Signal (The company, now known as Ansaldo STS USA, supplies the components that have begun to replace the GRS equipment originally installed on the Metrorail system.) VMS vehicle monitoring system WMATA Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Woodley Park-Zoo/Adams Morgan Woodley Park WSAD warning strobe and alarm device ix
NTSB Railroad Accident Report (This page intentionally left blank.) x
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Executive Summary On Monday, June 22, 2009, about 4:58 p.m., eastern daylight time, inbound Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA) Metrorail train 112 struck the rear of stopped inbound Metrorail train 214. The accident occurred on aboveground track on the Metrorail Red Line near the Fort Totten station in Washington, D.C. The lead car of train 112 struck the rear car of train 214, causing the rear car of train 214 to telescope into the lead car of train 112, resulting in a loss of occupant survival space in the lead car of about 63 feet (about 84 percent of its total length). Nine people aboard train 112, including the train operator, were killed. Emergency response agencies reported transporting 52 people to local hospitals. Damage to train equipment was estimated to be $12 million. Investigation Synopsis The National Transportation Safety Board’s investigation found that the Metrorail automatic train control system stopped detecting the presence of train 214 (the struck train), which caused train 214 to stop and also allowed speed commands to be transmitted to train 112 (the striking train) until the collision. This loss of detection occurred because parasitic oscillation in the General Railway Signal Company (GRS)/Alstom Signaling Inc. (Alstom) track circuit modules was creating a spurious signal that mimicked a valid track circuit signal, thus causing the track circuit to fail to detect the presence of train 214. The investigation found that the track circuit modules did not function safely as part of a fail-safe train control system because GRS/Alstom did not provide a maintenance plan that would detect anomalies in the track circuit signal, such as parasitic oscillation, over the modules’ service life and prevent these anomalies from being interpreted as valid track circuit signals. The investigation examined two near-collisions in 2005 near the Rosslyn Metrorail station that were the result of a loss of train detection. The track circuit in that case failed to detect the presence of stopped trains between the Foggy Bottom and Rosslyn stations. Tests on the circuit modules from the Rosslyn event conducted in 2009 as part of the Fort Totten investigation showed that the Rosslyn modules exhibited parasitic oscillation, and archived data showed that the Rosslyn track circuit had experienced this problem from as far back as 1988 (the earliest time from which data were available). In response to the Rosslyn event, WMATA developed, and issued technical bulletins requiring the use of an enhanced circuit verification test procedure. However, none of the WMATA technicians interviewed as part of this investigation was familiar with the enhanced procedure. This report explains that WMATA failed to institutionalize and employ systemwide the enhanced track circuit verification test procedure that was developed following the 2005 Rosslyn near-collisions. If the enhanced circuit verification test procedure had been used after recent track circuit work near the Fort Totten accident location, work crews would have been able to xi
NTSB Railroad Accident Report determine that the track circuit was failing to detect trains, and actions could have been taken to resolve the problem and prevent the accident. The report also discusses how shortcomings in WMATA’s internal communications, its recognition of hazards, its assessment of risk from those hazards, and its implementation of corrective actions are all evidence of an ineffective safety culture within the organization. Examples described in the report include the low priority that WMATA Metrorail managers placed on addressing malfunctions in the train control system before the accident, which likely influenced the inadequate response to such malfunctions by automatic train control technicians, operations control center controllers, and train operators; and the fact that before the accident the position of chief safety officer lacked the necessary resources and authority, within the organizational structure of WMATA, to adequately identify and address system safety issues and ensure the distribution of safety-critical information throughout the organization. The report explains the role played in the accident by inadequate or deficient oversight by the Tri-State Oversight Committee and the WMATA Board of Directors and the lack of oversight authority by the Federal Transit Administration. Specifically, the report points out that TOC was ineffective in providing proper safety oversight of WMATA and that the WMATA Board of Directors did not seek adequate information about, nor did it demonstrate adequate oversight to address, the number of open corrective action plans from previous Tri-State Oversight Committee and Federal Transit Administration safety audits of WMATA. The report also explains how the structure of the Federal Transit Administration’s current oversight process leads to inconsistent practices, inadequate standards, and marginal effectiveness with respect to state safety oversight of rail transit systems. With regard to the survivability of the accident, the investigation found that the structural design of the 1000-series railcars offers little occupant protection against a catastrophic loss of survival space in a collision and this contributed to the severity of the occupant injuries and fatalities. In 2006, the National Transportation Safety Board recommended that WMATA accelerate retirement of the 1000-series cars or retrofit them with crashworthiness collision protection comparable to the 6000-series cars. In 2007, that recommendation was classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action” based on WMATA’s response that it was not feasible to retrofit the 1000-series cars and that they would remain in service until replacement with the 7000-series cars in 2014. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the June 22, 2009, collision of Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA) Metrorail train 112 with the rear of standing train 214 near the Fort Totten station was (1) a failure of the track circuit modules, built by GRS/Alstom Signaling Inc., that caused the automatic train control system to lose detection of train 214 (the struck train) and thus transmit speed commands to train 112 (the striking train) up to the point of impact, and (2) WMATA’s failure to ensure that the enhanced track circuit verification test (developed following the 2005 xii
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Rosslyn near-collisions) was institutionalized and used systemwide, which would have identified the faulty track circuit before the accident. Contributing to the accident were (1) WMATA’s lack of a safety culture, (2) WMATA’s failure to effectively maintain and monitor the performance of its automatic train control system, (3) GRS/Alstom Signaling Inc.’s failure to provide a maintenance plan to detect spurious signals that could cause its track circuit modules to malfunction, (4) ineffective safety oversight by the WMATA Board of Directors, (5) the Tri-State Oversight Committee’s ineffective oversight and lack of safety oversight authority, and (6) the Federal Transit Administration’s lack of statutory authority to provide federal safety oversight. Contributing to the severity of passenger injuries and the number of fatalities was WMATA’s failure to replace or retrofit the 1000-series railcars after these cars were shown in a previous accident to exhibit poor crashworthiness. Recommendations The National Transportation Safety Board makes safety recommendations to the U.S. Department of Transportation, the Federal Transit Administration, the Tri-State Oversight Committee, the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, the Board of Directors of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, Alstom Signaling Inc., and six transit systems that use GRS track circuit modules (the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, the Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority, the Greater Cleveland Regional Transit Authority, the Metropolitan Atlanta Regional Transportation Authority, the Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority, and the Chicago Transit Authority). xiii
NTSB Railroad Accident Report xiv (This page intentionally left blank.)
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 1 Factual Information Accident Synopsis On Monday, June 22, 2009, about 4:58 p.m., eastern daylight time,1 inbound Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA2) Metrorail train 112 struck the rear of stopped inbound Metrorail train 214. The accident occurred on aboveground track on the Metrorail Red Line near the Fort Totten station in Washington, D.C. The lead car of train 112 struck the rear car of train 214, causing the rear car of train 214 to telescope3 into the lead car of train 112, resulting in a loss of occupant survival space in the lead car of about 63 feet (about 84 percent of its total length). (See figure 1.) Nine people aboard train 112, including the train operator, were killed. Emergency response agencies reported transporting 52 people to local hospitals. Damage to train equipment was estimated to be $12 million. Figure 1. Lead car of striking train (train 112) has overridden last car of struck train (train 214), which has telescoped into lead car of train 112. 1 Unless otherwise noted, all times in this report are eastern daylight time. 2 Pronounced WAH-MAHT-AH. 3 Telescoping occurs when a railcar body breaches the end structure of another carbody and passes into the structure of that carbody.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 2 Accident Narrative On the day of the accident, the operator of train 214 (the struck train) reported for the second part of his tour of duty for the day at the Shady Grove station at 3:18 p.m.4 His first afternoon assignment was to operate Red Line train 214 from Shady Grove to Silver Spring. (See figure 2.) At the time of the accident, he was on his second trip of the afternoon, which consisted of operating Red Line train 214, with six cars, from Silver Spring to Grosvenor-Strathmore. Figure 2. Schematic of WMATA Metrorail system. 4 Both of the train operators involved in this accident worked some variation of split shifts. The operator of train 214 operated trains during the morning and afternoon rush periods and was off during the middle of the day. Duty times varied for the operator of train 112. CORRECTED COPY
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 3 The operator of train 112 (the striking train) reported for duty at Brentwood Yard at 3:50 p.m. Her first assignment was to operate Red Line train 112, also with six cars, from Silver Spring to Shady Grove. She was to depart Silver Spring at 4:33 p.m., following train 214 on inbound track B2.5 The operator of train 214 said that he was operating his train in manual mode6 when he departed Glenmont and that his trip was uneventful until after he departed the Takoma station en route to the next station stop at Fort Totten. Because of an earlier equipment problem with one of the inbound Red Line trains, train traffic was congested, and train 214 was following closely behind train 110. The operator said that he had been slowing his train multiple times because of the presence of train 110. He said that as his train traveled between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations, it “lost speed commands” (meaning that the readouts on the operator’s console showed an authorized speed of 0 mph), which caused the train to stop.7 The operator said that he attributed the loss of speed commands to the proximity of his train to train 110, which was at the Fort Totten station platform at the time. The operator said he expected the speed commands to return momentarily (as soon as train 110 moved out of the station). Meanwhile, train 112, being operated in automatic mode, was traveling behind train 214. A passenger on train 112 recalled that after leaving the Takoma station, the train stopped, and the operator announced over the train’s public address system that another train (which was train 214) was ahead and that they would be moving shortly. The passenger said that the train stopped only briefly, after which it began to move forward and to accelerate to what the passenger estimated was “top speed.” Maximum speed for that track segment was 55 mph. (According to recorded train control system data, the speed commands that should have been transmitted to train 112 dropped from 55 mph to 0 mph at 4:56:41. About 39 seconds later, at 4:57:20, speed commands resumed at 55 mph.) The operator of train 214 said that, after being stopped for what he described as a short time, he felt a “big push” and heard noise toward the rear of his train. He said he noticed that his operator’s console had lost power. Recorded data indicate that third-rail power was lost at 4:58:08. (The 750-volt third rail provides power to the trains.) The operator said he looked out the cab window on the right side and saw a train “kind of like on top” and thought a CSX freight train from an adjacent track was involved. The operator thought that the public address system
5 The track in the accident area was designated B1 (for outbound traffic traveling north and away from Metro Center in downtown Washington, D.C.) and B2 (for inbound traffic traveling south toward Metro Center). Although generally considered “inbound” and “outbound,” the two main tracks were capable of accommodating trains operating in either direction. 6 Metrorail trains can be operated in manual mode, in which the train operator controls acceleration, braking, and train speed (within limits) or in automatic mode, in which all train movements are controlled by the automatic train control (ATC) system while the operator monitors operations. 7 The Metrorail ATC system (discussed in detail elsewhere in this report) was designed to detect the presence of trains along the main line and to prevent collisions by transmitting speed commands that either stop or slow following trains in order to maintain safe separation. A constant speed command of 0 mph will cause a train operating in either automatic or manual mode to stop. Trains operating in manual mode level 1 (as was train 214) can proceed without speed commands with permission of the Metrorail operations control center (OCC), but they will be limited by the train control system to a maximum speed of 14 mph.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 4 on the train was inoperable because the console did not have power.8 He said he locked the operator’s console and left the operating compartment while carrying his radio. The train 214 operator said that as he walked through the cars toward the rear of the train, he saw a number of passengers who had been knocked from their seats by the impact. He said he tried to use his portable radio and cellular (cell) phone to contact the Metrorail OCC, but the attempt was unsuccessful. (It was later determined that OCC personnel could hear the operator, but the operator was unable to hear their responses.) The operator said that when he reached the fourth or fifth car in his train, he encountered smoke. After asking the passengers to move forward on the train, he used the emergency release lever in the car to open a side door, from which he jumped to the ground. Once on the ground and among injured passengers alongside the trains, he successfully established communications with the OCC and reported the collision. He also asked that electrical power to the third rail be cut because of passengers on the ground in the area. He requested emergency medical assistance and then reboarded the train to help injured and trapped passengers. Moments after the collision, a Red Line controller in the OCC saw on his display screen that the third rail for track B2 (the inbound track) had deenergized (as a result of the collision) in the area of the Takoma and Fort Totten stations. A graphical representation of train 112 was showing on the OCC controller’s display screen as occupying track 2 in that area, so he attempted to contact the train operator, but he got no response. About that time, the controller said he heard the operator of train 214 on the radio reporting a collision at chain marker 311+009 (about 2,900 feet north of the Fort Totten station). A Metrorail car equipment maintenance employee was at the Fort Totten station at the time of the accident. The OCC controller sent this employee to the accident area to verify information the OCC was receiving. The OCC also ordered that other trains in the area be held at stations. Train 114 was held at the Takoma station, train 116 was held at the Silver Spring station, and train 110 was held at the Fort Totten station. At 5:10 p.m., the OCC deenergized third-rail power on the adjacent track, B1 (the outbound track). The operator of train 112 was found fatally injured in the train control compartment. The emergency brake button, or “mushroom,” was found in the depressed position. She did not appear to have attempted to leave the control compartment before the collision, and a review of recordings of radio transmissions showed that she had not made a radio call in the moments leading up to the accident.
8 The public address system will work with battery power if the components are not damaged. 9 Chain markers are located at 100-foot intervals along Metrorail rights-of-way. The markers show the line, the track number, and the distance in feet (using surveyors’ notation) from that marker to the center of the passenger platform at the Metro Center station. Chain marker 311+00 indicates a distance of 31,100 feet from Metro Center. Measuring between marker posts gives even more precise measurements and more specific locations (such as, for example, chain marker 311+21.3, which is a point 31,121.3 feet from Metro Center that was identified as the point of collision in this accident).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Emergency Response Initial Notification Passengers on the accident trains placed the first two 911 calls. The first caller reported a crash on Metrorail at 5:03 p.m. This call was transferred to the Metro Transit Police Department (Metro Police). The second caller reported a train derailment between Takoma and Fort Totten. Another call came from a passenger in the lead car of the striking train. He told investigators he had been sitting in a center-facing seat and estimated that about 15 people were in the car. He said that as the car in which he was riding struck the stopped train, he saw the forward seats and floor coming toward him. He said that when the cars came to rest, he was on top of some seats about 2 feet from the car ceiling. He also said, “both rear side doors were blocked and jammed with no way out.” He said, I tried to open the door to the back of the car and got it to open, but the door in the next car was blocked by a bulkhead that had collapsed … the survivors that could walk were directed to exit the car through the rear door window. A caller who was on a nearby street reported an apparent train derailment in which the train looked as though it could collapse. He reported that the accident occurred on the track between the Fort Totten and Takoma stations near New Hampshire Avenue. Accident Site Access The WMATA right-of-way lies between two CSX railroad tracks. To access the accident site, emergency responders had to cut openings in the fences on both sides of the right-of-way and cross the CSX tracks. To control the movement of people in and out of the accident area, only one opening was made on each side of the accident site. In the evening, temporary access was established between 2nd Street NE and the accident site. A CSX assistant division manager called the CSX dispatch center at 5:20 p.m. to notify dispatchers of the accident and to have rail traffic suspended on the CSX tracks in the area. Resources and Command At 5:04 p.m., a District of Columbia Fire Department alarm dispatched three engine companies, two truck companies, two battalion chiefs, the special operations battalion chief, a rescue squad, an ambulance, a medic unit, an emergency medical services unit, and a safety officer. These resources were directed to respond to the Takoma station. At 5:10 p.m., a second alarm dispatched two engine companies, a truck company, and a battalion chief to the Fort Totten station. Additional resources were then directed to respond to the Fort Totten station and to 2nd Street NE at Nicholson Street NE. The medic unit was the first to arrive at the accident site about 5:10 p.m. 5
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 6 Two response groups were formed to walk the tracks toward the accident site. One group began from the Fort Totten station, and the second group began from the Takoma station. Once the exact location of the accident was determined, additional resources were directed to respond to Nicholson Street NE. A battalion chief went to the OCC to monitor the response from that location. Mutual aid resources were requested from and provided by Montgomery County and Prince George’s County in Maryland and from Fairfax County and Arlington County in Virginia. A command post was established on New Hampshire Avenue NE on a bridge crossing the right-of-way. The assistant chief of operations for the District of Columbia Fire and Emergency Medical Services Department was the incident commander. A battalion chief was in charge of the evacuation of patients from the trains. The deputy chief for special operations was in charge of rescue and extrication operations. A battalion chief was in charge of medical operations. The District of Columbia Metropolitan Police Department (D.C. Police) and the Metro Police had liaisons at the command post. Rescue and Recovery Operations The deputy fire chief said that when he arrived at the scene he saw passengers on both sides of the trains. He reported that some passengers had left the trains unassisted and some had to be rescued by responders. He said he believed that a few of the passengers on the tracks had fallen from the first car of the striking train. A few passengers were standing on top of the rear car of the struck train. The deputy chief verified that the third-rail power was down. Firefighters and Metro Police officers had earlier placed warning strobe and alarm devices10 (WSAD) on the track structure. The battalion chief in charge of the evacuation said he saw a haze in the area when he arrived at the scene, but he saw no smoke or fire around the trains. He did not see passengers exiting the trains at that time. An engine company deployed a hose line and charged it with water as a precaution. The battalion chief reported that no rail traffic passed through the area after his arrival. He said that two CSX representatives arrived at the accident site within an hour. The battalion chief coordinated with a lieutenant from the Metro Police and an assistant chief of the D.C. Police. Metro Police officers established an inner security perimeter around the tracks. The D.C. Police officers established an outer perimeter that included the surrounding neighborhood streets. Transit police officers and firefighters were stationed along the tracks on each side of the accident area to flag and stop any railroad traffic. An accountability system was established to track responders coming into the accident area. The battalion chief asked police officers to keep the injured passengers on the trains so that firefighters could complete an initial triage of the injured. Some passengers who were able to walk began to evacuate the trains, and firefighters and police officers escorted those passengers to an area established for treating the injured.
10 A WSAD is an alerting device that is attached to the third rail when power is down. The WSAD provides a visual and audible alarm if third-rail power is restored.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report A number of passengers were trapped in the first car of the striking train when the first firefighters arrived. To access the passengers in the rear of the car, firefighters used saws to cut an opening in the rear side doors. According to the deputy chief, firefighters were able to extricate some passengers quickly after using hydraulic spreaders to enlarge the opening. In the crushed areas of the car, the seats, flooring, and other car structures were compacted, and firefighters first had to remove these components to reach the injured. During this time, additional fire companies were assigned to stabilize the carbody. Two truck companies were assigned to search the remaining cars. Throughout the response, flexible search cameras and audio equipment were used to monitor the damaged areas of the trains. Firefighting teams with specially trained dogs searched the area surrounding the accident site. Secondary searches were conducted in, under, and around the trains, with no additional survivors found. The deputy chief estimated that about 1.5 hours into the response, all survivors had been rescued. According to the deputy chief, to continue with safe recovery operations, additional heavy equipment was needed to remove the upper portion of the lead car of the striking train. About 4:00 a.m. on June 23, a crane provided by WMATA arrived at the accident site. The top of the car was lifted from the remainder of the car, and recovery operations continued. The bodies of the last five victims were recovered about 9:00 a.m. on June 23. Medical Operations A battalion chief was in charge of the medical branch and treatment area. The treatment area was established to the west of the right-of-way. One of the fire department’s mass casualty groups responded. The battalion chief estimated that about 90 patients were triaged and treated at the treatment area. He estimated that 20 to 25 passengers with minor injuries did not want to be taken to hospitals. Metro Police officers transported these passengers to other Metrorail stations. An ambulance bus transported about 24 passengers to the George Washington University Hospital. The remaining group of about 25 passengers and the operator of train 214 were transported by ambulances. A U.S. National Park Service helicopter transported a patient to Washington Hospital Center. The battalion chief estimated that all patients were treated and transported in about 90 minutes. Injuries According to the fire department, 52 patients were transported to hospitals. Two patients had critical injuries; 12 patients were identified as having moderate injuries; the remaining patients had minor injuries. Eight passengers in the lead car of train 112 and the operator of train 112 were killed. According to documents provided by the District of Columbia Office of the Chief Medical Examiner, the fatal injuries were caused by crushing or blunt force trauma. 7
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 8 Damage The accident occurred on a segment of curved track and resulted in the derailment of the first car and the lead axle of the second car of the striking train. The lead car also sustained catastrophic carbody intrusion damage (telescoping) and loss of occupant survival space to a distance of about 63 feet (about 84 percent of its total length). The rear car of the struck train did not sustain extensive damage and did not derail. None of the other cars on the two trains derailed or sustained major damage. Damage to the train equipment was estimated to be $12 million. As a result of the derailment, about 20 feet of track was slightly damaged.11 WMATA estimated about $5,000 in track and appurtenance damage. Personnel Information Train 112 Operator WMATA records showed that the operator of the striking train was hired initially as a bus operator on January 22, 2007. On December 8, 2008, she was reclassified as a train operator, the position she occupied at the time of the accident. She began her rail training on December 8, 2008, and successfully completed the training program on February 11, 2009. WMATA files disclosed no disciplinary action as a train operator prior to the accident. Time sheets provided by WMATA disclosed the following information for the operator during the 7 days before the accident: On Monday, June 15, she reported for duty at 3:40 p.m. and went off duty at 5:34 p.m. She did not work Tuesday, June 16, and Wednesday, June 17. On Thursday, June 18, she reported for duty at 3:50 p.m. and went off duty at 5:34 p.m. She returned to duty at 6:09 p.m. and worked until 8:14 p.m. She resumed working at 8:38 p.m. and went off duty at 12:59 a.m. the following day, Friday, June 19. She reported for duty later that day at 5:15 p.m. and worked until 11:06 p.m. She resumed working at 11:36 p.m. and went off duty at 4:00 a.m. the following day, Saturday, June 20. She reported for duty that evening at 6:59 p.m. and worked until 10:51 p.m. She resumed working at 11:21 p.m. and went off duty at 3:49 a.m. the following day, Sunday, June 21. She reported for duty later that day at 3:41 p.m. and went off duty the following day, Monday, June 22, at 12:49 a.m. She reported for duty later that day (the day of the accident) at 3:50 p.m. At the time of the accident she had been on duty for 1 hour 10 minutes. A Metrorail supervisor, who said he had known the operator for between 1 and 1 1/2 months before the accident, recalled that about 4:30 p.m. on the day of the accident he spoke to her by radio. He said he also observed her through an office window at the Glenmont station while she was on her train. The two shared the same off days (Tuesday and Wednesday), and he said they had spoken about looking forward to the time off after working that day. The supervisor said that before the operator departed the station, he saw no evidence that she was
11 Nine crossties were damaged and a section of the third-rail cover was damaged.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report tired or fatigued. He said he was not aware of anything that may have preoccupied or distracted her from performing her duties on the day of the accident. When asked if the operator owned a cell phone, the supervisor said he did not know but that he had never seen her with one. Examination of the operator’s cell phone records revealed that between 12:37:37 a.m. and 4:14:58 p.m. on the day of the accident, 11 voice calls were made from her cell phone, and 9 were received. The last activity was an 80-second outgoing call made at 4:14:58 p.m., about 18 minutes before departure from the Glenmont station and 45 minutes before the collision. The records also revealed that on the day of the accident, her cell phone received one text message at 2:27:16 p.m. The records showed no cell phone activity during the time the operator was responsible for operating the train on the day of the accident. Train 214 Operator WMATA records indicated that the operator of the struck train was hired initially as a bus driver on February 17, 2000. On October 26, 2001, he was reclassified as a train operator, the position he occupied at the time of the accident. Efficiency test records showed that the operator of train 214 had received three reprimands and two suspensions since 2003. The first two reprimands occurred in February 2003, one for causing a 6-minute delay and the other for failing to report a station overrun. He had received his third reprimand 1 month before the accident, on May 22, 2009, for failing to take his key before securing a car. He had been suspended in 2004 for passing a red signal on the main track and in 2006 for making an improper coupling that caused equipment damage. This operator also was removed from service on three occasions in August 2008 for manually stopping his 6-car train at the 8-car marker (the end of the platform) at passenger stations. The operator said he had changed from automatic to manual mode when entering the stations because he did not want to rely on the automated system to properly position the train along the platform. On the day of the accident, WMATA required that all revenue trains be operated in automatic mode during the morning and evening rush periods. Metrorail Safety Rules and Procedures Handbook (MSRPH) Rule 3.20 states that “Mode 1 [automatic train operation] shall be used when carrying revenue passengers except as authorized by OCC or as specified in the current General Order.” No modifications to MSRPH Rule 3.20 were in effect at the time of the accident. After the accident, WMATA directed that all trains were to be operated in manual mode for an indefinite period until the integrity and reliability of the ATC system could be assured. Further, all trains would be required to pull forward to the 8-car marker when making station stops. The operator had been sent for reinstruction on manual door opening as well as for retraining on coupling and uncoupling procedures; main line operations utilizing stopping profiles; and troubleshooting and procedures on doors, brakes, circuit breakers, and location. He also was retrained on train recovery procedures and blocking/clamping operation procedures. WMATA managers stated that action was taken because the operator was not maintaining his 9
NTSB Railroad Accident Report train’s schedule while operating in manual mode and as a consequence was delaying trains. Contrary to instructions to return to automatic mode, the operator continued to operate his train manually. He stated that he was permitted to take this action under MSRPH Rule 3.1, which states the following: Passenger safety is the responsibility of every WMATA employee; however, the Train Operators have the ultimate and final responsibility for the safety of the passengers on their particular trains. Time sheets from WMATA disclosed that the operator had worked essentially the same schedule on each of his 5 work days before the accident: beginning work at 6:44 a.m. and working until 10:19 a.m., then returning to work at 3:18 p.m. and going off duty at 6:46 p.m. He worked Monday through Friday and was off Saturday and Sunday. On Monday, June 22, he reported for duty as usual at 6:44 a.m. and went off duty at 10:19 a.m. He returned to work at 3:18 p.m. At the time of the accident he had been on duty for about 1 hour 40 minutes. A Metrorail supervisor who said he had known the operator for between 4 and 5 years said that he spoke with the operator for 3 or 4 minutes about 4:00 p.m. on the day of the accident. He said that he did not notice anything unusual about the operator and that he did not exhibit any indications of being fatigued. He also said that the operator did not appear to be distracted or under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Medical and Toxicological Information After the accident, WMATA made arrangements to have three OCC employees who were on duty at the time of this accident—an assistant superintendent, an OCC supervisor, and a Red Line controller—undergo postaccident toxicological testing. Testing was conducted between 8:17 p.m. and 9:10 p.m. on the day of the accident for ethyl alcohol (based on breath specimens) and for illegal drugs (based on urine specimens), including marijuana metabolites, cocaine metabolites, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine. The results for all tested employees were negative for the presence of alcohol and those drugs. Specimens of blood, serum, and urine were obtained at the Washington Hospital Center from the operator of train 214. Medical records showed that on the day of the accident a blood specimen from the operator was received at the hospital laboratory at 9:11 p.m. and a urine specimen at 8:52 p.m. The specimens were also sent to the Civil Aeromedical Institute (CAMI) in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, for independent toxicological analysis. CAMI tested for the presence of ethanol (alcohol) and amphetamines, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine. The results were negative for alcohol and drugs. In addition, the Washington Hospital Center performed toxicological testing for alcohol based on a blood sample. A urine sample was tested for barbiturates, cocaine, marijuana, opiates, phencyclidine, amphetamines, and benzodiapines. All results were negative. The Federal Transit Administration (FTA), which is the agency responsible for regulating postaccident toxicological testing of transit employees, has no mechanism for obtaining 10
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 11 specimens from an employee who has been killed in an accident. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB), using its own authority, obtained specimens from the autopsy of the operator of train 112, and these specimens were also sent to CAMI for toxicological analysis. The results were negative for the presence of alcohol and other drugs, including amphetamines, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine. Ibuprofen was detected in the blood specimen. Meteorological Information The accident occurred during daylight. The weather was reported as dry (no active precipitation). Skies were clear with 10-mile visibility. The wind was at 13 mph, and the temperature was 84° F. Postaccident Equipment Inspection and Testing Investigators inspected both trains after the collision. The front portion of the first car of train 112 (the striking train) had overridden and was breached by the last car of train 214. This breaching, or telescoping action, resulted in a “wall” of collision debris that consisted of a tightly compressed mass of dislodged, displaced, and crushed seats, floor and ceiling panels, stanchion posts, and other interior elements. The collision debris extended a linear distance of about 13 feet, and along with the 50 feet of telescoping penetration, resulted in a loss of occupant survival space in the striking car of about 63 feet (about 84 percent of its total length). Some components of this mass of debris spilled out of the car, apparently as a result of the separated carbody sidewall and roof panels. Some of the debris came to rest on the track bed, as did most of the underfloor suspension and propulsion components of the car. Most of the damage from the collision was sustained by the lead car of train 112. Both cars came to rest upright and substantially aligned with the track. The lead and second cars of the striking train derailed; these were the only cars on either train to do so. The other railcars of each train were wedged together but were otherwise substantially undamaged and did not lose any occupant survival space. No evidence of fire was apparent in any of the railcars, nor was there evidence of release of a hazardous material such as battery acid. Both the front and rear trucks of the lead car of train 112 separated from the carbody during the collision, but the brakes on the wheels of these trucks, as well as on all the other wheels of both trains, were found to be tightly clamped. No evidence was found of binding, dragging, or fouling of the brake rigging on either train. Inspections of the wheels on train 112 did not detect wheel flats,12 and no flat spots were visually or audibly13 evident when the less damaged cars were moved into the shop at Brentwood Yard.
12 Wheel flat refers to a wheel that has either developed a flat spot or gone “out of round” as a result of being dragged along the rail head. Wheel flats often result from locked or misapplied brakes. 13 The sound of a flat spot on a wheel is a repetitive banging as the flat spot hits the rail each time the wheel turns.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 12 The electronic brake control units were removed from the first two cars of the striking train. NTSB investigators were able to download fault log entries for both units, which showed that no faults in the braking system of either car had been recorded within the 2 days leading up to the accident.14 A test of the brake system on the four trailing cars of the striking train revealed that brake pressure was within design specifications for all levels of brake application and that all the cars met or exceeded brake rate standards. Polishing and wear patterns on the braking components in every instance were consistent with a fully functioning system. Bluing15 that was found on the lead car’s braking components was consistent with that found on other cars on which new brake pads had recently been installed. Such bluing is typical during the wear-in period for a new pad. Investigators examined the control compartments on both trains. The control console of train 112 was covered with a layer of broken window glazing and other debris but was generally intact. The emergency brake mushroom was found in the depressed, or stop, position. The button operated freely when manually released and depressed, making a distinctive “snapping” sound when operated in either direction. The automatic train operation (ATO) selector was in the “auto” position; the automatic train protection (ATP) switch on the operator’s panel (see figure 3) was properly positioned for revenue service and was cut in and sealed,16 and the master controller was in the “Auto/Store” position. The key was missing from the key-up switch, and the switch was in the “off” position. When another key was inserted, the switch operated. Postaccident examination of the control compartment of train 214 (the struck train) revealed that the emergency brake mushroom was up, the selection switch was in the “Auto/Store” position, the key-up switch was in the “off” position, and the master controller was in the “Auto/Store” position. Postaccident Site Inspection The collision occurred on Metrorail main line track designated B2 that is normally used for inbound (southbound, toward Metro Center) traffic. At the request of the NTSB, the footprint17 of the collision and derailment was photographed and surveyed by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and surveyed by the WMATA engineering department. Marks were evident on the rail head at chain marker 311+21.3 that appeared to have been caused by a wheel flange as it climbed up and over the rail head and struck rail anchors and crossties. Investigators determined that these marks represented the point of collision and subsequent derailment. The point of collision was thus on track B2 about 2,935 feet north of the Fort Totten station and about
14 The most recent brake faults recorded had occurred on June 20, 2008. The two faults recorded for the lead car were “Brake Stuck ‘On’” and “Brake Response Fail.” For the second car, the faults recorded were “Slip Timer Expired” and “Brake Response Fail.” 15 Bluing refers to a blue oxide film on the polished rotors due to an extremely high temperature (600o F or higher). 16 The switch was in the “on” position with an unbroken seal. 17 The footprint included all visible evidence, such as marks on the ties, marks on the track components and on the rail, and the positions of involved passenger cars and car components.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
Figure 3. Exemplar Rohr 1000-series car operator’s console: (1) speed control indicator panel, (2) emergency brake “mushroom,” (3) master control handle, (4) mode director switch, (5) automatic train operation stop, and (6) automatic train protection cutout switch. 6,790 feet south of the Takoma station. Investigators used event recorder data to determine that the struck train moved about 10 feet after impact. This measurement was consistent with the measurements taken at the footprint of the collision. A postaccident visual track inspection was conducted on track B2 between chain markers 322+00 and 311+00. Nothing remarkable was noted concerning track geometry, including gage (distance between running rails), curve alignment, and superelevation (relative height of the two running rails in a curve) when the measurements were compared with WMATA main line standards. Skid marks were found on both rail head surfaces. The skid marks appeared to have been the result of wheel-to-rail braking friction. No indications of dragging equipment or any other marks on the track were observed during the visual inspection of that area. The rail head 13
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 14 appeared to be free of corrugations18 and other indications of fatigue or wear. No rail or wheel lubricant was apparent on the rail heads. In addition to the postaccident visual track inspection, track geometry measurements for gage, cross-level, alignment, and rail side wear were conducted between markers 313+00 and 309+00. Again, nothing remarkable was noted during that inspection when the measurements were compared with WMATA main line track standards. Operations Information The trackage and railroad equipment involved in this accident are owned and operated by WMATA, an integrated regional passenger transit system organized to provide bus and rail transit service to the National Capital Area, which includes the District of Columbia and several surrounding counties of Virginia and Maryland. Metrorail is the division of WMATA that provides rail transit service. The Metrorail system comprises five operating rail lines identified by color: Red, Blue, Orange, Yellow, and Green.19 Metrorail began train operations on March 27, 1976, with limited service on the Red Line. The system as originally designed was completed with the opening of the last passenger stations in January 2001. The Metrorail system is the second largest (by number of passengers) rail transit system in the United States. It owns and operates 86 passenger stations and more than 1,100 passenger cars. The system consists of about 106.3 miles of main line track, which includes tracks that are underground (subway), at grade, or elevated. In fiscal year 2008 (the most recent data available), Metrorail provided more than 222 million passenger trips, averaging about 608,200 passenger trips per day. Typically, 253 inbound trains and 253 outbound trains traverse the accident area each day Monday through Thursday. On Fridays, 264 inbound trains and 264 outbound trains traverse the area. On Saturdays and Sundays, the trains number 153 trains in each direction. Weekday morning inbound rush-hour20 is from 5:00 a.m. to 9:30 a.m.; evening outbound rush-hour is from 3:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.
18 Rail corrugations, sometimes called “washboard rail,” are variations in the “smoothness” of the rail head surface that can affect wheel-rail contact. 19 The five operating rail lines are interconnected and are not separate operations. The Red Line is the only line that does not share at least a part of its route with one of the other operating lines. 20 The time when peak ridership occurs.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Track Information General In the area of the collision are four at-grade railroad tracks. (See figure 4.) Looking northward (toward the Takoma station) the easternmost track is CSX railroad main line track No. 1. The next two adjacent tracks are WMATA tracks B1 (outbound) and B2 (inbound), which was the accident track in this case. The westernmost track is CSX main line track No. 2. The two WMATA tracks are parallel, with a track centerline distance between the two of 14 feet. Fencing separates the WMATA tracks from the CSX tracks, with additional fencing preventing trespasser access to the CSX tracks. The centerline distance between the CSX westernmost track and the WMATA inbound track (B2) is about 20 feet; between the CSX easternmost track and the WMATA outbound track (B1), centerline distance is about 22 feet.
New Hampshire Avenue NE Figure 4. Aerial view of accident site. 15
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 16 Train propulsion power is provided from an electrified third rail.21 The third rail for inbound trains is to the east of and parallel to track B2. The distance from the center of the third rail to the inside edge of the nearest running rail is 2 feet 2 inches. The third rail is about 4.5 inches higher than the nearest running rail and is shielded by a cover to protect WMATA workers and others from accidental contact. The collision occurred at chain marker 311+21.3, which is in a curve. The curve begins at chain marker 323+40.84 and ends at chain marker 300+77.65, with the body of the curve between markers 320+91.23 and 303+28.43 (representing 1,762.80 feet). The curve is a 1°15' right hand (in the southbound or inbound direction) curve with a superelevation of 5 inches. Track B2 is designated to be maintained and inspected in accordance with WMATA main line standards and to be capable of carrying trains at 75 mph even though WMATA has a speed limit of 59 mph on the Red Line. The track in the accident area is 115-pound continuous welded rail22 affixed with Pandrol spring clip fasteners23 and with tie plates and 6-inch “cut” track spikes onto wooden crossties. The wooden crossties are spaced about every 27 inches on center. When defective crossties are replaced, Pandrol fasteners are used. Pandrol plates are fastened onto the wooden crossties with lag screws; the other tie plates are fastened with the “hair pin” style of nail/pin fasteners and/or track spikes. Drive-on type rail anchors are applied to the rail to prevent longitudinal rail movement in the older crosstie locations. Track Inspections The WMATA Track, Structures, and System Maintenance Division, and specifically the Track Department within that division, is responsible for inspecting and maintaining Metrorail track. According to WMATA representatives, much of the daily activity is centered on twice- weekly walking/visual track inspections. Track inspectors produce reports (Track Walker Inspection Reports) of their inspections, which they then submit for review by their department managers. The reports cover track defects, track maintenance items, and updates on known issues. Specialized automated equipment is also used to conduct additional track geometry inspections and inspections for internal rail defects. According to WMATA representatives, track maintenance and track defect repairs are based in large part on the track inspectors’ reports. Track repairs are documented, and track inspectors verify that the repairs were completed.
21 Paddles extending from the undercarriage of the train ride along the surface of the third rail and conduct power from the third rail to the train’s traction motors. 22 Continuous welded rail consists of rail sections that have been welded together in lengths greater than 400 feet. 23Pandrol spring clip fasteners are designed to fasten the rail to the tie plates and, when attached to the crosstie, will retard longitudinal rail movement.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 17 Visual Track Inspections. Two track inspectors (working as a team)24 conduct twice- weekly walking/visual inspections of the Red Line track in the accident area. The last inspection on track B2 before the accident was on June 20, 2009. No track defects were noted on the Track Walker Inspection Report. Investigators also reviewed track inspection reports from January 4, 2009, through June 20, 2009. Nothing remarkable was noted regarding the track in the area of the collision, but one track inspection record for that section of track was missing (for the week of March 22, 2009). Automated Track Inspections. WMATA contracted for an automated track geometry inspection to be performed four times per year. The most recent inspection through the area of the collision was on April 8, 2009. On January 16, 2009, lateral load testing was conducted in conjunction with the track geometry testing through the area of the collision. Nothing remarkable was noted during this inspection and testing. On January 17, 2009, the rail head profile was measured by laser. The profile measurement that was nearest the collision area was taken at marker 316+18. Rail head wear was found to be minimal. The rail on WMATA track structure is ultrasonically inspected by a contractor five times per year. The last inspection before the collision was on March 18, 2009. No rail defects were detected in the area of the collision. On July 23, 2009, as part of a scheduled inspection, the rails of track B2 between Takoma and Fort Totten were ultrasonically inspected for internal rail defects. No defects or discontinuities were noted. Track Maintenance The most recent major track maintenance work performed through the area of the accident was a track surfacing operation. Production tamping and ballast regulating were conducted on track B2 between Takoma and Fort Totten on September 28, 2008, according to a Track Production Daily Work Report. On April 24 and 25, 2009, crossties, Pandrol tie plates, and third-rail insulators were installed on track B2 at the Takoma interlocking.25 Surfacing and ballast work associated with the new installation were performed on April 26, 2009. On May 4 and 5, 2009, crossties and Pandrol tie plates were replaced on track B2 at Fort Totten. Then ballast was dumped, and the crossties were tamped with automated hand tools in that area.
24 One person serves as the primary inspector while the second, also a track inspector, serves as the lookout for train traffic. 25 Interlockings are sites at which tracks join together or cross. An interlocking includes the track switches and associated signals and control machinery necessary to connect the track and to ensure safe operation through the connected or crossing track.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 18 Train and Mechanical Information The Metrorail fleet consists of self-propelled, single-level, two-truck, electrically powered (through the third rail) passenger cars supplied by four manufacturers: Rohr26 (1000- series cars),27 Breda28 (2000, 3000, and 4000 series), CAF29 (5000 series), and Alstom30 (6000 series). All cars in the fleet were built to allow for functional and operational compatibility. WMATA is in the process of purchasing new cars (to be designated the 7000-series and tentatively scheduled to enter the inventory starting in 2013) to replace the 1000-series cars, which are the oldest in the Metrorail fleet. At the time of the accident, the Metrorail passenger car fleet consisted of 294 Rohr cars (26 percent of the fleet), 464 Breda cars (41 percent of the fleet), 192 CAF cars (17 percent of the fleet), and 84 Alstom cars (16 percent of the fleet). The service life span of the Rohr cars was not specified in procurement documents. The specified service life spans of the subsequently purchased cars were 30 years for the Breda cars, 35 years for the CAF cars, and 40 years for the Alstom cars. In general, Metrorail cars are about 75 feet long, about 10 feet wide, and about 11 feet high. The carbody is constructed principally of aluminum alloy extrusions and formed shapes, with welded steel subassembly components used for certain load-bearing elements. The front- end cowl assembly of the cars is molded fiberglass that incorporates a pair of collision post and corner post elements. The exterior skin of the roof, sidewalls, and rear end-panel is aluminum sheet metal. The train operator occupies a control compartment at one end of the car (the front end), with the passenger compartment occupying the balance of the carbody. Seating in the passenger compartment is generally provided by a series of transverse-mounted, paired seat-set assemblies configured on both sides of a longitudinal center aisle passageway.31 Numerous hand-hold stanchion posts and handrails are fitted throughout the passenger compartment. Each car has six passenger doors, three on each side, and a single emergency exit door (allowing movement between cars) at each end. As published in specification and procurement documents, a full passenger load for a Metrorail car is 175, including both seated and standing passengers. “Crush load” (the maximum number of passengers that can possibly be accommodated both seated and standing very close
26 Built by Rohr Industries, which is no longer in business. 27 Metrorail cars are individually numbered, with the number series identifying the original car manufacturer. 28 Breda Construzioni Ferroviarie S.p.A of Italy. 29 Construcciones Y Auxiliar de Ferrocarriles, Madrid, Spain, fabricated the carbody shell, and AAI Transportation Systems, in Hunt Valley, Maryland, provided the final carbody assembly. 30 Alstom Transport, Saint Ouen Cedex, France, fabricated the carbody shell, and Alstom Transportation, Inc., in Hornell, New York, provided the technical support (that is, the final carbody assembly). 31 Passenger seating also includes center-facing seat pairs next to passenger doors as priority seating for senior citizens and people with disabilities.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 19 together) is 232.32 “Absolute maximum load” (based on the load capacity of the carbody floor) is 252. In revenue service, sequentially numbered pairs of Metrorail cars are semipermanently coupled together and operate only in “married-pair” railcar sets. The railcars are coupled together at the ends opposite the operator’s compartment and are thus said to be in a “back-to-back” orientation. The minimum Metrorail train has two cars consisting of a single married-pair car set.33 The maximum-length train is four married-pair car sets for a total of eight cars. The typical revenue service Metrorail train consists of six cars (three married-pair car sets), with 4- or 8-car trains placed in service as needed. All six of the cars making up train 112 on the day of the accident were 1000-series cars manufactured by Rohr. On train 214, the four cars in the lead were 3000-series cars manufactured by Breda; they were followed by two 5000-series cars manufactured by CAF. NTSB investigators reviewed Metrorail equipment inspection and maintenance procedures and practices. Investigators also monitored routine equipment inspections and performed random inspections of train sets in revenue service. The Brentwood Yard car repair facility also was appraised for staff training and knowledge, repair manual currency, preventive maintenance scheduling, and repair techniques. No problems were identified. Investigators also reviewed inspection and repair records for the cars making up the train 112 consist on the day of the accident. WMATA requires that all 1000-series cars receive a periodic inspection every 30 days. Records indicated that these inspections were current for all cars on the train. The records also revealed that maintenance actions had been deferred on five of the six cars on the train because of a lack of repair parts. Most of the deferred actions involved replacement of brake control valves. Metrorail Railcar Crashworthiness Because of concerns about the crashworthiness of the 1000-series cars, after the accident, WMATA began placing the cars in the middle (belly) of trains with cars of a later design on either side. According to WMATA, this “bellying” of the cars was intended to reduce the vulnerability of the cars to catastrophic damage during a collision by providing a “buffer” of more crashworthy cars around them. In testimony at the public hearing on this accident held at NTSB Headquarters on February 23–25, 2010, the WMATA chief vehicle engineer stated that bellying the cars was an operational decision and that no engineering analysis had been done to evaluate its effectiveness in preventing catastrophic damage to the 1000-series cars in the event of a collision.
32 According to WMATA, informal testing and field observations indicate that, in practice and because of the personal belongings most passengers carry, the maximum number of passengers a Metrorail car can accommodate is about 175, seated and standing. 33 Under current WMATA practices, such 2-car trains are not operated in revenue service.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 20 After the public hearing and in response to an NTSB request, the WMATA chief vehicle engineer performed an analysis to predict the behavior of a 1000-series car in a 15-mph head-on collision with a car of a different series.34 The analysis was based on the information gleaned from actual low-speed collisions between cars without crash energy management35 design elements (the 1000-series cars) and cars with such elements (the later-series cars). The analysis determined that the carbody of the 1000-series cars may fail during a collision at speeds between 11.6 and 14.8 mph. This could be classified as a low-speed collision, with carbody structural failure that would likely initiate behind the front-end underframe assembly at its connection with the sidesill, toward the center of the car in the doorway. The analysis stated that a reasonable assumption would be that a collision at such speeds would not likely result in a serious loss of interior space (from telescoping). Automatic Train Control Overview The WMATA Metrorail system operates under an ATC system that was designed to allow for fully automated train operations requiring little direct involvement by train operators. Designed during the original construction of the Metrorail system in the early 1970s, that system, or its primary elements, remains in use today in many locations throughout the system. ATC Subsystems The Metrorail ATC system consists of three subsystems: Automatic Train Protection. The ATP subsystem is a wayside, meaning along the rail, system designed to provide protection against collision and train overspeed through the automatic block signaling system.36 In addition, the ATP subsystem provides control of interlockings, route security through interlockings, and control of train door operations. The ATP subsystem maintains train separation by transmitting speed commands to each train based on the instantaneous track occupancy conditions ahead of the train (in the direction of travel) and on the status of any interlockings ahead of the train. The speed commands are generated at a nearby train control room37 and are sent to the trains via a coded audio frequency
34 Vehicle Crashworthiness Assessment, Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Office of the Chief Engineer - Vehicles (Washington, DC: Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, 2010). 35 Includes features designed to control collision energy to protect the occupied volumes of the railcar from crushing and to limit the decelerations on the occupants in those volumes. See Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 238.5, “Definitions,” for more information. 36 The automatic block system is a wayside system that detects the location of trains and selects the proper speed command to be transmitted to the train to ensure that civil speed limits are observed and that safe train separation is maintained. 37 Most train control rooms are at passenger stations, but some are at other sites along the track wayside.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 21 signal injected into the track whenever a track circuit38 is indicating that it is occupied.39 These speed commands are locally generated, are not relayed to the OCC, and cannot be modified by the OCC. The ATC system was designed never to allow trains to exceed the ATP speed command in normal operation. Automatic Train Supervision. The automatic train supervision (ATS) subsystem is primarily a wayside system with some OCC inputs. The ATS system is designed to control train routing and scheduling. Scheduling is accomplished first by automatic equipment at the wayside, then, second, by computer programs at the OCC, which are automatically triggered when necessary to provide for minor schedule adjustments to maintain traffic flow and scheduling. A train number and a destination are initially provided to each train by the OCC rail operations computer system. This information is stored on board the train. As the train passes through a passenger station (or passes selected areas along the track), this information is repeated back from the train to the OCC. This information and block occupancy reports are used to track train movements through the rail system and to display those movements on the OCC controllers’ display screens. When a train reports arrival at a station, an algorithm in the OCC computer determines if a schedule adjustment is needed. If it is, the ATS subsystem can transmit a new acceleration profile and running speed to the train via track-to-wayside communications. The OCC computer can also alert an OCC controller if required. Automatic Train Operation. The ATO subsystem is primarily a wayside system. The ATO subsystem is designed to manage train startup and acceleration, maintain running speed en route, and stop the train smoothly at the proper position along the station platform. Running speed is based on the lower of three speeds: the maximum permitted (ATP) speed, the ATS speed, and the programmed station stop speed profile. The programmed station stop speed profile is generated in the train based on proximity sensors in the track wayside that signal to the train the presence of and distance to an upcoming station platform. As a train approaches a station, ATC data are supplemented with data from a wayside marker system (part of the ATO subsystem). About 2,700 feet from a station platform centerline, as the train passes over passive tuned coils located between the rails, communication is initiated between the train and a wayside ATO marker coil. Based on the tuned frequency of the marker, the train’s ATO logic initiates a station stop. As the train continues to approach the station, it passes over additional passive tuned coils that update the distance remaining and enable trains to slow and stop at a predetermined location along a station platform. The ATO subsystem is also designed to handle dispatching from station platforms. Automatic timers triggered by train arrival hold the train at the station for scheduling
38 Metrorail main line track is divided into electrically discrete blocks of track varying in length from 39 feet to 1,565 feet. Each block generally defines a track circuit. In this report, the terms block and track circuit are used interchangeably. 39 Thus, if a track circuit is unoccupied, or if the signal system falsely interprets an occupied track circuit as being unoccupied, no speed commands will be transmitted to trains occupying that track circuit, and the ATP and ATS speed readouts on train operators’ consoles will revert to 0 mph.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report adjustments. These dwell times can be modified from the OCC as needed to adjust for scheduling changes. Speed Commands The electronic and electrical components necessary to implement the ATP, ATS, and ATO subsystems are mounted on racks in train control rooms located at each Metrorail passenger station. (See figure 5.) Each train control room contains the electronics associated with the track circuits monitored and controlled from that location.
Figure 5. Racks of automatic train control components at Fort Totten train control room. Speed commands sent by the ATC system are displayed on train operators’ consoles. Each operator console displays three speed readouts. The first readout is the ATP speed (labeled and sometimes referred to as the “limiting” speed and representing the maximum speed the ATP subsystem will allow a train to attain over that route segment). The second readout is the ATS speed (labeled and sometimes referred to as the “regulated” speed and representing the maximum speed authorized by the rail operations computer system). The third readout, labeled “train” speed, displays the train’s actual speed. 22
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 23 If the ATC system determines that a train should stop to provide safe separation from another train, the ATP speed transmitted to that train will be 0 mph. By design, if a train does not receive speed commands for any reason, the ATP and ATS speeds will default to 0 mph as a fail- safe40 measure. Train Operating Modes The degree of automation under which Metrorail trains operate is partially determined through the use of the following three operating modes: Mode 1 (automatic). Normal train functions, including acceleration, speed, and braking, are controlled by the ATC system, with the operator responsible for monitoring console indicators and track conditions. The striking train was operating in this mode at the time of the accident and, according to Metrorail representatives, all trains in revenue service at the time of the accident were expected to be operated in mode 1. Mode 2, Level 1 (manual with speed protection). Train acceleration and braking are manually controlled by the train operator, with overspeed protection provided by the ATP subsystem. The struck train was operating in this mode at the time of the accident. Although, according to WMATA, the operator should have been operating in mode 1, he said he chose to operate in mode 2 because he preferred to stop at the platform marker for 8-car trains rather than the marker for 6-car trains (which the ATO subsystem would have enforced) to ensure that his train was safely inside the station before the doors opened regardless of the number of cars in the train. (Since the accident, all Metrorail trains are operated in mode 2, with the 8-car marker being the uniform stopping position.) Mode 3 (manual with ATP cutout). All train operations are controlled by the operator, with no overspeed protection. This operating mode is only used when malfunctioning equipment makes mode 1 or 2 operation impossible. Monitoring and Control of Train Operations Train operations on the Metrorail system are carried out under the authority and supervision of the Metrorail operations control center (referred to in this report as the OCC), located in downtown Washington, D.C. The OCC is responsible for providing positive control over all station activities, train movements, and subsystems (power, ATC, automatic fare collection, and communications) necessary for the efficient movement of passengers. The OCC also manages all emergency situations, which includes contacting fire, police, and medical services as required.
40 Fail-safe is a design philosophy applied to safety-critical systems. The fail-safe principle requires that a system be prohibited from assuming an unsafe state in the event of a component failure.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 24 The OCC, employing a central computer system supervised by human controllers, implements train control strategies as necessary to regulate traffic flow. These control strategies may be preprogrammed strategies that are carried out automatically by the central control mainframe computer, or they may be strategies implemented manually by OCC line controllers. One mechanism by which OCC controllers exercise manual control of trains is through the ATS subsystem, which is primarily responsible for train routing and scheduling. For example, controllers can, through the ATS subsystem, modify train running speeds41 as a way of adjusting train schedules. Such modifications can be relayed to the trains only when the train has established train-wayside communication (TWC) within the limits of a passenger station. Controllers cannot modify speed commands that are transmitted to trains by the wayside ATP system, which are based on instantaneous train occupancy detection. Between stations, the OCC can manually control train movements by changing signal aspects or switch alignments at interlockings at certain control points or through direct communication with train operators via a two-way radio system. The OCC monitors and controls train movements through three consoles, designated Operations (Ops.) 1, Ops. 2, and Ops. 3. Each console is normally staffed by two controllers—a radio controller42 and a train controller.43 Each control console incorporates an array of liquid-crystal display (LCD) screens that provide a graphic representation of the line segment(s) being monitored. (See figure 6.) At the Ops. 1 and Ops. 2 consoles, three screens on either side of the central console display train and track information to the radio controller on one side and the train controller on the other. A single, shared LCD screen displays alarm information to both controller positions. The console is designed so that the radio- and train-controller positions can be worked from either side of the console. The console can also be worked by one controller in the absence of the other. The Ops. 3 console has four LCD screens on each side and a single shared alarm screen. The alarm display for each control console is programmed to display only those alarms for the portion of the Metrorail system under the authority of that console. Metrorail line controllers work in three 8-hour shifts. OCC supervisory personnel work similar shifts and typically include an OCC assistant superintendent and an OCC supervisor. Data Transfer and Communication Communication between the rail operations computer system and field elements takes place through 96 remote terminal units (90 in train control rooms at passenger stations and 6 at
41 The ATS subsystem can limit the speed commands that can be transmitted to trains at certain locations. 42 The radio controller communicates with train operators by radio and is responsible for ensuring conformance with policies and procedures and for keeping train operators and personnel informed of all unusual occurrences on the railroad. The radio controller also communicates with supervisors and maintenance personnel in the field. 43 The train controller is responsible for such tasks as setting route alignments and signals, setting train performance levels, and coordinating the addition or replacement of trains when necessary.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report yards and interlockings) and 23,118 monitored or controlled data “nodes” throughout the Metrorail system.
Figure 6. Line controller console in Metrorail operations control center. Various sensors and subsystems positioned across the Metrorail system collect data reflecting the status of more than 200 distinct operational parameters such as track circuit occupancies, switch positions, signal aspects, and train-to-wayside communications. In general, these data are first concentrated at a nearby remote terminal unit (1 of the 96 units currently in use). Once per second, the main computer system polls each remote terminal unit. The units respond by immediately returning status data as gathered by the sensors and subsystems. The remote terminal units on the Metrorail system are electronic data multiplexing systems with varying installation dates; some have been in place as long as 35 years. The original units are hardware-based devices using discrete logic chips; newer designs are generally microprocessor-based. The major manufacturers of remote terminal units in use by WMATA are (oldest to newest): TRW, Ferranti, GRS, and Horton. The TWC system provides two-way data communication between carborne and wayside train control systems. This system provides for automatic door operation at stations and for 25
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 26 carborne passenger information displays. The wayside system transmits signals to the train using track circuit transmitters. These signals are picked up by receiver coils mounted underneath the lead car of a train. A transmit loop mounted under the front of the lead car transmits information about the train to the wayside system. Data Management and Train Status Display The software used to manage the data transmitted to the OCC from remote terminal units in the field was developed by Aeronautical Radio, Inc., and is known as the Advanced Information Management (AIM) system. Using AIM data, a graphics package called “Animator” creates the information displayed on OCC controller LCD screens. The AIM display was designed to provide controllers with the information they need to manage traffic flow around the rail system and to recognize and respond to one-time events such as isolated equipment failures. Data Management. Data polled from the field units are incorporated into a real-time database that describes the current state of the Metrorail system. The AIM software interprets and uses those data to implement automatic train routing and to exercise supervisory control. At the end of each hour, all polled data are stored in AIM historical files that are automatically copied to a reporting server where they can then be used to create customized reports as needed.44 The historical files include all status and control changes, event and alarm logs, and AIM train-tracking information. These files record only the changes to each parameter. A separate snapshot file provides the state of each parameter at the start of each hour. The files are indexed to allow quick access to all changes for specific devices over any time period. The system can generate general reports that provide a chronology of device status or control changes across the rail system, or it can produce custom reports to identify patterns or to highlight areas of particular interest. Such specialized reports include the loss-of-shunt45 software tool, train progress charts, train occupancy strip charts, TWC reports,46 and system performance on-time summary (SPOTS) reports.47 An electrical signal injected into the rails is used to determine whether a train is occupying a particular track segment. A train’s wheels will “shunt” this electrical signal, alerting the signal system that a train is present. A shunt test is used by technicians to form an electrical bridge to simulate the presence of a train’s wheelset in the circuit.
44 These files can be copied to the reporting server manually if a report is needed before the end of the hour. 45 The loss-of-shunt tool is a software algorithm that is used to analyze historical track occupancy data to identify track circuit anomalies. 46 A TWC report provides the occupancy status of a platform track circuit, the preceding track circuit, and the following track circuit, along with other information reported to the central computer by the remote terminal unit, including train identification, destination, length, program station stop profile status, train master controller status (manual or automatic), ATP status (cut in or cut out), left and right door status (open or closed), train berthing status, train motion (greater than 3 mph), and door activation status (automatic or manual). 47 A SPOTS report shows the following: the identification, destination, and length for each train moving through a station platform; the time the head of the train arrived and the rear of the train left the station; whether doors were opened; and whether door operation was detected through TWC. A SPOTS report also notes the timing for the first door opened and the last door closed.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Rail System Status Display. The LCD screens at an OCC controller console are programmed to display the current state of rail system devices and train traffic for the territory under the authority of the controllers at that console. Figure 7 is a typical display showing the status of signals, interlockings, track circuit occupancies, and train movements between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations. Based on AIM data, a typical display uses symbols to create a graphic representation of a section of the rail system and the current state of various system elements. The screens also display alarm messages in the event of certain status changes or train tracking errors. The amount of information included in the display can be adjusted as necessary to reduce clutter.
Figure 7. Example of Advanced Information Management controller display showing status of signals, interlockings, track circuit occupancies, and train movements between Fort Totten and Takoma stations. Contiguous solid red blocks indicate presence of a train. (Icons for track circuits B2-312 and B2-322 indicate that these track circuits are reporting as occupied without a train present.) On the OCC display, main line track is depicted as a linked row of colored rectangles, with each rectangle representing a separate track circuit. The rectangle representing an unoccupied block of track (no train present) is colored gray. An occupied block is colored red. Other colors and shapes are used to indicate other track conditions. The presence of a train is indicated by a string of red (occupied) blocks with a red arrow superimposed at one end showing the train number, the operating mode (manual or automatic), and the direction of travel. Wayside signals are depicted as circular icons that indicate red or green depending on the status of the signal. Track Occupancy Interpretation and Train Tracking. The inbound main track (track B2) between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations is divided into 27 track circuits. The automatic block system detects trains as they occupy and vacate each of these track circuits and transmits this information through remote terminal units to the AIM computer system at the OCC. The track circuit at the site of the collision is designated B2-304. In the OCC, the AIM system, based on patterns of track occupancy for adjacent track circuits, generates train location and progress information for display on OCC controllers’ screens. The AIM software will generally interpret any newly appearing contiguous group of 27
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 28 track circuit occupancies as an as-yet-unidentified virtual train. Then, using TWC data collected from trains as they pass through a station, the system tags these virtual trains with a train number, a destination, and an operating mode. In general, the software will attach the tag information to the next virtual train in the direction of travel from a particular TWC reporting point. The AIM system is designed to display, and in some cases sound, an alarm whenever certain patterns are detected in track occupancy data. In general, alarms that are classified as “major” must be acknowledged by the appropriate line controllers and be manually deleted (usually by the Metrorail maintenance operations center [MOC], which is a separate console within the OCC). Typically, alarms classified as “minor” can be manually acknowledged and deleted in the same manner as major alarms, but if a minor alarm remains unacknowledged after 60 seconds, the computer will automatically acknowledge and delete it. When the AIM software detects that a normal main line track circuit is reporting as occupied in isolation (neither in front of nor behind a train), it issues a “track-circuit-failed- occupied” train tracking alarm. This alarm causes the display symbol for that track circuit to change from the normal gray to a red always-reporting block (ARB) icon. In figure 7, track circuits B2-312 and B2-322 are represented by red ARB symbols, indicating that at that moment, both track circuits were reporting as occupied even though the AIM computer algorithm had determined that they were actually vacant. According to OCC records, track-circuit-failed- occupied alarms occur at the rate of about 5,000 per week.48 When the AIM software detects that a track circuit reports as unoccupied under certain preprogrammed conditions, it issues a “track-circuit-failed-vacant” train tracking alarm. This alarm causes the display symbol for that track circuit to change from gray to a white non- reporting block (NRB) icon. The algorithm used to trigger an NRB alarm may be described as follows: The AIM system creates a virtual train whenever two adjacent track circuits indicate simultaneous occupancy. If one or two new track-circuit occupancy indications then occur “downstream” (in the direction of travel) of the virtual train, any intermediate track circuit that indicates “unoccupied” will generate an NRB alarm. If both previously occupied track circuits indicate “unoccupied” without the track circuit downstream from these indicating “occupied,” both of the previously occupied track circuits will generate NRB alarms. If a train occupies three or more track circuits and one or more of the intermediate track circuits indicates “unoccupied,” those unoccupied track circuits will generate NRB alarms. These NRB track circuits will be depicted on the OCC display with a white icon. According to OCC records, NRB track-circuit- failed-vacant alarms occur at the rate of about 3,000 per week.49 The AIM software responds to a “bobbing” track circuit (a track circuit malfunction in which a track circuit transitions from vacant, to occupied, to vacant again with no train traffic
48 About 100 track circuits (of about 3,000 track circuits systemwide) account for the majority of the ARB track-circuit-failed-occupied alarms. 49 The same track circuits that account for the majority of the ARB track-circuit-failed-occupied alarms also account for the majority of the NRB track-circuit-failed-vacant alarms.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report present) by issuing a cascade of track-circuit-failed-occupied/failed-vacant alarms. Because of the high incidence of bobbing track circuit alarms, WMATA has designated track-circuit-failed- occupied/failed-vacant alarms as minor alarms. Loss of train detection is a different type of track circuit malfunction, which will be discussed later. In the event that all track occupancy indications disappear under a virtual train and do not reappear within 30 seconds, the AIM software will delete the virtual train image without generating an alarm. This feature is designed to eliminate nuisance, or “ghost,” trains (virtual trains created by the train tracking system that have no coincidence with actual trains) that are created as a result of bobbing track circuits. Additional algorithms not described in this report are used to eliminate ghost trains. According to OCC records, the AIM system creates and then deletes more than 1,000 ghost trains each week. OCC Controller Displays During Accident Sequence Using the archived AIM historical data for the track segment between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations, investigators recreated and reviewed the screen displays available to OCC Ops. 1 console controllers on the day of the accident. From these displays the series of graphics shown in appendix B was developed. Each graphic presents an enlarged view of a section of the screen display that includes the accident trains as they would have been displayed to the OCC controllers during the accident sequence. Signal Information Train Detection and Collision Avoidance The ATP subsystem, working in conjunction with properly operating train equipment, is intended to provide protection against collisions and train overspeed. The wayside portion of the ATP subsystem includes the automatic block system (discussed below) and control of track switches and signals. The automatic block system detects trains as they occupy and vacate each of these track circuits and, if necessary, transmits speed commands (including a command of 0 mph) to following trains to maintain train separation. Track occupancy information is also transmitted through remote terminal units to the AIM system at the OCC. The algorithm used to compute speed commands does not take into account any information regarding the past status of track occupancies or speed commands. 29
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 30 Track occupancy detection is accomplished as follows: At each end of each track circuit, an impedance bond is mounted between the rails. (See figure 8.) The impedance bond at one end of the block acts as a transmitter; the one at the other end acts as a receiver.50 Track circuits are typically arranged for the normal direction of traffic so that a train entering a track circuit will pass over the receiver end of a track circuit before traversing the transmitter end.
Figure 8. Impedance bond for track circuit B2-304. A track circuit transmitter module in the train control room generates a code-rate modulated audio frequency signal and supplies it to the transmitter impedance bond at the end of a track circuit. The transmitter impedance bond injects this signal into the rails. Assuming that no train occupies the block, the signal will travel through the rails and be picked up by the receiver impedance bond at the other end of the track circuit. The receiver bond sends this signal back to
50 Only one impedance bond is mounted at the junction of two track circuits. Generally, this single impedance bond serves as the receiver for one track circuit and the transmitter for the adjacent “upstream” track circuit.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 31 a track circuit receiver module in the train control room. (See figure 9.) The track circuit receiver module filters, amplifies, and checks the level of the signal it receives from the impedance bond. If the signal meets the amplitude and modulation requirements for that track circuit, the module energizes the coil of a track relay. The energized coil causes the relay armature to “pick up,” or rise, thus completing the track circuit. A track relay in the “up,” or raised, position indicates to the ATC system that the block of track is unoccupied.
Figure 9. Typical track circuit module. When a train enters the track circuit, the train’s wheelsets provide an alternative path for the signal and shunt51 it away from the receiver bond. When the code-rate modulated signal being sent by the receiver bond back to the track circuit receiver module drops below a preset level, the module deenergizes the corresponding track relay, causing the relay armature to drop, signifying that a train is occupying the track circuit. After the last wheels of a train leave the track circuit, the signal again reaches the receiver bond, causing the track relay to pick up, signifying an unoccupied block. The process works the same way on both main tracks regardless of the direction of travel. A loss of train detection occurs when the relay does not deenergize while a train is occupying the track circuit.
51 Shunting actually occurs shortly before a train arrives at the track circuit (preshunting) and remains in effect until briefly after a train has moved out of the track circuit (postshunting).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 32 Postaccident Inspection and Testing of ATP Components Control of 14 of the 27 track circuits along track B2 between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations is provided by track circuit modules containing plug-in printed circuit boards mounted on equipment racks in the Fort Totten train control room.52 Based on serial numbers and WMATA records, the ATP transmitter/receiver modules installed at Fort Totten at the time of the accident were manufactured by GRS53 in the early 1970s. Some modules had been replaced since the original installation with modules of the same or similar design (early 1970s to late 1980s), and some of the components used in the modules, such as printed circuit boards, also had been changed since the original installation.54 The collision occurred within a 738-foot-long track circuit designated B2-304, located about 1/2 mile north of the Fort Totten station. Postaccident examination of the equipment revealed that the track relay for track circuit B2-304 was out of correspondence with the physical location of the accident trains. That is, the track relay was energized (indicating a vacant track circuit) even though both accident trains were still occupying the block and shunting the track circuit. The postaccident inspection conducted on June 23, 2009, did not find any indications of tampering with or vandalism of the train control system. After the accident wreckage was removed, investigators tested the five track circuits preceding (north to south)55 track circuit B2-304 using a 0.06-ohm shunt to simulate a train wheelset. Investigators sequentially placed the shunt at three locations—at the transmitter end, in the middle, and at the receiver end—of each track circuit. All track relays deenergized in response to the placement of each shunt. Investigators then tested track circuit B2-304. The track circuit detected a 0.06-ohm shunt placed at the transmitter end of the circuit but failed to detect either a 0.06-ohm or a hardwire shunt56 placed in the middle of the circuit. When either type of shunt (0.06 ohm or hardwire) was placed at the receiver end of the track circuit, detection of the shunt was intermittent; the track relay momentarily energized and picked up (showed “unoccupied”), and then deenergized and dropped out (showed “occupied”). The NTSB tested the B2-304 vital, or safety-critical, track circuit relay, along with other associated vital relays, for compliance with performance criteria. All 15 vital relays were found
52 The remaining 13 track circuits are controlled from Takoma. 53 GRS is General Railway Signal Company, which has since been acquired by Alstom Signaling Inc. In this report, “GRS” will be used when referring to the signal system components themselves; “Alstom” will be used when referring to the company providing technical support for the GRS components. 54 According to Alstom, since the 1970s, Alstom’s GRS ATC modules have evolved over four “generations.” The modules in use at Fort Totten were Generation 2 modules. The company does not believe that any Generation 1 modules remain in service. 55 From north to south, the tested track circuits were B2-344, B2-336, B2-328, B2-322, and B2-312. 56 A hardwire shunt is a near-zero resistance wire as opposed to a 0.06-ohm shunt that is used to simulate the axle of the train.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 33 to be operating within specifications. The two US&S57 impedance bonds (transmitter and receiver) for track circuit B2-304 were electronically swept to check the tuning frequency and were determined to be in compliance with manufacturer specifications. The US&S transmitter bond for track B2-304 had been installed on June 16 and 17, 2009, to replace a GRS impedance bond. (As discussed elsewhere in this report, the bond was installed as part of a WMATA long- term track-circuit replacement program.) During this investigation, the newly installed US&S transmitter impedance bond was removed for inspection and bench testing. No exceptions were noted with the condition or operation of the US&S impedance bond. Postaccident testing determined that the US&S impedance bond had a resistive impedance of 132.6 ohms versus a resistive impedance of 140.6 ohms for the replaced GRS impedance bond. Because of this difference in impedance, the installation of a US&S impedance bond in a track circuit with GRS transmitter and receiver modules in some cases required that the track circuit transmitter power be changed during the subsequent track circuit adjustment and verification process. In postaccident interviews, WMATA ATC technicians said that transmitter power levels had to be increased about one-third of the time when US&S impedance bonds were used with GRS track circuit modules. Postaccident testing conducted by the NTSB detected signal coupling between the ATP track circuit transmitter and receiver modules that contributed to energizing the B2-304 track relay (indicating “vacant”) while the track circuit was actually occupied. This testing identified parasitic oscillation58 generated by the power output transistors of the track-circuit transmitter. This oscillation produced a spurious track-circuit signal that was picked up by the track-circuit receiver and interpreted as the nonshunted signal coming from the receiver impedance bond. The parasitic oscillation was generated by the transmitter module and coupled through the heat sinks59 and through the rack and module structures to other modules that shared the same power source and rack. The amplitude of the oscillation was found to vary significantly depending on the transmitter power level setting. For example, during testing of the Fort Totten modules, when the transmitter power level was increased from 55 percent (the setting at the time of the accident) to 60 percent, the parasitic oscillation did not cause a loss of train detection. When the power level was reduced from 60 percent to 30 percent (the power level before the impedance bond was replaced), the oscillation also did not cause a loss of train detection. The oscillation was present both when the US&S impedance bonds were included in the circuit and when the bonds were disconnected and replaced with a simulated load. Testing of other modules showed that the oscillation could appear at times after an increase in transmitter power level and at other times after a reduction in the power level. The oscillation was not continuous and only occurred when a power transistor signal amplitude reached a certain level. The oscillation occurred in pulses that were driven by the audio frequency signal. Because the oscillation was affected by the signal amplitude, it was only
57 US&S refers to Union Switch & Signal, which changed its name to Ansaldo STS USA, Inc., on January 1,
- In this report, “US&S” will be used when referring to the signal system components themselves; “Ansaldo”
will be used when referring to the company providing technical support for the US&S components. 58 In this instance, parasitic oscillation refers to spurious signal pulses generated by the power amplifier. 59 A heat sink is a heat exchanger designed to absorb and to dissipate excess heat.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 34 present when the track circuit was transmitting; therefore, the oscillation was synchronized with the coded signal injected into the track. Once the oscillation was coupled to the module containing the track circuit receiver, the power amplifier for the adjacent track circuit module amplified the pulses. The amplified pulses were coupled to the track circuit receiver detector, where the pulses were interpreted to be the correct audio frequency signal for that track circuit. When the amplitude of the pulses was sufficient, the receiver amplifier provided output to the relay driver, which energized the track relay (signifying an unoccupied track). On August 7, 2009, in an attempt to eliminate such parasitic oscillation, WMATA asked for Alstom’s approval to modify a printed circuit board on the GRS track circuit modules. Alstom replied on August 31, 2009, that it had not had the opportunity to independently analyze and test the proposed modification and was therefore unable to approve the WMATA plan. On September 4, 2009, WMATA informed Alstom that it would not pursue the proposed circuit modification without Alstom’s approval. On August 9, 2009, WMATA engineers completed draft ATC technical procedure T163, GRS ATP Module Parasitic Oscillation Test. In August and September 2009, WMATA engineering personnel, using the draft T163 test procedure, began testing other track circuits on the Metrorail system for the type of parasitic oscillation that was found at Fort Totten. The initial testing focused on track circuits identified by the loss-of-shunt tool as having timing anomalies.60 The testing was expanded to include track circuits that had not shown timing anomalies but that were located in the same train control rooms as circuits specifically identified for testing. This initial testing involved 96 track circuits. Of these, 20 were identified as having parasitic oscillation coupled between the transmitter and receiver modules like that found at Fort Totten. The 20 track circuits were all equipped with GRS impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules.
On September 22, 2009, the NTSB made the following urgent safety recommendation to WMATA: Examine track circuits within your system that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths, and eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of your train control system. This work should be conducted in coordination with your signal and train control equipment manufacturer(s). (R-09-15 Urgent)
60 During this time, WMATA was refining the accuracy of its loss-of-shunt tool. Therefore, although all of the identified track circuits were investigated, not all of them were found to have loss-of-shunt anomalies; corrugated rail was identified at some locations.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report After, and in partial response to, the issuance of Safety Recommendation R-09-15, draft test procedure T163 was made final on October 21, 2009. The final test procedure identifies four types of oscillations: 4.1 Oscillation type 1: Look for a clean sinusoidal audio waveform. If none of the audio waveform appearance is thickened by higher frequency oscillations, then enter the number “1” in column 2 of the data sheet. The failure mode is not present for the tested track circuit and your test of this track circuit is complete. 4.2 Oscillation type 2: If the entire waveform appears uniformly thickened as though it is out of focus, that indicates a harmless and continuous oscillation at some higher frequency …. This phenomenon may be present with other phenomena described below and if there is excessive amplitude of continuous oscillation, it might mask other oscillation types. If other bulges representing periodic bursts of oscillation appear on the waveform, then look for type 3 or type 4 oscillations. If the continuous oscillation, is the only oscillation, then record the number “2” in column 2, the measured frequency in column 3, and the measured amplitude in column 4. The failure mode is not present for the tested track circuit and your test of this track circuit is complete. 4.3 Oscillation type 3: If the thickened portions of the waveform are consistently and only in the same region (usually at a positive and/or negative peak) then the thickened regions are local oscillations of the shared track circuit transmitter. The shared track circuit may be at risk for the parasitic oscillation failure mode, but if there are no other pulses of oscillation then the tested track circuit does not have the failure mode. … The failure mode is not present for the tested track circuit and your test of this track circuit is complete. However, you should begin tests of the shared track circuit immediately beginning at step #1. 4.4 Oscillation type 4: If the thickened portions of the waveform are irregular with respect to the audio frequency of the shared track circuit, (they appear at different angles/locations of the waveform) then they are coming from another transmitter, via the power distribution and rack structures, and are superimposed on the preamp of the shared track circuit transmitter. These are external oscillations for the shared track circuit transmitter. It is important to determine the source of these “pulses” that appear as thickened portions on the audio waveform. The test procedure requires corrective action when the amplitude of the type 4 oscillation exceeds and remains above 400 millivolts. Screen captures of oscilloscope displays illustrating the four types of parasitic oscillation are shown in figure 10. After the T163 test procedure became final, WMATA ATC personnel were trained to identify oscillation using the procedure. From the end of October through the end of December 2009, technicians tested 1,482 track circuits throughout the Metrorail system and found 208 track circuits having type 3 parasitic oscillation that was being generated in the transmitter track circuit module but was not seen in the receiver modules. That testing identified an additional 82 track circuits that exhibited type 4 oscillation with parasitic oscillation in both the transmitter and receiver modules. Only eight of these had oscillation with signal strength deemed sufficient by WMATA to require corrective action. In those eight cases, the oscillation could be mitigated by adjusting the track circuit transmitter power level setting. All 82 track circuits that were 35
NTSB Railroad Accident Report identified as having type 4 oscillation like that found at Fort Totten used GRS impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules.
Oscillation type 1: A clean sinusoidal audio waveform. Oscillation type 2: The entire waveform appears uniformly thickened as though out of focus. Indicates a harmless and continuous oscillation at some higher frequency (25 megahertz for example).
Oscillation type 3: The thickened portions of the waveform are all in the same region (usually at a positive or negative peak), indicating local (internal) oscillations. The track circuit may be at risk for the parasitic oscillation failure mode. Oscillation type 4: The thickened portions of the waveform are irregular (they appear at different angles/locations of the waveform), indicating that they are coming from another transmitter, via the power distribution and rack structures, and are superimposed on the preamplifier of the shared track circuit transmitter. These are external oscillations that could mimic a valid track circuit signal and result in a loss of train detection.
Figure 10. Oscilloscope displays illustrating four types of parasitic oscillation found in WMATA GRS track circuit modules. (Source: WMATA technical procedure T163, GRS ATP Module Parasitic Oscillation Test.)
36
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Metrorail Upgrade Program Activities Traction Power Upgrade Program Metrorail train traction power is supplied through an electrified third rail that provides 750 volts to the traction motors aboard each car. The Red Line traction power system could accommodate 6-car trains, but with increased Metrorail ridership, WMATA began a program to upgrade traction power substations in preparation for operating 8-car trains. The New Hampshire Avenue traction power substation, near the accident site, was upgraded from 4 megawatts to 7 megawatts between March 7 and June 14, 2006. The upgrade entailed replacing two 2-megawatt transformers with two new 2-megawatt transformers and adding a new 3-megawatt transformer. Track Circuit Replacement Program At the time of the accident, WMATA was also working on a program to replace the GRS track circuits in selected locations. According to WMATA’s former ATC assistant chief engineer’s testimony at the public hearing, the track circuit replacement program was needed because the track circuits had aged, some of the parts were failing, and replacement parts were not available. The program called for GRS impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules to be replaced with US&S impedance bonds and US&S AF-800W modules. The track circuit replacement program was managed by the WMATA Metrorail Infrastructure Renewal Programs Group and involved ATC construction, inspection, and testing (CIT) crews from Metrorail’s office of Track Structures System Maintenance (TSSM). The program was being carried out in the following sequence: First, WMATA CIT crews would replace the GRS impedance bonds with US&S bonds. The CIT crews would make any necessary adjustments to the affected track circuits and verify that the circuits were working properly with the new bonds. Once this was complete, an Ansaldo crew, with assistance from WMATA, would install the US&S modules in the train control room and make final track circuit adjustments. According to WMATA officials, WMATA attempted to have its bond replacement crews working one station ahead of the Ansaldo crews. The first track circuit replacement contract was for three locations on the Orange line. On October 6, 2006, the office of the WMATA chief engineer issued an engineering bulletin titled US&S Impedance Bonds in GRS ATP Track Circuits that stated that no problems had been reported with the three Orange Line installations in which US&S impedance bonds had been installed in track circuits that still used GRS components. The bulletin continued as follows: Verification with a .06 ohm shunt is WMATA’s worst case shunting condition. Verification Shunt Test should be performed at each end of the track circuit and at the mid point in the track circuit. Any track circuit that verifies with a .06 ohm shunt is considered safe. This same procedure will be used to set up any track circuit in which 37
NTSB Railroad Accident Report WMATA will replace a GRS impedance bond with a US&S impedance bond with GRS ATP Modules. If during the installation and testing the track circuit cannot be adjusted to pass a .06 ohm verification shunt test then the old GRS bond should be reinstalled. Replacement of Impedance Bonds Near Fort Totten On December 12, 2007, as part of the traction power upgrade program, the GRS impedance bond at chain marker B2-311+71 was replaced with a US&S high-current bond. The replaced impedance bond was the receiver impedance bond for track circuit B2-304 (the site of the accident on the inbound track, north of Fort Totten station) and the transmitter impedance bond for track circuit B2-312 (the track circuit immediately north of B2-304). According to the daily entry for that date in the Fort Totten train control room log, a track circuit adjustment was performed on track circuits B2-312 and B2-304 after the US&S impedance bond was installed. The log also indicated that a shunt verification test was performed and that the power level was raised from 55 to 70 percent for track circuit B2-312. On December 18, 2007, also as part of the traction power upgrade program, the GRS receiver impedance bond for track circuit B1-245 (on the outbound track, south of Fort Totten station) was replaced with a US&S high-current impedance bond. The transmitter power level was increased, and although the track circuit was reportedly adjusted and verified, recorded data show that the track circuit repeatedly lost detection of trains after the bond replacement. On December 24, 2007, a work order was opened for track circuit B1-245. The log book entry for that date stated that track circuit B1-245 would not shunt with a train in the circuit. Records show that the track circuit was adjusted and verified, but recorded data reviewed during the investigation show that the track circuit repeatedly lost detection of trains after the adjustment. On January 10, 2008, the entry in the log book indicated that track circuit B1-245 was still not consistently detecting trains. The transmitter power level setting was changed, but technicians could not adjust the track circuit such that the track relay would remain energized. A CIT crew inspected the track circuit and changed the transmitter power level, but they too were unable to adjust the track circuit to function properly. At that point, the ATC technicians removed track circuit B1-245 from service and notified the OCC and the MOC. The next day, the transmitter power level for track circuit B1-245 was changed again, but the track circuit still could not be adjusted to function properly. Another work order was opened. The following day, January 12, 2008, technicians removed the US&S high-current impedance bond that had been installed on December 18, 2007, and reinstalled the original GRS impedance bond. The track circuit was adjusted and verified after increasing the transmitter power level. An NTSB review of historical data from the loss-of-shunt tool indicated that track circuit B1-245 continued to lose train detection after the original bond was reinstalled. 38
NTSB Railroad Accident Report A review by WMATA ATC engineers of track circuit adjustment data for track circuit B1-245 indicated that the transmitter voltage level had been decreasing from May 2006 to August 2008. Based on this finding, the engineers determined that the GRS transmitter impedance bond for the track circuit was defective. On September 9, 2008, the GRS transmitter impedance bond for track circuit B1-245 was replaced with another GRS impedance bond. The track circuit was adjusted and verified. A review of historical data showed that the track circuit continued to fail to detect trains. As the traction power upgrade program was nearing completion, a review by WMATA noted that track circuit B1-245 (because of the problems involving loss of train detection) still had the original GRS receiver impedance bond. On January 10, 2009, the GRS receiver impedance bond was again replaced with a US&S high-current impedance bond. On April 20, 2009, the GRS transmitter impedance bond for this track circuit was replaced with a US&S impedance bond. The track circuit was adjusted and verified after each of these US&S impedance bond installations, and no changes were made in transmitter power level. The historical data revealed that track circuit B1-245 continued to lose train detection after both impedance bond replacements. On August 14, 2009, the GRS track circuit modules were replaced with US&S modules. A review of the historical records from August 15, 2009, through January 1, 2010, showed no further loss-of-shunt events involving track circuit B1-245. Five days before the accident, as part of the WMATA track circuit replacement program, a WMATA CIT crew replaced the original GRS transmitter impedance bond for track circuit B2-304 with a US&S impedance bond. The GRS track circuit modules in the Fort Totten train control room were scheduled to be replaced with US&S AF-800W modules during the week of June 22, 2009. The CIT crew leader for the installation of the US&S impedance bond told investigators that after her crew installed the new bond, they experienced problems while making track circuit adjustments and had to increase transmitter power from 30 to 55 percent before they could get the receiver track relay to pick up. She stated that during the adjustments, track circuit B2-304 began bobbing (transitioning from showing vacant to occupied and back to vacant with no traffic present). The crew leader stated that during the track adjustment, her crew performed a shunt verification test at three points along the B2-304 track circuit. She stated that the track circuit detected each of the three shunts. The crew leader stated that for preventive maintenance track circuit verification, they were only required to use one shunt placed 10 feet inside the transmitter end, but for replacement of an impedance bond and track circuit verification, her preference (not a requirement) was to shunt in three places on the track circuit. Data from the morning of June 17, 2009, (obtained after the accident) indicated that track circuit B2-304 was performing irregularly during the time the track circuit adjustment and verification process was conducted. Because of the frequent bobbing of track circuit B2-304, the 39
NTSB Railroad Accident Report data could not be used to confirm the CIT crew leader’s statements made during the postaccident interview regarding the use of three shunts to verify the track circuit. NTSB postaccident testing of track circuit B2-304 determined that the track circuit detected a 0.06-ohm shunt at the transmitter end of the circuit. However, the track circuit failed to detect a 0.06-ohm or a hardwire shunt in the middle of the track circuit. With a shunt (0.06-ohm or hardwire) at the receiver end, the track circuit was intermittently detecting the shunt, momentarily deenergizing the relay and then energizing the relay and not detecting the shunt. The installation crew completed the installation and adjustments just before the start of revenue service on the morning of June 17, 2009. The crew leader said that she spoke with her supervisor by telephone about the problems her crew had encountered when making adjustments and that he had instructed them to stay and observe two train movements before departing. The crew leader stated that as they waited for trains to begin running, track circuit B2-304 began bobbing again. They replaced the relay driver card, but the track circuit continued bobbing. The crew leader said that the track circuit properly detected the first revenue train that went through. (Recorded track circuit data indicated that track circuit B2-304 failed to detect the first train.) She said after the train departed the area, track circuit B2-304 continued to bob, and the adjacent track circuit B2-312 also began bobbing. Personnel from the Metrorail MOC called the crew at the Fort Totten train control room to notify them of the bobbing track circuits and were told that the crew was still there and was troubleshooting the bobbing track circuits. The crew observed a second train movement and again stated that they did not notice any problem with the train being detected as it moved through the track circuits. The crew leader said that just before 6:00 a.m., she called the MOC and reported that the crew had observed two train movements through the area and that, while they did not notice any problems with train detection, the two track circuits (B2-304 and B2-312) were still bobbing. She said that MOC personnel acknowledged the report, after which she and her crew departed the area and went off duty. The crew leader stated that the crew did not hear anything more regarding the two track circuits until 5 days later when the accident occurred. In a postaccident interview, the supervisor of the CIT installation crew said, “If the track circuit’s bobbing, normal procedure is [that it] … be worked on. If there’s a crew changeover, it’s still to be worked on.” He said his understanding was that when the CIT crew departed on June 17, “there was no problem.” He also said he was not aware of an instance in which ATC technicians had taken a track segment out of service because of a failed verification test or a bobbing track circuit, but that I would have to stress to the technicians, if you have a problem with a track circuit or anything else, … shut it down. I’ve done it with switches where you just call out of service. And I don’t know whether that’s taught to all of ATC.… If you’ve got a problem with it, shut it down and deal with the consequences later. The mentality now is move trains. 40
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Records show that, as a result of reports by the CIT installation crew, the MOC opened work order No. 7169867 for bobbing track circuit B2-304 at 6:50 a.m. on June 17, 2009. Although the CIT crew leader told investigators that she had notified the MOC that both track circuits B2-304 and B2-312 were bobbing, the MOC had no work orders associated with bobbing track circuit B2-312. No incident ticket was associated with the work order for track circuit B2-304. Incident tickets are generated for unusual occurrences in the operating system and, except for temporary speed restrictions, require initiation by transportation personnel in the OCC. Work orders may be generated from incident tickets for maintenance action, but they may also be initiated without an incident. On June 17, 2009, after the new impedance bond was installed and a work order was opened for a bobbing track circuit, Red Line ATC technicians performed a scheduled preventive maintenance inspection in the area where the collision occurred. That work included performing quarterly verification shunt tests, which they believed involved placing a single 0.06-ohm shunt 10 feet inside the track circuit at the transmitter end. They said that track circuit B2-304 detected the shunt but that when their testing was complete, the circuit was bobbing. They stated that they then measured the line voltage and compared the measurements to historical records of the circuit. The measurements were found to be consistent with the historical records. The ATC technicians said that after they completed this troubleshooting, they did not make any adjustments because the track circuit had just been verified with the shunt test, indicating to them that it was safe. They said they did not report the bobbing track circuit to the MOC because the problem cleared itself while they were troubleshooting. They said they were not aware of the open work order regarding track circuit B2-304. No action was taken regarding work order No. 7169867 from the time it was opened on June 17, 2009, until the day of the accident. ATC shift supervisors are responsible for reviewing open work orders for their areas of responsibility. TSSM managers also review open incident tickets to ensure that they are properly handled. Because work order No. 7169867 was not associated with an incident ticket, it was never included in any list that TSSM managers reviewed. At the public hearing on this accident, the WMATA superintendent of communications stated that between June 17 and June 22, 2009, 39 preventive maintenance work orders and 9 corrective maintenance work orders were completed. He said that most of the completed maintenance work orders had to do with problems that prevented OCC controllers from being able to set a route for trains. He stated that any required maintenance action that affects train movements takes priority. Investigators reviewed incident tickets and work orders for the area between Fort Totten and Takoma dating back 18 months before the accident. The records indicated that on February 28, 2008, work order No. 4397137 was opened for track circuit B2-304, which was bobbing. The records indicated that work was completed on September 6, 2008, and the work order was closed on September 26, 2008. The work order entries did not indicate the actions that had been taken to correct the bobbing track circuit. 41
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Review of ATC Recorded Data NTSB investigators reviewed the AIM system historical data records regarding track circuit B2-304. The records indicated that about 1:33 a.m. on December 12, 2007, track circuit B2-304 was down. The data corresponded to the date and time the high-current impedance bond (the B2-304 track circuit receiver bond) was replaced. The data further indicated that about 5 hours later, track circuit B2-304 began bobbing by showing false train occupancies between train movements. The track circuit detected actual trains but at times falsely indicated occupancy when no train was present. The historical records indicated that the intermittent indications of false train occupancy for track circuit B2-304 were still occurring when the track circuit transmitter impedance bond was replaced on June 17, 2009. The records showed that during the time the installation crew was carrying out the postinstallation track circuit adjustment and verification process for the new impedance bond, the track circuit continued to perform irregularly. From the time the impedance bond was replaced until shortly before the arrival of the first train of the day, the track circuit was bobbing, and the track circuit relay was seldom energized (indicating a vacant circuit) for more than 30 seconds between dropouts. Then, about 9 minutes before the arrival of the first train, the track circuit relay began to remain energized for minutes at a time and was only bobbing (intermittently indicating an occupied track circuit) for a second or two. The data further indicated that train detection failed for almost every train that occupied track circuit B2-304 from the time the impedance bond was replaced on June 17, 2009, until the accident on June 22. No record was found that any train operator had reported losing speed commands at the accident location in the 5 days leading up to the accident. Investigators determined that, on the day of the accident, almost all of the inbound trains departing Takoma toward Fort Totten operated on proper speed commands to maintain train separation until they entered track circuit B2-304, at which time their speed commands dropped to 0 mph. As the trains slowed in response to the 0 mph speed command, they coasted through track circuit B2-304 and onto track circuit B2-301, the next track circuit in the direction of travel. When the train was detected by track circuit B2-301, the ATC system again transmitted proper speed commands, and the trains continued normally. This sequence continued until the time of the accident. The AIM system would have issued an alarm each time track circuit B2-304 provided a false occupancy or false vacancy indication, and these alarms would have been displayed on the line controller screens in the OCC. Because WMATA had identified such alarms as “minor,” the alarm messages would have appeared briefly on the screen display before being automatically acknowledged and deleted by the AIM system without controller intervention. The red or white icons representing an ARB or NRB track circuit would have continued to be displayed on the primary screens even after the alarm messages had been deleted. These icons would have been replaced by the normal track circuit icons during those periods when the track circuit was performing normally or when a latent malfunction could not be detected by the ATC system. 42
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Recorded train control system data indicated that, minutes before the accident, train 214 entered track circuit B2-312 with speed commands of 55 mph. As the train approached (preshunted) track circuit B2-304, the speed commands were reduced to 45 mph because of the presence of train 110 that was approaching Fort Totten station ahead of train 214. As train 214 continued moving onto track circuit B2-304, its presence stopped being detected. Because speed commands are only transmitted when a track circuit is occupied, the train received no speed commands, which resulted in default speed readouts of 0 mph. This caused train 214 to stop fully within the limits of track circuit B2-304. Previous Metrorail Incident Involving Failure of Train Detection In 2005, a track circuit failed to detect the presence of stopped trains on the outbound track between the Foggy Bottom and Rosslyn stations. Because of these failures, the operators of two trains had to override the ATO system and stop their trains to prevent a rear-end collision. The circumstances of that incident, as related by Metrorail officials during the February 2010 public hearing on this accident, were as follows: Metrorail trains, except for Red Line trains, share the same tracks for significant portions of their routes. (Refer to figure 2.) In areas where two Metrorail lines are shown running in parallel, they share the same main line track. For example, both Orange Line and Blue Line trains use the same track between Stadium-Armory and Rosslyn. At Rosslyn, based on the train identification as detected by the TWC system, the ATC system automatically aligns switches so that, after serving the Rosslyn station, outbound trains are routed either toward Vienna (Orange Line trains) or Franconia-Springfield (Blue Line trains). On June 7, 2005, because of a failure in the TWC system, trains departing Rosslyn had to be routed manually by the OCC rather than automatically from the wayside. During the evening rush period, an OCC controller misrouted an outbound train from Rosslyn, which caused a backup of following outbound Blue and Orange Line trains between the Foggy Bottom and Rosslyn stations. The backup resulted in a train being stopped within track circuit C2-111, a 900-foot-long track circuit at about the midpoint between Rosslyn and Foggy Bottom stations. The ATP subsystem failed to detect the presence of the train in the track circuit, which allowed speed commands to be transmitted to the train immediately behind the stopped train. When the operator of that train, who was operating in ATO, saw the train ahead and realized that his train was not slowing, he used his ATO stop button (a non-emergency brake application) to apply the train brakes. He estimated that his train stopped about 50 feet short of the rear of the stopped train. The operator believed he had a problem with speed commands, which he reported to the OCC. Eventually, the first train moved forward, and the train that had stopped to prevent a collision moved ahead until it was now occupying the track circuit previously occupied by the first train. Track circuit C2-111 again failed to detect the presence of the train, which allowed speed commands to be transmitted to the following train. The operator of the following train, 43
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 44 who was also operating in ATO, saw the train ahead, determined that he was moving too fast, and applied his train’s emergency brakes. He estimated that his train stopped about 20 feet short of the rear of the other train. About 1.5 hours later, a WMATA ATC engineer, while discussing with the MOC the information he would need to address the failure in the TWC system at Rosslyn, overheard someone referring to the incident involving emergency brakes being applied because of excessive speed in the tunnel between Rosslyn and Foggy Bottom. He asked for more data regarding the incident and contacted other ATC engineers. Three ATC engineers reviewed the computer data for the track circuits and determined that the near-collisions had resulted from a failure of track circuit C2-111 to detect the presence of a train in the middle of the circuit. They immediately established absolute block61 protection for the track circuit and began investigating the cause. The engineers conducted a number of tests and determined that the failed train detection could theoretically have resulted from an electrical fault between the transmitter and receiver impedance bond cables.62 Such a fault could provide a “runaround” circuit that would allow a signal to travel from the track circuit transmitter to the track circuit receiver without ever reaching the rails. The engineers were unable to fully test this theory because when they cut a cable tie binding the cables together, the track circuit began detecting trains. Visual inspection of the two cables revealed no physical evidence of a short. Additional troubleshooting followed over the next few days, as did consultation with engineers from Alstom regarding the GRS track circuit components. Although an electrical short between the cables was believed to be the most rational explanation for the failure, no definitive cause for the malfunction was ever identified. All components of the track circuit were subsequently replaced, including both the transmitter and the receiver impedance bonds, all the bond cables between the train control room and the track, and the transmitter and receiver modules in the Rosslyn train control room. As a result of the Rosslyn incident and subsequent investigation, WMATA developed the loss-of-shunt tool. As noted previously, a train’s wheels “shunt” the electrical signal injected into the rails, alerting the signal system that a train is present. The loss-of-shunt software tool is designed to scan the database for track occupancy occurrences that violate the “3-second rule.” This rule is based on the assumption that a 4-car train cannot move fast enough to completely leave a single track circuit less than 3 seconds after entering the next track circuit in the direction of travel. In other words, a loss-of-shunt event occurs when a track circuit transitions to
61 An absolute block is a section of track between two specific locations, such as passenger stations, into which no train is permitted to enter while that section of track is occupied by another train. The section of track can be of any length (that is, multiple track circuits or multiple stations). The OCC must verify with a qualified employee positioned at the limits of each block that a train authorized to occupy the absolute block has passed the limits of that block before authorizing another train to occupy the block. 62 The two sheathed, twisted-pair cables ran parallel to and in contact with one another for about 3,100 feet along the tunnel wall.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report “unoccupied” less than 3 seconds after the next track circuit transitions to “occupied.” This is an indication that the track circuit, at some point, lost the ability to detect whether a train was occupying that block of track. In general, the loss-of-shunt software tool can only identify those instances in which a loss of shunt occurs under an actual train. According to testimony given at the public hearing on this accident, ATC engineers initially used the loss-of-shunt tool on a weekly basis. After about a year, the procedures for using the loss-of-shunt tool were codified, and the tool was turned over to the maintenance department with a recommendation that it be used once per month. According to those involved in the development of the tool, the recommendation was that the tool be used to analyze a 3-hour peak service period, for the entire Metrorail system, once per month. At the public hearing, the communications superintendent for WMATA stated that he had found no records to indicate that loss-of-shunt analyses were being performed on a monthly basis and documented. He went on to state the following: From the information that I was provided, I was told that it [the loss-of-shunt tool] was being run monthly. In fact, some managers in ATC informed me they were, in fact, running it weekly, but when [I] inquired as to the documentation, there was none available. On June 19, 2005, WMATA issued an engineering bulletin and ATC safety notice: Update on Diminished Shunt Sensitivity in Audio Frequency Track Circuits. The bulletin states (in enlarged type) Shunt-verification of audio frequency track circuits, must include a ‘soft’ (0.06 [ohm]) shunt test at the transmitter AND in the middle of the track circuit. A recently discovered, non-indicating failure mode [as discovered in the Rosslyn incident] could result in near normal shunting sensitivity at the ends of the track circuit with an inability to detect trains in the middle. The WMATA ATC systems engineer interviewed as part of the Fort Totten accident investigation also participated in the 2005 Rosslyn investigation. He said that after all the components for track circuit C2-111 were replaced, he retained the old GRS modules and kept them in his office for further examination. He stated that he performed a spectrum analysis of the components but that because his spectrum analyzer was limited to 100 kilohertz, he would not have been able to observe any parasitic oscillation in the modules even had they been present. In his interview, he did state that during the initial testing using an oscilloscope, he saw noise on the peaks of the wave form. During the Fort Totten investigation, investigators were able to obtain the components from Rosslyn and have them tested at WMATA’s Carmen Turner facility in Landover, Maryland. On August 3, 2009, the Rosslyn modules were tested and found to have parasitic oscillation between the transmitter module and the receiver module similar to that found at Fort Totten. At the NTSB’s request, WMATA reviewed historical occupancy data for Rosslyn track 45
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 46 circuit C2-111. Although the track circuit was placed in service in 1977, historical data were available dating back to only October 1988 and were not comprehensive. The data showed that from October 1988 onward, track circuit C2-111 intermittently lost train detection and indicated “vacant” when trains were occupying the circuit. Track circuit C2-111 had always been equipped with GRS impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules. ATC Maintenance, Test, and Inspection Procedures Manufacturer-Specified Maintenance for GRS Track Circuit Modules Manufacturer-provided guidance for maintenance of the GRS track circuit modules used by WMATA specified quarterly maintenance testing to verify the stability of the frequency, modulation, and power level of the track circuit transmitter and the passband response and sensitivity level of the track circuit receiver. According to that guidance, once per quarter, the following are to be checked: • The transmit power levels for the two TWC signals used to communicate train number, destination, length, and door status between the carborne system and the wayside. (The maintenance schedule calls for making root mean square [RMS] voltage measurements and recording the results on the track circuit module data sheet. If these levels are found to be “radically”63 different from previous readings, the procedure calls for adjustments to be made to the module.) • The transmit power level for the train occupancy detection signal used to sense the presence of a train within the boundaries of the track circuit. (The maintenance schedule calls for making an RMS voltage measurement and recording the result on the track circuit module data sheet. If this level is found to be “radically” different from previous readings, the procedure calls for an adjustment to be made to the module.) • The transmit carrier frequencies64 of both the track circuit and the TWC signals. (The maintenance schedule calls for making a frequency measurement and recording the result on the track circuit module data sheet. If the frequencies are found to be outside of the tolerances specified in the procedure, the defective subsystem is to be replaced.) • The transmit modulation frequency65 (code-rate) of the train occupancy detection signal. (The maintenance schedule calls for making a frequency measurement and
63 The word “radically” is an undefined term used in the manufacturer’s guidance. 64 The carrier frequency is the main frequency used to carry signal energy from the transmitter to the receiver. This will be a sinusoidal waveform of constant frequency and peak-to-peak amplitude in the case of an unmodulated signal. Eight carrier frequencies are available for track circuit train occupancy detection: 2100, 2320, 2580, 2820, 3100, 3370, 3660, and 3900 hertz. Speed communications are carried out on one of two frequencies: 4550 or 5525 hertz. 65 The modulation frequency is that frequency by which the much higher frequency carrier signal is modified in order to convey information. In the case of the WMATA track occupancy system, modulation is accomplished using
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 47 recording the result on the track circuit module data sheet. If the frequency is found to be outside of the tolerances specified in the procedure, the defective subsystem is to be replaced.) • The center frequency and passband characteristics of the track circuit receiver input filter. (The maintenance schedule calls for making a voltage measurement with a known signal input at the center frequency of the receiver passband. Additional voltage level measurements are required with known signal inputs at frequencies above and below the center frequency in order to characterize the passband of the filter. All results are to be recorded on the track circuit module data sheet. If any of the filter characteristics are found to be outside of the tolerances specified in the procedure,66 the defective subsystem is to be replaced.) • The receiver sensitivity level for the train occupancy detection signal. (The maintenance schedule calls for making several peak-to-peak voltage measurements using an oscilloscope and recording the result on the track circuit module datasheet. If the levels are found to be “radically” different from previous readings, the procedure calls for the module to be adjusted.) WMATA Track Circuit Maintenance Activities WMATA has written instructions for employees responsible for maintaining, testing, and inspecting components of the Metrorail ATC system. Preventive maintenance instruction (PMI) 11000, “High Frequency Track Circuits,” dated February 24, 1982, outlines the requirements for ATP track circuit adjustments. PMI 11000 states “3.3.4 Verify that a .06 ohm shunt ten (10) feet inside the transmit end of the track circuit will drop the track relay.” Another document, WMATA’s ATC System Integrity Maintenance Practices, dated March 25, 2003, includes sections on track circuit adjustment and verification. Regarding track circuit verification, the guidance states the following: 10.4 Verification: Track circuits must be verified immediately after any adjustment, repair, or replacement of their vital components including: module, printed circuit boards, relay, resistors, coupling units, wires, cables, bonds, track transmitter loop, special track work or rails; and at least every three months. The verification test is described under the section titled “Safety Certification Tests.”
a 50 percent duty cycle square-wave signal with a period varying from 333 milliseconds to 46 milliseconds. This modulation scheme is referred to as the code-rate, based on the six distinct modulation frequencies (code-rates) permitted in the design: 3.9, 4.6, 6.83, 10.1, 15.3, and 21.5 hertz. 66 The procedure specifies attenuation at the center frequency to be less than 50 percent. Passband attenuation is required to be greater than 50 percent over the center frequency level for signals with frequency beyond about ±55 hertz from center frequency.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The “Safety Certification Tests” section of the guidance states, in part: 5.5 Track Circuit Verification Tests: Whenever components of a track circuit (including track-work) are replaced or adjusted a functional test of the track circuit must verify that the track relay will drop away when a soft shunt (.06 [ohm]) is installed between the running rails of the track. For double rail track circuits the test shunt should be installed ten feet inside the transmitter end. The June 19, 2005, engineering bulletin and ATC safety notice issued after the Rosslyn incident added a requirement for a shunt placement in the middle of the track circuit when track circuits were being verified. The October 6, 2006, WMATA Metrorail engineering bulletin stated that after the installation of a US&S impedance bond in a GRS ATP track circuit, a verification shunt test should be performed using a 0.06-ohm shunt placed at three positions on the affected track circuits (at each end and in the middle). At the time of the Fort Totten accident, WMATA had two draft ATC technical procedures that had not been approved by the Metrorail ATC assistant chief engineer, the Office of Engineering Support Services, and the TSSM assistant general superintendent. One of the draft documents—ATC technical procedure T181, Track Circuit Adjustments—was dated October 29, 2008. The procedures are used when adjusting track circuits equipped with either GRS or US&S modules. After the adjustments were made, the track circuits were to be verified in accordance with the procedures outlined in PMI T111, Track Circuit Quarterly Shunt Test. PMI T111, dated December 23, 2008, was also in draft form and had not been implemented at the time of the accident. The draft PMI T111 instructed that, for an audio frequency track circuit, a 0.06-ohm shunt should be placed (1) 10 feet inside the transmitter end of the circuit, (2) halfway between the transmitter and the receiver, and (3) 10 feet inside the receiver end of the circuit. The track circuit is verified when all three placements cause the track circuit relay to drop. As a remedial action in case the track circuit fails the validation test, the draft procedure stated, “if the track circuit fails the shunt test, protect train movement. Perform Procedure T181 and adjust or repair the track circuit immediately and repeat the shunt test.” In postaccident interviews, the CIT crew leader responsible for the installation of the new transmitter impedance bond on June 16 and 17, 2009, stated that PMI track circuit verification required that only one shunt be placed 10 feet inside the transmitter end of the circuit. But she said that when an impedance bond was replaced, her preference was to shunt in three places on the track circuit. The installer’s supervisor said that he had seen her use two shunts when verifying a track circuit after a US&S bond installation but was not aware that she had ever used three. The CIT supervisor said that, because of a lack of written procedures for installing the bonds, he had developed instructions himself and provided them to the crews installing US&S impedance bonds. The instructions included a section on track circuit adjustment that referenced the PMI 11000 track circuit verification procedures (placement of a single shunt 10 feet inside the transmitter end) for GRS track circuit modules. 48
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The Red Line ATC mechanics who conducted verification tests on track circuit B2-304 the day after the impedance bond was replaced told investigators that they used the PMI 11000 procedures for GRS modules. They said they had no specific procedures for adjusting track circuits when US&S impedance bonds were installed with GRS track circuit modules. During postaccident interviews, neither the installation crew leader nor the ATC mechanics mentioned the June 19, 2005, engineering bulletin and ATC safety notice stating that track circuits should be tested at the middle of the track circuit in addition to the transmitter end because of the possibility that a circuit could shunt at either end and fail to shunt in the middle. Nor did any of the ATC technicians indicate that they were aware of the October 6, 2006, engineering bulletin requiring three shunt placements. The document they did mention was PMI 11000. The TSSM CIT supervisor said he was aware of an engineering bulletin but understood that it applied only to high-current substation return impedance bonds and not to regular impedance bonds. None of the technicians interviewed were new hires; their service with WMATA Metrorail ranged from 6 to 23 years, with an average of 15 years’ service. At the public hearing on this accident, the WMATA superintendent of communications was asked about the process by which engineering bulletins such as the October 6, 2006, bulletin would have been distributed to ATC technicians. He stated that the procedure was for such bulletins to be distributed to each individual work center and then to each ATC employee. A sheet for each bulletin was used to document that each employee had acknowledged receipt of the bulletin. This sheet was to be retained for 2 years. With specific reference to the October 6, 2006, bulletin, he said the following: I would say that, based upon information that has come to light since the June 22 accident, I believe that the distribution of the bulletins back in the 2005–2006 time frame was probably uneven. In other words, there were technicians who had that knowledge; there were other technicians who did not. Unfortunately, with only 2-year retention of the records, I was unable to verify that everyone had, in fact, signed off on acknowledging those bulletins. WMATA uses form PM-1, Track Circuit Adjustment, to record all track circuit adjustments and verifications performed under the PMI 11000 procedure. Column 7 of the form is labeled “Shunt Test” and provides two check boxes to indicate whether a shunt was placed at the transmitter and/or the receiver end of the track circuit. The form does not include a place for indicating placement of a shunt at a third location. According to a WMATA representative, the draft T111 procedure, which is intended to replace the PMI 11000 procedure, includes a data sheet with columns to indicate placement of up to eight verification shunts depending on track configuration. 49
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Current WMATA-Specified Maintenance for GRS Track Circuit Modules Current WMATA guidance for track circuit maintenance is documented in three technical procedures: T111–Track Circuit Quarterly Shunt Test, T181–Track Circuit Adjustments, and T163–GRS ATP Module Parasitic Oscillation Test. At the public hearing for this accident, the former WMATA ATC assistant chief engineer stated that six additional track circuit tests would be added to the WMATA track circuit routine maintenance schedule: (1) a measurement of signal strength when a track is being verified, (2) a test for a received waveform signature indicative of the presence of corrugated rail, (3) an open bond line test to ensure that track circuit transmitter signal level is not high enough to cause a false vacancy indication on a downstream track circuit, (4) a periodic test for parasitic oscillation, (5) a test for excess distortion of the transmitted audio track circuit signal, and (6) a verification that the input signal to the track circuit receiver does not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended maximum power level. Under procedure T111, track circuits are to undergo a shunt test quarterly or whenever a change has been made that affects the operation of the track circuit. This procedure requires that a 0.06-ohm shunt be applied across the track and that the associated track circuit relay be observed. If the relay drops, the test is passed. If the relay fails to drop, the T181 procedure is to be followed. The T181 procedure is to be performed whenever a change has been made that affects the operation of the track circuit. The T181 procedure—instituted on June 22, 2009, as a planned update of the PMI-11000 high-frequency track circuits maintenance procedure—outlines a series of tests designed to ensure that the associated track circuit relay will drop when the track circuit is shunted with a 0.06-ohm shunt. Two of the tests specified in the T181 procedure are relevant for the GRS track circuit modules used by WMATA. The first test calls for verification and adjustment of the direct current bias setting for the transmitter power output transistors. This test involves two direct current measurements. The second test calls for the verification and adjustment of the track circuit detection signal level. The procedure refers to the GRS Operations and Maintenance Manual-Wayside Equipment or the Alstom Field Maintainer’s Manual 5004B (as appropriate) for a detailed description of the procedure to be followed. This test involves a shunt verification test according to PMI-111, measurement and recording of track circuit data according to PMI T121 (Track Circuit Detection Signal Annual Test), and verification by oscilloscope that the transmit and receive signals are free of distortion. The T163 test is to be performed whenever a change is made that affects the operation of the track circuit, or as directed. The T163 procedure was instituted on August 9, 2009, in response to findings from the investigation of the Fort Totten accident. This test calls for the use of a 100-megahertz oscilloscope to observe the details of the output signal from the track circuit transmitter. Recorded data include oscillation type, frequency, amplitude, source frequency, source track circuit name, and receiver input signal level with a hard shunt in place. Three distinct types of oscillations are documented in the test procedure: one continuous and two described as “pulse-type.” If type 4 oscillation (spurious signals that can compromise the fail- safe design of the track circuit) is detected, the signal level must be measured. Corrective action is to be taken if the level of the spurious signal exceeds 400 millivolts peak to peak. 50
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Use of US&S Impedance Bonds with GRS Track Circuit Modules The Metrorail track circuit replacement program procedures developed and implemented by WMATA involved the installation of US&S impedance bonds by WMATA crews, followed later by installation of US&S track circuit modules by Ansaldo contract crews. For that period of time between the installation of the new bonds and the installation of the new track circuit modules, the track circuits would be operated with US&S impedance bonds and GRS modules. The WMATA ATC systems engineer told investigators that he had been involved in the track circuit replacement program from the development of the specifications for the track circuit replacement project through the approval of the products, review of the technical documentation, and final installation. Through bench testing, he identified an approximate 10-percent difference in resistive impedance between the US&S and GRS impedance bonds. He also stated that he connected a GRS module to a US&S impedance bond and monitored the output using different voltage ranges. He said he found no significant deviation from what would be expected from a circuit using all GRS components. He further stated that track circuits using components from different manufacturers were tested at three locations in rail yards to confirm that no incompatibilities existed that would affect reliability. The systems engineer told investigators that the contract called for all track circuit modules to undergo safety certification tests before installation. These tests were carried out by WMATA ATC technicians. All impedance bonds were required to be tested by US&S before they were shipped to WMATA. In addition, the contract required US&S to submit a hazard mode and effect analysis for WMATA’s approval. According to the systems engineer, US&S had provided WMATA with all the required documentation specified in the contract. The first track circuit replacements were at three sites on the Orange Line. The ATC systems engineer stated that the installations at these three locations did not indicate any problems. The October 6, 2006, engineering bulletin indicated that WMATA had consulted with technical representatives from both manufacturers (Ansaldo for the US&S bonds and Alstom for the GRS modules) about using the US&S and GRS components together. The ATC systems engineer said that he discussed the matter with the Alstom manager of train detection products who indicated that, because he had no knowledge of impedance bonds from other manufacturers, he could not recommend using GRS and non-GRS components together. The systems engineer said he did not recall specific discussions about the issue with Ansaldo representatives. At the public hearing on this accident, the site safety officer for Alstom said that his company, through a September 7, 2004, letter, subject: “Impacts of the Use of Non OEM [original equipment manufacturer] Components,” had advised all of its customers not to use Alstom components with components from other manufacturers. The letter cited an investigation of a freight car derailment that had determined that “the root cause of the failure(s) lay with a defect or design inconsistency of a product sub-assembly provided by a supplier other than Alstom.” The letter further stated the following: 51
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Alstom believes that the use of third party components, in the absence of rigorous industry design and safety standards, presents, not only a customer quality issue, but also constitutes a serious and increasing risk to overall signaling system safety. [Emphasis in the original.] The letter also stated, While one product line [switch machines] has been highlighted [in this letter], this is a much bigger issue as it relates to rework and maintenance of train control systems and the constituent components of all vital products: relays, signals, interlockings, track circuits, etc. The Alstom manager of train detection products told investigators that he had asked that the reference to track circuits be included in the letter because of WMATA’s plan to install US&S impedance bonds with GRS track circuit modules. The WMATA ATC assistant chief engineer was included on the 19-page distribution list attached to the letter, but he could not recall whether he had ever received it. Both the Alstom manager of train detection products and the WMATA ATC systems engineer stated that the 2004 Alstom letter was not mentioned during their discussions about using track circuit components made by different manufacturers. ATC technicians who had performed the preventive maintenance inspection in the accident area the day after the new impedance bond was installed for track circuit B2-304 raised concerns about the compatibility of components. One of the technicians stated, We have no adjustment procedures for adjusting these bonds with a GRS module and a US&S bond. There has been a long history of problems every time CIT puts one of these bonds in. Generally, we have speed command problems because … there’s an impedance mismatch that’s pretty commonly known throughout the railroad. You talk to any technician on the railroad, when CIT comes and puts these bonds in, they know they’re in for problems. Again, there's no adjustment procedures for these things. The WMATA ATC systems engineer stated that he was aware of some ATC technicians’ concerns about combining equipment from different manufacturers. He stated that these concerns generally revolved around the need to change transmitter power settings during track circuit adjustments after a new bond was installed. He said that he was told that the track circuits were being verified using three shunts and that, if the track circuit verified using the three shunts, he did not consider the power level change to be an issue because of the small difference in the impedance between the two bonds. He stated that he issued the October 6, 2006, engineering bulletin to ensure that the track circuits using components from different manufacturers were verified using three shunts. 52
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 53 According to the WMATA ATC systems engineer, currently about 26 Metrorail track circuits are using US&S high-current impedance bonds with GRS track circuit modules.67 No loss-of-shunt problems have been identified with any of those circuits. Postaccident Inspection of Maintenance Communication Components Each of the racks in a train control room and at wayside ATC installations has a telephone jack that connects to a maintenance communication system that allows workers in train control rooms to communicate with personnel at other train control rooms or equipment locations. The system is a deenergized two-wire network configured for handheld telephones. Maintenance personnel or others who must access the right-of-way can plug a handheld telephone into a wayside telephone jack and communicate with someone using another telephone plugged into a jack in the train control room. The telephone lines are routed from the train control room to the field and linked in series to telephone jacks in every track junction box. The track junction boxes are also used to terminate the train control room bond cables and the cable connection from the track circuit impedance bonds. Postaccident inspection of several track junction boxes between Fort Totten and Takoma found many of the telephone jacks inoperative because of broken terminals or disconnected wiring. The inoperative telephone jacks were either missing or found unsecured inside the track junction boxes. Track junction boxes with missing telephone jacks also had exposed mounting holes. Some of the telephone jacks that were found disconnected inside track junction boxes had bare wire terminals lying loose inside the box. Several bare wire terminals were in proximity to track circuit impedance bond terminal connections. Vehicle Data Recorders The cars making up train 112 at the time of the accident were 1000-series cars, which are the oldest cars in the Metrorail fleet. None of these cars had vehicle data recorders or any other recording devices. The cars making up train 214 at the time of the accident were four 3000-series cars in the lead followed by two 5000-series cars. Train 214 was equipped with three onboard event recorders68 (one onboard recorder per each paired set of cars) and six data acquisition modules (DAM) (one on each car); all nine recording devices were available for downloading train data.
67 These were circuits in which impedance bonds had been replaced as part of WMATA’s traction power upgrade program. 68 WMATA uses the term “Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) recorder” to describe this recording system; however, to avoid confusion with the Federal Railroad Administration, a U.S. government agency, this report will refer to this system as the “onboard event recorder” or the “onboard recorder.”
NTSB Railroad Accident Report As stated above, each paired set of cars from train 214 had an onboard recorder. The onboard recorder was a microprocessor-based, memory-based hardened module that recorded train data provided by the vehicle monitoring system (VMS) central unit. The train data recorded included data from each major train system: propulsion; brakes; ATC; doors; heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC); and auxiliary power supply. However, only the onboard recorder in the lead paired set of cars recorded ATC data such as regulated speed and limited speed. In addition to the onboard recorders, each car had a DAM. The DAM recorded analog and digital data from its car’s train system (for example, doors, brakes, HVAC, auxiliary power supply), and it recorded train speed and distance covered. The DAM sends its car’s data to the VMS central unit for monitoring and, in turn, the DAM data are recorded by the onboard recorder. The three onboard recorders from train 214 were downloaded; however, only the last paired set of cars (5066/5067) had accident data. The onboard recorders from the first and second paired set of cars (3036/3037 and 3256/3257) had stopped recording before the accident. Because the onboard recorder from the lead paired set of cars stopped recording before the accident, no ATC information was available for analysis. Of the six available DAMs from train 214, only the DAMs from cars 3036, 3256, and 3257 had accident data. The DAM data from car 3037 failed to download, and the DAM data from cars 5066 and 5067 had stopped recording before the accident. Out of the nine available recording devices from train 214 (three onboard recorders and six DAMs), only one onboard recorder and three DAMs had accident data. Based on the downloaded data, train 214 had been stopped for about 49 seconds when the collision occurred. As a result of the collision, train 214 moved ahead about 10 feet. Tests and Research Sight-Distance Testing On July 18, 2009, investigators conducted sight-distance tests in the accident area. The tests were conducted at the same time of day as the accident under similar weather conditions. The two trains used for the tests were of the same configuration as the accident trains and used the same type of equipment. The simulated struck train was positioned in the right-hand curve on track B2 at the same location as train 214 on the day of the accident. The second train, simulating the striking train, was used to determine at what point the rear of train 214 would have been visible to the operator of train 112. 54
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 55 The tests revealed that the train 112 operator would have had a partial view of the rear of the stopped train from about 1,180 feet away. A full view of the rear of train 214, including both red marker lights, would not have been available to the operator of train 112 until the trains were 470 feet apart. Speed and Braking Calculations Because of the absence of event data recorders on train 112, investigators did not have speed and braking information for the striking train. However, the train control system did record the time the train entered and left each track segment. Train 112 was being operated in automatic mode at the time of the accident. Using WMATA-supplied train braking and acceleration data as well as known train response to speed inputs from the signal system, the NTSB was able to develop a computer program to simulate the position and speed of train 112 up to the point that manual braking had been applied. As a speed target, the simulation used the speed commands from the signal system based on the train’s position on the various track segments and the time elapsed on these segments. Acceleration or braking was applied as necessary. The simulation then integrated these accelerations to determine a new speed and integrated that speed to determine a new position for the next time step. The signal system had recorded the time the train entered and left each signal circuit segment, and the simulation matched those times. Because the exact time of the collision was uncertain, an actual braking profile could not be developed. The NTSB therefore simulated several braking scenarios by entering various emergency braking locations into the simulation program. The decelerations taken from the emergency braking schedule table provided by WMATA were adjusted for the track slope for the location of the accident.69 Use of a collision time that was early in the range of possible times for the collision produced a terminal speed for train 112 that best matched the collision speed of 49 mph that was calculated based on damage to the railcars. On the day of the accident, recorded train control system data indicated that at 4:56:41 train 112 began to receive a 0 mph speed command while the train was in block B2-336. While the train slowed and stopped, the train moved into block B2-328 while the 0 mph speed command continued. Based on calculated speed and position history and assuming normal service braking, train 112 would have come to a stop about 4:57:03. According to the recorded signal data, about 17 seconds later, at 4:57:20, the ATC system changed the speed commands transmitted to train 112 from 0 mph back to 55 mph, which would have caused the train to begin to accelerate to that speed automatically even though train 214 remained stopped ahead. Although the emergency brake was found in the activated position, the operator’s reaction time could not be determined. The position and speed calculations indicated that, had the train 112 operator immediately applied the train’s emergency brakes (by depressing the emergency brake mushroom) when the rear of train 214 was fully visible (when the trains were separated by 470 feet), the train would not have been able to stop and would have struck the rear
69 WMATA also provided track geometry data.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report of train 214 while traveling about 24 mph. Activation of emergency braking 3 seconds after train 214 had become fully visible would have resulted in train 112 striking train 214 while traveling about 44 mph. Insulation Resistance Testing Following the accident, investigators asked WMATA representatives to provide copies of maintenance records that included results of insulation resistance tests. The representatives responded that no insulation resistance testing had been conducted. The Metrorail ATC technical procedure T031 Cable Insulation Resistance Testing, dated November 25, 2008, requires the periodic testing of all cables installed in conduits, in ducts, along tunnel walls, or buried along the right-of-way, and of all wires and cables entering and leaving train control rooms, equipment cases, and junction boxes. The cables and wires must be tested for insulation resistance from each conductor to all other conductors in the cable or wire and from each conductor to ground. Insulation resistance for conductors used in a power source of less than 600 volts must exceed 1 megaohm. Resistance in wires and cables used in a power source greater than 600 volts must exceed 10 megaohms. The tests must be conducted every 10 years or after any new installations. At the time of the accident, the T031 procedure was new, it was not superseding another procedure, and it was still undergoing review before final approval. Investigators performed postaccident insulation resistance tests on bond cables and telephone lines installed from the Fort Totten train control room to both main tracks in the vicinity of the two impedance bonds for track circuit B2-304. The cables were routed together from the train control room to the field locations through conduits and manholes along an underground duct bank between the two main tracks. For several days before the accident, the Washington, D.C., area experienced heavy rains. Following the accident, the manholes were found partially filled with water, and the bond cables and telephone lines were submerged. After several days of dry weather, the bond cables were tested and found to have insulation resistance of less than 500 kiloohms to ground. As a result of the postaccident insulation resistance tests, the absolute block on track B2 through the accident area (which had been implemented after the accident) was extended to track B1 between Fort Totten and Takoma. Investigators used a spectrum analyzer to test for stray audio frequencies from outside sources that could possibly affect the track circuits. Harmonics from the 720-hertz traction power return frequency and the adjacent track circuit frequency were detected on the bond cables for track circuit B2-304. Identified harmonics of adjacent track circuit frequencies were also found on the bond cables, but at very low levels that did not pass through the track circuit module receiver filter. Postaccident testing revealed that maintenance communication telephone lines were faulted to ground inside the track junction boxes along the wayside. The insides of the track junction boxes were heavily rusted, and the wire terminals were grounded to the metal case of the track junction boxes through the rust. A spectrum analyzer detected the frequency for track 56
NTSB Railroad Accident Report circuit B2-304 on the communication lines, but the signal was determined to be of insufficient strength to be recognized as a valid signal by the track circuit module receiver. Corrugated Rail The investigation identified corrugated rail as a condition that can possibly lead to track circuit failure. Rail-head corrugations can cause or intensify electrical arcing between the train wheels and the rail, and this arcing can create harmonics that have been shown to effectively mimic a valid track circuit signal that can be accepted by the receiver via the normal signal path. For such harmonics to lead to a track-circuit failure, trains must be traveling at a certain speed, and the corrugations on the rail must occur at certain intervals. Because these signals only occur when a train is moving and they cease to be generated when a train is stopped, WMATA ATC engineers considered the harmonics caused by corrugated rail to be benign. Safety Oversight of Transit Operations Federal Transit Administration The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) is one of 11 operating administrations of the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). The purpose of the FTA, which the agency carries out largely through its grant program, is to help cities and communities across the country develop improved mass transportation systems. Unlike other DOT modal administrations, such as the FRA, the FTA does not have the statutory authority to promulgate or enforce safety regulations or to regulate the operations of transit agencies. The agency does have limited regulatory authority in the areas of drug and alcohol use and state safety oversight, but it does not have authority for direct enforcement of these regulations. Over the years, the NTSB has issued several recommendations to the FTA and its predecessor agency, the Urban Mass Transportation Administration, addressing the need for those agencies to promulgate regulations and to establish mandatory safety guidelines for any transit agency that receives federal funding. In response, the FTA has maintained that transit agency compliance with FTA guidelines and recommended best practices cannot be made a condition of federal financial assistance. The extent of the FTA’s efforts thus far has been to encourage transit agencies to adhere to industry best practices and to NTSB recommendations. State Safety Oversight Agencies In 1991, the NTSB made safety recommendations to the FTA regarding the need for state oversight of rail transit system safety. In response, Congress authorized the FTA to develop a rule creating a state-managed safety and security oversight program for rail transit agencies not regulated by the FRA. This regulation, Rail Fixed Guideway Systems; State Safety Oversight, 57
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 58 was originally issued on December 27, 1996, as Title 49 CFR Part 659, with the requirements of the regulation going into effect 1 year later. Part 659 requires that each state with an existing or anticipated rail system subject to the requirements of the regulation designate a state agency, other than the transit agency itself, to provide safety oversight. In locations where a rail system operates in more than one state, as does the WMATA Metrorail system, each of the affected states may designate its own oversight agency, or the states may collectively designate a single agency to act for all in implementing the requirements in the regulation. Currently, 27 separate state safety oversight programs have been implemented across the United States. Some oversight agencies, such as the California Public Utilities Commission and the Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities, have the authority to promulgate and enforce safety regulations. Others, such as the Tri-State Oversight Committee (discussed below), do not have regulatory authority. Although the designation of the oversight agency is subject to review by the FTA, the agency cannot disapprove a state’s designated oversight agency or specific individuals assigned to it. The FTA also does not specify any minimum educational or technical qualifications for individuals performing the oversight function. Tri-State Oversight Committee The state safety oversight agency for WMATA Metrorail70 is the Tri-State Oversight Committee (TOC), which was established in 1997 by a memorandum of understanding (MOU) between the Virginia Department of Rail and Public Transportation and the departments of transportation of Maryland and the District of Columbia. The MOU specifies that TOC comprise six representatives, two from each of the aforementioned agencies. The secretary of transportation for the state of Virginia, the secretary of transportation for the state of Maryland, and the director of transportation for the District of Columbia select their respective members. The MOU does not address either the appropriate qualifications for members of TOC or the length of their terms of service. The MOU specifies that TOC members must select a chair and a vice chair who serve in those capacities for 1 year. At the end of the 1-year term, the vice chair becomes the chair, and a new vice chair is selected by the TOC members. The MOU also permits each agency to designate an alternate representative. Before the June 22, 2009, accident at Fort Totten, TOC met once each quarter to conduct business. Subsequent to the accident, the committee has met at least monthly. TOC has no physical office location; the members share the facilities of the agencies they represent. Online information about TOC has been enhanced since the Fort Totten accident, and can be viewed at http://www.tristateoversight.org. Of the six TOC members, only one, representing Virginia, is assigned to work full time for TOC. The current TOC chair, a part-time TOC member, estimated that before the Fort Totten
70 References to WMATA from this point forward mean the WMATA Metrorail system.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 59 accident he devoted about 30 percent of his time to TOC activities. He said that since the accident he has devoted 80 to 90 percent of his time to WMATA oversight. In calendar year 2009, TOC members collectively worked 6,670 hours on oversight responsibilities. The MOU establishing TOC defines a quorum required for decision-making as one representative from each agency. A majority vote is required to take any official action. TOC members have the authority to make routine decisions regarding the application of TOC program standards and procedures; however, any changes to this document require approval of the senior leadership of the members’ employing agencies. TOC cannot establish or enforce standards of performance for WMATA with respect to safety-critical areas of performance such as operations, equipment, track, signal, hours of service, and equipment crashworthiness. TOC also lacks the authority to compel WMATA to comply with its own rules, standards, and procedures, or to take significant action should WMATA fail to comply with an element of its system safety program plan.71 In performing its oversight responsibilities, TOC’s primary activities include annually reviewing and approving WMATA’s system safety program plan, including any changes to the plan. TOC also requires WMATA to conduct safety reviews and to submit the findings to TOC for review. Through use of a third-party contractor, TOC also conducts on-site safety reviews every 3 years to determine whether WMATA’s safety practices and procedures are in compliance with the system safety program plan. Any areas that are identified as those in need of corrective action are incorporated into a corrective action plan (CAP). As of February 3, 2010, a total of 48 CAPs from previous triennial audits were still classified as open, that is, unresolved. This included 9 CAPs from events in 2004, 6 from 2005, 6 from 2006, 11 from 2007, and 13 from 2008. Of the 48 open CAPs, 2 were related to the Rosslyn incident in 2005 (discussed elsewhere in this report), and 15 were related to NTSB recommendations issued in connection with WMATA accidents occurring at the Woodley Park- Zoo/Adams Morgan (Woodley Park) station in 2004,72 at the Dupont Circle73 and Eisenhower Avenue74 stations in 2006, and at the Mt. Vernon Square station in 2007.75 TOC lacks the authority to compel WMATA to complete the requirements specified in the CAPs.
71 When a state’s program standard is approved by the FTA, each rail agency must develop and implement a written system safety program plan that complies both with 49 CFR Part 659 and with the oversight agency’s program standard. The oversight agency must review and approve the system safety program plan. 72 Collision Between Two Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Trains at the Woodley Park- Zoo/Adams Morgan Station in Washington, D.C., November 3, 2004, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006). 73 Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Train Strikes Wayside Worker Near Dupont Circle Station, Washington, D.C., May 14, 2006, Railroad Accident Brief NTSB/RAB-08/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). 74 Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Train Strikes Wayside Workers Near Eisenhower Avenue Station, Alexandria, Virginia, November 30, 2006, Railroad Accident Brief NTSB/RAB-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 60 Before the Fort Totten accident, TOC members were not permitted on WMATA property to perform their field oversight responsibilities without the permission of WMATA. Since the accident, WMATA has implemented procedures to allow TOC access to WMATA properties to perform oversight activities. WMATA Board of Directors At the time of the accident, WMATA was governed by a board of six directors, two from each of the three jurisdictions. For Virginia, the directors are appointed by the Northern Virginia Transportation Commission; for the District of Columbia, by the Council of the District of Columbia; and for Maryland, by the Washington Suburban Transit Commission. In the case of Virginia and Maryland, the directors are members of their respective commissions. Directors serve at the pleasure of their appointing authorities. During the public hearing for this accident, the chairman of WMATA’s Board of Directors was asked about the role of the Board. He stated that the job of WMATA’s board was to establish the broad policy and the broad direction to set goals for the general manager and for the agency and to respond to any indications that those broad goals are not being accomplished. When asked whether the general manager normally briefed the Board of Directors on the number of open corrective action items from previous investigations or audits or any other activity that would generate a recommendation or finding, the chairman of WMATA’s Board of Directors responded as follows: Not on a routine basis. We count on the general manager and his staff to identify for us issues that require our attention and we don't second guess them on that. The WMATA Board chairman was also questioned during the public hearing about the safety indicators tracked by WMATA. One of the hearing exhibits76 was a copy of a presentation to the WMATA Board of Directors on June 25, 2009, from the WMATA Customer Services, Operations, and Safety Committee that included the statement, “Metro continues to influence a positive safety culture by taking immediate actions to correct recognized hazards.” Examples of safety indicators in the presentation included station and parking lot injuries, escalator injuries, derailments, smoke and fire events, and improper door operations.77 The presentation did not
75 Derailment of Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Train Near the Mt. Vernon Square Station, Washington, D.C., January 7, 2007, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-07/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007). 76 NTSB Public Hearing Exhibit P1-O, WMATA Safety and Security Report 6-25-2009. 77After expanding 8-car train service on the Orange, Red, and Green lines, WMATA experienced several instances of doors opening with the rear cars not properly aligned with the station platform due to operators stopping 8-car trains at the 6-car position rather than the end of the platform.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 61 address progress on TOC safety audit findings, open CAPs, or FTA and NTSB recommendations. The WMATA system safety program plan requires that the WMATA general manager regularly provide this information to the Board of Directors to help them carry out their responsibility for system safety oversight.78 Safety Oversight Within WMATA The individual within WMATA with primary responsibility for managing and overseeing the agency’s safety program is the chief safety officer. The chief safety officer oversees all safety operations, interacts with all departments within WMATA regarding safety, and provides safety- related information to the WMATA general manager and the Board of Directors. During the investigation of the January 6, 1996, Metrorail train collision at the Shady Grove station,79 the NTSB noted that WMATA employees reported a perceived lack of communication and a sense of information isolation within the organization. These concerns were addressed at the time by an internal WMATA safety review committee, which recommended to the WMATA Board of Directors that WMATA change its organizational structure to have the safety department report directly to the general manager. This internal safety committee recommendation was subsequently adopted and implemented. However, following the November 3, 2004, collision between two WMATA trains at Woodley Park station,80 WMATA restructured its organization to again remove the direct reporting relationship between the safety department and the general manager. In its report on the Woodley Park accident investigation, the NTSB stated its concern that the reorganization of the safety department could “… recreate the systemic information isolation that existed within WMATA prior to the Shady Grove accident, which in turn could inhibit serious safety problems from being identified or adequately addressed.” In response to that concern, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to the FTA: Assess the adequacy of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority’s current organizational structure and ensure that it effectively identifies and addresses safety issues. (R-06-4) In response to FTA and NTSB concerns, WMATA revised its organizational structure again in May 2006 so that the chief safety officer reported directly to the general manager. Based on this change, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-06-4 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on October 5, 2007.
78 System Safety Program Plan, Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (Washington, DC: Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, 2008), p. 30. 79 Collision of Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Train T-111 With Standing Train at Shady Grove Passenger Station, Gaithersburg, Maryland, January 6, 1996, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-96/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1996). 80 NTSB/RAR-06/01.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report According to information provided by WMATA representatives at the public hearing on the Fort Totten accident, during the past 5 years, the chief safety officer has reported variously to WMATA’s auditor general, its general manager, its assistant general manager for safety and security, and, at the time of the accident, WMATA’s chief administrative officer. In July 2009, reporting channels were changed so that the chief safety officer would report directly to the WMATA general manager. In November 2009, the chief of the Metro Police became the acting chief safety officer reporting directly to the WMATA general manager. According to information gathered during this accident investigation, TOC members had, for several years before the accident, expressed concern to WMATA regarding the safety department’s position within the organization. Most recently, an October 2008 letter from TOC to the WMATA general manager reiterated its position that there should be a direct reporting relationship between the safety department and the general manager. TOC asked the general manager to reestablish direct reporting, expressing concern that the general manager would otherwise not be able to adequately support his responsibilities under WMATA’s system safety program plan. FTA Audit of TOC and WMATA The FTA’s Office of Safety and Security conducts periodic audits of state safety oversight agencies to evaluate their compliance with requirements of 49 CFR Part 659. The 2005 FTA audit of TOC focused on the ability of TOC to develop and implement plans and procedures required for the implementation of 49 CFR Part 659. As a result of this audit, the FTA issued nine deficiency findings and one recommendation regarding TOC’s implementation of 49 CFR Part 659 requirements. Over the next 2 years, TOC and WMATA were unable to close several of these audit findings, prompting the FTA to conduct a series of meetings with TOC and WMATA executive leadership about WMATA’s ability to identify, elevate, and address safety deficiencies within its own agency as well as WMATA’s lack of responsiveness to TOC. In December 2009, the FTA conducted another audit of TOC and WMATA. This audit was originally scheduled for mid-2010 but was accelerated at the request of the DOT secretary and a member of Congress. For this audit, the FTA departed from its normal process of focusing primarily on the state safety oversight agency. According to the FTA, In the aftermath of (1) the Ft. Totten collision and (2) in light of the well-publicized difficulties that TOC encountered assessing WMATA’s right-of-way safety program, FTA decided to assess WMATA’s safety program as well. WMATA’s acting Chief Safety Officer also requested that FTA’s audit more closely examine WMATA’s system safety program. The 2009 audit focused primarily on three areas: 62
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 63 • The effectiveness of both TOC’s and WMATA’s implementation of the FTA’s state safety oversight rule. • The level and quality of coordination between TOC and WMATA to ensure safety for WMATA’s passengers and employees. • Followup on three open noncompliance findings from the FTA’s 2007 audit of TOC.
The audit team identified deficiencies specific to TOC’s implementation of the state safety oversight regulation and its oversight of WMATA. The final audit report81 listed 11 findings directed to TOC and 10 recommendations directed to WMATA.82 The FTA reported that it had issued findings to TOC in which it had determined that a required component of TOC’s program did not meet the FTA’s state safety oversight program requirements. Regarding WMATA, the FTA “issued recommendations where FTA believes improvement is needed.” With regard to hazard identification and communication, the FTA audit report states the following: WMATA does not have a process, including a single point of responsibility, which ensures the timely identification and analysis of hazards. As mentioned previously, WMATA’s Executive Leadership Team and Safety Department personnel were unable to provide a comprehensive matrix or assessment that identified the agency’s on-going evaluation and management of its most serious safety hazards and concerns. Upon questioning, several different WMATA managers indicated that these issues had been identified already in the accidents that were being investigated at WMATA. This WMATA approach is reactive and prevents getting value from the proactive aspects of the hazard management process. The FTA audit report also states the following: Based on discussions and record reviews at WMATA’s Track Structures and System Maintenance, it does not appear that there is effective interdepartmental coordination regarding the identification and management of maintenance-related safety hazards between Rail Operations Delivery, Rail Transportation, Track Structures and Systems Maintenance, Vehicle Engineering, the Infrastructure Renewal Project Group, and Engineering Services. Further, through interviews and records reviews, FTA determined that there is no formal process for identifying and managing the likely safety impacts of budgetary decisions affecting maintenance.
81 State Safety Oversight Program: Audit of the Tri-State Oversight Committee and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, Final Audit Report (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Transit Administration, 2010). 82 See appendix C of this report for a complete listing of all 21 findings and recommendations.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 64 In general, FTA auditors identified a lack of resources dedicated to the safety department within WMATA, a lack of stability within the safety department, and a general lack of attention from senior management. In his March 4, 2010, speech regarding FTA’s audit of WMATA and TOC, the FTA administrator stated the following: [WMATA’s] safety department has been isolated both from top management and from other [WMATA] departments. In fact, the Safety Department has had their access and authority questioned by other operating departments. And this dynamic has seriously undermined the Safety Department’s ability to conduct its safety responsibilities.83 In the March 4 speech, the FTA administrator also stated that [The] FTA found evidence that WMATA’s Safety Department is not “plugged-in” to critical conversations, decision-making meetings and reporting systems that provide information on hazards and potential safety concerns throughout the agency. Key documents, reports, and decisions are not consistently shared with the Safety Department. In addition, the Safety Department does not receive and review available monthly reports from the Rail Operation, Quality, or Maintenance departments. On numerous occasions during the audit interviews, Safety Department representatives indicated that they were learning for the first time that information of a safety nature was being documented by operating departments. [Emphasis in the original.] The administrator went on to note that, at the time of the FTA audit, the WMATA safety department had a 25-percent vacancy rate, that the department had been reorganized six times since 2005, and that WMATA had had four chief safety officers since 2007. Five of the FTA’s 10 audit recommendations to WMATA addressed safety department deficiencies. These recommendations may be summarized as follows: The FTA believes WMATA should (1) determine the resources and expertise necessary for the safety department and staff the department accordingly, (2) ensure that safety department staff has access to all operations and maintenance information so that potential safety risks can be identified, (3) require that safety-related information be made available to all departments, and (4) develop and implement a process to ensure that the chief safety officer can communicate safety priorities to the general manager in a consistent and timely manner. Because the FTA lacks direct regulatory authority over rail transit agencies, WMATA is under no legal obligation to address these recommendations.
83 P. M. Rogoff, “Oral Statement on Federal Transit Administration’s recent audit of WMATA and the Tri- State Oversight Committee,” speech read to the National Capital Region Delegation of the United States Congress, March 4, 2010, Washington, D.C.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Current Legislative Action On December 7, 2009, the DOT secretary submitted draft legislation to the Congress that, if enacted, would provide the FTA with a significant increase in its ability to provide oversight of the rail transit system. The proposed Public Transportation Safety Program Act of 2009 is intended to accomplish three key objectives: • Authorize the DOT secretary to establish and enforce federal safety standards for rail transit systems that receive federal transit assistance. • Allow states eligible for federal transit assistance to hire and train state oversight personnel to enforce new federal regulations. • Require the state agencies conducting oversight to be fully financially independent from the transit systems they oversee. The FTA would enforce all federal regulations where states choose not to participate in the program or where the state program is found to lack the necessary enforcement tools. Other Information Previously Issued Safety Recommendations In addition to urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-15 (discussed elsewhere in this report), the NTSB issued several other safety recommendations while the investigation of this accident was still ongoing. On July 13, 2009, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to WMATA: Take action to enhance the safety redundancy of your train control system by evaluating track occupancy data on a real-time basis in order to detect losses in track occupancy and automatically generate alerts. Alerts should prompt actions that include immediately stopping train movements or implementing appropriate speed restrictions to prevent collisions. (R-09-6 Urgent) In a September 9, 2009, letter, WMATA responded that because no commercial systems currently available could provide the Metrorail system with the kind of alerts that the NTSB has recommended, the agency has taken steps to develop such a system. This includes expanded use of the loss-of-shunt tool. The letter stated that after the accident, WMATA began reviewing the loss-of-shunt information twice per day. Further, WMATA was working with commercial vendors to fully develop the system. Based on this response, on December 30, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-09-6 “Open—Acceptable Response.” (For more information about expanded use of the loss-of-shunt tool, see the section below, “Safety Actions Taken by WMATA Since the Accident.”) At the public hearing on this accident, WMATA 65
NTSB Railroad Accident Report representatives stated that the agency is also working with vendors and developers on a real-time train detection system as well as methods of providing system redundancy. On July 13, 2009, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to the FTA: Advise all rail transit operators that have train control systems capable of monitoring train movements to determine whether their systems have adequate safety redundancy if losses in train detection occur. If a system is susceptible to single point failures, urge and verify that corrective action is taken to add redundancy by evaluating track occupancy data on a real-time basis to automatically generate alerts and speed restrictions to prevent train collisions. (R-09-7 Urgent) The FTA responded that on July 13, 2009, within hours after the urgent recommendation was issued, it had circulated a “Dear Colleague” letter to all rail transit operators to disseminate the information in the recommendation. The letter was also posted on the FTA’s website the following day. The letter also indicated that the FTA is requesting that transit agencies provide information about specific train control systems and about compensating systems the agency may be able to develop should it determine that a single-point failure could occur. The FTA stated that it had held discussions with the transit industry regarding Safety Recommendation R-09-7 at its Safety and Security Roundtable Meeting in Portland, Oregon, in July 2009 and continues to work with the American Public Transportation Association (APTA) to review APTA’s role in private consensus standard setting and in ensuring effective communication with the transit industry. The NTSB subsequently learned that the FTA had hired a consultant to (1) inventory rail transit systems to identify train control systems in use today and collect data, (2) identify redundant systems in place and monitor technology currently available, and (3) determine agency responses to Safety Recommendation R-09-7. The consultant’s report is expected to serve as a clearinghouse for information regarding best practices for addressing safety. The FTA has also been discussing Safety Recommendation R-09-7 with transit agencies to determine agency compliance. Pending a further update on FTA activities, on December 30, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-09-7 “Open—Acceptable Response.” In a February 16, 2010, letter regarding Safety Recommendation R-09-7, the FTA informed the NTSB that, in September 2009, the agency had hosted the 13th annual Rail Transit State Safety Oversight Program Meeting in Tempe, Arizona. The meeting was attended by 88 representatives from rail transit agencies, state oversight agencies, the FTA, and industry. NTSB representatives also attended the meeting to provide insight and answer industry questions about Safety Recommendation R-09-7 as well as Safety Recommendations R-09-17, -18, and -19 (discussed below). On October 21, 2009, the FTA issued a letter to state safety oversight program managers requesting their assistance in following up with the rail transit agencies in their jurisdictions to confirm and monitor the actions being taken to address the issues identified in the NTSB recommendations. 66
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Also on September 22, 2009, the NTSB made the following safety recommendations to the FTA: Advise all rail transit operators that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems that postaccident testing following the June 22, 2009, collision between two rail transit trains near the Fort Totten station in Washington, D.C., identified that a spurious signal generated in a track circuit module transmitter by parasitic oscillation propagated from the transmitter through a metal rack to an adjacent track circuit module receiver, and through a shared power source, thus establishing an unintended signal path. The spurious signal mimicked a valid track circuit signal, bypassed the rails, and was sensed by the module receiver so that the ability of the track circuit to detect the train was lost. (R-09-17 Urgent) Advise all rail transit operators that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to examine track circuits that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths and eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. This work should be conducted in coordination with their signal and train control equipment manufacturers. (R-09-18 Urgent) Advise all rail transit operators that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in their train control systems are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-19) The FTA made its initial response to the safety recommendations in a November 6, 2009, letter to the NTSB. Regarding urgent Safety Recommendations R-09-17 and -18, the FTA stated that it had, on the day the recommendations were made, issued a “Dear Colleague” letter advising rail transit agencies of the NTSB’s recommendations and urging them to examine their track circuits and remove conditions that could create unintended paths for spurious signals. Based on this response, on April 27, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations R-09-17 and -18 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Concerning Safety Recommendation R-09-19, the FTA responded that it plans to provide additional guidance for the development of a periodic testing program as described in the recommendation. Based on this response, on April 27, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-09-19 “Open—Acceptable Response.” Also on September 22, 2009, which was the same day that the NTSB issued urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-15 (discussed elsewhere in this report) to WMATA, the NTSB issued the following recommendation to WMATA: 67
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in your train control system are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-16) WMATA initially responded to Safety Recommendations R-09-15 and -16 in an October 23, 2009, letter to the NTSB. Urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-15 asked that WMATA examine Metrorail track circuits that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals and eliminate conditions that could affect the safe performance of the Metrorail train control system. WMATA responded that since early August 2009, WMATA Engineering and Support Services staff had been examining track circuits found to have timing issues. Through this process, WMATA ATC technicians identified and replaced four track circuit modules that exhibited symptoms similar to the failure mode at Fort Totten. In response to Safety Recommendation R-09-16, WMATA indicated that it had added six additional circuit tests to its periodic testing procedures. At the public hearing on this accident, the former WMATA ATC assistant chief engineer described these additional tests as follows: (1) a test that will measure signal strength when a track is being verified; (2) a test for a signal signature indicating the presence of corrugated rail, which can cause loss-of-shunt indications; (3) an open bond line test to ensure that track circuits have not increased transmitter amplitude to the point that they cause a false vacancy indication on another track circuit; (4) a periodic test for parasitic oscillation; (5) a test for distortion on the audio frequency signal going out of the module; and (6) a verification that the input signal to the track circuit receiver does not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended maximum. The former WMATA ATC assistant chief engineer said that a warning is also being added to the track circuit verification test procedures indicating that a bobbing track circuit cannot be verified until the source of the bobbing has been identified and corrected. Based on these responses, on April 27, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations R-09-15 and -16 “Open—Acceptable Response.” In a June 11, 2010, letter to the NTSB, WMATA provided an update of its activities in response to Safety Recommendations R-09-15 and -16. WMATA informed the NTSB that, with regard to Safety Recommendation R-09-15, the WMATA Office of Engineering and Support Services had completed testing all track circuits using “components of the type identified as problematic in the Fort Totten investigation.” The letter stated that, while the examination had not identified any track circuits exhibiting parasitic oscillation other than the four reported previously (in the October 23, 2009, response letter), WMATA had identified and replaced an additional four sets of bonds and modules that, while they did not exhibit parasitic oscillation, did produce test results that WMATA considered to be unsatisfactory. With regard to Safety Recommendation R-09-16, the June 11, 2010, letter stated that WMATA had created a new protocol for train control equipment testing. The referenced protocol is the T163 procedure previously discussed in this report. The letter included a copy of the T163 procedure. The “Introduction” section of the T163 procedure states, in part, “Either all or portions or a variation of this procedure will be incorporated into the future periodic maintenance program.” 68
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 69 On September 22, 2009, the NTSB also issued the following safety recommendation to Alstom: Assist the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, and other rail transit operators and railroads that use your audio frequency track circuit equipment, in examining their train control systems for susceptibility to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths, and implementing measures to eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. (R-09-23 Urgent) On October 20, 2009, Alstom responded that it was performing ongoing tests in its own laboratories, on WMATA property, and at other sites and that its engineers were working with NTSB investigators to further test the modules used for the Metrorail system. Alstom subsequently demonstrated possible methods of mitigating the parasitic oscillation in WMATA’s GRS ATP track circuit modules. One method involved the use of insulating blocks to separate the transistor heat sinks from the module, thus interrupting the unintended path of the parasitic oscillation. Another method involved installing ferrite chokes84 on the power amplifier leads to the modules. Pending the results of Alstom’s implementation of these measures and a demonstration of their effectiveness, on April 27, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-09-23 “Open—Acceptable Response.” On June 26, 2010, Alstom informed the NTSB85 that it had recommended that WMATA86 install ferrite beads (chokes) on the power amplifier leads of all Generation 2 GRS modules remaining in service “while other techniques are being evaluated and tested.” The letter accompanying the June 26 e-mail stated that Alstom “is in the process of developing three specific methods of mitigation in addition to the method already recommended to WMATA,” each of which involves modifying the design of a power amplifier circuit board. The letter also stated that Alstom had conducted on-site testing at other transit properties known to use GRS Generation 2 audio frequency track circuit modules87 and that the limited sample of track circuits tested at each location showed “no evidence of the type of conditions reported at WMATA.” The letter went on to state that, subsequent to this preliminary testing at other transit sites, Alstom has developed a detailed test procedure and purchased new test equipment in order to conduct testing of all remaining modules at these customer locations. Alstom is in the process of arranging site visits to all of its customers using Generation 2 modules to test and document the condition of all of the identified track circuits. This information
84 Ferrite chokes reduce radio-frequency and electromagnetic interference. 85 In an e-mail with an attached letter dated June 22, 2010, which provided an update on Alstom’s mitigation testing activities. 86 WMATA informed the NTSB on July 1, 2010, about a meeting it had with Alstom on June 7–8, 2010, in which Alstom orally recommended that WMATA install ferrite chokes on the power amplifier leads of all Generation 2 GRS modules in service as a temporary measure to mitigate parasitic oscillation until Alstom provides a permanent solution. WMATA stated that it had not started installing the ferrite chokes and that it expected Alstom to provide an engineering change notice for the proposed installation. 87 According to Alstom, the Generations 3 and 4 GRS modules represent significant design developments, and no evidence of pulse-type parasitic oscillations has been observed in those modules.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report will identify any track circuits that are of concern and allow for temporary mitigation as required. Attached to the letter was a copy of an Alstom procedure to collect power amplifier input signal data and receiver amplifier output signal data for track circuits equipped with Generation 2 GRS modules. On September 22, 2009, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendations to the FRA: Advise all railroads that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems that postaccident testing following the June 22, 2009, collision between two rail transit trains near the Fort Totten station in Washington, D.C., identified that a spurious signal generated in a track circuit module transmitter by parasitic oscillation propagated from the transmitter through a metal rack to an adjacent track circuit module receiver, and through a shared power source, thus establishing an unintended signal path. The spurious signal mimicked a valid track circuit signal, bypassed the rails, and was sensed by the module receiver so that the ability of the track circuit to detect the train was lost. (R-09-20 Urgent) Require all railroads that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to examine track circuits that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths and eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. This work should be conducted in coordination with their signal and train control equipment manufacturers. (R-09-21 Urgent) Require all railroads that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in their train control systems are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-22) On October 22, 2009, the FRA informed the NTSB that it had surveyed all FRA- regulated railroads to determine their possible use of audio frequency track circuits for train detection and that the railroads were all aware of the WMATA accident and the subsequent safety recommendations. The FRA also indicated that it would contact the railroads that use audio frequency track circuits to determine what measures each railroad has taken or will take to eliminate possible failures in the circuits and to continuously monitor track circuit performance. Based on this response, on May 18, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-09-20 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Also on May 18, 2010, Safety Recommendations R-09-21 and -22 were classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” On July 22, 2010, the FRA gave the NTSB a spreadsheet with the results of its survey, which indicated that no FRA-regulated carriers use audio frequency track circuits for train detection in their train control systems. 70
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 71 Development of Improved Loss-of-Shunt Tool After the accident, WMATA implemented twice-per-day use of the loss-of-shunt tool to analyze loss-of-shunt events experienced by the 3,000 track circuits across the Metrorail system. The loss-of-shunt tool has been programmed to automatically generate a daily report covering all Metrorail operations. Each morning and evening WMATA engineers review the loss-of-shunt reports for the previous 24-hour period. These reviews are conducted 7 days per week. Under the new procedures, a WMATA engineer, within 2 hours of receiving the report, will review the information and notify the appropriate office of the review findings. Activities in response to the findings are posted on WMATA’s website.88 WMATA has reported that, with the support of the provider of the current AIM software, it is developing a system designed to provide real-time alerts for loss-of-shunt events. The first step, according to WMATA, is the development of an improved loss-of-shunt detection algorithm that has a lower false-alarm rate. The new logic being developed will • Include interlockings in the analysis (not present in the current tool). • Ignore the ghost trains created by false occupancies. • Include train length information (received in TWC data at every platform). • Include track circuit length information. • Include maximum acceleration rates (both positive and negative) for the train.
This new algorithm fits the known train length into known track-circuit boundaries, allowing the system to generate graphic displays that show track-circuit occupancies in dimensions of distance and time. This information is displayed to scale so that an engineer can readily recognize a false report of train occupancy. In November 2009, WMATA initiated experimental development work for an automated loss-of-shunt warning system. Loss-of-shunt events detected using the 3-second-rule algorithm are detected within minutes of their occurrence. This information is reported using the new graphical format discussed above and forwarded via e-mail to an on-call ATC engineer. Both the old and new loss-of-shunt tool algorithms are implemented on an independent computer using the AIM data collected from the wayside. Once development of the algorithm is completed, WMATA will determine whether to migrate the programming to the AIM computer or to local processors at the wayside, or both. WMATA reports that it is considering using the alarm output from the new loss-of-shunt tool to disable speed commands to a zone of track circuits; however, this would require extensive design, installation, and test work.
88 For a list of completed track circuit maintenance, see http://www.wmata.com/about_metro/track_circuit_archive.cfm.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 72 Event Recorders on WMATA Metrorail Trains As the result of its investigation of two WMATA Metrorail accidents, one in 198289 and the other in 1996,90 the NTSB made the following safety recommendations to WMATA: Maintain the carborne[91] monitors on existing Metrorail cars and require their installation on cars presently on order. Acquire the necessary equipment to read the monitor tapes. (R-82-74) Finalize the specifications for a new advanced-technology carborne monitoring system and, once that is complete, retrofit existing Metrorail cars with monitors/recorders during rehabilitation and require that all new Metrorail cars be equipped with devices. (R-96-39) In response to these recommendations, WMATA began installing onboard recorders in newly acquired cars and established a program to retrofit existing cars with onboard recording devices. In 2002, WMATA stated that the 5000-series cars were equipped with onboard recorders, that the 2000- and 3000-series cars would be retrofitted by 2005, and that the 4000- series cars were expected to be equipped by 2014. WMATA reported that it was unsuccessful in testing the installation of onboard recorders in the 1000-series cars. WMATA stated that after 2014, which is the anticipated completion date of installing onboard recorders in the 4000-series cars, the 1000-series cars would be reevaluated to determine if advances in technology would enable the installation of onboard recording devices. At that time, WMATA also stated that the 1000-series cars were scheduled for retirement between 2012 and 2015. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendations R-82-74 and R-96-39 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on June 10, 1991, and May 28, 2002, respectively. Currently, WMATA revenue trains are configured with three or four married-pair car sets of two passenger cars. Each paired set of cars (except for the 1000 and 4000 series) has a hardened memory module incorporated into the overall VMS. The hardened memory module portion of the VMS records train variables (ATC information, speed, distance, door status, brakes, emergency stop, and so on) and is referred to as the onboard recorder. Only the onboard recorder in the lead set of cars records ATC information (for example, regulated speed and limited speed). The number of onboard recorders on a particular train is based on the number of sets of cars (excluding any 1000- and 4000-series cars). For example, a 6-car train could have a maximum of three onboard recorders. Since December 2006, the NTSB has investigated five WMATA accidents after which investigators downloaded data from onboard recorders from 3000-, 5000-, and 6000-series cars.
89 Derailment of Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Train No. 410 at Smithsonian Interlocking, January 13, 1982, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-82/06 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1982). 90 NTSB/RAR-96/04. 91 At the time these recommendations were issued, the term carborne was used to designate onboard recorders.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 73 The NTSB was able to successfully recover accident data from 6 of 11 installed onboard recorders, including 2 of the 5 recorders installed on lead cars. In three of the five accident investigations, no recorded ATC information was successfully downloaded. WMATA provided the NTSB with documentation on the reliability performance analysis of the VMS from April 2006 through March 2010. These data showed 737 VMS failures that would have prevented the recording of train data on the onboard recorders. Currently, WMATA does not have a formal program to monitor the reliability of the onboard recorders. Federal Requirements for Event Recorders on Trains FRA regulations at Title 49 CFR 229.135 require that railroad locomotives (but not transit trains) be equipped with crash-survivable event recorders capable of recording, at a minimum, the following eight parameters: • Train speed • Selected direction of motion • Time • Distance • Throttle position • Applications and operations of the independent brake • Applications and operations of the dynamic brake, if so equipped • Cab signal aspect(s), if so equipped and in use
WMATA is a transit agency that is not subject to FRA regulations. Not all rail transportation systems are governed by the FRA’s regulations. The FRA governs the operation of standard gage railroads that are part of the general railroad system of transportation such as freight, intercity passenger, and commuter railroads. Except under some very limited and clearly defined circumstances,92 the FRA does not regulate any rapid transit operations (for example, WMATA Metrorail) in urban areas that are not connected with the general railroad system. Within a 2-month period in 2001, the Chicago Transit Authority (CTA) experienced two similar rear-end collisions involving CTA rapid transit trains. In its report,93 the NTSB addressed the safety issue of the adequacy of event recorders on rail transit vehicles and issued the following safety recommendation to the FTA:
92 See appendix A to Title 49 CFR Part 209, “Statement of Agency Policy Concerning Enforcement of the Federal Railroad Safety Laws.” 93 Two Rear-End Collisions Involving Chicago Transit Authority Rapid Transit Trains at Chicago, Illinois, June 17 and August 3, 2001, Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-02/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2002).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 74 Require that new or rehabilitated vehicles funded by Federal Transit Administration grants be equipped with event recorders meeting Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard 1482.1 for rail transit vehicle event recorders. (R-02-19) The FTA, in its response, stated that it does not have the authority to mandate onboard event recorders. On August 29, 2008, the NTSB classified this recommendation “Closed— Unacceptable Action.” WMATA Emergency Preparedness Training. WMATA trains emergency responders at its facility in Landover, Maryland. The facility includes a tunnel that replicates an actual Metrorail tunnel. The tunnel has track with a simulated third rail, an emergency access catwalk, standpipes, an emergency trip station box,94 an emergency tunnel evacuation cart,95 and two railcars that were damaged in a previous accident. According to WMATA, since opening in May 2002, the facility has trained more than 14,000 emergency responders. In May 2006, a passenger rail vehicle emergency evacuation simulator was added to the facility. The simulator, which was developed by the FRA, is a New Jersey Transit commuter railcar that can be rotated up to 180 degrees to simulate different railcar positions after an accident. WMATA offers three levels of training for emergency responders and employees: awareness level, operations level, and command level. The awareness level is a 1-day course that includes general information about the rail system, the right-of-way, railcars, and safety. The operations level is a 2-day course that expands on the topics presented in the awareness course. The command level is an additional 2-day course for emergency responders who could serve as incident commander at a rail incident. Topics in the training include emergency response maps, standpipes, the ventilation system, emergency evacuation carts, emergency trip stations, and use of a WSAD. Drills. On July 19, 2009, WMATA and local emergency responders held a readiness exercise at the West Falls Church Yard in Falls Church, Virginia. The drill simulated a train malfunction and subsequent collision. The goals of the drill were to conduct a hands-on exercise to test the responders’ ability to mitigate a fire and medical event and to work with WMATA personnel and safety equipment and procedures.
94 The emergency trip station box has an emergency button to stop third-rail power, a schematic drawing that shows the length of track on which power will be removed, and a telephone to contact the OCC. 95 The emergency tunnel evacuation cart is designed to move along the rails and can be used to bring patients out of, or emergency equipment into, the tunnel.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 75 Procedures. WMATA and the Metropolitan Council of Governments developed the “Metrorail and Fire/Rescue Services Emergency Procedures Policy Agreement,” dated May 13,
- The agreement lists procedures for responding to emergencies in and around the rail
system. The agreement includes procedures for incident notification, emergency response, and command and control. Previous NTSB Study of WMATA Metrorail The NTSB first addressed the safety of the WMATA Metrorail system in 1970, when it conducted a special study of the proposed system while it was still under construction. That study did not constitute a complete technical review of the entire system but rather offered observations on the various identifiable hazards within the proposed system. Examples of hazards discussed in the report include station design, separation of tracks, and train car design. The report resulted in one recommendation to WMATA: Develop the capability within your organization for system safety engineering and apply system safety principles to all aspects of the proposed metro system to identify, assess, and correct those deficiencies identified by the analysis. (R-70-18)96 In advocating the system safety engineering approach to analyzing the proposed Metrorail system, the NTSB cited Military Standard MIL-STD-882,97 which outlines a formal approach to identifying and mitigating safety hazards through engineering, design, education, and supervisory control practices. Although not widely applied to transit systems at the time, the system safety approach the NTSB recommended to WMATA in 1970 was eventually required of all rail transit agencies’ system safety program plans under 49 CFR 659.31. MIL-STD-882 is also now cited in the FTA implementation guidelines for 49 CFR Part 65998 and is incorporated in the hazard management process of WMATA’s current system safety program plan. The FTA issued the state safety oversight regulation on December 27, 1995. WMATA Metrorail Fault Tree Analysis In June 1980, the firm of De Leuw, Cather, & Company performed a fault tree analysis99 for WMATA to identify events that could lead to train collisions during revenue service. The
96 This safety recommendation was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” on November 17, 1975. 97 See http://safetycenter.navy.mil/instructions/osh/milstd882d.pdf. 98 Information obtained from the FTA’s website: http://transit-safety.fta.dot.gov/publications/sso/Imp_Guidelines/pdf/Imp_Guidelines.pdf. 99 A fault tree represents all conceivable causes of a specified system failure in terms of failures in the underlying subsystems and critical components. A quantitative analysis attaches probabilities to the various component and subsystem failures so that a critical path calculation can be made to identify the most likely chain of events resulting in a particular system failure. A qualitative analysis generates the same fault tree, only without the probabilities. The WMATA-sanctioned study represented a qualitative analysis.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report analysis did not evaluate possible failure modes involving components of the train control system. Safety Actions Taken by WMATA Since the Accident Since the accident, WMATA has taken steps to improve the identification, analysis, and communication of safety issues within its operations. In addition to developing an improved loss- of-shunt tool and expanding the use of that tool, WMATA is working with a contractor to develop a real-time train operations monitoring system as recommended by the NTSB in its urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-6, previously cited. WMATA has also changed its personnel and organizational structure to increase the size and expertise of its safety staff. In a May 14, 2010, letter to TOC, the interim general manager of WMATA described several recent changes in the WMATA organization. Recent staff changes include hiring a new chief safety officer, who reports directly to the general manager. An assistant chief safety officer is also being hired to provide additional management of the safety department and Metrorail operations. WMATA has also filled six new positions in the safety department and plans to fill six additional vacancies in the department. The new positions will be responsible for investigating incidents and accidents, analyzing safety trends, reviewing and documenting safety policies and procedures, and ensuring adherence to safety protocols. Safety officers have been assigned to each Metrorail division to improve communication between front-line staff in the operating division and the safety department. WMATA has also established a Safety Action Team that includes representation from the various departments within the organization, with the goal of improving the communication of safety-related information to all employees. As part of the effort to improve communication throughout the organization, WMATA is developing a safety management system that combines its various disparate systems for tracking information such as passenger injuries, employee human resources, and equipment maintenance. In that new system, reports are consolidated into a single repository for review and tracking. The system is being tested in WMATA bus operations and is tentatively planned to be expanded to the rest of WMATA operations in the late summer or fall of 2010. Finally, WMATA has collaborated with the DOT Transportation Safety Institute to expand its training program for safety department staff and other vital personnel. According to the general manager of WMATA, Metrorail personnel are receiving additional training in rail system safety, incident investigation, and emergency management. 76
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Analysis Exclusions The weather at the time of the accident was clear and dry, and the accident occurred in daylight. Sight-distance tests conducted at the same time of day and under the same weather conditions as on the day of the accident revealed no influences of weather or visibility that would have contributed to the accident. The investigation revealed that the operators of both train 112 and train 214 were qualified to perform their duties. Examination of the work/rest histories based on time sheets provided by WMATA showed that both operators worked split shifts. Although research has indicated that split shifts, and shift work in general, can result in fatigue and related physiological problems, no evidence was found to suggest that either operator was suffering the effects of fatigue before or at the time of the accident. The operator of train 112 had been off duty for almost 15 hours before reporting for duty on the day of the accident and had been on duty for just over 1 hour when the collision occurred. At that time, the operator of train 214 had been on duty for less than 2 hours since returning to duty after his mid-day break. Postaccident toxicological tests for both train operators were negative for the presence of alcohol and illegal drugs. The investigation also found no evidence of a medical condition on the part of either train operator that would have affected their ability to perform their jobs safely. Postaccident visual examination of the track in the accident area found nothing remarkable with regard to track geometry. Postaccident measurements for gage, cross-level, alignment, and rail side wear were all within WMATA standards. Track in the accident area had been inspected by two Metrorail track inspectors who had walked the track 2 days before the accident. They noted no track defects. A review of track inspection reports for the 6 months prior to the accident revealed nothing remarkable for the accident track. The rails on the Metrorail system are ultrasonically inspected five times per year. The last inspection before the accident was conducted on March 18, 2009. No rail defects were detected in the area of the collision during that inspection. On July 23, 2009, an ultrasonic inspection of the B2 track between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations found no indications of a potential rail failure or an undetected rail crack that could contribute to a signal failure. Rail-head profile measurements showed minimal wear, and no corrugations were visible. None of the inspection records or track conditions revealed a history of preexisting track problems within the area of the collision. The NTSB conducted a detailed examination of the postaccident mechanical condition of the cars from both trains. The examination revealed that the brakes on both trains were applied at 77
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 78 the time of the collision and that the brakes had been working properly. Polishing and wear patterns on the braking components in every instance were what would be anticipated in a fully functioning system. Analysis of the dynamic interaction between the cars on the striking train determined that the brake rigging on that train was not binding, fouling, chafing, or dragging before the collision. Postaccident brake testing on the cars from the striking train that were not destroyed in the collision revealed that the brakes on each car met or exceeded the brake rate standards. The testing and inspections indicated that the braking system on train 112 would have decelerated and stopped the train according to the specified rates. The investigation determined that five of the six cars on train 112 had deferred maintenance items, with several related to the braking system. Maintenance had been deferred on these cars because of delays in obtaining the specialized replacement parts needed to make the repairs. Metrorail management had determined that the cars could continue in service until the parts arrived, and the investigation confirmed that the cars’ braking systems performed normally on the day of the accident. The NTSB therefore concludes that the following were neither causal nor contributory to the accident: weather, training and qualifications of the train operators, fatigue, use of alcohol or illegal drugs by the train operators, track structure and rail integrity, and condition and performance of train mechanical equipment. Accident Sequence On the afternoon of the accident, the operator of train 112 was making her first inbound trip, following behind train 214, which was following train 110. Records show that when train 214 moved onto track circuit B2-312 (between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations) it was traveling about 49 mph. But just before train 214 moved from track circuit B2-312 onto track circuit B2-304, the ATC system changed its authorized speed from 55 to 45 mph100 in order to slow the train and provide adequate separation between it and train 110 ahead. With train 214 occupying track circuits B2-312 and B2-304, the speed commands for following train 112 changed from 55 mph to 0 mph. This caused train 112 to immediately begin to decelerate and eventually stop. As train 214 moved completely onto track circuit B2-304, the track circuit failed to detect its presence, as had occurred for almost every train that had preceded it for the previous 5 days. Because speed commands are only transmitted when a train is detected as occupying the track circuit, no speed commands were transmitted to train 214. By design, the system defaulted to 0 mph. The momentum of train 214 was insufficient to carry it either onto the next track circuit or onto a portion of track circuit B2-304 (near the transmitter end) where its presence might have been detected. The train therefore came to a stop with no “awareness” from the ATC system that it was there. Consequently, the ATC system transmitted speed commands to train 112 even though train 214 was stopped ahead.
100 Speed commands are actually generated though the ATP and ATO subsystems of the ATC system, but for convenience in this analysis, the train control system elements and subsystems will be referred to generically as the ATC system unless specific features of a subsystem are discussed.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 79 The NTSB concludes that the Metrorail ATC system stopped detecting the presence of train 214 (the struck train) in track circuit B2-304, which caused train 214 to stop and also allowed speed commands to be transmitted to train 112 (the striking train) until the collision. Performance of Operator of Train 112 As shown by sight-distance testing, as train 112 began accelerating after its brief stop, the train operator would not have been able to see the rear of train 214 because of the curvature of the track and the fencing that separates the Metrorail tracks from the adjacent CSX tracks. She thus would have had no immediate indication that her train was not receiving the proper speed commands. The emergency brake of train 112 was found in the activated position. The NTSB attempted to determine whether it was reasonable to expect the operator to apply emergency braking in time to prevent the collision as her train rapidly approached the rear of the stopped train. At the time of the accident, train 112 was being operated in automatic mode (ATO). This was the normal operating mode for Metrorail trains, and it was the operating mode for which the system was designed. According to Metrorail officials, all trains at the time should have been operating in ATO.101 Although the operator of train 112 had been working as a train operator for only a few months, she had regularly operated Red Line trains during rush hour. She thus would have been aware of the short headways between trains that often require speed changes and schedule adjustments to maintain train separation. She would likely, on a number of occasions, have had her train stopped by the ATC system because of trains ahead. She would thus likely have come to trust in the reliability of the system to operate trains safely with very little input from the train operator. Trust is a fundamental element in human-automation interaction. When an automated system has proven to be accurate and reliable, operators are inclined to trust the automated system even over their own diagnosis. Research has also shown that operators are likely to fail to detect automation failures in highly dependable (“trusted”) systems.102 According to a passenger on train 112, when the train stopped, the operator announced that the train was stopping because of a train ahead. But from that location, according to postaccident sight-distance testing, the operator could not have actually seen that there was a
101 The operator of train 214 had elected to operate his train in manual mode. 102 R. Parasuraman, R. Molloy, and I. Singh, “Performance Consequences of Automation-Induced Complacency,” The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, vol. 3, no. 1 (1993), pp. 1–23. Also see N. Bagheri and G. A. Jamieson, “Considering Subjective Trust and Monitoring Behavior in Assessing Automation- Induced “Complacency,” in Proceedings of the Human Performance, Situation Awareness and Automation Conference. (Marietta, GA: SA Technologies, 2004).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report train ahead. She may simply have assumed the presence of the other train because of her experience. In other words, she may have assumed the ATC system was doing its job. After a brief stop, the train’s speed commands returned, and the train began to move. This also would have been consistent with the operator’s expectation. She would have assumed that the train ahead had proceeded, thus permitting her to continue. Even once she saw the train ahead, she would have had no reason to act until she had time to recognize that the train ahead was stopped and that the automated system had failed to initiate braking of her train. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that even though the operator of train 112 activated emergency braking before the collision, there was not enough time, once train 214 came into full view, to stop the train and avoid a collision. Performance of Operator of Train 214 On numerous occasions, the operator of train 214 had refused to operate his train in automatic mode, as required by WMATA, because of his concerns about the ability of the system to ensure proper station stops. The operator stated his belief that he was allowed to violate Metrorail operating procedures because train operators “have the ultimate and final responsibility for the safety of the passengers on their particular trains….” The intent of such a provision in the rules, which is common among railroads and transit agencies, is to allow operating employees to modify an operating rule or procedure only under unusual circumstances when complying with a rule or procedure would create a risk to safety. The operator did not provide any evidence to justify noncompliance with operating procedures regarding train operating modes. In manual mode (Mode 2, Level 1), which the operator was using at the time of accident, the train operator controls acceleration and braking, but the maximum speed is still constrained by the ATC system. Thus, had the train operator not manually stopped his train when he lost speed commands, the ATC system would have intervened to apply the brakes. Therefore, the collision protection between adjacent trains normally provided by the ATC system is still enforced whether the trains are being operated in manual mode or in ATO. The ability of track circuit B2-304 to detect train 214 also would not have been different because the train was being operated in manual mode rather than in ATO. The NTSB concludes that the operator’s decision to operate train 214 (the struck train) in manual mode during the evening rush hour period was in violation of Metrorail rules, but track circuit B2-304 was failing to detect trains, regardless of whether they were operating in manual or automatic mode. Assuming that the train can fit within the length of the faulty track circuit, the possibility of stopping within the circuit is affected by the speed of the train as it enters the circuit. Trains operating at slower speeds require less stopping distance and therefore may be more likely to come to a stop within a faulty track circuit after receiving a 0 mph speed command in that circuit. Speed commands are based on the relative position of the trains regardless of whether a train is being operated in manual or in ATO. Therefore, the operating mode (manual or ATO) of a train ahead does not affect the speed commands received by any trains following it. 80
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Recorded speed data from train 214’s onboard event recorder show that the train was traveling much slower than the authorized speed commands it was receiving. The speed command given to the train just before it entered track circuit B2-304 was 45 mph. As train 214 entered the track circuit, it was traveling about 25 mph. The operator of train 214 said that there was congestion in the area, and he had been slowing at times for train 110 that was ahead of his train before the accident. It is not unusual to operate below the maximum authorized speed in manual mode when the operator anticipates that the train will likely have to stop soon. The operator stated that as train 214 entered the faulty track circuit, he attributed the 0 mph speed command to his proximity to the train ahead, and the NTSB believes that he would have had no reason to suspect that the train control system had malfunctioned. Slow train entry speeds would also have been possible any time there was congestion ahead of the faulty track circuit regardless of whether trains were operating in automatic or manual mode. The NTSB concludes that because train 214, which was being operated in manual mode, was traveling at a much slower speed than the authorized speed commands it was receiving, train 214 stopped completely within the faulty B2-304 track circuit when its detection was lost and it received a 0 mph speed command. Performance of the OCC The OCC was designed to monitor overall train operations, to tailor system operation in response to unusual traffic conditions, and to provide a recovery capability in the event of equipment failure or other unanticipated events. OCC controllers are able to see train movements on their display screens; however, this information is not, nor was it designed to be, sufficient or timely enough to allow controllers to provide warnings of imminent train collisions. OCC controllers can affect train movements at certain locations through the use of wayside signals and switches, but they must rely on the ATP subsystem to maintain separation between trains operating in revenue service. In performing their respective functions, both the OCC and the ATP subsystem rely on accurate track occupancy information. The OCC AIM controller display is incapable of accurately tracking and displaying the instantaneous position of a train that is operating through an area with malfunctioning track circuits. The algorithm used by the ATP subsystem to compute the speed commands does not take into account information concerning the past status of track occupancies or speed commands, which makes the subsystem incapable of tracking train movements and limits its ability to recognize and appropriately respond to anomalies in track circuit occupancy detection. The AIM display was designed to provide OCC controllers with the information they need to monitor traffic flow around the railway and to respond to events such as isolated equipment failures. The displays are not optimized, nor are they intended, for direct, individual, real-time train control. The fidelity of the information is dependent on the ability of the display to accurately update the information based on changes in wayside status. A review of the AIM controller display around the time and in the location of the Fort Totten accident indicated that, in areas where the wayside signaling system was functioning normally, the display consistently 81
NTSB Railroad Accident Report and accurately depicted changes in wayside occupancy data within about 1 second. Conversely, in areas where the signaling system was functioning abnormally, the AIM display failed to accurately depict the presence and location of trains. WMATA had implemented OCC AIM computer algorithms to identify malfunctioning track circuits and alert the controller via alarms under certain conditions. The NTSB considered whether OCC controllers could have prevented this accident if they had acted on the multiple ARB and NRB alarms that occurred in the 5 days before the accident near Fort Totten. However, it is not clear what actions OCC controllers were required to take in response to these alarms, and the programmed behavior of the AIM software—returning a track circuit graphic display status icon to “normal” without requiring controller acknowledgment—masked the presence and severity of potential track circuit failures. Further, the extremely high incidence of track-circuit alarms (that is, about 5,000 ARB and 3,000 NRB alarms per week) would have thoroughly desensitized OCC controllers to the track circuit malfunctions occurring across the Metrorail system. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, because of the design of the WMATA OCC information management system and the high number of track circuit failure alarms routinely generated by that system, OCC controllers could not have been expected to be aware of the impending collision or to warn either train operator. Urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-6, issued by the NTSB to WMATA on July 13, 2009, recommended that WMATA evaluate “track occupancy data on a real-time basis in order to detect losses in track occupancy and automatically generate alerts.” WMATA has reported that it is working with the provider of the current AIM software to develop a system designed to provide real-time alerts for loss-of-shunt events. The first step, according to WMATA, is to develop an improved loss-of-shunt detection algorithm that will reduce the false-alarm rate for reported track circuit failures. A reduced rate of suspect alarms, coupled with greater engineering attention to reported loss-of-shunt events, should allow OCC controllers to better monitor the operating conditions across the system and to respond more effectively to anomalies. The NTSB supports these efforts and will continue to monitor WMATA’s progress toward meeting its goals. Emergency Response The operator of train 214 reported the collision to the OCC, giving the location as chain marker 311+00. The collision caused third-rail power to go down immediately on track B2 (the accident track); about 10 minutes after the report of the accident, the OCC controller deenergized third-rail power on track B1. The first transit police officer arrived on the scene about 5 minutes after the collision. The first medic arrived within 10 minutes of the collision. The assistant chief of operations for District of Columbia Fire and Emergency Medical Services acted as the incident commander and established a unified command system with the responding agencies and the railroads. Mutual aid resources were requested and received from surrounding areas in Maryland and Virginia. During the course of the response, the incident commander established an evacuation group, a rescue and extrication group, and a medical group. The battalion chief in charge of the medical 82
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 83 group estimated that all patients were treated and transported within about 90 minutes after the accident. As a result of the collision, the rear car of train 214 telescoped into the first car of train 112, making the recovery of occupants from the lead car of the striking train a difficult and dangerous extrication operation that required extensive manpower, resources, and time. The NTSB concludes that considering the challenges of the recovery operations, the emergency response was well coordinated and effectively managed. Loss of Train Detection in the ATC System At the time of this accident, the ATC system was reporting track circuit B2-304 as vacant even while it was occupied by train 214. Based on that report, the system transmitted speed commands of 55 mph to train 112, which caused the train to automatically start and begin to accelerate to that speed. The ATC system transmitted speed commands of 55 mph to train 112 even as the train struck the rear of train 214. The ATC system identifies a block of track (or track circuit) as being vacant or occupied based on the position (energized or deenergized, that is, up or down) of the track relay for that track circuit. The track circuit relay is designed to energize and pick up (indicating a vacant track) only when the coded audio frequency signal transmitted into the rails by the transmitter impedance bond for that track circuit is detected by the receiver impedance bond at the other end of the circuit. When the receiver impedance bond picks up the signal, it passes it via bond-line cables to a rack-mounted track circuit receiver module in a train control room. If the frequency and strength of the received signal fall within preset parameters, the receiver module energizes the track circuit relay for that track circuit. The energized relay signals to the ATC system that the track circuit is vacant. When a train moves onto a track circuit, its wheelsets shunt the coded audio frequency signal away from the receiver impedance bond.103 Absent this signal, the track circuit receiver module deenergizes the track circuit relay, allowing the relay to drop, indicating an occupied track circuit. When train 214 entered track circuit B2-304 on the day of the accident, it should have shunted the signal away from the receiver module, and the track relay should have dropped, indicating “occupied.” Once the track was detected as occupied, the ATC system should have transmitted speed commands (1) to train 214 that were appropriate to maintain a safe separation from train 110 ahead and (2) to train 112 that were appropriate to maintain separation from train 214. Instead, because the track circuit failed to detect the presence of train 214, the ATC system stopped transmitting speed commands to train 214. As a result, without either speed
103 Actually, this shunting occurs slightly before a train enters the track circuit.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 84 commands or enough momentum to carry it into the next track circuit, the train came to a stop, thus setting the stage for the accident. After the collision, trains 214 and 112 came to rest occupying track circuit B2-304. But when investigators examined the ATC components in the train control room at the Fort Totten station,104 they found that the relay for the track circuit was energized, indicating that the track circuit was reporting as vacant. A review of AIM historical data revealed that track circuit B2-304 had failed to detect the presence of almost every train that had passed over it on the day of the accident and for the previous 5 days, since June 17. These detection failures would have generated alarms that were self-cancelling and required no action on the part of OCC controllers. Investigators tested track circuit B2-304 and the five circuits preceding it by placing shunts at three places along each block of track to simulate the presence of a train. For the five track circuits preceding B2-304, the ATC system correctly detected each shunt placement. But when B2-304 was tested, the ATC system reliably detected the shunt only when it was placed at the transmitter end of the track circuit.105 The system failed to detect the shunt at all when it was placed in the middle of the circuit and only intermittently detected the shunt when it was placed at the receiver end. The investigation determined that a failure mode was present when a series of conditions existed between the transmitter and receiver track circuit modules that generated a spurious signal of sufficient strength to be interpreted as a valid track circuit signal. First, the power output transistors of the track circuit module transmitter were producing parasitic oscillation. This oscillation was able to exploit an unintended path from the transmitter module to the respective receiver module by migrating through the equipment racks on which they were mounted. The oscillation was then coupled to the receiver module for that track circuit, producing a decaying pulse that was synchronized with the track circuit audio frequency. When the decaying pulses were of sufficient amplitude to drive the receiver module, the track circuit relay was energized, incorrectly indicating to the ATC system that the occupied track circuit was vacant. As ATC technicians adjusted the track circuit after the June 16 and 17 installation of the US&S impedance bond for track circuit B2-304, they found that they had to increase the transmitter power level from its initial setting of 30 percent to 55 percent before the track circuit relay would reliably pick up to indicate a vacant track circuit. This increase in power level was likely necessary because of the difference in impedance of the US&S impedance bond relative to the GRS bond it replaced. The higher power level setting was well within the design operating specification of the equipment.
104 The Fort Totten control room contained the ATC equipment for, among others, track circuits B2-304 and the three track circuits preceding it on track B2. 105 In the normal direction of travel for the track, a train will pass over the receiver impedance bond as it enters a track circuit and over the transmitter bond as it leaves.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report At the increased power level, the amplitude of the spurious signal became sufficient to cause the receiver module to energize the track circuit relay (to show a vacant track circuit) even while the primary audio frequency signal was being shunted by a train. Recorded data indicated that this phenomenon apparently occurred with the passage of almost every train over track circuit B2-304 from the time the impedance bond was replaced until the day of the accident. The NTSB therefore concludes that, on the day of the accident, parasitic oscillation in the track circuit modules for track circuit B2-304 was creating a spurious signal that mimicked a valid track circuit signal, thus causing the track circuit to fail to detect the presence of train 214. The NTSB further concludes that spurious signals had been causing the track circuit modules for track circuit B2-304 to erroneously indicate that the track circuit was vacant from the time the track circuit transmitter power was increased after the impedance bond was replaced on June 17, 2009, until the accident 5 days later. The investigation found that parasitic oscillation was not unique to track circuit B2-304. The power amplifier circuits used in Metrorail’s GRS track circuit modules are of the emitter- follower type, which are known to be prone to oscillate. Parasitic oscillation is a known potential problem with any amplifier circuit, which could result in the generation of unwanted additional signals, along with the intended amplified output signal. According to the manufacturer, prior to the accident it was aware of previous cases with continuous parasitic oscillation, but they had never been known to affect train detection and were considered harmless. The parasitic oscillation encountered at Fort Totten, however, was a pulse-type oscillation of sufficient amplitude and of the correct frequency to mimic the coded track occupancy signal being returned from the rails. The investigation found no evidence that the modules were tested for this type of parasitic oscillation at the time they were manufactured or installed. The WMATA train control system has exhibited failure modes that were not considered in the original design. These failure modes include parasitic oscillation, corrugated rail, and cable faults. The fail-safe design of WMATA’s train control system was compromised when the track circuit modules failed to detect the presence of trains. The NTSB concludes that the track circuit modules did not function safely as part of a fail-safe train control system because GRS/Alstom did not provide a maintenance plan that would detect anomalies in the track circuit signal, such as parasitic oscillation, over the modules’ service life and prevent these anomalies from being interpreted as valid track circuit signals. The NTSB recommends that Alstom Signaling Inc. conduct a comprehensive safety analysis of its audio frequency track circuit modules to evaluate all foreseeable failure modes that could cause a loss of train detection over the service life of the modules, including parasitic oscillation, and work with its customers to address these failure modes. In response to the NTSB’s urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-15, which recommended examining track circuits that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation, WMATA issued test procedure T163 and trained its ATC technicians in its use to identify parasitic oscillation. Using the T163 test procedure, engineers and technicians identified a total of 208 track circuits as having parasitic oscillation that was generated in the transmitter module. They identified 82 track circuits that exhibited parasitic oscillation in both the transmitter and the receiver modules. Eight of the 82 track circuits required corrective action to reduce the amplitude of the parasitic oscillation signal below the threshold that WMATA had established in the test procedure. 85
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 86 This investigation revealed that pulse-type parasitic oscillation, by mimicking a valid track circuit signal, can cause a wrong-side failure106 of the WMATA ATC system. Although WMATA has taken action to identify track circuits with parasitic oscillation, it has not eliminated parasitic oscillation in all track circuit modules currently in service. The NTSB concludes that some of the GRS track circuit modules in use on the WMATA Metrorail system continue to exhibit parasitic oscillation, and the presence of this oscillation presents an unacceptable risk to Metrorail users. Because of the susceptibility to pulse-type parasitic oscillation that can cause a loss of train detection by the Generation 2 GRS audio frequency track circuit modules, the NTSB recommends that WMATA establish a program to permanently remove from service all of these modules within the Metrorail system. With the issuance of this recommendation, urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-15, previously classified “Open— Acceptable Response,” is reclassified “Closed—Superseded.” Although WMATA’s T163 procedure contains a comprehensive explanation of a parasitic oscillation failure mode and a testing protocol, the test procedure is not required to be carried out on a periodic basis. Instead, the procedure is to be carried out “as directed.” The text of the procedure itself states that the procedure “or a portion or a variation” of it will be incorporated into “the future periodic maintenance program.” The NTSB believes that WMATA should accelerate the process of instituting the T163 procedure as a regularly scheduled, periodic test so that parasitic oscillation can be identified and corrected before an accident occurs. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that WMATA establish periodic inspection and maintenance procedures to examine all audio frequency track circuit modules within the Metrorail system to identify and remove from service any modules that exhibit pulse-type parasitic oscillation. Maintenance Communication System Postaccident inspection of the maintenance communication system between the Takoma and Fort Totten stations revealed evidence that certain components of the system had been poorly maintained. For example, several inoperative telephone jacks were found in track junction boxes. The missing or unsecured telephone jacks left exposed mounting holes that could allow debris, rodents, or moisture into the box. In several instances, disconnected telephone jacks were found with bare wire terminals lying loose inside track junction boxes, and some of these were in proximity to track circuit impedance bond terminal connections. Because of this proximity and the poor condition of the terminals and boxes, the maintenance communication lines could potentially provide an alternative path for coded signals to travel from a transmitter impedance bond to a receiver bond without going through the rails (and thus bypassing any rail shunt). This alternative path could be completed through direct contact between loose wires and through the corrosion that can ground the terminals. Further, the poor condition of the nonvital communication system indicates that it is no longer of value to WMATA.
106 Wrong-side failure refers to a failure in a railway signaling device that results in unsafe operating conditions. In this context, it may be considered the opposite of fail-safe.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Near the site of the accident, maintenance communication lines were found to be shorted to ground through corrosion inside the junction boxes, and a spectrum analyzer detected the coded signal for track circuit B2-304 on the lines. Although these signals were of insufficient strength to be recognized by the track circuit receiver module as valid signals and thus played no role in this accident, the communication lines could provide a path for signals to bypass the rails. The NTSB therefore concludes that the Metrorail maintenance communication line system—a system that was in disrepair and was apparently no longer needed by WMATA—could allow unanticipated signal paths that could degrade the integrity, and thus the safety, of the Metrorail ATC system. The NTSB recommends that WMATA completely remove the unnecessary Metrorail wayside maintenance communication system to eliminate its potential for interfering with the proper functioning of the train control system. Routine Maintenance of Track Circuit Modules On September 22, 2009, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to Alstom: Assist the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, and other rail transit operators and railroads that use your audio frequency track circuit equipment, in examining their train control systems for susceptibility to parasitic oscillations and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths, and implementing measures to eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. (R-09-23 Urgent) The manufacturer-recommended maintenance schedule for the GRS track circuit modules used by WMATA outlines a series of tests involving the measurement of average and peak-to- peak voltage levels and certain operating frequencies. These measurements are designed to ensure that the track circuit transmitter and receiver modules are operating at reasonable power and sensitivity levels and within published frequency tolerances. This maintenance schedule does not specify the measurement of detailed signal waveform parameters, such as total harmonic distortion and spectral frequency distribution, that would have revealed the presence of parasitic oscillation. Only one procedure calls for the use of an oscilloscope capable of detailed signal waveform measurement. This procedure only calls for simple peak-to-peak voltage measurement and sets no minimum vertical bandwidth requirement on the oscilloscope to be used. Most important, recommended maintenance contains no discussion of tests designed to determine the presence of spurious signals that could mimic a valid track circuit signal. The NTSB concludes that a technician following the manufacturer-provided GRS track circuit module maintenance procedures would not have detected the spurious signals that caused track circuit B2-304 to fail in an unsafe manner. On June 26, 2010, Alstom informed the NTSB that it was continuing to evaluate strategies for mitigating the pulse-type parasitic oscillation found in the Generation 2 GRS 87
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 88 modules at Fort Totten. Alstom also told the NTSB that it had contacted other transit agencies known to be using Generation 2 GRS modules and that it had done limited testing at each site to identify modules exhibiting behavior similar to the modules at Fort Totten. Alstom has also developed a new procedure and test equipment that the company says it will use to test all the known Generation 2 GRS modules currently in service across the country. Although the NTSB welcomes this effort, it believes that in addition to one-time testing, rail transit operators that use GRS audio frequency track circuit equipment should be provided with maintenance guidelines that ensure that the ATC system is properly maintained over time. The NTSB therefore recommends that Alstom develop and implement periodic inspection and maintenance guidelines for use by WMATA and other rail transit operators and railroads equipped with GRS audio frequency track circuit modules and assist them in identifying and removing from service all modules that exhibit pulse-type parasitic oscillation in order to ensure the vitality and integrity of the ATC system. In May of 2010, the NTSB contacted several transit agencies that use GRS audio frequency track circuit modules similar to those used by WMATA. Some of those agencies told the NTSB that they have asked Alstom to provide them with guidelines to test for parasitic oscillation so that such tests can be incorporated into their track circuit inspection and maintenance programs. They also reported that Alstom had not responded to their requests; however, Alstom notified the NTSB on June 26, 2010, that “Alstom is in the process of arranging site visits to all of its customers using Generation 2 modules to test and document the condition of all the identified track circuits.” Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the six other rail transit agencies107 that use GRS audio frequency track circuit modules work with Alstom to establish periodic inspection and maintenance procedures to examine all GRS audio frequency track circuit modules to identify and remove from service any modules that exhibit pulse-type parasitic oscillation. With the issuance of this recommendation and the related recommendation to Alstom, urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-23, previously classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” is reclassified “Closed—Superseded.” The NTSB is not aware of any other transit properties experiencing pulse-type parasitic oscillation. Alstom has informed the NTSB that it has not found pulse-type parasitic oscillation on other transit properties that use its equipment. Ansaldo has informed the NTSB that it has implemented strategies to prevent parasitic oscillation in the design of the Ansaldo/US&S track circuit modules and that no evidence of parasitic oscillation has been found in these modules. WMATA is currently supplementing the manufacturer-recommended maintenance schedule with testing developed by WMATA ATC engineers (outlined in T163–GRS ATP Module Parasitic Oscillation Test) after parasitic oscillation was discovered in the Fort Totten track circuit modules. These tests include detailed measurement of transmit signal waveform parameters used to identify the presence of harmful parasitic oscillation and to diagnose its severity. The T163 test specifies that corrective action is required only in the case where code- rate modulated parasitic oscillation is present in the module of the associated track circuit
107 Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority, Greater Cleveland Regional Transit Authority, Metropolitan Atlanta Regional Transportation Authority, Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority, and Chicago Transit Authority.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report receiver and this oscillation exists above a certain amplitude threshold. This defines the case in which a spurious signal capable of mimicking a valid track circuit signal has propagated to the associated track circuit receiver and is present in that module with sufficient amplitude to cause concern for future loss of train detection. The WMATA maintenance schedule specifies that the T163 test be performed on an as-directed basis. WMATA ATC engineers are currently using a modified version of the original loss-of- shunt tool to monitor anomalies in track circuit operation. This monitoring is performed twice per day and encompasses all of the track circuit occupancy data collected over the previous 24 hours. Any anomalous behavior indicative of a loss of train detection is flagged and results in direction to use the T163 test to diagnose the condition of the track circuit. The NTSB concludes that WMATA Metrorail ATC test procedure T163, developed since this accident, will permit technicians to detect the presence of parasitic oscillation like that found in the failed track circuit modules at Fort Totten; however, unless these procedures are carried out on a periodic basis, an unsafe condition may persist for some time before being discovered and corrected. In Safety Recommendation R-09-16, issued during this accident investigation, the NTSB made the following recommendation to WMATA: Develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in your train control system are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-16) In its June 11, 2010, response to Safety Recommendation R-09-16, WMATA offered that its T163 procedure met the intent of this recommendation. However, the T163 procedure only tests for parasitic oscillation and it does not specify periodic testing to detect changes in the operating characteristics of electronic components within the track circuit modules. Pending further information from WMATA with regard to its plans for developing a periodic preventive inspection and maintenance program to monitor the operating tolerances of the electronic components in the train control system, Safety Recommendation R-09-16 remains classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” The manufacturer-provided maintenance schedule outlines a quarterly series of activities that would help determine if the operation of the track circuit module has drifted too far from the original design operating point. To better monitor track circuit performance between scheduled tests, WMATA ATC engineers developed the loss-of-shunt tool. This tool effectively extends the quarterly shunt test to additional points in time using data collected during normal revenue operation and with actual trains performing the shunting. If the underlying analog characteristics and operating point of a track circuit were to deviate from the original design specifications, the frequency of incorrect track circuit “occupied”/“unoccupied” decisions will change. The loss-of- shunt tool provides WMATA with a way to monitor this statistic and help to identify track circuits in need of adjustment or repair. However, because the loss-of-shunt tool is designed to operate only on historical data, it cannot identify detrimental changes in track circuit operation until after a failure to properly identify the presence of a train has already occurred. After the accident, WMATA began reviewing the loss-of-shunt information twice per day. It is also working to develop a real-time train detection system using track occupancy data. 89
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 90 ATC System Design The WMATA signal and train control system was designed using the closed-loop108 and fail-safe principles that have been used in the rail industry for decades. Under closed-loop and fail-safe design principles, a single-point failure of a logical operation or the absence of a required input or output should not result in an unsafe condition. The WMATA ATO and ATP subsystems are referred to as “vital” or “safety-critical.” Satisfying the design criteria for a vital train control system requires that if a track circuit fails to indicate correspondence with conditions at the wayside, the circuit should default to the safest condition, which is to indicate the presence of a train even when the block is actually unoccupied. This investigation determined that the fail-safe design principle can be compromised in the WMATA train control system as a result of two different conditions—the presence of corrugated rail and the presence of pulse-type parasitic oscillation in the track circuit transmitters. Electrical arcing in the presence of corrugated rail can create harmonics that effectively mimic a valid track circuit signal that can be accepted by the receiver via the normal signal path. Parasitic oscillation in track circuit transmitters can create a spurious signal that effectively mimics the track circuit signal by entering the receiver via an unintended signal path. In each case, the receiver module detects a signal that it interprets as valid. WMATA ATC engineers consider harmonics resulting from corrugated rail to be a benign condition because of their transient nature. However, the NTSB believes that any condition that can result in a loss of train detection needs to be evaluated in a comprehensive safety analysis. Examination of wayside junction boxes also revealed that WMATA maintenance communication system cables were co-located with track circuit cables. This design could potentially lead to the creation of an unintended signal path that could affect the operation of the track circuit system. For example, the maintenance communication system cables had become grounded due to corrosion, providing a potential alternative track circuit signal path. Also, loose cables in the junction boxes could possibly come into contact with a cable used by the track circuit and thereby establish an unintended track circuit signal path. A key requirement of the fail-safe design approach is that the designer foresee all catastrophic failure modes in the system and develop a plan for mitigating the negative effects that such failure modes can have on system function. A comprehensive safety analysis of the system design, which considers all known failure modes, their effects on system function, and the timely detection and alerting of failures is critical to developing an effective mitigation plan. A June 1980 fault tree analysis performed for WMATA identified events that could lead to train collisions, but it did not explore failure modes involving the track circuitry, nor did it identify the possibility of parasitic oscillation in the track circuit modules. As a result, there was no plan to mitigate the effects of such failures on the WMATA ATC system.
108 The closed-loop principle requires that all conditions necessary for the existence of any permissive state or action be verified to be present before the permissive state or action can be initiated or maintained.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The NTSB concludes that a comprehensive safety analysis of an ATC system must consider all foreseeable system failures that may result in a loss of train separation, including failures in train detection caused by track circuit failures. The NTSB recommends that WMATA conduct a comprehensive safety analysis of the Metrorail ATC system to evaluate all foreseeable failures of this system that could result in a loss of train separation, and work with your train control equipment manufacturers to address in that analysis all potential failure modes that could cause a loss of train detection, including parasitic oscillation, cable faults and placement, and corrugated rail. The NTSB further recommends that based on the findings of the safety analysis recommended in the previous recommendation, WMATA should incorporate the design, operational, and maintenance controls necessary to address potential failures in the ATC system. Another safety design strategy is redundancy, which typically refers to the provision of an independent backup for the function of a particular part or system in cases of unforeseen failure modes. For a train control system, redundancy can be provided by such means as an independent backup track circuit system, a system that tracks train locations to help prevent collisions, or a real-time monitoring system for detection and warning of track circuit failures. This investigation revealed that WMATA’s train control system was generating historical track occupancy data, but the data were not being effectively used to monitor track circuit performance. Accordingly, the NTSB recommended in its July 13, 2009, urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-6 that WMATA enhance the safety redundancy of its train control system by evaluating track occupancy data on a real-time basis in order to detect losses in track occupancy and automatically generate alerts to prevent collisions. Tests and Maintenance Preceding Accident At the time of the accident, WMATA had recently completed long-term programs to increase Metrorail traction power (so the system could accommodate longer, heavier trains) and was still replacing critical ATC system components, many of which date back to the origins of the Metrorail system in the mid-1970s. This program involved replacing older GRS components with components supplied by US&S. On December 12, 2007, as part of the traction power upgrade program, WMATA ATC technicians replaced the GRS impedance bond at chain marker 311+71 on track B2 with a US&S impedance bond. This bond served as the receiver impedance bond for track circuit B2-304 and the transmitter impedance bond for adjacent track circuit B2-312. Train control room logs for that date indicated that the installation crew performed a verification test to make sure the track circuits were working properly before they left the area. But a review of AIM system historical data showed that about 6:30 a.m. on December 12, 2007, shortly after completion of the installation of the new impedance bond, track circuit B2-304 began bobbing (showing false train occupancies) between train movements. About 2 1/2 months later, on February 28, 2008, a work order was opened for track circuit B2-304 because of bobbing. The work order was closed on September 26, 2008; the work order entries did not indicate what actions had been taken to correct the problem. A review of 91
NTSB Railroad Accident Report AIM system historical records showed that intermittent bobbing continued to occur on the track circuit. Five days before the accident, on June 17, 2009, WMATA ATC mechanics replaced the GRS transmitter impedance bond for track circuit B2-304 with a US&S bond. According to the installation crew leader, as the final track circuit adjustments were being made, the B2-304 track circuit began bobbing, along with the adjacent track circuit B2-312. She said she reported the bobbing track circuits to the MOC, then the crew left the area. At 6:50 a.m., the MOC opened a work order for bobbing track circuit B2-304 (but not for bobbing track circuit B2-312). The next day, June 18, 2009, a Red Line maintenance crew performed routine, scheduled preventive maintenance in the area of the replaced impedance bond. After completing shunt testing of track circuit B2-304, the crew noted that the track circuit was bobbing. Members of the maintenance crew said they had not been aware of the open work order regarding the track circuit, and they did not report the bobbing because the problem had apparently cleared itself while they were troubleshooting. According to AIM system data, train detection failed for almost every train that occupied track circuit B2-304 from the time the impedance bond was replaced on June 17, 2009, until the accident on June 22. No record was found that train operators traversing the area reported any problem with track circuit B2-304 during this period, even though almost all of them experienced a loss of speed commands, even if temporarily, as they passed over it. However, unless, like train 214, a train comes to a stop fully within the boundaries of the track circuit, the speed commands will return as the train’s momentum carries it onto the next track circuit where its presence is properly detected. In the case of train 214, the operator attributed his loss of speed commands to his proximity to train 110 that he was following; he did not interpret it as the train control system malfunction that it actually represented. The NTSB concludes that train operators did not report problems with track circuit B2-304 before the accident because reductions in speed commands to maintain train separation, or even momentary losses of all speed commands, were common during train operations. Using Track Circuit Components from Different Manufacturers As discussed previously, the process used by WMATA to carry out its track circuit replacement program involved the use of US&S impedance bonds with GRS track circuit modules. Such a combination of components from different manufacturers was in place for track circuit B2-304 at the time of the accident. In a 2004 letter to its customers, Alstom (the vendor for the GRS components) advised against the use of third-party components with Alstom products unless a thorough engineering 92
NTSB Railroad Accident Report analysis had been performed beforehand. Additionally, postaccident interviews revealed that Alstom’s manager of train detection products had told WMATA that Alstom could not endorse the use of US&S bonds with GRS modules. The WMATA ATC engineer said that the Alstom manager had told him that he could not endorse using equipment from different manufacturers because he did not know the characteristics of the other components. The WMATA ATC systems engineer who had been involved in the track circuit replacement program from the beginning identified through bench tests an approximate 10-percent difference in resistive impedance between the US&S and GRS impedance bonds. When he connected a GRS module to a US&S impedance bond he found no significant deviation from what would be expected from a circuit using all GRS components. Further, track circuits using components from both manufacturers were successfully tested at three locations in rail yards to confirm that no incompatibilities existed that would affect reliability. The NTSB considered whether the failure that led to the collision at Fort Totten could have resulted from the use of incompatible track circuit components. No evidence was found that track circuit B2-304 had been failing to detect trains immediately before the impedance bond was replaced on June 17, 2009, whereas after the replacement and subsequent track circuit adjustment, track occupancy detection began to fail and continued to do so up through the day of the accident. Additionally, track circuit B1-245 began to malfunction after the receiver impedance bond was replaced. The investigation reviewed the impedance bond replacement activity for track circuit B1-245 and found that the losses of train detection that occurred after the receiver bond was replaced with a US&S bond coincided with a change in the transmitter power level setting. The behavior of track circuit B1-245 was similar to the behavior of the Fort Totten track circuit in which parasitic oscillation was present that caused a loss of train detection. A review of data from the loss-of-shunt tool indicated that after both GRS track circuit modules were replaced, there were no further losses of train detection in this track circuit. The problem identified with the malfunctioning track circuit B2-304 was the presence of parasitic oscillation generated by the transmitter module that migrated through the rack structure to the receiver module. Between September and October 2009, after identifying the track circuit failure mode in the Fort Totten accident, WMATA ATC engineers tested 96 track circuits that had exhibited possible loss-of-shunt events. Twenty track circuits were identified as exhibiting the pulse-type oscillation similar to the oscillation seen in the Fort Totten modules. All 20 of these track circuits were equipped with GRS impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules. The investigation determined that the US&S impedance bond and the bond it replaced were functionally equivalent. About one-third of the time, according to WMATA ATC personnel, the replacement of GRS bonds with US&S bonds required that the transmitter power be increased in order to provide sufficient signal strength to be acted upon by the receiver module. The increases in power level that were required were within the design parameters of the modules and, absent parasitic oscillation, should not have interfered with the ability of the track circuit to accurately detect trains. 93
NTSB Railroad Accident Report No evidence was offered that before this accident Alstom had done any engineering analysis that revealed an incompatibility between US&S impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules. The September 2004 Alstom letter to its customers regarding the use of non-OEM equipment did not specifically address the components at issue in this investigation. Although it is understandable that Alstom would be unwilling to accept responsibility for the performance of any components the company had neither provided nor proven through its own engineering evaluation, the company’s 2004 letter does not contain any information relevant to the compatibility or incompatibility of the US&S bonds and GRS modules. Several of the ATC technicians interviewed during this investigation voiced concerns about the compatibility of the US&S and GRS components and suggested that such concerns were shared by other technicians. They referred to frequent problems that they had encountered after a new bond installation, and they attributed these problems to incompatibility of components from different manufacturers. However, the investigation found that the problems mentioned by the ATC technicians generally involved the perceived failure of the installation crews to properly adjust the speed command signals when they made the postinstallation track circuit adjustments. None of the technicians were involved in the assessment by WMATA engineers of the compatibility of the US&S and GRS components. The investigation determined that latent pulse-type parasitic oscillation existed in a number of other track circuits, all of which consisted entirely of GRS components. Between the end of October and the end of December 2009, WMATA tested all Metrorail track circuits to identify those with parasitic oscillation that could cause the circuit to fail to detect the presence of trains. A total of 82 track circuits were so identified, and corrective measures were taken. All of these circuits used GRS impedance bonds and GRS track circuit modules, so incompatibility of components was not a factor in these cases. After the Fort Totten accident, investigators conducted laboratory tests on the track circuit modules that had been in place at the Rosslyn station when a failure of train detection in track circuit C2-111 almost led to two rear-end collisions in 2005. At certain power levels, these modules also exhibited parasitic oscillation similar to the oscillation found in the Fort Totten modules after this accident. The presence of these oscillations was consistent with the noise on the peaks of the track circuit signal wave form that the ATC systems engineer said he observed during his 2005 examination of the Rosslyn modules. A review of the data records for track circuit C2-111 showed that, for the entire time period for which the records existed (beginning in 1988), the track circuit had periodically failed to detect the presence of a train occupying the circuit. This track circuit had always used GRS impedance bonds with GRS modules. Finally, WMATA reported that in 26 track circuits, GRS impedance bonds had been replaced with high-current US&S bonds as part of the traction power upgrade program. None of these track circuits with components from different manufacturers showed evidence of train detection anomalies. The NTSB concludes that as shown by the fact that (1) the GRS modules in the accident track circuit B2-304 consistently exhibited parasitic oscillation in on-scene and laboratory testing regardless of the type of impedance bond or simulated load used, (2) numerous other Metrorail track circuits that used all GRS components were found to have parasitic 94
NTSB Railroad Accident Report oscillation similar to the oscillation found at Fort Totten, and (3) numerous other track circuits with components made by different manufacturers showed no evidence of such oscillation, this accident did not result from WMATA’s use of US&S impedance bonds with GRS track circuit modules. The NTSB further concludes that the change in transmitter power level necessitated by the installation of a US&S impedance bond in track circuit B2-304 was within the design parameters of the equipment and would not have resulted in a failure of train detection in the absence of parasitic oscillation within the GRS track circuit modules. Implementation of ATC Test and Inspection Procedures Four years before the Fort Totten accident, the WMATA Metrorail investigation of the two near-collisions occurring between the Rosslyn and Foggy Bottom stations determined that a track circuit had failed to detect trains occupying it. The investigation also revealed that a malfunctioning track circuit could pass a shunt verification test and detect the shunt when it was placed at either end of the circuit, but fail to detect the shunt when it was placed in the middle of the circuit. Based on this finding, WMATA, on June 19, 2005, issued engineering bulletin and ATC safety notice Update on Diminished Shunt Sensitivity in Audio Frequency Track Circuits that stated that verification of audio frequency track circuits must involve placement of a shunt in the middle of the track circuit as well as near the transmitter end. This represented a change from the existing procedures (PMI 11000), which allowed use of a single shunt placed inside the transmitter end of the track circuit for verification. None of the ATC personnel (five technicians and one supervisor) interviewed during this accident investigation were familiar with the June 19, 2005, bulletin or the requirement to verify a track circuit by placing a shunt in the middle of the circuit, even though all of them were working as Metrorail ATC technicians when the Rosslyn incident occurred. This included technicians who were responsible for verifying track circuits after work had been performed, as well as those who were responsible for performing scheduled preventive maintenance inspections. According to WMATA, the October 6, 2006, engineering bulletin and safety notice regarding track circuit verification, US&S Impedance Bonds in GRS ATP Track Circuits, was intended to address concerns raised by some ATC technicians regarding the use of US&S impedance bonds with GRS modules. That safety notice stated that if a track circuit does not pass a three-shunt verification process (involving shunt placements at each end and in the middle of track circuits), the original impedance bond should be reinstalled. None of the technicians interviewed appeared familiar with the October 6, 2006, bulletin regarding three-point shunt verification after installation of US&S impedance bonds. The supervisor of the installation crew was familiar with the bulletin, but he mistakenly believed that it referred only to high-current impedance bonds. At the public hearing on this accident, the WMATA communications superintendent acknowledged that, during the 2005–2006 time frame, the process by which engineering and technical bulletins was distributed was “uneven.” Given that no technician interviewed during 95
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 96 this investigation was familiar with the June 2005 procedures for verifying track circuits and only one was even vaguely aware of the October 6, 2006, bulletin, the bulletin distribution process was clearly ineffective. For 5 years before this accident, WMATA engineers had known that attempting to verify a track circuit without placing a shunt in the middle of the circuit could result in a failure to identify malfunctioning circuits. But WMATA did not ensure that this information was provided to and understood by all ATC technicians and that the technicians subsequently acted upon it. Although the leader of the crew that installed the US&S bond for track circuit B2-304 shortly before the accident said that her crew had verified the track circuit using three shunts, one of which would presumably have been in the middle of the circuit, she could not provide a reason for using three shunts other than personal preference. In addition, NTSB testing found that track circuit B2-304 consistently failed to detect a shunt placed in the middle of the circuit, suggesting that if the impedance bond installation crew did use three shunt placements to verify the track circuit, these shunt placements did not include placing a shunt in the middle of the circuit. The NTSB therefore concludes that if proper shunt placements had been used, as required by WMATA’s procedures, to verify track circuit B2-304 either immediately after the new impedance bond was installed on June 17, 2009, or when the track circuit was tested the following day, the work crews would have been able to determine that the track circuit was failing to detect trains, and actions could have been taken to resolve the problem and prevent the accident. Based on NTSB testing, even a two-shunt verification test that involved placement of a shunt at the middle of the track circuit (in accordance with the guidance developed after the 2005 Rosslyn incident) would have shown that track circuit B2-304 would fail to detect trains. The NTSB concludes that WMATA failed to institutionalize and employ systemwide the enhanced track circuit verification test developed following the 2005 Rosslyn near-collisions, and this test procedure, had it been formally implemented, would have been sufficient to identify track circuits that could fail in the manner of those at Rosslyn and Fort Totten. During its investigation of a 1996 collision between a Metrorail train and an empty standing train at the Shady Grove station,109 the NTSB identified deficiencies in Metrorail’s procedures for disseminating information to operating personnel. Based on those findings, the NTSB made the following safety recommendation to WMATA: Develop and implement procedures to ensure that Metrorail operations personnel receive all bulletins, special orders, memoranda, or notices related to their responsibilities. These procedures should include a mechanism by which these personnel must sign or initial a document to signify that they have received, read, and understood any guidance intended for them. (R-96-34) WMATA responded that it had adopted General Rule 1.7a, which requires acknowledgment, by signature, that an employee has received, reviewed, and understood new or
109 NTSB/RAR-96/04.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report modified rules, operating procedures, and safety-related postings or bulletins. Based on this response, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-96-34 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on August 18, 1997. As revealed during this investigation, however, WMATA has not effectively addressed the issues raised in the 1996 investigation of the Shady Grove accident. Although, according to public hearing testimony, WMATA does require employees to sign for updated bulletins and notices, the agency does not have mechanisms in place to ensure that the employees understand or act on the information. Assuming the ATC technicians interviewed in this investigation did receive and sign for the 2005 and 2006 bulletins having to do with shunt placement (these records are retained for only 2 years and could not be produced for this investigation), their procedures did not change as a result. The technicians would have had no reason to ignore the new or updated procedures, which makes it likely that they failed to receive or understand the significance of the information. If that was the case, some followup action on the part of WMATA management to determine if the revised procedures were being followed would have revealed it. But no such action was taken. The NTSB therefore concludes that WMATA did not effectively distribute technical bulletins and safety information to its ATC technicians nor did it ensure that the information was received, understood, and properly acted upon by those technicians. The NTSB therefore recommends that WMATA review the process by which Metrorail technical bulletins and other safety information are provided to employees and revise that process as necessary to ensure that (1) employees have received the information intended for them, (2) employees understand the actions to be taken in response to the information, and (3) employees take the appropriate actions. Insulation Resistance Testing The Metrorail ATC technical procedure T031, Cable Insulation Resistance Testing, dated November 25, 2008, was in draft form and under review at the time of this accident. This was a new manual with requirements for cable insulation resistance testing that previously had not been in place. WMATA representatives told the NTSB that no insulation resistance testing of cables had been conducted on the Metrorail system. This draft technical procedure would require that all cables installed in conduits, in ducts, and along tunnel walls, or buried along the right-of-way, and wires and cables entering and leaving train control rooms, equipment cases, and junction boxes be measured for insulation resistance. The tests are intended to verify that the insulation resistance of a conductor used with a power source of less than 600 volts exceeds 1 megaohm and that the resistance of a conductor used with a power source greater than 600 volts exceeds 10 megaohms. This draft procedure requires that the applicable wires and cables be tested every 10 years or after new installations. When investigators tested the insulation resistance of the cables serving the two impedance bonds of track circuit B2-304, they found resistance measurements that did not meet the standards spelled out in procedure T031. For the tested cables, insulation resistance was 500 kiloohms, or only half of the resistance required by procedure T031 for a power source of less 97
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 98 than 600 volts. The NTSB therefore concludes that, as revealed by postaccident testing, the cables serving the impedance bonds for track circuit B2-304 did not meet proposed WMATA Metrorail standards for insulation resistance, and although this did not cause or contribute to the accident, such deficiencies, if undetected and uncorrected, could undermine the safety of the Metrorail train control system. The NTSB therefore recommends that WMATA implement cable insulation resistance testing as part of Metrorail’s periodic maintenance program. Safety Culture The NTSB has on a number of occasions recognized the lack of an organizational culture of safety within a transportation agency as having contributed to an accident.110 Organizations with effective safety cultures are generally described as having a commitment to safety that permeates the entire organization; that is, senior management demonstrates a commitment to safety and a concern for hazards that are shared by employees at all levels within the organization. In order for an organization like WMATA, which relies heavily on technology, to maintain an effective safety culture, senior managers must continuously review their organization’s performance and practices through monitoring, analysis, and feedback systems.111 When safety deficiencies are identified, the problems and the mitigation procedures must be communicated to all affected personnel in the organization. Research on organizations that have demonstrated successful safety records operating in complex, high-risk environments—sometimes referred to as high-reliability organizations (HRO)—has identified some common characteristics in these organizations’ approach to risk. Commonalities include an avoidance of trial-and-error learning and constant concern with unforeseen problems.112 Testimony was given during the public hearing on this accident by three panelists who had either conducted research on or applied HRO concepts in government or industry. One panelist characterized an HRO as “a learning organization”: … an organization that repeatedly accomplishes its high-hazard mission while avoiding catastrophic events, despite … consequential hazards, very dynamic tasks, time constraints, and complex technologies … a key component of being an HRO is … learning from [the organization’s] … mistakes …. Another panelist said
110 For example, see (a) Wheels-Up Landing Continental Airlines Flight 1943 Douglas DC-9 N10556 Houston, Texas, February 19, 1996, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-97/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997); (b) Controlled Flight into Terrain Federal Aviation Administration Beech Super King Air 300/F,N82, Front Royal, Virginia, October 28, 1993, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-94/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1994); (c) NTSB/RAR-96/04. 111 N. Pidgeon and M. O’Leary, “Man-Made Disasters: Why Technology and Organizations (sometimes) Fail,” Safety Science, vol. 34 (2000), pp. 15–30. 112 K. E. Weick and K. M. Sutcliffe, Managing the Unexpected—Assuring High Performance in an Age of Complexity (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 2001).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 99 The new way of thinking is that human error is a symptom of trouble deeper in the system, and that is an attitudinal shift that is necessary for people to really understand how high-reliability organizations can function. Safety Culture Issues Within WMATA An exhibit from the public hearing on this accident was a copy of a June 25, 2009, presentation to the WMATA Board of Directors from the WMATA Customer Services, Operations, and Safety Committee. The presentation included the statement, “Metro continues to influence a positive safety culture by taking immediate actions to correct recognized hazards.” Examples of safety indicators in the presentation included station and parking lot injuries and escalator injuries, which are not directly related to the safety of train operations. Also mentioned were derailments, smoke and fire events, and improper door operations that are more relevant to train operations. However, the presentation did not address progress on TOC safety audit findings, open CAPs, or FTA and NTSB recommendations—despite a requirement in the WMATA system safety program plan that such information be regularly provided by the WMATA general manager to the Board of Directors. The NTSB is concerned that WMATA senior management may have placed too much emphasis on investigating events such as station and escalator injuries to the exclusion of passenger safety during transit. The safety initiatives touted by the Customer Services, Operations, and Safety Committee, the language used, and the oversight and enforcement methods are indicative of a model of safety management focused on unsafe acts and procedural violations by individuals. Definitions included in the WMATA safety presentation characterized a preventable accident as “an accident that occurred because the employee failed to do everything reasonably expected of a trained professional to avoid involvement in an accident.” A nonpreventable accident is “an accident that occurs despite every reasonable action by the employee to avoid involvement in an accident.” Safety initiatives cited in the presentation included training personnel, posting signs, and making frequent reminders to personnel. Based on the information contained in this presentation, before the Fort Totten accident, WMATA placed much of the blame for causing and much of the responsibility for preventing accidents on frontline personnel. As will be discussed with regard to just culture, placing blame on frontline employees is not likely to improve the safety of the system as a whole. Such person-centered approaches to safety are well suited to high-risk environments in which unsafe acts by individuals can result in injury to those directly involved. Risks faced by some WMATA employees—risks to trackside workers, for example—clearly fall into this category. In the Fort Totten accident, however, the accident did not result from the actions of an individual but from the “accumulation of latent conditions within the maintenance, managerial and organizational spheres” making it an example of a “quintessential organizational accident.”113 Organizational conditions can contribute to employee accidents and workplace
113 J. Reason, Managing the Risks of Organizational Accidents (Aldershot: Ashgate, 1997) and J. Reason, “Achieving a Safe Culture: Theory and Practice,” Work and Stress, vol. 12 (1998), p. 227.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report injuries, but tracking and preventing workplace injuries and unsafe acts by individuals does not predict or prevent organizational accidents. WMATA’s focus, before the accident, on individuals rather than on the system as a whole is exemplified by one Red Line ATC technician’s description of the organization’s safety procedures: We used to have meetings with our superintendent in our department. We used to be able to gripe about our complaints. But now all we get is rule, rule, rule. When something happens, they’re so reactive rather than let’s sit down [and] talk about this, let’s discuss this. And it’s more reaction when something goes wrong than just trying to prevent something from happening. In addition to focusing on individual behaviors rather than systemwide safety issues, FTA audits found that WMATA and its oversight authority, TOC, were unable to adequately identify and address system safety deficiencies as required by 49 CFR Part 659. The 2005 FTA audit of TOC focused on the ability of TOC to develop and implement plans and procedures required for the implementation of 49 CFR Part 659. As a result of this audit, the FTA issued nine deficiency findings and one recommendation regarding TOC’s implementation of 49 CFR Part 659 requirements. Over the next 2 years, TOC and WMATA were unable to close several of these audit findings, prompting the FTA to conduct a series of meetings with TOC and WMATA executive leadership. The FTA was concerned about WMATA’s ability to identify, elevate, and address safety deficiencies within its own agency as well as WMATA’s lack of responsiveness to TOC. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, before the accident, the WMATA Board of Directors did not seek adequate information about, nor did it demonstrate adequate oversight to address, the number of open CAPs from previous TOC and FTA safety audits of WMATA. The NTSB recommends that WMATA develop a formal process by which the general manager and managers responsible for WMATA operations, maintenance, and engineering will periodically review, in collaboration with the chief safety officer, all safety audits and open CAPs, and modify policy, identify and commit resources, and initiate any other action necessary to ensure that the plans are adequately addressed and closed within the required time frame. The NTSB also concludes that the WMATA Board of Directors did not exercise oversight responsibility for the system safety of the WMATA system. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the WMATA Board of Directors elevate the safety oversight role of the WMATA Board of Directors by (1) developing a policy statement to explicitly and publicly assume the responsibility for continual oversight of system safety, (2) implementing processes to exercise oversight of system safety, including appropriate proactive performance metrics, and (3) evaluating actions taken in response to NTSB and FTA recommendations, as well as the status of open CAPs and the results of audits conducted by TOC. The failure of WMATA engineers and technicians or managers to properly address track circuit anomalies is symptomatic of the larger safety culture issues within the organization. After 100
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 101 the impedance bond was replaced on June 17 and the track circuit began bobbing, the ATC crew that had performed the installation and subsequent track circuit adjustment left the area with the problem unresolved. The crew leader reported at least one of the bobbing track circuits (B2-304) to the MOC, and she expected that the MOC would forward the information to the next crew. The MOC opened a work order for the bobbing track circuit, but it took no other immediate action. During the public hearing for this accident, the WMATA superintendent of communications stated that this work order was 1 of 10 corrective maintenance work orders open on the Red Line at the time and he acknowledged that problems that affected train movements took priority. Bobbing track circuits were not considered by WMATA to affect the safety of train movements despite the fact that Metrorail trains will operate safely in automatic mode only as long as the presence of those trains is accurately detected by each track circuit they occupy. On June 18, 2009, the day after the new impedance bond was installed and the work order was opened, ATC technicians conducted a preventive maintenance inspection in an area that included track circuit B2-304. The technicians verified the track circuit by using a single shunt, but they found that the track circuit was bobbing. They noted the bobbing in the train control room logbook, but they did not notify the MOC because the weather was deteriorating and the track circuit had passed the verification test. The technicians thus performed a test of the track circuit and found problems with it, but they took no action to see that the problem was addressed. ATC technicians said that they assumed the bond installation crew would return to the site to continue work, but they had no basis for this assumption. The safety behaviors and attitudes of individuals are influenced by their perceptions and expectations about safety in their work environment,114 and they pattern their safety behaviors to meet demonstrated priorities of organizational leaders, regardless of stated policies.115 Statements made by the supervisor of the CIT installation crew in a postaccident interview are indicative of an emphasis on maintaining operations over safety. The supervisor said, “If the track circuit’s bobbing, normal procedure is [that it] … be worked on. If there’s a crew changeover, it’s still to be worked on.” However, the NTSB notes that he also said that “the mentality now is move trains.”
The apparent tendency among many managers to tolerate various failures and malfunctions in the ATC system was also likely influenced by their perceptions of past system performance. This may explain why WMATA officials had designated track circuit alarms in the OCC as requiring no specific response and why neither WMATA ATC technicians nor maintenance officials placed a high priority on addressing track circuit bobbing and loss of train detection. The NTSB concludes that the low priority that WMATA Metrorail managers placed on addressing malfunctions in the train control system before the accident likely influenced the
114 D. Zohar, “Safety Climate in Industrial Organizations: Theoretical and Applied Implications,” Journal of Applied Psychology, vol. 65 (1980), pp. 96–102. 115 D. Zohar, “A Group-level Model of Safety Climate: Testing the Effect of Group Climate on Micro-accidents in Manufacturing Jobs,” Journal of Applied Psychology, vol. 85 (2000), pp. 587–596 and D. Zohar, “The Effects of Leadership Dimensions, Safety Climate, and Assigned Priorities on Minor Injuries in Work Groups,” Journal of Organizational Behavior, vol. 23 (2000), pp. 75–92.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 102 inadequate response to such malfunctions by ATC technicians, OCC controllers, and train operators. The NTSB notes that since the Fort Totten accident, WMATA has taken steps to ensure that its track circuits accurately detect the presence of trains. WMATA has increased the use of the loss-of-shunt tool to monitor track circuit performance and is working to improve the effectiveness of the tool. WMATA has developed procedures under which engineering staff are immediately notified when a potential malfunction occurs. The NTSB concludes that the steps that WMATA has taken since the Fort Totten accident, such as improving and increasing the use of the loss-of-shunt software tool for identifying track circuit malfunctions, will contribute to improving the safety of the system. However, these steps are just the beginning of the process that WMATA should undertake to develop a more effective safety culture. Characteristics of an Effective Safety Culture A commonly cited model of an effective safety culture is that offered by Dr. James Reason, who describes a safety culture as (1) an informed culture in which those who operate and manage the system have knowledge about the human, technical, organizational, and environmental factors affecting the safety of the system; (2) a reporting culture in which people are able and encouraged to report safety concerns, errors, and near-misses; and (3) a just culture in which people are encouraged and rewarded for providing safety-related information without fear of blame.116 Reason further characterizes an effective safety culture as a flexible culture that can break from a conventional management hierarchy when needed to handle safety concerns and a learning culture that has the willingness and competence to draw the right conclusions from its safety information and to implement whatever reforms are necessary to address identified safety issues. Informed Culture. An informed culture is characterized as one in which those who manage and operate the system have current knowledge about the human, technical, organizational, and environmental factors that determine the safety of the system as a whole. In most important respects, an informed culture is a safety culture.117 [Emphasis in the original.] The Metrorail ATC system was designed to prevent collisions by constantly monitoring train locations and slowing or stopping trains as necessary to maintain adequate train separation. Even when trains are operated in manual mode, WMATA expects the ATC system to override operator input if necessary to prevent collisions.
116 Managing the Risks of Organizational Accidents, pp. 293–306. 117 Managing the Risks of Organizational Accidents, p. 195.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 103 Keeping the risk of Metrorail injuries and accidents at or near zero requires that WMATA constantly monitor its operations and equipment, disseminate safety-critical information to all affected areas of the organization, and take immediate action to address potential defects. Actively monitoring all safety-critical aspects of an organization for problems is part of maintaining an informed safety culture. However, information gathered during this accident investigation indicates that before the Fort Totten accident, WMATA did not act aggressively to identify and remedy recurring defects in its ATC system. WMATA also did not take operational measures to mitigate the risk of collision until the defects could be corrected. In this accident, failures to use the loss-of-shunt tool or the enhanced track circuit verification test procedures demonstrate failures to communicate safety-critical information within affected departments of WMATA. The circumstances of this accident exemplify the concerns repeatedly expressed by the NTSB, the FTA, and TOC about the need for coordinated communication of safety-critical functions within WMATA. Three of the FTA’s 10 recommendations issued to WMATA in its March 2010 audit report address safety department deficiencies, including the following: (1) ensure that safety department staff has access to all operations and maintenance information so that potential safety risks can be identified, (2) require that safety-related information be made available to all departments, and (3) develop and implement a process to ensure that the chief safety officer can communicate safety priorities to the general manager in a consistent and timely manner. The best way to assess the health of safety-critical systems is through active monitoring and evaluation of operations and equipment in search of “leading indicators” of system problems. Examples of leading safety indicators include recorded operational data, the results of inspections, safety audits, and employee reports of safety concerns and near-miss events. The failure of WMATA to measure and address leading indicators of defects in its automatic train detection system suggests that the agency did not fully appreciate the risks represented by aberrations in the ATC system. Reporting Culture. An informed culture starts with encouraging individuals throughout the organization to report safety-related information and concerns. Safety information is often gathered from accidents and incidents that result in measurable negative outcomes, but safety information can also be gathered from reports of errors, near-misses, and safety concerns that might otherwise go unnoticed. No organization can anticipate all safety problems, but the advantage of actively investigating nonaccident safety lapses is that it may allow an organization to identify and address a system’s weaknesses before an accident points them out.118 The NTSB found examples of a deficient reporting culture within WMATA. A WMATA ATC engineer who was investigating the June 7, 2005, misrouting of trains at the Rosslyn station, overheard someone stating that the train operators had to apply emergency brakes to avoid colliding in the tunnel between Rosslyn and Foggy Bottom. This piece of
118 R. Flin, “Safety Condition Monitoring: Lessons from ‘Man-Made Disasters,’” Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management, vol. 6 (1998), pp. 88–92.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 104 information led the engineer to seek more information on the misrouting and the near-collisions and to contact other engineers to further investigate the incident. However, this information had not been reported, and the engineer learned of it only by chance. WMATA was required by TOC, under 49 CFR 659.31, to have a process for identifying and resolving hazards. WMATA has several possible sources of information with which to identify potential hazards, including the results of audits and inspections as well as the data recorded in newer railcars and the AIM system used by the OCC. For example, the loss-of-shunt tool uses recorded AIM data to identify potential track circuit malfunctions. Other modes of transportation have established safety programs for collecting and analyzing recorded operations data and collecting reports of safety concerns and near-misses from frontline personnel, such as vehicle operators and maintenance technicians. In commercial aviation, for example, many airline operators use data from recorders on board their aircraft to monitor trends in operations and identify possible safety concerns. The recorded operational data provide objective safety information that is not otherwise obtainable. The value of operational data analysis programs is the possible early identification of some types of adverse safety trends that, if uncorrected, could lead to accidents.119 Similarly, non-punitive self-reporting programs—such as the Federal Aviation Administration’s Aviation Safety Action Program120 and Air Traffic Safety Action Program121 and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s Aviation Safety Reporting System122—allow individuals to report safety issues without fear that the reports will be used to take disciplinary or enforcement action against them. The FRA is currently conducting pilot tests of the Confidential Close Call Reporting System (C3RS).123 The C3RS is a voluntary, confidential program of the FRA, the Bureau of Transportation Statistics (BTS), the DOT Volpe Center, railroad carriers, carrier employees, and labor organizations. Operators implement the reporting system, employees make reports, labor organizations represent employees, the FRA sponsors and oversees the program, the BTS and the Volpe Center act as independent third-party managers, and a peer review team of various stakeholder representatives oversees corrective actions. The C3RS includes several qualities that have been considered critical to the success of other safety reporting systems, including the following:
119 See Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular AC 120-82, Flight Operations Quality Assurance: . 120 See Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular AC 120-66B, Aviation Safety Action Program (ASAP): . 121 See Federal Aviation Administration Air Traffic Organization Policy Notice N JO 7210.741, Air Traffic Safety Action Program (ATSAP): . 122 A detailed description is available on the Aviation Safety Reporting System website at . 123 Three C3RS demonstration sites are currently in operation, with a fourth scheduled to begin in fall 2010.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report • The system is designed to capture close calls, safety concerns, and suggestions from all employees. • The reporting process is voluntary and designed to maintain reporter confidentiality. • The system provides the reporter protection from discipline and enforcement action, except in the case of intentional misconduct. • The system is managed by an independent third-party—in this case, the BTS and the DOT Volpe Center. • The system includes a mechanism to distribute reports (with identification removed) on safety trends and corrective actions to all participating organizations. • The system tracks carrier reports on corrective actions to measure system impact on safety. • The system evaluates and identifies ways to improve reporting system effectiveness.
Regular reviews of recorded data and non-punitive safety reports from these programs have identified safety issues and trends that would not have been readily identified through traditional oversight programs. The NTSB concludes that the safety of rail transit operations would be improved by periodic transit agency review of recorded operational data and non- punitive safety reports, which have been demonstrated to be effective tools for identifying safety problems in other modes of transportation. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that WMATA require that its safety department; representatives of the operations, maintenance, and engineering departments; and representatives of labor organizations regularly review recorded operational data from Metrorail train onboard recorders and the AIM system to identify safety issues and trends and share the results across all divisions of WMATA. The NTSB also recommends that WMATA develop and implement a non-punitive safety reporting program to collect reports from employees in all divisions within WMATA, and ensure that the safety department; representatives of the operations, maintenance, and engineering departments; and representatives of labor organizations regularly review these reports and share the results of those reviews across all divisions of WMATA. The NTSB further recommends that the FTA facilitate the development of non-punitive safety reporting programs at all transit agencies to collect reports from employees in all divisions within their agencies and to have their safety departments; representatives of their operations, maintenance, and engineering departments; and representatives of labor organizations regularly review these reports and share the results of those reviews across all divisions of their agencies. Just Culture. Individual behaviors and attitudes toward safety reporting are also influenced by the anticipated response from coworkers and leadership. The comments of the operator of train 214 regarding his decision to operate his train in manual mode are indicative of distrust between WMATA management and its employees. The operator told investigators that he switched from automatic to manual mode when entering the stations because he did not want to rely on the automated system to position the train properly along the platform. WMATA 105
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 106 apparently treated improper train positioning in stations as a personnel problem124 rather than a system problem. Although the train operating mode was routinely displayed in the OCC and recorded by the AIM system, operators choosing to operate in manual mode were never identified as an indication of a system safety concern held by frontline employees.125 Ideally, safety concerns should be brought to the attention of the safety department and reviewed by a team with expertise from the various agency departments, such as rail operations, track and systems maintenance, and engineering services, for resolution. Disciplinary practices perceived as unfair can motivate individuals to hide safety-related information or adopt behaviors to avoid blame. In this case, the train 214 operator not only chose to deviate from the policy initially, but he also continued to operate his train in manual mode after being counseled, suggesting that his perceived safety concerns and the threat of discipline for stopping at the wrong position outweighed the threat of discipline for violating the policy regarding operating mode. WMATA’s inconsistent enforcement of organizational policies and safety directives is symptomatic of a lack of just culture within the agency with regard to safety oversight. Learning Culture and Shared Concern for Hazards. In order to realize safety improvements, an organization must be capable of drawing the right conclusions from its safety information and must be willing to enact change when needed. The near-collisions at the Rosslyn station in 2005 provided evidence that the assumed fail-safe design of the ATC system could be compromised and that a catastrophic accident could result. The Rosslyn incident was investigated at the time, and as a result of that investigation, WMATA developed an enhanced track circuit verification test that was intended to identify track circuits with the potential to lose train detection. Also, following a detailed engineering analysis, WMATA developed the loss-of-shunt tool to better monitor track circuit performance. However, the enhanced track circuit verification test was never institutionalized within Metrorail and the loss-of-shunt tool eventually fell into disuse, indicating that WMATA either did not recognize the severity of the risk posed by the hazard identified at Rosslyn or did not communicate that hazard to all departments of the agency. A hazard identification and resolution process126 was in place at WMATA, as prescribed in its system safety program plan. The results of that hazard assessment should have been distributed to all affected departments of the agency, and the procedures for addressing the identified risk should have been integrated into the training and guidance materials for all affected personnel.
124 See discussion of person-versus-organizational approach to safety in the following section. 125 The NTSB notes that WMATA has been operating exclusively in manual mode since the accident. 126 The Hazard Identification and Resolution Matrix process, outlined in Section 6 of the WMATA system safety program plan, is a process for assessing hazard probability and severity of identified safety concerns intended to address TOC’s program standards and procedures, which are in turn based on requirements of 49 CFR 659.31. The Hazard Identification and Resolution Matrix is based on the U.S. Department of Defense hazardous risk identification and assessment process specifications of MIL-STD-882 Standard Practice for System Safety http://safetycenter.navy.mil/instructions/osh/milstd882d.pdf.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 107 The NTSB concludes that WMATA failed to recognize that the near-collisions at Rosslyn in 2005 represented an unacceptable hazard that had not been considered in the fail-safe design of the ATC system, and WMATA failed to communicate that hazard to the affected divisions in the organization for resolution. In addition to the problem of communicating safety-critical track circuit information identified by NTSB investigators, the FTA found in its March 2010 audit report of WMATA that WMATA did not have a process that ensures the timely identification and analysis of hazards and that WMATA managers were reactive rather than proactive in assessing and addressing the agency’s most serious safety hazards. The FTA audit report also cited a lack of effective interdepartmental coordination within WMATA with regard to identifying and managing maintenance-related safety hazards. Further, the audit report noted that WMATA lacked a formal process for identifying and managing the likely safety impacts of budgetary decisions that affected equipment maintenance. The NTSB concludes that, based on the results of this investigation and the FTA’s recent safety audit, WMATA was not adequately assessing the severity of hazardous risk associated with identified anomalies in its ATC system. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that WMATA review the Hazard Identification and Resolution Matrix process in its system safety program plan to ensure that safety-critical systems such as the ATC system and its subsystem components are assigned appropriate levels of risk in light of the issues identified in this accident. WMATA Safety Structure WMATA’s demonstrated deficiencies with regard to identifying safety concerns, distributing safety-critical information across the various affected divisions of the organization, and enacting effective safety policies are symptomatic of a general lack of importance assigned to safety management functions across the organization. During the 5 years before the Fort Totten accident, the chief safety officer had reported variously to WMATA’s auditor general, its general manager, its assistant general manager for safety and security, and, at the time of the accident, to the chief administrative officer. As early as 1996, in its investigation of a Metrorail train collision at the Shady Grove station,127 the NTSB noted that WMATA employees reported a perceived lack of communication and a sense of information isolation within the organization. As a result, a WMATA safety review committee recommended that WMATA change its organizational structure to have the safety department report directly to the WMATA general manager. Although this internal recommendation was subsequently adopted and implemented, WMATA, after the collision at the Woodley Park station in 2004,128 restructured its organization and again
127 NTSB/RAR-96/04. 128 NTSB/RAR-06/01.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 108 removed the direct reporting relationship between the safety department and the general manager. The NTSB expressed its concern about the restructuring in its report on the Woodley Park accident. er to adequately support his responsibilities under WMATA’s system safety program plan. afety department, and a general lack of attention from senior management. ut the organization, or manage the system safety program plan as required by 49 CFR Part 659. and communication of safety-critical information throughout its Metrorail operations. Oversight of Rail Transit Agencies TOC also repeatedly expressed concern to WMATA for several years prior to the accident regarding the safety department’s position within the organization. As recently as October 2008, TOC sent a letter to the WMATA general manager reiterating its position that there should be a direct reporting relationship between the safety department and the general manager to enable the general manag Finally, FTA auditors identified a lack of resources dedicated to the safety department within WMATA, a lack of stability within the s The current chief safety officer reports directly to the WMATA general manager. However, based on the results of this investigation, testimony during the NTSB public hearing on this accident, and the FTA’s audit findings, the NTSB concludes that before the accident, the position of chief safety officer lacked the necessary resources and authority within the organizational structure of WMATA to adequately identify and address system safety issues, ensure the distribution of safety-critical information througho In addition to the specific problems associated with its safety department, WMATA did not vigorously apply the lessons learned from previous Metrorail accidents and incidents, and it did not take effective action to address the many indications of track circuit equipment malfunctions that were evident before the Fort Totten accident. The NTSB concludes that shortcomings in WMATA’s internal communications, in its recognition of hazards, its assessment of risk from those hazards, and its implementation of corrective actions are all evidence of an ineffective safety culture within the organization. Further, WMATA did not significantly improve its approach to safety despite various influences such as NTSB accident investigation findings, internal safety committee recommendations, FTA audit findings, and TOC letters. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that previous attempts at non-regulatory oversight failed to compel WMATA to maintain the organizational structure necessary to ensure effective identification The DOT comprises several operating administrations, such as the FRA, that have the authority to promulgate and enforce transportation safety regulations. The FRA governs the operation of standard gage railroads that are part of the general railroad system of transportation, such as freight, intercity passenger, and commuter railroads. Full-time FRA safety inspectors monitor compliance with federally mandated minimum safety standards relating to hazardous
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 109 materials, motive power and equipment, operating practices, track and signals, and train control. The FRA also collects accident and incident data from the railroads, which it uses to identify trends in railroad safety in general or performance deficiencies of a specific railroad. has not provided the agency with the authority to directly enforce even those limited regulations. recipients to adhere to industry best practices and recommendations made by the NTSB. unsatisfactory internal standards leading to failures of safety-critical operations and procedures. with WMATA Metrorail, in which large numbers of CAPs remain open and unresolved. Rail transit systems, such as WMATA Metrorail, are not subject to FRA regulation and oversight. These systems fall under the purview of the FTA, whose mission is not to provide regulatory oversight but to provide public transportation agencies with financial, technical, and planning assistance. Although Congress has provided the FTA with regulatory authority with regard to drug and alcohol testing and state safety oversight of rail fixed guideway systems, it The NTSB has issued several recommendations to the FTA and its predecessor agencies addressing the need for the FTA to promulgate regulations and to establish mandatory safety guidelines and requirements for recipients of FTA funding. It has been the longstanding position of the FTA that it does not have the legal authority to promulgate regulations or to require an entity that receives funding through the FTA to comply with FTA guidelines and recommended best practices as a condition of federal financial assistance. The extent of the FTA’s efforts to this point has been to encourage The FTA’s state safety oversight regulation assigns the responsibility for safety oversight to each state. The states carry out that responsibility through a designated oversight agency. The FTA does not, and cannot, provide the oversight agency with the authority to promulgate and enforce safety regulations or standards. Therefore, except for oversight agencies in states such as California and Massachusetts, which have provided their oversight agencies with regulatory and enforcement authority, a state oversight agency is powerless to compel a rail transit agency to comply with its system safety program plan or any other FTA requirement. An oversight agency’s lack of authority to establish and enforce safety standards creates a situation in which a rail transit agency can have ineffective and State safety oversight agencies do have the authority to conduct their own accident investigations, but because of staffing limitations or a lack of expertise, this task is often delegated to the rail transit agency itself. If the oversight agency does not agree with the findings of the transit agency’s investigation, its only alternatives are to conduct its own investigation or to negotiate with the transit agency until a resolution is reached. The latter leads to situations, as is the case The FTA conducts regular audits of each oversight agency to evaluate its compliance with requirements of the state safety oversight regulation. Of the 250 findings that the FTA has made to state oversight agencies since the state safety oversight regulation was revised in May 2006, 55 findings of noncompliance remain open. The FTA effectively can take no action to compel the oversight agency to comply with the actions identified in a CAP. In such cases, the regulation does allow the FTA to withhold up to 5 percent of the funds designated for the state or
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 110 affected urbanized area, but because these funds are withheld from a state or area and not from the transit agency itself, this option is ineffective in compelling a rail transit agency to comply with the oversight agency’s requirements. The NTSB therefore concludes that the structure of the FTA’s oversight process leads to inconsistent practices, inadequate standards, and marginal effectiveness with respect to the state safety oversight of rail transit systems in the United States. on system’s equipment, facilities, rolling stock, operations, and persons engaged in the business. idually addressed in previous NTSB safety recommendations. Those areas are discussed below. Crashworthiness nd resulted in the NTSB issuing the following recommendation to the FTA on April 19, 2006: oving equipment that cannot be modified to meet the new standards. (R-06-6)
Proposed legislation prepared by the DOT in the draft Public Transportation Safety Program Act of 2009, if implemented, would provide the DOT, and therefore the FTA, with the broad authority necessary to address the safety issues identified by the NTSB in its numerous investigations of rail transit accidents. The proposed legislation requires the DOT secretary to establish and implement a public transportation safety program to improve the safety of, and reduce accidents involving, rail fixed guideway transportation systems. Specifically, the secretary would be empowered to prescribe regulations and issue orders for every aspect of rail public transportation systems to ensure the safe operation of such systems. The legislation also requires regulations to establish a safety certification program for individuals involved in safety oversight of rail transit operations. It further allows states to implement more stringent requirements to address local issues so long as those requirements are not inconsistent with federal requirements. The draft legislation also provides authority to the secretary to conduct inspections, investigations, audits, examinations, and testing of a public transportati Although the broad authority proposed in the legislation may be adequate to allow the FTA to address the safety issues raised by the NTSB in its previous accident investigations, the NTSB believes that transit safety will be enhanced if the FTA is given specific authority in a number of areas critical to rail transit safety that have been indiv Currently, the FTA has no requirements that address structural crashworthiness provisions for passenger cars operating in transit service. The NTSB believes such minimum crashworthiness standards are necessary to prevent the telescoping of transit railcars in collisions. The NTSB believes that the FTA should be able to establish, develop, and require such standards and to set a reasonable timetable for the mandatory removal from service of older equipment that cannot be modified to meet the new standards. The NTSB’s investigation of a 2004 WMATA rail transit accident129 identified these issues a Develop minimum crashworthiness standards to prevent the telescoping of transit railcars in collisions and establish a timetable for rem
129 NTSB/RAR-06/01.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report The NTSB added this recommendation to its Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements in February 2010. This recommendation is currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” On June 2, 2010, the FTA responded to Safety Recommendation R-06-6 by stating that while the FTA awaits congressional authority to require crashworthiness standards, it plans to revise 49 CFR Part 659 to address Safety Recommendation R-06-6, in part, by adding a new vehicle safety section to the required system safety program plan elements. Financial support provided to APTA to assist the American Society of Mechanical Engineers has resulted in the issuance of two standards: RT-l 2009 Safety Standard for Structural Requirements for Light Rail Vehicles and RT-2 2008 Safety Standard for Structural Requirements for Heavy Rail Transit Vehicles that define requirements for the incorporation of passive safety design concepts related to the performance of the carbody of rail transit vehicles in collisions to enhance passenger safety and to limit and control damage. Safe and Rapid Emergency Responder Entry and Passenger Evacuation Rail transit cars are not currently required to be equipped with means for safe and rapid emergency responder entry and passenger evacuation. A rapid means of transit railcar ingress and egress can be instrumental in reducing the risks to passengers in the event of a catastrophic accident. The NTSB believes that the FTA should be empowered to develop transit railcar design standards to provide adequate means for safe and rapid emergency responder entry to and passenger evacuation of transit railcars. In response to the investigation of the Woodley Park accident, the NTSB made a recommendation to the FTA on safe emergency entry to and egress from transit railcars: Develop transit railcar design standards to provide adequate means for safe and rapid emergency responder entry and passenger evacuation. (R-06-5) The NTSB added this recommendation to its Most Wanted List in February 2010. This recommendation is currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” On June 2, 2010, FTA responded to Safety Recommendation R-06-5 stating that it needs Congress to grant it the regulatory authority to require emergency ingress and passenger egress standards for rail transit vehicles. In the interim, the FTA has provided additional financial support to APTA to develop voluntary ingress/egress standards for rail transit vehicles including emergency vehicle exits, signs and lighting, low-level exit path markings, and operator protection features, which are expected to be completed in September 2010. 111
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 112 Event Data Recorders The FTA does not, and currently cannot, require that rail transit cars be equipped with data recorders. Such recorders are often the only means of determining the events, operating conditions, and equipment status in place before an accident. The lack of such information makes it difficult for accident investigators to develop appropriate recommendations to prevent similar accidents in the future. Further, the lack of such information makes it difficult for transit agencies to adequately assess their training and maintenance programs or to evaluate the effectiveness of their operating rules. Fatigue Management The FTA does not have hours-of-service regulations for transit vehicle operators. Instead, the agency has delegated the responsibility for fatigue management to the designated state safety oversight agencies to be carried out through the respective system safety program plans. But the regulations describing the general requirements for, and the prescribed contents of, system safety program plans (49 CFR 659.17 and 659.19, respectively) do not contain any requirements or program plan elements that address hours-of-service limits or any other aspect of managing fatigue in the rail transit industry. After the Woodley Park station accident, in which the operator had only 9 hours off between shifts, the NTSB made the following recommendation to the FTA on April 19, 2006: Require transit agencies, through the system safety and hazard management process if necessary, to ensure that the time off between daily tours of duty, including regular and overtime assignments, allows train operators to obtain at least 8 hours of uninterrupted sleep. (R-06-3) The NTSB classified this recommendation “Open—Acceptable Response” on September 23, 2008. Safety Oversight The NTSB has long recognized the need to improve the FTA’s oversight of rail transit operators and of state oversight agencies. As a result of the safety oversight issues raised in its investigation of the July 11, 2006, derailment of a CTA train in Chicago, Illinois,130 the NTSB recommended that the FTA develop and implement an action plan, including provisions for technical and financial resources as necessary, to enhance the effectiveness of state safety
130 Derailment of Chicago Transit Authority Train Number 220 Between Clark/Lake and Grand/Milwaukee Stations, Chicago, Illinois, July 11, 2006, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-07/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 113 oversight programs to identify safety deficiencies and to ensure that those deficiencies are corrected.131 These recommendations are in addition to the numerous recommendations the NTSB has made to individual rail transit systems and transit oversight agencies over the years. In almost every case, the lack of adequate federal safety authority has hindered the development of effective federal safety oversight. The NTSB believes that the DOT should ensure that the minimum safety requirements it establishes address the safety issues identified in previous NTSB recommendations, including transit railcar crashworthiness, event recorders, emergency egress/ingress, fatigue, the ability of state safety oversight programs to identify and correct safety deficiencies, and the adequacy of state safety oversight technical and financial resources. The NTSB therefore recommends that the DOT continue to seek the authority to provide safety oversight of rail fixed guideway transportation systems, including the ability to promulgate and enforce safety regulations and minimum requirements governing operations, track and equipment, and signal and train control systems. State Safety Oversight of WMATA The designated agency responsible for state oversight of WMATA is TOC. As of early 2010, TOC had identified 48 CAPs that were still classified as open from previous TOC safety audits of WMATA, some of them dating from 2004. Before the Fort Totten accident, TOC personnel were not permitted on WMATA property to perform field oversight responsibilities without the permission of WMATA. Although this issue has been resolved, TOC’s inability to enter the Metrorail system to conduct unannounced audits or inspections significantly diminished its ability to provide the proper safety oversight of Metrorail operations. The organizational structure and staffing of TOC has the potential for a conflict of interest to develop as it provides its safety oversight function. Because TOC members are employees of the agencies that select them, there exists the potential that their agencies can exercise a level of influence with respect to the decisions and the manner in which TOC provides safety oversight of the Metrorail system. An independent oversight agency would provide a structure that would preclude influence by any of the current parties to the TOC’s MOU. During the FTA’s 2007 audit of TOC, the audit team developed 12 findings, 8 of which were for noncompliance. Two of the noncompliance findings were that (1) WMATA had not conducted internal safety audits according to the schedule specified in its system safety program plan and (2) WMATA CAPs were not being reviewed and approved according to the time frame required by TOC program procedures. These were findings that had been identified during the FTA’s 2005 audit of TOC and that were carried forward in the 2007 audit report.
131 Safety Recommendations R-07-9 and -10.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 114 The FTA’s audit of TOC in 2009 again found shortcomings with the way TOC and WMATA handled issues related to safety. The 2009 FTA findings and recommendations for TOC and WMATA (listed in appendix C of this report) focused on a number of general safety issues noted with both agencies. For TOC, the FTA’s findings addressed, among other issues, (1) providing the resources, financial and personnel, necessary for TOC to carry out its responsibilities and ensuring that TOC members possess the technical and professional skill necessary for the job; (2) improving coordination and communication between WMATA and TOC; (3) resolving previously identified safety issues as well as open CAPs; (4) improving the safety audit process; and (5) ensuring that WMATA has an effective system safety program plan and hazard management program. The NTSB concludes that the results of this investigation, as well as the FTA’s audit of TOC and WMATA, determined that TOC has been ineffective in providing proper safety oversight of and lacks the necessary authority to properly oversee the WMATA Metrorail system. For WMATA, the FTA’s recommendations addressed, among other issues, (1) providing the resources and expertise necessary for the WMATA safety department, (2) ensuring that the safety department is actively involved in all operations and maintenance decisions and activities, (3) providing the chief safety officer with direct access to the WMATA general manager, (4) performing a systemwide hazard analysis that involves all WMATA departments, and (5) implementing and providing employee training in new rules to increase worker safety along the WMATA right-of-way. The NTSB concludes that the results of this investigation and the findings and recommendations contained in the FTA’s March 4, 2010, Final Audit Report of its 2009 safety audit of TOC and WMATA, if implemented, will enhance WMATA Metrorail passenger and employee safety. The NTSB therefore recommends that WMATA work with TOC to satisfactorily address the recommendations contained in the FTA’s March 4, 2010, final report of its audit of TOC and WMATA. The NTSB further recommends that TOC work with WMATA to satisfactorily address the recommendations contained in the FTA’s March 4, 2010, final report of its audit of TOC and WMATA. Federal Provisions for Transit Employee Toxicological Testing After the accident, WMATA did not obtain toxicological specimens from the fatally injured operator of train 112. Such a collection was not required by FTA regulation. The FTA requires132 that As soon as practicable following an accident involving the loss of a human life, an employer shall conduct drug and alcohol tests on each surviving covered employee operating the mass transit vehicle at the time of the accident.
132 Title 49 CFR 655.44(a)(1)(i).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 115 The train 112 operator did not survive the accident and thus was not covered by this requirement. U.S. DOT regulations state that a transit agency “must not collect, by catheterization or other means, urine from an unconscious employee to conduct a drug test under this part.”133 This DOT regulation does not address fatally injured employees. Although the NTSB was able to obtain specimens from the deceased operator under its own authority, it is concerned that specimens cannot be obtained by WMATA or other transit agencies for their transit employees who are fatally injured while on duty. The NTSB notes that, in contrast to FTA regulations, FRA regulations require that drug testing specimens be obtained from a fatally injured railroad employee.134 At the time of this accident, federal regulations did not permit transit agencies to collect toxicological specimens from employees killed or rendered unconscious by on-duty accidents. The NTSB concludes that the FTA’s lack of toxicological specimen authority prevents transit agencies from collecting pertinent information for determining the circumstances of transit accidents. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FTA seek authority similar to FRA regulations (Title 49 CFR 219.207) to require that transit agencies obtain toxicological specimens from covered transit employees and contractors who are fatally injured as a result of an on-duty accident. Crashworthiness of Metrorail Passenger Cars The NTSB investigated three previous WMATA Metrorail accidents that raised issues related to the crashworthiness of Metrorail passenger cars.135 The accident that most closely paralleled the Fort Totten accident in terms of physical damage occurred at Metrorail’s Woodley Park station in November 2004.136 In that accident, a train consisting of 1000-series cars rolled backward down a grade and struck a standing train made up of 4000-series cars. The investigation of the Woodley Park accident determined that the rear car of the rolling train struck the front car of the standing train at an estimated speed of 36 mph. As a result of the collision, the 1000-series rear car of the striking train sustained catastrophic telescoping damage that resulted in a loss of about 34 feet of occupant survival space.137 The 4000-series lead car of the struck train sustained negligible front-end intrusion damage (less than 2 feet) and suffered essentially no loss of occupant survival space. Investigation of the Fort Totten accident determined that the front car of train 112 struck the rear car of train 214 at an estimated speed of at least 44 mph. This accident also involved a collision between 1000-series cars and newer cars that were built to later and more robust
133 Title 49 CFR 40.61(b)(3). 134 49 CFR 219.207. 135 See (a) NTSB/RAR-82/06, (b) NTSB/RAR-96/04, and (c) NTSB/RAR-06/01. 136 NTSB/RAR-06/01. 137 At the time of the Woodley Park accident, the striking train was unoccupied except for the train operator.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 116 crashworthiness standards. Occupant survivability in the 1000-series lead car of train 112 (where all of the fatalities occurred) was almost exclusively determined by where the occupants were located at the time of the collision. For those occupying the section of the railcar that was subject to the telescoping action, including the train operator’s compartment, the accident was essentially non-survivable. As a result of its investigation of the Woodley Park accident, the NTSB issued the following safety recommendation to WMATA: Either accelerate retirement of Rohr-built[138] railcars, or if those railcars are not retired but instead rehabilitated, then the Rohr-built passenger railcars should incorporate a retrofit of crashworthiness collision protection that is comparable to the 6000-series railcars. (R-06-2) WMATA responded in a January 10, 2007, letter that all cars are fitted with anti-climber features to help prevent carbody override (and thus telescoping in a collision). But as this accident showed, the 1000-series cars were not designed to effectively prevent telescoping. Further, WMATA stated that it was constrained by tax advantage leases, which require that WMATA keep the 1000-series cars in service at least until the end of 2014. WMATA also stated that it was not feasible to retrofit the 1000-series cars and that they would remain in service until replacement with the 7000-series cars in 2014. Based on this response, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-06-2 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on October 5, 2007. On August 14, 2009, WMATA sent a letter formally requesting that the NTSB reconsider the status of Safety Recommendation R-06-2 because of WMATA’s decision (stated in its January 10, 2007, letter) that it did not intend to perform a heavy overhaul of the 1000-series railcars. The NTSB has, on occasion, reclassified a closed safety recommendation when the recipient has acted in a timely manner after closure to complete the recommended action or has indicated a change in its position and intention to complete the action in a timely manner. WMATA’s request, however, came almost 2 years after the recommendation was closed. The 1000-series railcars remain in service, and WMATA did not accelerate the retirement of these cars in response to the NTSB’s recommendation. Accordingly, Safety Recommendation R-06-2 remains classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” WMATA subsequently informed the NTSB that the 7000-series cars, which are slated to replace the 1000-series cars beginning in 2013, will provide a higher degree of carbody end- structure collision protection than previous Metrorail cars. Although the new series of Metrorail passenger cars will bring a higher level of crashworthiness to the Metrorail fleet, initial delivery of the cars, at best, is about 3 years away. In the meantime, 294 1000-series cars will still be in use, and as shown by this accident and other recent accidents, they represent a serious risk to Metrorail users in the event of a collision. The NTSB concludes that the structural design of the 1000-series railcars offers little occupant protection against a catastrophic loss of occupant survival space in a collision, and the continued use of these cars in revenue service constitutes an
138 Rohr built the 1000-series railcars.
NTSB Railroad Accident Report unacceptable risk to WMATA Metrorail users. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that WMATA remove all 1000-series railcars as soon as possible and replace them with cars that have crashworthiness collision protection at least comparable to the 6000-series railcars. After the Fort Totten accident, WMATA began placing 1000-series cars in the middle (belly) of trains with cars of a later design on either side. This “bellying” of the cars was intended to reduce the vulnerability of the cars to catastrophic damage during a collision. The engineering analysis conducted by WMATA after the NTSB’s public hearing on this accident showed a limited benefit to the bellying of 1000-series cars in a low speed collision (that is, below about 15 mph). The NTSB has reviewed WMATA’s analysis and notes that bellying the 1000-series cars would not be expected to provide appreciable benefit in higher-speed collisions like those occurring at Fort Totten and Woodley Park. Significant damage was also sustained by bellied 1000-series cars involved in a recent accident that occurred on November 29, 2009, in the West Falls Church yard (which is currently under investigation by the NTSB). In that accident, the striking train was in nonrevenue service, and the operator was positioning the train behind another train in the yard for servicing. The onboard event data recorder indicated that the speed of the striking train at the time of the collision was about 17 mph. Both trains consisted of six cars, with 5000-series cars in the lead, 1000-series cars in the center (in the “belly”), and 3000-series cars in the trailing position. Three of the four 1000-series cars experienced significantly greater damage than the newer series cars as a result of the collision. Two of these cars were on the struck train, and one of these cars was on the striking train. The end structures of these three 1000-series cars were significantly compromised, and one of the 1000-series cars experienced substantial sidewall outward bowing, all of which is consistent with a loss of structural integrity similar to that found in carbody telescoping. The NTSB concludes that WMATA’s practice of bellying the 1000-series cars does not provide appreciable crashworthiness benefits and is not an acceptable substitute for removing the cars from service. The NTSB notes, however, that in the event of an accident, there is a benefit to having event recorders on the lead car of the accident train. The bellying of the 1000- series cars moves these cars without recorders from the lead position and places newer cars, which are normally equipped with event recorders, in the lead. Such positioning could provide critical information for determining the cause of an accident. Onboard Event Recorders on Metrorail Trains In this accident, striking train 112 consisted of 1000-series Metrorail cars that were not equipped with onboard event recorders. It also did not have any other source of recorded data. Because of the lack of recording devices on the striking train, NTSB investigators had to compile other sources of information from the investigation to arrive at a best estimate of the striking train’s speed, braking performance, and position time history. The NTSB concludes that the lack of onboard event recording capability on the striking train prevented a definitive determination of train performance, the status of the onboard systems, and the operator’s actions before the collision. 117
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Although the NTSB recognizes the technical challenges to installing onboard recorders in 1000-series cars, the NTSB is concerned about the continued lack of recorded data for any event involving the 1000- and 4000-series cars. The NTSB notes that an operational event recorder in the lead car of a train will capture critical ATC information as well as train operational data. The NTSB therefore recommends that WMATA ensure that the lead married-pair car set of each train is equipped with an operating onboard event recorder. Although Metrorail car sets other than 1000- and 4000-series are equipped with onboard recorders, these devices have frequently not been operating when needed. Since December 2006, the NTSB has investigated five WMATA accidents involving trains with onboard recorders. In these accident investigations, only 6 of 11 installed onboard recorders (54.5 percent) were found to contain accident data. As with the Fort Totten accident, the NTSB’s investigations were hampered by a lack of recorded data. Investigators have had to gather data from other sources before they could reconstruct accident sequences and evaluate the electronic, mechanical, and human performance factors that led to the accidents. This investigation determined that WMATA does not have a formal process to ensure the reliability of its onboard recorders. As a result, the recorders cannot do the job for which they were designed. Information received from WMATA indicates that from April 2006 to March 2010, WMATA personnel reported 737 VMS failures that would affect the capturing or recording of train data on the onboard recorder. Because WMATA does not have a program to monitor onboard recorder performance so that such defects are immediately found and remedied, the actual number of failures was likely much higher. The NTSB concludes that because WMATA does not have a program to monitor the performance of onboard event recorders or to ensure that they are functioning properly, these devices cannot be relied upon by WMATA to provide data that can be used for accident investigations or for equipment or operations monitoring and maintenance. The NTSB therefore recommends that WMATA develop and implement a program to monitor the performance of onboard event recorders and ensure they are functioning properly. Metrorail Passenger Car Emergency Egress In an emergency, passengers can use the end bulkhead doors to exit from one car into another if the side doors cannot be used and the end doors are not damaged. In this accident, the side doors were not usable, and the end doors between the first car of train 112 and the last car of 214 could not be used because of structural damage. As noted previously in this report, no federal standards address transit car emergency egress. Safety Recommendation R-06-5, made to the FTA and added to the NTSB’s Most Wanted List in 2010, recommended that the FTA develop design standards to address passenger and emergency responder entry and evacuation. The FTA responded that it is sponsoring the development of a rail transit standard entitled “Emergency Features for Rail Transit Cars.” The document is being developed by the 118
NTSB Railroad Accident Report APTA Rail Transit Standards Vehicle Inspection and Maintenance Committee. The project will develop a consensus-based standard to recommend emergency features for inclusion on light and heavy rail transit vehicles. Based on this response, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation R-06-5 “Open—Acceptable Response.” 119
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Conclusions Findings
- The following were neither causal nor contributory to the accident: weather, training and
qualifications of the train operators, fatigue, use of alcohol or illegal drugs by the train operators, track structure and rail integrity, and condition and performance of train mechanical equipment.
- The operator’s decision to operate train 214 (the struck train) in manual mode during the
evening rush hour period was in violation of Metrorail rules, but track circuit B2-304 was failing to detect trains, regardless of whether they were operating in manual or automatic mode.
- Because train 214, which was being operated in manual mode, was traveling at a much
slower speed than the authorized speed commands it was receiving, train 214 stopped completely within the faulty B2-304 track circuit when its detection was lost and it received a 0 mph speed command.
- Because of the design of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA)
operations control center information management system and the high number of track circuit failure alarms routinely generated by that system, operations control center controllers could not have been expected to be aware of the impending collision or to warn either train operator.
- Considering the challenges of the recovery operations, the emergency response was well
coordinated and effectively managed.
- The Metrorail automatic train control system stopped detecting the presence of train 214 (the
struck train) in track circuit B2-304, which caused train 214 to stop and also allowed speed commands to be transmitted to train 112 (the striking train) until the collision.
- Even though the operator of train 112 activated emergency braking before the collision, there
was not enough time, once train 214 came into full view, to stop the train and avoid a collision.
- On the day of the accident, parasitic oscillation in the track circuit modules for track circuit
B2-304 was creating a spurious signal that mimicked a valid track circuit signal, thus causing the track circuit to fail to detect the presence of train 214.
- Spurious signals had been causing the track circuit modules for track circuit B2-304 to
erroneously indicate that the track circuit was vacant from the time the track circuit transmitter power was increased after the impedance bond was replaced on June 17, 2009, until the accident 5 days later. 120
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
- Train operators did not report problems with track circuit B2-304 before the accident because
reductions in speed commands to maintain train separation, or even momentary losses of all speed commands, were common during train operations.
- The track circuit modules did not function safely as part of a fail-safe train control system
because General Railway Signal Company (GRS)/Alstom Signaling Inc. did not provide a maintenance plan that would detect anomalies in the track circuit signal, such as parasitic oscillation, over the modules’ service life and prevent these anomalies from being interpreted as valid track circuit signals.
- Some of the GRS track circuit modules in use on the WMATA Metrorail system continue to
exhibit parasitic oscillation, and the presence of this oscillation presents an unacceptable risk to Metrorail users.
- As shown by the fact that (1) the GRS modules in the accident track circuit B2-304
consistently exhibited parasitic oscillation in on-scene and laboratory testing regardless of the type of impedance bond or simulated load used, (2) numerous other Metrorail track circuits that used all GRS components were found to have parasitic oscillation similar to the oscillation found at Fort Totten, and (3) numerous other track circuits with components made by different manufacturers showed no evidence of such oscillation, this accident did not result from WMATA’s use of Union Switch & Signal impedance bonds with GRS track circuit modules.
- The change in transmitter power level necessitated by the installation of a Union Switch &
Signal impedance bond in track circuit B2-304 was within the design parameters of the equipment and would not have resulted in a failure of train detection in the absence of parasitic oscillation within the GRS track circuit modules.
- WMATA failed to institutionalize and employ systemwide the enhanced track circuit
verification test developed following the 2005 Rosslyn near-collisions, and this test procedure, had it been formally implemented, would have been sufficient to identify track circuits that could fail in the manner of those at Rosslyn and Fort Totten.
- If proper shunt placements had been used, as required by WMATA’s procedures, to verify
track circuit B2-304 either immediately after the new impedance bond was installed on June 17, 2009, or when the track circuit was tested the following day, the work crews would have been able to determine that the track circuit was failing to detect trains, and actions could have been taken to resolve the problem and prevent the accident.
- A technician following the manufacturer-provided GRS track circuit module maintenance
procedures would not have detected the spurious signals that caused track circuit B2-304 to fail in an unsafe manner.
- WMATA Metrorail automatic train control test procedure T163, developed since this
accident, will permit technicians to detect the presence of parasitic oscillation like that found in the failed track circuit modules at Fort Totten; however, unless these procedures are carried out on a periodic basis, an unsafe condition may persist for some time before being discovered and corrected. 121
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
- A comprehensive safety analysis of an automatic train control system must consider all
foreseeable system failures that may result in a loss of train separation, including failures in train detection caused by track circuit failures.
- WMATA did not effectively distribute technical bulletins and safety information to its
automatic train control technicians nor did it ensure that the information was received, understood, and properly acted upon by those technicians.
- WMATA failed to recognize that the near-collisions at Rosslyn in 2005 represented an
unacceptable hazard that had not been considered in the fail-safe design of the automatic train control system, and WMATA failed to communicate that hazard to the affected divisions in the organization for resolution.
- The Metrorail maintenance communication line system—a system that was in disrepair and
was apparently no longer needed by WMATA—could allow unanticipated signal paths that could degrade the integrity, and thus the safety, of the Metrorail automatic train control system.
- As revealed by postaccident testing, the cables serving the impedance bonds for track circuit
B2-304 did not meet proposed WMATA Metrorail standards for insulation resistance, and although this did not cause or contribute to the accident, such deficiencies, if undetected and uncorrected, could undermine the safety of the Metrorail train control system.
- The structure of the Federal Transit Administration’s oversight process leads to inconsistent
practices, inadequate standards, and marginal effectiveness with respect to the state safety oversight of rail transit systems in the United States.
- The results of this investigation, as well as the Federal Transit Administration’s audit of the
Tri-State Oversight Committee and WMATA, determined that the Tri-State Oversight Committee has been ineffective in providing proper safety oversight of and lacks the necessary authority to properly oversee the WMATA Metrorail system.
- The results of this investigation and the findings and recommendations contained in the
Federal Transit Administration’s March 4, 2010, Final Audit Report of its 2009 safety audit of the Tri-State Oversight Committee and WMATA, if implemented, will enhance WMATA Metrorail passenger and employee safety.
- The low priority that WMATA Metrorail managers placed on addressing malfunctions in the
train control system before the accident likely influenced the inadequate response to such malfunctions by automatic train control technicians, operations control center controllers, and train operators.
- The steps that WMATA has taken since the Fort Totten accident, such as improving and
increasing the use of the loss-of-shunt software tool for identifying track circuit malfunctions, will contribute to improving the safety of the system. 122
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
- The safety of rail transit operations would be improved by periodic transit agency review of
recorded operational data and non-punitive safety reports, which have been demonstrated to be effective tools for identifying safety problems in other modes of transportation.
- Based on the results of this investigation and the Federal Transit Administration’s recent
safety audit, WMATA was not adequately assessing the severity of hazardous risk associated with identified anomalies in its automatic train control system.
- The WMATA Board of Directors did not exercise oversight responsibility for the system
safety of the WMATA system.
- Before the accident, the WMATA Board of Directors did not seek adequate information
about, nor did it demonstrate adequate oversight to address, the number of open corrective action plans from previous Tri-State Oversight Committee and Federal Transit Administration safety audits of WMATA.
- Before the accident, the position of chief safety officer lacked the necessary resources and
authority within the organizational structure of WMATA to adequately identify and address system safety issues, ensure the distribution of safety-critical information throughout the organization, or manage the system safety program plan as required by Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 659.
- Shortcomings in WMATA’s internal communications, in its recognition of hazards, its
assessment of risk from those hazards, and its implementation of corrective actions are all evidence of an ineffective safety culture within the organization.
- Previous attempts at non-regulatory oversight failed to compel WMATA to maintain the
organizational structure necessary to ensure effective identification and communication of safety-critical information throughout its Metrorail operations.
- The FTA’s lack of toxicological specimen authority prevents transit agencies from collecting
pertinent information for determining the circumstances of transit accidents.
- The structural design of the 1000-series railcars offers little occupant protection against a
catastrophic loss of occupant survival space in a collision, and the continued use of these cars in revenue service constitutes an unacceptable risk to WMATA Metrorail users.
- WMATA’s practice of bellying the 1000-series cars does not provide appreciable
crashworthiness benefits and is not an acceptable substitute for removing the cars from service.
- The lack of onboard event recording capability on the striking train prevented a definitive
determination of train performance, the status of the onboard systems, and the operator’s actions before the collision. 123
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
- Because WMATA does not have a program to monitor the performance of onboard event
recorders or to ensure that they are functioning properly, these devices cannot be relied upon by WMATA to provide data that can be used for accident investigations or for equipment or operations monitoring and maintenance. Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the June 22, 2009, collision of Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA) Metrorail train 112 with the rear of standing train 214 near the Fort Totten station was (1) a failure of the track circuit modules, built by GRS/Alstom Signaling Inc., that caused the automatic train control system to lose detection of train 214 (the struck train) and thus transmit speed commands to train 112 (the striking train) up to the point of impact, and (2) WMATA’s failure to ensure that the enhanced track circuit verification test (developed following the 2005 Rosslyn near-collisions) was institutionalized and used systemwide, which would have identified the faulty track circuit before the accident. Contributing to the accident were (1) WMATA’s lack of a safety culture, (2) WMATA’s failure to effectively maintain and monitor the performance of its automatic train control system, (3) GRS/Alstom Signaling Inc.’s failure to provide a maintenance plan to detect spurious signals that could cause its track circuit modules to malfunction, (4) ineffective safety oversight by the WMATA Board of Directors, (5) the Tri-State Oversight Committee’s ineffective oversight and lack of safety oversight authority, and (6) the Federal Transit Administration’s lack of statutory authority to provide federal safety oversight. Contributing to the severity of passenger injuries and the number of fatalities was WMATA’s failure to replace or retrofit the 1000-series railcars after these cars were shown in a previous accident to exhibit poor crashworthiness. 124
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Recommendations As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following safety recommendations. New Recommendations To the U.S. Department of Transportation: Continue to seek the authority to provide safety oversight of rail fixed guideway transportation systems, including the ability to promulgate and enforce safety regulations and minimum requirements governing operations, track and equipment, and signal and train control systems. (R-10-3) To the Federal Transit Administration: Facilitate the development of non-punitive safety reporting programs at all transit agencies to collect reports from employees in all divisions within their agencies and to have their safety departments; representatives of their operations, maintenance, and engineering departments; and representatives of labor organizations regularly review these reports and share the results of those reviews across all divisions of their agencies. (R-10-4) Seek authority similar to Federal Railroad Administration regulations (Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations 219.207) to require that transit agencies obtain toxicological specimens from covered transit employees and contractors who are fatally injured as a result of an on-duty accident. (R-10-5) To the Tri-State Oversight Committee: Work with the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority to satisfactorily address the recommendations contained in the Federal Transit Administration’s March 4, 2010, final report of its audit of the Tri-State Oversight Committee and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. (R-10-6)
125
NTSB Railroad Accident Report To the Board of Directors, Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority: Elevate the safety oversight role of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Board of Directors by (1) developing a policy statement to explicitly and publicly assume the responsibility for continual oversight of system safety, (2) implementing processes to exercise oversight of system safety, including appropriate proactive performance metrics, and (3) evaluating actions taken in response to National Transportation Safety Board and Federal Transit Administration recommendations, as well as the status of open corrective action plans and the results of audits conducted by the Tri-State Oversight Committee. (R-10-7) To the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority: Because of the susceptibility to pulse-type parasitic oscillation that can cause a loss of train detection by the Generation 2 General Railway Signal Company audio frequency track circuit modules, establish a program to permanently remove from service all of these modules within the Metrorail system. (R-10-8) Establish periodic inspection and maintenance procedures to examine all audio frequency track circuit modules within the Metrorail system to identify and remove from service any modules that exhibit pulse-type parasitic oscillation. (R-10-9) Review the process by which Metrorail technical bulletins and other safety information are provided to employees and revise that process as necessary to ensure that (1) employees have received the information intended for them, (2) employees understand the actions to be taken in response to the information, and (3) employees take the appropriate actions. (R-10-10) Completely remove the unnecessary Metrorail wayside maintenance communication system to eliminate its potential for interfering with the proper functioning of the train control system. (R-10-11) Conduct a comprehensive safety analysis of the Metrorail automatic train control system to evaluate all foreseeable failures of this system that could result in a loss of train separation, and work with your train control equipment manufacturers to address in that analysis all potential failure modes that could cause a loss of train detection, including parasitic oscillation, cable faults and placement, and corrugated rail. (R-10-12) Based on the findings of the safety analysis recommended in R-10-12 incorporate the design, operational, and maintenance controls necessary to address potential failures in the automatic train control system. (R-10-13) 126
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Implement cable insulation resistance testing as part of Metrorail’s periodic maintenance program. (R-10-14) Work with the Tri-State Oversight Committee to satisfactorily address the recommendations contained in the Federal Transit Administration’s March 4, 2010, final report of its audit of the Tri-State Oversight Committee and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. (R-10-15) Require that your safety department; representatives of the operations, maintenance, and engineering departments; and representatives of labor organizations regularly review recorded operational data from Metrorail train onboard recorders and the Advanced Information Management system to identify safety issues and trends and share the results across all divisions of your organization. (R-10-16) Develop and implement a non-punitive safety reporting program to collect reports from employees in all divisions within your organization, and ensure that the safety department; representatives of the operations, maintenance, and engineering departments; and representatives of labor organizations regularly review these reports and share the results of those reviews across all divisions of your organization. (R-10-17) Review the Hazard Identification and Resolution Matrix process in your system safety program plan to ensure that safety-critical systems such as the automatic train control system and its subsystem components are assigned appropriate levels of risk in light of the issues identified in this accident. (R-10-18) Develop a formal process by which the general manager and managers responsible for Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority operations, maintenance, and engineering will periodically review, in collaboration with the chief safety officer, all safety audits and open corrective action plans, and modify policy, identify and commit resources, and initiate any other action necessary to ensure that the plans are adequately addressed and closed within the required time frame. (R-10-19) Remove all 1000-series railcars as soon as possible and replace them with cars that have crashworthiness collision protection at least comparable to the 6000- series railcars. (R-10-20) Ensure that the lead married-pair car set of each train is equipped with an operating onboard event recorder. (R-10-21) Develop and implement a program to monitor the performance of onboard event recorders and ensure they are functioning properly. (R-10-22) 127
NTSB Railroad Accident Report To Alstom Signaling Inc.: Develop and implement periodic inspection and maintenance guidelines for use by the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority and other rail transit operators and railroads equipped with General Railway Signal Company audio frequency track circuit modules and assist them in identifying and removing from service all modules that exhibit pulse-type parasitic oscillation in order to ensure the vitality and integrity of the automatic train control system. (R-10-23) Conduct a comprehensive safety analysis of your audio frequency track circuit modules to evaluate all foreseeable failure modes that could cause a loss of train detection over the service life of the modules, including parasitic oscillation, and work with your customers to address these failure modes. (R-10-24) To the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority, the Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority, the Greater Cleveland Regional Transit Authority, the Metropolitan Atlanta Regional Transportation Authority, the Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority, and the Chicago Transit Authority: Work with Alstom Signaling Inc. to establish periodic inspection and maintenance procedures to examine all General Railway Signal Company audio frequency track circuit modules to identify and remove from service any modules that exhibit pulse-type parasitic oscillation. (R-10-25) Previously Issued Recommendations As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board previously issued the following safety recommendations: To the Federal Transit Administration: Advise all rail transit operators that have train control systems capable of monitoring train movements to determine whether their systems have adequate safety redundancy if losses in train detection occur. If a system is susceptible to single point failures, urge and verify that corrective action is taken to add redundancy by evaluating track occupancy data on a real-time basis to automatically generate alerts and speed restrictions to prevent train collisions. (R-09-7 Urgent) (Currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.”)
128
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Advise all rail transit operators that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems that postaccident testing following the June 22, 2009, collision between two rail transit trains near the Fort Totten station in Washington, D.C., identified that a spurious signal generated in a track circuit module transmitter by parasitic oscillation propagated from the transmitter through a metal rack to an adjacent track circuit module receiver, and through a shared power source, thus establishing an unintended signal path. The spurious signal mimicked a valid track circuit signal, bypassed the rails, and was sensed by the module receiver so that the ability of the track circuit to detect the train was lost. (R-09-17 Urgent) (Classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.”) Advise all rail transit operators that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to examine track circuits that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths and eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. This work should be conducted in coordination with their signal and train control equipment manufacturers. (R-09-18 Urgent) (Classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.”) Advise all rail transit operators that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in their train control systems are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-19) (Currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.”) To the Federal Railroad Administration: Advise all railroads that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems that postaccident testing following the June 22, 2009, collision between two rail transit trains near the Fort Totten station in Washington, D.C., identified that a spurious signal generated in a track circuit module transmitter by parasitic oscillation propagated from the transmitter through a metal rack to an adjacent track circuit module receiver, and through a shared power source, thus establishing an unintended signal path. The spurious signal mimicked a valid track circuit signal, bypassed the rails, and was sensed by the module receiver so that the ability of the track circuit to detect the train was lost. (R-09-20 Urgent) (Classified “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Require all railroads that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to examine track circuits that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths and eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. This work should be conducted in coordination with their signal and train control equipment manufacturers. (R-09-21 Urgent) (Currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.”) 129
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Require all railroads that use audio frequency track circuits in their train control systems to develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in their train control systems are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-22) (Currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.”) To Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority: Take action to enhance the safety redundancy of your train control system by evaluating track occupancy data on a real-time basis in order to detect losses in track occupancy and automatically generate alerts. Alerts should prompt actions that include immediately stopping train movements or implementing appropriate speed restrictions to prevent collisions. (R-09-6 Urgent) (Currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.”) Develop a program to periodically determine that electronic components in your train control system are performing within design tolerances. (R-09-16) (Currently classified “Open—Initial Response Received.”) Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report To Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority: Examine track circuits within your system that may be susceptible to parasitic oscillation and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths, and eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of your train control system. This work should be conducted in coordination with your signal and train control equipment manufacturer(s). (R-09-15 Urgent) Urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-15, previously classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” is reclassified “Closed—Superseded” by Safety Recommendation R-10-8. To Alstom Signaling Inc.: Assist the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, and other rail transit operators and railroads that use your audio frequency track circuit equipment, in examining their train control systems for susceptibility to parasitic oscillations and spurious signals capable of exploiting unintended signal paths, and implementing measures to eliminate those adverse conditions that could affect the safe performance of their train control systems. (R-09-23 Urgent) Urgent Safety Recommendation R-09-23, previously classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” is reclassified “Closed—Superseded” by Safety Recommendations R-10-23 and -25. 130
NTSB Railroad Accident Report BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART EARL F. WEENER Vice Chairman Member
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Member Adopted: July 27, 2010
131
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Appendix A Investigation The National Transportation Safety board (NTSB) was notified of the accident about 5:30 p.m. on June 22, 2009. The investigator-in-charge and other members of the NTSB investigative team were launched from the headquarters office in Washington, D.C., and from field offices in Chicago, Illinois, and Gardena, California. The NTSB’s investigation focused on all aspects of the accident, including signal and train control, operations, track, mechanical issues, human performance, survival factors, crashworthiness, event recorders, and safety culture/oversight issues. Member Deborah A.P. Hersman was the Board Member on scene. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Transit Administration, the Federal Railroad Administration, the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, the Amalgamated Transit Union, the Tri-State Oversight Committee, the District of Columbia Fire and Emergency Medical Services Department, Alstom Signaling Inc., and Ansaldo STS USA. Public Hearing A public hearing on this accident was held at the NTSB Conference Center in Washington, D.C., on February 23–25, 2010. The hearing was chaired by Member Robert L. Sumwalt. 132
NTSB Railroad Accident Report Appendix B Accident Sequence as Displayed on Controller Screen at Metrorail Operations Control Center The images below depict the Metrorail Operations Control Center (OCC) screen display during the accident sequence. These images are enlargements of a small portion of a controller’s display screen and thus do not represent the actual view available to the OCC controller. The text below each image provides the time of day and a description of the train movements and the status of track circuits at that time. Main line track is shown as a linked row of colored rectangles, with each rectangle representing a track circuit. (Track circuit identifications have been added to the images; they do not appear on the actual displays.) A rectangle representing an unoccupied block of track (no train present) is gray. An occupied block is red. The presence of a train is indicated by a string of red (occupied) blocks with a red arrow superimposed at one end showing the train number, the operating mode (manual or automatic), and the direction of travel. Wayside signals are depicted as circular icons that indicate red or green depending on the status of the signal.
4:56:50 p.m. Train 214 is detected occupying track circuit B2-312, with train 112 several blocks behind on track circuit B2-336. Red track circuit symbols indicate track occupancy. The transparent arrowhead for train 214 indicates that the train is being operated in manual mode. Performance data indicated that the front of train 214 was actually at chain marker 315+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-312. The front of train 112 was actually at chain marker 338+48, corresponding to track circuit B2-336. The solid arrowhead for train 112 indicates that this train is in automatic mode. 133
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
4:57:02 p.m. Both trains have moved forward into the next block in their direction of travel. Track occupancy is being detected on track circuits B2-304 and B2-312 for train 214 and on track circuits B2-328 and B2-336 for train 112. Performance data indicated that the front of train 214 was at chain marker 312+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-312. The front of train 112 was at chain marker 335+70, corresponding to track circuit B2-328.
4:57:19 p.m. Train 214 is depicted as occupying a single track circuit (B2-312) that is shown as a non-reporting block (a track circuit that reports as vacant when Advanced Information Management system computer algorithms determine that it should be occupied). Track circuit B2-304 displays as an unoccupied, normally reporting block. Performance data indicated that train 214 was stopped at this time and that the front of train 214 was actually at chain marker 307+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-304. The front of train 112 was at chain marker 335+69, corresponding to track circuit B2-328. Track circuit B2-304 displays as a normally reporting, unoccupied block even though performance data indicated that train 214 was fully within that track circuit. Performance data also indicated that at this time train 112 had begun receiving speed commands of 55 mph.
4:57:38 p.m. Track circuit B2-304 displays as unoccupied even though performance data indicated that the front of train 214 was at chain marker 307+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-304. Track circuit B2-312 is now displaying as an occupied, normally reporting block. The tag for train 214 has been dropped from the display as a result of preprogrammed Advanced Information Management system algorithms designed to eliminate false train indications. The front of train 112 was at chain marker 330+15, corresponding to track circuit B2-328. 134
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
4:57:39 p.m. Train 214 is gone from the display. Train 112 is displayed as occupying a single track circuit (B2-312), which is now reporting as an unoccupied block. At this time, performance data indicated that the front of train 214 was at chain marker 307+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-304. The front of train 112 was at chain marker 329+52, corresponding to track circuit B2-328. Track circuit B2-328 is displayed as an occupied block. The intervening track circuit (B2-322) is displayed as an unoccupied, non-reporting block. Track circuit B2-304 is displayed as unoccupied even though all of train 214 is occupying that track circuit.
4:57:46 p.m. Train 112 is displayed as occupying three track circuits, all of which are displayed as normally reporting blocks. Performance data indicated that the front of train 214 was actually at chain marker 307+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-304. The front of train 112 was at chain marker 324+64, corresponding to track circuit B2-322.
4:58:10 p.m. Train 112 is displayed as occupying a single track circuit (B2-312). All track circuits are now displayed as normally reporting blocks. The green line indicates that third-rail power is down ahead of B2-312. Performance data indicated that the front of train 214 was actually at chain marker 307+00, corresponding to track circuit B2-304. The front of train 112 was at chain marker 311+00, also corresponding to track circuit B2-304.
135
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 136 Appendix C Findings and Recommendations From Federal Transit Administration 2009 Audit of the Tri-State Oversight Committee and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) conducted an on-site audit of the safety program implemented by the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA) and overseen by the Tri-State Oversight Committee (TOC) between December 14 and 17, 2009.139 The findings and recommendations resulting from that audit are as follows: Findings to the Tri-State Oversight Committee:
- Assess the level of resources necessary from each jurisdiction (District of Columbia,
Maryland and Virginia) to meet TOC’s responsibilities. Use the results of this assessment to establish resource commitments from each jurisdiction to TOC for the next three calendar years. Resources should be committed and onboard before the beginning of the next Federal audit cycle.
- Evaluate the technical and professional skills that TOC representatives need to effectively
carry out their oversight duties. To the extent that TOC representatives do not currently possess these skills, ensure training is provided as soon as practicable to each TOC member.
- Determine the best method to respond quickly and professionally, as WMATA safety
situations arise and require coordinated action. Consider whether full-time TOC positions can be vested with decision-making authority to act in specific safety situations with WMATA.
- Identify and formalize a mechanism to ensure that critical unresolved WMATA safety
concerns identified by TOC members are elevated to the highest levels of each TOC jurisdictional agency and WMATA for immediate action.
- Require WMATA to complete a timely, thorough, and competent review and update of
WMATA’s Safety Rules and Procedures Manual. This review and update must reflect actual current practices and needed improvements identified by TOC and by FTA in this audit report.
139 State Safety Oversight Program: Audit of the Tri-State Oversight Committee and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority, Final Audit Report (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Transit Administration, 2010).
NTSB Railroad Accident Report
- Require WMATA to develop (and TOC to review and approve) an internal WMATA
safety audit recovery plan for calendar year 2010 and calendar year 2011. Before WMATA develops this plan, TOC should sponsor a meeting with WMATA’s Safety Department, Quality Department, and Executive Leadership Team to explain the internal safety audit program requirements and TOC’s expectations regarding WMATA’s internal safety audit recovery plan.
- Require WMATA to develop a recovery plan to complete all open accident investigations
following procedures established in TOC’s Program Standard, WMATA’s System Safety Program Plan and WMATA’s Accident Investigation Procedures.
- Document the Corrective Action Plan Technical Review process in TOC’s Program
Standard and Procedures and WMATA’s System Safety Program Plan.
- Work with WMATA to ensure that there is a process in place for evaluating Corrective
Action Plans (CAP) alternatives that may be necessary as a result of capital and operating program resource limitations.
- Require WMATA to develop and implement a comprehensive and system-wide hazard
management program (as required by [Title] 49 [Code of Federal Regulations] CFR Part 659.31).
- Require WMATA to strictly adhere to the annual certification of compliance with its
System Safety Program Plan (as specified in 49 CFR 659.43), including identifying areas where WMATA is not in compliance with its System Safety Program Plan as well as specific actions WMATA is taking to achieve compliance. Recommendations to the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority:
- Conduct an assessment to identify the resources and expertise necessary for the Safety
Department to carry out the activities specified in WMATA’s System Safety Program Plan and Safety Rules and Procedures Manual.
- Use the results of the assessment to ensure adequate staffing levels and expertise within
the Safety Department.
- Increase the Safety Department’s access to operating and maintenance information and
reports to ensure that this information is being analyzed for potential impacts on the safety of WMATA.
- Develop an internal process to require the communication of safety-related information
across all WMATA departments, including the impacts of budget reductions and resource constraints on the performance of safety-related maintenance activities and requirements.
- Define and implement the process for the top Safety Department position to communicate
safety priorities to the General Manager in a timely and consistent manner. 137
NTSB Railroad Accident Report 138
- Identify the technical skills required to perform system-wide hazard analysis (as required
in 49 CFR Part 659 and TOC’s Program Standard). To the extent that WMATA Safety Department staff does not currently possess the needed skills, provide training as soon as practicable.
- Update the WMATA System Safety Program Plan (specifically Procedure #2.1/0 and
Section 6) to develop a hazard management process that ensures that all WMATA departments participate in an on-going manner.
- Institute a process to ensure that changes in operating rules are analyzed for safety
impacts before system-wide implementation. For example, WMATA engineering bulletins are “field tested” before full implementation.
- Finalize the right-of-way protection rules, develop training to implement the new rules
and ensure all right-of-way employees and contractors receive this training before accessing the right-of-way.
- Implement the configuration management program described in the WMATA System
Safety Program Plan.
FD07383 | 2011_美国_AAR1101.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Crash During Attempted Go‐Around After Landing East Coast Jets Flight 81 Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125‐800A, N818MV Owatonna, Minnesota July 31, 2008 Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/01 PB2011-910401
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/AAR-11/01 PB2011-910401 Notation 8046A Adopted March 15, 2011
Aircraft Accident Report Crash During Attempted Go-Around After Landing East Coast Jets Flight 81 Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125-800A, N818MV Owatonna, Minnesota July 31, 2008
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Crash During Attempted Go-Around After Landing, East Coast Jets Flight 81, Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125-800A, N818MV, Owatonna, Minnesota, July 31, 2008. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This accident report discusses the July 31, 2008, accident involving East Coast Jets flight 81, a Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125-800A, N818MV, which crashed while attempting to go around after landing on runway 30 at Owatonna Degner Regional Airport, Owatonna, Minnesota. The two pilots and six passengers were killed, and the airplane was destroyed by impact forces. The nonscheduled, domestic passenger flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135. An instrument flight rules flight plan had been filed and activated; however, it was canceled before the landing. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident. The safety issues discussed in this report relate to flight crew actions; lack of standard operating procedures requirements for 14 CFR Part 135 operators, including crew resource management training and checklist usage; go-around guidance for turbine-powered aircraft; Part 135 preflight weather briefings; pilot fatigue and sleep disorders; inadequate arrival landing distance assessment guidance and requirements; Part 135 on-demand, pilot-in-command line checks; and cockpit image recording systems. Fourteen new safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the Federal Aviation Administration.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-910401 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iv Tables ..............................................................................................................................................v Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................... vi Executive Summary .......................................................................................................................x
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of Flight .........................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ......................................................................................................................6
- 3 Damage to Airplane ...................................................................................................................6
- 4 Other Damage ............................................................................................................................6
- 5 Personnel Information ................................................................................................................6
- 5.1 The Captain ......................................................................................................................6
- 5.2 The First Officer ..............................................................................................................7
- 6 Airplane Information .................................................................................................................8
- 6.1 Flaps, Airbrakes, and Anti-Skid Systems ........................................................................9
- 6.2 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System ..............................................................12
- 7 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................13
- 7.1 Area Weather Conditions ..............................................................................................13
- 7.2 Airport Weather Information .........................................................................................13
- 7.3 Additional National Weather Service Weather Information .........................................15
- 7.4 En Route Weather Services ...........................................................................................17
- 7.5 Federal Aviation Administration Weather-Related Guidance .......................................17
- 7.5.1 Weather Briefings ............................................................................................17
- 7.5.2 Severe Weather Information ............................................................................18
- 7.6 East Coast Jets Weather-Related Guidance ...................................................................18
- 8 Aids to Navigation ...................................................................................................................19
- 9 Communications ......................................................................................................................19
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................19
- 11 Flight Recorders .....................................................................................................................19
- 11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder ..............................................................................................19
- 11.2 Flight Data Recorder ....................................................................................................20
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information ........................................................................................20
- 13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................22
- 14 Fire .........................................................................................................................................22
- 15 Survival Aspects ....................................................................................................................22
- 16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................23
- 16.1 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System Data Study .........................................23
- 16.2 Runway 30 Measurements ...........................................................................................23
- 16.3 Airplane Performance Study ........................................................................................26
- 16.3.1 Calculated Airplane Performance and Computer Simulation Results ...........26
i
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.16.3.2 Evaluation of Potential Hydroplaning on Runway 30 ...................................27 1.16.3.3 Airplane Stopping Distances on Wet Runways .............................................27 1.16.3.4 Braking Coefficients ......................................................................................29 1.16.3.4.1 U.S. and European Braking Coefficient Standards ...............................29 1.16.3.4.2 Required Landing Distances Using Different Braking Coefficient Models.................................................................................................30 1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................32 1.17.1 Company Training .......................................................................................................33 1.17.1.1 Standard Operating Procedures ......................................................................33 1.17.1.2 Crew Resource Management .........................................................................34 1.17.1.3 Checklists .......................................................................................................34 1.17.1.3.1 Descent Checklist..................................................................................35 1.17.1.3.2 Approach Checklist ...............................................................................36 1.17.1.3.3 Before Landing and Go-Around Checklists .........................................36 1.17.2 Landing Speed and Distance Calculations Guidance ..................................................37 1.17.3 FAA Surveillance ........................................................................................................37 1.18 Additional Information ..........................................................................................................38 1.18.1 U.S. and European Landing Distance Assessment Standards .....................................38 1.18.2 Previously Issued Related Safety Recommendations ..................................................41 1.18.2.1 Sterile Cockpit Procedures .............................................................................41 1.18.2.2 Standard Operating Procedures ......................................................................42 1.18.2.3 Crew Resource Management .........................................................................43 1.18.2.4 Checklist Design ............................................................................................45 1.18.2.5 Pilot Fatigue and Sleep Disorders ..................................................................46 1.18.2.6 Arrival Landing Distance Assessments .........................................................49 1.18.2.7 Onboard Flight Recorder Systems .................................................................52 1.18.3 Line Check Information ...............................................................................................54 1.18.4 Go-Around After Landing or Lift-Dump Deployment ................................................55
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................56
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................56
- 2 Accident Sequence of Events ...................................................................................................56
- 2.1 Flight Crew’s Performance During the Descent and Approach ....................................56
- 2.2 Flight Crew’s Performance During the Landing ...........................................................60
- 2.3 Captain’s Decision and Subsequent Attempt to Go Around .........................................61
- 3 Standard Operating Procedures ................................................................................................63
- 3.1 Crew Resource Management .........................................................................................66
- 3.2 Checklist Usage .............................................................................................................69
- 3.2.1 Checklists Training ..........................................................................................69
- 3.2.2 Flap Setting Callouts ........................................................................................70
- 4 Weather Planning .....................................................................................................................72
- 5 Pilot Fatigue .............................................................................................................................74
- 6 Landing Distance Assessments ................................................................................................80
- 7 Line Checks .............................................................................................................................84
- 8 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System ........................................................................85
- 9 Flight Recorders .......................................................................................................................86
ii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................87
- 1 Findings....................................................................................................................................87
- 2 Probable Cause.........................................................................................................................89
- Recommendations ....................................................................................................................90
- 1 New Safety Recommendations ................................................................................................90
- 2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendation Classified in this Report .....................................91
Board Member Statement ...........................................................................................................93
- Appendixes ...............................................................................................................................95
Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing .............................................................................95 Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript ..........................................................................96
iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Photograph showing the center cockpit pedestal of a Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A. ..................................................................................................... 10 Figure 2. Photograph showing the accident airplane’s mechanical flaps indicator. .................... 11 Figure 3. The flight track of the accident airplane overlaid on the 0929 base reflectivity data. .. 16 Figure 4. The flight track of the accident airplane overlaid on the 0946 base reflectivity data. .. 16 Figure 5. Comparison of calculated wet, ungrooved runway MLG effective braking friction coefficient values as a function of ground speed using the BAe 125-800A AFM, NASA CFME-based, and 14 CFR 25.109 methods. BAe 125-800A AFM dry runway and unbraked rolling friction coefficient values are shown for reference. .......................................................... 30
iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Tables Table 1. Injury chart. ...................................................................................................................... 6 Table 2. Data from several official meteorological aerodrome reports surrounding the time of the accident. ................................................................................................................ 20 Table 3. Estimates of the accident braking coefficients. .............................................................. 24 Table 4. Calculated Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A landing distances as a function of wet runway braking coefficient source ................................................................................................ 31 Table 5. Calculated Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A landing distances. ........................................ 32 Table 6. Summary of related previously issued safety recommendations ................................... 41 v
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Abbreviations AAIB Air Accidents Investigations Branch ABE Lehigh Valley International Airport AC advisory circular ACY Atlantic City International Airport AFM aircraft flight manual agl above ground level AIM Aeronautical Information Manual AME aviation medical examiner AMJ advisory material joint ARC aviation rulemaking committee ARG/US Aviation Research Group/US ARTCC air route traffic control center ATC air traffic control AWOS automated weather observation system BCAR British Civil Aviation Requirements CAPS computerised aircraft performance system CFIT controlled flight into terrain CFME continuous friction measuring equipment CFR Code of Federal Regulations CRM crew resource management CS certification specifications CVR cockpit voice recorder DOT Department of Transportation vi
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report EASA European Aviation Safety Agency EGPWS enhanced ground proximity warning system EU OPS European operational regulations EUROCAE European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment FAA Federal Aviation Administration FBO fixed-base operator FCU flap control unit FDM flight data monitoring FDR flight data recorder FL flight level FMS flight management system FR Federal Register FSDO flight standards district office FSI Flight Safety International FSIB flight standards information bulletin FSS flight service station GOM general operations manual Hg mercury ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization IFR instrument flight rules ILS instrument landing system InFO information for operators JAA Joint Airworthiness Authorities MCS mesoscale convective system METAR meteorological aerodrome report vii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report MLG main landing gear mm millimeter msl mean sea level NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration NLG nose landing gear NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NWS National Weather Service OFD Owatonna Fire Department OpSpec operations specifications OWA Owatonna Degner Regional Airport PF pilot flying PIC pilot-in-command PM pilot monitoring POI principal operations inspector psi pounds per square inch QRH quick reference handbook RST Rochester International Airport RWHS reference wet hard surface SAFO safety alert for operators SFAR Special Federal Aviation Regulation SIGMET significant meteorological information SOPs standard operating procedures SPC Storm Prediction Center STC supplemental type certificate viii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report TAF terminal aerodrome forecast TALPA takeoff/landing performance assessment TCPM training center program manager TSO technical standard order TTI Texas Transportation Institute Vref reference landing speed WSR-88D weather surveillance radar-1988 doppler ix
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report x Executive Summary On July 31, 2008, about 0945 central daylight time, East Coast Jets flight 81, a Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125-800A airplane, N818MV, crashed while attempting to go around after landing on runway 30 at Owatonna Degner Regional Airport, Owatonna, Minnesota. The two pilots and six passengers were killed, and the airplane was destroyed by impact forces. The nonscheduled, domestic passenger flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135. An instrument flight rules flight plan had been filed and activated; however, it was canceled before the landing. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the captain’s decision to attempt a go-around late in the landing roll with insufficient runway remaining. Contributing to the accident were (1) the pilots’ poor crew coordination and lack of cockpit discipline; (2) fatigue, which likely impaired both pilots’ performance; and (3) the failure of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to require crew resource management (CRM) training and standard operating procedures (SOPs) for 14 CFR Part 135 operators. The safety issues discussed in this report relate to the following: flight crew actions; lack of SOPs requirements for Part 135 operators, including CRM training and checklist usage; go-around guidance for turbine-powered aircraft; Part 135 preflight weather briefings; pilot fatigue and sleep disorders; inadequate arrival landing distance assessment guidance and requirements; Part 135 on-demand, pilot-in-command line checks; and cockpit image recording systems. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of Flight
On July 31, 2008, about 0945 central daylight time,1 East Coast Jets flight 81, a Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125-800A airplane, N818MV, crashed while attempting to go around2 after landing on runway 30 at Owatonna Degner Regional Airport (OWA), Owatonna, Minnesota. The two pilots and six passengers were killed,3 and the airplane was destroyed by impact forces. The nonscheduled, domestic passenger flight was operating under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135. An instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plan had been filed and activated; however, it was canceled before the landing. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident.4 The accident occurred on the second leg of a five-leg trip sequence for the flight crew.5 According to East Coast Jets, the flight was chartered by Revel Entertainment, Atlantic City, New Jersey, to transport employees from Atlantic City International Airport (ACY) to OWA. The airplane departed ACY about 0713. The captain was the pilot flying (PF), and the first officer was the pilot monitoring (PM).
1 Unless otherwise indicated, all times in this report are central daylight time based on a 24-hour clock. 2 The Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) Airplane Flying Handbook FAA-H-8083-3A, Chapter 8, “Approaches and Landings,” states the following: Whenever landing conditions are not satisfactory, a go-around is warranted. There are many factors that can contribute to unsatisfactory landing conditions. Situations such as air traffic control requirements, unexpected appearance of hazards on the runway, overtaking another airplane, wind shear, wake turbulence, mechanical failure and/or an unstabilized approach are all examples of reasons to discontinue a landing approach and make another approach under more favorable conditions…The go-around is not strictly an emergency procedure. It is a normal maneuver that may at times be used in an emergency situation…Although the need to discontinue a landing may arise at any point in the landing process, the most critical go-around will be one started when very close to the ground. Therefore, the earlier a condition that warrants a go-around is recognized, the safer the go-around/rejected landing will be. Although a go-around is typically thought of as occurring in flight, during the accident sequence, the landing was discontinued during the landing process and the captain used a standard go-around procedure (for example, he called for flaps) after he opted to discontinue the landing. Therefore, for the purposes of this report, the term “go-around” will be used to describe the event. 3 The trip sheet for the flight indicated that there would be eight passengers; however, only six passengers were on board the airplane. 4 The National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) public docket for this accident investigation is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/info/foia_fri-dockets.htm. The NTSB is investigating two additional events in which corporate jets ran off the end of the runway during landing. On October 1, 2010, a Cessna 550, registered to Colnan Inc., overran runway 23 during landing at Dare County Regional Airport, Manteo, North Carolina. On October 1, 2010, a Gulfstream Aerospace G-IV, operated by Avenue Capital Management II and managed by General Aviation Flying Service Inc., doing business as Meridian Air Charter Inc., overran runway 6 during landing at Teterboro Airport, Teterboro, New Jersey. The preliminary reports for these accidents, NTSB case numbers ERA11FA001 and ERA11IA006, respectively, are available at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. 5 The first flight of the day for the pilots was a 14 CFR Part 91 repositioning flight from Lehigh Valley International Airport, Allentown, Pennsylvania, to Atlantic City International Airport, Atlantic City, New Jersey, and this flight departed about 0600.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 About 0922 (a little more than 2 hours into the flight), the Minneapolis Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) controller cleared the flight to descend to flight level (FL) 240,6 and the first officer acknowledged the instruction. About 0924, the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) recorded the OWA automated weather observation system (AWOS) information, which indicated, in part, calm winds and visibility of 10 miles in thunderstorms and rain, and the remarks indicated that lightning was detected in the distance in all quadrants.7 At 0925:37, the Minneapolis ARTCC controller asked the first officer if he saw extreme precipitation 20 miles straight ahead. The first officer responded, “yeah, we’re paintin’ it here and…what is the bases (report)?”8 and then asked the ARTCC controller for a cloud bases report. The controller responded that he did not know what the cloud bases were but did know that the cloud tops were “quite high.” The controller added, “I don’t recommend you go through it I’ve had nobody go through it…deviation if you go right you’d probably have to [go] up…sixty miles north of Rochester [International Airport, Rochester, Minnesota].” The first officer responded that he would like to deviate to the right, and the controller approved the deviation. The CVR then recorded the captain stating, “let’s hope we get underneath it.” The first officer responded, “if he…descended us it probably wouldn’t have been an issue…I mean fifty miles out we’re still at twenty five thousand feet, twenty four thousand feet.” At 0927:48, the Minneapolis ARTCC controller asked the captain to state his intentions and added, “I can’t even give you a good recommendation right now.” The captain replied, “I got it clear probably for another forty miles.” The controller then cleared the flight to descend to FL 190. At 0928:42, the captain stated, “I didn’t really hear what he was sayin’…whether we’re on approach control…what difference does it make? All I care is above 10 [thousand feet] and we go fast so we can get around this…thing.” Shortly thereafter, the Minneapolis ARTCC controller cleared the flight to descend to 14,000 feet.9 At 0930:09, the captain stated, “good thing I didn’t tell ‘em it was gonna be a smooth ride huh? I looked at the radar and there wasn’t anything.” The first officer responded, “doesn’t it figure [weather] pops up right when we get here?” The captain continued, “what do you mean what are my intentions? Get me around this…so I can go to the field…I ain’t gonna turn around and go home.” About the same time, the CVR recorded the sound of increased background noise consistent with rain impacting the windscreen. At 0932:21, the captain commented that he could not see the weather “out there anymore,” and asked, “is it above us?” The first officer replied, “it might be above us.” About
6 According to the pilot glossary in the Aeronautical Information Manual, flight level is a constant atmospheric pressure related to a reference datum of 29.92 inches of mercury. Flight level 240 represents a barometric altimeter indication of 24,000 feet. 7 The OWA AWOS issues an official meteorological aerodrome report (METAR) about every 20 minutes for dissemination long-line, which is how air traffic control receives its weather information. The AWOS also provides unofficial weather observations every minute, and these observations are available to pilots on a very-high frequency radio frequency. The information recorded by the CVR came from the 0924 AWOS observation. Visibilities in weather observations are reported in statute miles. All other distances in the report are reported in nautical miles. Weather conditions stated to be occurring in the “distance” are occurring within 10 to 25 miles of the airport. See section 1.7 for more information about the weather conditions along the flight route, at OWA, and in the surrounding areas. 8 The first officer’s comment indicates that the weather radar display was operative and indicating precipitation. 9 All altitudes are reported in mean sea level (msl) unless otherwise noted.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3 the same time, the Minneapolis ARTCC controller switched the flight to Minneapolis approach control. The first officer contacted Minneapolis approach control and requested a turn toward OWA. The approach controller stated that he would keep the flight in his airspace for 7 more miles and then start the turn. At 0933:37, the first officer stated that he was “off” to contact the fixed-base operator (FBO) at OWA on the radio, and the captain began handling radio communications. At 0933:41 and 0934:10, the first officer tried unsuccessfully to contact the FBO, and, at 0934:25, he stated, “I’m not gettin’ anyone.” At 0934:08, the Minneapolis approach controller instructed the captain to turn left to a heading of 250°, and the captain acknowledged the instruction. At 0934:30, the approach controller passed control of the flight to Rochester approach control. Sixteen seconds later, the first officer contacted Rochester approach control and, when asked which approach he would like to conduct at OWA, he responded, “could do the ILS [instrument landing system].” The Rochester approach controller then cleared the flight to descend to 7,000 feet and started to provide vectors for the ILS approach. At 0935:44, the captain stated, “let’s do the approaches real quick,” referring to the Approach checklist.10 The CVR then recorded the first officer calling out and the captain responding to items on the Approach checklist. At 0935:51, the first officer stated, “approach briefing,”11 and the captain replied, “it’s gonna be the ILS to three zero.” At 0936:27, the Rochester approach controller contacted the flight while the pilots were continuing to execute the Approach checklist and, 19 seconds later, instructed the flight to descend to 3,000 feet at the pilots’ discretion and turn right heading 190°. At 0937:01, the Rochester approach controller provided the first officer with weather information for OWA, which he stated was about 20 minutes old and indicated winds 320° at 8 knots, visibility 10 miles or more, thunderstorms, clouds scattered at 3,700 feet and overcast at 5,000 feet, and lightning in the distance in all quadrants.12 From 0937:41 to 0938:00, the CVR recorded the captain and first officer discussing the weather radar display. The captain stated, “I don’t know what…we’re looking at on this thing,” and the first officer replied, “well neither do I…I don’t know if it’s not working.” The captain stated, “is that ground? ‘cause I got it pointed way up in the air. You know I got it goin’ down I got it pointed up.”13 The first officer asked whether the display was showing a storm, and the captain replied, “hard to say.” At 0938:07, the Rochester approach controller reported that light precipitation existed along almost the entire remaining route and that a couple of heavy storm cells were located about 5 miles north and northeast of OWA. The first officer acknowledged the
10 Company procedures, including checklist usage, are discussed in section 1.17.1.3. 11 The content of the approach briefing is the PF’s responsibility and should include, but not be limited to, the following: safety altitude; any hazards, including high ground or abnormal weather; navigation aid selection; airfield arrival and approach procedures; and the missed approach procedure. For more information, see section 1.17.1.3.2. 12 The information provided to the first officer was recorded about 0917, 20 minutes previously, and did not include mention of the moderate rain that was occurring at OWA at that time. Although a METAR was issued at 0935, its availability to the Rochester approach controller via the long-line communications may have been delayed a few minutes. 13 Given the airplane heading and the range and tilt set on the radar, the captain’s comments could indicate that no returns were being displayed at that time.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 weather information and then commented to the captain, “the sooner you get us there the better.” At 0938:36, the captain added, “you know when they start sayin’ this stuff it’s like are you trying to tell me something…because I’m not gettin’ it.” The CVR then recorded a sound similar to laughter, which was followed by the first officer stating, “why don’t [they] just get us to the field.” At 0938:50, the captain stated, “approaches are done.” One second later, the first officer responded, “approaches are done.” Shortly thereafter, the captain stated that they were descending to 3,000 feet and that they would have to “start getting her [the airplane] slowed up.” The first officer then stated that he was “off” to try and contact the FBO again. At 0939:16 and 0939:34, the first officer made two unsuccessful attempts to contact the FBO on the radio. At 0939:58, the CVR recorded the captain stating, “flaps one,”14 followed by a sound similar to a mechanical click. The first officer stated, “one and indicating,” to which the captain responded, “why don’t you really quickly go over and…ID that thing? See if the localizer’s even right?” At 0940:21, the Rochester approach controller cleared the flight for the ILS approach to runway 30. The first officer then confirmed that the localizer frequency was correct and stated, “loc’s alive.” The captain then prompted the first officer to try to contact the FBO again. At 0942:00, the captain reported the runway in sight and canceled the flight’s IFR flight plan. At 0942:09, the first officer successfully contacted the FBO and stated that the flight was about 8 miles out and that they would be dropping off passengers. He then asked what they needed to do for fuel. At the same time, the captain discussed the air traffic in the vicinity of the airport with the Rochester approach controller. At 0942:22, the CVR recorded an increase in background noise consistent with landing gear extension. From 0942:24 to 0942:38, the CVR recorded the FBO talking to the first officer about how the airplane could get fuel when it landed. At 0942:37, the captain stated, “three green, no red, pressures good, back to zero, steerings clear,” indicating that the three green landing gear annunciators were illuminated (that is, the landing gear were in the down-and-locked position), that the hydraulic pressure was good, that the airbrakes had zero pressurization, and that the nosewheel steering handwheel was clear, all of which were items on the East Coast Jets Before Landing checklist. The first officer subsequently finished talking to the FBO and then discussed with the captain what he was told to do about the passengers and the fuel. The CVR recorded the captain stating, “flaps two,” at 0943:05, followed by a sound similar to two clicks. He then prompted the first officer to “go through the before landings, make sure you got it all….down indicating down.” The first officer subsequently stated that they had the “before landing shorts to go.”15 At 0943:36, the CVR recorded an electronic voice stating, “one thousand.”16
14 During postaccident interviews, East Coast Jets pilots referred to flaps 15° as “flaps one,” flaps 25° as “flaps two,” and flaps 45° as “flaps full.” 15 The East Coast Jets Before Landing checklist has the following three short final steps: recheck the landing gear, turn off the main air valves, and disengage the autopilot and yaw damper. 16 The electronic voice calls out airplane altitude in feet above ground level. OWA is 1,146 feet above msl.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5 At 0944:25, the CVR recorded an electronic voice stating, “four hundred.” At 0944:29, the captain stated, “I’m goin’ right to the tiller and the brakes.” Three seconds later, the CVR recorded an electronic voice stating, “three hundred.” Immediately thereafter, the captain stated, “slowin’ to ref [reference landing speed or Vref],” followed by a sound similar to multiple clicks. At 0944:47, the CVR recorded an electronic voice stating, “two minimums minimums,” which was immediately followed by the first officer stating, “air valves are shut [yaw] damper to go,” and then, “damper.” At 0945:04, the CVR recorded a sound consistent with tires rolling on a prepared surface, followed 2.5 seconds later by a sound similar to the airbrakes moving to the OPEN position.17 At 0945:08, the first officer stated, “(we’re) dumped,”18 followed immediately by, “we’re not dumped.” About 1.5 seconds later, the captain replied, “no we’re not,” and, at the same time, the CVR recorded a sound similar to the airbrake handle moving to the DUMP position.19 Ten seconds later, the CVR recorded a sound similar to the airbrakes moving to the SHUT position. The captain then stated, “flaps,” and, about the same time, the CVR recorded a sound consistent with increasing engine noise. At 0945:27, the captain stated, “here we go….not flyin’…not flyin’.” At 0945:36, the CVR recorded an aural warning stating, “bank angle, bank angle.”20 The CVR stopped recording at 0945:45. According to the National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) airplane performance study and on-scene measurements,21 the airplane ran off the runway end at 0945:29 and lifted off the ground at 0945:34, about 978 feet from the runway end. Subsequently, the airplane collided with the runway 30 localizer antenna support structure, which was about 1,000 feet from the runway end, and it eventually came to rest in a cornfield beyond a dirt access road that borders the airport, which was about 2,136 feet from the runway end. NTSB investigators either interviewed or received statements from 13 witnesses who indicated that they had observed the accident or circumstances surrounding the time of the accident. Several witnesses stated that the airplane appeared to be flying low while on approach. Other witnesses indicated that the airplane’s landing looked normal at first but that, at the end of the runway, the engines increased in power, and the airplane became airborne and rolled to a 90º right bank. Three of the witnesses reported seeing “mist” spraying up from the rear of the airplane all the way down the runway, and one of these witnesses described it as a 20-foot-long “rooster tail” of water.
17 The airplane landed about 9 minutes ahead of the scheduled landing time. 18 The first officer was referring to the deployment of the lift-dump feature of the airbrake and flap systems, which is used to help decelerate the airplane upon landing. The airbrake handle is moved forward to the SHUT position to maintain the airbrakes in the fully closed position and is moved aft to the OPEN position to extend the upper and lower panels. The airbrake and flap systems and the lift-dump feature are discussed in section 1.6.1. 19 The CVR recorded a sound similar to straining while the captain was stating, “no, we’re not,” and then the sound of slightly elevated breathing. 20 The “bank angle” alert was issued by the airplane’s enhanced ground proximity warning system, which is discussed in detail in section 1.6.2. 21 The airplane performance study is discussed in section 1.16.3.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 6 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table 1. Injury chart. Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 2 0 6 0 8 Serious 0 0 0 0 0 Minor 0 0 0 0 0 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 2 0 6 0 8 1.3 Damage to Airplane The airplane was destroyed by impact forces. 1.4 Other Damage A portion of the OWA runway 30 localizer was destroyed. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Captain The captain, age 40, was hired by East Coast Jets on January 16, 2005. He held a multiengine airline transport pilot certificate, issued October 3, 2005, with type ratings in HS-12522 and Learjet airplanes. The captain held a first-class Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) airman medical certificate, dated July 26, 2007, with no limitations. The FAA airman medical certificate listed the captain’s height as 5 feet 11 inches and his weight as 192 pounds. According to the captain’s father, the captain’s only previous aviation-related employment was working as a flight instructor in Allentown, Pennsylvania, for 1.5 years before being hired by East Coast Jets. According to the captain’s logbooks and East Coast Jets records, the captain had accumulated about 3,600 total flight hours, including 2,763 hours as pilot-in-command (PIC), 2,062 hours of which were in turbine-powered aircraft (about 1,188 hours in Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplanes and 874 hours in Learjet airplanes). He
22 HS-125 is the code used on pilot licenses to indicate a type rating in the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 had flown 110, 24, and 0.3 hours in the 90 days, 30 days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident flight. The captain’s last recurrent ground training occurred on July 23, 2008; his last PIC Learjet proficiency and line checks occurred on May 6, 2008; and his last PIC Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A proficiency check occurred on October 24, 2007. The 1.5-hour-long line check comprised two flight segments: a flight from Lehigh Valley International Airport (ABE), Allentown, Pennsylvania, to Hazleton Municipal Airport, Hazleton, Pennsylvania, located about 32 miles from ABE, and a return flight to ABE. (See section 1.18.3 for more information about line-check requirements.) A search of FAA records revealed no accident or incident history, enforcement action, pilot certificate or rating failure, or retest history. A review of Pennsylvania Bureau of Motor Vehicles records indicated that the captain had no history of driver’s license revocation or suspension. According to his girlfriend, who lived with him, he typically went to bed about 2200 to 2230.23 She stated that he sometimes awoke when she did about 0700 and would either stay awake or return to sleep. She stated that, other times, he slept until about 0930 to 1000. She stated that he also liked to nap from about 1200 to 1430 or 1500 and that he did this every day.24 She added that the captain was healthy during the 12 months before the accident but that he had recently consulted a chiropractor about lower back pain. She stated that the captain did not have a personal physician. The captain was off duty in the 72 hours before the day of the accident. According to his girlfriend, the captain went to bed about 2200 to 2330 during his 3 days off, but she could not provide his awakening and nap times because he spent much of that time at home alone. She stated that, the night before the accident, the captain went to sleep about 2400 (because he participated in a poker game), which was later than his normal bed time, and that he awoke the next morning about 0445 to 0500. 1.5.2 The First Officer The first officer, age 27, was hired by East Coast Jets on October 25, 2007. He held single- and multiengine commercial pilot certificates, issued August 27, 2005, and June 8, 2006, respectively, with a type rating in the HS-125 airplane. The first officer held a first-class FAA airman medical certificate, dated March 19, 2008, with the limitation that he “must wear corrective lenses; possess glasses for near/intermediate vision.” The FAA airman medical certificate listed the first officer’s height as 5 feet 10 inches and his weight as 197 pounds.
23 The captain and first officer’s awakening, nap, and sleep times are reported in eastern daylight time, which is 1 hour ahead of central daylight time. 24 The girlfriend’s report of the captain’s sleeping pattern was supported by statements from two additional witnesses. According to a former roommate of the captain, the captain typically went to bed about 2200 and awoke about 0800, did not have trouble sleeping, often took daytime naps, and snored moderately. According to his father, the captain typically went to bed between 2200 and 2300 and preferred to sleep until 0900 or 1000. The captain had no problem napping in hotels or airports or in the chairs provided at FBOs. In addition, the company chief pilot described the captain as a pilot known for taking naps during the day.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 According to the first officer’s father, the first officer was hired by Colgan Air in early 2005, and he completed the company’s training; however, the first officer left Colgan Air when the company unexpectedly transferred him from Allentown to Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. For several months after leaving Colgan Air, the first officer worked for a local Allentown corporation flying Cessna airplanes around the East Coast. According to the first officer’s logbooks and East Coast Jets records, the first officer had accumulated about 1,454 total flight hours, including 297 hours as second-in-command in turbine-powered aircraft (about 295 hours in Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplanes and 2 hours in Learjet airplanes) and 951 hours as PIC. He had flown 86, 27, and 0.3 hours in the 90 days, 30 days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident flight. The first officer’s last recurrent ground training occurred on July 30, 2008, and his last Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A proficiency check occurred on November 24, 2007. A search of FAA records revealed no accident or incident history or enforcement action. The FAA records indicated that the first officer was issued a notice of disapproval on July 16, 2001, for a Private Pilot—Airplane practical test, which he subsequently passed. A review of Pennsylvania Bureau of Motor Vehicles records indicated that the first officer had no history of driver’s license revocation or suspension. The first officer did not conduct flights in the 72 hours before the day of the accident. According to his fiancée, who lived with him, he was in bed for about 9.0, 9.5, 7.5, and 6 hours, respectively, in the 4 nights before the accident. She stated that the first officer typically went to bed about 2330 and awoke about 0830. She added that he went to sleep about 2300 the night before the accident,25 awoke the next morning at 0506,26 and left for the airport about 0530. She stated that the first officer called her about 0730 from ACY, at which time, he told her that he had “flown really well.” According to his parents, the first officer did not experience any major health changes during the 12 months before the accident. According to his fiancée, the first officer sometimes had trouble sleeping on the night before a trip, but he had not consulted a doctor for sleep issues. She stated that he would take zolpidem (also known by the trade name Ambien) or a nonprescription sleep medication. She indicated that he took zolpidem the night before the accident and that she provided him the medication because he did not have a prescription. 1.6 Airplane Information The airplane was manufactured by British Aerospace (which is now part of BAE Systems) in the United Kingdom on March 19, 1991, as a BAe 125-800B. On March 6, 1994, Raytheon Corporate Jets, Inc., North Wales, Canada, converted the airplane to a Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A and then exported it to the United States.27 The airplane had eight previous owners before it was bought by MVA Aircraft Leasing, Inc., Greenwich, Connecticut, in 2003. MVA Aircraft Leasing started leasing the airplane to East Coast Jets on June 27, 2003.
25 The first officer’s fiancée also stated that, on the previous night, he stayed awake until 0100 watching a home video. 26 The first officer’s fiancée stated that his alarm clock was set for 0506. 27 In 2006, Raytheon sold its Hawker manufacturing business to a company now known as Hawker Beechcraft Corporation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 The accident airplane was equipped with two independent Universal Navigation System-1D flight management system (FMS) control display units, one for each pilot, located on the lower center control panel forward of the thrust levers. The FMS displayed current windspeed in knots and direction in degrees on the lower right side of the display. The airplane had accumulated about 6,570 total flight hours and 5,164 total cycles28 at the time of the accident. According to the weight and balance form found on the accident airplane and the captain’s FMS data, the airplane’s landing weight was about 19,912 pounds, including 7,900 pounds of fuel and 120 pounds of baggage. The airplane’s landing weight limit is 23,350 pounds. The form also indicated that the airplane’s center of gravity was within limits. The airplane was equipped with two Honeywell TFE731-5R-1H turbofan engines. East Coast Jets used the Hawker Beechcraft Aircraft Flexible Maintenance Schedule to maintain the airworthiness of its airplanes. The accident airplane’s maintenance logbooks did not indicate any discrepancies or systemic issues with the airplane’s flight control systems or wheel brakes before the accident. 1.6.1 Flaps, Airbrakes, and Anti-Skid Systems The airplane was equipped with hydraulically operated, mechanically controlled flaps, which were attached to the aft portion of each wing. The flaps pivoted on hinges attached to the rear wing spar and extended by moving rearward and downward. Flap position was controlled by a flap lever located on the right side of the center pedestal in the cockpit (see figure 1). Movement of the flap lever is transmitted to the flap control unit (FCU) through cables and pulleys. Flap position was indicated in the cockpit by a flaps position indicator on the right side of the center panel. A secondary means of verifying the flaps position was provided by a mechanical flaps indicator just forward of the flap lever on the center pedestal (see figure 2).
28 An airplane cycle is one complete takeoff and landing sequence.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 1. Photograph showing the center cockpit pedestal of a Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A.
10
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11
Figure 2. Photograph showing the accident airplane’s mechanical flaps indicator. The airplane was equipped with hydraulically operated, mechanically controlled airbrakes, which were panels installed on the upper and lower surfaces of each wing. The panels were attached to the rear spar forward of the flaps and pivoted on hinges into the airstream. The airbrakes were controlled by an airbrake handle located on the left side of the center pedestal (see figure 1). Movement of the airbrake handle was transmitted to the hydraulic actuators through cables and pulleys. The most forward position of the lever was the SHUT position, which was used to maintain the airbrakes in the fully closed position. As the airbrake handle was moved aft, the airbrakes extended proportionately, reaching a maximum extension of 30° and 56° for the upper and lower panels, respectively, when the handle reached the OPEN position. The airplane incorporated a lift-dump feature,29 which mechanically interconnected the flaps and airbrakes and allowed both the airbrake panels and flaps to extend beyond their normal ranges. To deploy lift dump, the flaps first had to be set to 45°, and the airbrake handle then had to be moved up out of the OPEN position and fully aft to the DUMP position, which extended the flaps to 75°, the upper airbrakes to 51°, and the lower airbrakes to 75°. To deactivate the lift-dump feature, the airbrake handle had to be moved forward from the DUMP through the OPEN to the SHUT position. The lift-dump position was highlighted within the flap position indicator in yellow.
29 The lift-dump feature was used in lieu of thrust reversers, which were an optional installation on the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane. East Coast Jets had two Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplanes with thrust reversers installed and two, including the accident airplane, without thrust reversers installed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 The airplane also incorporated an on/off anti-skid system. FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 25-7A Change 1, “Flight Test Guide for Certification of Transport Category Airplanes,” defines the on/off anti-skid system as follows: (2) On/off systems are the simplest of the three types of anti-skid systems. For these systems, full metered brake pressure (as commanded by the pilot) is applied until wheel locking is sensed. Brake pressure is then released to allow the wheel to spin back up. When the system senses that the wheel is accelerating back to synchronous speed (i.e., ground speed), full-metered pressure is again applied. The cycle of full pressure application/complete pressure release is repeated throughout the stop (or until the wheel ceases to skid with pressure applied). According to 14 CFR 25.109, “Accelerate-Stop Distance,” an on/off anti-skid system has an efficiency value of 30 percent on a wet30 runway “unless a specific anti-skid system efficiency is determined from a quantitative analysis of the flight testing on a smooth wet runway.” 1.6.2 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System The airplane was equipped with an Allied Signal Mark VII enhanced ground proximity warning system (EGPWS), which was manufactured and installed in 2000 in accordance with Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST416CH. Manufacturer records indicated that the unit had never been returned for service. At the time of the accident, the terrain database installed in the system was version 421 (released in March 2000). The current terrain database was version 450 (released in April 2008), which was an upgrade to version 421. No change occurred to the OWA data between the old and new versions of the terrain database. The EGPWS comprised the computer, which received input from the airplane sensors and systems, the cockpit audio system, mode and selector switches, and a terrain display. Six ground proximity warning modes were built into the system, including Mode 1, excessive descent rate; Mode 2, excessive closure to terrain; Mode 3, altitude loss after takeoff; Mode 4, unsafe terrain clearance; Mode 5, excessive glideslope deviation; and Mode 6, bank angle and altitude callouts. Mode 4 is further separated into three submodes, including Mode 4b, which is active during cruise and approach with the landing gear down. Mode 4b issues a continuous “too low flaps” aural warning if the airplane descends below 245 feet above ground level (agl) at an indicated airspeed below 159 knots with the landing gear down and the flaps not set to 45°. No Mode 4b alert was issued during the accident flight.
30 According to Safety Alert for Operators 06012, “Landing Performance Assessments at Time of Arrival (Turbojets),” 4(i), the runway surface is either dry, wet, or contaminated. A dry runway is one that is clear of contaminants and visible moisture within the required length and the width being used. A wet runway is one that is neither dry nor contaminated. For a contaminated runway, the runway surface conditions include the type and depth (if applicable) of the substance on the runway surface, for example, standing water, dry snow, wet snow, slush, ice, sanded, or chemically treated. See section 1.18.1 for more information.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 For the accident airplane, a Mode 6 warning would have issued a “bank angle, bank angle” warning along a linear range from 30 feet agl and ±10° roll angle to 150 feet agl and ±40° roll angle. A Mode 6 “bank angle” warning was issued at 0945:33. See section 1.16.1 for information about the EGPWS data study. 1.7 Meteorological Information 1.7.1 Area Weather Conditions The National Weather Service (NWS) Storm Prediction Center (SPC) convective outlook issued at 0739 indicated that severe thunderstorms31 were expected over the upper Midwest. The outlook indicated that, at 0800, a long-lived bow echo32 with a history of producing significant damaging winds would be moving across southern Minnesota along a well-defined frontal boundary. The NWS radar mosaics for the area (southern Minnesota) and time (from about 0830 to 1000) surrounding the accident flight depicted a complex of thunderstorms known as a mesoscale convective system (MCS).33 The MCS had an intense leading edge squall line34 with an extensive area of stratified rain and embedded thunderstorms trailing behind it. In this case, the leading edge squall line was further classified as a “bow echo.” The leading edge of the bow echo moved through the Owatonna area about 0830 with heavy rain and strong, damaging winds. An extensive area with light to moderate rain trailed behind the leading edge. The NWS Chanhassen, Minnesota, Weather Service Forecast Office, located about 46 miles north of the accident site, documented 56 reports of severe weather for the time surrounding the accident flight. A geostationary operational environmental satellite number 12 infrared satellite image captured about 0945 depicted a large region of enhanced cloud cover associated with the MCS over southeastern Minnesota and the accident site. Further, the image depicted a satellite radiative cloud top temperature of -61° C, which corresponded to cloud tops near 44,000 feet over Owatonna. 1.7.2 Airport Weather Information Weather observations at OWA, which has an elevation of 1,146 feet, are made by an AWOS located about 500 feet from the approach end of runway 30. The system was equipped
31 A severe thunderstorm produces tornadoes, hail larger than 0.75 inch in diameter, and/or strong damaging winds of 50 knots or more. A severe thunderstorm can cause extreme turbulence and severe icing as well as possess a high potential for microbursts. 32 A bow echo is often associated with swaths of damaging straight-line winds, microbursts, and small tornadoes. Bow echoes can be from 10 to 100 miles long and last from 3 to 6 hours. 33 An MCS becomes organized on a scale larger than individual thunderstorms and normally persists for several hours or more. 34 A squall line is a line of thunderstorms preceding a cold front and can be up to 100 miles long. Thunderstorms within a squall line can produce severe weather conditions, such as heavy rain, hail, tornadoes, and strong, gusting winds of 60 miles per hour or more.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report with a lightning detection system to report thunderstorms and was not augmented by a weather observer. The AWOS records continuous information on wind speed and direction, cloud cover, temperature, precipitation, and visibility and issues an official meteorological aerodrome report (METAR) about every 20 minutes for dissemination long-line. Table 2 shows the data from several official METARs surrounding the time of the accident. Table 2. Data from several official METARs surrounding the time of the accident. METAR time 0835 0935 1035 Wind direction and speed (in knots) 300º at 36 gusting to 55 180º at 3 160º at 6 Visibility (in statute miles) 2 miles with thunderstorms and heavy rain 10 miles with thunderstorms in the vicinitya and light rain 10 miles with thunderstorms in the vicinity and light rain Cloud cover (agl) Scattered at 200 and 1,400 feet
Ceiling broken at 2,200 feet Scattered at 3,800 and 4,900 feet
Ceiling broken at 10,000 feet Scattered at 2,500 and 5,000 feet
Temperature (in °C) 19º 18º 18º Dew point (in °C) 17º 16º 16º Altimeter (in inches Mercury [Hg]) 29.84 29.85 29.77 Remarks Visibility varied from 1 to 5 miles
20-minute precipitation was 0.22 inch
Lightning detected in the distance in all quadrants 20-minute precipitation was 0.05 inch
Lightning detected in the distance in all quadrants 20-minute precipitation was 0.03 inch
Lightning detected in the distance in the southeast a Weather conditions stated to be occurring in the “vicinity” are occurring within 5 to 10 miles of the airport. 14
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 15 The AWOS program manager for the Minnesota Department of Transportation provided the NTSB with the 5-minute observations for OWA.35 According to this information, about 0945 (near the time of the accident) the AWOS reported winds 170° at 6 knots, visibility 10 miles in moderate rain, scattered clouds at 1,800 feet, scattered clouds at 2,900 feet, ceiling broken at 3,700 feet, temperature 19° C, dew point 17° C, and altimeter 29.83 inches of Hg. The remarks indicated that the 20-minute precipitation was 0.09 inch and that lightning was detected in the distance in the east through south. AWOS observations made surrounding the time of the accident indicated wind shifts from the north to the south and the south-southeast during the 10 minutes before the accident. A total of about 0.41 inch of precipitation was reported at the time of the accident, consistent with moderate rainfall rates. 1.7.3 Additional National Weather Service Weather Information The 0645 NWS area forecast (which was valid until 1700)36 for southeastern Minnesota, which included the Owatonna area, predicted scattered clouds at 5,000 feet, occasional visibility 3 to 5 miles in mist, widely scattered thunderstorms and rain, and possibly severe thunderstorms with cumulonimbus cloud tops to 45,000 feet. The NWS also issued several severe weather watches before the airplane departed from ACY. Severe weather watch 779 was issued about 0450 and was valid until 0900 for southern Minnesota, including the Owatonna area. The watch indicated that a line of severe thunderstorms was moving east-southeast toward southern Minnesota at 40 knots. The line was identified as a bowing MCS and potential derecho37 event with damaging winds running along the warm front, which had stalled over the area. Severe weather watch 779 was updated by severe thunderstorm watch 781, which was issued about 0720 and was current at the time of the accident, for southeastern Minnesota, northern Iowa, and southwestern Wisconsin. The advisory continued to warn of a line of severe thunderstorms, hail up to 2 inches in diameter, wind gusts up to 70 knots, and cumulonimbus cloud tops up to 50,000 feet. The advisory further identified a severe MCS with a bow echo that had a history of producing damaging winds. The NWS Chanhassen, Minnesota, weather surveillance radar-1988 doppler (WSR-88D) system base reflectivity images at 0929 and those for 0946 depicted echoes on descent into OWA and in the immediate vicinity consistent with the presence of light to moderate rain at the surface at OWA. Figures 3 and 4 show the accident airplane’s flight track overlaid on the 0929 and 0946 base reflectivity data, respectively.
35 Five-minute observations are recorded by the AWOS and were provided to the NTSB during the investigation; however, these observations are not available to pilots in flight. 36 Area forecasts are used to determine forecast en route weather conditions and weather conditions for airports that do not issue terminal aerodrome forecasts (TAF). According to FAA AC-0045G, “Aviation Weather Services,” a TAF is a concise statement of the expected meteorological conditions significant to aviation for a specified time period within 5 statute miles of the center of the airport’s terminal. 37 A derecho is a widespread and usually fast-moving windstorm associated with convection. Derechos can produce damaging winds over areas hundreds of miles long and more than 100 miles wide.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 3. The flight track of the accident airplane overlaid on the 0929 base reflectivity data.
Figure 4. The flight track of the accident airplane overlaid on the 0946 base reflectivity data. The WSR-88D base velocity data for the same period also showed a band of strong westerly winds behind the intense leading edge associated with the bow echo with maximum winds of 65 knots. The NWS Local Analysis and Prediction System upper air sounding (that is, a vertical profile of atmospheric conditions) for 0930 indicated calm surface winds, winds at 16
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 1,774 feet (628 feet agl) from about 280° at 34 knots, and a potential low-level windshear condition over OWA. The NWS does not issue a terminal aerodrome forecast (TAF) for OWA; the official forecast is the area forecast. The closest TAF location to OWA, Rochester International Airport (RST), Rochester, Minnesota, was about 35 miles east of OWA. The 0633 TAF for RST, which was valid at the time of the accident, indicated, in part, IFR conditions in thunderstorms, heavy rain, and strong gusting winds about the estimated time of arrival. An in-flight weather advisory, Convective SIGMET [significant meteorological information] 36C,38 was issued about 0855 and was valid until 1055. The advisory warned of an area, including the flight route and the OWA area, of severe thunderstorms moving from 290º at 45 knots, with cloud tops above 45,000 feet. The advisory indicated that hail 2 inches in diameter and wind gusts to 70 knots were possible. 1.7.4 En Route Weather Services Select FAA flight service stations (FSS)39 operate Flight Watch, an en route flight advisory service that offers limited FSS services, including en route weather updates by NWS-certificated weather briefers40 and the collection and dissemination of pilot reports. The service is available on a common frequency for aircraft operating between 5,000 and 17,000 feet and on discrete frequencies for aircraft operating at higher altitudes. The accident flight plan included a list of appropriate Flight Watch frequencies for the accident flight route. According to Lockheed Martin, a review of FSS records indicated that the accident pilots did not contact any FSS during the flight to request updated weather information, which would have included the severe weather watches and Convective SIGMET 36C, while in flight. 1.7.5 Federal Aviation Administration Weather-Related Guidance 1.7.5.1 Weather Briefings According to 14 CFR 91.103, “Preflight Action,” each PIC “shall, before beginning a flight, become familiar with all available information concerning that flight.” The regulation states that, for an IFR flight, this information must include weather reports and forecasts. FAA AC 00-45F, “Aviation Weather Services,” states, “all pilots should get a complete weather briefing before each flight. The pilot is responsible for ensuring he/she has all the information needed to make a safe flight.”
38 Convective SIGMETs are issued for thunderstorms affecting an area of 3,000 square miles or more, a line of thunderstorms at least 60 miles long, and/or severe or embedded thunderstorms affecting any area that are expected to last 30 minutes or more. 39 FSSs are operated by Lockheed Martin and provide information and services to aircraft pilots before, during, and after flights but do not give instructions, clearances, or provide separation. 40 The NWS office located at the FAA Academy in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, provides training for FAA air traffic controllers and administers NWS certification examinations for FAA pilot weather briefers. The NWS issues a “Certificate of Authority for Pilot Weather Briefing” to employees who demonstrate proficiency in the following areas: weather analysis, satellite, WSR-88D weather radar, and pilot weather briefer oral examination. The oral examination is administered after the employee completes on-the-job training.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 18 1.7.5.2 Severe Weather Information Current Parts 121, 135, and 91 subpart K regulations require that pilots be provided sufficient meteorology training and procedures for recognizing and avoiding severe weather situations. The FAA’s primary guidance for thunderstorms is included in AC 00-24B, “Thunderstorms,” which was published in 1983. The AC describes the hazards of thunderstorms to aviation and provides guidance to help prevent thunderstorm-related accidents. However, the guidance does not reference technical meteorological terms used by the NWS to describe severe weather systems, including, but not limited to, the following: “mesoscale convective complex or systems,” “bow echo,” and “derecho.” These terms are not currently defined in any FAA pilot reference material or in the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM). Current convective SIGMETs and weather watches instruct pilots to reference the latest “convective” outlook and “mesoscale” discussions for the most current information on the area and the reasoning behind the issuance of the advisories; however, neither these technical meteorological terms nor those used in the referred documents to describe severe weather events are explained. 1.7.6 East Coast Jets Weather-Related Guidance East Coast Jets’ FAA-approved operations specifications (OpSpec) state that, before every flight, the PIC is responsible for obtaining and using weather reports and forecasts from the NWS or an FAA-approved source in accordance with company policies and procedures. Internet website records, papers recovered from the airplane, and interviews with company pilots indicated that the captain used http://www.fltplan.com, an FAA-approved source, to obtain weather briefing information for the flight. A weather briefing package was found in the wreckage. The weather information was printed by the captain about 0513 on July 31, 2008 (about 2 hours before departure from ACY), and included weather information for the five planned flight legs (the accident flight was the second leg). The package included METARs and notices to airmen for the departure, destination, and alternate airports,41 and surrounding stations. However, no TAFs were provided for these airports. A 0025 TAF for RST (issued about 9 hours before the accident) was found in the package, and it indicated that, from 0800 to 1100, conditions were expected to be winds 210° at 3 knots, more than 6 miles visibility, and scattered clouds at 14,000 feet. The weather package indicated that, when the flight departed ACY, OWA weather conditions were calm winds, 10 miles visibility, clear skies, temperature 18° C, dew point 17° C, and altimeter 29.75 inches of Hg. The weather package contained no weather information for along the flight route. Further, no in-flight weather advisories, en route forecast, or adverse weather information was found in the package. Links to the NWS Aviation Digital Data System, weather radar mosaic, radar summary chart, and high-level significant weather chart websites were available at http://www.fltplan.com, but no record was found that either of the accident pilots used these links. A review of CVR and FAA air traffic control (ATC) transcripts revealed that the pilots did
41 The captain designated Mankato Regional Airport, Mankato, Minnesota, located 29 miles west of OWA, as the alternate airport on the flight plan.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 19 not request information from ATC or an FSS about the weather conditions along the flight route or at OWA during the flight. 1.8 Aids to Navigation No problems with any navigational aids were reported. 1.9 Communications No technical communications problems were reported. 1.10 Airport Information OWA is a noncertificated, noncontrolled, city-owned airport with an elevation of 1,146 feet. OWA has one runway, 12/30, which is 5,500 feet long by 100 feet wide and is constructed of ungrooved concrete. The average longitudinal gradient for runway 30 is -0.7 percent (that is, downhill) from the threshold to the runway end. The cross-slope gradient42 for runway 30 is 1.0 percent from the center to the edge of the runway. The runway is equipped with high-intensity runway lights along the edges, runway end identifier lights, and precision approach path indicator boxes. Runway 30 has a medium-intensity approach lighting system, precision markings on the runway, and an ILS installed. Both ends of the runway have grass- covered runway safety areas constructed to meet the same dimensional requirements as certificated air carrier runways, which are 500 feet wide and extend 1,000 feet beyond the runway threshold. The NTSB asked the FAA to inspect runway 30 during or immediately after a heavy rainstorm, similar to the one that occurred on the day of the accident, for evidence of pooling or standing water. The FAA conducted the inspection on August 27, 2008, about 30 minutes after a fairly heavy rainstorm had ended.43 The inspection revealed that the runway surface was wet, but no evidence of standing or pooling water was found. See section 1.16.2 for information about additional runway measurements. 1.11 Flight Recorders 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder The accident airplane was equipped with a Fairchild Model A-100 CVR. The CVR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, DC, for readout and evaluation. The exterior of the CVR exhibited no significant heat or structural damage, and the audio information was extracted normally and without difficulty. The recording consisted of three separate channels: the captain
42 The cross-slope gradient is the slope of the runway measured from the runway crown (centerline) to the runway edge and is symmetrical about the runway centerline. 43 The OWA AWOS reported a total of 0.55 inch of precipitation about 30 minutes before the inspection was performed.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 20 and first officer audio panels and the cockpit area microphone. All three channels provided excellent quality audio information.44 A transcript was prepared of the entire 30-minute, 44-second recording and is provided in appendix B of this report. 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder The airplane was not equipped, and was not required to be equipped, with a flight data recorder (FDR).45 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information Distinct tire impressions from the left and right main landing gears (MLG) and nose landing gear (NLG) were found in the grass (within the runway safety area) past the end of runway 30. The MLG impressions were continuous to about 978 feet beyond the runway end. The NLG impression was distinct for about 126 feet beyond the runway end, nonexistent for about 156 feet, faint for about 4,120 feet, and distinct for about 357 feet. All of the landing gear impressions ended before the ILS localizer antenna, which was located about 1,011 feet from the runway end. Three ILS localizer stanchions exhibited impact damage about 4.5 to 5 feet above their bases. A shallow, elongated impact scar was found at the edge of a cornfield about 1,263 feet from the runway end. A path, angled about 45° to the right, was cut through the corn stalks and was continuous to the edge of the cornfield and a circular depression in the field. A second shallow impact impression was found in the dirt at the edge of the cornfield about 1,464 feet from the runway end. The far side of the circular depression, about 1,617 feet from the runway end, had a larger impact impression. Another path cut through the corn stalks in the field beyond the circular depression, but the cuts in this path were not angled. The corn beyond the third impact area exhibited yellowing of the leaves in a splattered appearance, consistent with chemical burning. A fourth impact point was found about 1,854 feet from the runway end. Significant disturbed soil and flattened vegetation were found from this impact point forward. The disturbed area was fanned out about 30 feet wide, crossed a dirt road, and contained numerous pieces of wreckage. The main wreckage site was located about 2,136 feet (straight-line distance) from the runway end. No evidence of fire damage was found along the debris path or to any of the pieces found at the main wreckage site. All of the major structural components of the airplane were located along the debris path and in the main wreckage with no evidence of preimpact structural failure. A majority of the airplane, including the left wing, wing center section, about half of the right wing, the empennage with both engines attached, the cockpit, part of the fuselage structure aft of the
44 The NTSB rates the quality of CVR recordings according to a five-category scale: excellent, good, fair, poor, and unusable. See appendix B for a description of these ratings. 45 According to 14 CFR 91.609(c)(1), an approved flight recorder is required for multiengine, turbine-powered airplanes manufactured after October 11, 1991, that have passenger seating configurations of 10 or more. The accident airplane was equipped with eight passenger seats.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report cockpit, and the fuselage structure above the wing center section, was found in the main wreckage. Most of the cockpit and cabin seats and furnishings were found separated from the airplane and scattered about the accident site. About 210 and 140 gallons of fuel were drained from the left and right wing tanks, respectively. The engines showed no evidence of preimpact failure. The main wreckage pieces were found connected together by the wire bundles and control cables running from the empennage to the cockpit. Control continuity was established for the primary flight controls, including the aileron, rudder, and elevators, and their associated trim systems, although some of their associated cables were broken at fuselage separation points. All of the engine control cables were separated near adjacent separations in the airplane structure. All of the cable breaks exhibited a splayed or broomstrawed appearance consistent with tension overload failure. The left airbrake cable was found broken near the left MLG trunnion, and the break exhibited a splayed appearance. The right airbrake and interconnect cables were found intact. The four brake assemblies were sent to Goodrich Corporation, Troy, Ohio, for testing under NTSB supervision. All four assemblies appeared normal, passed functional testing, and did not exhibit any warping or discoloration. Postaccident examination of the flaps indicated that they were fully retracted (that is, set at 0°). The two flap cables were found intact to a point near the structural separation damage, and both cables were broken at this point. The breaks exhibited a splayed appearance. The pedestal exhibited impact damage, and the airbrake handle could not fully deploy to and lock in the DUMP position, but the flap handle could move through its entire range. The FCU was found in its normal position in the aft fuselage, and all hydraulic connections to the FCU remained intact. The FCU was removed and sent to APPH Houston Inc., Houston, Texas, for testing under NTSB supervision. The unit was functionally tested and operated normally throughout the normal and lift-dump ranges and was within specifications for a newly overhauled unit. The four flap position switches were removed for further testing in the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, DC. Electrical checks indicated that all four switches were operational with no abnormal short or open circuits. The flap override switch was found intact with the plastic guard closed over it. The flap position indicator and override switch were removed from the airplane and examined in the NTSB’s laboratory. All of the wires were found intact and connected. No slap marks were found on the indicator face or glass. Electrical checks indicated that the flap position indicator and override switch were operational with no abnormal short or open circuits. The airbrake-flap interconnect cable was found broken near the left MLG. The cable break exhibited a splayed appearance. The functionality of the interaction between the airbrakes and flaps was established. The two FMS computers were removed and sent to Universal Avionics Systems Corporation, Redmond, Washington, where they were downloaded under NTSB supervision. The first officer’s computer memory was inadvertently erased during the download procedure 21
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 because of a hardware problem. The captain’s computer memory was successfully downloaded. The data extraction from the captain’s FMS indicated that the instantaneous wind 12 seconds before landing was 195° at 17 knots, which would have resulted in a 5.6-knot tailwind.46 The NLG was found separated from its mounting structure. The left NLG tire was cut through all of its layers and was deflated. The right NLG tire was cut through some of its layers, and the tire pressure was 102 pounds per square inch (psi).47 The left MLG was found attached to the left wing. The right MLG was found attached to the right wing and in the down-and- locked position. All of the MLG tire pressures were measured and found to be within recommended tolerances. None of the tires exhibited flat spots or evidence of reverted rubber,48 and all of the tire tread depths were within specified limits. 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information Tissue and fluid specimens from both pilots were transported to the FAA’s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute for toxicological analysis for a wide range of legal and illegal drugs49 and ethanol. The captain’s results were negative for all tested substances. The first officer’s specimens tested positive for the drug zolpidem (0.007 micrograms/milliliter detected in blood), a prescription medication used for the short-term treatment of insomnia. 1.14 Fire No evidence of a preimpact or postcrash fire was found. 1.15 Survival Aspects According to the Minnesota Regional Medical Examiner’s autopsy reports, the captain, first officer, and all of the passengers died as a result of traumatic injuries to the head, neck, chest, and extremities. The chief deputy of the Steele County Sheriff’s Office was notified about the accident by the 911 dispatch operator about 0950. He arrived on scene about 1000 and became the incident commander. Two Owatonna Fire Department (OFD) commanders were also notified about the accident by the 911 dispatch operator and arrived on scene with about 16 additional OFD
46 The FMS wind is calculated based on filtered data to attenuate noise in the calculation, which results in the calculated wind likely being less than the actual wind. 47 According to the Simcom Hawker 800A Technical Manual, the airplane’s tire pressures should be 135 psi for the MLG tires and 100 psi for the NLG tires, with a recommended tolerance of +10/-0 psi. 48 According to the FAA’s Airplane Flying Handbook FAA-H-8083-3A, chapter 8, “reverted rubber (steam) hydroplaning occurs during heavy braking that results in a prolonged locked-wheel skid. Only a thin film of water on the runway is needed to facilitate this type of hydroplaning. The tire skidding generates enough heat to cause the rubber in contact with the runway to revert it to its original uncured state…The water heats and is converted to steam which supports the tire off the runway.” 49 The drugs tested for included, but were not limited to, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, amphetamines, opiates, benzodiazapines, barbiturates, antidepressents, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 personnel. Owatonna Police Department, Owatonna Sheriff Office, and local emergency medical services personnel also responded to the scene. According to the chief deputy, the responders were initially unsure of how many occupants were on board the airplane. He indicated that the total number of occupants was verified about 1400.50 He stated that one passenger was found alive; however, this passenger was transported by ambulance to a local hospital, and she died at the hospital less than 2 hours after the accident. Responders left the accident site about 1900. 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System Data Study The EGPWS computer was found intact in the aft fuselage. The wires supplying the flaps signals to the EGPWS were found intact and wired in accordance with STC ST416CH. The unit was removed and sent to Honeywell, Redmond, Washington, to download the data under NTSB supervision. The data download was accomplished normally and without difficulty. As noted, a Mode 6 “bank angle, bank angle” alert was issued at 0945:33. The EGPWS computer recorded data starting 20 seconds before and ending 2 seconds after51 the alert was issued. The data began when the airplane was on the ground at a ground speed of about 101 knots. The data indicated that the ground speed reduced to a minimum of about 78 knots before increasing to about 123 knots and that the pitch angle was initially -1.4°, but that, 1 second before the alert was issued, it increased to 20°. The roll angle was constant at less than 1° for about the first 19 seconds of the recorded data. The roll angle increased to 50° at the time that the alert was issued. The recorded landing gear down discrete signal had a value of 1, which corresponds to the landing gear being in the down position, for the entire 22-second recording. The recorded landing flap discrete signal had a value of 1, which corresponds to the flaps 45º position or activation of the flap override switch, for the first 8 seconds of the recording, and then it changed to and remained at 0 for the next 14 seconds. As noted, no Mode 4b “too low flaps” alerts were issued during the accident flight. An examination of the actuation history of the Mode 4b alert showed that it had sounded a total of 12 times during the last 308 flights before the accident—most recently, 22 flights before the accident flight. 1.16.2 Runway 30 Measurements On August 2, 2008, 2 days after the accident, the Minneapolis/St. Paul Metropolitan Airport Commission measured the friction of runway 30 at the request of the NTSB using a Saab vehicle equipped with an airport surface friction tester continuous friction measuring equipment
50 Initially, responders thought that 10 occupants were on board the airplane because the OWA FBO had ordered 10 meals for the flight. No seating chart was available because the seats were not assigned. 51 Although the EGPWS should record data for 10 seconds after an alert, the EGPWS only recorded 2 seconds of data after the alert due to the crash.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 24 (CFME). The CFME used for the tests was designed to provide a uniform water depth of 1 millimeter (mm), or 0.04 inch, continuously in front of the friction-measuring tire. During the tests, friction values were measured at two different locations along the runway (10 feet right and left of centerline) and at two different speeds (40 and 60 mph). The tests showed that the average measured-friction values for 40 mph 10 feet right and left of centerline were 0.53 μ and 0.40 μ and for 60 mph were 0.51 μ and 0.38 μ, respectively. According to Table 3-2, in AC 150/5320-12C, “Measurement, Construction and Maintenance of Skid-Resistant Airport Pavement Surfaces,” these values fall between the minimum friction and maintenance planning friction levels. The AC further states that, if the pavement surface is less than the maintenance planning friction level but above the minimum friction level in table 3-2 for a distance of 500 feet and adjacent 500-foot segments are at or above maintenance planning friction level, no corrective action is required. On August 11, 2009, NTSB investigators, accompanied by a National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) runway friction expert, visited OWA. The NASA friction expert conducted two runway pavement macrotexture depth52 surface measurements and a cross-slope gradient measurement of runway 30. According to the trip report, the average of the two pavement macrotexture measurements was 0.54 mm (0.02 inch), and the cross-slope gradient was measured to be 1.1 percent.53 The report indicated that the runway was generally in “excellent” condition because it had a relatively high macrotexture, consistently adequate cross-slope throughout the runway length, insignificant rubber deposits, and no concrete surface deterioration. The NASA friction expert also used the CFME friction measurements to estimate the braking coefficients that could be provided by the runway (braking coefficients are discussed in Section 1.16.3.4). Table 3 shows the results of these estimates. Table 3. Estimates of the accident braking coefficients. Ground Speed (knots) Maximum Available Braking Coefficient Effective Braking Coefficient 19 0.490 0.270 38 0.455 0.239 56 0.406 0.199 75 0.357 0.162 94 0.315 0.134 107 0.273 0.108 132 0.217 0.090
52 The runway macrotexture depth is the average depth of irregularities in the surface of the runway produced by the coarseness of the surface texture. The deeper these irregularities, the more channels they provide for water to flow through and the higher the rainfall rate required to submerge the peaks of the irregularities. 53 The cross-slope measured by the NASA friction expert was 0.1 percent more than the runway-designed cross-slope.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 The NTSB notes that calculating effective braking coefficients based on ground surface vehicle friction measurements has been a longstanding goal of joint industry and multinational government research efforts, including the Joint Winter Runway Friction Measurement Program led by Transport Canada. However, technical and operational challenges continue to persist despite years of extensive research. As a result, industry debate continues regarding whether ground-based friction measurement devices can be used in an operational environment to quantify available friction characteristics for common non-dry runway surface conditions54 and, if so, whether these measurements can be reliably correlated to expected turbojet airplane stopping performance. For example, at the 2006 NTSB public hearing for the Southwest Airlines Boeing 737-700 landing overrun investigation, in response to the question, “Is it possible to predict aircraft braking performance from runway friction measurements,” the NASA friction expert stated, “Yes, we’ve demonstrated it’s possible to do that with 12 different friction measuring devices.” In the Canadian operational context, Transport Canada provides guidance that can be used to correlate decelerometer-based ground surface vehicle friction measurements to airplane performance on certain winter-contaminant surfaces (including compacted snow, loose snow less than 1 inch deep, ice, and wet ice) in the form of Canadian Runway Friction Index tables in its AIM; however, these tables are not applicable to wet runway surface conditions, including slush-covered conditions. In the U.S. operational context, the FAA stated the following in Safety Alert for Operators (SAFO)55 06012, “Landing Performance Assessments at Time of Arrival (Turbojets),” on August 31, 2006: Unfortunately, joint industry and multi-national government tests have not established a reliable correlation between runway friction under varying conditions, type of runway contaminants, braking action reports, and airplane braking capability. Extensive testing has been conducted in an effort to find a direct correlation between runway friction measurement device readings and airplane braking friction capability. However, these tests have not produced conclusive results that indicate a repeatable correlation exists through the full spectrum of runway contaminant conditions. As a result, the FAA does not support operator or flight crew calculation of expected landing distance based solely on runway friction measurement device readings. Due to similar concerns about reliability and repeatability, the proposed runway condition reporting matrix and associated procedures developed by the takeoff/landing performance assessment (TALPA) aviation rulemaking committee (ARC) in 2009 enable runway condition reports to be downgraded (to a more conservative performance basis that equates to longer expected aircraft stopping distance) based on runway friction measurement device readings but never upgraded based solely on data from ground-based friction measurement devices. See section 1.18.2.6 for more information about the TALPA ARC.
54 Non-dry runway surface conditions include wet runways (ungrooved, grooved, or porous friction course) and runways contaminated with standing water, dry snow, wet snow, slush, ice, and/or wet ice. 55 A SAFO is not regulatory; however, it “contains important safety information and may include recommended action. SAFO content should be especially valuable to air carriers in meeting their statutory duty to provide service with the highest possible degree of safety in the public interest.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 1.16.3 Airplane Performance Study 1.16.3.1 Calculated Airplane Performance and Computer Simulation Results The NTSB conducted an airplane performance study using data from the CVR, EGPWS, FMS, and RST airport surveillance radar;56 witness statements;57 crash site evidence; and meteorological information to estimate the airplane’s position, speed, and deceleration during the approach and landing. In addition, the study used the Hawker Beechcraft Computerised Aircraft Performance System (CAPS) to calculate the effect of various airplane configuration, tailwind, and runway surface conditions on the airplane’s stopping performance. Because the actual runway condition, tailwind magnitude, lift-dump configuration, touchdown ground speed, and force on the brake pedals are unknown, it is possible that other combinations of these variables could also produce results consistent with the available data. According to the airplane performance study, assuming that the flight crew applied sufficient braking effort to demand all of the available runway friction,58 the available data are most consistent with the CAPS simulation-based landing performance calculations for the following conditions: • Runway flooded with 3-mm (about 0.12-inch) deep water. • Flaps set at 45°. • Lift dump not deployed. • Tailwind of about 8 knots.59 • Airspeed over the threshold at the reference landing airspeed of about 122 knots. • Touchdown about 1,128 feet from the runway threshold at a ground speed of about 130 knots.60 Further, the airplane performance study indicated that, if the flight crew had continued applying sufficient braking effort to demand all of the available runway friction to a full stop and not attempted to go around, the airplane likely would have overrun the runway at a ground speed
56 The CVR, EGPWS, FMS, and RST airport surveillance radar data were synchronized to the CVR time as a common reference time. 57 A witness who worked at OWA reported that, after being informed of the accident, he glanced at the AWOS monitor and that it indicated 7 to 10 knots. He indicated that the airport wind sock showed winds from the southeast. Another witness who worked at OWA stated that, after he was informed of the accident, he looked at the weather monitor, which indicated that the wind was out of the south at 10 knots and that the runway was reported as wet. 58 At the accident ground speeds, the friction available on the wet runway was only about 20 to 30 percent of that available on a dry runway. Consequently, less force is required to achieve maximum braking on a wet runway because less braking friction is available. 59 The 8-knot tailwind was deduced from available performance information, including EGPWS data, CVR timing, runway/grass tire marks, and radar data on approach. The 8-knot tailwind was required to produce a ground speed time history consistent with all of these data sources. 60 The airplane performance study is referring to the MLG touchdown. The “sound consistent with tires rolling on a prepared surface,” which was recorded by the CVR at 0945:04, should be associated with the NLG touchdown rather than the MLG touchdown. Flight test data indicate that derotation after landing takes about 1.6 seconds; therefore, the calculated MLG touchdown occurred at 0945:02.4.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 27 between 23 and 37 knots and stopped between 100 and 300 feet beyond the runway end but within the 1,000-foot runway safety area. 1.16.3.2 Evaluation of Potential Hydroplaning on Runway 30 The airplane performance study then used the Texas Transportation Institute (TTI)61 pavement drainage model, inputting the runway 30 macrotexture depth and cross-slope gradient measured by the NASA friction expert and the rainfall rates recorded before the accident, to determine whether runway 30 was flooded62 at the time of the accident. The TTI model indicated that the rainfall rate at any time during the hour before the landing (0945) would not have been sufficient to produce the water depth necessary (3 mm) to consider the runway flooded or to support dynamic hydroplaning.63 Therefore, the model did not support the CAPS simulation-based landing performance calculations for the accident landing, which indicated that the runway was flooded (that is, contaminated with standing water about 3-mm deep), or the possibility that the airplane experienced dynamic hydroplaning during the landing roll. To reconcile these differences, the airplane performance study considered the effects of braking friction coefficients, or braking coefficient,64 on wet runways different from those assumed in the CAPS simulation. 1.16.3.3 Airplane Stopping Distances on Wet Runways The retarding, or braking, force provided by an airplane’s MLG tires during the landing roll is equal to the product of the weight on the tires and the braking coefficient. As the weight on the MLG tires or the braking coefficient decrease, the retarding force generated by the tires also decreases, resulting in decreased airplane deceleration and increased stopping distance. As the weight on the tires or the braking coefficient increases, the retarding force and airplane deceleration also increase, reducing the stopping distance. The maximum available braking coefficient depends on numerous factors, including the runway surface condition (dry, wet, or contaminated with standing water or frozen precipitation), the runway macrotexture, the airplane ground speed, and the tire inflation pressure and tread
61 B. Gallaway, R. Schiller, Jr., and J. Rose, The Effects of Rainfall Intensity, Pavement Cross Slope, Surface Texture, and Drainage Length on Pavement Water Depths (College Station, Texas: Texas Transportation Institute Research Report No. 138-5, 1971). 62 European operational regulations consider a runway “contaminated” with standing water (that is, “flooded”) when more than 25 percent of the runway surface is covered with water more than 3 mm (0.118 inch) deep. This 3-mm value for a flooded runway matches the CAPS model definition for a flooded runway. Therefore, comparing the depth of standing water present on runway 30 at the time of the accident to the 3-mm value can provide a measure of the degree of “flooding” on the runway. 63 According to the FAA’s Airplane Flying Handbook FAA-H-8083-3A, chapter 8, “dynamic hydroplaning is a relatively high-speed phenomenon that occurs when there is a film of water on the runway that is at least one-tenth inch deep. As the speed of the airplane and the depth of the water increase, the water layer builds up an increasing resistance to displacement, resulting in the formation of a wedge of water beneath the tire. At some speed, termed the hydroplaning speed (VP), the water pressure equals the weight of the airplane and the tire is lifted off the runway surface. In this condition, the tires no longer contribute to directional control and braking action is nil.” 64 The braking coefficient is equal to the product of the maximum available braking friction coefficient that can be generated between the airplane tire and the runway and the airplane braking system anti-skid efficiency, which governs its ability to take advantage of the available runway friction.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 depth. When the runway is wet, the maximum braking coefficient decreases rapidly with increasing ground speed. The coefficient also decreases if the runway is smoother (that is, if the runway has decreased macrotexture depth or is ungrooved), the tire pressure is higher,65 or the tire tread depth is lower. The certification basis of the BAe 125-800A (now referred to as the “Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A”) for takeoff from wet and contaminated runways and landing on contaminated runways is the European Joint Airworthiness Authorities (JAA) Joint Aviation Regulations Part 25 and the associated guidance material in Advisory Material Joint (AMJ) 25X1591, Change 14.66 The wet runway braking friction coefficients assumed in the Hawker Beechcraft CAPS simulations and used to compute the wet runway landing distances provided in the BAe 125-800A Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM)67 are based on ratios of wet-to-dry braking coefficients defined in AMJ 25X1591. These braking coefficients originated in the British Civil Airworthiness Requirements (BCAR) “Reference Wet Hard Surface” (RWHS), which defined the performance expected from a “standard” wet, ungrooved runway. A review of wet runway friction research68 indicated that many wet, ungrooved runways may provide substantially less friction than indicated in the BCAR RWHS and that stopping distances on these runways will consequently be substantially greater than those computed using the braking coefficients defined in AMJ 25X1591. Accordingly, if the wet runway stopping distances provided in airplane AFMs (including the BAe 125-800A AFM) or performance supplemental materials69 are based on the AMJ 25X1591 friction levels, then the actual stopping distances on some wet, ungrooved runways could be significantly greater than the documented distances.
65 However, on a runway contaminated with standing water, a higher tire inflation pressure can help maintain contact between the tire and the runway over a larger speed range. 66 The BAe 125-800A was originally certified by the United Kingdom Civil Aviation Authority under CAR.10 British Civil Airworthiness Requirements. The airplane’s wet runway certification was accepted to the later JAA standard. The JAA was an associated body of the European Civil Aviation Conference, which represented the civil aviation regulatory authorities of participating European States that agreed to cooperate in developing and implementing common safety regulatory standards and procedures. In 2002, the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), a Europe-wide regulatory authority, took over all of the functions of the JAA. On September 28, 2003, EASA took over responsibility for the airworthiness and environmental certification of all aeronautical products, parts, and appliances designed, manufactured, maintained, or used by persons under the regulatory oversight of European Union Member States. 67 The AFM used for the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane is titled, “Approved Flight Manual for the British Aerospace BAe. 125 Series 800A;” therefore, when referring to the AFM, the report will refer to it as the BAe 125-800A AFM. 68 See Engineering Sciences Data Unit, “Frictional and Retarding Forces on Aircraft Tyres: Part II: Estimation of Braking Force (friction data updated–1981)” Engineering Sciences Data Item Number 71026 (United Kingdom: Royal Aeronautical Society, 1971). Additional information is available at . 69 Some AFMs have supplemental materials that have been developed by airplane manufacturers but have not been approved or required by the FAA. The NTSB recommended in Safety Recommendation A-07-57 that landing distance assessments should be conducted based on “existing” performance data. See section 1.18.2.6 for more information.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 29 1.16.3.4 Braking Coefficients 1.16.3.4.1 U.S. and European Braking Coefficient Standards Although U.S. and European regulations do not require or standardize the calculation and presentation of operational landing distances70 on wet runways, current regulations do prescribe the calculation of the accelerate-stop distances for rejected takeoffs on wet runways. Title 14 CFR 25.109 and European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Certification Specifications 25.109 define the accelerate-stop distance for transport-category airplanes and describe how this distance is to be determined.71 Title 14 CFR 25.109(c) defines the effective braking coefficient to be assumed in the calculation of the accelerate-stop distance for an ungrooved, wet runway, such as runway 30 on the day of the accident, as the maximum available braking coefficients, multiplied by an anti-skid system efficiency factor. The airplane performance study determined that an anti-skid system efficiency of 47.5 percent,72 applied to the maximum available braking coefficients defined by 14 CFR 25.109(c) for a tire pressure of 140 psi and assuming that the flight crew applied sufficient braking effort to demand all of the available runway friction before the decision to go around, resulted in a deceleration that best matched the computed performance of the accident airplane. This anti-skid system efficiency, and the resulting effective braking coefficients, which are discussed in more detail below, closely matched the anti-skid efficiency and effective braking coefficients computed by the NASA friction expert based on the CFME friction measurements of the runway 2 days after the accident (see section 1.16.2, table 3, and figure 5 below). The performance study determined that the effective braking coefficients based on 14 CFR 25.109(c) most closely represented the actual braking performance of the airplane during the landing on the wet, ungrooved runway.
70 The operational landing distance accounts for, in part, the reported meteorological and runway surface conditions, runway slope, airplane weight, airplane configuration, approach speed, and ground deceleration devices planned to be used for the landing. The operational landing distance represents the performance capability of the airplane based on arrival conditions and planned landing technique with no added safety margin. 71 The accelerate-stop distance is the distance required to accelerate the airplane from a standing start to V1 and then bring the airplane back to a stop. V1 is the maximum speed in the takeoff at which the pilot must take the first action (for example, apply brakes, reduce thrust, deploy speed brakes) to stop the airplane within the accelerate-stop distance. The FAA did not require airframe manufacturers to account for wet runway rejected takeoff performance for new airplane type certificate applications until 14 CFR 25.109, Amendment 25–92, effective February 18, 1998. The rule was not retroactive. Therefore, many transport-category airplanes certificated under Part 25 are not required to account for wet runway takeoff accelerate-stop performance. 72 The 47.5 percent anti-skid efficiency determined for the accident airplane exceeds the 30 percent efficiency that Section 25.109(c) assigns to the type of anti-skid system installed on the airplane, but it is within the range of efficiencies defined in Engineering Sciences Data Unit 71026 for this type of system.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30
Figure 5. Comparison of calculated wet, ungrooved runway MLG effective braking friction coefficient values as a function of ground speed using the BAe 125-800A AFM, NASA CFME-based, and 14 CFR 25.109 methods. BAe 125-800A AFM dry runway and unbraked rolling friction coefficient values are shown for reference. 1.16.3.4.2 Required Landing Distances Using Different Braking Coefficient Models The effective braking coefficients determined in the airplane performance study for the accident landing were substantially below those defined in the BCAR RWHS and AMJ 25X1591, assumed in the CAPS simulation, and underlying the wet runway landing distances provided in the BAe 125-800A AFM (see figure 5). As a result, the performance study indicated that the total landing distances computed using the Section 25.109 braking coefficients can be significantly longer than those computed using the AMJ 25X1591 coefficients and provided in the AFM. For example, as shown in table 4, using the accident landing weight of 19,912 pounds, no wind, the OWA field elevation, outside air temperature on the day of the accident, 140-psi tire pressure, and deceleration device deployment times73 used to develop the AFM wet runway
73 The landing distance data presented in the AFM are based on the airbrakes moving to the OPEN position 0.56 second after touchdown and on the lift-dump system being engaged at the same time. Once engaged, it takes about 2 seconds for the lift-dump system to fully deploy. Based on CVR evidence, on the accident flight, the airbrakes moved to the OPEN position about 4.1 seconds after touchdown, and the lift-dump system was engaged about 8.9 seconds after touchdown.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 guidance data, the performance study indicated that the total landing distance using the AMJ 25X1591 braking coefficients was 3,338 feet and that the total landing distance using the Section 25.109 braking coefficients was 4,225 feet, which is 26 percent longer. Assuming an 8-knot tailwind, the landing distances were 3,792 and 4,928 feet, respectively. Table 4. Calculated Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A landing distances as a function of wet runway braking coefficient source (based on accident landing weight of 19,912 pounds, OWA field elevation, 18° C outside air temperature, 140-psi tire pressure, and 0.7 percent downhill runway slope). Simulation Scenario Wind Condition Calculated Landing Distance (in feet) Braking Coefficient Source AMJ 25X1591 or BCAR RWHS Braking Coefficient Source 14 CFR 25.109 Total
- 15 Percent
Margin Total
- 15 Percent
Margin AFM air distance; AFM deceleration device deployment times No wind 3,338 3,840 4,225 4,860 8-knot tailwind 3,792 4,361 4,928 5,667 The data in table 4 indicate that, if the flight crew had conducted an arrival landing distance assessment using available information (for either wind condition), it would have shown that the airplane could have stopped on the 5,500-foot-long runway with a safety margin of more than 15 percent. The data in table 4 also show that, based on the actual arrival conditions (8-knot tailwind), the Section 25.109 braking coefficient standard, and the BAe 125-800A AFM deceleration device deployment times, the airplane would not be expected to stop on runway 30 with a safety margin of at least 15 percent. The airplane performance study used the Section 25.109 braking coefficients to compute the stopping distance required by the accident airplane given the 8-knot tailwind, touchdown location, and assuming the accident deceleration device deployment time (airbrakes opened 4.1 seconds after touchdown, and lift dump engaged 8.9 seconds after touchdown). The results, which are shown in table 5, indicate that, after touching down 1,128 feet from the runway 30 threshold,74 the airplane would have needed an additional 4,669 feet to stop, for a total landing distance of about 5,800 feet, which is 300 feet longer than the available landing distance. The EGPWS data indicated that, about the time that the go-around was initiated, the deceleration of the airplane was slightly better than that predicted by the calculation. Adjusting the calculations to account for this improvement indicates that the airplane would have stopped about 100 feet past the runway end but within the runway safety area.
74 The landing distance published in the AFM for an 8-knot tailwind includes an air distance of 946 feet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Table 5. Calculated Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A landing distances (based on accident landing weight of 19,912 pounds, accident air distance of 1,128 feet, touchdown airspeed of 122 knots, OWA field elevation, 18° C outside air temperature, 140-psi tire pressure, and 0.7 percent downhill runway slope). Simulation Scenario Wind Condition Calculated Landing Distance Based on 14 CFR 25.109 Wet, Ungrooved Runway Standard Total Landing Distance (in feet) Runway Remaining (in feet) Accident deceleration device deployment time (airbrakes opened 4.1 seconds after touchdown, and lift dump engaged about 8.9 seconds after touchdown) 8-knot tailwind 5,800 -300 Lift dump deployed coincident with opening of airbrakes (about 4.1 seconds after touchdown) 5,530 -30 Accident deceleration device deployment time (airbrakes opened 4.1 seconds after touchdown, and lift dump engaged about 8.9 seconds after touchdown) 8-knot headwind 4,300 1,200 Airbrakes opened about 4.1 seconds after touchdown, lift dump not deployed 4,550 950 The airplane performance study also used the Section 25.109 braking coefficients to compute the landing distances required if lift dump had been deployed at the same time that the airbrakes moved to the OPEN position (4.1 seconds after touchdown) and the landing distances required if the landing had been made on runway 12 (that is, landing with a headwind instead of a tailwind). The results in table 5 indicate that the total landing distance on runway 30 (with an 8-knot tailwind), assuming that lift-dump deployment was coincident with the opening of the airbrakes, was 5,530 feet, or 30 feet past the runway end. The total landing distance on runway 12 (with an 8-knot headwind), assuming the same touchdown point on the runway and the airbrake and lift-dump deployment timing that occurred during the accident, was about 4,300 feet, or about 1,200 feet before the runway end. The total landing distance on runway 12, assuming the accident airbrake deployment timing but with no lift-dump deployment, was about 4,550 feet, or 950 feet before the runway end. 1.17 Organizational and Management Information East Coast Jets, which is headquartered in Allentown, Pennsylvania, is a Part 135 on-demand charter company that began operations in October 1999. According to the chief pilot, East Coast Jets is a small charter company that provides customized service to more than 5,000 U.S. airports and some international airports. At the time of the accident, East Coast Jets 32
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 operated four Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A, three Learjet 35, and three Learjet 55 airplanes and employed 22 full-time pilots. A review of FAA records revealed that East Coast Jets had no previous accidents. The company held a “platinum” rating based on biannual safety audits conducted by the Aviation Research Group/US (ARG/US), an industry-rating group.75 According to an ARG/US representative, East Coast Jets was noteworthy within the Part 135 on-demand industry for its high pilot retention rate. All of the interviewed pilots, the FAA principal operations inspector (POI), and an ARG/US representative spoke favorably of the company and highlighted the loyalty and lack of pilot turnover when compared to other companies in the industry. According to East Coast Jets’ chief pilot, the company often hired pilots locally from Ace Flight School. He stated that newly hired pilots preferably had 1,500 hours and some multiengine and jet airplane time. He stated that the company would hire pilots who they knew were “ready” for jet operations by hiring the best pilots available from local sources. He stated that the normal progression for pilots after they were hired was to begin as copilot on the Learjet, move to copilot on the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A, then to captain on the Learjet, before moving to captain on the Hawker Beechcraft. As a result, many of the pilots were dual-qualified. He stated that the goal of the training program was to qualify new pilots as captain within 2 years. One experienced Hawker captain stated that flying with new pilots required a lot of talking and “babysitting” but that, after a period, you could start letting them do their duties with less oversight. The director of operations stated that the progression of new pilots was that, initially, first officers were told to just “sit there” and “not touch anything” and that they were a “detriment to the flight” but that they then became a positive to the flight and were trusted to make landings on empty flight legs and then on flights carrying passengers. 1.17.1 Company Training East Coast Jets’ OpSpec states that company pilots receive all required training on Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A and Learjet airplanes at Simcom International, Orlando, Florida, a Part 142 training school. According to East Coast Jets, at the time of the accident, the company also provided in-house training on general subjects, including crew resource management (CRM) and emergency procedures, twice a year. In accordance with Part 135 requirements, East Coast Jets maintains an FAA-approved training manual. 1.17.1.1 Standard Operating Procedures At the time of the accident, East Coast Jets pilots were trained to the standard operating procedures (SOPs) contained in Simcom’s Technical Manual,76 which included flow patterns,
75 ARG/US performs audits for corporate flight departments, charter operators, and commercial airlines. The platinum rating is the highest ARG/US safety rating and is awarded to operators that successfully pass an ARG/US on-site safety audit. A platinum rating requires a functioning safety management system; a clear and workable emergency response plan; appropriate written standards, training, and implementation; and adequate historical records for all major aspects of operations and maintenance within a flight department or charter company. 76 The guidance contained in part of the Simcom’s Technical Manual, which was used as the training manual for East Coast Jets pilots, was in accordance with the guidance contained in the BAe 125-800A AFM.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 checklists, checklist discipline, PF and PM responsibilities, and challenges and standard callouts that the flight crew should make while conducting checklists. East Coast Jets General Operations Manual (GOM) does not contain SOPs nor is it required to as an on-demand Part 135 operator. When asked during postaccident interviews, company pilots could not cite or explain Simcom’s SOPs consistently. According to FAA AC 120-71A, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers,” SOPs are universally recognized as basic to safe aviation operations. The AC states that “effective crew coordination and crew performance, two central concepts of CRM, depend upon the crew’s having a shared mental model of each task. That mental model, in turn, is founded on SOPs.” The AC emphasizes that SOPs should be clear, comprehensive, and readily available in the manuals used by pilots. AC 120-71A, Appendix 1, “Standard Operating Procedures Template,” stated that the following issues, in part, should be addressed in the SOPs: checklist usage; radio communications; briefings; cockpit discipline, including sterile cockpit; CRM; and go-around/missed approach procedures. The AC indicated that the guidance was intended for Part 121 operators, which are required to have SOPs, but that Part 135, 125, and 91 operators should also find the guidance useful. 1.17.1.2 Crew Resource Management AC 120-51E, “Crew Resource Management Training,” provides guidelines for developing, implementing, reinforcing, and assessing CRM training for flight crewmembers and other personnel essential to flight safety. CRM training focuses on situational awareness, communication skills, teamwork, task allocation, and decision-making within a comprehensive framework of SOPs. These guidelines are intended for Part 121 certificate holders because they are required by federal regulations to provide CRM training. The AC states that the guidance could also be used by Part 135 operators that chose to train in accordance with Part 121 requirements; however, Part 135 on-demand operators are not currently required to provide CRM training to their pilots. According to a Simcom instructor, Simcom teaches CRM as a subject, it is addressed in the simulator, and it is graded; however, Simcom does not have a formal curriculum or stated standards for CRM.77 He stated that failing to conduct any briefing would be considered poor CRM and that, during training, instructors look for good communications between crewmembers. He stated that East Coast Jets pilots exhibited above-average CRM skills. The East Coast Jets GOM does not contain CRM procedures. Although CRM is listed as a general subject in the East Coast Jets training manual, no course content is provided. 1.17.1.3 Checklists According to the SOPs, “Checklists should be initiated by command from the PF,” and, “after completion of any checklist, the…(pilot not flying) should state…checklist is complete.’” The SOPs also state that checklist discipline include using the checklists “verbatim, smartly and professionally.” The SOPs stated, “In executing the checklist, the PNF [pilot-not-flying] reads
77 The CRM training received by the pilots did not meet the standards required by Part 121 regulations.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 each checklist item aloud. Items that are the responsibility of the PF are verified as accomplished and the PF verbally confirms this (challenge/response). The items that are the PNF’s responsibility are verified as being accomplished and the PNF verbally confirms this (challenge/self response).” As noted, East Coast Jets pilots were trained to Simcom’s SOPs; however, company pilots were not given the checklists contained in the SOPs to use during operations. Instead, East Coast Jets provided its pilots the East Coast Jets Normal Procedures checklist, which was a revised version of the checklist contained in Simcom’s SOPs and was to be used during normal operations. Some differences exist between the East Coast Jets and Simcom checklists. For example, none of the checklists contained in Simcom’s SOPs were denoted as silent checks, whereas East Coast Jets had several checklists that were denoted as silent checks. In addition, some of the items on the Simcom checklists were different from the items on the East Coast Jets checklists, and some of the items were located in different places on the checklists. Postaccident interviews with East Coast Jets pilots indicated that sometimes trainee pilots brought the revised checklist to training (the captain did and used it during simulator training) and sometimes they did not do so (the first officer did not). According to an agreement between Simcom and East Coast Jets, the company agreed to use all of Simcom’s procedures and checklists unless the company provided a revised checklist to Simcom for use during training. East Coast Jets did not provide the revised Normal Procedures checklist to Simcom. East Coast Jets pilots were given the Expanded Normal checklist contained in the BAe 125-800A AFM to use during emergency situations. The company also indicated that a Flight Safety International (FSI) Quick Reference Handbook (QRH) was kept on board its airplanes and that it was marked “for training purposes only.”78 1.17.1.3.1 Descent Checklist The East Coast Jets Descent checklist is a silent check,79 which includes, in part, the following steps: • Open main air valves • Set pressurization • Adjust rudder pedals • Check fuel The Descent checklist also includes turning on the taxi lights, setting the altimeters, and turning on the no smoking/seat belt signs once the airplane reaches FL 180. A note on the Simcom Descent checklist states to “maintain sterile cockpit below 10,000 feet above airport surface,” which is in accordance with 14 CFR 135.100, commonly referred to as the “sterile cockpit rule.” No such note was included in the East Coast Jets Descent checklist.
78 According to the chief pilot, the FSI QRH was kept on board company airplanes because it provided pictures of the annunciator lights and could be used as a reference. 79 Silent checklists must still be initiated by command from the PF and be conducted and called complete by the PM. However, unlike during other checklists, the items are conducted silently.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 1.17.1.3.2 Approach Checklist The East Coast Jets Approach checklist, includes, in part, completing an approach briefing. According to Simcom’s SOPs, the approach briefing should include the type of approach lights, missed approach procedure, and runway conditions. The following items, as applicable, should also be included in the approach briefing: configuration; approach speed; minimum safe altitude; approach course; final approach fix altitude; decision altitude/minimum descent altitude; field elevation; visual descent point; missed approach heading, altitude, and intentions; and abnormal implications. According to the CVR, in response to the first officer calling for the approach briefing, the captain replied, “it’s gonna be the ILS to three zero.” 1.17.1.3.3 Before Landing and Go-Around Checklists The East Coast Jets Before Landing checklist includes, in part, the following verbal steps: • Turn on landing lights, as required • Check that all three green landing gear annunciators are illuminated to ensure they are locked in the down position • Check hydraulic pressure • Check that brakes have zero pressurization • Set flaps, as required80 The Before Landing checklist contains the following three short final steps: recheck the landing gear, turn off the main air valves, and disengage the autopilot and yaw damper. According to manufacturer and Simcom guidance, the required response to the Landing checklist item “flaps” is “set.” During postaccident interviews, a Simcom instructor stated that the “set flaps” step in the East Coast Jets Before Landing checklist allowed pilots to land without the flaps set at 45°. He stated that a pilot may choose to land with flaps set at 25° because of weather conditions or a system malfunction. He stated that, because it was not the normal procedure to land without flaps set at 45°, the captain must brief and plan for a landing with a different flap setting. The East Coast Jets director of operations verified that company pilots state, “set flaps,” to allow them to land without flaps set at 45°. The East Coast Jets Go-Around checklist includes the following verbal steps: • Set flaps to 15°81 • Retract the landing gear • Engage yaw damper
80 A note located underneath the “set flaps” item on the Simcom Landing checklist states, “the flaps are normally set to 45° for landing; check [that] the flap gage indicates the correct angle.” 81 Takeoff calculations performed by Hawker Beechcraft indicated that, given the location of the initiation of the go-around, the accident airplane could not have rotated and lifted off before the runway end with the flaps set at either 15° or 0°.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 37 1.17.2 Landing Speed and Distance Calculations Guidance The accident airplane arrived at OWA with an estimated gross weight of 19,912 pounds. According to the FAA-accepted East Coast Jets Normal Procedures checklist, for an airplane weighing about 20,000 pounds, the reference landing speed (Vref) should be about 122 knots. According to the Simcom Technical Manual, flaps should be set to 45° at the glideslope intercept and the airplane slowed to Vref + 10 knots. According to East Coast Jets’ chief pilot, factored landing distances, which are used for dispatch, are determined preflight using the company’s Air Crew Manual, which is kept in the cockpit of company airplanes.82 Based on a landing speed of 122 knots and an airport elevation of 1,146 feet, the landing distance required for the accident airplane to land on a dry runway would have been about 4,216 feet with no winds, 3,966 feet with a 10-knot headwind component, and 5,059 feet with a 10-knot tailwind component (runway 30 at OWA is 5,500 feet long). No correction for a wet runway is provided in the manual. However, if the destination runway was expected to be wet or slippery, pilots were trained to add a 15-percent safety margin to the required factored dry runway landing distance. According to East Coast Jets’ chief pilot, company pilots used aircraft performance software developed directly from the BAe 125-800A AFM by Ultra Nav, Lubbock, Texas, to precalculate actual (unfactored) landing distances. He stated that pilots could also recalculate the landing distance while in flight for the actual conditions existing at the time of arrival using onboard, handheld computers that had the Ultra Nav software installed. Postaccident landing distance calculations for runway 30 were conducted using the Ultra Nav software. The calculations showed that, assuming, in part, winds 320° at 8 knots (headwind), the actual landing distance on a wet runway would have been 3,140 feet. Assuming a wet runway with an estimated 10-knot tailwind, the actual landing distance on the runway would have been 3,940 feet. The NTSB notes that the accident flight crew did not conduct an arrival landing distance assessment. However, at the time of the accident, neither the FAA nor the company required flight crews to perform landing distance assessments based on conditions actually existing at the time of arrival. 1.17.3 FAA Surveillance East Coast Jets’ operating certificate was managed by the FAA Allentown Flight Standards District Office (FSDO). According to the FAA, at the time of the accident, the POI was responsible for 12 Part 135 operators. The POI had been overseeing East Coast Jets, with
82 Dispatch, or factored, landing distance calculations are used during flight planning to ensure that dispatched airplanes will be able to land safely at the intended destination airport or a planned alternate and are based on estimated landing weights and forecast conditions. Factored landing distances, including preflight landing safety margins, are required and standardized by U.S. and international aviation authorities. Specifically, in accordance with 14 CFR 135.385, “Large Transport Category Airplanes: Turbine Engine Powered Landing Limitations: Destination Airport,” “no person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category airplane may take off unless its weight on arrival…would allow a full stop landing at the intended destination airport within 60 percent of the effective length of each runway.” The data used in East Coast Jets-required landing distance charts are derived from data contained in the BAe 125-800A AFM and are in accordance with 14 CFR 135.385. See section 1.18.1 for more information about landing distance assessment standards.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38 minor exceptions, since the company began operations in 1999. The POI stated that East Coast Jets had no major operations violations and had taken corrective actions when asked. He characterized the company’s safety program as good, noting that it was one of the only Part 135 operators that had a safety officer and held regular safety meetings.83 Both FAA and company officials characterized the relationship positively. The POI stated that the East Coast Jets Normal Procedures checklist was an “alternate,” revised checklist and that it had been submitted, with pages from the AFM, for acceptance. The checklist was stamped, “Accepted,” and signed by the POI. He added that he assumed that this would be the checklist used during training at Simcom but that he had not contacted Simcom or the Orlando FSDO, which had responsibility for oversight of Simcom, to verify that this occurred. Guidance to POIs on outsourced training, contained in FAA Order 8900.1, “Flight Standards Information Management System,” Volume 6, “Surveillance,” Chapter 8, “Part 142 Inspections: Conduct Surveillance or Inspection of a Training Center,” emphasizes the importance of clearly defined SOPs, including checklists, when approving a training center curriculum. Simcom’s operating certificate was managed by the Orlando FSDO. The training center program manager (TCPM), an air safety inspector, for Simcom stated that he did not know which Part 135 operators were using Simcom for training unless an operator or its POI told him and that he learned that East Coast Jets was using Simcom as a result of the accident. He stated that a Part 142 school TCPM controlled all aspects of training but had no authority over the operators that used the training facility. The TCPM stated that he had never observed East Coast Jets pilots during operations. FAA Order 8900.1 states that the TCPM is the best qualified individual to assist the POI with required inspections, proficiency checks, and observations of assigned operators. 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 U.S. and European Landing Distance Assessment Standards As noted, dispatch, or factored, landing distance calculations are used during flight planning; however, current FAA certification standards do not require the AFM to include landing distances on wet runways based on either wet runway flight tests or on an engineering analysis of the airplane’s stopping performance on wet runways. Instead, in accordance with federal regulations, the dry and wet/slippery landing performance data used for dispatch calculations are obtained by multiplying the numbers demonstrated84 during certification
83 During postaccident interviews, the line captain who served as the East Coast Jets safety officer described a safety management system at East Coast Jets based on feedback, checks and balances, internal evaluation, and external audits. 84 For these demonstrations, the airplane is decelerated using maximum manual braking and full spoiler deployment but no reverse thrust during the landing roll.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 39 landings on a level, ungrooved, dry, hard-surfaced runway by factors of 1.67 and 1.92, respectively.85 U.S. federal regulations do not generally86 require or standardize arrival, or operational, landing distance assessments, which are conducted by pilots while in flight to determine whether a successful landing can be made at the intended destination and use updated information, including runway conditions, weather, and planned configurations, nor do they specify minimum safety margins for such assessments. Airplane landing performance data for conditions other than bare and dry are typically calculated rather than demonstrated via a flight test. European operational regulations (EU OPS) 1.400, “Approach and Landing Conditions,” require pilots to conduct landing distance assessments; however, other than specifying that the assessment be made “having regard to the performance information contained in the Operations Manual,” EU OPS 1.400 does not provide guidance for making the assessment. Challenges pilots may face while conducting a landing distance assessment include evaluating the runway condition based on weather, friction, or braking action reports and selecting a safety margin to apply to landing distances. Airframe manufacturers are not required to provide guidance data to support arrival landing distance assessments in their FAA-approved AFMs; however, they may choose to provide such guidance material. (The NTSB notes that the BAe 125-800A AFM contained guidance on arrival landing distance performance even though this guidance was not required to be provided, nor used by flight crews, either before or during flight.) Current European regulations require landing performance data on contaminated runways to be published in the AFM if the airplane is to be operated from such runways;87 however, wet (but not flooded) runways are not considered contaminated. EU OPS 1.400 states the following: Before commencing an approach to land, the commander must satisfy himself/herself that, according to the information available to him/her, the weather at the aerodrome and the condition of the runway intended to be used should not prevent a safe approach, landing or missed approach, having regard to the performance information contained in the Operations Manual.
85 Airplane manufacturers have not historically demonstrated landing performance on all possible runway surface conditions, including a wet and/or slippery runway, largely because of the difficulties involved in attaining representative and repeatable conditions during a finite flight test program. 86 For example, Pinnacle Airlines, chose to adopt the arrival landing distance assessment recommendations in SAFO 06012, including adding a minimum safety margin of 15 percent, and requested that the FAA approve OpSpec C382. The FAA subsequently issued OpSpec C382, thus requiring the company and its pilots to comply with the specific arrival landing distance assessment requirements documented in the OpSpec. According to SAFO 06012, “Operators may use Operation/Management Specification paragraph C382 to record their voluntary commitment to this [SAFO 06012-recommended landing distance assessment] practice, pending rulemaking,” and it is available to all Part 121, 135, 125, and 91 subpart K turbojet operators. 87 EASA Certification Specifications (CS) 25.1591 prohibits operations on contaminated runways unless supplemental performance information for those runways is provided in the AFM. Runway contaminants include standing water at least 3 mm deep, or any type of frozen precipitation, covering at least 25 percent of the runway.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 40 EU OPS 1.400 also does not require that wet-runway landing distance information be published in the AFM. Therefore, neither U.S. nor current European regulations88 require that wet runway landing distances be provided in the AFM or performance supplemental materials nor do they address the methods used to compute and apply these distances if the airplane manufacturer chooses to provide them as optional guidance material. No equivalent to EU OPS 1.400 exists in the U.S. federal regulations. However, after the Southwest Airlines landing overrun accident involving a Boeing 737-700 at Chicago Midway Airport in December 2005,89 the FAA performed an internal audit of regulations and guidance information concerning landing distance requirements. As a result of the audit, the FAA issued SAFO 06012. The purpose of SAFO 06012 was stated as follows: This SAFO urgently recommends that operators of turbojet airplanes develop procedures for flightcrews to assess landing performance based on conditions actually existing at time of arrival, as distinct from conditions presumed at time of dispatch. Those conditions include weather, runway conditions, the airplane’s weight, and braking systems to be used. Once the actual landing distance is determined an additional safety margin of at least 15% should be added to that distance. Except under emergency conditions flightcrews should not attempt to land on runways that do not meet the assessment criteria and safety margins as specified in this SAFO. The SAFO further stated, “the FAA considers a 15% margin between the expected actual airplane landing distance and the landing distance available at the time of arrival as the minimum acceptable safety margin for normal operations.” The SAFO also noted that “the FAA has undertaken rulemaking that would explicitly require the practice described above.” The SAFO points out that the dry-runway landing distances established during flight tests, which are the basis for the factored landing distances used for dispatch, are shorter than the landing distances achieved in practice and that AFM landing distances for wet and contaminated runways may also be based on the minimum dry distances obtained during flight tests. Consequently, landing on wet or contaminated runways with little or no safety margin added to the AFM landing distances may be insufficient for normal operations. The SAFO recommends a conservative approach to assessing landing distance requirements, including using the most adverse reliable braking action report or expected runway conditions and using values for air distances and approach speeds representative of actual operations.
88 The original BAe-800A certification included a requirement to provide the unfactored wet runway landing distances, assuming the braking friction coefficient produced by the RWHS. This requirement was dropped from the regulations when they were absorbed into the EASA CS. 89 For more information, see Runway Overrun and Collision, Southwest Airlines Flight 1248, Boeing 737-7H4, N471WN, Chicago Midway International Airport, Chicago, Illinois, December 8, 2005, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/06 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007). See section 1.18.2.6 for information about landing distance assessment-related safety recommendations that the NTSB issued to the FAA as a result of this accident.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.2 Previously Issued Related Safety Recommendations Many previously issued safety recommendations relate to this accident, and these recommendations are summarized in table 6. Sections 1.18.2.1 through 1.18.2.7 discuss these safety recommendations in more detail. Table 6. Summary of related previously issued safety recommendations, including the safety recommendation number, the accident from which it resulted, the safety issue it addressed, and the current classification. Safety Recommendation Number(s) Related Accident(s) Safety Issue(s) Current Classification A-10-15 Colgan Air, Inc., operating as Continental Connection flight 3407 Sterile cockpit procedures Open—Acceptable Response A-88-67 Northwest Airlines, Inc., flight 255 SOPs Closed—Acceptable Action A-99-35 Gates Learjet 25B SOPs Closed—Acceptable Action A-03-52 Aviation Charter, Inc., King Air A100 CRM Open—Acceptable Response A-88-68 Northwest Airlines, Inc., flight 255 Checklist design Closed—Unacceptable Action A-09-70 and -71 Spanair flight JK5022 Checklist design Open—Unacceptable Response I-89-1 Consolidated Rail Corporation Freight Trains Fatigue and sleep disorders Closed—Acceptable Action A-08-44 Shuttle America flight 6448 Fatigue Closed—Acceptable Action A-08-45 Shuttle America flight 6448 Fatigue Open—Acceptable Response A-09-63 Mesa Airlines (go!) flight 1002 Sleep disorders Open—Acceptable Response A-07-57 Southwest Airlines flight 1248 Arrival landing distance assessments Closed—Unacceptable Action A-07-61 Southwest Airlines flight 1248 Arrival landing distance assessments Open—Acceptable Response A-09-11 Midair collision of helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona Onboard flight recorder systems Open—Unacceptable Response 1.18.2.1 Sterile Cockpit Procedures The NTSB has longstanding concerns about the violation of sterile cockpit procedures. The most recent safety recommendation pertinent to the East Coast Jets accident was issued by the NTSB on February 2, 2010, as a result of the February 12, 2009, accident in which a Colgan Air, Inc., Bombardier DHC-8-400, operating as Continental Connection flight 3407, crashed 41
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 42 while on an instrument approach to Buffalo-Niagara International Airport, Buffalo, New York.90 Safety Recommendation A-10-15 asked the FAA to do the following: Develop, and distribute to all pilots, multimedia guidance materials on professionalism in aircraft operations that contain standards of performance for professionalism; best practices for sterile cockpit adherence; techniques for assessing and correcting pilot deviations; examples and scenarios; and a detailed review of accidents involving breakdowns in sterile cockpit and other procedures, including this accident. Obtain the input of operators and air carrier and general aviation pilot groups in the development and distribution of these guidance materials. On June 22, 2010, the FAA stated that it agreed that providing effective and usable information to pilot groups is an essential component in preventing accidents. The FAA stated that it was reviewing this recommendation to determine how best to address it in a timely and effective manner. On January 25, 2011, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-10-15 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending receipt of additional information and completion of the recommended action. 1.18.2.2 Standard Operating Procedures The NTSB also has longstanding concerns about pilots not adhering to SOPs and has issued recommendations related to this issue. For example, on June 27, 1988, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-88-67 as a result of the August 16, 1987, Northwest Airlines, Inc., flight 255 accident involving a McDonnell Douglas DC-9-82, which crashed shortly after takeoff from Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport, Romulus, Michigan.91 Safety Recommendation A-88-67 asked the FAA to do the following: Require that all Parts 121 and 135 operators and principal operations inspectors emphasize the importance of disciplined application of Standard Operating Procedures and, in particular, emphasize rigorous adherence to prescribed checklist procedures. On March 27, 1992, the NTSB stated that the following actions taken by the FAA were responsive to Safety Recommendation A-88-67: • Issuance of Action Notice A8400.2, “Normal Checklist Review Parts 121 and 135,” on December 30, 1988. The action notice required POIs to review the adequacy of checklists and the implementing procedures used by all Part 121 and 135 operators.
90 For more information, see Loss of Control on Approach, Colgan Air, Inc., Operating as Continental Connection Flight 3407, Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ, Clarence Center, New York, February 12, 2009, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). 91 For more information, see Northwest Airlines, Inc., McDonnell Douglas DC-9-82, N312RC, Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport, Romulus, Michigan, August 16, 1987, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-88/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1988).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 43 • Publication of a Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) to improve air carrier training, evaluation, certification, and qualification requirements for appropriate personnel on October 2, 1990. The SFAR also addressed CRM training and line-oriented flight training and evaluation. • Ongoing revision of AC 120-51, “Cockpit Resource Management,” and retitling it, “Crew Resource Management.” The revised AC will include specific observable and measurable markers for in-flight operations, including adherence to checklist and operating procedures. • Continuing emphasis on proper adherence to prescribed checklist procedures and the disciplined application of SOPs for Part 121 and 135 operators. As a result of these actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-88-67 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” On May 12, 1999, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-99-35 as a result of the January 13, 1998, accident involving a Gates Learjet 25B, which impacted terrain about 2 miles from George Bush Intercontinental Airport, Houston, Texas.92 Safety Recommendation A-99-35 asked the FAA to, in part, do the following: Issue a Flight Standards Information Bulletin [FSIB] to [POIs] assigned to 14 [CFR] Part 135 on-demand air carriers, informing them of the circumstances of this accident and urging them to discuss the accident with their air carriers and encourage the use of the accident as a pilot training case study, to stress the importance of pilots’ adherence to [SOPs]. On August 10, 2000, the FAA issued AC 120-71, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flightdeck Crewmembers,” which provided guidance to Part 121 and 135 certificate holders on the importance of strict adherence to SOPs. On August 23, 2000, the FAA issued two FSIBs that announced the availability of the AC and directed POIs to promote the development of and strict adherence to SOPs in accordance with the guidance contained in the AC. As a result of these actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-99-35 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 6, 2001. 1.18.2.3 Crew Resource Management Between 1980 and 2003, the NTSB repeatedly recommended that the FAA revise Part 135 requirements to require on-demand charter operators that conduct operations with aircraft requiring two or more pilots to establish an FAA-approved CRM training program for their flight crews. Most recently, on December 2, 2003, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-03-52 as a result of its investigation of the October 25, 2002, accident in
92 The report for this accident, NTSB case number FTW98MA096, is available at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44 which an Aviation Charter, Inc., King Air A100 airplane lost control and impacted terrain in Eveleth, Minnesota.93 Safety Recommendation A-03-52 asked the FAA to do the following: Require that 14 [CFR] Part 135 on-demand charter operators that conduct dual-pilot operations establish and implement an [FAA]-approved [CRM] training program for their flight crews in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121, subparts N and O. Safety Recommendation A-03-52 was added to the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements in November 2006. In April 2004, the FAA indicated that an ARC had been tasked to revise Part 135 requirements, including a requirement for CRM training for Part 135 operators of airplanes with two pilots. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending completion of the revisions to Part 135. However, in its final report on the May 2, 2006, accident in which a Canadair, Ltd., CL-600-2A12 crashed during takeoff in icing conditions in Montrose, Colorado, the NTSB determined that the captain and first officer demonstrated poor CRM.94 As a result, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendation A-03-52 and classified it “Open—Unacceptable Response.” On May 1, 2009, the FAA issued notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” which proposed to amend the regulations for all certificate holders conducting operations under Part 135 to include CRM for all crewmembers, including pilots and flight attendants, in their training programs. The NPRM stated that, at a minimum, CRM training should address the authority of the PIC; communication processes; how to build and maintain a flight team, manage workload and time, and maintain situational awareness; recognizing and mitigating fatigue and stress; and particular aeronautical decision-making skills tailored to the certificate holder’s operations. The NPRM stated that the intended effect of the proposed changes was to reduce the frequency and severity of crew errors, which would reduce the frequency of accidents and incidents in Part 135 operations. In its comments on the NPRM, the NTSB stated that it supported the proposed rule and believed that it would largely meet the intent of Safety Recommendation A-03-52 because it proposed requiring initial and recurrent CRM training for crewmembers working for Part 135 on-demand operators. The NTSB noted that the proposed rule also specified the minimum course content required for an approved CRM training program. However, the NTSB further stated that it did not support the proposal to allow Part 135 operators to waive the requirement to provide initial CRM training to crewmembers who have previously received initial CRM training from
93 For more information, see Loss of Control and Impact With Terrain, Aviation Charter, Inc., Raytheon (Beechcraft) King Air A100, N41BE, Eveleth, Minnesota, October 25, 2002, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-03/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003). For information on additional CRM-related safety recommendations, see Safety Recommendations A-80-42, A-94-196, and A-02-12, which are available on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov. 94 For more information, see Crash During Takeoff in Icing Conditions, Canadair, Ltd., CL-600-2A12, N873G, Montrose, Colorado, November 28, 2004, Aircraft Accident Brief NTSB/AAB-06/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 another Part 135 carrier and urged the FAA to withdraw this proposal. On December 29, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending issuance of the final rule without an allowance for certificate holders to give credit for initial CRM training received from another Part 135 carrier. On January 21, 2011, the FAA published the final rule as proposed but without an allowance for certificate holders to give credit for initial training received from another Part 135 carrier.95 The rule specifies that, after March 22, 2013, no certificate holder may use a person as a flight crewmember or flight attendant unless that person has completed approved CRM initial training with that certificate holder. 1.18.2.4 Checklist Design On June 27, 1988, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-88-68 as a result of the Northwest Airlines flight 255 accident. Safety Recommendation A-88-68 asked the FAA to do the following: Convene a human performance research group of personnel from…[NASA], industry, and pilot groups to determine if there is any type or method of presenting a checklist which produces better performance on the part of user personnel. Because the group never convened, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-88-68 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on September 10, 1991. Although the intention of Safety Recommendation A-88-68 was not met, the recommendation did influence research studies by NASA and the Volpe National Transportation Systems Center on checklist issues that the NTSB noted could serve as the foundation for a comprehensive human factors examination and evaluation by experts and that resulted in the development of valuable guidance for effective checklist construction. For example, human performance researchers have developed valuable guidance for effective checklist construction, including, in part, that checklist responses should portray the desired status or value of the item being considered (for example, stating flaps 45° not just “set” or “checked.”)96 As noted in the August 17, 2009, safety recommendation letter that resulted from the NTSB’s participation in the ongoing investigation of the August 20, 2008, accident involving Spanair flight JK5022,97 improved dissemination and industry consideration of “best practices” related to the aforementioned research would yield safety benefits. Therefore, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-09-70 and -71, which asked the FAA to do the following: Convene a meeting of industry, research, and government authorities, including international representatives, to develop guidance on industry best practices in
95 Federal Register, vol. 76, no. 14 (January 21, 2011), p. 3831. 96 For more information, see A. Degani and E. L. Weiner, “Cockpit Checklists: Concepts, Design, and Use,” Human Factors, vol. 35, no. 2 (1993), pp. 28–43. 97 The Comisión de Investigación de Accidentes e Incidentes de Aviación Civil of Spain is investigating Spainair flight JK5022’s crash after takeoff from Madrid Barajas International Airport, Madrid, Spain, with the assistance of an accredited representative and technical advisors from the NTSB under the provisions of Annex 13 to the International Convention on Civil Aviation.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46 operational areas (including checklist design, training, and procedures) that relate to flight crews properly configuring airplanes for takeoff and landing.98 Require operators to modify their takeoff and landing checklists to reflect the best practices identified as a result of the meeting recommended in Safety Recommendation A-09-70. (A-09-71) On October 30, 2009, the FAA stated that numerous references provided excellent guidance on industry best practices in operational areas such as checklist design, training, procedures, and CRM and that it believed that a meeting to develop best practices was not necessary. However, the FAA published Information for Operators (InFO) 10002SUP, “Industries Best Practices Reference List,” in March 2010 to better highlight all of the information available on these issues. On November 29, 2010, the NTSB stated that, although the documents highlighted in the InFO contained information that should be considered when developing guidance on industry best practices, the lack of guidance that specifically related to flight crews’ properly configuring airplanes for takeoff and landing was discouraging. The NTSB noted that recent research based on airline observations, pilot event reports, and accident histories has focused on the nature of flight crew task omissions in airline operations, such as the Spanair flight crew’s failure to set the takeoff configuration. The NTSB stated that, because the pretakeoff phase of flight is often replete with interruptions, distractions, and unexpected task demands that can negatively affect the efficacy of even the best-designed checklists, it believed that additional guidance for developing checklists related to this critical phase of flight was needed to mitigate the associated risks. The NTSB pointed out that, to develop the most effective guidance, it was important that the FAA include the lessons learned and data available from all sources, including industry, research, and both U.S. and international government authorities. Therefore, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-09-70 and -71 “Open—Unacceptable Response” pending the FAA’s convening a meeting with the recommended groups and the NTSB’s review of the developed guidance on industry best practices in operational areas that relate to flight crews properly configuring airplanes for takeoff and landing. 1.18.2.5 Pilot Fatigue and Sleep Disorders The NTSB has long been concerned about fatigue and sleep disorders and associated vehicle operator impairment that results from undiagnosed or untreated sleep disorders in all modes of transportation. More than 20 years ago, on May 12, 1989, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation I-89-1, which asked the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) “to expedite a coordinated research program on the effects of fatigue, sleepiness, sleep disorders, and
98 Past meetings of this type have helped to create industry- and government-wide consensus about checklist improvements. For example, meetings of the 2004 Cockpit Smoke/Fire/Fumes Taskforce led to the development of an internationally approved template for checklists dealing with in-flight fire. The template was the basis for Information for Operators 08034 and the closing of an NTSB safety recommendation. For more information, see In-Flight Cargo Fire, United Parcel Service Company Flight 1307, McDonnell Douglas DC-8-71F, N748UP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, February 7, 2006, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/07 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 47 circadian factors on transportation system safety.”99 The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation I-89-1 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on July 19, 1996, based on the DOT’s efforts to organize and follow through on a departmentwide coordinated fatigue research effort. Since 1996, the NTSB has issued many safety recommendations related to fatigue and sleep disorders to individual transportation modes, including aviation, a few of which will be discussed in this section. For example, on June 12, 2008, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-08-44 and -45, which asked the FAA to do the following: Develop guidance, based on empirical and scientific evidence, for operators to establish fatigue management systems, including information about the content and implementation of these systems. (A-08-44) Develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of fatigue management systems implemented by operators, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents. (A-08-45) These safety recommendations were made, in part, as a result of the February 18, 2007, runway overrun of Shuttle America, Inc., doing business as Delta Connection flight 6448.100 The investigation revealed that the captain had been suffering from intermittent insomnia in the months preceding the accident. With regard to sleep disorders, the NTSB noted that medical screening and treatment are among the strategies employed by fatigue management systems as part of their comprehensive, tailored approach to the problem of fatigue within an industry or a workplace. Both of these recommendations are on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List. On August 3, 2010, the FAA issued AC 120-103, “Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Aviation Safety,” which provided guidance recommended for operators to establish a fatigue management system. On January 11, 2011, Safety Recommendation A-08-44, was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” based on the issuance of the AC. The NTSB noted that the AC also provided guidance on the types of data and assessment techniques that operators should use to continually assess the effectiveness of their fatigue management systems, as discussed in Safety Recommendation A-08-45. However, the NTSB clarified that, although the AC recommends that operators collect and analyze the data discussed in the AC, the intent of the recommendation was for the FAA to also collect this data to evaluate the effectiveness of fatigue management systems in use by operators. The NTSB suggested that, through existing and developing FAA activities, such as the Aviation Safety Information Analysis and Sharing program, which shares and analyzes data voluntarily collected by carriers to identify emerging aviation safety issues, the FAA could collect and analyze the fatigue data discussed in the AC.
99 For more information, see Head-End Collision of Consolidated Rail Corporation Freight Trains UBT-506 and TV-61 Near Thompsontown, Pennsylvania, January 14, 1988, Railroad Accident Report NTSB/RAR-89/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1989). 100 For more information, see Runway Overrun During Landing, Shuttle America, Inc. Doing Business as Delta Connection Flight 6448, Embraer ERJ-170, N862RW, Cleveland, Ohio, February 18, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-08/01 (Washington DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 48 The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-08-45 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the FAA’s provision of a description of its plan to assemble and evaluate the data being collected in response to the AC and completing action to address the recommendation. In addition, on August 7, 2009, the NTSB issued safety recommendations concerning a common sleep disorder, obstructive sleep apnea, as a result of the February 13, 2008, incident when Mesa Airlines, a Bombardier CL-600-2B19 (operated as go! flight 1002), flew past its destination airport, General Lyman Field, Hilo, Hawaii, after both the captain and first officer fell asleep during the flight. 101 Safety Recommendation A-09-63 asked the FAA to do the following: Develop and disseminate guidance for pilots, employers, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk of obstructive sleep apnea, emphasizing that pilots who have obstructive sleep apnea that is effectively treated are routinely approved for continued medical certification. On October 23, 2009, the FAA stated that it planned to take the following actions in response to Safety Recommendation A-09-63: • Develop and implement an aviation medical examiner (AME) education program on obstructive sleep apnea and update the AME Guide to address the diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea. • Produce an Office of Aerospace Medicine pilot safety brochure about obstructive sleep apnea. • Revise Chapter 8, “Medical Facts for Pilots,” Section 1, “Fitness for Flight,” of the AIM to include an explanation of sleep hygiene and sleep apnea and their relation to fatigue and fitness to fly. On June 8, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-09-63 “Open— Acceptable Response” pending completion of these actions. In 2009, the NTSB also issued safety recommendations in the highway, marine, and rail transportation modes to identify and treat vehicle operators who are at high risk of obstructive sleep apnea and other sleep disorders. These Safety Recommendations included H-09-15 and -16, M-09-14 through -16, and R-09-9 through -11.102 The FAA has addressed some aspects of fatigue through its issuance of an NPRM titled, “14 CFR Parts 117 and 121: Flightcrew Member Duty and Rest Requirements,” on September 14, 2010. The NPRM proposes to amend Part 121 and establish Part 117 to create a single set of flight time limitations, duty-period limits, and rest requirements for pilots in Part 121 operations. Regarding sleep disorders, the NPRM proposes that each certificate holder must develop and implement a fatigue-based education and training program that must include, among other topics, “familiarity with sleep disorders and their possible treatments.”
101 More information about this incident, SEA08IA080, is available on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp 102 More information about these safety recommendations is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/Recs.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 49 On November 15, 2010, the NTSB commented on the NPRM and stated, “if adopted, the proposed rule will provide substantial benefits towards reducing the hazards associated with flight crew fatigue in Part 121 operations.” Further, the NTSB stated that it strongly supported the concept of requiring a fatigue education and training program for all flight crewmembers, employees involved in the operational control and scheduling of flight crewmembers, and personnel having management oversight of these areas, noting that the concept of fatigue education is among the foundational elements of an effective fatigue management system. 1.18.2.6 Arrival Landing Distance Assessments The NTSB has longstanding concerns about the lack of a requirement for pilots to conduct arrival landing distance assessments before every landing. In its final report on the Southwest Airlines flight 1248 accident, the NTSB concluded that, “although landing distance assessments incorporating a landing distance safety margin are not required by regulation, they are critical to safe operation of transport-category airplanes on contaminated runways.” On October 16, 2007, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-61, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to accomplish arrival landing distance assessments before every landing based on a standardized methodology involving approved performance data, actual arrival conditions, a means of correlating the airplane’s braking ability with runway surface conditions using the most conservative interpretation available, and including a minimum safety margin of 15 percent. The NTSB recognized that the standardized methodology recommended in Safety Recommendation A-07-61 would take time to develop. As a result, the NTSB also issued Urgent Safety Recommendation A-07-57 on October 4, 2007,103 which asked the FAA to do the following until the standardized methodology could be developed: Immediately require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to conduct arrival landing distance assessments before every landing based on existing performance data, actual conditions, and incorporating a minimum safety margin of 15 percent. The NTSB’s Most Wanted List includes the need for landing distance assessments with an adequate safety margin for every landing. In response to both recommendations, the FAA stated that, since the Southwest Airlines flight 1248 accident, it had taken several actions to address the safety issues discussed in these recommendations, including the issuance of SAFO 06012. The FAA also stated that a survey of Part 121 operators indicated that “92 percent of U.S. airline passengers are now being carried by air carriers in full or partial compliance with the practices recommended in SAFO 06012.”
103 Safety Recommendation A-07-57 superseded Urgent Safety Recommendation A-06-16 and retained the older recommendation’s classification of “Open—Unacceptable Response” because the FAA had not yet required landing distance assessments that incorporated a minimum safety margin of 15 percent.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 50 The FAA pointed out that the broader mandate that the NTSB had recommended would require rulemaking. In October 2007, the FAA issued Order 1110.149, which established the TALPA ARC, to review regulations affecting certification and operation of airplanes and airports for airplane takeoff and landing operations on contaminated runways. The notice stated that the ARC would provide advice and recommendations to establish airplane certification and operational requirements (including training) for takeoff and landing operations on contaminated runways; establish landing distance assessment requirements, including minimum landing distance safety margins, to be performed at the time of arrival; and establish standards for runway surface condition reporting and minimum surface conditions for continued operations. The NTSB addressed both of these recommendations in its June 27, 2008, letter to the FAA issuing safety recommendations as a result of the February 18, 2007, Shuttle America runway overrun. The NTSB noted that, at the time of the accident, Shuttle America did not require landing distance assessments based on conditions at the time of arrival despite the FAA’s issuance of SAFO 06012 6 months before the accident. The final report for this accident concluded that “pilots needed to perform landing distance assessments because they accounted for conditions at the time of arrival and added a safety margin of at least 15 percent to calculated landing distances.” The NTSB noted that the FAA had not indicated the percentage of Part 121 carriers that had fully adopted the SAFO or those parts of the SAFO that had not been adopted by other Part 121 carriers (such as Shuttle America). The NTSB stated that it was especially concerned that among those parts of the SAFO that have not yet been adopted was the minimum 15-percent landing distance safety margin. The NTSB also noted that the FAA did not provide any information regarding whether SAFO 06012 had been adopted in full or in part by Part 135 and 91 subpart K operators or describe the actions that it would take to encourage those operators that had not complied with the SAFO to do so. In addition, the NTSB noted that, to date, not all Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators had fully complied with SAFO 06012 and rulemaking that required arrival landing distance assessments with a 15-percent minimum safety margin had not been implemented. The NTSB also noted that, although the FAA had formed an ARC to review regulations affecting certification and operation of airplanes and airports for takeoff and landing operations on contaminated runways and recognized that ARCs were part of the rulemaking process, these committees had historically taken a long time to complete their work, and the FAA had not always acted in a timely manner after it received recommendations from the committees. Therefore, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-61 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the prompt completion of the ARC’s work and the FAA’s timely action in response to the ARC’s recommendations. The TALPA ARC issued its recommendations to the FAA in 2009.104 The regulatory changes proposed by the TALPA ARC would codify many of the provisions of SAFO 06012 and
104 The recommendations were transmitted in separate documents prepared by each working group of the TALPA ARC, corresponding to distinct areas of regulation, including Parts 23, 25, 26, 91 subpart K, 121, 125, 135, and 139. Each of the separate documents notes that the regulations addressed by each working group are affected by the work of the others and that, consequently, substantial agreement and cooperation between the groups were necessary to generate working proposals. Accordingly, the recommendations from the different working groups are harmonized and crafted to work together as a whole. However, the NTSB notes that the working group responsible
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 51 introduce a new “Runway Condition and Braking Action Reports” table. In addition, pursuant to the recommendations, new rules would be added to 14 CFR Part 25, “Airworthiness Standards: Transport Category Airplanes,” which would require that the braking coefficients on wet, ungrooved runways be calculated in accordance with Section 25.109. Further, pilots would be required to perform arrival landing distance assessments before landing. The assessment would “consider the runway surface condition, aircraft landing configuration, and meteorological conditions, using approved operational landing performance data in the Airplane Flight Manual supplemented as necessary with other data acceptable to the Administrator.” A safety margin of at least 15 percent would be added to the Part 121 computed operational landing distance to determine the runway length required for landing.105 Regulations would also be added to 14 CFR Part 26, “Continued Airworthiness and Safety Improvements for Transport Category Airplanes,” which would require the type-certificate holders of transport-category, turbine-powered airplanes with a type certificate issued after January 1, 1958, and operated under Parts 121, 125, 135, and 91 subpart K, to publish performance data to meet the intent of the new landing distance assessment regulations. The methods and assumptions for producing the data would be those specified in the additions to Part 25. The proposed timetable for compliance would be within 2 years of the approval of the regulations for airplanes still in production and within 4 years for airplanes out of production, including the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A. On August 23, 2010, the FAA stated that it had received the TALPA ARC’s recommendations and that it was evaluating them with the intention to initiate and complete rulemaking in 2011. The FAA stated that, in the interim, it was continuing to encourage operators to incorporate the safety elements contained in SAFO 06012 pending the completion of the rulemaking process. On January 31, 2011, the NTSB stated that the investigation of the East Coast Jets accident revealed that the company did not require its pilots to perform landing distance assessments based on conditions actually existing at the time of arrival. The NTSB further stated that it was concerned that accidents continued to occur in which pilots have not conducted arrival
for Parts 91 subpart K, 125, and 135 operations expressed concerns about the applicability of the recommendations made by the other groups to the operations covered by Parts 91 subpart K, 125, and 135. As stated in this group’s recommendation document, “As of the time of the drafting of these introductory comments, it appears that, indeed, some representatives of the FAA, a majority of the Part 121 Working Group, and others believe that there should be one landing performance assessment rule for all operations. This working group rejects the ‘one size fits all’ direction that the FAA appears to be following in this rulemaking process…. Sufficient differences exist among aircraft operations conducted under Parts 91, subpart K, 125, 135 and 121 in the types of aircraft flown, airports used, expectation of passengers, economic factors, and accident history to justify differing rules.” 105 The changes to the operational regulations proposed by the Parts 91 subpart K, 125, and 135 operations subgroup are different from those proposed by the Part 121 subgroup. The proposed Part 135 regulations would also require pilots to perform an arrival landing distance assessment but would require either an 11 percent safety margin (for authorized eligible on-demand operations) or an 18 percent safety margin (for other Part 135 turbojet operations). These safety margins would not be required if the landing distance assessments did not take credit for the effect of reverse thrust and conditions that make the effective use of reverse thrust more dependable are present. In addition, the subgroup proposed that Part 135 certificate holders meeting certain criteria, including, in part, turbine airplane experience, training programs, and go-around and crew coordination procedures, could alternately develop their own landing distance assessment programs. Further, the dispatch requirements of 14 CFR 135.385 would be amended to be consistent with the proposed 11 or 18 percent safety margin, which would replace the historic dispatch factors of 1.67 and 1.92 for forecast dry and wet/slippery arrival operations, respectively.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 52 landing distance assessments, which would have provided them with crucial information about the landing conditions upon arrival and either prevented or seriously reduced the severity of the accidents. The NTSB pointed out that Safety Recommendation A-07-57 was issued as an interim solution because it recognized that the standardized methodology asked for in Safety Recommendation A-07-61 would take time to develop but that, to date, the FAA’s actions had not been responsive. Therefore, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-57 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” Regarding Safety Recommendation A-07-61, the NTSB stated that the FAA’s efforts to address the recommendation were responsive; however, it encouraged the FAA to initiate and complete rulemaking in a timely manner. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-61 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the FAA’s prompt action to address the recommendation. 1.18.2.7 Onboard Flight Recorder Systems The NTSB has issued numerous recommendations addressing the need for recording information on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental airplanes not required to be equipped with an FDR and operating under Part 135 (such as the accident airplane). In addition, the NTSB included “automatic information recording devices” on its Most Wanted List from 2001 to 2010 and has also included “require image recorders” on its Most Wanted List. The NTSB noted these issues in its January 28, 2009, report on the midair collision involving electronic news gathering helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona, and expressed concern about the FAA’s lack of progress.106 In its report, the NTSB classified several previous safety recommendations107 “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” and replaced them with updated recommendations, including Safety Recommendation A-09-11, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with a flight data recorder and are operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment [EUROCAE] document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” when the document is finalized and issued.
106 For more information, see Midair Collision of Electronic News Gathering Helicopters, KTVK-TV, Eurocopter AS350B2, N613TV, and U.S. Helicopters, Inc., Eurocopter AS350B2, N215TV, Phoenix, Arizona, July 27, 2007, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). These issues were also discussed in the following report: Runway Overrun During Rejected Takeoff, Global Exec Aviation, Bombardier Learjet 60, N999LJ, Columbia, South Carolina, September 19, 2008, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). 107 Among these previous recommendations was Safety Recommendation A-03-65, which asked the FAA to do the following: “require all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are manufactured prior to January 1, 2007, that are not equipped with [an FDR] and that are operating under…Parts 135 and 121 or that are being used full-time or part-time for commercial or corporate purposes under Part 91 to be retrofitted with a crash-protected image recording system by January 1, 2010.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report On April 17, 2009, the FAA described its participation in two proof-of-concept studies that evaluated the installation of image recorders on (1) an FAA aircraft that was compliant with EUROCAE document ED-112, “Minimum Operational Performance Specifications for Crash-Protected Recorder Systems,” and (2) a transport-category airplane using a Boeing 737 flight simulator. The findings that resulted from these studies provided valuable information on the potential uses of a cockpit image recording systems on aircraft that are currently not required to carry any type of data-recording equipment. The working group incorporated this information into EUROCAE document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” which was published in August 2009. On May 25, 2010, the FAA stated that it had reviewed ED-155 and decided to develop and publish a technical standard order (TSO) for a lightweight recording system that invokes certain requirements of ED-155. The FAA stated that the TSO would standardize the design and production certification requirements for equipment manufacturers to streamline aircraft installation and integration. The FAA stated that the general aviation community is continuing to develop flight data monitoring (FDM) systems and that it had met with two rotorcraft manufacturers and three airplane manufacturers to promote the installation of FDM systems. One rotorcraft manufacturer has indicated that all future production models will be equipped with an FDM system. The other rotorcraft manufacturer and three airplane manufacturers are making an FDM system available as optional equipment on future aircraft deliveries. The FAA stated that it had no plans to mandate the equipage of these recording systems on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft. However, the FAA stated that it is considering mandating equipage of ED-155-like recording systems on certain aircraft based on specific types of operation (for example, air ambulance operations). On December 23, 2010, the NTSB stated that it was pleased with the FAA’s plan to develop and publish a TSO for a lightweight recording system that will incorporate certain requirements documented in EUROCAE ED-155 but that it was disappointed that the FAA was considering a requirement for this system only for certain aircraft, based on specific types of operation. The NTSB emphasized that retrieving valuable recorded data from all turbine-powered aircraft during an accident investigation is essential, regardless of the aircraft’s type of operation or the number of engines, pilots, or passenger seats. The NTSB stated that it was encouraged by one rotorcraft manufacturer’s plan to voluntarily include FDM systems as standard equipment on all future U.S.-produced models and the efforts of other manufacturers to make FDM systems available as optional equipment and pointed out that these developments show that data recording, as well as audio and image recording, are available and affordable for smaller aircraft. The NTSB urged the FAA to mandate the equipage of TSO-approved lightweight recording systems for all turbine-powered aircraft, as recommended, upon the FAA’s issuance of a TSO. Pending the FAA’s reconsidering its position and completing the recommended actions in a timely manner, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-09-11 “Open— Unacceptable Response.” On February 12, 2011, the FAA stated that it published TSO C197, “Information Collection and Monitoring Systems,” for lightweight recording systems. The FAA stated that the TSO invokes certain requirements of EUROCAE document ED-155 and standardizes the design and production certification requirements for equipment manufacturers in an effort to streamline aircraft installation and integration. The FAA stated that, in light of this effort, it did not intend to 53
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 54 mandate the equipage of additional recording systems on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft. The NTSB is currently evaluating this response. 1.18.3 Line Check Information In accordance with 14 CFR 135.299, “Pilot in Command: Line Checks: Routes and Airports,” no certificate holder may use a pilot, nor may any person serve as a PIC of a flight, unless that pilot has passed an annual line check in one of the aircraft types that pilot will fly. The regulations require that the line check be given by an FAA-approved check pilot, consist of at least one flight over one route segment, and include takeoffs and landings at one or more representative airports. In addition, pilots authorized to conduct IFR operations must conduct at least one flight over a civil airway, an approved off-airway route, or a portion of either of them. As noted, the captain’s most recent annual line check was accomplished on May 6, 2008. According to FAA Order 8900.1, Volume 6, Chapter 2, “Part 121, 135 and 91 Subpart K Inspections,” Section 19, “Line Check Inspections for Part 121 and 135,” the operator is responsible for administering both initial and recurrent line checks, although, in some cases, they may be conducted by FAA inspectors, especially if the operator does not have a check airman. The order also states the following: The inspector must observe at least one flight segment, including a takeoff and landing. The flight must be over a typical route served by the operator and must allow the inspector to observe the PIC perform duties and responsibilities associated with the conduct of a revenue flight. Order 8900.1 states that the majority of the elements that comprise a line check are identical to those that comprise a cockpit en route inspection and refers to Chapter 2, Section 9, “Cockpit En Route Inspections,” change 22, dated May 1, 2008, for general inspections practices and procedures.108 The order indicates that inspectors typically request that, at a convenient time, pilots present flight information, including weather documents. Order 8900.1 further states that inspectors should observe and evaluate “adherence to approved procedures and a proper use of all checklists” and adherence to sterile cockpit procedures. Volume 3, Chapter 19, “Training Programs and Airman Qualifications,” states that it might not be practical for certain Part 135 operations to conduct a line check during revenue operations. In these cases, the POI may authorize that the line check be conducted during the same flight period that the proficiency check is conducted, as was the case with the accident captain. If the line check is conducted in this manner, the line-check portion of this flight period is required to include the requirements previously discussed. In addition, chapter 19 refers line-check inspectors to an en route inspection checklist, which contains a list of specific inspection areas that should be observed and evaluated, including weather, descent planning, use of checklists, and sterile cockpit adherence.
108 Although similar elements comprise en route inspections and line checks, the purpose of the inspections are different.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.18.4 Go-Around After Landing or Lift-Dump Deployment A review of company, manufacturer, and Simcom manuals revealed no procedures for attempting a go-around after landing or after deploying lift dump. During postaccident interviews, East Coast Jets personnel indicated that, if required, they would follow normal go-around procedures to conduct a go-around after landing and lift-dump deployment. An East Coast Jets captain who was qualified in Hawker Beechcraft and Learjet airplanes (like the accident captain) stated that the Learjet 35 was a “rocket” during a go-around. He stated that the Hawker responded quickly but that it did not climb as well as the Learjet. During postaccident interviews, one of the Simcom instructors who had trained the accident pilots stated that he had never conducted a go-around after deploying lift dump and that he did not teach or recommend doing such a maneuver. He further stated that conducting a go-around after deploying lift dump was a good way to “crumple the airplane.” The accident captain’s most recent simulator instructor stated that, once you have deployed the speed brakes or lift dump on landing, you must “ride it out.” However, one Simcom instructor stated that he had conducted a go-around after deploying lift dump. 55
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 56
- Analysis
- 1 General
The investigation found that the pilots were properly certificated and qualified under federal regulations. The investigation found that the accident airplane was properly certificated, equipped, and maintained in accordance with federal regulations. Examinations of the recovered components revealed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures. The airplane was within normal weight and balance limitations. The airplane was destroyed by impact forces and sustained a complete loss of survivable space for the flight crew and passengers. In addition, most of the cockpit and cabin seats and furnishings were found separated from the airplane. Although one passenger initially survived the crash, she died less than 2 hours later as a result of injuries similar to those sustained by the other airplane occupants. On the basis of this evidence, the NTSB concludes that the accident was not survivable.109 This analysis discusses the accident sequence, including flight crew actions; lack of SOPs requirements for Part 135 operators, including CRM training and checklist usage; go-around guidance for turbine-powered aircraft; Part 135 preflight weather briefings; pilot fatigue and sleep disorders; inadequate arrival landing distance assessment guidance and requirements; Part 135 on-demand, PIC line checks; and cockpit image recording systems. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the FAA. 2.2 Accident Sequence of Events 2.2.1 Flight Crew’s Performance During the Descent and Approach The preflight weather briefing package that the captain printed about 2 hours before departure from ACY and 4.5 hours before the accident indicated OWA weather conditions as calm winds, with 10 miles visibility and clear skies at the time of departure from ACY. (Section 2.4 discusses the captain’s preflight weather planning.) As a result, the pilots’ first indication that the weather would be worse than they expected was about 0924, 2 hours 11 minutes into the flight and 20 minutes before the intended landing, when the AWOS recorded by the CVR indicated thunderstorms and rain. About 1 minute later, the Minneapolis ARTCC controller asked the pilots if they were seeing the “extreme” precipitation about 20 miles ahead
109 Title 49 CFR Part 830 states that a survivable accident is “an accident in which the forces transmitted to the occupant(s) through the seat and restraint system do not exceed the limits of human tolerance to abrupt accelerations and in which the structure in the occupants’ immediate environment remains substantially intact to the extent that a livable volume is provided for the occupants throughout the crash sequence.” This definition is in accordance with the following: R. E. Zimmerman and N. A Merritt, Aircraft Crash Survival Design Guide, Volume 1, “Design Criteria and Checklists” sponsored by the U.S. Army Research and Technology Laboratories, Fort Eustis, Virginia (Tempe, Arizona: Simula, 1989).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 57 and stated that he did not recommend that the flight go through the weather. The first officer then requested a deviation to the right, which the controller approved. About 0927, the first officer had indicated that they were at 24,000 feet and 50 miles from OWA. A common jet airplane descent rule of thumb is to allow 3 nautical miles for every 1,000 feet of vertical descent. A descent of 23,000 feet would require about 70 miles; therefore, to have been on a normal approach profile, the pilots should have started the descent about 20 miles further from OWA than they did. At 0927:48, the controller asked the captain to state his intentions and added that he could not provide a good recommendation at that time; however, the captain responded that it looked clear ahead for another 40 miles. At 0928:49, the captain stated to the first officer, “all I care is above ten [thousand feet] and we go fast so we can get around this…thing,” likely meaning that he wanted to maintain an indicated airspeed of more than 250 knots, which is the maximum airspeed allowed below 10,000 feet by 14 CFR 91.117, “Aircraft Speed.” At 0930:09, the captain stated during a conversation with the first officer, “good thing I didn’t tell ‘em it was gonna be a smooth ride huh? I looked at the radar and there wasn’t anything.” The first officer responded, “doesn’t it figure [weather] pops up right when we get here?” The captain continued, “what do you mean what are my intentions? Get me around this…storm so I can go to the field…I ain’t gonna turn around and go home.” About 0935, the pilots started the descent to 7,000 feet; however, according to the CVR recording neither pilot commanded the initiation of the Descent checklist. Even though the East Coast Jets Descent checklist is a silent checklist, it must still be initiated by command from the PF and be conducted and called complete by the PM. About 44 seconds later, the captain called for the Approach checklist, which, in accordance with company procedures, should have been preceded by an approach briefing that included the missed approach procedure, the runway conditions, and any “potential problems, such as weather.”110 However, according to the CVR, in response to the first officer’s calling for the approach briefing, the captain only replied, “it’s gonna be the ILS to three zero.” About 0937, the Rochester approach controller provided the first officer with weather information for OWA, which he stated was about 20 minutes old and indicated, in part, winds 320° at 8 knots (indicating headwinds for the intended runway). About 1 minute later, he added that light precipitation existed along almost the entire remaining route and that a couple of heavy cells were located within 5 miles of OWA. Despite this information indicating possible severe weather conditions, the CVR did not record either pilot verbally monitoring the wind information, which would have been displayed on each of the pilots’ electronic horizontal situation indicators and FMS displays. Data extraction of the captain’s FMS indicated that the instantaneous wind 12 seconds before landing was 195° at 17 knots, which would have resulted in a 5.6-knot tailwind. The presence of rain, changing winds, and the controller’s comments should have alerted the pilots to the fact that the weather was worse than anticipated and that they might experience
110 According to FAA AC 120-51E, Appendix 1, “Crew Resource Management Training,” the approach briefing should also include “guidelines for crew actions centered on…SOPs; division of labor and crew workload.” However, this AC is used as the basis for training currently required for Part 121 and 91 subpart K operations but not for Part 135 operations, such as the accident flight. See section 2.3.1 for further discussion about Part 135 CRM training requirements.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 58 difficulty during the landing; however, evidence indicates that the pilots did not consider these factors or reassess the landing situation. The captain’s failure to conduct an approach briefing is especially problematic given the unexpected adverse weather conditions, including the tailwind, the flight encountered during the descent and approach. An approach briefing would have helped the captain and first officer develop a shared mental model of the coming landing operations, which would have encouraged the first officer’s coordination and support in monitoring external factors, such as weather and runway conditions, and would have mentally prepared the pilots to properly deal with an abnormal or emergency situation. For example, the missed approach procedure would have been included in the approach briefing and clarified the captain’s intended actions in the event of a go-around. If a PIC does not do this and a go-around becomes necessary, pilots might become confused about what actions to take. Further, briefing the expected runway conditions would have clarified whether the captain expected to land on a wet runway. In addition, a well-briefed and coordinated flight crew should have realized that changing winds would be possible as a result of the weather conditions and, therefore, gotten more current wind information from the AWOS or the flight instruments after the Rochester approach controller indicated that the weather information he had provided the first officer was 20 minutes old. If the pilots had obtained current wind information, they would have been prepared for the possibility of landing on runway 12 with a headwind rather than landing on runway 30 with a tailwind. At 0938:27, the captain stated, “the sooner you get us there the better,” and then the first officer stated, “why don’t (they) just get us to the field?” These statements and those made earlier in the flight indicate that the pilots were impatient to land. Although no apparent reason existed for the pilots to feel rushed (for example, they landed 9 minutes ahead of schedule and no evidence was found that the passengers or the company were placing undue pressure on the pilots to land early on the day of the accident), they repeatedly expressed impatience with ATC and the weather radar displays. During postaccident interviews, other company pilots did not indicate that East Coast Jets pressured them to rush to get to the destination airport. The captain’s impatience during the flight was contrary to descriptions of his flying provided by other company pilots who described him as a serious and meticulous pilot. Specifically, the pilots described instances in which the captain carefully monitored weather during a flight and altered landing plans despite pressure from passengers.111 The captain could have reasonably opted to hold, divert, or attempt to land on runway 12 with a headwind. However, the captain’s focus on completing the flight degraded his attention to the changing weather situation and prevented him from recognizing that alternatives to landing on runway 30 were available. At 0938:50, the captain stated that the Approach checklist was complete, and, 1 second later, the first officer responded, “approaches are done,” even though he had been interrupted about 2 minutes 24 seconds before making this statement and had not completed the checklist.
111 One pilot described a flight with the accident captain in which a high-ranking official was a passenger. The flight was scheduled to land at Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Although the weather forecast was legal for IFR conditions, it was marginal. According to the pilot, the captain called FSSs repeatedly during the trip, determined that the weather was deteriorating, and decided to divert to the next scheduled stop at Des Moines, Iowa. The captain maintained his decision even though the travel arranger, who was also a passenger, came up to the cockpit, indicated that the high-ranking official was unhappy with the decision, and tried to talk the pilots into landing at Cedar Rapids despite the weather.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Further, as the PM, the first officer should have verified that the checklist was complete, not the captain. At 0939:16, the CVR recorded the first officer trying to contact the FBO for nonessential reasons, such as asking about how to get fuel upon landing, with the captain’s approval at a time when he should have been completing the Approach checklist and monitoring the flight instruments. These calls were further interrupted by more critical communications with the captain, radio calls, and ATC and were not in accordance with 14 CFR 135.100, the “sterile cockpit rule,” which states that pilots may not make nonsafety-related radio calls during flight below 10,000 feet. The captain, as PIC, should not have allowed the first officer to make nonessential calls to the FBO during such a high workload period. At 0940:12, the captain told the first officer to identify the localizer frequency and then answered a radio call from Rochester approach control, both of which are typically PM duties. The captain had to remind the first officer to identify the localizer frequency because of inadequate adherence to SOPs and prioritization of cockpit workload, which allowed the first officer to fall behind on conducting his duties, including executing checklists and making radio calls, during a critical phase in flight. (SOPs are discussed in section 2.3.) At 0941:47, the first officer responded to Rochester approach control and then finally contacted the FBO on the third attempt. While the first officer was talking with the FBO, the captain continued talking to Rochester approach control. During this time, the landing gear was extended. After the first officer talked to the FBO, he briefed the captain on the parking and fueling plan. At that point, the airplane was about 2 minutes from touchdown. At 0942:37, the captain stated, “three green no red pressures good back to zero steering’s clear,” which was a compressed version of three of the required challenge and response Before Landing checklist items. However, the captain had not yet called for the checklist and was not responding to a challenge. At 0943:05, the captain called for “flaps two” (25°) and then for the Before Landing checklist; however, as noted, the CVR recorded him starting the checklist earlier. Neither pilot called out the final checklist item, “flaps,” or responded with the selected setting as required by the checklist. However, the captain did use the nonstandard terminology, “down indicating down,” at 0943:14, most likely to confirm that he had set full flaps (45°) for landing. Neither pilot verified that the checklist was complete. Both pilots repeatedly failed to conduct checklists appropriately and verify verbally that the checklists had been completed, demonstrating that neither was focused on proper checklist execution. Checklists should be accomplished crisply, using the precise challenge and response checklist items. The captain had the ultimate responsibility to demand a more professional and disciplined tone in the cockpit and to manage workload so that secondary tasks, such as contacting the FBO, were not a distraction during critical phases of flight when crew coordination is necessary. The first officer was fully qualified to support the captain in areas of weather observation and monitoring, and the captain should have made better use of the first officer. The NTSB concludes that the captain allowed an atmosphere in the cockpit that did not comply with well-designed procedures intended to minimize operational errors, including sterile cockpit adherence, and that this atmosphere permitted inadequate briefing of the approach and monitoring of the current weather conditions, including the wind information on the cockpit instruments; inappropriate conversation; nonstandard terminology; and a lack of checklist 59
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report discipline throughout the descent and approach phases of the flight. The NTSB further concludes that the flight crewmembers exhibited poor aeronautical decision-making and managed their resources poorly, which prevented them from recognizing and fully evaluating alternatives to landing on a wet runway in changing weather conditions, eroded the safety margins provided by the checklists, and degraded the pilots’ attention, thus increasing the risk of an accident. On February 2, 2010, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-15 as a result of the Colgan Air accident near Buffalo, New York. Safety Recommendation A-10-15 asked the FAA to do, in part, the following: Develop, and distribute to all pilots, multimedia guidance materials on professionalism in aircraft operations that contain standards of performance for professionalism; best practices for sterile cockpit adherence…and a detailed review of accidents involving breakdowns in sterile cockpit… . Obtain the input of operators and air carrier and general aviation pilot groups in the development and distribution of these guidance materials. On June 22, 2010, the FAA stated that it agreed that providing effective and usable information to pilot groups is an essential component in preventing accidents. The FAA stated that it was reviewing this recommendation to determine how best to address it in a timely and effective manner. On January 25, 2011, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-10-15 “Open—Acceptable Response,” pending receipt of additional information once the FAA determines how it will proceed and completion of the recommended action. 2.2.2 Flight Crew’s Performance During the Landing At 0944:29, the captain stated, “I’m goin’ right for the tiller and the brakes,” indicating that he was aware that the runway was short and wet and that a high level of deceleration would be required to stop the airplane on the runway. The NTSB notes that because the runway was ungrooved and wet, the friction it could provide would have been lower than that achievable on a dry runway, and it would not have required maximum braking effort to achieve the maximum available braking forces on the tires. An increase in brake pressure beyond that required to achieve maximum available braking forces would only tend to lock the wheels, and the brake anti-skid system would then release brake pressure to avoid this situation. The CVR recorded the sound of the airplane touching down at 0945:04 and, at 0945:07, a sound consistent with the airbrake handle moving to the OPEN position. One second later, the first officer stated, “we’re dumped,” and, immediately after, “we’re not dumped.” In response to the first officer’s last statement, the captain stated, “no, we’re not,” while simultaneously making straining sounds, consistent with physically attempting to move a cockpit control. The CVR then recorded a sound consistent with the airbrake handle moving into the DUMP position. According to the airplane performance study, the airplane’s airspeed over the threshold was the reference 60
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 61 landing airspeed of about 122 knots, and the airplane touched down about 1,128 feet from the runway threshold, which is within the target touchdown zone.112 East Coast Jets procedures call for the immediate deployment of full lift dump upon touchdown. However, the CVR evidence indicates that upon touchdown the captain only moved the airbrake handle to the OPEN position instead of fully aft to the DUMP position and likely did not fully deploy the lift-dump system (full flaps and airbrake deflection) until about 7 seconds after touchdown, which was not in accordance with company procedures (or the deceleration device deployment times used to develop the BAe 125-800A AFM wet runway guidance material). ( See section 2.6.) The captain should have deployed lift dump by moving the airbrake handle in one motion to the DUMP position, not partially deploying the airbrakes and then fully deploying lift dump. The first officer most likely stated, “we’re dumped,” as an automatic callout upon landing when he saw the captain move the airbrake handle aft. The latter callout, “we’re not dumped,” likely resulted from the first officer’s required check of the flap position indicator and provides an example of effective monitoring by the first officer. The NTSB concludes that the airplane touched down within the target touchdown zone and at the recommended touchdown speed and that the captain likely applied sufficient pressure on the brakes during the initial part of the landing roll to take full advantage of the available runway friction, but he failed to immediately deploy the lift-dump system after touchdown in accordance with company procedures, which negatively affected the airplane’s deceleration. None of the tires exhibited flat spots or evidence of reverted rubber, and all of the tire tread depths were within specified limits. Therefore, the investigation ruled out the occurrence of reverted rubber hydroplaning. The NASA friction expert reported that the runway was generally in “excellent” condition because it had a relatively high macrotexture, consistently adequate cross-slope throughout the runway length, insignificant rubber deposits, and no concrete surface deterioration. Further, pavement drainage models indicated that the runway was fully capable of draining the rainfall reported throughout the morning of the accident; therefore, there was not sufficient standing water on the runway at the time of the accident to have caused the airplane to experience dynamic hydroplaning. The NTSB concludes that no evidence exists that reverted rubber or dynamic hydroplaning occurred. 2.2.3 Captain’s Decision and Subsequent Attempt to Go Around The pilots remained silent for 10.5 seconds after the captain stated, “no we’re not” (acknowledging that the airbrake handle was not in the DUMP position before moving it to that position), until the captain called out “flaps” at 0945:22. About the same time (more than 17 seconds after touchdown), the CVR recorded a sound consistent with increasing engine noise and the initiation of a go-around. The results of the airplane performance study indicated that, at the time that the go-around was initiated, the deceleration rate was such that the airplane would have exited the runway end at a ground speed of between 23 and 37 knots and stopped between
112 According to the pilot/controller glossary in the AIM, the touchdown zone is “the first 3,000 feet of the runway beginning at the threshold.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 62 100 and 300 feet into the 1,000-foot-long runway safety area. Therefore, it can be reasonably assumed that, at some point during the landing roll, the captain likely became concerned that the airplane would run off the runway end and had to decide whether it was preferable to overrun the runway or attempt a go-around. However, as discussed, no evidence indicates that the captain was prepared for the possibility of a go-around. Specifically, he did not conduct an approach briefing, which would have included briefing a missed approach. It is possible that the captain’s decision to go around was delayed because it took time for him to realize that the airplane was not decelerating as he expected and the possibility of a runway overrun was increasing. In addition, he might have been waiting, expecting the airplane’s deceleration to improve. His expectations for the airplane’s deceleration may have been unrealistic because he may have confused the accident airplane’s performance with that of other company airplanes that were equipped with thrust reversers and previously flown by the captain, or he did not properly account for the tailwind and consequent higher ground speed at touchdown because he was unaware of the changing wind conditions during the approach and landing. According to the East Coast Jets Go-Around checklist, the correct command to set the flaps for a go-around is “flaps 15.”113 Postaccident examination of the flaps indicated that they were fully retracted (that is, set at 0°), not set to 15° as required for a go-around. Takeoff calculations performed by Hawker Beechcraft indicated that, given the location of the initiation of the go-around, the airplane could not have rotated and lifted off before the runway end with the flaps set at either 15° or 0°. Further, ground scars in the grass beyond the runway end (within the runway safety area) indicated that the airplane lifted off about 978 feet beyond the threshold and subsequently impacted the ILS localizer antenna about 5 feet agl. The airplane then continued to roll to the right and descend, impacting the ground. The NTSB concludes that, if the captain had continued the landing and accepted the possibility of overrunning the runway instead of attempting to execute a go-around late in the landing roll, the accident most likely would have been prevented or the severity reduced because the airplane would have come to rest within the runway safety area. A review of the manufacturer, East Coast Jets, and Simcom guidance found no procedures on how to execute a go-around after landing. Further, East Coast Jet pilots were not trained to execute a go-around after landing. However, none of the guidance explicitly states that a go-around should only be conducted before landing or identifies a committed-to-stop point (that is, a point in the landing sequence beyond which a go-around should not be attempted). The captain’s decision to go around more than 17 seconds after touchdown left insufficient runway available to configure the airplane and accelerate to become airborne before reaching the runway end and clearing obstacles. If the captain had conducted an approach briefing that included a committed-to-stop point (for example, in the case of the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane, once lift dump has been deployed), he may not have decided to attempt a go-around late in the
113 Despite the captain’s use of incorrect terminology, it is clear that his statement, “flaps,” at 0945:22 was part of a go-around attempt and led to a required increase in engine thrust. The flaps were found in the wreckage set to the fully retracted position (flaps 0°), which was an incorrect setting for a go-around and would have made it more difficult for the airplane to lift off, and this setting may reflect the confusion and lack of crew coordination that can follow from unprofessional compliance with use of nonstandard terminology.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 63 landing roll. The NTSB notes that other recent overrun accidents have not been as catastrophic because the flight crews did not attempt to go around after landing.114 The NTSB has previously investigated accidents during which the pilots did not commit to the landings and made a delayed decision to go around. For example, on October 5, 2005, a Beechcraft 58 overran the runway in Jacksonville, Florida, after attempting a go-around late in the landing roll on a wet, ungrooved runway. During postaccident interviews, the pilot stated that the airplane touched down on the first quarter of the runway at about 100 knots. He stated that, past the midfield point, “the airplane still had a lot more momentum to bleed off,” so, with only one quarter of the runway left, he attempted a go-around. He stated that, when he noticed that the airplane was not climbing, he aborted the go-around and overran the departure end of the runway. In addition, on July 15, 2005, a Cessna 525A collided with a localizer antenna in Newnan, Georgia, after the pilot conducted a go-around late in the landing roll on a wet, ungrooved runway. The pilot stated that he applied brakes upon landing and that the airplane then hydroplaned. He stated that he chose to abort the landing with 2,300 feet of runway remaining (the runway was 5,500 feet long). As a result of the pilot’s delayed decision to go around, the airplane became airborne only 300 feet from the runway end. Both of these accidents might have been prevented if the pilots had committed to the landings or better understood where the committed-to-stop point was rather than attempting to go around with insufficient runway available to lift off and clear obstacles.115 The NTSB concludes that establishing a committed-to-stop point in the landing sequence beyond which a go-around should not be attempted for turbine-powered aircraft would eliminate ambiguity for pilots making decisions during time-critical events. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require manufacturers of newly certificated and in-service turbine-powered aircraft to incorporate in their AFMs a committed-to-stop point in the landing sequence (for example, in the case of the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A, once lift dump is deployed) beyond which a go-around should not be attempted. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators and Part 142 training schools to incorporate the information from the revised manufacturers’ AFMs asked for in Safety Recommendation A-11-18 into their manuals and training. 2.3 Standard Operating Procedures SOPs are universally recognized as basic to safe aviation operations. Well-designed cockpit procedures are an effective countermeasure against operational errors, and disciplined compliance with SOPs, including strict checklist discipline, provides the basis for effective crew coordination and performance. SOPs should address, in part, checklist usage; radio
114 For example, see (a) Runway Overrun During Landing, Pinnacle Airlines Flight 4712, Bombardier/Canadair Regional Jet CL600-2B19, N8905F, Traverse City, Michigan, April 12, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-08/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008) and (b) AAR-08/01. 115 The reports for these accidents, NTSB case numbers MIA06CA003 and ATL05CA131, respectively, are available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp. Because airplane performance studies were not conducted for these accidents, it cannot be stated explicitly that the accidents would have been prevented if the pilots had committed to the landings.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 64 communications; briefings; cockpit discipline, including sterile cockpit; stabilized approach criteria; CRM; and go-around/missed approach procedures. Operational data confirm the importance of strict compliance with SOPs for safe operations.116 For example, industry data show that pilots who intentionally deviated from SOPs were three times more likely to commit other types of errors, mismanage errors, and find themselves in undesired situations compared with pilots who did not intentionally deviate from procedures. According to AC 120-71A, in its study of controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) accidents, the Commercial Aviation Safety Team, which included FAA, industry, and union representatives, found that almost 50 percent of the studied CFIT accidents related to the flight crew’s failure to adhere to SOPs or the certificate holder’s failure to establish adequate SOPs. The NTSB has repeatedly cited casual cockpit discipline and inadequate compliance with SOPs as contributing factors to accidents.117 Further, the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) has recognized the importance of SOPs for safe flight operations. Recent amendments to ICAO Annex 6 established that each member state should require that SOPs for each phase of flight be contained in the operations manuals used by pilots. Although the FAA requires SOPs for Part 121 operators and provides guidance on SOPs in AC 120-71A, it does not require Part 135 operators such as East Coast Jets to have SOPs. Although both accident pilots had good training and safety records and were described favorably by other company pilots and managers and the FAA POI, the CVR revealed that the atmosphere in the cockpit during the accident flight permitted inappropriate conversation, nonstandard terminology, failure to execute checklists as required, ineffective coordination and division of responsibility, and inadequate pilot briefings to enhance communications, promote effective teamwork, and plan for contingencies to mitigate hazards that can arise during key phases of operation. These are all examples of practices that would be unacceptable if adequate SOPs, such as those provided in AC 120-71A, have been established and adherence to them is required. As will be discussed in section 2.5, evidence indicated that the performance of both pilots was degraded by fatigue. The NTSB notes that careful adherence to SOPs and division of responsibility in the cockpit can significantly help pilots limit the degrading effects of fatigue. However, the flight crew’s lack of adherence to the SOPs to which they were trained was so
116 The data came from the LOSA Collaborative, which is a network of researchers, safety professionals, pilots, and airline representatives collaborating to provide, among other things, oversight and implementation of line operational safety audits (LOSA) and a forum of information exchange regarding these audits. More information is available at http://losacollaborative.org/. 117 For more information, see (a) Collision with Trees and Crash Short of the Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966, BAE Systems BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006); (b) Attempted Takeoff From Wrong Runway, Comair Flight 5191, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N431CA, Lexington, Kentucky, August 27, 2006, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007); and (c) Crash of Pinnacle Airlines Flight 3701, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N8396A, Jefferson City, Missouri, October 14, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report pervasive that, although fatigue might have degraded the pilots’ performance on the day of the accident, it most likely was not the only factor affecting their performance. Consequently, the NTSB’s investigation also looked at company issues, such as training and effective enforcement of SOPs that might have affected the pilots’ performance. The accident pilots were trained to the SOPs contained in the Simcom Technical Manual, and these procedures were reflected in Simcom’s training materials. However, East Coast Jets did not incorporate any clear and explicit description of Simcom’s SOPs in its GOM, the required manual carried by pilots in the cockpit, nor is it required to as an on-demand Part 135 operator. When asked during postaccident interviews, company pilots could not cite or explain Simcom’s SOPs consistently. As noted by the FAA in AC 120-71A, the lack of established procedures in some manuals used by flight crews or the lack of a firm implementation by management pose a danger in that flight crews “too easily become participants in an undesirable double standard condoned by instructors, check airmen, and managers. Flight crews may end up doing things one way to satisfy training requirements and checkrides but doing them another way in ‘real life’ during line operations.” The accident pilots’ performance represents an example of the risk described by the AC because, although they successfully used SOPs to pass their training, they did not strictly adhere to the SOPs during the last 30 minutes of the flight and instead tried to handle the situation differently. Although as a Part 135 operator East Coast Jets is not required to incorporate SOPs in its operations manual, if the company had voluntarily incorporated SOPs into its guidance, it may have supported the accident pilots in establishing cockpit discipline and, therefore, a safer cockpit environment. In Part 121 operations, airline management is responsible for designing SOPs to optimize safe aircraft operations and to emphasize the critical importance of always complying with these SOPs, and a company’s incorporation of SOPs in the operations manuals used by pilots in the cockpit can be a necessary component of reinforcing this emphasis and establishing a strong company safety culture. Further, when flight crewmembers understand the underlying reasons for SOPs, they are generally better prepared to handle an in-flight problem that may not be explicitly or completely addressed in their operating manuals. Flight crew adherence to SOPs promotes vigilance to situational changes, solicitation of all relevant information, and readiness to properly deal with unfamiliar situations. The NTSB has previously addressed the need for Part 135 operators to have SOPs. For example, as a result of the Northwest Airlines flight 255 accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-88-67, which asked the FAA to require that all Part 121 and 135 operators and POIs emphasize the importance of disciplined application of SOPs and, in particular, emphasize rigorous adherence to prescribed checklist procedures. In response to Safety Recommendation A-88-67, the FAA issued Action Notice A8400.2, “Normal Checklist Review Parts 121 and 135,” which required POIs to review the adequacy of checklists and the implementation of procedures used by all Part 121 and 135 operators; published an SFAR to improve air carrier training, evaluation, certification, and qualification requirements for appropriate personnel; revised AC 120-51, “Cockpit Resource Management,” to include specific observable and measurable markers for in-flight operations, including adherence to checklist and operating procedures; and continued to emphasize proper adherence to prescribed checklist 65
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 66 procedures and the disciplined application of SOPs for Part 121 and 135 operators. As a result of these actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-88-67 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 27, 1992. Further, as a result of the Gates Learjet 25B accident in Houston, Texas, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-99-35, which asked the FAA to, in part, issue an FSIB to POIs assigned to Part 135 on-demand air carriers to stress the importance of pilots’ adherence to SOPs. On August 10, 2000, the FAA issued AC 120-71, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flightdeck Crewmembers,” which advocated the use of SOPs as “basic to safe aviation operations” and provided guidance on the importance of its application to any type of operation, including Parts 121, 135, and 91. Further, on August 23, 2000, the FAA issued two FSIBs that announced the availability of the AC and directed POIs to promote the development of and strict adherence to SOPs in accordance with the guidance contained in the AC. As a result of these actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-99-35 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 6, 2001. Although these safety recommendations resulted in the FAA taking some commendable actions, this accident clearly demonstrates that some Part 135 operators are still not establishing and requiring their pilots to adhere to SOPs like those required for Part 121 operators. According to a July 2009 DOT report,118 Part 135 operations occur in a higher risk operating environment than Part 121 operations as a result of, in part, the following: operating shorter flights; performing more frequent takeoffs and landings, which are the most dangerous parts of flight; operating with less experienced pilots; flying into smaller airports with no ATC; operating on less familiar routes into less familiar airports, making the flights more vulnerable to terrain and weather obstacles; and operating without the assistance of flight dispatchers. Even though Part 135 on-demand operators have a higher risk operating environment than Part 121 air carriers, these operations have less stringent safety requirements, including a lack of required SOPs, which would include CRM training and strict checklist discipline. This accident shows that, to counter the risk factors noted above, companies like East Coast Jets would benefit from an on-going emphasis on and adherence to SOPs and the resultant development of higher safety margins in the cockpit. The NTSB concludes that, if, as a Part 135 operator, East Coast Jets had been required to develop SOPs and its pilots had been required to adhere to them, many of the deficiencies demonstrated by the pilots during the accident flight (for example, inadequate checklist discipline and failure to conduct an approach briefing) might have been corrected by the resultant stricter cockpit discipline. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 135 and 91 subpart K operators to establish, and ensure that their pilots adhere to, SOPs. 2.3.1 Crew Resource Management As noted, the important concept of CRM is typically addressed by SOPs. The pilots exhibited poor CRM during the last 30 minutes of the flight as evidenced by their inadequate
118 For more information, see On-Demand Operators Have Less Stringent Safety Requirements and Oversight Than Large Commercial Air Carriers, Report No. AV-2009-066 (Washington, DC: Department of Transportation, Office of Inspector General, 2009).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 67 communications, task allocation, distribution of workload, coordination, and their poor decision-making. Both pilots had excellent performance records as individual pilots but functioned less effectively as a crew. The first officer was treated as a trainee, delegated minor tasks such as contacting ground operations and resetting the transponder at critical times during the approach when both pilots should have been attentive to the landing. The captain provided unorganized mentoring comments during short final approach rather than fully briefing his expectations during the required approach briefing and allowed a nonsterile cockpit environment to exist (that is, he allowed the first officer to make calls to the FBO and casual conversational remarks below 10,000 feet that were not necessary to the safe operation of the flight) during the high workload phases of approach and landing. Further, the captain performed many duties assigned to the first officer, serving as a single pilot without the full benefit of a second professional pilot who was able to monitor his actions and prevent errors. In addition, neither the first officer nor the captain adequately conducted required checklists or briefings, which, if conducted, might have prevented the accident. For example, the captain never discussed the first officer’s role in initiating or supporting a go-around decision, a role which may have provided a decisive advantage in the accident situation. AC 120-51E, “Crew Resource Management Training,” discusses training new first officers in the role of PM, training captains in giving and receiving challenges of errors, and recognizing each pilot’s experience level. However, these guidelines are intended for Part 121 certificate holders because Part 121 airlines are required by federal regulations to provide CRM training. The AC states that the guidance could also be used by Part 135 operators that chose to train in accordance with Part 121 requirements; however, Part 135 on-demand operators are not currently required to provide CRM training to their pilots, and the number of Part 135 operators that do provide such training is unknown. Therefore, it is uncertain how many Part 135 PICs are receiving adequate training on how to interact with and mentor entry-level professional pilots. Simcom taught CRM as a subject and East Coast Jets listed it as a general topic in its FAA-approved training manual; however, Simcom did not have a formal curriculum or stated standards, and East Coast Jets provided no course content. The poor CRM skills exhibited by the pilots indicate that they did not receive adequate CRM training, which is not required or emphasized in Part 135 operations. Further, the CRM training received by the pilots did not meet the standards required by Part 121 regulations because it did not have a formal curriculum. Therefore, even when CRM training is provided to Part 135 pilots, as it was at Simcom, it may not meet the standards required by Part 121 regulations. The NTSB notes that the pilots’ had significantly different flight experience, particularly in Part 135 turbine-powered aircraft operations,119 and that the first officer had only been with East Coast Jets for 9 months. According to East Coast Jets’ chief pilot, the company often hired local pilots (a flight school was located across the street from East Coast Jets in Allentown) with about 1,500 total flight hours. The goal of the company training program was to have pilots
119 Specifically, the captain had about 2,062 flight hours in turbine-powered aircraft operations, 1,188 hours of which were in the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane, whereas the first officer had only 297 flight hours in turbine-powered airplanes, 295 hours of which were in the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report typically start as Learjet first officers and then become Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A first officers, progressing to captains within 2 years. Although the director of operations statement during postaccident interviews that first officers are initially considered a detriment to the flight indicates an attitude contrary to good CRM principles, he did state that they then became a positive to the flight and were trusted to make landings on empty flight legs and then on flights carrying passengers. As a result of the company’s hiring pilots with no prior professional charter jet experience, which is fairly typical for Part 135 operators, experienced captains are almost always paired with entry-level professional pilots; therefore, it is essential that these captains learn how to adequately communicate and coordinate with low-flight-time pilots and to develop strategies to prevent getting behind on checklist execution, missing radio calls, and other problems that tend to occur with entry-level professional pilots. Within the company, the accident captain had a reputation of being supportive of new first officers. However, in the accident situation, the more experienced captain did not adequately support, communicate, or coordinate with the first officer, and his use of the first officer did not reflect the crew coordination principles emphasized in effective CRM training. The NTSB has longstanding concerns about the need for CRM training in Part 135 operations. As a result of the Part 135 on-demand charter flight accident at Eveleth, Minnesota, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-03-52, which asked the FAA, in part, to require that Part 135 on-demand charter operators that conduct dual-pilot operations establish and implement an FAA-approved CRM training program. In addition, Safety Recommendation A-03-52 was reiterated as a result of a Part 135 on-demand charter flight accident at Montrose, Colorado, on November 28, 2004, and has been on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List since 2006. On April 3, 2008, the FAA informed the NTSB that it intended to publish an NPRM that would call for rulemaking action, including CRM requirements, by the end of 2008; however, because the FAA failed to take the stated action, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open—Unacceptable Response.” On May 1, 2009, the FAA issued and NPRM, titled “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” which proposed to amend the regulations for all certificate holders conducting operations under Part 135 to include in their training programs CRM for all crewmembers, including pilots and flight attendants. The NPRM stated, in part, that CRM training must address the authority of the PIC; communication processes; and how to build and maintain a flight team, manage workload and time, and maintain situational awareness. The intended effect of the NPRM was to reduce the frequency and severity of crew errors, which would reduce the frequency of accidents and incidents in Part 135 operations. In its comments to the FAA on the NPRM, the NTSB stated that it supported the proposed rule and believed that it would largely meet the intent of Safety Recommendation A-03-52 because it proposed requiring initial and recurrent CRM training for crewmembers working for Part 135 on-demand operators and specified the minimum course content required for an approved CRM training program. On December 29, 2009, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending issuance of the final rule without an allowance for certificate holders to give credit for initial CRM training received from another Part 135 carrier. On January 21, 2011, the FAA published the final rule, 68
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” in 76 Federal Register (FR) 3831 but without an allowance for certificate holders to give credit for initial training received from another Part 135 carrier. The rule specifies that, after March 22, 2013, no certificate holder may use a person as a flight crewmember or flight attendant unless that person has completed approved initial CRM training with that certificate holder. Therefore, the NTSB classifies Safety Recommendation A-03-52 “Closed—Acceptable Action.” Recurrent, operator-specific CRM training is critical to cockpit safety because it teaches pilots to familiarize themselves with each other’s procedures and expectations. As noted, the accident pilots did not work together well as a crew; specifically, the captain did not adequately support, communicate, or coordinate with the first officer or use him effectively, and, therefore, could have benefitted from CRM training similar to that proposed in the NPRM. The NTSB concludes that the first officer might have been used more effectively and the pilots might have performed better during the accident flight if they had received formalized CRM training with stated standards like those required for Part 121 operations and that, if the final rule, “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” published on January 21, 2011, in 76 FR 3831, had been in place before the accident flight, it might have addressed the CRM deficiencies exhibited by the flight crew. 2.3.2 Checklist Usage 2.3.2.1 Checklists Training East Coast Jets pilots were not provided the Simcom checklists that they were taught and used during training for use during actual flight operations. East Coast Jets pilots were expected to use the East Coast Jets Normal Procedures checklist, which was a revised Simcom checklist, during normal flight operations. Some differences exist between the East Coast Jets and Simcom checklists. For example, none of the checklists contained in Simcom’s SOPs were denoted as silent checks, whereas East Coast Jets had several checklists that were denoted as silent checks. In addition, some of the items on the Simcom checklists were different from the items on the East Coast Jets checklists, and some of the items were located in different places on the checklists. Further, during abnormal and emergency situations, company Hawker Beechcraft pilots were expected to use the Raytheon Expanded Normal checklist. In addition, the FSI QRH was carried on board company airplanes because it provided pictures of the annunciator lights in the cockpit and could be used as a reference. The Simcom director of training stated that, if operators revised checklists, they needed to provide Simcom a copy of the revised checklists to use during training; however, East Coast Jets did not follow this procedure for any of its checklists. The simulator instructor who had worked with the accident first officer stated that the first officer had not brought a company checklist to training, but the instructor who had worked with the accident captain stated that the captain had brought a company checklist and used it during simulator training. All of these varying factors might have confused East Coast Jets pilots about which checklists to perform and how to perform them. 69
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The POI for East Coast Jets stated that the East Coast Jets Normal Procedures checklist had been submitted to him and that he had accepted it. He added that he assumed that this would be the checklist used during training at Simcom but that he had not contacted Simcom or the Orlando FSDO, which was responsible for the oversight of Simcom, to verify that this occurred. The POI had no contact with Simcom’s director of training and the instructors who were teaching East Coast Jets pilots nor did he discuss with them which Normal checklist could be used during training. He also did not observe East Coast Jets pilots when they were attending ground school or simulator training. Most importantly, the POI did not monitor whether all of the training received by East Coast Jets pilots was consistent and unified. Although FAA Order 8900.1, which contains guidance to POIs on outsourced training, emphasizes the importance of clearly defined SOPs, including checklists, when approving a training center curriculum, it does not require POIs to communicate with its operators and the training school TCPMs to ensure that the checklists used during training are consistent with those used during operations. The NTSB concludes that the POI for East Coast Jets was not familiar with the company’s out-sourced training and that his oversight of the company could have been improved by communicating with Simcom and the FAA TCPM for Simcom and ensuring that the checklists used during training were consistent with those used during operations. Given the pilots’ lack of adherence to checklist execution, the inconsistency between the checklists used during training and those used during operations by East Coast Jets pilots most likely did not contribute to the pilots’ poor performance. Regardless, the NTSB is concerned that having inconsistent checklists may create unnecessary confusion for pilots. The NTSB concludes that maintaining consistency between the checklists used during training and those used during actual Part 135 and 91 subpart K operations is essential to avoiding confusion about checklist usage and execution. Because the East Coast Jets POI was not required to communicate with the training school or the FAA personnel that provided oversight of the training school, the NTSB is concerned that numerous operations may exist in which pilots are trained to use a standard checklist during training but then use another checklist during actual operations. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require POIs of 14 CFR Part 135 and 91 subpart K operators to ensure that pilots use the same checklists in operations that they used during training for normal, abnormal, and emergency conditions. 2.3.2.2 Flap Setting Callouts The investigation revealed that both the airplane manufacturer and Simcom guidance stated that the required response to the Landing checklist item “flaps” is “set” and that the East Coast Jets Normal Procedures checklist states that the response to “flaps” is “as required.” According to Simcom and East Coast Jets, using nonspecific terminology for the flap position allowed company pilots to land at a flap setting other than 45°. For example, a pilot may choose to land with flaps set at 25° because of weather conditions or a system malfunction. Because it is not the normal procedure to land without flaps set at 45° and the approach speeds and landing distances are affected by different flap settings, the PIC should brief and plan for a landing with a different flap setting. Most importantly, the lift dump, which is required to decelerate the airplane, cannot be deployed unless the flaps are set to 45°; therefore, a clear statement of the intended flap setting, rather than just “set” or “as required,” would help ensure safer landings. 70
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 71 On June 27, 1988, as a result of the Northwest Airlines flight 255 accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-88-68, which asked the FAA to convene a human performance research group of personnel from NASA, industry, and pilot groups to determine if any method of presenting a checklist produced better pilot performance. Because the group never convened, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-88-68 “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on September 10, 1991. However, the recommendation influenced research studies that resulted in the development of valuable guidance for effective checklist construction, including that pilots should not just state “checked” or “set” but should state the desired status or value of the item being considered, including the flap position.120 In the August 17, 2009, safety recommendation letter that resulted from the NTSB’s participation in the Spanair flight JK5022 accident investigation, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-70, which recommended, in part, that the FAA convene a meeting of industry, research, and government authorities to develop guidance on industry best practices in operational areas (including checklist design, training, and procedures) that relate to flight crews properly configuring airplanes for takeoff and landing. Further, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-71, which recommended that the FAA require operators to modify their takeoff and landing checklists to reflect the best practices identified as a result of the meeting recommended in Safety Recommendation A-09-70. On October 30, 2009, the FAA stated that numerous references provided excellent guidance on industry best practices in operational areas such as checklist design, training, procedures, CRM, and error trapping and that it believed that a meeting to develop best practices was not necessary. However, the FAA published InFO 10002SUP, “Industries Best Practices Reference List,” in March 2010 to better highlight all of the information available on these issues. On November 29, 2010, the NTSB stated that, although the documents highlighted in the InFO contain information that should be considered when developing guidance on industry best practices, it was discouraged by the lack of guidance that related specifically to flight crews properly configuring airplanes for takeoff and landing. The NTSB noted that recent research based on airline observations, event reports by pilots, and accident histories has focused on the nature of flight crew task omissions in airline operations, such as the Spanair flight crew’s failure to set the takeoff configuration. The NTSB stated that, because the pretakeoff phase of flight is often replete with interruptions, distractions, and unexpected task demands that can negatively affect the efficacy of even the best-designed checklists, it believed that additional guidance for developing checklists related to this critical phase of flight was needed to mitigate the associated risks and pointed out that, to develop the most effective guidance, it was important that the FAA include the lessons learned and data available from all sources, including industry, research, and both U.S. and international government authorities. Therefore, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-09-70 and -71 “Open—Unacceptable Response” pending the FAA’s convening a meeting with the recommended groups and the NTSB’s review of the developed guidance on industry best practices in operational areas that relate to flight crews properly configuring airplanes for takeoff and landing. The NTSB urges the FAA to take timely action on these two important safety recommendations. Similar to takeoff checklists, it is critical that
120 Degani and Weiner, pp. 28-43.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 72 airplanes be configured correctly for landing and that the pilots confirm this configuration while conducting checklists. The NTSB concludes that clearly stating and responding to the intended flap setting, rather than just stating, “set” or “as required,” during all checklists would eliminate confusion about an airplane’s configuration during critical phases of flight, such as landing. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require manufacturers and 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to design new, or revise existing, checklists to require pilots to clearly call out and respond with the actual flap position, rather than just stating, “set” or “as required.” 2.4 Weather Planning As discussed previously, the 0513 weather package printed by the captain contained information indicating that, at that time, OWA weather conditions were calm winds with 10 miles visibility and clear skies. The weather package did not contain any forecast information for the flight route or surrounding area near OWA. The only forecast information in the weather package was for RST, located about 35 miles away, and was issued 9 hours before the accident (0025 on July 30), and it predicted winds from 210° at 3 knots, visibility of more than 6 miles, and clouds scattered at 14,000 feet at the time of the accident flight. Meteorological evidence121 shows that these conditions changed drastically between that time and the time of the accident, but the captain was not aware of the changing conditions because he did not obtain a more recent forecast before departure. Although OWA did not produce forecast information in the form of TAFs, other forecast information was available before departure for the surrounding areas that would have provided a better picture of conditions in the Owatonna area at the time of the flight. For example, the captain could have obtained the 0645 area forecast (issued about 0.5 hour before departure) for southeastern Minnesota, which was valid until 1700 and predicted cumulonimbus cloud tops to 45,000 feet and possible severe thunderstorms in the area. The weather package also did not contain any adverse weather information, such as the Convective SIGMETs or severe weather watches current for the flight route or the area surrounding OWA, even though http://www.fltplan.com, the FAA-approved weather briefing service used by East Coast Jets pilots, provided links to many NWS products that contained this information. The captain could have obtained severe weather watch 779, issued at 0450 (before he accessed http://www.fltplan.com), which indicated that a line of severe thunderstorms was moving east-southeast at 40 knots. Although severe weather watch 779 was only valid until 0900, it still would have given the captain some indication that thunderstorms might be in the area. Weather conditions typically change rapidly throughout the day in the Midwest, especially in the summer; therefore, it is important that pilots have current and thorough weather information when flying into that area. East Coast Jets’ OpSpec and federal regulations state that pilots are responsible for obtaining and using weather reports, forecasts, or any combination of these items to assess weather conditions before each flight and for ensuring that all of the information needed to make
121 The 0633 TAF for RST, which was valid at the time of the accident, predicted, in part, IFR conditions in thunderstorms, heavy rain, and strong gusting winds about the estimated time of arrival.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report a safe flight has been obtained. As PIC, the captain was responsible for being aware of the developing severe weather conditions. However, he relied on basic, meteorological reports for a destination airport that did not produce NWS forecast information, and the information he obtained was not sufficient to alert the pilots to the actual weather conditions that would exist along the flight route or at OWA upon arrival. The NTSB concludes that the captain did not obtain any forecast weather information for the flight route or the area surrounding OWA; therefore, he did not have all of the weather information he needed to ensure that he could make a safe flight into OWA. Part 121 PICs may contact a licensed dispatcher about weather conditions at the destination airport. Dispatchers are able to access the most recent weather reports and forecasts and to interpret them for the PIC. Part 135 PICs do not have access to dispatchers, but NWS-certificated weather briefers, such as FSS personnel, can provide a similar service. Further, select FAA FSSs operate Flight Watch, an en route flight advisory service, which offers limited FSS services. However, Part 135 PICs are not required to contact an NWS-certificated weather briefer for weather information and, as a result, Part 135 pilots, who are not weather experts, are expected to rely heavily on getting weather information from the Internet and appropriately interpret it for a safe flight. If the captain had been required to contact an NWS-certificated weather briefer, he would have been informed that severe thunderstorms were forecast along the flight route and that rain, lightning, low visibilities, and winds gusting as high as 55 knots were forecast near OWA. Such information would have better prepared the pilots for a successful landing because they would have known that they might be conducting a landing on a wet runway. Although this information might not have changed the pilots’ decision to land at OWA, it likely would have alerted them of the need to monitor wind conditions on approach and have a contingency plan for either selecting a different runway and/or performing a go-around. When the destination airport, such as OWA, does not produce forecast information, it is especially important for pilots to receive area forecast information because it provides a better overall picture of what the weather conditions will be at the destination airport. The NTSB concludes that, if the captain had obtained a weather briefing from an NWS-certificated weather briefer, the pilots would have had a more complete outlook of weather conditions along the flight route and at the destination airport, and they would have been alerted to the possibility that they would have to land on a wet runway in severe weather conditions. The investigation also revealed that neither FAA weather-related guidance, including AC 00-24B, “Thunderstorms,” nor NWS products reference or explain technical meteorological terms, such as “MCS,” “bow echo,” and “derecho,” which relate to severe weather systems. Convective SIGMETs and weather watches instruct pilots to reference the latest “convective” outlook and “mesoscale” information; however, neither these terms nor those used in the referred documents to describe severe weather events are explained. The NTSB notes that, if the captain had obtained severe weather watch 779, he would have known that the line of severe thunderstorms was identified as a bowing MCS (a complex of thunderstorms that becomes organized on a scale larger than individual thunderstorms and normally persists for several hours or more) and potential derecho (a widespread and usually fast-moving windstorm that can produce damaging winds) and that it had stalled over the area. In 73
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 74 addition, severe weather watch 781 further identified a severe MCS with a bow echo (often associated with swaths of damaging straight-line winds and microbursts) in the area. However, even if the captain had obtained the severe weather watches, he might not have known the true significance of the weather he would be flying in, especially the strong possibility of damaging winds, because the terms “MCS,” “derecho,” and “bow echo” are not defined in the guidance. Weather products lacking definitions of terms related to severe thunderstorm conditions are less effective as planning tools that help pilots make better-informed decisions. Pilots need to be provided guidance that explains these terms because without such guidance they will not be able to fully understand the weather condition information provided in convective outlooks and mesoscale information products nor the effects such weather phenomena, such as rapidly changing winds, can have on the flying environment. The NTSB concludes that guidance that explains terms related to severe thunderstorm conditions would help pilots better understand such conditions, which would allow them to make better-informed decisions regarding taking off or continuing flight when these types of conditions exist. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA work with the NWS to revise AC 00-24B, “Thunderstorms,” by including explanations of the terms used to describe severe thunderstorms, such as “bow echo,” “derecho,” and “MCS.” 2.5 Pilot Fatigue The NTSB’s investigation considered whether fatigue contributed to the pilots’ poor performance during the last 30 minutes of the flight. The captain was off duty and the first officer did not conduct flights for several days before the accident, and both pilots had only been awake about 6 hours at the time of the accident, which occurred at a time of morning normally associated with alertness. However, the accident trip involved an early reporting time,122 and evidence indicates that both pilots got less than their typical amount of sleep the night before the accident. According to his girlfriend, the captain typically went to bed about 2200 to 2230 and received between 8.5 to 12 hours of overnight sleep. However, on the night before the accident, the captain did not get to bed until about 2400 (because he participated in a poker game). He awoke about 0445 to 0500; therefore, he only had a total sleep opportunity of no more than 5 hours. Scientific literature has shown that as little as 2 hours less sleep than normal is associated with impairment of performance and alertness.123 Available evidence showed that the captain had a very high need for sleep. His girlfriend reported that, in addition to his overnight sleep, the captain normally took a daily afternoon nap of 2.5 to 3 hours, resulting in a total sleep time of about 11 to 15 hours per day. A pilot who
122 The first flight of the trip sequence departed at 0600. Both pilots learned about the accident trip assignment on the preceding afternoon (July 30). 123 For more information, see M. A. Carskadon, “Sleep Restriction,” ed., Sleep, Sleepiness and Performance, T. H. Monk, ed. (Chichester, England: John Wiley & Sons, 1991), pp. 155–167. For comparison, evidence exists showing that a 2-hour sleep debt produces performance decrements comparable to those produced by a blood alcohol level of 0.045 percent and that a 4-hour sleep debt produces performance decrements comparable to a blood alcohol level of 0.095 percent. T. Roehrs, E. Burduvali, A. Bonahoom and others, “Ethanol and Sleep Loss: A ‘Dose’ Comparison of Impairing Effects,” Sleep, vol. 26, no. 8 (2003), pp. 981-985.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 75 formerly roomed with the captain and the captain’s father both provided corroborating evidence that the captain normally slept 10 or more hours overnight and supplemented this by daytime napping. Although all of the interviewed witnesses described the captain’s health as excellent, the high sleep needs they described would be classified in medical literature as a sleep disorder124 that would warrant professional evaluation for treatment possibilities and identification of any conditions that could limit the pilot’s performance in a safety-sensitive position. Given that the captain obtained no more than half of his normal sleep time on the night before the accident and his early awakening time, he was likely impaired by fatigue at the time of the accident, especially given his high sleep needs. According to his fiancée, the first officer typically went to bed about 2330 and awoke about 9 hours later. She stated that he went to sleep about 2300 the night before the accident and awoke the next morning at 0506, which reduced his overnight sleep time by about 3 hours. In addition, the first officer stayed up until 0100 the previous night watching a home video, which contributed to his cumulative sleep debt of about 4.5 hours.125 Therefore, the first officer was also likely impaired by fatigue at the time of the accident due to his sleep debt and early awakening time. Further, the investigation revealed that the first officer sometimes had trouble sleeping the night before a trip and that, on these occasions, he self-medicated with his fiancée’s prescription sleep medication zolpidem because he did not have a prescription.126 His fiancée reported that he took zolpidem the night before the accident. Both pilots showed evidence of untreated sleep difficulties that would have made them especially vulnerable to fatigue thereby increasing the likelihood of fatigue at the time of the accident. Specifically, the captain had high sleep demands, and the first officer had periodic instances of insomnia. However, no evidence was found indicating that either pilot sought medical assistance for sleep difficulties before the accident. Fatigue degrades many aspects of cognitive performance. Further, fatigue is especially impairing when a pilot has to perform under time pressure, such as during a difficult landing sequence. Accident investigations have shown that fatigue can cause pilots to make risky, impulsive decisions and be late at changing plans, such as recognizing the need to discontinue a landing, which was demonstrated by the captain’s decision to go around late in the landing roll.127 Similarly, scientific evidence indicates that “skills involved in decision making that are affected by sleep loss include assimilation of changing information, updating strategies based on
124 For more information, see International Classification of Sleep Disorders–Second Edition (West Chester, Illinois: American Academy of Sleep Medicine, 2005). 125 Although the first officer went to bed about 2300, 30 minutes earlier than his usual bedtime, this was not sufficiently early to compensate for his 4.5-hour sleep debt. 126 The first officer’s use of zolpidem, which was self-administered without a physician’s supervision, was less than 8 hours before he assumed duty as a pilot, contrary to current FAA and Army guidelines, which are discussed below. 127 For example, see (a) Collision With Trees on Final Approach, Federal Express Flight 1478, Boeing 727-232, N497FE, Tallahassee, Florida, July 26, 2002, Aviation Accident Report NTSB/AAR-04/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004) and (b) A Review of Flightcrew-Involved, Major Accidents of U.S. Carriers, 1978 through 1990, Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1994).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 76 new information, [and]…risk assessment” and that “time pressure increases cognitive errors.”128 Further, the evidence shows that sleep deprivation, combined with attention-intensive situations, such as the unexpected runway stopping difficulties that the pilots experienced at OWA, causes performance “to become unstable with increased errors of omission (lapses) and commission (wrong responses).” The captain’s performance during the landing, including his error of omission when he partially deployed lift dump, and his error of commission when he delayed the go-around, provide examples of how fatigue impairment can contribute to operational shortcomings when facing high workload demands, such as those associated with the landing rollout, and lead to serious errors and poor decision-making. As noted, the investigation determined that the first officer used the prescription sleep medication zolpidem. The level of the medication detected in his blood was consistent with a typical dose of zolpidem, which generally results in short-term sedation and impairment (for a period of 4 to 5 hours) but does not result in persistent performance decrement or “hangover” effects.129 Therefore, it is unlikely that the use of zolpidem itself added to the degradation of the first officer’s psychomotor or cognitive skills at the time of the accident. The NTSB concludes that both pilots’ performance was likely impaired by fatigue that resulted from their significant acute sleep loss, early start time, and possible untreated sleep disorders and that fatigue might have especially degraded the captain’s performance and decision-making abilities when he had to decide while under time pressure whether to continue the landing or initiate a go-around. The NTSB further concludes that, although the first officer took a prescription sleep aid for which he did not have a prescription the night before the accident, because of the short duration of its effects for most individuals, it is unlikely that the use of this medication degraded the first officer’s performance at the time of the accident, which occurred about 12 hours after he took the medication. FAA guidance currently allows the use of zolpidem under restricted conditions that include grounding a pilot for 24 hours after taking the medication.130 Therefore, pilots are prohibited from taking this medication before an assignment, when the safety benefits might be greatest. As a result, current restrictions may inadvertently encourage self-medication without proper supervision, such as found with the accident first officer. In contrast, U.S. military guidelines permit pilots to perform flight duties 6 hours (Navy and Air Force) and 8 hours (Army) after using zolpidem, and a recent position paper by the Aerospace Medical Association, which discussed the military guidelines, has recommended that the FAA reevaluate its current restrictions on zolpidem.131 Further, the FAA does not provide guidance for the use of other
128 For more information, see N. Goel, H. Rao, J. S. Durmer, and D. F. Dinges, “Neurocognitive Consequences of Sleep Deprivation,” Seminars in Neurology, vol. 29, no. 4 (2009), pp. 320–339. 129 For more information, see C. S. Ramsey and S. E. Mcglohn, “Zolpidem as a Fatigue Countermeasure,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 68, no. 10 (1997), pp. 926–931. 130 In the Fall 2003 FAA Federal Air Surgeon’s Medical Bulletin (a quarterly periodical distributed to FAA aviation medical examiners and available on the FAA’s website), an article noted, “The AMCD [Aerospace Medical Certification Division] has allowed the use of this sedative—providing the airman is not taking it more than twice a week. It cannot be used for circadian adjustment. An airman should not operate an aircraft for 24 hours after taking Ambien.” W. S. Siberman, “Certification Issues and Answers,” Federal Air Surgeon’s Medical Bulletin no. 02-1 vol. 41, no. 3 (2003), p. 4. 131 J. A. Caldwell, J. L. Mallis, J. L. Caldwell, and others, “Fatigue Countermeasures in Aviation,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 80, no. 1 (2009), p. 41. The position paper, written for the Aerospace
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 77 sleep-promoting medications, including some like zaleplon (which has a shorter half-life than zolpidem), which is also currently approved for military aviation. Once they are proven safe and effective, medications can be a valuable component of a treatment for insomnia by a qualified professional, as noted in the Aerospace Medical Association position paper, which states, “facilitating quality sleep with the use of a well-tested, safe pharmacological compound is far better than having pilots return to duty when sleep deprived or having them return to duty following a sleep episode that has been induced with alcohol.” The NTSB notes that, even though the first officer took zolpidem the night before the accident, his use of the medication would not have negated the fatigue caused by his sleep debt and early awakening time. The NTSB concludes that allowing civil aviation pilots who have occasional insomnia to use prescription sleep medications that have been proven safe and effective would improve these pilots’ sleep quality and operational abilities. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA revise regulations and policies to permit appropriate use of prescription sleep medications by pilots under medical supervision for insomnia. Pilots and physicians might have limited knowledge about sleep disorders and the availability of treatment for such disorders. Currently, the FAA provides little guidance to pilots or their physicians on these issues. For example, although the AIM describes fatigue as “one of the most treacherous hazards to flight safety,” it does not discuss sleep disorders, and an FAA brochure regarding fatigue in aviation briefly describes major sleep disorders, but it does not discuss or recommend treatment.132 In addition, the 2009 Guide for Aviation Medical Examiners provides certification guidance only for obstructive sleep apnea and periodic limb movements but not for the much more common sleep-related complaint of insomnia, while a summary article in the Spring 2002 Federal Air Surgeon’s Medical Bulletin on sleep disorders133 provides a fairly detailed overview of common sleep disorders but does not identify FAA aeromedical policy regarding the conditions other than to note prohibited medications. Such disorders can often be effectively treated through means that cause minimal disruption of personal and professional activities,134 but, without appropriate FAA guidance, many pilots who would benefit from medical treatment for sleep disorders may hesitate to obtain it (or, like the accident first officer, resort to unsupervised self-medication).
Medical Association by the Fatigue Countermeasures Subcommittee of the Aerospace Human Factors Committee, states, “it is our position that zolpidem be authorized for civilian commercial pilots a maximum of 4 times per week in situations where natural sleep is difficult or impossible due to circadian or other reasons provided that: 1) the pilot has checked for any unusual reactions to the medication during an off-duty period; 2) the dose does not exceed 10 [milligrams] in any given 24-[hour] period; and 3) there is a minimal interval of 12 [hours] between the ingestion of the medication and the return to duty.” 132 The brochure stated, “A variety of medical conditions can influence the quality and duration of sleep. To name a few: sleep apnea, restless leg syndrome, certain medications, depression, stress, insomnia, and chronic pain.” The brochure makes no further mention of sleep disorders and, although the brochure concludes with lifestyle recommendations, it does not discuss seeking medical treatment for sleep disorders. “Medical Facts for Pilots, Fatigue in Aviation.” Publication No. OK-07-193 (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma: Federal Aviation Administration, Civil Aeronautical Institute, 2007). 133 V. D. Wooten, “Sleep Disorders in Pilots,” Federal Air Surgeon’s Medical Bulletin no. 02-1 (Spring 2002), pp. 8–9. 134 For example, see C. M. Morin, “ Psychological and Behavioral Treatments for Primary Insomnia,” in M. H. Kryger, T. Roth, W. C. Dement, Principles and Practice of Sleep Medicine (Fourth Edition), (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Elsevier, Inc., 2005), pp. 726–737.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 78 The NTSB has longstanding concerns about sleep disorders and associated vehicle operator impairments that result from undiagnosed or untreated sleep disorders in all modes of transportation. For example, in 1989, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation I-89-1, which asked the DOT to “expedite a coordinated research program on the effects of fatigue, sleepiness, sleep disorders, and circadian factors on transportation system safety.” The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation I-89-1 “Closed—Acceptable Action” on July 19, 1996, based on the DOT’s efforts to organize and follow through on a departmentwide coordinated fatigue research effort. In 2009, the NTSB issued safety recommendations in the highway, marine, and rail transportation modes, in addition to aviation, to identify and treat vehicle operators who are at high risk of obstructive sleep apnea and other sleep disorders.135 The NTSB has also issued several safety recommendations related to fatigue and sleep disorders and their effect on aviation operations. For example, on June 12, 2008, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-08-44 and -45, which asked the FAA to, in part, develop guidance for operators to establish fatigue management systems, including information about the content and implementation of these systems (A-08-44) and develop and use a methodology that will continually assess the effectiveness of fatigue management systems implemented by operators, including their ability to improve sleep and alertness, mitigate performance errors, and prevent incidents and accidents (A-08-45). With regard to sleep disorders, the NTSB noted that medical screening and treatment are among the strategies employed by fatigue management systems as part of their comprehensive, tailored approach to the problem of fatigue. On August 3, 2010, the FAA issued AC 120-103, “Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Aviation Safety,” which provided guidance recommended for operators to establish a fatigue management system. On January 11, 2011, Safety Recommendation A-08-44, was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” based on the issuance of the AC. The NTSB noted that the AC also provided guidance on the types of data and assessment techniques that operators should use to continually assess the effectiveness of their fatigue management systems, as discussed in Safety Recommendation A-08-45. However, the NTSB clarified that, although the AC recommends that operators collect and analyze the data discussed in the AC, the intent of the recommendation was for the FAA to also collect this data to evaluate the effectiveness of fatigue management systems in use by operators. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-08-45 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the FAA providing a description of its plan to assemble and evaluate the data being collected in response to the AC and completing action to address the recommendation. In addition, on August 7, 2009, as a result of the Mesa Airlines Bombardier CL-600-2B19 (operated as go! flight 1002) event during which both the captain and first officer fell asleep during the flight, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-63, which asked the FAA to, in part, “develop and disseminate guidance for pilots, employers, and physicians regarding the identification and treatment of individuals at high risk of obstructive sleep apnea.” On October 23, 2009, the FAA stated that it planned to develop and implement an AME education program on obstructive sleep apnea and update the AME Guide to address the diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea, produce an Office of Aerospace Medicine pilot safety brochure about obstructive sleep apnea, and revise the FAA AIM to include an explanation of
135 See Safety Recommendations H-09-15 and -16, M-09-14 through -16, and R-09-9 through -11.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 79 sleep hygiene and sleep apnea and their relation to fatigue and fitness to fly. On June 8, 2010, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-09-63 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending the completion of these actions. However, the NTSB notes that Safety Recommendation A-09-63 only applied to obstructive sleep apnea and that other common sleep disorders, such as insomnia (which is the most common form of sleep disturbance), have not yet been addressed. The NTSB notes that the FAA has also addressed some aspects of fatigue through its issuance of the NPRM titled, “14 CFR Parts 117 and 121: Flightcrew Member Duty and Rest Requirements.” The NPRM proposes to amend Part 121 and establish Part 117 to create a single set of flight time limitations, duty-period limits, and rest requirements for pilots in Part 121 operations. The NTSB notes that, at the time of the accident, the pilots had logged about 3 hours of flight time and were less than 5 hours into their duty day, which was well within current and proposed hours of service standards for Part 135 operations.136 Therefore, hours of service regulations provide a necessary but not sufficient framework for eliminating fatigue from flight operations, and personnel and company issues must also be addressed for effective fatigue management. Regarding sleep disorders, the NPRM proposes that each certificate holder must develop and implement a fatigue-based education and training program that must include, among other topics, “familiarity with sleep disorders and their possible treatments.” On November 15, 2010, the NTSB commented on the NPRM and stated, “if adopted, the proposed rule will provide substantial benefits towards reducing the hazards associated with flight crew fatigue in Part 121 operations.” The NTSB stated that it strongly supported the concept of requiring a fatigue education and training program for all flight crewmembers, employees involved in the operational control and scheduling of flight crewmembers, and personnel having management oversight of these areas, noting that the concept of fatigue education is among the foundational elements of an effective fatigue management system. The NTSB notes that, although the NPRM proposes positive changes related to fatigue in Part 121 operations, it does not address Part 135 operations. The accident pilots’ sleep history indicates that Part 135 pilots also need to be educated on factors relating to fatigue to prevent operating flights while impaired by fatigue. The NTSB concludes that educating and training pilots on fatigue-related issues could prevent pilots from operating flights while impaired by fatigue. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require 14 CFR Part 135 and 91 subpart K pilots to receive initial and recurrent education and training on factors that create fatigue in flight operations, fatigue signs and symptoms, and effective strategies to manage fatigue and performance during operations. The OWA accident also shows the need for a more comprehensive approach to addressing common sleep disorders, including excessive sleep needs and insomnia, which might have applied to the accident captain and first officer, respectively. If common sleep disorders
136 In accordance with 14 CFR 135.265, “Flight Time Limitations and Rest Requirements: Scheduled Operations,” Part 135 operations, such as the accident trip, are limited to a 16-hour duty period with a maximum of 8 hours flight time. The NPRM, “14 CFR Parts 117 and 121: Flightcrew Member Duty and Rest Requirements,” would establish new limits for operations like the accident trip, which began at 0600 and had five scheduled legs, to an 11.5-hour duty period with a maximum of 9 hours flight time. The NPRM was proposed for Part 121 operations, but the FAA noted that it anticipated a rulemaking initiative for Part 135 operations that would closely resemble this proposal.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report were more readily recognizable by the aviation industry, both pilots might have addressed and treated their sleep issues and possibly prevented the fatigue that they experienced on the day of the accident. For example, they would have been more aware of sleep issues and, therefore, would likely have been getting more and better quality sleep during the nights before a flight to minimize sleep loss. In addition, the NTSB notes that both the Mesa Airlines captain, who was subsequently diagnosed with severe sleep apnea, and the Shuttle America captain, who was found to have been suffering from intermittent insomnia, had complained to their personal physicians before their incident and accident, respectively, but that they had not received treatment for their sleep difficulties. The history of these three events clearly indicates that greater awareness about common sleep disorders among physicians treating airline pilots, as well as among the pilots themselves, would be valuable. The NTSB concludes that formal guidance on how pilots can be treated for common sleep disorders while retaining their medical certification could help mitigate fatigue-related accidents and incidents. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA review the policy standards for all common sleep-related conditions, including insomnia, and revise them in accordance with current scientific evidence to establish standards under which pilots can be effectively treated for common sleep disorders while retaining their medical certification. Further, the NTSB recommends that the FAA increase the education and training of physicians and pilots on common sleep disorders, including insomnia, emphasizing the need for aeromedically appropriate evaluation, intervention, and monitoring for sleep-related conditions. 2.6 Landing Distance Assessments As noted, no available evidence indicates that the pilots reassessed the landing situation while in flight. As a result, they had no clear idea what they might encounter when the airplane landed on the wet runway. Federal regulations do not generally require or standardize arrival landing distance assessments or specify minimum safety margins for such assessments. In October 2007, the NTSB issued two safety recommendations to the FAA regarding landing distance assessments. Urgent Safety Recommendation A-07-57 asked the FAA to do the following: Immediately require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to conduct arrival landing distance assessments before every landing based on existing performance data, actual conditions, and incorporating a minimum safety margin of 15 percent. Safety Recommendation A-07-61 asked the FAA to do the following: Require all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to accomplish arrival landing distance assessments before every landing based on a standardized methodology involving approved performance data, actual arrival conditions, a means of correlating the airplane’s braking ability with runway surface conditions using the most conservative interpretation available, and including a minimum safety margin of 15 percent. 80
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The need for landing distance assessments with an adequate safety margin for every landing is currently on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List. For both recommendations, the FAA stated that it had taken several actions to address the safety issues discussed in these recommendations, including the issuance of SAFO 06012. The FAA also stated that a survey of Part 121 operators indicated “92 percent of U.S. airline passengers are now being carried by air carriers in full or partial compliance with the practices recommended in SAFO 06012.” Further, the FAA formed the TALPA ARC to review regulations affecting certification and operation of airplanes and airports for airplane takeoff and landing operations on contaminated runways. On June 27, 2008, the NTSB noted that the FAA had not indicated the percentage of Part 121 carriers that had fully adopted the SAFO or those parts of the SAFO that had not been adopted by other Part 121 carriers. The NTSB stated that it was especially concerned that among those parts of the SAFO that had not yet been adopted was the minimum 15-percent landing distance safety margin. The NTSB also noted that the FAA did not provide any information regarding whether SAFO 06012 had been adopted in full or in part by Part 135 and 91 subpart K operators or describe the actions that it would take to encourage those operators that have not complied with the SAFO. The TALPA ARC issued its recommendations to the FAA in 2009. The regulatory changes proposed by the TALPA ARC group would codify many of the provisions of SAFO 06012 and add new regulations to Part 25 to require that the braking coefficients on wet, ungrooved runways be calculated in accordance with Section 25.109. Further, pilots would be required to perform arrival landing distance assessments before landing, which would “consider the runway surface condition, aircraft landing configuration, and meteorological conditions, using approved operational landing performance data in the Airplane Flight Manual supplemented as necessary with other data acceptable to the Administrator.” The TALPA ARC working group responsible for Parts 125, 135, and 91 subpart K operations expressed concerns about the applicability of the recommendations made by the other groups to the operations covered by Parts 125, 135, and 91 subpart K. Specifically, the group’s recommendation document stated that sufficient differences existed among aircraft operations conducted under Parts 125, 135, and 91 subpart K in the types of aircraft flown, airports used, expectations of passengers, economic factors, and accident history to justify different rules. However, the NTSB notes that the TALPA ARC recommended that Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators conduct arrival landing distance assessments before every landing based on actual arrival conditions and incorporate a minimum safety margin (of 15 percent for Part 121 operations and of either 11 or 18 percent, with exceptions, for Part 135 and 91 subpart K operations). The TALPA ARC also recommended that regulations be added to Part 26, which would require the type-certificate holders of transport-category, turbine-powered airplanes with a type certificate issued after January 1, 1958, and operated under Parts 121, 125, 135, and 91 subpart K, to publish performance data to meet the intent of the new landing distance assessment regulations. The methods and assumptions for producing the data would be those specified in the additions to Part 25. Therefore, if the TALPA ARC’s recommendations were codified, the braking coefficients used to determine landing distances on wet runways would be based on the methods defined in Section 25.109, which would result in more conservative 81
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report distances than those based on AMJ 25X1591. The BAe 125-800A AFM would be required to be updated with these more conservative distances. On August 23, 2010, the FAA stated that it had received the TALPA ARC’s recommendations and that it was evaluating them with the intention to initiate and complete rulemaking in 2011. The FAA stated that, in the interim, it was continuing to encourage operators to incorporate the safety elements contained in SAFO 06012 pending the completion of the rulemaking process. On January 31, 2011, the NTSB stated that the investigation of the East Coast Jets accident revealed that the company did not require its pilots to perform landing distance assessments based on conditions actually existing at the time of arrival. The NTSB further stated that it was concerned that accidents continued to occur in which pilots have not conducted arrival landing distance assessments, which would have provided them with crucial information about the landing conditions upon arrival and either prevented or seriously reduced the severity of the accidents. The NTSB pointed out that Safety Recommendation A-07-57 was issued as an interim solution because it recognized that the standardized methodology asked for in Safety Recommendation A-07-61 would take time to develop but that, to date, the FAA’s actions had not been responsive. When issuing an urgent recommendation, such as Safety Recommendation A-07-57, the NTSB believes that the actions need to be completed within 1 year of the recommendation issuance date. Therefore, because more than 3 years had passed since the recommendation was issued and the FAA had not taken the recommended action, the NTSB classified urgent Safety Recommendation A-07-57 “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” Regarding Safety Recommendation A-07-61, the NTSB stated that the FAA’s efforts to address the recommendation were responsive; however, it encouraged the FAA to initiate and complete rulemaking in a timely manner. The NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-07-61 “Open— Acceptable Response” pending the FAA’s prompt action to address the recommendation. The NTSB is aware that several companies, including Airbus, Boeing, and Honeywell, have developed, or are in the process of developing, runway overrun protection systems. The NTSB recognizes the safety benefits of such systems in preventing runway overruns and notes that the installation of such systems on all airplanes would be partially responsive to its existing recommendations related to landing accidents and, accordingly, may support the FAA’s response to Safety Recommendation A-07-61. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA actively pursue with aircraft and avionics manufacturers the development of technology to reduce or prevent runway excursions and, once it becomes available, require that the technology be installed. The effective braking coefficients determined in the airplane performance study for the accident landing were substantially below those defined by the BCAR RWHS and AMJ 25X1591, assumed in the CAPS simulation, and underlying the wet runway landing distances provided in the BAe 125-800A AFM guidance material. The study also determined that the braking coefficients most representative of the actual performance of the airplane during the landing closely matched those calculated by a NASA friction expert using the CFME measurements made on the runway 2 days after the accident. The performance study also indicated that the total landing distances computed using the Section 25.109 braking coefficients 82
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 83 can be significantly longer than those computed using the AMJ 25X1591 coefficients and provided in the AFM. For example, using the accident landing weight of 19,912 pounds, no wind, the OWA field elevation, the outside air temperature on the day of the accident, 140-psi tire pressure, and deceleration device deployment times, the airplane performance study indicated that the total landing distance using the AMJ 25X1591 braking coefficients was 3,338 feet and that the total landing distance using the Section 25.109 braking coefficients was 4,225 feet, which is 26 percent longer.137 (See table 4 in section 1.16.3.4.2) Assuming an 8-knot tailwind, the total landing distances were 3,792 and 4,928 feet, which is 32 percent longer, respectively. Adding the 15-percent safety margin recommended by SAFO 06012 to these distances, the required runway lengths with an 8-knot tailwind would be 4,361 feet using AMJ 25X1591 data and 5,667 feet using Section 25.109 data. Therefore, even if the accident flight crew had conducted an arrival landing distance assessment using the existing AMJ 25X1591-based AFM data (for either wind condition), it would have shown that the airplane could have stopped on the 5,500-foot runway with a safety margin of more than 15 percent. As shown, a landing distance assessment using Section 25.109 data would have indicated that the runway length was insufficient for landing with at least a 15-percent safety margin with an 8-knot tailwind. The airplane performance study indicated that the airplane would have exited the runway at between 23 and 37 knots and stopped between 100 and 300 feet beyond the runway end, but within the 1,000-foot runway safety area. The Section 25.109 calculations are consistent with current knowledge about wet runway braking performance, which is reflected in the engineering data used by the FAA to update regulations governing the calculation of accelerate-stop distances for wet, ungrooved runways138 and by the TALPA ARC in drafting new recommendations to require and support arrival landing distance assessments. The NTSB concludes that the wet runway landing distances provided in AFMs or performance supplemental materials that are based on the braking coefficients defined by the BCAR RWHS or AMJ 25X1591 can be significantly shorter than the actual distances required to stop on some wet, ungrooved runways. The NTSB notes that the FAA is expected to initiate rulemaking in 2011 and that, even if the rulemaking is begun this year, it will likely be several years until final adoption and implementation. The NTSB further notes that, although the investigative findings indicated that the airplane would have overrun the runway but remained within the runway safety area if the captain had continued with the landing roll rather than attempted to go around, not all airports with ungrooved runways have safety areas. Therefore, until the FAA has completed the rulemaking, the NTSB recommends that the FAA inform operators of airplanes that have wet runway landing distance data based on the BCAR RWHS or AMJ 25X1591 that the data contained in the AFMs (and/or performance supplemental materials)
137 The NTSB notes that the calculations made in the study assumed that the pilots applied sufficient braking effort to demand all of the available runway friction. If the pilots did not apply sufficient braking effort to demand all of the available runway friction, the landing distances would have been longer than the computed landing distances. 138 The regulations governing the calculation of accelerate-stop distances also provide airframe manufacturers (and ultimately operators) with an option to account for wet, grooved or porous friction course, runway accelerate-stop performance. However, to take this improved wet runway stopping performance credit, a given operator must assume the burden of ensuring (via periodic inspections) that the runway is adequately maintained.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report may underestimate the landing distance required to land on wet, ungrooved runways and work with industry to provide guidance to these operators on how to conduct landing distance assessments when landing on such runways. 2.7 Line Checks According to 14 CFR 135.299, PICs operating under Part 135 must complete an annual line check. The annual line check must be given by an FAA-approved check pilot and consist of at least one flight over one route segment; include takeoffs and landings at one or more representative airports (that is, an airport that the pilot typically flies into); and be flown over a civil airway, an approved off-airway route, or a portion of either. FAA Order 8900.1 states that line check inspectors should observe and evaluate “adherence to approved procedures and a proper use of all checklists” and sterile cockpit procedures and that line checks should be used to emphasize adherence to SOPs and aeronautical decision-making commensurate with commercial standards. Although the order provides a checklist that contains a list of specific inspection areas that should be observed and evaluated during a line check, including weather, descent planning, use of checklists, and sterile cockpit adherence, inspectors are not required to use the checklist. In accordance with 14 CFR 135.293, “Initial and Recurrent Pilot Testing Requirements,” and 135.297, “Pilot in Command: Instrument Proficiency Check Requirements,” pilots must also meet annual competency check and semiannual instrument proficiency check requirements. Annual competency checks are intended to test pilot flying skills (for example, single-engine approaches) in each type of airplane that they fly. Semiannual instrument proficiency checks are intended to test instrument flying skills (for example, missed approaches, holding, and low-visibility takeoffs.) The investigation revealed that the accident captain’s most recent line check was accomplished on May 6, 2008, in conjunction with his annual proficiency check. Conducting line checks simultaneously with competency and proficiency checks is an accepted practice for Part 135 operators; however, this is not allowed in Part 121 operations. This practice essentially allows inspectors to conduct three required inspections simultaneously, which minimizes the surveillance opportunities presented by these inspections and, therefore, the efficacy of such surveillance. During the line check, the captain flew from ABE to Hazleton Municipal Airport, Hazleton, Pennsylvania, located about 32 miles away, and then back to ABE. The line check took a total of 1.5 hours and included instrument approaches and landings. The captain’s line check adhered to the line-check requirements because the captain flew on an airway route to a representative airport. However, the line check was only 1.5 hours, which was too short to be representative of a typical flight (customers do not typically charter flights for such short distances), and the airplane would not have reached a typical jet high-cruise altitude in that amount of time. Performing part of the line check during the cruise portion of flight is critical because it allows the inspector to see how a pilot responds to situations in real-time and under conditions representative of a typical revenue flight. During the cruise portion of flight, the inspector can discuss issues such as flight planning, diversions, alternates, and weather dynamics. Further, when line checks are not conducted in an environment that is truly representative of operations, the inspector has a limited opportunity to evaluate the pilot’s 84
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report practical application of his knowledge to company operations and to identify and address any performance issues with the pilot. The check airman who conducted the captain’s last line check would not have had sufficient time to conduct a thorough and complete inspection or adequately address all of the inspection items. If the check airman had adhered to the FAA’s guidelines and conducted the line check on a truly representative revenue flight, using the full checklist provided in FAA Order 8900.1, he might have been able to provide valuable feedback to the captain on how to properly conduct checklists and a missed approach—two areas the captain handled inadequately during the accident flight. The accident captain also would have benefitted from a more thorough knowledge and awareness of convective weather and the use of forecasts and related reports, and a line check conducted on a truly representative flight would have been an appropriate means to reinforce that knowledge and awareness and improve the captain’s overall performance as a PIC. The NTSB concludes that 14 CFR Part 135 PIC line-check requirements are not adequate because they allow more than one required inspection to be conducted simultaneously and do not require that the line checks be conducted on flights that truly represent typical revenue operations; thus, the efficacy of line checks to promote and enhance safety is minimized, and pilots have limited opportunities to demonstrate their ability to manage weather information, checklist execution, sterile cockpit adherence, and other variables that might affect revenue flights. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that 14 CFR Part 135 PIC line checks be conducted independently from other required checks and be conducted on flights that truly represent typical revenue operations, including a portion of cruise flight, to ensure that thorough and complete line checks, during which pilots demonstrate their ability to manage weather information, checklist execution, sterile cockpit adherence, and other variables that might affect revenue flights, are conducted. 2.8 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System At the time of the accident, the terrain database installed in the system was version 421 (released in March 2000). The current terrain database was version 450 (released in April 2008), which was an upgrade to version 421. However, no change occurred to the OWA data between the old and current versions of the EGPWS terrain database. The NTSB concludes that, although the EGPWS terrain database had not been updated to the current version, the outdated database was not a factor in the accident. Although the outdated EGPWS terrain database did not factor in the accident, the NTSB notes that it is critical to have updated information in the EGPWS (also known as a “terrain avoidance warning system”) to maximize the safety benefits of such a system because terrain and obstacle data may change over time. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to ensure that terrain avoidance warning system-equipped aircraft in their fleet have the current terrain database installed. 85
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.9 Flight Recorders The airplane was not required by FAA regulations to have an FDR installed. In the NTSB’s January 28, 2009, report on the midair collision involving electronic news gathering helicopters in Phoenix, Arizona, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-11, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with a flight data recorder and are operating under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” when the document is finalized and issued. On February 12, 2011, the FAA stated that it published TSO C197 for lightweight recording systems. The FAA stated that the TSO invokes certain requirements of EUROCAE document ED-155 and standardizes the design and production certification requirements for equipment manufacturers in an effort to streamline aircraft installation and integration. The FAA stated that, in light of this effort, it did not intend to mandate the equipage of additional recording systems on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft. The NTSB is currently evaluating this response. The NTSB concludes that a lightweight recording system conforming to EUROCAE ED-155 would have helped determine the flight crew’s actions during the landing and subsequent go-around attempt, including, but not limited to, whether they silently conducted checklists (partially or completely), which flap settings they selected, and how much braking effort they made upon landing. 86
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The investigation found that the pilots were properly certificated and qualified under federal
regulations.
- The investigation found that the accident airplane was properly certificated, equipped, and
maintained in accordance with federal regulations. Examinations of the recovered components revealed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures. The airplane was within normal weight and balance limitations.
- The accident was not survivable.
- The captain allowed an atmosphere in the cockpit that did not comply with well-designed
procedures intended to minimize operational errors, including sterile cockpit adherence, and this atmosphere permitted inadequate briefing of the approach and monitoring of the current weather conditions, including the wind information on the cockpit instruments; inappropriate conversation; nonstandard terminology; and a lack of checklist discipline throughout the descent and approach phases of the flight.
- The flight crewmembers exhibited poor aeronautical decision-making and managed their
resources poorly, which prevented them from recognizing and fully evaluating alternatives to landing on a wet runway in changing weather conditions, eroded the safety margins provided by the checklists, and degraded the pilots’ attention, thus increasing the risk of an accident.
- The airplane touched down within the target touchdown zone and at the recommended
touchdown speed, and the captain likely applied sufficient pressure on the brakes during the initial part of the landing roll to take full advantage of the available runway friction, but he failed to immediately deploy the lift-dump system after touchdown in accordance with company procedures, which negatively affected the airplane’s deceleration.
- No evidence exists that reverted rubber or dynamic hydroplaning occurred.
- If the captain had continued the landing and accepted the possibility of overrunning the
runway instead of attempting to execute a go-around late in the landing roll, the accident most likely would have been prevented or the severity reduced because the airplane would have come to rest within the runway safety area.
- Establishing a committed-to-stop point in the landing sequence beyond which a go-around
should not be attempted for turbine-powered aircraft would eliminate ambiguity for pilots making decisions during time-critical events.
- If, as a 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 operator, East Coast Jets had been required
to develop standard operating procedures and its pilots had been required to adhere to them, many of the deficiencies demonstrated by the pilots during the accident flight (for example, 87
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report inadequate checklist discipline and failure to conduct an approach briefing) might have been corrected by the resultant stricter cockpit discipline.
- The first officer might have been used more effectively and the pilots might have performed
better during the accident flight if they had received formalized crew resource management (CRM) training with stated standards like those required for 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 operations, and, if the final rule, “Crew Resource Management Training for Crewmembers in Part 135 Operations,” published on January 21, 2011, in 76 Federal Register 3831, had been in place before the accident flight, it might have addressed the CRM deficiencies exhibited by the flight crew.
- The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) principal operations inspector for East Coast
Jets was not familiar with the company’s out-sourced training, and his oversight of the company could have been improved by communicating with Simcom and the FAA training center program manager for Simcom and ensuring that the checklists used during training were consistent with those used during operations.
- Maintaining consistency between the checklists used during training and those used during
actual 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 and 91 subpart K operations is essential to avoiding confusion about checklist usage and execution.
- Clearly stating and responding to the intended flap setting, rather than just stating, “set” or
“as required,” during all checklists would eliminate confusion about an airplane’s configuration during critical phases of flight, such as landing.
- The captain did not obtain any forecast weather information for the flight route or the area
surrounding Owatonna Degner Regional Airport (OWA); therefore, he did not have all of the weather information he needed to ensure that he could make a safe flight into OWA.
- If the captain had obtained a weather briefing from a National Weather Service-certificated
weather briefer, the pilots would have had a more complete outlook of weather conditions along the flight route and at the destination airport, and they would have been alerted to the possibility that they would have to land on a wet runway in severe weather conditions.
- Guidance that explains terms related to severe thunderstorm conditions would help pilots
better understand such conditions, which would allow them to make better-informed decisions regarding taking off or continuing flight when these types of conditions exist.
- Both pilots’ performance was likely impaired by fatigue that resulted from their significant
acute sleep loss, early start time, and possible untreated sleep disorders, and fatigue might have especially degraded the captain’s performance and decision-making abilities when he had to decide while under time pressure whether to continue the landing or initiate a go- around.
- Although the first officer took a prescription sleep aid for which he did not have a
prescription the night before the accident, because of the short duration of its effects for most individuals, it is unlikely that the use of this medication degraded the first officer’s 88
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report performance at the time of the accident, which occurred about 12 hours after he took the medication.
- Allowing civil aviation pilots who have occasional insomnia to use prescription sleep
medications that have been proven safe and effective would improve these pilots’ sleep quality and operational abilities.
- Educating and training pilots on fatigue-related issues could prevent pilots from operating
flights while impaired by fatigue.
- Formal guidance on how pilots can be treated for common sleep disorders while retaining
their medical certification could help mitigate fatigue-related accidents and incidents.
- The wet runway landing distances provided in aircraft flight manuals or performance
supplemental materials that are based on the braking coefficients defined by the British Civil Air Regulations Reference Wet Hard Surface and Advisory Material Joint 25X1591 can be significantly shorter than the actual distances required to stop on some wet, ungrooved runways.
- Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 pilot-in-command line-check requirements are
not adequate because they allow more than one required inspection to be conducted simultaneously and do not require that the line checks be conducted on flights that truly represent typical revenue operations; thus, the efficacy of line checks to promote and enhance safety is minimized, and pilots have limited opportunities to demonstrate their ability to manage weather information, checklist execution, sterile cockpit adherence, and other variables that might affect revenue flights.
- Although the enhanced ground proximity warning system terrain database had not been
updated to the most current version, the outdated database was not a factor in the accident.
- A lightweight recording system conforming to European Organization for Civil Aviation
Equipment ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” would have helped determine the flight crew’s actions during the landing and subsequent go-around attempt, including, but not limited to, whether they silently conducted checklists (partially or completely), which flap settings they selected, and how much braking effort they made upon landing. 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the captain’s decision to attempt a go-around late in the landing roll with insufficient runway remaining. Contributing to the accident were (1) the pilots’ poor crew coordination and lack of cockpit discipline; (2) fatigue, which likely impaired both pilots’ performance; and (3) the failure of the Federal Aviation Administration to require crew resource management training and standard operating procedures for Part 135 operators.
89
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Recommendations
- 1 New Safety Recommendations
As a result of the investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Require manufacturers of newly certificated and in-service turbine-powered aircraft to incorporate in their Aircraft Flight Manuals a committed-to-stop point in the landing sequence (for example, in the case of the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane, once lift dump is deployed) beyond which a go-around should not be attempted. (A-11-18) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators and Part 142 training schools to incorporate the information from the revised manufacturers’ Aircraft Flight Manuals asked for in Safety Recommendation A-11-18 into their manuals and training. (A-11-19) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 and 91 subpart K operators to establish, and ensure that their pilots adhere to, standard operating procedures. (A-11-20) Require principal operations inspectors of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 and 91 subpart K operators to ensure that pilots use the same checklists in operations that they used during training for normal, abnormal, and emergency conditions. (A-11-21) Require manufacturers and 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to design new, or revise existing, checklists to require pilots to clearly call out and respond with the actual flap position, rather than just stating, “set” or “as required.” (A-11-22) Work with the National Weather Service to revise Advisory Circular 00-24B, “Thunderstorms,” by including explanations of the terms used to describe severe thunderstorms, such as “bow echo,” “derecho,” and “mesoscale convective system.” (A-11-23) Revise regulations and policies to permit appropriate use of prescription sleep medications by pilots under medical supervision for insomnia. (A-11-24) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 and 91 subpart K pilots to receive initial and recurrent education and training on factors that create fatigue in flight operations, fatigue signs and symptoms, and effective strategies to manage fatigue and performance during operations. (A-11-25) 90
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Review the policy standards for all common sleep-related conditions, including insomnia, and revise them in accordance with current scientific evidence to establish standards under which pilots can be effectively treated for common sleep disorders while retaining their medical certification. (A-11-26) Increase the education and training of physicians and pilots on common sleep disorders, including insomnia, emphasizing the need for aeromedically appropriate evaluation, intervention, and monitoring for sleep-related conditions. (A-11-27) Actively pursue with aircraft and avionics manufacturers the development of technology to reduce or prevent runway excursions and, once it becomes available, require that the technology be installed. (A-11-28) Inform operators of airplanes that have wet runway landing distance data based on the British Civil Air Regulations Reference Wet Hard Surface or Advisory Material Joint 25X1591 that the data contained in the Aircraft Flight Manuals (and/or performance supplemental materials) may underestimate the landing distance required to land on wet, ungrooved runways and work with industry to provide guidance to these operators on how to conduct landing distance assessments when landing on such runways. (A-11-29) Require that 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 135 pilot-in-command line checks be conducted independently from other required checks and be conducted on flights that truly represent typical revenue operations, including a portion of cruise flight, to ensure that thorough and complete line checks, during which pilots demonstrate their ability to manage weather information, checklist execution, sterile cockpit adherence, and other variables that might affect revenue flights, are conducted. (A-11-30) Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to ensure that terrain avoidance warning system-equipped aircraft in their fleet have the current terrain database installed. (A-11-31) 4.2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendation Classified in this Report As a result of its investigation of the October 25, 2002, accident in which an Aviation Charter, Inc., King Air A100 airplane lost control and impacted terrain in Eveleth, Minnesota, the National Transportation Safety Board issued the following safety recommendation to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) on December 2, 2003: Require that 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 135 on-demand charter operators that conduct dual-pilot operations establish and implement an [FAA]- approved crew resource management training program for their flight crews in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121, subparts N and O. (A-03-52) 91
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Safety Recommendation A-03-52 (previously classified “Open—Unacceptable Response”) is classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” in this report, and this classification is discussed in section 2.3.1. BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member
EARL F. WEENER
Member Adopted: March 15, 2011
Vice Chairman Hart filed the following statement on March 21, 2011. 92
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Board Member Statement Vice Chairman Christopher A. Hart, concurring in part and dissenting in part: Concurrence. The discussion in the report about Crew Resource Management (CRM) is fine as far as it goes, but I don’t believe it goes far enough. This accident involves a PIC and an SIC with very disparate experience levels – the PIC had about 3,600 hours of total flight time, with almost 1,200 hours in type, while the SIC had less than 1,500 hours of total flight time, with less than 300 hours in type. Query whether the concept of CRM is fundamentally different in this context, which is actually more akin to an instructor-student relationship, than in a context in which the experience levels of the two crew members are less disparate. It seems to me that there would necessarily be a significant difference in the relationship between two crewmembers whose background and experience are roughly comparable, as opposed to an instructor-student relationship, and the report is not complete, in my view, without exploring instructor-student situations in more depth. For example, the absence of team cooperation between the crewmembers in this accident is very contrary to good CRM practice in general, but would not be quite as surprising in an instructor-student context. I would be surprised and disappointed if two crew members of roughly comparable background and experience did not discuss that this landing was going to be pretty tight, and everything had to go exactly right in order to complete the landing successfully; I would not, however, be so surprised about the lack of such conversation in an instructor-student context, because the instructor, being by far the most seasoned, would probably plan to accomplish most the important steps alone in such a difficult maneuver. The absence of real engagement in the landing process by the SIC was also demonstrated by the fact that, less than three minutes before their touchdown, the SIC was on the radio to the FBO about matters that could easily have waited until after the landing. One major aspect of an instructor-student relationship that is not discussed in the report is that a person may be an excellent pilot but not necessarily be a good instructor; indeed, the pilot may have not even have any desire to teach. The report does not state whether this PIC had an instructor rating and if so, whether he kept it current or whether he enjoyed and was proficient at teaching. The PIC’s desire and ability to teach are particularly crucial, given the statement in the report from an “experienced Hawker captain” that “flying with new pilots required a lot of talking and ’babysitting,’” along with the statement from the director of operations of the company that “initially, first officers were told to just ‘sit there’ and ‘not touch anything’ and that they were a ‘detriment to the flight’” (p. 49). Given that this practice is apparently not unusual for this type of operator, query whether, for example, PICs in such situations should be required to be current instructors. The ultimate question, of course, is whether this type of instructor-student scenario should be permitted in revenue operations. Most passengers would not be pleased to learn that one of the two pilots of their two-pilot airplane is a “detriment to the flight.” 93
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Dissent. In the meeting, the Board decided, 4-1, to include the following recommendation to the FAA: Actively pursue with aircraft and avionics manufacturers the development of technology to reduce or prevent runway excursions and, once it becomes available, require that the technology be installed. The concept of developing better ways to inform pilots if their landing plans are marginal or undoable under the existing conditions is a good one, but I voted against including this recommendation in this report because it is not supported by the facts in this accident. The report notes that the calculation of landing distance, even with the 8-knot tailwind and the more conservative friction coefficients, showed that the runway was adequate, not including the 15 percent safety margin that we have recommended but the FAA has not required (Table 4). Instead, the report makes very clear that the problem was not the runway length, as such, but the considerable (7 second) delay in fully deploying the lift-dump system (p. 91). Thus, I am opposed to this recommendation because, if the calculations described in the report showed that the runway was adequate, an onboard device to determine adequate runway length would presumably have reached the same conclusion and would not have warned this crew not to land. Moreover, even though the NTSB does not engage in quantitative cost-benefit analyses, the NTSB has a long history of recommending some technologies on larger airplanes first because the cost of the technology relative to the cost of the airplane is more favorable for larger airplanes. For example, the NTSB has made progressive recommendations, starting with larger airplanes and later moving to smaller airplanes, regarding cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, and terrain awareness warning systems. Similarly, this recommendation would have been less unacceptable, in my opinion, if it had been limited to Part 121, Part 135, and Part 91 Subpart K operations. This phased-in approach would be a good idea in any event, but even more so because it is not clear from the available data that landing overruns in Part 91 operations are enough of a problem, either in likelihood or extent of harm, to warrant an FAA requirement at this time. 94
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Public Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified about this accident on July 31, 2008. A go-team was assembled in Washington, DC, and traveled to the accident scene. The go-team was accompanied by former Board Member Steven R. Chealander. The following investigative groups were formed: Aircraft Airworthiness (Systems and Structures), Aircraft Performance, Witnesses, Survival Factors and Airports, Meteorology, Air Traffic Control, Powerplants, Operations and Human Performance, and Maintenance Records. Also, a specialist was assigned to transcribe the cockpit voice recorder at the NTSB’s laboratory in Washington, DC. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration, East Coast Jets, Hawker Beechcraft Corporation, and Honeywell. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, the NTSB’s counterpart agency in the United Kingdom, the Air Accidents Investigations Branch (AAIB), participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Airframe). BAE Systems participated in the investigation as a technical advisor to the AAIB, as provided for in Annex 13. Public Hearing No public hearing was held for this accident. 95
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript The following is a transcript of the Fairchild Model A-100 cockpit voice recorder, serial number 60249, installed on the Hawker Beechcraft 125-800A airplane that crashed during an attempted go-around at Owatonna Degner Regional Airport, Owatonna, Minnesota, on July 31, 2008. LEGEND
CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source
HOT Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source
RDO Radio transmissions from N818MV
CTR Radio transmission from Minneapolis center controller
APR Radio transmission from the Minneapolis and Rochester approach controllers
FBO Radio transmission from the Rare Air FBO at Owatonna
AWOS Radio transmission from Automated Weather Observation System at Owatonna
-1 Voice identified as the captain
-2 Voice identified as the first officer
-? Voice unidentified
Unintelligible word Expletive
@ Non-pertinent word
( ) Questionable insertion
[ ] Editorial insertion
Note 1: Times are expressed in central daylight time (CDT).
Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed.
Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken.
Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
96
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 97 CVR Quality Rating Scale
The levels of recording quality are characterized by the following traits of the cockpit voice recorder information:
Excellent Quality Virtually all of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The transcript that was developed may indicate only one or two words that were not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript is usually attributed to simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other.
Good Quality Most of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The transcript that was developed may indicate several words or phrases that were not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript can be attributed to minor technical deficiencies or momentary dropouts in the recording system or to a large number of simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other.
Fair Quality The majority of the crew conversations were intelligible. The transcript that was developed may indicate passages where conversations were unintelligible or fragmented. This type of recording is usually caused by cockpit noise that obscures portions of the voice signals or by a minor electrical or mechanical failure of the CVR system that distorts or obscures the audio information.
Poor Quality Extraordinary means had to be used to make some of the crew conversations intelligible. The transcript that was developed may indicate fragmented phrases and conversations and may indicate extensive passages where conversations were missing or unintelligible. This type of recording is usually caused by a combination of a high cockpit noise level with a low voice signal (poor signal-to- noise ratio) or by a mechanical or electrical failure of the CVR system that severely distorts or obscures the audio information.
Unusable Crew conversations may be discerned, but neither ordinary nor extraordinary means made it possible to develop a meaningful transcript of the conversations. This type of recording is usually caused by an almost total mechanical or electrical failure of the CVR system.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
98 09:15:01.0 Start of Recording
09:15:28.4 Start of Transcript
09:15:28.4 RDO-2
center East Coast Jet eighty one three four zero.
09:15:31.2 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one three four oh roger.
09:15:45.5 CTR
and East Coast Jet eight one reset your transponder squawk code two four seven two.
09:15:49.4 RDO-2
two four seven two East Coast eighty one. 09:15:55.9 HOT
[sound of single chime].
09:16:54.3 HOT-1
I was readin' (the) article in a magazine in Atlantic City about flight- flight options, (the) company flight option their top ten destinations and and Minneapolis was on there I guess there's sixteen fortune five hundred f- companies there we go there quite a bit you know?
09:17:10.1 HOT-2
really?
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
99 09:17:11.3 HOT-1
we go there quite a bit you know?
09:17:12.9 HOT-2
yeah.
09:17:14.1 HOT-1
seems like kinda out of the way compared to like Chicago and 'cause usually we go to Minneapolis we go to Chicago Milwaukee.
09:17:19.9 HOT-2
yeah er.
09:17:22.5 HOT-2
yeah (we) do get out there quite a bit.
09:17:26.2 HOT-1
there are worse places to be than Minneapolis I guess.
09:17:28.1 HOT-2
yeah Minneapolis is alright.
09:17:48.6 HOT-2
is this nearby Minneapolis?
09:17:51.6 HOT-1
I'm not sure how far.
09:17:59.4 HOT-1
ahm.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
100 09:18:01.9 HOT-1
M M ah M-S-P or S-T-P in in your VORs find out, what's that?
09:18:10.2 HOT-1
probably M-S-P or S-T-P.
09:18:25.5 HOT-1
VOR section.
09:18:28.9 HOT-1
I don't know where it is but.
09:18:30.6 HOT-2
*.
09:18:36.1 HOT-1
there ya go.
09:18:56.0 HOT-2
Minneapolis one fifteen point three.
09:19:07.4 HOT-1
hundred and forty miles right over there so looks like it's about hundred only about twenty miles from there. that right?
09:19:12.8 HOT-2
yeah it shouldn't be too far.
09:19:15.9 HOT-2
I wonder if that's where they're goin' then Minneapolis?
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
101 09:19:18.1 HOT-1
naw I think there's a casino that they're goin' to 'cause this is Revel, Entertainment I think the build casinos.
09:19:23.0 HOT-2
oh.
09:19:26.7 HOT-1
so I think there's an Indian casino in Owatonna or whatever.
09:19:29.8 HOT-2
yeah.
09:19:30.7 HOT-1
Owatonna.
09:19:31.9 HOT-2
Owatonna I wonder if it's like an Indian ah.
09:19:34.5 HOT-1
probably.
09:19:39.1 HOT
[unintelligible external transmission].
09:20:13.9 HOT-2
I'm not gettin' it yet.
09:20:15.4 HOT-1
okay.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
102 09:21:05.3 HOT-1
think we're gonna have to deal with any of that.
09:21:14.2 HOT-1
'cause we should be comin' down here pretty soon.
09:21:16.4 HOT-2
yeah.
09:22:03.6 CTR
East Coast Jet eight one descend at your discretion and maintain flight level two four zero.
09:22:07.9 RDO-2
two four zero East Coast eighty one. 09:23:07.0 HOT
( Celsius dewpoint one six altimeter * niner eight six remarks lightening distance all quadrants*)
09:23:17.9 AWOS
Celsius. * niner. 09:23:19.2 HOT-2
twenty four.
09:23:21.9 AWOS
- (municipal airport) automated weather
observation (one four two three Zulu). INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
103 09:23:30.3 HOT-2
I'm gonna go off for a second.
09:23:32.5 AWOS
one zero thunderstorms rain three thousand five hundred scattered two four thousand five hundred broken six thousand zero hundred overcast temperature one eight Celsius * dewpoint one six altimeter (two niner eight six) remarks lightening distance all quadrants . 09:23:57.7 HOT
[unintelligible external transmission].
09:24:02.4 AWOS
Owatonna Municipal Airport automated weather observation one four two four Zulu weather winds calm visibility one zero thunderstorms rain three thousand five hundred scattered (two) four thousand five hundred broken niner thousand five hundred overcast temperature (one) six Celsius dewpoint one six altimeter (two niner eight six) remarks lightening distance all quadrants.
09:24:36.2 AWOS
Zulu wind two three zero at zero eight visibility.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
104
09:24:41.2 AWOS
Owatonna Municipal Airport automated weather observation one four two four Zulu weather winds calm visibility one zero thunderstorms rain three thousand five hundred scattered (ceiling) (four) thousand. 09:24:57.6 HOT-2
well.
09:25:00.4 HOT-2
calm te- calm ten miles two nine eight six forty five hundred scattered.
09:25:09.0 HOT-1
alright.
09:25:11.0 HOT-2
couldn't get the temperature.
09:25:12.7 HOT-1
that's cool.
09:25:20.3 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one contact Minneapolis center on ah one three four point two five. 09:25:20.4 CAM
[sound similar to hi-lo chime].
09:25:24.5 RDO-2
thirty four twenty five East Coast Jet eighty one.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
105
09:25:33.1 RDO-2
Minneapolis center East Coast Jet eighty one descending two five zero to two four zero. 09:25:36.7 HOT-1
two six zero.
09:25:37.2 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one Minneapolis center roger you seeing that ah extreme precip at your twelve o'clock twenty miles? 09:25:43.1 HOT-2
yeah they're paintin' it what's the bases?
09:25:45.6 RDO-2
ah w- we're paintin' it here and wha- what is the bases (report)?
09:25:49.9 CTR
say again?
09:25:50.6 RDO-2
the bases.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
106
09:25:52.3 CTR
I have no idea what the bases are ah I know the tops are quite high, ahm I don't recommend you go through it I've had nobody go through it, ahm deviation if you go right you'd probably have to up oh maybe ah probably sixty miles north of Rochester if you go southwest you'd have to go down south of Mason City Iowa. 09:26:05.5 CAM
[sound similar to altitude alerter tone].
09:26:13.9 RDO-2
(I would) like to deviate to the right East Coast eighty one.
09:26:16.4 CTR
East Coast eighty one roger deviation right of course approved. 09:26:19.5 HOT-1
any lower?
09:26:20.2 RDO-2
than- East Coast eighty one any lower for us?
09:26:22.7 CTR
ah standby.
09:26:25.2 CTR
and East Coast Jet eighty one how much of a right turn are you gonna make?
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
107 09:26:28.4 HOT-1
ah we're about a three ten heading.
09:26:30.8 RDO-2
- about a three ten heading 'bout twenty- ah
twenty five degrees. 09:26:35.9 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one roger deviation right of course approved.
09:26:39.0 RDO-2
deviation right East Coast eighty one. 09:26:45.3 HOT-1
let's hope we get underneath it.
09:26:46.7 HOT-2
yeah that's what I was thinkin' too.
09:26:51.4 HOT-2
if he woulda descended us it probably wouldn't have been an issue.
09:26:59.2 HOT-2
I mean fifty miles out we're still at twenty five thousand feet, twenty four thousand feet.
09:27:04.5 HOT-1
I know.
09:27:31.7 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one contact Minneapolis center one three four point eight five for lower.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
108
09:27:36.7 RDO-2
one thirty four eighty five East Coast Jet eighty one.
09:27:43.8 RDO-2
Minneapolis center East Coast Jet eighty one two four zero three ten heading.
09:27:48.4 CTR
East Coast Jet tw- ah eighty one Minneapolis center roger and ah I guess I gotta ask you to say intentions what would you like to do? 'cause I can't even give you a good recommendation right now.
09:27:57.7 RDO-1
well looks like ah we are on a three ten heading around it here looks ah I got it clear probably for another forty miles before we can
- left turn to the field.
09:28:10.6 CTR
alright what altitude do you wanna go to because ah any lower altitude(s) than eighteen you're gonna go into Minneapolis, approach controls airspace which I could certainly do if you want just let me know if you wanna go ah above that altitude I can take you around that.
09:28:26.4 RDO-1
ah whatever's easiest you know I don't really have a, preference.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
109
09:28:31.5 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one ah descend and maintain flight level one niner zero let me know if that works if you want another altitude let me know.
09:28:37.9 RDO-2
one nine zero and ah we'll let you know when we get there East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:28:41.9 HOT-1
I didn't really hear what he was sayin' on the ah, whether we're on approach control or what I mean * what # difference does it make?
09:28:47.2 HOT-2
yeah who what the # do what do we care?
09:28:49.6 HOT-1
all I care * is above ten and we go fast so we can get around this # thing.
09:28:53.0 HOT-2
right.
09:28:55.3 HOT-2
I don't think * I mean he said he couldn't climb us but why would we wanna climb?
09:28:59.0 HOT-1
exactly so he can.
09:29:00.3 HOT-2
so we get more in it?
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
110 09:29:00.3 HOT-1
yeah.
09:29:03.9 HOT-1
ah #.
09:29:07.9 CTR
East Coast Jet descend and maintain one ah four fourteen thousand and ah I'll get you a local altimeter on Owatonna in a minute.
09:29:15.5 RDO-2
fourteen thousand East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:29:17.5 HOT-2
got twenty nine eighty six.
09:29:17.9 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one Owatonna altimeter's two niner eight eight.
09:29:21.6 RDO-2
two nine eight eight East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:29:26.6 HOT-1
ice is on ignitions are on, wings are on.
09:30:09.1 HOT-1
good thing I didn't tell 'em it was gonna be a smooth ride huh? I looked at the radar and there wasn't anything.
09:30:10.8 HOT-2
[sound similar to laughter].
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
111 09:30:15.3 HOT-2
but doesn't it figure pops up right when we get here?
09:30:17.7 HOT-1
yeah.
09:30:20.4 HOT-1
what do you mean what are my intentions? get me around this # storm so I can go to the field.
09:30:23.9 HOT-2
right.
09:30:24.8 HOT-1
I ain't gonna turn around and go home.
09:30:25.0 CAM
[sound of increased background noise consistent with rain impacting the windscreen].
09:30:26.5 HOT-2
[sound similar to laughter].
09:30:32.4 HOT-1
ah another twenty five miles and we can make the turn probably 'er twenty probably less than that we'll make a cut here in a second.
09:30:34.8 HOT-2
yeah.
09:30:37.9 HOT-2
yeah we can (cut).
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
112 09:30:49.9 HOT-1
- on how's your wing look?
09:30:53.3 HOT-2
ah there's a little bit out there.
09:30:56.0 HOT-1
teeny teeny bit?
09:30:57.0 HOT-2
yeah just a li- little bit.
09:31:11.7 HOT-1
(know) what the #.
09:31:28.3 HOT-2
ah it's gone.
09:31:53.7 HOT-2
- call I'm off I'm gonna call FBO.
09:31:55.8 HOT-1
alright.
09:32:21.0 HOT-1
I just don't see that out there anymore. where the # did it go? is it above us?
09:32:28.7 HOT-2
it might be above us.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
113
09:32:31.1 CTR
East Coast Jet eighty one contact Minneapolis approach one two four point seven we'll see ya.
09:32:36.4 RDO-2
twenty four seven East Coast Jet eighty one see ya. 09:32:41.0 HOT-2
it must be.
09:32:46.1 HOT-1
- we * turn toward the field then.
09:32:49.8 HOT-2
should I tell 'em we're starting our turn toward the field?
09:32:52.9 HOT-1
yeah.
09:32:53.7 RDO-2
Minneapolis East Coast Jet eighty one descending one six thousand to one four thousand we're gonna be starting our left turn towards a Owatonna.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
114
09:33:01.2 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one Minneapolis approach Minneapolis altimeter two niner seven eight and you said the center has turned you towards oracon- Owatonna (or) you requesting a turn? 09:33:07.5 HOT-1
nah hold on.
09:33:10.0 RDO-1
no we're requestin' a turn there we're not paintin' what we we're previously painting there so we show it's fairly clear between us and them we're ready whenever.
09:33:17.2 APR
- Jet eighty one roger be about seven miles
there's just ah 'bout four different boundaries of airspace come together there with three different facilities involved so I'm gonna take you another ah seven northwest then I'll start your turn in to the southwest. 09:33:20.4 HOT [sound similar to an electronic warning horn]
09:33:29.0 RDO-1
okay no problem and we're out of fourteen five for one four thousand.
09:33:32.1 APR
- I'll have you lower in about six miles out so.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
115 09:33:37.0 HOT-2
alright * I'm off.
09:33:38.1 HOT-1
okay.
09:33:40.5 RDO-2
Rare Air at Owatonna this is Hawker eight one eight Mike Victor.
09:33:44.8 APR
East Coast eighty one fly heading two eight zero.
09:33:48.2 RDO-1
two eight zero eighty one.
09:34:08.1 APR
East Coast eighty one turn left heading two five zero descend and maintain seven thousand.
09:34:10.0 RDO-2
Rare Air Owatonna Hawker eight one eight Mike Victor.
09:34:12.0 RDO-1
two five zero down to seven thousand eighty one. 09:34:22.5 HOT-1
I got the ground, that's a plus.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
116 09:34:24.9 HOT-2
I'm not ta- I'm not gettin' anyone.
09:34:26.5 HOT-1
okay.
09:34:28.6 HOT-2
what did he give us?
09:34:29.7 HOT-1
down to ah seven thousand.
09:34:30.3 APR
East Coast eighty one descend and maintain six thousand contact approach one ah three four point seven.
09:34:36.9 RDO-2
thirty four seven six thousand East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:34:41.2 HOT-2
down to six.
09:34:46.0 RDO-2
approach East Coast Jet eighty one one three thousand to six thousand.
09:34:50.4 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one approach ah roger and ah what approach do you wanna ah do at Owatonna?
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
117
09:34:56.0 RDO-2
- * could do the ILS.
09:34:58.2 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one roger descend and maintain a six thous- descend and maintain seven thousand turn a left a heading of one eight zero.
09:35:06.7 RDO-2
seven thousand one eight zero East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:35:10.7 HOT-1
seven thousand. I fixed it. one eighty.
09:35:12.4 HOT-2
- .
09:35:18.6 HOT-1
and it's the ILS to three zero?
09:35:20.3 HOT-2
ILS to three zero one oh nine five five.
09:35:27.4 HOT-2
ah three oh two final approach course glideslope intercept two thousand eight hundred six. down to one thousand three hundred and forty six which is two hundred foot on the ah yeah radio altimeter.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
118 09:35:40.0 HOT-1
so you alright you're gettin' nobody on ah the ground there?
09:35:43.5 HOT-2
no.
09:35:44.2 HOT-1
okay let's do the approaches real quick.
09:35:46.0 HOT-2
alright harnesses?
09:35:47.3 HOT-1
left.
09:35:48.0 HOT-2
fuel?
09:35:48.5 HOT-1
balanced and plenty.
09:35:49.6 HOT-2
flight deck heat.
09:35:50.4 HOT-1
closed.
09:35:51.2 HOT-2
approach briefing.
09:35:52.6 HOT-1
it's gonna be the ILS to three zero at Owatomba somethinish.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
119 09:35:58.4 HOT-2
landing data twenty two thirty two.
09:36:01.2 HOT-1
thirty two set.
09:36:02.4 HOT-2
nav info.
09:36:05.8 HOT-1
ah ahm fifty five three oh two two hundred.
09:36:06.4 HOT-2
radio set one oh nine five five.
09:36:10.8 HOT-2
ah radar altimeter.
09:36:12.6 HOT-1
whooa just cleared my ears and I'm totally dizzy. I'm in a left turn right now. [sound similar to laughter].
09:36:18.6 HOT-2
ah *.
09:36:20.6 HOT-1
its goin' away okay sorry.
09:36:22.7 HOT-2
alright radar altimeter.
09:36:23.5 HOT-1
two hundred feet.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
120 09:36:24.5 HOT-2
brake handle.
09:36:26.1 HOT-1
forward.
09:36:26.9 HOT-2
steering.
09:36:26.9 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one contact * approach one oh niner point eight. 09:36:27.4 HOT-1
clear.
09:36:31.4 RDO-2
one one nine eight East Coast Jet eighty one.
09:36:39.9 RDO-2
Rochester East Coast Jet eighty one descending eight for seven thousand.
09:36:45.5 APR
East Coast eighty one Rochester approach descend at pilot's discretion maintain three thousand turn right heading one niner zero vector ILS runway three zero at Owatonna. 09:36:48.3 HOT
[sound similar to electronic warning horn].
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
121
09:36:54.8 RDO-2
three thousand one nine zero vectors for the ILS three zero.
09:37:01.5 APR
and East Coast Jet eighty one ah I just picked up the weather for you at Owatonna it's about ah twenty minutes old now they're showing the wind three two zero at eight visibility ten or greater thunderstorms three thousand seven hundred scattered ceiling four thousand five hundred broken five thousand overcast temperature one eight dewpoint one six altimeter two niner eight eight and they're showing lightening in the distance all quadrants. 09:37:31.7 HOT-1
thank you.
09:37:32.6 RDO-2
alright thank you very much East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:37:40.7 HOT-1
I don't know what the # we're looking at on this thing.
09:37:42.9 HOT-2
well neither do I.
09:37:43.3 HOT-1
right now.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
122 09:37:44.2 HOT-2
I don't know if it's not working.
09:37:45.7 HOT-1
is that ground?
09:37:47.8 HOT-1
'cause I got it pointed way up in the air.
09:37:51.1 HOT-1
you know I got it we're goin' down I got it pointed up.
09:37:52.8 HOT-2
pointed up yeah.
09:37:55.1 HOT-1
and ish you know.
09:37:56.5 HOT-2
you would think that.
09:37:56.5 HOT-1
- *. I don't know what we're lookin' at.
09:37:57.9 HOT-2
is that the storm or is it?
09:37:59.7 HOT-1
hard to say.
09:38:00.7 HOT-2
but * if you look out the window which I think maybe right now is best.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
123 09:38:04.9 HOT-1
[sound similar to laughter].
09:38:07.3 APR
and East Coast Jet eighty one ah I am showing light precip for you uhm pretty much your whole route into Owatonna and then there's just a couple of heavy cells uhm about ah five miles north and north east of Owatonna. 09:38:24.9 HOT-1
roger.
09:38:25.8 RDO-2
roger East Coast eighty one. 09:38:27.3 HOT-1
the sooner you get us there the better.
09:38:30.9 HOT-2
yeah.
09:38:31.8 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one turn right heading two zero zero.
09:38:34.1 RDO-2
two zero zero East Coast eighty one. 09:38:35.9 HOT-1
you now when they start sayin' this stuff it's like are you trying to tell me sometheing?
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
124 09:38:39.1 HOT-2
right.
09:38:40.1 HOT-1
because I'm not gettin' it.
09:38:40.6 HOT-2
*.
09:38:41.6 HOT-2
[sound similar to laughter].
09:38:42.4 HOT-1
[sound similar to laughter].
09:38:44.2 HOT-2
why don't just get us to the field.
09:38:45.6 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alerter warning tone].
09:38:46.4 HOT-2
one to go.
09:38:47.6 HOT-1
one (bar).
09:38:49.5 HOT-1
so approaches are done.
09:38:51.0 HOT-2
approaches are done.
09:38:52.8 HOT-2
except that notices yeah they're on.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
125 09:38:55.1 HOT
[sound similar to passenger notice chime].
09:39:00.2 HOT-1
down to three.
09:39:07.5 HOT-1
start gettin' her slowed up.
09:39:10.4 HOT-2
I could try to get ahold of 'em again *.
09:39:12.1 HOT-1
yeah go for it I got it.
09:39:13.0 HOT-2
alright I'm off.
09:39:16.3 RDO-2
Rare Air Owatonna Hawker eight one eight Mike Victor.
09:39:33.8 RDO-2
Owatonna Hawker eight one eight Mike Victor anybody there? 09:39:45.3 HOT-2
no one.
09:39:55.3 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one turn right heading two five zero.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
126 09:39:57.7 HOT-1
flaps one.
09:39:58.7 RDO-2
two five zero East Coast Jet eighty one. 09:40:02.9 CAM
[sound similar to mechanical click].
09:40:04.5 HOT-2
one and indicating.
09:40:12.2 HOT-1
why don't you really quickly go over and ah ID that thing? see if the localizer's even right?
09:40:21.2 APR
East Coast Jet eighty one is ah seven miles from TONNA turn right heading two niner zero maintain ah three thousand until established on the localizer cleared ILS runway three zero approach. 09:40:22.9 HOT
[sound of Morse code for OWA].
09:40:24.0 HOT-1
I got it.
09:40:31.0 RDO-1
two nine zero three thousand 'till established cleared for the ILS ah three zero eighty one.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
127 09:40:36.3 HOT-2
and it's right.
09:40:37.2 HOT-1
okay good.
09:41:19.3 HOT-1
loc's alive.
09:41:20.9 HOT-2
ah loc's alive.
09:41:24.8 HOT-1
why don't you make a call out on twenty two seven?
09:41:27.0 HOT-2
alright.
09:41:27.4 HOT-1
see if anything's goin' on let 'em know we're comin' in on ILS three zero. get the # outta the way.
09:41:31.7 HOT-2
[sound similar to laughter].
09:41:32.9 RDO-2
Owatonna this is a Hawker on a ten mile f-. 09:41:37.7 HOT-1
wrong f- wrong freq. man.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
128
09:41:38.6 APR
- correction East Coast Jet eighty one
report canceling IFR this frequency in the air or with Princeton flight service on the ground change to advisory is approved. 09:41:40.4 HOT-1 change your.
09:41:41.1 HOT-2
- *.
09:41:47.7 RDO-2
East Coast Jet eighty one we will report canceling with you or on the ground.
09:41:54.1 RDO-2
Owatonna this a Hawker on a ah ten mile final the ILS three zero anyone around?
09:41:59.8 RDO-1
and East Coast eighty one we'll cancel now we have the runway in sight.
09:42:04.2 APR
East Coast eight eighty one roger IFR cancellation is received squawk VFR frequency change approved.
09:42:04.4 FBO
this is Owatonna UNICOM go ahead please.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
129
09:42:08.9 RDO-2
Owatonna there's a Hawker eight one eight Mike Victor about eight miles out comin' inbound gonna be droppin' off eight passengers stayin' with you for about two hours and ah, what what do we need to do for fuel do we need to taxi somewhere for the fuel?
09:42:09.4 RDO-1
squawkin' VFR change approved and you don't show any traffic in the area of Owatto- tona do ya?
09:42:15.7 APR
East Coast jet eighty one no no traffic reported or observed in the vicinity.
09:42:19.1 RDO-1
thank you. 09:42:21.9 CAM
[increase in background noise consistent with gear extension].
09:42:24.3 FBO
affirmative we do have a ah * there's a there's a red box that's the AVGAS pump but the white box is the jet fuel. 09:42:37.4 HOT-1
three green no red pressures good back to zero steering's clear.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
130
09:42:38.1 FBO
or if you wanna park just park in front of it that's fine ahm and then we'll we can get your fuel order inside. 09:42:43.9 HOT
[sound similar to autopilot disconnect warning].
09:42:45.5 RDO-2
alright thank you we'll do that East Coast Je- ah Hawker eight one eight Mike Victor. 09:42:49.4 HOT-2
alright.
09:42:52.5 HOT-2
he said that we're gonna drop 'em off and then le- leave one runnin' or whatever and then we could go park in front of the ah fuel thing and they'll come over and take our order.
09:42:59.2 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alerter warning tone].
09:43:01.8 HOT-1
oh okay do we know where the fuel thing is are they gonna meet us out there?
09:43:04.9 HOT-2
I .
09:43:05.2 HOT-1
flaps two.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
131 09:43:06.9 CAM
[sound similar to two clicks].
09:43:07.6 HOT-1
why don't you go through the before landings make sure you got it all.
09:43:13.6 CAM
[sound similar to click].
09:43:14.4 HOT-1
down indicatin' down.
09:43:25.7 CAM
[sound similar to click].
09:43:28.1 HOT-2
and before landing shorts to go.
09:43:30.0 CAM
[sound similar to double click].
09:43:36.4 HOT
one thousand [electronic voice].
09:44:02.4 HOT-1
squawk twelve hundred real quick would ya?
09:44:07.9 HOT-2
did you cancel?
09:44:09.0 HOT-1
yeah.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
132 09:44:25.2 HOT
four hundred [electronic voice].
09:44:26.1 CAM
[sound similar to click].
09:44:29.3 HOT-1
I'm goin' right to the tiller and the brakes.
09:44:31.2 HOT-2
okay.
09:44:32.1 HOT
three hundred [electronic voice].
09:44:42.2 CAM
[sound similar to click].
09:44:45.7 HOT-1
slowin' to ref.
09:44:46.8 CAM
[sound similar to multiple clicks].
09:44:46.8 HOT
two minimums minimums [electronic voice].
09:44:47.2 HOT-2
air valves are shut damper to go.
09:44:56.0 HOT-1
birds.
09:45:01.0 HOT-2
damper.
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
133 09:45:02.2 CAM
[sound similar to one click].
09:45:04.0 CAM
[sound consistent with tires rolling on a prepared surface].
09:45:04.7 CAM
[sound similar to kachunk].
09:45:06.5 CAM
[sound similar to airbrakes going to open].
09:45:07.7 HOT-2
(we're) dumped.
09:45:09.4 HOT-2
we're not dumped.
09:45:11.0 HOT-1
no we're not. [sounds similar to straining while saying “not’].
09:45:11.3 CAM
[sound similar to airbrakes/lift dump handle going to lift dump position].
09:45:18.1 CAM
[sound similar to slightly elevated breathing].
09:45:19.4 CAM
[multiple sounds similar to mechanical clicks].
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
134 09:45:20.3 CAM [sound similar to airbrakes going to shut].
09:45:21.1 CAM
[sound similar to kachunk].
09:45:21.5 HOT-1 flaps.
09:45:22.0 CAM [sound consistent with increasing engine noise].
09:45:23.1 HOT-1
#.
09:45:27.0 HOT-1
here we go.
09:45:30.0 HOT-1
not flyin' not # flyin'.
09:45:30.2 CAM
[sound of increasing impulsive background noise].
09:45:36.4 HOT
bank angle bank angle [electronic voice].
09:45:36.7 HOT-1
#.
09:45:37.1 HOT-2
(over here).
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT TIME and SOURCE
CONTENT
135 09:45:37.9 HOT-2
*.
09:45:38.0 HOT-1
#.
09:45:38.5 HOT-?
*.
09:45:39.0 End of Transcript
09:45:44.5 End of Recording
FD07384 | 2011_美国_AAR1102.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Crash During Approach to Landing Empire Airlines Flight 8284 Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42‐320, N902FX Lubbock, Texas January 27, 2009 Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/02 PB2011-910402
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/AAR-11/02 PB2011-910402 Notation 8093A Adopted April 26, 2011
Aircraft Accident Report Crash During Approach to Landing Empire Airlines Flight 8284 Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320, N902FX Lubbock, Texas January 27, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Crash During Approach to Landing, Empire Airlines Flight 8284, Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320, N902FX, Lubbock, Texas, January 27, 2009. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/02. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This accident report discusses the January 27, 2009, accident involving Empire Airlines flight 8284, an Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320, N902FX, which crashed short of the runway at Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport, Lubbock, Texas. The captain sustained serious injuries, and the first officer sustained minor injuries. The airplane was substantially damaged. The airplane was registered to FedEx Corporation and operated by Empire Airlines, Inc., as a 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 supplemental cargo flight. Instrument meteorological conditions prevailed, and an instrument flight rules flight plan was filed. The safety issues discussed in this report include the flight crew’s actions in response to the flap anomaly, the continuation of the unstabilized approach, the dispatch of the flight into freezing drizzle conditions, the efficiency of the emergency response, and simulator-based training for pilots who fly in icing conditions. Nine safety recommendations are addressed to the Federal Aviation Administration.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-910402 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iv Abbreviations and Acronyms .......................................................................................................v Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... ix
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of Flight .........................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ......................................................................................................................5
- 3 Damage to Airplane ...................................................................................................................5
- 4 Other Damage ............................................................................................................................5
- 5 Personnel Information ................................................................................................................6
- 5.1 The Captain ......................................................................................................................6
- 5.2 The First Officer ..............................................................................................................6
- 5.3 Flight Crew’s Rest Opportunities ....................................................................................7
- 5.3.1 The Captain ....................................................................................................... 7
- 5.3.2 The First Officer ............................................................................................... 8
- 6 Airplane Information .................................................................................................................8
- 6.1 General .............................................................................................................................8
- 6.2 Flap System .....................................................................................................................9
- 6.3 Deicing, Anti-Icing, and Anti-Icing Advisory Systems ................................................11
- 6.4 Flight Instruments ..........................................................................................................11
- 6.4.1 Airspeed Indicator ........................................................................................... 11
- 6.4.2 Electronic Flight Information System ............................................................. 13
- 6.5 Automatic Flight Control System ..................................................................................13
- 6.6 Stall Protection System ..................................................................................................13
- 7 Meteorological Information .....................................................................................................14
- 8 Aids to Navigation ...................................................................................................................14
- 9 Communications ......................................................................................................................15
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................15
- 10.1 Emergency Plan ...........................................................................................................15
- 10.2 Snow and Ice Control Plan ..........................................................................................16
- 11 Flight Recorders .....................................................................................................................16
- 11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder ..............................................................................................16
- 11.2 Flight Data Recorder ....................................................................................................17
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information ........................................................................................17
- 13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................18
- 14 Fire .........................................................................................................................................18
- 15 Survival Aspects ....................................................................................................................18
- 15.1 Flight Crew Egress ......................................................................................................18
- 15.2 Emergency Response ...................................................................................................18
- 16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................21
- 16.1 Airplane Performance Study and Simulator Evaluations ............................................21
i
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.16.1.1 Effects of Flap Asymmetry ........................................................................... 21 1.16.1.2 Effects of Airframe Ice Accretion ................................................................. 22 1.16.2 Terrain Awareness and Warning System ....................................................................23 1.16.3 Flap System Component Examinations .......................................................................24 1.16.3.1 Hydraulic Fluid Testing ................................................................................ 25 1.16.3.2 Maintenance History ..................................................................................... 25 1.16.3.3 Flap Asymmetry Event Involving Another Airplane .................................... 25 1.16.4 Deicing and Anti-Icing System Examinations ............................................................26 1.16.5 Autopilot Disconnect Alert ..........................................................................................26 1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................26 1.17.1 Pilot Standard Operating Procedures and Training .....................................................27 1.17.1.1 Flap Anomalies ............................................................................................. 27 1.17.1.2 Stabilized Approach and Go Around ............................................................ 31 1.17.1.3 Terrain Awareness and Warning System ...................................................... 32 1.17.1.4 Airspeed Bugs ............................................................................................... 32 1.17.1.5 Aileron Mistrim with Autopilot Engaged ..................................................... 33 1.17.1.6 Deicing and Anti-Icing Systems ................................................................... 33 1.17.1.7 Crew Resource Management ........................................................................ 34 1.17.1.8 Weather Information and Training ............................................................... 35 1.17.1.9 Stall and Near-Stall Recoveries .................................................................... 36 1.17.2 Aircraft Deicing Program (Ground) ............................................................................36 1.17.3 Flight Dispatch .............................................................................................................36 1.17.4 Hazardous Materials ....................................................................................................38 1.17.5 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight ................................................................38 1.17.6 Previous Accidents ......................................................................................................39 1.18 Additional Information ..........................................................................................................40 1.18.1 Postaccident Safety Action ..........................................................................................40 1.18.1.1 Federal Aviation Administration .................................................................. 40 1.18.1.2 Empire Airlines ............................................................................................. 41 1.18.1.3 FedEx Feeder Operations .............................................................................. 42 1.18.2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations ...............................................................43 1.18.2.1 Flight Crew Monitoring and Workload Management Skills for Single and Multiple Abnormal Situations..................................................................................... 43 1.18.2.2 Go-Around Callout ....................................................................................... 45 1.18.2.3 Low-Airspeed Alerting Systems ................................................................... 45 1.18.2.4 First Officer Assertiveness ............................................................................ 46 1.18.3 Airplane Equipment Options .......................................................................................47 1.18.3.1 Aircraft Performance Monitoring System .................................................... 47 1.18.3.2 Flap Malfunction or Asymmetry Light ......................................................... 48 1.18.3.3 Ice Evidence Probe ....................................................................................... 49
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................50
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................50
- 2 Accident Sequence ...................................................................................................................52
- 3 Human Performance ................................................................................................................54
- 3.1 Captain’s Nonstandard Responses .................................................................................55
- 3.2 Flight Crew’s Failure to Monitor Airspeed ...................................................................57
ii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2.3.2.1 Airspeed References ....................................................................................... 58 2.3.2.2 Flight Crew Monitoring Skills and Techniques .............................................. 60 2.3.3 Crew Resource Management .........................................................................................61 2.3.4 Go-Around Callout ........................................................................................................63 2.3.5 Training for Single and Multiple Abnormal Situations Occurring at Low Altitude .....64 2.3.6 Fatigue Considerations ..................................................................................................65 2.3.6.1 Role of Fatigue in Flight Crew Performance .................................................. 67 2.4 Operations Issues .....................................................................................................................69 2.4.1 Dispatch into Freezing Drizzle Conditions ....................................................................69 2.4.1.1 Flight Crewmember and Dispatcher Training Related to Icing Conditions ... 70 2.4.1.2 Proposed Rulemaking for Airplane Certification Requirements for Flight in Icing Conditions .......................................................................................................... 72 2.4.2 Training Program and Manual Discrepancies ...............................................................72 2.5 Survival Aspects ......................................................................................................................73 2.5.1 Lack of Occupant and Hazardous Materials Information Available to First Responders .................................................................................................................73 2.5.2 Inoperative Emergency Response and Mutual Aid Gate ...............................................75 2.6 Airplane Equipment Options ...................................................................................................75 2.6.1 Aircraft Performance Monitoring ..................................................................................75 2.6.2 Flap Malfunction or Asymmetry Light ..........................................................................77 2.6.3 Ice Evidence Probe ........................................................................................................77 2.7 Simulator Training for Icing Encounters .................................................................................78
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................80
- 1 Findings....................................................................................................................................80
- 2 Probable Cause.........................................................................................................................83
- Recommendations ....................................................................................................................84
Board Member Statements .........................................................................................................86
- Appendixes ...............................................................................................................................93
Appendix A: Investigation and Hearing ........................................................................................93 Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript ..........................................................................94
iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Aerial view of approach end of runway 17R and location of wreckage. ....................... 5 Figure 2. Flap position indicator. Inset shows the likely needle pointer position during the flap asymmetry.............................................................................................................................. 10 Figure 3. Exterior flap position fairing. ....................................................................................... 10 Figure 4. Airspeed indicator showing needle pointer; selector knob; and internal, yellow, white, and red bugs. ...................................................................................................................... 12 Figure 5. View of airport showing relative locations of airport access gates and accident site. . 20 Figure 6. Right side of fuselage showing extensive fire damage to right wing and flap components. ........................................................................................................................... 24 Figure 7. Quick reference handbook page 2.21 with “FLAPS JAM/UNCOUPLED/ASYM” and “REDUCED FLAPS LANDING” procedures. ............................................................................ 28 Figure 8. General information on page 0.02 of quick reference handbook. ................................ 29
iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Abbreviations and Acronyms AAS anti-icing advisory system AC
advisory circular AD
airworthiness directive ADP aircraft deicing program ADU advisory display unit AEP airport emergency plan AFFF aqueous film forming foam AFM airplane flight manual AFW Fort Worth Alliance Airport agl
above ground level AIM Aeronautical Information Manual AIRMET airmen’s meteorological information AOA angle of attack APM aircraft performance monitoring ARAC Aviation Rulemaking Advisory Committee ARFF aircraft rescue and firefighting ATC air traffic control ATCT air traffic control tower ATOS air transportation oversight system ATR Avions de Transport Régional ATR 42 Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320 BEA Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses CFR Code of Federal Regulations v
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report CG
center of gravity CRM crew resource management CVR cockpit voice recorder DGAC Direction Générale de l’Aviation Civile EADI electronic attitude direction indicator EASA European Aviation Safety Agency EFS
engineering flight simulator ELP
El Paso International Airport EMS emergency medical service FAA Federal Aviation Administration FAF
final approach fix FCOM flight crew operating manual FDR flight data recorder FedEx FedEx Corporation FL
flight level fpm
feet per minute FR
Federal Register FSDO flight standards district office FSIB flight standards information bulletin FTM flight training manual GOM general operations manual HAZMAT hazardous materials Hg
mercury
IEP
ice evidence probe vi
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report IFR
instrument flight rules ILS
instrument landing system IMC instrument meteorological conditions InFO information for operators KIAS knots indicated airspeed kts
knots LBB Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport lbs
pounds LOM locator outer marker LWD left-wing-down MAF Midland International Airport msl
mean sea level NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NWS National Weather Service PF
pilot flying PIC
pilot-in-command PM
pilot monitoring PMI
principal maintenance inspector POI
principal operations inspector QRH quick reference handbook RWD right-wing-down SAFO safety alert for operators SIC
second-in-command vii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report SIGMET significant meteorological information SLD
supercooled large droplet SN
serial number SOP
standard operating procedure STC
supplemental type certificate SVFR special visual flight rules TAWS terrain awareness and warning system TSB
Transportation Safety Board of Canada VFR visual flight rules Vga minimum approach airspeed for 30° flaps plus 5 kts (not corrected for wind) or 1.1 Vmca, whichever is greater Vmca minimum control airspeed with 5° of bank and the failure of the critical engine with takeoff flaps and landing gear retracted VmHB30 minimum approach airspeed and target touchdown airspeed with 30° flaps VmLB0 minimum approach airspeed for 0° flaps VMC visual meteorological conditions
viii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report ix Executive Summary On January 27, 2009, about 0437 central standard time, an Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320, N902FX, operating as Empire Airlines flight 8284, was on an instrument approach when it crashed short of the runway at Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport, Lubbock, Texas. The captain sustained serious injuries, and the first officer sustained minor injuries. The airplane was substantially damaged. The airplane was registered to FedEx Corporation and operated by Empire Airlines, Inc., as a 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121 supplemental cargo flight. The flight departed from Fort Worth Alliance Airport, Fort Worth, Texas, about 0313. Instrument meteorological conditions prevailed, and an instrument flight rules flight plan was filed. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the flight crew’s failure to monitor and maintain a minimum safe airspeed while executing an instrument approach in icing conditions, which resulted in an aerodynamic stall at low altitude. Contributing to the accident were 1) the flight crew’s failure to follow published standard operating procedures in response to a flap anomaly, 2) the captain’s decision to continue with the unstabilized approach, 3) the flight crew’s poor crew resource management, and 4) fatigue due to the time of day in which the accident occurred and a cumulative sleep debt, which likely impaired the captain’s performance. The safety issues discussed in this report include the flight crew’s actions in response to the flap anomaly, the continuation of the unstabilized approach, the dispatch of the flight into freezing drizzle conditions, the efficiency of the emergency response, and simulator-based training for pilots who fly in icing conditions. Nine safety recommendations are addressed to the Federal Aviation Administration.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of Flight
On January 27, 2009, about 0437 central standard time,1 an Avions de Transport Régional (ATR) Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320 (ATR 42), N902FX, operating as Empire Airlines flight 8284, was on an instrument approach when it crashed short of the runway at Lubbock Preston Smith International Airport (LBB), Lubbock, Texas. The captain sustained serious injuries, and the first officer sustained minor injuries. The airplane was substantially damaged. The airplane was registered to FedEx Corporation (FedEx) and operated by Empire Airlines, Inc., as a 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121 supplemental cargo flight. The flight departed from Fort Worth Alliance Airport (AFW), Fort Worth, Texas, about 0313. Instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) prevailed,2 and an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plan was filed. During the flight’s initial descent to LBB, the first officer was the pilot flying (PF) with the autopilot system engaged. As the airplane descended from 14,000 to 8,000 feet above mean sea level (msl), the captain, who was the pilot monitoring (PM), performed the descent and approach checklists. Review of the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) transcript revealed that the captain confirmed that the airplane’s anti-icing and deicing protection was set to level 3.3 The captain performed the approach briefing,4 which included what he believed to be the “icing speed” information (minimum maneuvering and operating airspeeds for approach in icing conditions).5 According to the CVR transcript, at 0419:41, the captain briefed the first officer about the missed approach procedure for the instrument landing system (ILS) approach to runway 17R,6 stating that “in the event of a miss it’ll be uh climb to thirty seven and a right turn to five
1 All times in this report are central standard time (unless otherwise noted) and based on a 24-hour clock. 2 According to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Pilot/Controller Glossary, IMC is defined as “meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud, and ceiling [that are] less than the [minimums] specified for visual meteorological conditions.” At the time of the accident airplane’s approach, LBB’s ceiling and visibility were below the minimums specified in 14 CFR 91.155 for flight under visual flight rules. Information obtained from the FAA’s website http://www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/atpubs/PCG/ (accessed March 21, 2011). 3 The airplane flight manual contained guidelines for using the anti-icing and deicing systems. For more information, see section 1.17.1.6. 4 During postaccident interviews, the flight crewmembers reported that the captain performed the approach briefing because they anticipated that he would be flying the approach. They believed that weather conditions were at the minimums for the approach (ceiling 200 feet above ground level, visibility 1/2 mile), and they were unsure if the first officer had accumulated the 100 hours of flight time in the ATR 42 required by Empire Airlines for her to fly the approach to minimums. Subsequently, they learned that the weather conditions were above minimums and decided that the first officer would fly the approach. 5 For more information about the captain’s approach airspeed briefing and the flight crew’s procedures for obtaining and using such information, see section 1.17.1.4. 6 According to the CVR transcript, the air traffic controller informed the flight crew that runway 8/26 was closed and that the localizer back course approach, which the first officer recognized as the only approach for runway 35L, was unavailable. The flight crew discussed that the winds were from the north but that runway 17R was the only available option.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 hundred feet[7] via the Lubbock one fourteen radial to HYDRO intersection and hold annnd[8] that looks like a parallel entry.” The first officer acknowledged this statement, and the captain then stated, “climb to thirty seven and a left turn to five out to one fourteen.” At 0422:32, the LBB approach controller cleared the flight to descend to 6,000 feet msl and advised that he had not received any icing reports and that the special weather observation about 0408 indicated winds from 350° at 10 knots (kts), visibility 2 miles in light freezing drizzle and mist, ceiling overcast at 500 feet above ground level (agl), temperature -8° C, dew point -9° C, and altimeter setting 30.12 inches of mercury (Hg). At 0424:57, the captain contacted company flight operations on the radio to advise that the flight was about 15 minutes out. At 0433:13, the controller cleared the flight for the ILS approach to runway 17R, and at 0433:52, he instructed the flight to contact the LBB tower. The captain established contact with the tower, and, at 0434:06, the tower controller cleared the flight to land and reported that the wind was from 010° at 8 kts.9 During postaccident interviews, both the captain and the first officer stated that the airplane accumulated ice during the descent. At 0434:24, the first officer called for a flap setting of 15°, the deployment of the landing gear, and the landing check. During a postaccident interview, the first officer recalled that the airplane subsequently accelerated in the descent, which she stated was unusual for the airplane in a flaps- and gear-down configuration. A postaccident review of information from the airplane’s flight data recorder (FDR) showed that, after the first officer called for flaps, the airplane’s airspeed remained about 158 kts and briefly increased to about 160 kts, and the first officer decreased engine power to about 3 percent torque. At 0435:03, about the time that the first officer reduced engine power, she stated, “what the heck is going on?” At 0435:04, the captain replied, “you know what? we have no flaps.” The FDR showed that a flap asymmetry had occurred in which the right flaps did not extend and the left flaps extended partially (8° to 10°).10 The autopilot countered the flap asymmetry by applying aileron deflection that resulted in a 20° left control-wheel movement. The FDR indicated that, at the time the captain stated that they had “no flaps,” the airplane was at an altitude of about 1,400 feet agl just outside the locator outer marker (LOM), which serves as the final approach fix (FAF). According to the CVR transcript, after the captain commented about the flap problem, neither crewmember discussed a procedure or checklist to address it. During a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that she continued to fly the approach with the airplane coupled to the autopilot while the captain got out a flashlight and tried to troubleshoot the flap problem.
7 The published procedure specified that the initial climb to 3,700 feet msl is followed by a climbing “left” turn to “5,000 [feet msl]” via the radial to the intersection. 8 The use of excess vowels, letters, or drawn-out syllables in any word in the CVR transcript is intended to provide a phonetic representation of the word as spoken. 9 According to the ATR 42 Airplane Flight Manual, the maximum allowable tailwind component for landing is 15 kts. The wind recorded about 0430 by the LBB automated surface observing system was from 360° at 14 kts gusting to 19 kts. 10 All references in this section to airplane configuration, airspeed, altitude agl, and engine power settings are derived from the airplane performance study. For more information about the study, see section 1.16.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3 The captain stated in a postaccident interview that he repositioned the flap handle several times and used the flashlight to check the circuit breakers behind the first officer’s seat. The captain stated that, after finding that no circuit breakers were out, he moved the flap handle back to the “up” (or 0°) position because he did not want the flaps to travel inadvertently during the approach. The FDR indicated that, between 0434:58 and 0435:25, as the airplane descended with the autopilot engaged, its airspeed decreased from about 160 to 125 kts. At 0435:30 (about 26 seconds after the captain commented about the flap anomaly), the CVR captured a sound consistent with the aural stall warning (“cricket”) and the tactile stick shaker that lasted 1.1 second. The captain stated to the first officer, “yeah don’t do that.” At 0435:32, a 0.3-second sound consistent with the aural stall warning sounded. At 0435:36, the captain stated, “just keep flying the airplane. okay.” The FDR indicated that the stick-shaker activation disconnected the autopilot when the airplane was about 900 feet agl at 125 kts indicated airspeed (KIAS).11 The FDR also indicated that the first officer increased engine power to about 70 percent torque and began manually flying the approach. Following the application of power, the airspeed began increasing. At 0435:40, the first officer asked, “should I go around,” and the captain replied, “no,” and then stated, “keep descending.” At 0435:44, the first officer stated, “we’re getting close here”; the CVR transcript indicated that the first officer’s voice sounded as if she were straining. During a postaccident interview, the captain stated that he looked over and was surprised to see that the first officer was manually flying the approach and that he had not heard the aural alert to indicate that the autopilot had been disconnected (no alert was captured by the CVR). The captain asked the first officer if she wanted him to finish the approach; the first officer replied, “yes please.” At 0435:50, the captain took control as the PF when the airplane was about 700 feet agl at 143 KIAS. During a postaccident interview, the captain stated that the airplane was high and to the right of the approach course and that he corrected to put it back on course. According to the FDR, at 0435:56, the captain reduced the engine power to about 10 percent torque. At 0436:00, the CVR captured a 0.9-second sound consistent with the aural stall warning and the stick shaker concurrent with the terrain awareness and warning system (TAWS) warning, “pull up. pull up.” According to the FDR, at this time, the airplane was about 500 feet agl at 156 KIAS. At 0436:04, the first officer stated, “there’s the runway.” Between 0436:00 and 0436:17, as the airplane continued to descend, its airspeed decreased from about 156 to 129 kts. At 0436:17, the captain called for maximum propeller speed. At 0436:19, when the airplane was about 200 feet agl at 124 KIAS, the CVR captured the sounds of engine power increasing concurrent with the aural stall warning and the stick shaker. At 0436:21, the airplane was about 150 feet agl at 123 KIAS and began to roll right-wing-down (RWD). Between 0436:21 and 0436:23, the airplane rolled right to a bank angle of 35° RWD. The airplane then rolled left to a bank angle of 50° left-wing-down (LWD) bank, and then right
11 The published minimum airspeed for the airplane flying with the flaps retracted in icing conditions was 143 KIAS.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 reaching a 10° RWD bank before it impacted the ground. At 0436:27, the CVR captured the sound of impact. During a postaccident interview, the captain reported that he had no lateral control of the airplane and that the controls were almost “snatched” out of his hands.
An airport operations agent in a vehicle on taxiway M, which parallels runway 17R/35L, was about 1,800 feet south of the approach end of runway 17R when he saw the airplane approach. He estimated that the airplane was about 400 to 500 feet agl when it emerged from the fog layer and stated that it appeared to be high and to the right of the runway centerline. He stated that the airplane appeared to be “pancaking” in its descent and that it rolled slightly to the right, then rolled hard to the left in a near-90° bank, then rolled back to the right, impacted the ground, and slid for a distance. He further stated that, as the airplane slid past his position, a fire erupted on the airplane’s right wing and “engulfed” the airplane. He stated that he immediately notified his supervisor of the accident and that he could hear the beeping tones of the crash phone over his radio as the airplane continued to slide. He stated that he soon saw the lights of the aircraft rescue and firefighting (ARFF) units emerging from their station. The airplane came to rest next to the right side of the runway (about 200 feet west of the runway centerline), north of taxiway S. Figure 1 is an aerial view of the approach end of runway 17R and the location of the wreckage. The ARFF units, which were on the accident scene within about 4 minutes, were the first responders to arrive. The ARFF response was joined by Lubbock Fire Department units, one of which could not enter at the designated airport access gate because the gate would not open; the unit was diverted to a different gate to enter the airport.12
12 For more information about the emergency response, see section 1.15.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 1. Aerial view of approach end of runway 17R and location of wreckage. 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table. Injury Chart Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 0 0 0 0 0 Serious 1 0 0 0 1 Minor 1 0 0 0 1 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 2 0 0 0 2 1.3 Damage to Airplane The airplane was substantially damaged by the impact forces and postcrash fire. 1.4 Other Damage The airport approach lighting system and the runway were damaged during the accident sequence. 5
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Captain The captain, age 52, held an airline transport pilot certificate with ratings for single-engine and multiengine land airplanes. His most recent Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) first-class medical certificate was issued on September 19, 2008, with a limitation that he must “possess glasses for near/intermediate vision.” According to Empire Airlines’ records, the captain had accumulated 13,935 total flight hours, including 12,742 hours as pilot-in-command (PIC). He had a total time in the ATR 42 of 2,052 hours, 1,896 hours of which were as PIC. In the 90 days, 30 days, and 24 hours before the accident, the captain accumulated about 53, 13, and 5 hours, respectively. The captain was hired by Empire Airlines on May 9, 1988. Employee training records showed that the captain had previously flown and served as a check airman on the company’s Cessna 208 (single-engine, turbopropeller-powered) airplanes, in which he had accumulated about 6,600 total flight hours. He had also previously flown the company’s Fokker F27 (multiengine, turbopropeller-powered) airplanes, in which he had accumulated about 2,500 total flight hours, about 1,900 hours of which were as PIC. Employee training records showed that the captain completed his most recent recurrent proficiency check ride and line check on September 22, 2008. His most recent recurrent ground training, which focused on ATR 42 systems, was completed on March 29, 2008. A review of FAA and company records revealed that the captain had no previous FAA enforcement actions, incidents, or accidents. The captain was experienced with in-flight icing conditions because he had worked as a pilot in the Pacific Northwest and Alaska for 30 years. He stated that he had been dispatched into freezing drizzle before and that, while flying in such conditions, he maintained a heightened awareness of the flying environment. The first officer described the captain as someone whom she would feel comfortable speaking up to, if necessary. She stated that the captain sought her input and asked for her opinion and that, at the beginning of their trip pairing, the captain told her that she should tell him if she saw him do anything wrong. Other Empire Airlines’ pilots who had flown with the captain stated that his greatest strength as a pilot was his experience level. One pilot stated that the captain occasionally cut corners, seemed rushed, was less thorough on briefings than other captains, and became easily agitated when flying and driving. 1.5.2 The First Officer The first officer, age 26, held a commercial pilot certificate with ratings for single-engine and multiengine land and instrument airplanes. Her most recent FAA first-class medical certificate was issued on December 4, 2008, with no limitations. According to Empire Airlines’ records, the first officer had accumulated 2,109 total flight hours, about 1,890 hours of which were as PIC. She had accumulated 130 hours in the ATR 42 as second-in-command (SIC). In the 90 days, 30 days, and 24 hours before the accident, the first officer accumulated about 88, 29, and 5 hours, respectively. 6
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report The first officer was hired by Empire Airlines on July 25, 2008. Employee training records showed that the first officer completed her most recent proficiency check ride (an initial check) on September 10, 2008. Her most recent ground training, which was initial training for the ATR 42, was completed on August 29, 2008. A review of FAA and company records revealed that the first officer had no previous FAA enforcement actions, incidents, or accidents. The first officer had limited experience flying in icing conditions before working for Empire Airlines, and the ATR 42 was the first airplane in which she had flown that was equipped with deicing and anti-icing systems. Other Empire Airlines pilots who had flown with the first officer described her flying skills as “at par” or “average” compared to other first officers with the same experience level. One pilot stated that the first officer was methodical about using checklists. Another pilot stated that the first officer’s greatest strength as a pilot was that she was “nonconfrontational.” One captain described the first officer’s crew resource management (CRM) skills as “good,” and another captain stated that the first officer did not seem to have a problem speaking up, if needed. Regarding areas in which the first officer could improve, one pilot stated that “she could employ the skills she already knew without asking so many questions,” and another pilot stated, “more hands-on flying of the airplane.” 1.5.3 Flight Crew’s Rest Opportunities 1.5.3.1 The Captain The captain reported that, on January 24, 2009, he awoke about 0800. From about 1015 to 1535, he traveled as a passenger on commercial flights to reposition from his home in Portland, Oregon, to Midland International Airport (MAF), Midland, Texas. The captain went to bed about 2200 in his hotel room in Midland, Texas. On January 25, 2009, the captain awoke about 0800, performed various activities throughout the day (including exercising, reading, shopping, and going to dinner at a coworker’s home with the first officer), and went to bed about 2200. The captain stated that, on January 26, 2009, he awoke about 0400 to prepare for the upcoming night flight. He performed various activities and then slept from about 1100 to 1630. He stated that he met the first officer in the hotel lobby about 1820 and that they drove to MAF to begin duty about 1845. They departed MAF about 1945, arriving at El Paso International Airport (ELP), El Paso, Texas, about 2115. They subsequently departed ELP for AFW about 2230, arriving about 0030 on January 27, 2009. The flight crew then departed AFW for LBB (the accident flight) about 0313. During postaccident interviews, the captain indicated that he needed 6 to 8 hours of sleep per night to feel rested. He stated that he considered himself to be a night person and that he felt rested before the accident flight. He described his workload on the day of the accident as normal overall but stated that, during the approach, the workload was high. The captain stated that takeoffs and landings were high-workload situations and that the icing conditions and flap anomaly elevated his workload. 7
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 1.5.3.2 The First Officer The first officer (who was based in Salt Lake City, Utah)13 had first arrived in Midland, Texas, on January 18, 2009, to fly a trip sequence with another captain and had completed that trip sequence on January 23, 2009. During those trips, the first officer was on duty during night hours beginning about 0045. After the first officer completed that trip sequence, Empire Airlines paid the expenses for the first officer to spend the weekend in Midland, Texas, rather than have her commute home on a short turnaround. The first officer indicated that she was off duty from the afternoon of January 24, 2009, until the evening of the accident flight. The first officer indicated that, because her previous trip sequence and the accident trip sequence required her to sleep during the day and be awake at night, she maintained that same sleep schedule during her off-duty time (between the two trip sequences) in Midland, Texas. On January 24, 2009, the first officer went to bed about 0600 in her hotel room and awoke about 1430. She then performed various activities throughout the day and evening (including exercising and going to the store) and went to bed about 0600 on January 25, 2009. She awoke about 1400, later met the captain to go to dinner at a coworker’s home, returned to the hotel about 2200, and went to bed sometime in the morning on January 26, 2009. The first officer awoke about 1500 and reported for her trip duty with the captain about 1845. During postaccident interviews, the first officer indicated that she needed 7 hours of sleep to feel rested. She stated that she considered herself to be a night person and that she felt rested before the accident flight. She described her workload on the day of the accident as normal but stated that the workload became high when she and the captain realized that the flaps did not function properly. The first officer stated that although the workload during the approach was high, she felt that it was something that they could handle. 1.6 Airplane Information 1.6.1 General The accident airplane (model ATR 42-320, serial number [SN] 175) received its airworthiness certificate in 1990. In 2005, the airplane was configured for freight operations in accordance with supplemental type certificate (STC) ST01189W1.14 The airplane was powered by two Pratt & Whitney Canada PW 121 engines, each equipped with a Hamilton Standard 14SF propeller. According to the type certificate data sheet, the ATR 42 is certificated for flight in known icing conditions in accordance with 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C, which details the types of icing exposures for which the aircraft is tested and certificated. The airplane’s most recent inspection (a 2-month inspection) was completed on January 9, 2009. At the time of the accident, the airplane had accumulated 28,768 hours of operating time and 32,379 cycles.
13 Salt Lake City, Utah, was a “floater” base for Empire Airlines. Flight crews based there would commute to various cities based on the company’s needs and at the company’s expense. 14 STC ST01189W1 is held by M7 Aerospace LP.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 The airplane had no deferred maintenance items, and the maintenance records showed compliance with all applicable airworthiness directives (ADs) for the airframe, propeller subassemblies, and the right engine.15 The AD tracking form for the left engine was not located. During the investigation, an Empire Airlines records clerk located work orders and records of other required directives to demonstrate AD compliance for the left engine. The airplane’s maximum gross takeoff and landing weights were 37,258 and 36,155 pounds (lbs), respectively. A review of the FedEx Feeder Aircraft Load Control Sheet and the Empire Airlines Cargo Load Manifest for the flight revealed that the accident flight’s calculated takeoff and estimated landing weights were 34,487 and 32,717 lbs, respectively, and that its calculated center of gravity (CG) was within limits. 1.6.2 Flap System The ATR 42 is equipped with four trailing-edge flaps (two per wing) that are electrically controlled and hydraulically operated (each flap has a hydraulic actuator). The flight crew can command the flaps into four positions using the cockpit flap control lever: 0° for cruise flight, 15° for takeoff and approach, 30° for landing, and 45° for use during an emergency.16 During normal operations, all flaps move together when commanded. An interconnection torque shaft is connected to the left and right inboard flaps. Both a flap position transmitter, which provides flap position information to the flap indicator in the cockpit, and a flap asymmetry detector are attached to the interconnection torque shaft. The flap position transmitter is mounted near the center of the interconnection torque shaft and senses the average position of the flaps based on movement of the torque shaft. The flap asymmetry detector is designed to prevent any asymmetry between the right and left flaps from exceeding 8° to 10° (the precise value depends upon the flap positions when the asymmetry occurs). If a flap asymmetry reaches the determined value, a microswitch integrated into the detector cuts off the electrical power supply to the flap control switch, and the flap extension or retraction solenoid is no longer energized. As a result, the flaps will stop in the positions reached at the time of the power interruption. Once this occurs, the flaps will not move in response to movement of the flap control lever in the cockpit until maintenance personnel reset the system on the ground.17 If a flap asymmetry occurs due to a restriction (jam) and the restriction is then removed, hydraulic pressure in the system will move the flaps to a symmetrical position. The resulting flap position will be the average of the right and left flap positions when the asymmetry occurred. Even if such hydraulic balancing of the flaps occurs, post-flight maintenance action would still be required to restore electrical power to the flap control switch.
15 The airframe AD compliance records were located throughout the airplane’s records, the propeller subassembly ADs were tracked through Empire Airlines’ computerized maintenance tracking system, and the right engine ADs were listed on an AD tracking form located with the right engine logbooks. 16 The four flap positions are standard increments. In the ATR 42, for some selected settings, the actual position of the flaps differs by a few degrees from the indicator increment (the 30° flap position increment represents 27° of actual flap deflection). 17 For more information about the flight crew’s procedures for responding to a flap asymmetry, see section 1.17.1.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report A flap position indicator in the cockpit has an index marked with the four flap positions (shown as 0°, 15°, 30°, and 45°), and a needle pointer indicates the flap position on the index. If a flap asymmetry occurs, the flap indicator needle in the cockpit will point to the index value that corresponds with the average position of the flaps. Figure 2 shows the flap position indicator, and the inset depicts the likely needle pointer position during the flap asymmetry.
Figure 2. Flap position indicator. Inset shows the likely needle pointer position during the flap asymmetry. In addition to the cockpit flap position indicator, exterior flap position fairings mounted on the wings (one per wing) are visible to each flight crewmember through their respective side windows. These fairings are also marked with lines and numbers for the four flap positions, providing flight crews with a visual indication of the actual position of each flap. Figure 3 shows the exterior flap position fairing. The wing flap position fairings are illuminated by the wing lights during nighttime use. If a flap asymmetry occurs, the actual positions of the right and left flaps will be indicated on the respective flap position fairings.
Figure 3. Exterior flap position fairing. 10
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 1.6.3 Deicing, Anti-Icing, and Anti-Icing Advisory Systems The ATR 42’s ice protection system permits the airplane to operate in some atmospheric icing conditions (applicable restrictions are noted in the limitations section of the airplane flight manual [AFM]).18 The leading edges of the ATR 42’s wings, horizontal stabilizers, and vertical stabilizer are equipped with pneumatic deice boots that are inflated by engine compressor bleed air.19 When the flight crew selects airframe pneumatic boot use, pockets in the boot system inflate in sequence, perpendicular to the airfoil, to deice the leading edges. The propeller blades, windshields, probes (pitot, static, air temperature, and angle-of-attack [AOA]), and flight control horns20 are electrically heated. The horn anti-icing feature prevents ice deposits from forming between the wing structure and the moving parts of the control surfaces. A pneumatic system provides deicing protection for the engine intakes and is designed to prevent a reduction or total loss of engine performance in icing conditions. According to the ATR 42 flight crew operating manual (FCOM), the ATR 42 has an anti-icing advisory system (AAS) designed to alert the flight crew to apply the correct procedures when flying in icing conditions.21 The AAS includes an ice detector (mounted under the left wing) and three cockpit light annunciators; the amber ICING light and green ICING AOA light are on the central panel, and the blue DEICING light is on the memo panel. The AAS alerts the flight crew as soon as (and as long as) the ice detector detects ice accretion. Once the probe detects at least 0.5 millimeter of ice, the amber ICING light illuminates. The AAS self-tests continuously, and any failure illuminates a FAULT light with a single chime. 1.6.4 Flight Instruments 1.6.4.1 Airspeed Indicator The ATR 42 is equipped with three analog airspeed indicators (one on each pilot’s instrument panel and one on the central panel). Each airspeed indicator has a moving needle pointer that indicates the airplane’s KIAS on a fixed scale that shows 60 to 400 kts. Each airspeed indicator has four moveable indices, known as “bugs” (one internal and three external), on the outer scale that the pilot uses to manually set certain airspeed references for takeoff or landing, based on airplane performance information for the flight conditions.22 The internal bug, which is underneath the glass face of the airspeed indicator, is set by the pilot using a selector knob. According to the ATR 42 pilot handbook, for approach and landing in icing conditions, the internal bug should be set to VmHB30 icing, which is the minimum
18 For more information about these restrictions, see section 1.17.1.6. 19 The vertical stabilizer deice boots are optional on ATR 42s. 20 The airplane’s primary flight controls (ailerons, elevators, and rudder) are mechanically operated and have counterweights, or horns, that serve to balance the controls. 21 For information about flight crew procedures for responding to each AAS annunciator, see section 1.17.1.6. 22 For information about obtaining applicable airspeed references and setting the bugs, see section 1.17.1.4.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 approach airspeed and target touchdown airspeed with 30° flaps in icing conditions.23 The airspeed indicated by the internal bug (as selected by the pilot using the selector knob) controls the reference on the electronic attitude direction indicator (EADI) fast/slow scale.24 The other three indices, which are located on the outside of the glass face of the airspeed indicator, are color coded for use in referencing certain airspeeds during takeoff or landing and are manually positioned by the pilot. Unlike the internal bug’s function, the pilot’s positioning of these three indices (yellow, white, and red) does not affect any other systems or displays. The ATR 42 pilot handbook states that, for an approach, the yellow bug should be set to reference Vga, which is the approach airspeed for 30° flaps plus 5 kts (not corrected for wind effect).25 Similarly, the white bug should be set to reference VmLB0 normal, which is the minimum airspeed for an approach with 0° flaps in nonicing conditions, and the red bug should be set to reference VmLB0 icing, which is the minimum airspeed for an approach with 0° flaps in icing conditions. Figure 4 is an airspeed indicator showing the needle pointer; selector knob; and internal, yellow, white, and red bugs.
Figure 4. Airspeed indicator showing needle pointer; selector knob; and internal, yellow, white, and red bugs.
23 The ATR 42 pilot handbook notes that this speed is to be corrected for wind and that the wind factor is 1/3 of the headwind velocity or the gust in full, with a maximum wind factor of 15 kts. 24 For more information, see section 1.6.4.2. 25 The ATR 42 pilot handbook states that for Vga, pilots should use the higher of VmHB30 + 5 kts (not corrected for wind) or 1.1 Vmca (1.1 times the minimum control airspeed with 5° of bank and the failure of the critical engine with takeoff flap and landing gear retracted).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 1.6.4.2 Electronic Flight Information System The airplane’s electronic flight information system includes displays for each pilot on the cockpit instrument panel. Each pilot’s display includes an EADI to indicate the airplane’s pitch and roll relative to the horizon. The EADI depicts the horizon as a straight, horizontal line between the blue upper half of the display (showing the relative location of the sky), and the brown lower half (showing the relative location of the ground). The pitch scale is marked in 5° intervals, and the roll scale indicates select bank angles between 0° and 60°. The left side of each EADI also displays a “fast/slow” scale that indicates the difference between the airplane’s actual airspeed and the target airspeed as selected by the pilot using the internal bug on the airspeed indicator. An index on the fast/slow scale moves up (fast) or down (slow) according to any deviation of the actual airspeed from the selected airspeed. 1.6.5 Automatic Flight Control System The airplane was equipped with an automatic flight control system that provided autopilot, yaw damper, flight director, and altitude alert functions. The autopilot system is designed to automatically disconnect when certain system conditions occur, including achieving the stall warning threshold. If an autopilot disconnect occurs (either automatically or manually), indications provided to the flight crew include an aural alert (“cavalry charge” tone),26 a message (“AP DISENGAGED”) on the advisory display unit (ADU), and a visual annunciator (“AP MSG”) on the primary flight display. With the autopilot system engaged, if an anomaly in the airplane’s roll characteristics occurs (such as those that a flap asymmetry would induce), the ADU will show “RETRIM ROLL R [or L] WING DN” and “AILERON MISTRIM” messages. 1.6.6 Stall Protection System The airplane’s stall protection system includes two AOA probes (one on each side of the forward fuselage) that detect the airplane’s AOA, an aural stall warning (“cricket”), a tactile stick shaker, and a stick pusher. According to ATR, when the airplane is configured for flight in nonicing conditions with flaps 0°, if the AOA probes detect that the airplane has reached a critical AOA of 11.6°, the aural stall warning sounds, and the stick shaker activates. If the probes detect that the AOA continues to increase, the stick pusher activates between 11.5° and 13.8°, depending on the AOA’s rate of change. The stall protection system is designed to provide an earlier stall warning threshold during flight in icing conditions. According to ATR, when the airplane is configured with the control horns’ anti-icing selected on with flaps 0°, the critical AOA for activation of the aural stall warning and the stick shaker is reduced to 7°, and the stick-pusher activation remains at an angle between 11.5° and 13.8°.
26 The aural warning can be inhibited by other aural warnings with higher priority.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 1.7 Meteorological Information Freezing precipitation in the form of light freezing rain and ice pellets began at LBB about 2300 on January 26, 2009. The precipitation later changed to light freezing drizzle, which continued until after the accident.27 The LBB weather observation about 0353 reported wind from 010° at 14 knots, visibility 3 miles in light freezing drizzle and mist, ceiling overcast at 500 feet agl, temperature -8° C, dew point -9° C, and an altimeter setting 30.13 inches of Hg. The LBB weather observation about 0453 reported wind from 020° true at 13 kts gusting to 18 kts, visibility 2 miles in light freezing drizzle and mist, ceiling overcast at 500 feet agl, temperature -8° C, dew point -9° C, and an altimeter setting 30.13 inches of Hg. The remarks section of the weather observation indicated that the ceiling was variable from 400 to 900 feet agl and that the hourly liquid equivalent precipitation was less than 0.01 inch (a trace of precipitation). The National Weather Service (NWS) terminal aerodrome forecast for LBB expected IFR conditions to prevail during the period including the accident flight’s arrival with wind from 030° at 12 knots, visibility of 1 1/2 miles in light freezing drizzle and mist, and ceiling overcast at 100 feet agl through about 0800, with a temporary period of visibility 1/2 mile in light freezing drizzle and freezing fog. The NWS also had issued an airmen’s meteorological information (AIRMET) for moderate icing conditions28 from the freezing level through 22,000 feet msl over Texas that was current at the time of the accident. A review of the NWS current icing potential and supercooled large droplet (SLD) icing diagnostic charts indicated a greater-than-80-percent probability of icing conditions over the LBB area from the surface through 6,000 feet msl and a high likelihood of encountering SLD conditions. Temperatures were above freezing between 6,000 and 11,000 feet msl as a result of a temperature inversion. 1.8 Aids to Navigation No problems with any navigational aids were reported.
27 As defined by the American Meteorological Society Glossary and the National Weather Service Federal Meteorological Handbook, freezing drizzle is drizzle that falls in liquid form but freezes upon impact with surfaces to form a coating of glaze; freezing drizzle has a diameter between 0.05 to 0.5 millimeters (0.002 to 0.02 inches) at temperatures less than 0° C. 28 According to the FAA’s Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM), when reporting icing to air traffic control, pilots should describe the icing intensity as moderate when the rate of accumulation is such that even short encounters become potentially hazardous and use of deicing/anti-icing equipment or flight diversion is necessary. Information obtained from the FAA’s website http://www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/ATpubs/AIM/ (accessed March 21, 2011). FAA Advisory Circular 91-74A, “Pilot Guide: Flight In Icing Conditions” published in December 2007, states that, in icing of moderate intensity, “the rate of ice accumulation requires frequent cycling of manual deicing systems to minimize ice accretions on the airframe. A representative accretion rate for reference purposes is 1 to 3 inches (2.5 to 7.5 cm) per hour on the outer wing. The pilot should consider exiting the condition as soon as possible.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 15 1.9 Communications No problems with any communications equipment during the flight were reported. During a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that, after the accident, the captain attempted to contact the air traffic control tower (ATCT) using the airplane’s radios but that the radios were inoperative. The CVR transcript indicates that the CVR captured the sound of impact at 0436:27, a subsequent sound similar to occupants moving around in the cockpit, the captain’s instructions about exiting the airplane, and the sound of the door opening at 0437:25. No further sounds were captured, and the recording ended at 0441:35. 1.10 Airport Information LBB is located about 4 miles north of the city of Lubbock, Texas, at an elevation of 3,282 feet msl. LBB is a Class I public airport certificated under 14 CFR Part 139.29 Runway 17R/35L, which is the longest of the airport’s three runways,30 has a concrete surface and is 11,500 feet long and 150 feet wide. LBB maintained ARFF capabilities at Index C31 and had four vehicles, three of which (Rescue 1, 2, and 4) were equipped with a roof turret, bumper turret, and hand line; each vehicle carried 1,500 gallons of water, at least 190 gallons of aqueous film forming foam (AFFF), and 450 lbs of dry chemical. The remaining vehicle (Rescue 5), which was equipped with a hand line, carried 450 lbs of dry chemical and 100 gallons of a mixture of water and AFFF. The ARFF station was centrally located south of taxiway J near the midpoint of runway 8/26. ARFF services were available 24 hours a day, every day, and the station was staffed by a minimum of four firefighters. Five firefighters, all of whom participated in the response, were on duty at the time of the accident.32 1.10.1 Emergency Plan LBB had an FAA-approved airport emergency plan (AEP) that provided guidance intended to minimize the possibility and extent of personal injury and property damage during an emergency. The FAA approved the most recent revisions to the AEP on July 9, 2008. The AEP stated that, during an emergency response, “primary entry points to the airfield by responding units will be at Gate 6 and Gate 48 or at a location prescribed by the command post.” The AEP stated that “the Battalion Chief will set up the initial staging area/command post near Gate 6, Gate 48, or another designated area.”
29 Title 14 CFR 139.5 states that a Class I airport is certificated to serve scheduled operations of large air carrier aircraft and can also serve unscheduled passenger operations of large air carrier aircraft and/or scheduled operations of small air carrier aircraft. 30 Runway 8/26, which has a concrete surface, is 8,001 feet long and 150 feet wide, and runway 17L/35R, which has an asphalt surface, is 2,891 feet long and 75 feet wide. 31 LBB was an Index C airport based on five or more average daily departures of aircraft with a length of at least 126 feet but less than 159 feet, as defined in 14 CFR 139.315. For an airport to meet Index C capabilities, 14 CFR 139.317 requires two or three ARFF vehicles that contain at least the minimum specified amount of various extinguishing agents. 32 For more information about the emergency response, see section 1.15.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 16 If an accident occurs, the ATCT notifies the ARFF station through the direct line radio to the station. According to the letter of agreement between the LBB ATCT and the City of Lubbock, upon the alert activation, the ATCT controller should provide, “as is available,” the “type of aircraft, nature of the emergency, runway to be used, and any other information if time permits.” 1.10.2 Snow and Ice Control Plan As required by 14 CFR 139.313, LBB maintained an FAA-approved snow and ice control plan. According to the airport’s snow and ice operations document, the operations supervisor, operations agent on duty, or maintenance supervisor is responsible for monitoring the runway and taxiway environment to determine when snow and ice removal is needed. Sensors embedded at various points on the runways, taxiways, and the terminal ramp detect surface and subpavement temperatures and surface moisture, and information from the sensors is monitored from the airfield maintenance building by airport maintenance personnel. The snow and ice operations document indicated that, during critical temperatures, if moisture or precipitation is occurring or is expected to occur, granulated urea will be applied to the first priority airport operational surfaces, such as the active runway, its parallel taxiway, taxiways connecting the active runway to the terminal ramp, and the established ARFF road from the fire station to taxiway J. The assistant airport manager stated that the road from the fire station to taxiway J had received a urea application before the accident flight’s arrival. No written record exists to indicate when this application occurred. The snow and ice operations plan did not address monitoring or ensuring the operability of the airport emergency response and mutual aid gates. FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5200-30C, “Airport Winter Safety and Operations,” which provides guidance to assist airport operators in developing a snow and ice control plan, also did not address this topic. An informal survey of other 14 CFR Part 139 airports where operations are affected by winter weather revealed that none of the airports’ snow and ice control plans addressed gate operability. 1.11 Flight Recorders 1.11.1 Cockpit Voice Recorder The accident airplane was equipped with a Fairchild Model A100A CVR, SN 59653, capable of recording four channels of analog audio on a continuous loop tape. An examination of the CVR at the National Transportation Safety Board’s (NTSB) vehicle recorders laboratory found no evidence of structural or heat damage, and audio information was extracted without difficulty. The extracted 30-minute, 43-second recording consisted of three channels of useable audio information that captured events from before the flight’s descent to several minutes after the accident. Excellent quality audio33 was obtained from the channels for the captain’s and the
33 In an excellent quality recording, virtually all of the crew conversations can be accurately and easily understood, and only one or two words are not intelligible; any loss is usually attributed to simultaneous cockpit
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 first officer’s audio panels, and good quality audio was obtained from the channel for the cockpit area microphone. The fourth channel (the use of which was not required by Federal regulations) contained no audio information. 1.11.2 Flight Data Recorder The accident airplane was equipped with a Fairchild Model FA2100 FDR, SN 289112. The FDR was sent to the NTSB’s laboratory for readout and evaluation; it was received in good condition, and the data were extracted normally from the recorder. The FDR recorded about 56 hours of data, and the accident flight is reflected in the final 2 hours 18 minutes of the recording. The FDR system was configured to record more than 70 parameters of airplane flight information in a digital format using solid-state flash memory as the recording medium. For this investigation, 58 parameters that were considered relevant were verified and examined. The relevant parameters included flap position, flap asymmetry, left and right aileron surface positions, KIAS, glideslope and localizer deviations, radio altitude (altitude as sensed by the radio altimeter), AOA, roll, pitch, pitch trim, right control column position, control wheel position, airframe deicing, left and right elevator positions, and left and right engine propeller speed.34 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information Examination of the accident site showed that the airplane initially impacted flat, grassy terrain about 300 feet north of the runway 17R blast pad.35 Ground scars and debris from the airplane extended about 2,500 feet south from that location to where the main wreckage came to rest next to the right side of the runway (about 200 feet west of the runway centerline), north of taxiway S. Fragments of the nose landing gear, right main landing gear, and a separated outboard section of the right aileron were identified in the initial debris field near the beginning of the runway. Examination of the wreckage found that the airplane was resting on its nose section and leaning to the right; the left main landing gear remained attached. Sections of the upper fuselage, right wing, and right inboard and outboard flaps were destroyed by fire. The left engine remained secured to the wing, and the left propeller sustained minimal damage. The right engine and the right propeller sustained impact and fire damage.
conversations and/or radio transmissions that obscure each other. In a good quality recording, most of the crew conversations can be accurately and easily understood, but several words or phrases are not intelligible; any loss can be attributed to minor technical deficiencies, momentary dropouts in the recording system, or a large number of simultaneous cockpit conversations and/or radio transmissions that obscure each other. 34 For information regarding the relevant parameters that were used in performing the airplane performance study, see section 1.16.1. 35 A blast pad, which is unusable for landing, takeoff, or taxiing, is designed to eliminate the erosive effect of the high wind forces produced by airplanes at the beginning of their takeoff roll. The blast pad for runway 17R is a concrete extension north of the threshold that can also serve as a stopway in the event of a rejected takeoff on runway 35L.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 18 1.13 Medical and Pathological Information On the morning of January 27, 2009, the captain and the first officer participated in breath analysis testing for alcohol and provided urine specimens for company drug testing.36 The tests yielded no evidence of alcohol or drug use by either crewmember. 1.14 Fire A fuel-fed fire erupted during the accident sequence and destroyed sections of the airplane and some cargo before being suppressed by firefighting personnel. According to the airplane’s dangerous goods manifest, 25 lbs of dry ice, one package of seatbelt pretensioners, and two containers of materials classified as “ORM-D [other regulated materials-domestic] consumer commodity” were destroyed in the fire. Other hazardous material (HAZMAT) on board, which included five containers of liquid chloride, one container of liquid sodium chlorite, and one container of solid sodium iodine (all radioactive materials), were undamaged. 1.15 Survival Aspects 1.15.1 Flight Crew Egress According to the CVR transcript, after the airplane came to a stop, the captain told the first officer to “go out the hatch” but then stated, “there’s a fire on the right hand side. go out the left.” During a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that she first opened the cockpit escape hatch and saw a “raging fire” on the airplane’s right side. She stated that she then went to the forward cargo door, unlocked it, and pushed it open with the help of the captain. The first officer stated that they “jumped out and ran to FedEx.” The captain stated that, once they were outside the airplane and a safe distance from it, he called Empire Airlines’ dispatch to report the accident. Both the captain and the first officer left the accident scene before the first responders arrived. 1.15.2 Emergency Response The ATCT notified the ARFF station of the accident through the direct line radio. According to LBB ARFF personnel, a tone sounded in the fire station, followed by “muffled voices.” Shortly thereafter, a second tone sounded, and an Alert 3 (which indicates an accident on or near the airport) was announced. According to the dispatch logs from the Lubbock Fire Department, the alarm sounded at 0438:12, and three ARFF units (Rescue 2, 4, and 5) were dispatched at 0438:46 and arrived on scene at 0442:31. The ARFF captain, who was driving Rescue 5, reported that the three ARFF units proceeded along taxiway J toward taxiway M. He stated that ice was on the runways and taxiway and that he proceeded with caution because of the potential for slippery conditions. The ARFF equipment operator driving Rescue 2, which also carried an ARFF lieutenant and another
36 Empire Airlines’ drug testing program checked the samples provided for evidence of marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, opiates, and phencyclidine use.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report firefighter, estimated that they proceeded no faster than 45 mph. While en route to the accident site, the ARFF equipment operator driving Rescue 2 contacted the ATCT controller to ask what type of airplane had crashed and how many passengers were on board; the ATCT controller replied that it was an ATR carrying an unknown number of people. The ARFF lieutenant in Rescue 2 stated that the darkness and fog made it difficult at times to distinguish between smoke and fog. The ARFF captain driving Rescue 5 stated that, after turning onto taxiway M, he saw both smoke and the glow from the fire. The ARFF captain stated that heavy smoke and flames engulfed the airplane from the cockpit to the wing section and extended just aft of the wing, where most of the flames were present. The ARFF equipment operator driving Rescue 2 stated that they immediately began applying foam and water to the wreckage and, within about 45 seconds, suppressed the fire to the extent that they could see the FedEx logo on the airplane’s tail. He indicated that, because of the logo, he knew that it was a cargo airplane and that he would expect two to three occupants. He stated that he then heard Rescue 5’s call to start looking for survivors. The ARFF captain stated that the fire was “blackened down” quickly. The ARFF lieutenant from Rescue 2 accessed the cabin area from a burn hole in the fuselage to look for occupants, and another firefighter from Rescue 2 used a ladder to access the cockpit roof hatch to look inside. After observing that no one was inside the airplane, ARFF personnel from Rescue 2 and Rescue 5 immediately began searching the area for the airplane’s occupants by performing visual and thermal imaging searches. According to standard protocol for an Alert 3 accident, Lubbock Fire Department units also responded and were dispatched at 0441:10. The response included the battalion chief and engine from Station 2 (which is about 3.2 miles from LBB and staffed with personnel who are all ARFF-certified firefighters with airport access badges); an engine from Station 5 (about 7 miles from LBB); and an engine, truck, and HAZMAT team from Station 4 (about 7 miles from LBB). As directed, one engine from Station 2 responded to Gate 48, which is an electronically controlled gate operated by a drive chain. The engine team was unable to enter the airport property at Gate 48 because the gate had ice in its operating mechanism and would not open. The Station 2 engine then drove to the ARFF station to proceed from that point. All other responding Lubbock Fire Department units were informed that the wreckage was closest to the FedEx hangar and were rerouted to respond to that site. A FedEx employee who opened the gate near the FedEx hangar for the Station 2 team, Station 5 engine, and emergency medical service (EMS) personnel informed them that the pilots were at the hangar; the EMS units proceeded to the hangar. Figure 5 is a view of the airport showing the relative locations of airport access gates and the accident site. 19
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 5. View of airport showing relative locations of airport access gates and accident site. The first Lubbock Fire Department unit arrived on scene at 0457:27. At that time, the ARFF units had contained the fire, with the exception of a few deep-seated cargo fires inside the airplane. The Lubbock Station 2 battalion chief assumed incident command and informed the ARFF captain that the flight crew was at the FedEx hangar. The ARFF captain stopped the search for survivors, and ARFF personnel resumed their fire suppression activities. The Station 2 battalion chief and ARFF personnel indicated that the ATCT controller later called and stated that a pilot was walking around on the ramp looking for assistance, and a second search for survivors was initiated. ARFF personnel determined that both pilots were being transported to a local hospital, and the emphasis on fire suppression resumed. The Lubbock battalion captain (who assumed command of operations from the Lubbock Station 2 battalion chief) stated that, about 5 to 10 minutes after he arrived on scene, the Lubbock Police Department delivered a HAZMAT manifest that FedEx employees had provided. The fire department had not requested the information. The Lubbock Station 2 battalion chief stated that the HAZMAT team responded to the FedEx hangar to obtain the material safety data sheets for the materials on the HAZMAT manifest. The ARFF captain stated that he did not see the HAZMAT manifest on the airplane but that he was aware that such a document existed and was available. The ARFF captain stated that the ARFF response to the accident scene would have been similar if they had known that HAZMAT was on board the airplane, with the exception that all responding firefighters would have worn full personal protective equipment. 20
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 1.16 Tests and Research 1.16.1 Airplane Performance Study and Simulator Evaluations The NTSB conducted an airplane performance study to estimate the airplane’s position, airspeed, altitude, and other parameters throughout the accident flight. Data sources for the study included the airplane’s FDR, FAA air traffic control (ATC) radar data, and weather information services.37 The study extracted aerodynamic coefficients from the FDR data. In addition, ATR used its ATR 42-320 engineering model to which accident flight-specific information was applied (including FDR data and weather information) to estimate control forces, AOA, and ice accretion levels during the accident flight. Further, the NTSB used an ATR 42-320 engineering flight simulator (EFS) provided by ATR to conduct qualitative testing to assess pilot workload and to evaluate the airplane’s handling qualities with a flap asymmetry and ice accretion. The EFS could not reproduce the accident airplane’s drag levels from ice accretion without introducing unrealistic lift and pitch, roll, and yaw moments;38 as a result, the “Normal Icing— Boots On” ice levels were used with the knowledge that the drag effect was underestimated. Pilots from ATR, Empire Airlines, and the NTSB participated in the EFS qualitative testing. 1.16.1.1 Effects of Flap Asymmetry The flap asymmetry involved 8° to 10° of extension of the left flap and no extension of the right flap. The greater flap extension on the left wing resulted in more lift and drag on that wing; as a result, the airplane banked to the right. According to the FDR, the autopilot system countered the airplane’s right bank by introducing 6° of left aileron input, for which the autopilot moved the control wheel about 20° to the left. The FDR indicated that, at 0434:55 (about 30 seconds after the flap asymmetry occurred), the first officer reduced engine power from about 58 percent torque to about 3 percent. The autopilot, which was coupled to the ILS 17R approach, responded by increasing the pitch attitude of the airplane to maintain the glideslope for the approach. The airplane’s airspeed decreased to the point that, at 0435:30, the stick shaker activated, which disconnected the autopilot when the airplane was about 1,000 feet agl. The performance study showed that the stick shaker triggered at about an AOA of 7.2°, a load factor of 1.08 G, and an airspeed of 125 kts. The FDR indicated that, after the autopilot disconnected (and the first officer began to manually fly the approach), the first officer increased engine power to about 70 percent torque, and the airplane began to deviate high and to the right of the ILS 17R glidepath.39 Control force
37 The study results are estimates that include performance calculation assumptions and consider the inherent limitations of the input data sources. 38 Title 14 CFR Part 60, which contains the qualification performance standards for airplane EFS models, specifies that the effects of airframe icing (including airspeed decay and change in simulator pitch attitude) can be based on subjective tests; that is, an EFS’s presentation of these effects is not required to match actual airplane performance data obtained from airplane icing testing, incidents, or accidents. 39 The glidepath, which is the ideal flightpath for an ILS approach, is formed by the intersection of localizer plane (which provides horizontal course guidance along the extended runway centerline) and glideslope plane (which provides vertical course guidance).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 estimates that ATR provided indicated that the first officer was applying about 35 to 40 lbs of rudder pedal pressure. ATR estimated that the average control wheel force required to manually counter the flap asymmetry without retrimming the airplane was about 13 lbs. At 0435:50, the captain took control of the airplane, and the estimated pilot forces exerted on the cockpit controls peaked about 10 seconds later when the captain pulled back on the control column, input LWD control wheel, and pushed on the left rudder pedal. ATR estimated that the maximum forces exerted on the control column, control wheel, and rudder pedals were about 36, 29, and 112 lbs, respectively. The FDR indicated that, at the time that these maximum forces were applied, the airplane was about 500 feet agl and more than 300 feet right of course (in the cockpit, this position would have displayed as “two dots” right on the course deviation indicator),40 and the stick shaker activated again. The performance study showed that the stick shaker triggered at about an AOA of 6.8°, a load factor of 1.64 G, and an airspeed of 155 kts. FDR data indicated that, at 0436:02 (about 2 seconds after the captain’s application of high control forces), the control wheel and the ailerons moved from the deflected positions that compensated for the flap asymmetry to their nominal positions. This movement was consistent with the left-wing flaps retracting to approximately 4.5°, and the right-wing flaps extending to approximately 4.5°, rendering all four wing flap panels symmetric, thus removing the need for control inputs to counteract the flap asymmetry. 1.16.1.2 Effects of Airframe Ice Accretion FAA inspectors who observed the wreckage about 3 hours 20 minutes after the accident noted that the separated outboard section of the right aileron (which was found outside the fire area) had an 8-inch patch of 1/8-inch thick ice adhered to the underside. The adhered ice patch had jagged edges, as if some portions of ice had broken away from it. As noted in the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM),41 section 7-1-21, “the effects of ice on aircraft are cumulative; thrust is reduced, drag increases, lift lessens, and weight increases. The results are an increase in stall speed and a deterioration of aircraft performance.” The NTSB’s aerodynamic coefficient extraction and calculations made by ATR indicated that airframe ice accretion during portions of the flight degraded the airplane’s performance. The ATR calculations indicated that the airplane first encountered icing at the beginning of cruise flight at flight level (FL) 180 (18,000 feet pressure altitude). ATR calculated that, at the end of cruise flight at FL 180, a drag increase corresponding with about 15 percent of total power was present. The aerodynamic coefficient extraction showed an increment in drag beyond the level expected for an uncontaminated airframe from about 0335 to 0405 while the aircraft was in cruise flight. The ATR calculations indicated that, during the descent between 14,000 to about 5,000 feet msl, the airplane’s performance was consistent with what would be expected for an
40 Course sensitivity at this point in the approach is such that one dot represents about 150 feet of horizontal course deviation. 41 Information obtained from the FAA’s website http://www.faa.gov/air_traffic/publications/ATpubs/AIM/ (accessed March 21, 2011).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 uncontaminated airframe (free from ice accumulation). The aerodynamic coefficient extraction showed the drag level expected for an uncontaminated airframe from about 0405 to about 0432. However, beginning about 0432 when the aircraft was at 5000 feet msl, an increment in drag beyond the level expected for an uncontaminated airframe was again seen. ATR calculated that, by the time that the flap asymmetry occurred, a drag increase corresponding with about 23 percent of total power was present. The EFS qualitative testing revealed that, following the autopilot disconnect, the workload for the accident flight crew was high because of the flap asymmetry, a 10-kt tailwind, and ice accretion. The testing showed that, when the approach was continued without retrimming the airplane and at a speed lower than the minimum safe airspeed of 143 KIAS (conditions similar to the accident flight), the controllability of the simulator was often similar to what the FDR data showed for the accident airplane. However, when the “AILERON MISTRIM” checklist in the Empire Airlines’ ATR quick reference handbook (QRH) was applied42 and engine power was set to maintain the minimum safe airspeed, the pilots who conducted the EFS qualitative testing performed a missed approach (go-around procedure when under IFR), completing the QRH procedures for the flap anomaly and the reduced-flaps landing, and successfully landing the airplane. FDR data indicated that, at 0436:18 (about 9 seconds before impact), the captain began a pull back on the control column that lasted for several seconds. When the pull back began, the airplane was at an airspeed of about 125 kts, descending through 230 feet agl about 1,500 feet per minute (fpm); the pitch attitude was about -0.5°, and the load factor was about 0.9 Gs. In response to the captain’s pull on the control column, the pitch attitude, the AOA, and the load factor all began to increase. The performance study showed that when the stick shaker triggered for the third time at 0436:19, the AOA was about 7°, the load factor was about 1.02 G, and the airspeed was about 124 kts. At 0436:20 (about 7 seconds before impact), with the AOA and the pitch attitude still increasing, the load factor stopped increasing about 1.12 Gs, indicating that an aerodynamic stall was imminent. 1.16.2 Terrain Awareness and Warning System The airplane was equipped with a TAWS43 designed to provide terrain caution alerts, “pull up” warnings, and “avoid terrain” warnings. Data analysis showed that, when the TAWS provided the flight crew with the aural “pull up” warnings, the airplane was about 1.5 miles from the runway threshold at an altitude of 488 feet agl (as detected by the radio altimeter) with a vertical descent rate of 2,050 fpm. An event analysis report provided by Aviation Communication & Surveillance Systems, the manufacturer of the integrated system with the TAWS feature, indicated that, during the accident approach, the airplane’s low radio altitude combined with the rapid change in vertical speed resulted in the immediate TAWS warning without a preceding caution alert.
42 For information about the procedure, which involves retrimming the airplane and then reengaging the autopilot, see section 1.17.1.5. 43 This particular TAWS was part of an integrated system that also provided traffic alert and collision avoidance functions.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.16.3 Flap System Component Examinations The cockpit flap control lever was found in the 15° position. Examination of the flap system components at the accident site found that the left wing and flap components were intact and covered with soot. The right inboard and outboard flaps and the right inboard flap actuator were extensively damaged by impact and fire. Figure 6 is the right side of the fuselage, showing extensive fire damage to the right wing and flap components. The right outboard flap actuator was found in the retracted position on the ground under the right wing. Damage to the right flaps limited the extent to which preimpact system integrity could be determined. Examination of the available components revealed no evidence of mechanical restriction of movement of the right flaps.
Figure 6. Right side of fuselage showing extensive fire damage to right wing and flap components. Under normal circumstances, hydraulic pressure holds the flaps in the selected position. The accident airplane’s hydraulic system was damaged by impact and fire, and much of the hydraulic fluid routed to the flap actuators was lost because of the damage. Testing of fluid samples obtained from all actuators (either from the actuator itself or the line leading to the actuator) found that the liquid was consistent with hydraulic fluid. X-ray examinations of all four flap actuators showed that their internal components were in place. The left inboard and left outboard flap actuators functioned when tested on the test bench at the manufacturer’s facility. Subsequent disassembly and examination of the left inboard and outboard flap actuators revealed no anomalies. Several of the seals for the right inboard and right outboard flap actuators were damaged from fire exposure, and the damage prevented the 24
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 actuators from functioning on the test bench. Disassembly of the right inboard and outboard flap actuators revealed no evidence of jamming. Regarding the possibility that ice formation on the flap surfaces could have resulted in a flap asymmetry, ATR stated that, in all types of icing conditions, runback icing does not exceed 15 to 20 percent of the wing chord on the upper wing surface and 30 to 40 percent of the wing chord on the lower wing surface and that these limits are upstream of the flaps. Further, ATR noted that ATR models having a similar wing/flap design have accrued 17,567,000 flight cycles with no reports of flap asymmetry or jamming due to flight in icing conditions. 1.16.3.1 Hydraulic Fluid Testing The piston rod for the right outboard flap actuator was found coated with a green material for which chemical testing was inconclusive. Solid particles, which testing found to be consistent with heated hydraulic fluid, were found in the hydraulic fluid lines and the connector port for the right outboard flap actuator. No similar particles were found in any fluid samples from the airplane’s hydraulic reservoir or from the examined hydraulic system filters. 1.16.3.2 Maintenance History According to ATR, flap actuators are not subject to time limitations; they are serviced or replaced based on their condition. At the time of the accident, the right inboard flap actuator and the left outboard flap actuator were original equipment to the airplane (installed when it was manufactured). The right outboard flap actuator and the left inboard flap actuator were installed in February 2001. Empire Airlines’ maintenance records indicated that a flap actuator hardware inspection was completed on June 4, 2007. On October 31, 2007, during a takeoff configuration test performed during taxi, the flaps did not extend but then functioned normally after subsequent maintenance action to clean deicing fluid from the cannon plug. The airplane had been involved in a January 21, 1998, accident in which a fuel-fed fire erupted in the right engine bay after landing, which substantially damaged the airplane and exposed several components on the right wing, including the flaps, to fire damage.44 The airplane’s log books showed that the airplane had been repaired, inspected, and returned to service. 1.16.3.3 Flap Asymmetry Event Involving Another Airplane According to ATR, one previous flap asymmetry event was reported in 1996 involving an ATR 42-500. The event occurred during a maintenance positioning flight (the maintenance was related to a problem with the right powerplant that occurred on the previous day). During the positioning flight, the asymmetry occurred when the flight crew commanded flap extension. The airplane landed without incident, and the reason for the flap asymmetry was not determined.
44 The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was “the improper overhaul of lug holes on the fuel/oil heat exchanger. A factor was the lack of direction contained in the manufacturer’s overhaul manual for working with the lug holes.” The report for this accident, NTSB case number NYC98FA062, is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 1.16.4 Deicing and Anti-Icing System Examinations The pneumatic deicing boots on the left wing and the empennage were tested, and no preimpact anomalies were identified. Impact and fire damage to the pneumatic boots on the right wing prevented testing. The distributor valves for the airframe pneumatic boots were tested, and all of the valves opened and closed as designed. All electrically heated components were examined, and a resistance was obtained. Examination of the AAS annunciator panel by the NTSB’s materials laboratory revealed no evidence of filament stretching in any bulbs. 1.16.5 Autopilot Disconnect Alert The crew alerting computer, flight guidance computer, flight guidance controller, and ADU were tested after the accident, and the autopilot disconnect and alerting systems functioned normally. The autopilot disconnect aural alert sounded as designed. According to ATR, the control wheel is equipped with an autopilot disconnect push button. Pressing the button while the autopilot is engaged disconnects the autopilot. Pressing the button while the autopilot is disconnected (whether disconnected manually with the button or by stick-shaker activation) clears any messages from the ADU and silences any pending autopilot disconnect alert. 1.17 Organizational and Management Information Empire Airlines, headquartered in Hayden, Idaho, provides cargo operations under 14 CFR Parts 135 and 121. The company, which has evolved under different names and has provided a variety of services (including some passenger-carrying operations) since 1977,45 began Part 121 operations in 1989. During that same year, Empire Airlines began a contract with FedEx for cargo services using Fokker F27 airplanes. The company continued to evolve its fleet and services and ended all passenger-carrying operations in 1995 to focus on cargo operations, aircraft maintenance, and airline startups.46 The company obtained a 14 CFR Part 145 repair station certificate under the name of Empire Aerospace in 2001. It acquired its first ATR 42 airplane in 2003 and performed its first ATR 42 revenue flight for FedEx in 2004. At the time of the accident, Empire Airlines had 16 bases of operation and served 51 destinations as a feeder operator for FedEx. According to the managing director of FedEx feeder operations, FedEx’s relationship with its feeder operators is a fee-basis system in which
45 The company was first established as Clearwater Flying Service in 1977 and, by 1979, operated flights for fire patrol, air pollution monitoring, air ambulance, charter, flight instruction, and transporting outfitters to remote areas. In 1980, after acquiring another company, Clearwater Flying Service changed its name to Empire Airways and expanded its services to include aircraft sales and maintenance. In 1986, the company contracted to operate shuttle flights between ski resorts, and, in 1987, the company expanded with contracts to fly corporate employees between offices in California and to perform flights in Alaska for the Naval Arctic Research Laboratory. Later that same year, Empire Airways contracted with FedEx to fly and maintain Cessna 208 airplanes and to service routes throughout the Pacific Northwest. In 1989, Empire Airways purchased Pacific Alaska and two Fokker F27 airplanes, and the company changed its name to Empire Airlines. 46 Empire Airlines added turbojet airplanes for some operations in 1992. The company also assisted a startup airline in Hawaii in 1992 and assisted another airline in Europe (to provide services for FedEx) in 1998. In 2006, the company’s operations specifications authorized it to perform heavy maintenance on ATR 72 and Fokker F27 airplanes, and it later obtained heavy maintenance authorizations for de Havilland DHC-8 and Q400-series airplanes.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report the operators are paid a management fee to crew and maintain the airplanes. At the time of the accident, Empire Airlines operated 10 ATR 42, 3 ATR 72, and 35 Cessna 208 airplanes, all of which were owned by FedEx. Empire Airlines employed about 250 people, including 108 pilots, 34 to 40 mechanics, and 7 flight followers. 1.17.1 Pilot Standard Operating Procedures and Training Empire Airlines’ general operations manual (GOM) provided flight crews with information on the company’s standard operating procedures (SOPs). Flight crew procedures specific to the airplane were found in the ATR 42 AFM, which was an FAA-approved manual that contained the normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures. The Empire Airlines ATR 42 QRH listed the procedures in a cockpit checklist format. Empire Airlines provided its pilots with company indoctrination training at company headquarters. Empire Airlines’ operations specifications authorized that all other initial, recurrent, upgrade, and transition ground training, simulator training, testing, and checks were to be provided by FlightSafety International, Inc., in Houston, Texas. 1.17.1.1 Flap Anomalies According to the QRH, one procedure covered multiple flap anomaly conditions, including a jam, uncoupling, or asymmetry. The procedure, “FLAPS JAM/UNCOUPLED/ASYM,” specified that the pilot should position the flap control lever to correspond with the actual flap position and apply the “REDUCED FLAPS LANDING” procedure. Figure 7 is the QRH, page 2.21, with “FLAPS JAM/UNCOUPLED/ASYM” and “REDUCED FLAPS LANDING” procedures. Pilots are trained to perform a go-around maneuver in response to a flap anomaly so that they will have time to perform these required procedures. 27
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 7. Quick reference handbook page 2.21 with “FLAPS JAM/UNCOUPLED/ASYM” and “REDUCED FLAPS LANDING” procedures. According to the GOM, section 6-19, “Completion of Non-Normal Cockpit Checklist,” flight crews are instructed that, “in the event of inoperative or malfunctioning flight control system, if the airplane is controllable, complete only the applicable checklist procedures and do not attempt any corrective action beyond those specified.” The GOM, section 6-4, “Circuit Breakers Resetting,” stated that “tripped circuit breakers should not be reset in flight unless, in the judgment of the PIC, it is necessary for the safe completion of the flight.” The QRH, page 0.02 (directly beneath the Table of Contents), states the following general information under the heading, “Procedures Initiation”: 28
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report … No actions will be taken…until the flight path is stabilized… . Before performing a procedure, the crew must assess the situation as a whole, taking into consideration the failures, when fully identified, and the flight constraints imposed. Page 0.02 of the QRH also states that the PF is responsible for the engine power levers, flightpath and airspeed control, aircraft configuration, and navigation, and the PM is responsible for completing the appropriate checklist items, the actions on the overhead panel, the positioning of the condition levers (which relate to propeller control), and communications. Figure 8 shows the general information on page 0.02 of the QRH.
Figure 8. General information on page 0.02 of quick reference handbook. 29
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 Both the captain and the first officer received training on flap anomalies during ground school and simulator training at FlightSafety. The flap system anomalies that were covered during ground school training included flap jam, flap unlock, flap uncoupled, flap asymmetry, and no flaps. Flap control circuit breakers were discussed. The ground training reviewed the QRH for flap anomalies item by item. For a flap asymmetry, the training taught the pilots that the airplane will try to roll, which requires the pilot to take the controls. During simulator training, flap anomalies were covered as part of both initial and recurrent training. The type of anomaly was given at the discretion of the instructor (the syllabus did not specify which anomaly to present). Pilots were trained to look at the flap position indicator in the cockpit, and they were also taught to look out the side windows at the flap position fairings to verify the flap conditions.47 The NTSB interviewed FlightSafety instructors who stated that, regardless of which anomaly was presented and when, the response procedure was the same. The pilots were taught to initiate a go-around maneuver and complete the QRH, which required them to rebug the airspeeds for the flap setting that they had. During postaccident interviews, the FlightSafety instructors, the FAA principal operations inspector (POI) for Empire Airlines, Empire Airlines’ chief pilot, and Empire Airlines’ director of operations indicated that they would have expected the accident flight crew to use the QRH procedure in response to the flap anomaly. During subsequent testimony at an NTSB public hearing,48 Empire Airlines’ chief pilot and director of operations both stated that they would have expected the flight crewmembers to first assess the situation and then reference the QRH after identifing the problem. FlightSafety did not train pilots to troubleshoot a flap anomaly by checking the circuit breakers, and none of the instructors who were interviewed had ever observed a trainee attempt to do so in the flight simulator. One instructor could not recall any pilots ever attempting to land with a flap abnormality during training and stated that it was “drilled into their heads to go around” if a flap problem occurred. During postaccident interviews and public hearing testimony, the captain stated that he checked the cockpit flap position indicator and determined that the flaps had not extended. He also stated that he attempted to troubleshoot the flap problem by checking the circuit breakers because he “had to start somewhere” and that he needed to determine what the malfunction was and then handle it with the checklist. The captain stated that he did not follow the abnormal procedures checklist for the flaps because the airplane was on a short final approach, things were happening quickly, and he “was too busy and did not know which checklist to run first or the speeds.” During postaccident interviews and public hearing testimony, the first officer stated that she did not know there was a flap asymmetry and thought they had no flaps. She further stated that she was “a little bit” concerned about the captain’s use of a flashlight to look at the circuit breakers during the approach. She also stated that she thought he should have been more focused on landing the airplane. The first officer stated that, had they executed a missed approach, they
47 Verifying the flap conditions was simulated in training as there were no actual flap position fairings in the simulator. 48 For more information about the public hearing, see Appendix A.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 would have had time to use the QRH, get situated, and set their airspeeds. The first officer stated that, after the captain decided that the approach would be continued, there was not enough time to use the QRH. 1.17.1.2 Stabilized Approach and Go Around Empire Airlines’ ATR 42 pilot handbook and flight training manual (FTM) both addressed stabilized approach criteria and approach standardization procedures. According to the FTM, approaches conducted in IMC should be stabilized by 1,000 feet in height above touchdown, and approaches conducted in visual meteorological conditions (VMC) should be stabilized by 500 feet in height above touchdown. The FTM listed several criteria for the flight crew to determine that an approach would be considered stabilized. These criteria included (but were not limited to) ensuring that only small changes in heading and pitch are needed to maintain the correct track, the rate of descent deviates no more than plus or minus 300 fpm from the target descent rate, the airplane’s airspeed is not less than the required approach speed, the maximum sink rate does not exceed 1,000 fpm (a special briefing should be performed for any approach requiring a greater sink rate), the power setting is appropriate for the configuration, and all briefings and checklists had been performed. According to the ATR 42 pilot handbook, “Flight Profiles & Briefings,” the “Descent and Approach Awareness Procedures” indicated that, during an ILS approach, the PM is to “call out any deviations from normal altitude, airspeed, or descent rates throughout the approach.” The procedures noted that the “captain calls for ‘missed approach,’ if necessary.” The pilot handbook, section 2-02-04, stated that, if a go-around maneuver is required, the PF should initiate the procedure by calling out “go around,” pressing the “GA” (go around) button on the engine power levers, advancing the engine power levers toward the white mark, and calling out “max power, flaps 15.” FlightSafety instructors who were interviewed stated that stick-shaker activation meets the criteria for an unstabilized approach. During postaccident interviews, the captain stated that he was trained to go around if a problem occurs during approach and that his decision to continue the approach was based on the runway conditions,49 icing conditions, and the flap problem. The captain stated that he “made a judgment call not to go around because things started piling up, and it was better to land than to go around.” He stated that he “just wanted to land as soon as possible.” During a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that stick-shaker activation “would be a go-around situation” and that she asked the captain about going around because the company policy following stick shaker was to perform a go-around maneuver. The first officer
49 According to the CVR transcript, the LBB approach controller advised the flight crew that the Mu readings (friction coefficient values taken by runway friction-measuring equipment) for runway 35L at touchdown, midpoint, and rollout were .24, .25, and .23, respectively. The captain acknowledged and then advised the first officer that, during landing, she should keep the airplane on the runway centerline and not touch the brakes. Empire Airlines’ GOM (section 6-12, revision 43) provided a table that “converts braking action reports to friction coefficient values” and showed that Mu readings between .19 and .34 corresponded with a “poor” braking action report. The GOM also stated that “there is no direct correlation between friction coefficient values and braking action” and that flight crews should use the values “together with other knowledge, including recent braking action reports and wind conditions.”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report indicated that asking was her way of saying that she wanted to go around “without stepping on toes.” The first officer further stated that she did not challenge the captain’s decision to continue because she felt that he had a good reason for not wanting to go around and that she trusted that he was making the right decisions. The first officer also stated that, after the captain took control of the airplane, she thought that she should have suggested again that they go around and that she did not know why she did not say anything. 1.17.1.3 Terrain Awareness and Warning System According to the GOM, if the flight crew receives a TAWS caution alert or warning in conditions other than daylight VMC (in which the flight crew can positively confirm that a collision with the terrain will not take place), the flight crew is to “react immediately.” The procedures for responding to a “pull up” warning stated that the flight crew is to advance to go-around power, disconnect the autopilot, level the wings while simultaneously executing a positive pull up, set flaps to the go-around position, retract the landing gear, and maintain the specified minimum airspeed until terrain clearance is assured. 1.17.1.4 Airspeed Bugs As described in section 1.6.4.1, Empire Airlines’ ATR 42 pilot handbook stated that, for an approach in icing conditions, the flight crew should set the internal, yellow, white, and red bugs to correspond with the VmHB30 icing, Vga, VmLB0 normal, and VmLB0 icing airspeeds, respectively. Flight crews were provided with an ATR 42 V-speed card pack that provided the applicable minimum approach airspeeds based on the airplane’s weight. The same card that provided approach airspeeds for each referenced airplane weight also provided airspeeds for use during takeoff. The guidance provided to flight crews on setting the airspeed bugs did not include any crosscheck procedures for verifying the information. Postaccident examination of the cockpit found that the V-speed card pack was open to the reference card for an airplane at 33,000 lbs gross weight. This card showed that, for this airplane gross weight in icing conditions, VmHB30 was 116 kts, VmLB0 normal was 123 kts, and VmLB0 icing was 143 kts. Vga was not depicted on the card. According to the ATR 42 pilot handbook, Vga is computed based on the normal approach airspeed (by either adding 5 kts to VmHB30 or using 1.1 Vmca, whichever is greater). Based on the card information, the approach airspeeds for setting the internal, yellow, white, and red bugs were 116, 121, 123, and 143 kts, respectively, and the takeoff airspeeds for setting the internal, yellow, white, and red bugs were 106, 112, 123, and 143 kts, respectively. According to the CVR transcript, during the captain’s approach briefing, he referenced the “three thirty card” and read “one oh six [106 kts] is the icing speed…one oh six [106 kts] one twelve [112 kts]…uh twenty three [123 kts] and forty three [143 kts].” Postaccident examination of the captain’s and first officer’s airspeed indicators found that the captain’s internal, yellow, white, and red bugs were set to 109, 110, 124, and 145 kts, respectively, and that the first officer’s were set to 106, 112, 126, and 144 kts, respectively. 32
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 1.17.1.5 Aileron Mistrim with Autopilot Engaged With the autopilot system engaged, the roll anomaly induced by a flap asymmetry will generate “RETRIM ROLL R [or L] WING DN” and “AILERON MISTRIM” messages on the ADU. According to the manufacturer, a flight crew’s response to these messages should be to hold the control wheel firmly, disengage the autopilot, and adjust the lateral trims. Upon completion of these items, the autopilot may be reengaged. The AFM stated that, since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes in airplane handling characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when unusual lateral trim requirements or autopilot trim warnings are encountered when the airplane is in icing conditions.50 During postaccident interviews, both the captain and the first officer indicated that they did not see any messages on the ADU. 1.17.1.6 Deicing and Anti-Icing Systems The AFM defined three levels of icing equipment use and stated that level 3 protection, which the flight crew used during the accident descent, should be used any time that ice is observed accumulating on the airframe. According to the AFM, level 3 icing protection includes all level 1 and 2 items, plus the use of continuous relight engine ignition and the airframe pneumatic deicing boots.51 Flight crew selection of the flight control horn anti-icing system (used in level 2 and 3 ice protection) lowers the AOA stall warning threshold and triggers the illumination of the green ICING AOA annunciator. Once airframe pneumatic boot use is selected by the flight crew (by pushing the “AIRFRAME” button), the boot system inflates in sequence continuously without further crew input. According to the FCOM, the AAS’s amber ICING annunciator illuminates as soon as (and as long as) the system’s ice detector senses that ice is building up. The flight crew was trained to respond to AAS annunciators in the cockpit by increasing the minimum maneuvering and operating airspeeds and selecting the anti-icing system when flying in icing conditions, selecting the deicing system at the first indication of airframe ice accumulation, and switching the deicing system off once ice is no longer present on the airframe. Once the ice detector no longer senses that ice is accumulating, the system triggers the blue DEICING annunciator to flash, alerting the flight crew to visually check for the absence of ice and determine if the deicing system should be turned off. The FCOM cautions that freezing rain is composed of SLD that may transform into clear ice when it impacts the airplane’s skin in below-freezing temperatures. The FCOM states that these large droplets may not freeze immediately upon impact and that the ice detector may become “inefficient” (ineffective). According to ATR’s Cold Weather Operations publication,52
50 The AFM also stated that use of the autopilot is prohibited any time that severe icing exists. 51 Level 1 protection, which was to be used during all flights, included use of the probe heat and windshield heat. Level 2 protection, which was to be used for all takeoffs and all flight operations in atmospheric icing conditions, included the level 1 items plus the use of propeller, flight control horn, and side window heat; engine inertial separators and pneumatic boots; minimum propeller speed of 86 percent; illumination of the AOA light; and icing speeds bugged and observed. 52 ATR Flight Operations Services, Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008). This publication was updated in March 2011, and the current edition can be obtained from ATR’s website
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 flight crews can visually assess ice accumulation by observing the propeller spinners, windshield, airframe leading edges, wipers, and side windows. According to the AFM limitations, section 4-5, if severe icing conditions are encountered in flight, the flight crew’s procedures include escaping the severe icing conditions and notifying ATC. According to the AFM, severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or mixed icing conditions (supercooled liquid water and ice crystals) may result in ice buildup on protected surfaces exceeding the capabilities of the ice protection system or may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces. The AFM states that the visual cues to identify severe icing include “ice covering all or a substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window,” and/or an “unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb,” and/or the following secondary indications: • Water splashing and streaming on the windshield. • Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally observed to collect ice. • Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected area. • Accumulation of ice on the propeller spinner farther aft than normally observed. In a postaccident interview, the captain stated that the airplane had encountered “moderate bordering on severe” rime ice at FL 180. He stated that he selected level 3 ice protection and that he noticed that, during the icing encounter, the airplane was cruising at 180 KIAS, whereas it would typically cruise at 200 to 210 KIAS. He stated that he requested a descent to 14,000 feet msl and that, during the descent, “substantial amounts of ice” came off the airplane. He noted that some ice from that encounter was still on the airframe when the flight started its descent to LBB. Further, in a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that the airplane began to accumulate ice again as it descended through 6,000 feet msl. She recalled that level 3 ice protection had been activated and that she could see ice adhering on the propeller spinner. 1.17.1.7 Crew Resource Management CRM is the effective use of all available resources, people, information, and equipment to achieve safe and efficient flight operations.53 CRM involves crewmembers incorporating and synchronizing the tasks required of them in a correct and timely manner54 and communicating
http://www.atraircraft.com/content/media/downloads/coldweatheroperations_2011_20.pdf (accessed April 14, 2011). 53 J. Lauber, “Resource Management in the Cockpit,” Air Line Pilot, vol. 53 (1984), pp. 20-23. 54 J.A. Cannon-Bowers Volpe and others, “Defining Team Competencies and Establishing Team Training Requirements,” in R. Guzzo, E. Salas, & Associates, eds., Team Effectiveness and Decision Making in Organizations (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1995), pp. 333-380.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 and coordinating effectively. FlightSafety provided CRM training to Empire Airlines’ crewmembers during initial training, and CRM was reviewed during recurrent training. The CRM training provided during the pilots’ initial training consisted of 2 days (16 hours) in the classroom and included lectures, case study reviews, and breakout and team building sessions with crewmembers. Lecture topics included command and leadership, situational awareness, communication, decision making, error management, teamwork and synergy, fatigue, risk assessment, and automation management. The CRM training materials included two presentation slides on assertion that encouraged pilots to speak up with “appropriate persistence until there is a clear resolution.” The FlightSafety ATR program manager stated that Empire Airlines’ CRM training program did not include role-playing exercises in the classroom training. During a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that she could not recall what was presented during the 2-day CRM training course, including whether or not assertiveness was addressed. According to Empire Airlines’ FTM, the CRM review provided during recurrent training was included within the “Crew Duties and Responsibilities” module and in “Flight Module 1.” According to Empire Airlines’ FTM, section 8-1-6, applied CRM is monitored and practiced in each flight simulator module. One FlightSafety instructor stated that CRM was evaluated throughout the simulator training because the ATR 42 is a two-pilot airplane, and he stated that he would point out CRM issues in real time if he felt that it was necessary. Another instructor indicated that instructors had the tools and techniques to teach CRM during the prebriefing, in the simulator, and during the debriefing. 1.17.1.8 Weather Information and Training Empire Airlines’ chief pilot indicated that, during basic indoctrination training, pilots reviewed Empire Airlines’ aircraft deicing program (ADP); the FAA’s meteorology handbook; the National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s (NASA) video, Tailplane Icing;55 an operations in icing for corporate aircraft video; and handouts of flight releases to familiarize pilots with the format. Empire Airlines’ chief pilot also indicated his belief that, during training at FlightSafety, pilots reviewed the ATR Cold Weather Operations publication56 and discussed meteorological conditions likely to cause freezing drizzle and freezing rain. Interviews with FlightSafety instructors revealed that several were familiar with the ATR publication but that none of the instructors provided or discussed it during training. A review of Empire Airlines’ FTM revealed that it included a task-listing document that indicated that Empire Airlines (not FlightSafety) was
55 The NASA video describes the tailplane stall condition that can result from horizontal stabilizer icing, its warning signs, and the suggested recovery procedures. The video’s recovery procedures apply to airplanes that have unpowered controls, that is, airplanes with horizontal stabilizers that have a fixed leading edge and movable elevator surfaces that rely on aerodynamic balance to keep the control forces neutral. The ATR 42 is equipped with such unpowered controls (also known as reversible controls). All airplanes that are certificated under 14 CFR Part 25 have been tested for tailplane stall susceptibility under at least the Part 25, Appendix C, icing conditions and have demonstrated that they can be safely operated in such conditions. For conditions that are outside the Part 25, Appendix C, icing envelope, the performance and handling characteristics of the airplanes are not required to have been evaluated. 56 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 to provide the required training as part of the meteorology module, but Empire Airlines did not provide it. A review of the ATR Cold Weather Operations publication57 revealed that it provided guidance that advised pilots that icing is a major concern for commuter aircraft. The publication stated that, due to their typical operating altitudes and airspeeds, turboprop aircraft fly where icing conditions are most likely to occur. The publication also provided information about icing meteorological phenomena, aircraft systems available to prevent and control ice accumulation, aircraft performance loss due to ice contamination on the aerodynamic surfaces of the airplane, and the procedures to apply on the ground and during flight when faced with icing conditions. 1.17.1.9 Stall and Near-Stall Recoveries A review of Empire Airlines’ FTM revealed that company pilots were taught that at first stall indication,58 they should set maximum power, reduce pitch, roll wings level, and then, during stall recovery, return to the entry altitude. In June 2010, a stall recovery procedure was added to the ATR 42 AFM. The procedure, “RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR UNCOMMANDED ROLL CONTROL,” specifies that the pilot should push firmly on the control wheel and then set maximum power. 1.17.2 Aircraft Deicing Program (Ground) In accordance with 14 CFR 121.629, Empire Airlines had an FAA-approved ADP to address procedures for ensuring that no airplanes are dispatched or released for takeoff with unsafe frozen contaminants on their surfaces. The program conformed to the guidance in AC 120-60B, “Ground Deicing and Anti-Icing Program,” which provides information on industry standards and practices related to ground deicing and anti-icing programs. The ADP contained holdover tables that provided guidelines on the amount of time that deicing and anti-icing fluid would protect an airplane’s critical surfaces from frozen contaminants, such as active frost, freezing fog, snow, snow grains, freezing drizzle, light freezing rain, and rain on cold-soaked wings. 1.17.3 Flight Dispatch Empire Airlines’ flight dispatching functions were performed from the communications center at its headquarters. As a 14 CFR Part 121 supplemental air carrier, Empire Airlines was authorized to use flight followers (rather than licensed dispatchers) to authorize each flight release, provide the necessary preflight weather products, and perform flight following of the flight to the destination. All of Empire Airlines’ flight followers (with the exception of one who
57 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008). 58 As defined by Empire Airlines, the first indication of a stall is the recognition by the pilot of the stall warning aural “cricket,” the stick shaker, the stick pusher, or buffeting/lateral instability.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 37 was newly hired) were licensed dispatchers.59 Flight followers communicated with flight crews through the use of telephones, fax machines, and air-to-ground communications services. The flight release for the accident flight was issued about 0211 and listed Roswell International Air Center Airport, Roswell, New Mexico (located about 137 miles west of LBB), as the alternate airport. The weather document indicated that the aviation routine weather reports for LBB were reporting IFR conditions with light freezing drizzle and mist and that the aviation terminal forecast expected the IFR conditions and light freezing drizzle to continue beyond the estimated time of arrival. Several observations surrounding LBB also reported mixed freezing precipitation across the area and indicated that these were not isolated events. The document also contained the full AIRMET Zulu series (which pertains to icing) current over the area for occasional moderate icing conditions below 22,000 feet msl. The document indicated that the forecast for the Roswell International Air Center Airport expected wind from the north-northwest at 12 kts, visibility better than 6 miles, no precipitation, and a ceiling broken at 1,600 feet agl. According to the GOM, section 8-9, “when light freezing rain, light or moderate freezing drizzle, or light, moderate or heavy snow is falling, aircraft may land.” The GOM also stated that, “when light freezing rain, light to moderate freezing drizzle, or light, moderate snow is falling, [an ATR] aircraft may take off, provided it is prepared in accordance with approved deicing procedures.”60 Empire Airlines’ director of operations stated that the airline developed this guidance using the titles from the ADP holdover tables after receiving flight crew requests for guidance related to operating in icing conditions. During a postaccident interview, the flight follower who initiated preparations of the flight release for the MAF-to-LBB flight leg indicated that she was aware of the freezing drizzle conditions surrounding LBB. Another flight follower released the flight. The flight followers who handled the accident flight’s release and the dispatch manager indicated that the GOM contained no restriction that prevented ATR airplanes from operating in light freezing drizzle and light freezing rain. All of them indicated that they believed that the ATR airplanes could handle light freezing rain and freezing drizzle conditions but that the Cessna 208 airplanes (which the flight followers indicated were prohibited from operating in those conditions) could not. Both the dispatch manager and one of the flight followers indicated that as long as the airplanes met the requirements for ground deicing, they could be released for flight. During postaccident interviews, both the captain and the first officer stated that the company did not pressure them to depart or arrive on time. The flight follower who released the accident flight indicated that he had a “normal conversation” with the captain and that the weather conditions were not that bad compared to other weather he had seen over the years. The flight followers who were interviewed indicated that, if a captain disagreed with the flight followers, the flight followers typically backed up the captain’s decision, and the captain had the final say. During public hearing testimony, Empire Airlines’ manager of dispatch stated that if a
59 Although the flight followers were licensed dispatchers, their duties were defined more closely with the role of flight follower and did not require the same initial and recurrent training that is required of a dispatcher. 60 The GOM prohibited the company’s Cessna 208 airplanes from departing, operating en route, or landing in freezing rain or freezing drizzle of any intensity.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 38 captain was not comfortable launching due to weather, the flight follower would support the captain’s decision. A cursory review of other 14 CFR Part 121 and 135 operators’ icing guidance (which included some operators that operated ATR or other turbine-powered, deice boot-equipped airplanes) revealed that the guidance ranged from prohibitive to permissive. For example, some guidance stated that “flight” or “takeoffs” in freezing rain and freezing drizzle was “not approved” or “prohibited”; other guidance warned that “flight in freezing rain [or] freezing drizzle…may result in ice buildup…exceeding the capability of the ice protection system” or that “visible rain at temperatures below 0° C” may be conducive to “severe in-flight icing”; and other guidance indicated that “aircraft may operate when light freezing rain [or] light to moderate freezing drizzle…is falling…provided that it is prepared in accordance with approved deicing procedures” or that “when light freezing rain [or] light or moderate freezing drizzle…is falling, aircraft may land.” 1.17.4 Hazardous Materials The GOM contains Empire Airlines’ procedures related to HAZMAT cargo. Specifically, section 10-16 states that emergency response information (required in accordance with 49 CFR 172.600[c]) for use in mitigating an incident involving the HAZMAT cargo must be immediately available where the HAZMAT is received, stored, or handled during transportation and must be immediately available on board the aircraft. Section 10-17 indicates that, before departure, the PIC must be provided written information about the HAZMAT cargo, proper shipping name, hazard class, identification number, quantity, and location on board the airplane. The GOM states that a copy of the HAZMAT document provided to the PIC is subject to the following (in accordance with 49 CFR 175.33[c]): This information must be readily accessible at the airport of departure and the intended airport of arrival for the duration of the flight leg and [must be made…] immediately available to any representative of federal, state, or local government agency who is responding to an incident involving the flight. 1.17.5 Federal Aviation Administration Oversight The FAA’s flight standards district office (FSDO) in Spokane, Washington, provided oversight for Empire Airlines. The FSDO’s oversight of Empire Airlines’ 14 CFR Part 121 operations was managed through the FAA’s air transportation oversight system (ATOS). According to the FAA, ATOS provides a means of oversight that allows air carriers to meet and address all regulatory requirements, enables FAA inspectors to develop methodology for continued operational safety, and provides FAA inspectors and air carriers the ability to manage risk. The ATOS oversight requirements included oversight of the content of an airline’s manual and the training of the flight crewmembers.61
61 ATOS oversight requirements are contained in FAA Order 8900.1, Flight Standards Information Management System, Volume 10, Chapter 1, Figure 10-7,“System/Subsystem/Element Chart—Operations and Cabin Safety Elements.” Information obtained from the FAA’s website http://fsims.faa.gov/PICResults.aspx?mode=EBookContents (accessed April 14, 2011).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 39 The FAA POI for Empire Airlines had been assigned to the company for more than 11 years. He stated that the GOM was the FAA-approved manual and that the pilot handbook was “accepted.” He stated that he was the POI for the company when operations in freezing drizzle were approved. He also stated that Empire Airlines had recently developed an internal audit program for flight operations. The POI described Empire Airlines as a company with good management people who self-report any problems. The FAA principal maintenance inspector (PMI) for Empire Airlines had been assigned to the company since 2000. He described Empire Airlines as very cooperative, very responsive in correcting any identified problems, and consistent about submitting self-disclosures. The PMI stated that his work program had been managed through ATOS since October 2006. He stated that the ATOS process enabled him to develop the depth of inspection required. 1.17.6 Previous Accidents The company had two previous fatal accidents in 1995 and 2000, both of which involved single-pilot cargo flights that were operated under 14 CFR Part 135. On January 11, 1995, a FedEx-owned Cessna 208 operated by Empire Airlines collided with a ridgeline in Pleasanton, California, while it was cleared for a visual approach to the Metropolitan Oakland International Airport, Oakland, California.62 The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the pilot’s failure to maintain both visual contact with terrain and sufficient altitude for terrain clearance.63 On October 9, 2000, a FedEx-owned Cessna 208 operated by Empire Airlines collided with wooded terrain in Lummi Island, Washington, during a flight conducted in IMC under a special visual flight rules (SVFR) clearance.64 The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident was the pilot’s attempted flight into known adverse weather conditions and the pilot’s subsequent failure to maintain altitude above or clearance from the trees.65
62 The report for this accident, NTSB case number LAX95FA076, is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx. 63 Contributing to the accident were the pilot’s decision to initiate a descent 14 miles from the airport and the weather, specifically the cloud conditions and darkness. 64 The FAA defines SVFR conditions as meteorological conditions that are less than those required for basic visual flight rules flight in controlled airspace. SVFR operations must be requested by the pilot and approved by ATC. According to the accident report, the accident flight’s leg could not be conducted under IFR because there was no published instrument approach procedure at the destination airport in Eastsound, Washington. The report for this accident, NTSB case number SEA01FA001, is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx. 65 Contributing to the accident were the low ceilings, fog, the pilot’s low-altitude flight, rising terrain, and trees.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 40 1.18 Additional Information 1.18.1 Postaccident Safety Action 1.18.1.1 Federal Aviation Administration Safety Alert for Operators: In-Flight Icing Operations and Training On March 16, 2010, the FAA issued Safety Alert for Operators (SAFO) 10006, “In-Flight Icing Operations and Training Recommendations,” to encourage all operators to review and amend, if necessary, their flight crewmember and dispatcher training programs to ensure that their programs address SLD icing conditions. The SAFO notes that SLD conditions, which the FAA considers synonymous with freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft, are “icing conditions containing droplets larger than those required to be demonstrated in aircraft icing certification criteria. SLD may result in ice formation beyond the capabilities of the airplane’s ice protection system to provide adequate ice protection.” The SAFO referenced the NTSB’s investigation of the October 31, 1994, accident involving an ATR 72-212 that crashed following an in-flight encounter with icing in Roselawn, Indiana.66 In the SAFO, the FAA recommended that the directors of safety and directors of operations for 14 CFR Part 121 and 135 operators and the training managers for all operators ensure that their training programs include a review of the following: meteorological conditions likely to cause SLD conditions; identification of weather information sources (such as AIRMET, significant meteorological information [SIGMET], center weather advisories, hazardous in-flight weather advisory service, current icing potential, and forecast icing potential) and their use as it relates to flight crewmembers’ and dispatchers’ preflight planning and in-flight decision making; discussion of company and ATC procedures for pilot reports on severe icing; discussion of flight crewmembers’ identification of severe icing conditions associated with freezing rain and freezing drizzle, including immediate exit procedures and ATC procedures should severe icing be encountered; and a review of the FAA publication, “Roll Upset in Severe Icing.”67 Proposed Rulemaking for Airplane Certification Requirements for Flight in Icing Conditions On June 29, 2010, in response to several NTSB safety recommendations (several of which were issued during the NTSB’s investigation of the October 31, 1994, accident in Roselawn, Indiana,68 and many of which superseded or expanded upon previous safety recommendations issued in 1981),69 the FAA issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM),
66 See In-flight Icing Encounter and Loss of Control, Simmons Airlines, d.b.a. American Eagle Flight 4184, Avions de Transport Regional (ATR) Model 72-212, N401AM, Roselawn, Indiana, October 31, 1994; Volume 1: Safety Board Report (Revision 9/13/02), Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-96/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1996). http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/1996/AAR9601.pdf. 67 “Roll Upset in Severe Icing,” Flight Safety Digest (January 1996). Information obtained from the Flight Safety Foundation’s website http://flightsafety.org/fsd/fsd_jan96.pdf (accessed March 21, 2011). 68 NTSB/AAR-96/01. 69 The NTSB first identified the need for the FAA to review and revise the icing criteria in 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C, in a 1981 safety report. For more information, see Aircraft Icing Avoidance and Protection, September 9, 1981, Safety Report NTSB/SR-81/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1981).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 41 “Airplane and Engine Certification Requirements in Supercooled Large Drop, Mixed Phase, and Ice Crystal Icing Conditions,” intended to improve the safety of transport-category airplanes operating in SLD, mixed-phase, and ice-crystal icing conditions.70 Included in the NPRM were proposals for expanding the certification icing environment for transport-category airplanes to include freezing rain and freezing drizzle and to require airplanes most affected by SLD icing conditions to meet certain safety standards in the expanded certification icing environment, including additional airplane performance and handling requirements. The NPRM noted that freezing drizzle is outside the icing envelope71 currently specified in 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C, which contains the certification requirements for transport-category airplanes.72 1.18.1.2 Empire Airlines On March 17, 2009, Empire Airlines’ Director of Flight Operations wrote an email to NTSB investigators detailing the company’s postaccident actions. These actions included the following: Training Guidance for Flap Anomalies Empire Airlines distributed guidance to all check airmen and the FlightSafety ATR program manager that stated the following: In the course of conducting flight training or checking in the ATR (airplane or simulator) and specifically while executing flap malfunction and reduced flap landing, do not let the crew think that you want them to continue the approach without taking the time to complete the QRH procedure(s), reset the speed bugs, rebrief the approach, etc…Depending on where the crew recognizes the flap problem, they should probably ask ATC (instructor/check airman) for a delay vector or hold while they complete the QRH before continuing the approach. The point is we don’t want to train or check differently than we want the crew to fly the aircraft. We should expect them to delay the approach until all the QRH procedures and briefs are complete. Flight Information Bulletin for Airspeed Bugs On February 23, 2009, Empire Airlines issued Flight Information Bulletin 09-01 to all ATR crewmembers explaining the proper determination and setting of airspeed bugs for flight in icing conditions. The company also added expanded procedures to the ATR pilot handbook for flight crews to be aware of errors in setting airspeed bugs and added a procedure for the setting and readback of the bugs during the departure and approach briefings.
70 75 Federal Register (FR) 37311-37339 (June 29, 2010). 71 According to the NPRM, the term “icing envelope” refers to “the environmental icing conditions within which the airplane must be shown to be able to safely operate.” 72 For information about the NTSB’s August 27, 2010, comments to the FAA regarding the NPRM, see section 2.4.1.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 42 Flight Operations Bulletin for Icing On February 27, 2009, Empire Airlines issued Flight Operations Bulletin 09-04, which contained information to supersede the information contained in the GOM, section 8-9, “Icing.” The flight operations bulletin, which was intended for both ATR flight crews and flight followers, included the following information: Freezing rain…and freezing drizzle…are not covered by the certification icing envelope as defined in Part 25, Appendix C. Takeoff or landing operations in known or reported [freezing rain or freezing drizzle] of any intensity, are prohibited. Special Emphasis Icing Training Empire Airlines implemented special emphasis icing training, which increased the time spent during ground training for all ATR pilots and dispatchers and included a review of the ATR Cold Weather Operations publication,73 the NASA Tailplane Icing video, and the 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C, icing certification envelope. The training also included a review of SLD; severe icing; icing reports, forecasts, advisories, AIRMETs, and SIGMETs; and a review of aircraft performance and the recommended maximum crosswind and tailwind components with respect to operations with contaminated runways. 1.18.1.3 FedEx Feeder Operations In April 2009, FedEx facilitated a safety summit with its feeder operators to address the circumstances of this accident and facilitate training improvement and adherence to best practices. As a result of the safety summit, the ATR training curriculum taught at FlightSafety was modified to include stick-shaker and stick-pusher recognition and recovery training, special purpose operational training, and line-oriented flight training (one module of which is still under development). ATR initial training was also increased with two sessions added. In addition, company instructors were placed on site at FlightSafety to perform company-specific training and check rides to complement FlightSafety’s instruction. All FedEx feeder operators developed “no-go” weather items (similar to those contained in Empire Airlines’ Flight Operations Bulletin 09-04) that prohibit takeoff or landing operations in known or reported freezing rain or freezing drizzle. All of the operators have implemented procedures for ensuring that airspeed bugs are properly used and verified during all phases of flight. Ice evidence probes (IEPs) have been installed on all ATR airplanes that were not so equipped (the installations were completed by October 2009).
73 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 43 1.18.2 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations 1.18.2.1 Flight Crew Monitoring and Workload Management Skills for Single and Multiple Abnormal Situations On February 23, 2010, as a result of its investigation of the February 12, 2009, accident involving a Colgan Air (operating as Continental Connection) Bombardier DHC-8-400, which crashed during an instrument approach in Buffalo, New York,74 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-10, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators to review their standard operating procedures to verify that they are consistent with the flight crew monitoring techniques described in Advisory Circular (AC) 120-71A, “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers”; if the procedures are found not to be consistent, revise the procedures according to the AC guidance to promote effective monitoring. On June 22, 2010, the FAA responded that it was considering options such as issuance of a SAFO or an information for operators (InFO) bulletin to address this recommendation. On January 25, 2011, the NTSB indicated that although such action may represent part of an acceptable response to this recommendation, the FAA must also ensure that the guidance provided in documents like SAFOs is implemented.75 Pending the recommended actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-10-10 “Open—Acceptable Response.”
As a result of its investigation of the February 16, 2005, accident involving a Cessna Citation 560 that crashed during an ILS approach in icing conditions,76 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-13, which asked the FAA to do the following:
Require that all pilot training programs be modified to contain modules that teach and emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas.
74 In this accident, “the flight crew’s failure to monitor airspeed” was a contributing factor. See Loss of Control on Approach, Colgan Air, Inc., Operating as Continental Connection Flight 3407, Bombardier DHC-8-400, N200WQ, Clarence Center, New York, February 12, 2009, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010). http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2010/AAR1001.pdf. 75 At the same time Safety Recommendation A-10-10 was issued, the NTSB also issued Safety Recommendation A-10-31, which concerns the need to ensure that guidance provided in documents like SAFOs has been implemented. Safety Recommendation A-10-31 asked the FAA to do the following: “Implement a process to document that all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91K operators have taken appropriate action in response to safety-critical information transmitted through the safety alert for operators process or another method.” On January 25, 2011, the NTSB classified this recommendation “Open—Acceptable Response,” pending FAA action. 76 The NTSB determined that the probable cause of the accident included “the flight crew’s failure to effectively monitor and maintain airspeed.” See Crash During Approach to Landing, Circuit City Stores, Inc., Cessna Citation 560, N500AT, Pueblo, Colorado, February 16, 2005, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007). http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/publictn/2007/AAR0702.pdf.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 44 On May 17, 2007, the FAA stated that monitoring skills and workload management are part of CRM and that current CRM regulations adequately address the issues in this recommendation. However, the FAA indicated that it would consider identifying in its work program a list of required inspections, reemphasizing to the regional and FSDO managers the need to validate the training that is already required and verify its effectiveness. On September 9, 2008, the NTSB responded that the FAA’s list should include a strong emphasis on monitoring and workload management components of the CRM program. On February 23, 2010, as a result of the FAA’s lack of progress in response to the safety recommendation and the NTSB’s subsequent investigation of the Colgan Air accident,77 the NTSB reiterated A-07-13 and classified it “Open—Unacceptable Response.”
On May 19, 2009, as a result of the NTSB’s investigation of the September 28, 2007, accident involving American Airlines flight 1400, a McDonnell Douglas DC-9-82, which experienced an in-flight engine fire and nose landing gear anomaly that presented the flight crew with multiple, simultaneous emergency and abnormal situations,78 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-09-24 and -25, which asked the FAA to do the following:
Establish best practices for conducting both single and multiple emergency and abnormal situations training. (A-09-24) Once the best practices for both single and multiple emergency and abnormal situations training asked for in Safety Recommendation A-09-24 have been established, require that these best practices be incorporated into all operators’ approved training programs. (A-09-25) On August 11, 2009, the FAA responded that it supports “realistic, scenario-based training that serves to develop pilot psychomotor skills as well as critical thinking and decision-making abilities in response to the range of unusual or unanticipated events that may occur during flight operations.” The FAA stated that, on January 12, 2009, it published an NPRM, “Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers,”79 that included such scenario-based training for all 14 CFR Part 121 operators. The FAA also indicated that it planned to revise FAA Order 8900.1, “Flight Standards Information Management System,” to require POIs to withdraw approval of any Part 121 training program that does not include such training. On April 2, 2010, the NTSB responded that, although issuance of the final rule proposed in the NPRM would give the FAA the regulatory framework to require the training, the NTSB remained concerned that, without a guide to best practices, inspectors and operators would have difficulty creating effective programs. Pending the outcome of the FAA’s planned review of regulatory and policy framework to determine whether additional guidance or requirements are
77 NTSB/AAR-10/01. 78 See In-Flight Left Engine Fire, American Airlines Flight 1400, McDonnell Douglas DC-9-82, N454AA, St. Louis, Missouri, September 28, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2009/AAR0903.pdf. 79 74 FR 1280 (January 12, 2009).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 45 necessary, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendations A-09-24 and -25 “Open—Acceptable Response.” 1.18.2.2 Go-Around Callout During the NTSB’s investigation of the February 18, 2007, accident involving a Shuttle America (doing business as Delta Connection) Embraer ERJ-170, which overran the runway during landing,80 the NTSB concluded that both the PF and the PM should have the authority to call for a go-around maneuver because one pilot might detect a potentially unsafe condition of which the other pilot is unaware. As a result, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-08-18, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and Part 91 subpart K operators to have a written policy emphasizing that either pilot can make a go-around callout and that the response to the callout is an immediate missed approach.
On September 26, 2008, the FAA responded that it would publish a SAFO that discusses the hazards associated with cockpit crewmembers who do not immediately and instinctively react to a go-around callout while on an approach for landing. The FAA also stated that it would revise FAA Order 8900.1 to include guidance to POIs to have all 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators develop written policy that indicates that either pilot can make a go-around callout and that the response to the callout is an immediate missed approach.
On June 22, 2009, the NTSB indicated that, pending the FAA’s revision of FAA Order 8900.1 and its completion of a survey to ensure that all operators have developed and implemented the recommended policy, Safety Recommendation A-08-18 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” On March 1, 2010, the FAA issued SAFO 10005, “Go-Around Callout and Immediate Response,” which provided information to operators and recommended that they provide written policy to flight crews regarding go-around callouts. The other requested action items have not yet been completed. 1.18.2.3 Low-Airspeed Alerting Systems As a result of the February 12, 2009, Colgan Air accident,81 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-12, which superseded Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -5482 and asked the FAA to do the following:
80 See Runway Overrun During Landing, Shuttle America, Inc., Doing Business as Delta Connection Flight 6448, Embraer ERJ-170, N862RW, Cleveland, Ohio, February 18, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-08/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008). http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2008/AAR0801.pdf. 81 NTSB/AAR-10/01. 82 Safety Recommendations A-03-53 and -54, which were issued on December 2, 2003, were classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” on February 23, 2010, because of a lack of progress. Safety Recommendation A-03-53 asked the FAA to do the following: “Convene a panel of aircraft design, aviation operations, and aviation human factors specialists, including representatives from the National Aeronautics and
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 46 For all airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121, 135, and [Part 91 subpart] K, require the installation of low-airspeed alert systems that provide pilots with redundant aural and visual warnings of an impending hazardous low-speed condition. On June 22, 2010, the FAA responded that it planned to task the Aviation Rulemaking Advisory Committee (ARAC) with developing recommendations for potential requirements to address low-airspeed alerting systems. On January 25, 2011, the NTSB acknowledged that asking the ARAC to address the issue of low-airspeed alerting systems may represent the first step in an acceptable response to this recommendation. However, due to the FAA’s lack of progress in this area, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-10-12 “Open— Unacceptable Response,” pending substantive action by the ARAC to address this recommendation. 1.18.2.4 First Officer Assertiveness As a result of its investigation of the February 19, 1996, accident involving Continental Airlines flight 1943, a Douglas DC-9-32, which landed wheels up,83 the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-97-05 and -06, which asked the FAA to do the following: Require all principal operations inspectors of 14 CFR Part 121 carriers to ensure that the carriers establish a policy and make it clear to their pilots that there will be no negative repercussions for appropriate questioning in accordance with crew resource management techniques of another pilot’s decision or action. (A-97-05) Require all principal operations inspectors of 14 CFR Part 121 carriers to ensure that crew resource management programs provide pilots with training in recognizing the need for, and practice in presenting, clear and unambiguous communications of flight-related concerns. (A-97-06) On October 30, 1998, the FAA issued AC 120-51C (currently AC 120-51E), which emphasized the importance of all levels of management to support a safety culture that promotes communication by encouraging appropriate questioning and that there will be no negative repercussions for appropriate questioning of one pilot’s decision or action by another. The NTSB also requested that the FAA issue a flight standards information bulletin (FSIB) to provide guidance to POIs to ensure that operators are complying with the information presented in
Space Administration, to determine whether a requirement for the installation of low-airspeed alert systems in airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and 135 would be feasible, and submit a report of the panel’s findings.” Safety Recommendation A-03-54 asked the FAA to do the following: “If the panel requested in Safety Recommendation A-03-53 determines that a requirement for the installation of low-airspeed alert systems in airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and 135 is feasible, establish requirements for low-airspeed alert systems, based on the findings of this panel.” 83 In this accident, the captain rejected, without any discussion, the first officer’s go-around request, and the first officer failed to challenge his decision. See Wheels-Up Landing, Continental Airlines Flight 1943, Douglas DC-9-32, N10556, Houston, Texas, February 19, 1996, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-97/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1997). http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/1997/AAR9701.pdf.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 47 AC 120-51C. Based on the lack of action by the FAA to issue the FSIB, on February 23, 2000, the NTSB classified these recommendations “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” 1.18.3 Airplane Equipment Options 1.18.3.1 Aircraft Performance Monitoring System Since November 2005, new production ATR 42 and ATR 72 airplanes have been equipped with an aircraft performance monitoring (APM) system84 designed to assist flight crews with monitoring airplane performance during operations in icing conditions. According to ATR’s Cold Weather Operations publication,85 ATR developed the APM to enhance a flight crew’s ability to detect severe icing conditions after finding that flight crews do not always adequately monitor the cues and follow the procedures established for responding to severe icing encounters. The APM uses FDR-recorded parameters and other information86 to calculate and compare the airplane’s actual performance (with respect to airspeed and drag) with its expected performance. The APM also computes the actual minimum icing and severe icing airspeeds. The APM function is included in the airplane’s multipurpose computer and requires no additional sensors or any calculation of atmospheric ice content. If the APM detects that the minimum airspeed requirements are not being met or that degraded airplane performance is present, the APM alerts the flight crew via aural chimes and annunciator lights on each pilot’s panel. The system is designed to provide these alerts only when the static air temperature is below 10° C, the airplane’s flaps and landing gear are retracted, both engines are operating, and level 2 or 3 icing protection is engaged or an icing signal is provided by the ice detector. During cruise flight, if the APM detects that the airplane’s indicated airspeed is 10 kts lower than the expected value, the blue “CRUISE SPEED LOW” annunciator lights will illuminate to alert the flight crew to monitor the icing conditions and airspeed.87 During climb, cruise, or descent, if the APM detects that the airplane’s performance is becoming degraded, the amber “DEGRADED PERF” annunciator lights will illuminate with a single aural chime to alert the flight crew to apply the appropriate QRH procedures to verify that the deicing protection is on, maintain red-bug airspeed plus 10 kts, and check for severe icing cues or abnormal handling. The QRH states that, if such cues are absent, the flight may be continued and that icing conditions and airspeed should be monitored. If the APM detects that the airspeed decays further and the minimum icing airspeed is reached, the amber “INCREASE SPEED” annunciator lights will flash with a single aural chime to alert the flight crew to increase the airspeed. According to ATR, had the accident airplane been equipped with an APM, the flight crew would have received the blue “CRUISE SPEED LOW” annunciator lights after about 10 minutes
84 The modification began with ATR 42-500 SN 641 and ATR 72-212A SN 726. The accident airplane, which was older, was not equipped with an APM. 85 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008). 86 The APM also uses aircraft weight information that must be input by the flight crew. 87 The light will extinguish once the appropriate airspeed is maintained.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 48 of cruise flight in the icing conditions at FL 180. During the descent through about 5,000 feet msl, the flight crew would have received the blue “CRUISE SPEED LOW” annunciator lights about 70 seconds before they selected the flap extension and the amber “DEGRADED PERF” annunciator lights and single chime about 40 seconds before they selected the flap extension. After the flight crew selected the flap extension, an APM would have provided no further annunciator lights or chimes because the system requires a flaps-up configuration. After the APM system was first introduced, on October 12, 2005, the Direction Générale de l’Aviation Civile (DGAC) of France issued Recommendation Bulletin 2005/31(B) to “inform the concerned authorities and operators of the new design improvement” and to “strongly recommend” that ATR operators install the APM on their ATR fleets; the FAA did not issue a similar advisory. In the bulletin, DGAC indicated that “no unsafe condition exists” for airplanes that are not equipped with an APM provided that the flight crew applies the appropriate procedures for detecting and responding to a severe icing encounter. However, DGAC noted that an APM can help flight crewmembers recognize when they enter severe icing conditions and can help them respond appropriately to such an encounter. On December 11, 2006, ATR issued All Operators Message 42-72/2006/08 to notify all operators of the availability of the APM retrofits and to recommend their installation. ATR also provided operators with information about the APM in various publications and at several flight operations conferences worldwide. On August 10, 2009, the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) issued AD 2009-0170, effective August 24, 2009, that required all EASA-participating operators (operators in the European Community, its Member States, and the European third countries) of ATR 42 and 72 airplanes not originally equipped with the APM system to retrofit their airplanes with the system within 72 months or by the second “C” check,88 whichever occurs first. The FAA took no similar action. As a result, APM system retrofits are optional for U.S. operators of ATR 42 and ATR 72 airplanes not originally equipped with the system. According to ATR, of the 780 ATR 42 and ATR 72 airplanes in service worldwide, 250 are equipped with APMs. Of the 90 ATR 42 and ATR 72 airplanes in the United States, none are equipped with APMs. 1.18.3.2 Flap Malfunction or Asymmetry Light Several ATR airplanes, including all ATR 42-200, -300, and -320 models (like the accident airplane), were certificated without a cockpit light for a flap asymmetry or malfunction. The certification basis that applies to these airplanes includes 14 CFR 25.699,89 which states the following: there must be a means to indicate to the pilots the position of each lift or drag device having a separate control in the cockpit to adjust its position. In addition, an indication of unsymmetrical operation or other malfunction…must be provided
88 A “C” check is a heavy maintenance inspection performed at intervals based on manufacturer-specified airplane usage parameters. 89 According to EASA, the original certification basis for the ATR 42-320 was Joint Aviation Requirements, change 8 for paragraph 25.699, which is similar in content to 14 CFR 25.699, amendment level 25-23, effective May 8, 1970.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 49 when such indication is necessary to enable pilots to prevent or counteract an unsafe flight…condition. Certification testing demonstrated that a flap asymmetry in these airplanes (which is limited to less than 10° by the airplanes’ flap asymmetry detection system)90 did not constitute an unsafe flight condition because the airplanes remained controllable. Later-model ATR airplanes, including all ATR 42-400 and -500 and all ATR 72-101, -102, -201, -211, -212, and -212A models, have a cockpit light that indicates a flap asymmetry. The airplane manufacturer stated that the asymmetry light was added as part of an upgrade to the airplanes’ flight management system. The flap asymmetry light was designed to illuminate amber any time that an asymmetry greater than 6.7° occurred. Nearly all transport-category airplanes, with the exception of the ATR 42-200, -300, and -320 models and the Cessna 500, 550, 553, 560, and 560XL models, are certificated with some type of flap malfunction indicator in the cockpit, some of which specifically indicate flap asymmetry. 1.18.3.3 Ice Evidence Probe Since 1995, new-production ATR airplanes have been equipped with an IEP, which is mounted so that it is visible from the left-side cockpit window and is considered the primary means for flight crews to monitor ice accumulation.91 The IEP provides an airfoil-shaped surface upon which ice accumulation can be visually detected and is designed to retain ice on its surface until the entire aircraft is free of ice, thus helping flight crews determine when critical surfaces of the airplane may be free of ice. The IEP is automatically illuminated for use during night operations when the airplane’s navigation lights are turned on. For all ATR airplanes that were not originally equipped with IEPs, ATR provided the operators with the service bulletin and kits necessary for installing IEPs free of charge. These kits were distributed in 1995, and the installation was optional. The accident airplane was not equipped with an IEP.
90 FAA personnel indicated that most airplanes’ flap asymmetry detection systems are similar in that they limit the amount of asymmetry that can occur. 91 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 50
- Analysis
- 1 General
The captain and the first officer were certificated in accordance with Federal regulations and were current and qualified in accordance with Empire Airlines’ training requirements. The investigation found no evidence that the pilots’ performance was affected by any behavioral or medical condition, or by the use of alcohol or drugs. The airplane was loaded within weight and CG limits and was maintained in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121. Although Empire Airlines could not immediately locate the left engine’s AD records, work orders and other records were located that indicated the AD compliance items had been performed. The investigation found no evidence that indicated any mechanical anomaly with the engines, and FDR data indicated that the engines’ performance was consistent with normal operations. The flight experienced two separate periods of airframe ice accretion, the first during cruise flight at FL 180 and the second during descent below 6,000 feet msl. The flight crew selected ice protection during both icing encounters, and no evidence indicated any mechanical anomalies with the airplane’s deicing and anti-icing systems. According to the captain, following the first icing encounter, during the descent above 6,000 feet msl, “substantial amounts of ice” came off the airplane. The shedding of ice is consistent with the presence of a layer of air with temperatures above freezing between 6,000 and 11,000 feet msl due to a temperature inversion. Further, performance calculations based on FDR data indicated that, during the descent between 14,000 to about 5,000 feet msl, the airplane’s performance was as expected for an ice-free airframe. During the approach into LBB, the airplane began to accumulate ice again when it descended into moderate icing conditions resulting from light freezing drizzle, a weather condition that was outside its icing certification envelope as specified in 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C.92 During the approach as the airplane descended through about 4,800 feet msl, the FDR recorded that a flap asymmetry occurred about 1 second after the cockpit flap position lever was positioned to command 15° flaps. The FDR recorded no operational anomalies with the airplane’s hydraulic systems, and the flight crew reported none. Performance data indicated that, when the flight crew commanded 15° flaps, a flap asymmetry occurred with the left flaps extending 8° to 10° and the right flaps not extending. The data further indicated that the flaps returned to a symmetric state (about 4.5°) about 25 seconds before ground impact. Based on the circumstances of the accident flight, a number of scenarios could have resulted in a flap asymmetry, and the investigation evaluated the possibility that a mechanical anomaly, flap actuator jamming, mechanical restriction of the movement of the right flaps, or hydraulic fluid contamination may have occurred. Postaccident impact and fire damage to the right flaps limited the extent to which preimpact system integrity could be determined
92 For information about the NTSB’s longstanding concerns about the operation of airplanes in weather conditions that are outside their icing certification envelope, see section 2.4.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report (components from the left flaps sustained less damage during the accident sequence and the left flaps’ actuators functioned when tested). X-ray examinations and disassembly of all four flap actuators (for both the left and right flaps) showed that their internal components were intact at the time that the asymmetry occurred, that hydraulic fluid (or evidence of hydraulic fluid) was present in each actuator, and that no evidence existed of any mechanical anomaly or jamming of the actuators. Examination of the available components from the right flaps revealed no evidence that any mechanical restriction of the movement of the flaps had occurred with respect to those components (thermal damage precluded examination of the entire system). According to ATR, ice formation on the flap surfaces could not result in a delayed extension of the flaps because in all types of icing conditions, runback icing does not exceed 15 to 20 percent of the wing chord on the upper wing surface and 30 to 40 percent of the wing chord on the lower wing surface and that these limits are upstream of the flaps. Further, ATR noted that there were no reports of a flap asymmetry due to ice formation in the operational history of the aircraft make/model. However, because the airplane was operating outside of its icing certification envelope at the time of the accident and runback ice was found on the lower surface of a separated section of the right aileron, the investigation could not rule out the possibility that ice could have formed and either delayed or restricted the flap extension and resulted in a flap asymmetry. Testing of recovered hydraulic fluid found that solid particles, which testing found to be consistent with heated hydraulic fluid, were found in the hydraulic fluid lines and the connector port for the right outboard flap actuator. No similar particles were found in any fluid samples from the airplane’s hydraulic reservoir or from the examined hydraulic system filters. Therefore, the identified solid particles appeared to have changed state only after exposure to the high temperatures of the postimpact fire. The investigation considered that the right inboard flap actuator (installed as original equipment on the airplane) may have sustained interior damage during the airplane’s 1998 right engine fire event that may have gone undetected and resulted in a malfunction of the actuator. The investigation also considered that hydraulic fluid contamination (such as from foreign particles or air) could result in a flap actuation delay. No evidence of any preexisting condition was discovered. However, because of the extent of the impact and postcrash fire damage to the right flaps’ actuators and the hydraulic system components, the investigation could not determine if any evidence of either condition may have been present before the accident. The NTSB concludes that, because of the extent of the impact and postaccident fire damage to the right flaps and flap actuators, the reason for the airplane’s flap asymmetry could not be determined. The following analysis describes the accident sequence and examines the safety issues associated with the flight crew’s performance during the approach in response to the flap anomaly, the dispatch of the flight into freezing drizzle conditions, the communication of flight crew and HAZMAT information to the emergency response personnel, airplane equipment considerations, and simulator-based training for pilots who fly in icing conditions. 51
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 52 2.2 Accident Sequence During the accident approach, at 0434:24, the first officer was flying using the autopilot and called for a flap setting of 15°, which is the appropriate approach flap setting for the ATR 42; however, a flap asymmetry occurred. During a postaccident interview, the first officer stated that she noticed that the airplane did not decelerate as expected (and briefly accelerated); however, she did not say anything to the captain about her observation. The airplane’s failure to decelerate is consistent with a flap asymmetry because the abnormal condition provided less lift and drag than the desired 15° approach flap configuration. Further, the presence of airframe ice accretion also affected the drag forces on the airplane. As a result, the engine power settings that would have been appropriate during a typical approach (with 15° flaps and no ice contamination) would not have applied to the accident approach. However, the FDR showed that at 0434:54, about 30 seconds after the asymmetry occurred, the first officer reduced engine power to about 3 percent torque, which was likely an effort to reduce the airspeed; as the airplane continued its descent on autopilot, only a minimal increase in engine power was commanded. About 40 seconds after the asymmetry occurred, the captain observed a problem with the flaps; at this time, the airplane was just outside the LOM/FAF at an altitude of about 1,400 feet agl. In response, the captain began a nonstandard procedure to troubleshoot the flap problem and did not verbalize his plan of action with the first officer, who continued flying the approach. The airplane’s airspeed decreased throughout the approach, resulting in an increasing AOA, and the stick shaker activated when the airplane was about 900 feet agl at an airspeed of 125 kts. The airplane performance study found that the stick shaker activated at the setting prescribed for flight in icing conditions.93 The stick shaker disconnected the autopilot at 0435:29, and the first officer began to manually fly the approach, increasing engine power to about 70 percent torque. Control force estimates showed that the first officer was applying about 35 to 40 lbs of rudder pedal pressure and about 13 lbs of control wheel force to manually counter the flap asymmetry. However, under manual control, the airplane deviated high and to the right of the runway 17R ILS glidepath, indicating that the first officer may not have immediately recognized the extent of the airplane’s right banking tendency induced by the flap asymmetry. As the deviation increased, at 0435:40, the first officer asked the captain, “should I go around?” The captain replied, “no” and instructed the first officer to “keep descending.” About 4 seconds later, when with a strained voice the first officer stated, “we’re getting close here,” the captain asked the first officer if she wanted him to take the controls, and she replied that she did. After the accident, the captain stated that he had not heard the autopilot disconnect alert and was surprised to see that the first officer was manually flying the airplane. No autopilot disconnect alert was heard on the CVR. Postaccident testing of the autopilot disconnect alerting system revealed no malfunctions. On the ATR 42-320, the aural stall warning has priority over the autopilot disconnect aural alert. By the time that the autopilot disconnect aural alert would have sounded (about 1.1 seconds after the aural stall warning), the first officer likely responded
93 For more information about the captain’s actions and the flight crew’s training and procedures for responding to flap anomalies and the stick shaker, see section 2.3.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 53 to the stall warning by pushing the autopilot disconnect push button, which silenced the pending autopilot disconnect alert. When the captain took control, the airplane was about 700 feet agl at 143 KIAS, high and to the right of the approach course. At 0436:00, about 10 seconds after the captain took control, the forces exerted on the cockpit controls peaked with maximum forces on the control column, control wheel, and rudder pedals of 36 lbs, 29 lbs, and 112 lbs, respectively.94 When these peak forces were applied, the airplane was descending through about 500 feet agl (the reported ceiling) and likely emerged from the clouds, allowing the captain to establish visual contact with the runway. At this time, the airplane was more than 300 feet right of the localizer course, and the captain’s control inputs were consistent with a course correction to align the airplane with the runway. About 2 seconds later, the flaps returned to a symmetric state, and control input to counteract the flap asymmetry was no longer required. Immediately after the captain exerted the peak forces on the cockpit controls, about 27 seconds before impact, the aural stall warning and the stick shaker activated for the second time, concurrent with the TAWS warning, “pull up. pull up.” Procedures for responding to either the stick shaker or the TAWS warning require the immediate application of maximum engine power; however, 2 seconds later, the captain reduced the airplane’s engine power to about 10 percent torque, and he did not call for maximum engine power until 15 seconds later at 0436:17. As the captain continued the approach, the airspeed again decreased below the minimum safe approach speed. At 0436:18, about 9 seconds before impact, the pilot began to pull back on the control column for several seconds. In response to the pilot’s pull on the control column, the pitch attitude, AOA, and load factor all began increasing. At 0436:19, the aural stall warning and the stick shaker activated for the third time. The airspeed when the stall warning occurred was about 124 kts, approximately 19 kts below the minimum safe airspeed for the approach of 143 kts. About 2 seconds after the stall warning occurred, the airplane experienced an uncommanded roll followed by a series of roll, yaw, and pitch oscillations, which continued until ground impact. No evidence existed of airplane performance behavior consistent with an aerodynamic stall or with a loss of lateral control until after 0436:20. Further, no evidence existed of a sudden change in aileron hinge movement throughout the approach. The airplane performance study and simulations determined that the performance degradation due to ice accretion never exceeded the airplane’s thrust performance, nor would it have exceeded the airplane’s flight control capabilities if the minimum safe airspeed had been maintained. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that the airplane was controllable with the flap asymmetry and airframe ice contamination and could have been maneuvered and landed safely if the minimum safe airspeed had been maintained. If the captain had responded appropriately to the concurrent stall and TAWS warnings that occurred 27 seconds before impact by immediately initiating a go-around maneuver when the airplane was at an altitude of about 500 feet agl, he likely would have been able to arrest the
94 According to 14 CFR 25.143(d), the maximum control forces allowable for short-term application of pitch and roll, when two hands are available, and yaw are 75 lbs, 50 lbs, and 150 lbs, respectively.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 54 airplane’s descent, increase its airspeed, and avoid an aerodynamic stall. The NTSB concludes that the captain’s failure to immediately respond to the aural stall warning, the stick shaker, and the TAWS warning resulted in his inability to arrest the airplane’s descent and avoid impact with the ground. 2.3 Human Performance Under normal conditions, the approach-to-landing is a high-workload phase of flight for pilots. Required tasks include controlling, maneuvering, and configuring the airplane; performing final landing checks; and evaluating the airplane’s performance relative to the landing criteria. Pilots are expected to capture and prioritize critical information, analyze that information, and take appropriate action. Performing these tasks can become increasingly difficult as workload increases beyond routinely experienced levels, and, during the accident approach, both the icing conditions and the flap anomaly combined to increase the flight crew’s workload. Research demonstrates that emergency situations increase workload and require additional effort to manage effectively because of the stress involved, human cognitive limitations, and the lack of opportunity for pilots to practice these skills on a regular basis compared to the skills used in normal operations.95 The NASA emergency and abnormal situations study,96 which analyzed the NTSB’s findings from its 1994 safety study that reviewed flight crew-involved, major accidents,97 also noted that, during high-workload conditions, performance deficiencies, including narrowing of attention and impairment of short-term memory, could result from inherent limitations in cognitive processes and the effect of stress on human performance. Training, experience, and SOPs are developed to mitigate errors, especially during dynamic and high-workload situations. However, after the flight crewmembers recognized that a flap problem existed, they failed to follow their training and did not perform a go-around maneuver and reference the QRH checklist for the flap anomaly procedure; they did not comply with Empire Airlines’ procedures (outlined in the GOM) that address abnormal situations. As a result, a compounding situation unfolded in which the flight crew missed several opportunities to apply the correct SOPs to ensure the safety of the flight. SOPs are universally recognized as basic to safe aviation operations. Well-designed cockpit procedures are an effective countermeasure against operational errors, and disciplined compliance with SOPs, including strict checklist discipline, provides the basis for effective crew coordination and performance. Operational data confirm the importance of strict compliance with SOPs for safe operations. For example, industry data show that pilots who intentionally deviated from SOPs were
95 R.K. Dismukes, G.E. Young, and R.L. Sumwalt, “Cockpit Interruptions and Distractions: Effective Management Requires a Careful Balancing Act,” ASRS Directline, vol. 10 (1998), pp 4-9. 96 B.K. Burian, I. Barshi, and K. Dismukes, The Challenge of Aviation Emergency and Abnormal Situations, NASA Technical Memorandum 2005-213462 (Moffett Field, California: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, 2005). 97 See A Review of Flight Crew-Involved, Major Accidents of U.S. Air Carriers, 1978 through 1990, Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1994).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 55 three times more likely to commit other types of errors, mismanage errors, and find themselves in undesired situations compared with pilots who did not intentionally deviate from procedures.98 According to AC 120-71A, in its study of controlled flight into terrain accidents, the Commercial Aviation Safety Team, which included FAA, industry, and union representatives, found that almost 50 percent of the studied accidents related to the flight crew’s failure to adhere to SOPs or the certificate holder’s failure to establish adequate SOPs. The NTSB has repeatedly cited casual cockpit discipline and inadequate compliance with SOPs as contributing factors to accidents.99 2.3.1 Captain’s Nonstandard Responses After the captain stated that the airplane had “no flaps,” no further discussion occurred as to what actions should be taken, and no reference was made to the QRH. Instead, the captain retrieved and used a flashlight to check the circuit breakers located behind the first officer’s seat while the first officer continued to fly the approach. During postaccident interviews, the captain indicated that he checked the circuit breakers because he felt that he needed to determine what the malfunction was before he could respond with the appropriate checklist. The first officer stated that she was a little concerned about the captain’s actions and that she thought that he should have been more focused on the tasks associated with landing the airplane. However, at no time during the flight did she verbalize her concerns. Both the captain and the first officer had been trained to perform a go-around maneuver and reference the QRH if a flap problem occurred during an approach. Based on the flight crew’s training and the low altitude at which they first noticed the flap anomaly, the appropriate response would have been to maintain control of the airplane, perform a go-around manuever (climb the airplane to a safe altitude according to the missed approach procedure), and refer to the QRH procedure for a flap anomaly. If a go-around maneuver had been performed, after climbing to 6,000 feet msl, the airplane would have exited icing conditions and reentered a layer of warmer air with temperatures above freezing. The flight crew could then have completed the QRH procedure and determined whether to attempt another approach into LBB or proceed to the flight’s alternate airport, which had no reported precipitation. Although the captain’s observation that the airplane had “no flaps” was inaccurate because the airplane actually had a flap asymmetry, the inaccuracy was irrelevant because the same QRH procedure applied for both a no-flaps condition and a flap asymmetry. The pilots were trained to verify the flap conditions by looking in the cockpit at the flap position indicator and out the side windows at the flap position fairings. The procedure would then have been to
98 The data came from the LOSA Collaborative, which is a network of researchers, safety professionals, pilots, and airline representatives collaborating to provide, among other things, oversight and implementation of line operational safety audits and a forum of information exchange regarding these audits. More information is available online at http://losacollaborative.org/. 99 For more information, see (a) Collision with Trees and Crash Short of the Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966, BAE Systems BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006); (b) Attempted Takeoff From Wrong Runway, Comair Flight 5191, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N431CA, Lexington, Kentucky, August 27, 2006, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/05 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007); and (c) Crash of Pinnacle Airlines Flight 3701, Bombardier CL-600-2B19, N8396A, Jefferson City, Missouri, October 14, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report place the cockpit flap control lever in the position nearest to the actual position of the flaps and next perform a reduced-flaps landing procedure (in this case, a no-flaps landing). The no-flaps landing procedure included briefing the no-flaps approach procedure and resetting the airspeed bugs. The NTSB acknowledges that recognizing the cockpit warning indicators, identifying the nature of any problems, and choosing a response procedure requires considerable attention. As noted beneath the QRH Table of Contents, before a flight crew performs a procedure, the flight crew “must assess the situation as a whole, taking into consideration the failures, when fully identified, and the flight constraints imposed.” According to the GOM, in the event of an inoperative or malfunctioning flight control system, if the airplane is controllable, the flight crew “should complete only the applicable checklist procedures” and “not attempt any corrective action beyond those specified.” Although the NTSB recognizes that the PIC has authority to deviate from prescribed procedures in the interest of safety, no indication existed that the captain considered this to be an emergency condition, and the airplane was controllable. Further, the captain identified the flap anomaly to the extent necessary to select the applicable checklist procedure. The NTSB concludes that the captain was adequately trained on how to respond to flap anomalies and that the captain’s statement that the airplane had “no flaps” indicates that he had sufficient information to recognize that he should immediately perform a go-around maneuver and apply the appropriate procedure from the QRH that applied to all flap problems. Both the captain and the first officer had been trained to perform a go-around maneuver during an approach in which a stick shaker or TAWS warning occurred or an approach that became unstabilized. Multiple cues existed that indicated the approach was unstabilized, including excessive deviation from the glidepath (more than 300 feet right at 500 feet agl), sink rate greater than 1,000 fpm, and airspeed less than the required approach speed. The captain indicated that he made a judgment call to continue the landing because he was concerned about the flap anomaly and the icing conditions. However, the captain had extensive experience flying in icing conditions and was capable of assessing the effects of ice accretion on the airplane’s performance. Because the airplane had shed ice from its first icing encounter during the descent into LBB, the captain should have recognized that a climb to 6,000 feet msl would have allowed the flight to exit icing conditions. Further, the flight crew had selected level 3 ice protection for the approach, and neither flight crewmember indicated that the ice accretion itself was worrisome before the flap anomaly occurred. The NTSB concludes that although the captain indicated that he was concerned about the icing conditions, the presence of airframe ice accretion within the capabilities of the airplane’s systems does not negate the importance of adhering to SOPs and performing a go-around maneuver to respond to the multiple cues associated with an unstabilized approach including excessive deviation from the glidepath, sink rate greater than 1,000 fpm, and airspeed less than the required approach speed. Further, the NTSB concludes that, had the captain complied with SOPs in response to the flap anomaly, unstabilized approach, stick shaker, and TAWS warning and initiated a go-around maneuver, the accident likely would not have occurred. 56
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 57 2.3.2 Flight Crew’s Failure to Monitor Airspeed The dynamic nature of the approach phase of flight requires flight crews to monitor airspeed, and the presence of icing conditions requires an increased awareness of the airspeed because of the detrimental effects that icing can have on aircraft performance. According to the ATR 42 pilot handbook, during an ILS approach, the PM is to call out any deviations from normal altitude, airspeed, or descent rates. The QRH states that, during a non-normal event, the PF is responsible for the engine power levers, flightpath and airspeed control, aircraft configuration, and navigation, and the PM is responsible for completing the appropriate checklist items, actions on the overhead panel, condition levers, and communications. During the 26 seconds from when the captain identified a flap problem to the first stick-shaker event, the airplane’s airspeed decreased from about 155 kts (above the red-bug airspeed of 143 kts for a 0° flap approach in icing conditions) to 125 kts, and the first officer applied only a minimal adjustment of engine power during this time. As the airspeed decayed, neither flight crewmember made any verbal reference about airspeed (actual or target), and at no time did the captain call out the localizer, glideslope, airspeed, or vertical speed deviations. Each pilot had two indicators available to assist with airspeed monitoring. First, each pilot had a fixed-scale, moving-pointer analog airspeed indicator. Each airspeed indicator had four airspeed bugs—yellow, white, red, and internal—that were manually set by each pilot based on predetermined airspeeds for the flight conditions.100 The airspeed bugs for approach and landing in icing conditions should have been set at 121, 123, 143, and 116 kts, respectively. The captain erroneously briefed the bugs to be set at takeoff speeds in icing conditions, specifically 112, 123, 143, and 106 kts. The captain’s bugs were set at 110, 124, 145, and 109 kts, and the first officer’s bugs were set at 112, 124, 144, and 106 kts, respectively. Second, a fast/slow indicator was located on the left side of each pilot’s EADI. The fast/slow indicator alerts the pilot of the airplane’s actual airspeed in relation to the target airspeed set by the internal bug. When the pilots realized that a flap anomaly had occurred, the appropriate airspeed to maintain would have been the red bug, or 143 kts. The crew could have reset the internal bug to this airspeed to have the additional airspeed cue from the EADI fast/slow indicator, but they did not do so. Previous accidents101 have shown that pilots can become distracted from flying duties when an emergency or abnormal situation occurs, and literature suggests that “one of the biggest hazards of ‘abnormals’ is becoming distracted from other cockpit duties.”102 While flying the
100 For more information about the airspeed bugs, see sections 1.6.4.1 and 1.17.1.4. 101 (a) On December 29, 1972, a Lockheed L-1011 crashed when the flight crewmembers failed to monitor their flight instruments after becoming distracted by a malfunctioning landing gear position indicator, resulting in 101 fatalities. See Eastern Air Lines, Inc., L-1011, N310EA, Miami, Florida, December 29, 1972, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-73/14 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1973). (b) On June 9, 1995, a de Havilland DHC-8 crashed when the captain failed to monitor the approach after becoming distracted by first officer’s attempts to reconcile a landing gear malfunction, resulting in 4 fatalities and 14 serious injuries. See de Havilland DHC-8, ZK-NEY, Controlled Flight into Terrain, near Palmerston North, 9 June 1995, Investigation Report 95-011 (Wellington, New Zealand: Transport Accident Investigation Commission, 1997). http://www.taic.org.nz (accessed March 21, 2011). (c) On April 19, 2008, a Cessna 510 overshot the runway during landing in Carlsbad, California, after the pilot became distracted by a flickering primary flight display and misjudged the airspeed and landing distance. The report for this accident, NTSB case number LAX08FA117, is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx. 102 Dismukes, Young, and Sumwalt, pp 4-9.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report approach, the first officer was likely distracted from monitoring the instruments by the flap anomaly, the captain’s nonstandard actions involving the circuit breakers, and the control force inputs needed to maintain control of the airplane because of the flap asymmetry. Further, for the captain to check circuit breakers behind the first officer’s seat, he would need to turn away from the instrument panel, a position from which monitoring the instruments was not possible. The NTSB concludes that the first officer’s failure to maintain airspeed while acting as the PF likely resulted from being distracted by the flap anomaly, the captain’s actions in response to it, and the control force inputs needed to maintain aircraft control. Further, the NTSB concludes that the captain’s failure to call out the first officer’s airspeed deviations resulted directly from his preoccupation with performing an inappropriate, nonstandard procedure in response to the flap anomaly. 2.3.2.1 Airspeed References As previously mentioned, the airspeed bugs were not set properly because the captain did not correctly brief the airspeeds for an approach in icing conditions; instead, he erroneously briefed the airspeeds for a takeoff in icing conditions. It is not clear why neither crewmember recognized the captain’s error; however, at the time of the accident, Empire Airlines did not have a procedure in place for flight crews to crosscheck and verify the setting of airspeed bugs. Empire Airlines has since implemented a crosscheck procedure. Also, because the captain did not perform the QRH procedure after identifying the flap anomaly, he did not brief the new approach speeds, and the flight crew did not reset the airspeed bugs accordingly. Because the flight crew failed to properly set the internal airspeed bug, the EADI fast/slow indicator, which indicates the difference between the internal bug airspeed and the airplane’s actual airspeed, provided indications that did not apply to the accident approach. However, the captain had correctly stated during his initial briefing that the airspeed for the red bug, which indicates the approach airspeed for 0° flaps in icing conditions, was 143 kts, and both red bugs were set near that value (144 and 145 kts). Therefore, the NTSB concludes that, although some of the airspeed bugs (including the internal bug) were not set to the appropriate approach airspeeds and were not reset following recognition of the flap anomaly, the flight crew had a sufficient reference to maintain the minimum safe airspeed because the airspeed for a no-flap approach in icing conditions was correctly briefed as 143 kts, and the red airspeed bugs were set near that value. The airspeed indicator is a visual cue that can convey meaning to flight crewmembers only when they look at the indicator. As discussed previously, the first officer was distracted from monitoring the visual airspeed indications, and the captain’s attention was focused away from the instrument panel. Evidence from this accident and others indicates that, in high-workload situations, a visual-only cue may not capture a pilot’s attention due to human sensory limitations. The airplane’s stall protection system, which included an aural warning and tactile stick shaker, is designed to comply with Federal airworthiness standards, specifically 58
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 59 14 CFR 25.207,103 that require airplanes be equipped to provide flight crews with a clear and distinctive stall warning at an airspeed that is about 7 percent higher than stall airspeed. When the flight crew became distracted by the flap anomaly and failed to detect that the airplane was approaching a stall, the stall protection system activated as designed and warned the flight crew of the decaying airspeed. However, the airspeed began to decay unnoticed much earlier during the approach. The airspeed indicator should have provided the pilots with adequate time to detect the ensuing low-airspeed regime and respond appropriately. However, distraction and workload considerations may have made it difficult for the flight crew to visually detect these cues. The NTSB concludes that reliance upon flight crew vigilance and stall warning systems may be inadequate to prevent hazardous low-airspeed situations and that, had a low-airspeed alerting system been installed on the airplane, it may have directed the flight crew’s attention to the decaying airspeed earlier and provided an opportunity to take corrective action before the stall protection system activated. The circumstances of this accident and the history of accidents involving flight crews’ lack of low-airspeed awareness, most recently the flight crew of Colgan Air flight 3407,104 suggest that flight crew vigilance and existing stall warnings may be inadequate to reliably prevent hazardous low-airspeed situations. In the Colgan Air accident, the pilots likely did not see the rising low-airspeed cue on the indicated airspeed display, the downward-pointing trend vector, or the airspeed indications change to red. As a result, the NTSB concluded that an aural warning in advance of the stick shaker would have provided a redundant cue of the visual indication of the rising low-airspeed cue and might have elicited a timely response from the pilots before the onset of the stick shaker. Therefore, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-12,105 which recommended that, for all airplanes engaged in commercial operations under 14 CFR Parts 121, 135, and 91 subpart K, the FAA require the installation of low-airspeed alerting systems that provide pilots with redundant aural and visual warnings of an impending hazardous low-airspeed condition. Because of the FAA’s inactivity regarding previous recommendations to require the installation of low-airspeed alerting systems, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation A-10-12 “Open—Unacceptable Response” when it was issued on February 23, 2010. Although the FAA has tasked the ARAC with developing recommendations for potential requirements to address low-airspeed alerting systems, progress remains slow, and the recommendation is still classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” This accident once again
103 At the time the ATR 42 was certificated in 1988, 14 CFR 25.207(c) stated that “the stall warning must begin at a speed exceeding the stalling speed (i.e., the speed at which the airplane stalls or the minimum speed demonstrated, whichever is applicable under the provisions of 14 CFR 25.201(d)) by seven percent or at any lesser margin if the stall warning has enough clarity, duration, distinctiveness, or similar properties.” The current version of 14 CFR 25.207(c) states that “when the speed is reduced at rates not exceeding one knot per second, stall warning must begin, in each normal configuration, at a speed, VSW, exceeding the speed at which the stall is identified in accordance with 14 CFR 25.201(d) by not less than five knots or five percent CAS, whichever is greater. Once initiated, stall warning must continue until the angle of attack is reduced to approximately that at which stall warning began.” 104 NTSB/AAR-10-01. 105 For more information about Safety Recommendation A-10-12, see section 1.18.2.3.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 60 demonstrates the need for low-airspeed alerting systems and provides additional support for this recommendation.106 2.3.2.2 Flight Crew Monitoring Skills and Techniques The accident flight crew’s deficiencies during the approach demonstrate the importance of active monitoring skills. However, the flight crew’s CRM training did not specifically address the development of active monitoring skills.107 The NTSB has long recognized the importance of flight crew monitoring skills in accident prevention. In 1994, the NTSB published a safety study108 that reviewed 37 flight crew-related, major accidents involving U.S. air carriers and found that, for 31 of these accidents, inadequate monitoring and/or crosschecking had occurred. The safety study found that flight crewmembers frequently failed to recognize and effectively draw attention to critical cues that led to the accident sequence. As a result of this safety study, the NTSB issued safety recommendations that resulted in upgrades of FAA training guidance, including revisions to AC 120-51B (currently AC 120-51E), “Crew Resource Management Training,” and AC 120-71 (currently AC 120-71A), “Standard Operating Procedures for Flight Deck Crewmembers,” to include references to the importance of flight crew monitoring functions. Subsequently, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-07-13,109 which asked the FAA to require that all pilot training programs contain modules that teach and emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas. On May 17, 2007, the FAA stated that it would consider identifying in its work program a list of required inspections, reemphasizing to the regional and FSDO managers the need to validate the training and to verify its effectiveness. However, the FAA’s lack of progress in this area and the February 12, 2009, Colgan Air accident110 in which the flight crew failed to monitor airspeed prompted the NTSB to reiterate Safety Recommendation A-07-13 and reclassify it “Open—Unacceptable Response” on February 23, 2010. On the same date, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-10,111 which asked the FAA to require 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators to review their SOPs to verify that they are consistent with the flight crew monitoring techniques, as described in AC 120-71A. On June 22, 2010, the FAA responded that it was considering issuing a SAFO or an InFO bulletin to address this recommendation. On January 25, 2011, the NTSB indicated that, although such action may represent part of an acceptable response to this recommendation, the FAA must also ensure that the guidance provided in documents like SAFOs is implemented. This accident again demonstrates the importance of flight crew monitoring skills in accident prevention and provides additional support for Safety Recommendations A-07-13 and A-10-10.
106 For information about ATR’s APM technology that provides icing-specific airspeed alerts, see section 2.6.1. 107 For information about other CRM topics, see section 2.3.3. 108 NTSB/SS-94/01. 109 For more information about Safety Recommendation A-07-13, see section 1.18.2.1. 110 NTSB/AAR-10/01. 111 For more information about Safety Recommendation A-10-10, see section 1.18.2.1.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 61 2.3.3 Crew Resource Management During the accident flight’s initial descent, the flight crew demonstrated several instances of good CRM; the captain completed the descent checklist and immediately began the approach checklist in anticipation of the first officer’s needs. However, after the flap anomaly was recognized, the flight crew’s CRM deteriorated to the extent that the captain did not provide adequate leadership in response to the anomaly. Further, the first officer was not assertive in voicing her concerns about the captain’s nonstandard response or his decision to continue the unstabilized approach. The captain is responsible for setting the tone in the cockpit for the entire flight, and this responsibility was even more critical because the flight crew was faced with an abnormal situation. The accident captain had about 13,935 total flight hours (2,052 hours of which were in the ATR 42) and extensive experience flying in icing conditions. He had previously served as a check airman on the company’s single-pilot Cessna 208 airplanes. The first officer had about 2,109 total flight hours (130 hours of which were as SIC in the ATR 42) and very limited experience flying in icing conditions. The captain had been with Empire Airlines for more than 20 years.Thus, he should have been very familiar with the company’s SOPs, and the accident flight crew should have been able to benefit from the captain’s extensive experience with the company, in ATR 42 airplanes, and with flying in icing conditions. However, the captain failed to command control of the situation and follow SOPs. Following identification of the flap anomaly, the captain did not communicate to the first officer his intentions for managing the situation. Instead, the captain pursued his own plan of action without providing any guidance to the first officer or performing the duties required of him as the PM, which could have helped the first officer manage the airplane during the approach. The large disparity between the captain’s and the first officer’s flying experience, their experience in the ATR 42, and their experience in icing conditions likely created a steep authority gradient in the cockpit. The flight crewmembers who flew with the captain stated in interviews that, overall, he was very experienced, a good pilot, and a good captain. He was referred to as a “guru.” The issue of cockpit authority gradient has been examined since the late 1970s and has been evident in a number of major aviation accidents, including the March 27, 1977, collision of two Boeing 747s at Tenerife Airport, Los Rodeos, Spain.112 Evidence has suggested that too steep of a gradient can reduce flight crew performance, hinder communication, and increase errors. For example, a review of U.S. Navy mishaps between 1980 and 1990 revealed that flight crews with an authority gradient of one rank or more between flight crewmembers had 21 percent more errors than flight crews in which the crewmembers were of the same rank.113 In a study of 249 airline pilots in the United Kingdom, nearly 40 percent of first officers stated that they failed to communicate safety concerns to their captains on more
112 See KLM B-747, PH-BUF, and Pan Am B-747, N736PA, Collision at Tenerife Airport, Los Rodeos, Spain, on 27 March 1977, Aircraft Accident Report (Spain: Subsecretaría de Aviación Civil, 1978). 113 R.A. Alkov and others, “The Effect of Trans-Cockpit Authority Gradient on Navy/Marine Helicopter Mishaps,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 63, no. 8 (1992), pp. 659-661.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 62 than one occasion for reasons that included a desire to avoid conflict and deference to the captain’s experience and authority.114 The poor CRM observed in this accident is similar to that which the NTSB found during its investigation of the February 19, 1996, crash of Continental Airlines flight 1943 in Houston, Texas.115 During the event sequence leading to the accident, the captain rejected, without any discussion, the first officer’s go-around request, and the first officer failed to challenge his decision. The flight crew failed to complete multiple checklists and continued an unstabilized approach below 500 feet116 against company procedures to go around in such situations. As a result of this accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-97-05 and -06,117 which asked the FAA to require all POIs of 14 CFR Part 121 carriers to 1) ensure that the carriers establish a policy and make it clear to their pilots that there will be no negative repercussions for appropriate questioning in accordance with CRM techniques of another pilot’s decision or action and 2) ensure that CRM programs provide pilots with training in recognizing the need for, and practice in presenting, clear and unambiguous communications of flight-related concerns. On October 30, 1998, the FAA issued AC 120-51C (currently AC 120-51E), which emphasized the importance of all levels of management to support a safety culture that promotes communication by encouraging appropriate questioning and that there will be no negative repercussions for appropriate questioning of one pilot’s decision or action by another. Based on the FAA’s lack of action to issue an FSIB, on February 23, 2000, the NTSB classified these recommendations “Closed—Unacceptable Action.” Thirteen years after the FAA issued AC 120-51C, the NTSB continues to investigate accidents in which one pilot does not question the actions or decisions of another pilot. To overcome large authority gradients, AC 120-51E suggests that assertiveness be included in CRM training programs. FlightSafety’s CRM training materials for Empire Airlines’ flight crewmembers included two presentation slides that encouraged pilots to speak up with “appropriate persistence until there is a clear resolution.” However, the accident first officer could not recall what was trained during the 2-day CRM training course, including whether or not assertiveness was addressed. According to Empire Airlines’ ATR 42 pilot handbook, if a go-around maneuver is required, the PF should call out “go around” and initiate the go-around procedures. During the accident flight, the first officer instead asked the captain, “should I go around?,” rather than directly asserting her concern about the unstabilized approach, even though she was aware that company policy was to go around in the event of stick-shaker activation. The first officer indicated that asking was her way of saying that she wanted to go around “without stepping on toes.” Captains who had previously flown with the first officer stated that, although she did not seem to have a problem standing up for something in the cockpit, she asked a lot of questions when flying that were related to skills that she already knew.
114 J. Wheale, “Crew Coordination on the Flight Deck of Commercial Transport Aircraft,” Proceedings of the Flight Operations Symposium, October 1983 (Dublin: Irish Air Line Pilots Association/Aer Lingus, 1983). 115 NTSB/AAR-97/01. 116 A ground proximity warning system alert continued below 200 feet above field elevation. 117 For more information about Safety Recommendations A-97-05 and -06, see section 1.18.2.4.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 63 The first officer stated that, after the captain responded “no” to her go-around inquiry, she felt that he had a good reason for not wanting to go around and that she trusted that he was making the right decisions. The first officer stated that, after the captain took control of the airplane, she was still concerned with the approach and felt that she should have called again for a go-around maneuver but that she did not know why she did not say anything. The NTSB concludes that the first officer’s failure to assert herself to the captain and initiate a go-around maneuver when she recognized the unstabilized approach likely resulted from the steep authority gradient in the cockpit and the first officer’s minimal training on assertiveness; further, the captain’s quick dismissal of the first officer’s go-around inquiry likely discouraged the first officer from voicing her continued concerns and challenging the captain’s decision to continue the unstabilized approach. The NTSB notes that the first officer’s CRM training did not include any role-playing activities in which pilots could practice developing assertiveness skills. Practice allows pilots to bridge the gap between their knowledge of assertiveness and the actions needed in the cockpit to effectively be assertive.118 The NTSB concludes that role-playing exercises are essential for effective assertiveness training because such exercises provide flight crews with opportunities for targeted practice of specific behaviors and feedback that a lecture-based presentation format lacks. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that role-playing or simulator-based exercises that teach first officers to assertively voice their concerns and that teach captains to develop a leadership style that supports first officer assertiveness be included as part of the already required CRM training for 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K pilots. 2.3.4 Go-Around Callout Empire Airlines’ ATR 42 pilot handbook specified that the phrase “go around” is to be stated out loud by the PF; however, the operating procedures did not provide any guidance indicating that the PM could initiate the same action. Similarly, Empire Airlines’ flight training materials contained no guidance that indicated whether either pilot could call for a go-around maneuver, if necessary. During the NTSB’s investigation of the February 18, 2007, Shuttle America runway overrun accident,119 the NTSB noted that it is critical to flight safety that either flight crewmember be able to call for a go-around maneuver if either pilot believes that a landing would be unsafe. As a result, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-08-18,120 which asked the FAA to require operators to have a written policy emphasizing that either pilot can make a go-around callout and that the proper response to such a callout is an immediate missed approach. On March 1, 2010, the FAA issued SAFO 10005, “Go-Around Callout and Immediate Response,” which recommended that operators provide such a written policy. However, the FAA has not yet revised FAA Order 8900.1 to include guidance to POIs to have operators develop the written policy and has not yet completed a survey to ensure that all operators have developed and
118 R.L. Beard, E. Salas, and C. Prince, “Enhancing Transfer of Training: Using Role Play to Foster Teamwork in the Cockpit,” International Journal of Aviation Psychology, vol. 5, no. 2 (1995), pp. 131-143. 119 NTSB/AAR-08/01. 120 For more information about Safety Recommendation A-08-18, see section 1.18.2.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 64 implemented this policy. The NTSB encourages the FAA to take timely action in response to this recommendation. 2.3.5 Training for Single and Multiple Abnormal Situations Occurring at Low Altitude As this accident shows, pilots can encounter rapidly changing conditions during approach-to-landing operations. The accident flight crew encountered a flap asymmetry while operating in moderate icing conditions. (Moderate icing conditions, although considered a normal situation in the AFM, increase flight crew workload.) Because any distraction from maintaining airplane controllability at low altitude can lead to dire consequences, pilots must be familiarized with the rapid decision-making and maneuvering skills required to ensure safe flight, especially when operating near the ground. During the accident flight, the captain remained committed to continuing the approach, even though he was trained that (and SOPs required that) a go-around maneuver should be performed and even after he received multiple indications that the approach had become dangerously unstabilized. After the accident, the captain explained that he “just wanted to land as soon as possible.” The 1998 NASA study121 found that the most common decision errors occurred when the flight crew decided to “continue with the original plan of action in the face of cues that suggested changing the course of action.” The NASA study stated that the cues that signal a problem are not always clear and that a decision maker’s assessment of the situation may not keep pace with conditions that deteriorate gradually. The NASA study also indicated that individuals have a natural tendency to maintain their originally selected course of action until clear and overwhelming evidence exists that the course of action should be changed. In addition, the study noted that pilots under stress might not evaluate the consequences of various options. On May 19, 2009, as a result of the NTSB’s investigation of the September 28, 2007, American Airlines flight 1400 accident,122 which involved multiple, simultaneous abnormal situations, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-09-24 and -25,123 which asked the FAA to establish best practices for conducting both single and multiple emergency and abnormal situations training and to require that these best practices be incorporated into all operators’ approved training programs. Although the FAA has made progress by publishing its January 12, 2009, NPRM, “Qualification, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers,”124 which included scenario-based training for all 14 CFR Part 121 carriers, the NTSB is concerned that, without a guide to best practices, inspectors and operators will have difficulty creating effective programs. The FAA has not yet completed a review of the regulatory and policy framework to determine whether additional guidance or requirements are necessary.
121 J. Orasanu, L. Martin, and J. Davison, Errors in Aviation Decision Making: Bad Decisions or Bad Luck?, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California. Presented to the Fourth Conference on Naturalistic Decision Making, Warrenton, Virginia, May 29-31, 1998. 122 NTSB/AAR-09/03. 123 For more information about Safety Recommendations A-09-24 and -25, see section 1.18.2.1. 124 74 FR 1280. (The FAA subsequently began work on an NPRM supplement, which was submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review on November 29, 2010. As of the date of this report, OMB is continuing to review this supplemental NPRM with no projected completion date.)
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 65 The NTSB recognizes that operators have limited time to allocate to training. However, this accident and others show that pilots could benefit from opportunities to develop the skills and decision-making abilities needed during single and multiple abnormal situations; such training can present pilots with competing task demands and increased workloads and can demonstrate in a safe environment the possible consequences of not taking timely, appropriate corrective action. This accident illustrates that these skills are most important at low altitudes when rapid, accurate assessment of abnormal situations and appropriate prioritization of tasks are the most critical. Thus, the NTSB concludes that the establishment of best practices for conducting both single and multiple emergency and abnormal situations training needs to include training for the occurrence of these situations at low altitudes because low-altitude scenarios require rapid, accurate assessment of abnormal situations and appropriate prioritization of tasks. The circumstances of this accident reinforce the need for the actions recommended in Safety Recommendations A-09-24 and -25, and the NTSB encourages the FAA to take timely action in response to these recommendations. 2.3.6 Fatigue Considerations The NTSB evaluated a number of criteria125 to determine the extent to which fatigue impacted the flight crew’s performance during the accident sequence including circadian factors, sleep length, and time awake. The accident occurred about 0437, and the flight crewmembers were awake in opposition of their normal circadian rhythm. For those entrained on a diurnal schedule, the primary circadian trough is about midnight to 0600, with the window of circadian low generally occurring between about 0300 and 0500. The aeromedical research community has identified strategies that flight crews can use to lessen the adverse effects of fatigue during required overnight operations. These strategies include avoiding morning sunlight and staying indoors, ensuring the daytime sleep environment is dark and cool, wearing eye masks and earplugs during daytime sleep, implementing good sleep habits, taking a short nap before reporting for duty, allowing exposure to at least 2 hours of sunlight or bright artificial light in the late afternoon or early evening after waking, strategically using caffeine, and getting regular exercise.126 Both flight crewmembers took some actions before the accident to reduce the likelihood of performance decrements associated with being awake during the nighttime hours. For example, during the week before the accident flight (January 20 through 23), the first officer had a scheduled trip in which she was on duty during the night hours beginning about
- She was off duty from the afternoon of January 23 through the evening of January 26.
Empire Airlines paid her expenses to spend the weekend in Midland, Texas, rather than commuting back to her home in Washington for a short turnaround.127 The first officer stated
125 Information regarding the NTSB’s methodology for investigating operator fatigue is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/info/fatigue_checklist_V%202_0.pdf. 126 M. Caldwell and others, “Fatigue Countermeasures in Aviation,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 80, no. 1 (2009), pp. 29-59. 127 The flight crew was based in Salt Lake City, which was considered to be a “floater” base. The flight crewmembers would travel to various cities based on the needs of the company, which paid their expenses over the weekend.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 66 that because she had acclimated herself to sleeping during the days and being awake at night for the previous trip, she remained on that sleep/wake schedule during her off-duty days rather than resetting her circadian rhythm to a diurnal pattern of being awake during the day and sleeping at night. During the 3 days before the accident, the first officer indicated that she went to bed about 0600 and awoke between about 1400 and 1500, providing a sleep opportunity each night of between 8 and 9 hours.128 Based on these times, the first officer went to bed before sunrise, thus avoiding morning sunlight, and awoke before sunset, allowing exposure to bright daylight before reporting for duty, which would have contributed to her ability to shift her circadian clock.129 Research suggests that adjustment to night activity is possible, and, under ideal conditions, the adjustment occurs about 1 hour per day.130 However, a NASA study examining pilots in overnight cargo operations found that the circadian clock of pilots did not shift completely as measured by temperature minimums;131 the circadian low was delayed about 3 hours after 5 days of night flying.132 Although the first officer’s efforts to adapt to an overnight schedule suggest an individual awareness of the need to mitigate fatigue hazards associated with overnight operations, and the first officer was possibly able to delay her window of circadian low to some degree, it is unlikely, based on the available research data, that her efforts would have completely mitigated the circadian effects of fatigue associated with the time at which the accident occurred. Sleep needs vary by individual. In postaccident interviews, the first officer stated that she needed 7 hours of sleep to feel rested. In the 72 hours before the accident, she had 25.5 hours of sleep opportunity (8.5 hours, 8 hours, and 9 hours in the previous three nights). She indicated that she felt rested on the evening of the accident. The first officer’s sleep schedule during her previous trip is unknown. The NASA study examining pilots in overnight cargo operations found that, while on duty, 54 percent slept over 1 hour less per 24 hours than they did on pre-trip days, 29 percent slept over 2 hours less per 24 hours than they did on pre-trip days, and 15 percent averaged more sleep per 24 hours than they did on pre-duty days.133 Post-duty days allowed pilots to recuperate some of their lost sleep. Specifically, the pilots in the study slept 41 minutes longer per 24 hours during post-duty days than pre-trip days and 1.9 hours longer per 24 hours during post-duty days than duty days. Although the first officer had sleep opportunities in excess of the hours of sleep she needed to feel rested during her off-duty days and had the opportunity to recuperate any sleep debt accrued, it is unknown as to how much sleep she actually received. Therefore, it cannot be determined whether the first officer had accumulated a sleep debt during the week before the accident.
128 The first officer stated that she needed 7 hours of sleep per night to feel rested. 129 Night conditions would have prevailed at the time of the first officer’s reported bedtime, which was more than 1 hour before sunrise in Midland, Texas. For the week before the accident, sunrise ranged from about 0745 to 0748, and sunset ranged from about 1810 to 1817. 130 R. Wever, “Phase Shifts of Circadian Rhythms due to Shifts of Artificial Zeitgebers,” Chronobiologia, vol. 7 (1980), pp. 303-327. 131 Core body temperature minimums typically occur in the circadian trough and can be associated with sleep tendency. Caldwell and others, p. 42. 132 P.H. Gander and others, “Flight Crew Fatigue IV: Overnight Cargo Operations,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 69, no. 9 (1998), pp. B26-B36. 133 Gander and others, pp. B28-B29.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 67 At the time of the accident, the first officer had been awake about 13.5 hours. Research into quantifying performance impairment associated with sustained wakefulness found that performance remains relatively stable throughout the time that coincides with a normal waking day, but that prolonged wakefulness of 17 hours can result in measurable performance impairment (comparable to having a blood alcohol concentration of 0.05 percent).134 The first officer did not have such prolonged or otherwise excessive periods of wakefulness before the accident. The captain also took steps to minimize the effects of fatigue due to the circadian clock. On the night before the accident trip, the captain went to sleep about 2200 but, to prepare himself for the upcoming night flight, awoke about 0400 on January 26, 2009. Later that afternoon, he napped from about 1100 to 1630, providing a 5.5-hour sleep opportunity. The captain stated that he needed 6 to 8 hours of sleep each night to feel rested. In the 72 hours before the accident, the captain had 22 hours of sleep opportunity (10 hours, 6 hours, and 5.5 hours). The captain stated that he felt rested on the evening of the accident. Although research suggests that appropriately placed naps can improve alertness for up to 24 hours,135 because the accident occurred during the window of circadian low, the captain was likely experiencing some fatigue at the time of the accident. In addition, if the captain required 8 hours of sleep per night to feel rested, he may have been experiencing as much as 4.5 hours of cumulative sleep loss on the night of the accident. Research suggests that as few as 2 hours of sleep loss can lead to reduced performance and alertness.136 At the time of the accident, the captain had been awake about 12 hours, which would not be considered excessive. 2.3.6.1 Role of Fatigue in Flight Crew Performance The negative effects of fatigue on human performance have been demonstrated in scientific research and accident and incident investigations.137 These effects include slowed response time, reduced vigilance, and poor decision making. The flight crew’s failure to monitor
134 (a) D. Dawson and K. Reid, “Fatigue, Alcohol and Performance Impairment,” Nature, vol. 388, no. 6639 (1997), p. 235. (b) N. Lamond and D. Dawson, “Quantifying the Performance Impairment Associated with Sustained Wakefulness” (Woodville, South Australia: The Centre for Sleep Research, The Queen Elizabeth Hospital, 1998). http://cf.alpa.org/internet/projects/ftdt/backgr/Daw_Lam.html (accessed March 21, 2011). 135 D.F. Dinges and others, “Temporal Placement of a Nap for Alertness: Contributions of Circadian Phase and Prior Wakefulness,” Sleep, vol. 10, no. 4 (1987), pp. 313-329. 136 R. T. Carskadon, “Sleep Restriction,” ed., Sleep, Sleepiness and Performance, T. H. Monk, ed. (Chichester, England: John Wiley & Sons, 1991), pp. 155–167. 137 For the scientific research, see J.A. Caldwell, “Fatigue in the Aviation Environment: An Overview of the Causes and Effects as Well as Recommended Countermeasures,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 68 (1997), pp 932-938; G.P. Kruger, “Sustained Work, Fatigue, Sleep Loss, and Performance: A Review of the Issues,” Work and Stress, vol. 3 (1989), pp 129-141; and F.H. Previc and others, “The Effects of Sleep Deprivation on Flight Performance, Instrument Scanning, and Physiological Arousal in Pilots,” The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, vol. 19, no. 4 (2009), pp. 326-346. For the accident investigations, see, for example, Crash During Attempted Go-Around After Landing East Coast Jets Flight 81 Hawker Beechcraft Corporation 125-800A, N818MV Owatonna, Minnesota July 31, 2008, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2011). http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/2011/AAR-11-01.pdf; Collision with Trees and Crash Short of Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966, British Aerospace BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-06/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006). http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2006/AAR0601.pdf.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report the airplane’s airspeed following the flap anomaly could be consistent with the known effects of fatigue; however, this type of error has also been made by flight crews who were not fatigued. Throughout the flight, the first officer demonstrated good performance, including correcting the captain when setting up the approach, questioning the meaning of the Mu readings provided by ATC, and identifying the need to execute a go-around maneuver after the stall warning activated. Her failure to monitor airspeed and maintain a stabilized approach did not occur until after the flap anomaly, while the captain was performing a nonstandard troubleshooting procedure. The first officer queried the captain as to whether she should go around, and he told her “no.” The first officer was flying an airplane in which she had little experience and in conditions that she had never before experienced. As a result, the first officer relied on the captain’s leadership and experience for guidance, and his instructions to continue the unstabilized approach contradicted SOPs and likely contributed to her failure to assert her concerns further. In addition, the captain failed to delegate duties in the abnormal situation, and his nonstandard approach to address the flap anomaly likely distracted her from her PF duties. The NTSB concludes that, although the risk for fatigue existed at the time of the accident due to the window of circadian low, the first officer took steps to mitigate the effects of fatigue, and her errors during the flight can be explained by her lack of experience in both the airplane and in icing conditions along with the distraction caused by the captain’s nonstandard response to the flap anomaly. Unlike the first officer, the captain made a number of errors throughout the flight, including briefing the incorrect approach airspeeds, failing to monitor the first officer’s approach, and performing a nonstandard and nontrained procedure in response to the flap anomaly. The captain’s decision not to follow SOPs for checklist usage and the unstabilized approach might be explained through his actions demonstrated on previous flights (another pilot had indicated that the captain occasionally cut corners, seemed rushed, and was less thorough on briefings than other captains) and the stress associated with the situation. However, the captain’s repeated errors and decision to forego procedures might also reflect degradation from fatigue as a result of performing during a time when he was normally asleep, as well as performing with a sleep debt. The NTSB concludes that, due to the early morning hour of the accident flight and the captain’s cumulative sleep debt, fatigue likely degraded the captain’s performance. The NTSB notes that careful adherence to SOPs, including strict adherence to accepted practices of stabilized approach criteria, non-normal procedures, and CRM, can help flight crews mitigate the degrading effects of fatigue. The NTSB further notes that neither the captain nor the first officer received specific training from their company addressing the hazards of fatigue or fatigue mitigation, although fatigue was briefly addressed during CRM training. On September 10, 2010, the FAA addressed some aspects of fatigue by issuing an NPRM titled “14 CFR Parts 117 and 121: Flightcrew Member Duty and Rest Requirements,” which proposes to amend Part 121 and establish Part 117 to create a single set of flight time limitations, duty period limits, and rest requirements for Part 121 operations. The NPRM also proposes requiring a fatigue education and training program for all flight crewmembers, employees involved in operational control and scheduling of flight crewmembers, and personnel having management oversight of these areas. The FAA is currently drafting AC 120-FT, “Fatigue Training,” that will present guidelines for developing and implementing a fatigue training program. The draft guidance outlines a training program that includes, in part, a review of the 68
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 69 basics of fatigue, including an overview of circadian rhythms, the causes of fatigue, the effect of fatigue on performance, fatigue countermeasures and mitigation, and lifestyle influences on fatigue. On November 15, 2010, the NTSB commented on the NPRM and stated, “if adopted, the proposed rule will provide substantial benefits towards reducing the hazards associated with flight crew fatigue in Part 121 operations.” The NTSB also stated its strong support for the requirement of a fatigue education and training program, noting that fatigue education is among the foundational elements of an effective fatigue management system. The NTSB is encouraged by the FAA’s response to fatigue mitigation for Part 121 operations based on the NPRM. In recent years, a number of accidents involving Part 121 operators have occurred in which fatigue was causal, contributory, or identified as a safety issue. The NTSB believes that finalizing the rule in a timely fashion will provide substantial benefits towards reducing the hazards associated with flight crew fatigue in Part 121 operations and is critical to aviation safety. 2.4 Operations Issues 2.4.1 Dispatch into Freezing Drizzle Conditions The flight release for the accident flight contained weather information that indicated that IFR conditions with light freezing drizzle and mist were reported at LBB and that such conditions were forecast to continue beyond the flight’s estimated time of arrival. During the flight’s descent toward LBB, the controller informed the flight crew that light freezing drizzle and mist were reported at the airport. Although SLD conditions like freezing rain or freezing drizzle are outside the ATR 42’s certification icing envelope as specified in 14 CFR Part 25, Appendix C, the FAA does not specifically prohibit operators from dispatching or operating airplanes in such weather conditions. Instead, the FAA requires that operators adhere to any AFM limitations for the airplanes that they operate. The NTSB has long been concerned about such operations and issued numerous safety recommendations in the 1980s138 and the 1990s139 related to the issue. In response to these recommendations, the FAA issued an NPRM.140 For the ATR 42, the AFM states that a flight crew must immediately exit severe icing conditions when they are encountered. According to Empire Airlines’ GOM, “when light freezing rain, light or moderate freezing drizzle, or light, moderate, or heavy snow is falling, aircraft may land.” The GOM also stated that, “when light freezing rain, light to moderate freezing drizzle, or light, moderate snow is falling, [an ATR] aircraft may take off, provided it is prepared in accordance with approved deicing procedures.”
138 NTSB/SR-81/01. 139 NTSB/AAR-96/01. 140 For more information about the NPRM, see section 2.4.1.2.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 70 After the accident, on February 27, 2009, Empire Airlines issued a flight operations bulletin to supersede the icing information in the GOM and to inform flight crews and flight followers that freezing rain and freezing drizzle are not covered by the icing certification envelope and that takeoff or landing operations in known or reported freezing rain or freezing drizzle of any intensity are prohibited. An informal review of other 14 CFR Part 121 and 135 operators’ icing guidance revealed that the operators’ guidance for dispatching their turbine-powered, pneumatic deice boot-equipped airplanes into freezing rain and freezing drizzle conditions varied widely; some operators prohibited dispatch into such conditions, and others permitted it. As this accident shows, moderate icing conditions due to light freezing drizzle can increase a flight crew’s workload and degrade the performance of the airplane. Although Empire Airlines and the other FedEx feeder operators developed “no-go” weather guidance (after the accident) that prohibits takeoff or landing operations in known or reported freezing rain or freezing drizzle, these actions were not required by the FAA, and other operators may not adopt such safety measures. The NTSB concludes that dispatching and operating an airplane in known icing conditions for which the airplane is not certificated and has not demonstrated the ability to operate safely has the potential to reduce or eliminate safety margins. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA prohibit all 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators of pneumatic deice boot-equipped airplanes from dispatching or deliberately operating these airplanes in known freezing rain or freezing drizzle of any intensity, unless the airplane manufacturer has demonstrated that the airplane model can safely operate in those conditions. 2.4.1.1 Flight Crewmember and Dispatcher Training Related to Icing Conditions According to Empire Airlines’ director of operations, the GOM information in place before the accident (which permitted dispatching and operating airplanes in light freezing rain; light or moderate freezing drizzle; or light, moderate, or heavy snow) was developed based on information from the ADP holdover tables. However, the NTSB notes that holdover tables are references that are used for ground deicing operations and are not intended to be used to address the in-flight icing environment.141 Interviews with Empire Airlines’ flight followers and the dispatch manager revealed that their perceptions about dispatching into freezing drizzle conditions were based on this GOM and ADP information. However, such guidance based on ground deicing operations did not emphasize the potential dangers of in-flight encounters with freezing rain and freezing drizzle that are described in airplane-specific flight operations publications. For example, the AFM for the airplane (which is a flight publication provided by ATR) contained the following warning: Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or mixed icing
141 In the section of the March 2011 edition of Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing that discusses ground deicing, ATR states, in part, the following: “IMPORTANT: The fluids used during ground de/anti-icing is not intended for and does not provide protection during the flight. Before take-off, pilots must be aware of potential in-flight severe icing conditions…. If such conditions exist, take-off must be delayed”
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 71 conditions (supercooled liquid water and ice crystals) may result in ice buildup on protected surfaces exceeding the capabilities of the ice protection system. Also, ATR’s Cold Weather Operations publication142 stated that in-flight icing is a major concern for commuter airplanes (which are typically pneumatic deice boot-equipped airplanes) in particular because they fly at altitudes where icing conditions are most likely to occur. Neither of these flight publications was used in developing dispatch guidance. Based on information obtained during interviews with flight crewmembers and dispatch personnel, the NTSB found that many were not sufficiently aware of the dangers of operating in freezing drizzle precipitation and lacked a thorough understanding of the weather phenomena associated with SLD conditions. Although on March 16, 2010, the FAA issued SAFO 10006, which referenced several of the NTSB’s safety recommendations that resulted from its investigation of the October 31, 1994, accident in Roselawn, Indiana,143 to encourage all operators to review and amend, if necessary, their flight crewmember and dispatcher training programs to ensure that their programs address SLD icing conditions, the actions recommended in a SAFO are not mandatory. Also, as noted previously, other operators’ dispatch guidance varied, and Empire Airlines erroneously relied on ground deicing guidance as the basis for dispatch decisions, which resulted in assumptions that led to the dispatch of flights into freezing drizzle without adequate consideration for the in-flight hazards associated with the conditions. The NTSB is concerned that disparity exists between operators’ and airplane manufacturers’ guidance materials and between the guidance materials of operators of similar airplanes regarding flight operations in SLD conditions, particularly after the NTSB issued numerous safety recommendations on the topic resulting from its investigation of the October 31, 1994, accident in Roselawn, Indiana.144 Dispatch personnel like Empire Airlines’ flight followers who authorize each flight release, provide preflight weather products, and perform flight following share an integral role with flight crews in ensuring that each flight safely reaches its destination. The NTSB concludes that, to most effectively ensure the safety of flight operations in icing conditions, pilots, dispatchers, and flight followers must understand how the dangers of freezing drizzle and freezing rain can affect their airplanes and must understand the differences between ground deicing considerations and in-flight icing operations. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA review the approved pilot, dispatcher, and flight follower training programs and procedures for all 14 CFR Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators and require revisions to the programs and procedures, as necessary, to include standardized training and aircraft-specific information to educate pilots, dispatchers, and flight followers of the dangers of flight operations in freezing precipitation and of the differences between ground deicing considerations and in-flight icing operations.
142 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008). 143 NTSB/AAR-96/01. 144 NTSB/AAR-96/01.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 72 2.4.1.2 Proposed Rulemaking for Airplane Certification Requirements for Flight in Icing Conditions In response to several NTSB safety recommendations, on June 29, 2010, the FAA issued an NPRM145 intended to improve the safety of transport-category airplanes operating in SLD, mixed-phase, and ice-crystal icing conditions. The NPRM included proposals for expanding the certification icing environment for newly certificated transport-category airplanes to include freezing rain and freezing drizzle and for requiring airplanes most affected by SLD icing conditions to meet certain safety standards in the expanded certification icing environment, including additional airplane performance and handling requirements. On August 27, 2010, in comments submitted to the docket for this NPRM, the NTSB stated that it was pleased that the NPRM proposed to add new sections to 14 CFR Part 25. Specifically, the NTSB noted section 25.1420, which would require aircraft manufacturers to evaluate airplane operation in the SLD environment, and Appendix O, Part I, which would expand the certification icing environment to include freezing rain and freezing drizzle by using four separate droplet-size distributions. Additionally, the NTSB stated that it was pleased to see the inclusion of Appendix O, Part II, which states the following: The most critical ice accretion in terms of airplane performance and handling qualities for each flight phase must be used to show compliance with the applicable airplane performance and handling qualities requirements for icing conditions contained in Subpart B of this part. Applicants must demonstrate that the full range of atmospheric icing conditions specified in Part I of this appendix have been considered, including drop diameter distributions, liquid water content, and temperature appropriate to the flight conditions. Although the NTSB finds that several aspects of the FAA’s NPRM are essential for improving the safety of flight for airplanes operating in icing conditions, the NTSB is disappointed that the proposed rule applies only to newly certificated aircraft (thus, the accident airplane would not be subject to the new rules) and that it excludes certain aircraft (such as those with a maximum takeoff weight of more than 60,000 lbs or irreversible flight controls) from compliance with the new safety standards. In its response, the NTSB noted that SLD conditions can present a danger for the current fleet of aircraft; therefore, the proposed rule should be expanded beyond newly certificated airplanes to include all deice boot-equipped airplanes currently in service that are certificated for flight in icing conditions. 2.4.2 Training Program and Manual Discrepancies Empire Airlines personnel indicated that, during basic indoctrination training, pilots reviewed the ADP, FAA’s meteorology handbook, and icing videos. Empire Airlines personnel also indicated that, during training at FlightSafety, pilots reviewed the ATR Cold Weather Operations publication146 and reviewed meteorological conditions likely to cause freezing
145 75 FR 37311-37339. 146 Cold Weather Operations: Be Prepared for Icing (2008).
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report drizzle and freezing rain. However, Empire Airlines’ FTM included a document that indicated that Empire Airlines (not FlightSafety) was required to provide the required meteorology training, including the ATR publication, as part of the meteorology module. Interviews with FlightSafety instructors revealed that they were not providing or using the publication during training. The flight crew did not recall receiving this document. Although Empire Airlines implemented special emphasis icing training for all ATR pilots after the accident, the NTSB had concerns that the FAA did not detect these training program discrepancies before the accident. Spokane FSDO personnel managed their oversight of Empire Airlines through the FAA’s ATOS program. A review of the ATOS program table, “System/Subsystem/Element Chart—Operations and Cabin Safety Elements,” revealed that, as part of the program, the FAA was required to provide oversight of an airline’s FTM content and flight crewmember training. However, the inspectors who followed the ATOS program did not detect that Empire Airlines was not providing the required meteorology training, including the ATR publication, as part of the meteorology training module. Upon learning of this, the FAA contacted the certificate management offices of other ATR operators and determined that this was an oversight problem in the inspection process at Empire Airlines and not a systemic issue with ATOS. Additionally, the FAA took corrective action to assure that changes to Empire Airlines’ FTM were initiated to assure that the required meteorological training was being conducted by the operator. 2.5 Survival Aspects According to dispatch logs, the accident alarm sounded at 0438:12. ARFF personnel who were dispatched to the scene reported that they proceeded on the taxiways with caution because of the ice. The ARFF response vehicles arrived on scene without difficulty at 0442:31, and ARFF personnel immediately began fire suppression and contained the fire (with the exception of a few interior cargo fires) within minutes. Thus, the NTSB concludes that the presence of ice on the taxiways between the ARFF station and the accident site minimally increased the response time; however, the emergency response was timely and effective in suppressing the fire. 2.5.1 Lack of Occupant and Hazardous Materials Information Available to First Responders The first officer opened the cockpit escape hatch without difficulty, but the flight crew decided not to use it for egress because of the fire’s proximity. The captain and the first officer opened the forward cargo door without difficulty and exited the airplane. The first officer stated that, before exiting the airplane, the captain attempted to contact the ATCT using the airplane’s radio but that the radio was inoperative (the CVR did not capture this attempt). The captain stated that, after exiting the airplane, he called Empire Airlines’ dispatch and reported the accident. Both the captain and the first officer then left the scene and ran to the FedEx hangar before the first responders arrived. A FedEx employee subsequently notified the Lubbock Fire Department and EMS personnel when they arrived at LBB that the flight crew was at the FedEx hangar; however, by that time, the ARFF responders were already on scene and looking for survivors. 73
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 74 As a result of the confusion regarding the flight crewmembers’ whereabouts, at least two ARFF personnel unnecessarily accessed the airplane to look inside the cockpit and cabin area, and other personnel also unnecessarily interrupted their fire suppression activities to participate in the search. After the arriving fire department personnel conveyed to ARFF personnel that the flight crew was safe, the search was stopped but then was resumed briefly after the ATCT controller relayed information (which was apparently old) that a pilot was walking around on the ramp looking for assistance. In addition, the ARFF personnel were initially unaware of the airplane’s HAZMAT cargo. Operators that transport HAZMAT cargo are required to make specific HAZMAT cargo information available during an emergency response, and Empire Airlines’ procedures complied with the requirements. However, the requirements do not address situations in which the flight crew may be able to provide more timely, general information in advance of the operator’s delivery of the required documents. The ARFF captain indicated that, if they had the information, the ARFF response to the scene would have been similar with the exception that all responding firefighters would have worn full personal protective equipment. Although the flight crewmembers acted appropriately by ensuring their own safety following the accident, the situation highlights that a lack of information from the flight crew can hinder the response team’s ability to safely and most efficiently prioritize their on-scene activities. The NTSB notes that a similar situation occurred on June 28, 2008, during a cargo airplane ground fire in which the flight crew evacuated the airplane and left the scene before first responders arrived, but no information about their safe egress was immediately provided to first responders. In this accident, a firefighter unnecessarily entered the burning wreckage to look for survivors and encountered a dangerous situation in the cockpit, including heavy smoke in which he lost his radio, confined spaces that pulled off some of his equipment, and a “wall of fire” behind the cockpit door. The firefighter indicated that, in hindsight, he should not have entered the cockpit but that he did it because he did not know if anybody was in there and because he thought that he could put the fire out.147 The ARFF station was notified of the accident when the ATCT controller lifted the direct-line radio receiver in the tower, resulting in the automatic sounding of a tone in the station. According to procedure, following the tone, the ATCT controller can provide information about the level of the alert, the type of aircraft, the nature of the emergency, the runway to be used, and any other information as time permits. In the case of the accident flight, other than the accident location, the only information about the flight that the ATCT controller could convey was that the airplane was an ATR. ARFF personnel did not know that it was a cargo airplane and that they could expect two or three occupants until they began suppressing the fire and saw the FedEx logo on airplane’s tail. Further, as previously discussed, the ARFF responders were initially unaware of the airplane’s HAZMAT cargo. The NTSB concludes that timely information from the flight crew about the safety of the airplane occupants and the presence of on-board HAZMAT cargo would improve the safety and efficiency of the emergency response. Further, the NTSB concludes that, because flight crews cannot always immediately communicate with ATC after an accident, it is important that another
147 See the Survival Factors Group Chairman’s Factual Report in the public docket for Ground Fire Aboard Cargo Airplane, ABX Air Flight 1611, Boeing 767‐200, N799AX, San Francisco, California, June 28, 2008, Aircraft Accident Summary Report NTSB/AAR-09/04/SUM (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). http://www.ntsb.gov/Dockets/Aviation/DCA08MA076/407654.pdf.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report method be developed to communicate information, such as the number of occupants on board and the presence of hazardous materials, to ARFF personnel upon initial notification of an accident. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA develop a method to quickly communicate information regarding the number of persons on board and the presence of hazardous materials to emergency responders when airport emergency response or search and rescue is activated. 2.5.2 Inoperative Emergency Response and Mutual Aid Gate The airport’s emergency plan indicated that units that respond from outside of the airport should “respond to Gate 6 and Gate 48 or at a location prescribed by the command post.” However, the emergency response unit that arrived at Gate 48 could not access the airport at that location because the gate was inoperative due to ice in its operating mechanism. The remaining response units were able to divert to another gate for airport access, which minimally delayed their response time. The LBB snow and ice removal plan did not address checking or ensuring the operability of the airport gates. A survey of several other 14 CFR Part 139 airports with operations affected by winter weather revealed that none of the airports’ snow and ice operations plans addressed checking or ensuring the operability of emergency response and mutual aid gates. Also, AC 150/5200-30C did not address the issue. The NTSB notes that airport operations personnel are already required by airport snow and ice removal plans to conduct periodic inspections of the routes used by emergency response vehicles. Therefore, the checking of mutual aid gates for operability could easily be added as an item to be performed during these inspections. Further, following the accident, LBB voluntarily added the checking of mutual aid gates for operability to its snow and ice operations plan. The NTSB concludes that an iced and inoperable mutual aid gate could extend the response time of mutual aid, which could delay the delivery of medical attention to accident survivors and result in further fire damage to property. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA amend AC 150/5200-30C to include guidance on monitoring and ensuring the operability of emergency response and mutual aid gates during winter operations. 2.6 Airplane Equipment Options 2.6.1 Aircraft Performance Monitoring ATR developed the APM system, which has been installed on new production ATR 42 and ATR 72 airplanes since November 2005, to enhance a flight crew’s ability to detect the effects of severe icing conditions on the airplane. The APM is a condition-specific, low-airspeed alerting system because it is designed to provide specific alerts in icing conditions only (level 2 or 3 icing protection must be engaged or an icing signal must be provided by the icing detector). The APM calculates and compares the airplane’s actual performance (with respect to airspeed and drag) with its expected performance, computes the actual minimum icing and severe icing airspeeds, and provides alerts to the flight crew when low airspeed or performance degradation is detected. These alerts prompt the flight crew to perform the specified QRH procedures 75
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report (depending upon the type of alert) to respond to the effects of icing on the airplane’s performance. Although the APM is intended to help flight crews recognize and respond to performance degradations developed while operating in severe icing encounters, the APM alerts are an important safety enhancement for flights operating even in moderate icing conditions, like the accident flight. For example, had the accident airplane been equipped with an APM, the blue “CRUISE SPEED LOW” annunciator lights would have illuminated about 70 seconds before the flap anomaly, and the amber “DEGRADED PERF” annunciator lights and a single chime would have activated about 40 seconds before the flap anomaly. An APM would not have provided any further alerts after the flight crew selected flap extension because the system requires a flaps-up configuration. According to ATR, the appropriate flight crew response to the “DEGRADED PERF” alert includes maintaining red-bug airspeed plus 10 kts. The NTSB notes that, although the accident flight’s hazardous low-airspeed situation resulted from the flight crew’s inadequate airspeed management rather than the performance degradation from the moderate icing encounter, had the accident airplane been equipped with an APM, the APM would have provided icing-related alerts that may have alerted the flight crew of the need to be more attentive to airspeed management during the approach. Thus, the NTSB concludes that the APM system is a valuable low-airspeed alerting tool that can enhance safety in all icing conditions. APM retrofits for older ATR 42 (like the accident airplane) and ATR 72 airplanes have been available since June 2006, and, effective August 24, 2009, EASA required that all EASA-participating operators (operators in the European Community, its Member States, and the European third countries) of ATR 42 and 72 airplanes not originally equipped with the APM system retrofit their airplanes with the system within 72 months or by the second “C” check, whichever occurs first. The FAA did not take similar action. As a result, APM system retrofits are optional for U.S. operators. In a January 14, 2011, letter responding to a query from NTSB investigators, the FAA stated that its decision not to require APM retrofits for U.S. operators was based, in part, on its finding that, in five of the ten icing-related events that were cited by EASA when mandating the APM, the flight crewmembers were aware they were in severe icing conditions but did not follow mandatory operating limitations. Therefore, the FAA reasoned that although the APM would have provided alerts in four of these five cases, “it cannot be determined if the flight crew would have acted any differently in response to an APM alert than they did to observing the severe icing cues.” The NTSB notes that, in times of high workload, an alert even a few seconds earlier that an ice accretion has crossed the line from “normal” to severe would be beneficial because it would allow the flight crew to take immediate action. Because the APM warns of performance degradations when they begin to occur, even if the autopilot is on and the crew is unable to detect degradation in performance, the APM can provide warnings to flight crews that a hazardous low-airspeed situation is developing well before the icing conditions become severe. The NTSB does not concur with the FAA’s position that APMs would not help flight crews in icing conditions and believes that the FAA should reexamine its decision not to require APM retrofits for U.S. operators. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all operators 76
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report of ATR 42- and ATR 72-series airplanes to retrofit the airplanes with an APM system if they are not already so equipped. 2.6.2 Flap Malfunction or Asymmetry Light During the accident flight, the flap asymmetry was not quickly or accurately identified by either flight crewmember, despite several available cues, including the cockpit flap position indicator, the exterior wing flap position fairings, the left control wheel input by the autopilot (and the resulting 5° heading change of the airplane), the airplane’s failure to decelerate as expected, and the “RETRIM ROLL L WING DN” and “AILERON MISTRIM” messages on the ADU. Although it is possible that the flight crewmembers did not detect all of the cues (both the captain and the first officer stated that they did not see any messages on the ADU), the cues they did observe were not rapidly interpreted as indicative of a flap problem. The NTSB notes that the ATR 42-320 (the accident airplane model) is one of only a few models of transport-category airplanes certificated without a flap malfunction light (either a light to indicate any flap malfunction or a specific asymmetry light) in the cockpit (other models are the ATR 42-200 and -300 and the Cessna 500, 550, 553, 560, and 560XL airplanes). Certification testing for these airplanes demonstrated that a cockpit light was not required because a flap malfunction (including an asymmetry) did not constitute an unsafe flight condition. If the accident airplane had been equipped with a flap malfunction light in the cockpit, the light would have illuminated amber in response to the flap asymmetry and would have provided the flight crew with an immediate, definitive indication of a flap problem. The NTSB concludes that, if the accident airplane had been equipped with a flap asymmetry light, as many other ATR 42- and ATR 72-series airplanes are equipped, the illumination of that light would likely have made the nature of the malfunction more salient to the flight crew and may have triggered a more appropriate crew response. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require that all ATR 42-series airplanes be equipped with a flap asymmetry annunciator light if they are not already so equipped. 2.6.3 Ice Evidence Probe The accident airplane was not equipped with an IEP, which was an optional installation for ATR airplanes that were not originally equipped with this device. Although an IEP provides a surface upon which ice accumulation can be visually detected, the propeller spinners serve this function for airplanes that are not equipped with an IEP, and the first officer indicated that she observed ice on the spinners. Also, the AAS alerted the flight crew in a timely manner to apply the procedures and checklists required when flying in icing conditions. Thus, the NTSB concludes that the absence of an IEP, which was an optional installation, did not hinder the flight crew’s ability to detect airframe ice accretion. 77
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 78 2.7 Simulator Training for Icing Encounters During the accident flight, both the flap asymmetry and the airframe ice accretion adversely affected the airplane’s performance. Aerodynamic coefficient extraction indicated that drag beyond the level expected for an uncontaminated airframe was present during cruise and the final minutes of the flight. ATR estimated that, by the time that the flap asymmetry occurred, a drag increase (due to ice) corresponding with about 23 percent of total power was present. The EFS could not reproduce the accident airplane’s drag levels from ice accretion without introducing unrealistic lift and pitch, roll, and yaw moments; therefore, the full extent of the performance degradations could not be determined or duplicated in the EFS. No requirements exist for simulators to be qualified with validated data, such as flight test and FDR data, for the effects of airframe ice accumulation. In this accident, the airplane’s stall warning system operated as designed and warned the flight crew of the airplane’s proximity to the stall. However, other accidents and incidents have occurred in which airframe ice accumulation has resulted in airplanes entering an aerodynamic stall without any warning to the flight crews. For example, on January 2, 2006, a Saab SF340 operated by American Eagle Airlines, Inc., encountered icing conditions during the en-route climb and departed controlled flight at an altitude of about 11,500 feet msl, losing about 5,000 feet of altitude before the pilots recovered control of the airplane.148 The flight crew was using the autopilot in vertical speed mode at the time that airplane control was lost, and information from the FDR showed that the upset began before the stall warning activated. The performance degradations associated with airframe ice accretion can result in an aircraft slowing down much faster than normal and stalling at a much higher airspeed than normal. Both conditions require pilot vigilance to recognize and react to the performance degradations; however, both the American Eagle incident flight crew and this accident flight crew failed to properly monitor and manage the airplanes’ airspeed. Although flight crews are trained to use higher airspeeds during icing conditions, the effects of performance degradations resulting from ice accretion are not realistically duplicated in a simulator. The NTSB concludes that simulator-based training scenarios that realistically reflect aircraft performance degradations that result from airframe ice accretion can better prepare flight crews to effectively respond to decaying airspeed situations and other situations that can occur during in-flight icing encounters. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA define and codify minimum simulator model fidelity requirements for aerodynamic degradations resulting from airframe ice accumulation. These requirements should be consistent with performance degradations that the NTSB and other agencies have extracted during the investigations of icing accidents and incidents. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA, once the simulator model fidelity requirements requested in Safety Recommendation A-11-46 are implemented, require that flight crews of all aircraft certificated for flight in icing conditions be trained in flight training simulators that meet these fidelity requirements. Such simulation training should emphasize the
148 The report for this incident, NTSB case number LAX06IA076, is available online at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report following: (1) cues for recognizing changes in the aircraft’s flight characteristics as airframe icing develops; (2) procedures for monitoring and maintaining appropriate airspeeds in icing conditions, including the use of icing airspeed reference indices; and (3) procedures for responding to decaying airspeed situations, stall protection system activation, and early stalls that can occur without stall protection system activation. 79
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Conclusions
- 1 Findings
- The captain and the first officer were certificated in accordance with Federal regulations and
were current and qualified in accordance with Empire Airlines’ training requirements. The investigation found no evidence that the pilots’ performance was affected by any behavioral or medical condition, or by the use of alcohol or drugs.
- The airplane was loaded within weight and center of gravity limits and was maintained in
accordance with 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121.
- The investigation found no evidence that indicated any mechanical anomaly with the
engines, and flight data recorder data indicated that the engines’ performance was consistent with normal operations.
- Performance data indicated that, when the flight crew commanded 15° flaps, a flap
asymmetry occurred with the left flaps extending 8° to 10° and the right flaps not extending. The data further indicated that the flaps returned to a symmetric state (about 4.5°) about 25 seconds before ground impact.
- Because of the extent of the impact and postaccident fire damage to the right flaps and flap
actuators, the reason for the airplane’s flap asymmetry could not be determined.
- The airplane was controllable with the flap asymmetry and airframe ice contamination and
could have been maneuvered and landed safely if the appropriate airspeed had been maintained.
- The captain’s failure to immediately respond to the aural stall warning, the stick shaker, and
the terrain awareness and warning system warning resulted in his inability to arrest the airplane’s descent and avoid impact with the ground.
- The captain was adequately trained on how to respond to flap anomalies, and the captain’s
statement that the airplane had “no flaps” indicates that he had sufficient information to recognize that he should immediately perform a go-around maneuver and apply the appropriate procedure from the quick reference handbook that applied to all flap problems.
- Although the captain indicated that he was concerned about the icing conditions, the presence
of airframe ice accretion within the capabilities of the airplane’s systems does not negate the importance of adhering to standard operating procedures and performing a go-around maneuver to respond to the multiple cues associated with an unstabilized approach including excessive deviation from the glidepath, sink rate greater than 1,000 feet per minute, and airspeed less than the required approach speed. 80
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Had the captain complied with standard operating procedures in response to the flap
anomaly, unstabilized approach, stick shaker, and terrain awareness and warning system warning and initiated a go-around maneuver, the accident likely would not have occurred.
- The first officer’s failure to maintain airspeed while acting as the pilot flying likely resulted
from being distracted by the flap anomaly, the captain’s actions in response to it, and the control force inputs needed to maintain aircraft control.
- The captain’s failure to call out the first officer’s airspeed deviations resulted directly from
his preoccupation with performing an inappropriate, nonstandard procedure in response to the flap anomaly.
- Although some of the airspeed bugs (including the internal bug) were not set to the
appropriate approach airspeeds and were not reset following recognition of the flap anomaly, the flight crew had a sufficient reference to maintain the minimum safe airspeed because the airspeed for a no-flap approach in icing conditions was correctly briefed as 143 knots, and the red airspeed bugs were set near that value.
- Reliance upon flight crew vigilance and stall warning systems may be inadequate to prevent
hazardous low-airspeed situations, and, had a low-airspeed alerting system been installed on the airplane, it may have directed the flight crew’s attention to the decaying airspeed earlier and provided an opportunity to take corrective action before the stall protection system activated.
- The first officer’s failure to assert herself to the captain and initiate a go-around maneuver
when she recognized the unstabilized approach likely resulted from the steep authority gradient in the cockpit and the first officer’s minimal training on assertiveness; further, the captain’s quick dismissal of the first officer’s go-around inquiry likely discouraged the first officer from voicing her continued concerns and challenging the captain’s decision to continue the unstabilized approach.
- Role-playing exercises are essential for effective assertiveness training because such
exercises provide flight crews with opportunities for targeted practice of specific behaviors and feedback that a lecture-based presentation format lacks.
- The establishment of best practices for conducting both single and multiple emergency and
abnormal situations training needs to include training for the occurrence of these situations at low altitudes because low-altitude scenarios require rapid, accurate assessment of abnormal situations and appropriate prioritization of tasks.
- Although the risk for fatigue existed at the time of the accident due to the window of
circadian low, the first officer took steps to mitigate the effects of fatigue, and her errors during the flight can be explained by her lack of experience in both the airplane and in icing conditions along with the distraction caused by the captain’s non-standard response to the flap anomaly.
- Due to the early morning hour of the accident flight and cumulative sleep debt, it is likely
that fatigue degraded the captain’s performance. 81
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Dispatching and operating an airplane in known icing conditions for which the airplane is not
certificated and has not demonstrated the ability to operate safely has the potential to reduce or eliminate safety margins.
- To most effectively ensure the safety of flight operations in icing conditions, pilots,
dispatchers, and flight followers must understand how the dangers of freezing drizzle and freezing rain can affect their airplanes and must understand the differences between ground deicing considerations and in-flight icing operations.
- The presence of ice on the taxiways between the aircraft rescue and firefighting station and
the accident site minimally increased the response time; however, the emergency response was timely and effective in suppressing the fire.
- Timely information from the flight crew about the safety of the airplane occupants and the
presence of on-board hazardous materials cargo would improve the safety and efficiency of the emergency response.
- Because flight crews cannot always immediately communicate with air traffic control after
an accident, it is important that another method be developed to communicate information, such as the number of occupants on board and the presence of hazardous materials, to aircraft rescue and firefighting personnel upon initial notification of an accident.
- An iced and inoperable mutual aid gate could extend the response time of mutual aid, which
could delay the delivery of medical attention to accident survivors and result in further fire damage to property.
- The aircraft performance monitoring system is a valuable low-airspeed alerting tool that can
enhance safety in all icing conditions.
- If the accident aircraft had been equipped with a flap asymmetry light, as many other
ATR 42- and ATR 72-series airplanes are equipped, the illumination of that light would likely have made the nature of the malfunction more salient to the flight crew and may have triggered a more appropriate crew response.
- The absence of an ice evidence probe, which was an optional installation, did not hinder the
flight crew’s ability to detect airframe ice accretion.
- Simulator-based training scenarios that realistically reflect aircraft performance degradations
that result from airframe ice accretion can better prepare flight crews to effectively respond to decaying airspeed situations and other situations that can occur during in-flight icing encounters. 82
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3.2 Probable Cause The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the flight crew’s failure to monitor and maintain a minimum safe airspeed while executing an instrument approach in icing conditions, which resulted in an aerodynamic stall at low altitude. Contributing to the accident were 1) the flight crew’s failure to follow published standard operating procedures in response to a flap anomaly, 2) the captain’s decision to continue with the unstabilized approach, 3) the flight crew’s poor crew resource management, and 4) fatigue due to the time of day in which the accident occurred and a cumulative sleep debt, which likely impaired the captain’s performance. 83
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Recommendations
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration: Require that role-playing or simulator-based exercises that teach first officers to assertively voice their concerns and that teach captains to develop a leadership style that supports first officer assertiveness be included as part of the already required crew resource management training for 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K pilots. (A-11-39) Prohibit all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators of pneumatic deice boot-equipped airplanes from dispatching or deliberately operating these airplanes in known freezing rain or freezing drizzle of any intensity, unless the airplane manufacturer has demonstrated that the airplane model can safely operate in those conditions. (A-11-40) Review the approved pilot, dispatcher, and flight follower training programs and procedures for all 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 121, 135, and 91 subpart K operators and require revisions to the programs and procedures, as necessary, to include standardized training and aircraft-specific information to educate pilots, dispatchers, and flight followers of the dangers of flight operations in freezing precipitation and of the differences between ground deicing considerations and in-flight icing operations. (A-11-41) Develop a method to quickly communicate information regarding the number of persons on board and the presence of hazardous materials to emergency responders when airport emergency response or search and rescue is activated. (A-11-42) Amend Advisory Circular 150/5200-30C to include guidance on monitoring and ensuring the operability of emergency response and mutual aid gates during winter operations. (A-11-43) Require all operators of Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42- and ATR 72-series airplanes to retrofit the airplanes with an aircraft performance monitoring system if they are not already so equipped. (A-11-44) Require all Avions de Transport Régional Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-series airplanes to be equipped with a flap asymmetry annunciator light if they are not already so equipped. (A-11-45) Define and codify minimum simulator model fidelity requirements for aerodynamic degradations resulting from airframe ice accumulation. These requirements should be consistent with performance degradations that the 84
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report National Transportation Safety Board and other agencies have extracted during the investigations of icing accidents and incidents. (A-11-46) Once the simulator model fidelity requirements requested in Safety Recommendation A-11-46 are implemented, require that flight crews of all aircraft certificated for flight in icing conditions be trained in flight training simulators that meet these fidelity requirements. Such simulation training should emphasize the following: (1) cues for recognizing changes in the aircraft’s flight characteristics as airframe icing develops; (2) procedures for monitoring and maintaining appropriate airspeeds in icing conditions, including the use of icing airspeed reference indices; and (3) procedures for responding to decaying airspeed situations, stall protection system activation, and early stalls that can occur without stall protection system activation. (A-11-47)
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN ROBERT L. SUMWALT Chairman Member
CHRISTOPHER A. HART MARK R. ROSEKIND Vice Chairman Member
EARL F. WEENER
Member Adopted: April 26, 2011
Vice Chairman Hart and Members Rosekind and Weener filed the following statements on May 9, 2011. 85
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 86 Board Member Statements Vice Chairman Christopher A. Hart, dissenting: I dissent from this report because (a) it is internally inconsistent, and (b) it concludes, without adequate basis, that fatigue contributed to the accident. Internal Inconsistency. The report is internally inconsistent because, on one hand, it emphasizes the general rule, and the probable cause asserts, that the captain should have discontinued his approach when it became unstable. On the other hand, it recommends that the FAA should prohibit these types of airplanes “from dispatching or deliberately operating” in precisely the type of icing conditions that it says this captain should have re-entered in his go-around. Either the conditions were flyable and should have been re-entered on a go-around, or the conditions were not flyable and the captain appropriately continued his approach, despite being unstable, but not both.1 I believe that the evidence supports the conclusion that the conditions were flyable and the captain should have gone around. More specifically, the evidence indicates that the icing conditions encountered during the approach were well within the capability of the airplane and the crew. The crew had appropriately engaged the necessary ice protection systems, they never expressed any concern about icing, and the airplane had plenty of performance despite the icing. Thus, instead of being an icing accident, this was an accident involving an unstable approach that resulted from untimely and excessive corrections, along with poor CRM, during an instrument approach, and there is no basis in the report for concluding that icing was in any way causal or even contributory to this accident. With a few small exceptions, the flight crew appeared to be working well together and was generally “ahead of the curve” until they began to descend when the autopilot intercepted the glide slope. Because the copilot (who was the pilot flying) did not reduce the power as their descent began, the airplane began to accelerate. Her response to the acceleration was to reduce power very substantially, essentially to flight idle. Making large corrections during an instrument approach is not good practice because large corrections usually necessitate subsequent large corrections in the opposite direction, which, as occurred here, can easily lead to an unstable approach. About fifteen seconds after the autopilot intercepted the glide slope and they began descending, and about ten seconds after she substantially reduced the power, something happened – the investigation apparently was not able to determine with certainty what – that caused the copilot to ask, at 0435:03, “what the heck is going on?” Her question may have been prompted by the airplane’s reaction(s) to their effort to extend the flaps because, one second later, the captain responded, “You know what? We have no flaps.” Consequently, as they were rapidly decelerating during their descent along the glide slope, her inquiry and the captain’s response about the flaps caused both pilots to divert their
1 The recommended prohibition against “dispatching” into icing conditions is proactive and appropriate, and does not create an inconsistency. The recommended prohibition against “deliberately operating” in icing conditions, however, flies in the face of asserting that the captain should have aborted his approach and re-entered the prohibited icing conditions.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report attention to the flap problem. The captain, as pilot monitoring, appropriately began to trouble shoot, but inappropriately began looking at circuit breakers rather than the flap malfunction checklist. The copilot, however, was also distracted by the flap problem, which diverted her attention away from their decreasing airspeed until it decreased enough to activate the stick shaker and disconnect the autopilot. The copilot’s diversion of her attention was contrary to good CRM practice that in the event of a malfunction, one pilot should explore the malfunction, preferably starting with the checklist where appropriate, while the other pilot flies the airplane. After the autopilot disconnected, the approach became unstable, they did not maintain adequate airspeed, even after the stick shaker activated, and the airplane stalled and crashed. Hence, this accident actually began with the copilot’s failure to reduce power when they intercepted the glide slope, followed by her excessive power reduction in response to the resulting acceleration, followed by the distraction caused by the flap problem that diverted her attention – until the first stick shaker event – from the need to restore adequate power to prevent further loss of speed. Because none of the events in this causal chain related to or were caused by icing, this is not an icing accident, and there is no basis from this accident for any recommendations regarding icing. The higher stall speed due to icing does not undercut my conclusion that this is not an icing accident. The copilot’s substantial power reduction caused an initial deceleration of about 2 knots per second, and I am not convinced, for two reasons, that the few additional seconds it would have taken for them to decelerate to a lower (non-iced) stall speed might have produced a different result. First, I see no reason to believe that those extra few seconds would have been enough to cause them to return their attention – before the stall – to the need to arrest their rapid speed decrease. Second, given their lack of appropriate response – not one, not two, but three times – to the stick shaker, I see no basis for concluding that that those extra seconds would have altered their non-response to the stick shaker. Consequently, I do not believe that this was an icing accident, and ‐ The fact that they were in icing conditions is not relevant to, and should not be in, the probable cause; ‐ The recommendations relating to in-flight icing, irrespective of whether they are good ideas, are not supported by this accident; and ‐ Because Recommendation No. 2 asks the FAA to prohibit operation in the types of icing conditions that were present in this accident, the probable cause should not assert that the captain should have discontinued his approach and ascended back into those icing conditions. Fatigue. The probable cause concludes that fatigue “likely impaired the captain’s performance.” Even if the crew had been fatigued, which they probably were to some extent, I do not see any basis in the report for concluding that fatigue resulted in impairment sufficient to cause or contribute to this accident. There are several aspects about fatigue that necessitate extreme caution before including it as part of the probable cause. To name a few, fatigue: 87
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report ‐ Is not either “on” or “off,” but can range from none, to extreme, to anywhere in between; ‐ Can be quite variant from day to day, and can be present one day, enough to cause problems, but not be present to that extent the next day; and it can even be quite variant in the course of a single flight, depending upon the duration of the flight and events during the flight; ‐ Is very widespread – at any point in time, a large percentage of the population is probably suffering from fatigue to some extent; ‐ Is multidimensional – it is usually referred to in relation to sleep deficit, but it is also affected by diet, exercise, smoking, alcohol use, age, and other factors, and the impacts and interrelationships among and between those factors are often not well understood; ‐ Is not directly measurable – it can be ascertained only indirectly, on the basis of actions and behavior; ‐ Has effects that can arguably be counteracted by processes that are designed to reduce the need to analyze and think, such as standard operating procedures and checklists; ‐ May be significantly mitigated, at least temporarily to some extent, by an adrenalin rush in a life-threatening situation; and ‐ May be overwhelmed by the effects of a life-threatening situation. Given all of these characteristics and uncertainties, caution is warranted regarding the inclusion of fatigue as part of probable cause because, among other reasons, the incomplete understanding of, and inability to measure, fatigue and its effects make it very difficult to conclude that fatigue is causative; and given how widespread fatigue is, query how much our inclusion of it in the probable cause can help us achieve our ultimate objective, which is the issuance of safety-improving recommendations. In this accident, there is probably ample basis for concluding, based upon sleep alone, that both crewmembers were fatigued to some extent. Less ascertainable, however, is whether their performance was degraded by fatigue enough to be causal or contributory to the accident. As noted above, the flight crew appeared to be working well together and was generally “ahead of the curve,” with a few small exceptions, until the autopilot intercepted the glide slope and they neglected to reduce power when they began their descent. Their satisfactory behavior during most of the flight could support the conclusion that their fatigue was not enough to impair their performance, at least in the earlier stages of the flight. Another possible conclusion, however, is that even if their fatigue were sufficient to impair their performance, their use of standard operating procedures and checklists earlier in the flight may have masked the impairment effects. Yet a third possible conclusion is that, even if fatigue did not measurably impair their performance earlier in the flight, it degraded their performance later in the flight enough to be causal or contributory. These varying and not necessarily consistent conclusions that can be drawn from the evidence demonstrate the difficulty of labeling fatigue as causal to performance impairment. 88
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Another complication derives from the fact that this was a life-threatening experience for the crew. We can probably conclude with some confidence that the crew in this accident considered their situation to be life-threatening, perhaps starting with her query, “What the heck is going on?” at 0435:03, followed by his response, at 0435:04, “You know what? We have no flaps.” Her question and his answer occurred only 84 seconds before the airplane impacted the ground, during about half of which time they were out of the clouds and were able to see the lighted runway and ground rapidly approaching. At least two possibilities come to mind from the fact that the experience was life- threatening. First, the crew probably experienced an adrenaline rush, and the adrenaline may have reduced the impairing effects of fatigue, at least temporarily, in the critical final seconds before impact. I am not aware of any literature on this issue, but intuitively it seems very possible that adrenaline could, at least temporarily, counteract some of the potentially impairing effects of fatigue. Second, their behavior in the final seconds before impact may have been so overwhelmingly influenced by their knowledge that they were in a life-threatening situation that the effects of fatigue were insignificant by comparison. Given this extent of uncertainty, I do not believe that we have adequate basis for concluding in the probable cause that fatigue “likely impaired the captain’s performance.”
89
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Member Mark R. Rosekind, concurring: This accident has generated a constructive debate among the staff and Board Members on several key issues, one of which is fatigue. Such debates support a thorough analysis and are at the core of the NTSB’s mission. I commend the staff and fellow Board Members for raising these issues. This accident involved night shift work, circadian lows, and misconceptions regarding the ability to adjust to overnight operations. As the report adequately sets forth, this accident occurred during the window of circadian low at about 0437. Well-established scientific research demonstrates that this time is associated with severe performance reductions, and increased errors, incidents, and accidents. As a result, accidents involving pilot error that occur within this window of time should be thoroughly examined for fatigue. While mitigation strategies can be employed to somewhat counter the performance impairments caused by fatigue, overnight operations will always be inherently more at risk due to the human body’s internal circadian clock. Scientific research has shown that the circadian clock does not fully adjust to night operations over time without very specific interventions that require ideal conditions and are very difficult to achieve. These targeted interventions require specific manipulation of light/dark exposure and sleep which runs counter to our society. In this accident, both pilots altered their sleep schedules in an effort to adjust their circadian rhythms to their night flying operations. There was no information that either pilot had received education and training about these interventions or had knowledge of the specific actions required to shift circadian rhythms. The First Officer made a more extensive effort to adjust her schedule and maintained it for a longer period of time. Despite these actions, no information indicated she sufficiently employed mitigation strategies to effectively adjust her circadian clock. For example, there is insufficient information to assess her light exposure or whether she slept continuously during her sleep opportunity periods. While I voted for and supported the conclusions set forth in the report, this concurring statement is written, in part, to disagree with the conclusion that the First Officer’s errors “can be explained by her lack of experience in both the airplane and in icing conditions along with the distraction caused by the captain’s nonstandard response to the flap anomaly” (Conclusion 18). The evidence that fatigue contributed to her errors is no less than the evidence suggesting that her lack of experience or the Captain’s nonstandard response contributed to the accident. Finally, this accident exemplifies the increased safety-risks associated with overnight shifts and operations during the window of circadian low (at a minimum between 0300 and 0500) and should guide hours of service regulations, scheduling policies and practices, and safety –sensitive operations affected by circadian factors.
90
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Member Earl F. Weener, concurring in part and dissenting in part: Generally, I agree with the report and recommendations of Notation 8093B, as presented to the Board on Tuesday, April 26, 2011. However, I cannot support the Probable Cause statement, as adopted by the Board, or conclusion number 19. As discussed at the Board meeting, I am unconvinced the investigation or final report provides sufficient evidence to conclude that fatigue impaired the captain’s performance to the extent it can be considered a cause of this accident, not even as a contributory factor. I agree the captain may very well have experienced fatigue, and fatigue may have even played a role in his performance. However, based on the evidence provided in this case, and as presented in the final report, the causal connection between fatigue and the actions leading to this accident has not been made. Probable, as the word implies, means more than simply a possibility. The report initially states that sleep needs vary by individual (p. 66). It then identifies several possibilities to explain the captain’s performance, including past behavior and stress, along with fatigue. From this observation the report concludes that the captain was “likely experiencing some fatigue at the time of the accident,” (emphasis added) (p. 67), and that “fatigue likely degraded his performance” (emphasis added) (p. 68). However, the report fails to provide an explanation for why the possibility of fatigue is any more likely or probable than the other possibilities initially identified. There is an unaccounted leap from several possibilities to explain the captain’s performance to the singular conclusion that fatigue likely degraded the captain’s performance to the extent it became a contributing causal factor of the accident. Further, the report fails to explain how “likely experiencing some fatigue” becomes “likely degraded his performance.” These conclusions, possibilities at best, do not support a finding of probability. The immediate sequence of events leading to the accident began when the First Officer (FO) mismanaged thrust at the interception of the glide slope. This was followed by loss of airspeed leading to activation of stick-shaker and the subsequent disconnect of the autopilot. The FO then had difficulty tracking the ILS localizer and glideslope and quickly deviated from the ILS approach path to the point where the Captain asked if he should take over the approach. At that point, the captain took manual control of an airplane that was likely out of trim and at a power setting inconsistent with the intended ILS flight path. The airmanship errors committed by the FO were certainly on the order of those subsequently made by the captain. Yet, staff conclude that only the captain’s errors were likely caused by fatigue, while the FO’s were not. In my opinion, nothing in the report substantiates this difference. The report does discuss, in great detail, the FO’s actions, which, in turn, substantiates the conclusion that her errors can be explained by lack of experience. However, the same level of detail and analysis is lacking in terms of evaluating the captain’s actions. In fact, it is quite a stark comparison. Also, the report cites a number of authoritative studies concerning the effects of fatigue on human performance. However, the correlation of the studies to the crew’s performance, is ambiguous. The report even acknowledges that the flight crew’s failure to monitor air speed, the identified probable cause of this accident, could be consistent with the known effects of fatigue; and at the same time, the report notes, the same error has been made by 91
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report other crew who were not fatigued (p. 68). Again, at best, fatigue is one of several possibilities that could explain the captain’s performance. Further, when questioned on these points during the Board Meeting, staff again stated that fatigue was one of a number of possibilities that could explain the captain’s performance, and that indeed, it could also be explained by past behavior. The critical basis staff provided for concluding that fatigue was a likely cause of the behavior, was an analysis derived by using the captain’s own judgment that he required 6-8 hours of sleep to “feel rested,” and choosing to use the more conservative end of this range, 8 hours, to arrive at a calculation of a sleep debt of 4 hours. However, I point out that in the initial draft of this report, fatigue was not identified as a causal issue in this investigation. In fact, in briefings with staff in preparation for the Board meeting, staff made a point of stating that they did analyze the role of fatigue in this accident and ruled it out as a factor, as demonstrated in the initial report. When questioned at the Board meeting on why this determination changed, staff explained that in the initial analysis they chose to use the lower end of the captain’s sleep need range, 6 hours, to conduct the analysis and subsequently determined fatigue did not play a role. Candidly, when the outcome of whether a factor contributed to the cause of an accident is dependent on choosing from within a range, the analysis is inconclusive. Finally, I note the probable cause statement in the final draft of the report states the probable cause for this accident was the flight crew’s failure to monitor and maintain a minimum safe airspeed while executing an instrument approach in icing conditions. I further note the original contributing factors to the accident in the initial draft report were limited to: 1) the flight crew’s failure to follow published standard operating procedures in response to a flap anomaly; 2) the captain’s decision to continue with the unstabilized approach; and 3) the flight crew’s poor crew resource management. All of these factors are supported by observable actions or inactions. They were objectively derived, and not one of them is described as simply “likely” to have occurred. In sum, the report and probable cause, as initially proposed, provided a rational and substantiated explanation for the cause of the accident. Although fatigue may have played a role in the captain’s performance during the accident sequence, the final report does not sufficiently make the case that fatigue played a causal role in the event.
92
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Appendixes
Appendix A Investigation and Hearing Investigation The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified about the accident on January 27, 2009. Staff from the NTSB arrived on scene that same day and remained there until January 30, 2009, to conduct the field portion of the investigation. No Board Member accompanied the team. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, the NTSB’s counterpart agencies in France and Canada, the Bureau d’Enquêtes et d’Analyses (BEA) and the Transportation Safety Board (TSB), participated in the investigation as the representatives of the State of Design and Manufacture (Airframe and Powerplants, respectively). Avions de Transport Régional (ATR) and the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) participated as technical advisors to the BEA. Pratt & Whitney, Canada, participated as a technical advisor to the TSB. Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA); Empire Airlines, Inc.; and FedEx Corporation. Public Hearing A public hearing was held on September 22 and 23, 2009, in Washington, D.C. Chairman Deborah A.P. Hersman presided over the hearing. The issues presented at the public hearing included flight crew procedures, crew resource management and decision making, the airline’s training program for flight in icing conditions, and airplane design modifications to monitor and mitigate the effects of icing on airplane performance. Parties to the public hearing were the FAA, Empire Airlines, and ATR. 93
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Appendix B Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript The following is a transcript of transcript of a Fairchild Model A-100A tape CVR, serial number 59653, installed on an Empire Airlines ATR-42-320 (N902FX), which crashed during landing at Preston Smith International Airport in Lubbock, Texas.
LEGEND
CAM Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source
HOT Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source
RDO Radio transmissions from N902FX
CTR Radio transmission from Dallas center controller
APR Radio transmission from the Lubbock approach controller
TWR Radio transmission from the Lubbock tower controller
OPS Radio transmission from Lubbock FedEx Operations
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System sound source
-1 Voice identified as the captain
-2 Voice identified as the first officer
-? Voice unidentified
Unintelligible word Expletive
@ Non-pertinent word
( ) Questionable insertion
[ ] Editorial insertion
Note 1: Times are expressed in CST.
Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed.
Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words as spoken.
Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition of the aircraft.
94
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 95 CVR Quality Rating Scale
The levels of recording quality are characterized by the following traits of the cockpit voice recorder information:
Excellent Quality Virtually all of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The transcript that was developed may indicate only one or two words that were not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript is usually attributed to simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other.
Good Quality Most of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The transcript that was developed may indicate several words or phrases that were not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript can be attributed to minor technical deficiencies or momentary dropouts in the recording system or to a large number of simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other.
Fair Quality The majority of the crew conversations were intelligible. The transcript that was developed may indicate passages where conversations were unintelligible or fragmented. This type of recording is usually caused by cockpit noise that obscures portions of the voice signals or by a minor electrical or mechanical failure of the CVR system that distorts or obscures the audio information.
Poor Quality Extraordinary means had to be used to make some of the crew conversations intelligible. The transcript that was developed may indicate fragmented phrases and conversations and may indicate extensive passages where conversations were missing or unintelligible. This type of recording is usually caused by a combination of a high cockpit noise level with a low voice signal (poor signal-to- noise ratio) or by a mechanical or electrical failure of the CVR system that severely distorts or obscures the audio information.
Unusable Crew conversations may be discerned, but neither ordinary nor extraordinary means made it possible to develop a meaningful transcript of the conversations. This type of recording is usually caused by an almost total mechanical or electrical failure of the CVR system.
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:10:52 START OF RECORDING START OF TRANSCRIPT
04:13:04 HOT
[sound of click]
04:14:08 CTR
Empire eighty two eighty four.
04:14:10 RDO-1
go ahead.
04:14:11 CTR
Empire eighty two eighty four they said that just about anything in use except for the uh back course. winds are out of the north. eight two six runways are closed uh but I couldn't get a definite answer out of them.
04:14:27 RDO-1
eight and two six are closed?
04:14:30 CTR
Empire eighty two eighty four that's what he said.
04:14:34 HOT-2
huh...so that leaves—.
04:14:38 RDO-1
pretty much leaves the runway three five left.
04:14:40 HOT-2
one seven right.
04:14:41 CTR
Empire eighty two eighty four roger.
04:14:45 HOT-2
yeah.
04:14:45 HOT-1
yeah except for he says the winds are out of the north.
96
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:14:48 HOT-2
yeah but he said that their back course isn't an option which is the only runway— the only approach for three five.
04:14:55 HOT-1
what's that? oh. that is. oh.
04:14:59 HOT-1
well it looks like one seven left— right is the only thing available then.
04:15:03 HOT-2
that's what it sounded like but he didn't really sound like he uh knew all that much either. [sound of laughter]
04:15:08 HOT-1
yeah.
04:15:13 HOT-1
two ninteen it looks like for the—.
04:15:17 HOT-2
for POLLO.
04:16:28 HOT-2
aw crap.
04:16:29 HOT-1
what?
04:16:30 HOT-2
I uh screwed up. I always do that...RNAV NAV.
04:18:10 HOT-2
alright I guess we can go ahead and start down.
04:18:12 HOT-1
alright.
04:18:17 RDO-1
Empire eighty two eighty four is vacating uh one four thousand for eight thousand.
97
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:18:22 CTR
Empire eighty two eighty four roger.
04:18:43 HOT-2
alright so descent checklist.
04:18:46 HOT-1
yup. comin' right up.
04:18:52 HOT-1
uh descent...uh anti-ice is on level three. altimeters three zero one three on the left.
04:19:00 HOT-2
on right.
04:19:00 HOT-1
CCAS is clear. belts and harnesses?
04:19:04 HOT-2
on right.
04:19:05 HOT-1
on the left. descent check complete. approach check. landing lights are on uh cabin altitude is set and looks like it's descending nicely over there. flight instruments and radios?
04:19:20 HOT-2
so you're gonna do this?
04:19:22 HOT-1
want me to do it?
04:19:23 HOT-2
sure.
04:19:24 HOT-1
alright. be mine the ILS we'll get vectors over to it and it's gonna beeee the thirty three card. one oh six is the icing speed...one oh six one twelve...uh twenty three and forty three.
98
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:19:51 HOT-1
in the event of a miss it'll be uh climb to thirty seven and a right turn to five hundred feet via the Lubbock one fourteen radial to HYDRO intersection and hold annnd that looks like a parallel entry.
04:20:17 HOT-2
sounds good to me.
04:20:21 HOT-1
climb to thirty seven and a left turn to five out to one fourteen. alright very good. uh questions comments?
04:20:28 HOT-2
acceleration altitude?
04:20:31 HOT-1
uhh.
04:20:33 HOT-2
one seven— where are we? right will be thirty eight eighty.
04:20:38 HOT-1
what is it?
04:20:39 HOT-2
thirty eight eighty.
04:20:39 HOT-1
thirty eight eighty. okay very good.
04:21:02 HOT-2
[sound similar to yawning]
04:21:19 HOT-1
and uh descent approach check is complete.
04:21:24 HOT-2
roger.
04:22:06 CTR
Empire eighty two eighty four contact Lubbock Approach one one niner point two.
99
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:22:11 RDO-1
ninteen two Empire eighty two eighty four good morning.
04:22:16 HOT
[sound similar to frequency change tone]
04:22:19 RDO-1
morning Lubbock Empire eighty two eighty four is out of one zero thousand for eight thousand.
04:22:25 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four Lubbock Approach. [sound of tone]
04:22:29 HOT-1
yup. he needs to answer that phone.
04:22:32 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four Lubbock Approach descend at pilot's discretion maintain six thousand. I haven't had any icing reports. special weather observation at uh one zero zero eight Zulu. wind three five zero at one zero visibility two. light freezing drizzle mist. ceiling five hundred overcast. temperature minus eight dewpoint minus niner. altimeter three zero one two. advise uh braking action advisories are in effect. advise what approach you'd want. runway eight two six is closed.
04:23:05 RDO-1
well that pretty much uh leaves us with one seven right sir.
04:23:14 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four expect ILS runway one seven right.
04:23:17 RDO-1
roger that.
04:23:19 HOT-1
uh—.
04:23:19 HOT-2
right.
04:23:21 HOT-1
two miles five hundred feet.
100
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:23:22 HOT-2
yeah I can do it then.
04:23:23 HOT-1
yup all yours.
04:23:24 HOT-2
cool.
04:23:33 HOT-2
uh uh did you call—.
04:23:33 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four mu readings for runway three five left were twenty four twenty five twenty three.
04:23:40 RDO-1
roger.
04:23:48 HOT-2
what was that he just said?
04:23:50 HOT-1
RVR?
04:23:51 HOT-2
oh RVR.
04:23:51 HOT-1
did he say RVR reading?
04:23:54 HOT-2
he said something. I— I didn't catch what he said.
04:23:58 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four fly heading two niner zero vector for the approach.
04:24:02 RDO-1
two nine zero Empire eighty two eighty four and what was that touchdown zone RVR you said again?
101
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:24:08 APP
well RVR's more than six thousand runway one seven right. and the mu readings for runway three five left touchdown twenty four. midpoint uh twenty five. rollout twenty three.
04:24:21 RDO-1
okay very good. I got you now.
04:24:23 HOT-2
what is it? m—.
04:24:24 HOT-1
oh it's the braking action yeah.
04:24:25 HOT-2
oh braking action.
04:24:27 HOT-2
I got ya. um.
04:24:30 HOT-1
yeah when we get down there just don't do anything like— just keep it going down the center line of the runway. and don't be touching any brakes and make sure that we get two low pitch stops.
04:24:39 HOT-2
okay.
04:24:40 HOT-1
yeah.
04:24:43 HOT-2
did you call ops yet?
04:24:45 HOT-1
no I didn't. uh they're on thirty one ninety two?
04:24:49 HOT-2
yeah.
04:24:51 HOT-2
that's the normal one isn't it? yeah that's it.
102
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:24:53 HOT-1
yeah.
04:24:57 RDO-1
ops eighty two eighty four is like fifteen minutes out.
04:25:13 RDO-1
Lubbock ops eighty two eighty four.
04:25:17 OPS
go ahead eighty two eighty four this is Lubbock.
04:25:17 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
04:25:19 RDO-1
yup uh we're like fifteen minutes out.
04:25:22 OPS
copy that uh eighty two eighty four. we didn't think you guys were comin' in. uh do you know if you 'll be able to depart?
04:25:29 RDO-1
okay uh part of that is broken and unreadable. say again.
04:25:34 OPS
I said we didn't think you guys were coming in this morning. you know if uh you guys are gonna be able to depart?
04:25:40 RDO-1
you got deicing right?
04:25:43 OPS
yeah ten four.
04:25:44 RDO-1
well we don't know yet. we're gonna have to talk about it when we get on the ground.
04:25:49 OPS
okey doke well we'll see you guys in about fifteen minutes.
103
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:25:52 RDO-1
roger that.
04:25:53 HOT-1
good grief.
04:25:54 HOT-2
do they have icing?
04:25:55 HOT-1
well she says oh we didn't know that you guys were coming. I'm thinking doesn't— doesn't AFW— I mean didn't I call back the numbers?
04:25:58 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
04:26:03 HOT-2
yeah...huh...that's great...does that mean we can just go straight to uh Midland? [sound of laughter]
04:26:14 HOT-1
don't we wish.
04:26:18 HOT-1
oh we didn't know you were coming. oh for Gods sake.
04:26:23 HOT-2
exactly.
04:26:30 HOT-1
let's see since we're on a heading we'll go with this. and one oh nine two.
04:26:37 HOT-2
that's the...Midland VOR. so thirteen—.
04:26:42 HOT-1
it is—.
04:26:43 HOT-2
where are we here?
04:26:45 HOT-1
uh it is one oh nine five.
104
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:26:47 HOT-2
one oh nine five for the localizer.
04:26:51 HOT-1
there we go.
04:26:53 HOT-2
one oh nine five set.
04:26:56 HOT-1
and we'll put in—. it is—.
04:27:01 HOT-2
POLLO.
04:27:02 HOT-1
it is I-L-B-B.
04:27:07 HOT-2
cool.
04:27:26 HOT-1
it's like four miles or something. five point five. I'll buy that.
04:27:34 HOT-1
let's see— we're oh we're on heading now right?
04:27:35 HOT-2
we're on heading yeah.
04:27:40 HOT-1
and...what is it uh one seventy two.
04:27:44 HOT-2
and.
04:28:00 HOT-2
very good thank you.
04:28:01 HOT-1
you're welcome.
105
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:28:08 HOT-1
what was that one burp? was that a big chunk of ice going into one of our quality Pratt & Whitney one hundreds out there?
04:28:14 HOT-2
that's what I'm guessing it was. [sound of laughter]
04:28:17 HOT-1
nice. let's see—.
04:28:20 HOT-2
that was a little strange.
04:28:21 HOT-1
yeah *.
04:28:51 HOT-2
alright.
04:29:13 HOT-1
yeah one of the guys told me one time that he was here in Lubbock and it was snowing.
04:29:18 HOT-2
weird.
04:29:35 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four dec— descend and maintain five thousand.
04:29:38 RDO-1
five thousand eighty two eighty four.
04:29:43 HOT-2
five thousand set.
04:29:48 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
04:29:51 HOT-1
one to go.
106
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:29:52 HOT-2
one to go.
04:30:15 HOT
[sound similar to master caution single chime]
04:30:21 HOT-1
wow that was a hell of a change.
04:30:23 HOT-2
no kidding.
04:30:35 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four turn left heading two six zero.
04:30:36 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
04:30:38 RDO-1
two six zero eighty two eighty four.
04:30:41 HOT-2
two six zero...ALT star.
04:30:48 HOT-1
two six zero.
04:31:25 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four turn right heading two eight zero.
04:31:29 RDO-1
two eight zero eighty two eighty four.
04:31:33 APP
wind change between six and five thousand from the south to the north.
04:31:36 HOT-2
hah.
04:31:37 RDO-1
roger.
107
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:31:39 RDO-1
yeah the uh the temperature actually uh dropped uh 'bout eight degrees in that amount of time as well.
04:31:47 APP
yeah you were— you had a— at six thousand you had a south wind blowin' about fifteen degrees to the north and er pushing you off that g— off course that much and when at five thousand it went exactly the opposite.
04:32:01 RDO-1
we concur.
04:32:02 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
04:32:07 HOT-2
my goodness.
04:32:19 RDO-1
when they sent me down here they said that I would uh I'd find things unusual.
04:32:24 APP
that's— that's west Texas weather for sure.
04:32:27 HOT-2
[sound of laughter]
04:32:51 HOT-2
can you ID it for me really quick?
04:32:53 HOT-1
yeah.
04:32:53 HOT-2
thanks.
108
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:33:00 I-LBB
[sound of I-LBB morse code identifier]
04:33:04 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four turn seven miles from the outer marker. turn left heading two one zero. maintain five thousand until established on the localizer. cleared ILS runway one seven right approach.
04:33:13 RDO-1
five thousand two ten until established and cleared for the ILS Empire eighty two eighty four.
04:33:19 HOT-1
you are cleared for the approach and you are identified.
04:33:21 HOT-2
approach...alright thank you.
04:33:26 I-LBB
[sound of I-LBB morse code identifier]
04:33:33 HOT-1
course alive on the left.
04:33:35 HOT-2
LOC star.
04:33:35 HOT-1
and you're ten miles out. we probably better get this thing uh squared away here.
04:33:39 HOT-2
okay.
04:33:41 HOT-1
annnnd there we go.
04:33:44 HOT-2
alright.
04:33:52 APP
Empire eighty two eighty four contact tower one two zero point five.
109
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT
04:33:55 RDO-1
twenty point five thanks a lot. we'll see you on the way out.
04:33:58 APP
roger.
04:33:59 HOT
[sound similar to frequency change tone]
04:34:01 RDO-1
Empire eighty two eighty four is uh checkin' in nine out on the localizer inbound.
04:34:06 TWR
Empire eighty two eighty four Lubbock Tower runway one seven right clear to land. winds zero one ze ro at eight.
04:34:11 RDO-1
roger clear to land.
04:34:14 HOT-2
alright...go.
04:34:24 HOT-2
flaps fifteen gear down landing check.
04:34:29 CAM
[sound similar to landing gear deployment]
04:34:33 HOT-1
alright awww landing check. start selector is continuous relight. power management is in takeoff. icing AOA is on landing gear confirmed three green.
04:34:43 HOT-2
glideslope star.
04:34:48 HOT-2
confirmed.
04:34:48 HOT-1
uh let's see we should have glideslope star.
110
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:34:52 HOT-2
*.
04:34:52 HOT-1
very good...and flaps condition levers to go.
04:34:58 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
04:34:58 HOT-2
alright ah dangit.
04:35:01 HOT
[sound of 0.3 second duration whistle increasing frequency from approximately 835 to 1050 Hz]
04:35:03 HOT-2
what the heck is going on?
04:35:04 HOT-1
you know what? we have no flaps.
04:35:08 HOT-2
aw #.
04:35:09 HOT-1
#.
04:35:10 LB
[sound similar to outer marker]
04:35:15 CAM
[sound of click]
04:35:16 HOT-1
uhh.
04:35:19 HOT-2
*.
04:35:22 TAWS
one thousand.
111
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:35:23 HOT-2
okay.
04:35:28 HOT-1
what the hell?
04:35:30 HOT
[sound similar to stall warning and stickshaker lasting 1.1 seconds]
04:35:31 HOT-2
aw #.
04:35:31 HOT-1
yeah don't do that.
04:35:32 CAM
[sound similar to stall warning lasting 0.3 seconds]
04:35:34 HOT-2
alright.
04:35:36 HOT-1
just keep flying the airplane. okay.
04:35:40 HOT-2
should I go around?
04:35:41 HOT-1
no.
04:35:41 TWR
winds zero one zero at eight.
04:35:43 HOT-1
keep descending.
04:35:44 HOT-2
we're getting pretty close here. [straining]
04:35:45 HOT-1
what's that? you want me to finish it?
112
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:35:47 HOT-2
yes please.
04:35:48 HOT-1
okay my airplane.
04:35:49 HOT-2
your controls.
04:35:50 HOT-?
[sound of heavy breathing]
04:35:52 HOT-2
alright you got power.
04:35:53 HOT
[sound similar to altitude alert]
04:35:58 TAWS
five hundred.
04:36:00 HOT-1
aw #.
04:36:00 HOT
[sound similar to stall warning and stickshaker lasting 0.9 seconds]
04:36:00 TAWS
pull up. pull up.
04:36:02 HOT-1
okay.
04:36:04 HOT-2
there's the runway.
04:36:15 HOT-2
alright your—.
04:36:17 HOT-1
max RPM.
113
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 04:36:17 HOT-2
max RPM.
04:36:19 CAM
[sound similar to RPM increase]
04:36:19 HOT
[sound similar to stall warning and stickshaker lasting 0.5 seconds]
04:36:20 HOT
[sound similar to stall warning and stickshaker lasting 5.4 seconds]
04:36:22 HOT-2
oh #.
04:36:25 HOT-1
#.
04:36:25 HOT-2
#. [straining]
04:36:26 CAM
[sound of beep]
04:36:27 CAM
[sound of impact]
04:36:28 CAM
[sound of grinding and scraping]
04:36:29 CAM
[sound similar to stall warning]
04:36:32 CAM
[sound of continuous repetitive chime continues until end of recording]
04:36:43 CAM
[sound similar to occupants moving around in cockpit]
04:36:45 HOT-1
get out of the airplane. get out of the airplane.
114
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION TIME and
TIME and SOURCE CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 115
04:36:48 CAM
[sound of scraping stops]
04:36:52 CAM-1
go out the— go out the hatch.
04:37:10 CAM-1
there's a fire on the right hand side. go out the left.
04:37:16 CAM-1
no you know what—.
04:37:17 CAM-2
what.
04:37:17 CAM-1
when you get out can you get out—.
04:37:25 CAM
[sound similar to door opening]
04:37:27 CAM-1
*.
04:41:35 END OF TRANSCRIPT END OF RECORDING
FD07385 | 2011_美国_AAR1104.pdf
分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf
Crash After Encounter with Instrument Meteorological Conditions During Takeoff from Remote Landing Site New Mexico State Police Agusta S.p.A. A‐109E, N606SP Near Santa Fe, New Mexico June 9, 2009 Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/04 PB2011-910404
National Transportation Safety Board
NTSB/AAR-11/04 PB2011-910404 Notation 8306 Adopted May 24, 2011
Aircraft Accident Report Crash After Encounter with Instrument Meteorological Conditions During Takeoff from Remote Landing Site New Mexico State Police Agusta S.p.A. A-109E, N606SP Near Santa Fe, New Mexico June 9, 2009
National Transportation Safety Board
490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W. Washington, D.C. 20594
National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Crash After Encounter with Instrument Meteorological Conditions During Takeoff from Remote Landing Site, New Mexico State Police Agusta S.p.A. A-109E, N606SP, Near Santa Fe, New Mexico, June 9, 2009. Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/04. Washington, DC.
Abstract: This accident report discusses the June 9, 2009, accident involving an Agusta S.p.A. A-109E helicopter, N606SP, which impacted terrain following visual flight rules flight into instrument meteorological conditions near Santa Fe, New Mexico. The commercial pilot and one passenger were fatally injured; a highway patrol officer who was acting as a spotter during the accident flight was seriously injured. The entire aircraft was substantially damaged. The helicopter was registered to the New Mexico Department of Public Safety and operated by the New Mexico State Police (NMSP) on a public search and rescue mission under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 without a flight plan. The safety issues discussed in this report include the pilot’s decision-making, flight and duty times and rest periods, NMSP staffing, safety management system programs and risk assessments, communications between the NMSP pilots and volunteer search and rescue organization personnel, instrument flying, and flight-following equipment.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting:
National Transportation Safety Board Records Management Division, CIO-40 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW Washington, DC 20594 (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551
NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-910404 from:
National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000
The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter mentioned in the report.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Contents Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iv Abbreviations and Acronyms .......................................................................................................v Executive Summary .................................................................................................................... vii
- Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
- 1 History of Flight .......................................................................................................................1
- 2 Injuries to Persons ..................................................................................................................10
- 3 Damage to Aircraft .................................................................................................................10
- 4 Other Damage .........................................................................................................................10
- 5 Personnel Information ............................................................................................................10
- 5.1 The Pilot .......................................................................................................................10
- 5.1.1 Professional Background...............................................................................10
- 5.1.2 Pilot Personal Background and Medical History ..........................................14
- 5.1.3 Pilot Schedule and Duties .............................................................................15
- 5.1.4 Pilot Recent and 72-Hour History .................................................................16
- 5.2 The Spotter ...................................................................................................................17
- 6 Aircraft Information ...............................................................................................................18
- 6.1 General Information .....................................................................................................18
- 6.2 Helicopter Seating and Restraints ................................................................................19
- 7 Meteorological Information ...................................................................................................20
- 7.1 General .........................................................................................................................20
- 7.2 Local Airport Weather Information .............................................................................21
- 7.3 Local Witness Reports .................................................................................................21
- 8 Aids to Navigation ..................................................................................................................21
- 9 Communications .....................................................................................................................22
- 10 Airport Information ................................................................................................................22
- 11 Flight Recorders .....................................................................................................................22
- 12 Wreckage and Impact Information .........................................................................................22
- 12.1 Seats and Restraints ....................................................................................................23
- 12.1.1 Pilot Seat (Right Front) and Restraint System ............................................23
- 12.1.2 Aft, Forward-Facing Passenger Seats and Restraint Systems .....................23
- 13 Medical and Pathological Information ...................................................................................23
- 14 Fire ..........................................................................................................................................24
- 15 Survival Aspects .....................................................................................................................25
- 15.1 Postaccident Search and Rescue Efforts ......................................................................25
- 16 Tests and Research .................................................................................................................27
- 16.1 Emergency Locator Transmitter’s Distress Signal Information ..................................27
- 16.2 Radar Study ..................................................................................................................27
- 17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................28
- 17.1 NMSP Aviation Section—General Information .........................................................28
- 17.2 NMSP Aviation Section Personnel and Chain of Command......................................28
i
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1.17.3 Aviation Section Policies, Procedures, and Practices ..................................................29 1.17.3.1 Flight Operations and Training ...................................................................29 1.17.3.2 Pilot Flight and Duty Time ..........................................................................30 1.17.3.3 SAR Helicopter Support Information .........................................................31 1.17.3.3.1 Prelaunch Decision-Making .............................................................. 31 1.17.3.3.2 Risk Management During SAR Missions ......................................... 32 1.17.3.4 Crew Staffing and Equipment Practices ......................................................33 1.17.4 NMSP Aviation Section Staffing .................................................................................33 1.17.5 Postaccident NMSP Actions .......................................................................................34 1.18 Additional Information ...........................................................................................................35 1.18.1 New Mexico Search and Rescue Act and Plan ...........................................................35 1.18.2 Public Aircraft Operations ...........................................................................................36 1.18.3 Airborne Law Enforcement Association Standards ....................................................37 1.18.4 Safety Management System Programs .......................................................................38 1.18.5 Previously Issued Safety Recommendations ..............................................................39 1.18.5.1 Pilot Flight and Duty Time and Rest Period Limitations ............................39 1.18.5.2 Safety Management Systems ......................................................................40 1.18.5.3 Risk Management and Assessment .............................................................41 1.18.5.4 Flight Following and Dispatch Procedures .................................................42 1.18.5.5 Helicopter Pilot Training for Inadvertent Encounters with IMC ................43 1.18.5.6 FAA Oversight of Public Operations ..........................................................44
- Analysis .....................................................................................................................................45
- 1 General .....................................................................................................................................45
- 2 Pilot Decision-Making ...........................................................................................................46
- 2.1 Decision to Launch on the Mission .............................................................................46
- 2.2 Decision-Making During the Mission .........................................................................48
- 3 Factors Affecting the Pilot’s Decision-Making ......................................................................50
- 3.1 Fatigue..........................................................................................................................51
- 3.2 Self-Induced Pressure ..................................................................................................53
- 3.3 Situational Stress ..........................................................................................................53
- 3.4 Summary of Factors Affecting the Pilot’s Decision-Making ......................................54
- 4 Organizational Issues .............................................................................................................54
- 4.1 Risk Assessments and Safety Management Systems ...................................................54
- 4.2 NMSP Flight and Duty Time, Rest Period Limitations, and Staffing .........................57
- 5 Relationship with the Volunteer Search and Rescue Organization ........................................59
- 6 Instrument Flying ...................................................................................................................60
- 7 Emergency Locating Equipment ............................................................................................61
- Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................63
- 1 Findings ..................................................................................................................................63
- 2 Probable Cause .......................................................................................................................65
- Recommendations ....................................................................................................................66
ii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
- Appendixes ...............................................................................................................................68
Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing .............................................................................68 Appendix B: NMSP Aviation Section “Policies and Procedures” Document ...............................69 iii
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Figures Figure 1. Google Earth map showing pertinent helicopter radar data and other points of interest near the accident site. ...................................................................................................................... 6 Figure 2. View of the accident location. ........................................................................................ 7 Figure 3. Aerial photograph showing the main fuselage wreckage location, circled in red, on the west side of the lake. ....................................................................................................................... 8 Figure 4. Photograph showing the helicopter main fuselage wreckage. ........................................ 9 Figure 5. Photograph at ground view looking from the helicopter main fuselage wreckage location in a southerly direction up the ridge that the accident helicopter rolled down. ................ 9 Figure 6. Preaccident photograph of the accident helicopter. ...................................................... 18 Figure 7. Google Earth image with a blue line showing the likely route that the SAR ground team took from the SAR IB (E) to the helicopter main wreckage location (C). ........................... 26
iv
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report Abbreviations and Acronyms AC advisory circular AFRCC U.S. Air Force Rescue Coordination Center agl above ground level ALEA Airborne Law Enforcement Association ATC air traffic control ATP airline transport pilot AXX Angel Fire Airport CFR Code of Federal Regulations DPS Department of Public Safety ELT emergency locator transmitter EMS emergency medical services FAA Federal Aviation Administration FLIR forward-looking infrared FSDO flight standards district office G One G is equivalent to the acceleration caused by the Earth’s gravity (32.174 feet per second squared) GPS global positioning system HEMS helicopter emergency medical services IACP International Association of Chiefs of Police IB incident base IFR instrument flight rules IMC instrument meteorological conditions METAR meteorological aerodrome report v
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report MHz megahertz msl mean sea level MSP Maryland State Police NASAO National Association of State Aviation Officials nm nautical miles NMSP New Mexico State Police NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NPRM notice of proposed rulemaking NTSB National Transportation Safety Board NWS National Weather Service OCC operations control center PIC pilot-in-command PIO public information officer PLB personal emergency locator beacon SAF Santa Fe Municipal Airport SAR search and rescue SARSAT Search and Rescue Satellite-Aided Tracking SIGMET significant meteorological information SMS safety management system SOP standard operating procedure TAF terminal aerodrome forecast USFS U.S. Forest Service VFR visual flight rules VMC visual meteorological conditions vi
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report vii Executive Summary On June 9, 2009, about 2135 mountain daylight time, an Agusta S.p.A. A-109E helicopter, N606SP, impacted terrain following visual flight rules flight into instrument meteorological conditions near Santa Fe, New Mexico. The commercial pilot and one passenger were fatally injured; a highway patrol officer who was acting as a spotter during the accident flight was seriously injured. The entire aircraft was substantially damaged. The helicopter was registered to the New Mexico Department of Public Safety and operated by the New Mexico State Police (NMSP) on a public search and rescue mission under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 without a flight plan. The helicopter departed its home base at Santa Fe Municipal Airport, Santa Fe, New Mexico, about 1850 in visual meteorological conditions; instrument meteorological conditions prevailed when the helicopter departed the remote landing site about 2132. The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this accident was the pilot’s decision to take off from a remote, mountainous landing site in dark (moonless) night, windy, instrument meteorological conditions. Contributing to the accident were an organizational culture that prioritized mission execution over aviation safety and the pilot’s fatigue, self-induced pressure to conduct the flight, and situational stress. Also contributing to the accident were deficiencies in the NMSP aviation section’s safety-related policies, including lack of a requirement for a risk assessment at any point during the mission; inadequate pilot staffing; lack of an effective fatigue management program for pilots; and inadequate procedures and equipment to ensure effective communication between airborne and ground personnel during search and rescue missions. The safety issues discussed in this report include the pilot’s decision-making, flight and duty times and rest periods, NMSP staffing, safety management system programs and risk assessments, communications between the NMSP pilots and volunteer search and rescue organization personnel, instrument flying, and flight-following equipment.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 1
- Factual Information
- 1 History of Flight
On June 9, 2009, about 2135 mountain daylight time,1 an Agusta2 S.p.A. A-109E helicopter, N606SP, impacted terrain following visual flight rules (VFR) flight into instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) near Santa Fe, New Mexico. The commercial pilot and one passenger were fatally injured; a highway patrol officer who was acting as a spotter during the accident flight was seriously injured. The entire aircraft was substantially damaged. The helicopter was registered to the New Mexico Department of Public Safety (DPS) and operated by the New Mexico State Police (NMSP) on a public search and rescue (SAR) mission under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 91 without a flight plan. The helicopter departed its home base at Santa Fe Municipal Airport (SAF), Santa Fe, New Mexico, about 1850 in visual meteorological conditions (VMC); IMC prevailed when the helicopter departed the remote landing site about 2132. The mission was initiated after a lost hiker used her cellular telephone to call 911, and the 911 operator transferred the call to an NMSP dispatcher about 1646.3 The hiker, who was a citizen of Japan, had difficulty communicating in English. However, during her initial and subsequent telephone calls, she told the dispatcher that she had become separated from her hiking companion (her boyfriend) and was lost in the Pecos Wilderness Area about 20 miles northeast of Santa Fe and was feeling very cold.4 The local district shift supervisor, who was present in the dispatch office, asked an NMSP patrol officer to initiate a SAR effort, and the patrol officer asked the dispatcher to notify the volunteer New Mexico SAR command, which the dispatcher did about 1715.5 While the SAR command was organizing the SAR effort, a district sergeant (the outgoing police shift supervisor) made the decision to have the dispatcher contact the accident pilot and ask him to initiate an aerial search for the lost hiker. Because there were no roads into the search area, ground SAR teams would have to hike in, which would delay the rescue. The outgoing shift supervisor stated that he believed that a more immediate helicopter SAR effort was needed.6 In the meantime, ground SAR personnel began to set up the incident base (IB) at a local ski resort; it was later determined that the IB was about 4 nautical miles (nm) from the hiker’s location. Per the sergeant’s instructions, the dispatcher called the accident pilot and, about 1756, put him on
1 All times in this report are mountain daylight time based on a 24-hour clock. 2 Agusta and Westland signed a joint venture agreement in 2001. In 2004, Finmeccania acquired a 50 percent stake in the combined company. Agusta is now known as AgustaWestland. 3 Times are based on NMSP dispatch recordings, unless otherwise noted. The NMSP dispatch times are corrected for an error of about 24 minutes. 4 The lost hiker had only a light jacket and no cold-weather survival gear. 5 For additional information regarding New Mexico SAR operations, see section 1.18.1. 6 Postaccident interviews indicated that, during the decision to launch the helicopter on the SAR mission, several state police personnel expressed their concern that the hiker would not have been able to survive on the mountain overnight because she lacked warm clothing and other survival equipment.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 2 the line with the incoming police shift supervisor to discuss the proposed mission. According to NMSP dispatch recordings, the shift supervisor asked the pilot if he “[felt] like going up again” to support the SAR effort and described the general location of the search. Initially, the pilot responded that it was too windy to fly in the described area at that time of day, but he offered to fly the mission at first light or during the night (using night vision goggles) if the winds were calmer. The shift supervisor accepted the pilot’s decision, and they ended the telephone call. About 1800, the accident pilot called the dispatcher to further discuss the proposed mission. He indicated to the dispatcher that he had just checked the winds, and he thought that he probably could fly the helicopter to look for the hiker. The accident pilot (who was the dispatcher’s husband) was the chief pilot for the NMSP’s aviation section and had already worked a full 8-hour shift (including three previous flights) that day. Postaccident interviews indicated that he contacted the other full-time NMSP aviation section helicopter pilot about flying the mission; when the other pilot was unavailable, the accident pilot accepted the mission himself. The dispatcher stated that she connected the accident pilot with the patrol officer who had been designated as the mission initiator. The patrol officer requested and received the accident pilot’s permission to ride in the helicopter and act as spotter during the search. The patrol officer/spotter then photocopied a topographical map of the search area, gathered SAR-related paperwork (including contact numbers for SAR personnel), and drove to SAF to meet the accident pilot. The spotter stated that he arrived at SAF and found the accident pilot already in the hangar office. According to the spotter, the pilot told him to “take all [his] gear off” because it was too bulky for him to wear in the cockpit. As a result, the spotter removed his uniform shirt, bulletproof vest, and other police equipment and stowed them in the hangar. The spotter stated that the pilot performed a preflight inspection of the helicopter, gave the spotter a safety briefing, and helped him fasten his safety harness. The spotter said the pilot warned him that it could be windy and/or bumpy in the mountains; he did not recall the pilot saying anything else about the weather or mentioning any other safety-related concerns about the flight. The spotter stated that it was warm7 and sunny and not very windy when they took off from SAF about 1850. There were few clouds, and there was little turbulence on the way to the search area (which was at a much higher elevation; the lake near which the hiker and her companion were hiking was located at 11,700 feet mean sea level [msl])8. About 1851, the pilot radioed the dispatcher to indicate that he and the spotter had departed SAF and that they were en route to the search area. According to dispatch records, the pilot and spotter searched for the lost hiker for more than 1 hour and coordinated with the dispatcher (who was speaking with the hiker on her cellular telephone) to help identify the
7 The National Weather Service daily summary indicated that the high temperature at SAF at 1853 (about 3 minutes after the helicopter departed SAF) was 68° F. 8 Unless otherwise indicated, all altitudes in this report are msl. SAF, the helicopter’s departure point, was located about 20 miles southwest of the landing site at an elevation of 6,348 feet.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 3 hiker’s location.9 Although the hiker told the dispatcher that she was able to hear the helicopter operating nearby relatively early during the search, she was unable to provide much information that could help narrow the search (such as describing her position relative to the sun, nearby landmarks, or terrain features). She told the dispatcher that she was in a small clearing surrounded by trees and could not identify any landmarks. About 1927, the pilot advised the dispatcher, “We’re dealing with a lot of wind up here…not to worry because we’re going to hang out until we get eyes on [the hiker] and go from there.” About 15 minutes later, the hiker told the dispatcher that the helicopter was directly above her; the dispatcher relayed this information to the pilot, who then relayed the helicopter’s latitude and longitude coordinates back to the dispatcher. The pilot descended, flew in the vicinity of those coordinates, and continued searching until he and the spotter made visual contact with the hiker, which occurred about 2010.10 After locating the hiker, the pilot stated, “all we need to do now is find a place to land… .” About 2 minutes later, the pilot asked the dispatcher if the hiker was ambulatory, stating that the closest place he would be able to land was about 0.5 mile uphill from her. Initially, because the hiker was not physically injured, the dispatcher responded that the hiker was ambulatory. However, according to dispatch recordings, the hiker subsequently told the dispatcher that she could not walk uphill or very far because she was very cold. In addition, the hiker stated that she could not see very well and did not know which way to hike. As a result, about 2015 (about 4 minutes before sunset), the dispatcher asked the pilot if he could land on top of the hill and send the spotter down to retrieve the hiker. The pilot said, “That’s about the only thing we’re going to be able to do.” The spotter stated that the pilot made several passes over a large clearing on top of the ridge above the hiker before he landed the helicopter and shut off its engines. According to the spotter, the ride was very bumpy near the ground. After the helicopter landed on the ridge (at an elevation of about 11,600 feet msl), the spotter opened his door, felt very strong, cold westerly winds, and observed that it was starting to sleet. About 2030, the spotter contacted the dispatcher by cellular telephone to say that they had landed and to ask if the hiker was walking toward them. The dispatcher then advised the spotter that she thought that the hiker “did not want to move.” The spotter hung up to confer with the pilot, and, about 2 minutes later, the pilot called the dispatcher to clarify the hiker’s intentions. The dispatcher told the pilot that she believed the hiker expected them to help her to the helicopter. About 2033, the pilot (who was wearing an unlined summer-weight flight suit) told the dispatcher that he knew the hiker’s general location, and he was going to walk down the hill to look for her while the spotter stayed with the helicopter. He added, “It’s going to start snowing up here and if it does that, I’ve got to get the [expletive] out of here.” The pilot told the dispatcher to tell the hiker to listen for him and blow her whistle to help him find her. He commented, “I’m not going to spend a lot of time or we’re going to have two search and rescues.” This call ended about 2035. According to the spotter, the pilot promptly left the
9 During the accident SAR mission, the dispatcher also relayed an inquiry from another NMSP pilot about a previously scheduled law enforcement mission for later that evening. The accident pilot responded, “I'll try to accommodate it, but I want to find this gal, at least have a good lock on her [location].” 10 According to the spotter, they saw the hiker just as it was getting dark. Astronomical data indicated that, on the day of the accident, sunset and the end of civil twilight (beginning of nighttime conditions) in the Santa Fe area occurred about 2019 and 2049, respectively. The moon had not yet risen when the accident occurred.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 4 helicopter (without stopping to retrieve a flashlight from his flight bag) and walked down the heavily forested slope to search for the hiker. Also according to the spotter, it got windier and began “sleeting like crazy” after the pilot left. About 2045, the dispatcher reached the hiker on her cellular telephone and advised her that the pilot was walking down the hill toward her. The dispatcher remained on the telephone with the hiker and advised her to yell or whistle for the pilot. About 2053, the dispatcher heard the pilot and the hiker yelling to each other, and then the cellular telephone call ended. About 2103, the dispatcher called the spotter to inform him that the pilot had located the hiker, and she asked him to yell to help the pilot find his way back to the helicopter in the dark. The spotter told the dispatcher that the weather conditions were “windy,” and there was a “big cloud bank overhead.” About 2113, the SAR area commander called the NMSP dispatcher and said he was worried because the weather conditions were deteriorating in the mountains and the SAR team had not heard anything from the pilot.11 The dispatcher connected the SAR area commander with the spotter’s cellular telephone. According to the SAR area commander, the spotter (who was still waiting for the pilot in the helicopter) reported that the winds were blowing and that the clouds were moving in. The area commander advised the spotter that, if the weather continued to deteriorate and they were unable to take off, they should “hang tight” in the helicopter and use its engines to generate heat until ground SAR personnel could reach them. According to SAR documents, about 2120, two SAR ground teams left the incident base, heading toward the helicopter’s last known position.12 The spotter told National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators that it was completely dark when he heard the pilot and the hiker approaching the helicopter,13 so the spotter exited the helicopter and used the pilot’s flashlight to help the pilot locate the helicopter in the dark. The spotter saw the pilot, carrying the hiker, about 35 to 40 yards away.14 About 2124, the spotter called the NMSP shift supervisor to report that the pilot had returned with the hiker. The shift supervisor asked about their intentions, and the spotter responded, “I don’t know, let me talk to [the pilot]. He’s getting some heat on right now. He’s a little out of breath. He was [carrying] her up [the hill].” The spotter told the shift supervisor that they would call back and ended the call. While the pilot prepared the helicopter for takeoff, the spotter helped the hiker get buckled into the right-side, forward-facing, aft passenger seat and then he buckled himself into the left-side, forward-facing, aft passenger seat. About 2127, the spotter called the NMSP dispatcher and advised her that they were going to fly back to Santa Fe. The helicopter’s engines could be heard starting during this recorded call.
11 According to SAR protocol, NMSP pilots involved in SAR efforts should be in communication with SAR personnel; however, communication issues often arise in mountainous terrain. 12 The SAR IB was more than 4 nm over rugged terrain from the lost hiker’s approximate position (based on the coordinates the pilot reported). The IB was established at a local ski area, which was the nearest site to the lost hiker that could be reached by motor vehicle. 13 The night of the accident was particularly dark, with no moonlight. In addition, the sky was overcast, minimizing starlight, and there were no ground lights in the remote area where the helicopter had landed. 14 The spotter stated that it was still snowing or sleeting lightly when the pilot and hiker arrived at the helicopter but that the snow was not sticking to the ground.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 5 The spotter stated that he estimated that the helicopter was pointing south and that he recalled that no city lights were visible to him as they prepared for takeoff. The spotter said that, before they lifted off, the pilot pointed out his right window; the spotter thought this gesture meant that they would be flying in that direction. During a postaccident interview conducted in the hospital 2 days after he was rescued, the spotter said that he thought the pilot was pointing toward a “break in the clouds” or a “little cloud free tunnel.” During a subsequent interview, the spotter clarified this remark, stating that there was “nothing but gray” outside, and, although there may have been some sort of “separation” in the clouds, he was not certain whether the pilot was pointing at something in particular. The spotter stated that the pilot took off and began to maneuver the helicopter in the direction that he had pointed; however, the spotter stated that, almost immediately after takeoff, the helicopter was in the clouds with “zero visibility” and that the flight was very turbulent. The helicopter appeared on radar15 at 2132:48, and numerous radar targets for the helicopter were recorded before the last radar target was recorded at 2135:25.16 The radar data indicated that the helicopter initially headed northwest from the remote landing site. Subsequently (beginning a little more than 1 minute after the helicopter first appeared on radar), the data indicated that the helicopter began to fly erratically in a northeasterly direction and to climb, crossing terrain as high as 12,500 feet before descending rapidly near the crash site. See figure 1 for a map with the pertinent radar data shown.17 The spotter recalled hearing the pilot curse and then felt the helicopter pitch up abruptly, after which it began to make a grinding noise and the ride “got wild.” He said he assumed that the helicopter’s tail had hit something, and he stated that it seemed as if the pilot was struggling to control the helicopter. The spotter recalled that, after the abrupt pull-up, the helicopter moved in a “jerky” fashion, like there was “obviously something wrong”; however, he could not tell exactly how the helicopter maneuvered because he could not see anything outside. Dispatch recordings show that, at 2134:10, the pilot radioed the dispatcher, asking if she could hear him. After the dispatcher responded in the affirmative, the pilot stated, “I struck a mountainside. [I’m] going down.” The dispatcher asked, “Are you [okay]?” and the pilot replied, “negative.” The pilot continued to key his microphone, and, on the dispatch recording, he could be heard breathing rapidly for about the next 39 seconds. The dispatcher inquired, “Santa Fe 606?” The pilot then said, “hang on [unintelligible],” and the radio transmission cut off immediately thereafter. The last radar return for the helicopter was recorded at 2135:25.18
15 The applicable radar data were provided by the U.S. Air Force from its radar sites at Mesa Rica and West Mesa, New Mexico. 16 For additional information on the helicopter’s radar data, see section 1.16.2. 17 The radar data provided by the U.S. Air Force were not corrected for barometric pressures that differed from the standard 29.92 inches of mercury, which resulted in altitude offset errors that made it appear as if the helicopter’s flightpath continued through terrain in some locations. The altitude of the data shown in this map have been adjusted to show the approximate ground track above terrain. 18 Time information from the dispatch recordings and radar data were not synchronized; therefore, it is unknown how long the helicopter continued flying after the end of the pilot’s last radio transmission.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
Figure 1. Google Earth map showing pertinent helicopter radar data and other points of interest near the accident site. Note: Helicopter radar data are indicated by red dots connected by white lines. The map also shows the hiker’s approximate location (A); the helicopter’s likely landing zone, confirmed by the spotter (B); the main wreckage location (C); SAF (D); and the approximate location of the SAR IB (E). A compass showing north is located in the upper left corner. 6
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 7 Examination of the accident site showed that the helicopter impacted terrain for the second time point at an elevation of 11,970 feet,19 about 1 nm north-northeast of the hiker’s location and about 21 nm northeast of SAF, near the top of a steep ridgeline. Investigators were unable to identify the exact location of the helicopter’s first impact with terrain, which the pilot referenced in his radio transmission. After the second impact, the helicopter rolled down a steep, rock-covered slope.20 During this descent, components of the helicopter separated from the fuselage, and the pilot and hiker were ejected. The separated portion of the tailboom was located at an elevation of about 11,780 feet, and the main fuselage was located at an elevation of about Figure 2. View of the accid 11,490 feet (see figure 2). ent location. ghest piece of wreckage debris (A), highest impact marks (B), compass showing north. wreckage. Although he was injured, the spotter crawled out of the helicopter to look for the pilot and hiker. The spotter stated that when he exited the helicopter, it was snowing, dark, and
Note: The map shows the locations of the hi tailboom (C), main fuselage wreckage (D), and a According to the spotter, when the helicopter came to a stop, he was alone in the fuselage 21
19 The elevations described in this section are based on Google Earth elevations with onsite global positioning system readings and topographical map elevations taken into consideration. 20 e NTSB estimated that the average slope gradient between the highest uphill ground strike and the main wrec ed serious injuries during the accident, incl Th kage was about 35°, with portions of the hill near vertical. 21 The postaccident medical diagnosis indicated that the spotter sustain uding a broken ankle, chipped vertebrae, separated ribs, and bumps and bruises to his head. He also suffered from hypothermia.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 8 hazy, w ccident site as dangerously steep, rocky, and covered with snow and ice (see figures 3, 4, and 5). Figure 3. Aerial photograph showing the main fuselage wreckage location, circled in red, on the west side of the lake. Note: A compass showing north is located in the upper left corner.
ith poor visibility. He could still distinguish nearby objects and he could see that there was a lot of snow on the ground. He yelled to the pilot and he heard the pilot yell his name in return, albeit from a distance. The spotter saw the hiker’s body lying close to the wreckage. He checked her vital signs and determined that she was deceased. He removed her jacket and put it on to stay warm. He was unable to locate the pilot, who was no longer responding to his calls.22 The spotter took shelter for the night inside the wrecked fuselage of the helicopter. The next day, the spotter tried to hike down the mountain for help and was subsequently located (about 5.5 miles from the SAR IB) by ground search teams about 1155. About 1311, the spotter was airlifted to a hospital. SAR ground teams did not locate the helicopter’s wreckage until 1816. The SAR ground teams described the a
22 During one postaccident interview, the spotter stated that he yelled to the pilot repeatedly after the pilot’s first response, and he believed that he heard him respond once again, more faintly. However, in a second interview, the spotter stated that the pilot did not respond after the first call. The location of the pilot’s body was not precisely documented by rescue teams; therefore, his precise location, relative to the wreckage, is unknown.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 9 Figure 4. Photograph showing the helicopter main fuselage wreckage. Figure 5. Photograph at ground view looking from the helicopter main fuselage wreckage location in a southerly direction up the ridge that the accident helicopter rolled down. Note: The location of the separated portion of the tailboom is indicated by the red circle at the base of the tree.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 10 1.2 Injuries to Persons Table. Injury chart. Injuries Flight Crew Cabin Crew Passengers Other Total Fatal 1 0 1 0 2 Serious 0 0 0 1 1 Minor 0 0 0 0 0 None 0 0 0 0 0 Total 1 0 1 1 3 Note: Title 49 CFR 830.2, “Definitions,” states that a serious injury is any injury that (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, starting within 7 days from the date that the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone, except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or the nose; (3) causes severe hemorrhages or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. The helicopter was substantially damaged by impact forces as a result of damage to the fuselage, main and tail rotors, and tailboom. 1.4 Other Damage No other damage occurred as a result of this accident. 1.5 Personnel Information 1.5.1 The Pilot 1.5.1.1 Professional Background According to NMSP records, the pilot, age 36, completed high school at the New Mexico Military Institute23 and served in the U.S. Marine Corps and U.S. Marine Corps Reserve from 1991 to 1997. He was hired by NMSP as a patrol officer in 1995. After he completed recruit training, the pilot spent 2 years as a patrol officer and was then transferred to the NMSP academy where he worked as a police instructor. While at the academy, he became a lead instructor and served on the NMSP special weapons assault team. 1.3 Damage to Aircraft
23 The New Mexico Military Institute is a college-preparatory military boarding high school located in Roswell, New Mexico.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 11 In November 2002, the p section, began his pilot training, and worked as ilot was transferred to a pilot position in the NMSP aviation a pilot until the time of the accident. In obtained a private pilot certificate and airplane single-engine land rating. In October 2003, he obtained an airplane multi-engine land rating, and, in April 2005, he obtained a comm pilot c ith air e- and ne lan irplane instrument ratings. In August 2005, the pilot completed Cessna 421 initial training at FlightSafety International, Incorporated’s facility in Long Beach, California.24 In early 2006, the pilot began helicopter flight training estern Helicopters and ea d a rotorcra r rating for his private pilot certificate on February 16, 2006. the NMSP rank of patrol officer to that of sergeant and was assigned the additional duties of NMSP public information officer (PIO).25 In July and August 2007, the pilot received more advanced helicopter training, including a 3-hour mountain flying ground school course, and earned a rotorcraft/helicopter rating for his commercial pilot certificate on August 1, 2007. The pilot did not have a helicopter instrument Records indicate that, on July 10, 2008, the pilot completed an Agusta A-109E ground with an independent instructor, which also included mountain o, dated July 23, 2008, from the DPS cabinet secretary to the then-ch missions, and for SAR missions below 9,000 feet.27 The memo indicated that the pilot was by a more experienced pilot when operating the helicopter above us terrain. No NMSP documentation indicated that the 9,000-foot restrict interviews, several individuals in the acc eved that the restriction had been removed after the pilot completed a mountain flying course with an independent instructor.28 t he did provide the pilot with mountain flying training
May 2003, the pilot ercial ertificate w plane singl multi-engi d and a with W rne ft/helicopte In February 2007, the pilot was promoted from rating, nor was such a rating specifically required for NMSP aviation section helicopter operations, which were typically conducted in VFR conditions.26 and initial flight training course flying training. A subsequent mem ief pilot of the NMSP aviation section stated that the pilot was authorized to operate the accident helicopter in VFR conditions with passengers in daylight, for all law enforcement required to be accompanied 9,000 feet or in mountaino ion had been removed. However, during postaccident ident pilot’s chain of command stated that they beli The independent instructor stated tha
24 The pilot subsequently completed recurrent training at the same facility in December 2006 and anagers, the pilot was promoted to sergeant because they saw lead d- and rotary-wing pilot with the U.S. Air Force and NMSP and had held the NMSP aviation section chief pilot position until he retired from the NMSP in 1994. He was appointed as DPS cabinet secretary in 2003 and had since received annual training in the Agusta A-109E. According to the adjutant chief of police, the DPS cabinet secretary “kept a pretty close eye on what was going on” in the aviation section. tween July 7 and 10, 2008. February 2007. 25 According to the chief of police and other NMSP m ership potential in him and because they wanted a smooth transition when the then-chief pilot retired. They stated that they assigned the pilot PIO duties because they needed someone to perform those functions, and the pilot was articulate and presented himself well in an NMSP uniform. 26 The NMSP aviation section’s “Policies and Procedures” document (which is reproduced in appendix B) required aviation section pilots to have an instrument rating. It did not explicitly require a helicopter instrument rating for helicopter operations. According to NMSP personnel, the aviation section helicopter was not intended to be operated in instrument flight rules (IFR) conditions. 27 The DPS cabinet secretary stated that he had been a fixe 28 The accident pilot’s logbook indicated that he received some mountain flying instruction from the independent instructor be
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 12 during ixed- and rotary-wing) in the 90, 60, and 30 dicated that he was not taking any prescription medication. the training completed on July 10; however, the pilot’s training folder and logbook did not reflect any mountain flying training after the DPS cabinet secretary’s July 23, 2008, memo.29 In January 2009, the pilot completed an initial ground and flight training course for the night vision goggle system used by NMSP.30 Also in January 2009, in addition to his other duties, the pilot was appointed chief pilot of the aviation section. According to NMSP records, the pilot had accumulated about 1,331 total flight hours, including about 482 hours in helicopters, of which about 411 hours were in the Agusta A-109E helicopter.31 He had flown about 70, 52, 29, and 2.2 hours (f days, and 24 hours, respectively, before the accident flight. A review of the pilot’s helicopter logbook indicated that he met the night currency requirements for airplanes and helicopters, as specified in 14 CFR 61.57(b).32 A review of the pilot’s fixed-wing logbook indicated that he met Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) instrument currency requirements for airplanes, as specified in 14 CFR 61.57(c).33 The pilot’s most recent FAA first-class medical certificate, dated November 13, 2008, bore no limitations. During his aviation medical examination, the pilot reported no current health problems and in A search of FAA records revealed no accident or incident history, enforcement action, pilot certificate or rating failure, or retest history. A search of the National Driver Register found no record of driver’s license suspension or revocation. Pilots who had flown with the accident pilot described his helicopter flying skills favorably to NTSB investigators. In addition to the accident pilot, NMSP employed a full-time helicopter pilot, a part-time helicopter pilot, and a full-time fixed-wing pilot (all of whom had more flight experience than the accident pilot). The full-time helicopter pilot, who flew
29 The NTSB’s review of the insurance policy covering the operations of the aviation section and the accident pilot revealed no restrictions regarding the pilot’s flight above 9,000 feet msl. 30 According to the former chief pilot, all of the NMSP aviation section pilots received night vision goggle training so they could be Federal Aviation Administration-certificated to use the goggles even though NMSP (as a public operator) was not required to certify its pilots. The accident pilot’s training folder indicated that he had rece s helicopter missions using night vision goggles before he completed a formal night vision goggle train any of these flights, the pilot was flying with more expe ccurred at night. During the 90 days preceding the accident, the p owed only in the aircraft for which the privilege is earned. Records showed that, during the 6 m uvers in fixed-wing aircraft. ived training in system description and operation, terrain interpretation, pinnacle/ridgeline and confined area operations, and inadvertent IMC and emergency procedures. However, the pilot’s helicopter logbook indicated that he fl numerou ew ing course. 31 A comparison of the pilot’s helicopter logbook with the helicopter’s maintenance logbooks indicated that, after the accident pilot received his private pilot helicopter rating, almost all of his helicopter flight time was logged as pilot-in-command. Logbook records indicated that, during m rienced helicopter pilots, who also logged the flight time. 32 Title 14 CFR 61.57(b) states that, to maintain night currency, a pilot must perform at least three night takeoffs and landings to a full stop in the same category aircraft within the preceding 90 days. The pilot’s records show that about 0.33 percent of his helicopter flying o ed ilot had documented 12 night takeoffs and 20 night landings in the helicopter. 33 Title 14 CFR 61.57(c) states, in part, that a pilot must perform and document at least 3 hours of instrument time in an aircraft, including six instrument approaches, a holding procedure, and navigation exercises under actual or simulated instrument conditions, within the preceding 6 calendar months to maintain instrument currency. IFR privi ges are all le onths preceding the accident, the pilot had logged 2.9 hours of actual and 3.7 hours of simulated instrument flight time and accomplished all of the required mane
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 13 frequently with the accident pilot, described him as a “very skilled manipulator of the controls…for his experience level” and indicated that the accident pilot was proactive and “very aware.” The part-time helicopter pilot, who flew with the accident pilot once or twice per month, describ was a “natural pilot.” The accident pilot’s colleagues described him as a motivated, hard-working, disciplined officer nd would “go 100 miles an hour all the time” if allowed. down because of fatigue. The pilot’s wife said that she thought the accident pilot was willing to turn not the other aviation section pilots that he would take care of any unsafe situation that pilo ed him as a “competent pilot” who had “very good” stick and rudder skills. The DPS cabinet secretary, who flew infrequently with the accident pilot during training activities and transport flights, said that he had a “good feel for the aircraft” and According to the NMSP aviation section’s full-time fixed-wing pilot, who was also the aviation section’s fixed-wing flight instructor, the pilot’s fixed-wing flying skills were comparable to those of other pilots with similar levels of experience. The fixed-wing pilot said that he had some concerns about the accident pilot’s instrument flying skills, in particular his “scan and situational awareness.” The fixed-wing pilot described an occasion when the accident pilot seemed confused about which way to turn to avoid rising terrain ahead during a standard instrument departure at night-time in marginal VMC. When the airplane did not turn as expected, air traffic control (ATC) issued turn instructions, and the accident pilot responded appropriately. The fixed-wing pilot stated that he was concerned about the occurrence and discussed it with the accident pilot the next day. He recalled that the accident pilot was receptive to his feedback. who was outgoing and personable. The major in charge of the special operations division, which included the aviation section, described the pilot as a “very aggressive, high speed type” and stated that he was “high-spirited,” “enthusiastic,” a Some of the accident pilot’s colleagues recalled that he had turned down missions in the past, either because of poor weather or because he was fatigued from performing other work-related duties; however, they did not provide examples of missions that the pilot had turned down a mission if the weather was bad, but not if he was tired. When asked about whether he would turn down a mission for fatigue, she stated that he likely would not. She said, “He did like to be too tired for the missions because that was his job. If he could do the mission and help, that was his focus.” The accident pilot’s colleagues held varying opinions about his attitudes toward safety. The full-time helicopter pilot told NTSB investigators that the accident pilot, in his role as chief pilot, had told they reported. The special operations captain, who had known the accident pilot for about 10 years and was his supervisor at the time of the accident, stated that the accident pilot was capable of being assertive if he felt that a situation was unsafe. The aviation section’s fixed-wing t also said that the accident pilot could be assertive. However, he stated that the accident pilot was a “very heroic type person” who disliked turning down missions. The fixed-wing pilot recalled hearing the accident pilot tell his supervisor that the aviation section would no longer be turning down missions without going up to “take a look”; however, he stated that the accident pilot had not pressured him when he subsequently turned down missions. Several of the accident pilot’s colleagues said that the accident pilot was the kind of person who was willing to put
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 14 himself at risk to save others.34 The pilot’s wife told investigators that her husband probably accepted the accident SAR mission because the wind conditions on the mountain did not preclude it, he was concerned about the hiker’s safety, and because a supervisor had asked him to fly the mission.35 During postaccident interviews, the pilot’s colleagues expressed mixed opinions regarding the pilot’s aeronautical decision-making skills. For example, the full-time helicopter pilot sa of his person ficant changes in her husband’s health, financial situation, or personal life and there h ilot medical conditions and use of medications, “If medication is require id that the accident pilot usually examined all aspects of a mission and selected an intelligent strategy. However, the fixed-wing pilot said that the accident pilot tended to “act right away before thinking things out.” This opinion was shared by the part-time helicopter pilot, who said he thought the accident pilot lacked “temperance” because of his youth and inexperience. The former chief pilot said that he believed the accident pilot did not understand the limitations associated with his aeronautical inexperience. 1.5.1.2 Pilot Personal Background and Medical History According to postaccident interviews with the pilot’s family and friends and a review al and FAA medical records, the pilot was in good health at the time of the accident and engaged in some form of physical activity every day. The pilot’s wife stated that the pilot did not have a history of any medical conditions and that he did not exhibit any symptoms of illness in the days before the accident. The pilot’s wife stated that her husband did not snore and did not have any sleep disorders.36 The pilot’s wife reported that, in the year before the accident, there had been no signi ad been no significant changes in his daily habits (that is, sleeping, eating, or leisure activities). A review of the pilot’s personal medical records indicated that the pilot had been diagnosed with dysthymia (depression) in June 2002 and was prescribed fluoxetine37 to treat this condition. These records indicated that the pilot continued to take fluoxetine until the time of the accident and noted that the pilot had not experienced adverse effects from his use of this medication. According to the NMSP aviation section’s “Policies and Procedures” document (see appendix B) regarding p d, it must be approved and the pilot certified fit for flight by an FAA-designated medical examiner or flight surgeon.” The pilot did not note the use of fluoxetine on any FAA airman
34 As an example, the colleagues stated that the accident pilot received the 2009 Officer of the Year Award and Medal of Valor (from the New Mexico Sheriffs and Police Association and the International Association of Chiefs of Police, respectively) for his rescue of a man trapped in a flooded arroyo. The supervisor who nominated the accident pilot for these awards wrote that the pilot searched for the man on foot, despite heavy rain and lightning at the time. When he located the man at the bottom of a steep concrete incline under a bridge, there was a high volume of fast-flowing water inside the arroyo. In addition, the trapped man weighed more than 200 pounds, was intoxicated, and had a broken wrist. The commendation letters stated that the conditions of the rescue were “life threatening” for the pilot and that he disregarded his own safety to save the man. 35 The former chief pilot, who supervised the accident pilot from 2002 to 2008, said that the pilot had difficulty saying “no” to managers. The pilot’s wife said that when a supervisor asked the aviation section pilots to fly a mission, they flew it if possible. 36 The accident pilot’s wife stated that he did not have any difficulty falling asleep at night or staying awake during the day, nor did he experience interrupted breathing at night. 37 Fluoxetine is a prescription antidepressant, also known as Prozac.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 15 medical certificate application in the 7 years during which he took the medication. (For additional information, see section 1.13.) 1.5.1.3 Pilot c S hedule and Duties nd typically awoke between 0700 and 0730 and went to bed about 2100, after their children were in bed. The pilot’s wife further stated that she could not remember the last day her husband had been co hated” his duties as the NMSP PIO. She indicated that, although her husband was a private person who disliked being in front of the news media cameras, he was also concerned that fie but NMSP management had not acted on his request. The accident pilot’s wife told investigators that her husband’s typical work schedule was 0700 to 1500, Monday through Friday (although this schedule occasionally shifted to accommodate flight or other work commitments), with normal days off of Saturday and Sunday. She stated that, during his work week, her husband’s routine was to awaken about 0600, work from 0700 to 1500, take a 30-minute nap in the afternoon, spend time with their children until their children went to bed between 2000 and 2030, and go to bed between 2130 and 2200.38 The pilot’s wife stated that her husband normally slept about 8 to 8.5 hours on a night before a work day. She stated that on his days off, her husba mpletely free of work-related duties because he was often expected to be available on call during his “days off” in his capacities as PIO and/or pilot. According to the pilot’s wife, her husband typically alternated weekends on call as PIO with his pilot on-call weekends; however, he often served as both PIO and pilot on call when the other full-time NMSP helicopter pilot was unavailable (due to New Mexico National Guard duty or family commitments).39 The pilot’s wife stated that her husband loved flying and appreciated that the NMSP had given him the opportunity to work as a pilot. However, the pilot’s wife stated that her husband “absolutely lding calls from the media at all hours as PIO40 interfered with his ability to get adequate rest for his flying duties. The pilot’s wife told investigators that, when her husband advised his supervisors that the PIO assignment conflicted with his chief pilot responsibilities and his ability to get adequate rest, he was told to “get over it” and to do his job.41 The NMSP special operations captain (the accident pilot’s immediate supervisor) also told investigators that he was concerned about the pilot’s competing roles. He stated that the former chief pilot had asked NMSP management to relieve the accident pilot of the PIO assignment before the former chief pilot took an early retirement in 2008 (after which the accident pilot was appointed chief pilot),
38 The pilot’s wife typically worked a “swing shift” as a police dispatcher on weekday evenings, so that she and the pilot could take turns watching their children during the day. The pilot was usually asleep when she returned home from work about 2315. 39 According to the other NMSP helicopter pilot, it was rare for the accident pilot to complete an entire wee which the NMSP were involved 24 hours per day, which the pilot’s wife indicated ofte d not understand the training and currency requ kend without any work-related activity. 40 When he was assigned PIO duty, the accident pilot was required to serve as the point of contact for the news med regarding any incidents in ia n disturbed the pilot’s sleep. 41 The pilot’s wife stated that most of the NMSP managers di irements for pilots.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 16 Postaccident interviews with NMSP upper management indicated that, in general, these managers either did not recognize any potential conflict between the accident pilot’s PIO and pilot duties or did not believe that there was any reason for concern regarding this conflict. ere aware that the chief pilot wanted to be relieved of s to his dislike of those duties and his preference for his ny responsibilities for the number of missions that our department flies.” flying mission because of inadequate rest due to his other responsibilities, “another pilot would have to do it or the mis aturday evening at home with his family. He made a brief call to a news organization about 2120 and went to bed about 2200, according to his wife. Several interviewees indicated that they w his PIO duties, but they attributed this awarenes flying duties. In general, NMSP upper management indicated that they relied on the chief pilot and other aviation section pilots to advise them if they were not rested enough to fly missions. The chief of police told investigators that the aviation section pilots were “not overworked. They don’t fly enough hours. They have a lot of idle time.” He stated that he had not relieved the accident pilot of his PIO duties after appointing him chief pilot because he “didn’t feel it was a conflict. …They’re not flying that often and the PIO position…if there’s nothing big happening in the state you’re not doing anything.” The chief of police further stated, “Look at the number of hours they fly and divide that by the number of pilots…he’s flying a couple hundred hours a year. …He didn’t have too ma During postaccident interviews, the DPS cabinet secretary indicated that he had no concerns about the pilot’s PIO and pilot duties and that he was unaware that the pilot wanted to be relieved of his PIO responsibilities. The DPS cabinet secretary indicated that he had also performed numerous extra duties, including PIO and special investigation duties, when he served as NMSP aviation section chief pilot.42 He stated that, if he was unable to take a sion wouldn’t be flown.” 1.5.1.4 Pilot Recent and 72-Hour History The following description of the pilot’s activities during the days preceding the accident is based on postaccident interviews with the pilot’s wife and his coworkers and a review of other available records (for example, telephone and NMSP dispatch logs). During the weekend before the accident, the accident pilot served as both the NMSP PIO and the aviation section pilot on call. On Saturday, June 6, according to his wife, the pilot got up at a “normal time” for a weekend day (between 0700 and 0730), and he periodically worked with the news media in his PIO role throughout the day. During the day, the pilot also flew the accident helicopter to a public event at which he provided a static aircraft display. The pilot recorded two landings and 0.5 hours of flight time that day. The pilot spent that S Telephone records indicate that the pilot received a work-related call about 0035 Sunday, June 7.43 The pilot’s wife stated that her husband then arose about 0730 and went out to breakfast with his family about 0900. Upon their return, the pilot periodically worked with the
42 In a postaccident interview, the DPS cabinet secretary indicated that he was the chief pilot when he left the aviation section for a different position in the early 1990s. 43 The pilot’s wife did not specifically recall this late-night telephone call, but she said that the pilot’s sleep was often interrupted when he was on call as PIO. She stated that she did not know how long it took him to get back to sleep after such calls.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 17 news m e, the accident pilot returned home about 1100, ate a meal with his family, visited with his wife before she went to work, took a nap, interacted with the childre pter pilot (who was the pilot flying on their return) stated that, during the second flight (to Las Vegas, New Mexico), the wind had been gusting to almost south to avoid the mountainous terrain’s wind e saw her husband briefly at home at the end of his edia in his PIO role throughout the day. The pilot’s wife did not recall their activities that afternoon or evening, but she indicated that he might have taken a nap that afternoon and likely engaged in routine activities (for example, activities with the children or watching television) before going to bed about 2200. She said that it was his habit to watch television in bed until 2330 or 2345 on Sunday nights, but she could not recall if he did so that night. Telephone and the pilot’s records indicate that the pilot received work-related calls on his cellular telephone between about 2330 and midnight Sunday night and again between about 0245 and 0300 Monday morning, June 8. On Monday, June 8, the pilot began his duty day about 0300. He flew missions between 0400 and 0500 and between 0630 and 0800, recording two landings and 1.4 hours of flight time. These flights involved an inspection of a canyon using forward-looking infrared (FLIR) technology44 before sunrise and a second inspection of the canyon during daylight hours. His logbook entry for these flights noted “mountain work up to 11,000 feet” and “slow search flight in mountains.” According to his wif n, and likely went to bed between 2130 and 2200. The pilot was asleep when his wife returned home from work about 2315. According to the pilot’s wife, on Tuesday, June 9, her husband awoke about 0600. He worked his routine shift, from 0700 to 1500. The other full-time helicopter pilot flew three flights with the accident pilot that day45 and said that the accident pilot seemed to be in good spirits. The other full-time helico 40 knots near the ground, and they deviated to the effects when they returned to SAF. The pilot’s wif day before she left for work. She guessed that her husband napped that afternoon and indicated that he was lounging or resting when she called him about the accident flight. 1.5.2 The Spotter The NMSP patrol officer who accompanied the pilot to act as a spotter during the accident SAR mission was not a pilot and had received no special training for aircraft missions. He had not ridden in the accident helicopter before, but he had previously been transported in helicopters while serving in the New Mexico National Guard.
44 FLIR technology uses detection of infrared radiation (heat) to create a “picture,” which can be used by pilots flying at night or in fog, and to detect warm objects against a cold background when it is completely dark (such as a clou owned aircraft and was called off about 15 minutes after take dy, moonless night). 45 The first of the three flights involved a search for a d off. The second flight involved the transport of a criminal investigator to the scene of a homicide in Las Vegas, New Mexico. The third flight occurred between 1200 and 1330 and involved a law enforcement search for a suspect’s vehicle.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 18 1.6 Aircraft Information 1.6.1 General Information The accident helicopter, an Agusta A-109E, serial number 11209, was manufactured by Agusta S.p.A. Aerospace Company in March 2003 and was delivered new to the New Mexico DPS later that year. (Figure 6 is a preaccident photograph of the accident helicopter.) The Agusta A-109E is a twin engine, single main rotor helicopter with retractable tricycle landing gear. The helicop
of days) under a manufacturer-developed progressive maintenance inspection ter’s left and right Pratt & Whitney Canada PW206C turboshaft engines had ter has a four-blade main rotor system for lift and thrust and a two-blade tail rotor system for directional control and antitorque. Four large doors, two on each side of the helicopter, provide ingress and egress for the pilot(s) and passengers. Figure 6. Preaccident photograph of the accident helicopter. The accident helicopter had a dual-engine service ceiling of 19,600 feet, a single-engine service ceiling of 13,100 feet, and a hovering ceiling of 11,800 feet. (According to the former chief pilot of the NMSP aviation section, the DPS chose the Agusta A-109E helicopter because its high altitude performance.) The accident helicopter was properly certificated, and maintenance records indicated that it was being maintained and inspected at regular intervals (every 50 hours or 30 schedule. The helicopter’s most recent progressive maintenance inspection was conducted on May 28, 2009, at an aircraft total time of 1,710.7 hours. NMSP maintenance records indicated that the helicop
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 19 accumulated 1,667.1 and 1,132 to NMSP maintenance records further indicated that tal operating hours, respectively, at the time of the accident. annual inspections were performed on the left 2008, at 1,414.0 and 1,010.8 total engine hours, respectively. helicopter had accumulated about 1,729 total flight hours and 3,014 l The helicopter was equipped with an autopilot that could fly a variety of instrument approaches, leaving the pilot to manage only the pedals and power setting. The autopilot had a go-around feature that would automatically set pitch and roll while the pilot adjusted the collective input to match the collective indicator. According to the NMSP aviation section’s other full-time helicopter pilot, the accident helicopter was “very easy” to fly compared to other helicopters he had flown. He thought it had a good autopilot and was stable. The NMSP had purchased three night vision goggle units for the accident helicopter. According to pilots in the NMSP aviation section, night vision goggles were normally used to facilitate visual flight operations in low-light conditions. Although the presence of precipitation degrades the night vision goggles’ usefulness, they can help a pilot see the surrounding terrain if the helicopter remains clear of clouds.48 1.6.2 Helicopter Seating and Restraints The accident helicopter was configured with two pilot seats in the front and six passenger seats (three aft-facing and three forward-facing bench seats) in the rear. The two pilot seats were a composite shell design, with integrated back and seat pans. These seats were equipped with four-point restraint systems with the lap belts anchored in the composite seat material. The passenger seats consisted of cushioned seat backs and seat pans, headrests, and three-point seatbelts anchored directly to the helicopter structure. The passenger seat restraint systems were three-point systems, with right and left side lap belts and a shoulder belt, which were to be attached to a common buckle.
and right engines on October 29, At the time of the accident, the andings. The accident helicopter was equipped with a radio that received and transmitted on police band frequencies and with a very high frequency transceiver radio; the two radios allowed the pilot to monitor two radio frequencies simultaneously while transmitting on one frequency.46 The NMSP helicopter did not have a multiband transceiver radio like those used by SAR personnel and therefore could not monitor the NMSP dispatch frequency and a SAR frequency at the same time.47
The police band radio frequencies used by NMSP dispatch and SAR personnel fell within the same frequency range; however, the helicopter’s radio equipment only allowed the pilot to monitor and transmit on one frequency within that range at a time, whereas SAR personnel were also equipped with a multiband transceiver radio that allowed for communications on three frequencies simultaneously. 47 The helicopter that was purchased to replace the accident helicopter was equipped with a multiband transceiver radio that allowed for communications on three frequencies simultaneously. The new chief pilot stated that there had not been any formal change of procedures for communications with SAR personnel during SAR missions; however, communication changes are planned. 48 As previously mentioned, the accident pilot had received training in the NMSP night vision goggle system in January 2009. 46
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 20 According to the manufacturer’s records, the pilot and passenger seats and restraints in the accident helicopter met the limit maneuvering load factor requirements of 14 CFR 27.337 and the emergency landing condition requirements of 14 CFR 27.561 that were in effect at the time of the helicopter’s original FAA type certification.49 1.7 M nd 2100, respectively, showed VFR or marginal VFR conditions prevailing over much of New Mexico (including the accident site) and a trough of low pressure extending from a and relatively dry environment with strong, gusty winds out of the west to southwest and high-based rain showers develop nd mist after 2000, with a ceiling broken at 6,000 feet above ground level (agl) (about 12,000 feet msl) in cumulonimbus clouds and winds at 14 knots the next day. information were available in the NMSP SAF hangar and aviation section pilots indicated that they routinely used such services. (A review of the NMSP
eteorological Information 1.7.1 General The National Weather Service (NWS) weather depiction chart and surface analysis chart in effect at 1900 a 50 low over Colorado through eastern New Mexico. The NWS radar summary chart for 2119 showed widely scattered rain showers over New Mexico with a few defined thunderstorms over the southern portion of the state.51 (Weather radar showed light-to-moderate precipitation over the search area at the time of the accident.) During the day, all local weather observation sites reported a warm ing during the afternoon and early evening; several stations in the area reported clouds obscuring the mountain tops near the time of the accident. The SAF terminal aerodrome forecast (TAF) in effect at the time of the accident expected VFR conditions to prevail throughout the forecast period with rain showers in the area throughout the evening and into the next day. The TAF for SAF indicated light rain showers a gusting to 24 knots through the evening and into The NWS area forecast in effect for the region when the helicopter departed SAF predicted the following for the mountainous western portion of New Mexico, which included the accident location: broken clouds at 14,000 feet layered to 22,000 feet; widely scattered light rain showers and isolated thunderstorms and light rain; winds from the southwest gusting to 25 knots until 2100; VFR conditions prevailing; and rain showers and thunderstorms after 0200. There was no record of the pilot obtaining a formal weather briefing through the FAA flight service station or direct user access terminal service. However, computer internet services providing aeronautical weather
ter than 1,000 feet above ground level (agl) and visib ns) was issued for a diminishing line of thunderstorms mov the next hourly issuance). 49 The limit maneuvering load factor requirements were 1.0 G up and 3.5 G down, with ultimate load factors of 1.5 G up and 5.25 G down (one G is equivalent to the acceleration caused by the Earth’s gravity). The emergency landing load factor requirements were 4.0 G forward, 2.0 G side, 4.0 G up, and 1.5 G down. 50 VFR conditions are defined as no ceiling or a ceiling grea ility greater than 3 miles. Marginal VFR conditions are defined as a ceiling between 1,000 and 3,000 feet agl inclusive and/or visibility between 3 and 5 miles inclusive. 51 About 1955 (after the helicopter departed on the accident mission), a convective SIGMET (weather advisory rega ng significant convective meteorological conditio rdi ing from east-southeast toward the accident region. The convective SIGMET was valid until 2155 (but it was not updated on
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 21 aviation 1.7.2 Local Airport Weather Information six airports around the accident 52 ilar conditions on the day of the accident, with strong, southwesterly to ting to 40 knots and warm, relatively dry, VFR conditions. However, a few hours b ds gusting to 33 knots, cloud ceilings at 10,000 feet (less th flying in the area before landing, and then saw the helicopter’s lights as it departed a short time later. They stated that it was dark at the ti casional whiteout conditions on the night of the accident. section computer Internet history showed the websites visited by users, but the history did not indicate the times and dates of those visits.) In addition, the pilot had a home computer where he could access Internet weather information. NWS meteorological aerodrome reports (METARs) from location indicated sim westerly winds gus efore the accident, the weather observations varied, showing broken or overcast layers of clouds and scattered rain showers and thunderstorms due to a weak weather disturbance moving across the area. All of the METARs reported rain showers or virga53 in the area around the time of the accident. For example, during the hour preceding the accident, SAF (the closest airport and weather reporting station to the accident site) reported a broken to overcast layer of clouds between 12,000 and 15,000 feet and rain showers moving across the region. In addition, Angel Fire Airport (AXX), Angel Fire, New Mexico (which was located in mountainous terrain similar to the accident site), reported westerly win an 2,000 feet agl), and moderate precipitation near the time of the accident. Further, the Albuquerque International Sunport weather observations near the time of the accident reported virga and mountaintop obscuration to the northeast and east of the airport (in the direction of the accident site). 1.7.3 Local Witness Reports Three hikers who were camping at a lake about 1.5 miles east-southeast of and at a lower elevation than the accident site reported seeing the helicopter me of the accident and there was a “heavy overcast” with strong, gusty winds. The hikers also reported that heavy rain began at their location shortly after the helicopter crashed. In addition, members of the New Mexico SAR ground teams described the weather conditions as “very bad,” with strong winds, cold temperatures, snow or sleet, and oc 1.8 Aids to Navigation No problems with any navigational aids were reported.
52 Weather observations were obtained from the following airports: SAF (located about 21 nm southwest of the acci ional Airport, Taos, New Mexico (located about 39 nm nort but is evaporating before it reaches the surface. dent site at 6,348 feet); Los Alamos Airport, Los Alamos, New Mexico (located about 26 nm west of the accident site at 7,171 feet); Las Vegas Municipal Airport, Las Vegas, New Mexico (located about 31 nm east-southeast of the accident site at 6,877 feet); Taos Reg h of the accident site at 7,095 feet); AXX (located in mountainous terrain about 43 nm north-northeast of the accident site at 8,380 feet); and Albuquerque International Sunport, Albuquerque, New Mexico (located about 63 nm southwest of the accident site at 5,355 feet). 53 Virga is precipitation that is falling
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 22 1.9 Communications No technical communications problems that were related to the accident were reported. main wreckage. Numerous ground strikes (as evidenced by divots in the soil and scars up to 5 inches deep in the loose rock) and helicopter parts and components were observed to the spotter and physical evidence, the helicopter tumbled parts and components as it descended. A kneeboard with a local a (see fig consisted of most of the fuselage, both engines, the forward me associated debris, which came to rest in an area of large boulders at an elevation of about exterior surfaces exhibited extensi pit portion of the fuselage was partially inverted and was attached to the cabin section only by some electrical wiring and various other components. The landing gear position selector and all three landing gear actuators wer 1.10 Airport Information The accident helicopter was based at SAF, which is located about 21 miles southwest of the accident site. No airport problems were identified. 1.11 Flight Recorders The helicopter was not equipped, and was not required to be equipped, with a cockpit voice recorder or a flight data recorder. 1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information As previously stated, investigators were not able to identify the point of the helicopter’s first impact with terrain. However, evidence of the helicopter’s second impact with terrain (light debris from the helicopter and parts of an NMSP decal) was found just below 12,100 feet on the ridge above the downhill from that point. According down a rocky, steep slope, shedding rea guide, presumed to be from the accident helicopter, was located at an elevation of about 12,083 feet. Debris from the accident helicopter, including the FLIR, the battery, and portions of the main rotor blades, landing gear, tailcone, tailboom, a survival vest,54 and aircraft manuals and checklists, were scattered between 12,083 feet and 12,000 feet, where the tailcone was located. A large section of the tailboom, with the tail rotor skid tube and the inboard portions of the tail rotor blades55 attached, was found below the tailcone resting against rocks and a tree ure 4). The tail rotor skid tube was bent upward (toward the tailboom) from its original position and exhibited scratches and abrasions in all directions. The outboard portions of the two tail rotor blades were not recovered. The main wreckage area portion of the tailboom, and so 11,500 feet. Most of the fuselage ve crushing, deformation, and torn metal. The cock e in the down position. The main landing gear struts were separated from the fuselage, and the nose landing gear assembly was in several pieces.
54 According to NMSP personnel, the survival vest likely contained a mirror, a whistle, a small first-aid kit, flares, and a space blanket. 55 The outboard 9 to 10 inches of each tail rotor blade was missing.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 23 1.12.1 Seats and Restraints 1.12.1 were found unoccupied, outside the fuselage, and exhibited irection. The seat pan was partially separated from the seat back, a s attached to a common buckle. The left strap of the pilot’s lap belt was found still fastened to the buckle, but the right strap of the lap e. The left and right lap belt mounting flanges were both broken r harness was found still attached to the floorboard-mounted inertial er harness strap was not attached to the buckle, but the left-side shoulder harness strap was fastened to the buckle. There was no evidence of preimpact g the accident sequence. Postaccident examination of the hiker’s lap belt and shoulder harness assembly revealed that the left and right lap belts were connec ion Exa of death as “environmental cold .1 Pilot Seat (Right Front) and Restraint System The pilot’s seat pan and back compression damage in an inboard d nd its fabric covering was loose. The pilot’s restraint system was a four-point system, with right- and left-side lap belts and shoulder harnesse belt was not attached to the buckl off the seat. The pilot’s shoulde reel, which was in the locked position. The extended shoulder harness webbing measured about 12 inches from the reel to the beginning of the stitching where the right and left shoulder harness straps split. The right-side should restraint system failure. 1.12.1.2 Aft, Forward-Facing Passenger Seats and Restraint Systems During postaccident interviews, the spotter stated that he and the hiker were buckled securely into their seats when the helicopter lifted off to return to SAF. The spotter and the hiker occupied the left and right aft, forward-facing passenger seats, respectively, on the three-seat bench, which exhibited impact damage, but remained largely intact. The spotter was still inside the aft fuselage when the helicopter came to rest; he recalled that he did not need to unbuckle his seatbelt when he crawled out of the fuselage. Postaccident examination of the spotter’s lap belt and shoulder harness assembly revealed that the lap belt buckle was not latched and was adjusted about 15.5 inches from the adjustment fitting. The bulkhead-mounted inertial reel operated and locked normally, although its extension and retraction felt “rough.” Both the right and left lap belt attachment hooks on the left-side seat were attached to their floorboard mounting brackets with the hook opening upward. The hiker was ejected durin ted at the belt buckle and the shoulder harness was disconnected. The right lap belt attachment hook was disconnected from its floorboard mounting bracket, whereas the left lap belt attachment hook remained attached to its floorboard mounting bracket with the hook opening downward. There was no evidence of restraint system failure or separation; however, the left and right floorboard mounting brackets were bent to the right (30, and 45°, respectively) of their normal positions. 1.13 Medical and Pathological Informat The pilot and the hiker were ejected from the helicopter during the accident sequence and did not survive. The University of New Mexico, Health Sciences Center, Office of the Medical miner autopsy report listed the pilot’s primary cause
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 24 exposure,” adding, “[o]ther significant contributing conditions included multiple blunt force injuries” that “would have been incapacitating, but not necessarily rapidly fatal.” The autopsy ries. Several studies have shown minimal or no effect of the drug fluoxetine at normal doses rformance of depressed patients on various task 58 nosis, to report the use and diagnosis within 6 m report listed the hiker’s cause of death as multiple blunt force inju The spotter was not ejected during the accident sequence and survived the accident with serious injuries. His injuries included a broken ankle, chipped vertebrae, separated ribs, and bumps and bruises to the head. He also suffered from hypothermia. The spotter was hospitalized for 10 days and then released. (For additional information on the survival aspects of the accident, see section 1.15.) Toxicological analyses performed on fluid and tissue specimens from the pilot by the New Mexico Department of Health, Scientific Laboratory Division and the FAA’s Civil Aeromedical Institute produced largely similar results. The specimens tested negative for carbon monoxide, cyanide, ethanol, and a wide range of illegal drugs.56 However, toxicological tests did detect fluoxetine and norfluoxetine in the pilot’s fluid and tissue samples. (Norfluoxetine is a metabolite of fluoxetine.) on a variety of performance measures,57 whereas other studies indicate that the pe s improves when taking fluoxetine. In April 2010, the FAA revised its policy to permit pilots requiring fluoxetine for the treatment of depression to receive a medical certificate through the agency’s Special Issuance (waiver) process, provided that a number of diagnostic and evaluative criteria are met. The FAA also permitted pilots who had been using the drug for depression, but not reporting the use or diag onths following the policy change without any civil enforcement action for previous falsification. 1.14 Fire No in-flight or postcrash fire occurred.
56 Toxicological analyses screened for the following drugs: amphetamine, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, antihistamines, meprobamate, methaqualone, and nicotine. 57 See, for instance: (a) J.G. Ramaekers, N.D. Muntjewerff, and J.F. O’Hanlon, “A Comparative Study of Acute and Subchronic Effects of Dothiepin, Fluoxetine and Placebo on Psychomotor and Actual Driving Performance.” British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, vol. 39, no. 4 (1995), pp. 397–404 and (b) H. Moskowitz and M. Burns, ombination With Diazepam.” Progress in 8), pp. 783–792. See, Tricyclic “The Effects on Performance of Two Antidepressants, Alone and in C Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, vol. 12, no. 5 (198 58 for instance: (a) Y. Levkovitz and others. “The SSRIs Drug Fluoxetine, but not the Noradrenergic Drug Desipramine, Improves Memory Performance During Acute Major Depression.” Brain Research Bulletin, vol. 58, no. 4 (2002) pp. 345–350 and (b) G.B. Cassano and others, “Paroxetine and Fluoxetine Effects on Mood and Cognitive Functions in Depressed Nondemented Elderly Patients.” Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, vol. 63, no. 5 (2002), pp. 396–402.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 25 1.15 Survival Aspects 1.15.1 Postaccident Search and Rescue Efforts The NMSP dispatcher contacted the initial SAR incident commander about the helicopter accident within minutes of the accident. The SAR incident commander instructed the SAR ground teams,59 who had departed the SAR IB area about 2120 to search for the lost hiker, to proceed toward the helicopter’s last known position (near the landing site where the accident pilot picked up the lost hiker) and provided them with the coordinates for that location. SAR logs also ind ansmitter (ELT)-generated distress signal62 and relayed The weather conditions eventually permitted the New Mexico National Guard helicopters to resume their search about 1045 that morning. The spotter, after taking shelter in the fuselage wreckage overnight, began to hike down the mo t 1100, SAR commanders were advised that an analysis of pertinent radar data resulted in search coordinates that corresponded to a location on a ridge line 0.25 mile southwest of where the helicopter wreckage was ultimately located.
icated that about 2156, SAR personnel requested the assistance of New Mexico National Guard helicopters in their efforts to locate the accident helicopter.60 (National Guard helicopters did launch the night of the accident; however, these efforts to find the accident helicopter were hampered by the adverse weather conditions.)61 By 2240 (about 65 minutes after the accident occurred), satellites had detected the accident helicopter’s emergency locator tr location information to the U.S. Air Force Rescue Coordination Center (AFRCC). AFRCC then provided SAR personnel with the ELT’s coordinates.63 During the SAR effort (about 2315 the night of the accident and then about 0725 on June 10), the AFRCC received two additional ELT satellite detection messages, both indicating slightly different locations than the first; however, all three ELT detections were located within 2 nm of the accident site.64 According to SAR logs, about 0900 on the morning of June 10, two New Mexico National Guard helicopters were dispatched again to search for the accident helicopter near the third ELT location; however, those helicopters returned to SAF 45 minutes later because of poor weather conditions.65 untain for help in the morning. Abou
59 Although all SAR incidents in New Mexico are coordinated by the NMSP, the primary resources (SAR personnel) for these incidents are volunteers. SAR ground teams were also searching for the hiker’s companion. 60 ent site. o delayed because of adverse weather conditions. The New Mexico National Guard operated Sikorsky UH-60 “Blackhawk” helicopters with crews consisting of two helicopter instrument-rated pilots. 61 Adverse conditions (bad weather with fog, sleet, and “pouring rain,” and rugged, slippery terrain) were also reported by SAR teams who participated in the search for the accident helicopter through the night of the accident and into the next day. 62 The accident helicopter was equipped with an Artex C406-1HM ELT that transmitted on both 406- and 121.5-megahertz (MHz) frequencies. 63 This location was eventually determined to be about 0.3 mile northwest of the accid 64 The ELT locations generated by the type of ELT unit installed in the accident helicopter are generally considered accurate to within 1 to 3 nm. 65 In addition, the SAR efforts of the Civil Air Patrol, which had planned to send airplanes to search at first light on the morning of June 10, were als
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 26 Although SAR ground teams di searching in the area, and, about 1155, one of d not yet have the radar data coordinates, they were already the ground teams found the spotter. A New e coordinates provided by after the accident occurred), the spotter was be with a blue line showing the likely route that the SAR ground tea Mexico National Guard helicopter was immediately dispatched to th the ground search team, and, by 1230 (about 15 hours ing airlifted to a hospital for treatment. As previously mentioned, SAR ground teams did not locate the helicopter’s wreckage until 1816 on June 10. The accident site was described as dangerously steep and covered with snow and ice. Figure 7 shows the approximate route that the SAR ground team took to locate the spotter. Figure 7. Google Earth image m took from the SAR IB (E) to the helicopter main wreckage location (C). Note: Also shown are the hiker’s approximate location (A); the helicopter’s likely landing zone, confirmed by the spotter (B); and the three AFRCC ELT-provided coordinates (1, 2, and 3, in the order in which they were provided to SAR personnel) for the accident site. A compass showing north is located in the upper right corner.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 27 After an unsuccessful search of the wreckage and surrounding area for the pilot and hiker, about 2007 (about 12 minutes before sunset), the SAR ground team was airlifted from the site by a New Mexico National Guard helicopter. The bodies of the pilot and the hiker were not located until the next day. 1.16 t helicopter’s ELT activated as designed during the accident sequence. It was found intact and still mounted in a portion of the helicopter’s tailboom with its cable connected to the fractured external antenna. The investigation revealed that the ELT’s transmissions were received by low-Earth polar orbiting satellites but were not received by the two geostationary operational environmental satellites. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Search and Rescue Satellite-Aided Tracking (SARSAT)66 personnel examined the discrepancy between the signal’s transmission and reception and determined that this discrepancy could be explained by the topography of the crash site and the relative positions of the two geostationary satellites. According to NOAA’s report, the accident helicopter’s ELT was located on the north face of steeply sloped terrain, while the two geostationary satellites were positioned above the equator in the southern sky (one southwest and the other southeast of the accident site). 1.16.2 Radar Study The U.S. Air Force provided the NTSB with radar data for the accident flight from its radar sites in Mesa Rica and West Mesa, New Mexico. The data showed that the helicopter flew for about 2 minutes 35 seconds after it lifted off after picking up the hiker. Radar data indicated that the helicopter initially headed northwest from the remote landing site toward the southern flank of the mountain and the much lower terrain of the valley beyond. The data indicated that the helicopter transitioned the southern flank of the mountain and then began to fly a somewhat erratic path, reversing direction, climbing, and heading northeast over the mountain’s peak. The radar data also showed that the helicopter crossed terrain as high as 12,500 feet before descending rapidly near the crash site. When plotted on Google Earth, the radar data show the helicopter apparently passing through terrain and continuing its flight on the other side. The NTSB’s review of the U.S. Air Force radar data indicated that the anomalous radar data may have been the result of the inconsistent radar coverage in the mountainous area and/or the different barometric pressures in the area, which would result in an altitude offset error. (The U.S. Air Force radar data were not corrected for barometric pressures that differ from the standard 29.92 inches of mercury, and the barometric pressure measured at airports in the Tests and Research 1.16.1 Emergency Locator Transmitter’s Distress Signal Information The acciden mountainous region northeast of SAF varied between 30.11 and 30.19 inches of mercury at the time of the accident.)
66 The SARSAT system consists of a constellation of satellites and a network of ground receiving stations that provide distress alert and location information to appropriate rescue authorities around the world. Instruments on board the satellites detect the ELT signals and transmit them to the ground receiving stations.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 28 The onset of the helicopter’s erratic flightpath and its turn to the northeast began a little more than 1 minute after the beginning of the radar-recorded portion of the flight and about 1.5 minutes before the flight disappeared from radar. The main helicopter wreckage was located about 0.25 mile east of the last radar target. anagement Information dix B), aviation section aircraft were used for searches; rescues; reconnaissance; surveillance; air traffic operations and highway patrol; miscellaneous law en afety management system (SMS) program, and it did not have published safety goals and objectives; a designated gnated safety committee; structured prelaunch and midlaunch risk al system for communicating safety-related information, other than or 1.17 Organizational and M 1.17.1 NMSP Aviation Section—General Information At the time of the accident, the NMSP aviation section operated three fixed-wing airplanes and the accident helicopter. According to the NMSP aviation section’s “Policies and Procedures” document (see appen 67 forcement operations; personnel, equipment, and materials transport; and assistance to other agencies. According to NMSP personnel, about 70 to 80 percent of the accident helicopter’s usage consisted of law enforcement and SAR missions.68 One of the fixed-wing airplanes was used exclusively for training, and the other two airplanes were used for transport, law enforcement, and occasional SAR missions. The NMSP operated its aircraft and conducted its flights as “public” operations for the state of New Mexico; those operations were exempt from many FAA regulations applicable to non-public (“civil”) aircraft operations. At the time of the accident, the NMSP aviation section did not have a s 69 safety officer; a desi assessment protocols; or a form al communication. 1.17.2 NMSP Aviation Section Personnel and Chain of Command When the accident occurred, the NMSP aviation section employed four pilots to operate its aircraft: the chief pilot (the accident pilot, who flew the fixed-wing airplanes and the helicopter),70 a full-time helicopter pilot,71 a full-time fixed-wing pilot,72 and a part-time
67 The “State Police Aviation Section and Operations” is contained in the DPS Policy Manual, number OPR: 49, issued 23 May 2007 (Santa Fe, New Mexico: State of New Mexico, 2007). 68 During calendar years 2007 and 2008, the accident helicopter flew 451 flights, about 17 percent of which involved SAR operations. The accident helicopter flew 103 total flights during calendar year 2009 (including the accident mission) before the accident occurred, about 26 percent of which involved SAR operations. (Some of these search operations were conducted independent of a formal SAR operation.) The NTSB’s examination of NMSP pilot logbooks indicated that the duration of SAR missions varied widely and that the missions were sometimes interrupted because of darkness and resumed in daylight the next day. 69 According to the FA An SMS program also pro A, an SMS is a quality management approach to controlling risk in aviation operations. vides the organizational framework to support a sound safety culture and to provide assurance that risk controls are effective. pilot certificate with 70 For information regarding the chief pilot’s experience and qualifications, see section 1.5.1. 71 The full-time helicopter pilot was an NMSP patrolman who was assigned to the aviation section in 2005, after he learned to fly helicopters in the New Mexico National Guard. He had a commercial
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 29 helicop operations, maintenance coordination, purchasing, training, planning, and personnel matters involving aircraft and pilots.” , who oversaw the aviation section’s budget. The special operations captain reported to the major in charge of special he deputy chief of police reported to the chief of police and an adjutant chief of police, both of whom reported to the DPS cabinet 1.17.3.1 Flight Operations and Training ull-time helicopter pilot said that he and the accident pilot aused the weather , the accident pilot told the According to NMSP personnel, aviation section helicopter pilots were not required to have a helicopter instrument rating because of cost constraints and mission requirements. NMSP
ter pilot.73 According to aviation section personnel, the chief pilot served as the aviation section’s day-to-day administrator and supervisor of its pilots and the aviation maintenance technician. NMSP aviation section documents indicated that the chief pilot’s specific responsibilities included “all daily flight The chief pilot reported to an NMSP special operations captain operations, who, in turn, reported to a deputy chief of police. T secretary. Of the personnel in this chain of command (aside from the pilots in the aviation section), only the DPS cabinet secretary had any specialized aviation knowledge or experience. 1.17.3 Aviation Section Policies, Procedures, and Practices The NMSP aviation section had a 9-page general standard operating procedure (SOP) document, titled “Policies and Procedures,” in effect at the time of the accident (see appendix B). The aviation section also frequently followed other unofficial practices. This section will describe some of the aviation section’s official and unofficial practices. The SOP stated that the aviation section’s helicopters may operate “clear of clouds if operated at a speed that allows the pilot adequate opportunity to see any air traffic or obstruction in time to avoid collision.” The NMSP aviation section SOP did not contain official guidance regarding inadvertent IMC encounters or night takeoffs from remote landing sites. However, during a postaccident interview, the f had discussed inadvertent IMC procedures when clouds, rain, and fog c conditions to deteriorate during an approach to SAF. During that discussion full-time helicopter pilot that, in the event of an inadvertent IMC encounter, he would climb, set up the horizontal situation indicator, turn, fly directly to the SAF very high frequency omnidirectional radio range navigational aid, and contact ATC. personnel indicated that the helicopter was primarily used for SAR missions, which are not
rotorcraft-helicopter and instrument ratings, and he reported about 1,540 hours of total flight experience, about 1,440 hours of which were flown in helicopters. 72 The full-time fixed-wing pilot was an NMSP patrolman who was assigned to the aviation section in 2003. He was the section’s fixed-wing instructor pilot, held an airline transport pilot (ATP) certificate with numerous fixed ing certificates and ratings, and reported about 11,000 hours tot -w 73 Before joining the NMSP aviation section, the part-time helicopter pilot spent 7 years as a helicopter pilot in the U.S. Air Force and 16 years as a helicopter pilot for the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. He described hims f as an “auxiliary pilot” for the N al flight experience, all in fixed-wing aircraft. MSP aviation section, flying the helicopter on a part-time basis (with occa certificate with a fixe el sional full-time service) between 2004 and the time of the accident. He held an ATP d-wing rating, a commercial pilot certificate with helicopter and instrument ratings, and reported about 4,200 total flight hours, about 3,000 hours of which were in helicopters.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 30 typically conducted in IMC because, according to the former chief pilot, “…if you can’t see the ground you can’t see the person.” The former chief pilot further observed that, at higher elevations (where the accident helicopter typically operated), any visible moisture was associated with potential icing conditions, and the Agusta A-109E was not designed to be operated in icing conditions. As a result, a helicopter instrument rating was not a priority for NMSP helicopter pilots.
or extraordinary circumstances;75 however, it did not allow for increased flight time as PIC under that “a minimum of eight hours rest is required following any duty day that exceeds twelve hours prior to subsequent duty time.” ds that were less than 12 hours in duration. The former chief pilot noted that NMSP management thought rest meant did not consider the accident pilot to be resting calls in his role as PIO. The former chief pilot st ilots to advise him if they were go
- 17.3.2 Pilot Flight and Duty Time
The NMSP aviation section’s SOP document limited its pilots’ pilot-in-command (PIC) flight time and duty time to 6 and 12 hours, respectively, during any 24-hour period.74 The document did permit increased duty times of up to 15 hours in a 24-hour period under emergency any circumstances. The “Policies and Procedures” document specified The NMSP aviation section “Policies and Procedures” document did not define the term “rest,” nor did it establish a minimum rest period between duty perio being at home; however, he indicated that he when he was at home and received frequent telephone ated that, when he was chief pilot, he tried to ensure that the accident pilot was not the pilot on call on a weekend when he was on call as PIO. The part-time helicopter pilot told investigators that the pilots’ rest periods76 were not protected and that they were not reset if they received a work-related telephone call or had to perform some other work-related duty after working their normal shift. He attributed this issue to the limited number of pilots and the often “life or death” nature of their mission. According to the former chief pilot, the chief pilot was responsible for screening potential missions and ensuring that the aviation section pilots adhered to flight and duty time limitations. However, the aviation section had no formal system to track flight and duty time. As a result, when a potential mission arose, the chief pilot typically relied on the p ing to exceed flight and duty time limitations. The former chief pilot stated that if he had to call a pilot to fly a mission after the pilot had already worked a full day, he relied on the pilot to tell him if he was too tired to fly the mission. The full- and part-time helicopter pilots stated
74 The document also limited NMSP pilots’ flight and duty time to 25 and 65 hours, respectively, during any om limitations would only be permitted “in situations of extreme emer heli uld the occasion arise.” 7-day period. 75 The NMSP SOP stated that deviations fr gency or extraordinary circumstances.” The terms “emergency” or “extraordinary circumstances” were not defined in the SOP document. According to the former chief pilot, circumstances justifying an extension of duty time beyond 15 hours in a 24-hour period had not occurred in his 18 years with the NMSP; however, the part-time copter pilot said that he had exceeded 15 hours of duty on “at least a couple of occasions.” 76 14 CFR 91.1057 defines a rest period as follows: “…a period of time required pursuant to this subpart that is free of all responsibility for work or duty prior to the commencement of, or following completion of, a duty period, and during which the flight crewmember…cannot be required to receive contact from the program manager. A rest period does not include any time during which the program manager imposes on a flight crewmember…any duty or restraint, including any actual work or present responsibility for work sho
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 31 that they did not recall ever turning down a mission because of fatigue. The fixed-wing pilot reported that he turned down a mission once because of fatigue, when he was called for an evening flight after flying and working during the day. The major in charge of special operations stated that the individual(s) who authorized aircraft missions considered the expected length of the mission to determine which pilots might be available to fly it, and then asked the available pilot(s) if he or they were “good to go.” NMSP pected aviation section pilots to comply with NMSP e for tracking their own flight, duty, and rest times to meet th ccurred on weekends. About 33 percent of the pilot’s helicopter flying and less than 10 perc aking The NMSP aviation section SOPs stated that the PIC was responsible for “determining whethe SAR mission was feasible, he would ask a pilot to check the weather and contact the incident management personnel stated that they ex policies and that the pilots were responsibl at goal. The chief of police stated that it was the pilots’ responsibility to ensure that their supervisor was informed if they were not adequately rested for a flight. He further stated that the “vast majority” of the aviation section’s missions were flown during normal work hours. However, the NTSB’s review of the accident pilot’s logbook entries for the 12 months preceding the accident showed that 24 percent of his helicopter flying and 3 percent of his fixed-wing flying o ent of his fixed-wing flying occurred at night. Most of the pilot’s helicopter night flying (about 85 percent) and all of his fixed-wing night flying occurred during the week. Information provided by the full-time pilot indicated that about 15 percent of the helicopter flights he flew in the 7 months before the accident77 occurred at night and about 11 percent occurred during a weekend. A review of the part-time pilot’s logbook indicated that about 35 percent of his helicopter flights in the 12 months before the accident occurred at night and about 1 percent occurred during a weekend. 1.17.3.3 SAR Helicopter Support Information 1.17.3.3.1 Prelaunch Decision-M r a flight [was] safe, and for canceling or terminating flights determined to be hazardous.” However, the NMSP did not have an official risk assessment policy. The former chief pilot and current pilots in the aviation section said that the NMSP did not have written NMSP guidance to assist pilots in making launch decisions. The former chief pilot indicated that he used a mental risk management checklist when making safety of flight determinations.78 He indicated that, when he was chief pilot, he was typically notified first about potential missions and that he was responsible for making go/no-go decisions.79 The former chief pilot stated that if he thought a commander for more information about the search area. The former chief pilot said that he would use the weather and search information to determine whether it was safe for aircraft operations. The former chief pilot said that he considered the “gravity” of the situation, the experience level
77 The full-time pilot did not fly with the NMSP until December 2008 because of his duties with the New Mex ts. ico National Guard. 78 The former chief pilot stated that aviation section pilots determined whether they could comply with the minimum weather requirements specified in 14 CFR Part 91 when deciding whether to depart on a mission. 79 He said that he made conservative decisions when dealing with the inexperienced, junior pilo
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 32 of the pilot, how much flying the pilot had already done that day, and visibility and lighting conditions in his decision-making. The former chief pilot stated that, during his tenure as aviation section chief pilot, he often r prove aircraft missions, aviation section pilots were contacted directly by a mission initiator. After the initial contact, the pilot would decide whether to accept the mission and wa anagement but added that SAR commanders should advise pilots about localized deteriorating weather conditions so that the pilots could make better-informed pilot said that he thought that the PIC and ission; the special operations major said tha t commander held that responsibility. eceived complaints from the DPS cabinet secretary when the former chief pilot turned down missions that he considered too dangerous. He told investigators that, in March 2006, he was relieved of his chief pilot duties because he declined a SAR mission for safety-related reasons.80 (After being relieved of his chief pilot duties, the former chief pilot functioned as an NMSP aviation section pilot until he retired in 2008.) After the former chief pilot was no longer authorized to ap s then responsible for obtaining authorization from upper management. The former chief pilot and the part-time helicopter pilot said that they were concerned about the new approval process because the managers who were authorized to approve aircraft missions (other than the DPS cabinet secretary,81 who was not typically involved in mission-related decisions) had no aviation expertise and were not qualified to evaluate the potential risks associated with accepting a particular mission. 1.17.3.3.2 Risk Management During SAR Missions Postaccident interviews with former and current aviation section pilots and management revealed varying opinions about who was responsible for managing risk during a mission. The former chief pilot said that the PIC and the SAR incident commander were responsible for managing risk during a mission. The full-time helicopter pilot stated that the PIC bore most of the responsibility for risk m decisions during a mission. The part-time helicopter the chief pilot were responsible for managing risk during a m t the mission initiator and the SAR inciden NMSP documents did not address procedures for preflight weather evaluation and/or in-flight weather-related decision-making. However, the full-time helicopter pilot said that NMSP aviation section pilots typically contacted the FAA flight service station for a weather briefing before cross-country flights, whereas they used the NOAA Aviation Weather Center website to obtain routine weather observations and TAFs for local flights. The pilots typically
80 The former chief pilot submitted a letter to NMSP management indicating that he had been relieved of his position because he refused to send the aviation section’s two most junior pilots on a mission that he considered extremely high-risk. The mission would have involved high-altitude flying, strong wind conditions, intermittent snow, and zero illumination. The only available NMSP pilots were the accident pilot and the full-time helicopter pilot, who, at the time of that mission, had about 50 and 200 hours of helicopter time, respectively. The former chief pilot postponed the mission until the next morning; he received a call that morning from the NMSP deputy chief, duri meant turb ng which he was advised that he was being relieved of his chief pilot responsibilities (on orders from the DPS cabinet secretary) because of his decision to delay the SAR mission. 81 During postaccident interviews, the DPS cabinet secretary told investigators that aviation section helicopter pilots had to “stay VFR all the time” and avoid getting into a situation where they could encounter IMC. He further stated that aviation section helicopter pilots were to avoid strong wind conditions because they usually ulence in the mountains.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 33 did not have access to official weather forecasts and official observations during SAR missions, unless they were in an area where th 82 ey could reach Flight Watch. P aircraft when highway speed-patrol operations were being performed. Observers u e “familiar with his/her equipm e policy did not address the need for aux ission. Regarding cold-weather gear, the DPS cabinet secretary stated that the aviation section used to require 1.17.4 NMSP Aviation Section Staffing Each full-time NMSP aviation section pilot was expected to work at least 2,080 hours per yea
- 17.3.4 Crew Staffing and Equipment Practices
The NMSP aviation section had no official guidance or policies specifying which aircraft missions should be flown with two pilots and which missions could be flown with one pilot. According to the former chief pilot, he tried to send two pilots on each mission, but it was not always possible because of staffing limitations. He stated that he also tried to require two pilots when the FLIR was used but that informal policy was not always enforced. The part-time helicopter pilot stated that the accident pilot had performed at least two aerial searches at night by himself during which he likely used the night vision goggles and maybe used the FLIR. The part-time helicopter pilot stated that he had urged the accident pilot to take another pilot with him on such missions. Aviation section policy required the presence of an auxiliary crewmember, an observer or spotter, aboard NMS sed in highway speed-patrol operations were required to b ent” and with the section of highway to be patrolled. Th iliary crewmembers on other types of missions and did not specify how such auxiliary crewmembers should be trained. The aviation section had no official policy regarding the minimum equipment (such as cold-weather gear, night vision goggles, or FLIR) that was required for missions. NMSP managers stated that it was the chief pilot’s responsibility to establish formal requirements regarding the minimum equipment needed for missions and to ensure that aviation section pilots understood what equipment was needed. The chief of police stated that he and the other NMSP managers who were not pilots did not know what equipment should be required for a m at least a minimum supply of cold-weather gear and that he thought the current pilots had been told that they should dress for adverse weather conditions. He stated that, when he was a pilot in the aviation section, he routinely carried a survival kit and extra blankets because he had been stuck in the mountains before. r (80 hours per 2-week pay period) for their salary, which was based on their NMSP rank plus a flight pay supplement. Work performed in the office and time spent performing mission-related activities (including the accident pilot’s PIO activities) were credited toward this total number of hours, but pilots were not paid for time spent on call outside of regular office hours, unless they were actually performing work-related tasks.
82 Flight Watch is an en route flight advisory service that provides en route weather updates and pilot report information to pilots operating between 5,000 and 17,000 feet in the United States. Flight Watch services may be available below 5,000 feet, depending on terrain and the distance from the nearest station.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 34 When asked about the adequacy of NMSP aviation section staffing during postaccident interviews, the aviation section pilots and the managers in their chain of command provided differing opinions. According to the full-time helicopter pilot, when he joined the aviation ith five full-time pilots. However, two the former chief pilot in 2008), and no issions and the amount of time the pilots spent on call made additio at they shared the responsibility of being on call. He said most missions were flown during regular business hours. The DPS cabinet secretary also believed that the avi ses between NMSP pilots, dispatch, and SAR personnel. ntact with NMSP aviation section personnel and by the aviation section since the accident. The aviation xperience, currency, and quality of rest), and environmental conditions (for example, day, night, IMC, or icing conditions). The risk
section in 2005, it was adequately staffed for its mission w pilots had subsequently retired (a fixed-wing pilot in 2006 and additional pilots had been hired to replace them. The full-time fixed-wing pilot stated that, at the existing staffing level, the aviation section pilots were almost always on call. The special operations captain who supervised the chief pilot at the time of the accident agreed that the aviation section needed more pilots. He noted that it was “challenging to provide coverage 24 hours a day, 7 days a week” with two and a half helicopter pilots and one fixed-wing pilot. On the other hand, the special operations major, who supervised the special operations captain, told investigators that, before the accident, he believed that staffing in the NMSP aviation section was adequate. However, after the accident, he said he came to understand that the unpredictability of the m nal staffing necessary. The former adjutant chief of police stated that he believed that the aviation section was adequately staffed. He noted that the aviation section had averaged only 569 flight hours per year during the last 4 years and that, as a result, he saw the pilots’ workload as very light and that he felt that additional staffing was not justified. When he was asked how many hours per week each pilot was expected to be on call, he said that each pilot was required to work 40 hours per week and th ation section was adequately staffed at the time of the accident, explaining, “If we didn't have the resources to [fly a mission], we didn't do it.” 1.17.5 Postaccident NMSP Actions The NMSP conducted a postaccident investigation into the conduct of the SAR mission for the accident helicopter and personnel and, in March 2010, presented the resultant report to the New Mexico Search and Rescue Review Board.83 The report recommended that the NMSP aviation section 1) follow proper protocol for SAR missions, specifically to include a mission initiator briefing, and NMSP aircraft use only at the request of the SAR incident commander, and 2) review the communications proces NTSB investigators have been in co reviewed changes that were made or proposed section had developed a strategic plan and improved its flight authorization procedures to ensure that the shift supervisor on duty receives all relevant information before dispatching section pilots and aircraft on a mission. The section also developed a mission risk assessment worksheet that addressed factors such as the type and complexity of the mission (for example, training, dignitary transport, SAR, mountain or overwater operations), planning time and guidance available, crew selection (pilot e
83 The New Mexico Search and Rescue Review Board is a governor-appointed board that evaluates the operation of the New Mexico Search and Rescue Plan and problems on specific missions and makes recommendations to the appropriate authorities.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 35 assessm n, the NMSP plans to further review and change as necessary its procedures regarding commu actory” checkrides), ng officers for missions. The aviation section also rogram to provide dedicated and trained observers. In additio 1.18.1 the search area. If an incident commander determined that aircraft SAR support was needed,84
ent worksheet also contained a mission briefer checklist, which included weather briefing, crew current and qualified, weight and balance, equipment, aircraft logbook, crew rest, and three approving signature blocks. NMSP pilots indicated that the radio equipment on the accident helicopter limited the number of frequencies they could monitor at one time, which hampered their ability to monitor and communicate with NMSP dispatch and SAR personnel at the same time. According to NMSP personnel, the replacement helicopter is equipped with a radio that allows pilots to monitor and communicate on three separate frequencies. As a result, NMSP pilots can now monitor and communicate with NMSP dispatch and SAR personnel at the same time. In additio nications with SAR personnel during SAR missions. Additionally, since the accident, the NMSP has purchased a global positioning system (GPS)-based flight-following unit to improve flight-following capabilities for its aircraft. The NMSP purchased a service plan that provides position updates every 5 minutes and when the helicopter stops. In addition, the NMSP purchased personal emergency locator beacons (PLB) for its pilots to carry during missions. The PLBs transmit self-contained GPS coordinates to satellites when manually activated and, thus, provide SAR personnel with more precise location coordinates than an aircraft’s ELT signals. After the accident, the aviation section also developed study guides for each of the section aircraft, instituted monthly aviation section safety meetings, increased flight training time, developed and incorporated programs to track and monitor quarterly training and proficiency checks for aviation section pilots (in addition to the annual “f and designated section safety and traini instituted a tactical flight officer training p n, the aviation section created an aviation life support and equipment program to ensure that aircraft occupants have the equipment necessary to assist in their safe escape, survival, and recovery during an accident or other emergency. 1.18 Additional Information New Mexico Search and Rescue Act and Plan The New Mexico Search and Rescue Act (SAR Act), which was made law in 1978, governs SAR operations in the state of New Mexico. The New Mexico Search and Rescue Plan, dated January 1, 1996, is a working document that supports the SAR Act. At the time of the accident, every NMSP district had police officers who were trained to function as mission initiators. When a call came in, the mission initiator investigated the need for SAR and, if needed, contacted a SAR incident commander, after which SAR volunteers would be contacted. SAR incident commanders would normally set up an incident command post near
84 Available SAR aircraft support options included the NMSP, the Civil Air Patrol, the New Mexico National Guard, or a private helicopter emergency medical services operator.
NTSB Aircraft Accident Report 36 they had to request that support through the area commander, who would oversee the incident commander. According to the SAR plan, the incident commander would provide the area commander with a description of the situation, the related weather conditions, the urgency of the mission, and an assessment of the type of aircraft and related equipment he or she thought would be mos the Independent Safety Board Act Amend stem, the FAA has no statutory authority to regulate public g:
craft would be considered ction. Also included would
t useful under the circumstances. If the area commander chose to request NMSP aircraft support, he or she should pass the relevant information described in the previous sentence (such as weather information, urgency, and equipment needed, for example) directly to the on-duty pilot so the pilot could make a decision about whether to proceed. 1.18.2 Public Aircraft Operations Public aircraft, as defined by Public Law 103-411, ment of 1994, are exempt from many FAA regulations applicable to civil aircraft. The statute, which became effective April 23, 1995, narrowed the definition of public aircraft with the intent that government-owned aircraft, which operate for commercial purposes or engage in the transport of passengers, be subject to the regulations applicable to civil aircraft.85 However, the law specifically does not apply to SAR, firefighting, or law enforcement operations. During the NTSB’s February 3 through 6, 2009, public hearing on the safety of helicopter emergency medical services (HEMS) operations,86 FAA representatives testified that, with the exception of operations within the National Airspace Sy aircraft operations. FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 00.1-1, “Government Aircraft Operations,” dated April 19, 1995, provides “guidance on whether particular government aircraft operations are public aircraft operations or civil aircraft operations under the statutory definition of public aircraft.” On the subject of SAR, the AC states the following: This term is commonly used to mean operations conducted to locate and rescue persons who are lost, injured, and/or exposed to some degree to danger or harm. Generally, the use of an aircraft is indispensable to the search effort or is the only feasible means of recovering the victim. Persons rescued would be considered “associated with” the activity. The AC further states the followin …persons engaging in [SAR] operations from an air necessary for the performance of the governmental fun be persons who are being carried to a remote search area from which they would conduct ground search and rescue operations, provided that the use of the aircraft is necessary for the performance of that mission.
The NTSB performed a safety study of public aircraft safety, adopted October 23, 2001. The study concluded
that public aircraft experienced fewer accidents per flight hour than general aviation aircraft but had accidents more
frequently than aircraft operating under 14 CFR Part 135 or Part 121. The study also concluded that the use of
different accident and activity data collection systems made it difficult, if not impossible, to compare accident rates
for public aircraft operators. As a result of this study, the NTSB issued eight safety recommendations to the FAA
and two safety recommendations to the General Services Administration. For more information, see Public Aircraft
01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001) at
85
Safety, Safety Study NTSB/SS-01-
.
p://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Stu.htm>.
86 For details, see the NTSB’s website at NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
37
FAA Order 8900.1, volume 3, chapter 14, section 2, “Public Aircraft Operations and
Surveillance, Government Aircraft Operations versus Civil Aircraft Operations,” part 3-565,
“Surveillance,” dated September 13, 2007, states that “government-owned aircraft operators
holding any type of FAA certification will be included in the normal surveillance activities such
as spot inspections of the aircraft and aircraft records.” Further, the order provides the following
example: “If an operation is considered public and the operator holds an airworthiness certificate,
its maintenance records are eligible for review.” Additionally, it states that “government-owned
aircraft operators that are conducting public aircraft operations should be included in the [flight
standards district office] FSDO’s annual planned surveillance activities to ensure that the
of public safety missions
through training, networking, advocacy and educational programs.” At the time of the accident,
ALEA’
EA’s
records
at the
time of
ection
pilots a
ALEA has established multiple programs to aid in the organization, safety, and efficiency
of airb
association makes available to its members a
comprehensive start-up guide, which contains detailed standards for law enforcement units to use
in deve
vides
membe
opted
for by
ed to
objectiv
EA’s
standar
e aviation operations in support of law
enforcement missions.” An audit process (to ensure that safety management efforts are effective)
is in
operator’s status remains unchanged.”
The accident helicopter was maintained under a standard airworthiness certificate, issued
March 20, 2003. The aviation section maintenance technician told investigators that FAA
inspectors had not visited the NMSP aviation section facility to conduct an inspection of the
helicopter since the maintenance technician was hired in September 2005. FAA personnel at the
local FSDO told NTSB investigators that they had not conducted any oversight of NMSP
operations because NMSP was a public operator.
1.18.3 Airborne Law Enforcement Association Standards
The Airborne Law Enforcement Association (ALEA) was founded in 1968 as a non-
profit association comprised of local, state, and other public aircraft operators engaged in law
enforcement activities. The association’s mission is to “support, promote and advance the safe
and effective utilization of aircraft by governmental agencies in support
s records indicated about 3,500 member agencies in the association. Although AL
showed that none of the NMSP aviation section pilots were members of ALEA
the accident87 (nor was the NMSP a member organization), the current aviation s
re all members.
orne law enforcement units.88 The
loping a set of SOPs, and numerous example manuals.89 In addition, ALEA pro
rs with an extensive database of safety-related research and resource links and, if
a public operator, an accreditation program. The accreditation program is design
ely evaluate and certify a participating aviation unit’s overall compliance with AL
ds with a goal of “safe, efficient, and accident-fre
cluded as part of the ALEA accreditation program. ALEA also provides and encourages the
use of an SMS toolkit for aviation sections to develop an SMS program. 87 During postaccident discussions, the then part-time pilot indicated that he had been a member of ALEA for
more than 20 years except for 1 year when NMSP forgot to renew his membership.
88 See ALEA’s website at http://www.alea.org.
89 According to ALEA’s executive director, most small airborne law enforcement units use the association’s
sample manuals, standards, and guides to create their rules and procedures. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
38
Further, ALEA offers a library that contains explanations of public aircraft, the laws that
affect police airborne units, and questions and answers concerning public aircraft. According to
the ALEA website, the association continues to update its standards. The website contains a
members-only section that allows members immediate access to sample manuals, updates, and
other resources. In addition, ALEA conducts regional safety seminars and a weeklong national
conference and exposition annually.90 (According to NMSP aviation section personnel, all
NMSP pilots and tactical flight officers attended ALEA training in April 2011.)
1.18.4 Safety Management System Programs
In recent years, the International Civil Aviation Organization, FAA, International
Helicopter Safety Team, ALEA, and the NTSB have encouraged aviation service providers to
adopt SMS programs.91 A successful SMS program incorporates proactive safety methods to
evaluate a company’s flight and maintenance operations to, at a minimum, identify safety hazards,
ensure that remedial action necessary to maintain an acceptable level of safety is implemented,
provide for continuous monitoring and regular assessment of the safety level achieved, and
continuously improve the company’s overall level of safety. Further, a successful SMS approach
relies on senior management to develop a formal safety policy, establish safety objectives,
ring an organizational safety
culture. Research has shown that this kind of management involvement plays a key role in the
success
develop standards of safety performance, and take the lead in foste
of organizational safety programs.92
At the NTSB’s February 3 through 6, 2009, public hearing on the safety of HEMS
operations, representatives of the FAA and ALEA stated that an SMS program can be scaled to
suit the size and characteristics of a specific operator. 90 For example, issues addressed during the 2010 national conference included tactical flight officer selection
and training, helicopter rescue and aerial firefighting, night operations, and aviation physiology and safety
equipment.
91 For additional information, see International Civil Aviation Organization, Safety Management Manual,
2nd ed. ICAO Doc 9859 (Montreal, Quebec, Canada: International Civil Aviation Organization, 2009); Safety
Management Systems for Aviation Service Providers, Advisory Circular 120-92A, (Washington, DC:
U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, 2010); International Helicopter Safety Team,
Safety Management System Toolkit (Alexandria, Virginia: U.S. Joint Helicopter Safety Implementation Team,
2009); Airborne Law Enforcement Association, Safety Management System Toolkit, (Frederick, Maryland: Airborne
Law Enforcement Association, 2009). Also see (a) Crash of Pinnacle Airlines Flight 3701, Bombardier
CL-600-2B19, N8396A, Jefferson City, Missouri, October 14, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/01
(Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007); (b) In-flight Fire, Emergency Descent, and Crash
in a Residential Area, Cessna 310R, N501N, Sanford, Florida, July 10, 2007, Aircraft Accident Summary Report
NTSB/AAR-09/01/SUM (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009); and (c) NTSB
reco
of Successful Safety Programs, Journal of Safety Research,
vol.
n, J. Mayr, and T. Haines, “Overview of the Relationship
Betw
mmendation
letter
to
FAA
Administrator
J. Randolph
Babbitt,
dated
September 24,
2009
http://www.ntsb.gov/Recs/letters/2009/A09_87_96.pdf.
92 See (a) M.J. Smith and others, “Characteristics
, no. 1 (1978), pp. 5–15 and (b) H.S. Shanno
10
een Organizational and Workplace Factors and Injury Rates,” Safety Science, vol. 26, no. 3 (1997),
pp. 201-217. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
39
1.18.5
rt of runway 36
at Kirksville Regional Airport, Kirksville, Missouri.93 Safety Recommendation A-06-10, which
ortation Safety Improvements since 2006,
asked the FAA to do the following:
n a December 29, 2009, letter, the NTSB retained
the classification “Open—Unacceptable Response” pending publication of the NPRM.
,” that proposed to amend Part 121 and
establish Part 117 to create a single set of flight time limitations, duty period limits, and rest
requirements for pilots in Part 121 operations. The NTSB’s November 15, 2010, response to the
NPRM noted that the proposed rule takes into consideration length of duty day, starting time,
workload, and time-zone changes and, if adopted, would likely meet the intent of Safety
Recommendation A-06-10.
airport because both the captain and first officer fell asleep during the flight, the
Previously Issued Safety Recommendations
1.18.5.1 Pilot Flight and Duty Time and Rest Period Limitations
On February 7, 2006, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-10 following its
investigation of an October 19, 2004, accident in which Corporate Airlines (doing business as
American Connection) flight 5966 struck trees on final approach and crashed sho
has been on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transp
Modify and simplify the flight crew hours-of-service regulations to take into
consideration factors such as length of duty day, starting time, workload, and
other factors shown by recent research, scientific evidence, and current industry
experience to affect crew alertness.
In a September 9, 2009, response, the FAA reported that it held a 3-day fatigue
symposium that presented the most current scientific knowledge of fatigue in aviation. The FAA
also reported that it had developed a plan that included developing a notice of proposed
rulemaking (NPRM) on flight time limitations, duty period limits, and rest requirements for
pilots in operations under Part 121 and 135. I
On September 14, 2010, the FAA published an NPRM, “14 CFR Parts 117 and 121:
Flightcrew Member Duty and Rest Requirements
As a result of its investigation of a February 13, 2008, incident in which the flight crew of
a Bombardier CL-600-2B19, operated by Mesa Airlines as go! flight 1002, flew past the
destination
NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-64, which asked the FAA to do the following:.
Conduct research examining how pilot fatigue is affected by the unique
characteristics of short-haul operations and identify methods for reducing those
effects; include research into the interactive effects of shift timing, consecutive
days of work, number of legs flown, and the availability of rest breaks.
The FAA’s October 23, 2009, response indicated that the aviation rulemaking committee
that was established to assist in developing the flight crew duty and rest requirements NPRM 93 For more information, see Collision with Trees and Crash Short of Runway, Corporate Airlines Flight 5966,
BAE Systems BAE-J3201, N875JX, Kirksville, Missouri, October 19, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report
NTSB/AAR-06/01
(Washington,
DC:
National
Transportation
Safety
Board,
2006)
at
http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Acc1.htm. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
40
was also tasked with developing a single approach for addressing fatigue in all Part 121 and 135
operations, including short-haul operations. Therefore, the FAA did not believe that additional
d in its June 8, 2010,
address
basis for its recommendations on this issue. Accordingly,
Safety Recommendation A-09-64 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” pending the
FAA’s
.
2010
NPRM that, although the proposed rule did shorten flight duty periods and maximum flight time
based on the number of flight segments that exceed four in 1 day (which should help to mitigate
fatigue
1.18.5
ndation A-09-89 asked the FAA to do the following:
s for
HEMS operations in its Part 135 SMS rulemaking project. Pending the NTSB’s review of the
propose
nse”
on Octo
research into short-haul operations was merited at that time. The NTSB state
response that it looked forward to reviewing the proposed revisions, including those that will
the unique aspects of short-haul operations, but noted once again that there is little or no
scientific research describing the interaction of the unique characteristics of short-haul operations
(such as the interaction of time of day, cumulative time on duty, and number of legs flown) on
flight crew fatigue. The NTSB asked the FAA to provide a list of the scientific literature on the
unique characteristics of short-haul operations and flight crew fatigue that the aviation
rulemaking committee used as the
performance of the recommended action or provision of the requested list of research
The NTSB observed in its November 15, 2010, response to the September 14,
in short-haul operations), it did not specifically address Safety Recommendation A-09- addressing short-haul operations, and, as recommended in Safety Recommendation A-09-64,
research into factors affecting the development of fatigue in these operations (especially in the
context of the proposed rule) would be beneficial.
.2 Safety Management Systems
On September 24, 2009, as a result of testimony given at the NTSB’s February 2009
public hearing on HEMS safety and the investigative findings of several 2008 HEMS
accidents,94 the NTSB issued several safety recommendations to the FAA, public HEMS
operators, and other federal agencies.95 Safety Recommendations A-09-89 (to the FAA) and
A-09-98 (to 40 public HEMS operators) address the implementation of SMS for these
operations. Safety Recomme
Require helicopter emergency medical services operators to implement a safety
management system program that includes sound risk management practices.
In a December 23, 2009, response, the FAA stated that it is considering requirement
d rule, Safety Recommendation A-09-89 was classified “Open—Acceptable Respo
ber 7, 2010. 94 The associated safety recommendation letter cited the following accidents: NTSB case numbers
DFW08FA062, CHI08FA128, DEN08FA101, DEN08MA116A and DEN08MA116B, MIA08MA203, and
CEN09MA019.
The
briefs
for
these
accidents
can
be
accessed
online
at
http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/aviationquery/index.aspx.
95 Because the NMSP aviation section does not perform HEMS operations, the section did not receive these
safety recommendations. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
41
Safety Recommendation A-09-98 asked 40 public HEMS operators to do the following:
Implement a safety management system program that includes sound risk
management practices.
To date, 2 of the 40 public HEMS recipients have replied, and the recommendation has
an overall status of “Open—Acceptable Response.” Of particular note is the October 22, 2009,
response from EMS STAR Flight in Austin-Travis County, Austin, Texas, which indicated that,
in 2008, the organization implemented an SMS program that includes a risk assessment tool for
HEMS operations and, in 2009, the program was revised. The response also stated that STAR
Flight was developing a risk assessment tool for its other public use responders (including SAR).
Noting that these actions exceeded the intent of the recommendation, the NTSB classified
“Closed—Exceeds Recommended Action” for STAR Flight on June 2, 2010.
it
s reiterated in November 2009 following the
NTSB’s investigation of the accident involving an Aerospatiale (Eurocopter) SA365N1 that was
tate Police (MSP) as a public medical evacuation
ent landing system approach.97 Safety
Recom
s if the
ained
classified “Open—Unacceptab
rulema
M and to enact the final rule. The NTSB also noted that such a requirement
should have minimal implementation costs and, given the 94 percent voluntary compliance the
FAA reported in its August 17, 2009, response, should encounter little opposition. On
October 12, 2010, the FAA published an NPRM titled “14 CFR Parts 1, 91, 120, and 135 Air On February 7, 2006, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-06-13 (which was
added to the NTSB’s Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements in
October 2008) as a result of its special investigation of a number of accidents between January
2002 and January 2005 involving aircraft performing emergency medical services (EMS)
operations.96 Safety Recommendation A-06-13 wa
registered to and operated by the Maryland S
flight and impacted terrain during an instrum
mendation A-06-13 asked the FAA to do the following:
Require all emergency medical services (EMS) operators to develop and
implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training all employees
involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic evaluation of
flight risks, and consultation with others trained in EMS flight operation
risks reach a predefined level.
In a March 12, 2010, letter, the NTSB noted that this recommendation rem
le Response,” based on the FAA’s stated intent to pursue
king—rather than revise the operations specifications covering HEMS operators, as
previously reported—to ensure all operators develop and implement flight risk evaluation
programs. The NTSB stated its concern that often FAA regulatory projects require considerable
time to issue the NPR roach to Landing of Maryland State Police Aerospatiale
SA3
rtation Safety Board, 2009) at http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Acc1.htm.
96 For more information, see Special Investigation Report on Emergency Medical Services Operations, Special
Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-06-01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2006) at
http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Stu.htm.
97 For more information, see Crash During App
65N1, N92MD, District Heights, Maryland, September 27, 2008, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/07
(Washington, DC: National Transpo NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
42
Ambul Aircraft Operations; Safety Initiatives and Miscellaneous Amendments; Proposed Rule.” The
NPRM
rams
to inclu
al risk assessments before each mission and consideration of the
risks associated with each leg of a mission. Th
the NP
ply even if flight
risk evaluation programs were required for HEMS operators. Safety Recommendation A-09-131 As a result of the 2006 special investigation of EMS operations, the NTSB also issued
Safety
ent decisions.
operations. Pending that action, Safety Recommendation A-06-14 was classified
“Op
, NPRM contained proposed requirements to address this
ance and Commercial Helicopter Operations, Part 91 Helicopter Operations, and Part 135
proposed to require all HEMS operators to implement preflight risk assessment prog
de the conduct of form
e NTSB noted in its January 10, 2011, response to
RM that, if adopted, the proposed change would be responsive to Safety Recommendation
A-06-13.
Following its investigation of the September 27, 2008, MSP accident, the NTSB issued
several recommendations to 40 public HEMS operators on November 13, 2009. The final report
noted that the accident demonstrated the need for all EMS operators—both public and civil—to
develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs and that, because the FAA does not have
the authority to regulate public operators, they would not be required to com
asked 40 public HEMS operators to do the following:
Develop and implement flight risk evaluation programs that include training for
all employees involved in the operation, procedures that support the systematic
evaluation of flight risks, and consultation with others trained in helicopter
emergency medical services flight operations if the risks reach a predefined level.
This recommendation is currently classified “Open—Await Response.”
1.18.5.4 Flight Following and Dispatch Procedures
Recommendation A-06-14, which asked the FAA to do the following:
Require emergency medical services operators to use formalized dispatch and
flight-following procedures that include up-to-date weather information and
assistance in flight risk assessm
In May 2008, the FAA published AC 120-96, “Integration of Operations Control Centers
into Helicopter Emergency Medical Services Operations,” which provides detailed guidance
about the creation and operation of operations control centers (OCC) for HEMS operations, as
well as guidance for establishing the recommended formalized dispatch and flight-following
procedures. The FAA also conducted a survey in January 2009 to determine how many operators
had voluntarily adopted these recommended best practices and found that 89 percent had
integrated an OCC into their operations. On January 23, 2009, the NTSB indicated that, although
the AC was responsive to the recommendation, it was only guidance and that the FAA needed to
require that all EMS operators incorporate the guidance contained in the AC into their
en—Acceptable Response.”
The FAA’s October 12, 2010
recommendation, proposing that commercial HEMS operators with 10 or more helicopters that
are engaged in HEMS activities establish OCCs. In its January 10, 2011, response to the NPRM, NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
43
the NTSB stated that it did not agree with this limitation and that the requirement for an OCC
should be applied to all HEMS operators. The NTSB noted that AC 120-96 provides guidance on
how to scale an OCC to fit the size of an organization. The NTSB also disagreed with the FAA’s
contention that preflight risk assessments may suffice for smaller operators in lieu of an OCC,
stating that preflight risk assessments cannot substitute for the services and support provided by
an OCC. The NTSB stated that the proposed requirement was only partially responsive to Safety
Recommendation A-06-14.
A-09-132 asked 40 public use HEMS
operators to “Use formalized dispatch and flight-following procedures that include up-to-date
weathe
ion is
current
1.18.5
the investigative
findings
of
several
2008
HEMS
accidents,
the
NTSB
also
issued
Safety
ing them to do the following:
) pilots, to
they would never perform in a helicopter except in an
emergency. The NTSB asked to be advised of whic
Safety Recommendation A-09-132 also resulted from the NTSB’s investigation of the
September 27, 2008, fatal accident involving an Aerospatiale (Eurocopter) SA365N1, registered
to and operated by MSP as a public medical evacuation flight. Although MSP does have
formalized dispatch and flight-following procedures and access to up-to-date weather
information, the final report expressed concern that other public HEMS operators may not have
dispatch and flight-following procedures or include weather information and assistance in flight
risk assessment decisions. Safety Recommendation
r information and assistance in flight risk assessment decisions.” This recommendat
ly classified “Open—Await Response.”
.5 Helicopter Pilot Training for Inadvertent Encounters with IMC
As a result of its February 2009 public hearing on HEMS safety and
Recommendation A-09-97 to 40 public HEMS operators, ask
Conduct scenario-based training, including the use of simulators and flight
training devices, for helicopter emergency medical services (HEMS
include inadvertent flight into instrument meteorological conditions and hazards
unique to HEMS operations, and conduct this training frequently enough to
ensure proficiency.
Safety Recommendation A-09-97 is currently classified “Open—Await Response” for 39
of the 40 recipients. One recipient, EMS STAR Flight of Austin-Travis County, Austin, Texas,
reported that its director of aviation and chief pilot conduct quarterly flight training that includes
emergency IMC recovery. All crewmembers, flight paramedics, and flight nurses are included in
this training and have roles and responsibilities in IMC encounters. The organization also
reported that the director of aviation and chief pilot had evaluated a flight simulator at American
Eurocopter Corporation for inclusion in advancing their instrument and emergency procedures
training and planned to add this training to the annual pilot training program immediately.
In a June 2, 2010, letter, the NTSB commended STAR Flight for incorporating simulator
training into its program and noted that the use of simulators permits pilots to practice
procedures and maneuvers that
h topics are covered in simulators and flight
training devices and which are covered in actual helicopter flight training after the training
program has been revised. Safety Recommendation A-09-97 is currently classified
“Open—Acceptable Response” for EMS STAR Flight. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
44
1.18.5.6 FAA Oversight of Public Operations
On December 27, 2010, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-150 to the FAA
following the investigation of an August 5, 2008, fatal accident in which a Sikorsky S-61N
helicopter impacted trees and terrain during the initial climb after takeoff from a helispot in
mountainous terrain near Weaverville, California.98 The helicopter was being operated by the
U.S. Forest Service (USFS) as a public flight to transport firefighters from one helispot to
another. The USFS had contracted with Carson Helicopters, Inc., of Grants Pass, Oregon, for the
service
o the NTSB indicated that in partial response to
ld a public forum to propose initial policy
to publish a
licy changes.
Based o
s of the helicopter, which was registered to Carson Helicopters, Inc., and leased to Carson
Helicopter Services, Inc., of Grants Pass. The NTSB determined that the accident occurred, in
part,
due
to
insufficient
oversight
by
the
USFS
and
the
FAA.99
Safety
Recommendation A-10-150 asked the FAA to do the following:
Take appropriate actions to clarify Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
authority over public aircraft, as well as identify and document where such
oversight responsibilities reside in the absence of FAA authority.
The FAA’s March 28, 2011, response t
this safety recommendation, on January 20, 2011, it he
changes related to public aircraft operations. The FAA indicated that it also plans
notice in the Federal Register to advise of proposed public aircraft operational po
n the comments received from this notice and the public forum, the FAA will revise policy
documents as necessary to clarify FAA authority over public aircraft. While the NTSB is evaluating
this response, Safety Recommendation A-10-150 is classified “Open—Initial Response
Received.” 98 For more information, see Crash During Takeoff of Carson Helicopters, Inc., Firefighting Helicopter Under
Contract to the U.S. Forest Service, Sikorsky S-61N, N612AZ, Near Weaverville, California, August 5, 2008,
Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-10/06 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2010) at
http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Acc1.htm.
99 The full probable cause statement for this accident is as follows: “The National Transportation Safety Board
determines that the probable causes of this accident were the following actions by Carson Helicopters: 1) the
intentional understatement of the helicopter’s empty weight, 2) the alteration of the power available chart to
exaggerate the helicopter’s lift capability, and 3) the practice of using unapproved above-minimum specification
torque in performance calculations that, collectively, resulted in the pilots relying on performance calculations that
significantly overestimated the helicopter’s load-carrying capacity and did not provide an adequate performance
margin for a successful takeoff; and insufficient oversight by the USFS and the Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA).”
“Contributing to the accident was the failure of the flight crewmembers to address the fact that the helicopter
had approached its maximum performance capability on their two prior departures from the accident site because
they were accustomed to operating at the limit of the helicopter’s performance. Contributing to the fatalities were
the immediate, intense fire that resulted from the spillage of fuel upon impact from the fuel tanks that were not crash
resistant, the separation from the floor of the cabin seats that were not crash resistant, and the use of an inappropriate
release mechanism on the cabin seat restraints.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
45 dent;
howeve
verse
effect o
tients
on vari
ot had not experienced
adverse
The NTSB concludes that postaccident examination of the helicopter’s seats and restraint
systems revealed no evidence of preimpact inadequacies. The pilot and the hiker were ejected
from the helicopter when their seats and restraint systems were subjected to forces beyond those
for which they were certificated during the helicopter’s roll down the steep, rocky mountainside.
According to the spotter’s postaccident statements, the pilot survived the accident and
responded to the spotter’s initial calls; however, at some time during the night, the pilot stopped
resp
o find the accident site during the night were hampered
SAR response and also hindered the ground SAR teams’ progress; the darkness and the
takeoff, the helicopter reversed direction, climbed, and
2.1 General
The FAA has the authority to oversee the airworthiness of certificated aircraft used in
public operations; however, it had not provided airworthiness surveillance for the accident
helicopter. The investigation determined that the accident helicopter was properly certificated
and maintained in accordance with NMSP policies and the manufacturer’s recommended
maintenance program. There was no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system
failures.
The pilot had been taking fluoxetine to treat depression for 7 years before the acci
r, studies have shown that normal doses of fluoxetine have had minimal or no ad
n patient performance and might actually improve the performance of depressed pa
ous tasks. The pilot’s personal medical records noted that the pil
effects from his use of this medication. Therefore, it is unlikely that the pilot’s use of
fluoxetine to treat depression played any role in this accident. The investigation found no
evidence that the pilot had any preexisting medical or toxicological condition that adversely
affected his performance during the accident flight. Although the pilot had not reported his use of
fluoxetine on his FAA medical certificate applications, the FAA has recently (since April 2010)
permitted pilots taking fluoxetine for depression to receive a medical certificate through the
agency’s waiver process and has offered amnesty to pilots who had not previously disclosed use
of this medication.
onding to the spotter’s calls. Throughout the night, the SAR ground teams were traversing
more than 5 miles of rugged terrain in darkness and adverse weather conditions, toward the
accident location (based primarily on AFRCC-provided ELT coordinates). New Mexico National
Guard helicopters that were launched t
and eventually delayed until the next day by the adverse weather conditions. The SAR ground
teams reached the general accident area the next morning and found the spotter about 1155; they
did not locate the main helicopter wreckage until just before sunset that day. The NTSB
concludes that neither the airborne nor ground SAR personnel could have reached the pilot
before he died of exposure given the adverse weather conditions, which precluded a prompt
airborne
rugged terrain in which the ground SAR teams were responding; the distance they had to travel;
and the seriousness of the pilot’s injuries.
The radar data indicated that, beginning a little more than 1 minute after the helicopter
first appeared on radar after the accident NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
46
flew erratically, crossing
site. Dispatch records sh
dispatcher and asked if she could hear him
terrain as high as 12,500 feet before descending rapidly near the crash
owed that, shortly after the erratic flying began, the pilot radioed the
. After the dispatcher responded in the affirmative, the
truck a mountainside.” Postaccident wreckage examination indicated that the
’s tail rotor skid tube was bent upward (toward the tailboom) from its original
position
cause there was no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures
with th
equire clear identification of the timing and location of the initial collision
with te
pilot stated, “…I s
accident helicopter
and exhibited scratches and abrasions in all directions. In addition, the outboard 9 to
10 inches of the two tail rotor blades were missing and were not recovered along the main
wreckage path, indicating that the helicopter did strike something prior to the identified
wreckage field. The pilot continued to key his microphone, and on the dispatch recording he
could be heard breathing rapidly for about the next 39 seconds.
Be
e helicopter, it is likely that the helicopter’s initial collision with terrain resulted from
either 1) pilot geographic disorientation (lack of awareness of position) and a controlled collision
with terrain, because the pilot likely could not see the surrounding terrain in the dark night100
IMC conditions or 2) pilot spatial disorientation and an uncontrolled collision with terrain,
because multiple risk factors for spatial disorientation (the pilot’s lack of a helicopter instrument
rating and lack of helicopter instrument flying proficiency, maneuvering in dark night conditions,
and turbulence) were present during the accident flight.101
The first of these scenarios, geographic disorientation, would likely result in a relatively
stable flightpath leading up to the initial collision with terrain followed by an erratic flightpath.
Spatial disorientation and loss of control, on the other hand, would likely result in a more erratic
flightpath before the initial collision. Using the radar data to distinguish between these two
possibilities would r
rrain. While it appears that the pilot reported to the dispatcher that he hit the mountainside
shortly after the erratic flying began, without knowing the exact point of impact, it is unclear
whether the erratic flying led to the impact or if the erratic flying occurred because of the impact.
As a result, it was not possible to evaluate the relative likelihood of these two possible causal
explanations.
The remainder of this analysis discusses safety issues related to the following: the pilot’s
decision-making, flight and duty times and rest periods, NMSP staffing, SMS programs and risk
assessments, communications between the NMSP pilots and volunteer SAR organization
personnel, instrument flying, and flight-following equipment.
2.2 Pilot Decision-Making
2.2.1 Decision to Launch on the Mission
An NMSP dispatcher contacted the accident pilot about 1756 (almost 3 hours after he had
completed his normal 8-hour work shift) regarding use of the NMSP helicopter to aid in SAR
efforts to find a lost hiker in the mountains northeast of Santa Fe. According to NMSP dispatch 100 As previously noted, there was no moonlight at the time of the accident.
101 Spatial disorientation is the mistaken perception of an aircraft’s attitude relative to the earth. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
47
recordings, the pilot was initially reluctant to launch on the accident mission because he believed
it was too windy; the pilot stated that he would prefer to go up to look for the hiker in the
morning. The pilot’s concern about the windy conditions likely stemmed from a flight he
operated with the full-time helicopter pilot a few hours earlier when the two pilots encountered
winds gusting to near 40 knots on the ground in Las Vegas, New Mexico,102 and adjusted their
return flight to SAF. However, minutes after the request to fly the accident mission, the pilot
called the dispatcher back and told her that he had “checked the wind”103 and could “probably go
up and take a look” for the missing hiker.
The full-time helicopter pilot said that the aviation section pilots normally obtained the
TAF and METARs for SAF using the NOAA Aviation Weather Center website rather than
checkin
er elevations in which the SAR efforts
took place predicted broken clouds at 14,000 feet, layered clouds to 22,000 feet, with widely
scattere
he pilot likely believed that he could fly to the search area (which was only 20 nm
from SAF) and return to SAF quickly and safely before dark. (Several preflight comments
indicate
ith the English language and the
remote, wooded, and unfamiliar area in which she was lost. The SAR mission extended into
inet secretary, when he was a pilot in the NMSP aviation
r was carried on board, and he routinely carried a survival
g the area forecast for a local flight. TAFs and METARs are only valid within a 5-mile
radius of the airport, but they provide detailed local weather information. It is possible, therefore,
that the accident pilot reviewed the TAF and/or METAR for SAF before the accident mission.
The TAF in effect for SAF at that time indicated that, between 1800 and 2200, temporary
conditions would exist for the next 4 hours that included a cumulonimbus cloud ceiling at
6,000 feet agl (about 12,000 feet msl). (If such conditions extended an additional 15 miles to the
northeast, there was a potential for thunderstorms and mountain obscuration in the search area
during the mission.) The area forecast in effect for the high
d light rain showers and isolated thunderstorms and gusting wind until 2100.
A little more than 2 hours of daylight remained when the accident pilot was notified
about the mission, and he might have thought it would be a short mission. The pilot knew that
the hiker was in communication with the NMSP dispatcher via cellular telephone, and he might
have believed that the hiker could quickly guide him to her location. This belief and the fact that
the weather at SAF was warm and clear and the wind was calmer than earlier in the day likely
contributed to the pilot’s decision to accept the flight. Further, the mountains in the search area
were visible from SAF, and the pilot would have seen that they were clear of clouds at the time
of departure. T
d that the pilot predicted that the mission would be a quick “in and out” flight.) However,
the hiker was unable to provide the pilot with much of the useful guidance that lost hikers can
typically provide (such as describing her position relative to the sun, nearby landmarks, or terrain
features), likely in part because of her limited proficiency w
nighttime. According to the DPS cab
section, a supply of cold-weather gea
kit and extra blankets on such missions.
Additionally, based on the elevation of the targeted search area (estimated to be
11,700 feet), the pilot should have anticipated that the helicopter would be operating near the 102 Las Vegas, New Mexico, is located about 40 miles east of SAF and 34 miles southeast of the accident
loca
.
viewed before accepting the
acci
tion
103 The NTSB was unable to determine which specific weather reports the pilot re
dent mission. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
48
upper limit of its hovering and/or landing performance capabilities. (The helicopter’s dual-engine
hover ceiling was 11,800 feet.)104
The NTSB concludes that, when the pilot made the decision to launch, the weather and
lighting conditions, even at higher elevations, did not preclude the mission; however, after
accepting a SAR mission involving flight at high altitudes over mountainous terrain, with
darkness approaching and with a deteriorating weather forecast, the pilot should have taken steps
to mitigate the potential risks involved, for example, by bringing cold-weather survival gear and
ensuring that night vision goggles were on board and readily available for the mission.
the landing
site. It is possible that the pilot initially expected the hiker to walk up to the helicopter landing
site, an
ey arrived at the landing site and that, when they exited
the helicopter after landing to pick up the hiker, they encountered strong wind and sleet.
landed, the dispatcher again reported that the hiker “did not want to move.” The pilot
sub Although the pilot may have considered some personal restrictions regarding maximum
altitudes, terrain characteristics, and winds that would permit a safe landing in the search area, no
official NMSP risk assessment policy existed and, therefore, there was no evidence that the pilot
considered such restrictions. For additional information regarding risk assessments, see
section 2.4.1.
2.2.2 Decision-Making During the Mission
About 2010, when the pilot finally located the lost hiker, she was in a small clearing in a
wooded area, with no suitable landing site nearby. The pilot maneuvered above the hiker and
told the dispatcher to instruct the hiker to walk in the direction he was flying to reach
d, as a result, the pilot likely believed that they would be able to depart the remote landing
site relatively quickly after landing. However, although the hiker was ambulatory, she indicated
to the dispatcher that she was cold and could not see well enough to move toward the
helicopter’s landing site. NMSP dispatch records show that, about 2015 (about 4 minutes before
sunset), the dispatcher asked if the pilot could land on top of the hill and send the spotter down to
retrieve the hiker. The pilot, sounding exasperated, said, “That’s about the only thing we’re
going to be able to do.”
According to the spotter, during the pilot’s efforts to evaluate the nearest suitable landing
site, the helicopter encountered strong winds and turbulence below 200 feet agl, it was getting
dark, and low clouds were approaching from the west, all of which would have made the landing
more hazardous. Although the incoming weather and the increasing darkness meant that the
operation was growing increasingly risky, the pilot made several passes over the landing site and,
after determining that a safe landing could be accomplished, proceeded with the landing.
About 2030 (11 minutes after sunset), the pilot landed the helicopter on a ridge about 0.5 mile
uphill from the hiker and at an elevation of about 11,600 feet. The spotter reported that they
encountered moderate turbulence when th
When the spotter contacted the dispatcher by cellular telephone after the helicopter had
sequently called the dispatcher to clarify the hiker’s intentions, and the dispatcher told him
that she believed that the hiker expected them to help her to the helicopter. As a result, about 104 The accident helicopter’s dual- and single-engine service ceilings were 19,600 and 13,100 feet, respectively. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
49
2033, the pilot (who was wearing an unlined summer-weight flight suit) told the dispatcher he
was going to “walk down the hil
105
l a little bit.”
He indicated that he expected the weather
conditions to deteriorate and stated, “…if it does that, I’ve got to get the [expletive] out of here.”
The pil
.
y reported “a heavy overcast” with heavy rain within 30 minutes of the accident.
These conditions indicated a strong likelihood of reduced visibility and the potential for
was surrounded by high, rugged terrain that
or departure and, about
9 minu
d shelter, and the pilot could have periodically used its engines to
generate heat as needed throughout the night. However, because the remote landing site was less
than 15
ot added, “I’m not going to spend a lot of time or we’re going to have two search and
rescues.” There is no evidence that the pilot took the time to consider his options; rather, he
promptly left the helicopter and walked down the heavily forested slope to find the hiker without
stopping to get his flashlight out of his flight bag. These communications and actions suggest
that the pilot was feeling increasing stress as a result of the deteriorating conditions and that he
was fixated on the goal of retrieving the hiker and taking off again as quickly as possible
The spotter stated that the strong wind continued to blow while the pilot was recovering
the hiker. By the time the pilot and hiker returned to the helicopter (about 50 minutes after the
pilot left the helicopter to retrieve the hiker and more than 1 hour after sunset), the sleet had
turned to snow, and the clouds had lowered. Other witnesses who were camping at a lower
elevation nearb
structural icing. In addition, the remote landing site
was no longer visible. Yet the pilot quickly prepared the helicopter f
tes after the pilot returned to the helicopter with the hiker, the helicopter was airborne
again. According to the spotter, the pilot seemed to indicate that he intended to depart through a
narrow path, a “tunnel in the clouds.”
An interim risk assessment performed at this point may have indicated to the pilot that a
different course of action would be more prudent. Even rudimentary consideration of the adverse
weather conditions should have indicated to the pilot that it was no longer safe to take off and
attempt to return to SAF at that time. At that point, the only safe option was to wait inside the
helicopter at the remote landing site, contact SAR personnel for information and assistance, and
wait for the weather conditions to improve. Although the temperature was near freezing, the
helicopter provided goo
minutes flying time from SAF, the pilot was likely very tempted to attempt to fly back to
SAF rather than wait inside the helicopter for an indefinite period of time. The fact that the
helicopter was airborne within about 9 minutes of the pilot’s return indicates that the pilot was
still fixated on departing as soon as possible, and he did not spend much time considering
alternative courses of action.106
Taking off in a helicopter in dark (moonless) lighting conditions, with marginal visibility,
strong wind, turbulence, low clouds, the potential for structural and/or engine icing conditions,
and surrounded by high terrain poses an unacceptably high risk of spatial and/or geographic 105
appropri
G.A. Klein, eds., Linking Expertise and Naturalistic Decision Making (Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum
Asso
Although the dispatcher suggested that the spotter retrieve the lost hiker, the pilot, who was slightly more
ately clothed for the conditions, hiked to retrieve her.
106 In this regard, the pilot’s decision-making performance during the accident mission is reminiscent of a
category of decision-making error that researchers have labeled “plan continuation error.” Plan continuation error
has been defined as “failure to revise a flight plan despite emerging evidence that suggests it is no longer safe.”
[J. Orasanu, L. Martin, and J. Davison, “Cognitive and Contextual Factors in Aviation Accidents,” in E. Salas and
ciates, 2001), pp. 209-225.] NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
50
disorientation, which could lead to loss of control and/or a controlled flight into terrain accident.
Had the pilot performed an interim risk assessment and considered the external circumstances or
discussed them with the spotter,107 the NMSP dispatcher, or SAR ground personnel, he would
have been more likely to recognize the potential hazards associated with an immediate takeoff
and might have delayed his departure from the remote landing site until more favorable
conditions prevailed. The NTSB concludes that the pilot exhibited poor decision-making when
he chose to take off from a relatively secure landing site at night and attempt VFR flight in
adverse weather conditions.
2.3 F
re complex or perceptually demanding,108 experts on cold
exposu
actors Affecting the Pilot’s Decision-Making
This section addresses factors that could have influenced the pilot’s decision-making both
before accepting the mission and when he took off from the mountain to return to SAF, including
fatigue, self-induced pressure, and situational stress.
The NTSB considered whether environmental and/or physiological factors related to the
cold temperature or the high altitude might have degraded the pilot’s decision-making in this
case. The pilot spent about 50 minutes searching for the hiker and carrying her up a steep slope
in very cold, windy conditions, in freezing precipitation, while dressed only in an unlined
summer-weight flight suit and undergarments. Although cold stress can degrade cognitive
performance, especially for tasks that a
re at the U.S. Army Research Institute for Environmental Medicine indicated that, based
on the pilot’s level of exertion and the terrain, the pilot’s metabolic rate would likely have been
fairly high, offsetting the cold weather’s effects and minimizing the risk of hypothermia. After
reviewing the circumstances of this accident for evidence of any physiological effects from the
high altitude (the pilot was operating in the unpressurized helicopter for more than 2 hours
before the accident), U.S. Army Research Institute for Environmental Medicine personnel
indicated that the altitude would have affected the pilot very little as well. Because the pilot lived
at an altitude of about 6,000 feet, he would likely have been sufficiently acclimatized to operate
at higher altitudes.109 Since the time at altitude was relatively short (about 3 hours), there was
likely little hypoxic effect on the pilot’s cognitive function. 107 The SAR commander spoke with the spotter while the pilot was retrieving the hiker and urged the spotter to
remain in place and wait for ground teams to arrive if it was not safe to take off. However, it is not clear that the
spotter shared this information with the pilot when he returned to the helicopter; the spotter did not recall the pilot
raisi
formance in Cold Environments,” in D.E. Lounsbury,
R.F.
ng the possibility of remaining on the mountain overnight.
108 R.G. Hoffman, “Chapter 12: Human Psychological Per
Bellamy, and R. Zajtchuck, eds., Medical Aspects of Harsh Environments, Volume 1 (Fort Detrick, Maryland:
Department of the U.S. Army, Office of The Surgeon General, Walter Reed Army Medical Center Borden Institute,
2002), pp. 399–400.
109 For additional information, see S.R. Muza and others, “Residence at Moderate Altitude Improves
Ventilator Response to High Altitude,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 75, no. 10 (2004),
pp. 1042–1048. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
51
2.3.1 Fatigue
Scientific research and accident investigations have demonstrated the negative effects of
fatigue on human performance,110 including a breakdown in vigilance, degraded response times,
and poor decision-making and risk assessment. As discussed in the NTSB’s report on a 1993
accident involving American International Airways flight 808 at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba,
fixation on a course of action (for example, the NMSP accident pilot’s decision to take off again
and fly to SAF) while disregarding critical evidence that the course of action is no longer safe is
also consistent with the effects of fatigue.111 Thus, the pilot’s most critical decision during the
ions rather than wait on the
fatigue.
led 4 hours 6 minutes112 and was split into
two sep
e day of the accident), the pilot was
in bed for 8 to 8.5 hours. Additionally, according to his wife, the pilot likely took a 30-minute accident mission—his decision to take off in adverse weather condit
ground for conditions to improve—was consistent with the effects of
Cellular telephone records, notes in the accident pilot’s planner, and information
provided by the pilot’s wife indicate that the pilot’s available sleep time between Sunday
evening, June 7, and Monday morning, June 8, tota
arate possible sleep periods (2200 to 2326 on June 7 and 0003 to 0243 on June 8) due to
work-related phone calls that occurred between 2326 Sunday night and 0003 Monday morning
and between 0243 and 0256 Monday morning. Further, the pilot had to get up earlier than usual
because of two missions that he flew between 0300 and 1100 Monday morning.
According to the pilot’s wife, her husband normally slept about 8 hours (beginning
between 2130 and 2200) in a single consolidated sleep period on a night before a work day.
However, the pilot’s wife said that he frequently watched television later than usual on Sunday
nights; although she did not specifically recall her husband’s actions on the Sunday before the
accident, he might have still been awake when he began to receive work-related telephone calls
about 2326 Sunday night.113 If the pilot watched television rather than slept during this earlier
available sleep period, his maximum available sleep time would have been only 2 hours
35 minutes (again, assuming he used every minute of available sleep). Because of his
work-related sleep disruptions and the fragmented nature of the pilot’s sleep during the
preceding 24 hours, it is highly likely the pilot experienced acute fatigue on Monday, June 8.
Between Monday evening and Tuesday morning (th 110 For the scientific research, see (a) J.A. Caldwell, “Fatigue in the Aviation Environment: An Overview of the
Causes and Effects as Well as Recommended Countermeasures,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine,
vol. 68, no. 10 (1997), pp. 932–938; (b) D.R. Haslam, “The Military Performance of Soldiers in Sustained
Operations,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 55, no. 2 (1984), pp. 216–221; and (c) G.P. Kruger,
“Su
t’s wife was working at the time, so she could not be certain about the pilot’s actions at home.
stained Work, Fatigue, Sleep Loss, and Performance: A Review of the Issues,” Work and Stress, vol. 3, no. 1
(1989), pp. 129–141. For accident investigation research, see A Review of Flightcrew-Involved, Major Accidents of
U.S. Air Carriers, 1978 through 1990, Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation
Safety Board, 1994) at http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Stu.htm.
111 See Uncontrolled Collision with Terrain, American International Airways Flight 808, Douglas DC-8-61,
N814CK, U.S. Naval Air Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, August 18, 1993, Aircraft Accident Report
NTSB/AAR-94/04
(Washington,
DC:
National
Transportation
Safety
Board,
1994)
at
http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Acc2.htm.
112 Because people do not normally fall asleep instantaneously, it is likely that the pilot actually slept less than
the 4 hours 6 minutes of available sleep time.
113 The pilo NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
52
nap on Tuesday afternoon. Therefore, the pilot could have received as much as 8.5 to 9 hours of
sleep in the 24 hours before the accident. Research shows that fatigue-related effects linger after
one nig
ormal 8-hour work
day (from 0700 to 1500), he spent 2.8 hours flying in the helicopter. Three hours after his normal
work d
2 hours of time
since waking.115 ht of near-normal recovery sleep (8 hours) that is preceded by a night of acute sleep
restriction.114 Therefore, the sleep the pilot got Monday night and Tuesday morning probably
alleviated some, but not all, of the fatigue resulting from his sleep restriction the day before. It is
likely, therefore, that the pilot was still experiencing some residual fatigue on the day of the
accident as a result of work-related activities, both PIO duty and flying, that he performed on the
preceding day.
At the time of the accident, the pilot had accumulated 11 hours 41 minutes of duty time
and 4 hours 30 minutes of flight time in the previous 24 hours. During his n
ay ended, the pilot went back on duty for the accident mission, during which he
accumulated an additional 3 hours 41 minutes of duty time and 1 hour 41 minutes of flight time.
The accident mission, in addition to the pilot’s normal work day, resulted in a long day that
approached (and may have eventually exceeded) the aviation section’s 12-hour duty time limits.
An NTSB study of flight crew-involved major accidents found that pilots with more than
12 hours (averaging 13.8 hours) of time since waking made significantly more procedural and
tactical decision errors (mostly errors of omission) than pilots with less than 1
A 2000 FAA-sponsored study found accidents to be more prevalent among
pilots who had been on duty for more than 10 hours.116 Additionally, a study performed by the
U.S. Naval Safety Center found that helicopter pilots who were on duty for more than 10 of the
last 24 hours were more likely to be involved in pilot-at-fault accidents than pilots who had not
accumulated as much duty time.117 The U.S. Naval Safety Center study also found that
helicopter flights that began between 2100 and 2400 (as the accident flight did) experienced a
higher rate of pilot-at-fault accidents than flights originating at other times of day. Therefore, the
pilot’s time since waking and his substantial cumulative duty time on the day of the accident also
increased the likelihood that he was experiencing some fatigue. NMSP flight and duty time
policies will be discussed in section 2.4.2. 83), pp. 440–446;
(c) M.S. Borowsky, Pilot Flight Experience and Aircraft Mishaps (Norfolk, Virginia: U.S. Naval Safety Center,
1986
and (d) D.W. Yacavone and others, “
);
tion, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 63, no. 1 (1992), pp. 72–74. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
53
2.3.2 Self-Induced Pressure
Self-induced pressure might also have contributed to the pilot’s decision to accept the
mission and then take off from the remote landing site. The pilot was described by his colleagues
as having an exceptionally high degree of motivation for work-related tasks. According to some
statements, the pilot may also have had a tendency to act before thinking things through.
Specifically, the NMSP fixed-wing pilot told investigators that the accident pilot tended to “act
right away before thinking things out.” Further, the part-time helicopter pilot told NTSB
investigators that he thought the accident pilot lacked “temperance.”
Further, the accident pilot was
likely aware that the former chief pilot was relieved of his chief pilot duties by the DPS cabinet
secretary after he decided not to accept a high-risk mission that would have involved less
experienced pilots. The pilot’s decision to accept the accident mission, while not inappropriate,
was consistent with his understanding of NMSP management’s priorities. (Management
ave also played a role in the pilot’s
dete
from the mountain. The pilot’s communications with the dispatcher
ind
not
The pilot’s wife and other aviation section pilots described the accident pilot as being
“heroic” and indicated that it was in his nature to take personal risks to try to save others.
Although the pilot did not know that the hiker lacked warm clothing and other survival
equipment when he accepted the mission,118 he likely recognized that it would take ground SAR
teams a long time to reach her remote location. Because of this concern and his awareness of the
cold nighttime conditions on the mountain, the accident pilot was likely concerned that if he did
not accept the mission, the hiker would not survive on the mountain overnight. Furthermore,
successful past rescue outcomes for the pilot (for example, his recent commendations for the
successful rescue of a man trapped in a flooded arroyo) may have reinforced his tendency toward
risk-taking in the line of duty. It is likely that the pilot’s nature in this regard, combined with his
concern for the well-being of the hiker, created significant self-induced pressure for him to
ensure that the mission was successfully completed, despite increasingly difficult conditions.
In addition, the accident pilot’s relatively brief tenure (about 6 months) in the chief pilot
position may have left him vulnerable to management pressure to accept missions. Postaccident
interviews with NMSP aviation section pilots and management personnel indicated that the DPS
cabinet secretary’s questioning of pilots regarding launch decisions and his evident displeasure
when the NMSP pilots did not accept a mission when others did (such as the New Mexico
National Guard) sent the message that he wanted NMSP aviation section pilots to accept SAR
missions, without adequate regard for the potential risks involved.
priorities and influence are further discussed in section 2.4.1.)
2.3.3 Situational Stress
The stress associated with the mission may h
rmination to depart
icated elevated concern after landing on the mountain, as evidenced by his statements, “It’s
gonna start snowing up here and if it does that I’ve gotta get the [expletive] out of here,” “I’m
gonna spend a lot of time or we’re going to have two search and rescues,” and, “Just tell her
to start blowing her [expletive] whistle and I’ll try to find her, okay?” These statements and the
pilot’s use of profanity (which was absent during earlier communications with the dispatcher) 118 The pilot became aware of the hiker’s situation during the mission. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
54
suggest that the pilot was experiencing increased situational stress as a result of the perceived
challenge posed by the deteriorating conditions. Cognitive effects of stress can include
narrow
king
pressures that contributed to a reduction in the safety of flight operations conducted by the
NMSP
ating the weather conditions, the
approaching darkness, and the potential for pilot fatigue, he may have elected to bring a second
ait until morning to search for the hiker. At the very least, a
ent process would likely have prompted the pilot to mitigate
potenti
ing of attention, response rigidity, longer reaction time to peripheral stimuli, and
increased errors.119 It is possible, therefore, that the “tunnel vision” created by acute situational
stress caused the pilot to fixate on the goal of taking off from the remote landing site as soon as
possible and to disregard mounting evidence that it was not safe to take off after he returned with
the hiker.
2.3.4 Summary of Factors Affecting the Pilot’s Decision-Ma
The NTSB concludes that the pilot decided to take off from the remote landing site,
despite mounting evidence indicating that the deteriorating weather made an immediate return to
SAF inadvisable, because his fatigue, self-induced pressure to complete the mission, and
situational stress distracted him from identifying and evaluating alternative courses of action.
2.4 Organizational Issues
A number of organizational and management issues, including NMSP aviation section
staffing, pilot flight and duty time and rest period limitations, and SMS programs and policies,
were identified in this accident investigation. Although they may not have directly caused the
accident, these latent deficiencies represented a culture and foundation of organizational
on a daily basis.
2.4.1 Risk Assessments and Safety Management Systems
Investigators noted that, at the time of the accident, the NMSP aviation section did not
have an SMS program. Additionally, the aviation section did not require its pilots to perform a
structured, systemic risk assessment before accepting a mission or to reassess risks during a
mission. Such risk assessments would have helped the pilot identify and mitigate some of the
factors that affected his decision-making. For example, although it was warm and sunny when
the pilot left SAF, the forecast for the accident flight included strong wind conditions, lowered
ceilings, and precipitation (freezing at higher elevations). If the pilot had completed a structured
risk assessment checklist that included obtaining and evalu
pilot along on the flight or w
structured preflight risk assessm
al risks by bringing night vision goggles120 and cold-weather survival gear on the accident 119 E. Salas, J.E. Driskell, and S. Hughes, “Introduction: The Study of Stress and Human Performance,” in
J.E. Driskell and E. Salas, eds., Stress and Human Performance (Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum, 1996),
pp. 1–46.
120 Night vision goggles would provide the wearer with visual images with increased levels of illumination in
low ambient light conditions (such as moonless nights), which might have allowed the pilot to better maintain
outsi
visual references during the accident flight. However, the benefits of the night vision goggles would have
been
de
reduced by the precipitation at the time. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
55
flight.121 Further, if the NMSP aviation section had implemented a thorough risk assessment
program that included interim risk assessments, the accident pilot would have evaluated the
associated risks before landing at the remote site and (if he determined that such a landing was
prudent) again before departing the remote landing site. The lack of such a risk assessment
allowed the decision-making errors that manifested themselves in this accident situation to occur.
(Since the accident, the NMSP aviation section has implemented a risk assessment checklist.)
Upper management plays a key role in any safety program because, ultimately,
osure to risk. The
o develop a formal
safety p
2,
123
The New Mexico DPS policies placed responsibility for safety exclusively on pilots and
aviation
ental to safety. As previously noted, in 2006, when the former chief
pilot declined to send two inexperienced helicopter pilots on a SAR mission in mountainous
net secretary relieved the
former chief pilot of his chief pilot duties (and associated launch decision-making authority).
Accord management has control over the personnel and resources that generate exp
safety management approach places a responsibility on senior management t
olicy, establish safety objectives, develop standards of safety performance, and take the
lead in fostering an organizational safety culture. It specifies that management should take
responsibility for an organization’s safety performance by designating a senior manager as the
executive who is accountable for safety performance. Research has shown that this kind of
management involvement plays a key role in the success of organizational safety programs.12 maintenance technicians. No organizational policy established a formal management
commitment to safety. The DPS cabinet secretary was the senior manager who devoted the most
attention to the aviation section and seemed to have the greatest influence over it. He did not,
however, take responsibility for the safety performance of the aviation section, nor did he take
the initiative to ensure that it had an effective safety program. In fact, he engaged in behaviors
that were actually detrim
terrain in poor weather and dark lighting conditions, the DPS cabi
ing to interviews with NMSP aviation section pilots, the DPS cabinet secretary demanded
an explanation whenever a pilot declined a SAR mission and complained vigorously when New
Mexico National Guard pilots launched on a mission that NMSP pilots had declined. Aviation
section pilots stated that the DPS cabinet secretary sometimes asked NMSP pilots to continue
checking the weather when they had already decided that the weather was not good enough for
an executive transport flight. The NTSB believes that this pattern of behavior sent a message to
NMSP pilots that the highest-ranking official in the DPS prioritized mission completion over
flight safety and that he was closely monitoring their decisions.
There is no evidence that the DPS cabinet secretary or any NMSP manager advised the
pilot to accept the accident mission or that they urged him to take off from the remote landing
site. The accident pilot had previously engaged in behaviors that demonstrated a high degree of cience, vol. 26, no. 3 (1997), pp. 201–217.
121 As previously stated, the DPS cabinet secretary stated that when he was a pilot in the NMSP aviation
section, cold-weather gear was carried on board, and he routinely carried a survival kit and extra blankets on
missions.
122 M.J. Smith and others, “Characteristics of Successful Safety Programs,” Journal of Safety Research, vol. 10,
no. 1 (1978), pp. 5–15.
123 H.S. Shannon, J. Mayr, and T. Haines, “Overview of the Relationship Between Organizational and
Workplace Factors and Injury Rates,” Safety S NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
56
risk tolerance, and, as discussed, his judgment was likely degraded by a combination of fatigue,
stress, and self-induced pressure. These factors are sufficient to explain his decision-making. The
DPS cabinet secretary’s history of inappropriately involving himself in pilot launch decisions,
however, encouraged NMSP pilots to accept higher levels of risk without ensuring that
appropriate controls were in place to mitigate those risks. NMSP management’s lack of attention
to safety management resulted in the absence of an effective safety program. Therefore, the
NTSB concludes that, although there was no evidence of any direct NMSP or DPS management
pressur
ion, in 2009, as a result of the NTSB’s public hearing on HEMS safety and the investigative
findings of several 2008 HEMS accidents,125 the NTSB issued safety recommendations related
to the i
mmends that the governor of the
state of New Mexico require the New Mexico DPS to bring its aviation section policies and
operati
the National Association of State Aviation Officials (NASAO)
and the International e on the pilot during the accident mission, there was evidence of management actions that
emphasized accepting all missions, without adequate regard for conditions, which was not
consistent with a safety-focused organizational safety culture, as emphasized in current SMS
guidance.
The NTSB has previously discussed the benefits of risk assessment and management
programs and issued related safety recommendations. For example, in 2006, the NTSB issued
related safety recommendations in its special investigation report on EMS operations.124 In
addit
ncorporation of SMS programs, including risk assessment and management practices.
Although the NTSB has noted the need for all operators—both public and civil—to
develop and implement flight risk assessment and evaluation programs, public operators would
not be required to comply with such programs because the FAA does not have the authority to
regulate public operators. The NTSB concludes that if operators of public aircraft implemented
structured, task-specific risk assessment and management programs, their pilots would be more
likely to thoroughly identify, and make efforts to mitigate, the potential risks associated with a
mission.
The incorporation of the policies, procedures, and guidelines published by ALEA in its
“Standards for Law Enforcement Aviation Units” and related material would provide an
organization like the NMSP aviation section with a comprehensive foundation upon which to
build a thorough, explicit set of policies and procedures. However, the NTSB’s evaluation of the
NMSP aviation section’s policies indicated that they did not conform to ALEA’s standards. The
NMSP aviation section’s “Policies and Procedures” document lacked adequate SOPs126 in
several areas, including those of risk management and pilot rest periods, thereby reducing the
safety of NMSP aviation operations. Therefore, the NTSB reco
ons into conformance with industry standards, such as those established by ALEA.
Because other state and/or public organizations would also benefit from incorporation of industry
standards and policies, such as those developed by ALEA, the NTSB further recommends that
127 124 For more information, see NTSB/SIR-06-01at http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/A_Stu.htm.
125 The associated safety recommendation letter cited several accidents. The briefs for these accidents can be
acce
r a reproduction of the complete document.
state, and regional needs.
ssed at http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/aviationquery.index.aspx.
126 See appendix B fo
127 NASAO was established by the states in 1931 to ensure uniformity of safety measures, standardize airport
regulations, and develop a truly national air transportation system responsive to local, NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
57
Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP)128 encourage members to conduct an independent review
and evaluation of their policies and procedures and make changes as needed to align those
policies and procedures with safety standards, procedures, and guidelines, such as those outlined
in ALEA guidance. In addition, because other state and/or public organizations would also
benefit from the incorporation of risk assessment and management procedures and policies, the
NTSB recommends that NASAO and the IACP encourage members to develop and implement
risk assessment and management procedures specific to their operations.
2.4.2 NMSP Flight and Duty Time, Rest Period Limitations, and Staffing
NMSP aviation section policies limited the pilots to 12 hours of duty time and 6 hours of
flight tim
est
times.130
he commencement of, or following completion of, a duty period, and during
e per day. When the accident pilot accepted the accident mission, he had been on duty
8 hours, with 4.5 hours of flight time in the 24 hours preceding the SAR mission. Because the
pilot’s total flight and duty times did not approach the aviation section’s limits,129 NMSP
policies did not prevent him from accepting the accident mission; however, as stated previously,
the accident pilot was likely fatigued as a result of his sleep restriction the preceding day.
The NTSB has issued many safety recommendations related to pilot flight, duty, and r
To ensure optimal performance, regulations should not only limit daily flight and duty
times but also ensure that pilots are provided with a rest period that provides sufficient time for
meals, personal hygiene, and obtaining at least 8 hours of uninterrupted sleep in every 24-hour
period. Although NMSP SAR operations are not subject to FAA regulations, the FAA defines a
rest period in 14 CFR 91.1057 as follows:
…a period of time required...that is free of all responsibility for work or duty prior
to t
which the flight crewmember…cannot be required to receive contact from the
program manager. A rest period does not include any time during which the
program manager imposes on a flight crewmember…any duty or restraint,
including any actual work or present responsibility for work should the occasion
arise.
A review of NMSP aviation section policies revealed that, although the NMSP had
established maximum pilot flight and duty times for a 24-hour period, it had not defined what
constituted a pilot “rest period” or established a minimum continuous pilot rest period before
being assigned to another flight. NMSP management had assigned the accident pilot multiple
duties (full-time pilot, chief pilot of the NMSP aviation section, and part-time PIO), which, in NASAO represents the men and women in state government aviation agencies who serve the public interest in all
50 states, Guam, and Puerto Rico.
ing to the use of
poli
nd complexities of aviation management.”
ds.
128 The IACP Aviation Committee’s goals are to “provide guidance to IACP in all matters relat
ce aircraft; to enhance cooperation and the sharing of information between agencies who use aircraft and those
exploring the possibility of starting an aviation operation; to sponsor police aviation management training; and
publish articles to assist in the understanding of the benefits, costs, a
129 The NMSP policies did not specifically address pilot rest perio
130 For example, see NTSB/AAR-06/01 at http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/A_Acc1.htm. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
58
combination, often interfered with the pilot’s ability to get adequate rest for flying.131 For
example, the accident pilot had performed work-related duties at various times of the day and
night during the preceding 72 hours, without adequate opportunity for a contiguous, ensured
restful sleep period. As a result, when the pilot reported for duty about 0300 the day before the
accident, he was functioning on, at most, 4 hours 9 minutes of interrupted sleep.132 Thus, the
pilot’s work duties did not afford him an opportunity for sufficient restful sleep in the days
before the accident, even though they were not in violation of the NMSP aviation section’s pilot
flight and duty policies.
ty time or
pilot re
allowed
ly affected the pilot’s decisions and actions on the
night o
ogram
would
ts for
minimu
tion’s
flight a
d one
part-tim
helicop
ility 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, while also ensuring that each pilot
could r
ability to obtain adequate rest.) The NTSB found that it was not possible to devise such a
schedule with this level of staffing. The NTSB further noted that NMSP aviation section staffing
Because the NMSP aviation section is a public operator, it has no flight and du
st limitations imposed on it by the FAA, and the NMSP is responsible for monitoring its
own compliance with flight and duty time policies. However, FAA regulations for similar civil
operations (commuter or on-demand charter operations under 14 CFR Part 135) state that each
flying assignment must provide for “at least 10 consecutive hours of rest during the 24-hour
period that precedes the planned completion time” of the flight and “no certificate holder may
assign any flight crewmember to any duty with the certificate holder during any required rest
period.” (A slightly shorter minimum rest period of 8 consecutive hours per 24-hour period is
for HEMS pilots, but 10 consecutive hours of rest are required before a HEMS pilot
transitions to “on-call” status.)
Although the accident pilot’s schedule during the 2 days leading up to the accident flight
was permitted by NMSP flight and duty time policies, the pilot’s PIO duties prevented him from
obtaining sufficient rest, and NMSP policies did not ensure protected rest periods for its pilots.
Fatigue was one of several factors that like
f the accident. The NTSB concludes that an effective pilot flight and duty time pr
address not only maximum flight and duty times but would also contain requiremen
m contiguous ensured rest periods to reduce pilot fatigue; the NMSP aviation sec
nd duty time policies did not ensure minimum contiguous rest periods for its pilots.
The NTSB reviewed the NMSP aviation section’s staffing level of two full- an
e helicopter pilots133 to determine whether this level of staffing was sufficient to support
ter availab
eceive a protected rest period of at least 10 consecutive hours per 24 contiguous hours (a
rest period sufficient to allow for adequate sleep, meals, and personal hygiene) and could be
afforded 2 full days off per week. (In its evaluation, the NTSB also took into account the fact that
the accident pilot had additional duties and responsibilities associated with his chief pilot and
PIO assignments, which imposed unpredictable demands on his time and interfered with his 131 The pilot had asked to be relieved of the PIO duties for safety-related reasons; however, his requests were
deni
largely because NMSP upp
ed,
t and chief pilot responsibilities.
132 The part-time helicopter pilot also reported being called out to fly missions late in the evening after he had
worked all day.
er management did not understand how the pilot’s PIO duties conflicted with his
pilo
held chief pilot and PIO responsibilities.
The
ening, after he had already worked a day
shif
133 One of the two full-time helicopter pilots (the accident pilot) also
t-time helicopter pilot was typically called to fly missions in the ev
par
t performing duties unrelated to aviation. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
59
levels also limited its ability to assign two pilots to potentially high-risk missions (such as the
accident flight) in an effort to mitigate the potential risks during such missions.134
A recent study sponsored by the U.S. Air Force assessed the minimum number of flight
crews required to provide 24-hour availability for an aircraft; the study found that four flight
crews provided the optimal balance between “the work, health, social, and safety demands
placed upon the shiftworker (in terms of hours worked per unit time…) and personnel cost to the
employer for safe and pr
135
oductive system operation.”
Thus, based on this study, the NMSP
aviation section would be unable to support an appropriate 24 hours per day, 7 days per week
schedu
ed ALEA’s requirements for organizations operating public
aircraft under its accreditation program. ALEA’s program (which conducts routine audits to
ensure
LEA
policies regarding pilot flight and duty time should define rest and establish minimum, protected
rest per
two radios, the pilot could m le under existing staffing levels. The NTSB concludes that at the time of the accident, the
NMSP aviation section staffing level was insufficient to allow helicopter operations 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week without creating an unacceptable risk of pilot fatigue. Therefore, the NTSB
recommends that the governor of the state of New Mexico require the New Mexico DPS to
develop and implement a comprehensive fatigue management program for the NMSP aviation
section pilots that, at a minimum, requires NMSP to provide its pilots with protected rest periods
and defines pilot rest (in a manner consistent with 14 CFR 91.1057) and ensures adequate pilot
staffing levels and aircraft hours of availability consistent with the pilot rest requirements.
The NTSB also review
compliance) specifies that participating operators must establish a maximum number of
flight and duty hours that a pilot may work in a 24-hour period with a specified rest period,
specifically taking into consideration the type of operation and the environmental conditions (for
example, challenging weather or night operations). However, ALEA standards do not require an
operator’s flight and duty time policy to define rest, establish minimum rest periods, or prevent
the assignment of additional, conflicting duties. Because public aircraft operators who are
members of ALEA base their operating policies and procedures on the standards set forth by
ALEA and because protected rest periods are critically important to minimize fatigue, A
iods. Therefore, the NTSB further recommends that ALEA revise its standards to define
pilot rest and ensure that pilots receive protected rest periods that are sufficient to minimize the
likelihood of pilot fatigue during aviation operations.
2.5 Relationship with the Volunteer Search and Rescue Organization
The overall communication and coordination of efforts between the NMSP and the
volunteer New Mexico SAR personnel did not ensure that the accident mission was performed as
safely as possible. The accident helicopter was equipped with a radio that received and
transmitted on police band frequencies and a very high frequency transceiver radio. Using the
onitor two frequencies simultaneously but could transmit on only
one frequency. As a result, the pilot could not monitor and communicate on both the NMSP
dispatch frequency and a SAR frequency at the same time. SAR personnel, with the use of their 134 A two-pilot operation would allow for additional monitoring and reduces an individual pilot’s workload.
tection Division, Biobehavioral Performance Branch, 2006), p. 26.
135
See
J.C.
Miller,
Fundamentals
of
Shift-Work
Scheduling,
Technical
Report
No. AFRL-HE-BR-TR-2006-0011. (Brooks City Base, Texas: U.S. Air Force Research Laboratory, Human
Effectiveness Directorate, Biosciences and Pro NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
60
multiband transceiver radio, were able to communicate on three frequencies simultaneously.
(The helicopter that was purchased to replace the accident helicopter was equipped with a
multiband transceiver radio that allowed for communications on three frequencies
simulta
SAR
resources (including NMSP aviation section personnel); however, postaccident interviews
indicate
t
the right-side window and then flew in that direction. The spotter stated that he thought the pilot
intende
the section helicopters were not expected to operate in IFR conditions because the nature of
thos
ts
wer
to
c
clo
neously.)
Although SAR command personnel communicated with the dispatcher and with the
spotter (through cellular telephone calls with the NMSP dispatcher and SAR personnel) during
the mission, they could not communicate directly with the pilot. After the helicopter had landed
to pick up the hiker, SAR command personnel suggested to the spotter (via cellular telephone)
that the helicopter remain on the mountain if the weather deteriorated to the point that it was not
safe to take off. There is no indication that the pilot was apprised of this suggestion; if this
suggestion had been passed on to the accident pilot, he might have been prompted to reassess his
decision to take off.
During postaccident interviews, it was apparent that NMSP personnel were confused
about how the chain of command was supposed to work during airborne SAR missions. The
SAR plan indicated that the SAR field coordinator was responsible for directing all
d that NMSP personnel often conducted SAR missions based on 911 notifications before
receiving SAR initialization. Additionally, the NMSP aviation section SOP did not address
procedures for SAR missions. These issues likely resulted in the accident pilot believing that he
did not need to communicate with SAR field commanders during the accident mission, and, as a
result, he did not. If the pilot had communicated with SAR field commanders, he would have
been aware of the SAR ground teams’ efforts, which might have influenced his decision to
takeoff from the remote landing site. The NTSB concludes that NMSP personnel did not
regularly follow the SAR plan, and NMSP pilots, including the accident pilot, did not routinely
communicate directly with SAR commanders during SAR efforts, which reduced the safety and
effectiveness of SAR missions. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the governor of the state
of New Mexico revise or reinforce NMSP SAR policies to ensure direct communication between
NMSP aviation units and SAR ground teams and field personnel during a SAR mission.
2.6 Instrument Flying
According to the spotter, when the pilot departed the mountain for SAF, he pointed ou
d to maneuver toward lower and more open terrain in VFR conditions. However, the low
clouds and snow likely obscured the mountains and led to an inadvertent IMC encounter shortly
after takeoff. Although the pilot had a fixed-wing instrument rating and met instrument currency
and proficiency requirements for that rating, he did not have a helicopter instrument rating. The
pilot’s lack of a helicopter instrument rating was not technically an issue when he accepted the
accident mission because VMC prevailed and NMSP aviation section pilots were not required to
have instrument ratings for helicopter operations. NMSP management personnel explained that
e operations (for example, SAR missions) required VMC. Further, NMSP helicopter pilo
e expected
stay lear of
uds. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
61
As a result of its 2009 public hearing on HEMS safety and the investigative results of
several 2008 HEMS accidents, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-09-97, which
recommended that public HEMS operators conduct scenario-based training, to include
inadvertent flight into IMC, frequently enough to ensure proficiency. Although the accident
flight was not a HEMS flight, if the accident pilot been trained in how to exit inadvertent IMC in
a helico
c operators and can affect the most pilots and operators, the NTSB
recomm
hat the
m the accident helicopter’s 406-MHz ELT were primarily
rs on areas near the accident site and for eventually locating both
the survivor and th
recomm
pter, he might have followed different procedures (for example, he might have climbed
to a safe altitude and contacted ATC for assistance) or a different route (with potentially better
results) when the helicopter departed the landing site and thus avoided the subsequent collision
with terrain. The NTSB concludes that, because the accident pilot did not have a helicopter
instrument rating, experience in helicopter instrument operations, or training specific to
inadvertent helicopter IMC encounters, he was not prepared to react appropriately to the loss of
visual references that he encountered shortly after takeoff. Because ALEA has the broadest
membership of publi
ends that ALEA revise its accreditation standards to require that all pilots receive
training in methods for safely exiting inadvertently encountered IMC for all aircraft categories in
which they operate.
2.7 Emergency Locating Equipment
The accident helicopter was equipped with an ELT that transmitted on both the 406- and
121.5-MHz frequencies. The ELT’s signal was not received by the two geostationary operational
environmental satellites most likely because of the topography of the crash site and the relative
positions of the two satellites. However, ELT signals were received by low-Earth polar orbiting
satellites. Within about 1 hour of the accident, SAR personnel had an ELT location that allowed
them to focus their search efforts in the region where the accident occurred instead of the
helicopter’s last known location (near the hiker’s location). The SAR ground teams’ use of the
information provided by the accident helicopter’s 406-MHz ELT allowed them to identify and
reach the accident location as soon as practical, especially given the challenging conditions (for
example, the remote location, rugged and snowy/icy terrain, adverse weather, and nighttime
conditions) under which the SAR efforts were conducted.136 The NTSB concludes t
406-MHz ELT signals received fro
responsible for focusing searche
e helicopter wreckage. Because of the benefits of 406-MHz ELTs, the NTSB
ends that ALEA, NASAO, and IACP encourage members to install 406-MHz ELTs on
all of their aircraft.
At the time of the accident, the NMSP did not use a flight-following system to ensure
consistent tracking of its aircraft. The NTSB has advocated the installation and use of such
systems. For example, as a result of its 2006 special investigation of EMS operations,137 the
NTSB recommended that the FAA require EMS operators to use formalized dispatch and
flight-following procedures. Additionally, in its report on the September 27, 2008, accident 136 Although SAR command personnel had received a last known position from radar data shortly before the
SAR ground teams located the spotter, it is unlikely that SAR ground teams were provided that information before
they found the spotter.
137 For additional information, see NTSB/SIR-06/01 at http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Stu.htm. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
62
involvi
an agency’s assets, could shorten search times for downed public aircraft
and their occupants. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that ALEA, NASAO, and IACP
ment on all public aircraft that would allow ng an MSP helicopter,138 the NTSB expressed concern that HEMS operators may not
have dispatch and flight-following procedures and issued a related recommendation.
Low-cost units that use satellite-based technology to follow flights are commercially
available. The satellite tracking data obtained by these units can be downloaded as frequently as
desired by the operator (depending on the supporting program’s subscription) and can be viewed
on a communications or dispatch center computer.139 Given the remote locations of many of the
NMSP SAR missions and the possibility that the location of the accident helicopter and its
occupants could have been identified more rapidly if it had been equipped with a flight-following
technology, such a system would be invaluable to the NMSP. Since the accident, the NMSP
purchased a portable flight-following unit, which it primarily intends for use in its helicopter.
The flight-following unit service plan purchased by NMSP automatically provides updated
helicopter position information at 5-minute intervals and every time the helicopter stops. The
NTSB concludes that, although it is unlikely that the use of flight-tracking systems would have
resulted in a different outcome in this case, the use of such systems, which provide real-time
information regarding
encourage members to install flight-tracking equip
for near-continuous flight tracking during missions. 138 For additional information, see NTSB/AAR-09/07 at http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Acc1.htm.
139 Flight-following devices transmit self-contained GPS coordinates to satellites instead of relying on signal
triangulation as occurs with an ELT. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
63 maintained in accordance with New Mexico State Police policies and the manufacturer’s
recommended maintenance program. There was no evidence of any preimpact structural,
engine, or system failures. toxicological condition that adversely affected his performance during the accident flight. of preimpact inadequacies. The pilot and the hiker were ejected from the helicopter when
their seats and restraint systems were subjected to forces beyond those for which they were
certificated during the helicopter’s roll down the steep, rocky mountainside. d
escue (SAR) personnel coul have reached
the pilot before he died of exposure given the adverse weather conditions, which precluded a
prompt airborne SAR response and hindered the ground SAR teams’ progress; the darkness
and the rugged terrain in which the ground SAR teams were responding; the distance they
had to travel; and the seriousness of the pilot’s injuries. higher elevations, did not preclude the mission; however, after accepting a search and rescue
mission involving flight at high altitudes over mountainous terrain, with darkness
approaching and with a deteriorating weather forecast, the pilot should have taken steps to
mitigate the potential risks involved, for example, by bringing cold-weather survival gear and
ensuring that night vision goggles were on board and readily available for the mission. landing site at night and attempt visual flight rules flight in adverse weather conditions. indicating that the deteriorating weather made an immediate return to Santa Fe inadvisable,
because his fatigue, self-induced pressure to complete the mission, and situational stress
distracted him from identifying and evaluating alternative courses of action. Public Safety management pressure on the pilot during the accident mission, there was
evidence of management actions that emphasized accepting all missions, without adequate
regard for conditions, which was not consistent with a safety-focused organizational safety
culture, as emphasized in current safety management system guidance. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
64 management programs, their
efforts to mitigate, the potentia
ft implemented structured, task-specific risk assessment and
pilots would be more likely to thoroughly identify, and make
l risks associated with a mission.
ot flight and duty time program would address not only maximum flight and
the New Mexico State Police aviation section staffing level was
ter (ELT) signals received from the
their duty times but would also contain requirements for minimum contiguous ensured rest periods
to reduce pilot fatigue; the New Mexico State Police aviation section’s flight and duty time
policies did not ensure minimum contiguous rest periods for its pilots. insufficient to allow helicopter operations 24 hours a day, 7 days a week without creating an
unacceptable risk of pilot fatigue. (SAR) plan, and NMSP pilots, including the accident pilot, did not routinely communicate
directly with the SAR commanders during SAR efforts, which reduced the safety and
effectiveness of SAR missions. helicopter instrument operations, or training specific to inadvertent helicopter instrument
meteorological condition encounters, he was not prepared to react appropriately to the loss of
visual references that he encountered shortly after takeoff. accident helicopter’s 406-MHz ELT were primarily responsible for focusing searchers on
areas near the accident site and for eventually locating both the survivor and the helicopter
wreckage. different outcome in this case, the use of such systems, which provide real-time information
regarding an agency’s assets, could shorten search times for downed public aircraft and
occupants. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
65
3.2 Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
lice aviation section’s
airborne and ground personnel during search and rescue missions.
accident was the pilot’s decision to take off from a remote, mountainous landing site in dark
(moonless) night, windy, instrument meteorological conditions. Contributing to the accident
were an organizational culture that prioritized mission execution over aviation safety and the
pilot’s fatigue, self-induced pressure to conduct the flight, and situational stress. Also
contributing to the accident were deficiencies in the New Mexico State Po
safety-related policies, including lack of a requirement for a risk assessment at any point during
the mission; inadequate pilot staffing; lack of an effective fatigue management program for
pilots; and inadequate procedures and equipment to ensure effective communication between NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
66 NMSP to provide its
pilots with protected rest periods and defines pilot rest (in a manner consistent
with 14 Code of Federal Regulations 91.1057) and ensures adequate pilot staffing
levels and aircraft hours of availability consistent with the pilot rest requirements.
(A-11-54)
Revise or reinforce New Mexico State Police (NMSP) search and rescue (SAR)
policies to ensure direct communication between NMSP aviation units and SAR
ground teams and field personnel during a SAR mission. (A-11-55)
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations to the Airborne Law Enforcement Association:
Revise your standards to define pilot rest and ensure that pilots receive protected
rest periods that are sufficient to minimize the likelihood of pilot fatigue during
aviation operations. (A-11-56)
Revise your accreditation standards to require that all pilots receive training in
methods for safely exiting inadvertently encountered instrument meteorological
conditions for all aircraft categories in which they operate. (A-11-57)
Encourage your members to install 406-megahertz emergency locator transmitters
on all of their aircraft. (A-11-58)
Encourage your members to install flight-tracking equipment on all public aircraft
that would allow for near-continuous flight tracking during missions. (A-11-59)
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations to the National Association of State Aviation Officials:
Encourage your members to conduct an independent review and evaluation of
their policies and procedures and make changes as needed to align those policies
and procedures with safety standards, procedures, and guidelines, such as those
outlined in Airborne Law Enforcement Association guidance. (A-11-60)
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations to the governor of the state of New Mexico:
Require the New Mexico Department of Public Safety to bring its aviation section
policies and operations into conformance with industry standards, such as those
established by the Airborne Law Enforcement Association. (A-11-53)
Require the New Mexico Department of Public Safety to develop and implement
a comprehensive fatigue management program for the New Mexico State Police
(NMSP) aviation section pilots that, at a minimum, requires NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
67
Encourage your members to deve
management procedures specific to the
lop and implement risk assessment and
ir operations. (A-11-61)
Board makes the
followi
your members to develop and implement risk assessment and
(A-11-67)
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBOR
Chairm CHRIS
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Vice Chairman Adopte
Encourage your members to install 406-megahertz emergency locator transmitters
on all of their aircraft. (A-11-62)
Encourage your members to install flight-tracking equipment on all public aircraft
that would allow for near-continuous flight tracking during missions. (A-11-63)
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety
ng recommendations to the International Association of Chiefs of Police:
Encourage your members to conduct an independent review and evaluation of
their policies and procedures and make changes as needed to align those policies
and procedures with safety standards, procedures, and guidelines, such as those
outlined in Airborne Law Enforcement Association guidance. (A-11-64)
Encourage
management procedures specific to their operations. (A-11-65)
Encourage your members to install 406-megahertz emergency locator transmitters
on all of their aircraft. (A-11-66)
Encourage your members to install flight-tracking equipment on all public aircraft
that would allow for near-continuous flight tracking during missions. d: May 24, 2011 AH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
an
Member
TOPHER A. HART
Member EARL F. WEENER Member NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
68 App
Inves
ident
on Jun
uman
Perform
Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration and New Mexico
State P
ional
Civil A
) and the Transportation
Safety Board of Canada (TSB Canada) participated in the investigation as the representatives of
the Sta
., and
Pratt an
n the investigation as technical advisors to ANSV and
TSB Canada, respectively.
Public
No public hearing was held for this accident.
ppendixes
endix A
tigation and Public Hearing
Investigation
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was initially notified of this acc
e 9, 2009. The following investigative groups were formed: Operations and H
ance, Meteorology, Airworthiness, Medical Factors, and Survival Factors.
olice. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on Internat
viation, the Agenzia Nazionale per la Sicurezza del Volo (ANSV
te of Design and Manufacture (Airframe and Engines, respectively). Agusta S.p.A
d Whitney Canada participated i
Hearing NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
69
Appendix B
NMSP Aviation Section “Policies and Procedures” Document NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
70 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
71
NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
71 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
72
NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
72 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
73 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
74 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
75 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
76 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
77 77 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Appendix
Accident Report
NTSB/AAR-11/05
PB2011-910405 National
Transportation
Safety Board ERRATA AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT REPORT
NTSB/AAR-11/05 LOSS OF CONTROL WHILE MANEUVERING
PILATUS PC-12/45, N128CM
BUTTE, MONTANA
MARCH 22, 2009 June 5, 2012 •
Page 80 has been updated to include the NTSB Board Member signature block and the adoption date of the
report.
THE CORRECTIONS BELOW ARE INCLUDED
IN THIS REVISED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT Contents Notation 8102A
Adopted July 12, 2011 Aircraft Accident Report
Loss of Control While Maneuvering
Pilatus PC-12/45, N128CM
Butte, Montana
March 22, 2009 National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Loss of Control While Maneuvering, Pilatus PC-12/45,
N128CM, Butte, Montana, March 22, 2009. NTSB/AAR-11/05. Washington, DC. Abstract: This accident report discusses the March 22, 2009, accident in which a Pilatus PC-12/45,
N128CM, was diverting to Bert Mooney Airport (BTM), Butte, Montana, when it crashed about
2,100 feet west of runway 33 at BTM. The safety issues discussed in the report address fuel
system limitations, requirements for fuel filler placards, and guidance on fuel system icing
prevention. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the Federal
Aviation Administration (FAA) and the European Aviation Safety Agency. Previous safety
recommendations concerning crash protection for airplane occupants and flight recorder systems
were addressed to the FAA. The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation,
railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by
Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the
probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the
safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions
and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and
statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about
available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board
Records Management Division, CIO-40
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, DC 20594
(800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-910405 from: National Technical Information Service
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22161
(800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
i
Contents
Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii
Tables ............................................................................................................................................ iii
Abbreviations and Acronyms ..................................................................................................... iv
Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... vi NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
ii
1.16.3 Fuel Consumption Calculations ...................................................................................34
1.16.4 Aircraft Performance Calculations ..............................................................................35
1.17 Organizational and Management Information .......................................................................36
1.17.1 Eagle Cap Leasing .......................................................................................................36
1.17.2 Pilatus Aircraft .............................................................................................................37
1.18 Additional Information ...........................................................................................................37
1.18.1 Federal Aviation Administration Policies ....................................................................37
1.18.1.1 Safety Belt Regulations .................................................................................37
1.18.1.2 Fuel Anti-Icing Additive Advisory Information ...........................................38
1.18.1.3 Fuel System Icing Advisory Information ......................................................39
1.18.2 Previous Related Safety Recommendations ................................................................40
1.18.2.1 Occupant Restraints .......................................................................................40
1.18.2.2 Pilot Receipt of Weather Information ...........................................................41
1.18.2.3 Flight Recorder Systems ...............................................................................42
1.18.3 Previous Related Event ................................................................................................43
1.18.4 Aviation Safety Reporting System Reports .................................................................45
1.19 Useful or Effective Investigation Techniques ........................................................................46 Fuel System ............................................................................................................................60
2.2.5 Airports Along the Airplane’s Ground Track ..............................................................62
2.2.6 Pilot’s Decision-Making ..............................................................................................66
2.3 Fuel Limitations and Placards ................................................................................................68
2.4 Guidance on Fuel System Icing Prevention ...........................................................................70
2.5 Crash Protection for Airplane Occupants ...............................................................................71
2.6 Flight Recorder Systems ........................................................................................................73 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
iii
Figures
Figure 1. Radar ground track and planned flight route. ..................................................................3
Figure 2. Final radar targets and terrain surrounding Butte, Montana (looking northwest). ..........6
Figure 3. PC-12 fuel system. .........................................................................................................11
Figure 4. Fuel quantity indicator. ..................................................................................................13
Figure 5. Central advisory and warning system display. ..............................................................15
Figure 6. Available airports about the time of the maximum allowable fuel imbalance. .............64
Figure 7. Available airports about the time of the diversion to Butte, Montana. .........................65
Tables
Table 1. Injury chart. .......................................................................................................................7
Table 2. Estimated weight and balance computations. .................................................................10
Table 3. Central advisory and warning system data for flight from Redlands, California, to
Vacaville, California. .....................................................................................................................32
Table 4. Central advisory and warning system data for accident flight. .......................................32
Table 5. Central advisory and warning system data for October 2007 flight. ..............................33
Table 6. Fuel consumption estimate for flight from Redlands, California, to
Vacaville, California. .....................................................................................................................35
Table 7. Fuel consumption estimate for accident flight. ...............................................................35
Table 8. Central advisory and warning system data for N666M. .................................................44
Table 9. Fuel balance estimates.....................................................................................................54 NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
iv
Abbreviations and Acronyms
AC
advisory circular
AFM
airplane flight manual
agl
above ground level
ANL
airplane nose left
ARTCC
air route traffic control center
ASOS
automated surface observing system
ASRS
aviation safety reporting system
ATC
air traffic control
ATD
anthropomorphic test dummy
ATIS
automatic terminal information service
AWOS
automated weather observing system
BOI
Boise Air Terminal/Gowen Field
BTM
Bert Mooney Airport
BZN
Gallatin Field
CAA
Civil Aviation Authority
CAWS
central advisory and warning system
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
CVR
cockpit voice recorder
DLN
Dillon Airport
EASA
European Aviation Safety Agency
EIS
engine instrument system
ERAM
en route automation modernization NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
v
EUROCAE
European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
FBO
fixed-base operator
FDR
flight data recorder
FL
flight level
FSII
fuel system icing inhibitor
Hg
mercury
IFR
instrument flight rules
LLJ
Challis Airport
NASA
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
NOTAM
notice to airmen
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
OVE
Oroville Municipal Airport
PDT
Pacific daylight time
psi
pounds per square inch
REI
Redlands Municipal Airport
RWD
right wing down
SB
service bulletin
TSB
Transportation Safety Board of Canada
TSO
technical standard order
TWF
Joslin Field/Magic Valley Regional Airport
VCB
Nut Tree Airport
VFR
visual flight rules
VMC
visual meteorological conditions NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
vi
Executive Summary
On March 22, 2009, about 1432 mountain daylight time, a Pilatus PC-12/45, N128CM,
was diverting to Bert Mooney Airport (BTM), Butte, Montana, when it crashed about 2,100 feet
west of runway 33 at BTM. The pilot and the 13 airplane passengers were fatally injured, and the
airplane was substantially damaged by impact forces and a postcrash fire. The airplane was
owned by Eagle Cap Leasing of Enterprise, Oregon, and was operating as a personal flight under
the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91. The flight departed Oroville
Municipal Airport, Oroville, California, on an instrument flight rules flight plan with a
destination of Gallatin Field, Bozeman, Montana. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at
the time of the accident.
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
accident was (1) the pilot’s failure to ensure that a fuel system icing inhibitor was added to the
fuel before the flights on the day of the accident; (2) his failure to take appropriate remedial
actions after a low fuel pressure state (resulting from icing within the fuel system) and a lateral
fuel imbalance developed, including diverting to a suitable airport before the fuel imbalance
became extreme; and (3) a loss of control while the pilot was maneuvering the left-wing-heavy
airplane near the approach end of the runway.
The safety issues discussed in this report address fuel system limitations, requirements
for fuel filler placards, and guidance on fuel system icing prevention. Safety recommendations
concerning these issues are addressed to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and the
European Aviation Safety Agency. Previous safety recommendations concerning crash
protection for airplane occupants and flight recorder systems were addressed to the FAA.
NOTE: This report was reissued on April 17, 2023, with corrections on pages 49, 56, 66-68, 76,
and 77 and the addition of Board Member Concurrences on page 81 that were not included in
the previous posted report. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
1 History of Flight
On March 22, 2009, about 1432 mountain daylight time,1 a Pilatus PC-12/45, N128CM,
was diverting to Bert Mooney Airport (BTM), Butte, Montana, when it crashed about 2,100 feet
west of runway 33 at BTM. The pilot and the 13 airplane passengers were fatally injured, and the
airplane was substantially damaged by impact forces and a postcrash fire. The airplane was
owned by Eagle Cap Leasing of Enterprise, Oregon, and was operating as a personal flight under
the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 91. The flight departed Oroville
Municipal Airport (OVE), Oroville, California, on an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plan
with a destination of Gallatin Field (BZN), Bozeman, Montana. Visual meteorological conditions
(VMC) prevailed at the time of the accident.
On March 21, 2009 (the day before the accident), the pilot had the airplane fueled with
222 gallons of Jet A fuel at Redlands Municipal Airport (REI), Redlands, California, where the
airplane was based.2 During a postaccident interview, the fueling station manager stated that the
pilot did not request that a fuel system icing inhibitor (FSII) be added.3 (All jet fuels contain
trace amounts of water, and a FSII lowers the freezing point of water to -40º C to prevent the
water from turning into ice crystals, which can block a fuel line or filter.)4 The Pilatus PC-12
Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), section 2, Limitations, dated March 30, 2001, stated that an
“anti-icing additive [FSII] must be used for all flight operations in ambient [outside air]
temperatures below 0º C.” On a standard day, the temperature is 0° C at 7,500 feet, so most
PC-12 flights would require the use of a FSII.5
About 1946 Pacific daylight time (PDT) on the day before the accident, the pilot filed
three flight plans for the next day with an automated flight service station. The pilot listed BZN
as the destination airport for the final flight leg and BTM as the alternate airport for that flight
leg.
On March 22, 2009, the pilot departed REI for Nut Tree Airport (VCB), Vacaville,
California, about 0742 PDT and arrived at VCB about 0930 PDT. Data downloaded from the
airplane’s central advisory and warning system (CAWS) showed that, for the flight from REI to
VCB, the left and right fuel boost pumps began cycling (that is, turning on for about 10 seconds 1 All times in this report are mountain daylight time unless indicated otherwise.
2 The fueling station manager and a fueler at REI both indicated that the airplane’s fuel tanks had been filled to
capacity.
3 The fuel truck at REI contained fuel that was not premixed with a FSII, but the fuel pump contained
provisions for injecting a FSII during fueling. Fuel records showed that, between February 27 and March 21, 2009,
the airplane had been fueled at REI four times and that a FSII was not added to the fuel each of those times.
4 All temperatures in this report appear in Celsius, even though some source documents cited in the report
expressed temperatures in Fahrenheit; 32º F equals 0º C.
5 According to the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) Instrument Flying Handbook, in the standard
atmosphere, sea level pressure is 29.92 inches of mercury (Hg), and the temperature is 15° C. The standard lapse
rate for temperature is a 2° C decrease per 1,000-foot increase. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
2
and then off for about 1 second) about 1 hour 30 minutes into the flight.6 About 15 minutes later,
the left fuel boost pump was on continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was off. The left fuel
boost pump remained on continuously for the rest of the flight.7
Fuel records indicated that the airplane had been refueled with about 128 gallons of Jet A
fuel after the airplane’s arrival at VCB. During a postaccident interview, the VCB airport
manager stated that he saw the airplane at the airport’s self-service fueling island but did not
observe the airplane being refueled. The fuel dispensed at the VCB self-service fueling island
was not premixed with a FSII,8 and the fuel pump did not contain provisions for injecting a FSII
during fueling. VCB personnel found no evidence to suggest that the pilot had used any other
method to add a FSII to the fuel either before or during the fueling.9
The airplane departed VCB about 1020 PDT with nine passengers (four adults and five
children) and the pilot on board, although the flight plan indicated that four passengers and the
pilot would be on board during that flight leg. The airplane arrived at OVE about 1033 PDT.
CAWS data showed no fuel boost pump activity during the 13-minute flight.
At OVE, four passengers (two adults and two children) boarded the airplane, resulting in
a total of 13 passengers (six adults and seven children, who ranged in age from 1 to 9 years).10
The flight plan indicated that eight passengers and the pilot would be on board the airplane
during the final flight leg. The accident airplane was configured with two pilot seats and eight
passenger seats. Because each flight on the day of the accident was a single-pilot operation, one
seat in the cockpit could be used by a passenger.
The airplane departed OVE for BZN about 1210 (1110 PDT). The IFR flight plan
indicated that the airplane would have 3 hours 30 minutes of fuel on board with an estimated en
route time of 2 hours 30 minutes. The airplane’s radar ground track as the flight progressed and
the planned flight route are shown in figure 1. About 1228, a controller at the Oakland Air Route
Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) cleared the airplane direct to BZN; about 1244, the pilot made
initial contact with a controller at the Salt Lake ARTCC. 6 Fuel boost pumps provide fuel system pressure when a low fuel pressure state exists and balance the fuel load
between the left and the right wing fuel tanks. Information about the PC-12 fuel system, including the fuel boost
pumps, is discussed in section 1.6.1. The CAWS is discussed further in sections 1.6.2 and 1.16.2.
7 The CAWS logged events either as “activated” (on) or “cleared” (off).
8 Fuel samples from the VCB self-service fueling island were secured in a sealed container on the day after the
accident. The samples were sent to the Air Force Petroleum Agency at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, for
testing and analysis. The agency found no FSII present in the samples.
9 The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) obtained surveillance video from VCB that showed the
accident airplane’s arrival at the self-service fueling island. The airplane was visible on the video for about
36 minutes. During that time, the pilot exited the airplane and serviced it with fuel, the pilot and passengers boarded
the airplane, and the airplane departed. The video showed no evidence that the pilot had sampled fuel from either of
the underwing fuel tank drains or the fuel filter drain. (Sampling fuel would have provided the pilot with an
opportunity to determine if the fuel contained any contaminants, including water.)
10 After the accident, one of the owners of the airplane (who organized the flights) stated that the airplane had
carried the same number of adult and child passengers on previous flights. This owner did not consider weight and
balance to be an issue because the airplane had previously transported 10 adults on the same flight, but he
acknowledged that, for this flight, “there were just not enough seatbelts.” The owner further stated that the adults
“could hold children on laps and put them on the floor to sleep.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
3
Figure 1. Radar ground track and planned flight route.
At 1308:53, while the airplane was under control of the Salt Lake ARTCC, the pilot
asked to leave the ARTCC frequency for 2 to 3 minutes. After the ARTCC sector 31 controller
approved the pilot’s request (and instructed him to report when he was back on the ARTCC
frequency), the pilot contacted Salt Lake Flight Watch to request weather information for BZN
and provide a pilot report of the weather. (The pilot did not request weather information for
BTM.) The pilot returned to the Salt Lake ARTCC frequency at 1312:51.
CAWS data revealed that the left and right fuel boost pumps began cycling about 1323
(1 hour 13 minutes into the flight). For about 3 minutes starting about 1328, the left fuel boost
pump was on continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was off. After that time, the right fuel
boost pump was cycling or was on continuously, and the left fuel boost pump was on
continuously or was off. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
4
At 1359:28, the pilot contacted the Salt Lake ARTCC sector 6 radar controller. At that
time, the airplane was operating at flight level (FL) 250,11 as assigned by air traffic control
(ATC). Radar data showed that, at 1402:52, the pilot changed the airplane’s route of flight and
turned to the left toward BTM without ATC clearance.12 At 1403:25, the pilot contacted the
controller to request a change in destination to BTM but did not provide a reason for the
requested divert. The controller did not question the pilot’s request. The controller then cleared
the airplane direct to BTM and instructed the pilot to maintain FL250. The pilot acknowledged
the clearance at 1403:35.
Radar data showed that the airplane began a descent from FL250 at 1404:09. About
25 seconds later, the pilot contacted the controller to request a lower altitude. The controller
issued the altimeter setting for BTM and cleared the airplane to descend at the pilot’s discretion
to an altitude of 14,000 feet mean sea level (which was just above the 13,100-foot minimum IFR
altitude for the area).13 The pilot acknowledged the clearance.
At 1405:23, the pilot transmitted a second request to change the flight’s destination to
BTM. The controller told the pilot that he had previously cleared the airplane to BTM, and the
pilot responded by stating that the airplane was descending to 14,000 feet. At 1406:15, the
controller instructed the pilot to “advise receipt of Butte Montana weather and notams [notices to
airmen].”14 The pilot responded, “wilco,” indicating that he would comply with the instruction.
The ATC transcript showed that the pilot did not report receipt of BTM weather and NOTAM
information and that the controller did not follow up with the pilot to ensure that he had received
this information. About 1419, the controller was relieved from his position as part of a normal
rotation schedule, but he did not tell the relief controller that the pilot had not reported receipt of
weather and NOTAM information for BTM.
At 1422:50, the next sector 6 controller to handle the accident airplane cleared the
airplane to descend and maintain 13,000 feet and advised the pilot of the airplane’s position
relative to BTM. The controller also instructed the pilot to report when he had the airport in sight
for a visual approach. The pilot acknowledged the controller’s instruction. At 1424:38, the pilot
requested a lower altitude, and the controller cleared the airplane to descend and maintain
12,200 feet, which was the minimum IFR altitude at that point in the approach. The pilot
acknowledged this clearance. 11 According to the pilot glossary in the FAA’s Aeronautical Information Manual, flight level is a constant
atmospheric pressure related to a reference datum of 29.92 inches of Hg. FL250 represents a barometric altimeter
indication of 25,000 feet.
12 Title 14 CFR 91.123, “Compliance With ATC Clearances and Instructions,” states, “when an ATC clearance
has been obtained, no pilot in command may deviate from that clearance unless an amended clearance is obtained,
an emergency exists, or the deviation is in response to a traffic alert and collision avoidance system resolution
advisory.” The regulation also states, “each pilot in command who, in an emergency, or in response to a traffic alert
and collision avoidance system resolution advisory, deviates from an ATC clearance or instruction shall notify ATC
of that deviation as soon as possible.”
13 In this report, all altitudes 18,000 feet and below are expressed as mean sea level unless indicated otherwise.
(The 18,000-foot altitude is known as the “transition altitude” in the United States and Canada. The transition
altitude is a published height above sea level at which pilots, while climbing to their cruising level, change the
airplane’s barometric altimeter from the regional pressure setting to the standard pressure setting of 29.92 inches of
Hg.)
14 The pilot could have received BTM weather information from a flight service station or the BTM automated
surface observing system. The pilot could have received NOTAM information for BTM from a flight service station. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
5
Radar data showed that the airplane descended below 12,200 feet at 1426:49 and
continued descending. (The pilot was required to comply with the previous ATC-issued altitude
restriction until he had the airport in sight and could provide his own terrain clearance.) CAWS
data showed that, about 1427 (2 hours 17 minutes into the flight), the system provided a caution
to the pilot indicating that a low fuel condition existed in the right fuel tank.
At 1427:27, the controller advised the pilot that BTM was at his 12:00 position 12 miles
away and asked the pilot whether the airport was in sight.15 The pilot responded, “yeah as soon
as we get past one more cloud.” At 1428:43, the pilot reported that he had the airport in sight and
canceled his IFR clearance. Radar data about that time showed that the airplane was 8 miles
southwest of BTM at an altitude of 11,100 feet. At 1428:49, the controller acknowledged the
pilot’s IFR clearance cancellation, instructed him to squawk visual flight rules (VFR)
transponder code 1200, and advised him that no known or observed traffic existed between the
airplane and the airport. The pilot did not acknowledge this transmission, and no further
communications occurred between the pilot and ATC.16
Radar data showed that the airplane continued to squawk the previously assigned discrete
transponder code as the airplane continued toward the airport. BTM has no ATC tower, but an
employee at a BTM fixed-base operator (FBO), who was monitoring the common traffic
advisory frequency when the accident airplane was approaching the airport, heard the pilot
indicate that the airplane would be landing on runway 33. The last recorded radar target, at
1430:25, showed that the airplane was at an altitude of 9,100 feet (3,550 feet above ground level
[agl]) and about 1.8 miles southwest of the runway 33 threshold.17 The final radar targets are
shown in figure 2 along with a depiction of the terrain surrounding BTM (which is further
described in section 1.10). 15 All distances in this report are expressed as nautical miles unless indicated otherwise.
16 The ATC transcript showed that the controller tried to contact the pilot at 1429:32.
17 The airplane’s calculated groundspeed between the final two radar targets (1430:13 and 1430:25) was about
189 knots. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
6 Figure 2. Final radar targets and terrain surrounding Butte, Montana (looking northwest).
The airplane impacted the ground about 2,100 feet west of the runway 33 centerline. The
first emergency call reporting the accident to police was received at 1432:26. Witnesses to the
accident reported that the airplane was approaching runway 33 at a higher altitude than other
airplanes that land at the airport. The witnesses also reported that the airplane had entered a steep
left turn at an estimated altitude of 300 feet agl and that the nose of the airplane then pitched
down suddenly. No witnesses reported any indications of smoke or an in-flight breakup.18
CAWS data, along with radar data and assumptions about fuel burn (described in section 1.16.3)
indicated a left-wing-heavy fuel condition before the accident occurred. 18 Some of the witnesses were driving along a main street in Butte that runs north to south and is west of the
airport. Another witness was driving north-northeast of the accident site. Several other witnesses were outside when
the accident occurred. These witnesses were located near residences on the east side of the approach end of
runway 33 and to the west of the accident site or were visiting the cemetery where the accident airplane came to rest. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
7
1.2
Injuries to Persons
Table 1. Injury chart.
Injuries
Flight crew
Cabin crew
Passengers
Other
Total
Fatal
1
0
13
0
14
Serious
0
0
0
0
0
Minor
0
0
0
0
0
None
0
0
0
0
0
Total
1
0
13
0
14
1.3
Damage to Aircraft
The airplane was substantially damaged by impact forces and postcrash fire.
1.4
Other Damage
The airplane impacted a cemetery west of BTM runway 33 and damaged numerous
markers within the cemetery.
1.5
Personnel Information
The pilot, age 65, held a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) airline transport pilot
certificate with a rating for multiengine land and commercial privileges for airplane
single-engine land. The pilot’s most recent second-class medical certificate was dated April 4,
2008, with the limitation that the holder must possess corrective glasses for near vision.19
According to his applications for an airman medical certificate and Eagle Cap Leasing
company records, the pilot had flown for the U.S. Air Force between 1969 and 1972 and was
type rated on the Lockheed L-300 and T-33. The pilot had also flown the DC-8 for Trans
International Airlines (1972 to 1973), Southern Airways (1973 to 1974, equipment unknown),
and Resort Commuter Airlines (1988 to 1989, equipment unknown). In addition, he flew the
PC-12 for Native American Air Ambulance (1999 to 2002). (When he was not employed as a
professional pilot, the pilot worked in various fields that were not related to aviation.)
The pilot was hired by Eagle Cap Leasing in November 2002 as a contract pilot.
Company records indicated that, at the time of the accident, the pilot had accumulated
8,840 hours total flight time, with 1,760 hours in the PC-12, and he had flown 35, 26, and
10 hours in the 90, 60, and 30 days preceding the accident. Company records also indicated that 19 The NTSB was not able to determine whether the pilot was wearing his glasses during the accident flight.
Also, a review of the pilot’s airman medical records showed that he had been evaluated for a heart murmur in 1960
and that no evidence of a heart abnormality was detected. The records further showed that the pilot had no
symptoms of heart disease. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
8
the pilot flew the accident airplane from OVE to BZN on March 7, 2008. FAA records indicated
no previous accidents, incidents, or enforcement actions.
The pilot’s most recent recurrent PC-12 training was completed on January 9, 2009. The
instructor (from Aviation Training Management of Vero Beach, Florida) stated that he had
conducted several previous training sessions with the pilot between 2003 and 2009. The
instructor reported that, during the latest session, he and the pilot discussed slow flight, stall, and
icing procedures and reviewed emergency procedures for the airplane.20 The instructor also
reported that the pilot showed a “very high level” of competency in the airplane and “superb”
professional judgment. Further, the instructor stated that, during a postflight briefing, the pilot
indicated that he had not experienced any undue pressure to fly in bad weather or with
mechanical problems.
On March 18, 2009, the pilot flew passengers aboard the accident airplane on a trip that
departed REI about 1130 PDT and arrived at Cabo San Lucas, Mexico, about 3 hours later. The
pilot then stayed at a local hotel until the morning of March 21. His specific activities during that
time are unknown.21 The pilot and passengers departed Cabo San Lucas on March 21 about
1030 PDT and arrived at REI about 1530 PDT after stopping in San Diego, California, to clear
U.S. Customs. After arriving at REI, the pilot prepared the airplane for the trip to BZN,
acknowledged a change to the trip,22 and filed three flight plans. No further information was
available regarding the pilot’s activities until he departed REI for VCB the next day (March 22).
The accident airplane had three owners. One owner, who organized the flights occurring
on the day of the accident, stated that he helped hire the pilot. This owner indicated that he had
flown with the pilot for more than 5 years and that he had sat in the right cockpit seat about
one-fifth of the time that he flew with the pilot. This owner also indicated that the pilot was
professional and that the only issue involving the pilot entailed a “hot start” (that is, when the
temperature exiting the turbine section of an engine exceeds the expected exhaust gas
temperature for the engine during start). Another owner of the airplane stated that the pilot was
“straightforward and all business” and did not fly aggressively. This owner reported that the pilot
flew frequently using flight instruments. The third owner of the airplane stated that, whenever he
flew with the pilot, “there were never more passengers on the airplane than there were seats.”
This owner also reported that he saw the pilot use checklists during each flight.
The former director of operations for Native American Air Ambulance stated that the
pilot was conscientious, competent, and professional. He recalled that a FSII was not added to
fuel for the company’s flights because they were short trips that were not conducted at high 20 The instructor stated that the use of a FSII was not specifically discussed during this training session but had
been discussed during previous sessions. The instructor also stated that the pilot was “well aware” of the need to use
this additive.
21 The pilot’s wife declined to be interviewed by the NTSB as part of its investigation of this accident.
22 The airplane owner who organized the trip stated that the original plan was for the pilot to make two flights
to BZN, first picking up passengers at Lodi and Napa County Airports (in Acampo and Napa, California,
respectively) and transporting them to BZN and then traveling to OVE to pick up additional passengers and
transport them to BZN. However, on March 21, the owner decided to drive to Bozeman so that two trips to BZN
would not be necessary. Also, some of the passengers agreed to meet the airplane at VCB instead of Lodi and Napa
County Airports to simplify the trip plan. According to the owner, the pilot confirmed the new flight plan during the
day on March 21. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
9
altitudes. The previous chief pilot for the company stated that the accident pilot was “extremely
knowledgeable” about the PC-12 and that he had “nothing but praise” for the pilot’s flying
ability and overall professionalism.
1.6
Aircraft Information
The Pilatus PC-12/45 is a low-wing, T-tail, single-engine airplane designed to transport
passengers, cargo, or both. In June 1996, the Federal Office for Civil Aviation of Switzerland
issued the original type certificate for the PC-12/45,23 and the FAA validated the certification in
July 1996. The FAA’s type certificate data sheet for the PC-12 showed that the airplane’s
certification basis included the requirements of 14 CFR Part 23, “Airworthiness Standards:
Normal, Utility, Acrobatic, and Commuter Category Airplanes.” The version of the Pilatus
PC-12 Pilot’s Operating Handbook and AFM that was in effect at the time of the accident was
approved by the Federal Office for Civil Aviation of Switzerland in September 2007.
The accident airplane (serial number 403) was manufactured in 2001. The airplane was
equipped with a Pratt & Whitney PT6A-67B turbine engine and a four-bladed, constant-speed
propeller manufactured by Hartzell Propeller. Eagle Cap Leasing purchased the airplane in
August 2002.
A logbook entry (from the engine trend monitoring page) on the day of the accident
indicated that the airplane had accumulated 1,916 total flight hours. The most recent annual
inspection of the airplane, engine, and propeller was completed on October 9, 2008. At that time,
the airplane had accumulated 1,815 total flight hours, the engine had accumulated 1,359 total
flight cycles, and the engine and the propeller had accumulated 1,815 hours time since new. The
airplane was in compliance with all applicable airworthiness directives.
The airplane was configured with two pilot seats and eight passenger seats. Two of the
passenger seats faced aft, and the other six passenger seats faced forward. The Pilatus PC-12
AFM, section 2, Limitations, dated November 24, 1995, stated that, for a corporate commuter
configuration, “a maximum of 9 seats may be installed in the cabin in addition to the 2 crew
seats.” The AFM also stated that, for a corporate commuter configuration, the “maximum
number of occupants is 9 passengers plus pilot(s).”24
The maximum takeoff weight and landing weight for the airplane was 9,921 pounds. The
National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) found no evidence indicating that the pilot had
completed weight and balance computations for any of the flights on the day of the accident.25
The estimated weight and balance computations for each flight segment are shown in table 2. 23 On June 23, 2006, the European Aviation Safety Agency began oversight of the PC-12/45 certificate on
behalf of Switzerland.
24 The limitation on the maximum number of passenger seats was in accordance with 14 CFR 23.1583,
“Operating Limitations,” paragraph (j), “Maximum Passenger Seating Configuration.” The limitation on the number
of occupants that could be transported by the PC-12 was an operating limitation not required by section 23.1583.
25 The Pilatus PC-12 AFM, section 6, Weight and Balance, dated March 30, 2001, stated that the
pilot-in-command was responsible for ensuring that the aircraft would not exceed the maximum weight limits and
was loaded within the center-of-gravity range before takeoff. According to FAA operations inspectors, this NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
10
Table 2. Estimated weight and balance computations.
Flight segment
Gross weight condition
Center-of-gravity condition
REI to VCB
Under takeoff weight by 725 pounds
Within limits
VCB to OVE
Over takeoff weight by 432 pounds
Within limits
OVE to BZN
Over takeoff weight by 572 pounds
Within limits
Divert to BTM
Under landing weight by 384 pounds
Within limits
The flight control system used push-pull rods and cables. Electric trim systems were
provided for the aileron, rudder, and horizontal stabilizer, each of which was electrically
operated from the cockpit. Deice boots were installed on the leading edges of the airplane’s
wings and horizontal stabilizer. When activated by the pilot, the boots inflated and dispersed ice
that had accumulated on those surfaces during flight in atmospheric icing conditions.26
1.6.1 Fuel System
Fuel for the PC-12 is contained in left and right wing integral tanks. Each wing tank
contains a main tank and a collector tank.27 Fuel drains located under the collector tanks and at
the fuel filter (discussed later in this section) are used to remove water and other contaminants
during preflight inspections. A fuel vent bay incorporates inward and outward vents that allow
air to take the place of fuel as the fuel exits the system.
Refueling is accomplished using overwing outboard filler ports, and each wing tank has a
usable capacity of 201 gallons.28 A placard specifying the total fuel capacity and usable capacity
for each fuel tank and the type of fuel to be used (Jet A, Jet A-1, or Jet B) is located near each
fuel filler port.29 The PC-12 AFM, section 8, “Handling, Servicing, and Maintenance,” dated
March 30, 2001, stated the following information under a “CAUTION” box:
As the anti-icing additive is not always indicated on the fueling installation
placard [on a fuel truck or fuel pump], check with the fuel supplier to make sure
the fuel contains an approved anti-icing additive. provision implied that a pilot could use methods other than a weight and balance form, including a calculator or
mental math, to fulfill the requirement.
26 The deice system was controlled by a switch in the cockpit, and a deice boot timer activated each deice boot
(two on each wing and one on the horizontal stabilizer) for 8 seconds. The total time to inflate and deflate all five
deice boots was 40 seconds, which was followed by a period of either 20 or 140 seconds (depending on the cycle
setting) before the inflation and deflation sequence could restart.
27 A check valve installed within a motive flow fuel supply line in each collector tank prevents fuel from
flowing between the left and the right wing tanks.
28 The Pilatus PC-12 AFM, section 2, Limitations, dated March 30, 2001, stated that the airplane had a
406.8-gallon (2,736-pound) total fuel capacity, with 402 gallons (2,704 pounds) of usable fuel and 4.8 gallons (32
pounds) of unusable fuel. The unusable fuel could not be used for flight planning purposes because it was
considered unavailable. Each tank had a total fuel capacity of 1,368 pounds and a usable fuel capacity of
1,352 pounds.
29 Title 14 CFR 23.1557, “Miscellaneous Markings and Placards,” stated that fuel filler openings for
turbine-powered airplanes must be marked at or near the filler cover with the words “Jet Fuel” and either the
permissible fuel designations or references to the AFM for the permissible fuel designations. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
11
If it is known that the aircraft will fly in ambient temperatures of less than 0º C
and if the fuel does not contain an anti-icing additive, one must be blended with
the fuel during fueling.
Fuel is transferred from the wings to the engine by a motive flow jet pump system (that
is, a system that draws fuel into a pump with a suction force that is created by lowering the
pressure of an induced flow of fuel to the pump), as described below and shown in figure 3. The
fuel supplied to the engine exceeds the amount required for all ground and flight operations. The
fuel supply that is greater than the engine demand is returned to the fuel tanks via a fuel control
return line.
Figure 3. PC-12 fuel system.
Note: Fuel supply lines are shown in blue; fuel return lines are shown in green. Some fuel system components
discussed in this section are not shown in the figure. These components are the maintenance shutoff valve, air
separator, fuel drains, firewall shutoff valve, and fuel control return line.
A transfer ejector pump in each main tank transfers fuel from the aft portion of the main
tank to its respective collector tank. A delivery ejector pump in each collector tank transfers fuel
to a common manifold. Both the transfer ejector pumps and the delivery ejector pumps are
powered by a motive flow of fuel from a low-pressure engine-driven fuel pump. An NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
12
electrically-driven fuel boost pump in each collector tank transfers fuel if (1) either of the
delivery ejector pumps is unable to supply the required pressure to move the fuel toward the
engine or (2) the low-pressure engine-driven fuel pump fails.30 The fuel boost pumps serve two
other purposes: they provide fuel pressure during engine start and balance the fuel load between
the left and the right tanks. (Fuel balancing is discussed later in this section.)
The fuel boost pumps are centrifugal-style pumps that incorporate an electric
motor-driven impeller. Each pump is controlled by a two-position (AUTO or ON) switch located
on the fuel pump section of the overhead panel in the cockpit. With the switches set to the
AUTO position (the normal operating setting), the boost pumps operate automatically whenever
fuel system pressure falls below 2 pounds per square inch (psi). The boost pumps turn off
automatically 10 seconds after the fuel system pressure is restored to 3.5 psi. When the switches
are set to the ON position, the boost pumps operate continuously. Fuel boost pump operation and
low fuel pressure conditions are indicated on the CAWS, which is discussed in section 1.6.2.
From the wing tanks, fuel flows through a maintenance shutoff valve and a fuel filter.
The fuel filter incorporates a spring-loaded bypass valve that would open and allow fuel to
bypass the filter if it were to become blocked. The bypass valve was calibrated to operate at a
differential pressure of 8 psi ± 1 psi. If a bypass condition were to occur, then a differential
pressure indicator would extend a red button, which would not be visible to the pilot during
flight but could be observed by the pilot during the next preflight inspection.31
Fuel is then directed from the fuel filter to an air separator. The air separator passes air in
the fuel system to the fuel control return line and incorporates a switch that detects low fuel
pressure. The fuel then passes through a firewall shutoff valve to the low-pressure engine-driven
fuel pump, which includes a pressure relief valve that maintains a fuel pump output pressure of
43.5 psi. If the low-pressure engine-driven pump were to fail, a bypass valve would allow fuel to
flow around the pump.
Fuel is delivered from the low-pressure engine-driven pump to the engine fuel system,
which includes a fuel-oil heat exchanger, a high-pressure engine-driven pump, and a fuel control
unit. The fuel-oil heat exchanger, which is located downstream from the fuel filter, preheats the
fuel to prevent ice from forming as the fuel moves toward the engine. After the fuel passes
through the fuel-oil heat exchanger, the high-pressure engine-driven fuel pump delivers the fuel
to the fuel control unit, which directs the fuel to the engine fuel nozzles.
Fuel quantity is measured by four fuel probes in each fuel tank, and indications of fuel
quantity are displayed on the engine instrument system (EIS).32 One of the two fuel quantity
indicators on the EIS contains 28 liquid crystal display segments—each of which is referred to as 30 The delivery ejector pumps have a nominal output pressure of 5 pounds per square inch (psi), and the fuel
boost pumps have a nominal output pressure of 31 psi.
31 The Pilatus PC-12 AFM, section 4, Normal Procedures, dated September 1, 2000, stated that the pilot was to
ensure that the indicator was flush with the fuel filter housing assembly during preflight inspections. The
surveillance video from VCB did not show any evidence that the pilot performed this part of the preflight inspection.
32 In addition to fuel boost pump operation and low fuel pressure conditions, the CAWS can also annunciate a
low fuel condition in one or both fuel tanks. The CAWS senses fuel quantity using float-type switches in each fuel
tank; these switches operate independently of the EIS fuel quantity system. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
13
a bar—representing the amount of fuel in the left and the right tanks, as shown in figure 4. One
bar is equal to about 7.17 gallons or 48.3 pounds of fuel.33 The 28 bars are based on the
1,352-pound usable fuel capacity for each tank and are arranged in a vertical arc alongside an
incremental indication of available fuel—a full tank is indicated by the letter F; the numbers 1, 2,
and 3 correspond to a tank that is one-quarter, one-half, and three-quarters full, respectively; and
the zero indicates a tank that is empty. As explained in the PC-12 AFM, normal system operation
is indicated by the left and the right fuel quantity gauges remaining within a two-bar differential.
The other EIS fuel quantity indicator displays numerically the total available fuel quantity in
both tanks (in pounds), the fuel flow rate (in pounds per hour), and the total amount of fuel used
(in pounds) since the beginning of the flight. The EIS is further discussed in section 1.6.3.
Figure 4. Fuel quantity indicator. 33 One gallon of jet fuel equals 6.73 pounds. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
14
Lateral fuel symmetry is maintained automatically by the EIS when the pump switches
are set to the AUTO position.34 The EIS monitors fuel quantity in the left and right tanks to
detect fuel imbalances exceeding about 10.5 gallons or 70 pounds. When such imbalances occur,
the fuel boost pump in the tank with the higher fuel quantity operates until the fuel levels in both
tanks are sensed to be equal.35 This fuel balancing system is designed to automatically correct
fuel imbalances of up to 40 gallons or about 270 pounds (displayed as a six-bar differential on
the fuel quantity indicator).
If the fuel quantity differential between the two fuel tanks were to exceed 270 pounds
(which is about 20 percent of each wing’s total fuel capacity), automatic fuel balancing would be
inhibited. The 270-pound system limit was designed to prevent the system from operating with
either a failure of the fuel quantity measurement system (which could result in an under- or over-
representation of the actual fuel quantity in one wing tank) or a fuel leak in one wing.
The Pilatus PC-12 AFM, section 2, Limitations, dated March 30, 2001, instructed pilots
to monitor the fuel quantity gauges during normal operation (that is, with the fuel boost pump
switches in the AUTO position) to verify that the fuel was balanced laterally. The AFM stated
that the maximum fuel imbalance for the PC-12 was 26.4 gallons or about 178 pounds and a
maximum of three bars on the fuel quantity indicator. If the fuel balancing system were unable to
maintain lateral fuel symmetry (as indicated by a fuel quantity differential that exceeded three
bars) or if automatic fuel balancing were inhibited (as indicated by a fuel quantity differential
that exceeded six bars), fuel symmetry could be maintained by manually selecting the fuel boost
pump switch to the ON position for the tank with the higher fuel quantity. Once a balanced fuel
condition was restored, the fuel boost pump would be turned off (by returning the switch to the
AUTO position). The AFM further instructed the pilot to monitor the fuel quantity indicator to
ensure continued fuel symmetry during the remainder of the flight.
1.6.2 Central Advisory and Warning System
The airplane’s CAWS provided warning, caution, and advisory indications to the pilot(s).
The CAWS displayed up to 48 individual indications using colored light-emitting diodes. (Three
of the 48 individual indications were intentionally left blank by the CAWS manufacturer.)
Illumination of a red warning light indicated a condition that required an immediate corrective
action by the pilot. Illumination of an amber caution light indicated a condition that required the
pilot’s attention but not an immediate corrective action. Illumination of a green advisory light
indicated that a system was operational. The CAWS display was located in the lower center
section of the instrument panel. Figure 5 shows the CAWS indications and the color in which
each indication would be displayed to the pilot. 34 The EIS receives input from the four fuel probes located in the wing fuel tanks.
35 Fuel boost pump activation is delayed by 1 minute to ensure that the activation is not a spurious occurrence
resulting from turbulence. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
15
Figure 5. Central advisory and warning system display.
A red CAWS warning light was accompanied by illumination of the red master
WARNING light and an audio message announcing the specific warning. An amber caution light
was accompanied by illumination of the amber master CAUTION light and a gong sound. The
aural annunciations associated with the master WARNING and CAUTION lights sounded
through the overhead speaker and/or headset(s). The master WARNING and master CAUTION
lights were located on the instrument panel directly in front of the pilot(s). Pushing the master
WARNING or CAUTION light would extinguish it, but the CAWS warning or caution light
would remain illuminated in red or amber until the situation was resolved.
As shown in figure 5, among the CAWS indications were amber cautions for low fuel
quantity (“L FUEL LOW” and “R FUEL LOW”) and low fuel pressure (“FUEL PRESS”) and
green advisories for fuel boost pump operation (“L FUEL PUMP” and “R FUEL PUMP”).
According to the PC-12 AFM, section 7, Airplane and Systems Description, dated February 28,
2005, a low fuel quantity occurs when the fuel level in a tank is less than 20 gallons
(133 pounds), and low fuel pressure occurs when fuel system pressure is less than 2 psi. The “L
FUEL PUMP” and “R FUEL PUMP” advisories showed that power was being relayed to the
respective pump and was thus an indirect indication of boost pump operation. The CAWS was
not configured with a direct indication of boost pump operation or output. As a result, pilots are
required, as part of the AFM Before Starting Engine checklist, to manually activate each boost
pump switch and audibly verify pump operation before each flight.
The CAWS central advisory control unit contained nonvolatile memory on flash memory
chips. Nonvolatile memory data downloaded from the airplane’s CAWS central advisory control
unit contained information for 480 flights made during the 2 years before the accident. The data
showed similarities among the flight from REI to VCB, the accident flight (OVE en route to
BZN with a divert to BTM),36 and a flight that occurred in October 2007. Section 1.16.2
discusses these data in detail. 36 For the flight from VCB to OVE on the day of the accident, no fuel boost pump advisories were logged. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
16
1.6.3 Engine Instrument System The EIS displayed engine and other systems information (including fuel quantity, as
previously shown in figure 4). The EIS display was located in the lower center section of the
instrument panel above the CAWS display. Among its other functions, the EIS recorded engine
trend information as well as information on engine parameter limits that were exceeded during
the engine’s run time.37
Examination of EIS data showed that engine trend information was recorded during two
periods for the flight from REI to VCB and the accident flight leg. (No engine trend data were
recorded for the flight from VCB to OVE because the airplane did not reach the 10,000-foot
minimum altitude required for such data to be recorded.) For the flight from REI to VCB, the
EIS recorded the average total air temperature as -24º C between 0911:55 and 0916:52 and
between 0923:53 and 1005:05. At those times, the airplane was operating at FL260 and FL220,
respectively. For the accident flight leg, the EIS recorded the average total air temperature as
-32º C between 1237:03 and 1405:24 and -10º C between 1418:33 and 1418:52. At those times,
the airplane was operating at FL250 and 15,000 feet, respectively.38 The average total air
temperature corrected for airspeed resulted in an average outside air temperature of -32º C for the
flight leg from REI to VCB and -40º C (at cruise altitude) for the accident flight leg.
In addition, the EIS recorded flight summary information for each flight, including the
maximum value reached for each engine parameter during the flight. Summary data for the flight
from VCB to OVE showed that the airplane operated at a maximum altitude of 6,000 feet,39
where the outside air temperature was about -4º C (according to archived meteorological data).
1.6.4 Pilatus Fuel System Emergency Procedures
Section 3 of the AFM, Emergency Procedures, dated February 28, 2005, included the
procedures at the time of the accident for low fuel pressure, a fuel pump failure, and an auto fuel
balancing failure. On June 30, 2010, the procedures for low fuel pressure and an auto fuel
balancing failure were revised, and procedures for low fuel quantity were added. Sections 1.6.4.1
and 1.6.4.2 describe the emergency fuel system procedures in effect at the time of the accident
and after the accident, respectively.
1.6.4.1 Emergency Procedures in Effect at the Time of the Accident
The emergency procedure for low fuel pressure stated that the condition was indicated on
the CAWS by a FUEL PRESS caution. The procedure further stated the following: 37 The only engine parameter exceedance recorded during the flights on the day of the accident was propeller
overspeed at engine start. Pilatus stated that a software “bug” in the EIS recording system would cause this
parameter to be recorded, even though no such exceedance actually existed.
38 No engine trend data were recorded from 0916:53 to 0923:52 (during the flight leg from REI to VCB) and
from 1405:25 to 1418:32 (during the accident flight leg) because the predefined set of parameters was not stable for
more than 2 minutes.
39 No radar data were available for the flight leg from VCB to OVE. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
17 NOTE: monitor the fuel state if the left and right fuel pumps are continuously on.
If necessary, set the fuel pumps on the emptier side to AUTO. possible.
NOTE: Fuel low pressure will normally cause the fuel pumps to come on
automatically. In this case, the indication is both fuel pumps running
continuously, cycling off and on every 10 to 15 seconds (as shown by the L FUEL
PUMP and R FUEL PUMP advisories). ice crystals.
The procedure for a fuel pump failure, as indicated by the absence of a FUEL PUMP
advisory when the fuel pump switch was in the ON position, directed the pilot to reposition the
fuel boost pump switch to the AUTO position and reset the pump’s circuit breaker. If the
procedure was unsuccessful, the pilot was instructed to monitor the fuel state and refer to the
auto fuel balancing failure procedure if a fuel imbalance developed.
The procedure for an auto fuel balancing failure, as indicated when the EIS fuel quantity
gauges showed a difference of three or more bars between the left and the right fuel tanks
without the automatic operation of the fuel balancing system, was the following: The revised procedure for low fuel pressure states that cycling of the CAWS advisory
FUEL PUMP on and off every 10 seconds is an indication of low fuel pressure (in addition to the
CAWS caution FUEL PRESS, which was the sole indication cited in the earlier procedure). The
procedure was further revised as follows: NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
18
If the difference between the left and the right fuel tanks is two or more segments: When fuel is balanced: NOTE: A possible cause is the fuel filter blocked with ice crystals. If failure conditions remain: the selected airfield in case of total engine failure.
The new procedure for a low fuel quantity states that this condition is indicated by either
the CAWS “L FUEL LOW” or “R FUEL LOW” caution (or both cautions). The procedure is as
follows: If a fuel leak from one wing is suspected: If no fuel leak is suspected and both fuel low quantity cautions are on: the selected landing airfield in case of total engine failure.
The revised procedure for an auto fuel balancing failure addresses the separate actions to
be taken on the ground and during flight in response to this failure. The revised procedure states
the following:
A. ON GROUND NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
19
WARNING: If there is a difference of four or more segments between the left and
the right fuel tanks do not take off.
If fuel pump on fuller side is not running: If difference cannot be balanced: When fuel is balanced: B. IN FLIGHT CAUTION: If there is a difference of three or more segments between the left and
the right fuel tanks, a possible aileron deflection would be required for
wings-level flight, especially at low speed.
If a fuel leak from one wing is suspected: If no fuel leak is suspected: If difference cannot be balanced: NOTE: If a prompt landing is not possible, keep high indicated airspeed to nearest
airfield and consider burning off fuel until the fuel imbalance is not more than
five segments for landing. Use flaps up to keep approach speed high.
If fuel is balanced: NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
20 Pilatus conducted certification testing on the PC-12 to demonstrate compliance with
14 CFR 23.951(c), “Fuel System, General,” which stated the following:
Each fuel system for a turbine engine must be capable of sustained operation
throughout its flow and pressure range with fuel initially saturated with water at
27° C and having 0.75 cc [cubic centimeters] of free water per gallon added and
cooled to the most critical condition for icing likely to be encountered in
operation.[40]
The testing, which was conducted using a simulation of the aircraft fuel system housed in
a cooling chamber,41 demonstrated operation throughout the range of temperatures that the
PC-12 was expected to encounter during its service life. Pilatus Engineering Report
ER 12-28-01-001 (dated July 1993), provided the following test results:
At the start of the first 30 minute, 700 [pounds per hour] run, fuel temperature
was -5 degrees Celsius (C). As the fuel temperature dropped through
-8/-10 degrees C, pressure fluctuations were observed at the air separator tank and
[the low-pressure engine-driven fuel pump] output pressure indicators. On
reaching -20 degrees C it was not possible to maintain the then-selected
100 [pounds per hour] flow at adequate pressure required for normal engine
operation.
According to Pilatus’ report, the fuel boost pumps were on at that point during the test,
but they were not able to restore normal pressure and flow. As a result, the test was prematurely
terminated. Examination of the fuel filter revealed that it was “blocked with ice particle buildup,”
which restricted fuel flow through the filter.
A second test was performed using the same aircraft fuel system except that a FSII with a
concentration of 0.08 percent by volume was added to the fuel. The test results showed that fuel
flow and pressure remained consistent to an ambient temperature of -53º C (with a fuel
temperature of -48º C). The fuel filter was examined after the test and was found to be partially
obscured, on the topmost surface of the filter disc stack, by a thin film of “water/ice slush,”
which did not restrict the passage of fuel through the filter. The fuel boost pumps did not operate
during this test. 40 The PC-12 fuel system was based on the PC-7 and PC-9 fuel systems. (The PC-7 and PC-9 are military
training airplanes.)
41 The system used for this test did not incorporate a fuel bypass valve, which is part of the fuel system installed
on PC-12 production airplanes. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
21
1.6.5.2 Fuel Boost Pump Testing
The accident airplane was equipped with Lear Romec model RR53710K
electrically-driven fuel boost pumps. (Lear Romec is now a division of Crane Aerospace and
Electronics of Elyria, Ohio.) Qualification testing, as detailed in Lear Romec Qualification Test
Report TR-3556 (dated January 1995), was conducted to verify that the “K” model fuel boost
pump met the requirements of the original fuel boost pump, referred to as the “B” model.
The qualification testing of model K fuel boost pumps did not include any cold jet fuel
testing; all of the tests were performed with jet fuel temperatures above 0º C.42 In addition, the
qualification testing of model B fuel boost pumps did not include any cold temperature testing
with jet fuels.43
The NTSB and Crane Aerospace conducted testing on two PC-12 model K fuel boost
pumps after the accident. Information about the specific tests and the results of the tests is
discussed in section 1.16.1.
1.6.5.3 Fuel Asymmetry Testing
Pilatus tested the PC-12 to ensure compliance with 14 CFR 23.23, “Load Distribution
Limits,” for normal flight conditions, as documented in Pilatus Engineering Report
ER 12-03-80-002 (dated February 1994). This report showed that the PC-12 was tested beyond
the AFM’s maximum fuel imbalance limit of 178 pounds. Specifically, with the PC-12 loaded at
the most critical weight and center of gravity and with the most critical operating condition
(landing gear extended, flaps extended to the landing position, and engine power on), both
wings-level and turning stall flight tests were performed with a fuel imbalance between 240 and
380 pounds. According to Pilatus, all of these tests were flown successfully, and the pilot did not
report any problems performing the maneuvers. Pilatus further indicated that, in terms of aircraft
handling, the first indication of fuel asymmetry was the need to increase the amount of aileron
trim, which occurred with a fuel imbalance of 130 pounds, or about 10 percent of the total fuel
capacity in one tank (displayed as a two- to three-bar differential).
1.6.5.4 Fuel System Hazard Assessment
Pilatus conducted a fuel system hazard assessment to comply with the requirements of
14 CFR 23.1309, “Equipment, Systems, and Installations.”44 Sections (a)(1) and (2) of the
regulation stated the following: 42 Pilatus Specification ESM-12-SPEC-171, dated November 1992, indicated that the range of operating
environment (outside air) temperatures for PC-12 fuel boost pumps was -65° to 55° C, even though the fuel boost
pumps had not been tested with jet fuel temperatures below 0° C.
43 The performance of the fuel system with model B fuel boost pumps was documented in Lear Siegler (Romec
Division) Engineering Test Report TR-2198 (dated October 1977). The report stated that fuel system testing was
conducted using JP-4 fuel and simulated JP-5 fuel. (JP-4 and JP-5 are jet propellant fuels used by the military. They
are similar to civilian aircraft Jet B fuel but have lower flash points and include a FSII.) The JP-4 fuel was heated to
43° C. To simulate JP-5 fuel, a fuel oil was cooled to -23° C to replicate the fuel’s kinematic viscosity at -45° C.
44 This regulation became effective on November 26, 1990, and was subsequently revised on February 9, 1996. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
22
When performing its intended function, [each item of equipment, each system,
and each installation] may not adversely affect the response, operation, or
accuracy of any…equipment essential to safe operation; or…other equipment
unless there is a means to inform the pilot of the effect.
In a single-engine airplane, [each item of equipment, each system, and each
installation] must be designed to minimize hazards to the airplane in the event of a
probable malfunction or failure.
Section 23.1309(b) stated, in part, the following:
The design of each item of equipment, each system, and each installation must be
examined separately and in relationship to other airplane systems and installations
to determine if the airplane is dependent upon its function for continued safe
flight and landing and, for airplanes not limited to VFR conditions, if failure of a
system would significantly reduce the capability of the airplane or the ability of
the crew to cope with adverse operating conditions.[45]
Further, section 23.1309(b)(1) stated that each item of equipment, each system, and each
installation “must perform its intended function under any foreseeable operating condition.”
Operational experience and reliability data from Pilatus aircraft with the same fuel system
as the PC-12 were used to support the fuel system hazard assessment. Several system fault
outputs and failure conditions were considered during the assessment, and the assessment results
were detailed in Pilatus Engineering Report ER12-28-00-001 (dated September 1993).
One condition that was considered in the fuel system hazard assessment was an excessive
fuel imbalance between both wing fuel tanks. Regarding this condition, the assessment stated,
“the difference in fuel weight will produce a rolling moment on the aircraft. This moment may
be counteracted by changing the trim setting and the failure condition may be removed by
differential operation of the booster pumps.” The assessment further stated, “in the event of a
major fuel imbalance which cannot be corrected by operating the booster pumps, the rolling
moment may become too large to be counteracted by trimming and it may be necessary to amend
the planned mission.”
An addendum to the assessment (which was also included in Pilatus Engineering Report
ER 12-28-00-001) further considered the effects of an excessive fuel imbalance between both
wing fuel tanks. According to the addendum, if a fuel imbalance between both wing fuel tanks
exceeded 25 percent of the full fuel tank load, “the resulting rolling moment cannot be corrected
by trimming alone and the control [wheel] must be used.” The addendum cautioned that this
scenario would increase pilot workload and decrease the airplane’s safety margin in the event of
a maneuver requiring higher-than-usual levels of piloting skill. 45 Section 23.1309(b) continued, “each item of equipment, each system, and each installation identified by this
examination as one upon which the airplane is dependent for proper functioning to ensure continued safe flight and
landing, or whose failure would significantly reduce the capability of the airplane or the ability of the crew to cope
with adverse operating conditions, must be designed to comply with…additional requirements.” These requirements
were detailed in paragraphs (1) through (4) of section 23.1309(b). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
23
1.6.6 Service Bulletin Information
Two fuel boost pumps that Pilatus forwarded to Lear Romec for testing related to
“current draw”46 were subjected to acceptance test procedures at nominal room temperatures.
Both fuel boost pumps passed the acceptance test procedures with no anomalies except that the
armature end play47 of the pumps was less than the required end play measurement (0.005 to
0.015 inch). Lear Romec conducted additional testing, using cold Jet A fuel with a FSII added, to
further evaluate the performance of fuel boost pumps. The results of the testing showed that
(1) cold temperature operation decreased the armature shaft end play of the fuel boost pumps and
(2) with proper armature shaft end play, the fuel boost pumps were capable of operating at fuel
temperatures down to -54º C. (This test did not evaluate the operation of the fuel boost pumps
during an extended period of time using cold Jet A fuel without a FSII added.)
Pilatus issued Service Bulletin (SB) 28-008 in June 2001 to require an inspection of the
armature shaft end play and the replacement of fuel boost pumps with an armature end play that
measured less than 0.005 inch. The SB indicated that insufficient end play in the fuel boost pump
armature could potentially cause the pumps, at low temperatures, to use more current than usual,
which would cause the circuit breaker to open and prevent operation of the pump. The SB
indicated that affected pumps had nonsequential serial numbers ranging from B4516 to B5116
and specified that the armature shaft end play inspection of these pumps be accomplished using
the procedures detailed in Lear Romec SB RR53710K-20-001 (dated February 2001). The Lear
Romec SB stated that fuel boost pumps that were inspected according to the SB and found to be
acceptable were to be marked with an “A” behind the serial number on each pump’s data plate.
Even though new-production fuel boost pumps were not subject to either the Pilatus or
the Lear Romec SBs, the pumps were subject to an armature shaft end play inspection. The
accident airplane’s fuel boost pumps had serial numbers B5159A and B5161A. (The “A”
designation for new-production fuel boost pumps indicated that the pumps’ armature shaft end
play was measured and verified to be within the specified tolerance.) A review of maintenance
log and service invoice records indicated that neither of the fuel boost pumps had been replaced
since the time that they were installed on the airplane.48 46 Fuel boost pumps require a specific amount of electrical current (referred to as “current draw” and measured
in amps) to operate. When the amount of electrical current is exceeded, the fuel boost pump circuit breaker trips.
Pilatus reported that, during an August 2000 PC-12 delivery flight, a fuel boost pump circuit breaker tripped when
the fuel boost pump was activated. At that time, the airplane was operating at FL300, where the outside air
temperature was -40º C. In response to this and other related events, Pilatus removed the individual fuel boost
pumps from their respective airframes and returned them to Lear Romec for testing. According to Lear Romec Test
Report TR-4277 (dated April 2001), the increase in the amount of current draw was primarily the result of an
increase in density of the cold Jet A fuel.
47 In this case, end play measures the tolerance for movement of the armature shaft (that is, the distance that the
shaft is allowed to travel before it becomes restricted).
48 The Pilatus PC-12 Maintenance Manual does not specify a life limit for the fuel boost pumps. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
24
1.7
Meteorological Information
BTM has an automated weather observing system (AWOS), which reported the following
conditions surrounding the time of the accident:49
• About 1353, wind from 320° at 10 knots, visibility 10 miles, a few clouds at
4,400 feet, ceiling overcast at 8,000 feet, temperature 7° C, dew point temperature -3°
C, and altimeter 29.57 inches of mercury (Hg).
• About 1453, wind from 300° at 8 knots, visibility 10 miles, ceiling broken at
6,500 feet, temperature 7° C, dew point temperature -3° C, and altimeter 29.56 inches
of Hg.
BZN has an automated surface observing system (ASOS), which reported the following
conditions surrounding the time of the accident:
• About 1356, wind from 290° at 7 knots, visibility 10 miles, sky clear below
12,000 feet, temperature 14° C, dew point -1° C, and altimeter 29.54 inches of Hg.
• About 1456, wind from 350° at 8 knots, visibility 10 miles, ceiling broken at
5,500 feet, temperature 14° C, dew point -1° C, and altimeter 29.52 inches of Hg.
Information about the outside air temperature during the flights would have been
presented to the pilot on the EIS. Pilot reports of the area surrounding the accident site indicated
light to moderate turbulence over Idaho and Montana, mountain wave activity over Montana,
and light to moderate rime and mixed icing conditions below FL190. The pilots of a Beechcraft
King Air turboprop airplane that was descending into BTM reported at 1433 (about 1 minute
after the accident) light to moderate rime icing conditions but commented that the icing
conditions were normal for flight in the mountains and that the icing could be controlled by the
airplane’s deice boots (which were similar to those installed on the accident airplane).
1.8
Aids to Navigation
No problems with any navigational aids were reported.
1.9
Communications
No technical communications problems were reported.
1.10 Airport Information
BTM had two runways: runway 15/33 was 9,001 feet long and 150 feet wide, and
runway 11/29 was 5,100 feet long and 75 feet wide. The airport was not serviced by an ATC
tower. Approach and departure services were provided on a continuous basis by the Salt Lake
ARTCC. 49 Visibility is expressed in statute miles. Cloud cover and cloud ceiling are expressed in feet agl. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
25
BTM has an elevation of 5,550 feet and is surrounded by mountainous terrain, as shown
previously in figure 2. BTM is in a valley located about 1 1/2 miles west of a mountain range
that rises to an elevation of 8,000 feet to the east of the airport.50 The mountain range located
about 13 miles south of BTM includes terrain that rises to an elevation of 10,000 feet. This
terrain, which is generally oriented south to north to the west of BTM, decreases in elevation to
8,200 feet about 13 miles southwest of BTM and 6,000 feet about 5 miles west of the airport, and
the terrain rises to an elevation of 9,400 feet about 17 miles southwest of the airport. The terrain
located 15 miles north of BTM rises to an elevation of about 7,500 feet.
1.10.1 Air Traffic Control Information
The Salt Lake ARTCC was responsible for providing ATC services for a 365,000-square
mile area that encompassed numerous airports. The facility averaged about 1.4 million
operations per year. The ARTCC was equipped with a surveillance weather radar system.51
After the accident, the NTSB interviewed two of the sector 6 controllers who handled the
accident airplane. The controller at the sector 6 position was responsible for airspace from the
surface to 60,000 feet in Montana, Wyoming, and parts of Idaho.
The first sector 6 controller stated that he first became aware of the airplane during a
briefing from the previous sector 6 controller. At that time, the airplane was en route to BZN at
FL250. The controller stated that he noticed that the airplane (after it turned toward BTM) had
begun descending from FL250 before the pilot was cleared for the descent. The controller stated
that he did not see any aircraft or terrain that would have presented a conflict, so he decided not
to say anything to the pilot and instead instructed him to descend at his discretion to 14,000 feet.
The controller stated that the pilot did not seem confused or disoriented after he repeated
his request to divert to BTM. The controller also stated that the airplane’s rate of descent did not
seem erratic. Further, the controller indicated that no low-altitude alert was generated for the
airplane after it descended (without clearance) below 12,200 feet.52
About 1419, the controller was relieved from the position as part of a normal shift
rotation. The controller indicated that, during the relief briefing, he did not advise the next
controller that the pilot had been instructed to report when he had obtained the weather for BTM.
The second sector 6 controller stated that, at the time of the relief briefing, the airplane
was en route to BTM and was descending to an altitude of 14,000 feet. The controller stated that 50 In this paragraph, distances are expressed in statute miles, and terrain elevations are approximations.
51 Weather radar echoes are measured in decibels, with light precipitation measuring less than 30 decibels and
moderate precipitation measuring between 30 and 40 decibels. The weather information along the airplane’s route of
flight about the time of the accident showed no intensities measuring more than 30 decibels. Because en route radar
systems presented weather information only in three intensities—moderate, heavy, and extreme—the light
precipitation measuring less than 30 decibels would not have been displayed on the ARTCC’s radar system.
52 A low-altitude alert provides controllers with an aural and a visual warning when aircraft equipped with a
mode C transponder are operating below a predetermined minimum safe altitude. In this case, the system that
generated the alerts did not sense a potential conflict between the airplane’s descent rate and the terrain below the
airplane. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
26
he requested the weather at BTM and learned that VFR conditions existed with ceilings broken
from 5,000 to 6,000 feet agl and overcast at 10,000 feet agl. The controller did not recall seeing
any weather depicted on his weather display, and he assumed that the pilot had received
information about the current weather at BTM.
After the pilot reported BTM in sight and canceled his IFR flight plan, the controller
instructed the pilot to squawk VFR. The controller stated that he tried to contact the pilot about
1 minute later when he noticed that the airplane’s previously assigned discrete transponder code
had not changed to transponder code 1200. The controller thought that the pilot might not have
responded because he had selected the BTM advisory frequency.
The first sector 6 controller stated that he could usually remember whether a pilot had
received weather information for the destination airport but that he had a personal practice of
placing a check mark on the flight progress strip to indicate that information.53 The second
sector 6 controller stated that he did not mark flight progress strips to note this information.
1.10.2 Air Traffic Control Procedures
FAA Order 7110.65, paragraph 4-7-10, “Approach Information,” stated the following in
paragraph (a):
Both en route and terminal approach control sectors shall provide current
approach information to aircraft destined to airports for which they provide
approach control services. This information shall be provided on initial contact or
as soon as possible thereafter…. For pilots destined to an airport without ATIS
[automatic terminal information service], items 3-5 below may be omitted after
the pilot advises receipt of the automated weather; otherwise, issue approach
information by including the following: approaches are published and the clearance limit does not indicate which will
be used. is below 1,000 feet or below the highest circling minimum, whichever is
greater, or the visibility is less than 3 miles. In addition, paragraph 4-7-10 noted the following information in the phraseology section: 53 FAA Order 7210.3, “Facility Operations and Administration,” paragraph 6-1-6, “Flight Progress Strip
Usage,” noted, “posting control information onto the flight progress strip serves as an important nonverbal
communications tool between members of the control team.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
27
Aircraft destined to uncontrolled airports, which have automated weather data
with broadcast capability, should monitor the ASOS/AWOS frequency to
ascertain the current weather at the airport. The pilot should advise the controller
when he/she has received the broadcast weather and state his/her intentions.
1.11 Flight Recorders
The accident airplane was neither equipped nor required to be equipped with a cockpit
voice recorder (CVR) or a flight data recorder (FDR).
1.12 Wreckage and Impact Information
The entire debris field was contained within a cemetery located west of runway 33 at
BTM. The initial impact point was a ground scar that was 23 feet wide, 9 feet long, and
16 inches deep. The wreckage was scattered along a path with a magnetic heading of 245º from
the initial impact point. Examination of the wreckage revealed that the airplane had sustained
severe fragmentation, deformation, and significant thermal damage, with more severe fire
damage found on the left side of the airplane compared with its right side.
The fuselage was found in three main pieces. The first piece consisted of the engine, its
mount, and the forward fuselage. The cockpit had been partially destroyed by fire. The second
fuselage piece consisted of the area encompassing the overwing emergency exit (on the right side
of the airplane). The cabin had been destroyed by impact forces and fire. The third fuselage piece
consisted of the empennage from the rear pressure bulkhead to the aft-most portion of the tail.
The tail came to rest on its left side, and the horizontal stabilizer was sheared at its hinge points.
The tail was the wreckage piece that was located closest to the initial impact point (about 20 feet
away). The fuselage wreckage that was forward of the tail came to rest on its right side on a
magnetic heading of 290º.
The engine showed severe impact damage and fire damage on those portions located near
the firewall. The first-stage compressor blades showed circumferential rubbing and deformation
opposite the direction of rotation. The blade leading edges showed circumferential nicks, gouges,
and tears that were consistent with ingested debris. The compressor turbine had circumferential
rubbing at both the upstream and downstream sides, and the disc hub showed heavy
circumferential rubbing. The first-stage power turbine blade airfoils were fractured at their roots,
and all of the blade roots showed deformation opposite the direction of rotation and heavy
mechanical damage. Several blade tips were separated, and recovered portions of the blade tips
showed circumferential rubbing and features consistent with overload fracture. No indications of
fatigue or other progressive fracture mechanisms were found. The second-stage power turbine
blades were fractured with deformation opposite the direction of rotation and heavy mechanical
damage. The exhaust duct showed severe compression deformation and no indications of metal
being expelled from the exhaust.
The propeller was severely fragmented, and all four propeller blades had separated. Two
of the blades exhibited severe damage. One of these blades had numerous deep gouges and
showed evidence of bending and chordwise scratching. The other blade was torn chordwise, and NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
28
a separated blade portion showed gouging, tearing, and chordwise scratching. The two remaining
blades exhibited minor damage. One of these blades had leading edge gouges, and both of these
blades had some chordwise paint scoring. The propeller cylinder showed a deep gouge that was
consistent with contact with the blade counterweight. The measured position of this gouge was
consistent with a pitch position in the operating range at impact.
The cockpit switch for the deice system was not located in the wreckage, but the deice
boot timer was found intact. Testing of the timer found that a deice valve solenoid for a wing
outboard deice boot was receiving power and that the deice system was not between inflation
and deflation cycles when the airplane’s electrical system lost power.54
The left wing showed heavy damage at its wing root, and the largest wing piece
recovered was the rear spar. The right wing had sheared at its wing root and was relatively intact
compared with the left wing. The left main landing gear was torn from the left wing and was
found at the initial impact point. The right main landing gear had separated from its main
attachment points and was found aft of the right wing, and the right main landing gear actuator
was found in the extended position. A gravestone located aft of the right main landing gear
showed a rubber transfer mark that was consistent with contact with the right main landing gear
tire. The nose landing gear had separated from the airframe and was found about 10 feet to the
left of the forward portion of the fuselage. Continuity of the elevator, rudder, and aileron flight
control systems was verified from the cockpit controls to the flight control surfaces.
The trim actuators for all three control surfaces were found in the wreckage. The
actuators were a jackscrew design and were not susceptible to movement by impact forces.
Examination of the aileron and rudder trim actuator jackscrews found that their measured
positions correlated to full right-wing-down (RWD) aileron trim55 and full airplane-nose-left
(ANL) rudder trim. The pitch trim actuator jackscrew was within its normal measurement range
and indicated orientation toward an airplane-nose-down position.
1.12.1 Fuel System
The only recovered component from the left fuel boost pump was the impeller housing.
Examination of the impeller by the NTSB Materials Laboratory found two axial deformation
marks on the through-hole; the deformation marks extended the entire length of the through-hole
and were spaced 0.171 inch apart from each other. The spacing was consistent with the
0.170-inch width of the parallel flats on the drive shaft. The impeller vanes were fractured or
cracked, and some exhibited deformation marks. 54 For the PC-12, the airframe deice system is activated separately from the propeller deice system and the
engine inertial separator. A CAWS “PUSHER ICE MODE” advisory is logged when both the engine inertial
separator and the propeller deice system are active. For the accident airplane, CAWS data showed that the airframe
deice system was turned on about 2 hours 3 minutes into the flight and remained on through the time of the last
CAWS entry for the flight, which was logged 20 minutes later. Also, although the inertial separator was found in the
open position, CAWS data showed that no PUSHER ICE MODE advisory had been logged.
55 The actuator’s internal potentiometer resistance values were measured; these measurements correlated to full
extension of the actuator. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
29
The entire right fuel boost pump was recovered but showed extensive fire and heat
damage. Examination of the right fuel boost pump impeller and pump housing by the NTSB
Materials Laboratory found that the impeller had expanded in size (as a result of the postaccident
fire) to fill the housing, with the center of the impeller expanded into the suction-side inlet and
the edge of the impeller expanded into the pressure-side outlet. The right fuel boost pump
impeller vanes could not be examined for fractures, cracks, and deformation marks because of
the heat damage to the impeller. Deformation marks on the right fuel boost pump housing and
metal transfer on the right pump drive shaft were consistent with contact between the drive shaft
and the housing through-hole. The deformation marks extended about one-half of the length of
the through-hole and were spaced 0.166 inch apart from each other. This spacing was also
consistent with the 0.170-inch width of the parallel flats on the drive shaft.
The postimpact rotational orientation of the left and right fuel boost pump impellers and
their respective drive shafts was estimated from photographs of the left and right boost pumps as
recovered. The estimates for the impellers were 222º ± 3º (left) and 268º ± 3º (right). The
orientation of the drive shaft contact marks on the respective through-hole in the left and right
fuel boost pump housing was estimated to be 220º (left) and 224º (right).
The fuel filter bypass valve was found mostly intact, but the differential pressure
indicator (which extends a red button when a sufficient differential pressure bypasses the fuel
filter) had separated. Examination of the bypass valve by the NTSB Materials Laboratory found
that the differential pressure indicator was in the off position. (This position was not a reliable
indication that a bypass condition did not occur because it is possible that impact forces could
have dislodged the red button from the differential pressure indicator and reset the indicator to
the off position.)
Portions of the fuel lines from the supply, motive flow, and fuel control return sections
were identified, but no useful information could be obtained because of the extensive impact and
fire damage. Examination of other recovered fuel system components revealed no evidence of
any preimpact mechanical anomalies.
1.13 Medical and Pathological Information
Postaccident toxicological testing was performed on specimens from the pilot by the
FAA’s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute. Liver specimens tested negative for a wide range of
drugs, including major drugs of abuse (marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine, amphetamines, and
opiates). Specimens from the pilot’s liver, lung, and bile tested negative for ethanol, but a very
low level of ethanol was detected in the pilot’s muscle specimens. Information noted in the
May 7, 2009, toxicological report indicated that the ethanol found in the pilot’s specimens was
consistent with postmortem production.
1.14 Fire
No evidence or witness statements indicated an in-flight fire. The evidence indicated that
the fire damage to the airplane occurred after the impact. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
30
1.15 Survival Aspects
The two pilot and eight passenger seats were equipped with lap and shoulder harness
restraints. Except for the pilot and the occupant of the right front seat, the NTSB was unable to
determine the original seating positions for the occupants. The Forensic Science Division of the
Department of Justice in Missoula, Montana, assigned the cause of death for all of the airplane
occupants as blunt force injuries.
1.16 Tests and Research
1.16.1 Postaccident Fuel Boost Pump Testing
The NTSB conducted postaccident fuel boost pump testing at Crane Aerospace and
Electronics’ facility to determine the performance of exemplar model K pumps under operating
conditions below 0º C. The tests were performed using three fuel conditions: jet fuel with no
water or FSII added (the baseline test), jet fuel with water added, and jet fuel with water and a
FSII added.
The two fuel boost pumps used during the tests, which were provided by Pilatus, had
passed acceptance test procedures,56 and the measurement of armature shaft end play (as
discussed in section 1.6.6) was within limits. The test apparatus included a 50-gallon tank filled
with Jet A fuel; a fuel boost pump; a check valve, which was provided by Pilatus and was
identical to the check valve used in the accident airplane’s fuel system; a fuel flow valve;
pressure sensors; a flow meter; and a circulation pump, which controlled fuel temperature by
routing fuel through a heat exchanger that was chilled with methanol.
For each fuel condition, both fuel boost pumps were run through a fuel calibration curve
test (which is the same type of test that new fuel pumps are subjected to during acceptance
testing) and an endurance test. The fuel calibration curves were derived by (1) measuring the fuel
boost pump discharge pressure at 11 different fuel flow rates ranging from 0 to 3,000 pounds per
hour57 and (2) generating performance data curves for each of the three fuel conditions at
temperatures of 0º, -15º, and -30º C. For the endurance test, the fuel temperature was stabilized at
-30º C, the fuel boost pump discharge pressure was measured at a fuel flow rate of 900 pounds
per hour, and the pump was cycling (that is, operating for 10 seconds and then turning off for
1 second).58 56 The fuel boost pumps used during the tests were considered by Pilatus to be “unserviceable” and, as a result,
were refurbished by Crane Aerospace before acceptance test procedures were performed.
57 These fuel flow rates were 0, 400, 600, 800, 1,100, 1,200, 1,400, 1,600, 2,000, 2,400, and 3,000 pounds per
hour (the last of which was the maximum fuel flow).
58 One of the fuel boost pumps performed inconsistently during its initial test run (without water or a FSII
added). The pump was removed from the test apparatus, disassembled, and visually inspected, and no assembly or
mechanical problems were found. The motor brushes were found to be fully engaged with the commutator and were
able to move freely. (The brushes ride on the commutator to conduct electrical power.) Further inspection found that
one motor brush exhibited pitting and that brush material had collected on the commutator surface. The brushes and
the commutator (and its armature portion) were then replaced, and subsequent testing of the pump produced normal
results. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
31
The fuel flow calibration curve test for the baseline condition (jet fuel with no water or
FSII added) showed that both fuel pumps performed nominally. The endurance test (conducted at
a temperature of -30º C) showed that the 900-pounds per hour fuel flow rate decreased
progressively over time. The decrease in the flow rate was mitigated by adjusting the fuel flow
valve in the first test pump and tapping the fuel flow valve in the second test pump to break away
ice that had accumulated on the valve. Because these actions restored flow to about 900 pounds
per hour, the reduced flow was likely the result of ice accumulation on the fuel flow valve rather
than a problem with either pump’s performance.59
For the test involving the condition of jet fuel with water, 270 cubic centimeters of water
was added to the 50 gallons of fuel through a nozzle. The added water ensured that the saturation
point of the fuel would be exceeded. The fuel flow calibration curve test for this fuel condition
showed similar performance to the baseline test (no water or FSII added). The endurance test
showed similar results to the baseline test except that the degradation of fuel flow rate occurred
more quickly and additional adjusting and tapping on the fuel flow valve was necessary.
For the test involving the condition of jet fuel with water and a FSII, 200 cubic
centimeters of Prist (the commonly known trade name for a FSII) was added to the fuel and
water mixture using a nozzle that was directed to the inlet of the circulation (cooling) pump
while it was operating. The fuel flow calibration curve test for this fuel condition showed similar
performance to the previous two fuel conditions.60 During the entire endurance test, the fuel flow
rate remained relatively constant, and no adjusting or tapping on the valve was required to
maintain the fuel flow rate.
1.16.2 Central Advisory and Warning System Data Extraction
As stated in section 1.6.2, nonvolatile memory data downloaded from the airplane’s
CAWS contained information about the airplane’s 480 flights made during the 2 years before the
accident.61 For 477 of the 480 flights, the left and right fuel boost pumps activated a total of
29 times. (The CAWS logged events either as “activated” [on] or “cleared” [off].) These
activations were consistent with the operation of the automatic fuel balancing system to laterally
balance the fuel load. For the three remaining flights—REI to VCB (on the day of the accident),
the accident flight leg (OVE en route to BZN with a divert to BTM), and a flight occurring on
October 16, 2007 (from Cabo San Lucas to San Diego)—both fuel boost pumps activated 176,
337, and 260 times, respectively. No low fuel pressure cautions were logged during these and the
477 other flights for which CAWS data were available. 59 The fuel flow valve used during the tests was not part of the PC-12 fuel system.
60 Throughout the testing, none of the observed decreases in fuel pressure were associated with the
Pilatus-supplied check valve.
61 Examination of the recorded dates and times revealed discrepancies with known valid flight dates and times.
Also, the recorded dates and times were not continuous throughout the time period covered by the log entries.
According to Pilatus, the most likely cause for the discontinuity was a system clock battery change. (Maintenance
record entries and maintenance invoices showed that the most recent system battery change occurred on
September 20, 2007, after an annual inspection of the airplane.) To resolve the discrepancies regarding the recorded
dates, calculations were made that resulted in a CAWS flight log that was generally consistent with the operator’s
flight log entries. The discrepancies regarding the recorded times were resolved to within 4 minutes 34 seconds,
which was the difference between the total flight time recorded by the CAWS central advisory control unit and the
time that the airplane was observed by radar during the accident flight. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
32
For the flight from REI to VCB, the left and right fuel boost pumps began cycling about
1 hour 30 minutes into the flight. About 15 minutes later, the left fuel boost pump was on
continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was off. The left fuel boost pump remained on
continuously until the final entry for the flight, which was logged about 6 minutes later (at
1:51:35). Table 3 summarizes these data. No evidence indicated that the pilot sought
maintenance assistance after the flight in response to the automatic operation of the fuel boost
pumps.
Table 3. Central advisory and warning system data for flight from Redlands, California, to
Vacaville, California.
Time in flight
CAWS message
Status
1:30:53
L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
1:30:53
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
1:45:49
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
1:45:58
R FUEL PUMP
Off
For the accident flight leg, the CAWS data showed that, about 22 minutes into the flight,
the right fuel boost pump was on continuously for 3 minutes 45 seconds. This time period was
consistent with the average duration of the 29 fuel pump activations for automatic lateral fuel
balancing. The left and right fuel boost pumps began cycling about 1 hour 13 minutes into the
flight. About 1 hour 18 minutes into the flight, the left fuel boost pump was on continuously, and
the right fuel boost pump was off. About 1 hour 21 minutes into the flight, the right fuel boost
pump resumed cycling. After that time, the right fuel boost pump was cycling or was on
continuously, and the left fuel boost pump was on continuously or was off. In addition, about
6 minutes before the final CAWS message (at 2:23:24), the “R FUEL LOW” caution was
logged, indicating that 133 pounds of fuel remained in the right fuel tank. Table 4 shows the
CAWS fuel system information logged during the accident flight leg.62
Table 4. Central advisory and warning system data for accident flight.
Time in flight
CAWS message
Status
0:22:04
R FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
0:25:49
R FUEL PUMP
Off
1:13:32
L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
1:13:32
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
1:17:59
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
1:18:09
R FUEL PUMP
Off
1:21:05
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
1:52:08
R FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
1:52:18
L FUEL PUMP
Off
1:52:29
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
1:52:29
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
2:05:29
R FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
2:05:38
L FUEL PUMP
Off 62 According to the manufacturer of the CAWS central advisory control unit, certain events were logged as
“activated” only if the criteria prompting their activation were still met after a predefined time delay. For example,
the FUEL PUMP advisory would be considered fully activated after a 0.3-second interval to display this advisory,
and the FUEL LOW caution would become active after a 10-second interval to annunciate this caution aurally and
visually. If an event that had been activated either became inactive or had cleared before the predefined time delays
expired, a “cleared” status would be logged without a preceding “activated” status. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
33
Time in flight
CAWS message
Status
2:08:36
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
2:08:36
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
2:10:35
R FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
2:10:44
L FUEL PUMP
Off
2:16:21
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
2:16:21
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
2:17:05
R FUEL LOW
On—continuous
2:17:10
R FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
During the last seconds of the flight, the “PUSHER” caution logged with a “cleared”
status three times, but no “PUSHER” cautions were logged with an “activated” status at any time
during the flight. (The PUSHER cautions are further discussed in section 1.16.2.1.) Also logged
during the accident flight were an “A/P TRIM” advisory at 1 minute 36 seconds into the flight,
indicating that the autopilot or yaw damper had been engaged;63 an “A/P DISENG” caution
about 1 hour 55 minutes into the flight, indicating that the autopilot had disengaged; and another
“A/P TRIM” advisory about 1 hour 59 minutes into the flight, which indicated that the autopilot
or yaw damper had again been engaged.
For the flight on October 16, 2007, CAWS data showed that, about 2 hours 47 minutes
into the flight, both fuel boost pumps began cycling simultaneously for about 14 minutes. The
left fuel boost pump was then on continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was off. The right
fuel boost pump resumed cycling about 4 minutes later, and the left fuel boost pump resumed
cycling about 11 minutes afterward. About 3 hours 19 minutes into the flight, the left fuel boost
pump was on continuously while the right fuel boost pump continued cycling. About 3 hours
27 minutes into the flight, the right fuel boost pump was off, and the left fuel boost pump was on
continuously until the final entry for the flight, which was logged about 12 minutes later (at
3:39:16).64 Table 5 summarizes these data.
Table 5. Central advisory and warning system data for October 2007 flight.
Time in flight
CAWS message
Status
2:47:22
L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
2:47:22
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:01:43
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
3:01:52
R FUEL PUMP
Off
3:05:38
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:16:40
L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:19:36
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
3:27:27
R FUEL PUMP
Off
In addition, during this investigation, the NTSB learned about a January 2008 event
involving a Pilatus PC-12 that diverted and landed uneventfully after the pilot observed both fuel
boost pump advisory lights illuminate. Information about this event is discussed in
section 1.18.3. 63 The autopilot and the yaw damper (rudder trim relief) comprise the PC-12 automatic flight control system.
64 Maintenance records, service invoices, and airplane flight logs showed that no maintenance actions were
performed after this flight in response to the automatic operation of the fuel boost pumps. The next maintenance
action, which occurred on December 31, 2007, did not involve the fuel system. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
34
1.16.2.1 Pusher Caution Entries
According to the PC-12 AFM, the annunciation of a PUSHER caution would alert the
pilot to a stall warning/stick pusher system malfunction, indicating that the system might be
inoperative. As previously stated, during the accident flight, three PUSHER caution entries were
logged with a cleared status between flight times 2:23:22 and 2:23:24, even though no PUSHER
caution entries had previously been logged with an activated status. Although the NTSB was not
able to determine why the three PUSHER caution entries were logged,65 the NTSB was able to
rule out two events that would have resulted in a PUSHER caution being annunciated.
A PUSHER caution would activate only after delays of both 0.3 and 1.0 second, which
were the intervals when the caution was annunciated visually and aurally, respectively. The first
two PUSHER cautions (both of which were logged at 2:23:22) were consistent with the caution
being valid for more than 0.3 second but less than 1.0 second and would have resulted in a brief
illumination of the PUSHER light on the CAWS display and no accompanying aural chime in
the cockpit. The third PUSHER caution (which was logged at 2:23:24) was consistent with the
caution being valid for less than 0.3 second and would have resulted in no illumination of the
PUSHER light and no aural chime in the cockpit. Thus, these cautions were evaluated by the
CAWS to be valid only for a portion of the total time required for an activated entry to be
logged.
According to the CAWS manufacturer, PUSHER caution events could be logged with
one of two numeric values depending on the circumstances that precipitated the event. This
method allowed the CAWS manufacturer to differentiate among the annunciation modes logged
for a PUSHER caution event, including certain component failures of the stick pusher warning
system. Other annunciation modes for a PUSHER caution event involved flap asymmetry or an
air/ground sensing system fault. If a flap asymmetry event were to occur, the FLAPS caution
would illuminate; 10 seconds later, the PUSHER caution would illuminate along with an aural
annunciation indicating “flap asymmetry detected, pusher safe mode.” If an air/ground sensing
system fault were to occur, an “AIR/GND” warning would be simultaneously annunciated on the
CAWS display with the PUSHER caution. Thus, the three PUSHER cautions that were logged
during the accident flight were not the result of a flap asymmetry or an air/ground fault because
(1) the FLAPS caution and the AIR/GND warning were not logged at any time during the flight
and (2) no PUSHER cautions had activated at any time during the flight.
1.16.3 Fuel Consumption Calculations
Pilatus calculated the airplane’s fuel consumption by flight phase (climb, cruise, and
descent) for the first and final flight legs on the day of the accident. Pilatus’ estimates were based
on engineering data that incorporated the airplane’s actual radar-observed performance. Because 65 According to the CAWS manufacturer, data are logged to the central advisory computer unit any time that
the system evaluates that an event (a warning, caution, or advisory) is valid. A series of delay timers then begin to
count down (to ensure that the event is actually valid and not a spurious occurrence), after which the event is logged
as “activated,” any associated light on the CAWS display illuminates, and any associated aural annunciation sounds.
Additionally, when the event is no longer evaluated to be valid, the event is logged as “cleared.” If the event were to
be evaluated as valid but then evaluated not to be valid before all of the associated delays expired, then a “cleared”
entry would be logged without a preceding “activated” entry. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
35
no radar data were available for the flight from VCB to OVE, Pilatus used performance charts in
the PC-12 AFM to calculate that the airplane consumed about 200 pounds of fuel during that
flight leg.
Table 6 shows that Pilatus’ estimate of the total fuel consumption for the flight from REI
to VCB was 832 pounds. The calculated 56-minute cruise portion of the flight comprised about
7 minutes of flight at FL260 and 49 minutes of flight at FL220.66 The radar-observed portion of
the descent lasted about 22 minutes with an average descent rate of 800 feet per minute. An
additional 5 minutes (at the same descent rate) would have been required to descend from the
airplane’s last radar-observed altitude of 3,900 feet to the near-sea-level elevation of REI,
resulting in a 27-minute descent. (It was necessary to determine the portion of the descent that
was not supported by radar data to calculate the estimated fuel consumption before the airplane
was refueled at VCB.)
Table 6. Fuel consumption estimate for flight from Redlands, California, to Vacaville, California.
Flight phase
Time in hours and minutes
Pounds of fuel burned
Before takeoff
0:00
38
Climb
0:25
206
Cruise
0:56
383
Descent
0:27
204
Total
1:48
832
Table 7 shows that Pilatus’ estimate for the total fuel consumption for the accident flight
leg was 979 pounds. The radar-observed portion of the descent lasted about 26 minutes with an
average descent rate of about 600 feet per minute from FL250 to 9,100 feet. Radar data were not
available for the remaining 3,550 feet in the descent.
Table 7. Fuel consumption estimate for accident flight.
Flight phase
Time in hours and minutes
Pounds of fuel burned
Before takeoff
0:00
38
Climb
0:26
215
Cruise
1:29
581
Descent
0:25
145
Total
2:20
979
1.16.4 Aircraft Performance Calculations
The CAWS data (in particular, the R FUEL LOW caution that was recorded about
6 minutes before the last CAWS entries for the flight), along with radar data and assumptions
about fuel burn, indicated a left-wing-heavy fuel condition just before the accident occurred,
with the left wing fuel tank filled to capacity (1,368 pounds) and the right wing fuel tank almost
empty (66 pounds). 66 The airplane reached its first cruise altitude of FL260 at 0809:05 PDT. The airplane remained at this altitude
until 0815:43 PDT, at which time the airplane began descending to its second cruise altitude of FL220. At 0904:57
PDT, the airplane began the descent flight phase. The 49 minutes of cruise flight at FL220 included the descent from
FL260 to FL220. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
36
The position of the aileron and rudder trim actuators, as recovered in the wreckage,
indicated full RWD aileron trim and full ANL rudder trim, which is consistent with a forward
sideslip to the right and a left-wing-down rolling moment. A forward right sideslip is a maneuver
that the pilot could have used to create drag and increase the descent rate without increasing
airspeed, even though the maneuver would have increased the wheel force required to maintain
control of the airplane. The rudder input associated with a prolonged rudder pedal input would
also result in full ANL rudder trim; the autotrim function would automatically operate the rudder
trim system to offload the pedal forces applied by the pilot.
Pilatus calculated that a sideslip with the accident conditions and airspeeds close to the
PC-12 stall speed (93 knots) would require 22º (55 percent) of the 40º of available aileron (a left
aileron input of 8º and a right aileron input of -14º)67 with full aileron trim (15º), which would
result in a 20-pound control wheel input.68 These calculations assumed that enough rudder was
available to balance the yawing moment (resulting from sideslip) and that the rudder had little
effect on the rolling moment.
In addition, Pilatus found that, with the sideslip maneuver, static conditions, and straight
and level flight, an airplane with a fuel imbalance of about 1,300 pounds would have been
controllable to an airspeed of about 90 knots with about one-half of the available aileron. Pilatus’
calculations did not consider the airplane dynamics (for example, yaw and roll rate) associated
with landing or the possibility that the pilot was performing a go-around maneuver at low speed
at the time of the maximum fuel imbalance.69
1.17 Organizational and Management Information
1.17.1 Eagle Cap Leasing
The airplane was registered to Eagle Cap Leasing of Enterprise, Oregon, which was
incorporated in March 1992. At the time of the accident, the airplane had three owners. During
the month preceding the accident, the airplane was based at REI. (The airplane had previously
been based at San Bernardino International Airport, San Bernardino, California.)70 The pilot was 67 For the PC-12, down aileron is expressed positively, and up aileron is expressed negatively. Maximum down
aileron is 10º, and maximum up aileron is -30º.
68 Title 14 CFR 23.143, “Controllability and Maneuverability, General,” states that the maximum pilot force
applied temporarily to the control wheel for roll control is 50 pounds with two hands and 25 pounds with one hand.
69 Information provided by witnesses was consistent with the pilot performing a go-around maneuver. As
previously stated in section 1.1, several witnesses saw the airplane approaching runway 33 but stated that the
airplane appeared at a higher altitude than most airplanes that land at the airport. The witnesses also stated that the
airplane then flew northwest away from the runway and entered a sharp left turn. Another witness, who saw the
airplane break out of a cloud layer several miles south-southwest of the airport, stated that the airplane appeared to
fly directly toward the end of the runway but seemed to be at too high of an altitude to complete the landing.
70 Fueling records from San Bernardino Fixed-Base Operator Services showed that the accident airplane was
fueled 40 times between October 2007 and January 2009. The airplane was fueled 33 of those times by a truck
carrying fuel that was premixed with a FSII and 7 of those times by a truck carrying fuel that was not premixed with
a FSII. During August 2009 and December 2010 interviews, the fuel manager stated that the pilot always requested
a FSII when ordering fuel and that a FSII was injected during the fueling process when the truck that was not
premixed with this additive was dispatched. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
37
an independent contractor for Eagle Cap Leasing and was the sole pilot of the airplane. Eagle
Cap Leasing did not own any other aircraft.
1.17.2 Pilatus Aircraft
According to its website, Pilatus Aircraft was established in 1939. Pilatus’ headquarters
office is located in Stans, Switzerland, and the company has three independent subsidiaries. One
of these subsidiaries is Pilatus Business Aircraft, which is located in Broomfield, Colorado. (The
other subsidiaries are located in Adelaide, Australia, and Altenrhein, Switzerland.) Pilatus
Business Aircraft, which was established in 1996, is responsible for finishing PC-12 aircraft
(which come off the production line in Stans) to customer specifications and coordinating PC-12
servicing activities in North and South America.
1.18 Additional Information
1.18.1 Federal Aviation Administration Policies
1.18.1.1 Safety Belt Regulations
In August 1971, the FAA amended its previous safety belt regulations by adding
14 CFR 91.14, “Fastening of Seat Belts,” to its general operating and flight rules to clarify the
agency’s position on the use of safety belts. Paragraph (a)(2) of the regulation stated the
following:
During the takeoff and landing of U.S. registered civil aircraft…each person on
board that aircraft must occupy a seat or berth with a safety belt properly secured
around him [or her]. However, a person who has not reached his [or her] second
birthday may be held by an adult who is occupying a seat or berth.
The preamble to the rulemaking specified, “it is not intended that separate seats nor
separate safety belts be required for operations conducted under Part 91.”71 The intent of the
regulation72 was further supported in June 1990 when the FAA issued legal interpretation
1990-14, which stated the following:
As long as approved safety belts are carried aboard the aircraft for all occupants,
and the structural strength requirements for the seats are not exceeded, the seating
of two persons whose combined weights does not exceed 170 pounds under one
safety belt where the belt can be properly secured around both persons would not
be a violation of the regulations for an operation under Part 91. 71 36 Federal Register 127 (July 1, 1971).
72 In December 1985, 14 CFR 91.14(a)(2) became paragraph (a)(3), which also included the following
reference to shoulder harnesses: “each person on board [a U.S.-registered civil] aircraft must occupy a seat or berth
with a safety belt and shoulder harness, if installed, properly secured about him [or her].” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
38
In August 1990, the FAA revised Part 91, and section 91.14 was redesignated as
14 CFR 91.107, “Use of Safety Belts, Shoulder Harnesses, and Child Restraint Systems.”
Section 91.107(a)(3) stated that each person on board a U.S.-registered civil aircraft “must
occupy an approved seat or berth with a safety belt and, if installed, shoulder harness, properly
secured about him or her during movement on the surface, takeoff, and landing.”
After the BTM accident, the NTSB asked the FAA for clarification about the intent of
14 CFR 91.107 regarding occupant seats and occupant restraints. In January 2010
correspondence to the NTSB, the FAA stated that, according to section 91.107, multiple (two or
more) occupants are allowed to share one seat and one restraint system as long as “the seat usage
conformed with the limitations contained in the approved portion of the Airplane Flight Manual”
and “the belt was approved and rated for such use.”
Further, 14 CFR 91.107(a)(3)(i) continued to permit the practice of allowing a child less
than 2 years of age to be held on the lap of an adult.73 As previously stated, one of the child
passengers involved in the BTM accident was 1 year old. In April 2010 correspondence to the
NTSB, the FAA stated that this lap child would not have been included in the PC-12 AFM’s
limitation on the number of occupants74 because a child who has not reached his or her second
birthday is considered to be “part of the adult occupant” rather than a separate occupant.
In addition, 14 CFR 91.107(a)(3)(iii) included provisions permitting approved child
restraint systems aboard aircraft. In October 1992, the FAA revised the regulation to broaden the
categories of child restraint systems that were allowed to be used on aircraft. In the preamble to
the rulemaking, the FAA stated, “using these restraints in an aircraft will provide a level of safety
greater than that which would be provided if the young children were held in the arms of adults
or if safety belts alone were used.”75
1.18.1.2 Fuel Anti-Icing Additive Advisory Information
On January 18, 1972, the FAA issued Advisory Circular (AC) 20-29B, “Use of Aircraft
Fuel Anti-Icing Additives,” which provided information about two approved anti-icing additives
that were used to ensure continuous fuel flow during conditions in which ice could occur in
turbine aircraft fuel systems.76 The AC explained that a fuel anti-icing additive was needed
because jet fuel, by nature, contains small amounts of water, and the water could turn to 73 Specifically, this paragraph stated that a person who has not reached his or her second birthday could “be
held by an adult who is occupying an approved seat or berth, provided that the person being held…does not occupy
or use any restraining device.”
74 As stated in section 1.6, the PC-12 AFM limited the number of occupants (for a corporate commuter
configuration) to nine passengers plus pilot(s).
75 57 Federal Register 42664 (September 15, 1992).
76 One of the anti-icing additives mentioned in the AC, Military Specification MIL-I-27686, is one of the two
anti-icing additives included in the PC-12 AFM. Before 1994, Prist (the commonly known trade name for a FSII)
was manufactured according to this specification. Prist now meets Military Specification MIL-DTL-85470, which is
the other anti-icing additive included in the AFM. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
39
accumulated ice and clog fuel filters. The use of the additives mentioned in the AC would ensure
compliance with 14 CFR 25.997, “Fuel Strainer or Filter,” paragraph (b).77
For aircraft requiring an anti-icing additive, the AC stated that FAA-approved AFMs
should indicate the following information: (1) the minimum concentration of the aircraft fuel
anti-icing additive in a loaded fuel tank should be at least 0.035 percent by volume, (2) the
minimum concentration of the additive in the fuel with which the aircraft is to be refueled should
be at least 0.06 percent by volume, and (3) the maximum concentration of the additive that could
be used in fuel was 0.15 percent by volume. (The PC-12 AFM indicated that the anti-icing
additive concentration must be between 0.06 and 0.15 percent by volume and cautioned that the
correct mix of anti-icing additive with the fuel was important.)78 In addition, the AC stated that
the aircraft should be placarded near the fuel filler cover to show that fuel to be used must
contain an anti-icing additive within the minimum and maximum allowed concentrations.
1.18.1.3 Fuel System Icing Advisory Information
On October 22, 1981, the FAA issued AC 20-113, “Pilot Precautions and Procedures to
Be Taken in Preventing Aircraft Reciprocating Engine Induction System and Fuel System Icing
Problems.” The AC provided information about aircraft engine induction system icing in
reciprocating (piston-driven) aircraft engines and the use of fuel additives to reduce the hazards
of operating with water and ice in aircraft fuel systems.79
According to AC 20-113, water in aircraft fuel that freezes and forms ice crystals can
block fuel screens, strainers, and filters. The use of anti-icing additives for some piston
engine-powered aircraft had been approved to prevent problems caused by water and ice in
aviation fuel. Laboratory and flight testing demonstrated that the use of an anti-icing additive at a
maximum concentration of 0.15 percent by volume could substantially inhibit fuel system icing
under most operating conditions. The AC cautioned that the concentration of the anti-icing
additive in the fuel was critical because a marked deterioration in its effectiveness could result
from too little or too much additive. The AC concluded that fuel anti-icing additives are
beneficial in preventing fuel system icing when they are properly blended in the fuel systems of
piston engine-powered aircraft.
As stated in section 1.6, the accident airplane was equipped with a turbine engine and not
a reciprocating engine. AC 20-113 contained no guidance on fuel system icing prevention for
operators of turbine engine-powered aircraft. Section 2.4 discusses the need for such guidance. 77 Title 14 CFR 25.997(b), which was effective on May 8, 1970, stated the following: “unless there are means
in the fuel system to prevent the accumulation of ice on the filter, there must be means to automatically maintain the
fuel flow if ice-clogging of the filter occurs.” Title 14 CFR 23.997(d), which was effective on September 14, 1969,
stated the same requirement but for normal- and commuter-category aircraft with turbine engine fuel systems. Both
regulations were subsequently amended and became part of two new regulations: 14 CFR 23.951(c), which is
discussed in section 1.6.5.1, and 14 CFR 25.951(c), which has identical requirements to section 23.951(c) but
applies to transport-category airplanes. Both of the new regulations became effective on October 31, 1974.
78 According to Pilatus, concentrations less than 0.06 percent might not prevent ice formation in the fuel
system, and concentrations greater than 0.15 percent could damage the primer and sealants in the fuel tanks and the
sealants in fuel system and engine components.
79 The AC stated that improved pilot awareness, attention, and adherence to recommended procedures should
reduce the number of accidents involving engine induction and fuel system icing. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
40
1.18.2 Previous Related Safety Recommendations
1.18.2.1 Occupant Restraints
On August 11, 2010, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-10-121 and -122
because of its concern that, if the FAA were to continue allowing multiple occupants aboard
airplanes operating under Part 91 to share a single seat position80 and a single restraint system,
then those occupants would not benefit from the improved protection provided by the
crashworthiness requirements of Part 23.81 Also, the NTSB recognized that, if this accident had
been less severe and the impact had been survivable, any unrestrained occupants or occupants
sharing a single restraint system would have been at a much greater risk of injury or death.82 The
recommendations asked the FAA to do the following:83
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require separate seats and
restraints for every occupant. (A-10-121)
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require each person who is less
than 2 years of age to be restrained in a separate seat position by an appropriate
child restraint system during takeoff, landing, and turbulence. (A-10-122)
On October 14, 2010, the FAA stated that it was reviewing these recommendations to
determine whether a revision of the current interpretation of section 91.107 would be
appropriate. The FAA also stated that it was reviewing the studies cited by the NTSB in its letter
to determine the most appropriate action regarding Safety Recommendation A-10-122. The FAA
indicated that it would keep the NTSB informed about the FAA’s progress on both safety 80 The NTSB recognizes that some airplanes operating under Part 91 are configured with seats that have more
than one seating position. For example, the Bombardier Challenger CL-600 involved in the February 2, 2005,
accident in Teterboro, New Jersey, was configured with a divan that had three separate seating positions.
81 Title 14 CFR 23.562, “Emergency Landing Dynamic Conditions,” paragraph (a)(1), stated that each seat and
restraint system for use in an airplane must be designed to protect each occupant during an emergency landing when
“proper use is made of seats, safety belts, and shoulder harnesses provided for in the design.” Section 23.562 also
addressed dynamic testing with an anthropomorphic test dummy (ATD) and required, among other things, that the
shoulder harness remain on the ATD’s shoulder and the safety belt remain on the ATD’s pelvis during the impact.
Neither of these conditions could be met with multiple occupants sharing a single seat and restraint system, as
allowed by 14 CFR 91.107. The NTSB recognizes that many airplanes operating under Part 91 were certified before
the time that the improved crashworthiness standards were adopted but believes that occupants of those airplanes
would also benefit from single-occupant use of seats and restraint systems.
82 On December 9, 2010, the NTSB held a public forum to promote child passenger safety. The primary
purposes of the forum were to (1) improve child safety in airplanes and automobiles through education and
advocacy aimed toward the caregivers of children and the transportation industry and (2) identify effective strategies
to
increase
child
seat
and
seatbelt
user
rates.
For
information
from
the
forum,
see
http://www.ntsb.gov/events/symp-child-passenger-2010/symp-child-passenger.htm.
83 In its letter transmitting Safety Recommendations A-10-121 and -122, the NTSB stated that, although
14 CFR 121.311, “Seats, Safety Belts, and Shoulder Harnesses,” and 135.128, “Use of Safety Belts and Child
Restraint Systems,” require separate seats and restraints for each person, the regulations allow children who have not
reached their second birthday to be held on an adult’s lap (similar to 14 CFR 91.107). As a result, the NTSB issued
Safety Recommendation A-10-123, which asked the FAA to “amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 121 and
135 to require each person who is less than 2 years of age to be restrained in a separate seat position by an
appropriate child restraint system during takeoff, landing, and turbulence.” For more information, see
http://www.ntsb.gov/Recs/letters/2010/A-10-121-123.pdf.
On
January
31,
2011,
Safety
Recommendation A-10-123 was classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
41
recommendations.
On
January 31, 2011,
the
NTSB
classified
Safety
Recommendations A-10-121 and -122 “Open—Acceptable Response” pending completion of
the recommended actions.
On June 23, 2011, the FAA published, in the Federal Register, a Clarification of Prior
Interpretations of the Seat Belt and Seating Requirements for General Aviation Flights. The
FAA’s proposal continues to allow the shared use of a seat and restraint system and relies on the
“good judgment of the pilot” to determine the proper method of restraint for children during
operations conducted under Part 91. The NTSB’s response to the FAA’s proposal is presented in
section 2.5.
1.18.2.2 Pilot Receipt of Weather Information
On March 18, 2010, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-10-42 as a result of the
BTM accident and the October 2009 Northwest Airlines flight 188 incident,84 which raised
concerns about ATC procedures for documenting communications with pilots.85 Safety
Recommendation A-10-42 asked the FAA to do the following:
Establish and implement standard procedures to document and share control
information, such as frequency changes, contact with pilots, and the confirmation
of the receipt of weather information, at air traffic control facilities that do not
currently have such a procedure. These procedures should provide visual
communication of at least the control information that would be communicated by
the marking and posting of paper flight-progress strips described in Federal
Aviation Administration Order 7110.65, “Air Traffic Control.”
On June 7, 2010, the FAA stated that its Air Traffic Organization office was forming a
working group of subject matter experts to assess Safety Recommendation A-10-42. On
November 29, 2010, the NTSB responded that it looked forward to reviewing the results of the
group’s work and classified the recommendation “Open—Acceptable Response.”
On February 16, 2011, the NTSB again corresponded with the FAA about Safety
Recommendation A-10-42 because, since the time of its November 2010 letter, the NTSB
learned that the FAA planned to replace the fully automated Host computer system currently
used at high-altitude en route centers with the en route automation modernization (ERAM)
system. The NTSB indicated that, before the implementation of the Host computer system, the
transfer of aircraft information between air traffic controllers occurred through the use of flight 84 The NTSB found that the pilots of Northwest Airlines flight 188 did not communicate with ATC for about
1 hour 17 minutes because they were distracted by conversations and activities that were unrelated to the operation
of the flight. During that time, the airplane flew past its intended destination. The NTSB also found that two sector
controllers within the Denver ARTCC airspace did not document, and were not required to document, flight
progress strip information indicating that the flight crew had not yet established contact. Additional information
about
this
incident,
NTSB
case
number
DCA10IA001,
is
available
at
http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx.
85 As stated in section 1.10.2, FAA Order 7110.65, paragraph 4-7-10, requires ATC to ensure that pilots have
received weather and NOTAM information for the destination airport. However, neither this order nor FAA
Order 7210.3 requires controllers to document that a pilot has been issued or has reported receiving weather and
NOTAM information for the destination airport. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
42
progress strips but that, when the Host system was deployed, some of the information that had
been transferred using flight progress strips was no longer being transferred. The NTSB advised
the FAA that a fully acceptable response to this safety recommendation must address how both
future systems, such as ERAM, and current systems, such as Host, would prevent the loss of
important information when aircraft are transferred between air traffic controllers.
1.18.2.3 Flight Recorder Systems
On February 9, 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-09-10 and -11 as a
result of its ongoing concern about the need for flight recorder systems for smaller aircraft not
equipped with a CVR or an FDR.86 These safety recommendations asked the FAA to do the
following:87
Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category
aircraft that are not equipped with a cockpit voice recorder and are operating
under 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with
a crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system
should record cockpit audio, a view of the cockpit environment to include as
much of the outside view as possible, and parametric data per aircraft and system
installation, all to be specified in European Organization for Civil Aviation
Equipment document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification
for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,” when the document is finalized and
issued. (A-09-10)
Require all existing turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category
aircraft that are not equipped with a flight data recorder and are operating under
14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 91, 121, or 135 to be retrofitted with a
crash-resistant flight recorder system. The crash-resistant flight recorder system
should record cockpit audio (if a cockpit voice recorder is not installed), a view of
the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and
parametric data per aircraft and system installation, all to be specified in European
Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment document ED-155, “Minimum
Operational Performance Specification for Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems,”
when the document is finalized and issued. (A-09-11) 86 The NTSB also issued Safety Recommendation A-09-9 to the FAA to address the installation of a
crash-resistant flight recorder system on all newly manufactured turbine-powered, nonexperimental,
nonrestricted-category aircraft that are not equipped with an FDR and are operating under 14 CFR Parts 91, 121, or 87 Safety Recommendation A-09-10 superseded Safety Recommendation A-03-64, which asked the FAA to
“require all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are manufactured prior to
January 1, 2007, that are not equipped with a cockpit voice recorder, and that are operating under 14 Code of
Federal Regulations Parts 91, 135, and 121 to be retrofitted with a crash-protected image recording system by
January 1, 2007.” Safety Recommendation A-09-11 superseded Safety Recommendation A-03-65, which asked the
FAA to “require all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft that are manufactured prior to
January 1, 2007, that are not equipped with a flight data recorder, and that are operating under 14 Code of Federal
Regulations Parts 135 and 121 or that are being used full-time or part-time for commercial or corporate purposes
under Part 91 to be retrofitted with a crash-protected image recording system by January 1, 2010.” Both
recommendations were classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action/Superseded” on February 9, 2009. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
43
On May 25, 2010, the FAA stated that it decided to develop and publish a technical
standard order (TSO) for a lightweight recording system that included certain requirements of
European Organization for Civil Aviation Equipment (EUROCAE) document ED-155, which
was published in August 2009. The FAA further stated that it would not mandate these recording
systems on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft but that it
would consider mandating “ED-155-like recording systems” on certain aircraft based on specific
types of operation. On November 15, 2010, the FAA published TSO-C197, “Information
Collection and Monitoring Systems,” which addressed lightweight recording systems.
On December 23, 2010, the NTSB stated that retrieving valuable recorded data from all
turbine-powered aircraft during an accident investigation was essential regardless of the
aircraft’s type of operation or the number of engines, pilots, or passenger seats. The NTSB
pointed out that data recording systems, as well as audio and image recording systems, were
available and affordable for smaller aircraft. The NTSB urged the FAA to mandate approved
lightweight recording systems for all turbine-powered aircraft. The NTSB classified Safety
Recommendations A-09-10 and -11 “Open—Unacceptable Response.”
On February 15, 2011, the FAA stated that TSO-C197 included certain requirements
from EUROCAE document ED-155. The FAA believed that the TSO standardized the design
and production certification requirements for equipment manufacturers to streamline aircraft
installation and integration. The FAA indicated that it did not intend to mandate additional
recording systems on all turbine-powered, nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft.
On May 18, 2011, the NTSB cited several recent accident investigations that would have
benefited from flight recorder system data, including the BTM accident. The NTSB again urged
the FAA to reconsider its position not to mandate flight recorder systems on all turbine-powered,
nonexperimental, nonrestricted-category aircraft. Safety Recommendations A-09-10 and -11
remained classified “Open—Unacceptable Response” pending the FAA’s completion of the
recommended actions in a timely manner.
1.18.3 Previous Related Event
On January 30, 2008, a Pilatus PC-12, N666M, was en route from Riverside Municipal
Airport, Riverside, California, to Great Falls International Airport, Great Falls, Montana, when
the pilot noted an anomaly about 3 hours into the flight. (The NTSB learned of this event from
the owner of the accident airplane who organized the trip during which the accident occurred.
The pilot of N666M was not the accident pilot.) According to an interview with N666M’s pilot,
which occurred in November 2009 (8 months after the BTM accident), he observed both fuel
boost pump advisory lights illuminate steadily and heard a noise that sounded as if the boost
pumps were “struggling.” At the time, the airplane was operating between FL230 and FL250 and
with an outside air temperature of about -30º C.
Because of the pilot’s concern, he descended the airplane to FL190 and began to consider
diverting to another airport. The pilot stated that he did not declare an emergency because two
nearby airports (with maintenance facilities) were available but that he would have been more
concerned about the situation if no airports were available within 100 miles. The pilot identified
Idaho Falls Regional Airport, Idaho Falls, Idaho, as the diversion airport because it had better NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
44
prevailing weather conditions, and he began to maneuver to the airport about 10 minutes after the
event began. The airplane landed uneventfully about 15 minutes later.
After landing, the pilot took a fuel sample and noticed that it appeared “a little abnormal”
and “slightly opaque or cloudy” in appearance. The pilot was concerned that the fuel in the
airplane did not contain a FSII. He called the FBO that had last serviced the airplane with fuel
and was told that a FSII had been used. (Fuel records were not available to verify this
information or determine the amount of fuel that had been added to the airplane during
servicing.)
The owner of N666M, who was aboard the airplane during the flight, was also
interviewed in November 2009 about the event. He stated that the pilot chose to divert and land
as a precaution. The airplane owner stated that the pilot suspected that the reason for the
operation of the fuel boost pumps was ice in the fuel. The owner indicated that the fuel sample
secured by the pilot contained floating ice crystals. The owner also recalled looking at the fuel
sample about 45 minutes later, after it had warmed, and noticing that the fuel appeared “crystal
clear” with no evidence of ice or other contamination present.
The pilot placed the airplane in a heated hanger for the night and serviced it with fuel that
contained a FSII. The pilot reported that the airplane operated without any abnormalities the next
morning and that he did not encounter any further difficulties with the airplane. In addition, the
pilot stated that the fuel filter bypass indicator was not extended during the preflight inspection
that followed the event and that he did not notice any fuel imbalance, engine problem, or
illumination of the low fuel pressure caution light during the event.
The owner of N666M gave the NTSB permission to download the CAWS data from the
airplane. The data, which were downloaded in December 2009, showed that, about 28 minutes
into the flight, the right fuel boost pump was on continuously for 3 minutes 42 seconds. This
time period was consistent with automatic lateral fuel balancing. The data also showed that,
about 3 hours into the flight, both fuel boost pumps began cycling simultaneously for 9 seconds.
About 20 seconds later, a fuel pressure caution was cleared (even though no previous activation
of a fuel pressure caution had been logged), and both fuel boost pumps continued cycling. About
3 hours 11 minutes into the flight, the left fuel boost pump was on continuously, and the right
fuel boost pump was off. The fuel boost pumps resumed cycling about 5 1/2 minutes later. About
3 hours 24 minutes into the flight, the left fuel boost pump was on continuously, and the right
fuel boost pump was off. About 5 minutes later, both fuel boost pumps resumed cycling for
about 3 minutes. Afterward, both fuel boost pumps were off. These data are presented in table 8.
Table 8. Central advisory and warning system data for N666M.
Time in flight
CAWS message
Status
0:28:26
R FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
0:32:08
R FUEL PUMP
Off
2:59:50
L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
2:59:50
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:00:19
FUEL PRESS
Off—no FUEL PRESS activation logged
3:11:29
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
3:11:38
R FUEL PUMP
Off
3:17:04
L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
45
Time in flight
CAWS message
Status
3:17:04
R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:24:34
L FUEL PUMP
On—continuous
3:24:43
R FUEL PUMP
Off
3:29:51 L FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:29:51 R FUEL PUMP
On—cycling
3:32:56 L FUEL PUMP
Off
3:32:57 R FUEL PUMP
Off
1.18.4 Aviation Safety Reporting System Reports
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s (NASA) aviation safety reporting
system (ASRS) is a national repository for reports regarding aviation safety-related issues and
events. The NTSB’s search of the ASRS database found three deidentified reports related to the
circumstances of the BTM accident.88
The first report was provided by a Cessna CE-560 pilot who indicated that, during cruise
flight at FL370, the right fuel filter bypass light illuminated. The pilot further reported that the
checklist for this indication showed that the airplane should land as soon as practical. The pilot
indicated that, after discussing diversion airport options with the first officer, he observed the left
fuel filter bypass light illuminate, and he and the first officer decided to declare an emergency
and land at the first available airport. The airplane landed without further incident. The pilot
believed that the reported event occurred because a fueler at an FBO had not injected a FSII into
the fuel, as required for the CE-560. The pilot reported that, because of other flight-related tasks,
he was unable to monitor the fueling. The pilot also believed that, to prevent the reported event
from recurring, pilots should “make every effort to monitor fueling. If there are other items to
attend to…either delay fueling or attend to those items later.”
The second report was provided by the pilot of a Learjet 35 that was en route from
Memphis, Tennessee, to Spokane, Washington, with a planned fuel stop in Boise, Idaho. The
pilot reported that, about 175 miles southeast of Boise, the left fuel filter light illuminated,
indicating that fuel was bypassing the fuel filter. The pilot suspected ice in the fuel filter and
turned on the standby pumps. Afterward, the left engine flamed out. The pilot reported that he
contacted ATC to request a lower altitude and a divert to Idaho Falls, which were authorized.
(The pilot did not declare an emergency or inform the controller of the engine flameout.) At the
time of the reported event, the airplane had been operating at FL430 and with an outside air
temperature of -72º C. During the descent to Idaho Falls, the fuel filter light extinguished, and
the left engine was restarted and then operated normally. The airplane landed uneventfully. The
pilot reported that, when the airplane was refueled, he ensured that a FSII had been added to the
fuel. When the airplane returned to Memphis after the trip, the company maintenance chief found
a problem at the facility where the airplane was fueled before the trip. A supply line
incorporating a FSII into the jet fuel was kinked, so the additive had not been added to the fuel.
The third report was provided by a pilot of a Cessna Citation V who indicated that he had
requested a full load of fuel for his aircraft. The pilot stated that he would normally observe a 88 Because ASRS reports are submitted voluntarily, the existence of reports concerning a specific topic in the
ASRS database cannot be used to infer the prevalence of that problem within the National Airspace System. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
46
fueling but that he had previous favorable experiences with the FBO and trusted that the airplane
would be fueled properly. According to the pilot, he emphasized that a FSII needed to be added
to the fuel and, before departure, confirmed with the FBO that a FSII had been added. During
flight, both the left and the right fuel filter bypass lights illuminated. The pilot stated that,
because these lights indicated fuel contamination or icing and possibly an impending engine
flameout, he made an emergency descent and landed without further incident. The pilot reported
that he refueled the aircraft at the diversion airport with fuel containing a FSII. Also, he indicated
that the fuel filter bypass lights extinguished while the airplane was on the ground. The pilot
stated that he reported the event to the FBO and that personnel told him that there might have
been a problem with the FSII injector. The pilot did not know if that was the case or if the
reported event was actually caused by “forgetfulness” on the part of the fueler.
The Cessna Citation pilot included four recommended actions in his ASRS report: premix
a FSII in the fuel; develop a kit to allow pilots to verify, during preflight inspections, whether a
FSII is present in fuel; have FBOs frequently test their fuel (for the presence of a FSII); and
promote awareness among fuel service personnel about the required need for a FSII on certain
aircraft.89 In addition, the pilot indicated that, if the flight had been operated at a lower altitude in
warmer air, then he would not have known about the discrepancy.
1.19 Useful or Effective Investigation Techniques
As stated in section 1.11, the airplane was not equipped and was not required to be
equipped with a CVR or an FDR. Information that was critical to this investigation was
discovered by extracting data from the nonvolatile memory stored in the CAWS central advisory
control unit.90 The data showed the abnormal number of fuel boost pump activations on the
accident and two other flights and led to the fuel boost pump testing discussed in section 1.16.1.
The download of the nonvolatile memory data was initially attempted at the laboratory of
the CAWS manufacturer—Aircraft Electronics Engineering GmbH of Seefeld/Droessling,
Germany. The components within the airplane’s CAWS central advisory control unit that
maintained the nonvolatile memory (contained on flash memory chips) were located on a
sub-board. The sub-board was intact but had impact damage, and many of the sub-board’s input
and output pins were bent. The pins that were necessary for accessing and downloading data
were straightened, and the pins were connected to a power supply that limited electrical current
flow. Continuity testing found that the pins had shorted, so a download of the data from the sub-
board was not possible. 89 Regarding the pilot’s recommended actions, the NTSB notes that not all aircraft require a FSII. The NTSB
also notes that portable test kits are currently available to pilots and operators to determine the volume, or percent, of
a FSII in jet fuel before a flight. This determination is made using the testing device, a small quantity of fuel from
the aircraft’s fuel tanks, and a sample of water (to ensure that the FSII would prevent the formation of ice crystals).
In addition, the NTSB is proposing a recommendation in section 2.3 that would help promote awareness about the
need for a FSII on aircraft that require the additive.
90 The airplane’s attitude and heading reference system was also identified as a possible source of nonvolatile
memory. The content of the memory chips from one of the system’s units was downloaded successfully, and the
data showed that the unit had accumulated about 2,007 total hours of operation with 90 faults logged during that
time. No faults were logged for any flights on the day of the accident; the most recent fault was logged when the unit
had accumulated about 1,951 hours. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
47
The flash memory chips from the airplane’s sub-board were then taken to the laboratory
of the Federal Bureau of Aircraft Accident Investigation of Braunschweig, Germany. The
memory chips were placed in a multipurpose data extraction device, and the data were
successfully downloaded. To decode the downloaded data, the CAWS manufacturer modified its
existing computer program so that the data could be translated into plain text. The translated data
included unique log entry numbers; unique flight numbers (as indicated by each
weight-on-wheels event); the date and the time; a text description of the warning, caution, or
advisory that was logged; and the status of the annunciation (on or off).
The recovery of nonvolatile memory data has proven to be extremely valuable during
other accident investigations involving general aviation aircraft.91 The cockpit instrumentation
installed on some of these aircraft recorded data similar to those that are stored on an FDR. The
data that were recovered provided a time history of the route of flight, the attitude of the aircraft,
and other operational and aircraft systems information. These data helped investigators focus on
the circumstances that led to the accident. 91 For examples of such accident investigations, see NTSB case numbers CHI06FA245 and NYC08FA138 on
the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
48 General
The investigation found that the pilot was properly certificated and qualified in
accordance with applicable Federal regulations. The investigation also found no evidence
indicating any preexisting medical or behavioral condition that might have adversely affected the
pilot’s performance on the day of the accident. Further, the investigation found that the airplane
was properly certified, equipped, and maintained in accordance with Federal regulations and that
the recovered components showed no evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system
failures.
Weather was not a factor in the accident. BTM was reporting VMC at the time of the
accident, and the pilot reported that he had the airport in sight 11 miles from the airport. Pilot
reports indicated light to moderate icing conditions en route to and in the area of the accident, but
these reports also indicated that the icing conditions were normal for the area and could be
controlled by airplane deice boots.92
This analysis discusses the accident sequence, including fuel boost pump activity, the
airplane’s descent into the BTM area and ground impact, and the pilot’s decision-making before
and during the accident flight. The analysis also discusses fuel system limitations, requirements
for fuel filler placards, and guidance on fuel system icing prevention, crash protection for
airplane occupants, and flight recorder systems for general aviation aircraft.
2.2
Accident Sequence
2.2.1 Overview
The Pilatus PC-12 AFM requires that a FSII be added to jet fuel for all operations
conducted in outside (ambient) air temperatures below 0º C to prevent ice particles from forming
in fuel. The three flight legs on the day of the accident (REI to VCB, VCB to OVE, and OVE to
BZN with a divert to BTM) were all operated in temperatures below 0º C.
The accident pilot began work as an independent contractor for Eagle Cap Leasing (the
operator of the accident airplane) in November 2002 and was the sole pilot of the airplane.
Before his employment with Eagle Cap Leasing, the pilot flew the PC-12 for Native American
Air Ambulance, but the former director of operations for the company recalled that a FSII was
not used for the company’s flights. However, because the pilot had been employed with Eagle
Cap Leasing for more than 6 years at the time of the accident, he should have been routinely
using a FSII when servicing the airplane with fuel. On a standard day, the temperature is 0° C at
7,500 feet, so most of the flights conducted by the pilot for Eagle Cap Leasing (according to the
airplane’s flight log) would have required the use of a FSII. Fueling records between 92 CAWS data showed that the accident airplane’s deice system was activated 2 hours 3 minutes into the flight
(about 1413) and remained activated through the time of the last CAWS entry logged for the flight (about 1433). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
49
October 2007 and January 2009 indicated that the pilot requested a FSII when fueling the
airplane at its previous operating base, but fueling records from February and March 2009
showed that a FSII was not added during the four times that the airplane was fueled at its current
operating base (REI).
Analysis of data downloaded from the airplane’s CAWS showed that, during the flight
from REI to VCB and the accident flight leg, a low fuel pressure state existed, which
necessitated the automatic operation of the left and right fuel boost pumps to provide the
required fuel pressure to the engine. The flight from REI to VCB concluded uneventfully.
However, for the accident flight leg, the low fuel pressure state and a restricted flow of fuel from
the left wing tank led to a left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance that exceeded 1,300 pounds, which
ultimately resulted in a loss of control as the pilot maneuvered the airplane near the approach end
of the runway.
The airplane had been serviced with fuel on the day before the accident at REI and after
landing at VCB, but the pilot failed to ensure that a FSII had been added to the fuel, even though
he was aware that the flights would be operated at outside air temperatures that required the
additive. Analysis of radar data showed that both flights were operating in below-freezing
temperatures for almost their entire duration.
In addition, Pilatus’ procedures required the pilot to (1) monitor the fuel quantity
indicator in the cockpit to ensure fuel symmetry between the left and right fuel tanks during
flight, and, in the event that fuel balance was not automatically maintained, (2) manually balance
the fuel by turning ON the fuel pump for the fuel tank with the higher quantity, and, if unable to
restore balance, (3) land the airplane as soon as practical. During the accident flight, the pilot did
not begin to divert until about 20 to 31 minutes after his attempt to manually restore fuel balance
was unsuccessful, and he chose BTM even though several closer airports along the airplane’s
route of flight were available. The pilot had likely downplayed the seriousness of the initial
advisories because no adverse outcomes resulted from ignoring the advisories during the flight
from REI to VCB and during an October 2007 flight, when a low fuel pressure state existed that
also necessitated the automatic operation of the left and right fuel boost pumps to provide the
required fuel pressure to the engine (see section 1.16.2).
Because the pilot did not take action to land the airplane as soon as practical after his
attempt to manually restore fuel balance was unsuccessful, the fuel imbalance continued to
worsen beyond the maximum imbalance limitation, increasing the airplane’s left rolling moment
as the flight progressed. The accident sequence is further discussed in sections 2.2.2 through
2.2.6.
2.2.2 First Two Flight Legs
The accident airplane had been fueled to its 406.8-gallon (2,736-pound) capacity on the
day before the accident with 222 gallons (1,494 pounds) of Jet A fuel. The fuel truck at REI
contained fuel that was not premixed with a FSII, but the fuel pump contained provisions for
injecting a FSII during fueling. However, the pilot did not request that a FSII be added when the
airplane was fueled.
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
50
On the day of the accident, the pilot departed REI for VCB as the sole occupant of the
flight. According to EIS trend data for the flight, the average outside air temperature was -32º C
when the airplane was operating at its cruise altitude.93 About 1 hour 30 minutes into the flight,
while the airplane was descending through an altitude of about 10,000 feet, the left and right fuel
boost pumps began cycling (generally on for 10 seconds and off for 1 second). According to the
Pilatus PC-12 AFM, the fuel boost pumps operate automatically if a low fuel pressure state
exists—which occurs when fuel system pressure drops below 2 psi—and the pump’s switch is
set to the AUTO position.94 By design, the CAWS annunciates a low fuel pressure caution when
fuel system pressure drops below 2 psi for more than 0.3 second. However, because the CAWS
did not log any fuel pressure cautions during the flight, it is likely that at least one of the fuel
boost pumps was able to provide adequate pressure to the fuel system (at least 3.5 psi) within 0.3
second of the low fuel pressure condition being sensed.
The fuel boost pumps continued cycling for 15 minutes, even though they were designed
to turn off automatically 10 seconds after the fuel system pressure was restored to 3.5 psi. Thus,
it is likely that the fuel pressure dropped below 2 psi each time the boost pumps turned off, so the
pumps continued cycling to return pressure to 3.5 psi within 0.3 second.
After both fuel boost pumps had cycled for 15 minutes, the left fuel boost pump was on
continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was off. This change in status occurred because, as
the fuel boost pumps operated to correct the low fuel pressure situation, a left-wing-heavy fuel
imbalance of about 70 pounds was created. According to Pilatus, when a fuel imbalance of about
70 pounds (5 percent of each wing’s total fuel capacity) occurs, the fuel boost pump in the tank
with the higher fuel quantity operates automatically, and the fuel boost pump continues to
operate until the fuel levels in both tanks are equalized. Pilatus also stated that a single fuel boost
pump operating continuously could simultaneously correct a fuel imbalance and a low fuel
pressure state. A fuel imbalance of about 70 pounds is displayed on the EIS fuel quantity
indicator (see figure 4) by a two-bar differential between the fuel tanks.
The left fuel boost pump was on continuously until the end of the flight, which occurred
about 6 minutes later. The left fuel boost pump was able to maintain the required fuel system
pressure during this time without the operation of the right fuel boost pump. Because the left fuel
boost pump had not turned off before the end of the flight, it is likely that the fuel balancing
system was still automatically rebalancing the fuel load at that time.
When the airplane arrived at VCB, the pilot refueled the airplane at the airport’s
self-service fueling island with about 128 gallons (861 pounds) of Jet A fuel.95 At this point, the
fuel tanks would most likely have been refilled to their maximum capacity (1,368 pounds each).
The fuel dispensed at the VCB self-service fueling island was not premixed with a FSII, and the 93 EIS trend data recorded between 0823:53 and 0905:05 PDT showed that, when the airplane was operating at
FL220, the total air temperature was -24º C. The average outside air temperature, which is corrected for airspeed,
was -32º C.
94 As stated in section 1.6.1, each fuel boost pump is controlled by a two-position (AUTO or ON) switch. The
AUTO position is the normal setting, and the fuel boost pumps operate automatically when a pressure switch within
the fuel system’s air separator detects fuel pressure below 2 psi. With the fuel boost pump switches set to the ON
position, the fuel boost pumps operate continuously and independently of the fuel pressure at the time.
95 The fuel consumption estimate for the flight from REI to VCB was 832 pounds. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
51
fuel pump did not contain provisions for injecting a FSII during fueling. No evidence suggested
that the pilot had used any other method to add a FSII to the fuel either before or during the
fueling.
Surveillance video obtained from VCB showed the pilot performing some parts of the
required preflight inspection. However, the video showed no evidence that the pilot had sampled
fuel from either of the underwing fuel tank drains or the fuel filter drain. Also, the surveillance
video did not show any evidence that the pilot examined the fuel filter bypass indicator to ensure
that it was flush with the filter housing assembly. The NTSB concludes that, if the pilot had
performed a complete preflight inspection before the flight to OVE, he would have had an
opportunity to detect whether ice crystals or water were present in the fuel and determine
whether the fuel filter bypass indicator was extended, which could have explained the reason for
the fuel boost pump advisories annunciated during the preceding flight.
The pilot and nine passengers boarded the airplane for the flight to OVE, even though the
flight plan that the pilot had filed the day before indicated that a total of five people would be on
board the airplane at that point. (The number of passengers on board the airplane and the number
of seats available to the passengers are discussed in detail in section 2.5.)
EIS flight summary data showed that, during the short flight from VCB to OVE, the
airplane operated at a maximum altitude of 6,000 feet, where the outside air temperature was
about -4º C. Thus, the airplane was exposed to higher outside air temperatures than those
encountered by the airplane during the previous flight leg and the accident flight leg; however, a
FSII was still required (per the PC-12 AFM) for the flight from VCB to OVE. The CAWS did
not log any fuel boost pump activity for this flight. The fuel consumption estimate for the flight
from VCB to OVE was about 200 pounds.
2.2.3 Accident Flight Leg
When the airplane arrived at OVE, four additional passengers boarded the airplane,
bringing the total number of airplane occupants to 14 people (the pilot, six adult passengers, and
seven child passengers aged 1 to 9 years). The flight plan for this flight leg indicated that a total
of nine people would be on board the airplane at this point.
The airplane departed OVE for BZN about 1210 with an estimated 1,268 pounds of fuel
in each tank (assuming equal lateral fuel burn during the flight from VCB to OVE). According to
CAWS data, about 22 minutes into the flight (about 1232),96 the right fuel boost pump was on
continuously for 3 minutes 45 seconds.97 This activity was consistent with normal operation of 96 As stated in section 1.16.2, the flight times recorded by the CAWS central advisory control unit and the times
that the airplane was observed by radar were resolved to within 4 1/2 minutes, and all time correlations between the
CAWS and local times are estimates.
97 As stated in section 1.6.1, fuel boost pump activations are delayed by 1 minute to allow the fuel balancing
system to determine whether an actual fuel imbalance is occurring rather than fuel movement as a result of
turbulence. Thus, CAWS data showed that the fuel balancing system detected the 70-pound imbalance about 1231
and that the right fuel boost pump activated about 1232. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
52
the automatic fuel balancing system to laterally balance the fuel load.98 At that time, the EIS fuel
quantity indicator would have displayed a two-bar differential between the left and the right fuel
tanks (with the right tank containing more fuel), indicating a fuel imbalance of 70 pounds and a
right-wing-heavy condition. (All references to the bar differential that would have been
displayed on the fuel quantity indicator are based on the 1,352-pound usable fuel capacity in
each wing fuel tank.) Once the 70-pound imbalance was corrected (at which point the right fuel
boost pump would have turned off), the fuel quantity indicator would no longer have shown a
difference between the amount of fuel in the left and the right fuel tanks. The CAWS did not log
any further fuel boost pump activity for the next 48 minutes of flight.
2.2.3.1 Fuel Boost Pump Activity
About 1 hour 13 minutes into the flight (about 1323), both fuel boost pumps began
cycling because of a low fuel pressure state. EIS trend data showed that the airplane was
operating at the time at its cruise altitude and with an average outside air temperature of -40º C.99
Both fuel boost pumps continued cycling during the next 4 1/2 minutes. No CAWS low fuel
pressure cautions were logged during the flight, indicating that the low fuel pressure state was
alleviated by the operation of one or both fuel boost pumps.
About 1 hour 18 minutes into the flight (about 1328), the left fuel boost pump was on
continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was off. The continuous operation of the left fuel
boost pump indicated that the pump had been commanded to operate by the fuel balancing
system to automatically correct a fuel imbalance of at least 70 pounds while the pump also
operated to maintain adequate fuel system pressure.100 The fuel imbalance, which had developed
between the left and the right fuel tanks (with the left tank containing more fuel than the right
tank), would have been displayed by a two-bar differential on the fuel quantity indicator. This
imbalance was likely created because the right fuel boost pump had delivered more fuel to the
engine than the left fuel boost pump had delivered (likely as a result of a restricted flow of fuel
from the left wing tank) during the time that both fuel boost pumps were simultaneously cycling.
During the next 3 minutes, the operation of the left fuel boost pump had likely reduced the
left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance to within about 15 pounds.
About 1331, the right fuel boost pump resumed cycling. The operation of the right fuel
boost pump indicated that (1) the fuel pressure output of the left-side fuel system had degraded to
less than 2 psi, even with the left fuel boost pump on continuously; (2) the required fuel system
pressure could no longer be maintained through the operation of the left fuel boost pump; and 98 The 3-minute 45-second duration of this activation was consistent with the average duration of 29 other
automatic fuel boost pump activations that were downloaded from the accident airplane’s CAWS. The duration of
the activation was also consistent with the 3-minute 42-second duration of the automatic fuel boost pump activation
that was downloaded from the CAWS installed on N666M. All of these activations were considered normal lateral
fuel balancing events because balancing 70 pounds of fuel within about 4 minutes is an expected behavior of the
automatic fuel balancing system.
99 EIS trend data recorded between 1237:03 and 1405:24 showed that the airplane was operating at FL250 and
with a total air temperature of -32º C. The average outside air temperature (corrected for airspeed) was -40º C.
100 CAWS data showed that the fuel balancing system detected the 70-pound imbalance about 1327 and that the
left fuel boost pump activated about 1328 (because of the system’s 1-minute delay to determine whether an actual
fuel imbalance was occurring). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
53
(3) the right fuel boost pump was needed to maintain fuel system pressure to the engine. Also,
the fuel system configuration (which ensured a continuous, one-way flow of fuel to the engine,
as shown in figure 3), along with the relatively high output pressure of the right-side fuel system,
would have isolated any fuel flow provided by the left-side fuel system (because of the relatively
low output pressure of the left-side fuel system at the time). As a result, the NTSB concludes
that, about 1 hour 21 minutes into the flight, the fuel supplied to the airplane’s engine was being
drawn solely from the right fuel tank by the right fuel boost pump, and the left-wing-heavy fuel
imbalance continued to increase.
The Pilatus PC-12 AFM stated that the fuel balancing system was designed to
automatically correct fuel imbalances of up to 270 pounds, or about a six-bar differential on the
fuel quantity indicator. If the left fuel boost pump had been automatically commanded by the
fuel balancing system to turn on continuously, then the pump should have turned off once the
fuel imbalance exceeded 270 pounds, which was estimated to have occurred about 1 hour
32 minutes into the flight (about 1342).101 The CAWS data recorded no discernible change in the
left fuel boost pump’s status at this time (with the left fuel boost pump on continuously). Thus,
the pilot had most likely recognized the fuel imbalance sometime between 1 hour 21 minutes and
1 hour 32 minutes into the flight and responded by repositioning the left fuel boost pump’s
switch (located on the overhead panel) from its AUTO to ON position.102 This action allowed the
left fuel boost pump to remain on continuously regardless of commands from the automatic fuel
balancing system or the automatic activation of the pump in response to a low fuel pressure state.
In addition, the Pilatus PC-12 AFM instructed pilots to monitor the fuel quantity indicator
for fuel symmetry during each flight. About 1 hour 32 minutes into the flight, the fuel quantity
indicator would have displayed a six-bar differential between the left and the right fuel tanks.
The AFM stated that the maximum fuel imbalance for the PC-12 was 178 pounds with a
maximum three-bar differential displayed on the fuel quantity indicator. The pilot elected to
continue to BZN, even though the maximum three-bar differential had been exceeded. (This
issue is further discussed in section 2.2.5.)
The left fuel boost pump was on continuously and the right fuel boost pump was cycling
until 1 hour 52 minutes into the flight (about 1402). At that time, the left fuel boost pump was off
for 11 seconds and was then on continuously. Also, the right fuel boost pump was on
continuously for 20 seconds and then resumed cycling. The brief change in the status of both fuel
boost pumps was most likely induced by the pilot. Specifically, the pilot most likely recognized
that the fuel imbalance was not being corrected and, as a result, repositioned the left fuel boost
pump switch from ON to AUTO and the right fuel boost pump switch from AUTO to ON to
observe the effect that the changed switch state would have on the fuel boost pumps’ 101 All fuel imbalance estimates in this analysis are based on the following assumptions: (1) an equal lateral fuel
burn of 200 pounds during the flight from VCB to OVE, which would have resulted in 1,268 pounds of fuel in each
tank when the accident flight leg began, and (2) a calculation of the fuel consumption and redistribution required for
the activation of the R FUEL LOW caution toward the end of the flight (as discussed later in this section).
102 The Pilatus PC-12 AFM stated that fuel symmetry could be maintained (if the fuel balancing system were
unable to maintain lateral fuel symmetry or if automatic fuel balancing were inhibited by a lateral fuel asymmetry
that exceeded 270 pounds) by manually selecting the fuel boost pump switch to the ON position for the tank with
the higher fuel quantity. The AFM indicated that, once a balanced fuel condition was restored, the fuel boost pump
switch should be returned to the AUTO position. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
54
operation.103 Similar switch repositioning activities occurred later in the flight, which were
attributed to the pilot’s attempts to rebalance the lateral fuel load through manual activation of
the fuel boost pumps.104
About 2 hours 17 minutes into the flight (about 1427), the CAWS annunciated a right
fuel low (R FUEL LOW) caution; the Pilatus PC-12 AFM stated that this caution was logged
when the amount of usable fuel in a tank (in this case, the right wing tank) was 133 pounds or
less.105 The expected fuel load at this point in the flight, assuming 1,268 pounds of fuel in each
tank (1,252 pounds of which was usable fuel) at the beginning of the flight and equal fuel
consumption from each tank during the flight, would have been 812 pounds of usable fuel per
tank. However, the fuel load at the time of the R FUEL LOW caution was estimated to be
1,368 pounds (1,352 pounds of which was usable fuel) in the left tank and 149 pounds
(133 pounds of which was usable fuel) in the right tank, which corresponded to a left-wing-
heavy imbalance of 1,219 pounds. This imbalance would have been displayed to the pilot on the
fuel quantity indicator as a 26-bar differential.
Five seconds later, the right fuel boost pump turned on continuously and remained that
way until the end of the flight. (The left fuel boost pump had been on continuously since about
1426 and remained that way until the end of the flight.) At the time of the last CAWS entries for
the flight (about 1433), the fuel imbalance would have been displayed to the pilot as a 27-bar
differential. (Each side of the fuel quantity indicator contains a total of 28 bars.)
Table 9 shows the fuel load throughout the accident flight leg. Between 1231 and 1235, a
right-wing-heavy fuel imbalance existed (which was resolved by the normal operation of the
automatic fuel balancing system to laterally balance the fuel load); beginning about 1323, a
left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance existed. The flight times shown in the table correspond to key
events during the flight, as described in section 2.2.3 and this section.
Table 9. Fuel balance estimates.
Time in
flight
Local
time
Amount of
fuel used
(in pounds)
Amount of total fuel
remaining
(in pounds)
Imbalance
(in pounds)
Bar differential
on
fuel quantity
indicator
Left tank
Right tank
0:00:00
1210
26
1,271
1,271
0
0
0:21:04
1231
204
1,147
1,217
70
2
0:22:04
1232
212
1,141
1,215
74
2
0:25:49
1235
237
1,166
1,166
0
0 103 The automatic fuel balancing system would not have commanded the left fuel boost pump to operate
continuously at this time because the fuel imbalance had already exceeded the 270-pound differential limit of the
system.
104 For example, at 2 hours 5 minutes into the flight (about 1415), the right fuel boost pump was on
continuously, and the left fuel boost pump was off. Also, about 3 minutes later (about 1418), the left fuel boost
pump was on continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was cycling. In addition, at 2 hours 10 minutes into the
flight (about 1420), the right fuel boost pump was on continuously, and the left fuel boost pump was off. Finally,
about 6 minutes later (about 1426), the left fuel boost pump was on continuously, and the right fuel boost pump was
cycling.
105 After the accident, Pilatus published an emergency procedure for low fuel quantity in the PC-12 AFM (see
section 1.6.4.2). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
55
Time in
flight
Local
time
Amount of
fuel used
(in pounds)
Amount of total fuel
remaining
(in pounds)
Imbalance
(in pounds)
Bar differential
on
fuel quantity
indicator
Left tank
Right tank
1:13:32
1323
550
1,034
984
50
1
1:16:59
1326
570
1,033
965
68
1
1:17:59
1327
576
1,033
958
75
1
1:18:09
1328
583
1,030
955
75
2
1:21:05
1331
602
991
976
15
0
1:32:00
1342
667
1,087
814
273
5
1:52:08
1402
802
1,249
517
732
16
2:05:28
1415
881
1,367
320
1,047
22
2:07:00
1417
886
1,368
298
1,070
22
2:08:36
1418
898
1,368
274
1,094
23
2:10:34
1420
909
1,368
245
1,123
24
2:16:21
1426
944
1,368
160
1,208
25
2:17:05
1427
950
1,368
149
1,219
26
2:23:22
1433
979
1,368
66
1,302
27
Note: The calculations for the amount of fuel remaining and the fuel imbalance are based on the 1,368-pound total fuel capacity for
each wing fuel tank. The calculations for the bar differentials shown on the fuel quantity indicator are based on the 1,352-pound
usable fuel capacity for each tank.
As previously stated, beginning about 1331, the fuel supplied to the engine was being
drawn solely from the right wing fuel tank by the right fuel boost pump. With the fuel return
system operating normally, any excess fuel flow to the engine would have been returned and
distributed equally to both fuel tanks.106 Thus, the NTSB concludes that the left and right fuel
tanks were equally receiving fuel through the fuel return lines but that the left-wing-heavy fuel
imbalance continued to increase during the flight because fuel was only being drawn from the
right fuel tank. The increasing fuel level in the left tank and the accelerated depletion of the fuel
from the right tank should have been apparent to the pilot because that information would have
been presented on the fuel quantity indicator.
The right fuel boost pump was providing all of the fuel system pressure to the engine
because the left-side fuel system was no longer able to maintain the required fuel pressure
through the operation of the left fuel boost pump. (At that time, the fuel pressure output was less
than 2 psi, even with the left fuel boost pump on continuously.) The circumstances resulting in
the low fuel pressure state and the degraded performance of the left-side fuel system (which
restricted access to the fuel contained within the left wing tank and led to the left-wing-heavy
fuel imbalance) were not resolved at any time during the flight; a possible cause for these
conditions is discussed in section 2.2.4. Nevertheless, the NTSB concludes that the fuel system
continued to provide fuel to the engine throughout the flight, even with the low fuel pressure
state and the degraded performance of the left-side fuel system.
2.2.3.2 Descent Into the Terminal Area and Impact
Radar data showed that, at 1402:52, the pilot changed the airplane’s route of flight and
turned to the left toward BTM without ATC clearance. As shown in table 9, the pilot would have 106 About 1417, the left tank had reached its 1,368-pound total capacity (1,352 pounds of which was usable
fuel), so any excess fuel from that point in the flight onward would have been vented overboard. The total amount of
fuel vented overboard was estimated at 91 pounds. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
56
seen a 15-bar differential on the fuel quantity indicator about that time; the maximum allowable
fuel imbalance according to the PC-12 AFM was three bars. Also, CAWS data showed that,
before the airplane’s course change, the pilot was unsuccessful in his attempts to laterally
balance the fuel load by changing the status of the fuel pumps. The NTSB concludes that,
although the pilot should have diverted to land the airplane as soon as practical after his attempt
to restore fuel balance within the maximum imbalance limitation was unsuccessful, his eventual
decision to divert to BTM likely resulted from his recognition of the magnitude of the increasing
left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance situation.
The pilot contacted the controller at 1403:25 to request a change in destination to BTM
but did not provide a reason for this request. The controller then cleared the airplane direct to
BTM. The airplane began descending from FL250 (as previously assigned by ATC) at 1404:09
but again without clearance to do so. At 1404:24, the pilot contacted the controller to request a
lower altitude, and the controller cleared the airplane to descend at the pilot’s discretion to an
altitude of 14,000 feet. CAWS data showed that, about 1405, the autopilot disengaged.107
At 1405:23, the pilot transmitted a second request to change the flight’s destination to
BTM. The controller told the pilot that he had previously cleared the airplane to BTM. The pilot
might have inadvertently repeated his request because he would have been preoccupied with
handling the left-wing-heavy airplane. At this point, the left fuel tank was 88 pounds under its
1,368-pound total capacity, and the pilot would have seen a 17-bar differential on the fuel
quantity indicator. To compensate for this imbalance, the pilot was likely manually inputting
right aileron trim to maintain level flight (as discussed later in this section). Also, according to
CAWS data, the pilot was still attempting to resolve the fuel imbalance by toggling the fuel
boost pump switches to laterally balance the fuel load.
At 1406:15, the controller instructed the pilot to “advise receipt of Butte Montana
weather and notams.” The pilot responded, “wilco,” indicating that he would comply with the
instruction. However, the ATC transcript showed that the pilot did not acknowledge receipt of
BTM weather and NOTAM information. The ATC transcript also showed that the controller
(and the controller who took over the shift about 1419) did not follow up with the pilot to ensure
that he had received BTM weather and NOTAM information. On March 18, 2010, the NTSB
issued Safety Recommendation A-10-42, which asked the FAA to “establish and implement
standard procedures to document and share control information, such as…the confirmation of the
receipt of weather information, at air traffic control facilities that do not currently have such a
procedure.”108 Safety Recommendation A-10-42 was classified “Open—Acceptable Response”
on November 29, 2010.
CAWS data indicated that, about 1409, either the autopilot or the yaw damper was
engaged. It is likely that the pilot had engaged the yaw damper, independent of the autopilot, to
counter any yawing and rolling oscillations that the airplane was experiencing. CAWS data 107 The NTSB could not determine whether the autopilot disengaged automatically or was disengaged manually
by the pilot.
108BTM is an uncontrolled airport, and the Salt Lake ARTCC does not currently employ the recommended
procedure.
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
57
further indicated that, from about 1415 to 1426, the pilot continued his efforts to resolve the fuel
imbalance and laterally balance the fuel load.
Radar data showed that the airplane descended below 12,200 feet (the minimum IFR
altitude for the area) at 1426:49 and continued descending. About this time, the CAWS
annunciated the R FUEL LOW caution. The Pilatus PC-12 AFM required pilots, upon receiving
this caution, to land as soon as possible. Even though the pilot was required to comply with the
previously issued ATC altitude restriction of 13,000 feet until he had the airport in sight and
could provide his own terrain clearance, it is likely that he continued his descent to the terminal
area without clearance to do so because the airplane was likely becoming increasingly difficult to
control. At that point, the left fuel tank was filled to capacity (1,368 total pounds and
1,352 usable pounds), and the right fuel tank contained 133 pounds of usable fuel, resulting in a
1,219-pound imbalance and a 26-bar differential on the fuel quantity indicator.
At 1427:27, the controller advised the pilot that BTM was at his 12:00 position and was
12 miles away. The pilot indicated that the airport would be in sight “as soon as we get past one
more cloud.” At 1428:43, the pilot reported that he had the airport in sight and canceled his IFR
clearance. The controller then instructed the pilot to squawk VFR. Radar data showed that the
airplane was 8 miles southwest of BTM at an altitude of 11,100 feet (5,550 feet agl). The
airplane continued to squawk the previously assigned discrete transponder code during the next
1 1/2 minutes as the airplane continued toward BTM. The last recorded radar target, at 1430:25,
showed that the airplane was at an altitude of 9,100 feet (3,550 feet agl) and about 1.8 miles
southwest of the runway 33 threshold. At that time, the airplane had a 1,302-pound fuel
imbalance, with 1,368 total pounds of fuel in the left tank and 66 total pounds of fuel in the right
tank, and the fuel quantity indicator would have been displaying a 27-bar differential between
the left and the right fuel tanks. The calculated groundspeed between the final two radar targets
was about 189 knots.
BTM is located at an elevation of 5,550 feet, so the airplane needed to descend 3,550 feet
within 1.8 miles (based on the final radar target), which would result in a descent rate of 5,000
feet per minute. Witnesses to the accident reported that the airplane was approaching runway 33
at a higher altitude than most airplanes that land at the airport. One of these witnesses stated that
the airplane appeared to fly directly toward the end of the runway but seemed to be at too high of
an altitude to complete the landing. The witnesses further stated that the airplane then flew
northwest away from the runway and entered a sharp left turn at an estimated altitude of 300 feet
agl. (Mountainous terrain in the area would have prevented the pilot from making a right turn.)
The witnesses reported seeing the airplane roll to the left before entering a steep bank, pitching
down, and impacting the ground. Wreckage evidence indicated that the landing gear was
extended109 and the flaps were fully retracted at the time of impact.
Postaccident examination of the engine revealed no evidence of any mechanical
abnormalities that would have precluded the engine from producing rated power. No mechanical
anomalies associated with the engine were recorded by the EIS or the CAWS. Physical 109 Specifically, the left main, right main, and nose landing gear were found separated from the fuselage; the
right main landing gear actuator was found extended; and a tire transfer mark from the right main landing gear was
found on a gravestone just aft of where the landing gear was found within the debris field. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
58
signatures observed during the engine and propeller postaccident examinations were consistent
with the engine operating in a mid- to high-power condition at impact.
During further examination of the wreckage, the NTSB found the aileron trim actuator
fully extended. This position correlated to full RWD aileron trim, which would counter a left roll
tendency. (Pilatus found that, during PC-12 flight testing, the first indication of fuel asymmetry,
in terms of aircraft handling, was the need to increase the amount of aileron trim.) The aileron
trim actuator position was consistent with an extremely high volume of fuel in the left wing tank
and a relatively low volume of fuel in the right wing tank because a greater fuel weight in the left
wing tank required aileron input in the RWD direction to maintain a level roll attitude.110
The rudder trim actuator was also found fully extended, which correlated to full ANL
rudder trim. The rudder trim function of the yaw damper system had likely trimmed the rudder
automatically in the ANL direction.111 This rudder trim position, along with the aileron trim
position, would have placed the airplane in a forward right sideslip (with the airplane’s nose
yawed to the left), which would not be consistent with a left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance but
would instead be consistent with creating drag and increasing the descent rate without increasing
airspeed. The full ANL rudder trim would also have increased the control wheel forces required
for the pilot to maintain control of the airplane.
Postaccident calculations prepared by Pilatus indicated that a fuel imbalance of about
1,300 pounds would require 22º (55 percent) of the aileron’s full 40º range of travel and a
20-pound control wheel input (which is less than the 50-pound maximum pilot control wheel
force allowed by 14 CFR 23.143). Pilatus’ calculations indicated that the airplane would have
been controllable to an airspeed of about 90 knots (which is just below the PC-12 stall speed of
93 knots) with the fuel imbalance that existed at the time of the accident.112 However, Pilatus’
postaccident calculations assumed static conditions (that is, an unaccelerated airplane state) and
did not account for the airplane dynamics (that is, accelerations) associated with maneuvering
and landing or the effects of the engine and the propeller during the left turn if the pilot had
attempted to execute a go-around maneuver.
Also, Pilatus based its calculations on small sideslip angles and a control wheel force that
did not account for other dynamic factors during the accident sequence, such as an increasing left
rudder deflection and the resulting large left yaw angles. The NTSB conducted a PC-12
simulation, which was derived from and validated with a Pilatus simulation model. The pilot
inputs associated with a forward slip were assumed in the simulation, but reduced power effects
in a descent could also account for the ANL pilot input suggested by the position of the rudder 110 The right wing exhibited relatively little fire damage compared with the left wing, which sustained extreme
impact, explosion, and fire damage that were consistent with a high volume of fuel at impact.
111 Pilatus conducted a study of the automatic flight control system’s yaw damper/rudder trim relief mode after
a PC-12 accident in 2008. Postaccident examination of the wreckage found that the rudder trim was fully positioned
in the ANL direction. (Additional information about this accident, NTSB case number DEN08FA162, is available
on the NTSB’s website at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx.) The study concluded that, during a
descent with low engine power applied, left rudder pedal force (resulting in automatic yaw damper/rudder trim relief
in the ANL direction) was required. Pilatus found that those conditions, which resulted in a fully trimmed ANL
rudder position, were possible during a nominal flight profile.
112 Pilatus’ PC-12 certification flight testing was performed with fuel imbalances ranging between 240 and
380 pounds. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
59
trim actuator as found in the wreckage. According to the results of the simulation, at 160 knots
the pilot would have needed full RWD aileron trim, 13 pounds of wheel force, and about 1º of
right rudder trim to control the fuel imbalance. These forces would increase to 31 pounds of
wheel force and 54 pounds of left pedal force for a forward slip at the trim settings found in the
wreckage. If the pilot relaxed the left pedal force, wheel deflection and sideslip angle would
decrease. However, the left rudder trim and fuel imbalance would continue to roll the airplane to
the left unless the wheel was deflected to the right and, ideally, the right pedal was also
deflected. Adding power and increasing the load factor would increase the left rolling tendency
and require additional right wheel and/or right pedal deflection.
As the pilot maneuvered the airplane near the approach end of the runway, a steep
descent developed, and the impact damage and ground scars showed that the airplane was still in
a substantial descent (but near wings level) when it impacted the ground. A large left roll angle
also developed during the maneuver. The NTSB considered a possible reason why the large left
roll angle developed: if the pilot had momentarily diverted his attention away from flying the
airplane and, in doing so, had slightly relaxed his control force inputs to the wheel, then the roll
to the left could have rapidly increased. A large roll angle would result in a nose-down pitch
attitude and a rapidly increasing descent rate. Pulling back on the control wheel to arrest the
descent rate would exacerbate the left rolling moment and would require an even greater right
wheel deflection to control the increasing rolling moment to the left. However, the airplane had
adequate control authority to partially recover from the large left roll angle and nose-down pitch
attitude that were reported by the witnesses. As a result, the NTSB concludes that the airplane
was controllable in static flight with the left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance that existed at the time
of the accident but that the pilot did not maintain control of the airplane with the dynamic
maneuvers during the final moments of the flight.
2.2.3.3 Lateral Fuel Imbalance Condition
Pilatus conducted a fuel system hazard assessment during PC-12 certification to comply
with 14 CFR 23.1309, which required that any aircraft equipment, system, or installation
perform its intended function under any foreseeable operating condition. The assessment
considered the effects of an excessive fuel imbalance between both wing fuel tanks and found
that the difference in fuel weight would produce a rolling moment on the aircraft, which could be
counteracted by changing the trim setting.
The assessment further addressed a fuel imbalance between both wing fuel tanks that
exceeded 25 percent of the full fuel tank load. Specifically, the assessment found that, with this
imbalance, the resulting rolling moment could not be corrected by trimming alone, which would
increase pilot workload and decrease the airplane’s safety margin if a maneuver with
higher-than-usual levels of piloting skill was required.
In addition, Pilatus’ fuel system hazard assessment stated that, if the rolling moment
resulting from the difference in fuel weight became too large to be counteracted by changing the
trim setting, it might be necessary for the pilot to change the original flight to prevent an
excessive rolling moment. The Pilatus PC-12 AFM addressed this situation by indicating that,
when the fuel quantity indicator showed a difference of three or more bars between the left and
the right fuel tanks, the pilot should land as soon as practical if the difference could not be NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
60
balanced. Thus, the NTSB concludes that the large left rolling moment induced by the
left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance could have been minimized or even avoided if the pilot had
followed Pilatus’ required procedures for flight operations with a fuel imbalance.
2.2.4 Cause for the Low Fuel Pressure State and Degraded Performance of the
Left-Side Fuel System
The NTSB and Crane Aerospace conducted postaccident testing to determine the
performance of exemplar model K fuel boost pumps (the pump model installed on the accident
airplane) under three operating conditions: Jet A fuel with no water or FSII added, Jet A fuel
with only water added, and Jet A fuel with both water and a FSII added. Each of the three
operating conditions was tested at a temperature of -30º C.
The testing showed decreased fuel system performance during tests that did not include
the use of a FSII and enhanced system performance during tests that included the use of a FSII.
Specifically, during the test that involved jet fuel with no water or FSII added, the fuel flow rate
decreased progressively over time because ice accumulation on the fuel flow valve in the test
equipment constricted the fuel flow path. The decrease in the fuel flow rate was mitigated by
adjusting and tapping on the fuel flow valve to break away the ice. For the test involving jet fuel
with only water added, the degradation of fuel flow rate occurred more quickly because more ice
accumulation was present on the fuel flow valve (compared with the ice accumulation on the
valve during the test involving jet fuel only), so additional adjusting and tapping on the fuel flow
valve were necessary to break away the ice. For both of these tests, fuel flow was restored after
adjusting and tapping on the fuel flow valve because these actions removed the constriction.113
For the test involving jet fuel with both water and a FSII added, the fuel flow rate remained
relatively constant, and the FSII prevented ice from accumulating on the fuel flow valve.
One of the exemplar fuel boost pumps performed inconsistently during its initial test run
at -30º C without water or a FSII added to the fuel. The pump returned to normal performance
when it was tested at 0º C. An internal inspection of the pump found some operational
abnormalities (pitting of one motor brush and excess brush material on the commutator surface).
It is important to note that these abnormalities occurred only while the pump was running at a
temperature associated with prolonged flight at high altitudes; no operational abnormalities were
observed when the pump was running at a temperature associated with flight at lower altitudes or
operations on the ground (including preflight testing). This finding showed that, even with the
required preflight examination of the fuel boost pumps (to audibly verify pump operation), pilots
might not be aware of a problem pump until the airplane was operating at high altitudes and with
cold temperatures. In addition, ice accumulation on the test pump might have contributed to the
pump’s initial poor performance, which further emphasized the importance of a FSII during
flight operations below 0º C.
Pilatus’ emergency procedure for low fuel pressure at the time of the accident noted that
low fuel pressure (as shown by the CAWS FUEL PRESS caution) would normally cause the fuel
pumps to turn on automatically and cycle on and off every 10 to 15 seconds (as shown by the 113 Although the fuel flow valve used during the tests is not part of the PC-12 fuel system, the test results
demonstrated that ice accumulation could degrade a fuel system’s performance. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
61
L FUEL PUMP and R FUEL PUMP advisories). As stated in section 2.2.3.1, the fuel pressure
caution was not logged at any time during the accident flight, even though the fuel boost pumps
were cycling to resolve a low fuel pressure state. However, the procedure also indicated that the
airplane should descend to warmer air when the fuel boost pumps were cycling because “a
possible cause is the fuel filter blocked with ice crystals.”
In June 2010, Pilatus revised its emergency procedure for low fuel pressure. The revised
procedure stated that both the FUEL PRESS caution and the cycling of a FUEL PUMP advisory
on and off every 10 seconds were indications of low fuel pressure. The NTSB believes that, even
if the revised procedure for low fuel pressure had been in place at the time of the accident, the
outcome of the accident would still have been the same because the pilot did not (1) add a FSII
to the fuel, (2) descend to warmer air when the fuel boost pumps were cycling, and (3) divert to a
suitable airport when the maximum allowable fuel imbalance had been exceeded (as discussed
further in sections 2.2.5 and 2.2.6).
The importance of adding a FSII to fuel to prevent ice crystals from accumulating in the
fuel filter was demonstrated during a January 2008 flight involving another Pilatus PC-12,
N666M. Specifically, the pilot of that flight observed both fuel boost pump advisories illuminate
steadily (indicating fuel pump cycling), and he heard a noise that sounded as if the fuel boost
pumps were “struggling.” At the time, the airplane was operating between FL230 and FL250 and
with an outside air temperature of about -30º C. The pilot descended the airplane to warmer air,
diverted to another airport, and landed uneventfully. After landing, the pilot took a fuel sample
because he was concerned that the fuel did not contain a FSII, even though the FBO that had
serviced the airplane told him that a FSII had been added to the fuel.114
The airplane’s owner, who was aboard the airplane during the flight, indicated that the
pilot suspected that the reason for the fuel boost pump operation was ice in the fuel system. The
owner further indicated that the fuel sample that the pilot secured after the flight had ice crystals
floating in it. Because the pilot subsequently serviced the airplane with fuel that contained a FSII
and did not experience any further problems with the airplane, it is likely that the problem
experienced during the flight resulted from the absence of a FSII, which caused the fuel system’s
performance to be degraded.
As previously stated, Pilatus required that a FSII be used for all flights operated with
outside air temperatures below 0º C; the accident flight was operated in temperatures as low as
-40º C. Evidence indicated that the accident pilot was aware of the need to add a FSII: the subject
was discussed during recurrent training sessions, and fueling records between October 2007 and
January 2009 indicated that the pilot always requested a FSII when fueling the airplane at San
Bernardino.115 The NTSB could not determine why the pilot did not add a FSII during the four
times that the airplane was fueled at REI in February and March 2009 and during the fueling at
VCB on the day of the accident. The pilot was aware that at least two of the three flight legs on 114 Fuel records were not available to determine the amount of fuel that the airplane received at the FBO or
whether a FSII had been added to the fuel.
115 The only other available fueling record obtained during this accident investigation showed a fueling that
occurred in Riverside, California, on March 30, 2007. The airplane was fueled with 206 gallons of Jet A fuel; a FSII
was not added to the fuel. However, it is not clear whether a FSII would have been required for the flights for that
day. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
62
the day of the accident would be conducted at high altitudes and in cold temperatures and should
thus have understood the need for a FSII.
In addition to the low fuel pressure state that existed during the accident flight, the
left-side fuel system was not delivering fuel to the engine during much of the flight. The NTSB
attempted to determine a possible reason for the restricted fuel supply from the left tank.
Although the exact source of the restriction could not be identified, the postaccident testing
clearly showed that ice accumulation in the fuel system (as a result of not adding a FSII) could
degrade the performance of many fuel system components, including the fuel boost pumps and
valves.
The NTSB concludes that the low fuel pressure state and the restricted fuel supply from
the left tank during the accident flight were the result of an accumulation of ice in the fuel system
with an initial concentrated amount of ice at the airframe fuel filter. The NTSB further concludes
that, if the pilot had added a FSII to the fuel for the flights on the day of the accident, as required,
the ice accumulation in the fuel system would have been avoided, and a left-wing-heavy fuel
imbalance would not have developed. Recommended actions to promote the use of a FSII in
aircraft requiring the additive are described in sections 2.3 and 2.4.
2.2.5 Airports Along the Airplane’s Ground Track
As stated in section 2.2.3.1, the pilot elected to continue to BZN and did not comply with
the PC-12 AFM requirement to land the airplane as soon as practical when the maximum
allowable fuel imbalance between the left and the right tanks had been exceeded. This
exceedance, as shown by a three-bar differential on the fuel quantity indicator, was estimated to
have occurred shortly after 1331. Although the pilot eventually diverted to BTM (about 1402,
when the difference between the left and the right fuel tanks would have been 15 bars), other
possible diversion airports were located along the airplane’s route of flight. These alternate
airports included Boise Air Terminal/Gowen Field (BOI), Boise, Idaho; Challis Airport (LLJ),
Challis, Idaho; Joslin Field/Magic Valley Regional Airport (TWF), Twin Falls, Idaho; and Dillon
Airport (DLN), Dillon, Montana. All of these airports had at least one runway that was 3,000 feet
in length or greater and were reporting VMC.116
About 1335, the airplane was located about 24 miles and 6 minutes flying time from
BOI,117 the first alternate airport along the airplane’s route of flight. If the pilot had diverted to
BOI sometime between 1335 and 1345 (when the airplane was 44 miles and 11 minutes from the
airport), then the airplane would have arrived at BOI with an estimated fuel imbalance of 6 to
12 bars. After passing BOI, the closest alternate airport to the airplane’s position about 1340 was
TWF, which was located about 73 miles and 18 minutes away. However, TWF was southeast of
the airplane’s position and in the opposite direction of the route of flight. The next alternate
airport, LLJ, was located about 91 miles and 22 minutes from the airplane’s position about 1340. 116 Two other airports along the airplane’s route of flight—Pocatello Regional Airport, Pocatello, Idaho, and
Idaho Falls Regional Airport—were also possible diversion airports. However, those airports were reporting
instrument meteorological conditions or marginal VMC, and other possible diversion airports were closer to the
airplane’s position along the route of flight.
117 Flight times in this section were based on a groundspeed of 250 knots. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
63
At that time, the pilot most likely observed a fuel imbalance of five bars. If the pilot had initiated
an immediate divert to either TWF or LLJ, the airplane would have arrived in the vicinity of each
airport with an estimated fuel imbalance of 15 to 16 bars.
About 1400, the airplane was located about 16 miles and 4 minutes southeast of LLJ.
Despite the airplane’s proximity to LLJ and an estimated fuel imbalance of 15 bars, about 1402
the pilot initiated the divert to BTM, which was located about 119 miles and 29 minutes away.
By 1405, while established on its new flightpath to BTM, the airplane passed LLJ. The next
alternate airport along the route of flight, DLN, was located about 63 miles and 15 minutes to the
northeast of the airplane’s position. About 1415 and with an estimated fuel imbalance of about
22 bars, the airplane passed about 30 miles and 7 minutes to the west of DLN. At that time, the
airplane was still about 55 miles and 13 minutes from BTM.
Figures 6 and 7 show the airplane’s position along the route of flight in relation to the
airports that were available for landing, the times and distances to the airports as the flight
progressed, and the fuel imbalance at those times. The NTSB concludes that, if the pilot had
diverted earlier in the flight to one of several suitable airports along the airplane’s route of flight,
the outcome of this flight would likely have been different because the airplane would have had a
less severe fuel imbalance and the pilot would not have had to contend with the airplane’s
deteriorating performance as the imbalance steadily progressed. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
64
Figure 6. Available airports about the time of the maximum allowable fuel imbalance. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
65
Figure 7. Available airports about the time of the diversion to Butte, Montana. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
66
2.2.6 Pilot’s Decision-Making
The pilot made several decisions that did not comply with established procedures in the
PC-12 AFM, as described below. Some of these decisions ultimately affected the outcome of the
accident flight.
• On the day before the accident flight, the pilot had the airplane fueled at REI but did
not request that a FSII be added to the fuel, even though he was aware that at least
two of the flights on the day of the accident (REI to VCB and OVE to BZN) would
include operations at high altitudes and in cold temperatures. The PC-12 AFM
required a FSII for operations in outside air temperatures below 0º C.
• Also on the day before the accident, the pilot filed three flight plans but
misrepresented the number of occupants that would be on board the airplane during
two of the flight legs.118 Specifically, the flight plans indicated that five occupants,
including the pilot, would be on board for the flight from VCB to OVE (10 occupants
would actually be on board) and that nine occupants, including the pilot, would be on
board for the planned flight from OVE to BZN (14 occupants would actually be on
board). The pilot was aware that the airplane would have nine seats available to the
13 passengers and should have been aware of the AFM limitation allowing no more
than nine passengers to be transported aboard a PC-12.
• For two of the three flight legs on the day of the accident, the pilot allowed the
airplane to depart with a takeoff weight that was over the PC-12 maximum takeoff
weight (see table 2).
• After arriving at VCB on the day of the accident, the pilot used the self-service
fueling station to add fuel to the airplane, but he did not add a FSII to the fuel.
• The maximum allowable fuel imbalance between the left and the right fuel tanks was
estimated to have been exceeded sometime between 1331 and 1335, and the pilot
attempted to manually correct the imbalance sometime between 1331 and 1342. The
PC-12 AFM stated that, if the fuel cannot be balanced, the pilot should land the
airplane as soon as practical. The pilot did not divert to another airport at that time,
even though three suitable airports along the airplane’s route of flight—BOI, TWF,
and LLJ—were available to the pilot.
• The pilot began to divert to BTM about 20 to 31 minutes after his attempt to restore
fuel balance was unsuccessful. At that time, LLJ was the closest airport to the
airplane’s position. Once the airplane’s route of flight changed, DLN became the
most suitable diversion airport relative to the airplane’s position, but the pilot decided
to continue to BTM.
The NTSB evaluated fatigue as a possible factor in the pilot’s decision-making process.
Limited information was available about the pilot’s sleep history in the days before the
accident. On March 18, 2009, the pilot flew passengers aboard the accident airplane to Cabo San
Lucas, departing REI about 1130 PDT and arriving at the destination airport about 3 hours later. 118 On the day before the accident, the pilot acknowledged a trip plan modification (see section 1.5),
recognizing that the airplane would be transporting a total of 13 passengers to BZN.
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
67
Afterward, the pilot stayed at a nearby hotel until the return trip. The airplane departed Cabo San
Lucas on March 21 about 1030 PDT and arrived at REI about 1530 PDT. On March 22, the pilot
departed REI about 0742 on the first leg of the accident trip. The accident occurred about 7 hours
later. The pilot sustained fatal injuries during the accident, and his wife declined to be
interviewed by the NTSB. Thus, no information could be obtained about sleep and other relevant
fatigue factors. As a result, insufficient information was available to determine whether fatigue
played a role in this accident.
The pilot had previously ignored indicators similar to those presented during the accident
flight. Specifically, although CAWS fuel pump advisories were annunciated during the first leg
of the accident trip, the pilot did not seek maintenance assistance at VCB or add a FSII during
refueling at VCB. Also, CAWS fuel pump advisories were annunciated to the pilot during an
October 2007 flight aboard the accident airplane (see table 5), but the NTSB found no evidence
indicating subsequent pilot or maintenance action in response to the annunciations.
The pilot did not change his course of action during the accident flight leg in response to
mounting indications to do so. The initial indications were the abnormal number of CAWS fuel
boost pump activation advisories, which, as the flight progressed, were followed by the
increasing fuel imbalance indications on the fuel quantity indicator and the need for increased
opposite aileron deflection to counter the airplane’s increasing roll tendency toward the heavier
wing. The pilot had likely downplayed the seriousness of the initial indications because no
adverse outcomes resulted from ignoring similar indications during the first flight of the day and
during the October 2007 flight. During the accident flight, rather than divert before the fuel
imbalance became more severe, the pilot decided to continue to BZN, and the situation became
more difficult to manage as the flight continued.
It is likely that the pilot wanted to deliver the passengers to BZN for their convenience
and that he continued with this plan until he believed that he had no other option except to divert.
The pilot’s decision to divert to BTM may also have been influenced by passenger convenience
considerations. Specifically, the passengers could have easily arranged for ground transportation
from BTM to their destination; such arrangements would have been more difficult from LLJ or
DLN, which were the most suitable airports at the time that the pilot began to divert to BTM.
The pilot had not previously flown into BTM, so he might not have considered the BTM
environment in his decision to divert to that airport. BTM is located in a valley surrounded by
rising mountainous terrain (as shown in figure 2). The airplane approached BTM from the
southwest over the mountainous terrain, but the limited distance between the mountain peaks and
the airport restricted the pilot’s ability to maneuver the airplane during the descent. (Although
DLN and BZN are also located in mountainous terrain, they are situated in wide open valleys,
which might have accommodated a more gradual descent into the airport area.119 The pilot had
flown into BZN about 1 year before the accident occurred.)
Corporate pilots can experience pressures from airplane owners in addition to those
pressures that they place on themselves. The instructor who provided the pilot’s recurrent
training stated that the pilot had not experienced any undue pressure from the owners to fly in 119 BZN is located about 57 miles east of the accident site at an elevation of 4,473 feet.
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
68
unsafe conditions. (The NTSB notes that transporting more passengers than available seats is an
unsafe condition.)120 The pressure on the pilot to continue to BZN and delay diverting to an
alternate airport until the fuel imbalance became extreme was likely self-induced and was the
result of improper decision-making as the flight progressed.
Postaccident interviews revealed positive reports of the pilot’s skills and abilities.
However, during the accident flight, the imbalance between the left and the right fuel tanks
continued to increase, and the pilot found himself in a situation that he had not previously
experienced. Also, it is possible that the pilot may not have fully understood the effects of fuel
system icing, even with his previous history of always requesting a FSII when the airplane was
based at San Bernardino. Nevertheless, the NTSB concludes that the pilot underestimated the
seriousness of the initial fuel imbalance indications because he had not experienced any adverse
outcomes from ignoring similar indications during previous flights.
2.3
Fuel Limitations and Placards
Section 2 of the PC-12 AFM, Limitations, detailed the requirements for FSIIs. The
section stated that a FSII must be used for all flight operations in ambient temperatures below
0° C. The section further specified that the concentration of FSII must be between 0.06 and
0.15 percent by volume. A caution advised operators and pilots that the correct mix of anti-icing
additive with the fuel was important because concentrations greater than 0.15 percent by volume
would cause damage to the protective primer and sealants of the fuel tanks, the fuel system, and
engine components. Section 8 of the AFM, Handling, Servicing, and Maintenance, contained the
same caution but also included the statement, “concentrations [of FSII] lower than 0.06 [percent
by volume] may not be enough to inhibit ice formation.”
The NTSB is aware of three other turbine-powered single-engine airplanes that require a
FSII: the Cessna 208B, Piper PA-46-500TP, and Socata TBM-700C.121 The AFM for each of
these airplanes provided information about the correct FSII usage directly in the limitations
section or included a reference in the limitations section to another AFM section that contained
specific FSII information. However, the use of cautions and warnings to highlight FSII
information was inconsistent among the manuals.
Title 14 CFR 23.1583, “Operation Limitations,” paragraph (b), states that AFMs must
specify powerplant limitations, including the fuel designation for turbine-powered airplanes.
However, the powerplant limitations information does not reference the requirement for FSIIs or
other fuel additives. If a FSII is required by an airframe manufacturer, then the additive is a
critical fuel system limitation, and the omission of a FSII from fuel (when required) could lead to 120 The airplane owner who organized the accident trip was aware that 13 passengers would be transported
aboard an airplane with only 9 passenger seats, stating after the accident that “there were just not enough seatbelts,”
and the pilot complied with this arrangement.
121 The Prist Aerospace Products website (http://www.pristaerospace.com, accessed June 10, 2011) indicated
that the following twin-engine aircraft require a FSII: Beechcraft Raytheon Beechjet 400 and Starship; Bombardier
Learjet 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, and 35/36; Cessna Corsair/Conquest and Citation I and II; Hansa HFB-320; Mitsubishi
MU-2 and MU-300; and Piaggio Avanti. The website also indicated that some very light jets (referred to as VLJs)
require a FSII.
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
69
a situation resulting in personal injury or loss of life, as demonstrated by the circumstances of
this accident.
AC 25.1581-1, “Airplane Flight Manual,” dated July 14, 1997, identified the information
that must be provided in AFMs for transport-category airplanes and provided guidance regarding
the form and content of the approved portions of the AFMs. The AC stated that AFM operating
procedures and techniques could be categorized as warnings or cautions. A warning was defined
as “an operating procedure or technique that may result in personal injury or loss of life if not
followed.” A caution was defined as “an operating procedure or technique that may result in
damage to equipment if not followed.”
The safety hazard involving fuel system ice accumulation could be mitigated if
manufacturers of aircraft requiring FSII for operation placed a warning within the limitations
section of their respective AFMs that described the need to ensure that fuel contained the
additive in a concentration between the specified minimum and maximum values. Therefore, the
NTSB recommends that the FAA and the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) amend
certification requirements for aircraft requiring fuel additives, including FSIIs, so that those
limitations are highlighted by a warning in the limitations section of the AFM. The NTSB further
recommends that the FAA and EASA require all existing certificated aircraft (both newly
manufactured and in-service aircraft) that require fuel additives, including FSIIs, to have those
limitations highlighted by a warning in the limitations section of the AFM.
In addition, the PC-12 fuel filler placard, which was located near each fuel filler port,
specified the total fuel capacity (203 gallons) and usable capacity (201 gallons) for each fuel tank
and the type of fuel to be used (Jet A, Jet A-1, or Jet B). The placard, however, did not note the
requirement for a FSII during flight operations with outside air temperatures below 0º C. The
PC-12 fuel filler placard was consistent with the requirements of 14 CFR 23.1557,
“Miscellaneous Markings and Placards,” which stated that fuel filler openings for
turbine-powered airplanes must be marked at or near the filler cover with the words “Jet Fuel”
and either the permissible fuel designations or references to the AFM for the permissible fuel
designations. The regulation does not specifically require manufacturers to reference any
necessary fuel additives on the fuel filler placard.
AC 20-29B, “Use of Aircraft Fuel Anti-Icing Additives,” indicated that the use of a FSII
would meet the provisions of 14 CFR 25.997(b), which required, at the time of the AC’s
issuance, “a means to automatically maintain the fuel flow if ice-clogging of the [fuel] filter
occurs.” Further, the AC stated that, for aircraft requiring a FSII, placards near the fuel filler
cover should indicate that the fuel must contain the anti-icing additive.
Title 14 CFR 23.997(d) contained the same requirement as 14 CFR 25.997(b) but for
normal- and commuter-category aircraft with turbine engine fuel systems. These regulations,
however, did not provide protection for ice accumulation in other fuel system components. As a
result, the requirements of both regulations were subsequently included in 14 CFR 23.951 and
25.951, “Fuel System, General.” Specifically, sections 23.951(c) and 25.951(c) both required
that the entire fuel system be capable of sustained operation throughout its flow and pressure
range with water-saturated fuel cooled to the most critical condition for icing to be encountered
during operation. It is important to note that the FAA did not include a related provision from NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
70
AC 20-29B in sections 23.951(c) and 25.951(c) when they first became effective or in any
revision to the regulations since that time: for manufacturers of airplanes that used a FSII for
meeting regulatory requirements to indicate, on fuel filler placards, the need to add a FSII to the
fuel.
The Cessna 208B, Piper PA-46-500TP, and Socata TBM-700C all have fuel filler
placards with a reference to FSIIs in addition to the information required by 14 CFR 23.1557.
These fuel filler placards state, “anti-ice additive required. See Pilot’s Operating Handbook for
other approved fuels, quantity and type of additive.” This placarded information provides a
prominent reminder to pilots and fuel service personnel of the importance of a FSII during flight
operations.
The NTSB concludes that the safety hazard involving fuel system ice accumulation could
be mitigated if fuel filler placards installed aboard aircraft requiring a FSII specified that
requirement. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA and EASA amend aircraft
certification fuel placarding requirements so that aircraft requiring fuel additives, including
FSIIs, have a fuel filler placard that notes this limitation and refers to the AFM for specific
information about the limitation. The NTSB further recommends that the FAA and EASA
require all existing certificated aircraft (both newly manufactured and in-service aircraft) that
require fuel additives, including FSIIs, to have a fuel filler placard that notes this limitation and
refers to the AFM for specific information about the limitation.
2.4
Guidance on Fuel System Icing Prevention
On October 22, 1981, the FAA issued AC 20-113, “Pilot Precautions and Procedures to
Be Taken in Preventing Aircraft Reciprocating Engine Induction System and Fuel System Icing
Problems.” Although this AC detailed pilot precautions and procedures to prevent fuel system
icing in aircraft with reciprocating (piston-driven) engines, including the use of anti-icing fuel
additives, no AC addresses the prevention of fuel icing problems on turbine engine-powered
aircraft. It is possible that turbine engine-powered aircraft were not addressed in AC 20-113
because most Part 91 and 135 aircraft operations at that time were conducted with piston
engine-powered aircraft. However, many aircraft that are currently operating under Parts 91 and
135, such as the Pilatus PC-12, have turbine-powered engines. Such aircraft operate in cold
temperatures and at high altitudes with service ceilings ranging from FL230 to FL310. As a
result, pilots and operators of turbine engine-powered aircraft would also benefit from FAA
guidance on preventing fuel system icing problems.
Pilots and operators of turbine-powered airplanes would further benefit from FAA
guidance advising that the use of a FSII could substantially inhibit fuel system icing during
flights at high altitudes and cold temperatures. Although pilots and operators of these airplanes
should already understand the importance of adhering strictly to the limitations outlined in an
airplane’s AFM for operations requiring a FSII, FAA guidance would be another resource that
promotes awareness of, and adherence to, required procedures designed to prevent fuel system
icing problems in turbine-engine aircraft.122 In addition, it is important for such guidance to 122 Pilots could apply this guidance to preflight planning activities, including (1) determining whether fuel
premixed with a FSII would be available at departure airports or whether the FSII would need to be directly injected NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
71
clearly explain the potential consequences of either failing to add a FSII when required, as
demonstrated by this accident, or having an incorrect concentration of a FSII in jet fuel. Further,
the guidance could be a means for informing pilots and operators of the availability of portable
test kits to determine whether the correct concentration of a FSII is present in jet fuel.
The NTSB concludes that FAA pilot and operator guidance on the use of FSIIs would
help raise awareness of the need to include this additive in turbine engine-powered aircraft with
fuel systems that require the additive. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA issue
guidance on fuel system icing prevention that (1) includes pilot precautions and procedures to
avoid fuel system icing problems aboard turbine engine-powered aircraft and (2) describes the
possible consequences of failing to use a FSII, if required by the AFM, especially during
operations at high altitudes and in cold temperatures. This recommendation could be addressed
by augmenting the guidance provided in AC 20-113.
2.5
Crash Protection for Airplane Occupants
On the day before the accident, the pilot filed three IFR flight plans. The first flight plan
indicated that he would be the sole occupant of the flight from REI to VCB. The second flight
plan, from VCB to OVE, indicated that a total of five people would be on board the airplane.
However, nine people (four adults and five children), in addition to the pilot, were on board the
airplane before it departed for OVE. Although the NTSB’s calculations indicated that the
airplane departed VCB weighing about 432 pounds more than the maximum allowable gross
takeoff weight, the calculations also showed that the airplane was within the estimated forward
and aft center-of-gravity limits for the weight of the airplane.
The airplane was configured with eight passenger seats in the cabin and two pilot seats in
the cockpit. Because each flight on the day of the accident was a single-pilot operation, the eight
seats in the cabin and the right seat in the cockpit were available to the nine passengers. Thus, the
number of airplane occupants at this point in the trip did not exceed the number of available
seats. Also, the number of airplane occupants at this time was in compliance with the Pilatus
PC-12 AFM requirement indicating that the maximum number of occupants (for a corporate
commuter configuration) was nine passengers plus pilot(s).
For the third flight plan, from OVE to BZN, the pilot indicated that a total of nine people
would be on board, but four additional passengers (two adults and two children) boarded the
airplane at OVE, resulting in a total of 14 people (the pilot and 13 passengers) aboard the
airplane for the planned trip to BZN. Thus, the operation was not in compliance with the Pilatus
PC-12 AFM requirement limiting the maximum number of passengers to nine. Also, the
operation was not in compliance with 14 CFR 91.9, “Civil Aircraft Flight Manual, Marking, and
Placard Requirements,” which states in paragraph (a), “no person may operate a civil aircraft
without complying with the operating limitations specified in the approved Airplane or
Rotorcraft Flight Manual.” into the fuel and (2) learning whether a FSII would be available at destination airports or airports along the
airplane’s route of flight (if refueling would be needed) and, if not, determining what contingency plans could be
made. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
72
Postaccident calculations showed that the airplane departed OVE weighing about
572 pounds more than the airplane’s allowable gross takeoff weight, but the airplane still
remained within the estimated forward and aft center-of-gravity limits for the weight of the
airplane. The NTSB found no evidence that the pilot performed a written weight and balance
computation for this and the previous flight legs, but it is possible that he used an alternate means
to perform the computations.123
The owner of the airplane who organized the trip stated that the airplane had transported
the same number of passengers on a previous flight. For that flight and the accident flight leg, the
owner believed that he and the pilot “were not pushing the envelope” because “the trip was
within weight and balance limits,” but the owner acknowledged that “there were just not enough
seatbelts” for every passenger.
Except for the pilot and the adult passenger in the right cockpit seat, the NTSB was
unable to determine the seating position for the airplane occupants. The airplane owner who
organized the trip stated that the adults could hold the children on their laps. However, only one
of the seven children was under the age of 2 years and was permitted by 14 CFR 91.107(a)(3)(i)
to be held on the lap of an adult. The six other children ranged in age from 3 to 9 years. Because
the bodies of four of these children were found farthest from the impact site, the NTSB
concludes that at least four of the seven children on board the airplane were not restrained or
were improperly restrained.
Proper restraint use is one of the most basic and important tenets of crashworthiness and
survivability. However, 14 CFR 91.107 does not specifically prohibit multiple occupants from
sharing one seating position.124 Research by the United Kingdom’s Civil Aviation Authority
(CAA) documented problems with dual occupancy of a seat and restraint system designed for
one adult passenger. Specifically, the CAA’s research found that seating two children in the
same seat and restraining both under one lap belt125 (1) provided neither child with the same
protection that they would have received if they were in separate seats and (2) increased the risk
of both children sustaining head and body injuries during an impact.126 In addition, even though
section 91.107 allows children who are less than 2 years of age to be held on the lap of an adult, 123 FAA operations inspectors indicated that, instead of using a written weight and balance form, pilots could
use a calculator or mental math to determine whether an airplane was within weight and balance parameters.
124 In January 2010 correspondence to the NTSB, the FAA stated that, according to section 91.107, multiple
(two or more) occupants are allowed to share one seat and one restraint system as long as “the seat usage conformed
with the limitations contained in the approved portion of the Airplane Flight Manual” and “the belt was approved
and rated for such use.”
125 Each passenger seat aboard the accident airplane was equipped with lap and shoulder harness restraints.
Although the CAA’s research was conducted using lap belts, the NTSB believes that the findings would also apply
to multiple occupants sharing a restraint system with a shoulder harness because the effectiveness of the shoulder
harness would be reduced and the risk of injury to the occupants would thus increase. A shoulder harness is
designed to prevent injury as a result of an occupant’s head and torso flailing in an accident with a horizontal
component. A single shoulder harness cannot provide restraint for two occupants because the harness would not fit
either occupant properly.
126
Roger
N.
Hardy,
“Dual
Child
Occupancy
of
an
Aircraft
Seat,”
CAA
Paper
93013
(London, United Kingdom: Civil Aviation Authority, 1993). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
73
recent FAA guidance emphasizes that the safest place for a child under 2 years of age during
turbulence or an emergency is in an approved child restraint system and not on an adult’s lap.127
The NTSB concludes that, although the number of passengers on board the airplane
during the final flight leg did not comply with the PC-12 AFM limitation requiring no more than
nine passengers, the four additional passengers on board the airplane did not directly affect the
outcome of the accident. Further, although the BTM accident was not survivable, the NTSB
concludes that, for survivable accidents, passengers aboard airplanes operating under Part 91
would be afforded better crash protection if each seat and restraint system were limited to only
one passenger and children less than 2 years of age were restrained in an approved child restraint
system. As stated in section 1.18.2.1, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-10-121 and
-122 to amend 14 CFR Part 91 to “require separate seats and restraints for every occupant” and
“require each person who is less than 2 years of age to be restrained in a separate seat position by
an appropriate child restraint system during takeoff, landing, and turbulence,” respectively.
These recommendations, which were issued in August 2010, were classified “Open—Acceptable
Response” on January 31, 2011.
On June 23, 2011, the FAA published its Clarification of Prior Interpretations of the Seat
Belt and Seating Requirements for General Aviation Flights. The FAA’s proposal did not include
a provision to prohibit the shared use of a seat and restraint system, which is currently allowed
under Part 91. Instead, the proposal relies on the “good judgment of the pilot” to determine the
proper method of restraint for children during operations conducted under Part 91. The NTSB is
disappointed that the FAA did not provide true clarification on the issue, and the NTSB remains
concerned that the improved crashworthiness standards required by Part 23 regulations are
negated when two or more occupants share a seat and a restraint.
Safety Recommendation A-10-121 asked the FAA to amend Part 91 to require separate
seats and restraints for every occupant. The FAA’s proposal shows that the agency does not
intend to amend the regulation. Title 14 CFR 121.311, “Seats, Safety Belts, and Shoulder
Harnesses,” and 135.128, “Use of Safety Belts and Child Restraint Systems,” require separate
seats and restraints for each passenger age 2 years and older. The addition of such a requirement
to Part 91 regulations would help ensure the proper use of seating and restraint systems during
this type of operation.
The NTSB continues to believe that Part 91 regulations do not promote effective
occupant protection because multiple occupants sharing one seat and restraint system are less
likely than single occupants to withstand deceleration forces during a survivable crash. As a
result, Safety Recommendation A-10-121 is classified “Open—Unacceptable Response.”
2.6
Flight Recorder Systems
The accident airplane did not have, and was not required to have, a CVR or an FDR
installed. In February 2009, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations A-09-10 and -11, which
asked the FAA to require crash-resistant flight recorder systems aboard existing turbine-powered 127 This information was obtained from the FAA’s website http://www.faa.gov/passengers/fly_children/crs
(accessed June 10, 2011). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
74
aircraft that are not equipped with a CVR and an FDR. Safety recommendations addressing the
need for these recorders have been on the NTSB’s Most Wanted List since 2001, and the issue
was included on the NTSB’s June 2011 Most Wanted List.128
Information that was critical to this investigation was discovered by extracting data from
the nonvolatile memory stored in the CAWS central advisory control unit. Without this
information, the NTSB would not have been able to analyze the behavior of the airplane’s fuel
boost pumps. The nonvolatile memory data revealed the abnormal number of fuel boost pump
activations during this flight, the flight from REI to VCB on the day of the accident, and an
October 2007 flight,129 which led to the postaccident fuel boost pump testing that demonstrated
the important role of FSIIs during flight operations at cold temperatures.
For this investigation, it was fortunate that significant information was available from a
data source that was not designed for accident investigation activities.130 However, to support
future accident and incident investigation activities and to increase the likelihood that data could
be retrieved after an accident (storage devices for nonvolatile memory data sources are not crash
protected), it is important that aircraft be retrofitted with the crash-resistant flight recorder
system described in Safety Recommendations A-09-10 and -11. Specifically, the NTSB’s
recommendations indicated that a crash-resistant flight recorder system “should record cockpit
audio, a view of the cockpit environment to include as much of the outside view as possible, and
parametric data per aircraft and system installation” and should meet the specifications of
EUROCAE document ED-155, “Minimum Operational Performance Specification for
Lightweight Flight Recorder Systems.” Such recorders are a reliable source of detailed accident
investigation information.
The crash-resistant flight recorder system described in Safety Recommendations A-09-10
and -11 would have helped the NTSB determine additional information about the BTM accident
scenario. Specifically, radar data were available only until the airplane descended to an altitude
of 9,100 feet, so the flight recorder system would have provided investigators with information
about the airplane’s altitudes, airspeeds, and track from 9,100 feet to ground impact. Also, the
flight recorder system would have captured any pilot conversations with the passengers
(especially with the adult passenger in the right cockpit seat) about the fuel imbalance and the
decision to divert. Further, it is possible that images of the cockpit instrumentation would have
been recorded, especially the fuel quantity indicator (for fuel imbalance information), and that
recorded images of the outside environment could have shown the airplane’s attitude and
position relative to the terrain surrounding BTM. 128 The NTSB’s Most Wanted List is a program to promote public awareness of and support for actions to
prevent accidents and save lives.
129 CAWS data revealed that, of the 480 flights recorded by the system, 337 fuel boost pump activations had
been logged for the accident flight. The data also revealed that 176 fuel boost pump activations had been logged for
the flight leg from REI to VCB on the day of the accident and that 260 fuel boost pump activations had been logged
for an October 2007 flight from Cabo San Lucas to San Diego. For the other 477 flights recorded by the CAWS, the
fuel boost pumps activated a total of 29 times.
130 The download of the nonvolatile memory data was initially attempted using previously established methods,
but the data extraction was unsuccessful because of the impact damage to the CAWS central advisory control unit
sub-board (which maintained the components containing the nonvolatile memory chips). As a result, the data could
only be retrieved using a chip-level extraction method. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
75
It is important to note that, in March 2011, Pilatus Aircraft began equipping
new-production PC-12/47E airplanes with a dedicated, crash-resistant, lightweight data recorder
(manufactured by L3 Communications) that complies with ED-155 standards. Pilatus also issued
an SB in February 2011 to retrofit existing PC-12/47E airplanes with the recorder. According to
a Pilatus official, the decision to install these recorders as standard equipment was made to
support future investigations because “it will be much quicker, easier and [possibly] the only
way to determine the cause of an incident or accident,” especially if other sources of data are lost
during an accident.
The NTSB concludes that, although the download of nonvolatile memory data provided
key information in determining the circumstances that led to this accident, a flight recorder
system that captured cockpit audio, images, and parametric data would have provided additional
information about the accident that was not possible to determine from the downloaded
nonvolatile memory data. In May 2011, as part of its report on the August 2010 de Havilland
DHC-3T accident in Aleknagik, Alaska,131 the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendations
A-09-10 and -11. 131 See Collision into Mountainous Terrain, GCI Communication Corp., de Havilland DHC-3T, N455A,
Aleknagik, Alaska, August 9, 2010, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/03 (Washington, DC: National
Transportation Safety Board, 2011) at < http://www.ntsb.gov/Publictn/A_Acc1.htm> . NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
76 Findings with applicable Federal regulations. The investigation also found no evidence indicating any
preexisting medical or behavioral condition that might have adversely affected the pilot’s
performance on the day of the accident. accordance with Federal regulations and that the recovered components showed no evidence
of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures. accident flight were the result of an accumulation of ice in the fuel system with an initial
concentrated amount of ice at the airframe fuel filter. accident, as required, the ice accumulation in the fuel system would have been avoided, and a
left-wing heavy fuel imbalance would not have developed. Municipal Airport, he would have had an opportunity to detect whether ice crystals or water
were present in the fuel and determine whether the fuel filter bypass indicator was extended,
which could have explained the reason for the fuel boost pump advisories annunciated during
the preceding flight. drawn solely from the right fuel tank by the right fuel boost pump, and the left-wing-heavy
fuel imbalance continued to increase. left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance continued to increase during the flight because fuel was only
being drawn from the right fuel tank. low fuel pressure state and the degraded performance of the left-side fuel system. attempt to restore fuel balance within the maximum imbalance limitation was unsuccessful,
his eventual decision to divert to Bert Mooney Airport likely resulted from his recognition of
the magnitude of the increasing left-wing-heavy fuel imbalance situation. existed at the time of the accident, but the pilot lost control of the airplane with the dynamic
maneuvers during the final moments of the flight.
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
77 been minimized or even avoided if the pilot had followed Pilatus Aircraft’s required
procedures for flight operations with a fuel imbalance. airplane’s route of flight, the outcome of this flight would likely have been different because
the airplane would have had a less severe fuel imbalance and the pilot would not have had to
contend with the airplane’s deteriorating performance as the imbalance steadily progressed. had not experienced any adverse outcomes from ignoring similar indications during previous
flights. placards installed aboard aircraft requiring a fuel system icing inhibitor specified that
requirement. inhibitors would help raise awareness of the need to include this additive in turbine
engine-powered aircraft fuel systems that require the additive. improperly restrained. comply with the PC-12 airplane flight manual limitation requiring no more than nine
passengers, the four additional passengers on board the airplane did not directly affect the
outcome of the accident. Regulations Part 91 would be afforded better crash protection if each seat and restraint
system were limited to only one passenger and children less than 2 years of age were
restrained in an approved child restraint system. the circumstances that led to this accident, a flight recorder system that captured cockpit
audio, images, and parametric data would have provided additional information about the
accident that was not possible to determine from the downloaded nonvolatile memory data.
3.2
Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
accident was (1) the pilot’s failure to ensure that a fuel system icing inhibitor was added to the
fuel before the flights on the day of the accident; (2) his failure to take appropriate remedial
actions after a low fuel pressure state (resulting from icing within the fuel system) and a lateral
fuel imbalance developed, including diverting to a suitable airport before the fuel imbalance
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
78
became extreme; and (3) a loss of control while the pilot was maneuvering the left-wing-heavy
airplane near the approach end of the runway. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
79 New Recommendations
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration:
Amend certification requirements for aircraft requiring fuel additives, including
fuel system icing inhibitors, so that those limitations are highlighted by a warning
in the limitations section of the airplane flight manual. (A-11-70)
Require all existing certificated aircraft (both newly manufactured and in-service
aircraft) that require fuel additives, including fuel system icing inhibitors, to have
those limitations highlighted by a warning in the limitations section of the
airplane flight manual. (A-11-71)
Amend aircraft certification fuel placarding requirements so that aircraft requiring
fuel additives, including fuel system icing inhibitors, have a fuel filler placard that
notes this limitation and refers to the airplane flight manual for specific
information about the limitation. (A-11-72)
Require all existing certificated aircraft (both newly manufactured and in-service
aircraft) that require fuel additives, including fuel system icing inhibitors, to have
a fuel filler placard that notes this limitation and refers to the airplane flight
manual for specific information about the limitation. (A-11-73)
Issue guidance on fuel system icing prevention that (1) includes pilot precautions
and procedures to avoid fuel system icing problems aboard turbine
engine-powered aircraft and (2) describes the possible consequences of failing to
use a fuel system icing inhibitor, if required by the airplane flight manual,
especially during operations at high altitudes and in cold temperatures. (A-11-74)
As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations to the European Aviation Safety Agency:
Amend certification requirements for aircraft requiring fuel additives, including
fuel system icing inhibitors, so that those limitations are highlighted by a warning
in the limitations section of the airplane flight manual. (A-11-75)
Require all existing certificated aircraft (both newly manufactured and in-service
aircraft) that require fuel additives, including fuel system icing inhibitors, to have
those limitations highlighted by a warning in the limitations section of the
airplane flight manual. (A-11-76)
Amend aircraft certification fuel placarding requirements so that aircraft requiring
fuel additives, including fuel system icing inhibitors, have a fuel filler placard that NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
80
notes this limitation and refers to the airplane flight manual for specific
information about the limitation. (A-11-77)
Require all existing certificated aircraft (both newly manufactured and in-service
aircraft) that require fuel additives, including fuel system icing inhibitors, to have
a fuel filler placard that notes this limitation and refers to the airplane flight
manual for specific information about the limitation. (A-11-78)
4.2
Previously Issued Recommendations Resulting From This
Accident Investigation
The National Transportation Safety Board issued the following recommendations to the
Federal Aviation Administration on August 11, 2010:
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require separate seats and
restraints for every occupant. (A-10-121)
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require each person who is less
than 2 years of age to be restrained in a separate seat position by an appropriate
child restraint system during takeoff, landing, and turbulence. (A-10-122)
The National Transportation Safety Board issued the following recommendation to the
Federal Aviation Administration on March 18, 2010:
Establish and implement standard procedures to document and share control
information, such as frequency changes, contact with pilots, and the confirmation
of the receipt of weather information, at air traffic control facilities that do not
currently have such a procedure. These procedures should provide visual
communication of at least the control information that would be communicated by
the marking and posting of paper flight-progress strips described in Federal
Aviation Administration Order 7110.65, “Air Traffic Control.” (A-10-42)
4.3
Previously Issued Recommendation Classified in This Report
Safety Recommendations A-10-121, which was issued to the Federal Aviation
Administration on August 11, 2010, is reclassified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in
section 2.5 of this report.
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require separate seats and
restraints for every occupant. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
81 BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Chairman
Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Vice Chairman
Member EARL F. WEENER Member
Adopted: July 12, 2011 BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
JENNIFER HOMENDY
MICHAEL GRAHAM
Chair
Member
BRUCE LANDSBERG
THOMAS CHAPMAN
Vice Chairman
Member
Revised: April 17, 2023
CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
82 Investigation and Public Hearing
Investigation
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) was notified of this accident at 1500
on March 22, 2009. Investigators from the NTSB’s Western Pacific Region office arrived on
scene starting at 1600, and a go-team from NTSB headquarters and the NTSB’s Eastern Region
office arrived in Butte at 0300 on March 23. Accompanying the team in Butte was former Acting
Chairman Mark Rosenker.
The following investigative teams were formed: Operations, Airworthiness, and Air
Traffic Control. Specialists in the areas of survival factors and aircraft performance were also
assigned to the investigation. In addition, a specialist was assigned to compile witness
statements.
Parties to the investigation were the Federal Aviation Administration, Crane Aerospace,
and Hartzell Propeller. In accordance with the provisions of Annex 13 to the Convention on
International Civil Aviation, the Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau of Switzerland
participated in the investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture
(Airframe), and the Transportation Safety Board of Canada (TSB) participated in the
investigation as the representative of the State of Design and Manufacture (Powerplants). The
European Aviation Safety Agency and Pilatus Aircraft participated in the investigation as
technical advisors to the Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau of Switzerland, and Pratt &
Whitney Canada participated in the investigation as a technical advisor to the TSB, as provided
for in Annex 13.
Public Hearing
No public hearing was held for this accident. 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Truck‐Tractor Semitrailer Median Crossover
Collision With 15‐Passenger Van
Munfordville, Kentucky
March 26, 2010
Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-11/02
PB2011-916202 National
Transportation
Safety Board NTSB/HAR-11/02
PB2011-916202
Notation 8220A
Adopted September 13, 2011 Highway Accident Report
Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Median Crossover
Collision With 15-Passenger Van
Munfordville, Kentucky
March 26, 2010 National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Median Crossover Collision
With 15-Passenger Van, Munfordville, Kentucky, March 26, 2010. Highway Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-11/02. Washington, DC. Abstract: On March 26, 2010, near Munfordville, Kentucky, a truck-tractor semitrailer was
traveling south on Interstate 65 (I-65) when it departed the left lane and entered the 60-foot-wide
depressed earthen median between the southbound and northbound roadways. The truck traveled
across the median and struck and overrode the high-tension median cable barrier adjacent to the
left shoulder of northbound I-65. It then crossed the shoulder and entered the lanes of northbound
I-65. A 15-passenger van, containing 12 occupants, was traveling northbound in the left lane. As
the truck crossed in front of the van, its tractor was struck by the van. As a result of the accident
and the truck fire that ensued, the truck driver, the van driver, and nine van passengers died. Two
child passengers in the van, who were using child restraints, sustained minor injuries.
Among the safety issues addressed in the report are the need to prohibit the use of cellular
telephones by drivers of commercial motor vehicles; the need to provide objective warrants,
rather than general guidelines, for the application of median barriers; the need to revise state seat
belt laws to include occupants of 15-passenger vans; the need to detect unsafe motor carriers
attempting to obtain operating authority by submitting inaccurate or deceptive information to the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA); and the need to evaluate the
performance of the FMCSA new entrant program. The National Transportation Safety Board is
issuing 15 safety recommendations as a result of the investigation.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation,
railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by
Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the
probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the
safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions
and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and
statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about
available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board
Records Management Division, CIO-40
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, DC 20594
(800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916202 from: National Technical Information Service
5301 Shawnee Road
Alexandria, Virginia 22312
(800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Contents
Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... iv
Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... vi
1. Factual Information .................................................................................................................1
1.1 Accident Narrative .....................................................................................................................1
1.1.1 Synopsis ...........................................................................................................................1
1.1.2 Preaccident Information ...................................................................................................1
1.1.3 Accident Sequence ...........................................................................................................3
1.2 Injuries .......................................................................................................................................8
1.3 Survival Factors .........................................................................................................................8
1.4 Emergency Response ...............................................................................................................11
1.5 Truck Driver.............................................................................................................................13
1.5.1 Licensing and Driving History ......................................................................................13
1.5.2 Medical History, Autopsy, and Toxicology ..................................................................14
1.5.3 Work/Rest History .........................................................................................................14
1.6 Vehicles....................................................................................................................................17
1.6.1 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer ..............................................................................................17
1.6.2 15-Passenger Van ..........................................................................................................19
1.7 Highway ...................................................................................................................................20
1.7.1 General ...........................................................................................................................20
1.7.2 Traffic Metrics ...............................................................................................................21
1.7.3 Highway Speed ..............................................................................................................21
1.7.4 Accident History ............................................................................................................21
1.7.5 Physical Evidence ..........................................................................................................22
1.7.6 Median Cable Barrier System on I-65 ...........................................................................23
1.8 Roadside Safety .......................................................................................................................26
1.8.1 Cross-Median Crash Risk ..............................................................................................26
1.8.2 Median Barrier Systems ................................................................................................28
1.8.3 Barrier Types .................................................................................................................28
1.8.4 Engineering Design Guides ...........................................................................................29
1.8.5 Median Barrier Research ...............................................................................................32
1.8.6 Crash Testing and FHWA Acceptance ..........................................................................34
1.9 FMCSA Motor Carrier Oversight ............................................................................................35
1.9.1 Compliance, Safety, Accountability Program ...............................................................35
1.9.2 Compliance Review Program ........................................................................................37
1.9.3 New Entrant Program ....................................................................................................38
1.10 Motor Carrier .........................................................................................................................41
1.10.1 Hester, Inc. ...................................................................................................................41
1.10.2 Hester and FTS Fleet Services .....................................................................................43
1.11 Regulation of Commercial Drivers’ Cellular Telephone Use ................................................45
i NTSB Highway Accident Report
2. Analysis ...................................................................................................................................47
2.1 Introduction ..............................................................................................................................47
2.2 Cellular Telephone Use by Commercial Drivers .....................................................................48
2.2.1 Driver Distraction Due to Cellular Telephone Use .......................................................48
2.2.2 NTSB Recommendation History on Cellular Telephone Use .......................................49
2.2.3 Research on Driving Distractions ..................................................................................50
2.2.4 Safety Benefit of Prohibiting Cellular Telephone Use ..................................................51
2.3 Driver Fatigue ..........................................................................................................................54
2.4 Highway Median Barriers ........................................................................................................55
2.4.1 Barrier Systems ..............................................................................................................55
2.4.2 NTSB Recommendation History on Median Barriers ...................................................57
2.4.3 Median Barrier Warrants for Heavy Vehicles ...............................................................59
2.4.4 Accident Rates and Heavy Vehicle Traffic Volume .....................................................60
2.4.5 High-Tension Cable Barrier Deflection .........................................................................60
2.4.6 Definition of a Cross-Median Crash ..............................................................................61
2.5 Seat Belt Laws Affecting 15-Passenger Vans .........................................................................63
2.5.1 Munfordville Accident Van ...........................................................................................63
2.5.2 Safety Standards ............................................................................................................64
2.6 Motor Carrier Oversight ..........................................................................................................64
2.6.1 Safety Assessment .........................................................................................................64
2.6.2 Hester’s Postaccident Relationship With FTS Fleet Services .......................................66
2.6.3 NTSB Past Recommendations on Oversight of New Motor Carriers ...........................67 ii NTSB Highway Accident Report
Figures
Figure 1. Accident location map .....................................................................................................3
Figure 2. Looking southbound along the truck’s cross-median path ..............................................4
Figure 3. Truck’s oncoming crossover path, viewed from the edge of the northbound passing
lane ...................................................................................................................................................5
Figure 4. Postaccident scene ...........................................................................................................6
Figure 5. Accident scene diagram ...................................................................................................7
Figure 6. 15-passenger van occupant information ........................................................................10
Figure 7. Truck driver’s 72-hour work/rest history ......................................................................16
Figure 8. Topography of the I-65 roadway and median ...............................................................21
Figure 9. View looking north of truck tracks across the median, showing furrows from brake
application ......................................................................................................................................23
Figure 10. Type of four-cable barrier system used near the accident site ....................................24
Figure 11. Cross-section of a standard post for a four-cable barrier system ................................24
Figure 12. Overridden and damaged cable barrier ........................................................................25
Figure 13. Fatal cross-median truck crashes on interstates from 2006–2009 ...............................27
Figure 14. Roadside Design Guide guidelines for determining whether to install median barriers
on high-speed, fully controlled-access roadways ..........................................................................31
iii NTSB Highway Accident Report
Acronyms and Abbreviations
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ADT
average daily traffic
BASICs
Behavior Analysis and Safety Improvement Categories
BMI
body mass index
CDL
commercial driver’s license
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
CMV
commercial motor vehicle
CSA
Compliance, Safety, Accountability (program)
DOT
U.S. Department of Transportation
ECM
engine control module
FARS
Fatality Analysis Reporting System
FHWA
Federal Highway Administration
FMCSA
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
FMCSRs
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
GHSA
Governors Highway Safety Association
Gibraltar
Gibraltar Cable Barrier Systems, L.P.
GVWR
gross vehicle weight rating
I-65
Interstate 65
I-69
Interstate 69
IIHS
Insurance Institute for Highway Safety
ISS
Inspection Selection System
kip
1,000 pounds-force
KRS
Kentucky Revised Statute
KSP Kentucky State Police
KYTC
Kentucky Transportation Cabinet
MASH
Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware
MC
motor carrier (for MC number)
MCMIS
Motor Carrier Management Information System
MCSAC
Motor Carrier Safety Advisory Committee
MCSAP
Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program
NAS
New Applicant Screening (Program)
NCHRP
National Cooperative Highway Research Program
NHS
National Highway System
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
NPRM
notice of proposed rulemaking
iv NTSB Highway Accident Report
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
SafeStat
Safety Status Measurement System
SEA
safety evaluation area
SFD
safety fitness determination
TL-1 (to TL-6)
Test Level One (to Test Level Six)
v NTSB Highway Accident Report
vi Executive Summary
On Friday, March 26, 2010, about 5:14 a.m. central daylight time, near Munfordville,
Kentucky, a 1999 Freightliner truck-tractor in combination with a 1998 Strick Corporation
53-foot-long van semitrailer, owned by the motor carrier Hester, Inc., and being driven by a
45-year-old male, was traveling south on Interstate 65 (I-65) near milepost 61.5. The truck
departed the left lane of southbound I-65 at a shallow angle and entered the 60-foot-wide
depressed earthen median between the southbound and northbound roadways. The truck traveled
across the median and struck and overrode the high-tension, four-cable, alternating-post median
barrier adjacent to the left shoulder of northbound I-65. It then crossed the left shoulder and
entered the travel lanes of northbound I-65.
At that time, a 2000 Dodge 15-passenger van, driven by a 41-year-old male and occupied
by 11 passengers, was traveling northbound in the left lane. As the truck crossed in front of the
van, its tractor was struck by the van. The van rotated clockwise and became engaged with the
truck’s trailer; the two vehicles continued across both travel lanes and the right shoulder of
northbound I-65. As the truck and van traveled across the right shoulder, the van separated from
the truck, struck the cut rock wall beyond the shoulder, and rebounded back into the travel lanes,
coming to rest in the left lane of northbound I-65, facing south. The truck’s tractor struck the cut
rock wall, and the vehicle rolled onto its right side. As the truck came to rest across both
northbound lanes, a fire ensued that destroyed the tractor and the sides and roof of the
semitrailer.
As a result of the accident and subsequent truck fire, the truck driver, the van driver, and
nine van passengers died. Two child passengers in the van, who were using child restraints,
sustained minor injuries.
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) determines that the probable cause of
this accident was the truck driver’s failure to maintain control of the truck-tractor combination
vehicle because he was distracted by use of his cellular telephone. Contributing to the severity of
the accident were a median barrier that was not designed to safely contain or redirect the heavy
vehicle and the lack of adequate guidance to the states in the form of high-performance median
barrier warrants.
The following safety issues are discussed in this report:
• The need to prohibit the use of cellular telephones by drivers of commercial motor
vehicles;
• The need to provide objective warrants, rather than general guidelines, for the
application of median barriers;
• The need to revise state seat belt laws to include occupants of 15-passenger vans; NTSB Highway Accident Report
• The need to detect unsafe motor carriers attempting to obtain operating authority by
submitting inaccurate or deceptive information to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration (FMCSA); and
• The need to evaluate the performance of the FMCSA new entrant program.
As a result of the investigation, the NTSB makes recommendations to the Federal
Highway Administration, the FMCSA, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the
50 states and the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Kentucky, the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), and the Governors
Highway Safety Association.
The NTSB also reiterates two previous recommendations to the FMCSA and reclassifies
one recommendation each to the FMCSA, the 50 states and the District of Columbia, and
AASHTO.
vii NTSB Highway Accident Report
1 The accident occurred on Friday, March 26, 2010, near Munfordville, Kentucky. About
5:14 a.m. central daylight time,1 a 1999 Freightliner truck-tractor in combination with a 1998
Strick Corporation 53-foot-long van semitrailer, owned by the motor carrier Hester, Inc., and
being driven by a 45-year-old male, was traveling south on Interstate 65 (I-65) near
milepost 61.5. The truck departed the left lane of southbound I-65 at a shallow angle and entered
the 60-foot-wide depressed earthen median between the southbound and northbound roadways.
The truck traveled across the median and struck and overrode the high-tension, four-cable,
alternating-post median barrier adjacent to the left shoulder of northbound I-65. It then crossed
the left shoulder and entered the travel lanes of northbound I-65.
At that time, a 2000 Dodge 15-passenger van, driven by a 41-year-old male and occupied
by 11 passengers, was traveling northbound in the left lane. As the truck crossed in front of the
van, its tractor was struck by the van. The van rotated clockwise and became engaged with the
truck’s trailer; the two vehicles continued across both travel lanes and the right shoulder of
northbound I-65. As the truck and van traveled across the right shoulder, the van separated from
the truck, struck the cut rock wall beyond the shoulder, and rebounded back into the travel lanes,
coming to rest in the left lane of northbound I-65, facing south. The truck’s tractor struck the cut
rock wall, and the vehicle rolled onto its right side. As the truck came to rest across both
northbound lanes, a fire ensued that destroyed the tractor and the sides and roof of the
semitrailer.
1.1.2 Preaccident Information
Three days earlier, the accident truck-tractor combination unit had been traveling from
Sunfield, Michigan, to Cullman, Alabama, a distance of approximately 682 miles, carrying a
load of truck brake drum parts. The truck departed an iron works facility in Sunfield at
12:56 p.m. on Tuesday, March 23, 2010, and traveled 21 miles to Charlotte, Michigan, where it
broke down and was towed to a repair facility near Dimondale, Michigan.2 The truck driver
checked into a motel in Dimondale, where he stayed for 2 nights while a drive shaft, brake lines,
and antilock brake system valves on the truck were replaced. On Thursday morning, March 25,
the driver checked out of the motel and, according to the manager of the repair shop, stayed in or
near the shop’s waiting room until repair work was completed, departing about 3:45 p.m. 1 Unless otherwise noted, times are given in central daylight time.
2 Dimondale is a southwest suburb of Lansing, Michigan. NTSB Highway Accident Report
2
Based on the geographic locations of the cellular towers used by the truck driver’s
telephone,3 the driver traveled south on Interstate 69 (I-69), stopping about 7:00 p.m. for
approximately 1 hour 22 minutes4 between Fort Wayne and Muncie, Indiana. He then drove
until approximately 11:15 p.m.,5 to a location where he remained until about 4:00 a.m., Friday,
March 26. Both of these stopping locations can be associated with nearby truck stop rest areas.6
Before sunrise on March 26, 2010,7 the truck was traveling southbound on I-65 through
rural western Kentucky. (Figure 1, below, shows the accident location.) It had rained earlier in
the night, and the pavement was wet; however, local weather records show no precipitation in
the hours immediately preceding the accident, and witness and police records indicate no
standing water in the area of the accident.8 Weather data obtained from the Bowling Green
Warren County Airport (about 30 miles from the accident site) indicated that, for
March 26, 2010, at 6:15 a.m., the temperature was 35° F, and the wind was 5–13 mph. 3 The frequency of the truck driver’s cellular telephone use made it possible to determine periods of time when
the driver remained in the same location.
4 Between 6:56 p.m. and 8:18 p.m., the driver’s cellular telephone used the same Huntington County cellular
tower location.
5 Between 11:15 p.m. and 12:45 a.m., the driver’s telephone received 10 incoming text and data messages
relayed through the same cellular tower. There was no outgoing activity until a voice call on the same tower at
4:28 a.m.
6 For a more detailed account of trip activity based on cellular carrier records, see section 1.5.3, “Work/Rest
History,” of this report.
7 Sunrise at Munfordville (Hart County), Kentucky, on the morning of the accident took place at 5:38 a.m. local
time.
8 Because of the grade of road, the road design near the accident would not have held standing water. NTSB Highway Accident Report
3 Figure 1. Accident location map.
1.1.3 Accident Sequence
Approximately 5:14 a.m., on March 26, the truck was traveling southbound at highway
speed on I-65, which had a posted speed of 70 mph.9 After cresting a hill, the truck was traveling
on a 2.6-percent downward grade10 along a straight roadway near milepost 61.5 when it departed
the roadway to the left, went over a rumble strip and off the paved surface, and entered a
60-foot-wide earthen median that separated the north and south travel lanes. Tire tracks in the
median indicated that the truck departed the highway at about a 5° angle. At a point 9 The estimated truck speed was based on a calculated range that placed it near the speed limit.
10 It was 3,900 feet, or approximately .75 mile, from the crest of the vertical curve to the accident site. NTSB Highway Accident Report
4
approximately 96 feet after the truck left the roadway, evidence of braking began,11 and it
continued for 173 feet as the vehicle traveled across the depressed median. After crossing the
median, the truck struck a four-strand, high-tension cable barrier located 8 feet from the edge
line markings of the northbound travel lanes. One of the six high-tension cable barrier posts that
the truck struck punctured the vehicle’s right saddle fuel tank, resulting in a 2-foot-long tear,
which leaked fuel as the truck exited the median. The truck overrode the barrier and entered the
northbound lanes at approximately a 15° angle. (Figures 2 and 3 show the truck’s median
crossover path.) Figure 2. Looking southbound along the truck’s cross-median path. 11 Brake marks in the median were associated with the rear axle of the trailer. Considering the length of the
combination vehicle, the front of the tractor would have traveled approximately 170 feet from the rumble strips on
the left side of the travel lane to where evidence of braking began. NTSB Highway Accident Report
5 Figure 3. Truck’s oncoming crossover path, viewed from the edge of the northbound passing
lane.
At that time, a 2000 Dodge 15-passenger van, containing a driver and 11 passengers,
which was traveling northbound in the left (passing) lane, struck the truck between the right fuel
tank and the right drive axle tires. Upon impact with the truck, the van rotated more than
90° clockwise, and its driver side struck the right drive axle tires and right front side of the
semitrailer. The 7,700-pound van rotated underneath the 76,660-pound truck-tractor combination
unit moving across the travel lanes.
The truck hit a cut rock wall12 located 26 feet to the right of the travel lanes, causing
significant crush to the front driver (left) side of the tractor. The semitrailer overturned onto its
right side, blocking the northbound travel lanes and spilling its cargo of brake drum parts out of
its roof and side along several hundred feet of a roadside drainage ditch. A postaccident fire
engulfed the tractor and semitrailer. (See figure 4.) 12 The wall was not a constructed feature; it was rock face left standing by the roadside when the solid stone of
the location’s terrain was cut through during the building of the highway. NTSB Highway Accident Report Figure 4. Postaccident scene.
As the truck traveled off the edge of the paved shoulder of the northbound traffic lanes
and into the 8-foot-wide drainage ditch, the van spun clockwise away from the larger vehicle and
struck the cut rock wall south of the truck. The rear left corner of the van hit the cut rock wall
87 feet southeast from the point of its initial impact with the truck. When the van struck the cut
rock wall, it was redirected back into the travel lanes, where it came to rest facing
south/southwest in the northbound travel lanes 107 feet south from the location of its impact with
the rock wall. (For a representation of the overall accident scene and final rest dispositions of
both vehicles, see figure 5.)
6 NTSB Highway Accident Report Figure 5. Accident scene diagram.
7 NTSB Highway Accident Report
8
1.2 Injuries
As a result of the accident, the truck driver, the van driver, and 9 of the 11 van passengers
died. According to the autopsy report, the truck driver died due to “multiple injuries and smoke
inhalation.” According to the Kentucky state medical examiner and the Hart County coroner, the
fatalities in the van were the result of traumatic blunt force injuries to the head, torso, and
extremities. (See the table below for injury information.)
Table. Injuries.
Injury Severitya
Truck Driver
Van Driver
Van Passengers
Total
Fatal
1
1
9
11
Serious
0
0
0
0
Minor
0
0
2
2
None
0
0
0
0
Total
1
1
11
13
aTitle 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines fatal injury as “any injury which results in death within 30 days of the
accident” and serious injury as “any injury which: (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days
from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3)
causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree
burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.” The van had three-person bench seating for the second, third, and fourth rows of seats;
the fifth row contained four seating positions. The front passenger of the van was ejected. Two
more van occupants, who had been seated on the rightmost seats of the third and fourth rows of
bench seats, were ejected through the right front door opening. When the van reached its final
rest, the adult passenger from the back (fifth) row and the left and center seat adult passengers
from the fourth row were located behind the right front bucket seat. None of these passengers
were wearing seat belts.
Three children were in the van. A 4-month-old male infant seated behind the driver in a
rear-facing child restraint sustained fatal injuries. Two other male children, ages 3 and 5, seated
in forward-facing child restraints attached to the third row bench seat in the left and center seat
positions, survived with only minor injuries, including seat belt abrasions to their left
shoulders.13 The 5-year-old had a contusion to his forehead and the outer aspects of his left ear.
Scans for head and spine injuries were negative for both of the surviving children.
1.3 Survival Factors
A substantial portion of the truck cab was destroyed by impact with the cut rock wall and
damage caused by the postaccident fire. The only major remaining components were the frame,
drive train, and axles. Due to the fire damage, investigators were unable to determine whether the
driver’s seat belt was in use at the time of the accident. 13 For purposes of this report, the van driver and front passenger seats are considered row 1, followed by bench
seat rows 2 through 5. The surviving children were seated in row 3, midway back in the van. NTSB Highway Accident Report
9
The van sustained significant damage from the impact with the truck and the subsequent
impact with the cut rock wall. The collision with the truck was a full frontal impact with
underride characteristics. The van body and engine compartment components were initially
engaged as they collided with the right side of the truck and were displaced rearward a greater
distance than the mainframe structure. The underride impact damage extended vertically from
just above the front bumper to the roof. The van’s original wheelbase length of 127.3 inches was
reduced to 118.5 inches on the driver side and extended to 144.0 inches on the passenger side.
The van’s front left bumper was crushed inward approximately 24.0 inches and its hood
was torn off. The driver’s door was crushed inward and rearward, and the right front door was
crushed rearward and nearly separated. Both the left and right A-pillars14 of the van were
crushed rearward and downward during the underride. The right front A-pillar was torn away
from the dash and separated from the floor joint by a distance of 68.0 inches. Damage down the
left side extended 75.0 inches rearward from the front. Damage to the roof of the van angled
back 75.0 inches to the left C-pillar.15
The van also struck the cut rock wall, causing damage to the van’s left rear side and rear
cargo door.16 The impact damage from striking the wall started at about the height of the wheel
well and extended upward, contacting the roof. Damage to the roof extended 36.0 inches along
the side and 8.5 inches across the back. The rear cargo door opened during impact and sustained
direct damage along its width of 48.5 inches. All the van’s windows, including the windshield,
were broken during the accident.
The unrestrained van occupants experienced extreme deceleration forces when the van hit
the truck, followed by rotational acceleration as the van spun clockwise (rotating more than 90°)
before striking the cut rock wall. All 15 seat positions in the van were equipped with either lap
belts or lap/shoulder belts. The outboard seat positions for all rows were equipped with
lap/shoulder belts.17 The center positions of each row were equipped with lap-only belts.
Examination of the seat positions in the van indicated that eight of the nine adult occupants were
unbelted at the time of the accident. Inspection of the belts at both the driver and front passenger
seat positions revealed no stretching or abrading of the webbing, and the buckles remained
attached to the webbing and not attached to the latch, indicating that these belts were not in use
at the time of the accident. The driver and front passenger seating had supplemental restraint
systems (air bags) that deployed upon the initial impact. 14 The pillars referenced in this paragraph are the support structures for the vehicle roof; the A-pillars are
nearest the front of the vehicle and, moving rearward, the C-pillars are third from the front.
15 The roof was removed during extrication of the victims.
16 This lateral damage extended 52.0 inches.
17 First responders cut the seat belts of those in the outboard seat positions when they removed the roof of the
van. NTSB Highway Accident Report
Three passengers were seated in each of rows 2, 3, and 4 of the van, and one passenger
was seated in row 5. Three of the passengers were children; they were seated in child safety
restraints located in the left position of row 2, and the left and center positions of row 3. One
adult, a female seated in the center position of row 2, was wearing a lap belt. An inspection of
the center seat lap belt revealed extensive stretching, with marks on the webbing where the latch
was positioned. (See figure 6 for more information on the van occupants.) Seat
Sex
Age
Injury
Eject.
Restraint
use
1
M
41
Fatal
N
N
2
M
64
Fatal
Y
N
3
M
4
mos.
Fatal
N
Y
4
F
33
Fatal
N
Y
5
F
40
Fatal
N
N
6
M
3
Minor
N
Y
7
M
5
Minor
N
Y
8
F
33
Fatal
Y
N
9
F
20
Fatal
N
N
10
F
62
Fatal
N
N
11
F
22
Fatal
Y
N
12
[seats unoccupied]
13
14
15
M
22
Fatal
N
N
Figure 6. 15-passenger van occupant information. (Note: Human figure images indicate
occupation of a seat; shaded images indicate occupation by a child using a child restraint.)
10 NTSB Highway Accident Report
11
The infant who died in the accident was in the left outboard position behind the van
driver in a 5-point rear-facing Graco infant seat; this seating location was within the intrusion
area. The two children who survived (receiving minor injuries) were in forward-facing child
restraints in the left and center seat positions of the third row. The 3-year-old boy seated in the
left outboard position was in a 5-point Aprica child restraint,18 which exhibited stress marking to
its plastic frame. The 5-year-old boy seated in the center position of row 3 was in a 3-point
EvenFlo child restraint,19 which had an 8-inch crack to its plastic back support. Postaccident
examination found both forward-facing child restraints and the rear-facing infant seat securely
fastened by seat belts to the bench seat.
1.4 Emergency Response
A northbound commercial truck driver who had been following the 15-passenger van
placed the first 911 call at 5:16:29 a.m. This truck driver witnessed the accident and dialed 911
as he stopped his truck short of the postaccident fire. The Kentucky State Police (KSP) dispatch
center recorded 911 notification of the accident at 5:17 a.m.20 The KSP dispatcher called the
Hart County dispatcher at 5:19 a.m.21 The Hart County dispatcher called the Hart County
Ambulance Service at 5:20 a.m. and the Munfordville Volunteer Fire Department at 5:21 a.m.
The Hart County Ambulance Service, which is staffed 24 hours a day and located 5 miles from
the accident site, was the first responder agency to arrive on scene, 9 minutes after dispatch, at
5:29 a.m. A Hart County paramedic assumed incident command on scene22 and reported to
dispatch that the truck-tractor semitrailer was totally engulfed in flames.
The KSP dispatched its first unit at 5:24 a.m., but the unit encountered northbound traffic
backed up on I-65, requiring it to take an alternate route; that unit did not arrive until 6:03 a.m. A
second KSP unit arrived at 6:04 a.m. Traffic stopped on the interstate due to the accident reached
the I-65 Green River Bridge to the south of the accident scene. The restricted apron width of that
bridge blocked emergency response travel from the south. The KSP responders turned around
and took an alternate route, accessing I-65 north of the accident location and traveling south to
the scene using the northbound lanes.
At 5:56 a.m., a second ambulance, with Hart County Office of Emergency Management
personnel and a Hart County deputy sheriff, arrived on scene. Munfordville Volunteer Fire
Department responders also arrived at 5:56 a.m., followed by Horse Cave Volunteer Fire 18 The Aprica unit had a manufacture date of “01-03-2002.” It carried markings in Japanese with no model or
serial number.
19 The EvenFlo Trooper unit, model OH2154, had been manufactured in 1997 and had no recalls.
20 According to the KSP dispatch supervisor, 911 calls prompt the dispatcher to gather standard information by
asking a series of 12 or more questions. The call is not time-stamped until all the information is typed into the
computer-aided dispatch system and the dispatcher presses the “send” key. A call time-stamped 5:17 a.m. would
have been placed earlier than that time. A single dispatcher staffs the center during the evening hours (10:00 p.m. to
6:00 a.m.). The dispatcher received more than one notification call concerning this accident.
21 Investigators synchronized the recorded times from the call centers and all cellular records with
U.S. Coordinated Universal Time, as maintained by the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the
U.S. Naval Observatory.
22 The chief of the Munfordville Volunteer Fire Department subsequently assumed the function of incident
commander, when he arrived on scene. NTSB Highway Accident Report
Department responders at 5:59 a.m. The Munfordville Volunteer Fire Department, responding to
the scene from the north along southbound I-65, was denied ready access to the accident by the
median cable barrier. Like the KSP, these responders had to take an alternate route to the scene,
accessing I-65 north of the accident and traveling south, using the northbound lanes.
Based on initial scene evaluation, the incident commander requested that dispatch put an
air medical service helicopter on standby. That service was later cancelled but then re-requested.
Ultimately, an emergency medical services helicopter arrived on scene but did not transport any
patients.
At 5:34 a.m., the incident commander requested that the Hart County coroner be sent to
the scene. The coroner pronounced the truck driver, the van driver, and nine van passengers dead
at the scene. The truck driver was taken to the Urban County Government Center for autopsy.
The Hart County Ambulance Service transported the two surviving children to Caverna
Memorial Hospital in Horse Cave, Kentucky, where they were treated and released to the
custody of a family member.
According to the mass fatality emergency operations plan of the Hart County Coroner’s
Office, the Kentucky State Medical Examiner’s Office should be called to support the local
coroner, as it was in this event. The following are the emergency response agencies,
organizations, and services that responded to the scene:
• Hart County Ambulance Service
• Hart County Volunteer Fire Department
• Hart County Office of Emergency Management
• Hart County Coroner’s Office
• Munfordville Volunteer Fire Department
• Munfordville Police Department
• Horse Cave Police Department
• Kentucky Division of Emergency Management
• Kentucky State Medical Examiner’s Office
• Kentucky State Police
• Kentucky Department of Natural Resources
• Kentucky Department of Transportation
• American Red Cross
The responding agencies held a debriefing and critique of the emergency response on
March 30, 2010. At that meeting, they discussed the command structure and its implications for a
larger-scale event, the need for first responders to preserve scene evidence, the management of
traffic with detour routes and signs, and the need for first responders to coordinate with dispatch
if they encounter problems when trying to reach the scene.
12 NTSB Highway Accident Report
13
1.5 Truck Driver
1.5.1 Licensing and Driving History
The truck driver possessed an Alabama class “A” commercial driver’s license (CDL)23
issued in March 2007 and expiring in March 2011. He was required to use corrective lenses. He
held a current medical certificate, issued on January 18, 2010, and expiring in January 2012.
Alabama Department of Public Safety records indicated that the driver had one traffic
citation in the past year. That citation resulted in a November 2009 conviction for failing to stop
at a stop sign; the incident occurred while the driver was operating a privately owned vehicle.
His driving record indicated that he had a traffic accident in a commercial motor vehicle (CMV)
on August 1, 2008.24 The driver’s public safety history showed a number of traffic offenses and
license suspensions that took place when the driver was in his 20s and 30s, including having his
license revoked from 1986–1988.25 He was convicted of speeding 15 mph or more above the
speed limit in a CMV in 1999.
According to the motor carrier, Hester, Inc., the driver had been employed by Hester less
than 3 months (since January 18, 2010). His job application stated that a company in
Birmingham, Alabama, had employed him for 4 months in 2009. On his job application with
Hester, he indicated that his reason for leaving the Birmingham company was an accident.26 The
driver listed four other places of employment as a truck driver in the previous 10 years; for
2006–2008, he listed his position as “driving instructor.”
The employment application the accident driver provided to Hester stated that he had
21 years of experience driving CMVs. According to the Hester company president, the carrier
did not have a formal training program; however, he indicated that company drivers in the office
on Fridays were to watch short training videos provided by the company’s insurance carrier.
The company communicated with its drivers through the drivers’ personal cellular
telephones. According to the driver’s wife, her husband’s telephone was a Samsung brand with a
sliding face cover that revealed the keyboard. She said that the driver had a headset that allowed
him to use the Bluetooth hands-free capability of the telephone, and the driver typically used his
telephone in that manner while driving. His telephone did not have voice dial capability. 23 A class “A” CDL permits the operation of a vehicle with a gross combination vehicle weight rating of
26,001 pounds or more, provided the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of the vehicle(s) being towed is in excess
of 10,000 pounds. Holders of a class “A” CDL may operate all vehicles within groups “B” and “C,” provided they
have the appropriate endorsements. The driver also held a class “V” Alabama driver’s license endorsement, which
indicated he was authorized to operate motorized watercraft.
24 This accident occurred in Marshall County, Alabama. Information the driver provided on a job application
indicated that the event involved no injuries.
25 His driving history since 2000 showed that the driver was convicted of operating an unsafe CMV without
proper documents on January 11, 2000; operating an overweight CMV on August 8, 2000; operating an unsafe
CMV on May 3, 2001; and having an improper tag for a private vehicle on January 12, 2003. The record showed no
offenses between 2003 and 2009. (The dates listed are the offense dates, not the conviction dates.)
26 This accident did not appear on the driver’s official driving record. According to the job application account,
a car hit the rear of the driver’s trailer in Oglethorpe, Georgia, on September 24, 2009. The accident involved no
injuries. NTSB Highway Accident Report
14
1.5.2 Medical History, Autopsy, and Toxicology
The 45-year-old truck driver was 5 feet 10 inches tall and weighed 221 pounds.27 The
driver’s most recent medical examination report for commercial driver fitness determination,
dated January 18, 2010, reported “no” to all conditions under “Health History,” including “any
illness or injury in the last 5 years;” “muscular disease;” “lung disease, emphysema, asthma,
chronic bronchitis;” “digestive problems;” “spinal injury or disease;” and “chronic low back
pain.” Under “list all medications,” he noted “none.” The driver’s medical records were
unremarkable, with the exception of a recent history of low back pain. In the months preceding
the accident, the driver had four medical visits and a magnetic resonance imaging study for
symptoms of back pain radiating into his lower right leg.28 Medical records indicate that he had
prescriptions for a non-narcotic pain reliever (tramadol) and medications for nausea and
diarrhea.29
Postaccident, the KSP conducted toxicology testing of the driver covering 10 types of
prohibited substances; the report was negative.30 At the National Transportation Safety Board’s
(NTSB) request, the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute conducted a more extensive forensic
toxicology analysis, which detected no drugs or alcohol. The driver’s wife told investigators that
the driver smoked cigarettes and had recently been diagnosed with emphysema.31 He had two
bulging discs that caused lower leg pain, for which he took Advil and tramadol. According to his
wife, the driver had tramadol with him in the truck, but due to the postaccident fire, this could
not be confirmed. The driver was an independent wrestler and had competed on each of the three
weekends preceding the accident, even though the activity aggravated his leg pain. According to
his wife, he did not drink alcohol, take illicit drugs, or use herbal supplements. She said he did
not have trouble sleeping, he did not snore, and he typically arose about 5:00 a.m.
1.5.3 Work/Rest History
The accident truck driver left his home in Nauvoo, Alabama, on Monday morning,
March 22, 2010, and drove in his personal vehicle to the Hester facility in Fayette, Alabama, to
pick up his truck for a delivery north.32 On March 23, he picked up a load of brake drum parts in
Sunfield, Michigan,33 for transport to Cullman, Alabama, a one-way trip distance of
approximately 682 miles.34 The truck driver drove 21 miles to Charlotte, Michigan, where the 27 The driver’s height and weight indicate a body mass index (BMI) of 31.7. A BMI above 30 is considered
obese. The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Medical Expert Panel and the Motor Carrier
Safety Advisory Committee (MCSAC) were originally scheduled to meet on August 29, 2011, to discuss BMI
markers for medical evaluation of sleep disorders. This meeting has been rescheduled to October 2011.
28 The visits took place on August 15, 2009; September 12, 2009; December 10, 2009; and January 11, 2010.
29 Pharmacy records showed that these prescriptions were filled on January 15, 2010.
30
Test
results
were
negative
for
amphetamines,
barbiturates,
benzodiazepines,
cannabinoids,
cocaine/metabolites, methadone/metabolites, opiates, oxycodone/metabolites, phencyclidine, and alcohol.
31 Physician’s records dated December 10, 2009, noted tobacco abuse with radiographic findings consistent
with emphysematous lung disease.
32 The distance from the driver’s home to the Hester facility is about 40 miles.
33 Sunfield is approximately 30 miles west of Lansing, Michigan.
34 The total trip distance from Fayette, Alabama, to Sunfield, Michigan, to Cullman, Alabama, is 1,459 miles. NTSB Highway Accident Report
15
driveshaft on the tractor failed, and he had the vehicle towed to Dimondale, Michigan. The driver
checked into a motel at 4:31 p.m. on March 23 and checked out at 8:48 a.m. on March 24. He
checked back into that same motel at 12:44 p.m. on March 24 and checked out again at 8:50 a.m.
on March 25. The driver had the opportunity to obtain a full night’s sleep during those 2 nights.
The foreman at the repair facility reported that the driver stayed in or near the garage
waiting area for most of the 2 days while the vehicle was being repaired. While he was waiting at
the garage for the completion of the repairs, the driver’s work status was on duty, not driving.
For March 25, the available recorded information concerning the driver’s activities
indicates that he made a cellular telephone call at 7:29 a.m., and he checked out of his motel at
8:50 a.m. While the driver waited at the repair facility that day, cellular records show three time
periods during which his cellular telephone was inactive; the durations of those periods were 37,
31, and 45 minutes. Recorded information also shows that he purchased fuel at 3:36 p.m.
Receipts from the repair facility and an interview with the service manager indicated that
the truck driver departed the garage at 3:45 p.m. on March 25. He drove on I-69 until 6:56 p.m.
to a location between Fort Wayne and Muncie, Indiana; cellular telephone records then indicate
that the driver’s telephone remained in the vicinity of the same cellular tower for about
1 hour 22 minutes. The driver’s activity for the period is unknown, although the location is near
a truck stop/restaurant. Approximately 8:15 p.m., the driver resumed travel south, driving until
11:15 p.m., when he apparently stopped. Telephone carrier records show that the driver’s
telephone received 10 incoming text and data messages between 11:15 p.m. and 12:45 a.m., all
handled by the same cellular tower. A truck stop was in the area covered by that cellular tower.
The next activity on the driver’s telephone took place at 4:28 a.m. on March 26, on a
cellular tower approximately 45 miles south of the overnight stop (as identified by the cellular
tower that handled the text messages earlier in the night). Factoring in the drive time from the
location of the 11:15 p.m. tower and the time necessary for post- and pretrip vehicle inspections,
the driver had a maximum of 4 hours 15 minutes (about 11:15 p.m.–3:30 a.m.) available in
which to sleep in the night before the accident.35 (See figure 7 for more information on the
driver’s work/rest history.) 35 This estimate of the available sleep time allows approximately 30 minutes for the driver to awaken and
complete his pretrip inspection. An interview with the driver’s wife indicated that he did not typically eat when he
first arose in the morning. It is possible that if the driver only got coffee, lit a cigarette, and completed a limited
inspection, he could have slept as long as 4 hours 30 minutes. NTSB Highway Accident Report
16 Figure 7. Truck driver’s 72-hour work/rest history. [Note: Investigators were unable to confirm
the driver’s off-duty activity.]
Based on records from the driver’s cellular telephone carrier and estimates of driving
activity, the driver used his telephone to make 161 telephone connections (8 data, 101 text, and
52 voice) in the 24 hours preceding the accident. Of these connections, investigators determined
that about one-third of the text activity36 and about two-thirds of the voice activity occurred
during times when the driver’s vehicle was moving.37 In total, 69 connections occurred while the
truck driver was in “driving” status.
On the morning of the accident, March 26, as the driver continued to drive, he made a
cellular telephone call at 4:28 a.m., he received a call at 4:51 a.m., and he made calls at
5:03 a.m., 5:07 a.m., and 5:14 a.m.38 His telephone also received calls at 5:15 a.m., 5:16 a.m.,
5:17 a.m., 5:19 a.m., 5:26 a.m., and 5:31 a.m.; all these calls were from a friend the driver had
called at 5:14 a.m.
The driver’s friend told investigators that the driver called him at 5:14 a.m. on March 26.
The friend recalled that he had a short conversation with the driver about what he was doing and
weekend plans. He reported that the 5:14 a.m. call ended abruptly when the telephone “went
dead.” According to the truck driver’s cellular provider, the network connected the two
telephones and recorded the location of the cellular towers involved; the call duration was
00:00 minute. Also according to the cellular provider for the driver’s telephone, a call duration of
00:00 minute means that the 5:14 a.m. call lasted less than 1 second.39 According to the cellular 36 Michigan, Kentucky, and Indiana currently ban texting while driving by all drivers; none of the bans were in
effect at the time of the accident.
37 For investigators to consider the cellular activity to have taken place while the driver was driving, the cellular
connection had to occur between 3:45 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. on March 25; 8:30 p.m. and 11:00 p.m. on March 25; and
3:30 a.m. and 5:14 a.m. on March 26. Some, but not all, calls placed from a vehicle in motion show up in cellular
telephone records as passing along a sequence of cellular towers.
38 Investigators could not determine whether the driver was using handheld or hands-free capability when he
placed these calls.
39 Investigators obtained a written explanation of the cellular provider’s network timing system. NTSB Highway Accident Report
17
provider of the friend’s telephone, the call duration was 3 seconds.40 After the 5:14 a.m. call was
disconnected, the friend made six calls to the driver’s telephone in the next 16 minutes, none of
which was answered.
1.6 Vehicles
1.6.1 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer
General. The truck consisted of a 1999 Freightliner truck-tractor in combination with a
1998 Strick Corporation 53-foot-long van semitrailer. The vehicle was equipped with a
DDEC III engine control module (ECM).41
The 1999 Freightliner truck-tractor was equipped with a Rockwell/Meritor RMX10-155C
10-speed manual transmission and a Detroit Diesel Series 60 430-hp diesel engine. The engine
had a governed engine speed of 1,800 rpm. Given the rear drive axle ratio of 3.58:1 and the
19-inch rolling radius of the drive tires on the truck, the maximum speed of the vehicle (in
10th gear at 1,800 rpm) was 77.9 mph.
The examination of the truck-tractor’s transmission was inconclusive for evidence of gear
position at the time of the accident. The attachment plate for the gearshift lever had broken away
from the transmission during the collision sequence, and there was evidence of misalignment of
the numerous gear sets within the transmission.
According to the owner of Hester, the carrier’s entire fleet of trucks was speed-limited,
by means of ECM programming, to 65 mph if the driver used the cruise control feature and to
70 mph if the driver used the accelerator pedal. The owner and head mechanic of the service
garage that worked on Hester’s fleet confirmed that this was the standard ECM programming for
Hester vehicles. The governed speed reflects the highest speed possible on level grades; faster
speeds could be achieved on downhill grades, due to the effect of gravity.
Truck Vehicle Systems. The impacts and the postaccident fire destroyed much of the
truck. The only major remaining components were the frame, drive train, and axles.
Damage to the vehicle from the collision and the postaccident fire prevented investigators
from obtaining an accurate weight directly. Based on copies of the shipping documents, the
weight of the truck prior to loading was 32,120 pounds. Following the loading of the cargo of
brake drums, the gross weight of the vehicle was 76,660 pounds. A combination unit configured
and loaded similarly to the accident truck would typically have a front axle weight between
10,500 and 11,500 pounds. Distributing the remaining vehicle weight evenly across the
remaining axles would result in about 16,275–16,525 pounds on each of axles 2 through 5. 40 The friend’s cellular provider indicated that the slightly longer call duration from the friend’s telephone was
due to system disconnect processing.
41 An ECM captures some vehicle information, but it is not intended to capture the full set of information
available from an event data recorder. NTSB Highway Accident Report
18
Due to the extent of the fire damage to the tires, only the left inside and outside tires
remained on axle 3; both tires sustained some fire damage and were deflated. All eight tires on
axles 4 and 5 survived the fire and remained inflated. Investigators visually examined the tires,
and all of those surviving appeared to have adequate tread depth.
At the NTSB’s request and under NTSB supervision, an engineer from
TRW Automotive, the manufacturer of the truck’s steering gear and a party to the investigation,
examined the steering components on March 31, 2010.42 According to the TRW report, a
postaccident internal inspection of the steering gear revealed that the center tooth on the pinion,
or output, shaft had an overload torsional shear fracture. The input shaft on the worm screw
assembly had corresponding damage to the right-hand side of the helix. Both damaged areas
indicated that the wheels were pointing straight ahead on the tractor when the steering gear
sustained impact damage. No preaccident defects were noted.
In the postaccident inspection of the semitrailer brakes, investigators used an auxiliary air
compressor (100 pounds per square inch pressure) to release the emergency/parking brakes and
apply the service brakes. All four semitrailer brakes were equipped with type 30/30 long-stroke
clamp-type brake chambers. The inspection showed that both brakes on axle 4 had pushrod
strokes of 1.5 inches, and both brakes on axle 5 had pushrod strokes of 2 inches. The adjustment
limit for type 30/30 long-stroke brake chambers is 2.5 inches, so the pushrod stroke
measurements for these brakes were within the adjustment limits.43 Postaccident inspection of
the brakes indicated that all 10 brakes on the 5 axles of the truck had brake lining thicknesses
that exceeded the required .25-inch minimum thickness standard.44
Recent Repairs. On January 16, 2010, major repairs were performed on the truck,
including swapping the engine from another Hester unit into the accident vehicle, replacing both
steer axle tires, recapping all eight drive tires, and repairing four of the six brakes. Following the
repairs, the truck underwent an annual vehicle inspection later the same day to obtain an
inspection sticker, as required for highway travel; no defects were noted on the inspection
form.45
During the repair work conducted on March 23–24, 2010, the truck’s driveline between
both differentials was replaced, as well as the rear antilock braking system valve. 42 A TRW Automotive Steering Gear Analysis Report was placed in the docket for this investigation.
43 See 49 CFR 396.17(c), appendix G, and the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance North American Standard
Vehicle Inspection Guide.
44 See 49 CFR 393.47(d)(1)(2).
45 Title 49 CFR 396.17 requires commercial vehicles to receive annual inspections using criteria set forth in
appendix G of subchapter B of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs). Under
49 CFR 396.23(b)(1), a motor carrier may meet the regulatory inspection requirements if the vehicle is subject to a
mandatory state inspection program. Alabama’s state inspection program qualifies under this provision. NTSB Highway Accident Report
19
1.6.2 15-Passenger Van
General. The second vehicle involved in this accident was a 2000 Dodge 15-passenger
van. Immediately before the accident, the van was northbound on I-65 traveling up a 2–3 percent
grade while loaded with 12 people. (Damage to the van was discussed earlier in the report; see
section 1.3, “Survival Factors.”) A commercial truck driver said he was driving a heavily loaded
truck-tractor semitrailer traveling 55–60 mph in the right lane northbound on I-65 when the van
passed him in the left lane about 20–30 seconds before the accident.
Seat Belt Law. Kentucky’s law on occupant protection restraints is Kentucky Revised
Statute (KRS) 189.125—Requirements of use of seat belts, child restraint systems, and child
booster seats. Effective July 12, 2006, it became a primary enforcement law, meaning that law
enforcement officers have the authority to stop a vehicle solely for an occupant restraint
violation.46 The law applies only to vehicles designed to carry 10 or fewer passengers.47
The NTSB has issued more than 150 recommendations on seat belts for highway vehicles
since 1968, when it issued its first, calling for the study of the need for seat belts on buses. The
Board’s seat belt recommendations have covered a variety of seat belt issues, including
requirements for the installation of seat belts, mandatory seat belt laws, requirements for seat
belts, improvements in seat belt technology, child restraints, seat belt education campaigns, and
seat belt use enforcement. The most recent recommendation regarding seat belts and
15-passenger vans was issued in 2003 as a result of the NTSB’s investigation of two
15-passenger van accidents.48 Safety Recommendation H-03-15 to the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) read as follows:
Include 12- and 15-passenger vans in your upcoming rulemaking that will require
lap/shoulder belts at all center seats. (H-03-15)
The status of this recommendation is “Closed—Acceptable Action.” 46 During 2005–2007, Kentucky participated in a demonstration program to increase seat belt use. During that
period, Kentucky transitioned from having secondary to primary seat belt laws. Seat belt use in Kentucky increased
from 67 percent under secondary enforcement to 76 percent as a primary enforcement state. See R.D. Blomberg,
F.D. Thomas, and A.M. Cleven, Innovative Seat Belt Demonstration Programs in Kentucky, Mississippi, North
Dakota, and Wyoming, Report NHTSA DOT HS 811 080 (Washington, DC: National Highway Transportation
Safety Administration, March 2009).
47 Specifically, the law defines a motor vehicle as “a vehicle designed to carry ten (10) or fewer passengers and
used for the transportation of persons (excluding motorcycles, motor-driven cycles, and farm trucks weighing less
than one ton).”
48 15-Passenger Van Single-Vehicle Rollover Accidents, Henrietta, Texas, May 8, 2001, and Randleman, North
Carolina, July 1, 2001, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-03/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation
Safety Board, 2003). NTSB Highway Accident Report
20
1.7 Highway
1.7.1 General
I-65 is functionally classified as a principal rural arterial controlled-access highway,
serving as a major north-south transportation route from Mobile, Alabama, on the Gulf Coast
through Tennessee, Kentucky, and Indiana. The area between Bowling Green and Louisville,
Kentucky, along I-65 has generally rolling terrain, and the highway goes through excavated cut
slopes with many changes in the vertical and horizontal alignment. The accident occurred along
this section of I-65 in the northbound travel lanes at mile marker 61.5. The site is identified
locally as south of Munfordville and north of Horse Cave, Kentucky.
In the area of the accident, I-65 is a four-lane highway separated by a 60-foot-wide
depressed earthen median that has a 1:4 traversable slope.49 The median is lowest at its center,
where it is approximately 4 feet below the paved travel lanes.50 The dual 12-foot-wide travel
lanes in each direction are separated by dashed, white pavement stripes. The 11-foot-wide,
right-side shoulders are delineated from the travel lanes by solid, white pavement stripes. The
left-side shoulders, 4 feet wide on the northbound side and 3.5 feet wide on the southbound side,
are delineated from the travel lanes by yellow pavement stripes. Rumble strips are located on the
shoulders on both sides of the travel lanes. There was no roadside lighting in the vicinity of the
accident site.
In the immediate vicinity of the accident, the interstate cuts through rock on both sides of
the road. To the right of the northbound right-side lane shoulder, there is a downward-sloping
drainage ditch adjacent to the cut rock wall, which is approximately 26 feet from the travel lane.
Eight feet to the left of the northbound left-side lane is a longitudinal high-tension median cable
barrier.51 (See figure 8.) The alignment of the southbound travel lanes is straight for
approximately 700 feet approaching the accident location on a slight downhill grade. The crest of
the downhill grade is 3,940 feet north of the point of the accident truck’s departure from the
road; for 640 feet before this point, the southbound roadway has a 2.6-percent downgrade, prior
to that, the downgrade is approximately 1.9 percent. 49 A 1:4 slope means that for every 4 feet of horizontal distance, the elevation drops 1 foot. In the sloping areas
adjacent to both the north and south shoulders, the median has a 1:4 profile. The central 30 feet of the median
leveled to a 1:12 slope.
50 From the median center, a 15-foot width distance to either side is on a 1:12 slope, resulting in a vertical drop
of 1.25 feet. The elevation then transitions to a 1:4 slope for a distance of 9 feet, resulting in a vertical drop of
2.25 feet. The elevation then transitions over a distance of 6 feet from a 4.17-percent cross slope to the level apron
of the highway. This configuration yields a total vertical drop from the highway to the center of the median of
approximately 4 feet.
51 The barrier system will be discussed in detail in section 1.7.6, “Median Cable Barrier System on I-65.” NTSB Highway Accident Report
21 Figure 8. Topography of the I-65 roadway and median.
1.7.2 Traffic Metrics
The average daily traffic (ADT) count for I-65 in 2008 was 36,800 vehicles per day. The
Kentucky Transportation Cabinet (KYTC) indicated that large truck traffic accounted for about
35 percent of the total traffic along I-65 in the vicinity of the accident.52
1.7.3 Highway Speed
The design speed and the speed limit designation for I-65 is 70 mph. A speed survey
conducted by the KYTC in July 2007 indicated that the 85th percentile speed for cars was
76.0 mph; the 50th percentile speed was 71.9 mph. The 85th percentile speed for trucks was
70.0 mph, and the 50th percentile speed was 66.7 mph.
1.7.4 Accident History
Kentucky’s overall fatal accident rate for 2008, considering both urban and rural travel
routes, was 1.74 fatalities per 100 million vehicle miles traveled; this compares to a national
average of 1.25 fatalities per 100 million vehicle miles traveled. 52 “Large truck” is defined as a truck with a GVWR of greater than 10,000 pounds. NTSB Highway Accident Report
22
From 2003–2010,53 along I-65 between mileposts 0.0 and 123.9, a total of 50 median
crossover crashes occurred, resulting in 37 fatalities and 108 injuries. Accident records for the
10.5-mile segment of I-65 that includes the accident location54 for a similar time frame showed
19 cross-median crashes, including 4 fatal cross-median crashes.55 In the same 10.5-mile section,
the crash rates averaged 0.49 cross-median crashes per mile per year and 0.37 fatal cross-median
crashes per mile per year. The median cable barrier was installed in May 2009. This accident was
the first cross-median crash to occur in the 10-month period since the installation of the cable
barrier on this highway segment.
About 2 years before this accident, on March 19, 2008, at about mile marker 61 on I-65
(a location 0.06 mile from this accident site), a pickup truck crossed the median and had a
head-on collision with a van and a secondary impact with a truck-tractor semitrailer, which
resulted in five fatalities.
1.7.5 Physical Evidence
The physical evidence at the accident scene indicated that the southbound truck departed
the left shoulder at approximately a 5° angle,56 traveled 269 feet across the median, and entered
the northbound traffic lanes at approximately a 15° angle. As shown in figure 9 below,
investigators found evidence of braking 96 feet from the point of departure from the roadway57
but no evidence of steering input.58 The roadway prior to the point of departure was inspected for
evidence of tire failure or mechanical disablement; none was found. No witnesses mentioned any
maneuvering by the truck that would have resulted in a loss of lateral stability, and investigators
found no evidence of evasive maneuver on the part of the driver.
Road markings indicated the location where the truck left the median and entered the
northbound travel lanes. (Damage to the median barrier system is discussed in the next section.)
Deep gouging appeared on the roadway at the accident location. Investigators found evidence of
paint transfer between the vehicles and from the vehicles to the cut rock wall. 53 The period measured was from March 4, 2003, to March 26, 2010.
54 The segment measured was between mileposts 52.4 and 62.9.
55 Accident counts reflect both north- and southbound travel.
56 In the NTSB’s 1995 safety study Factors That Affect Fatigue in Heavy Truck Accidents (NTSB/SS-95/01
and -02), the average angle of departure from the roadway was 5° for 44 out of the 62 accidents considered in the
study.
57 Braking is indicated by the deeper and more distinct tire tracks through the soft earth and by the pieces of
mud and turf thrown up from the tracks.
58 The sides of the tire tracks in the earthen median were sharp and vertical, with clear raised areas between the
tracks from the dual tires; this indicates that no steering was taking place when the tracks were made. NTSB Highway Accident Report
23 Figure 9. View looking north of truck tracks across the median, showing furrows from brake
application.
1.7.6 Median Cable Barrier System on I-65
A longitudinal high-tension cable barrier system was installed 8 feet to the left of the
northbound travel lanes in the median of I-65; there was no barrier system adjacent to the
southbound lanes. The cross-slope break59 began 6 feet from the roadway edge; the cable barrier
was 2 feet into the 1:4 slope. The proprietary cable barrier system, from Gibraltar Cable Barrier
Systems, L.P. (Gibraltar), was a four-cable design mounted on 42-inch posts spaced 10 feet
apart. The posts, which had metal sleeves installed in concrete foundations,60 were placed on
alternating sides of the four high-tension cables, which were attached using cable link
attachments and locking plates.61 (See figures 10 and 11 for diagrams showing the general
design of the four-cable barrier system and a cross-section view of a standard post.) 59 “Cross-slope break” is the location of a change in the relative steepness of the terrain, usually found at the
edge of the paved roadway or where the roadway meets the shoulder.
60 The posts were specified to be socketed versions, with caps fabricated from material meeting ASTM A30 or
higher quality steel and galvanized to ASTM A123 after fabrication.
61 The 3/4-inch cables were constructed of 3x7 wire rope (3 wires of 7 strands each) with a specified breaking
strength minimum of 39,000 pounds and meeting American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials (AASHTO) M30 type 1 class A coating standards. NTSB Highway Accident Report Figure 10. Type of four-cable barrier system used near the accident site. Figure 11. Cross-section of a standard post for a four-cable barrier system.
24 NTSB Highway Accident Report
Design drawings indicated that posts placed on alternating sides of the cable were to be
used in bidirectional traffic flows. If installed for traffic in one direction, the cables were to be
placed on the traffic side of the posts. The I-65 installation used alternating sides of the posts,
which could accommodate bidirectional traffic. Cables were mounted at heights of 20, 25, 30,
and 39 inches. The cables were fastened to concrete end anchor posts approximately 1.4 miles
north and 0.4 mile south of the accident site, for a total length between anchor posts of 1.8 miles
(9,504 feet). The concrete end anchor posts measured 2 feet by 6 feet. The barriers had a design
deflection distance of 6.8 feet during crash testing, which used 350-foot anchor spacing and
10-foot post spacing.
As the truck exited the median, it struck and overrode the four-strand, high-tension cable
barrier, as shown in figure 12, below. The initial impact by the truck was at a post located on the
median side of the cables, and six posts in the impact area were bent over. The barrier system
had a downward vertical loading from the truck’s overriding it; the truck did not become
entangled in the steel cable ropes. Figure 12. Overridden and damaged cable barrier.
25 NTSB Highway Accident Report
26
Gibraltar provided investigators with information and photographs of other barrier
accidents involving large trucks. In general, the information showed that when the cable engages
or captures a large CMV, the cable is heavily loaded, and it stretches or snaps; many more posts
are damaged by cable deflection.
High-tension cable systems are designed to deflect when struck by a vehicle.62 The
degree of deflection depends on the type of system, the spacing of the anchorages, and the
spacing of the posts. Deflection provided by cable systems allows an errant vehicle to come to a
stop over the distance of the deflection, which is a key difference between a flexible and a rigid
barrier. This characteristic of cable barrier systems has the advantage of causing less harm to
vehicle occupants. Because cable systems are designed to capture or safely redirect the vehicle
rather than deflecting it back into traffic, they can also prevent successive accidents. Because
cable barrier systems deflect in the direction of impact, their placement with respect to other
traffic lanes must accommodate their deflection distance.
1.8 Roadside Safety
1.8.1 Cross-Median Crash Risk
Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS)63 data show that for the recent 5-year period
from 2005–2009, there were 6,011 vehicles involved in fatal cross-median crashes on divided
interstate highways.64 A total of 1,030 truck-tractor semitrailers were involved in fatal
cross-median accidents on interstates during this period; they accounted for 17.1 percent of all
such involved vehicles, as compared to 0.4 percent (23) large buses, 2.7 percent (162) single-unit
trucks, and 79.8 percent (4,796) passenger vehicles.
Although truck-tractor semitrailers are less likely to be the crossing vehicle in a
cross-median crash, their level of involvement in fatal cross-median crashes is higher than their
percentage of registered vehicles or vehicle miles traveled would indicate. According to 2008
FARS data, among all vehicles involved in fatal cross-median crashes on interstates,
truck-tractor semitrailers accounted for 19.2 percent; by comparison, they accounted for
0.9 percent of registered vehicles and 9.9 percent of vehicle miles traveled on interstates.
Cross-median crashes are far deadlier than non-cross-median crashes. The NTSB
examined 135,198 police-reported crashes that occurred on divided highways in California in the accident is more likely to include a fatality. Cross-median crashes involving passenger 62 System design capability can accommodate vehicles of up to 22,000 pounds traveling at speeds as high as
56 mph.
63 FARS is a census of fatal accidents on U.S. public roads in which at least one person died within 30 days
following the crash. NHTSA, an agency of the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), maintains the FARS.
FARS data are obtained from police reports, driver records, vehicle records, and death certificates.
64 From the NTSB public docket for Munfordville, Kentucky, accident file 75586, Supplemental Report:
U.S. Fatal Cross-Median Interstate Accidents (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board,
March 30, 2011). The cross-median crashes were identified based on sequence-of-event coding for each vehicle. NTSB Highway Accident Report
27
vehicles average 3.2 fatalities per 100 accidents, compared to 4.7 fatalities per 100 such
accidents when a tractor semitrailer is involved.
The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) estimates that, as of 2008, about
2.2 million truck-tractor combination units were registered, and the average miles traveled per
combination unit for that year were about 64,800 miles.65 (See figure 13 for the sites of fatal
cross-median truck crashes on interstates in 2006–2009. Location identification information
[latitude/longitude data] is not available for 2005 accidents.) Figure 13. Fatal cross-median truck crashes on interstates from 2006–2009. 65 See http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/policyinformation/statistics/2008/vm1.cfm, accessed April 6, 2011.
Combination units traveled an estimated 70.465 billion vehicle miles on U.S. interstates, both rural and urban, in NTSB Highway Accident Report
28
Research on cross-median crash rates collected by Texas and published in 2006,66 as well
as other work,67 confirms that cross-median crashes are one of the more severe crash events. For
example, North Carolina reported that interstate cross-median crashes represented 3 percent of
all interstate crashes but 32 percent of interstate fatalities during the study period. Texas found
that most median-related crashes (85 percent) occur on freeways and interstate highways.68
1.8.2 Median Barrier Systems
The AASHTO Roadside Design Guide states that the “primary purpose of roadside
barriers is to prevent a vehicle from leaving the traveled way and striking a fixed object or terrain
feature that is less forgiving than the barrier itself.”69 In general, roadside design follows the
“clear zone” philosophy, which is an important concept with regard to barriers.70 Barriers are an
obstruction; they represent a hazard to motorists, and it is preferable to have an unencumbered
roadside recovery area whenever possible.
Median barriers are longitudinal roadside obstructions designed to redirect vehicles that
may strike either side of the barrier. Their purpose is to prevent vehicles departing the travel
lanes from crossing the median and entering traffic traveling in the opposite direction. Because
cross-median accidents are generally high-speed, opposing-direction events, they are particularly
hazardous and are more likely than most types of accidents to involve incapacitating or fatal
injury. Installation of median barriers should be considered when the hazard of entering or
traversing the median outweighs the hazard of striking the barrier.
1.8.3 Barrier Types
The Roadside Design Guide categorizes roadside barriers as “rigid,” “semi-rigid,” or
“flexible,” depending on the barrier’s deflection characteristics when struck. For example,
vertical concrete Jersey barriers are a rigid design, blocked-out W-beam rails71 are semi-rigid,
and cable barriers are flexible systems. Flexible barriers are generally more forgiving than
semi-rigid or rigid systems, because most of the impact energy is dissipated by the deflection of 66 R. Bligh and others, Median Barrier Guidelines for Texas, FHWA/TX-06/0-4254-1 (College Station, Texas:
Texas Transportation Institute, January 2006). In addition to containing information concerning Texas, the report
summarized cross-median crash risk and state guidelines for California, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Arizona, and
Missouri.
67 W. Hughes and others, Improved Guidelines for Median Safety, Interim Report NCHRP Project 17-14,
October 1997.
68 Median Barrier Guidelines for Texas, p. 22.
69 Roadside Design Guide, 3rd ed. (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials, 2006), p. 5-1.
70 The Roadside Design Guide defines a “clear zone” as the total roadside border area, starting at the edge of the
traveled way, available for safe use by errant vehicles. This area may consist of a shoulder, a recoverable slope, a
nonrecoverable slope, and/or a clear run-out area. The desired minimum width is dependent upon traffic volumes,
traffic speeds, and roadside geometry. Simply stated, a clear zone is an unobstructed, relatively flat area beyond the
edge of the traveled way that allows a driver to stop safely or regain control of a vehicle that leaves the traveled way.
71 The standard strong post W-beam guardrail consists of a W-beam rail element and strong posts (of wood or
steel) spaced at 6 feet 3 inches, with the rail blocked out from the posts. NTSB Highway Accident Report
29
the barrier, which decreases the severity of impact forces imposed on the vehicle and its
occupants.
Low-tension cable barrier systems, which are constructed of cable mounted to posts with
just enough tension to remove the sag between mounting points, have been in use for decades
and are generally not proprietary designs. High-tension cable barrier systems are a later
development and have become popular median barrier choices for states in recent years.72
High-tension cable barrier systems consist of three or four strands of prestretched braided wire
rope mounted under tensions that range from 2,000–9,000 pounds. Gibraltar began
manufacturing high-tension cable barrier in June 2005. The firm has provided approximately
1,500 miles of barrier to highway agencies in the United States and Canada.
1.8.4 Engineering Design Guides
Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware. The AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety
Hardware (MASH) was developed under National Cooperative Highway Research Program
(NCHRP) Project 22-14(2), Improvement of Procedures for the Safety-Performance Evaluation
of Roadside Features.73 The MASH represents the latest evolution in barrier testing and, since
January 1, 2011, it is used to evaluate the structural adequacy of barrier systems. It contains
revised criteria for evaluation of highway safety features based on changes in vehicle fleets. The
MASH uses the same test level designations as its predecessor, NCHRP Report 350,
Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features, which
was issued in 1993. However, with the adoption of the MASH, some aspects of the test criteria
were updated and changed.74 As with NCHRP Report 350, the MASH utilizes full-scale crash
testing but does not provide site-specific guidance regarding barrier implementation. The
performance of safety barriers, distinguished by standard vehicle type, impact angles, and travel
speeds, is categorized according to test level, as follows: 72 In the 5-year period beginning in 2003, Texas installed 800 miles of median cable barrier at a cost of
$200 million. It has been reported that 5,094 miles of cable barrier were installed by the five companies that
manufacture such systems in the 20-month period from May 2006–January 2008; this mileage represents more than
10 percent of the 46,600 miles of U.S. interstate.
73 The MASH was reviewed and approved by the AASHTO Standing Committee on Highways by June 1, 2009.
As of January 1, 2011, the FHWA ceased accepting any new designs under the test criteria of NCHRP Report 350.
74 In particular, test vehicles were updated to increase their masses to better reflect current fleet characteristics;
for instance, the small car mass was increased from 1,800 to 2,420 pounds, and the pickup truck mass was increased
from 4,400 to 5,000 pounds. Both tests are conducted at 25° impact angles. In addition, Test Level Four criteria for
single-unit trucks were significantly changed; the test vehicle weight was increased from 18,000 to 22,000 pounds,
and the impact speed was increased from 50 to 56 mph. The intent of these changes was to create a more rigorous
test that would distinguish Test Level Four from Test Level Three criteria. Test Level Five criteria for tractor-trailer
trucks and Test Level Six criteria for tankers did not change from those established in NCHRP Report 350. The
design force values for Test Level Three and Test Level Four barriers under NCHRP Report 350 was 54 kips in the
transverse or lateral direction. (A kip represents 1,000 pounds-force.) Under the MASH, the Test Level Four
transverse design value is 76 kips. NTSB Highway Accident Report
30
Test Level One (TL-1) is generally acceptable for work zones with low posted speeds
and very low volume, low-speed local streets;
Test Level Two (TL-2) is generally acceptable for work zones and most local and
collector roads with favorable site conditions, as well as where a small number of heavy
vehicles is expected and posted speeds are reduced;
Test Level Three (TL-3) is generally acceptable for a wide range of high-speed arterial
highways with very low mixtures of heavy vehicles and favorable site conditions;
Test Level Four (TL-4) is generally acceptable for the majority of applications on
high-speed highways, freeways, expressways, and interstate highways with a mixture of
trucks and heavy vehicles;
Test Level Five (TL-5) is generally acceptable for the same applications as TL-4 and
where large trucks make up a significant portion of the ADT or when unfavorable site
conditions justify a higher level of railing resistance; and,
Test Level Six (TL-6) is generally acceptable for applications where cargo tank trucks or
similar high-center-of-gravity vehicles are anticipated, particularly with unfavorable site
conditions.
The FHWA requires that when median barriers are used on the National Highway System
(NHS), they must, at a minimum, comply with TL-3 standards for crash testing. Engineering
judgment, Roadside Design Guide guidance, and states’ department of transportation policies
serve as the bases for determining when and where a median barrier should be installed.
However, although such subjective guidance is available, no national standard defines when a
median barrier must be installed on the NHS.
Roadside Design Guide. The AASHTO Roadside Design Guide is a synthesis of current
information and operating practices related to roadside safety. It focuses on safety treatments that
can minimize the likelihood of serious injuries and provides guidance to highway agencies about
the use of roadside barriers.75
Section 6.2 of the Roadside Design Guide provides the national guidance for median
barriers established by AASHTO. A combination of factors, such as traffic volume and median
width, is typically used to indicate the need for median barriers. The basic premise in such
guidance is that 80 percent of errant motorists are able to recover within 30 feet of the traveled
way.
The Roadside Design Guide recommends installing barriers at locations where the
median is 30 feet wide or less. For locations with median widths between 30 and 50 feet, or
where the ADT is less than 20,000, the guidelines provide for flexibility when a study indicates 75 Roadside Design Guide, table 5.2, pp. 5–10. NTSB Highway Accident Report
31
that a barrier is not cost-effective.76 To apply this flexibility, states are encouraged to conduct a
study, such as a cost/benefit analysis, for medians on their system to determine whether a barrier
is appropriate in these locations. For locations with median widths greater than 50 feet, the
Roadside Design Guide indicates that a barrier is not typically necessary except in special
circumstances, such as at a location with a significant history of cross-median crashes. (See
figure 14 for the guidelines from the Roadside Design Guide for determining when to install a
median barrier.) Figure 14. Roadside Design Guide guidelines for determining whether to install median barriers
on high-speed, fully controlled-access roadways. Notes to the guidelines encourage states to
conduct a study on whether a barrier is appropriate for locations with medians 30–50 feet wide,
as well as for locations with medians less than 30 feet wide with ADT less than 20,000.
(Adapted from the Roadside Design Guide, figure 6.1.) 76 See D. Sickling, K. Lechtenberg, and S. Peterson, Guidelines for Guardrail Implementation,
NCHRP Report 638 (Lincoln, Nebraska: Midwest Roadside Safety Facility, 2009). Although this report is not
specific to median barriers, it provides a detailed cost/benefit methodology for the more general category of
guardrails. NTSB Highway Accident Report
32
The Roadside Design Guide does not define “significant crash history” or what
percentage of heavy vehicles constitutes a “heavy traffic” mix. The guide also does not provide a
formal definition of what constitutes a cross-median crash.
State Policies. In the 1990s, several states noticed an increase in the number of
cross-median crashes and developed new guidelines for their highways that expanded the use of
median barriers. Some states have adopted policies for installing median barriers in medians up
to 50 feet wide and some have gone as high as 75 feet wide. In 2004, the FHWA conducted a
nationwide survey of cross-median crashes, and based on responses received from 25 states, it
found that significant percentages of fatal cross-median crashes were occurring in locations
where median widths exceeded 30 feet.77 Although the survey found that some cross-median
crashes occurred in medians with widths that exceeded 200 feet, approximately two-thirds of
crashes occurred in medians with widths of 50 feet or less.
The increased use of median barriers has some disadvantages. The initial cost of
installing a barrier can be significant. In addition, the barrier installation will generally increase
the number of accidents because it reduces the recovery area available to drivers. Another
concern associated with median barrier installation is that it limits the ability of maintenance and
emergency service vehicles to cross the median as needed. In snowy climates, a median barrier
may also affect the ability to store snow in the median during snow removal efforts. Other
environmental impacts may also develop, depending on the grading required to install the
barrier. For these reasons, a one-size-fits-all policy for median barrier use has not been
considered appropriate. However, median barriers can significantly reduce the occurrence and
severity of cross-median crashes and the overall severity of median-related crashes. Given their
potential to reduce high-severity crashes, states are increasingly considering use of median
barriers on high-speed, fully controlled-access roadways that have traversable medians.78
1.8.5 Median Barrier Research
AASHTO’s NCHRP contains numerous references relevant to median barriers in
general79 and median cable barriers in particular. NCHRP Project 20-7(210) developed
preliminary guidelines for the selection and use of cable barrier systems, based on a
state-of-the-practice review of cable barrier installations.80 That work included a comprehensive
survey to identify practices and construction standards for the use of cable barrier systems.81 77 Roadside Design Guide, p. 6-1.
78 Roadside slopes of 1:4 and less steep are considered traversable. Slopes between 1:3–1:4 are considered
traversable but nonrecoverable.
79 See, for example, pending NCHRP Project 22-22, Placement of Traffic Barriers on Roadside and Median
Slopes.
80 D. Alberson, N. Sheikh, and L. Chatham, Guidelines for the Selection of Cable Barrier Systems–Generic
Design vs. High-Tension Design, NCHRP Project 20-7(210) Final Report (College Station, Texas: Texas A&M
Research Foundation [for the NCHRP], July 2007).
81 Twenty-nine states responded to the survey. NTSB Highway Accident Report
33
Individual states have also initiated their own evaluations of cable barrier systems.82 A
recent report from the Texas Transportation Institute, The Development of Guidelines for Median
Cable Barrier Systems in Texas, includes a comprehensive discussion of the development of
high-tension cable barrier designs for medians and a state-of-the-practice literature review.83 One
early element of that project was a state scanning tour report.84
Recent Transportation Research Board work has focused on efforts to develop guidelines
for the selection and placement of median cable barriers. NCHRP Project 17-14, Improved
Guidelines for Median Safety, conducted by the University of North Carolina, produced a draft
final report in July 2004, but the report was not finalized due to data limitations and the expense
of improving the data. The more recent effort (started in 2006), NCHRP Project 22-21, A Median
Cross-Section Design for Rural Divided Highways, was designed to avoid some of the expense
and data problems encountered in ongoing NCHRP Project 17-14 by focusing on “typical” rather
than exact cross-section designs. That project, as well as a related effort, NCHRP Project 22-22,
Placement of Traffic Barriers on Roadside and Median Slopes, has the stated goal of developing
improved guidelines for designing median cross-sections for inclusion in the Roadside Design
Guide. An additional effort, NCHRP Project 17-43, Long-Term Roadside Crash Data Collection
Program, has been planned.
NCHRP Project 22-25, Development of Guidance for the Selection, Use, and
Maintenance of Cable Barrier Systems, began in April 2008 and is due for completion in 2011.
The objectives of the project listed more than a dozen areas for which guidance is needed. These
include the following: cross-section slope shape and width, lateral placement, three- versus
four-cable considerations, high-versus low-tension systems, cable rope type, maintenance
factors, post design considerations, cable anchor designs and placement, and soil and climate
influences. As this project illustrates, state departments of transportation must consider many
design decisions and lifecycle costs when selecting median barrier systems.
Because of the absence of detail in the Roadside Design Guide, many states have
developed their own guidelines for median barriers.85 As part of the Munfordville accident
investigation, investigators examined Kentucky’s draft Guidelines for Median Barrier
Application on Depressed Medians of Fully Controlled-Access Highways. The Kentucky draft
guidelines state the following with respect to the AASHTO 2006 Roadside Design Guide: 82 See, for example, D. Noyce, Reducing Median Crossover Crashes in Wisconsin (Madison, Wisconsin:
Wisconsin Traffic Operations and Safety Laboratory, 2006).
83 The work was completed as part of NCHRP Project 20-7(210) and was published in the following report:
S. Cooner and others, The Development of Guidelines for Cable Median Barrier Systems in Texas, Report
FHWA/TX-10/0-5609-2 (College Station, Texas: Texas Transportation Institute and the Federal Highway
Administration, February 2009).
84 High Tension Cable Scanning Tour Report (Urbana-Champaign, Illinois: Traffic Operations Laboratory,
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, December 2005). AASHTO, FHWA, and NCHRP projects use a
project-scanning approach to survey or audit operational components and identify best practices.
85 For example, California completed a detailed study in 1997 that suggested medians as wide as 75 feet with
traffic volumes in excess of 60,000 ADT would be candidates for a median barrier study. California uses a crash
study warrant to identify sections of freeways that may require installation of a median barrier. This warrant requires
a minimum of 0.50 cross-median crashes per mile per year or 0.12 fatal cross-median crashes per mile per year. The
rate calculation requires a minimum of three crashes occurring within a 5-year period. Kentucky uses these same
criteria. NTSB Highway Accident Report
34
Suggests guidelines for median barriers on high-speed, controlled-access
roadways that have traversable, depressed medians. However, in the 1990’s
several States noted an increase in the number of cross-median crashes and
developed guidelines for their highways that expanded the use of median barriers.
Their studies are not complete. Without further guidance from AASHTO, it has
become necessary to modify and expand previous guidance for installing median
barriers.86
The Kentucky document also says that its purpose is to “provide direction to designers…on the
use of crossover protection on depressed medians where installation of median barriers has not
been previously warranted by AASHTO guidance.”
Specifically, the Kentucky guidance calls for median barriers on fully controlled-access
highways with traversable, depressed medians up to 30 feet wide and those with medians
30-72 feet wide when the ADT count exceeds 40,000 or if any of the following criteria apply:
• Three (or more) cross-median crashes per 5-year period;
• Cross-median crash rate exceeding 0.50 cross-median crashes per mile per year; or
• Fatal cross-median crash rate exceeding 0.12 cross-median crashes per mile per year.
1.8.6 Crash Testing and FHWA Acceptance
Accident dynamics are complex, and the most effective way of determining barrier
performance is through full-scale, standardized crash tests that allow for comparison of different
designs. As has been stated, there is no Federal requirement for the use or placement of barriers,
but if a barrier is used on the NHS, it must meet the crash performance criteria stipulated by the
FHWA. The FHWA reviews test results and issues acceptance letters for roadside safety
hardware. The FHWA maintains a website that contains all the official acceptance letters for
federally approved roadside safety devices.87 States generally select hardware from the list of
approved devices.
Gibraltar, the manufacturer of the barrier system used along I-65 in the vicinity of the
accident, developed a high-tension cable system that was initially tested and accepted as meeting
NCHRP Report 350 TL-3 criteria. In September 2005, the FHWA accepted a Gibraltar cable
barrier system tested to NCHRP Report 350 TL-4 criteria that was based on a modified TL-3
cable barrier design.88 The TL-4 design, as initially accepted, used three cables mounted at
heights of 20, 30, and 39 inches on posts spaced 14 feet apart. The barrier successfully passed
NCHRP Report 350 test 4-12, exhibiting a dynamic deflection of 7 feet in a configuration that
used cable installation lengths of 350 feet. In October 2006, the FHWA accepted a modified 86 From the KYTC draft document Guidelines for Median Barrier Application on Depressed Medians of Fully
Controlled-Access Highways.
87
See
http://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/roadway_dept/policy_guide/road_hardware/listing.cfm?code=long,
accessed February 24, 2011.
88 FHWA acceptance letter B-137B was for a three-cable TL-4 barrier and a closely related TL-3 design. Both
designs use three cables, but they differ in mounting height and post length. The post length for TL-3 designs is
6.25 feet; the post length for TL-4 designs is 7.00 feet. NTSB Highway Accident Report
35
design that added a fourth cable between the lower two cables, at a height of 25 inches. FHWA
acceptance letters include the cable barrier test article deflection distances and a caution
concerning the dynamic deflection for installations longer than test article distances (350 feet for
NCHRP 350 tests and 600 feet for MASH tests).
In March 2006, Gibraltar provided the FHWA with information on additional TL-4 test
results. For one test, posts were set 10 feet apart, and dynamic deflection was 6.8 feet. For the
second test, posts were set 30 feet apart, resulting in 9.3 feet of deflection. In April 2006, the
FHWA concurred that both tests met the evaluation criteria of NCHRP Report 350 test 3-11 and
that either post spacing configuration could be used on the NHS. In October 2006, Gibraltar
requested FHWA acceptance of post spacing between 10 and 30 feet. Both designs used three
cables, and the FHWA accepted 12-foot post spacing on center with deflections of 7 feet, 20-foot
post spacing with deflections of 8 feet, and 30-foot post spacing with deflections of 9 feet. A
2008 letter from the FHWA to Gibraltar noted that some transportation agencies had limited post
spacing to approximately 20 feet. The Gibraltar posts installed on I-65 were spaced 10 feet apart.
The Gibraltar median cable barrier that Kentucky installed in the area of the accident in
May 2009 was a TL-4 design; however, to perform at that level, its placement may not be on a
grade steeper than 1:6 vertical slope.89 The I-65 installation was on a 1:4 vertical slope, which
the FHWA accepted as meeting the lesser criteria of a TL-3 barrier system.90
1.9 FMCSA Motor Carrier Oversight
1.9.1 Compliance, Safety, Accountability Program
In 1997, the FMCSA created the Safety Status Measurement System (SafeStat), which
was a performance-based program that rated carriers in the following four safety evaluation areas
(SEA)—accident, driver, vehicle, and safety management. Data for these four areas were
collected from roadside inspections, compliance reviews, and the Motor Carrier Management
Information System (MCMIS). Once data were collected and analyzed, a numerical score was
assigned, and carriers were ranked based on their overall safety score. Scores ranged from 0 to
100, with higher numbers representing poorer safety scores. Based on those scores, carriers were
ranked in terms of safety in categories “A” through “H,” with an “A” ranking being poorest and
an “H” being best. The FMCSA then prioritized motor carriers for compliance review based on
their safety rankings, with those carriers with “A” and “B” safety rankings being first to receive
compliance reviews. SafeStat data were not always accurate, and the FMCSA attempted to
correct problems with the system over the years. In 1999, the NTSB issued a special
investigative report that included a recommendation to the DOT to change the safety fitness
methodology.91 In 2003, following an investigation of the Loraine, Texas, motorcoach accident, 89 At this grade, for every 6 feet of horizontal distance, the vertical distance changes 1 foot.
90 Under NCHRP Report 350, the defining performance standard for the Gibraltar design used by Kentucky at
this location, a TL-4 barrier could safely redirect a 17,600-pound single-unit truck traveling at a 15° angle into the
barrier at 50 mph. A TL-3 barrier could safely redirect a 4,500-pound pickup truck traveling at a 25° angle into the
barrier at 62 mph.
91 Selective Motorcoach Issues, February 11, 1999, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/01
(Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1999). NTSB Highway Accident Report
36
the NTSB recommended that the FMCSA revise the SafeStat system.92 Following a
Congressional mandate, the FMCSA began an overhaul of its entire carrier oversight program
and spent more than a decade developing a new comprehensive safety analysis program.
In December 2010, the FMCSA launched a new enforcement system, the Compliance,
Safety, Accountability (CSA) program, for commercial trucks and buses. The FMCSA is
continuing its implementation of the CSA program.93 The CSA program uses a Safety
Measurement System methodology to rank a carrier’s safety performance relative to its peers.94
This methodology is intended to provide several improvements over SafeStat. The new system is
organized by specific behaviors rather than by SafeStat’s four general SEAs; as such, the system
is intended to identify individual safety problems that can be targeted for correction. The Safety
Measurement System uses a risk-based weighting that applies to all safety-based inspection
violations; by comparison, SafeStat used only out-of-service violations and some selected
moving violations.
The Safety Measurement System is organized by six Behavior Analysis and Safety
Improvement Categories (BASICs) as well as crash involvement (Crash Indicator). The BASICs
are Unsafe Driving, Fatigued Driving, Driver Fitness, Controlled Substances and Alcohol,
Vehicle Maintenance, and Improper Loading/Cargo Securement.
According to the FMCSA, these categories are based on information from a number of
sources, including the Large Truck Crash Causation Study, the CSA 2010 Driver History Study,
the existing FMCSA regulatory structure, analysis conducted under the FMCSA’s Compliance
Review Workgroup, and SafeStat experience. The CSA team developed the BASICs under the
premise that CMV crashes can be traced to the behavior of motor carriers and/or drivers.
Consequently, two measurement systems are being developed for the CSA program—the Carrier
Safety Measurement System and the Driver Safety Measurement System.95
The FMCSA now uses roadside inspection data taken from MCMIS, violation data
weighted by crash risk,96 state accident data, and compliance investigation results to develop
safety performance measures. This information is available to FMCSA investigators, inspectors,
and state and local law enforcement; to a limited extent, the public also has access to the
information. 92 Collision of a Greyhound Lines, Inc., Motorcoach and Delcar Trucking Truck Tractor-Semitrailer, Loraine,
Texas, June 9, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-03/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation
Safety Board, 2003).
93 On June 23, 2010, the FMCSA Administrator testified before the U.S. House of Representatives Committee
on Transportation and Infrastructure Subcommittee on Highways and Transit concerning the CSA program and its
planned implementation schedule. She testified that the agency would publish a notice of proposed rulemaking
(NPRM) to revise the current safety fitness process within fiscal year 2011.
94 The new program was initially named the Comprehensive Safety Analysis program. Its development took
several years, and, anticipating implementation in 2010, the FMCSA called the program “CSA 2010.” It
subsequently became clear that the program would not be implemented in 2010; consequently, the FMCSA now
refers to the endeavor as the CSA program.
95 Per the Comprehensive Safety Analysis 2010—Safety Measurement System (SMS) Methodology, Version 1.2,
April 2009, prepared by the John A. Volpe Transportation System Center for the FMCSA, April 17, 2009, pp. 2–1
and –2.
96 There is an emphasis on out-of-service violations. NTSB Highway Accident Report
37
As a means of intervening in unsafe operations before they lead to accidents, the FMCSA
has adopted a practice of issuing warning letters directly to carriers with known safety problems.
The CSA program also includes an array of compliance review approaches intended to target risk
better. The FMCSA has stated that, in 2011, it will propose rulemaking on safety fitness
determinations (SFD) that will keep a carrier’s safety rating separate from its on-site compliance
review, which the FMCSA believes should have the effect of increasing the number of carriers
receiving reviews.
1.9.2 Compliance Review Program
A compliance review is an on-site examination by the FMCSA (or a surrogate) of a
motor carrier’s operation, which includes examination of the carrier’s hours-of-service practices,
vehicle maintenance and inspection, driver qualifications, CDL requirements, financial
responsibility,
accidents,
hazardous
materials
compliance,
and
other
safety
and
transportation-related records. The purposes of the compliance review are to determine a motor
carrier’s compliance with the FMCSRs and to evaluate its safety culture. The FMCSA selects
motor carriers for review based on the following six factors or events:
• Complaint investigation
• Enforcement followup
• Carrier request
• Fatal accident
• Major hazardous materials incident
• High SafeStat score (historically) or (currently) a high Safety Measurement System
ranking
To develop a safety rating in a compliance review, an FMCSA representative97 goes to a
carrier’s terminal to examine the appropriate records and interview company officials. The
representative reviews the carrier’s compliance with the safety fitness standard based on its
compliance with a selected number of FMCSRs from appendix B of 49 CFR 385.717. The
regulations are considered either “critical” or “acute” based on their relative safety implication.
A critical regulation is one that relates to management and operational controls. An acute
regulation is one for which the consequences of noncompliance are so severe that immediate
corrective action is required.
The compliance review is organized in the following factors: 97 This person is a specially trained FMCSA employee or a state officer funded through the Motor Carrier
Safety Assistance Program (MCSAP). MCSAP is a grant program that provides funding for state personnel and
equipment for the purpose of enforcing the FMCSRs. NTSB Highway Accident Report
38
• Factor 1: General – Parts 387 and 399
• Factor 2: Driver – Parts 382, 383, and 391
• Factor 3: Operational – Parts 392 and 395
• Factor 4: Vehicle – Parts 393 and 396
• Factor 5: Hazardous materials – Parts 397, 171, 177, and 180
• Factor 6: Accident – Recordable Rate98
Each factor is assessed a point value based on the number and weight of the violation,
and the rating is based on the point accumulation, as follows: satisfactory = 0 points,
conditional = 1 point, and unsatisfactory = 2 or more points. The factors are then summarized
into a rating table to arrive at the overall rating determination of “satisfactory,” “conditional,” or
“unsatisfactory.”99 After conducting the on-site review, the examining agent proposes a safety
rating based on the FMCSA algorithm and submits the documentation to the FMCSA. FMCSA
management makes the final determination of rating. Carriers determined to have an
“unsatisfactory” rating may develop corrections to their safety management plan within 60 days
for cargo carriers and 45 days for passenger carriers. Carriers submitting a plan to correct the
deficiencies found during the compliance review may have their rating upgraded to “conditional”
if FMCSA management approves the plan submitted. If corrections are not submitted or
approved, the FMCSA will issue the carrier an “out-of-service” order, and it must cease
operations. In addition to assigning the ratings, the FMCSA can assess civil fines on carriers for
FMCSR violations.
1.9.3 New Entrant Program
Prior to the FMCSA’s implementation of the new entrant program in 2003, a person
interested in starting an interstate motor carrier operation would first assemble the assets
necessary (vehicles, physical facility, financing, etc.) and then apply to the FMCSA for operating
authority. The application would have been required to include the following forms:
(1) MCS-150 for nonhazardous materials carriers or MCS-150B for hazardous materials carriers
and (2) OP-1 for cargo carriers or OP-1(P) for passenger carriers or OP-1(FF) for freight
forwarders. In addition, the prospective carrier would have to provide proof of having the 98 Title 49 CFR 385.717 appendix B defines a “recordable accident” as “an accident that is consistent with the
definition of ‘accident’ found in 49 CFR 390.5 and means an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle on a
highway in motor carrier operations…that results in a fatality; in bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the
injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or in one or more motor
vehicles incurring disabling damage that requires the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow
truck or other motor vehicle.”
99 The FMCSA safety ratings are identified as follows: “satisfactory,” indicating that a compliance review of
the carrier’s records revealed no evidence of substantial noncompliance with safety requirements; “conditional,”
indicating that the carrier was out of compliance with one or more safety requirements; “unsatisfactory,” indicating
that the carrier’s records show evidence of substantial noncompliance with safety requirements; and “unrated
carrier,” indicating that the carrier has not been assigned a safety rating by the FMCSA. A limited compliance
review or an inquiry concerning a specific category may also result in the absence of a safety rating. NTSB Highway Accident Report
39
required insurance coverage. By filling out the application for authority to operate, the applicant
was verifying that it had access to and was familiar with the FMCSRs.
On January 1, 2003, the FMCSA began its “new entrant safety assurance program.” All
new motor carriers operating in interstate commerce are required to apply to the FMCSA for
registration as a new entrant. A new entrant carrier is subject to an 18-month safety-monitoring
period.100 Sometime after the new entrant’s first 3 months of operation but before it completes
18 months of operation, the FMCSA conducts a safety audit of the carrier and evaluates its
accident and roadside inspection data. At a minimum, the safety audit covers driver
qualifications, driver duty status, vehicle maintenance, accident register, and controlled
substances and alcohol use testing requirements. If the FMCSA identifies deficiencies, the carrier
must provide the FMCSA evidence that it is correcting the faults found during the audit. The
FMCSA has stated that it will grant permanent motor carrier registration only if the new entrant
successfully completes the 18-month monitoring period. The numbers of new entrant applicants
for 2008, 2009, and 2010 were 37,400; 41,280; and 33,845; respectively. These numbers also
represent the new entrant safety audits the FMCSA conducted.
Beginning in 2006, the FMCSA developed an Evasion Detection Algorithm to identify
those household goods carriers with histories of poor safety performance and to screen
household goods applicants.
In August 2008, the FMCSA developed the New Applicant Screening (NAS) Program
and began applying it to newly registered passenger carriers before granting them operating
authority. The NAS Program seeks matches on corporate-identifying data contained in the
MCMIS, the Licensing and Insurance System, and the Enforcement Management Information
System to identify new applicants that may be enforcement evaders. The FMCSA has
estimated101 that approximately 68,700 carriers apply for operating authority each year and about
40,000 carriers remain in the process after screening.102 In some instances, the FMCSA has
identified existing carriers that were reapplying for operating authority under different company
names and/or management names but were essentially the same carrier that the FMCSA had put
“out of service” or that owed civil penalties to the FMCSA due to violations discovered during a
compliance review. These “reincarnated carriers” are also sometimes described as “chameleon
carriers”103 because they try to camouflage their past poor safety records by changing names,
although they still lack adequate safety measures. In addition to reviewing applicant information
to identify reincarnated or chameleon carriers, FMCSA investigators ask applicants questions
intended to clarify their business relationships with other regulated entities. The FMCSA uses the 100 All motor carrier new entrants must obtain a DOT number; if the operation is “for-hire,” then it also must
obtain a motor carrier (MC) number—both numbers must be obtained prior to any operation. An initial MC number
provides provisional authority; authority becomes permanent following a successful 18-month safety-monitoring
period.
101 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 242 (December 16, 2008), p. 76481.
102 The Trucker, an online magazine of the trucking industry, estimates that there are approximately
3,900 motorcoach companies and over 500,000 cargo carriers.
103 According to the FMCSA, as stated in docket 2001-11061, Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 242
(December 16, 2008), a chameleon carrier is “A carrier that attempts to register as a new entrant and operate as a
different entity under a new DOT number in an effort to evade enforcement action and/or out-of-service orders
issued against it by the Agency.” NTSB Highway Accident Report
40
new entrant program and vetting criteria to help ensure that a “new” motor carrier is not a
continuation of a previous motor carrier that reorganized to avoid enforcement action.
The FMCSA must consider the legal issue of “motor carrier successor liability” to
determine if the old company and the new entrant are essentially the same. In a 2010 “Order
Denying Petition for Reconsideration,” the FMCSA decided that it was not necessary to
determine whether the standard for successor liability of motor carrier civil penalty enforcement
cases should be the traditional common law, the particular state law, or the Federal doctrine of
substantial continuity. The FMCSA considers the retention of the same employees, supervisory
personnel, and production facilities; production of the same products, with a continuity of assets
and business operations; use of the same name; and presentation to the public as a basis to
determine continuation of the same previous corporation.104
On December 16, 2008, the FMCSA published a final rule addressing the new entrant
safety assurance process.105 The intent of the rule was to improve the FMCSA’s “ability to
identify at-risk new entrant motor carriers and ensure that deficiencies are corrected before
granting them permanent registration….” The rule specifically addresses reincarnated cargo
carriers. The regulations state that any carrier that provides false or misleading information or
conceals information is subject to revocation of its new entrant registration and civil penalties.106
The final rule identifies 16 regulatory violations classified as automatic failures, meaning that
violation of the rule would be cause for failure of an FMCSA safety audit.107
Following publication of the December 2008 final rule, a petition for reconsideration
challenged that the FMCSA had failed to address section 210(a) of the Motor Carrier Safety
Improvement Act of 1999 (Public Law 106-159, 113 Stat. 1764, December 9, 1999) requiring
new entrant carriers to demonstrate a minimum knowledge of the safety standards. On
August 25, 2009, the FMCSA published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking108 to address
the knowledge requirements in 49 CFR Part 385.
By way of background, Federal motor carrier law is organized under two distinct
statutory frameworks: one governs economic/commercial regulation of the industry; the other
addresses safety regulation of the industry. The statutory provision that provides the DOT the
authority to grant operating authority is found within the economic statutory framework, not the
safety framework. This results in limiting the DOT’s ability to use the provision for safety
purposes, that is, to raise the standards for those seeking operating authority. Legislative change
is required to link the granting of operating authority to safety oversight. 104 FMCSA Docket Number: FMCSA-2004-17247, Final Order in the Matter of Williamson Transport Co.,
Inc., July 20, 2010.
105 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 242 (December 16, 2008).
106 Title 49 United States Code 521(b)(2)(A) sets civil penalties not to exceed $2,500.
107 The violations calling for automatic failure of a safety audit concern the following regulations:
49 CFR 382.115(a) and (b), 382.201, 382.211, 382.215, 382.305, 383.3(a) and 383.23(a), 383.37(a), 383.51(a),
387.7(a), 387.31(a), 391.15(a), 391.11(b)(4), 395.8(a), 396.9(c)(2), 396.11(c), and 396.17(a).
108 Federal Register, vol. 74, no. 163 (August 25, 2009). NTSB Highway Accident Report
41
1.10 Motor Carrier
1.10.1 Hester, Inc.
General. Hester, a family-owned company that began business in March 2004, operated
the accident truck. The company, headquartered in Fayette, Alabama, operated a fleet of
26 conventional cab tractor units (24 owned and 2 leased) and 86 semitrailers at the time of the
accident. The company employed 27 drivers, of whom 2 were owner-operators of the leased
trucks.
Hester began operation under the FMCSA’s new entrant program on March 15, 2004,
and was granted DOT permanent authority109 as an interstate motor carrier of general freight on
November 16, 2005, after passing a safety audit.110 The company did not undergo a compliance
review between its 2005 safety audit and the March 2010 accident. MCMIS records indicate that
the carrier’s vehicles traveled 2.3 million miles in 2008. Federal regulation requires a
property-carrying motor carrier to acquire $750,000 in insurance liability coverage to operate in
interstate commerce; Hester had such insurance.
The corporate structure of the company consisted of a president; managers of sales and
safety, operations and dispatch, and maintenance; and three mechanics. The majority of
maintenance work was conducted through an in-house scheduled maintenance program. The
company did not have a fatigue management program. The company did not provide health
insurance to drivers. The company contracted for drug and alcohol testing services and provided
a compliance statement for 2009 and an enrollment certificate for 2010. Company vehicles were
not equipped with satellite or datalink capabilities; the company communicated with its drivers
by means of their personal cellular telephones.
According to SafeStat, in February 2009, Hester had only one deficient SEA score, the
driver SEA, and was rated a category “E” carrier overall. Roadside inspection data for the
12 months prior to March 28, 2010, indicated that Hester had 55 vehicle inspections with
11 vehicles placed out of service, resulting in a 20.0-percent out-of-service rate. Also, the data
reported 91 driver inspections with 10 drivers placed out of service, for an 11.0-percent
out-of-service rate. The national 2010 out-of-service rates for large trucks were 22.2 percent for
vehicles and 5.3 percent for drivers. Prior to the accident, Hester had an FMCSA Inspection
Selection System (ISS) rating111 value above 75 and was listed as “inspect.” Hester’s accident
rate calculated during the postaccident compliance review was 1.43 reportable accidents per 109 Hester was given the identifying DOT number 1222388 and the MC number 483907.
110 The safety audit was conducted on November 10, 2005.
111 The ISS rating is a decision aid for safety inspectors conducting roadside driver/vehicle safety inspections of
commercial vehicles; the ISS number guides them in selecting vehicles for inspection. The ISS inspection value is
based on the motor carrier’s safety performance data. When sufficient safety performance data for a carrier are
available, the value is assigned from information derived from SafeStat, which reviews safety performance in the
areas of crash history, inspection history, driver history, and safety management experience. When a motor carrier
has little information on file, the ISS inspection value is based on an “insufficient data algorithm,” which determines
the inspection value by weighting the carrier’s size and number of past inspections. The inspection value forms the
basis for the ISS recommendation. The recommendation ranges from “inspect” (ISS value 75–100) for motor
carriers with poor safety performance in one or more SEA, to “optional” (ISS value 50–74) for carriers with little or
no safety data, to “pass” (ISS value 1–49) for carriers with good safety performance data. NTSB Highway Accident Report
42
million miles traveled.112 When performing a compliance review of a motor carrier, the FMCSA
considers an accident rate of 1.50 (or more) accidents per million miles traveled a deficient rate.
Postaccident. Following the March 26, 2010, accident, the FMCSA conducted a
compliance review of Hester on April 1, 2010, which resulted in an “unsatisfactory” rating on
April 20, 2010. The FMCSA found nine driver violations (detailed below) during that review,
including an acute violation for allowing a driver with a suspended, revoked, or canceled CDL to
operate a CMV.
The following are the driver violations found during the postaccident compliance review
of Hester:
• Using a driver before the motor carrier has received a negative preemployment
controlled substance test result. (Critical violation)
• Knowingly allowing, requiring, permitting, or authorizing to drive a driver with a
CDL that is suspended, revoked, or cancelled by a state; or who is disqualified to
operate a CMV. (Acute violation)
• Failing to maintain driver qualification file in accordance with 49 CFR 391.51.
• Failing to maintain inquiries into driver’s driving record in driver’s qualification file.
(Critical violation)
• Requiring or permitting a property-carrying CMV driver to drive more than 11 hours.
• Requiring or permitting a property-carrying CMV driver to drive after the end of the
14th hour after coming on duty.
• Making false reports of records of duty status. (Drivers’ records found inaccurate
when compared to independent documents. Drivers are understating miles driven
and/or times required to make trips.) (Critical violation)
• Making false reports of records of duty status. (Company’s records of drivers’ records
of duty status prove inadequate for verification when compared to independent
documents.)
• Failing to require a driver to prepare driver vehicle inspection reports.
In April 2010, the FMCSA fined the company $13,950 for violations found during the
compliance review. In the notice of “unsatisfactory” rating, the FMCSA told the company it had
60 days to provide a corrective safety plan or a “cease operations” order would be issued.
On May 27, 2010, the FMCSA issued to Hester an Order to Cease All Transportation in
Interstate and Intrastate Commerce and Revocation of Registration, to be effective June 5, 2010.
In response to the order, the president of Hester submitted to the FMCSA Regional Service
Center in Atlanta, Georgia, an outline of the corrective action he had taken since April 1, 2010. 112 The accident rate is determined by multiplying the number of recordable accidents in the previous
12 months by 1 million and dividing by the carrier’s mileage for the previous 12 months. Hester’s 12-month mileage
was 2.8 million miles, and it had four reportable accidents. NTSB Highway Accident Report
43
The FMCSA rejected his action plan and referred him to the Alabama state FMCSA office. The
Alabama office also rejected his plan, stating the following:
Hester, Inc. has failed to provide sufficient evidence that the violations cited in
the compliance review have been corrected and that Hester, Inc.’s current
operation meets the safety fitness standard specified in 49 CFR section 385.5.
Hester again submitted a request to upgrade the “unsatisfactory” rating. On June 9, 2010,
the FMCSA again rejected the application, stating, “No evidence and/or documentation was
provided that supported such corrective actions”; the FMCSA left the June 5, 2010,
out-of-service order in effect.
1.10.2 Hester and FTS Fleet Services
FTS Fleet Services LLC is an authorized for-hire interstate common carrier of general
freight, fresh produce, meat, garbage/refuse, refrigerated food, beverages, and paper products.
The firm is located in Little Rock, Arkansas.113 The company began operations as a contract
carrier in 1986 and obtained broker authority in 1989.114 As a broker, FTS Fleet Services had
business dealings with Hester. FTS Fleet Services’ broker authority was temporarily revoked and
reinstated in 2002, and its contract authority was revoked in 2008 and restored in May 2010.
According to the FMCSA, following the March 2010 accident, the president of Hester
approached the owner of FTS Fleet Services about the possibility of FTS Fleet Services buying
Hester. Both principals subsequently made verbal statements to the FMCSA indicating that a
purchase transaction had taken place, resulting in FTS Fleet Services becoming the new owner of
Hester.
On May 14, 2010, the principal of Hester filed form MCS-150—Application for USDOT
Number and form OP-1—Application for Motor Property Carrier and Broker Authority with the
FMCSA under the company name FTS Fleet Services, on behalf of the owner of FTS Fleet
Services. The physical address and telephone numbers on the forms were those of Hester, which,
at the time, was going through the cease operations order process as a result of the
“unsatisfactory” rating the FMCSA issued to it in April 2010. The OP-1 form indicated that the
company FTS Fleet Services already had a DOT number, 2030556, and an MC number, 189686.
These were the authority numbers of FTS Fleet Services, not of Hester. The person signing the
forms, the principal of Hester, indicated that he was the president of the applying company
(FTS Fleet Services).
On June 7, 2010, the FMCSA approved the application for operating authority and placed
the company in the new entrant program. By June 10, 2010, FTS Fleet Services was operating
with many of the same drivers and vehicles that Hester had used. 113 FTS Fleet Services operates under the FMCSA-authorized DOT number 2030556 and MC number 189686.
114 As a broker, FTS Fleet Services would serve as an agent between carriers and companies needing freight
shipping and would negotiate and schedule such jobs. NTSB Highway Accident Report
44
In September 2010, The Trucker online magazine learned of the FTS Fleet Services
operations115 and contacted the FMCSA for information. The FMCSA initiated an investigation
into the business relationship between FTS Fleet Services and Hester. In late October 2010, the
FMCSA conducted a compliance review of FTS Fleet Services at the former Hester location in
Fayette, Alabama. At that time, the FMCSA was told that the owner of FTS Fleet Services was
the owner of the operation conducting business in Fayette, that the past owner of Hester was the
president of the operation, and that another past principal of Hester was an employee in the
carrier’s garage. According to the FMCSA, its investigators were at the Fayette facility for
4 days conducting the compliance review. FMCSA management determined that the similarity of
personnel and assets between the previous company, Hester, and the existing company,
FTS Fleet Services, warranted additional investigation. On November 1, a week after the
compliance review concluded, the FMCSA investigators returned to the Fayette location and
conducted an additional investigation. The compliance review ultimately resulted in a
“non-rated” status determination for the carrier.
The FMCSA MCS-150 form provides the basic operating details of a company,
including, if approved, its operating authority. Every 2 years, or whenever a significant change
occurs in its operations, a company must submit a revised MCS-150 form to the FMCSA. On
December 20, 2010, the NTSB requested and received from the FMCSA the following 2010
MCS-150 forms for FTS Fleet Services:
• Dated May 6, 2010—signed by the owner of Hester, who was identified as the
president and sole proprietor of FTS Fleet Services; indicated a fleet of 52 trucks and
126 trailers, with a company address in Fayette, Alabama;
• Date May 11, 2010—signed by the owner of Hester, who was identified as the
president and sole proprietor of FTS Fleet Services; indicated a fleet of 52 trucks and
116 trailers, with a company address in Fayette, Alabama;
• Dated June 9, 2010—signed by the owner of Hester, who was identified as the
president of FTS Fleet Services; indicated the owner of FTS Fleet Services as the
managing director of FTS Fleet Services; indicated a fleet of 36 trucks and
116 trailers, with a company address in Little Rock, Arkansas;
• Dated August 18, 2010—signed by the owner of Hester, who was identified as the
president of FTS Fleet Services; indicated the owner of FTS Fleet Services as the
managing director of FTS Fleet Services; indicated a fleet of 26 trucks and
116 trailers, with a company address in Little Rock, Arkansas; and
• Dated October 18, 2010—signed by the owner of Hester, who was identified as
operations director of FTS Fleet Services; indicated the owner of FTS Fleet Services
as the managing director of FTS Fleet Services; indicated a fleet of 28 trucks and
60 trailers, with a company address in Fayette, Alabama.
Representatives of the FMCSA’s Alabama state office continued to investigate FTS Fleet
Services concerning the MCS-150 information. Ultimately, FMCSA headquarters officials 115 The matter was noted in the magazine’s November 18, 2010, article on FTS Fleet Services and Hester. NTSB Highway Accident Report
45
determined that the FTS Fleet Services business arrangement to purchase Hester was a
“gentleman’s agreement” to operate the company and that no purchase transaction had occurred.
A settlement was reached between Hester, FTS Fleet Services, and the FMCSA on
January 7, 2011. That settlement agreement stated the following:
FMCSA shall link the HESTER, INC. (USDOT No. 1222388) and FTS FLEET
SERVICES L.L.C. (USDOT No. 2030556) commercial motor carrier
performance, compliance, and enforcement histories, and FMCSA shall review
RESPONDENT’S safety rating on or before FEBRUARY 4, 2011.
Because of the continuing operation of Hester and FTS Fleet Services, the FMCSA
issued a pending claim for $35,080 against the linked “respondent” for violations, including
evading regulations, operating after an unsatisfactory rating, operating when prohibited, and
violating a final order.116 The FMSCA and the respondent agreed to a settlement of $13,950 and
the FMSCA agreed to review the respondent’s safety rating on or before February 4, 2011. On
February 3, 2011, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review that resulted in a “satisfactory”
rating for the carrier. Many of Hester’s vehicles and drivers, as well as the Hester facility in
Fayette, Alabama, currently operate as components of the motor carrier FTS Fleet Services.
1.11 Regulation of Commercial Drivers’ Cellular Telephone Use
The FMCSA issued an NPRM titled “49 CFR Parts 383, 384, 390, 391, and 392—Drivers of
CMVs: Restricting the Use of Cellular Telephones; Notice of Proposed Rulemaking; request for
comments,” which was published at 75 Federal Register 80014 on December 21, 2010. The
NPRM proposed to prohibit commercial motor vehicle drivers from using handheld mobile117
devices, including handheld cellular telephones, when driving.
The NPRM also proposed new disqualification sanctions for interstate drivers of CMVs
who fail to comply with this Federal prohibition and new disqualification sanctions for CDL
holders who have multiple convictions for violating a state or local law or ordinance on motor
vehicle traffic control that prohibits the use of handheld mobile telephones. Additionally, the
NPRM proposed to prohibit interstate motor carriers from requiring or allowing drivers of CMVs
to use handheld mobile telephones while operating in interstate commerce. 116 FMCSA case number AL-2011-0182-US1225, January 7, 2011.
117 The NPRM stated that in popular usage, mobile telephones are often referred to as “cell phones” and,
therefore, the NPRM’s proposed rules would apply to the range of technologies used to provide wireless telephone
communications. The rule uses the broader term “mobile telephones” as well as the more popular term “cellular
telephone” (often abbreviated as “cell phone”). NTSB Highway Accident Report
46
In its response to the NPRM, the NTSB urged the FMCSA to go beyond the prohibition
on handheld mobile device use and to develop a final rule that would prohibit drivers from using
a handheld or hands-free wireless device while operating a CMV.118 118 The NTSB affirmed this general position to prohibit wireless device use by CMV drivers in its recent
comments on a Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration NPRM, “Hazardous Materials: Restricting
the Use of Cellular Phones by Drivers of Commercial Motor Vehicles in Intrastate Commerce” (Federal Register,
vol. 76, no. 83 [April 29, 2011], p. 23923). The rulemaking proposes to prohibit the use of handheld mobile
telephones, including handheld cellular telephones, by drivers during the operation of a motor vehicle containing
certain quantities and types of hazardous materials. NTSB Highway Accident Report This analysis explains the probable cause of the accident and includes discussion of the
following safety issues identified in this report:
• The need to prohibit the use of cellular telephones by drivers of CMVs;
• The need to provide objective warrants, rather than general guidelines, for the
application of median barriers;
• The need to revise state seat belt laws to include occupants of 15-passenger vans;
• The need to detect unsafe motor carriers attempting to obtain operating authority by
submitting inaccurate or deceptive information to the FMCSA; and,
• The need to evaluate the performance of the FMCSA new entrant program.
The remainder of this introductory section discusses those elements of the investigation that the
NTSB was able to determine did not affect the cause of the accident or the extent of its outcome.
It had been raining in the area of the accident some hours earlier, and the road remained
wet in the early morning hours; but the rain had ceased, and temperatures were above freezing
when the accident occurred. The truck was descending a slight grade, and the road would not
have held standing water. The NTSB concludes that weather and road surface conditions were
not factors in the accident.
The truck departed the southbound roadway at a 5° angle. This shallow angle of
departure was not caused by an abrupt, evasive steering maneuver. Such an angle is consistent
with a driver’s drifting off the road due to distraction or fatigue. The NTSB concludes that the
truck driver did not depart the roadway to avoid another vehicle or a roadway obstruction.
There was braking evidence in the median after the truck departed the roadway,
indicating that the truck driver was not affected by a medically incapacitating event that
prevented him from controlling the vehicle. Furthermore, the review of his medical history was
unremarkable. He had seen an internist in January 2010, just 2 months before the accident, for
low back pain, and that exam noted no indication of acute medical problems. Postaccident
toxicological tests and autopsy information did not reveal any medical issues. The NTSB
concludes that the truck driver was not incapacitated by a medical event that prevented him from
controlling his vehicle.
Both sides of the southbound lanes approaching the point of road departure were
inspected for vehicle debris or any evidence of a road hazard; none was found. Postaccident
testing of the trailer’s braking system indicated that it was functional, and there was evidence of
braking in the median. Investigators examined the truck’s steering system and found no
anomalies. Postaccident internal inspection of the steering gear revealed that the center tooth on
the output shaft had an overload torsional shear fracture. The input shaft assembly had
47 NTSB Highway Accident Report
corresponding damage to the right-hand side of the helix. When the two damaged areas were
aligned, they indicated that the wheels had been pointed straight ahead on the truck when it
struck the cut rock wall on the right side of the northbound travel lane.
The day before the accident, the truck underwent repair work to replace the driveline
between the differentials on axles 2 and 3. Postaccident examination found that the intermediate
drive shaft between axles 2 and 3 remained connected. Investigators found no evidence in the
vehicle’s mechanical systems to indicate that a system failure caused the vehicle to depart the
roadway. The NTSB concludes that no investigative evidence indicated that mechanical failure
on the truck was a factor in the accident.
Following the accident, emergency responders were dispatched, and the Hart County
Ambulance Service was on scene 9 minutes after being notified by dispatch. Air medical service
was available and responded to the incident commander’s request for assistance. More than a
dozen emergency response organizations and two private wrecker companies responded to the
accident. The NTSB concludes that the initial emergency response to the accident was timely
and sufficient. Police and fire response was delayed because of traffic conditions that
necessitated an alternate approach route to the accident scene. Had the first responding unit
communicated its access problems to dispatch, subsequent responding units could have been
informed that the northbound route to the scene was blocked, which would have led them to
select alternate routes to reach the accident. This communication problem was addressed by the
emergency response organizations in debriefing meetings that followed the accident.
Due to the complexity of the dynamics of this collision, it was not possible to determine
the exact speeds of the involved vehicles at impact. The broad range for assumptions concerning
postcollision deceleration of the van and interpretation of the accident data in characterizing the
van’s collision with the wall limited the precision of speed calculations. Based upon the
preimpact path of travel of the vehicles through the collision sequence, the damage to the
involved vehicles, the damage to the cable barrier, and the postimpact trajectory of the involved
vehicles, it appears the combination unit and the van were traveling near the posted speed limit
of 70 mph when the combination unit departed the roadway. No evidence indicated that the
driver of the van initiated braking or changed speed just prior to impact with the truck.
2.2 Cellular Telephone Use by Commercial Drivers
2.2.1 Driver Distraction Due to Cellular Telephone Use
In evaluating the possible role of cellular telephone distraction, the NTSB examined the
proximity of cellular telephone use to the time and location of the accident, the nature of the
cellular telephone use and how that use would affect driving performance, details about the calls
based on witness interviews, and the nature of the driver error committed.
As indicated by the records of his cellular service provider, the truck driver repeatedly
used his cellular telephone while driving. By mapping cellular tower service for the truck
driver’s telephone, investigators determined that the driver used his telephone to make calls,
48 NTSB Highway Accident Report
49
receive calls, send text messages, and receive text messages a total of 69 times while driving in
the 24-hour period prior to the accident.
The truck driver placed four calls while driving on the morning of the accident; the first
of these occurred at 4:28 a.m. He then received an incoming call at 4:51 a.m. The driver made
additional outgoing voice calls at 5:03 a.m., 5:07 a.m., and 5:14 a.m. A friend of the driver said
he received a call from the driver at 5:14 a.m. and talked to the driver about social plans, but he
stated that the connection was dropped. According to the truck driver’s cellular provider, the
network did connect the two telephones, but the call duration was less than 1 second.119
Consequently, the friend’s recollection that he had a conversation with the driver is inconsistent
with the information in the cellular telephone records. The friend’s cellular records also show
that he placed calls to the truck driver at 5:15 a.m., 5:16 a.m., 5:17 a.m., 5:19 a.m., 5:26 a.m., and
5:31 a.m. The persistence on the part of the friend, who made six calls in 16 minutes in an
attempt to reach the truck driver, suggests that the suddenly dropped call may have been a cause
of concern to the friend.
Based on the timing of known cellular telephone calls, the dropped call at 5:14 a.m., the
repeated callback behavior of the friend (beginning at 5:15 a.m.), and the shallow departure
angle of the accident vehicle from the roadway, the NTSB concludes that because he was
distracted from the driving task by the use of his cellular telephone at the time of the accident,
the truck driver did not maintain control of his vehicle.
2.2.2 NTSB Recommendation History on Cellular Telephone Use
In 2004, the NTSB investigated an accident involving a motorcoach that crashed into a
bridge overpass on the George Washington Memorial Parkway in Alexandria, Virginia.120 As the
bus approached the Alexandria Avenue Bridge, it passed warning signs indicating that the bridge
had only a 10-foot 2-inch clearance in the right lane. Nevertheless, the driver remained in the
right lane and drove the 12-foot-tall bus under the bridge, colliding with the underside of the
overpass, destroying the bus roof, and injuring 11 passengers. The bus driver reported that he had
been talking on a hands-free cellular telephone when the accident occurred. The NTSB
determined that the probable cause of this accident was the bus driver’s failure to notice and
respond to posted low-clearance warning signs and to the bridge itself, due to cognitive
distraction resulting from conversing on a hands-free cellular telephone while driving. The
NTSB’s investigation resulted in the following recommendation to the FMCSA:
Publish regulations prohibiting cellular telephone use by commercial driver’s
license holders with a passenger-carrying or school bus endorsement, while
driving under the authority of that endorsement, except in emergencies. (H-06-27) 119 According to the cellular provider of the friend who received the call, the duration of the call was 3 seconds.
The provider indicated that it is not uncommon for a slightly longer duration in this range, as a result of system
disconnect processing.
120 Motorcoach Collision with Alexandria Avenue Bridge Overpass, George Washington Memorial Parkway,
Alexandria, Virginia, November 14, 2004, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-06/04 (Washington, DC: National
Transportation Safety Board, 2006). NTSB Highway Accident Report
50
Safety Recommendation H-06-27 is “Open—Acceptable Response.” A companion
recommendation was made to the 50 states and the District of Columbia, as follows:
Enact legislation to prohibit cellular telephone use by commercial driver’s license
holders with a passenger-carrying or school bus endorsement, while driving under
the authority of that endorsement, except in emergencies. (H-06-28)
Safety Recommendation H-06-28 is currently classified with an “Open—Acceptable Response”
overall status.
On September 27, 2010, the FMCSA issued a final rule that prohibits texting by CMV
drivers while operating in interstate commerce and imposes sanctions, including civil penalties
and disqualification, for drivers who fail to comply with this rule. Additionally, motor carriers
are prohibited from requiring or allowing their drivers to engage in texting while driving.121 On
December 21, 2010, the FMCSA published an NPRM proposing to restrict the use of handheld
mobile devices, including handheld cellular telephones, by CMV drivers while operating in
interstate commerce as a necessary component of an overall strategy to reduce the number of
accidents caused by distracted driving.122 The FMCSA has not yet issued a final rule from this
rulemaking, but, according to the FMCSA, it will issue a final rule before the end of 2011.
Other transportation modes have addressed the restriction of cellular telephone use. For
example, the Federal Railroad Administration issued Emergency Order 26, which restricts
railroad operating employees from using distracting electronic and electrical devices while on
duty; the order took effect in October 2008 and was subsequently codified in regulation.123
2.2.3 Research on Driving Distractions
Research has demonstrated that distractions while driving degrade several aspects of
driving performance, resulting in slower reaction times, slower driving speeds, and more
frequent lapses in attention.124 Further, studies have shown that conversing on a hands-free 121 Federal Register, vol. 75, no. 186 (September 27, 2010), p. 59118.
122 Federal Register, vol. 75, no. 244 (December 21, 2010), p. 80014.
123 Federal Railroad Administration docket FRA-2009-0118 and 49 CFR Part 220.
124 (a) D.L. Strayer and F.A. Drews, “Profiles in Driver Distraction: Effects of Cell Phone Conversations on
Younger and Older Drivers,” Human Factors, vol. 46, no. 4 (2004), pp. 640–649. (b) K.E. Beede and S.J. Kass,
“Engrossed in Conversation: The Impact of Cell Phones on Simulated Driving Performance,” Accident Analysis and
Prevention, vol. 38, no. 2 (2006), pp. 415–421. (c) D.L. Strayer and W.A. Johnston, “Driven to Distraction:
Dual-Task Studies of Simulated Driving and Conversing on a Cellular Phone,” Psychological Science, vol. 12
(2001), pp. 462–466. (d) J.L. Harbluk, Y.I. Noy, and M. Eizenman, The Impact of Cognitive Distraction on Driver
Visual Behavior and Vehicle Control, TP#13889E (Ottawa, Canada: Transport Canada, 2002). (e) D.L. Strayer,
F.A. Drews, and W.A. Johnston, “Cell Phone-Induced Failures of Visual Attention During Simulated Driving,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology-Applied, vol. 9, no. 1 (2003), pp. 23–32. NTSB Highway Accident Report
51
cellular telephone while driving impairs performance.125 This substantial body of research
indicates that changes in driving behavior occur when the cognitive distraction of a cellular
telephone conversation diverts attention from driving, and that the use of either a handheld or a
hands-free cellular telephone while driving can impair performance. In the case of the
Munfordville truck driver, investigators could not determine whether the driver was using a
handheld or hands-free device when he placed the 5:14 a.m. call that precipitated the accident;
however, either action would have resulted in cognitive distraction.
The NTSB firmly believes that commercial drivers must focus their attention on
operating their large, heavy commercial vehicles rather than switching their attention between
driving tasks and telephone use. The NTSB does not differentiate between handheld and
hands-free devices because research shows that both types of cellular telephones produce
performance degradation. The NTSB restated this position in its response to the December 2010
NPRM by the FMCSA that proposed prohibiting the use of handheld mobile devices, including
handheld cellular telephones, by drivers of CMVs. In its response to the proposed rulemaking,
the NTSB asked the FMCSA to go beyond the prohibition on handheld mobile device use
proposed in the NPRM and to develop a final rule that would prohibit drivers’ use of a handheld
or hands-free wireless device while operating a CMV. The NTSB took the same position in its
comments on a recent Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration NPRM proposing
to prohibit the use of handheld mobile telephones, including handheld cellular telephones, by
drivers during the operation of motor vehicles containing certain quantities and types of
hazardous materials.126 Therefore, the NTSB concludes that because changes in driving behavior
occur when the cognitive distraction of a cellular telephone conversation diverts attention from
driving, use of either a handheld or a hands-free cellular telephone while driving can impair
driver performance.
2.2.4 Safety Benefit of Prohibiting Cellular Telephone Use
Wireless device use is pervasive in our society.127 Although the use of cellular devices by
accident drivers can be documented through records from cellular service providers, the
distracting effect of these devices as a contributing factor in highway accidents is difficult to
determine. It is usually necessary to attempt to obtain driver or eyewitness testimony. Beyond
that evidence, which is rare, police officers must subpoena the billing records of the cellular
service provider and analyze the time sequences for cellular use in relation to the accident
timelines. Consequently, it is certain that accidents in which distraction due to use of wireless 125 (a) C.J.D. Patten and others, “Using Mobile Telephones: Cognitive Workload and Attention Resource
Allocation,” Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 36, no. 3 (2004), pp. 341–350. (b) J.E.B. Tömros and
A.K. Bolling, “Mobile Phone Use–Effects of Handheld and Handsfree Phones on Driving Performance,” Accident
Analysis and Prevention, vol. 37, no. 5 (2005), pp. 902–909. (c) D.A. Redelmeier and R.J. Tibshirani, “Association
Between Cellular-Telephone Calls and Motor Vehicle Collisions,” The New England Journal of Medicine, vol. 336,
no. 7 (1997). (d) S. McEvoy and others, “Role of Mobile Phones in Motor Vehicle Crashes Resulting in Hospital
Attendance: A Case-Crossover Study,” British Medical Journal (July 2005).
126 “Hazardous Materials: Restricting the Use of Cellular Phones by Drivers of Commercial Motor Vehicles in
Intrastate Commerce,” Federal Register, vol. 76, no. 83 (April 29, 2011), p. 23923.
127 As of June 2010, there were 292.8 million wireless subscribers, and the U.S. population had a wireless
penetration of 93 percent, according to midyear estimates by CTIA–The Wireless Association. See
http://www.ctia.org/media/industry_info/index.cfm/AID10323, accessed March 6, 2011. NTSB Highway Accident Report
52
devices played a role are under-reported. NTSB analysis of FARS data (2005–2009) of fatal
cross-median accidents on interstates determined that among vehicles that crossed the median,
police cited cellular telephone use or presence as a potential contributing factor for 3.1 percent of
passenger vehicles and 6.1 percent of truck-tractors.
The NTSB considers that driver education and rulemaking prohibiting the use of mobile
cellular devices by commercial drivers would improve safety on the nation’s highways by
reducing the likelihood of, or preventing, accidents, as well as reducing the injuries and fatalities
associated with distracted driving. This opinion is shared by the MCSAC, which has
recommended rulemaking to ban the use of handheld and hands-free cellular telephones and text
messaging by CDL drivers.128 Similarly, since January 2009, the National Safety Council has
advocated a total ban on wireless device use while driving, saying that the practice is clearly
dangerous and leads to fatalities.129
The research examining the expected efficacy of bans on cellular telephones has been
mixed. The Insurance Institute for Highway Safety (IIHS) recently conducted a study assessing
the safety outcomes, as measured by insurance collision loss rates, for both handheld telephone
bans and texting bans.130 The IIHS found that state bans on the use of handheld cellular
telephones have not decreased insurance claim rates. In a similar IIHS study of four states
(California, Louisiana, Minnesota, and Washington) where the effect of texting bans could be
evaluated, three of the four states experienced a statistically significant increase in insurance
collision rates. In July 2011, the Governors Highway Safety Association (GHSA) released a
report reviewing distracted driver research.131 In part, the report was based on a search of 8
major research databases that included over 350 scientific papers on distracted driving published
in the past decade. The GHSA report concluded that there was no evidence that cellular
telephone laws have reduced crashes. However, one limitation of understanding the effects of
these laws is that none of the bans examined included hands-free cellular telephone use.
The NTSB examined research on the effectiveness of company policies in limiting
cellular telephone use by commercial drivers. The FMCSA considered the prevalence of crashes
and near-crashes related to telephone use in a naturalistic study of commercial truck and bus
drivers.132 Unlike previous naturalistic research on commercial drivers, company cellular
telephone policy was included as a variable. The study found that a company’s cellular telephone
policy was effective in reducing cellular telephone use by drivers. Further, the FMCSA study
found that drivers working for companies with a cellular telephone policy also had fewer cellular 128 This position was reflected in a March 27, 2009, letter from the MCSAC chairperson to the FMCSA
concerning the MCSAC National Agenda for Motor Vehicle Safety.
129
For
more
information
on
the
National
Safety
Council
position,
see
http://www.nsc.org/Pages/NationalSafetyCouncilCallsforNationwideBanonCellPhoneUseWhileDriving.aspx,
accessed July 25, 2011.
130 See http://www.iihs.org/research/topics/pdf/HLDI_Bulletin_27_11.pdf, accessed July 5, 2011.
131 E. Williams-Bergen and others, Distracted Driving, What the Research Shows and What the States Can Do
(Governors Highway Safety Association, July 2011). The full text of the report is available at
http://statehighwaysafety.org/html/publications/pdf/sfdist11.pdf, accessed July 22, 2011.
132 J.S. Hickman, R.J. Hanowski, and J. Bocanegra, Distraction in Commercial Trucks and Buses: Assessing
Prevalence and Risk in Conjunction With Crashes and Near-Crashes, Report No. FMCSA-RRR-10-049
(September, 2010). NTSB Highway Accident Report
53
telephone-related safety-critical events than drivers working for a company with no cellular
telephone policy. Additional research supporting the benefits of company cellular telephone
policy was conducted by the Network of Employers for Traffic Safety, which considered the
crash rates per million miles of 45 companies from diverse industries.133 The study included
approximately 400,000 vehicles that logged more than 8 billion miles during 2009. This study
found that company vehicle fleet crash rates were lowest at companies that had policies
prohibiting cellular telephone use (both handheld and hands-free) and that had established strong
consequences, including termination, for employees who violated such policies.
The efficacy of company cellular telephone policies may be related to the safety culture
the company projects by employing such a policy. Further, companies with cellular telephone
policies can provide a strong deterrent to violating the policy, through negative performance
evaluations or employment termination. A prohibition on cellular telephones for commercial
drivers would require all carriers affected by the ban to develop effective cellular telephone
policies.
The circumstances of the Munfordville accident illustrate that the prohibition against
cellular telephone use—both handheld and hands-free—should apply to all operators of CMVs,
not just passenger-carrying drivers, as was recommended in Safety Recommendation H-06-27.
No professional CDL driver should be using a cellular telephone, even in a hands-free mode,
while operating a CMV. Commercial drivers, as evidenced by their required training, medical
certification, and Federal oversight, are held to a higher safety standard than are private drivers.
These factors indicate that CMV drivers should be required to maintain a higher degree of safety
with respect to cellular telephone use, as well. Therefore, the NTSB reclassifies Safety
Recommendation H-06-27 to the FMCSA “Closed—Superseded.” To supersede Safety
Recommendation H-06-27 with a broader recommendation, the NTSB recommends that the
FMCSA prohibit the use of both handheld and hands-free cellular telephones by all CDL holders
while operating a commercial vehicle, except in emergencies. Similarly, the NTSB reclassifies
Safety Recommendation H-06-28 to the 50 states and the District of Columbia
“Closed—Superseded.” The NTSB recommends that the 50 states and the District of Columbia
prohibit the use of both handheld and hands-free cellular telephones by all CDL holders while
operating a commercial vehicle, except in emergencies. 133 Fleet Safety Benchmark Report Data Year 2009, Network of Employers for Traffic Safety and
SMS/FleetRisk Advisors (October 2010). NTSB Highway Accident Report
54
2.3 Driver Fatigue
Although many factors affect driver fatigue, the primary ones are (1) the previous night’s
sleep length and cumulative sleep loss, (2) the time of day, with consideration of circadian
rhythm134 and normal work schedule, (3) the length of time awake and time on task, and
(4) potential sleep disorders. These prime indicators, as well as numerous individual
considerations, provide evidence of fatigue involvement in any accident.135
Investigators of the Munfordville accident found the following evidence with respect to
each of these factors. (1) The driver had not received a full night’s sleep on the evening of
March 25–26, the night before the accident. Based on cellular telephone tower evidence, he was
stopped at a truck stop from 11:15 p.m. to shortly before 4:00 a.m. Consequently, given the time
necessary to carry out minimal post- and predriving tasks, he had an opportunity to obtain only a
little over 4 hours sleep, not the 7–9 hours needed for a full, restorative rest cycle. A 3–4 hour
acute sleep loss impairs performance and alertness. Such acute sleep deprivation has been found to
increase the risk of an injury crash, with a 2-hour sleep loss resulting in noticeable decrements in
divided attention and vigilance.136 Performance decrements are seen the day following even low
levels of sleep loss—as little as 1 or 2 hours137—and the odds of being in a crash are 2.58 times
higher for a driver who only had 6.0–6.9 hours of sleep the night before.138
On the two nights spent near Lansing, Michigan, awaiting repair of the truck, March 23
and 24, the driver stayed in a motel room and had no work requirements, indicating that he most
likely had the opportunity to obtain 7–9 hours of rest and that he was not starting the trip
experiencing cumulative sleep loss. During the 6.5 hours on March 25 that the driver waited for
his truck to be repaired, he remained at the garage. His lack of cellular telephone activity for
some periods of that time indicates that he may have napped during this interval, but given the
circumstances of the garage’s business environment, any possible naps would have been short
and conducted under poor sleep conditions. (2) With regard to time of day, the driver began
driving a little before 4:00 a.m. on the morning of March 26; the accident occurred at 5:14 a.m.
In the early morning hours, the body’s internal clock tends toward a low level of alertness.
Examinations of accident risk versus time of day have indicated that the highest risk of a 134 Circadian rhythms affect patterns of brain activity, hormone production, cell generation, and other biological
activities linked to a 24-hour cycle.
135 Three of these four factors were identified in Uncontrolled In-Flight Collision with Terrain, American
International Airways Flight 808, Douglas DC-8-61, N814CK, U.S. Naval Air Station, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba,
August 18, 1993, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-94/04 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety
Board, 1994). Since the adoption of that aviation report, the NTSB has added consideration of sleep disorders, due
to their pervasiveness in society.
136 (a) T. Roehrs and others, “Ethanol and Sleep Loss: A ‘Dose’ Comparison of Impairing Effects,” Sleep,
vol. 26, no. 8 (December 15, 2003), pp. 981–985. (b) M. Carskadon and T. Roth, “Sleep Restriction,” in Sleep,
Sleepiness, and Performance, pp. 155–167.
137 (a) R.T. Wilkinson, R.S. Edwards, and E. Haines, “Performance Following a Night of Reduced Sleep,”
Psychonomic Science, vol. 5 (1966), pp. 471–472. (b) G. Belenky and others, “Patterns of Performance Degradation
and Restoration During Sleep Restriction and Subsequent Recovery: A Sleep Dose-Response Study,” Journal of
Sleep Research, vol. 12 (2003), pp. 1–12.
138 J.C. Stutts and others, “Driver Risk Factors for Sleep-Related Crashes,” Accident Analysis & Prevention,
no. 35 (2003), pp. 321–331. NTSB Highway Accident Report
55
drowsy/dozing driver accident occurs between 4:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m.139 (3) At the time of the
accident, the driver had been driving for less than 2 hours, indicating that length of driving time
was not a factor. (4) The driver had a BMI of 31.7; a BMI of greater than 30 puts him at risk for
sleep apnea; however, the driver’s wife stated that he did not have trouble sleeping and did not
snore, and no medical evidence indicated that he had a sleep disorder.
The NTSB’s review of fatigue factors determined that at least two of the four main
fatigue indicators most likely affected this driver. The driver was affected by insufficient sleep
on the night before the accident (factor 1), and he could have been affected by the early morning
hour in which the accident occurred (factor 2). However, the investigation did not reveal any
evidence that the driver’s fatigue from these two factors negatively influenced his driving
performance. Tire mark evidence in the median shows that the driver executed braking action
within 1–2 seconds after departing the roadway. Cellular telephone records place him on the
telephone at the time of the accident. In previous accidents, the NTSB has identified the
tendency of fatigue to interfere with operators’ ability to redirect their attention as a cause of
accidents. In this accident, the driver’s distraction caused by his use of a cellular telephone might
have been aggravated by a reduced ability to shift his attention as required back to the dynamic
driving environment. The NTSB concludes that the truck driver was fatigued at the time of the
accident, which may have contributed to the distraction effects caused by the use of his cellular
telephone.
2.4 Highway Median Barriers
2.4.1 Barrier Systems
Roadside design guidance140 indicates that median barrier applications on divided
interstate roads are not normally considered for medians wider than 50 feet.141 However, because
of the severity of cross-median crashes, many states, including Kentucky, have begun installing
median barriers in accident-prone locations with median widths up to 75 feet, and accident
mitigation analysis and cost/benefit model assessments have supported these decisions.142
Median barriers are not required on any highway in the NHS. However, if a state determines to
install a longitudinal or median barrier along an NHS highway, the barrier must meet TL-3 139 R.R. Mackie and J.C. Miller, Effects of Hours of Service Regularity of Schedules and Cargo Loading on
Truck and Bus Driver Fatigue, DOT HS 803 799 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, 1978).
140 For the purposes of this discussion and with respect to median barrier information, it should be emphasized
that “guidance” and “guidelines” are not synonymous with “warrants.” Warrants identify specific metrics, such as
accident rate, ADT, and percentage of heavy vehicle traffic that, if exceeded, indicate a barrier should be placed in
that location. Guidance and guidelines, in the context of this report, refer to less specific and often subjective
indications that a barrier should be considered or that additional study may be appropriate.
141 Roadside Design Guide, 3rd ed. (Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials, 2006), p. 3–1.
142 (a) NCHRP Report 633, The Impact of Shoulder Width and Median Width on Safety (Washington, DC:
Transportation Research Board, 2009). (b) E.T. Donnell and J.M. Mason, “Methodology to Develop Median Barrier
Crash Warrant Criteria,” Journal of Transportation Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers, vol. 132,
no. 4, (April 2006), pp. 269–281. NTSB Highway Accident Report
56
standards (at a minimum). TL-3 barriers are designed to redirect passenger cars but are usually
inadequate for redirecting CMVs.
The severity of cross-median accidents is a significant factor in a state’s decision to
install median barriers along divided highways. In 2009, some 2,987 large trucks were involved
in fatal accidents; fatalities in accidents involving large trucks made up about 10 percent of all
fatalities in motor vehicle accidents that year.143 Although the overall percentage of fatal
accidents involving large trucks appears relatively small, their level of involvement in fatal
cross-median crashes is higher than their percentage of registered vehicles or vehicle miles
traveled. These numbers are less than exact and almost certainly represent an undercount because
cross-median accidents can be difficult to identify using FARS data. Also, there is no single
accepted definition of “cross-median crash,”144 which adds to the uncertainty of the accident
data.
Different barrier systems—categorized as rigid, semi-rigid, and flexible—have different
characteristics. Flexible median barrier systems have the beneficial quality of being less
destructive to vehicles and their occupants than rigid barriers, such as those made of concrete,
and they are designed to capture rather than deflect errant vehicles. Although they are less
expensive to install than many barrier systems, high-tension cable barriers involve higher
maintenance costs because cable hits must be repaired145 and increased maintenance carries with
it an increased exposure risk to maintenance crews. Installation and use of high-tension cable
barrier systems have increased throughout the states in recent years.146 Between 2008 and 2010,
Kentucky installed approximately 150 miles of cable barrier on six interstates and two state
highways.
Because of the lack of appropriate Federal warrants on barriers, some states have
developed their own detailed guidance about when and where median barriers should be used.
The recent Development of Guidelines for Cable Median Barrier Systems in Texas147 is a good
example of the kind of work being initiated by the states. FHWA research has shown that cable
barrier effectiveness is related to barrier design (for example, cable numbers, heights, and
tensioning); configuration of the median (shape, width, slopes, and depth); and lateral position of 143
For
information,
see
http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/facts-research/CMV-Facts.pdf
and
http://www.ai.volpe.dot.gov/CarrierResearchResults/HTML/2009Crashfacts/2009LargeTruckandBusCrashFacts.htm,
both accessed June 16, 2011.
144 This issue will be discussed later in this Analysis; see section 2.4.6, “Definition of a Cross-Median Crash.”
145 One state manual on cable barrier maintenance noted that maintenance departments can expect seven hits
per mile per year.
146 Several surveys of state use of cable barrier systems have been conducted, and they show that use of the
systems has increased markedly in recent years. The following references contain state survey information:
(a) S. Cooner and others, The Development of Guidelines for Cable Median Barrier Systems in Texas, Report
FHWA/TX-10/0-5609-2 (College Station, Texas: Texas Transportation Institute and the Federal Highway
Administration, February 2009). (b) X. Qin and M. Wang, High-Tension Median Cable Barrier In-Service
Performance Evaluation and Cost Effectiveness Analysis, 89th Annual Transportation Research Board Meeting,
January 2010. (c) M. Ray and R. McGinnis, Guardrail and Median Barrier Crashworthiness,
NCHRP Synthesis 244 (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, June 1997).
147 The Development of Guidelines for Cable Median Barrier Systems in Texas, FHWA/TX-10/0-5609-2. NTSB Highway Accident Report
57
the barrier within the median.148 However, no detailed Federal warrants exist for median barrier
systems. Only general guidance is provided for median barrier implementation in the 2006
AASHTO Roadside Design Guide.
A 2005 Transportation Research Board paper reporting on NCHRP Project 17-14,
Improved Guidelines for Median Safety, found that 76 percent (28 of 37 responding state
transportation departments) used the Roadside Design Guide.149 However, it also reported that 9
of 37 states had design guidelines that differed from the principles established in the Roadside
Design Guide.
2.4.2 NTSB Recommendation History on Median Barriers
The NTSB addressed the issue of median barrier warrants in its report on the 1997
Slinger, Wisconsin, accident.150 On February 12, 1997, a tractor/double-semitrailer combination
unit with empty trailers was traveling on a four-lane, limited access highway when it lost control.
The truck crossed a 50-foot depressed median and struck a flatbed loaded with lumber; in turn,
the flatbed lost control, crossed the median, and was struck by a passenger van and a refrigerator
truck. Eight of the nine passenger van occupants were killed. The NTSB concluded that the
traffic volumes, speed, and history of median encroachment accidents warranted the installation
of an effective median barrier system at the accident location. The NTSB also concluded that the
warrant guidance for median barriers provided in the AASHTO Roadside Design Guide was
inadequate. As a result of the investigation, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-98-12
to the FHWA and a companion Safety Recommendation H-98-24 to AASHTO, as follows:
Review, with the Federal Highway Administration, the median barrier warrants
and revise them as necessary to reflect changes in the factors affecting the
probability of cross-median accidents, including changes in the vehicle fleet and
the percentage of heavy trucks using the roadways. (H-98-24)
On February 2, 1999, the NTSB classified these recommendations “Open—Acceptable
Response.” In the subsequent years, several NCHRP projects have focused on median barrier
safety.151 The NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendations H-98-12 and -24 in the report of its 148 K.S. Opiela, D. Marzougui, and C.D. Kan, Developing Functional Design and Evaluation Requirements for
Cable Median Barriers, paper prepared for the 2011 Transportation Research Board Annual Meeting Program, p. 2.
149 E.T. Donnell and W.E. Hughes, State Transportation Agency Median Design and Safety Practices: Results
From a Survey (2005). (Manuscript submitted for publication and presentation consideration to the 84th Annual
Meeting of the Transportation Research Board, National Research Council, Washington, DC).
150 Multiple Vehicle Crossover Accident, Slinger, Wisconsin, February 12, 1997, Highway Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-98/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1998).
151 The projects included NCHRP 17-14, Improved Guidelines for Median Safety; NCHRP 22-12, Guidelines
for Selection, Installation, and Maintenance of Highway-Safety Features; NCHRP 15-30, Median Intersection
Design for Rural High-Speed Divided Highways; NCHRP 22-14(2), Improved Procedures for Safety-Performance
Evaluation of Roadside Features; NCHRP 22-21, Median Cross-Section Design for Rural Divided Highways; and
NCHRP 22-22, Placement of Traffic Barriers on Roadside and Median Slopes. NTSB Highway Accident Report
58
investigation of another cross-median accident, which took place near Largo, Maryland, in
2002.152
In 2007, the NTSB noted that in chapter 6 of the 2006 revision of the AASHTO Roadside
Design Guide, the FHWA, in cooperation with AASHTO, had published updated median barrier
guidelines. The revised text encourages the states to evaluate the need for a median barrier on
freeways where traffic volumes exceed 20,000 vehicles per day for median widths of up to
50 feet, as well as for areas where an accident problem exists.153 The 2006 Roadside Design
Guide also notes that an evaluation may be made for high-speed, high-volume divided highways,
operating like freeways, where an accident problem has been documented. For states that have
not yet developed their own analyses of accident data, the revised Roadside Design Guide
encourages the use of an accident-based warrant; examples would include the warrant review
developed by the California Department of Transportation154 or as documented in research
supported by the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation.155 Based on these revisions to the
2006 Roadside Design Guide, and on the revisions to the testing under MASH that addressed
changes to the fleet, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-98-12 to the FHWA
“Closed—Acceptable Action” on September 17, 2007. Because of the ongoing NCHRP work by
AASHTO and policy work by the states, Safety Recommendation H-98-24 to AASHTO
remained “Open—Acceptable Response.”
The NTSB also addressed high-performance barrier warrants in a recommendation made
to AASHTO in 2005, as a result of its investigation of two consecutive cross-median accidents
that took place in Fairfield, Connecticut.156 The NTSB recommended that AASHTO take the
following action:
Establish warrants in the Roadside Design Guide regarding the selection and use
of high-performance barriers, including 42- and 50-inch-high concrete barriers,
that are capable of redirecting heavy trucks. (H-05-31)
Safety Recommendation H-05-31 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” Although this
recommendation is not specific to median barriers, it does recognize the need for warrants
particular to the selection and use of high-performance barriers. 152 Ford Explorer Sport Collision With Ford Windstar Minivan and Jeep Grand Cherokee on Interstate 95/495
Near Largo, Maryland, February 1, 2002, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-03/02 (Washington, DC: National
Transportation Safety Board, 2003).
153 In 2004, the FHWA determined that two-thirds of cross-median crashes occurred at locations where the
median width was 50 feet or less.
154 J.B. Borden, Median Barrier Study Warrant Review, California Department of Transportation,
December 1997.
155 E.T. Donnell and J.M. Mason (2006).
156 Multiple Vehicle Collision on Interstate 95, Fairfield, Connecticut, January 17, 2003, Highway Accident
Report NTSB/HAR-05/03 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005). NTSB Highway Accident Report
59
2.4.3 Median Barrier Warrants for Heavy Vehicles
The high-tension median cable barrier at the accident location was a TL-4 design,
installed in accordance with TL-3 performance criteria because it was on a 1:4 slope. The
implementation of the MASH revised the single-unit truck performance test for TL-4 barriers.
The test vehicle weight was increased from 18,000 to 22,000 pounds, and the impact speed was
increased from 50 to 56 mph. The changes created a more rigorous test that distinguished the
TL-4 from the TL-3 criteria.157 The design force value for TL-3 and TL-4 barriers under NCHRP
Report 350 was 54 kips in the transverse or lateral direction. Under the MASH, the TL-4
transverse design value is 76 kips.158 A 76,660-pound vehicle traveling at 60 mph159 with an
impact angle of 15° would have an estimated applied force approaching 200 kips. The NTSB
concludes that the forces in this accident exceeded the capability of a cable barrier system that
was not designed to safely contain or redirect a heavy vehicle such as the accident truck.
As noted above, some AASHTO member states have conducted research and established
policies concerning median barrier systems that are more extensive and detailed than those
provided in the median barrier implementation guidelines of the current edition of the Roadside
Design Guide. A TL-5 median barrier, designed to contain and redirect heavy trucks, would have
been needed in the I-65 median to prevent this cross-median crash; however, the rural nature of
this area and the lack of Roadside Design Guide criteria for the use of high-performance barriers
resulted in Kentucky’s using a TL-3 barrier system. Consequently, the NTSB concludes that the
Roadside Design Guide provides inadequate warrants and standards for the selection and
installation of median barriers along roadways with high volumes of heavy vehicle traffic.
Moreover, the warrants needed by the states to make informed cost/benefit decisions should
include quantifiable variables such as median width, accident frequency, accident severity, traffic
volume, percentage of heavy traffic, traffic speeds, degree of median cross slope, number of
travel lanes, and degree of road curvature. The states also need warrants particularly to address
median barrier performance characteristics appropriate to installation sites. Despite state action,
AASHTO has not been sufficiently active in reviewing and revising guidance for the use of
median barriers, particularly with regard to high-performance barriers. Therefore, the NTSB
reclassifies Safety Recommendation H-98-24 to AASHTO “Closed—Superseded,” and
recommends that the FHWA and AASHTO work together to establish warrants and
implementation criteria for the selection and installation of TL-4 and TL-5 median barriers on
the NHS. Once they are available, AASHTO should publish these warrants and criteria in the
Roadside Design Guide. 157 The TL-5 criteria did not change from the parameters established in the previous standard,
NCHRP Report 350.
158 Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification, table A13.2-1.
159 This force calculation uses a vehicle speed of 60 mph in recognition of the decrease in speed that would
have occurred as the truck crossed the median prior to impact with the barrier. NTSB Highway Accident Report
60
2.4.4 Accident Rates and Heavy Vehicle Traffic Volume
The 2006 Roadside Design Guide recommends installing median barriers on high-speed,
fully controlled-access highways where the median is 30 feet wide or less160 and the ADT count
is greater than 20,000 vehicles per day. These criteria were based on evaluations of crossover
accidents carried out by California161 and the Texas Transportation Institute,162 as well as the
judgment of an AASHTO task force. In the early 1990s, California revised its median barrier
guidelines to include consideration of accident rates.163 In 2008, Kentucky drafted Guidelines for
Median Barrier Applications on the Depressed Medians of Fully Controlled-Access Highways,
which incorporated the accident rates developed by California; that is, 0.50 cross-median crashes
(of any severity) per mile per year or 0.12 fatal cross-median crashes per mile per year. The
Roadside Design Guide states that for median widths greater than 50 feet, a barrier is usually
only considered under special circumstances, such as at locations with a significant history of
cross-median crashes. However, in 2004, the FHWA found that about one-third of cross-median
crashes occurred at locations with median widths greater than 50 feet. Procedures to select an
appropriate barrier performance level include “high percentage of heavy vehicle traffic” as a
decision factor.164 However, no metric defines what constitutes a “high percentage.”165 The
NTSB concludes that the volume of heavy vehicle traffic should be a factor in median barrier
selection. The NTSB recommends that the FHWA and AASHTO work together to identify
cross-median crash rates that call for special consideration when selecting median barriers. Once
they are available, AASHTO should publish the rates in the Roadside Design Guide. The NTSB
also recommends that the FHWA and AASHTO work together to define the criteria for median
barrier selection, including heavy vehicle traffic volume. Once they are available, AASHTO
should publish the criteria in the Roadside Design Guide.
2.4.5 High-Tension Cable Barrier Deflection
High-tension cable barriers are being used along highways that have substantial
proportions of heavy truck traffic,166 and one aspect of their placement is consideration of cable
deflection from a crash impact. In the Munfordville case, the FHWA acceptance letters to
Gibraltar noted that one barrier test installation used posts on 14-foot centers with 350-foot
cables, resulting in a deflection of 7.0 feet. An additional TL-4 test, using posts spaced on 160 The Roadside Design Guide recommends installing barriers on medians with widths of 30 feet and less; for
medians with widths between 30 and 50 feet, a median may be recommended, depending on the results of further
study. (See figure 14 of this report for reference.)
161 V.D. Graf and N.C. Wingerd, Median Barrier Warrants (Sacramento, California: Traffic Department of the
State of California, 1968).
162 H.E. Ross, Warrants for Traffic Barriers in Texas, Research Report 140-8 (College Station, Texas: Texas
Transportation Institute, Texas A&M University, 1974).
163 L.L. Seamons and R.N. Smith, Past and Current Median Cable Barrier Practices in California,
(Sacramento, California: California Department of Transportation, 1991).
164 Roadside Design Guide, p. 6-3.
165 Supplemental Guidance on Safe Accommodation of Heavy Vehicles on U.S. Highways (Washington, DC:
Federal Highway Administration, Office of Safety, Office of Safety Design, October 8, 2004).
166 With respect to I-65, about 35 percent of the traffic consisted of commercial vehicles. NTSB Highway Accident Report
61
30-foot centers, resulted in 9.3 feet of deflection. The Commonwealth of Kentucky installed
posts on 10-foot center spacing.
In-service field installations differ considerably from MASH barrier test articles. The
FHWA issued an acceptance letter to Gibraltar for the cable barrier system based on a 350-foot
test article length, as specified in NCHRP Report 350. With the adoption of the MASH, the test
article length has been increased to 600 feet. The cable barrier near Munfordville had an
installation length of 9,504 feet (distance between anchor terminal fittings). Such lengths are not
uncommon; for instance, Texas policy calls for the maximum run of cable length to be
approximately 10,000 feet.167 The NTSB concludes that, to adequately address cable barrier
deflection, the test article evaluations for high-tension cable barrier systems conducted according
to the MASH should consider the test length applications used in the field. To ensure that states
include dynamic deflection considerations in the selection and installation of cable barrier
systems, the NTSB recommends that the FHWA provide to state transportation agencies
information from current research, such as NCHRP Project 22-25, Development of Guidance for
the Selection, Use, and Maintenance of Cable Barrier Systems, about the safety risks associated
with the installation of cable barrier systems that differs from the configuration of the system as
designed and tested; information should include the risks associated with the dynamic deflection
that may occur when installation distances between cable barrier anchorages differ from the
600-foot test length prescribed in the MASH. Because state transportation agencies use FHWA
acceptance letters to qualify their selection of median barriers, the NTSB further recommends
that the FHWA include, in its product acceptance letters for cable barrier safety devices,
cautionary language reflecting current research, such as NCHRP Project 22-25, Development of
Guidance for the Selection, Use, and Maintenance of Cable Barrier Systems, to warn state
transportation agencies of the safety risks associated with the installation of cable barrier systems
that differs from the configuration of the system as designed and tested; language should include
the risks associated with the dynamic deflection that may occur when installation distances
between cable barrier anchorages differ from the 600-foot test length prescribed in the MASH.
2.4.6 Definition of a Cross-Median Crash
There is no official, broadly accepted definition of the term “cross-median crash,” and the
absence of such a definition has implications for understanding the accident history of any
particular segment of highway. In addition, existing definitions of this term are not always clear
and comprehensive. The following definition, taken from a recent FHWA/Texas report,168 may
illustrate the point:
For the purposes of this project, the research team developed the following
definition of a cross median crash: ‘A crash where a vehicle departs from its
traveled way to the left, traverses the median separation between the highway’s
directional lanes, and collides with a vehicle traveling in the opposite direction.’ 167 FHWA/TX-10/0-5609-2, p. 2–22.
168 FHWA/TX-10/0-5609-2, p. 2–1. NTSB Highway Accident Report
62
The absence of a standard definition leaves many accident situations in doubt with regard
to characterizing them as cross-median crashes. Questionable examples include the following:
vehicles departing the roadway, crossing the median, and colliding with a tree; vehicles crossing
the median and, while not hitting another vehicle, causing another vehicle to lose control; and
vehicles prevented from crossing because they were contained by a median barrier. Moreover,
because of this lack of a clear and comprehensive definition, FARS data, which rely on
sequence-of-event coding, have difficulty characterizing an accident as a cross-median crash.
Currently, there is no specified code in FARS to identify cross-median crashes; instead, the
terminology “Motor Vehicle In-Transport on Different Roadway” is used, and this code may also
include a vehicle falling from a bridge overpass onto a different road.169 FARS data are crucial to
understanding the extent of the cross-median crash problem and to developing solutions to
address it—and no alternative comprehensive data sources are available in this area. The NTSB
concludes that NHTSA data concerning cross-median crashes would be improved by a standard
definition describing what constitutes a “cross-median crash.”
Following its investigation of an accident that occurred in 1997 in Slinger, Wisconsin,170
the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation H-98-13 to the FHWA, asking it to revise the coding
in the guidelines for the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria to facilitate identification of
cross-median crash events. That recommendation was “Closed—Acceptable Action” in
February 1999, based on the FHWA’s explanation of a combination of coding parameters
(sequence-of-event coding and trafficway descriptions) that could be used to identify
cross-median crashes.171 The NTSB’s difficulty in distinguishing cross-median crashes in FARS
data analyses for this report illustrates the analytical complexity associated with trying to identify
one of the most serious accident types. State transportation agencies regularly conduct
cross-median crash analyses in support of barrier application decisions and, depending on how
they use the FARS data, their results vary.
In light of the need for better accident analysis in this area, the NTSB recommends that
NHTSA and GHSA work together to add a standard definition for “cross-median crash” and a
data element for cross-median crash accidents to the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria.
Adding “crossed median” to each of the three attributes of crash data element C6—First Harmful
Event could be an appropriate approach because those attributes (noncollision; collision with
person, motor vehicle, or nonfixed object; and collision with fixed object) add meaning to further
characterize the outcome of the median crossing. Providing a more direct characterization of
cross-median crashes in the vehicle data element V20–Sequence of Events offers another
possible solution. 169 The terminology “Motor Vehicle In-Transport on Different Roadway” differs from “Motor Vehicle
In-Transport on Same Roadway” in that it applies when the motor vehicle in transport leaves one roadway, enters a
different roadway, and then has a collision with a motor vehicle in transport on that roadway. For example, the
coding “Motor Vehicle In-Transport on Different Roadway” is used when one motor vehicle in transport travels
across the median of a divided highway, enters oncoming traffic, and is struck, or when a motor vehicle in transport
traveling on an overpass falls from the overpass to the roadway below and strikes or is struck by a motor vehicle
moving on that roadway. This code is only used for the motor vehicle crossing over onto the other traffic way.
170 NTSB/HAR-98/01.
171 No coding change to the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria was associated with the FHWA
explanation. NTSB Highway Accident Report
63
2.5 Seat Belt Laws Affecting 15-Passenger Vans
2.5.1 Munfordville Accident Van
All 15 seat positions in the van were equipped with either lap belts or lap/shoulder belts.
Of the 12 van occupants, only 4 were using safety restraints: a 4-month-old infant in a
rearward-facing convertible child restraint in the second bench row directly behind the driver, an
adult female occupant in the second row center seat position next to the infant, and two children,
ages 3 and 5, in forward-facing child restraints in the left and center seat positions in the third
bench row. Because of the severity and location of the intrusion into the interior, the 4-month-old
infant and the adult seated in the second row sustained fatal head injuries. The two surviving
children were not in the intrusion area and were strapped into child restraints held by seat belts,
which kept them secure. The seats remained attached to the vehicle, and the children were
harnessed by the child restraints throughout the accident sequence. The NTSB concludes that the
two children who survived the accident did so because of the protection provided by their child
restraint systems.
The remaining eight van occupants were unrestrained. For the unrestrained driver and
passenger seat occupants of the first row, intrusion into the occupant space was the primary
cause of the fatal injuries. The six remaining unrestrained occupants were thrown from their
seating compartments. When the van came to final rest, the unrestrained adult occupant who had
been in the back (fifth) row and the two unrestrained adult occupants who had been in the fourth
row seated in the left and center seat positions were all found located behind the right front
bucket seat. The two unrestrained adult occupants who were seated in the right-side seat
positions in the third and fourth rows were ejected. The unrestrained occupant of the right front
passenger seat was also ejected. The NTSB cannot determine whether the use of occupant
restraints would have prevented the fatalities of all the unrestrained occupants, especially those
in the area of intrusion, but restraint use would have prevented ejections and occupants’ motion
out of their seating locations. In addition, restraint use might have allowed the occupants to “ride
down” the collision as the vehicle decelerated throughout the accident sequence. The NTSB
concludes that had all the occupants of the 15-passenger van been restrained, some injuries might
have been mitigated and the likelihood of ejections would have been reduced.
Seat belt use rates among occupants of 15-passenger vans involved in fatal accidents are
significantly lower than those associated with occupants of other passenger vehicles. During the
5-year period from 2003 to 2007, about 67 percent of all occupants of 15-passenger vans that
rolled over, resulting in fatal accidents, were unrestrained.172 Occupants who were killed were
four times as likely to be unrestrained as restrained.173 172 By comparison, for the same period, 55 percent of passenger vehicle occupants in fatal crashes were
unrestrained. See Traffic Safety Facts Research Note, “Fatalities to Occupants of 15-Passenger Vans, 1997–2006,”
DOT HS 810 947 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, May 2008).
173 For the 5-year period 2003–2007, out of the 1,367 occupants involved in such accidents, 212 of those killed
were unrestrained and 716 of those surviving were unrestrained (68 percent unrestrained). See Traffic Safety Facts
Research Note, “Fatalities to Occupants of 15-Passenger Vans, 2003–2007,” DOT HS 811 143 (Washington, DC:
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, May 2009). NTSB Highway Accident Report
64
2.5.2 Safety Standards
Kentucky’s occupant protection restraint law, KRS 189.125—Requirements of use of seat
belts, child restraint systems, and child booster seats, limits its definition of motor vehicles
covered by the law to those vehicles designed to carry 10 or fewer passengers. Such a narrow
definition does not cover 15-passenger vans and similar vehicles that need seat restraints at least
as much as smaller vehicles do. The NTSB concludes that the Kentucky seat belt statute is too
restrictive in its definition of “vehicle” and does not afford safety benefits to occupants of
15-passenger vans. The NTSB recommends that the Commonwealth of Kentucky revise its seat
belt law so that it applies to all vehicles designed to carry 15 or fewer passengers.
Treating 15-passenger vans as buses for the purposes of safety standards has created a
gap in the application of state primary seat belt laws to larger passenger vehicles. However,
determining the extent of that gap from state to state is difficult. Many safety organizations track
state seat belt laws according to age, seating location, and fines,174 but determining each state’s
treatment of 15-passenger vans is far from straightforward. Some states qualify the definition of
“passenger vehicle” based on number of passengers (Virginia); some states qualify applicable
vehicles by weight (Connecticut); and some states exempt buses or school buses (Hawaii). Few
states specifically identify a requirement for seat belt use in 15-passenger vans (Texas). NHTSA
regularly publishes the Summary of Vehicle Occupant Protection Laws,175 which provides some
information on the applicability of state seat belt laws to 15-passenger vans and indicates that
gaps in coverage can and do exist. The nature and composition of the summary make it difficult
to identify which states’ seat belt laws apply to 15-passenger vans on a case-by-case basis. The
NTSB concludes that, based on NHTSA’s 2011 Summary of Vehicle Occupant Protection Laws,
states other than Kentucky also may not require restraint use in 15-passenger vans. Therefore, to
make certain that all states are aware of the possible consequences of failing to ensure that their
seat belt laws apply to 15-passenger vans, the NTSB recommends that GHSA inform its
members of the circumstances of this accident, emphasizing that most of the van occupants who
died in the accident were not restrained by seat belts and that, like Kentucky, other states may
have seat belt laws that do not include 15-passenger vans and similar vehicles.
2.6 Motor Carrier Oversight
2.6.1 Safety Assessment
Between starting operation in March 2004 and the date of the accident, the motor carrier,
Hester, had not undergone an FMCSA compliance review. The FMCSA conducted a safety audit
of Hester in November 2005 before granting the carrier permanent operating authority. The
SafeStat oversight program in effect for 2004–2010 identified some problems with Hester. As a
result, the carrier was rated “inspect” for roadside driver/vehicle safety inspections. Hester’s
vehicle out-of-service rate was similar to industry averages, and its accident rate was below 174 For example, see the following websites ,
, and http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811378.pdf, all accessed
July 20, 2011.
175 For the current (9th) edition, see http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811458.pdf, accessed
July 25, 2011 (DOT HS 811 458). NTSB Highway Accident Report
65
1.5 accidents per million miles traveled (the rate the FMCSA deems deficient for the purposes of
compliance review ratings). However, Hester’s driver out-of-service rate was 11.0 percent, more
than twice the industry average (5.3 percent). Hester had a safety rating of “E” as a result of
roadside inspections. This rating corresponded to a low priority for compliance review.
Following the accident, the FMCSA conducted a compliance review of Hester in
April 2010 that resulted in an “unsatisfactory” rating based on three critical violations and one
acute violation. Violations were associated with driver and operational areas. The FMCSA did
not accept Hester’s corrective action plan, and it issued a cease operations order, to be effective
June 5, 2010, and fined the carrier $13,950 for violations.
The NTSB notes that the postaccident compliance review affirmed what was indicated by
roadside inspections, that Hester had inadequate safety controls related to drivers. As a matter of
resource allocation, the FMCSA prioritizes compliance reviews, and Hester’s overall rating did
not call for a compliance review. The NTSB remains concerned that a carrier can perform poorly
in one safety area and not be required to address this poor performance.
The NTBS has two open recommendations related to the safety rating and the compliance
system that the FMCSA is currently revising and implementing, Safety Recommendations
H-99-6 and H-07-3: Change the safety fitness rating methodology so that adverse vehicle and driver
performance-based data alone are sufficient to result in an overall unsatisfactory
rating for the carrier. (H-99-6)
To protect the traveling public until completion of the Comprehensive Safety
Analysis 2010 Initiative, immediately issue an Interim Rule to include all Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in the current compliance review process so
that all violations of regulations are reflected in the calculation of a carrier’s final
rating. (H-07-3)
The current status of both recommendations is “Open—Unacceptable Response.”
The NTSB understands that the FMCSA is currently revising its safety rating and
compliance system as it implements the CSA program, and the Board anticipates that, when fully
implemented, the program will address these two recommendations. The NTSB is concerned that
the CSA program, which supersedes the oversight functions of the FMCSA’s previous programs,
has been in development for years and has only been partially realized. Based on the FMCSA
Administrator’s June 23, 2010, testimony before Congress, the NTSB anticipates a final rule on
the CSA program’s Carrier Safety Fitness Determination to be published for comment by the end
of 2011.176 176 As of July 22, 2011, the regulatory calendar on the FMCSA website identified the publication date for the
CSA final rule as December 29, 2011. NTSB Highway Accident Report
66
2.6.2 Hester’s Postaccident Relationship With FTS Fleet Services
Hester had a business relationship with the transportation broker FTS Fleet Services.
Following the March 2010 accident, the president of Hester approached the owner of FTS Fleet
Services about the possibility of its buying Hester. Both principals subsequently told the FMCSA
that a purchase transaction had taken place, resulting in FTS Fleet Services becoming the new
owner of Hester. The FMCSA put Hester out of operation on June 5, 2010; but on June 7, 2010,
the FMCSA unknowingly granted the business operation that had been Hester authority to
operate as a motor property common carrier under the name FTS Fleet Services. This firm was
placed in the FMCSA new entrant program and continued its trucking operations throughout the
summer. Between May and October 2010, five MCS-150 forms were filed indicating significant
changes in the operations of FTS Fleet Services. All five submissions were signed by the
principal owner of Hester; three indicated that the carrier’s vehicles were addressed in Fayette,
Alabama; two gave the address as Little Rock, Arkansas. The number of vehicles and trailers
differed on each submission, ranging from 26–52 trucks and 60–126 trailers. Media attention in
September 2010 prompted the FMCSA to initiate an investigation into the business relationship
between FTS Fleet Services and Hester. In late October 2010, the FMCSA conducted a
compliance review of FTS Fleet Services in Fayette, Alabama, at the physical location that had
been the business premises of Hester.
FMCSA management in Washington, D.C., began investigating Hester’s affiliation with
FTS Fleet Services. The principals of the original FTS Fleet Services and of Hester told the
FMCSA that a purchase transaction had taken place. However, FTS Fleet Services was unable to
produce a purchase contract for Hester. The vehicles and the physical location of the carrier
FTS Fleet Services were the same as those of Hester, and the names of company officials for
both Hester and FTS Fleet Services appeared in the application documents of the “new” motor
carrier. On November 1, 2010, a week after the October compliance review, the FMCSA
investigators returned and conducted an additional investigation, which eventually resulted in a
“non-rated” status determination for the carrier. The FMCSA ultimately determined that
FTS Fleet Services had not purchased Hester.
A settlement agreement was reached in January 2011, which indicated that the FMCSA
determined that the FTS Fleet Services operation was a continuation of Hester’s operation. As a
result of the continuing operation of Hester and FTS Fleet Services (referred to jointly in the
settlement as the “respondent”), the FMCSA issued a pending claim for $35,080 against the
respondent for violations.177 However, the FMSCA and the respondent agreed to a settlement of
$13,950, and the FMSCA agreed to review the respondent’s safety rating on or before
February 4, 2011.
Although the FMCSA eventually identified the Hester/FTS Fleet Services relationship,
the identification was made only because of a special examination, not through the usual
oversight methods. In effect, Hester operated as a motor carrier for months after receiving the
FMCSA’s cease operations order. FTS Fleet Services tried to assist in Hester’s circumvention of
the oversight system and eventually was operating from the Hester facility with many of the
same trucks and drivers that Hester had used. Consequently, the NTSB concludes that the 177 FMCSA case number AL-2011-0182-US1225, January 7, 2011. NTSB Highway Accident Report
67
postaccident continuation of Hester’s operations, despite a cease operations order against the
firm, shows that FMCSA oversight was inadequate to detect a deceptive and unsafe carrier in a
timely manner.
2.6.3 NTSB Past Recommendations on Oversight of New Motor Carriers
The NTSB has issued many recommendations concerning FMCSA oversight of new
motor carriers. Some are relevant to the discussion of Hester.
In its report on an accident that took place in Victoria, Texas,178 the NTSB recommended
that the FMCSA take action to deter falsification of applicant filings, as stated in Safety
Recommendation H-09-34:
Seek statutory authority to deny or revoke operating authority for commercial
interstate motor carriers found to have applications for operating authority in
which the applicant failed to disclose any prior operating relationship with
another motor carrier, operating as another motor carrier, or being previously
assigned a U.S. Department of Transportation number. (H-09-34)
The FMCSA has indicated that it is using its NAS tool, as well as manual research, to
identify passenger carriers that may be trying to use the new entrant process to evade outstanding
enforcement orders. On this basis, and while awaiting information whether the reauthorization
legislation under consideration by Congress will allow the FMCSA to deny or revoke operating
authority for commercial interstate motor carriers that have submitted fraudulent applications,
the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-09-34 “Open—Acceptable Response” on
September 9, 2011.
The FMCSA’s NAS Program uses data to identify newly registered carriers that may
have a history of enforcement problems. The screening process seeks matches between new
registrants and information provided by previously registered motor carriers. In a series of
MCS-150 filings during summer 2010, Hester and FTS Fleet Services provided the FMCSA with
false and incomplete information. The result was that FTS Fleet Services was included in the
$13,950 fine associated with Hester’s April 2010 compliance review, but the FMCSA imposed
no other penalty on either firm with respect to their efforts at falsification and deception. The
NTSB concludes that if no significant consequences result when motor carriers intentionally
provide false information to the FMCSA, noncompliant motor carriers will continue to try to
evade the system and reregister as reincarnated carriers. In a June 13, 2011, oral statement
regarding bus safety before the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Transportation and
Infrastructure, the FMCSA Administrator stated that the FMCSA had “provided technical
assistance to Congress for authority” to deal with unsafe bus operators, including establishing a
“successor liability” standard for reincarnated companies and substantially higher penalties for
companies that attempt to operate illegally. The FMCSA must develop similar capabilities for all
motor carriers, not just bus operations. Consequently, the NTSB reiterates Safety
Recommendation H-09-34 to the FMCSA. 178 Motorcoach Rollover on U.S. Highway 59 Near Victoria, Texas, January 2, 2008, Highway Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-09/03/SUM (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009). NTSB Highway Accident Report
68
Further, this accident and the associated investigation illustrate that the FMCSA must
develop additional means of identifying unsafe motor carriers trying deceptively to re-enter the
industry. The FMCSA has been using the NAS Program to identify passenger carriers with
histories of poor safety performance. The agency has been applying the NAS Program screening
process to newly registered passenger carriers before granting them operating authority. Had the
NAS Program screening process been applied to the “FTS Fleet Services” cargo carrier that
sought operating authority in summer 2010, its system of inspecting, comparing, and matching
corporate identification information might have detected the suspicious relationship between this
“new” carrier and the “out-of-business” Hester, which had an outstanding fine for safety
compliance violations. Thus, the NTSB concludes that expanding the NAS Program to include
all new motor carrier entrants, rather than limiting it to passenger-carrying operations, could help
the FMCSA detect reincarnated and unsafe cargo carriers. Therefore, the NTSB recommends
that the FMCSA apply the vetting criteria of the NAS Program to the information submitted by
all new entrant motor carriers.
As a result of its investigation of a 2008 motorcoach accident near Sherman, Texas,179
the NTSB made a recommendation to the FMCSA to determine the efficacy of its NAS Program.
Specifically, Safety Recommendation H-09-21 asked the FMCSA to take the following action:
Develop an evaluation component to determine the effectiveness of your New
Applicant Screening Program. (H-09-21)
Safety Recommendation H-09-21 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” pending
implementation of a system for state agencies to conduct background investigations on
applicants and to effectively screen new applicants. The FMCSA has made a host of
programmatic changes in the last year; however, the performance of the newly instituted changes
has not yet been assessed. A program such as NAS, which seeks to identify unsafe motor
carriers, cannot be adequately measured by how many unsafe carriers are identified—it is also
important to know how many are not detected. The NTSB recognizes that the FMCSA does not
have the resources to conduct periodic compliance reviews of all motor carriers. However, the
compliance review process offers the FMCSA the opportunity to evaluate how well the NAS
Program worked in characterizing any motor carrier that underwent the initial screening process.
For example, the NTSB conducted a comparison between the elements of Hester’s 2010
postaccident compliance review and the 16 automatic failure regulations established in the 2008
new entrant final rule and determined that the FMCSA would have failed the carrier in a safety
audit under that rule.180 By comparing the failed elements of a compliance review against the
results of the NAS Program screening for that carrier, the effectiveness of the NAS Program can
begin to be assessed. The NTSB concludes that failure to compare the data obtained from the
NAS Program review of a motor carrier with subsequent compliance review data for that carrier
represents a missed opportunity to assess the effectiveness of the NAS Program. Consequently,
the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation H-09-21 to the FMCSA. 179 Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Bridge and Rollover, Sherman, Texas, August 8, 2008, Highway Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-09/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
180 Failure would have resulted for Hester’s not being in compliance with 49 CFR 383.37(a), “Knowingly
allowing, requiring, permitting or authorizing an employee with a CDL which is suspended, revoked, or cancelled
by a State or who is disqualified to operate a commercial motor vehicle.” NTSB Highway Accident Report obstruction. controlling his vehicle. the accident. time of the accident, the truck driver did not maintain control of his vehicle. telephone conversation diverts attention from driving, use of either a handheld or a
hands-free cellular telephone while driving can impair driver performance. the distraction effects caused by the use of his cellular telephone. designed to safely contain or redirect a heavy vehicle such as the accident truck. and installation of median barriers along roadways with high volumes of heavy vehicle
traffic. high-tension cable barrier systems conducted according to the Manual for Assessing
Safety Hardware should consider the test length applications used in the field. would be improved by a standard definition describing what constitutes a “cross-median
crash.” their child restraint systems.
69 NTSB Highway Accident Report been mitigated and the likelihood of ejections would have been reduced. afford safety benefits to occupants of 15-passenger vans. Vehicle Occupant Protection Laws, states other than Kentucky also may not require
restraint use in 15-passenger vans. order against the firm, shows that Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration oversight
was inadequate to detect a deceptive and unsafe carrier in a timely manner. information to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, noncompliant motor
carriers will continue to try to evade the system and reregister as reincarnated carriers. entrants, rather than limiting it to passenger-carrying operations, could help the Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Administration detect reincarnated and unsafe cargo carriers. of a motor carrier with subsequent compliance review data for that carrier represents a
missed opportunity to assess the effectiveness of the New Applicant Screening Program.
3.2 Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
accident was the truck driver’s failure to maintain control of the truck-tractor combination
vehicle because he was distracted by use of his cellular telephone. Contributing to the severity of
the accident were a median barrier that was not designed to safely contain or redirect the heavy
vehicle and the lack of adequate guidance to the states in the form of high-performance median
barrier warrants.
70 NTSB Highway Accident Report As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following safety recommendations:
To the Federal Highway Administration:
Work with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials to establish warrants and implementation criteria for the selection and
installation of Test Level Four and Test Level Five median barriers on the
National Highway System. (H-11-21)
Work with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials to identify cross-median crash rates that call for special consideration
when selecting median barriers. (H-11-22)
Work with the American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials to define the criteria for median barrier selection, including heavy
vehicle traffic volume. (H-11-23)
Provide to state transportation agencies information from current research, such as
National Cooperative Highway Research Program Project 22-25, Development of
Guidance for the Selection, Use, and Maintenance of Cable Barrier Systems,
about the safety risks associated with the installation of cable barrier systems that
differs from the configuration of the system as designed and tested; information
should include the risks associated with the dynamic deflection that may occur
when installation distances between cable barrier anchorages differ from the
600-foot test length prescribed in the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware.
(H-11-24)
Include, in your product acceptance letters for cable barrier safety devices,
cautionary language reflecting current research, such as National Cooperative
Highway Research Program Project 22-25, Development of Guidance for the
Selection, Use, and Maintenance of Cable Barrier Systems, to warn state
transportation agencies of the safety risks associated with the installation of cable
barrier systems that differs from the configuration of the system as designed and
tested; language should include the risks associated with the dynamic deflection
that may occur when installation distances between cable barrier anchorages
differ from the 600-foot test length prescribed in the Manual for Assessing Safety
Hardware. (H-11-25)
71 NTSB Highway Accident Report
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Prohibit the use of both handheld and hands-free cellular telephones by all
commercial driver’s license holders while operating a commercial vehicle, except
in
emergencies.
(H-11-26)
[This
recommendation
supersedes
Safety
Recommendation H-06-27.]
Apply the vetting criteria of the New Applicant Screening Program to the
information submitted by all new entrant motor carriers. (H-11-27)
To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration:
Work with the Governors Highway Safety Association to add a standard
definition for “cross-median crash” and a data element for cross-median crash
accidents to the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria. (H-11-28)
To the 50 states and the District of Columbia:
Prohibit the use of both handheld and hands-free cellular telephones by all
commercial driver’s license holders while operating a commercial vehicle, except
in
emergencies.
(H-11-29)
[This
recommendation
supersedes
Safety
Recommendation H-06-28.]
To the Commonwealth of Kentucky:
Revise your seat belt law so that it applies to all vehicles designed to carry 15 or
fewer passengers. (H-11-30)
To the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
Work with the Federal Highway Administration to establish warrants and
implementation criteria for the selection and installation of Test Level Four and
Test Level Five median barriers on the National Highway System, and publish
those warrants and criteria in the Roadside Design Guide. (H-11-31) [This
recommendation supersedes Safety Recommendation H-98-24.]
Work with the Federal Highway Administration to identify cross-median crash
rates that call for special consideration when selecting median barriers, and
publish the rates in the Roadside Design Guide. (H-11-32)
Work with the Federal Highway Administration to define the criteria for median
barrier selection, including heavy vehicle traffic volume, and publish the criteria
in the Roadside Design Guide. (H-11-33)
72 NTSB Highway Accident Report
To the Governors Highway Safety Association:
Work with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to add a standard
definition for “cross-median crash” and a data element for cross-median crash
accidents to the Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria. (H-11-34)
Inform your members of the circumstances of this accident, emphasizing that
most of the van occupants who died in the accident were not restrained by seat
belts and that, like Kentucky, other states may have seat belt laws that do not
include 15-passenger vans and similar vehicles. (H-11-35)
4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report
As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the
following safety recommendations:
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Seek statutory authority to deny or revoke operating authority for commercial
interstate motor carriers found to have applications for operating authority in
which the applicant failed to disclose any prior operating relationship with
another motor carrier, operating as another motor carrier, or being previously
assigned a U.S. Department of Transportation number. (H-09-34)
Develop an evaluation component to determine the effectiveness of your New
Applicant Screening Program. (H-09-21)
4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Reclassified in This Report
As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reclassifies the
following safety recommendations:
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Publish regulations prohibiting cellular telephone use by commercial driver’s
license holders with a passenger-carrying or school bus endorsement, while
driving under the authority of that endorsement, except in emergencies. (H-06-27)
Safety Recommendation H-06-27 is reclassified “Closed—Superseded” (superseded by Safety
Recommendation H-11-26).
73 NTSB Highway Accident Report
To the 50 states and the District of Columbia:
Enact legislation to prohibit cellular telephone use by commercial driver’s license
holders with a passenger-carrying or school bus endorsement, while driving under
the authority of that endorsement, except in emergencies. (H-06-28)
Safety Recommendation H-06-28 is reclassified “Closed—Superseded” (superseded by Safety
Recommendation H-11-29).
To the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:
Review, with the Federal Highway Administration, the median barrier warrants
and revise them as necessary to reflect changes in the factors affecting the
probability of cross-median accidents, including changes in the vehicle fleet and
the percentage of heavy trucks using the roadways. (H-98-24)
Safety Recommendation H-98-24 is reclassified “Closed—Superseded” (superseded by Safety
Recommendation H-11-31).
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Chairman
Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Vice Chairman
Member EARL F. WEENER Member
Adopted: September 13, 2011 74 NTSB Highway Accident Report
75 The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) received notification of this accident
on March 26, 2010. The NTSB launched a team of investigators to address motor carrier,
survival, human performance, vehicle, and highway factors. NTSB Vice Chairman Hart took part
in the on-scene investigation.
Parties to the investigation were the Federal Highway Administration; the Federal Motor
Carrier Safety Administration; the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet; the Kentucky State Police;
the Hart County Office of Emergency Management; Gibraltar Cable Barrier Systems, L.P.;
TRW Automotive; and Hester, Inc.
No investigative hearing was held in connection with this accident. 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Multivehicle Collision
Interstate 44 Eastbound
Gray Summit, Missouri
August 5, 2010
Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-11/03
PB2011-916203 National
Transportation
Safety Board NTSB/HAR-11/03
PB2011-916203
Notation 8245A
Adopted December 13, 2011 Highway Accident Report
Multivehicle Collision
Interstate 44 Eastbound
Gray Summit, Missouri
August 5, 2010 National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Multivehicle Collision, Interstate 44 Eastbound, Gray
Summit, Missouri, August 5, 2010. Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-11/03. Washington, DC. Abstract: On August 5, 2010, in Gray Summit, Missouri, traffic slowed in the approach to an active work
zone on eastbound Interstate 44. A 2007 Volvo truck-tractor with no trailer was traveling in the right lane
and had slowed or stopped behind traffic. About 10:11 a.m. central daylight time, a 2007 GMC Sierra
extended cab pickup truck merged into the right lane and struck the rear of the Volvo tractor. This
collision was the first in a series of three. Two school buses from St. James High School, St. James,
Missouri, were approaching the slowed traffic and the collision ahead. The lead bus was a 71-passenger
bus, occupied by 23 passengers. Following closely behind the lead bus was a 72-passenger bus, occupied
by 31 passengers. Seconds after the lead bus passed a motorcoach that had stopped on the shoulder, it
struck the rear of the GMC pickup. This collision—the second in the series—caused the pickup to
overturn onto the back of the Volvo tractor. The front of the lead bus came to rest on top of the GMC
pickup and the Volvo tractor. Moments later, the following bus struck the lead bus. As a result of this
accident sequence, the driver of the GMC pickup and one passenger seated in the rear of the lead bus
were killed. A total of 35 bus passengers, the 2 bus drivers, and the driver of the Volvo tractor were
injured. Eighteen people were uninjured.
Major safety issues identified in this investigation were the potential use of video event recorder
data in monitoring and oversight of driver performance; driver distraction due to use of a portable
electronic device; necessity of maintaining adequate focus on the forward roadway and keeping
recommended minimum following distance; medical oversight of interstate commercial drivers;
inadequate Missouri state school bus inspection regulations and procedures; absence of Missouri state
oversight of motor carriers involved in pupil transportation; frequency of rear-end accidents; design of
emergency exit windows on school buses; and absence of a Missouri state requirement for pretrip safety
briefings for pupils traveling to an activity or on a field trip in a school bus or a school-chartered bus. The
National Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, the 50 states and the District of Columbia, the state of Missouri, the Missouri Department
of Elementary and Secondary Education, CTIA–The Wireless Association, the Consumer Electronics
Association, the National Association of State Directors of Pupil Transportation Services, the National
Association for Pupil Transportation, and the National School Transportation Association.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation,
railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by
Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the
probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the
safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and
decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and
statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information may be obtained
from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board, Records Management Division,
CIO-40, 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW, Washington, DC 20594, (800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551. NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-916203 from: National Technical
Information Service, 5301 Shawnee Road, Alexandria, Virginia 22312, (800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000. The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Contents
Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... iv
Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... vi
Investigation Synopsis ................................................................................................................... vi
Probable Cause.............................................................................................................................. vii
Recommendations ......................................................................................................................... vii
1 Factual Information ...................................................................................................................1
1.1 Accident Narrative ....................................................................................................................1
1.2 Witness Statements ...................................................................................................................5
1.3 Injuries ......................................................................................................................................6
1.4 Medical and Pathological Information ......................................................................................9
1.5 Emergency Response ................................................................................................................9
1.6 Survival Factors ......................................................................................................................10
1.6.1 2007 Volvo Truck-Tractor ............................................................................................10
1.6.2 2007 GMC Sierra Pickup Truck ...................................................................................10
1.6.3 2003 Blue Bird Bus (Lead School Bus) .......................................................................12
1.6.4 2001 Blue Bird Bus (Following School Bus) ...............................................................15
1.7 Driver Factors .........................................................................................................................16
1.7.1 Volvo Truck-Tractor Driver .........................................................................................16
1.7.2 GMC Pickup Truck Driver ...........................................................................................18
1.7.3 Lead School Bus Driver ................................................................................................22
1.7.4 Following School Bus Driver .......................................................................................25
1.8 Motor Carrier Factors .............................................................................................................28
1.8.1 Climate Express, Inc. ....................................................................................................28
1.8.2 Copeland Bus Services .................................................................................................29
1.8.3 Intrastate Carrier Oversight ..........................................................................................30
1.9 Vehicle Factors .......................................................................................................................32
1.9.1 2007 Volvo Truck-Tractor ............................................................................................32
1.9.2 2007 GMC Sierra Pickup Truck ...................................................................................33
1.9.3 2003 Blue Bird Bus (Lead School Bus) .......................................................................35
1.9.4 2001 Blue Bird Bus (Following School Bus) ...............................................................38
1.9.5 Deceleration Tests on Accident School Buses .............................................................40
1.9.6 Maintenance and Inspection of Accident School Buses ...............................................41
1.9.7 School Bus Inspection Program ....................................................................................42
1.10 Highway Factors ...................................................................................................................44
i NTSB
Highway Accident Report
1.10.1 Highway Characteristics .............................................................................................44
1.10.2 Highway Statistics ......................................................................................................45
1.10.3 Work Zone ..................................................................................................................46
1.10.4 Recent Developments in Work-Zone Oversight .........................................................48
1.11 Weather and Visibility ..........................................................................................................49
2 Analysis .....................................................................................................................................50
2.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................50
2.2 Video Analysis ........................................................................................................................52
2.2.1 Speed of 2001 Blue Bird Bus (Following School Bus) ................................................52
2.2.2 Passing Speed of GMC Pickup Truck ..........................................................................53
2.2.3 Time of Collision Between GMC Pickup Truck and Volvo Truck-Tractor .................53
2.2.4 Actions of Following School Bus .................................................................................54
2.3 Video Event Recorders ...........................................................................................................54
2.4 Vehicle Drivers .......................................................................................................................56
2.4.1 GMC Pickup Truck Driver ...........................................................................................56
2.4.2 Lead School Bus Driver ................................................................................................61
2.4.3 Following School Bus Driver .......................................................................................63
2.4.4 Driver Fatigue ...............................................................................................................64
2.4.5 Medical Oversight ........................................................................................................66
2.5 Motor Carrier ..........................................................................................................................68
2.6 Vehicles...................................................................................................................................69
2.6.1 School Bus Inspections .................................................................................................69
2.6.2 Forward Collision Avoidance Systems ........................................................................71
2.7 School Bus Evacuation ...........................................................................................................74
2.7.1 Emergency Exit Windows ............................................................................................74
2.7.2 Evacuation Instruction ..................................................................................................76
3 Conclusions ...............................................................................................................................79
3.1 Findings...................................................................................................................................79
3.2 Probable Cause........................................................................................................................80
4 Recommendations ....................................................................................................................81
4.1 New Recommendations ..........................................................................................................81
4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated and Reclassified in This Report .................83
4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report ............................................84
Board Member Statements .........................................................................................................86
Appendix A: Investigation ..........................................................................................................94
ii NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Figures
Figure 1. Gray Summit, Missouri, accident location ..................................................................... 2
Figure 2. Diagram of accident vehicles at rest ............................................................................... 3
Figure 3. Gray Summit accident scene, showing Volvo tractor and lead school bus .................... 4
Figure 4. Override and intrusion of following school bus into lead school bus ............................ 4
Figure 5. Position of accident vehicles at rest, with GMC pickup located between lead
school bus and top of rear wheels of Volvo tractor ........................................................................ 5
Figure 6. Seating chart for lead school bus .................................................................................... 7
Figure 7. Seating chart for following school bus ........................................................................... 8
Figure 8. GMC pickup in an inverted “U” shape, with its rear at left and its front at right.. ....... 11
Figure 9. Gas tank tear in GMC pickup. ...................................................................................... 12
Figure 10. Front and rear views of lead school bus ..................................................................... 12
Figure 11. Raised emergency release latch plate at bottom of emergency exit window,
lead school bus. ............................................................................................................................. 15
Figure 12. Front view of following school bus ............................................................................ 16
Figure 13. Master cylinder in lead school bus, with hydraulic fluid seepage covering
cylinder body ................................................................................................................................ 37
Figure 14. Location of ruptured brake line on lead school bus, with leaking hydraulic
brake fluid apparent ...................................................................................................................... 37 iii NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Acronyms and Abbreviations
AAMVA
American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators
ABS antilock braking system
ACC
adaptive cruise control
ACM
air-bag control module
ADT
average daily traffic
CB citizens band
CDL
commercial driver’s license
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CMS
changeable message sign
CSA Compliance, Safety, Accountability program (FMCSA)
CSR (Missouri) Code of State Regulations
CVSA
Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance
DMS
dynamic message sign
DOT
U.S. Department of Transportation
ECU
engine control unit
EMS
emergency medical services
FCW
forward collision warning
FHWA
Federal Highway Administration
FMCSA
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
FMCSRs
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
g acceleration due to gravity
GHSA
Governors Highway Safety Association
GPS global positioning system
GVWR
gross vehicle weight rating
I-44 Interstate 44
IIHS Insurance Institute for Highway Safety
ITS intelligent transportation systems
MCMIS
Motor Carrier Management Information System (FMCSA)
MMVIRs
Missouri Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations
iv NTSB
Highway Accident Report
MoDOT
Missouri Department of Transportation
MSHP
Missouri State Highway Patrol
MUTCD
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
NASDPTS
National Association of State Directors of Pupil Transportation Services
NCST
National Congress on School Transportation
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
ODI Office of Defects Investigations (NHTSA)
PCP phencyclidine
PRT perception–reaction time
psi pounds per square inch
SafeStat
Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System
SBMTC
School Bus Manufacturers Technical Committee
SDM
sensing and diagnostic module
USDOT
U.S. Department of Transportation (motor carrier number)
VER
video event recorder
VHS
video home system
VTTI
Virginia Tech Transportation Institute
v NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Executive Summary
On Thursday morning, August 5, 2010, in Gray Summit, Missouri, traffic slowed in the
approach to an active work zone on eastbound Interstate 44 (I-44), as motor vehicles merged
from the closed left lane to the right lane. A 2007 Volvo truck-tractor with no trailer was
traveling eastbound in the right lane and had slowed or stopped behind traffic. About 10:11 a.m.
central daylight time, a 2007 GMC Sierra extended cab pickup truck merged from the left to the
right lane and struck the rear of the Volvo tractor. This collision was the first in a series of three.
A convoy of two school buses from St. James High School, St. James, Missouri, was
traveling eastbound in the right lane of I-44, approaching the slowed traffic and the collision
ahead. Their destination was the Six Flags St. Louis amusement park in Eureka, Missouri. The
lead bus was a 71-passenger school bus, occupied by 23 passengers. Following closely behind
the lead bus was a 72-passenger school bus, occupied by 31 passengers. Seconds after the lead
bus passed a motorcoach that had pulled over and stopped on the shoulder, it struck the rear of
the GMC pickup. This collision—the second in the series—pushed the pickup forward,
overturning it onto the back of the Volvo tractor. The front of the lead bus was ramped upward,
as it came to rest on top of the GMC pickup and the Volvo tractor. Moments later, the following
school bus struck the right rear of the lead bus.
As a result of this accident sequence, the driver of the GMC pickup and one passenger
seated in the rear of the lead school bus were killed. A total of 35 passengers from both buses,
the 2 bus drivers, and the driver of the Volvo tractor received injuries ranging from minor to
serious. Eighteen people were uninjured.
Investigation Synopsis
The National Transportation Safety Board used scene evidence and information from
cellular provider records, the GMC pickup air-bag control module, a video from the following
school bus, and witness statements to reconstruct the three collisions.
The Volvo tractor was the last vehicle in a queue of slowed traffic in the right lane of the
work zone. As the GMC pickup moved from the closed left lane to the right lane, approaching
the Volvo tractor, the driver leaned to his right, possibly reaching for his cell phone to continue
an ongoing text messaging conversation. One second prior to collision, the pickup was traveling
at a speed of about 55 mph, and the driver had not applied the brakes.
Upon seeing the GMC pickup–Volvo tractor collision, the driver of a motorcoach steered
his vehicle onto the right shoulder, stopping about 180 feet from the accident site. The lead
school bus was approaching the accident site in the right lane at a driver-reported speed of
50 mph. The driver steered her bus to the left to clear the parked motorcoach and then moved
back to the right lane. Almost immediately, the lead bus struck the GMC pickup, overriding it
and lifting it onto the back of the Volvo tractor. The lead bus continued riding upward until it
was resting on the Volvo tractor, with its front end high, its back wheels off the pavement, and
its bumper on the ground. The time between the first and second collisions was about 6 seconds.
vi NTSB
Highway Accident Report
vii
The driver of the following school bus was traveling in the right lane at 52 mph when she
saw the lead school bus vault into the air. About 2 seconds before her vehicle collided with the
lead bus, she applied the brakes and began steering to the right. The bus had decelerated to
approximately 38 mph when it struck the lead bus above the rear bumper.
The Gray Summit accident investigation focused on (1) the potential use of video event
recorder data in monitoring and oversight of driver performance; (2) driver distraction due to use
of a portable electronic device; (3) necessity of maintaining adequate focus on the forward
roadway and keeping recommended minimum following distance; (4) medical oversight of
interstate commercial drivers; (5) inadequate Missouri state school bus inspection regulations
and procedures; (6) absence of Missouri state oversight of motor carriers involved in pupil
transportation; (7) frequency of rear-end accidents; (8) design of emergency exit windows on
school buses; and (9) absence of a Missouri state requirement for pretrip safety briefings for
pupils traveling to an activity or on a field trip in a school bus or a school-chartered bus.
Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the
initial Gray Summit collision was distraction, likely due to a text messaging conversation being
conducted by the GMC pickup driver, which resulted in his failure to notice and react to a Volvo
tractor that had slowed or stopped in response to a queue that had developed in a work zone. The
second collision, between the lead school bus and the GMC pickup, was the result of the bus
driver’s inattention to the forward roadway due to excessive focus on a motorcoach parked on
the shoulder of the road. The final collision was due to the driver of the following school bus not
maintaining the recommended minimum distance from the lead school bus in the seconds
preceding the accident. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the lack of forward
collision warning systems on the two school buses.
Recommendations
As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes
recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the 50
states and the District of Columbia, the state of Missouri, the Missouri Department of
Elementary and Secondary Education, CTIA–The Wireless Association, the Consumer
Electronics Association, the National Association of State Directors of Pupil Transportation
Services, the National Association for Pupil Transportation, and the National School
Transportation Association. This report reiterates and reclassifies previously issued
recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) and to NHTSA,
and also reiterates previously issued recommendations to the FMCSA, NHTSA, and the
American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
1
1 Factual Information
1.1 Accident Narrative
On Thursday morning, August 5, 2010, in Gray Summit, Franklin County, Missouri,
traffic slowed approaching an active work zone on eastbound Interstate 44 (I-44), in the vicinity
of mile marker 250.6, as motor vehicles merged from the left lane, which was closed ahead, to
the right lane. A 2007 Volvo truck-tractor with no trailer, operated by a 43-year-old driver, was
traveling eastbound in the right lane and had slowed or stopped behind traffic in the work zone.
(See figure 1.) About 10:11 a.m. central daylight time,1 a 2007 GMC Sierra extended cab pickup
truck, operated by a 19-year-old driver, merged from the left to the right lane and struck the rear
of the Volvo tractor.
A convoy of two school buses from St. James High School, St. James, Missouri, was
traveling eastbound in the right lane of I-44, to the Six Flags St. Louis amusement park in
Eureka, Missouri. A 2003 Blue Bird 71-passenger bus (the lead school bus), operated by a
75-year-old driver and occupied by 23 passengers, was approaching the slowed traffic and the
accident ahead. A 2001 Blue Bird 72-passenger bus (the following school bus), operated by a
38-year-old driver and occupied by 31 passengers, was following the lead school bus. Seconds
after the lead bus passed a motorcoach that had pulled over and stopped on the shoulder because
of the initial collision, it struck the rear of the GMC pickup. This collision pushed the pickup
forward, and it overturned onto the back of the Volvo tractor. The front of the lead bus was
ramped upward, and it came to rest on top of the GMC pickup and the Volvo tractor. Moments
later, the left front of the following bus struck the right rear of the lead bus. The following bus
remained engaged with the lead bus. (See figures 2–5.)
As a result of this accident sequence, the driver of the GMC pickup and one passenger
seated in the rear of the lead school bus were killed. A total of 35 school bus passengers from
both buses, the 2 school bus drivers, and the driver of the Volvo tractor received injuries ranging
from minor to serious. Eighteen people were uninjured.
The accident occurred on a straight section of roadway with a 3 percent upgrade. The
temperature at the time of the accident was 81° F, the weather was clear, and the roadway was
dry.
Appendix A presents background information on the National Transportation Safety
Board’s (NTSB) launch to the accident site. 1 All times in this report are central daylight time unless stated otherwise. NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 1. Gray Summit, Missouri, accident location.
2 NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 2. Diagram of accident vehicles at rest. Final rest position of GMC pickup was beneath
lead school bus. Motorcoach shown to the west was not involved in accident but is referenced
throughout the report.
3 NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 3. Gray Summit accident scene, showing Volvo tractor and lead school bus. GMC
pickup is located between the two vehicles and acted as a ramp for the school bus. The
following school bus is located at right rear of photo. (Courtesy of Boles Fire Protection District) Figure 4. Override and intrusion of following school bus into lead school bus. (Courtesy of Boles
Fire Protection District) 4 NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 5. Position of accident vehicles at rest, with GMC pickup located between lead school
bus and top of rear wheels of Volvo tractor. (Courtesy of Boles Fire Protection District)
1.2 Witness Statements
A witness who had been driving in the left lane, approaching the rear of the GMC pickup,
stated that he noticed the pickup driver lower his head to the right, as if he was leaning to reach
for something. He said that he then noticed the Volvo tractor come to a stop and saw the GMC
pickup hit the back of the tractor. According to the witness, he then looked in his right outside
rearview mirror and saw the lead school bus hit the pickup truck and override the back of the
Volvo tractor. When asked, the witness said that he did not see any brake lights from the GMC
pickup prior to its collision with the Volvo tractor.
Another witness, who had been driving a motorcoach, told NTSB investigators that he
was traveling about 45 mph before the accident, and cars were passing him. He reported that the
traffic density was moderate to heavy. He saw a truck-tractor in front of him stop, and he began
to slow. He then saw what he described as an “SUV” pass him from the left and enter the right
lane. At an estimated distance of 600 feet in front of him, he saw the vehicle collide with the rear
of the tractor. He stated that another vehicle also passed him on the left and continued past the
collision. The motorcoach driver stopped his bus on the right shoulder about 180 feet behind the
accident. The driver told NTSB investigators that he saw the collisions involving the two school
buses approximately 5–6 seconds after the initial collision between the GMC pickup and the
Volvo tractor. This statement contradicts what he told the Missouri State Highway Patrol
(MSHP): that after parking his vehicle, he exited and attempted to slow down other drivers and
that he did not see the accident with the buses because he was facing the opposite direction. 5 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
1.3 Injuries
Table 1 summarizes the injuries resulting from the accident. Figures 6 and 7 show the
seating charts for the lead and following school buses, respectively. The passengers in the lead
bus were female students, 13–17 years old. The passengers in the following bus included
1 chaperone and 30 male students, 6–18 years old. None of the occupants in either bus were
ejected during the accident sequence.
Table 1. Injuries.
Injuriesa
Drivers
Passengers
Total
Fatal
1
1
2
Serious
1
4
5
Minor
2
31
33
None
0
18
18
Total
4
54
58
a Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines a fatal injury
as any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident. It defines a
serious injury as an injury that requires hospitalization for more than
48 hours, commencing within 7 days of the date of injury; results in a
fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of the fingers, toes, or nose);
causes severe hemorrhages or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; involves
any internal organ; or involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burn
affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. 6 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
GRAY SUMMIT, MISSOURI
HWY-10-MH-018
ICAO INJURY LEGEND
SAMPLE
F = FEMALE M = MALE # = AGE
INJURY LEVEL
AGE
GENDER
F - 14 : Minor
Source: NTSB
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
N
M
S =
None
Minor
Serious
Fatal
F-14 : M
F-16 : M
F-16 : S
F-75 : M
6
F-14 : M
F-16 : M
F-13 : M
F-16 : M
F-13 : M
F-15 : S
F-15 : M
F-15 : M
F-15 : S
F-15 : M
F-15 : F
F-17 : M
F-13 : N
F-16 : N
F-16 : M
F-15 : M
F-15 : M
F-14 : S
F-16 : M
F-14 : M Figure 6. Seating chart for lead school bus.
7 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
M-14 : N
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
N
M
S =
None
Minor
Serious
Fatal
M-13 : M
M-16 : M
M-15 : N
M-15 : N
F-38 : S
M-11 : N
M-06 : M
M-36 : M
6
M-13 : M
M-14 : M
M-17 : N
M-18 : N
M-17 : M
M-15 : N
M-15 : M
M-16 : M
M-18 : N
M-15 : M
M-15 : N
M-15 : M
M-15 : N
M-16 : M
M-14 : N
M-13 : N
M-17 : N
M-17 : N
M-15 : M
M-16 : M
M-16 : M
M-15 : N
M-16 : N
GRAY SUMMIT, MISSOURI
HWY-10-MH-018
ICAO INJURY LEGEND
SAMPLE
F = FEMALE M = MALE # = AGE
INJURY LEVEL
AGE
GENDER
F - 14 : Minor
Source: NTSB Figure 7. Seating chart for following school bus.
8 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
9
1.4 Medical and Pathological Information
According to autopsy reports, the driver of the GMC pickup sustained multiple fractures
to the skull and lower right leg, and large lacerations and abrasions to the face, torso, and
extremities. The 15-year-old female school bus passenger, who had been seated in the last row of
seats on the right side of the lead school bus, sustained multiple fractures to the skull, chest, and
extremities.
According to the emergency medical services (EMS) incident commander, ambulances
transported 19 school bus occupants to five area hospitals—where they were evaluated, treated,
and released, or transferred to higher trauma hospitals. Thirty-five occupants of the two buses
were transported to Cardinal Glennon Children’s Hospital. Two uninjured occupants left the
accident scene.
1.5 Emergency Response
The Franklin County dispatcher was notified of the accident through the 911 system at
10:13 a.m. on August 5, 2011. The first call from dispatch went out to the Boles Fire Protection
District at 10:14 a.m., and the incident commander arrived on scene at 10:19 a.m. Emergency
responders from the Boles Fire District, the Meramec Ambulance District, and the MSHP arrived
shortly afterward. A level 1 mass casualty incident was declared at 10:21 a.m. At 10:29 a.m., the
incident commander asked dispatch to contact the Missouri Department of Transportation
(MoDOT) to close down I-44 at exit 247. At 10:43 a.m., traffic was redirected to exit 247, and
the eastbound and westbound lanes of I-44 were closed.
A total of two law enforcement agencies, three fire districts, and six ambulance services
responded to the accident.2 In all, 12 rescue and engine units and 13 ambulances were present at
the scene. Fire engines placed foam over a gasoline spill from the GMC pickup, which was
located under the lead school bus and atop the fifth wheel of the Volvo tractor. This task was
completed at 11:01 a.m.
A surviving trapped occupant in the lead school bus was extricated at 10:37 a.m.
Extrication of the two deceased occupants began at 1:00 p.m. and was completed by 2:11 p.m.
MoDOT reopened traffic on this section of I-44 at 4:16 p.m.
In postaccident interviews, first responders commented that the rescue and recovery
operations went smoothly and all responding agencies worked well together. The incident was
handled as a unified command, with the MSHP investigating the accident; EMS units
transporting the injured; and fire districts handling the rescue, extrication, and recovery efforts.
Franklin County had an emergency operations plan in place, as required by the U.S. Department 2 The MSHP, Franklin County Sheriff’s Department, Boles Fire Protection District, Union Fire Protection
District, Pacific Fire Protection District, Meramec Ambulance District, Eureka Fire Protection District EMS, Metro
West Fire Protection District EMS, Big River Ambulance District, Washington Area Ambulance District, and
St. Clair EMS responded to the accident. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
10
of Homeland Security.3 At the time of the accident, however, it did not have standard operating
procedures for mass casualty incidents. The county completed a draft mass casualty incident plan
and a draft mass patient care plan in May 2011.
1.6 Survival Factors
1.6.1 2007 Volvo Truck-Tractor
The GMC pickup–Volvo tractor collision caused moderate damage to the rear of the
Volvo tractor and the top of the rear frame rails around the fifth wheel coupling. Both rear
tandem mud flaps were broken off, and the left frame member was bent inward approximately
1 inch. In addition, the metal cross member between the frame rails, which supported the license
plate and rear brake lights, was crushed inward approximately 9 inches. NTSB investigators
measured the postaccident wheelbase on the right and left sides of the Volvo tractor at
244 inches and 242.5 inches, respectively.
The subsequent collision by the lead school bus damaged the top left corner of the Volvo
tractor’s fiberglass roof above the sleeper berth. The interior of the cab sustained significant
damage to the top portion of the sleeper berth but no damage to the driver or front right
passenger seating area.
The Volvo tractor was equipped with a driver air bag, and both the driver and passenger
seats were equipped with three-point lap and shoulder restraints attached to the B-pillar of the
cab. Because the Volvo tractor was involved in a rear-end collision, the air bag did not deploy,
and no evidence of friction rub or stretching was found on the driver’s seat belt.
1.6.2 2007 GMC Sierra Pickup Truck
The GMC pickup was taken to an impound lot in Saint Clair, Missouri, where it was
examined by NTSB investigators. The damage to the exterior and interior was catastrophic. The
front end of the pickup was severely damaged due to its impact with the rear of the Volvo
tractor. The subsequent impact by the lead school bus resulted in the pickup overriding the back
of the Volvo tractor and its undercarriage being folded into a “U” shape. During the accident
sequence, the pickup’s high-density polyethylene gasoline tank was torn and released fuel at the
site. (See figures 8 and 9.)
The interior of the GMC pickup was fully destroyed and contained no survivable space.
The rear seats were collapsed into the front seats, and the front seatbacks were folded down flat
to the seat cushions. The steering wheel did not appear to be deformed; the steering column’s 3 The Franklin County emergency operations plan is currently in the all hazards format, with annexes for more
specific topics. The plan contains the basic personnel roles and responsibilities—such as for triage and patient
tracking—in accordance with the current Federal Emergency Management Agency National Incident Management
System standards. The hazard-specific annexes contain more detail about specific topics. The health and medical
services annex, for example, outlines the procedures for notification, request for more units, information flow, and
activation. The Franklin County Mortuary Service standard operating procedures are included in an appendix. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
11
shear capsule4 was totally collapsed (that is, pushed inward) and separated by approximately
6 inches. The vehicle was equipped with a driver air bag, which deployed. The passenger-side air
bag did not deploy because no one was seated in that position. An inspection of the driver’s seat
belt showed no evidence of usage at the time of the accident. According to first responders, the
driver was found unrestrained by the available lap and shoulder belts. Figure 8. GMC pickup in an inverted “U” shape, with its rear at left and its front at right.
Undercarriage of pickup forms exterior of “U” shape. 4 A shear capsule is a component of an energy-absorbing steering column that deforms with the application of a
collision’s direct forward force. NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 9. Gas tank tear in GMC pickup.
1.6.3 2003 Blue Bird Bus (Lead School Bus)
The lead school bus sustained moderate front-end damage from hitting the back of the
GMC pickup and undercarriage damage from overriding the pickup and the sleeper berth of the
Volvo tractor. The rear of the bus was seriously damaged as a result of being overridden by the
following school bus. (See figure 10.) Figure 10. Front and rear views of lead school bus. Emergency door supports and several roof
pillars were cut to extricate an entrapped passenger.
.
12 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
According to manufacturer specifications, the lead school bus had an original overall
length of 427 inches, an overall width of 94 inches, and a wheel base of 210 inches. The initial
frontal damage due to impact with the GMC pickup began at the left front corner and extended
80 inches to the right. Maximum crush was measured at 9.5 inches from the left front bumper,
extending to the undercarriage of the bus. The driver-side windshield was knocked out. The
passenger-side windshield was severely cracked but still in place. The right-side wheelbase was
measured at 210 inches and the left at 211.5 inches.
The impact from the following school bus severely damaged the rear of the lead school
bus. Direct damage to the rear bumper was primarily on the right side and spanned a width of
35 inches. The bumper was crushed inward 6 inches at its maximum point. The maximum
residual crush into the passenger compartment was 62 inches. The override impact crushed the
rear emergency door and rear wall inward, and caused the roof to buckle and crush inward and
upward. In addition, the right outside side wall was crushed inward and to the right. The
emergency door supports and several roof pillars were cut to extricate a passenger.
Interior damage to the lead school bus was primarily in the area of the right rear
passenger compartment and the emergency exit door. The back right wall panel adjacent to the
emergency door and roof sustained significant damage from the intruding front end of the
following school bus. All rear windows, three side windows near the right rear, and one side
window near the left rear were broken out. The rear emergency door, back right wall panel, and
roof intruded into the occupant compartment. In the last two seating rows on the right side, the
roof was crushed approximately 45 inches, to 6 inches below the seatbacks. The roof and side
walls were also buckled inward at several locations near the rear of the bus.
The lead school bus was equipped with a bucket seat with cushion springs for the driver.
Inspection of the driver’s lap and shoulder restraint system revealed a small heat abrasion near
the latch and buckle connection, indicating that the restraints were in use at the time of the
accident. The steering wheel had no noticeable deformation. Behind the driver’s seat were
11 rows of three-person bench seats and a twelfth row with a two-person seat. The right side had
12 rows of three-person seats. Each of the three-person bench seats was 39 inches wide, with the
seatbacks 28.5 inches high. The two-person bench seat was 27 inches wide and 28.5 inches high.
None of the passenger seating positions were equipped with seat belts.
The floor and wall anchors remained secured on both sides, postaccident, except at the
seats in rows 10, 11, and 12 on the right side. The forward floor post for the right seat in row 12
was cut to allow extrication of the entrapped passenger, and the rearward floor post and wall
anchors were torn out. The forward floor post of the seat in row 11 was bent forward at an angle
of 20°, and the rear post was bent forward at an angle of 10°. The seatback in row 11 was
touching the back of the seatback in row 10, and both wall anchors were pulled out. Both of the
floor posts in row 10 were bent forward, with the front at a 20° angle and the rear at a 45° angle.
The rear wall anchor was pulled out but the front remained attached.
The lead school bus was equipped with one loading door opposite the driver’s seat, four
emergency windows (located on the left and right sides of the bus, in rows 4 and 10), two
emergency roof hatches (located above rows 3 and 9), and a rear emergency door. Based on
interviews with emergency responders and passengers on both buses, all but one occupant exited
13 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
14
the bus through the left rear emergency exit window. The one entrapped passenger was
extricated by emergency responders and placed on a backboard before being removed through
the right rear emergency exit window.
All four emergency exit windows were laminated and properly marked with identifying
decals and instructions. The size of egress was 20 by 30 inches for all emergency exit windows.5
According to a Blue Bird representative, the emergency exit windows were double 9-inch
push-out, split-sash window assemblies with laminated glass. The push-out window assembly
consists of two split-sash window panes within a hinged frame. A positive latch mechanism
located on the bottom of the frame assembly, which releases, allows the window to swing
outward while remaining hinged at the top to provide emergency egress. A warning buzzer alerts
the driver of the opened window. A 4- by 3-inch emergency release latch plate, which is elevated
about 1 inch from the window base, is exposed when the window is disengaged from the positive
latch mechanism.
According to emergency responders and passengers in the lead school bus, evacuation
was hindered by the design of the emergency window. The latch plate that protruded from the
bottom of the window snagged the clothing of several passengers. (See figure 11.) Additionally,
one person had to hold the hinged emergency window open so that another bus occupant could
exit unimpeded. According to the Blue Bird representative, the company had changed the design
of its newly manufactured emergency exit windows in 2005 so that the hinges are now vertically
positioned, instead of horizontally, as in the accident buses.6 In addition, Blue Bird
representatives stated that they have decreased the elevation of the emergency release latch plate
so that it does not extend more than 0.5 inch beyond the window opening.
The lead school bus was equipped with a first aid kit, a triangle/flare kit, and a fire
extinguisher. According to the inspection sticker, the extinguisher was last inspected in
February 2008, and the sticker expired in February 2009. 5 Section 5.4.2.1(c) of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 217, Bus Emergency Exits, specifies
that the openings of school bus emergency exit windows must be large enough to admit unobstructed passage of a
50- by 33-centimeter ellipsoid (19.70 by 13.0 inches).
6 According to representatives from Thomas Built and IC/Navistar, these school bus manufacturers still offer
both the horizontal- and vertical-mounted emergency exit windows. NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 11. Raised emergency release latch plate (circled) at bottom of emergency exit window,
lead school bus.
1.6.4 2001 Blue Bird Bus (Following School Bus)
The following school bus sustained moderate front-end damage from hitting the back of
the lead school bus. (See figure 12.) According to manufacturer specifications, the following bus
had an original overall length of 420 inches, an overall width of 94 inches, and a wheelbase of
190 inches. The frontal impact damage began at the left corner and extended to the right
64.5 inches. The damage also extended vertically to the roof. Maximum crush to the left front
bumper was 13.5 inches. Damage to the left side of the bus extended approximately 49.5 inches,
detaching the side rearview mirror and shattering the driver’s window. Both windshield panes
were also shattered. Postaccident measurement of the wheelbase showed the left side to be
189.5 inches and the right side 190.25 inches.
The following school bus was equipped with a bucket seat with cushion springs for the
driver. Behind the driver’s seat, on both sides of the bus, were 12 rows of three-person bench
seats. Each of the bench seats was 39 inches wide, with 24.5-inch-high seatbacks. All of the floor
and wall anchors on both sides of the bus remained secured.
Inspection of the vehicle’s interior revealed that most of the damage was in the driver’s
seating area. Three of the five gauges located on the dash and instrument panels, directly forward
of the steering wheel, were broken out. Inward deformation to the steering wheel was evident
from loading by the driver. An inspection of the driver’s lap and shoulder restraint showed a
small heat abrasion near the buckle/latch connection, consistent with the seat belt being in use at
the time of the accident.
15 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
16 Figure 12. Front view of following school bus.
The following school bus was equipped with one loading door opposite the driver’s seat,
four emergency windows (located on the left and right sides of the bus, in rows 4 and 10), two
emergency roof hatches (located above rows 3 and 9), and a rear emergency exit door. All four
emergency exit windows were properly marked with identifying decals and instructions. All but
one occupant of the bus evacuated through the rear emergency exit door; the adult chaperone
exited through the front loading door.
Safety equipment in the following school bus consisted of a first aid kit, a triangle/flare
kit, and a fire extinguisher. According to the inspection sticker, the extinguisher was last
inspected in July 2009, and the sticker expired in July 2010.
1.7 Driver Factors
1.7.1 Volvo Truck-Tractor Driver
The 43-year-old Volvo tractor driver obtained his first commercial driver’s license (CDL)
in May 2005 and had over 5 years of commercial driving experience. He has worked for Climate
Express, Inc., since July 2009. The driver holds a current West Virginia class A CDL7 with a
hazardous materials (“H”) endorsement, issued in December 2008 and expiring in November 7 A class A CDL allows the operation of any combination of vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more, provided that the GVWR of the vehicles being towed exceeds 10,000 pounds. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
expiring in July 2011. The driver stated that he was familiar with the stretch of roadway from
Union to St. Louis, Missouri—which encompassed the Gray Summit area.
NTSB investigators reconstructed the driver’s 72-hour history, based on an interview
with the driver, followup questions through a company attorney, review of logbooks, and review
of cellular provider records. Table 2 summarizes the driver’s activities from August 2–5, 2010.
Table 2. Condensed 72-hour history for Volvo tractor driver, August 2–5, 2010.
Monday, August 2
Time
Event
Location
Source
7:10 a.m.
Makes outgoing
cell call
Martinsburg, WV
Cellular records
5:00 p.m.
Departs residence
Martinsburg
Interview
5:00 p.m.
Begins work/on
duty
Martinsburg
Logbook
Tuesday, August 3
Time
Event
Location
Source
2:00 a.m.
Logs off duty
Catlettsburg, KY
Logbook
12:00 noon
Logs on duty
Catlettsburg
Logbook
9:45 p.m.
Logs off duty
Jefferson City, MO
Logbook
Wednesday, August 4
Time
Event
Location
Source
7:00 a.m.
Awakes
Jefferson City, MO
Followup
Unknown
Logs off duty all
day
Jefferson City
Logbook
9:15 a.m.
Departs for Climate
Express
Jefferson City
Followup
10:45 a.m.
Arrives at Climate
Express
Union, MO
Followup
9:00 p.m.
Goes to bed
Union
Followup
Thursday, August 5
Time
Event
Location
Source
7:30 a.m.
Awakes
Union, MO
Followup
7:45 a.m.
Logs on duty
Jefferson City, MO
Logbook
10:11 a.m.
ACCIDENT
Gray Summit, MO
-- 17 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
18
The driver of the Volvo tractor underwent postaccident alcohol and drug testing at the
direction of his employer. The test was performed at St. John’s Mercy Corporate Health Center
in Washington, Missouri, on the day of the accident, August 5. A breath sample was taken at
2:15 p.m., and a urine sample was taken at 2:17 p.m. The breath sample indicated no alcohol,
and the urine sample was negative for marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, opiates, and
phencyclidine (PCP).
The driver described his general health as good, denying any health problems prior to the
accident. Upon further investigation, the NTSB uncovered serious health problems that the driver
failed to disclose to his medical fitness examiner. Medical records indicate that after a visit to the
emergency room in 2003 (before the driver obtained his CDL), a primary care physician warned
him not to drive or operate machinery. The driver did not openly divulge the diagnosed condition
to a commercial driver fitness examiner and subsequently obtained a medical certificate. Because
NTSB investigators determined that the medical condition was not a factor in the accident, no
details of such are discussed in this report. (Issues regarding the lack of a systematic medical
oversight program are discussed in section 2.4.5, “Medical Oversight.”)
1.7.2 GMC Pickup Truck Driver
The driver of the GMC pickup was a 19-year-old male, who held a valid Missouri class F
driver’s license,8 issued in November 2008 and expiring in October 2011. The license was not
subject to any restrictions. His driving record showed no moving violations or accidents.
The driver’s family indicated that he was familiar with the GMC pickup, having driven it
on several occasions. According to the family, he had never mentioned having any issues or
problems with this vehicle. The driver’s family further stated that he drove on the interstate near
Gray Summit daily and was aware of the work zone.
NTSB investigators reconstructed the driver’s 72-hour history based on interviews with
family and friends, and review of his cellular provider records. Table 3 summarizes the driver’s
activities during this period. 8 A Missouri class F license is the basic driver’s (operator) license required to operate any vehicle that does not
require a class A, B, C, or E license. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Table 3. Condensed 72-hour history for GMC pickup driver, August 2–5, 2010.
Monday, August 2
Time
Event
Location
Source
12:25 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
6:13 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
11:58 p.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
Tuesday, August 3
Time
Event
Location
Source
12:00 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
5:00 a.m.
Awakes
Sullivan, MO
Interview
5:30 a.m.
Departs for
community center
Sullivan
Interview
7:00 p.m.
Departs for country
club
Sullivan
Interview
10:30 p.m.
Departs for home
Sullivan
Interview
11:18 p.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
Wednesday, August 4
Time
Event
Location
Source
6:00 a.m.
Awakes
Sullivan, MO
Interview
6:30 a.m.
Departs for work
Sullivan
Interview
7:00 a.m.
Begins work
Villa Ridge, MO
Interview
5:00 p.m.
Completes work
Villa Ridge
Interview
5:45 p.m.
Boats on river
Stanton, MO
Interview
8:30 p.m.
Returns boat
Sullivan, MO
Interview
9:00 p.m.
Arrives at resort
Bourbon, MO
Interview
11:56 p.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
Thursday, August 5
Time
Event
Location
Source
12:30 a.m.
Drops off friend
Sullivan, MO
Interview
12:40 a.m.
Arrives home
(estimate)
Sullivan
Interview
1:00 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
5:52 a.m.
Receives phone
call
Unknown
Cellular records
6:30 a.m.
Departs for work
Sullivan, MO
Interview
7:00 a.m.
Begins work
Villa Ridge, MO
Interview
9:20 a.m.
Truck inspection
appointment
Union, MO
Interview
9:58 a.m.
Receives text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
9:58 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
19 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
20
Thursday, August 5 (cont’d)
Time
Event
Location
Source
10:03 a.m.
Receives text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:03 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:04 a.m.
Receives text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:05 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:06 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:07 a.m.
Receives text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:08 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:08 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:09 a.m.
Receives text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
10:11 a.m.
ACCIDENT
Gray Summit, MO
--
The family of the GMC pickup driver described him as a morning person, an early riser,
and easy to awake. They stated that he routinely awoke at 6:00 a.m. to begin his workday by
7:00 a.m. They also said that he was typically home by 10:30 p.m. each night.
As part of the NTSB’s investigation, the driver’s medical records were requested from
local physicians and reviewed. The records did not reveal any medical conditions that could have
caused or contributed to this accident. When asked about the driver’s health, his family described
him as very fit and indicated that he had undergone a sports physical the week prior to the
accident. The family stated that he did not have any problems sleeping and did not snore.
Following the accident, blood samples from the driver were sent to the Civil Aerospace Medical
Institute, where they were tested for alcohol and nine legal and illegal drugs. The samples were
found to be negative for alcohol and drugs.9
At the time of the accident, the GMC pickup driver was returning to work after taking his
vehicle to Union, Missouri, for a state safety inspection. The driver’s cellular provider records
indicate that he was involved in a text messaging conversation prior to the accident. In an
interview with NTSB investigators, the individual with whom the GMC driver was exchanging
texts stated that the messages centered on activities from the previous night and on their plans for
that evening. In the 11 minutes prior to the accident, from 9:58–10:09 a.m., the driver sent or
received 11 text messages. Because the cellular records did not document transmission times to
the second, the final incoming message could have arrived from 10:09:00–10:09:59 a.m. 9 Amphetamines, opiates, marihuana, cocaine, PCP, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, and
antihistamines. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
21
Missouri’s primary enforcement law prohibiting drivers 21 years old and younger from
texting while driving went into effect in 2009.10 In the 2 years since, the MSHP has written 120
citations for texting while driving.11 The number of passenger-vehicle-related citations written
by local law enforcement is not readily available because Missouri currently has no statewide
repository for traffic citations. Media reports indicate that enforcement of the texting ban has
been hindered by difficulties in discerning which drivers are under 21 years.12 In June 2010, an
attempt to expand the antitexting law to all drivers passed in the state house but failed to pass in
the state senate.13
Missouri has specifically identified distracted driving as an issue in its Strategic Highway
Safety Plan. A report by the Governors Highway Safety Association (GHSA)14 notes that
Missouri has initiated multimedia awareness campaigns on the dangers of distracted driving that
specifically target teen drivers and their parents. In addition, the MSHP has conducted a public
awareness campaign to reduce texting15 and features distracted driving information on its
website.16 News media in Missouri are also conducting public awareness campaigns on this
issue.17
Text messaging is banned for all drivers in 35 states and the District of Columbia.18
Seven states (Alabama, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas, and West
Virginia) ban novice drivers from texting, though the definition of “novice” varies from state to
state. Arizona bans texting by school bus drivers only. Seven states (Florida, Hawaii, Idaho,
Montana, Ohio, South Carolina, and South Dakota) have no laws to prohibit texting while
driving. 10 Primary enforcement allows a law enforcement officer to stop a vehicle and issue a citation for texting while
driving, even if this is the only violation the officer notices. Secondary enforcement allows a law enforcement
officer to issue a citation for texting only after the driver has been stopped for another violation.
11 Data were provided by the director of the Statistical Analysis Center, MSHP, August 19, 2011.
12
Missouri
Texting
Law
Difficult
To
Enforce:
Troopers
Say
Age
Limits
Problematic,
http://www.kmbc.com/r/22331476/detail.html, accessed August 18, 2011.
13 Actions on House Bill 600, http://www.house.mo.gov/billtracking/bills111/sumpdf/HB0600P.pdf,
accessed December 7, 2011.
14 Curbing Distracted Driving: 2010 Survey of State Safety Programs (Washington, DC: Governors Highway
Safety Association, 2011).
15
See
http://www.mshp.dps.missouri.gov/MSHPWeb/Root/Anti-textingstickerrelease.html,
accessed
January 20, 2011.
16 See http://www.mshp.dps.missouri.gov/MSHPWeb/Root/DistractedDrivingFeaturedStatute.html, accessed
January 20, 2011.
17 To view these videos, see http://www.ksdk.com/life/community/hang_up_and_drive/default.aspx and
, both accessed January 20, 2011.
18 Cellphone and Texting Laws, http://www.iihs.org/laws/cellphonelaws.aspx, accessed August 16, 2011. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
22
1.7.3 Lead School Bus Driver
At the time of the accident, the 75-year-old driver of the lead school bus held a current
Missouri class B CDL, issued in June 2010 and expiring in June 2011.19 She held passenger
vehicle (“P”) and school bus (“S”) endorsements, and was subject to air brake commercial
vehicle (“L”) and corrective lens (“A”) restrictions. The driver’s record showed no moving
violations or accidents in the past 10 years.
Missouri state law requires that drivers who transport pupils for a public school district
complete at least 8 hours of training on school bus driving annually. It is the responsibility of the
carrier to provide this training, and it is the responsibility of the school district to verify that the
minimum amount of training is completed by each driver. Missouri does not stipulate what type
of training must be taken, except that it be school-bus related. Carriers are encouraged to contact
the Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education for suggestions on training
topics. In addition, the Missouri Department of Revenue, which oversees driver licensing,
requires drivers 70 years of age and over to complete the school bus skills test to retain the “S”
endorsement on their license at the time of renewal.20 Annual training records provided by the
employer of the lead school bus driver indicated that she had completed 7 hours of training in
2008 and 11 hours of training in 2009. At the time of the accident, the driver had completed
7.5 hours of training in 2010, including the school bus skills test. Table 4 summarizes the lead
bus driver’s training since 2008.
The lead school bus driver began driving for Copeland Bus Services in 1972 and
continued to do so, on a full- and part-time basis, until the day of the accident. According to the
driver, the accident bus had been her assigned “trip bus” for approximately 4 years.21 NTSB
investigators reconstructed the lead school bus driver’s 72-hour history, based on an interview
with the driver and review of her cellular provider records. Table 5 summarizes the driver’s
activities during this period.
At the time of the accident, the lead school bus was part of a two-bus convoy traveling
from St. James High School, St. James, Missouri, to the Six Flags St. Louis amusement park.
The driver had made this trip before and was familiar with the route and the roadway. She stated
that she was maintaining a speed of 50 mph prior to the accident.22, When she noticed a
motorcoach on the side of the road and a man walking around in front of it, she moved her bus a
little to the left, creating additional space between the motorcoach and her vehicle. She watched
the man, looked in her right mirror to be sure she was past the motorcoach, and then moved back
to the right lane. As soon as she did so, the accident occurred. She described what she struck as a
“mass.” According to the driver, she did not have time to brake or steer. When asked about 19 In Missouri, a CDL is valid only for 1 year for school bus drivers who are 70 years or older.
20 The skills test covers three general areas: pretrip inspection; basic vehicle control, such as backing, turning,
and maneuvering; and on-road testing, which may involve maneuvering along grade crossings, intersections, and
multilane roadways.
21 A trip bus is used for longer trips, typically school activities such as sporting events, and not for the daily
pickup and drop-off of students.
22 Based on NTSB’s reconstruction of the accident, the lead school bus was probably traveling less than
50 mph. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
internal distractions, the driver indicated that the children on the bus were well behaved and quiet
for the entire trip. She stated that the bus was equipped with both a citizens band (CB) radio and
an AM/FM radio, though neither was in use at the time of the accident. She stated that she was
not eating, drinking, or using her cell phone. A check of her provider records indicated no cell
phone use at or near the time of the accident.
Table 4. Lead school bus driver training, 2008–2010.
Year Hours
Description
2008
2
Driving skills/pretrip 1
MSHP driver license renewal test 2
Daily pretrip inspection 2
Sexual abuse and bullying --
School bus evacuation drill
2009
2
Railroad crossing 2
Student behavior management --
School bus evacuation drill 2
Driving skills/pretrip 1
MSHP driver license renewal test 2
Loading and unloading students --
School bus evacuation drill 1
Student behavior management 1
AGOSNETa
2010
2
Other training 2
Pretrip inspections --
School bus evacuation drill 2
Driving skills/pretrip Pretrip inspection review 1
MSHP driver license renewal test
a AGOSNET is web-based training that generally includes employment
practices, risk management, safety, and human resources topics. 23 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Table 5. Condensed 72-hour history for lead school bus driver, August 2–5, 2010.
Monday, August 2
Time
Event
Location
Source
~4:30 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
9:30 p.m.
Goes to bed
Unknown
Interview
9:53 p.m.
Makes phone call
Unknown
Cellular records
Tuesday, August 3
Time
Event
Location
Source
5:45 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
Unknown
Goes to town
St. James
Interview
~9:00 p.m.
Goes to bed
St. James
Interview
Wednesday, August 4
Time
Event
Location
Source
Unknown
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
Unknown
Cuts grass
St. James
Interview
Unknown
Goes to bed
St. James
Interview
Thursday, August 5
Time
Event
Location
Source
5:30 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
8:00 a.m.
Leaves home for
Copeland
St. James
Interview
Unknown
Performs pretrip
inspection
St. James
Interview
8:55 a.m.
Arrives at school
St. James
Interview
9:10 a.m.
Departs for Six
Flags
St. James
Interview
10:11 a.m.
ACCIDENT According to the MSHP, the lead school bus driver submitted to alcohol breath testing
immediately following the accident, and no alcohol was detected. The driver underwent
postaccident drug testing on the same day, at the direction of her employer. A urine sample was
taken shortly after 5:00 p.m. on August 5. The tests on the sample were negative for marijuana,
cocaine, amphetamines, opiates, and PCP.
The driver’s most recent commercial driver fitness examination was conducted in
August 2009 by a doctor in St. James, Missouri; her employer sends all of its drivers to the same
physician. The driver was found to meet the Federal fitness standards specified in
49 CFR 391.41 and was given a 2-year certificate, with an expiration of August 2011. In
addition, the driver was required to pass an annual physical examination for school bus drivers.
Her most recent exam occurred in July 2010, and she was found to be physically qualified to
safely operate a school bus.
24 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
In a postaccident interview, the lead school bus driver described her health as “pretty
good for my age.” She stated that she did not have any preexisting medical conditions and was
not under the care of a physician. The driver denied taking any prescription medications, herbal
supplements, over-the-counter medications, or illegal drugs both in general and in the 3 days
prior to the accident. She stated that she tries not to take any drugs of any kind, including
alcohol. The driver described her sleep quality as very good, stating that she typically slept from
7.5–8 hours at night and occasionally napped for 15–60 minutes during the day. She denied any
history or diagnosis of sleep apnea.
1.7.4 Following School Bus Driver
The 38-year-old driver of the following school bus held a valid Missouri class B CDL,
issued in August 2009 and expiring in May 2016. She held passenger vehicle (“P”) and school
bus (“S”) endorsements and was subject to the air brake commercial vehicle (“L”) restriction.
The training records for this driver indicated that she had completed 10 hours of training in 2009
and 4 hours of training in 2010. Table 6 summarizes her training since 2009. According to the
driver, she first obtained her CDL in 2009 and has spent her entire career with Copeland Bus
Services. A check of Missouri driver records for the previous 10 years showed a suspension in
2006 for failure to appear for speeding in a noncommercial vehicle; that suspension was lifted in
2006.
NTSB investigators reconstructed the following school bus driver’s 72-hour history,
based on an interview with the driver and review of her cellular provider records. Table 7
summarizes the driver’s activities during this period.
Table 6. Following school bus driver training, 2009–2010.
Year
Hours Description
2009
1
Initial driver training 2
Initial driver training 2
Driving skills/pretrip (testing review) 1
MSHP CDL test 2
Loading and unloading --
School bus evacuation drill 1
Student behavior management 1
AGOSNET
2010
2
Other training 2
Pretrip inspections --
School bus evacuation drill 25 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Table 7. Condensed 72-hour history for following school bus driver, August 2–5, 2010.
Monday, August 2
Time
Event
Location
Source
~7:00 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
~9:30 p.m.
Makes phone call
St. James
Interview
Tuesday, August 3
Time
Event
Location
Source
3:54 a.m.
Makes phone call
Unknown
Cellular records
~7:30 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
11:00 p.m.
Goes to bed
St. James
Interview
Wednesday, August 4
Time
Event
Location
Source
6:46 a.m.
Sends text
message
Unknown
Cellular records
~7:30 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
10:30 p.m.
Goes to bed
St. James
Interview
Thursday, August 5
Time
Event
Location
Source
~7:00 a.m.
Awakes
St. James, MO
Interview
8:00 a.m.
Departs residence
St. James
Interview
Unknown
Performs pretrip
inspection
St. James
Interview
9:00 a.m.
Arrives at school
St. James
Interview
9:15 a.m.
Departs for Six
Flags
St. James
Interview
10:11 a.m.
ACCIDENT At the time of the accident, the following school bus driver was traveling behind the lead
school bus on their trip to the Six Flags St. Louis amusement park. The driver had made this trip
before and was familiar with the route and the roadway. The bus was equipped with an on-board
video recording system configured to record the interior of the bus, and it was in operation at the
time of the accident. The system served to monitor the behavior of students/passengers during
transport. In the video, an adult chaperone is seen standing and speaking to the driver, but he is
fully seated 8 seconds before the accident occurs. The bus is steered to the right about 2 seconds
prior to impact with the lead bus.
In a postaccident interview, the following school bus driver denied having a problem with
the sun or glare and did not recall any other external distractions. She stated that both buses were
traveling in the right lane and that traffic was lighter at the time of the accident than when they
first drove onto the interstate. She estimated that her preaccident speed was 40–45 mph. She
could not recall the distance between her bus and the lead school bus. She denied using her cell
phone at the time of the crash. A check of her cellular provider records indicated that her cell
26 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
27
phone was not in use at or near the time of the accident. Likewise, the bus driver stated that she
was not using her CB radio. She also stated that the AM/FM radio was not on, and that she was
not eating or drinking, explaining that Copeland had a policy against such activities. She did not
recall passing the motorcoach on the side of the road.
The driver’s first indication that anything was wrong was seeing the lead school bus go
up in the air. She stated that the brake lights on the lead bus were not illuminated. She did not
recall the lead bus making a lane change to the left prior to seeing it up in the air. She said that
she applied the brakes and steered to the right in an unsuccessful attempt to avoid striking the
lead bus, at which time she was hit in the head by the windshield of her bus. She was not aware
that traffic ahead of the lead bus had slowed or stopped.
The following school bus driver submitted to alcohol breath testing immediately
following the accident, and no alcohol was detected. Shortly before 5:00 p.m. on the same day,
she underwent postaccident drug testing, at the direction of her employer.23 Tests on the urine
sample were negative for marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, opiates, and PCP.
The driver’s most recent commercial driver fitness examination was conducted in
August 2009, and no abnormalities were noted. During that exam, the driver did not indicate any
significant health history or that she was regularly taking any medications. Sugar was detected in
her urine, but the performing physician indicated that the driver had a history of such and was
not diabetic. The driver was found to meet the Federal fitness standards specified in
49 CFR 391.41 and was given a 2-year certificate. The driver was also required by Missouri to
pass an annual physical examination for school bus drivers. Her most recent exam had occurred
in July 2010, and she was found to be physically qualified to safely operate a school bus.
According to the following school bus driver, she takes hormones and an additional
prescription medication daily but does not take any herbal supplements or illegal drugs. She
confirmed that she had taken her normal medications on August 5, 2010. She stated that she
takes over-the-counter medication as needed but did not take any in the 3 days prior to the
accident. When asked if she consumed alcohol, the driver said that she does so occasionally but
had not consumed any alcohol in the 3 days prior to the accident.
When asked about her sleeping habits, the driver of the following school bus stated that
she normally sleeps “like a rock” and had no history of sleeping disorders or snoring. She went
on to state that she typically sleeps 9–10 hours a night and indicated that this amount of sleep
leaves her feeling well rested. Her normal time of waking is 7:30–8:00 a.m. 23 The exact time is not legible on the provided copy of the results. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
28
1.8 Motor Carrier Factors
1.8.1 Climate Express, Inc.
Climate Express, Inc., of St. Louis, Missouri, was the owner of the 2007 Volvo tractor.
Climate Express is an interstate, authorized-for-hire carrier of general freight, fresh produce, and
refrigerated food. The company operates under U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT)
number 648882 and motor carrier operating authority number 306127. Its fleet consists of 118
tractors and 240 semitrailers, including both dry van trailers and refrigerated trailers. All of the
tractors are conventional cab units, and the semitrailers are 53 feet long. The average age of the
fleet tractors is 2 years, and the average age of the semitrailers is 4 years. The majority of vehicle
maintenance work is conducted in-house.
At the time of the accident, the company employed 118 drivers—7 of whom made local
deliveries only. Driver applicants are required to have a minimum 2 years of experience to be
considered for employment. They must also be at least 23 years of age and possess a class A
CDL. Driver applicants must maintain a U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) physical and
have had no major traffic violation within the past 36 months.
Roadside inspection data for the 12 months prior to August 5, 2010, indicated that
Climate Express had 69 vehicle inspections, with 7 vehicles placed out of service (10 percent).
The data also indicated that the company had 152 driver inspections, with 8 drivers placed out of
service (5 percent). Nationally, the average out-of-service rate was 22.2 percent for vehicles and
6.6 percent for drivers.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) conducted a compliance
review of Climate Express on October 29, 2002, which resulted in a satisfactory rating. This
review was a followup on a compliance review conducted on November 8, 2000, from which
Climate Express received a conditional rating for not conducting random alcohol tests (see
49 CFR 382.305) and for violating the 70-hour rule (see 49 CFR 395.3(b)(2)). Additionally, the
FMCSA conducted a compliance review of Climate Express on May 11, 2001, due to the
company’s “B” rating on the Motor Carrier Safety Status Measurement System (SafeStat).24 This
compliance review resulted in a satisfactory rating. No compliance review was conducted on
Climate Express following the Gray Summit accident.
According to MCMIS,25 in the 12 months leading up to January 22, 2010, Climate
Express vehicles traveled 11.6 million miles and had 12 reportable accidents26 (9 towaway and
3 injury), resulting in an accident rate of 0.89. The FMCSA considers motor carriers with an
accident rate of 1.50 or greater to be deficient. Under the new Safety Measurement System rating 24 At the time of the accident, the FMCSA determined which carriers to target for compliance reviews using
information from the Motor Carrier Management Information System (MCMIS) and SafeStat. Carriers were
grouped into categories A through H, with carriers in the A through C categories prioritized for compliance reviews.
This procedure changed with implementation of the Compliance, Safety, Accountability (CSA) program in 2010.
25 MCMIS is an information system comprised of FMCSA inspection, crash, compliance review, safety audit,
and registration data.
26 Reportable accidents are classified as involving a fatality, an injury, or a vehicle towed from the scene. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
29
program—which has recently replaced SafeStat in the CSA operational model—carriers are
rated on seven on-road safety performance categories. Climate Express had a crash indicator
rating27 of 77, which meant that it was in an “alert” status in that category and the FMCSA
would notify the motor carrier of the deficiency by letter. The company was below the threshold
limit in all other Safety Measurement System categories, including unsafe driving, fatigued
driving, driver fitness, controlled substances/alcohol, vehicle maintenance, and cargo.28 Climate
Express was notified of its deficiency, and the FMCSA initiated a nonrated compliance review
on the company in March 2010.
MCMIS records indicated that the Volvo tractor driver had received a level 3 roadside
inspection on April 12, 2010, in Kansas;29 no violations were noted in the inspection. The driver
had been subjected to another level 3 roadside inspection on February 8, 2010, in Maryland, and
no violations were noted. He had also received a level 1 roadside inspection in Kentucky on
November 12, 2009,30 and no violations were noted. The driver was not placed out of service in
any of these roadside inspections.
1.8.2 Copeland Bus Services
Copeland Bus Services, based in St. James, Missouri, is an intrastate passenger carrier of
school children. Copeland also purchases, repairs, and sells used school buses. With a fleet of
23 buses, the company employs 17 drivers, 6 substitute drivers, and 2 mechanics—serving only
the St. James School District. For the past 50 years, the school district has contracted with
Copeland for the transport of students and staff to and from school, field trip activities,
vocational school, and summer school.
Copeland’s contract with the school district is renewed prior to the beginning of each
school year. The contract for the 2010–2011 school year began on July 1, 2010.31 The provisions
of the contract state that Copeland agrees to provide transportation for pupils and employees of
the school district, as directed by the superintendent, to and from school, to and from activities
held away from school, to and from Rolla Technical Institute, and to and from the
district-operated summer school. The contract also indicates that Copeland will schedule school 27 The crash indicator category rating is based on accident involvement for the motor carrier over a 24-month
period and includes fatal, injury, or towaway accidents.
28 See http://csa.fmcsa.dot.gov/about/basics.aspx for a description of all seven on-road safety performance
categories.
29 This inspection includes a roadside examination of the driver’s license; medical certification and waiver, if
applicable; driver’s record-of-duty status, as required; hours of service; seat belt; vehicle inspection report; and
hazardous material requirements, as applicable.
30 This inspection includes examination of the driver’s license; medical examiner’s certificate and waiver, if
applicable; alcohol and drugs; driver’s record-of-duty status, as required; hours of service; seat belt; vehicle
inspection report; brake system; coupling devices; exhaust system; frame; fuel system; turn signals; brake lamps, tail
lamps, head lamps, and lamps on projecting loads; safe loading; steering mechanism; suspension; tires; van and
open-top trailer bodies; wheels and rims; windshield wipers; emergency exits on buses; and hazardous material
requirements, as applicable.
31 Copeland continues to contract with the school district to provide transportation in the 2011–2012 school
year. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
30
routes in consultation with the school board.32 Establishing routes is not difficult because the
school district is in a rural area; generally the same students ride the buses, and the number of
roadways is limited. Additionally, the contract stipulates that Copeland provide minimum
liability coverage and notify the school district if insurance is canceled or expired. Copeland
provides service for 15 regular routes and 1 preschool route.
A postaccident review of Copeland’s maintenance records revealed that they consisted of
individual sheets of paper with several buses included on each sheet. There were no separate
maintenance files for each bus. Although the company prohibits the use of cell phones by drivers
while operating buses, it is not a written policy. Both of the Copeland drivers who were involved
in the accident were aware of the prohibition. The owner meets individually with drivers when
issues need to be addressed. A postaccident investigation found that Copeland complied with all
regulations pertaining to its drivers, including CDL requirements, annual medical certification,
and drug and alcohol testing.
MoDOT conducted a nonrated intrastate compliance review of Copeland in June 2011.
Violations consisted of (1) no accident ledger, (2) failure to investigate the background of a
driver applicant, (3) failure to maintain the information requirements of several drivers, (4) two
hours-of-service violations, and (5) failure to conduct an annual vehicle inspection.
1.8.3 Intrastate Carrier Oversight
Intrastate carriers are exempt from most Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
(FMCSRs), except those regulations pertaining to CDL requirements, annual medical
certification, and drug and alcohol testing. However, Missouri has adopted the FMCSRs for
regulating its intrastate operations. Missouri’s regulations do not apply to for-hire carriers
transporting passengers to and from school and home, but they do apply to for-hire carriers
engaged in extracurricular transportation, such as field trips.33
As the primary state agency responsible for motor carrier oversight, MoDOT grants
operating authority and provides oversight of “for-hire” intrastate motor carriers; however,
carriers conducting school/pupil transportation are exempt from requesting authority from
MoDOT.34 Because Copeland was a school bus operator, it was not required to seek operating
authority from MoDOT. Although Missouri issues USDOT numbers to intrastate for-hire motor
carriers for tracking purposes, Copeland was not required to have a USDOT number due to its
exemption. Under its contract with the school district, Copeland provided both school bus
operations and other types of pupil transportation, such as field trips. Its school bus operations 32 School routes are determined by student locations and routes available. The superintendent of the school
district reviews all routes.
33 Guidelines for School Bus Operators, FMCSA-E-06-006 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration, March 2006).
34 The exemption states that authority does not apply to “school buses transporting duly enrolled students of a
school, college, or other recognized educational institution, where that transportation is approved by the governing
school
authority.”
See
MoDOT
frequently
asked
questions
for
additional
exemptions,
at
http://www.modot.mo.gov/mcs/FAQ.htm#OAmain, accessed October 12, 2011. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
31
were not within the MoDOT scope of oversight, but other operations were subject to state
authority.
Missouri has a system of intrastate carrier oversight similar to the CSA program. The
state uses out-of-service rates, carrier and roadside inspections, and crashes to establish a
threshold score wherein a carrier that exceeds the score is prioritized for an intervention. The
state has also established a “rated” compliance review program that mirrors the FMCSA
program; the state rates its carriers “satisfactory,” “conditional,” or “unsatisfactory.” Upon
receiving an unsatisfactory rating, passenger carriers are given 45 days to submit a corrective
action plan and request an upgrade of their rating, and cargo carriers are given 60 days. The state
also conducts nonrated reviews when focusing on specific problem areas in a carrier’s operation.
MoDOT is responsible for conducting carrier safety audits and compliance reviews; and
MoDOT, along with the MSHP, conducts roadside and destination inspections of vehicles and
drivers.
The Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education,35 however, is
responsible for oversight of school bus operations, under 5 Code of State Regulations (CSR)
30-261.010. Additionally, the department publishes the School Transportation Administrator’s
Handbook,36 which summarizes the Revised Statutes of Missouri and the state regulations that
specifically apply to pupil transportation. The Department of Elementary and Secondary
Education oversight includes reviewing school bus driver qualifications (CDL certification,
medical certification, and drug and alcohol testing), insurance, operation of school buses by
drivers, school bus routing, and school bus design (body and chassis). The Missouri statutes have
no provisions concerning the overall operation of the contracted carrier providing pupil
transportation. It is the responsibility of each school district to ensure that the transportation
provider adheres to the regulations that apply to drivers and vehicles.
The St. James School District was directly responsible for oversight of Copeland Bus
Services and its drivers. Oversight primarily consisted of collecting and reviewing documents on
driver qualifications, training, and fitness; vehicle maintenance; approving school bus routing
information; and documenting the total number of students transported. No one at the school
district conducted a formal review of the operations of Copeland; however, the district
superintendent stated that she communicated with the company on a regular basis and addressed
problems as they arose. School districts are required to submit annual reports to the Missouri
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education on all aspects of operations, including pupil
transportation. These reports are reviewed and evaluated. “Low performing schools”37 are
subject to a state audit. Each year about 10 percent of the districts are subject to these audits; the
penalty for noncompliance is that the state may withhold funding to a school district. 35 The Department of Elementary and Secondary Education is the administrative arm of the State Board of
Education. For more information, see http://www.dese.mo.gov/overview.html.
36 School Transportation Administrator’s Handbook (Jefferson City, Missouri: Missouri Department of
Elementary and Secondary Education, November 2008).
37 The Department of Elementary and Secondary Education subjectively determines which schools are “low
performing.” NTSB
Highway Accident Report
32
1.9 Vehicle Factors
NTSB investigators examined all four accident vehicles to determine whether any
mechanical or maintenance defects may have contributed to the accident.
1.9.1 2007 Volvo Truck-Tractor
Table 8 lists the general characteristics of the 2007 Volvo tractor.
Table 8. Volvo tractor characteristics.
Component
Specification
Manufacturer
Volvo of North America
Model
VNL64T
Date of manufacture
May 2006
USDOT no.
648882
Odometer
460,094 miles
GVWR
50,350 pounds
Engine
Volvo D12
Transmission
Eaton Fuller FRO-16210C
Postaccident examination of the Volvo tractor steering system revealed no visible
damage. The system remained functional, with movement of the steering wheel transcending
through the steering column, steering gear box, and steering linkage to the wheels of the front
axle.
The front axle leaf springs and shock absorbers—and the second axle leaf springs, shock
absorbers, and air suspension—displayed no visible signs of damage, wear, or distortion. The
third axle suspension was pushed forward, causing the leaf spring U-bolts to shift forward
approximately 1 inch. The air suspension cushions were collapsed and pushed forward,
detaching them from their bottom mounts on both the left and right sides of the third axle. The
Volvo tractor was equipped with size 295/75R22.5-load range G tires, as recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer. All tires had adequate tread depth in accordance with specifications in
49 CFR 393.75. Four of the 10 tires on the truck-tractor were slightly underinflated but not to the
point that the tractor would be considered out of service using Commercial Vehicle Safety
Alliance (CVSA) criteria.38 38 The CVSA criteria do not consider a tire to be out of service until it has 50 percent less than the maximum
inflation pressure listed on the side wall. None of the tires on the Volvo tractor were inflated to less than 55 pounds
per square inch (psi), so none would have been considered out of service. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
33
The brake components on the truck-tractor were found to be undamaged by the accident,
in good condition, and within adjustment limits. Maintenance files for the vehicle indicated that
it underwent regularly scheduled and as-needed repairs, the most recent on August 4, 2010, the
day before the accident, when it passed a DOT inspection and had service to correct a slipping
generator belt and inoperative air conditioning fan.
The two taillights from the rear of the Volvo tractor were shipped to the NTSB Materials
Laboratory to determine if they had been lit at the time of the accident. None of the filaments
showed evidence of hot stretching.39 Because factors such as the magnitude and direction of
force and filament cool down could result in the absence of hot stretching on an activated bulb,
such absence is typically considered to be inconclusive.
According to the driver of the Volvo tractor, he had engaged the transmission into third
gear, with one foot on the brake and one foot on the clutch, at the time of the accident. At the
time of NTSB inspection, the transmission gear shaft was in the neutral position. The
transmission gears were not inspected because the position of the gearshift at the time of the
accident was unknown.
The Volvo tractor was equipped with an engine control module, an antilock braking
system (ABS) control module, and an Xata mobile communications system. These modules
sometimes have the capability of capturing event data, such as last stop, crash, and sudden
decelerations; however, the modules in the accident vehicle were not designed with these
functions. The Volvo tractor was also equipped with an air-bag control module (ACM), which
did not record data because the vehicle was not involved in a front-end collision and its air bag
did not deploy.
1.9.2 2007 GMC Sierra Pickup Truck
Table 9 lists the general characteristics of the GMC pickup.
Table 9. GMC pickup characteristics.
Component
Specification
Manufacturer
General Motors
Model
1500 extended cab 4x4
Date of manufacture
June 2006
Odometer
29,574 miles
GVWR
6,408 pounds
Engine
Vortec 5.3L V8 flex fuel
Transmission
4-speed automatic 39 Hot stretching indicates that a filament is hot (lights on) at the time of introduction of a force, such as a crash,
causing it to distort and stretch. Cold (lights off) filaments break rather than stretch when hit with a force. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
The GMC pickup was extensively damaged; all major mechanical systems were
compromised. The frame of the truck was folded into an upside down “U” shape during the
collision sequence. The degree and nature of the collision damage limited the extent to which the
vehicle could be inspected following the accident.
The GMC pickup was equipped with an ABS, front disc brakes, rear drum brakes, and
four-wheel drive. The key mechanical damage is described below:
• Although the major components of the vehicle’s powertrain remained within the
wreckage, the main driveshaft between the transmission and the rear differential was
broken off at its universal joints and was displaced from the vehicle.
• The functions of the steering system could not be inspected because of the extent of
damage.
• The front suspension remained relatively intact, but the rear suspension was severely
damaged. The forward halves of the rear leaf springs were bent and ungrouped. The
left rear shock was bent, and the right rear shock was bent and broken away from its
top mounting.
• The fuel system was also compromised; the rear fuel tank mounting strap was torn
loose, and the bottom rear section of the tank had a small tear.
The extent of damage and space limitations within the wreckage prevented inspection or
documentation of the driver’s controls.
The tires on the GMC pickup were all Bridgestone Dueler A/T size 265/70R17. The
minimum tread depth ranged from 5/32–6/32 inch for all tires, which is within requirements.
Only the right front tire was flat; it held 12 psi at the time of inspection. A spare tire for the
pickup—a Goodyear Wrangler size 265/70R17—was located at the accident scene. It was
damaged at the side wall and wheel rim, and was flat.
On the morning of the accident, August 5, 2010, the GMC pickup had received an annual
safety and emissions inspection as mandated under Missouri state law. No repairs were made or
recommended during the inspection, which actually occurred about 25 minutes prior to the
accident. The pickup passed both the safety and emissions portions of the inspection.
The GMC pickup was equipped with a sensing and diagnostic module (SDM), which was
used for crash detection and air-bag deployment. As part of its function, the SDM records
preaccident, crash severity, air-bag deployment, and diagnostic data. The SDM data included one
acceleration and one deceleration event immediately prior to the pickup’s collision with the Volvo
tractor. Following the accident, the MSHP imaged these data and provided the results to NTSB
investigators. According to SDM data, the pickup was traveling 58 mph 5 seconds before impact.
Its speed was 55 mph 1 second before impact, and it underwent a 33-mph change in velocity
over a 110-millisecond crash pulse. The SDM also indicated that the driver’s seat belt was not
buckled at impact.
34 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
1.9.3 2003 Blue Bird Bus (Lead School Bus)
Table 10 summarizes the general characteristics of the lead school bus.
Table 10. Lead school bus characteristics.
Component
Specification
Manufacturer
Blue Bird Corporation
Model
A3 FE 7200
Body no.
L054128
Date of manufacture
June 2002
Odometer
87,043 miles
GVWR
32,200 pounds
Length
427 inches
Width
94 inches
Wheelbase
210 inches
Engine
Cummins ISB diesel
Transmission
Allison 2000 automatic
The lead school bus was a transit-style (flat front) design with a front diesel engine
accessible through a panel inside the center front console, between the entrance steps and the
driver’s seat. Unlike the following school bus, this bus was not equipped with a rear-facing video
camera. Copeland equipped buses with surveillance cameras only when requested by drivers.
The driver’s dash and interior switches and gauges were examined during the
postaccident inspection. Initially, no power was available to the bus because of damage to the
fuse box. A fusible link inside the box was replaced to restore power, and the engine was started.
Four brake system indicator lights were located in the center of the dash: a red service brake
application indicator, an amber ABS warning indicator, a red parking brake application indicator,
and a red brake system warning indicator. The service brake and parking brake application
indicators illuminated, as intended, when the respective brakes were applied. Neither the ABS
warning indicator nor the brake system warning indicator illuminated when the bus was running
or during the deceleration testing described in section 1.9.5, “Deceleration Tests on Accident
School Buses.”
Upon initial inspection, the speedometer needle was noted to have stopped at 47 mph.
Correspondingly, the tachometer needle had stopped at 1,500 rpm. The automatic transmission
gear selector was found in the “overdrive” position, and the cruise control switch was in the
“off” position.
Among the engine components damaged during the frontal collision with the GMC
pickup and the Volvo tractor were the electrical fuse box, engine oil pan, and engine exhaust
35 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
system. No damage was observed to any of the suspension system components, and there was no
damage to the tires or wheels. Although the front-end damage had altered alignment of the
steering system components, it did not prevent steering wheel movement from reaching the
lower steering linkage. The center link, connecting the left and right sides of the front axle
steering, was damaged and bent upward into a portion of the exhaust system; however,
movement of the steering wheel reached both sides of the axle, and both the left and right front
wheels were articulated by rotating the steering wheel.
The lead school bus was equipped with four-wheel hydraulic disc brakes and an ABS
unit. Hydraulic power boost was supplied in combination with the power steering pump and
hydraulic power brake booster pump. In the absence of power, and with the engine off, the
brakes functioned with manual hydraulic force only.
The brake pedal on the bus was mechanically linked through the floorboard to the master
cylinder. Due to the front bumper damage, alignment of the mechanical linkage was slightly
deformed, but movement was not restricted. The master cylinder was wet in appearance,
showing hydraulic fluid seepage over the body of the unit. (See figure 13.) The left side of the
front axle, adjacent to the brake lines that ran from the master cylinder to the hydraulic ABS unit,
also had a wet appearance. (See figure 14.) These brake lines appeared to be corroded and
leaking, with concentrated areas of corrosion where the lines were clamped to the left side frame
rail. The paint on the frame rail next to, and below, the wet area was blistered and had begun to
disbond from the metal. The brake line from the ABS unit to the left front wheel also appeared to
be corroded and orange in color; however, it was dry and did not appear to be leaking. Corrosion
was present on a few areas of the hydraulic brake lines from the ABS unit to the right and rear
wheels of the bus; however, the brake lines were overall metallic gray in appearance and dry, and
no other leaks were found. ABS sensors were found connected and undamaged at all four wheel
locations.
The reservoir for the hydraulic brake fluid was located inside the lead school bus, under
the driver’s seat. Upon initial inspection, the brake fluid reservoir was full, with 3.75-inch depth
of fluid in both chambers. However, the fluid level dropped to just over 1.5 inches following
brake deceleration testing. The results of this testing for both buses are discussed in section 1.9.5,
“Deceleration Tests on Accident School Buses.” When the brake pedal on the lead bus was
depressed, the movement of the pedal was soft and spongy; and a brake fluid leak was observed
in the brake lines running from the master cylinder to the ABS unit.
On October 19, 2010, NTSB investigators further evaluated the hydraulic brake system.
The brake fluid reservoir was found to be empty down to the fluid intakes at the bottom of both
chambers, and no braking force was available. Mechanics from Central States Bus, the service
and repair company that Blue Bird uses for school buses in the accident area, removed and
replaced the two lines that ran from the master cylinder to the ABS unit so that further
deceleration tests could be conducted. The brake lines were then shipped to the NTSB Materials
Laboratory for further examination, where it was found that both lines were corroded, and one
had a 0.06- by 0.03-inch hole. 36 NTSB
Highway Accident Report Figure 13. Master cylinder (center) in lead school bus, with hydraulic fluid seepage covering
cylinder body. Figure 14. Location of ruptured brake line on lead school bus, with leaking hydraulic brake fluid
apparent. 37 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
After the deceleration testing, the wheels of the lead school bus were removed for closer
inspection of the brake pads and rotors. With the hydraulic brake system repaired, the brake
calipers could be seen actuating, with the pads gripping the rotors at each wheel location. The
brake rotors were measured for thickness using a micrometer, and the brake pads were measured
to the nearest 1/32 inch using a machinist’s scale. All of the brake rotors were smooth, showed
even wear, and were within the manufacturer minimum thickness specification of 1.420 inches.
The front brake pads were observed to have small cracks at the outer edges. The rear brake pads
both had small sections of missing pad lining at the outer edges. According to the Missouri
Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations (MMVIRs), at 11 CSR 50-2.160, cracked and missing
sections of brake pads would cause a vehicle to be rejected during inspection.
The lead school bus was equipped with an engine control unit (ECU). These modules
sometimes have the capability of capturing event data, such as last stop, crash, and sudden
decelerations; however, the ECU in this bus was not designed to record these data. The bus was
also equipped with an ABS ECU, which recorded ABS configuration and diagnostic-related data.
An examination of these data revealed seven inactive diagnostic fault codes and no active fault
codes.
1.9.4 2001 Blue Bird Bus (Following School Bus)
Table 11 lists the general characteristics of the following school bus.
Table 11. Following school bus characteristics.
Component
Specification
Manufacturer
Blue Bird Corporation
Model
A3 FE 7200
Body no.
F129674
Date of manufacture
July 2000
Odometer
105,092 miles
GVWR
32,200 pounds
Length
420 inches
Width
94 inches
Wheelbase
190 inches
Engine
Cummins ISB diesel
Transmission
Allison 2000 automatic
38 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
The following school bus was of the same front engine transit style as the lead school
bus. It sustained more substantial front-end damage than the lead bus, but the remainder of the
bus exterior was undamaged.
NTSB investigators examined the vehicle dash and interior switches and gauges, at which
time the speedometer needle was resting at 0 mph; the tachometer, oil pressure, and water
temperature gauges had been broken out of the dash as a result of the frontal damage to the
vehicle. The automatic transmission gear selector was found in the neutral position. Although the
dash in the area of the cruise control switch was damaged, the switch appeared to be in the “off”
position. Investigators could not determine if any of the three available brake indicator lights on
the dash had been illuminated because they were not functional.
No damage was observed in any of the suspension system components of the following
school bus. The vehicle tires were undamaged. The steering wheel was deformed and no longer
completely concentric. The steering system transition box, mounting bracket, and linkages on
either side were all pushed rearward as a result of the front bumper damage—which altered
alignment of the steering components but did not prevent steering wheel movement from
reaching the lower steering linkage.
The following school bus was equipped with four-wheel hydraulic disc brakes and an
ABS unit. The brake pedal was mechanically linked through the floorboard to the master
cylinder, which was dry and appeared to be undamaged. Due to the front bumper damage, the
alignment of the mechanical linkage was deformed and pushed inward, but the linkage could still
be moved with firm pressure.
Copeland Bus Services had fabricated a spring assembly to help return the brake pushrod
from a braking actuation to its nonbraking position in an attempt to turn off the service brake
application indicator light on the dash. The assembly was mounted between the housing of the
90° steering transition box and the front of the brake pushrod into the master cylinder.
The brake lines leading from the master cylinder to the ABS unit appeared to be newer
than the surrounding lines and were in much better condition than the same lines on the lead
school bus. Inspection of the brake lines from the master cylinder to the wheels revealed
corrosion in some locations; however, all of the lines were dry, and no hydraulic fluid leaks were
detected. The hydraulic brake fluid reservoir was full. When the brake pedal was depressed, the
pedal movement was more firm and reactive than on the lead bus.
The following school bus was equipped with an ECU, though it was not designed to
record event data, such as last stop, crash, and sudden deceleration. The bus was equipped with
an ABS ECU, which recorded ABS configuration and diagnostic-related data. An examination of
these data uncovered eight inactive diagnostic fault codes and one active fault code, manifest as
frequent error signals from the “left rear wheel speed sensor.”
At the time of postaccident inspection, the right rear ABS wheel speed sensor was found
out of its placement hole in the wheel end and dangling from a wire. Investigators at the accident
scene noted that the following school bus left one solid skid mark from the right rear tire,
indicating that the ABS was not functioning at that location. NTSB investigators determined that
39 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
40
the out-of-place right rear ABS sensor was most likely the cause of the active left rear ABS
sensor fault code. It is not uncommon for the sensor wires to be crossed from left to right; and
the left rear ABS sensor was found to be in place and functional.
The following school bus was equipped with a rearward-facing video camera mounted
above the front windshield inside the bus, which recorded the entire trip on video home system
(VHS) tape. The VHS recorder was located in a locked container on the bus. As discussed in
section 2.2, “Video Analysis,” the video was useful in estimating vehicle speeds and the
sequence of events for this multivehicle accident.
1.9.5 Deceleration Tests on Accident School Buses
To assess the deceleration capabilities of the two accident school buses, a series of tests
were conducted by skidding the buses on a roadway with a similar coefficient of friction as the
accident location and comparing the results to an exemplar bus from the same fleet. All of the
deceleration tests were conducted on a level section of a two-lane undivided asphalt road in
Cuba, Missouri. Five of the six tests were conducted on August 10, 2010; and a final test was
conducted on October 19, following replacement of the leaking hydraulic brake lines on the lead
school bus.
The following school bus could be started and driven.40 The lead school bus could not be
driven because of the drive shaft damage; however, after a fusible link was replaced inside the
damaged fuse box, the engine was capable of starting. With the engines running on each of the
three buses during testing, hydraulic power assist was available for both braking and steering.
Two tests (runs 1 and 5) were conducted by driving the exemplar bus and the following
school bus to a constant speed of approximately 20 mph before the service brakes were fully
applied to mimic an emergency brake application. The same procedure was repeated to conduct a
second test with the exemplar bus at 30 mph (run 2). Because the lead school bus could not be
driven, a tow truck was used to push the bus to approximately 20 mph and 25 mph before the
service brakes were fully applied (runs 3 and 4, respectively).
The road was dry when the tests were conducted with the exemplar bus and the lead
school bus. Light rain made the road surface damp but not rain soaked when the single test with
the following school bus was conducted. Table 12 shows the speed at which hard braking was
initiated, the amount of time expired for the vehicles to come to a full stop, the distance traveled
from brake initiation to full stop, and the deceleration force produced. 40 Although the engine of the following school bus could be started, before the bus could be driven, a rear
section of the drive shaft—which had been removed for towing postaccident—was replaced. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Table 12. Deceleration tests results for lead school bus, following school bus, and exemplar
school bus.
Run No.a
Test Vehicle
(school
bus)
Prebraking
Speed
(mph)
Time
(seconds)
Distance
(feet)
Acceleration
(g-force)
1
Exemplar
19.3
1.4
21.2
-0.62
2
Exemplar
29.5
2.4
49.4
-0.57
3
Lead
19.7
4.0
58.2
-0.22
4
Lead
24.4
4.5
79.9
-0.25
5
Following
18.7
1.3
20.6
-0.64
6b
Lead
25.8
1.9
36.2
-0.63
a Runs 1–5 were conducted on August 10, 2010; run 6 was conducted on October 19.
b Run 6 was completed after replacement of the leaking brake lines on the lead school bus.
Based on the findings of the deceleration tests, it was calculated that at a speed of
50 mph, the lead school bus, with its damaged brake line, would require 9.13 seconds and
335 feet to come to a complete stop. With the brake lines repaired, the lead bus would require
3.60 seconds and 132 feet to come to a complete stop. The following school bus, traveling at
50 mph, would require 3.55 seconds and 130 feet to come to a complete stop.
1.9.6 Maintenance and Inspection of Accident School Buses
At the time of the accident, the St. James School District transportation fleet included
23 school buses—of which 18 were transit style, 3 were conventional, and 2 were mini. The two
mini buses were manufactured by General Motors Company. Of the 21 other school buses,
19 were manufactured by the Blue Bird Corporation and 2 by Thomas Built Buses, Inc. Each of
the buses was outfitted with hydraulic (and not air) brake systems. The owner of Copeland Bus
Services stated that he operated only hydraulically braked buses so that his CDL drivers would
not be required to have air brake endorsements.
The lead school bus involved in this accident was the newest in the fleet. Copeland had
purchased all of the buses as preowned and operated by other school districts in the surrounding
counties and states. NTSB staff toured the Copeland facilities and observed that there did not
appear to be any set maintenance schedule for the buses or any established form of retention of
maintenance records. In addition, there was no apparent organization of service manuals or
reference materials. The entire set of maintenance records for the fleet of buses was contained in
a small spiral-bound notebook, where each bus had less than one page of maintenance notes. The
owner of Copeland and a staff mechanic indicated that many small repairs or service checks
(such as topping off fluid and checking tire pressure) were not typically recorded in the
notebook. Neither the owner nor the mechanic had any formal training in the service or
maintenance of passenger or heavy vehicles.
According to maintenance notes, the lead school bus was purchased by Copeland in
November 2005, and the following school bus was purchased in October 2005. The notes
contained multiple mentions of preventative maintenance items, such as “lube” and “full
41 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
42
service,” as well as references to the installation of new tires. The most recent note regarding the
lead bus was on April 29, 2010, for a “full service,” which included a tailpipe and rear brake
check. Other entries for this bus were a transmission computer service in April 2008 and a
speedometer replacement in December 2008. The most recent reference to the following school
bus was on March 31, 2010, for a “full service,” which included tailpipe and clamp replacements
to the driveline or exhaust system. Other entries for this bus were a “repaired 2 brake lines”
reference in September 2009 and speedometer replacements in both October 2006 and
March 2007.
1.9.7 School Bus Inspection Program
Missouri is 1 of 18 states (and the District of Columbia)—most located in the
Northeast—with a mandatory passenger vehicle safety inspection program. Vehicles are
periodically inspected to identify mechanical-related deficiencies with brake, steering,
suspension, and lighting systems—or with tires—that could, if undetected, cause or contribute to
motor vehicle accidents. Although the other 32 states do not mandate that all passenger vehicles
be inspected on a regular basis, most have an annual or semiannual inspection program for
specific vehicles, such as school buses, or conduct random roadside inspections of a targeted
sample of the heavy commercial vehicles involved in intrastate and interstate travel.
The MSHP is responsible for licensing and monitoring inspectors/mechanics and private
inspection stations affiliated with the state’s motor vehicle safety inspection program. The
MSHP is also the lead agency for planning, oversight, rule and policy development, and
reporting on safety inspection for the Gateway Vehicle Inspection Program—a combined
emissions testing and safety inspection program for vehicles registered in the St. Louis ozone
nonattainment area.41
School bus inspections are conducted twice a year to comply with the MMVIRs, at
11 CSR 50-2.010–2.440, which set forth requirements for state-certified inspection stations and
for the licensing of inspectors and mechanics. The first inspection is required to occur at least
60 days prior to the start of each school year. It is conducted at a private state-certified inspection
station, which charges a nongovernment-subsidized fee of $12 for a vehicle inspection. The
MSHP conducts the second school bus inspection between February 1 and May 1. The MSHP
inspection stations, as well as the MSHP inspectors, are subject to the same certification,
licensing, and permit regulations as the private stations and inspectors.
The MMVIRs contain sections on brake performance (at 11 CSR 50-2.150) and hydraulic
brake system components (at 11 CSR 50-2.160(1)) under “Passenger Car and Truck Inspection.”
However, there are no similar specifications for brakes under “School Bus Inspection,” though a
single line of text, at 11 CSR 50-2.320(1), states: “In addition, the items listed in this rule will be
inspected on all school buses.” According to the MSHP, this requirement means that school
buses are also subject to all of the inspection criteria within “Passenger Car and Truck
Inspection,” including the criteria pertaining to brakes. 41 The combined emissions testing and safety inspection program in the city of St. Louis and Franklin,
Jefferson, St. Charles, and St. Louis counties began on October 1, 2007. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
43
At 11 CSR 50-2.160(1), the MMVIRs specify that a vehicle is to fail inspection if brake
pedal movement exhibits signs of a fluid leak; if the master cylinder is leaking; or if worn,
broken, or loose brake components are found.42 This section advises that, in the absence of brake
performance testing, one front or one rear wheel be removed for inspection of brake components
on passenger vehicles and pickups or similar vehicles not equipped with dual rear wheels.
According to the MSHP, a wheel is not required to be removed from dual rear-wheeled school
buses, such as those involved in this accident, for the inspection of brake components. However,
NTSB investigators noted that many of the listed brake inspection items are not visible with the
wheel in place.
The accident buses were last inspected at Ray’s Tire, a class A state-certified inspection
station, on July 27, 2010, and by the MSHP on March 25, 2010. The July approval notices from
Ray’s Tire noted that each of the school bus inspections took approximately 20 minutes and
listed no defects. Nothing was checked in a section marked “brake inspected” (one checkbox for
each of four brakes). Ray’s Tire also inspected both of the buses in July 2009, and those records
show the same 20-minute inspection times, with no defects found, and none of the brake
inspection boxes checked.
On March 25, 2010, during a prearranged inspection with Copeland Bus Services, the
MSHP inspected all 23 buses. Each of the buses passed with no reinspections needed. The
MSHP inspection certificates do not note the time the inspections started or ended, nor do they
include brake inspection checkboxes. For the two accident buses, both certificates have an
“approved” box checked and no defects listed. As a result of this fleet inspection, the MSHP
gave Copeland a Total Fleet Excellence Award for having a 90 percent or greater approval
rating.
After NTSB staff found the leaking master cylinder and hydraulic brake lines and cracks
and the missing sections of brake pad lining on the lead school bus—and the out-of-place ABS
sensor on the following school bus—the MSHP returned to Copeland for an unplanned spot fleet
inspection on August 11, 2010. On this occasion, a total of 20 buses were inspected,43 8 of which
were rejected, resulting in an approval rating of 60 percent. Five of the eight rejected buses were
considered to be “out of service.”44 Six of the eight rejected buses were reinspected after repairs
were made on the same day and they then passed inspection, with two out-of-service buses
remaining as such.
Each of the rejected buses had been inspected by Ray’s Tire in July 2010. Five of the
eight rejected buses had been driven only 2–3 miles since their inspection. As a result of the 42 Vehicles that fail inspection cannot be registered or have their license plate registration renewed until the
component defect has been corrected. Owners have 20 days to repair the vehicle and return it to the station for
reinspection without additional charge.
43 Copeland’s fleet of 23 buses was reduced to 20 because the 2 accident buses were in NTSB possession at the
time, and 1 additional bus (a 2000 Blue Bird bus) had been involved in an accident in the parking lot of St. John’s
Mercy Hospital (now Mercy Hospital Washington) in Washington, Missouri, on the same day as the accident
(August 5, 2010).
44 The five out-of-service rejections were for: (1) an inoperative rear overhead warning light, (2) no brake pedal
pressure, (3) a worn right front tire, (4) a right rear brake line leaking and low master cylinder fluid, and (5) a split in
a left rear tire side wall. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
44
defects found on August 11, 2010, the MSHP revoked the inspection station certification for
Ray’s Tire on August 24—as well as the lead mechanic’s inspector permit—for the maximum
term of 1 year each.
Immediately following the Gray Summit accident, Copeland had sent a bus to St. John’s
Mercy Hospital in case any uninjured students needed transportation back to St. James, Missouri.
The bus was a transit-style, front diesel engine school bus, with hydraulic disc brakes, similar to
the two school buses involved in the earlier accident. According to the police report, the driver of
the bus experienced a loss of braking in the hospital parking lot and struck three parked cars
before coming to rest against a small garage at the end of the lot. A trail of fluid was found along
the path of the bus in the parking lot, and brake fluid was observed to be leaking from the left
front undercarriage. This bus had also passed a 20-minute state inspection at Ray’s Tire on
July 19, 2010; no defects were found, and none of the brake inspection boxes were checked.
Because NTSB investigators detected hydraulic brake line failures on three similar buses
during the course of this investigation, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) Office of Defects Investigations (ODI) was contacted. A query of ODI databases
revealed no applicable brake line recalls, service bulletins, or complaints.
In Missouri, per 11 CSR 50-2.120, the MVI–2 form is used to document inspections
performed on all types of vehicles. The form also serves as an approval certificate, rejection
notice, and station record. This one-page form has two carbon copies attached. It contains
general information about the vehicle owner, vehicle description, odometer reading, inspection
station, and inspector/mechanic, and six blank lines for describing defective conditions. The
MVI–2 form contains checkboxes for identifying the body style, fuel type, and which brake was
inspected.
NTSB investigators reviewed inspection forms from 15 other states45 that were available
online to compare with the MVI–2 form. The state forms varied in content and format. Most of
the forms were set up as checklists, where vehicle inspectors would specify whether a specific
component passed or failed inspection. Most, if not all, of the checklists reflected vehicle
inspection requirements in the FMCSRs. In most cases, the forms prompted inspectors to look
for signs of leaks in the brake system and to inspect the condition of brake tubing.
1.10 Highway Factors
1.10.1 Highway Characteristics
I-44 was constructed in 1966–1967, running roughly southwest to northeast, from
Wichita Falls, Texas, to St. Louis, Missouri. The general design of the highway matches the
topography, with rolling terrain and numerous changes in vertical and horizontal alignment
consisting of gentle curvature. The approach to the area of the collision—on an approximate 45 Inspection forms were retrieved for the states of Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, California, Florida, Indiana,
Kansas, Minnesota, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, and Vermont. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
45
2,550-foot-long, 3 percent upgrade—is on a straight and unobstructed section of roadway that
was dry at the time of the accident.
The highway consists of four lanes, with the two eastbound and two westbound lanes
separated by a 40-foot-wide depressed earthen median with a 1:4–1:5 traversable slope.46 The
median is protected by a test level 347 three-strand, low-tension generic cable barrier system with
16-foot post spacings. The median shoulder on the eastbound lane is 5.5 feet wide. The shoulder
is delineated from the travel lanes by solid yellow pavement stripes and is equipped with rumble
strips. The two eastbound lanes are 12 feet wide and delineated by white dashed lines 10 feet
long and spaced 30 feet apart. The eastbound shoulder is 10 feet wide with a test level 3
longitudinal W-beam barrier at its edge. This shoulder is delineated from the main travel lanes by
a solid white pavement stripe. The Gray Summit accident occurred at mile marker 250.6, about
38 miles southwest of St. Louis.
1.10.2 Highway Statistics
According to MoDOT, the average daily traffic (ADT) on this stretch of I-44 was
20,223 vehicles.48 Commercial vehicles accounted for approximately 23 percent of this traffic
volume.
I-44 is a principal arterial interstate with a design speed of 70 mph in the accident area.
Due to the presence of a work zone, the speed limit was reduced to 50 mph at mile marker 250.4,
approximately 0.2 mile west of the accident site.
Accidents statistics for the roadway between mile markers 245–255 eastbound showed
three fatal accidents recorded from March–August 2010;49 the Gray Summit accident was the
third of these accidents. Two of the three fatal accidents involved commercial vehicles.
Additionally, 11 injury accidents and 53 property damage accidents occurred on this 10-mile
segment of road during the same 6-month period. Table 13 lists the number of fatality, injury,
and property damage-only accidents that occurred on this segment of roadway between March
and August, from 2005–2010.
A left lane closure was in effect at the time of each of the three fatal accidents in 2010.
The first accident occurred on eastbound I-44 at mile marker 248.4 on April 13, 2010, about
4:20 p.m., when a passenger car struck the rear of a motorcycle. The second accident occurred at
mile marker 251.6 on May 14, 2010, about 3:05 p.m., when a speeding passenger car struck the
rear of a truck-tractor semitrailer. As a result of the first accident, MoDOT limited lane closures
to 9:00 a.m.–2:00 p.m. 46 With a 1:4 slope, the elevation drops 1 foot for every 4 feet of horizontal distance.
47 The performance of safety barriers—distinguished by standard vehicle type, impact angles, and travel
speeds—is categorized into six test levels of increasing strength and height. A test level 3 barrier is generally
acceptable for a wide range of high-speed arterial highways with very low mixtures of heavy vehicles and favorable
site conditions.
48 The work-zone design plans showed an ADT of 54,000 vehicles 4 miles east of the accident site.
49 These fatal accidents occurred between mile markers 248.4–251.6. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
46
Table 13. Categories of accidents occurring on I-44 between mile markers 245–255 for
March-August, 2005–2010.
Type of Accident
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Total
Fatality
3
0
1
0
0
3
7
Injury
5
15
27
19
6
11
83
Property damage only
43
48
53
59
56
53
312
1.10.3 Work Zone
I-44 was straight for about 0.5 mile prior to the accident site. A postaccident survey
determined that the accident scene—encompassed by preimpact tire friction marks, impact
gouges, postaccident tire marks and gouges, and the final positions of all four vehicles—was
196 feet long. The Gray Summit accident occurred at mile marker 250.6, within the advance
warning area of a work zone, about 0.5 mile from the work-zone entrance. According to Federal
regulations, the location of the accident classifies it as work-zone related.50 The work zone was a
Federal aid project to widen the road by constructing an additional third lane in each direction
over a 4.1-mile-long area beginning east of State Route 100 to east of State Route 00, near
Pacific, Missouri.51 As required for a work-zone project of this magnitude, at 23 CFR 630.1010,
Subpart J, a traffic management plan was created to manage the anticipated impact to traffic flow
during construction. An additional work zone was in place at mile marker 248 involving bridge
construction repair; however, there were no lane closures for the bridge project on the day of this
accident.
Because the work zone was federally funded, the FHWA had oversight of the project. On
June 16, 2010, the FHWA had inspected the work zone as part of its evaluation of the entire
construction project. The inspector found no problems or deficiencies. The inspector noted that
the reduction of speed from 70–50 mph appeared to be adequate. Additionally, MoDOT had
inspected the work zone on 21 occasions between January and August 15, 2010, and noted no
significant issues. These inspections were conducted by MoDOT personnel not associated with
the project. The last inspection occurred 10 minutes prior to the accident. A MoDOT Office of
Work Zone Safety traffic technician, who was traveling through the area with her family,
conducted a review of the work zone and found it to be acceptable. She indicated that traffic had
briefly slowed to 25–30 mph in the area of the lane closure.
At the time of the accident, the left lane was closed on eastbound I-44 within the work
zone. Several signs warned approaching motorists of the work zone and lane closure. A dynamic
message sign (DMS) located 14 miles in advance of the work zone (at mile marker 237), flashing
“ROAD WORK AT MM 251 LEFT LANE CLOSED,” was the first sign warning of the left lane 50 According to 23 CFR 630.1004, Subpart J, a work-zone-related accident is one in which the first harmful
event occurs within the boundaries of a work zone or on an approach to or exit from a work zone, resulting from an
activity, behavior, or control related to the movement of traffic units through the work zone. This definition includes
crashes occurring on the approach to, exiting from, or adjacent to related work zones.
51 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) project J6I2011. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
47
closure. Another DMS, located 1.1 miles from the work zone (at mile marker 249.9), carried the
identical message. Temporary horizontal rumble strips were installed across the width of both
eastbound lanes in advance of each DMS to attract the attention of motorists to the signage and
messages. Changeable message signs (CMS) located at mile markers 246.8 and 247.9 displayed
“PAVING WORK MON–FRI EXPECT INCREASED DELAY.” Several traditional work-zone warning
signs were placed at intervals along I-44 to further warn motorists of the lane closure. These
signs met the color, dimensional, and placement requirements specified in the Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).52 As noted earlier, the speed limit was reduced to
50 mph at milepost 250.4, about 0.2 mile from the accident site.
MoDOT used its “Work Zone Safety and Mobility Policy” in the development of a traffic
management plan to assess the traffic impact of the Gray Summit work-zone project. The plan
included using CMSs, DMSs, restricted lane closure during peak traffic demand, a traffic queue
detection system, and other special contract provisions. One such provision limited lane closure
delays to 15 minutes and penalized contractors who failed to comply with this requirement. The
queue or delay time was evaluated by the road contractor and the MoDOT Traffic Management
Center by means of traffic cameras in the center, a wireless technology-based traffic delay
prediction system, and visual inspection.
MoDOT kept daily work records detailing the status of traffic in the work zone. In
several cases, notes were made about contractors being proactive and terminating the lane
closure for brief periods to alleviate congested traffic. Four occasions were noted where traffic
congestion exceeded the allowable 15-minute delay, and MoDOT inspectors instructed
contractors to terminate the lane closure. At the time of the Gray Summit accident, traffic was
backed up less than 0.5 mile—and the traffic delay was well under 15 minutes—thereby not
warranting reopening of a lane. The accident occurred about 1 mile west of the closest traffic
camera, which was located at mile marker 251.7. The accident scene could not be viewed from
this location because of a horizontal curve.
In addition to the provisions in the traffic management plan, MoDOT also initiated a
public service campaign to broadcast work-zone safety information, which included the Internet,
public service announcements, public meetings, social media, and blogs on
(St. Louis Post Dispatch). MoDOT also held quarterly meetings with private contractors and the
FHWA to discuss work-zone mobility and safety issues.53 52 The MUTCD defines the standards used by road managers nationwide to install and maintain traffic control
devices on all public streets, highways, bikeways, and private roads open to public traffic.
53 Work-zone evaluations were conducted using “Tracker,” a strategic performance-oriented goal evaluation
system in which progress toward 18 tangible results is reviewed statewide each quarter. For more information, see
http://www.modot.org/about/general_info/Tracker.htm. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
48
1.10.4 Recent Developments in Work-Zone Oversight
Nationwide, work-zone fatalities have been on a steady decline since 2002.54 In 2007,
Federal work-zone regulations and guidance were updated to include the following:55
• Development and implementation of an overall agency-level work-zone safety and
mobility policy to institutionalize work-zone processes and procedures.
• Development of agency-level processes and procedures to support policy
implementation, including procedures for work-zone impact assessments, work-zone
data analysis, training, and process reviews.
• Development of procedures to assess and manage the work-zone impacts of
individual projects.
In 2009, the FHWA amended the MUTCD to provide for the application of intelligent
transportation system (ITS) improvements in work zones. Among the goals the FHWA hopes to
achieve with ITS are the following:
• To inform road users in advance of the nature of the work zone, time and duration of
its execution, anticipated effects on road users, and possible alternate routes of travel,
with the intended effect of reducing traffic and related conflicts through the work
zone.
• To promote efficient traffic flow and safety around the work zone through the use of
traffic monitoring and management technology, data collection, and traveler
information (for example, via portable camera systems, queue detection technology,
ramp metering, variable speed limits, merge guidance, and highway advisory radio).
In 2010, 23 CFR Part 511, “Real-Time System Management Information Program,” was
amended to require the states to establish real-time traffic monitoring on interstate highways by
November 8, 2014, and on state-selected routes of importance in metropolitan statistical areas by
November 8, 2016.56 The goal of the program is to provide motorists with information on when
traffic lanes are closed due to construction, roadway or lane blocking incidents, or hazardous
weather conditions. According to the program, information about construction activities that
close roadways or lanes must be provided within 20 minutes of a lane closure for highways
outside metropolitan areas and within 10 minutes for highways inside metropolitan areas. This
requirement does not apply to short-term or intermittent lane closures.
Similarly, information about lane closures due to incidents or accidents must be provided
within 20 minutes of the time the incident is verified for locations outside of metropolitan areas
and within 10 minutes for locations inside metropolitan areas. The requirements also apply to 54 See http://www.workzonesafety.org/crash_data, accessed October 26, 2011.
55 Changes to work-zone regulations found in 23 CFR Part 630, Subpart J, were the result of Federal
rulemaking contained in Federal Register, vol. 69, no. 174 (September 9, 2004), p. 54562.
56 Federal Register, vol. 75, no. 68 (April 9, 2010), p. 68427. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
lane closures due to hazardous weather. States must also evaluate regional ITS architecture
created in accordance with 23 CFR Part 940 to determine whether it explicitly addresses
real-time highway and transit information.
1.11 Weather and Visibility
At the time of the accident, the temperature was 81° F, the weather was clear, and the
roadway was dry. NTSB investigators observed that at the time (10:15–10:30 a.m.) and place of
the accident, the sun would have been overhead and slightly to the right for eastbound drivers on
I-44, and it would not have been in the forward field of view of drivers. 49 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
2 Analysis
2.1 Introduction
At the time of the Gray Summit accident, the weather was clear and the roadway was dry.
The sun was not in the forward field of view of eastbound drivers on I-44, and glare was not a
factor.
The drivers of the Volvo tractor, the GMC pickup, and the lead and following school
buses were licensed, and the commercial drivers possessed current medical certificates. Each
driver was familiar with this section of I-44. The driver of the lead school bus had completed the
annual school bus skills test training required of drivers 70 years of age and over, and both bus
drivers were near completion of the required 8 hours of annual pupil transportation training
required by Missouri state law. Postaccident toxicological tests were administered on fluid
samples from all four drivers, and all samples were negative for alcohol and illicit drugs.
No defects or maintenance problems that could have contributed to the accident or to its
severity were found during a postaccident inspection of the Volvo tractor and the GMC pickup.
Because of the extensive damage to the pickup, its steering system could not be inspected;
however, the vehicle had undergone an annual safety and emissions inspection less than 1 hour
prior to the accident, and no problems were noted. Postaccident inspection of the two school
buses revealed corrosion on the hydraulic brake lines. The leakage of hydraulic fluid in the lead
school bus reduced the vehicle’s braking performance during deceleration tests. Investigators
also found a nonfunctioning brake system warning indicator light and brake pads with cracks and
missing sections. Nevertheless, the driver of the lead bus said that she did not have time to brake
or steer before hitting the GMC pickup, a statement consistent with forensic evidence.
Deceleration tests conducted on the following school bus demonstrated that the condition of the
brake lines and the lack of ABS on the right rear wheel did not affect its ability to decelerate at a
reasonable rate. Although the condition of the school buses was not causal or contributory to the
accident, section 2.6.1, “School Bus Inspections,” discusses the maintenance and inspection
processes that allowed two poorly maintained vehicles to be used in pupil transportation.
The fire chief from the Boles Fire Protection District, who acted as incident commander,
received the dispatch for the accident at 10:14 a.m. and arrived on scene at 10:19 a.m., less than
1 minute after arrival of the Franklin County Sheriff’s deputy and the lieutenant from the
Meramec Ambulance District. The MSHP arrived on scene at 10:31 a.m. The incident
commander conducted a meeting to review what was known about the situation and how to
proceed with extrication of vehicle occupants, transportation of the injured, removal of the
vehicles, and recovery of the deceased. Twelve rescue and engine units from 3 fire districts and
13 ambulances from 6 ambulance services responded to the scene; 12 of the ambulances were
used to transport occupants. Surviving passengers were evacuated or extricated from the buses
by 10:37 a.m., 23 minutes after the initial dispatch call. First responders reported that the rescue
and recovery effort proceeded smoothly and that all the responding agencies worked well
together through the incident commander, with the MSHP investigating the accident; EMS units
50 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
51
transporting the injured; and the fire districts handling the rescue, extrication, and recovery
efforts.
NTSB investigators considered whether aspects of roadway design, work-zone signage,
or work-zone policies may have factored into the occurrence of the Gray Summit accident. Apart
from this accident, two other fatal accidents had occurred between mile markers 248.4–251.6 in
April–May 2010. The accident site was preceded by 0.5 mile of straight roadway, which
provided drivers with an unobstructed view of the traffic ahead. Investigators determined that the
approach to the work zone was adequately signed, with warnings displayed using DMSs, CMSs,
and traditional signs. The sign indicating the reduced speed limit was also placed an adequate
distance from the work zone. Records show that the FHWA and MoDOT consistently noted no
significant issues associated with the work-zone project. Following the first fatal accident on this
stretch of roadway, MoDOT had limited lane closures to 9:00 a.m.–2:00 p.m. to reduce long
traffic queues. Additionally, MoDOT had a policy in place limiting lane closure delays to
15 minutes, and the agency employed ITS queue detectors, CMSs, and DMSs to increase the
mobility and safety of road users.
From 1999–2001, the NTSB investigated nine rear-end collisions, which resulted in
20 fatalities and 181 injuries; two of the nine accidents occurred in work zones. As a result of its
investigations, the NTSB issued the following recommendation to the FHWA:57
Develop a procedure that states can use to conduct a risk analysis for work zone
backups; require, where appropriate, the use of a queue length detection and
warning system; and incorporate that procedure for a queue length detection and
warning system for work zones in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices work zone guidelines. (H-01-11)
On October 8, 2009, the FHWA responded that it had modified the regulations, developed
analytical resources, and developed ITS-related guidance that would help states improve safety
and mobility within work zones. The FHWA also stated that it had amended the MUTCD in
2009 to provide for the use of queue length detection systems and other ITS technologies in work
zones. After evaluating these actions, the NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-01-11
“Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action” on August 8, 2010. The FHWA has since developed a
web-based curriculum for work-zone designers to use in treating potential “back-of-queue safety
hazards.” MoDOT had incorporated many of the latest solutions for reducing back-of-queue
safety hazards into the Gray Summit work-zone project.
Accordingly, the NTSB concludes that the following were not factors in this accident:
(1) weather; (2) driver qualifications or familiarity with the accident location; (3) alcohol or
illicit drug use by any of the four drivers; (4) mechanical condition of the Volvo tractor, the
GMC pickup, or either of the two school buses; (5) emergency response; or (6) highway design,
work-zone signage, or work-zone policies. 57 Vehicle- and Infrastructure-Based Technology for the Prevention of Rear-End Collisions, Special
Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-01/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
The following safety issues were identified as factors in this investigation:
• Potential use of video event recorder (VER) data in monitoring and oversight of
driver performance.
• Driver distraction due to use of a portable electronic device.
• Necessity of maintaining adequate focus on the forward roadway and keeping
recommended minimum following distances.
• Medical oversight of interstate commercial drivers.
• Inadequate Missouri state school bus inspection regulations and procedures.
• Absence of Missouri state oversight of motor carriers involved in pupil transportation.
• Frequency of rear-end accidents.
• Design of emergency windows in school buses.
• Absence of a Missouri state requirement for pretrip safety briefings for pupils
traveling to an activity or on a field trip in a school bus or a school-chartered bus.
As a prelude to the detailed discussion of these issues, section 2.2 reviews the analysis of
video from the following school bus to establish the approximate vehicle speeds and timing of
the three collisions.
2.2 Video Analysis
The following school bus was equipped with a rearward-facing video camera, mounted
above the front interior windshield, which recorded the entire trip on VHS tape. This video was
used to estimate the speed of the bus, the speed of the GMC pickup as it was passing the bus, the
time of collision between the GMC pickup and the Volvo tractor, and the time between impacts
of the two school buses.
2.2.1 Speed of 2001 Blue Bird Bus (Following School Bus)
Using images from the video and bus dimensions, it was possible to estimate the camera
field of view, orientation, and location with respect to the bus. These estimated parameters were
used as inputs to a mathematical model that mapped points in the three-dimensional field of view
of the camera onto simulated two-dimensional video cassette recorder frames. The calibrated
mathematical camera model placed points inside the bus, such as a corner of a side window, at
the same location on a video frame as the real camera. The camera model was valid for points
both inside and outside the bus and for points visible through the side or the rear windows.
The speed of the following school bus was estimated based on the length and spacing of
the segments of the white lane dividing line. The standard specification is a 10-foot line segment
52 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
53
followed by a 30-foot gap. When the bus was aligned with the left lane, it was possible to
estimate its speed by counting the line segments. Using this relatively simple method, it was
determined that the bus was traveling at a constant speed of 55 mph 30 seconds prior to impact
with the lead school bus. Fourteen seconds before impact, the following bus had slowed to a
speed of 51.6 mph.
During the last second prior to impact, it was not possible to estimate the speed of the
following school bus using the above method because the bus was not aligned with the lane.
However, NTSB investigators used a video analysis technique developed during the Mexican
Hat, Utah, motorcoach accident investigation58 to estimate bus location. The results indicated
that the following bus had slowed to 43.1 mph a second before impact and was traveling at
38.1 mph at the time of impact. These estimates are consistent with estimates calculated from the
skid tests and forensic data gathered on scene.
2.2.2 Passing Speed of GMC Pickup Truck
In the video, the GMC pickup passes the following school bus 59 seconds before the bus
collides with the lead school bus. Using the broken white lane divide as a reference, the
estimated speed of the following bus during this time was 56.8 mph. It is assumed that this speed
remained constant during the 4 seconds it took for the GMC pickup to pass the bus. The speed of
the pickup (with a length of 241.5 inches) was estimated using the time it took to pass the same
point in a left side window of the bus. This calculation resulted in a speed estimate of 69.3 mph,
which is 12.5 mph faster than the bus.
2.2.3 Time of Collision Between GMC Pickup Truck and Volvo Truck-Tractor
Video analyses and SDM data from the GMC pickup were used to determine whether an
upper and lower bound could be placed on the time between the initial impact involving the
GMC pickup and the final impact involving the following school bus. Analysis of the pickup’s
ACM determined that the pickup was traveling at 55 mph 1 second before it hit the Volvo
tractor.59, Estimates of the time separation between the initial and final impacts are dependent on
how soon after passing the following school bus the pickup began to decelerate and how quickly
it did so prior to impact. There are no tire marks to indicate braking prior to impact, so it is
assumed that the speed reduction occurred with constant deceleration. Models using representative
times for deceleration suggest that 5.9–11.4 seconds passed between the pickup’s initial impact
with the Volvo tractor and the final impact in the collision sequence involving the following and
the lead school buses. 58 Motorcoach Rollover Near Mexican Hat, Utah, January 6, 2008, Highway Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009).
59 The SDM data included one deployment and one near-deployment event prior to the GMC pickup’s collision
with the Volvo tractor. The NTSB could not definitively determine whether either data element was an artifact of the
crash. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
54
2.2.4 Actions of Following School Bus
Video evidence showed that the following school bus began turning right when its front
was 94 feet ahead of the front of the motorcoach that had stopped on the shoulder. This motion
by the bus occurred 1.8 seconds before impact with the lead school bus. The surveillance video
does not show the steering wheel of the following bus, so it is assumed that there was a
0.1-second delay between the driver’s steering input and the corresponding rightward movement
of the bus on the video.
2.3 Video Event Recorders
A VER is a device designed to capture video and other parameters related to operator and
vehicle performance. Current VERs are capable of recording forward-looking video, interior
video, interior audio, lateral acceleration, longitudinal acceleration, and global positioning
system (GPS) data, among other parameters. VERs may also be configured to record manually
when activated by the driver or automatically when preconfigured thresholds are met on such
events as hard braking or steering. When the VER is triggered, it typically stores a video
recording of the seconds prior to, during, and after the event. VER systems are available for use
in private, public, and commercial vehicles.
The NTSB has recommended that the FMCSA require VERs in commercial vehicles over
10,000 pounds and that carriers use VERs to manage their drivers’ performance. The NTSB
recently issued the following two recommendations to the FMCSA as a result of its investigation
of a truck-tractor semitrailer rear-end collision into passenger vehicles on I-44 near Miami,
Oklahoma:60
Require all heavy commercial vehicles to be equipped with video event recorders
that capture data in connection with the driver and the outside environment and
roadway in the event of a crash or sudden deceleration event. The device should
create recordings that are easily accessible for review when conducting efficiency
testing and systemwide performance-monitoring programs. (H-10-10) Require motor carriers to review and use video event recorder information in
conjunction with other performance data to verify that driver actions are in
accordance with company and regulatory rules and procedures essential to safety.
(H-10-11)
Each recommendation is currently classified “Open—Initial Response Received.”
In correspondence dated September 1, 2011, the FMCSA acknowledged the NTSB
interest in improving motor carrier safety through the installation of VERs in all commercial
motor vehicles. However, the FMCSA asserts that it is important to recognize that such recorders
capture only a brief period of time prior to a safety-critical event (such as a crash, near crash, or 60 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rear-End Collision Into Passenger Vehicles on Interstate 44 Near Miami,
Oklahoma, June 26, 2009, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-10/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation
Safety Board, 2010). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
55
unintended lane departure) and would be reviewed only by enforcement personnel or the motor
carrier during an enforcement intervention. Additionally, VERs would not record unsafe driving
behaviors that occur without a safety-critical event as a trigger. For these reasons, the FMCSA
maintains that its CSA program, launched in December 2010, offers better monitoring of a
carrier’s safety performance. Although the NTSB acknowledges that the CSA program will offer
improved monitoring of drivers and carriers, there is enough evidence from this and past
accident investigations that VERs can provide a level of oversight beyond that available through
CSA. In addition, VERs can help drivers and carriers identify unsafe driver behaviors and
situations before they result in an accident.
The NTSB analysis of events leading to the Gray Summit collisions was greatly assisted
by the presence of the video unit on the following school bus. Using the video, NTSB
investigators were able to determine the speed of the GMC pickup approximately 1 minute prior
to the collision, the speed of the following bus (and also to infer the speed of the lead school
bus), and when the driver of the following bus began to take evasive action. However, had each
commercial vehicle been equipped with a VER, as recommended by the NTSB, the accident
sequence would have been more clearly understood; that is:
• A VER on the Volvo tractor would have clarified whether it was moving or stopped
when it was hit by the GMC pickup.
• A VER on the motorcoach that pulled over to the shoulder would have more clearly
shown when the GMC pickup driver entered the right lane, the actions of the
motorcoach driver after the initial collision, and the timing of the subsequent
collisions involving the two school buses.
• A VER on the lead school bus would have allowed investigators to determine how the
driver’s visual scanning behavior factored into the second collision.
• A VER on the following school bus would have allowed investigators to more
accurately determine the distance between the two buses.
VER recordings could be reviewed by carriers, school officials, law enforcement, and regulators
in developing programs to encourage safe driving behavior and in improving vehicle and
roadway designs.
As useful as VER data are for analyzing accidents, their biggest benefit may be the
potential to prevent accidents. VERs have been shown to reduce the occurrence of accidents
involving emergency vehicles,61 novice drivers,62 and commercial drivers63 when used in 61 L. Myers and others, “Effect of an Onboard Event Recorder and a Formal Review Process on Ambulance
Driving Behavior,” Emergency Medicine Journal (February 23, 2011).
62 D. McGehee and others, “Extending Parental Mentoring Using an Event-Triggered Video Intervention in
Rural Teen Drivers,” Journal of Safety Research, vol. 38, no. 2 (2007), pp. 215–227.
63 J. Hickman and R. Hanowski, Evaluating the Safety Benefits of a Low-Cost Driving Behavior Management
System in Commercial Vehicle Operations, Report No. FMCSA-RRR-10-033 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor
Carrier Safety Administration, 2010). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
56
combination with a driver management program. In an FMCSA study,64 commercial vehicles
were equipped with VERs, and baseline performance was measured over 4 weeks for the drivers
of those vehicles. Over the next 13 weeks, the drivers were coached on their driving, based on
the driving errors captured by the VERs. As a result of targeted coaching, the overall occurrence
of unsafe events decreased significantly among the commercial drivers. Of the two carriers
involved in this study, one experienced a 38 percent reduction in the mean rate of recorded
safety-related events per 10,000 vehicle miles traveled, while the other experienced a 52 percent
reduction in recorded safety-related events.
The presence of VERs on all school buses, in combination with a driver management
program, could assist carriers and school districts alike in identifying and addressing systemic
factors in school bus operations that increase the risk of accidents. VER data could also be used
to target risky or improper driver behavior before it leads to an accident. The NTSB concludes
that had the Volvo tractor, the two school buses, and the motorcoach been required to have
VERs, the events leading up to this accident could have been more definitively assessed.
Additionally, the NTSB concludes that the use of VER data for managing driver behavior could
assist school bus operators in identifying driver performance issues before they lead to accidents.
Thus, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendations H-10-10 and -11 to the FMCSA. Further,
though the NTSB recognizes the possible monitoring benefits of the CSA program, the NTSB
reclassifies these two recommendations “Open—Unacceptable Response” because the FMCSA
has not yet required the installation of VERs or the use of the captured VER information.
2.4 Vehicle Drivers
Section 2.4 discusses how the NTSB investigates distraction, the role of distraction in the
three Gray Summit collisions, and possible solutions to mitigate distracted driving.
2.4.1 GMC Pickup Truck Driver
There is evidence that the driver of the GMC pickup may have been distracted
immediately before the initial collision. Records from the cellular telephone provider indicate
that from 9:58–10:09 a.m., the driver received 5 text messages and sent 6—for a total of
11 messages. Because the records do not document transmission times to the second, the final
incoming message could have arrived at any time between 10:09:00–10:09:59 a.m. This pattern
of communication strongly suggests that the driver was in an active text messaging conversation;
because the final exchange was an incoming text, it can be assumed that it was the driver’s turn
to reply.
A witness traveling near the GMC pickup reported that the driver appeared to lean to the
right before the pickup struck the rear of the Volvo tractor. The witness stated that he did not see
brake lights illuminate, which is consistent with data from the pickup’s SDM, indicating that the
brakes were not applied in the last second prior to impact. The driver of the pickup might have
been engaged in reading an incoming text, typing an outgoing text, or leaning to the right to
retrieve his cell phone. The NTSB concludes that the absence of a timely brake application, the 64 FMCSA-RRR-10-033. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
57
cellular provider records indicating frequent texting while driving, the temporal proximity of the
last incoming text message to the collision, and the witness statement regarding the driver’s
actions indicate that the GMC pickup driver was most likely distracted from the driving task by a
text messaging conversation at or near the time of the accident.
NHTSA estimates that in the year 2009, nearly 5,500 people died and 450,000 people
were injured in distraction-related accidents.65 The findings from analysis of police-reported
crashes indicate that 11 percent of crashes involve some form of distraction. NHTSA’s “100-car
study” found that 23 percent of recorded crashes can be attributed to driver distraction.66 Texting
while driving is one distraction that has consistently been found to impair driving performance.
A study of commercial driver distraction conducted by the Virginia Tech Transportation Institute
(VTTI) found that drivers were 23 times more likely to experience a safety-critical event when
they were involved in texting.67 In one simulator study, drivers engaged in text messaging had
slower reaction times (35 percent slower) and poor lateral vehicle control.68 Another simulator
study found that sending and receiving text messages led to poorer performance on safety-critical
driving measures, including lateral position maintenance, detection of road signs, and time with
eyes off the road.69 A fourth study reported that texting drivers in a simulator responded more
slowly to the onset of brake lights and demonstrated forward and lateral control impairments. In
addition, text-messaging drivers were involved in more simulated crashes.70 A Texas
Transportation Institute study found that drivers responded more slowly when either reading or
writing text messages.71
In addition to texting devices, the use of other forms of portable electronic devices72
(such as music players and gaming units, cell phones, and computer tablets) has been found to
result in visual, auditory, manual, and cognitive distractions—which have been shown to
increase the likelihood of an accident. A VTTI study found that, among light vehicle drivers, the
use of handheld wireless devices was the most common type of distraction and resulted in the
most near crashes.73 A safety-critical event was 6.7 times more likely when a driver was 65 See http://distraction.gov/stats_and_facts/index.html, accessed October 26, 2011.
66 S. Klauer and others, The Impact of Driver Inattention on Near-Crash/Crash Risk, An Analysis Using the
100-Car Naturalistic Driving Study Data, Report No. DOT-HS-810-594 (Washington, DC: National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, 2006).
67
R.
Olson
and
others,
Driver
Distraction
in
Commercial
Vehicle
Operations,
Report
No. FMCSA-RRR-09-042 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2009).
68 N. Reed and R. Robbins, The Effect of Text Messaging On Driver Behavior: A Simulator Study (Berkshire,
UK: Transport Research Laboratory, 2008).
69 S. Hosking, K. Young, and M. Regan, “The Effects of Text Messaging on Young Novice Driver
Performance,” Distracted Driving (Sidney, NSW: Australasian College of Road Safety, 2007), pp. 155–187.
70 F. Drews and others, “Text Messaging During Simulated Driving,” Human Factors, vol. 51, no. 2 (2009).
71 J. Cooper, C. Yager, and S. Chrysler, An Investigation of the Effects of Reading and Writing Text-Based
Messages While Driving, Report No. 476660-00024-1 (College Station, Texas: Texas Transportation Institute,
August 2011).
72 This use includes, but is not limited to, dialing, answering, e-mailing, accessing the Internet, and viewing,
reaching, locating, and operating portable electronic devices.
73 T. Dingus and others, The 100-Car Naturalistic Driving Study, Phase II: Results of the 100-Car Field
Experiment (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2006). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
58
reaching for or using an electronic device, such as a cell phone.74 A VTTI study of commercial
drivers found that a safety-critical event was 163 times more likely if a driver was texting, e-
mailing, or accessing the Internet.75 This research also found that portable music players can
divert a driver’s attention from the driving task for prolonged periods.
Many states have enacted laws ranging from banning texting for younger drivers to
banning the use of portable electronic devices by all drivers because of the associated driving
risks.76 In addition to the 35 states that ban texting, 30 states ban all cell phone use for novice
drivers, and 10 states ban the use of handheld cell phones. The District of Columbia has bans for
all three usages. However, a recent study by the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety (IIHS)
found that these bans have not reduced vehicle accident insurance claims accordingly.77 Some
states that enacted bans actually experienced increases in accident insurance claims. The IIHS
suggests that the bans may not have shown their intended benefits because drivers continued to
text but in a more discreet manner, or drivers switched to a nonbanned activity that can also be
distracting. The IIHS study did not attempt to examine the effects of enforcement or education
along with the bans.
Other IIHS studies have found that cell phone and texting bans were effective in reducing
observed handheld cell phone or texting behavior.78 Observational studies conducted in New
York, Connecticut, and Washington, DC, found that cell phone and texting bans reduced cell
phone and texting behavior by more than 40 percent immediately after taking effect. Although
cell phone use while driving trended upward in all three cases following implementation of the
bans, it is still much lower than would be expected without the bans. A little over 1 year after
going into effect, compliance with the bans was lower in New York than in Washington, DC.79
One explanation for this discrepancy in the rates of compliance may be differing levels of
enforcement and media attention.80 74 FMCSA-RRR-09-042.
75 J. Hickman, R. Hanowski, and J. Bocanegra, Distraction in Commercial Trucks and Buses: Assessing
Prevalence and Risk in Conjunction With Crashes and Near Crashes, Report No. FMCSA-RRR-10-049
(Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2010).
76 Connecticut General Statutes 14-296aa bans the use of mobile electronic devices (such as a text messaging
device, a paging device, a personal digital assistant, a laptop computer, equipment that is capable of playing a video
game or a digital video disk, or equipment on which digital photographs are taken or transmitted) while such vehicle
is in motion.
77 “Texting Laws and Collision Claim Frequencies,” Highway Data Loss Institute, vol. 27, no. 11 (Arlington,
Virginia: Insurance Institute for Highway Safety, September 2010).
78 A. McCartt and others, “Long-Term Effects of Handheld Cell Phone Laws on Driver Handheld Cell Phone
Use,” Traffic Injury Prevention, vol. 11, no. 2 (2010), pp. 133–141.
79 See http://www.iihs.org/research/topics/cell_phones.html, accessed October 26, 2011.
80 A. McCartt, L. Hellinga, and K. Bratiman, “Cell Phones and Driving: Review of Research,” Traffic Injury
Prevention, vol. 7, no. 2 (2006), pp. 89–106. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
59
Past safety campaigns have shown that laws aimed at changing behavior are much more
likely to experience long-term success when combined with highly visible enforcement and
public information campaigns,81,82 such as the “Click It Or Ticket” campaign for promoting seat
belt use. A recent study analyzing the first 7 years of the campaign found that states that had
enacted primary laws (where a motorist could be cited solely for being unbelted) had
substantially higher seat belt use and higher levels of enforcement than states with only
secondary enforcement (where a motorist could be cited for being unbelted only if stopped for a
different violation).83 The study found that seat belt use had increased in states that converted
from secondary to primary laws and was higher among states with high visibility enforcement.
Additionally, communication campaigns have been found to improve long-term shifts in
attitudes and behavior, especially when implemented in conjunction with laws and high visibility
enforcement.84,85,86 The European Union recently completed a project to assist policymakers in
implementing and evaluating road safety communication campaigns to inform motorists about
new laws, educate them on the safety risks of unwanted behaviors, and ultimately decrease the
frequency and severity of accidents.87
The DOT—along with the GHSA and other organizations—has long recognized the
benefits of combining laws, high visibility enforcement, and communication campaigns.
Examples of past campaigns in which the DOT has used this approach include the
aforementioned “Click It or Ticket,” as well as the “Over the Limit Under Arrest” campaign to
reduce drinking and driving. The DOT driver distraction program calls for evaluating laws and
high visibility enforcement, developing targeted media messages, drafting sample laws for states,
publishing guidance on banning texting while driving for Federal workers, evaluating training
programs, and developing resources through the World Health Organization.88,89
In 2010, the GHSA examined distracted driving as a state priority, data collection,
outreach to novice drivers, education, public/private collaborations, state laws, and enforcement.
Missouri has banned drivers under 21 years of age from texting and driving, implemented an
enforcement campaign, made distracted driving a priority issue, developed traditional and 81 A. McCartt and others, 2010.
82 See http://www.ntsb.gov/doclib/recletters/1997/H97_1_6.pdf, accessed October 26, 2011.
83 J. Tison and A. Williams, Analyzing the First Years of the “Click It or Ticket” Mobilizations, Report
No. DOT-HS-811-232 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010).
84 M. Regan, K. Young, and J. Lee, “Driver Distraction Injury Countermeasures, Part 1: Data Collection,
Legislation and Enforcement, Vehicle Fleet Management, and Driver Licensing,” in M. Regan, J. Lee, and
K. Young, eds., Driver Distraction: Theory, Effects, and Mitigation (Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press, 2009).
85 B. Elliot, Road Safety Mass Media Campaigns: A Meta Analysis, Federal Office of Road Safety, Report
No. CR 118 (Canberra, Australia: Federal Office of Road Safety, 1993).
86 P. Delhomme and others, Evaluated Road Safety Media Campaigns: An Overview of 265 Evaluated
Campaigns and Some Meta-Analysis on Accidents, GADGET Project (Bron, France: National Institute for Transport
and Safety Research, 2000).
87 P. Delhomme and others, Manual for Designing, Implementing, and Evaluating Road Safety Communication
Campaigns (Brussels, Belgium: Belgium Road Safety Institute, 2009).
88 For additional information on DOT programs, see .
89
Overview
of
the
National
Highway
Traffic
Administration’s
Driver
Distraction
Program,
http://www.distraction.gov/files/dot/6835_DriverDistractionPlan_4-14_v6_tag.pdf, accessed October 26, 2011. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
60
electronically based educational materials for young drivers and their parents,90 and conducted
public awareness campaigns. However, Missouri’s enforcement campaign has been hindered by
the difficulty law enforcement has had in identifying and stopping only drivers who are
underage.91 Recent efforts to change the law so that it applies to all drivers failed in the state
legislature.
Although there is recognition that combining laws, enforcement, and communication
campaigns is the most effective way to change driver behavior, not all states have fully adopted
this multifaceted approach to mitigate the risks associated with portable electronic devices. In
fact, many states are just beginning to address distracted driving. Several state efforts to curb
distracted driving are limited to reaching out to novice drivers and driver education. Three states
have not developed any programs; and six states have implemented only one of the three
approaches. The NTSB concludes that a combination of enforceable state laws, high visibility
enforcement, and supporting communication campaigns can reduce the number of accidents
caused by drivers distracted by the use of portable electronic devices. Therefore, the NTSB
recommends that the 50 states and the District of Columbia: (1) ban the nonemergency use of
portable electronic devices (other than those designed to support the driving task) for all drivers;
(2) use the NHTSA model of high visibility enforcement to support these bans; and
(3) implement targeted communication campaigns to inform motorists of the new law and
enforcement, and to warn them of the dangers associated with the nonemergency use of portable
electronic devices while driving.
Manufacturers of portable electronic devices also play a vital role in promoting the safe
use of their products. Although a majority of people are aware of the risks associated with cell
phones and driving, almost three-fourths of cell phone owners report using their phones while
driving.92 It is possible that this disconnect may be due to a common driver misperception: that
you are a safer driver than others and better able to safely multitask. It is also possible that
drivers gravitate to portable electronic devices in times of low driving workload—a temptation
that could quickly increase the risk of experiencing a critical event. Some cellular providers have
begun offering mobile phone applications that disable texting and block nonemergency calls
when a vehicle is in motion;93 and third-party devices are currently available that allow motorists
to voluntarily disable nonemergency calls on their cell phones while driving.94
The NTSB maintains that for those devices designed for use while driving or that are
frequently used while driving—such as cell phones and computer tablets—manufacturers and
providers of these devices should be sensitive to the distractions that they can cause and disable 90 Governors Highway Safety Association, 2011.
91
(a)
See
http://www.mshp.dps.missouri.gov/MSHPWeb/Root/DistractedDrivingFeaturedStatute.html,
accessed
January
20,
2011.
(b)
See
, accessed January 20, 2011.
92 “Large Majority of Drivers Who Own Cell Phones Use Them While Driving Even Though They Know This
Is Dangerous,” The Harris Poll #58 (New York, New York: Harris Interactive, June 8, 2009).
93 T-Mobile offers “DriveSmart Plus” for a monthly fee of $4.99, and Sprint offers “Sprint Drive First” for a
monthly fee of $2.00.
94 N. Lerner and others, An Exploration of Vehicle-Based Monitoring of Novice Teen Drivers: Final Report,
Report No. DOT-HS-811-333 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
features that do not provide an emergency or driving-related benefit when the vehicle is in
motion. The NTSB concludes that manufacturers and providers of portable electronic devices
known to be frequently used while driving should reduce the potential of these devices to distract
drivers by developing features that discourage their use or that limit their nondriving- or
nonemergency-related functionality while a vehicle is in operation. The NTSB recommends that
CTIA–The Wireless Association and the Consumer Electronics Association encourage the
development of technology features that disable the functions of portable electronic devices
within reach of the driver when a vehicle is in motion; these technology features should include
the ability to permit emergency use of the device while the vehicle is in motion and have the
capability of identifying occupant seating position so as not to interfere with use of the device by
passengers.
2.4.2 Lead School Bus Driver
Like the GMC pickup driver, the driver of the lead school bus did not attempt to brake or
avoid the stopped vehicles ahead. According to the motorcoach driver who had been traveling
behind the GMC pickup, he saw the initial collision occur 600 feet ahead of him and stopped his
vehicle on the shoulder about 180 feet from the accident site. When interviewed by the MSHP,
the motorcoach driver stated that, after pulling over, he exited his bus to attempt to warn other
drivers to slow down.
The lead school bus driver stated that when she saw the motorcoach on the side of the
road, and a man walking around in front of it, she became concerned about clearance between
her vehicle and the motorcoach, so she steered a little to the left. She went on to say that she
continued to watch the motorcoach from her side mirror; and, when she felt that her bus had
cleared the motorcoach, she moved back to the right and almost immediately struck the GMC
pickup. The driver’s statements suggest that her actions were the result of driving-related safety
concerns, not nondriving-related distractions. However, the length of time the bus driver spent
selectively attending to the motorcoach—instead of monitoring the traffic ahead—was excessive
and directly resulted in her involvement in the accident. The NTSB concludes that the collision
between the lead school bus and the GMC pickup was the result of the bus driver’s attention
being drawn away from the forward roadway by the motorcoach parked on the shoulder.
Apart from the motorcoach, it appears that no other vehicle occupied the right lane
between the lead school bus and the initial collision ahead; once the motorcoach had moved to
the shoulder, the bus driver’s forward view was unobstructed. Had the bus driver been attentive
to the forward roadway, she would have had ample time and sight distance to perceive and
possibly avoid the initial collision. According to the SDM data recovered from the GMC pickup,
6 seconds passed between the first collision involving the pickup and the second collision
involving the lead bus. Depending on when the motorcoach moved to the shoulder, the lead bus
driver might have had as much as 6 seconds to notice and react to the initial accident ahead. The
Missouri Commercial Driver License Manual warns drivers of several situations that could
present a hazard, among which are parked buses along the roadway from which passengers could
61 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
62
emerge.95 However, the manual also states that drivers should look 12–15 seconds ahead of them
(in the context of stopping and lane-changing maneuvers). Further, the manual states: “When
you use your mirrors while driving on the road, check quickly. Look back and forth between the
mirrors and the road ahead. Don’t focus on the mirrors for too long. Otherwise, you will travel
quite a distance without knowing what’s happening ahead.”96
The sequence of events leading to the involvement of the lead school bus in the accident
is consistent with the literature on external distractions. Research has found that a significant
number of distractions originate from objects external to the vehicle. External distractions may
include vehicles on the shoulder of the road, billboards, and animals. The 100-car naturalistic97
study conducted by VTTI found that attending to external objects away from the forward
roadway for more than 2 seconds increased the risk of accidents threefold.98 The AAA
Foundation for Traffic Safety examined NHTSA’s National Automotive Sampling
System/Crashworthiness Data System and found that 29 percent of distraction-related crashes
were due to distractions outside of the vehicle.99 A NHTSA-funded study on driver distraction in
commercial vehicle operations, based on naturalistic data, found that—though glances outside
the vehicle had an overall protective effect—long glances away from the forward roadway when
an external distraction was present increased the risk of a safety-critical event. Overall, the study
found that glances away from the forward roadway for any reason for more than 1.5 seconds
significantly increased the risk of a safety-critical event.100
These findings highlight the importance of proper glance behavior in promoting safety
and avoiding accidents. Scanning the external environment is an essential part of the driving
task. However, the risk of safety-critical events and accidents increases when drivers fixate on
objects that are not in the forward view.
The state of Missouri requires school bus drivers to take 8 hours of school-bus related
training annually but does not stipulate the specific content. The errors made by the school bus
drivers in this accident suggest that periodic defensive driver training on such topics as driver
inattention, proper scanning behavior, and safe following distance could help drivers avoid
rear-end accidents when approaching traffic queues. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the
Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education incorporate into school bus driver 95 Commercial Driver License Manual: New Test Standards Effective October 1, 2008 (Jefferson City,
Missouri: Missouri Department of Revenue/American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, August 2009),
p. 2-19.
96 Commercial Driver License Manual, p. 2-11.
97 Naturalistic studies attempt to observe the behavior or phenomenon of interest in its natural setting with a
minimum amount of interference.
98 S. Klauer and others, 2006.
99 The AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety defines distraction as, “when a driver is delayed in the recognition of
information needed to safely accomplish the driving task because some event, activity, object, or person within or
outside the vehicle compelled or tended to induce the driver’s shifting attention away from the driving task.” See
J. Stutts and others, The Role of Driver Distraction in Traffic Crashes (Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for
Traffic Safety, 2001).
100 For glances between 1.5–2 seconds, overall risk equals 1.29. For glances greater than 2 seconds, overall risk
equals 2.93. See R. Olson and others, Driver Distraction in Commercial Vehicle Operations, 2009. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
training the risk of driver inattention, the need for proper scanning behavior, and the necessity of
keeping a safe following distance.
2.4.3 Following School Bus Driver
There is no evidence that the following school bus driver was distracted from monitoring
the forward view prior to the accident. The surveillance video showed that—just prior to the
collision—a chaperone walked up the aisle to speak to the driver; however, the chaperone ended
the conversation and returned to his seat 8 seconds before the driver began her evasive
maneuver. The bus driver stated that she was not using her cell phone, CB radio, or AM/FM
radio immediately prior to the accident. Records from the cellular provider confirm that she was
not engaged in a conversation during this time. She also stated that she was not eating or
drinking. There are no witnesss statements indicating that the driver was engaged in any activity
other than driving at the time of the accident. She stated that she did not recall her bus passing
the motorcoach on the side of the road, suggesting that the motorcoach did not pose a distraction
to her. All factors indicate that the driver of the following bus was not distracted just prior to
hitting the lead school bus.
NTSB investigators attempted to determine what factors led to the involvement of the
following school bus in the accident. According to the bus driver, the first indication that
anything was wrong was when she saw the lead school bus go up in the air. She said that she
applied her brakes and steered to the right in an attempt to avoid a collision, a statement that is
consistent with physical evidence from the accident scene.
An analysis of the physical evidence and video footage from the interior-mounted camera
on the following school bus provided information on the speed of the bus as it approached the
accident location. Because this dynamic situation involved the movement of vehicles throughout
the impact sequences, it was necessary to conduct a time–position analysis to determine the
following distance of the bus in the moments leading up to the accident. From the video footage,
it was determined that the bus was traveling approximately 52 mph, and the evasive steering and
braking maneuver occurred about 1.9 seconds prior to impact with the lead school bus. The
video footage provided detailed positional information on where this evasive steering maneuver
was initiated. From this location, it was necessary to assume a reasonable perception–reaction
time (PRT) range to determine at what point the following bus driver would have perceived the
accident ahead.
In approximating a reasonable PRT range for the following school bus driver, it was
necessary to examine the human performance characteristics of the driver and visual cues that
were available to her. The 38-year-old bus driver was most likely adequately rested and alert on
the day of the accident. When asked about her sleeping habits, she stated that she normally sleeps
“like a rock” and denied any history of sleeping disorders or snoring. In the 72 hours preceding
the accident, she reserved 8–9 hours each night for sleep. On the night before the accident, she
stated that she went to bed at 10:30 p.m. and awoke about 7:00 a.m., allowing as much as
8.5 hours for rest. The driver took a prescription medication daily; however, that particular
medication is not detrimental to driver performance.
63 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
64
Establishing the PRT for a specific individual in a particular situation is very challenging.
A driver’s PRT can vary widely, depending on such factors as the intensity of the stimulus,
amount of information to be processed, and complexity of required decision-making. Age,
medical conditions, distractions, fatigue, visual contrast, and medications, among other factors,
have been found to adversely affect PRT. The driver of the following school bus was apparently
alert and not distracted prior to the accident; however, the amount of time she needed to perceive
and react to the developing situation ahead was probably no less than 1.5 seconds because the
brake lights on the lead school bus did not illuminate prior to its collision with the GMC pickup.
These circumstances probably lengthened the following bus driver’s time to perceive and react
because she had to interpret and formulate a response to the unfamiliar and complex scene of the
lead bus suddenly assuming a vertical posture. Therefore, investigators examined a range of
possible PRTs from 1.5–2.5 seconds.
Accordingly, it was determined that the following school bus was 188–262 feet behind
the lead school bus when it collided with the GMC pickup. At an approximate speed of 52 mph,
the following time ranged from 2.5–3.5 seconds. According to the Missouri Commercial Driver
License Manual, the bus driver should have maintained a following time of 4.5 seconds or
greater between her vehicle and the lead bus.101 With the additional 1–2 seconds of following
time, the driver would have had an additional 76–151 feet of distance to take evasive action to
avoid hitting the lead bus. Because the following bus driver braked and steered to the right
approximately 124 feet prior to colliding with the lead bus, the additional following distance
would have allowed a total of 200–275 feet available to avoid a collision. As stated in the factual
discussion, the following bus was capable of stopping in 130 feet. Therefore, the NTSB
concludes that had the driver of the following school bus maintained the recommended minimum
distance from the lead school bus, she would have been able to avoid the accident.
2.4.4 Driver Fatigue
The NTSB examined whether fatigue might have played a role in the failure of the GMC
pickup driver to notice and react to the slowed traffic ahead. To make this determination, the
NTSB first examined whether the pickup driver might have been suffering from the effects of
fatigue at the time of the accident. The NTSB examined four factors that contribute to fatigue:
quantity of sleep, sleep disorders, time of day, and time awake. A reconstruction of this driver’s
72-hour history indicated that he slept an average of 5.5 hours during the three nights prior to the
accident and less than 5 hours on the night of August 4, immediately preceding the accident the
following morning (table 14). The amount of nightly sleep needed is influenced by genetics,
circadian timing, and sleep debt, among other factors;102 however, the National Sleep Foundation
states that adults (over age 17) typically need 7–9 hours of sleep a night.103 101 Commercial Driver License Manual, p. 2-16.
102 M. Carskadon and W. Dement, “Normal Human Sleep: An Overview,” in M. Kryger, T. Roth, and
W. Dement, eds., Principles and Practice of Sleep Medicine (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Elsevier-Sanders, 2005).
103 “How Much Sleep Do We Really Need?” , accessed November 23, 2010. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
65
Table 14. Summary of available sleep opportunity for GMC pickup driver, August 3–5, 2010.
Last Activity of
Record
First Morning
Activity
Total Time
Available for Sleep
Aug 3, 12:00 a.m.
Aug 3, 5:00 a.m.
5 hr 00 min
Aug 3, 11:18 p.m.
Aug 4, 6:00 a.m.
6 hr 42 min
Aug 5, 1:00 a.m.
Aug 5, 5:52 a.m.
4 hr 52 min Average: 5 hr 31 min
Research has shown that sleep loss results in deficits in a number of driving-related
performance measures, including slowed reaction time,104 reduced vigilance and attention,105
and impaired cognitive processing.106 The odds of being in a crash are 12 times higher for a
driver who had only 4–4.9 hours of sleep the night before.107 It is possible that the decision of
the GMC pickup driver to continue a text messaging conversation as he approached a work zone
was influenced by fatigue due to chronic and acute sleep loss—which may also have affected his
reaction time to the slowing traffic ahead. The NTSB concludes that the GMC pickup driver was
fatigued at the time of the accident due to cumulative sleep debt and acute sleep loss, which
could have resulted in impaired cognitive processing or other performance decrements.
Aside from insufficient sleep, no other factors appear to contribute to fatigue for the
GMC pickup driver. According to the family of the driver, he did not have problems sleeping, a
history of snoring, or any diagnosed sleep disorders. Family members described the driver as a
morning person who typically arose at 6:00 a.m. to begin his workday at 7:00 a.m. On the day of
the accident, the driver awoke at 5:52 a.m., in line with his typical circadian pattern. The
accident occurred at 10:11 a.m., which is generally a time of high alertness. The driver had been
awake for only 4.5 hours, which makes it less likely that he was worn down by the day’s
activities.
The NTSB also attempted to examine whether fatigue might have caused the lead school
bus driver to fixate on the motorcoach parked on the shoulder of the roadway, because fatigue 104 (a) T. Roehrs and others, “Ethanol and Sleep Loss: A ‘Dose’ Comparison of Impairing Effects,” Sleep,
vol. 26, no. 8 (2003), pp. 981–985. (b) N. Kleitman, ed., “Deprivation of Sleep,” Sleep and Wakefulness (Chicago,
Illinois: University of Chicago Press, 1963), pp. 215–229. (c) H. Babkoff, T. Caspy, and M. Mikulincer, “Subjective
Sleepiness Ratings: The Effects of Sleep Deprivation, Circadian Rhythmicity and Cognitive Performance,” Sleep,
vol. 14, no. 6 (1991), pp. 534–539.
105 (a) M. Glenville and others, “Effects of Sleep Deprivation on Short Duration Performance Measures
Compared to the Wilkinson Auditory Vigilance Task,” Sleep, vol. 1, no. 2 (1978), pp. 169–176. (b) D. Dinges,
“Performance Effects of Fatigue,” Fatigue Symposium Proceedings, November 1–2, 1995 (Washington, DC:
National Transportation Safety Board and NASA Ames Research Center, 1996), pp. 41–46.
106 (a) D. Dinges and N. Kribbs, “Performing While Sleepy: Effects of Experimentally Induced Sleepiness,” in
T. Monk, ed., Sleep, Sleepiness, and Performance (Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons, 1991), pp. 98–128.
(b) N. Lamond and D. Dawson, “Quantifying the Performance Impairment Associated With Fatigue,” Journal of
Sleep Research, vol. 8, no. 4 (1999), pp. 255–262.
107 J. Stutts and others, “Driver Risk Factors for Sleep-Related Crashes,” Accident Analysis & Prevention,
vol. 35, no. 3 (2003), pp. 321–331. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
66
has been found to result in longer glance times and perceptual narrowing.108 However, the lead
driver was unable to provide NTSB investigators with sufficient detail about her sleep/wake
times for the day prior to the accident to determine whether fatigue was an issue. She stated that
she did not have a history of sleep disorders, slept 7.5–8 hours each night, and occasionally
napped during the day.
2.4.5 Medical Oversight
During the course of its investigation, the NTSB found that the driver of the Volvo tractor
had a medical condition that should have precluded licensure. However, witnesses confirmed
that the driver had slowed his vehicle due to the traffic congestion ahead—and there were no
reports indicating that he had been driving erratically prior to the accident—which strongly
suggest that he was not medically incapacitated at the time. The NTSB concludes that the
medical condition of the Volvo tractor driver did not cause or contribute to the accident.
However, the NTSB is concerned that in the 10 years since its report on the 1999
New Orleans motorcoach accident,109 commercial drivers with disqualifying medical conditions
are still able to obtain current medical certificates and CDLs. Medical records indicate that in
2003, before the driver of the Volvo tractor obtained a CDL, he was warned by his primary care
physician not to drive or operate machinery. By not divulging his medical history to a
commercial driver fitness examiner, he subsequently obtained a CDL and current medical
certificate.110 The driver was licensed in West Virginia, which does not provide anonymity or
legal protection to health care providers or anyone else who reports an individual as unfit to
operate a vehicle. This circumstance makes it unlikely that a physician, employer, or concerned
citizen with knowledge of a driver’s illness would come forward to report an unfit driver to
licensing authorities.
As a result of its investigation into the New Orleans accident and testimony gathered at
the subsequent hearing on CDL and driver medical oversight, the NTSB recommended in 2001
that the FMCSA develop a comprehensive medical oversight program for interstate commercial
drivers. Two of the eight program elements recommended were covered by the following safety
recommendations:
Develop a comprehensive medical oversight program for interstate commercial
drivers that contains the following program elements: the review process 108 (a) P. Green, “Where Do Drivers Look While Driving (and for How Long)?” in R. Dewar and P. Olson, eds.,
Human Factors in Traffic Safety (Tucson, Arizona: Lawyers and Judges Publishing, 2002), p. 97. (b) N. Kaluger and
G. Smith, “Driver Eye-Movement Patterns Under Conditions of Prolonged Driving and Sleep Deprivation,”
Highway Research Record (Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 1970), pp. 92–106.
109 Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road Accident, New Orleans, Louisiana, May 9, 1999, NTSB/HAR-01/01
(Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001).
110 Under 49 CFR 383.73(g), Penalties for False Information, if a driver supplies false information on any part
of the CDL application process, either at the time of application or discovered after issuance of the CDL, the issuing
state must (at a minimum) suspend that license for 6 months, pending a review. A final determination of CDL status
would depend on evaluation of the correct information and whether the applicant then qualifies for retention of the
CDL. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
67
prevents, or identifies and corrects, the inappropriate issuance of medical
certification. (H-01-21) Develop a comprehensive medical oversight program for interstate commercial
drivers that contains the following program elements: mechanisms for reporting
medical conditions to the medical certification and reviewing authority and for
evaluating these conditions between medical certification exams are in place;
individuals, health care providers, and employers are aware of these mechanisms.
(H-01-24)
Safety Recommendations H-01-21 and -24 are each classified “Open—Unacceptable
Response.” The NTSB also issued a companion recommendation to the American Association of
Motor Vehicle Administrators (AAMVA) to develop a comprehensive medical oversight
program for intrastate commercial drivers (Safety Recommendation H-01-26). It contained all
the program elements specified in the FMCSA recommendations. Safety Recommendation
H-01-26 is classified “Open—Acceptable Response,” because AAMVA continues to work with
the FMCSA in developing the Federal medical oversight program, and upon implementation of
this program, to encourage its members to adopt it. The NTSB also issued the following
recommendation to the National Conference of State Legislatures:
Inform State legislatures about this accident and make them aware of the
importance of establishing immunity laws for the good-faith reporting of
potentially impaired commercial drivers by all individuals and of ensuring that the
medical community and the commercial transportation industry are familiar with
these laws. (H-01-27)
Safety Recommendation H-01-27 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” in 2001 after the
conference published an article highlighting the Board’s recommendations.
The FMCSA has made progress on most of the eight program elements; for example, the
agency published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in December 2008 to create a national
registry of certified medical examiners, an initiative that could significantly reduce doctor
shopping if a final rule is implemented.111 Yet, it is still possible for a driver to withhold
information about a disqualifying condition from a fitness examiner and secure a valid medical
certificate. To rectify this situation, all health care providers need to be made aware that the
motoring public is at risk if a commercial driver is allowed to operate with a disqualifying
condition. Mechanisms are also needed to encourage the reporting of medical conditions to the
medical certification and reviewing authority and to evaluate these conditions between medical
certification exams.
The NTSB continues to be concerned that 41 states still do not require unfit drivers to be
reported in good faith to a regulatory authority. Additionally, 19 states do not offer immunity to
health care providers who, in good faith, report an unfit driver.112 For these reasons, the NTSB 111 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 231 (December 1, 2008), p. 73129.
112 Physician’s Guide to Assessing and Counseling Older Drivers (Chicago, Illinois: American Medical
Association, 2010). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
reiterates Safety Recommendations H-01-21 and -24 to the FMCSA and Safety
Recommendation H-01-26 to AAMVA.
2.5 Motor Carrier
This section discusses state oversight of the operations of Copeland Bus Services. The
Missouri Department of Motor Vehicle Inspections regulates school bus inspections, and each
school bus is subject to an inspection twice a year. Per 5 CSR 30-261, the Missouri Department
of Elementary and Secondary Education has authority to adopt and enforce regulations for the
operation of all school buses used for transporting school children. This authority includes
reviewing school bus driver qualifications, insurance, operation of school buses, school bus
routing, and school bus design.
A comprehensive carrier oversight program includes not only evaluation of a carrier’s
drivers and vehicles, but also inspection of its operation, administration, and policies. Copeland
did not have an accident history that would signal to authorities that its operation was deficient.
However, the NTSB documented numerous examples of bad record-keeping, neglected
maintenance, and poorly performed maintenance.
Copeland did not have a written vehicle maintenance plan or an organized method of
retaining maintenance records. The entire set of maintenance records for the fleet of 23 school
buses—the sole transportation source for the St. James School District—was contained in a small
spiral-bound notebook. Some repairs or service checks, such as topping off fluid and checking
tire pressure, were not written in the notebook. The company was also unable to produce
inspection reports for a number of buses. Because of the lack of comprehensive maintenance
records, it was difficult for NTSB investigators to determine the maintenance history of the two
accident school buses, including which components had been repaired, when they were repaired,
and what items were scheduled for maintenance. The condition of the brakes on the accident
vehicles was a consequence of the lack of scheduled maintenance; so, too, were the neglected
fire extinguishers in the buses, one of which bore an inspection sticker that had been expired for
more than 1.5 years.
Combining a carrier oversight program with effective oversight of drivers and vehicles
would help ensure that all pupil transportation carriers operate safely. The lack of oversight in
driver, vehicle, and carrier operations could lead to mismanagement, poor maintenance practices,
and other errors that could endanger pupil safety. The NTSB concludes that the state of Missouri
had no effective oversight of the operations of Copeland Bus Services. Therefore, the NTSB
recommends that Missouri revise state regulations to require a periodic safety review of motor
carrier operations for those carriers involved in pupil transportation. 68 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
69
2.6 Vehicles
2.6.1 School Bus Inspections
Missouri requires all school buses used in public school transport to be inspected twice a
year; yet, the NTSB found several serious problems during postaccident inspection of the lead
school bus, as noted below:
• The master cylinder was wet in appearance, showing hydraulic fluid seepage over the
body of the unit.
• A hydraulic fluid leak in the area of the brake lines ran from the master cylinder back
to the hydraulic ABS unit.
• When the brake pedal was depressed, the movement of the pedal was soft and
spongy, and fluid squirted out of the brake lines behind the left side of the front axle.
• The leaking hydraulic fluid had caused paint on the adjacent frame rail to blister and
disbond from the metal.
The level of corrosion, the size of the hole in the brake line, and the degradation of frame rail
paint in the area of the brake line strongly suggested that the lines might have been leaking for
months prior to the accident.113
According to the MMVIRs, a leak in a hydraulic brake line would cause a bus to fail
inspection. Yet, the hydraulic fluid leak was not discovered when the MSHP inspected the 23
buses from Copeland Bus Services in March 2010, nor when a private state inspection station
inspected the same buses 10 days before the accident. A properly conducted inspection should
have identified this leak.
Although the MMVIRs—under “Passenger Car and Truck Inspection”—contain sections
on “Brake Performance,” “Brake Components,” and “Air and Vacuum Brake Systems,” there is
no such discussion of brakes under “School Bus Inspection” other than a single line of text, at
11 CSR 50-2.320(1), that states: “In addition, the items listed in this rule will be inspected on all
school buses.” According to the MSHP, this statement means that school buses are then also
subject to all of the inspection criteria under “Passenger Car and Truck Inspection,” including the
sections pertaining to brakes. However, because the MMVIRs do not explicitly describe all items
that should be inspected on a school bus and the corresponding inspection procedures, inspectors
might have overlooked, misinterpreted, or ignored that single line of text.
Unless the MMVIRs more clearly specify all inspection areas and procedures applicable
to school buses, school bus inspectors working for the MSHP and the state-certified inspection
stations may fail to identify defects in critical systems, such as brakes. Therefore, the NTSB 113 Although the brake reservoir was found to be full after the accident, investigators were unable to determine
when brake fluid had last been added to the vehicle due to Copeland’s inadequate maintenance records. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
concludes that the MMVIR “School Bus Inspection” section does not adequately delineate the
bus systems to be included in an inspection.
According to the hydraulic brake system discussion in the MMVIRs, at 11 CSR 50-2.160,
a vehicle fails inspection if any brake system defects are found, including leaking or cracked
tubing, and worn, broken, or loose brake components. This section further states that, in the
absence of brake performance testing, one front or one rear wheel must be removed to inspect
brake components on passenger vehicles and pickups or similar vehicles “not equipped with dual
rear wheels.” As with many school buses, the accident buses were equipped with dual rear
wheels, and many of the brake defects listed in the MMVIRs would not have been visible
without removal of the wheels. The NTSB concludes that the state’s current inspection
procedures do not allow for the identification of all school bus brake defects included in the
MMVIRs. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the state modify the MMVIRs so that all
inspection areas and procedures that apply to school buses are contained within the “School Bus
Inspection” section. Further, the NTSB recommends that the state modify its school bus
inspection procedures so that all brake defects specified in the MMVIRs can be identified during
biannual inspections.
The MVI–2 form used in Missouri to document inspections is contained on a single page
that requires inspectors to describe the defects found on a vehicle. Unlike most of the school bus
inspection forms gathered by the NTSB, the MVI–2 does not list the school bus components to
be inspected, nor does it include checkboxes for inspectors to easily indicate vehicle defects. A
review of inspection forms developed by other states revealed that most contain a detailed
checklist of vehicle components to be inspected, primarily based on interstate inspection
requirements in the FMCSRs. Inspectors and mechanics in Missouri would benefit from a form
that contains all of the vehicle components marked for inspection in the MMVIRs and thereby
prompts them to assess the condition of all critical items. For example, had the MVI–2 form
included checkboxes prompting inspectors to check the condition of the brake lines for the
presence of air and fluid leaks, the brake defects found on the lead school bus might have been
detected months before the accident. The NTSB concludes that the MVI–2 vehicle inspection
form is insufficient because it does not effectively prompt state inspectors to evaluate all of the
safety-critical items listed in the MMVIRs. The NTSB, therefore, recommends that Missouri
revise its MVI–2 vehicle inspection form so that it lists all items to be inspected, as required by
the MMVIRs; and include on the form a means of succinctly describing whether each of those
items passes inspection.
Vehicle inspection problems were not restricted to the two accident buses. In
March 2010, when the MSHP inspected all 23 Copeland buses, each bus passed inspection. After
the NTSB’s postaccident inspection uncovered numerous issues with the brake pads and brake
lines on the lead school bus—as well as the out-of-place ABS sensor on the following school
bus—the MSHP conducted an unannounced vehicle inspection of Copeland’s fleet and rejected
8 of the 20 buses present due to defects. Among the problems identified were inoperable warning
lights, tire defects and low tread depths, and defective and inoperable brakes. Ray’s Tire had also
inspected the eight rejected buses in July 2010, yet records showed that no defects were found
and none of the brake inspection boxes were checked. Following the postaccident inspection, the
MSHP revoked the inspection station certification for Ray’s Tire and the inspector permit for the
lead mechanic for the maximum term of 1 year.
70 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
71
In summary, the NTSB accident investigation uncovered what appears to be lax vehicle
inspections by both the MSHP and Ray’s Tire. The problems identified during the postaccident
inspection were not limited to brake systems, making it unlikely that these oversight deficiencies
were solely due to the lack of clarity in the MMVIRs regarding brake system inspections for
school buses. Therefore, the NTSB concludes that both the MSHP and a state inspection facility
conducted inadequate vehicle inspections of buses operated by Copeland Bus Services.
Improvements in the thoroughness and quality of vehicle oversight are needed to ensure that both
the state and state-certified inspection facilities conduct adequate vehicle inspections according
to the MMVIRs. Accordingly, the NTSB recommends that the state of Missouri audit its vehicle
inspection program to ensure that inspections conform to requirements of the MMVIRs.
2.6.2 Forward Collision Avoidance Systems
The Gray Summit accident consisted of three rear-end collisions involving a passenger
vehicle and two large buses. Forward collision warning (FCW) systems are currently available as
options from nearly all major manufacturers of passenger vehicles as well as heavy commercial
motor vehicles. Collision warning systems are vehicle-based systems that monitor the roadway
in front of the host vehicle, and in some applications to the side, and warn the driver of potential
collision risks. These systems use radar technology, camera technology, or both, typically
mounted within the front bumper assembly. Additionally, NHTSA is evaluating FCW systems
based on radio communications between vehicles (vehicle-to-vehicle) equipped with GPS. When
other vehicles or stationary objects are within predefined distances or closing speeds in the
forward path of the host vehicle, an in-cab display unit provides audible and visual alerts to the
driver. An add-on to this system is adaptive cruise control (ACC), which uses the same
technology to adjust or disengage conventional cruise control when a collision risk is detected.
Collision warning systems can also be designed to engage the foundation and engine brakes of
the vehicle when an imminent hazard is detected, which is referred to as active braking;114 this
technology combined with FCW is another collision mitigation option.
When a heavy vehicle equipped with an FCW system approaches a slower moving
vehicle or stationary object, the system issues progressively more urgent warnings according to
preset thresholds.115 Some currently available systems can detect and display warnings at a
distance of 350 feet or a following distance period of up to 3 seconds. If the following distance
closes to less than 0.5 second or if the radar detects slow-moving or stopped traffic within
350 feet of the vehicle, the system alerts the driver with visual indicators and an audible tone.
FCW systems significantly reduce the risk of rear-end collisions by allowing more time for the
driver to react to fast-closing situations. Commercial vehicles equipped with FCW generally
begin braking earlier, thereby reducing the risk of accidents. Additionally, when using FCW
systems, drivers usually adopt longer following-distance driving behaviors. 114 Some active braking systems on the market claim to generate decelerations of up to 0.35 g in commercial
vehicles.
115 Analysis of Benefits and Costs of Forward Collision Warning Systems for the Trucking Industry,
FMCSA-RRT-09-021 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2009), p. v. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
72
For over a decade, the NTSB has advocated technological solutions to reduce the
occurrence of rear-end collisions for both passenger and commercial vehicles. In 2001, the
NTSB made the following recommendations to the DOT:116
Complete rulemaking on adaptive cruise control and collision warning system
performance standards for new commercial vehicles. At a minimum, these
standards should address obstacle detection distance, timing of alerts, and human
factors guidelines, such as the mode and type of warning. (H-01-6)
After promulgating performance standards for collision warning systems for
commercial vehicles, require that all new commercial vehicles be equipped with a
collision warning system. (H-01-7)
Complete rulemaking on adaptive cruise control and collision warning system
performance standards for new passenger cars. At a minimum, these standards
should address obstacle detection distance, timing of alerts, and human factors
guidelines, such as the mode and type of warning. (H-01-8)
Following its investigation of a 2005 multifatality accident involving a motorcoach and
an overturned truck-tractor semitrailer combination unit on Interstate 94 near Osseo, Wisconsin,
the NTSB issued a recommendation to NHTSA requiring FCW systems on commercial
vehicles:117
Determine whether equipping commercial vehicles with collision warning
systems with active braking and electronic stability control systems will reduce
commercial vehicle accidents. If these technologies are determined to be effective
in reducing accidents, require their use on commercial vehicles. (H-08-15)
Following the investigation of a 10-fatality accident, when a truck-tractor semitrailer
combination unit rear-ended and overrode several passenger vehicles on I-44 near Miami,
Oklahoma, the NTSB reiterated Safety Recommendations H-01-6 and -7 to NHTSA118 and
reclassified their status to “Open—Unacceptable Response.”119 The Miami report also reiterated
Safety Recommendation H-08-15 to NHTSA, and its status is “Open—Acceptable Response.”
Safety Recommendation H-01-8 is currently classified “Open—Acceptable Response.” 116 NTSB/SIR-01/01.
117 Truck-Tractor Semitrailer Rollover and Motorcoach Collision With Overturned Truck, Interstate
Highway 94, Near Osseo, Wisconsin, October 16, 2005, Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-08/02 (Washington,
DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2008).
118 Safety Recommendations H-01-6, -7, and -8 were originally assigned to the FMCSA, in 2001; the DOT
subsequently transferred them to NHTSA.
119 NTSB/HAR-10/02. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
73
The DOT has sponsored a variety of research into collision avoidance systems. Much of
the passenger vehicle research has been conducted as part of the NHTSA crash avoidance
research program in the area of integrated vehicle-based safety systems. Commercial vehicle
research has found that 21 percent of rear-end crashes could be prevented with FCW systems
alone, and 28 percent of rear-end crashes could be prevented with a combination of FCW and
ACC. If all 1.8 million commercial trucks in the United States were equipped with FCW
systems, the DOT estimates that 4,700 rear-end crashes, 2,500 injuries, and 96 fatalities could be
prevented each year.120
NTSB investigators were unable to determine whether FCW and ACC could have
prevented or mitigated the initial Gray Summit collision because of insufficient information
about the actions of the GMC pickup driver. Had the pickup entered the right lane several
hundred feet behind the Volvo tractor, an FCW system might have warned the driver in time for
him to take evasive action and avoid the collision. Unfortunately, it is not possible to determine
from the available evidence when the pickup entered the right lane and how soon after that the
initial collision occurred.
Had the lead school bus been equipped with an FCW system, it is possible that the driver
would have been alerted far enough in advance to take action to avoid the GMC pickup–Volvo
tractor collision. An FCW system would have alerted the bus driver to the accident 350 feet
ahead. Although the ruptured brake line of the lead bus would not have allowed the driver to stop
her vehicle in time, the FCW alert might have given her enough time to swerve to avoid a frontal
collision, or at least to mitigate the severity of the impact. Moreover, the activation of brake
lights on the rear of the lead bus would have given the driver of the following school bus a
readily recognizable cue to initiate braking, and more time and distance to decelerate her vehicle.
Had the following bus also been equipped with an FCW system, the bus driver would have been
alerted to the slowing or stopped vehicles ahead. The braking cues of the lead bus and the FCW
alerts might have allowed her to avoid the collisions ahead, regardless of the involvement of the
lead bus.
The NTSB concludes that FCW systems on the two accident buses—and possibly on the
GMC pickup—could have prevented the accident or at least mitigated its severity. Because
NHTSA has not yet completed rulemaking requiring FCW systems on private and commercial
vehicles, and because the NTSB continues to investigate serious accidents that could have been
prevented or mitigated with FCW systems, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendations H-01-8
and H-08-15 to NHTSA and reclassifies each recommendation “Open—Unacceptable
Response.” The NTSB also reiterates Safety Recommendations H-01-6 and -7 to NHTSA. 120 Volvo Trucks Field Operational Tests: Evaluation of Advanced Safety Systems for Heavy Truck Tractors
(Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, February 2005). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
74
2.7 School Bus Evacuation
2.7.1 Emergency Exit Windows
All but one occupant of the lead school bus evacuated through the left rear emergency
exit window. One injured passenger who had been entrapped between seats was extricated and
removed by emergency responders through the right rear emergency exit window. According to
the incident commander, all occupants, except for the one fatality, were removed from the bus by
10:37 a.m., 24 minutes after the first call to 911. Several passengers, and a witness who assisted
in the evacuation, stated in postaccident interviews that egress was hindered due to (1) a raised
emergency release latch plate at the bottom of the emergency exit window, which snagged
clothing; and (2) the failure of the emergency window to independently remain in the open
position as occupants climbed out.
According to the School Bus Manufacturers Technical Committee (SBMTC),121 it has
never received negative feedback from end users (buyers) regarding evacuation through
emergency exit windows. An SBMTC representative stated that when a school bus is involved in
an accident and does not roll over, the front, rear, and side doors are the primary points of egress;
when a bus rolls on its side, evacuation occurs primarily through the emergency exit windows or
roof hatches. In this accident, the 71-passenger lead school bus remained upright, but the rear-
end collision blocked the rear emergency exit door, and the elevated resting position of the bus
prevented egress through the loading door and roof hatches. Because the accident bus was not
equipped with side emergency exit doors, the emergency exit windows were the only egress
option.
The Federal standard for bus emergency exits and window retention and release,
FMVSS 217 (at 49 CFR 571.217), was established to minimize the likelihood of occupants being
thrown from a bus and to provide a means of readily accessible emergency egress. FMVSS 217
specifies the minimum number of emergency exit windows, minimum window size, designation
as emergency exit windows, and maximum force allowed to push the window out, among other
characteristics. To assist manufacturers in meeting the requirements, NHTSA published
laboratory test procedures for school bus emergency exits and window retention and release.122
The NTSB reviewed the test procedures for side emergency exit windows and found
separate procedures for determining the maximum force requirements to push the window out
and the minimum size requirements for egress. However, the procedures do not address
scenarios in which an occupant would need to push the window out and maintain it in the open
position while attempting egress. On the lead school bus, one person was needed to hold the
emergency window open while another attempted egress. Although the opening size of the
emergency exit window met Federal standards, this opening could not be maintained by a single
occupant while simultaneously exiting from the window. Both FMVSS 217 and the associated 121 The SBMTC—a committee within the National Association of State Directors of Pupil Transportation
Services (NASDPTS)—comprises school bus and chassis manufacturers, such as Freightliner, Blue Bird, Ford
Motor Company, and Thomas Built Buses.
122 Laboratory Test Procedures for FMVSS 217: School Bus Emergency Exits and Window Retention and
Release, TP-217-06 (Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, December 1996). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
75
NHTSA laboratory test procedures require that each emergency exit be manually extendable by a
single occupant to admit unobstructed passage, but neither directive then specifies that the same
occupant be able to egress while manually extending the window.
The National Congress on School Transportation (NCST) publishes specifications and
procedures to supplement FMVSS 217.123 For rear emergency exit on school buses with a rear
engine, large windows are used in lieu of emergency exit doors, and the NCST specifies that a
lifting assistance device be in place to aid in lifting and holding the window open. However, no
such specification is provided for side emergency exit windows during evacuation.
According to Blue Bird Corporation, in 2005, after the last state removed its requirement
for horizontally hinged windows, the company redesigned all side emergency exit windows. The
emergency exit windows now offered are vertically hinged, with release latch tabs that present
less intrusion into the area of egress. Although a vertically hinged side emergency exit window
may be an improvement, accident scenarios are still possible in which the window may have to
be held in place so as not to hinder evacuation. The NTSB concludes that the situation of a single
occupant having to manually hold open the emergency exit window could delay school bus
evacuation. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NHTSA modify FMVSS 217 to require that
all emergency exits on school buses be easily opened and remain open during an emergency
evacuation.
The NTSB has previously addressed potential hindrances due to emergency exits that fail
to stay in the open position during evacuation. As the result of an accident field investigation of a
pickup and a tour bus collision in Laredo, Texas, in 1984,124 the NTSB issued the following
recommendation to NHTSA:
Revise Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 217 to require a locking
mechanism that would hold open side window emergency exits on intercity-type
buses during use. (H-86-61)
Because NHTSA indicated that no rulemaking was planned for this recommendation, it was
classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action” in 1987.
In 1999, the NTSB completed a special investigation on selective motorcoach issues
based on two motorcoach accidents—one of which occurred in Stony Creek, Virginia, in
1997.125 It involved a motorcoach that drifted off the road and into the Nottoway River, resulting
in 2 people killed and 39 injured. Several passengers reported difficulty evacuating the bus
because the emergency window would not remain open. As a result, the NTSB issued the
following recommendation to NHTSA: 123 National School Transportation Specifications and Procedures (Warrensburg, Missouri: Fifteenth National
Congress on School Transportation, 2010). This document serves as the national guideline for school bus design
specifications, inspection procedures, and out-of-service criteria.
124 1982 Eagle Charter Coach Head-on Collision With 1983 Ford Pickup Truck, Near Laredo, Texas,
October 20, 1984, Highway Field Report NTSB FTW-85-H-FR02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety
Board, 1986).
125 Selective Motorcoach Issues, Highway Special Investigation Report NTSB/SIR-99/01 (Washington, DC:
National Transportation Safety Board, 1999). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Revise the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 217, “Bus Window Retention
and Release,” to require that other than floor-level emergency exits can be easily
opened and remain open during an emergency evacuation when a motorcoach is
upright or at unusual attitudes. (H-99-9)
In November 2009, the DOT published its Motorcoach Safety Action Plan and identified
as a priority safety initiative enhancing the ability of passengers to evacuate a motorcoach in a
crash. The NTSB was pleased that progress was being made to improve motorcoach safety but
expressed concern that decisions on regulatory action were not forthcoming. Accordingly, the
NTSB classified Safety Recommendation H-99-9 “Open—Unacceptable Response” in 2010.
FMVSS 217 and the accompanying test procedures also fail to address other emergency
exit design characteristics that could affect egress safety, such as the latch plate protrusion found
on the lead school bus. The Gray Summit accident did not require an expedited evacuation
because the spilled fuel from the GMC pickup was managed by first responders and did not catch
fire, and because several people assisted in the evacuation. Although, in this case, the latch plate
only snagged clothing, the NTSB is concerned that any protrusion into a space of egress may act
as an injury source and delay egress, especially during more urgent evacuation scenarios.
The NTSB concludes that components of emergency exit windows, such as protruding
latch plates, could cause delays or injuries during school bus evacuation. Therefore, the NTSB
recommends that NHTSA modify FMVSS 217 or the corresponding laboratory test procedure to
eliminate the potential for objects such as latch plates to protrude into the emergency exit
window opening space even when that protrusion still allows the exit window to meet the
opening size requirements. To cover the interim period until FMVSS 217 is modified, the NTSB
also recommends that NHTSA provide the states with guidance on how to minimize potential
evacuation delays that could be caused by protruding latch mechanisms on emergency exit
windows and by exit windows that require additional manual assistance to remain open during
egress.
2.7.2 Evacuation Instruction
Under 5 CSR 30-261.010(1)(J), Missouri requires that all students in kindergarten
through sixth grade participate in emergency evacuation drills on school buses at least once each
semester. In addition, the St. James School District requires emergency evacuation drills for
students in seventh and eighth grades. During postaccident interviews, the majority of students
said that they had drills at least once while in grade school and that they were aware of where the
exits were located, though some students were not familiar with how to operate the window
exits. None of the interviewed occupants of either accident bus mentioned ever receiving a
pretrip briefing on emergency evacuation prior to traveling to school sports activities or other
school-sponsored events. To date, Missouri does not require emergency evacuation briefings
prior to school activity trips on either a school bus or a school-chartered bus.
Despite the mandatory evacuation training required by the state and the St. James School
District, students who do not normally ride a bus may not pay attention to the information
because they feel that it does not apply to them. Instituting evacuation training prior to school
activity trips would ensure that both regular bus riders and occasional bus riders alike obtain
76 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
77
training at an applicable time. In an emergency evacuation situation, the success of any one
person in unlatching an exit window affects how quickly and safely others can exit the bus. The
NTSB concludes that the lack of school bus evacuation briefings prior to activity trips may
hinder evacuation and pose a risk for all students. Accordingly, the NTSB recommends that the
state of Missouri revise its bus evacuation regulations to require that pupils traveling to an
activity or on a field trip in a school bus or a school-chartered bus be instructed in safe riding
practices and on the location and operation of emergency exits prior to starting the trip.
Resources are available to assist Missouri in revising its regulations on school bus
evacuation training. In October 2001, the NTSB began an investigation of an Omaha, Nebraska,
accident involving a school bus that plunged off a bridge and fell 49 feet into a creek.126 NTSB
investigators learned that very few of the 27 high school students on the bus had ever received
emergency evacuation training. Most of the students did not ride a school bus to or from school
and, therefore, did not receive the mandated evacuation training. The NTSB issued the following
recommendation to NASDPTS:
Prepare a report that can be used by the State Directors to influence their States to
require pretrip briefings before school-related activity trips on school buses or
school-chartered buses and subsequently assist the States in developing criteria
for such briefings, to include training all students regarding the location and use
of emergency exits. (H-04-6)
In response to the NTSB recommendation, NASDPTS completed and distributed an
information paper on the importance of pretrip briefings before school-related activity trips.127
The report encouraged state directors of pupil transportation to require that all students
transported on such trips receive instruction about the location of all emergency exits, as well as
a demonstration of their operation. In addition, the report discussed the importance of
maintaining clear aisles and access to emergency exits and of being aware of hazardous highway
conditions and other aspects of bus safety. Because this response surpassed NTSB expectations,
Safety Recommendation H-04-6 was classified “Closed—Exceeds Recommended Action” in
2004.
In May 2010, the NCST updated the National School Transportation Specifications and
Procedures to discuss the need for emergency evacuation drills under “Evacuation Procedures
for Activity and Field Trips.” This document provides detailed guidance on pretrip emergency
evacuation training procedures.
In its 1999 special investigation report,128 the NTSB addressed the need for pretrip
briefings for other types of buses and made the following recommendations to the FMCSA: 126 School Bus Run-off-Bridge Accident, Omaha, Nebraska, October 13, 2001, Highway Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-04/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 2004).
127 Information Paper: Emergency Evacuation Training, School Activity Trips,
http://www.nasdpts.org/Documents/EmergEvacOmaha2004.pdf, accessed August 4, 2011.
128 NTSB/SIR-99/01. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Provide guidance on the minimum information to be included in safety briefing
materials for motorcoach operations. (H-99-7)
Require motorcoach operators to provide passengers with pre-trip safety
information. (H-99-8)
Safety Recommendation H-99-7 was classified “Closed—Acceptable Action” in 2007 after the
FMCSA published a basic plan for motorcoach passenger safety awareness, recommending that
motorcoach companies inform passengers of such safety topics as emergency exits, emergency
contact information, driver direction, fire extinguishers, restroom emergency information, and
information pertaining to slips and falls. In response to Safety Recommendation H-99-8, the
FMCSA stated that it believed that voluntary adoption of the plan was the best approach so as to
allow each carrier to develop an appropriate passenger safety awareness program for its
operations. The FMCSA stated that it had developed and distributed 30,000 brochures, 6,000
posters, and 20,000 audio CDs to bus/motorcoach associations, bus/motorcoach companies, and
FMCSA division offices. Safety Recommendation H-99-8 is classified “Open—Acceptable
Alternate Response.”
The NTSB recognizes that the school bus-related issues identified in this report are not
unique to Missouri and that it would be beneficial to disseminate, discuss, and resolve these
issues. In addition to pretrip evacuation briefings, this accident investigation addresses driver
distraction, proper driver scanning behavior, and the importance of maintaining a sufficient
following distance at all times; emergency evacuation issues that might occur with certain
emergency exit window designs; vehicle inspection issues due to insufficient oversight and
procedures; and the potential safety benefits of technologies such as VER and FCW systems.
Therefore, the NTSB recommends that NASDPTS, the National Association for Pupil
Transportation, and the National School Transportation Association inform their members of the
circumstances and events that contributed to the Gray Summit accident; discuss solutions for the
driver, pretrip evacuation briefing, and vehicle, inspection, and technological issues presented in
the report; and urge the implementation of these solutions among their members.
78 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
3 Conclusions
3.1 Findings familiarity with the accident location; (3) alcohol or illicit drug use by any of the four
drivers; (4) mechanical condition of the Volvo tractor, the GMC pickup, or either of the
two school buses; (5) emergency response; or (6) highway design, work-zone signage, or
work-zone policies. video event recorders, the events leading up to this accident could have been more
definitively assessed. operators in identifying driver performance issues before they lead to accidents. frequent texting while driving, the temporal proximity of the last incoming text message
to the collision, and the witness statement regarding the driver’s actions indicate that the
GMC pickup driver was most likely distracted from the driving task by a text messaging
conversation at or near the time of the accident. communication campaigns can reduce the number of accidents caused by drivers
distracted by the use of portable electronic devices. while driving should reduce the potential of these devices to distract drivers by
developing features that discourage their use or that limit their nondriving- or
nonemergency-related functionality while a vehicle is in operation. driver’s attention being drawn away from the forward roadway by the motorcoach parked
on the shoulder. distance from the lead school bus, she would have been able to avoid the accident. debt and acute sleep loss, which could have resulted in impaired cognitive processing or
other performance decrements. accident.
79 NTSB
Highway Accident Report Services. does not adequately delineate the bus systems to be included in an inspection. bus brake defects included in the Missouri Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations. state inspectors to evaluate all of the safety-critical items listed in the Missouri Motor
Vehicle Inspection Regulations. inadequate vehicle inspections of buses operated by Copeland Bus Services. pickup—could have prevented the accident or at least mitigated its severity. window could delay school bus evacuation. delays or injuries during school bus evacuation. and pose a risk for all students.
3.2 Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the
initial Gray Summit collision was distraction, likely due to a text messaging conversation being
conducted by the GMC pickup driver, which resulted in his failure to notice and react to a Volvo
tractor that had slowed or stopped in response to a queue that had developed in a work zone. The
second collision, between the lead school bus and the GMC pickup, was the result of the bus
driver’s inattention to the forward roadway due to excessive focus on a motorcoach parked on
the shoulder of the road. The final collision was due to the driver of the following school bus not
maintaining the recommended minimum distance from the lead school bus in the seconds
preceding the accident. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the lack of forward
collision warning systems on the two school buses. 80 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
4 Recommendations
4.1 New Recommendations
As a result of its investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board
makes the following recommendations.
To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration:
Modify Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 217 to require that all emergency
exits on school buses be easily opened and remain open during an emergency
evacuation. (H-11-36)
Modify Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 217 or the corresponding
laboratory test procedure to eliminate the potential for objects such as latch plates
to protrude into the emergency exit window opening space even when that
protrusion still allows the exit window to meet the opening size requirements.
(H-11-37)
To cover the interim period until Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 217 is
modified as specified in Safety Recommendations H-11-36 and -37, provide the
states with guidance on how to minimize potential evacuation delays that could be
caused by protruding latch mechanisms on emergency exit windows and by exit
windows that require additional manual assistance to remain open during egress.
(H-11-38)
To the 50 states and the District of Columbia:
(1) Ban the nonemergency use of portable electronic devices (other than those
designed to support the driving task) for all drivers; (2) use the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration model of high visibility enforcement to support
these bans; and (3) implement targeted communication campaigns to inform
motorists of the new law and enforcement, and to warn them of the dangers
associated with the nonemergency use of portable electronic devices while
driving. (H-11-39)
To the state of Missouri (addressed to the Governor):
Revise state regulations to require a periodic safety review of motor carrier
operations for those carriers involved in pupil transportation. (H-11-40)
Modify the Missouri Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations so that all inspection
areas and procedures that apply to school buses are contained within the “School
Bus Inspection” section. (H-11-41)
81 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Modify your school bus inspection procedures so that all brake defects specified
in the Missouri Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations can be identified during
biannual inspections. (H-11-42)
Revise your MVI–2 vehicle inspection form so that it lists all items to be
inspected, as required by the Missouri Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations; and
include on the form a means of succinctly describing whether each of those items
passes inspection. (H-11-43)
Audit your vehicle inspection program to ensure that inspections conform to
requirements of the Missouri Motor Vehicle Inspection Regulations. (H-11-44)
Revise your bus evacuation regulations to require that pupils traveling to an
activity or on a field trip in a school bus or a school-chartered bus be instructed in
safe riding practices and on the location and operation of emergency exits prior to
starting the trip. (H-11-45)
To the Missouri Department of Elementary and Secondary Education:
Incorporate into school bus driver training the risk of driver inattention, the need
for proper scanning behavior, and the necessity of keeping a safe following
distance. (H-11-46)
To CTIA–The Wireless Association and the Consumer Electronics Association:
Encourage the development of technology features that disable the functions of
portable electronic devices within reach of the driver when a vehicle is in motion;
these technology features should include the ability to permit emergency use of
the device while the vehicle is in motion and have the capability of identifying
occupant seating position so as not to interfere with use of the device by
passengers. (H-11-47)
To the National Association of State Directors of Pupil Transportation Services, the
National Association for Pupil Transportation, and the National School Transportation
Association:
Inform your members of the circumstances and events that contributed to the
Gray Summit accident; discuss solutions for the driver, pretrip evacuation
briefing, and vehicle, inspection, and technological issues presented in the report;
and urge the implementation of these solutions among your members. (H-11-48) 82 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
4.2 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated and Reclassified
in This Report
As a result of its investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates and
reclassifies the following safety recommendations:
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Require all heavy commercial vehicles to be equipped with video event recorders
that capture data in connection with the driver and the outside environment and
roadway in the event of a crash or sudden deceleration event. The device should
create recordings that are easily accessible for review when conducting efficiency
testing and systemwide performance-monitoring programs. (H-10-10)
Require motor carriers to review and use video event recorder information in
conjunction with other performance data to verify that driver actions are in
accordance with company and regulatory rules and procedures essential to safety.
(H-10-11)
Safety Recommendations H-10-10 and -11 are classified “Open—Unacceptable Response” in
section 2.3, “Video Event Recorders,” of this report.
To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration:
Complete rulemaking on adaptive cruise control and collision warning system
performance standards for new passenger cars. At a minimum, these standards
should address obstacle detection distance, timing of alerts, and human factors
guidelines, such as the mode and type of warning. (H-01-8)
Determine whether equipping commercial vehicles with collision warning
systems with active braking and electronic stability control systems will reduce
commercial vehicle accidents. If these technologies are determined to be effective
in reducing accidents, require their use on commercial vehicles. (H-08-15)
Safety Recommendations H-01-8 and H-08-15 are classified “Open—Unacceptable Response”
in section 2.6.2, “Forward Collision Avoidance Systems,” of this report. 83 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
4.3 Previously Issued Recommendations Reiterated in This Report
The National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following previously issued
safety recommendations.
To the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration:
Develop a comprehensive medical oversight program for interstate commercial
drivers that contains the following program elements: the review process
prevents, or identifies and corrects, the inappropriate issuance of medical
certification. (H-01-21)
Develop a comprehensive medical oversight program for interstate commercial
drivers that contains the following program elements: mechanisms for reporting
medical conditions to the medical certification and reviewing authority and for
evaluating these conditions between medical certification exams are in place;
individuals, health care providers, and employers are aware of these mechanisms.
(H-01-24)
To the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration:
Complete rulemaking on adaptive cruise control and collision warning system
performance standards for new commercial vehicles. At a minimum, these
standards should address obstacle detection distance, timing of alerts, and human
factors guidelines, such as the mode and type of warning. (H-01-6)
After promulgating performance standards for collision warning systems for
commercial vehicles, require that all new commercial vehicles be equipped with a
collision warning system. (H-01-7)
To the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators:
Urge your member states to develop a comprehensive medical oversight program
for intrastate commercial drivers that contains the following program elements:
Individuals performing medical examinations for drivers are qualified to do so
and are educated about occupational issues for drivers; a tracking mechanism is
established that ensures that every prior application by an individual for medical
certification is recorded and reviewed; medical certification regulations are
updated periodically to permit trained examiners to clearly determine whether
drivers with common medical conditions should be issued a medical certificate;
individuals performing examinations have specific guidance and a readily
identifiable source of information for questions on such examinations; the review
process prevents, or identifies and corrects, the inappropriate issuance of medical
certification; enforcement authorities can identify invalid medical certification
during safety inspections and routine stops; enforcement authorities can prevent
an uncertified driver from driving until an appropriate medical examination takes
84 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
place; mechanisms for reporting medical conditions to the medical certification
and reviewing authority and for evaluating these conditions between medical
certification exams are in place; individuals, health care providers, and employers
are aware of these mechanisms. (H-01-26) BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Chairman
Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Vice Chairman
Member EARL F. WEENER Member Adopted: December 13, 2011 Chairman Hersman filed the following concurring statement on December 22, 2011.
Vice Chairman Hart and Member Sumwalt filed the following concurring statements on
December 21, 2011, and December 13, 2011, respectively.
85 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
86
Board Member Statements
Notation 8245B
Chairman Deborah A.P. Hersman, Concurring:
On December 13, 2011, the Board called for the 50 states and the District of Columbia to
ban the nonemergency use of portable electronic devices (PED) while driving. The safety
recommendation also urges using targeted education and enforcement campaigns to support
these bans.
This recommendation is the culmination of a decade of accident investigations involving
distractions in all modes of transportation. And, while in some respects a national ban could
represent the end of our efforts, in other ways it marks just the beginning of the NTSB’s work on
distraction.
The NTSB has issued almost 20 recommendations regarding prohibiting PED use by
operators including aviators, railroaders, mariners, young drivers, and bus and truck drivers.
Now we address our recommendations to all drivers.
As we proceed, we do so with 10 years of compelling firsthand investigatory experience
and the known risks of distracted driving. Our charge is straightforward: Improving safety.
We recognize that distraction is complicated and we are still learning what the human
brain can—and cannot—handle. What we do know is that the risk of a crash increases if a driver
is texting.1 Likewise reaching for a phone and dialing are dangerous behind the wheel.2 And
talking on a phone, whether hand-held or hands-free,3 increases crash risk.
In the past, the NTSB did not start an investigation looking at distraction. But it is now
standard practice for our investigators to review wireless records and obtain any electronic
devices that might have been a factor in an accident because their use is so pervasive.
It is imperative that we develop a greater understanding of how distraction affects the
driving task and identify ways to combat distraction behind the wheel. This is why we have
called for a forum in 2012 to focus on distraction; its varying degrees; the myriad devices; and
the opportunities to improve safety and prevent transportation accidents. 1 (a) Distraction in Commercial Trucks and Buses: Assessing Prevalence and Risk in Conjunction With Crashes
and Near-Crashes, FMCSA-RRR-10-049 (Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration,
September 2010). (b) N. Reed and R.Robbins, The Effect of Text Messaging on Driver Behaviour (London, UK:
RAC Foundation, September 2008).
2 Driver Distraction in Commercial Vehicle Operations, FMCSA-RRR-09-042 (Washington, DC: Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Administration, September 2009).
3 (a) D. Redelmeier and R. Tibshirani, “Association Between Cellular-Telephone Calls and Motor Vehicle
Collisions,” New England Journal of Medicine, vol. 336, no. 7 (February 13, 1997). (b) S. McEvoy and others,
“Role of Mobile Phones in Motor Vehicle Crashes Resulting in Hospital Attendance: A Case-Crossover Study,”
BMJ (London, UK: BMJ Group, July 2005). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
NTSB Accident Investigations
We have identified distraction in several aviation investigations. In 2009, two airline
pilots were out of radio communication with air traffic control for more than an hour because
they were distracted by their personal laptops. They overflew their destination by more than
100 miles. Their distraction was the cause of the incident.
During our investigation of the 2009 Continental Connection flight 3407 crash, which
killed all 49 on board and one on the ground, we identified that the first officer had been texting
on the taxiway prior to takeoff. While texting did not play a role in the crash, it was in conflict
with the sterile cockpit rule and introduced risk into the cockpit. The NTSB recommended that a
checklist item be added to ensure that all wireless devices be turned off on the flight deck.
It was not the number of fatalities that led us to this recommendation, but the unsafe
behavior that introduced risk into the cockpit.
We have investigated several marine accidents involving distractions. In 2009, in San
Diego, California, a U.S. Coast Guard patrol boat collided with a recreational vessel during an
annual holiday boat parade in San Diego Bay, killing one and seriously injuring four. And in
Charleston, South Carolina, in 2009, a Coast Guard patrol boat collided with a passenger vessel
on a holiday tour, injuring eight. In both accidents, personnel on the Coast Guard vessels were
using portable wireless devices just prior to the accident, indicating a failure to maintain an
adequate lookout.
In Philadelphia in 2010, a barge being pushed by a tugboat ran over an amphibious
DUKW boat in the Delaware River, killing two Hungarian exchange students. The tugboat mate
failed to maintain a proper lookout due to distraction by repeated use of a cell-phone and laptop
computer. We also determined that the deckhand who was serving as a lookout on the DUKW
boat was sending or receiving text messages immediately prior to the collision, even though it
was prohibited by company policy.
It was not the number of fatalities that led us to make recommendations to the Coast
Guard, but the loss of situational awareness that occurred due to PEDs.
We have also investigated accidents in rail operations where distraction was an issue. In
2002, a coal train collided with an intermodal train near Clarendon, Texas. The coal train
engineer was using his cell-phone during the time he should have been attending to the
requirements of his duties. The coal train conductor had also used his cell-phone while on duty.
The engineer of the intermodal train was killed, three others were injured, and both trains were
destroyed.
In the 2008 collision of a commuter train with a freight train in Chatsworth, California,
the commuter train engineer, who had a history of using his cell-phone for personal
communications while on duty in violation of company policy (for example, in the 3 days
leading up the accident, he sent 136 and received 114 text messages while on duty), ran a red
signal while texting. That train collided head on with a freight train—killing 25 and injuring
87 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
dozens. The conductor on the freight train that was struck had also been using his portable
electronic device while on duty even though it was prohibited by company policy.
Again, following these accidents, our recommendations were based on the unsafe
behavior that diverted attention away from the primary task: safe operation of the train.
In 2008, the Federal Railroad Administration established an Emergency Order restricting
on-duty railroad operating employees from improperly using cellular telephones and other
distracting electronic and electrical devices.
The NTSB has investigated four highway accidents in which distraction (handheld or
hands-free) has been a factor.
In 2002, a novice driver, distracted by a cell-phone conversation, crossed the highway
median near Largo, Maryland, flipped over, and landed on a minivan, killing five. As a result of
the investigation, in 2003, we recommended that the 50 states and the District of Columbia
prohibit novice drivers from using interactive wireless communication devices while driving.
Today, 30 states and the District of Columbia ban the use of PEDs by novice drivers.
In 2004, an experienced motorcoach driver, distracted on his hands-free cell-phone, failed
to move to the center lane and struck the underside of an arched stone bridge on the George
Washington Parkway in Alexandria, Virginia. Eleven of the 27 high school students on the bus
were injured. As result of this accident, we recommended that the states and the District of
Columbia ban commercial drivers with school bus or passenger endorsements from cellular
telephone use except in emergencies. Today, 19 states and the District of Columbia have such a
ban.
In 2004, in Sherman, Texas, a tractor trailer crossed the median and collided with a sport
utility vehicle and a pickup truck, killing ten people. In the 24 hours preceding the accident, the
driver of the tractor trailer had made 97 calls and received 26 calls. In the half hour preceding the
crash, the driver spent 14 minutes—nearly half his time—on the phone.
In 2010, near Munfordville, Kentucky, a truck-tractor in combination with a 53-foot-long
trailer, left its lane, crossed the median, and collided with a 15-passenger van. The truck driver
failed to maintain control of his vehicle because he was distracted by use of his cell-phone. The
accident resulted in 11 fatalities.
In October 2011, the NTSB issued a recommendation that all commercial driver’s license
(CDL)-holders be prohibited from the use of both hand-held and hands-free cellular telephones
while operating a commercial vehicle, except in emergencies.
On December 22, 2011, the DOT published its final rule prohibiting hand-held calling for
all interstate CDL holders and all CDL holders transporting hazardous materials, including those
operating intrastate. This follows action by the DOT in 2010 banning CDL holders from texting.
Again, we did not issue our recommendations for restricting PED use for novice drivers,
bus drivers, or truck drivers based on the number of fatalities, but because we know that
distractions can directly lead to accidents.
88 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
89
A review of NTSB’s prior accident investigations may put our recommendation for a
national ban for all drivers into perspective. In this accident, the driver of the pickup truck had
sent and received 11 text messages in the 11 minutes prior to the accident. The pickup truck
collided with a tractor-tractor slowed in a work zone, setting off multivehicle collisions that
killed two and injured 38. Yes, the bus drivers were also responsible for their part in the accident,
as cited in the probable cause, and we issued 13 recommendations in the report, including several
focused on driver inattention and additional training for school bus drivers, but what set the
accident into motion was distraction.
This recommendation was not reached lightly. As PEDs have become more pervasive so
too have the deadly accidents caused by distraction.
The Focus on PEDs
In recent years, we made recommendations to reduce distractions involving phones,
laptops, and wireless devices in airplanes, locomotives, ships, and commercial vehicles. We did
so because it reduced risk. It was the safe thing to do.
We relied on our investigations, as well as on research, data, and studies conducted by
others. In the last decade, we have issued almost 20 safety recommendations to eliminate
distraction due to PEDs. There was little opposition to these recommendations because the public
recognized the risk and did not want their pilot, engineer, or bus driver to be distracted. They
appreciated these common-sense recommendations to improve safety.
Most drivers recognize the dangers of distraction. Nationwide Insurance conducted a
Driving While Distracted technology survey in 2010 which revealed that four out of
10 Americans say they have been hit or nearly hit by a driver distracted by their cell phone.4 A
recent AAA Mid-Atlantic survey5 found that although 99 percent of drivers surveyed believe
that reading or writing a text presents a threat to other drivers, 21 percent admitted to recently
texting behind the wheel.
We know there are four types of driver distraction—visual, aural, manual, and
cognitive—and the use of PEDs involves several, or all, of these. Studies show that it is more
distracting to engage in a cell-phone conversation than it is to talk with a passenger.6 Studies
have generally reported that driver distraction occurs during both handheld and hands-free
cellular phone conversations;7 the most noteworthy exceptions are results of studies of
commercial drivers authored by researchers at Virginia Tech.8 Most recently, the Swedish
National Road and Transport Research Institute (VTI) showed longer reaction times with cell 4 See http://www.nationwide.com/newsroom/dwd-surveys.jsp.
5 See http://virginiahotlanes.com/documents/Distracted-Driving-Fact-Sheet.pdf.
6 F. Drews, M. Pasupathi, and D. Strayer, “Passenger and Cell Phone Conversations in Simulated Driving,”
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, vol. 14, no. 4 (2008), pp. 392–400.
7 A. McCartt, L. Hellinga, and K. Braitman, “Cellphones and Driving: Review of Research,” Traffic Injury
Prevention, vol. 7, no. 2 (2006), pp. 89–106.
8 R. Olson and others, Driver Distraction in Commercial Vehicle Operations, Report No. FMCSA-RRR-09-042
(Washington, DC: Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 2009). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
90
phone use regardless of whether it is handheld or hands-free.9 Likewise, reviews conducted by
researchers at Monash University10 and at the University of Calgary11 concluded that
performance was degraded using both handheld and hands-free cellular phones.
Here’s the one-two punch when it comes to distraction and transportation.
First, portable devices are ubiquitous. Twenty years ago, 0.25 percent of the world
population had cell phone service.12 Today, worldwide, there are 5.3 billion mobile phone
subscribers—77 percent of the earth’s population. In the United States, the percentage is higher.
It exceeds 100 percent—meaning many of us have more than one electronic device.13
Second, portable electronic devices are omnipresent in our automobiles, and worse, they
are in the driver’s seat.
The level of distraction is only going to grow as new hand-held devices are released each
year and as the automotive industry develops ever more sophisticated in-vehicle infotainment
systems. One partnership says it is exploring “ways to integrate vehicles with the home to
provide a seamless connection across all areas of people’s lives.”14
More and more, people are trying to multi-task by making phone calls, responding to
e-mails, tweeting, posting, and surfing the web while they drive. Maybe someday we will have
cars that can do the driving for us or devices that will shut down when safety is compromised.
But, until that time comes, we know that electronic devices that take a driver’s attention away
from the primary task of driving create an unnecessary safety risk.
Societal Change
The second half of the 20th century saw changing societal norms about the dangers of
smoking and health. The first half of this century must address distraction and safety.
In the last thirty years we have changed the way we think about drinking and driving
because of strong laws, strong education, and strong enforcement. It is past time to face the fact
that distracted driving is a serious safety risk and it’s not just about the distracted drivers— it’s
about the safety of everyone else on the road. 9 K. Kircher, C. Patten, and C. Ahlström, Mobile Telephones and Other Communication Devices and Their
Impact on Traffic Safety: A Review of the Literature (Linköping, Sweden: Swedish National Road and Transport
Research Institute [VTI], 2011).
10 K. Young and M. Regan, “Driver Distraction: A Review of the Literature,” in I. Faulks and others, eds.,
Distracted Driving (Sydney, NSW: Australasian College of Road Safety, 2007), pp. 379–405.
11 J. Caird and others, “A Metaanalysis of the Effects of Cell Phones on Driver Performance,” Accident Analysis
and Prevention, vol. 40, no. 4 (2008), pp. 1282–1293.
12 See .
13 See http://www.ctia.org/advocacy/research/index.cfm/aid/10323.
14
See
. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
91
There is no doubt that the adoption of “PED-free” safe driving behavior will require a
cultural shift. If we are to bring about change—like the widespread use of seatbelts, child
restraints, and curbing drunk and drugged driving—it will take time, commitment, and require
three things: good laws, good education, and good enforcement.
Although our recommendation is focused on state bans, organizations, families, and
individuals all play a role in changing societal norms.
According to the National Safety Council15 many Fortune 500 companies and companies
with large vehicle fleets have already instituted safety policies prohibiting PED-use behind the
wheel to protect their employees. Surveys conducted by NSC in 2009 and 2010 determined that
organizations can lead the charge without adversely impacting the bottom line or productivity.
As expected, strong company cell phone policies translate into strong safety performance;
preliminary information indicates that full bans may lead to decreased accident rates.
At the NTSB, we recognized the risks associated with PEDs based on our accident
investigations and knew that we needed to lead by example. In 2009, we prohibited our
employees from texting or talking (hand-held or hands-free) on PEDs while on government
travel, in a government-issued vehicle, or while using a government-issued device.
Families can model the right behavior for their children who will be drivers by putting
their PEDs away when they are behind the wheel. When it comes to talking on the phone or
texting, your children may do as you say but they are more likely to do what you do.
Finally, each of us, have to ask ourselves whether we can take a break from being
connected while we are behind the wheel and what it will take to change this risky behavior. It
could well be a life or death decision. For you or someone else.
At the NTSB, our charge is to investigate accidents, learn from them, and recommend
changes.
The one constant: crashes happen fast, sometimes in the blink of an eye. That’s what
happened at Gray Summit and to countless others on highways across the U.S. last year. Lives
lost. In the blink of an eye. In the typing of a text. In the push of a send button.
Simply because we can stay connected when we drive does not mean we should.
No call, no text, no update is worth a human life. December 22, 2011 15 See http://www.nsc.org/safety_road/Distracted_Driving/Pages/EmployerPolicies.aspx. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Vice Chairman Hart, Concurring:
I agree with most of the findings and recommendations, as well as the probable cause, but
I have a concern about how we addressed the issue of driver distraction.
The probable cause for this accident includes, correctly in my view, distraction of the
GMC pickup driver. It is bad enough that his distraction led to the loss of two lives, including
his own, and injuries for many more, but it is far worse that it was a type of distraction that we
are seeing with increasing frequency in all modes of transportation – distraction by a portable
electronic device. This type of distraction is becoming so widespread, and is resulting in so
many fatalities and injuries, that it demands a massive and immediate response before more are
killed and injured.
Our investigation of this accident revealed that the GMC pickup truck driver was at some
stage in the texting process when the accident occurred – he was probably either reading or in the
process of responding to an incoming text. We have already recommended that holders of
learner’s permits and intermediate licenses be prohibited from using wireless communications
devices while driving, and we have also recommended a prohibition against the use of handheld
and hands-free cellular telephones by commercial drivers; this accident clearly indicates a need
to extend those prohibitions to all drivers. For two reasons, however, our recommendation to
ban the nonemergency use of portable electronic devices (other than those that are designed to
support the driving task) for all drivers may be scoped too narrowly.
Our challenge is driver distraction. Drivers can be distracted just as much by installed
electronic devices as by portable electronic devices, so our limitation to portable devices does
not fully respond to the problem. Moreover, portable electronic devices that are designed to
support the driving task can be just as distracting as those that are not. Consequently, I believe
we should follow up on a suggestion that was mentioned in our Sunshine Meeting for this
accident, which is to convene a forum that would look more broadly at the issue of distraction of
drivers by electronic devices, both portable and installed.
A forum that addresses the broad issues, and that considers the viewpoints of a variety of
experts, e.g., in human factors, design, enforcement, and other pertinent areas, as well as the
viewpoints of manufacturers, commercial vehicle operators, and drivers, could provide a solid
foundation for us to make additional recommendations that more fully and directly focus on the
target of driver distraction without creating unintended consequences and without resulting in
undue or unnecessary burdens. Driver distraction is an issue that is clearly getting worse, and I
hope that we will expeditiously pursue it in a more comprehensive way. December 21, 2011 92 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
Member Sumwalt, Concurring:
The Safety Board determined the cause of this accident to be, in part, the GMC pickup
driver’s distraction, likely due to his text messaging. The issue of texting while driving, as well
as the broader issue of using portable electronic devices such as cell phones while driving, has
enormous safety implications. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
determined that more than 3,000 people lost their lives last year in distraction-related
highway/roadway accidents. The problem is not getting better, either: NHTSA found that texting
while driving increased 50% last year.
In today’s board meeting, the Safety Board adopted sweeping recommendations aimed at
curtailing use of portable electronic devices while driving. I realize these recommendations will
be unpopular with many. However, considering the NTSB’s mission is to issue safety
recommendations when safety issues or unsafe conditions are identified, I am confident we did
the right thing by issuing these recommendations.
That said, I hope the NTSB will not stop here. There is much yet to be learned about how
this epidemic can be curtailed. In today’s board meeting, there was mention of the NTSB holding
a forum or symposium on distractions in transportation. Through this concurring statement, I
urge staff to proceed in an expeditious manner in planning and executing such an event. December 13, 2011 93 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
94
Appendix A: Investigation
The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) received notification of this
accident on August 5, 2010. The NTSB launched a team of investigators to address motor
carrier, survival factors, human factors, vehicle, and highway issues. The NTSB team
also included staff from the transportation disaster assistance office. Vice Chairman Christopher
Hart and Member Earl Weener were present on scene. Parties to the investigation were the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the Missouri Department of Transportation, the
Missouri State Highway Patrol, the St. James School District, the Boles Fire Protection District,
the Meramec Ambulance District, Blue Bird Corporation, General Motors Company, and Fred
Weber, Inc. No public hearing was held in connection with this accident, and no depositions
were taken. 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2011 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Airbag Performance in
General Aviation Restraint Systems Safety Study
NTSB/SS-11/01
PB2011-917001 National
Transportation
Safety Board NTSB/SS-11/01
PB2011-917001
Notation 8274
Adopted January 11, 2011 Safety Study
Airbag Performance in General Aviation Restraint Systems National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2011. Airbag Performance in General Aviation Restraint
Systems. Safety Study NTSB/SS-11/01. Washington, DC.
Abstract: In 2003, airbags were first certificated for pilot and copilot seats on general aviation (GA)
aircraft, and as of August 2010, they have been installed in nearly 18,000 seats in over 7,000 GA aircraft.
In 2006, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) initiated an exploratory case series study to
consider airbag performance in GA accidents. The goals of the study were (1) to examine the
effectiveness of airbags in mitigating occupant injury in GA accidents, (2) to identify any unintended
consequences of airbag deployments, and (3) to develop procedures to assist investigators in documenting
airbag systems in future investigations. During the 3-year data collection period, researchers tracked
145 notifications of events involving airbag-equipped airplanes which yielded 10 airbag-equipped GA
airplane accidents that met the study criteria and were subjected to a full review and analysis by a
multidisciplinary team. There were no unexpected deployments or unintended consequences identified
during the study period. When adjusted correctly, the deployment of the airbag systems did not result in
any negative outcomes, and in certain cases, deployment mitigated the severity of occupant injuries. The
NTSB concluded that aviation airbags can mitigate occupant injuries in severe but survivable crashes in
which the principal direction of force is longitudinal. During the course of the study, the study team also
became aware of several potential issues that may compromise occupant safety associated with use,
adjustment, or design of restraint systems. The report discusses steps that could be taken to address these
safety issues and suggests future research directions in the area of GA occupant protection. Finally, as a
result of the study, guidance for NTSB investigators was developed and disseminated, including a formal
process for gathering data about airbag installations and deployments in accident aircraft. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting
aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is
mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents,
determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and
evaluate the safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its
actions and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations,
and statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about
available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting the NTSB at this address: National Transportation Safety Board
Records Management Division, CIO-40
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, DC 20594
(800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2011-917001 from this address: National Technical Information Service
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22161
(800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
i
Contents
Contents .......................................................................................................................................... i
Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and Abbreviations .................................................................................................... vii
Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... ix
Chapter 1: Introduction ................................................................................................................1
History of GA Occupant Protection Systems ..................................................................................3
NTSB Recommendation History .....................................................................................................5
Research on the Effectiveness of Aviation Airbags and Other Occupant Protection Systems .......6
Research Methods and NTSB Research ..........................................................................................8
Automotive Airbag Systems ............................................................................................................9
Description of Current GA Airbag Systems ..................................................................................10
Airbag Deployment ........................................................................................................................11
Standards and Certification of GA Restraint and Airbag Systems ................................................14
Purpose of the Current Study .........................................................................................................16
Chapter 2: Methodology ..............................................................................................................18
Case Series Methodology ..............................................................................................................18
Study Procedures ...........................................................................................................................18
Accident Scene .......................................................................................................................20
Airplane Damage ....................................................................................................................20
Restraint Systems and Airbags ...............................................................................................20
Glass Cockpit Display Unit Data ............................................................................................22
Occupant Interviews and Injury Documentation ....................................................................24
NTSB Team Case Reviews ............................................................................................................24
Study Limitations ...........................................................................................................................25
Chapter 3: Results ........................................................................................................................27
Summary of Airbag-Equipped Events During the Study Period ...................................................27
Cessna Skyhawk and Skylane ................................................................................................30
Cirrus SR20 and SR22 ............................................................................................................32
Aviat Husky A-1B ..................................................................................................................33
Chapter 4: Accident Analyses .....................................................................................................35
Boyceville, Wisconsin, August 5, 2006, Cirrus SR22 ............................................................35
Owyhee, Oregon, August 27, 2006, Aviat Husky A-1B ........................................................39
Indianapolis, Indiana, August 28, 2006, Cirrus SR22 ............................................................42
Athens, Texas, February 27, 2007, Cessna T182T .................................................................47
Fullerton, California, September 30, 2008, Cessna 172S .......................................................54
Groton, Connecticut, November 19, 2008, Cessna 172S .......................................................57 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
ii
Green Cove Springs, Florida, November 19, 2008, Cirrus SR20 ...........................................60
Steamboat Springs, Colorado, February 14, 2009, Cirrus SR22 ............................................63
Stigler, Oklahoma, April 9, 2009, Cessna 182T .....................................................................67
Boyd, Texas, July 14, 2009, Cessna 172S ..............................................................................71
Summary of Results .......................................................................................................................74
Chapter 5: Discussion ..................................................................................................................77
Effectiveness of GA Airbag Systems in Mitigating Occupant Injury ...........................................78
Issues Associated With Restraint Systems ....................................................................................79
Incorrect Usage or Adjustment of Restraint Systems .............................................................79
Restraint Design Issues Affecting Nonnormative Populations ..............................................80
Shoulder Harness Use ....................................................................................................................82
Future Aviation Occupant Protection Research .............................................................................84
Guidance for Documenting Airbag Systems in Future Investigations ..........................................86
Conclusions ...................................................................................................................................87
Findings ..........................................................................................................................................87
Recommendations ........................................................................................................................88
Appendix A: National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendation Status
Key and Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection .....90
Appendix B. Shoulder Harness Analysis ...................................................................................98
Injury Reduction from Shoulder Harness Use in General Aviation Airplane Accidents ..............98
Background .............................................................................................................................98
Analysis Purpose ....................................................................................................................99
Method ....................................................................................................................................99
Results ...................................................................................................................................100
Discussion .............................................................................................................................102
Limitations ............................................................................................................................103
Appendix C. Federal Aviation Administration Special Conditions for the Certification
of Aircraft with Inflatable Restraints ......................................................................................104
Appendix D. Summary of Dynamic Seat/Restraint Tests Required for Title 14 Code of
Federal Regulations Part 23 Aircraft .......................................................................................113
Appendix E. Airbag Data Collection Form .............................................................................114
Appendix F. Injury Details ........................................................................................................121 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
iii
Figures
Figure 1. A chart showing fatal and nonfatal GA accidents per 100,000 flight hours
for the years 1975 through 2009. (Accident data source: NTSB; flight hour
data source: FAA.) .......................................................................................................................... 2
Figure 2. A chart showing the proportion of injury levels, by occupant, for all
GA accidents between 1983 and 2009. (Accident data source: NTSB.) ........................................ 2
Figure 3. A chart showing the number of airplanes with airbags installed as original equipment
grouped by manufacturer (as of August 2010). ............................................................................ 10
Figure 4. A pair of drawings showing airbag systems integrated into a 3-point restraint
system (left) and a 4-point restraint system (right). The blue arrows indicate the
location of the airbag embedded in the restraint. .......................................................................... 11
Figure 5. A series of images taken from a high-speed video showing the deployment
sequence of the AmSafe airbag system in a laboratory sled test. (T refers to time,
and ms refers to milliseconds of elapsed time.) ............................................................................ 12
Figure 6. A pair of drawings showing basic airbag shapes for the (a) Cirrus and
(b) Cessna systems described in this report. ................................................................................. 14
Figure 7. A chart showing the selection criteria for accidents and incidents
that were included in the study. .................................................................................................... 19
Figure 8. A photograph showing seatbelt webbing, load bar, and load mark. ............................. 21
Figure 9. A pair of photographs showing vent holes from a Cirrus airbag. Photograph a. shows
minor fraying, and photograph b. shows squaring. Squaring of the vent hole was used
as one indicator that the airbag had sustained loads during the accident. ..................................... 22
Figure 10. A drawing showing the various directions of crash forces as applied to aircraft
occupants. ...................................................................................................................................... 25
Figure 11. A chart showing the manufacturers of all airbag-equipped airplanes
involved in accidents or incidents during the data collection period. ........................................... 27
Figure 12. A chart showing injury levels among the 161 occupants involved in 88 accidents in
airbag-equipped airplanes. ............................................................................................................ 28
Figure 13. A chart summarizing the classification of all airbag-equipped
airplane events tracked during the study period. .......................................................................... 29
Figure 14. A photograph of the Cessna 172 Skyhawk instrument panel. The Skylane panel has a
similar glass cockpit panel with dual control yokes. .................................................................... 31 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
iv
Figure 15. A photograph of an exemplar Cessna airplane seat with a
lap belt-mounted airbag system. ................................................................................................... 31
Figure 16. A photograph of the Cirrus SR22 instrument panel. .................................................. 32
Figure 17. A photograph of exemplar Cirrus airplane seats with airbags mounted
in the outboard shoulder harnesses. .............................................................................................. 33
Figure 18. A photograph of the exemplar Aviat Husky A-1B instrument panel.
(Radio Package 2 panel shown.) ................................................................................................... 34
Figure 19. A photograph of exemplar Aviat Husky airplane seats with airbags
mounted in the right shoulder harness. ......................................................................................... 34
Figure 20. A seating chart from Cirrus SR22, N6568CD, which crashed in
Boyceville, Wisconsin. (NTSB accident identification number is CHI06FA218.) ...................... 36
Figure 21. A photograph showing the final resting position of Cirrus SR22,
N658CD, which crashed in Boyceville, Wisconsin. The photograph was taken
facing the nose of the airplane. The two front row seats are denoted with yellow arrows. .......... 37
Figure 22. A seating chart from Aviat Husky A-1B, N94HY, which crashed in
Owyhee, Oregon. (NTSB accident identification number is SEA06FA168.) .............................. 40
Figure 23. A photograph of the wreckage of Aviat Husky A-1B, N94HY,
which crashed in Owyhee, Oregon. (The wings were removed postcrash during the
recovery of the airplane.) .............................................................................................................. 41
Figure 24. A photograph of Cirrus SR22, N91MB, as it was lifted from the
water retention pond where it crashed in Indianapolis, Indiana. (NTSB accident
identification number is CHI06FA245.) ....................................................................................... 43
Figure 25. A seating chart from Cirrus SR22, N91MB, which crashed in
Indianapolis, Indiana. .................................................................................................................... 44
Figure 26. A photograph showing the seat pan and aluminum EAMs from the two
front seats. The left front seat pan and EAM block are on the left side of the
photograph. The front of both seat pans is toward the top of the photograph. ............................. 45
Figure 27. A seating chart from Cessna T182T, N14685, which crashed in
Athens, Texas. (NTSB accident identification number is DFW07LA078.) ................................. 48
Figure 28. A photograph of the wreckage of Cessna T182T, N14685, which crashed in Athens,
Texas. ............................................................................................................................................ 49
Figure 29. A pair of drawings showing pilot and front passenger seats and restraint
configurations of a Cessna 172S. The correct latch configuration is shown on the left, and the
incorrect configuration is shown on the right. .............................................................................. 51 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
v
Figure 30. A photograph of the label placed on the occupant-facing side of the lap belt portion of
Cessna airbag-equipped restraints. ................................................................................................ 52
Figure 31. A drawing showing the front seats and seatbelts/shoulder harnesses
of the Cessna 172S. ....................................................................................................................... 53
Figure 32. A seating chart from Cessna T172S, N2190W, which crashed in
Fullerton, California. (NTSB accident identification number is LAX08FA301.) ........................ 54
Figure 33. A photograph showing the final resting position of Cessna 172S, N2190W, which
crashed in Fullerton, California. ................................................................................................... 55
Figure 34. A seating chart from Cessna 172S, N2337F, which crashed in
Groton, Connecticut. (NTSB accident identification number is ERA09LA064.) ........................ 58
Figure 35. A photograph showing the final resting position of Cessna 172S, N2337F, which
crashed in Groton, Connecticut. .................................................................................................... 59
Figure 36. A seating chart from Cirrus SR20, N389CP, which crashed in
Green Cove Springs, Florida. (NTSB accident identification number is ERA09LA062.) ........... 60
Figure 37. A photograph showing the final resting position of Cirrus SR20, N389CP, which
crashed in Green Cove Springs, Florida. ...................................................................................... 61
Figure 38. A seating chart from Cirrus SR22, N486CD, which crashed in
Steamboat Springs, Colorado. (NTSB accident identification number is CEN09LA165.) .......... 63
Figure 39. A photograph showing the final resting position of Cirrus SR22,
N486CD, which crashed in Steamboat Springs, Colorado. .......................................................... 64
Figure 40. A drawing showing a pair of unbuckled Cirrus SR22 4-point restraint systems. ...... 66
Figure 41. A seating chart from Cessna 182T, N1491D, which crashed in
Stigler, Oklahoma. (NTSB accident identification number is CEN09LA247.) ........................... 68
Figure 42. A photograph showing the final resting position of Cessna 182T, N1491D,
which crashed in Stigler, Oklahoma. Two major impacts of the nose into the
ground are visible in the foreground. ............................................................................................ 69
Figure 43. A pair of photographs showing seat belt buckles and a buckle label. Photograph a, on
the left, shows the primary (top) and child seat (bottom) buckles for the rear seat occupants.
Photograph b, on the right, shows the label stitched to the child seat buckles. ............................ 70
Figure 44. A seating chart from Cessna 172S, N2446F, which crashed in
Boyd, Texas. (NTSB accident identification number is CEN09LA442.) ..................................... 72
Figure 45. A photograph of the final resting position of Cessna 172SP, N2246F,
which crashed in Boyd, Texas. ..................................................................................................... 73 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
vi
Figure B-1. A chart showing the risk ratios and 95-percent confidence intervals
for pilot fatal or serious injury (FSI) when using a lap belt only (LB) relative to
a lap belt/shoulder harness combination (SH) across multiple conditions. ................................ 102 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
vii
Acronyms and Abbreviations
AmSafe
AmSafe Inc.
ATD
anthropomorphic test dummy
Aviat
Aviat Aircraft Inc.
Avidyne
Avidyne Corporation
BMI
body mass index
CAB
Civil Aeronautics Board
CAMI
Civil Aerospace Medical Institute
CAPS
Cirrus Airframe Parachute System
Cessna
Cessna Aircraft Company
CFI
certified flight instructor
CFR
CI
Code of Federal Regulations
confidence interval
CIREN
Crash Injury Research and Engineering Network
Cirrus
Cirrus Aircraft
EAM
energy absorption module
EMA
electronics module assembly
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
FSI
fatal or serious injury
GA
general aviation
GAMA
General Aviation Manufacturers Association
GPS
global positioning system
HIC
head injury criterion
LB
lap belt NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
viii
LOC
loss of control
MFD
multifunction flight display
ms
millisecond
msl
mean sea level
NASA
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
PFD
primary flight display
RPM
revolutions per minute
RR
risk ratio
SDT
System Diagnostic Tool
SH
lap belt/shoulder harness combination
T
time
TAS
traffic advisory system
TRC
transmitter receiver computer
USPA
United States Parachute Association
VIN
vehicle identification number NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
ix
Executive Summary
In 2003, airbags were first certificated for pilot and copilot seats on general aviation (GA)
aircraft, and as of August 2010, they have been installed in nearly 18,000 seats in over 7,000 GA
aircraft. Unlike automotive airbags that typically deploy from the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or above the window, airbags in GA aircraft are installed in the lap belt or shoulder
harness portions of the restraint system and are designed to deploy outward from the pilot or
occupant. Sled tests conducted under controlled conditions have suggested that aviation airbags
may increase survivability and reduce injury in actual aviation accidents; however, no systematic
evaluations have been conducted to evaluate their efficacy in real world scenarios. Therefore, in
2006, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) initiated an exploratory case series
study to assess airbag performance in GA accidents. The goals of the study were (1) to examine
the effectiveness of airbags in mitigating occupant injury in GA accidents, (2) to identify any
unintended consequences of airbag deployments, and (3) to develop procedures to assist
investigators in documenting airbag systems in future investigations.
During the 3-year data collection period, researchers tracked 145 notifications of events
(including 88 accidents) involving airbag-equipped airplanes and conducted field investigations
of 18 of those events. Ten airbag-equipped GA airplane accidents involving 25 occupants met
the study criteria and were subjected to a full review and analysis by a multidisciplinary team.
The accidents represented a range of crash severities and included survivable accidents with and
without airbag deployments. There were no unexpected deployments or unintended
consequences identified during the study period. Overall, when adjusted correctly, the
deployment of the airbag systems did not result in any negative outcomes, and in certain cases,
deployment may have mitigated the severity of occupant injuries.
Of the 88 accidents involving airbag-equipped airplanes that were identified during the
study period, about two-thirds (66 percent) had no airbag deployment and no occupant injuries.
An additional 22 percent had reductions in survivable space or crash forces that were not
survivable. Therefore, airbags would only have been expected to yield a benefit in a relatively
small (12 percent) proportion of accidents. Within that window of accident severity, the NTSB
concludes that aviation airbags can mitigate occupant injuries in severe but survivable crashes in
which the principal direction of force is longitudinal.
During the course of the study, the study team also discovered several potential issues
that may compromise occupant safety associated with the use, adjustment, or design of restraint
systems. The report discusses steps that could be taken to address these safety issues and
suggests future research directions in the area of GA occupant protection.
Finally, as a result of the study, guidance for NTSB investigators was developed and
disseminated, including a formal process for gathering data about airbag installations and
deployments in accident aircraft. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
1
Chapter 1: Introduction
General aviation1 (GA) continues to have the highest accident rates within civil aviation.
In 2009, GA accident2 rates per 100,000 flight hours were 4.7 times higher than those for small
commuter and air taxi (14 CFR Part 135) operations and over 40 times higher than those for
large transport category (14 CFR Part 121) operations.3
There are two fundamental ways to reduce the number of injuries and fatalities in GA
accidents. The first way is to reduce the number of accidents by making improvements to the
aircraft, the flying environment, or pilot performance. The second way is to improve the
likelihood that airplane occupants will survive or avoid injury when a crash does occur. As
shown in figure 1, rates of both fatal
Of the 1,478 GA accidents that occurred
in 2009, 465 (31.5 percent) were classified as serious or fatal, resulting in 475 fatally injured and
278 seriously injured occupants.
4
Although accident rates have decreased, the
and nonfatal GA accidents per 100,000 flight hours have
declined over the past 35 years. Between 1975 and 2009, the fatal accident rate declined by 39.3
percent and the nonfatal accident rate declined by 48.1 percent. In 2009, there were 1.3 fatal and
5.9 nonfatal accidents per 100,000 flight hours.
proportion of occupants killed or seriously
injured in those GA accidents that occur, shown in figure 2, has changed very little since the
early 1980s. In 2009, 18.6 percent of all occupants in GA accidents died, 11.0 percent were
seriously injured,5 1 General aviation is defined as any civil aircraft operation that is not covered under Title 14 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Parts 121, 129, and 135, commonly referred to as commercial air carrier operations.
2 An accident is defined as an occurrence associated with the operation of an aircraft which takes place between
the time any person boards the aircraft with the intention of flight and all such persons have disembarked, and in
which any person suffers death, or serious injury, or in which the aircraft receives substantial damage. The definition
of “aircraft accident” includes “unmanned aircraft accident.” See 49 CFR 830.2.
3 Information obtained from the NTSB website http://www.ntsb.gov/aviation/Table1.htm (accessed
October 15, 2010).
4 An accident is considered fatal if it involves a fatal injury, which is defined in 49 CFR 830.2 as any injury that
results in death within 30 days of the accident.
5 Serious injury is defined in 49 CFR 830.2 as any injury that (1) requires hospitalization for more than
48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone
(except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage;
(4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or any burns affecting more than
5 percent of the body surface. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
2 Figure 1. A chart showing fatal and nonfatal GA accidents per 100,000 flight hours for the years
1975 through 2009. (Accident data source: NTSB; flight hour data source: FAA.)
Figure 2. A chart showing the proportion of injury levels, by occupant, for all GA accidents
between 1983 and 2009. (Accident data source: NTSB.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
3
History of GA Occupant Protection Systems
The first efforts to improve occupant survival in airplane crashes began not long after the
advent of aviation. In his book chapter on the history of crash injury prevention in civil aviation,
Richard Chandler, former head of the Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA) Civil Aerospace
Medical Institute (CAMI) Protection and Survival Laboratory, states that as early as World War I,
lap belt/shoulder harness combinations were used by military aviators.6 However, according to
Chandler, they were primarily designed to keep aviators in place during maneuvers and offered
little safety benefit during a crash. By 1928, seatbelts were required in all aircraft, and in 1933,
the civil aviation regulations were modified to require seatbelts to be “capable of withstanding a
load of 1,000 pounds applied in the same manner as a passenger’s weight would be applied in a
crash.”7
Military research conducted in the 1930s suggested that occupants could survive much
greater crash forces when using a lap belt/shoulder harness combination; 8 however, shoulder
harnesses were not seriously considered in aircraft design until many years later, partly because
of public perceptions that seatbelts were hazardous, and partly because of early designs that were
uncomfortable for occupants.9
In the 1940s and 1950s, the U.S. Department of Agriculture funded a project to develop
an airplane for agricultural uses. The design included several crashworthiness features, including
a tubular structure that would bend and fall outwardly away from occupants, space between the
instrument panel and firewall to permit forward displacement of the panel, removal of sharp or
rigid edges from the instrument panel, and lap and shoulder restraints and seat anchorages
sufficient to resist failure up to the point of cabin collapse. 10
In 1969, the FAA required that newly type-certificated GA aircraft must have seatbelts
and shoulder harnesses for each occupant. 11 However, this requirement did not have a wide
impact because it only applied to new type certificates. Manufacturers could continue producing
aircraft without shoulder harnesses under existing type certificates. In 1977, the FAA published
two regulatory amendments that affected GA aircraft and operations.12 Title 14 CFR Part 23,
which governs the airworthiness standards for GA aircraft, was modified to require shoulder harness
installations in all newly manufactured 6 R. Chandler, Accidental Injury: Biomechanics and Prevention (New York: Springer-Verlag, 1993), pp. 151–185.
GA aircraft starting in 1978, but only for front seats.
Title 14 CFR Part 91, which covers general operating and flight rules, was modified to state that
7 U.S. Department of Commerce, Aeronautics Branch, Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7-F, effective March 1, 1933.
8 H.G. Armstrong, Principles and Practice of Aviation Medicine, (Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1939).
9 Chandler, pp. 151–185.
10 F.E. Weick and J.R. Hansen, From the Ground Up: The Autobiography of an Aeronautical Engineer
(Washington and London: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1988).
11 Alternately, manufacturers could meet the regulatory requirement by installing lap belts and eliminating
injurious objects within the striking radius of the head or by installing lap belts and an energy-absorbing rest to
support the arms, shoulders, head, and spine.
12 See Amendment 23-19 to 14 CFR Part 23 and Amendment 91-139 to 14 CFR Part 91. Federal Register, vol. 42,
no. 116 (June 16, 1977), p. 30601. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
4
“required flight crewmembers” must use available shoulder harnesses during takeoff and
landing.
In the 1980s, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and the FAA engaged in
several efforts to improve GA safety. The FAA requested the formation of an independent
General Aviation Safety Panel to suggest regulatory and non-regulatory ways for the FAA to
promote GA safety. Similarly, the NTSB initiated a GA crashworthiness program with the goal
of persuading the FAA to improve regulations regarding the crashworthiness of GA aircraft.13 In
1985, the NTSB conducted a study of 535 accidents in which at least one occupant was fatally or
seriously injured.14
The final phase of the NTSB’s crashworthiness study, published in 1985, examined
survivable accidents in which occupants died or were seriously injured to identify improvements
needed for GA aircraft crashworthiness.
The NTSB found that shoulder harnesses were available for only 40 percent
of occupants in those accidents and that only 40 percent of occupants used the shoulder
harnesses that were available, resulting in a total usage rate of 16 percent. The report estimated
that if all occupants in the study had worn shoulder harnesses, fatalities in all crashes would have
decreased by 20 percent and that 88 percent of seriously injured persons in survivable crashes
would have experienced significantly fewer life-threatening injuries.
15
one in which the forces transmitted to the occupant through the seat and restraint
system do not exceed the limits of human tolerance to abrupt accelerations and in
which the structure in the occupant’s immediate environment remains
substantially intact to the extent that a livable volume is provided throughout the
crash sequence.
The NTSB defined a survivable accident as
16
The study found that more than half of the seats in the accidents investigated became detached.
The report called existing seat design requirements inadequate and supported the use of dynamic
seat tests, energy absorbing seats, rip-stop seat pans, and shoulder harnesses to reduce occupant
injuries. In 1985, the FAA modified the regulations to require shoulder harnesses in all seating
positions of GA airplanes manufactured after December 12, 1986, and amended 14 CFR Part 91
to require all occupants to wear them during takeoff and landing. In 1988, the FAA issued a final
rule outlining performance-based dynamic crash test standards for all aircraft carrying no more
than nine passengers. Those tests standards remain today and are described in more detail in the 13 The Status of General Aviation Aircraft Crashworthiness, Safety Report NTSB/SR-80/02 (Washington, DC:
National Transportation Safety Board, 1980).
14 General Aviation Crashworthiness Project: Phase Two—Impact Severity and Potential Injury Prevention in
General Aviation Accidents, Safety Report NTSB/SR-85/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety
Board, 1985).
15 General Aviation Crashworthiness Project: Phase 3—Acceleration Loads and Velocity Changes of
Survivable General Aviation Accidents, Safety Report NTSB/SR-85/02 (Washington, DC: National Transportation
Safety Board, 1985).
16 General Aviation Crashworthiness Project: Phase 1, Safety Report NTSB/SR-83/01 (Washington, DC:
National Transportation Safety Board, 1983). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
5
section later in this chapter, titled “Standards and Certification of GA Restraint and Airbag
Systems.”
NTSB Recommendation History
In 1964, the Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB) Bureau of Safety (predecessor of the NTSB)
recommended that the Federal Aviation Agency (predecessor of the FAA) require shoulder
harnesses for each occupant on newly certified GA aircraft; shoulder harnesses and crash
helmets for those aircraft involved in “hazardous flight,” such as aerial applications or aerial
surveys; and education for all pilots stressing the desirability of using safety equipment.17
Since its inception as an independent agency, the NTSB has continued to push for
changes to improve occupant survival in aviation and has issued more than 40 recommendations
concerning occupant protection in GA aircraft. 18 The majority of those recommendations were
issued to the FAA in the 1970s and 1980s and called for the installation, testing, and use of
shoulder harnesses in GA aircraft. For example, in response to the FAA’s 1977 rulemaking19 to
require shoulder harnesses for pilot and copilot seats beginning in 1978, the NTSB issued Safety
Recommendations A-77-70 and -71, which respectively recommended that the FAA strengthen
the rules to require installation of shoulder harnesses at all seat locations and require their
installation on all GA aircraft, including those manufactured earlier than 1978. In 1985, the FAA
modified 14 CFR 91.33 to require shoulder harnesses in all seats of GA airplanes manufactured
after December 12, 1986, and amended 14 CFR Part 91 to require all occupants to wear shoulder
harnesses, when available, during takeoff and landing. However, the FAA never modified its
regulations to require retrofitting of aircraft manufactured before the 1978 and 1986 regulatory
changes.20
The NTSB also made several recommendations concerning shoulder harnesses and
improved survivability in GA aircraft as a result of its GA crashworthiness program in the 1980s.
As a result of its 1985 safety report, 21 the NTSB issued four recommendations to the FAA
calling for increased performance standards for occupant protection systems and dynamic testing
of seat restraint systems, a requirement that all occupants use shoulder harnesses during takeoffs
and landings, an advisory circular on GA aircraft occupant protection, and airworthiness
directives to address component failures identified in the study.22 An additional recommendation
was issued to the General Aviation Manufacturers Association (GAMA) to encourage its
members to identify weaknesses in seat restraint systems that could be easily corrected.23 17 NTSB/SR-80/02. 18 See appendix A for a list of NTSB safety recommendations concerning occupant protection in GA.
19 Federal Register, vol. 50, no. 219 (November 13, 1985), p. 46872.
20 Safety Recommendation A-77-70, which called for shoulder harnesses at all seat locations, was classified
“Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 25, 1986. Safety Recommendation A-77-71, which called for the installation of
shoulder harnesses on aircraft manufactured before 1978, was classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on July 1, 1986.
21 NTSB/SR-85/02.
22 See Safety Recommendations A-85-122 through A-85-125.
23 See Safety Recommendation A-85-126. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
6
Nearly all of the NTSB recommendations concerning GA occupant protection were
closed in an acceptable status as a result of the aforementioned revisions to 14 CFR Parts 23 and
91 that took place in the late 1980s, with the exception of Safety Recommendation A-77-71,
which called for the retrofit installation of shoulder harnesses in aircraft manufactured before NTSB
recommendations
concerning
GA
occupant
protection
include
recommendations to the FAA and to the United States Parachute Association (USPA) that call
for research and actions to improve restraint systems for parachutists.24 Additionally, in August
2010, NTSB made two recommendations to the FAA calling for regulatory amendments (1) to
require separate seats for every aircraft occupant and (2) to require that each person who is less
than 2 years of age be restrained in a separate seat position by an appropriate child restraint
system during takeoff, landing, and turbulence.25
Research on the Effectiveness of Aviation Airbags and Other
Occupant Protection Systems According to one study, the most common cause of death noted on autopsies for pilots in
GA airplane accidents is blunt trauma, accounting for 86.0 percent of all GA pilot fatalities.26
The next highest were thermal burns (3.9 percent), drowning (3.6 percent), inhalation of smoke
and toxic gases (2.0 percent), and bleeding to death (2.0 percent). Another study analyzed
injuries recorded on death certificates for aviation accident–related fatalities and determined that
42 percent of fatalities were noted to result from multiple injuries, 22 percent resulted primarily
from head injuries, and 12 percent resulted primarily from internal injuries.27
Early airbag-related research sponsored by the FAA Civil Aeromedical Institute
The researchers
suggested that about 20 percent of aviation deaths would be preventable if occupants were
protected by better restraint systems.
28
compared an inverted-Y yoke harness to an instrument-panel-mounted airbag using sled tests
with animal (baboon) subjects.29
all subjects moved within 10 seconds of impact and were alert and active within
20 seconds. In comparison, no other system tested to date resulted in such
immediate subject recovery post impact. This may have important implications
With respect to the airbag condition, the authors remarked that 24 As of December 6, 2010, Safety Recommendations A-08-71 through A-08-74 are all classified as
“Open—Acceptable Response.”
25 As of December 6, 2010, Safety Recommendations A-10-121 and A-10-122 are both classified as
“Open—Initial Response Received.”
26 D.A. Weigmann and N. Taneja, “Analysis of Injuries Among Pilots Involved in Fatal General Aviation
Airplane Accidents,” Accident Analysis and Prevention, vol. 35, no. 4 (2003), pp. 571–577.
27 G. Li and S. Baker, “Injury Patterns in Aviation-Related Fatalities: Implications for Preventative Strategies,”
American Journal of Forensic Medicine and Pathology, vol. 18, no. 3 (1997), pp. 265–270.
28 Later renamed the Civil Aerospace Medical Institute.
29 Subjects had lap belts in both conditions. See R.G. Snyder, J.W. Young, and C.C. Snow, Experimental
Impact Protection With Advanced Restraint Systems: Preliminary Primate Tests With Air Bag and
Inertia Reel/Inverted-Y Yoke Torso Harness, AM-69-4 (U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Administration, Office of Aviation Medicine, 1969), p. 18. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
7
where immediate evacuation is important, provided that the deflated bag does not
become an obstacle.
An FAA review described other early conceptual research, comparing various airbag system
configurations including floor-mounted, instrument panel-mounted, seat-mounted, and
restraint-mounted designs, all of which included two airbags for both longitudinal and vertical
impacts.30
Subsequent research using an anthropomorphic test dummy (ATD) in catapult-and-track
crash simulations compared levels of crash protection offered by lap belts alone compared to
lap belt/shoulder harness combinations and lap belt/airbag combinations.
The review suggested that restraint-mounted airbags were superior to other
configurations, especially with respect to retrofitting aircraft.
31 Both the
lap belt/shoulder harness combination and the lap belt/airbag combination conditions were
superior to lap belt alone in reducing head and chest accelerations. At the time, the potential risks
associated with inadvertent airbag deployment and the challenges in developing a reliable crash
sensor made the lap belt/shoulder harness combination the most practical approach. However,
the report also recommended that “developments in inflatable restraint systems… be closely
monitored for new technology which would further improve occupant protection. When such
technology is established, further evaluation testing should be conducted.”32 Other laboratory
sled tests using ATDs compared lap belts with and without aviation airbags and found that airbag
systems were associated with a reduction in head and pelvis accelerations and in head injury
criterion (HIC)33 in head-on crashes.34
Military research using actual pilots in helicopter simulators has shown that pilots were
able to regain aircraft control after an average of 4 seconds following an inadvertent airbag
deployment. 35 Similar research conducted to evaluate emergency egress from a water impact
scenario employed a mock-up helicopter cockpit in a “dunker” simulator with actual helicopter
pilots.36 30 R.W. Carr and N.S. Phillips, Inflatable Restraint Concept for General Aviation Aircraft, FAA-RD-73-3
(Washington, DC: Beta Industries, Inc. Prepared for U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Administration, 1973).
The study showed that deployed airbags did not significantly hinder pilots’ egress from
the cockpit.
31 J.A. Sommers, Comparison of General Aviation Occupant Restraint Systems, FAA-RD-73-114 (Washington,
DC: National Aviation Facilities Experimental Center Prepared for U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal
Aviation Administration, 1973).
32 Sommers, p. 16.
33 The HIC was proposed by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in 1972 and is a
measure of the likelihood of head injury, with higher values indicating an increased likelihood.
34 L.W. Roemke, “The Inflatabelt Occupant Restraint System,” pp. 52–65 in Proceedings of the Technical
Cooperative Program Workshop: Inflatable Restraints in Aviation, TTCP/HUM/00/009 (Huntsville, Alabama:
Technical Cooperation Program, 2000).
35 F. Brozoski and others, “Effect of Airbag Deployment on Helicopter Flight Control,” pp. 72–80 in
Proceedings
of
the
Technical
Cooperative
Program
Workshop:
Inflatable Restraints
in
Aviation,
TTCP/HUM/00/009 (Huntsville, Alabama: Technical Cooperation Program, 2000).
36 M.R. Schultz, A.C. Schoenbeck, and G. Wittlin, “Airbag Performance and Design Issues for Naval Aircraft
Applications,” pp. 26–34 in Proceedings of the Technical Cooperative Program Workshop: Inflatable Restraints in
Aviation, TTCP/HUM/00/009 (Huntsville, Alabama: Technical Cooperation Program, 2000). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
8
Research Methods and NTSB Research
Research methods that are used to evaluate a safety technology vary depending on its
stage of implementation. During the developmental stages of a new safety technology, a
considerable amount of research is performed using simulators and laboratory testing. The
benefits of this type of research are many. It allows for strict control of test variables, rapid
results, and is far less likely to put human subjects at risk of injury. However, the main drawback
is that such research cannot replicate the complexity of the applied environment.
During the early implementation stage of a new safety technology, the research methods
shift toward observational, descriptive case studies. This approach, employed in the present
study, is useful for developing an initial understanding of how users interact with the system, for
identifying any unintended problems, for generating hypotheses that can be tested in future
studies, and for establishing the data elements that could be used to test those hypotheses. The
case study approach has been successfully applied by the NTSB in evaluating lap belts,37
lap/shoulder belts,38 and airbags39 in highway passenger vehicles and shoulder harnesses and
energy-absorbing seats in GA.40
Once a technology has been implemented on a wider scale, empirical research can be
used to quantify the effectiveness of a countermeasure. The NTSB conducted such an empirical
analysis on the efficacy of lap belt/shoulder harness combinations in GA during the course of
this study. Using its extensive database of aviation accidents, the NTSB analyzed over 37,000
single engine airplane accidents between 1983 and 2008, and found that the risk of death or
serious injury for pilots who used lap belts only was nearly 50 percent higher when compared to
pilots who wore lap belt/shoulder harness combinations. Previously, these analyses had only
been performed on specialty groups, 41 37 Performance of Lap Belts in 26 Frontal Crashes, Safety Study NTSB/SS-86/03 (Washington, DC: National
Transportation Safety Board, 1986).
with findings that were limited by small sample sizes and
an exclusive focus on fatalities as an outcome measure. This NTSB analysis, described in detail
in Appendix B, definitively shows the benefit of shoulder harnesses in reducing injuries and
fatalities in GA accidents.
38 Performance of Lap/Shoulder Belts in 167 Motor Vehicle Crashes (Volume 1), Safety Study NTSB/SS-88/02
(Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board, 1988).
39 The Performance and Use of Child Restraint Systems, Seatbelts, and Air Bags for Children in Passenger
Vehicles Volume 1: Analysis, Safety Study NTSB/SS-96/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety
Board, 1996).
40 NTSB/SR-85/01.
41 D.M. Bensyl, K. Moran, and G.A. Conway, “Factors Associated With Pilot Fatality in Work-Related Aircraft
Crashes: Alaska, 1990–1999,” American Journal of Epidemiology, vol. 154, no. 11 (2001), pp. 1037–1042;
L.G. Gillis, G. Li, and S.P. Baker, “General Aviation Crashes Involving Military Personnel as Pilots,” Aviation
Space and Environmental Medicine, vol. 72, no. 11 (2001), pp. 1001–1005.; S.P. Baker and M.W. Lamb, “Hazards
of Mountain Flying: Crashes in the Colorado Rockies,” Aviation Space and Environmental Medicine, vol. 60, no. 6
(1989), pp. 531–536; G. Li and S.P. Baker, “Correlates of Pilot Fatality in General Aviation Crashes,” Aviation
Space and Environmental Medicine, vol. 70, no. 4 (1999), pp. 305–309; P.S. Rostykus, P. Cummings, and
B.A. Mueller, “Risk Factors for Pilot Fatalities in General Aviation Airplane Crash Landings,” JAMA, vol. 280,
no. 11 (1998) pp. 997–999. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
9
Automotive Airbag Systems
Airbags have been used in the automotive fleet for more than three decades, and the
history of their adoption and associated research to evaluate them can inform the study of
aviation airbags. Initially introduced as standard equipment as early as the mid-1970s,
automotive airbags were mandated by Congress for front seats in all passenger vehicles by 1998.
The efficacy of automotive airbags has been evaluated in numerous large-scale empirical
research studies. Early studies showed that fatalities were about 11 percent lower in airbag-equipped
vehicles for both drivers42 and right front passengers.43
Beginning in 1993, the NHTSA Special Crash Investigations program 44 and the NTSB45
conducted investigations and documented cases in which certain occupants, particularly children
and infants, seated in the right front passenger seat had been killed by airbags in survivable
low-speed crashes. Concern about airbag-induced fatalities led to a large-scale education
campaign to educate caregivers about proper child seatbelt and safety seat use; it also prompted
amendments to vehicle design regulations and the development of a new generation of
“depowered” airbags to reduce the aggressivity of the bag.46 More recent studies have
demonstrated that the use of the depowered airbags has led to a significant reduction in risk of
dying in frontal collisions among right front seat passengers under age 10, with no reduction in
protection for other occupants.47
In the case of automotive airbags, there has been a continuous cycle of testing, design,
iteration, and field research with the goal of improving survivability among all occupants. The
cycle has continued with the development and introduction of new technologies, such as rear seat
airbags that deploy between rear seated passengers 48 and inflatable rear seatbelts designed to
increase the surface area of the seatbelt and disperse crash loads across the body.49 42 C.J. Kahane, Fatality Reduction by Air Bags: Analyses of Accident Data Through Early 1996, DOT HS 808
470 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1996). 43 E.R. Braver and others, “Reductions in Deaths in Frontal Crashes Among Right Front Passengers in Vehicles
Equipped with Passenger Air Bags,” Journal of the American Medical Association, vol. 278, no. 17 (1997),
pp. 1437–1439.
44 Special Crash Investigations: First Generation Frontal Air Bags—A Model for Future Corrective Action,
DOT HS 811 261 (U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010).
45 See NTSB/SS-96/01.
46 S.A. Ferguson and L.W. Schneider, “An Overview of Frontal Air Bag Performance With Changes in Frontal
Crash-Test Requirements: Findings of the Blue Ribbon Panel for the Evaluation of Advanced Technology Air Bags,”
Traffic Injury Prevention, vol. 9, no. 5 (2008), pp. 421–431.
47 E.R. Braver and others, “Deaths Among Drivers and Right-Front Passengers in Frontal Collisions:
Redesigned Air Bags Relative to First-Generation Air Bags,” Traffic Injury Prevention, vol. 9, no. 1 (2008), pp. 48–58.
48 Information obtained from AutoWeek website (accessed May 20, 2010).
49 Information obtained from Wired website (accessed May 20, 2010). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
10
Description of Current GA Airbag Systems
Although airbag systems are now standard in the automotive industry, their use in
aviation is relatively new. In addition, unlike most automotive applications, aviation airbags are
incorporated into the lap belt or shoulder harness portions of the restraint system rather than
mounted in the vehicle. Airbags were introduced into commercial aircraft at bulkhead positions
in 2001 as a means of complying with certification standards promulgated in 1988 relating to
emergency landing dynamic conditions described in 14 CFR 25.562. In 2003, airbags were first
certificated for use on GA aircraft, and in 2005, GA airplane manufacturers began offering
airbags as standard equipment on pilot and copilot seats. Figure 3 depicts the number of
installations grouped by manufacturer. As of August 2010, airbags have been installed in nearly
18,000 seats in over 7,000 GA aircraft. Airbags are now included as standard equipment in the
pilot and copilot seats of over half of all newly manufactured single-engine GA airplanes;
however, because airplanes remain in service for many years, airbag-equipped airplanes
currently account for less than 5 percent of the active GA fleet.50 Appendix C contains a list of
airplane models that have been approved to have airbags installed as standard equipment.
Figure 3. 50 According to the FAA’s General Aviation and Part 135 Activity Survey for calendar year 2008, there were
177,096 active GA airplanes that year.
A chart showing the number of airplanes with airbags installed as original equipment
grouped by manufacturer (as of August 2010). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
11
Currently, AmSafe Inc. (AmSafe) is the only company certified to manufacture aviation
airbag systems for commercial and private aircraft. The AmSafe Aviation Inflatable Restraint
System, Version 23, is described by the manufacturer as a
self-contained, modular airbag restraint system… specifically designed to
improve occupant protection from serious head-impact injury during an otherwise
survivable aircraft accident, thus enhancing the occupant’s ability to exit the
aircraft.51
As previously discussed, the airbag is installed in the lap belt or shoulder harness portions
of the restraint system and deploys outward from the pilot or occupant. For 2- and 3-point
restraint systems, 52 the airbag is embedded in the lap portion of the restraint; for 4- and 5-point
restraint systems, the airbag is typically embedded in the outboard shoulder harness. Figure 4
displays examples of 3- and 4-point airbag-equipped restraint systems. The airbag restraint
systems employ attachment points that are identical to restraint systems without airbags. As
such, few design changes have been necessary to equip GA aircraft with airbag systems.
Figure 4.
Airbag Deployment
A pair of drawings showing airbag systems integrated into a 3-point restraint system
(left) and a 4-point restraint system (right). The blue arrows indicate the location of the airbag
embedded in the restraint.
Figure 5 depicts a series of photographs showing a typical airbag deployment during a
laboratory sled test with a 3-point restraint system. A device known as the electronics module
assembly (EMA) contains the crash sensor that provides the signal to deploy the airbag system. 51 Information obtained from AmSafe website http://www.amsafe.com/news/pressreleases/detail.php?id=85
(accessed January 6, 2010).
52 When referring to a seatbelt as a 2- or 3- point restraint system, this refers to the number of anchor points for
the seatbelt. For example, a 2-point restraint system is typically a lap belt, and a 3-point restraint system is typically
a lap belt with a single diagonal shoulder harness. Two-point systems are primarily used in air transport category
aircraft. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
12
Unlike automotive airbags, which use electronic sensors, the crash sensor used in GA aircraft is a
mechanical, spring-mass-damper type sensor that is mounted to the structure of the aircraft
beneath the floor in the vicinity of the seats. The EMA connects to a cable harness that then
splits to each seat’s airbag system. One EMA is capable of controlling airbags for up to
three seats. Figure 5. A series of images taken from a high-speed video showing the deployment sequence
of the AmSafe airbag system in a laboratory sled test.53 53 Photographs provided by AmSafe.
(T refers to time, and ms refers to
milliseconds of elapsed time.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
13
The sensor is designed to close a circuit when the aircraft decelerates rapidly in the
longitudinal direction and reaches a predetermined activation threshold, thereby deploying the
airbag.54 Unlike automobile airbag control modules, which store data on vehicle speed, engine
speed, and deceleration over time, the AmSafe control modules do not store data.55
Certain restraint systems, such as the 3-point restraint system installed in Cessna Aircraft
Company (Cessna) airplanes, have an internal activation circuit that prevents the airbag from
deploying if the restraint is not latched. Other systems, such as the 4-point restraint system
installed in Cirrus Aircraft Corporation (Cirrus) airplanes, do not have such a circuit, and are
active at all times regardless of whether the restraint is latched. 56
When the airbag deployment threshold is met, an inflator assembly mounted near each
airbag-equipped restraint attachment point releases nonheated, helium gas to fill the airbag. 57
Figure 6 depicts two common airbag designs. A rectangular airbag is used in most
3-point restraint systems, and an L-shaped airbag is employed in most 4-point restraint systems.
One or more vent holes on the instrument panel side of the airbag allow the gas to escape from
the inflated bag during impact. The venting mechanism is designed to dissipate the kinetic
energy, prevent rebound injuries, and allow deflation so that the airbag does not interfere with
occupant egress from the airplane. The inflated airbag is designed to reduce head injuries by distributing impact energy and
reducing the likelihood of contact with the instrument panel. It is also designed to dissipate the
kinetic energy of the occupant and reduce the peak force of the restraint upon the occupant. 54 The fixed wing airplane sensor is designed for predominantly longitudinal decelerations. The sensor
activation threshold is a function of the impact force and the impact energy. Severe impacts deploy the airbag earlier
in time and at higher deceleration forces than more gradual impacts. The lowest theoretical impact force capable of
deployment is produced by about 5 G deceleration. (A G is a unit of measurement of force on a body undergoing
acceleration as a multiple of its weight. The normal load factor for an airplane in straight and level flight is about
1 G.) However, in real crash impacts, airbags typically deploy above 8 G because crash impacts below this level
often do not satisfy the impact energy threshold. A typical GA crash pulse will deploy the airbag later in time
because the force and energy limits are reached more slowly.
55 Some of the study airplanes were Cirrus airplanes capable of recording data on primary flight displays
(PFDs) or multifunction flight displays (MFDs). Data from those displays were useful in this study, and such data
have also been used in numerous other accident investigations. For more information, see the section titled, “Glass
Cockpit Display Unit Data” in Chapter 2 of this report.
56 The restraints were originally designed with the activation circuit as a means to disable the belts during
transport to the airplane manufacturer (that is, to avoid unintentional deployments during shipment) and as a
safeguard against deployments in unknown unbelted configurations. Later designs did not include the activation
circuit partly because of design challenges in including that feature in a 4-point belt. Additionally, AmSafe argued
that the likelihood of unintentional deployment was so low as to make such an additional safeguard unnecessary.
57 By contrast, automotive airbags use a variety of inflation techniques including solid propellant, hybrids of
propellant and stored gas, or stored gas. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
14 Figure 6. A pair of
Standards and Certification of GA Restraint and Airbag Systems
drawings showing basic airbag shapes for the (a) Cirrus and (b) Cessna
systems described in this report.
Occupant protection for GA fixed-wing aircraft is regulated under 14 CFR Parts 23 and requirements for those who operate GA aircraft. For example, section 23.785 regulates the
design of seats, berths, litters, seatbelts, and shoulder harnesses, and section 23.2 requires the
installation of shoulder harnesses for all GA aircraft manufactured after December 12, 1986.
Section 91.107(3) states that all occupants must wear lap belts and, if available, must wear
shoulder harnesses during takeoff and landing.
Although no Federal regulations specifically govern the use of airbags in GA aircraft,
section 23.561 states that “the airplane, although it may be damaged in emergency landing
conditions, must be designed … to protect each occupant under those conditions.” The section
goes on to define the loads under which the aircraft should provide protection to the occupant.
Section 23.562 outlines two dynamic tests that manufacturers must use to evaluate the
crashworthiness of aircraft seats/restraint systems and to determine that the design meets the
regulatory requirements. Additional guidance about conducting the tests is documented in FAA
Advisory Circular (AC) 23.562-1, issued June 22, 1989, and a figure summarizing the tests is
included in appendix D. Both tests must be conducted with an ATD with a nominal weight of
170 pounds and seated in the upright position oriented in the normal position with respect to the
airplane.
The first test focuses on the protection provided when the predominant impact load is
downward, in combination with a forward component. In this case, the velocity may not be less NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
15
than 31 feet per second, and the horizontal plane of the airplane must be pitched up 60 degrees
with no yaw relative to the impact vector. For crew (front) seats, peak deceleration must occur
not more than 0.05 seconds after impact and must have a peak deceleration of at least 19 G.
The second test evaluates protection provided in crashes where the predominant impact is
forward, in combination with a lateral component. In this case, the change in velocity may not be
less than 42 feet per second. For the crew seats, the peak deceleration must occur in not more
than 0.05 seconds after impact and must reach a minimum of 26 G.
Test compliance is demonstrated by meeting several requirements, including the
following:
• The seat/restraint attachments must remain intact, although the seat structure may
deform.
• The system must restrain the ATD, although seat and restraint system components
may experience deformation or crushing intended as part of the design.
• The lap belt/shoulder harness combination must remain on the ATD’s pelvis and
shoulder respectively during impact, and the ATD’s HIC must not exceed 1,000 if the
head contacts anything during the test.
• Loads in individual shoulder harness straps may not exceed 1,750 pounds (2,000 pounds
for dual straps) and the compression load measured between the pelvis and the
lumbar spine of the ATD may not exceed 1,500 pounds.
Each interior certified to include airbags includes “special conditions” published by the
FAA because the existing airworthiness regulations do not have appropriate safety standards for
airbags as a design feature. The first special conditions for the installation of AmSafe Inflatable
Restraints were published in October 2003 for the Zenair CH2000. Subsequently, special
conditions were issued to install these restraints on various aircraft including those manufactured
by Cessna, Mooney, and Sky International. In June 2006, the FAA published a revised set of
special conditions to address a large number of GA airplanes.58 Subsequent revisions were
published in January and November 2008 to add agricultural and several additional normal and
utility category airplanes that were not included in the 2006 version. The full text of the most
recent version of the special conditions59
The 2008 special conditions outline additional safety standards necessary for establishing
a level of safety equivalent to those provided by the existing airworthiness standards. The FAA
stated, in the special conditions, that it had two primary safety concerns with the installation of
airbags: that they perform properly as designed and that they do not deploy inadvertently and
constitute a hazard, for example, by impeding a pilot’s ability to control the airplane.
Consequently, several conditions needed to be met before manufacturers could include airbags
on their type certificate, such as demonstrating that the airbag would provide protection for each
is included in appendix C. 58 Federal Register, vol. 71, no. 114 (June 14, 2006), p. 34237.
59 Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 217 (November 7, 2008), p. 66163. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
16
occupant, that the design would prevent the restraint from being incorrectly installed or buckled,
that inadvertent deployment would be extremely improbable, and that airbag deployment would
not impede egress.
Purpose of the Current Study
Laboratory studies suggest that aviation airbags may reduce injury in actual aviation
accidents. Additionally, if airbags can preserve consciousness in a crash, it would likely improve
the chance that occupants could successfully egress from accidents involving fire, toxic gases, or
water immersion. However, no systematic evaluations have been conducted to evaluate the
efficacy of aviation airbags in real-world scenarios. Therefore, in 2006, the NTSB initiated an
exploratory study to assess airbag performance in GA accidents.
There were three main goals of the study. The first was to examine the effectiveness of
airbags in mitigating occupant injury in GA accidents. Although previous research using
computer simulations and sled tests has suggested that airbags confer a safety benefit beyond
what is provided by conventional restraint systems, no studies have been conducted using real-world
accidents. In actual GA accidents, there is a much greater variability than in controlled test
environments. For example, actual crashes may involve complex impact sequences with multiple
impacts at a variety of speeds and angles. Another potential source of variability is in aircraft
design characteristics, such as the airframe, seat structure, seat pans, and restraints.
In addition to differences in the crash sequence and the aircraft design, characteristics of
the occupants—including age, sex, height, weight, and torso size—introduce variability. Also,
factors such as whether and how occupants utilize restraint systems, how occupants adjust their
seat position, and how they respond to crashes could also affect the performance of airbags. For
example, if restraints are adjusted incorrectly, this may influence how well occupants are
protected in a crash. Finally, if occupants are out of the normal seated position during a crash, for
example, because of aircraft motion or bracing for impact, this may also influence their
interaction with the airbag system and their resulting injuries. It was anticipated that the study
could provide some early insights into factors such as these that may affect airbag performance
and effectiveness.
The second goal of the study was to identify any unintended negative consequences of
airbag deployments. Examples of possible unintended outcomes include the following:
• Airbags deploying during normal flight due to turbulence, maneuvering, high intensity
magnetic fields, lightning, or during hard landings. Such deployments could startle
the pilot and/or interfere with a pilot’s ability to use the controls.
• An airbag impeding an occupant’s ability to egress after a crash.
• Airbag deployment adversely affecting users with non-normative anthropomorphics,
such as pregnant women or children.
• Airbags inadvertently deploying during installation, maintenance, or rescue
operations and causing injury. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
17
During the certification process, AmSafe provided documentation to show that such
occurrences would be extremely unlikely.60
The third goal of the study was to develop procedures to support investigators in
documenting airbag restraint systems during the course of their normal investigations and to
assist them in evaluating the effects of airbags on accident survivability in future accident
investigations. This type of documentation may be useful at the individual case level in helping
to better understand factors that contributed to the severity of crash injuries. Providing guidance
to investigators will also likely improve the quality of data in the NTSB aviation accident
database for future empirical analyses. Therefore, the NTSB did not anticipate unintentional
airbag deployments; however, investigators were nonetheless vigilant for these or any other
unintended consequences of their use. 60 See Appendix B. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
18
Chapter 2: Methodology
Case Series Methodology
This study employed a prospective case series methodology. This methodology involves
conducting detailed examinations of individual cases to provide insights into the circumstances
surrounding those cases. The methodology is well suited for rare events and is often used in
medical and social science research. The case series approach has been used on numerous
occasions by the NTSB and others to evaluate safety issues, including previous studies of GA
survivability. Historically, the case series approach has been described as a means to generate
hypotheses that could then be tested using a more traditional quantitative analysis; however,
more recently, researchers have argued for the intrinsic value of the case approach in creating
expertise and in developing a deep understanding of a problem.61
In the present study, accidents that met the preestablished study criteria were subjected to
a full review and analysis by a multidisciplinary team to better understand such issues as
accident impact forces, exterior and interior airplane damage, cabin damage, occupant injuries,
injury causation, and airbag performance. This approach is similar to that employed by
NHTSA’s Crash Injury Research and Engineering Network (CIREN). Within the CIREN
program, medical clinicians, crash reconstructionists, and engineers work together to conduct
in-depth studies of highway crashes with the mission “to improve the prevention, treatment, and
rehabilitation of motor vehicle crash injuries to reduce deaths, disabilities, and human and
economic costs.” 62
Study Procedures Events occurring in the United States were selected for inclusion in the study if they
involved an airbag-equipped GA airplane and met any of the following criteria: 61 B. Flyvbjerg, “Five Misunderstandings About Case-Study Research,” Qualitative Inquiry, vol. 12, no. 2
(2006), pp. 219–245.
62 CIREN Program Report, 2002, DOT HS 809 564 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation,
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2003). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
19 65 A flow chart depicting the study selection criteria and the procedures used for identifying study
cases is presented in figure 7.
To find accidents and incidents involving airbag-equipped airplanes, NTSB staff
reviewed all U.S. civil aviation accidents and incidents on a daily basis. Operators are required to
report aircraft accidents and certain incidents to the NTSB,66 and other incidents are reported to
the FAA and are published regularly on a public website.67 AmSafe provided NTSB with a list
of registration numbers for all aircraft with airbag systems and updated the list at regular
intervals. NTSB staff used this list to determine whether aircraft involved in accidents and
incidents were equipped with airbag systems.
Figure 7.
When an airbag-equipped airplane was involved in an accident or incident, members of
the study team worked with NTSB regional air safety investigators to determine whether the
A chart showing the selection criteria for accidents and incidents that were included in
the study. 63 A survivable crash was defined as one in which the forces transmitted to the occupant through the seat and
restraint system do not exceed the limits of human tolerance to abrupt accelerations and in which the structure in the
occupant’s immediate environment remains substantially intact to the extent that a livable volume is provided
throughout the crash sequence.
64 Airbag deployment or nondeployment was confirmed visually by either an NTSB investigator or an FAA
designee.
65 During the initial months of the study data collection period, staff launched on several incidents with no
airbag deployment and no occupant injuries. The launch criteria were later refined because of a lack of meaningful
data from these incidents.
66 See 49 CFR 830.5 for regulations governing which aviation events must be reported to the NTSB.
67 Information obtained from FAA website (December 1, 2010). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
20
event met the study launch criteria. Accidents that met the criteria were subjected to a detailed
investigation by an NTSB investigative team that included a study manager, a survival factors
expert, and an investigator-in-charge. Party members68
A data collection form, based on NTSB forms used to generate aviation survival factors
field notes, guided the team’s data collection efforts. The form, shown in appendix E, contains
sections for documenting the aircraft exterior, aircraft cabin, seats, restraints, and airbags, as well
as occupant demographics and injuries. The form was modified over the course of the study as
the team gained additional knowledge about documenting the airbag restraint systems.
to the investigation typically included the
airbag manufacturer, the airplane manufacturer, and the FAA.
Accident Scene
For certain accidents, the team was able to document the airplane within the context of
the accident scene, and on other occasions, the airplane was relocated to a secure space before
the team arrived. When the team members were able to collect data at the scene of the crash, they
gathered evidence that would help to determine the nature of the impact, such as the airplane’s
final resting position and markings on impacted objects and terrain. When they could not collect
this information firsthand, they obtained analogous photographic evidence and documentation
from NTSB and FAA investigators who were on scene. Additionally, when available, witness
accounts of the accident or photographs capturing the accident were used to complement data
gathered at the scene.
Airplane Damage
Overall damage to the airplane was documented using photography, measurements, and
written descriptions. Particular emphasis was placed on documenting the airplane cabin for signs
that the occupant space had been compromised or that the occupants’ bodies had made contact
with the airplane interior. The team also documented the airplane seats, including their
dimensions, positions, adjustment, and any damage or deformation. After the seats were initially
measured and photographed, the team removed the seat covers to allow for a detailed
examination of the seat pan and structure. For example, in the front seats of Cirrus airplanes, the
team documented any deformation of the aluminum honeycomb-shaped energy absorption
module (EAM), which often retained evidence of compression.
Restraint Systems and Airbags
The restraint systems for each occupant were documented, including their design,
adjustment, appearance, and condition. Parts such as the inertia reels69 68 NTSB designates other organizations or corporations as parties to the investigation. Other than the FAA,
which by a combination of law and regulation is provided participation as a party, the NTSB has complete discretion
over which organizations it designates as parties to the investigation. Only those organizations or corporations that
can provide expertise to the investigation are granted party status and only those persons who can provide the NTSB
with needed technical or specialized expertise are permitted to serve on the investigation.
and buckles were checked
69 Inertia reels take up the slack of the webbing for stowing the restraint and also can lock up in the event of a
sudden deceleration to secure the occupant. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
21
for functionality, and the entire system was checked for any damage including stretched or torn
seatbelt webbing or deformations of attachment points or buckle materials. The seatbelts were
also examined for markings, particularly the presence of “load marks” or indentations on the
seatbelt webbing that suggest that the seatbelt experienced loading and stretching during the
accident. Load marks were typically found beneath the load bar70 portion of the buckle, shown in
figure 8.
Figure 8.
Typically airbag-equipped restraint systems were only in the front row seats; however,
occasionally they were found in all four seats. For airbag-equipped restraint systems, the team
documented whether the airbag deployed as a result of the crash. Deployed airbags were
measured and photographed and inspected for signs of damage including fraying, stretching, or
tearing of the airbag seams or fabric. Any scuff marks or blood transfer on the airbags were also
carefully documented so that they might provide information about the surfaces that the airbag
contacted upon deployment.
A photograph showing seatbelt webbing, load bar, and load mark.
Finally, the airbag vent holes were examined for damage. The airbag fabric is woven in a
cross-hatch pattern, and the circular vent hole occasionally exhibited signs of “squaring” or
fraying in a square-shaped pattern. (See figure 9.) Similar squaring of the vent holes had been
documented during controlled laboratory tests under various loading conditions.71 70 Buckles function by running webbing through a frame. The frame guides the webbing in a manner that
crimps or locks it in place. The term load bar refers to a structure that locks down on the webbing, transferring the
tension load onto the frame.
Those tests
71 Study on the Effects of Pressure on Aviation Airbag Vent Hole Fraying, (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
22
suggested that although the absence of vent hole fraying in a deployed airbag should not be
interpreted to mean that no load was applied to the bag, the presence of heavy fraying or
squaring is likely an indicator that the bag underwent more pressure than that encountered by
simply deploying the airbag without an external load. As such, investigators routinely
documented the number of frayed threads and whether there was squaring of the vent holes and
considered these to be potential indicators of whether the airbag had sustained load during the
accident. Figure 9.
For airbag systems that did not deploy during a crash, the study team employed a System
Diagnostic Tool (SDT), designed by AmSafe, to test whether the airbag system was functional.
The SDT is a portable, hand-held device designed for use by maintenance personnel to test
functionality and integrity of the airbag system. Specifically, the SDT tests the electronic
module’s battery, sensor, and inflator.
A pair of photographs showing vent holes from a Cirrus airbag. Photograph a. shows
minor fraying, and photograph b. shows squaring. Squaring of the vent hole was used as one
indicator that the airbag had sustained loads during the accident.
Additional diagnostic tests were conducted at an AmSafe testing facility and witnessed
by FAA representatives. The tests were conducted to verify that the parts were manufactured in
accordance with production requirements and functioned properly at the time of the accident.
The tests were conducted in two parts. The first test inspected the circuitry of the assembly to
determine the output voltage and open circuits required by the system to perform correctly. The
second test inspected the trigger timing or “time to fire” using a thruster, a machine that applies
impact acceleration to the EMA. The test evaluated whether the EMA would send a signal to the
system when subjected to a 21 G/60 ms or 26 G/50 ms crash pulse, which is consistent with the
dynamic seat testing requirements stated in 14 CFR 23.562(b)(2).
Glass Cockpit Display Unit Data
Glass cockpit displays, displays that use computer screens rather than analog gauges,
were introduced to the GA fleet about the same time as airbag restraint systems. Data from NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
23
GAMA indicate that by 2006, more than 90 percent of new piston-powered, light airplanes had
been equipped with full glass cockpit displays.72 The typical glass cockpit consists of at least
two displays: a primary flight display (PFD) and a multifunction flight display (MFD). A PFD
replaces individual flight instruments to display the airspeed, altitude, attitude, and rate
information that pilots use for airplane control. On an MFD, a wide range of supplementary and
status information can be selected for display. Typical MFDs supplement or replace discrete
navigation, communication, weather displays, and system status information, such as engine and
fuel gauges. They can also display navigational charts, airport diagrams, and electronic
checklists.73
In certain aircraft, data from the PFD and MFD are stored and can be read out to produce
information about an accident flight. For accidents included in this study, the recording
capability was only available on Cirrus airplanes, which use PFDs and MFDs manufactured by
Avidyne Corporation (Avidyne). Whenever they were available, the study team secured the
Avidyne PFD and MFD memory cards and shipped them to the NTSB Recorder Laboratory to
be read out. The PFD unit includes a solid-state Air Data and Attitude Heading Reference
System and displays aircraft and navigation data including altitude, airspeed, attitude, vertical
speed, and heading to the pilot. Each PFD contains two flash memory devices that store
information that the PFD needs to generate the various primary flight data displays. Additionally,
the PFD has a data logging function, which is used by the manufacturer for maintenance and
diagnostics. The PFD samples and stores several data streams in a sequential fashion; when the
recording limit of the PFD is reached, the oldest record is dropped and a new record is added.
Data from the attitude and heading reference system, such as pitch, roll, heading, and
accelerations, 74 are recorded at a rate of 5 samples per second.75
Like the PFD, the Avidyne MFD also has a data logging function that stores periodic
information such as engine parameters and flight track data. Specifically, the MFD records GPS
position; engine performance data, such as RPM, manifold pressure, cylinder head and exhaust
temperature, outside air temperature, and fuel flow; some electrical bus conditions; and weather
service communication logs. Some MFD software versions also store pressure and density
altitude. The MFD generates a new data file for each power-on cycle. Similar to the PFD, the
oldest record is dropped and a new record is added when the storage limit has been reached.
MFD data are sampled every 6 seconds. The sampled data are accumulated in a temporary
memory buffer that is written to the memory card once every minute.
Air data information, such as
pressure altitude, indicated airspeed, and vertical speed, is recorded once per second. Global
positioning system (GPS) data, as well as navigation data and settings, are recorded every
4 seconds, and information about pilot settings of heading, altitude, and vertical speed references
are recorded when changes are made. 72 General Aviation Airplane Shipment Report, End-of-Year 2006 (Washington, DC: General Aviation
Manufacturers Association, 2007) indicates that 92 percent of the 2,540 piston airplanes delivered during 2006 were
equipped with glass cockpit electronic flight displays.
73 Introduction of Glass Cockpit Avionics into Light Aircraft, Safety Study NTSB/SS-10/01 (Washington, DC:
National Transportation Safety Board, 2010).
74 The accelerometer is located within the PFD unit on the instrument panel.
75 Because this is a relatively slow sampling rate, it is unlikely that peak crash accelerations would be captured
on the PFD. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
24
It is important to note that PFD and MFD systems are only available in certain airplane
models, are not designed to capture crash data, and have substantial limitations. First, because
their sampling rates are relatively slow, it is likely that peak accelerations will occur between
sampling intervals and thus not be captured. Second, if an abrupt power interruption occurs, the
data that are being accumulated in the temporary storage buffer are lost. As a result, the captured
data are often truncated before the end of the impact sequence. Finally, the systems do not
document values that exceed certain thresholds. For example, in the case of longitudinal,
vertical, and lateral accelerations, the recording ceilings are about 4.5 G in all axes. Despite these
limitations, and because these airplanes are not required to have event recorders, these data were
very useful, when available, to help inform the team’s understanding of the speed and orientation
of the airplane prior to and at the time of impact.
Occupant Interviews and Injury Documentation
Whenever possible, interviews were conducted with surviving occupants to document
their first-hand accounts of the accident flight, accident sequence, and airbag deployment, and of
the occupants’ egress from the airplane. The interviews also allowed the team to document
occupant demographics, such as height, weight, and age, and occupant’s general knowledge of
and experience with the restraint system.
Self-reported injury information and medical treatment were also gathered during the
interview process. Additionally, medical records and/or autopsy reports were obtained when
available and were reviewed and summarized by the NTSB medical officer and survival factors
staff.
NTSB Team Case Reviews
For each accident, one or more factual reports were generated to document survival
factors, vehicle dynamics, and recorded data. A study team, which included the investigative
team members as well as the NTSB medical officer, a biomechanics expert, and, when
appropriate, a vehicle recorders expert, then met for a formal case review. During the case
review, the team reviewed the factual data and came to consensus on several factors, including
airplane crash forces, airplane damage, cabin damage, occupant injuries, injury causation, and
airbag effectiveness. The purpose of this multidisciplinary group activity was to determine
whether the airbags mitigated injury, had no affect on injury, or contributed to injury. The
discussions focused on airplane motion at impact, airplane crush, occupant motion, occupant
injuries, and potential injury causing mechanisms.
To facilitate communication about the directions of crash forces applied to airplane
occupants, the team employed a human body coordinate system and accelerative terminology
similar to that used in the U.S. Army Aircraft Crash Survival Design Guide.76 76 J.W. Coltman and others, Aircraft Crash Survival Design Guide, Volume I–Aircraft Design Crash Impact
Conditions and Human Tolerance, USAAVSCOM TR 89-D-228 (Simula, Inc. Prepared for Aviation Applied
Technology Directorate, U.S. Army Aviation Research and Technology Activity [AVSCOM], 1989).
The terms used to
describe directions of force on the human body, illustrated in figure 10, are as follows: NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
25
• Longitudinal: forward or rearward.
• Vertical: upward or downward.
• Lateral: right or left. Figure 10. A drawing showing various directions of crash forces as applied to aircraft
occupants.
Study Limitations
The investigative team was not always able to document the airplane in its final resting
position. Although the team typically arrived within 1 to 3 days of the accident, in many cases,
airplanes had been relocated or repositioned before the team’s arrival. Moving the airplane, in
some cases, may have altered the shape of the cabin or seats. In each case, the team was able to
obtain photographic documentation of the airplane in its final resting position, but these
photographs did not always provide the detail that would be necessary to fully understand the
effects of the crash on the interior cabin space. Similarly, the assessment of whether an
occupant’s injuries would have been more or less severe without the airbag system depended
upon the review of sometimes limited medical and physical evidence by the multidisciplinary
team. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
26
Although the range of occupant body types was quite diverse given the small number of
accidents in the study, there were no children under age 13 (in airbag-equipped seats or in child
safety seats). Also, to the best of the team’s knowledge, there were no pregnant occupants or
occupants with physical disabilities. Therefore, no conclusions can be made about airbag
performance for these groups. Additionally, certain airbag types, such as the 5-point restraint
system installed in certain agricultural aircraft, were not included because there were no crashes
involving these aircraft that met the study inclusion criteria during the 3-year study period. These
limitations were anticipated and are inherent in case study approaches in general. It is important
to note that although the number of cases reviewed for this study was relatively small, they
composed the entire population of airbag-equipped airplane accidents that occurred during the
3-year study period. Continued surveillance will be necessary to determine whether the
proportion of cases in which occupants benefitted from airbags in this study will remain
consistent within a larger sample of cases. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
27
Chapter 3: Results
Summary of Airbag-Equipped Events During the Study Period
Data collection began in August 2006 and ended in July 2009. There were
145 notifications of accidents or incidents77 involving airbag-equipped airplanes during the
3-year study period, with 41 notifications in the first year, 40 in the second year, and 64 in the
third year. As shown in figure 11, the majority of events involved Cessna and Cirrus airplanes,
the two manufacturers that had the highest numbers of airbag installations at the time of the
study. Of the 138 events that occurred in the United States, there were 50 incidents and
88 accidents. The accident group represented all accidents involving airbag-equipped airplanes
that occurred during the study time period. Within that group, 21 accidents (23.9 percent) were
classified as fatal, meaning at least one occupant was fatally injured. The proportion of injury
levels by occupants in the accidents was also calculated. (See figure 12.) There were
161 occupants involved in the 88 accidents; about one-third of these occupants were fatally or
seriously injured.
Figure 11. 77 Incidents are defined in 49 CFR 830.2 as an occurrence other than an accident associated with the operation
of an aircraft that affects or could affect the safety of operations.
A chart showing the manufacturers of all airbag-equipped airplanes involved in
accidents or incidents during the data collection period. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
28 Figure 12.
The proportion of fatal accidents and the proportion of fatally and seriously injured
occupants in the study sample are somewhat higher than those cited earlier from the overall GA
population; however, the overall GA population represents a much wider range of aircraft types
and operations.
A chart showing injury levels among the 161 occupants involved in 88 accidents in
airbag-equipped airplanes.
78
Figure 13 depicts the classification of the 145 airbag-equipped event notifications by
whether they occurred in the United States, whether the event was survivable, by airbag
deployment, and by occupant injury. Of the 138 events that occurred in the United States,
19 were excluded from the study sample because they were determined to be non-survivable, and
3 were excluded because of missing evidence. 79 78 The proportion of fatal accidents and the proportion of fatally and seriously injured occupants in this study
were similar to a more representative sample of accidents involving newly manufactured single-engine piston
aircraft described in a recent NTSB safety study report concerning light aircraft with and without glass cockpit
avionics. (See NTSB/SS-10/01).
Among the 117 survivable events, there were
7 accidents with airbag deployments, and there were 3 accidents with no airbag deployments but
in which occupants sustained injuries due to the crash. These 10 accidents met the study criteria
and were subjected to a full review and analysis.
79 In two cases, the airplane wreckage was missing or had been destroyed by postcrash fire, and it could not be
evaluated to determine survivability of the accident. In one additional case, wreckage documentation was
incomplete because the accident was reported late to the NTSB. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
29 Figure 13. A c
The study accidents are summarized in table 1 and described in further detail in the
following sections. Detailed injury information is provided in appendix F. The selected accidents
included five airplanes manufactured by Cessna, four airplanes manufactured by Cirrus, and one
airplane manufactured by Aviat Aircraft Inc. (Aviat). The following sections provide an overview of
the airplane models that were included in the study with an emphasis on occupant-related design
features.
hart summarizing the classification of all airbag-equipped airplane events tracked
during the study period. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
30
Table 1. A summary of the accidents that met the study selection criteria.
Date
City, State
NTSB
Number
Make/Model
Total
Seats
Restraint
Type
Airbag-
Equipped
Seats
05-Aug-06
Boyceville, WI
CHI06FA218
Cirrus SR22
4
4-point
Front
27-Aug-06
Owyhee, OR
SEA06FA168
Aviat A-1B
2
5-point
Front and
Rear
28-Aug-06
Indianapolis,
IN
CHI06FA245
Cirrus SR22
4
4-point
Front
27-Feb-07
Athens, TX
DFW07LA078
Cessna T182T
4
3-point
Front and
Rear
30-Sep-08
Fullerton, CA
LAX08FA301
Cessna 172S
4
3-point
Front
19-Nov-08
Groton, CT
ERA09LA064
Cessna 172S
4
3-point
Front
19-Nov-08
Green Cove
Springs, FL
ERA09LA062
Cirrus SR20
3
4-point
Front
15-Feb-09
Steamboat
Springs, CO
CEN09LA165
Cirrus SR22
4
4-point
Front
09-Apr-09
Stigler, OK
CEN09LA247
Cessna 182T
4
3-point
Front and
Rear
14-July-09
Boyd, TX
CEN09LA442
Cessna 172S
4
3-point
Front
Cessna Skyhawk and Skylane
The Cessna airplane models included in the study were the Skyhawk 172S and the
Skylane 182S, 182T, and T182T. All of these models are single-engine, high-wing, four-seat
airplanes constructed primarily of metal, such as aluminum alloy. The original type certificates
for the Skyhawk and Skylane models were issued by the FAA in 1955 and 1956 respectively.
The supplemental type certificates for the models included in the study were issued in 1996
(182S), 1998 (172S), and 2001 (182T and T182T). The airplane models are required to meet
some, but not all, of the requirements in 14 CFR 23.562.80
The Skyhawk and Skylane control yokes are located directly in front of occupants seated
in the two front seats. All four airplane seats are designed with a foam cushion in between the
surface of the seat and the underlying structure of the seat itself. Both the Skyhawk and Skylane
airplanes have 3-point restraint systems. On the front seats, the buckles are on the outboard side
of the seats. On the rear seats, the buckles are on the inboard side. Airbag systems are included in
the front seats of all Skyhawk and Skylane models manufactured beginning in 2005 and are
optional for the two rear seats. The airbags are mounted in the lap portion of the restraint and
deploy outward and up. The airbag systems are active only when the buckle is fastened. The
airbag is rectangular in shape and has one vent hole located on the instrument panel side of the
bag. A photograph showing an exemplar instrument panel appears in figure 14. Figure 15 shows
a photograph of an exemplar 3-point restraint system. 80 Specifically, the certification basis requires that the airplanes meet 14 CFR 23.562(a), 23.562(b)2,
23.562(c)1, 23.562(c)2, 23.562(c)3, and 23.562(c)4, but it does not require that the airplanes meet sections
23.562(c)5, 23.562(c)6, or 23.562(c)7. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
31 Figure 14. A photograph of the Cessna 172 Skyhawk instrument panel.81 The Skylane panel
has a similar glass cockpit panel with dual control yokes.
Figure 15. A photograph of an exemplar Cessna airplane seat with a lap belt-mounted airbag
system.82 81 Photograph obtained from Garmin website http://www8.garmin.com/HiRes/cessnaSkyhawkPanel.jpg
(accessed April 1, 2010). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
32
Cirrus SR20 and SR22
The Cirrus airplane models included in the study were the SR20 and SR22. Both
airplanes are single-engine, low-wing airplanes constructed primarily of composite materials.
The original type certificates for the SR20 and SR22 models were issued by the FAA in 1998
and 2000, respectively, and they were required to meet the dynamic seat-testing requirements
described in 14 CFR 23.562. The SR20 and SR22 models differ from other airplanes in this
study in that they are equipped with an airplane parachute system known as the Cirrus Airframe
Parachute System (CAPS),83
In contrast to control yokes on the Cessna, the SR20 and SR22 control yokes are smaller
and are located on the outboard sides of the instrument panel. The seat pans in the front seats are
designed with a foam layer, an aluminum seat pan, an aluminum EAM, and a carbon fiber seat
pan that is attached to the seat frame structure. The rear seats have three layers of foam separated
by thin sheets of aluminum. The SR20 and SR22 have a 4-point restraint system for each seat.
(There are four seats in these models.) Airbag systems are included in the front seats of all SR20
and SR22 models manufactured beginning in 2005. The airbag system is active at all times,
regardless of whether the restraint is buckled. The airbag is mounted in the outboard shoulder
harness and has an inverted L-shape with a vent hole on each lobe of the bag on the instrument
panel side. A photograph showing an exemplar instrument panel is shown in figure 16. Figure 17
shows an exemplar seat/restraint configuration.
which is designed to protect occupants in the event of an
emergency by lowering the airplane to the ground after deployment. Figure 16. A photograph of the Cirrus SR22 instrument panel. (Photograph obtained from BJA
website
http://www.bja.com.au/blog/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/cirrus_sr20_panel1.jpg
[accessed April 5, 2010]). 82 Photograph provided by AmSafe.
83 The CAPS system is manufactured by BRS Aviation. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
33 Figure 17.
Aviat Husky A-1B
A photograph of exemplar Cirrus airplane seats with airbags mounted in the
outboard shoulder harnesses.
The Aviat Husky is a two-seat (front and rear), single-engine, high-wing airplane with a
floor-mounted control stick located in front of each occupant and a tail wheel landing gear
configuration. The original type certificate for the Aviat Husky was issued in 1987, and the
supplemental type certificate for the Husky A-1B was issued in 1998. This airplane was required
to meet the dynamic seat testing requirements described in 14 CFR 23.562. The Husky A-1B has
a 5-point restraint system (with either a lift latch or rotary buckle). Airbags are optional, as are
glass cockpit avionics. The airbag, which is active at all times regardless of whether the restraint
is buckled, is mounted in the right shoulder harness. A photograph showing an exemplar
instrument panel appears in figure 18. Figure 19 shows an exemplar seat/restraint configuration. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
34 Figure 18. A photograph of the exemplar Aviat Husky A-1B instrument panel. (Radio Package 2
panel shown.)84 Figure 19. A photograph of exemplar Aviat Husky airplane seats with airbags mounted in the
right shoulder harness.85 84 Photograph obtained from Aviat Aircraft website (accessed April 8, 2010).
85 Photograph provided by AmSafe. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
35
Chapter 4: Accident Analyses
The following section provides a more detailed description and analysis of each of the
10 accidents that were included in the study. In each case, details about the accident, airplane
damage, restraint system, airbags, and occupant injuries are included; the crash dynamics and
forces are analyzed; and conclusions are made with respect to the effectiveness of the airbag
system. A full factual report of each accident can be found on the NTSB website at
http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/query.asp.86
Boyceville, Wisconsin, August 5, 2006, Cirrus SR22 On August 5, 2006, at 1140 central daylight time, a Cirrus SR22, N658CD, received
substantial damage on impact with terrain to the right of the approach end of runway 26 at
Boyceville Municipal Airport in Boyceville, Wisconsin. The private pilot receiving instruction,
seated in the left front seat, sustained serious injuries. The certified flight instructor (CFI), seated
in the right front seat, and passenger, seated in the right rear seat, sustained minor injuries.
Figure 20 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant injury and demographic information.
The pilot was on the final day of a 4-day training curriculum for new Cirrus SR22
owners. During a simulated total loss of engine power, the pilot flew to an airport and entered the
left downwind traffic pattern for a landing on runway 26. During the base to final turn, the pilot
banked “steeply,” and when the airplane exceeded a 30-degree left bank, the CFI verbally
warned the pilot. The pilot “banked [the airplane] steeper,” the stall horn sounded, and the left
wing “dropped.” The CFI then “grabbed the controls to prevent [the airplane] from entering a
spin” and applied full power. The CFI reported that the airplane was “losing altitude in the stall
with the left and right wing alternately dropping.”
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the pilot’s failure to maintain
adequate airspeed and the certified flight instructor’s delayed remedial action and inadequate
supervision of the flight training, which resulted in an inadvertent stall during a base to final turn
to the landing runway. An additional cause was the pilot’s lack of total experience in the
Cirrus SR22. A factor in the accident was the low altitude at which the stall occurred. 86 This is the NTSB Aviation Accident Database and Synopses webpage. Users can type in basic information
about an accident, such as the date, the location, and the accident number, to obtain factual and probable cause
reports. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
36 Figure 20.
The airplane was located about 350 feet to the right of the approach end of the runway in
a soybean field. The main wreckage, shown in figure 21, which consisted of the fuselage, wings,
empennage, and engine, was at the western edge of a 150-foot-long ground scar located on a
270-degree azimuth from the point of impact. There were three depressions along the length of
the ground scar. The eastern end of the ground scar was near an area of debris from the left wing
tip and pieces of the upper wing skin, followed by a second depression about 50 feet from the
first ground scar along the 270-degree heading. The second depression was about 10 feet by 15
feet and contained pieces of engine cowling. Adjacent to the second depression were tree
branches cut approximately 60 degrees relative to horizontal. The westernmost depression
contained the main wreckage oriented on a tail to nose heading of about 150 degrees with the
attached engine, fuselage, wings, and empennage.
A seating chart from Cirrus SR22, N6568CD, which crashed in Boyceville,
Wisconsin. (NTSB accident identification number is CHI06FA218.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
37 Figure 21.
Data from the last sample captured by the PFD indicated a forward deceleration of the
airplane structure of +1.36 G and a downward deceleration of –2.17 G.
A photograph showing the final resting position of Cirrus SR22, N658CD, which
crashed in Boyceville, Wisconsin. The photograph was taken facing the nose of the airplane.
The two front row seats are denoted with yellow arrows.
87 For the lateral (side-to-side)
forces, the final three samples, captured at a rate of 5 hertz, were at 0, –1.2 G (left) and +1.48 G
(right), which would suggest an oscillation about the lateral axis. The final samples also
represented the maximum accelerations recorded in all three axes.88
Evaluation of the impact marks left on the plants and ground, damage to the airplane, and
data from the PFD suggested the initial impact was made when the left wing cut into the soybean
field but did not hit the ground, followed by the left wingtip impacting the ground and soybeans.
The plane then rotated from left wing low and impacted nose down, with impact damage to the
right side of the nose and propeller, leaving the third mark. Finally, the airplane slid to a rest 87 All reported vertical accelerations include gravity. As such, a vertical acceleration of –2.17 G would be –1.17 G
beyond gravity. Additionally, these accelerations represent motion recorded on the airframe and may not represent
the accelerations experienced by the occupants.
88 The peak accelerations on the airplane were likely greater than what was recorded because of the relatively
low sampling rate of the system. Also, the system likely stopped recording prior to final rest, which resulted in an
additional loss of data. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
38
position with wings parallel to ground and the upper portion of the fuselage rotated onto its right
side.
The front seats stayed attached to the wing spar, but the top part of the cabin was torn
open with the tear continuing around the left seat side window/door area. The initial separation
likely occurred when the airplane’s nose hit the ground, and the tearing continued as the airplane
slid to its final resting position. The rear seats were found near the wreckage but disconnected
from the fuselage; they were still attached to the airplane floor.
Examination of the EAMs of both front seats showed mild to moderate compression
across the leading edge. The right rear seat that was occupied by the passenger showed some
signs of damage. Specifically, the outboard fitting that attaches the seat base to the airplane floor
had been torn from the aluminum seat pan, and the energy-absorbing foam on that seat showed
evidence of crushing. According to the flight instructor who occupied the right front seat, he
unfastened his harness and was able to walk away from the wreckage. He also reported that the
passenger in the right rear seat was able to remove his restraint and egress from under some
debris, but that the pilot in the left front seat was unable to egress because of the extent of his
injuries.
The airplane had a 4-point restraint system in each seat that was manufactured by
AmSafe. There was evidence that the two front seat restraints and the right rear seat restraint
were in use and were loaded during the crash, based on load marks on the seatbelt webbing. The
load marks were more pronounced on the right side webbing compared to the left side, indicating
that the right side was loaded more severely. The airplane had airbags installed in the outboard
shoulder harnesses of the 4-point restraint systems for both front seats. An airbag was not
available for the right rear occupant. Both airbags deployed in the accident. The left front seat
airbag was undamaged except for very slight fraying of the upper vent hole. On the right front
seat, the top circular vent showed minor fraying, and the bottom vent showed more significant
fraying and squaring. Fraying of the fibers around the circular vent holes was likely associated
with increased pressurization on the airbag due to occupant contact with the airbag. All other
components of the airbag inflation system were examined and found to be in normal condition.
The left front occupant, a 55-year-old male pilot, was 6 feet tall and weighed 242 pounds.
His left ankle was seriously injured, likely caused either by contact with the left rudder pedal at
impact or by a combination of rudder pedal intrusion, force against the rudder pedal, and the
deceleration along the axis of his leg. He also suffered a left wrist fracture and a contusion on his
left forearm, likely as the result of holding the side yoke at the time of impact. The occupant also
suffered multiple bilateral rib fractures with scattered contusions on his right chest that may have
resulted from ribcage compression, caused by an impact between his right chest and the throttle
and/or radio stack area. Finally, the occupant had small abrasions and contusions on his face and
scattered contusions on his right shoulder, right shin, and right knee, with undetermined contacts.
The right front occupant and CFI, a 27-year-old male, was 6 feet tall and weighed
150 pounds. According to medical records, he suffered superficial lacerations and abrasions on NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
39
his left forehead, left upper arm, and left hip.89
Primary occupant motion in this crash was likely forward and to the right. In the case of
the right front occupant, this motion likely pushed him toward the side yoke and the right door
interior. The airbag deployed from the right shoulder harness. The right front occupant’s chest
and head likely made contact with the airbag, based on the fraying around the airbag vent holes,
indicating loading of the airbag, and the lack of significant right-sided injuries to this occupant.
In the absence of an airbag, the occupant would likely have sustained injuries to his right side
from contact with the instrument panel or right door interior. Therefore, the evidence suggests
that the front right airbag provided occupant protection beyond that of the restraint system alone.
The right rear occupant, a 26-year-old male
passenger, who weighed 178 pounds, also experienced minor abrasions on his left shin and right
hip. The exact causes of the right front and right rear occupants’ injuries could not be
established.
In the case of the left front occupant, there did not appear to be a similar benefit from the
airbag. The left front airbag displayed almost no signs of loading, and the occupant’s torso
injuries were largely attributable to impacting the throttle and/or the radio stack area on the
occupant’s right side. One possible explanation for this outcome is that the airbags are mainly
designed for frontal loads. In this accident scenario, with occupant motion forward and to the
right, the airbag, which deployed from the left shoulder harness, likely did not prevent the
occupant’s motion to the right, and injuries were sustained as a result of direct contact.
In sum, the right front occupant’s injuries were mitigated by the presence of the airbag
system. However, the left front occupant’s airbag did not prevent his serious chest injuries.
Owyhee, Oregon, August 27, 2006, Aviat Husky A-1B
On August 27, 2006, about 1326 Pacific daylight time, an Aviat Husky A-1B, N94HY,
sustained substantial damage during landing at the Owyhee State Reservoir Airport, Owyhee,
Oregon. The private pilot/registered owner of the airplane was the sole occupant; he sustained
minor injuries during the accident sequence. The flight had originated in Ontario, Oregon, about
30 minutes prior to the accident. Figure 22 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant
injury and demographic information.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the pilot’s inadvertent landing
with the parking brake engaged, which resulted in a nose over. In a written report submitted to
the NTSB, the pilot stated that he had completed three to four “water ski” runs (a maneuver
accomplished by setting the airplane’s parking brake, touching down on the water, and skiing on
the main landing gear tires) on the reservoir and was transitioning to the airport for a full-stop
landing. The pilot stated that after he completed the maneuvers, he climbed to 1,000 feet above
ground level and entered a left downwind for the intended runway. He stated that when the
airplane touched down (a wheel landing90 about 43 mph) he felt the right main tire91 89 This occupant self-reported additional injuries that he termed “trivial”. These injuries included a bruise
above his right eye, a bruise on his right shoulder and right hip that he attributed to the restraint, and bruising to his
backbone. He also noted bumps on his legs and right arm.
drag and
90 A wheel landing involves landing on the two front (left and right main) wheels before the rear/tail wheel
touches down. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
40
attributed it to the soft runway condition. He reported that the airplane skidded down the runway
and when the left main tire touched down, the airplane’s tail “came up” and the airplane nosed
over. The pilot estimated that when the airplane nosed over, it was traveling about 5 knots (5.8 mph). Figure 22.
The airplane came to rest inverted on the dirt/sod runway. The pilot stated that the
airplane’s parking brake had been engaged prior to the water ski maneuver; however, he failed to
release it after completing the maneuver and inadvertently landed with the brake set. After the
crash, the pilot exited through the airplane door.
A seating chart from Aviat Husky A-1B, N94HY, which crashed in Owyhee, Oregon.
(NTSB accident identification number is SEA06FA168.)
There was substantial damage to the airplane, shown in figure 23, including a bent
propeller, dented spinner and engine cowling, damage to the leading edge of the left wing, bent
right wing ribs, bent right wing strut, and deformation of the vertical stabilizer and rudder. The
forward windscreen was broken, the forward left diagonal post (A-pillar) was compressed
outward and downward about 3 inches, and the roof of the cockpit was deformed toward the
cabin about 1 inch. There was a black smudge on the metal support tube that was located directly 91 The airplane had tundra tires, which are about four times larger than normal tires and may affect ground
handling and braking. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
41
above the occupant’s head, and the tube was compressed upward about 1/16 inch. There was no
damage to the instrument panel. Figure 23.
Both the forward and rear seats were intact and undamaged. The airplane had an
airbag-equipped 5-point restraint system with lift latch buckles on each seat. The pilot was
wearing his restraint system at the time of the crash. The restraint systems were undamaged, and
neither the pilot’s airbag nor the unoccupied rear seat airbag deployed during the accident
sequence. Examination of both systems revealed that the inflator, the cable harness to the buckle
switch, and the gas inflator hose were all connected. Two EMAs were present in this plane, one
for the front seat and another for the rear seat. The EMAs, inflator assembly, squib connectors,
and associated lines were intact, and no damage was noted.
A photograph of the wreckage of Aviat Husky A-1B, N94HY, which crashed in
Owyhee, Oregon. (The wings were removed postcrash during the recovery of the airplane.)
The SDT was used to check the functional status of the airbag system. The system check,
which was conducted by the investigator-in-charge, was completed, and no system anomalies
were noted. Additional testing and evaluation of the EMAs were completed at the AmSafe
manufacturing facility in Phoenix, Arizona, under the supervision of a representative from the
FAA’s Manufacturing Inspection District Office. The circuitry, trigger timing, and overall
condition of the unit were evaluated, and according to the post examination report, “no
anomalies were found and the unit performed as designed.” NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
42
The pilot, a 61-year-old male, was seated in the front seat. He was 6 feet 1 inch tall and
weighed 180 pounds. During the nose over, the occupant was likely initially pushed slightly
downward into his seat and then upwards toward the roof of the airplane as it came to rest
inverted. The airplane speed had diminished significantly before it started to nose over.
Therefore, the longitudinal deceleration was probably well below the threshold for airbag
deployment.
Initially, the pilot did not document any injuries in a written report. However, during a
subsequent interview, the pilot reported that he had sustained a minor laceration on his head and
bruising to his head, right hip, and left shin. The head laceration did not require stitches. The
pilot self-reported that he had been cut by his headset when his head impacted the roof of the
airplane during the crash. A black smudge on the support beam above the pilot’s head indicated
possible transfer of material from the headset during the accident. His hip and shin bruises were
likely due to seatbelt loading and impacts with the instrument panel, respectively.
Therefore, in the Owyhee, Oregon, accident, because the impact severity was likely
below the threshold, the airbag would not have been expected to deploy. Further, because the
pilot’s head injury was not related to forward motion toward the instrument panel, the airbag’s
deployment would not have mitigated any of the minor injuries that the occupant sustained.
Indianapolis, Indiana, August 28, 2006, Cirrus SR22
On August 28, 2006, a Cirrus SR22, N91MB, was destroyed when it impacted a water
retention pond located about 2.4 miles from the Eagle Creek Airpark in Indianapolis, Indiana,
after a loss of control during cruise climb. (See figure 24.) According to the front right seat
passenger, when the airplane reached about 4,000 feet of altitude, he noticed that the sound of
the engine had changed and saw that the pilot was struggling to control the airplane. The
passenger stated that the airplane then entered a “counterclockwise spin” and that the pilot
instructed him to pull the emergency parachute.92 At that time, the passenger pulled the throttle
back to idle and then pulled the parachute handle. The airplane impacted the pond less than
9 seconds later.93 92 The SR22 is equipped with a CAPS.
The pilot sustained fatal injuries, and the three passengers sustained serious
injuries. All four occupants were removed or assisted from the wreckage by individuals who
lived in homes surrounding the pond. Figure 25 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant
injury and demographic information.
93 Evidence of aerodynamic loads on the parachute, the angle of the front attachment points, and the condition
of the rear attachment harness indicated that the parachute was activated while the airplane was airborne but that the
airplane impact occurred prior to a full sequence of the CAPS deployment. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
43 Figure 24. Photograph of Cirrus SR22, N91MB, as it was lifted from the water retention pond
where it crashed in Indianapolis, Indiana. (NTSB accident identification number is
CHI06FA245.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
44 Figure 25.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the pilot’s failure to maintain
sufficient airspeed, which resulted in a stall and subsequent spin. Contributing to the accident
were the pilot’s inadequate preflight planning, the overloaded condition of the airplane, and the
center of gravity aft of the center of gravity limit. Witnesses observed the airplane descending
through the clouds with a partially deployed parachute. Data extracted from the PFD indicated
that the airplane’s airspeed decayed until the stall angle of attack of the wing was exceeded. The
airplane was in a stalled condition for about 30 seconds and then entered a spin. About 4 seconds
prior to impact, the PFD recorded a large decrease in longitudinal acceleration consistent with
CAPS deployment. The altitude at that moment was about 1,340 feet mean sea level (msl)
(528 feet above ground level). Based on the PFD data and the wreckage of both the airplane and
the CAPS system, it was estimated that the airplane impacted the water with a 60-degree
nose down attitude, the left wing down, and a vertical descent rate of about 56 mph (or 82 feet
per second). Upon hitting the water, the fuselage likely continued downward and forward
resulting in a cracking around the fuselage forward of the wing spar. The impact on the nose and
the crushing of the fuselage toward the nose may have resulted in a reduction in the occupant
space for both front seat occupants; this reduction likely occurred in the upper body region and
on the left side.
A seating chart from Cirrus SR22, N91MB, which crashed in Indianapolis, Indiana. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
45
The maximum recorded accelerations captured on the PFD in the seconds prior to the end
of the recording were 1.2 G longitudinal (forward), 1.65 G vertical (down), and 0.2 G lateral
(right). The recorded maximum longitudinal acceleration is lower than the minimum threshold
for airbag deployment, but the severe damage to the airplane suggested that there had been much
greater accelerations that were not captured on the PFD. For example, there was evidence of
severe longitudinal loading based on the deformation to the propeller spinner, the cracking
around the fuselage, the vertical descent rate, and the 60-degree nose down attitude at impact.
Severe vertical loading was evidenced by the deformation and compression of the seat pan
energy absorbing materials for all of the seating locations. For the front seats, shown in
figure 26, the forward, left quadrant of both EAMs exhibited the greatest amount of crushing.
The left seat EAM indicated a more distributed and complete crushing. The deformation to the
right seat EAM was more localized. The localized loading of the right seat EAM may have been
intensified by the presence of the air conditioning unit positioned beneath the seat. Figure 26.
A 4-point restraint system manufactured by AmSafe was present in each seat. Load
marks were documented on all four restraint systems, indicating that the restraints were in use at
A photograph showing the seat pan and aluminum EAMs from the two front seats.
The left front seat pan and EAM block are on the left side of the photograph. The front of both
seat pans is toward the top of the photograph. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
46
the time of the crash. However, the lap belt load marks were not as pronounced as observed in
other accidents, likely because the primary impact vector was downward with significant but
secondary components in the forward and left direction. Both PFD data and injuries to the
occupants supported this direction of primary impact force.
The front passenger seats were equipped with airbags mounted in the outboard shoulder
harnesses, and both airbags deployed during the crash. The airbags were undamaged, but
differences in loading were documented based on the squaring of the vent holes. Each airbag had
two vent holes on the instrument panel side of the airbag. The left airbag showed squaring in
both the upper and lower vent holes. The right airbag showed squaring in the lower vent hole and
slight fraying in the upper vent hole. The amount of squaring indicated that the left airbag
sustained higher pressures than the right airbag.
Based on information from the wreckage and the PFD, it was determined that the
occupant motion was forward, downward, and to the left. Some components of counterclockwise
rotational velocity (about 180 degrees per second) may have affected occupant motion but were
less significant than the vertical descent rate at impact. The impact on the nose and the crushing
of the fuselage toward the nose may have resulted in a reduction in the occupant space for both
front seat occupants; especially in the upper body region and on the left side. It is likely that the
initial parachute deployment placed the airplane into a 60-degree nose down attitude, causing the
occupants to lean forward out of their normal seated positions. Although there was sufficient
time prior to impact for occupants to readjust, it is unknown whether they did so.
The left front seat occupant, a 66-year-old male, was fatally injured. He was 5 feet 8 inches
tall and weighed 150 pounds. He suffered severe head and chest trauma, and his cause of death
was listed as multiple blunt force injuries. The head contact likely occurred on the left side
instrument panel from intrusion into the occupant’s space as a result of crushing of the front of
the airplane. His chest injuries were also likely due to direct contact with the instrument panel
resulting from intrusion into the occupant’s space. The left front occupant also had lower spinal
injuries that resulted from the vertical deceleration of the airplane. The spinal injuries may have
been more severe because of the location of a traffic advisory system (TAS) transmitter receiver
computer (TRC) box94 installed below the seat, which may have reduced the total stroking
distance95 or deformation of the seating system. Such injuries would not require a large vertical
deceleration if the occupant were bent forward, as would likely result from the nose-down
position of the airplane.96 94 This is part of the SkyWatch system, which monitors airspace by interrogating transponder-equipped aircraft
in the area and determining if a collision threat exists.
In the case of this occupant, there is no evidence that the airbag
mitigated injuries; however, airplane airbags are not currently designed to prevent injuries
caused by severe intrusion or large vertical impacts.
95 The stroking distance is defined as the distance between the seat assembly and the underlying airplane
structure.
96 A National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) summary noted that there were German and
British pilot ejection studies with subjects restrained by a lap belt only in which severe spinal fractures occurred
with as little as 3 to 4 vertical Gs. See A.M Eiband, “Human Tolerance to Rapidly Applied Accelerations: A
Summary of the Literature,” NASA-MEMO-5-19-59E (NASA Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, 1959). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
47
The right front seat occupant, a 29-year-old male, was 5 feet 8 inches tall and weighed
165 pounds. He suffered serious injuries to his head, chest, and spine. It is likely that his head
injuries resulted from direct contact between the right side of his head and the MFD unit in the
instrument panel. The nature of his facial injury suggested that the occupant was likely turning
his head to the left side at the time of impact. His lower spinal injuries resulted from the vertical
deceleration of the airplane and may have been more severe because of the location of the air
conditioning unit below the seat. Like the TAS TRC box under the left seat, the air conditioning
unit may have reduced the total stroking distance or deformation of the seating system. The
occupant also suffered a sternal fracture that likely resulted from direct contact between his chest
and the GPS/radio control knobs or the throttle. As with the front left occupant, the airbag did
not likely affect his injuries because there was airplane intrusion into the occupant space and
direct contact of airplane structure to the head and chest. Airbags are not expected to mitigate
injury caused by severe intrusion.
The left back seat occupant, a 49-year-old female, was 5 feet 5 inches tall and weighed
120 pounds. She suffered serious injuries including spinal injuries and sternal and rib fractures.
Her spinal injuries resulted from the vertical deceleration of the airplane. Her sternal and rib
fractures likely resulted from direct contact; however, the impact source was undetermined.
Potential impact sources included the recessed armrest region on the left side wall or the seatbelt
if it were in direct contact with the sternum.
The right back seat occupant, a 60-year-old female, was 4 feet 11 inches tall and weighed
115 pounds. She suffered serious injuries including spinal injuries, rib fractures, and burns.
Similar to the other occupants, her spinal injuries resulted from the vertical deceleration of the
airplane. The source of her rib fractures was again undetermined and may have resulted from
seatbelt loading. The severity of her rib fractures was likely influenced by relative bone fragility
associated with her small stature and age. The sources of the burns to her shoulder, back, and
foot could not be determined.
In conclusion, the majority of occupant injuries were caused by the vertical deceleration
of the airplane, and for the front seat occupants, intrusion of the instrument panel into the
occupant space. The airbags, as they are currently designed, did not, and would not be expected
to, mitigate these types of injuries. The front seat occupants’ spinal injuries may have been more
severe because of the substantial vertical deceleration, the occupants’ positions, and the presence
of a TAS TRC box under the left seat and an air conditioning unit under the right seat, which
reduced the stroking distance of those seats. However, because the SR22 seats were able to meet
the type certification basis specified in 14 CFR 25.562 without stroking, no additional testing d
been required prior to their installation.
Athens, Texas, February 27, 2007, Cessna T182T
On February 27, 2007, about 1506 central daylight time, a single-engine Cessna T182T
airplane, N14685, was substantially damaged during a forced landing to a field near Athens,
Texas, following a loss of engine power. No flight plan was filed for the cross-country flight that
originated at a private airstrip near Berryville, Texas, about 1455, and was destined for the
Midland International Airport, near Midland, Texas. The pilot in the front right seat and the
passenger in the rear left seat were seriously injured, and the passenger in the front left seat NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
48
sustained minor injuries. Figure 27 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant injury and
demographic information. Figure 27.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by a loss of engine power as a result
of the failure of a mechanic to properly check the torque on the input and output fuel lines to the
fuel transducer during the manufacturing process. A contributing factor was the lack of suitable
terrain for the forced landing.
A seating chart from Cessna T182T, N14685, which crashed in Athens, Texas.
(NTSB accident identification number is DFW07LA078.)
According to the pilot in the front right seat, the airplane was operating normally until it
reached an altitude of 5,000 feet, and the turbine-inlet-temperature warning light illuminated on
the MFD unit, followed by a sudden loss of engine power. The pilot reduced the engine throttle
setting and adjusted the pitch of the airplane to establish the best glide speed and attempted to
reach the Athens Municipal Airport, near Athens, Texas. When the pilot realized that he would
not be able to reach the Athens Municipal Airport, he elected to execute a forced landing in a
grass field southeast of the airport. The pilot stated that the airplane was traveling about 50 knots
(57.6 mph) when it touched down in the field. The pilot reported that the left main landing gear
dug into the ground and the airplane nosed over, coming to rest in an inverted position. (See
figure 28.) The pilot stated that he unfastened his seatbelt, fell onto the ceiling of the airplane, NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
49
and slid out onto the wing on his back. The pilot also stated that the front left seat passenger and
rear left seat passenger were able to release their seatbelts easily97 and that they exited the
airplane through the left door.
Figure 28.
The airplane came to rest inverted in a flat grassy pasture with a magnetic heading of
70 degrees at a field elevation of about 461 feet msl. At the initial impact point there was a series
of ground scars that were located about 120 feet from the resting place of the airplane. The
airplane sustained structural damage to the vertical stabilizer and to both wings, with the greatest
damage to the right wing. In addition, the left main wheel was separated from the strut, and the
nose-wheel assembly had been sheared from the airplane.
A photograph of the wreckage of Cessna T182T, N14685, which crashed in Athens,
Texas.
No deformation was noted on any of the airplane’s four seats. There was a 3-point
restraint system in every seat. There was no damage observed to the restraint systems, and the
inertia reels for all three occupied restraint systems were functional after the accident. Load
marks were documented on the seatbelts indicating that all three occupants were wearing their
restraints at the time of the accident. 97 However, in a subsequent interview with the left rear seat passenger, the passenger reported that he was
unable to unbuckle his restraint after the crash and needed assistance from the left front seat passenger to do so. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
50
The airplane had an airbag installed in the lap portion of the 3-point restraint system in
every seat, and none of the airbags deployed during the crash. All four restraints, the four seats,
and the two EMAs used to deploy the front and rear seat airbags were properly installed.
On-scene diagnostic testing of the EMAs using the SDT did not reveal any anomalies. The
EMAs were removed and tested at AmSafe in Phoenix, Arizona, on May 16, 2007, under the
supervision of the FAA. Both EMA units performed as designed during the tests.
Based on the damage to the airplane and the ground scars, it appeared that, after the left
landing gear touched down, the airplane rolled to the right while skidding and bouncing forward
across the ground for about 100 feet. The airplane had likely decelerated considerably by the
time it nosed over. The damage to the right wing suggested that the airplane may have
nosed over with the right wing touching the ground.
The pilot, a 37-year-old male, was in the front right seat. He was 5 feet 8 inches tall and
weighed 234 pounds. He sustained three compression vertebral fractures near the base of his
neck (C-7, T-1, and T-2). He also had a laceration on his head that did not require stitches. The
occupant, who also reported that he had training as an emergency medical technician, believed
that his neck injury occurred as a result of his head hitting the ceiling of the airplane during the
crash. He reported that after the crash, he was hanging from the seatbelt and that the vertebral
fractures affected sensation in his arm.
The front left seat passenger was 5 feet 11 inches tall, weighed 176 pounds, and was 31
years old. The rear left seat passenger was 5 foot 11 inches tall, weighed 241 pounds, and was 59
years old. Based on a questionnaire completed by the pilot, both passengers suffered bruises and
sprains, and the rear left seat passenger sustained rib injuries. In a subsequent interview with the
rear left seat occupant, he reported that two of his ribs (the 4th and 5th ribs) had cracked on the
right front side of his body.
The study team determined that the front right occupant’s vertebral fractures likely
resulted from his head striking the ceiling of the airplane as it became inverted. For the rear left
side occupant, the team determined that the deceleration of the airplane was probably not
sufficient to have led to a seatbelt-induced rib fracture, and there was no clear injury source.
Consequently, the team was unable to determine the source of the rear left seat passenger’s rib
injuries. The sources of the front left seat occupant’s bruises and sprains were also undetermined.
Overall, because the primary impact was along the vertical axis when the airplane
inverted, the airbags would not have been expected to deploy and their deployment would likely
not have mitigated the injuries that were sustained by the occupants.
In his interview, the pilot noted that at the beginning of the flight, the front left seat
passenger had incorrectly attempted to use the restraint for the right seat. In the Cessna T182T,
both of the front seatbelts hang from the ceiling between the two seats. The pilot, who was also a
certified flight instructor, noted that there had been other occasions when his students had
inadvertently used the wrong restraint in either the Cessna 172 or Cessna 182.
The study team documented the fact that in Cessna-manufactured airplanes, it is possible
to cross the restraints in such a way that the incorrect airbag system can become activated. For NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
51
example, as shown in figure 29, if an occupant in the left seat fastens the right seat restraint to his
or her outboard buckle, the airbag system in the unused restraint would be active while the airbag
in the buckled restraint would be inactive. Figure 29.
In issuing special conditions for the installation of GA airbags, the FAA stated that the
airbag restraint design should prevent the restraint from being incorrectly buckled such that the
airbag would not properly deploy. (See appendix C.) After becoming aware of the possibility of
inadvertent inactivation of the airbag via crossing the restraints in the manner described above,
the NTSB brought it to the attention of AmSafe, Cessna, and the FAA.
A pair of drawings showing pilot and front passenger seats and restraint
configurations of a Cessna 172S. The correct latch configuration is shown on the left, and the
incorrect configuration is shown on the right.
In response, AmSafe issued a supplement to the pilot’s operating handbook for Cessna
Skyhawk (172R, 172S), Skylane (182S, 182T, T182T), and Stationair (206H, T206H) models to
include a reference to a warning label on the lap portion of the restraint.98 On October 22, 2007,
Cessna issued a service bulletin to owners of airbag-equipped Cessna aircraft to document the
changes to the Pilot Operating Handbook.99 98 FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual Supplement to Pilot’s Operating Handbook and FAA Approved
Airplane Flight Manual for Cessna Aircraft Company Skyhawk Models (172R, 172S), Skylane Models (182S, 182T,
T182T) and Stationair Models (206H, T206H), issued June 28, 2007.
The label, referenced in the above documents and
shown in figure 30, is primarily designed to warn users that child safety seats should not be used
in seats with airbag-equipped restraints because of the risks they pose to children in such seats.
The label also contains a secondary bullet that informs users that the label side of the seatbelt
should face the occupant.
99 Cessna Service Bulletin, SB07-11-02, for Pilot’s Operating Handbook—AmSafe Aviation Inflatable
Restraints (AAIR) Supplement Revision, issued October 22, 2007. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
52 Figure 30.
With respect to the possibility of crossing the restraints, Cessna has also noted that its
pilot’s operating handbook contains a picture of the seat and seatbelt installation showing which
inertial reel goes with which front seatbelt. (See figure 31.) However, the NTSB is concerned
that some airplane occupants may not fully review or understand this information, particularly
passengers. Furthermore, the warning label on the lap portion of the 3-point restraint system is
currently designed in a way that suggests its message is solely geared toward potential
child safety seat users. Discussions with Cessna pilots have indicated that several occupants have
unknowingly crossed the restraints, putting them at risk of not having the full benefit of the
restraint or airbag in a crash.
A photograph of the label placed on the occupant-facing side of the lap belt portion
of Cessna airbag-equipped restraints.
Certain older Cessna models included a design feature that allowed the seatbelt webbing
to be threaded through a bracket attached to the seatback. Such a design feature would likely
have prevented confusion about which seatbelt was designed to be used with which seat.
However, this design feature was eliminated, and no additional design changes have been made
or proposed to address this issue. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
53 Figure 31. A drawing showing the front seats and seatbelts/shoulder harnesses of the Cessna
172S.100
The NTSB concludes that the 3-point restraint systems in certain Cessna airplanes can be
crossed in such a way that the airbag and restraint systems are not used as designed and certified.
Although the NTSB is not aware of any accidents in which occupants have crossed the restraints,
the findings from this investigation suggest that crossing the restraints is not an unusual error and
that doing so could result in a reduction of protection from the restraint system. Efforts thus far
to address the problem, including labeling the seatbelt and adding text to the pilot’s operating
handbook, are unlikely to mitigate the problem of misuse, especially among passengers who are
less familiar with aviation restraint systems. A more effective solution would be to redesign the
restraint system to prevent occupants from using the incorrect restraint entirely (for example, by
keying the buckle in such a way that only the correct restraint would fasten). Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require Cessna and other manufacturers
whose restraint system designs permit an occupant to use an inactive airbag restraint system not
intended for use in his or her seat to modify their restraint system designs to eliminate that
possibility, and require them to modify restraint systems in existing airplanes to eliminate the
possibility of misuse. 100 Cessna Pilot’s Operating Handbook and FAA Approved Flight Manual, Revision 1, issued January 12, 2009. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
54
Fullerton, California, September 30, 2008, Cessna 172S
On September 30, 2008, about 1835 Pacific daylight time, a Cessna 172S, N2190W,
impacted terrain following a loss of control on takeoff from runway 24 at Fullerton Municipal
Airport, Fullerton, California. The student pilot, the sole occupant, was seated in the left seat and
sustained serious injuries, but he maintained consciousness and exited the airplane through the
left cabin door.101 Figure 32 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant injury and
demographic information.
Figure 32.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the pilot’s failure to follow the
takeoff checklist and verify the proper flap setting before takeoff. A security camera on the
airport’s tower with a frame rate of one frame per second captured several images of the accident
airplane during its flight. The camera was positioned toward the airplane’s impact location but
did not capture the actual moment of impact because of the low sampling rate. An image
approximately 1.5 seconds before impact showed a large roll angle to the right. The last image
before impact shows the plane in an approximate 90-degree right bank. Based on the video
A seating chart from Cessna T172S, N2190W, which crashed in Fullerton, California.
(NTSB accident identification number is LAX08FA301.) 101 The pilot was also involved as a passenger in the Athens, Texas, accident, during which he was seated in the
left rear seat. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
55
evidence,102
Examination of the wreckage suggested that the first impact was on the right wing tip and
the propeller spinner. A witness said that the right wing tip strike occurred as the airplane was
perpendicular to the runway, and on-scene evidence indicated that the right wing tip dragged
from the far edge of the runway to the center of the runway. Based on the wreckage and
markings on the runway, it appears that the airplane impacted the runway with the right wing tip
followed shortly thereafter by the nose. The right wing tip dragged from the far edge of the
runway to the center when the nose hit. The airplane continued sliding off the runway and came
to rest slightly off the runway inverted on its roof. (See figure 33.)
airspeed at impact was estimated to be between 40 to 70 knots (80.6 mph). The
pitch attitude at impact was estimated to be 90 + 15 degrees. The roll attitude was estimated to be
90 + 15 degrees, and the yaw attitude at impact was estimated to be –20 + 10 degrees. Figure 33. A photograph showing the f
The engine and instrument panel were displaced aft, upward, and to the left; the control
yokes were displaced aft and to the left. There was also significant deformation of the foot well
aft and to the left. The impact on the nose and the resulting airplane crush and intrusion into the
inal resting position of Cessna 172S, N2190W, which
crashed in Fullerton, California. 102 Fullerton, California, Video Study, (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
56
cabin may have resulted in a reduction in the occupant space for the front seated occupant, both
at chest level and in the region of the lower extremities.
No noticeable deformation of the seat pan was found. In addition, there was no indication
of vertical loading to the seat structure. There was, however, a slight displacement of the
seat frame to the right.
Each of the four seats was equipped with a 3-point restraint system manufactured by
AmSafe, and the front two seats were also equipped with an airbag in the lap portion of the
restraints. The front left airbag deployed, indicating that the restraint system was latched
correctly during the crash sequence. Additionally, the position of the load marks on the seatbelt
webbing suggested that the seatbelt was nearly fully extended, consistent with a large-sized
occupant. Because of the design of the 3-point restraint system and the placement of the airbag
on the lap portion of the restraint, when a person with a large waist size occupies the
airbag-equipped seat, the portion of the lap belt that contains the airbag will shift toward his or
her inboard side.103
In a postaccident interview, the pilot reported having difficulty extricating himself from
the restraint system after the accident. This was most likely due to the inverted position of the
airplane at final rest. As a result, the pilot’s body would have placed additional weight on the
restraint system latch, requiring additional force from the occupant to release it. The occupant’s
difficulty in reaching and releasing the seatbelt may also have been exacerbated by his size, his
injuries, and the airplane damage.
The left front seat airbag exhibited squaring of the single vent hole,
indicating that the airbag sustained loads. There were also contact marks on the instrument panel
side of the airbag corresponding to scuff marks on the left control yoke. The marks indicated that
there was contact between the airbag and the yoke on the upper left hand corner of the pilot’s
yoke and further suggested that the airbag was positioned between the pilot and the control yoke.
At the time of impact, occupant motion was forward and to the right because of the
about-90-degree pitch attitude, the about-90-degree roll attitude, and the wingtip and nose strike
on the runway. The pilot, a 59-year-old male, was the sole occupant. He was 5 feet 11 inches tall
and weighed 245 pounds. He survived the crash with multiple serious injuries. His right femur
was fractured in two places. One fracture likely resulted from bending loads placed on the leg
from the combined forces of a right rudder input, instrument panel intrusion, and seat
deformation. The second femoral fracture may have resulted from the direct load applied by the
intruding instrument panel.
The pilot’s right knee was also fractured likely from direct impact with the instrument
panel and also because of the intrusion of the instrument panel into the passenger compartment.
He also experienced a right forearm fracture that was likely the result of contact between his
right hand and the throttle at the time of impact. Because the accident occurred during takeoff,
his right hand was likely on the throttle at impact. The pilot also had a bruised right lung, which
likely resulted from impact with the control yoke centered in front of him through the airbag. 103 In the front seats of Cessna airplanes, the restraint buckle is on the outboard side. In the rear seats, the
restraint buckles are inboard. Therefore, for individuals with a large waist size who are seated in the rear seats, the
airbag would be shifted toward their outboard side. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
57
The pilot also suffered a nasal bone fracture and laceration across the bridge of the nose
and right eyebrow. Most of his facial injuries were on the right side of his head. These injuries
likely resulted from direct impact between the pilot’s head and the right side of the instrument
panel near or on the MFD and/or the glare shield. The pilot had abrasions across the right upper
and lower quadrants of his abdomen. These abrasions likely resulted from the lap belt loading.
Finally, the pilot had an abrasion and bruising on his left chest with uncertain source of impact.
Overall, in this accident, it appeared that the airbag mitigated the severity of the pilot’s
injuries, especially in the region of his torso. In spite of his bruised right lung, the airbag yielded
a possible benefit by cushioning the impact between the occupant’s chest and the control yoke.
However, it was uncertain how the airbag was positioned at the time of head impact. Based on
the laceration across the bridge of the pilot’s nose and the nasal bone fracture, there was no clear
evidence for protection of the head. One possible reason for the lack of head protection may be
that, given the pilot’s above average waist size, the airbag was initially positioned off to the
pilot’s right side. Although the pilot likely moved forward and to the right during the crash
sequence, the airbag’s interaction with his right arm may have prevented the airbag from fully
deploying toward his head, thereby reducing its effectiveness for head protection.
Groton, Connecticut, November 19, 2008, Cessna 172S
On November 19, 2008, a Cessna 172S, N2337F, was substantially damaged when it
impacted trees during night flight instruction at Groton-New London Airport in Groton,
Connecticut. The certificated flight instructor (right seat occupant) and the student pilot (left seat
occupant) incurred minor injuries. Figure 34 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant
injury and demographic information. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
58 Figure 34.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the student pilot’s failure to
maintain a proper descent profile to avoid trees during the night visual approach and the flight
instructor’s inadequate oversight. Interviews with the pilots and scene documentation revealed
that the airplane impacted 30- to 40-foot tall trees about 1/4 mile from the runway during a
practice landing. The trees were located in a hilly, heavily wooded area at an elevation of about
200 feet msl. Tree damage extended for about 100 feet and was generally aligned with the
runway.
A seating chart from Cessna 172S, N2337F, which crashed in Groton, Connecticut.
(NTSB accident identification number is ERA09LA064.)
The airplane, shown in figure 35, impacted the ground at the forward left side of the
engine compartment and came to rest with the nose down and the left wing tip crushed against
the ground. The nose gear had collapsed and the engine had partially separated from its mounts.
The glare shield was cracked across the upper window pane, and the tail of the empennage was
bent to the right. The right cabin door was compressed inboard about 1 inch and the door was
stuck in the closed position. Reportedly, the left cabin door was also stuck after the crash. The
occupants stated that they were unable to open the doors manually, so the student pilot in the left
front seat turned his body to the left and pushed the left door open with his feet. Both occupants NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
59
then exited through the left side door. The left cabin door was separated from the airplane and
the hinges were sheared where the door mounted to the upper and lower hinges. Figure 35.
Except for some minor damage to the instrument panel, there was little damage inside the
cabin. The airplane had a 3-point restraint system manufactured by AmSafe, and the front seats
were equipped with lap belt-mounted airbags that deployed during the accident. Both occupants
had their seats adjusted fairly far back,
A photograph showing the final resting position of Cessna 172S, N2337F, which
crashed in Groton, Connecticut.
104
The left front occupant, a 54-year-old male, was 6 feet 9 inches tall and weighed
290 pounds. He experienced a minor left thumb injury, likely as a result of contact with the
control yoke. He also had a bruised right knee that was likely due to an impact with the throttle
control and rib soreness that may have resulted from contact with the shoulder harness. The right
front occupant, a 72-year-old male, was 6 feet 4 inches tall and weighed 185 pounds. He had a
minor knee laceration and bruised knuckles on both hands possibly from contacting the
instrument panel. He also experienced some back pain and rib soreness that may have resulted
from contact with the shoulder harness.
likely due to their tall stature. There was no damage to
the seats or the restraints. Load marks on the seatbelt webbing suggested that the seatbelts had
been worn and sustained some stress during the accident impact. However, there was no damage
to the airbags or stitching, and the vent holes for both airbags were round and intact. 104 The left seat was in the 11th position back from full forward, and the right seat was in the 9th position back.
There are 13 total adjustment positions on the Cessna 172S. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
60
In this accident, the evidence of loading on the seatbelt webbing, the rearward position of
the occupants, and the lack of obvious loading on the airbags suggested that the majority of
occupant protection was provided by the seatbelts/shoulder harnesses. Therefore, the airbags
performed as designed but did not appear to yield benefit beyond that conferred by the 3-point
restraint system.
Green Cove Springs, Florida, November 19, 2008, Cirrus SR20
On November 19, 2008, a Cirrus SR20, N389CP, operated by the Commercial Airline
Pilot Training Program, experienced a stuck throttle control and was substantially damaged
during a subsequent forced landing near Reynolds Airpark in Green Cove Springs, Florida. The
student pilot in the left front seat sustained a minor injury. The certified flight instructor in the
right front seat and the observer in the right rear seat were not injured. Figure 36 shows a seating
chart that summarizes occupant injury and demographic information. Figure 36.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the fusing of an electrical cable
from the No. 2 (standby) alternator with the throttle cable resulting in the flight crew’s inability
to move the throttle control. Contributing to the accident was the failure of maintenance
A seating chart from Cirrus SR20, N389CP, which crashed in Green Cove Springs,
Florida. (NTSB accident identification number is ERA09LA062.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
61
personnel to detect inadequate clearance and chafing of the alternator output cable against the
throttle cable housing during the 100-hour inspections.
As a result of the stuck throttle, the instructor declared an emergency with air traffic
control, trimmed the airplane to maintain best glide airspeed, and proceeded to the nearest
airport. According to the instructor, while descending near the airpark, the airplane clipped tree
tops, and then it impacted soft ground, nosed over, and remained inverted. (See figure 37.) The
occupants were unable to open the doors, so the rear seat occupant broke a rear cabin window
using the emergency egress hammer,105 and the occupants exited through the window.
Figure 37.
The airplane was substantially damaged. The left wing was damaged by a tree branch,
which impacted the leading edge of the wing at about the midpoint of the wing. The right wing
remained intact. There was a small area of fuselage damage at the wing’s right aft attach point.
The left and right main gear remained intact, and the nose gear remained attached to the nose of
the airplane and was bent to the right. The upper weldment for the nose landing gear was
A photograph showing the final resting position of Cirrus SR20, N389CP, which
crashed in Green Cove Springs, Florida. 105 According to Cirrus, an egress hammer is included with their aircraft to fulfill 14 CFR 23.807 emergency
exit requirements that the exits should allow egress in any probable crash attitude. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
62
fractured midway between the bulkhead and the nose gear. The top of the vertical tail fin was
scraped, and the horizontal stabilizer remained intact. The propeller blades were curled rearward
at the tips, and the spinner was dented. The MFD and PFD were recovered with recorded data.
Maximum recorded accelerations were –4.0 G in the longitudinal (forward) axis, –2.8 G in the
lateral (left) axis, and 2.9 G (1.9 G plus the gravitational force of 1.0 G) in the vertical
(downward) axis. As the longitudinal deceleration reached its maximum value, the vertical
acceleration reversed and moved from 2.9 G to –1.0 G over the course of about 3 seconds. The
PFD data were consistent with the pilot’s statements and indicated that the airplane flipped over
and came to rest on its roof. At final rest, the PFD registered about 0 G in the longitudinal and
lateral direction and –1 G in the vertical direction.
There was little damage to the cockpit, cabin, seats, and restraints. The left visor was
fractured at its inboard end, and a small area of the bolster panel in front of the right front seat
had separated at the outboard upper attachments. The left and right front seats were found
adjusted one and four positions forward of the complete aft positions, respectively.106
The airplane had a 4-point restraint system manufactured by AmSafe in each of the
three seats, and the front seats were equipped with airbags in the outboard shoulder harnesses
that deployed during the accident. The seatbelts and inertia reels operated correctly postaccident,
and load marks on all three seatbelts suggested that they were being worn and sustained some
stress at the time of the accident. Similarly, minor fraying of the vent holes on both airbags
suggested that some load had been applied to them during the crash; however, there was no other
damage, and minimal marking was visible on the airbags.
The front
seats were undamaged with the exception of some minor compression (between 0.25 and
0.50 inches) of the front right region of the EAMs. The right rear seat had damage to the forward
edge of the lower seat pan, which had separated from the forward cross tube at the rivets. The
airplane did not have a left rear seat.
The left front occupant, a 25-year-old male, was 5 feet 7 inches tall and weighed
155 pounds. He hit his head during the impact and sustained a cut on the upper left side of his
forehead near his hairline, likely due to contact with the sun visor, which was found broken in
the wreckage. He was taken to the hospital, examined, and released. The right front seat
occupant, a 50-year-old male, was 5 feet 9 inches tall and weighed 195 pounds. The right rear
seat occupant, a 26-year-old male, was 5 feet 7 inches tall and weighed 170 pounds. Neither the
right front seat occupant nor the right rear seat occupant sustained injuries.
In this accident, the airbags performed as designed. They did not have a negative effect,
and they did not appear to yield benefit beyond that of the 4-point restraint system. Although
there was some evidence that the airbags sustained some loads during the accident, the accident
did not result in crush into the cabin compartment. Also, the occupants were of small stature and
their seats were positioned far from the instrument panel. Finally, the rear seat occupant, whose
restraint was not equipped with an airbag, was uninjured. 106 There are 11 total adjustment positions. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
63
Steamboat Springs, Colorado, February 14, 2009, Cirrus SR22
On February 14, 2009, about 1115 mountain standard time, a Cirrus SR22, N486CD,
registered to and operated by Vector Resources LLC, Denver, Colorado, was substantially
damaged when it crashed during an attempted go-around at Bob Adams Field in Steamboat Springs,
Colorado. The cross-country flight originated from Centennial Airport in Englewood, Colorado,
about 1015, and the SR22 was en route to Bob Adams Field. The pilot and two rear seat
passengers were not injured; the front right seat passenger sustained minor injuries. Figure 38
shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant injury and demographic information. Figure 38.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by the pilot’s failure to apply brakes
in a timely manner while landing on a snow-packed, ice-covered runway and his delay in
executing a go-around. The pilot reported that during the landing roll, the airplane hit a patch of
ice and began turning sideways. As a result, the pilot decided to initiate a go-around. According
to airport staff, as the airplane lifted off, the landing gear struck a 19-inch snow berm 49 feet past
the end of the runway, and the airplane nosed over. (See figure 39.) The pilot used the egress
hammer to break a hole in the right front window. The four occupants then released their
seatbelts and exited through the window.
A seating chart from Cirrus SR22, N486CD, which crashed in Steamboat Springs,
Colorado. (NTSB accident identification number is CEN09LA165.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
64 Figure 39.
The vertical stabilizer was torn off the airplane, and the horizontal stabilizer buckled. The
nose of the airplane was slightly damaged and was displaced to the left. Little damage was noted
to the landing gear, possibly indicating that the impact with the snow berm acted more as a “trip
mechanism” than as a substantial impact incurred by the landing gear. The vertical stabilizer was
broken, likely due to impact with the ground after the airplane flipped over.
A photograph showing the final resting position of Cirrus SR22, N486CD, which
crashed in Steamboat Springs, Colorado.
Data from the airplane’s PFD were available for the entire landing and crash sequence.
The PFD data showed that the airplane experienced a change in velocity in all three axes.
Initially, the plane began to show a positive longitudinal acceleration, possibly indicating the
pilot’s attempt at a go-around. A little over a second later, the longitudinal acceleration
changed direction indicating that the plane was rapidly slowing down, likely from impacting
the snow berm and striking the nose into the snow. As the longitudinal acceleration reached its
most extreme recorded value of –2.6 G, the vertical acceleration reversed showing an
acceleration of –2.3 G, indicating that the plane was accelerating upwards in the direction of
the roof. This acceleration is consistent with the airplane flipping tail over nose at this time. At
final rest, the PFD registered 0.2 G in the longitudinal, 0 G in the lateral direction, and –1.0 G in
the vertical direction. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
65
The evidence suggested that initial occupant motion was likely forward and slightly to
the right. During the overturn sequence, the occupants would have been pushed downward into
their seats relative to the airplane, and at final rest, the occupants were hanging upside down
inside the airplane. Although the airbags did deploy, the recorded accelerations in the
longitudinal direction were lower than anticipated for an airbag deployment, likely because the
low sampling rate on the PFD did not capture the true peak accelerations.
Overall, the airplane cabin and interior were predominantly intact. There was a slight
displacement of the center console and bolster. The left sun visor was broken, and the right side
headliner and right door were blood-stained. The seats were also predominantly intact, with the
exception of some slight deformation along the leading edge of the EAMs of the two front seat
pans.
The pilot reported that all of the occupants had their seatbelts belted at the time of the
crash. Additionally, load marks were observed under the load bars on the seatbelt webbing at all
four seats suggesting that they were in use during the crash. However, the load marks on both
rear seats’ webbing indicated that the lap portion of the seatbelts were extended much farther
than anticipated for proper fit on the occupants, two small teenage girls.107
The pilot, a 57-year-old male, was in the front left seat. He was 5 feet 11 inches tall and
weighed 190 pounds. Neither he nor the two rear seated occupants sustained any injuries. The
front right seat occupant, a 53-year-old female, was 5 feet tall and weighed 97 pounds. She was a
physician and stated that her injuries included a chin abrasion, a bloody nose, a sprained left
hand and wrist, and bruising near her 3rd and 4th ribs around the midpoint of her chest. She
indicated that the chest bruise location was where the harness buckle rested. A subsequent
interview with the occupant confirmed that she typically adjusted the restraint so that the buckle
rested at the base of her sternum. The right front seat occupant’s minor facial injuries were likely caused by direct contact
of the airbag with her face during the airbag deployment. Her improper use of the restraint
system, which positioned the buckle too high on her chest, may have contributed to these injuries
because the occupant’s face would have been in closer proximity to the shoulder harness-mounted
airbag at initial deployment. Similarly, her chest bruising likely resulted from direct loading to
the chest from the improperly positioned buckle. The occupant’s sprained left hand and wrist
likely resulted from direct impact; however, the source could not be determined. It may have
resulted from the occupant bracing herself during the impact sequence.
The extended position of the lap portion of the seatbelt webbing for the two occupants in
the rear seats and the account from the occupant in the front right seat indicated that the 4-point
restraint systems were likely worn incorrectly. When unbuckled and not in use, the 4-point
restraint systems on the Cirrus SR22 appear as shown in figure 40. The buckle portion rests at
the midpoint of the seatback because when they are unfastened, the inertial reel retracts and takes
up the slack in the shoulder harness portion of the restraint. 107 The rear seat occupants may have adjusted their restraints looser than normal because they were wearing ski
jackets. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
66 Figure 40.
The pilot’s operating handbook for the Cirrus SR22
A drawing showing a pair of unbuckled Cirrus SR22 4-point restraint systems.
108 provides the following instructions
to users regarding restraint use: To use the restraints: Buckle should be centered over hips for maximum comfort and safety. centered and tightened around the hips.
However, in the Steamboat Springs accident, it appears that the rear-seated occupants and
front right seat occupant fastened the buckles of the restraints across their chests, rather than
pulling down on the shoulder harness, fastening the buckle low on the hips, and then tightening
each side of the lap belt portion of the seatbelt. 108 Pilot’s Operating Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual for the Cirrus Design SR22, issued
October 10, 2003. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
67
The two front seat restraints had airbag systems, which deployed during the crash. The
top vent hole on the left front airbag showed slight fraying, as did both the upper and lower vent
holes of the right front airbag. Minor fraying of the airbag vent holes indicated that they
sustained some loading during the crash. However, for the left front seat occupant, there was
likely no additional benefit of the airbag beyond the benefit gained from the 4-point restraint
system.
For the right front seat occupant, the airbag likely contributed to the minor injuries she
sustained, but these injuries may have been exacerbated by the improper use of the restraint
system. If the restraint had been worn properly, likely there would not have been an additional
benefit of the airbag above the benefit gained from the 4-point restraint system.
Overall, the airbag system did not appear to yield benefit beyond that conferred by the
4-point restraint system. For the front right seat occupant, the airbag likely contributed to the
occupant’s minor injuries, but these injuries may have been exacerbated by the improper use of
the restraint system. Although the pilot reportedly provided guidance to the passengers about
how to use the restraint systems, there is evidence that all three passengers incorrectly latched the
restraints so that the buckle was positioned at chest level, rather than at pelvis level.
Stigler, Oklahoma, April 9, 2009, Cessna 182T
On April 9, 2009, a Cessna 182T, N1491D, was substantially damaged upon collision
with terrain following a loss of control during initial takeoff from a private airfield near Stigler,
Oklahoma. One of the passengers told an FAA inspector that during takeoff, the airplane
encountered a gust of wind. The pilot lost control of the airplane, which collided with terrain and
nosed over, coming to rest in an inverted position. The pilot, seated in the left front seat, suffered
serious injuries, and the right front and left rear passengers suffered minor injuries as a result of
the crash. Figure 41 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant injury and demographic
information. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
68 Figure 41.
The NTSB determined that the accident was caused by a loss of directional control during
takeoff. Contributing to the accident was the pilot’s decision to take off with 40 degrees of flaps
and with a tailwind. The accident occurred during a soft field takeoff from a 2,000-foot downhill
private grass runway. With winds gusting from the southeast, the private pilot elected to depart
to the north. During the takeoff sequence, the airplane likely became airborne at about 40 knots
(46.1 mph) because of the incorrect flap setting. At this airspeed, there was likely insufficient
rudder authority to counteract the winds, and the airplane was pushed to the left.
A seating chart from Cessna 182T, N1491D, which crashed in Stigler, Oklahoma.
(NTSB accident identification number is CEN09LA247.)
Based on ground scars, it appeared that the airplane landing gear touched down on a
heading of 315 degrees about 219 feet west of the estimated point of takeoff and became
airborne again. About 660 feet west of the landing gear ground scars was additional evidence of
the airplane contacting the ground aligned on a heading of 300 degrees. Three ground scars
consistent with propeller strikes were not aligned with the larger ground scar, which was
consistent with the airplane being yawed during the ground contact.
The airplane came to rest in the inverted position. (See figure 42.) The nose and engine
were found about 30 feet past the final resting position of the airplane, and the tail was broken NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
69
and twisted. The outboard 4 feet of the left wing displayed signs of rearward crushing, and this
section was found folded on top of the wing. Based on the ground scars and airplane damage, it
appeared that the right wing tip, nose, and left wingtip then impacted the ground sequentially.
The airplane then likely pitched nose over into the final resting position. Figure 42.
The evidence gathered at the scene of the accident indicated that the primary impact
pushed the nose of the airplane upward, and much of the observed airplane damage was
consistent with a vertical impact. Specifically, the engine was sheared off vertically, and the
deformation forward of the cabin was upwards toward the airplane ceiling. The instrument panel
and the rudder pedals were also displaced upward but not aft in the direction of the occupants.
A photograph showing the final resting position of Cessna 182T, N1491D, which
crashed in Stigler, Oklahoma. Two major impacts of the nose into the ground are visible in the
foreground.
Each of the four seats was equipped with a 3-point restraint system with an airbag in the
lap portion of the restraint. There were two sets of buckles in the rear seat area, as shown in
figure 43. The additional set was designed for use with child safety seats with labels that advised
users that “the use of the child seat buckle will deactivate the airbag.” NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
70 Figure 43.
After the accident, both the left and right front seat inertia reels were functional, but the
right front seatbelt webbing would not fully retract into the reel. The inertia reels were
functioning properly for the two rear seats. Load marks were found under the load bar on the
seatbelt webbing in all occupied seats, indicating that the restraints were worn during the
accident. The front seatbelts exhibited heavier load marks than those on the left rear seatbelt.
Load marks on the left rear seatbelt suggested that the seatbelt was extended further than would
be consistent with the small-sized passenger who occupied the seat. It was not known whether
these marks were from another instance or actually reflected the use at the time of this crash.
A pair of photographs showing seat belt buckles and a buckle label. Photograph a,
on the left, shows the primary (top) and child seat (bottom) buckles for the rear seat occupants.
Photograph b, on the right, shows the label stitched to the child seat buckles.
None of the four airbag systems deployed during the crash. Examination of all four systems
revealed that the inflator, the cable harness to the buckle switch, and the gas hose were all
connected. There were two EMAs in the airplane: one for the front seats and another for the
rear seats. Each EMA connects to a cable harness that then splits to each seat’s airbag system.
This connection was intact for both the front and rear seats.
The SDT was connected to each airbag system to assess whether the system was active
and enabled. For all four airbags, the SDT showed a green light indicating that the system was
active and enabled. When the restraint was fastened into the auxiliary child seat buckles, neither
rear seat airbag was enabled. The EMAs for the front and rear seats were removed and were
shipped to AmSafe in Phoenix, Arizona, for further testing to verify that they were within design
specifications. Both EMAs performed as designed, indicating that the crash sensors and firing
signals performed within approved tolerances.
The occupants were upside down at final rest. The front right seat passenger stated that
she released her seatbelt with difficulty and assisted the pilot and the rear left seat passenger with
unfastening their restraints. The right front seat passenger and the left rear seat passenger then
assisted the pilot in exiting the wreckage.
The pilot, an 18-year-old male, was in the front left seat. He was 6 feet tall and weighed
165 pounds. His seat was in the full forward position. His injuries included several facial
fractures (including an orbital wall fracture, zygomatic fracture, and maxillary sinus fracture),
lacerations, and contusions. He also experienced fractures to his left fibula and lateral maleolus NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
71
(ankle) and abrasions to both knees. The pilot’s facial fractures probably occurred from an
impact on the control yoke as the engine was sheared off and the control yoke and instrument
panel were displaced upwards. Because of the nose-down orientation of the airplane, the pilot’s
head was likely facing the floor during the impact. This facial position would account for a hard
impact of the yoke near the pilot’s right eye. The occupant’s lower extremity injuries resulted
from the damage and upward displacement of the rudder pedals and foot well.
The occupant in the right front seat was a 43-year-old female. She was 5 feet 3 inches tall
and weighed 125 pounds. Her seat was in the 9th pin position from full forward, indicating that
her body was farther from the control surfaces than the pilot’s at the time of the crash. This
occupant sustained minor seatbelt-induced injuries consisting of contusions and abrasions on the
right hip and contusions on the left shoulder near the neck. No additional injuries were sustained,
likely because of the occupant’s position away from the instrument panel and her small size.
The occupant in the left rear seat was a 45-year-old female. She was 5 feet 6 inches tall
and weighed 162 pounds. She experienced minor lower extremity contusions and lacerations that
likely resulted from flailing during the crash sequence or occurred during egress.
In this accident, the airbags did not deploy and they were not designed to do so.
Deployment of the airbag system is triggered by longitudinal (forward) deceleration, whereas the
primary forces in this accident were in the vertical direction. In this particular accident, if the
airbag had deployed, it might have cushioned the impact between the pilot’s head and the yoke
and mitigated his injuries by dissipating the impact forces. Deployment in this case would have
required a vertical deployment trigger, and it is unclear how such a trigger might perform under
more common crash scenarios. The timing of such a trigger in an accident with multiple impacts
might be problematic. For example, an initial vertical impact followed by a more severe
longitudinal impact could cause the airbag to deploy prematurely and not provide optimal
protection for the occupant during the more critical longitudinal impact. A vertical deployment
threshold could also pose problems for inadvertent deployment in severe turbulence.
Boyd, Texas, July 14, 2009, Cessna 172S
On July 14, 2009, at 1746 central daylight time, a single-engine Cessna 172S, N2446F,
was substantially damaged during a forced landing following a loss of engine power 2 miles west
of Boyd, Texas. The solo student pilot, seated in the left front seat, sustained minor injuries. The
local flight originated from Fort Worth Meacham International Airport in Fort Worth, Texas.
Figure 44 shows a seating chart that summarizes occupant injury and demographic information. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
72 Figure 44.
According to an FAA inspector, the airplane, shown in figure 45, came to rest in an
upright position in a pasture after hitting a cattle fence, becoming airborne again, hitting a tree,
and then hitting a man-made embankment of a stock water pond. The pilot stated that, after the
airplane came to a stop, he remained seated on the forward left seat and was able to open his
door to exit the airplane.
A seating chart from Cessna 172S, N2446F, which crashed in Boyd, Texas. (NTSB
accident identification number is CEN09LA442.) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
73 Figure 45.
The forward fuselage firewall and engine were displaced downward about 30 degrees
from the instrument panel forward and about 5 degrees to the right. The nose gear had collapsed
and intruded into the airplane between the two forward seats. The nose had articulated forward,
separating the glare shield at its bottom edge where it attaches to the engine cowlings. The
firewall was buckled, but the engine mounts and mounting tubes were not bent or cracked. The
roof over the cabin exhibited compression wrinkles, which were more pronounced on the right
side of the roof. The left door had been ripped from its hinges and oil canning
A photograph of the final resting position of Cessna 172SP, N2246F, which crashed
in Boyd, Texas.
109
There was little damage inside the cabin, except for the nose landing gear intrusion and
the left foot well deformation inward and toward the left side foot well area. The rudder pedals
and flooring below the pedals were bent and displaced. The center trim control tab and fuel
selector valve console were deformed. The instrument panel was intact, with the exception of
some cracking of the paneling between the throttle and primer levers. Hair remnants were found
in the doorframe molding screw, and the left visor was broken.
was found on
both the left and right door frames. The left wing had compression wrinkles on both the top and
bottom sides. The right wing exhibited small dents on the leading edge and compression
wrinkles on the underside. 109 Oil canning is a waviness across the flat areas of thin-gauge sheet metal panels. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
74
The airplane had a 3-point restraint system manufactured by AmSafe in each of the four
seats, and the front seat restraints were equipped with lap belt-mounted airbags. There was no
damage to the seats or the restraints. Load marks on the left front seatbelt indicated that it had
been worn and sustained some stress during the accident impact.
The left front seat airbag deployed during the accident. The airbag displayed green
colored scuff marks, minor damage to the stitching of the airbag cover, and slight fraying to the
vent hole on the instrument panel side of the bag.
The airplane damage suggested that initial occupant motion was likely forward and to the
left side. There were several impacts during the sequence of events when the airbag may have
deployed. The airplane impacted a cattle fence with the right horizontal stabilizer, impacted a
huisache tree,110
The pilot, a 24-year-old male, was in the left front seat. He was 5 feet 10 inches tall and
weighed 142 pounds. His injuries included a 3-centimeter laceration to the left side of his head,
which required staples. This minor injury was likely the result of the pilot hitting his head on the
doorframe molding screw on the inside of the left doorframe or from impacting the visor. The
occupant also experienced a sprained right ankle and a contusion on the right heel, which were
likely the result of the foot well deformation in front of the left seat. Finally, the occupant
suffered back strain, which likely resulted from the downward motion during the impact
sequence.
and then impacted an embankment on the far side of a pond. Given the
frangibility of the fence and the tree and considering the pilot’s statement that the airbag
deployed after the “violent” impact with the ground, it is likely that the airbag deployed during
the airplane’s impact with the pond embankment after crossing over the water.
Overall, although there was slight fraying of the vent hole indicating some loading on the
airbag by the left front seat occupant, the airbags did not appear to yield benefit beyond that
conferred by the 3-point restraint system. Additionally, because the instrument panel was
displaced forward and away from the occupant, contact with the instrument panel was less likely.
Summary of Results
There were 10 accidents investigated for the study. Seven of the accidents had airbag
deployments. Three of the accidents did not have airbag deployments, but they did have
occupant injuries. As shown in table 2, all of the airplanes sustained substantial damage or were
destroyed.111 110 The huisache is a variety of the acacia tree that is native to the southern United States. It has very brittle
wood.
In more than half of the accidents, the principal direction of accident force was in
the forward longitudinal axis, the direction required for airbag deployment. For a graphical
depiction of the directions referenced in table 2, please see figure 10.
111 Notably, none of the seats in this study became detached. By contrast, in NTSB’s 1985 study of survivable
GA accidents with fatal or serious injuries (see NTSB/SR-85/01), over half of the seats became detached in the
accidents analyzed. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
75
Table 2. Summary data concerning the 10 accidents that met the safety study criteria.
City, State
Make/Model
Airplane
Damage
Airbag
Deployed
Principal
Direction of Force
Secondary
Direction of
Force
Boyceville, WI
Cirrus SR22
Substantial
Yes
Longitudinal-Forward
Lateral-Right
Owyhee, OR
Aviat A-1B
Substantial
No
Vertical-Upward
Longitudinal-
Forward
Indianapolis, IN
Cirrus SR22
Destroyed
Yes
Vertical-Downward
Longitudinal-
Forward
Athens, TX
Cessna
T182T
Substantial
No
Vertical-Upward
Longitudinal-
Forward
Fullerton, CA
Cessna 172S
Substantial
Yes
Longitudinal-Forward
Lateral-Right
Groton, CT
Cessna 172S
Substantial
Yes
Longitudinal-Forward
Vertical-
Downward
Green Cove
Springs, FL
Cirrus SR20
Substantial
Yes
Longitudinal-Forward
Vertical-
Upward
Steamboat
Springs, CO
Cirrus SR22
Substantial
Yes
Longitudinal-Forward
Vertical-
Upward
Stigler, OK
Cessna 182T
Substantial
No
Vertical-Downward
Vertical-
Upward
Boyd, TX
Cessna 172S
Substantial
Yes
Longitudinal-Forward
Lateral-Left or
Vertical-
Downward The 10 accidents that met the study criteria involved 25 occupants: 18 males and
7 females. The occupants ranged in age from 13 to 72 and represented a wide range of body
sizes. Occupant heights ranged from 4 feet 11 inches to 6 feet 9 inches and weights ranged from
97 to 290 pounds. All 25 occupants were using lap belt/shoulder harness combinations at the
time of the crash. Seventeen of the 25 occupants were in seats that had airbag-equipped restraint
systems, and 12 airbags deployed. Overall, there was 1 fatality, 7 occupants with serious injuries,
12 occupants with minor injuries, and 5 occupants with no injuries. See table 3 for a summary of
occupant demographics. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
76
Table 3. Occupant demographics.
Accident
Occupant
Position
Age
Sex
Height
(in)
Weight
(lbs)
BMI
Classificationa
Injuryb
Airbag
Benefit/
Harm
Boyceville
Left front
55
M
74
242
31.1
Obese
Serious
Null
Boyceville
Right front
27
M
72
150
20.3
Normal
Minor
Benefit
Boyceville
Right rear
26
M
—
—
—
—
Minor
No airbag
Owyhee
Left front
61
M
73
180
23.7
Normal
Minor
No deployment
Indianapolis
Left front
66
M
68
150
22.8
Normal
Fatal
Null
Indianapolis
Right front
29
M
68
165
25.1
Overweight
Serious
Null
Indianapolis
Left rear
45
F
65
120
20.0
Normal
Serious
No airbag
Indianapolis
Right rear
60
F
59
115
23.2
Normal
Serious
No airbag
Athens
Left front
31
M
71
176
24.5
Normal
Minor
No deployment
Athens
Right front
37
M
68
234
35.6
Obese
Serious
No deployment
Athens
Left rear
59
M
71
241
33.6
Obese
Minor
No airbag
Fullerton
Left front
59
M
71
245
34.2
Obese
Serious
Benefit
Groton
Left front
54
M
81
290
31.1
Obese
Minor
Null
Groton
Right front
72
M
76
185
22.5
Normal
Minor
Null
Green Cove
Springs
Left front
25
M
67
155
24.3
Normal
Minor
Null
Green Cove
Springs
Right front
50
M
69
170
25.1
Overweight
None
Null
Green Cove
Springs
Right rear
26
M
67
170
26.6
Overweight
None
No airbag
Steamboat
Springs
Left front
57
M
71
190
26.5
Overweight
None
Null
Steamboat
Springs
Right front
53
F
60
97
18.9
Normal
Minor
Minor harm
Steamboat
Springs
Left rear
13
F
60
100
19.5
Normal
None
No airbag
Steamboat
Springs
Right rear
15
F
61
110
20.8
Normal
None
No airbag
Stigler
Left front
18
M
72
165
22.4
Normal
Serious
No deployment
Stigler
Right front
43
F
63
125
22.1
Normal
Minor
No deployment
Stigler
Left rear
45
F
66
163
26.3
Overweight
Minor
No airbag
Boyd
Left front
24
M
70
142
20.4
Normal
Minor
Null
a Body mass index (BMI) classifications are based on guidelines from the World Health Organization. Information obtained from
World Health Organization website http://apps.who.int/bmi/index.jsp?introPage=intro_3.html (accessed December 8, 2010).
b Injury definitions are taken from 49 CFR 830.2. Fatal injury means any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident.
Serious injury is defined as any injury that (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from the
date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes
severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree
burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface. Minor injury is defined as any injury less than serious injury. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
77
Chapter 5: Discussion
Impact energy management is an important factor in GA crash survivability. In aviation
crashes, the aircraft fuselage, landing gear, and seats can all serve to dissipate impact energy that
might otherwise be borne by the aircraft occupants. Restraints couple the occupant to the aircraft
allowing the occupant to benefit from the structural energy dissipation during the impact. In the
smaller aircraft used in GA operations, there is less structure, so a greater emphasis must be
placed on the design of seats and restraints for this occupant protection. The addition of airbag
systems has the potential to provide another means to dissipate kinetic energy and mitigate
injury.
AmSafe, currently the sole manufacturer of GA airbag systems, has stated that its system
is designed to preserve consciousness and reduce head injury in the event of a survivable crash.
This study applied a case series methodology to survivable crashes involving airbag-equipped
airplanes with the goals of evaluating the efficacy of GA airbag systems at mitigating occupant
injury in real-life accident cases, identifying any potential unintentional negative consequences
associated with airbag use, and developing methods to assist investigators in documenting airbag
systems in future accidents. The study team collected data from multiple sources to provide the
best possible understanding of crash dynamics and their effects on the airplane, cabin, seats,
restraints, and occupants. The study team tracked 145 events involving airbag-equipped
airplanes, 88 of which were accidents that comprised the entire population of accidents involving
airbag-equipped airplanes in the United States during the 3-year study period.
Ten of the 88 GA airbag-equipped airplane accidents, involving 25 occupants, met the
study criteria.112
During the study period, it was important to establish whether these airbag systems
caused any unintended harm as previously mentioned with the early introduction of airbags in
the automotive fleet. Based upon investigations of 10 accidents, the NTSB concludes that there
were no cases in which the airbags were expected to deploy but did not. The NTSB further
concludes that there were no cases that involved airbags deploying under unexpected
circumstances, and there was no evidence of airbags hindering egress, fueling postcrash fires, or
interfering with rescue attempts. The discussion will therefore focus on (1) the efficacy of the
airbag systems in mitigating occupant injury, (2) potential safety issues associated with misuse of
restraint systems, and (3) future research concerning GA airbag systems and GA aircraft
crashworthiness.
Seventeen of the 25 occupants were seated in seats with airbag-equipped
restraint systems, and 12 of those occupants experienced airbag deployments as a result of the
crash. 112 As previously stated, events occurring in the United States were selected for inclusion in the study if they
involved an airbag-equipped GA airplane and met any of the following criteria: (1) survivable accident in which an
airbag deployed, (2) accident or incident with occupant injuries but no airbag deployment, (3) any event involving
an inadvertent airbag deployment. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
78
Effectiveness of GA Airbag Systems in Mitigating Occupant Injury
The aviation airbag systems evaluated in this safety study are designed to reduce head
injury during a survivable crash. Furthermore, these restraint-mounted airbags are designed to
provide protection primarily in forward impacts. In order to assess the effectiveness of airbag
systems, it is important to take into consideration the fairly narrow range of crash types in which
airbags might be expected to convey a safety benefit, specifically survivable accidents severe
enough to cause injury.
In the current study, there were 88 accidents involving airbag-equipped airplanes and the
team was able to make a definitive determination about both survivability and airbag deployment
in 85 of those cases.113
Of the 10 accidents investigated and reviewed in this study, there were 3 accidents in
which the airbag systems did not deploy, and the occupants sustained injuries ranging from
minor to serious. In all three of those cases, the study team determined that the principal
direction of force was vertical, either upward or downward, with insufficient deceleration in the
longitudinal direction to deploy the airbags based on the airbag deployment criteria.
Furthermore, in two of those cases, the team determined that the injuries that were sustained
would likely not have been mitigated even if the airbags had deployed. However, in one case
(Stigler, Oklahoma), the study team determined that although the airbag was not expected to
have deployed, its deployment might have mitigated the left front occupant’s facial injuries by
cushioning the impact between his head and the vertically displaced control yoke.
Within that sample, 19 of those cases (or about 22 percent) were
determined to be nonsurvivable, meaning either that the forces transmitted to the occupants
exceeded the limits of human tolerance or that the livable space within the cabin was
compromised to a degree that did not allow for occupant survival. In an additional 56 accidents
(about 66 percent) the crash forces were not severe enough to either deploy the airbag systems or
to cause any crash-related injury. Therefore, there were only 10 accidents, or about 12 percent of
those accidents tracked during this study, in which the crashes were severe enough to cause
injury and/or to deploy the airbag, yet not so severe as to preclude survival. Those 10 accidents
were subjected to a full investigation and case review by the study team.
There were 18 occupants involved in the 7 remaining survivable accidents in which the
airbag systems deployed. Twelve of the 18 were seated in airbag-equipped seats in which the
airbag systems deployed during the crash. For 9 of the 12 occupants, the team determined that
the airbag systems did not do any harm and did not yield protection beyond what was provided
by the restraint systems alone. In one case, in Steamboat Springs, Colorado, the airbag may have
caused some minor facial injuries (a bloody nose and bruised chin); however, those injuries were
likely a result of the occupant’s incorrect adjustment of the 4-point restraint system. The other
three occupants in the airplane were uninjured.
For 2 of the 12 occupants, the team determined that the airbag system likely mitigated
injuries. The first case was the right front occupant in the Boyceville, Wisconsin, accident. In 113 In two cases, the airplane wreckage was missing or had been destroyed by postcrash fire and could not be
evaluated to determine survivability of the accident. In one additional case, wreckage documentation was
incomplete because the accident was reported late to the NTSB. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
79
that accident, the principal direction of force of the airplane was in the forward-longitudinal
direction, resulting in occupant motion that was likely forward and to the right, which would
have pushed the right front occupant toward the side yoke of the Cirrus SR22 airplane. The team
determined that the occupant’s chest and head likely made contact with the airbag and that this
contact reduced the occupant’s potential for injury from impacts on the yoke and interior
surfaces. The occupant suffered minor injuries, none of which were on the right side of his body.
The second case, which involved a Cessna 172S that crashed during takeoff in Fullerton,
California, resulted in an airplane principal direction of force that was forward-longitudinal and
occupant motion that was forward and to the right due to the approximately 90-degree pitch
attitude and 90-degree right bank angle at the time of impact. The pilot sustained multiple serious
injuries, but he maintained consciousness and was able to, with difficulty, egress from the
airplane after the accident. The team determined that in the Fullerton accident, the airbag likely
mitigated the severity of the pilot’s injuries, especially in the region of his torso. Although there
were some concerns that the airbag may have been offset to the pilot’s right side due to his large
waist size, the team determined that overall the airbag system likely benefitted the occupant.
Overall, based upon investigations of 10 accidents, the NTSB concludes that when
occupants adjusted the restraint systems correctly, the airbag systems did not cause any negative
outcomes, and in some cases with airbag deployment, they were associated with reductions in the
severity of occupant injuries. The NTSB further concludes that aviation airbags can mitigate
occupant injuries in severe but survivable crashes in which the principal direction of force is
longitudinal.
Issues Associated With Restraint Systems
In the present study, the team discovered several potential safety issues associated with
restraint design and/or the incorrect usage or adjustment of restraint systems. Some issues, such
as improper use or adjustment of restraint systems, would be more likely to affect passengers
who are less likely to be exposed to information about restraint adjustment during formal
training. Other restraint design issues were more likely to affect large occupants, such as
obese individuals or pregnant women.
Incorrect Usage or Adjustment of Restraint Systems
During the course of its investigations, the study team discovered two potential safety
issues associated with the misuse or incorrect adjustment of restraint systems. One issue,
mentioned previously, was documented during the Athens, Texas, investigation. In his interview,
the pilot noted that at the beginning of the flight, the left front seat passenger had attempted to
use the restraint for the right seat. In the Cessna T182T, both of the front seatbelts hang from the
ceiling between the two seats. The pilot, who was also a certified flight instructor, noted that
there had been other occasions when his students had inadvertently used the wrong restraint in
either the Cessna 172 or Cessna 182. The study team documented the fact that in
Cessna-manufactured airplanes, it is possible to cross the restraints in such a way that the
incorrect airbag system can become activated. For example, if a left-seated occupant fastened the
right seat shoulder harness to his or her outboard buckle, the airbag system in the unused
restraint would be active while the airbag in the buckled restraint would be inactive. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
80
The second issue, discovered during the Steamboat Springs, Colorado, investigation,
involved restraint- and airbag-related minor injuries that likely resulted from improper
adjustment of the 4-point restraint system in a Cirrus airplane. In that case, the right front
occupant, a 5 foot tall, 97 pound female, experienced a bloody nose and chin bruises, likely due
to contact with the airbag. The occupant also had bruises on her chest between her 3rd and
4th ribs near her sternum. The occupant reported that the bruise occurred in the location of the
restraint buckle. The buckle of a properly adjusted 4-point restraint system should rest low on the
pelvis, not at the sternum. In the accident, both rear seat restraints, which were not airbag-equipped,
had load marks that suggested that they may also have been adjusted incorrectly because the load
marks were inconsistent with the very small size and stature of the occupants. A subsequent
interview with the front right seat occupant from this accident confirmed that she believed that
the buckle was supposed to rest at the mid-chest region rather than at the pelvis.
Title 14 CFR 91.107 states that before each takeoff, the pilot must brief occupants on
how to correctly fasten and unfasten their safety belts and, if installed, shoulder harnesses.
Before moving the aircraft, pilots must also notify all occupants to fasten the restraints.
Additionally, some manufacturers include guidance about proper use of restraint systems in their
pilot operating handbook, or with a placard; however, this study suggested that in spite of the
regulations and guidance, some occupants still used their restraints incorrectly.
The NTSB concludes that some GA occupants have misused or incorrectly adjusted their
restraints in ways that could reduce the protection conveyed by the restraints or lead to injuries.
Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA revise the guidance and certification standards
concerning restraint systems to recognize and prevent potential misuse scenarios, including those
documented in this safety study. For example, the FAA should consider modifying the Technical
Standard Order (TSO) C114, issued March 27, 1987, for restraints to include a usability
evaluation component for any newly proposed designs.
Restraint Design Issues Affecting Nonnormative Populations
In the Fullerton, California, accident, the airbag embedded in the lap portion of the
3-point restraint system may have been out of optimal position because of the occupant’s large
waist size. If the size of an occupant causes the airbag to be positioned off to one side, the airbag
may not provide full protection for the occupant’s head and torso. Although it is unlikely that the
offset airbag position would lead to any harmful outcomes in itself, it may reduce airbag
effectiveness for large-sized individuals or pregnant women.
Another restraint-related safety issue concerned egress from inverted airplanes. In several
cases, egress from inverted airplanes was reported to be problematic, likely due to the additional
weight being placed on the restraints by the occupants’ bodies. In the case of 3-point restraint
systems, the difficulty may be exacerbated for large or obese individuals because of having to
reach to the buckle located near the occupant’s hip.
More than one-third of the occupants involved in the study accidents had body mass
indices (BMIs) of 25 or higher and were classified as either overweight or obese. In the
introduction to the special conditions set by the FAA for the certification for airbag-equipped
restraints, the following is noted: NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
81
It is possible a wide range of occupants will use the inflatable restraint. Thus, the
protection offered by this restraint should be effective for occupants that range
from the fifth percentile female to the ninety-fifth percentile male.
Neither the introduction nor the special conditions explain how the restraint effectiveness
should be evaluated for the range of occupants noted, and the range is not adequately defined. No
testing is mandated, and no written guidance is provided for manufacturers to comply with the
statement above. The average age of the GA accident-involved pilot in 2005 was 50; it was
higher for pilots engaged in noncommercial operations.114 The 95th percentile weight for 50- to
59-year-old males in the United States is 260 pounds, and the 95th percentile waist
circumference for that same group is 51 inches.115 The NTSB questions whether the
airbag-equipped restraints were designed or tested with this population in mind. The required
emergency landing conditions testing in 14 CFR 23.562 was established in 1988.
Anthropometric data gathered around that same time indicated the average weight for adult males
(of all ages) was just over 180 lbs, and the average waist circumference was 37.5 inches;116 more
recent data indicate that average weight and waist circumference for that population has
increased to just under 195 pounds and more than 39.5 inches.117 The testing in 14 CFR 23.562
refers only to a NHTSA- or FAA-approved ATD with a nominal weight of 170 pounds. That
weight is 20 pounds less than the average flight crewmember weight cited in the FAA Advisory
Circular (AC) 120-27D, issued August 11, 2004, regarding aircraft weight and balance control,
which derived its average from weights listed on all first and second class FAA medical
certificates.118
The NTSB concludes that certain aviation airbag restraint configurations do not provide
optimal protection for occupants whose anthropomorphic characteristics are substantially
dissimilar to those of the ATD required for restraint testing. Given the lack of guidance in the
special conditions, and the lack of a clear definition of the 5th percentile female and 95th
percentile male referenced therein, the NTSB recommends that the FAA modify the special
conditions for the installation of inflatable restraints on GA airplanes (at Federal Register 114 Annual Review of Aircraft Accident Data: U.S. General Aviation, Calendar Year 2005, Annual Review of
U.S. General Aviation NTSB/ARG-09/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety Board)
,
vol. 73, no. 217 [November 7, 2008], p. 66163) to provide specific guidance to manufacturers as
to how they should demonstrate that the protection is effective for occupants that range from the
5th percentile female to the 95th percentile male. As part of that process, the FAA should
consider gathering and evaluating the anthropometric data as a means to provide additional
guidance to manufacturers about the anthropometric distribution of the GA occupant population.
http://www.ntsb.gov/publictn/2009/ARG0901.pdf.
115 M.A. McDowell and others, “Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults: United States, 2003–2006,”
National Health Statistics Reports, October 22, no. 10 (2008) .
116 M.A. McDowell and others, “Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults: United States, 1988–1994,”
Vital and Health Statistics, April, Series 11, no. 249 (2009) .
117 M.A. McDowell and others, “Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults: United States, 2003–2006,”
National Health Statistics Reports, October 22, no. 10 (2008) .
118 GA pilots are only required to have a third class medical certificate. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
82
Small children are another group of occupants that could be affected by restraint and
airbag designs in GA airplanes. Although there were no children under age 13 in the accidents
investigated for this study, in the Cessna aircraft involved in the Stigler, Oklahoma, accident,
auxiliary buckles were available for fastening child restraint systems. In Cirrus aircraft, use of
child restraint systems is prohibited in seat locations with airbags. Additional compatibility
issues may exist between child restraint systems and GA restraint systems. Child restraint
compatibility issues and several other child passenger safety issues were recently discussed at an
NTSB Public Forum on Child Passenger Safety in the Air and in Automobiles.119
Shoulder Harness Use
During that
forum, participants discussed areas for future improvements for child passenger safety, including
panel discussions specifically addressing child passenger safety onboard GA aircraft.
Although the current study showed that airbags in GA airplanes can mitigate occupant
injury in certain cases, because of the small number of accidents analyzed and the even smaller
number of cases in which beneficial effects were noted, the study does not provide strong enough
support to recommend that airbags be installed on all GA aircraft. However, as discussed
previously, a new NTSB analysis has provided definitive evidence that lap belt/shoulder harness
use consistently reduces the risk of pilot fatal or serious injury when compared to lap belt use
alone.120
In terms of flight characteristics, there were several interaction effects found in which
risk of fatal or serious injury was varied as a function of another variable. For example, in
accidents that occurred during takeoff or landing, for those that did not involve in-flight or
postcrash fires, and for those that did not involve a loss of control in flight, the benefits conferred
by shoulder harness use was significantly higher than in accidents that occurred in flight,
involved fires, or involved a loss of control in flight. The likely reason for this finding is that
those accidents that involve fire or loss of control or that occur when in flight are more likely to
be extremely severe, nonsurvivable accidents. However, it is important to note that even within
those severe categories, the significant benefit of shoulder harness use in reducing fatal or
serious injury was still present, as denoted by the fact that the confidence intervals in all
categories were greater than 1. Based on these findings, the NTSB concludes that
lap belt/shoulder harness combinations provide significant protection beyond a lap belt alone,
and fatalities and injuries would be reduced if lap belt/shoulder harness combinations were used
in all GA airplanes.
The risk of fatal or serious injury with a lap belt alone was nearly 50 percent higher
than with lap belt/shoulder harness combination. The benefits conveyed by shoulder harnesses
were significant for multiple subgroups within the larger sample.
In 1977, the NTSB recommended that the FAA require the installation of shoulder
harnesses on aircraft manufactured before 1978;121 119 See
however, the FAA never took steps to require
www.ntsb.gov/children
120 See section titled “Research Methods and NTSB Research” in Chapter 1 of this report.
121 See Safety Recommendation A-77-71. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
83
retrofitting of aircraft not equipped with shoulder harnesses. In its final correspondence122
Since the benefits of shoulder harnesses have been proven, the position that there
is insufficient justification to impose the additional cost of modification on the
owners of pre-1978 general aviation airplanes is unreasonable, and exposes the
occupants of these airplanes to undue risk.
to the
FAA concerning the recommendation, the NTSB noted that the FAA had used, as its explanation
for not requiring retrofits, the argument that there was insufficient justification to impose
additional cost on owners of older aircraft. In response, the NTSB stated:
We are aware that the FAA is preparing an Advisory Circular to discuss shoulder
harness installation criteria and installation guidelines. Although this action may
foster shoulder harness retrofit in some pre-1978 airplanes, it does not satisfy the
intent of this old recommendation which we are now classifying in a
“Closed—Unacceptable Action” status.
On June 4, 1993, the FAA issued Advisory Circular (AC) 21-34123
Despite the guidance provided in the advisory circular and FAA’s promotion of shoulder
harnesses,
to provide
information and guidance for the “installation of shoulder harness and safety belt restraint
systems at all seat locations on all previously type certificated aircraft.” The advisory circular
emphasizes the safety benefits associated with installing lap belt/shoulder harness combinations,
stating that “they can prevent serious head, neck and upper torso injuries in what may be
relatively minor accidents in terms of aircraft damage, and they can prevent irreversible or fatal
injuries in more severe accidents.”
124 there are a substantial number of GA airplanes flying today that have not been
retrofitted with shoulder harnesses. A detailed review of NTSB pilot reports125
For airplane owners who would like to voluntarily retrofit their airplanes to have shoulder
harnesses, the FAA provides resources on its website,
from accidents
involving nonamateur built airplanes with single reciprocating engines for the calendar year 2008
revealed that 122 of 923 (13 percent) did not have shoulder harnesses installed. This proportion
likely underestimates the total number of airplanes without shoulder harnesses installed because
pilot reports were missing or incomplete in an additional 123 cases (13 percent). Therefore, the
NTSB recommends that the FAA require the retrofitting of shoulder harnesses on all GA
airplanes that are not currently equipped with such restraints in accordance with Advisory
Circular (AC) 21-34, issued June 4, 1993.
126 122 P.A. Goldman, National Transportation Safety Board, letter (regarding Safety Recommendation A-77-71)
addressed to D.D. Engen, Federal Aviation Administration, July 1, 1986.
including links to shoulder harness kit
123 FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 21-34, issued June 4, 1993.
124 See, for example, the pamphlet titled Seat Belts and Shoulder Harnesses: Smart Protection in Small
Airplanes, AM-400-91/2 (Oklahoma City, OK: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Administration, Aeromedical Education Division, 1991).
125 See NTSB Form 6120.1, “Pilot/Operator Aircraft Accident/Incident Report.” A copy of the form may be
obtained from the NTSB website at http://www.ntsb.gov/aviation/6120_1.pdf.
126 See information on the FAA website http://www.faa.gov/aircraft/gen_av/harness_kits/ (accessed
November 26, 2010). NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
84
manufacturers as well as several policy and advisory circulars to provide support to those who
wish to install shoulder harnesses. In addition, since 2007, AmSafe has offered retrofit kits for its
airbag-equipped restraint systems.127
Future Aviation Occupant Protection Research Future research efforts should focus on protecting occupants under a broader range of
circumstances. For example, in 4 of the 10 accidents detailed in this study, the principal direction
of force was vertical. In vertical-downward impacts, the landing gear, airplane floor, crushable
seat cushions/pans, and stroking space beneath the seat are currently the primary means of
absorbing vertical energy. In vertical-upward impacts, the airplane roof is the only structure
between the occupants and the exterior impact surface. As shown in this study, such impacts can
result in serious head, neck, and spinal injuries. For example, in the Indianapolis, Indiana,
investigation described previously, the majority of occupant injuries, including spinal injuries for
all four occupants, resulted from the vertical deceleration of the airplane. Further, for the front
seat occupants, the placement of a skywatch box and an air conditioning unit under the
respective seats likely exacerbated the occupants’ spinal injuries by reducing the stroking space
for the seats.
Additional protection from vertical or lateral impacts could also be addressed through
efforts to minimize accelerations applied to the occupants. For example, the CAPS aircraft
parachute system, described earlier, is designed to slow the descent of an airplane when
manually deployed in emergency situations. Additionally, it should be noted that airbag systems
that are designed to provide occupant protection from nonfrontal impacts are currently available
in the automotive environment.
Occupant safety in the automotive environment has benefited greatly from technology
that captures and stores information such as precrash data, crash data, and airbag deployment
data. As early as 1974, General Motors production vehicles equipped with airbags have had the
ability to record airbag status and crash severity for deployment events.128
Like early automotive airbags, the GA airbag systems observed in this study employed a
mechanical mass-spring-damper type sensor, a design that does not capture and record crash
severity or airbag deployment information. However, having recorded airbag data in the aviation
environment could not only provide detailed information about airbag performance, but could
also lead to advances in GA occupant safety by enhancing our understanding of aircraft crash
dynamics and survivability of aviation accidents in general.
More recent General
Motors vehicles capture information both preceding and during a deployment or
near-deployment event. By studying this real-world crash information alongside occupant injury
data and other postcrash observations, automotive manufacturers have been able to improve
many aspects of occupant safety including airbag design, vehicle crashworthiness, and advanced
restraint systems. 127 Information obtained from AmSafe website (accessed November 26, 2010).
128 A. Chidester and others, “Recording Automotive Crash Event Data,” International Symposium on
Transportation Recorders, National Transportation Safety Board, Arlington, Virginia, May 3–5, 1999. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
85
In addition to studying detailed recorded information that can be gathered in individual
crashes, automotive safety research has also benefitted from conducting larger scale aggregate
comparisons of vehicles with various safety features. Such research, which employed crash data
from Federal databases and vehicle information from public and private vehicle databases, was
used to evaluate the effectiveness of automotive frontal airbags in general and to determine that
second generation airbags, or “depowered” airbags, mitigated injury risk for children without
adversely affecting other occupants.129
As the GA fleet becomes increasingly equipped with airbag systems, future research
should continue to track the efficacy of such systems, both through detailed investigations and
through larger controlled studies. With respect to improving the detailed information that could
be gathered in individual investigations, the NTSB concludes that the understanding of aircraft
crash dynamics and occupant safety would be improved if airbag-equipped aircraft recorded, at a
minimum, data concerning crash dynamics and airbag deployment criteria. Although existing
airbag system designs do not support this capability, the NTSB believes that such capability
should be considered in future airbag designs to facilitate postcrash airbag evaluations.
Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA evaluate the potential safety benefits and
feasibility of requiring airbag-equipped aircraft to have the capability to capture and record, at a
minimum, data concerning crash dynamics and airbag deployment criteria that can be reviewed
after a crash to determine whether the system performed as designed.
The NTSB’s recent analysis evaluating the efficacy of
shoulder harnesses in GA accidents over a multiyear period showed that shoulder harnesses have
had a significant effect on reducing injuries sustained by GA pilots.
During the present study, the NTSB relied on AmSafe, the airbag manufacturer, to
provide lists of airbag-equipped aircraft. AmSafe similarly relies on individual airplane
manufacturers to provide it with information, such as serial and registration numbers of airplanes
that have airbag systems installed. When an owner decides to retrofit an airbag system to his or
her aircraft, the installer is required to report the installation to the FAA; however, the NTSB is
aware that this information is not always shared or recorded accurately. As new inflatable
restraint manufacturers come into the market, it will become even more challenging to track
which aircraft are equipped with such systems. Although the inability to track the installation of
safety equipment on individual aircraft is unlikely to present a safety hazard, tracking such
information may lead to a better understanding of the use and efficacy of such systems.
In the automotive industry, a unique identifier, known as the vehicle identification
number (VIN), is given to each motor vehicle. The VIN is a code that provides information about
the vehicle year of manufacture, manufacturer, model, and other vehicle attributes. Using this
information and information from state and Federal crash databases, researchers have been able
to conduct studies about the relationship between certain automotive design features and the
likelihood of crashes or crash outcomes. Such a database for aviation could greatly improve
understanding of the effectiveness of emerging aviation safety features, particularly if it is linked
to the FAA’s existing aircraft registry database. The NTSB concludes that future evaluations of 129 See, for example, (a) C.J. Kahane, Fatality Reduction by Air Bags: Analyses of Accident Data Through
Early 1996, DOT HS 808 470 (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration, 1996). (b) E.R. Braver and others, “Reductions in Deaths in Frontal Crashes Among Right
Front Passengers in Vehicles Equipped with Passenger Air Bags,” Journal of the American Medical Association,
vol. 278, no. 17 (1997) pp. 1437–1439. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
86
the effectiveness of occupant protection features, such as restraint systems, airbags, and
parachutes, would benefit from the establishment of a system to provide information about what
aircraft safety equipment is installed on individual aircraft. Therefore, the NTSB recommends
that the FAA develop a system to track individual aircraft information about aircraft safety
equipment, such as restraint systems, airbags, aircraft parachutes, and other specific aircraft
equipment, designed to improve crash outcomes.
Guidance for Documenting Airbag Systems in Future Investigations
One of the goals of this study was to develop procedures to assist investigators in
documenting airbag systems in future investigations. Based on the work that was conducted in
this study, the team created a short data collection form to assist investigators with this
documentation. The form includes fields to document information about the aircraft cabin, seats,
restraints, airbag deployment, and airbag condition. It also guides investigators in collecting
information about occupant demographics and injuries. Finally, it provides contact information
so that investigators can contact subject matter experts for additional tests and documentation as
necessary.
In addition to creating this form to aid investigators in documenting airbag systems, the
NTSB has also modified its aviation accident/incident database to include data on whether an
accident aircraft was equipped with airbags and whether the airbags deployed in the accident.
The form that pilots fill out after an accident (NTSB Form 6120.1) has also been modified to
elicit similar information about airbag systems. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
87
Conclusions
Findings expected to deploy but did not. Based upon investigations of 10 accidents, there was no evidence of airbags hindering
egress, fueling postcrash fires, or interfering with rescue attempts. the principal direction of force is longitudinal. outcomes when occupants adjusted the restraint systems correctly, and in some cases
with airbag deployment, they were associated with reductions in the severity of occupant
injuries. ways that could reduce the protection conveyed by the restraints or lead to injuries. reversed by occupants in such a way that the airbag and restraint systems are not used as
designed and certified. occupants whose anthropomorphic characteristics are substantially dissimilar to those of
the anthropomorphic test dummy required for restraint testing. alone, and fatalities and injuries would be reduced if lap belt/shoulder harness
combinations were used in all general aviation airplanes. airbag-equipped aircraft recorded, at a minimum, data concerning crash dynamics and
airbag deployment criteria. systems, airbags, and parachutes, would benefit from the establishment of a system to
provide information about what aircraft safety equipment is installed on individual
aircraft. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
88
Recommendations
As a result of this safety study, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations:
To the Federal Aviation Administration:
Require Cessna Aircraft Company and other manufacturers whose restraint
system designs permit an occupant to use an inactive airbag restraint system not
intended for use in his or her seat to modify their restraint system designs to
eliminate that possibility, and require them to modify restraint systems in existing
airplanes to eliminate the possibility of misuse. (A-11-1)
Revise the guidance and certification standards concerning restraint systems to
recognize and prevent potential misuse scenarios, including those documented in
this safety study. (A-11-2)
Modify the special conditions for the installation of inflatable restraints on general
aviation airplanes (at Federal Register, vol. 73, no. 217 [November 7, 2008],
p. 66163) to provide specific guidance to manufacturers as to how they should
demonstrate that the protection is effective for occupants that range from the 5th
percentile female to the 95th percentile male. (A-11-3)
Require the retrofitting of shoulder harnesses on all general aviation airplanes that
are not currently equipped with such restraints in accordance with Advisory
Circular (AC) 21-34, issued June 4, 1993. (A-11-4)
Evaluate the potential safety benefits and feasibility of requiring airbag-equipped
aircraft to have the capability to capture and record, at a minimum, data
concerning crash dynamics and airbag deployment criteria that can be reviewed
after a crash to determine whether the system performed as designed. (A-11-5)
Develop a system to track individual aircraft information about aircraft safety
equipment, such as restraint systems, airbags, aircraft parachutes, and other
specific aircraft equipment, designed to improve crash outcomes. (A-11-6) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
89 BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Chairman
Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Vice Chairman
Member EARL F. WEENER Member
Adopted: January 11, 2011 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
90
Appendix A: National Transportation Safety Board Safety
Recommendation Status Key and Safety Recommendations
Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendation Status Key
Status
Status Definition
C-EX
Closed—Exceeds Recommended Action: Response by recipient indicates action on the safety recommendation has been completed. The action
taken surpasses what the NTSB envisioned.
C-AA
Closed—Acceptable Action: Response by recipient indicates action on the safety recommendation has been completed. The action complies with the
safety recommendation.
C-AAA
Closed—Acceptable Alternate Action: Response by recipient indicates an alternate course of action has been completed that meets the objective of
the safety recommendation.
C-UA
Closed—Unacceptable Action: Response by recipient expresses disagreement with the need outlined in the recommendation. There is no further
evidence to offer, and the NTSB concludes that further correspondence on, or discussion of, the matter would not change the recipient’s position. This
status can also be used when the timeframe goals outlined in this order have not been met.
C-UAN
Closed—Unacceptable Action/No Response Received: No response to the recommendation was ever received.
C-R
Closed—Reconsidered: Recipient rejects the safety recommendation and supports this rejection with a rationale with which the Board concurs.
Reasons for the “Reconsidered” status would include situations where the recipient is able to convince the Board that the proposed action would not
be effective or that it might create other problems. This status is also assigned when the recipient of a recommendation was in compliance before the
recommendation was issued or when the recipient was incorrectly chosen and cannot perform the recommended action.
C-NLA
Closed—No Longer Applicable: The recommended action has been overtaken by events. For example, if technology and/or regulatory action has
eliminated the reason for the recommendation or if a company has gone out of business.
C-S
Closed—Superseded: Applied to recommendations held in an open status when a new, more appropriate safety recommendation is issued that
includes the necessary elements of the recommendation to be closed.
C-AAS,
C-AAAS,
C-UAS
Closed—Acceptable/Acceptable Alternate/Unacceptable Action Superseded: Applied to recommendations held in an open status when a new, more
appropriate safety recommendation is issued that includes the necessary elements of the recommendation to be closed. The Board determines the
Acceptable/Acceptable Alternate/Unacceptable status based on the criteria defined above prior to superseding the recommendation.
O-AA
Open—Acceptable Response: Response by recipient indicates a planned action that would comply with the safety recommendation when completed. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
91
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendation Status Key
Status
Status Definition
O-AAR
Open—Acceptable Alternate Response: Response by recipient indicates an alternate plan or implementation program that would satisfy the objective
of the safety recommendation when implemented.
O-UA
Open—Unacceptable Response: Response by recipient expresses disagreement with the need outlined in the recommendation or attempts to
convince the Board (unsuccessfully) that an alternative course of action is acceptable. The Board believes, however, that there is enough supporting
evidence to ask the recipient to reconsider its position. This status can also be used when the Board believes that action is not being taken in a timely
manner.
O-RR
Open—Response Received: Response has been received from recipient, but staff evaluation of the response has not been approved by the Board
Members.
O-AR
Open—Await Response: When a safety recommendation is issued, the status “Open—Await Response” is automatically assigned. National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-70-042
FAA
1970
1989
C-AA
Several Recommendations: Shoulder harnesses should be required on all general
aviation aircraft at the earliest practical date. Delethalization of aircraft interiors suitable
energy absorbing padding required on all interior structures to protect occupants.
Dynamic testing of seats. Raise “minor crash landing” inertia forces of FAR 23.561.
crash fire protection—materials used in aircraft interiors should not support a
self-sustained combustion.
A-73-106
FAA
1973
1984
C-AA
Amend CFR 91 to require the installation of shoulder harnesses at flight deck stations
on large aircraft which operate under this part.
A-77-070
FAA
1977
1986
C-AA
Amend 14 CFR 23.785 to require installation of approved shoulder harnesses at all
seat locations as outlined in NPRM 73-1
A-77-071
FAA
1977
1986
C-UA
Amend 14 CFR 91.33 and .39 to require installation of approved shoulder harnesses
on all general aviation aircraft manufactured before July 18, 1978 , after a reasonable
lead time, and at all seat locations as outlined in NPRM 73-1 (retrofit recommendation) NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
92
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-80-125
FAA
1980
1986
C-AA
Require that those GA aircraft manufactured to include attachment points for shoulder
harnesses at occupant seats befitted with shoulder harnesses no later than December
31, 1985, and, in the interim, require this modification as a requisite for change in FAA
registration.
A-80-126
FAA
1980
1994
C-AA
Develop, in coordination with airframe manufacturers, detailed, approved installation
instructions for installing shoulder harnesses at each seat location in current models
and types of GA aircraft in which shoulder harness attachment points were not
provided as standard equipment. Publish and provide these instructions to owners of
these aircraft by December 31, 1982.
A-80-127
FAA
1980
1986
C-AA
Require that those GA aircraft for which FAA-approved harness installation instructions
have been developed be fitted with shoulder harnesses no later than December 31, 1985,
and, in the interim, require this modification as a requisite for change in FAA
registration.
A-80-128
FAA
1980
1986
C-AA
At established intervals, extend the application of all newly established occupant
protection provisions of 14 CFR 32 to all newly manufactured general aviation aircraft.
A-80-129
FAA
1980
1984
C-UA
Revise 14 CFR 23.785(J) to incorporate performance standards and test criteria to
insure that an acceptable level of occupant safety is achieved through cabin
“delethalization”
A-80-130
FAA
1980
1989
C-AA
Revise current standards for seat and restraint systems to incorporate needed
crashworthiness improvements indentified in FAA research project reports
A-80-131
FAA
1980
1989
C-AA
Establish standards for the dynamic testing of occupant protection devices required in
general aviation aircraft.
A-81-044
FAA
1981
1981
C-AA
Immediately issue a General Aviation Airworthiness Alert warning Decathalon owners
of the potential hazards to aerobatic flight when they modify Decathalon Acrobatic
restraint systems by attaching the shoulder harness to the seatpan frame and/or route
the shoulder straps behind the seatback.
A-81-045
FAA
1981
1981
C-AA
Issue an Airworthiness Directive revising the Bellanca Decathalon FAA approved
flight manual for aircraft manufactured prior to 1977 to include the relevant cautionary
information of section2.1.9, “occupant restraint systems,” which is contained in
subsequent approved flight manuals. An accurate description of the proper installation
of the restraint systems should be included. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
93
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-81-016
FAA
1981
1986
C-AA
Require the Cessna aircraft company to include an adjustment and locking check of
front seats, belts, and shoulder harnesses on the “before takeoff” checklists applicable
to all Cessna aircraft. This item should be included on new checklists as soon as
possible.
A-84-064
Ayres Corp
1984
1987
C-AA
Issue a mandatory service bulletin for Aero Commander, S2R agricultural airplanes..
that would require the installation of a doubler that adequately distributes
shoulder harness crash loads to prevent the tearing of the aft cockpit bulkhead
structure.
A-85-122
FAA
1985
1989
C-AA
Amend 14 CFR Part 23 to specify performance standards for the seat/restraint systems
in small airplanes consistent with the standards proposed by the General Aviation
Safety Panel; and require the multiaxis dynamic testing of seat/restraint systems as
necessary to demonstrate energy management in the vertical direction and structural
adequacy in the longitudinal and lateral directions
A-85-123
FAA
1985
1985
C-AAA
Amend 14 CFR Part 91 and Part 135 to require that all occupants of small airplanes
use shoulder harnesses for takeoff and landing when they are available in the airplane.
A-85-124
FAA
1985
1986
C-AA
Issue an Advisory Circular to provide pilots, passengers, and maintenance personnel
with information regarding the crash survivability aspects of small airplanes. The
Advisory Circular should contain, as a minimum, discussion of the benefits of using
lap belts and shoulder harnesses during all phases of flight, discussion of the hazards
of modifying seats, appendages to seats, and stowage of articles in space designed or
available for energy management, and discussion of the need for regular inspection
and maintenance of seats.
A-85-125
FAA
1985
1986
C-UA
Issue a series of airworthiness directives to require modification of seats installed in
general aviation airplanes which have identified deficiencies. For example, require the
replacement of the 1/8 inch diameter lap belt attachment cable on applicable airplanes
with a cable of strength more compatible with the seat design, require replacement of
plastic-type seatpans on applicable airplanes with a structural seatpan, and require
additional stabilizing support on seats using “S”-shaped springs for the seatpans
A-85-126
GAMA
1985
1986
C-AA
Encourage its members to evaluate the design of the seat/restraint systems in those
models of airplanes in wide use to identify additional weaknesses which could be easily
correctable. Definitive actions should be taken to implement the corrections, including
installing the many modifications and retrofit kits that are presently available for the
installation of shoulder harnesses and for the strengthening of seat feet. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
94
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-85-117
FAA
1985
1993
C-AA
Amend 14CFR91.7(B) to require that during takeoff and landing each required flight
crewmember of a US registered civil aircraft keep the shoulder harness fastened while
at his station.
A-85-070
FAA
1985
1993
C-AA
Amend 14 CFR Parts 27 and 29 to require that all helicopters manufactured after
12/31/1987 have shoulder harnesses installed at all seat locations
A-88-008
FAA
1988
1992
C-UA (no
response)
Require that shoulder harnesses be installed at all medical personnel and passenger
seats on all helicopters when they are newly modified for emergency medical service
(EMS) operations or when an existing EMS helicopter undergoes major interior
modification or overhaul
A-88-009
FAA
1988
1990
C-UA
Require that those personnel classified as required crewmembers operating
emergency medical service helicopters wear protective clothing and equipment to
reduce the chance of injury or death in survivable accidents. This clothing and
equipment should include protective helmets, flame-and-heat resistant flight suits and
protective footwear.
A-88-014
American
Society of
Hospital
Based
Emergency
Aeromedical
Services
1988
1990
C-AA
Encourage members who operate EMS programs to provide medical personnel who
routinely fly EMS helicopter missions with protective clothing and equipment to reduce
the chance of injury or death in survivable accidents.
A-90-078
FAA
1990
1995
C-UA
Revise 14 CFR 91, 121, and 135 to require that all occupants be restrained during
takeoff, landing, and turbulent conditions, and that all infants and small children below
the weight of 40 pounds and under the height of 40 inches be restrained in an
approved child restraint system appropriate to their height and weight.
A-90-079
FAA
1990
1995
C-AA
Conduct research to determine the adequacy of aircraft seatbelts to restrain children
too large to use child safety seats and to develop some suitable means of providing
adequate restraint for such children. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
95
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-93-106
FAA
1993
1996
C-AA
Amend 14 CFR Parts 91, 121, and 135 to prohibit two or more persons from using a
safety belt that is designed for one person, regardless of age.
A-93-107
FAA
1993
1995
C-AA
Begin an education campaign to inform general aviation pilots of the benefits of using
child restraint systems, and the danger associated with using a safety belt designed for
one occupant to restraint two persons.
A-93-108
GAMA
1993
1998
C-AA
Encourage its members to include information about the use of child restraint systems
on general aviation aircraft in passenger briefing cards, pilot operating handbooks, and
approved flight manuals.
A-93-108
Aircraft
Owners and
Pilots
Association
1993
1998
C-AA
Inform its membership of the dangers associated with using a seatbelt designed for
one occupant to restrain two persons, and the benefits of using FAA-approved
child restraint systems on aircraft.
A-94-146
National
Agricultural
Aviation
Association
1994
1995
C-AA
Notify members who operate aerial application aircraft of the Safety Board’s findings
and recommendations regarding the use of a 4-point or 5-point restraint system that
allows the safety belt and shoulder harness straps to fall away simultaneously from the
seat occupant when released.
A-94-122
Aviation
Insurance
Association
1994
1998
C-UA (no
response)
Encourage its member aviation insurance underwriters to provide reduced insurance
premiums to airplane owners who equip their airplanes with shoulder harnesses at all
seats
A-94-123
Aircraft
Owners and
Pilots
Association
1994
1998
C-UA (no
response)
Encourage its member aviation insurance underwriters to provide reduced insurance
premiums to airplane owners who equip their airplanes with shoulder harnesses at all
seats NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
96
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-94-018
FAA
1994
2000
C-AAA
Amend 14 CFR 91.30 to require each parachutist or other passenger who is seated on
an aircraft cabin floor to use restraint systems. The restraint system must be designed,
tested, and approved to provide a level of occupant protection similar to that provided
for passengers in forward and aft facing seats that have a safety belt and
shoulder harness
A-94-017
FAA
1994
2001
C-UA
In conjunction with industry, USPA, and CAMI, provide for the seating of parachutists to
assure an adequate level of crash energy absorption in the event of a survivable
aircraft accident.
A-94-023
USPA
1994
2001
C-UA
Participate in the design, development and testing of seating for parachutists that
would provide an adequate level of crash energy absorption in the event of a survivable
aircraft accident
A-95-051
FAA
1995
2006
C-UA
Revise 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91, 135 and 121 to require that all
occupants be restrained during takeoff, landing, and turbulent conditions, and that all
infants and small children be restrained in a manner appropriate to their size.
A-08-071
FAA
2008
Open
O-AR
Conduct research, in conjunction with the United States Parachute Association, to
determine the most effective dual-point restraint systems for parachutists that reflects
the various aircraft and seating configurations used in parachute operations.
A-08-072
FAA
2008
Open
O-AR
Once the most effective dual-point restraint systems for parachutists are determined,
as requested in Safety Recommendation A-08-71, revise Advisory Circular 105-2C,
Sport Parachute Jumping, to include guidance information about these systems.
A-08-073
USPA
2008
Open
O-AR
Work with the Federal Aviation Administration to conduct research to determine the
most effective dual-point restraint systems for parachutists that reflects the various
aircraft and seating configurations used in parachute operations. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
97
National Transportation Safety Board Safety Recommendations Concerning General Aviation Occupant Protection
Number
Recipient
Year
Issued
Year
Closed
Status
Recommendation
A-08-074
USPA
2008
Open
O-AR
Once the most effective dual-point restraint systems for parachutists are determined,
as requested in Safety Recommendation A-08-71, educate your members on the
findings and encourage them to use the most effective dual-point restraint systems.
A-10-121
FAA
2010
Open
O-AR
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require separate seats and
restraints for every occupant.
A-10-122
FAA
2010
Open
O-AR
Amend 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 91 to require each person who is less
than 2 years of age to be restrained in a separate seat position by an appropriate child
restraint system during takeoff, landing, and turbulence. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
98
Appendix B. Shoulder Harness Analysis
Injury Reduction from Shoulder Harness Use in General Aviation
Airplane Accidents
Background
Since 1970, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) has issued more than
30 recommendations concerning general aviation (GA) occupant safety, many of which have
focused on the design, installation, testing, and use of shoulder harnesses. Additionally, a 1985
safety study1
In 1977, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) published an amendment to Title 14
conducted by NTSB looked at 535 accidents in which at least one occupant was
fatally or seriously injured. It found that shoulder harnesses were available for only 40 percent of
occupants in those accidents and that only 40 percent of occupants used the shoulder harnesses
that were available, resulting in a total usage rate of 16 percent. The report estimated that about
20 percent of the occupants who were fatally injured could have survived if they had worn
shoulder harnesses and 88 percent of those who experienced serious injury would have had their
injures mitigated by using shoulder harnesses.
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 23 that required shoulder harness installations in all
newly manufactured GA aircraft starting in 1978, but only for front seats.2 Concurrently, 14 CFR
Part 91 was revised to state that “required flight crewmembers” must use available shoulder
harnesses during takeoff and landing.3 In response, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendations
A-77-70 and -71, which respectively recommended that the FAA strengthen the rules to require
installation of shoulder harnesses at all seat locations and require their installation on all GA
aircraft, including those manufactured before 1978. In 1985, the FAA modified 14 CFR 91.33 to
require shoulder harnesses in all seats of GA airplanes manufactured after December 12, 1986,
and amended 14 CFR Part 91 to require all occupants to wear shoulder harnesses, when
available, during takeoff and landing. However, the FAA never modified its regulations to
require retrofitting of aircraft manufactured before the 1978 and 1986 regulatory changes.4
Because of the longevity of aircraft, a large proportion of the active GA and air taxi fleet
were manufactured before shoulder harnesses were required. For example, the 2008 FAA
General Aviation and Air Taxi Survey found that 69 percent of active aircraft were manufactured
prior to 1984, and 56 percent were manufactured prior to 1979. Although it is possible that many
owners of older aircraft have retrofitted those aircraft to include shoulder harnesses without 1 General Aviation Crashworthiness Project: Phase Two—Impact Severity and Potential Injury Prevention in
General Aviation Accidents, Safety Report NTSB/SR-85/01 (Washington, DC: National Transportation Safety
Board, 1985).
2 Amendment 23-19 to 14 CFR Part 23. Federal Register, vol. 42, no. 116 (June 16, 1977), p. 30601.
3 See Amendment 91-139 to 14 CFR Part 91. Federal Register, vol. 42, no. 116 (June 16, 1977), p. 30601.
4 Safety Recommendation A-77-70, which called for shoulder harnesses at all seat locations, was classified
“Closed—Acceptable Action” on March 25, 1986. Safety Recommendation A-77-71, which called for the installation
of shoulder harnesses on aircraft manufactured before 1978, was classified “Closed—Unacceptable Action” on
July 1, 1986. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
99
being required to do so, the NTSB continues to investigate numerous accidents in which
shoulder harnesses are not present.
Case control studies have been used to assess the effectiveness of GA shoulder harnesses
on reducing pilot fatalities for occupational crashes in Alaska,5 crashes involving military pilots,6
crashes in the Colorado Rockies,7 crashes in Maryland and North Carolina,8 and crashes during
takeoff and landing that involved a loss of engine power.9
Analysis Purpose
In general, these studies found a
protective effect of shoulder harnesses in reducing the risk of pilot fatality. However, in general,
their findings were somewhat limited by small sample sizes and an exclusive focus on fatalities
as an outcome measure. Furthermore, several studies did not appear to discriminate between
pilots who used lap belts and those who used no restraint.
The primary goal of the current analysis was to evaluate the real-world performance of
lap belt/shoulder harness combinations (SH) compared to lap belts only (LB) with regard to
reducing pilot fatality and serious injury. An additional goal was to look at the relationships
between SH effectiveness and other factors that might potentially influence survivability, such as
whether there was a fire or a loss of control, whether the accident happened at or away from an
airport, the phase of flight when the accident occurred, and pilot factors such as gender and age.
For example, it is possible that SH may be less effective when there is an aircraft fire, either due
to the higher severity of crashes involving fires or due to potential challenges with releasing
restraints and exiting the aircraft during a fire. This analysis also addressed some of the
shortcomings of previous research by using a large multiyear sample extracted from the NTSB
census of civil aviation accidents.
Method
Data were obtained from the NTSB aviation accident database, a census of all civil
aviation accidents in the United States. The sample included pilots involved in GA accidents
between 1983 and 2008 that involved nonamateur-built airplanes with single reciprocating
engines.
The outcome measure of interest was whether the pilot was fatally or seriously injured
(FSI) as a result of the accident. NTSB injury coding levels are defined in 49 CFR 830.2. Fatal
injury is defined as any injury that results in death within 30 days of the accident. Serious injury 5 D.M. Bensyl, K. Moran, and G.A. Conway, “Factors Associated With Pilot Fatality in Work-Related Aircraft
Crashes: Alaska, 1990–1999,” American Journal of Epidemiology, vol. 154, no. 11 (2001), pp. 1037–1042.
6 L.G. Gillis, G. Li, and S.P. Baker, “General Aviation Crashes Involving Military Personnel as Pilots,”
Aviation Space and Environmental Medicine, vol. 72, no. 11 (2001), pp. 1001–1005.
7 S.P. Baker and M.W. Lamb, “Hazards of Mountain Flying: Crashes in the Colorado Rockies,” Aviation Space
and Environmental Medicine, vol. 60, no. 6 (1989), pp. 531–536.
8 G. Li and S.P. Baker, “Correlates of Pilot Fatality in General Aviation Crashes,” Aviation Space and
Environmental Medicine, vol. 70, no. 4 (1999), pp. 305–309.
9 P.S. Rostykus, P. Cummings, and B.A. Mueller, “Risk Factors for Pilot Fatalities in General Aviation
Airplane Crash Landings,” JAMA, vol. 280, no. 11 (1998) pp. 997–999. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
100
is defined as any injury that (1) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing
within 7 days from the date the injury was received; (2) results in a fracture of any bone (except
simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); (3) causes severe hemorrhages, nerve, muscle, or
tendon damage; (4) involves any internal organ; or (5) involves second- or third-degree burns, or
any burns affecting more than 5 percent of the body surface.
Other variables that were examined included loss of control in flight (LOC, No LOC),
presence of in-flight and/or postcrash fire (Fire, No Fire), accident location (Off Airport,
On Airport), phase of flight (Takeoff/Landing, In Flight), pilot gender (Female, Male), and pilot
age (14-34, 35-44, 45-54, 55+).
Risk ratios (RR) and 95 percent confidence intervals (CIs) were calculated to compare
SH to LB. A risk ratio is the risk of an event (in this case, FSI) relative to exposure (restraint
condition).10
Results
A risk ratio equal to 1 would suggest that different restraint types have a null effect
on FSI. Numbers greater than 1 indicate that FSI is more likely to occur in the exposure
condition compared to the control group. For this analysis, SH was chosen as the control
condition to provide a basis for expressing the relative risk of the LB condition compared to the
“gold standard” of SH.
Of the 37,344 pilots in the final sample, 15.2 percent were fatally injured and 8.7 percent
sustained serious injuries. Over half (55.3 percent) of the pilots were reported to have used an
SH, 23.9 percent used LB, and 0.6 percent used no restraint. Restraint use was unknown in
18.9 percent of cases.
Table B-1 provides a summary of risk ratios for pilot FSI comparing LB to SH. Overall,
the risk of FSI for pilots was significantly higher for LB compared to SH (RR = 1.49; 95 percent
CI: 1.42, 1.56). There were also significant interaction effects indicating that the risk of FSI with
LB relative to SH was significantly higher when there was no loss of control, no in-flight or
postcrash fire, when accidents occurred on airport and during takeoff or landing. The increase in
FSI risk associated with LB use did not vary significantly by gender, but the risk of FSI
associated with LB use was greater for pilots under age 45 compared to those 45 and older.
Figure B-1 provides a graphic depiction of the overall risk ratio and those of the various
subgroups. The figure shows that across all levels of all conditions, risk ratio and 95 percent CI
was greater than 1, indicating that the risk of FSI was significantly higher in the LB condition
compared to SH across all conditions. Further, the figure shows that the effects of restraint type
are most pronounced in accidents that occur on airports during takeoff and landing phases of
flight and among pilots who are less than 45 years old. 10 M.J. Gardner and D.G. Altman, Statistics with Confidence (London: BMJ Publications, 1994), pp. 51–52. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
101
Table B-1. Pilots fatally or seriously injured (FSI), pilots involved in accidents, and risk ratios
(RR) for FSI in U.S. airplane accidents involving single reciprocating engines between 1983 and
2008. Pilots Fatally or
Seriously Injured
Pilots Involved
in Accidents
Risk Ratios for LB
relative
to SH
SHa
LBb
SH
LB
RRc
95% CId
Total
3607
2326
7646
926
1.49
1.42, 1.56
Loss of Control (LOC) in
Flight LOC 1516
985
478
761
1.28
1.21, 1.35
No LOC
2091
1341
7168
165
1.54
1.44, 1.63
In-Flight or Postcrash Fire Fire 857
376
497
78
1.14
1.05, 1.22
No Fire
2733
1942
9072
320
1.63
1.54, 1.71
Accident Location Off Airport 2893
1835
912
848
1.30
1.23, 1.35
On Airport
652
461
10290
916
1.86
1.65, 2.08
Phase of Flight Take-off/Landing 819
637
10615
4235
1.95
1.76, 2.14
In Flight
2718
1629
8883
4281
1.24
1.18, 1.30
Pilot Gender Female 104
53
907
268
1.72
1.27, 2.33
Male
3479
2262
19611
8609
1.48
1.41, 1.55
Pilot Age (years) 14–34 917
502
5881
1912
1.68
1.52, 1.85
35–44
784
566
4916
2087
1.70
1.54, 1.87
45–54
854
560
4637
2262
1.34
1.22, 1.47
55+
1028
684
5016
2596
1.29
1.18, 1.39
a SH refers to shoulder harness.
b LB refers to lap belt.
c RR refers to risk ratio.
d CI refers to confidence interval. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
102 Figure B-1.
Discussion
A chart showing the risk ratios and 95-percent confidence intervals for pilot fatal or
serious injury (FSI) when using a lap belt only (LB) relative to a lap belt/shoulder harness
combination (SH) across multiple conditions.
SH consistently reduced the risk of pilot FSI when compared to LB. The risk of FSI with
a lap belt alone was 50 percent higher than with shoulder harnesses. The benefits conveyed by
shoulder harnesses were significant for multiple subgroups within the larger sample.
In terms of flight characteristics, there were several interaction effects found in which
risk of FSI was varied as a function of another variable. For example, in accidents that occurred
during takeoff or landing, for those that did not involve in-flight or postcrash fires, and for those
that did not involve a loss of control in flight, the benefits conferred by SH use was significantly
higher than in accidents that occurred in flight, involved fires, or involved a loss of control in
flight. The likely reason for this finding is that those accidents that involve fire, loss of control,
or that occur when in flight are more likely to be extremely severe, nonsurvivable accidents. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
103
However, it is important to note that even within those severe categories, the significant benefit
of SH in reducing FSI was still present, as denoted by the fact that the confidence intervals in all
categories were greater than 1.
Overall, the findings strongly suggest that lap belt/shoulder harness combinations provide
significant protection beyond that offered by wearing only a lap belt and that there would be
reductions in pilot fatalities and injuries if lap belt/shoulder harness combinations were installed
and used in all GA airplanes.
Limitations
There were two notable limitations in the analysis; however, it is unlikely that the
limitations had a substantial effect on the overall findings. First, restraint use was unknown in
18.9 percent of accidents overall, and the proportion of cases in which restraint use was unknown
was higher when pilots were fatally injured. This is likely because very severe crashes are more
likely to result in evidence being destroyed by fire or explosion, rendering the evidence
unobtainable. Second, shoulder harnesses are more likely to be present in newer aircraft, and
those aircraft may also have advanced crashworthiness features such as delethalized cabins and
crushable seat pans. Due to limitations of the NTSB accident database, it was not possible to
know the age of the aircraft involved, therefore the analysis could not control for this variable. NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
104
Appendix C. Federal Aviation Administration
Special Conditions for the Certification of
Aircraft with Inflatable Restraints NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
105 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
106 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
107 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
108 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
109 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
110 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
111 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
112 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
113
Appendix D. Summary of Dynamic Seat/Restraint
Tests Required for Title 14 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 23 Aircraft NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
114
Appendix E. Airbag Data Collection Form NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
115 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
116 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
117 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
118 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
119 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
120 NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
121
Appendix F. Injury Details
Boyceville, Wisconsin (CHI06FA218)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 55
Height: 6 feet
Weight: 242 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious
Open left pilon fracture with associated fibula fracture
Left nondisplaced radial head fracture
Fracture of posterior medial aspect of right 3rd, 4th, 5th and
possibly 2nd ribs
Mildly displaced fractures of the right 2nd, 4th, 5th and 7th ribs
Mildly displaced anterolateral fractures of the left 4th and 5th ribs
Small abrasions and contusions to right temple; bruising over left
eyelid
3 centimeter laceration to chin
Small contusions scattered on right chest wall
Contusion on left forearm Position: Front row, right seat
Sex: Male
Age: 27
Height: 6 feet
Weight: 150 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Left forehead laceration
Left upper arm abrasion
Left posterior iliac abrasion
Lower cervical neck straina
Position: Second row, right seat
Sex: Male
Age: 26
Height: Not available
Weight: 178 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Left anterior tibial abrasion
Right iliac crest abrasion
a This occupant self-reported additional injuries that he termed “trivial”. These injuries included a bruise above his
right eye, a bruise on his right shoulder and right hip that he attributed to the restraint, and bruising to his backbone.
He also noted bumps on his legs and right arm.
Owyhee, Oregon (SEA06FA168)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 61
Height: 6 feet 1 inch
Weight: 180 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Minor laceration and bruising on head
Bruise on right hip
Bruise on left shin NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
122 Indianapolis, Indiana (CHI06FA245)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 66
Height: 5 feet 8 inches
Weight: 150 pounds
Injury Classification: Fatal
Subgaleal hemorrhage
Left orbital roof fracture
Left sided subdural hemorrhage
Bilateral subarachnoid hemorrhage (diffuse)
Bilateral frontal and left temporal contusion
2 sternal fractures; nondisplaced posterior left 1st–3rd, 6th, 7th,
9th, 12th rib fractures; lateral left 3rd–8th rib fractures
Aortic lacerations (2 centimeters in length and 1.5 centimeters in
length);
Moderate right homothorax
Small left hemothorax
Bilateral pulmonary contusions
Transverse fracture through body of C2
Burst fracture of L1, L4
Bilateral L1 and L2 transverse process fractures
Left transverse process fracture at L3 and L4
Nondisplaced L4 laminar fractures
Nondispalced fracture of the coccyx
Multiple contusions and abrasions on extremities
2–3 centimeter laceration in the left parietal scalp Position: Front row, right seat
Sex: Male
Age: 29
Height: 5 feet 8 inches
Weight: 165
Injury Classification: Serious
Right side small subdural hematoma
Right subarachnoid hemorrhage
Mild right mid-lobe pulmonary contusion
Sternal fracture
L2 burst fracture
Bilateral L1 and L2 transverse process fracture
Nondisplaced right side L5 vertebral body fracture
Small chin laceration
Contusion to the right temporal lobe and right frontal lobe
Abrasion to right lateral neck
Abrasion to the right forehead and left mandibular region Position: Back row, left seat
Sex: Female
Age: 49
Height: 5 feet 5 inches
Weight: 120 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious Blunt trauma to chest and abdomen
L1 burst fracture
T12 posterior element fractures
Nondisplaced sternal fracture; minimally displaced left 2nd, 4th,
and 5th rib fractures
Mildly displaced right anterior 2nd rib fracture
Nondisplaced posterior left 11th rib fracture
Nondisplaced right posterior 1st rib fracture
Severe left mid-foot sprain
Fracture anterior nasal spine of the maxilla
Minimally depressed medially angulated incomplete fracture of the
right nasal bone
Chin lacerations
Small right frontal scalp hematoma Position: Back row, right seat
Sex: Female
Age: 60
Height: 4 feet 11 inches
Weight: 115 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious
T12 burst fracture
Transverse process fracture of right L1, L3 and L5 and left L1, L2,
and L3
Nondisplaced left 2nd–6th rib fractures
Nondisplaced posterior left 9th, 10th, and 11th rib fractures
Minimally displaced right 4th rib fracture
Nondisplaced right 7th rib fracture NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
123
Left upper back superficial burn
Partial thickness burns to the back and left foot
Athens, Texas (DFW07LA078)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front Row, Left Seat
Sex: Male
Age: 31
Height: 5 feet 11 inches
Weight: 176 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Bruises and Sprains
Position: Front Row, Right Seat
Sex: Male
Age: 37
Height: 5 feet 8 inches
Weight: 234 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious Compression fractures of C-7, T-1, and T-2 vertebrae
Minor head laceration
Position: Back Row, Left Seat
Sex: Male
Age: 58
Height: 5 feet 11 inches
Weight: 241 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious Fractured and dislocated 4th and 5th ribs on the right side
Bruises and sprains Fullerton, California (LAX08FA301)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 59
Height: 5 feet 11 inches
Weight: 245 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious
Right proximal femoral shaft fracture
Left tibial plateau fracture
Right distal nondisplaced femoral shaft fracture
Right open ulnar fracture
Right anterior pulmonary contusion
Nasal bone fracture
Stellate laceration across bridge of nose (6 centimeters)
Right eyebrow laceration (3 centimeters)
Abrasion, hematoma on left chest
Abrasions across right upper and lower quadrant NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
124
Groton, Connecticut (ERA09LA064)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 54
Height: 6 feet 9 inches
Weight: 290 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Bruised right knee
Left thumb abrasion Position: Front row, right seat
Sex: Male
Age: 76
Height: 6 feet
Weight: 185 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Bruised knuckles on both hands
Minor knee laceration Green Cove Springs, Florida (ERA09LA062)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 25
Height: 5 feet 7 inches
Weight: 155 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Cut to upper left side of forehead Position: Front row, right seat
Sex: Male
Age: 50
Height: 5 feet 9 inches
Weight: 195 pounds
Injury Classification: None None
Position: Back row, right seat
Sex: Male
Age: 26
Height: 5 feet 7 inches
Weight: 170 pounds
Injury Classification: None None NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
125
Steamboat Springs, Colorado (CEN09LA165)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front Row, Left Seat
Sex: Male
Age: 57
Height: 5 feet 11 inches
Weight: 190 pounds
Injury Classification: None None Position: Front Row, Right Seat
Sex: Female
Age: 53
Height: 5 feet
Weight: 97 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Bloody nose
Small chin bruise
Small chest bruise between 3rd and 4th rib
Sprained left hand/wrist
Position: Back Row, Left Seat
Sex: Female
Age: 13
Height: 5 feet
Weight: 100 pounds
Injury Classification: None None
Position: Back Row, Right Seat
Sex: Female
Age: 15
Height: 5 feet 1 inch
Weight: 110 pounds
Injury Classification: None None Stigler, Oklahoma (CEN09LA247)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 18
Height: 6 feet
Weight: 165 pounds
Injury Classification: Serious
Left fibula fracture
Right lateral malleolus fracture
Right orbital wall fracture
Right zygomatic fracture
Right maxillary sinus fracture
Facial lacerations
Right eye contusion
Upper and lower lip contusions
Bilateral knee abrasions Position: Front row, right seat
Sex: Female
Age: 43
Height: 5 feet 3 inches
Weight: 125 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor
Contusions on left shoulder and left side of neck
Contusions and abrasions on right hip
Position: Back row, left seat
Sex: Female
Age: 45
Height: 5 feet 6 inches
Weight: 162 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor
Left knee contusion
Anterior left ankle laceration NTSB
Aviation Safety Study
126
Boyd, Texas (CEN09LA442)
Occupant Information
Injury Details
Position: Front row, left seat
Sex: Male
Age: 24
Height: 5 feet 10 inches
Weight: 142 pounds
Injury Classification: Minor Laceration (3 centimeters) to left side of head (staples)
Sprained right ankle
Contusion on right heel
Back strain 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2012 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Runway Overrun
American Airlines Flight 2253
Boeing 757-200, N668AA
Jackson Hole, Wyoming
December 29, 2010 Incident Report
NTSB/AAR-12/01
PB2012-910401 National
Transportation
Safety Board NTSB/AAR-12/01
PB2012-910401
Notation 8416
Adopted June 18, 2012 Aircraft Incident Report
Runway Overrun
American Airlines Flight 2253
Boeing 757-200, N668AA
Jackson Hole, Wyoming
December 29, 2010 National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2012. Runway Overrun, American Airlines Flight 2253,
Boeing 757-200, N668AA, Jackson Hole, Wyoming, December 29, 2010. Aircraft Incident Report
NTSB/AAR-12/01. Washington, DC. Abstract: This report discusses the December 29, 2010, incident involving American Airlines
flight 2253, a Boeing 757-200, N668AA, which ran off the departure end of runway 19 and came
to a stop in deep snow after landing at Jackson Hole Airport, Jackson Hole, Wyoming. The
occupants were not injured, and the airplane sustained minor damage.
Safety issues identified in this incident include the following: inadequate pilot training for
recognition of a situation in which the speedbrakes do not automatically deploy as expected after
landing, lack of an alert to warn pilots when speedbrakes have not automatically deployed during
the landing roll, lack of guidance for pilots of certain Boeing airplanes to follow when an
unintended thrust reverser lockout occurs, lack of pilot training for multiple emergency and
abnormal situations, and lack of pilot training emphasizing monitoring skills and workload
management. As a result of this investigation, three new safety recommendations are issued and
three existing safety recommendations are reiterated to the Federal Aviation Administration. The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to promoting aviation,
railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by
Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the
probable causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the
safety effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The Safety Board makes public its actions
and decisions through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and
statistical reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about
available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board
Records Management Division, CIO-40
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, DC 20594
(800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2012-910401 from: National Technical Information Service
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22161
(800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
i
Contents
Figures ............................................................................................................................................ ii
Abbreviations and Acronyms ..................................................................................................... iii
Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... iv Board Member Statements .........................................................................................................28 NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
ii
Figures
Figure 1. A photograph of the incident airplane, viewed from behind, where it came to a stop in
the snow off the departure end of runway 19 at JAC. .................................................................... 3
Figure 2. A photograph of the front of the incident airplane where it came to a stop in the snow
off the departure end of runway 19 at JAC. .................................................................................... 4
Figure 3. A photograph of the center console in the incident airplane‘s cockpit, with the reverse
thrust lever and speedbrake levers marked. .................................................................................... 7
Figure 4. Two diagrams showing the cockpit center console, the speedbrake lever and its
linkages, and components of the automatic speedbrake system. The no-back clutch mechanism
has been highlighted in the side view diagram on the left. A photograph of the speedbrake
actuator and no-back clutch mechanisms has been superimposed on the front view to show those
components‘ relative positions within the center console. ........................................................... 13 NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
iii
Abbreviations and Acronyms
AC advisory circular
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CVR
cockpit voice recorder
EICAS
engine indication and crew alerting system
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
FDR flight data recorder
JAC Jackson Hole Airport
MLG
main landing gear
MU unit used to designate a friction value representing runway surface conditions
NPRM
notice of proposed rulemaking
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
ORD
Chicago O‘Hare International Airport
SAFO
Safety Alert for Operators
SNPRM
supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking
SOP standard operating procedure NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
iv
Executive Summary
This report discusses the December 29, 2010, incident involving American Airlines
flight 2253, a Boeing 757-200, N668AA, which ran off the departure end of runway 19 and came
to a stop in deep snow after landing at Jackson Hole Airport (JAC), Jackson Hole,
Wyoming. The occupants were not injured, and the airplane sustained minor damage.
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
incident was a manufacturing defect in a clutch mechanism that prevented the speedbrakes from
automatically deploying after touchdown and the captain‘s failure to monitor and extend the
speedbrakes manually. Also causal was the failure of the thrust reversers to deploy when initially
commanded. Contributing to the incident was the captain‘s failure to confirm speedbrake
extension before announcing their deployment and his distraction caused by the thrust reversers‘
failure to initially deploy after landing.
This report addresses increased pilot awareness of and focus on speedbrake and thrust
reverser deployment during landing. The incident pilots were familiar with winter operations at
JAC and thoroughly assessed the pertinent weather, airport, and airplane performance
information while en route to JAC. The pilots determined that they could land safely at JAC
using normal deceleration procedures (thrust reversers, speedbrakes, and wheel brakes).
However, the precise timing of the unloading of the main landing gear just after touchdown that
coincided with the deployment of the thrust reversers resulted in a rare mechanical/hydraulic
interaction in the thrust reverser system, and the thrust reversers were locked in transit instead of
continuing to deploy. Further, an unrelated defect in the automatic speedbrake mechanism
prevented the speedbrakes from automatically deploying. Although the pilots could have
manually deployed the speedbrakes at any time during the landing roll, neither pilot recognized
that the speedbrakes had not automatically deployed (as selected) because they were both
distracted by, confused by, and trying to resolve the thrust reverser nondeployment.
Safety issues identified in this incident include the following:
Inadequate pilot training for recognition of a situation in which the speedbrakes
do not automatically deploy as expected after landing. As stated above, the
incident pilots did not recognize that the speedbrakes had not automatically deployed
after touchdown. This report cites three other events in which the pilots were
distracted and did not ensure deployment of the speedbrakes. Prompt speedbrake
deployment after touchdown and monitoring of the speedbrake system during the
landing roll is especially critical for increased braking effectiveness when landing on
short and/or contaminated runways. Lack of an alert to warn pilots when speedbrakes have not automatically
deployed during the landing roll. Although American Airlines had a company
requirement for a callout confirming automatic speedbrake deployment after
touchdown, the pilots still became distracted from ensuring that the speedbrakes
deployed properly. A clearly distinguishable and intelligible alarm would help bring NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
v
the monitoring pilot‘s attention back to the speedbrakes and enable him to manually
deploy them in case they do not automatically deploy. Lack of guidance for pilots of certain Boeing airplanes to follow when an
unintended thrust reverser lockout occurs. Because of the lockout condition that
was created in the thrust reverser system during the incident landing, the flight crew
needed to stow the reverse thrust lever to unlock the system before attempting to
redeploy the thrust reversers. However, postincident interviews with American
Airlines pilots indicated that company pilots were not aware of this technique, and
moving the reverse thrust levers to the stow position during the landing roll would not
be an intuitive action. Lack of pilot training for multiple emergency and abnormal situations. About the
time that the speedbrakes did not deploy, the thrust reverser system also did not
deploy. In this incident, the pilots encountered an abnormal situation when both the
speedbrake and thrust reverser systems did not deploy as expected. Although the
pilots were not aware of the specific solution to the thrust reverser abnormality, the
pilots were aware that they could manually deploy the speedbrakes at any time.
However, because of the pilots‘ focus on and efforts to resolve the thrust reverser
anomaly, neither pilot noticed the abnormal speedbrake situation until the airplane
had come to a stop off the end of the runway. If the incident pilots had received
training on the handling of multiple emergency or abnormal situations, they might not
have focused exclusively on the thrust reverser nondeployment and may have
recognized the speedbrake nondeployment earlier. Lack of pilot training emphasizing monitoring skills and workload management.
After the first officer attempted to deploy the thrust reversers, the captain took
command of the reverse thrust levers. By doing this, the captain deviated from normal
company procedures regarding the pilot flying/pilot monitoring responsibilities
during the landing roll. If the captain had adhered to his monitoring responsibilities
during the landing roll, it is more likely that he would have recognized that the
speedbrakes had not automatically deployed and corrected the situation by manually
deploying them. As a result of this investigation, three new safety recommendations are issued and three
existing safety recommendations are reiterated to the Federal Aviation Administration. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
1 On December 29, 2010, about 1138 mountain standard time,1 American Airlines
flight 2253, a Boeing 757-200, N668AA, ran off the departure end of runway 19 after landing at
Jackson Hole Airport (JAC),2 Jackson Hole, Wyoming. The airplane came to rest about 730 feet
past the departure end of the runway in deep snow. The 179 passengers, 2 pilots, and 4 flight
attendants on board were not injured, and the airplane sustained minor damage. The airplane was
registered to and operated by American Airlines as a scheduled domestic flight under the
provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 121. Instrument meteorological
conditions in light snow prevailed at JAC at the time of the landing, and the flight operated on an
instrument flight rules flight plan. The flight originated from Chicago O‘Hare International
Airport (ORD), Chicago, Illinois, about 0941 central standard time.
Pilot statements and cockpit voice recorder (CVR) data3 indicated that the first officer
was the pilot flying and the captain was the pilot monitoring during the flight from ORD to JAC.
During postincident interviews, both pilots stated that they were familiar with the challenging
landing conditions that could exist at JAC in the winter (for example, slippery runway conditions
and relatively high landing weights,4 which were common during the ski season). As a result,
they said they were especially vigilant and began preparing for the approach and landing at JAC
early during what they described as an uneventful flight from ORD to JAC.
According to American Airlines‘ 757/767 Performance Manual, pilots should confirm
landing performance limits just before landing, using the actual runway conditions at the time. If
the runway braking action is determined to be less than good,5 pilots are required to use the
company-provided landing charts to confirm that the runway length is adequate for the landing.6
American Airlines‘ 757/767 Performance Manual further states that pilots ―must use the most
adverse reliable and appropriate braking action report or the most adverse expected conditions
for the runway, or portion of the runway, that will be used for landing when assessing the
required landing distance.‖ 1 All times in this report are mountain standard time, unless otherwise noted, based on a 24-hour clock.
2 The airport is located at an elevation of 6,491 feet. Runway 01/19, the only runway surface at JAC, is
6,300 feet long and 150 feet wide, with runway safety areas at both ends that comply with Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) standards. The runway is paved with porous friction course asphalt and has a -0.6 percent
downward slope from north to south, with a drop in elevation of 38 feet.
3 A partial transcript of the CVR recording is appended.
4 According to American Airlines‘ 757/767 Operating Manual, the incident airplane‘s maximum landing weight
was 198,000 pounds. The airplane‘s actual landing weight for the incident landing was 194,055 pounds.
5 According to American Airlines‘ 757/767 Performance Manual, if the landing conditions upon arrival indicate
dry or wet/good braking action conditions, no further assessment is required because the company‘s dispatch
requirements ―are sufficient to assure adequate performance at the time of landing.‖
6 American Airlines requires its pilots to ensure that they will not exceed the runway available, interpolating
when using the landing distance charts if needed; however, exact calculations are not required. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
2
The captain gathered the most current information about the JAC weather7 and runway
conditions, including wind, MU8 runway friction values, and pilot braking action reports.
Although the pilot of a corporate jet that landed on runway 19 about 1 hour before the incident
airplane reported ―poor‖ braking action on the last one-third of the runway, he also reported
―good‖ braking action on the first two-thirds of the runway.9 The most current MU friction
values for the runway were obtained about 18 minutes before the incident airplane‘s landing and
indicated values of 0.43, 0.43, and 0.39 for the first, second, and third sections of the runway,
respectively. The incident pilots also reviewed information about potential delays and/or
alternate airports for various circumstances. In addition, the pilots specifically discussed the
airplane‘s performance at high density altitude airports.
After reviewing this information and American Airlines‘ 757 landing charts for JAC, the
pilots determined that they were legal and safe to land on runway 19 based on the airplane‘s
landing weight, the existing wind, the weather, and the ―good‖ braking action that was reported
on the first two-thirds of the runway, and they continued preparations to land at JAC. A review
of the CVR data revealed that the pilots discussed landing within the first 1,000 feet of the
runway and then making efforts to slow the airplane using automatic wheel brakes10 and thrust
reversers11 as promptly as possible to maximize braking effectiveness while on the ―good‖
braking action portion of the runway. To this end, during their preparations for landing, the pilots
armed the speedbrakes12 for automatic deployment after touchdown and selected the automatic
wheel brakes ―MAX AUTO‖ setting.
The pilots‘ statements, CVR data, and National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB)
airplane performance study indicated that the approach to the runway was normal and that the
airplane‘s touchdown was ―firm‖ and about 600 feet beyond the approach threshold. The first
officer (the pilot flying) reported that he tried to deploy the thrust reversers promptly after 7 The most recent JAC automatic terminal information service weather observation received by the captain
indicated, in part, the following conditions: a broken layer of clouds at 400 feet above the ground and an overcast
layer of clouds at 1,000 feet above ground level; wind out of 190° at 6 knots; and 3/4-mile visibility in light snow.
8 The FAA Aeronautical Information Manual defines MU as a unit ―used to designate a friction value
representing runway surface conditions.‖ MU friction values range from 0.0 to 1.0, with 0.0 as the lowest friction
value and 1.0 as the theoretical best friction value available. Friction testing devices provide MU values for the first,
second, and third sections of the runway length.
9 The CVR recorded the incident pilots discussing this pilot report and the captain describing the corporate jet as
a ―Challenger thirty, so little light guy...it‘s a light airplane.‖
10 The airplane‘s wheel brake system is intended to slow and/or stop the airplane after landing and during taxi
operations. It consists of brakes installed on each of the main landing gear wheels that are hydraulically-actuated
manually (by the pilots‘ application of pressure to the brake/rudder pedals) or automatically when autobrakes are
selected before touchdown.
11 The airplane‘s thrust reversers help the airplane decelerate after landing by diverting the flow of the engine
thrust and are generally more effective at higher ground speeds. The airplane‘s thrust reverser system is further
discussed in section 2.2.2 of this report.
12 The airplane‘s speedbrakes are used to help the airplane decelerate after landing by disrupting the airflow
over the wings, maximizing the airplane‘s weight on its landing gear and increasing the wheel brakes‘ effectiveness.
The speedbrakes are generally more effective at higher ground speeds. The NTSB notes that although the terms
―speedbrakes‖ and ―spoilers‖ are commonly used interchangeably by manufacturers, operators, and pilots, this
report uses the term ―speedbrakes‖ because Boeing and American Airlines predominantly use that term when
referring to 757 landing procedures. The airplane‘s speedbrake system is further discussed in section 2.2.3 of this
report. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
3
touchdown, but they did not initially deploy. After the first officer made several attempts to
deploy the thrust reversers, the captain took over the thrust reverser controls and eventually
succeeded in deploying the thrust reversers with about 2,100 feet of runway remaining.13
Subsequently, the airplane continued off the departure end of the runway, coming to a stop in
deep snow off the end of the paved surface. Both pilots stated that they were unaware until after
the airplane came to a stop that the speedbrakes, which they had armed for automatic
deployment, had not automatically deployed after touchdown as they expected. (The NTSB notes
that the pilots could have manually extended the speedbrakes at any time during the landing roll
had they recognized the nondeployment.)
When the airplane was stopped in the snow, the captain told the flight attendants not to
evacuate immediately; he checked on the condition of the passengers and the airplane and
determined that it was safer to remain in the airplane until help arrived. In the meantime, the first
officer advised JAC air traffic control and American Airlines operations personnel that they had
run off the end of the runway and would need assistance. All occupants remained on board the
airplane until JAC ground personnel reached the airplane to assist in the occupants‘ egress.
Postincident examination of the airplane revealed minor damage to the airplane. Figures 1 and 2
show the incident airplane where it came to a stop in the snow off the departure end of
runway 19 at JAC. Figure 1. A photograph of the incident airplane, viewed from behind, where it came to a stop in
the snow off the departure end of runway 19 at JAC. 13 Flight data recorder data indicated that the thrust reversers deployed about 18 seconds after the airplane‘s
initial touchdown and reached full reverse power about 10 seconds later. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
4 Figure 2. A photograph of the front of the incident airplane where it came to a stop in the snow
off the departure end of runway 19 at JAC. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
5 Postincident interviews and American Airlines‘ records indicated that the incident pilots
were certificated in accordance with federal regulations and were current and qualified in the
incident airplane in accordance with American Airlines‘ training requirements. Records also
showed that the captain had 19,645 hours of total flight time, including 10,779 hours in the 757,
and the first officer had about 11,800 hours of total flight time, including 3,582 hours in the 757.
Additionally, company records showed that both pilots had completed American Airlines‘ JAC
special airport training14 and had recent (and, in the captain‘s case, extensive) experience flying
into JAC.15
Company records showed that both pilots had 3 days off before starting duty the day
before the incident. During postincident interviews, both pilots described normal activities and
sleep patterns: the captain indicated that he received his normal 7 1/2 to 8 hours of sleep per
night and needed no special rest breaks, and the first officer described a schedule that included
about 8 1/2 to 9 1/2 hours of sleep per night and stated that he was well rested for the incident
flight. Neither pilot reported any recent changes in their health, financial, or personal
circumstances. The NTSB‘s review of company records, postincident pilot interviews, and
work/sleep/wake and medical histories revealed no evidence of fatigue or any medical or
behavioral conditions that might have adversely affected the pilots‘ performance during the
incident flight.
2.1.1 Pilot Actions in Preparation for Landing at Jackson Hole Airport
A National Weather Service winter weather advisory indicating heavy snowfall, gusty
wind, and possible blowing snow conditions was in effect for the JAC area the morning of the
incident. However, the JAC automated weather observing system reports logged immediately
before and after the incident landing indicated relatively benign conditions, with wind out of the
southwest at 8 to 10 knots. In addition, other ground observations at JAC around the time of the
incident indicated only light snow. The captain obtained numerous updates on JAC weather and
runway conditions throughout the flight, including a braking action report from the pilot of the
corporate jet that landed on runway 19 at JAC ahead of them. The corporate jet pilot reported
―good‖ braking action on the first two-thirds of the runway, with ―poor‖ braking action on the 14 American Airlines requires special airport training for its pilots who are operating into airports with
challenging landing conditions. The company‘s JAC-related special airport training required pilots to (1) review the
approved photo and Ops Advisory pages in the company flight manual and (2) review the software-based airport
familiarization program for JAC. The familiarization program for JAC involved a 5-minute computer animation
with narration that showed an instrument approach to a visual landing on runway 19 and instructed pilots to land in
the first 1,000 feet of the runway. The video also cautioned that the last 1,500 feet of runway 19 might be ―slick‖
due to frozen snow melt.
15 The captain estimated that he had flown into JAC 300 to 400 times in his career, and the first officer stated
that he had flown into JAC frequently, including 4 times with the captain during the month of the incident. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
6
last one-third of the runway. This runway condition assessment was supported by the most recent
reported MU values, which translated to ―wet/good‖ on the first two-thirds of the runway.16
The pilots‘ before-landing calculations accounted for the weather and reported runway
conditions as well as the airplane‘s loading and performance capabilities17 and indicated that,
based on the reported ―wet/good‖ runway braking action, the airplane could land and be stopped
safely on the runway using normal techniques (including a combination of speedbrakes, wheel
brakes, and thrust reversers, as needed, after touchdown). In preparation for this landing, the
pilots had moved the speedbrake lever to the ―armed‖ position. Consistent with American
Airlines‘ before-landing guidance for such a landing, they selected the ―MAX AUTO‖
deceleration option for the main landing gear (MLG) autobrake system.
The NTSB concludes that the pilots had the pertinent weather, airport, and airplane
performance information necessary to determine whether a safe landing could be made at JAC,
and they had taken all appropriate before-landing actions; based on that information, the pilots
appropriately decided that a landing at JAC was in accordance with company and performance
guidelines.
2.1.2 Pilot Actions During the Landing at Jackson Hole Airport
According to the NTSB‘s airplane performance study, the airplane approached runway 19
at JAC at a standard glidepath of about 3° and touched down about 600 feet beyond the runway‘s
approach threshold. After the airplane touched down, the pilots had about 5,700 feet of runway
surface remaining on which to stop the airplane. According to the pilots‘ prelanding calculations
and the NTSB‘s postincident airplane performance study, this available runway surface should
have been sufficient for the airplane to come to a complete stop.
Flight data recorder (FDR) data indicated that the signal from the air/ground sensing
system transitioned from ―air‖ mode to ―ground‖ mode at 1137:43.5.18 FDR data also showed
that, about 1 second later, the airplane‘s air/ground signal temporarily transitioned back to ―air‖
mode before transitioning back to ―ground‖ mode for the remainder of the landing roll.19 This
brief cycling of the air/ground signal during a landing is not uncommon; however, in this case, it
coincided with the first officer‘s attempt to deploy the thrust reversers immediately after
touchdown. The first officer‘s rapid deployment of the thrust reversers was understandable and
consistent with his awareness of the runway conditions at JAC and his intention to stop the
airplane in the first two-thirds of the runway. However, because of the precise timing of these
events, a rare mechanical/hydraulic interaction occurred in the thrust reverser system, and the 16 About 1051, the pilots sent a message to the dispatcher saying that they would stop in the first two-thirds of
the runway, indicating that they were aware that the last one-third of the runway was more slippery than the first
two-thirds of the runway.
17 Among other documents, the pilots reviewed American Airlines‘ 757/767 Performance Manual (including the
braking action chart) and the company‘s 757 Special Landing Analysis chart for JAC.
18 For the purpose of this report, this time will be considered the time of initial touchdown at JAC. The NTSB
normally confirms the time of touchdown by examining the normal acceleration parameter; however, this parameter
was not operating properly during the incident landing.
19 This cycling of the air/ground sensing system is discussed further in section 2.2.1 of this report. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
7
thrust reversers were locked in transit instead of continuing to deploy. Although the pilots
reported multiple movements of the reverse thrust levers after the air/ground sensing system
returned to ―ground‖ mode, the thrust reversers did not begin to redeploy until about 18 seconds
after touchdown.20
American Airlines‘ procedures indicate that the pilot monitoring is to monitor the
speedbrake lever and the thrust reverser and autobrake systems during the landing roll.
Specifically with regard to the speedbrake lever, the procedures indicate that the pilot monitoring
should observe and call out the position of the speedbrake lever after landing and that, if the
speedbrakes do not automatically deploy, the captain should manually deploy the speedbrakes
(regardless of which pilot had monitoring responsibilities). American Airlines‘ 757/767
Operating Manual states, ―Pilot awareness of the speedbrake lever during the landing phase is
important in the prevention of overrun.‖ Further, American Airlines‘ 757/767 Operating Manual
also states, ―Without speedbrakes deployed after touchdown, braking effectiveness may be
reduced initially by as much as 60 [percent].‖ Figure 3 shows the throttle console in the incident
airplane‘s cockpit, with the reverse thrust lever and speedbrake levers marked. Figure 3. A photograph of the center console in the incident airplane’s cockpit, with the reverse
thrust lever and speedbrake levers marked.
The incident airplane‘s CVR transcript showed that, about 2.8 seconds after the airplane‘s
initial touchdown, the captain stated, ―deployed,‖ likely referring to deployment of the
speedbrakes, and then, about 1.2 seconds later, ―two in reverse,‖ likely referring to thrust
reversers.21 According to the CVR, at 1137:48.0 (about 0.5 seconds after the captain called out
―two in reverse‖), the first officer stated, ―no reverse‖ in a strained voice. About 0.8 second later, 20 The thrust reversers‘ operation is discussed further in section 2.2.2 of this report.
21 The captain‘s callouts were erroneous, as neither system had deployed. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
8
the CVR recorded the captain stating, ―I got it‖; then, about 0.6 second later, the captain stated,
―get the...reverse.‖ At 1137:51.1, the CVR simultaneously recorded the captain stating, ―I got it
you steer‖ and the first officer stating, ―I can‘t get it.‖ About 1.8 seconds later, the CVR recorded
the first officer responding, ―I‘m steerin‘.‖
According to American Airlines‘ 757/767 Operating Manual, the pilot monitoring is to
call out ―deployed‖ when speedbrakes deploy or ―no spoilers‖ if the speedbrakes do not deploy.
Regarding reverse thrust operation, American Airlines‘ 757/767 Operating Manual states that if
the green ―REV‖ annunciation light is not illuminated on either engine, the pilot monitoring is to
call out ―no reverse [pertinent engine]‖; the Operating Manual does not specify language for a
positive reverse thrust deployment callout. (American Airlines lists the pilot flying‘s tasks during
landings as moving the thrust reverser levers to reverse ―smoothly and without delay‖ after
landing, using brakes as needed, and then stowing the thrust reversers as the airplane decelerates
through about 60 knots.)
At the NTSB‘s request, Boeing completed a 757-200 landing performance analysis using
criteria obtained from the incident airplane‘s FDR and assuming a variety of runway braking
action and speedbrake and manual thrust reverser deployment conditions consistent with the
incident landing. Boeing‘s calculations confirmed that, under the landing conditions the pilots
anticipated (touchdown about 800 feet from the end of the runway with ―wet/good‖ braking
action and with prompt automatic deployment of speedbrakes and manual deployment of thrust
reversers after touchdown), the airplane would have stopped about 3,800 feet down the
6,300-foot-long runway. The calculations also showed that, under similar touchdown and runway
conditions, with thrust reverser deployment delayed until 21.8 seconds22 after initial touchdown
but prompt speedbrake deployment, the airplane would have stopped about 4,500 feet down the
runway, still on the runway surface. Finally, the performance calculations support that the
runway surface conditions were consistent with ―wet/good‖ conditions as expected by the flight
crew. A stopping distance of about 6,800 feet, about 500 feet beyond the end of the paved
runway surface, was calculated for ―wet/good‖ runway conditions, delayed thrust reverser
deployment, and no speedbrake deployment. It is apparent that the immediate deployment of the
speedbrakes after landing is critical for situations in which stopping distance is a prime concern
(as was the case at JAC on the day of the incident). American Airlines recognizes this in its
757/767 Operating Manual, which states that braking effectiveness may be reduced by as much
as 60 percent when speedbrakes are not deployed.
The NTSB concludes that if either pilot had observed that the speedbrakes had not
automatically deployed and subsequently corrected the situation by manually deploying them,
the airplane‘s stopping distance would have been greatly decreased. 22 During the incident landing, the thrust reversers deployed about 18 seconds after landing but did not reach
full power until about 10 seconds later. Because Boeing‘s analysis tool cannot factor in this gradual engine spool-up
after thrust reverser deployment, the analysis has the thrust reversers deploying at full power 21.8 seconds after
landing. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
9
2.2 Airplane Systems
This section will further discuss the operation and postincident testing of the airplane‘s
air/ground sensing system, thrust reversers, and automatic speedbrakes. (The pilots‘ monitoring
of these systems during the landing roll is further discussed in section 3 of this report.)
2.2.1 Air/Ground Sensing System
The 757‘s air/ground sensing system provides air/ground status information to various
airplane systems, including the automatic speedbrake and thrust reverser control systems. Two
proximity sensors on each of the airplane‘s two MLG assemblies provide ―ground‖ signals to the
air/ground sensing system when both MLG assembly tilt angles reduce from about
9.6° rear-wheels-down when the gear is extended during flight to less than about
5.4° rear-wheels-down during touchdown. When all four proximity sensors sense that this has
occurred, ―ground‖ signals are sent to pertinent airplane systems, allowing their activation. The
air/ground signal will cycle from ―ground‖ mode to ―air‖ mode and back to ―ground‖ mode
again if any one of the four proximity sensors on the MLG assemblies momentarily ―unloads‖
(fails to meet the specified tilt angle) after touchdown.
Postincident inspections and testing of the incident airplane‘s air/ground sensing system
components (including all proximity sensors, switches, and relays) revealed that the system was
fully functional. No failures were detected that would have affected the system‘s operation
during the landing at JAC. Although FDR data showed that, about 1 second after initial
touchdown, the ―ground‖ signal transitioned back to ―air‖ mode for about 0.5 second before
transitioning back to ―ground‖ mode for the remainder of the landing roll, the air/ground sensing
system was capable of normal operation; therefore, this brief interruption of the ―ground‖ signal
most likely resulted from a momentary unloading of one or both of the MLG assemblies. (The
NTSB did not have data to verify that an ―unloading event‖ occurred because the normal
acceleration parameter on the FDR was not operating properly during the incident landing.)
During its investigation of this incident, the NTSB reviewed the air/ground data from the
previous 13 landings performed in the incident airplane and identified 2 additional landings
during which intermittent air/ground signals similar to those observed in the JAC incident data
occurred. Neither of these events prevented the deployment of the thrust reversers as occurred
during the incident landing because the relative timing of the MLG unloadings and the thrust
reverser lever movements were different from the incident landing. The operation of these
systems during the incident landing is discussed below.
2.2.2 Thrust Reversers
The airplane‘s thrust reverser system is designed to help the airplane decelerate after
landing by diverting the direction of the engine exhaust gas stream. Although use of thrust
reversers is not required during landing, when they are deployed early in the landing roll, thrust
reversers help reduce the airplane‘s stopping distance. To initiate thrust reverser extension, the
airplane must detect that it is on the ground, and the pilot flying must lift the reverse thrust levers NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
10
up and rearward to their interlock position. The thrust reversers would begin to deploy,23 and,
after they reach their mid-travel positions, the pilot must move the reverse thrust levers further
aft to apply reverse thrust, increasing engine power as required to help stop the airplane.
Each engine has its own thrust reverser control system that hydraulically deploys the
thrust reversers based on electrical and mechanical commands it receives from the following
sources: pilot inputs; the air/ground sensing system; the thrust reverser auto restow system;24 and
multiple thrust reverser system sensors, relays, and feedback signals. The thrust reverser systems
function independently except for the common signal they receive from the air/ground system.
Because a thrust reverser extension command is a function of several system inputs, an
intermittent loss of any one of these inputs could briefly interrupt continuous deployment.
During the incident landing, a momentary interruption in the ―ground‖ signal from the
air/ground sensing system occurred almost immediately after the thrust reversers began to
extend.25 Such interruptions in the ―ground‖ signal are not unusual (commonly occurring during
bounced landings, for example). Under normal circumstances, such interruptions are benign and
go undetected by pilots because the thrust reversers continue to deploy automatically when the
air/ground ―ground‖ signal resumes with no further pilot action required. However, during the
incident landing, the thrust reversers locked in transit and did not continue to deploy. The pilots
made multiple attempts to deploy the thrust reversers after the air/ground sensing system
returned to ―ground‖ mode; however, the thrust reversers did not deploy until about 18 seconds
after touchdown.
Postincident testing of the thrust reverser control system verified that each engine‘s thrust
reverser system was fully operational and that each engine‘s thrust reverser translating sleeve
extended and retracted per the specified maintenance requirements. A detailed review of the
thrust reverser control system design identified one potential scenario in which the momentary
change from ―ground‖ mode to ―air‖ mode could cause each engine‘s thrust reverser sync-lock26
mechanism to lock in transit. Such a lockout could only occur if a momentary change from the
―ground‖ mode to the ―air‖ mode occurs in the instant (1) immediately after the thrust reversers
begin to extend after touchdown and (2) in the split second before the thrust reverser‘s auto
restow system is activated. This lockout would prevent movement of the thrust reversers until
about 5 seconds after a pilot moves the reverse thrust levers back to their stowed position,
allowing the thrust reverser system to deactivate and begin deployment again when commanded. 23 The thrust reverser control system is designed to deploy the thrust reversers when the air/ground sensing
system sends a ―ground‖ signal and the thrust reverser levers are in their interlock position. Each reverse thrust lever
is restricted to an intermediate or interlock position until its respective thrust reverser reaches its mid-travel position.
24 This system is activated when sensors detect that the thrust reverser‘s translating sleeves are no longer in their
stowed positions. Its main design purpose is to automatically return the translating sleeves to their stowed positions
if they move from the stowed position when the aircraft is airborne.
25 FDR data showed that the thrust reversers began to deploy about 1 second after the airplane touched down,
and, while the reversers were deploying, the air/ground sensing system transitioned back to ―air‖ mode for about
0.5 second before it transitioned back to ―ground‖ mode for the remainder of the landing roll.
26 The sync-lock mechanism is intended to prevent the thrust reverser translating sleeves from accidentally
extending due to failures within the thrust reverser system. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
11
FDR data showed that one of the pilots (likely the captain, based on postincident
statements and CVR data) briefly moved the reverse thrust levers to the stowed position and then
back to the interlock position about 10 seconds after touchdown. The data further showed that
the reverse thrust levers were moved forward of their interlock position allowing the full
deployment of the thrust reversers about 18 seconds after touchdown.27 During postincident
interviews, both incident pilots indicated that they were unaware of a circumstance in which the
thrust reversers could be locked in transit and were unaware of the actions needed to correct the
situation. (Further, American Airlines‘ personnel in general, including the company‘s 757/767
fleet manager, were unaware of this rare event or its resolution.) It is likely that, during their
postlanding manipulations of the reverse thrust levers, the pilots moved the levers forward
enough to deactivate the system because when the levers returned to their interlock position, the
system was properly configured, and the thrust reversers deployed normally.
The NTSB concludes that, although the momentary interruption of the air/ground
system‘s ―ground‖ signal after touchdown would not normally adversely affect the deployment
of thrust reversers, in this case it coincided almost precisely with the initial deployment of the
thrust reversers and resulted in the thrust reversers locking in transit instead of continuing to
deploy.
2.2.3 Automatic Speedbrake System
The airplane‘s automatic speedbrake system consists of six panels on the upper surface of
each wing that can be automatically or manually deployed at touchdown to disrupt the airflow
over the wings, maximizing the weight on the landing gear and increasing the wheel brakes‘
effectiveness.28 Although automatic speedbrakes are not generally required for landings29
(because pilots can manually deploy the speedbrakes at any time), use of the automatic
speedbrakes can ensure prompt deployment of the speedbrakes after touchdown and optimize the
airplane‘s deceleration during the landing roll.30
To deploy the speedbrakes automatically, the pilots should move the speedbrake lever to
its ―armed‖ detent before touchdown.31 By design, when the speedbrake lever is ―armed,‖ the
speedbrake actuator automatically drives the speedbrake lever to its full aft position after the
airplane touches down (indicated by the air/ground sensing system signal‘s transition from
―air‖ mode to ―ground‖ mode). This normally results in the deployment of the speedbrake panels
to their fully deployed position. However, if the air/ground sensing system reverts back to 27 Consistent with the FDR data, a video taken through a left-side window by a passenger during the landing
showed that the left thrust reverser began to deploy shortly after touchdown, then stopped moving and remained in a
partially deployed position for about 10 seconds. The video then showed the left thrust reverser closing for about
6 seconds before finally fully extending.
28 These panels are also used when the airplane is in flight to assist the ailerons in lateral control and to increase
drag and reduce lift. Boeing refers to these panels as ―spoilers‖ when referring to their lateral control function.
29 According to American Airlines‘ 757/767 Minimum Equipment List, the automatic speedbrake function is
required to be operable at the time of dispatch for flights into JAC.
30 As previously noted, an airplane‘s braking effectiveness may be reduced by as much as 60 percent when
speedbrakes are not deployed promptly after landing.
31 If the pilots do not move the speedbrake lever to its armed detent before touchdown, the system will normally
automatically deploy the speedbrakes when the thrust reversers are deployed. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
12
―air‖ mode after the automatic speedbrake actuator has begun to extend, the speedbrake actuator
will retract automatically and retract the speedbrake lever. If the air/ground sensing system signal
subsequently transitions back to ―ground‖ mode, the speedbrake system is designed to again
automatically drive the speedbrake lever to extend the speedbrakes.
Review of FDR and CVR data confirmed that the pilots positioned the speedbrake lever
to its armed detent at 1130:29, about 7 minutes before landing at JAC. FDR data further indicated
that, after the airplane touched down, the speedbrake lever initially remained in its armed
position, and then briefly moved from, and then returned to, its armed position where it remained
for the duration of the landing. This movement of the speedbrake lever coincided with the
air/ground sensing system cycling from ―ground‖ mode to ―air‖ mode and then back to
―ground‖ mode. The speedbrake lever‘s movement from its ―armed‖ position indicated that the
automatic speedbrake actuator had partially extended upon initial touchdown.32 Normally, when
the air/ground signal indicated ―ground‖ a second time, the automatic speedbrake system would
have driven the speedbrake lever beyond its ―armed‖ position to fully deploy the speedbrakes.
The NTSB concludes that, although the pilots had armed the automatic speedbrake system
during the approach to JAC, the automatic speedbrakes failed to automatically deploy as
designed after touchdown.
Initial examination and testing of the incident airplane‘s automatic speedbrake system
and its components revealed no evidence of a malfunction that would have prevented normal
operation during the incident landing.33 However, the automatic speedbrake mechanism was
removed and examined after the incident airplane experienced another automatic speedbrake
system nondeployment on March 31, 2011.34 This examination revealed a latent assembly defect
in the no-back clutch mechanism35 that intermittently prevented the speedbrake actuator from
automatically driving the speedbrake lever beyond its armed detent to extend the speedbrakes.
Specifically, one of the four speedbrake lever braking pins was improperly secured, which
allowed it to intermittently rotate within its assembly and prevented the no-back clutch from
transmitting the torque from the automatic speedbrake actuator to the speedbrake lever.
Additional testing showed that this condition would only occur when the actuator was attempting
to drive the speedbrake lever towards the ―up‖ (speedbrakes extended) position and would not
occur when the actuator was retracting the speedbrake lever. Further, it was noted that this defect
only affected the speedbrakes‘ automatic deployment function and would not have prevented the
pilots from manually deploying the speedbrakes. Figure 4 contains two diagrams showing the
cockpit center console, the speedbrake lever and its linkages, and components of the automatic
speedbrake system. The no-back clutch mechanism has been highlighted in the side view 32 If the automatic speedbrake actuator had not begun to extend the speedbrakes at touchdown, the system‘s
temporary retraction of the speedbrake lever could not have occurred.
33 During postincident examination, the NTSB discovered that a bushing had not been installed in the automatic
speedbrake actuator‘s aft mounting attachment. This defect would not have prevented the automatic speedbrake
actuator from operating.
34 The NTSB notes that the pilots involved in the March 31, 2011, event noted the automatic speedbrake
system‘s nondeployment and manually extended the speedbrakes; the airplane stopped on the available runway
surface.
35 The no-back clutch mechanism allows the speedbrake lever to be moved freely (independently) from the
automatic speedbrake actuator and allows an input (extend/retract) from the automatic speedbrake actuator to drive
the speedbrake lever. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
13
diagram on the left. A photograph of the speedbrake actuator and no-back clutch mechanisms
has been superimposed on the front view to show those components‘ relative positions within the
center console. Figure 4. Two diagrams showing the cockpit center console, the speedbrake lever and its
linkages, and components of the automatic speedbrake system. The no-back clutch mechanism
has been highlighted in the side view diagram on the left. A photograph of the speedbrake
actuator and no-back clutch mechanisms has been superimposed on the front view to show
those components’ relative positions within the center console.
Because the effects of this defect were intermittent and the defect‘s visual detection
would require disassembly of the no-back clutch mechanism (a function usually performed by
the manufacturer or another external facility, not the operator), an operator would not likely have
detected the defect during normal maintenance testing. When this assembly defect in the no-back
clutch was identified, the manufacturer of the no-back clutch told NTSB investigators that the
company was not aware of any instances involving similar anomalies in other no-back clutch
units.36 As a result of this investigation, the manufacturer clarified its documentation to ensure
proper assembly of the no-back clutch units. In addition, in its March 7, 2012, submission for 36 Since this anomaly was identified, the company has received 32 no-back clutch assembly units from operators
for repair. Although 2 of these units were returned with complaints of ―auto speedbrake failed to deploy,‖
disassembly and repair of all 32 units revealed no similar anomalies. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
14
this incident, Boeing indicated that it is ―currently writing a Fleet Team Digest[37] article that will
contain the information concerning the no-back clutch and its possible intermittent anomaly.‖
The NTSB concludes that a manufacturing defect in the incident airplane‘s speedbrake
no-back clutch mechanism prevented the speedbrakes from automatically deploying during the
incident landing.
2.2.4 Airplane System Summary In summary, the NTSB‘s postincident examination and testing of the airplane‘s systems
revealed no evidence of any failures of the air/ground sensing system during the incident
landing, indicating that the intermittent air/ground signal occurred when the MLG unloaded just
after touchdown. The investigation also showed that the thrust reverser system and its
components were capable of normal operation during the incident landing. In addition, although
an intermittent mechanical defect in the automatic speedbrake system intermittently prevented
the speedbrakes from automatically deploying, the defect would not have prevented the pilots
from manually deploying the speedbrakes, if they had noted that the speedbrakes did not deploy.
2.3 Flight Data Recorder Maintenance and Documentation
The incident airplane was equipped with an L-3/Fairchild FA2100 FDR, which contained
about 44 hours of data, including the incident flight. The FDR was removed from the incident
airplane and transported to NTSB headquarters in Washington, D.C., for downloading and data
evaluation.38 The NTSB‘s readout of the incident airplane‘s FDR revealed that several of the
parameters (including normal acceleration, a mandatory parameter) were not functioning
properly.
In addition, during its investigation, the NTSB identified issues with American Airlines‘
FDR system-related documentation, its FDR-related maintenance program, and the Federal
Aviation Administration‘s (FAA) oversight of that maintenance program. Specifically, although
operators are required by federal regulations to maintain accurate documentation of their FDR
configurations, American Airlines personnel could not provide appropriate documentation and/or
wiring diagrams for the incident airplane‘s FDR installation. In addition, the investigation
showed that American Airlines‘ improper performance of the two tests intended to ensure that 37 Boeing‘s Fleet Team Digest is a publication the company uses to provide model-specific maintenance updates
and other fleet-specific information that its operators can access through Boeing‘s customer service website at
http://www.boeing.com/commercial/aviationservices/myboeingfleet/index.htm (accessed May 3, 2012).
38 While acting as a party to the investigation and before transporting the FDR to NTSB headquarters, the FDR
was flown to Tulsa, Oklahoma, where American Airlines personnel downloaded the FDR data. Because this
unauthorized downloading of FDR data was not consistent with its signed commitment to the party system and
could have destroyed evidence critical to the investigation, American Airlines was removed as a party to this
investigation. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
15
the FDR system is operating properly39 allowed numerous FDR discrepancies to go undetected,
which hampered FDR data collection and evaluation during this investigation.
Since 1972, the NTSB has made numerous recommendations to address problems
regarding installation and maintenance of FDR systems, inaccurate or incomplete
documentation, and inadequate oversight of the maintenance programs that should have
identified these problems.40 These FDR-related issues, although not factors related to the cause
of this incident, did affect the NTSB‘s ability to evaluate the available data. 39 A reasonableness check is performed every 4,000 flight hours and involves downloading and
evaluating/auditing FDR data. A system functional check is performed by maintenance personnel every 72 months
to ensure that all FDR system components and interfaces are working properly.
40 For additional information, see (a) Uncontrolled Impact With Terrain, Fine Airlines Flight 101, Douglas
DC-8-61, N27UA, Miami, Florida, August 7, 1997, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-98/02 (Washington, D.C.:
National Transportation Safety Board, 1998); (b) Loss of Pitch Control on Takeoff, Emery Worldwide Airlines,
Flight 17, McDonnell Douglas DC-8-71F, N8079U, Rancho Cordova, California, February 16, 2000, Aircraft
Accident Report NTSB/AAR-03/02 (Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2003); and (c) Crash
During Landing, Executive Airlines (doing business as American Eagle) Flight 5401, Avions de Transport
Regional 72-212, N438AT, San Juan, Puerto Rico, May 9, 2004, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-05/02
(Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2005), which are available at http://www.ntsb.gov. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
16 The NTSB evaluated possible explanations for the captain‘s erroneous and premature
speedbrake and thrust reverser callouts and his failure to monitor and notice that the speedbrakes
had not automatically deployed as expected. The only positive indication available to the captain
to verify extension of the speedbrakes would have been the aft position of the handle, which was
visible from and within reach of both pilots‘ seating positions. FDR data showed that the
speedbrake handle was in the armed position for landing and began to move within 1 second of
landing but did not continue to move to the aft (extended) position as expected. The NTSB
concludes that the captain‘s erroneous speedbrakes ―deployed‖ callout was likely made in
anticipation (not in confirmation) of speedbrake deployment after he observed the speedbrake
handle‘s initial movement; after the ―deployed‖ callout was made, both pilots likely presumed
that the reliable automatic speedbrakes were functioning normally and focused on the thrust
reverser problem.
About the same time that the speedbrake handle started to move, the amber annunciation
lights on the engine indication and crew alerting system (EICAS) display would have provided
the captain with a cue that the thrust reversers were in transition.41 Although the captain called
out ―two in reverse,‖ this callout was not based on the illumination of the green annunciation
since the air/ground sensing system cycling to ―air‖ mode prevented the reversers from
deploying at that time. (Immediately following the captain‘s ―two in reverse‖ callout, the CVR
recorded the first officer stating, ―no reverse‖ in a voice that sounded strained.) Given the typical
reliability of the thrust reverser system,42 it is likely that the captain made the callout because he
expected normal thrust reverser deployment after seeing the amber EICAS annunciation.
The NTSB considered whether operational stress during the approach and landing might
have resulted in the captain‘s erroneous callouts, his failure to monitor, and both pilots‘ failure to
notice that the speedbrakes had not deployed. Under normal circumstances, landing at JAC can
be challenging; it is located at an elevation of 6,451 feet, it is surrounded by mountainous terrain,
and runway 19 is relatively short (6,300 feet) and has a downward slope of 0.6 percent. On the
day of the incident, additional challenges were present; there was snow on the runway, the
approach was flown to published minimums, and the airplane was near its maximum landing
weight. Although operating into JAC in such conditions can be demanding and requires pilots to
maintain a heightened alertness throughout the approach and landing, the operational conditions
encountered by the incident pilots were typical for JAC in winter. CVR data showed that the
incident pilots had prepared thoroughly for the landing and accurately determined they had
sufficient performance to land safely on the runway. Despite the challenges of the approach and 41 Green annunciations would illuminate when the thrust reversers are fully deployed.
42 As previously stated, in normal bounced landing circumstances, the thrust reversers would redeploy when the
air/ground ―ground‖ signal resumes (as would the automatic speedbrakes) with no further pilot action required. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
17
landing, the pilots seemed alert but not stressed. During postincident interviews, the pilots stated
they had no concerns about landing at JAC as they were both experienced flying into the airport,
they were familiar with the conditions that existed, and they felt comfortable with the approach.
Therefore, the NTSB considers it unlikely that those challenges created operational stress during
the incident landing.
However, despite their experience flying into JAC and their adequate preparation for the
landing, the flight crew tunneled their attention on deploying the thrust reversers. Although the
CVR recorded both pilots commenting that the airplane was not slowing on the runway, the
captain did not return to his monitoring duties. Neither pilot was able to broaden his focus
enough to look at the big picture and notice that the speedbrakes (the more crucial deceleration
tool) had not deployed.
The NTSB notes that the captain‘s expectation that the speedbrake and thrust reverser
systems would function reliably and routinely as the pilots had observed them function during
multiple previous landings might have led to less vigilant monitoring of those systems. Research
has shown that reliable automated systems can lead pilots to have trust and confidence that the
system will function as designed. In some cases, this expectation of proper system functioning
can lead to poor system monitoring and failure to detect automation malfunctions.43
Further, pilots are often required to divide their attention between multiple tasks in
routine flight operations, and the challenges involved in managing multiple tasks is heightened
during unexpected or abnormal situations. In this incident, the pilots encountered an abnormal
situation when both the speedbrake and thrust reverser systems did not deploy as expected. The
NTSB has previously issued safety recommendations addressing issues related to pilots handling
multiple emergency and/or abnormal situations. For example, Safety Recommendations A-09-24
and -2544 asked the FAA to do the following:
Establish best practices for conducting both single and multiple emergency and abnormal
situations training. (A-09-24)
Once the best practices for both single and multiple emergency and abnormal situations
training asked for in Safety Recommendation A-09-24 have been established, require that
these best practices be incorporated into all operators‘ approved training programs.
(A-09-25) On August 11, 2009, the FAA indicated that it published a notice of proposed rulemaking
(NPRM), titled ―Qualifications, Service, and Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers,‖ on
January 12, 2009 (74 Federal Register 1280). The FAA stated that the NPRM addressed these
recommendations by requiring the inclusion of scenario-based training. The FAA indicated its 43 See (a) J.D. Lee and N. Moray, ―Trust and the Allocation of Function in the Control of Automatic Systems,‖
Ergonomics, vol. 35 (1992), pp. 1243-1270; (b) J.D. Lee and N. Moray, ―Trust, Self-Confidence, and Operators‘
Adaptation to Automation,‖ International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, vol. 40 (1994), pp. 153-184; and
(c) R. Parasuraman, R. Molloy, and I.L. Singh, ―Performance Consequences of Automation-Induced
‗Complacency,‘‖ The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, vol. 3(1) (1993), pp. 1-23.
44 For additional information, see In-Flight Left Engine Fire, American Airlines Flight 1400, McDonnell
Douglas DC-9-82, N454AA, St. Louis, Missouri, September 28, 2007, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-09/03
(Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2009), which is available at http://www.ntsb.gov. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
18
belief that these scenario-based training events constituted the establishment of industry best
practices for single and multiple emergency and abnormal situations training. The FAA also
planned to revise FAA Order 8900.1 and/or issue a notice to require FAA inspectors to withdraw
approval of 14 CFR Part 121 training programs that do not incorporate scenario-based training
and practices. The FAA further indicated that training programs conducted under its Advanced
Qualification Program45 were already required to make use of scenario-based line operational
evaluations. Finally, the FAA stated that it planned to review the existing and proposed
regulatory and policy framework to determine whether additional guidance or requirements were
necessary.
On April 2, 2010, the NTSB replied that the use of scenario-based training would address
the intent of Safety Recommendations A-09-24 and -25 but asked how the training scenarios will
be developed, noting that the collection of best practices related to such scenarios would remain
necessary. The NTSB noted that issuance of the final rule proposed in the January 12, 2009,
NPRM would give the FAA the regulatory framework to require such training but that, without a
guide to best practices, inspectors and operators would have difficulty creating effective
programs. The NTSB stated that the FAA‘s planned review of the regulatory and policy
framework to determine whether additional guidance or requirements were necessary might
include the collection and dissemination of the recommended best practices. Pending the
outcome of that review and issuance of the final rule proposed in the NPRM,46 Safety
Recommendations A-09-24 and-25 were classified ―Open—Acceptable Response.‖
Although pilots are typically trained to handle a single emergency, the reality is that
pilots are sometimes faced with situations that include multiple abnormalities or emergencies.
Training for multiple emergency and abnormal situations would provide pilots the opportunity to
practice the processes and skills needed to handle such events so that the pilots would be better
prepared to handle them in flight. Trained pilots would have better situational awareness and
would be better equipped to adapt a learned process to the specific circumstances and time
constraints of the event they encounter. This increased situational awareness is even more
important in time-critical situations when pilots must respond quickly.
The NTSB has investigated a number of accidents and incidents in which pilots have
focused their attention on one emergency or abnormal situation at the exclusion of another,
which ultimately resulted in an accident.47 The incident at JAC shows that even experienced 45 The FAA‘s Advanced Qualification Program is a voluntary alternative to the traditional regulatory
requirements for pilot training and checking that was designed to (1) increase aviation safety through improved
training and evaluation and (2) be responsive to changes in aircraft technology, operations, and training
methodologies.
46 A related supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (SNPRM), published May 20, 2011 (76 Federal
Register 29336), contained the relevant portions of the NPRM. The SNPRM is further discussed in section 3.1.2 of
this report.
47 Two examples of such accidents are the accidents involving Southwest Airlines flight 1248 at Chicago,
Illinois, and Empire Airlines flight 8284 at Lubbock, Texas. For additional information, see Runway Overrun and
Collision, Southwest Airlines Flight 1248, Boeing 737-7H4, N471WN, Chicago Midway International Airport,
Chicago, Illinois, December 8, 2005, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/06 (Washington, D.C.: National
Transportation Safety Board, 2007) and Crash During Approach to Landing, Empire Airlines Flight 8284, Avions de
Transport Regional, Aerospatiale Alenia ATR 42-320, N902FX, Lubbock, Texas, January 27, 2009, Aircraft
Accident Report NTSB/AAR-11/02 (Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2011), both of which
are available at http://www.ntsb.gov. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
19
pilots with adequate preparation for a given situation (in this case, landing) can become
distracted and narrow their attention when multiple abnormal situations occur. If the incident
pilots had received training for multiple emergency or abnormal events, they likely would have
evaluated the situation as a whole rather than focusing on the most salient cue, which was the
thrust reversers not deploying.
During the landing at JAC, two qualified, experienced pilots encountered simultaneous
system abnormalities when neither the thrust reversers nor the automatic speedbrakes deployed
as expected. Although the pilots were not aware of the specific solution to the thrust reverser
abnormality (which they only resolved through persistent efforts and luck), all pilots know that
they could manually deploy the speedbrakes at any time during a landing. However, because of
their focus on and efforts to resolve the thrust reverser anomaly, neither pilot noticed the
abnormal speedbrake situation until the airplane had come to a stop off the end of the runway.
The NTSB concludes that if the incident pilots had received specific pilot training on the
handling of multiple emergency or abnormal situations, they might not have focused exclusively
on the thrust reverser nondeployment and might have been more likely to recognize and properly
resolve the speedbrake nondeployment during the landing. Therefore, the NTSB reiterates Safety
Recommendations A-09-24 and -25.
Research has shown that abnormal and emergency situations increase pilot workload,
require additional effort to manage effectively, and can result in task fixation and narrowing of
attention.48 In addition, the NTSB‘s review of accident and incident data shows that unexpected
events or anomalies during approach and landing have the potential to distract pilots‘ attention
from routine actions and cues, which, in some cases, has resulted in runway overruns. In one
such case (the June 1, 1999, accident involving American Airlines flight 1420 at Little Rock,
Arkansas),49 the NTSB concluded that the pilots were focused on expediting the landing because
of impending weather and did not ensure that the automatic speedbrakes were armed before
landing, nor did they detect this omission and manually extend the speedbrakes while they were
struggling to stop the airplane and maintain directional control during the landing roll. In another
such case (the December 8, 2005, accident involving Southwest Airlines flight 1248 at Chicago,
Illinois),50 the NTSB concluded that the pilots‘ first use of the airplane‘s autobrake system
during a challenging landing distracted them from the otherwise routine task of thrust reverser
deployment. In addition, the NTSB is currently investigating the April 26, 2011, runway overrun
incident involving Southwest Airlines flight 1919, a 737, at Chicago Midway International
Airport, Chicago, Illinois.51 Postincident interviews indicate that these pilots were distracted by a
series of events during the approach, did not arm the automatic speedbrake system before
landing, and did not recognize that the speedbrakes had not deployed, as they were focused on
braking performance. 48 R.K. Dismukes, G.E. Young, and R.L. Sumwalt, ―Cockpit Interruptions and Distractions: Effective
Management Requires a Careful Balancing Act,‖ ASRS Directline, vol. 10 (1998) pp 4-9.
49 For additional information, see Runway Overrun During Landing, American Airlines Flight 1420, McDonnell
Douglas MD-82, N215AA, Little Rock, Arkansas, June 1, 1999, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-01/02
(Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2001), which is available at http://www.ntsb.gov.
50 For additional information, see NTSB/AAR-07/06.
51 Preliminary information about this incident, NTSB case number DCA11IA047, can be found online at
http://www.ntsb.gov/aviationquery/index.aspx. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
20
Prompt speedbrake deployment after touchdown and monitoring of the speedbrake
system during the landing roll is especially critical for increased braking effectiveness when
landing on short and/or contaminated runways. Although the CVR only recorded the pilots
discussing thrust reverser deployment during their preparations for landing at JAC, American
Airlines‘ 757/767 Operating Manual states that braking effectiveness may be reduced by as
much as 60 percent when speedbrakes are not deployed; therefore, both pilots were aware that
the timely deployment of the speedbrakes was critical in reducing stopping distance after
landing. In addition, based on the captain‘s training and American Airlines‘ procedures, he
should have been aware of his responsibility for monitoring the speedbrake system during the
landing roll.
According to CVR data, rather than confirming the speedbrake deployment using the
available cues, both pilots were focused on the thrust reversers‘ nondeployment and became
preoccupied with attempting to deploy them. The NTSB concludes that, although American
Airlines‘ manuals and procedures emphasized the importance of prompt speedbrake deployment
and monitoring of the speedbrake lever after landing, the pilots did not recognize that the
speedbrakes had not automatically deployed because both pilots were distracted by, confused by,
and trying to resolve the thrust reversers‘ nondeployment. Therefore, because timely deployment
and monitoring of speedbrakes is so critical to landing safely, the NTSB recommends that the
FAA require all operators of existing speedbrake-equipped transport-category airplanes to
develop and incorporate training to specifically address recognition of a situation in which the
speedbrakes do not deploy as expected after landing.
As a result of the June 1, 1999, American Airlines flight 1420 accident at Little Rock,
Arkansas, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation A-01-50, which asked the FAA to do the
following:
For all 14 [CFR] Part 121 and 135 operators, require a callout if the spoilers
[speedbrakes] do not automatically or manually deploy during landing and a callout when
the spoilers [speedbrakes] have deployed, and verify that these operators include these
procedures in their flight manuals, checklists, and training programs. The procedures
should clearly identify which pilot is responsible for making these callouts and which
pilot is responsible for deploying the spoilers [speedbrakes] if they do not automatically
or manually deploy.
In response, the FAA amended Advisory Circular (AC) 120-71, ―Standard Operating Procedures
for Flightdeck Crew Members,‖ Appendix 1, to include more explicit language regarding the use
of spoiler/speedbrake systems. The AC now contains, as recommended standard operating
procedures (SOP), dual pilot confirmation that the automatic speedbrakes have been armed
before landing and a callout by the pilot monitoring to verify that the speedbrakes deployed (or
failed to deploy) after landing.52
American Airlines had incorporated the speedbrake-related SOPs into its operations,
manuals, and training, and the incident pilots were aware of them. Further, CVR data and
postincident interviews confirmed that both pilots were aware of and focused on the need for 52 As a result of the FAA‘s actions, on December 10, 2003, the NTSB classified Safety
Recommendation A-01-50 ―Closed—Acceptable Action.‖ NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
21
rapid deceleration during the incident landing. However, despite the captain‘s callout confirming
that the speedbrakes had deployed, both pilots were too distracted by the thrust reversers‘
nondeployment to notice that the speedbrakes had not deployed.
This incident shows that, even with a company requirement for a callout confirming
automatic speedbrake deployment after touchdown and with pilots who have a heightened
awareness of the need for prompt speedbrake deployment during a landing, pilots can still
become distracted from ensuring that the speedbrakes deploy properly. In addition, the pilot
monitoring in the December 8, 2005, Southwest Airlines flight 1248 accident at Chicago,
Illinois, was also required to call out the absence of speedbrake deployment (and manually
deploy speedbrakes), and he did not notice the speedbrakes‘ nondeployment either, as both pilots
quickly focused their attention on braking performance after touchdown. The NTSB concludes
that a clearly distinguishable and intelligible alert that activates when the speedbrakes do not
automatically deploy after landing would have provided the pilots with a salient warning that the
speedbrakes did not function as expected and would likely have brought the captain‘s attention
back to the speedbrakes and resulted in manual speedbrake deployment. Although previously
type-certificated airplanes may not be equipped for installation of an aural alert system,53 with
more modern technology such a system could easily be designed into newly type-certificated
airplanes. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA require all newly type-certificated
14 CFR Part 25 airplanes to have a clearly distinguishable and intelligible alert that warns pilots
when the speedbrakes have not deployed during the landing roll.
Because of the rare mechanical/hydraulic interaction that locked the thrust reversers in
transit during the incident landing, the pilots needed to stow the reverse thrust lever to unlock the
system before attempting to redeploy the thrust reversers. However, postincident interviews with
American Airlines pilots indicated that company pilots were not aware of this technique,54 and
moving the reverse thrust levers to the stowed position during the landing roll would not be an
intuitive action. The NTSB concludes that if the incident pilots had known that when the thrust
reversers locked in-transit they needed to move the reverse thrust levers to the stowed position
before attempting to deploy them again, the deployment of the thrust reversers could have
occurred much earlier in the landing roll. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA
require Boeing to establish guidance for pilots of all relevant airplanes to follow when an
unintended thrust reverser lockout occurs and to provide that guidance to all operators of those
airplanes.
3.1.2 Pilot Responsibilities After Landing
American Airlines‘ procedures indicate that the pilot monitoring (in this case, the
captain) is to monitor the automatic speedbrake and thrust reverser deployment during the
landing roll, whereas the pilot flying (in this case, the first officer) is to deploy the thrust
reversers, apply manual brakes as required, and stow the thrust reversers as the airplane 53 The NTSB notes that the previously issued safety recommendation regarding pilot training to address
nondeployment of speedbrakes could address this issue for crews in previously type-certificated airplanes.
54 The potential for this type of event had not been identified before this incident; as a result, Boeing‘s 757/767
guidance did not contain related guidance. According to Boeing, its Pratt and Whitney engine-equipped 757/767
airplanes are the only Boeing-manufactured airplanes that have the potential for this type of event. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
22
decelerates. However, in this case, CVR data showed that about 0.8 second after the first officer
stated ―no reverse,‖ the captain was taking command of the thrust reverser levers. By assuming
control of the thrust reversers before the first officer could attempt to resolve the situation, the
captain deviated from normal company procedures regarding the pilot flying/pilot monitoring
responsibilities during the landing roll. Specifically, if the captain had adhered to his monitoring
responsibilities during the landing roll, it is more likely that he would have recognized that the
speedbrakes had not automatically deployed and corrected the situation by manually deploying
them, increasing the airplane‘s braking effectiveness significantly.
The NTSB has previously issued safety recommendations related to pilot workload
management and monitoring skills, including Safety Recommendation A-07-13,55 which asked
the FAA to do the following:
Require that all pilot training programs be modified to contain modules that teach and
emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include opportunities to
practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas. On January 12, 2009, the FAA published an NPRM titled ―Qualifications, Service and
Use of Crewmembers and Aircraft Dispatchers.‖ Based on comments that the FAA received on
this NPRM, on May 20, 2011, the FAA published a supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking
(SNPRM) that proposed additional training requirements for flight crewmembers, including the
use of flight simulators for training of flight crewmembers.
On July 15, 2011, the NTSB submitted comments to the FAA on the SNPRM and noted
its general support for the requirements proposed in the SNPRM. In its comments, the NTSB
noted that proposed section 121.1213 partially addressed Safety Recommendation A-07-13 by
requiring that pilot training include opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in
monitoring skills and workload management. However, the SNPRM did not propose a
requirement for modules that teach and emphasize these subjects. The NTSB indicated that the
FAA would need to require pilot training programs to include appropriate training modules on
these subjects during which crews would be required to practice and demonstrate proficiency.
On November 7, 2011, the FAA published Safety Alert for Operators (SAFO) 11011,
―Runway Excursions at Jackson Hole Airport (JAC),‖ which ―emphasizes the importance of
implementing and following SOPs and training for flightcrews.‖56 The related supplement
provided best practices and mitigation strategies that include emphasis on pilot monitoring
responsibilities and the manual deployment of speedbrakes if they do not automatically deploy.
However, the information in the SAFO is only guidance, and this incident demonstrates the need
for the changes proposed in the SNPRM. 55 For additional information, see Crash During Approach to Landing, Circuit City Stores, Inc., Cessna
Citation 560, N500AT, Pueblo, Colorado, February 16, 2005, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-07/02
(Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 2007), which is available at http://www.ntsb.gov.
Also, see Northwest Airlines, Inc., [Flight 255], McDonnell Douglas DC-9-82, N312RC, Detroit Metropolitan
Wayne County Airport, Romulus, Michigan, August 16, 1987, Aircraft Accident Report NTSB/AAR-88/05
(Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 1988) and Delta Air Lines, Inc., [Flight 1141],
Boeing 727-232, N473DA, Dallas-Fort Worth International Airport, Dallas, Texas, August 31, 1988, Aircraft
Accident Report NTSB/AAR-89/04 (Washington, D.C.: National Transportation Safety Board, 1989).
56 American Airlines provides its pilots with 757 Special Landing Analysis charts for JAC. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
23
The NTSB concludes that, if the importance of adhering to pilot monitoring
responsibilities were included in flight crew training, the incident captain would have been less
likely to assume control of the reverse thrust levers (a pilot flying responsibility) during the
landing roll and remained focused on his pilot monitoring duties; as a result, he most likely
would have observed that the speedbrakes had not automatically deployed. This incident
reinforces the need for the FAA to move as quickly as possible to issue a final rule based on the
SNPRM. Thus, the NTSB reiterates Safety Recommendation A-07-13. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
24 were certificated in accordance with federal regulations and were current and qualified in the
incident airplane in accordance with American Airlines‘ training requirements. Airport (JAC) special airport training and had recent (and, in the captain‘s case, extensive)
experience flying into JAC. interviews, and work/sleep/wake and medical histories revealed no evidence of fatigue or any
medical or behavioral conditions that might have adversely affected the pilots‘ performance
during the incident flight. to determine whether a safe landing could be made at Jackson Hole Airport (JAC), and they
had taken all appropriate before-landing actions; based on that information, the pilots
appropriately decided that a landing at JAC was in accordance with company and
performance guidelines. Jackson Hole Airport, the automatic speedbrakes failed to automatically deploy as designed
after touchdown. prevented the speedbrakes from automatically deploying during the incident landing. subsequently corrected the situation by manually deploying them, the airplane‘s stopping
distance would have been greatly decreased. in confirmation) of speedbrake deployment after he observed the speedbrake handle‘s initial
movement; after the ―deployed‖ callout was made, both pilots likely presumed that the
reliable automatic speedbrakes were functioning normally and focused on the thrust reverser
problem. touchdown would not normally adversely affect the deployment of thrust reversers, in this
case it coincided almost precisely with the initial deployment of the thrust reversers and
resulted in the thrust reversers locking in transit instead of continuing to deploy. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
25 emergency or abnormal situations, they might not have focused exclusively on the thrust
reverser nondeployment and might have been more likely to recognize and properly resolve
the speedbrake nondeployment during the landing. speedbrake deployment and monitoring of the speedbrake lever after landing, the pilots did
not recognize that the speedbrakes had not automatically deployed because both pilots were
distracted by, confused by, and trying to resolve the thrust reversers‘ nondeployment. automatically deploy after landing would have provided the pilots with a salient warning that
the speedbrakes did not function as expected and would likely have brought the captain‘s
attention back to the speedbrakes and resulted in manual speedbrake deployment. to move the reverse thrust levers to the stowed position before attempting to deploy them
again, the deployment of the thrust reversers could have occurred much earlier in the landing
roll. training, the incident captain would have been less likely to assume control of the reverse
thrust levers (a pilot flying responsibility) during the landing roll and remained focused on
his pilot monitoring duties; as a result, he most likely would have observed that the
speedbrakes had not automatically deployed.
4.2 Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
incident was a manufacturing defect in a clutch mechanism that prevented the speedbrakes from
automatically deploying after touchdown and the captain‘s failure to monitor and extend the
speedbrakes manually. Also causal was the failure of the thrust reversers to deploy when initially
commanded. Contributing to the incident was the captain‘s failure to confirm speedbrake
extension before announcing their deployment and his distraction caused by the thrust reversers‘
failure to initially deploy after landing. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
26 The National Transportation Safety Board makes the following recommendations to the
Federal Aviation Administration:
Require all operators of existing speedbrake-equipped transport-category
airplanes to develop and incorporate training to specifically address recognition of
a situation in which the speedbrakes do not deploy as expected after landing.
(A-12-44)
Require all newly type-certificated 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 25
airplanes to have a clearly distinguishable and intelligible alert that warns pilots
when the speedbrakes have not deployed during the landing roll. (A-12-45)
Require Boeing to establish guidance for pilots of all relevant airplanes to follow
when an unintended thrust reverser lockout occurs and to provide that guidance to
all operators of those airplanes. (A-12-46)
5.2 Previous Recommendations Reiterated in this Report
In addition, the National Transportation Safety Board reiterates the following
recommendations to the Federal Aviation Administration:
Establish best practices for conducting both single and multiple emergency and
abnormal situations training. (A-09-24)
Once the best practices for both single and multiple emergency and abnormal
situations training asked for in Safety Recommendation A-09-24 have been
established, require that these best practices be incorporated into all operators‘
approved training programs. (A-09-25)
Require that all pilot training programs be modified to contain modules that teach
and emphasize monitoring skills and workload management and include
opportunities to practice and demonstrate proficiency in these areas. (A-07-13) NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
27 BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Chairman
Member CHRISTOPHER A. HART
MARK R. ROSEKIND
Vice Chairman
Member Member Earl F. Weener did not Participate. Adopted: June 18, 2012 CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
28
Board Member Statements
Vice Chairman Christopher A. Hart, concurring:
I concur with the report, including the findings and probable cause, but I am concerned
that we are not giving enough attention to an emerging issue – the human factors issues
associated with the improving reliability of automation.
Three (of many) challenges with automation are (a) reliability, (b) the ability of operators
to know when the automation is not working properly, and (c) the ability of operators to take
over in a timely and effective manner when the automation is not working properly. Ironically,
as the reliability of automation increases, the other two challenges become ever more difficult
because it is human nature to rely on systems that almost always work, which can then lead to
automation complacency.
This incident involves the simultaneous failure of two systems that are normally very
reliable – the thrust reverser deployment mechanism and the automatic speedbrake deployment
mechanism. The likelihood that one would fail is very small, and the likelihood of both failing at
the same time, being the product of the two failure probabilities, is yet significantly smaller. In
the rush of the moment, in a landing that the pilots knew would be challenging with little margin
for error, the captain demonstrated expectation bias – thinking that he saw what he expected to
see – with respect to both systems.
I submit that we, along with the entire aviation community, need to focus more attention
on the human factors challenges that are brought about by increasing reliability, including but
not limited to expectation bias. We conclude the pilots should have monitored more effectively,
but we do not, in my view, give adequate attention to the systems issues, such as how to make
increasingly reliable automation more responsive to human factors realities such as expectation
bias.
In addition, in a distance-challenged landing such as this one, it is very foreseeable that
(a) the touchdown might be firm enough to result in at least a partial bounce, and (b) the pilots
would commence thrust reverser deployment immediately after touchdown. As revealed by this
incident, a very minor bounce that is sufficient to cause a main landing gear truck to de-rotate,
along with an immediate thrust reverser command, if timed just wrong, could interrupt the thrust
reverser deployment by causing the air-ground sensor to revert to “air,” due to the truck
de-rotation, just as the thrust reverser deployment began. Apparently the window of opportunity
for this sequence to cause problems is very short, measured in microseconds, because operational
experience reveals that the specific problem that occurred in this incident is very rare.
Given the rarity of this timing problem, it is not surprising that (a) the pilots had never
encountered this situation before in actual operation, and (b) they had never been trained in the
simulator that when this problem occurred, they should stow the thrust reversers and begin the
sequence anew, rather than trying to continue from where the thrust reverser levers stuck. Thus,
while we can say in hindsight that the captain's effort to assist with the thrust reversers was not
helpful, and was not consistent with the fact that the most important first task at the time was CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
29
ensuring maximum brake effectiveness (by ensuring speedbrake deployment), I do not
believe that it was unreasonable, under the circumstances and given what he knew at the time,
for the captain to try to help the first officer move the thrust reverser levers. Moreover, if the
captain had not tried to help, and if our investigation had revealed that additional force on the
thrust reverser levers might have resulted in deployment (which we now know, in hindsight, is
not the case), query whether we would have criticized the captain for not trying to help.
Improving reliability is obviously good; but until we recognize and respond to the human
factors realities of increasingly reliable automation, we are not appropriately aligning the
automation with the humans to maximize the reliability of the human-machine system.
Chairman Hersman and Members Sumwalt and Rosekind concurred with this statement. CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
30
Member Robert L. Sumwalt, concurring:
I believe this investigation did a nice job of identifying two distinct mechanical
conditions faced by this crew upon landing at Jackson Hole (JAC). The speedbrake malfunction
was elusive and not readily identifiable on the accident aircraft until it malfunctioned again -
three months after the JAC incident.
Although the report does a nice job describing the mechanical aspects of the incident,
there are elements of the report regarding pilot training and human performance that I do not
totally agree with, or feel are lacking. This concurring statement expounds upon those areas.
As mentioned, the crew faced multiple abnormalities upon touchdown. The report states
“If the incident pilots had received specific pilot training on the handling of multiple emergency
or abnormal situations, they might not have focused exclusively on the thrust reverser
nondeployment and might have been more likely to recognize and properly resolve the
speedbrake nondeployment during the landing.” We also reiterated two previously issued
recommendations (A-09-24 and A-09-25) that called for pilots to receive training on multiple
abnormal and emergency situations.
While I supported issuance of those recommendations in 2009, I note they were issued in
response to an inflight emergency where the crew faced multiple abnormalities and emergency
conditions. I believe the key difference between that event and this event is the element of time.
For most emergency and abnormal situations that occur inflight, there is often time for
the crew to sort-out the situation and decide the best way to deal with the problem. For those
situations, recommendations A-09-24 and A-09-25 are appropriate and relevant. In the JAC
incident, however, the crew was under extremely tight time constraints to steer the aircraft and
get it stopped under challenging conditions of a relatively short runway that was contaminated
with snow and ice, while trying to sort-out why the thrust reversers did not deploy. For this
reason, I seriously doubt that even if the crew had undergone training for dealing with multiple
abnormal and emergency situations, it would have made a difference in the outcome of this
event.
I believe the best way to achieve a specific result is to provide specific training. For
example, for a rejected takeoff – another example of time criticality due to trying to get the
aircraft stopped quickly from high speed – specific training is provided and procedures clearly
delineated regarding crewmember roles and responsibilities. To that point, I am pleased that in
this report, the Board issued a recommendation to develop and incorporate training to
specifically address recognition of a situation where the speedbrakes do not deploy. I feel this
training will provide greater efficacy in improving safety in a similar situation, rather than taking
a previous recommendation that was issued for an inflight abnormal situation and trying to force
it to fit this incident.
The second point of this concurring statement surrounds what I feel is an incomplete
analysis of human performance issues. It is curious to me that the report explained why the
captain erroneously called out speedbrake and thrust reverser deployment when they had not CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report
31
deployed, but did not explain why both crewmembers tunneled their attention on the
thrust reverser problem. If there were crew interaction problems, as staff stated in the board meeting (a statement
that is not supported by crew interviews), then this would have huge implications for crew
resource management training. Content of NTSB reports gets widespread dissemination and that
information can provide tremendous learning value. However, if no attempt is made to explain
human performance in the report, then we have missed an opportunity to provide that teaching
moment.
Alternate explanations for their actions might include the fact that the crew was
appropriately aware of how challenging their landing would be, compounded by the surprise
factor of suddenly realizing their thrust reversers would not deploy.
Whatever the reason, I am disappointed the report made no attempt to explain this
element of human performance.
In sum, NTSB accident reports are to explain not only what happened, but they should
explain why something happened, as well.
I hope future reports will be more descriptive in this respect.
Chairman Hersman, Vice Chairman Hart and Member Rosekind concurred with this
statement. CORRECTED COPY NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report 32 The following is a transcript of the L-3 Communications FA2100-1020 solid-state
cockpit voice recorder, serial number 107348, installed on an American Airlines Boeing-757-200
(N668AA), which overran the runway at Jackson Hole Airport, Jackson Hole, Wyoming, on
December 29, 2010. LEGEND CAM
Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source HOT
Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source RDO
Radio transmissions from N668AA CTR
Radio transmission from Salt Lake center controller ATIS
Radio transmission from Jackson Hole Automatic Terminal Information Service OPS
Radio transmission from the Jackson Hole American Airlines operations PA
Public address system in aircraft TWR
Radio transmission from the Jackson Hole airport tower controller EGPWS
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System AC
Delta flight 1331 SAAB
SAAB friction tester vehicle ARFF
Airport rescue and firefighters CRASH
Airport crash and rescue -1
Voice identified as the captain -2
Voice identified as the first officer 3
Voice identified as the flight attendant -?
Voice unidentified Unintelligible word
Expletive @
Non-pertinent word ( )
Questionable insertion [ ]
Editorial insertion Note 1: Times are expressed in mountain standard time (MST). Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed. Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words
as spoken. Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition
of the aircraft. NTSB
Aircraft Incident Report 33 CVR Quality Rating Scale The levels of recording quality are characterized by the following traits of the cockpit voice recorder
information: Excellent Quality
Virtually all of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood.
The transcript that was developed may indicate only one or two words that were
not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript is usually attributed to simultaneous
cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other. Good Quality
Most of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The
transcript that was developed may indicate several words or phrases that were
not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript can be attributed to minor technical
deficiencies or momentary dropouts in the recording system or to a large number
of simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other. Fair Quality
The majority of the crew conversations were intelligible. The transcript that was
developed may indicate passages where conversations were unintelligible or
fragmented. This type of recording is usually caused by cockpit noise that
obscures portions of the voice signals or by a minor electrical or mechanical
failure of the CVR system that distorts or obscures the audio information. Poor Quality
Extraordinary means had to be used to make some of the crew conversations
intelligible. The transcript that was developed may indicate fragmented phrases
and conversations and may indicate extensive passages where conversations
were missing or unintelligible. This type of recording is usually caused by a
combination of a high cockpit noise level with a low voice signal (poor signal-to-
noise ratio) or by a mechanical or electrical failure of the CVR system that
severely distorts or obscures the audio information. Unusable
Crew conversations may be discerned, but neither ordinary nor extraordinary
means made it possible to develop a meaningful transcript of the conversations.
This type of recording is usually caused by an almost total mechanical or
electrical failure of the CVR system. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 34
09:40:20.0
START OF RECORDING 10:58:29.7
START OF TRANSCRIPT (APPROACH BRIEFING PORTION) 10:58:29.7
CAM-1 are you comfortable with the approach you want to go over it? 10:58:32.5
CAM-2 ah yeh basically just like what we've been doing all month one oh nine
one one eighty seven inbound we need three quarters of a mile sixty six
fifty one is the M-D-A six fifty one. 10:58:46.1
CAM-1 ah six fifty one I was doin' I was doin' the outbound I have the seventy
four fifty for the outbound. 10:58:51.5
CAM-2 yep. 10:58:51.9
CAM *. 10:58:52.4
CAM-2 uh if we * if we miss and we're prior to that two point eight D-M-E we'll do
the left hand turn back around we'll probably hafta' do the whole thing
back around. 10:59:01.9
CAM-1 yeah * have to go up to DUNOIR. 10:59:03.7
CAM-2 right. 10:59:04.0
CAM-1 if we're burnin' if were burnin' we'll turn right around and come in if we're
have a other maintenance issues if not we're on fire let's go to Salt Lake
you know what I mean with this weather. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 35
10:59:04.1
CAM-2 and the weather is. 10:59:12.8
CAM-2 okay. 10:59:14.0
CAM-2 yep. 10:59:14.9
CAM-2 um missed is in the box be straight out there to KICNE at * there is
terrain we know about that I'll get slowed down for the turn comin' out of
DUNOIR and we will * if we come in below five hundred feet or so and
uh and maybe a little bit earlier I'll be droppin' down to about a half a dot
maybe a little more and touchdown in the first five hundred feet. 10:59:36.2
CAM-1 kind'a like what I did yesterday and I just closed the throttle and went for
it because uh * 'cause this thing'll float you know. 10:59:37.3
CAM-2 yeah. 10:59:39.8
CAM-2 right. 10:59:42.2
CAM-2 correct. 10:59:44.2
CAM-2 speed 'ill be on and everything so I'll make sure all that. 10:59:48.2
CAM *. 10:59:49.2
CAM-2 if you * don't like what you see tell me to go around. 10:59:52.2
CAM-1 okay one thirty one on the numbers. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 36
10:59:55.2
CAM-2 one thirty one that works for me...left hand turn off...max brakes yeah. 11:00:02.6
CAM-1 11:00:04.7
CAM-2 yeah. 11:00:06.3
CAM-2 right once we get down you know we're slowin' down I'll whenever you
either want it or I'll hand it over to ya'. 11:00:13.3
CAM-1 yeah * probably I'll get it just 'cause wanna make sure I'm comfortable
with the steering in the turn before I get to the turn...cause it's got that
ninety degree turn. 11:00:13.8
CAM-2 *. 11:00:19.5
CAM-2 right okay. 11:00:23.9
CAM-2 right. 11:00:26.6
CAM-2 with those M-Us I almost stop before I turn. 11:00:30.1
CAM-1 yeah well that's it. END OF TRANSCRIPT (APPROACH BRIEFING PORTION)
11:00:30.1 TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 37
11:13:23.2
START OF TRANSCRIPT (LAST PORTION OF FLIGHT) 11:13:37.8
HOT-1 ...at seventeen ten the guy landed after that called it good first two thirds
poor the last one third but he was a uh Challenger thirty so little light guy. 11:13:37.9
CTR ...thirty two Salt Lake center roger other aircraft say again. 11:13:42.0
PA-3 ladies and gentlemen we are very shortly beginning our descent if you
would make sure your seat belts is securely fastened once again thank
you. 11:13:48.2
HOT-2 skip we'll get her slowed down no matter what. 11:13:50.0
HOT-1 yeh um (ramp's a) light snow base is sixty nine hundred foot no ice in the
arrival or turbulence. 11:14:00.5
CAM-1 s'that last one third I'm worried about. 11:14:02.5
CAM-2 okay. 11:14:03.6
CAM-1 but it's a light airplane. 11:14:05.0
CAM-2 right. 11:14:07.7
HOT-1 alright I'm off just a minute. 11:14:08.7
HOT-2 okay. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 38
11:14:13.8
PA-1 well as you can tell we've started our descent into Jackson Hole. there
are a few breaks in the clouds uh not sure all what we're going to see but
ah give you an idea cause ah if the clouds do break a little bit its so
spectacularly beautiful here uh (id would) be kind'a nice to know what
we're gonna look at. we arrive in Jackson Hole from the Northeast ah
through ah the (Togwotee Pass). ah if your lookin' off the left hand side
uh out there through the clouds you can see the Wind River Range that
works its way to the Northwest. we're gonna come up over the ah the
south end of the (af sirc) range and the valley between them is the
(Togwotee Pass) route twenty six. if you've ever driven that and that's ah
the route we kind'a take into the ah valley as we fly due west. once we
get in (to) the center of the valley we make a left hand turn start our
descent to the south land to the south at the ah Jackson ah Hole airport.
as you make that ah left turn to the south ah Jackson Lake will ah be
close in on the right hand side it still has a little bit of open water and last
we looked at it. and (then) of course the Tetons will be off our right. the
highest one will be Grand Teton. Teton Villages will be a little bit south of
the airport you won't be able to see them on landing if you’re on the ah
left hand side. as we enter the valley ah as we make that turn you'll have
a nice view of the Snake River it'll be following us all the way. ah as we
make the approach into the airport the ah the (Gros Ventre) Range is ah
off to the left hand side. and ah on short final ah very close in it looks like
it’s right off the left wing tip you'll see Black Tail Butte if there is a break
in the clouds an ah we didn't see it yesterday we saw it a couple days
ago ah off the right as we ah just as we make the turn to the South we
can look way off the right wing ah about thirty miles up we often get a
nice view of ah Yellowstone Lake. we should be on the ground in
Jackson Hole in ah about twenty minutes maybe just a little bit more than
that. 11:16:07.3
HOT-1 thank you sir. 11:16:08.2
HOT-2 ah you're welcome. 11:16:21.0
HOT-2 [sound of person humming] 11:16:26.8
HOT-2 there goes the traffic we were up- TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 39
11:16:28.5
HOT-1 yep. 11:16:29.0
HOT-2 -above. 11:16:32.5
HOT-1 I'm back to yah. 11:17:03.1
CTR American twenty two fifty three descend and maintain one six thousand
Jackson altimeter two niner one five. 11:17:11.3
RDO-1 descend to one six thousand altimeter two niner one five American ah
twenty two fifty three. 11:17:17.8
HOT-2 two nine one five? holy #. 11:17:21.8
HOT-1 yep two nine one six on theirs. 11:17:22.4
HOT-2 wow. 11:17:24.3
HOT-2 sixteen thousand set. 11:17:43.1
PA-1 and now as we descend into the clouds here at Jackson a fairly strong
wind about ah eighty miles an hour across the (Absircs) here could give
us a little bump or two so at this time I would like to ask our flight
attendants to complete their duties take their seats and remain seated
for the rest of the flight thank you. 11:17:59.7
CAM-1 one six is what they give us. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 40
11:18:00.6
PA-3 in final preparation for our landing please adjust your seat back to the
upright position and stow your tray table if you have taken carry on
luggage out during the flight it does need to be once again beneath the
seat in front of you please turn off and put away all electronic devices
flight attendants will be collecting remaining service items we'll be
landing soon. 11:18:01.8
HOT-2 sixteen alright that's way down there two niner one six. 11:18:06.0
CAM-1 this has two nine one six yeah. 11:18:07.9
HOT-2 alright that works for me. 11:18:10.5
CAM-1 that's low. 11:18:11.6
HOT-2 it is. 11:18:22.5
HOT-1 did the airplane perform ok? 11:18:24.3
HOT-1 cruise checklist complete. 11:18:25.8
HOT-2 yeah it did. 11:18:26.2
HOT-1 we didn't divert did we? 11:18:27.3
HOT-2 no not yet. 11:18:28.0
HOT-1 alright. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 41
11:18:36.8
HOT-1 uh-oh last time crew coordination last one for the year. 11:18:39.7
HOT-2 *. 11:18:41.4
HOT-1 close close your eyes touch your nose yeah alright good. 11:18:43.5
HOT-2 good cool. 11:19:09.5
HOT-2 v-ref one thirty one. 11:19:11.1
HOT-1 one thirty one set and cross checked. 11:19:14.1
HOT-2 flight instruments and bugs altimeters. 11:19:15.9
HOT-1 two nine one six. 11:19:17.3
HOT-2 two nine sixteen. 11:19:19.2
HOT-2 brakes. 11:19:20.8
HOT-1 max auto. 11:19:21.1
HOT-2 maximus set. 11:19:44.9
HOT-2 [sound of person humming] TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 42
11:19:55.3
HOT-2 cloudy down here. 11:20:37.5
CAM-1 I can see ah the reservoir up there. 11:20:39.3
CTR American twenty two fifty three information Whiskey is now current. 11:20:42.5
RDO-1 we'll pick it up. 11:20:43.3
ATIS ...* temperature minus five dewpoint minus seven altimeter two niner one
four I-L-S approaches landing and departing runway one niner runway
one niner M-U's forty three forty three thirty nine at one eight one zero
reported by a SAAB friction tester thin loose snow over packed thin
packed snow and ice on runway taxiway and ramps runway one niner
MALS four hundred foot light bar out of service personnel and equipment
on runway for snow removal braking action advisories are in effect
hazardous weather information for the Northwest region available from
flight watch or flight service PIREP time one seven three seven a
Challenger thirty I-L-S runway one niner reported the first and second
third of the runway braking action good last third braking action poor
advise on initial contact you have information Whiskey. Jackson Hole
tower information Whiskey time one eight one five wind one niner zero at
six visibility three quarter light snow ceiling four hundred broken one
thousand overcast temperature minus five... 11:21:15.4
CAM-1 mu's forty three forty three thirty nine. 11:21:22.4
CAM-1 so that's the only difference I can hear. 11:21:23.7
HOT-2 what was it. 11:21:25.4
CAM-1 forty three forty three thirty nine. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 43
11:21:27.6
HOT-2 okay I like that. 11:21:29.6
HOT-2 ah I heard men and equipment are clearing the runway right now too. 11:21:31.5
CAM-1 what. 11:21:33.0
CAM-1 what. 11:21:33.2
HOT-2 they they're clearing the runway right now is what they are saying on
ATIS too right so. 11:21:35.4
CAM-1 yeah. 11:22:03.4
CAM-1 fourteen. 11:22:08.6
HOT-2 fourteen set. 11:22:10.8
CAM-1 I-L-S one niner basically ah one ninety at six on your winds three
quarters light snow and still four hundred over. 11:22:16.8
CAM-2 alright. 11:22:26.9
RDO-1 American twenty two fifty three has Whiskey. 11:22:30.4
CTR American twenty two fifty three roger. 11:24:00.6
HOT-2 heat? TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 44
11:24:01.7
HOT-1 yep go ahead. 11:24:06.4
PA-1 ah there's also one other thing I would like to mention going to Jackson
Hole if you've not been here before relatively short runway up here in the
mountains it’s been snowing today we don't ah try and make a smooth
landing here at Jackson Hole we just ah put the aircraft ah on the
runway very quickly and firmly and go into full reverse and then use a
heavy amount of braking make sure we stop in the first ah part of the
runway so ah just be aware of that that's normal procedure for a
mountain airport. 11:24:29.5
CTR American twenty two fifty three descend and maintain one five thousand. 11:24:32.8
RDO-1 one five thousand American twenty two fifty three. 11:24:35.6
HOT-2 fifteen thousand. 11:24:36.6
HOT [sound of single chime] 11:25:21.2
HOT-2 sixteen for fifteen. 11:25:24.1
HOT-1 check we're sterile seat and smoking signs on. 11:25:35.8
HOT-2 I see a little ice out there on the window and I got it on my probe my ah
windshield wiper out here. 11:25:43.9
HOT-1 I'm not showing anything uh is it? 11:25:44.0
HOT-2 little flake I got a couple little flakes on my eh forward edge of that ole
windshield wiper out there. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 45
11:25:53.8
HOT-1 oh yeah just a little bit on that ah leading edge ju- 11:25:56.5
HOT-2 yeah. 11:25:57.3
HOT-1 little light rime level at fifteen. 11:26:14.3
RDO-1 Jackson twenty two fifty three. 11:26:19.2
OPS hey captain @ @ here. 11:26:21.1
RDO-1 how you doin' ah looks like the runway's pretty good we got forty three
forty three thirty nine ah little bit light snow eh. 11:26:27.1
OPS okay did you just get that the SAAB just came off um so yeah its uh a
little better maybe than it was in the run out especially. 11:26:35.8
RDO-1 yeah that's what it looks like to us he just came off and they uh quickly
changed the ATIS on it so uh it shouldn't be a problem we're just about
eight miles out of DUNOIR so ah it should be on the ground in ah about
thirty five after the hour. 11:26:46.4
OPS very good uh we'll see you there. 11:26:48.6
RDO-1 see you then. 11:26:55.0
CTR American twenty two fifty three cross DUNOIR V-O-R at or above one
three thousand cleared I-L-S approach Jackson airport. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 46
11:26:56.5
CAM-1 look at the ice. 11:27:01.5
RDO-1 okay cross DUNOIR at or above one three thousand ah cleared for the I-
L-S ah runway one niner approach to ah Jackson Hole American ah
twenty two fifty three. 11:27:11.6
RDO-1 and f-y-i up here at fifteen thousand American twenty two fifty three's
getting light rime ice. 11:27:19.9
CTR Cactus seventy eight roger and American twenty two fifty three say
again. 11:27:23.7
RDO-1 ah we're gettin' light rime ice here at ah one five thousand. 11:27:27.2
CTR American twenty two fifty three roger. 11:27:31.6
HOT-1 you don't see much on this machine so you know you're gettin' it. 11:27:34.8
HOT-1 remind me to hit the tail ah as we get to ah to FAPMO. 11:27:37.3
HOT-2 okay. 11:27:39.1
HOT-2 alright. 11:28:00.2
CTR American twenty two fifty three do you have a ah temperature there. 11:28:05.7
RDO-1 standby. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 47
11:28:10.8
HOT-1 where's my temperature? 11:28:12.3
RDO-1 minus sixteen degrees ah ah's what we're showin' up here. 11:28:18.2
CTR American twenty two fifty three roger let me know if you get out'a that ice
please. 11:28:22.2
RDO-1 wilco. 11:28:22.9
HOT-2 alright inside of DUNOIR if you set eleven for me. 11:28:26.9
HOT-1 inside DUNOIR one one thousand for ah QUIRT. 11:28:33.2
HOT-1 one one thousand. 11:28:34.9
HOT-2 eleven thousand set. 11:28:35.0
HOT-1 I show you on the radial. 11:28:37.1
HOT-2 thank you. 11:29:03.6
HOT-2 below two forty flaps one. 11:29:06.8
HOT-1 below two forty verified. 11:29:08.1
CAM [sound similar to flap handle movement] TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 48
11:29:09.8
HOT sound of weak ident 11:29:13.6
HOT-1 little weak on the ah ident here. 11:29:31.7
HOT-2 below two twenty flaps five. 11:29:35.7
HOT-1 verified flaps five. 11:29:36.8
CAM [sound similar to flap handle movement] 11:29:38.9
HOT-1 ah I-L-S one niner identifies Jackson Hole. 11:29:42.7
HOT-2 thank you. 11:29:46.9
HOT-1 there's the ground. 11:29:48.2
HOT-2 below two ten flaps fifteen. 11:29:52.7
HOT-1 verified. 11:29:53.7
CAM [sound of mechanical click] 11:30:05.8
RDO-1 and Salt Lake American twenty two fifty three we came out of the ice
about one three thousand. 11:30:13.4
HOT-2 below one ninety five flaps twenty. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 49 11:30:14.9
CTR American twenty two fifty three roger contact Jackson tower one one
eight point zero seven good day. 11:30:17.8
CAM-1 verified. 11:30:18.5
CAM [sound similar to flap handle movement] 11:30:19.3
RDO-1 eighteen zero seven talk to you on the way out American twenty two fifty
three. 11:30:22.8
HOT-1 it's startin' tah come off do you see that. 11:30:24.7
HOT-2 yep. 11:30:28.0
CAM [sound of mechanical clicks] 11:30:29.8
HOT-2 spoilers are armed. 11:30:31.1
HOT-1 armed. 11:30:34.5
HOT-1 okay eleven ah twelve for eleven thousand. 11:30:37.1
HOT-2 twelve for eleven. 11:30:37.9
HOT-1 there's the dam at Jackson Lake. 11:31:11.4
HOT-2 in the turn. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 50
11:31:12.8
HOT-1 there's the turn. 11:31:18.0
HOT-2 come'n inside of QUIRT I got the localizer thank you ninety seven
hundred feet please. 11:31:20.4
HOT-1 altitude capture. 11:31:23.9
HOT-1 ninety seven. 11:31:24.8
HOT-2 ninety seven. 11:31:32.0
HOT-2 and approach is armed. 11:31:33.9
HOT-1 'kay good. 11:31:36.4
RDO-1 Jackson ah tower American twenty two fifty three is at QUIRT. 11:31:42.1
TWR American twenty two fifty three Jackson tower report FAPMO. 11:31:45.9
RDO-1 report FAPMO American twenty two fifty three missed you yesterday
what happened? 11:31:49.5
TWR American twenty two fifty three I thought it was noon that's what I was
told I'm real sorry about that we need to try again though. 11:31:56.6
RDO-1 yeah we will ah fortunately I'll talk to you on the ground about it. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 51 11:32:00.2
TWR American twenty two fifty three roger. 11:32:03.7
HOT-2 alright loc capture glide slope's armed. 11:32:08.6
HOT-1 loc captured glide slope armed that's confirmed. 11:32:21.3
HOT-2 gear down. 11:32:23.4
HOT-1 below two hundred fifty knots gear down. 11:32:25.0
TWR American twenty two fifty three at one seven three seven a Challenger
landed reporting the first and second half braking action good * last oh
sorry the first and second third braking action good the last third braking
action poor. 11:32:38.1
RDO-1 ah twenty two fifty three copy that an' uh we got the latest mu on the
latest ATIS we got that ah PIREP too thank you very much. 11:32:45.4
RDO-1 you're gonna see us ah brake real hard in the first part of the runway. 11:32:50.1
TWR American twenty two fifty three roger and request braking action upon
arrival. 11:32:54.6
RDO-1 wilco. 11:32:55.9
HOT-2 gear's down below one ninety flaps twenty five. 11:32:57.0
CAM-1 verified down. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 52 11:32:57.7
TWR American twenty two fifty three if you could take note of bases tops
turbulence and icing I'd appreciate that as well . 11:32:59.0
HOT-1 verified. 11:32:59.6
CAM [sound of mechanical click] 11:33:03.1
RDO-1 wilco the only icing we've had so far we were at about fifteen thousand
feet got light rime ice. 11:33:09.5
TWR roger. 11:33:10.4
HOT-1 gear. 11:33:11.2
HOT-2 gear's down. 11:33:11.9
HOT-1 down. 11:33:13.1
HOT-1 cleared the approach. 11:33:15.0
HOT-2 glide slope's captured missed is comin' in. 11:33:17.3
HOT-1 okay glide slope capture fourteen thousand that's set. 11:33:19.5
HOT-2 set. 11:33:23.0
RDO-1 and American ah twenty two fifty three is FAPMO. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 53 11:33:26.0
TWR American twenty two fifty three wind two six zero at five runway one
niner cleared to land. 11:33:31.9
RDO-1 cleared to land ah runway one niner American twenty two fifty three. 11:33:34.5
HOT-1 two sixty at five now so that's a crosswind okay. 11:33:38.1
HOT-2 yes and ah below one sixty two flaps thirty. 11:33:41.4
CAM [sound of mechanical double click] 11:33:42.6
HOT-1 verified. 11:33:43.0
CAM [sound of mechanical click] 11:33:47.4
HOT-1 flaps. 11:33:48.2
HOT-2 I see thirty. 11:33:49.3
HOT-1 thirty checklist complete cleared to land brakes f* everything's good. 11:33:51.8
HOT-2 okay got loc glideslope. 11:34:08.3
HOT-2 radio altimeter's alive. 11:34:12.6
HOT-2 right FAPMO lookin' got that good. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 54
11:34:16.9
EGPWS twenty five hundred. 11:34:30.1
HOT-1 ice is breakin' up a little bit. 11:34:34.7
HOT-1 minus six. 11:34:40.7
AC American at Jackson Delta thirteen thirty one. 11:34:45.4
RDO-1 go ahead this is American twenty two fifty three. 11:34:47.5
AC yeh could you give us a PIREP when you brk -- 11:34:49.2
TWR broadcasting tower. 11:34:52.4
RDO-1 we're still airborne. 11:34:53.8
RDO [sound of double microphone click] 11:35:04.5
HOT-2 I see the ground. 11:35:06.3
HOT-1 yep. 11:35:40.2
HOT-1 see the ground way out here. 11:35:41.8
HOT-2 yeah. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 55
11:35:42.4
HOT-1 yeah. 11:35:43.2
HOT-2 forward visibility's not very good. 11:35:45.0
HOT-1 no. 11:35:47.3
HOT-1 should be good because we're fifteen hundred feet above the ground we
see down real well. 11:36:07.4
HOT-1 yeah Moose Lodge should be right here somewhere I... 11:36:13.0
HOT-1 there's Black Tail Butte right there...I see it...Moose Lodge is ah twelve
o'clock low I see the lodge. 11:36:17.8
HOT-2 yep we got the river a-here I got the river and a bridge. 11:36:22.0
HOT-1 yep. 11:36:30.1
HOT-1 one thousand feet checklist complete cleared to land. 11:36:30.8
EGPWS one thousand. 11:37:05.2
EGPWS five hundred. 11:37:06.7
HOT-2 pickin' up the runway. 11:37:07.3
HOT-1 speed's good pickin' up the runway I agree with you. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 56
11:37:10.8
HOT-1 there's the lights sixty nine fifty. 11:37:12.3
HOT-2 get the lights. 11:37:13.9
HOT-2 autopilot's comin' off. 11:37:15.3
HOT-1 okay. 11:37:16.3
HOT-1 ease er' down there. 11:37:18.0
HOT-2 throttles are off. 11:37:28.4
HOT-1 'bout two knots one knot slow. 11:37:31.9
HOT-1 keep er' comin' down push 'er down. 11:37:35.9
EGPWS one hundred. 11:37:39.2
EGPWS fifty. 11:37:40.3
EGPWS forty. 11:37:40.7
HOT-1 get 'er on. 11:37:41.4
EGPWS thirty. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 57
11:37:42.3
EGPWS twenty. 11:37:43.1
EGPWS ten. 11:37:44.5
HOT-1 very good. 11:37:44.8
CAM [sound of multiple mechanical clicks and thumps] 11:37:46.3
HOT-1 deployed. 11:37:47.0
CAM [sound of multiple mechanical clicks and thumps] 11:37:47.5
HOT-1 two in reverse. 11:37:48.0
HOT-2 no reverse [voice sounds strained]. 11:37:48.8
HOT-1 I got it. 11:37:49.4
HOT-1 get the (rers) get the reverse. 11:37:51.1
HOT-1 I got it you steer. 11:37:51.1
HOT-2 I can't get it. 11:37:52.9
HOT-2 I'm steerin'. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 58
11:37:53.6
HOT-1 auto brakes. 11:37:54.5
CAM [sound of physical exertion] [sound of multiple mechanical clicks and
thumps] 11:37:58.9
HOT-1 heh. 11:37:59.6
HOT-1 alright I got max brake. 11:38:03.6
HOT-2 #. 11:38:05.4
HOT there we go. 11:38:06.4
HOT-2 I don't know what the # is wrong. 11:38:08.3
HOT-2 son of a #. 11:38:11.1
HOT-2 we're screwed. 11:38:13.9
RDO-2 and American ah twenty two fifty three is goin' off the end of the runway. 11:38:17.3
CAM [sound of rumbling] 11:38:19.4
TWR American twenty two fifty three roger. 11:38:24.3
HOT-1 shut that. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 59
11:38:26.5
HOT-2 mother #. 11:38:32.4
RDO-1 call the ground crew. 11:38:35.0
PA-1 flight attendants stay in the airplane passengers stay in the airplane. 11:38:40.0
HOT-1 what happened? 11:38:41.3
CAM-2 I didn't get - auto - I couldn't pull- 11:38:42.0
TWR American twenty two fifty three the...American twenty two fifty three
trucks are rollin'. 11:38:49.4
HOT-1 thank- 11:38:50.7
RDO-1 thank you we're gonna stay in the airplane. 11:38:53.0
TWR American twenty two fifty three roger. 11:38:56.1
SAAB Jackson gr- ah Jackson tower airport SAAB can you close the runway
please. 11:38:58.0
CAM-2 they would not come up. 11:38:59.2
CAM-1 I know it. 11:39:00.8
TWR airport SAAB copy wilco. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 60
11:39:00.9
CAM-1 brakes di- they did not release. 11:39:03.9
SAAB and uh myself and the ARFF equipment will be on the runway. 11:39:05.1
CAM-1 well...end of our career. 11:39:06.9
HOT-2 reversers. 11:39:12.2
HOT-1 yeah. 11:39:15.6
HOT-2 son of a #. 11:39:18.1
HOT-2 ape- you got the A-P-U goin'. 11:39:19.4
PA-1 ah ladies and gentlemen ah our ah thrust reversers didn't come on and
we're gonna roll the ah ground crew. went off the edge of the runway
here and uh ground crews are gonna come here and they're gonna
assist us off the airplane. I've been here nineteen years and ah we got
virtually no assist on the braking. 11:39:34.9
ARFF and American this is airport ARFF ah do you need any more assistance
as far as injuries er' ah you have any- 11:39:41.3
RDO-2 ah we're checkin' in the back right now for American twenty two fifty
three. 11:39:44.7
TWR American twenty two fifty three you're checkin' for injuries right now is
that what you said? TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 61
11:39:44.8
HOT-1 any injuries?...yeah that's the engines...right. 11:39:48.5
RDO-2 yeah captains on the horn ah ah talkin' to the ah flight attendants here
right now. 11:39:52.9
HOT-1 shut the engines. 11:39:54.9
HOT-2 A-P-U up? 11:39:55.7
HOT-1 nobody no injuries yeah A-P-U's up. 11:40:03.8
HOT-2 son of a #. 11:40:07.4
HOT-1 well. 11:40:08.8
PA-3 ah ladies and gentlemen just please remain seated with your seat belts
fastened until further advised thank you. 11:40:14.7
PA-1 ah ladies and gentlemen captain @. they're gonna ah ah send out a ah
trucks and ah check out the airplane first and then ah get us off to ah to
the terminal here. ah we'll find out a way in just a minute. we're not sure
what ah happened we're not sure if the braking didn't work. looked like it
was but our reversers did not work so ah we're not sure what happened
here. ah we'll talk to you as soon as I get more information. please
remain please remain seated until you hear instructions from myself or
the flight attendants. 11:40:41.8
HOT-2 did * the flight attendants everybody okay in the back and everything?
they're wantin' to know on the ground. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 62
11:40:44.8
HOT-1 yeah...yeah they're okay. 11:40:47.7
RDO-1 Jackson ops uh we off the runway did you copy that. 11:40:49.9
HOT-2 (we) told fire fire department that. 11:40:52.0
HOT-1 hm. 11:40:53.0
HOT-2 we tell the fire department that everybody's ok no injuries. 11:40:55.0
HOT-1 yeah yeah. 11:40:56.7
RDO-2 and uh fire department and ground American twenty two fifty three there
are no injuries uh everybody's fine ah we'll just need to have ah ah * may
as well come out and check the airplane out and we'll go from there. 11:41:01.0
RDO-1 Jackson ops copy. 11:41:10.2
HOT-1 we got no braking action. 11:41:12.8
HOT-2 we didn't get thrust reversers out . 11:41:12.8
ARFF ah this is the airport ARFF ah we copy all that ah we'll get some
maintenance techs out here and we'll start ah doin' snow removal to get
you out. 11:41:22.4
RDO-2 okay thank you. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 63
11:41:23.7
HOT-1 alright I'm gonna walk the airplane you stay on the radios. 11:41:25.5
HOT-2 okay to park the brakes? 11:41:26.9
HOT-1 yeah. 11:41:29.5
HOT-2 'kay brakes are parked. 11:41:30.7
CAM-1 there was no way to go around by the time we saw it either. 11:41:33.3
HOT-2 no we were sliding and uh uh I couldn't get the thrust reverser would not
come out they were stuck. 11:41:39.7
CAM-1 that's why I tried * gimme the thrust reversers you wouldn't give 'em to
me yeah. 11:41:41.3
HOT-2 and I went back and um pulled again and we would not could not get
thrust reversers. 11:41:56.8
HOT-2 I'm a run a ah after landing checklist here. 11:41:58.4
CAM-1 yeah go ahead. 11:42:02.8
HOT-2 flight directors are off autothrottle arm switch is off. 11:42:06.8
TWR crash commander all vehicles have ah access to runway one niner. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 64
11:42:07.1
CAM-2 flaps * spoilers stab trim. 11:42:11.8
ARFF roger copy that thank you. 11:42:14.4
PA-1 I apologize for that I'm not sure why the brakes didn't ah they didn't take
and the thrust reversers didn't come on. there's no use ah getting off the
airplane. is everybody okay uh alright we're going to uh bring up and
they're gonna bring a uh a crew up here to remove the snow uh so that
we can uh get a truck so uh may have to walk back to the terminal but
uh we're just a little bit off the edge of the runway into the overrun and uh
we don't want anybody to get hurt jumpin' into this heavy snow down
here so we stay with the airplane as long as everything is runnin' good
and uh should be just about fifteen twenty minutes we'll have more
information. sorry about that. 11:42:47.1
RDO-2 and ah fire rescue American ah twenty two fifty three. 11:43:01.9
CAM-1 did we hit the uh *. 11:43:03.1
HOT-2 no that's I don't that's what I'm askin' about there's one back here that's
why I kicked it to the right. 11:43:17.5
RDO-2 and tower American twenty two fifty three. 11:43:20.1
TWR American twenty two fifty three Jackson tower. 11:43:22.9
RDO-2 yeah is there any ah vehicles out there that can look I just want to
confirm that we missed the ah the ah the ah lighting ah the departure
end light er approach end lighting here ah we steered just to the right of
it I just want to make sure we didn't clip that. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 65 11:43:36.7
TWR American twenty two fifty three copy break airport SAAB did you copy
that request? 11:43:47.8
TWR Airport SAAB Jackson tower. 11:43:57.3
TWR Crash Jackson tower. 11:43:58.1
CAM-1 all right. 11:44:01.1
HOT-2 I asked 'em they're checking with a uh a uh truck out here to make sure
we missed that other stanchion there's one just like that right behind us
that's why I kicked it I kicked us right to make sure we're gonna' clear
that. 11:44:01.2
CAM-1 where ya at? 11:44:09.2
CAM-1 yeah I can't see it. 11:44:09.5
AC Jackson hole tower Delta thirteen thirty one. 11:44:13.0
TWR Delta thirteen thirty one standby. 11:44:16.2
HOT-2 should we pull the uh circuit breaker? 11:44:17.8
CAM-1 yeah find it. 11:44:19.6
CRASH Jackson tower Crash two. TIME and
INTRA-AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION
TIME and
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
SOURCE
CONTENT SOURCE
CONTENT 66 11:44:22.9
TWR Crash two Jackson tower American twenty two fifty three- 11:44:26.6
END OF TRANSCRIPT (LAST PORTION OF FLIGHT)
END OF RECORDING 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2012 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Crash During Experimental Test Flight
Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650), N652GD
Roswell, New Mexico
April 2, 2011 Accident Report
NTSB/AAR-12/02
PB2012-910402 National
Transportation
Safety Board NTSB/AAR-12/02
PB2012-910402
Notation 8439
Adopted October 10, 2012 Aircraft Accident Report
Crash During Experimental Test Flight
Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650), N652GD
Roswell, New Mexico
April 2, 2011 National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, S.W.
Washington, DC 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2012. Crash During Experimental Test Flight, Gulfstream
Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650), N652GD, Roswell, New Mexico, April 2, 2011. Aircraft Accident
Report NTSB/AAR-12/02. Washington, DC. Abstract: This report discusses the April 2, 2011, accident involving an experimental Gulfstream
Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650), N652GD, which crashed during takeoff from runway 21 at Roswell
International Air Center, Roswell, New Mexico. The two pilots and the two flight test engineers were
fatally injured, and the airplane was substantially damaged by impact forces and a postcrash fire. Safety issues discussed in this report are the maximum lift coefficient for airplanes in ground effect; flight
test standard operating policies and procedures; flight test-specific safety management system guidance;
and coordination of high-risk test flights among flight test operators, airport operations, and aircraft
rescue and firefighting personnel. Safety recommendations concerning these issues are addressed to the
Federal Aviation Administration, the Flight Test Safety Committee, and Gulfstream Aerospace
Corporation. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is an independent federal agency dedicated to promoting
aviation, railroad, highway, marine, and pipeline safety. Established in 1967, the agency is mandated by Congress
through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable
causes of the accidents, issue safety recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety
effectiveness of government agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions
through accident reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical
reviews. Recent publications are available in their entirety on the Internet at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information about
available publications also may be obtained from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board
Records Management Division, CIO-40
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, DC 20594
(800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 Safety Board publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2012-910402 from: National Technical Information Service
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22161
(800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of NTSB reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
i
Contents
Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii
Tables ............................................................................................................................................ iii
Abbreviations and Acronyms ..................................................................................................... iv
Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... vi NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
ii Appendix A: On-board Test Team Information ...........................................................................57
Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript .........................................................................59 NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
iii
Figures
Figure 1. G650 airplane. ................................................................................................................ 2
Figure 2. Pitch limit indicator. ....................................................................................................... 3
Figure 3. Takeoff airspeeds. ........................................................................................................... 5
Figure 4. Aerial view of wreckage path. ........................................................................................ 8
Figure 5. Airplane lift versus angle of attack in and out of ground effect. .................................. 26
Tables
Table 1. Takeoff performance test flight schedule. ........................................................................ 2
Table 2. Aircraft performance study timeline of events. .............................................................. 10
Table 3. Flight 153 test runs. ........................................................................................................ 18
Table 4. Updated takeoff speeds for accident flight test conditions. ........................................... 34 NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
iv
Abbreviations and Acronyms
AC
advisory circular
ACO
aircraft certification office
AEO
all engines operating
AOA
angle of attack
APG1
first airplane performance group engineer
APG2
second airplane performance group engineer
APG3
third airplane performance group engineer
ARFF
aircraft rescue and firefighting
ATC
air traffic control
CFD
computational fluid dynamics
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
CVR
cockpit voice recorder
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
FDR
flight data recorder
FTE1
first flight test engineer
FTE2
second flight test engineer
FTE3
third flight test engineer
ICAO
International Civil Aviation Organization
MLG
main landing gear
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
OEI
one engine inoperative
PIC
pilot-in-command
PLI
pitch limit indicator NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
v
ROW
Roswell International Air Center
SIC
second-in-command
SMS
safety management system
SRB
safety review board
TIA type inspection authorization
TSHA
test safety hazard analysis
V1
decision speed
V2
takeoff safety speed
VLOF
liftoff speed
VMU
minimum unstick speed
VR
rotation speed
VS
stall speed
VSR
reference stall speed NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
vi
Executive Summary
On April 2, 2011, about 0934 mountain daylight time, an experimental Gulfstream
Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650), N652GD, crashed during takeoff from runway 21 at
Roswell International Air Center, Roswell, New Mexico. The two pilots and the two flight test
engineers were fatally injured, and the airplane was substantially damaged by impact forces and
a postcrash fire. The airplane was registered to and operated by Gulfstream as part of its G650
flight test program. The flight was conducted under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 91. Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident.
The accident occurred during a planned one-engine-inoperative (OEI) takeoff when a
stall on the right outboard wing produced a rolling moment that the flight crew was not able to
control, which led to the right wingtip contacting the runway and the airplane departing the
runway from the right side. After departing the runway, the airplane impacted a concrete
structure and an airport weather station, resulting in extensive structural damage and a postcrash
fire that completely consumed the fuselage and cabin interior.
The National Transportation Safety Board‟s (NTSB) investigation of this accident found
that the airplane stalled while lifting off the ground. As a result, the NTSB examined the role of
“ground effect” on the airplane‟s performance. Ground effect refers to changes in the airflow
over the airplane resulting from the proximity of the airplane to the ground. Ground effect results
in increased lift and reduced drag at a given angle of attack (AOA) as well as a reduction in the
stall AOA. In preparing for the G650 field performance flight tests, Gulfstream considered
ground effect when predicting the airplane‟s takeoff performance capability but overestimated
the in-ground-effect stall AOA. Consequently, the airplane‟s AOA threshold for stick shaker
(stall warning) activation and the corresponding pitch limit indicator (on the primary flight
display) were set too high, and the flight crew received no tactile or visual warning before the
actual stall occurred.
The accident flight was the third time that a right outboard wing stall occurred during
G650 flight testing. Gulfstream did not determine (until after the accident) that the cause of two
previous uncommanded roll events was a stall of the right outboard wing at a
lower-than-expected AOA. (Similar to the accident circumstances, the two previous events
occurred during liftoff; however, the right wingtip did not contact the runway during either of
these events.) If Gulfstream had performed an in-depth aerodynamic analysis of these events
shortly after they occurred, the company could have recognized before the accident that the
actual in-ground-effect stall AOA was lower than predicted.
During field performance testing before the accident, the G650 consistently exceeded
target takeoff safety speeds (V2). V2 is the speed that an airplane attains at or before a height
above the ground of 35 feet with one engine inoperative. Gulfstream needed to resolve these V2
exceedances because achieving the planned V2 speeds was necessary to maintain the airplane‟s
6,000-foot takeoff performance guarantee (at standard sea level conditions). If the G650 did not
meet this takeoff performance guarantee, then the airplane could only operate on longer runways.
However, a key assumption that Gulfstream used to develop takeoff speeds was flawed and
resulted in V2 speeds that were too low and takeoff distances that were longer than anticipated. NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
vii
Rather than determining the root cause for the V2 exceedance problem, Gulfstream
attempted to reduce the V2 speeds and the takeoff distances by modifying the piloting technique
used to rotate the airplane for takeoff. Further, Gulfstream did not validate the speeds using a
simulation or physics-based dynamic analysis before or during field performance testing. If the
company had done so, then it could have recognized that the target V2 speeds could not be
achieved even with the modified piloting technique. In addition, the difficulties in achieving the
target V2 speeds were exacerbated in late March 2011 when the company reduced the target
pitch angle for some takeoff tests without an accompanying increase in the takeoff speeds.
Gulfstream maintained an aggressive schedule for the G650 flight test program so that
the company could obtain Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) type certification by the third
quarter of 2011. The schedule pressure, combined with inadequately developed organizational
processes for technical oversight and safety management, led to a strong focus on keeping the
program moving and a reluctance to challenge key assumptions and highlight anomalous
airplane behavior during tests that could slow the pace of the program. These factors likely
contributed to key errors, including the development of unachievable takeoff speeds, as well as
the superficial review of the two previous uncommanded roll events, which allowed the
company‟s overestimation of the in-ground-effect stall AOA to remain undetected.
After the accident, Gulfstream suspended field performance testing through
December 2011 while the company examined the circumstances of the accident. In March 2012,
Gulfstream reported that company field performance testing had been repeated and completed
successfully. In June 2012, the company reported that FAA certification field performance
testing had been successfully completed. Gulfstream obtained FAA type certification for the
G650 on September 7, 2012.
The NTSB determines that the probable cause of this accident was an aerodynamic stall
and subsequent uncommanded roll during an OEI takeoff flight test, which were the result of
(1) Gulfstream‟s failure to properly develop and validate takeoff speeds for the flight tests and
recognize and correct the V2 error during previous G650 flight tests, (2) the G650 flight test
team‟s persistent and increasingly aggressive attempts to achieve V2 speeds that were
erroneously low, and (3) Gulfstream‟s inadequate investigation of previous G650 uncommanded
roll events, which indicated that the company‟s estimated stall AOA while the airplane was in
ground effect was too high. Contributing to the accident was Gulfstream‟s failure to effectively
manage the G650 flight test program by pursuing an aggressive program schedule without
ensuring that the roles and responsibilities of team members had been appropriately defined and
implemented, engineering processes had received sufficient technical planning and oversight,
potential hazards had been fully identified, and appropriate risk controls had been implemented
and were functioning as intended.
In its party submission for this accident investigation, Gulfstream stated that it accepted
“full responsibility” for the accident and, in response, implemented corrective actions to preclude
such an accident from recurring. One of these actions was to integrate safety management system
principles and practices into the company‟s flight test operations. As a result of this
investigation, the NTSB is issuing two recommendations to Gulfstream to commission an audit
to evaluate the status of the company‟s safety management program before the start of its next NTSB Aircraft Accident Report
viii
major certification program and share lessons learned with aircraft manufacturers and flight test
industry groups.
Additional actions to help improve the management and safety of flight test programs
include providing aircraft manufacturers with flight test operating guidance and flight test safety
guidelines based on best practices in aviation safety management. The NTSB is issuing two
safety recommendations to the Flight Test Safety Committee (an independent flight test safety
organization) and two recommendations to the FAA regarding the development of this guidance.
The NTSB is also issuing one recommendation to the FAA to incorporate the flight test safety
guidelines in an agency document.
In addition, the NTSB is issuing three other recommendations as a result of its
investigation of this accident. One of these recommendations, addressed to the FAA, discusses
the potential for domestic and foreign airplane manufacturers to overestimate an airplane‟s stall
AOA in ground effect. The other two recommendations, addressed to the FAA and the Flight
Test Safety Committee, discusses advance coordination of high-risk flight tests among
manufacturers, airport operators, and aircraft rescue and firefighting personnel. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
1 History of Flight
On April 2, 2011, about 0934 mountain daylight time,1 an experimental Gulfstream
Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650),2 N652GD, crashed during takeoff from runway 21 at
Roswell International Air Center (ROW), Roswell, New Mexico.3 The two pilots and the two
flight test engineers were fatally injured, and the airplane was substantially damaged. The
airplane was registered to and operated by Gulfstream as part of its G650 flight test program.
The flight was conducted under the provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 91.
Visual meteorological conditions prevailed at the time of the accident.
Gulfstream was performing field performance flight testing to (1) gather data to support
type certification of the G650 under 14 CFR Part 25, “Airworthiness Standards for Transport
Category Airplanes,”4 and (2) develop takeoff and landing speed schedules and distances for the
G650 airplane flight manual. Takeoff performance tests began in October 2010; table 1 shows
the takeoff performance test flight schedule through the date of the accident flight.5 Figure 1
shows the G650 airplane (specifically, N652GD before the accident). 1 All times in this report are mountain daylight time.
2 Gulfstream used the Roman numeral designation “GVI” for aircraft certification purposes and the designation
“G650” for marketing purposes. These designations referred to the same airplane model and are used
interchangeably in this report.
3 ROW is owned and operated by the city of Roswell and is located about 3 miles south of the Roswell central
business district. ROW has two active runways, 03/21 and 17/35. Runway 21 is 13,000 feet in length and 150 feet in
width. Gulfstream chose ROW as a testing location because the airport‟s elevation (3,671 feet mean sea level)
allowed takeoff performance data to be extrapolated to almost 10,000 feet mean sea level, which covered most
airport elevations and eliminated additional testing requirements and performance penalties incurred when
extrapolating data beyond certain limits.
4 Title 14 CFR Part 25 addressed airplane performance and handling characteristics. Relevant sections of
Part 25 included 25.101, “General”; 25.105, “Takeoff”; 25.107, “Takeoff Speeds”; and 25.143, “Controllability and
Maneuverability.”
5 Gulfstream refers to a flight as the time from engine start to engine shutdown. Several takeoffs and landings,
or test runs, can occur during a given flight. The takeoff performance flight tests were not numbered sequentially
because other flight tests (including landing performance and systems flight tests) were being performed using the
accident airplane. A total of 12 takeoffs were attempted on the day of the accident. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
2
Table 1. Takeoff performance test flight schedule (through the date of the accident). Date and location
Test flight number
Cecil Airport, Jacksonville, Florida
October 19, 2010
65
October 20, 2010
67
Roswell International Air Center (Roswell I)
November 10, 2010
81
November 11, 2010
83
November 14, 2010
86
November 15, 2010
87
November 16, 2010
88
November 17, 2010
89
November 18, 2010
91
Birmingham-Shuttlesworth International Airport, Birmingham, Alabama
February 13, 2011
111
Roswell International Air Center (Roswell II)
March 11, 2011
129
March 12, 2011
130
March 13, 2011
131
March 14, 2011
132
April 2, 2011
153 Note: Section 2.5.4 discusses the takeoff performance test flight schedule after the accident. Figure 1. G650 airplane.
Source: Gulfstream. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
3
The takeoff performance flight tests were being conducted with an angle-of-attack
(AOA) limiter function disabled. The AOA limiter function was intended to be the primary stall
protection system for the G650 (instead of a traditional stick pusher) once the airplane was
certificated. The development of the AOA limiter software was not completed, so Gulfstream
intended that the stick shaker would provide test pilots with a tactile warning of an impending
stall. In addition, the pitch limit indicator (PLI)6 on the primary flight display would provide the
pilots with a visual indication of an impending stall. Figure 2 shows a representative PLI (as
depicted in Gulfstream‟s draft G650 aircraft operating manual). Figure 2. Pitch limit indicator.
Note: The PLI is displayed when the normalized AOA is greater than 0.7. Normalized AOA is a measure of
the usable AOA range of an airplane, with a normalized AOA of 1.0 corresponding to the reference stall AOA in free
air and a normalized AOA of 0.0 corresponding to the zero-lift AOA in free air. This figure is presented for information
purposes only and is not intended to depict the flight conditions on the day of the accident.
Source: Gulfstream.
Of the nine test team members who were directly involved with testing at ROW on the
day of the accident,7 four were aboard the accident airplane, and five were located in the
company‟s telemetry trailer, which was positioned near the end of a closed runway.8 The four
on-board test team members comprised the pilot-in-command (PIC), who sat in the left cockpit 6 The PLI indicates the pitch attitude at which the stick shaker activates. When the pitch attitude reference
reaches the pitch attitude indicated by the PLI, the airplane is at stick shaker AOA, and the stick shaker activates.
Pilots aim to keep pitch below the indicated limit.
7 Additional maintenance and support personnel were also present when testing was conducted at ROW. On the
day of the accident, a total of 25 Gulfstream personnel were present.
8 The telemetry trailer was located about 7,400 feet from the runway 21 threshold and about 1,000 feet to the
right of the runway 21 centerline. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
4
seat and was the flying pilot; the second-in-command (SIC), who sat in the right cockpit seat and
was the monitoring pilot; and two flight test engineers (FTE1 and FTE2), who sat at forward and
aft workstations in the main cabin.9 G650 flight test personnel indicated that one flight test
engineer normally served as the on-board test conductor and that the other flight test engineer
normally monitored the flight control system.10
The five test team members in the telemetry trailer were a third flight test engineer
(FTE3), the airplane performance group head (APG1), two airplane performance engineers
(APG2 and APG3), and a telemetry engineer. FTE3, who was in charge of flight test-related
activities in the trailer (but was subordinate to FTE1), was relaying communications between
telemetry trailer personnel and the on-board test team and providing wind information to the
on-board test team. APG1 was verifying test conditions and comparing test results with
performance objectives (in particular, the airplane‟s speed at 35 feet).11 APG2 was placing
markers in the flight test data stream to facilitate analysis at a later time. APG3 was observing
operations in the telemetry trailer. The telemetry engineer was monitoring datalink connections
between the trailer and the airplane.
According to test team members, FTE1 briefed the team members on the day before the
accident. During this briefing, FTE1 indicated that the target pitch attitude for continued takeoff
tests with the flaps set to 10º (flaps 10) would be reduced from 10º to 9º (± 1º). FTE1 also
indicated that they should discontinue a test if pitch reached 11º during the initial takeoff and
then decrease pitch and add engine power.12 Gulfstream‟s principal engineer for airplane
performance (who discussed the change in target pitch with FTE1 at an informal meeting in late
March 2011) and APG1 stated that FTE1 made the change in target pitch to be consistent with
the procedure for takeoff tests conducted with flaps set to 20º (flaps 20)13 and ensure that the
AOA would remain below the range at which two previous uncommanded roll events (as
discussed in section 1.3.2) had occurred.
The takeoff speed schedules to be used by the flight crew consisted of tabulated values
for the decision speed (V1), rotation speed (VR), and takeoff safety speed (V2) as a function of
flap setting and airplane gross weight; liftoff speed (VLOF) values were included in the speed
schedules for one-engine-inoperative (OEI) continued takeoffs.14 The speed schedules were 9 The cabin was configured with five workstations, each of which included a crew seat, a desk, and a computer
station. Three workstations were located on the right side of the airplane, and two workstations were located on the
left side. (Three of the five workstations aboard the airplane were designed for Gulfstream flight test engineers; the
other two workstations were designed for representatives from the engine and the avionics manufacturers.)
According to Gulfstream personnel in the telemetry trailer, FTE1 was seated at the first workstation on the right side
of the airplane, and FTE2 was seated at the second workstation on the left side of the airplane.
10 The roles of FTE1 and FTE2 on the day of the accident are discussed in section 2.5.1.
11 All altitudes in this report are expressed as height above ground level unless otherwise indicated.
12 Test team members also indicated that, during the preflight briefing, FTE1 stated his belief that two previous
G650 uncommanded roll events occurred when pitch exceeded 12º. During a second briefing later in the day, FTE1
reviewed in detail the test procedures for the flight. The PIC, the SIC, APG1, FTE2, and FTE3 attended both
preflight briefings. APG2 attended the second briefing.
13 Flaps 20 is the standard takeoff setting. Flaps 10 is used for high altitude and high temperature operations.
14 V1 is the maximum speed in the takeoff at which the pilot must take the first action to stop the airplane within
the accelerate-stop distance. V1 is also the minimum speed in the takeoff, after a failure of the critical engine, at
which the pilot can continue the takeoff and achieve the required height above the ground within the takeoff
distance. VR is the speed at which a pilot initiates action to raise the nose gear off the ground during the acceleration
to V2. VLOF is the airspeed at which an airplane first becomes airborne and no longer contacts the runway. V2 is the
speed that an airplane attains at or before a height above the ground of 35 feet with one engine inoperative. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
5
based on the free-air (out-of-ground-effect) stall speeds of the airplane,15 as determined by
previous flight testing, and the Part 25 takeoff speed requirements. Figure 3 depicts the takeoff
airspeeds in relation to the airplane‟s progress along a runway. Figure 3. Takeoff airspeeds.
An on-board video/audio system recording16 showed that the four flight test team
members were aboard the airplane by about 0645. The first takeoff of the day began about 0717.
A total of 12 takeoffs were attempted. Key events from the first 10 takeoffs are discussed in
section 1.3.3. The 11th takeoff of the day began about 0926. During this takeoff (and the
accident takeoff that followed), the test team was performing an OEI continued takeoff test with
a flaps 10 configuration.
The procedure for performing an OEI continued takeoff, as specified in test card 7A,17
was to align the airplane with the runway centerline, apply the brakes, set the engine power to
the desired level, and then release the brakes. At a specified speed, the right thrust lever was
moved to idle to simulate a failure of the right engine. At VR, the control column was pulled with
a specified force (60 to 65 pounds in this case) to initiate rotation, and the pull was then relaxed
to “gradually capture [9º] pitch attitude.” The test card indicated that the flight crew was to
“maintain target pitch attitude until V2 is achieved, then transition to speed.” The main landing
gear (MLG) was to be retracted after a positive rate of climb was established, and the pitch
attitude was to be adjusted to maintain V2 until either the gear retraction was complete or the
airplane climbed through 400 feet, whichever occurred first. At that point, the test would be
completed.
OEI continued takeoff flight tests were considered by Gulfstream to be high risk because
of the potential hazards and possible outcomes associated with the tests. Gulfstream prepared a
test safety hazard analysis (TSHA) for all tests determined to be medium or high risk.18 The
TSHA for OEI continued takeoff field performance tests indicated that, although the tests were 15 Ground effect refers to changes in the airflow over the airplane resulting from the proximity of an airplane to
the ground. Ground effect is discussed further in section 2.3.
16 The airplane‟s on-board video/audio system included an internal cockpit camera with a view of the flight
deck and audio from the airplane‟s intercom system. The on-board recording began about 0630.
17 Test cards describe the manner in which each test is to be conducted. A test card may need to be performed
multiple times until it is successfully completed. For those cases, each test run is tracked separately; for example,
test card 7A was attempted twice, and those test runs were designated 7A1 and 7A2.
18 The TSHA defined the risk of a test by identifying potential hazards and estimating the probability and the
severity of those hazards. The TSHA also specified risk controls (preventative actions/minimizing procedures and
corrective techniques) that were to be used during the test. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
6
high risk, the hazards associated with the tests (“aircraft departs runway/inadvertent ground
contact”) had a low probability of occurrence. The OEI continued takeoff TSHA did not identify
low altitude stall and uncommanded roll as potential hazards.
The G650 program‟s takeoff performance guarantee target was 6,000 feet ± 8 percent at
standard sea level conditions.19 Gulfstream indicated that achieving the target V2 speeds was
necessary to maintain the takeoff distance within the guaranteed target, or the operation of the
airplane would be limited to longer runways. (For the G650, the runway length required for
takeoff is minimized if the V2 speed is minimized. Thus, there is a performance advantage to
keeping the V2 speed as close as possible to the minimum required.) The test team completed its
first OEI continued takeoff test run (7A1), but the airspeed reached 145 knots at 35 feet and
exceeded the target V2 value (136 knots) by 9 knots. The OEI continued takeoff (with the same
flap configuration) was being repeated during the accident test run to reduce V2 to the target
value for that run (135 knots).20
About 0931, a controller in the ROW air traffic control (ATC) tower reported that the
wind was from 170º at 9 knots.21 Gulfstream had a weather station on the airport that included a
wind sensor. At 0932:07, the cockpit voice recorder (CVR)22 recorded FTE3 telling the on-board
test team that the wind was from 156º at 5 knots but that the wind speed had been as high as
8 knots. The PIC replied, “we are okay with where we‟re at.” (According to company policy,
wind speed for OEI continued takeoff testing was limited to 10 knots with a maximum crosswind
component of 5 knots.)
Test run 7A2 began at 0933:00. According to the on-board video recording, at that time,
the PIC advanced the thrust levers for takeoff. Recorded flight data (as described in section 1.2)
showed that, between 0933:36 and 0933:37, when the airspeed was about 105 knots, the SIC
moved the right thrust lever to the idle position. About that time, the CVR recorded the SIC
stating “chop” to confirm this action.
At 0933:46, the CVR recorded the SIC stating, “standby, rotate.” About 1 second later,
when the airspeed was about 127 knots, the video recording showed the PIC pulling on the
control column for rotation. At 0933:50, the pitch attitude and AOA reached about 10º,23 and
then the PLI appeared. About that time, cockpit displays showed that the airplane‟s wings were
about level and that the slip indicator was displaced slightly to the left. At 0933:50.4, the
airplane‟s pitch and AOA exceeded 11º. Immediately afterward, the CVR recorded the PIC
stating, “[unintelligible] going on,” and the video recording showed that the bank angle was 19 According to Gulfstream‟s website (http://www.gulfstream.com/products/g650, accessed July 16, 2012), the
G650 was being designed to deliver “takeoff and landing performance with a balanced field length of just
6,000 feet.” This guarantee was based on a takeoff gross weight of 99,600 pounds and a flaps 20 takeoff
configuration; there was no performance guarantee for a flaps 10 takeoff configuration.
20 The takeoff speed targets for test run 7A2 were slightly less than those for test run 7A1 because the airplane‟s
weight was lighter during test run 7A2.
21 In addition, the terminal aerodrome forecast for ROW that was valid at the time of the accident expected wind
from 160º at 8 knots, visibility better than 6 miles, and clear skies.
22 The CVR recording began at 0731:25 (during test run 2C2). A partial CVR transcript appears in appendix B
to this report.
23 The pitch angle is the angle between the airplane‟s longitudinal axis and the horizon. The AOA is the angle
between the airplane‟s longitudinal axis and the airstream (velocity vector). With the wings level, pitch is equal to
the sum of the flightpath angle and the AOA. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
7
increasing to the right and that the PIC was making a slight left wheel input.24 The video
recording ended at this point.
Between 0933:52 and 0933:53, the CVR recorded the SIC and the PIC repeating,
“whoa.” Recorded flight data showed that the stick shaker activated at 0933:52.2 for 0.6 second
(with the pitch at 12.7º and the AOA at 12.4º) and at 0933:53.5 for 6.4 seconds (with the pitch at
11.8º and the AOA at 12.2º). At 0933:53.6, the CVR recorded the electronic annunciation “bank
angle”; recorded flight data showed that the bank angle at that time was about 16.2º. The PIC
then stated, “power, power, power,” and the SIC responded, “power‟s up”; flight data showed
that the right thrust lever had been advanced all of the way forward about that time.25 At
0933:58.5, the CVR recorded the electronic annunciation “bank angle,” which was 30.5º at that
time. The last communication recorded on the CVR (which was unintelligible) was at 0934:05,
and the CVR recording ended at 0934:10.
The National Transportation Safety Board‟s (NTSB) aircraft performance study for this
accident found that, when the airplane‟s AOA reached 11.2º during the accident takeoff, the
AOA exceeded the stall AOA for the combination of flap setting, height above the ground, Mach
number, and roll angle present at the time, resulting in a loss of roll control. This finding was
based, in part, on the results of Gulfstream‟s simulation residual analysis,26 which indicated that,
at 0933:50.5, as pitch angle and
were increasing through 11.2º, large aerodynamic rolling
and yawing moments to the right were acting on the airplane. These aerodynamic moments were
indicators of flow separation on the right outboard wing and an asymmetric stall of the airplane.
Before the accident, Gulfstream estimated that the in-ground-effect stall AOA would be 13.1º
and set the AOA threshold for the activation of the stick shaker stall warning at 12.3º.27 24 The video recording showed that, until this point, the control wheel and the control column inputs for the
accident flight appeared to be almost identical to those for the previous takeoff.
25 Flight data showed that the right engine was at full power at 0934:00.
26 After the accident, Gulfstream used an engineering simulator to compute the expected aerodynamic forces
and moments acting on the airplane during the accident takeoff and compared these expected forces and moments
with the actual aerodynamic forces and moments required to produce the airplane motion indicated in flight data.
The differences between the required and expected aerodynamic forces and moments, called “simulation residuals,”
were measures of the forces and moments affecting the actual airplane that were not accounted for in the simulation.
27 The AOA threshold for the activation of the stick shaker stall warning is manually set based on the free-air
stall AOA, which Gulfstream predicted to be 14.7º. Ground effect is not considered when the stick shaker is set. The
stall AOA decreases with an increasing Mach number. The free-air stall AOA values and the stick shaker thresholds
(derived from the free-air stall AOA values) indicated in this report correspond to the Mach number at the target V2
speed of the accident takeoff. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
8
Recorded flight data and ground scars and markings on the runway and airport property
indicated that, shortly after rotation, the airplane‟s right wing contacted the runway. The airplane
subsequently yawed to the right, departed the right side of the runway, traveled along about
3,000 feet of airport property, and came to rest about 8,404 feet from the runway 21 threshold
and 1,949 feet to the right of the runway centerline. Figure 4 shows the airplane‟s wreckage path
and final position. Figure 4. Aerial view of wreckage path.
Source: Roswell Police Department.
1.1.1 Wreckage, Impact, and Witness Information
The airplane‟s right wingtip first contacted runway 21 starting about 5,160 feet from the
runway threshold. Intermittent scrape marks indicated that the right wingtip remained close to or
in contact with the runway as the airplane departed the runway off the right side into a grassy
area. There was evidence of a fire in the grass adjacent to the location where the airplane
departed the runway. The right MLG tires contacted the ground (and then momentarily left the
ground), followed by the left MLG tires, the right MLG tires for the second time,28 and the nose
gear. The MLG separated from its attachments, the nose gear collapsed, and the airplane began
to skid on its belly across the intersection of two taxiways. Tire marks across the intersection 28 As discussed in section 1.1.2, flight data showed that the left MLG tire lifted off the runway first and that the
right MLG tire lifted off the runway second. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
9
were consistent with the right and left MLG being dragged by the airplane or the gear tumbling
or sliding behind the airplane.
The airplane continued through the taxiway intersection and into a grassy area where the
airplane impacted a runway boundary and taxiway location sign and a concrete structure (used
for underground electrical access) located about 1,000 feet from the runway 21 centerline.
Impact with the concrete structure caused extensive structural damage to the center wing box,
including rupture of the fuel tank. Gulfstream personnel in the telemetry trailer observed black
smoke and fire coming from the airplane after it hit this structure. The airplane also impacted an
airport weather station, compromising the left wing fuel compartments. The airplane continued
to slide until it came to rest about 300 feet from the ATC tower and on a heading of about 90º
from the wreckage path.
Three controllers who were on duty in the ROW ATC tower at the time of the accident
stated that, when the airplane came to a stop, there was a large amount of smoke toward the aft
part of the airplane, and its tail could not be seen shortly afterward. The controllers stated that
fire moved quickly from the back to the front of the airplane. The controllers indicated that the
front left fuselage, including the main entry door, was visible when the airplane first stopped, but
two of the controllers stated that they saw no movement of the door and no movement inside the
airplane. All three controllers recalled seeing Gulfstream personnel from the telemetry trailer
running toward the airplane when it came to a stop. APG2 reported that he reached the airplane
within seconds after it came to rest but that, because of the intensity of the fire, it was impossible
for him or any of the other telemetry trailer personnel to approach the airplane‟s main entry door
or emergency exits.
Aircraft rescue and firefighting (ARFF) personnel at ROW were notified of the accident
from the ATC tower via the crash phone.29 The crash phone activated an alarm and called a
standard telephone system that could be answered at multiple locations within the fire station.
The ATC transcript showed that, at 0936:11, one of two ARFF vehicles maintained at ROW
requested clearance to the accident site, which was provided 6 seconds later. (The second ARFF
vehicle did not need a separate clearance to the accident site because it was following the other
ARFF vehicle to the site.)
One of the test team members in the telemetry trailer (APG2) took photographs of the
accident scene. The time stamp on the first photograph showed that it was taken at 0934:15. A
photograph taken at 0937:22 showed no ARFF vehicles on scene, but a photograph taken at
0938:17 showed one ARFF vehicle on scene. The photographs also showed that the second
ARFF vehicle was on scene 2 seconds later.
1.1.2 Aircraft Performance Study
The NTSB conducted an aircraft performance study to determine and analyze the motion
of the accident airplane and the physical forces that produced that motion. The study defined the
airplane‟s position and orientation throughout the accident test run and determined the airplane‟s 29 The Roswell Fire Department included a station at ROW. At the time of the accident, three fire department
personnel—a lieutenant, a driver, and a firefighter—were on duty at the station. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
10
response to control inputs, external disturbances, and other factors that could have affected its
trajectory. The data used in the study included ground scars and markings on the runway and
airport property, recorded flight data, weather information, and postaccident studies performed
by Gulfstream. Table 2 summarizes the airplane‟s motion according to the results of the aircraft
performance study.
Table 2. Aircraft performance study timeline of events.
Time
Event
0933:17 to
0933:35
The airplane was on the runway centerline and aligned with the runway heading, the power
was set for takeoff, and the brakes were released. As the airplane accelerated down the
runway after brake release, the PIC maintained a control wheel input of about 1º to 2º left,
and the airplane’s roll angle remained within 1º of level. The PIC maintained a rudder pedal
deflection of about 0.5 inch to the right.
0933:36 to
0933:38
The right thrust lever was pulled back at the engine failure speed briefed for the takeoff
(105 knots), and the thrust from the right engine decreased. The PIC moved the rudder
pedal to about 1.4 inches left and modulated the input to maintain the runway heading.
0933:45 to
0933:47
As the airplane was accelerating through 123 knots, the SIC called “standby, rotate.” As the
airplane accelerated from 125 to 127 knots, the PIC pulled the control column 6º aft with
about 50 pounds of force, and the elevators moved trailing edge up in response. A
0.5º-per-second right yaw rate developed.
0933:47 to
0933:50
The pitch rate reached a peak of 6º per second and then relaxed to about 1º per second as
the pitch angle was increasing through about 9º. A right roll rate started to develop. The
sideslip angle increased to about -3º as a result of the right yaw and a 2.5-knot left
crosswind, and the roll angle increased to 1.4º. The PIC’s control wheel input increased
from about 1.8º left to about 11.9º left. The left MLG tires lifted off the runway (at
0933:48.8).
0933:50 to
0933:52
The right MLG tires lifted off the runway (at 0933.50.3). The stall on the right wing occurred
at an AOA of 11.2º (at 0933:50.5). The PIC moved the control wheel from 11.9º left to 22.6º
left. The roll rate to the right increased to about 4.9º per second. The yaw rate to the right
started increasing continuously, passing 2° per second (at 0933:52). The PIC increased the
left pedal deflection from about 1.6 to 2.8 inches.
0933:52.0 to
0933:52.7
The AOA reached 12.4º, and the stick shaker parameters changed from inactive to active.
The PIC pushed the control column forward abruptly, moving it from 2.5º aft to 1.2º forward.
The roll rate increased to a peak of 9.6º per second to the right. The PIC moved the control
wheel abruptly from 26.5º left to 60º left (full deflection). The roll angle reached 15.5º right
wing down and was increasing. The PIC moved the rudder pedal from 2.8 to 3.5 inches left
(full deflection).
0933:52.5 to
0933:53.3
The pitch angle decreased from 12.9º to 11.5º, and the AOA decreased from about 12.7º to
about 11.5º. The airplane’s right wingtip contacted the runway at a roll angle of 13.4º. The
roll rate then reversed rapidly from 9.6º per second to the right to 1.3º per second to the
left. The PIC pulled back on the control column with about 38 pounds of force, moving the
column to about 4º aft. The stick shaker parameters changed from active to inactive.
0933:53.5 to
0933:53.8
The right throttle resolver angle was advanced to match the left throttle resolver angle.
Right engine power started to increase. The stick shaker parameters changed from inactive
to active.
0933:54 to
0934:00
The PIC relaxed the control column to about 1.5º aft and then pulled back again with more
than 60 pounds of force, moving the column to about 7.5º aft. The column remained aft,
with the PIC pulling between 60 and 110 pounds of force. The yaw rate to the right
increased to 9.5º per second. The roll angle increased to 32º right wing down. The roll rate
then reversed, and the roll angle decreased to 17º right wing down. The pitch angle and the
AOA fluctuated in response to the PIC’s control inputs; the highest pitch angle and AOA
achieved were 14.8º and 22.7º, respectively. When the MLG touched down (at 0934:00),
the pitch angle and AOA were -0.2º and 9.5º, respectively. At that time, the stick shaker
parameters changed from active to inactive. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
11
1.2
Airplane Information
The Gulfstream G650 is a swept-wing airplane with a fly-by-wire flight control system.
The G650‟s first flight occurred in November 2009. The accident airplane, serial number 6002,
was manufactured by Gulfstream in 2010 and was one of five G650 airplanes operating under a
special airworthiness certificate (experimental), dated March 2011, for conducting research and
development and showing compliance with federal regulations. (This certificate superseded
previous special airworthiness certificates dated April 2010 and February 2010.) The certificate
detailed the operating limitations for the flight crew and the airplane.
The G650 was powered by two Rolls-Royce BR700-725A1-12 high-bypass-ratio
turbofan engines. The airplane had one mechanical main entry door, four overwing emergency
exits (two on the left side of the airplane and two on its right side), and a baggage door. G650
production airplanes were planned to seat up to 19 passengers.
At the time of the accident, the CVR and flight data recorder (FDR) systems installed on
the airplane were neither certified nor validated by Gulfstream or the Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA). (The airplane was not required to have a CVR or an FDR installed until
the airplane was certified.) The FDR recorded only 10 seconds of the accident flight because of a
wiring issue that resulted in power not being applied to the FDR until the weight-on-wheels
indications transitioned from ground to air. (This wiring issue, which was reported in late 2010,
had not been corrected at the time of the accident and was a deferred maintenance item.)
The airplane was also equipped with various devices that comprised the airplane‟s flight
test information system, including a flight test data recorder. The flight recorder received inputs
from a test interface system, a common airborne instrumentation system bus data acquisition
unit, and a data bus system. Data from Gulfstream‟s weather station were also transmitted to the
airplane and recorded by the flight recorder. Data from the flight recorder were then routed to the
Gulfstream flight test data server and provided to the on-board flight test engineers at their
computer workstations. Data from the common airborne instrumentation system bus data
acquisition unit were routed to a telemetry system installed on the airplane, and selected data
(standard parameters and those needed for the tests being conducted) were provided to the
workstations in the telemetry trailer through the flight test data server in the trailer. According to
Gulfstream, the flight test information system provided a large quantity of data that would not
have been available with an FDR alone.
In addition, as previously stated, the airplane was equipped with an on-board video/audio
system that included an internal cockpit camera and audio from the airplane‟s intercom system.
The camera was mounted in the rear of the cockpit and above the pilots‟ heads with a
forward-looking view toward the instrument panel. (The instrument panel was visible in the
accident flight recording except for the right-side primary flight display and control column,
which were partially obscured by the SIC.) The sounds and voices recorded on the airplane‟s
intercom system were captured from the pilots‟ and flight test engineers‟ headset microphones
and the airplane‟s radio system. The audio recording comprised on-board conversations among NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
12
the test team members as well as ground communications, including those to and from the
telemetry trailer.30
1.3
Flight Test History
The takeoff rotation technique used during the accident flight was based on a technique
developed during flight testing in February 2011 to resolve a recurring V2 overshoot
(exceedance) problem. Section 1.3.1 provides information about this technique, which was also
attempted during subsequent test flights and used (with modifications) during the accident flight.
Section 1.3.2 describes the two previous uncommanded roll events and Gulfstream‟s
understanding of the events before and after the accident. Section 1.3.3 describes the previous
takeoffs on the day of the accident and the test team discussions that ensued.
1.3.1 Takeoff Technique Development Testing
On February 11, 2011, during a meeting to discuss issues from Roswell I field
performance testing, the Gulfstream senior vice president of programs, engineering, and test and
the Gulfstream vice president of the G650 program (also referred to as the G650 program
manager) were informed that the recorded V2 speeds were high. Specifically, the V2 values at
35 feet were consistently higher than the target V2 values planned for Roswell II testing. As a
result, the field length needed for takeoff would be longer than the program‟s takeoff
performance guarantee (6,000 feet ± 8 percent). Gulfstream personnel from the flight sciences,
flight test, and flight operations departments believed that changes to the takeoff technique could
improve these results.
Two days later, FTE1 led a 1-day takeoff technique development testing effort in
Birmingham, Alabama (flight 111), during which time the test team assigned to that flight
experimented with different takeoff rotation techniques and rotation speeds to try to eliminate the
V2 overshoots, which would reduce the field length needed for takeoff. A total of seven
simulated31 OEI continued takeoff test runs were performed using 20º of flaps and a target pitch
attitude of 9º. The G650 project test pilot was the flying pilot, and the accident SIC was the
monitoring pilot. Two flight test engineers (including FTE1) were also part of the on-board test
team. (No airplane performance engineers were present for the test.)
Changes to the takeoff technique included (1) adding 2 knots to the VR speed schedule
for a given thrust-to-weight ratio while keeping VLOF and V2 the same and (2) increasing the
pitch angle beyond the target pitch angle as soon as the airplane lifted off (instead of holding the
target pitch angle until 35 feet). In addition, changes were made to the control column input used
to initiate rotation. As the testing progressed, the abruptness and magnitude of this input 30 The NTSB created summaries and transcripts from the on-board video/audio recordings. The summaries
described observations from the accident test run, previous test runs on the day of the accident, and other test runs
that were flown at various times during field performance testing. These and other documents discussed in this
report
are
available
on
the
NTSB‟s
website
at
http://dms.ntsb.gov/pubdms/search/hitlist.cfm?docketID=50904&CFID=28735&CFTOKEN=50339757.
31 To increase safety during the test, the OEI condition was simulated by using symmetric, reduced thrust on
both engines, which resulted in a total thrust equivalent to the OEI condition. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
13
increased. According to the on-board video recording, FTE1 asked the G650 project test pilot
whether he could convince FAA certification officials that the rotation technique being explored
was a “normal technique.”32 The project test pilot responded that the technique would have to be
modified “slightly.”
The test team found that an abrupt column pull force of about 70 to 75 pounds was the
most successful in reducing the magnitude of the V2 overshoot. (The maximum column pull
force permitted by FAA regulations was 75 pounds, as discussed in section 2.4.1.) The test team
also found that, if the flying pilot rotated rapidly (at peak pitch rates between 6.1º and 8.5º per
second) to the 9º target pitch attitude and then exceeded 9º shortly afterward, V2 overshoots (and
V2 + 10 knot overshoots for all-engines-operating [AEO] takeoffs) could be reduced to within a
few knots of the target speeds. The takeoff rotation technique that produced the best results
during flight 111 resulted in a V2 speed that was still about 3 knots high. According to
Gulfstream‟s GVI Field Performance Certification Flight Test Plan (revision A, dated
October 2010), the required tolerance for the target V2 speed was ± 2 knots.
1.3.2 Uncommanded Roll Events
The two previous uncommanded roll events during field performance testing at ROW
occurred on November 16, 2010 (during flight 88), and on March 14, 2011 (during flight 132).
The circumstances surrounding these events are described below.
Flight 88
The flight 88 uncommanded roll event occurred during minimum unstick speed (VMU)33
development testing at a flap setting of 20º and a pitch target of 9º to 10º. The flying pilot was
the accident PIC, and the G650 project test pilot was the monitoring pilot. The PIC had
participated in, but had not performed, previous VMU tests in the G650. The uncommanded roll
event (8º right wing down) occurred immediately after liftoff during the PIC‟s initial VMU test
run. The PIC expressed surprise at the rotation rates obtained,34 which led to an overshoot of the
target pitch attitude by 3º. The flight crew recovered the airplane (when the monitoring pilot
pushed the control column forward to lower the nose and AOA), continued to climb out, and
landed without further incident. The airplane did not contact the ground during the roll event.
Testing was not stopped after the flight to investigate this matter. Instead, the test was repeated
immediately afterward, and the PIC performed the maneuver successfully.
The on-site flight test team, which included FTE1, determined (during an informal
discussion after the flight) that the cause of the uncommanded roll was an excessively high
rotation (over-rotation) by the flying pilot. It is not known whether any on-site test team member
considered whether the airplane had stalled as a result of the over-rotation. (During a
postaccident interview, the Gulfstream staff scientist for applied aerodynamics stated, 32 FAA test pilots must evaluate the flying qualities of an airplane (including the takeoff technique) as part of
the certification process. This issue is discussed further in section 2.4.1.
33 VMU is the lowest demonstrated speed at which the weight of an airplane is completely supported by
aerodynamic lift and thrust forces. VMU data are used to determine the minimum speeds that must be achieved for
liftoff and climb.
34 The peak pitch rate during the flight was 6.4º per second. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
14
“over-rotation of the aircraft…leads to a stall.”) Further, the PIC and the other on-site test team
members determined that a future uncommanded roll event could be avoided during testing by
ensuring that the flying pilot was involved in build-up maneuvers35 leading to the highest risk
test condition.36
In addition, during a briefing in late November 2010, the PIC presented summary data
from Roswell I VMU testing to company flight operations and flight test engineering personnel.
The data showed that the maximum AOA attained during the flight 88 uncommanded roll event
was 11.5º. The participants at the briefing did not consider whether the airplane had stalled
below the predicted in-ground-effect stall AOA estimate for Roswell I VMU tests (12.2º). An
analysis of flight 88 data performed by Gulfstream and the NTSB after the accident indicated
that a stall occurred at an AOA of 11.6º.37
Flight 132
The flight 132 uncommanded roll event occurred during the second test run for an OEI
continued takeoff (right engine reduced to idle) at a flap setting of 20º and a target pitch attitude
of 9º. The flying pilot for flight 132 was the SIC of the accident flight, and the monitoring pilot
was a company senior test pilot assigned to field performance testing. FTE1 was also part of the
on-board test team.
The test card for the incident run stated, “rotate at Vr using 70 lb pull until rotation
begins, reduce force to gradually capture 9º.” During the test run, the accident SIC pulled with
65 pounds of force and held sufficient force on the column to allow the pitch angle to reach 12º
about 0.5 second after liftoff; about 1 second later, the airplane rolled 8º to the right. The flight
crew recovered the airplane (when the monitoring pilot pushed the control column forward to
lower the nose and AOA) and continued the takeoff without the airplane contacting the ground.
Immediately after the event, the pilots discussed the uncommanded roll and the takeoff
technique used. The accident SIC had been the monitoring pilot during flight 111 and, as such,
observed the inputs of the flying pilot (the G650 project test pilot) as he developed the takeoff
rotation technique. During flight 132, the accident SIC apparently tried to duplicate these inputs;
according to the on-board video recording, the accident SIC told the senior test pilot that he had
been looking at the G650 project test pilot‟s previous control input technique “at that rate” and
“kinda got that into my head.”
While still in the cockpit, the pilots attributed the event to a stall resulting from an early
rotation at V1 as well as an over-rotation that exceeded the target pitch attitude. After landing, the 35 According to the U.S. Naval Test Pilot School‟s Flight Test Manual, a build-up maneuver “is the process of
proceeding from the known to the unknown in an incremental, methodical pattern…testing begins with the best
documented, least hazardous data points and proceeds toward the desired end points.” For more information, see
U.S. Naval Test Pilot School Flight Test Manual, Systems Testing, USNTPS-FTM-NO.109 (Patuxent River,
Maryland: Naval Air Warfare Center, 2000).
36 At the time, the TSHA for VMU tests stated the following: “VMU testing will be approached in a build-up
manner. Testing will begin at AEO high T/W [thrust-to-weight] conditions and proceed to the lower T/W conditions
required. The number of required build-ups and repeat testing will be determined by the on-site test team.” After
flight 88, Gulfstream added the following information to the TSHA: “the pilot flying shall have recent experience
with the test maneuver or perform a build-up maneuver(s) before conducting the test condition.”
37 The 11.6º value is slightly higher than the maximum 11.5º AOA noted in the PIC‟s November 2010
presentation because the 11.6º value includes corrections to the AOA to account for pitch rate. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
15
senior test pilot commented that the takeoff maneuver had been performed too aggressively and
emphasized slowing down the pitch rate to ensure that the target pitch attitude would not be
exceeded. The pilots then practiced flight control inputs, and the senior test pilot briefed the next
test run, which included “a moderate rate pull up to 9 degrees with both engines operating” to
allow the accident SIC to gain confidence to perform the OEI continued takeoff maneuver. The
accident SIC then performed the briefed takeoff maneuver without incident.
During additional test runs, the test team continued to modify the takeoff rotation
technique. According to the on-board video recording, after one of these test runs, FTE1 told the
senior test pilot that he wanted to look at the performance data from the test runs and discuss the
data with other Gulfstream personnel. FTE1 added, “the thing is, this [the takeoff technique] has
got to be something…the FAA can do, it can‟t be this hard a technique.”
According to the senior test pilot, he and FTE1 met informally after flight 132, and FTE1
expressed concern that the airplane had stalled. FTE1 noted that “we were at” an AOA of 11.5º
during the event but that an in-ground-effect stall was not predicted to occur until at least an
AOA of 13º.38 Because the AOA during the event had remained 1.5º below the predicted
in-ground-effect stall AOA, the senior test pilot and FTE1 did not attribute the event to a stall but
instead to a “lateral-directional disturbance” (that is, a roll event due to sideslip) that was
aggravated by the unavailability of the yaw damper, which had been deactivated because of a
temporary in-flight restriction resulting from a previous event.39 The senior test pilot suggested
that, to prevent an uncommanded roll from recurring, takeoff testing should be discontinued until
the yaw damper was back in service; FTE1 agreed with this suggestion. An analysis of flight 132
data performed by Gulfstream and the NTSB after the accident indicated that a stall occurred at
an AOA of 11º and that the sideslip angle was -3º during the onset of the stall.
1.3.3 Previous Test Runs on Day of Accident
The test team completed three test cards (2C, 3A, and 6C) with a total of 10 test runs
before performing the two test runs associated with test card 7A (as previously described in
section 1.1). During the test runs, the on-board test team explored takeoff rotation techniques to
resolve the V2 overshoot problem using an iterative trial-and-error approach.40 38 The stick shaker did not activate during the flight 132 uncommanded roll event because the shaker activation
setting was 90 percent of normalized AOA and the maximum normalized AOA during the event was about
86 percent. The PLI was likely displayed because the normalized AOA was greater than 0.70.
39 On March 3, 2011, during a certification flight test examining thrust lapse rates, the airplane (which was
being flown by an FAA test pilot) drifted to the right during the initial takeoff roll, but the drift could not be
controlled with the rudder. The flight crew aborted the takeoff and determined that the problem could recur. After
the event, Gulfstream flight control engineers found that a change in the airplane‟s fly-by-wire flight control
software had affected the yaw damper system. Gulfstream then issued a temporary in-flight restriction that required
monitoring of residual yaw rates or deactivation of the yaw damper system. After the flight 132 uncommanded roll
event, OEI field performance testing was discontinued until the yaw damper issue was corrected and the temporary
in-flight restriction was canceled. (The airplane was used in the meantime for field performance tests that were not
related to takeoff performance.) The restriction was lifted on March 18, 2011, and OEI continued takeoff testing
resumed during the accident flight.
40 The information in this section reflects the test team members‟ comments as captured by the on-board
video/audio system. The CVR transcript (in appendix B) begins just before the final two test runs were conducted
and does not include comments from test runs 2C, 3A, and 6C. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
16
Test card 2C was a flaps 20 AEO continued takeoff, which was performed four times
starting about 0717. The on-board video/audio recording showed that, before the takeoff on test
run 2C1, the SIC asked, “if we do an 11 degrees we‟re gonna abort, correct?” to which the PIC
responded “yes.” This exchange was consistent with FTE1‟s instruction to the test team (during
preflight briefings on the day before the accident) that the test should be discontinued if pitch
reached 11º during initial takeoff and that the pitch should then be decreased and engine power
added. This exchange was also the only time during the flight tests that an on-board test team
member referenced the 11º limit. After test run 2C3 was completed, the PIC expressed concern
about capturing V2 + 10 knots at 35 feet, stating, “the only thing I can say is you‟re not gonna be
at 9 degrees very long if you want to catch V2”; FTE1 agreed.
Test card 3A was a flaps 20 OEI continued takeoff (similar to the flight 132 test run
during which an uncommanded roll occurred), and three test runs were conducted starting about capture V2. (The NTSB recognizes that, at some point after liftoff, pitch must increase above 11º
to maintain the target V2 as the airplane begins to climb.) The PIC indicated that he was doing “a
nice smooth ramp” and “I‟m not doing that jerk stuff…it just doesn‟t work” regarding his initial
input on the control column.41 He added, “that‟s not the way they‟re going to fly the airplane,
and I don‟t think the FAA‟s gonna like it either…it‟s such a great flying airplane, you shouldn‟t
have to abuse it to get [it] flying.”42 FTE2 reported that the force on the column was about
60 pounds, to which the PIC stated, “that works, that‟s comfortable,” and the SIC stated, “a ramp
to 60 [pounds] worked pretty good.” After test run 3A2, FTE1 stated to the PIC, “when you
pause at the pitch I guess you‟re staying there a little while,” and they discussed that, to capture
V2, pitch would need to be increased above the 9º target earlier in the takeoff until the increase in
pitch became, according to the PIC, “almost like a continuous maneuver.”
During test run 3A3, the PIC pulled on the column more gradually and with less force
than during test runs 3A1 and 3A2 but increased pitch above 9º immediately after the MLG was
raised (which occurred about 1.8 seconds after both the left and the right weight-on-wheels
indications had changed from “on ground” to “in air”).43 After test run 3A3, FTE1 stated, “I
think that‟s it,” and the PIC stated, “we‟re done, I think we caught it there…we must be onto
something now.” The PIC also indicated that he was happy with the “nice smooth ramp input”
and the column force of 50 to 55 pounds.
Test card 6C was a flaps 10 AEO continued takeoff, which was performed three times
starting about 0842. Before test run 6C1 began, the PIC stated that he would rotate the airplane
until the pitch reached 9º, wait for a positive rate of climb, and then capture V2. The PIC also
stated that more than 20º of pitch would be required to maintain V2 (+ 10 knots) with both
engines.44 After test run 6C1, the PIC stated, “you just can‟t do it [the pitch required to maintain 41 A ramp input is a gradual but steady increase from the resting to the target value (compared with a step input,
which is a near-instantaneous increase from the resting to the target value). The “jerk” on the control column
mentioned by the PIC referred to the takeoff technique developed during flight 111, which involved a step input.
42 In addition to quantitative test data, pilot qualitative comments are important during the field performance
testing phase. Test pilots generally have extensive experience piloting different types of aircraft, so they can
understand what constitutes acceptable handling qualities when performing typical mission-related maneuvers.
43 During test run 3A1, the MLG was raised about 3.8 seconds after the in-air weight-on-wheels indications, and
pitch increased above 9º about 2 seconds later. During test run 3A2, the MLG was raised 2.5 seconds after the in-air
weight-on-wheels indications, and pitch increased above 9º about 3.5 seconds later.
44 Gulfstream limited this pitch angle to 20º based on passenger comfort. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
17
V2 + 10 knots] within 20º.” FTE1 reported that the column pull force was 53 pounds and that the
pitch was 10.5º.45 In a communication from the telemetry trailer to the on-board test team, FTE3
stated that she thought that the target pitch was 9º. FTE1 confirmed her statement.
Also after test run 6C1, the airplane was taxied off the runway and then to the telemetry
trailer. While the airplane was parked, the SIC had a discussion with FTE1 about the desired
rotation technique, describing it as a pull to 9º, a hesitation, and then another pull. The PIC, who
had previously left the cockpit on a break, returned and stated that APG1 was “saying we don‟t
want to hang out at 9º very long. Engine-out we gotta just keep it coming.” The SIC responded
that he and FTE1 had just been discussing the matter and indicated that the 9º target pitch was
“just like a thought, a goal to go toward, but as soon as you get to it you gotta start pulling again
to keep the speed down.” The PIC agreed with the SIC‟s comment. Afterward, the airplane was
taxied back to the runway for the next test run.
During test run 6C2, the PIC stated, “[looking for] V2, well you can‟t really capture it
here anyway, but [this run] looked good to me.” FTE1 indicated that the column pull force was
56 pounds and that the pilots had “nailed” the pitch. (The 9º pitch target was captured and held
for about 3.5 seconds before increasing above 9º about 1.4 seconds after the MLG was raised.)
After the test run, FTE1 stated, “we were pretty fast at 35 [feet] on that one.” (The V2 + 10 knot
target was exceeded by 12 knots.) The PIC stated, “there‟s very little time at 9 [degrees]…you
wanna try one more and I‟ll just pause at 9 [degrees] and just keep going?” FTE1 agreed with the
PIC‟s plan. The PIC then stated, “I‟ll capture it and boom we‟re back into it...it‟s almost a
continual rotation. You can target 9 [degrees], but you don‟t want to hang out there very long,”
In addition, the PIC pointed out, “now we‟re into kind of a technique thing here in how we‟re
gonna do this,” to which FTE1 replied, “that‟s what I was hoping, [to] just spend today just to
get something we like.”
During test run 6C3, the PIC stated, at rotation, “I‟m going up, got 9 [degrees], I‟m going
up, didn‟t stay there very long that time.” FTE1 stated, “okay that‟s good.” The PIC asked, “did
you like that one?” and FTE1 responded, “that was better on the pitch” and “you‟re [seven] knots
fast…so that was a lot better.” FTE3 (in the telemetry trailer) then communicated to the test
team, “speeds were better this time, pitch is a little high.” (Pitch reached 11º about 0.5 second
after liftoff.) The PIC explained to FTE3 that “we didn‟t pause very long at 9 [degrees]. We‟re
trying to capture that V2 at 35 [feet], so…it‟s just not there very long, so I think that‟s what you
were seeing.”
The team then moved to test card 7A. For test run 7A1, the PIC maintained the target
pitch until 2.6 seconds after liftoff, and V2 was exceeded by 9 knots. After test run 7A1, FTE1
commented about the delay in liftoff that occurred after initially achieving the 9º target pitch.
The PIC replied, “well we‟re pausing, because we‟re tryin‟ to do this capture, and I think we‟re
getting too focused on that…„cause if you have a real engine failure, the guys aren‟t gonna be
lookin‟ at nine degrees, they‟re gonna be lookin‟ at tryin‟ to get to V2.” The accident occurred
during the test run that followed (7A2). Despite the test team‟s efforts to develop a takeoff
rotation technique that would enable the airplane to achieve the target speeds at 35 feet, all of the
completed takeoffs exceeded their target speed by 4 to 12 knots, as shown in table 3. 45 Afterward, pitch leveled out between 9º and 10º for about 3.7 seconds and increased above 10º about
2.4 seconds after the MLG was raised. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
18
Table 3. Flight 153 test runs.
Test run
Flap setting
Engine
status
V2 (OEI), V2 + 10 knots (AEO)
Target speed
(in knots)
Actual speed at
35 feet
(in knots)
Difference
in knots
2C1
20
AEO
148
152
4
2C2
20
AEO
148
156
6
2C3
20
AEO
147
154
7
2C4
20
AEO
147
153
6
3A1
20
OEI
136
142
6
3A2
20
OEI
135
140
5
3A3
20
OEI
135
139
4
6C1
10
AEO
148
158
10
6C2
10
AEO
147
159
12
6C3
10
AEO
146
153
7
7A1
10
OEI
136
145
9
7A2
10
OEI
135
N/A
N/A NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
19 General
Gulfstream records indicated that the PIC had accumulated 11,237 hours total flight time,
with 263 hours total G650 flying time, and the SIC had accumulated 3,940 hours total flight
time, with 140 hours total G650 flying time. The records also indicated that the PIC and the SIC
had received their most recent PIC proficiency checks (for GV-series airplanes)46 in
February 2011 and November 2010, respectively. Both pilots had extensive military and flight
test pilot experience.47 The investigation found that the flight crew was properly certificated and
qualified in accordance with applicable federal regulations.
FTE1 led the G650 field performance flight testing effort and had extensive experience
conducting aerodynamic performance flight tests. FTE2 was responsible for G650 airspeed
calibration testing, and the day of the accident was the first time that he had participated in G650
field performance testing. (FTE2 was filling in for another flight test engineer who was unable to
make the trip to ROW because of a scheduling conflict.)
The accident occurred at a time of day normally associated with relatively high levels of
alertness, and the on-board test team had been on duty for about four hours. Although the early
morning start time in Roswell (about 0630 with a hotel meeting time about 0530) raised the
possibility of sleep restriction resulting from an inability to fall asleep early enough to obtain
adequate rest, this possibility seems unlikely because three test team members (the SIC, FTE1,
and FTE2) had maintained an early schedule at home and traveled two time zones west on the
day before the accident, which would have made it easier for them to fall asleep early in the
evening and wake early in the morning. The PIC had traveled two time zones west nine days
before the accident, which provided him with a long enough adjustment period to adapt to the
local time zone. However, according to colleagues who were at ROW during this time, the PIC
maintained a consistently early sleep and wake schedule (and interacted primarily with
colleagues who did the same), which would have minimized the impact of consecutive early
morning waking times.
A review of portable electronic device records and interviews with the on-board test
team‟s colleagues and next of kin revealed no evidence of restricted sleep opportunities in the
days before the accident. However, evidence detailing the on-board test team‟s actual sleep
quantity and quality the night before the accident was not available.48 Such information was also
unavailable for the PIC and FTE2 for previous nights. Thus, insufficient information was
available to determine whether fatigue was a physiological factor for the on-board test team
members on the morning of the accident. However, the flight crew had been performing
challenging flying tasks to a high level of precision for about three hours before the accident 46 Gulfstream‟s most recent previous flight test program involved the GV airplane, which was certified in
April 1997.
47 Appendix A provides additional information about the PIC‟s and the SIC‟s qualifications and experience.
48 Such evidence could be obtained from a self-report or from a bed partner (that is, someone who shares the
same sleeping arrangements) report. All Roswell II test team members were checked into separate hotel rooms the
night before the accident. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
20
occurred, and a review of audio, video, and flight test data recordings documenting the
crewmembers‟ performance revealed no indications that their performance was impaired.
Postaccident toxicological testing performed on the PIC‟s blood revealed the presence of
brompheniramine, an over-the-counter antihistamine medication (with potentially impairing side
effects) used in the treatment of hay fever and other allergies. The pre-mortem concentration of
the drug in the PIC‟s blood is uncertain because antihistamines can be subject to post-mortem
redistribution in the body.49 In addition, the performance-impairing effects of the
brompheniramine can be offset by stimulant drugs such as caffeine and theobromine,50 which
were also present in the PIC‟s blood.51 The pilot‟s wife and colleagues stated that they were
unaware of his use of this medication, so they were unable to describe the PIC‟s dosage or
frequency of use. A consultation report provided to the NTSB by the Office of the Armed Forces
Medical Examiner concluded that the performance-impairing effects of the medication on the
PIC could not be definitively determined in this case.52
The investigation found that the airplane was operated in accordance with the special
airworthiness certificate issued by the FAA. The recovered airplane components showed no
evidence of any preimpact structural, engine, or system failures.
Although a slight (2.5-knot) left crosswind just before liftoff made roll control slightly
more challenging for the PIC,53 the crosswind did not cause the airplane to stall. Thus, weather
was not a factor in this accident.
This analysis discusses the accident sequence, Gulfstream‟s development of the
in-ground-effect stall AOA estimate and the takeoff speed schedules for the G650 airplane, and
the company‟s management of the G650 program. Safety issues related to this accident are
discussed in section 3.
2.2
Accident Sequence
According to APG1, during preflight briefings on the day before the accident, FTE1
explained that the target pitch for all takeoffs would be 9º. In addition, the PIC stated that a target
column pull force of 60 to 65 pounds “would be more repeatable” than the 70- to 75-pound 49 A. Sen, A. Akin, K.J. Craft, D.V. Canfield, and A.K Chaturvedi, “First-generation H1 antihistamines found in
pilot fatalities of civil aviation accidents, 1990-2005,” Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, vol. 78,
pp. 514-522, 2007.
50 Caffeine and theobromine are stimulant compounds found in coffee, tea, and chocolate.
51 K. Miller and P.J. Standen, “Differences in performance impairment due to brompheniramine maleate as a
function of the sustained-release system,” British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, vol. 14, pp. 49-55, 1982.
52 At the suggestion of the NTSB, Gulfstream issued a memorandum to its pilots on March 22, 2012, about the
potential adverse side effects associated with some antihistamine medications. The memorandum urged the pilots to
review the caution labels on antihistamine medication packaging and contact their aviation medical examiner with
any questions.
53 Data from the Gulfstream weather station showed that the wind just before liftoff was from 155º at 5.5 knots.
The runway magnetic heading was 217º, which resulted in a crosswind of about 2.5 knots. The crosswind was
within the 5-knot limit specified by the TSHA for the OEI continued takeoff test. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
21
column pull force that was used in a previously developed takeoff rotation technique and “would
not be dependent upon jerking the airplane controls around.”54
During the test runs on the day of the accident, the takeoff rotation technique was further
relaxed to a “nice smooth ramp” of 50 to 55 pounds of column pull force. However, the on-board
test team members recognized that V2 could not be successfully achieved at the reduced rotation
rate (resulting from the reduced column forces) if the PIC held the pitch attitude at the 9º target
pitch for any length of time. As a result, to achieve the target V2 speeds, the test team focused on
using progressively shorter pauses at the 9º target pitch before increasing pitch further. For
example, during test run 3A3, pitch increased above 9º about 3.5 seconds earlier than during the
two previous test runs (3A1 and 3A2). Similarly, during test run 6C2, pitch increased above 9º
about 1.2 seconds earlier than during the previous test run (6C1).
It is important to note that, during each of those test runs, pitch did not increase above 9º
until the airplane had lifted off and the gear handle had been raised.55 However, during test run
6C3, pitch increased above 9º before the airplane had lifted off. The in-air weight-on-wheels
indication and gear retraction command occurred nearly simultaneously when pitch was about
10º. After pitch reached 11º (about 0.5 second after liftoff), a pause in pitch between 11º and
11.5º occurred for about 1 second before pitch began increasing again. (This brief pause likely
prevented the airplane from stalling.)
During preflight briefings on the day before the accident, FTE1 indicated that, if pitch
reached 11º during the initial part of a takeoff, the test should be discontinued. However, after
liftoff, as the flight crew transitioned from maintaining the 9º target pitch to tracking the V2
speed, pitch would be expected to exceed 11º, but FTE1 did not specify how long during the
takeoff the 9º pitch target or the 11º pitch limit would apply. Test cards included the 9º pitch
target, but they did not specify how long the pitch target applied or include the briefed 11º pitch
limit.
Several Gulfstream pilots and engineers involved with the G650 program had different
understandings of how long the pitch target and pitch limit applied. For example, the Gulfstream
G650 project test pilot and the company senior test pilot stated that the initial target pitch could
be exceeded as required to achieve V2 regardless of whether the airplane had lifted off. However,
Gulfstream‟s principal engineer for airplane performance and APG1 indicated that the initial
target pitch was a limit while the airplane was on the ground but that pitch could be increased
beyond the target after liftoff to achieve the target V2. It is possible that the on-board test team
members also had different interpretations of the 9º pitch target (and the 11º pitch limit), which
would have rendered these procedural risk controls ineffective for avoiding high AOAs while in
ground effect.
Until test run 6C3, the PIC‟s execution of the takeoff maneuvers was generally consistent
with the Gulfstream engineers‟ understanding of when pitch could be increased above the initial 54 According to APG1, FTE1 also stated that a 60- to 65-pound target column pull force would “reduce the
amount of „bobble‟ [a reversal of the pitch rate] on pitch.” She explained that the bobble had occurred during
previous test runs because “the pitch was peaking out, decreasing quite a bit, and then recovering throughout the
climb.”
55 Raising the gear handle to the “up” position commands the MLG to retract, which, for the G650, is completed
about 7.4 seconds after the handle is raised. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
22
9º target after liftoff. However, the execution of test run 6C3 was more consistent with the
Gulfstream pilots‟ understanding that pitch could be increased above 9º before liftoff, resulting
in the “continuous maneuver” that the on-board test team was discussing. (After the accident,
Gulfstream specified, on the TSHA for OEI continued takeoff tests, that the 9º pitch attitude
target would not be exceeded until liftoff was confirmed.)
During test run 7A1 (the first flaps 10 OEI continued takeoff test of the day), the pitch
angle reached the initial 9º target about 3 seconds before the airplane lifted off. The in-air
weight-on-wheels indication occurred as the airplane reached 135 knots, which was 2 knots
above the 133-knot target VLOF and 1 knot below the 136-knot target V2.56 Pitch was held at 9º
until 1.5 seconds after gear retraction and was then increased to 14º as the airplane reached
35 feet (about 8.5 seconds after liftoff). At that time, the airspeed was 145 knots, which was
9 knots above the target V2.
After the test run, the test team noted that the airspeed at 35 feet exceeded the target V2
speed and discussed how the takeoff technique might be modified during the next test run to
reduce the V2 overshoot. The PIC indicated that the maneuver could be repeated with a shorter
pause at the target pitch value. The test team did not discuss that the airplane had reached the 9º
target pitch about 3 seconds before liftoff or that the airplane had lifted off at an airspeed that
was 1 knot below the target V2 speed. Also, as with previous test runs, no team member
questioned the safety of the takeoff technique or considered whether the test procedures or
takeoff speed schedules needed to be reevaluated. The NTSB concludes that the test team‟s focus
on achieving the V2 speeds for the flight tests and the lack of guidance specifying precisely when
the pitch angle target and pitch limit applied during the test maneuver contributed to the team‟s
decision to exceed the initial pitch target and the pitch angle at which a takeoff test was to be
discontinued.
During the accident takeoff (test run 7A2), there was no pause at the 9º pitch target, and
the pitch rate slowed only as the airplane pitched through 9º about 1 second before liftoff.57 The
airplane then stalled during liftoff at a pitch angle and an AOA of about 11.2º.58 The NTSB
concludes that the airplane stalled at an AOA that was below the in-ground-effect stall AOA
predicted by Gulfstream (13.1º) and the AOA threshold for the activation of the stick shaker stall
warning (12.3º). The test team members‟ exceedance of the stall AOA likely resulted, in part, 56 Gulfstream‟s chief flight test engineer stated that the 1-knot difference between the actual VLOF and the target
V2 during test run 7A1 (which immediately preceded the accident test run) was a “fairly obvious” indication that the
target V2 speed was too low. However, some of the earlier test runs on the day of the accident (for example, test runs
3A2 and 3A3) involved target VLOF and V2 speeds that were only 1 knot apart, yet no one recognized this “fairly
obvious” indication at the time. The chief flight engineer continued, “I don‟t think there were enough individuals
looking at the data trying to understand what the airplane was doing…I think everyone was focused on trying to
achieve the target…V2 speeds [instead of] looking at what the airplane was…telling them.”
57 For test run 7A2, “liftoff” refers to the right MLG liftoff, which occurred at 0933:50.3 (1.5 seconds after the
left MLG lifted off and 0.2 second before the stall).
58 During test run 7A2, the PIC essentially duplicated the pitch control inputs and pitch profile from test run
6C3. However, during test run 7A2, the PIC did not reduce the pitch rate as soon as he did during test run 6C3; as a
result, the pitch during liftoff for test run 7A2 was about 1º higher than that for test run 6C3. Also, the roll angle and
roll rate during test run 6C3 remained closer to zero than they did during test run 7A2. These factors helped to keep
the AOA across the span of the wing lower during test run 6C3 than during test run 7A2. (The maximum recorded
AOA for test run 6C3 was 10.3º.) Also, during test run 6C3, the airplane was about 2 feet higher off the ground
when pitch reached 11º than the airplane was at the same pitch during test run 7A2, which would have resulted in a
somewhat higher stall AOA for the earlier test run. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
23
from their confidence in, and reliance on, the PLI and stick shaker system, which they did not
realize had been set too high to account for the actual in-ground-effect stall AOA.
Also during the accident takeoff, an uncommanded roll to the right began about
2 seconds before liftoff. The PIC made a left control wheel input of about 12º, which reduced the
roll rate from 1.5º to about 0.9º per second. Liftoff occurred at a bank angle of 2.6º, and the roll
rate increased immediately afterward to about 5º per second. The PIC stated “[unintelligible]
going on” and doubled the amount of control wheel and rudder correction he was using (to
counteract the increasing roll and yaw), but these actions did not stop the roll.
About 1.8 seconds after liftoff, with pitch tracking just under the PLI and the bank angle
exceeding 10º, the SIC began to exclaim “whoa” multiple times. About 2 seconds after liftoff,
pitch increased above the PLI, the stick shaker activated, and the PIC responded by pushing the
control column forward and adding full left control wheel and full left rudder to counteract the
roll. (The stick shaker activated at the programmed AOA, but a stall on the right outboard wing
had already occurred.) About 2.3 seconds after liftoff, the right wingtip struck and began to drag
along the ground at a bank angle of 13.4º. Pitch then decreased below the PLI, and stick shaker
activation stopped. The PIC made a brief aft control column input and then held the column
slightly aft while continuing to apply full left wheel and full left rudder. Even though pitch had
decreased below the PLI, the airplane remained stalled, and the right wingtip continued to drag
along the ground as the airplane veered off the runway.
About 3.3 seconds after liftoff, one or both pilots advanced the right thrust lever, the PIC
called out repeatedly for power, and the SIC confirmed, “power‟s up.” However, the airplane
rolled farther to the right, pivoting on its right wingtip. The stick shaker activated again and
continued to activate for the next 6.4 seconds (which was essentially the remainder of the flight).
About 4.3 seconds after liftoff, at a bank angle of 18º and with pitch increasing to 13.8º, the PIC
pulled back abruptly on the control column. The pitch and AOA responded accordingly,
eventually increasing to peak values of 14.8º and 22.7º, respectively. The PIC maintained this
substantial aft column input for several seconds while continuing to maintain full left control
wheel and rudder. The bank angle increased to a maximum of 32º before the airplane began to
roll out of the bank, the pitch angle decreased, and the fuselage impacted the ground. The NTSB
concludes that a stall on the right outboard wing produced a right rolling moment that the flight
crew was not able to control, which led to the right wingtip contacting the runway and the
airplane departing the runway from the right side.
After the airplane departed the runway, the airplane‟s impact with a concrete structure
resulted in extensive structural damage59 and a postcrash fire, which completely consumed the
fuselage and cabin interior. The SIC and both flight test engineers were found out of their seats
and at locations indicating that they had been able to move within the cabin after the accident.
(The PIC was found in his seat and was likely prevented from getting out of the seat because his
leg was pinned under the instrument panel.) The SIC and FTE1 were found near the main entry
door, and FTE2 was found near the center of the cabin. Thus, the cabin maintained livable space
for a short time. Autopsy reports indicated that the cause of death for all four on-board test team 59 The fuselage was fractured between the forward and aft emergency overwing exits. Also, both overwing exits
on the left side of the airplane did not remain in place during the accident sequence and were found away from the
airplane wreckage. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
24
members was inhalation of smoke and soot and extensive thermal burns. The NTSB concludes
that the impact forces from the accident were survivable, but the cabin environment deteriorated
quickly and became unsurvivable because of the large amount of fuel, fuel vapor, smoke, and
fire entering the cabin through the breaches in the fuselage.
Because of the postcrash fire, the only viable exit after the accident was the main entry
door. The latching mechanism and latching and locking handle for the door were found in the
wreckage after the accident in the locked and latched position. However, because of extensive
fire damage to the door, the NTSB could not determine whether the door was able to be operated
or whether an attempt to open the door was made after the accident.
The NTSB was not able to determine whether the emergency response for this accident
was as timely as it could have been because of the lack of information about the initial
notification time.60 On the basis of available evidence, the NTSB believes that the emergency
response time was understandable given that ARFF vehicles had to approach the scene
cautiously to avoid bystanders who were quickly assembling near the accident site.
2.2.1 Flight Crew Response to Stall and Roll
The PIC made proper control inputs in response to the roll that occurred during liftoff,
but these inputs did not stop the roll. When the stick shaker initially activated, the PIC took
appropriate action and pushed forward on the control column to reduce pitch below the PLI
while keeping pitch high enough to facilitate a rapid climb. However, the PIC did not know that
the airplane remained in a stall that overpowered the lateral controls and prevented him from
leveling the wings.
When the stick shaker activated for a second time, the PIC should have again pushed
forward on the control column to break the stall. However, the PIC‟s first airplane-nose-down
column input (in response to the stick shaker‟s initial activation) had not allowed him to regain
roll control of the airplane, which must have confused the PIC because the cessation of the
shaker‟s activation and the position of the PLI both indicated that the airplane was below the
pitch angle and AOA that would result in a stall.61 (During a postaccident interview, the
Gulfstream senior test pilot stated that he and other G650 test pilots relied on the PLI to prevent
takeoff stalls during flight testing.)
The inability to break the stall and regain roll control of the airplane and the extremely
short time available to recover the airplane resulted in a high level of stress for the PIC, as
indicated by his expressions of alarm (“whoa whoa”) and repetitive commands (“power power
power” twice) after the first and second activations of the stick shaker, respectively. When
individuals are subjected to high stress and extreme time pressure, cognitive processing becomes
impaired, and individuals tend to revert to automatic, well-learned behaviors. 60 The NTSB plans to address this issue in a forthcoming safety recommendation letter.
61 The PLI indicated proximity to stall based on the free-air reference stall AOA without any adjustment for the
estimated reduction in the stall AOA due to ground effect. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
25
The PIC had a well-learned response for potential stall events—pushing the nose down
and increasing thrust. However, when these actions did not work and the airplane continued to
veer off the runway, the PIC reverted to another well-learned behavior—pulling back on the
control column to climb away from the ground. Even if the PIC had pushed forward rather than
pulled back on the control column after the second activation of the stick shaker, it is highly
unlikely that this or any other control input could have prevented the airplane‟s impact with the
ground given the airplane‟s attitude, trajectory, and proximity to the ground. The NTSB
concludes that, given the airplane‟s low altitude, the time-critical nature of the situation, and the
ambiguous stall cues presented in the cockpit, the flight crew‟s response to the stall event was
understandable.
After the accident, Gulfstream revised its TSHA for OEI continued takeoffs and included,
as additional hazards, over-rotation at low airspeed and low altitude stall. The risk level for the
test remained high, the probability of occurrence for the hazards associated with the test was
changed from low to “occasional,” and the hazards were classified as “catastrophic.” The TSHA
also included the following corrective techniques to discontinue the maneuver if the pitch
attitude exceeded the PLI: (1) decrease AOA, advance the thrust levers, regain control, and climb
to a safe altitude or (2) decrease AOA, retard both engines, and land.
2.2.2 Overview of Factors Leading to Accident
Several Gulfstream actions, as explained in detail in sections 2.3 through 2.5, led to the
circumstances surrounding the accident. Specifically, during the G650 program, Gulfstream
overestimated the actual in-ground-effect stall AOA for the G650 during the
accident flight, resulting in the AOA threshold for stick shaker activation being
set too high and the flight crew not receiving any warning before the actual stall
occurred;
used a flawed assumption in determining the takeoff speeds for the G650,
resulting in V2 speeds that could not be achieved because they were too low;
exacerbated the error in V2 speeds before the accident flight by decreasing the
target pitch angle for some continued takeoff flights without an accompanying
increase in the takeoff speeds;
failed to fully investigate two previous uncommanded roll events that occurred
during G650 field performance flight testing;
focused on refining pilot technique to resolve the V2 overshoot problem (so that
the G650 takeoff performance guarantee could be achieved) instead of
investigating the root cause for the V2 overshoots; and NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
26
failed to establish adequate flight test operating procedures, adjust the G650 flight
test schedule to account for program delays, and develop an effective flight test
safety management program.
2.3
Stall Angle of Attack Estimates
As stated in section 1.1, ground effect refers to changes in the airflow over the airplane
resulting from the proximity of the airplane to the ground. Ground effect results in increased lift
and reduced drag at a given AOA as well as a reduction in the stall AOA; thus, the stall AOA is
lower for airplanes in ground effect compared with the stall AOA for airplanes in free air (out of
ground effect). Ground effect decreases as the distance from the ground increases and is
generally negligible above a height equivalent to the wing span of the airplane (which is about
100 feet for the G650). Figure 5 depicts the changes in the airplane‟s lift and stall AOA due to
ground effect. Figure 5. Airplane lift versus angle of attack in and out of ground effect. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
27
During an October 7, 2010, meeting of the Gulfstream flight test safety review board
(SRB),62 an estimate of the reduction, or decrement, from the free-air stall AOA to the
in-ground-effect stall AOA was presented as 2º. This 2º decrement (which was previously
provided to Gulfstream‟s flight test engineering department by the company‟s flight sciences
department) was based on G650 low-speed wind tunnel testing. A 2º decrement was also used
during the GIV and other Gulfstream programs.63 After the accident, a G650 aerodynamicist
indicated that the decrement was a generally accepted and agreed-on value that could not be
further refined during flight tests because of the expectation that the airplane would always be
operated below the stall AOA near the ground.
During a March 24, 2011, meeting to discuss Roswell II takeoff performance testing,64
FTE1 indicated that he had revised the decrement from the free-air to in-ground-effect stall AOA
to about 1.6º. During a postaccident interview, the director of flight test engineering stated that
FTE1 had computed the revised decrement based on his analysis of coefficient of lift data
derived from the Roswell I VMU test results. Thus, it is likely that FTE1 wanted to use a
decrement for upcoming flight tests that was based on actual flight test data rather than continue
to use the estimated decrement from wind tunnel testing and previous company programs.
However, FTE1‟s revision to the decrement appeared to be based on an incorrect interpretation
of the VMU test results. Specifically, FTE1‟s revision assumed that the G650 in ground effect
possessed a similar maximum lift coefficient as in free air.
In addition to the revised decrement for the in-ground-effect stall AOA, the stick shaker
activation threshold had been changed (starting with flight 125 on March 7, 2011) from 85 to
90 percent of normalized AOA,65 which reduced the margin for stall protection. The Gulfstream
chief flight test engineer stated that he and FTE1 made this change to allow predicted takeoff
speeds to be achieved without stick shaker activations that would invalidate tests. (During some
takeoff performance testing, flight test teams were encountering stick shaker activations at the
85 percent normalized AOA stick shaker setting, which were interfering with the teams‟ ability
to acceptably demonstrate required maneuvers.) The increased stick shaker setting was expected
to provide stall warning about 1º below the estimated in-ground-effect stall AOA. Those present
at the March 24, 2011, meeting agreed to keep the stick shaker activation setting at 90 percent of
normalized AOA for Roswell II takeoff performance testing.
For the accident flight, the free-air stall AOA was 14.7º, and the 1.6º decrement for the
in-ground-effect stall AOA resulted in a predicted in-ground-effect stall AOA of 13.1º. Thus, the
stick shaker AOA set to 90 percent of normalized AOA (equivalent to an actual AOA of 12.3º) 62 According to Gulfstream, the flight test SRB was an interdisciplinary group of management, flight test
engineering, design engineering, and flight operations personnel. The flight test SRB was convened in October 2010
to discuss the G650 field performance test plan. About 30 Gulfstream personnel attended the SRB, including the
vice president of flight operations and the director of flight test, who chaired the flight test SRB; the four test team
members who were aboard the accident flight; and the two other test pilots who performed G650 field performance
flight testing. During the SRB, FTE1 presented slides detailing the test objectives, approach, conditions, and
procedures; ground support; airplane configuration; and hazard analyses.
63 The GIV airplane was certified in April 1987.
64 This meeting was not a reconvening of the flight test SRB. According to Gulfstream, airplane performance
engineers, control law personnel (who developed algorithms for the AOA limiter and the stick shaker), and flight
test engineers were present at the meeting.
65 As stated in section 1.1, normalized AOA is a measure of the usable AOA range of the airplane. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
28
provided a 0.8º margin to the in-ground-effect stall AOA assumed at the time.66 However, the
stick shaker (and the PLI) did not provide any warning before the actual stall on the accident
flight, which occurred at an AOA of about 11.2º. The NTSB‟s aircraft performance study for this
accident found that the flight test data that Gulfstream had collected during previous G650 field
performance takeoffs, particularly the data from the flight 88 and flight 132 uncommanded roll
events, were sufficient to quantify the changes in aerodynamic lift and the actual reduction in the
stall AOA because of ground effect. Thus, Gulfstream should have been able to accurately
predict the G650 in-ground-effect stall AOA before the accident flight.
Gulfstream did not have an adequate process to ensure that, if an unexpected outcome
(such as an uncommanded roll) occurred during G650 high-risk flight tests, a senior-level
engineering review of those events would be performed before the flight tests continued. As a
result, Gulfstream did not thoroughly analyze either the flight 88 or flight 132 uncommanded roll
events to determine their causes until after the accident. The U.S. Naval Test Pilot School‟s
Flight Test Manual advised the following: “in the event a data point yields an unexpected result
or a series of data points creates an unexpected trend, evaluation stops until the results are
analyzed and explained.” Also, a U.S. Air Force Flight Test Center document defined an
“unusual event” or “unexpected test result” as “any occurrence that warrants a safety-related
pause in the test program” and indicated that, if an unusual event were to occur, “applicable test
points will be placed on hold.…[until] a plan of action is determined.”67
Gulfstream had performed such analyses after similar events occurred on certification test
flights during the GIV and GV programs.68 During a postaccident interview, Gulfstream‟s chief
test pilot stated that the FAA‟s participation during the GIV and GV certification test flights
might have accounted for the difference in the level of attention given to the uncommanded roll
events during those flights compared with that given to the G650 events.69 Also, the wingtip
contacted the runway during the GIV flight test, and the wing drop during the GV flight test
resulted in a hard landing, but neither runway contact nor a hard landing occurred during the
flight 88 and flight 132 events. Because the G650 uncommanded roll events were not fully 66 The increase in stick shaker AOA from 85 to 90 percent normalized AOA was equivalent to an AOA increase
from 11.6º to 12.3º at the flaps 10 setting and Mach number at the time of the accident and a decrease in stall margin
from 1.5º to 0.8º. APG1 stated that, before the accident, she did not know that a 5 percent change in normalized
AOA reduced the stall margin by nearly 50 percent. After the accident, Gulfstream specified, on the TSHA for OEI
continued takeoff tests, that the stick shaker and PLI settings would maintain an in-ground-effect stall AOA margin
of at least 1º.
67 Test Safety Review Process, U.S. Air Force Flight Test Instruction 91-105 (Edwards Air Force
Base, California: Air Force Flight Test Center, 2012).
68 During the GIV program, an uncommanded roll event occurred during VMU takeoff performance certification
testing. The airplane stalled before the stick pusher activated, rolled sharply, and struck its right wingtip on the
runway. Gulfstream analyzed the event and determined that the stall occurred while the airplane was in ground
effect and at an AOA that was 2º lower than the free-air stall AOA. Gulfstream also analyzed the airflow separation
pattern over the airplane‟s wing and developed aerodynamic devices to slow the spread of airflow separation during
a stall. During the GV program, an uncommanded roll event (a right roll in excess of 20º immediately after liftoff)
occurred during VMU certification testing. Gulfstream analyzed this event in two test reports and found that the roll
rates and attitudes that occurred during the maneuver were primarily caused by a left crosswind that directly affected
the airplane while it was at a “very low” airspeed. For one of the reports, Gulfstream performed a theoretical
analysis using a computer model to understand the effects of control input and crosswind component on rolling
characteristics.
69 Flight testing is conducted in two phases. A manufacturer conducts developmental flight testing to ensure that
an aircraft can meet the requirements of applicable Federal Aviation Regulations. The FAA conducts certification
flight testing to confirm that the aircraft has been developed according to the applicable regulations. Additional
information about developmental and certification flight testing is discussed in section 2.5. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
29
analyzed before the accident, the flight 88 event was attributed to an over-rotation by the flying
pilot, and the flight 132 event was attributed to a lateral-directional disturbance influenced by the
unavailability of the yaw damper.70
Flight test data indicated that, at the takeoff Mach numbers, the free-air, flaps 20 stall
AOA for flights 88 and 132 was 14.2º. Thus, the predicted in-ground-effect stall AOA for those
flights was 12.2º (based on the 2º decrement between the free-air stall AOA and the
in-ground-effect stall AOA that was assumed at the time of those flights). However, the NTSB‟s
analysis of the data from flights 88 and 132 (using Gulfstream‟s postaccident simulation residual
analysis for these flights) estimated that, on the basis of these flights, the maximum decrement in
the stall AOA due to ground effect was about 3.5º. This finding was close to the flaps 20
in-ground-effect stall AOA decrement of about 3º that was determined by Gulfstream‟s
postaccident computational fluid dynamics (CFD) analysis.71 On the basis of the CFD results,
Gulfstream determined after the accident that the flight 88 and flight 132 events resulted from a
stall of the right outboard wing at a lower-than-expected AOA.
Gulfstream‟s postaccident CFD analysis also indicated that the decrement for the
in-ground-effect stall AOA at flaps 10 (the accident flap setting) was as much as 3.25º, which
was about twice the 1.6º estimate that Gulfstream was using at the time of the accident.72 The
NTSB concludes that, if Gulfstream had performed an in-depth aerodynamic analysis of the
cause of two previous G650 uncommanded roll events, similar to the analyses performed for roll
events during previous company airplane programs, the company could have recognized that the
actual in-ground-effect stall AOA for the accident flight test was significantly lower than the
company predicted.
It is important to note that knowledge of the actual decrement between the free-air and
in-ground-effect stall AOA is not required to safely conduct field performance flight tests as long
as the airspeeds used during the tests are developed correctly. Gulfstream‟s development of the
takeoff speeds used during G650 field performance tests is described in the section that follows.
2.4
Takeoff Speed Schedules
When the GV airplane was certified in April 1997, 14 CFR 25.103, “Stall Speed,” stated
that the reference speed used as the basis for minimum operating speeds (including V2) was the
stall speed (VS). The regulation defined VS as the minimum speed obtained in a stalling
maneuver, and Part 25 indicated that the minimum V2 must be at least 1.2 times VS. 70 As indicated in section 1.3.2, the pilots of flight 132, while still in the cockpit, initially attributed the event to
a stall, but the cause of the event was later changed after review of the data showed that the AOA during the event
had remained 1.5º below the predicted in-ground-effect stall AOA.
71 CFD is the science of solving the fluid equations of motion numerically with digital computers. The results
can be extracted numerically or serve as a basis for visualizations. Gulfstream conducted a postaccident CFD
analysis of the effect of the proximity of the ground on the aerodynamics of the G650 (in both the flaps 10 and
flaps 20 configurations) to determine the influence of the ground on the stall AOA.
72 The results of this CFD analysis, along with the airplane-nose-right sideslip angle, the reduced height of the
right wingtip due to the right roll angle, and the increased AOA on the right wing due to the right roll rate, were
consistent with a stall occurring on the right wing at 0933:50.5, as indicated by Gulfstream‟s simulation residual
analysis for the accident flight. The CFD analysis also indicated that, at non-zero sideslip, the downwind wing
would stall first, which was consistent with the circumstances of the accident. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
30
The FAA issued a final rule (Amendment 25-108, published at 67 Federal Register
70812, November 26, 2002) to change the reference VS because of concerns that the speed
margins between VS and each minimum operating speed might be less than intended.
Specifically, according to the FAA‟s final rule, VS could be less than the lowest speed at which
the airplane‟s weight was still entirely supported by aerodynamic lift. The final rule defined a
new reference stall speed (VSR) as a calibrated airspeed chosen by the applicant (that is, the
airplane manufacturer) that could not be less than the 1-g stall speed, which was the “minimum
speed for which the lift provided by the wing is capable of supporting the weight of the
airplane.”73 The final rule became effective in December 2002.
The final rule indicated that the multiplying factors that were used to determine the
minimum operating speeds using a reference speed based on VS were not appropriate for
defining those speeds using VSR. As a result, the multiplying factors to obtain minimum
operating speeds were reduced. The minimum V2 was changed to be at least 1.13 times VSR.
Gulfstream established the certification basis for the G650 in March 2007 (after
Amendment 25-108 became effective) and decided to make the airplane‟s V2 speed identical to
the minimum V2 speed allowed by regulation (1.13 times VSR). However, as discussed in this
section, this decision became the primary reason that the V2 speeds were too low.
The method used to develop the takeoff speed schedules for the G650 differed from the
method described in Gulfstream‟s Model GVI Data Analysis Methods document (dated June 25,
2009), which made it more difficult for the company to recognize that the airplane could not
achieve V2 speeds as low as 1.13 VSR. The document presented data analysis methods and flight
test procedures that were to be used to develop the takeoff speed schedules for the G650 field
performance tests. Section 9.1 of the document described test procedures and stated that, for
determining takeoff distances and takeoff speed schedules, a preliminary flight manual would be
prepared and updated before testing to reflect the results of VMU tests (among other tests), which
would refine original analytical estimates of takeoff speed schedules and provide “a more
accurate data base for establishing target test speeds.”
Section 8 of the data analysis methods document described VMU testing and its role in the
development of the takeoff speed schedules. The document explained, “demonstrated VMU
speeds are normally used as the basis from which the normal speed schedules are developed (V1,
VR, [and] V2)…rotation and liftoff speed increments are added to the VMU baseline speeds to
work forward to the operational speeds.” However, Gulfstream determined, during GIV
certification testing, that rotation and liftoff speed increments added to the VMU baseline speeds
resulted in V2 values that were slightly less than the required 1.2 VS, which led to a redefinition
of the speed schedules based on the V2 requirement at 35 feet. Specifically, as explained in the
document, “appropriate increments were then subtracted from the V2 requirement to work
backwards to VLO and VR.”74 This same approach was used for the G650 program but with V2
established as 1.13 VSR. 73 In its notice of proposed rulemaking supporting this change (61 Federal Register 1260, January 18, 1996), the
FAA stated, “redefining the airplane reference stall speed as the 1-g stall speed would result in a higher level of
safety in those cases where current methods could result in artificially low operating speeds.” The FAA also stated
that its review of NTSB accident reports from 1983 to 1992 found no accidents caused by inconsistent or
inappropriate reference stall speeds.
74 In the Model GVI Data Analysis Methods document, VLO represented the liftoff speed. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
31
Gulfstream assumed that, similar to the GIV program, working forward from VMU to V2
would result in V2 values for the G650 program that were lower than the minimum V2 values
allowed by regulation. However, during field performance tests, the G650‟s speed was
consistently faster than 1.13 VSR at 35 feet, even with aggressive rotation techniques. Working
forward from the G650 VMU speeds to obtain VLOF and V2 (as was done initially on the GIV
program before working backward from the minimum allowable V2 values to VLOF and VR)
would yield V2 speeds that were higher than the minimum 1.13 VSR required by regulation. Thus,
if Gulfstream had used VMU data to confirm its assumption that V2 values for the G650 program
would be lower than the minimum V2 values allowed by regulation, the company might have
realized that its assumption was not valid because of the change in the minimum V2 speeds
(which, in turn, could have led to more realistic and higher target V2 speeds). The NTSB
concludes that Gulfstream‟s decision to use a takeoff speed development method from a previous
airplane program was inappropriate and resulted in target V2 values that were too low to be
achieved.
The speed increments from V2 to VLOF and from V2 to VR that Gulfstream used to
determine the target VLOF and VR for the G650 were not based on G650 tests (as specified in the
data analysis methods document) but were instead based on similar increments that applied to the
G550 airplane.75 As a result, because the actual speed increment between VLOF and V2 for the
G650 was greater than the increments based on the G550 airplane, liftoff at the target VLOF
resulted in V2 overshoots. In addition, because the increments based on the G550 airplane were
applied to V2 speeds that were too low, the G650 was being operated during field performance
tests at lower airspeeds and higher AOAs and with smaller margins to stall than on previous
Gulfstream airplane programs.
The takeoff speed schedules for the Roswell II field performance tests were developed by
Gulfstream‟s airplane performance group (which was within the company‟s flight sciences
department).76 However, the airplane performance group did not review FTE1‟s draft report of
the Roswell I VMU test data until 1 month after the accident.77 Even though the report had not
been finalized before the accident, the test data could still have been used to develop the takeoff
speed schedules. Because the airplane performance group had not retrieved and analyzed these
data, the group missed an opportunity to determine that the VMU data did not support V2 speeds
as low as 1.13 VSR.
Also, the airplane performance group did not perform an analysis that considered the
dynamics of the rotation maneuver to verify that the airplane could achieve takeoff speed
schedules that were based on the minimum allowable V2 and speed increments from the G550 75 The G550 airplane was certificated in August 2003.
76 APG1 was the official head of the G650 airplane performance group. The principal engineer for airplane
performance had been the acting group head during the G650‟s preliminary design phase but had passed
responsibility for the group to APG1 as the program matured. According to the principal engineer, he had “overall
general responsibility” for the G650 program along with responsibilities for new and existing company airplane
programs.
77 FTE1‟s draft report of the VMU test results was completed about 1 week before the accident occurred and was
awaiting supervisory review. Although Roswell I VMU testing was completed more than 3 months before Roswell II
testing began, FTE1 was not able to complete this report sooner likely because of his numerous other responsibilities
for the G650 program, which are discussed in section 2.5.1. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
32
airplane.78 If Gulfstream had performed such an analysis or tested the takeoff speed schedules in
its integrated test facility,79 the company could likely have determined, before the start of field
performance testing, that the target V2 speeds were too low to be achieved.
In addition, the V2 overshoot problem appeared to be unique to the G650: during
postaccident interviews, Gulfstream pilots, engineers, and managers stated that they did not
know of similar problems achieving V2 on any other company or other manufacturer‟s airplanes.
However, the NTSB found no evidence indicating that Gulfstream had formally considered
erroneously low target V2 speeds as the possible root cause for the V2 overshoot problem.80 The
NTSB concludes that, by not performing a rigorous analysis of the root cause for the ongoing
difficulties in achieving the G650 V2 speeds, Gulfstream missed an opportunity to recognize and
correct the low target V2 speeds.
The difficulties in achieving the V2 speeds were exacerbated by the reduction in the target
pitch angle from 10º to 9º for flaps 10 takeoffs without an accompanying increase in the takeoff
speed schedules.81 The airplane performance principal engineer stated that neither he nor FTE1
(or anyone else associated with the G650 program) had recognized (until after the accident) that
the reduction in the target pitch would necessitate an upward adjustment in the takeoff speeds. If
the need for this change had not been overlooked, the airplane performance group could have
retrieved the VMU data needed to compute the lift coefficient in ground effect and make the
appropriate speed adjustments (even though this effort would have duplicated some work done
by FTE1 in drafting the VMU report).
According to the principal engineer for airplane performance, with the reduction in target
pitch attitude from 10º to 9º for flaps 10 takeoffs, the resulting VLOF values essentially matched 78 Such an analysis could be accomplished using either simple or sophisticated methods. A simple analysis
could be based on geometrical diagrams of the takeoff segments, and a sophisticated analysis could be based on
three- or six-degree-of-freedom simulations that use mathematical models of the airplane and atmosphere to solve
the equations of motion and compute the airplane‟s flightpath as a function of time.
79 Gulfstream‟s integrated test facility was a fixed simulator used for research, development, and evaluation of
the G650‟s electrical and computer systems. The facility was also equipped with cockpit and video displays to
simulate the airplane‟s environment and motion. The G650 project test pilot stated that the integrated test facility
was not used to validate the takeoff speeds because its fidelity was poor. However, the NTSB believes that the
fidelity of the integrated test facility before the accident would likely have been sufficient for investigating the
difficulties associated with the V2 overshoots.
80 The NTSB notes that, after a test run during flight 111, FTE1 was trying to figure out what to do about pitch
attitude because the target pitch had been reached 1 second before liftoff. FTE1 stated, “I think if you pull harder
we‟re just gonna make it worse.” The G650 project test pilot (the flying pilot) agreed and then stated, “unless you
make your V2 faster.” However, the pilot‟s suggestion was never formally considered. In addition, audio recorder
evidence indicated that, during subsequent flights, the Gulfstream senior test pilot and the G650 project test pilot
noted that, for some airplane weights, the VR for flaps 10 was lower than the VR for flaps 20, and they questioned
FTE1 about this issue. FTE1 responded that the speeds were similar to those that had been used during Roswell I
field performance tests and that the V2 for flaps 10 was higher than the V2 for flaps 20. The pilots seemed satisfied
by FTE1‟s explanation.
81 On March 27, 2011 (6 days before the accident), FTE1 met informally with the airplane performance
principal engineer and requested that the target pitch for flaps 10 takeoffs be reduced from 10º to 9º (primarily
because of FTE1‟s concerns about an AEO 2º over-rotation test). The principal engineer agreed to this request. Also
during the informal meeting, the principal engineer learned that FTE1 had just finished drafting a report on the VMU
data from the Roswell I flight tests. FTE1 briefly reviewed the report with the principal engineer but did not give
him a copy (because the report was awaiting supervisory review). The principal engineer stated that he was not
concerned that the Roswell II tests were scheduled to occur before the report was finalized because he thought that
FTE1 had the necessary data to safely proceed with the testing. The flight test engineering group head believed that
the VMU report did not need to be finalized as long as the flight test engineers could look at the VMU data and create
any necessary plots. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
33
the original target V2 values, so the PIC had “an almost impossible task” to pull back on the
control column immediately after liftoff to achieve V2. A postaccident analysis of the VMU data
by the principal engineer showed that the liftoff speed at flaps 10 and a pitch angle of 9º would
be 4 knots faster than the liftoff speed at a pitch angle of 10º. However, even if the liftoff speed
had been increased by 4 knots, the resulting V2 speeds would still likely have been too low given
that the flaps 10 V2 overshoots on the day of the accident ranged from 7 to 12 knots.
2.4.1 Rotation Technique
Gulfstream‟s desire to achieve the G650‟s takeoff performance guarantee focused the
company‟s attention away from the need to investigate the soundness of the target takeoff
speeds. Instead, as discussed in sections 1.3.1 and 1.3.3, the company focused on refining pilot
technique to solve the V2 overshoot problem.
The certification regulations for airplane handling qualities in 14 CFR Part 25 included
both quantitative and qualitative criteria. Regarding quantitative criteria, section 25.143,
“Controllability and Maneuverability,” paragraph (d), stated that the maximum control force for
two-handed, short-term longitudinal control inputs was 75 pounds. Regarding qualitative criteria,
paragraph (b) of section 25.143, stated, “it must be possible to make a smooth transition from
one flight condition to any other flight condition without exceptional piloting skill, alertness, or
strength.” Also, section 25.101, “General,” paragraph (h), stated that the procedures used to
determine the takeoff flightpath (among others) must be able to be “consistently executed in
service by crews of average skill.” Further, section 25.105, “Takeoff,” paragraph (b), stated that
takeoffs made to determine takeoff performance data could not require exceptional piloting skill
or alertness.
A takeoff technique needs to be well defined for the technique to be “consistently
executed in service by crews of average skill.” However, the G650 takeoff technique appeared to
still be evolving given that the test pilots of flights 111, 132, and 153 had different methods for
accomplishing the technique. For example, the monitoring pilot of flight 132 (a senior test pilot)
thought that the technique developed by the G650 project test pilot during flight 111 was too
aggressive when it was performed by the accident SIC (during the test run resulting in an
uncommanded roll). Nevertheless, the adjustments made to the technique during flight 132 still
caused FTE1 to be concerned about whether FAA certification pilots would be able to
accomplish it.82 The PIC of the accident flight thought that the technique used by the senior test
pilot (during previous flights) was “pretty jerky” because of the abrupt column inputs, and the
accident PIC indicated that the “jerk stuff…just doesn‟t work.” The accident PIC also expressed
concern about how the FAA would react to the technique.
During flight 153, the takeoff rotation technique was progressively modified from an
abrupt column pull of 60 to 65 pounds to “a nice smooth ramp” with lower (50- to 55-pound)
column pull forces. However, the modified technique, which also necessitated increasing pitch to
higher angles progressively earlier after rotation to keep the speeds down, resulted in larger V2
overshoots than those that had been obtained during flight 111. The less aggressive technique 82 Gulfstream records and witnesses indicated that, on March 30, 2011 (3 days before the accident), the SIC and
FTE1 practiced takeoffs in the integrated test facility. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
34
also resulted in longer takeoff distances, which would have precluded Gulfstream from attaining
the G650 program‟s takeoff performance guarantee.
FAA certification flight test pilots ultimately determine whether an airplane‟s handling
qualities meet the qualitative criteria of Part 25. However, on the basis of comments from
Gulfstream flight test pilots and the concerns expressed by FTE1, the takeoff technique that was
initially developed during flight 111 and attempted during flight 132 would not likely have been
certifiable. Pilots would not have been able to consistently execute this technique during service
without “exceptional piloting skill,” as required by sections 25.143 and 25.105, and by flight
crews “of average skill,” as required by section 25.101. Also, the takeoff technique developed
during flight 111 that came the closest to achieving the target V2 speeds involved an overshoot of
about 3 knots (which was above the required ± 2-knot tolerance for the target V2 speed), and the
technique had not been successfully demonstrated on any takeoff performance flight test after
flight 111. The NTSB concludes that, before the accident flight, Gulfstream had sufficient
information from previous flight tests to determine that the target V2 speeds could not be
achieved with a certifiable takeoff rotation technique and that the V2 speeds needed to be
increased.
2.4.2 Postaccident Changes
After the accident, Gulfstream revised its takeoff airspeed development and testing
methods. According to Gulfstream, airspeeds are now generated using a desktop computer
simulation83 that represents the dynamics of the maneuver, the aerodynamics of the airplane in
and out of ground effect, and the “control effectiveness” of the airplane. Gulfstream indicated
that the desktop computer simulation was developed to more precisely model the takeoff
maneuver and predict V2 speeds that ensure, among other things, (1) an achievable and
repeatable initial pitch attitude at rotation and (2) a suitable margin between the operating AOA
and the stall AOA during in-ground-effect operations and the climb to the obstacle clearance
height. The revised takeoff airspeed development and testing methods were used to determine
updated G650 takeoff speeds for the accident flight test conditions, as shown in table 4. As
indicated in the table, the updated V2 speed was 15 knots (11 percent) faster than the V2 speed
provided to the accident test team.
Table 4. Updated takeoff speeds for accident flight test conditions.
Takeoff speed
Speed for flight 153
(knots)
Revised speed
(knots)
Difference
(knots)
VR
127
137
10
VLOF
132
140
8
V2
135
150
15 83 A desktop simulation uses computer code to drive flight control inputs and thus can be run without a pilot in
the loop. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
35
Gulfstream reported that it took other actions after the accident to improve airspeed
development and testing, including the following:
Pilot-in-the-loop simulations in the integrated test facility were used to develop and
verify an acceptable and repeatable takeoff rotation technique that did not require
exceptional piloting skill before the technique was used during flight tests.
The results of Gulfstream‟s postaccident CFD analysis were used to update flight test
methods and instrumentation on the G650 airplane and in the telemetry trailer and
generate safety-of-flight AOA margins to be used during flight testing.
Two separate real-time desktop computer simulations at flight test sites were used to
provide improved real-time monitoring and analysis of the general handling
characteristics of the G650 airplane during all takeoff testing phases. Gulfstream
indicated that, if test aircraft demonstrated abnormal handling qualities, reduced
acceleration during the ground roll, and/or excessive air phase or climb-out times than
those predicted by the on-site desktop computer simulations, testing would be stopped
so that the data could be thoroughly reviewed. Gulfstream further stated that, if the
cause of any problem could not be immediately identified and corrected, testing
would be discontinued until the problem could be satisfactorily explained.
In addition, Gulfstream indicated that it implemented actions (besides increased takeoff
speeds) to ensure the safe operation of the G650 in achieving the 6,000-foot takeoff performance
guarantee. First, Gulfstream modified the takeoff technique to reduce the necessary column pull
forces so that a pilot could reliably attain the initial pitch attitude within 3 to 4 seconds. Second,
Gulfstream changed the stall warning system (for both flight test and production airplanes) so
that the in-ground-effect stall AOA would be continuously computed in the flight control
computer using the height above the ground and Mach number. Gulfstream believed that this
change would provide pilots with increased situational awareness and would help ensure a timely
reaction if an over-rotation were to occur. Last, the maximum takeoff thrust was increased by
5 percent to minimize the performance penalties associated with higher takeoff speeds.
2.5
G650 Program Management
Field performance testing was one component of the G650 flight test program. As
previously stated, field performance testing was being conducted to gather data to support type
certification and facilitate the development of takeoff and landing speed schedules and distances
for the G650 airplane flight manual.84
Similar to other commercial flight test programs, G650 field performance testing was to
progress in two distinct phases: developmental flight testing and certification flight testing. The 84 The GVI Field Performance Certification Flight Test Plan listed the following field performance maneuver
categories: VMU speeds, takeoff performance, abused takeoff assessment, rejected takeoff/accelerate-stop
demonstrations, thrust reverser effectiveness, landing performance, and aero coefficient determination free rolls. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
36
purpose of developmental flight testing is to explore an airplane‟s flying capabilities and collect
and analyze data that could be used to define the airplane‟s performance envelope. During this
period, Gulfstream was to collect and analyze these flight test data. At the conclusion of
developmental flight testing, Gulfstream would provide reports summarizing this information to
the FAA for review. Afterward, the FAA would approve a type inspection authorization (TIA),
and field performance would move to the certification flight testing phase. During the
certification flight test phase, Gulfstream would repeat specific tests selected by the FAA, under
the direct supervision of FAA personnel, to verify compliance with type certification
requirements.
According to FAA Order 8110.4C, Type Certification, section, 2-6, i(1), the FAA does
not consider developmental flight testing to be part of the type certification process or the FAA‟s
flight test program. As a result, the FAA had little to no direct role in developmental flight
testing. Further, although the FAA required Gulfstream to develop and share G650 project
certification plans, communicate internal schedules, and keep the FAA generally informed about
G650 developmental flight testing program-related issues, the development and reinforcement of
internal company policies and procedures for the safe and efficient conduct of developmental
flight testing was Gulfstream‟s responsibility.
Many manufacturers consider developmental flight testing policies and procedures to be
proprietary information; as a result, manufacturers typically employ highly individualized
strategies for organizing and conducting their developmental flight testing programs. The NTSB
identified several weaknesses in Gulfstream‟s management of the G650 developmental flight
testing program that contributed to the unachievable takeoff speeds and the incorrect estimate of
the in-ground-effect stall AOA. Specifically, managerial shortcomings in technical planning and
oversight, program scheduling, and safety risk management resulted in an environment that was
conducive to errors, and these managerial shortcomings allowed the errors to propagate across
G650 flight test program activities and remain undetected until after the accident. The
deficiencies in Gulfstream‟s management of the G650 developmental flight testing program are
discussed in sections 2.5.1 through 2.5.3.
2.5.1 Technical Planning and Oversight
Gulfstream‟s Flight Test Standard Practice Manual (which was issued in 1995 during the
GV flight test program and updated in October 1998) was the formal policy document governing
personnel and group roles and responsibilities during the G650 flight test program. The manual
reflected the decision of its author, a former Gulfstream director of flight test (during the
mid-1990s), to separate flight test coordination and conduct duties from data analysis and report
writing duties so that these duties would be assigned to different engineers.85 When the former
director of flight test left Gulfstream, responsibility for the continued development and
implementation of the manual passed to the new director of flight test, who still held that
position at the time of the accident. However, at that time, the manual had not been updated in 85 The former director of flight test believed that this separation of duties would help maintain the fast pace of
the GV program, ensure that each function would be properly performed, and make Gulfstream‟s flight test
processes more standardized and efficient and more closely aligned with those of larger manufacturers. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
37
more than 12 years,86 and some company practices were no longer consistent with those
described in the manual.87 In particular, the separation of flight test coordination and conduct
duties and data analysis and report writing duties was not maintained; as a result, individual
flight test engineers who conducted specific areas of testing from start to finish were responsible
for all of these duties.
In accordance with this practice, FTE1 had assumed most of the test coordination and
conduct responsibilities for G650 field performance flight testing.88 In addition, FTE1 had
assumed responsibility for flight test data analysis and report writing. About 1 week before the
accident, FTE1 finished drafting a report on the VMU test results and provided a copy of the
report to his supervisor, the flight test engineering group head. If flight test coordination and
conduct duties had been separated from data analysis and report writing duties, as outlined by the
Flight Test Standard Practice Manual, then the VMU data analysis and report writing tasks could
have been performed by another engineer in parallel with the planning and preparation for
Roswell II testing.89 Further, if this separation of duties had occurred, the airplane performance
group could have had finalized data to refine the takeoff speeds used during field performance
testing. These data, in turn, could have helped airplane performance engineers identify that the
target V2 speeds for Roswell II testing were too low and make the necessary corrections to the
speeds.
Gulfstream had not established adequate control gates in its field performance flight
testing plan to prevent Roswell II continued takeoff testing from proceeding before the takeoff
speed schedules had been checked against the VMU test results. Control gates are key decision
points in a systems engineering development effort that are normally overseen by technical
managers.90 Control gates ensure that prerequisite tasks are completed before work progresses to
a new project phase. Because the VMU test results were needed to refine the takeoff speed
schedules, a technical manager, such as the flight test engineering group head, chief flight test 86 The senior vice president of programs, engineering, and test and the vice president of the G650 program were
aware that the Flight Test Standard Practice Manual was out of date, but neither they nor any other Gulfstream
manager took action to update it. The senior vice president of programs, engineering, and test believed that, even
though the manual was outdated, the company‟s management of the G650 flight test program was consistent with
industry norms.
87 In addition, new employees had not been trained on the Flight Test Standard Practice Manual; Gulfstream
flight test pilots, flight test engineers, and flight sciences personnel were unfamiliar with the manual‟s contents; and
company managers were not ensuring compliance with the manual.
88 FTE1‟s test coordination and conduct responsibilities included developing the field performance test plan;
delivering presentations at the flight test SRB meeting; overseeing test preparation, including the development of
test cards; leading pre- and post-flight briefings; and serving as the on-board test conductor. During the weeks
before the accident, FTE1 was focused on preparing for Roswell II testing and was leading the effort to develop a
takeoff technique that would meet the G650‟s takeoff performance guarantee. In addition, FTE1 was preparing to
lead another area of testing involving flight with ice shapes affixed to the airplane‟s airfoils, and he was serving as a
member of the SRB that was analyzing the cause of the March 3, 2011, yaw damper malfunction.
89 Gulfstream‟s airplane performance group took the initiative to analyze the data from flight 111 (the takeoff
technique development testing that occurred in February 2011) and some continued takeoff testing that occurred in
early March 2011. However, the group did not take the initiative to analyze VMU flight test data. The principal
engineer for airplane performance and APG1 stated that, although the responsibility for some data analyses was
somewhat unstructured, the responsibility for the VMU data analysis was clearly the responsibility of the flight test
department.
90 Key decision points and control gates are discussed in publicly available references on systems engineering
and engineering program management, including the National Aeronautics and Space Administration Space Flight
Program and Project Management Handbook, NASA Procedural Requirements document 7120.5, February 2010. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
38
engineer, manager of flight test engineering, or director of flight test engineering, should have
verified that VMU data analysis had been completed before continued takeoff testing began.
In addition, Gulfstream‟s processes for validating the soundness of engineering methods
used during G650 field performance flight testing were deficient. For example, company
managers responsible for technical oversight did not ensure that effective processes for
validating the computed target takeoff speeds had been implemented. Such processes could have
included an independent review of the calculations by experts who were separate from the
airplane performance group, which generated the calculations. Also, a review of the flight 111
test results by a group of independent experts within the company might have provided the
perspective necessary to recognize that attempts to achieve the computed target V2 speeds would
be unproductive (given that the takeoff rotation technique developed during the flight was only
able to reduce the V2 speed to within 3 knots of the target speed). Further, as previously stated, a
validation of the speeds using a physics-based dynamic analysis program or a flight (or desktop)
simulation could have revealed that the target speeds were too low.91
Because of the inappropriate distribution of workload among G650 engineers, absence of
control gates to ensure that the results of the VMU testing were fully understood before the next
testing phase began, and inadequate processes for validating the target takeoff speeds, the NTSB
concludes that deficiencies in Gulfstream‟s technical planning and oversight contributed to the
incorrect speeds used on the day of the accident.
Another shortcoming in Gulfstream‟s technical planning and oversight was the
inadequate development and implementation of on-site team member roles and responsibilities.
FTE1 was normally the test conductor (and, as such, coordinated with the pilots and other test
team members on various matters, reviewed test card instructions, and provided speeds and trim
settings), the PIC and SIC executed the takeoffs, and APG1 monitored the airspeed at 35 feet. A
second flight test engineer aboard the airplane (FTE2 on the accident flight) normally monitored
the airplane‟s fly-by-wire flight control system for known failure modes, which was a practice
that had been followed throughout the field performance testing effort and was required by the
company because of a temporary in-flight restriction. However, FTE2 was not familiar with the
flight control system monitoring task because he had not previously participated in G650 field
performance testing.
In a March 29, 2011, e-mail to his supervisor (among others), FTE1 indicated that he
would also be responsible for the flight control system monitoring task and would delegate other
on-board duties to FTE2. (A senior flight test pilot stated that a flight test engineer could
simultaneously perform both duties but that the performance of each duty could be diminished.)
Audio recorder evidence indicated that, during the flight tests on the day of the accident, FTE1 91 The airplane performance principal engineer stated that a dynamic program to validate the takeoff speeds was
not used for the G650 because of the “upfront work” and “effort involved” to develop the program. Nevertheless, as
previously noted, the NTSB believes that Gulfstream‟s simulation capabilities at the time of the accident (such as its
integrated test facility) would likely have been sufficient for validating the takeoff speeds. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
39
monitored the flight control system and served as the test conductor; FTE2‟s responsibilities
were unclear because he spoke very little and appeared to be mostly passive during the tests.92
Resolution of the longstanding V2 overshoot problem was critical to the success of the
G650 program. As a result, the V2 parameter was highly significant and became the focus of the
test team‟s attention along with the takeoff techniques that were being modified during attempts
to achieve the target speed. However, besides FTE1, no flight test or airplane performance
engineer had been explicitly assigned the responsibility for monitoring other safety-related
parameters, including maximum pitch and AOA while in ground effect.93 Although the pitch
limit was briefed on the day before the accident and was discussed by the pilots before testing
began, the pitch limit was not explicitly referenced afterward by any test team member.
APG1 indicated that she was not monitoring the maximum in-ground-effect pitch
because she thought that FTE1 was monitoring pitch. She stated that the airplane performance
engineers in the telemetry trailer were not required to monitor specific safety parameters and that
the engineers‟ role was to observe the testing and verify test conditions. As a result, no one in the
telemetry trailer was comparing the maximum pitch while in ground effect with the briefed limit
and notifying the on-board test team when the limit was reached so that the test could be
discontinued.
Gulfstream‟s failure to assign an engineer in the telemetry trailer with the responsibility
for monitoring safety-related parameters and for stopping testing if specific criteria were
exceeded demonstrated a poor use of available resources, which resulted, in part, from the
inadequate definition of team member roles in the company‟s flight test policies and procedures.
If one of these engineers had been assigned the responsibility for monitoring real-time data
during each test run and had thoroughly examined the data before the next test run began, the test
team might have recognized that the target V2 speeds were incompatible with the performance of
the airplane and understood that further attempts to resolve the V2 overshoot problem through
variations of the rotation technique would be unproductive.94 The NTSB concludes that, because
Gulfstream did not clearly define the roles and responsibilities for on-site test team members,
critical safety-related parameters were not being adequately monitored and test results were not
being sufficiently examined during flight testing on the day of the accident.
2.5.2 Program Schedule
Gulfstream had a 5-year window, ending on September 28, 2011, in which to complete
the activities necessary to obtain G650 type certification, in accordance with 14 CFR 21.17, 92 FTE2 had only a few significant verbal interactions with the test team. On three occasions, he reported the
column force used during rotation. On three other occasions, he looked up speeds or provided other information at
FTE1‟s request. On one occasion, FTE1 asked FTE2 how he was doing because he seemed quiet, and FTE2
responded that he was “just logging and checking.”
93 Although FTE3 had not explicitly been assigned the responsibility to monitor pitch, she alerted the on-board
test team (immediately after test runs 6C1 and 6C3) that pitch was high during those test runs. However, her
observations were dismissed by FTE1 and the PIC.
94 The parameters that should have been evaluated to make these determinations included the airplane‟s
acceleration, rotation rate, pitch angle, AOA, liftoff speed, and climb rate. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
40
“Designation of Applicable Regulations.”95 The company had established an aggressive schedule
to ensure the completion of G650 flight testing within this time frame,96 but the established
schedule could not be maintained because of delays with the development of airplane systems. In
a July 29, 2010, letter to the vice president of the G650 program, the FAA‟s Atlanta Aircraft
Certification Office (ACO)97 manager asked Gulfstream to examine the impact of these delays
on company testing and FAA certification efforts and “adjust the GVI schedule as necessary to
allow adequate time for these activities to take place without compromises to safety or quality.”
In January 2011, Gulfstream provided the Atlanta ACO with a revised schedule, which the
ACO‟s G650 project manager indicated was ambitious but not overly aggressive. However,
delays continued to occur, and, by March 2011, the ACO‟s G650 project manager had become
concerned about the schedule.98
During a March 25, 2011, weekly teleconference with the Atlanta ACO, Gulfstream
asked if it could deviate from the planned testing approach and accomplish the TIA for stall
speeds in two parts to avoid delays resulting from a setback with the development of the
airplane‟s flight control system. In a March 31, 2011, letter to Gulfstream, the Atlanta ACO
denied this request, citing a reluctance to approve too many flight test “work-arounds.” The letter
also stated the following:
For some time now the FAA has expressed our concerns about the overly
aggressive schedule, and for some time now you have acknowledged
„unofficially‟ that things are slipping; however, the company TIA schedule
continues to reflect a pace that has proven to be unrealistic.
The Atlanta ACO‟s letter cautioned that “given the number of schedule slippages to date,
and the number of company and certification tests that have yet to be performed…it would be
prudent for Gulfstream to be ready in case there is a need to file for an extension of the original
[type certificate] application.” Gulfstream had not developed a formal response to the letter
before the accident, which occurred 2 days later.
During a weekly teleconference on April 1, 2011, with the Atlanta ACO, Gulfstream
presented its most recent flight test schedule, which indicated that the company expected to 95 If type certification had been completed within this 5-year window, Gulfstream would have been required to
implement the certification and safety requirements of the Part 25 amendments that were effective at the beginning
of the window. Because certification was not completed within this window, Gulfstream was responsible for
incorporating the new certification and safety requirements imposed by amendments that became effective between
the beginning of the previous 5-year window and the beginning of the new 5-year window.
96 Gulfstream had publicly committed to obtaining G650 type certification by the third quarter of 2011 and
delivering the first production-line airplanes to customers by the end of 2011. The G650 lead flight test engineer
stated that he had expressed concern to senior managers that the schedule did not allow for contingencies and that
everything would have to proceed as planned for the program to meet its certification deadline. According to the
lead flight test engineer, senior managers indicated that they were willing to accept the risk.
97 According to FAA personnel, the FAA has no formal oversight authority for a company‟s developmental
flight tests but does have such oversight authority for certification flight tests. The Atlanta ACO, which is within the
FAA‟s Aircraft Certification Service, was responsible for overseeing G650 certification flight tests. The Atlanta
ACO held weekly teleconferences with Gulfstream to receive updates on the progress of the company‟s flight test
program and the scheduling of certification flight tests, including field performance. At the time of the accident, the
FAA had overseen certification flight tests in several areas but not field performance.
98 The Atlanta ACO‟s G650 project manager was concerned that quality and safety issues could result if
Gulfstream worked at the pace that would be required to meet the existing schedule. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
41
present the field performance TIA for FAA review on April 23, 2011.99 During a postaccident
interview, the flight test engineering group head stated his belief that the April 23 deadline would
not have been achievable because of the amount of field performance testing work that needed to
be completed. The flight test engineering group head indicated that, although flight test
personnel had been working hard to complete their work as quickly as possible, they thought the
flight test schedule was unrealistic. APG1 stated that there “just seemed to be pressure to
continue tests, to continue flying.”
Before the accident, no senior Gulfstream official had proposed extending the
certification date beyond the end of the 5-year certification window. The director of flight test
believed that the schedule in place at the time of the accident was reasonable, and the vice
president of the G650 program believed that the schedule was “aggressive but achievable.” The
director of the G650 flight sciences department anticipated that the schedule would slip, but he
indicated that management had avoided extending the schedule because, if it were extended,
“people would take it a little bit easier and [the project pace] would slow down a little bit.” He
added, “we like to keep a sense of urgency at Gulfstream to keep things moving.”
Intense schedule pressure can lead to decision biases, shortcuts, and errors that negatively
affect safety. Robust organizational processes can counterbalance these tendencies, reduce the
likelihood of errors, and identify and correct those errors that occur. In this case, schedule
pressure was not counterbalanced by robust organizational processes for technical oversight and
safety management. This situation likely contributed to Gulfstream‟s key engineering and
oversight errors and allowed other errors to propagate undetected. The company‟s key
engineering and oversight errors that likely resulted, in part, from schedule pressure and
adversely affected the safety of G650 field performance flight testing included the following:
Gulfstream‟s willingness to proceed with takeoff performance testing before
analysis of VMU test data was completed,
Gulfstream‟s development of takeoff speed schedules for Roswell II testing
without adequate consideration of the VMU data from Roswell I testing,
Gulfstream‟s decision to experiment with pilot technique during high-risk testing
rather than conduct a thorough analysis of the V2 overshoot problem,
FTE1‟s and the airplane performance principal engineer‟s decision to change the
target pitch for flaps 10 OEI continued takeoff tests without determining the
impact of the change on the takeoff speeds, and
FTE1‟s last-minute addition of a pitch limit without ensuring that this limit was
adequately defined on applicable test cards. 99 When the flight test SRB was held in October 2010, field performance flight testing was scheduled for
completion in November 2010, and FAA certification flight testing was scheduled to be completed by
February 2011. However, because of delays in the development of airplane systems, only one-half of the field
performance tests were completed in November 2010. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
42
In addition, the G650 team‟s inadequate investigation of, and willingness to accept
oversimplified explanations for, the uncommanded roll events that occurred during flights 88 and
132 likely resulted, in part, from schedule pressure.
In its party submission, Gulfstream stated that schedule pressure was not a contributing
factor to this accident. However, Gulfstream also stated that the company had been committed to
completing an “ambitious” test schedule for the G650, which might have contributed to “a
reluctance to challenge assumptions and highlight anomalous aircraft behavior during tests.”
However, the reluctance to challenge assumptions and highlight anomalous airplane behavior
because of schedule pressure can lead to reductions in safety if well-developed organizational
processes are lacking. Thus, the NTSB concludes that Gulfstream‟s focus on meeting the G650‟s
planned certification date caused schedule-related pressure that was not adequately
counterbalanced by robust organizational processes to prevent, identify, and correct the
company‟s key engineering and oversight errors.
2.5.3 Safety Management Processes
A July 2008 memorandum of understanding between Gulfstream and the Atlanta ACO,
as required by FAA Order 4040.26A, Aircraft Certification Service Flight Safety Program (dated
March 23, 2001), established a “jointly agreed upon flight test risk assessment program” for
evaluating and minimizing risk during FAA certification testing. According to the memorandum,
Gulfstream would provide a risk assessment section in all certification flight test plans submitted
to the FAA, identify tests considered high or medium risk,100 and provide TSHA forms defining
procedures for minimizing the risk associated with these tests. The FAA would then review these
strategies and ensure that they were acceptable before the start of certification flight testing. The
FAA attended flight test SRB meetings for the G650, but the FAA‟s concurrence with the
proposed risk assessments and hazard mitigation strategies discussed during these meetings was
not required for company developmental flight testing. However, the FAA would not issue a TIA
for a particular area of testing until the agency had concurred with all proposed risk assessments.
Procedures for conducting flight test risk assessments were described in Gulfstream‟s
Flight Test Standard Practice Manual, the Atlanta ACO‟s Standard Operating Procedures,
Flight Test Risk Management and Risk Assessment Process, and FAA Order 4040.26A, all of
which were referenced in the July 2008 memorandum of understanding. The FAA‟s review of
Gulfstream‟s flight test risk assessment process determined that the company had established an
adequate level of safety for FAA certification flight test programs, which implied that
Gulfstream‟s process generally complied with the guidance referenced in the memorandum.
Although the memorandum of understanding applied only to FAA certification flight
testing, Gulfstream personnel stated that the risk assessment process referenced in the
memorandum was also used for company developmental flight testing. For example, the G650
project test pilot stated that Gulfstream made risk classification decisions by referencing FAA 100 Appendix 3 of FAA Order 4040.26A provided definitions for FAA risk hazard levels. High risk was defined
as a “test or activities which present a significant risk to personnel, equipment, or property, even after all
precautionary measures have been taken. This necessitates close oversight at all levels.” Medium risk was defined as
a “test or activities which present a greater risk to personnel, equipment, or property than normal operations and
require more than routine oversight.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
43
Order 4040.26A and reviewing classifications assigned to different tests during previous
Gulfstream flight test programs. Also, the results of Gulfstream‟s risk assessment process for
field performance testing were evaluated during the October 2010 flight test SRB meeting. In
addition, flight test personnel and pilots who participated in field performance flight testing
reported that flight test team members carefully reviewed the hazards and risk mitigation
strategies described in the TSHAs before all high- and medium-risk tests. However, Gulfstream
did not identify excessive rotation, low altitude stall, or uncommanded roll as potential hazards
for OEI continued takeoff tests, even though similar events had occurred during the GIV and GV
programs.
Even though Gulfstream‟s Flight Test Standard Practice Manual stated that the risk
assessment process involved “an ongoing cycle of examination, description and review by a
safety review board,” Gulfstream lacked a well-defined, ongoing process for ensuring that risk
mitigation strategies developed through the company‟s risk assessment process remained
adequate to ensure an acceptable level of safety as G650 developmental flight testing progressed.
Most notably, the two previous uncommanded roll events that occurred during flights 88 and 132
were not adequately reported or investigated. No one conducted a thorough analysis of the
physics of these two events to determine that the airplane had stalled below the predicted stall
AOA. Instead, the test team members involved in these events developed oversimplified,
incomplete, or inaccurate explanations of cause.101 These explanations were accepted by key
personnel associated with the G650 program (including FTE1, APG1, and the principal engineer
for airplane performance) without adequate supporting analysis, which likely occurred in part
because of schedule-related demands.
In August 2010, the FAA issued Advisory Circular (AC) 120-92A, “Safety Management
System [SMS] for Aviation Service Providers,” to provide a framework for SMS development
by aviation service providers. The AC described the four components of safety management:
safety policy, safety risk management, safety assurance, and safety promotion.102 At the time of
the accident, the company had not developed an SMS program for its flight test operations,103
and senior managers, including the senior vice president of programs, engineering, and test and 101 As previously stated, flight 88 was determined by the test team (while still on site) to have resulted from an
over-rotation to 13º airplane-nose-up pitch. Flight 132 data were reviewed by FTE1 and the senior test pilot, and the
event was attributed to a lateral-directional disturbance (resulting from the unavailability of the yaw damper system)
because the airplane‟s AOA did not exceed the predicted stall AOA.
102 According to the AC, an organization must (1) define policies, procedures, and organizational structures to
accomplish its goals (safety policy); (2) have a formal system of hazard identification to control risk to acceptable
levels (safety risk management); (3) ensure that the risk controls being practiced continue to achieve their intended
objectives (safety assurance); and (4) promote safety as a core value with practices that support a sound safety
culture (safety promotion).
103 According to Gulfstream‟s vice president of flight operations, Gulfstream began developing an SMS for its
flight operations department about 5 years before the accident. (The SMS initially covered demonstration flights and
was subsequently expanded to cover sales and product support flights.) The Gulfstream Flight Operations Manual
in effect at the time of the accident (dated March 31, 2010) stated that “an effective safety management system is the
foundation for a successful and well-maintained flight department” and “the company and flight department are
committed to taking an aggressive role in maintaining the highest level of safety as well as defining and correcting
risks that could affect safety.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
44
the vice president of the G650 program, had not appointed key safety personnel, such as a
company-wide safety manager or a flight test safety officer.104
AC 120-92A stated that, after safety risk management has been performed and risk
controls are operational, an organization must ensure, through safety assurance activities (that is,
system safety and quality management processes), that these risk controls are adequate and
continue to be effective. However, safety assurance activities were not a well-established and
integrated part of Gulfstream‟s flight test safety management. Safety assurance can be
accomplished by collecting the data necessary to document an organization‟s safety
performance. Although Gulfstream had a reporting system to detect and correct design-related
safety issues, Gulfstream had no formal reporting system for safety-related operational events
that occurred during flight tests, such as the uncommanded roll events that occurred during
flights 88 and 132.105 Gulfstream did not have adequate policies and procedures in place so that
these and other anomalous events would be formally reported and would require cross-functional
root cause analysis and a possible reconvening of the flight test SRB.
Flight test personnel stated that problems occurring during flight tests were handled
through direct communication with appropriate parties, and the chief flight test engineer stated
that serious safety issues would likely be reported up the chain of command fairly quickly.
However, the director of flight test stated that he had not been informed about the uncommanded
roll event that occurred during flight 132 until a few days before the accident, and the vice
president of the G650 program, the company senior vice president of programs, engineering, and
test, and the G650 director of flight sciences stated that they had not been informed about either
the flight 88 or flight 132 events. In addition, the Gulfstream vice president of flight operations
(who co-chaired the flight test SRB) stated that he was not aware of the change to the decrement
for the in-ground-effect stall AOA or the change in the stick shaker activation setting until after
the accident.
Flight test personnel also stated that a meeting of the flight test SRB could be reconvened
if a problem were to occur during flight testing. However, a flight test SRB meeting was not
reconvened after the flight 88 uncommanded roll event because, according to Gulfstream
personnel, it was fairly well understood that the event had resulted from an over-rotation of the
airplane, and the PIC (the flying pilot for flight 88) had formally briefed colleagues about the
change in test protocol that resulted from the event.
Similarly, no flight test SRB meeting was reconvened after the flight 132 uncommanded
roll event. During postaccident interviews, Gulfstream personnel provided conflicting
explanations regarding why a flight test SRB was not held to review the flight 132 event.
Although FTE1 and the Gulfstream senior flight test pilot believed that the flight 132 event 104 Interviews with current and former company personnel indicated that Gulfstream had a chief safety officer
position from 2000 to 2002. A former employee who filled this position stated that, when he left the company in
2002, the flight test program had “a pretty rigorous safety culture” with thorough procedures for risk management.
The senior vice president of programs, engineering, and test stated that the position was abolished because the chief
safety officer did not have enough work to do.
105 By fully analyzing the GIV and GV uncommanded roll events (as stated in section 2.3), Gulfstream was able
to effectively mitigate this risk during those programs. Because the flight 88 and flight 132 uncommanded roll
events were not fully analyzed before the accident, the uncommanded roll risk was not mitigated during the G650
program. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
45
resulted from a lateral-directional disturbance that could have been avoided with an active yaw
damper system, the principal engineer for airplane performance, the manager of flight test, and
the director of flight test believed that the flight 132 event was an over-rotation similar to the
flight 88 event, which was presumed to be well understood. Postaccident interviews showed that,
months after the accident, key Gulfstream personnel continued to misunderstand some details of
flights 88 and 132, including the AOAs at which the events began.
If the uncommanded roll event on flight 132 had been properly investigated and found to
have been caused by a stall of the right outboard wing, Gulfstream could have determined that
the March 2011 change to the stick shaker activation threshold from 85 to 90 percent of
normalized AOA did not provide enough margin to stall. (Because the flight 132 uncommanded
roll event began at a normalized AOA of about 86 percent, the stick shaker did not activate.) The
NTSB concludes that Gulfstream‟s flight test safety program at the time of the accident was
deficient because risk controls were insufficient and safety assurance activities were lacking.
2.5.4 Postaccident Actions
After the accident, Gulfstream suspended field performance testing while the company
examined the circumstances of the accident. (Other developmental flight tests continued after the
G650 returned to flight in late May 2011.) Field performance testing resumed in December 2011
after the company implemented corrective actions. In March 2012, Gulfstream reported that
company field performance testing at ROW had been repeated and completed successfully. In
June 2012, the company reported that FAA certification field performance testing had been
successfully completed at ROW. Gulfstream obtained FAA type certification for the G650 on
September 7, 2012.
Gulfstream issued an updated Flight Test Standard Practice Manual in November 2011.
According to Gulfstream, the manual revisions reflected the company‟s most recent processes
and procedures. Also, the manual described the company‟s current organizational structure and
the corresponding roles and responsibilities and included a section on accident and incident
reporting and procedures to expedite subsequent data reviews.
In September 2011, Gulfstream created an aviation safety officer position, which had
been filled on an interim basis until a permanent selection was made in April 2012. The aviation
safety officer reports directly to the president of the company. According to Gulfstream, the
aviation safety officer is responsible for ensuring that safety processes have been developed and
are being followed for all Gulfstream flight test and flight operations activities. Gulfstream also
stated that the aviation safety officer would facilitate SMS implementation within the company‟s
flight operations, flight test, and engineering departments. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
46 Maximum Lift Coefficient in Ground Effect
As stated in section 2.3, in March 2011 FTE1 revised the decrement from the free-air
stall AOA to the in-ground-effect stall AOA from 2º to 1.6º. This revision appeared to be based
on his analysis of VMU test results that assumed incorrectly that the maximum lift coefficient of
the G650 in ground effect was the same as the airplane‟s maximum lift coefficient in free air.
However, Gulfstream‟s postaccident CFD analysis indicated that the maximum lift coefficient of
the G650 in ground effect was actually lower than the maximum lift coefficient in free air and
found that the decrement from the free-air stall AOA to the in-ground-effect stall AOA was
about 3°. Consequently, FTE1‟s incorrect assumption (that the maximum lift coefficient would
be the same both in and out of ground effect) exacerbated the error in the predicted decrement
between the free-air and in-ground-effect stall AOA. Because the maximum lift coefficient and
stall AOA in ground effect were overestimated, the airplane‟s AOA threshold for stick shaker
activation and the PLI were set too high, and the flight crew received no tactile or visual warning
before the actual stall occurred.
The NTSB found that contradictory information existed in technical literature about the
maximum lift coefficient for airplanes in ground effect. Some sources indicated that the
maximum lift coefficient in ground effect was similar to that in free air (as apparently assumed
by FTE1),106 whereas other sources indicated that the maximum lift coefficient would be reduced
in ground effect. The NTSB determined, through conversations with Gulfstream, other
manufacturers, and the FAA, that the potential for the maximum lift coefficient in ground effect
to be reduced might not be recognized industry-wide. Given the results of Gulfstream‟s CFD
analysis and the findings of this accident investigation, it is clear that the maximum lift
coefficient for at least some airplanes could be reduced in ground effect and that assumptions to
the contrary could result in an overestimation of the stall AOA in ground effect and could
increase the risk of a stall in ground effect with little or no stall warning.
The NTSB concludes that the inherent risks associated with field performance flight
testing, and VMU testing in particular, could be reduced if airplane manufacturers considered the
potential for a lower maximum lift coefficient in ground effect when estimating the stall AOA in
ground effect. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA inform domestic and foreign
manufacturers of airplanes that are certified under 14 CFR Parts 23 and 25 about the
circumstances of this accident and advise them to consider, when estimating an airplane‟s stall
AOA in ground effect, the possibility that the airplane‟s maximum lift coefficient in ground
effect could be lower than its maximum lift coefficient in free air. (Part 23, “Airworthiness
Standards: Normal, Utility, Acrobatic, and Commuter Category Airplanes,” has takeoff speed
requirements that are similar to those in Part 25.) 106 For example, a peer-reviewed 2007 technical paper by an aerospace engineer (who was employed by a
different airplane manufacturer than Gulfstream) stated, “the aircraft in ground effect possesses a similar [maximum
lift coefficient] as in-flight, but the absolute AOA for stall has reduced.” NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
47
3.2
Flight Test Operations Manual Guidance
Gulfstream‟s Flight Test Standard Practice Manual was not required to be enforced or
updated as circumstances warranted. The company‟s key engineering and oversight errors that
led to the accident might have been prevented if the company had (1) better designed the
organizational processes used during G650 developmental flight testing, such as those used for
workload distribution and sequencing of work, (2) codified those processes in a flight test
standard operations manual, and (3) trained its personnel on the manual to ensure compliance
with the manual‟s policies and procedures.
The FAA did not have any formal oversight of the policies and procedures used during
Gulfstream‟s developmental flight testing and, as a result, could not require the use of an
approved flight test operations manual during the testing. Guidance to help manufacturers
develop, implement, and maintain an effective flight test operations manual would help ensure
that well-developed work processes, policies, and procedures are in place for flight test
operations.
In November 1994, the Society of Flight Test Engineers, the Society of Experimental
Test Pilots, and the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics formed a joint
organization, known as the Flight Test Safety Committee, to “promote flight safety, reduce the
risk of mishap, promote risk reduction management and continually improve the profession‟s
communication and coordination.”107 To achieve this goal, the committee provided
recommended flight test safety best practices on its website and maintained a computerized
database containing flight test-related data collected from the industry. The committee also holds
annual meetings to “provide an open forum where test safety issues can be presented, discussed
and probed with other members and disciplines of the flight test community.” Thus, the Flight
Test Safety Committee is in an ideal position to promote and lead an effort to develop flight test
standard operating policies and procedures that could be disseminated to manufacturers.
The findings of this investigation showed that Gulfstream‟s flight test standard operating
policies and procedures were not effective in distributing workload appropriately, establishing
control gates for key decision points, implementing processes for validating engineering
methods, and clearly defining the roles and responsibilities for on-site test team members. As a
result, the NTSB concludes that effective flight test standard operating policies and procedures
that are fully implemented by manufacturers would help reduce the inherent risks associated with
flight testing. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the Flight Test Safety Committee, in
collaboration with the FAA, develop and issue flight test operating guidance for manufacturers
that addresses the deficiencies documented in this report regarding flight test operating policies
and procedures and their implementation, and encourage manufacturers to conduct flight test
operations in accordance with the guidance. The NTSB also recommends that the FAA work
with the Flight Test Safety Committee to develop and issue these guidelines. 107 Representatives from other organizations, including the FAA and the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration, are also members of the Flight Test Safety Committee. For more information about the committee,
see http://www.flighttestsafety.org/, accessed July 3, 2012. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
48
3.3
Safety Management System Guidance
As stated in section 2.5.3, adequate safety assurance processes were not incorporated into
Gulfstream‟s flight test safety program, even with the company‟s development of an
FAA-accepted flight test risk assessment program for certification flight testing. Safety assurance
processes are important because they help ensure that an organization‟s existing risk controls are
functioning as intended. Such processes can alert an organization that it needs to reinforce or
revise its existing risk controls because of changes to an airplane system or the operating
environment or the emergence of previously unrecognized hazards. Safety assurance activities
might not have been integrated into Gulfstream‟s flight test safety program because FAA
Order 4040.26A, which Gulfstream used to develop its risk assessment process, provided
guidance in terms that were specific to the FAA‟s organizational structure, thus diminishing the
usefulness of the order as a source of guidance for manufacturers to follow when developing
their flight test safety programs.
In January 2012, the FAA issued Order 4040.26B, Aircraft Certification Service Flight
Test Risk Management Program, which superseded Order 4040.26A. The FAA stated that the
new version of the order had been changed to make it more consistent with the requirements of
an SMS. The revised order clarified the FAA‟s policies and procedures about reporting
safety-significant events.108 The revised order included a sample reporting form and stated, “the
primary focus of [safety-significant event] reporting is to document and disseminate information,
to capture lessons learned, and to minimize the chance of another occurrence.” As with the
previous version, Order 4040.26B was not an ideal source of guidance for manufacturers to use
in developing their flight test safety programs because the order was also structured and worded
to reflect the organizational structure and function of the FAA‟s Aircraft Certification Service.
The Gulfstream vice president of flight operations stated that the company‟s SMS (which
emphasized safety assurance processes, including safety reporting programs) had not been
extended to the flight test department because of a lack of relevant guidance that specifically
addressed flight test operations. The NTSB considered whether existing official guidance could
be used by manufacturers to develop and maintain a robust flight test SMS that included
adequate safety assurance processes.
The International Civil Aviation Organization‟s (ICAO) Safety Management Manual
provided extensive information on safety management concepts and standards and described best
practices in aviation safety management.109 The SMS guidance in AC 120-92A was aligned with
ICAO‟s SMS framework. Although the manual and the AC were not specific to flight test
operations, these resources contained valuable information about aviation safety management
that could be used by manufacturers to develop a flight test SMS. For example, AC 120-92A
stated that the SMS framework was applicable to “a wide variety of types and sizes of operators”
and was “designed to be scalable and allow operators to integrate safety management practices
into their unique business models.” Nevertheless, there would be a safety benefit to having flight 108 FAA Order 4040.26A defined a safety-significant event as “any ground or flight event that does not qualify
as an Incident or Accident...that affects or could affect the safety of an FAA aircraft (including rental aircraft) or
crewmember.”
109 International Civil Aviation Organization, Safety Management Manual, Document 9859-AN/474 (Montreal,
Canada: ICAO, 2009). NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
49
test-specific SMS guidance, especially because many flight tests are considered high risk and
existing guidance does not address the challenges associated with experimental operations.
All U.S. commercial aircraft manufacturers reference FAA Order 4040.26B because
FAA certification flight testing must be conducted under the risk management program outlined
in the order or under a manufacturer‟s risk management program that is consistent with the
order.110 As a result, the order would be a logical place for the FAA to promulgate enhanced
SMS guidance for flight test operations that is tailored to the needs of manufacturers. The NTSB
concludes that flight test SMS guidance specifically tailored to the needs of manufacturers would
help promote the development of effective flight test safety programs. Therefore, the NTSB
recommends that the Flight Test Safety Committee, in collaboration with the FAA, develop and
issue flight test safety program guidelines based on best practices in aviation safety management,
and encourage manufacturers to incorporate these guidelines into their flight test safety
programs. The NTSB also recommends that the FAA work with the Flight Test Safety
Committee to develop and issue these guidelines. The NTSB further recommends that, after the
Flight Test Safety Committee has issued flight test safety program guidelines, the FAA include
these guidelines in the next revision of FAA Order 4040.26, Aircraft Certification Service Flight
Test Risk Management Program.
Gulfstream reported that, since the time of the accident, it has taken several actions to
cultivate a positive organizational safety culture. The company has performed safety-related
reviews and assessments, updated flight test operating procedures, and created positions for an
aviation safety officer and three subordinate safety managers (in the flight test, flight operations,
and engineering departments). According to Gulfstream, the aviation safety officer (who was
hired in April 2012) has been tasked with identifying flight test industry best practices;
facilitating SMS implementation across the company‟s flight test, flight operations, and
engineering departments; and ensuring that safety processes are fully developed and
implemented. Because this work is currently in progress, it is difficult for the NTSB to assess the
adequacy of the company‟s flight test SMS. The successful integration of safety management
principles and practices into Gulfstream‟s flight test operations will require continued high-level
management commitment and considerable cultural change.
During the summer of 2011, Gulfstream underwent an external audit “to assess the level
of safety across the flight test operation.” In response to the audit, Gulfstream developed several
short- and long-term action items for each major finding. For example, the audit found that a
stronger company safety culture needed to be fostered, and the company responded by
appointing key safety personnel and beginning to pursue the integration of SMS principles and
practices into its flight test operations. (The findings of Gulfstream‟s external audit were
consistent with the NTSB‟s determination that Gulfstream‟s safety management was deficient at
the time of the accident.) Thus, external safety audits are a useful mechanism for assessing the
status of an organization‟s safety management efforts and identifying weaknesses.
The NTSB concludes that external safety audits would help Gulfstream monitor the
implementation of safety management principles and practices into its flight test operations and
sustain long-term cultural change. To ensure that the SMS implementation process can be 110 Gulfstream‟s risk assessment program was consistent with FAA Order 4040.26A, and the company‟s
procedures for assessing and mitigating risks were similar to those described in the order. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
50
sustained between major certification programs (in case knowledge of the lessons learned from
this accident fades over time),111 the NTSB recommends that Gulfstream commission an audit by
qualified independent safety experts, before the start of the next major certification flight test
program, to evaluate the company‟s flight test SMS, with special attention given to the areas of
weakness identified in this report, and address all areas of concern identified by the audit.
Finally, lessons learned from Gulfstream‟s efforts to implement a flight test SMS could
help other manufacturers develop similar programs and could help the Flight Test Safety
Committee
develop
flight
test
safety
program
guidelines,
as
requested
by
Safety Recommendation A-12-60. The NTSB concludes that flight test safety would be
enhanced if manufacturers and flight test industry groups had knowledge of the lessons learned
from Gulfstream‟s implementation of its flight test SMS. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that
Gulfstream provide information about the lessons learned from the implementation of its flight
test SMS to interested manufacturers, flight test industry groups, and other appropriate parties.
3.4
Coordination of High-Risk Flight Tests
At the time of the accident, Gulfstream had planned to conduct field performance flight
tests, some of which were classified as high risk, at ROW for 3 months. During postaccident
interviews, the ROW airport superintendent stated that he was aware that Gulfstream was
planning flight tests at ROW and that Gulfstream would usually notify airport operations112 of
the company‟s planned arrival date and the expected duration of the tests.113 ROW ARFF
personnel stated that, before Gulfstream began its flight tests, one of the accident pilots briefed
firefighters on the G650 airplane and provided a booklet titled Gulfstream GVI Crash Crew
Information (dated November 1, 2010), which provided pertinent information regarding the
G650 airplane for emergency responders.114
Gulfstream did not advise ROW airport operations or ARFF that some of the flight tests
were classified as high risk or indicate when these high-risk flight tests would occur. The FAA
does not require airport operators to be notified of high-risk flight tests or have ARFF readiness
procedures during high-risk flight test operations. Nevertheless, a lieutenant at the ROW ARFF 111 Major certification programs involve a new type certificate or major derivative and utilize multiple test
airplanes. Gulfstream had previously downsized its flight test department between the GIV and GV programs and
between the GV and G650 programs. According to the company‟s former director of flight test, this practice made it
“very difficult” to maintain continuity of experience. Also, as previously stated, the company appointed a chief
safety officer in 2000, but that position was abolished 2 years later.
112 Title 14 CFR Part 139, “Certification of Airports,” provides the governing rules for airports with scheduled
air carrier service (that is, aircraft with more than nine passenger seats). (Operations at ROW included daily air
carrier service.) Airport operations personnel are responsible for the day-to-day operations at an airport and ensure
compliance with the Part 139 certificate (as detailed in the airport certification manual). Airport operations
personnel are also responsible for overseeing the airport emergency plan; ARFF carries out the plan‟s emergency
response and manages its own equipment, facilities, and personnel.
113 Other aircraft manufacturers and military organizations conducted flight test operations at ROW, but airport
personnel stated that they were not aware of these flight test operations until after they began. The ROW airport
certification manual did not require flight test operators to notify airport operations about flight tests. (Notification
was only required if the operator planned to position telemetry or wind equipment on the airport or if flight test
personnel planned to drive onto the airport.)
114 According to the Roswell Fire Department division chief, firefighters who were not based at the ARFF
station but were ARFF trained also received aircraft familiarization training on the G650 before Gulfstream began
its flight tests at ROW. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
51
station indicated that he had told Gulfstream that the fire department would be available to stand
by on request (either at the standard location for emergency landings or at another predetermined
location), but Gulfstream did not make such a request.
Because high-risk flight tests present a significant risk to personnel, equipment, or
property, a higher probability exists (compared with other flights) that an emergency situation
requiring ARFF might develop. If flight test operators notified airport operations and ARFF
about upcoming high-risk flight tests, airport operations could ensure that adequate ARFF
resources would be available and that actions to increase readiness, such as staging vehicles and
personnel, could be taken before the high-risk tests were conducted.
The NTSB notes that three of the four occupants of the accident airplane were found out
of their seats and at locations indicating that they had been able to move within the cabin after
the airplane came to a stop. The cause of death for all four airplane occupants was smoke
inhalation and thermal injuries. Although a reduced response time might not have changed the
outcome of this accident, under different circumstances, a reduced response time could affect the
outcome of an emergency situation.
The NTSB concludes that advance coordination between flight test operators and airport
operations and ARFF personnel for high-risk flight tests could reduce the response time to an
accident site in the event of an emergency. Therefore, the NTSB recommends that the FAA
inform 14 CFR Part 139 airports that currently have (or may have in the future) flight test
activity of the importance of advance coordination of high-risk flight tests with flight test
operators to ensure that adequate ARFF resources are available to provide increased readiness
during known high-risk flight tests.
After the accident, Gulfstream added, to its TSHAs for high-risk flight tests, the
requirement that local ARFF support be “in-position” outside the fire station to allow for an
expeditious response in the event of an accident. It is important that all flight test operators
provide airport operators and ARFF with advance notice of high-risk flight tests for all current
and future developmental aircraft programs so that coordination can occur before the flight tests.
As a result, the NTSB also recommends that the Flight Test Safety Committee encourage its
members to provide notice of and coordinate high-risk flight tests with airport operations and
ARFF personnel. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
52 Findings lack of guidance specifying precisely when the pitch angle target and pitch limit applied
during the test maneuver contributed to the team‟s decision to exceed the initial pitch
target and the pitch angle at which a takeoff test was to be discontinued. was not able to control, which led to the right wingtip contacting the runway and the
airplane departing the runway from the right side. ambiguous stall cues presented in the cockpit, the flight crew‟s response to the stall event
was understandable. deteriorated quickly and became unsurvivable because of the large amount of fuel, fuel
vapor, smoke, and fire entering the cabin through the breaches in the fuselage. AOA predicted by Gulfstream and the AOA threshold for the activation of the stick
shaker stall warning. previous G650 uncommanded roll events, similar to the analyses performed for roll
events during previous company airplane programs, the company could have recognized
that the actual in-ground-effect stall angle of attack for the accident flight test was
significantly lower than the company predicted. airplane program was inappropriate and resulted in target takeoff safety speed values that
were too low to be achieved. achieving the G650 takeoff safety speeds (V2), Gulfstream missed an opportunity to
recognize and correct the low target V2 speeds. tests to determine that the target takeoff safety speeds (V2) could not be achieved with a
certifiable takeoff rotation technique and that the V2 speeds needed to be increased. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
53 speeds used on the day of the accident. team members, critical safety-related parameters were not being adequately monitored
and test results were not being sufficiently examined during flight testing on the day of
the accident. schedule-related pressure that was not adequately counterbalanced by robust
organizational processes to prevent, identify, and correct the company‟s key engineering
and oversight errors. risk controls were insufficient and safety assurance activities were lacking. speed testing in particular, could be reduced if airplane manufacturers considered the
potential for a lower maximum lift coefficient in ground effect when estimating the stall
angle of attack in ground effect. by manufacturers would help reduce the inherent risks associated with flight testing. manufacturers would help promote the development of effective flight test safety
programs. management principles and practices into its flight test operations and sustain long-term
cultural change. knowledge of the lessons learned from Gulfstream‟s implementation of its flight test
safety management system. rescue and firefighting personnel for high-risk flight tests could reduce the response time
to an accident site in the event of an emergency. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
54
4.2
Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of this
accident was an aerodynamic stall and subsequent uncommanded roll during a
one-engine-inoperative takeoff flight test, which were the result of (1) Gulfstream‟s failure to
properly develop and validate takeoff speeds for the flight tests and recognize and correct the
takeoff safety speed (V2) error during previous G650 flight tests, (2) the G650 flight test team‟s
persistent and increasingly aggressive attempts to achieve V2 speeds that were erroneously low,
and (3) Gulfstream‟s inadequate investigation of previous G650 uncommanded roll events,
which indicated that the company‟s estimated stall angle of attack while the airplane was in
ground effect was too high. Contributing to the accident was Gulfstream‟s failure to effectively
manage the G650 flight test program by pursuing an aggressive program schedule without
ensuring that the roles and responsibilities of team members had been appropriately defined and
implemented, engineering processes had received sufficient technical planning and oversight,
potential hazards had been fully identified, and appropriate risk controls had been implemented
and were functioning as intended. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
55 As a result of this investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes the
following recommendations:
To the Federal Aviation Administration:
Inform domestic and foreign manufacturers of airplanes that are certified under
14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 23 and 25 about the circumstances of this
accident and advise them to consider, when estimating an airplane‟s stall angle of
attack in ground effect, the possibility that the airplane‟s maximum lift coefficient
in ground effect could be lower than its maximum lift coefficient in free air.
(A-12-54)
Work with the Flight Test Safety Committee to develop and issue detailed flight
test operating guidance for manufacturers that addresses the deficiencies
documented in this report regarding flight test operating policies and procedures
and their implementation. (A-12-55)
Work with the Flight Test Safety Committee to develop and issue flight test safety
program guidelines based on best practices in aviation safety management.
(A-12-56)
After the Flight Test Safety Committee has issued flight test safety program
guidelines, include these guidelines in the next revision of Federal Aviation
Administration Order 4040.26, Aircraft Certification Service Flight Test Risk
Management Program. (A-12-57)
Inform 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 139 airports that currently have (or
may have in the future) flight test activity of the importance of advance
coordination of high-risk flight tests with flight test operators to ensure that
adequate aircraft rescue and firefighting resources are available to provide
increased readiness during known high-risk flight tests. (A-12-58)
To the Flight Test Safety Committee:
In collaboration with the Federal Aviation Administration, develop and issue
flight test operating guidance for manufacturers that addresses the deficiencies
documented in this report regarding flight test operating policies and procedures
and their implementation, and encourage manufacturers to conduct flight test
operations in accordance with the guidance. (A-12-59)
In collaboration with the Federal Aviation Administration, develop and issue
flight test safety program guidelines based on best practices in aviation safety
management, and encourage manufacturers to incorporate these guidelines into
their flight test safety programs. (A-12-60) NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
56
Encourage members to provide notice of and coordinate high-risk flight tests with
airport operations and aircraft rescue and firefighting personnel. (A-12-61)
To Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation:
Commission an audit by qualified independent safety experts, before the start of
the next major certification flight test program, to evaluate the company‟s flight
test safety management system, with special attention given to the areas of
weakness identified in this report, and address all areas of concern identified by
the audit. (A-12-62)
Provide information about the lessons learned from the implementation of its
flight test safety management system to interested manufacturers, flight test
industry groups, and other appropriate parties. (A-12-63) Vice Chairman CHRISTOPHER A. HART did not participate.
Adopted: October 10, 2012
BY THE NATIONAL TRANSPORTATION SAFETY BOARD
DEBORAH A.P. HERSMAN
ROBERT L. SUMWALT
Chairman
Member MARK R. ROSEKIND Member EARL F. WEENER Member NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
57 Appendix A: On-board Test Team Information
The Pilot-in-Command
The pilot-in-command (PIC), age 64, received a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
commercial pilot certificate with airplane single- and multiengine land and Boeing 707 (visual
flight rules only) ratings in April 1981. The PIC‟s application for this certificate indicated his
flight time as a military pilot, which included 1,560 hours as PIC and 600 hours as
second-in-command (SIC). In January 1991, the PIC was issued an airline transport pilot
certificate with a Learjet rating. Between October 1997 and October 1998, the PIC added
Gulfstream GV, Boeing 707 and 720 (visual flight rules only), and G-1159 (GII/GIII) ratings to
his airline transport pilot certificate. The PIC‟s most recent FAA first-class airman medical
certificate was issued on January 18, 2011.
In August 1997, the PIC began working for Gulfstream as an experimental test pilot. He
was the project pilot for several flight test programs and conducted several field performance
tests. The PIC also conducted field performance certification testing on the GV-SP, which
included minimum unstick speed tests and one-engine-inoperative continued takeoff tests.
Before his employment with Gulfstream, the PIC attended the U.S. Air Force Test Pilot School
(1977 to 1981), graduating with distinction; held various flight test-related positions in the
U.S. Air Force (1981 to 1989); was a DC-9 first officer for a Part 121 air carrier (February to
October 1990); and worked for Northrop Grumman as a senior engineering test pilot and a chief
test pilot (October 1990 to August 1997).
Gulfstream records indicated that, at the time of the accident, the PIC had accumulated
11,237 hours total flight time, with 263 hours total G650 flying time and 160 hours total G650
PIC time. The records also showed that the PIC had flown 117, 63, 39, and 21 hours in the 90,
60, 30, and 7 days preceding the accident. FAA records indicated no accidents, incidents, or
enforcement actions for the PIC.
The Second-in-Command
The SIC, age 51, received an FAA commercial pilot certificate with airplane single- and
multiengine land ratings in July 1990 based on his military flight time. In November 2006, the
SIC was issued an airline transport pilot certificate with a Boeing 737 rating. Between
August 2007 and December 2009, the SIC added an IAI-1125/G100 rating and a GV rating to his
airline transport pilot certificate. His most recent FAA first-class airman medical certificate was
dated October 12, 2010.
In July 2007, the SIC began working for Gulfstream as a captain in the airborne product
support department. In April 2010, the SIC was reassigned to the experimental flight test
department. Before his employment with Gulfstream, the SIC was a test pilot for the U.S. Navy
(January 2000 to August 2002); a program manager for the U.S. Joint Advanced Tactical Missile
Systems and AIM-9X programs (September 2002 to March 2004); and an officer-in-charge at NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
58
Cecil Field for the Defense Contract Management Agency, where he conducted functional check
flights on F-18/A-F airplanes (March 2004 to June 2007).
Gulfstream records indicated that, at the time of the accident, the SIC had accumulated
3,940 hours total flight time, with 140 hours total G650 flying time and 78 hours total G650 PIC
time. The records also showed that the SIC had flown 89, 72, 44, and 2 hours in the 90, 60, 30,
and 7 days preceding the accident. FAA records indicated no accidents, incidents, or
enforcement actions for the SIC.
The First Flight Test Engineer
The first flight test engineer (FTE1), age 48, was the lead flight test engineer. In
June 2009, FTE1 began work at Gulfstream as a senior technical specialist within the flight test
engineering department. He conducted aerodynamic performance tests and led the G650 takeoff
performance test program. On October 1, 2010, FTE1 became a Gulfstream flight analyst
designated engineering representative.115 Before his employment with Gulfstream, FTE1 worked
for McDonnell Douglas as a flight test and performance engineer on the C-17 program (1987 to
1995), Lockheed Martin Aeronautical Systems Company as a senior specialist in flight test
engineering for the C-130J program (1995 to 1999), Bombardier Aerospace Flight Test Center as
the flight sciences section chief (1999 to 2002), and Lockheed Martin as a senior specialist in
flight test operations for the F-16 program (2002 to 2009).
The Second Flight Test Engineer
The second flight test engineer (FTE2), age 47, was responsible for G650 airspeed
calibration testing. (As stated in section 2.1, the day of the accident was the first time that FTE2
had participated in G650 field performance testing; he was filling in for another flight test
engineer who was unable to make the trip because of a scheduling conflict.) In November 2006,
FTE2 began working for Gulfstream as a senior production test pilot for airworthiness on G150
and G200 airplanes. In April 2009, FTE2 became a flight test engineer for the G650 test
program. Before his employment with Gulfstream, FTE2 worked for Lockheed Martin (2004 to
2006), Atlantic Southeast Airlines as a first officer and then captain on the CRJ-200 and a first
officer on the EMB-120 (2000 to 2004), Lockheed Martin as a contract flight test engineer for
the C-130J and C-5M test programs (1997 to 2000), Gulfstream as a contract flight test engineer
for the GV certification program (1996 to 1997), FAA as a contract project engineer (1994 to
1996), and Douglas Aircraft Company where he performed tests involving aircraft performance
and flying qualities for the T-45A and MD-11 airplanes (1988 to 1993). In addition, FTE2 served
in the U.S. Army Reserve as a CH-47D and UH-1H helicopter pilot (1983 to 1997). 115 Designated engineering representatives are appointed by FAA aircraft certification offices to represent the
agency in examining, inspecting, and testing aircraft for the purpose of issuing aircraft certificates. NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
59
Appendix B: Cockpit Voice Recorder Transcript
The following is a partial transcript of the Universal cockpit voice recorder, serial
number 202, installed on an experimental Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation GVI (G650),
N652GD, which crashed during takeoff in Roswell, New Mexico, on April 2, 2011. The
recording started at 0731:25 and ended at 0934:10. The transcript begins at 0923:43, before test
runs 7A1 and 7A2 were conducted. (The accident occurred during test run 7A2.) CAM
Cockpit area microphone voice or sound source HOT
Flight crew audio panel voice or sound source RDO
Radio transmissions from N652GD TM Radio transmission from the telemetry trailer TWR
Radio transmission from the Roswell airport tower controller -1 Voice identified as the Pilot -2 Voice identified as the Co-pilot -3 Voice identified as the Flight test engineer -? Voice unidentified Unintelligible word Expletive @ Non-pertinent word ( ) Questionable insertion [ ] Editorial insertion Note 1: Times are expressed in Mountain Daylight Time (MDT). Note 2: Generally, only radio transmissions to and from the accident aircraft were transcribed. Note 3: Words shown with excess vowels, letters, or drawn out syllables are a phonetic representation of the words
as spoken. Note 4: A non-pertinent word, where noted, refers to a word not directly related to the operation, control or condition
of the aircraft. LEGEND NTSB
Aircraft Accident Report
60
CVR Quality Rating Scale The levels of recording quality are characterized by the following traits of the cockpit voice recorder
information: Excellent Quality
Virtually all of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood.
The transcript that was developed may indicate only one or two words that were
not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript is usually attributed to simultaneous
cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other. Good Quality
Most of the crew conversations could be accurately and easily understood. The
transcript that was developed may indicate several words or phrases that were
not intelligible. Any loss in the transcript can be attributed to minor technical
deficiencies or momentary dropouts in the recording system or to a large number
of simultaneous cockpit/radio transmissions that obscure each other. Fair Quality
The majority of the crew conversations were intelligible. The transcript that was
developed may indicate passages where conversations were unintelligible or
fragmented. This type of recording is usually caused by cockpit noise that
obscures portions of the voice signals or by a minor electrical or mechanical
failure of the CVR system that distorts or obscures the audio information. Poor Quality
Extraordinary means had to be used to make some of the crew conversations
intelligible. The transcript that was developed may indicate fragmented phrases
and conversations and may indicate extensive passages where conversations
were missing or unintelligible. This type of recording is usually caused by a
combination of a high cockpit noise level with a low voice signal (poor signal-to-
noise ratio) or by a mechanical or electrical failure of the CVR system that
severely distorts or obscures the audio information. Unusable
Crew conversations may be discerned, but neither ordinary nor extraordinary
means made it possible to develop a meaningful transcript of the conversations.
This type of recording is usually caused by an almost total mechanical or
electrical failure of the CVR system. 61 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
07:31:25.2 [start of recording] Start of Transcript 09:23:43.5
TWR Gulftest three one ah one eighty approved wind one seven zero
at seven runway two one right seventy correction ah right
ninety left two seventy approved cleared for takeoff. 09:23:55.5
RDO-2 cleared for takeoff on two one with the teardrop Gulftest three
one.
09:23:59.8
HOT-3 okay this time we're gonna be doin' a the (card) seven ah Alpha
which is the max takeoff power to ah idle on the right engine. 09:24:03.1
HOT-2 card seven. 09:24:03.4
HOT-? one hundred. 09:24:04.0
HOT-1 engine out, engine out? 09:24:06.0
HOT-2 right? 09:24:11.5
HOT-3 at ah V-1 minus twenty so. 09:24:12.5
HOT-1 (do) we use ah- 09:24:14.6
HOT-1 let's just use a hundred knots for that that's just V-1 minus
twenty we just round it off five and so a hundred knots will be
(V-E-F). 62 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:24:15.9
HOT-2 okay. 09:24:18.3
HOT-? one trims are the same.
09:24:19.9
HOT on runway two one [electronic voice]. 09:24:24.6
HOT-3 trims (is) eight point oh. 09:24:27.4
HOT-1 trims are the same. 09:24:28.7
HOT-2 this is slower accel- just call it right at the number? 09:24:30.6
HOT-3 yeah. 09:24:32.0
HOT-3 yeah that's all- * good. 09:24:33.8
HOT-1 let's do that. 09:24:35.1
HOT-2 so rotate's one twenty eight's the call. 09:24:37.9
HOT-3 you're lookin' for one thirty six *. 09:24:38.3
HOT-1 card seven. 09:24:38.9
HOT-2 airspeed one thirty six we're settin' in there. 63 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:24:42.7
HOT-1 thirty six is V-2. 09:24:43.8
HOT-2 six. 09:24:45.6
HOT-2 speeds spoilers armed. 09:24:47.7
HOT-1 and ah let’s see your engine cut is ah is about one hundred
nice round number. 09:24:52.6
HOT-2 flaps are ten. 's good. 09:24:54.7
HOT-2 still want the trim at eight correct? 09:24:56.6
HOT-3 that's correct. 09:24:56.9
HOT-1 yeah. 09:24:57.8
HOT-2 set, this is M-T-O. 09:24:59.7
HOT-1 fuel remaining we got thirty two seven. 09:25:02.1
HOT-1 (we're) eighty eight point two now. 09:25:04.8
HOT-2 so we're doing the M-T-O correct, seven Alpha? 64 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:25:07.0
HOT-3 that's correct seven Alpha we I don't have a pull-back for the
other ones. 09:25:10.5
HOT-2 okay. 09:25:11.1
HOT-3 roger *. 09:25:11.7
HOT-1 M-T-O to throttle chop right, okay. 09:25:13.4
HOT-2 yup. 09:25:14.0
HOT-1 okay. 09:25:15.2
HOT-3 get this one good I'll give you a banana. 09:25:15.2
HOT-1 09:25:17.1
HOT [sound of laughter]. 09:25:17.3
HOT-1 I already have one. 09:25:20.1
HOT-1 a banana all right. 09:25:21.7
HOT-1 okay you're gonna you're gonna get that at one one hundred
this here and then give me a little bit of a lead on the rotate. 65 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:25:24.8
HOT-2 a hundred one twenty eight, and I have one thirty six. 09:25:29.8
HOT-2 when you're targeting nine on the pitch just a pause during
liftoff. 09:25:31.0
HOT-1 yeah actually no lead on the V-R just tell me V-R * cause it's
more (anemic). all right you ready? okay configuration's good
there we go. 09:25:44.9
HOT-1 okay we're cleared? 09:25:45.8
HOT-2 power's set we are cleared. 09:25:47.3
HOT-1 you guys ready? 09:25:48.5
HOT-3 ah ready in the back. 09:25:49.0
HOT-1 okay brake release twenty five fifty here we go. 09:25:49.6
HOT-3 ready. 09:25:55.3
HOT-2 power's set. 09:25:58.2
HOT-2 airspeeds alive. 09:25:58.7
HOT-1 okay my yoke. 66 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:26:05.1
HOT-2 eighty knots. 09:26:05.9
HOT-1 okay. 09:26:10.5
HOT-2 right throttle's back. 09:26:19.5
HOT-2 stand by rotate, ah. 09:26:25.1
HOT-1 (straight)? 09:26:31.4
HOT-2 if the brake fails (stop) we're gonna have to recycle the circuit
breakers. 09:26:34.8
HOT-2 still climbing target one thirty six. 09:26:37.3
HOT-3 'kay check the trim for me at ah V-2? 09:26:43.5
HOT-1 what?
09:26:45.5
HOT-2 yeah yeah it took that long. 09:26:46.7
HOT-1 oh it did okay there's ah trim is ah trim is good. 09:26:51.2
HOT-3 okay. 67 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:26:51.7
HOT-1 ah think that's fine I mean I I'm within a few knots of it I mean
it's less that ah probably less than ten pounds of pull there it is,
it's about fifteen degrees. 09:26:59.4
HOT-2 all right. 09:27:59.8
HOT-1 I think we're good * gear's comin' up. 09:27:00.1
HOT [sound similar to altitude pre-selector warning tone]. 09:27:02.2
HOT-? okay. 09:27:02.4
HOT-3 test point's done? 09:27:03.2
HOT-2 we gotta cycle the circuit breakers. 09:27:05.2
HOT-1 on the brake by wire yeah that's on the overhead. 09:27:08.4
HOT-2 'kay. 09:27:14.4
HOT-2 pull, one two three in. brake by wire failure is gone. 09:27:24.3
HOT-1 it's rescinded. 09:27:24.9
HOT-2 68 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:27:26.8
HOT-1 I'll get below one sixty we'll get the flaps they seem to like that
better for some reason. 09:27:37.3
HOT-1 okay flaps twenty. 09:27:38.4
HOT-2 okay twenty comin'. 09:27:50.9
HOT-1 gear down landing checklist. 09:27:53.2
HOT-2 gear's comin'. 09:28:02.7
HOT-2 three down 'n locked flaps are twenty ground spoilers armed. 09:28:05.0
HOT [sound of single chime]. 09:28:06.6
HOT-2 nose-wheel steering is on. 09:28:07.6
HOT-1 it's on still on. 09:28:09.3
HOT-2 brakes are good. 09:28:11.2
HOT-2 no CAS * messages are inhibit. 09:28:11.6
HOT [sound similar to altitude pre-selector warning tone]. 09:28:14.2
HOT-2 just flaps to go. 69 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:28:15.3
HOT-1 roger that. 09:28:23.1
HOT-1 okay landing flaps. 09:28:24.3
HOT-2 okay comin'. 09:28:29.4
HOT-2 *. 09:28:34.0
HOT-1 they're not moving? 09:28:35.6
HOT-2 well the lever's lifting up but it's not comin' down. 09:28:39.1
HOT-2 looks like it's. 09:28:41.8
HOT-2 09:28:42.2
HOT-1 yeah got ah got a bad flap lever. . 09:28:44.2
TWR Gulftest three one wind one niner zero at seven runway three
cleared to land.
09:28:45.8
HOT-? *. 09:28:49.6
RDO-2 cleared to land runway three Gulftest three one.
09:28:52.5
HOT-2 all right flaps in transit. 70 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:28:53.9
HOT-1 they movin' now? 09:28:54.6
HOT-2 yup. 09:28:55.2
HOT-1 what do you think it was? 09:28:56.6
HOT-2 I don't know. just didn't feel- just *. yeah. 09:28:57.2
HOT-1 little ah W-D forty of something. well we di- that's an issue that's
an issue on some of the airplanes. not sure we're real fond of
that flap lever. 09:29:05.9
HOT-2 (ground) flaps spoilers we're cleared to land. 09:29:09.3
HOT-1 cleared to land. 09:29:16.5
HOT-2 still a little heavy. 09:29:18.6
HOT-1 yup. roger that. 09:29:20.7
HOT-1 little quartering tailwind. 09:29:21.2
HOT minimums [electronic voice]. 09:29:23.2
HOT approaching zero three [electronic voice]. 71 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:29:28.2
HOT-1 what are you guys showin' for winds. 09:29:29.8
HOT three hundred [electronic voice]. 09:29:31.0
HOT-3 four knots at ah one fifty four. 09:29:32.9
HOT-1 okay. that's not bad. 09:29:36.6
HOT two hundred [electronic voice]. 09:29:42.7
HOT one hundred [electronic voice]. 09:29:45.8
HOT fifty [electronic voice]. 09:29:46.9
HOT forty [electronic voice]. 09:29:48.1
HOT thirty [electronic voice]. 09:29:49.2
HOT twenty [electronic voice]. 09:29:50.6
HOT ten [electronic voice]. 09:29:56.4
HOT-2 good spoilers. 09:29:58.9
HOT-2 there's one thirty. 72 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:29:59.4
HOT-1 one thirty. okay. 09:30:01.8
HOT-2 good, good T-R's. 09:30:16.3
HOT-2 seventy knots. 09:30:18.6
HOT six thousand remaining [electronic voice]. 09:30:26.5
HOT-2 so what y'all wanna do next. 09:30:27.7
HOT five thousand remaining [electronic voice]. 09:30:28.6
HOT-3 well. what did they think of that run in the trailer? 09:30:32.9
HOT-3 we were a little fast at V-2 but ah. 09:30:35.2
HOT-1 well we can do another one and just less of a pause we just
almost a continual maneuver then. 09:30:37.3
HOT-? less of a pause. 09:30:37.4
HOT four thousand remaining [electronic voice]. 09:30:41.0
HOT-1 yep I can do that. target nine and just keep going I'm mean its
ah. 73 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT 09:30:41.9
TM standby.
09:30:46.1
HOT-2 yeah. 09:30:46.6
HOT-1 I don't know how else we're gonna do it. 09:30:46.9
HOT-3 seemed like we're kinda hangin' there for a little bit. 09:30:48.5
HOT three thousand remaining [electronic voice]. 09:30:49.1
HOT-1 well we we're pausing 'cause we're trying to do this capture and
I think we're getting ah too focused on that. yeah I. 09:30:53.5
HOT-3 wrapped on that. 09:30:55.9
HOT-1 I think it's a target and then ah because if you have a real
engine failure the guys aren't gonna be lookin' at nine degrees
they're gonna be looking at trying to get V-2 they're not payin'
any attention to that. so, what I think. 09:31:01.6
HOT two thousand remaining [electronic voice]. 09:31:04.3
RDO-2 and tower Gulftest three one like to do a one eighty at the end
and takeoff on two one teardrop return.
09:31:07.9
HOT-1 it's an abnormal. 74 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT 09:31:09.0
TM 09:31:09.1
HOT-2
yeah. 09:31:11.0
TWR left two seventy approved cleared for takeoff wind one seven
zero at niner.
09:31:19.6
RDO-2 one.
09:31:23.3
HOT-2
all right flaps comin' back up. 09:31:26.3
HOT-2 run your trim up to eight. 09:31:30.7
HOT-3 eighty seven so. 09:31:35.0
HOT-1 eight still good? 09:31:35.2
HOT-2 go with the same V-speeds? 09:31:36.2
HOT-3 one twenty five one twenty seven one thirty five so a knot off. 09:31:40.3
HOT-2 okay. 09:31:41.0
HOT one hundred remaining [electronic voice]. 75 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:31:44.7
HOT-2 twenty seven. 09:31:49.0
HOT-2 one thirty five. 09:31:50.4
HOT-1 one thirty five. 09:31:51.1
HOT-1 why don't you set that for me. yup. 09:31:52.0
HOT-2 one thirty five there. 09:31:55.5
HOT-2 steering hydraulics.
09:31:59.0
HOT-3 trim is eight. 09:32:00.5
TM winds are starting to pick up.
09:32:02.7
HOT-1 yeah wha- what ya got now @ for winds? 09:32:06.1
HOT on runway two one [electronic voice]. 09:32:07.2
TM one five six at five right now but I've seen it up to eight.
09:32:11.6
HOT-1 oh really? okay I think we're still okay with where we're at. 76 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:32:16.5
HOT-2 yeah the airspeed on that one you could you could tell it really
paused it paused like it was kinda rollin' like it had a couple
seconds couple seconds then it just jumped. it just like went. 09:32:22.2
HOT-3 yeah yeah boom. 09:32:26.7
HOT-3 yeah I think this is probably the last takeoff then. 09:32:28.8
HOT-1 right okay. 09:32:30.1
HOT-3 and then we'll eh so you could start rounding the fuel truck up. 09:32:35.2
HOT-2 this is seven-A-two? 09:32:37.1
HOT-3 yeah. 09:32:37.5
HOT-2 seven Alpha two. 09:32:38.7
HOT-1 did you guys hear that back there we'll go ahead and think
about the fuel truck. here I'll give 'em a call on mobile. 09:32:45.1
RDO-1 and Gulftest three one ah mobile looks like ah we're gonna do
another run and we'll be ah looking for the fuel truck.
09:32:54.7
HOT-1 don't know if they can see us down there or not, all right guys
ready. same deal we got ten we got eight. 77 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:32:57.8
HOT-? yup. 09:32:58.4
HOT-? yeah. 09:33:00.9
HOT-2 okay cleared for takeoff. 09:33:02.3
HOT-1 here we go. 09:33:07.8
HOT-1 a ah it's gonna be card seven and your gonna have that one at
hundred knots. 09:33:11.4
HOT-2 seven * two chop at a hundred. one twenty seven rotate one
thirty five speed. 09:33:13.7
HOT-1 you guys ready? 09:33:15.4
HOT-1 okay and we're cleared right? 09:33:16.3
HOT-2 yes sir. 09:33:16.9
HOT-1 okay thirty three seventeen is brake release. 09:33:22.2
HOT-2 power set. 09:33:25.5
HOT-1 airspeed's alive I got the yoke. 78 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:33:27.0
HOT-2 'kay. 09:33:32.3
HOT-2 eighty knots. 09:33:37.8
HOT-2 chop. 09:33:41.4
HOT [sound of bump]. 09:33:45.7
HOT-2 standby, rotate. 09:33:50.8
HOT-1 09:33:52.1
HOT-2 oh whoa whoa whoa whoa. 09:33:52.8
HOT-1 whoa whoa. 09:33:52.8
CAM [sound of increased background noise]. 09:33:53.6
HOT bank angle, bank angle [electronic voice]. 09:33:54.3
HOT-1 power power power. 09:33:55.2
HOT-2 power power power's up. 09:33:56.6
HOT-1 power power power. 79 TIME and
SOURCE
INTRA-COCKPIT COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
TIME and
SOURCE
AIR-GROUND COMMUNICATION
CONTENT
09:33:57.4
HOT-2 no no no no. *. 09:33:58.5
HOT bank angle, bank angle [electronic voice]. 09:34:00.0
HOT-1 ah sorry guys. 09:34:02.4
HOT [sound similar to triple chime alarm]. 09:34:04.7
HOT-? End of Transcript 09:34:10.3 [end of recording] 分类:06_境外及港澳台调查报告 | 年份:2012 | 地域: | 严重程度: | 场所: | 起火原因: | 来源格式:pdf Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road and Collision
With Vertical Highway Signpost
Interstate 95 Southbound
New York City, New York
March 12, 2011 Accident Report
NTSB/HAR-12/01
PB2012-916201 National
Transportation
Safety Board NTSB/HAR-12/01
PB2012-916201
Notation 8308A
Adopted June 5, 2012 Highway Accident Report
Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road and Collision
With Vertical Highway Signpost
Interstate 95 Southbound
New York City, New York
March 12, 2011 National
Transportation
Safety Board 490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, D.C. 20594 National Transportation Safety Board. 2012. Motorcoach Run-Off-the-Road and Collision With
Vertical Highway Signpost, Interstate 95 Southbound, New York City, New York, March 12, 2011.
Highway Accident Report NTSB/HAR-12/01. Washington, D.C.
Abstract: On March 12, 2011, about 5:38 a.m., a 1999 Prevost 56-passenger motorcoach, operated by
World Wide Travel of Greater New York, was traveling southbound on Interstate 95, en route from the
Mohegan Sun Casino in Uncasville, Connecticut, to New York City, and carrying 32 passengers. Near
mile marker 3.2, the motorcoach departed from the travel lanes, driving over the rumble strips on the right
shoulder edge. It then crossed over the 10-foot-wide paved shoulder and struck a guardrail, traveling
about 480 feet alongside and on the guardrail, before overturning and flattening it. The vehicle then
collided with a vertical highway signpost consisting of two vertical 8-inch-diameter steel tubular poles
linked by cross-beam diagonal metal supports. The support structure’s two poles entered the passenger
compartment along the base of the passenger windows as the vehicle slid forward, resulting in the roof
panel being torn from the bus body for almost its entire length. Fifteen passengers were killed,
17 passengers received serious-to-minor injuries, and the bus driver received minor injuries.
Major safety issues identified in this investigation were motorcoach driver fatigue and onboard
monitoring systems, commercial driver license history, heavy vehicle speed limiters, safety management
systems and motor carrier safety ratings, roadside barriers for heavy commercial passenger vehicles, and
occupant injuries and motorcoach crashworthiness. As a result of this accident investigation, the National
Transportation Safety Board makes recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration,
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the Federal Highway Administration, the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the American Bus Association, the National
Motorcoach Network, and the United Motorcoach Association.
The National Transportation Safety Board is an independent Federal agency dedicated to
promoting aviation, railroad, highway, marine, pipeline, and hazardous materials safety. Established in
1967, the agency is mandated by Congress through the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to
investigate transportation accidents, determine the probable causes of the accidents, issue safety
recommendations, study transportation safety issues, and evaluate the safety effectiveness of government
agencies involved in transportation. The NTSB makes public its actions and decisions through accident
reports, safety studies, special investigation reports, safety recommendations, and statistical reviews.
Recent publications are available in their entirety at http://www.ntsb.gov. Other information may be obtained
from the website or by contacting: National Transportation Safety Board
Records Management Division, CIO-40
490 L’Enfant Plaza, SW
Washington, D.C. 20594
(800) 877-6799 or (202) 314-6551 NTSB publications may be purchased, by individual copy or by subscription, from the National Technical
Information Service. To purchase this publication, order report number PB2012-916201 from: National Technical Information Service
5301 Shawnee Road
Alexandria, Virginia 22312
(800) 553-6847 or (703) 605-6000 The Independent Safety Board Act, as codified at 49 U.S.C. Section 1154(b), precludes the admission into evidence
or use of Board reports related to an incident or accident in a civil action for damages resulting from a matter
mentioned in the report. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
i
Contents
Contents .......................................................................................................................................... i
Figures ........................................................................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... iv
Executive Summary .................................................................................................................... vii
Investigative Synopsis .................................................................................................................. vii
Probable Cause............................................................................................................................... ix
Recommendations .......................................................................................................................... ix NTSB
Highway Accident Report
ii
1.9.1 Mohegan Sun .................................................................................................................35
1.9.2 World Wide Travel Contract .........................................................................................35
1.9.3 Driver Histories in Other Accidents ..............................................................................35 Board Member Statement ...........................................................................................................80
Appendix A: Investigation and Public Hearing ........................................................................82
Investigation ...................................................................................................................................82
Public Hearing ...............................................................................................................................82
Appendix B: Driving Record and Licensing .............................................................................83
Accident Motorcoach Driver’s Full Driving Record .....................................................................83
Postaccident Actions ......................................................................................................................86
Appendix C: Postaccident Compliance Reviews of World Wide Travel and
Great Escapes .............................................................................................................................87 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
iii
Figures
Figure 1. Regional map and view of accident site ............................................................. 1
Figure 2. Aerial view of I-95 and accident site .................................................................. 2
Figure 3. Aerial view of motorcoach ................................................................................. 2
Figure 4. Accident scene diagram ...................................................................................... 3
Figure 5. Damaged guardrail at the approach to the vertical highway signpost ................ 3
Figure 6. Roof separation due to intrusion of the vertical highway signpost poles ........... 4
Figure 7. Passenger seating chart, injury, and demographic information .......................... 6
Figure 8. Recent driver activity history ........................................................................... 11
Figure 9. Southbound view of accident motorcoach at rest. ............................................ 14
Figure 10. Roof and interior parcel rack damage caused by intrusion of the
vertical highway signpost support poles ......................................................................... 15
Figure 11. Typical section of I-95 southbound lanes in the vicinity of the accident ....... 17
Figure 12. Horizontal curvature of I-95 southbound in the accident vicinity .................. 18
Figure 13. Overhead vertical highway signpost (east and west poles) ............................ 19
Figure 14. Fatal accident locations involving heavy vehicles colliding with
a guardrail on high-speed roadways (2005–2010). ......................................................... 62
Figure 15. Simulation study seat row alignments and offset row configurations ............ 68
Figure 16. Time history of unrestrained and lap/shoulder-belted occupant kinematics. . 69
Figure 17. Risk zone approximation using intrusion and occupant study data. ............... 71 NTSB
Highway Accident Report
iv
Acronyms and Abbreviations
AASHTO
American
Association
of
State
Highway
and
Transportation Officials
AOBRD
automatic on-board recording device
ATA
American Trucking Associations
ATRI
American Transportation Research Institute
BASIC
Behavioral Analysis Safety Improvement Category
BMI
body mass index
CAMI
Civil Aerospace Medical Institute
CAPRI
Compliance
Analysis
and
Performance
Review
Information [system]
CDL
commercial driver’s license
CDLIS
Commercial Driver’s License Information System
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
CG
center of gravity
CID
client identification number
CMV
commercial motor vehicle
CSA
Compliance, Safety, Accountability [program]
CTBSSP
Commercial Truck and Bus Safety Synthesis Program
CVSA
Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance
DDEC
Detroit Diesel Electronic Controls
DDWS
drowsy driver warning system
DOT
U.S. Department of Transportation
DMV
Department of Motor Vehicles
DVIR
driver vehicle inspection report
ECM
electronic control module
EMS
emergency medical service
EU
European Union
FARS
Fatality Analysis Reporting System
FDNY
Fire Department of New York
FHWA
Federal Highway Administration NTSB
Highway Accident Report
v
FMCSA
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
FMCSRs
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
FMP
fatigue management program
FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
FR
Federal Register
GPS
global positioning system
Great Escapes
Great Escapes Tours & Travel Ltd.
GVWR
gross vehicle weight rating
I-65
Interstate 65
I-95
Interstate 95
LENS
License Event Notification System
LDWS
lane departure warning system
MASH
Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware
MC
motor carrier [number]
MCMIS
Motor Carrier Management Information System
MCSAC
Motor Carrier Safety Advisory Committee
MCSAP
Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program
MCSIA
Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999
MDMA
3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine
MRB
Medical Review Board
MVR
motor vehicle record
NAFMP
North American Fatigue Management Program
NCHRP
National Cooperative Highway Research Program
NDR
National Driver Register
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
NPRM
notice of proposed rulemaking
NTSB
National Transportation Safety Board
NYDMV
New York Department of Motor Vehicles
NYPD
New York City Police Department
NYSDOT
New York State Department of Transportation
NYSP
New York State Police
NYSTA
New York State Thruway Authority NTSB
Highway Accident Report
vi
OBMS
onboard monitoring systems
OOS
out of service
OSA
obstructive sleep apnea
PCP
phencyclidine
PennDOT
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation
P.L.
Public Law
PSP
preemployment screening program
RSAP
Roadside Safety Analysis Program
SAFER
Safety and Fitness Electronic Records [system]
SafeStat
Safety Status Measurement System
SAFETEA-LU
Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation
Equity Act: A Legacy for Users
SEA
Safety Evaluation Area
SFD
Safety Fitness Determination
TL
Test Level [1–6]
TRB
Transportation Research Board
UMTRI
University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute
U.S.C.
United States Code
USDOT
U.S. Department of Transportation [number]
VER
video event recorder
World Wide Travel
World Wide Travel of Greater New York NTSB
Highway Accident Report
vii
Executive Summary
On March 12, 2011, about 5:38 a.m., a 1999 Prevost 56-passenger motorcoach, operated
by World Wide Travel of Greater New York, headquartered in Brooklyn, was traveling
southbound on Interstate 95, en route from the Mohegan Sun Casino in Uncasville, Connecticut,
to New York City, and carrying 32 passengers. While in the vicinity of mile marker 3.2, the
motorcoach departed from the travel lanes to the right, driving over the rumble strips on the right
shoulder edge. The motorcoach then crossed over the 10-foot-wide paved shoulder and struck a
strong-post W-beam guardrail, traveling about 480 feet alongside and on the guardrail, before
finally overturning 90° onto its right side and flattening the guardrail. The front of the vehicle
subsequently collided with a vertical highway signpost consisting of two vertical 8-inch-diameter
steel tubular poles linked by cross-beam diagonal metal supports. The front roof also collided
with a steel electrical box mounted to the sign support structure. After the motorcoach struck the
support structure and electrical box, the two poles entered the passenger compartment along the
base of the passenger windows as the vehicle slid forward. The impact resulted in the roof panel
being torn from the bus body for almost the entire length of the bus. As a result of this accident,
15 passengers were killed, 17 passengers received serious-to-minor injuries, and the bus driver
received minor injuries.
Investigative Synopsis
The accident occurred when the motorcoach departed from the travel lanes to the right at
about a 7° departure angle from the roadway; no tire marks were made on the travel lanes to
indicate braking or evasive steering. The driver then traversed a 10-foot-wide paved shoulder
enhanced with rumble strips and struck a roadside barrier. Postaccident examination of electronic
control module data revealed that the accident motorcoach was traveling at least 64 mph for at
least 10 seconds before it struck the guardrail. The control module data also indicated that the
driver did not apply the brakes in the 60 seconds before leaving the travel lanes, crossing the
shoulder, and striking the guardrail.
Safety issues identified in this accident investigation include:
Motorcoach driver fatigue and onboard monitoring systems: The motorcoach
driver was experiencing both acute sleep loss and cumulative sleep debt at the time of
the accident. Because of the driver’s activities in the days leading to the accident, his
sleep opportunities did not exceed 4 hours. Circadian factors related to the driver’s
inverted work schedule and the time of day at which the accident occurred, about
5:38 a.m., would have exacerbated the effects of fatigue. No Federal requirements
currently exist for motor carriers to implement fatigue management programs.
Research into fatigue management technologies is ongoing, though safety systems
that monitor driver behavior, such as providing warnings to drowsy drivers or
detecting unsafe driving behaviors, are already in the marketplace. However, motor NTSB
Highway Accident Report
viii
carriers are in need of additional guidance on how to effectively use in-vehicle
technology to monitor and improve driver safety.
Commercial driver license history: A driver’s history of crashes or moving
violations is directly related to future crash risk. Currently, a motorcoach
driver-applicant must submit a 10-year commercial driving employment history, and
the states must provide carriers hiring commercial drivers with a 3-year driving
history. However, for preemployment screening, motor carriers need access to a
longer history of a commercial driver’s license record to make informed hiring
decisions. The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is currently
investigating two other accidents involving high-risk drivers.
Heavy vehicle1 speed limiters: The speed limit at the accident location was 50 mph,
yet the motorcoach driver was traveling 64 mph after departing the travel lanes of
I-95. Had he been driving at or below the speed limit (50 mph), he may have been
able to steer the bus away from the guardrail, preventing the rollover and collision
with the vertical highway signpost. The motorcoach was equipped with a speed
limiter, but it was set to 78 mph. Although there is significant interest in the use of
advanced speed limiting technology, no Federal performance standards address such
technology or require its installation in heavy vehicles.
Safety management systems and motor carrier safety ratings: The practices of
both motor carriers that had employed the accident driver—such as not adhering to
hours-of-service requirements and improperly addressing speeding violations—indicate
inadequate oversight of drivers, which impacts passenger safety. This accident is one
of many investigated by the NTSB in which the motor carrier’s safety processes, as
well as its corporate culture, may have set the stage for the driver’s on-road operating
performance. Motor carriers should receive a determination of their fitness to operate
and a safety rating based upon on-road performance and adherence to safety
regulations, performance that is currently tracked by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration’s Safety Measurement System. Federal rulemaking on a new safety
fitness determination process is scheduled to begin by early 2013. The performance
rating will be based on all safety-based regulations, rather than on critical and acute
violations only. It will replace the current safety rating process, which relies
exclusively on onsite investigation or compliance review. In addition, as part of a
process called a Safety Management Cycle, motor carriers should be educated about,
and required to actively assess, the root cause of safety violations that are correlated
to crash risk.
Roadside barriers for heavy commercial passenger vehicles: The NTSB evaluated
roadside conditions at the accident site to determine the guardrail characteristics
necessary to shield the vertical highway signpost. Examination of available research 1 Defined by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration as “…most vehicles over 10,000 pounds
gross vehicle weight rating, including truck-tractors, single-unit trucks, buses, [and] motorcoaches….” For further
information,
see
, accessed May 3, 2012. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
ix
and testing methods for barriers reveals that guidance given to the states on upgrading
barrier systems is inadequate. In addition, there is a clear need nationwide for higher
performance traffic barriers to redirect heavy commercial vehicles and motorcoaches.
New barrier performance standards are needed along with, possibly, new barrier
designs with height and deflection characteristics capable of safely redirecting heavy
commercial passenger vehicles from point hazards.
Occupant injuries and motorcoach crashworthiness: The accident motorcoach hit
the guardrail, rolled over, and slid on its passenger side into the vertical highway
signpost. The point of impact on the motorcoach, just below the roofline, was not
capable of attenuating a frontal crash and the resulting impact loading was beyond the
vehicle’s design scope. Further, survival space was compromised for passengers in
the path of the vertical signpost structure. Because motorcoaches are not currently
required to meet Federal performance standards for occupant protection, the 1999
Prevost motorcoach was not equipped with passenger seat restraint systems—systems
which, if installed, could reduce ejection and secondary impact injuries. As a result of
this accident investigation, the NTSB identified the design of seat spacing and
armrests as a means of reducing occupant injury and advocates for their evaluation
and, if safe configurations and spacing are identified, the development of guidelines.
Probable Cause
The National Transportation Safety Board determines that the probable cause of the
accident was the motorcoach driver’s failure to control the motorcoach due to fatigue resulting
from failure to obtain adequate sleep, poor sleep quality, and the time of day at which the
accident occurred. Contributing to the accident was inadequate safety oversight of the accident
driver by World Wide Travel’s management. Contributing to the severity of the accident was the
motorcoach’s speed and a guardrail that was not designed to redirect the heavy vehicle and did
not prevent it from colliding with the vertical highway signpost. Contributing to the severity of
passenger injuries was the extensive intrusion of the vertical highway signpost into the passenger
compartment.
Recommendations
As a result of this accident investigation, the National Transportation Safety Board makes
recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, the Federal Highway Administration, the American Association
of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the American Bus Association, the National
Motorcoach Network, and the United Motorcoach Association. The National Transportation
Safety Board reiterates four recommendations to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration and two recommendations to the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
1 About 5:38 a.m.1 on March 12, 2011, a 1999 Prevost 56-passenger motorcoach, operated
by World Wide Travel of Greater New York (World Wide Travel), was traveling southbound on
Interstate 95 (I-95) in the Bronx borough of New York City. (See figures 1–3.) The motorcoach,
carrying the driver and 32 passengers, was en route from the Mohegan Sun Casino in Uncasville,
Connecticut, to New York City. Figure 1. Regional map and view of accident site. 1 Unless otherwise specified, all times in this report are eastern standard time. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
2 Figure 2. Aerial view of I-95 and accident site. (Source: New York State Police [NYSP].) Figure 3. Aerial view of motorcoach. (Source: The Journal News, Frank Becerra) NTSB
Highway Accident Report
3
As the motorcoach approached mile marker 3.2, the vehicle left the roadway and crossed
the rumble strip on the 10-foot-wide right shoulder, striking a strong-post blocked-out W-beam
guardrail2 at 64 mph.3 The motorcoach continued forward along the paved shoulder, sideswiping
the guardrail, and then overturned to the right 90° on its longitudinal axis, flattening the guardrail
as it continued to slide forward. (See figures 4 and 5.) Figure 4. Accident scene diagram. Figure 5. Damaged guardrail at the approach to the vertical highway signpost. 2 A W-beam guardrail is a steel beam rail element shaped like a “W.”
3 The State of New York refers to these roadside barriers as guiderails. For the purposes of this report, the
guiderail roadside barrier is referred to as a guardrail, the term used by the American Association of State Highway
and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
Final rest of bus
Overhead bridge sign support
End of guardrail
Limits of guardrail in median
Initial point of contact with guardrail
End of noise wall
480 feet
Sign #1
Sign #2
Sign #3
Tire marks NTSB
Highway Accident Report
4
The front of the motorcoach subsequently collided with an overhead vertical highway
signpost, consisting of two vertical 8-inch-diameter steel tubular poles linked by cross-beam
diagonal metal supports and an attached steel electrical box.
After the motorcoach’s windshield struck this support structure and steel electrical box,
the two poles making up the vertical highway signpost entered the passenger compartment along
the base of the passenger windows, as the motorcoach slid forward. The impact resulted in the
vehicle’s roof panel being torn from the bus body for almost the entire length of the bus. (See
figure 6.) Fifteen passengers were killed, 17 passengers received serious-to-minor injuries, and
the bus driver received minor injuries. Figure 6. Roof separation due to intrusion of the vertical highway signpost poles.
At 5:51 a.m. on the morning of the accident, LaGuardia Airport4 reported a temperature
of 39° F, dry conditions, winds from 240° at 13–24 mph, and visibility unrestricted at 10 statute
miles. The astronomical conditions from the U.S. Naval Observatory indicated the beginning of
civil twilight5 at 5:45 a.m. and sunrise at 6:13 a.m. At 5:45 a.m., the sun was 6.1° below the
horizon at an azimuth of 89° or almost due east. The moon was more than 15° below the horizon
and provided no illumination. 4 LaGuardia Airport, the closest official weather-observing station, is approximately 8 miles southwest of the
accident site.
5 Civil twilight occurs during the intervals before sunrise and after sunset in which sufficient natural light exists
for objects to be clearly distinguishable and for outdoor activities to commence (dawn) or end (dusk) without
artificial illumination. For further information, see http://aa.usno.navy.mil/faq/docs/RST_defs.php, accessed
February 22, 2012. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
5
1.2 Injuries
Fifteen passengers died in this motorcoach accident. Autopsy reports from the New York
City Office of Chief Medical Examiner state that the deaths were caused by blunt force trauma to
the internal organs, extremities, and head. Seventeen other passengers were injured; serious
injuries included internal blunt force trauma, rib fractures, extremity fractures, amputations,
abrasions, lacerations, and contusions. The driver and injured passengers were transported to two
local hospitals for treatment. (See table 1.)
Table 1. Injuries.
Injurya
Driver
Passengers
Total
Fatal
0
15
15
Serious
0
7
7
Minor
1
10
11
None
0
0
0
Total
1
32
33
a Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 830.2 defines
fatal injury as any injury that results in death within 30 days of
the accident. It defines serious injury as an injury that requires
hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within 7
days of the date of injury; results in a fracture of any bone
(except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or nose); causes
severe hemorrhages, or nerve, muscle, or tendon damage;
involves any internal organ; or involves second- or third-degree
burns, or any burn affecting more than 5 percent of the body
surface. Emergency responders reported seeing several passengers underneath the motorcoach
between the ground and the vehicle roof and eight or nine fatally injured passengers near the
front of the motorcoach, entangled together either in the aisle or on the right side of the bus.
Other passengers were located toward the rear of bus, entrapped either around the vertical poles
or between the poles and the motorcoach roof and roof-mounted luggage racks.
Passenger interviews provided information on seating positions for 8 of the
32 passengers.6 (See figure 7.) The partial seating chart contains the known locations of bus
occupants obtained through these interviews. All occupants are assigned a letter designation in
the chart for reference; occupants whose seating position before the crash could not be
determined are listed by letter designation and injury severity. 6 Every occupant seating location could not be identified due to several factors, including the high number of
fatalities. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
6 Figure 7. Passenger seating chart, injury, and demographic information. C: Female 75
Serious
G: Male 47
Minor
SAMPLE
+International Civil Aviation Organization
+INJURY LEVEL
AGE
GENDER
Letter Designation
(For Identification)
A: Female 14
Minor
I: Female 43
Minor
Note: Occupants B, D, and F shown in center of seat
were in either window or aisle seat.
Lavatory
F: Male 55
Minor
Occupants of Unknown
Seat Location:
J: Male
K: Female
L: Male
M: Male
N: Male
O: Male
P: Male
Q: Male
R: Male
S: Male
T: Female
U: Female
V: Female
W: Female
X: Female
Y: Male
Z: Male
AA: Male
BB: Male
CC: Male
DD: Male
EE: Male
FF: Male
GG: Male
A: Male 40
Minor
B: Female 53
Fatal
D: Female 61
Serious
E: Female 71
Serious
H: Male 62
Minor
70 : Fatal
59 : Fatal
65 : Fatal
55 : Fatal
81 : Fatal
59 : Fatal
76 : Fatal
83 : Fatal
62 : Fatal
40 : Fatal
50 : Fatal
74 : Fatal
67 : Fatal
65 : Fatal
47 : Serious
61 : Serious
68 : Serious
76 : Serious
50 : Minor
53 : Minor
59 : Minor
61 : Minor
58 : Minor
50 : Minor NTSB
Highway Accident Report
7
1.3 Emergency Response
At 5:37 a.m.,7 the New York City Police Department (NYPD) began receiving 911 calls
from drivers on I-95 (New England Thruway) reporting a bus rollover accident. The Fire
Department of New York (FDNY) dispatched emergency medical service (EMS) units between
5:38 a.m. and 6:10 a.m., with the first arriving on scene at 5:50 a.m. and the second at 6:00 a.m.
The FDNY Battalion Chief arrived on scene, initiated the incident command system, and was the
first incident commander. At 5:38 a.m., the NYPD received 911 calls from both northbound and
southbound drivers who had witnessed the accident and aftermath. Troop T of the NYSP
dispatched two units at 5:40 a.m. and 5:41 a.m., which arrived on scene at 5:49 a.m. and
5:52 a.m. The New Rochelle and Pelham Manor police departments received 911 calls at
5:43 a.m. The response to the accident consisted of the NYSP, local law enforcement, and the
FDNY with approximately 10 fire and 16 EMS vehicles. In addition, three private ambulance
services were called and arrived on scene starting at 6:43 a.m., with a total of six ambulances that
responded and assisted with triage and transported patients to hospitals.
1.4 Driver Information
1.4.1 Certification, License, and Driving History
The 40-year-old motorcoach driver held a New York State class “B” commercial driver’s
license (CDL) with a “P” passenger endorsement and no restrictions. His current medical
examiner’s certificate (equivalent of a physical examination card) was issued on
November 18, 2010, with an expiration date of November 2012. The accident driver’s CDL was
issued in February 2010, with an expiration date of December 2015. However, during its
investigation of this accident, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) discovered that
the accident driver had incurred driving violations and suspensions prior to being licensed in
New York. These violations were recorded under an alias. Two of the suspensions were still in
effect at the time of the accident, meaning the driver was operating the motorcoach on a
suspended license. (Table 2 summarizes the accident driver’s driving history, and appendix B
contains his full driving history.) The NTSB also obtained the driver’s Commercial Driver’s
License Information System (CDLIS) record from the New York Department of Motor Vehicles
(NYDMV), which contains the driver’s total driving record. The following is a summary of that
record: 5 suspensions (for failure to pay child support); 6 violations (1994–1996); and 21
separate suspensions8 (for offenses other than failure to pay child support). 7 Time differences between the electronic control module (ECM) recorded accident time and emergency
response dispatch records can be attributed to desynchronized clocks.
8 The record does not specify the underlying violations. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
8
Table 2. Summary of accident motorcoach driver’s driving history.
Source
Period
Violations
New York State License Event Notification System
(LENS)a history obtained by motor carrier at time of
accident motorcoach driver’s employmentb
1995–2011
0 moving violations
5 restricted licenses
7 class of license
changes
2 suspensions (failure to
pay child support)
0 accidents
New York State Driver’s CDL abstract obtained by
motor carrier March 30, 2011 (18 days after
accident)
1996–2003
7 class of license
changes
6 suspensions (various
offenses)
No violations
No accidents
Past commercial motor vehicle (CMV) employer
A—Preemployment records obtained via 3rd party
background service (May 1, 2006, and
January 19, 2007) Past CMV employer B—Preemployment records
obtained directly from New York State
(November 9, 2006)
1996–2003
1 operating a vehicle–
unlicensed
1 operating a vehicle–
uninsured
1 suspension (failure to
pay child support)
1 revocation (1997,
cleared in 2003)
1 operating a vehicle–
unlicensed
1 suspension (failure to
pay child support)
1 revocation (1997,
cleared in 2003)
NYDMV
1995–2010
7 violations (1995–2007)
3 suspensions (failure to
pay child support)
1 suspension (no
insurance)
6 suspensions (failure to
appear in court)
1 revocation (1997)
5 class of license
changes
a State-run database that allows a carrier to view an employee’s driving record (citations, accidents, and
other NYDMV actions) in real time and to also be notified by the NYDMV when an action, such as a
citation or accident, occurs.
bThe day of the accident (March 12, 2011), the motor carrier ran a second driver history with similar
results. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
9
1.4.2 Employment Background
During its accident investigation, the NTSB reviewed the driver’s qualification file. Prior
to working for World Wide Travel, the accident driver had worked as a helper and driver of a
hearse and limousine for a funeral home in Brooklyn, New York, from August 1989–March
2006.9 From March 2006–December 2007, he was a motorcoach driver for Coach USA (doing
business as Community Coach, Inc.) in Paramus, New Jersey, working as both a full- and
part-time employee until being fired for too many absences. The driver was also employed
part-time by the New York Metropolitan Transit Agency from February 5–20, 2007, until being
terminated for failing to report two criminal convictions on his job application. The NTSB has no
record of employment for the driver from December 2007–October 2010; the driver reported he
was a caregiver for an ill family member during that period. The accident driver was hired by
World Wide Travel on November 17, 2010, and, after undergoing the company’s
preemployment screening process, began working on November 23, 2010.
1.4.3 Preaccident Activities
Table 3 provides information on the driver’s preaccident activities.10 9 Not continuous employment; the driver was incarcerated twice during this period.
10 This recent driver activity history (March 9–12, 2011) is based on two interviews with the accident driver,
interviews with Mohegan Sun casino personnel, Mohegan Sun video camera footage, tollbooth records, World Wide
Travel driver scheduling records, and the accident driver’s cell phone records. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
10
Table 3. Bus driver’s preaccident activities (March 9–12, 2011).
Wednesday, March 9
Time
Activities
Location
9:00 p.m.
Arrive for duty, World Wide Travel terminal
Brooklyn, NY
9:15 p.m.
Depart terminal
Brooklyn
10:00 p.m.
Pick up passengers; depart en route to Mohegan Sun
Flushing, NY
Thursday, March 10
Time
Activities
Location
1:00 a.m.
Arrive Mohegan Sun casino, drop off passengers,
and move motorcoach to parking lot
Uncasville, CT
1:20–3:15 a.m.
Sleep in bus (self-reported)
Parking lot
5:15 a.m.
Pick up passengers
Bus lobby entrance
5:30 a.m.
Depart Mohegan Sun en route to New York
I-95 south
8:58 a.m.
Return World Wide Travel terminal
Brooklyn
10:00 a.m.–4:00 p.m.
Sleep (self-reported)a
Residence
9:30 p.m.
Arrive for duty, World Wide Travel terminal
Brooklyn
9:45 p.m.
Depart terminal
Brooklyn
10:30 p.m.
Pick up passengers; depart en route to Mohegan Sun
Flushing
Friday, March 11
Time
Activities
Location
1:56 a.m.
Arrive Mohegan Sun, drop off passengers
Uncasville
~2:00 a.m.–6:00 a.m.
Sleep in bus (self-reported)
Parking lot
~6:30 a.m.
Depart Mohegan Sun en route to New York
I-95 south
~9:50 a.m.
Arrive World Wide Travel terminal
Brooklyn
11:00 a.m.–4:00 p.m.
Sleep (self-reported)b
Residence
6:15 p.m.
Arrive for duty, World Wide Travel terminal
Brooklyn
7:40 p.m.
Pick up passengers; depart en route to Mohegan Sun
Bowery, New York City,
NY
10:36 p.m.
Arrive Mohegan Sun, drop off passengers
Uncasville
10:54 p.m.
Drive to casino parking lot
Parking lot
11:46 p.m.
Drive from parking lot to casino for lost item
Bus lobby entrance
11:55 p.m.
Return to casino parking lot from bus lobby entrance
Parking lot
~11:55 p.m.–3:17
a.m.
Sleep on bus
Parking lot
Saturday, March 12
Time
Activities
Location
3:17 a.m.
Receive incoming cell phone call (32 seconds)
Parking lot
3:19 a.m.
Pick up passengers
Bus lobby entrance
3:48 a.m.
Depart Mohegan Sun en route to New York
I-95 south
5:38 a.m.
Accident
I-95, near New York City
aThe driver’s cell phone was in use multiple times between 10:15 a.m.–12:03 p.m. Additionally, a 24-second incoming
call occurred at 3:39 p.m.
bThe driver’s cell phone was in use numerous times during this period, with the longest period of nonuse between
11:38 a.m.–12:17 p.m. (39 minutes). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
11
Figure 8 provides a graphical activity history for the 3 days leading up to the accident and
includes information about the driver’s driving/duty status, self-reported sleep times, cell phone
use, and rental car use. Each block in the figure represents a 15-minute increment, with the letter
“c” in a block representing a period in which the driver’s cell phone was used for calls or
outgoing text messages and the letter “r” representing a period when the rental car’s ignition was
on. The driver’s work duty status did not show a violation of the commercial hours-of-service
regulations. Evidence from the driver’s cell phone records suggests that he was using his cell
phone frequently during self-reported off-duty or daytime sleep periods over the 3 days before
the accident.11 Additionally, cell phone data obtained by the NYSP show that during the driver’s
self-reported sleep period, his cell phone was in use at several locations in New York City and
Nassau County, New York. Factoring in the driver’s cell phone use, his opportunity for sleep
during off-duty periods would have been limited to short periods of approximately 4 hours or
less. Figure 8. Recent driver activity history.
The accident driver had an account with a car sharing service, giving him access to
vehicles in the rental car fleet and allowing their pick up and drop off at designated unmonitored
parking spots throughout New York City. The most recent preaccident use of a rental car on the
accident driver’s account began on March 9, 2011, at 11:05 a.m., approximately an hour after the 11 Investigators submitted questions to the driver through his attorney to determine whether others may have
used the driver’s cell phone, but no response was provided. A review of outgoing cell phone calls showed that
several of the numbers dialed during the driver’s driving periods were identical to numbers called during periods
when he self-reported being asleep.
Time
3/9/2011
Duty
Driver-Reported Sleep
Cell Phone Use
c
c
c
c c c c c
c
c
c
c c
c
c
c
c
c c
c
c
c
Rental Car Use
r r r r r r
r
r r r r r r r r r r
r r r r
r
r r r r r
3/10/2011
Duty
Driver-Reported Sleep
Cell Phone Use
c c
c c c
c c c
c
c c c
c
c c c
c c
c c
c c
c c c c c c
Rental Car Use
r r r r r r r
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
r r
r r r r r r r r r r r r
3/11/2011
Duty
Driver-Reported Sleep
Cell Phone Use
c
c
c c
c c
c c
c c c
c c c c
c c
c
c c c c
c c c c c c c c
c c
c c
Rental Car Use
r r r r r r r r r r r r
r r r r
r r r r r r r r r r r r r
r r
r r
3/12/2011
Duty
Driver-Reported Sleep
Cell Phone Use
c
Rental Car Use
KEY:
= on duty, driving
= on duty, not driving (layover at casino)
= self-reported sleep
c
= cell phone calls and outgoing text messages
r
= rental car ignition on
x
= accident
6
3
4
5
22
23
0
1
2
19
20
21
16
17
18
13
14
15
10
11
12
7
8
9
4
5
6
22
23
0
1
2
3
19
20
21
16
17
18
13
14
15
10
11
12
7
8
9
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
21
22
23
18
19
20
15
16
17
12
13
14
9
10
11
6
7
8
3
4
5
0
1
2
x NTSB
Highway Accident Report
12
driver finished work and during a period in which he reported to NTSB investigators that he was
asleep at his home. The car was returned postaccident on March 12, 2011, at 8:46 a.m. During
this 3-day rental period, the car was driven 228 miles.12
1.4.4 Medical History and Toxicology
The accident driver checked “no” on his medical certificate form for all listed conditions,
including “sleep disorders, pauses in breathing while asleep, daytime sleepiness, loud snoring.”
The driver reported his height as 68 inches and his weight as 240 pounds, equaling a body mass
index (BMI) of 36.5; the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention13 classifies a BMI of
30 or greater as “obese.” During his postaccident interview with the NTSB, the driver stated that
he was in good health overall. He self-reported asthma but said that he had not had problems
with this condition for a long time. The driver also reported his collar size as being 17½–18½.
He also said that he had never been told he had a sleep disorder, and his wife reported that he
only snored when he was tired or had completed strenuous household chores. He stated that his
sleep schedule on his days off included going to bed at 8:00–9:00 p.m. and awaking at
10:00 a.m.–noon.
The employer of a CMV driver who is involved in a fatal accident while operating on a
public road in commerce must conduct alcohol and controlled substance testing on that driver
(49 CFR 382.303). NTSB investigators spoke with an NYPD detective who stated he identified
the bus driver at the accident scene and administered the portable breath test, noting that the
accident driver “blew 000,” indicating a negative test. Toxicological analysis by the Federal
Aviation Administration’s Civil Aerospace Medical Institute (CAMI) of a blood specimen
collected from the driver during his postaccident hospitalization (a sample drawn at 1:40 p.m. on
the day of the accident) determined that he was negative for all screened drug classes.14 12 Zipcar, a car sharing service, provided the NTSB with data from the proprietary telematics unit installed on
its vehicles. The telematics unit transmits data to a computer server at regular intervals and when certain trigger
events occur (such as when the car ignition is turned on or off or when the doors are locked or unlocked). According
to Zipcar, the vehicle was unlocked with its ignition off and usage ended at 8:46 a.m. on March 12.
13 For further information, see http://www.cdc.gov/healthyweight/assessing/bmi/adult_bmi/index.html,
accessed August 31, 2011.
14 CAMI screened for several drug classes including amphetamines, opiates, marijuana, cocaine, phencyclidine
(PCP), benzodiazepines, barbiturates, antidepressants, and antihistamines. For comprehensive information
concerning
all
drugs
detected
by
the
laboratory,
see
the
CAMI
Drug
Information
website:
http://jag.cami.jccbi.gov/toxicology/, accessed February 23, 2012. Blood specimens collected from the driver
during his postaccident hospitalization at 10:15 a.m. on the day of the accident were also analyzed by the
Westchester County Department of Laboratories and Research, which determined the sample was negative for
alcohol
and
negative
for
amphetamines,
barbiturates,
benzodiazepines,
cocaine
metabolite,
3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, also known as “ecstasy”), oxycodone, PCP, methadone,
propoxyphene, opiates, and 11-nor-9-carboxy-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (marijuana metabolite). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
13
1.5 Vehicle Information
1.5.1 Postaccident Inspections
The 1999 56-passenger Prevost model H3-45 motorcoach was 45 feet long and equipped
with a Detroit Diesel Corporation Series 60, six-cylinder electronically controlled diesel engine;
an Allison model B-500 automatic transmission; and a Detroit Diesel Electronic Controls
(DDEC) Series IV ECM.15 The motorcoach was also equipped with a Meritor WABCO antilock
braking system and Knorr-Bremse (Bendix) type SN7 air disc brakes. The odometer reading at
the time of the accident was an estimated 857,238 miles.16
All major mechanical systems were examined, including the steering, suspension, and
braking systems. No damage was noted to any of the steering system components; all
connections were solid and free of wear or excess play. The air brake system was examined and
found to be functional and undamaged, passing all system checks; the brake disc rotors and pads
were found to be within specified wear limits. The tires were all of the same size—the size
specified by the manufacturer—and tread depths were found to exceed minimum requirements.17
Maintenance records pertaining to the accident bus, obtained from World Wide Travel,
included approximately 1 month of daily vehicle inspection reports (DVIR), as well as 3 years
(March 2008—March 2011) of maintenance and inspection records. No major mechanical
system defects of the accident bus were noted in the DVIRs provided. The accident bus’s
maintenance records noted a variety of regularly scheduled maintenance and as-needed repairs.
1.5.2 Accident Motorcoach Damage
The primary mechanism of physical damage to the motorcoach occurred after the vehicle
rolled 90 onto its passenger side and slid forward, striking the vertical highway signpost. The
damage was due to the intrusion of the signpost’s support poles and cross-beam diagonal metal
support and attached steel electrical box, which nearly separated the roof from the motorcoach
body at the passenger windows. (See figure 9.) 15 The DDEC IV ECM can record vehicle speed, brake application, engine rpm, and other information for more
than 1 minute before a vehicle’s final stop.
16 The odometer mileage consisted of the original ECM mileage of 763,160 when it was replaced on
December 1, 2009, and the new DDEC mileage of 94,078, recorded at the time of the accident. The speed limiter on
the motorcoach’s DDEC was set at 78 mph.
17 As measured in two adjacent tread grooves at any location on the tire, 4/32 inch for the steer axle and
2/32 inch for all other axles (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations [FMCSRs], Title 49 United States Code
[U.S.C.], Part 393.75 [Tires]). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
14 Figure 9. Southbound view of accident motorcoach at rest.
Three of the four laminated windscreens that made up the windshield were destroyed;
however, the driver side mirror, left headlights, left side bumper, and left windshield wipers were
intact. The loading door, constructed of steel and fiberglass with large glass panels, was fractured
into several pieces and displaced aft; the glass was destroyed. Due to impact with the vertical
highway signpost, the left front corner of the roof section was folded down just above the lower
windshield pane on the driver side and just above the loading door on the passenger side, which
was facing the ground.
Further, the motorcoach “B” pillars (first roof struts)18 were folded back due to the
vertical highway signpost’s impact. The roof support pillars aft of the “B” pillars, which were
constructed of 3-inch-square steel tubing, experienced distinctive deformation or separation at
the base of each strut, indicating impact just above the passenger window frame and in line with
the seat headrests at the front of the bus. As the intrusion moved farther aft, the driver side
impact marks on the roof support pillars moved upward to the height of the interior parcel racks,
and the passenger side support pillar impact marks to just below the interior parcel racks.
The motorcoach side windows were Prevost-patented thermopane frameless-sided
double-glazed windows. The exterior tinted glazing was tempered safety glass, and the clear 18 Constructed of 6-inch-square steel and located aft of both the driver seat and loading door frame. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
15
interior pane was tempered safety glass.19 All of the side windows, except for the ninth and tenth
side windows on the driver side, were broken and missing from the frame postaccident.
The Prevost motorcoach interior was 95 inches wide by 72 inches high, and the vertical
distance from the floor to the window base measured 32.7 inches. The passenger compartment
had closed bin parcel racks supported by extruded aluminum above the passenger seats. The
frame for the passenger side parcel racks remained in place but was heavily damaged, the parcel
racks on the driver side and front portion of the bus were displaced, and the parcel racks in the
rear half of the motorcoach remained in place. The driver side parcel rack doors were detached
and damaged due to intrusion of the vertical highway signpost. (See figure 10.) Figure 10. Roof and interior parcel rack damage (shown at left) caused by intrusion of the
vertical highway signpost support poles.
There were 14 rows of passenger seats, with the seating rows on the driver side spaced
rearward of those on the opposite side (by about a half row at the front of the bus to nearly a full
row farther back). The driver seat was fitted with a two-point lap belt restraint; the buckle and
inertia reel were found in functioning condition, with the webbing frayed along the edges from 19 The two windows next to the driver and the loading door windows were not tinted. The first, second, sixth,
ninth, and tenth windows were fixed, and the remaining side windows (six per side) were emergency egress
windows; interlocking extrusions at the top of the frame provided hinge action for the window sash assembly, which
opened from the bottom. The ninth side window on the passenger side had its outer tinted glass missing, but the
clear interior glass was in place. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
16
use or wear. No passenger seat restraints were present nor were such restraints required.20 A
lavatory was behind the last row of seats on the passenger side.21
Each seat set shared a common base frame, with individual cushions and backrests
divided by armrests (except for one row near the rear). The seat sets were attached to the floor
via a leg under the aisle seat and to the sidewall via a forward and aft anchor at roughly the level
of the seatpan. Several passenger seat armrests were found broken; the armrest fracture pattern
was consistent with an applied bending load (no evidence was found that armrests were cut by
first responders during passenger extrication). Further, several seatbacks exhibited imprint marks
(such as indentations) from occupant impact; the floor attachment of the driver side seat at row 3
was broken; and the seat attachment floor track at row 4 was pulled out of the floor, deformed,
and protruding vertically. In addition, several seats were found cut by first responders to aid in
the extrication of occupants.
1.5.3 New York State Commercial Passenger Vehicle Inspections
The New York State Department of Transportation (NYSDOT) Motor Carrier Safety
Bureau performs biannual safety inspections on all buses in the State of New York, including
motorcoaches and school buses. NYSDOT motor vehicle inspectors conduct these inspections at
the operator’s facility, which can normally take from 60–90 minutes, depending on the size and
type of the vehicle. The biannual safety inspection also includes a review of required
maintenance records, preventative maintenance program information, and DVIRs.22 The World
Wide Travel accident bus was last inspected on January 13, 2011, and passed inspection. The
accident motorcoach also passed NYSDOT inspections in July 2010, March 2010, September
2009, April 2009, October 2008, and May 2008 without any mechanical defects noted or vehicle
repairs needed.
1.6 Highway Information
1.6.1 General
The motorcoach accident occurred on I-95 south (New England Thruway) at
mile marker 3.2, immediately south of the Westchester County line and just within Bronx
County in New York City. The New York State Thruway Authority (NYSTA) has jurisdiction of
the New England Thruway between the Pelham Parkway at mile marker 0.0 and the Connecticut 20 According to Prevost, the passenger seats were tested as described in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
(FMVSS) 210, as an internal design specification to satisfy a 3,000-pound forward longitudinal load for each double
seat assembly.
21 A row of club seating (one row could be rotated to face rearward) was available in the second-to-last row on
the driver side and in the last row on the passenger side; these rows were found postaccident in the forward-facing
configuration. The club row table on the driver side was found postaccident in the folded configuration; however,
the table from the passenger side was found outside the bus during inspection.
22 Inspections are conducted based on requirements contained in Title 17 New York State Department of
Transportation
Bus
and
Passenger
Vehicle
Regulations
Parts
720–721.
For
regulations,
see
http://www.nysdot.gov/divisions/operating/osss/bus-repository/busregs.pdf, accessed May 9, 2012; for inspection
criteria, see http://www.nysdot.gov/divisions/operating/osss/bus-repository/oos.pdf, accessed May 9, 2012. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
17
State Line at mile marker 15.0. The NYSTA maintains and operates the 570-mile superhighway
system known as the New York State Thruway.
I-95 in the vicinity of the accident, which is classified as an urban principal arterial road,
was constructed in the 1950s and reconstructed in 1984. The southbound lanes consist of three
travel lanes, each measuring approximately 12 feet wide and separated by evenly spaced white
retroreflective pavement stripes 6 inches wide and 10 feet long. A 6-inch solid yellow pavement
stripe delineates the inner edge of the roadway from the 10-foot-wide left shoulder, and a 6-inch
solid white pavement stripe delineates the outer edge of the right travel lane from the
10-foot-wide right shoulder. (See figure 11). Figure 11. Typical section of I-95 southbound lanes in the vicinity of the accident.
A sloped (or mountable concrete) curb located at the edge of the 10-foot-wide paved right
and left shoulders (see figure 11) had been installed in 1984 to convey stormwater runoff from
the travel lanes of I-95 to a closed drainage system. The curb was approximately 5 inches high,
as measured from the pavement surface.23 The strong-post blocked-out W-beam guardrail was
offset approximately 3 inches from the back face of the sloped curb. The installation of the curb
complied with the NYSDOT Highway Design Manual guidance and standard sheet details in
force at that time.24
The horizontal curvature of the I-95 southbound lanes near the accident scene consists of
a 1,600-foot radius curve that turns to the right in the direction of travel and ends approximately 23 The actual sloped portion of the curb on I-95 in the vicinity of the accident was 4 inches high, while the
sloped portion of the curb began at a point raised 1 inch vertically from the right shoulder. The “mountable curb”
was based on the design standards and criteria that existed when this section of I-95 was reconstructed in 1984.
24 Highway Design Manual, “Chapter 10—Roadside Design, Guide Rail, and Appurtenances,” revision 57
(Albany, New York: New York State Department of Transportation, June 28, 2010), p. 10–37.
Right shoulder
Travel lanes
12 feet
12 feet
Left shoulder
10 feet
10 feet
Strong-post blocked-out
W-beam guardrail
5 feet
12 feet
6 feet
Strong-post blocked-out
W-beam guardrail
Median
Sloped curb
Sloped curb
Grooved rumble strip
Grooved rumble strip
Sign #4
Sign #3
EXIT 14
PASSENGER CARS ONLY
Sign #2
Sign #1
8-inch-diameter
steel tubular poles
8-inch-diameter
steel tubular poles
Hutchinson Pkwy
SOUTH
Whitestone Br
EXIT 13
Conner St
Baychester Ave
1/2 MILE NTSB
Highway Accident Report
18
770 feet before the accident location and then transitions to a 4,500-foot radius curve that turns
to the left in the direction of travel. The accident location was within the 4,500-foot radius curve.
Grooved rumble strips (also called shoulder treatment for accident reduction, or STAR) were
located on the right and left shoulders of the southbound lanes, along with a sloped curb at the
edge of the right and left shoulders. (See figure 12 illustrating the two horizontal curves.) Figure 12. Horizontal curvature of I-95 southbound in the accident vicinity.
1.6.2 Speed Limit, Traffic, Vehicle Classification, and Accident Data
The posted speed limit at the accident location was 50 mph for both passenger cars and
commercial vehicles.25 On April 14, 2011, the NYSTA conducted a speed survey of I-95
southbound near the accident location, which recorded approximately 800 passenger cars, 200
trucks, and 29 buses. The speed study revealed that 85 percent of passenger cars were traveling
at or below 67 mph; trucks, 60 mph; and buses, 59 mph.
According to NYSTA records, the most recent traffic count in the accident vicinity was
106,990 vehicles per day in 2009. At the New Rochelle toll plaza for the northbound lanes of
I-95, near mile marker 6.9, passenger vehicles constituted 88 percent of the traffic volume
in October 2010; buses, 0.1 percent; single-unit and single-trailer trucks (classes 5–9), 25 The posted speed limit sign was located approximately 1,000 feet before the accident site. In Westchester
County, immediately north of the accident site, the posted speed limit for the southbound lanes of I-95 is 50 mph for
trucks and 55 mph for passenger cars. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
19
11.1 percent; multitrailer trucks, 0.1 percent; and class 3 light trucks, 0.1 percent. From
January 2006–March 2011,26 385 accidents occurred within a 2-mile radius of the accident
location in the southbound lanes; 128 of these were injury accidents, with 179 vehicle occupants
injured but no fatalities.
1.6.3 Vertical Highway Signpost
The four poles that supported the overhead vertical highway signpost were part of a
fixed-base system and, as such, are not designed to yield or break away on impact. The four
vertical support poles, two on I-95 northbound and two on I-95 southbound, were
8-inch-diameter steel tubular poles27 with a wall thickness of 0.3125 inch. Each pair of poles was
connected with cross bracing and separated by a lateral (parallel to the travel lanes) distance of
5 feet 2 inches. (See figure 13.) Two E-ZPass tag readers, wired to a metal cabinet installed on
the cross bracing, were mounted on the overhead sign structure above the travel lanes. In
addition, two wire conduits were attached to the vertical highway signpost to feed a variable
message system sign above I-95 northbound. NTSB investigators documented accident damage
to the two vertical poles, including a hole at the base and an indentation 9 feet above the base on
the west pole and multiple scrape marks on the east pole from its base to a height of 9 feet. Figure 13. Overhead vertical highway signpost (east and west poles). 26 Detailed vehicle classification data for the northbound lanes were available because of the New Rochelle toll
plaza being located in the northbound lanes near milepost 6.9. There was no toll plaza at New Rochelle for the
southbound lanes; however, the NYSTA indicated vehicle classification data were comparable in both directions.
27 ASTM A53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40 pipe (8 inch). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
20
The vertical highway signpost support poles were located within the clear zone and offset
from the edge of the travel lanes by 15 feet, which consisted of a 10-foot-wide paved shoulder
and a 5-foot offset from the face of the W-beam guardrail. (See figure 11.) The clear zone
concept, which recommends providing a traversable and unobstructed roadside area beyond the
traveled way for use by errant vehicles, is usually set at 30 feet for freeways.28
In 1984, the existing concrete pavement along I-95 and the highway lighting system were
replaced as part of a reconstruction project. In the accident area, two 400-watt high pressure
sodium symmetrical distribution luminaires (lighting units) were mounted on top of a single pole
extending approximately 45 feet high from the finished roadway grade; the poles were spaced
about 250 feet apart in the median. In addition, new overhead sign structure supports, including
the one struck by the accident motorcoach, were constructed.
The 1984 reconstruction project also included construction of a new strong-post
blocked-out W-beam guardrail with steel block-out to protect the vertical highway signpost. A
W-beam guardrail is considered a roadside barrier; the AASHTO29 Roadside Design Guide states
that the “primary purpose of roadside barriers is to prevent a vehicle from leaving the traveled
way and striking a fixed object or terrain feature that is less forgiving than the barrier itself.”30
AASHTO defines a strong-post blocked-out W-beam as follows:
5.4.1.6 Blocked-Out W-Beam (Strong Post)
Strong-post W-beam….consists of steel posts or wood posts that support a
W-beam rail element that is blocked-out from the posts with routed timber, steel,
or recycled plastic spacer blocks. These blocks minimize vehicle snagging on the
posts and reduce the likelihood of a vehicle vaulting over the barrier by
maintaining rail height during the initial stages of post deflection. Resistance in
this and all strong post systems results from a combination of tensile and flexural
stiffness of the rail and the bending or shearing resistance of the posts.
The strong-post blocked-out W-beam guardrail was an approved, crash-tested barrier
system when it was initially constructed in 1984. At that time, the 1981 Transportation Research
Board (TRB) National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Report 23031 served
as the primary reference for full-scale crash testing in the United States. The crash-test
procedures were based on the barrier being evaluated for dynamic performance based on a
minimum matrix of conditions; the report did not include site-specific guidance as to which 28 The clear zone width is usually 30 feet for freeways, as measured from the edge of the paved traveled way or
the intersection of the paved traveled way and shoulder. The nominal clear zone for a flat roadside on 60-mph
highways is 30 feet. The clear zone width increases with higher speeds and steeper slopes. For more information, see
section 1.6.4 of this report, “AASHTO Design Guidance for Location of Fixed Objects.”
29 AASHTO is an association representing highway and transportation departments in the 50 states, District of
Columbia, and Puerto Rico. It sets standards for all phases of highway system development, to include the design
and construction of highways and bridges.
30 Roadside Design Guide, 4th ed. (Washington, D.C.: American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials, 2011), p. 5-1.
31 Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Appurtenances, NCHRP
Report 230 (Washington, D.C.: Transportation Research Board, 1981). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
21
vehicle type was appropriate for a given location. In 1993, these procedures were updated in
NCHRP Report 350,32 which described full-scale crash testing using six levels to evaluate the
structural integrity of a barrier system, as shown in table 4.
Table 4. Roadside barrier system levels and testing descriptions.
Test
Level
Description
TL-1
Withstands 1,800-pound car impacting a barrier at 20° angle and 4,400-pound pickup
truck impacting a barrier at 25° angle at 30 mph
TL-2
Withstands 1,800-pound car impacting a barrier at 20° angle and 4,400-pound pickup
truck impacting a barrier at 25° angle at 45 mph
TL-3
Withstands 1,800-pound car impacting a barrier at 20° angle and 4,400-pound pickup
truck impacting a barrier at 25° angle at 60 mph
TL-4
Withstands 17,600-pound single-unit truck impacting a barrier at 15° angle at 50 mph
TL-5
Withstands 80,000-pound tractor-trailer van impacting a barrier at 15° angle at 50 mph
TL-6
Withstands 80,000-pound tractor-trailer tanker impacting a barrier at 15° angle at 50 mph In 1984, the strong-post blocked-out W-beam guardrail with steel block-out complied
with the guidance in force at that time. More recently, in February 2000,33 the Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA) advised that strong-post blocked-out W-beam guardrails with steel
block-outs had been crash tested and accepted in accordance with NCHRP Report 350 as a TL-2
barrier and that those with wood or approved plastic block-outs had been accepted as a TL-3
barrier.34
The roadside barrier was further modified in the accident vicinity in 1998, when a noise
barrier was constructed behind it at the edge of the highway boundary. As part of this project,
new strong-post blocked-out W-beam guardrail was installed to provide a continuous guardrail
along the right side of the southbound lanes. 35 The W-beam rail element was blocked-out from
the posts with W 6 x 9 steel I-beam36 block-outs. The guardrail was offset approximately
3 inches from the back face of the sloped curb at the right shoulder and was installed 32 Recommended Procedures for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features, NCHRP Report 350
(Washington, D.C.: Transportation Research Board, 1993).
33 “NCHRP Report 350, Nonproprietary Guardrails and Median Barriers,” FHWA memorandum to Division
Administrators and Federal Lands Highway Division Engineers, February 14, 2000, pp. 1–2.
34 According to AASHTO, one of the most commonly used designs, the steel post guardrail system with steel
blocks, failed to meet NCHRP Report 350 crash testing evaluation criteria for a TL-3 barrier when a pickup truck
snagged on a post and subsequently overturned. However, this system remains acceptable as a TL-2 barrier.
According to AASHTO, “In order to provide a TL-3 barrier with steel posts….routed wood or plastic blocks of
similar dimensions should be used as a substitute for the steel blocks….” For further information, see the Roadside
Design Guide, 4th ed. (Washington, D.C.: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
2011), p. 5-17.
35 The 12-inch-high W-beam rail element was raised approximately 12 inches from the ground surface;
including the 5-inch-high sloped curb, the total height from the roadway surface to the top of the W-beam rail
elements was approximately 29 inches.
36 The W 6 x 9 steel I-beam shape measured 6 inches high and 4 inches wide, had a web thickness of 0.17 inch,
and weighed 9 pounds per foot. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
22
continuously along the shoulder approaching the accident scene, extending approximately
180 feet beyond the vertical highway signpost.
The NYSTA told the NTSB that it generally relies on the NYSDOT Highway Design
Manual for roadside design issues, which states the following concerning barriers:
TL-3 is used in New York State as the normal test level for all other highways
except for bridge railings and pier protection. In practice, TL-3 devices are also
used for most low-speed highways, rather than TL-2 or TL-1 systems.37
On March 15 and 16, 2011, the NYSTA repaired 256 feet of accident-damaged sections
of the strong-post blocked-out W-beam guardrail with new strong-post W-beam guardrail with
steel block-outs, remaining a TL-2 barrier. On April 29, 2011, in the immediate vicinity of the
accident location and extending from the point at which the bus initially collided with the
guardrail to south of the vertical highway signpost, the NYSTA replaced 627 feet, including the
256-foot section repaired in March 2011, of the steel block-outs with plastic block-outs,
upgrading the performance of the guardrail from a TL-2 barrier to a TL-3 barrier.
1.6.4 AASHTO Design Guidance for Location of Fixed Objects
The current edition of AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for
Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals indicates the following regarding overhead sign
supports and high-level lighting supports:
2.5.5 Overhead Sign Supports and High-Level Lighting Supports
Overhead sign and high-level lighting structural supports should be placed outside
the clear zone distance; otherwise, they should be protected with a proper
guardrail or other barrier.38
One source of guidance available during the 1984 reconstruction project in the accident
vicinity, the 1977 AASHTO Guide for Selecting, Locating, and Designing Traffic Barriers, stated
Roadside obstacles are classified as nontraversable hazards and fixed objects.
These highway hazards account for over thirty percent of all highway fatalities
each year and their removal should be the first alternative considered. If it is not
feasible or possible to remove or relocate a hazard, then a barrier may be
necessary.
Clear zone is defined as the roadside border area, starting at the edge of the
traveled way, available for safe use by errant vehicles. Nontraversable hazards or 37 Appendix C, p. 10C-3, was not added to the manual until its June 28, 2010, revision.
38 Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, 5th ed.
(Washington, D.C.: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 2009), p. 2-7. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
23
fixed objects should be removed, relocated, or shielded by a barrier if they are
within the indicated minimum clear zone width. 39
In addition, the 1975 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for
Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, stated
The locations of highway signing, lighting and traffic signal supports must be
based upon safety considerations directed at minimizing the probability of their
being struck by vehicles. Their locations should generally adhere to the following
principles.
When possible, roadside sign supports and luminaires should be placed behind
existing or planned guardrail on retaining walls or bridges, or where viewing
conditions are favorable, as far as possible from the roadway out of the likely path
of an out-of-control vehicle. Otherwise, breakaway or yielding supports should be
used.
Overhead sign supports should be placed as far from the edge of traveled way as
feasible (30 feet (9.14 meter) desirable) and proper guardrail provided for the
protection of the motorist, when placed within 30 feet (9.14 meter) of the edge of
traveled way.40
Later versions of the AASHTO standard specifications indicated the following:
Overhead sign and high-level lighting structural supports should be placed outside
the clear zone distance; otherwise, they should be protected with a proper
guardrail or other barrier.
Overhead sign and high-level lighting supports are considered fixed-base support
systems that do not yield or break away on impact. The large mass of these
support systems and the potential safety consequences of the systems falling to
the ground necessitate a fixed-base design. Fixed-base systems are rigid obstacles
and should not be used in the clear zone area unless shielded by a barrier. In some
cases, it may be cost effective to place overhead sign supports outside the clear
zone with no barrier protection when the added cost of the greater span structure
is compared with the long-term costs of guardrail and vegetation maintenance.41
The 1984 reconstruction project, in which the vertical highway signpost was initially
constructed, specified removal or protection of all fixed objects within 30 feet of the roadway: 39 Guide for Selecting, Locating, and Designing Traffic Barriers (Washington, D.C.: American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials, 1977), p. 15.
40 Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, 1st ed.
(Washington, D.C.: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 1975), p. 6.
41 The language in the 1975 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs,
Luminaires, and Traffic Signals (1st ed.) carried through to the 1985 and 1994 standard specifications (2nd and
3rd eds.). The language in the 2001 standard specifications (4th ed.) was updated and is the same as in the most
current version (5th ed., 2009). NTSB
Highway Accident Report
24
From previous discussions on roadway deficiencies a list of resulting needs can be
established. These needs have been incorporated in the preliminary plans for this
project.
All fixed objects within 30 feet of the roadway shall be removed or protected;
protective devices shall include guide rail, concrete barrier or impact
attenuators.42
More recent design manuals, including the 2010 NYSDOT Highway Design Manual,
indicated the following regarding fixed objects:
Fixed objects are defined as permanent installations, limited in length, which can
be struck by vehicles running off of the road. Because of their limited extent,
fixed objects should usually be removed from the clear zones, rather than being
shielded with a barrier.43
1.7 FMCSA Oversight and Motor Carrier Operations
1.7.1 Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
As part of its mission of reducing crashes, injuries, and fatalities involving large trucks
and buses, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) monitors motor carriers to
ensure that they have adequate safety management controls in place to comply with the
FMCSRs.
Compliance, Safety, Accountability Program. Until December 2010, the FMCSA used
the Safety Status Measurement System (SafeStat) to evaluate the safety status of motor carriers.
SafeStat, which analyzed current on-road safety performance and enforcement history
information to measure a motor carrier’s relative safety fitness, evaluated carriers in four Safety
Evaluation Areas (SEA): Accident, Driver, Vehicle, and Safety Management. Using a weighted
combination of individual SEA values, the system calculated a motor carrier’s SafeStat score to
prioritize it in relation to other carriers for subsequent compliance reviews and roadside
inspections.
The FMCSA now monitors carrier safety through the Compliance, Safety, Accountability
(CSA) program. A key component of the CSA is the safety measurement system, which analyzes
all safety-based violations from inspections and crash data to determine a commercial motor
carrier’s on-road performance and potential crash risk. Thresholds for safety measurement
system scores are determined through a mathematical formula that includes vehicle miles driven,
number of vehicles and drivers in the fleet, and time since a violation. Violations are
time-weighted, so older violations have less significance than more recent ones. The safety
measurement system uses seven Behavioral Analysis Safety Improvement Categories (BASIC): 42 New England Thruway Route I-95, Design Report TANE 84-25 (Albany, New York: New York State
Thruway Authority, 1984), p. 69.
43 NYDOT Highway Design Manual, revision 57 (June 28, 2010), pp. 10–132. NTSB
Highway Accident Report
25
Unsafe
Driving,
Fatigued
Driving
(Hours-of-Service),44
Driver
Fitness,
Controlled
Substances/Alcohol, Vehicle Maintenance, Improper Loading/Cargo Securement, and Crash
Indicator. Each BASIC has a threshold that triggers an intervention by the FMCSA, including
warning letters and more extensive scrutiny such as targeted roadside inspections and focused
investigations. For passenger carriers, this threshold is set at the 50th percentile for Unsafe
Driving, Fatigued Driving, and Crash Indicator and at the 65th percentile for Driver Fitness,
Controlled Substances/Alcohol, and Vehicle Maintenance. For carriers with safety issues across
multiple BASICs, the FMCSA will continue to conduct onsite comprehensive compliance
reviews.45
In its independent evaluation of the CSA program’s Operational Model Test (Op-Model
Test), the University of Michigan Transportation Research Institute (UMTRI) found that crash
rates for carriers exceeding BASIC thresholds were significantly higher than for carriers not
exceeding any BASIC thresholds.46 For example, the crash rate for carriers exceeding the Unsafe
Driving47 BASIC threshold was 7.44, which was greater than the crash rate for carriers
exceeding the Crash Indicator BASIC threshold and 3.56 times greater than the rate for carriers
exceeding no BASIC thresholds. Crash rates per 100 power units for carriers exceeding the
Fatigued Driving, Controlled Substances/Alcohol, and Vehicle Maintenance BASIC thresholds
are also high relative to the 2.09 crash rate for carriers exceeding no BASIC thresholds. The
report also found relatively large numbers of carriers exceeding the Vehicle Maintenance,
Fatigued Driving, and Unsafe Driving thresholds.48 The evaluation concluded that although, in
terms of safety, crash rates are generally considered one of the best measures for identifying
high-risk carriers, five of seven BASIC measures have positive correlations with crash rates, and
the Unsafe Driving BASIC has a strong and consistent linear association with high-risk carriers.
Compliance Reviews. A compliance review is an onsite examination by the FMCSA (or
a qualified state or local jurisdiction agent) of a motor carrier’s operations to determine its
compliance with the FMCSRs and evaluate its safety culture. In addition to determining a
carrier’s on-road performance, the FMCSA uses the compliance review process to determine a
carrier’s overall fitness using the Safety Fitness Determination (SFD) process. The compliance
review can include examination of the carrier’s hours-of-service practices, vehicle maintenance
and inspections, driver qualifications, CDL requirements, financial responsibility, accidents,
hazardous materials compliance, controlled substances and alcohol testing requirements, and
other safety and transportation-related records. In calendar year 2011, the FMCSA conducted 44 Refers to the operation of CMVs by drivers who are ill, fatigued, or in noncompliance with the
hours-of-service regulations. Examples of violations for this BASIC include exceeding hours of service, maintaining
an incomplete or inaccurate logbook, and operating a CMV while ill or fatigued (FMCSR Parts 392 and 395). For
more information, see http://csa.fmcsa.dot.gov, accessed May 31, 2012.
45 For more information, see , accessed February 28, 2012.
46 P. E. Green and D. Blower, Evaluation of the CSA 2010 Operational Model Test, UMTRI-2011-08 (Ann
Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Transportation ResearcFD07386 | 2011_美国_AAR1105.pdf
FD07387 | 2011_美国_HAR1102.pdf
FD07388 | 2011_美国_HAR1103.pdf
F
=
F
=
Gray Summit, MO
Gray Summit, MO
FD07389 | 2011_美国_SS1101.pdf
FD07390 | 2012_美国_AAR1201.pdf
@...it's not the end we did everything right we didn't get the thrust
FD07391 | 2012_美国_AAR1202.pdf
FD07392 | 2012_美国_HAR1201.pdf
